sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 1 editorial a new era for the south african journal of sports medicine the south african journal of sports medicine is entering a new phase in its development. the journal started in 1982 and was published in‑house. these early editions of the journal are in the archives (http://journals.assaf.org.za/index.php/sajsm/index). it is worth reading papers published in this era to see how far some of the topics on sports medicine have progressed, and how other areas have remained rather static. reading these papers also gives a glimpse into the development of the south african sports medicine association (sasma) and how it has evolved from being a discipline representing mostly orthopaedic surgeons to a multidisciplinary organisation representing a range of health professionals. the health and media publishing group started publishing the south african journal of sports medicine in 1998. they also published the south african medical journal and 13 other smaller journals all covering topics allied to health and medicine. these publishers provided an excellent service until 2015. business pressures in the publishing world and the need to change their financial model resulted in this journal having to part ways. it was always a pleasure to interact with the staff of this publishing group, who delivered a professional service and contributed to the development of the journal. this relationship enabled us to raise the journal’s standard resulting in it getting accredited by the south african department of higher education and training (dhet). without a publisher the journal found itself at a crossroad and the executive of sasma had to make a decision about the future and sustainability of the journal. this decision‑making time coincided with the academy of science of south africa (assaf) offering to assist journals to have an online presence. there are 396 journal titles published in south africa, of which 329 are accredited by the dhet. it is noteworthy that the institution of the authors of each article published in an accredited journal receives r118 000 from the dhet. one of the goals of assaf is to improve the quality of scholarly journals published in south africa. they also oversee the peer review of south african journals. the peer review of the south african journal of sports medicine is available at http://www.assaf.org.za/ files/2015/05/health‑science‑30.9.2014‑2.pdf (p. 45). the invitation from assaf to assist journals with an online presence could not come have at a better time for this journal and it made the decision to continue with an online version of the journal very easy. transitions are never simple. at the onset it seemed a relatively straightforward task of transferring the archives from the old website to the new website. however, following a period of websites crashing, files getting corrupted in the transfer from the old website to the new website, files getting lost, and an accumulation of papers needing to be reviewed, we started wondering whether we were ever going to make it through to the other side! with much support from assaf, we managed to get some stability to the processes and now feel that we are ready to raise the standard of the journal once again. we are presently still behind on our publishing schedule, but anticipate to have four editions completed by the end of 2016, so that we can start 2017 on schedule and have regular editions from that point onwards. publishing regularly according to a schedule is a high priority because this is a prerequisite for getting the journal recognised by medline. we are working hard to achieve this. at present the journal is listed in the following databases: • ajol • crossref • dhet accredited • doaj • open archives registry • pkp index • sabinet • scielo sa • sherpa/romeo • university of illinois oai‑pmh data provider registry • web of knowledge (wok) we are also trying hard to reduce the time it takes to review a paper. this is an ongoing challenge because the pool of reviewers is getting smaller and it is unfair to use the same reviewer too often. we are in the process of refining the guidelines for authors and will be quite strict about only accepting papers for review if they adhere to the guidelines. this is an attempt to make the reviewers’ task easier. some people are going to be disappointed that there is no longer a paper version of the journal. unfortunately the costs of maintaining a paper journal are too prohibitive. in the current form all the papers are freely downloadable. if anyone particularly wants a printed version of the entire issue, please send me an email to mike.lambert@uct.ac.za. apologies to anyone who has been frustrated by the disorganisation during the transition. we are committed going forward, and have an enthusiastic team who are striving to raise the quality of the journal. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):1. http://journals.assaf.org.za/index.php/sajsm/index http://www.assaf.org.za/files/2015/05/health-science-30.9.2014-2.pdf http://www.assaf.org.za/files/2015/05/health-science-30.9.2014-2.pdf http://www.ajol.info/index.php/sasma http://www.crossref.org/06members/51depositor.html https://www.google.co.za/webhp?sourceid=chrome-instant&ion=1&espv=2&ie=utf-8#q=%e2%80%a2+dhet+accredited https://doaj.org/toc/2078-516x http://www.openarchives.org/ http://index.pkp.sfu.ca/index.php/about http://reference.sabinet.co.za/sa_epublication/m_sajsm http://www.scielo.org.za/scielo.php?script=sci_serial&pid=1015-5163&lng=en&nrm=iso http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/search.php http://gita.grainger.uiuc.edu/registry/ http://academyofsciencesa.wikispaces.com/file/view/media+release.pdf mailto:mike.lambert@uct.ac.za sportsmed_june04 the second issue of the south african journal of sports medicine in 2004 coincides with an exciting time of the year for sporting events. this is the time for the comrades marathon, berg river canoe race, tour de france, european cup and wimbledon — all great events with a rich history. the new international rugby season begins for south africa while the athletes from various sporting codes prepare themselves for the olympic games. while this is a busy time of the year for the competitors in the various events, it is also a busy time for the support staff behind the scenes; the sports doctors, physiotherapists, biokineticists, coaches and administrators. of these support staff, the administrators are facing increasing pressure as they are expected to deliver a professional service, often with little financial reimbursement. the days of the ‘blazer brigade’ administrators, to use the term coined by a rugby journalist, are numbered. now the sport administrators are expected to act as facilitators, who plan and strategise to increase the level of sporting performance, while also devoting energy and resources to increasing mass participation in their sport. while the administrators of some sporting codes are achieving success, other administrators are clearly dragging their feet, enjoying the cocktail parties and high-profile functions while the sport they have been given the responsibility to manage slips and slides towards mediocrity. perhaps it is quite timely that the sport and recreation distributing agency (srda) of the national lottery board has asked the south african sports commission to facilitate a process to formulate relationships between the srda, tertiary institutions and priority sports federations with the goal of assisting these federations with the development of their respective codes of sport. this process is underway. the next step requires the federations to prepare a 4-year plan which they can submit for funding to the srda. the areas with the potential to be covered by this funding are: • scientific and medical support, including biomechanics • sports technology • life skills • athlete career and education • team preparation and training camps • equipment requirements (sports specific and sports science equipment) • coaching • education and training, including the development of unit standards (coaches, administrators and technical officials) • information management, including database development • modified sport programmes • addressing access and equity issues, including transformation and inclusion of the disabled • sports management, including the development of succession plans for the nfs • facility management • talent identification • research • infrastructure (from club to national level) • high performance plans. plans are also underway for professional consultants to assist the federations so that the 4-year plan has clear objectives with accountabilities for the administrators. if this process is managed properly it may prove to be the elusive light at the end of the tunnel that signals an improvement in the management of our sport. this issue of the journal contains a range of interesting topics. the paper (van der merwe and grobbelaar), showing that over-the-counter nutritional supplements may be contaminated and cause a positive drug test, is cause for alarm. this paper is important from two perspectives: (i) athletes need to show more responsibility when using nutritional supplements as the risk of a positive drug test associated with these supplements is real; and (ii) manufacturers of supplements need to bear some of the responsibility of proving to the consumer that their product is free of contaminated substances and they also need to be accountable should an athlete test positive for a banned substance while using their product. shelly meltzer, dietician and board member of the institute of drug free sport comments on this study and provides further information on the use of nutritional supplements in sport. the next study, by st clair gibson and colleagues, raises the question of ‘accelerated ageing’ in muscles associated with repetitive weight-bearing exercise and poses some interesting questions for future research studies. research into exercise immunology is the fastest growing branch of exercise science. this branch of research is also alive and well in south africa, with a series of papers from tshwane university of technology in pretoria and stellenbosch university. next there is a two-part paper on dietary macronutrient recommendations for optimal recovery after exercise. this comprehensive review contains 135 references on studies that have investigated various aspects of nutritional intervention and recovery after exercise and offers some practical, evidenced-based guidelines for practitioners and athletes alike. i trust that you will enjoy reading this issue! mike lambert editor-in-chief sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 1 editorial administration in sport — a much needed kick-start? obituary 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license dr clive noble – a tribute on the 14 january 2022, south africa lost one its great sports medicine pioneers and medical characters. dr clive noble was born in johannesburg in 1938. in his youth he was more of an avid sportsman than an academic. he was a keen rugby player, school shot-put and discus champion, black belt in judo and boxed for the germiston junior team. his academic progress was less stellar, somewhat frustrating his nursing sister mother’s ambitions of young clive becoming a medical doctor. his 4 d’s, an e and an ff in matric were, unsurprisingly, not adequate for acceptance into wits medical school! a determination to succeed determination prevailed however, and clive was eventually accepted to wits and had found his niche! he eventually graduated third in his class and was invited to become the professorial houseman, a great honour then. all the while, clive continued his participation in sport. at wits he took up weightlifting and became south african universities’ and southern transvaal champion. this keen interest in sport and personal experience of the body’s physical capabilities developed a curiosity in injuries associated with sport. a growing interest in sports injuries clive decided that the best fit for him was to specialise in orthopaedic surgery. sports medicine was decades away from becoming a recognised field. clive was meticulous in documenting the results of his operations. the outcomes would be written up and presented in the talks he became renowned for in south africa and abroad. soon after starting his orthopaedic practice in johannesburg, clive noble’s reputation as “the sports injury expert’ was well established and he became the “go-to” doctor for any matter associated with sport and exercise. in fact, anyone who had any injury often sought dr noble’s expertise including rock star rod stewart! his ideas were later formalised into the “pfizer manual of sports injuries”, one of the first sports injuries books. sport teams his contribution to supporting south african sport was immense. he consulted to the boxing board of control from 1963 – 1988. he chaired the transvaal rugby medical committee, served on the south african rugby medical committee and supported touring teams including the british lions and the all blacks. kaizer chiefs and mamelodi sundowns were two of the football teams that made use if his expertise. in 1992 clive was the medical officer for the south african olympic team on our readmission to international sport. during this era, if there was any question regarding an injured sportsperson, dr clive noble would be the first person to call. knowledge translation clive was a great speaker. long before the era of powerpoint, he would scribble a few notes on paper and hold audiences here and abroad keenly attentive as he shared his experiences and theories related to the management of sports injuries. clive was invited to speak across the world where he carried the south african flag high speaking at orthopaedic and sports medicine meetings. sasma and sajsm are born clive, together with a few orthopaedic colleagues, recognised the need to develop a more formal sports medicine structure. in 1985, together with fellow orthopaedist dr ponky firer, radiologist dr louis sirken and a young sports scientist called tim noakes, they formed the south african sports medicine association (sasma) and clive was voted the first president. sasma hosted its first congress which was very well attended. the international network he had established allowed sasma to invite prominent international speakers such as british orthopaedic surgeon dr john williams, dr wolfgang pfoerringer, president of the german society for orthopaedic sports medicine and paediatric orthopaedist dr lyle micheli from boston. simultaneously clive became the first editor of the south african journal of sports medicine, a position he held for 10 years. south africa’s first private sports medicine clinic clive’s travels made him aware of the need for multidisciplinary centres in south africa that housed the expertise for managing sports injuries. for many years he had a dream of such a centre in south africa and this was realised in 1995 when he opened the centre for sports medicine in johannesburg with fellow orthopaedists, a sports medicine physician, radiologist, physiotherapists, biokineticist and dietician. this model became the template for similar centres countrywide. an incredible human being despite having such an aura about him, clive noble had an ability to translate his profound knowledge so that it became easily understandable to junior clinicians as well as his patients. as rudyard kipling wrote, clive could certainly "walk with obituary sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 2 kings but not lose the common touch." a challenging patient would benefit from dr noble popping his head into a colleague’s consultation room for some sage advice, theatre time was spent learning (and sharing plenty of gags!) and afterhours he was always willing to provide telephonic advice. clive was a great character. as much as he was serious in his approach to his patients, he also could appreciate a practical joke. he was a great raconteur and would regale audiences as he wittily reminisced about his experiences in medicine and life. he remained fit throughout his working life. clive competed the comrades marathon and legend has it that his training consisted only of regular calf raises! at the centre in rosebank he would show up younger colleagues and the sportsmen being treated as he marched into the gym, rolled up his sleeves, set the chest press machine at maximum and performed a few repetitions. a legacy in recognition of his pioneering contribution to south african sports medicine, the opening keynote address at the biennial sasma congress is fittingly named “the noble lecture”. but, for those of us lucky to have interacted, worked with and be trained by clive noble, his greatest legacy will be the transfer of incredible knowledge and skills from a generous, gregarious and humble human being with a passion for sports medicine. he shared with us a full and incredible life. jon patricios professor of sport and exercise medicine, wits sport and health, school of therapeutic science, faculty of health science, university of witwatersrand s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-2. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13095 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13095 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6829-4098 sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd commentary 85 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 the need for biokineticists in the south african public health care system r w evans, 1 mphil, t smith, 1 ba, p kay, 1 mphil, d mcwade, 1 mphil, n angouras, 1 bsc (hons), r f van aarde, 1 mphil, r arkell, 1mphil, e v lambert, 1 phd, n van der schyff, 2 md 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 2 victoria hospital, wynberg, cape town, south africa corresponding author: r w evans (robertevanssa@gmail.com) noncommunicable diseases and physical inactivity one in two south africans are physically inactive[1], a statistic which urgently needs to be addressed and managed to curb the rampant increase in noncommunicable diseases (ncds). ncds are a category of chronic diseases that are not infectious and hence cannot be passed on from one person to another. they typically progress at a slow rate and include conditions such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, chronic respiratory diseases and diabetes mellitus.[2] a south african summit on the prevention and control of noncommunicable diseases was held on the 12-13 september 2011. the summit reached a consensus regarding the need for an intensified national action plan, addressing prevention, early detection, behavioural change and universal treatment of ncds in south africa. this consensus materialised in the form of the strategic plan for prevention and control of noncommunicable diseases 2013-2017. the strategy, developed by the department of health, identified three public health strategies.[3] 1. prevent ncds and promote health and wellness at population, community and individual levels, 2. improve control of ncds through the strengthening and reform of health care systems, 3. monitor ncds and their main risk factors, as well as the conducting of innovative research. physical inactivity is recognised internationally as a significant, independent and modifiable risk factor contributing to the increased prevalence of ncds.[4] joubert[1] identified that, based on the 1998 south african demographic and health survey data, an alarming number of ncds amongst south africans were attributable to physical inactivity.[5] physical inactivity was identified as attributable to 47% of ischemic heart diseases and 20% of patients with diabetes mellitus; 87% of cases of type 2 diabetes were attributable to excess body weight, along with 68% of hypertensive disease. cost-effective approaches to combatting noncommunicable diseases the associated morbidity of health disorders related to inactivity, including health-related quality of life, as well as direct and indirect economic costs, exerts a substantial burden on societies and health systems. in south africa, use of physicians to address physical inactivity has been estimated to cost r11.80 per head. when compared to the r4.50 per head required for worksite interventions, it is evident that the use of physicians is a relatively large expense.[3] the global advocacy for physical activity (gapa) describes seven best investments for physical activity, advocating for the integration of physical activity into the primary health care system to reduce the development of ncds.[6] the recommended approach to implementing a physical activity programme is a combination of brief counselling and links to community-based supports. these recommendations do not exclude the physician or other health care providers from the management of physical activity; rather it emphasises that a multidisciplinary approach is needed to reduce physical inactivity. biokineticists, in conjunction with physicians and other practitioners, such as dietitians, physiotherapists and psychologists, are in the best position to contribute towards reducing physical inactivity. many biokinetics students are denied internship positions due to a lack of capacity within the private health care sector. the utilisation of both interns and qualified biokineticists in the public health care sector provides a cost-effective approach to combatting an increasingly sedentary south african lifestyle. biokinetics in the south african public health care sector lee[7] demonstrated that a decrease in physical inactivity by 10% will result in excess of 533 000 lives saved due to ncds around the world every year. despite these statistics, south africa is without a health care professional within the primary health care setting that is adequately equipped to develop and implement physical activity programmes. the primary function of a biokineticist is to improve physical functioning and health background: noncommunicable diseases (ncds) are increasingly prevalent within south africa. physical inactivity is a significant, independent and modifiable risk factor increasing the prevalence of ncds. discussion: the integration of physical activity programmes into the primary health care system through multidisciplinary platforms is thus advocated for and envisioned to be more costeffective than current practices. however, currently within the primary health care setting of south africa, there is an absence of health care professionals adequately equipped to develop and implement physical activity programmes. biokineticists, whose scope of practice is to improve physical functioning and health through exercise as a modality, are ideally suited to developing and implementing physical activity programmes in the public sector. yet despite their evident demand, the role of the biokineticist is not incorporated into the national public health care system. conclusion: this short report calls firstly, for the inclusion of biokinetics into the public health care sector, and secondly, for the funding of multidisciplinary community health programmes supporting education, healthy eating and physical activity levels. keywords: noncommunicable disease, physical activity, community health programme, primary health care s afr j sports med 2016;28(3):85-86.doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1310 mailto:robertevanssa@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1310 commentary sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 86 through exercise as a modality. it would thus appear that a biokineticist is ideally suited to developing and implementing programmes to reduce physical inactivity in the public sector. it is evident that based on the biokineticist’s scope of practice; there is an overwhelming demand for their skills in combatting the current burden of ncds facing the country. the demand for biokineticists is evident within the private health care sector as demonstrated by moss and lubbe. [8] however, the vast majority of people (40 million people) cannot afford the expense of private health care. they are therefore reliant on a public health care system already crippled by a quadruple burden of disease of hiv/aids and tuberculosis (tb), high maternal and child mortality, high levels of violence and injuries, and a growing burden of ncds. conclusion and recommendations south africa is without a focused approach to reducing physical inactivity. the south african public health care sector needs to progress beyond treating ncds and adopt strategies focused on prevention. health promotion using physical activity falls directly within the biokineticist’s scope of practice.[9] this short report calls for the support and funding of community-based physical activity interventions in combatting ncds. the time has come for south african policymakers to act upon the strategic plan for prevention and control of ncds 2013-2017. these actions should be the inclusion of biokinetics into the public health care sector and the funding of multidisciplinary community health programmes supporting education, healthy eating and physical activity levels. references 1. joubert j, norman r, lambert ev, et al. estimating the burden of disease attributable to physical inactivity in south africa in 2000. s afr med j 2007; 97(8 pt 2):725-731. pmid: 17952230 2. american college of sports medicine. acsm's guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. 9th ed. lippincott williams & wilkins; 2013. doi:10.1249/jsr.0b013e31829a68cf 3. south africa. department of health. strategic plan for the prevention and control of non-communicable diseases 2013-17. department of health; 2013. available from: http://www.hsrc.ac.za/uploads/pagecontent/3893/ncds%20strat%20p lan%20%20content%208%20april%20proof.pdf 4. steyn k, fourie j, temple n (eds). chronic diseases of lifestyle in south africa: 1995–2005. technical report. cape town: south african medical research council, may 2006:33-47. available from: http://www.mrc.ac.za/noncomm/cdl1995-2005.pdf 5. south africa. department of health. south africa demographic and health survey 1998. department of health, 1998. available from:http://www.mrc.ac.za/bod/sadhs1998fullreport.pdf 6. global advocacy for physical activity (gapa) the advocacy council of the international society for physical activity and health (ispah). ncd prevention: investments that work for physical activity. february 2011. available from: http://www.globalpa.org.uk/pdf/investments-work.pdf 7. lee im, shiroma ej, lobelo f, et al. effect of physical inactivity on major non-communicable diseases worldwide: an analysis of burden of disease and life expectancy. lancet 2012 jul 27;380(9838):219-229.doi: 10.1016/s0140-6736(12)61031-9; pmid: 22818936 8. moss sj, lubbe ms. the potential market demand for biokinetics in the private health care sector of south africa. s afr j sports med 2011;23(1):1419. 9. health professions council of south africa (hpcsa). medical, dental and supplementary health service professions act (act no. 56 of 1974), section 33 (1), c1974 [cited 2016 may 18]. available from: http://www.hpcsa.co.za/uploads/editor/userfiles/downloads/rules_reg_c onstitution/regulations_defining_the_scope_of_the_profession_of_biokine tics.pdf http://www.hsrc.ac.za/uploads/pagecontent/3893/ncds%20strat%20plan%20%20content%208%20april%20proof.pdf http://www.hsrc.ac.za/uploads/pagecontent/3893/ncds%20strat%20plan%20%20content%208%20april%20proof.pdf http://www.mrc.ac.za/noncomm/cdl1995-2005.pdf sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd commentary 59 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 enabling disabled participation in sport: roadrunning d maralack, phd school of management studies, university of cape town, south africa corresponding author: d maralack (david.maralack@uct.ac.za) in march and may 2016, the old mutual two oceans marathon (omtom) and comrades marathon were challenged by wheelchair participants to enter their ultramarathon races. the ultramarathons are physically challenging, pushing athletes to their limits over 56 km and 90 km respectively, over mountainous terrain, exacerbating the physical challenge of the distance. initially both events declined entry to two wheelchair participants based on procedural, logistical and safety grounds, prompting vitriolic discussions on the social media. contestation developed around the ways in which disabled sport participants are integrated (or not) into sporting events with the management, logistics and operational challenges that confront event organisers. this commentary focuses briefly on what can be considered as two sides of the same coin: the rights of disabled and particularly wheelchair participants to be included in ultramarathons in south africa; and the management and regulatory responsibilities of the event organisers in these complex mass participation events. contestations in the social media, proponents argued that it is the constitutional right for differently abled athletes to be permitted to participate in any event. event organisers were branded as “anti-disabled”, “lazy” and “intransigent”. this strand of argument predominated, although some commentators argued that an ultramarathon was not appropriate as “it is too hard” and “physically too challenging”. in clarifying the issues it is important to examine the rights and responsibilities of differently abled participants, as well as those of the event/race organisers. race organisers are required to work within a human rights culture and simultaneously comply with a myriad of safety, health and environmental procedures and regulations. benchmarking the issues while south africa still grapples with managing the incorporation of disabled athletes into mainstream events, other countries have well developed policies and procedures. in this commentary there is a brief reflection on policies of england athletics (ea) and road runners club of america (rrca) on disabled athletic participation, as well as the key policy, health, safety, procedural and monitoring considerations that need to be taken into account in south african roadrunning. the ea and rrca have well developed disabled inclusion policies and processes. an important starting point for both is their focus on facilitating participation by athletes with disabilities. the ea inclusion policy1 argues that disabled people participate in athletic events for the same reason as all athletes for enjoyment, to improve fitness, and to experience the challenge and achievement of competition. as the governing body, ea enhances the knowledge and confidence of event organisers in promoting the inclusion of disabled athletes in events, fosters a change in attitudes, and improves opportunities for disabled athletes to participate. this occurs while safeguarding the safety of all athletes. similarly, the rrca2 argue that while participant safety in a running event remains the paramount concern of any event organiser, clear guidelines will help event organisers focus on real safety concerns related to a specific disability and “not concerns based on false perceptions, stereotypes or generalizations about athletes with disabilities”. hence, the rrca’s policy guidelines assist race organisers to deal with the complex questions surrounding disabled athlete participation in general, including those in wheelchairs. they stress that the guidelines are not intended to cover all events or situations, but rather to foster discussions among event directors, members of the disabled community, law enforcement, public safety personnel and others involved with a particular event. the governing bodies of the ea and rrca respectively predicate entry for disabled athletes on an accommodation request based on, for example, the policy on americans with disability act,2 which includes: a request for accommodation for a specific event which needs to be made to a race organiser a minimum of four to six weeks prior to an event. also, event organisers are encouraged to have a space on their entry forms requesting whether disability accommodation is needed, and informing athletes that it takes four to six weeks after receipt of all medical documents to evaluate such a request. it remains the responsibility of the applicant to contact the race director to ensure compliance with event requirements. they highlight that operationally it may not be reasonable to make an adjustment for disabled athletes; however, it is the race organiser’s responsibility to ensure that they have taken all reasonable steps to consider and implement any the old mutual two oceans marathon (omtom) and comrades marathon were challenged by wheelchair participants to enter their ultramarathon races in 2016, despite the ultramarathon being physically challenging over 56 km and 90 km respectively. the terrain for both is mountainous, exacerbating the physical challenge of the distance. initially both events declined entry to two wheelchair participants, based on procedural, logistical and safety grounds, prompting social media protests and debate. this commentary focuses in brief on the two sides of the same coin: the rights of disabled and specifically wheelchair athletes to be included in ultramarathons in south africa; and the management and regulatory responsibilities of event organisers in these complex events. keywords: running events; mass participation; inclusion; wheelchair; two oceans marathon s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):59-60.doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1429 mailto:david.maralack@uct.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1429 commentary sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 60 reasonable adjustments that could be made. south africa these are useful considerations for enabling differently abled participation in roadrunning in south africa. the south african national sport and recreation plan (nsrp)3 emphasises inclusion, directing all sports organisations to develop clear and consistent processes for the inclusion of all participants. at present, policies do promote participation by disabled (including wheelchair) participation in road races, but the guidelines for implementation and accommodation are left to the event organisers. similar to usa track & field (usatf) and ea above, in south africa participant rights have to be balanced with requirements contained in the “safety at sports and recreational events act” (sasrea)4. sasrea sets minimum safety and security standards to safeguard the well-being of all persons at events; holds event role players to account and regulates safety certificates and public liability at events. the act requires that event organisers have approved safety and security measures in place and that its implementation is managed by appropriately experienced people. translating the requirements of sasrea in south africa, road races have to specifically consider how to deal with barriers to participation, and receive prior events planning approval for: (1) traffic and wide bay parking access at the start and finish of the event; (2) appropriate safety logistics at course entry and start position; (3) sufficient course width to accommodate wheelchairs on the route and to consider alternatives when space is deemed to be insufficient; (4) special course considerations such as speed humps, steep hills, descents, and to identify mitigation measures; (5) on course access for medical vehicles that can transport wheelchairs; (6) toilet facilities at the start, en route and at the finish that are accessible for wheelchairs. over and above these legal requirements, drivers of traffic and safety vehicles, volunteers and event staff are required to attend special briefings on all processes and mitigation measures that are in place. the old mutual two oceans marathon therefore has to comply with these requirements and some challenges are the congested start, access and egress on the narrow stretches of shared road with cars on fifty per cent of the course, the steep inclines and, in particular, the descents on chapman’s peak and constantia nek. in addition, race organisers are required to ensure that the medical infrastructure and services en route can respond to all demands. this is not as simple as it seems. going forward what is to be done? an important starting point for all stakeholders is to remove barriers to participation of disabled athletes and at the same time ensuring the safety of all runners. in south africa this requires collaboration and joined-up policymaking and implementation between the governing body of athletics south africa (asa), its provincial affiliates, race organisers, disability sport governing bodies, participants and public safety officials. clear national policy guidelines by asa will assist race organisers to deal with the complex questions surrounding disabled athlete participation, including those for wheelchairs. it is important to acknowledge that event owners have legal responsibilities but it is also imperative to provide a welcoming environment, starting with examining ways in which disabled people can participate as opposed to focusing on the barriers to participation. race organisers need to encourage communication in order to ensure application for event approval is made timeously and enable race organisers to comply with safety procedures specific to wheelchairs. inviting key stakeholders such as the western province sport association for physically disabled (wpsapd) in cape town, south africa, to become a stakeholder in decision-making, ensures that experts guide the process, monitor application and provide feedback for improvement. disabled athletes should be encouraged to contact the race organiser and governing body in advance to discuss the needs and requirements to facilitate inclusion. considerations would include requirements stipulated in sasrea, such as access, health, safety, traffic, medical clearance, safety of equipment, so that there is no danger to either the participants or environment. it is acknowledged that in certain instances it may be inappropriate to permit disabled participation, especially if an unreasonable or drastic adjustment is required that will change the nature of the event. if a risk assessment for the event indicates that it may be unsafe for disabled participation, then the risk assessor must be able to show that the decision was based on sufficient knowledge in the area of disability or has consulted with the appropriate disability organisation2. conclusion this debate needs to be engaged with and understood in the broader running community. all athletes are entitled to enter a race under the same risks and to challenge themselves with hard physical effort, in adverse weather and course conditions. however, there is currently no joined-up policy providing clear and consistent processes of inclusion and circumstances for exclusion. notes: 1. usa track and field is the governing body for athletics in usa. the road runners club of america is affiliated to usat&f and aligns with national usat&f policy and regulations. 2. omtom has redesigned their online application form to include an indication of type and degree of disability, public indemnity process and specific timelines for approval. references 1. england athletics. inclusive athletics guidance: a resource to help athletics providers increase participation by disabled people. accessed http://www.englandathletics.org/disability-athletics/resources august 15, 2016. 2. road runners club of america. guidelines to facilitate participation by athletes with disabilities. accessed in http://www.rrca.org/resources/eventdirectors/guidelines-for-safe-events/challenged-athletes, august 15, 2016. 3. sport and recreation south africa. national sport and recreation plan. pretoria: government printers. 2012. 4. sport and recreation south africa. safety at sports and recreational events act, 2009. pretoria: government printers. 2010. http://www.englandathletics.org/disability-athletics/resources http://www.rrca.org/resources/event-directors/guidelines-for-safe-events/challenged-athletes http://www.rrca.org/resources/event-directors/guidelines-for-safe-events/challenged-athletes sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 27 original research case study an elite runner with cerebral palsy: cost of running determines athletic performance lf prins,1 m.s.; pcm wolters,1 m.s.; e casalino,2 phd; d zimmerman,3 m.s.; jj de koning,1 phd; jp porcari,3 phd; c foster,3 phd, facsm 1 vu university – amsterdam, research institute move, netherlands 2 university of rome “foro italico”, italy 3 university of wisconsin-la crosse, usa corresponding author: c foster (cfoster@uwlax.edu) background: running performance is widely understood in terms of the joyner model (vo2max, %vo2max at ventilatory threshold (vt), running economy (often measured as cost of running (cr) as vo2 in ml.kg‑1.km‑1). objective: to test the joyner model by evaluating a runner in whom one element of the joyner model is systematically abnormal. methods: the case of a two‑time paralympian with cerebral palsy (cp), 2nd place in the sydney 2000 paralympic 1500 m (t37) is reported. incremental and steady state treadmill runs as well as simulated competitions were completed. incremental and steady state (50% ppo) cycling with two legs (2l), the non‑affected leg (nl), and the affected leg (al) were also completed. results: his silver medal (2000 sydney og) performance for 1500 m was 269 s (4:29) (77.2% of velocity in contemporary able‑ bodied world record (wr). at the time of study, his vo2max was 64.2 ml.min‑1.kg‑1. his cost of running (cr) (1% grade) was higher, at 257 vs 228, 211 and 188 ml.kg‑1.km‑1 (for acsm norms, elite europeans, elite east africans). during cycling, his vo2max with 2l, nl and al was 3.74, 3.78 and 3.71 l.min‑1, and his gross efficiency (ge) was 18.4, 12.2 and 9.3%, respectively. conclusions: in a former elite runner with cp, there is little evidence of a central oxygen transport limitation. the higher cr (plausibly reflected by the reduced ge of his al) appears to account for much of the difference in performance compared to able‑bodied runners. the results provide both insight into the physiological limitations of runners with cp and support for the joyner model of competitive running performance. keywords: biomechanics, athletic training, exercise performance, exercise physiology s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):27‑29. doi:10.17159/2078‑516x/2016/v28i1a424 running performance is well described by the joyner model which explains performance as a function of vo2max, the %vo2max at lactate/ventilatory threshold and running economy, often expressed at the cost of running (cr) or vo2 (ml.kg‑1.km‑1).[1] there has been general support for this model, over a generation of sports scientists. a novel way of further testing this model is to evaluate runners where one element of the model is systematically different. this paper reports a case study of an elite runner with cerebral palsy (cp). cp is “a disorder of the development of movement and posture, causing activity limitations attributed to non‑progressive disturbances in the developing fetal or infant brain”.[2] cp is classified from the nature of the movement disorder and the anatomical distribution of motor abnormalities or severity. our subject had spastic hemiplegia on the right side of his body, with unilateral involvement or spasms of the muscles including both arm and leg. he began running in his youth, and competed in different distances (800 m, 1500 m, and 5000 m) at two paralympic games (athens 1996, sydney 2000). his best performance was the silver medal in the 1500 m (t37 class) at the sydney 2000 paralympic games. his personal bests (compared to contemporary wr’s in able‑ bodied runners were: (800 m = 132 s (2:13) vs 102.3 s (1:43) = 77.5%wr; 1500 m = 269 s 4:29) vs 207.7 s (3:27.7) = 77.2%wr; 5000 m = 1060 s (17:42) vs 769.6 s (12:49.6) = 72.5%wr). the purpose of this study is to provide insight into two aspects of performance in athletes with cp. first, what are the characteristics of running performance of a runner with cp compared to able‑bodied runners? second, how do persons with cp adapt to pathological conditions to achieve optimal function. these authors believe that this is the first study to report on cr and physical adaptation in an elite runner with cp. methods at the time of the study (2011), the subject was 31 years old. he had participated in the 1996 and 2000 paralympics, and had trained competitively until 2004. although not competitive at the time of the physiological studies, he was still running three times per week for 30‑40 min and cycling for transportation, mostly at intensities below the ventilatory threshold (vt). the study was approved by the university human subjects committee, according to principles of the declaration of helsinki, and the subject provided written informed consent. the tests consisted of three parts: treadmill running, cycle ergometry and race simulations. all tests were performed at the same time of day (18h00‑20h00) during summer. he undertook no intense training for 48 hrs and no training (except cycling for transportation purposes) for 24 hrs before each test. laboratory tests and races were separated by at least 48 hours. the subject performed incremental treadmill running until exhaustion (2.68 m.s‑1 (9.64 km.h‑1) +0.22 m.s‑1 (0.8 km.h‑1) each minute). he also performed steady state treadmill running (5 minute stages with 1 min walking recovery between stages). performed on a different day, the steady state runs began at 2.23 m.s‑1 (8.0 km.h‑1) and increased by 0.22 m.s‑1 (0.8 km.h‑1) until the velocity at blood lactate = 4 mmol.l‑1 was exceeded. all treadmill runs were performed with the treadmill belt at 1% elevation to mimic wind resistance. respiratory gas exchange was measured using open‑circuit spirometry, with a mixing chamber based metabolic system (aei inc, bastrop, tx), and standard calibration procedures. vo2max was accepted as the highest continuous 30 s vo2 observed during the test. the cost of running (cr) was calculated from the interpolated vo2‑velocity relationship at a vo2 = 90% of that at vt. this was done to assure that the cr represented steady state conditions, and to allow comparison to published norms.[3] blood lactate was measured in capillary blood obtained from a fingertip using dry chemistry (lactate plus). mailto:cfoster@uwlax.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a424 28 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 study acsm elite european elite east c o st o f r u n n in g (m l.k g . km ) -1 -1 fig. 1c. cost of running, expressed in ml.kg-1.km-1, for the runner with cp in this study (light), in reference to the acsm norms, and norms for elite european runners and elite east african runners (dark)[3] 0 5 10 15 20 25 elite cyclists able bodied 2l nl al g ro ss e � ci en cy (% ) fig. 1d. gross efficiency during cycling at 50% of ppo in elite cyclists (dark), in able-bodied non-athletes (dark), with 2l by the subject with cp, and with the nl and al by the subject with cp (light) 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 year 15 00 m t im e (s ) fig. 1a. seasonal best 1500 m performances (closed circles), with the contemporary wr for reference (dashed line). note that despite officially retiring from competition, the time for the 2011 time trials (open circle) was still in the general range of his silver medal winning paralympic performance. 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 0 500 1000 1500 sp lit t im e (s ) distance (m) sydney 2000 time trial 1 time trial 2 wr fig. 1b. split 100 m times during 1500 m time trials (2011) (296 and 297 s), during the paralympic silver medal race (2000) (269 s), and for the contemporary wr (208 s) for able-bodied runners. of note is that all races had essentially the same pacing pattern (fast-slow-fast). two 1500 m time trials were performed on an outdoor 400 m track, with an experienced pacemaker, to allow comparison of race results between 2000 and 2011. the pacemaker attempted to run the pace that the subject believed that he could sustain. during the run, based on verbal communication between the subject and pacemaker (e.g. too slow, just right, too fast), the pace was regulated every 50‑100 m. during the last 400 m, the subject attempted to pass the pacemaker, as he would in competition. times were recorded every 100 m. because running is an inherently a bilateral activity, and (as in this subject) cp is often a unilateral pathology the authors felt that it was important to assess differences between his affected leg (al) and non‑affected leg (nl). accordingly, he performed incremental exercise using both legs 25 w + 25 w per 60 s) and, separately, with both the non‑affected and affected legs (25 w + 15 w per 60 s, with 90 s on and 30 s off ). additionally, he performed a 10 min ride at steady state (50% peak power output) on the same cycle ergometer (lode excalibur, groningen, nl), both with 2l and separately with the al and nl. results at the time of the study, the subject’s height and weight were 1.75 m and 63.3 kg respectively, which were unchanged from his competitive years. during his peak competitive years, he trained ~4 times weekly, totalling ~40 km per week, including 2‑3 interval training sessions. he stated that if he trained >4 days per week, he tended to become injured. during incremental treadmill running, his vo2max = 64.2 ml.min‑1.kg‑1, his vo2@vt = 52.8 ml.min‑1.kg‑1, his vo2@rct (respiratory compensation threshold) = 60.8 ml.min‑1.kg‑1. his vmax = 4.58 m.s‑1, vvt = 3.58 m.s‑1, vrct = 4.25 m.s‑1, v4mmol = 3.39 m.s‑1 and vvo2max = 4.33 m.s‑1. his gross vo2max was 4,074 ml.min‑1, with vt and rct at 80% and 95% of vo2max. these percentages are high compared to the normal range of endurance athletes, possibly because the vvo2max was limited by the coordination and work capacity of the al. this finding is duplicated in the cycling results. he remarked that during his competitive career, when he was fatigued, the toe of his al tended to drop, occasionally causing him to fall. comparing his silver medal race in 2000 with his 2011 1500 m time trials shows that although he was slower (269 s (4:29) vs 297 s (4:57) and 296 s (4:56)) (figure  1a), the pattern of pacing was virtually the same (figure  1b). his final time in the two 2011 1500 m time trials represented 91.0% and 91.4% of the velocity achieved during his silver medal race. although the time trials were slower than his paralympic race, they were in the general range of races during his late competitive career, which the authors believe provides evidence that the data collected during 2011 is representative of his physiological responses during his peak competitive period in 2000. sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 29 original research during cycling his peak power output (ppo) was 300 w, 105 w and 190 w with 2l, al and nl, respectively. vo2max was 3.74 (2l), 3.78 (al) and 3.71 (nl) l.min‑1. the vo2max with 2l represented 92% of his running vo2max. it was remarkable that during 1l cycling with his al, the pedalling action was very much “whole body”, with a great degree of accessory muscle involvement, whereas with the nl the cycling action looked normal. the higher cr of our subject is presented in figure 1c. the cr, with 1% grade, was 257 ml.kg‑1.km‑1 vs 228 ml.kg‑1.km‑1, 211 ml.kg‑1.km‑1 and 188 ml.kg‑1.km‑1 vs acsm norms, elite europeans and elite east africans, respectively.[3] the ge during cycling is presented in figure 1d, which depicts the range of elite cyclists, able‑bodied individuals, and our subject’s values for 2l, nl and al. ge during 2l steady state cycling at 50% ppo was 18.4% (150 w, vo2 = 2.42 l.min‑1, rer = 0.84) (at the low end of normal), during 1l cycling with nl was 12.2% (95 w, vo2 = 2.27 l.min‑1, rer = 0.90) and during 1l cycling with his al his ge was 9.3% (53 w, vo2 = 1.68 l.min‑1, rer = 0.95). discussion the main finding of this case study was that an elite runner with cp was characterised by increased cr, which seems to define the mechanism of his reduced (compared to able‑bodied runners) performance ability more than other variables in the joyner model of running. this finding was supported by a decrease in ge during cycling in his al. he was able to achieve vo2max even using the al, apparently by extensive use of the accessory musculature to overcome the strength and coordinative deficit in the al. extrapolating the speed‑vo2 relationship observed in the laboratory his best 2011 performance would require a vo2 of 74 ml.min‑1.kg‑1, representing 115% vo2max. assuming that the cr can improve by no more than 8%[4] and that vo2max is unlikely to increase smore than 2% with the addition of high‑intensity interval training[5], the authors estimated that in sydney at the 2000 paralympic games his cr was no lower than 238 ml.kg‑1.km‑1 and his vo2max was no higher than 66 ml.min‑1.kg‑1. on this basis, his paralympic performance of 269 s would have required a vo2 of 79.9 ml.min‑1.kg‑1, or 121% of his estimated vo2max on race day. the percent of vo2max for both 2000 and 2011 performances are within reason for the relative intensity of elite able‑bodied runners. while even his estimated sydney 2000 race day vo2max is not equivalent to the ~75 ml.min‑1.kg‑1 typically seen in elite middle‑distance runners (~85% as good), his best possible cr is high compared to elite able‑ bodied runners (~75% as good). thus both the 2011 time trials and the projected values for his 2000 paralympic performance support the joyner model of running performance, and suggest that the primary difference between this elite runner with cp and elite able‑ bodied runners is dominantly related to an increase in the cr.[1] his ability to adapt and have a very good performance despite the limitations imposed by cp appears attributable to his ability to recruit accessory muscles to overcome the limitations imposed by cp. this compensatory strategy extracts a cost in terms of reduced ge (e.g. increased cr), which is only possible if vo2max is reasonably high. a recent study from the authors’ laboratory[6] in children with cp demonstrated that ppo (‑25%) and wingate po (‑40%) were more depressed than vo2max (‑15%) compared to age matched controls. these data support the concept that limitations in mechanical power production (e.g. increased cr, decreased ge) contribute to the performance deficit in cp. they further suggest that therapeutic strategies with cp should include efforts to increase vo2max so that these patients can have the physiologic capacity to accommodate their neuromuscular deficit. although not directly measured in this study, it is likely that the spasticity in the al influenced the stretch‑ shortening cycle of the al, decreasing the potential contribution of elastic recoil to propulsion. further, chronic spasticity of the al has the potential for reducing muscle blood flow, in much the same way that the extended duty cycle seen in speed skaters contributes to reduced muscle blood flow and vo2max.[7] references 1. joyner mj. modeling: optimal marathon performance on the basis of physiological factors. j appl physiol 1991;71:1496‑1501. pmid: 1757375. 2. bax m, goldstein m, rosenbaum p, et al. proposed definition and classification of cerebral palsy. dev med child neurol 2005;47:571‑576. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. jpeds.2008.04.013] 3. foster c, lucia a. running economy: the forgotten factor in elite performance. sports med 2007;37:316‑319. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256‑200737040‑ 00011] pmid: 17465597. 4. billat vl, flechet b, petit b, et al. interval training at vo2max : effects on aerobic markers and overtraining markers. med sci sports exerc 1999;31:156‑163. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768‑199901000‑00024] pmid: 9927024. 5. daniels jt, yarborough ra, foster c. changes in vo2max and running performance with training. eur j appl physiol occup physiol 1978;39:249‑254. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1007/bf00421448] pmid: 710390. 6. balemans ac, van wely l, de heer sj, et al. maximal aerobic and anaerobic exercise responses in children with cerebral palsy. med sci sports exerc 2013;45:561‑568. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3182732b2f ] 7. foster c, rundell kw, snyder ac, et al. evidence for restricted muscle blood flow during speed skating. med sci sports exerc 1999;31: 1433‑1440 [http://dx.doi. org/10.1097/00005768‑199910000‑00012] pmid: 10527516. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpeds.2008.04.013 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpeds.2008.04.013 http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200737040-00011 http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200737040-00011 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768-199901000-00024 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768-199901000-00024 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf00421448 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf00421448 http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3182732b2f http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768-199910000-00012 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768-199910000-00012 _goback case report 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license exercise intervention for post-acute covid-19 syndrome – do fitt-vp principles apply? a case study g torres,1 phd; n rains,2 mbbch, dch; pj gradidge,1 phd; d constantinou1 mbbch, mphil 1 department of exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, south africa 2 n.h.c health centre, northcliff, south africa corresponding author: g torres (georgia.torres@wits.ac.za) long covid is a condition characterised by persistent symptoms and/or delayed or longterm complications beyond four weeks from the onset of sars-cov-2 infection.[1] a systematic review[2] demonstrated that exercise rehabilitation improves such patients' symptoms and quality of life. five randomised control trials (rcts) included in the review were outpatient/home-based interventions. only two were considered high quality, indicating the need for further and more robust investigations of the rehabilitation of covid-19 patients. the consensus on exercise reporting template (cert)[3] was developed to provide a standardised method for the reporting of exercise interventions and lays down a minimum set of 16 key items considered essential to note in replicable exercise programmes. our case study of these exercise interventions demonstrates the application of the cert (by describing the 16 essential items). it highlights the need for research in developing fitt-vp exercise prescription principles for long covid rehabilitation. case report history a 58-year-old male was hospitalised for 14 days in the intensive care ward to manage his severe covid-19 infection. he had been sedentary before the infection. his disease progression included myocardial involvement, leading to the insertion of a single chamber rate limiting pacemaker on day six of hospitalisation. to regain daily physical functionality, he joined an exercise rehabilitation programme 138 days after discharge. the patient was still symptomatic and reported symptoms of shortness of breath, fatigue, headache, anxiousness, and gastrointestinal upsets. he also reported ambulatory dysfunction (muscle weakness and balance difficulties) and used a walking stick. his prescribed medication was salmeterol xinafoate/fluticasone propionate inhaler (250/25) twice daily. pre-intervention measurements a medical history and examination were carried out by a sports physician to determine his status and to screen for his entry into the rehabilitation programme. thereafter a standard protocol was used to collect baseline assessments shown below: anthropometric measures weight (kg) and height (m) were measured using a seca scale and stadiometer (model 220, vogel and halke, germany), respectively. blood pressure rested and seated brachial blood pressure (mmhg) with an average of two were recorded on the dominant arm using an automated blood pressure cuff (fora active plus p30, faracare suisse, switzerland). pulse oximetry pulse oximeter readings were measured in a rested, seated position using the berry pulse oximeter (bm1000e, shanghai berry electronic tech co., ltd). biochemical analysis venous blood samples were collected and analysed at a commercial pathology laboratory for c-reactive protein (crp) (inflammatory marker) and interleukin 6 (il-6) (immune activation marker). lung function test flow volume loop spirometry was performed using a standardised procedure with the computer-based koko pft the lack of standardisation of reporting exercise interventions hampers the development of best practice guidelines for long covid patients. this case study on the effect of an exercise intervention in a long covid patient applied the consensus on exercise reporting template (cert) for reporting interventions. fitt-vp exercise prescription principles for long covid rehabilitation are also suggested. a 58-year-old male, previously hospitalised for 14 days in the ward for the intensive care for the management of severe covid-19 infection, joined an exercise rehabilitation programme. a medical history, anthropometric, biochemical, lung function, blood pressure, cardiorespiratory fitness and strength measures were all assessed before and after the eight week exercise intervention programme. positive changes were found in all lung function test measures. cardiorespiratory fitness, endurance capacity and muscle strength improved. however, the greatest improvements occurred in functional status, fatigue, dyspnoea and the state of depression levels. this case study suggested that in the absence of other instruments, the fittvp principles may be used for long covid patients, and cert for reporting interventions, but these should be further researched. keywords: rehabilitation, recovery, physical therapy, symptom management s afr j sports med 2023; 35:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15284 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15284 https://orcid.org/0009-0000-2909-0861 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0197-4718 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3363-7695 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5225-1184 case report sajsm vol.35 no.1 2023 2 spirometry (koko pft ltd, waltham abbey, essex, uk). cardiorespiratory fitness (crf) a submaximal crf test was performed using a cycle ergometer (wattbike, nothingham, england) (ramp test mode). resting and effort electrocardiograms were recorded (qrs universal ecg, san diego, usa) and capillary blood lactate concentration was measured (accutrend plus, roche, mannheim, germany). the initial workload was 25w, with increments of 20w every three minutes, until functional volitional fatigue was reached. during the test, ratings of perceived exertion, blood lactate, blood pressure and heart rate measures were collected (the last 30 seconds of each workload). vo2 peak was predicted using equations from the friend registry.[4] hand grip dynamometer strength test muscle strength was measured using a hand grip dynamometer (takei kiki kogyo, japan). the best of three trials were recorded for both hands. questionnaires the post-covid-19 functional status scale[5] was administered to assess daily functionality. the fatigue assessment scale was used for fatigue levels and the mrc dyspnea scale was used to assess breathlessness and difficulty in breathing. the hamilton depression rating scale (ham-d) was used to assess levels of depression. exercise intervention the exercise intervention is described using items from the consensus on exercise reporting template (cert).[3] 1. detailed description of the type of exercise equipment a treadmill and stationary exercise bike were used for endurance training. dumbbells, pilates balls, elastic bands, and strength equipment which controlled movement (e.g. leg press machine and pectoral deck machine) were used for resistance training. 2. detailed description of the qualifications, expertise and/or training an exercise physiologist (phd) and two assistants (honours in biokinetics) delivered the exercise intervention. a standard operating procedure document was developed and used for the intervention. 3+4. describe whether exercises were performed individually or in a group; supervised or unsupervised; how they were delivered all exercise sessions were supervised, performed individually and delivered face-to-face, monitored and tracked via the technogym (tg) mywellness mobile application. 5. detailed description of how adherence to exercise was measured and reported all exercise sessions were verified by direct supervision or by heart rate monitoring via polar monitor and captured on the mywellness mobile app. blood pressure, heart rate, rpe, o2 stats and symptoms were monitored by the supervising exercise professional during all exercise sessions. data were recorded on a spreadsheet. adherence was calculated as a percentage, equal to an actual number of exercise minutes completed each week at the appropriate intensity, divided by the total number of minutes prescribed. the adherence for supervised sessions was 85%. 6. detailed description of motivation strategies verbal encouragement and positive reinforcement were applied during sessions. the self-determination theory of behaviour change and the health belief model that highlight self-efficacy, individual autonomy, perceived benefits and the affective value of a goal/action were used as motivation strategies. links between effect (feelings, emotions) and a particular physical activity/movement were highlighted during exercise. 7a+b. a detailed description of the decision rule(s) for determining exercise progression and how the exercise programme progressed exercise progression was informed by and followed the flowchart set out in the british medical journal.[6] progression included small increments based on patient feedback and responses to exercise. 8. detailed description of each exercise to enable replication the exercises were all made available as videos on the tg mywellness mobile application and accessible by a website link (www.technogym.com/za/technogymapp-za/). 9. detailed description of any home programme component in week five, the participant was confident enough to add walking one-two times a week, of 10-20 min each, outside of supervised sessions. 10. describe whether there are any non-exercise components no other components were added to the exercise intervention. however, it was noted that a psychological component was needed and would have been beneficial to help the high levels of participant anxiety. 11. describe the type and number of adverse events that occur during exercise dizziness during some exercise sessions was experienced by the participant in the first four weeks but always subsided quickly (four events). sessions were adjusted for dizzy spells. 12. describe the setting in which the exercises are performed all exercise sessions were performed at the medical exercise facility, department of exercise science and sports medicine, university of the witwatersrand, south africa. 13. detailed description of the exercise intervention see supplement 1: table 3. 14a+b. describe whether the exercises are generic (one size fits all) or tailored and how exercises are tailored to the individual exercises were based on current known exercise prescriptions for patients presenting with long covid and tailored to the individual based on heart rate response, rpe, dyspnoea level, http://www.technogym.com/za/technogym case report 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 exercise technique and symptoms. the exercise programme focussed on large muscle group exercises, with a controlled plane of movement (strength equipment), as for a sedentary or beginner resistance training programme. the specific exercises chosen (e.g. bench press machine) were based on available equipment. exercises were chosen to activate similar muscle groups and movement patterns. for example, when free-standing squats caused knee pain, they were replaced with wall squats using a pilates ball. 15. describe the decision rule for determining the starting level the heart rate at the onset of blood lactate accumulation measured during the crf test determined the starting level for endurance exercise. the starting level for the resistance exercises was based on exercise technique. 16a+b. describe how adherence or fidelity is assessed/ measured and the extent to which the intervention was delivered as planned see item 5. results and outcomes data were analysed to compare baseline and post-intervention outcome measures (tables 1 and 2). all the lung function test variables showed positive changes. the improvements in cardiorespiratory fitness and endurance capacity are clearly shown by the changes in vo2 peak and blood lactate threshold. muscle strength and blood inflammatory marker also improved (tables 1 and 2). however, the greatest improvements occurred in functional status, fatigue, dyspnoea and the state of depression levels. body weight and blood pressure measures showed negative changes (latter within normal reference ranges). discussion the greatest effects of exercise intervention in this case study were in cardiorespiratory fitness, self-reported functional status, fatigue, dyspnoea and the state of depression levels. the unexpected increases in resting heart rate and resting systolic and diastolic blood pressures in the sessions may be attributed to autonomic nervous system effects, e.g. a stressful drive on post-intervention testing day compared to preintervention testing day. another possible explanation for the result is that covid infection could still be lingering in the autonomic nervous system.[7] the improvement in the blood inflammatory marker may have been a combined result of the healing process after hospital discharge (i.e. the participant started to exercise 138 days after hospital discharge) and the effect of the exercise programme. table 1. changes in anthropometric, cardiorespiratory and blood parameters after eight weeks of exercise intervention parameter prepost % change absolute change physical activity level (kcal.wk-1) unknown 763 weight (kg) 129 131 +1.4 +1.8 bmi (kg.m-2) 35.0 35.5 +1.4 +0.5 resting heart rate (b.min-1) 73 79 +8.2 +6 resting oxygen saturation level (%) 95 95 systolic blood pressure (mmhg) 120 133 +10.8 +13 diastolic blood pressure (mmhg) 81 89 +9.8 +8 resting ecg normal normal fvc (l.min-1) 3.70 4.02 +8.6 +0.32 fev1/fvc (%) 71 78 +9.8 +7 pefr (l.s-1) 6.23 6.95 +11.6 +0.72 blood crp level (mg.l-1) 25 3 -88 -22 blood il-6 level (pg.ml-1) 1.8 bmi, body mass index; ecg, electrocardiograms; fvc, forced vital capacity; fev1; forced expiratory volume in one second; pefr, peak expiratory flow rate; crp, c-reactive protein; il-6, interleukin 6. table 2. changes in cardiorespiratory (crf) test, strength and qualitative scale parameters, after eight weeks of exercise intervention parameter prepost% change absolute change predicted vo2 peak (ml.kg-1.min-1) 8.9 13.8 + 55.1 +4.9 power at onset of blood lactate accumulation (w) 53 64 + 20 +10.6 maximal power /mass (w.kg-1) 0.67 0.80 + 19.4 +0.13 o2 saturation before crf test (%) 95 94 1.05 -1 o2 saturation after crf test (%) 94 94 hand grip strength (kg) 42 44 +4.8 +2 post covid-19 functional status scale 3* 2* -33.3 -1 fatigue assessment scale 27 (fatigue) 17 (normal) -37 -10 medical research council dyspnea scale 4** 3** -25 -1 the hamilton depression rating scale (ham-d) 26 (very severe depression) 16 (moderate depression) -38.5 -10 * a lower number means a better functional status; ** a lower number denotes less dyspnoea. crf test data are provided in the supplementary table 4. case report sajsm vol.35 no.1 2023 4 fitt-vp principles, specifically for long covid rehabilitation, have not been developed. after using these techniques in various exercise scenarios, we decided to implement the adjustable approach for long covid since there were no other guidelines available. the following fittvp principles are suggested based on the outcomes of the exercise intervention of this case study: frequency 2 supervised sessions and 1 unsupervised, walking session per week. intensity 65-75 % hrpeak, rpe: 6-11 time 7-10 min endurance exercises + 1-4 resistance exercises: 1 set of 4-8 reps walking (home): 610 minutes at rpe of 6-11 type endurance exercises: (treadmill, walking or cycle ergometry) resistance exercises: (including balance) using strength equipment, dumbbells, wellness balls, bands, body weight+ flexibility (2-4 per session) volume cannot be set, needs to be individualised – based on responses of the individual progression endurance exercises: start at 7 minutes, add 1-2 min every week; after 3 weeks increase %hr peak by 5% rpe: week 14: 6-9; week 5-8: 9-11. resistance exercises: start:1 set of 4-8 reps, increase by 2 reps every week and when reached 10 reps, add 1 set every week until 3 sets of 10 reps; + add 1 exercise every 2 weeks further, to standardise reporting in interventions, the cert is suggested. however, these suggestions need to be researched with further explorative study designs, to recommend detailed exercise prescription for long covid rehabilitation. importantly, long covid symptoms vary vastly per individual, as do responses and adaptations to exercise intervention. thus, the principles need to be flexible and adjusted accordingly to the varied patient responses that may be observed/experienced. conclusion a combined endurance and resistance exercise programme had positive effects on cardiorespiratory fitness, functional status, fatigue and depression levels, with no deleterious effects in parameters that did not show improvement. based on this case study, we recommend using fitt-vp principles as a helpful solution for long covid patients until more advanced methods are discovered through additional research. it is also suggested to adopt standardised reporting using cert. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: gt: conception, design, data collection analysis, interpretation of data and writing of paper. pg, nr and dc: critical revision of manuscript content, writing of manuscript and approval of the version to be published. references 1. lopez-leon s, wegman-ostrosky t, perelman c, et al. more than 50 long-term effects of covid-19: a systematic review and meta-analysis. sci rep 2021;11(1):16144. [doi:10.1038/s41598021-95565-8] 2. fugazzaro s, contri a, esseroukh o, et al. rehabilitation interventions for post-acute covid-19 syndrome: a systematic review. int j environ res public health 2022;19(9):5185. [doi:10.3390/ijerph19095185] 3. slade sc, dionne ce, underwood m, et al. consensus on exercise reporting template (cert): modified delphi study. br j sports med 2016;50:1428–1437. [doi.10.1136/bjsports-2016096651] 4. kokkinos p, kaminsky la, arena r, et al. a new generalized cycle ergometry equation for predicting maximal oxygen uptake: the fitness registry and the importance of exercise national database (friend). eur j prev cardiol 2018;25(10):1077–1082. [doi:10.1177/2047487318772667] 5. klok fa, boon gjam, barco s, et al. the post-covid-19 functional status scale: a tool to measure functional status over time after covid-19. eur respir j 2020;56(1):2001494. [doi:10.1183/13993003.01494-2020] 6. salman d, vishnubala d, le feuvre p, et al. returning to physical activity after covid-19. bmj 2021;372. [doi:10.1136/bmj.m4721] 7. dani m, dirksen a, taraborrelli p, et al. autonomic dysfunction in ‘long covid’: rationale, physiology and management strategies. clin med (london) 2021;21(1):e63-e67. [doi:10.7861/clinmed.2020-0896] case report 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the unexpected evolution of myocardial injury while infected with the coronavirus: a covid-19 case report j t doran, 1,2 msc 1 jean doran biokineticist, letterkenny, derry and strabane, ireland and united kingdom. 2 director at just kinetics preventive health care provider, ireland, united kingdom and south africa corresponding author: j t doran (jean@justkinetics.com) case report ten months into the pandemic, a fifty-year-old female, having received a positive rt-pcr result, continued to follow public health advice and health authority protocols to self-isolate and stay at home. at the time of the infection, the patient experienced mild symptoms such as a sore throat, headache and what felt like a postnasal drip. the subsequent worsening of the symptoms and the onset of tachycardia on day 13 postinfection caused her to become extremely anxious and resulted in her attending the local emergency department at letterkenny university hospital. although the patient had a history of hypertension and osteoarthritis for which she took no medication, she undertook activities of daily living, but did not partake in regular or structured physical exercise. the sudden onset of pleuritic back pain behind the right shoulder blade which persisted centrally, a persistent cough, chest pain, indigestion, severe shortness of breath and an elevated resting heart rate varying between 96 115 bpm resulted in the patient not only attending but also being admitted to the a&e department of the local general hospital, letterkenny university hospital in the republic of ireland. the patient also self-reported the following symptoms: some relief brought on by her administering paracetamol, the back pain was not exacerbated by movement or by deep inspiration, a feeling of her heart racing (observing a resting heart rate of 121 bpm on her fitbit), two nights of indigestion and pain, whilst sleeping sitting up in bed. on initial assessment, the vital signs indicated no immediate emergency distress, with her bp (blood pressure) 136/89 mmhg, temperature 36°c, pulse 103 bpm (beats per minute), rr (respiratory rate) 20 bpm (breaths per minute) and sao2 (saturated oxygen) 95%. the ecg conducted indicated t-wave inversion, after which she was assigned a yellow triage status. the patient was then discharged and referred to cardiology for cardiac investigations without receiving further treatment. it is unclear if the patient was assessed as having pre-existing t wave changes during this assessment. on day 27, the patient was once again admitted to a&e department as the prior symptoms failed to resolve themselves. a more thorough assessment of her medical history revealed the occurrence of sudden cardiac death in the family (father (53), paternal grandfather (54) and a paternal male cousin in his early (50s)). at this time the patient was selfadministering arcoxia, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory (nsaid) for knee pain. a reviewed assessment of the vital signs revealed slightly higher levels of all the vitals evaluated when compared to the initial visit on day 13, with bp 145/88 mmhg, temperature 36.5°c, pulse 108 bpm, respiratory rate 20 breaths per minute and sao2 97%. the subsequent ecg showed t wave inversion in leads v2, v3, v4, confirming the initial ecg findings obtained at the previous admittance and assessment on day 13. the patient was now assigned to an orange triage category and kept for further monitoring and investigation. the full blood count (fbc) and differential were normal, with essentially normal liver function, normal renal function, with a glomerular filtration rate (gfr) > 90 ml/min/1.73 m2 and creatinine 1.01 mg/dl. however, the fasting lipogram results that were obtained were as follows: total cholesterol 7.4 mmol/l, triglycerides 3.9 mmol/l, highdensity lipoprotein (hdl) 1.35 mmol/l, low-density lipoprotein (ldl) 5.6 mmol/l. the above normal levels were of reasonable concern as these may be associated with an increased risk of atherosclerosis and therefore there is the possibility that the patient could be suffering a heart attack. background: a novel virus breakout in december 2019, with diverse clinical manifestations, initially identified as infecting the respiratory system, has spread rapidly around the world, with adverse effects which have caused acute myocardial injury and chronic damage to the cardiovascular system in some individuals. aim: to present a clinical case with the manifestation of covid-19 suspected to be either a mild case of either myocarditis or pericarditis. this case highlights a relatively atypical presentation of covid-19 and the value of a coordinated approach to the unexpected sequences of patient recovery patterns that may require further specialist referral and intervention. findings: a ribonucleic acid (rna) viral infection was confirmed by a polymerase chain reaction with reverse transcription (rtpcr) and the patient was diagnosed with coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19). the presenting symptoms failed to resolve and the patient was admitted to the accident and emergency (a&e) department. upon the second visit to the a&e department at 27 days postinfection, an electrocardiograph (ecg) was conducted revealing t wave inversion. implications: a coordinated approach is needed to combat the infection, develop cardiac-protective strategies and direct supportive measures. keywords: electrocardiography, long-haul covid, pericarditis, gastritis s afr j sports med 2022; 34:1-5. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a11110 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a11110 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9367-8299 case report sajsm vol.34 no.1 2022 2 ongoing inpatient monitoring over the next two weeks revealed that the patient reported palpitations and experienced episodes of intermittent tachycardia, which was revealed to be a normal sinus rhythm according to the ecg tracings. she also had a normal troponin (tni) level < 0.03 ng/ml and a normal chest x-ray (cxr). the patient was then discharged from the a&e department on day 44, without undergoing any further treatment for a diagnosis of epigastric pain of unknown origin. subsequently, it was arranged for her to wear a holter for five days to monitor any cardiac arrhythmias. she was also referred for an oesophagogastroduodenoscopy (ogds) to exclude any git causes. she was advised to lose weight and to stop taking the arcoxia. medications that were prescribed on discharge to help manage her symptoms included proton pump inhibitors. on day 50, an outpatient follow-up ecg was conducted and revealed a normal sinus rhythm with a right axis deviation. this was interpreted as a possible right ventricular hypertrophy and evidence of possible prior lateral infarct (see fig.1b). on day 57, following the administration of the astra zeneca covid-19 vaccine the patient experienced extreme palpations, as well as breathlessness and fatigue. on day 58 further cardiac investigations were carried out as an outpatient and confirmed previous ecg findings, showing a normal sinus rhythm and t wave inversion in leads v2, v3, v4. an echocardiogram showed normal left ventricle size and function with no significant valve disease. the exercise stress test was terminated prematurely after four minutes as her heart rate rapidly accelerated to 160 bpm, with concomitant chest pain and very minor st changes which resolved quickly during recovery. also on day 58, a computed tomography pulmonary angiogram (ctpa) of the lungs showed atelectasis of the lower lungs. there was also the presence of minor atherosclerotic plaque in the left anterior descending artery (lad), which was not considered significant. a resultant recommendation was made to consider non-atherosclerotic causes of chest pain, as well as the ischemic cardiac changes observed on the ecg. additional advice included considering preventive therapy and risk modification for coronary artery disease. on day 77 the patient presented to a cardiac clinic in south africa with palpitations and tachycardia. on examination, her blood pressure was measured at 140/80 mmhg with a resting pulse rate of 90 bpm, a respiration rate of 12 breaths per minute with clear air entry bilaterally, and no evidence of structural lung disease. during this review, the medical history was consistent with previous reports, including a list of medications indicating alternative nsaids for knee pain other than arcoxia as advised. the resting ecg showed a sinus tachycardia of 110 bpm with noted st/t wave depression from v4 v6. this was also noted inferiorly and at this stage, it was unclear if the st/t wave depression was old or new. in addition, a qrs duration of 80 ms and a qrs axis of approximately 70°+ was noted. a subsequent treadmill test determined that a maximum heart rate was rapidly achieved. the total exercise time was 2 minutes and 12 seconds with a maximum heart rate of 160 bpm equating to 94% of maximum heart rate and a target of 4.17 mets. no supraventricular tachycardia or inducible ventricular tachycardia was documented. the patient was generally deconditioned and in addition had mobility limitations due to her right knee problem. a repeat echocardiogram determined the aortic, pulmonary, tricuspid and mitral valves were all within normal limits and without defect or abnormalities. the patient’s presenting clinical features were reported to be not in keeping with postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (pots). autoimmune dysfunction was not excluded. it was also suspected that she may be suffering from a mild form of myo-and/or pericarditis. recommendations were made to follow conservative therapy and lifestyle modifications. depending on the response to this therapy, further electrophysiological opinion should be considered and which may also include a holter assessment. further investigations to be considered included a gastroscopy. there is no record of a creatine kinase (ck), a c-reactive protein (crp) or a d-dimer being carried out. therefore the complete but rather broad differential diagnosis included: possible long-haul covid, mild myocarditis, pericarditis, pleuritis and or gastritis. treatment the patient subsequently sought supportive measures and self-medicated with neem powder which she stated helped to alleviate the shortness of breath and fatigue after/within four days. the use of ulsanic syrup (sucralfate) greatly relieved the chest and gastric distress suggesting a possible gastric contribution to her symptoms. the patient has subsequently followed the recommendations of conservative therapy and lifestyle modifications and has received a dietary prescription from a dietician. she also consulted a biokineticist for cardiac rehabilitation and exercise therapy. the patient seems to have recovered well and is fully functional. she has returned to work, started a new job, and taken on more responsibility. discussion virology it is currently thought that covid-19 infection can be associated with myocardial damage.[1] the pathogenesis of covid-19 disease may include invasion of several essential organs which may result in multiple organ failure and a hyperimmune response, such as the now well-described cytokine storms.[1-4] the heart is one of the potentially most critically affected organs and the infection may contribute to myocardial damage. other viral illnesses, such as influenza, have also been associated with myocardial inflammation such as the development of myocarditis as reported by anupama et al.[5] pathophysiology the pathogenesis of myocardial injury in affected patients postinfection remains unclear.[4, 6-7] the current hypothesis is that the pathogen binds itself to a functional receptor and gains entry into the cell using the angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ace2) to accomplish this.[8] patients with prevalent case report 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 cardiovascular disease and comorbidities seem to be more significantly associated with morbidity.[3] while it is considered that covid-19 causes viral pneumonia with extrapulmonary manifestations, additional possible major complications are thought to include acute myocardial injury, acute myopericarditis, arrhythmia, shock and long-term chronic damage. related studies, such as the study by guistino[4] , suggest that infection may result in cardiac injury via the following proposed mechanisms: cytokine-mediated damage, oxygen supply/demand imbalance, ischemic injury from microvascular thrombi formation and direct invasion by the pathogen of the myocardium. gastroesophageal reflux which is uncontrolled acid reflux or ingestion may also contribute to the risk of developing interstitial pneumonia. in this case, the pathophysiology and mechanism of cardiac injury remains uncertain. electrocardiography the use of electrocardiography may be useful in the early diagnosis of myocardial injury; however, limited details are available on the changes in electrocardiography linked to myocardial injury post-infection. there seems to be consistent evidence of sinus tachycardia and st depression in the anteroseptal leads irrespective of disease severity.[1] ecg changes as observed in this case can be associated with mild infection and may only present with myocardial necrosis markers in 2-4% of patients, according to li et al.[3] the ecg investigation at 77 days post-infection reports an elevated heart rate of 110 bpm, a qrs axis of approximately 70°+ which is a notable change from the ecg on day 50 (fig. 1b) and which may suggest some clinical improvement in reversible electrocardiographic changes or resolving of the conduction disturbance. there seems to be more prominent t wave changes when comparing the first ecg (fig. 1a) to the second fig. 1a. . ecg of the heart (18 months prior to infection) case report sajsm vol.34 no.1 2022 4 (fig. 1b), most evident in lead v4, with some evidence to suggest the presence of a t wave inversion pre-infection in lead v3. the t wave abnormalities that were noted in the anterior leads may be the only evidence of mild myocarditis as all cardiac bloods were normal and the patient had a resting tachycardia. leads 1 and avl appear quite different in the second ecg (fig. 1b) when compared to the first ecg (fig. 1a), suggesting a possible unexplained high lateral conduction disturbance; similarly avr is also altered in comparison. the persistence of sinus tachycardia could be suggestive of many things including the presence of cardiac inflammation and that in some way the heart is still being influenced. conclusion there is limited understanding of the transmission dynamics and spectrum of clinical illness of covid-19. cardiac involvement with various ecg presentations is possible and clinicians should be aware of this possibility. pericardial and myocardial inflammation may prompt symptoms, yet may precede the generation of an observable pericardial effusion. early management and treatment of the causative disease is critical to prevent the spread of the pathogen and to improve the cure/recovery rates. with particular focus on trying to prevent progression to the inflammatory phase of the disease (i.e. cytokine storm). this case highlights an atypical presentation of covid-19 infection with cardiac involvement and non-specific ecg changes that may present pericarditis and/or mild myocarditis or a subtle ischaemic event. healthcare teams need to consider a coordinated approach for these patients to ensure the correct diagnoses of possible sequelae are made timeously and the appropriate management applied. just as important the clinical management in the acute phase is vital, and so is the management of the recovery phase with the emerging understanding of the role various pharmacoand physical therapy may have to play. this patient had various risk factors known to be associated with worsening morbidity following covid-19 infection, including hypertension and relative physical inactivity. a comorbidity of hypertension, physical inactivity, poor lifestyle and ageing also associated with a higher risk for severe covid-19 outcomes. therefore improving lifestyle factors such as physical activity status (with better bmi, blood pressure control, etc) would presumably be of benefit not only for the patient’s recovery but also in the reduction of the risk of severe disease for future fig. 1b. ecg of the heart (day 50) case report 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 re-infections with the virus. cardiac-protective strategies preinfection have been shown to include key contributing factors, such as a healthy immune system, mitochondrial health and consistent physical activity that meets physiologically enhancing levels. it is of interest to note that this patient utilised neem powder, a naturopathic medication which she felt helped reduce her symptoms. neem powder, which is extracted from neem leaves as a natural medicine, was administered by the patient as an alternative to allopathic medicine. neem leaves, purported to have antiviral and anti-inflammatory properties, might be used by some as a treatment against viral infection and as a possible prophylaxis pre-infection. but further research is needed to determine if there is a role for it in the management and prevention of covid-19. this case report may help in the future treatment of patients with this unique clinical presentation. further clinical studies are needed to evaluate the exact role of the cardiac-protective strategies as suggested in this case, this patient remains part of an ongoing investigation. conflict of interest and source of funding: the author declares no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the author would like to acknowledge and thank the patient for access to her medical records and for providing her informed consent and permission to publish the case report and medical information. author contributions: jtd designed the case report, collected the data, analysed and interpreted the data, and wrote the initial draft and final version of the paper. references 1. liaqat a, ali-khan rs, asad m, et al. evaluation of myocardial injury patterns and st changes among critical and non-critical patients with coronavirus-19 disease. sci rep 2021;11(1):4828. [doi:10.1038/s41598-021-84467-4] [pmid: 33649391] 2. park se. epidemiology, virology, and clinical features of severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus-2 (sars-cov-2; coronavirus disease-19). clin exp pediatr 2020; 63(4):119–124. [doi:10.3345/cep.2020.00493][pmid: 32252141] 3. li n, zhu l, sun l, et al. the effects of novel coronavirus (sarscov-2) infection on cardiovascular diseases and cardiopulmonary injuries. stem cell res 2021; 51 :102168 [doi:10.1016/j.scr.2021.102168] [pmid: 33485182] 4. giustino g, croft lb, stefanini gg,,et al. characterization of myocardial injury in patients with covid-19. j am coll cardiol 2020; 76(18): 2043–2055. [doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2020.08.069] [pmid: 33121710] 5. anupama bk, debanik c. a review of acute myocardial injury in coronavirus disease 2019. cureus 12(6): e8426. [doi:10.7759/cureus.8426] [pmid: 32642342] 6. nemati r, ganjoo m, jadidi f, et al. electrocardiography in early diagnosis of cardiovascular complications of covid-19; a systematic literature review. arch acad emerg med 2021; 9(1):e10. [doi:10.22037/aaem.v9i1.957][pmid: 33490967] 7. mehraeen e, alinaghi sa, nowroozi a, et al. a systematic review of ecg findings in patients with covid-19. indian heart j 2020; 72(6):500-507.[doi:10.1016/j.ihj.2020.11.007] [pmid: 33357637] sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd position statement 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license recommendations for athletes and covid-19 vaccinations: a south african sports medicine association (sasma) position statement – part 3 l pillay,1,2,3,4 mbchb, msc; j patricios,2 mbbch, mmedsci; dc janse van rensburg,1,5 md, mmed, msc, mbchb; r saggers,2,9 mbbch, fcpaed, mmed; d ramagole,1 mbchb, msc; p viviers,6,7,8 mbbch, mmedsc; c thompson,6,7,8 mbchb, mphil; s hendricks,10,11,12 phd 1 section sports medicine & sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 2 wits sport and health (wish), faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 3 premier soccer league covid-19 chief medical officer, psl, south africa 4 chief medical officer, gauteng lions cricket, south africa 5 medical board member, world netball, manchester, uk 6 campus health service, stellenbosch university, south africa 7 institute of sport and exercise medicine, division of orthopaedic surgery, department of surgical sciences, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, south africa 8 fifa medical centre of excellence, south africa 9 department of paediatrics and child health, charlotte maxeke johannesburg academic hospital, johannesburg, south africa 10 division of physiological sciences, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 11 health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport (hpals) research centre, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town. south africa 12 carnegie applied rugby research (carr) centre, institute for sport physical activity and leisure, leeds beckett university, leeds, england corresponding author: l pillay (drpillay@absamail.co.za) since the classification of covid-19 as a pandemic by the world health organization (who) on march 11 2020,[1] the entire world has been embroiled in dealing with this disease. several countries around the world have experienced surges in infection numbers or “waves” of covid-19 infections. these waves at separate times in different countries made planning travel and events difficult.[2] it necessitated various levels of lockdown around the world, as determined by each country’s governmental responses to covid-19 activity. all levels of sporting activities, from professional to school, have been affected for sustained periods. at the start of the pandemic, to reduce the transmission of covid-19, lockdown meant that sports training and competition had to be cancelled. the primary non-pharmaceutical interventions against the spread of covid-19 infection remain: (1) hand hygiene, (2) respiratory hygiene, (3) mask-wearing, and (4) social and physical distancing (at gatherings in closed and open spaces). many countries have allowed professional sport to return with strict infection-risk mitigating procedures in place, as approved by their respective governments. as our understanding of covid19 transmission advanced, and to reduce any further negative effects, professional sport was gradually re-introduced under highly controlled environments. these environments were termed ‘bio-secure environments’ (bse) or bio-bubbles. bio-secure environments (bse) presently, certain sports in south africa (such as cricket and rugby) are competing within bio-secure environments– commonly referred to as bio-bubbles. bio-bubbles are possible in these sports as they have defined competitions (for example, the initial post-lockdown resumption of the premier soccer league (psl) and the british and irish lions rugby tour)). biobubbles cannot be achieved in a league setting in which teams play over a protracted period of time. other negative aspects of bio-bubbles include the cost involved in hosting these competitions and the mental anxiety for all those involved. [3],[4] as an example, football in south africa completed the 2019/2020 season in a bio-bubble. the psl completed the 2020/2021 season outside of a bse but with strict risk mitigating health protocols in place. vaccinations on 31 december 2020, the world health organisation (who) validated the first covid-19 vaccination – an mrna vaccine that was subsequently approved for emergency use. [5] subsequently, several vaccines are now approved for emergency use in south africa. since then, data have emerged validating the efficacy of vaccinations in decreasing both transmission and covid-19 disease severity.[6] the function of vaccines in the times of covid-19 is to achieve the following: 1. minimise the risk of contracting covid-19. 2. if there is a breakthrough infection, it reduces the illness to mild symptoms and prevents progression to severe disease which may include hospitalisation and ventilatory support (such as high flow nasal cannula oxygen therapy and polymasks). 3. if there is a breakthrough infection, to reduce the length of time of being infective and reducing the spread of the virus. the covid-19 pandemic initially led to the shutdown of all sport at a high cost to both the economy and athlete health. as risk-mitigating protocols evolved and were implemented, the playing of sport returned slowly to normal. the introduction of covid-19 vaccinations enhances the means of protection and risk management for all. this south african sports medicine association position statement provides recommendations for the vaccination of athletes. keywords: covid-19, vaccination, athletes, recommendations, sports s afr j sports med 2021; 33:1-3. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a12557 mailto:drpillay@absamail.co.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a12557 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5341-6080 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8353-3376 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6593-8049 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6829-4098 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3416-6266 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1058-6992 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6682-3438 position statement sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 covid-19 vaccinations have been shown to significantly protect against poor disease outcomes.[7] apart from the primary aim of protecting athlete health, an important advantage of an athlete-dedicated vaccine programme is the facilitation of domestic and international travel, allowing major tournaments and leagues to recommence without the need for a bio-bubble. being vaccinated may also reduce travel stress. [8] despite this however, challenges remain. all team members (athletes and support staff) should be fully vaccinated. if all team members are vaccinated, the risk of contracting and spreading covid-19 in the team environment and community is significantly reduced. this limits the need for bio-bubbles. certain countries may still require proof of a negative covid 19 polymerase chain reaction (pcr) test to avoid quarantining in that country.[9] vaccination rollout in south africa the south african vaccine rollout programme has been implemented in phases. phase one began on 17 february 2021 and involved healthcare workers as part of the sisonke trial. [10],[11] the south african health products regulatory authority (sahpra) approved the johnson and johnson covid-19 vaccine on 31 march 2021.[12] further vaccines have subsequently been approved by sahpra (pfizer, sinovac) –see table 1. some athletes competing in major international events, such as the olympic games and the british and irish lions rugby tour, were also enrolled in this trial. the targeted rollout approach for the general population was then extended to the sixty years and older age groups first, to limit severe disease and death. thereafter, individuals with chronic comorbid medical conditions (e.g. diabetes and hypertension) received the vaccination. phase two involved essential workers (teachers, police members), and those in congregated settings (for example, religious leaders). the age limit was later expanded to those over 40 years of age. phase three involved targeting the remainder of the population, in order to achieve a national target of 67%. most athletes fell into this latter age group. the nature of professional sport involves training and competing at high-intensity levels. team sports involve not only interaction with team mates, but also the technical, medical and administrative staff. individual sports involve athlete interaction with coaching and medical staff. complying with non-pharmaceutical interventions (proper mask-wearing, hand sanitising and respiratory hygiene) as risk mitigating measures remain vital. vaccination of athletes further enhances protection against contracting the covid-19 virus and should be strongly encouraged. table 1 displays the availability and approval status of vaccinations in south africa. it is important to note that presently sahpra has approved the pfizer and johnson and johnson vaccines which are part of the nationwide rollout. these have been approved for those eighteen years and older. sinovac has been approved for children twelve years and older. others have been approved, but not rolled out in south africa (astra zeneca) and others are in the process of being approved. recommendations for the vaccination of athletes 1. allow flexible training plans for three days postvaccination, as one cannot predict when vaccine-related side effects will occur. common side effects include headaches, myalgia, fatigue, fever and pain at the site of injection which can typically last two to three days. [13],[14] 2. on the day of vaccination, paracetamol (given at one gram three times a day) can be taken to reduce side effects, if these are experienced. 3. if there is a concern regarding allergies and an athlete is prone to severe allergic reactions, it is advisable to visit a vaccination site where medical staff are available to attend to these allergic reactions. [15] 4. exercise may be performed on the day of vaccination but should be limited to low-intensity sessions. avoid mediumto high-intensity exercise for at least three days.[13] 5. should an athlete experience any vaccine-related side effects, then exercise should be avoided until these symptoms resolve. 6. should an athlete experience persistent or worsening vaccine-related side effects continuing for five days postvaccination, then an active covid-19 infection must be excluded with a pcr test. this should be reported to sahpra. the athlete should consult a medical doctor. [16] 7. should an athlete receive the pfizer vaccine, and within 714 days post-vaccination experience fever, lethargy, shortness of breath and chest pain, myocarditis/ pericarditis these symptoms must be considered and the athlete excluded from physical activities (usually with haematological investigations and an electrocardiogram – ecg). it may also warrant a referral to a cardiologist. [17] 8. if an athlete has recently been infected with covid -19, he/she should be vaccinated at least four weeks after de isolation or symptom resolution.[18] table 1. available vaccines and status of approval in south africa by south african health products regulatory authority (sahpra)[13] manufacturer vaccine platform used in south africa vaccines approved by sahpra for use in south africa astrazeneca chadox1 ncov-19 (azd1222/covishield) viral vector no pfizer/biontech bnt-162b2 mrna yes johnson & johnson ad26.cov2.s viral vector yes sinovac coronavac inactivated not as yet applications submitted and awaiting approval from sahpra gamaleya research institute sputnik v *rolling review by saphra no no application for approval in south africa (but have who emergency use listing) sinopharm bbibp-corv inactivated n/a moderna mrna-1273 mrna n/a novavax nvx-cov2373 recombinant protein n/a position statement 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 9. presently, vaccine choice is limited due to sahpra approval and availability. in principle, all vaccines can be used; indeed, any vaccination is better than none. each vaccine’s efficacy and pitfalls should be considered if options are available. 10. as the science evolves, booster vaccinations may become available. this will be determined by the time of the vaccine effect waning and the type of vaccine initially received. there will ongoing and evolving evidence and approvals as more research is undertaken. considerations for special populations youth: sinovac has been recently approved by sahpra for those 12 years and older.[19] pregnancy: vaccinations can be administered to pregnant (at any stage of pregnancy) and lactating mothers. [20] conclusion vaccinating the athletic population is vital for the continuation of team and individual sport in a safe manner. vaccinations reduce the risk of contracting and transmitting covid-19, and allows for events to continue uninterrupted. conflicts of interest and source of funding: the authors declare that they have no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: lp conceptualised, drafted and finalised the manuscript. djvr, dr, jp, ct, pv, rs and sh critically reviewed the drafts. all involved approved the final version prior to submission. references 1. world health organization. who director-general’s opening remarks at the media briefing on covid-19 – 11 march 2020. https://www.who.int/directorgeneral/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-openingremarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19---11-march-2020 (accessed 12 september 2021). 2. worldometer. coronavirus worldwide graphs. 2021. https://www.worldometers.info/coronavirus/worldwidegraphs/ (accessed 12 september 2021). 3. supersport. manners & masks – financial realities of cricket bio-bubbles.https://supersport.com/cricket/news/ 200904_manners_masks_financial_realities of cricket in biobubbles. 2020 (accessed 12 september 2021). 4. outlook. paddy upton warns of mental illnesses due to extended stay in bio-bubble. 2021. https://www.outlookindia.com/website/story/sports-newspaddy-upton-warns-of-mental-illnesses-due-to-extendedstay-in-bio-bubble/372602 (accessed 12 september 2021). 5. world health organization. who issues its first emergency use validation for a covid-19 vaccine and emphasizes need for equitable global access. 2020. https://www.who.int/news/item/31-12-2020-who-issues-itsfirst-emergency-use-validation-for-a-covid-19-vaccine-andemphasizes-need-for-equitable-global-access (accessed 12 september 2021). 6. wise j. covid-19: pfizer biontech vaccine reduced cases by 94% in israel, shows peer reviewed study. bmj 2021; 372 :n567. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.n567] [pmid: 33632676]. 7. scobie hm, johnson ag, suthar ab, et al. monitoring incidence of covid-19 cases, hospitalizations, and deaths, by vaccination status 13 u.s. jurisdictions, april 4–july 17, 2021. mmwr morb mortal wkly rep 2021;70(37):1284–1290. [doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm7037e1] [pmid: 34529637]. 8. pavli a, maltezou hc. covid-19 vaccine passport for safe resumption of travel. j travel med 2021;28(4):taab079. [doi: 10.1093/jtm/taab079] [pmid: 34008004]. 9. south africa. national institute for communicable diseases. covid-19 vaccine rollout strategy faq. 2021. https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccine-rollout-strategyfaq/#:~:text=the%20vaccines%20will%20be%20rolled,and%20pe rsons%20over%2040%2dyears. (accessed 12 september 2021). 10. south african medical research council. sisonke (together) study. 2021. http://sisonkestudy.samrc.ac.za/ (accessed 12 september 2021). 11. south african health product regulatory authority. sahpra update on vaccine approvals. 21 june 2021. https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-update-onvaccine-approvals/ (accessed 12 september 2021). 12. south african health product regulatory authority. sahpra registers the covid-19 vaccine janssen. ad26.cov2-s [recombinant] with conditions. 2021. https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-registers-thecovid-19-vaccine-janssen/ (accesed 12 september 2021). 13. hull jh, schwellnus mp, pyne db, et al. covid-19 vaccination in athletes: ready, set, go… lancet respir med 2021;9(5):455-456. [https://doi.org/10.1016/s2213-2600(21)00082-5] [pmid: 33556316]. 14. national institute for communicable diseases. covid-19 vaccine side-effects faq. 2021. https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid19-vaccine-side-effects-faq/ (accessed 12 september 2021). 15. peter j. covid-19 vaccination: recommendations for management of patients with allergy or immune-based diseases. s afr med j 2021;111(4):291-294. [doi: 10.7196/samj.2021.v111i4.15576] [pmid: 33944757]. 16. national institute for communicable diseases. covid-19 vaccination: reporting adverse effects faq. 2021. https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccination-reportingadverse-effects-faq/ (accessed 12 september) 17. world health organization. covid-19 subcommittee of the who global advisory committee on vaccine safety (gacvs) reviews cases of mild myocarditis reported with covid-19 mrna vaccines. 2021. https://www.who.int/news/item/09-072021-gacvs-guidance-myocarditis -reported with covid-19mrna-vaccines (accessed 12 september 2021) 18. sa coronavirus. ministerial advisory committee on covid-19 vaccines. (vmac). 2021. https://sacoronavirus.co.za/2021/06/24/ministerial-advisorycommittee-on-covid-19-vaccines-vmac/ (accessed 12 september). 19. south african health product regulatory authority. sahpra authorises the coronavac vaccine with conditions. 2021. https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-authorisesthe-coronavac-vaccine-with-conditions/ (accessed 12 september 2021). 20. national institute for communicable diseases. vaccination of pregnant and breast feeding women (august update). 2021. https://www.nicd.ac.za/vaccination-of-pregnant-andbreastfeeding-women-august-update/ (accessed 12 september 2021) https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-opening-remarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19---11-march-2020 https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-opening-remarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19---11-march-2020 https://www.who.int/director-general/speeches/detail/who-director-general-s-opening-remarks-at-the-media-briefing-on-covid-19---11-march-2020 https://www.worldometers.info/coronavirus/worldwide-graphs/ https://www.worldometers.info/coronavirus/worldwide-graphs/ https://supersport.com/cricket/news/%20200904_manners_masks_financial_realities%20of%20cricket%20in%20biobubbles https://supersport.com/cricket/news/%20200904_manners_masks_financial_realities%20of%20cricket%20in%20biobubbles https://supersport.com/cricket/news/%20200904_manners_masks_financial_realities%20of%20cricket%20in%20biobubbles https://www.outlookindia.com/website/story/sports-news-paddy-upton-warns-of-mental-illnesses-due-to-extended-stay-in-bio-bubble/372602 https://www.outlookindia.com/website/story/sports-news-paddy-upton-warns-of-mental-illnesses-due-to-extended-stay-in-bio-bubble/372602 https://www.outlookindia.com/website/story/sports-news-paddy-upton-warns-of-mental-illnesses-due-to-extended-stay-in-bio-bubble/372602 https://www.who.int/news/item/31-12-2020-who-issues-its-first-emergency-usehttps://www.who.int/news/item/31-12-2020-who-issues-its-first-emergency-usehttps://www.who.int/news/item/31-12-2020-who-issues-its-first-emergency-usedoi:%2010.1136/bmj.n567 doi:%2010.15585/mmwr.mm7037e1 doi:%2010.15585/mmwr.mm7037e1 doi:%2010.1093/jtm/taab079 doi:%2010.1093/jtm/taab079 https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccine-rollout-strategy-faq/#:~:text=the%20vaccines%20will%20be%20rolled,and%20persons%20over%2040%2dyears. https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccine-rollout-strategy-faq/#:~:text=the%20vaccines%20will%20be%20rolled,and%20persons%20over%2040%2dyears. https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccine-rollout-strategy-faq/#:~:text=the%20vaccines%20will%20be%20rolled,and%20persons%20over%2040%2dyears. http://sisonkestudy.samrc.ac.za/ https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-update-on-vaccine-approvals/ https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-update-on-vaccine-approvals/ https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-registers-the-covid-19-vaccine-janssen/ https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-registers-the-covid-19-vaccine-janssen/ https://doi.org/10.1016/s2213-2600(21)00082-5 https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccine-side-effects-faq/ https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccine-side-effects-faq/ doi:%2010.7196/samj.2021.v111i4.15576 https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccination-reporting-adverse-effects-faq/ https://www.nicd.ac.za/covid-19-vaccination-reporting-adverse-effects-faq/ https://www.who.int/news/item/09-07-2021-gacvs-guidance-myocarditis%20-reported%20with%20covid-19-mrna-vaccines https://www.who.int/news/item/09-07-2021-gacvs-guidance-myocarditis%20-reported%20with%20covid-19-mrna-vaccines https://www.who.int/news/item/09-07-2021-gacvs-guidance-myocarditis%20-reported%20with%20covid-19-mrna-vaccines https://sacoronavirus.co.za/2021/06/24/ministerial-advisory-committee-on-covid-19-vaccines-vmac/ https://sacoronavirus.co.za/2021/06/24/ministerial-advisory-committee-on-covid-19-vaccines-vmac/ https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-authorises-the-coronavac-vaccine-with-conditions/ https://www.sahpra.org.za/press-releases/sahpra-authorises-the-coronavac-vaccine-with-conditions/ https://www.nicd.ac.za/vaccination-of-pregnant-and-breastfeeding-women-august-update/ https://www.nicd.ac.za/vaccination-of-pregnant-and-breastfeeding-women-august-update/ sajsm 532.indd original research sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 69 background. the skeletal immaturity of competitive female gymnasts allows for a unique physiological predisposition to injuries as a result of the spine, limbs, ankles and wrists still growing. studies have shown that lower back (spinal) injuries account for approximately 12% of injuries in female gymnasts. objectives. the primary objective of the study was to determine the prevalence of radiological changes in female artistic gymnasts in south africa. a further objective was to determine whether these radiological changes were associated with symptoms and with the amount of time spent training. methods. a sample of 40 female artistic gymnasts with a mean of age 15.2 years (range 10 31) was included in the study. thirty-one were active gymnasts and nine were retired at the time of the current study. measuring instruments included questionnaires and x-rays. results. x-ray analysis of symptomatic versus asymptomatic gymnasts showed no significant differences. of the 18 gymnasts training <25 h/week, 13 (72%) had degenerative changes detectable by x-ray. of the 22 gymnasts training >25 h/week, 15 (68%) had degenerative changes detected by x-ray. radiological changes were higher than those in other studies. conclusion. the prevalence of radiological changes was higher than international norms, however there was little difference between symptomatic and asymptomatic gymnasts. patient self-reports of symptoms had little value in diagnosing change in the lumbar spine. training duration affected the prevalence of changes in the lumbar spine and could be related to conditioning and experience. s afr j sm 2014;26(3):69-72. doi:10.7196/sajsm.532 radiological changes among artistic gymnasts in gauteng province a geldenhuys-koolen,1 bsc (physiotherapy), msc (med) (exercise science); d constantinou,2 mb bch, bsc (med) (hons), msc (med), ffims; y coopoo,2 dphil, facsm 1 private practice, adele geldenhuys physiotherapy, johannesburg, south africa 2 centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: a geldenhuys-koolen (adele@koolcon.co.za) in south africa (sa), women’s gymnastics participation is on the increase.[1] competition season for level 1 4 gymnasts starts in march and ends in june, whereas level 5 and higher gymnasts start their competitions in june and continue through to september. the junior and senior olympic entry female gymnasts start with testing competitions as early as january, and the first major competition takes place in february. qualification trials for world championships and the all africa games take place in sa throughout the year. the gymnasts are also selected for numerous international competitions based on their performances and their rankings with the sa gymnastics federation. gymnastics appears to be associated with a high incidence of injury when compared with most other sporting activities,[2] with the amount of impact applied to the body relatively high in comparison with other sports.[3] the skeletal immaturity of gymnasts also allows for a unique physiological predisposition to injuries because the spine, limbs, ankles and wrists are still growing. studies have shown that lower back (spinal) injuries account for approximately 12% of injuries in wo men’s gymnastics.[4] published case studies show that back injuries tend to have a gradual onset, and involve predominantly advanced-level gymnasts. these studies have also indicated that an increase in skill and competitive level are risk factors for injury.[4] sports-related injuries are of two types. macrotrauma occurs as an acute, perhaps dramatic, event such as a concussion, spinal cord injury, fracture or dislocation. microtrauma occurs as a repeated injury, usually not noticed initially because the injury is microscopic in magnitude, but in which the cumulative trauma leads to pain and, in some cases, significant disability, as occurs with stress fractures. although any number of injuries may occur in all sports, some injuries are recognised to be particularly prevalent in specific sports.[5] in gymnastics, spondylolysis occurs frequently due to the hyperextended positions and rotational forces in gymnastic routines, e.g. back walk-overs.[6] spondylolysis may represent a form of stress fracture. prevention includes abdominal and spinal muscle strengthening. however, more recent evidence regarding specific prevention and treatment is required; the findings in this study may lead to preventive measures. a 2005 study by cohen and stuecker[7] showed the importance of detecting and monitoring the early onset of spondylolysis due to degeneration of the pars interarticularis of the vertebrae. this con d ition is not isolated to gymnastics; however, it has a higher prevalence in sports where the lumbar spine is placed under stress in hyperextension positions, i.e. gymnastics, ballet, swimming (butterfly) or in unilateral sports such as bowling in cricket.[6] imaging studies reported in the medical literature have shown that degenerative disc disease and spinal injuries are more frequent in competitive female gymnasts than in asymptomatic non-athletic people of the same age.[8] although these findings are more prevalent in the competitive gymnast, other studies suggest that they may not 70 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 be of clinical significance. a study documenting magnetic resonance imaging (mri) findings in symptomatic and asymptomatic olympic gymnasts in the usa, reported that symptomatic patients exhibited radiological changes absent in asymptomatic patients.[9] it is accepted that x-rays may not be appropriate for assessing detail of lumbar spine pathology, but are sufficient for initial evaluation or when recommended by ‘red flags’.[10] the focus of this study was on x-rays rather than mri because mri scans in sa are costly and impractical, especially for the screening of asymptomatic subjects. generally in sa, mri scans are usually performed if the patient is symptomatic and when x-rays show radiological changes and further investigation is indicated. as underlying pathology detected on mri scans may not be the cause of lower back pain, the value of mri scans in refining epidemiological case definitions for lower back pain is limited.[11] the detection of spondylolysis, not uncommon in gymnasts, is most sensitively detected by x-rays;[12] therefore, x-ray imaging plays an important role in this.[13] the review by davis et al.[10] states: ‘the availability of equipment or personnel may influence the selection of appropriate imaging procedures or treatment’. lack of financial resources is an influencing factor in the selection of imaging procedure, and an sa study reviewing the complementary roles of radiology and nuclear medicine stated that cost is an important consideration.[14] in africa, financial constraints and physical access to mri imaging may be improving but is still limited, while x-rays are more readily available.[15,16] as such, the use of x-rays in the context of assessing radiological findings and lower back pain in the african context is currently appropriate.[17] owing to the lack of recent research on x-ray changes in gymnasts and the questions relating to the clinical significance of these changes, there is a need to investigate the prevalence of radiological changes in female artistic gymnasts in sa, and to correlate these with symptoms. it is also important to note that, to date, there has been no research conducted on artistic gymnasts in sa because the sport has only recently become popular.[1] to date, there have been no radiological studies conducted on artistic gymnasts in sa,[1] nor is there current research on radiological changes among the broader gymnast population. the study was approved by the faculty postgraduate studies committee, and ethics approval was granted by the university human research ethics committee (medical). questionnaires and radiological tests were used to investigate history, type of training, experience and injuries sustained in the participating gymnasts. one of the benefits of this study was ascertaining the state of spinal health of this group of gymnasts. based on the results, group exercise programmes could be created to prevent further back injuries, and to prevent progression of back injuries where they exist. methodology radiological imaging of the participating gymnasts was performed with anteroposterior, lateral and oblique views. the x-rays were examined and reported on by a single radiologist. the radiologist transcribed the findings on a standardised reporting form. once all x-rays were examined and reported on, they were reviewed by a second independent radiologist, who, using the same criteria, reexamined and reported on the films. both radiologists reached the same conclusions. sample design owing to the small population size, a census was more practical than drawing a sample. an attempt was made to conduct a census of all currently active elite gymnasts registered with clubs in gauteng, specifically those falling into the subcategory of artistic gymnasts. of the 20 registered gymnastics clubs in gauteng, seven clubs offered a high-performance programme. four of these clubs did not have any elite gymnasts at the time of the study. the remaining three clubs were included in the study. once consent was obtained, participants were given a questionnaire to complete. the participants were able to take the questionnaires home to complete with the help of their parent/ guardian. all female artistic gymnasts born between 1990 and 2000, and who were currently training ≥15 h/week for a minimum of 3 years, were considered for inclusion. the training programme had to be a highperformance programme. only gymnasts who consented, or in the case of minors who assented and whose parents consented for their participation, were included in the study. in total, 31 currently active artistic gymnasts were included in the study, while four qualifying gymnasts refused to participate, yielding a response rate of 89%. a cohort of nine former elite-level gymnasts who had retired from the sport was also included in the study in order to gather radiological data for comparison with the currently active group. there was no age limit for the retired group; the only requirement being that they had trained for at least 3 years, and for ≥15 h/week in a high-performance programme. measuring instruments questionnaires questionnaire content validity was ensured by obtaining input from gymnasts, while test-retest reliability was also assessed, achieving 100% agreement between both tests. x-rays x-rays were taken by three radiographers, following the same procedures for each view. the x-ray machines used were the phillips omnidiagnost, siemens iconos 100 and siemens sieragraph b. the films were processed in a konical minolta srx201, using fujifilm hr u30. the x-rays were taken in the following views, using the procedure as set out in clark’s positioning in radiography. [18] each subject underwent five lumbar spine x-ray views, namely anteroposterior (ap), lateral, oblique, stress views (extension and flexion) and lateral coned l5, s1 views. results descriptive statistics were used to analyse the data collected using questionnaires, as well as the data resulting from the radiological analysis. in total, 90% of gymnasts reported a peripheral injury, while 50% reported a back injury. peripheral injuries: self-reports based on the data collected from the questionnaires, 90% of the 40 gymnasts reported having sustained a peripheral injury (all injuries excluding back injury). prevalence rates among currently active gymnasts were similar to the retired group: 28 (90%) of the 31 current sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 71 gymnasts reported peripheral injuries, while 8 (88%) of the 9 retired gymnasts reported peripheral injuries. of the 36 gymnasts with peripheral injuries, 33 (92%) of the injuries happened during training and 3 (8%) during competition. back injuries: self-reports of the 40 gymnasts who completed the questionnaire, 50% reported sustaining a back injury, either before the time of data collection or before the time of retirement. of the 20 gymnasts with back injuries, 75% reported the injuries to be located in the lumbar spine, with 15% located in the thoracic spine and 10% located in the cervical spine. back injuries: x-rays spinal x-rays were taken of each gymnast (n=40) and analysed for the following changes: scoliosis, spondylolysis, spondylolisthesis and degenerative changes (disc and facet joint degeneration, osteophyte formation). among those who reported back injury, the most prevalent condition identified by radiological analysis was scoliosis (75%), followed by degenerative changes (70%) (table 1). the least common change was spondylolysis. interestingly, among those who did not report back injury, a high percentage was subsequently shown to have changes they were unaware of. a similar pattern emerged, with scoliosis and degenerative changes being most prevalent (table 2). in order to obtain an indication of whether the prevalence levels of this gauteng study deviated substantially from international data, we compared our data with prevalence levels reported in a meta-analysis conducted by caine and nassar.[4] given the substantial variation from study to study, the lowest and highest values are reported to provide an indication of the range (table 3). prevalence rates reported internationally showed lower prevalence of scoliosis (both lowest and highest prevalences were below the prevalence rates in gauteng). in contrast, in gauteng, spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis had prevalence rates between the lowest and highest rates reported internationally. training exposure time and radiological changes gymnasts were allocated to either a low or high training exposure group. since elite gymnasts train for a minimum of 25 h/week, this was used as a cut-off point in order to evaluate the effect of training exposure on radiological changes. gymnasts who trained <25 h/week were allocated to the lowexposure group, while gymnasts who trained for >25 h/week were allocated to the highexposure group. the results showed that gymnasts in the high-exposure group were less likely to have evidence of degenerative changes in the spine than those in the lowexposure group, with prevalence rates of 68% v. 72%, respectively. discussion scoliosis, spondylolysis, spondylolisthesis and other signs of degenerative change were examined using x-rays. the results showed that there can be significant structural deficit in the lumbar spines of gymnasts, even without reports of pain or back injury. differences in actual injur y prevalence between symptomatic and asymptomatic gymnasts, as confirmed by x-ray, were small. this means that the presence or absence of symptoms is an unreliable indicator of injury. further, this could mean that asymptomatic gymnasts may unknowingly expose themselves to excessive training and competition, leading to faster progression of changes. therefore, imaging should be performed on gymnasts to monitor spinal changes and possibly initiate measures to prevent severe injury. the findings of this study also showed that exposure time to gymnastics has an effect on the prevalence of back injuries. back injuries occurred more in gymnasts who trained for <25 h/week. however, the results of other studies have concluded that greater exposure to training was directly related to an increased risk of injury.[1] this may be due to a non-linear relationship between exposure time and back injury prevalence, which the discretised measure of exposure used in this study was unable to detect. further research should be conducted with larger samples for a more refined measure of exposure, with a larger number of exposure categories. results showed that gymnasts training and competing at higher levels experienced more back injuries. this was also found in retired gymnasts who competed at senior olympic level. this correlates with findings of other studies[1] where older gymnasts had higher exposure frequencies. whether age is another risk factor for injury, because gymnasts competing at higher levels are generally older, is unknown. table 1. prevalence of radiological changes, subject reported back injury (n=20) total, % total, n current, n retired, n scoliosis 75 15 11 4 degenerative changes 70 14 11 3 spondylolysis 15 3 2 1 spondylolisthesis 20 4 3 1 table 2. prevalence of radiological changes, subject did not report back injury (n=20) total, % total, n current, n retired, n scoliosis 75 15 12 3 degenerative changes 85 17 12 5 spondylolysis 15 3 1 2 spondylolisthesis 15 3 2 1 table 3. prevalence of radiological changes, international studies lowest reported, % highest reported, % scoliosis 11.5 19.2 spondylolysis 9.1 32.8 spondylolisthesis 3.3 15.4 72 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 study limitations limitations include: (i) the small, localised population, limited to the gauteng province of sa; (ii) no consideration given to the role of genetic differences related to ethnic group; and (iii) the exact gymnastic routines were not described or distinguished, which can be seen as a limitation as different moves and routines could have different effects. conclusion while it is well-known that degenerative conditions and other structural changes such as scoliosis, spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis are more prevalent within the gymnastic population than the general population, this has not been demonstrated among elite artistic gymnasts. symptoms based on self-reports are not reliable indicators of the presence of back injury. the use of x-rays in the context of limited resources and accessibility is appropriate in gymnasts with high volumes of training as both symptomatic and asymptomatic groups showed similar prevalence rates when using x-rays as the measuring instrument. therefore, it is important to evaluate radiological spinal changes in gymnasts who are training at high performance level and competing professionally, both in symptomatic and asymptomatic gymnasts. the timing of when this should be done is not entirely clear. the importance of proper rehabilitation after injury and before return to high-level activity is also highlighted to prevent further injury and reduce the rate of early retirement from the sport. proper conditioning of gymnasts is needed to prevent injury during skill acquisition and performance. training duration affects the prevalence of changes in the lumbar spine; however, the results contradict prior research, suggesting further research is required. references 1. adamson i. gymnastics injuries: a quantitative profile of athletes in the greater durban area. dissertation submitted in partial compliance with the requirements for a master’s degree in technology: chiropractic in the department of chiropractic at the durban institute of technology. 2006. http://www.dut.ac.za (accessed 3 march 2014). 2. kolt g, kirkby r. injury in australian female competitive gymnasts: a psychological perspective. aust j physiother 1996;42(2):121-126. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s00049514(14)60444-x] 3. daly rm, bass sl, finch cf. balancing the risk of injury to gymnasts: how effective are the counter measures? br j sports med 2001;35(1):8-18. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.35.1.8] 4. caine dj, nassar l. gymnastic injuries. med sport sci 2005;48:18-58. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1159/000084282] 5. boden bp, osbahr dc, jimenez c. low-risk stress fractures. am j sports med 2001;29(1):100-111. 6. bruggeman gp. mechanical load in artistic gymnastics and its relation to apparatus and performance. in: leglise m, ed. symposium medico-technique. lausanne, switzerland: international gymnastics federation, 1999:17-27. 7. cohen e, stuecker rd. magnetic resonance imaging in diagnosis and followup of impending spondylolysis in children and adolescents: early treatment may prevent pars defects. j pediatr orthop b 2005;14(2):63-67. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1097/01202412-200503000-00001] 8. swärd l, hellstrom m, jacobsson b, pëterson l. back pain and radiologic changes in the thoraco-lumbar spine of athletes. spine 1990;15(2):124-129. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1097/00007632-199002000-00015] 9. bennett dl, nassar l, delano, mc. lumbar spine mri in the elite-level female gymnast with low back pain. skeletal radiol 2006;35(7):503-509. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/ s00256-006-0083-7] 10. davis pc, wippold fj, brinberg ja, et al. acr appropriateness criteria® on low back pain. j am coll radiol 2009;6(6):401-407. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. jacr.2009.02.008] 11. endean a, palmer kt, coggon d. potential of magnetic resonance imaging findings to refine case definition for mechanical low back pain in epidemiological studies: a systematic review. spine 2011;36(2):160-169. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/ brs.0b013e3181cd9adb] 12. tallarico ra, madom ia, palumbo ma. spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in the athlete. sports med arthrosc rev 2008;16(1):32-38. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/ jsa.0b013e318163be50] 13. keller ms. gymnastics injuries and imaging in children. pediatr radiol 2009;39(12):12991306. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00247-009-1431-2] 14. warwick j, lotz j. integrated imaging: the complementary role of radiology and nuclear medicine. south african journal of radiology 2013;17(4):149-153. [http://dx.doi. org/10.7196/sajr.1033] 15. ogbole gi, adeleye ao, adeyinka ao, ogunseyinde oa. magnetic resonance imaging: clinical experience with an open low-field-strength scanner in a resource challenged african state. j neurosci rural pract 2012;3(2):137-143. [http://dx.doi.org/10.4103/09763147.98210] 16. potchen mj, kampondeni s, birbeck gl, et al. magnetic resonance imaging in malawi: contributions to clinical care, medical education and biomedical research. malawi med j 2011;23(2):62-66. [http://dx.doi.org/10.4314/mmj.v23i2.70753] 17. igbinedion boe, akhigbe a. correlations of radiographic findings in patients with low back pain. nig med j 2011;52(1):28-34. 18. whitley as, sloane c, hoadley g, moore ad. clarke’s positioning in radiography. 12th ed. london: hodder arnold, 2005. original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license a prevalence of running-related injuries among professional endurance runners in the rift valley, kenya rc koech,1 bsc physiotherapy; b olivier,3 phd; n tawa,1, 2 phd 1 department of physiotherapy, jomo kenyatta university of agriculture and technology, kenya 2 centre for research in spinal health and rehabilitation medicine, department of physiotherapy, jomo kenyatta university of agriculture and technology, kenya 3 department of physiotherapy, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: rc koech (kimkoech254@gmail.com) endurance or long-distance running is a continuous run on the track or off the track over distances ranging from eight hundred metres extending to full marathons and ultramarathons.[1] kenyan endurance runners have featured prominently in races organised by the world cross-country championships (wccc) and the international association of athletics federations (iaaf). [2] according to fisher, nearly 70% to 80% of endurance running winners in any global event since the late 1980s are of kenyan descent. [3] the issue of injuries among runners has been a concern to various stakeholders, including researchers. as a result, a growing number of studies have been published recently with the aim of addressing this problem. for instance, a systematic literature review on predisposing factors, incidence and prevention of injuries in endurance running by videbæk et al. [4] revealed that injury prevalence rates among recreational and novice distance runners were higher than those of marathoners. the differences in incidence rates were significant in competitive runners, i.e. marathoners, having injury incidence rates as low as 2.5 to 7.4 per 1 000 hours while non-competitive runners, such as novice runners, registered injury incidence rates of up to 17.8 injuries per 1 000 hours of exercise. [4] small and relph [5] showed that 26 runners sustained 108 lower extremity injuries (89%) in a multiday marathon lasting 27 days, indicating an average of four injuries per marathon runner. however, the study suggested that further investigation of the prevalence and predisposing factors using a larger sample size is required to allow proper generalisation of results. vitez et al. [6] investigated running-related injuries in runners of the ljubljana marathon in slovenia and reported that a third of these marathon runners suffered at least one mild running injury during the season, with a 53% lifetime of running injury prevalence. the predominant injury region was the knee (30%). iliotibial band syndrome, achilles tendonitis and tibial stress syndrome were among the most common injuries reported by endurance runners (tonoli et al. [7]). mbarak et al. [8] studied running-related musculoskeletal injuries, risk factors and treatment among short-, mediumand long-distance kenyan runners pointing out the frequency of injuries at the injury sites. hamstring injuries were the commonest (43/108 cases; 40%), followed by knee injuries (33/108 cases; 31%). however, the study did not specifically indicate the overall prevalence among the runners. therefore no study has focused specifically on the prevalence of running-related injuries among endurance runners in kenya. furthermore, most studies have been carried out in other contexts and have seldom focused on professional endurance runners of international stature. kenya has a unique context for running injuries and local findings can be used to better inform injury prevention approaches and ultimately benefit running performance. this study therefore sought to establish the injury prevalence among professional endurance runners in the rift valley, kenya. methods this cross-sectional survey was conducted in the rift valley region of kenya. based on registration data from athletics kenya (athletics governing body), the study targeted 2 481 endurance runners who had participated in both local and international running competitions. calculations using a proposed formula by cochran [9] gave a sample size of 209 professional endurance runners. the study used stratified background: injuries related to endurance running have attracted attention as the sport has become more competitive, and as athletes seek to improve their performance. consequently, endurance runners are increasingly becoming more susceptible to lower extremity running injuries. objectives: the aim of this study was to establish the prevalence of running-related injuries among professional endurance runners in the rift valley, kenya. methods: we used a cross-sectional survey design targeting professional endurance runners who had participated in both local and international running competitions. the sample size consisted of 209 respondents selected through stratified and simple random sampling techniques, of which 167 participated in the study. a self-administered questionnaire was used to collect data on the prevalence of injuries among the endurance runners. the data were analysed using descriptive statistics. results: the prevalence of running injuries was 63% (n=106). the prevalence among males (n=64; 69%) was higher in comparison with that of females (n=42; 57%). the posterior thigh was the most common site for injuries among the athletes (n=87; 52%), followed by the lower back (n=78; 47%) and ankle (n=63; 38%). conclusion: the prevalence of running-related injuries was high among professional kenyan endurance runners compared to other populations. these findings therefore form the basis of future research to explore the mechanisms behind the injuries and the feasibility of targeted injury prevention programmes. keywords: occurrence, injuries related to running, experienced runners, kenya s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10690 mailto:kimkoech254@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10690 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2106-9384 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1770-8761 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9287-8301 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 random sampling to distribute the sample size based on gender (male, n=119; female, n=90). a simple random sampling technique was then used to select the study’s participants, which meant that they had to have participated in one official local or international competition. moreover, this population was chosen because of their availability as most of the runners were resident and training within the athletics kenya approved and recognised training camps. runners below age of 18 years, running races less than 800 metres in length, and amateurs and foreigners were excluded from participating in the study. the study used a pretested, self-administered questionnaire to collect the data. a running injury was defined as any muscle, bone or joint injury of the lower extremity and back (i.e. foot, ankle, calf, shin, knee, thigh, hip, lumbar region) resulting from participating in a training and/or competitive sports activity resulting in the runner missing out for >48 hours. an acute injury was defined as an injury caused by a particular and recognizable traumatic incident experienced by the athlete during training or competition whereas overuse injury was defined as having occurred as a result of recurrent microtrauma that could not be traced to a particular event or incident. to ascertain validity, the questionnaire was reviewed by two sports physiotherapists and twenty endurance runners prior to being administered to the respondents. the questionnaires administered to the runners had to be returned within two weeks. the researcher was available via mobile phone and at the training camps to clarify uncertainties where needed, while the respondents were completing the questionnaires. the data collection process took place over a period of 16 weeks (july-october) in 2019. the data were processed using the statistical package for social sciences (spss version 22.0) and analysed using descriptive statistics. permission to conduct the study was given by the relevant research regulatory bodies, and the endurance runners voluntarily consented to participate in the study after being assured that the data collected will be safe, secure and confidential. results the demographic characteristics of the runners a total of 182 questionnaires were returned. fifteen of these were incomplete and thus could not be used for the study, leading to a final data analysis on 167 questionnaires. the demographic characteristics are presented in table 1. the findings indicate that the majority of the respondents were male (n=93; 56%); aged 26-30 years (n= 63; 38%); had running experience of between 1-3 years (n=84; 50%); participated in both local and international competitions (n=62; 37%); the highest level of education was secondary level (n=120; 72%); and they depended on running as an occupation (n=127; 76%). the injury prevalence of running injuries the responses on running-related injuries sustained within the previous year are shown in table 2. the majority (n=106; 64%) of the athletes had experienced a running-related injury at some point within the previous year. the prevalence of running injuries was higher among males (n=64/93; 69%) than females (n=42/74; 57%). an overuse injury (n=74/106; 70%) was the table 1. the demographic characteristics of the runners (n=167) variable category frequency (n) percentage (%) gender male 93 56 female 74 44 age in years 16 – 20 33 20 21 – 25 50 30 26 – 30 63 38 31 – 35 18 11 36 – 40 1 1 41 – 45 1 1 46 – 50 1 1 professional running experience in years 1 – 3 84 50 4 – 6 57 34 7 – 10 26 16 level of competitions local 54 32 international 51 31 both 62 37 primary 22 13 level of education secondary 120 72 certificate 12 7 diploma 7 4 undergraduate 5 3 postgraduate 1 1 occupation other than athletics yes 40 24 no 127 76 table 2. running-related injuries sustained and their classification during the previous year (n=167 partcipants) have you experienced a running injury within the previous year? indicate the type of injury sustained within the previous year gender yes no total acutea overuseb total female n 42 32 74 15 27 42 % 57 43 100 36 64 100 male n 64 29 93 17 47 64 % 69 31 100 27 73 100 total n 106 61 167 32 74 106 % 63 37 100 30 70 100 a acute injury is injury sustained from a particular event that can be identified by the athlete. b overuse injury results from recurring microtrauma that cannot be traced to a single event. original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 most common type of injury among the runners. the athletes were further asked to indicate the number of times they had experienced runningrelated injuries in their different body parts in the previous year while training or during running competitions. these results are given in table 3. posterior thigh injuries (n=87; 52%) were most common among the athletes, followed by lower back pain (n=78; 47%) at least once in the previous year while training or during running competitions. the third and fourth most prevalent injuries sustained during training and competition, respectively, were ankle (n=63; 38%) and groin (n=49; 29%) injuries. discussion prevalence of injuries related to endurance running was n=106 (64%) which were incurred during the previous season. the majority of those injured suffered overuse injuries (n=74; 70%) possibly as a result of the combined effect of long-lasting fatigue beyond their specific biomechanical capability.[10] in addition, the majority of the runners might have been predisposed to running injuries due to the observed overtraining behaviour aimed at coping with the competitiveness of long-distance running in kenya.[8] the injury rates reported among the athletes were higher than those of vitez et al.[6] in slovenia who reported that a third of the ljubljana marathoners experienced at least one mild running injury in the season. this is considered to be so because of the low sensitivity by the use of >2 weeks’ time-loss based on the injury definition by vitez et al. similarly, the injury prevalence among the endurance runners in this study was lower (n=167; 63%) than those found by ellapen et al. [11] in kwazulu-natal in south africa who observed that within a year, 90% of the 200 half marathon recreational runners suffered at least one running injury. whereas the current study analysed data on 167 professional endurance runners and defined ‘injury’ as an occurrence happening during training and/or competition which made a runner lose more than 48 hours. ellapen et al. dealt with 200 half marathon runners and classified an ‘injury’ as an incident that caused more than 24 hours of time lost, thus explaining the variation between the two studies. according to tonoli et al. [7] experienced runners tend to incur fewer injuries because there is the development of an innate ability to recognise the onset of an injury thus preventing its severity compared to novice runners. this concurs with the result in table 1 that the majority of the endurance runners (n=84; 50%) had professional running experience of between one to three years. more males (n=64; 69%) than females (n=42; 57%) reported experiencing an injury within the 12-month period of our study. since the external training conditions were the same for both females and males, this finding implies that the variation of injuries across gender lines is possibly due to internal factors i.e. anatomical, biomechanical and/or physiological.[12] the difference in injury prevalence across both genders are similar to, although much higher than those of van der worp et al. [13] in the netherlands who found that male runners were more susceptible to calf and hamstring injuries, whereas women were more prone to sustaining hip injuries. it can therefore be concluded that men were at greater risk than women for developing running-related injuries. running-related posterior thigh injuries (n=87; 52%) was the most common injury site in both men and women, followed by the lower back (n=78; 47%). the running surface in the rift valley region is characterised by hills, valleys and flat terrain. therefore, running in this region predisposes a runner to excessive loading of the quadriceps muscles (uphill training) resulting in an agonist and antagonist muscle imbalance with a table 3. number of injuries per injury site in the previous year (n=167 participants) injury site participants without injury participants with injury four or more times three times twice once lower back n 89 78 26 17 9 26 % 53 47 33 22 12 33 buttocks n 126 41 10 3 7 21 % 75 25 25 7 17 51 groin n 118 49 5 7 13 24 % 71 29 10 14 27 49 hip n 121 46 8 9 13 16 % 72 28 17 20 28 35 anterior thigh n 121 46 10 11 13 12 % 72 28 22 24 28 26 posterior thigh n 80 87 21 13 19 34 % 48 52 24 15 22 39 knee n 124 43 16 4 11 12 % 74 26 37 9 26 28 upper leg n 125 42 12 8 11 11 % 75 25 29 19 26 26 lower leg n 122 45 9 6 16 14 % 73 27 20 13 36 31 ankle n 104 63 8 9 3 43 % 62 38 13 14 5 68 foot n 140 27 3 5 8 11 % 84 16 11 18 30 41 toes n 132 35 3 6 6 20 % 79 21 9 17 17 57 injuries include acute and overuse injuries. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 higher prevalence of posterior thigh injuries. [14] it can be further suggested that high posterior thigh injuries were as a result of poor running methodology seen amongst the kenya runners that involved inadequate warm-up, limited stretches and eccentric strength training. [8] the results in this study on the prevalence of posterior thigh injuries were, however, much higher than those of opar et al. [15] who found that posterior thigh injuries accounted for 24% of the overall of the lower extremity running-related injuries. the comparatively high prevalence of injuries in this study compared to those of opar et al. could be attributed to the fact that their study was carried over a duration of three years, while this study was based on the respondent’s recollection of injuries for the previous year. the injury prevalence of the lower back region (n=78; 47%) indicates that the runners might have been more predisposed to this injury due to excessive biomechanical overload as a result of overtraining, leading to increased fatigue and stress on the intervertebral disc. [9] the other common injury site reported by the athletes was the ankle (n=63; 38%). large amounts of high-intensity running, rapid increase in training mileage and/or variation of running surfaces seen among the runners could possibly be an injury risk for ankle injuries, specifically if running on a hard surface. [8] these findings were slightly higher than those of tonoli et al. [7] who found the prevalence rate of ankle injury among marathoners to be 25%. however, the ankle injury prevalence in this study was much higher than the 17 % prevalence rate reported by small and relph [5] among multiday marathoners. the high prevalence observed in this study compared to that of small and relph, [5] could be attributed to the fact that our study focused on professional camp-based runners, while the previous study focused on recreational marathoners. this study is the first to report on the epidemiology of injuries amongst kenyan endurance runners and these findings would be useful in future research. a limitation of this study is that only 167 questionnaires were included in the analysis, while the calculated sample size was 209. although the findings reported here still makes a valuable contribution to the literature, caution should be taken in generalising results to the wider endurance runner population. conclusion the prevalence of running-related injuries among professional kenyan endurance runners was 63% in a previous season. this forms the basis of future research to explore mechanisms behind running injuries and the effectiveness of intervention programmes to prevent injury. future studies could also explore the extreme dominant performance of kenyan endurance runners despite the high injury prevalence reported. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: our special thanks goes to all participants who were involved in the study. author contributions: all authors have contributed substantially and were involved in the following phases of (i) conception, design, analysis and interpretation of data; (ii) drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content; and (iii) approval of the version to be published. references 1. pescatello ls , roth sm (eds.) exercise genomics. s.l.: humana press. 2011. [doi: 10.1007/978-1-60761-355-8_1] 2. prommer n, thoma s, quecke l, et al. total hemoglobin mass and blood volume of elite kenyan runners. med sci sports exerc 2010; 42(4): 791–797. [doi: 10.1249/mss.0b013e3181badd67] [pmid: 19952848] 3. fisher m. why kenyans make such great runners: a story of genes and cultures. the atlantic 17 april,2012; [https://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2012/04/] 4. videbæk s, bueno am, nielsen ro, et al. incidence of runningrelated injuries per 1000 h of running in different types of runners: a systematic review and meta-analysis. sports med 2015; 45(7): 1017-1026. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-015-0333-8] [pmid: 25951917] 5. small k, relph n. musculoskeletal injury rates in multiday marathon runners performing ten consecutive marathons on a repeat course. j athl enhanc 2017; 6:5. [doi: 10.4172/23249080.1000280] 6. vitez l, zupet p, zadnik v, et al. running injuries in the participants of ljubljana marathon. zdr varst 2017; 56(4): 196202. [doi: 10.1515/sjph-2017-0027] [pmid: 29062393] 7. tonoli c, cumps e, aerts i, et al. incidence, risk factors and prevention of running related injuries in long-distance running: a systematic review injury, location and type. sport en geneeskunde 2010; 43(5): 12-18. [https://research.vumc.nl/en/publications/incidence-risk-factorsand-prevention-of-running-related-injuries] 8. mbarak ma, muteti en, anjila e, et al. running-related musculoskeletal injuries, risk factors and treatment among kenyan runners. e a o j 2019; 13(1): 34-39. [doi: 10.4314/eaoj.v13i1] 9. cochranwg. sampling technique. 2nd ed. 1963. new york: john wiley and sons inc. 10. meeusen r, duclos m, foster c, et al. prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of the overtraining syndrome: joint consensus statement of the european college of sport science and the american college of sports medicine. med sci sports exerc 2013; 45 (1):186–205. [doi:10.1249/mss.0b013e318279a10a] [pmid: 23247672] 11. ellapen tj, satyendra s, morris j, et al. common running musculoskeletal injuries among recreational half-marathon runners in kwazulu-natal. s afr j sports med 2013; 25(2), 39-43. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2013/v25i2a372] 12. taimela s, kujala um, osterman k. intrinsic risk factors and athletic injuries. sports med 1990; 9(4): 205–215 [doi: 10.2165/00007256-199009040-00002] [pmid: 2183329] 13. van der worp mp, ten haaf ds, van cingel r, et al. injuries in runners; a systematic review on risk factors and sex differences. plos one 2015; 10(2): e0114937. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0114937] [pmid: 25706955] 14. hu x, pickle nt, grabowski am, et al. muscle eccentric contractions increase in downhill and high-grade uphill walking. front bioeng biotechnol 2020; 8: 573666 [doi: 10.3389/fbioe.2020.573666] [pmid: 33178672] 15. opar da, drezner j, shield a, et al. acute hamstring strain injury in track-and-field athletes: a 3-year observational study at the penn relay carnival. scand j med sci sports 2014; 24(4): e254– 259. [doi: 10.1111/sms.12159] [pmid: 24330073] file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1007/978-1-60761-355-8_1 doi:%2010.1249/mss.0b013e3181badd67 https://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2012/04/%5d file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1007/s40279-015-0333-8 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.4172/2324-9080.1000280 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.4172/2324-9080.1000280 https://doi.org/10.1515/sjph-2017-0027 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.4314/eaoj.v13i1 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.4314/eaoj.v13i1 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:10.1249/mss.0b013e318279a10a file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.17159/2078-516x/2013/v25i2a372 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.2165/00007256-199009040-00002 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.2165/00007256-199009040-00002 doi:%2010.1371/journal.pone.0114937 doi:%2010.3389/fbioe.2020.573666 doi:%2010.3389/fbioe.2020.573666 doi:%2010.1111/sms.12159 sajsm 553.indd sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 87 review the role of prohormones, ‘classic’ and ‘designer’ steroids, clenbuterol, peptide hormones and newer molecules causing concern in dietary supplements is discussed. apart from their potential adverse effects on athletes’ health, their non-achievement of increased strength and muscle size, trace quantities present in contaminated dietary supplements can lead to failed doping tests. the methodologies used for the identification and determination of prohibited substances in very low concentrations, mainly liquid chromatography and mass spectrometry, are also addressed. of concern is the anticipation that the number of dietary supplements containing (not yet) prohibited designer steroids and other performance-enhancing newer chemical entities will increase. athletes, coaches and sports doctors should therefore be provided with information regarding dietary supplements and be advised to minimise risks for non-intentional ingestion of forbidden substances by using safe products listed on databases, such as those obtainable in the netherlands and germany. s afr j sm 2014;26(3):87-90. doi:10.7196/sajsm.553 dietary supplements containing prohibited substances: a review (part 2) p van der bijl, bsc hons (chem), bsc hons (pharmacol), bchd, phd, dsc emeritus professor and former head, department of pharmacology, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, tygerberg, cape town, south africa; and invited foreign professor, department of pharmacology, pirigov’s russian national research medical university, moscow, russia corresponding author: p van der bijl (pietervanderbijlcpt@gmail.com) in part 1[1] the focus was on the presence of stimulants in dietary supplements, while the current article deals with ‘classic’ and ‘designer’ steroids, clenbuterol, peptide hormones and newer molecules that cause concern in sports nutrition due to their accidental intake as contaminants. prohormones it has been shown in a previous study that ~15% of dietary supplements comprising mainly vitamins, minerals, proteins and creatine contained undisclosed anabolic androgenic steroids.[2] these steroids were mainly prohormones, referring to androgenic precursors that are enzymatically activated in vivo to the anabolic steroid testosterone and its derivatives. in the aforementioned study, it was assumed that these prohormones were probably the result of contamination before or during manufacturing processes. nevertheless, the quantities of prohormone detec ted in thes e supplements could have resulted in infringements of doping regulations. prohormones are viewed by many consumers as natural compounds to promote strength and muscle mass, change body composition and improve general feelings of wellness with fewer adverse effects than testosterone itself or other synthetic androgenic steroids.[3] furthermore, prohormones are perceived and commercially promoted as legal alternatives to testosterone, with comparable anabolic effects. however, prohormones are listed as prohibited substances on the world antidoping agency (wada) list and are illegal to sell or import in many countries. cholesterol is metabolised by multiple enzyme systems into testosterone via a number of androgenic intermediates (prohormones), including dihydroepiandrosterone (dhea) (fig. 1). the biosynthetic pathway via dhea leads to the production of androstenedione (dione) and androstenediol (diol). these intermediates can also be converted to the oestrogens, which may cause gynaecomastia and hepatic dysfunction. to counteract cholesterol pregnenolone 17-α-hydroxypregnenolone dehydroepiandrosterone (dhea) androstenediol (diol) progesterone 7-α-hydroxyprogesterone androstenedione (dione) testosterone aromatase oestrone oestriol oestradiol fig. 1. outline of major pathways in the biosynthesis of steroid hormones. 88 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 these adverse effects, some athletes use prohormones out of the competition season in cycles lasting 4 12 weeks, either alone or in a stacking manner, i.e. taking multiple compounds with different oestrogenic potential simultaneously. alternatively, users may follow a pyramid mode, taking the highest doses in midcycle. additionally, selective oestrogen receptor modulators or aromatase inhibitors (fig. 1) may be taken to attenuate oestrogenic effects, and androgenic herbal products taken to diminish the low period between cycles. [3,4] however, two wellconducted clinical studies have not shown dhea, dione or diol to produce any advantageous anabolic or ergogenic effects at all, but have confirmed the risk of adverse effects. in particular, in one of the studies, ldl-cholesterol/hdl-cholesterol ratios were increased by 11%, significantly elevating the risk for cardiovascular disease and reducing luteinising hormone levels, which may decrease testicular and adrenal testosterone production.[3] other prohormones, e.g. those of the much-used/abused anabolic steroid 19-nortestosterone (nandrolone), have also appeared on the market.[5] one of these prohormones, norandrostendione, administered as a single dose, has been shown to lead to detectable urinary quantities of the main metabolite (19-norandrosterone) of the parent steroid nandrolone for a period >10 days.[5] classic anabolic steroids steroid structures have perhydrocyclopentanophenanthrene nuclei comprising four rings (a, b, c and d), as represented by the structure of testosterone (fig. 2). loci where modifications occur as well as examples of typical reactions, resulting in structural modifications to the steroid nucleus, are also shown. furthermore, steroids can be classi fied into six groups according to the number of carbon atoms, i.e. gonanes (c17), estranes (c18) (e.g. oestradiol and oestrone), andro stanes (c19) (e.g. testosterone and andro stenedione), pregnanes (c21) (e.g. pro gesterone and cortisol), cholanes (c24) (e.g. cholic acid and desoxycholic acid) and chole stanes (c27) (e.g. cholesterol). with the exception of the cholanes, steroids are precursors or natural hormones that, depending on their in vivo functions, can be divided into oestrogens, androgens, glucocorticoids and mineralocorticoids. the steroid category of compounds includes the classic anabolic steroids, e.g. metandienone, stanozol, boldenone, oxandrolone, dehydro chloromethyl-testosterone, etc., which have been found in high amounts (>1 mg/g) in certain dietary supplements and vitamin preparations that are freely available on the market. these steroid ingredients were either listed on package labels under some other chemical/non-approved name or not disclosed at all. concentrations of these steroids in the supplements were of such orders that even within the limits of recommended supplement intake, supratherapeutic doses of these substances would be ingested. many athletes and other individuals in the population at large, including women, adolescents and children, regularly consume dietary supplements in quantities beyond the safe daily recommended doses, and therefore adverse effects in these groups of users could be severe. in men, acne, testicular atrophy, prostate enlargement, decreased spermatogenesis, infertility, impotence and changes in libido may occur.[6] furthermore, gynaecomastia, which may require surgical intervention, can also occur; some male users of steroids concurrently use tamoxifen or other agents to prevent or treat this condition. in women using steroids, acne, potentially irreversible masculinisation, clitoris enlargement, menstrual irregularities and changes in libido may result. in both sexes, psychiatric effects, e.g. aggression (‘roid’ rage), psychoses, manic episodes, panic disorders, depression, etc. have been documented. long-term steroid use has also been associated with dependency and a withdrawal syndrome associated with suicidal thoughts, an increased incidence of tumours and premature mortality.[6] of particular concern are the effects of steroids on cholesterol and lipid metabolism, hypercalcaemia, electrolyte and fluid disturbances, hypertension and thrombotic events, e.g. emboli, myocardial infarction and cerebrovascular accidents, the latter two conditions possibly resulting from an increase in platelet aggregation and erythrogenesis. in adolescents and children, virilisation and premature closure of the epiphyseal plates, which may result in stunted growth, have been described. most of the classic anabolic steroids are methylated in the 17-position of the d-ring of the perhydrocyclopentanophenanthrene nucleus (fig. 2), a molecular feature that is associated with high hepatoxicity and carcinogenicity.[5] while the commercial sources of these steroids on the world market are not always known, it appears as if many of them are sourced from chinese bulk manufacturers and are intentionally incorporated into dietary supplements by unscrupulous companies.[5] designer steroids these steroid molecules were synthesised some 5 decades ago and evaluated in preclinical studies for their anabolic and androgenic effects.[7] they are not listed as components of any currently available pharmaceuticals for clinical use, are not on the wada list of prohibited substances and are manufactured exclusively for the dietary supplement black reduction 19 18 o oh reduction methylation alkylation esteri�cation oxidation glucuronidation or sulphation cyclopentanoperhydrophenanthrene structure hydroxylation 1 2 3 4 5 a b c d 10 11 9 8 7 6 12 13 14 15 16 17 fig. 2. some structural modifications of the steroid nucleus, using the testosterone molecule as an example. sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 89 market. examples of such agents, to name but a few, are prostanozol, methasterone and andostatrienedione, and to date more than 40 such designer steroid molecules have been detected in laboratories.[7] little is known regarding their pharmacological actions and safety profiles in humans. they are either listed under some other chemical/non-approved name or are not disclosed at all on dietary supplement labels. should metabolites of these designer steroids be detected in an athlete’s urine, doping infringement charges would probably ensue. clenbuterol many athletes who claim that they suffer from asthma or exerciseinduced asthma use metered-dose inhaled β2-agonists for alleviating their symptoms of bronchoconstriction. while the inhalational β2agonists such as terbutaline, albuterol and salmeterol are permitted for use by athletes by the wada, oral and injectable forms of these pharmaceuticals are not. however, some of these β2-agonists, e.g. clenbuterol, are considered anabolic substances by some sportsgoverning agencies. hitherto, two cases have been described in which dietary supplements contained therapeutic and supratherapeutic doses of 30 µg/tablet and 2 mg/capsule of clenbuterol, respectively.[8] in the supratherapeutic preparation, which contained 100 times the therapeutic dose of clenbuterol, the presence of this β2-agonist was not disclosed on the package label. peptide hormones over-the-counter dietary supplements are frequently promoted by manufacturers as being able to increase human growth hormone levels in the body. however, a review has shown that while human growth hormone does increase lean body mass, it has no beneficial effect on strength or exercise capacity in trained athletes.[9] however, use of human growth hormones has been associated with higher rates of soft-tissue oedema, arthralgias and carpal tunnel syndrome. furthermore, dietary supplements advertised as having anabolic, fatreducing and anticatabolic properties, and containing the prohibited growth hormone-releasing peptide-2 (ghrp-2), were detected a few years ago. the presence of such substances may lead to inadvertent doping infringements. while ghrp-2 itself is not specifically barred by the wada for use by athletes, it is a releasing factor that belongs to a prohibited substance group on their list.[7] other newer molecules a selective androgen receptor modulator and agonists of the peroxi some proliferator-activated receptor δ, which produce anabolic effects and enhance endurance, respectively, have been found on the black market.[7] it has also come to the attention of the wada that another substance for increasing endurance, gw501516, has been available for some time on the black market, through the internet and elsewhere. anti-doping authorities have already seen its use by athletes, as there have been a number of positive cases. this developmental drug has not been approved for clinical use anywhere in the world and has been withdrawn from further investigation by pharmaceutical companies due to its serious toxicity profile.[10] identification and determination of prohibited substances while a wide variety of analytical techniques have been used in the past to detect prohibited drugs in biological fluids, rapid improvements in mass spectrometry (ms) have allowed accredited laboratories to develop specific and comprehensive screening methods that are able to detect amounts of drugs and/or their metabolites in quantities as low as 1 mg/l in urine.[4] over many years, gas chromatography (gc) has proven itself in laboratories to be a useful technique for separating and identifying individual components in mixtures of chemical compounds on various chromatographic columns in terms of their retention characteristics (relative to an internal standard compound), as well as for quantifying them. a variety of detectors, e.g. flame ionisation detectors, thermal conductivity detectors and electron capture detectors have been used for this purpose. however, for the successful application of this technique, it is a prerequisite that for compounds to be separated, they are volatile, usually after the necessary derivatisation steps. samples may also have to be hydrolysed to release steroid metabolites from their glucuronic acid conjugates, usually by means of the enzyme β2-glucuronidase, which may result in the generation of related steroidal compounds or incomplete deconjugation. for the purpose of volatilisation, the mixtures to be analysed are often trimethylsilylated (tms) prior to injection onto gc columns. the more volatile tms ethers of the individual components are then distributed between gaseous and solid phases, separated and detected. by feeding gaseous effluents from a gc into an ms, further improvement in identification and quantitation of compounds in mixtures can be expected. however, this technique of gc/ms is not so eminently suitable for routine clinical analysis, but has better applications as a screening tool of prohibited compounds in dietary supplements or urinary metabolites because of the high labour intensiveness, high cost and relatively poor sensitivity. the poor sensitivity is of relevance when samples are analysed for compounds which have low thermal stabilities, e.g. steroids such as trenbolone and gestrinone.[4] in recent years, another chromatographic tool, i.e. liquid chromatography (lc) coupled to ultraviolet or diode-array detectors, has become increasingly important in drug-assaying laboratories. however, similar to gc, this method is not sensitive enough to detect trace levels of compounds and is not well suited for the identification of new substances with unknown chemical and physical properties. coupled with ms, it provides specificity, precision and high sensitivity, allowing the detection of very low quantities of polar and non-polar compounds, a requirement being that the methodology be extensively validated. lc/ms has high throughput capabilities, requires small sample volumes, minimal sample preparation and thermal stability is usually not a factor. furthermore, if required, a number of components can be identified and quantified in a single analysis within the dynamic calibration range of the instrumentation, which can span four orders of magnitude. additionally, because of the absence of hydrolysis or derivatisation steps, lc/ms can be used to measure concentration ratios for steroids between conjugated and free forms, thereby lowering the risk of false positive or misleading outcomes. the use of ultra-high performance lc has further improved chromatographic resolution, thereby lowering the possibility of missing potentially important co-eluting analytes, and critical pairs of isomers may be separated and detected. coupled with high acquisition rate mass analysers such as triple quadrupole ms in tandem with lc/ms(/ms), exceptionally powerful techniques have 90 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 evolved in the detection of steroids with marginal gc properties, for example. [1113] methodologies such as these have enabled the identification of characteristic product ions of common steroid structures and nuclei.[11] these powerful analytical tools provide a means of detecting a wide variety of unknown steroids based on common chemical structural properties, new metabolites, as well as new designer steroids (likely to be added to dietary supplements) made to circumvent anti-doping controls. conclusion dietary supplement use among athletes to enhance performance is proliferating as more individuals strive to obtain a chemical competitive edge. as a result, the concomitant use of dietary supplements containing performance-enhancing substances that fall in the categories outlined in the current review can also be expected to rise. this is despite ever-increasing, sophisticated analytical methodology techniques being used to assay dietary supplement and urine samples in doping laboratories. the reasons for this include: a variety of these chemical entities, many of them on the prohibited drug list of the wada, are being produced commercially in factories around the world; aggressive marketing strategies are being employed by companies; and these supplements can be easily ordered, for example via the internet. it can also be anticipated that there will be an increase in the number of supplements containing designer steroids and other newer molecules. chromatographic techniques combined with ms, leading to identification of molecular fragments and product ions, will assist in determining these substances. to prevent accidental doping, information regarding dietary supplements must be provided to athletes, coaches and sports doctors at all levels of competition. in south africa, this situation is complicated by the fact that the system of acts and bills lacks specificity regarding nutritional supplements, including the listing of prohibited substances on package labels.[14,15] the risks of accidental doping via dietary supplement ingestion can be minimised by using safe products listed on databases, e.g. such as those available in the netherlands and germany.[5] finally, athletes must be reminded that if they test positive for a prohibited substance not disclosed on the package label of a supplement, it would constitute a doping violation, with all the consequences thereof. references 1. van der bijl p. dietary supplements containing prohibited substances: a review (part 1). south african journal of sports medicine 2014;26(2):59-61. [http://dx.doi. org/10.7196/sajsm.552] 2. geyer h, parr mk, mareck u, reinhart u, schrader y, schänzer w. analysis of nonhormonal dietary supplements for anabolic-androgenic steroids: results of an international study. int j sports med 2004;25(2):124-129. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2004-819955] 3. king ds, baskerville r, hellsten y, et al. a z of dietary supplements: dietary supplements, sports nutrition foods and ergogenic aids for health and performance, part 34. br j sports med 2012;46(9):689-690. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091314] 4. gosetti f, mazzucco e, gennaro mc, marengo e. ultra high performance liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry determination and profiling of prohibited steroids in human biological matrices: a review. j chromatogr b analyt technol biomed life sci 2013;927:22-36. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jchromb.2012.12.003] 5. geyer h, parr mk, koehler k, mareck u, schänzer w, thevis m. dietary supplements cross-contaminated and faked with doping substances. j mass spectrom 2008;43(7):892-902. [http:dx.doi.org/10.1002/jms.1452] 6. ambrose p. drug use in sports: a veritable arena for pharmacists. j am pharm assoc 2004:44(4):501-514. 7. geyer h, braun h, burke lm, stear sj, castell lm. a-z of dietary supplements: dietary supplements, sports nutrition foods and ergogenic aids for health and performance, part 22. br j sports med 2011;45(9):752-754. [http://dx. doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090180] 8. parr mk, koehler k, geyer h, guddat s, schänzer w. clenbuterol marketed as dietary supplement. biomed chromatogr 2008;22(3):298-300. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ bmc.928] 9. liu h, bravata dm, olkin i, et al. systematic review: the effects of growth hormone on athletic performance. ann intern med 2008;148(10):747-758. 10. wada issues alert on gw501516. http://playtrue.wada-ama.org/news/wada-issuesalert-on-gw501516/ (accessed 15 may 2014). 11. catlin dh,  sekera mh,  ahrens bd,  starcevic b, chang yc, hatton ck. tetrahydrogestrinone: discovery, synthesis, and detection in urine. rapid commun mass spectrom 2004;18(12):1245-1249. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/rcm.1495] 12. thevis m, geyer h, mareck u, schänzer w. screening for unknown synthetic steroids in human urine by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry. j mass spectrom 2005;40(7):955-962. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/jms.873] 13. pozo oj, van eenoo p, deventer k, delbeke ft. development and validation of a qualitative screening method for the detection of exogenous anabolic steroids in urine by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry. anal bioanal chem 2007;389(4):1209-1224. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00216-007-1530-6] 14. gabriels g, lambert m, smith p. information on nutritional supplement labels: time for legislation? s afr j clin nutr 2012;25(1):22-26. 15. gabriels g, lambert m, smith p, hiss d. will the new consumer protection act prevent harm to nutritional supplement users? s afr med j 2011;101(8):543-545. panel discussion 1 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license blood flow restriction training in south africa – a panel discussion rw evans,1 phd; j ganda,2 mbchb, mphil sem; l van schalkwyk,3 bsc physiotherapy; dl fabricius,4 msc sem; m cornelissen,5 ba hons biokinetics 1 enable centre, cape town, south africa 2 sports rehab centre, cape town, south africa 3 western province & stormers rugby, cape town, south africa 4 lambert sports clinic, london, united kingdom 5 biokinetics association of south africa, centurion, south africa. corresponding author: rw evans (robertevanssa@gmail.com) in july 2022, the health professions council of south africa (hpcsa) was informed that clinicians in south africa were being trained to use blood flow restriction (bfr) as a treatment modality. the technique manipulates blood flow and therefore there are some associated ethical and safety concerns. the hpcsa was unable to support the use of bfr due to a lack of submitted information and evidence that allowed its professional board for physiotherapy, podiatry and biokinetics (ppb) to make an informed decision. as a result, the hpcsa was tasked to determine if (1) bfr is a valid treatment modality, and (2) whether it fits within the scope of practice of physiotherapists and biokineticists in south africa. at the time of the publication of this roundtable discussion, bfr training had not been incorporated into the toolbox of treatment modalities available to physiotherapists and biokineticists in south africa. bfr, although practised since the 1970s, was first published in a 1997 study.[1,2] in the subsequent 25 years, a relatively rich body of evidence has been published supporting its use. despite this, bfr remains a novel technique in south africa, with little known about how it is used amongst health professionals and what beliefs are held regarding its safety and efficacy. to prepare for its formal submission to the hpcsa and to gain better insight into the use and perception of bfr in south africa, an expert panel of medical professionals was asked a series of questions. the following panellists were invited to participate: dr janesh ganda, (sports physician and team doctor of the south african 7s rugby team), lize van schalkwyk, (physiotherapist and head of physiotherapy at western province rugby and the stormers rugby), and david fabricius, (biokineticist and head of performance and wellness at the lambert sports clinic, london). dr robert evans (biokineticist and clinical director at the enable centre) was the panel facilitator. before the various questions were explored, there was a discussion about the definition of bfr to ensure that all panellists were referring to the same techniques and protocols. following this discussion, the working definition was; bfr or occlusion training involves the use of a cuff or tourniquet system placed around the proximal end of a limb and inflated/tightened to a specific pressure (studies range from 110 to 240 mmhg with pneumatic cuffs). through this pressure, the venous outflow is slowed, whilst arterial flow is maintained – resulting in an anaerobic environment.[1] following agreement about the definition, panellists were asked a series of questions. do you consider bfr training safe? janesh ganda: yes. traditionally, when attempting to improve muscle mass and strength, high-intensity resistance training loads of 75%-80% of one repetition maximum (1rm) are often indicated.[3] using bfr, one can get similar hypertrophic and strength responses at 10%-20% of 1rm. this makes bfr training safe and valuable in the rehabilitation of patients who may not be able to perform high-load resistance training (hlrt), such as patients undergoing rehabilitation and recovering athletes. bfr enables practitioners to reduce the load on the joint while still placing the limb under appropriate strain.[3] lize van schalkwyk: yes, i believe it is a safe training modality to use. in a review article, the authors found no significant higher risk in cardiovascular response, venous thromboembolism (vte), or muscle damage.[4] the principle of bfr training is to work at a resistance level of 20%-40% of 1rm, which will cause less strain on the joints and soft tissue than hl-rt. the percentage of blood flow restriction will be 40%– 80% of arterial occlusion pressure (aop), also known as limb occlusion pressure (lop), and therefore not causing complete restriction of blood flow. in our clinical setting, we work with elite sportsmen who undergo annual medical screening, including cardiac screening. our patient population consists of healthy, young athletes. the decision to use bfr training for an injured player is based upon enabling the athlete to start with some form of muscle stimulus and loading at an earlier background: blood flow restriction (bfr) training uses a cuff to partially occlude venous blood flow and improve musculoskeletal training outcomes. over the past 25 years, numerous studies have demonstrated its relative safety and efficacy. objectives: blood flow restriction training is under review by the health professions council of south africa due to safety and ethical concerns. the objective of this roundtable discussion is to gain better insight into the current use and perception of blood flow restriction training in south africa. formation of panel: the expert panel had experience with the use of bfr training and included one representative from each of the following professions, namely, sports medicine, physiotherapy and biokinetics. discussion: the panellists provided their unique perspectives on bfr training, whilst reaching a relative consensus on its safety, screening, efficacy, and appropriate use. agreement on appropriate loading and occlusion pressure protocols during different phases of rehabilitation was less clear. conclusion: although bfr is a safe and effective modality, the development of evidence-based protocols among different health professionals in south africa is required to ensure good clinical practice. keywords: bfr, occlusion training, hpcsa, biokinetics, physiotherapy s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14796 about:blank http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14796 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8724-4838 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9177-9149 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0989-2052 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7306-3131 panel discussion sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 2 stage than what is possible with hl-rt. this should therefore also be safe to use in the general population. david fabricius: yes, bfr with correct implementation and supervision presents no greater risk than traditional modes of exercise, with a low risk of possible adverse responses or concerns of disturbed haemodynamic and ischaemia reperfusion injury. bfr requires an individualised approach when selecting cuff pressure for both safety and effectiveness. case study reports of adverse responses to acute sessions of bfr, regarding rhabdomyolysis and delayed onset muscle soreness (doms), are independent of bfr and include individuals unaccustomed to exercise.[5] injuries resulting from bfr seem rare and risks of adverse events may be exacerbated in clinical populations (e.g. patients with established cardiovascular disease, hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and chronic kidney disease). current recommendations suggest 40%–80% of lop when conducting bfr in clinical populations. lower pressures may provide less risk without the need for higher pressure. establishing lop is quick and easy to perform with a handheld doppler and may minimise any cardiovascular risk from bfr during exercise, alongside pre-exercise screening. what precautions should be taken? janesh ganda: a pre-participation health screening should be performed, or medical clearance should be attained before initiating bfr. anatomically, one should be wary of skin, muscle, vessel, and nerve injuries. the main side effects observed by queiros et al. [6] were tingling (71%), doms (56%) and excessive pain during exercise (45%). rhabdomyolysis, fainting, and subcutaneous haemorrhage were reported infrequently (1.9%, 3.8%, 4.8% respectively). the main contraindications for the use of the technique are a history of thrombosis and any cardiovascular disorder. several other contraindications are mostly related to the risk of thrombosis secondary to venous stasis. lize van schalkwyk: the precautions will have to be standardised in the same manner as applies to all other treatment modalities. it will be important to do a thorough musculoskeletal (msk) and injury assessment of the patient to determine if and at what stage bfr training will be indicated. the normal precautions for the specific injury will apply. i suggest a standardised health screening that will include any previous pulmonary embolism (pe) or deep vein thrombosis (dvt), family history of pe or dvt, obesity, hypertension, medication, and history of syncope. the practitioner must explain to the patient what bfr will entail, what it feels like, possible lasting sensation changes in post-training, etc. it is important to use the correct pressure for the cuff width and not to leave the patient unattended whilst undergoing bfr training. it is also advisable to ensure there is an emergency action plan in place at the facility in the extreme event of an adverse reaction. this will apply in normal circumstances and not only for bfr training. david fabricius: to ensure that bfr is properly used, and there are efficacy endpoints, it is recommended to use a questionnaire for risk stratification involving a review of the patient’s medical history, and signs and symptoms indicative of any underlying pathology. bfr pre-participation screening theoretically can reduce risks by excluding people with comorbidities or medically complex histories that could unnecessarily heighten the intraand/or post-exercise occurrence of adverse events. nascimento et al. proposed a risk stratification tool as a framework to allow clinicians to use their knowledge, skills, and expertise to assess and manage any risks related to the delivery of an appropriate bfr exercise programme.[7] do you consider bfr to be an effective training technique? janesh ganda: bfr has far-reaching effects on multiple body systems, including cardiovascular, pulmonary, vascular, msk, and the endocrine system. it appears that the greatest benefit of using bfr is its ability to safely augment exercise intensity in both comorbid and healthy individuals. bond et al.[8] showed successful outcomes in the rehabilitation setting in postsurgical patients (osteochondral fractures, achilles tendon ruptures, knee arthroscopy); however, caution should be exercised in these patients due to their tendency to also have venous thromboembolism (vte). an additional benefit of bfr is associated with improving or maintaining vo2 max. this is valuable in populations who are unable to exercise at intensities high enough to improve or maintain aerobic capacity.[9] lize van schalkwyk: yes, i believe bfr training is effective and beneficial. in a systematic review, the authors found changes in both muscle strength and hypertrophy.[3] we started using this technique about four years ago. some of our patients had underlying joint injuries, i.e. osteochondral knee injuries, patellafemoral dysfunction, etc. and were not able to cope with the normal running load required within hl-rt programmes. these athletes started using bfr during aerobic and/or resistance training as an activation before a field session, and we also adapted their gym programmes to incorporate bfr. although we did not do any formal research studies, we found strength gains and better functional movement in these athletes. david fabricius: yes, training with bfr can present beneficial adaptations to skeletal muscle strength, muscle mass, and performance in different population groups when combined with strength and aerobic training. low-load resistance training (ll-rt) with bfr (20%–30% of 1rm) may be superior at increasing muscle strength and mass to that of ll-rt alone, and comparable to hl-rt without bfr (70%– 80% of 1rm) in people with msk conditions. if increasing strength is the aim of the training and heavy loads cannot be tolerated or are contraindicated, then ll-rt with bfr training is an evidence-based option. in addition to resistance training, bfr has been shown to improve muscle performance and aerobic capacity during aerobic exercise (~45% vo2max) and can be performed passively to prevent muscle atrophy and improve physical function. in what situations may it be beneficial? janesh ganda: bfr has widespread applications, including being incorporated into training for high-level athletes or post panel discussion 3 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 operative rehabilitation for patients with limited activity and the ability to undertake weight-bearing exercises. this includes patients who have suffered spinal cord injuries. given the ability of bfr to stimulate gains at a submaximal load, athletes can often incorporate this sort of treatment at the end of their workout to achieve greater strength gains. bfr training can lead to significant improvements in muscle strength, markers of sports performance and muscle size.[1] lize van schalkwyk: we use bfr on all patients that have undergone lower limb surgery and must be immobilised for a period, who cannot weight-bear post-surgery, and when loaded gym work is still contraindicated. we combine it with neuromuscular electrical stimulation during open chain exercises – either focusing on the quadriceps, hamstrings, or gastrocnemius muscles. examples of injuries where we have used bfr include, anterior cruciate ligament (acl) reconstruction, microfracture surgery for femoral and patella osteochondral lesions, achilles rupture and syndesmosis repair. we have recently started using bfr on the upper limb after shoulder surgery. as mentioned previously, we find bfr beneficial for athletes who are unable to cope with standard training loads. david fabricius: as a novel method of exercise training, bfr could be used as a safe alternative to hl-rt with broad applications in clinical populations, the elderly, rehabilitation after injury or post-surgery and healthy athletic populations.[1] multiple benefits exist beyond that of muscular growth, including improvement in muscular endurance, cardiovascular fitness, pain, and bone density. it is well documented that muscle hypertrophy and strength adaptations with bfr are significantly greater than those achieved with ll-rt alone. such adaptations have been observed after only one to three weeks. how and where should bfr be used by health professionals in south africa? janesh ganda: the implementation of bfr training requires a bfr device, which can range from an inexpensive “wrap”, a regular pneumatic manual cuff, or an automated cuff. the gold standard to determine cuff pressure is the use of aop which requires the use of doppler ultrasound to determine the pressure required to cease blood flow to the limb. percentage of resting systolic blood pressure (sbp) can also be used. recommendations include 80% resting sbp for continuous bfr training and 130% for intermittent training. currently prescribed protocols for resistance training include an intensity of 20%-30% of 1rm, short intervals, and a volume of up to 75 repetitions, which can be divided into four sets of 30/15/15/15 repetitions respectively.[4] little equipment is required for the implementation of bfr training. it should therefore be carried out in a rehabilitation or clinical practice setting with the treating practitioners having at least a basic knowledge of physiology and anatomy to ensure patients do not have any contraindications. lize van schalkwyk: bfr training is currently not widely used in south africa. i have not come across peers that use it in their clinical environment. i believe there is scope within the physiotherapy regimes to use passive bfr for patients that are immobilised for long periods of time due to paralysis, illness, surgery, etc. bfr aerobic and resistance exercise can also be used to prevent muscle atrophy and maintain function both preand post-surgery or post-injury when higher load training is still contraindicated. bfr must be used under supervision, with the principles and possible side effects explained to the patient. the therapist and patient should sign a consent form, as is the case with most treatment modalities. david fabricius: in the south african context, the physical rehabilitation process is often shared by practitioners from different disciplines. the decision about which practitioner is best suited depends on their scope of practice and the timeframe of the injury (figure 1). bfr is not a stand-alone modality to improve outcomes for a specific diagnosis or condition, but rather a useful adjunct. the simple addition of a bfr cuff to ll-rt under the supervision of a competent professional will lead to achieving superior results in muscle adaptations or functional capability. the suggested multidisciplinary, staged approach in figure 1 corroborates the evidence-based progressive model of loenneke et al. [10] this approach consists of four phases: (1) passive bfr; (2) bfr with aerobic training; (3) bfr with ll-rt; and (4) bfr with lowload ll-rt in combination with traditional hl-rt.[11] these phases can be integrated into the stages of a traditional msk rehabilitation programme. which health profession’s scope of practice does bfr fall within? janesh ganda: bfr training should fall within the scope of practice of physiotherapists and biokineticists in south africa. this is due to their role in rehabilitation following acute injuries and the knowledge of physiology and anatomy ensuring that patients safely meet the criteria for bfr training. lize van schalkwyk: there must be a distinction made between using bfr as a modality for an injured person versus using it for the general population as a training modality. in the medical environment, the referring doctor can prescribe fig. 1. progressive multidisciplinary bfr rehabilitation model [11] panel discussion sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 4 bfr as part of the treatment protocol. if a physiotherapist is treating the patient, he/she should inform the referring doctor of the intent to use the modality and clarify any potential risk factors with the doctor. the same will apply to a biokineticist who is treating a patient that was referred to them. there must be a standardised protocol i.e. consent, risk factors, contraindications, etc. in our facility, it will be a joint decision between the physiotherapist and the strength and conditioning trainers. david fabricius: the doctor and physiotherapist are entitled to screen and prescribe both the passive and active applications of bfr within rehabilitation. both the doctor and physiotherapist are likely to address the early assessment and treatment within both inand out-patient capacities. biokineticists can screen and utilise bfr where active movement is indicated. in reference to figure 1, biokineticists can start treatment from stage two onwards (bfr aerobic exercise) and can facilitate rehabilitation or training up to stage four (traditional heavy loading). physiotherapists can complete the entire rehabilitation process. however, within any multidisciplinary setting, each practitioner plays a pivotal and collaborative role in the envisioned rehabilitation process. what do you envision the future of bfr training to be? janesh ganda: the ease of application and benefits of bfr training should make this modality of training more popular, specifically in athletes recovering from injury, post-surgical patients, and the elderly. the msk benefits (increase in muscle size and strength) which can be achieved at a fraction of the 1rm reduce the loading on the joint while still achieving the benefits of resistance training. lize van schalkwyk: bfr is currently not widely used in the clinical environment. there is a large body of research published that will help to standardise protocols. numerous studies use different cuff sizes, different pressures, different loads, and rest periods, but they all appear to achieve positive results in increasing muscle strength and hypertrophy. as more clinicians start using bfr, there will be better study outcomes to support its benefits. david fabricius: within the available literature, great strides have been made in utilising bfr in the treatment areas of neurological conditions, msk conditions and physical performance enhancement in athletes. as understanding grows behind the mechanisms and physiology of bfr, this field of interest will broaden but give way to more specific protocols and guidelines of treatment. conclusion this roundtable discussion demonstrates relative consensus on numerous fundamental elements of bfr, including its safety, screening, efficacy and appropriate use amongst health professionals in south africa. what is less clear are the relative loading and occlusion pressure protocols in the different phases of rehabilitation. bfr is a relatively new modality and detailed knowledge of its application is lacking. it follows that practitioners should be focused on their duty of care to screen and prescribe bfr effectively and safely. standardised training and the development of evidence-based protocols across different health professionals are required to ensure good clinical practice. the rapid dissemination of such skills to our health professionals in south africa will provide a novel and effective tool which may contribute to bridging the acute and longer-term rehabilitation of numerous patients. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: rwe: conceptualisation, facilitator, writing and editing of article. jg, lvs and dlf: served as an expert panellist and editing of article. mc: conceptualisation and editing of article. references 1. wortman rj, brown sm, savage-elliott i, et al. blood flow restriction training for athletes: a systematic review. am j sports med 2021; 49(7):1938–1944. [doi: 10.1177/0363546520964454] [pmid: 33196300] 2. shinohara m, kouzaki m, yoshihisa t, et al. efficacy of tourniquet ischemia for strength training with low resistance. eur j appl physiol occup physiol 1997; 77(1–2):189–191. [doi: 10.1007/s004210050319] [pmid: 9459541] 3. slysz j, stultz j, burr jf. the efficacy of blood flow restricted exercise: a systematic review & meta-analysis. j sci med sport 2016; 19(8):669–675. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2015.09.005] [pmid: 26463594] 4. patterson sd, hughes l, warmington s, et al. blood flow restriction exercise: considerations of methodology, application, and safety. front physiol 2019; 10:533. [doi: 10.3389/fphys.2019.00533. ecollection 2019] [pmid: 31156448] 5. patterson sd, brandner cr. the role of blood flow restriction training for applied practitioners: a questionnaire-based survey. j sports sci 2018; 36(2):123-130. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2017.1284341] [pmid: 28143359] 6. de queiros vs, dantas m, neto gr, et al. application and side effects of blood flow restriction technique: a cross-sectional questionnaire survey of professionals. medicine (baltimore) 2021; 100(18):e25794. [doi: 10.1097/md.0000000000025794] [pmid: 33950976] 7. nascimento d da c, rolnick n, neto iv de s, et al. a useful blood flow restriction training risk stratification for exercise and rehabilitation. front physiol 2022; 13: 808622. [doi: 10.3389/fphys.2022.808622] [pmid: 35360229] 8. bond cw, hackney kj, brown sl, et al. blood flow restriction resistance exercise as a rehabilitation modality following orthopaedic surgery: a review of venous thromboembolism risk. j orthop sport phys ther 2019; 49(1):17–27. [doi: 10.2519/jospt.2019.8375] [pmid: 30208794] 9. mendonca gv, vaz jr, pezarat-correia p, et al. effects of walking with blood flow restriction on excess post-exercise oxygen consumption. int j sports med 2015; 36(3): e11–e18. [doi: 10.1055/s-0034-1395508] [pmid: 25665001] 10. loenneke jp, abe t, wilson jm, et al. blood flow restriction: an evidence based progressive model (review). acta physiol hung 2012; 99(3):235–250. [doi: 10.1556/aphysiol.99.2012.3.1] [pmid: 22982712] 11. marais b, klaassen r. progressive multi-professional bfr rehabilitation model. in: an introduction to blood flow restriction therapy: standards of care and good clinical practice for biokineticists. biokinetics association of south africa. centurion, south africa; 2022. p. 13. sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 39 original research physiological responses of batsmen during a simulated one day international century l pote,1 msc; cj christie,1 phd 1 department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa corresponding author: l pote (g06p1630@campus.ru.ac.za) background: there is a limited amount of literature on the physiological cost of batting. of the studies that have been completed, most have used protocols that are of short duration and high intensity, and it has been questioned whether this represents actual game play. furthermore, it is difficult to st udy sports such as cricket due to the intermittent nature of the game. objective: to determine the physiological responses of batsmen during a simulated one day international century. methods: seventeen male batsmen from the rhodes university cricket club performed a simulated batting work bout known as the batex© protocol. the protocol consisted of six, five overs stages, each lasting 21 minutes. three of the stages (stages one, three and five) were low-intensity stages and the other three (stages two, four and six) were high-intensity stages. during the work bout selected physiological responses were recorded.. results: heart rate (124±15-159±14 beats.min-1), oxygen uptake (29.3±6.1-43.4±6.3 ml.kg-1.min-1), energy expenditure (48.1±9.2109.2±10.5 kj.min-1) and core temperature (37.7±0.3-38.7±0.4 oc) responses all increased significantly (p<0.05) between stage one and stage six. the respiratory exchange ratio decreased significantly (p<0.05) between stages one and six (0.90±0.190.89±0.37). conclusions: batting is more physically demanding than originally thought, and as a result training programmes should concentrate on simulating real match play situations to improve performance and reduce the risk of injury. keywords: cricket, energy expenditure, heart s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):39-42. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a163 the game of cricket has changed substantially over the last century, with the first form of the game, five day test matches, evolving into one day internationals (odi, 50 over games) and twenty20 cricket (20 over games).[1] more specifically, in odis, more runs are scored per innings and by individual batsmen. furthermore, a batsman scoring a century runs 40 singles, eight twos, three threes and hits an average of seven fours and two sixes after spending approximately 136 minutes at the crease.[2,3] thus it is evident that both the physical and psychological load placed on the players is increasing. however, these demands have not received much attention, most likely because the game is intermittent in nature and therefore difficult to study.[2,4] the first study that quantified the physical cost associated with cricket was during the 1953 ashes series.[5] this study concluded that the average cricketer expended approximately 650 kj.h-1, and that cricket was a physically undemanding sport. however, this study focused specifically on test matches, and the demands of the game have changed substantially since 1953. it was 38 years later when it was reported that during an odi game, batsmen had sweat rates, heart rates and rectal temperatures of up to 6 l.h-1, 120 beats.min-1 and 38.5 oc respectively.[6] this led to the conclusion that cricket was more physically demanding than previously thought, a statement that was further validated by noakes and durandt[3] in 2000. since then other studies have been conducted in these authors’ laboratory. king,[7] in 2002, reported a mean heart rate response of 138 beats.min-1 and a peak response of 168 beats.min-1, as well as sweat rates of 0.93 l.h-1. christie et al.,[4] in 2008, showed a mean heart rate of 145 beats.min-1, oxygen uptake of 26.7 ml.kg-1.min-1, a respiratory exchange ratio of 1.05 and an energy cost of 2536 kj.h-1. other measures recorded during this study included breathing frequency (31.2 breaths.min-1), tidal volume (2.2 l) and minute ventilation (65.1 l.min-1). the last study conducted in these authors’ laboratory showed responses between 140-168 beats.min-1, 24.928.1 ml.kg-1.min-1 and 9.7-11.6 for heart rate, oxygen uptake and energy expenditure respectively.[8] these studies used short duration (seven overs), high-intensity (maximal sprints) protocols, and it has been questioned whether this is representative of actual match play. of note, however, is that these responses were quite accurate when comparisons are made to real game play where heart rate responses between 139-154 beats.min-1 during odi matches and 149-167 beats.min-1 during t20 matches have been reported.[9,10] this is further validated by the mean heart rate (164±12 beats.min-1) recorded by vickery et al.,[11] during a simulated, eight over, match situation according to these authors, the only long duration, laboratorybased protocol has been performed by houghton et al.,[12] where a simulated century batting work bout, known as the batex© protocol, was used. the protocol consisted of six, five over stages (21 min each) that represented certain phases of play. the study showed a mean heart rate, tympanic temperature and sweat rate of 130 beats.min-1, 35.9 oc and 0.9 l.h-1. however, although this investigation used a long duration protocol, the main aim was not the physiological cost of batting and so the responses measured were limited and crude. therefore t he m ain a im o f t his p resent s tudy w as t o e xamine m ore detailed physiological responses of players batting for extended periods of play using the batex© protocol, previously validated by houghton et al.[12] methods this repeated measures study design utilised one condition and tested responses over time. ethical approval was granted by the department of human kinetics and ergonomics ethical standards committee for research involving human participants (rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa) and all participants provided written informed consent. the s ample c onsisted o f 1 7 m ale c ricket b atsmen ( mean ± s .d. for age, stature, mass, body mass index and body fat percentage were 22.5±2.3 years; 181.6±5.6 cm; 81.7±9.9 kg; 24.9 ±2.8 kg.(m2)-1 and 12.9±2.4% respectively) playing for the rhodes university cricket club. mailto:g06p1630%40campus.ru.ac.za?subject= http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a163 40 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 two testing sessions were required. the first testing session was used to collect basic anthropometric and demographic data and to familiarise the players with the equipment and the simulated century protocol (batex© protocol as described by houghton et al.[12]). the batex© protocol was used as this is the only century protocol that has been validated. equipment included a portable online metabolic system, the k4b2 (cosmed®, rome), a polar® heart rate monitor (kempele, finland) and a coretemp® (hqinc., united states of america) monitoring system. these were used to measure oxygen consumption (vo2), respiratory exchange ratio (rer), heart rate (hr) and core temperature responses over the duration of the protocol. before each testing session, the k4b2 was calibrated using a hans rudolph 5530 3-l syringe for volumetric calibration, a gas mixture (16.10% oxygen, 4.90% carbon dioxide and 79.00% nitrogen) for the sensors as well as a room air calibration. briefly, the protocol consisted of six, five over stages (21 min each) and each stage matched a specific phase of play, where batsmen were encouraged to bat with the mindset typical of that phase. for example, stages one, three and five were low-intensity stages, where players ran at a self-selected cruise pace whereas stages two, four and six were high-intensity stages, where players were required to sprint the runs between the wickets (17.68 m, the length of a cricket pitch). furthermore, there was a 35 s break between balls and a 75 s break to simulate the bowler walking back to their mark and the change in over. during familiarisation, players were also instructed not to consume alcohol or partake in any physical activity 24 hours prior to testing and to bring cricket kit (pads, gloves, thigh pads and box) to the testing session. at the end of the first session each player was given a core body temperature pill to swallow two hours before the second session, to allow it to enter the digestive tract prior to the experimental session. the second testing session (5-7 days after familiarisation) was completed at the high performance centre, kingswood college in grahamstown, south africa. on arrival at the centre, players performed a cricketspecific, dynamic warm-up (as described by houghton et al.[12]) to minimise the risk of injury, after which they padded up in cricket kit and were fitted with the equipment to perform the batex© century protocol. balls were delivered (at 105 km.h-1) using a bowling machine (brell express bowling machine, flicx, south africa), on the batsman’s front foot, on the offside. the batex© audio track notified the researcher when to release the next ball. the audio track was also used to notify the batsmen of how many shuttle runs (17.68 m, the length of a cricket pitch) to complete in the upcoming over. at the halfway point of the protocol, players were given an energade sports energy drink (645 kj; 39 g cho) to consume. after the experimental session was completed, the equipment was removed from the players and they were required to partake in a cool-down session (approximately ten minutes), which included a jog and more cricket-specific stretches. statistical analysis all statistical analyses were performed using statistica 10 software. descriptive measures of physiological, performance and perceptual data included mean values and standard deviations. the level of significance was set at p<0.05. effect size characterised the magnitude of difference between the various stages. the criteria for interpreting effect sizes were: <0.2 trivial, 0.2-0.6 small, 0.6-1.2 moderate, 1.2-2.0 large and >2.0 very large.[13] a one-way analysis of variance was used to compare differences between stages at different intensity levels over time. tukey’s post hoc analyses identified specific areas of differences. results significant differences were observed for all measures between stage one and stage 6 (table 1). heart rate responses increased significantly (p<0.05) from stage one to stage six (124 ± 15 to 159±14 beats.min-1) with a mean heart rate of 144 (±15) beats.min-1. a large effect size (es) was observed between stages one and two (es=1.60) and a moderate effect size between stages one and five (es=0.55). mean vo2 was 36.7 (±6.5) ml.kg-1.min-1, with the low intensity stages, expectedly, eliciting lower responses compared to the high intensity stages. large effect sizes were also observed between the different intensity stages (stage one-two es=1.45, stage three-four es=1.62, stage five-six es=1.24 respectively). rer decreased significantly (p<0.05) from 0.90±0.19 until the drinks break (0.92±0.19). after the drinks break, responses increased significantly (p<0.05) (stage four) and then decreased to the lowest mean response (0.84±0.17) during stage five. at the end of stage six rer was 0.89±0.37. table 1. physiological responses of batsmen (n=17) during the six stages of the batting protocol (mean ± s.d.) stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 stage 4 stage 5 stage 6 mean hr (beats.min-1) 124 (15) 148 (15) 136 (15) 150 (14) 144 (15) 159 (14) 144 (15) vo2 (ml.kg-1.min-1) 29.3 (6.1) 38.7 (7.2) 31.3 (5.5) 41.8 (6.8) 35.4 (6.4) 43.4 (6.3) 36.7 (6.5) ee (kj.min-1) 48.1 (9.2) 63.6 (10.9) 50.6 (9.2) 68.2 (9.2) 56.9 (10.5) 70.7 (10.5) 59.8 (9.6) tc (oc) 37.7 (0.3) 38.2 (0.2) 38.4 (0.3) 38.2 (0.8) 38.5 (0.4) 38.7 (0.4) 38.3 (0.4) rer 0.95 (0.19) 0.95 (0.18) 0.86 (0.16) 0.92 (0.19) 0.84 (0.17) 0.89 (0.18) 0.90 (0.18) hr = heart rate; vo2 = oxygen uptake; ee = energy expenditure; tc = core temperature; rer = respiratory exchange ratio. significances and effect sizes are discussed in the text. energy expenditure responses increased significantly (p<0.05) from stage one to stage 6 (48.1 ± 9.2 to 70.7 ± 10.5 kj.min-1). a mean energy expenditure of 59.8 ± 9.6 kj.min-1  was recorded. large magnitude changes were observed between all stages (es = 1.58, 1.32, 1.79, 1.41) except between stages four and five where a moderate change was observed (es = 1.15). significant increases (p<0.05) in core temperature was observed between stage one and stage six (37.7 ± 0.3 to 38.7 ± 0.4 oc). the only large effect size was observed between stages one and two (es = 1.40). mean core temperature was 38.3 ± 0.4 oc. discussion the main finding of this study was that batting for extended periods, such as during the batex© protocol, significantly influences the fatigue profile experienced by a batsmen, sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 41 which is exacerbated by batting in the heat. this was a result of both the intensity and duration of the work bout. responses in this study were similar to those recorded by both king[7] and christie et al.[4] who found mean heart rate responses of 145 and 138 beats.min-1 respectively. both studies used short duration, high-intensity work bouts where batsmen ran a double shuttle every second delivery. this suggests that batsmen regulate intensity of effort dependent on duration so that cardiovascular load remains stable. however, this must be seen within the context of the study designs which did not take into consideration aspects of game, player and competition dynamics to name a few factors which may impact heart rate responses. pote and christie[8] found higher heart rate responses in their study (140-168 beats.min-1) this was to be expected as, although the protocol was short in duration, players were required to sprint every ball, rather than every second ball. in contrast, a longer duration protocol used by houghton et al.[12] reported lower heart rate responses than seen in this study. this can be explained by the calibre of the player. houghton et al.[12] used professional players, while the players in this study were non-professional batsmen, although player ages for both studies were similar. of note, however, is that the responses in this study are comparable to data obtained during real match play even though the players were not exposed to actual game dynamics, such as scoreboard pressure and importance of the match (exhibition vs. world cup match).[9,10] this was not the case though when compared to gore et al.[6], who also looked at real match play data (mean of 144±15 beats.min-1); however, this was to be expected as the game of cricket has changed to a large extent since 1993. an interesting finding was the effect of both duration and intensity on heart rate responses. previous batting studies have shown that duration had no impact on cardiovascular responses.[14] this was not the case in this study as there was a significant (p<0.05) increase in heart rate between stages one and six (124-159 beats.min-1) as well as a significant (p<0.05) increase between stages two and six (148-159 beats.min-1), thus showing the effect of duration on changing physiological responses. mean oxygen consumption (36.7±6.5 ml.kg.min-1) was considerably higher than shown in previous cricketing studies (christie et al.[4]: 26.7 ml.kg.min-1; pote and christie[8]: 26.9 ml.kg. min-1). this could be because those studies used shorter protocols and because in this study, vo2 rose significantly (p<0.05) between stages one and two (29.3-38.7 ml.kg.min-1) and then remained high throughout the rest of the protocol. this indicates that players may not have recovered sufficiently in the low-intensity stages before starting the high-intensity stages. the duration of the protocol and the intensity of the different stages also affected vo2 responses as shown by the large effect sizes (es=1.45, 1.62 and 1.24, between stages one and two, three and four and five and six respectively). mean rer during the protocol (0.90±0.18) was lower than the only other study to report on this response during batting (christie et al.[4]: 1.05), as more carbon dioxide was produced due to the high intensity of the shorter protocol, therefore resulting in an increased rer. at the start of the protocol, players were utilising mainly carbohydrates as an energy source, but as the protocol approached the drinks break there was a shift in substrate utilisation, due to the increase in exercise duration, indicating reduced reliance on carbohydrates.[15] the slight rise in rer after the drinks break could be attributed to the ingestion of an energade sports energy drink (645 kj; 39 g cho), which could have resulted in higher carbohydrate utilisation from the ingested glucose. rer then decreased for the remainder of the protocol indicating a greater reliance on fats as an energy source, which was to be expected. important to acknowledge, however, is that rer during intense exercise may not be a reliable indicator of substrate use, although it could be argued that in this study, over time, intensity of effort was moderate. the mean energy cost (59.8±9.6 kj.min-1) observed in this study was substantially higher than that proposed by fletcher[5] in 1955. however, this must be seen within the context of the changing nature of the game, specifically with respect to higher batting scores and individual runs scored per innings. when compared to other cricketing studies (christie et al.[4]: 42.3 kj.min-1; pote and christie[8]: 46.4 kj.min-1), the responses shown in this study are higher. this was to be expected as batsmen batted for a longer time, ran a higher number of runs and performed the protocol at different intensities. this emphasises the importance of measuring the impact that prolonged batting has on players. an understanding of these factors will influence the design of training programmes which has important performance implications for these players. batsmen were also required to ‘touch and turn’ at the non-strikers end when running a single as if looking for another run. this may have affected the energy cost recorded, as research has shown that the deceleration, turning at the crease and reacceleration have an impact on energy cost.[8] furthermore, because other physiological responses were not affected by this occurrence, it means that this extra energy cost may be the result of changes in the player’s muscle force, producing capabilities required when turning for another run.[8] mean core temperature (38.3±0.4 oc) was higher than in previous cricket studies, but the previous studies used tympanic, skin, rectal and forehead temperature. it has also been suggested that the ingestible pill is more accurate than these measuring techniques.[6,7,12,16] when temperatures were compared to the only other long duration study of houghton et al.,[12] who reported a 0.3 oc rise in temperature over the 30 over protocol, this present study showed a rise of 1.1 oc in the same time period. this may be due to the different testing conditions (laboratoryvs. field-based testing) or the difference in measuring techniques (tympanic vs. ingestible pill, the latter of which is more accurate). the rise in core temperature was probably due to the active muscles requiring additional blood, thus compromising blood flow to the skin and therefore limiting heat transfer to the environment.[17] other factors that may have affected core temperature include glycogen depletion, hypohydration, and the accumulation of potassium in the interstitium of the muscle[18]. however, the fact that core temperature did not reach critical levels suggests that players are able to regulate intensity of effort to prevent excessive rises in core temperature. future studies should consider measuring sprint time changes in order to establish whether batsmen are slowing down over time; something which would impact core temperature changes. limitations this study must be seen within the context of its limitations. the primary limitation is the fact that this was a laboratory-based, simulation protocol and was therefore not able to take into account all aspects of a cricket game, such as varying environmental conditions. furthermore, the impact that the crowd has on a batsmen during a normal odi could not be replicated, although verbal encouragement was given to batsmen when necessary. 42 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 conclusion the current study is the only investigation, to date, to observe a multitude of physiological responses during extended periods of batting. results show that batting is substantially more physiologically taxing than originally thought. this highlights the importance of the need for training programmes that simulate real match situations, specifically for batsmen who are required to bat for long periods of time. the type of training done by players needs to closely mimic the demands that players are faced with in real match play. furthermore, a standardised battery of tests needs to be developed that can be used for not only testing the physical fitness characteristics of batsmen but also for improving training status. consideration could then be given to the concept of specificity and current demands placed on top-order batsmen. acknowledgments: this work is based on research supported by the national research foundation of south africa. any opinion, findings, conclusions or recommendations expressed in this material are those of the authors and therefore the nrf does not accept any liability in this regard. references 1. patel dr, stier b, luckstead, ef. major international sport profiles. pediatr clin north am 2002;49(4):769-792. [doi: 10.1016/s0031-3955(02)00018-4] [pmid: 12296532] 2. duffield r, drinkwater ej. time-motion analysis of test and one-day international cricket centuries, j sports sci 2008;26(5):457-464. [doi: 10.1080/02640410701644026] [pmid:18274943] 3. noakes td, durandt jj. physiological requirements of cricket. j sports sci 2000; 18:919-929. [doi: 10.1080/026404100446739] [pmid: 11138982] 4. christie cj, todd ai, king ga. selected physiological responses during batting in a simulated cricket work bout: a pilot study. j sci med sport, 2008; 11(6):581-584. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2007.08.001] [pmid:17875403] 5. fletcher j. calories and cricket. lancet, 1955;1:1165-1166. [doi: 10.1016/s01406736(55)90662-0] 6. gore cj, bourdon pc, woodford sm, et al. involuntary dehydration during cricket. int j sports med 1993;14(7):387-395. [doi: 10.1055/s-2007-1021197] [pmid: 8244605] 7. king ga. physiological, perceptual and performance responses during cricket activity. 2002. unpublished msc thesis, department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa. 8. pote l, christie cj. physiological and perceptual demands of high intensity sprinting between the wickets in cricket. int j sports sci coach 2014;9(6):1375-1382. [doi: 10.1260/1747-9541.9.6.1375] 9. nicholson g, cook c, o’hara j. heart rate of first-class cricket batsmen during competitive 50-over and 20-over match play. j sports sci 2009;27(suppl 2):s100. 10. petersen cj, pyne d, dawson b et al. movement patterns in cricket vary  by both position and game format. j sports sci 2010;28(1):45-52. [doi: 10.1080/02640410903348665] [pmid: 20013461] 11. vickery w, dascombe b, duffield r, et al. battlezone: an examination of the physiological responses, movement demands and reproducibility of small sided cricket games. j sports sci 2013;31(1):77-86. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2012.720706] [pmid: 22963389] 12. houghton l, dawson b, rubenson j, et al. movement patterns and physical strain during a novel, simulated cricket batting innings (batex). j sports sci 2011;29(8): 801-809. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2011.560174] [pmid: 21506040] 13. hopkins wg. how to interpret changes in an athletic performance test. sportscience, 2004;8:1-7. 14. sheppard b, christie cj. musculoskeletal and perceived effects during high and low volume sprints between the wickets during batting in cricket. 2012; unpublished msc thesis, department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa. 15. brooks ga, mercier j. balance of carbohydrate and lipid utilization during exercise: the “crossover” concept. j appl physiol (1985)1994;76(6):2253-2261. [pmid: 7928844] 16. lim cl, byrne c, lee jkw. human thermoregulation and measurement of body temperature in exercise and clinical settings. ann acad med singapore 2008;37(4): 347-353. [pmid:18461221] 17. charkoudian n. skin blood flow in adult human thermoregulation: how it works, when it does not and why. mayo clin proc 2008;78:603-612. [doi: 10.4065/78.5.603] [pmid:12744548] 18. duffield r, coutts aj, quinn j. core temperature responses and match running performance during intermittent-sprint exercise competition in warm conditions. jstrength cond res 1999; 23(4): 1238-1244. [doi: 10.1519/ jsc.0b013e318194e0b1] [pmid:19568033] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0031-3955(02)00018-4 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410701644026 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/026404100446739 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2007.08.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(55)90662-0 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(55)90662-0 http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2007-1021197 http://dx.doi.org/10.1260/1747-9541.9.6.1375 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410903348665 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2012.720706 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.560174 http://dx.doi.org/10.4065/78.5.603 http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e318194e0b1 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 97 original research gluteus medius kinesio-taping: the effect on torso-pelvic separation, ball flight distance and accuracy during the golf swing b pearce,1 msc (physiotherapy); b olivier,1 phd; s mtshali,1 msc (physiotherapy); p j becker,2 phd 1 physiotherapy department, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, gauteng, south africa 2 biostatistics unit, south african medical research council, pretoria, gauteng, south africa corresponding author: b olivier (benita.olivier@wits.ac.za) background. the kinesio-taping method, which is becoming increasingly popular, may provide support and stability to joints and muscles without inhibiting range of motion. objective. the aim of the study was to determine the effect of kinesio-taping of the gluteus medius muscle on x-factor (torsopelvic separation), ball flight distance and accuracy (smash factor ratio). a specific aim was to determine whether a correlation exists between hip abduction strength and x-factor, ball distance and accuracy. methods. this study is a one group pretest-posttest quasiexperimental design which took place at a golf facility. twentynine amateur golfers with handicap of scratch ±2, who were between the ages of 18and 25-years, participated in this study. biomechanical outcomes were recorded with and without kinesio-tape applied on the gluteus medius muscle of the trail leg. biomechanical golf swing analysis with the iclub™ body motion system determined the x-factor at the top of the backswing. ball flight distance and accuracy were measured with flightscope® and dominant hip abduction strength was measured with the microfet hand-held dynamometer. results. kinesio-tape is effective in improving the relative hip abduction strength (p<0.001), although the effect size was small (cohen’s d=0.24). with regard to the biomechanical outcome measures, namely x-factor (p=0.28), ball flight distance (p=0.53) and accuracy (p=0.1), there was no significant improvement. conclusion: even though the relative hip abduction strength was improved, there was no effect on golf swing biomechanics. this can be explained due to the fact that x-factor, ball flight distance and accuracy are dependent on a combination of body movements to produce the golf swing. keywords. golf, x-factor, pelvic stability, taping s afr j sports med 2015;27(4):97-101. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2015/ v27i4a422 the goal that the professional, amateur and social golfer strives to achieve is maximum driving performance off the tee-box and an accurate trajectory. to best accomplish this, the club head should be travelling at maximum speed at the point of impact between the club head and the ball.[1] the modern golf swing encourages limited lumbo-pelvic rotation during the back swing resulting in a relative increase in upper trunk rotation. the term used to describe this is the “x-factor”. the x-factor is determined at the top of the backswing and a greater x-factor is thought to facilitate high club head speed at impact. this is based on the movement pattern naturally occurring within muscle namely the “stretch-shorten cycle”.[2] increased torsopelvic separation creates an increase in stored energy, resulting in an increase in power build-up for a more forceful downswing.[3] this cycle utilises a muscle’s elastic and reactive properties to create a maximal force production, stimulating the joint proprioceptors to facilitate an increase in muscle recruitment.[4] the modern golf swing is a complex, coordinated movement of the whole body in order to create power to propel the golf ball a great distance while at the same time achieving an accurate trajectory.[5] the backswing functions to stretch the appropriate joints and muscles and position the body and the club head so that the golfer can perform the downswing with power and accuracy.[6] the generation of work in the golf swing comes primarily from the spine and hips, generating 69% of the total body work, with the majority of work done by the trail hip.[7] the limited lumbo-pelvic rotation required is attributed to the stabilisers within the pelvis, including the gluteal muscles and short lateral rotators of the trail hip, acting eccentrically at the top of the back swing. gluteus medius activity increases with isometric, closed chain, rotational forces, all of which form components of the golf swing.[8] this lateral stability, contributed to by the gluteus medius, limits the lumbo-pelvic rotation in the backswing allowing an increased upper torso turn.[9] this results in an increased x-factor, creating a store of potential energy in the torso to be utilised in the downswing. transfer of power from the club to the ball enhances club head and ball speed, thus distance and accuracy.[3] sports taping is a muscle facilitation technique widely used in sport and rehabilitation for the prevention of injury and the improvement of muscle function.[10] the kinesio-taping (kt) method, which is becoming increasingly popular, claims to provide support and stability to joints and muscles while at the same time aiding in pain free range of motion.[10] depending on how the kt is applied to the skin, various benefits were proposed, including alignment of fascia, stimulation according to the position of tape on the skin and the provision of specific sensory stimulation to the tissues in order to assist or limit movement.[10] smooth muscle exists within the fascia and is innervated by intrafascial nerves enabling the fascia to actively contract.[11] it can thus be postulated that the kt’s stimulation of the fascia may activate the smooth muscle within it to contract and activate the muscle it envelopes. the skin can be stretched and stimulated, activating the cutaneous mechanoreceptors which signal information about joint motion and position sense. the kt’s application on the skin may contribute to proprioception by means of the abovementioned mechanism. there is not much research on the ability of the kt to increase muscle force output, and the clinical benefits of its application remain unclear.[12] a recent systematic review reports little high-quality evidence to support the efficacy of the kt.[12] another systematic review assessing the effectiveness of the kt concluded similarly that there was no positive effect in the kt intervention group versus the placebo group when testing quadriceps muscle strength.[13] there is limited research on how gluteus medius activity affects the golf swing, but this muscle has been well-documented as an active pelvic stabiliser.[8] the primary aim of this study was to assess the effect of the kt on the gluteus medius muscle on hip mailto:benita.olivier@wits.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a422 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a422 98 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 abduction strength. the secondary aim was to determine whether a correlation exists between hip abduction strength and the x-factor, ball distance and accuracy. methods twenty-nine registered students from a golf facility gave informed consent to participate in this study. male golfers with a golf association handicap of scratch ±2 and between 18and 25-years old were included. golfers with a history of previous trauma or severe injury, including fractures, vertebral joint or disc injuries, or suffering from a current injury, were excluded from the study. participants were randomised according to those who would be wearing the kt and those who would not use the kt on the first test day. the converse occurred on the second test day. each participant carried out a standardised five-minute warm-up routine, consistent with their academy’s warm-up protocol, followed by five warm-up golf swings with their own driver. there are certain characteristics of a driver that affects ball flight distance and accuracy, including shaft stiffness, shaft length and club face loft.[3] this would not affect this one group pretest-posttest quasi-experimental study as each participant’s data with the kt was compared to the same participant’s data without the kt, using the same driver in both instances. this warm-up was done prior to hip abduction strength testing and the kt application. the kt application was standardised and the research assistant applied it in exactly the same way on each participant (fig. 1).[14] two “i” strips of tape were used and applied proximal to distal. the first strip was applied with the participant in the side-lying position with the dominant hip on top and in adduction. this strip was anchored, without tension, to the lateral lip of the iliac crest, lateral to the anterior superior iliac spine. the tape was activated at proximal anchor point and laid over the gluteus medius with slight tension due to the adduction of the hip. the tape was anchored distal to the greater trochanter laterally. the second “i” strip was anchored to the iliac crest lateral to the posterior superior iliac spine. the hip was placed in flexion and adduction. the distal anchor point was the skin over the lateral greater trochanter. the iclub™ body motion system (bms), created and manufactured by (iclub™ inc., florida, usa) was used to analyse the body angles and speeds of activity of each participant’s golf swing, to obtain information relating to the x-factor, shoulder and hip rotation angles and speeds. each participant, in turn, was fitted with the body motion system vest which was adjusted to fit the participant’s body. the participant stood on the pre-marked testing area in front of the golf driving range. the participant carried out ten shots off an artificial turf tee box. the same standard range ball brand was used by each participant. each participant used his own driver to represent the swing and ball flights experienced while playing. flightscope®, created by edh, ltd., south africa, is a tracking golf radar that accurately measures ball flight and club tracking. information gathered by the flightscope® includes club head speed, ball speed, smash factor ratio (accuracy) and ball distance. the swing point of interest for the x-factor calculation was calculated as the difference between the upper torso rotation angle and the pelvic rotation angle at the top of the backswing.[3] the main focus was on the point of ball fig. 1. kinesio-taping of the gluteus medius muscle the test was conducted over a period of two days. the procedure was identical for both groups. the non-tape group would have their strength test without the kt and thereafter the swing test would be conducted. on the following test day they would have their strength test with the kt applied and thereafter their swing test would be conducted, and vice versa. the isometric hip abduction strength test was carried out on the participant’s dominant gluteus medius muscle (corresponding to the trail leg in the golf address position) with a microfet handheld dynamometer (hogan industries, draper, ut) by the researcher. kolber et al.[15] concluded that handheld dynamometry is reliable for measuring muscle strength (icc 0.971-0.972). the average of three force tests was calculated. the participant was placed in the side-lying position, with the dominant hip in neutral rotation and slight extension, and was asked to abduct the hip to approximately 30°. the researcher stabilised the pelvis with one hand and applied medially directed resistance with the dynamometer in the other hand, just proximal to the greater trochanter of the femur.[16] sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 99 contact, in order to measure club head speed and ball speed, and ball landing distance. the data gathered in the taped and non-taped groups were analysed using a paired student’s t-test, when testing at the 0.05 level of significance. effect sizes were calculated using cohen’s  d where effect sizes of 0.2, 0.5 and 0.8 were interpreted as small, medium and large, respectively. correlation between gluteus medius and the x-factor, ball flight distance and accuracy, with and without the kt application, was done using the pearson correlation analysis. ethical approval was granted by the human research ethics committee of the associated tertiary institution (reference number m10536). results table 1 summarises the mean values with respect to the outcome measures investigated, including hip abduction strength, the x-factor, ball flight distance and smash ratio (accuracy), with and without kt application. the strength of hip abduction was increased when kt was applied to the muscle (p<0.001), with a small effect size (cohen’s d) of 0.24. kt application did not have a significant effect on the x-factor (p=0.28), ball flight distance (p=0.53) and accuracy (p=0.1), despite the increase in hip abduction strength. furthermore, no meaningful relationship could be established between hip abduction strength and the biomechanical variables (x-factor, ball flight distance and smash ratio), with and without the kt (table 2). table 1. comparison of mean variables with and without the kt (n=29) variable mean (±sd) without kt mean (±sd) with kt mean (±sd) difference confidence interval p-value effect size (cohen’s d) hip abduction strength (n) 234 (±41) 244 (±39) -10 (±14.7) -15 to -4 <0.001* 0.24 x-factor (˚) 57 (±10) 59 (±8) -1 (±6) -4 to 1 0.28 0.14 ball flight distance (m) 269.5 (±15.1) 268.5 (±16.9) 1.0 (±8.7) -2.3 to 4.3 0.53 0.06 accuracy (smash factor ratio) 11.43 (±0.03) 1.42 (±0.03) 0.01 (±0.03) -0.002 to 0.21 0.10 0.33 kt=kinesio tape; n=newton; °=degrees; m=metres * significant differences between variables with the kt and without the kt are indicated by p<0.05 table 2. relationship between gluteus medius strength, and the variables with and without the kt (n=29) variable r-value without kt p-value without kt r-value with kt p-value with kt x-factor (°) -0.28 0.15 -0.46 0.01* ball flight distance (m) 0.09 0.66 -0.03 0.90 smash ratio -0.29 0.13 -0.33 0.08 kt=kinesio tape; °=degrees; m=metres * level of significance is set at p<0.05 discussion hip abduction strength improved with the application of the kt, although the effect size was small. a reason for this improvement could be that taping a muscle may augment the pull of the fascia on the muscle which would be effective in enhancing sufficient force on this muscle to create a positive change.[14,17] this could confirm that the kt application has an effect on the smooth muscle cells within the fascia, facilitating them to contract, without hampering range of motion. another possible mechanism for improvement of force production could be kt’s effect on the neural pathways by stimulation of afferent neural receptors. the kt’s ability to re-educate the neuromuscular system was corroborated in a study conducted on the effects of taping on scapular kinematics and muscle strength.[18] the results in this study showed that taping was successful in creating positive changes in scapular motion and muscle strength. according to the hypothesis for the present study, participants who improved most in their hip abduction strength after the kt application should also have shown a concurrent improvement in the other variables tested, namely, the x-factor, ball flight distance and accuracy. however, this was not shown in this study. this finding could be due to the individuality among the participants, each having their own unique style of coordinating the golf swing components. applying the kt to a participant’s pelvis may adversely alter the usual pelvic mechanics. this result may change if the participant practices with the tape application over a period of time, in order to get used to the muscle facilitation created by the tape. another reason for the lack of improvement in the x-factor could be that despite the improvement in strength in one muscle, may not necessarily lead to an improvement in the golf swing as a whole, as many muscles act in unison to create the golf swing.[5] stretching the hip and trunk maximises the x-factor produced. if any one of the hip and pelvic stabilising muscles are weak, such as the gluteal muscles, the hip adductors or lateral rotators or the pelvic stabilisers as a whole, the pelvis would not remain still and will rotate with the torso and shoulder girdles, thereby diminishing the x-factor.[3] other than the gluteus medius, specific pelvic stabilisers, such as the gluteus maximus with its greater volume, or the short external rotators with their large physiological cross-sectional area and short fibres, may play a greater role in pelvic stability and the x-factor, by storing potential energy and developing power for the downswing.[19] a lack of trunk rotation range of motion, altered internal or external rotation of the hips, decreased shoulder girdle movement and upper torso dissociation control, or all of the above, may also adversely affect the x-factor. the results showed no meaningful relationship between hip abduction strength, the x-factor, ball flight distance and accuracy. these are, however, not the only contributing factors to ball flight distance; swing speed, timing of the kinetic chain and accuracy of ball strike being equally important.[6,20] a change in any of these factors could adversely alter the ball’s flight. due to the complicated nature of the golf swing and the countless synchronised components, there 100 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 is a very small margin of error, and many variables (rotation angles, speed of movement, weight shift, timing of ball strike, technique) that could affect the flight of the ball.[21] the torso-pelvic separation differential, the rate at which this occurs in the backswing, and the rate of turn during the downswing, are all considered important variables in achieving further ball flight distances.[22] although muscle strength improvement was statistically significant, the effect size was low. thus this result may not be clinically significant. furthermore, hip abduction isometric strength measured in the side-lying position may not reflect the change in muscle function that may occur with weight-bearing and sports-specific tasks. according to souza and powers,[9] the gluteus medius functions eccentrically to control hip adduction and internal rotation during weight-bearing. thus a more thorough assessment of the hip during the golf swing may provide greater insight into the relationship between hip abduction strength and limited lumbo-pelvic rotation. the application of the kt on the gluteus medius had no significant effect on the accuracy of the swing, with a mean difference of only 0.01. a possible reason for this is that the golfers tested all have a  low handicap, with their swing being considerably more efficient than golfers with a higher handicap. an efficient swing will produce a ball speed (bs) as close to one and a half times the club head speed (chs) as possible (bs/chs = 1.5), indicating that the ball was struck in the “sweet spot” of the club.[23] an already efficient swing does not leave much room for improvement, as the accuracy was already excellent without any intervention. one may find a greater impact through the use of the tape in the higher handicap group, as their accuracy is less consistent and further away from the ideal ratio of 1.5.[23] results in this study may show that the participants improved in certain of the outcomes, but the improvements were in different parameters which were inconsistent in each of the participants. due to the complexity of the golf swing it could be argued that an improvement in a parameter, no matter how small, could be beneficial in improving the outcome of the golf shot.[21] the golfers participating in this study were all high-level amateurs. as this makes up only a small percentage of the general golfing population, consideration should be given to the fact that the golf swings analysed and the outcomes measured in this study may not be representative. therefore these findings should not be extrapolated to the average golfer. furthermore, only one muscle was targeted in this study and there are many muscles (and other factors) that impact on the golf swing. the significant difference in muscle strength may also have been due to a learning effect, as the conditions may have been familiarised by the participants. further research should include a long-term follow-up study investigating the effect of an extensive exercise programme, including strengthening of the pelvic stabilisers, trunk rotation mobility and scapular stabilisation on the biomechanics of the golf swing. thus not only gluteus medius strength, but also gluteus medius coordination, timing and sequencing in the golf swing should be investigated. conclusion the purpose of the study was to determine the effect that the kt has on gluteus medius strength, the x-factor in the golf swing, driving distance and accuracy of the swing. the results showed that the gluteus medius kt successfully improved the strength of hip abduction, to a limited extent. however, it did not impact significantly on the x-factor, ball flight distance and accuracy consistently among the participants. a possible reason for this is the complexity of the golf swing and how its precision is based on many elements of the kinetic chain. the improved strength of one muscle may not be sufficiently significant to change movement throughout the kinetic chain and may be reliant on the sequential firing and timing of the many muscles involved in the golf swing. the results of the study have shown that it may be beneficial to incorporate the use of the kt to facilitate muscle action. the customised application of the kt on each individual golfer may be more beneficial if it is used according to their specific strength requirements. overall, current research shows that there is insufficient evidence to support the efficacy of the kt in muscle facilitation and further research is required.[12,13,24] clinical relevance. this study provides preliminary evidence for the efficacy of the kt applied to a specific muscle. the results showed that the gluteus medius kt successfully improved the strength of hip abduction but did not impact significantly on the x-factor, ball flight distance and accuracy consistently among the participants. the improved strength of one muscle may not be significant enough to change movement throughout the kinetic chain due to the complexity of the golf swing and the many elements of the kinetic chain. it is thus essential to assess each golfer individually so as to highlight problematic areas in order to develop a specific training and intervention programme. conflicts of interest and source of funding. none declared. acknowledgements. all golfers who participated in this study, as well as danny baleson, gavin groves and ian corbett from the world of golf. references 1. burden am, grimshaw pn, wallace es. hip and shoulder rotations during the golf swing of sub-10 handicap players. j sports sci 1998;16:165-176. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/026404198366876] pmid: 9531005. 2. blanpied p, levins ja, murphy e. the effects of different stretch velocities on average force of the shortening phase in the stretch-shorten cycle. j orthop sports phys ther 1995;21:345-353. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.1995.21.6.345] pmid: 7655478. 3. myers j, lephart s, tsai ys, et al. the role of upper torso and pelvis rotation in driving performance during the golf swing. j sports sci 2008;26:181-188. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/02640410701373543] pmid: 17852693. 4. wilk ke, voight ml, keirns ma, et al. stretch-shortening drills for the upper extremities: theory and clinical application. j orthop sports phys ther 1993;17: 225-239. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.1993.17.5.225] pmid: 8343780. 5. mchardy a, pollard h. muscle activity during the golf swing. br j sports med 2005;39:799-804; discussion 799-804. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.020271] pmid: 16244187. 6. hume pa, keogh j, reid d. the role of biomechanics in maximising distance and accuracy of golf shots. sports med 2005;35:429-449. [http://dx.doi. org/10.2165/00007256-200535050-00005] pmid: 15896091. 7. nesbit sm, serrano m. work and power analysis of the golf swing. j sports sci med 2005;4:520-533. pmid: 24627666. 8. schmitz jr, riemann bl, thompson t. gluteus medius activity during isometric closed-chain hip rotation. j sport rehabil 2002;11:179-189. 9. souza rm, powers cm. predictors of hip internal rotation during running: an evaluation of hip strength and femoral structure in women with and without patellofemoral pain. am j sports med 2009;37:579-587. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508326711] pmid: 19098153. 10. thelen md, dauber ja, stoneman pd. the clinical efficacy of kinesio tape for shoulder pain: a randomized, double-blinded, clinical trial. j orthop sports phys ther 2008;38:389-395. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2008.2791] pmid: 18591761. 11. schleip r. fascial plasticity – a new neurobiological explanation: part 1. j  bodyw mov ther 2003;7:11-19. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1360-8592(02)00067-0] 12. kamper sj, henschke n. kinesio taping for sports injuries. br j sports med 2013; 47:1128-1129. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-093027] pmid: 24159095. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/026404198366876 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/026404198366876 http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.1995.21.6.345 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410701373543 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410701373543 http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.1993.17.5.225 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.020271 http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200535050-00005 http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200535050-00005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508326711 http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2008.2791 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1360-8592(02)00067-0 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-093027 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 101 13. kalron a, bar sela s. a systematic review of the effectiveness of kinesio taping – fact or fashion? eur j phys rehabil med 2013;49:699-709. pmid: 23558699. 14. kase k. illustrated kinesio taping. ken ikai co. ltd: akinori endo; 2003:82-83. 15. kolber mj, beekhuizen k, cheng ms, fiebert im. the reliability of hand-held dynamometry in measuring isometric strength of the shoulder internal and external  rotator musculature using a stabilization device. physiother theory pract 2007;23:119-124. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09593980701213032] pmid: 17530541. 16. hollman j, ginos be, kozuchowski j, et al. the relationship between knee valgus, hip muscle-strength and hip-muscle recruitment during a single-limb step-down. j sport rehabil 2009;18:104-117. pmid: 19321910. 17. schleip r, klingler w, lehmann-horn f. active fascial contractility: fascia may be able to contract in a smooth muscle-like manner and thereby influence musculoskeletal dynamics. med hypotheses 2005;65:273-277. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.mehy.2005.03.005] pmid: 15922099. 18. hsu yh, chen wy, lin hc, et al. the effects of taping on scapular kinematics and muscle performance in baseball players with shoulder impingement syndrome. j electromyogr kinesiol 2009;19:1092-1099. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. jelekin.2008.11.003] pmid: 19147374. 19. ward sr, winters tm, blemker ss. the architectural design of the gluteal muscle group: implications for movement and rehabilitation. j orthop sports phys ther 2010;40:95-102. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2010.3302] pmid: 20118527. 20. fradkin aj, sherman ca, finch cf. how well does club head speed correlate with golf handicaps? j sci med sport 2004;7:465-472. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s14402440(04)80265-2] pmid: 15712503. 21. jagacinski rj, kim th, lavender sa. managing the rhythmic complexity of hitting a golf ball. journal of mot behav 2009;41:469-477. [http://dx.doi.org/10.3200/35-08075] pmid: 19508955. 22. evans k, refshauge km, adams rd, et al. swing kinematics in skilled male golfers following putting practice. j orthop sports phys ther 2008;38:425-433. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2008.2617] pmid: 18591760. 23. ishii h, leech na, rotheneder r. method and system for characterizing golf ball striking ability. patent application publication: usa 2013; us 2013/0157772 a1. 24. morris d, jones d, ryan h, et al. the clinical effects of kinesio® tex taping: a systematic review. physiother theory pract 2013;29:259-270. [http://dx.doi.org/10. 3109/09593985.2012.731675] pmid: 23088702. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09593980701213032 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.mehy.2005.03.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.mehy.2005.03.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jelekin.2008.11.003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jelekin.2008.11.003 http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2010.3302 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440(04)80265-2 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440(04)80265-2 http://dx.doi.org/10.3200/35-08-075 http://dx.doi.org/10.3200/35-08-075 http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2008.2617 http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2008.2617 http://dx.doi.org/10.3109/09593985.2012.731675 http://dx.doi.org/10.3109/09593985.2012.731675 _enref_1 _enref_8 _enref_13 _enref_14 _enref_15 _enref_16 _enref_17 _enref_18 “foundations to frontiers” 1st conference of the south african society of biomechanics 28-29 october 2021 @biomech_sa biomechsa.org 2 the south african society of biomechanics (sasb) is a voluntary association that was established in 2021 to support the growth of biomechanics in the country. the mission of sasb is to advance the field of biomechanics in south africa by supporting high quality research and promoting the translation of research into practice by (i) providing a forum for the exchange of knowledge on biomechanical theory and application, (ii) supporting the training and education of student biomechanists, and (iii) facilitating networking between practitioners, researchers, institutions and industry. the 1st conference of sasb was held as a virtual event on 28-29 october 2021. the theme of the conference was “foundations to frontiers” and the world class line-up and keynote and tutorial speakers (listed below) delivered presentations that addressed the full continuum from fundamental biomechanical methods to ground breaking research and innovation.  jacqueline alderson: “poses, loads and bridges: the asset of rigour”  felipe carpes. “why are cross-bridges important in biomechanics? the benefit of being interdisciplinary”  ezio preatoni. “skills, coordination and movement variability in sport: potential and pitfalls”  amy wu. “towards dynamic locomotion and balance at the intersection of biomechanics and robotics”  john cockcroft. “foundations for building a data processing pipeline: a practical introduction to typical tasks and available tools”  friedl de groote. “musculoskeletal modelling and simulations to analyze measured data and predict movement patterns: overview and hands-on demo in opensim” attendees were also treated to a conversational session with erica bell about lessons learned during her journey in biomechanics, and talks from the conference sponsors – “motion capture: the paradox of choice”, by felix tsui (vicon motion systems ltd) and “is markerless tracking of 3d human pose accurate”, by scott selbie (theia markerless, inc). awards were presented for the top three scientific presentations to charné britz, devon coetzee and cassidy de frança. their abstracts are published in these proceedings. the recordings of selected sessions are publicly available on the sasb vimeo channel and all keynote and tutorial sessions are available to sasb members on our website: www.biomechsa.org. organisers: helen bayne, university of pretoria; yumna albertus, university of cape town; john cockcroft, stellenbosch university; mark kramer, north west university s afr j sports med 2022; 34:1-13. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13377 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13377 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2520-4937 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6563-8596 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4631-7591 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2237-7549 3 the effect of eccentric and concentric cycling ergometry rehabilitation on gait, post total knee arthroplasty yumna albertus1, sandhya silal1, michael posthumus1 and nicholas tam1 1 health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport research centre (hpals), department of human biology, university of cape town. international federation of sports medicine (fims) collaborative centre of sports medicine, cape town, south africa presenting author email address: yumna.albertus@uct.ac.za introduction: total knee arthroplasty (tka) procedures are known to improve joint-specific outcomes. however, functional deficits post-surgery have been noted, particularly in terms of movement abnormalities and quadriceps weakness. eccentrically-based rehabilitation has been shown to improve muscle strength and reduce metabolic demand. thus we aimed to determine the effects of an eight-week eccentric and concentric cycling ergometry exercise intervention in tka recipients, especially on the joint kinematics and muscle activity during walking gait. methods: eighteen participants, three to nine months post total knee arthroplasty, were recruited and randomly assigned to either an eccentric (ecc) or concentric (con) cycling exercise intervention group. participants performed three exercise sessions weekly over a progressive eight-week period on the grucox isokinetic ergometer. walking gait biomechanics, knee functional outcomes and quality of life were recorded preand postintervention. results: the con group knee flexion range of movement and peak knee flexion increased significantly during the swing phase of gait (p = 0.021) post-intervention. no significant changes in kinematics and kinetics were noted in the ecc group post-intervention. the ecc intervention group showed neuromuscular changes with a decrease in biceps femoris activity during the load acceptance phase of gait (ecc pre 12.1% (11.4% 15.1%) and post 8.1% (5.9% 12.7%); p = 0.021). significant correlations between knee joint stiffness and the quadriceps:hamstring co-activation ratios were observed in the con group pre-intervention (r = -0.68; p = 0.042). conclusion: the eccentric intervention resulted in neuromuscular adaptations consistent with a move towards a more typical asymptomatic gait pattern. the concentric intervention yielded kinematic changes however, these results show eccentric training’s role in early stage postoperative rehabilitation is limited. based on the findings from this exploratory study, the benefit of eccentric training as an adjunct to rehabilitation and its role in contributing to greater improvements in the restoration of functional ability post-tka needs to be further explored. 4 characterizing the influence of a prosthesis on the shot put movement nathanael boulle1, taahirah mangera1, frank kienhöfer1 1school of mechanical, industrial and aeronautical engineering, university of witwatersrand presenting author email address: 1914053@students.wits.ac.za introduction: competitive able-bodied athletes have shown to benefit from biomechanical analysis. however, there is a paucity of research into the movement science of disabled athletes and uncertainty as to whether the biomechanical principles of able-bodied athletes can be applied to disabled athletes. this investigation seeks to provide principles for improved shot put outcomes for an athlete using a lower limb prosthesis, and determine whether able-bodied literature can be applied to disabled movement science for the shot put movement. methods: motion data was collected using an xsens mvn analyse motion capture system and ground reaction force data was collected using a fdm pressure walkway. the captured data was used to articulate and validate a rigid multibody model developed in simscape multibody, a simulation environment provided by matlab. the model was lower body specific and computed results including combined segmental velocity data, joint torques, normal and frictional forces. the simulation was validated using measured displacements from xsens as well as measured ground reaction forces from the pressure walkway compared against computed normal force data. results: the main biomechanical principles of able-bodied shot put athletes were found to be concerned primarily with segmental velocity, centre of gravity (cg) profile, feet sequencing and trunk. the principle investigation emphasized the initial glide in the preamble as well as the delivery stride. significant areas of influence for the prosthesis are characterized by a reduced delivery stride width, impaired sequential muscle activation and difficulty in providing an effective base from which the upper body segments can extend conclusions: the evidence of the investigation indicates that the utilization of able-bodied movement principles is useful in disabled sports science. moreover, the principles could even be observed as fundamental theory for any given shot putter, or by extension any projectile based sport. 5 reliability of step impact asymmetry metrics obtained using wearable sensors during netball-specific drills charné britz¹, helen bayne¹, james clark¹ 1department of physiology and sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria presenting author email address: charne.britz@semli.co.za introduction: inter-limb asymmetry in lower limb biomechanical load associated with step impacts has been proposed as a measure that may be useful for monitoring injury risk and rehabilitation progression. inertial measurement units (imus) are feasible monitoring tools to monitoring cumulative step impact load for each limb separately. studies show that imus can reliably assess step impacts during running-based sport movements. little is known about the reliability of inter-limb asymmetries derived from step impact metrics during netball-specific movements. the aim of this study was to determine between-day reliability of impact load asymmetry in netball-specific drills. methods: twenty-two healthy collegiate female netball players (age: 20 ± 2 years, height: 177.6 ± 7.0 cm, mass: 69.9 ± 8.3 kg) volunteered for a study approved by the institution’s ethics committee and performed six standardised netball-specific tasks on two test occasions separated by one day. impact load was obtained for both limbs using an imu (imeasureu blue trident, vicon motion systems ltd) affixed to the lower tibia. inter-limb impact load asymmetry was calculated: ((right leg – left leg) / (right leg + left leg) x 100) for each task and compared between the two testing occasions to determine between-day reliability using the coefficient of variation (cv) and intraclass correlation coefficients (icc). results: impact load for each limb had acceptable reliability on most tasks (cv range: 11.1– 19%, icc range: 0.52 0.78), except for a small-sided game (left: cv: 23%, icc: 0.44; right: cv: 21%, icc: 0.38). impact load asymmetry showed very poor reliability across all tasks (cv: 83.4 731% icc: -0.04 – 0.17). conclusion: impact load asymmetry was not reliable between sessions for netball-specific drills, although the measure for each limb had acceptable reliability. practitioners should be aware of the limitations of this asymmetry metric. 6 linking clinical outcomes of injury and running biomechanics to kinetic risk factors for injury: how novice runners respond to running in footwear with reduced cushioning devon ross coetzee1, ross tucker2, nicholas tam1 and yumna albertus1 1health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport research centre (hpals), department of human biology, university of cape town. international federation of sports medicine (fims) collaborative centre of sports medicine, cape town, south africa 2department of organizational psychology, school of management studies, university of cape town, south africa presenting author email address: devoncoe13@gmail.com introduction the high prevalence of running injury has prompted the need to understand the link between biomechanics and injury outcome. this study aimed to investigate the potential link between running biomechanics and clinical measures of injury, namely pain or discomfort and bone oedema. additionally, this study aimed to determine the intuitive kinetic and kinematic adaptations during a 12-week running intervention when running in footwear with reduced cushioning, with focus on any changes that may influence injury risk. methods fifty-four novice runners were assigned to the traditionally cushioned (tc; n = 32) or the reduced cushioning group (rc; n = 22). bone oedema of the lower leg (mri) and pain or discomfort was measured. baseline and post-intervention biomechanical testing included motion capture and force plates to assess over ground running at 3.0 m.s-1. key variables assessed included sagittal lower limb kinematics, vertical ground reaction force (vgrf) and initial loading rate (ilr). results bone oedema was associated with greater ilr, however no other relationships existed between other injury outcomes such as pain or discomfort and injury itself. only one participant (rc) transitioned from a rearfoot to a forefoot strike pattern throughout the intervention. the rc group increased knee flexion angle over time (baseline of 16.1º ± 4.5 to post-intervention of 19.7º ± 3.0; p < 0.01) and were 3.9 times more likely to reduce foot strike angle when compared to the tc group. rc participants who reduced foot strike angle presented with a significant reduction in vgrf and accumulative load. conclusion footwear with reduced cushioning may result in kinematic strategies to dampen loading rates that would normally be dissipated by the midsole of the shoe. this may have important implications for risk of injury as ilr may be associated with an increased risk of developing bone oedema of the lower leg. 7 countermovement jump performance and asymmetry after lower limb injury cassidy de frança1, helen bayne1 1department of physiology and sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria presenting author email address: cassidyjaye@gmail.com introduction: due to the high incidence, burden and severity of lower limb injuries, this study aimed to identify differences in performance and interlimb asymmetry during the countermovement jump (cmj) between uninjured and previously injured athletes post lower limb injury. methods: previously injured (inj: n = 12) and uninjured athletes (con: n = 16) completed self-reported injury history questionnaires and routine cmj testing (inj 3.9 ± 1.8 months post injury). vertical ground reaction force was captured using dual force plates and force-time data was used to analyse between-group differences for cmj phase-specific asymmetry and performance variables. ethical approval was obtained prior to testing. groups were compared using independent samples t-tests (student’s t, alternatively the mann-whitney u) and cohen’s d effect sizes. results: groups showed no differences and small effect sizes for jump height, modified reactive strength index, peak power, eccentric deceleration impulse, peak landing force, and force at zero velocity, as well as asymmetry in concentric impulse, eccentric deceleration impulse, and take-off peak force asymmetry. compared to controls, previously injured athletes produced greater asymmetry in peak landing force (inj: 9.8 ± 4.9%, con: 6.0 ± 4.5%, p = 0.04) (d = 0.83), which is a novel finding. injured athletes produced lower force at zero velocity (d = 0.73), peak power and greater concentric impulse (d = 0.70). despite returning to sport, significant interlimb asymmetries in the landing phase of the cmj exist up to 6 months post injury, although jump performance has been restored. this study is limited by the small sample size and used of self-reported retrospective injury data, but the preliminary analysis will be used to inform future studies. conclusion: despite normal cmj jump performance post injury, compensatory movement strategies and asymmetries may still exist up to 6 months post injury. this may be related to an increased risk of a non-contact lower limb injury in future. 8 step-to-step changes in foot-shank coordination during initial sprint acceleration byron j. donaldson1, neil e. bezodis2, helen bayne1 1department of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria 2a-stem research centre, swansea university presenting author email: byron.donaldson@tuks.co.za introduction: initial acceleration is characterised by step-to-step changes in kinematics. the first steps see changes in the shank angle and changes in the foot position and orientation. coaches focus on ankle mechanics during acceleration, which is directly influenced by the motion of these two segments. understanding the coordination between shank and the foot during this phase can improve understanding of acceleration technique and the contribution of shank and foot to ankle motion. methods: twenty-one sprinters (15 male, 100 m pb 10.47 ± 0.42 s; 6 female, 100 m pb 11.70 ± 0.24 s) provided informed consent and the study was approved by the institutional ethical review committee. sprinters performed three ≥20 m starts from blocks and the fastest trial was analysed. sagittal plane kinematics were captured using inertial measurement units (200 hz; myomotion, noraxon, usa). individual and group mean foot-shank coordination over the first four steps was determined using vector coding techniques. step-to-step changes were assessed based on the coordination bin frequencies and coupling angle difference scores (cadiff) between adjacent steps. results: step-to-step coordination differences were largest between step 1 and 2 (cadiff = 29.7 ± 11.3%), with progressively smaller differences between steps 2-3 (cadiff = 23.6 ± 6.9%) and 3-4 (cadiff = 16.9 ± 7.2%). there was greater anti-phase coordination (ap foot (-) 19%, ap foot (+) 16%) during the first step, however became dominated by in-phase shank (-) (ips-) and foot (-) (ipf-) coordination over step 2, 3 and 4 (ips45, 44, 42%, ipf18, 16, 18% respectively). conclusion: sprinters utilise potentially distinct foot-shank coordination during the first step. there are large step-to-step coordination changes that get progressively smaller over the first four steps of a sprint. coordination is mostly in phase and foot dominant, highlighting an important role of the foot in rotation and ankle motion. 9 physiological and sprint-kinetics related to yyir1 performances in soccer players mark kramer1, martinique sparks1, and ben coetzee1 1 physical activity, sport, and recreation (phasrec) research focus area, north-west university presenting author email address: mark.kramer@nwu.ac.za introduction: although high-speed running ability and cardiorespiratory fitness (crf) are touted as associative predictors of the yo-yo intermittent recovery run (yyir1) test performance, the evidence substantiating this is inadequate. we therefore evaluated direct crf via portable spirometry during the yyir1, and the anaerobic speed reserve (asr) by modelling the sprint-kinetics of a 40-m all-out maximal sprint speed (mss) test. methods: twenty-three male soccer players were recruited for the study. after informed consent was provided, each participant completed a yyir1 and mss test. heart rate and pulmonary oxygen uptake were continuously recorded during the yyir1. sprint-kinetics were obtained and modelled from a 40-m all-out sprint test using photocells placed at 0-m, 5-m 10m, 20-m, 30-m and 40-m distances. results: the data revealed significant differences between observed and predicted v̇o2max values (p < 0.001). the bland-altman analysis showed a mean bias between observed and predicted v̇o2max of 31%, with the limits of agreement spanning 16% above and below the mean. the asr, which served as a marker of high-speed running capacity, showed statistically significant correlations with the following sprint-based parameters: max speed (r = 0.86, p < .001), absolute power-asymptote (r = 0.65, p < .001), and relative power-asymptote (r = 0.68, p < .001), but not with any yyir1 parameters (all r < 0.20, p > .469). conclusions: the intermittent nature of the yyir1 provides a unique challenge that is not captured by data derived from either physiologicalor sprint-kinetic assessments. it is unlikely that yyir1 performances are dependent on, or predicted by, high-speed running ability, at least in university-level soccer players. subsequently, we do not recommend the use of yyir1 for determining crf, and would suggest that alternative tests with greater validity, reliability, and physiological utility be used for such purposes. 10 gait adaptability and biofeedback in older adults with diabetes suzanne martin1, simon taylor1, rajna ogrin2, rezaul begg1 1 institute for health and sport, victoria university, melbourne, victoria, australia 2bolton clark research institute, melbourne, victoria, australia presenting author email address: suzanne.martin@vu.edu.au introduction: modulation of gait parameters for adjusting foot placement to changes in the environment is called gait adaptability. although older adults with diabetes mellitus report fall incidents more frequently, their gait adaptability has not been investigated well. in this phd project, the effects of diabetes, ageing and biofeedback on gait adaptability and the agreement between two presented overground and treadmill assessments in this project for future application of the developed tools were investigated. methods: participants were 16 young adults, 16 healthy older adults and 16 older adults with diabetes. they completed overground gait and gait adaptability tests with four random conditions (step shortening, step lengthening, obstacle avoiding, walking through) at a preferred speed for quantifying gait parameters and foot placement adjustments. they then completed treadmill tests with and without targeted biofeedback. foot placement adjustments were measured and compared without biofeedback during overground and treadmill walking. three-dimensional motion capture systems, force platforms, matlab and visual3d server software quantified spatiotemporal parameters and foot placement adjustments (errors). they also presented visual targeted biofeedback. analysis of variance (anova) tested the effects of groups and conditions whereas bland and altman plots assessed the agreement between the overground and treadmill tests. results: gait parameters were not significantly different between groups when walking in the baseline. however, stance time, step velocity, double support time and foot placement adjustments increased in older adults with diabetes when they responded to goal-tasks in adaptability tests. all groups could use targeted biofeedback for their foot placement adjustments during online correction of their tasks. foot placement adjustments were comparable between overground and treadmill tests. conclusions: gait adaptability was impaired in the older adults with diabetes. however, they could use targeted biofeedback in the form of visual feedback on the monitor to reduce their errors (i.e. they improved their foot placement adjustments). novel adaptability tools in this phd project can train more adaptable gait patterns in older adult with diabetes. 11 development of intelligent wearables for the estimation of motion kinematics and kinetics marion mundt1 1institute of biomechanics and orthopaedics, german sport university cologne, cologne, germany presenting author email address: marion.mundt@uwa.edu.au introduction: motion analysis that provides insight into joint kinematics and kinetics is still restricted to laboratory set-ups. to overcome this, the aim of this thesis was to develop an easyto-use and easy-to-interpret inertial-sensor-based motion analysis system leveraging artificial neural networks (anns). during a training process, anns learn to adapt their weights and biases to predict the output of unknown test samples. this thesis aimed to estimate the ground reaction force and three-dimensional angles and moments of hip, knee and ankle joint while establishing the optimum artificial neural network architectures using simulated and measured inertial sensor data. methods: a framework to simulate inertial sensors' data based on marker trajectories collected by optical systems was developed using historical datasets. the approach was validated on newly collected data of a custom imu system. simulated and measured data was used as input to fully-connected feedforward (ff) and recurrent long short-term memory (lstm) neural networks. results: there was a good agreement of the estimated kinematics and kinetics to the ground truth data for walking and fast changes of direction. enlarging the dataset with augmentation techniques improved the results. both neural networks resulted in high accuracy, with the ff network achieving greater accuracy than the lstm. conclusions: although the ff network achieved greater accuracy than the lstm neural network, lstms require less pre-processing, do not require time normalised data and are able to make real-time predictions. therefore, lstms should still be considered in scenarios where these characteristics are favourable. the promising results of this thesis lay the foundations for biomechanical analysis outside of the lab, thus prompting further research in this direction. 12 establishing structural criteria for heavy-load carriage systems dario schoulund1 1faculty of engineering, built environment and information technology, university of pretoria presenting author email address: dario.schoulund@up.ac.za introduction: ancient and modern types of load carriage systems (lcs) coexist today worldwide. while there is a general agreement regarding which lcs are superior to others in terms of energy expenditure, the question why remains unclear. we set to answer from a structural perspective, hypothesizing that if a relationship between performance and lcs structural configuration could be established, a theoretically ideal arrangement may be defined. methods: five reportedly efficient methods of load carriage, namely tumpline, backpack, springy poles, head load and double pack were analysed as determinate structures (σfx, σfy and σm = 0), with a constant load of 150 n. excursion patterns for the load were considered at a walking speed of 1.3 m.s-1. the focus is on the relationship among load transfer areas, load paths, centre of masses, moments and the resultant range of forces exerted onto the user. the results were then compared against the extra load index (eli) values reported in literature. results: body centre of mass and load centre of mass horizontal eccentricity proved to be the main detrimental factor influencing gait adaptations and the development of shear forces for both static and dynamic conditions. load paths’ geometry, axial loads, and the magnitude of shear forces combined determined the path’s efficiency. load transfer areas and the quality of the supports requiring pre-stressing, should also be consider an external additional force acting onto the user. finally, pressure distribution showed no correlation to structural arrangement. conclusions: there exists a partial correlation between superior structures and metabolically efficient lcs. the structural analysis led to the definition of a theoretically ideal structural arrangement, which could be a promising path for further research and design. while base structural arrangements represent a critical foundation for an lcs, other less studied aspects of performance -mostly qualitative-, play a more important role than assumed for the overall performance and choice of a given lcs. 13 acute kinetic and kinematic differences between minimalist sandal, shod and barefoot running in habitually shod male recreational trail runners matthew swart1, simon de waal1, ranel venter1 1department of sport science, stellenbosch university. presenting author email address: matthew@iso.co.za introduction: a plethora of studies on minimalist running shoes exists; however, none have explored the acute biomechanical effects of running in a minimalist sandal within a habitually shod population. this study aimed to investigate the acute effects of minimalist running sandals on vertical loading rates and selected lower-limb kinematics during submaximal-level treadmill running. methods: thirteen male recreational trail runners ran on a level (0º) instrumented treadmill, at three different submaximal velocities (2.22 m.s-1, 2.78 m.s-1and 3.61 m.s-1), using three different footwear conditions: barefoot, minimalist sandal (xero shoes, colorado, us) and their conventional trail-running shoes. supplementary to the treadmill, an inertial measurement unit system was used to capture lower-limb 3d kinematic and ground reaction force data synchronously, to measure vertical average loading rate (valr), vertical instantaneous loading rate (vilr), foot strike angle (fsa), ankle dorsiflexion (ada) and knee flexion angles at contact, as well as knee flexion range of motion (rom) during the stance phase. results: pairwise comparisons revealed no significant differences between minimalist sandal and barefoot running. differences were found in fsa (p < 0.05) and ada (p < 0.05) at contact between minimalist and barefoot versus shod running. moreover, increased valr and vilr were experienced in a minimalist and barefoot condition as opposed to running in a shod condition, although the differences were not significant. conclusion: running in a minimalist sandal is similar to barefoot running. runners seeking to change from a habitually shod condition to running in a minimalist sandal or barefoot condition, should progress with caution due to the higher acute loading rates. introduction the exercise-induced stress response is an adaptational homeostatic shift intended to facilitate the demands put on the body by physical exertion. most stressors, including heat, pain, trauma and exercise, stimulate prostaglandin synthesis. the mechanisms underlying this stimulation usually involve the release of pro-inflammatory cytokines with subsequent induction of prostaglandin synthesis which influences the central neuroendocrine regulatory mechanisms. 14 this stressor-induced prostaglandin synthesis, in turn, initiates and modulates many aspects of the stress response such as neuroendocrine, autonomic nervous system, metabolic and temperature changes. the pathways through which prostaglandins are involved in the cortisol stress response include a direct influence on the release of corticotropin-releasing hormone (crh) and/or antidiuretic hormone (adh) from the paraventricular nucleus (pvn), and indirect stimulation of the pvn via the central noradrenergic neurons. 8,14 prostaglandins are further involved in the exercise-induced autonomic nervous system response 7 and in the increase in body temperature and other metabolic adaptations. 14 several other aspects of the exercise-related neuroendocrine response, which are under control of the hypothalamus and the hypothalamo-pituitary axis, are also influenced by prostaglandins and other eicosanoids. 8 it therefore speaks for itself that any medication that interferes with eicosanoid metabolism could have the potential to influence the exercise-induced stress response. eicosanoids are produced throughout the body under the influence of the cyclooxygenase (cox) activities of prostaglandin endoperoxide h synthases (pghss). two pghs isozymes exist, pghs-1 and pghs-2, commonly referred to as cyclooxygenase-1 or cox-1 and cyclooxygenase-2 or cox-2. cox-1 is thought to be constitutively expressed in virtually all tissues and to be original research article cyclooxygenase inhibitors and the exercise-induced stress response n claassen (phd)1 j snyman (mb chb, mpharmmed, md)2 a koorts (msc)1 h nolte (ma (hms) biokinetics)3 b wagenaar (msc)1 m kruger (dip nursing)1 p j becker (phd)4 m viljoen (phd, phd)1 1 department of physiology, university of pretoria 2 department of pharmacology, university of pretoria 3 sport research institute, university of pretoria 4 biostatistics unit, medical research council, pretoria abstract objective. this study investigated the effects of single dosages of the non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (nsaid) naproxen, and of the coxib, rofecoxib, on the exercise-induced stress response. design. eight subjects (age 20.9 ± 1.1 years, weight 70.4 ± 3.9 kg, height 170.9 ± 6.7 cm, body surface area 1.82 ± 0.09 m 2 , body mass index 24.1 ± 1.3 kg.m -2 ) took part in a double-blind, drug-placebo, cross-over design study. the experimental procedures were performed on 3 occasions on each volunteer, i.e. once on placebo, once on naproxen (single dose of 1 000 mg) and once on rofecoxib (single dose of 50 mg). results. mean post-exercise cortisol values were significantly higher than pre-exercise values with the subjects on placebo (p = 0.0365) and rofecoxib (p = 0.0208), but not on naproxen (p = 0.0732). post-exercise oral temperatures were significantly higher than pre-exercise temperature values on placebo (p = 0.0153) and rofecoxib (p = 0.0424), but not on naproxen (p = 0.5444). conclusion. the results of this study suggest a role for cyclooxygenase-1 (cox-1) in the exercise-induced cortisol and temperature response to exercise. correspondence: m viljoen department of physiology university of pretoria p.o. box 2034 pretoria 0001 tel: 012-319 2140 fax: 012-321 1679 e-mail: mviljoen@medic.up.ac.za � sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 cyclooxygenase inhibitors.indd 4 3/13/06 2:58:17 pm involved in normal physiological functions such as protecting the kidney and the gastric mucosa and maintaining vascular homeostasis. 14,18 cox-2, although initially thought not to exist constitutively, is now, in humans, known to be found as such in several types of tissues. 10 the expression of cox-2 can further be induced in all tissues tested thus far, and its expression is stimulated in a rapid, exaggerated fashion by mitogens, growth factors and pro-inflammatory cytokines. 10,18 it is at present assumed that cox-2, which is situated in the cerebral blood vessels and thus easily accessed by bloodborne cytokines for the induction of prostaglandins, could be responsible for many of the physical stress-induced adaptations. 14 cox inhibitors have an influence on eicosanoid metabolism and many of the effects of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) are exerted through interference with this effect. 20 cox inhibitors block the biosynthesis of prostanoids by inhibiting the cox activities of pghss. their most generally known pharmacological effects are their anti-inflammatory, analgesic, antipyretic and platelet-inhibiting actions, but they are also said to be of value in the prevention of colon cancer (cox-2), as well as in slowing down the progression of alzheimer’s disease, 18 and there are indications that they may be of benefit during exercise by decreasing postexercise muscle soreness and decline in strength. 1 although these drugs are known for their anti-inflammatory and analgesic effects there are health risks, such as an increase in gastrointestinal permeability, associated with the indiscriminate use of anti-inflammatory drugs. 12 a number of other negative side-effects have been reported for nsaids, including potential ulcerogenic and nephrotoxic effects and there are indications that they may inhibit protein synthesis in skeletal muscle after eccentric resistant exercise, 21 augment the exercise-induced increase in gastrointestinal permeability 12 and decrease muscle blood flow during exercise. 5 the considered-safer cox-2 selective inhibitors such as rofecoxib and celecoxib have been associated with ulcer-related side-effects and increases in cardiovascular morbidity. 13 nsaids may theoretically also influence the adaptive exercise-induced stress response through suppression of the synthesis of those prostaglandins that stimulate the fever response, the sympathetic nervous system and the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenocortical axis. 7,8,18 the frequent use of cox inhibitors by athletes is a wellknown occurrence. in view of their role in the development of the exercise-induced stress response, cox inhibitors could theoretically also be expected to have an effect on the performance of athletes. despite evidence that aspirin (acetylsalicylic acid) can modulate the secretion of many hormones, there is as yet not conclusive evidence that any of the cox inhibitors has a marked effect on the neuroendocrine and metabolic homeostatic shift of exercise, 8,16 and more research is needed. three broad classes of cox inhibitors are generally known. 9 the best known is aspirin, synthesised from salicylic acid, which inhibits the activity of cox-1 by irreversibly acetylating a serine residue at position 529. the second class is the nsaids such as indomethacin and naproxen that inhibit both forms of the enzyme, i.e. cox-1 and cox-2. the third class is the selective cox-2 inhibitors, i.e. the coxibs such as rofecoxib. this study investigated the effects of the non-selective cox inhibitor naproxen (naprosyn) and the selective cox-2 inhibitor rofecoxib (vioxx) on the treadmillinduced stress response and on the recovery period. naproxen reduces the synthesis of prostaglandins by inhibiting cox activities of both isoforms of pghss, i.e. cox-1 and cox-2. the plasma half-life of naproxen is 12 15 hours and peak plasma concentrations are seen in about 2 hours. 7,20 rofecoxib is 50 times more selective in inhibiting the cox-2 isoenzyme. the plasma half-life is 10 17 hours and peak plasma concentrations are seen in 2 3 hours. 9 although referred to as a cox-2 inhibitor, an alternative term to cox-2 inhibitor would be ‘cox-1 sparing’. the aim of this study was to investigate the effects of single dosages of the nsaid, naproxen (1 000 mg), and the coxib, rofecoxib (50 mg), on the expression of the treadmillinduced stress response as reflected in free salivary cortisol levels, heart rate, oral temperature and other metabolic parameters. methods subjects and experimental design the effects of the 2 nsaids on the exercise-induced stress response were investigated in healthy students in a doubleblind, drug-placebo, cross-over design study in which each subject served as his/her own control. all tests started at the same time of the day and experimental conditions were similar for all exposures. the mean age of the students (n = 8) was 20.9 ± 1.1 years, weight 70.4 ± 3.9 kg, height 170.9 ± 6.7 cm, body surface area 1.82 ± 0.09 m 2 and body mass index 24.1 ± 1.3 kg.m -2 . during the first week of the study students had general medical examinations and those with either hypertension (> 140/90 mmhg), hypotension (< 100/60 mmhg), or any other pathological condition or risk factor, as well as students on chronic medication or performance-enhancing drugs were excluded. students who developed any health complication such as colds or flu during the study were excluded. other than the treadmill procedures of the study no strenuous physical activity was allowed over the 4 weeks each subject was involved in the study and subjects had to refrain from alcohol intake on the days before the experiments. during the same week the maximal oxygen consumption (vo2max) of each student was determined, the procedures of the study explained and informed consent forms signed. ethical clearance (research ethics committee, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, clearance number: sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 � cyclooxygenase inhibitors.indd 5 3/13/06 2:58:17 pm 173/2002) was obtained for the study and all participants gave written informed consent. testing and procedures the experimental procedure was performed on 3 separate occasions by each participant, i.e. once on placebo, once on naproxen (single dose of 1 000 mg) and once on rofecoxib (single dose of 50 mg) swallowed 2 hours before initiation of the treadmill procedure. the drug or placebo was administered randomly by a third party in a cross-over design study performed double blind. a washout period of 7 days passed between the experimental days. testing started at the same time of day in consideration of circadian rhythmicity. the vo2max tests comprised incremental increases in running speed at a constant gradient of 2°. the following protocol was used: 3 minutes at 8 km.h -1 and 2 minutes at 10, 12, 14, 16 and 17 km.h -1 respectively on a motorised treadmill with the subjects clothed in jogging shoes and light clothing. expiratory oxygen, carbon dioxide and heart rates were continuously measured every 10 seconds during the tests (schiller cardiovit, cs100, baar, switzerland). the study proper started the second week. on arrival for the experiment (07h00) the heart rate monitor was fitted, oral temperature was taken sublingually for 3 minutes using a clinical thermometer and thereafter a salivary sample was collected for cortisol determination. this is referred to as time pre1. thereafter the drug or placebo was administered and a standardised breakfast consisting of toast and fruit juice was consumed. two hours after administration of the drug/placebo the oral temperature was again taken and saliva collected for cortisol analysis (pre2). the treadmill procedure consisting of 3 exercise intensities equivalent to 50%, 60% and 75% of maximal oxygen expenditure for 10, 15, and 5 minutes, respectively, was started immediately. heart rate recordings were obtained continuously throughout the procedure. salivary samples were again collected at the end of the exercise protocol (post1), and at 30 minutes (post2), 60 minutes (post3) and 120 minutes (post4) post-exercise. the collected salivary samples were centrifuged at 1 000 g for 10 minutes at 4ºc and aliquots of the supernatants were transferred to eppendorf tubes and stored at –20ºc until analysis by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (elisa) (drg gmbh, marburg, germany). oral temperatures were recorded at the same times salivary samples were taken. statistics data were analysed using the appropriate analysis of variance (anova) for a three-period cross-over experimental design, with factors for treatment period, treatment, carry-over and subjects. the analyses were also done by adjusting for baseline values, i.e. baseline values were used as covariates. the covariates were not significant for any of the variables. within treatments, the exercise-induced effect was assessed using the paired t-test after establishing that there was no carry-over effect between treatments. as the sample was relatively small the conclusions for the latter were confirmed using wilcoxin’s matched pairs signed-rank test. differences were considered statistically significant when p < 0.05. 19 results table i (a-c) shows the means, standard deviations and pvalues (one-way anova) for cortisol, heart rate and oral temperature directly before the drug/placebo was administered (pre1), 2 hours after drug/placebo administration, i.e. directly before initiation of the treadmill procedure (pre2), immediately after completion of the treadmill procedure (post1), 30 minutes after the treadmill procedure (post2), 60 minutes after the treadmill procedure (post3), and 2 hours after the treadmill procedure (post4). no significant differences were seen between the values obtained on placebo and with either of the 2 nsaids, or between the values on naproxen and on rofecoxib. table i (d) shows the peak values obtained during exercise for the metabolic parameters. no significant differences were found between the values obtained on the drugs and placebo or between those on the 2 drugs. the exercise-induced response and the post-exercise recovery for the various parameters are recorded in table i. it can be seen that the treadmill procedure served its function as physical stressor as typical stress responses were observed over the exercise period in all 3 groups. the mean post-exercise cortisol values (post1) were significantly higher than the pre-exercise (pre2) cortisol values with the subjects on placebo (p = 0.0365) and rofecoxib (p = 0.0208), but not on naproxen (p = 0.0732). there were, however, no significant differences between the exercise-induced increases in cortisol secretion (post1 minus pre2) with subjects on placebo, naproxen and rofecoxib (p = 0.9055). the mean post-exercise heart rate (post1) was significantly higher than the pre-exercise (pre2) heart rate values with subjects on placebo (p = 0.0001), naproxen (p = 0.0001) and rofecoxib (p = 0.0001). no significant differences were found between the exercise-induced increases in heart rate in the 3 groups (p = 0.3841). the post-exercise temperature (post1) was significantly higher than the pre-exercise (pre2) temperature values on placebo (p = 0.0153) and rofecoxib (p = 0.0424), but not on naproxen (p = 0.5444). once again no statistically significant differences were found between the exercise-induced responses on the 3 substances (p = 0.6701). the mean post-exercise mets (1 met = 3.5 ml o2.kg -1 . min -1 ; post1) was significantly higher than the pre-exercise (pre2) mets values on placebo (p = 0.0001), naproxen (p = 0.0001) and rofecoxib (p = 0.0001). the means of the oxygen expenditure at 75% vo2max (vo2/min and vo2/kg/min) were significantly higher than the pre-exercise expenditure on placebo (p = 0.0001 and p = 0.0001), naproxen (p = 0.0001 and p = 0.0001) and rofecoxib (p = 0.0001 and p = 0.0001). no statistical differences were, however, found in the increases (∆) over the exercise period for mets, vo2ml/ min or vo2ml/min/kg between subjects on placebo, naproxen or 6 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 cyclooxygenase inhibitors.indd 6 3/13/06 2:58:18 pm rofecoxib (p = 0.5122; p = 0.4764; p = 0.4433). no statistically valid differences were found over the recovery period between the results obtained on the 2 drugs or between the drugs and the placebo. discussion in this study good stress responses were observed over the treadmill procedure for all parameters tested, indicating that the exercise regimen was correct. there were no significant differences between the absolute values over time for any of the stress parameters irrespective of whether the subjects were on placebo, naproxen or rofecoxib. significant increases were found for all stress parameters over the exercise period (post1 v. pre2) when subjects were on placebo and on rofecoxib, respectively. however, the pre-post increases in cortisol concentrations and oral temperatures were not statistically significant with subjects on naproxen. naproxen, as previously mentioned, belongs to the second class of antiinflammatory drugs that inhibit both forms of the enzyme, i.e. cox-1 and cox-2. rofecoxib, on the other hand, belongs to the third class, i.e. the selective cox-2 inhibitors. the fact that the non-selective cox inhibitor, naproxen, but not the selective cox-2 inhibitor, rofecoxib, had an inhibiting effect on the cortisol and temperature response is an indication that the suppressive effects may be mediated by suppressing cox-1 activity. the results of this study are unexpected as one would have thought that rofecoxib rather than naproxen would have had the suppressive effect. in theory, the slightly longer time to peak plasma concentration (cmax) for rofecoxib than for naproxen might have been a confounding factor, which would have meant that the exercise could have been performed before peak plasma values were reached. this should, however, have been reflected in the recovery period. this table i. between-treatment comparisons for mean cortisol, heart rate, oral temperature and mets over the experimental period. exercise-induced values represent the change in the respective values of the variables from either pre2 to post1 (cortisol and oral temperature) or pre2 to 7�% of vo2max during exercise (heart rate and mets). (pre1 = t0 min, pre2 = t120 min, post1 = t1�0 min, post2 = t180 min, post3 = t210 min, and post� = t270 min.) variable placebo (± sd) naproxen (± sd) rofecoxib (± sd) pre 1 7.6 ± 3.7 7.8 ± 6.4 7.4 ± 3.6 a. pre 2 1.8 ± 1.5 1.4 ± 1.3 1.1 ± 0.6 mean cortisol concentration (ng/ml) post 1 3.8 ± 2.8 3.0 ± 1.7 3.8 ± 2.4 post 2 2.7 ± 1.7 3.2 ± 1.3 3.6 ± 2.4 post 3 1.4 ± 1.0 2.0 ± 0.7 2.1 ± 1.2 post 4 0.8 ± 0.5 1.7 ± 1.2 1.6 ± 1.3 pre 87.8 ± 8.6 83.6 ± 5.6 83.7 ± 10.1 b. 50% 113.8 ± 8.9 112.6 ± 12.1 111.1 ± 7.5 mean heart rate (beats/min) 60% 148.1 ± 21.2 148.2 ± 19.6 156.2 ± 15.5 75% 162.8 ± 13.3 169.8 ± 13.1 159.8 ± 24.2 post 120.2 ± 18.0 122.9 ± 25.2 114.5 ± 11.8 pre 1 36.5 ± 0.2 36.4 ± 0.3 36.2 ± 0.3 c. pre 2 36.5 ± 0.2 36.5 ± 0.4 36.2 ± 0.3 mean oral temperature (ºc) post 1 36.7 ± 0.3 36.6 ± 0.3 36.6 ± 0.3 post 2 36.9 ± 0.1 36.6 ± 0.4 36.8 ± 0.2 post 3 36.7 ± 0.3 36.6 ± 0.2 36.7 ± 0.2 post 4 36.6 ± 0.3 36.6 ± 0.2 36.5 ± 0.3 rest 1.1 ± 0.6 1.1 ± 0.5 0.9 ± 0.8 d. 50% 4.6 ± 0.9 5.1 ± 0.9 5.1 ± 1.0 mets 60% 6.9 ± 1.2 7.4 ± 1.5 7.6 ± 1.4 75% 7.8 ± 0.8 8.6 ± 0.9 8.0 ± 1.6 ∆ met 6.6 ± 0.7 7.5 ± 1.0 7.1 ± 1.3 ∆ vo2/min 1.6 ± 0.2 1.9 ± 0.3 1.7 ± 0.3 exercise-induced response ∆ vo2/kg/min 23.2 ± 2.5 26.4 ± 3.4 24.8 ± 4.4 ∆ cortisol 1.9 ± 2.1 1.6 ± 2.1 2.7 ± 2.5 ∆ heart rate 75.0 ± 15.0 86.2 ± 14.9 72.2 ± 28.4 ∆ oral temp 0.2 ± 0.2 0.1 ± 0.4 0.4 ± 0.4 sd = standard deviation; mets = 3.5 ml o2.kg -1.min-1 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 7 cyclooxygenase inhibitors.indd 7 3/13/06 2:58:18 pm was not the case as there were no statistical differences for any parameter between placebo, naproxen and rofecoxib over the post-exercise recovery period. it is of interest that the lower cortisol response seen in this study with subjects on naproxen, compared with subjects on placebo, was also reported previously with aspirin. 8 further support for our findings, i.e. that cox-1 is involved in the exercise-induced stress response, is derived from indications that the cox-1 gene might be important in temperature regulation and the pyresis that occurs in the absence of infections, as opposed to cox-2 gene involvement in infectionand lipopolysaccharide-induced pyresis. 4 subsequent to completion of this study rofecoxib was voluntarily withdrawn worldwide on 30 september 2004 by merck and co. this followed the confirmation of previous results that the selective cox-2 inhibitor rofecoxib increases the relative risk for cardiovascular events such as heart attack and stroke. 3,6 stress induces upregulation of cox-2 in endothelial cells and since cox-2 selective inhibitors such as rofecoxib have no antiplatelet activities (cox-1) the imbalance between prothrombotic eicosanoids (txa2) and vasodilatory and antiaggregatory pgi2 forms the theoretical basis for the reported adverse clinical outcome. 2,17 other cox-2 inhibitors such as celecoxib are still marketed for acute and chronic inflammatory pain. the association between celecoxib and adverse cardiovascular outcomes seems to be less pronounced. 11 the reason for this is not clear but may be due to different pharmacokinetics compared with rofecoxib. valdecoxib has also been associated with an increase in reinfarction rates in patients receiving the drug after a myocardial infarction. 15 the potential for adverse cardiovascular events therefore seems to be related to the mechanism of action of cox-2 inhibitors. the frequent use of nsaids by athletes before, during and after competitions raises the question whether it may have an influence on the exercise-induced stress response. this, and other investigations indicate that anti-inflammatory drugs may have an effect on the exercise-induced stress response and that the performance and perhaps even health of the athletes may be negatively affected by the use of these drugs. the results of this study therefore indicate that more care needs to be taken with the selection of nsaids if athletes have to use them during training and competitions. coaches and physical conditioning specialists also need to be informed about the different physiological mechanisms that are influenced by nsaid drugs. this will enable them to give athletes proper advice with regard to the use of nsaids. it may further also help coaches and physical conditioning specialists to understand the development of certain unexpected exercise-induced stress responses if the athlete uses a specific nsaid. conclusion although the results of this study point towards a role for cox-1 in the exercise-induced cortisol and temperature response, more studies of this nature, as well as studies involving nsaids and endurance exercise, are urgently required to come to a better understanding of the exact role of coxs in the exercise-induced response and therefore of the potential effects of nsaids. the authors would like to thank the subjects who participated in this study. the opinions, interpretations, conclusions and recommendations are those of the authors and do not constitute endorsement of the products used in this investigation. the data collection and technical efforts of dr m blom and dr m van wyk are also gratefully acknowledged. references 1. baldwin ac, stevenson sw, dudley ga. nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory therapy after eccentric exercise in healthy older individuals. j gerontol a biol sci med sci 2001; �6: m510-3. 2. belton o, byrne d, kearney d, leahy a, fitzgerald dj. cyclooxygenase-1 and -2-dependent prostacyclin formation in patients with atherosclerosis. circulation 2000; 102: 840-5. 3. bombardier c, laine l, reicin a, et al. comparison of upper gastrointestinal toxicity of rofecoxib and naproxen in patients with rheumatoid arthritis. n engl j med 2000, 3�3: 1520-8. 4. botting r. cox-1 and cox-3 inhibitors. thromb res 2003; 110: 269-72. 5. boushel r, langberg h, gemmer c. combined inhibition of nitric oxide and prostaglandins reduces human skeletal muscle blood flow during exercise. j physiol (lond) 2002; ��3: 691-8. 6. bresalier rs, sandler rs, quan h, et al. cardiovascular events associated with rofecoxib in a colorectal adenoma chemoprevention trial. n engl j med 2005; 3�2: 1092-102. 7. de meersman re, zion as, lieberman js, downey ja. acetylsalicylic acid and autonomic modulation. clin auton res 2000; 10: 197-201. 8. di luigi l, guidetti l, romanelli f, baldari c, conte d. acetylsalicylic acid inhibits the pituitary response to exercise-related stress in humans. med sci sports exerc 2001; 33: 2029-35. 9. fitzgerald ga, patrono c. the coxibs, selective inhibitors of cyclooxygenase-2. n engl j med 2001; 3��: 433-42. 10. gilroy dw, colville-nash pr. new insights into the role of cox 2 in inflammation. j mol med 2000; 78: 121-9. 11. graham dj, campen d, hui r, et al. risk of acute myocardial infarction and sudden cardiac death in patients treated with cyclo-oxygenase 2 selective and non-selective non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs: nested case control study. lancet 2005; 36�: 475-81 12. lambert gp, broussard lj, mason bl, mauermann wj, gisolfi cv. gastrointestinal permeability during exercise: effects of aspirin and energycontaining beverages. j appl physiol 2001; 90: 2075-80. 13. malhotra s, shafiq n, pandhi p. cox-2 inhibitors: a class act or just vigorously promoted. medscape general medicine 2004; 6: 1-9. 14. moshonov s, zor u, naor z. prostaglandins. in: fink g, ed. encyclopaedia of stress. vol. 2. san diego: academic press, 2000: 266-372. 15. nussmeier na, whelton aa, brown mt, et al. complications of the cox-2 inhibitors parecoxib and valdecoxib after cardiac surgery. n engl j med 2005; 3�2: 1081-91. 16. przybylowski j, obodynski k, lewicki c, et al. the influence of aspirin on exercise-induced changes in adrenocorticotrophic hormone (acth), cortisol and aldosterone (ald) concentrations. eur j appl physiol 2003; 89: 177-83. 17. ray wa, stein mc, daugherty jr, et al. cox-2 selective non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs and risk of serious coronary disease. lancet 2002; 360: 1071-3. 18. smith wl, de witt dl. cyclooxygenase inhibitors. in: austen fk, burakoff sj, rosen fs, strom tb, eds. therapeutic immunology. massachusettes: blackwell science, 2001: 117-31. 19. stata for windows (8.0). stata corporation, texas, usa. 20. dollery c, ed. naproxen (sodium). in: therapeutic drugs. 2nd ed. vol. 2. edinburgh: churchill livingstone, 1999: n31-n36. 21. trappe ta, white f, lambert cp, cesar d, hellerstein m, evans wj. effect of ibuprofen and acetaminophen on postexercise muscle protein synthesis. am j physiol endocrinol metab 2002; 282: e551-6. 8 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 cyclooxygenase inhibitors.indd 8 3/13/06 2:58:18 pm original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license position-specific physical and technical demands during the 2019 copa américa football tournament a kubayi, dphil (sport science) department of sport, rehabilitation and dental sciences, faculty of science, tshwane university of technology, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: a kubayi (kubayina@tut.ac.za) the optimal physical preparation of professional football players has become an integral part of the game, particularly due to the increased physical demands during a match.[1] technological advances have led to sophisticated systems capable of recording and processing the physical and technical data of all players during a game now being used in elite club settings. in addition, monitoring work rate profiles of players during tournaments is now possible through the use of high-quality cameras and modern computer software.[1] these computerised, semi-automated image recognition systems provide real-time movement information of all players during match play. this means more advanced analytical evaluations of the specific elements of an individual player’s match performance can be generated on a large sample of players.[2] regardless of the different methods used to assess footballers’ activity profiles,[3] players generally cover a total distance of 8– 12 km during a match, with the vast majority at low intensity, such as walking and jogging.[4] players’ physical demands based on match-related playing position have been well described in the literature.[2-5] for example, bradley et al.[3] found that wide and central midfielders covered a greater total distance than fullbacks, attackers, and central defenders in european competitions. previous research has also shown that attackers cover greater high-intensity running distances compared to players in other positions.[4] while it has been reported that total distance is not a discriminatory indicator for successful performance,[5] high-intensity activities are important for match outcomes as they contribute to team success.[2] high-intensity efforts allow players to quickly reach optimum speeds and are a crucial component of matchdeciding moments in football.[3] while previous research using semi-automatic video analysis provided useful information about physical indicators of football players, little attention has been given to information on the technical demands of players.[5] research has shown technical and tactical abilities are considered important for success in soccer.[6] in their study, dellal et al.[5] reported full backs and central defenders won most passes and heading duels in the english premier league and spanish la liga. it was further reported that wide defenders, central midfielders, and wide midfielders recorded the lowest percentage of accurate passes. in a related study, ermidis et al.[7] examined the technical demands of professional football players in the 2015 asian cup. findings showed that central midfielders performed more passes than central defenders, external midfielders, and forwards. in addition, forwards had more aerial duels than fullbacks, central midfielders, and external midfielders. in the past decade, several studies have investigated the physical and technical performance attributes of football players in asian and european domestic leagues and continental competitions.[2-5] in contrast, there is limited research on the match-play performance indicators of south american football players. such research is important because the playing styles of south american national football teams are usually characterised by skill and flair, whereas the european games are characterised by a direct style of play and ball possession.[8] therefore, given the disparity in playing styles across these two continents, a better understanding of players’ physical and technical attributes in south america would be helpful for football coaches and scientists to devise matchwinning tactics. in addition, sports scientists, coaches and fitness trainers will be able to design research, game strategy and fitness training programmes based on individual player characteristics.[9] the purpose of this study was to examine the physical and technical characteristics of football players background: despite a substantial body of literature on the physical and technical performance characteristics of football players in asian and european tournaments, research on south american football players is scarce. objectives: the purpose of the study was to examine the physical and technical characteristics of football players according to specific playing positions at the 2019 copa américa tournament. methods: a total of 180 match observations from 13 games were monitored using the instat tracking system. players were grouped into the following five playing positions: central defenders (n = 45), wide defenders (n = 46), central midfielders (n = 50), wide midfielders (n = 17), and forwards (n = 22). results: descriptive statistics (means ± standard deviations) and the one-way analysis of variance were used to analyse the data. findings showed that the total distance covered by central midfielders (10 553 ± 763 m) was significantly (p < 0.05) higher than that of central defenders (9226 ± 720 m; effect size (d) = 1.79), wide defenders (9929 ± 633 m; d = 0.89) and forwards (9383 ± 820 m; d = 1.45). wide midfielders (214 ± 170 m), wide defenders (152 ± 199 m) and forwards (138 ± 94 m) covered greater distances sprinting than central defenders (67 ± 42 m; d = 1.19) and central midfielders (91 ± 66 m; d = 0.95). concerning technical variables, central midfielders played significantly more passes compared to players in other playing positions (p < 0.05). in relation to crossing, wide defenders completed significantly more crosses than players in other positions (p < 0.05). conclusion: these findings have direct implications for tailoring tactics so players can meet the physical and technical demands of the game. keywords: distance, sprinting, match, tactics, passes s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11955 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11955 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8370-3056 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 according to specific playing positions at the 2019 copa américa tournament. methods participants the sample consisted of 180 match observations from 13 games during the 2019 confederación sudamericana de fútbol (conmebol) copa américa football competition. players in this study were categorised into the following five position groups: central defenders (n = 45), wide defenders (n = 46), central midfielders (n = 50), wide midfielders (n = 17), and forwards (n = 22).[10,11] only players who finished the full 90 minutes were included in the analysis. goalkeepers, players who were replaced, and those who were substitutes were excluded from the analysis. this study received ethical clearance from the faculty of science ethics committee of tshwane university of technology. physical and technical indicators the players’ match performances were captured using the instat tracking system. their physical movement activities included walking, jogging, running, high-speed running, sprinting and completing the total distance. the instat system has been shown to be highly accurate with levels of absolute and relative reliability, typical errors (from 0.019 to 0.036) and total errors (from 0.020 to 0.037).[12] technical indicators consisted of total passes; percentage of accurate passes; shots; crosses; dribbles; total air challenges; air challenges won; tackles; percentage of tackles won; lost balls; and fouls committed. the operational definitions of the physical and technical variables are provided in table 1.[11-15] statistical analysis data were reported as means ± standard deviations. data normality was checked using the kolmogorov–smirnov test. a one-way analysis of variance (anova) was used to compare the physical and technical indicators of soccer players across five playing positions. the tukey hsd post-hoc analysis was further performed if the f-ratio was significant at p≤0.05. cohen’s effect size (d) was applied to examine the magnitude of the differences in the mean scores of the studied variables. effect size was classified as trivial (<0.20); small (0.20–0.59); moderate (0.60–1.19); large (1.20–2.00); and very large (>2.00).[16] all statistical analyses were conducted using the ibm spss version 26, armonk, ny: ibm corp. results table 2 shows the physical and technical indicators of football players according to playing position. regarding physical performance, central midfielders covered greater total distances compared to players in other positions. post-hoc comparisons using the tukey hsd test indicated the mean total distance for central midfielders was significantly (p < 0.05) different to that of central defenders (d = 1.79), wide defenders (d = 0.89) and forwards (d = 1.45). however, there was no significant (p>0.05) difference between the total distance covered by central midfielders and wide midfielders (d =0.20). contrary to other positions, central defenders recorded the lowest overall total distance. further, descriptive statistics indicated wide midfielders, wide defenders and forwards covered the greater distances while sprinting compared to central defenders (d = 1.19) and central midfielders (d = 0.95). concerning the technical variables, central midfielders table 1. operational definitions of physical and technical indicators variable definition physical indicators walking distance covered at a speed of 0–7 km.h-1 during a match. jogging distance covered at a speed of >7–14.5 km.h-1 during a match. running distance covered at a speed of >14.5–20 km.h-1 during a match. high-speed running distance covered at a speed of >20–25 km.h-1 during a match. sprinting distance covered at a speed of >25 km.h-1 during a match. total distance all distances covered during a match. technical indicators passes an intentional disposal of the ball with the aim to be received by a teammate. accurate passes (%) the percentage of passes which were actually received by a team. shots an attempt at goal, with the intention to score, made with any (legal) part of the body. crosses any ball played into the opposition team’s penalty area from a wide position. dribbles an attempt by a player in possession of the ball, to evade or move past an opponent while still in control of the ball. air challenges two players contesting for an aerial ball. air challenges won a player who wins an aerial ball after the contest between two players. tackles the act of gaining possession from an opposition player, when they are in possession of the ball. tackles won (%) the proportion of successful tackles, whereby a player removes the opposition from possession of the ball and possession is retained by either themselves or one of their teammates. lost balls loss of ball possession due to a mistake/poor control. fouls any infringement that is penalised as foul play by a referee. original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 played more passes compared to players in all the other playing positions. post-hoc analysis revealed that the mean value of passes for central midfielders was significantly (p < 0.05) different from that of the wide midfielders (d = 1.10) and forwards (d = 1.90). descriptive statistics indicated that the central defenders and central midfielders had a greater percentage of passing accuracy compared to wide defenders, wide midfielders, and forwards. the post-hoc analysis showed the mean percentage of passing accuracy for central midfielders was significantly (p < 0.05) different from that of the wide midfielders (d = 1.09) and forwards (d = 1.28). central defenders did not differ significantly (p > 0.05) from either the wide defenders (d = 0.42) or central midfielders (d = 0.11). in relation to crossing, wide defenders completed more crosses than players in other positions. interestingly, the mean crosses score for wide defenders was significantly (p < 0.05) different from that of wide midfielders (d = 0.62). when considering the loss of the ball, the results indicated that the forwards lost the ball on significantly more occasions than players in any of the other playing positions (p < 0.05). the post-hoc comparison showed the mean value of lost balls for forwards was significantly (p < 0.05) different from that of the central defenders (d =1.89), wide defenders (d = 1.25), central midfielders (d= 1.27) and wide midfielders (d = 0.60). the descriptive statistics indicated that while forwards were involved in more aerial challenges, central defenders won more aerial challenges than all other positions. in addition, forwards completed more dribbles than players in other playing positions. post-hoc analysis revealed that the average number of dribbles for forwards was significantly (p < 0.05) different from that of central defenders (d = 1.92), wide defenders (d = 1.02) and central midfielders (d = 0.95). finally, central midfielders, forwards and wide midfielders committed more fouls than central defenders and wide defenders. however, the post-hoc comparison indicated that central midfielders were significantly (p < 0.05) different from the central defenders (d = 0.81). discussion the current study aimed to investigate the physical and technical demands across individual positional roles during the 2019 conmebol copa américa football championship. the current observations showed the average total distance covered per match by south american players, irrespective of playing position, was 9 903 m, ranging from 7 534 m to 11 899 m. these results are lower than those reported by kubayi[4], who found that the overall distance covered by players during the uefa european football championship matches was 10 350 m, ranging from 8 446 m to 12 982 m. since these studies use the same observational methods to classify movements of the players during the game, it is proposed that matches at the copa américa tournament may require players to cover less distance compared to the more physically demanding european football championships. this finding is comparable with previous research, which reported that english premier league players covered significantly greater distances during matches than the south american players.[17] the differences in work-rate between the two groups may be a direct consequence of the tactical restrictions placed on the players because of the table 2. physical and technical indicators according to playing position central defenders (n = 45) wide defenders (n = 46) central midfielders (n = 50) wide midfielders (n = 17) forwards (n = 22) physical indicators walking (m) 3761 ± 252 3743 ± 232 3531 ± 254 3801 ± 300 3885 ± 409 jogging (m) 3620 ± 540 3792 ± 467 4249 ± 445 3911 ± 583 3405 ± 753 running (m) 1281 ± 268 1532 ± 287 1942 ± 414 1668 ± 376 1324 ± 330 high-speed running (m) 498 ± 137 710 ± 159 739 ± 202 796 ± 202 631 ± 165 sprinting (m) 67 ± 42 152 ± 199 91 ± 66 214 ± 170 138 ± 94 total distance (m) 9226 ± 720 9929 ± 633 10553 ± 763* 10390 ± 844 9383 ± 820 technical indicators passes 44.69 ± 19.28 49.67 ± 17.92 52.36 ± 15.12# 36.71 ± 13.22 28.23 ± 9.78 accurate passes (%) 86 ± 9 84 ± 7 8 ± 5# 79 ± 7 7 ± 9 shots 0.31 ± 0.60 0.30 ± 0.51 0.98 ± 1.22 1.41 ± 1.23 2.23 ± 1.57 crosses 0.00 ± 0.00 2.07 ± 2.02$ 0.38 ± 0.57 1.06 ± 1.14 0.68 ± 0.78 dribbles 0.31 ± 0.60 2.00 ± 1.73 2.06 ± 1.99 3.71 ± 2.66 4.50 ± 3.02¥ air challenges 4.78 ± 2.83 3.00 ± 2.01 3.80 ± 3.89 3.65 ± 3.33 7.64 ± 6.37 air challenges won 3.27 ± 1.98 1.43 ± 1.17 2.08 ± 2.10 1.59 ± 2.50 3.00 ± 3.15 tackles 2.51 ± 2.17 3.74 ± 2.27 4.74 ± 2.86 2.94 ± 1.68 2.09 ± 1.63 tackles won (%) 58 ± 40 63 ± 29 5 ± 28 56 ± 32 31 ± 34 lost balls 2.67 ± 1.80 5.09 ± 2.66 5.02 ± 2.58 7.76 ± 3.42 10.55 ± 5.60& fouls 0.91 ± 0.97 1.48 ± 1.09 1.94 ± 1.52€ 1.35 ± 1.27 1.73 ± 1.35 data are expressed as mean ± sd. unless a unit is provided, data are presented as counts. the following indicate significance (p<0.05): *significantly higher than central defenders, wide defenders and forwards; #significantly higher than wide midfielders and forwards; $significantly higher than wide midfielders; &significantly higher than all playing positions; ¥significantly higher than central defenders, wide defenders and central midfielders; €significantly higher than central defenders. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 different types of competition. in europe, the game is traditionally played at a fast pace and requires individuals to perform a high level of activity to receive the ball from a teammate or to pressurise opponents to regain ball possession. from a south american perspective, the tactical emphasis may be placed on producing quick decisive passing movements when an opportunity is presented or created. such tactical restraints reduce the need for players to be highly active when trying to regain possession of the ball and thereby may reduce their total distance covered.[17] while it was not an aim of this paper to make physical comparisons between international competitions, future research may consider exploring the different style of play across the two continents. when the various positional roles were compared, midfielders covered a greater distance per match compared to players in other positions. this finding corroborates previous findings which indicate midfielders cover greater distances per match due to their linking role in the team,[8] both with or without the ball, thus highlighting their indefatigable role associated with covering long distances during a match.[4] the finding in which wide defenders covered a larger total distance than central defenders and forwards is noteworthy. the tactical roles of wide defenders have evolved in modern soccer, as these players are required to operate in both attacking and defensive contexts.[2] this dual role can subject the player to greater overall efforts and may require them to have higher fitness levels than players in the role previously.[5] it is therefore important for soccer coaches and scientists to apply the concept of individual positional differences when conditioning players and to be linked to the playing style for players to meet the demands of the game. the present results showed that the players who sprinted for greater distances were wide midfielders, wide defenders, and forwards. a high demand for these movement patterns in attacking players (i.e. wide midfielders and forwards) is possibly as a result of the need to complete explosive moves away from defending players to create space or capitalise on goal scoring opportunities.[2] furthermore, previous studies have demonstrated the high-intensity activities (e.g. sprinting) completed by wide defenders may be due to playing tactics and dynamic formations,[10] whereby wide defenders contribute in the offensive phase of play; however, if there is turnover of possession, they must return quickly, especially through sprinting, to their defensive role.[2] the central midfielders covered the fewest metres in sprinting. this finding may reflect their tactical duties in which they must link the defence and offence which requires continuous running, rather than only explosive movements. it should also be noted, that depending on the team tactics, players in this position may not be required to find attacking positions, but rather contribute defensively and therefore, they reduce the amount of high-speed running required.[18] nevertheless, the current study indicates variations in highintensity movement patterns for different positions and therefore coaches should consider the development of training programmes according to individual playing roles (e.g. wide defenders). in line with previous studies,[5] smallsided games, which incorporate repeated sprint activities and intermittent exercises, may be developed to optimise the performance of soccer players. the present study indicated midfielders played significantly more passes compared to players in other positions. this result is expected, considering that teams build their attacks through the midfield central midfielders may be involved in transitions from defence to attack or attack to defence more than other players.[7] forwards, by contrast, had the lowest number of passes, which may be attributed to the specific role of forwards as they often have their backs to the goal during link-up play.[5] consequently, forwards may have limited options to pass the ball in contrast to central midfielders. another finding was that the central defenders had a greater percentage of accurate passes compared to players in other positions. this finding may reflect the tactics of teams to use the backline more effectively when adopting a possession-based style of play, such as playing out from the back.[10] in relation to crossing the ball, wide players delivered more crosses than any other player. this finding is not surprising given these players operate in wider positions on the pitch, which means that one of their main roles is to cross the ball into the box to create a goal-scoring opportunity. when considering the differences between these wide playing positions, it was interesting to note that wide defenders attempted significantly more crosses with moderate effect per match compared to wide midfielders. this demonstrates the evolving nature of the wide defender role in the modern game and the need to also to be effective in the attacking phases of play. it could also be inferred that south american teams are adopting formations/tactics which allow the wide midfielders to tuck inside during an attacking phase of play and encouraging wide defenders to move to the final third of the field to put a cross in the box. while exploring this style of play was not an aim of the current investigation, future research may consider the use of this overlapping tactic and how it may contribute to successful team performance. there was a significant difference in the number of dribbling actions completed across the playing positions, with forwards completing significantly more dribbling actions compared to the midfielders. this finding is inconsistent with that of taylor et al.[19] who found midfielders in europe performed the highest number of dribbles during a game. one of the roles for forwards is to penetrate the opposition defence to create goalscoring opportunities. one method to do this may be via dribbling at the defenders. a characteristic of the south american style of play is skill and flair, of which dribbling can be classified.[8] in contrast, central defenders completed the fewest number of dribbles per match, which may be attributed to the fact they tend to take fewer risks when in possession of the ball, as a mistake (i.e. of losing the ball to the opposition) can lead to a goal.[7] this perspective is also supported by the fact that defenders had the fewest number of lost balls per match. conversely, attacking players had the greatest number of lost balls. this is probably because attacking players take more risks when in possession of the ball as they attempt to penetrate the opposition’s defence, but they are also performing actions far from their own goal.[20] this result could original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 reflect the position of the forwards, as they are generally positioned in a dense zone on the pitch and are often outnumbered by the defenders. in addition to the numerical disadvantage, forwards usually play with their backs to the goal and receive the ball with a defender marking them. thus, it is generally difficult to control the ball and turn to the goal, whereas it is easier for the defender to intercept the ball when they are positioned at the front of the game.[20] in terms of the aerial element of the game, forwards and central defenders had the highest number of aerial challenges per match compared to that of any other position. however, when comparing their success rate, central defenders won a greater proportion of aerial duels compared to the forwards. this supports taylor et al’s[19] finding where defensive players have the highest number of clearances compared to that of attacking players. however, the low number of aerial duels won among forwards may be attributed to the fact they are often competing against the strongest defensive players on the opposition during aerial challenges.[7,19] consistent with previous research,[7] coaches should consider developing training sessions which incorporate heading exercises to respond to the demands of playing in both defensive and attacking positions. in addition, attacking players were found to have committed more fouls than defensive players. this may reflect the modern game, whereby players are encouraged to start defending from the opponent’s half by pressing to delay or interfere with the attack.[5] limitations and future research despite the novel information on physical and technical requirements across playing positions in south america investigated in this study, there are several limitations that should be considered. firstly, the study only analysed an available sub-sample (n = 13) of data from the 2019 copa américa. this may limit the generalisation of the findings to the whole tournament. secondly, while the current study has incorporated peer-reviewed published operational definitions of players’ movements, comparisons with other studies are limited due to different observational methods and classifications used across studies. finally, other variables, such as environmental factors, match outcome, the quality of the opposition, and the importance of the games were not assessed in the current study. therefore, future research may consider including a larger sample size and the effect of situational variables (e.g., match outcomes, playing formations, playing style, etc.) on the physical and technical performance of soccer players. conclusion the purpose of this study was to examine the physical and technical demands of football players according to positional roles at the 2019 copa américa tournament. the findings indicated that there are specific position variations in physical and technical demands. the knowledge gained from this study may allow for a greater understanding of the physical and technical requirements for football players in the copa américa and may have direct implications for devising match tactics. thus, football coaches should develop training programmes according to individual playing position, so players are prepared to meet their physical and tactical roles during a match. conflict of interest and source of funding: the author declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. references 1. carling c, bloomfield j, nelsen l, et al. the role of motion analysis in elite soccer: contemporary performance measurement techniques and work rate data. sports med 2008; 38(10): 839–862. [doi: 10.2165/00007256-200838100-00004][pmid: 18803436] 2. di salvo v, gregson w, atkinson g, et al. analysis of high intensity activity in premier league soccer. int j sports med 2009; 30(3): 205–212. [doi: 10.1055/s-0028-1105950][pmid: 19214939] 3. bradley ps, di mascio m, peart d, et al. high-intensity activity profiles of elite soccer players at different performance levels. j strength cond res 2010; 24(9): 2343–2351. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181aeb163][pmid: 19918194] 4. kubayi a. evaluation of match-running distances covered by soccer players during the uefa euro 2016. s afr j sports med 2019; 31(1): 1–4. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2019/v31i1a6127] 5. dellal a, chamari k, wong dp, et al. comparison of physical and technical performance in european soccer match-play: fa premier league and la liga. eur j sport sci 2011; 11(1): 51–59. [doi.org/10.1080/17461391.2010.481334] 6. rampinini e, impellizzeri fm, castagna c, et al. technical performance during soccer matches of the italian serie a league: effect of fatigue and competitive level. j sci med sport 2009; 12(1): 227–233. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2007.10.002][pmid: 18083631] 7. ermidis g, randers mb, krustrup p, et al. technical demands across playing positions of the asian cup in male football. int j perform anal sport 2019; 19(4): 530–542. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2019.1632571] 8. mclean s, salmon pm, gorman ad, et al. a social network analysis of the goal scoring passing networks of the 2016 european football championships. hum mov sci 2017; 57: 400– 408. [doi: 10.1016/j.humov.2017.10.001][pmid: 29046222] 9. wong p, mujika i, castagna c, et al. characteristics of world cup soccer players. soccer j 2008; jan/feb: 57–62. 10. bush m, barnes c, archer dt, et al. evolution of match performance parameters for various playing positions in the english premier league. hum mov sci 2015; 39: 1–11. [doi: 10.1016/j.humov.2014.10.003][pmid: 25461429] 11. bateman r. blog opta’s event definitions. optasports; 2010. retrieved january 10, 2020 from: http://optasports. com/newsarea/blog-optas-event-definitions.aspx. 12. dmitriy a, mike v, ilya v, et al. validation and precision analysis of instat fitness system. instat 2013; 1–14. 13. opta. definitions opta and pack training 2012/13. madrid: opta sportsdata; 2012. 14. liu h, gomez m-a, lago-peñas c, et al. match statistics related to winning in the group stage of 2014 brazil fifa world cup. j sports sci 2015; 33(12): 1205–1213. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2015.1022578] [pmid: 25793661] 15. liu h, hopkins w, gómez ma, et al. inter-operator reliability of live football match statistics from opta sportsdata. int j perform anal sport 2013; 13(3): 803–821. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2013.11868690] 16. batterham am, hopkins wg. making meaningful inferences about magnitudes. int j sports physiol perform 2006; 1(1): 50–57. [pmid: 19114737] 17. rienzi e, drust b, reilly t, et al. investigation of anthropometric original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 and work-rate profiles of elite south american international soccer players. j sports med phys fit 2000; 40(2): 162–169. [pmid: 11034438] 18. varley mc, gregson w, mcmillan k, et al. physical and technical performance of elite youth soccer players during international tournaments: influence of playing position and team success and opponent quality. sci med football 2017; 1(1): 18–29. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2016.1230676] 19. taylor jb, mellalieu sd, james n. behavioural comparisons of positional demands in professional soccer. int j perform anal sport 2004; 4(1): 81–97. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2004.11868294] 20. dellal a, wong dp, moalla w, et al. physical and technical activity of soccer players in the french first league-with special reference to their playing position. international sportmed journal 2010; 11(2): 278–290. original research 74 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 a survey of the attitudes and knowledge of parents of high school children on the east rand on the usage of nutritional supplements v van der walt, 1 mphil; y coopoo, dphil, facsm 2 1university of johannesburg, south africa 2head, department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: v van der walt (violavanderwalt@icloud.com) the south african institute for drug-free sport introduced a campaign for school-going youth, indicating the risks to the youth when exposed to these supplements.[1] this, however, does not seem to be successful in preventing adolescents from using ns and exposing themselves to potentially contaminated products. any supplementary product ingested to boost the nutritional content of a normal diet to either fill a need or presumed deficiency, including any sportsor energy drink, tablets or injections, are deemed as ns for the purpose of this study. the gateway hypothesis suggests that possible future use of prohibited substances or drugs can be related to the previous use of legal ns, as drug use could follow a sequence of steps starting with so-called soft drugs. significant evidence exists about a relationship between the use of ns (fat burners, muscle builders), leading to the use of prohibited substances.[2] it is widely accepted that adolescent sports persons use various ns. this is confirmed in a study where 57% of johannesburg schoolboys used caffeine, 32% creatine and 54% carbohydrate supplements.[3] reasons for their use varied from assisting performance in sports to giving a sense of assurance of being selected for a specific team.[3] in a recent review, it was shown that at least 40-70% of athletes used ns, of which 10-15% may have contained prohibited substances.[4] nutritional supplements have no scientifically proven benefits in a healthy diet of an adolescent, but can contribute to children being overweight due to the high contents of sugar and carbohydrates,[5] increasing the risk of type 2 diabetes (t2d). studies which failed to accurately explain dehydration and its consequences, created an opportunity for marketing strategies targeting adolescents into believing that usage of ns is a necessity to enable high performance.[6] natural healthy foods such as fresh fruit and vegetables are viewed by parents as inadequate to fulfil dietary requirements of a growing athlete,[8] often resulting in young boys consuming excessive amounts of ns.[7] parental pressure and endorsement of ns contribute to their usage, to prevent being overlooked for possible success later on in the sporting world.[8] role models are also influential, as 57% of indian schoolboys in kwazulu-natal indicated that they felt pressurised by their bollywood idols to look stronger and bigger.[9] no studies, nationally or internationally, could be found covering the reasons why parents would endorse and even encourage the use of ns by their children despite there being a possible health risk. the primary aim of this study was therefore to determine the role and attitude of parents in their support and knowledge of ns, and at the same time, to determine to what extent they were aware of the health risks their children were exposed to. methods the use of quantitative (validated questionnaires)[3] and qualitative research (a focus group interview) types were selected to ensure collection of empirical evidence for background: the use of nutritional supplements (ns) by adolescents seems to be an escalating problem in south africa. any supplementary product ingested to boost the nutritional content of a normal diet to either fill a need or presumed deficiency, including any sports or energy drink, tablets or injections, are deemed as ns for the purpose of this study. parents seem to agree that children who play sport are allowed to use ns to assist them to perform better, without knowledge of the health risks associated with these products. despite information on websites and information sessions arranged by schools, parents seem to disregard advice given to them by experts. objectives: the objective of this study was to determine the attitudes and level of knowledge of parents of children on the east rand with regard to ns usage. methods: this was a cross-sectional study which used a previously validated, self-administered questionnaire for the parents (n = 198). it also included an interview with a focus group consisting of coaches and administrative staff (n = 9) representing each sports code selected for the purpose of this study. the data were analysed using largely descriptive statistics. results: nine percent of parents indicated that they considered themselves well informed with regard to ns; 13% indicated that they would support their children in obtaining ns without efficacy being proven and 75% indicated their awareness of the risk of ns being contaminated. coaches viewed the role of parents as integral regarding a healthy diet but indicated that the use of ns could not be ignored, also admitting to a lack in knowledge regarding ns. conclusion: parents and coaches demonstrated limited knowledge regarding ns. their knowledge was formed from information on labels and the internet. parents have a positive attitude towards the use of ns by their children despite indicating an awareness of the health risks related to ns usage. keywords: adolescents, presumed deficiency, nutrients, health risks, limited knowledge s afr j sports med 2016;28(3):74-78. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1674 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1674 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 75 statistical purposes. four high schools were invited to participate as a sample of convenience. the sports codes selected included rugby, cricket, hockey, netball and athletics. these sporting codes are regarded as those most likely to provide opportunities for children to pursue professionally in adulthood. questionnaires arrangements were made with the headmaster of each selected school for an information session to be held, on a prearranged date, with all the learners who take part in the selected sports codes, and who played for an open team (such as, 1st, 2nd) in the previous or current season. the learners were instructed to hand the sealed questionnaire to their parents for completion. parents were provided with information sheets and all signed a consent form.  the information sheet described the purpose of the study and the requirements for participation in the study. the questionnaire[3] had been validated in a previous study and was divided into four sections, namely, demographics, attitudes, information sourcing and ns usage.  participation would be voluntary and anonymous, and the data gathered would be discussed as trends and not as individual schools or persons.  one teacher at the school was selected as a drop-off point for the completed questionnaires.  a period of three weeks was allowed for completion. focus group the interview of the focus group was scheduled at a prearranged time and place that was convenient for all coaches to attend. twelve coaches and/or administrative staff involved with the selected sports teams were invited on a voluntary basis of which nine participants accepted. an open discussion was facilitated with the nine coaches, using a list of 10 questions as a guideline.  information sheets on the purpose of study and informed consent forms were given to the participants to read and sign beforehand.  data recovered from the recording were transcribed verbatim and organised into clusters of relevant themes. statistical analysis descriptive statistics were used to analyse the data obtained from the questionnaires. the data were group-analysed, based on specific sporting groups, gender, and age. the data obtained from the focus group utilised ‘atlas ti’ computer software to decipher the data which assisted in the transcribing and coding of the data. tape recorded interviews were transcribed verbatim and analysed so that codes could be assigned to repeated opinions by the focus group. results parents’ opinions and attitudes towards the use of ns and factors influencing the usage (table 1) a large group of parents (75%) indicated that they were aware of the risk that prohibited substances could contaminate ns, 68% agreed that the use of ns could act as a gateway drug and 92% indicated a substantial need for education programmes on ns. eighty-one percent of respondents indicated that the use of ns improved performance and 26% that their children needed the edge that ns added to the diet. some 28% indicated that pressure from coaching staff and teammates (30% used ns) were the main motivation for using ns, 45% claimed that better results were obtained with ns than with purely natural food and 34% indicated that the use of ns is a must despite a healthy diet. extent of nutritional supplements/medication usage by children with parental knowledge (table 2) most popular ns used: vitamins (63%), caffeine (36%) and protein supplements (35%). other substances used: alcohol over weekends (18%), anabolic steroids (17%), creatine (10%) and other recreational drugs, such as tik (crystal methamphetamine) and ecstasy (methylenedioxymethamphetamine (mdma)) (8%). fourteen percent of participants indicated that their children used medication for health reasons. sources of information most likely accessed regarding knowledge of ns (table 3) the internet was selected by 50% of participants, magazines (42%), followed by television (30%), friends and coaches (25% each), books (23%), newspapers (22%) and professional athletes (21%). gym instructors (15%), personal trainers, teachers and teammates (14%) were all used as sources. doctors (24%), pharmacists (20%), physiotherapists (13%) and biokineticists (12%) were also selected, saids was used by 10% and boksmart (4%) rated as the least accessed source. sources providing substances to children (table 4) these sources were mainly the pharmacist (27%), other team members (18%), friends (17%), coach (14%), gym trainer and fellow parent (11%). importance of parents’ role in the athletic triangle(table 5) sixty-eight percent of parents deemed their role as integral in the athletic triangle (coach, parent and athlete), 13% indicated their support of children in obtaining ns despite efficacy not proven. sixty-four percent indicated that their children relied on them for support and knowledge of ns, yet only 36% indicated awareness of an application for therapeutic use exemption (tue). only 18% of parents informed their child’s medical teams of medication usage. the importance of the role of the parent in the athletic triangle as well as the role of the coach as deemed by the coaching staff coaches indicated that children remained free to make their own choices and did not always listen to advice. they themselves often felt pressurised in ensuring that children performed well at the competitive level in order to be more eligible for bursaries. children did not seem to fear consequences of either positive testing or health risks regarding the usage of ns, therefore coaches deemed it imperative to work with the parents as a team. they indicated original research 76 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 a need to arrange for specialists in the field, such as dieticians, to present information sessions to the whole team and the parents. discussion it is significant that only 9% of parents indicated that they were well informed regarding ns when 64% indicated that their children relied on them for knowledge regarding the use of ns. the self-confessed lack of knowledge could be a good indication as to why children would use ns with table 1. attitudes, opinions of parents and factors influencing usage of ns factors influencing the attitudes and opinions of parents regarding the use of ns % yes (n/n) % no (n/n) attitudes parents feel sports bodies need to provide education 92 (180/197) 8 (17/197) parents deem usage of ns a must despite a healthy diet 34 (65/194) 66 (129/194) parents are aware of risk of contamination in ns 75 (149/198) 15 (30/198) parents are aware of usage of ns acting as a gateway drug 68 (135/198) 20 (40/198) parents are aware of teammates of children using ns 30 (60/198) 70 (138/198) opinions parents indicate usage of ns improves performance 81 (161/198) 19 (37/198) parents indicate better results are obtained with ns than with food only 45 (89/198) 55 (109/198) parents indicate coaches encourage usage of ns 28 (55/198) 72 (143/198) parents indicate usage of ns gives child the edge to perform 26 (51/198) 74 (147/198) n = sample size, n = number of responses table 2. nutritional supplements/drug used by children with parents’ knowledge nutritional supplement/ drug/medication usage % yes (n/n) % no (n/n) vitamin supplements 63 (114/180) 37 (66/180) caffeine tablets, red bull, etc. 36 (64/179) 64 (115/179) protein shakes 35 (63/179) 65 (116/179) alcohol over weekends 18 (33/181) 82 (148/181) anabolic steroids 17 (30/180) 83 (150/180) creatine 10 (19/182) 90 (163/182) other recreational drugs: tik, ecstasy, etc. 8 (8/105) 92 (97/105) medication for health reasons 14 (28/198) 86 (169/198) n = sample size, n = number of responses table 3. sources participants were most likely to access for information regarding nutritional supplements (n=198) source % yes (n/n) source % yes (n/n) internet 50 (98) gym instructors 15 (29) magazines 42 (83) personal trainers 14 (27) television 30 (60) teammates 14 (27) coach 25 (49) teachers 14 (27) friends 25 (49) physiotherapists 13 (25) doctor 24 (48) biokineticists 12 (24) books 23 (46) saids 10 (20) newspapers 22 (43) sports bodies 6 (12) professional athletes 21 (42) other 6 (12) pharmacist 20 (40) boksmart 4 (8) n = sample size, n = number of responses table 4. indicated sources providing substances to children as reported by parents source of substances % yes (n/n) % no (n/n) pharmacist without prescription 27 (20/74) 73 (54/74) pharmacist with prescription 23 (18/77) 77 (59/77) other team members 18 (11/60) 82 (49/60) friend 17 (13/76) 83 (63/76) coach 14 (10/73) 86 (63/73) fellow parent 11 (8/71) 89 (63/71) gym trainer 11 (8/72) 89 (64/72) n = sample size, n = number of responses table 5. importance of the parent’s role in the athletic triangle importance of parent’s role as deemed by the parent % yes (n/n) % no (n/n) does the parent deem a healthy diet without added ns as adequate? 73 (143/174) 16 (31/174) is the role of the parent deemed important in the athletic triangle? 68 (129/160) 16 (31/160) does your child rely on your support and knowledge of ns? 64 (125/175) 26 (50/175) does the parent support the child in buying ns? 13 (25/171) 75 (146/171) does the parent have knowledge of the application of therapeutic use exemption? 36 (72/198) 36 (71/198) does the medical team have knowledge of child’s medication usage? 18 (35/198) 28 (56/198) n = sample size, n = number of responses original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 77 considering health risks and related side effects and parents’ guidance would clearly be inadequate due to their lack of knowledge. despite a lack of knowledge, 75% of parents were aware that ns held the risk of being contaminated, raising the possibilty that parents could be influenced by vigorous marketing strategies claiming results of unproven efficacies, using role models to sell products, and believing the information provided on the labels of products.[1] consumers were proven to be strongly influenced by the information given on labels of ns, as 70% believed claims of being free from contamination, 50% believed claims regarding the quality of the product and 40% believed the authenticity of the ingredients listed on the label.[10] coaches themselves admitted to having extremely limited knowledge regarding ns and believed that more expensive products were the more effective products. the medicines control council approved a new classification category for ns under the complementary medicines category, which places the burden of proof of efficacy and safety on the manufacturing company of that specific ns. companies have an extended period in which they are given the opportunity to produce proof for their claims, failing which the product has to be removed from the shelf.[11] this ammendment to the existing regulations could protect the parent regarding the product’s status pertaining to being free of health risks. it is difficult to understand why parents would allow their children to use ns when neither efficacy nor safety have been proven. in some scientific tests, 47% of the results of the 138 ns products tested revealed that the levels of melamine detected could have potentially lead to kidney stones and related renal health problems. melamine, in combination with other chemicals, also has the potential of causing health problems, yet it was not declared as an ingredient in any of the ns tested in this particular study.[12] craven week rugby players (u/19) that tested positive for the use of prohibited substances were found to be using at least four different ns simultaneously at any given time, adding up to the intake of a number of unknown chemicals that could be harmful to their long-term health.[8] companies which manufacture energy drinks repeatedly use marketing strategies aimed at creating a belief that extra ns are necessary. this creates a so-called ‘need-strategy’ to influence the consumer into believing that it is essential for these drinks to be taken during exercise.[6] up to 50% of the energy drink market consists of children, adolescents and young adults using energy drinks which are high in caffeine levels.[5] they also have related long-term health risks , such as, seizures, cardiac abnormalities and t2d.[5] parents were of the opinion that energy and sports drinks were harmless and that children needed them to hydrate during participation in sports. coaches indicated that children often psychologically relied on energy and sports drinks during training sessions. twenty-five percent of parents indicated that they relied on coaches for guidance regarding ns, and 14% indicated that the coaches themselves were often the suppliers of ns. the question arises as to whether coaches have the best interests of the sports-playing child at heart given the fact that in this study they themselves admitted to be positively inclined towards the use of ns. the athletic triangle should interact with one another resulting in a complementary and harmonising relationship between coach and parent as this has a critical affect on the participation of the sports child.[14] parents clearly feel the need to be better informed regarding ns as 92% indicated a demand for education programmes. in this study the main source of information utilised was the internet (50%), with saids used by only 10% and boksmart only by 4%. saids seem to be reaching the people concerned with sports (coaches, etc.) but does not have a great impact on parents. furthermore, medical professionals, such as doctors, were used by only 24% of parents, 13% used the physiotherapists and 12% the biokineticists. this study seems to indicate that the parents are not consulting credible sources for information regarding ns. parents indicated that sources of substance supply were mainly the pharmacists (27%) followed by team members (18%). recently, a leading group of pharmacists agreed to form an alliance with the ‘informed-sport’ and ‘informed-choice’ campaigns which call for ns to be tested by the laboratory of the government chemist.[13] fairweather[13] explained that ‘informed-choice’ entails the testing of a random selection of ns off the shelves over a period of 12 months for potential contamination and mislabelling, whereas ‘informed-sport’ tests samples from every batch that is sold from the shelves. these actions, nevertheless, do not provide a 100% safety guarantee of these products as there could still be single containers which have not been tested and are potentially contaminated.[13] very limited studies nationally and internationally could be found regarding the role of parents and the use of ns by their children. the athletic triangle describes the importance of the role of the parents regarding knowledge of the child’s chosen sports and this is seen as an integral part of the eventual enjoyment of sports by the child, which should be the main goal of participation.[14] no scientific evidence is available to substantiate the parent’s view that a diet consisting of natural fruits and vegetables, together with all the other requirements expected from natural foods, is inadequate.[8] a leading dietitian in the field who tried to educate parents on how to purchase healthy foods in the store concluded that parents avoided this responsibility as they lacked the knowledge required, largely as their own lifestyles were unhealthy.[7] therefore children reverted to easy way out of this dilemma by turning to ns.[7] it was found that paternal behaviour, influenced by personal conviction, plays an important role in the protection of their children from doping.[15] this finding could be very significant in achieving a change of attitude in parents and therefore ultimately having a significant influence on the child’s attitude towards the use of ns. it is suggested that fathers should be encouraged to utilise their communication skills to influence their children regarding the potential dangers of doping.[15] furthermore, the importance of education should be emphasised and focus on the positive role of nutrition, including all role players involved with the child athlete.[16 original research 78 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 study limitations there are always limitations with respect to the answering of a questionnaire, i.e. the loss of meaning, misunderstanding the intent of the question, participants not being utterly truthful or the determination of how much thought went into the responses. the researcher, however, has tried to ensure the integrity of the results’ interpretation. conclusion in this study, parents showed a severe lack of knowledge regarding the efficacy and related potential health risks with regard to ns and based their choices mostly on knowledge gained from information given on the internet. they indicated a dire need for educational programmes. the south african institute for drug-free sport seems to have made little impression on parents as a source of information as only ten percent accessed this source of information. parents relied mainly on inaccurate sources, such as the internet and coaches for knowledge, despite coaches also admitting to having very limited resources regarding information and knowledge of ns. coaches and parents acknowledged the importance of the role that parents play in respect of their involvement in the athletic triangle. both parents and coaches exercise influence on the child’s attitudes regarding ns and at present they all seem to hold a positive attitude towards ns believing that their use is more beneficial than harmful. recommendations the responsibility to inform parents and children lies with all specialists and experts involved in the field of sports. more emphasis should be given to the nutrition of sportspersons through training and educational programmes by all professionals involved physiotherapists, sports scientists, dietitians, etc. schools should be encouraged by means of incentives to make use of the educational programmes offered by saids, with coaches taking responsibility for this avenue of enrichment, as they are the entitiy closest to both the child playing sport and the parents. the attainment of knowledge should be updated or renewed on a regular and long-term basis. this should start at primary school level and continue into high school, as children’s needs change as they grow older. the formation or the change of attitudes of individuals are easily influenced by someone else deemed to be a role model and displaying a good self-esteem. attitudes can also be changed when new ideas are acknowledged by a person regarded as knowledgeable.[17] these tools can be used more effectively to bring about new and more informed attitudes regarding ns when arranging information sessions for parents. professional athletes should not be utilised only as motivational speakers but also as role models to exercise influence in respect of healthy diets. the athletic triangle as a unit should be born in mind at all times as no entity is more important than the other. the role of the parent should be maintained and emphasised at all times and parents should be made aware of the importance of their contribution to this relationship. the sense of ethics in training an athlete in an honourable and healthy manner should be impressed upon both coaches and parents alike – never forgetting that the main aim of junior sports should be enjoyment and development of skills. in fact, this should be expected from all professionals involved in the well-being of a growing child. acknowledgements: the researchers would like to thank all participants from the high schools for their extremely important contribution to this study. references 1. south african institute of drug free sport. position statement of the south african institute of drug free sport on the use of supplements in sport in school-going youth, 2011. http://www.sasma.org.za/articles/saids%20statement%20for%20youth. pdf (accessed 17 november 2013) 2. hildebrandt t, harty s, langenbucher jw. fitness supplements as a gateway substance for anabolic-androgenic steroid use. psychol addict behav 2012;26(4):955-962. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1037/a0027877] 3. gradidge p, coopoo y, constantinou d. attitudes and perceptions towards performance enhancing substance use in johannesburg boys high school sport. s afr j sports med 2010;22(2):32-36 4. outram s, stewart b. doping through supplement use: a review of the empirical data. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2015; 25(1):54-59 5. seifert sm, schaechter jl, lipshultz se, hershorin er. health effects of energy drinks on children, adolescents, and young adults. j pediatr 2011;127(3):511-528. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1542/peds.2009-3592] 6. noakes t. waterlogged: the serious problem of overhydration in endurance sports..champaign, il: human kinetics, 2012:147-181 7. de villiers n. how to decide if you need a supplement and if it is safe and effective? poster session presented at: south african sports medicine association congress; 2015 october 19-22; sandton, sa 8. claassen, a. educational resources and updated position statement. poster session presented at: south african sports medicine association congress; 2015 october 19-22; sandton, sa 9. martin j, govender k. making muscle junkies: investigating traditional masculine ideology, body image discrepancy, and the pursuit of muscularity in adolescent males. int j mens health 2011;10(3):220-239. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.3149/jmh.1003.220] 10. gabriels g, lambert m. nutritional supplement products: does the label information influence purchasing decisions for the physically active? nutr j 2013;12:133. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1186/1475-2891-12-133] 11. meltzer s. making sense of a supplements label. poster session presented at: south african sports medicine association congress; 2015 october 19-22; sandton, sa 12. gabriels g, lambert m, smith p, et al. melamine contamination in nutritional supplements is it an alarm bell for the general consumer, athletes, and "weekend warriors"? nutr j 2015;14:69. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1186/s12937-015-0055-7] 13. fairweather c. addressing top contentious questions around dietary and sport supplements. discussion session presented at: south african sports medicine association congress; 2015 october 19-22; sandton, sa 14. smoll fl, cumming sp, smith re. enhancing coach-parent relationships in youth sports: increasing harmony and minimizing hassle. int j sports sci coach 2011;6(1):13-26. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1260/1747-9541.6.1.13] 15. blank c, leichtfried v, muller d, et al. role of parents as a protective factor against adolescent athletes' doping susceptibility. s afr j sports med 2015;27(3):87-91. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.7196/sajsm.8094] 16. duvenage km, meltzer st, chantler sa. initial investigation of nutrition and supplement use, knowledge and attitudes of under-16 rugby players in south africa. s afr j sports med 2015;27(3):67-71. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.7196/sajsm.8092] 17. katz d. the functional approach to the study of attitudes. public opin q 1960; 24(2):163-204. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1086/266945] http://www.sasma.org.za/articles/saids%20statement%20for%20youth review 1 sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license management of lumbar bone stress injury in cricket fast bowlers and other athletes jw orchard,1 md, phd; r saw,2 mbbs, facsep; a kountouris,3 phd; d redrup,4 mphty; p farhart,5 mhs; k sims,6 phd 1 school of public health, university of sydney, australia 2 australian institute of sport, act, australia 3 lasem research centre, latrobe university, australia 4 cricket nsw homebush new south wales, australia 5 school of sport, exercise and rehabilitation, university of technology, sydney, new south wales, australia 6 school of health and rehabilitation sciences, university of queensland, australia corresponding author: jw orchard (john.orchard@sydney.edu.au) lumbar bone stress injuries (lbsi) have been recognised as a common cause of back pain in cricket fast bowlers and other athletes for at least 40 years.[1] spondylolysis (including active lbsi and chronic pars defects) has been reported to occur in up to 44% of professional athletes, which is significantly more common than in amateur athletes and non-athletes. [2] spondylolysis has consistently been found to be the most common cause of back pain in young athletes.[3] the recognition and management of lbsi has evolved with improvements in research and knowledge, plus in part, with improvements in medical imaging. [4] over the time period from the 1980s to the present, there have been substantive advances in imaging (see table 1). when x-ray was the only available imaging modality, lumbar stress fractures (spondylolysis) were only visible when they had already occurred and then failed to heal. further to this, if they become bilateral they might lead to spondylolisthesis (slippage), also visible on x-ray. spondylolisthesis was graded 1-3 on x-rays and grade 3 slips were relatively common in athletes in years prior to 2000.[5] whilst the introduction of computerised tomography (ct) scanning allowed easier identification of the cortical breach lbsi of the pedicle and pars interarticularis, it is important to note that ct possesses reduced sensitivity in diagnosing noncortical breach lbsi (stress reactions).[6] the introduction of nuclear imaging, known as single photon emission computed tomography (spect) allowed stress reactions and prefracture pathology to be identified as ‘hot spots' in the 1990s and 2000s. more recently, mri assessment using bone window sequences (such as volumetric interpolated breath-hold examination (vibe)) has become the preferred form of imaging.[7] back pain in middle-aged adults it is important to consider that lumbar stress fractures are one of many causes of back pain, with an important distinction that lumbar stress fractures almost always affect athletic teenagers and young adults, whereas back pain itself is a common symptom at all ages. despite the advances in lumbar imaging, background: recent guidelines (including a special series in the lancet) have emphasised a minimal role for imaging when assessing low back pain in adults, as the majority of patients will have non-specific findings on imaging that do not correlate well with pain. objective: to assess whether the diagnosis of lumbar bone stress injuries in young athletes should be considered an exception to the recommendation to avoid imaging for low back pain in adults. method: narrative review. results: early lumbar bone stress injury diagnosis has been available via traditional mri sequences (and its precursor single photon emission computed tomography (spect)) for 25-30 years. mri assessments using bone window sequences (such as volumetric interpolated breath-hold examination (vibe)) have allowed a better understanding of the diagnosis and prognosis of lumbar bone stress injury in young athletes. mri with bone sequences has allowed non-radiating scans to serially follow the healing of unilateral stress fractures. in the majority of cases, non-chronic unilateral fractures can heal; however, this takes threesix months rather than the six-ten weeks that would be the typical unloading period if using symptoms (only) as a guide. the use of mri to provide evidence of bony healing (as opposed to fibrous union, which creates the pars defect that predisposes to further bone stress lesions) can lead to better long-term outcomes in athletes. there is evidence to flag this as a structural lesion which is both painful and, more importantly, can heal/resolve if managed correctly. therefore it represents an important ‘specific’ diagnostic subset within adult low back pain. conclusion: structural (rather than functional) management of bone stress injuries in high-demand athletes, such as cricket pace bowlers, is in contrast to the recommendation of functional management for general back pain in adults. structural management is justified when there are demonstrable superior outcomes of having better structure. although this has not yet been shown in randomised trials of elite athletes, apparent lengthier test cricket careers of pace bowlers who do not have pars defects suggest better athletic outcomes if bony healing is achieved. for lower demand young adults, or athletes with established bilateral pars defects, functional management may be more pragmatic. keywords: lumbar spine, stress fracture, spondylolysis, spondylolisthesis, cricket, fast bowling, bone marrow oedema s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15172 mailto:john.orchard@sydney.edu.au http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15172 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9604-3221 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3530-1711 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8637-1392 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8237-895x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2144-9179 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4518-466x review sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 2 there is widespread evidence to show that this has not led to an overall improvement in the management of back pain in adults.[8, 9] the importance of imaging (of back pain in most adults) is to rule out ‘sinister’ causes, such as tumours or conditions leading to significant neurological compromise. these conditions are uncommon and are visualised in less than 5% of lumbar scans (including 3d imaging, such as ct and mri). in the vast majority of middle-aged or older adults, substantial lumbar mri changes will be present in most of the population and represent ‘normal age-related (degenerative) changes’. they do not correlate well with back pain, being present in asymptomatic people (of the same age) and generally as often as in symptomatic patients. the presence of old fibrous unions (pars defects) from unhealed stress fractures in youth are an example of imaging findings in middle-aged adults that may not correlate with symptoms. for this reason, unless there are ‘red flag’ symptoms which alert to the possibility of sinister pathology, most guidelines recommend avoiding imaging in uncomplicated middle-aged back pain. the concern in middle-aged patients is that exercise is usually the most evidence-based treatment modality for back pain, but there is the tendency for patients to avoid loading if they have been told they have degenerative changes on scan, such as disc degeneration and prolapses. when medical imaging is performed, the practitioner should explain what findings are relevant, and which findings are likely to be ‘normal’ for the person’s demographic. natural history of stress fractures in the x-ray era prior to the 2000s, most fast bowlers in their late teenage years sustained a lumbar stress fracture, or more than one, and generally, they did not take much time off. the vast majority ended up with chronic fibrous unions. spondylolysis was so common that in the early 1980s, a cohort of senior victorian squad members was assessed with x-rays, which found 11 out of 12 pace bowlers had x-ray evidence of unilateral or bilateral pars defect +/spondylolisthesis.[10] in the early 1990s, a cohort of junior western australian fast bowlers (mean age of 17) exhibited a prevalence of 55% for the presence of a spondylolisthesis or pars defect.[11] some of the bowlers from this era coped well, others had chronic niggling back pain for their entire career, with a reduced ability to bowl at extreme pace, and a small percentage needed to retire. spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis are also very common amongst athletes in other sports.[9, 12] specialist management of stress fractures in the ct/bone scan era the emergence of the ct scan (3d imaging) and bone scan (functional assessment of bone stress), combined as spect-ct, allowed a much earlier diagnosis of lumbar stress fractures from the 1990s onwards. the net result of this was that high grade (2 or 3) spondylolisthesis in athletes became a less common occurrence, as athletes were encouraged to rest upon a diagnosis of an acute painful stress fracture. generally, rest/unloading was prescribed until symptoms resolved, which was usually a period of 6-10 weeks. although high grade spondylolisthesis becomes less common, spondylolysis (pars defects) did not appear to be eliminated by the routine use of the ct scan.[13] because there is a high amount of radiation associated with spect-ct, it was difficult to justify follow-up scans to monitor for a bony union. lumbar bone stress injuries and consequent non-unions remained high in this era.[14] management options of bone stress injury in the mri era treatment options in the mri era have expanded now that tools are available to assess the presence, extent and intensity of bone marrow oedema within the posterior elements of lumbar vertebrae.[15] mri sequencing techniques have developed further in recent years with the advent of special bony windows (thin slice three-dimensional t1-weighted radiofrequency spoiled echo sequences, including volumetric interpolated breath-hold examination (vibe) sequence) and have allowed ‘ct-like’ bony imaging with mri.[7] one study found mri with vibe sequences to be 98% sensitive and 92% specific for the diagnosis of lbsi compared to ct.[6] poor quality mri images without the correct sequencing protocols can lead to misdiagnosis and mismanagement from the outset. radiologists and mri technicians with considerable experience in the imaging of lbsi are preferred. an mri protocol should include a heavily water weighted sequence, such as a short-tau inversion recovery (stir) sequence, to detect bone oedema, along with a fine-slice vibe or equivalent sequence to assess for a fracture.[7] the major advance has been the ability to follow serial mri scans to monitor for the resolution of bone oedema and bony healing given that radiation is not a concern.[16] resolution of bone oedema correlates well with bone healing on ct, and resolution of clinical symptoms. [17] another study found mri with vibe sequencing can be used to monitor table 1. imaging options in athletic back pain over the past 50 years imaging modality advantages/disadvantages of imaging time frame/ availability plain x-ray with oblique views able to see chronic changes (only) including pars defects and spondylolisthesis. cheap. available from 2nd half of 20th century. ct scan with spect able to visualise acute bone stress (nuclear medicine component) and 3d structural bone defects (ct component). relatively high levels of radiation involved. available from 1990s mri scan with appropriate sequencing (stir or equivalent to identify bone oedema, and vibe or equivalent to assess for fracture line) able to visualise acute bone stress and 3d structural bone defects (from bone sequences). nonradiating so can be safely repeated bone sequences have been available from 2010s spect, single photon emission computed tomography; mri, magnetic resonance imaging; stir, shorttau inversion recovery; vibe, volumetric interpolated breath-hold examination. review 3 sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 healing in cricketers, and that recurrent fractures take longer to radiologically unite. [18] bone stress injury without fracture bone stress injury, as demonstrated on mri, without any cortical breach (as seen on a bone sequence view of an mri or ct scan) is a condition to be treated with caution. it is known that this is a precursor lesion to an actual fracture, so that an athlete who continues to load without a fracture is at high-risk of progression to a fracture.[16, 19] where there is a desire from the athlete to return to ‘high-risk’ activities such as cricket pace bowling, a follow-up mri after a period of unloading can hopefully demonstrate the return of signal ratios to normal levels, after which time it may be considered safe to resume training. [15] early diagnosis of unilateral acute stress fractures when managing lbsi in australian pace bowlers, our current approach in most situations is to not allow a return to bowling until the mri scan (with vibe bony window sequence) shows complete bony healing.[4] most of the time this can be achieved if the fracture (usually on the contra-lateral side to the bowling arm side) is picked up early enough [18] however, we generally find that it takes 4-6 months to get complete resolution.[4] an argument in favour of this approach has been our current stock of test bowlers, who have generally been managed this way (early mri imaging and then unload until structural healing occurs) on multiple occasions to achieve bony union. australian test bowlers are required to, and generally can, bowl through high workloads at high pace. we are aware that the cohort level of evidence is not as strong as randomised trial evidence, but also that other experts take a similar approach to management internationally.[20] while obtaining a highquality mri scan at the point of initial unilateral partial stress fracture has facilitated a process to allow many fast bowlers to achieve bony union, it is certainly not a miracle cure. getting bony union requires many months off bowling (usually a full season) and results in some secondary temporary loss of bone density,[21] meaning that recurrent stress fractures the following year are also common. recurrent stress fractures also appear to take longer to achieve bony healing.[18] therefore, in the event of finding a stress fracture very early, it is sometimes a difficult decision for the athlete to take a long period of time off sport in the hope of better results down the track. this decision is easier to justify in the aspiring test bowler, but can become more difficult in t20-focused bowlers, amateur players, nonbowlers and in other sports with lower demands, where the long-term benefits of superior bony union may be less relative to the downside of a long layoff period. ages from 23.1 to 24.9 years have been reported as the 95% confidence interval for the attainment of peak bone mineral density in males [22], and if you can make it to this age without any established spondylolysis or spondylolisthesis, it seems to benefit the fig. 1. flowchart summary. the bordered section represents scan recommendations from adult guidelines for low back pain.[8] we propose that a sub-section of adults (young athletes) needs further consideration of scan requirements, as structural management in this subgroup can lead to improved results. a unilateral “hot” stress fracture is one with bone marrow oedema around an acute fracture line, which has the potential to heal if unloaded.[18] review sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 4 second half of an athletic career. in particular, we have not seen as many cases of bowlers requiring premature retirement due to chronic back pain in the modern era compared to the 1980s, 1990s and 2000s. in the post-athletic career, almost the entire population will have significant degenerative changes in the lumbar spine by middle age.[23] there is no clear evidence to say that those who suffered lumbar stress fractures in youth have any more back pain in middle-age than those who didn’t. some studies have shown equivalent or better pain in middle-age between retired athletes and the general population, including athletes with spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis.[9, 24] bilateral stress fractures when there is an established non-union in the pedicle or pars interarticularis contralateral to the bowling arm side, a stress fracture to the ipsilateral side, that is the bowling arm side, appears more likely to occur, often in the pedicle. bony healing remains desirable, but even with prolonged rest and optimal management, this outcome may not occur in the presence of an established non-union on the other side.[25-27] a chronic lesion that is very unlikely to heal can be managed more pragmatically with a return to activity as pain allows. treatment is generally then ‘functional’ (taking a shorter period of time off in line with pain flare-ups) rather than structural, with the concession that there may be limits on workload tolerance or pace in the longer term. very occasionally, surgery can be indicated with bilateral lesions leading to chronic pain which prevent bowling at the desired level.[28] because of the high morbidity associated with surgery, this is usually only an option when retirement is being considered (i.e. that surgery should not be considered routine but is instead a career-saving procedure). use of bracing thoracolumbar spine bracing has often been included as part of the traditional specialist management protocol of spondylolysis,[29] although recommendations for bracing are not universal.[30] while the application of a brace to limit lumbar extension and rotation logically should promote healing, there is a lack of strong evidence to support a clear advantage in all athletes. a meta-analysis of the conservative management of spondylolysis with grade 1 spondylolisthesis did not find a difference on return to sport or clinical outcomes for those treated with or without a brace.[31] there may be benefit for specific individuals from encouraging or enforcing unloading from sport. there may be a subset of athletes that are more likely to benefit from bracing, including those with persisting pain at rest, exaggerated lumbar lordosis, clinical factors making delayed or non-union more likely, or bilateral stress fractures.[31] in practice, we generally do not prescribe braces for full-time athletes. the “real-world” advantage of bracing may be in the schoolkid who might still play hours of casual twisting sport at school (without a brace) even despite agreeing to refrain from formal sporting competition. with an initial diagnostic management protocol and enforced unloading +/bracing, good functional results can be achieved in a majority of cases, but it is also to be expected that spondylolysis defects will persist in a high percentage of athletes.[29] indication for mri scan figure 1 and table 2 can assist with the diagnostic approach for back pain in the young athlete. the most difficult question to start with is which athletes with back pain warrant an mri scan. our view is that an mri scan should be used when the yield is high for finding the lesion which may be amenable to table 2. recommended management protocols for lumbar bone stress lesion in the young athlete management protocol imaging requirements management consequences recommended utility functional [8] nil refrain from sport when in pain, but graded return to play as soon as pain settles many lumbar stress fractures will remain unconfirmed; risk of spondylolisthesis if heavy loading persists when fracture is not healed this protocol reflects guidelines for back pain in middle-aged people; appropriate in young adults who have low sporting demands traditional conservative treatment (pain management) [29] spect-ct or mri for diagnosis 6-10 week (approx.) of dedicated unloading +/bracing after diagnosis of acute stress fracture lumbar stress fracture diagnoses will be made. healing is not generally monitored so recurrence, pars defects and spondylolisthesis may be more likely. may be appropriate where the athlete prefers a faster return to sport, and acknowledges the higher risk of long term consequences. less recommended for ‘high risk’ athletes bony-healingdependent conservative treatment (structural management)[4, 20] mri for diagnosis and serially to demonstrate bony healing unloading from all high-risk activities until full bony healing is demonstrated (usually 4-6 months) or the nature/progress shows that bony healing will not occur bony healing can be achieved with early (unilateral lesion) diagnosis recommended in the majority of high-level athletes. in particular those at greater risk of complications (recurrence, pars defects, spondylolisthesis) which could negatively impact on their athletic career spect, single photon emission computed tomography; mri, magnetic resonance imaging review 5 sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 healing, in the athlete who would be prepared to undertake the necessary unloading to allow healing. in the sport of cricket, young pace bowlers with contra-lateral side back pain associated with bowling generally represent a high yield population for which an early scan provides value.[32] in the same sport, specialist batters who do not bowl (or play any other twisting sport) are far less likely to have bone stress lesions and hence do not usually warrant early referrals for an mri scan. different sports will have varying yields for early scans. a recent review in the sport of baseball found that laterality in pain that lasted for over 4 weeks, which interfered with running and with spinous process tenderness were the characteristics most associated with spondylolysis.[33] conclusion management of lumbar bone stress injury is complicated as there are no clear pathways that can be directed by level 1 evidence. randomised control trials in elite athletes are very difficult to conduct, and we believe that elite athlete management needs to be different for the general community (e.g. table 2, figure 1). the trend towards managing back pain with a functional approach makes sense in low-demand young athletes, but we strongly believe that it risks career-shortening in high-level young athletes. in this group, which includes cricket fast bowlers, we advocate a structural approach.[4] conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: we would like to acknowledge, beyond this author group, all the physiotherapists and sport and exercise physicians who have worked in australian cricket in this time period, many of whom have contributed to the development of our current approach. author contributions: jwo as lead author wrote the initial draft of this narrative review, after a discussion of the article concept with rs. all other authors (ak, dr, pf, ks) returned suggested mark-up edits and requested additions of particular references. all authors in this group have contributed conceptually over 20 years to the current approach to the management of these injuries in australian pace bowlers. references 1. annear pt, chakera tm, foster dh, et al. pars interarticularis stress and disc degeneration in cricket's potent strike force: the fast bowler. anz j surgery 1992 oct;62(10):768-773. [doi: 10.1111/j.1445-2197.1992.tb06915.x. eng] 2. sakai t, sairyo k, suzue n, et al. incidence and etiology of lumbar spondylolysis: review of the literature. j orthop sci 2010 may;15(3):281-288. [doi: 10.1007/s00776-010-1454-4. eng] 3. wall j, meehan wp, 3rd, trompeter k, et al. incidence, prevalence and risk factors for low back pain in adolescent athletes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. br j sports med 2022 nov;56(22):1299-1306. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2021-104749] 4. kountouris a, saw r, saw a. management of lumbar spondylolysis in athletes: role of imaging. current radiology reports 2018;6:39. [doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/s40134-018-0299z] 5. stinson jt. spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis in the athlete. clin sports med 1993 jul;12(3):517-528. 6. ang ec, robertson af, malara fa, et al. diagnostic accuracy of 3-t magnetic resonance imaging with 3d t1 vibe versus computer tomography in pars stress fracture of the lumbar spine. skeletal radiol 2016 nov;45(11):1533-1540. [doi: 10.1007/s00256-016-2475-7. eng] 7. koh e, walton er, watson p. vibe mri: an alternative to ct in the imaging of sports-related osseous pathology? br j radiol 2018 jul;91(1088):20170815. [doi: 10.1259/bjr.20170815. eng] 8. hartvigsen j, hancock mj, kongsted a, et al. what low back pain is and why we need to pay attention. lancet. 2018 jun 9;391(10137):2356-67. [doi: 10.1016/s0140-6736(18)30480-x eng] 9. schmitt h, brocai dr, carstens c. long-term review of the lumbar spine in javelin throwers. j bone joint surg br 2001 apr;83(3):324-327. [doi: 10.1302/0301-620x.83b3.11386. eng] 10. payne w, carlson j, hoy g, et al. what research tells the cricket coach. sports coach 1987;10:17-22. 11. elliott b, hardcastle p, burnett a, et al. the influence of fast bowling and physical factors on radiologic features in high performance young fast bowlers. sports medicine, training and rehabilitation 1992;3(2):113-130. 12. külling fa, florianz h, reepschläger b, et al. high prevalence of disc degeneration and spondylolysis in the lumbar spine of professional beach volleyball players. orthop j sports med 2014 apr;2(4):2325967114528862. [doi: 10.1177/2325967114528862. eng] 13. millson hb, gray j, stretch ra, et al. dissociation between back pain and bone stress reaction as measured by ct scan in young cricket fast bowlers. br j sports med 2004 oct;38(5):586-591. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2003.006585. eng] 14. johnson m, ferreira m, hush j. lumbar vertebral stress injuries in fast bowlers: a review of prevalence and risk factors. phys ther sport 2012;13(1):45-52. 15. sims k, kountouris a, stegeman jr, et al. mri bone marrow edema signal intensity: a reliable and valid measure of lumbar bone stress injury in elite junior fast bowlers. spine (phila pa 1976) 2020 sep 15;45(18):e1166-e1171. 16. kountouris a, sims k, beakley d, et al. mri bone marrow oedema precedes lumbar bone stress injury diagnosis in junior elite cricket fast bowlers. br j sports med 2019 oct;53(19):12361239. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017-097930. eng] 17. sakai t, sairyo k, mima s, et al. significance of magnetic resonance imaging signal change in the pedicle in the management of pediatric lumbar spondylolysis. spine (phila pa 1976). 2010 jun 15;35(14):e641-645. [doi: 10.1097/brs.0b013e3181c9f2a2. eng] 18. singh sp, rotstein ah, saw ae, et al. radiological healing of lumbar spine stress fractures in elite cricket fast bowlers. j sci med sport 2021 feb;24(2):112-115. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2020.06.018. eng] 19. taylor j, saw ae, saw r, et al. presence of bone marrow oedema in asymptomatic elite fast bowlers: implications for management. bone 2021 feb;143:115626. [doi: 10.1016/j.bone.2020.115626. eng] 20. kasamasu t, ishida y, sato m, et al. rates of return to sports and recurrence in pediatric athletes after conservative treatment for lumbar spondylolysis. spine surg relat res 2022 sep 27;6(5):540544. [doi: 10.22603/ssrr.2021-0242. eng] 21. alway p, peirce n, johnson w, et al. activity specific areal bone mineral density is reduced in athletes with stress fracture and requires profound recovery time: a study of lumbar stress fracture in elite cricket fast bowlers. j sci med sport 2022 oct;25(10):828-833. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2022.08.006. eng] review sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 6 22. xue s, kemal o, lu m, et al. age at attainment of peak bone mineral density and its associated factors: the national health and nutrition examination survey 2005-2014. bone 2020 feb;131:115163. [doi: 10.1016/j.bone.2019.115163. eng] 23. wocial k, feldman ba, mruk b, et al. imaging features of the aging spine. pol j radiol 2021;86:e380-e388. [doi: 10.5114/pjr.2021.107728. eng] 24. ozturk a, ozkan y, ozdemir rm, et al. radiographic changes in the lumbar spine in former professional football players: a comparative and matched controlled study. eur spine j 2008 jan;17(1):136-141. [doi: 10.1007/s00586-007-0535-3] 25. tsukagoshi y, kamegaya m, tatsumura m, et al. characteristics and diagnostic factors associated with fresh lumbar spondylolysis in elementary school-aged children. eur spine j 2020 oct;29(10):2465-2469. [doi: 10.1007/s00586-020-06553-x. eng] 26. sakai t, goto t, sugiura k, et al. bony healing of discontinuous laminar stress fractures due to contralateral pars defect or spina bifida occulta. spine surg relat res 2019 jan 25;3(1):67-70. [doi: 10.22603/ssrr.2018-0012. eng] 27. crawford ch, 3rd, ledonio cg, bess rs, et al. current evidence regarding the etiology, prevalence, natural history, and prognosis of pediatric lumbar spondylolysis: a report from the scoliosis research society evidence-based medicine committee. spine deform 2015 jan;3(1):12-29. [doi: 10.1016/j.jspd.2014.06.005.eng] 28. hardcastle ph. repair of spondylolysis in young fast bowlers. j bone joint surg br 1993;75(3):398-402. 29. choi jh, ochoa jk, lubinus a, et al. management of lumbar spondylolysis in the adolescent athlete: a review of over 200 cases. spine j 2022 oct;22(10):1628-1633. [doi: 10.1016/j.spinee.2022.04.011. eng] 30. hollabaugh wl, foley davelaar cm, mchorse kj, et al. clinical practice patterns of isthmic spondylolysis in young athletes: a survey of pediatric research in sports medicine members. curr sports med rep 2022;21(11):405-412. [doi: 10.1249/jsr.0000000000001008] 31. klein g, mehlman ct, mccarty m. nonoperative treatment of spondylolysis and grade i spondylolisthesis in children and young adults: a meta-analysis of observational studies. j pediatr orthop 2009 mar;29(2):146-156. [doi: 10.1097/bpo.0b013e3181977fc5. eng] 32. saw a, eales b, jones n, et al. lumbar bone stress injuries and nonunited defects in elite australian cricket players. clin j sport med 2023 [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0000000000001132] 33. kato k, otoshi k, kobayashi k, et al. clinical characteristics of early-stage lumbar spondylolysis detected by magnetic resonance imaging in male adolescent baseball players. j orthop sci 2022:s0949-2658(22)00302-00305. introduction performance can be improved in hard-training athletes by reducing the amount of training before competition, a procedure commonly known as tapering. 11 various studies on swimmers have determined that tapering can improve performance by 3%.8,11 similar improvement (3%) has also been shown in runners subsequent to a tapering regimen.6,9 many training variables can be altered during a tapering regimen. this includes frequency of training, duration, intensity and volume of training. scientific studies have shown that an optimal taper involves a reduction in training volume, but with intensity maintained as high as during hard training.11,14 similarly, the frequency of training sessions during a taper protocol is kept the same as during normal training. the recommended duration of a tapering protocol ranges from 7 to 14 days. this constitutes a standard taper protocol as used by most swimmers and runners world-wide.6,8 one concern of athletes commencing a tapering regimen is the possible negative effect of detraining as a result of the reduced training load during the taper. however, it has been established that detraining does not occur during the period of a properly constructed taper; rather, performance in competition is maximised.7,12 in a study on swimmers, it was shown that neural and cognitive capacities increase in efficiency as a result of a tapering protocol, and strength and muscle power increase markedly. as a result, propelling efficiency of swimming strokes is increased.13 optimal performance will occur when physiological capacity is maximised as the negative influences of fatigue due to a heavy training load are reduced, but before detraining occurs.10,16 to achieve this, the optimal duration of the taper should be approximately 2 4 weeks,5 and can be either a progressive reduction in training load or a step reduction. however, a progressive reduction may be more effective than a step reduction.1 anecdotal evidence has suggested that it may be possible to improve on the standard taper protocol, since it has been observed that some athletes do not always perform as well as expected immediately after such a taper as theory and studies suggest, but in fact run or swim faster times a week subsequent to the taper, when normal training has been resumed. thus it appears that there may be a delay before the full benefit of the taper is realised. a modified taper in which a standard taper is followed by a return to previous training load before competition may therefore be a superior tapering technique. this study aims to determine whether such a modified tapering protocol produces a better performance than a standard taper protocol in highly trained swimmers. methods subjects sixteen swimmers who were members of a local swimming club were selected to participate in the study. all were top provincial or national swimmers who were in current competitive hard training before the commencement of the study. original research article efficacy of a modified tapering protocol on swimming performance abstract objective. the aim of this study was to determine any difference in performance following two different tapering protocols after a period of heavy training. design. twelve swimmers who regularly trained at a high volume and intensity were recruited and trained together for 3 weeks. they were then randomly split into two groups (n=6 per group). one group underwent a standard taper protocol, while the second followed a modified taper in which training load was gradually resumed for 1 week following a standard taper. performance assessment following tapering consisted of 2 swims over a distance of 200 m, with a recovery period of 5 hours between swims. after resuming normal training, subjects tapered a second time, each group following the alternate protocol. outcome measures. total time and split times for each length, stroke rate, distance per stroke, and stroke index in a performance swim were determined as well as heart rate (hr), profile of mood state (poms), rating of perceived exertion (rpe) and muscle pain during each taper. results. mean swim times for the modified and conventional tapers were 134.7±9.1 and 134.7±9.3 seconds, respectively (mean ±sd). there was also no difference in the split times between groups, although both became slower in the final three laps. stroke rate, distance per stroke, and stroke index were also not different between protocols. there were no differences between protocols in hr, rpe or rating of muscle pain over the duration of the tapering period. however, there was a significant reduction in hr on day 5 of both tapers and a lower poms on days 3, 4 and 5 on the standard taper protocol. at the time of the performance swim, however, there was no difference in poms. conclusion. there were no performance or physiological advantages from the modified tapering protocol. correspondence: a n bosch mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine boundary road 7700 newlands south africa tel: 27 21 650-4578 fax: 27 21 686-7530 e-mail: andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za a n bosch (phd) m medonca (bsc)(med)(hons)(exercise science) mrc/ uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, and department of human biology, university of cape town sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 49 pg49-58.indd 49 8/11/08 8:52:47 am all subjects were informed of the nature of the study and a consent form was signed before the commencement of the study, which was granted approval by the research ethics committee of the university of cape town. all swimmers were between 13 and 22 years of age and had been competing for at least 5 years. one subject was excluded from the study due to irregular attendance during the training protocol. three more were excluded due to injuries. therefore, 12 swimmers completed the study and these data are reported. total control of the training programme was granted to the researcher by the coach for the duration of the study. to improve compliance and motivation of the subjects, an incentive was used. this consisted of a prize given to the swimmer who attended the most sessions throughout the study and who recorded the fastest average time for all the performance swims. training protocol a two-group crossover experimental design was followed. the training protocol had four components consisting of hard training (continued from the normal hard training of the swimmers), taper, performance swim (gala) and return towards normal (hard) training. hard training all subjects in the study underwent a 3-week hard training lead-in phase in which the swimmers became accustomed to the attention given to them as a result of participating in the study, and meeting as a group for testing. the training programme followed was similar to the standard (hard) training programme used by each swimmer. group training was conducted at the same time in the evening, excluding saturdays and sundays. the pool temperature was 26.8° (± 0.9°). the supervised hard training protocol comprised 15 pool sessions. total distance swum (overall distance for 15 sessions) was 67 800 m with an average of 4 520 m (± 390 m) per training session in the pool. land training consisted of general body-strengthening exercises for the upper, middle and lower body. the land training took place on the pool deck. taper no land training took place during the taper phase. for this phase, the swimmers were randomly assigned into two groups. details of the protocols are shown in table i. the first group (n=6) underwent the modified tapering protocol which consisted of 7 days of training at 50% of normal training load, but with intensity maintained as high as that during the hard training phase. after the 7-day period, the swimmers returned progressively towards hard training for 4 sessions (monday thursday). specifically, there was a gradual increase in training volume during these 4 sessions, until the volume of the previous hard cycle was reached. the fifth day was a recovery session of reduced volume, before performance testing the following day. the second group (n=6) underwent the same standard taper protocol (50% of normal volume), but without the 4 days of return to normal training volume. the total distance swum during both tapers was identical. specifically, a total distance of 11 400 m was swum at an average of 2 280 m (± 116 m) per session. measurements during tapering heart rate testing heart rate (hr) was measured during both taper protocols. the hr measurement was done before training, on alternate days. swimming ‘pullers’ were used for these tests, which consisted of modified hand paddles as used in swimming training, connected to rubber bands. some of the swimmers in the study had used the pullers previously as a training tool. those swimmers who had not, familiarised themselves with the apparatus before testing commenced. the pullers were mounted above the swimmer so that the paddle rested at full arm extension above the swimmer’s head when standing. any discrepancy caused by the swimmer’s individual height was corrected by placing mats under the swimmer’s feet. the swimmers pulled from the extended position above the head, downward to the hips. the elbows remained in a partially flexed position and did not bend while performing the movement. the paddles were hinged to allow for rotation through the pulling movement. each puller had a set resistance determined by the length of the rubber band, with the load exerted measured using a hand scale, and varied from 12 to 14.5 kg. a polar heart rate monitor (vantage xl, usa) was used to measure hr and a seiko metronome (led and audio signal) was used to set the cadence for each swimmer. the metronome settings varied from 56 to 84 beats per minute. each swimmer kept their individual cadence at the specified rate, determined according to the specific strength of the swimmer and each used the same puller, cadence and mat setting for the entire study. the swimmers were instructed to pull for 3 minutes at their prescribed cadence while wearing the heart rate belt and transmitter. at the end of the 3 minutes, a 1-minute recovery was recorded during which the swimmers remained standing next to the pullers. hr data were recorded in 5-second intervals and downloaded onto a computer after each session. this included peak hr during the 3-minute workout, the 1minute recovery hr, and the rate of decline, calculated as the peak hr minus the 1-minute recovery hr. it must be noted that this series of tests are not specific to swim performance and any performance improvement in such tests may not translate to improved swimming performance. mood states a profile of mood state (poms) questionnaire was used to assess mood state.16 the poms questionnaire assesses total mood disturbance and 6 different mood states (tension, depression, anger, vigour, fatigue and confusion). the swimmers were asked to comtable i. overview of tapering protocols mon tue wed thu fri sat sun mon tue wed thu fri sat mod dist 2200 2400 2100 2400 2300 0 0 3600 4200 4600 5300 2900 gala (m) t t t t t t t r r r r rec std dist 4100 4200 4000 4100 4200 0 0 2200 2400 2100 2400 2300 gala (m) h h h h h t t t t t t t mod = modified taper; std = standard taper; t = taper at 50% volume; r = return to hard training load; rec = recovery session; h = normal hard training volume. 50 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg49-58.indd 50 8/11/08 8:52:48 am plete the questionnaire every evening after each training session during the taper protocol. only 10 of the swimmers completed all the poms questionnaires correctly and these data are reported. the raw scores were converted to a standard score by subtracting the scale values of ‘tension’, ‘depression’, ‘anger’, ‘fatigue’ and ‘confusion’ from the scale value of ‘vigour’ and adding a constant of 100. an overall higher score indicates an improved mood state. muscular pain and rating of perceived exertion (rpe) a rating of pain score was obtained from each swimmer during the taper protocol in which the swimmers rated their degree of muscular pain against a numerical scale. the scale ranged from 0 (no pain at all) to 10 (maximal pain). this was done every evening prior to hr testing and training session. an rpe (borg scale) was also obtained from each swimmer. these data were collected daily. performance swim (gala) a gala to assess performance took place immediately after the taper and was split into two sessions. the first took place from 12h30 until 13h30. the second session took place from 17h00 until 18h00. this allowed the swimmers a full recovery between sessions, in which they were asked to perform one maximal 200 m swim of their best stroke. measures of performance the following data were recorded during the performance assessment: total time (seconds) for the swim (two seiko stop watches were used and the average of the two times was entered as the time for the swim), time (seconds) for each 25 m length of the pool (lap split), three timed strokes (as the swimmer crossed the midline of the pool, three strokes were timed using a seiko interval timer stopwatch and recorded as strokes/min), and the number of strokes taken per 25 m length (a volunteer counted the number of strokes taken). from these data the following was calculated: distance per stroke (meters/stroke; calculated by dividing the distance swum (25 m) by the number of strokes taken), swim velocity (meters/sec; calculated by dividing the total distance swum by the time) and stroke index (swimming velocity x distance per stroke). the stroke index is useful in evaluating a swimmer’s technique and efficiency. the higher the index, the more efficient the swimmer. at a given velocity, the swimmer that moves the greatest distance per stroke has the most effective technique.2 the performance measures for the two swims were then added together and an average score calculated. return to normal training following the performance test (gala) the swimmers returned to the hard training cycle during which the same training was followed as before. after a month on the hard training cycle, the groups started the alternate taper protocol to that followed previously, followed by another gala for performance assessment (the same hard training, land training, testing times and environment, testing methods and assistants were used during the entire study). a summary of the distances swum during the different phases of the study is shown in table ii. table ii. summary of the distances swum during the training protocols total distance average per swum training day hard training 67 800 m 4 520 m (while in study) final 7-day 11 400 m 2 280 m (50% taper period of hard training) overall 2-week 34 000 m 3 400 m taper* *this included the taper training and the return to hard training and the continued hard training components, depending on taper protocol followed. table iii. anthropometrical data of the subjects subject height (cm) age (years) weight (kg) body fat (%) group a 1 192.3 22 88.2 21.2 2 181.2 17 71.4 18.1 3 172.5 17 68.3 18.5 4 172.5 16 65.5 17.5 5 161.4 13 51.4 22.2 6 15 9.3 14 49.3 21.3 mean 172.3 16 65.7 19.8 sd 11.2 2 13.0 1.8 group b 1 178.3 16 72.3 16.5 2 174.4 16 68.4 25.7 3 199.2 16 82.3 14.9 4 148.7 13 47.6 28.1 5 166.6 15 54.7 13.2 6 188.4 16 68.5 14.5 mean 175.9 15 65.6 18.8 sd 15.9 1 11.4 5.8 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 51 pg49-58.indd 51 8/11/08 8:52:48 am statistics all data were expressed as mean ± sd. an analysis of variance with repeated measures was used to assess difference between protocols (stroke rate, distance per stroke, swim velocity, stroke index, 1-minute recovery heart rate, peak heart rate, and rate of decline). where significant differences were found, a scheffe’s post-hoc test was used. a paired t-test for dependant samples was used to analyse the data obtained for performance time at the end of each taper. the friedman analysis of variance test for non-parametric data was used to analyse the subjective ratings of each taper (muscle pain, poms and rpe). the mann-whitney test was used to determine whether differences occurred between specific time points. statistical significance was accepted when p<0.05. results anthropometry basic anthropometrical data for all the subjects are presented in table iii. measurements of weight and height were taken at the commencement of the training protocol using a seca model 708 scale. body fat measurements were taken using the four-site method described by durnin and womersley.4 heart rate peak heart rate there was no significant difference (p>0.05) in the peak hr between the two tapers. however, peak hr on day 9 of each taper was significantly lower than on days 1 and 3. 1-minute recovery heart rate and rate of decline there were no significant differences between protocols in either the 1-minute recovery hr or the rate of decline. profile of mood state the poms score was found to be significantly (p<0.05) reduced on the standard protocol on days 3, 4, and 5 of the taper (fig. 1). rating of perceived exertion significant differences were found in rpe between the modified and standard protocols on days 3, 5 and 9 of the tapers (fig. 2). however, there was no significant difference at the end of the tapers when the performance swim was undertaken. there was a significant change over the duration of the tapers. muscular pain rating there were no significant differences between taper protocols or over the duration of the taper protocol. distance per stroke and stroke index there were no significant differences between the protocols in either distance per stroke or stroke index, but both were significantly less on the final three laps of the performance swims than at the start (p<0.05) (fig. 3). stroke rate there were no significant differences either between protocols or on the different laps of the performance swim. swim velocity there were no significant differences in the swim velocity on each lap between the taper protocols. however, there was a decline in swimming velocity regardless of the taper employed (fig. 4). race time as would be expected from fig. 4, race times were not significantly different between protocols. swim times for individual subjects are shown in table iii. discussion the objective of this study was to examine swimming performance after following a standard and a modified standard tapering protocol. the most important finding was that there were no differences in the swim times recorded following the standard and modified tapering protocols. of the 12 subjects, 8 recorded faster times after the standard taper (subjects 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10). after the completion of the study, each swimmer was asked which taper they favoured. ten of the 12 swimmers favoured the standard taper (hard training followed by a standard taper before the performance swim), while only two swimmers favoured the modified taper (standard taper followed by a return to hard training before a performance swim). interestingly, both these were distance swimmers and both recorded faster times on the modified taper. however, the two other swimmers who recorded faster times on the modified taper favoured the standard taper, despite their poorer performance after that taper protocol. since there were no significant differences in hr between the two taper protocols, it appears that there were no differences in the degree to which physiological stress was reduced on either protocol. however, since peak hrs were significantly reduced on day 9 of both the tapers, there appears to have been a general improvement in physiological stress response. curiously, this was not continued through to day 11. there appears to be no logical explanation for this, other than anxiety due to the forthcoming gala the following day. although hr response was similar regardless of the taper protocol, rpe was lower on the standard protocol on days 3 and 5, higher on day 9, and the same on both protocols at the time of the performance swim (fig. 2). thus there was no apparent relationship between rpe changes and hr response, as rpe was lower on the modified taper (days 3 and 5), without a corresponding difference in hr. in the case of poms, the scores were higher on the modified taper at the time rpe was lowest (days 3 and 5). it is difficult to ascribe any physiological significance to these responses.  fig. 1. profile of mood states for the final 11 days of the different taper protocols (n=12). values are expressed as mean ± sd. *p<0.03. taper-hard = modified taper protocol; hard-taper = standard taper protocol. 52 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg49-58.indd 52 8/11/08 8:52:49 am although the tapering protocols did not result in any difference in swim performance, there were changes as the swim progressed in parameters related to performance, regardless of tapering protocol employed. specifically, as with previous studies,15 performance measures declined as the race progressed, i.e. distance per stroke, stroke index, and swim velocity. it has been suggested that the reduced distance per stroke later in the swim is the result of increased drag as the swimmer becomes tired.3 the change in stroke index also indicates increased fatigue. although these changes all indicate fatigue later in the swim, neither protocol was superior in reducing these negative effects. nevertheless, swim velocity was significantly slower in the latter stages of the swim as a result. in conclusion, there were no significant differences in performance due to the different taper protocols employed. the traditional taper, however, was favoured by the swimmers compared with the modified protocol. there is therefore no reason to suggest a change in tapering procedure and the anecdotal observations on which the study was based, i.e. that performance may be optimal some days after a tapering protocol has been completed and normal training resumed, were not borne out by scientific investigation in this particular cohort of swimmers. however, future studies should repeat the study in which swimmers who participate in shorter or longer distance events are studied, in swimmers who use higher training volumes, and swimmers who are more uniform in age. another type of taper for use when two competitions are in close proximity to each other should also be investigated. finally, testing of the modified protocol in runners, in which there is a large eccentric component, should be considered. references 1. banister ew, carter jb, zarkadas pc. training theory and taper: validation in triathlon athletes. eur j appl physiol occup physiol 1999; 79: 182-91. 2. costill dl, kovaleski j, porter d, kirwan j, fielding r, king d. energy expenditure during front crawl swimming: predicting success in middledistance events. int j sports med 1985; 6: 266-70. 3. craig ab, jr., skehan pl, pawelczyk ja, boomer wl. velocity, stroke rate, and distance per stroke during elite swimming competition. med sci sports exerc 1985; 17: 625-34. 4. durnin jv, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16 to 72 years. br j nutr 1974; 32: 77-97. 5. fitz-clarke jr, morton rh, banister ew. optimizing athletic performance by influence curves. j appl physiol 1991; 71: 1151-8. 6. houmard ja. impact of reduced training on performance in endurance athletes. sports med 1991; 12: 380-93. 7. houmard ja, costill dl, mitchell jb, park sh, hickner rc, roemmich jn. reduced training maintains performance in distance runners. int j sports med 1990; 11: 46-52. 8. houmard ja, johns ra. effects of taper on swim performance. practical implications. sports med 1994; 17: 224-32. 9. houmard ja, scott bk, justice cl, chenier tc. the effects of taper on performance in distance runners. med sci sports exerc 1994; 26: 62431. 10. mujika i. the influence of training characteristics and tapering on the adaptation in highly trained individuals: a review. int j sports med 1998; 19: 439-46. 11. mujika i, padilla s, pyne d, busso t. physiological changes associated with the pre-event taper in athletes. sports med 2004; 34: 891-927. 12. neufer pd. the effect of detraining and reduced training on the physiological adaptations to aerobic exercise training. sports med 1989; 8: 302-20. fig. 2. rpe values for the final 11 days for the different taper protocols. *p<0.000001 over the duration of the tapering period. +p<0.01: taper 1 (taper-hard) different to taper 2 (hard-taper) on day 3. ++p<0.0004: taper 1 (taper-hard) different to taper 2 (hardtaper) on day 5. +++p<0.0005: taper 1 (taper-hard) different to taper 2 (hard-taper) on day 9. values are expressed as mean ± sd. taper-hard = modified taper protocol; hard-taper = standard taper protocol.  fig. 3. stroke index for the different tapers (n=12). values are expressed as mean ± sd. *p<0.005: lap 6 different to lap 2. **p<0.04: lap 7 different to lap 3. ***p<0.00004: lap 8 different to lap 2. lap 1 was not compared for significance as it included the dive. there were no differences between protocols. taperhard = modified taper protocol; hard-taper = standard taper protocol. fig. 4. the swim velocity (m.s-1) for the two taper protocols (n=12). values are expressed as mean ± sd. *p<0.0001: lap 4 different to lap 2. ** p<0.003: lap 6 different to lap 3. ***p<0.0000001: lap 8 different to lap 2. lap 1 was not compared for significance as it included the dive. taper-hard = modified taper protocol; hard-taper = standard taper protocol. sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 53 pg49-58.indd 53 8/11/08 8:52:50 am 13. rushall bs, shewchuk ml. effects of thought content instructions on swimming performance. j sports med phys fitness 1989; 29: 326-34. 14. shepley b, macdougall jd, cipriano n, sutton jr, tarnopolsky ma, coates g. physiological effects of tapering in highly trained athletes. j appl physiol 1992; 72: 706-11. 15. wakayoshi k, yoshida t, ikuta y, mutoh y, miyashita m. adaptations to six months of aerobic swim training. changes in velocity, stroke rate, stroke length and blood lactate. int j sports med 1993; 14: 368-72. 16. wittig af, houmard ja, costill dl. psychological effects during reduced training in distance runners. int j sports med 1989; 10: 97-100. introduction the comrades marathon is a 90 km ultramarathon race, run annually between durban and pietermaritzburg, south africa. however, the start and finish of the race alternate each year, and the race is therefore run in different directions. in the ‘up’ run the race starts at sea level in durban, and runners ascend to the finish in pietermaritzburg, at 650 m above sea level. the highest point in the race is 870 m above sea level. in the ‘down’ run, the race starts in pietermaritzburg, and runners descend to the finish in durban.11 marathon and ultramarathon races impose severe physiological stresses on runners.6,17 previous studies on runners of the 90 km comrades marathon have provided information regarding changes in ecg activity,13 serum enzyme activities, fluid balance,12 renal function,19 factors explaining the development of hyponatraemic encephalopathy,18 and the decrement in muscle power associated with muscle damage.6 it is well documented that muscle damage is a common occurrence associated with distance running.6,17 exercise-induced muscle damage is characterised by a disruption of the sarcolemma,2 sarcotubular system,2,4 contractile components of the myofibril, the extracellular matrix and the cytoskeleton.15 distance running is original research article differences in muscle pain and plasma creatine kinase activity after ‘up’ and ‘down’ comrades marathons abstract objective. the aim of this study was to compare the acute changes in muscle pain and plasma creatine kinase (ck) activity following the ‘up’ and ‘down’ comrades marathon. design. this was a quasi-experimental design. eleven male runners (39.7±9.3 years) completed the ‘up’ comrades marathon, and 11 male runners (41.0±8.4 years) completed the ‘down’ comrades marathon the following year. maximum oxygen consumption and peak treadmill running speed were measured 2 weeks before the race. daily measurements of muscle pain and plasma creatine kinase (ck) activity were recorded 1 day before, and for 7 days after the race. results. muscle pain remained significantly elevated for up to 7 days after the comrades marathon, compared with pre-race values (p<0.0009). the pain scores following the ‘down’ run were significantly higher than the pain scores following the ‘up’ run for at least 7 days after the race (p<0.004). plasma ck activity recorrespondence: theresa burgess division of physiotherapy school of health and rehabilitation sciences f45 old main building groote schuur hospital anzio road 7725 observatory south africa tel: 27 21 406-6171 fax: 021 406-6323 e-mail: theresa.burgess@uct.ac.za theresa l burgess1, 2 (bsc (physio), bsc (med)(hons) (exercise science)) michael i lambert1 (phd) 1 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, sports science institute of south africa 2 division of physiotherapy, school of health and rehabilitation sciences, university of cape town mained significantly elevated for up to 5 days after the comrades marathon, compared with pre-race values (p<0.007). plasma ck activity following the ‘down’ run was significantly higher than the plasma ck activity following the ‘up’ run for 5 days after the race (p<0.04). a high degree of intra-individual variability in plasma ck activity was observed. conclusions. the ‘down’ comrades marathon causes significantly more muscle pain and plasma ck activity compared with the ‘up’ comrades marathon. further studies are required to accurately define the regeneration of muscle following the comrades marathon. 54 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg49-58.indd 54 8/11/08 8:52:51 am jsm0404pg000ed. introduction a high incidence of upper respiratory tract infections (urtis) has been reported in athletes.7,19,21,22 these infections occur during periods of intense training and after major competitions such as ultramarathon events.28 to compete successfully in these ultramarathon events athletes need to train at least daily, and often twice per day, and therefore it is possible that chronic suppression of immune function may result from the cumulative acute post-exercise suppression of each successive exercise bout.14 the increase in infection risk after participation in intense exercise provides a model to study the efficacy of agents that may enhance resistance to such infections.19,22 a number of studies have investigated the impact of nutritional supplements on immune status and urtis, with conflicting results being reported.1,18,22 however, none have investigated the role of an l-methionine combination supplement (l-methionine, vitamin b6, vitamin b12, folic acid and 10 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 original research article the effects of an l-methionine combination supplement on symptoms of upper respiratory tract infections and performance in ultramarathon runners before, during and after ultra-endurance exercise l m harden (ba hons (biokinetics), msc)1 n neveling (ba hons (biokinetics))2 f rossouw (ba hons (biokinetics), ma (human movement studies))2 s j semple (m tech (sport and exercise technology))2 f e marx (b tech (sport and exercise technology))2 j rossouw (dsc (biochemistry))2 g rogers (phd)1 1school of physiology, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg 2department of sport and rehabilitation sciences, tshwane university of technology, pretoria abstract objective. to evaluate whether supplementation with an l-methionine combination would reduce the incidence of upper respiratory tract symptoms (urts) and improve performance in ultramarathon runners. design. a double-blind placebo-controlled study. setting. twenty-one ultramarathon runners (17 males, 4 females) preparing for participation in an 87.3 km ultramarathon. interventions. l-methionine combination supplement (lmethionine, vitamin b6, vitamin b12, folic acid and magnesium) or placebo containing potato starch. main outcome measures. incidence of urts was recorded during the runner's preparation for an ultramarathon race (75 days) and recovery from the same (75 days). cd4+, cd8+ cell counts and ratios were measured pre race, immediately post race and 75 days post race. vo2max and endurance fitness (percentage vo2max at 4 mmol-1 lactate concentration) were measured during the preparation period for the race. results. during the preparation period the incidence of urts was 36% in the supplement group and 80% in the placebo group (p = 0.08). the incidence of urts during the 3 weeks post race was 27% in the supplement group and 40% in the placebo group (p = 0.65). the cd4+/cd8+ cell ratios were not significantly different between groups. endurance fitness prior to the race and race times were not significantly different. conclusions. although the findings of the current study show that an l-methionine combination supplement did not reduce the incidence of urts or improve performance in ultramarathon runners, benefits may be found with a more detailed investigation using larger sample sizes and immunosuppressed athletes. correspondence: l harden school of physiology university of the witwatersrand medical school 7 york rd parktown 2193 tel: 011-717 2462 fax: 011-643 2765 e-mail: hardenlm@physiology.wits.ac.za magnesium) on symptoms of urtis in athletes. results from a study investigating the effects of an l-methionine combination supplement in hiv+ patients propose that it slows the rate of decline in cd4+ cell counts and improves the viral load levels after 3 months.32 the 5 active substances (l-methionine, vitamin b6, vitamin b12, folic acid and magnesium) in the supplement participate in the maintenance of glutathione status and have been shown to elevate intracellular glutathione.16,31,33 magnesium is an essential co-factor for the enzyme methionine adenosyl transferase, which forms s-adenosylmethionine (sam) from l-methionine.16 sam can provide a methyl group to a variety of substances and s-adenosylhomocysteine (sah) is formed as a product.16 sah can then form l-homocysteine and adenosine.16 folate and vitamin b12 are essential co-factors for the remethylation of l-homocysteine to l-methionine. sah can be converted by 3 enzymatic steps (which involve vitamin b6) to l-cysteine and subsequently to glutathione.16 it is glutathione (a major endogenous antioxidant) that has been found to have antiviral activity and to be important as a mediator of normal immune responsiveness.9,11 strenuous exercise has been shown to deplete tissue glutathione content12,13 and increase the risk of urtis.19 in addition to studying the effects of antioxidant supplements on immune status and urtis, a number of studies have also investigated their role in performance.23,25,30,34 although several studies have indicated that supplementation with vitamins e and c decreases exercise-induced oxidative stress, there is little evidence that antioxidant supplementation can improve human performance.24 however, one well-designed study has reported an improvement in muscular endurance following supplementation with nacetylcysteine (a glutathione precursor).25 therefore, the purpose of this study was to use a doubleblinded, placebo-controlled design to determine firstly whether supplementation with an l-methionine combination supplement would decrease the incidence of symptoms of urtis in runners during their preparation and recovery from an ultramarathon race, and secondly whether this supplement would impact on their endurance fitness prior to the ultramarathon and ultimately how it would influence their performance in the ultramarathon. methods subjects prior to commencement of this study, ethics approval was obtained from the committee for research on human subjects of the university of the witwatersrand. thirty healthy well-trained, ultramarathon runners (20 males and 10 females) preparing for participation in an 87.3 km ultramarathon race volunteered to participate in this study after providing informed consent. runners reported having run on average 5 ± 3 (mean ± sd) ultramarathons, with the best marathon performances averaging 3.17 ± 0.22 (mean ± sd) hours. subjects were paired according to vo2max levels, proposed training programmes and gender. each member of a pair was randomly assigned to either the supplementation (experimental) or placebo group. during the training period prior to the race 5 subjects withdrew from the study due to orthopaedic injuries while 4 subjects failed to comply with testing procedures and were asked to discontinue with the study. the dropout rate in the current study (n = 9) was high but comparable with that reported in other studies (n = 8).22,23 the sample was finally fixed at 21 subjects, which included 4 females and 17 males (n = 11 supplement and n = 10 placebo). of the final 21 subjects, 6 subjects in each group remained paired according to the criteria stated above. performance measurements the subjects were required to report to the testing laboratory situated at an altitude of 1 330 m with an average barometric pressure of 656 mmhg and a room temperature regulated at 20 22ºc on day 1 (75 days before the race). all subjects were tested within the same week. the subjects were familiarised with the testing equipment and procedures prior to the commencement of testing. subjects were asked not to train for 12 hours prior to all the testing, not to train hard (≤ 70% of maximal heart rate) on the day before testing and not to consume any food or caffeinated drinks 3 hours prior to testing. each subject was asked to run on a motorised treadmill (quinton q65 series 90, quinton instrument co., bothell, wa, usa). maximal aerobic capacity (vo2max) was measured using a continuous model adapted from the astrand protocol.15 the criteria for vo2max included subjects obtaining 2 of the following 3 criteria: a plateau in vo2 despite an increase in workload, a respiratory exchange ratio in excess of 1.10, and blood lactic acid levels > 8 mmol.-1.6 oxygen consumption and ventilation were determined using the medgraphics cardio2 combined vo2/ecg exercise system (medical graphics corporation, st. paul, mn, usa). the lactate concentration for capillary blood was measured using the accusport analyzer (boehringer mannheim, bmbh, mannheim, germany) and the bm-lactate test strips. blood samples were collected during the last 30 s of each workload during the vo2max test. capillary blood was obtained by pricking a fingertip with a lancet. on average 5 blood samples were obtained during each vo2max test. lactate concentrations at each workload were plotted and an exponential curve was fitted using table curve 2d (jandel scientific software, san rafael, ca, usa). the percentage vo2max at 4 mmol. -1 lactate was calculated and used as a measure of endurance fitness.8,10 the above tests were repeated again 14 days before the race. all tests were again performed within 1 week and at the same time of the day as the first testing session. in addition to endurance fitness, race time (as obtained from official race records) was also used as a measure of performance. supplementation supplementation started on day 2 and ended on day 150 of the study. the supplement (bio boost) and placebo were supplied by biomox pharmaceuticals in capsule form and administered orally. the active ingredients administered in sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 11 the supplement were: l-methionine 405 mg, folic acid 0.36 mg, vitamin b6 1.575 mg, vitamin b12 0.01125 mg, magnesium 135 mg. the placebo contained potato starch (500 mg per day) and no active ingredients. from day 1 to day 7 (first week of the study) and day 76 to day 83 (first week after the race), subjects ingested 3 capsules twice a day (1 215 mg of l-methionine, 1.08 mg folic acid, 4.725 mg vitamin b6, 0.03375 mg vitamin b12 and 405 mg magnesium) on an empty stomach. after these 2 periods (i.e. days 8 75 and days 84 151) subjects were instructed to ingest 2 capsules twice a day (810 mg l-methionine, 0.72 mg folic acid, 3.15 mg vitamin b6, 0.0225 mg vitamin b12 and 270 mg magnesium) on an empty stomach. this schedule of ingestion was prescribed by the supplier and manufacturer of the product based on trials done on individual patients by the original formulators (unpublished data) and was the same for the 2 groups. incidence of upper respiratory tract symptoms (urts) the incidence of symptoms of urtis was recorded daily by the subjects in a logbook provided which was based on the questionnaire used in the studies investigating the effect of glutamine or placebo ingestion on the incidence of infections in runners.2 the adapted questionnaire was not validated prior to use in this study. subjects were asked to record all symptoms reported under the headings of cold, cough, sore throat, running nose, sneezing and influenza and for how long the symptoms were present.2 a subject was considered to have an illness when he or she reported 3 symptoms for a cold (cough, sore throat, running nose, sneezing) or influenza (fever, aches and pains in joints or muscles, cough, sore throat) such that they did not train or such that they consulted a doctor for treatment. other illnesses, e.g. diarrhoea and vomiting were not included. the incidence of the symptoms and the duration of the symptoms (number of days the symptoms were present) was calculated. recordings were controlled monthly with each visit to the laboratory to collect more supplements and telephonically when booking each appointment. the diagnosis was not verified by clinical examination although patients did indicate if they had seen a medical doctor for treatment. blood sampling cd4+ and cd8+ measurements were taken on day 75 (18 hours pre-race), day 76 (10 min post race) and on day 150. with each sampling session blood was drawn from a forearm vein into evacuated collection tubes. the blood for the cd4+ and cd8+ measurements was collected in a 4.5 ml vacuette (k3e edta k3, greiner labortechnik). following processing, specimens were packed in a refrigerated container and transported to a central laboratory where they were analysed within 18 hours of collection. the proportions of t-cells (cd4+ and cd8+) were measured using flow cytometry (facscount, becton dickinson, san jose, usa) which includes the use of fluorescent labelled monoclonal antibodies to cell surface antigens as previously described.26 all concentrations were corrected for changes in plasma volume post race.3 training all training information (running distance, time and intensity) and injuries were recorded weekly in a standardised training logbook given to the subjects. the training logbooks were adapted from those used in a study investigating the effects of lactate-correlated training on running performance but were not validated prior to use in this study.27 nutrition the subject's compliance with capsule use was recorded daily in a logbook given to the subjects. in addition, every 4 weeks subjects were asked to indicate how many capsules were left before they received a new bottle of capsules. subjects were asked not to take any other vitamin and mineral supplements for the duration of the study. dietary habits were evaluated from a 24-h dietary recall. as a method of reporting food intake the 24-h dietary recall questionnaire has been validated against weighted 7-day food records.4 the dietary recall was completed daily by each subject to ensure that subjects did not change their diets over the duration of the study. subjects were taught how to keep accurate food records prior to commencement of the study. nutrient content of each athlete's reported daily dietary intake was assessed (macro and micro nutrients) using a computerised dietary analysis system (food fundi analyzer 2, professional penta medical systems, johannesburg, south africa). statistical analysis data are expressed as means ± standard deviation (sd). the analysis of changes in all blood measurements (cd4+, cd8+ cell counts and ratio) was done using an analysis of variance (anova) procedure for repeated measures to estimate main effects (group or time) and an interaction effect (group x time) followed by a tukey-kramer multiple comparisons post-hoc test. for all other dependent variables the unpaired t-test was used to test for the significance of the differences between the groups. a fisher's exact probability test was used to analyse a 2 x 2 contingency table for being sick and not being sick (incidence of illness). the level of significance used was p ≤ 0.05. a post hoc power analysis showed the power for the following statistical tests: repeated measures anova (time effect power = 0.990, time x group effect power = 0.153); unpaired t-tests (%vo2max @ 4mmol. -1 lactate power = 0.7968, duration of symptoms power = 0.4264) and fisher's exact test (incidence of illness power = 0.3196). results physical characteristics the physical and performance characteristics of the subjects are given in table i. there was no significant group differences on any of the parameters measured. it should be noted that based on the race finishing times and vo2max values the runners would be classified as non-elite, experienced and well-trained runners.20 12 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 incidence of upper respiratory tract symptoms (urts) the incidence of symptoms of urtis in both groups during the 75 days of preparation is shown in table ii. during the preparation period the percentage of symptoms of urtis (p = 0.08) and the duration of symptoms per illness incident (p = 0.13) was not significantly different. the incidence of urts (p = 0.65) and duration of symptoms (p = 0.55) during the 3 weeks following the race was not significantly different. during the entire 75 days of recovery from the race the incidence of urts (p = 1.00) and duration of symptoms was also not significantly different (p = 0.66). training programmes there was no significant difference in the total training distance completed in preparation for the race, with the supplement group completing 896 ± 235 km and the placebo group 892 ± 192 km. physiological responses aerobic capacity variables monitored during preparation for the race are shown in table iii. the supplement group had a significantly greater percentage vo2max at 4 mmol. -1 lactate concentration (endurance fitness) than the placebo group 12 14 days prior to the start of the race. however the mean change in endurance fitness over the 75-day training period was not significantly different. no significant differences in race times were found, with the supplement group running 8.45 ± 1.54 hours and the placebo group 8.51 ± 1.08 hours. prior to the start of the race (18 hours) no significant differences were noted in the immune cell subsets (figs 1 and 2). cd4+ cells decreased significantly in both groups immediately post race (fig. 1) while the cd8+ cells only decreased significantly in the supplement group immediately post race (fig. 2). the cd4+/cd8+ ratio did not change significantly immediately post race in both groups or 75 days post race (fig. 3). no significant differences were noted between the groups for the cd4+, cd8+ cell counts and ratios. nutrition the subjects were all caucasian, from the same socio-economic background and no significant differences (p > 0.05) between groups were observed for nutrient analysis of food records across all time periods. the average daily energy intake for all was 13 600 ± 4 009 kj.day-1, with carbohydrate, fat and protein respectively comprising 58 ± 11.5%, 24.2 ± 6.3% and 15.4 ± 3.5% of the daily caloric intake. discussion the essential finding of this study was that 150 days of supplementation with an l-methionine combination had no significant effect on the incidence of urts and race sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 13 table i. physical and performance characteristics of the subjects* supplement placebo group group (n = 11) (n = 10) p-value age (years) 36 ± 3 35 ± 8 0.74 height (m) 1.73 ± 0.09 1.75 ± 0.05 0.67 mass (kg) 69.5 ± 10.7 68.9 ± 8.4 0.89 vo2max (ml.kg-1.min-1) 58 ± 8 57 ± 7 0.78 best standard marathon time (hours) 3.18 ± 0.25 3.16 ± 0.20 0.84 best comrades marathon (90 km) time (hours) 8.37 ± 1.09 8.27 ± 1.07 0.83 *values are means ± sd. table iii. aerobic capacity variables monitored during preparation for the race june parameters april (12-14 days prior to the race) vo2max (ml.kg -1.min-1) supplement 58 ± 8 59 ± 7 placebo 57 ± 7 58 ± 7 percentage vo2max at 4 mmol.-1 lactate concentration supplement 86 ± 4 87 ± 4* placebo 84 ± 5 83 ± 5 values are means ±sd; n = 11 supplement and n = 10 placebo subjects. difference between absolute values: april p > 0.05;*june p < 0.05 difference between delta values (june april); p = 0.08 for percentage vo2max at 4 mmol.-1 lactate concentration; vo2max p = 0.84. table ii. percentage of symptoms of urtis and duration of symptoms during the study subjects with % symptoms p-value mean duration of p-value subject/ group symptoms/total group of urtis % symptoms symptoms (days) mean duration of symptoms preparation supplement 4/11 36 3 ± 1 (0 75 day) placebo 8/10 80 0.08 5 ± 3 0.13 3 weeks supplement 3/11 27 4 ± 2 post-race 0.65 0.55 (76 97 day) placebo 4/10 40 6 ± 4 during supplement 6/11 55 6 ± 4 recovery 1.00 0.66 (76 -150 day) placebo 6/10 60 5 ± 3 performance in ultra-endurance runners. there is evidence for the role of nutrient supplements in modulating the incidence of urtis post race. peters et al.22 examined the effect of supplementation with vitamin c (an antioxidant) on the urtis of ultramarathon runners competing in the same race in 1990 and showed that 21 days of vitamin c supplementation reduced the post-race incidence of urtis. glutamine (an amino acid) supplementation immediately post race and 2 hours post race has also been shown to reduce the incidence of infections within 7 days post race in runners competing in marathon and ultramarathon events.2 the results of the current study show that supplementation with an l-methionine combination did not influence the incidence of urts during the training for or recovery from an ultramarathon race in runners nor did it reduce the duration of symptoms. one main difference between the above two studies and this study is the use of larger sample sizes (27 88 subjects). owing to the long duration of the study 9 subjects withdrew, which is similar to what has been reported in other studies.22,23 the small sample size used in the current study could influence the acceptance or rejection of the null hypothesis. in addition to the results on urts, we did not find any significant differences in the cd4+ and cd8+ cell counts or cd4+/cd8+ cell ratios post race. this immune marker was used as an l-methionine combination supplement (supplement with the same combination as used in this study but at a higher concentration) and n-acetylcysteine (nac) treatment, both of which are glutathione precursors and have been shown to slow the decrease of cd4+ cell counts in hiv+ patients.12,32 the stress of prolonged exhaustive exercise has been shown to lower the cd4+ cell counts and cd4+ to cd8+ cell ratio in athletes.1 this marker has also been used in other studies which have examined the effect of supplementation on the immune system post marathon and it has been suggested that a ratio of cd4+/cd8+ cells below 1.5 is below normal and may be a cause of and an indicator of immunosuppression in athletes.17,29 there are, however, several factors which might account for the negative findings regarding the immune responses measured in this study. firstly no cd4+/cd8+ cell measurements were taken during the training period in which the largest difference in the incidence of urts was noted between the supplement and placebo groups. secondly, enumeration of circulating cells does not provide as conclusive information on immune function or activation of cells as does examining direct measurements of cell function.35 thirdly, the reported symptoms of urtis by the subjects were not verified by clinical examination which would have confirmed the presence of an infection. fourthly, including a non-exercising control group would have strengthened the findings of the current study as the incidence of symptoms in the general population could have been compared with that 14 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 fig. 1. cd4+ cell measurements in both groups pre-race, immediately post-race and 12.5 weeks post-race (** p < 0.001 for the supplement group and * p < 0.001 for the placebo group immediately post-race when compared with pre-race values). (values are means ± sd; n = 11 supplement and n = 10 placebo subjects). fig 2. cd8+ cell measurements in both groups pre-race, immediately post-race and 12.5 weeks post-race (* p < 0.01 for the supplement group immediately post-race when compared with pre-race values). (values are means ± sd; n = 11 supplement and n = 10 placebo subjects). fig 3. cd4+/cd8+ ratio measurements in both groups prerace, immediately post-race and 12.5 weeks post-race. (values are means ± sd; n = 11 supplement and n = 10 placebo subjects). found in the exercising group. furthermore it has been suggested that the cd4+ t-cell system may be negatively affected not only by suboptimal but also by supraoptimal glutathione levels.12 therefore further investigation is needed to not only analyse the activity of the immune cells in response to l-methionine combination supplementation but also in relation to glutathione levels. in addition to the role of antioxidant supplements in immune function, previous studies have also examined their effects on performance due to growing evidence indicating that radicals and other reactive oxygen species may contribute to muscular fatigue.24 conflicting results have been presented from these studies which may be due to agent administration, dosage and the pattern of muscular activity used to induce fatigue. weight et al.34 found that 3 months of vitamin and mineral supplementation had no effect on oxygen consumption, blood lactate turnpoint, peak treadmill running speed and 15 km time trial performance in 30 well-trained runners. time to exhaustion at 70% vo2max was not reduced in 11 highly trained male triathlon athletes after 4 weeks of supplementation with vitamin e, coenzyme q10, cytochrome c and inosine.30 reid et al.,25 however found an improvement in muscular endurance (during low frequency stimulation) following treatment with 150 mg n-acetylcysteine (a glutathione precursor). n-acetylcysteine has been shown to increase glutathione levels in plasma and bronchoalveolar lavage fluid in humans; however its use is limited due to a number of side-effects.25 in the present study no change in vo2max and endurance fitness (percentage vo2max at 4 mmol. -1 lactate) was found after 75 days of supplementation. the finding that performance in the race (87.3 km) was unaltered by supplementation tends to confirm the laboratory findings. these findings are therefore in keeping with the majority of studies showing that long-term supplementation with antioxidant nutrients does not improve human performance.5,24,34 conclusions in summary, although the findings of the current study do not support the use of an l-methionine combination supplement in reducing the incidence of urts in ultramarathon runners, the positive results found with hiv+ patients does suggest that this supplement has a role to play in immune function. future studies will need to be conducted with larger sample sizes, will need to include measures of immune function and glutathione levels, and will need to be directed at athletes who are shown to be immunosuppressed such as overtrained athletes or patients who present with specific disease states in which glutathione or its precursors are depleted. acknowledgements we are grateful to the runners who participated in this study, merc pharmaceuticals, biomox pharmaceuticals and the faculty of health science medical research endowment fund of the university of the witwatersrand for financial support. we would like to thank ungerer laboratories for their technical assistance, izak smit for all his help with the statistical analysis and professor lucille smith for critical advice and careful reading of the manuscript. references 1. castell l, newsholme e. the effects of oral glutamine supplementation on athletes after prolonged, exhaustive exercise. nutrition 1997; 13: 738-42. 2. castell l, poortmans, j, newsholme, e. does glutamine have a role in reducing infections in athletes? eur j appl physiol 1996; 73: 488-90. 3. dill d, costill, d. calculation of percentage changes of blood, plasma and red cells in dehydration. j appl physiol 1974; 37: 247-8. 4. edington j, thorogood m, geekie m, ball m, mann j. assessment of dietary intake using dietary records with estimated weights. j hum nutr diet 1989; 2: 407-14. 5. goldfarb ah. antioxidants: role of supplementation to prevent exerciseinduced oxidative stress. med sci sports exerc 1993; 25: 232-6. 6. gore c. physiological tests for elite athletes. australian sports commission. champaign, illinois: human kinetics, 2000: 122-3. 7. heath g, ford e, craven t, macera c, jackson k, pate r. exercise and the incidence of upper respiratory tract infections. med sci sports exerc 1991; 23: 152-7. 8. heck h, mader a, hess g, mücke r, müller r, hollmann w. justification of the 4-mmol/l lactate threshold. int j sports med 1985; 6: 117-30. 9. ho wz, douglas sd. glutathione and n-acetylcysteine suppression of human immunodeficiency virus replication in human monocyte/ macrophages in vitro. aids res hum retroviruses 1992; 8: 1249-53. 10. jacobs i. blood lactate: implications for training and sports performance. sports med 1986; 14: 103-8. 11. kalebic t, kinter a, poli g, anderson me, meister a, fauci as. suppression of human immunodeficiency virus expression in chronically infected monocytic cells by glutathione, gluthatione ester and n-acetylcysteine. proc natl acad sci usa 1991; 88: 986-90. 12. kinscherf r, fischbach t, mihm s, et al. effect of glutathione depletion and oral n-acetyl-cysteine treatment on cd4+ and cd8+ cells. faseb j 1994; 1: 448-51. 13. leeuwenburg c, ji l. glutathione and glutathione ethyl ester supplementation of mice alter glutathione homeostasis during exercise. j nutr 1998; 128: 2420-6. 14. mackinnon l. advances in exercise immunology. champaign illinois, usa: human kinetics,1999: 314-5. 15. mcardle w, katch f, katch v. exercise physiology. 3rd ed. philadelphia, usa: lea and febiger, 1991: 214-6. 16. mudd s, levy h, skovby, f. disorders of transsulfuration. in: scriver c, beaudst a, sly w, valle d, eds. the metabolic basis of inherited disease. 7th ed. new york: mcgraw-hill, 1995: 1279-81. 17. nash l. can exercise make us immune to disease? the physician and sportsmedicine 1986; 14: 251-3. 18. nieman d. exercise immunology: future directions for research related to athletes, nutrition and the elderly. int j sports med 2000; 21: s61-8. 19. nieman d, johanssen l, lee j, arabatzis k. infectious episodes in runners before and after the los angeles marathon. j sports med phys fitness 1990; 30: 316-28. 20. noakes t. lore of running. 3rd ed. champaign, illinois: leisure press, 1991: 23,49. 21. peters e, bateman e. ultramarathon running and upper respiratory tract infections an epidemiological survey. s afr med j 1983; 64: 582-4. 22. peters e, goetzsche j, grobbelaar b, noakes t. vitamin c supplementation reduces the incidence of post race symptoms of upper respiratory tract infection in ultramarathon runners. am j clin nutr 1993; 57: 170-4. 23. peters e, anderson r, theron a. attenuation of increase in circulating cortisol and enhancement of the acute phase protein reponse in vitamin c-supplemented ultramarathoners. int j sports med 2001; 22: 120-6. 24. powers s, hamilton k. antioxidants and exercise. clin sports med 1999; 18: 525-36. 25. reid m, stokic d, koch s, khauli f, leiss a. n-acetylcysteine inhibits muscle fatigue in humans. j clin invest 1994; 94: 2468-74. 26. roitt i, brostoff j, male d. immunology. 4th ed. london, mosby, 1996: 6.16.13, 8.1-8.7. 27. rossouw j, rossouw f. the effects of lactate-correlated training on running performance: a pilot study. ajpherd 2000; 6: 38-47. 28. rowbottom d, green k. acute exercise effects on the immune system. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: s396-s405. 29. shephard r, verde t, thomas s, shek p. physical activity and the immune system . can j sports sci 1991; 16: 163. 30. snider i, bazzarre t, murdoch s, goldfarb a. effects of coenzyme athletic performance system as an ergogenic aid on endurance performance to exhaustion. int j sport nutr 1992; 2: 272-86. 31. stolzenberg-solomon r, miller e, maguire m, selhub j, appel l. association of dietary protein intake and coffee consumption with serum homocysteine concentrations in an older population. am j clin nutr 1999; 69: 467-75. sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 15 32. van brummelen r. l-methionine: immune supportive supplement in hiv+ patients: a south african study. amino acids 2001; 21: 1-90. 33. wang s, chen h, sheen l, lii c. methionine and cysteine affect glutathione level, glutathione-related enzyme activities and the expression of glutathione s-transferase isozymes in rat hepatocytes. j nutr 1997; 127: 2135-41. 34. weight l, myburgh k, noakes t. vitamin and mineral supplementation: effect on the running performance of trained athletes. am j clin nutr 1988; 47: 192-5. 35. weiss c, kinscherf r, roth s, et al. lymphocyte subpopulations and concentrations of soluble cd8 and cd4 antigen after anaerobic training. int j sports med 1995; 16: 117-21. 16 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 vitamin c jf-f introduction it is well established that prolonged exercise results in delayed-onset muscle soreness (doms) which peaks after 24 48 hours and subsides after 5 7 days.8 this has been attributed to actual tissue damage which occurs during repetitive contraction of muscle fibres. the damage has been shown to be further exacerbated when the eccentric component of contraction is increased, as occurs during downhill long-distance running when muscles are used in a braking motion.17,18,20 the comrades marathon, a gruelling 90 km downhill foot race from pietermaritzburg to durban, south africa, causes an intense, systemic, exercise-induced inflammatory response. as the evidence regarding the effect of vitamin c (vc) supplementation on systemic markers of inflammation following eccentric exercise is presently conflicting showing either no effect,10,11,14 an attenuation2,19 or evidence of an increased proinflammatory response,5,15 it was the purpose of this study to reinvestigate and extend on our previous study 15 on the effect of oral vc supplementation on markers of the acute phase response and muscle damage following ultramarathon running in a more extensive work. we therefore undertook to examine the effects of supplementation using higher and lower dosages of vc in the same event 2 years later. methods study design approval to conduct the study was obtained from the human ethics committee of the nelson mandela medical school of the university of kwazulu-natal. forty-five registered 4 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 original research article augmentation of the acute phase response in vitamin csupplemented ultramarathoners correspondence: e m peters department of physiology nelson r mandela school of medicine private bag 7 congella 4013 tel: 031-260 4237 fax: 031-260 4455 e-mail: futree@nu.ac.za e m peters (phd)1 r anderson (phd)2 d c nieman (phd)3 1department of physiology, nelson r mandela school of medicine, university of kwa-zulu-natal, durban 2medical research council unit for inflammation and immunity, department of immunology, university of pretoria 3department of health and exercise sciences, appalachian state university, boone, usa abstract objective. to investigate the effects of vitamin c (vc) supplementation on the alterations in systemic markers of inflammation as a result of participation in a 90 km down run from pietermaritzburg to durban in 29 subjects who completed the 1999 comrades marathon. interventions. runners were divided into groups receiving 500 mg/day vc (vc500; n = 10), 1 500 mg/day vc (vc1500; n = 12) or placebo (p, n = 7) for 7 days before the race, on the day of the race, and for 2 days following completion. main outcome measures. each subject recorded dietary intake before, during and after the race and provided 35 ml blood samples 15 18 hours before the race, immediately post race, 24 hours post race and 48 hours post race. these were analysed for full blood count, vitamins a, c and e, glucose, c-reactive protein (crp), amyloid a, interleukin-6 (il-6) and interleukin-8 (il-8) concentrations. all post race concentrations were adjusted for plasma volume changes. results. analyses of dietary intakes and blood glucose and anti-oxidant status on the day preceding the race and the day of the race excluded carbohydrate intake or plasma vitamins e and a as significant confounders in the study. mean pre-race concentrations of serum vitamin c in vc500 and vc1500 groups (128 – 10.2 and 153 – 10.2 mol/l) were significantly higher (p < 0.01) than in the p group (83 – 10.8 mol/l) and confirmed the additional dietary vc intake of both groups. serum crp concentrations were significantly higher (p < 0.05) in the vc500 group than in the vc1500 and p groups. this finding was supported by similar trends in serum amyloid a, plasma il-6 and il-8. when the data from the two vc groups were pooled and the vitamin intake in the placebo (n = 7) and vc (n = 22) groups compared, crp concentrations in the vc groups were significantly higher at each of the post-race time points (p < 0.05). conclusion. these data confirm previous findings of a trend towards an enhanced pro-inflammatory response following vc intake ≥ 500 mg per day. vitamin c jf-f 5/3/05 8:43 am page 4 6 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 entrants for the 1999 comrades marathon signed informed consent forms and agreed to participate in the study. they were divided into 3 groups matched for age, gender, training status and expected race finishing time: (i) group 1 (placebo (p)) — placebo supplement (3 placebo tablets per day); (ii) group 2 (vc500) — one 500 mg vc tablet and 2 placebo tablets per day; (iii) group 3 (vc1500) — three 500 mg vc tablets per day. each subject was required to take 3 tablets per day over a 10-day period; 1 tablet with breakfast, lunch and supper on the 7 days preceding the race, the day of the race and 2 days following the race. the study was double-blinded and based on a 3 (3 groups) by 4 (4 blood samples) repeated measures design. on the day prior to the race, subjects were required to complete 24-hour dietary records of their intake both in terms of food and supplements, and to report for basic anthropometric measurements and blood sampling on the afternoon prior to the race at a time that coincided with their estimated finishing time (in order to avoid the effect of diurnal rhythms on hormone concentrations). within 30 45 minutes of completing the race, the subjects again gave 35 ml blood samples and were asked to detail their dietary and liquid intakes on the morning of the race and during the race. the blood sampling was repeated 24 hours and 48 hours after the race and subjects were asked to record their post-race dietary intakes for a further 36 hours after the race. dietary analyses intake of both food and nutritional supplements were analysed using the dietary manager computer program (program management, randburg, south africa). total daily carbohydrate (cho) and vc intakes during the 24 hours before the race, on the day of the race, and after the race, including intake derived from any additional cho supplements used by the athletes, were determined. treatment of blood venous blood samples collected in glass vacutainer tubes containing ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (k3-edta) were used for determination of full blood counts. a 15 ml aliquot was allowed to clot at room temperature and centrifuged for 10 minutes; aliquots of serum were quick-frozen and stored at -70…c for later analysis of vc, c-reactive protein (crp) and amyloid a. the remainder was drawn into vacutainer tubes containing k3-edta and the plasma stored at -70…c for later analysis of vitamins e and a, glucose, and interleukin (il)-6 and il-8 concentrations. haematological analyses and adjustments full blood counts were performed on k3-edtatreated specimens using standard haematological procedures on an automated model (coulter electronics inc., hialeah, florida, usa). plasma volume changes were determined from preand post-race haemoglobin and haematocrit values using the method of dill and costill6 and all subsequent post-race concentrations (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) were adjusted for these plasma volume changes. serum acute phase reactants, vitamins c, a and e serum concentrations of the acute phase reactants, crp (normal range 0 5 g/ml) and amyloid a (normal range 6 8 g/ml), were measured using a nephelometric procedure (behring nephelometer ii) with reagents purchased from behringwerke ag, marburg, germany. vc was extracted from the serum using 20% trichloracetic acid and assayed using the 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine colorimetric method (sigma chemical co., st louis, mo, usa), while plasma concentrations of vitamins a and e were determined using standard high-performance liquid chromatography (hplc) procedures following repeated (x3) extraction with hexane and using vitamin a-acetate as the internal standard.4 plasma glucose, il-6 and il-8 plasma glucose concentrations were determined spectrophotometrically in pre-race, immediate, 24-hour and 48hour post-race samples. the plasma il-6 and il-8 analyses were part of a more comprehensive study on the cytokine profile of ultramarathon runners,11 but were adjusted for plasma volume changes in this report. these were assayed using quantitative sandwich enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (elisa) kits provided by r&d systems, inc. (minneapolis, mn, usa). a standard curve was constructed using standards provided in the kits. the assays were twostep sandwich enzyme immunoassay procedures in which samples or standards were incubated in 96-well microtiter plates coated with polyclonal antibodies for the test cytokine as the capture antibody. following the appropriate incubation time, the wells were washed and a second detection antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase was added. the plates were incubated and washed, and the amount of bound enzyme-labelled detection antibody was measured by adding a chromogenic substrate. the plates were then read at the appropriate wavelength (450 minus 570 nm). the minimum detectable concentration of il-6 was < 0.094 pg/ml, and of il-8 < 10 pg/ml. statistical analyses data are reported as mean (– standard error of the mean (sem)). due to the small sizes of the groups and the large variability of the test result values within the groups, conservative non-parametric statistics were used. a kruskal-wallis test was used to compare the mean ranks of the 3 groups at each of the time points. if this revealed significance, a twotailed wilcoxon s two-sample test was used to establish whether the difference between the placebo group and the vc500 or vc1500 groups was significant (p < 0.05). the data in the vc500 and vc1500 groups were subsequently pooled and an independent, two-sample mannwhitney test was used to establish whether the placebo group (n = 7) differed significantly from the vc group (n = 22), irrevitamin c jf-f 5/3/05 8:49 am page 6 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 7 spective of the dosage differences, at each time point. box and whisker plots were used to illustrate the variability around the medians of the 2 groups. a repeated measures analysis of variance (anova) procedure was used on the logged data to perform a profile analysis of each of the measured outcomes. these data were graphically represented using profile plots showing the estimated marginal means of the 2 groups as a function of time. spearman s correlation coefficient was used as a measure of association. statistical analysis was executed using spss inc (chicago, illinois) statistical software. results subject characteristics of the initial 45 athletes registered to participate, only 29 completely fulfilled the protocol requirements of the study. the characteristics of the subjects are given in table i. there were no significant differences between the three groups with regard to age, height, mass, body mass index, training status, and time taken to complete the ultramarathon. cho intake, plasma glucose and vitamins a and e mean (– sem) dietary cho intakes and plasma concentrations of glucose on the day preceding the race and on the day of the race are presented in table ii. cho intake just prior to and during the race averaged 401 (– 39) g and did not differ significantly between the groups. likewise, preand postrace plasma glucose (table ii), vitamin a and vitamin e concentrations (not shown) were not different between the 3 groups (p > 0.05). blood counts selected results of the full blood counts are given in table iii. packed cell volume and haemoglobin concentrations indicated a varied hydration status ranging from a mean per cent plasma volume drop of 1.7% in the vc500 group to 7.1% in the placebo group in the immediate post-race samples (table ii). although 72.5% of the sample (n = 29) presented with a decrease in plasma volume immediately following completion of the ultramarathon, the greatest majority (62.1% and 100%) presented with increases in plasma volume in the 24-hour and 48-hour post-race samples, respectively. the differences in plasma volume between the groups did not, however, reach statistical significance (p > 0.05). significant immediate post-race lymphopenia and neutrophilia were present in all 3 groups with recovery to normal values at 24 and 48 hours after completion of the race. the circulating neutrophil count was significantly lower in the vc1500 group (n = 12) in immediate post-race samples, while postrace lymphopenia was less pronounced in the vc1500 group, resulting in the immediate post-race neutrophil/lymphocyte ratio being lowest in this group (p < 0.05). mean monocyte levels rose significantly in all 3 groups as a result of the prolonged exertion and remained elevated for the 48-hour post-race period with no significant differences between the 3 groups. serum vitamin c the results of the serum vc concentrations in the three groups at the four time-points are shown in fig. 1. pre-race serum vc was significantly higher in the supplemented groups compared with the p group. the significant mean increase (42.6 µmol/l) in serum vc in the p group immediately post race was less in both of the vitamin-supplemented groups (19.3 and -2.84 µmol/l in the vc500 and vc1500 groups, respectively). at 24 and 48 hours after completion of the race the serum vc concentrations returned to close to pre-race values. circulating concentrations of plasma il-6 and il-8 the mean immediate post-race concentrations of the table i. subject characteristics (n = 29) characteristic mean (± sem) range age (yrs) 39.7 (– 1.3) 27 54 body mass (kg) 70.4 (– 2.0) 53.2 97.0 stature (m) 1.74 (– 0.02) 1.57 1.89 body mass index (kg/m2) 23.2 (– 0.5) 18.7 28.7 race time (hrs) 9.73 (– 0.18) 7.38 11.08 weekly training distance (km) 87.9 (– 4.92) 70 120 table ii. mean (± sem) dietary carbohydrate (cho) intakes and plasma concentrations of glucose on the day preceding the race and the day of the race plasma glucose cho (g) (mmol/l) day preceding the race placebo (n = 7) 399 (– 29.1) 4.69 (– 0.3) vc500 (n = 10) 499 (– 51.3) 4.95 (– 0.3) vc1500 (n = 12) 482 (– 42.2) 4.74 (– 0.2) day of the race placebo (n = 7) 315 (– 54.8) 6.14 (– 0.6) vc500 (n = 10) 353 (– 35.2) 6.47 (– 0.5) vc1500 (n = 12) 488 (– 65.7) 5.95 (– 0.3) fig. 1. mean (± sem) serum vitamin c concentrations before and after participation in a 90 km ultramarathon (# p < 0.01, two-tailed wilcoxon’s test, v. placebo at this time point). 200 160 120 80 40 0 pre 0h 24h 48h post post post placebo vc500 vc1500 s e ru m v it a m in c ( µ m o l/ l) vitamin c jf-f 5/3/05 8:49 am page 7 8 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 chemotactic cytokine, il-8, were more than 5-fold higher than mean pre-race concentrations and subsided to close to pre-race concentrations at 24 and 48 hours after completion of the race (table iv). plasma il-8 concentrations correlated strongly (r = 0.67) with absolute neutrophil numbers in the circulation (table iii). the increase in the mean circulating concentrations of il-8, observed immediately post-race, were greater in the 500 mg group than in the p group, but the difference did not reach statistical significance (p = 0.14). circulating il-6 concentrations showed a similar trend to that of il-8, with a greater than 20-fold increase in concentrations following completion of the downhill ultramarathon, which subsided within 48 hours. however, throughout the 48-hour recovery the mean concentrations of il-6 in the vc500 group remained elevated above those of the p group, but the difference did not reach statistical significance (p = 0.11). serum crp and amyloid a concentrations both acute phase proteins measured in this study revealed a similar trend (figs 2 and 3). when concentrations in the 3 groups were compared at the 24 and 48-hour post-race timepoint a kruskal-wallis test revealed a significant difference in the circulating crp concentration (p < 0.05). similar trends were observed for amyloid-a, but were not statistically significant due to large intra-group variance. a subsequent wilcoxon s two-sample test revealed significant differences (p = 0.03; 0.04) between the vc500 and p groups for serum crp at the 24 and 48-hour post-race time-points. however, the increments in mean crp concentrations were not signiffig. 2. mean (± sem) serum crp concentrations before and after participation in a 90 km ultramarathon # p < 0.01, twotailed wilcoxon’s test, v. placebo at this time point). pre 0h 24h 48h post post post s e ru m c r p (m g /l ) 80 60 40 20 0 placebo vc500 vc1 500 table iii. haematological profile. values as mean (± sem) post-race post-race post-race variable pre-race (0.5 1 hour) (24 hours) (48 hours) % pv change * placebo 7.11 (– 2.98) -2.23 (– 3.55) 9.45 (– 2.54) vc500 1.73 (– 1.80) 7.74 (– 2.26) 12.3 (– 2.25) vc1500 6,73 (– 2.24) 5.43 (– 2.64) 15.6 (– 2.23) total leukocytes(10 9 /l ) placebo 7.62 (– 1.07) 18.1 (– 2.5) 8.66 (– 1.03) 8.09 (– 1.04) vc500 7.96 (– 1.09) 16.6 (– 1.2) 9.37 (– 0.68) 7.75 (– 0.31) vc1500 6.52 (– 0.48) 14.2 (– 1.1) 8.14 (– 0.66) 7.24 (– 0.46) neutrophils (10 9 /l) placebo 4.43 (– 0.91) 15.2 (– 2.2) 5.14 (– 0.13) 4.04 (– 0.79) vc500 4.82 (– 1.08) 13.8 (– 0.9) 5.64 (– 0.57) 3.59 (– 0.26) vc1500 3.45 (– 0.35)+ 11.0 (– 1.0)+ 4.43 (– 0.08) 3.10 (– 1.10) lymphocytes (10 9 /l) placebo 2.11 (– 0.12) 1.6 (– 0.3) 2.4 (– 0.3) 2.3 (– 0.3) vc500 2.21 (– 0.12) 1.3 (– 0.1) 2.6 (– 0.2) 2.2 (– 0.1) vc1500 2.25 (– 0.21) 2.0 (– 0.3)+ 2.7 (– 0.2) 2.4 (– 0.2) neutro/lymph ratio placebo 2.10 (– 0.37) 11.9 (– 2.3) 2.5 (– 1.5) 2.2 (– 1.1) vc500 2.31 (– 0.62) 10.7 (– 1.3) 2.4 (– 0.9) 1.7 (– 0.5) vc1500 1.53 (– 0.25) 7.0 (– 1.9)+ 2.0 (– 1.5) 1.5 (– 0.8) monocytes (10 9 /l) placebo 0.46 (– 0.05) 1.36 (– 0.15) 0.76 (– 0.10) 0.73 (– 0.10) vc500 0.61 (– 0.07) 1.00 (– 0.25) 1.00 (– 0.10) 0.76 (– 0.06) vc1500 0.61 (– 0.05) 1.05 (– 0.14) 0.79 (– 0.07) 0.79 (– 0.05) *calculated from packed cell volumes and haemoglobin concentrations; expressed as percentages relative to pre-race plasma volume. + p < 0.05 wilcoxon s test between groups at specified time-point when compared with placebo at this time-point. pv = plasma volume; neutro/lymph ratio = neutrophil/hymphocyte ratio. # # vitamin c jf-f 5/3/05 8:49 am page 8 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 9 icant at any of the post-race time points in the vc1500 group. however when the data from the 2 vc groups were pooled (n = 22) and compared with the p group (n = 7), the mannwhitney test showed significant differences of serum crp concentrations between the 2 groups at 0 hours (p = 0.037), 24 hours (p = 0.048) and 48 hours (p = 0.048) post race. in terms of amyloid a, il-6 and il-8, the difference between the 2 groups was not significant at any of the time-points (p > 0.05). a box and whisker plot illustrating the variability around the median is provided in fig. 4 and indicates that the median of the p group did lie outside the interquartile range of the vc group at all 3 post-race time-points for serum crp concentrations. repeated measures anova showed no evidence of an interaction between the 2 groups over time for serum crp concentrations (p = 0.534). the effect of vc supplementation was significantly different from the p group at all time-points (f = 6.664, p = 0.016). the profiles of amyloid a and il-8 were identical, but co-incident (p = 0.458; 0.861). a profile plot of the logged serum crp concentration data is presented in fig. 5. discussion the results of the serum vc concentrations within the 3 groups confirm significant elevations in the supplemented groups when compared with those in the p group. in contrast, insignificantly different plasma glucose concentrations in the 3 groups following the race confirm the absence of this factor as a possible extraneous variable influencing vc uptake and absorption in the 3 groups.9 fig. 5. profile plot of the logged serum crp concentrations of the placebo (n = 7) and pooled vitamin c (n = 22) groups at the four time points. fig. 3. mean (± sem) serum amyloid a concentrations before and after participation in a 90 km ultramarathon. fig. 4. a box and whisker representation of the variability of the serum crp concentrations in placebo (n = 7) and pooled vitamin c (n = 22) groups at the four time points. pre 0h 24h 48h post post post pre 0h post 24h post 48h post a m y lo id a (m g /l ) 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 a m y lo id a (m g /l ) 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 -20 placebo vc500 vc1500 pre 0h 24h 48h post post post m e a n l o g s e ru m c r p (m g /m l) 2 1.5 1 0.5 0 -0.5 -1 placebo vitamin c placebo vitamin c table iv. mean (± sem) plasma interleukin-6 and interleukin-8 concentrations (adjusted for plasma volume changes) post-race post-race post-race variable pre-race (0.5 1 hour) (24 hours) 48 hours) il-6 (pg/ml) placebo 3.6 (– 2.4) 92.5 (– 22.3) 4.7 (– 2.4) 4.2 (– 1.2) vc500 3.5 (– 1.8) 112 (– 26.3) 6.8 (– 1.8) 4.5 (– 1.8) vc1500 2.5 (– 0.8) 73.1 (– 6.2) 6.5 (– 1.7) 4.2 (– 1.8) il-8 (pg/ml) placebo 4.0 (– 0.5) 22.1 (– 4.2) 3.6 (– 0.6) 3.4 (– 0.5) vc500 3.7 (– 0.7) 28.0 (– 6.6) 3.7 (– 0.7) 3.2 (– 0.7) vc1500 4.2 (– 1.8) 18.4 (– 2.0) 5.6 (– 0.9) 3.3 (– 0.4) vitamin c jf-f 5/3/05 8:49 am page 9 10 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 when the results of each of the markers of transient systemic inflammatory response syndrome (sirs) measured in this study are considered collectively, participation in this 90 km downhill ultramarathon resulted in evidence of a substantial pro-inflammatory response which was confirmed by significant post-race elevations in neutrophil count, plasma il-6, il-8, serum crp and serum amyloid concentration. this evidence of sirs appeared to be exacerbated in the vc500 group when compared with the placebo and vc1500 groups. the development of an inflammatory reaction is known to be controlled by cytokines. while il-6 is released from activated t-helper-2 cells at the site of the damaged tissue, the chemokine, il-8, is known to mediate inflammation via its ability to attract and activate neutrophils in the damaged tissues3 and is a key player in the pro-inflammatory cytokine cascade. in this study, the mean increase in il-8 exceeded 500% and was accompanied by substantial increases in il-6, as well as the hepatically derived acute phase proteins, crp and amyloid a. despite the relatively small sample sizes of the 3 groups and the conservative non-parametric statistics used, serum crp, an important marker of acute phase response,7 was significantly elevated in the 24-hour post-race sample of the vc500 group when compared with the placebo group. this was supported by the trends towards higher serum amyloid a (p = 0.12), il-6 (p = 0.11) and il-8 (p = 0.14) post-race concentrations in the vc500 group. collectively, these data are also supported by recent findings. the significant increment in the 24-hour post-race acute phase protein concentration in the vc500 group confirms our previous finding of an increased acute phase response (crp) and reduced anti-inflammatory response (lower serum cortisol concentrations) reported in the group receiving 1 000 mg vc in our previous paper.15 the findings of childs et al.5 who showed that supplementation with the equivalent of 750 1 000 mg vc daily for 7 days prior to a brief, intense session of eccentric resistance exercise, resulted in significant increases in indices of oxidative stress which included serum-free iron, lipid hydroperoxides and 8-iso prostaglandin f2 alpha, also lend support to this finding. this contention is further supported by the significantly lower cortisol and anti-inflammatory cytokine (il-10 and il-1ra) response (reported in peters et al.14). notwithstanding the relatively small sample sizes and the fact that field work of this nature does not allow strict control of dietary intakes during the race, the trends of a pro-inflammatory response in the vc500 group are too striking to ignore and may well support in vitro findings of an ascorbic acid-induced pro-inflammatory response. these include inhibition of the hydrogen peroxide (h2o2), neutralising activity of catalase by complexing with the haeme group of this anti-oxidative enzyme,12,13 the inability of the vitamin to scavenge h2o21 and its paradoxical action in preventing the auto-oxidative inactivation of nadph-oxidase by acting as a scavenger of hypochlorus acid (hocl), which results in increased production of h2o2 by activated phagocytes.1 although a pro-inflammatory response could reasonably be expected to augment innate host defences against microbial and viral pathogens, possibly contributing to the lower incidence of post-race upper respiratory tract infection in vitamin c-supplemented ultramarathon athletes,16 this may, however, be offset by an increase in the potential threat of inflammationmediated tissue damage. acknowledgements we thank mrs tonya esterhuizen for assistance with the statistical computation of data reported in this paper. references 1. anderson r, lukey pt. a biological role for ascorbate in the selective neutralization of extracellular, phagocyte derived reactive oxidants. ann n y acad sci 1987; 498: 219-47. 2. ashton t, young is, davison gw, et al. exercise induced endotoxaemia: the effect of ascorbic acid supplementation. free radic biol med 2003; 35: 284-91. 3. baggiolini m. novel aspects of inflammation: interleukin-8 and related chemotactic cytokines. clinical investigator 1993; 71: 812-14. 4. bieri jg, tolliver tj, catignani gl. simultaneous determination of retinol and (tocopherol in serum and plasma by liquid chromatography. clin chem 1983; 29: 708-12. 5. childs a, jacobs c, kaminski t, halliwell b, leeuwwenburgh c. supplementation with vitamin c and n-acetyl-cysteine increases oxidative stress in humans after an acute muscle injury induced by eccentric exercise. free radic biol med 2001; 31: 745-53. 6. dill db, costill dl. calculation of percentage changes of blood, plasma and red cells in dehydration. j appl physiol 1974; 37: 247-8. 7. fallon ke the acute phase response and exercise: the ultramarathon as prototype exercise. clin j sport med 2001; 11(1): 38-43. 8. lambert mi, dennis sc. delayed onset muscle soreness. south african journal of sports medicine 1994; 1: 18-20. 9. malo c, wilson jx. glucose modulates vitamin c transport in small intestine brush border vesicles. j nutr 2000; 130: 63-9. 10. nieman dc, henson da, butterworth de, et al. vitamin c supplementation does not alter the immune response to 2.5 hours of running. int j sport nutr 1997; 7: 173-84. 11. nieman dc, peters, em, henson da, nevines ei, thompson mm. influence of vitamin c supplementation on cytokine changes following an ultramarathon. j interferon cytokine res 2000; 20: 1029-35. 12. orr cwm. studies on ascorbic acid. i. factors influencing the ascorbatemediated inhibition of catalase. biochemistry 1967; 6: 2295-3000. 13. pederson ew, ostowski k, ibfedt t, et al. effect of vitamin supplementation on cytokine response and on muscle damage after strenuous exercise. am j physiol cell physiol 2001; 289: c1570-5. 14. peters em, anderson r, nieman dc, fickl h, jogessar v. vitamin c supplementation attenuates the increase in circulating cortisol, adrenaline and anti-inflammatory polypeptides following ultramarathon running. int j sports med 2001b ; 22: 537-43. 15. peters em, anderson r, theron aj. attenuation of the increase in circulating cortisol and enhancement of the acute phase response in vitamin csupplemented ultramarathoners. int j sports med 2001a ; 21: 1-7. 16. peters em, goetzsche jm, joseph le, noakes td. vitamin c as effective as combinations of anti-oxidant nutrients in reducing the incidence of upper respiratory tract infections in ultradistance runners. south african journal of sports medicine 1996; 4: 23-7. 17. poulsen he, weiman a, salonen kn, et al. does vitamin c have a prooxidant effect? nature 1998; 395: 231. 18. schane ja, johnson sr, vandenakker cb. delayed onset muscle soreness and plasma ck and ldh activities after downhill running. med sci sports exerc 1983; 15: 51-6. 19. schmidt ka, steinhilber d, moser u, roth hj. l-ascorbic acid modulates 5-lipogenase activity in human polymorhonuclear leukocytes. int arch allergy immunol 1988; 85: 441-5. 20. sorichter s, puschendorf b, mair j. skeletal muscle injury induced by eccentric muscle action. muscle proteins as markers of muscle fibre injury. exerc immunol rev 1999: 5: 5-21 vitamin c jf-f 5/3/05 8:49 am page 10 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 11 original research the medial tibial stress syndrome score: item generation for a new patient reported outcome measure m winters,1 msc; m franklyn,2 phd; mh moen,3,4 md, phd; a weir,5 mbbs, phd; fjg backx,1 md, phd; ewp bakker,6 phd 1 university medical centre utrecht, rehabilitation, nursing science and sports department, utrecht, the netherlands 2 department of mechanical engineering, the university of melbourne, melbourne, australia 3 bergman clinics, naarden, the netherlands 4 the sportsphysician group, olvg west, amsterdam, the netherlands 5 aspetar orthopaedic and sports medicine hospital, doha, qatar 6 division of clinical methods and public health, academic medical centre, university of amsterdam, amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: m winters (marinuswinters@hotmail.com) background: there is no valid and reliable instrument that evaluates injury severity and treatment effects for medial tibial stress syndrome (mtss) patients. objective: the aim was to generate items for the mtss score, a new patient-reported outcome measure for patients with mtss. methods: the authors consulted experts in the field of mtss to generate items that measure the severity of mtss and to reach consensus on the relevance of items for the mtss score. this research consisted of a pilot study and two delphi rounds. the delphi approach entails the consultation of experts about a topic for which no evidence is available during which consensus is sought on this topic. additionally, 20 mtss patients appraised the mtss score on readability and comprehension. results: nineteen experts consented to participate, 13 of whom reached consensus. generated items address the following domains: ‘limitation in sporting activities’, ‘pain while performing sporting activities’, ‘pain while performing activities of daily living’ and ‘pain at rest’. patients with mtss confirmed the good readability and comprehension of the items. conclusion: this study supports the importance of items in the aforementioned domains while evaluating treatment effects in patients with mtss. keywords: shin splints, item generation, delphi technique, crosscultural translation s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):11-16. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a426 medial tibial stress syndrome (mtss) is one of the most common lower leg injuries in athletes and military personnel.[1,2] it is an overuse injury with pain along the distal medial border of the tibia that is thought to be due to overloading of the bone.[3] a recent systematic review highlighted a lack of good studies on the treatment of mtss.[4] one commonly used definition for mtss is provided by yates and white:[5] ‘the presence of exercise-induced pain along the posteromedial border of the tibia over five or more consecutive centimetres that is elicited by palpation’.[5] in previous research, numerous outcome variables have been used to assess treatment effects on mtss patients; e.g. visual analogue scales, global perceived effect scales, and time to recovery.[4] over the past two decades, the opinion of the patient has received increasing attention when determining treatment effects in clinical trials and practice. hence, the use of patient reported outcome measures (proms) has been recommended to quantify the effect of interventions in randomised controlled trials and clinical settings.[6] a recent systematic review on mtss showed there is a need for a standardised outcome measure as no validated outcome measures have yet been developed.[4] item generation is the first step in creating a new prom. therefore the aim of this study was to generate items for a new prom for mtss patients and have these items’ relevance and comprehension subsequently appraised by patients with mtss. this prom should evaluate severity and treatment effects, and also incorporate the perception of the patient. methods and materials the authors used a delphi consensus study to combine expert opinions and reach consensus. a delphi approach entails the consultation of experts about a topic for which no evidence is available. these experts are blind to the other experts involved in the study; thus their opinion are not influenced by other expert opinions. in a delphi study a consensus of opinion is sought from those regarded as experts in their fields. these expert opinions are solicited “blind”.[7-9] for this study the authors received permission from the local medical ethics committees of the provinces of utrecht (12-542/c) and zuid-holland (12-092). identifying and inviting mtss experts the authors aimed to include experts in the field of mtss who were currently actively involved in mtss research and who also had clinical experience with mtss patients. therefore they firstly identified experts in the field of mtss by contacting national sports medicine associations, (the american college of sports medicine, the american orthopaedic society for sports medicine, the australasian college of sports physicians, the british association of sport and exercise medicine, the canadian academy of sport and exercise medicine, the danish association of sports medicine, german federation for sports medicine and prevention, and the swedish society of exercise and sports medicine) and requested they provide the contact information of their key experts in the field of mtss. in addition, those who had published studies in the field of mtss were contacted. based on their network of clinical experts, the authors also approached a number of people in the netherlands. all experts were invited to participate by email. delphi study a pilot study among the experts in the authors’ own network (n = 9) was conducted prior to starting the study in order to generate preliminary items. this network consisted of sports physicians and sports physiotherapists in the field of mtss with whom collaboration had taken place in previous research projects in the netherlands. in the first round of the delphi study, all experts were requested to comment on the preliminary items and asked to suggest new items. mailto:marinuswinters@hotmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a426 12 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research in consecutive rounds, these new items were included. these experts were asked to indicate their level of agreement with regard to the inclusion of the preliminary items in the mtss score on a five-point scale: strongly disagree, disagree, no opinion, agree, strongly agree. they were also requested to suggest additional items. consensus was reached upon an item when 67% of the experts voted for its inclusion or exclusion.[6] the delphi study was completed when consensus was reached upon all items and no further items were proposed. no maximum number of rounds was set. after consensus was reached, all items were translated into dutch by a native dutch speaker with a medical background who was also proficient in english. appraisal by patients a sports medicine physician diagnosed mtss if exercise-induced pain along the posteromedial border of the tibia was elicited by palpation on the posteromedial border of the tibia over a length of five or more consecutive centimeters.[5] patients were eligible for participation when they were ≥ 16 years of age and had had symptoms for ≥ three weeks. when focal tibial pain, indicative of a stress fracture, or a medical history with a cruris fracture was present, subjects were excluded.[10] after item generation, the patients appraised the items in two rounds. in the first round, the authors asked 15 mtss patients to provide feedback on readability and comprehension using a semi-structured interview. they subsequently modified the items according to their feedback. in the second round, an additional five patients with mtss were requested to appraise the items. cross-cultural translation all the generated items for the mtss score were translated from dutch to english. steps one to four from the cross-cultural validation process, as described by sousa and rojjanasrirat[11] and beaton et al.[12] were performed. the translation contained forward and back-translations. a steering committee, in which the translators and all authors (except mf), were represented, reviewed both the forward and back-translations and decided on the final english version. the decision making process was based on consensus, which was reached when 67% of the committee members present agreed. in case consensus could not be reached for all items, the authors planned to have them translated again using different translators. [11,12] results twenty-one international and eleven dutch experts were invited to participate, 19 of whom consented to participate: four americans, four australians, one canadian, nine dutch and one from england. there were eight sports physiotherapists, six sports physicians, one podiatrist, one surgeon in sports medicine, one podiatric surgeon, one exercise and sports specialist and one biomedical engineer. figure 1 is the study’s flow diagram. one expert withdrew his participation during the pilot study and five were lost to follow-up during the second round of the delphi study. those experts (n = 13: 8 dutch, 3 australian, 2 american) with whom consensus was reached are named in the acknowledgements section, except for one expert (mf) who co-wrote this manuscript. the supplementary online material presents all the items generated. invited experts through national sports medicine associations (n=3); invited experts through past publications (n=8) invited dutch experts through previous collaboration (n=11) international experts who consented to participate (n=10; australia = 4; usa = 4; canada = 1; great britain = 1) pilot study dutch experts who consented to participate (n=9) first concept version (n=16 items: adl = 6; sports activities = 10) generation of items 3, 5, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15 national experts who stopped participating (n=1) delphi study (n=18 mtss experts) round 1: 10 preliminary items were adjusted/deleted proposal of items 1, 2, 7, 8, 12 and 14 (international) experts who stopped participating (n=5)round 2: experts (n=13) reached consensus on all items on which consensus was sought (table 1) items 4 and 6 were proposed and included in the mtss score without expert consultation appraisal by mtss patients round 1 (n=14) round 2 (n=6) fig. 1. flow diagram and patients’ appraisal of the mtss score pilot study the pilot study included 16 items on the limitations of activities in daily life (adl) (n = 10) and sporting activities (n = 6). these items were scored from 0 to 4, with 0 indicating ‘no problem’ to 4 indicating an ‘extreme problem’. the remaining items: 3, 5, 9, 10, 11, 13 and 15 were developed during the pilot study. round 1 in round 1, the main feedback provided was that there were too many items related specifically to running and sporting activities. furthermore, participants proposed that each outcome should have a descriptor, which was accordingly included for all items. items on sprinting, uphill running, and sudden accelerations and decelerations when running were removed as suggested by the majority of the experts, as these items were irrelevant to mtss patients that do not usually run. items 1, 2, 7, 8, 12 and 14 were produced in round 1 (see appendices 1 and 2 for items in dutch and english). sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 13 original research round 2 in this round, consensus was reached on all but two items. one item was proposed in the second round but did not reach the prevalidation stage. this item looked at provoking pain during hopping. this item was considered irrelevant for the study’s objective as most patients do not usually hop. two items (4 and 6) were suggested in round  2; however, these items were not included in the additional round of the delphi study. items 4 and 6 both cover pain during sporting activities. table 1 provides an overview of the final level of consensus reached for each item. consensus was reached on all items formulated in english. table 1: number of experts (n = 13) that agree/disagree with inclusion of an item in the mtss-score item strongly disagree disagree no opinion agree strongly agree % of experts that agree with inclusion 1. current sporting activities 1 2 10 92% 2. current amount of sporting activities 1 3 9 92% 3. urrent content of sporting activities 5 8 100% 4. pain while performing sporting activities not assessed in delphi study 5. time to onset of pain during sporting activities 1 4 8 92% 6. pain throughout sporting activities 1 not assessed in delphi study 7. pain throughout sporting activities 2 1 3 9 92% 8. pain after sporting activities 4 9 100% 9. pain while standing 2 1 6 4 80% 10. pain while walking 4 9 100% 11. pain while walking up or down stairs 6 7 100% 12. pain while performing common daily activities 1 1 4 7 85% 13. pain at rest 4 9 100% 14. pain at night 2 2 5 4 69% 15. pain to touch 1 1 4 7 85% contribution of experts who stopped participating during the study, five of the 19 experts did not respond to the authors’ attempts to seek contact and contributions from the project. the expert who stopped participating during the pilot study suggested, together with other experts, to use an item on the current content of sporting activity (item 3). in the second round of the delphi study, five experts discontinued responding to the authors’ emails. the first of these experts stated that the questionnaire was complete in the first round and therefore did not respond to the authors’ further emails. the second expert suggested including items on the current content of sporting activities (item 3) and current sporting activity (item 1). one expert suggested including an item on night pain (item 14), and on pain experienced after sporting activities (item 8). the importance of the latter was supported by one of the other experts who also withdrew their participation. the fifth expert suggested including an item that differentiated between the various types of pathophysiology (e.g. stress fracture, compartment syndrome, mtss) of shin pain. however, it was decided not to include this item in the delphi study as it discriminates between types of lower leg pain instead of the severity of perceived complaints. appraisal by patients (figure 1) fourteen patients (seven women and seven men) commented on the newly developed mtss score. they completed the questionnaire and provided feedback on the questionnaire’s readability, comprehension and ease of use. the first concept of the questionnaire was shaped according to the example of the visa-a questionnaire with a guide to continue or skip to the next item. to continue or to skip an item depended on whether the patient was still involved in their usual sporting activity, was involved in alternative sporting activities only, or was not involved in any sporting activity at all.[13] however, some of the patients did not understand this structure. therefore the preliminary mtss score was modified so that every patient had to complete all the items. item 15 was not well understood. this item was aimed at the measurement of pain on touch. it started with descriptors for three different degrees of touch followed by statements of when pain was induced at touch. this was changed by using the various degrees of touch (e.g. bumping, pressing, rubbing) in the response options. other patients’ suggestions concerned alternative words for pain. changes were made based on the feedback provided. in addition, six patients (three women and three men) provided comments on the updated mtss score. no further comments were made and the mtss score was considered ready for validation. the mtss score the mtss score consists of 15 items: current sporting activities, current amount of sporting activities, current content of sporting activities, pain while performing sporting activities, time to onset of pain during sporting activities, pain throughout sporting activities (item 6 of the total set, see appendices 1 and 2), pain throughout sporting activities (item 7 of the total set, see appendices 1 and 2), pain after sporting activities, pain while standing, pain while walking, pain while walking up or down stairs, pain while performing common daily activities, pain at rest, pain at night and pain to touch (table 1). 14 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research cross-cultural translation the mtss score was translated from dutch to english according to the appropriate guidelines.[11,12] all minor discrepancies between translators of the forward and back-translations were resolved at consensus meetings. the forward and back-translations of the mtss score were critically reviewed by a steering committee comprising of all authors and translators. the back-translation highlighted a few minor discrepancies between the forward translation and the original version: “i feel ...” instead of “i have ...” (items 9, 10 and 11). other discrepancies were seen in item 5 where ‘sporting activities’ was included in the response options. all discrepancies were resolved so that the english version was a correct cross-cultural translation of the original dutch version. discussion this study provides expert-generated and patient-appraised items for a new patient reported outcome measure for mtss. consensus was reached on all generated items that were included during the delphi study. items generated relate to limitation in sporting activities, pain while performing sporting activities, pain while performing activities of daily living and pain at rest. patients appraised the generated items as to their ease of understanding and relevance to the injury. in previous research, a great variety of pain scales were used and definitions of when patients have recovered differ greatly between studies. this hampers comparison of results across studies. this present study aimed to generate items for a new standardised instrument to evaluate treatment effects in mtss patients. furthermore, the mtss score meets the need for an instrument that evaluates effects and incorporates the perceptions of the patient. the mtss score was developed using the delphi technique, a widely used method to reach consensus among experts in fields for which no evidence is available. one of the most important advantages is that experts are unaware as to who their co-participants are. therefore the experts opinions are free from the influence of other panel members.[7-9] the strong aspects in this delphi study include the size of the expert panel and the wide variety of experts with different backgrounds. in addition, the items have been appraised by a total of 20 patients with mtss, in two rounds. although five experts stopped participating during course of the delphi study, all experts contributed to the development of the mtss score’s items. furthermore, the quality of the contributions were considered as more important than the quantity of the contributions. there were also some limitations in the current study. consensus was not sought on two items (items 4 and 6). these items were proposed in round 2. as five experts did not respond to the authors’ emails after round 1, there was concern that more experts may drop out in additional rounds, thus leaving little or no consensus on the items. these two items were appraised by the authors’ group and were found to be useful. the content validity for items 4 and 6 is acknowledged and therefore less supported by expert consultation. the authors are confident that their decision to not seek consensus on these two items enabled a broad consensus on all other items. in the delphi method, there is no widely accepted threshold for when consensus among experts is met. previous reports suggested using thresholds between 50% and 70%.[8,9] in this research project, it was decided to set the threshold at 67%; however, there was >75% agreement for all but one item.[7] a report on the validation study, in which items for the mtss score were selected and its reliability, validity and responsiveness is assessed elsewhere.[14] conclusion this study reports on the item generation process for the mtss score, a new patient-reported outcome measure for patients with mtss. the results support the importance of items in the domains of pain, limitations in activities of daily living and sporting activities while measuring the severity of mtss from the patient’s perspective. the items generated in this study cover all these domains. acknowledgements: the authors are very grateful for the valuable contributions of the expert panel members. the experts that participated in the final round of the delphi study were: carl barten, bpt; steef bredeweg, md, phd; fred hartgens, md, phd; shannon munteanu, phd; carol otis, phd; rodney pope, bpt, phd; steven rayer, mspt; michiel schipper, mspt; victor steeneken, msc; jack taunton, md, phd; joost vollaard, mspt; wessel zimmermann, md. we thank sophia stone and jesse tjebbes (forward-) and elmar kal, phd, and jacintha kal (back-) for their valuable cross-cultural translations. competing interests: no competing interests to be declared. funding: none. references 1. clanton  to,  solcher bw. chronic  leg  pain  in the athlete. clin sports med  1994 oct;13(4):743-759. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1941738111426115] 2. taunton je, ryan mb, clement db, et al. a retrospective case-control analysis of 2002 running injuries. br j sports med 2002;36(2):95-101. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.36.2.95] 3. moen mh, tol jl, weir a, et al. medial tibial stress syndrome: a critical review. sports med 2009;39(7):523-546. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-20093907000002] 4. winters m, eskes m, weir a, et al. treatment of medial tibial stress syndrome: a systematic review. sports med 2013;43(12):1315-1333. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/ s40279-013-0087-0] 5. yates b, white s. the incidence and risk factors in the development of medial tibial stress syndrome among naval recruits. am j sports med 2004;32(3):772-780. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/0095399703258776] 6. dawson j, doll h, fitzpatrick r, et al. the routine use of patient reported outcome measures in healthcare settings. bmj 2010;340:c 186. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bmj.c186] 7. boyce w, gowland c, russell d, et al. consensus methodology in the development and content validation of a gross performance measure. physiotherapy canada 1993;45:94-100. 8. mckenna hp. the delphi technique: a worthwhile research approach for nursing? j adv nurs 1994 jun;19(6):1221-1225. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.1994. tb01207.x] 9. mckenna h,  hasson f,  smith m. a delphi survey of midwives and midwifery students to identify non-midwifery duties. midwifery  2002 dec;18(4):314-322. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1054/midw.2002.0327] 10. edwards ph jr., wright ml, hartman jf. a practical approach for the differential diagnosis of chronic leg pain in the athlete. am j sports med 2005;33(8):1241-1249 [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546505278305] 11. sousa vd, rojjanasrirat w. translation, adaptation and validation of instruments or scales for use in cross-cultural health care research: clear and user-friendly guideline. j eval clin pract 2011 apr;17(2):268-274. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.13652753.2010.01434.x] 12. beaton de, bombardier c, guillemin f, et al. guidelines for the process of crosscultural adaptation of self-report measures. spine (phila pa 1976) 2000 dec 15;25(24):3186-3191. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00007632-200012150-00014] 13. robinson jm, cook jl, purdam c, et al. the visa-a questionnaire: a valid and reliable index of the clinical severity of achilles tendinopathy. br j sports med 2001;35:335-341. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.35.5.335] 14. winters m, moen mh, zimmermann wo et al. the medial tibial stress syndrome score: a new patient-reported outcome measure. br j sports med 2015 oct 28. pii: bjsports-2015-095060. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2015-095060] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1941738111426115 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.36.2.95 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.36.2.95 http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200939070-00002 http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200939070-00002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-013-0087-0 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-013-0087-0 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0095399703258776 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0095399703258776 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.c186 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.c186 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.1994.tb01207.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.1994.tb01207.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1054/midw.2002.0327 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546505278305 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2753.2010.01434.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2753.2010.01434.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00007632-200012150-00014 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.35.5.335 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.35.5.335 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 15 original research appendix 1: item set in dutch as generated by the delphi study sportactiviteiten: voor militairen: marsen en marcheren zijn sportactiviteiten. 1) momenteel: beoefen ik al mijn gebruikelijke sportactiviteiten ☐ kan ik, door mijn scheenbeenklachten, minder dan mijn gebruikelijke sportactiviteiten doen ☐ kan ik, door mijn scheenbeenklachten, alleen alternatieve sportactiviteiten doen ☐ kan ik, door mijn scheenbeenklachten, geen enkele sportactiviteit doen ☐ 2) deze vraag gaat over de hoeveelheid van uw sportactiviteiten: ik heb het aantal keer dat ik sport per week niet aangepast ☐ ik heb het aantal keer dat ik sport per week teruggebracht met 1-25% ☐ ik heb het aantal keer dat ik sport per week teruggebracht met 26-50% ☐ ik heb het aantal keer dat ik sport per week teruggebracht met 51-75% ☐ ik heb het aantal keer dat ik sport per week teruggebracht met 76-100% ☐ 3) deze vraag gaat over de inhoud van uw sportactiviteiten: ik heb mijn sportactiviteiten niet aangepast ☐ ik heb mijn sportactiviteiten een beetje aangepast (±25%), bijvoorbeeld een beetje minder sprintwerk/sprongwerk, een beetje minder lang sporten ☐ ik heb mijn sportactiviteiten behoorlijk (±50%) aangepast, ik sport minder intensief; bijvoorbeeld veel minder sprintwerk/sprongwerk, minder lang achter elkaar hardlopen ☐ ik heb het merendeel (±75%) van mijn training aangepast, ik sport veel minder intensief; bijvoorbeeld geen sprintwerk/ sprongwerk, niet lang achter elkaar hardlopen, alleen kort durende lichte belasting ☐ ik kan geen enkele sportactiviteit doen vanwege mijn scheenbeenklachten ☐ 4) tijdens het sporten: heb ik geen pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik enige pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik veel pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ ik kan niet sporten vanwege de pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ 5) hoe lang, nadat u gestart bent met sporten, voelt u pijn aan het scheenbeen? ik heb geen pijn tijdens het sporten ☐ langer dan 15 minuten nadat ik gestart ben ☐ binnen 15 minuten nadat ik gestart ben ☐ direct nadat ik gestart ben ☐ ik kan niet sporten vanwege de pijn aan mijn scheenbeen ☐ 6) als u pijn heeft tijdens het sporten, en u gaat door met sporten, wat gebeurt er dan met de pijn? ik heb geen pijn tijdens het sporten ☐ de pijn neemt af ☐ de pijn blijft hetzelfde ☐ de pijn neemt toe ☐ ik kan niet sporten vanwegede pijn aan mijn scheenbeen ☐ 7) als de pijn aanwezig is wanneer u begint met sporten, en u gaat door met sporten, wat gebeurt er dan met de pijn? ik heb geen pijn tijdens het sporten ☐ de pijn verdwijnt binnen 10 minuten ☐ de pijn verdwijnt na 10 minuten ☐ de pijn verdwijnt niet ☐ ik kan niet sporten vanwege de pijn aan mijn scheenbeen ☐ 8) na het sporten: heb ik geen pijn ☐ verdwijnt de pijn binnen 12 uur ☐ verdwijnt de pijn tussen de 12 uur en 2 dagen ☐ blijft de pijn langer dan 2 dagen aanwezig ☐ ik kan niet sporten vanwege de pijn aan mijn scheenbeen ☐ 9) tijdens staan: heb ik geen pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik enige pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik veel pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ ik kan niet staan vanwege de pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ 10) tijdens lopen: heb ik geen pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik enige pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik veel pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ ik kan niet lopen vanwege de pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ 11) tijdens trap opof aflopen: heb ik geen pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik enige pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik veel pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ ik kan niet traplopen vanwege de pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ gewone dagelijkse activiteiten: bijvoorbeeld staan, wandelen, lopen, traplopen of fietsen. 12) tijdens gewone dagelijkse activiteiten: heb ik geen pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik enige pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ heb ik veel pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ ik kan geen gewone dagelijkse activiteiten doen vanwege de pijn in mijn scheenbeen ☐ pijn in rust: bijvoorbeeld zitten of liggen. 13) in rust is mijn scheenbeen: niet pijnlijk ☐ gevoelig ☐ pijnlijk ☐ heel pijnlijk ☐ 14) ’s nachts: heb ik geen pijn ☐ is mijn scheenbeen soms gevoelig ☐ word ik wakker van de pijn in mijn scheenbeen maar ik val snel weer in slaap ☐ kan ik door de pijn in mijn scheenbeen delen van de nacht niet slapen ☐ 15) pijn bij aanraking: ik heb geen pijn bij aanraking van mijn scheen ☐ ik heb alleen pijn wanneer ik de scheen stoot ☐ ik heb pijn wanneer ik op de scheen druk én wanneer ik de scheen stoot ☐ ik heb pijn wanneer ik over de scheen wrijf, er op druk én de scheen stoot ☐ 16 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research appendix 2: english cross-cultural translated item set as generated by the delphi study sportactiviteiten: for military: marching is considered to be a sporting activity. 1) presently: i perform all of my usual sporting activities ☐ i am forced to do less of my usual sporting activities due to pain in my shin ☐ i am forced to do alternative sporting activities only due to pain in my shin ☐ i cannot do any sporting activity due to pain in my shin ☐ 2) this question concerns the frequency of your sporting activities: i have not reduced the frequency of my sporting activities ☐ i have reduced the frequency of my sporting activities by 1-25% a week ☐ i have reduced the frequency of my sporting activities by 26-50% a week ☐ i have reduced the frequency of my sporting activities by 51-75% a week ☐ i have reduced the frequency of my sporting activities by 76-100% a week ☐ 3) this question concerns the content of your sporting activities: i have not adjusted my sporting activities ☐ i have adjusted my sporting activities slightly (±25%), e.g. slightly less sprinting and jumping, slightly decreasing the duration of my sporting activities ☐ i have adjusted my sporting activities substantially (±50%), my sporting activities are less intense, e.g. substantially less sprinting and jumping, decreasing the duration of running ☐ i have adjusted the majority (±75%) of my sporting activities, my sporting activities are substantially less intense, e.g. avoiding sprinting and jumping altogether, running for short periods of time, only short and light loads ☐ i cannot do any sporting activity due to my shinbone pain ☐ 4) while performing sporting activities: i have no pain in my shin ☐ i have some pain in my shin ☐ i have a lot of pain in my shin ☐ i cannot do any sporting activity due to my shin pain ☐ 5) how long, after you have started a sporting activity, do you feel the pain in your shin? i have no pain during sporting activities ☐ after 15 minutes, after i have started ☐ within the first 15 minutes after i have started ☐ immediately after i have started ☐ i cannot do any sporting activity due to my shinbone pain ☐ 6) in the case of pain being present during your sporting activity, and you continue the activity, what happens to your pain? i have no pain during sporting activities ☐ the pain decreases ☐ the pain remains unchanged ☐ the pain increases ☐ i cannot do any sporting activity due to my shinbone pain ☐ 7) if you feel pain in your shin when starting your sporting activity, and you continue the activity, what happens to your pain? i have no pain during sporting activities ☐ the pain disappears within 10 minutes ☐ the pain disappears after 10 minutes ☐ the pain does not disappear ☐ i cannot do any sporting activity due to my shinbone pain ☐ 8) after sporting activities: i have no pain ☐ the pain disappears within 12 hours ☐ the pain disappears between 12 hours to 2 days ☐ the pain remains present for longer than 2 days ☐ i cannot do any sporting activity due to my shinbone pain ☐ 9) while standing: i have no pain while standing ☐ i have some pain while standing ☐ i have a lot of pain while standing ☐ i cannot stand due to the pain ☐ 10) while walking: i have no pain in my shin ☐ i have some pain in my shin ☐ i have a lot of pain in my shin ☐ i cannot walk due to pain in my shin ☐ 11) while going up or down stairs: i have no pain in my shin ☐ i have some pain in my shin ☐ i have a lot of pain in my shin ☐ i am unable to walk up or down stairs due to the pain in my shin ☐ usual daily activities: e.g. standing, walking (up or down stairs) or cycling. 12) while performing common daily activities: i have no pain in my shin ☐ i have some pain in my shin ☐ i have a lot of pain in my shin ☐ i cannot do any common daily activity due to pain in my shin ☐ pain at rest: e.g. sitting or laying down. 13) at rest, my shin is: not painful ☐ sensitive ☐ painful ☐ very painful ☐ 14) at night: i have no pain ☐ my shin is sometimes sensitive ☐ i wake up sometimes because of the pain in my shin, but i can fall back asleep soon ☐ i cannot sleep due to the pain in my shin for parts of the night ☐ 15) pain while touching: i have no pain when touching my shin ☐ i have pain when i bump my shin ☐ i have pain when i press and when i bump my shin ☐ i have pain when i rub, press on and when i bump my shin ☐ original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license an analysis of specific batting demands in the women’s the hundred competition s nicholls, phd; j keenan, msc; am cresswell, bsc (hon); l pote, phd department of sport, outdoor and exercise science, university of derby, england corresponding author: l pote (l.pote@derby.ac.uk) the game of cricket was traditionally perceived to be a physically undemanding sport.[1] however, over the decades, there has been a substantial amount of research showing that this is not the case, and cricketers need to be well-trained to compete.[2,3] this is most likely due to the increased professionalism and evolution of the game from test (multiday) and one day matches to the t20 format. cricket has therefore gone through several makeovers to keep up with the times[4] and as a result, players are faced with shorter formats and packed schedules for their country, club, and franchise. more recently, the newest, shortest, and fastest format of the game, the hundred, has been introduced in the united kingdom, where eight teams with players from all over the world compete in the five-week competition. a typical ‘hundred’ match lasts approximately two and a half hours with each team facing 100 deliveries. bowlers can deliver either five or ten consecutive balls (known as ‘sets’, instead of the traditional ‘overs’) with a maximum of 20 balls per bowler per innings (e.g. one set = five deliveries). the match outcome is ultimately decided by the team that scores the most runs. similar to t20, the rules have been modified from traditional formats to provide an advantage to the batters.[4] the first 25 balls constitute a power play where only two fielders are allowed outside the circle (27.43m area around the pitch), and ‘no balls’ award the batting side a ‘free hit’ plus two additional runs. therefore, batting performance is an important aspect of the game and investigating the movement demands and physical requirements of batters is key for both coaching and strength and conditioning staff.[5] furthermore, one of the key drivers of developing the ‘the hundred’ is the potential benefit to the women’s game, with increased visibility, investment, and exposure opportunities for players.[6] the women’s game is growing, with 30% of cricketers overall and 60% of new cricketers in australia being female;[7] however, there is limited literature regarding the women’s cricket formats.[8] a significant amount of research has performed time-motion analyses to quantify the movement patterns of male batters in test (multi-day), one day and t20 matches.[5,9] findings indicate that the intensity of the game increases with the shorter formats and that batters perform at a similar intensity for one day matches and t20 matches respectively (table 1). additionally, this similarity was also shown when comparing time between deliveries and overs for international one day and t20 matches. average time between deliveries and overs for one day games was 32.70s and 79.80s respectively compared to 35.00s (between deliveries) and 75.00s (between overs) for t20 matches.[2,10] likewise, the running requirements of both formats of the game were shown to be similar in nature.[2,10] while literature related to the movement demands for the multi-day, one day and t20 formats is substantially available, the same cannot be said for the hundred competition. to the authors’ knowledge, these studies have also not considered all variables that could affect these movement patterns, such as power plays, bowler/batter referrals (to the third umpire), strategic time outs, rain delays and injury time, which are important if the actual demands of the game are to be shown. furthermore, it has been indicated that these movement patterns are likely to differ between males and females because of factors such as anthropometry, force velocity relationships, boundary size, the size and mass of the ball, as well as the speed of the ball being bowled.[11] lastly, to date, no research has examined the movement demands of elite females in any of the match formats. the purpose of this study was therefore to analyse specific batting demands and variables associated with background: no research has investigated the shortest format of the game of cricket, the hundred competition. furthermore, women’s cricket research is particularly limited, with most focusing on injuries and little literature investigating specific batting demands. these demands are important if training programmes are to mimic the game’s movement patterns. objectives: the purpose of this study was to analyse specific batting demands and variables associated with the women’s the hundred competition. methods: thirty-one matches from the women’s 2021 the hundred competition were analysed using hudl sportscode elite. variables analysed included: bowler type (seam or spin), free hits, no ball runs, reason for no ball (height/wide/front foot), run scored (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6), type of key event (fall of wicket, bowling referral, batting referral, umpire referral, bowling time out, rain delay, or injury) as well as time between deliveries and sets, overall and between the power play and non-power play. a total of 6073 deliveries were analysed. results: a significant difference (p<0.05) was observed for time between deliveries for spin bowlers (26.90±22.16 s) compared to seam bowlers(31.70±20.37 s) as well as time between sets for the power play (58.00±13.28 s) and nonpower play phases (63.70±42.00 s). additionally, in the power play, most runs were made up of “1’s” and “4’s”. in the nonpower play phase, “1’s” made up the biggest contribution of runs (as a percentage). conclusion: the fact that singles make up a significant portion of a typical match means that strength and conditioning coaches should incorporate high-intensity sprint-type training into training programmes to mimic these demands. keywords: the hundred, batting, cricket, batters s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15056 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15056 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5545-1421 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6200-1418 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7295-8061 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0727-0014 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 the women’s the hundred competition. this is important so that trainers and coaches can design scientifically based programmes that mimic the demands of the female version of the game. in future, this could help with player performance and may reduce the risk of injury. methods sample thirty-four matches (32 regular seasons, one eliminator and one final) from the 2021 women’s the hundred competition were selected for analysis. the competition took place between 21st july 2021 and 21st august 2021. three matches were excluded due to significant rain effects causing match abandonment (manchester originals v northern superchargers and trent rockets v oval invincibles) or video feed issues (trent rockets v northern superchargers) whereby match footage was unavailable. as a result, video footage from 31 of the collated matches was used for the final analysis. a total of 6073 deliveries were analysed. variables and procedure match variables related to bowler type (seam or spin), whether it was a free hit, no ball runs (1, 2), no ball reason (height/wide/front foot), run scored (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6), and type of key event (fall of wicket, bowling referral, batting referral, umpire referral, bowling time out, rain delay, or injury) were selected. in addition, the time between deliveries (defined as the exact video frame immediately before ball release from the bowler’s hand), the time between sets (defined as the exact video frame between the umpire calling ‘set’ and the following ball delivery release frame), and the number of instances analysed were collected. operational definitions for each variable were defined prior to the coding of match footage and were referenced during analysis to ensure consistency and accuracy of coding throughout. to collate the data of interest, a bespoke panel was created within hudl sportscode elite (hudl, usa) to code each game and associated variables of interest. all data were manually coded by the same individual, visually reviewed, checked for entry and logic errors post-completion (e.g. if a wide was bowled then an extra delivery had been coded), and subsequently collated into a microsoft excel spreadsheet for further analysis. reliability coded data were assessed for accuracy and reliability. in a similar manner to kubayi and larkin,[12] data from approximately 10% of the matches analysed were randomly selected to be re-coded by the same observer following a minimum two-week separation to negate observer remembrance. intra-rater reliability was assessed for each variable between the two coded timelines using a pearson’s r coefficient (time between deliveries and time between overs) or kappa statistic (remaining coded variables). all variables demonstrated perfect (kappa = 1.00) or near perfect agreement (pearson r > 0.99) and provided confidence that the collected data reliably represented observed match events. statistical analysis descriptive data were presented as mean (sd) or relative contribution (%) where appropriate. normality assumptions were checked using the kolmogorov-smirnov test. a mann whitney u test (ibm spss statistics, version 25) was used to identify differences in the overall time taken between deliveries in relation to delivery type (spin vs seam), whilst a wilcoxon signed-rank test compared time between sets for power play and non-power play. statistical significance was set at p < 0.05. the friedman test was used to analyse the interaction between bowler type (seam/spin) and match period (powerplay/nonpowerplay) in relation to time between deliveries. post-hoc pairwise comparisons using the mann whitney u (wilcoxon rank-sum) test with a bonferroni correction were undertaken thereafter to minimise the risk of type i errors due to multiplicity testing. the effect size calculation (cohen’s d) was used to characterise the magnitude of difference for the time between deliveries and sets for the power play and the nonpower play phases, for both seam and spin bowling.[13] the criteria for interpreting effect sizes were: < 0.2 trivial, 0.2-0.5 small, > 0.5-0.8 medium, > 0.8 large. corresponding 95% confidence intervals (95% cis) were calculated. results a significant difference (p<0.001; es=0.23) was observed for the time between deliveries for spin (26.90±22.16s; 95% ci: 26.1127.66) compared to seam (31.70±20.37s; 95% ci: 30.94-32.42) bowlers overall. the friedman test indicated a significant interaction between bowler type (seam/spin) and match period (power play/non-power play (x2(3)=97.35, p<0.001; es=0.06). significant differences were identified for the difference in time between spin and seam within both the power play (26.20±17.68; 95% ci: 24.44-27.90; and 31.30±19.06; 95% ci: 30.18-32.45; u=375016.500; p<0.001; es=0.27) and the nonpower play (27.00±22.52s; 95% ci: 26.17-27.89 and 31.90±21.12s; 95% ci: 30.93-32.87; u=3111791.000; p<0.001; es=0.23) respectively (table 2). no significance was shown within each discipline (spin and seam) for all phases of the game as well as time between sets. dot balls (‘0’s) and ‘1’s’ respectively constitute 39.16% and 39.22% of runs per delivery bowled (table 3). in terms of run table 1. movement variables of male batters for the different game formats (adapted from petersen et al., 2010)9 sprints/hour (>5 m/s-1) mean sprint distance (m) maximum sprint distance (m) efforts/hour recovery ratio (1:x) twenty20 15 (9) 13 (4) 19 (6) 45 (16) 38 (13) one day 13 (9) 11 (3) 21 (11) 39 (16) 50 (21) multi-day 8 (3) 13 (7) 21 (8) 28 (6) 61 (10) data expressed as mean (sd). “efforts/hour”, number of movement efforts per hour; “recovery ratio”, ratio between work performed and recovery time. original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 contribution ‘4’s’ make up the largest portion of runs scored in a women’s the hundred match (45.64% of total runs scored). within the power play (first 25 deliveries), dot balls make up the majority of the deliveries bowled (54.0% contribution), followed by ‘1’s’ (25.1% contribution) and ‘4’s’ (16.5% contribution; table 4). this changes outside of the power play (deliveries 26-100), where ‘1’s’ are more prevalent (44.3% contribution) followed by dot balls (33.8% contribution) and ‘4’s’ (12.7% contribution). more seam deliveries are bowled in the power play phase of the game compared to spin (67.2% vs 32.8%; table 5). the opposite is observed in the non-power play phase with seam deliveries making up 41.2% compared to 58.8% spin deliveries bowled. relatively, more wickets fall (6.1% vs 4.6%) and there are more umpire referrals (1.2% vs 0.4%) in the non-power play phase compared to the powerplay. contrastingly, more wides are bowled in the power play (5.4% vs 2.7% compared to the non-power play phase). discussion the most important finding of this investigation was that singles (1’s) made up the largest contribution (as a percentage) of running requirements for both the power play (25.1%) and non-power play (44.3%) phases of a women’s ‘hundred’ match (table 4). the same trend was observed overall, with 39.2% of running a result of singles (table 3). the use of singles to accumulate winning totals is different to the observed trend in men’s short form games where winning totals are built on ‘4’s’; more boundaries are scored in the men’s format.[14] significant differences (p<0.01) were also observed for time between spin and seam time deliveries (26.90±22.16s vs 31.70±20.37s; es=0.23), as well as time between spin and seam within the power play (27.00±22.52s vs 31.90±21.12s; es=0.27), and non-power play (27.00±22.52s vs 31.90±21.12; es=0.23) respectively. this is shorter than times observed for one day internationals (time between deliveries: 32.70s; time between overs: 79.80s) and t20 matches (time between deliveries: 35.00s; table 2. time between deliveries for spin and seam bowlers (overall, power play and nonpower play) as well as time between sets (5 deliveries) overall (s) power play (s) non-power play (s) spin 26.90 (22.16)* 26.20 (17.68) $ 27.00 (22.52) # seam 31.70 (20.37)* 31.30 (19.06) $ 31.90 (21.12) # both 29.20 (21.45) 29.60 (19.02) 29.00 (22.09) between sets 62.50 (37.71) 58.00 (13.28) 63.70 (42.00) data expressed as mean (sd). *, #, $, represent significant difference between paired symbols. one set is 5 deliveries. table 3. overall absolute runs and percentage run contribution for the 2021 women’s the hundred competition (n=31) run value number of deliveries delivery (%) total runs runs per set run (%) 0 2378 39.2 0 0.0 0.0 1 2382 39.2 2382 2.0 32.6 2 375 6.2 750 0.6 10.3 3 18 0.3 54 0.04 0.7 4 834 13.7 3336 2.8 45.6 6 86 1.4 516 0.4 7.1 extras* 240 272 0.2 3.7 overall 6073 100 7310 6.0 100 * extras are additional runs (1 or 2) provided to the batting team because of an in-match event (wides = 1 run, no balls = 2 runs). these extras do not form part of the total deliveries bowled by the fielding team. one set is 5 deliveries. teams may be bowled out prior to completing their allotted 100 balls or 20 sets in a match, or targets are chased down with balls/sets in hand. table 4. absolute and percentage (%) of deliveries and run contribution in the power play compared to the non-power play phase of the 2021 women’s the hundred competition (n=31) power play non-power play run value number of deliveries delivery (%) total runs runs per set run (%) number of deliveries delivery (%) total runs runs per set run (%) 0 874 54.0 0 0 0.0 1506 33.8 0 0 0 1 406 25.1 406 1.3 22.8 1974 44.3 1974 2.2 35.7 2 56 3.5 112 0.4 6.3 319 7.2 638 0.7 11.5 3 3 0.2 9 0.03 0.5 15 0.3 45 0.05 0.8 4 267 16.5 1068 3.3 60.0 567 12.7 2268 2.6 41.0 6 13 0.8 78 0.2 4.4 73 1.6 438 0.5 7.9 extras* 98 108 0.3 6.1 142 164 0.2 3.0 overall 1619 100 1781 5.5 100 4454 100 5527 6.3 100 * extras are additional runs (1 or 2) provided to the batting team because of an in-match event (wides = 1 run, no balls = 2 runs). these extras do not form part of the total deliveries bowled by the fielding team. “power-play” refers to the first 25 deliveries and “non-power play” is the remaining 75 deliveries in an innings. one set is 5 deliveries. teams may be bowled out prior to completing their allotted 100 balls or 20 sets in a match, or targets are chased down with balls/sets in hand. original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 time between overs: 75.00s).[2,10] this could be due to several factors. the rules are designed to encourage quicker play, bowlers do not change end after ever set and penalties are enforced for slow set rates in ‘the hundred’ competition. if the bowling team does not complete their sets in an allocated time period, one fewer fielder will be allowed outside the 30yard (27.43m) circle for the remaining sets, thus encouraging teams to ‘get through their sets’ quicker. in addition, the current study was on elite female cricketers while the studies investigated elite male players; more boundaries are hit during the men’s game perhaps resulting in a longer time to return the ball to the bowler. more boundaries are also hit in the men’s format of the game due to greater maximum bat speeds and ball launch speeds.[11] additionally, the boundary is smaller (closer) for the female game compared to the male setup, which could also account for the shorter times in this investigation.[11] these findings create a unique insight into the women’s ‘hundred’ game. there is potentially a greater exposure to high-speed running for female batters than seen in their male counterparts. furthermore, the reduced time between balls, and more significantly between sets, reduces the rest period and creates a higher density of action for the female players than observed in the men’s game. one of the key facets of successful batting performance is the accuracy and execution of skill, which is pressured in short forms of the game.[15] if these factors are further pressured by an increased volume of workload and density of skill execution, batting performance could be impaired. prolonged batting with repeated shuttle running has been reported to impact high-order cognitive function and therefore affect decision-making, response selection, response execution and other batting-related executive processes.[16] these findings also support that the development of the players' sprint performance, and aerobic and anaerobic capacity will be vital to successful batting performance, this will facilitate both production of high intensity actions and recovery from these actions. further to this, players should be exposed to sport-specific training that includes repeated shuttle running incorporating skill execution; however, this should be particular to the format being played. batters are most prone to lower limb injuries (hamstring and quadriceps strains) because of high workloads and the high eccentric load due to the constant acceleration, deceleration and turning when sprinting between the wickets.[17,18] training plans for batters in the women’s ‘hundred’ should also focus on high-velocity force application and the development of eccentric training regimes so that players can cope with the stress placed on them when sprinting between the wickets.[3] this could improve overall performance, as well as reduce the risk of injury by delaying the onset of fatigue.[3] for other key run-scoring metrics, more ‘4’s’ are scored during the power play compared to the non-power play phase; the opposite is seen for ‘6’s’ (table 4). this is understandable as during the power play, more players need to be within the inner circle (27.43m) (30-yard circle) due to fielding restrictions and as a result more ‘4’s’ are hit. furthermore, this is important as research on t20 matches has shown that winning teams hit more boundary ‘4’s’ in the power play (first six overs).[14] more ‘6’s’ are hit in the non-power play as players often have to clear the boundary at the back end of an innings when the field is spread out (relaxed fielding restrictions); a trend that has been observed in t20 cricket.[14] the same can be observed for running ‘2’s’; more are scored in the non-power play phase as the fielding restrictions have been lifted, which allows more opportunity for multiple runs. several interesting findings were also observed when examining the key events that take place in a match (table 5). as a percentage of deliveries within the phase, more wickets are taken in the non-power play phase (6.1%) of the innings compared to the power play (4.6%). this is to be expected as either a team is being bowled out before the completion of the table 5. total, percentage (of overall balls bowled) and per game key events in the power play compared to the non-power play phase of the 2021 women’s the hundred competition (n=31) key event power play non-power play total number percentage of total deliveries (%) number per game total number percentage of total deliveries (%) number per game fall of wicket 75 4.6 2.4 270 6.1 8.7 umpire referral 6 0.4 0.2 52 1.2 1.9 bowling referral 8 0.5 0.3 26 0.6 0.8 batting referral 3 0.2 0.1 11 0.2 0.4 injury 1 0.1 0.03 2 0.0 0.1 bowling time out 0 0.0 0.0 45 1.0 1.5 free hits 5 0.3 0.2 20 0.4 0.7 no balls 10 0.6 0.3 22 0.5 0.7 wides 88 5.4 2.8 119 2.7 3.8 seam deliveries 1088 67.2 35.1 1833 41.2 59.1 spin deliveries 531 32.8 17.1 2621 58.8 84.6 “power-play” refers to the first 25 deliveries and “non-power play” is the remaining 75 deliveries in an innings. seam and spin deliveries refer to all key events, but exclude wides, no balls, and free hits. one set is 5 deliveries. teams may be bowled out prior to completing their allotted 100 balls or 20 sets in a match, or targets are chased down with balls/sets in hand. original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 100 balls, or batters are trying to ‘hit out’ and score as many runs towards the back end of the innings thus resulting in more wickets falling. the same trend is shown for umpire referrals; more are observed in the non-power play phase (1.2%) compared to the power play (0.4%). this is most likely because batters are trying to maximise non-boundary scoring opportunities (e.g., 1’s and 2’s) in the non-power play phase (as the field is spread out) which results in several run-out opportunities and hence umpire referrals. furthermore, the fact that the wicket-keeper in the female format of the game is often standing up to the stumps (through observation), means that there are most likely more umpire referrals as a result of stumping chances. in terms of batting and bowling referrals, no difference was observed between the power play and nonpower play phases. seam deliveries make up 67.20% of deliveries in the power play compared to 32.9% spin deliveries; the opposite was observed in the non-power play phase (58.8% spin compared to 41.3% seam deliveries). this is similar to the literature examining professional t20 matches (indian premier league and english domestic league) which showed that there is no advantage to using spin bowlers in the power play.[19,20] it has been suggested that spin bowlers should be used in the middle overs to restrict the run rate when the field is spread out,[18,19] which seems to be the case in the ‘hundred’ as well. this could explain the increased amount of spin deliveries used in the non-power play phase. lastly, more wide deliveries are bowled in the power play (5.4%) compared to the non-power play phase (2.7%). this could be due to the fact that more seam deliveries are bowled in the first 25 balls (power play) when the ball is new and swinging, compared to when the spinners bowl later on in the match. practical applications and future research this study is important for the design of scientifically based strength and conditioning programmes. it is important that training programmes both develop the specific bioenergetics required to support the movement demands of the game as well as sessions that simulate match situations as closely as possible to ensure that players are prepared for the unpredictable nature of the game of cricket and skill execution under fatigue. this is particularly important in this version of the women’s game as it appears to have demands of volume and density of workloads that are beyond those experienced by batters in the men’s game. this investigation could allow for the design of protocols that mimic certain phases of play for training purposes. effectively designed programmes could also reduce the risk of injury and improve overall player performance and well-being. taking the results of this investigation into account, most of the runs are scored through boundaries (‘4’s). therefore, training should incorporate some form of range or power hitting. upper body strength and power are other physical characteristics that need to be developed if the boundary is to be cleared more often. furthermore, singles also contribute substantially to overall runs scored. as a result, training practices should focus on the rate of force development in the lower limbs to help with acceleration properties. this may similarly reduce the risk of hamstring strains due to the eccentric actions when accelerating, sprinting and decelerating while running between the wickets. additionally, the information gained from this study can be used for the design of a ‘hundred’ protocol that may be used for future research to take a more in depth look at the different responses of elite female cricketers. this could allow future research to examine, for example, the physiological and perceptual demands of the women’s ‘hundred’. lastly, a comparison between these findings and the male version of the competition is needed. therefore, future research should consider replicating this investigation using male ‘hundred’ cricketers to determine whether the movement demands and patterns differ between a male and female cohort. conclusion this is the first study to investigate the demands of the women’s “the hundred” competition. the most significant finding was that singles (1’s) make up the majority of the running requirements, for both the power play and nonpowerplay phases of a match. as a result, strength and conditioning coaches should focus on mimicking the demands of the game by incorporating high-intensity, shuttle running into their training programs. this may help with overall performance as well as reduce the risk of injury. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: lp and sn: project conception, data collection, data analysis, manuscript draft and review. jk and amc: data collection, manuscript review. references 1. fletcher j. calories and cricket. lancet 1955; 268(6875): 1165-1166. [doi:10.1016/s0140-6736(55)90662-0] [pmid: 14382534] 2. pote l, christie cj-a. physiological and perceptual demands of high intensity sprinting between the wickets in cricket. int j sports sci coach 2014; 9(6): 1375-1382. [doi: 10.1260/17479541.9.6.1] 3. christie cj-a. the physical demands of batting and fast bowling in cricket. in: zaslav kr, ed. an international perspective on topics in sports medicine and sports injuries. intechopen, 2012: 321-332. 4. cannonier c, panda b, sarangi s. 20-over versus 50-over cricket: is there a difference? jse 2015; 16(7): 760-783. [doi:10.1177/1527002513505284] 5. petersen cj, pyne db, portus mr, et al. quantifying positional movement patterns in twenty20 cricket. int j perform anal in sport 2009; 9(2):165-170. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2009.11868474] 6. botcherby e. the hundred and women's cricket: a search for equality with a little way to go. the cricketer, 2021. https://www.thecricketer.com/topics/news/the_hundred_and_ womens_cricket_a_search_for_equality_with_a_little_way_to_ go.html. (accessed 07 october 2022) 7. garcia-byrne f, buckley jd, bishop c, et al. external and internal workload demands of women’s twenty 20 cricket competition. j sci med sport 2020; 23(1): 89-93. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2019.09.006] [pmid: 31551140] 8. warren a, dale s, mccaig s, et al. injury profiles in elite women’s http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1527002513505284 https://www.thecricketer.com/topics/news/the_hundred_and_womens_cricket_a_search_for_equality_with_a_little_way_to_%20go.html https://www.thecricketer.com/topics/news/the_hundred_and_womens_cricket_a_search_for_equality_with_a_little_way_to_%20go.html https://www.thecricketer.com/topics/news/the_hundred_and_womens_cricket_a_search_for_equality_with_a_little_way_to_%20go.html original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 t20 cricket. j sci med sport 2019; 22(7): 775-779. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2019.01.018] [pmid: 30827845] 9. petersen cj-a, pyne d, dawson b, et al. movement patterns in cricket vary by both position and game format. j sports sci 2010; 28(1): 45-52. [doi: 10.1080/02640410903348665] [pmid: 20013461] 10. christie cj-a, sheppard b, goble d, et al. strength and sprint time changes in response to repeated shuttles between the wickets during batting in cricket. j strength cond res 2019; 33(11): 3056-3064. [doi:10.1519/jsc.0000000000002585] [pmid: 29746385] 11. mcerlain-naylor s, peploe c, grimley j, et al. comparing power hitting kinematics between skilled male and female cricket batters. j sports sci 2021; 39(21): 2393-2400. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2021.1934289] [pmid: 34128451] 12. kubayi a, larkin p. match related statistics differentiating winning and losing teams at the 2019 africa cup of nations soccer championship. front sports act living 2022; 4: 807198. [doi: 10.3389/fspor.2022.807198] [pmid: 35280227] 13. hopkins wg. how to interpret changes in athletic performance tests. sportsci 2004; 8: 1-7. 14. moore a, turner dj, johnstone ja. a preliminary analysis of team performance in english first-class twenty-twenty (t20) cricket. int j perform anal sport 2012; 12(1): 188-207. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2012.11868593] 15. douglas m, tam n. analysis of team performances at the icc world twenty20 cup 2009. int j sport 2010; 10(1): 47-53. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2010.11868500] 16. goble d, christie cj-a. cognitive, physical and physiological responses of school boy cricketers to a 30-over batting simulation. j sports sci 2017; 35(12): 1148-1154. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2016.1211731] [pmid: 27467711] 17. finch c, white p, dennis r, et al. fielders and batters are injured too: a prospective cohort study of injuries in junior club cricket. j sci med sport 2010; 13(5): 489-495. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2009.10.489] [pmid: 20031485] 18. ranson c, hurley r, rugless l, et al. international cricket injury surveillance: a report of five teams competing in the icc cricket world cup 2011. br j sports med 2013; 47(10): 637-643. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2012-091783] [pmid: 23418267] 19. petersen cj, pyne db, portus mj, et al. analysis of twenty/20 cricket performance during the 2008 indian premier league. int j perform anal sport 2008; 8(3): 63-69. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2008.11868448] 20. najdan jm, robins tm, glazier sp. determinants of success in english domestic twenty20 cricket. int j perform anal sport 2014; 14(1): 276-295. [doi:10.1080/24748668.2014.11868721] original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license “if money was no object”: a qualitative study of south african university office workers’ perceptions of using height-adjustable sitstand desks pj gradidge,1 phd; m phaswana,1 msc; jy chau,2 phd 1 centre for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 department of health sciences, faculty of medicine, health & human sciences, macquarie university, sydney, australia corresponding author: pj gradidge (philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za) sedentary behaviour is a growing global public health concern. elevated levels of sitting time are associated with all-cause mortality and cardiovascular disease risk factors, especially among people who are not sufficiently active. [1] sedentary behaviour is defined as sitting or lying recumbent or such activities that result in energy expenditures of ≤ 1.5 metabolic equivalents. [2] obesity and related comorbidities have strong links with sedentary behaviour, particularly in low-income and middle-income countries (lmics), such as south africa, where populations continue to shift into obesogenic urban environments and adopt these sedentary lifestyles. [3] recent data demonstrate that the prevalence of south africans sitting ≥ eight hours per day is approximately 4.6% of the population, and this is mostly among those living in urban areas. [4] office workers in south africa are prone to sitting for long periods of time during vocational hours, [5] that are similar to highincome countries (hics) where employees are sedentary for at least two-thirds of the workday. [6,7] a recent systematic review using pooled data reported that interventions for reducing sitting in office workers have found small improvements in cardiovascular health, particularly with systolic blood pressure (−1.1 mm hg), body composition (body weight: -0.6 kg; body fat percentage: −0.3%; waist circumference: −0.7 cm, and lipid profile (high-density lipoprotein cholesterol: 0.04 mm) and insulin (−1.4 pm). [8] interventions in free-living environments, including workplaces, that target sedentary behaviour alone or in conjunction with physical activity, are effective for improving biomarkers associated with cardiometabolic risk profiles. [8] most of the sedentary behaviour interventions have been carried out in high-income countries and eurocentric populations. the evidence indicates that sit-stand workstations are effective in workplace strategies in high-income country settings. [8] little is known about the feasibility of this strategy in the context of low-middle income countries, possibly due to the comparatively longer duration of interventions conducted in the studies in high-income countries. [8] for example, an australian workplace intervention that included environmental modifications (sit-stand desks), messaging to encourage behaviour adjustment and health coaching observed significant reductions in occupation-related sitting time and cardiometabolic biomarkers at 3and 12-months. [9] south african workers (n=1954) recruited from 18 companies were estimated to have a high prevalence of non-communicable diseases due to the growing obesity epidemic in the country. [10] hene et al. also reported that 67% of workers in their study were overweight, while 77% were insufficiently physically active. [11] what is lacking, however, is the comprehension of how tools to disrupt occupation-related sitting are feasible for workers in south africa. to our knowledge, strategies using sit-stand desks have not been applied in the south african workplace and not in a university context in particular. therefore, we sought to target this knowledge gap by exploring the perceptions of south african university office workers regarding the feasibility of sit-stand desks to reduce sedentary behaviour at work. methods setting, design, participants and recruitment this study was conducted at the faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa. the study aimed to assess the feasibility of an environmental modification to promote less sitting using sit-stand desks. on the 20th of november 2020, all office staff from one building in the faculty of health sciences were invited by email to participate in this study. of the thirty-two potential participants who were working in the office during the covid19 lockdown, 11 responded to the invitation and completed an online pre-screening survey. the email invitation included a participant information sheet and a consent form. ethical background: data from empirical investigations on the feasibility and acceptability of using sit-stand desks in an office-based setting in lowand middle-income settings are limited. objectives: to explore the perceptions of south african office workers towards using height-adjustable sit-stand desks to reduce sitting time during vocational hours. methods: self-reported sedentary behaviour and in-depth, semi-structured interviews were conducted in december 2020. thematic content analysis approach was used to develop themes. results: eleven office workers with a work-time sitting time of 8 (6-8) hours were interviewed (age 40.5 ± 12.6 years), most (91%) were female. the main themes emerged and included: overall impressions of the height-adjustable sit-stand desks; enablers versus barriers to using the desk and readiness to continue using sit-stand desks. conclusion: the findings of this research add to the evidence on environmental workstation modifications for reducing sedentary behaviour. further investigations on the efficacy of sit-stand desks are recommended in south african university office workers. keywords: sit-stand desks, university office-based workers, workplace, sedentary behaviour, south africa s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13881 mailto:philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13881 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6261-2545 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5917-1619 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5225-1184 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 approval was obtained from the university of the witwatersrand (ethics certificate number m190224). written consent was provided by all participants. the inclusion criteria included adults (aged above 18 years) with access to a desk or workstation within an office, the ability to communicate in english, the ability to walk or stand for at least 10 minutes, and individuals who worked in the office for at least three days a week. the sit-stand workstation consisted of a height-adjustable workstation (jumbo deskstand™, deskstand, south africa) that allowed office workers to vary their posture throughout the workday between sitting and standing for a period of two weeks. the participant’s workstation was set up by one of the investigators (mp) in the best ergonomic position in relation to the participant’s height and needs. upon installation, participants were educated on the benefits of standing-based work and interrupting sitting time. participants were provided with training on how to optimally set up the workstation for their own individual job roles. the participants were asked to disintegrate their sitting time by accumulating bouts of standing activities of at least 10 minutes initially and, then progressing to longer bouts of 30 minutes or more as the study progressed. data collection procedure participants were first asked to self-report their estimated time spent sitting (hours) in various aspects of sitting during work, commuting and at home using an adapted version of the workforce sitting questionnaire (wsq). [12] the wsq is reliable and has been validated for use in office-based workers. [12] the semi-structured interviews took 10-30 min each, and were all recorded and conducted in english. interviews were conducted by one researcher (mp) using a semi-structured interview guide (supplementary file 1) via microsoft teams or in-person between 1st of december 2020 to 19th february 2021 as preferred by the participants during the covid-19 pandemic. recorded audio files from the discussions were transcribed verbatim. all transcripts were checked against the recordings to verify accuracy and credibility, and grammatical editing was adopted where necessary. data credibility and trustworthiness the authors followed and adopted the eight “big-tent” criteria for excellent qualitative research in conducting this study. these criteria included a worthy topic, rich rigour, sincerity, credibility, resonance, significant contribution, ethical and meaningful coherence. [13] exploring the perceptions of using height-adjustable sit-stand desks was considered a worthy topic to inform environmental sedentary behaviour interventions in the south african context. regarding rich rigour, the authors followed the established methodology for data collection, processing, and analysis. sincerity was observed by the authors that confirmed that the interviews were transcribed correctly and processed using recognised software (atlast.ti) and that there was agreement on the themes and sub-themes to ensure optimal trustworthiness. credibility was confirmed by presenting the themes that could be anchored to participant quotations. the exemplar quotations are presented systematically for a visual resonance of the participants’ perceptions of using the heightadjustable sit-stand desks. concerning significant contribution, the authors describe the conceptual relevance of interrupt sitting time during office hours and the importance of informing further studies of environmental tools to reduce sedentary behaviour in the south african workplace. ethical approval was obtained as described. finally, meaningful coherence for this study was realised by ensuring robust methodology consistent with previous research of sedentary behaviour interventions in the workplace. [14] data analysis recordings were transcribed and de-identified by a professional service. all transcripts were read at least twice by each researcher and then coded line by line using a thematic analysis approach with atlas.ti 9 (9.1.5.0, atlas.ti scientific software development gmbh). two researchers (mp and pjg) read and coded the imported textual data to identify emergent themes. discrepancies were discussed, and revisions were made until full consensus was achieved. results the participants (n=11) were mostly female (91%) and had a mean age 40.5 ± 12.6 years (table 1). the majority had tertiary qualifications (91%) and 82% (n=9) were paid a monthly salary ≥r20000. the estimated self-reported sitting time ranged from table 1. demographic characteristics (n=11) characteristic n (%) age (years)* 40.5 ± 12.6 female 10 (90.9) highest level of education completed high school 1 (9.1) diploma/ college certificate 1 (9.1) university degree 3 (27.3) postgraduate degree 6 (54.4) monthly income prefer not to answer 1 (9) 90 (n=11) visa-p <90 (n=8) visa-p >90 (n=22) 61.9  13.7 (55.3-68.5) 95.2  2.5 (93.5-96.9) 63.3  14.3 (51.3-75.2) 97.1  1.7 (96.3-97.8) ronzio et al., 2017[8] physiotherapy epi - - visa-a, vas no values provided moreno et al., 2017[15] epi control 11/0, 26.9  4.5 13/0, 25.2  4.9 vas on palpation vas on contraction psfs vas on palpation vas on contraction psfs 1.1  0.9 (--) 0.5  0.7 (--) 95.4  4.1 (--) 2.0  1.5 (--) 1.6  1.3 (--) 89.9  6.8 * population characteristics values are: male/female, mean age in years  sd; † values are mean sd (95% confidence interval). ‡ denotes change from baseline value. § indicates difference between groups; -indicates no values provided. epi, intratissue percutaneous electrolysis; vas, visual analogue scale; dash, disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand; spadi, shoulder pain and disability index; visa-p, victorian institute of sport assessment – patella; visa-a, victorian institute of sport assessment – achilles; psfs, patient-specific functional scale. table 4. results of uncontrolled studies study group population characteristics* measure instrument effect estimates (mean ± sd) baseline final follow-up valera-garrido et al., 2010[18] group 1 (n=13) group 2 (n=19) 19/13, 35  8.0 visa-p <50 visa-p >50 33  8 66  7 69  7 88  7 (6 weeks, n=32) valera-garrido et al., 2014[9] n=36 19/17, 38  6.4 vas dash 60.2  8.0 63.6  9 6.0  12.0 13.6  4.1 (6 weeks) abat et al., 2014[19] n=33 group 1† group 2† 29/4, 25.3 (16-53) visa-p <50 visa-p >50 31.5  10.9 68.7  10.3 81.8  14.5 89.4  7.6 (2 years, n=33) abat et al., 2015[6] group 1 (n=21) group 2 (n=19) 17/4, 26  8.49 18/1, 25.7  8.12 visa-p <50 visa-p >50 88.8  10.1 96.0  4.3 (10 years, n=34) munoz et al., 2012[20] n=36 19/17, 38  6.4 vas dash - 37.4 (--) - 63.4  9 * population characteristics values are: male/female, mean age in years  sd; † n values per group unknown; -indicates no values provided. vas, visual analogue scale; dash, disabilities of the arm, shoulder and hand; visa-p, victorian institute of sport assessment – patella; visa-a, victorian institute of sport assessment – achilles. review sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 6 discussion intratissue percutaneous electrolysis (epi) is an innovative treatment technique for a musculoskeletal condition affecting a large portion of the general population. results from this systematic review indicate that epi shows promise as an adjunct modality in the treatment of tendinopathy when combined with exercise or manual therapy, but insufficient quality evidence is currently available to determine whether epi is an effective treatment for tendinopathy. relatively small sample sizes, heterogenic epi treatment parameters and comparator interventions, and a high risk of bias found across available studies makes it difficult to reach definitive conclusions about epi’s effectiveness. the scope and quality of evidence for epi are limited. no rcts were found investigating epi in comparison to a placebo adjunct modality or placebo intervention. thus it is not currently possible to differentiate between the placebo benefit of a modality added to other interventions, such as exercise or manual therapy, and the true effects of epi. additionally, almost half (five of 11) of eligible studies were uncontrolled clinical trials, which can offer preliminary evidence of safety and indicate if there may be a clinical effect worth investigating further but cannot offer evidence of efficacy.[21] the demonstration of a treatment’s efficacy requires a comparison of the response in the treated group with that of a control group receiving a placebo or another active treatment.[21] patients reported a return to function and table 5. treatment protocol used for randomized controlled trials and uncontrolled studies study joint needle intensity duration arias-buria et al., 2015[10] randomised controlled trial shoulder 0.3x25mm, 350a modified according to patient 90 seconds valtiera et al., 2018[15] randomised controlled trial shoulder 0.3x25mm, 350a 90 seconds moreno 2015[17] randomised controlled trial shoulder on depth estimation, specifics not given 6ma 3 doses of 4 seconds abat et al., 2016[7] randomised controlled trial knee not documented 2ma at three locations in tendon until area debrided ronzio et al., 2017[8] randomised controlled trial ankle 0.22x13mm 100a -450a current density of 5.86ma/cm2 3 doses per session 20 seconds epi, rest 40 seconds (total 3min) moreno et al., 2017[15] randomised controlled trial thigh 0.33x50mm 3ma 3 doses of 5 seconds each valera-garrido et al., 2010[18] uncontrolled study knee not documented 4-6ma 3 doses of 3 seconds valera-garrido et al., 2014[9] uncontrolled study elbow 0.3x25mm 4-6ma approximately 3 doses of 3 seconds abat et al., 2014[19] uncontrolled study knee 0.3x0.32mm 3ma until debrided abat et al., 2015[6] uncontrolled study knee 0.3xlength required 3ma until debrided munoz et al., 2012[20] uncontolled/cost-effective study elbow not documented 4-6ma 3 seconds µa, microampere; ma, milliampere table 6. results of cochrane risk-of-bias tool for quality assessment for randomised controlled trials study and level of evidence random sequence generation allocation concealment blinding of participants and personnel blinding of outcome assessment incomplete outcome data selective reporting other bias arias-buria et al., 2015[10] 1b + + ? ? + ? ? valtiera et al., 2018[16] 1b + + + + + ? ? moreno md, 2015[17] 2b + ? abat et al., 2016[7] 1b + + + + ? ronzio et al., 2017[8] 2b ? ? moreno et al., 2017[15] 2b + + + + indicates low risk of bias; indicates high risk of bias; ? indicates medium risk of bias. review 7 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 reduced pain in four uncontrolled studies of epi together with eccentric exercises, though it is impossible to attribute this to epi in these studies as there were no comparison groups.[6,9,17,18] there were no adverse events reported with epi treatment in the five uncontrolled studies during treatment or at follow-up; however, indicating that epi may be a safe procedure in the treatment of tendinopathy. the high risk of bias found across all eligible studies may have been influenced by heterogenic treatment dosages, participant characteristics and outcome measures, and incomplete reporting of intervention details. a variety of treatment dosages were identified in the review, with epi treatment intensity variously reported in milliamperes (ma) and microamperes (µa). the most consistent epi treatment dosage reported was four-six ma for three sets of three seconds, though other dosages included 350 µa or two ma.[9,18,20] treatment duration lasting between four and 90 seconds in two studies,[10,16] and three other studies describe treatment until the area was “fully debrided,” but how that was characterised or measured was not specified.[6,7,19] intratissue percutaneous electrolysis treatment was investigated as an added modality with various interventions among eligible studies, ranging from epi and eccentric exercise,[8,10] active physical therapy,[15] manual therapy,[20] electrophysiotherapeutic treatment,[7] and general exercises,[16] though these were often not reported sufficiently for reproducibility. control interventions, or cointerventions within the epi group, were not well described across eligible studies. cointerventions in both the epi and control groups may have influenced treatment outcomes separately from epi tendon treatment. for example, moreno[16] investigated standalone epi treatment of adductor tendons in a study of four groups of 10 patients each but does not report if any other treatment was received in addition to epi, and the treatment protocol was not described in detail. greater decreased pain was reported by the epi group than the control groups in both the tendon and a muscular trigger point, though the study investigated the effect of epi on tendinopathy, rather than trigger points. differences in the reporting of results and outcome measures used also make an assessment of epi effectiveness difficult. three rcts presented results supported only by pvalues, without reporting confidence intervals.[8,17] one rct presented results based on visa-p scores categorically as greater or lesser than 90 at follow-up,[7] greatly reducing reported details of epi treatment effects. one rct utilised a goniometric range of motion values at the shoulder as outcome measures without describing the measuring procedure, its validation, or reliability, raising the risk bias in the study,[17] and only three studies assessed epi in the same joint, further limiting the generalisability of the available evidence.[10,16,17] an uncontrolled study comparing epi to surgery focused outcomes on estimated cost, making direct comparison of treatment effects among both interventions difficult.[20] notably, none of the current studies investigated epi for the treatment of tendonitis in the elbow, despite its high prevalence in the general population. all of these factors may also have influenced the inconsistent findings reported among eligible studies. one rct found improved outcomes in both the epi and control groups,[7] while some studies only reported improved outcomes in the epi groups.[8,12,15,17] one study found small improvements in pain but not in function for the epi group,[17] and one study found no differences between the groups.[16] epi is a complex intervention, with a number of independent and interdependent factors potentially influencing the effects of epi treatment. these may include not only epi dosage but also interventionist experience or a learning curve with epi, patient and practitioners’ perception of equipoise and characteristics. differences in practitioners’ skill with epi and their interand intrapractitioner reliability, may also influence the outcome of epi treatment and need to be established and further explored in future research. future studies of epi may benefit from the guidance of frameworks such as ideal-physio or ideal,[21] which is an established framework for guiding evidence-gathering in complex, practitioner-based interventions like epi. the ideal framework prioritises transparent reporting of intervention details and delivery, consideration of pratitioner learning curves or skill with the intervention, standardisation of patient outcomes, and the selection of appropriate study designs for the level of development of innovative complex interventions like epi.[21] conclusion clinical trials investigating epi as an adjunct modality with physical therapy report greater decreased pain and return to function than treatment with physical therapy alone, but the evidence for epi treatment is limited and influenced by clinical heterogeneity, high risk of bias and small sample sizes. therefore, it is not possible to definitely conclude that epi is an effective modality for the treatment of tendinopathy. randomised controlled studies with clearly defined and described protocols for epi treatment, larger sample sizes, better defined control interventions, and reporting sufficient to support reproducibility are needed to determine the effectiveness of epi as an adjunct modality in the treatment of tendinopathy. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: da conceived the systematic review. da and ap prepared and registered the protocol, conducted literature search, eligibility screening, analysis, interpretation, figures, writing and revisions. references 1. hopkins c, fu sc, chua e, et al. critical review on the socioeconomic impact of tendinopathy. asia pac j sports med arthrosc rehabil technol 2016; 4:9-20. [doi: 10.1016/j.asmart.2016.01.002] [pmid:29264258] 2. bass e. tendinopathy: why the difference between tendinitis and tendinosis matters. int j ther massage bodywork 2012: 5(1): 14-17 [doi: 10.3822/ijtmb.v5i1.153] [pmid:22553479] doi:%2010.1016/j.asmart.2016.01.002 doi:%2010.1016/j.asmart.2016.01.002 doi:%2010.3822/ijtmb.v5i1.153 review sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 8 3. rompe jd, furia j, maffulli n. eccentric loading versus eccentric loading plus shock-wave treatment for midportion achilles tendinopathy: a randomized controlled trial. am j sports med 2009;37(3):463-470. [doi: 10.1177/0363546508326983][pmid: 19088057] 4. taylor dw, petrera m, hendry m, et al. a systematic review of the use of platelet-rich plasma in sports medicine as a new treatment for tendon and ligament injuries. clin j sport med 2011;21(4):344-352. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0b013e31821d0f65] [pmid:21562414] 5. horstmann h, clausen jd, krettek c, et al. [evidence-based therapy for tendinopathy of the knee joint: which forms of therapy are scientifically proven?][article in german] unfallchirurg 2017;120(3):199-204. [doi:10.1007/s00113-017-03109] [pmid:28138766] 6. abat f, gelber pe, polidori f, et al. clinical results after ultrasound-guided intratissue percutaneous electrolysis (epi®) and eccentric exercise in the treatment of patellar tendinopathy. knee surg sports traumatol arthrosc 2015;23(4):1046-1052. [doi: 10.1007/s00167-014-2855-2] [pmid:24477495] 7. abat f, sánchez-sánchez jl, martín-nogueras am et al. randomized controlled trial comparing the effectiveness of the ultrasound-guided galvanic electrolysis technique (usget) versus conventional electro-physiotherapeutic treatment on patellar tendinopathy. j exp orthop 2016;3:34. [doi: 10.1186/s40634-016-0070-4] [pmid:27854082] 8. ronzio oa, da silva coldbeli e, soares fernandes md, et al. effects of percutaneous microelectrolysis (mep) on pain, rom and morning stiffness in patients with achilles tendinopathy. eur j physiother 2017;19 sup 1: 62-63. [doi: 10.1080/21679169.2017.1381321] 9. valera-garrido f, minaya-muñoz f, medina-mirapeix f. ultrasound-guided percutaneous needle electrolysis in chronic lateral epicondylitis: short-term and long-term results. acupunct med 2014;32(6):446-454. [doi: 10.1136/acupmed-2014010619] [pmid:25122629] 10. arias-buría jl, truyols-domínguez s, valero-alcaide r, et al. ultrasound-guided percutaneous electrolysis and eccentric exercises for subacromial pain syndrome: a randomized clinical trial. evid based complement alternat med; 2015:315219. [doi: 10.1155/2015/315219] [pmid:26649058] 11. moher d, liberati a, tetzlaff j, et al. preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the prisma statement. plos med 2009;6(7): e1000097. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097] [pmid: 19621072] 12. higgins j, altman dg, gøtzsche pc, et al. the cochrane collaboration’s tool for assessing risk of bias in randomized trials. bmj 2011;343:d5928. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.d5928] 13. hartling l, hamm m, milne a, et al. validity and inter-rater reliability testing of quality assessment instruments. (internet). rockville (md): agency for healthcare research and quality (us); 2012 mar. report no.:12-ehc039-ef. [pmid: 22536612] 14. altman dg. systematic reviews of evaluations of prognostic variables. bmj 2001;323(7306):224-228. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.323.7306.224] [pmid:11473921] 15. moreno c, mattiussi g, núñez fj, et al.. intratissue percutaneous electolysis combined with active physical therapy for the treatment of adductor longus enthesopathy-related groin pain: a randomized trial. j sports med phys fitness 2017;57(10):13181329 [doi: 10.23736/s0022-4707.16.06466-5] [pmid:28116876] 16. de miguel valtierra l, salom moreno j, fernández-de-las-peñas c, et al. ultrasound-guided application of percutaneous electrolysis as an adjunct to exercise and manual therapy for subacromial pain syndrome: a randomized clinical trial. j pain 2018;19(10):1201-1210. [doi: 10.1016/j.jpain.2018.04.017] [pmid:29777953] 17. moreno r. results of the electrolysis percutaneous intratissue in the shoulder pain: infraspinatus, a randomized controlled trial. revista cuba. de ortopedia y traumatologia 2016; 30(1):76-87. 18. valera garrido jf, minaya muñoz fj, sánchez ibáñez jm. effectiveness of electrolysis percutaneous intratisular (epi®) in chronic insertional patellar tendinopathy. trauma fundación mapfre. 2010;21(4):227-236. 19. abat f, diesel w-j, gelber p-e, et al. effectiveness of the intratissue percutaneous electrolysis (epi®) technique and isoinertial eccentric exercise in the treatment of patellar tendinopathy at two years’ follow-up. muscles, ligaments and tendons 2014;4(2):188-193. [pmid:25332934] 20. minaya f, valera garrido f, sánchez ibáñez jm, et al. the clinical and cost-effectiveness of percutaneous electrolysis intratissue (epi®) in lateral epicondylalgia. fisioterapia 2012;34(5):208-215. 21. beard d, hamilton d, davies l, et al. evidence-based evaluation of practice and innovation in physical therapy using the idealphysio framework. phys ther 2018;98(2):108-121. [doi: 10.1093/ptj/pzx103] [pmid:29077915 doi:%2010.1177/0363546508326983 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31821d0f65 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00113-017-0310-9 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00113-017-0310-9 https://doi.org/10.1007/s00167-014-2855-2 https://doi.org/10.1186/s40634-016-0070-4 doi:%2010.1080/21679169.2017.1381321 doi:%2010.1080/21679169.2017.1381321 https://doi.org/10.1136/acupmed-2014-010619 https://doi.org/10.1136/acupmed-2014-010619 https://doi.org/10.1155/2015/315219 doi:%2010.1371/journal.pmed.1000097 doi:%2010.1371/journal.pmed.1000097 doi:%2010.1136/bmj.d5928 https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.323.7306.224 https://doi.org/10.23736/s0022-4707.16.06466-5 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpain.2018.04.017 https://doi.org/10.1093/ptj/pzx103 sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd commentary 61 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 post-concussion return to boxing protocol n k sethi, md department of neurology, new york presbyterian hospital, weill cornell medical center, new york, usa corresponding author: n k sethi (sethinitinmd@hotmail.com) concussion can be defined as a complex pathophysiological process affecting the brain, induced by traumatic biomechanical forces [1]. concussion typically involves temporary impairment of neurological function with full recovery over a course of time. currently there are no sensitive or specific biofluid (blood or cerebrospinal fluid) or imaging markers to identify and grade a concussion. in the absence of a valid and reliable biomarker of concussion, current emphasis is on early and accurate identification of the concussion, pulling the player out and advising cognitive and physical rest till symptoms abate. a systematic review of prognosis and return to play after sport concussion found no evidence on the effect of return-to-play guidelines on prognosis. the authors highlighted the need for well designed, confirmatory studies to better understand the consequences of sport concussion across different athletic populations and sports [2]. defining a concussion in boxing boxing is a unique contact sport in that every punch thrown at the head is thrown with the intention of causing a knockout (ko). no single definition of concussion is likely to be universally accepted in boxing and identifying mild grades of concussion (subconcussive blows) during the course of a boxing match is particularly challenging. to help identify and manage a concussion in boxing the following recommendations are proposed based on evidence from other sports and clinical acumen: 1. a knock-down caused by punch to the head should raise concern for a concussion even if the boxer gets back to his feet before the count of 10. 2. if a boxer is knocked down by a punch to the head and is unable to get up within the count of 10 (knockout), he should be automatically determined to have suffered a concussion and treated as such. 3. a boxer who suffers a technical knockout (tko) on account of multiple head shots, should be assessed for concussion at the ringside and in the locker room. 4. a boxer who suffers multiple head shots during the course of the bout should be watched closely during the fight, assessed for concussion inbetween the rounds and after the fight is over. 5. a boxer who is determined to have suffered a concussion should not be allowed to box if he is symptomatic. symptoms of concussion are varied and include a complaint of headache, nausea, double or blurred vision, disorientation and confusion, post-traumatic amnesia for events surrounding the fight, such as the name of the venue, name of the opponent, round in which ko or tko occurred, impaired coordination, balance or gait [3]. such a boxer should be assessed at the ringside or in the locker room for concussion with the aid of standardised tests such as standardized assessment of concussion (sac) test, balance error scoring system (bess) and the king-devick test [4, 5, 6]. such multimodal assessment for concussion improves diagnostic accuracy. 6. a boxer who is determined to have suffered a concussion should be closely watched in the locker room for any signs of neurological deterioration. the decision to transport the boxer to the nearest level i trauma centre for evaluation (diagnostic imaging to rule out intracranial haemorrhage) should be made on a caseby-case basis. 7. mandatory 90 day medical suspension should be issued at the venue for a ko caused by a head blow. this boxer then enters the post-concussion return to boxing protocol. for a technical knockout (tko) caused by head and body blows, period of background: concussion is a complex pathophysiological process affecting the brain, induced by traumatic biomechanical forces. immediately following a concussion, an athlete is usually advised physical and cognitive rest until post-concussion symptoms abate. the athlete then enters a stepwise return-to-play protocol. premature return to play risks a second concussion, second impact syndrome, exacerbation and persistence of post-concussive symptoms. various sports governing organisations such as the national football league have developed postconcussion return to play protocols. discussion: professional boxing is a popular contact sport in which concussions are common. professional boxing currently lacks a standardised post-concussion return to boxing protocol. professional boxers are arbitrarily suspended for periods ranging from 30 to 90 days after suffering a technical knockout (tko) due to multiple head and body shots or after a knockout (ko). for some boxers a neurology clearance is requested prior to their return to boxing. conclusion: developing and implementing a postconcussion return to the boxing protocol will standardise a return to boxing decision-making process and help to protect a boxer’s health. this paper proposes a postconcussion return to boxing protocol with the recommendation that the proposed protocol be debated vigorously by the scientific community and evidence-based guidelines be developed by the medical community in conjunction with the professional boxing governing bodies. keywords: boxing, safety, concussion, return-to-play s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):61-62.doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a464 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a464 commentary sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 62 suspension ranges from 30 to 45 days. if the boxer, after evaluation by the ringside physician, is deemed to have suffered a concussion, the period of suspension may be longer on the discretion of the ringside physician. the boxer then enters the post-concussion return to boxing protocol. 8. a boxer who is determined to have suffered a concussion should be debarred from sparring or boxing until he is symptomatically back to baseline. he/she is instructed to see a physician (either a commission-appointed physician or an independent unaffiliated physician licensed in the state/country of residence of the boxer) within 24 hours of sustaining a concussion. the onus of enforcing this shall rest with the boxer, his/her corner and promoter. the following post-concussion return to boxing protocol is proposed based on evidence from other sports and clinical acumen: once the boxer is symptom free for at least 24 hours and a release has been signed by the treating physician, he/she can begin a graded return to boxing as detailed below. day 1: light aerobic activity (walking or stationary bike for 10 minutes, no resistance training) day 2: sport-specific activity (jumping rope, shadow boxing) day 3: non-contact training drills (skill drills-pad work, speed bag, heavy bag) day 4: full-contact practice (sparring with head gear) day 5: return to boxing (return to competitive boxing occurs when the period of mandatory medical suspension has expired) each of the above steps should take 24 hours so that a boxer would take approximately one week to progress through the full post-concussion protocol once they are asymptomatic at rest. if any postconcussion symptoms occur while in the stepwise return to boxing programme, then the boxer should be instructed to return to the previous asymptomatic level and try to progress again after a further 24-hour period of rest has passed. as good practice guidelines, the following are further suggested: 1. the referee and ringside physicians should be skilled in identifying concussions in the ring and in the management of a concussed boxer. 2. establishing a database which tracks the number of concussions sustained by professional boxers. the goal of the database shall be to accurately record and report concussions sustained by an individual boxer, track the natural history of concussions and it is hoped this will be a valuable tool in the future for research on concussion risks, treatment and management. the goal and dream in the future is to have an online centralised concussion database for all professional boxers. 3. every professional boxer should have a formal neuropsychological (neurocognitive) evaluation at the time of starting his professional career. this shall act as the baseline. the boxer should undergo a postinjury impact test to document that neurocognitive function is back at baseline before clearance to return to competitive boxing (7). 4. baseline neurocognitive evaluation should be repeated every two years. a decline in neurocognitive function should raise concern and be further assessed on a caseby-case basis. 5. emphasis should be placed on educating boxers, trainers and coaches about concussions and the reported link between multiple concussions and chronic traumatic encephalopathy (cte). conclusion it is recommended that the above proposed protocol be debated vigorously by the scientific community and evidencebased guidelines be developed by the medical community in conjunction with professional boxing governing bodies. boxing can be made safer and a standardised return to boxing protocol is very necessary. references 1. sharp dj, jenkins po. concussion is confusing us all. pract neurol 2015; 15(3):172-186. doi: 10.1136/practneurol-2015-001087 2. cancelliere c, hincapié ca, keightley m, et al. systematic review of prognosis and return to play after sport concussion: results of the international collaboration on mild traumatic brain injury prognosis. arch phys med rehabil 2014; 95(3 suppl):s210-229. doi: 10.1016/j.apmr.2013.06.035 3. lei-rivera l, sutera j, galatioto ja, et al. special tools for the assessment of balance and dizziness in individuals with mild traumatic brain injury. neurorehabilitation 2013; 32(3):463-472. doi: 10.3233/nre-130869 4. yengo-kahn am, hale at, zalneraitis bh, et al. the sport concussion assessment tool: a systematic review. neurosurg focus 2016; 40(4):e6. doi: 10.3171/2016.1.focus15611 5. bell dr, guskiewicz km, clark ma, et al. systematic review of the balance error scoring system. sports health 2011; 3(3):287-295. doi: 10.1177/1941738111403122 6. galetta km, barrett j, allen m, et al. the king-devick test as a determinant of head trauma and concussion in boxers and mma fighters. neurology 2011; 76(17):1456-1462. doi: 10.1016/j.jns.2011.07.039 7. seifert t, bernick c, jordan b, et al. determining brain fitness to fight: has the time come? phys sportsmed 2015; 43(4):395-402. doi: 10.1080/00913847.2015.1081551 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25977270 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24581907 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24581907 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24581907 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24581907 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23648601 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23648601 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23648601 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27032923 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27032923 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23016020 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23016020 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1941738111403122 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21288984 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21288984 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21288984 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/26295482 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/26295482 122 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 introduction glutamine is primarily synthesised and stored in skeletal muscle and the lungs and is the principal metabolic fuel for the small intestine enterocytes, and for lymphocytes, macrophages, and fibroblasts. 16 under conditions of severe stress (such as trauma, burns, surgery or sepsis), 2,13 these rapidly replicating cells exhibit accelerated use of glutamine, 2 which may result in a 35 50% decrease in plasma glutamine concentrations that lasts for several days. 22 similarly, acute, prolonged, exhaustive exercise resulted in a ≈25% decrease in plasma glutamine concentration, which lasted for 6 9 hours after a marathon. 4 reports of decreased plasma glutamine levels in overtrained athletes at rest 23,27 suggest that long-term chronic exercise stress may result in a chronically depressed plasma glutamine concentration. in the absence of exercise, cortisol infusions in humans resulted in decreased circulating glutamine concentration after 8 hours, 13 indicating that increased glucocorticoid levels are an important factor influencing glutamine turnover. considered together, these 4 studies indicate the following: firstly, that exercise stress increases glutamine utilisation rate, secondly that glutamine stores are not readily available during or after exercise, and thirdly that these effects may be mediated by cortisol. much evidence exists for the negative effects of long-duration endurance exercise on both the non-specific and the specific immune system, including decreased lymphocyte proliferative ability, impaired neutrophil function, impaired antibody synthesis and a decreased cd4 + :cd8 + ratio. 17,19,21,29,30 together these results suggest a possible link between decreased availability of glutamine after exercise stress exposure and post-exercise immune suppression. however, this ‘glutamine hypothesis’ has recently been contested. 14,37 the majority of in vitro studies illustrating original research article mountain-bike racing – the influence of prior glycogen reducing exercise and glutamine supplementation on selected stress and immune parameters c smith (phd (physiological sciences)) k h myburgh (phd (physiology)) department of physiological sciences, stellenbosch university, w cape abstract objective. to investigate the effect of pre-exercise glutamine supplementation and the influence of a prior acute bout of glycogen-reducing exercise on the general stress and immune response to acute high-intensity cycling. design. randomised, double-blind, cross-over supplementation study. setting and intervention. subjects performed a series of 4 simulated mountain-bike races lasting ≈60 minutes each on separate days 1 week apart, with/ without prior glycogen-reducing exercise on a known outdoor course with/ without pre-exercise glutamine supplementation. blood samples were collected preand immediately post-exercise after each race. main outcome measures. circulating concentrations of cortisol (cor) and dehydroepiandrosterone-sulphate (dheas) were assessed at all time points, as well as changes in white blood cell (wbc) subpopulation distribution. results. cor was elevated in all groups post-exercise (p < 0.0001), but neither glycogen reduction, nor glutamine supplementation had any effect. dheas increased post-exercise (p < 0.05), with a greater relative increase in glutamine-supplemented subjects (p = 0.07). total wbc and neutrophil counts in all groups were elevated after exercise (both p < 0.0005). glutamine supplementation had no effect on differential wbc counts or distribution, but total wbc (p = 0.06) and monocyte (p < 0.05) counts showed greater increases after glycogen reduction. glutacorrespondence: c smith department of physiological sciences stellenbosch university private bag x1 matieland 7602 tel: 021-808 4388 fax: 021-808 3145 e-mail: csmith@sun.ac.za mine supplementation was associated with greater postexercise decreases in cd4 + count (p = 0.07) and cd4 + : cd8 + ratio (p = 0.01) after glycogen-reducing exercise. conclusions. we conclude that pre-exercise glutamine supplementation may have an anticortisol effect by enhancing the dheas response to exercise stress. the suppressive effect of glutamine supplementation on cd4 + : cd8 + ratio and its positive effect on monocyte count after repeated bouts of exercise warrants further investigation. pg122-128.indd 122 11/23/06 4:08:55 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 123 suppressed immune capacity used concentrations of glutamine below 100 μm. 24,26 however, serum glutamine concentration decreases by only ≈10 20% after strenuous exercise, so that post-exercise glutamine levels are usually maintained at a level in excess of 400 μm. 14 furthermore, while oral glutamine supplementation during the last 30 minutes of a 2-hour exercise bout (laboratory-based cycling) attenuated the decrease in plasma glutamine concentration, it had no effect on the exercise-induced decrease in lipopolysaccharide (lps)-induced neutrophil elastase release or pma-stimulated neutrophil oxidative burst capacity. 36 these studies suggest that plasma glutamine concentration is unlikely to play an important role in the maintenance of the immune response to exercise stress. despite the recent contention that glutamine ‘is not the link’ responsible for exercise-induced immune suppression, 14 a gap exists in the literature with regard to the timing of glutamine supplementation. most in vivo studies reporting no effect of glutamine supplementation administered glutamine either post-exercise 25 or during the later stages of exercise, 36 in other words at a time when immune cell function is already compromised. recently, administration of a single dose of glutamine prior to an acute high-intensity exercise bout, was reported to prevent decreases in post-exercise glutamine levels in female runners. 34 it is therefore possible that the timing of glutamine supplementation may be an important factor influencing its effect in vivo. given the reported involvement of cortisol in glutamine metabolism, 13 it is possible that pre-exercise glutamine supplementation may alter the cortisol response to acute exercise. in turn, given the known negative effects of cortisol on inflammation and th1-mediated immune function, 6,8,15 an effect of glutamine on immune function may not be direct, but only discernible in the context of its influence on endocrine parameters. since the cortisol antagonist dehydroepiandrosterone (dhea) is known to have an opposing effect to cortisol on immune function, 7,33 assessment of this parameter in conjunction with cortisol should provide a more complete picture of possible beneficial effects of glutamine supplementation. therefore, the main purpose of this study was to determine the effect of pre-exercise oral glutamine supplementation on: (i) the general endocrine stress response to an acute bout of high-intensity cycling exercise simulating competition; and (ii) changes in immune cell distribution as a result of this exercise. a second purpose was to investigate the response of these parameters for the same simulated competition, but under more extreme conditions, by inducing low glycogen levels with an acute exercise bout 1 day prior to the simulated competition. methods subject recruitment. eight healthy, sub-elite, competitive male off-road cyclists were recruited. prior to this study, all participants had taken part in at least 1 competitive cross-country mountain bike league event during the racing season in which the study took place. smokers, as well as individuals taking daily vitamins or other dietary supplements, were excluded from the study. subjects were instructed to refrain from using any supplements for the duration of the protocol. informed, written consent was obtained from all volunteers before admittance into the study. the study protocol was approved by the stellenbosch university ethics committee. exercise intervention this double-blind, cross-over design study consisted of 4 simulated mountain bike races, each separated by 1 week. the race took place on a known mountain biking route with a total distance of 20 km. due to logistic difficulty, the exact racing times for each participant could not be recorded. however, all races were ≈60 minutes in duration, which is in accordance with race times recorded for actual competitive events on the same route. for each race, subjects were required to arrive at the laboratory fasted at 08h00. a blood sample was collected, after which each subject received 300 ml of either a glutamine drink (low-calorie drink plus 5 g glutamine) or placebo (low-calorie drink only). subjects warmed up doing an easy 10 km road cycle to the race venue, and competed in a simulated race that started 30 minutes after taking the glutamine/placebo drink. (plasma glutamine concentration was previously reported to double within 30 minutes after a supplementation protocol similar to the one used in our study. 3 ) immediately after finishing the race, another blood sample was obtained. for 2 of the 4 races, normal repletion of glycogen stores was achieved by subjects refraining from training or any other form of exercise for at least 24 hours before the race, as well as eating a carbohydrate-rich supper the evening before the race. two hours of cycling exercise at ≈64% vo2max was previously shown to result in an average decrease in muscle glycogen content from 80 to 18 mmol glucose units/ kg muscle wet weight. 11 taking this protocol into account, for the other 2 races, a significant reduction in glycogen levels was induced by a 3-hour late afternoon cycle while drinking water only, followed by a low-carbohydrate supper the evening before the race. although portion size and quantity were not specified, a list of foods from which to choose was supplied for both meal types, and subjects were instructed not to deviate from this. all races were randomised for glutamine/placebo, but not for glycogen depletion/control. this was done to ensure equal relative competitiveness and motivation of all subjects during all races, especially for races 1 day after glycogen-depleting exercise. sample collection blood was obtained by venepuncture of a forearm vein by experienced phlebotomists at all time points. whole blood was collected in bd vacutainers (preanalytical solutions, plymouth, uk). edta-anticoagulated blood samples were collected for total and differential white blood cell (wbc) count and haematocrit determination. lithium heparin-anticoagulated blood samples were collected for determination of t-cell subpopulations. a third blood sample, collected in a sst vacutainer, was allowed to clot at room temperature for pg122-128.indd 123 11/23/06 4:08:55 pm 124 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 10 minutes, centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 minutes at 4°c, and frozen at –80°c for subsequent batch analysis of serum cortisol and dhea-sulphate (dheas) concentrations. sample analysis edta-anticoagulated blood samples were kept at room temperature and analysed within 4 hours after collection for total and differential wbc counts, as well as haematocrit, by automated analysis (coulter stks, beckman/coulter, fullerton, calif.). heparinised blood samples were also kept at room temperature and analysed within 4 hours for t-cell subpopulations using standard 3-colour flow cytometry. automated analysers were used for determination of serum cortisol (access b module 81600, beckman/coulter, fullerton, calif.) and dheas (immulite i, diagnostic products corporation, los angeles, calif.) concentrations. statistical analysis all results are presented as means ± standard error of the mean (sem). effects of glutamine supplementation and prior exercise on parameters investigated, were assessed using repeated measures factorial analysis of variance (anova). differences between groups were determined using bonferroni’s post hoc tests. level of significance was set at p < 0.05. results two athletes competed in only 1 race each, after which they withdrew from the study due to injuries unrelated to the study protocol. the data obtained for these 2 subjects were excluded from the analyses illustrated below. all subjects were questioned about episodes of illness in the week prior to each race to prevent illness from confounding results obtained. only 1 subject reported such an episode (sore throat for 2 days which was treated only for symptoms). in this case, the subject was not allowed to take part in the study protocol for a period of 1 week. due to problems not related to the study, 3 other subjects also failed to take part in 1 of the simulated races. therefore, these 4 subjects together took part in a fifth race, 1 week after the last race, to finish the protocol. average age, height and body mass of the participants were 28 ± 5 years, 180 ± 3 cm and 76 ± 7 kg respectively. haematocrit values changed significantly from before to after exercise (0.45 ± 0.003 v. 0.46 ± 0.004, p < 0.01). therefore, all post-exercise values were adjusted according to the percentage change in haematocrit, to correct for changes in plasma volume, prior to statistical analysis. a main effect of racing exercise was an increase in cortisol concentration from baseline (p < 0.0001, fig. 1), which was independent of both glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise. dheas concentration was also increased as a result of racing exercise (before 10.7 ± 0.9 v. after 14.0 ± 1.1 umol/l, p < 0.05). glutamine supplementation was associated with a tendency for greater relative change in dheas concentration in response to racing exercise, independent of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.07, fig. 2). however, the cortisol: dheas ratio was not different between treatment groups (main effect of treatment: p = 0.97). 1 statistical analysis: main effects anova indicated significant effect of exercise (p < 0.0001), but no effect of either glutamine supplementation or glycogen reduction. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed no significant difference between groups at any time point. error bars indicate sem. (gs-d = glutamine-supplemented, prior glycogen-reducing exercise; gs-r = glutamine-supplemented, glycogen-replete and rested; ps-d = placebosupplemented, prior glycogen-reducing exercise; ps-r = placebosupplemented, glycogen-replete and rested.) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 gs-d gs-r ps-d ps-r c o rt is o l (n m o l/ l ) before after b b b b a a a a statistical analysis: main effects anova indicated significant effect of exercise (p < 0.0001), but no effect of either glutamine supplementation or glycogen reduction. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed no significant difference between groups at any time point. error bars indicate sem. (gs-d = glutamine-supplemented, prior glycogen-reducing exercise; gs-r = glutamine-supplemented, glycogen-replete and rested; ps-d = placebo-supplemented, prior glycogenreducing exercise; ps-r = placebo-supplemented, glycogen-replete and rested.) fig. 1. the effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise and glutamine supplementation on the average cortisol response to ≈60 minutes of simulated mountain bike racing. 1 statistical analysis: anova tendency for a main effect of glutamine supplementation on the dheas response to exercise (p = 0.07), but no effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars indicate sem. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 glycogen reduced glycogen replete d h e a s (% c h a n g e ) placebo glutamine suppleme nted statistical analysis: anova tendency for a main effect of glutamine supplementation on the dheas response to exercise (p = 0.07), but no effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars indicate sem. fig. 2. the effect of glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise on the relative dheas response to ≈60 minutes of simulated mountain bike racing. nted s pg122-128.indd 124 11/23/06 4:08:56 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 125 all wbc counts are summarised in table i. a main effect of racing exercise was a significantly increased overall total wbc count (before 5.38 ± 0.27 v. after 8.87 ± 0.89 x 10 3 cells/ul, p < 0.0005) which was mainly due to a significantly increased neutrophil count (before 2.88 ± 0.23 v. after 6.12 ± 0.81 x 10 3 cells/ul, p < 0.0005), while the changes in monocyte (before 0.51 ± 0.02 v. after 0.59 ± 0.05 x 10 3 cells/ul, p = 0.14) and total lymphocyte (before 1.80 ± 0.12 v. after 2.03 ± 0.18 x 10 3 cells/ul, p = 0.42) counts were not significant. while the racing exercise-induced changes in neutrophil and total lymphocyte counts were independent of both glutamine supplementation and previous glycogen-reducing exercise, there was a main effect of glycogen-reducing exercise on the response of wbc (p = 0.06) and monocytes (p = 0.05) to racing exercise, with greater increases in cell count after glycogen-reduction than in the rested, glycogenreplete state, independent of glutamine supplementation (fig. 3). although the total lymphocyte count did not change significantly as a result of simulated racing exercise, with no apparent effect of either glutamine supplementation or prior glycogen-reducing exercise, a clearer picture is obtained by considering changes in t-lymphocyte subpopulation distribution. racing exercise had a significant main effect on relative cd4 + cell count, which decreased significantly after exercise (before 40.7 ± 1.1 v. after 36.5 ± 1.0%, p < 0.005). furthermore, while the percentage of cd8 + cells relative to the total lymphocyte count was not significantly influenced by racing exercise, glutamine supplementation or prior glycogenreducing exercise (p = 0.11, fig. 4a), there was a tendency for an interaction effect of glutamine supplementation and glycogen reduction on the relative cd4 + cell (p = 0.07, fig. 4b) response to racing exercise. this resulted in a significant interaction effect of glutamine supplementation and glycogen reduction on the cd4 + :cd8 + ratio (p = 0.01, fig. 4c), so that the decrease in cd4 + :cd8 + ratio was significantly greater when glutamine-supplemented when compared to placebo, after glycogen reduction (p < 0.05, fig. 4c), but with no apparent differences when rested and glycogen-replete. however, despite this decrease, average cd4 + :cd8 + ratio remained within the expected range for athletes throughout the protocol (before 1.84 ± 0.12 v. after 1.62 ± 0.09). discussion our results illustrate the following main findings: (i) that in the presence of prior glycogen-reducing exercise glutamine supplementation results in greater increases from baseline in total wbc and monocyte counts after simulated racing exercise; (ii) that glutamine supplementation may play a role in increasing dheas levels in a stress situation irrespective of glycogen availability; and (iii) that glutamine supplementation affects the relative distribution of t-lymphocyte subpopulations in response to exercise under competition conditions with insufficient glycogen availability. mountain biking was recently characterised as an intermittent high-intensity endurance sport, with heart rate during a race ranging from 165 to 205 beats per minute (bpm) (mean of 91% of maximum heart rate previously assessed in a laboratory setting). 32 due to the nature of the terrain there are great fluctuations in power output (range 50 400 w) for male participants in national and international racing events. 32 while running and road cycling require a more or less constant, continuous effort, mountain biking therefore displays a succession of very high and lower power requirements, necessitating bursts of both power and endurance, and therefore both anaerobic and aerobic fitness. in agreement with earlier studies of endurance athletes, 9,10,18 cortisol increased from baseline to post-exercise. however, in addition our results also suggest an indirect anticortisol effect of glutamine, since glutamine-supplemented groups exhibited greater increases in dheas concentrations in response to exercise, compared with placebo groups 1 (a) statistical analysis: main effects anova indicates a tendency for a main effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.06). bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars are sem. (b) statistical analysis: main effects anova indicates a significant effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.05). bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars are sem. 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 glycogen reduced glycogen replete w b c c o u n t c h a n g e (c e ll s /u l ) placebo glutamine suppleme nted -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 glycogen reduced glycogen replete m o n o c y te c o u n t c h a n g e (c e ll s /u l ) placebo glutamine suppleme nted b) statistical analysis: main effects anova indicates a significant effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.05). bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars are sem. fig. 3. the effects of glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise on a) total wbc and b) monocyte responses, to ≈60 minutes of simulated mountain bike racing. nted 1 (a) statistical analysis: main effects anova indicates a tendency for a main effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.06). bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars are sem. (b) statistical analysis: main effects anova indicates a significant effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.05). bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars are sem. 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 glycogen reduced glycogen replete w b c c o u n t c h a n g e (c e ll s /u l ) placebo glutamine suppleme nted -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 glycogen reduced glycogen replete m o n o c y te c o u n t c h a n g e (c e ll s /u l ) placebo glutamine suppleme nted 1 (a) statistical analysis: main effects anova indicates a tendency for a main effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.06). bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars are sem. (b) statistical analysis: main effects anova indicates a significant effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.05). bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars are sem. 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 glycogen reduced glycogen replete w b c c o u n t c h a n g e (c e ll s /u l ) placebo glutamine suppleme nted -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 glycogen reduced glycogen replete m o n o c y te c o u n t c h a n g e (c e ll s /u l ) placebo glutamine suppleme nted nted l l a) statistical analysis: main effects anova indicates a tendency for a main effect of prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.06). bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: no significant difference between groups. error bars are sem. pg122-128.indd 125 11/23/06 4:08:58 pm 126 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 (fig. 2). glutamine is known to play a role in amino acid synthesis, 16 and both glutamine and testosterone were reported to prevent glucocorticoid-induced muscle atrophy in animal and human models. 28 our result suggests that glutamine-enhanced dheas synthesis may be a possible mechanism for this beneficial effect, via an increased capacity for testosterone production. maintenance of dheas levels is also associated with positive outcomes in situations of increased stress, 1,7 while chronic decreased serum dheas concentration is associated with progression of various chronic diseases. 5,12,35,38 it is therefore of importance to investigate this potentially beneficial effect of glutamine more comprehensively in this and other appropriate models of stress. our result of an effect of repeated exercise bouts on total wbc and monocyte count is in partial agreement with the association reported between the magnitude of increase in wbc counts and the severity of stress, 17,20 with the exception that our results do not illustrate an association between neutrophil or total lymphocyte count and glycogen status. also, our results are in agreement with previous studies, that neither total wbc, nor differential wbc counts post-exercise were significantly influenced by glutamine supplementation. 36 however, if glutamine supplementation is not considered as a main effect (groups gs-r and gs-d) but only in the context of the more severe condition of simulated stage racing with insufficient glycogen supplementation, a different conclusion is reached. our results indicate an interaction effect of glutamine and prior glycogen-reducing exercise on t-cell subpopulation distribution, so that the magnitude of exercise-induced decrease in the cd4 + :cd8 + ratio is significantly greater after glutamine supplementation when exercise is started in a state of reduced glycogen availability. a possible explanation is that glutamine indirectly affected the cd4 + :cd8 + ratio by enhancing dheas release. dheas is known to increase interleukin-2 (il-2) secretion, 7 which enhances the th1 response, 31 which includes enhanced differentiation and proliferation of (cd8 + ) cytotoxic and suppressor t-cells to improve cell-mediated immunity. therefore, while glutamine may not have a direct effect on immune cell function, it may be indirectly beneficial to cell-mediated immune function. conclusion the results show that supplementation with glutamine before exercise may have an indirect anticortisol effect by increasing the dheas response to exercise. however, this possible effect requires validation in a larger subject group. in addition, b) statistical analysis: main effects anova showed a main effect of exercise (p < 0.005) and a tendency for an interaction effect of glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.07), but no effect of glutamine supplementation or prior glycogen-reducing exercise alone. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed no difference between groups. error bars indicate sem. a) statistical analysis: main effects anova showed no effect of exercise, glutamine supplementation, prior glycogenreducing exercise or an interaction between two or more predictors. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed no difference between groups. error bars indicate sem. 1 (a) statistical analysis: main effects anova showed no effect of exercise, glutamine supplementation, prior glycogen-reducing exercise or an interaction between two or more predictors. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed no difference between groups. error bars indicate sem. (b) statistical analysis: main effects anova showed a main effect of exercise (p < 0.005) and a tendency for an interaction effect of glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p=0.07), but no effect of glutamine supplementation or prior glycogen-reducing exercise alone. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed no difference between groups. error bars indicate sem. (c) -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 glycogen reduced glycogen replete c h a n g e in re la ti v e (% ) c d 8 c o u n t placebo glutamine suppleme nted -12 -8 -4 0 4 glycogen reduced glycogen replete c h a n g e in re la ti v e (% ) c d 4 c o u n t placebo glutamine suppleme nted nted 1 (a) statistical analysis: main effects anova showed no effect of exercise, glutamine supplementation, prior glycogen-reducing exercise or an interaction between two or more predictors. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed no difference between groups. error bars indicate sem. (b) statistical analysis: main effects anova showed a main effect of exercise (p < 0.005) and a tendency for an interaction effect of glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p=0.07), but no effect of glutamine supplementation or prior glycogen-reducing exercise alone. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed no difference between groups. error bars indicate sem. (c) -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 glycogen reduced glycogen replete c h a n g e in re la ti v e (% ) c d 8 c o u n t placebo glutamine suppleme nted -12 -8 -4 0 4 glycogen reduced glycogen replete c h a n g e in re la ti v e (% ) c d 4 c o u n t placebo glutamine suppleme nted nted c) statistical analysis: main effects anova showed a significant interaction effect of glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.01), but no effect of glutamine supplementation or prior glycogenreducing exercise alone. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed a significant difference between gs-d and ps-d (*, p < 0.05). error bars indicate sem. fig. 4. interaction effects of glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise on absolute change in a) relative cd8 + cell count, b) relative cd4 + cell count, and c) cd4 + :cd8 + ratio post-exercise. 1 (c) statistical analysis: main effects anova showed a significant interaction effect of glutamine supplementation and prior glycogen-reducing exercise (p = 0.01), but no effect of glutamine supplementation or prior glycogen-reducing exercise alone. bonferroni’s post hoc analysis showed a significant difference between gs-d and ps-d (*, p < 0.05). error bars indicate sem. -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 glycogen reduced glycogen replete c h a n g e in c d 4 :c d 8 ra ti o placebo glutamine suppleme nted * nted pg122-128.indd 126 11/23/06 4:09:01 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 127 glutamine was associated with a decreased cd4 + :cd8 + ratio in response to exercise in a glycogen-depleted state. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank eas international for the donation of the l-glutamine used as supplement in this study. references 1. araneo ba, shelby j, li gz, ku w, daynes ra. administration of dehydroepiandrosterone to burned mice preserves normal immunologic competence. arch surg 1993; 128: 318-25. 2. biolo g, toigo g, ciocchi b, et al. metabolic response to injury and sepsis: changes in protein metabolism. nutrition 1997; 13: 52-7s. 3. castell lm, newsholme ea. the relation between glutamine and the immunodepression observed in exercise. amino acids 2001; 20: 49-61. 4. castell lm, poortmans jr, newsholme ea. does glutamine have a role in reducing infections in athletes? eur j appl physiol occup physiol 1996; 73: 488-90. 5. cutolo m, foppiani l, prete c, et al. hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical axis function in premenopausal women with rheumatoid arthritis not treated with glucocorticoids. j rheumatol 1999; 26: 282-8. 6. daynes ra, araneo ba, dowell ta, huang k, dudley d. regulation of murine lymphokine production in vivo. iii. the lymphoid tissue microenvironment exerts regulatory influences over t helper cell function. j exp med 1990; 171: 979-96. 7. daynes ra, dudley dj, araneo ba. regulation of murine lymphokine production in vivo. ii. dehydroepiandrosterone is a natural enhancer of interleukin 2 synthesis by helper t cells. eur j immunol 1990; 20: 793-802. 8. deuster pa, zelazowska eb, singh a, sternberg em. expression of lymphocyte subsets after exercise and dexamethasone in high and low stress responders. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: 1799-1806. 9. gleeson m, bishop nc. elite athlete immunology: importance of nutrition. int j sports med 2000; 21: suppl 1, s44-50. 10. gleeson m, blannin ak, walsh np, bishop nc, clark am. effect of lowand high-carbohydrate diets on the plasma glutamine and circulating leukocyte responses to exercise. int j sport nutr 1998; 8: 49-59. 11. gollnick pd, piehl k, saltin b. selective glycogen depletion pattern in human muscle fibres after exercise of varying intensity and at varying pedalling rates. j physiol 1974; 241: 45-57. 12. grinspoon s, corcoran c, stanley t, rabe j, wilkie s. mechanisms of androgen deficiency in human immunodeficiency virusinfected women with the wasting syndrome. j clin endocrinol metab 2001; 86: 4120-6. 13. hammarqvist f, ejesson b, wernerman j. stress hormones initiate prolonged changes in the muscle amino acid pattern. clin physiol 2001; 21: 44-50. 14. hiscock n, pedersen bk. exercise-induced immunodepression–plasma glutamine is not the link. j appl physiol 2002; 93: 813-22. 15. kunz-ebrecht sr, mohamed-ali v, feldman pj, kirschbaum c, steptoe a. cortisol responses to mild psychological stress are inversely associated with proinflammatory cytokines. brain behav immun 2003; 17: 373-83. table i. absolute total and differential white blood cell counts, as well as absolute and relative lymphocyte subpopulation counts before and after a simulated mountain-bike race (means ± sem) reference range for general population at rest time point gs d gs r ps d ps-r white blood cells 4 000 11 000 cells/ul pre 5 470 ± 530 5 500 ± 600 5 320 ± 530 5 250 ± 640 post 11 610 ± 2 530* 7 600 ± 970 9 320 ± 2 030 6 960 ± 780 neutrophils 2 000 7 500 cells/ul pre 2 920 ± 460 2 950 ± 490 2 800 ± 550 2 860 ± 490 post 8 420 ± 2 410 + 5 260 ± 690 6 300 ± 1 930 4 480 ± 650 monocytes 0 800 cells/ul pre 530 ± 50 530 ± 30 470 ± 20 510 ± 30 post 730 ± 120 510 ± 70 630 ± 120 510 ± 30 lymphocytes 1 000 4 000 cells/ul pre 1 800 ± 200 1 800 ± 190 1 870 ± 300 1 730 ± 290 post 2 310 ± 280 1 710 ± 350 2 260 ± 510 1 830 ± 290 cd3 + 1 100 1 700 cells/ul pre 1 248 ± 143 1 201 ± 150 1 396 ± 208 1 197 ± 197 post 1 590 ± 220 1 179 ± 216 1 498 ± 292 1 238 ± 229 relative cd3 + % total lymphocytes pre 69.5 ± 3.9 66.3 ± 3.6 75.0 ± 2.7 69.4 ± 3.9 post 67.4 ± 5.3 68.5 ± 4.2 68.2 ± 4.3 65.6 ± 4.2 cd4 + 700 1 100 cells/ul pre 748 ± 99 692 ± 87 726 ± 118 760 ± 142 post 768 ± 109 650 ± 116 782 ± 146 748 ± 137 relative cd4 + % total lymphocytes pre 41.2 ± 1.5 38.9 ± 3.1 39.1 ± 1.5 43.7 ± 2.2 post 32.1 ± 1.0 38.1 ± 2.4 36.2 ± 2.4 39.4 ± 1.2 cd8 + 500 900 cells/ul pre 415 ± 66 429 ± 92 498 ± 93 393 ± 59 post 573 ± 52 364 ± 48 506 ± 105 418 ± 69 relative cd8 + % total lymphocytes pre 23.4 ± 3.0 23.2 ± 3.5 26.4 ± 3.3 23.2 ± 2.5 post 25.4 ± 2.6 22.4 ± 2.3 23.1 ± 2.3 22.7 ± 2.4 cd4 + :cd8 + 1.0 1.5 pre 1.88 ± 0.21 1.87 ± 0.30 1.61 ± 0.21 2.01 ± 0.24 post 1.33 ± 0.18 1.77 ± 0.22 1.60 ± 0.14 1.78 ± 0.18 bonferroni’s post hoc analysis: * value significantly increased from baseline: p < 0.05; + tendency for increase from baseline: p = 0.06. gs-d = glutamine-supplemented, prior glycogen-reducing exercise; gs-r = glutamine-supplemented, glycogen-replete and rested; ps-d = placebo-supplemented, prior glycogen-reducing exercise; ps-r = placebo-supplemented, glycogen-replete and rested. pg122-128.indd 127 11/23/06 4:09:01 pm 128 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 16. miller al. therapeutic considerations of l-glutamine: a review of the literature. alternative medicine review 1999; 4: 239-48. 17. natale vm, brenner ik, moldoveanu ai, vasiliou p, shek p, shephard rj. effects of three different types of exercise on blood leukocyte count during and following exercise. sao paulo medical journal 2003; 121: 9-14. 18. nehlsen-cannarella sl, fagoaga or, nieman dc, et al. carbohydrate and the cytokine response to 2.5 h of running. j appl physiol 1997; 82: 1662-7. 19. nieman dc. immune response to heavy exertion. j appl physiol 1997; 82: 1385-94. 20. nieman dc, miller ar, henson da, et al. effects of highvs moderateintensity exercise on natural killer cell activity. med sci sports exerc 1993; 25: 1126-34. 21. nieman dc, nehlsen-cannarella sl, markoff pa, et al. the effects of moderate exercise training on natural killer cells and acute upper respiratory tract infections. int j sports med 1990; 11: 467-473. 22. parry-billings m, baigrie rj, lamont pm, morris pj, newsholme ea. effects of major and minor surgery on plasma glutamine and cytokine levels. arch surg 1992; 127: 1237-40. 23. parry-billings m, budgett r, koutedakis y, et al. plasma amino acid concentrations in the overtraining syndrome: possible effects on the immune system. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 1353-8. 24. rohde t, maclean da, klarlund pb. glutamine, lymphocyte proliferation and cytokine production. scand j immunol 1996; 44: 648-50. 25. rohde t, maclean da, pedersen bk. effect of glutamine supplementation on changes in the immune system induced by repeated exercise. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 856-62. 26. rohde t, ullum h, rasmussen jp, kristensen jh, newsholme e, pedersen bk. effects of glutamine on the immune system: influence of muscular exercise and hiv infection. j appl physiol 1995; 79: 146-50. 27. rowbottom dg, keast d, goodman c, morton ar. the haematological, biochemical and immunological profile of athletes suffering from the overtraining syndrome. eur j appl physiol 1995; 70: 502-9. 28. salehian b, kejriwal k. glucocorticoid-induced muscle atrophy: mechanisms and therapeutic strategies. endocr pract 1999; 5: 277-81. 29. shephard rj, shek pn. athletic competition and susceptibility to infection. clin j sport med 1993; 3: 75-7. 30. shinkai s, watanabe s, asai h, shek pn. cortisol response to exercise and post-exercise suppression of blood lymphocyte subset counts. int j sports med 1996; 17: 597-603. 31. smith ll. overtraining, excessive exercise, and altered immunity: is this a t helper-1 versus t helper-2 lymphocyte response? sports med 2003; 33: 347-64. 32. stapelfeldt b, schwirtz a, schumacher yo, hillebrecht m. workload demands in mountain bike racing. int j sports med 2004; 25: 294-300. 33. straub rh, schuld a, mullington j, haack m, scholmerich j, pollmacher t. the endotoxin-induced increase of cytokines is followed by an increase of cortisol relative to dehydroepiandrosterone (dhea) in healthy male subjects. j endocrinol 2002; 175: 467-74. 34. strauss jdw, myburgh k, kruger a, smith c, robson p. pre-exercise glutamine supplementation could prevent decreases in postexercise serum glutamine following a single bout of intensive exercise. south african journal of sports medicine 2001; 8: 12-6. 35. villette jm, bourin p, doinel c, et al. circadian variations in plasma levels of hypophyseal, adrenocortical and testicular hormones in men infected with human immunodeficiency virus. j clin endocrinol metab 1990; 70: 572-7. 36. walsh np, blannin ak, bishop nc, robson pj, gleeson m. effect of oral glutamine supplementation on human neutrophil lipopolysaccharide-stimulated degranulation following prolonged exercise. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2000; 10: 39-50. 37. walsh np, blannin ak, robson pj, gleeson m. glutamine, exercise and immune function. links and possible mechanisms. sports med 1998; 26: 177-91. 38. wisniewski tl, hilton cw, morse ev, svec f. the relationship of serum dhea-s and cortisol levels to measures of immune function in human immunodeficiency virus-related illness. am j med sci 1993; 305: 79-83. health & medical publishing group insall & scott’s surgery of the knee e-dition, 4th edition text with continually updated online reference, 2-volume set by w. norman scott, md, clinical professor of orthopaedic surgery, albert einstein college of medicine, bronx, ny; director, insall scott kelly institute for orthopaedics and sports medicine, new york, ny isbn 0443069611 · book/electronic media churchill livingstone · published january 2006 health & medical publishing group private bag x1, pinelands, 7430 tel: 021-6578200 fax: 021-6834509 e-mail: carmena@hmpg.co.za brents@hmpg.co.za health & medical books health & medical books pg122-128.indd 128 11/23/06 4:09:03 pm sajsm 561.indd sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 93 case report � ere are few reported cases of cyclist’s nodule in females. � e condition has thus lent itself to synonyms such as third, supernumerary or accessory testicle. we report the imaging � ndings of a perineal nodule in a 29-year-old female patient who is a known cyclist, and discuss the di� erential diagnosis. s afr j sm 2014;26(3):93-94. doi:10.7196/sajsm.561 a case of cyclist’s nodule in a female patient n z makhanya,1 mb chb, mmed rad (diag), fcrad (diag) sa; m velleman,2 mb chb, mmed rad (diag), fc rad (diag); f e suleman,1 mb chb, mmed rad (diag), fcrad (diag) sa 1 department of radiology, steve biko academic hospital, pretoria, south africa 2 department of radiology, little company of mary, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: n z makhanya (makhanya.nz@gmail.com) a cyclist’s nodule is an infrequently diagnosed yet fairly common condition of the perineum, a� ecting cyclists. it therefore requires a high index of suspicion in patients who are known cyclists. it is typically a tender, firm, soft-tissue nodule, seldom exceeding 3 cm, located in the paramedian region of the perineum.[1] the overlying skin is usually normal, but may show features of cha� ng or chronic irritation. � e condition is predominantly described in males,[2] leading to it being termed a third, supernumerary or accessory testicle. other synonyms include perineal hygroma and perineal induration.[1] case report a 29-year-old female patient, a known cyclist, was referred for imaging following a complaint of a painful, palpable mass on the right inferomedial buttock region. ultrasound (us) examination showed a well-circumscribed, hetero genously hypoechoic, solid nodule in the subcutaneous tissues, inferior to the ischial tuberosity, adjacent to the common hamstring origin (fig. 1). � e nodule measured 12 mm × 7 mm × 15 mm and showed no � ow on doppler. a magnetic resonance image (mri) of the pelvis was also performed and showed a poorly circumscribed nodule, isointense to muscle on all sequences, in the right perineum (fig. 2). a diagnosis of a cyclist’s nodule was made based on the clinical history, the typical location of the lesion and the radiological � ndings. � e patient was managed conservatively with analgesia and advised to give up cycling. she was reluctant to give up the sport and opted to change the saddle, which, on follow-up, appears to have helped. discussion a cyclist’s nodule is believed to be as a result of repeated microtrauma from vibration and friction between the ischial tuberosities and the saddle, with constant rubbing of the super� cial perineal fascia against the bony structures.[1] � is induces a combination of fat necrosis, collagen degeneration, myxoid changes and sometimes pseudocyst formation. [3] although histologically few blood vessels are seen, the lesion is not well vascularised. � e nodules are usually � xed to the underlying deep so� tissues and are covered by normal skin.[1] � e absence of clinical features of infection excludes the diagnosis of an abscess, a common condition in this region. rarely, in females, the vulva may demonstrate unilateral lymphoedema of the labia majora, which is attributed to the combination of chronic in� ammation and damaged lymphatic � ow to the vulvoperineal and inguinal lymphatic vessels.[3] symptoms include pain on pressure and when sitting on the saddle, which may even require the cyclist to give up the sport. conservative management such as local corticosteroid injection is described; however, de� nitive treatment involves removing the causative agent. � e lesions have been reported to recur, even a� er excision. fig. 1. ultrasound showing a well-circumscribed hypoechoic oval lesion (measured). note the posterior acoustic shadow cast by the adjacent ischeal tuberosity (arrow). 94 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 most articles report the histological characteristics of the lesions more than the imaging characteristics. if the diagnosis is suspected, then the imaging modality of choice is us, where the diagnosis can be made with certainty. us demonstrates a hypoechoic solid nodule, without any increased doppler signal. small internal cystic and/or fatty areas may also be seen, giving the nodule a slightly heterogenous appearance, as in our patient. on computed tomography and mri, this hypovascular lesion should show no uptake of contrast agent. �e primary role of imaging is to determine the exact extent of the lesion, and in most cases, us will su�ce for imaging evaluation. imaging has an additional role in the di�erentiation between cyclist’s nodule and other causes of perineal swelling. �e di�erential diagnosis includes abscess, epidermal cyst, and benign and malignant tumours (�broma, so�-tissue sarcoma or metastasis). [3] �e mri was performed at no cost to the patient, for academic purposes of demonstrating the mri features of a known cyclist nodule. for this reason, no contrast was given. a �uid-sensitive sequence was performed in order to evaluate for features of acute in�ammation. �e sonographic �ndings were more obvious than the mri �ndings, where the lesion, being isointense to adjacent soft tissues on all sequences, was fairly di�cult to locate. conclusion recreational history of cycling should be sought in all patients, including females, when a non-infective so�-tissue nodule in the perineal region is seen, as the diagnosis could be a cyclist’s nodule. references 1. van de perre s, vanhoenacker fm, vanstraelen l, gaens j, michiels m. perineal nodular swelling in a recreational cyclist: diagnosis and discussion. skeletal radiol 2009;38:933-934. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00256-009-0731-9] 2. mccluggage wg, smith jh. reactive �broblastic and myo�broblastic proliferation of the vulva (cyclist’s nodule): a hitherto poorly described vulval lesion occurring in cyclists. am j surg pathol 2011;35:110-114. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/ pas.0b013e3181�d8ab] 3. leibovitch i, mor y. �e vicious cycling: bicycling related urogenital disorders. eur urol 2005;47(3):277-286. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.eururo.2004.10.024] a b fig. 2. (a) t1 coronal mri demonstrating the cyclist’s nodule (arrow) as a homogenous lesion, in the right perineal region, which is isointense to muscle. (b) �e �uid-sensitive sequence coronal mri shows the cyclists’ nodule (arrow) as a poorly de�ned nodule, isointense to the overlying subcutaneous fat. no oedema is noted surrounding the nodule. (mri = magnetic resonance image.) sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd commentary 87 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 good versus bad medical stoppages in boxing: stopping a fight in time n k sethi, md department of neurology, new york presbyterian hospital, weill cornell medical center, new york, usa corresponding author: n k sethi (sethinitinmd@hotmail.com) in the boxing fraternity it is commonly said and not without reason “…the fight must go on…”.everyone ringside wants the fight to continue the two boxers and their corners (sometimes not always), the promoter (always), the media (always), the spectators (always), the commission and its appointed officials (only if both the boxers meet the commission requirements for a fair and honestly administered contest), the referee (only if the boxers are fighting a fair fight and able to defend themselves), the judges (usually do not interfere with the conduct of the fight) and the ringside physicians (only if the boxers are medically fit before, during and immediately after the contest). as per the uniform boxing rules (approved august 25, 2001, amended august 2, 2002, amended july 3, 2008, amended july 24, 2012, amended july 29, 2014), the referee is the sole arbiter of a bout and the only individual authorised to stop a contest.[1]in some states in the united states and in other countries around the world, both the referee and ringside physician are the sole arbiters of a fight and the only ones authorised to enter the fighting area at any time during the competition and to stop a fight. the referee and the ringside physician’s threshold to stop a fight may vary based on their knowledge of boxing rules and regulations, knowledge of the boxers’ fitness level, pre-existing medical conditions, pre-bout fitness, intra-bout fitness and finally, knowledge of their medical condition and bout-ending injuries (for example, head injuries, orthopaedic injuries, eye injuries, blunt abdominal trauma). for these reasons it is the referee (someone who has knowledge of boxing rules and regulations) and the ringside physician (someone who has knowledge of medicine) who are deemed to be the sole arbiters of a bout and entrusted with the health and safety of the boxers. a most important question is when the fight should be stopped on medical grounds. stopping a bout prematurely is unfair to the boxers, their corners, the promoters and the public. stopping a bout too late may risk serious injury and even the possible death of the boxer. boxer safety should precede all other considerations. the goal should be to stop a bout before a life-threating injury or career-ending injury occurs. since there are times when this is not possible, a more realistic goal should be the timely identification of a serious injury in the ring followed by the stoppage of the fight. it is therefore essential that the referee and the ringside physician work as a team, complimenting each other’s knowledge. causes of sudden death in the ring or in the immediate aftermath of a bout are usually neurological.[2] in order to identify and prevent tbi in boxing, the following good practice guidelines are proposed based on personal and collective evidence of experienced ringside physicians and clinical acumen: 1. it is a good point to remember that boxers rarely, if ever, voluntarily quit or request that the fight be stopped. they fight for pride, at times at the expense of their health. corners may also not want the fight to be stopped hoping that their boxer may turn things around. in a closely contested fight the crowd is excited and wants the fight to continue. this is when the ringside physician should stop the fight or let it continue, based solely on the medical condition of the boxer. 2. during the one-minute rest period between rounds, the ringside physician should step up to the ring for a quick but thorough medical evaluation of the fighter. this is the ideal time for the ringside physician to assess the neurological status of a fighter. background: professional boxing is a popular contact sport with a high risk for both acute and chronic traumatic brain injury (tbi). although rare, many boxers have died in the ring or soon after the completion of a bout. the most common causes of death in these cases are usually acute subdural hematomas, acute epidural hematomas, a subarachnoid haemorrhage, an intracranial haemorrhage or second impact syndrome (sis). ringside physicians are entrusted with the health and safety of boxers in the ring and in the immediate aftermath of a bout. discussion: as per the uniform boxing rules (approved august 25, 2001, amended august 2, 2002, amended july 3, 2008, amended july 24, 2012, amended july 29, 2014), the referee is the sole arbiter of a bout and is the only individual authorised to stop a contest. [1]in some states in the united states and in other countries around the world, the referee and the ringside physician are the sole arbiters of a fight and the only individuals authorised to enter the fighting area at any time during the competition and also authorised to stop a fight. this raises the important question of when should a fight be stopped on medical grounds. conclusion: standardising medical stoppage decisions in boxing will help to protect a boxer’s health and safety in the ring. good practice guidelines for medical stoppage due to suspected tbi are suggested. it is recommended that the medical community debate the proposed guidelines vigorously, in order that evidence-based guidelines can be developed in conjunction with professional boxing governing bodies. keywords: safety, concussion, knockout, traumatic brain injury, contact sports s afr j sports med 2016;28(3):87-89.doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1735 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1735 commentary sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 88 3. in the case of a fighter who had suffered a knock-down in the preceding round or sustained multiple head shots, the ringside physician should conduct a quick visual evaluation of the fighter (is the fighter responding appropriately to the commands and directions of his corner? is he making eye contact with his corner staff? was the fighter steady on his feet as he walked back to his corner at the end of the round? does the fighter voice any problems to his corner staff, such as headache or pressure in head, dizziness, or blurred vision?). the ringside physician should attempt to do the above evaluations without obstructing or imposing on the corner’s time with its fighter. 4. if the ringside physician determines that he/she needs more time to evaluate the neurological status of a fighter, he/she should communicate this to the referee. the referee, after starting the bout, shall call a time-out and walk the fighter to the ringside physician to be examined. the referee will then direct the other fighter to remain in the neutral corner. the ringside physician’s goal at this time is to conduct a quick but thorough neurological assessment of the fighter. he/she should begin this by asking the fighter a few leading questions, such as-how do you feel? does your head hurt? do you know where you are? if the fighter appears confused and disorientated, the ringside physician may ask more questions such as: which round is this? who is your opponent? where are you fighting (the name of the venue)? the ringside physician should then look for pupil symmetry and response, and assess extraocular movements (have the fighter track a finger from side to side). the ringside physician should then give the fighter a complex command, such as touch your left ear with your right glove. the physician should also assess the fighter's gait and balance at the same time (is the fighter steady on his/her feet or is he leaning on the ropes for support?). the ringside physician should then communicate to the referee whether the fighter can continue or that the fight be stopped. the whole process should not take more than 10 seconds. 5. the ringside physician should be aware that too much time spent evaluating the fighter during time -out, inadvertently gives the fighter more time to recover. the opponent’s corner rightfully resents this as it is akin to being "saved by the bell". the public, tv audience, press and tv announcers question the fairness of the commission’s administration of the contest and the credibility and impartiality of the bout officials, e.g., referees, judges and ringside physicians. 6. if a serious health concern is raised for a fighter and the ringside physician is unable to document a good exam to determine whether it is safe for the fighter to continue, consideration should be given to stopping the fight. under these circumstances the ringside physician should tell the referee that the fight be stopped on medical grounds. 7. for ringside physicians with limited ringside experience, it is encouraged that they consult with other ringside physicians at the venue and the chief medical officer before the decision is taken to stop a fight on medical grounds. as injuries mount, the boxing community is looking within itself and the sport is under scrutiny from the medical community and the media. boxing is the most controversial sport for physicians and neurologists in particular because of the potential risk and degree of neurologic injury, questions and concerns about long-term sequelae (chronic traumatic encephalopathy), and the occurrence of deaths in the ring.[3] various medical associations including the american medical association and the american academy of paediatrics have stated opposition to both amateur and professional boxing.[4] many have called to ban boxing altogether.[5,6] dr. hauser in a recent editorial titled “beaten into action: a perspective on blood sports” said that “…the medical, and especially the neurology, community has an obligation to do more. we need to spread the word that brain bashing is not a socially acceptable spectator sport, and partner with our national organizations to expand and improve the effectiveness of public awareness and other educational initiatives.” [7] he further goes on to state that “…we should forcefully counter articles in the medical literature taking the position that closer medical supervision could obviate the need for a ban, or even worse that consenting adults have the ethical right to maim each other if they choose to do so.” [7] while the neurological risks of boxing cannot be completely eliminated, boxing can be made safer.[8, 9] conclusion it is recommended that the above proposed best practice guidelines be debated vigorously by ringside physicians and the wider scientific community and that evidence-based guidelines on medical stoppages be developed by the medical community in conjunction with the professional boxing governing bodies. boxing can be made safer but it shall be foolhardy to forget that frequently there is a very fine line between a good medical stoppage (i.e. medical stoppage done at the right time during the bout and for the right indication) versus a bad medical stoppage (i.e. medical stoppage done either too late, too prematurely, or for the wrong indication). it is far better to stop a fight early rather than too late. a ringside physician should never forget that in boxing one punch can change everything. disclosure: the author serves as an associate editor, the eastern journal of medicine and as chief medical officer to the new york state athletic commission (nysac). the views expressed are his and do not represent the views of the nysac. references 1. association of boxing commissions. uniform rules of boxing (approved august 25, 2001, amended august 2, 2002, amended july 3, 2008, amended july 24, 2012, amended july 29, 2014) 2. baird lc, newman cb, volk h, et al. mortality resulting from head injury in professional boxing. neurosurgery 2010; 67:1444-1450; discussion 1450. [doi: 10.1227/neu.0b013e3181e5e2cd] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20948404 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20948404 commentary 89 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 3. mccrory p, zazryn t, cameron p. the evidence for chronic traumatic encephalopathy in boxing. sports med 2007; 37(6):467-476. review. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200737060-00001] 4. pearn j. boxing, youth and children. j paediatr child health 1998; 34(4):311-313. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1046/j.1440-1754.1998.00231.x] 5. rudd s, hodge j, finley r, et al. should we ban boxing? bmj 2016; 352:i389. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.i389] 6. hagell p. should boxing be banned? j neurosci nurs 2000; 32(2):126128. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/01376517-200004000-00009] 7. hauser sl. beaten into action: a perspective on blood sports. ann neurol 2012; 72(3):a4-a5. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ana.23743] 8. gillon r. doctors should not try to ban boxing--but boxing's own ethics suggests reform. j med ethics 1998; 24:3-4. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/jme.24.1.3] 9. sethi nk. boxing can be made safer. ann neurol 2013; 73(1):147. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ana.23807] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17503873 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17503873 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/9727167 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/26818415 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10826299 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23034920 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/9549674 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/9549674 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=sethi%20nk%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=23378329 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=sethi+boxing+can+be+made+safere original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license 24 hour movement behaviours and the health and development of pre-school children from zimbabwean settings: the sunrise pilot study n munambah,1 msc, p gretschel,2 phd; f muchirahondo,3 mbchb, med; m chiwaridzo,1 phd; t chikwanha,1 phd; ke kariippanon,4 phd; kh chong,4 ms; pl cross,4 be (matl); ce draper,5,6 phd; ad okely,4 edd 1 rehabilitation unit, department of primary health sciences, faculty of medicine, university of zimbabwe, zimbabwe 2 division of health and rehabilitation sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 3 mental health unit, department of primary health sciences, faculty of medicine, university of zimbabwe, zimbabwe 4 early start, school of health and society, faculty of the arts, humanities and social sciences, university of wollongong, nsw, australia 5 south african mrc developmental pathways for health research unit, university of the witwatersrand, south africa 6 division of exercise science and sports medicine, uct research centre for health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport, university of cape town, south africa corresponding author: n munambah (nyariemnambah02@gmail.com) promoting healthy movement behaviours (physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep) during a child’s early years (0 5 years) is fundamental to the development of each child, as it sets a foundation for facilitating and maintaining a healthy and active lifestyle throughout adulthood. [1] the world health organization’s (who) ending childhood obesity (echo) report highlighted the need to address 24hour movement behaviours in early childhood for the prevention and management of obesity and noncommunicable diseases (ncds). [2] following this, who developed global guidelines on physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep for children under five years of age which states that “pre-schoolers should be involved in at least 180 min of total physical activity (tpa) of which 60 min are spent in moderate to vigorous physical activity (mvpa) per day; (ii) screen time should be no more than one hour per day; and (iii) sleep duration between 10 to 13 h (including naps” [3]. canada, australia and south africa have also developed guidelines for physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep for the early years. [4-6] in sub-saharan africa, rapid socio-cultural developments and urbanisation have resulted in a shift from traditional active lifestyles to more industrialised and sedentary lifestyles. [7] this has resulted in a decline in physical activity levels and an increase in sedentary behaviours mainly in adults, but with consequential effects on children. [7] according to the report card (global matrix 3.0) these risks could be high in zimbabwe, where there is a double burden of malnutrition and associated childhood obesity*. [8] despite the notable risks of overweight and obesity in children, few studies, most of which use selfreported measures, have been conducted in zimbabwe. [9] there is a paucity of literature on physical inactivity and other movement behaviours as indicators for the prevention of ncds among children in zimbabwe. [8] the international study of movement behaviours in the early years (sunrise), (https://sunrise-study.com) aims to determine the proportion of children sampled in participating countries who meet the who global guidelines for physical background: in 2019, the world health organization (who) released global guidelines for physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep for the early years. the international study of movement behaviours in the early years, sunrise, aimed to assess the extent to which children aged three and four years meet the who global guidelines and its association with health and development. objectives: to assess movement behaviours in pre-school children from low-income settings in zimbabwe and to establish associations between these movement behaviours and adiposity, motor skills and executive function. methods: pre-school children/caregivers were recruited from two urban and two rural public schools respectively in zimbabwe. the caregivers answered questions on the children’s physical activity, screen time, sedentary behaviour and sleep patterns. children’s movement behaviours were objectively measured using accelerometers. gross and fine motor skills and executive function were assessed using the ages and stages questionnaire-3 and early years toolbox, respectively. focus group discussions were carried out with caregivers and teachers on the acceptability and feasibility of the study. results: eighty-one children participated in the study. the proportions of children meeting the guidelines were physical activity 92%, sedentary behaviour 70%, and sleep 86%, and all guidelines combined 24%. boys and girls were similar (p>0.05 for all variables) for all executive function variables, but rural children had significantly lower inhibition scores (p=0.026) than urban children. conclusion: the study adds to the growing literature on movement behaviours and associated risk factors in low-resourced settings. further investigations of movement behaviours in this age group in zimbabwe are recommended. keywords: early childhood development, physical activity, screen time, sleep s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-9. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10864 * undernutrition is synonymous with malnutrition which denotes insufficient intake of energy and nutrients to meet an individual's needs to maintain good health. forms of undernutrition include wasting, stunting, underweight and deficiencies in vitamins and minerals. mailto:nyariemnambah02@gmail.com https://sunrise-study.com/ http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10864 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7890-3635 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3963-2107 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0957-3783 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3893-4306 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4269-682x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3244-5277 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2885-437x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1626-8170 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4470-9604 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6941-4696 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep for children under five years of age. previously published sunrise studies in other countries have shown that a low proportion of children are meeting the who guidelines. [10] this paper on the zimbabwean sunrise pilot study presents descriptive findings on movement behaviours in pre-school children from low-income urban and rural settings, and the associations between these movement behaviours and adiposity, motor skills and executive function (ef). methods ethical approval a cross-sectional design was used in this study. ethical clearance was obtained from the medical research council of zimbabwe (a/2385) and the parirenyatwa joint research ethics committee (jrec 203/18). all public pre-schools in zimbabwe are governed by the ministry of primary and secondary education, each of which is attached to a primary school. thus, permission to access the pre-schools was sought from the ministry of primary and secondary education and the respective primary school authorities. setting this study took place at two rural and two urban public primary pre-schools registered by the ministry of primary and secondary education in zimbabwe. most rural areas do not have electricity, and children walk long distances to get to school. the urban areas are characterised by many cars, and electricity and water is readily available. [11] the study was conducted during the summer period (september 2018 march 2019). caregivers were invited to the school for a meeting where information about the study was provided and an appointment was set with each of the caregivers who expressed willingness to take part in the study. with the assistance from teachers, eligible children were invited to participate in the study. written informed consent was obtained from parents/caregivers for the children to participate in the study. participants children were eligible to participate if they were aged between four and five years, could wear an accelerometer, attended early childhood development (ecd) education at the selected pre-schools, and if their primary caregivers were available to give consent and to respond to the questionnaire. measures and procedures prior to data collection, four fieldworkers were trained in all aspects of the study’s protocol. data collection from the children took place at each respective pre-school. the parent questionnaire was administered by trained field workers regarding the children either at home or at the child’s school. anthropometry the children’s height and weight were measured using a portable stadiometer (leicester 214 transportable stadiometer; seca, germany) and a calibrated scale (soehnle 7840 mediscale digital; soehnle industrial solutions, germany). all measurements were taken twice and the average was used for analysis. height and weight were used to calculate the body mass index (bmi). bmi and associated z-scores for bmi-for-age (baz), height-for-age (haz) and weight-for-age (waz) were computed using the who anthroplus software (http://www.who.int/growthref/tools/en/). accelerometry an activpal accelerometer was used to assess the 24-hour movement behaviours of the children. the activpaltm (pal technologies ltd, glasgow, uk), a small lightweight (15g) device, recorded the child’s sitting/lying, standing, and walking, transitions and step count. each child wore the activpal on the right thigh continuously for 72 hours. throughout the school day teachers also assisted with the monitoring and checking for compliance. the accelerometry data was processed using the crea algorithm of the activpal’s data processing software, palbatch (version 8.10.9.43, pal technologies ltd., glasgow, scotland). activity events were classified into seven main categories: total sitting/lying, standing, stepping and sleep time, number of bouts of sitting >30 min and time spent in motorised transport, based on thigh position and dynamic acceleration information. furthermore, periods of sitting in motorised transport were identified (based on the presence of dynamic components in the acceleration signals from a seated event), and quantified periods of nonwear time (based on a measure of stillness of ≥60 min). total sedentary behaviour was calculated by combining total sitting, and restrained sitting and lying times. only participants with at least 20 h per day of wear data were included in the final analysis. [12] motor skills in this study, motor skills included gross and fine motor skills. the ages and stages questionnaire-3 (48 months, asq-3) was used to collect data on the gross and fine motors skills of the child. [13] each child was asked to perform tasks as guided by the asq-3, and the research assistants observed and scored the performance of the child. the tasks for gross motor skills included catching a ball with both hands, throwing a ball overhead, and jumping forward over a distance of 50.8 cm from a standing position. the fine motor tasks assessed were: completing a wooden puzzle, cutting a piece of paper in half using a pair of scissors, unbuttoning one or more buttons of a shirt provided, drawing shapes on a piece of paper, and colouring in a shape using crayons. executive function (ef) tests in this study, ef tests were performed to assess the cognitive flexibility (shifting), control of behavioural urges and impulses (inhibition), and visual-spatial working memory of children using three short, ipad-based tools called the early years toolbox (eyt). [14] the research assistant explained the games and participants practised for 10 minutes before recording was started. for each child, all three tasks were performed on an ipad using the same order. the tasks were performed in a quiet environment and took 20 minutes to complete per child. an original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 exploratory factor analysis (efa)-derived factor score (ef composite score) was computed for the three eyt tasks. parent questionnaire a parent questionnaire was developed and used to report basic sociodemographic data. the version of the parent questionnaire used in this study was the same as that used for all countries who participated in phase 1 of the sunrise study. the parent questionnaire was translated into shona and ndebele (the most common local languages) and parents were asked to choose the language they were most comfortable in. parents/caregivers were also asked to report on their child’s use of electronic media (to calculate sedentary screen time), sleep quality, and restrained sitting time. focus group discussions an interview guide was used to conduct four focus group discussions with purposively selected caregivers of children involved in the study. on average, each focus group discussion had nine caregivers and lasted between 45-60 minutes. participants were asked about their experience with the data collection procedures, and the feasibility and acceptability of the selected instruments measuring movement behaviours. statistical analysis all analyses were performed using spss (v25.0, ibm corp, armonk, ny). descriptive statistics were calculated using the mean and standard deviations (and median and interquartile range if not normally distributed) for continuous variables, and the frequency and percentage for categorical variables. the differences between boys and girls and all the children from urban or rural areas were examined using independent t-tests or mann-whitney u tests for continuous variables, and chi-square or fisher’s exact tests for categorical variables respectively. the correlations between accelerometer measures and baz, motor skills and executive functions were determined using the spearman’s rank correlation coefficients. the differences in baz, motor skills and executive functions between meeting and not meeting movement behaviour guidelines (individual and integrated) were tested using mann-whitney u tests. statistical significance was set at p<0.05. data from the focus group discussions was transcribed verbatim and translated from the local languages to english. thematic analysis was used to analyse the data. [15] results the analytical sample was comprised of 81 children (n = 41 girls, 51%; n = 40 boys, 49%; n = 45 rural, 56%) from four preschools (table 1). no significant differences were found between boys and girls for any anthropometric outcomes (all p > 0.05). according to the who cut-offs, 64% were in the normal bmi range, 12% were underweight, 15% overweight and 9% were obese. compared with urban children, rural children had lower bmi, baz, and waz scores (p<0.0005). accelerometry, motor skills and executive function results are summarised in table 2. boys accrued a higher total stepping time (p=0.012) than girls. the differences between boys and girls across other movement behaviours were not statistically significant. compared with urban children, those from rural areas had a higher total stepping time (p=0.025). there were no differences between boys and girls for any of the motor skill; however, urban children had significantly higher fine motor skill scores (p<0.0005) compared to their rural peers. for gross and fine motor skills, 86% and 42% of children were developmentally ‘on track’, respectively. boys and girls were similar for all ef variables, but rural children had significantly lower inhibition scores (p=0.026) than urban children. more rural than urban children had fine motor skills categorised as at-risk or delayed. table 3 presents the results of the parent questionnaire. differences between boys and girls for movement behaviours were small and not statistically significant. compared with their urban peers, children in rural areas reported significantly more tpa (p = 0.002) and less screen time (p = 0.006), less sedentary time, (p <0.0001), and less time sitting in a vehicle on table 1. sample age and anthropometric characteristics, by sex and setting total (n=81) boys (n=40) girls (n=41) p value‡ rural (n=45) urban (n=36) p value§ age (y) 5.2 ± 0.5 5.2 ± 0.4 5.1 ± 0.5 0.290 5.1 ± 0.5 5.2 ± 0.4 0.097 height (cm) 106.8 ± 4.4 107.3 ± 4.7 106.3 ± 4.2 0.309 106.2 ± 4.6 107.5 ± 4.2 0.193 weight (kg) 17.5 ± 2.8 17.0 (16.0 – 19.0) 17.9 ± 2.9 17.8 (16.0 – 20.0) 17.0 ± 2.7 17.0 (15.5 – 19.0) 0.165 15.8 ± 2.0 16.0 (14.0 – 17.0) 19.5 ± 2.5 19.0 (18.0 – 20.4) <0.0005* bmi (kg.m-2) 15.3 ± 2.3 14.9 (13.9 – 16.6) 15.6 ± 2.6 15.0 (14.0 – 17.0) 15.0 ± 1.9 14.7 (13.6 – 16.5) 0.377 14.1 ± 1.5 14.2 (13.0 – 14.9) 16.9 ± 2.1 16.6 (15.2 – 17.9) <0.0005* haz -0.76 ± 1.10 (-1.52 – -0.08) -0.79 ± 1.24 -0.74 (-1.76 – -0.14 ) -0.72 ± 0.96 -1.02 (-1.28 – 0.00) 0.643 -0.78 ± 1.18 -0.89 (-1.54 – -0.05) -0.72 ± 1.02 -0.92 (-1.51 – -0.17) 0.890 waz -0.55 ± 1.16 -0.46 ± 1.22 -0.65 ± 1.10 0.465 -1.18 ± 0.93 0.22 ± 0.92 <0.0005* baz -0.15 ± 1.60 0.04 ± 1.84 -0.32 ± 1.32 0.313 -1.03 ± 1.27 0.97 ± 1.23 <0.0005* data are presented as mean ± sd for normally distributed data; not normally distributed data also includes median (25th – 75th percentile). * indicates significance at p<0.0005; ‡p value for comparison by sex; §p value for comparison by setting. bmi, body mass index; haz, height-for-age z-score; waz, weight-for-age z-score; baz, bmi-for-age z-score. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 dsdsadsadasd table 2. accelerometer measures, motor skills and executive function results, by sex and setting accelerometer measures total (n=58) boys (n=30) girls (n=28) p value‡ rural (n=36) urban (n=22) p value§ total stepping (min/day) 228.2 ± 43.1 241.7 ± 38.7 213.7 ± 43.6 0.012* 238.0 ± 42.6 212.1 ±39.9 0.025* total standing (min/day) 258.5 ± 41.0 252.3 ± 39.8 265.1 ± 41.9 0.235 255.3 ± 41.6 263.6 ± 40.2 0.459 total sitting (min/day) 323.5 ± 62.4 324.2 ± 60.7 322.8 ± 65.3 0.930 312.9 ± 56.0 340.9 ± 69.5 0.097 lying (min/day) 23.2 ± 50.8 0.0 (0.0 – 31.8) 20.4 ± 44.6 0.0 (0.0 – 8.0) 26.3 ± 57.4 0.0 (0.0 – 36.1) 0.707 20.4 ± 51.6 0.0 (0.0 – 0.0) 27.9 ± 50.3 0.0 (0.0 – 41.7) 0.405 total sb (min/day) 385.2 ± 84.9 379.7.1 ± 91.0 391.3 ± 78.8 0.370 385.2 ± 81.4 385.0 ± 92.0 0.630 bouts >30 min 0.26 ± 0.61 0.00 (0.00 – 0.00) 0.37 ± 0.72 0.00 (0.00 – 1.00) 0.14 ± 0.45 0.00 (0.00 – 0.00) 0.129 0.17 ± 0.45 0.00 (0.00 – 0.00) 0.41 ± 0.80 0.00 (0.00 – 1.00) 0.192 motorised transportation (min/day) 39.7 ± 32.4 30.8 (16.8 – 53.1) 41.5 ± 33.9 33.2 (16.8 – 55.0) 37.8 ± 31.2 29.8 (16.5 – 51.9) 0.663 41.1 ± 34.6 31.0 (16.7 – 59.0) 37.5 ± 29.0 30.8 (18.9 – 51.9) 0.873 sleep (min/day) 605.0 ± 65.1 606.8 ± 74.0 603.2 ± 55.3 0.835 586.5 ± 62.4 585.3 ± 63.5 0.070 motor skills total (n=78) boys (n=39) girls (n=39) p value‡ rural (n=42) urban (n=36) p value§ gross motor skills 55.9 ± 7.4 60.0 (54.0 – 60.0) 55.3 ± 8.7 60.0 (54.0 – 60.0) 56.6 ± 5.8 60.0 (54.0 – 60.0) 0.811 56.7 ± 7.2 60.0 (58.5 – 60.0) 55.0 ± 7.6 60.0 (49.5 – 60.0) 0.173 fine motor skills 40.5 ± 12.7 38.9 ± 12.5 42.2 ± 12.7 0.247 33.5 ± 10.5 48.8 ± 9.7 <0.0005** executive function total (n=78) boys (n=39) girls (n=39) p value‡ rural (n=42) urban (n=36) p value§ working memory† 1.09 ± 1.01 1.00 (0.00 – 2.00) 1.14 ± 1.17 0.83 (0.0 – 2.08) 1.03 ± 0.81 1.00 (0.08 – 1.83) 0.930 0.90 ± 0.83 1.00 (0.00 – 1.33) 1.30 ± 1.16 1.50 (0.00 – 2.08) 0.144 inhibition† 0.59 ± 0.22 0.57 ± 0.21 0.60 ± 0.22 0.569 0.54 ± 0.20 0.65 ± 0.22 0.026* shifting† 5.34 ± 4.49 4.00 (0.00 – 9.00) 5.50 ± 4.41 5.00 (1.00 – 9.00) 5.18 ± 4.61 4.00 (0.00 – 9.00) 0.689 5.51 ± 4.23 7.00 (1.50 – 9.00) 5.12 ± 4.85 4.00 (0.00 – 10.00) 0.712 data are presented as mean ± sd for normally distributed data; not normally distributed data also includes median (25th – 75th percentile). *indicates significance at p<0.05; **indicates significance at p<0.0005; ‡p value for comparison by sex; §p value for comparison by setting. sb, sedentary behaviour (sitting, restrained sitting and lying combined); ef, executive function; † indicates missing data for working memory (n=4; 1 boy and 3 girls; 2 from rural setting and 2 from urban setting), inhibition (n=2; 1 boy and 1 girl; 1 from rural setting and 1 from urban setting), shifting (n=4; 3 boys and 1 girls; 1 from rural setting and 3 from urban setting). table 3. parent questionnaire (continuous variables), by sex and setting total (n=74) boys (n=35) girls (n=39) p value‡ rural (n=44) urban (n=30) p value§ tpa (hr/d) 6.4 ± 2.3 8.0 (4.0 – 8.1) 6.6 ± 2.3 8.0 (4.5 – 8.0) 6.2 ± 2.4 7.3 (4.0 – 8.3) 0.646 7.1 ± 1.9 8.0 (6.3 – 8.3) 5.3 ± 2.5 5.5 (2.9 – 8.0) 0.002* mvpa (hr/d) 2.7 ± 2.0 2.3 (1.0 – 4.0) 2.6 ± 2.0 2.2 (1.0 – 4.0) 2.8 ± 2.0 2.3 (1.0 – 4.0) 0.572 2.8± 2.2 2.1 (1.0 – 3.9) 2.7 ± 1.7 2.6 (1.0 – 4.0) 0.847 screen time (hr/d)† 1.6 ± 1.6 1.0 (0.3 – 2.4) 1.6 ± 1.8 1.0 (0.0 – 2.5) 1.6 ± 1.5 1.0 (0.3 – 2.4) 0.697 1.1 ± 1.3 0.8 (0.0 – 2.0) 2.2 ± 1.9 1.5 (0.8 – 4.0) 0.006* sleep (hr/d)† 10.3 ± 1.5 10.5 ± 1.3 10.1 ±1.6 0.247 10.6 ± 1.6 10.0 ± 1.1 0.056 time spent sitting (hr/d)† 1.8 ± 2.2 1.0 (0.4 – 2.2) 1.3 ± 1.3 1.0 (0.3 – 2.0) 2.3 ± 2.7 1.0 (0.5 – 3.3) 0.211 1.1 ± 2.0 0.5 (0.3 – 1.1) 2.8 ± 2.1 2.0 (1.0 – 5.0) <0.0001** time spent sitting in a vehicle (weekdays, hr/d) 0.8 ± 1.8 0.0 (0.0 – 1.0) 1.1 ± 2.4 0.0 (0.0 – 1.0) 0.6 ± 1.2 0.0 (0.0 – 1.0) 0.686 0.2 ± 0.4 0.0 (0.0 – 0.1) 1.8 ± 2.6 0.8 (0.0 – 2.0) <0.0001** time spent sitting in a vehicle (weekends, hr/d) 0.5 ± 0.7 0.0 (0.0 – 1.0) 0.5 ± 0.7 0.0 (0.0 – 1.0) 0.5 ± 0.9 0.0 (0.0 – 1.0) 0.842 0.4 ± 0.8 0.0 (0.0 – 0.5) 0.7 ± 0.6 0.6 (0.0 – 1.0) 0.007* data are presented as mean ± sd and median (25th – 75th percentile). *indicates significance at p<0.01; **indicates significance at p<0.0001; ‡p value for comparison by sex; §p value for comparison by setting. tpa, total physical activity; mvpa, moderate-vigorous intensity physical activity; † indicates missing data for screen time (n=1; 1 girl from urban setting), sleep (n=2; 2 girls from urban setting), time spent sitting (n=1; 1 boy from urban setting). original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 weekdays (p <0.0001) and weekends (p = 0.007). figure 1 shows the parent-reported screen time use with their child (also see supplementary data). more than half of the parents (55%) reported that their child used a screen before bed and 15% indicated that there was a screen in the room where the child sleeps. parents of children in rural settings reported less screen usage before bed (p = 0.002) and fewer rural children (p = 0.005) had a screen in their bedroom compared with their urban counterparts. seventy-two percent of parents reported that their child had consistent wake up times and 69% had consistent bedtimes. for 13% of the children, sleep quality was rated as ‘poor’ by parents, with significantly more rural than urban parents reporting poor sleep quality (p = 0.042). only 13% of parents reported reading to their child every day, and in response to the question: during the past week, how many days did you or other household members read to this child? sixty parents (74%) reported an average of 4.0±1.9 days. figure 2 shows the proportion of children meeting the various components of the 24-hour movement guidelines. nearly one quarter (23%) of children met all the components of the guidelines. based on the parent questionnaire, most children met the guideline for tpa (89%), mvpa (85%) and sleep (84%). compliance with the sedentary behaviour guidelines was fig. 2. venn diagram illustrating the proportion of children meeting all of the who 24-hour movement guidelines, meeting the guidelines individually and meeting combinations of the guidelines (n=71) fig. 1. frequency of parent-reported screen use with the child original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 considerably lower with 68% of parents reporting that, in the past week, their child had not spent ≤60 minutes per day engaging in sedentary screen time, and 51% of parents reported their child had not been restrained for >60 minutes at a time thus meeting these components of the sedentary behaviour guideline. associations between meeting the various guidelines and the health and developmental outcomes are reported in table 4. children who met the tpa and restrained sitting guidelines were found to have lower baz (p=0.026) but poorer working memory (p=0.016) compared to those who did not meet these guidelines. children who met all components of the guidelines had lower baz (p=0.003) and displayed better gross motor skills (p=0.032), but had lower inhibition capabilities (p=0.018) compared with those who did not. positive associations were observed between time spent stepping and gross motor skills (r=0.34, p=0.012), time spent in sedentary behaviour and shifting (r=0.27, p=0.049), and time spent seated in motorised transportation and baz (r=0.31, p=0.019). no significant associations were observed for fine motor skills, working memory and inhibitions (see table 5). two themes emerged from the focus group discussions. the first was ‘myths about the devices’ which explored the perception of caregivers and pre-school children on the use of the accelerometers. despite providing detailed explanations about the devices and inviting questions, some caregivers thought that the devices had spiritual and or political connotations. they were hesitant about future implications and table 4. comparison of baz, gross motor skills, fine motor skills, executive functions (working memory, inhibition, shifting) by meeting/not meeting individual and integrated movement behaviour guidelines tpa mvpa sst sleep duration restrained sitting all five guidelines yes (n=65) no (n=6) yes (n=62) no (n=9) yes (n=37) no (n=34) yes (n=50) no (n=21) yes (n=61) no (n=10) yes (n=17) no (n=54) baz median iqr mr -0.43 -1.58–0.58 34.37 0.75 0.35–1.85 53.67 -0.42 -1.31–0.69 35.63 0.17 -2.21–1.06 38.56 -0.55 -1.61–0.32 31.86 -0.13 -0.74–1.03 40.86 -0.39 -1.53–0.80 35.24 -0.20 -1.22–0.74 37.81 -0.43 -1.60–0.63 34.24 0.32 -0.55–1.73 46.75 -1.25 -1.84– -0.37 23.12 -0.21 -0.77–1.02 40.06 p-value 0.026* 0.691 0.078 0.632 0.076 0.003** gross motor skills median iqr mr 60.0 58.5–60.0 35.03 57.0 54.0–60.0 29.00 60.0 54.0–60.0 34.71 60.0 54.0–60.0 33.11 60.0 60.0–60.0 37.32 60.0 54.0–60.0 31.33 60.0 60.0–60.0 35.30 60.0 54.0–60.0 32.71 60.0 54.0–60.0 34.06 60.0 58.5–60.0 37.05 60.0 60.0–60.0 41.69 60.0 54.0–60.0 32.29 p-value 0.492 0.770 0.108 0.521 0.569 0.032* fine motor skills median iqr mr 40.0 30.0–55.0 33.59 42.5 40.0–56.2 43.92 40.0 30.0–55.0 35.06 35.0 30.0–52.5 30.83 40.0 31.25–50.0 34.35 40.0 25.0–55.0 34.67 40.0 30.0–50.0 32.78 45.0 32.5–55.0 38.36 40.0 30.0–55.0 33.76 42.5 35.0–55.0 38.80 37.5 30.0–45.0 30.53 40.0 30.0–55.0 35.72 p-value 0.228 0.547 0.946 0.279 0.453 0.355 working memory median iqr mr 1.00 0.00–2.00 33.15 1.00 0.00–2.00 31.50 1.00 0.00–1.92 32.06 1.33 0.33–2.17 38.83 1.00 0.00–1.92 31.83 1.00 0.00–2.00 34.45 1.00 0.00–2.00 34.24 1.00 0.00–1.33 30.00 1.00 0.00–1.67 30.65 2.00 0.75–2.41 45.95 0.67 0.00–1.67 29.32 1.00 0.00–2.00 34.30 p-value 0.851 0.309 0.572 0.402 0.016* 0.341 inhibition median iqr mr 0.60 0.47–0.75 34.66 0.46 0.30–0.77 27.33 0.59 0.46–0.72 33.60 0.70 0.31–0.82 36.94 0.57 0.39–0.71 31.62 0.62 0.48–0.76 36.76 0.58 0.46–0.71 33.01 0.62 0.43–0.81 36.33 0.59 0.42–0.73 32.79 0.63 0.48–0.92 40.90 0.51 0.30–0.64 24.35 0.63 0.47–0.81 37.28 p-value 0.395 0.650 0.282 0.524 0.225 0.018* shifting median iqr mr 7.00 1.00–9.00 33.69 2.00 0.00–9.00 26.17 5.50 0.25–9.00 33.17 4.00 1.00–9.00 31.94 7.00 1.00–9.00 33.24 4.00 0.75–9.25 32.72 5.50 0.75–10.00 33.82 4.00 1.00–9.00 31.03 5.50 1.00–9.00 32.72 4.00 1.00–11.50 34.72 8.00 0.00–9.00 33.44 4.00 1.00–9.75 32.84 p-value 0.368 0.855 0.910 0.910 0.766 0.910 *indicates significance at p<0.05; **indicates significance at p<0.0005. “yes” indicates the participants that met the guidelines and “no” indicates the participants that did not meet the guidelines. mr, mean ranks; iqr, interquartile range (presented as 25th – 75th percentile); baz, bmi-for-age z score; tpa, total physical activity; mvpa, moderate-vigorous intensity physical activity; sst, sedentary screen time. original research 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 wanted further assurance of their safety. caregivers also reported how children and adults were curious about the devices and were tempted to remove them so that they could explore the devices more closely. teachers were helpful in explaining the purpose of the accelerometers and reassuring caregivers. ‘i was very worried when i saw my child with that thing (accelerometry device), i had to come here and ask the teacher, that is when i felt peace in my heart.’ (participant 1) the second theme was ‘dynamics of consenting’ which reported on the cultural and contextual factors that affected consenting to the study and the use of self-report measures. the father, as the head of the family, was regarded as responsible for consenting and reporting about the child. however, at times fathers could not respond to specific questions about the child’s routine. ‘it is correct that you have invited me to this meeting, yes, i am the father but some of the information you are asking only the mother (of child) knows’. (participant 2) also, when a meeting was called, caregivers would send one person to represent the whole neighbourhood or an extended family relative; unfortunately, that person was not able to give consent for another person’s child. discussion this pilot study assessed movement behaviours in pre-school children from low-income settings in zimbabwe. we found that it is appropriate to conduct studies of this nature in zimbabwe. through conducting this research, the sunrise team has learned how best (or how better) to conduct a bigger trial and/or other research where young children and parents in lmics are required to contribute. more studies in this area will allow for population surveillance of movement behaviours and provide evidence to inform other interventions. [1] this is important in low-income countries where there are limited studies on movement behaviours in children. [4] this is the first study to examine the proportion of children meeting the who global guidelines for children under the age of five years in zimbabwe. the only other such study undertaken was by mushonga, mujuru[9], who used selfreported measures to collect data on factors associated with overweight/obesity among pre-school children. although in this study the most knowledgeable parent needed to respond to the questionnaire, and this study confirmed a possible limitation with self-reported measures through a focus group discussion. it is important to highlight this possible limitation and design ways to increase the validity and reliability of data collected in future studies. the proportion of children meeting all who global guidelines was higher than that reported among children from other lower to middle income countries (lmics). for example, in china, where 15% met all three guidelines, in guan, zhang [10] and south africa, 26% met all five guidelines [4]. noted variations in proportions could be attributed to the differences in accelerometer data collection (e.g. different types of physical activity monitors (e.g. activpal vs actigraph), and data reduction (e.g. different cut-points for light physical activity/mvpa) between studies would result in different estimates of physical activity. similarly, the above reasons can be used to explain why children in zimbabwe had a higher proportion of those who met the sleep guideline compared with china10 and south africa. [4] however, we also found that a higher proportion of children from zimbabwe met the screen time guideline compared with south africa.[4] findings confirm the results of a study done in zimbabwe by mushonga, mujuru [9] who reported that urban children spent more than three hours a day, especially on weekends, watching television or playing games. in contrast to participants in the south african sunrise study [4], most rural communities in zimbabwe do not have access to electricity, hence children in rural settings were reported to have less screen usage before bed. also, fewer rural children had a screen in their bedroom compared to the urban sample. the high number of children with access to the use of screens is worrying as research has shown that an increase in screen use is associated with obesity. [12] table 5. correlations between accelerometer measures and baz, gross motor skills, fine motor skills and executive functions (working memory, inhibition, shifting) guideline baz (n=58) gross motor skills (n=55) fine motor skills (n=55) working memory (n=52) inhibitions (n=53) shifting (n=53) r p-value r p-value r p-value r p-value r p-value r p-value total stepping (min/day) -0.07 0.589 0.34 0.012* -0.09 0.496 0.09 0.550 0.13 0.372 0.12 0.404 total standing (min/day) -0.04 0.749 -0.17 0.226 -0.11 0.411 0.25 0.080 0.10 0.500 -0.15 0.283 total sitting (min/day) 0.24 0.070 -0.18 0.188 0.15 0.263 -0.08 0.562 -0.218 0.117 0.110 0.432 lying (min/day) -0.11 0.431 -0.18 0.193 0.22 0.113 -0.11 0.431 0.03 0.851 0.27 0.049* total sb (min/day) -0.04 0.767 -0.07 0.602 0.09 0.498 0.12 0.410 -0.17 0.227 -0.01 0.923 restricted sitting (min/day) 0.31 0.019* 0.04 0.796 -0.03 0.857 -0.25 0.073 -0.01 0.954 0.27 0.055 sleep (min/day) -0.06 0.633 0.12 0.388 -0.19 0.160 -0.15 0.278 0.05 0.738 -0.06 0.651 *indicates significance at p<0.01. baz, bmi-for-age z score; sb, sedentary behaviours; r, spearman’s correlation coefficients. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 8 this study confirms previous findings that there is a significant proportion of children who are overweight and obese in zimbabwe. [9] bmi and height were significantly lower in the rural population compared with the urban population. further research on the growth and health of children against reports of undernutrition and stunting growth [8] in children in rural zimbabwe might be required. most children who participated in this study performed well in the gross motor domain. the new ecd curriculum in zimbabwe emphasises learning through play, and most preschools have a playground with swings and a specific time is aside for playing outside as part of the daily routines for children. [8] however, a comparison of rural vs urban children showed that rural children had a higher total stepping time than urban children. limited play spaces coupled with readily accessible screen gadgets (for playing games) in urban areas could have predisposed urban children to having a lower total stepping time compared to rural children. [9] the strengths of this study include the use of wellestablished measures for this age group in low-income zimbabwean settings, and the benefits of the collective expertise and experience of the sunrise global leadership group to inform the study design. the study also provided insights into aspects to consider when undertaking future studies on 24hr-movement behaviours of children from low resourced settings. more time should be invested in explaining the study to caregivers and the children as compliance to wearing the accelerometer is important in the reliability of the results. [10] although children aged four-six years are very active and exploratory in nature, the tegaderm used to fix the accelerometer did not fall off. however, some children tried to remove the device out of curiosity in order to explore it further. limitations the main limitation of this pilot study was the small sample size and the study setting which was limited to one province in zimbabwe. thus findings cannot be generalised to other settings. this study used a cross-sectional design which precludes establishing causality. conclusion this pilot study contributes important initial findings on 24hour movement behaviours of zimbabwean pre-school children, and highlights that these behaviours require further attention in this age group. this is particularly important considering the growing risk of child obesity and high levels of screen time. understanding how movement behaviours are associated with key outcomes, such as gross and fine motor skills as well as executive function in early childhood, is vital for setting children on their best trajectories for health and early learning. the study also provided insights into aspects to consider when undertaking future studies in this area. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest. research reported in this publication was supported by the fogarty international center (office of the director, national institutes of health (od), national institute of nursing research (ninr), national institute of mental health (nimh), national institute of dental & craniofacial research (nidcr), national institute of neurological disorders and stroke (ninds), national heart, lung, and blood institute (nhlbi), fogarty international center (fic)) of the national institutes of health under award number d43 tw010137. the content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the national institutes of health. acknowledgements: the authors would like to thank local field workers, gloria rusenga, darrel ngove and tanyaradzwa masanga for their assistance with recruitment and data collection, and the ministry of primary and secondary education office for facilitating community entry. the authors are also grateful to the pre-schools, teachers, parents/caregivers and children for their cooperation and participation. author contributions: nm was the lead country researcher, fm and pg supervised the research process in zimbabwe. mc and tc collected and entered the data. ao, cd, pc, were involved in conceptualisation of the research and supervision at international level. kk, and khc developed the tools and analysed the data. all the authors contributed to the research process and writing of the manuscript. references 1. willumsen j, bull f. development of who guidelines on physical activity, sedentary behaviour, and sleep for children less than 5 years of age. j phys act health 2020;17(1):96-100 [doi: 10.1123/jpah.2019-0457] [pmid: 31877559] 2. world health organization. report of the commission on ending childhood obesity. geneva: world health organization, 2016. isbn 978 92 4 151006 6. available from: https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/259349/who -nmh-pnd-echo-17.1-eng.pdf. (accessed 10 september 2018) 3. world health organization. guidelines on physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep for children under 5 years of age. geneva: world health organization; 2019. available from: https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/311664. (accessed 23 october2020) 4. draper ce, tomaz sa, biersteker l, et al. the south african 24hour movement guidelines for birth to 5 years: an integration of physical activity, sitting behavior, screen time, and sleep. j phys act health. 2020;17(1):109-119 [doi: 10.1123/jpah.20190187] [pmid: 31877557] 5. tremblay ms, leblanc ag, carson v, et al. canadian physical activity guidelines for the early years (aged 0–4 years). appl physiol nutr metab 2012;37(2):345-356. [doi: 10.1139/h2012018] [ pmid: 22448608] 6. okely ad, ghersi d, hesketh kd, et al. a collaborative approach to adopting/adapting guidelines the australian 24hour movement guidelines for the early years (birth to 5 years): an integration of physical activity, sedentary behavior, and sleep. bmc public health 2017;17(suppl 5):869 [doi: 10.1186/s12889-017-4867-6] [ pmid: 29219094]. 7. muthuri sk, wachira l-jm, leblanc ag, et al. temporal trends and correlates of physical activity, sedentary behavior, and physical fitness among school-aged children in sub-saharan https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/259349/who-nmh-pnd-echo-17.1-eng.pdf https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/259349/who-nmh-pnd-echo-17.1-eng.pdf https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/311664 original research 9 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 africa: a systematic review. int j environ res public health 2014;11(3):3327-3359 [doi:10.3390/ijerph110303327] [pmid: 24658411]. 8. manyanga t, munambah ne, mahachi cb, et al. results from zimbabwe’s 2018 report card on physical activity for children and youth. j phys act health 2018;15(s2):s433-s435 [doi: 10.1123/jpah.2018-0520] [pmid: 30475101] 9. mushonga ng, mujuru ha, nyanga lk, et al. factors associated with overweight/obesity among preschool children aged 3-5years. journal of applied science in southern africa. 2014;20(2) 10. guan h, zhang z, wang b, et al.. proportion of kindergarten children meeting the who guidelines on physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep and associations with adiposity in urban beijing. bmc pediatr 2020;20(70) [doi: 10.1186/s12887-020-1969-6][pmid: 32061263] 11. zimbabwe. ministry of primary and secondary education. 2018 primary and secondary education statistics report 2018. harare: mopse, 2019. available from: http://www.mopse.co.zw/sites/default/files/public/downloads /annual education statistics report 2018.pdf 12. carson v, lee e-y, hewitt l, et al. systematic review of the relationships between physical activity and health indicators in the early years (0-4 years). bmc public health 2017;17(suppl 5):854 [doi: 10.1186/s12889-017-4860-0] 13. squires j, bricker dd, twombly e. ages & stages questionnaires: a parent-completed child monitoring system. baltimore, md. paul h. brookes. 2009 14. howard sj, melhuish e. an early years toolbox for assessing early executive function, language, self-regulation, and social development: validity, reliability, and preliminary norms. j psychoeduc assess 2017;35(3):255-275 [doi: 10.1177/0734282916633009] [pmid: 28503022] 15. braun v, clarke v. one size fits all? what counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? qual res psychol 2021; 18 (3): 328-352 [doi: 10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238] http://www.mopse.co.zw/sites/default/files/public/downloads/annual%20education%20statistics%20report%202018.pdf http://www.mopse.co.zw/sites/default/files/public/downloads/annual%20education%20statistics%20report%202018.pdf sportsmed_june04 introduction in 1994 legislation was passed by the united states food and drug administration (fda) in which the government control of supplement production was relaxed. this dietary supplement and health education act resulted in several androgenic steroids, e.g. androstenedione and dehydroepiandrosterone (dhea) becoming legal and available for purchase over the counter without a prescription. this sudden growth of dietary supplement production has led to some questionable quality control manufacturing practices, resulting in contamination of nutritional supplements, which may be a possible explanation for the apparent increase in the number of positive doping tests amongst high profile athletes. nutritional supplement use is also very popular in south africa and the turnover of the industry is approximately r1.5 billion a year (health products association of south africa survey 1998 2000). nutritional supplements include vitamins, minerals, herbal powders, carbohydrates and protein powders. vitamins and minerals are not prohibited substances in sport, but may be combined with substances that are prohibited. there are a wide variety of nutritional substances specifically designed for athletes. athletes assume that these supplements do not contain prohibited substances because they are readily available without prescriptions and are sold legally as supplements. the reasons why athletes use supplements include performance enhancement, faster recovery during training, manipulation of body composition and reduction in illness or infection risks (maughan r. the scope of nutritional supplement use in sport. health and doping risks of nutritional supplements and social drugs. cologne, germany: international symposium, 18 july 2002.) recent studies have shown that non-hormonal nutritional supplements such as vitamins, minerals and amino acids may contain banned substances not listed on the label.4 results from an international olympic committee (ioc) study5 on nutritional supplements (13 countries excluding south africa) showed that 94 (14.8%) of 634 samples contained prohormones not listed on the label. both catlin et al.1 and kamber et al.6 analysed nutritional supplements and found hormone contaminants not listed on the labels. this may explain the recent increase in positive doping cases. nutritional supplement manufacturing is not subject to the same stringent regulatory inspection and licensing requirements as is the case with medicines (schröder u. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 3 original research article inadvertent doping through nutritional supplements is a reality p j van der merwe (phd) e grobbelaar (msc chem) south african doping control laboratory, department of pharmacology, university of the free state, bloemfontein correspondence: p j van der merwe south african doping control laboratory department of pharmacology university of the free state po box 339 bloemfontein 9300 tel: 051-401 3182 fax: 051-444 1523 e-mail: gnfmpvdm.md@mail.uovs.ac.za abstract objective. inadvertent doping through the use of nutritional supplements is a potentially important cause of the increase in positive drug tests involving high-profile olympic athletes. the aim of this study was to screen over-the-counter nutritional supplements for the presence of steroid or stimulant compounds banned by the international olympic committee (ioc) and the world anti-doping agency (wada). method. thirty different nutritional supplements from 14 different manufacturers were bought at shops in bloemfontein, south africa and analysed for testosterone and nandrolone prohormones, various ephedrines and caffeine. results. eighteen (60%) of the 30 supplements contained no prohibited substances. of the 12 (40%) positive supplements, 8 (66.7%) contained prohormones and 4 (33.3%) contained stimulants. six supplements contained prohormones, which were listed on the labels, while 2 contained prohormones not listed on the labels. the stimulants were listed on the labels as ma huang, guarana and kola extracts and all contained a mixture of ephedrines and caffeine. conclusion. the results showed that approximately 7% of supplements tested may be mislabelled or contaminated with banned substances and that inadvertent doping through nutritional supplement use is a reality for athletes. the sporting community should therefore be aware that supplements might contain anabolic androgenic steroids and stimulants that are not declared on the labels. 4 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 health effects of nutritional supplements. health and doping risks of nutritional supplements and social drugs. cologne, germany: international symposium, 18 july 2002.) the result is inaccurate product labelling, batch composition differences and possible contamination with prohormones, which are prohibited substances in sport. objective the aim of this study was to screen over-the-counter nutritional supplements for steroids (testosterone, nandrolone and prohormones) and stimulant compounds in an attempt to define the extent of supplement contamination or mislabelling. method thirty different nutritional supplements from 14 different manufacturers were bought at random at shops in bloemfontein and analysed for testosterone, nandrolone, their prohormones, various ephedrines and caffeine. the prohormones were extracted as follows. approximately 1 g of supplement was extracted with 5 ml methanol. the methanolic layer was evaporated and made basic with 5 ml potassium hydroxide (0.1 m, ph > 12). re-extraction with 5 ml n-pentane was followed by another methanol extraction, which was evaporated. derivatisation with 80 µl mstfa/nh4i/ethanethiol (1000:2:3 v/w/v) for 30 minutes at 60°c followed. the sample was diluted with 140 µl toluene and analysed using an agilent (palo alto, ca, usa) gas chromatograph (6890n series) interfaced with a mass selective detector (5973n series). the quantity of dhea, 4-androstenedione and 19-nor-4androstenedione for supplements 19 and 20 were determined by analysing 5 capsules from each container. the ephedrines8 and caffeine2 in the samples were extracted and quantified according to standard laboratory procedures. results eighteen (60%) of the 30 supplements contained no prohibited substances. of the 12 (40%) positive supplements, 8 (66.7%) contained prohormones and 4 (33.3%) contained stimulants. two (6.7%) of the supplements were contaminated or mislabelled. the prohormones and stimulants found in the nutritional supplements are listed in tables i and ii, respectively. stimulants were only listed as herbal extracts as indicated in table ii. four supplements (6, 7, 14 and 24) contained the prohormone dhea which was listed on the label in each case. supplement 22 contained dhea and 4-androstenedione with both substances listed on the label. supplement 5 contained the banned substance 19-nor-4-androstenedione, which was listed on the label. supplement 19 only listed branched chain amino acids on the label but small amounts of dhea and 4-androstenedione were found in the capsules. no indication of the presence of these two compounds could be found on the label. supplement 20 had β-hydroxyβ-methylbuturate (hmb) listed on the label but small amounts of 4-androstenedione and 19-nor-4-androstenedione (both substances not listed on the label) were found. a second container of supplement 19 (19b) and supplement 20 (20b) were obtained from the same shop and analysed. supplement 19b also tested positive for dhea and 4androstenedione but in different quantities than in 19a. no 4androstenedione or 19-nor-4-androstenedione was detected in the 20b. table i. prohormones found in nutritional supplements supplement µg/capsule no listed on label found mean (range) 5 19-nor-4-androstenedione 19-nor-4-androstenedione 6 dhea dhea pregnenolone 7 dhea dhea 14 dhea dhea 19a* branched-chain amino acids dhea 0.76 (0.67 0.85) 4-androstenedione 1.64 (1.35 1.94) 19b* branched-chain amino acids dhea 14.00 (7.40 17.80) 4-androstenedione 8.21 (4.10 12.90) 20a* hmb 4-androstenedione 0.16 (0.10 0.35) 19-nor-4-androstenedione 16.5 (8.40 31.80) 20b* hmb no banned substance 22 dhea dhea 4-androstenedione 4-androstenedione tribulus terristris 24 dhea dhea *five capsules per container were analysed. dhea = dehydroepiandrosterone; hmb = β-hydroxy β-methylbutyrate. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 5 discussion six supplements contained prohormones of testosterone (dhea and 4-androstenedione) and nandrolone (19-nor-4androstenedione) as listed on the labels. careful reading of the label and obtaining information on whether the supplement is on the banned list of the ioc/world anti-doping agency (wada), should alert the athlete to avoid these supplements and therefore reduce the chances of a positive dope test. the problem lies with supplements where there is no indication on the label that they contain banned substances. supplement 19 listed branched chain amino acids on the label, with no indication that it contained banned substances. yet when the capsules were tested, low amounts of dhea and 4-androstenedione were found. supplement 20 listed hmb on the label, but when it was tested low amounts of 4-androstenedione and 19-nor-4-androstenedione were found. kamber et al.6 analysed 75 different nutritional supplements and found that more than 9% contained hormonal substances not listed on the labels, a finding similar to this study. there was a significant difference in the quantity of dhea and 4-androstenedione found in the two supplement containers 19a and 19b (18-fold for dhea and 5-fold for 4androstenedione). there was also a wide range of concentration in individual capsules of the 2 supplement products (especially in container 19b). the same applies for the quantity of 4-androstenedione and 19-nor-4-androstenedione in supplement 20a. this clearly shows that there was no quality control in the manufacturing process of supplements 19 and 20. catlin et al.1 analysed androstenedione capsules (listed on the label) and found that they also contained 19-nor-4-androstenedione (not listed on the label) in the range 4 18 µg/capsule.1 both in our study and that of catlin et al.1 the concentration of non-listed hormonal substances was in the µg/capsule range. de cock et al.3 found much higher concentrations of 4-androstenedione and 19nor-4-androstenedione (0.7 mg and 4.8 mg/capsule respectively) in a nutritional supplement. these hormonal products were not listed on the label. the stimulants were listed on the labels as ma huang, guarana and kola extracts (table ii). all 4 supplements contained a mixture of ephedrines and caffeine. the supplements contained ephedrines and caffeine in varying concentrations, with the ephedrine concentrations corresponding to those of cold and flu drugs (5 10 mg). the recorded caffeine concentrations were lower than those of a cup of coffee (90 150 mg caffeine). when ma huang extract or herbal tea blend was listed on the label different ephedrines were detected in the supplements in different concentrations, as illustrated in table ii. larimore and o'mathúna7 found that ephedra products varied in ephedra alkaloid content, a finding similar to that in our study. the problem is that when ma huang extract is listed on the label as an ingredient of the supplement it does not warn the athlete that it contains banned substances. supplement 2 listed herbal tea blend as one of the ingredients, with no indication that it contained ephedra. the fine print on the label of this supplement warns professional athletes not to use this product, but no clear reason for this is given. inadvertent doping can occur in three ways: (i) prohibited substances are declared on the label but the athlete is not aware that it is a banned substance; (ii) prohibited substances are declared on the label, but under different names which the athlete is unfamiliar with (e.g. ephedrine is listed as ma huang, chinese ephedra, epitonin, sida cordifolia, or ephedra, while caffeine is listed as guarana, kola or gotu kola); and (iii) prohibited substances are not declared on the label — these substances could have been added deliberately, or could be the result of contamination during or after synthesis, capsulation, or packaging. the ioc and wada have a clause of strict liability stating that the athlete is ultimately responsible for what is found in his/her body fluids irrespective of its origin. therefore, the risk of an inadvertent positive test after using nutritional supplements remains the athlete's responsibility. supplements 5, 6, 7, 14, 22, and 24 clearly stated on the label that they contained banned substances, in which case ignorance on the part of the athlete is no defence. supplements 19 and 20 may fall into two different categories. the first category is what can be called 'contamination' — during the manufacturing process (using the same machines to produce non-hormonal and hormonal supplements) the product is unintentionally mixed with a very small amount of banned substance. clearly there was no intent on the side of the supplement company, just a lack of quality control. the second category is 'mislabelling' whereby the supplement company intentionally adds small amounts of table ii. stimulants found in nutritional supplements supplement listed on label found mg/capsule 2 gotu kola caffeine 30.0 herbal tea blend ephedrine 7.3 pseudoephedrine 1.1 methylephedrine 0.3 3 kola extract caffeine 66.4 ma huang extract ephedrine 1.5 pseudoephedrine 2.4 methylephedrine 6.8 18 guarana extract caffeine 39.0 ma huang extract ephedrine 3.2 pseudoephedrine 0.3 methylephedrine 0.1 21 guarana extract caffeine 63.7 ma huang extract ephedrine 6.6 pseudoephedrine 0.9 methylephedrine 0.3 performance-enhancing steroid or stimulant compound to boost the effectiveness of a particular product. on its own the supplement may show no performance improvement. the practice of the supplement company in this instance is unethical. although these two categories are different, the athlete still has to accept responsibility for a positive dope test as it is very difficult to prove the two scenarios from the side of the manufacturing company and what supplement was actually used by the athlete. conclusion the results show that inadvertent doping through nutritional supplement use is a reality for athletes. the sporting community should therefore be aware that supplements might contain anabolic androgenic steroids and stimulants that are not declared on the labels. references 1. catlin dh, leder bz, ahrens b, et al. trace contamination of over-thecounter androstenedione and positive urine test results for nandrolone metabolite. jama 2000; 284: 2618-21. 2. cawley at, trout gj, kazlauskas r. quantitation of urinary caffeine by gc/ms using 13c caffeine as internal standard. in: schänzer w, geyer h, gotzman a, mareck-engelke u, eds. proceedings of the 19th cologne workshop on dope analysis. cologne: sport und buch strausse, 2001: 229-32. 3. de cock kjs, delbeke ft, van eenoo p, desmet n, roels k, de backer p. detection and determination of anabolic steroids in nutritional supplements. j pharm biomed anal 2002; 25: 843-52. 4. geyer h, henze mk, mareck-engelke u, wagner a, schrader y, schänzer w. analysis of ‘non-hormonal’ nutritional supplements for prohormones. in: schänzer w, geyer h, gotzman a, mareck-engelke u, eds. proceedings of the 19th cologne workshop on dope analysis. cologne: sport und buch strausse, 2001:63-72. 5. geyer h, parr mk, mareck u, reinhart u, schrader y, schänzer w. analysis of non-hormonal nutritional supplements for anabolic androgenic steroids results of the international ioc study. in: schänzer w, geyer h, gotzman a, mareck-engelke u, eds. proceedings of the 20th cologne workshop on dope analysis. cologne: sport und buch strausse, 2002: 83-6. 6. kamber m, baume n, saugy m, rivier l. nutritional supplements as a source for positive doping cases. international journal of sport nutrition and exercise metabolism 2001; 11: 258-63. 7. larimore wl, o'mathúna. quality assessment programs for dietary supplements. ann pharmacother 2003; 37: 893-898. 8. van der merwe pj, brown lw, hendrikz se. simultaneous quantification of ephedrines in urine by high-performance liquid chromatography. j chromatogr b biomed sci appl 1994; 661: 357-61. invited comment by shelly meltzer, board member of the sa institute for drug free sport, and dietician, sport science institute of south africa, cape town. despite similar studies having been done overseas,1-3 the supplement industry (unlike food and drugs) is still uncontrolled and poorly regulated. there is generally no control on the production (i.e. no standard manufacturing practice), importation, distribution and marketing of supplements; there is no control on the exact composition of these products and there is no system to ensure that the products are safe and effective. the above study by van der merwe and grobbelaar is therefore very relevant and will hopefully bring home the message that supplements that are locally available are indeed risky and that our athletes have no guarantee that they will not be ingesting contaminants, banned substances or by-products from the synthesis of pro-hormones or other banned substances when using supplements. moreover, in accordance with international rules, athletes remain responsible for what is found in their body fluids, irrespective of the origin. this surely raises ethical questions for professionals who advise athletes to take these substances, knowing that should athletes test positive for banned substances they may be ineligible to compete, thus ruining their career. perhaps it is also important to clarify a few other misconceptions regarding sports supplements. here are the facts: 1. sports supplements are not any safer than vitamins and minerals. 2. supplements marketed as ‘natural’ are not necessarily acceptable. even herbals may have side-effects. 3. presently there is no way to recommend with certainty that one particular brand is safer than another. although some international institutions have introduced certification programmes for supplements there are still loopholes. athletes are therefore advised to request the supplier of any supplement to provide a quality control certificate. this certificate should demonstrate that the product has been tested at an independent ioc-accredited laboratory and has been shown to be free of prohibited substances. furthermore, the certificate should have legally binding documentation listing all the contents of all the different products that the company produces and a statement that the company accepts full liability should an athlete use the supplement and fail a drug test. this guarantee document should: (i) be on a company letterhead; (ii) be signed by management and dated; (iii) include contact details for the person responsible for issuing the guarantee; (iv) address the athlete directly by name, and not be addressed generally, e.g. ‘to whom it may concern’. 4. even if the product label says ‘ioc permitted’ this does not mean it is safe to use. the ioc does not endorse any nutritional supplements. 5. the usa food and drug administration (fda) has notified manufacturers of its intent to ban the sale of dietary supplements containing ephedrine alkaloids. however, there may still be athletes with stocks of supplements that contain ephedrine which may be listed on the label under various pseudonyms (refer to the study) or in some products may not have been declared. products do not always contain what is listed on the label. batch-to-batch differences in nutrients may vary considerably in one brand and there have been reports of supplements containing dangerously high (e.g. niacin) and low (e.g. folic acid) levels of nutrients. you may even get more than what you have paid for. the fda reports that upon inspection supplements have been found to contain aflatoxin, mycotoxin, lead, salmonella and even glass (http://www.fda.gov/dockets/ecomments.). 6. even small amounts of a contaminant (e.g. 0.02% nandrolone in a supplement) may cause a positive test. 6 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 7. although caffeine has recently been removed from the banned ioc/wada lists it is still advisable to be familiar with the wide range of caffeine-containing foods, beverages (e.g. energy drinks, sports drinks, tea and coffee), sports gels and drugs to avoid any undesirable side-effects which may negatively affect performance. 8. products often make false claims. a practical guide describing the efficacy and use of nutritional supplements in sport has been compiled for sa rugby and is available from the south african institute of drug free sport (www.drugfreesport.org.za) references 1. catlin dh, leder bz, ahrens b, et al. trace contamination of over-thecounter androstenedione and positive urine test results for nandrolone metabolite. jama 2000, 284:2618-21. 2. geyer h, mareck-engelke u, reinhart u, schänzer w. positive dope control cases with norandrosterone after application of contaminated nutritional supplements. d zeitschr sportmed 2000, 51: 378-82. 3. kamber m, baume n, saugy m, rivier l. nutritional supplements as a source for positive doping cases? international journal of sport nutrition and exercise metabolism 2001; 11: 258-63. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 7 2 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research changes in markers of fatigue following a competitive match in elite academy rugby union players g roe,1,2 msc; k till,1,2 phd; j darrall-jones,1,2 msc; p phibbs,1,2 msc; j weakley,1,2 msc; d read,1,2 msc; b jones,1,2 phd 1 research institute for sport, physical activity and leisure, leeds beckett university, leeds, west yorkshire, united kingdom 2 yorkshire carnegie rugby club, headingley carnegie stadium, st. michael’s lane, leeds, west yorkshire, united kingdom. corresponding author: g roe (g.roe@leedsbeckett.ac.uk) background: post-match fatigue has yet to be investigated in academy rugby union players. objectives: to determine the magnitude of change in upper (plyometric push-up (pp) flight-time) and lower-body (countermovement jump (cmj) mean power) neuromuscular function (nmf), whole blood creatine kinase (ck) and perception of well-being following a competitive match in academy rugby union players. methods: fourteen academy rugby union players participated in the study. measures were taken 2 h pre-match (baseline) and immediately post-match. further testing was also undertaken at 24-, 48and 72 h respectively post-match. changes in measures from baseline were determined using magnitude-based inferences. results: decreases in cmj mean power were likely substantial immediately (-5.5±3.3%) post-match, very likely at 24 h (-7±3.9), likely at 48 h (-5.8±5.4), while likely trivial at 72 h (-0.8±3.8) post-match. pp flight-time was very likely reduced immediately (-15.3±7.3%) and 24 h (-11.5±5.7%) post-match, while possibly increased at 48 h (3.5±6.0%) and likely trivial at 72 h (-0.9±5.4%) post-match. decreases in perception of well-being were almost certainly substantial at 24 h (-24.0±4.3%), very likely at 48 h (-8.3±5.9%), and likely substantial at 72 h (-3.6±3.7%) post-match. increases in ck were almost certainly substantial immediately (138.5±33%), 24 h (326±78%) and 48 h (176±62%) post-match, while very likely substantial at 72 h (57±35%) post-match. conclusion: these findings demonstrate the transient and multidimensional nature of post-match fatigue in academy rugby union players. furthermore, the results demonstrate the individual nature of recovery, with many players demonstrating different recovery profiles from the group average. keywords: collision sport, monitoring, sports injuries s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):2-5. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a418 rugby union is a collision sport that involves intermittent high-intensity activities, including sprinting, rucking, mauling, scrummaging and tackling, that are interspersed with periods of jogging, walking and standing.[1] observations following one,[2,3] two[4] and four[5] competitive matches suggest that the highintensity activities and impacts sustained during rugby union match play result in acute post-match fatigue that may last for several days following competition. fatigue may manifest as alterations in mood,[3] immune function[2] and hormone levels,[3] reductions in neuromuscular function (nmf)[3] and elevations in markers of muscle damage (e.g. an increase in creatine kinase concentration ck).[2,5] the authors’ understanding of post-match fatigue in rugby union players has been derived primarily from studies involving senior athletes. to date, no study has investigated post-match fatigue in academy rugby union players. the literature examining postmatch fatigue in other junior collision sport athletes is also far less voluminous than in senior players. a likely substantial reduction in lower-body nmf, as measured by countermovement jump (cmj) peak power, has been observed in elite under-18 australian rules football players for up to 24 h following an intra-club preseason match[6] while in sub-elite youth rugby league players, reductions were reported as likely substantial immediately, and possibly substantial at 24 h and 48 h following two competitive matches.[7] upper-body nmf, as measured by plyometric push-up peak power, has also shown very likely and likely substantial decreases at 24 h and 48 h respectively following two competitive sub-elite youth rugby league matches.[7] furthermore, ck has been observed to peak at 24 h post-match and remain elevated at 48 h in sub-elite junior rugby league players.[7] however, no study has examined ck responses to match-play in this population beyond 48 h post-match. understanding the time-course of recovery following a competitive match is extremely important. such knowledge can be applied to ensure that players have adequately recovered prior to undertaking subsequent training or competing in a later game. failure to recover may lead to fatigue accumulation and result in injury, illness and poor performance.[2,8] research in academy rugby union players provides scientific evidence with which to inform recovery and training practices in the post-match microcycle in this group of athletes. therefore the purpose of the current study was to investigate the magnitude of change, and the time-course of recovery in markers of nmf, muscle damage and perception of well-being following a competitive match in academy rugby union players. methods subjects fourteen players (age 17.4±0.8 years; height 182.7±7.6 cm; body mass 86.2±11.6 kg) were recruited from a professional rugby union academy. players were excluded if they had an injury that prevented them from participating in the testing or were involved in less than 75% of the total game time. the university’s ethics board granted approval and written informed consent was acquired from all subjects along with parental consent. procedures and design a within-group repeated measures design was used to examine the magnitude of change in markers of nmf, muscle damage (whole blood ck) and perception of well-being following a competitive match between academy rugby union players. lower-body nmf was measured using a countermovement jump (cmj), while upperbody nmf was measured using a plyometric push-up. the extent of muscle damage was examined by measuring changes in plasma ck and perception of well-being was quantified by means of a questionnaire. measures of cmj, plyometric push-up, plasma ck and perception of well-being were taken two hours pre-match (baseline) mailto:g.roe@leedsbeckett.ac.uk http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a418 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 3 original research and immediately post-match. further testing was also undertaken at 24 h, 48 h and 72 h post-match at the same time of day as baseline measures to avoid diurnal effects on performance. during the testing period, players did not engage in any training or strenuous activity in the days following the match. players were advised on nutritional intake but no recovery protocol was undertaken. neuromuscular function lower-body nmf was measured using mean power calculated from a cmj, while upper-body nmf was measured using flight-time calculated from a plyometric push-up. both of these measures have previously been proven reliable in this population (typical error = 3.1% and 4.2% respectively).[9] the cmj and plyometric push-up were performed on a portable force plate (400 series performance plate, fitness technology, adelaide, australia) that was attached to a laptop with software (ballistic measurement system, fitness technology, adelaide, australia) that measured ground reaction forces at 600 hz. a standardised two-minute warm-up consisting of dynamic stretching was performed prior to the performance tests (walking lunges, squats, heel flicks, high knees, skipping, leg swings and three practice submaximal cmj and plyometric pushups). following the warm-up, players performed two maximal cmj followed by two maximal plyometric push-ups with a one-minute rest between each effort.[9] for the cmj, players began standing on the force platform with knees extended and feet in a position of their choice. players were instructed to keep their hands on their hips and jump as a high as possible. the depth of the countermovement was at the discretion of the subject.[9] for the plyometric push-up, players began with their elbows extended and hands on the force platform in a position of their choice. players were instructed to perform a push-up as quickly as possible ensuring that their hands left the platform.[7] perception of well-being a six-item questionnaire was adapted from mclean et al.[10] to rate the following: sleep, fatigue, muscle soreness (upperand lowerbody), stress and mood on a five-point likert scale. each item was rated from one to five in one score increments and overall well-being was assessed by adding up all six scores. reliability of this method has previously been reported (cv = 7.1%).[9] the questionnaire was administered prior to any other testing being undertaken.[10] subjects completed the questionnaire on their own in order to prevent any influence from other players.[11] creatine kinase whole blood samples were collected from the non-dominant hand, middle fingertip of each subject. approximately 30 μl of whole capillary blood was collected using a plastic capillary tube (microsafe®, safe-tec, numbrecht, ivyland, usa) and immediately analysed using reflectance photometry (refletron® plus, boehringer manheim, germany). prior to each session, the machine was calibrated using a standardised ck strip to ensure that the machine was analysing correctly. the reliability of this method has previously been reported (cv = 26.1%).[9] match demands external match loads were assessed using gps and accelerometer technology (optimeye s5, catapult innovations, melbourne, australia). based on individual maximum velocities established three weeks prior to the match, locomotive demands were classified for each player as: walking and standing (<20% vmax), jogging (20-50% vmax), striding (51-80% vmax), sprinting (81-95% vmax) and maximum sprinting (96-100% vmax)[1]. however, as little distance was covered at maximum sprinting speed (1.43±4.01 m), the sprinting and maximum sprinting categories were aggregated to form one sprinting category (81-100% vmax). internal load was established using the session rating of perceived exertion method (srpe)[12] within 15-30 minutes of the match on a modified borg scale. statistical analysis preand post-match nmf and ck were log transformed to reduce bias as a result of non-uniformity error. perceptual data was analysed in its raw form. data were all analysed for practical significance using magnitude-based inferences.[13] the threshold for a change to be considered practically important (the smallest worthwhile change; swc) was set at 0.2 x between subject standard deviation (sd), based on cohen’s d effect size (es) principle. the probability that the magnitude of change was greater than the swc was rated as <0.5%, almost certainly not; 0.5-5%, very unlikely; 5-25%, unlikely; 25-75%, possibly; 75-95%, likely; 95-99.5%, very likely; >99.5%, almost certainly.[13] where the 90% confidence interval (ci) crossed both the upper and lower boundaries of the swc (es±0.2), the magnitude of change was described as unclear.[13] results the duration of the match was 73:37 minutes. the first and second halves lasted 36:30 minutes and 37:07 minutes, respectively. the average match load (rate of perceived exertion (rpe) x time)) was 334±121 arbitrary units (au). players covered 4691±878 m during the match with an average of 74±6 m.min-1. of the total distance, 1771±436 m was covered walking / standing, 2215±461 m jogging, 663±238 m striding and 41±40 m sprinting. average player loadtm was 451±102 and player loadtm slow was 187±47. lower-body neuromuscular function decreases in cmj mean power were likely substantial immediately (-5.5±3.3%) post-match, very likely at 24 h (-7.0±3.9), likely at 48 h (-5.8±5.4), while likely trivial at 72 h (-0.8±3.8) post-match (figure 1a). upper-body neuromuscular function reductions in plyometric push-up flight-time were very likely substantial immediately (-15.3±7.3%) and 24 h (-11.5±5.7%) postmatch, while there was a possible increase at 48 h (3.5±6%) post-match and trivial changes at 72 h (-0.9±5.4%) post-match (figure 1b). perception of well-being decreases in perception of well-being were almost certainly substantial at 24 h (-24±4.3%), very likely at 48 h (-8.3±5.9%), and likely at 72 h (-3.6±3.7%) post-match (figure 1c). 4 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research creatine kinase increases in ck were almost certainly substantial immediately (138.5±33.1%), 24 h (326±77.6%) and 48 h (176.4±62.4%) postmatch, while very likely substantial at 72 h (56.7±34.5%) post-match (figure 1d). fig. 1. percentage changes in cmj mean power (a), plyometric push-up flight-time (b), well-being (c) and whole blood creatine kinase concentration (d). data are percentage change with dotted and continuous lines representing individual changes and group mean changes with 90% confidence interval bars respectively, and the shaded area representing the smallest worthwhile change as a percentage. probabilities of a decrease / trivial / increase values; increase ↑ decrease ↓ trivial -. discussion the present study demonstrates the time-course of recovery in markers of fatigue following a competitive match in academy rugby union players. reductions in lower-body neuromuscular function were likely to very likely substantial for up to 48 h post-match, but likely trivial by 72 h post-match. similar changes have been observed in cmj peak power in senior players for up to 36 h following a competitive match.[3] comparable findings have also been reported in other junior collision-sport athletes. for example, wehbe et al.[6] noted very likely substantial reductions in cmj mean power for up to 24 h in under-18 australian rules football players following an intra-club preseason match, although changes were unclear beyond this point. johnston and colleagues[7] also observed likely substantial reductions in peak power immediately post-match and possible reductions at 24and 48 h following two competitive matches in subelite youth rugby league players. the post-match transient reductions in nmf may be the result of central fatigue, resulting in a reduction in voluntary muscle activation.[14] furthermore, muscle damage from repeated stretchshortening cycle actions that occur during high-intensity running,[5] and also from the blunt trauma to the lower-limb musculature that occurs during collisions,[11] may have further contributed to the reduction in nmf. in contrast, upper-body nmf in the present study was very likely reduced for 24 h post-match, with substantial reductions being unlikely beyond this point. this reduction may be attributed to the blunt trauma sustained during physical contact, which has a substantial effect on upper-body nmf.[7] changes in upper-body nmf have not currently been investigated in senior rugby union players. however, in the previously mentioned study involving subelite rugby league players by johnston and colleagues[7] almost certain substantial reductions in pp peak power were observed immediately post-match, while likely substantial reductions were reported 24 and 48 h post-match. unfortunately a direct comparison with the present study cannot be made, as this metric was not included in the analysis due to unacceptable reliability in this population.[9] perception of well-being demonstrated almost certain substantial reductions at 24 h post-game and remained very likely and likely substantially reduced at 48 h and 72 h post-match. in senior collisionsport athletes, reductions in perception of well-being have been reported to peak at 24 h post-match and gradually return to baseline thereafter.[11] a similar trend occurred in the present study with only small (-3.6±3.7%) decreases being observed by 72 h post-match. in the present study, ck peaked in the first 24 h post-match, which is in accordance with findings from other studies in both junior[7] and senior[5,11] collision sport athletes. elevations in ck have been associated with damage to skeletal muscle tissue, either from direct trauma during collisions[4] or repetitive eccentric damage during high-speed running[5,11] throughout match-play. the resulting disruption of skeletal muscle integrity leads to leakage of ck into the bloodstream.[15] the results demonstrate that biochemical homeostasis had not been restored by 72 h, with ck levels still very likely substantially elevated (56.7±34.5%) at this time. however, the consequence of this is unclear. given that lower-body neuromuscular recovery was evident by 72 h, the large elevation in ck at this time may reflect the rate of ck clearance from the blood,[15] and not the extent of muscle damage. the results of the present study also demonstrate the individual nature of recovery following match-play in academy rugby union players. figure 1 shows that even when the group mean demonstrated near full recovery, certain individuals still exhibited negative changes that were greater than the swc. these findings emphasise that although understanding a group response provides valuable information on the recovery in the days post-match, it is important for practitioners to monitor the recovery of each individual player following competition. a limitation of the present study is the analysis of only one competitive match. however, the total distance covered in the current study (4691±878 m) was similar to the average distances reported from five games (4470±292 m) by venter et al.[16] in under-19 provincial players, suggesting this may represent academy rugby match demands. however, future research involving a greater number of observations is needed to further investigate the specific demands of match-play that result in post-match fatigue in academy rugby union players. furthermore, such research may also provide insight into positional differences, both in terms of the specific match demands that cause fatigue, and the magnitude of fatigue following match play. sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 5 original research conclusion the findings of the present study demonstrate the transient and multidimensional nature of post-match fatigue in academy rugby union players. a decrease in upper-body nmf was very likely for up to 24 h but was unlikely beyond this point, while lower-body nmf was still likely decreased at 48 h before returning to baseline. in contrast, perception of well-being and ck were negatively altered from immediately to 72 h post-match, although returning towards baseline at this time. furthermore, the results demonstrate the individual nature of recovery, with many players demonstrating different recovery profiles from the group average. references 1. cahill n, lamb k, worsfold p, et al. the movement characteristics of english premiership rugby union players. j sports sci 2013;31(3):229-237. [http://dx.doi.org /10.1080/02640414.2012.727456] 2. cunniffe b, hore aj, whitcombe dm, et al. time course of changes in immuneoendocrine markers following an international rugby game. eur j appl physiol 2010;108(1):113-122. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00421-009-1200-9] 3. west dj, finn cv, cunningham dj, et al. neuromuscular function, hormonal, and mood responses to a professional rugby union match. j strength cond res 2014;28(1):194-200. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e318291b726] 4. takarada y. evaluation of muscle damage after a rugby match with special reference to tackle plays. br j sports med 2003;37(5):416-419. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.37.5.416] 5. jones m, west d, harrington b, et al. match play performance characteristics that predict post-match creatine kinase responses in professional rugby union players. bmc sports sci med rehabil 2014;6(1):38. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/2052-1847-6-38] 6. wehbe g, gabett tj, dwyer d, et al. monitoring neuromuscular fatigue in team-sport athletes using a cycle-ergometer test. int j sports physiol perform 2015;10(3):292-297. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ijspp.2014-0217] 7. johnston rd, gabbett tj, jenkins dg, et al. influence of physical qualities on postmatch fatigue in rugby league players. j sci med sport 2015;18(2):209-213. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.01.009] 8. johnston rd, gabbett tj, jenkins dg. influence of an intensified competition on fatigue and match performance in junior rugby league players. j sci med sport 2013;16(5):460-465. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2012.10.009] 9. roe g, darrall-jones j, till k, et al. between-day reliability and sensitivity of common fatigue measures in rugby players. int j sports physiol perform 2015, sep 21. [epub ahead of print] [http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ijspp.2015-0413] 10. mclean bd, coutts aj, kelly v, et al. neuromuscular, endocrine, and perceptual fatigue responses during different length between-match microcycles in professional rugby league players. int j sports physiol perform 2010;5(3):367-383. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1123/ijspp.5.3.367] 11. twist c, waldron m, highton j, et al. neuromuscular, biochemical and perceptual post-match fatigue in professional rugby league forwards and backs. j sports sci 2012;30(4):359-367. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.640707] 12. foster c, florhaug ja, franklin j, et al. a new approach to monitoring exercise training. j strength cond res. 2001;15(1):109-115. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1519/00124278-200102000-00019] 13. hopkins wg, marshall sw, batterham am, et al. progressive statistics for studies in sports medicine and exercise science. med sci sports exerc. 2009;41(1):3-13 [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e31818cb278] 14. boyas s, guével a. neuromuscular fatigue in healthy muscle: underlying factors and adaptation mechanisms. annals phys rehabil med 2011;54(2):88-108. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.rehab.2011.01.001] 15. baird mf, graham sm, baker js, et al. creatine-kinaseand exercise-related muscle damage implications for muscle performance and recovery. j nutr metabolism 2012; 2012:960363. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2012/960363] 16. venter re, opperman e, opperman s. the use of global positioning system (gps) tracking devices to assess movement demands and impacts in under-19 rugby union match play. afr j phys health ed rec dance 2011;17(1):1-8. [http://dx.doi. org/10.4314/ajpherd.v17i1.65242] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2012.727456 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2012.727456 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00421-009-1200-9 http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e318291b726 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.5.416 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.5.416 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/2052-1847-6-38 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ijspp.2014-0217 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.01.009 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.01.009 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2012.10.009 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ijspp.2015-0413 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ijspp.5.3.367 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/ijspp.5.3.367 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.640707 http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1519/00124278-200102000-00019 http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1519/00124278-200102000-00019 http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e31818cb278 http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e31818cb278 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.rehab.2011.01.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.rehab.2011.01.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2012/960363 http://dx.doi.org/10.4314/ajpherd.v17i1.65242 http://dx.doi.org/10.4314/ajpherd.v17i1.65242 sajsm 563.indd sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 91 commentary abrasion injuries result in damage only to the surface layer of skin and can result in player discomfort and changes in performance. the perceived fear of abrasion injuries on artificial turf playing surfaces has significantly affected the adoption of these surfaces, particularly in sports that involve frequent player-surface interactions. the underreporting of abrasion injuries due to how time-loss injuries are defined and the lack of validity of the current abrasion measurement device highlight the need for more research to understand fully the incidence and nature of abrasions on artificial turf playing surfaces and the effect of these injuries on playing behaviour. improved reporting of abrasion injuries and a more biofidelic test device could assist in both the development of abrasion-related injury prevention strategies and in dispelling players’ negative perceptions of abrasions on artificial turf. s afr j sm 2014;26(3):91-92. doi:10.7196/sajsm.563 abrasion injuries on artificial turf: a real risk or not? d m twomey,1 phd; l a petrass,1 phd; p r fleming,2 phd 1 faculty of health, federation university australia, mt helen campus, victoria, australia 2 school of civil and building engineering, loughborough university, united kingdom corresponding author: d m twomey (d.twomey@federation.edu.au) abrasion injuries result in damage only to the surface layer of skin (epidermis), and while typically classified as minor in nature, can engender player discomfort and consequently result in a change in playing behaviour.[1] strategies to reduce the incidence of abrasion injuries in sport are therefore desirable. while it is difficult to replicate natural turf fully, the perceived fear of abrasion-type injuries on artificial turf is surprising given the fact that, unlike natural turf, artificial turf fields are required to satisfy a set of safety and performance standards that include an abrasion measure. injury studies on the earlier generations of artificial turf products (i.e. prior to the late 1990s) consistently reported an increase in the number of abrasion injuries on artificial turf compared with natural grass.[2] since then, studies have been undertaken on third-generation (3g) surfaces with longer fibres and infilled with rubber and sand, but abrasion injuries are still consistently higher than on natural turf. in terms of total injuries recorded in published injury studies, however, overall abrasion injury rates are relatively low, ranging from ~2.5% to 6%.[3,4] these low rates may be largely owing to the injury definitions used, which are generally based on time loss and may be a rare occurrence with abrasion-type injuries unless they are recurrent or become inflamed/infected. more detailed and accurate reporting of abrasion injuries in future injury studies is needed to appreciate the extent of the problem fully. another issue that arises when interpreting abrasion injury incidence to date is that this type of injury is regularly reported with lacerations (injuries to multiple layers of skin) or as part of skinrelated injuries; therefore, it is difficult to have confidence in the relative risk of abrasion injuries alone. given that the mechanism of laceration injuries is very different to abrasion injuries, strategies to prevent these injuries need different considerations. consequently, it is plausible that the total incidence of abrasion injuries may be significantly underestimated in many injury epidemiological studies, and the effect of these injuries could be much greater than anticipated. recently, peppelman et al.[5] were the first to attempt to increase understanding of the effect of sliding on natural and 3g artificial turf surfaces on in vivo human skin. they concluded that sliding on natural grass resulted in more erythema (redness), but fewer abrasions compared with sliding on artificial turf. they contended that these observed differences may be important in studying the skin comfort of players using artificial turf surfaces, and suggested that the discomfort associated with abrasion injuries can negatively influence players’ performance and change their playing behaviour.[5] if players are changing their playing behaviour to protect skin abrasions from further injury during the regeneration and remodelling phases of healing, they may in fact increase their risk of other injuries. more detailed and accurate reporting in this area would provide valuable insights into the real effect of abrasion injuries. regardless of the lack of epidemiological data on abrasion injuries on 3g artificial turf, it appears that players perceive abrasion injuries as a real risk and a potential barrier to their acceptance of such surfaces. due to the early adoption of 3g artificial turf in soccer, player perceptions of 3g artificial turf are limited predominantly to this sport. consistently, players have concerns about the effect of the surface on both technical and physical performance, particularly the risk and severity of abrasions as a result of sliding tackles and falls on artificial turf.[6-8] in the italian amateurs league, over 1 600 male players aged between 15 and 35 years reported concerns about the risk of abrasion in sliding tackles.[8] in terms of abrasions, players’ role in the team (goalkeeper, defender, midfielder and forward) influenced their perception, with defenders and midfielders scoring the surface worse for abrasions than goalkeepers and forwards. this finding is 92 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 likely to be explained by the playing characteristics associated with these different roles, with defenders and midfielders more likely to have recurrent player-ground interaction due to sliding tackles and attempting intercepts. in a more recent study, spanish male amateur football players (aged 16 36 years) provided very poor ratings for the safety aspects associated with artificial turf, including skin abrasions, muscle strains and the general possibility of sustaining an injury. [6] for most players, the biggest disadvantage associated with artificial turf was skin abrasion, specifically in sliding tackles. perceptions of amateur-level players are consistent with studies conducted with elitelevel players. a large study conducted with male (n=1 018) and female (n=111) elite players of similar age to participants in the previous studies indicated that >60% felt that artificial turf was too abrasive. [7] while artificial turf provides a valuable alternative to natural grass in areas experiencing extreme climatic conditions, negative player perceptions need to be addressed to ensure that these surfaces are successfully adopted. artificial surfaces are becoming increasingly popular for a wide range of other football codes, especially with surfaces designed for multisport usage. as abrasion has been identified as an issue for soccer, this is likely to emerge as a more prominent issue for players of other football codes that have greater player-surface contact through various forms of sliding tackles. in fact, the perceived risk of abrasion and discomfort may start to affect players’ uptake of these surfaces for both training and competition, which could negatively affect participation rates and the associated health benefits. while there is huge variability and substantial product development and improvement in artificial turf, which could change the properties of these surfaces, it is still possible that users’ perceptions are likely to be largely influenced by available information and the appearance of the facility. it is important that the abrasion measures performed on all emerging artificial turf products are ecologically valid to accurately reflect the level of abrasion likely to be encountered when players interact with the surface during tackling manoeuvres. currently, 3g artificial turf products need to satisfy an abrasion standard in order to be certified for use by governing bodies of specific sports. in the football codes of soccer, rugby union, rugby league, australian football and gaelic football, a mechanical device called the securisport is approved to measure a value for skin abrasion and skin friction of the surface. this device firstly measures the coefficient of friction between a test foot (covered in a silicone skin) and a polished steel plate, and then between the test foot and the artificial turf product. the level of abrasiveness of the surface is quantified as the percentage difference between the force measures on the steel plate with the new skin compared with the abraded skin after it has been tested on the artificial turf product. a major limitation of this device is the way in which it moves over the artificial surface during testing. the test foot performs five complete revolutions at a speed of 40 (standard deviation 1) revolutions/minute under a very low normal force of 100 n. interestingly, there is no supporting research evidence for five revolutions representing an appropriate simulation of the level of damage or the level of normal load, and this rotational movement does not replicate the player surface interaction of many sports played on 3g artificial turf surfaces. this lack of biofidelity highlights the fact that although artificial turf may satisfy abrasion standards, some artificial turf products may indeed be too abrasive to withstand the player-surface interaction of the sport without resulting in injury to the skin. in conclusion, players perceive an increased risk of abrasion injuries on artificial turf, which leads to a negative attitude in the adoption of these surfaces. owing to the time-loss injury definitions used in many injury epidemiological studies, it is likely that abrasion injuries are underreported and hence their effect on players is underestimated. more work is needed to improve the reporting of abrasion injuries and validity of testing devices to understand fully the incidence and nature of abrasions on artificial turf surfaces, and the effect of these injuries on playing behaviour. references 1. van den eijnde waj, peppelman m, lamers ea, et al. understanding the acute skin injury mechanism caused by player-surface contact during soccer: a sur vey and systematic review. orthopaedic journal of sports medicine 2014;2(5):2325967114533482. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/2325967114533482] 2. ekstrand j, nigg b. surface-related injuries in soccer. sports med 1989;8(1):56-62. 3. soligard t, bahr r, andersen te. injury risk on artificial turf and grass in youth tournament football. scand j med sci sports 2012;22(3):356-361. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.01174.x] 4. fuller cw, dick rw, corlette j, et al. comparison of the incidence, nature and cause of injuries sustained on grass and new generation artificial turf by male and female football players. part 2: training injuries. br j sports med 2007;47(suppl 1):i27-i32. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.037275] 5. peppelman m, van den eijnde waj, langewouters amg, et al. the potential of the skin as a readout system to test artificial turf systems: clinical and immunohistological effects of a sliding on natural grass and artificial turf. int j sports med 2013;34(9):783788. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-0032-1331173] 6. burillo p, gallardo l, felipe jl, et al. artificial turf surfaces: perception of safety, sporting feature, satisfaction and preference of football users. eur j sport sci 2014;14(suppl 1):s437-s447. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461391.2012.713005] 7. roberts j, osei-owusu p, harland a, et al. elite football players’ perceptions of football turf and natural grass surface properties. procedia eng 2014;72:907-912. [http://dx.doi.org/0.1016/j.proeng.2014.06.150] 8. zanetti, em. amateur football game on artificial turf: players’ perceptions. appl ergon 2009;40(3):485-490. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apergo.2008.09.007] sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd position statement 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license recommendations for the return of spectators to sport stadiums: a south african sports medicine association (sasma) position statement – part 4 l pillay,1,2,3,4 mbchb, msc; j patricios,2 mbbch, mmedsci; dc janse van rensburg,1,5 md, mmed, msc, mbchb; r saggers,2,9 mbbch, fcpaed, mmed; d ramagole,1 mbchb, msc; p viviers,6,7,8 mbbch, mmedsc; c thompson,6,7,8 mbchb, mphil; s hendricks,10,11,12 phd 1 section sports medicine & sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 2 wits sport and health (wish), faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 3 premier soccer league covid-19 chief medical officer, psl, south africa 4 chief medical officer, gauteng lions cricket, south africa 5 medical board member, world netball, manchester, uk 6 campus health service, stellenbosch university, south africa 7 institute of sport and exercise medicine, division of orthopaedic surgery, department of surgical sciences, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, south africa 8 fifa medical centre of excellence, south africa 9 department of paediatrics and child health, charlotte maxeke johannesburg academic hospital, johannesburg, south africa 10 division of physiological sciences, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 11 health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport (hpals) research centre, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town. south africa 12 carnegie applied rugby research (carr) centre, institute for sport physical activity and leisure, leeds beckett university, leeds, england corresponding author: l pillay (drpillay@absamail.co.za) several sporting codes have returned to competition around the world. recently, the tokyo olympics and paralympics, postponed from 2020, concluded safely, albeit with no spectators and the rigorous daily testing of participants.[1] in south africa, all sporting federations were given the green light to resume professional sport on 20 august 2020 by the ministry of sports, art and culture.[2] this resumption was based on specific conditions, such as covid-19 pcr tests, continuous education, daily screening, and no spectators allowed. early this year, the south african sports confederation and olympic committee (sascoc), together with the event and safety council (esc), was mandated by the department of sports, culture and recreation (dsacr) to develop a document to explain what processes should be put in place for the safe return of spectators.[3] the first country to host spectators after covid-19 was declared a pandemic was qatar. this was in december 2020 at the amir cup final.[4] a total of twenty thousand spectators were allowed to enter (50% of the stadium capacity) subject to a negative antigen test not older than 72 hours. social distancing, temperature screening and mask-wearing (non-pharmaceutical interventions or npis) were mandatory before entry. the results of the antigen test and monitoring were captured using a geolocating cell phone app and online booking system. while this was a costly exercise for both the organisers and spectators (the spectator had to pay for any testing that was required), as far as the researchers were aware, the final was a success in terms of managing the risk of covid-19. the researchers did not have access to the post-match track and trace app statistics for spectators. the euro 2020 uefa competition (held in 11 different european countries from 11 june 2021 to 11 july 2021) also allowed spectators.[5] similar to the amir cup final, the spectators of the euro 2020 uefa competition had to manage the covid-19 risk using npis and a negative covid-19 test. international experience shows that in the time leading to the euro 2020 uefa competition, covid-19 vaccines were also available, which added another risk mitigating layer to reduce the spread of the covid-19 virus. recommendations for spectators at stadiums for professional sport considering the above, the following is recommended to allow spectators to return safely to stadiums in south africa. any competition wanting to return spectators should consult the relevant stakeholders and would be required to comply with the dsacr and department of health regulated requirements. this would include the national federations together with the esc: stadium protocols 1. there should be a stepwise approach for allowing fans into stadiums; for example, initially at 10% of venue capacity, then 25%, then 50% (within keeping to the disaster management act regulation regarding indoor and outdoor maximum capacities). it will als o allow for appropriate social distancing to occur (at least one empty seat between spectators). seats must be allocated, and spectators must utilise these allocated seats as this is vital for contact tracing. stadiums and spectators will be able to familiarise themselves with the logistics and processes required. after every event, there should be a post -event all sports were discontinued in 2020 with the arrival of covid-19. since then most have been reinstated, albeit without spectators. however, several countries have put together a number of different risk-mitigating strategies to allow spectators back into stadiums. this position statement gives an outline of the minimum requirements that should be considered upon the return of spectators at live sporting events. keywords: covid-19, risk-mitigating, events, spectators, sports s afr j sports med 2021; 33:1-3. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a12558 mailto:drpillay@absamail.co.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a12558 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5341-6080 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8353-3376 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6593-8049 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6829-4098 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3416-6266 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1058-6992 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6682-3438 position statement sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 dissection of the pearls and pitfalls and improvements accordingly prior to moving to the next level of spectator allowance. 2. stadium protocols are already in place regarding the sanitisation of the stadium, ablution facilities, and easily available hand sanitisers/handwashing stations. however, these may need to be increased. staggered ingress and egress of stadiums are required, ensuring there are no mass crowd gatherings, and social and physical distancing (at least 1.5 metres apart). 3. covid-19-related educational posters around the stadium must remind spectators to keep a social distance of at least 1.5 m, wearing masks properly and sanitising of their hands. 4. staff working at the event must be fully vaccinated. 5. should there be an indoor event, cross ventilation [6] is vital and high efficiency particle air (hepa) purifiers should be considered.[7] mandatory spectator conditions 6. mandatory mask-wearing covering the nose and mouth at all times. 7. proof of full vaccination (this means 14 days after a johnson and johnson vaccination or 2 weeks after the second pfizer vaccination) [8] needs to be provided – this should be confirmed when purchasing the ticket and at entry into the stadium; proof of vaccination must be crosschecked against the national electronic vaccination data system (evds). 8. tickets cannot be transferred. 9. spectators must also realise that even though all protocols are observed, the risk of contracting covid-19 cannot be mitigated 100%. this should be covered in a disclaimer when purchasing the ticket. screening and surveillance 10. a mobile covid-19 screening app with questions to screen symptoms and exposure in the last 14 days. 11. the world health organization (who) mass gathering covid-19 risk assessment tool sports events should be utilised by the event planning team. [9] 12. there must be a system in place for spectators (who, within five days of the event, find out they have teste d positive for covid-19) to contact and advise planners so that contact tracing can be undertaken. 13. stadiums must also have the ability to do rapid antigen tests onsite, or be able to transport an attendee (spectator or staff) to the nearest antigen test site, should an attendee screen positive for any covid-19 symptoms. 14. constant countrywide surveillance of covid-19 transmission patterns must be a major dictator of whether or not spectators may attend events. recommendations for spectators in amateur sport – club and school 1. the usual npi protocols must continue. 2. all spectators must be screened (via symptom questionnaire and temperature) prior to entry into the stadium. 3. there should be a maximum capacity of 50% of spectators or as dictated by the gazetted regulations by the minister of sports, art and culture. 4. where an event is indoors, cross ventilation is vital and high efficiency particulate air (hepa) purifiers should be considered. 5. anyone screened at the event who poses a risk of recent exposure to covid-19 or presents with symptoms must not be allowed entry. 6. constant countrywide surveillance of covid-19 transmission patterns must be a major dictator of whether or not spectators may attend events. conclusion this pandemic will likely last for many more months or even years. vaccination is most important and should be encouraged as this will assist in returning to the pre-pandemic status quo as per the government’s new vaccination campaign on ’return to play ‘[10]. with evolving evidence, changes should be implemented regularly. new virus mutations will occur. however, we should have a malleable plan to allow spectators to socialise safely with all risk mitigating approaches and protocols in place. conflicts of interest and source of funding: the authors declare that they have no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: lp conceptualised, drafted and finalised the manuscript. djvr, dr, jp, ct, pv, rs and sh critically reviewed the drafts. all involved approved the final version prior to submission. references 1. international olympic committee (ioc). ’the olympic games of hope, solidarity and peace’: how tokyo 2020 helped bring the world together. 2021. https://olympics.com/ioc/news/-theolympic-games-of-hope-solidarity-and-peace-how-tokyo-2020helped-bring-the-world-together (accessed 12 september 2021) 2. republic of south africa. government gazette.2020;. 662, 43667. disaster management act (57/2002) amendment of directions issued in terms of regulation 4(10) of the regulations. measures to prevent and combat the spread of covid-19. https://www.srsa.gov.za/sites/default/files/43667gon943.pdf (accessed 12 september 2021). 3. aaxo. the association of african exhibition organisers. the event safety council remains committed to creating a safe environment for events across the business, sport and entertainment sectors. https://www.aaxo.co.za/the-event-safetycouncil-remains-committed-to-creating-a-safe-environment-forevents-across-the-business-sport-and-entertainment-sectors/ (accessed 12 september 2021) 4. dergaa i, varma a, tabben m, et al. organising football matches with spectators during the covid-19 pandemic: what can we learn from the amir cup football final of qatar 2020? a call for action. biol sport 2021;38(4):677–681. [doi: 10.5114/biolsport.2021.103568] 5. uefa euro 2020 code of conduct for spectators, march 2021. https://editorial.uefa.com/resources/0268-11fe383565368f3c3625933e-1000/20210408_uefa_euro_2020_code_of_ conduct__spectators_final.pdf (accessed 12 september 2021) 6. world health organization. roadmap to improve and ensure good indoor ventilation in the context of covid-19. 2021. https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/339857/ 9789240021280-eng.pdf?sequence=1&isallowed=y (accessed 12 september 2021) 7. liu dt, philips km, speth mm, et al.. portable hepa purifiers to eliminate airborne sars-cov-2: a systematic review. otolaryngol – head neck surg 2021; 1945998211022636. https://olympics.com/ioc/news/-the-olympic-games-of-hope-solidarity-and-peace-how-tokyo-2020-helped-bring-the-world-together https://olympics.com/ioc/news/-the-olympic-games-of-hope-solidarity-and-peace-how-tokyo-2020-helped-bring-the-world-together https://olympics.com/ioc/news/-the-olympic-games-of-hope-solidarity-and-peace-how-tokyo-2020-helped-bring-the-world-together https://www.srsa.gov.za/sites/default/files/43667gon943.pdf https://www.aaxo.co.za/the-event-safety-council-remains-committed-to-creating-a-safe-environment-for-events-across-the-business-sport-and-entertainment-sectors/ https://www.aaxo.co.za/the-event-safety-council-remains-committed-to-creating-a-safe-environment-for-events-across-the-business-sport-and-entertainment-sectors/ https://www.aaxo.co.za/the-event-safety-council-remains-committed-to-creating-a-safe-environment-for-events-across-the-business-sport-and-entertainment-sectors/ doi:%2010.5114/biolsport.2021.103568 https://editorial.uefa.com/resources/0268-11fe38356536-8f3c3625933e-1000/20210408_uefa_euro_2020_code_of_%20conduct_-_spectators_final.pdf https://editorial.uefa.com/resources/0268-11fe38356536-8f3c3625933e-1000/20210408_uefa_euro_2020_code_of_%20conduct_-_spectators_final.pdf https://editorial.uefa.com/resources/0268-11fe38356536-8f3c3625933e-1000/20210408_uefa_euro_2020_code_of_%20conduct_-_spectators_final.pdf https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/339857/%209789240021280-eng.pdf?sequence=1&isallowed=y https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/339857/%209789240021280-eng.pdf?sequence=1&isallowed=y position statement 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 [doi: 10.1177/01945998211022636] [pmid: 34098798] 8. south africa. national institute for communicable diseases (nicd). what you need to know once you’ve been vaccinated. 2021. https://www.nicd.ac.za/what-you-need-to-know-onceyouve -been-vaccinated/ (accessed 12 september 2021) 9. world health organization. who mass gathering covid-19 risk assessment tool – sports events. 2020. https://apps.who.int/ iris/handle/10665/333187 (accessed 12 september 2021) 10. south african government. sports, arts and culture launches “return to play – it’s in your hands” national campaign, 8 sept. 2021. https://www.gov.za/speeches/sport-arts-and-culturelaunches-%e2%80%9creturn-play-%e2%80%93-it%e2%80%99syour-hands%e2%80%9d-national-campaign-8-sept-7 (accessed 12 september 2021) doi:%2010.1177/01945998211022636 https://www.nicd.ac.za/what-you-need-to-know-once-youve%20-been-vaccinated/ https://www.nicd.ac.za/what-you-need-to-know-once-youve%20-been-vaccinated/ https://apps.who.int/%20iris/handle/10665/333187 https://apps.who.int/%20iris/handle/10665/333187 https://www.gov.za/speeches/sport-arts-and-culture-launches-%e2%80%9creturn-play-%e2%80%93-it%e2%80%99s-your-hands%e2%80%9d-national-campaign-8-sept-7 https://www.gov.za/speeches/sport-arts-and-culture-launches-%e2%80%9creturn-play-%e2%80%93-it%e2%80%99s-your-hands%e2%80%9d-national-campaign-8-sept-7 https://www.gov.za/speeches/sport-arts-and-culture-launches-%e2%80%9creturn-play-%e2%80%93-it%e2%80%99s-your-hands%e2%80%9d-national-campaign-8-sept-7 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 93 introduction at present the south african fitness industry has not been well researched, and no comprehensive inventory exists that lists all facilities comprising this industry. among many of the key players within the south african fitness industry, there seems to be a general awareness of the facilities and service providers in the larger multipurpose gyms and health clubs, but there is limited information available concerning smaller, single-purpose clubs, community-based organisations and self-employed fitness instructors. the international health, racquet and sportsclub association (ihrsa) works to produce data on the fitness industry worldwide, mainly through their annual global report – state of the health club industry 3 and their european market report. 5 based in the usa, ihrsa also conducts an industry data survey of the health and fitness club industry 4 within the usa. data in this survey include, among other measures, club member demographics, club membership growth, club facilities, club growth, benchmarks by club type and size, and club prices. ihrsa has links with fitness associations in other countries and helps those organisations to produce similar reports. currently south africa does not have a single entity representing the fitness industry, and to date, no equivalent of the ihrsa industry surveys and report. this should be seen original research article an inventory of the south african fitness industry catherine e draper1 (ma, phd) liesl grobler1 (phd) georgina a kilian2 (mba) lisa k micklesfield1 (phd) estelle v lambert1 (ms, phd) timothy d noakes1 (mb chb, md, dsc, facsm) 1 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, university of cape town 2 sports science institute of south africa, cape town abstract objective. the aim of this study was to create an inventory of fitness facilities in south africa, their location, equipment and services offered, and the demographics, education and training of the staff working in these facilities. design. a total of 750 facilities were identified, and descriptive data were gathered from 442 facilities (59%) with the use of a questionnaire administered telephonically and via the website of the sports science institute of south africa. setting. the study was initiated by the sports science institute, and the results were presented at the 4th annual discovery vitality fitness convention on 4 may 2006. results. results show that the industry comprises mainly independent facilities (68%). all types of facilities were found to be located mostly within urban areas, and reported providing services to just less than 2% of the south african population. facilities offer a wide range of equipment and services to their members. of the fitness-related staff at facilities, the majority were reported to be young (18 25 years, 55% of male, and 49% of female staff), and in terms of racial proportions most staff were white (males 40% of total staff and females 33% of total staff). correspondence: cathi draper uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine sports science institute of south africa boundary road newlands 7700 tel: (021) 650 4567 e-mail: cdraper@sports.uct.ac.za less than a quarter of fitness-related staff hold university qualifications, and just over 80% of instructors hold qualifications aligned with the national qualifications framework. the importance of education and training of staff was emphasised by respondents. conclusions. this report highlights the widespread value of assessing the fitness industry, particularly within the context of the rise of chronic diseases in south africa and government initiatives to promote healthy lifestyles. pg93-104.indd 93 9/21/06 12:29:38 pm 94 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 as important as the fitness industry represents a significant vehicle for social and economic development in south africa, as employer, through the provision of jobs, and as consumer, through improving health and thereby potentially reducing the burden of disease. 13-15 ideally, as a country and economy undergoing transition, south africa requires its own industry standards and benchmarks, to meet specific needs and underserved communities. in addition, those in the south african fitness industry should have an accurate picture of the industry as a whole in order to respond appropriately to the health and fitness needs of the people they are aiming to serve. shortfalls in the industry must also be identified against these needs. within the south african context, there are a number of governmental drives promoting physical activity, such as the ‘vuka sa – move for your health’ initiative, sport and recreation’s mass participation programme, the youth fitness and wellness charter, and the health-promoting schools initiative. these initiatives are a response to the rise in chronic diseases, both nationally and internationally, and the identification of the lack of physical activity as a risk factor for many of these diseases. 6-8,11-15 this makes it essential for south africans to engage in physical activity and take responsibility for their health, and the fitness industry undoubtedly has a major role to play in promoting this. it is not only important to assess what role this industry is playing in getting and keeping south africans active, but it is also important to evaluate the extent to which the needs of all south africans are being, or can be, met by the industry. therefore, this study aimed to answer the following research questions: • what fitness facilities exist in south africa? • where are these facilities located within south africa? • what equipment, facilities and services are offered at those facilities? • what are the demographics of the staff employed in those facilities? • what is the level of education and training of fitness-related staff currently employed in those facilities? methodology sample selection for the purposes of this research, the fitness industry is defined to include all multipurpose fitness centres, single-purpose fitness centres, exercise programmes within community halls or centres, hospital fitness centres, corporate fitness centres, hotel or resort fitness centres, college and university fitness centres, military fitness centres, aerobics, dance, katabox, pilates, yoga and cycling studios. personal trainers and instructors without a fixed place of practice or employment were included, but all sporting clubs, facilities and organisations, whether recreational or competitive, were not included. participants and facilities were sourced via the telephone directory (white and yellow pages), the internet and through personal networking and informers. ethical approval for this study was obtained from the research ethics committee at the university of cape town. data-gathering methods a questionnaire was developed and pilot tested among key informants in the fitness industry who were known to the research team, and appropriate changes were made. individuals who own or manage the specific facilities were contacted, and the questionnaire was then emailed to contacts for whom email addresses could be sourced. a number of questionnaires were administered telephonically by the research team, and respondents were also able to fill in the questionnaire via the sports science institute of south africa (ssisa) website. other contacts were referred to a call centre which administered the questionnaire on behalf of the research team. a total of 750 facilities were sourced and ‘geocoded’ at suburb level. for this process of ‘geocoding’, the geographical co-ordinates of the suburb in which each facility is located are plotted geographically, and results of this process are represented in fig. 1. fifty-nine per cent of the 750 facilities (n = 442) responded to the questionnaire. the remaining 308 facilities either did not complete the questionnaire or they could not be contacted because of incorrect contact details. results nature of facilities respondents were asked to choose from a list of options that best described the fitness facility in which they work, and from these descriptions, facilities were then divided into four categories: (i) independent facilities (68%), which included independent multipurpose fitness centres, single-purpose fitfig. 1. geocoding of 750 fitness facilities currently operating in south africa. pg93-104.indd 94 9/21/06 12:29:39 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 95 ness centres, and group exercise studios for disciplines such as pilates, yoga and cycling; (ii) informal facilities (14%), which included facilities that do not have dedicated exercise space or equipment, such as running and walking groups, exercise programmes in a community centre/hall/church hall; (iii) specialist facilities (7%), which included facilities that exist because of the environment in which they are placed, such as facilities at tertiary academic institutions, hotels and resorts, hospitals and in corporate settings; and (iv) gym chains (11%), which included multipurpose fitness facilities with more than one club under the same name. size of facilities the average square meterage per facility with dedicated exercise space was calculated to be 1154 m 2 (n = 226), ranging from 20 m 2 to 50 000 m 2 . the average number of members per square meter for this type of facility was 1.8. the accuracy of this figure is, however, dependent on the information provided by facilities, as many respondents were only able to estimate the number of members and only 226 facilities were able to give the square meterage of their facility. the total number of members in the 442 facilities that reported their membership came to 813 012, only 1.73% of the total south african population estimated for 2005. 9 location and distribution of facilities of the 442 facilities that responded to the questionnaire, 270 were placed in a large city, with 149 in a small city or town, and only 23 in a rural area. definitions of these types of areas were not stipulated in the questionnaire, so the accuracy of these figures relies completely on the respondents’ perceptions of the area in which they are placed. fig. 1 shows the provincial distribution of the facilities in south africa, and fig. 2 presents this provincial distribution alongside the population density of each province in south africa. 2 it is clear from these figures that the distribution of facilities within south african provinces does seem generally to match the population density of these provinces, except for the western cape, which has the second highest number of fitness facilities (234) but a relatively low population density (36 persons per km 2 ). equipment, facilities and services offered respondents were also asked to comment on the equipment, facilities, classes and programmes made available to the members of their facilities (figs 3 and 4). most facilities were able to provide exercise mats and free weights, and to a lesser degree cardiovascular equipment and mechanical resistance equipment (fig. 3). the average number of group fitness sessions offered per week by facilities was 18. eightyone per cent of facilities reported offering classes or programmes to the inactive or new exerciser, and fig. 5 presents the various classes and programmes available to members. fig. 2. provincial distribution of south african fitness facilities and provincial population density in south africa (persons per km2). 1 fig. 1. geocoding of 750 fitness facilities currently operating in south africa 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 g a u te n g k w a z u lu n a ta l l im p o p o m p u m a la n g a e a st e rn c a p e w e st e rn c a p e n o rt h w e st f re e s ta te n o rt h e rn c a p e population density fitness facilities fig. 2. provincial distribution of south african fitness facilities and provincial population density in south africa (persons per km 2 ). fig. 3. equipment available to members of fitness facilities. 2 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% exercise mats free weights cardiovascular equipment mechanical resistance equipment group exercise studios steps and platforms stability balls balance equipment boxing equipment fig. 3. equipment available to members of fitness facilities. 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% toilet facilities screening and fitness assessment locker / change room facilities food and beverage facilities swimming pool childcare area retail shop squash courts physiotherapy rehabilitation centre sports medicine clinic tennis courts indoor track climbing walls fig. 4. facilities offered to members of fitness facilities.fig. 4. facilities offered to members of fitness facilities. 2 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% exercise mats free weights cardiovascular equipment mechanical resistance equipment group exercise studios steps and platforms stability balls balance equipment boxing equipment fig. 3. equipment available to members of fitness facilities. 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% toilet facilities screening and fitness assessment locker / change room facilities food and beverage facilities swimming pool childcare area retail shop squash courts physiotherapy rehabilitation centre sports medicine clinic tennis courts indoor track climbing walls fig. 4. facilities offered to members of fitness facilities. pg93-104.indd 95 9/21/06 12:29:41 pm 96 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 demographics of fitness-related staff respondents were asked to provide information regarding the numbers and demographics of the fitness-related staff employed within the facility. fitness-related staff were defined as all staff members within the facility who are involved in the health and fitness aspects of the facility. examples given were biokineticists, personal trainers, fitness consultants, group fitness instructors and floor supervisors. the average number of part-time fitness-related staff ranged from 2 in single-purpose fitness centres, to 7 in college/university fitness centres (specialist facilities). in multipurpose fitness centres, the average number of parttime fitness-related staff was 3, and in group exercise studios the average number was 4. regarding the ratio of personal and group fitness trainers in facilities sampled, multipurpose fitness centres had the highest ratio of members to trainers, with 872 members to each personal trainer, and 582 members to each group fitness trainer. group exercise studios had a ratio of 236 members to each personal trainer, and 157 members to each group fitness trainer. single-purpose fitness centres had a lower ratio of 127 members to each personal trainer, and a ratio of 159 members to each group fitness trainer. information regarding the demographics of fitness-related staff employed within the 442 facilities is presented in figs 6 and 7. the majority of fitness-related staff were young (18 25 years) white people. sixty-one per cent of the staff were male. less than 1% of the fitness-related staff were physically disabled. qualifications of fitness-related staff twenty-one per cent of the total fitness-related staff (both part-time and fulltime) hold university qualifications either in biokinetics (11%) or exercise, sports or human movement science (10%). sixty-seven per cent of the staff were qualified in first aid and 73% were qualified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (cpr). fig. 8 presents the number of staff with diplomas aligned and not aligned with the national qualifications framework (nqf). eighty-two per cent of the various types of instructors (aerobics, spinning, step class, pilates/ stretch and tone, yoga and pezzi ball instructors) hold nqfaligned diplomas. all facilities falling under the category of gym chains, i.e. more than one club under the same name (n = 88), reported submitting a tourism, hospitality and sport education and training authority (theta) skills levy plan and claimed to have benefited from theta’s skills levy process. of the other facilities (n = 354), i.e. independent facilities, informal facilities and specialist facilities, only 89 (25%) reported familiarity fig. 5. classes and programmes available to members of fitness facilities. 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% smoking cessation programme meditation classes lifestyle coaching / stress management classes nutrition boot camp classes sport-specific training programme special populations weight management programme aqua aerobics classes group running / walking classes dance classes yoga classes cycling / spinning classes cardio-kickboxing classes step classes stability ball-based classes pilates classes aerobics classes stretch and tone classes personal training fig. 6. racial distribution of fitness-related staff. 3 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% pers onal training stretch and tone clas s es aerobics clas s es pilates clas s es stability ball-bas ed clas s es step clas s es cardio-kickboxing clas s es cycling / s pinning clas s es yoga clas s es dance clas s es group running / walking clas s es aqua aerobics clas s es w eight management programme special populations sport-s pecific training programme boot camp clas s es nutrition lifes tyle coaching / s tres s management clas s es m editation clas s es smoking ces s ation programme fig. 5. classes and programmes available to members of fitness facilities. 41% 14% 5% 2% 33% 4% 1% white male african male coloured male indian male white female african female coloured female fig. 6. racial distribution of fitness-related staff. fig. 7. age distribution of fitness-related staff. 4 fitness-related male staff 55% 26% 16% 3% 18 25 years 26 30 years 31 40 years 41 50 years fitness-related female staff 49% 25% 19% 7% 18 25 years 26 30 years 31 40 years 41 50 years fig. 7. age distribution of fitness-related staff. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 a e ro b ic s (i n c lu d in g a q u a ) in st ru c to rs s p in n in g in st ru c to rs s te p c la ss in st ru c to rs p il a te s / s tr e tc h a n d t o n e in st ru c to rs y o g a in st ru c to rs p e z z i b a ll c la ss i n st ru c to rs nqf aligned diplomas non-nqf aligned diplomas fig. 8. number of staff with nqf-aligned and non-aligned diploma qualifications. 4 fitness-related male staff 55% 26% 16% 3% 18 25 years 26 30 years 31 40 years 41 50 years fitness-related female staff 49% 25% 19% 7% 18 25 years 26 30 years 31 40 years 41 50 years fig. 7. age distribution of fitness-related staff. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 a e ro b ic s (i n c lu d in g a q u a ) in st ru c to rs s p in n in g in st ru c to rs s te p c la ss in st ru c to rs p il a te s / s tr e tc h a n d t o n e in st ru c to rs y o g a in st ru c to rs p e z z i b a ll c la ss i n st ru c to rs nqf aligned diplomas non-nqf aligned diplomas fig. 8. number of staff with nqf-aligned and non-aligned diploma qualifications. pg93-104.indd 96 9/21/06 12:29:45 pm pg93-104.indd 97 9/21/06 12:29:46 pm pg93-104.indd 98 9/21/06 12:29:46 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 99 with theta’s skills levy plan. only 28 (8%) of these facilities submit an annual skills levy plan to theta, and only 18 (5%) claimed to have benefited from theta’s skills levy process. similar discrepancies were evident between gym chain and other facilities (independent facilities, informal facilities and specialist facilities) in the area of continuing education. all gym chain facilities (100%) stated continuing education as a requirement of fitness-related staff compared with 49% of other facilities. all gym chain facilities reported providing continuing education workshops to fitness-related staff, compared with 35% of other facilities, and the average number of continuing education workshops that staff should attend per year was 9 for gym chains as opposed to 4 in other facilities. skills shortage in the fitness industry respondents were asked an open-ended question about where they felt the greatest skills shortage lies in the fitness industry. a large portion of the responses referred to the education and training of staff, and the importance of qualification was emphasised. some also stressed the importance of interpersonal (people) skills. although not related to skills necessarily, some other issues were raised, including the importance of nutrition and the need for nutritionists, the need for facilities (size or type of facilities not specified), the public’s lack of education about and awareness of physical activity and the need for healthy lifestyles, and the importance of regulation of the fitness industry. the most valuable type of employee within the fitness industry in another open-ended question, respondents were asked to identify the type of person, along with qualifications, who would be the most valuable employee in the fitness industry at present. in their responses there was a strong emphasis on the people skills and personality aspects of employees. some of the personal qualities mentioned included enthusiasm, a passion for their work, and the ability to motivate and communicate with others. personal qualities related more to the work ethic of employees, including commitment, reliability and dedication. within the responses to this second question the importance of qualification was once again emphasised, and some specific qualifications were mentioned as valuable in the industry. these included training in biokinetics, exercise, sports and human movement science, as well as personal training. in addition to this, training in areas such as sales, marketing, finance, business and general management were also thought to be important aspects of a valued employee of the health and fitness industry. discussion from the results provided it is evident that independent facilities, which include multiand single-purpose fitness centres, studios, etc., are most dominant in the industry, and that the fitness industry is broader than traditional gym and health clubs. the relatively small proportion of gym chains is not unique to south africa, and in the usa, for example, gym chains comprise only 17% of the market. 4 the statistics presented in this article should help to establish some useful standards for the south african fitness industry, but need to be considered in the context of international standards in order to establish how south africa compares, particularly with regard to member numbers, average number of members per square meter, staff numbers and staff training. in the area of number of members as a percentage of the total population (penetration rate), south africa has a percentage close to that of countries such as mexico (1.7%) and chile (1.9%), but is far behind developed countries such as australia (8%) and the usa (14%). 3 comparing standards around staff numbers and training is, however, not as simple, as ihrsa’s research tends to focus more on the economic aspects of staffing, and does not address staff qualifications and training. information on staff in south african fitness facilities should, however, still be gathered, as standards on the ratios of staff to members may help to identify opportunities within the south african market. further research would be required to assess the number of members who require or would choose the services of a personal trainer, as well as the number of members actually attending the various types of group fitness sessions. fig. 8. number of staff with nqf-aligned and non-aligned diploma qualifications. 4 fitness-related male staff 55% 26% 16% 3% 18 25 years 26 30 years 31 40 years 41 50 years fitness-related female staff 49% 25% 19% 7% 18 25 years 26 30 years 31 40 years 41 50 years fig. 7. age distribution of fitness-related staff. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 a e ro b ic s (i n c lu d in g a q u a ) in st ru c to rs s p in n in g in st ru c to rs s te p c la ss in st ru c to rs p il a te s / s tr e tc h a n d t o n e in st ru c to rs y o g a in st ru c to rs p e z z i b a ll c la ss i n st ru c to rs nqf aligned diplomas non-nqf aligned diplomas fig. 8. number of staff with nqf-aligned and non-aligned diploma qualifications. pg93-104.indd 99 9/21/06 12:29:47 pm 100 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 with regard to screening and fitness assessment offered to members, it is encouraging to note that a large percentage of facilities are offering this service (compared with 89% of usa facilities 3 ) as the outcome of this type of assessment provides fitness-related staff with an indication of the level of members’ fitness as well as the presence of potential health risks. however, it may be necessary to take a closer look at these assessments in order to determine whether facilities are complying with the minimum standards of screening as prescribed by the american college of sports medicine. 1 related to this is the number of fitness-related staff with university qualifications, and this links to the sports medicine and rehabilitation services being offered at facilities. if these numbers were to be increased it would mean that more facilities could offer such services, therefore enabling facilities to be better equipped to offer programmes to special populations, such as those suffering from a particular disease or condition. what is the value of assessing the state of the fitness industry? from the health sector perspective the fitness industry has a major role to play within the government’s initiatives encouraging physical activity and healthy lifestyles, and those driving government initiatives need upto-date information on the part the fitness industry is playing. they could use this project on an ongoing basis to assess the changes in physical activity in south africans, e.g. what type of physical activity people are choosing to do, are gym memberships increasing, what are the trends in services and programmes offered, which aspects of the industry are growing? it would also be interesting to match these trends against south african and international media’s health messages around physical activity and nutrition. tracking these trends would also help to identify what types of facilities are sustainable over the long term. information on trends in the fitness industry can also help those driving government initiatives to tailor their recommendations, identify where their efforts should be placed and where support needs to be provided. in addition to this, the government’s promotion of physical activity should help to increase the exercising population in south africa, thereby creating opportunities within the fitness industry and identifying areas in which the government could provide or increase support. ongoing research would therefore help to track the influence of this initiative on the growth of the industry, both in terms of the numbers of people exercising and the facilities and services that are being offered. although there is worldwide recognition among key players in the international fitness industry that this industry has a major role to play in promoting healthy lifestyles, not all markets have seen a measurable increase in their penetration rate. 3 the usa, for example, has had a penetration rate of 14% for both 2003 and 2004, compared with 14.1% in 2002. however, brazil, with a slightly lower penetration rate than south africa, has experienced an 8% growth in its fitness industry from 2003 to 2004, and this growth is partly attributed to the public’s heightened awareness of the need to lead healthy lifestyles. 3 similar growth in the south african fitness industry is therefore conceivable in light of the government initiatives currently promoting physical activity. from the industry perspective research into the fitness industry would allow for the assessment of the shortfalls of the industry against the needs of members and communities, and through the identification of these shortfalls, opportunities would be created. one area of opportunity already mentioned is in the informal sector of the fitness industry, and this relates to the affordability of joining a fitness facility. the fitness industry needs to work on developing services that are suitable for certain areas where people are not able to afford gym fees but need to exercise. research into the fitness industry would also help to quantify the industry. by measuring its scope and size, greater confidence would be brought into the industry, and this in turn could result in increased funding opportunities. this would ultimately have a positive impact on the growth of the industry, and its credibility would be increased through the provision of formalised information. regarding developments within the south african fitness industry, a process has recently been initiated by key players in the industry to investigate the formation of a fitness industry body in south africa, along the lines of ihrsa, in other parts of the world. however, ihrsa does not yet have affiliations to other countries in africa, and south africa would have to link with either the asia-pacific or the european market. russia, classified by ihrsa as an emerging european market, has a penetration rate similar to south africa’s (1.8%), and could possibly be compared with south africa on account of the economic and political changes that have characterised the country’s recent history. 5 it has been argued that an increased interest in fitness in russia has led to increased investor interest in the industry, 3 boding well for the growth of the russian fitness market, and highlighting the possibility of similar growth of fitness industries in other developing countries. from an education and training perspective the importance of both basic and continuing education has been highlighted, and these are fundamental to the future success of the fitness industry in south africa. what has emerged confirms the need for continuing education and training for this industry, and ongoing research would help to monitor trends in education and training. ongoing research pg93-104.indd 100 9/21/06 12:29:47 pm pg93-104.indd 101 9/21/06 12:29:47 pm 102 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 into the fitness industry, which falls under the sub-sector of ‘sport, recreation and fitness’ within theta, is a vital means of providing data for the development of their strategic document, the sector skills plan. 10 furthermore, having a better understanding of the industry would assist theta in the decisions they make regarding education and training in this sub-sector, enabling them to improve standards of education and training, and ultimately increase the credibility of the fitness industry. regarding the certification of fitness-related staff, it is encouraging that the numbers of staff with nqf-aligned diplomas are greater than those with non-nqf-aligned diplomas, but the aim should be to ensure that all staff members have nqf-aligned qualifications in their field. figures presented highlight the importance of the regulation of training within the industry, which is already being addressed by theta. compared with other countries worldwide, south africa, through theta and other education and training regulating structures, has made significant progress in the area of regulating the fitness industry, specifically in respect of the certification of fitness-related staff and accreditation of training sites. based on the results around awareness of theta’s skills levy process, it is clear that more attention needs to be paid to educating fitness facilities about this process and the ways in which facilities can benefit from it. work still needs to be done in the area of continuing education in facilities other than gym chains, as well as in the area of the registration of fitness-related staff. it is quite likely that a formalised registration process for fitness-related staff could result in closer monitoring of the continued education of staff, such as is the case with health professionals and the continuing professional development points system. overseeing the process of certification, accreditation and registration within the industry would need to be the responsibility of an industry body in south africa. gaps in this project and future research this project is the first of its kind undertaken in south africa, so while progress has been made in setting up a database of fitness facilities, there are understandably gaps in this database, both in terms of the facilities included and the information gathered from facilities. doing this type of research on an annual basis would help to refine the database and therefore better monitor the industry, create accurate and helpful industry benchmarks and provide useful information for the public and those with a vested interest in the fitness industry. in terms of gaps in this project, facilities in community settings are not well represented as they proved difficult to contact, and the fact that there is no formal means of communication with them further highlights the need to include them in this type of research. these types of facilities need to be included so that a larger spectrum of socioeconomic status can be represented, and if such facilities do not exist, then this is an area to be addressed. other areas that could be investigated include membership agreements and membership fees at facilities in order to determine south african benchmarks. such benchmarks would then help to gain insight into the type of commitment members are making and how affordable it is to join a fitness facility in south africa. membership retention and attrition rates, as well as member demographics, could also have been investigated, although the success of these types of investigations would rely on whether or not facilities have records on this information. other financial aspects of the industry could also be explored, such as facility revenue and total revenue of the industry, industry revenue growth, wage rates for employees, and staffing costs. from identifying the location of facilities, it is evident that the majority of facilities are in urban areas. there are clear gaps in rural and less urbanised areas, and future research would need to explore the reasons for these gaps so that they can be addressed where possible. it would be important to establish what types of facilities would be most suitable in these types of areas in terms of what would be successful and sustainable both from the business perspective as well as the health perspective. unfortunately the present set of data does not give much guidance on this as there was no dominance of a particular type of facility in rural areas – a range of facilities were present in these areas. there is also a lack of facilities in certain provinces, and further research needs to establish why this is the case – have attempts been made in the past and have they been unsuccessful? in the future, a more detailed geocoding process could be used to obtain a better understanding of the areas in which facilities are placed, in terms of the distribution of socio-economic conditions and rural versus urban areas. further research would help to establish how staff and member demographics link to distribution of facilities around south africa, and it is possible that the high number of white employees could be linked to the abundance of facilities in urban areas. from a human resources perspective, information on the staff within the industry helps to identify where there are gaps, and this information could start off the process of addressing these gaps. in a country promoting transformation, redress and equity, this should be seen as a priority. ongoing research would also be able to track any changes in the percentages of certain racial groups that are not well represented and could also help to identify some of the reasons why this is the case. conclusion future research that covers the information mentioned above, along with the type of information already gathered in this project, would have widespread benefits. ongoing research could no doubt contribute to the credibility and growth of south africa’s fitness industry, but also identify opportunities and areas in need of attention in the industry. south africa faces the challenge of increasing the nation’s physical activpg93-104.indd 102 9/21/06 12:29:47 pm pg93-104.indd 103 9/21/06 12:29:48 pm 104 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 ity, and the fitness industry certainly needs to be part of rising to this challenge, particularly in the face of chronic diseases that could and do threaten the health of south africans. acknowledgements the research team would like to thank bianca meuer for her assistance in identifying facilities. funding for this research was provided by theta. these findings were presented at the 4th annual discovery vitality fitness convention (4 – 6 may 2006, vodaworld, johannesburg) by prof. tim noakes, discovery health chair of exercise and sports science, university of cape town. references 1. american college of sports medicine. acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription (7th ed). philadelphia: lippincott williams & wilkins, 2006. 2. health systems trust. health statistics: population density (accessed 2006, may 22). available from: http:www.hst.org.za/healthstats/20/data 3. international health, racquet and sportsclub association. ihrsa global report: state of the health club industry 2005. boston, ma: international health, racquet and sportsclub association, 2005. 4. international health, racquet and sportsclub association. profiles of success 2005: ihrsa’s industry data survey of the health and fitness club industry. boston, ma: international health, racquet and sportsclub association, 2005. 5. international health, racquet and sportsclub association. the ihrsa 2006 european market report: the size and scope of the health club industry. boston, ma: international health, racquet and sportsclub association, 2006. 6. kruger hs, puoane t, senekal m, van der merwe mt. obesity in south africa: challenges for government and health professionals. public health nutr 2005; 8: 491-500. 7. senekal m, steyn np, nel jh. factors associated with overweight/obesity in economically active south african populations. ethn dis 2003; 13: 109-16. 8. sparling pb, owen n, lambert ev, haskell wl. promoting physical activity: the new imperative for public health. health educ res 2000; 15: 367-76. 9. statistics south africa. mid-year population estimates, south africa 2005 (accessed 2006, may 22). available from: http://www.statssa.gov.za/publications/p0302/p03022005.pdf 10. theta. sector skills plan. (accessed 2006, june 29). available from: http://www.theta.org.za/skills/index.asp?thepage=sector_skills.htm 11. walker ar, adam f, walker bf. world pandemic of obesity: the situation in southern african populations. public health 2001; 115: 368-72. 12. walker ar, walker bf, segal i. some puzzling situations in the onset, occurrence and future of coronary heart disease in developed and developing populations, particularly such in sub-saharan africa. j r soc health 2004; 124: 40-6. 13. world health organisation. world health report 2002: reducing risks, promoting healthy life (accessed 2006, may 23). available from: http:// www.who.int/whr/2002/en/index.html 14. world health organisation. world health report 2003: shaping the future (accessed 2006, may 23). available from: http://www.who.int/whr/2003/en/ index.html 15. world health organisation. global strategy on diet, physical activity and health (endorsed by the may 2004 world health assembly) (accessed 2006, may 23). available from: http://www.who.int/dietphysicalactivity/en/ price: r380.00sa medical association, health & medical publishing group private bag x1, pinelands, 7430 tel: 021-6578200 • fax: 021-6834509 e-mail: carmena@hmpg.co.za or brents@hmpg.co.za order n ow! price: r500.00 sama price: r450.00 clinical med ad.indd 1 8/8/06 12:17:24 pm pg93-104.indd 104 9/21/06 12:29:49 pm original research 43 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 concussion return-to-play behaviour of south african rugby union (sa rugby) youth week players: a pilot study j brown,1,2 phd; k malloch-brown, 1 bsc (med)(hons) biokinetics, w viljoen,1,3 phd, cscs, c readhead, 1,3 bsc physiotherapy, s mc fie,1 bsc (hons), neuroscience 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa; 2 department of public & occupational health and the emgo institute for health and care research, vu university medical center, amsterdam, the netherlands. 3 south african rugby union, saru house, plattekloof, 163 uys krige road, cape town, south africa corresponding author: j brown (jamesbrown06@gmail.com) rugby union (‘rugby’) players are at a high risk of sustaining injuries, including concussion. [1] concussion is a brain injury that is defined as “a complex pathophysiological process affecting the brain, induced by biomechanical forces”, and is an “evolving injury in the acute phase with rapidly changing clinical signs and symptoms”. [1] moreover, youth athletes are more susceptible to concussion and its effects. [1] as a result, world rugby has published concussion management guidelines, to which all rugby-playing nations need to adhere (http://playerwelfare.worldrugby.org/concussion). boksmart is south africa’s national rugby safety programme. since 2011, it has been compulsory for all south african coaches and referees to attend a biennial boksmart workshop. [2] workshops include concussion education and provide attendees with free concussion resources (dvds, manual, information pieces and a pocket-sized on-field ‘concussion guide’). additional concussion information is available online: www.boksmart.com/concussion. included in all educational material is the graduated return-to-play (grtp) protocol, which is based on the consensus statement for concussion in sport [1] and world rugby’s rules and regulations. all formats emphasise the importance of being cleared by a medical doctor before returning to play. at the 2011-2014 annual sa rugby youth week tournaments, concussion comprised 31% of all time-loss injuries at a rate of 6.8/1000 player exposure hours. [3] of those players, only 14% (n=7 of 50) received any follow-up treatment before returning to play. [4] the authors suggested that a lack of medical insurance might explain this finding. [4] however, a study of youth rugby in australia found similarly low levels of compliance to grtp guidelines suggesting that this might not be a unique problem. [5] although both studies speculated as to why players did not follow grtp guidelines, to these authors’ knowledge no study has explored this further. therefore the aim of this pilot study was to explore the reasons why players did not adhere to the guideline requiring medical clearance before returning to play. methods as part of an ongoing project, injury surveillance was conducted at four sa rugby youth week tournaments in 2014 and 2015: craven week under-13, grant khomo under16, academy week under-18, and craven week under-18. as previously mentioned, [4] a tournament medical doctor was available at each tournament to assess and diagnose all tournament-sustained injuries. players with a “time-loss” injury (an injury resulting in more than one missed training/matches) were followed up telephonically until they returned to play. [4] only players with concussions were included in the present analysis (n=40). the players’ parents/legal guardians provided written informed consent to record and analyse the data. sa rugby and the uct human research ethics committee (hrec ref: 438/2011) granted permission to analyse the concussion data captured on the sa rugby database. forty concussions were recorded over the two years’ tournaments. owing to the small sample size and no outcome differences between 2014 and 2015, the data were grouped for analysis. eight of these injuries (20%) could not be followed up for various reasons, including the injured player/legal introduction: boksmart has disseminated graduated return-to-play (grtp) guidelines for concussions management to all, but specifically coaches, in south africa. medical clearance before returning to play (rtp) is poorly adhered to in the grtp steps. this study explored barriers to compliance with medical clearance prior to rtp. methods: players who suffered a concussion during the 2014/2015 south african rugby youth week tournaments were followed-up telephonically until rtp. semi-structured interviews were conducted to explore enablers/barriers to seeking/not seeking medical clearance before rtp. results: of those who did not seek medical clearance (47%), 80% indicated that the player/parent or coach felt this was unnecessary. of those who did seek medical clearance, 65% reported they were instructed to do so either by the tournament doctor who diagnosed the injury or by the school coach. conclusion: besides coaches, parents and medical doctors have an important influence on players’ rtp behaviour. the findings of this pilot study need to be repeated in a larger cohort. keywords: injury management, head injury, youth, football, south africa s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):43-45. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1311 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1311 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 44 guardian being unreachable. a university of cape town (uct) researcher performed semi-structured telephonic interviews with the players’ parents/legal guardians (n=23, 72%), and, in exceptional cases, with the players themselves when the parents/legal guardians were not contactable (n=9, 28%). the interview aimed to explore reasons for compliance or non-compliance, to seeking medical clearance before returning to play after the tournament. sm, kmb, and jb compiled the questionnaire, which was reviewed by several sport scientists, rugby medical practitioners, and sa rugby’s medical department. the questions probed whether the injured player had medical insurance and if they had had any previous experiences with concussions. they were then asked if the player had received medical clearance before returning to play. depending on the answer, they were questioned on why they did or did not seek medical clearance. for ease of recording, the interviewer had nine categories for the reasons provided. the respondents were never prompted. if the reason provided did not fall within the nine categories, it was captured as “other”. code categorisation was repeated twice by kmb and once by jb to ensure sufficient reliability. frequencies were calculated to identify the most common barriers to compliance. chi-squared tests with fisher’s exact were performed to assess if frequencies were significantly different (p<0.05) between those who did or did not seek medical clearance before returning to play. results the majority of concussed players analysed (53%, n=17) sought medical clearance before returning to play. although the number of players without medical insurance was small, there were no differences in the proportion of players seeking medical clearance, between those with and without medical insurance (without medical insurance: 50%, n=3; with medical insurance: 54%, n=14; p=0.61). similarly, previous history of concussion was not associated with seeking medical clearance before returning to play (without a previous history of concussion: 57%, n=12; with a previous history of concussion: 46%, n=5; p=0.40). the most commonly mentioned barrier to seeking medical clearance before returning to play was the perception that it “was not necessary” (80%, n=12, table 1). in the majority of cases (92%, n=11) a parent or player decided that it was unnecessary. in one of these cases, the parent’s interpretation of only the tournament medical doctor’s advice was a three week break from contact sport, but not subsequent medical clearance before returning to play. however, the accuracy of this report could not be confirmed. other reasons mentioned included being unaware of the requirement to seek medical clearance before returning to play (13%, n=2) or that it took too much time to see a medical doctor (7%, n=1, table 1). in contrast, the most frequently mentioned enabler for seeking medical clearance was because they had been instructed to do so – either by the tournament doctor (91%, n=10) or their school coach (9%, n=1). the other reasons for seeking medical clearance was because there was concern for the player’s well-being as they were still symptomatic. discussion roughly half of the concussed players in this study (53%) sought medical clearance before returning to play, which is more than in a similar study in australian youth rugby. [5] however, these two studies are not directly comparable. the australian study [5] had far greater statistical power and examined compliance to the entire grtp, whereas the present study only focused on one aspect of the grtp i.e. medical clearance prior to return to play. in this study, it is important to note that 35% of these players sought medical clearance because they were symptomatic, which is a positive. a legitimate concern, however, is that an apparently asymptomatic player, who chooses not to seek medical clearance, might not have completely recovered and may still be at risk if returned to full contact rugby too early. for example, once these players are subjected to physical exertion, symptoms might re-emerge. [1] nonetheless, the majority (65%) of players who sought medical clearance were told to do so either by the tournament doctor or their school coach. seeking medical clearance was not associated with medical insurance or previous concussion history, which is surprising, but this should be interpreted with caution due to the low sample size of this pilot study. despite these low numbers, it is concerning that the main reason cited for not seeking medical clearance was that the parents/player or school coach decided it was unnecessary. although coaches are directly targeted by the boksmart rugby safety workshops because of their influence on table 1: reasons for seeking or not seeking medical clearance before returning to play reasons for not seeking medical clearance (47%, n=15) % (n) 1 .not necessary, according to: 80 (12/15) parents/player* 92 (11/12) school coach 8 (1/12) 2. unaware of the requirement 13 (2/15) 3. too much time 7 (1/15) reasons for seeking medical clearance (53%, n=17) 1. instructed to do so, by: 65 (11/17) tournament doctor 91 (10/11) school coach 9 (1/11) 2. concern for player’s well-being (symptomatic) 35 (6/17) *in one case, the parent’s interpretation of the tournament doctor’s advice was three weeks of break from contact sport, but not subsequent medical clearance before returning to play. original research 45 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 players’ injury prevention practices, [4] they did not appear to be positively influential in this pilot sample examining concussion return-to-play behaviours. the current findings therefore suggest that additional concussion education strategies are required to effectively target medical doctors, players and parents, in addition to coaches and referees. [2] the enablers to seeking medical clearance (table 1) suggest that the tournament medical doctors who initially diagnosed the concussion are influential in determining return-to-play behaviour. thus medical doctors who regularly assess sport-related concussions might require tailored concussion education. acknowledgements: the researchers would like to thank the tournament medical doctors, nurses and paramedical staff at all the sa rugby youth week tournaments for their assistance in collecting these data. in addition, the researchers would like to thank the players and parents involved in collecting these data. conflict of interest: the authors have no conflict of interests to declare. references 1. mccrory p, meeuwisse wh, aubry m, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport: the 4th international conference on concussion in sport held in zurich, november 2012. br j sports med 2013;47(5):250–258. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092313] [pmid: 23479479] 2. viljoen w, patricios j. boksmart implementing a national rugby safety programme. br j sports med 2012;46(10):692–693. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091278][pmid: 22611147] 3. mcfie s, brown j, hendricks s, et al. incidence and factors associated with concussion injuries at the 2011 to 2014 south african rugby union youth week tournaments. clin j sport med; published ahead of print post author corrections: december 22, 2015. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0000000000000276] 4. brown jc, viljoen w, lambert mi, et al. the economic burden of time-loss injuries to youth players participating in week-long rugby union tournaments. j sci med sport 2015;18(4):394-399. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.06.015] [pmid: 25138043] 5. hollis sj, stevenson mr, mcintosh as, et al. compliance with return-toplay regulations following concussion in australian schoolboy and community rugby union players. br j sports med 2012;46(10):735–740. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2011.085332] [pmid: 21705397] sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd commentary 1 sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license darkness stopping play? an update on cricket and mental health t mccabe,1 mbchb; r mccrea-routray,2 mbchb 1 nhs greater glasgow and clyde, university of glasgow, scotland 2 chief medical officer, cricket scotland, edinburgh, scotland corresponding author: t mccabe (thomas.mccabe5@ggc.scot.nhs.uk) optimisation and awareness of mental health within cricketing populations has come into greater focus of late, in part due to campaigns and educational programmes provided by leading administrations and charities working within the game. [1] there has also been a societal shift and reduction in stigma with softening of attitudes toward mental health and illness following the covid-19 pandemic in which traditional support structures were compromised and in-person socialisation was not possible. given these factors, one could expect an increase in expressed psychological distress to be forthcoming. do cricketing medical support teams have the ability to respond? we examine the cricketing landscape within the medical literature and suggest how resources may be harnessed in order to meet the need. the state of play thus far, high performance cricket and other elite sport have mostly relied upon estimates by way of self-report questionnaires to describe the prevalence of mental health symptoms within given cohorts of sportspersons. [1, 2] these studies suggest some of the most well-recognised mental health symptomology, such as poor sleep, anxiety, depression and adverse alcohol use to be at a similar level to that of the general population. although diagnostic data exist within cricketing populations [2], it is unlikely that data pertaining to an enhanced epidemiological evidence base or studies examining the efficacy of specified interventions will be forthcoming in the short term. a recent editorial [3] highlighted the need for differentiation between natural fluctuations of mental state as a result of the psychological response to sporting experiences and diagnosable mental illness. in simplistic terms, cricketers may have features of heightened anxiety and low mood due to variations in form, psychological response to non-selection, and contract negotiations. in these circumstances, there may not necessarily be a need of a formal biopsychosocial formulation but rather a short period of support or informal intervention. finding the ‘right level’ of support, at the ‘right time’, therefore can be challenging and may be dependent on resources. franchise cricket outside of the international and test game, franchise cricket leagues are an established part of the competitive cricket calendar. the indian premier league is one of the most lucrative cricket leagues from a financial perspective, with other major competitions, such as cricket australia’s big bash and the english cricket boards t20 blast, all vying for the recruitment of the world’s leading players. additionally, the sa20 and uae t20 cricket leagues started in 2023 and attracted worldwide interest. competition congestion has led to some players and support staff choosing to ‘sub-specialise’ exclusively to the white ball game ahead of first-class or test cricket, with the primary driver moving towards financial gain and avoidance of burnout rather than a cricket skill-based decision. some of the world’s leading cricketers have been prominent and open in the media with regards to taking time away from the game in order to recuperate as a result of mental stress. this is not routinely reported or disclosed within other sports. there is limited research available to describe any link between contract length and mental health although, hendricks et al [1] suggests the optimal length of contract from a mental health perspective is that of two years. with elite level players frequently representing different teams on different continents in relatively short periods of time, there can be little thought given to psychological rest. players may be reliant on differing sources of support between these teams. building and the implementation of a biopsychosocial model for an individual can take more than one sitting and is dependent on trust between the player and the practitioner, which takes time to cultivate. the optimal time to consider this may not be during an intense period of competition such as can be seen in franchise tournaments. furthermore, ethical dilemmas exist in terms of communication between practitioners and a handover of care should one be required. women’s cricket women’s cricket continues to flourish with a more prominent international calendar and rapidly evolving professionalisation. the women’s big bash league (wbbl) in australia, women’s premier league (wpl) in india and the hundred in the uk currently lead the way in the women’s franchise game. growing professionalisation brings differing challenges, including increased pressure on performance, negotiation of contracts along with an increased training and playing load outside of the international and domestic cricket calendar. the effect of this has yet to be described in the literature from a qualitative perspective. sports medicine clinicians commonly address female athlete health specific mental health within elite cricket continues to be an area of focus for researchers and practitioners working within the game. support structures for psychological issues within differing administrations and franchises vary. this may lead to inconsistent practice and levels of resource allocation. elite level cricketers are exposed to stressors as a result of the congested international and domestic calendar, contract insecurity, injury and pressure to perform. within the following commentary, the authors consider the existing medical literature, franchise and women-specific challenges and suggest ways to build on existing structures in order to optimise mental health within elite-level cricket. keywords: cricket, franchise cricket, mental health, psychiatry, womens cricket s afr j sports med 2023; 35:1-2. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15206 https://openingupcricket.com/ https://www.nzcpa.co.nz/pd-programme.html https://www.bacp.co.uk/news/news-from-bacp/2021/8-october-attitudes-towards-mental-health-are-changing-our-research-finds/ https://www.bacp.co.uk/news/news-from-bacp/2021/8-october-attitudes-towards-mental-health-are-changing-our-research-finds/ https://www.skysports.com/cricket/news/12173/12679605/ben-stokes-england-test-captain-on-mental-health-including-his-struggle-with-anxiety-and-panic-attacks https://www.skysports.com/cricket/news/12173/12679605/ben-stokes-england-test-captain-on-mental-health-including-his-struggle-with-anxiety-and-panic-attacks https://www.smh.com.au/sport/cricket/glenn-maxwell-details-his-mental-health-demons-20200325-p54dq9.html https://www.smh.com.au/sport/cricket/glenn-maxwell-details-his-mental-health-demons-20200325-p54dq9.html http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15206 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2775-8669 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8895-7218 commentary sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 2 aspects of care such as menstrual health, relative energy deficiency syndrome (red-s) and its relation to performance and injury. [4] within the mental health sphere, this should be similarly reflected. women are reported to have higher levels of anxiety and reported disordered eating when compared to that of males and additionally, females within contact sports appear to take longer to recover from sports related traumatic brain injuries. [4] these factors suggest the need for differing focus when targeting prevalent symptoms and may require specialist expertise when allocating support resources. getting on the front foot optimisation of mental health is a complex process, with each individual having unique experiences of psychological distress. adaptability to provide holistic care for players and staff can be challenging to achieve from an organisational perspective but it is necessary with regard to the sport's rapidly evolving requirements. we know social networks, family and friends can have a major influence on the player’s mental state which is compromised when the player is away from their home environment for extended periods of time. [5] elite teams now take this into account when considering scheduling. governing bodies and emerging high-performance structures have an onus on them to have the appropriate support in place to meet the perceived increased need for psychological expertise for professional teams and players. traditionally, players have been reliant on a reactive model of care to respond to their mental health needs. there can be large variances in practice, help-seeking behaviours, levels of mental health literacy and ultimately, health outcomes within cricketing organisations. similarly to injury of other areas of the body, identification of illness at the earliest possible stage is something which should be a primary aim. purcell et al. [6] describe a framework for achieving this in which an ecological systems model for mental health performance is explained and discussed. in order to make a sustainable impact within this field and move beyond reactive care, there is a clear need for governing body investment and sharing of best practices. conclusion in conclusion, cricket has an opportunity to build on and expand the mental health support provided for players. achieving this will require focus from all those within cricketing administrations, including franchise owners, directors of cricket, player representatives, as well as those with clinical insight. sport and exercise physicians should aim to be in a position of leadership to work alongside specialist mental health experts in developing already established practices and delivering high-quality evidence-based interventions. promoting player welfare, as well as influencing administrators of the game to prioritise mental health to achieve parity alongside that of the physical welfare should now be possible. conflicts of interest and source of funding: the authors declare that they have no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: tm wrote the original draft. rmr and tm reviewed and edited subsequent drafts. both authors approved the final manuscript. references 1. hendricks s, amino n, van wyk jp, gouttenbarge v, mellalieu s, schlebusch r. inside edge prevalence and factors associated with symptoms of anxiety/depression in professional cricketers. res sports med 2022; 1(1): 1-13. [doi: 10.1080/15438627.2022.2139619] [pmid: 36284499] 2. schuring n, kerkhoffs g, gray j, gouttebarge v. the mental wellbeing of current and retired professional cricketers: an observational prospective cohort study. phys sportsmed 2017; 45(4): 463-469. [doi: 10.1080/00913847.2017.1386069] epub 2017 oct 9. [pmid: 28952405] 3. lundqvist c, jederström m, korhonen l, timpka t. nuances in key constructs need attention in research on mental health and psychiatric disorders in sports medicine. bmj open sport exerc med 2022; 8(3):e001414. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem-2022-001414] [pmid: 3611112] 4. lin cy, casey e, herman dc, katz n, tenforde as. sex differences in common sports injuries. pm r 2018; 10(10):10731082. [doi: 10.1016/j.pmrj.2018.03.008] [pmid: 29550413] 5. sahni m, bhogal g. anxiety, depression and perceived sporting performance among professional cricket players. br j sports med 2017 may 10:bjsports-2017-097827.5. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017097827.5] [pmid: 28490460] 6. purcell r, gwyther k, rice sm. mental health in elite athletes: increased awareness requires an early intervention framework to respond to athlete needs. sports med open 2019; 5(1):46. [doi: 10.1186/s40798-019-0220-1] [pmid: 31781988] editorial — special cricket edition 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license partnerships between players, practitioners and researchers: the story of three stumps and two bails in the 1700s, the wicket in cricket consisted of two stumps and a bail. then, on 23 may 1775, during a match between kent and hambledon at the london cricket club, an incident occurred that changed the wicket forever. lumpy stevens bowled three deliveries at john small, and the ball passed between the two stumps (with the bail remaining firmly intact) three times… consecutively.[1] you can just imagine the outrage from the bowling side, being denied a wicket after beating the batting side thrice! this incident led to a law change where today the wicket consists of three stumps with two bails comfortably positioned in grooves on the top. interesting, hey?! just like we need three stumps to form a wicket, we need three pillars for cricket success: the cricket player, the practitioner (such as coaches, sports scientists, biokineticists, physiotherapists, sports physicians, strength and conditioning trainers, sports coordinators, sports managers) and the researcher. these three pillars need to remain connected by the bails, i.e. good communication. researchers often formulate research questions based on recommendations from other researchers, as mentioned in published scientific papers. however, by opening the communication channels between players and their parents (in the case of minors), practitioners and researchers, we are bound to learn what the actual practical needs are. research questions such as ‘what are the batting demands in women's cricket?’, ‘how can we improve shoulder strength in cricket fast bowlers?’ and ‘how can we best manage lumbar bone stress injuries?’ are often born during conversations and discussions between players, practitioners and researchers. simultaneously, it is important for players and practitioners to engage in research, using patient and public involvement (ppi) research designs, staying current with the latest findings, with the ultimate goal of applying research in the real world. again, communication is essential between players, practitioners and researchers. players, practitioners and researchers need to form partnerships as described in our article titled ‘injury surveillance in community cricket: a new innings for south africa’ [2] and published as a state-of-the-art feature in the south african journal of physiotherapy. this article describes how a partnership between a research entity and a cricket club or high school can impactfully enhance research. the research entity has needs and challenges but also concrete benefits to offer, while the same holds true for a cricket-playing high school or cricket club. forming a partnership means the two entities get to develop a close relationship and work towards a common goal. i know that this sounds easier said than done. while marrying a research entity and a cricket club is a great idea, it does require some high-level governance. in the meantime, we need to get going on the ground, or rather, ‘pitch’, where the action happens. how do we enhance communication between players, practitioners, and researchers? we need to be in the same room and join forces during conferences, journal clubs and case discussions. author teams of academic papers need to consist of players, practitioners and researchers, and include a section where practical sense is made of the technical jargon. this special issue in the south african journal of sports medicine concerns ‘cricket and aspects related to its science, medicine, and rehabilitation’. it presents you, the reader, with a mix of valuable gems from the batting demands in women's cricket; the kinematics of bowling and its relationship with ball release speed; the management of lumbar bone stress injuries; mental health in cricket, and the career development of south african cricketers, to mention a few. this special issue is brought to you by the wits cricket research hub for science, medicine and rehabilitation and was inspired by the 2022 cricket research and practice conference. the conference's theme of ‘#gamechangingresearch’ speaks to the need for our research to be relevant and impactful, and translatable to clinical practice. similar to how this conference brought together players, practitioners and researchers from around the world, this special issue aims to disseminate research from various subject areas, neatly bundled into one edition and tied together by the glue of cricket. in cricket, the three stumps are connected by two bails. in the same way, we need to form partnerships to ensure communication between us, and ultimately use our research to inform practice and allow practice to inform our research. and although the aim of the game is to get the bails to fly, they are always placed back onto the stumps, before the game proceeds. enjoy the read. benita olivier, phd wits cricket research hub for science, medicine and rehabilitation, department of physiotherapy, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa. benita.olivier@wits.ac.za s afr j sports med 2023;35:1. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15822 reference 1. mukherjee a. the incident that led to the middle-stump in cricket, 2017. https://www.cricketcountry.com/articles/theincident-that-led-to-the-middle-stump-in-cricket-495539. accessed on 16 march 2023 2. olivier b, obiora ol, macmillan c, finch c. injury surveillance in community cricket: a new innings for south africa. s afr j physiother 2022, 78 (1): a1756, doi: https://doi.org/10.4102/sajp.v78i1.1756 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15822 https://www.cricketcountry.com/articles/the-incident-that-led-to-the-middle-stump-in-cricket-495539 https://www.cricketcountry.com/articles/the-incident-that-led-to-the-middle-stump-in-cricket-495539 https://doi.org/10.4102/sajp.v78i1.1756 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9287-8301 sajsm 517.indd original research sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 73 objective. to determine the comparative proprioceptive performance of injured v. non-injured adolescent female hockey players wearing an ankle brace. methods. data were collected from 100 high school players who belonged to the highway secondary school hockey league, kwazulunatal, via voluntary parental informed consent and player assent. players completed an injury questionnaire probing the prevalence and nature of hockey injuries (march august 2013). subsequently, players completed a biodex proprioceptive test with and without an ankle brace. probability was set at p≤0.05. results. twenty-two players sustained ankle injuries within the 6-month study period (p<0.001). injured players performed similarly without bracing (right anterior posterior index (rapi) 2.8 (standard deviation (sd) 0.9); right medial lateral index (rmli) 1.9 (0.7); left anterior posterior index (lapi) 2.7 (0.9); left medial lateral index (lmli) 1.7 (0.6)) compared with bracing (rapi 2.7 (1.4); rmli 1.8 (0.6); lapi 2.6 (1.0); lmli 1.5 (0.6)) (p>0.05). however, bracing improved the ankle stability of the non-injured group (rapi 2.2 (0.8); rmli 1.5 (0.5); lapi 2.4 (0.9); rmli 1.5 (0.5)) compared with their performance without a brace (rapi 2.5 (1.0); rmli 1.8 (0.8); lapi 2.8 (1.1); lmli 1.8 (0.6)) (p<0.05). conclusion. ankle bracing did not enhance the stability of injured ankles. however, ankle bracing has an ergogenic effect that enhances the stability of healthy ankles. s afr j sm 2014;26(3):73-76. doi:10.7196/sajsm.517 comparison of the effect of semi-rigid ankle bracing on performance among injured v. non-injured adolescent female hockey players t j ellapen, phd; n acampora, bsps hons (biokinetics); s dawson, bsps hons (biokinetics); j arling, bsps hons (biokinetics); c van niekerk, bsps hons (biokinetics); h j van heerden, d phil department of biokinetics, exercise and leisure sciences, school of health science, university of kwazulu-natal, westville, south africa corresponding author: t j ellapen (tellapen1@yahoo.com) dynamic proprioception is an integral motor component of hockey.[1,2] the most common field hockey injury is inversion ankle sprains, the injury mechanism of which has been associated with poor proprioception. [1,2] poor dynamic proprioception among hockey players often leads to ankle injuries, because the proprioceptors do not send impulses to the central nervous system quickly to ensure that the efferent neurons innervate the appropriate muscles to maintain joint stability. [2,3] predisposing factors that are attributed to field hockey injuries include frequency of hockey played, rapid, repetitive rotational movements of the ankle joint, and direct physical trauma inflicted by players on each other during tackles and collisions.[2,3] the pathomechanics of the common lateral ankle sprain among hockey players is rapid, uncontrolled excessive inversion and plantar flexion of the rear foot on the tibia. [2,3] this abrupt change in kinesiology of the talocrural joint sometimes exceeds the elastic property of the static restraints of the anterior and posterior talofibular and calcaneofibular ligaments.[2,3] prophylactic ankle bracing is prescribed in the management of ankle injuries during the return of previously injured hockey players into the game. [4] the success of prophylactic ankle bracing as an effective rehabilitative device is controversial.[4-7] olmstead et al.[4] and sharpe et al. [5] suggest that ankle bracing enhances the stability of the ankle by increasing the mechanical static restraints of the anterior and post erior talofibular and calcaneofibular ligaments, which limits excessive plantar flexion, inversion and eversion.[4,5] this enhanced mechanical static restraint of the prophylactic brace serves as a protective mechanism to limit inversion ankle sprains.[4,5] however, anderson et al.[6] and bot and van mechelen[7] reported that ankle bracing reduces the functional proprioceptive ability of the ankle joint owing to the limited movement in the frontal and transverse planes. bracing limits the range of movement at the talocrural joint in the frontal and transverse planes, but increases the risk of high ankle sprains at the distal tibofibular joint, as well as fractures at the distal tibia and lateral collateral ligament sprains of the knee.[6,7] prolonged prophylactic ankle bracing decreases the neural firing of the proprioceptors, which delay the activation of the ankle evertors, resulting in recurring ankle inversion sprains.[6,7] the literature has examined the efficacy of ankle bracing on proprioception in soccer, basketball and athletic populations, with the findings being applied to hockey.[4,5] soccer, basketball and hockey share common motor skills, which require players to sprint and make sudden changes in the direction around their opponents to gain advantage play.[1] due to the similarities in motor skills among these sports and the absence of literature examining the effect of prophylactic ankle bracing on the proprioception of hockey players specifically, injured hockey players started to use these braces on their return to play.[4] the objective of this study was to determine the effect of ankle bracing on the proprioception 74 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 of injured v. non-injured adolescent female hockey players in the frontal and sagittal planes, using the biodex balance system 3. method a total of 100 adolescent female hockey players voluntarily participated in a controlled, randomised, observational pre-test posttest crossover investigation, with parental informed consent. ethical approval was obtained from the school of health science research committee, university of kwazulunatal (shsec010/13). inclusion criteria were female players who were affiliated to the highway secondary school hockey league of kwazulu-natal, within the age range of 13 16 years. five schools participate in this league, each fielding two first teams (under-14 and -16 year age divisions). each school team has 14 players, totalling 28 players per school. therefore, the total number of players in the league specific to the age strata being studied is 140 players. players were requested to indicate only hockey injuries sustained in the last 6 months (march august 2013), and not injuries contracted from other sport and/or recreational activities. forty players were excluded because they sustained injuries while participating in recreational activities and sport other than hockey. injured hockey players were not injured during data collection because data were collected after the hockey playing season, during september 2013. the sample was 71.4% representative of the total number of league players, which is higher than the 30% statistical rule of thumb needed to indicate pertinent relationships between the independent and dependent variables of the cohort.[8] an interviewer – a graduate student who was thoroughly grounded in the research protocol and fluent in english, afrikaans and isizulu – administered a question naire to all players, whereafter biodex dynamic proprioception preand post-testing occurred. the players’ history of hockey injuries was obtained by using an injury questionnaire adapted from ellapen et al.[3] and kee and seo. [9] in the current study, an injury was defined as a sensation of distress or agony that prevented the hockey player from physical activity for a minimum period of 48 h due to a specific predisposing mechanism of injury (adapted from van heerden [10]). pain was questioned because it is a discernible symptom of musculoskeletal and/or ligamentous injuries. the injury questionnaire was divided into five parts: demographic details, anatomical site of the injury, severity of the associated pain according to the kee and seo[9] pain rating scale, the type of injury symptoms (dull aching, discomfort, sharp, pins and needles, numbness, burning and radiating) and the predisposing mechanism of the injury in accordance with hagglund et al.’s [11] definition of sport injuries. hagglund et al. reported that the fundamental problem concerning international epidemiological sport investigations is the inconsistent definition of musculoskeletal injury. [11] they proposed that the prevalence of musculoskeletal injury can be established if the following has been documented: anatomical site of musculoskeletal pain, type of musculoskeletal pain sustained and severity of pain measured by a validated pain rating scale. [11] the questionnaire was translated into english, isizulu and afrikaans. biodex dynamic proprioception test after the interview, the players were randomly allocated into either a control or experimental group through the use of a table of random numbers (50 players in each). the use of control and experimental groups was to blind the identity of the ankleinjured players and to prevent bias when interpreting the proprioception results. the difference between the groups was the use of the semi-rigid prophylactic ankle brace, which was worn by the experimental group. the use of a semi-rigid ankle brace served as an acute intervention, thus creating different scenarios under which the experimental and control groups were tested. after the pretest, the participants crossed over into their respec tive groups, to complete their dynamic proprioception post-test (fig. 1). the terms ‘braced’ and ‘unbraced’ refer to the experimental group and control group, respectively. all 100 players underwent a biodex dynamic proprioception test (unilateral dynamic limits of stability) that measured their proprioception in the frontal and sagittal planes. the test lasted 60 seconds per leg (adapted from finn’s [12] protocol). during the course of this test, the stability of the balance platform was designed to become less stable, decreasing from eight-pin stability to one-pin stability. the anterior posterior index (api) measures the ankle stability in the sagittal plane, while the medial lateral index (mli) measures the frontal plane stability, with a high stability index indicating poor stability. [12] statistical analyses the cohort was described using mode, means, frequencies and percentages. data were further analysed using inferential statistics, namely χ2 tests, two-tail t-tests adjusted for equal variance and the levene’s test to assess the homogeneity variance. the χ2 statistical test compares the counts or tallies of the categorical observed and expected results. a two-tailed t-test assumes that the difference between the two means could favour either group. levene’s test is an inferential statistic used to assess the equality of variances for two groups. if the resulting p-value of levene’s test is less than the typical 0.05 value, the obtained differences in sample variances are unlikely to have occurred based on random sampling from a population with equal variances. the levene’s test indicated equal variance (p>0.05). the alpha level was set at α<0.05. results the cohort was stratified into ankle-injured and non-injured players using their injury profile. the results are presented in the pre-test post-test control group (unbraced) experimental group (braced) control group (unbraced) experimental group (braced) fig. 1. visual description of the pre-test post-test cross-over. sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 75 following categories: demographic details with respect to their injury profile, anatomical site of injury, severity of the associated pain and the type of injury symptoms. the participants’ weekly training profile history was established to determine whether it was a predisposing factor to their ankle injuries. the dynamic proprioceptive results are also presented. of the 100 players, 22 sustained ankle injuries within the previous 6 months (march august 2013) (p<0.001); these players did not sustain injuries to other anatomical sites. some of the 78 players who did not sustain ankle injuries, did sustained injuries at other anatomical sites (shoulder, hand and back) that could have influenced their dynamic proprioception (which is a limitation of the study). the age, body mass and stature of the ankle-injured and non-injured players are presented in table 1. the mechanisms of the ankle injuries were colliding with another player (28%), being struck with a ball (25%) or a hockey stick (25%) and rapid rotation change in direction (22%). the kee and seo[9] pain rating scale (range 1 5) was used to determine the severity of the pain symptoms experienced when the ankle was injured. a score of 4 (severe pain) was rated the most prevalent (55%) followed by 3 (moderate pain) (36%) and 2 (mild pain) (9%). the symptoms of ankle injuries reported were swelling (30%), then sharp pain (19%), dull aching pain (18%), radiating pain (16%), pins and needles (7%) and numbness (5%) (p<0.0001). a study limitation was the lack of a comprehensive musculoskeletal injury appraisal to determine causes of the pain. the training profile of the ankle-injured and non-injured players for the previous 12 months showed comparable months of hockey played and duration per session, suggesting that these factors were not predisposing factors to injury (table 2). although there were variations in performance between the injured and non-injured players during the unbraced phase, they were not statistically significant (table 3). similarly, the braced proprioception scores varied but not significantly so, except for the non-injured players’ better right api performance (table 4). the semi-rigid ankle brace was not an effective rehabilitative device, as shown by the ankle-injured unbraced and braced performance (table 5). table 6 provides evidence that the semirigid brace is an effective ergogenic aid that enhances the proprioception of non-injured ankles. the braced perfor mance of the noninjured players was significantly better than their unbraced performance. discussion the results are discussed here with respect to injury profile, dynamic proprioception performance and demographic details. the weekly training profile is discussed within the injury profile, as a predisposing mechanism of ankle injuries. there were 22 players (22%) who sustained ankle injuries during the previous 6 months, which is similar to previous hockey table 1. demographic measures of injured and non-injured players variables, mean (sd) injured (n=22) non-injured (n=78) p-value age (years) 14.8 (1.2) 14.8 (1.1) 0.85 body mass (kg) 59.1 (8.9) 55.2 (7.0) 0.03 stature (m) 1.6 (0.05) 1.59 (0.06) 0.55 sd = standard deviation. table 2. weekly training profile of injured and non-injured players variables, mean (sd) injured (n=22) non-injured (n=78) p-value months playing hockey 8.4 (3.3) 6.8 (3.5) 0.06 sessions/week 3.6 (1.2) 3.0 (1.4) 0.05 duration/session (minutes) 114.5 (0.5) 118.4 (1.6) 0.82 sd = standard deviation. table 3. comparison of the injured v. non-injured players biodex dynamic proprioception during the unbraced phase dynamic measures, mean (sd) injured (n=22) non-injured (n=78) p-value right api 2.8 (0.9) 2.5 (1.0) 0.31 right mli 1.9 (0.7) 1.8 (0.8) 0.68 left api 2.7 (0.9) 2.8 (1.1) 0.85 left mli 1.7 (0.6) 1.8 (0.6) 0.53 sd = standard deviation; api = anterior posterior index; mli = medial lateral index. table 4. comparison of the injured v. non-injured groups biodex dynamic proprioception during the braced phase dynamic measures, mean (sd) injured (n=22) non-injured (n=78) p-value right api 2.7 (1.4) 2.5 (1.0) 0.03 right mli 1.8 (0.6) 1.8 (0.8) 0.06 left api 2.6 (1.0) 2.8 (1.1) 0.40 left mli 1.5 (0.6) 1.8 (0.6) 0.97 sd = standard deviation; api = anterior posterior index; mli = medial lateral index. table 5. comparison of the injured group’s unbraced v. braced dynamic proprioception (n=22) dynamic measures, mean (sd) unbraced braced p-value right api 2.8 (0.9) 2.7 (1.4) 0.87 right mli 1.9 (0.7) 1.8 (0.6) 0.60 left api 2.7 (0.9) 2.6 (1.0) 0.67 left mli 1.7 (0.6) 1.5 (0.6) 0.47 sd = standard deviation; api = anterior posterior index; mli = medial lateral index. 76 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 epidemiological investigations, indicating the prolific occurrence of ankle injuries.[2,3] injury profile the mechanisms of the ankle injuries were colliding with another player, being struck with a ball or a hockey stick and rapid rotation change in direction, which is comparable with the findings of naicker et al.[2] naicker et al. postulated that rapid rotational movements during play move the ankle into plantar flexion and inversion, which exceeds the plastic properties of the lateral ligaments, resulting in tearing.[2] gallagher[1] reported that hockey players often sprint (with possession of the ball), and make sudden changes in direction of movement around their opponents to gain advantage play, which increases the risk of musculoskeletal injury and pain. the injured players completed more hockey training sessions per week than non-injured players; therefore we theorise that the additional hockey training sessions per week increased their risk of injury. ellapen et al.[3] have reported that increased frequency of hockey training sessions per week increases the risk of ankle injuries. proprioceptive performance the injured and non-injured groups’ dynamic proprioceptive performance during the unbraced phase did not differ significantly and was comparable. the injured group’s braced right api was significantly higher than that of the non-injured group, suggesting that the ankle bracing did not enhance the stability of the injured ankle joint in the sagittal plane. the evidence from the braced phase suggests that semi-rigid ankle bracing does not enhance ankle proprioception, but could impair performance. hockey players who possess poor dynamic proprioception often sustain ankle injuries.[2] the comparison of the unbraced and braced dynamic proprioceptive performance of the injured group indicates no significant difference. this evidence suggests that prophylactic bracing did not improve ankle proprioception, refuting the findings of olmstead et al.[4] and sharpe et al.[5] it is postulated that the prophylactic brace did not provide adequate mechanical restraint to the weakened anterior and posterior talofibular and calcaneofibular ligaments, thereby not stabilising the ankle joint, and did not improve the neural firing and subsequent evertor activation of the injured ankle’s proprioceptors, which is similar to the theorisation of anderson et al.[6] and bot and van mechelen.[7] bracing did enhance the performance of healthy ankles, which is similar to the findings of jerosch, bocchinfuso et al. and gross et al.[13-15] this evidence suggests that ankle bracing has an ergogenic effect on healthy ankle proprioception. comparative analyses of the braced proprioceptive stability indices (api and mli) of the non-injured group falls within the age-matched proprioception normative range (0.8 2.2).[12] prophylactic ankle bracing seems to enhance the talocrural joint’s congruency and stability while simultaneously allowing functional move ment in the frontal and transverse planes. demographic measures the age and stature of the injured and noninjured players did not differ significantly, suggesting that these factors did not predispose the players to ankle injuries. however, the injured group was heavier than the noninjured group. the association of the increased body mass and occurrence of ankle injuries among hockey players has not been established in previous studies. it is theorised that the injured players became heavier during their injury period because of their inability to train. future investigations should determine the validity of this, as it poses a study limitation. conclusion our results indicated that prophylactic semi-rigid ankle bracing is not an effective rehabilitative management device for ankle injuries. however, it is an effective ergogenic aid among non-injured players. future research should be conducted among adult professional and elite players to validate the findings of this study and to better understand the ergogenic effect of semirigid ankle bracing on non-injured ankles. these findings can assist hockey coaches, players and parents to become aware of the advantages and disadvantages of wearing semi-rigid ankle braces. references 1. gallagher d. top women hockey teams visit south africa. 2010. http://www.hockeysouthafrica.com (accessed 10 august 2010). 2. naicker m, mclean m, esterhuizen tm, peters-futre em. poor peak dorsiflexor torque associated with incidence of ankle injury in elite field female hockey players. j sci med sport 2007;10(6):363-371. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2006.11.007] 3. ellapen tj, abrahams s, desai fa, narsigan s, van heerden hj. prevalence of musculoskeletal pain among south african female senior national hockey players. advances in rehabilitation 2011;25(2); 27-31. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2478/rehab-2013-0007] 4. olmstead lc, vela li, denegar, cr, hertel j. prophylactic ankle taping and bracing: a numbersneeded to treat and cost benefit analysis. j athl train 2004;39(1):95-100. 5. sharpe sr, knapik j, jones b. ankle braces effectively reduce the recurrence of ankle sprains among female soccer players. j athl train 1997;32(1):21-24. 6. anderson dl, sanderson dj, hennig em. the role of non-rigid ankle bracing in limiting ankle inversion. clin j sport med 1995;5(1):18-24. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1097/00042752-199501000-00004] 7. bot sdm, van mechelen w. the effect of ankle bracing on athletic performance. sports med 1999;27(3):171-178. 8. terre-blanche m, durrheim k, painter d. research in practice. cape town: university of cape town press, 2008:50. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/rerp] 9. kee d, seo sr. musculoskeletal disorders among nursing personnel in korea. int j ind ergon 2007;37(3):207-212. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ergon.2006.10.020] 10. van heerden hj. pre-par ticipation evaluation and identification of aetiological risk factors in epidemiolog y of sports injuries among youths. dphil thesis. pretoria: university of pretoria, 1996. 11. hagglund m, walden m, bahr r, ekstrand j. methods for epidemiological study of injuries to professional football players: developing the uefa model. br j sports med 2005;39(6):340-346. 12. finn ja, alvarez mm, jett re, axtell rs, kemler ds. stability performance assessment among subjects of disparate balancing abilities. med sci sports exerc 1999;31(5):s252. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768199905001-01209] 13. jerosch j. the influence of orthoses on proprioception of the ankle joint. knee surg sports traumatol arthrosc 1995;3(1):39-46. 14. bocchinfuso c, sitler mr, kimura if. effects of 2 semirigid prophylactic ankle stabilizers on speed, agility and vertical jump. j sport rehabil 1994;3(2):125-134. 15. gross mt, bradshaw mk, ventry lc, weller kh. comparison of support provided by ankle taping and semi-rigid orthosis. j orthop sports phys ther 1987;9(1):33-39. table 6. comparison of the non-injured group’s unbraced v. braced dynamic proprioception (n=78) dynamic measures, mean (sd) unbraced braced p-value right api 2.5 (1.0) 2.2 (0.8) 0.02 right mli 1.8 (0.8) 1.5 (0.5) 0.01 left api 2.8 (1.1) 2.4 (0.9) 0.04 left mli 1.8 (0.6) 1.5 (0.5) 0.01 sd = standard deviation; api = anterior posterior index; mli = medial lateral index. introduction swimming is a popular recreational and professional sport code both locally and internationally. the south african swimming team represents south africa at the olympics and other world-level competitions. to ensure that these participants and those who will replace them on the world arena can function optimally, it is essential to keep them injury-free. in order to ensure that the best conditioning programmes are developed it is important to know the incidence and other related information pertaining to injury in these athletes. the shoulder joint is the most vulnerable to injury, as has been shown in many reports. 3,6,8-11 to date very little research on the epidemiology of shoulder or other injuries in south african swimmers has been published in the scientific literature. literature from several developed countries reveals information on the incidence, 1,2,7,8 and types 1,7,8,9 of shoulder injuries as well as the effects of training 7 on shoulder injury sustained in this sport. most swimming injuries are due to repetitive microtrauma and overuse, with many of these injuries actually due to faulty technique. 10,11 repeated microtrauma and overuse strain of passive and active components of the shoulder lead to diminished performance over a period of time (overuse) and can lead to acute injury, resulting in reduced ability or an inability to participate in the sport. in both cases, professional training programmes, and sport-specific conditioning are crucial in determining whether participation and performance can be optimised. when one considers the biomechanics of the shoulder joint and the demand placed on it during each of the swimming strokes, it becomes clear that a very high level of specificity in conditioning is appropriate. the structural limitations imposed by a shallow glenoid cavity together with a large degree of motion suggest the need for balanced muscle control at all times. 13 the main power of propulsion is provided by arm action during the pull phase in all strokes, with the exception of breaststroke. 14 athletes, who use the arm for propelling, strain at the extremes of joint range in their drive for maximum performance. 13 repetitive motion at the extremes of range are supported by the stabilising structures or ‘restraint mechanisms’ which prevent excessive translation of the humeral head on the glenoid fossa. if any one of the original research article shoulder injuries in competitive swimmers in kwazulu natal t puckree (bsc physio, ms (exercise science), med, phd (exercise physiology)1 k j thomas (b physio)2 1 department of physiotherapy, university of kwazulu-natal, durban, and school of physiotherapy, sport science and optometry, university of kwazulu-natal, westville campus, durban 2 final-year physiotherapy student, department of physiotherapy, university of kwazulu-natal, durban abstract objective. to determine the incidence of shoulder injuries in competitive swimmers in kwazulu-natal, a province in south africa. design. a cross-sectional survey was conducted. a random sample of 96 swimmers from a pool of 300 swimmers registered with first-division clubs affiliated to the kwazulu-natal aquatics association participated in the study by informed voluntary consent. data were gathered using a validated questionnaire. setting. data were gathered at time trials, races and club meetings. main measures. variables monitored included the incidence of shoulder injuries, shoulder pain and proportion of overuse injury. results. seventy-one per cent of the swimmers had shoulder pain and 64% reported injury to the shoulder. forty-six per cent of the swimmers with pain complained of anterior shoulder pain, while 65% of all injuries were due to overuse. the commonest diagnoses included tendonitis (35%), muscle imbalance (29%), impingement (19%) and other (17%). sixty-nine per cent of the swimmers swam freestyle which was related to 70% of the injuries. eighty-one per cent of the injured swimmers sought physiotherapy for the shoulder pain. conclusion. the incidence of shoulder injuries in competitive swimmers is high. this study shows the need for more research into swimming injuries, and the conditioning and rehabilitation of athletes in south africa. correspondence: t puckree department of physiotherapy university of kwazulu-natal private bag x54001 durban 4000 tel: 031-260 7977/7817 fax: 031-260 8106 e-mail: puckreet@ukzn.ac.za 10 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 shoulder injuries.indd 10 3/13/06 2:40:25 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 11 mechanisms does not function properly injury will result. the rotator cuff stabilises the head of the humerus in the centre of the glenoid cavity, while the prime movers provide the power. a well-functioning rotator cuff prevents excess movement or translation of the humeral head in anterior, posterior and superior directions. fatigue of the supraspinatus muscle predisposes the shoulder to injury due to abnormal humeral movement. 11 resistance training to increase strength of the rotator cuff and the scapular stabilising muscles has been suggested to control the risk of injury 4 . the stabilising structures include passive components (ligaments, joint capsule, joint cohesion mechanism, negative intra-articular pressure) and the active component (rotator cuff). core strengthening, especially of the lower abdominal muscles, is important in supporting the trunk during arm movements. 9 a search for new scientific reports on swimming-related shoulder injuries revealed just a single publication in 2003. 9 in south africa and kwazulu-natal (kzn) the current status of the epidemiology of swimming injuries is not known. this deficit will impact on the performance of our swimmers in the international arena. in order to address this gap, the present study looked at the incidence and causes of injuries in clublevel competitive elite swimmers in kzn. methods all competitive swimmers (those who swam a qualifying time for the 2000 provincial team and achieved provincial colours) regardless of gender or race, between the ages of 13 and 25 years registered with the kzn aquatics association made up the population. from this pool of 300 swimmers, a random sample of 96 athletes were invited to participate after being fully informed and giving voluntary consent. information on participants’ personal details, medical and sporting history, training history and epidemiology of current and previous swimming-related shoulder injuries was obtained using a validated questionnaire 17 with open and closed-ended questions. the data were analysed descriptively and statistically using chi-square tests (spss version 6.0 for windows). probability was set at p < 0.05. results the response rate was 83%. eighty-one per cent of the questionnaires were usable. forty-seven per cent of the respondents were female. seventy-one per cent of the respondents experienced shoulder pain, while 64% reported actual shoulder injuries which included impingement, supraspinatus and bicipital tendonitis, bursitis and muscle strain. fifty-two per cent of the injured swimmers were male. sixty-five per cent of the injuries were due to overuse (recurrent) as opposed to traumatic injuries (25%), which is similar to the findings reported by mcmaster et al. 12 ninety-six per cent of the swimmers trained and participated in events for 11 12 months of the year. significantly more swimmers between the ages of 15 and 16 years (23%) were injured compared with 14 18% in the other age categories. sixty-nine percent of the swimmers reported swimming freestyle. the majority (70%) of the swimmers attributed their injuries to freestyle, which they swam most of the time. the majority of specialist sprinters (70%), regardless of gender, complained of shoulder injuries compared with longdistance swimmers. the average length of a training session for a kzn swimmer was 90 minutes. the training sessions were not individualised or specific, and were unsupervised. the majority of the swimmers trained twice daily on weekdays, with an average of 11 sessions per week. in addition the majority participated in resistance training programmes. seventy-seven per cent of the swimmers with shoulder injuries participated in resistance training (gym, strengthening exercises). the use of paddles during resistance training did not have any significant effect on the difference between those with and without injuries. those swimmers who reported no injury spent more time (15 minutes or more) doing stretches and warm-ups compared with 10 minutes or less by the injured swimmers. detailed information on the stretches done was not obtained in an effort to contain the length of the questionnaire. stretching was 1 component of the training programme. the commonest site of pain was the anterior shoulder (55% females and 40% males). anterior shoulder pain was attributed to supraspinatus and bicipital tendonitis. tendonitis (35%), muscle imbalance (29%) and impingement (19%) were significantly more common than bursitis, muscle strain and laxity, which combined were responsible for the remaining 17% of injuries. seventy-five per cent of the swimmers who complained of shoulder injuries had to stop swimming temporarily due to the injury. length of time away from swimming was on average 2 3 weeks. of the 52 swimmers who reported injuries, 79% received physiotherapy, which was reportedly effective for both the management and prevention of overuse injuries. no details of the specific physiotherapy modalities used were elicited. one respondent required surgical intervention for a glenohumeral joint problem. discussion sixty-five per cent of the injuries reported by elite swimmers who participated in the study were overuse (recurrent) in nature, which is similar to the findings of mcmaster et al. 12 this can be attributed to the fact that 96% of the swimmers trained and participated in events for 11 12 months of the year. therefore little time was allowed for rest or recuperation and for repair following injury. in addition, in order to be able to compete at provincial and national levels, the training schedules are extremely demanding due to the high volume, intensity, duration and frequency of training sessions. swimming injuries involve upper-limb overuse due to the magnitude of repetitive activities. 5,15 mcmaster et al. 12 estimate that if a swimmer swims an average of 10 km per day for 5 days a week and 10 months of the year, with an shoulder injuries.indd 11 3/13/06 2:40:26 pm 12 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 average of 15 strokes per length of a 25 m pool, this will translate into 1 200 000 repetitive arm movements per year. the kzn swimmer undertakes more than this, as shown in the results. the fact that more swimmers between the ages of 15 and 16 years (23%) compared with the other age categories, were injured may suggest that during this period of rapid growth, adolescents are particularly vulnerable to injuries. this is partially due to an imbalance between strength and flexibility. 2 the imbalance could be in the strength between the agonists and antagonists, the relationship between flexibility and strength of the agonists and antagonists or between strength of the core stabilisers, scapular stabilisers and rotator cuff muscles which all help to stabilise during rapid mobility of the glenohumeral joint. 9 the majority of specialist sprinters (70%) regardless of gender complained of shoulder injuries compared with long-distance swimmers. this also supports the findings of richardson. 15 during a sprint, the arms turn over at a very rapid rate compared with the slower more relaxed technique employed by distance swimmers. the increased rate and speed at which the arms move overhead as well as the added power in the arm action to propel the sprinter through the water could cause repeated microtrauma to structures in the shoulder joint. freestyle is a very popular stroke amongst kzn competitive swimmers. the freestyle stroke utilises repetitive reciprocal overhead action. the majority (70%) of the swimmers attributed their injuries to freestyle, which they swam most of the time. this finding is supported by the study of richardson et al. 16 which reported a 75% incidence of shoulder injuries in freestyle swimmers. the repetitive action predisposes these swimmers to injury. the fact that the swimmers’ training requires more than 1 million overhead strokes per year increases their risk of shoulder injury. the use of stretching and warm-ups prior to training seems to be effective in controlling injury rate. stretching and warmups help to increase the range of motion, minimise incidence of musculotendinous injuries, minimise muscle soreness and reduce the risk of injury. 7 swimming is performed in a nonweight-bearing medium. 1 resistance training can increase muscular strength and reduce the incidence of overuse injuries. 4 the injures sustained by 77% of the swimmers who participated in resistance training in this study could be due to problems with the manner in which the resistance exercises were performed. therefore professional training programmes and appropriate swimming-specific supervision may help. resistance training and conditioning or rehabilitation must be sport-specific. length of time away from swimming due to injury was 2 3 weeks, which is in keeping with suggestions by baxterjones et al. 2 who reported a recovery time of 13 days or more after an injury was sustained. preventive physiotherapy or teamwork between coaches, fitness specialists, physiotherapists and physicians could help swimmers overcome the burden of overuse injuries. preventive physiotherapy should include all of the following: education on the condition; risks of the sport; motor control (in lay terms) of the shoulder action in swimming; recognition of danger signals; use of equipment; rest; balanced flexibility of the rotator cuff, scapular stabilisers, glenohumeral mobilisers and core stabilisers; strength training on land and water for the above muscle groups; core stability and endurance; cross-training for endurance and speed; and skill development through swimming-specific movement patterns. all of these will assist in adapting the muscular and neural mechanisms to optimise motor control during the sport. conclusion the results of this study show that the incidence of shoulder injuries in kzn elite swimmers is significantly high. similar to the findings of other investigators, overuse injuries predominated. this study shows the need for more research, specificity of biokinetic training and advanced levels of training and coaching to prevent or control injury rates in competitive swimmers, at least in kzn. the training programmes should include structured rest periods, cross-training that focuses on strength, endurance, speed, flexibility and co-ordination in sport-specific patterns of movement, periodisation and skill development. references 1. allegrucci m, whitney sl, irrgang jj. clinical implications of secondary impingement of the shoulder in freestyle swimmers. j orthop sports phys ther 1994; 20: 307-18. 2. baxter-jones a, maffulli n, helms p. low injury rates in elite athletes. arch dis child 1993; 68: 130-2. 3. birrer p. the shoulder, emg and the swimming stroke. j swim res 1986; 2(5): 20-3. 4. fleck sj, falkel je. value of resistance training for the reduction of sports injuries. sports med 1986; 3(1): 61-8. 5. fowler p. swimmers problems. am j sports med 1970; 2:141-4. 6. fowler pj, webster ms. shoulder pain in highly competitive swimmers. orthop trans 1983; 7(1): 170. 7. griep jf. swimmers shoulder. the influence of flexibility and weight training. orthop trans 1986; 10: 216. 8. jones jh, swimming overuse injuries. phys med rehabil clin n am 1999; 10(1): 77-94. 9. johnson jn, gauvin j, fredericson m. swimming biomechanics and injury prevention. physportsmed 2003; 31(1): 1-7. 10. kammer cs, young cc, niefeld mw. swimming injuries and illnesses. physportsmed 1999; 27(4): 51-60. 11. mcmaster wc. swimming injuries. an overview. sports med 1996; 22:332-6. 12. mcmaster w, troup jp, arredondo s. the incidence of shoulder problems in developing elite swimmers. j swim res 1989; 5(2): 11-6. 13. perry j. anatomy and biomechanics of the shoulder in throwing, swimming, gymnastics and tennis. clin j sport med 1983, 2: 247-70. 14. pettrone f. athletic injuries of the shoulder. new york: mcgraw hill, 1995. 15. richardson ar. the biomechanics of swimming: the knee and shoulder. clin j sport med 1986; 5:103-13. 16. richardson ar, jobe fw, collins hr. the shoulder in competitive swimming. am j sports med 1980; 8:159-63. 17. thomas jt. the incidence of shoulder injuries in competitive swimmers in kwazulu natal. honours thesis (physiotherapy), university of durbanwestville, 2000, appendix 7:38-41. shoulder injuries.indd 12 3/13/06 2:40:26 pm original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license effects of wearable resistance load placement on neuromuscular activity and stride kinematics: a preliminary study m brown,1,2,5 msc; c giroux,2 phd; m lacome,2,6 phd; c leduc,4 phd; k hader,3 phd; m buchheit,2,3 phd 1 paris saint germain, 5 avenue du president john fitzgerald kennedy, saint germain-en-laye, paris, france, 78100 2 french institute of sport (insep), laboratory sport, expertise and performance (ea 7370), paris, france 3 kitman labs, performance research intelligence initiative, dublin, ireland 4 carnegie applied rugby research (carr) centre, carnegie school of sport, leeds beckett university, leeds, united kingdom 5 playermaker, 35 ballards lane, london, united kingdom n3 1xw 6 parma calcio 1913, performance and analytics department, parma, italy corresponding author: m brown (matthewbrown@hotmail.co.uk) one of the keys for athletic performance is the successful transference of strength and power adaptations from gym-based exercises to sportspecific movements.[1] a practitioner’s main goal when developing a resistance training programme is to develop an athlete’s strength and power outputs.[2, 3] however, those improvements might not always transfer to on-field performance, with factors such as training methodology, volume, duration, and intensity influencing the transfer effect of training-induced strength and power adaptations.[2, 3] to alleviate those inherent limitations, wearable resistance (wr) training may be a practical solution, with a better ecological fit than traditional gym-based resistance training. wr training allows athletes to perform loaded sport-specific movements which are hypothesised to provide greater transference to sport-specific movement performance compared with traditional gym-based exercises.[1] wr has been used extensively within athletics and sprint training.[1, 4] research suggests wr can elicit increases in horizontal force production and improve sprint performance.[1, 4] additionally, investigations have explored the potential performance benefits of using wr for team sports.[5-7] one study investigating the use of calf-loaded wr during warm-ups for elite footballers reported improvements in maximal horizontal (e.g. 10and 20m sprints) but not vertical (e.g. counter movement jump) performance.[5] in rugby players, the use of calf loaded wr (1% body mass, bm) resulted in a better maintenance of acceleration and sprint performance during a six week training period compared to unloaded players.[6] furthermore, wr training increased acute training load for high school american footballers loaded with 1% bm on the calves.[7] in addition to wr training effects on locomotor performance, there is growing knowledge regarding movement kinematics and muscle coordination involved with wr loading.[1, 8] during loaded sprinting, stride length and frequency decreased, while contact time and ground reaction forces increased.[1] previous research showed that the positioning of wr impacts stride kinematics.[8]) for example, greater kinematic changes were observed for calf loaded wr conditions compared to thigh loaded wr.[1] however, it is yet to be investigated how the effect of wr varies based on lower limb load location (e.g. proximal vs distal placement, anterior vs posterior, background: wearable resistance (wr) training is a modality that allows athletes to perform loaded sport-specific movements to develop force and power outputs. the acute responses by which wr works is still relatively unknown, and the effects of wr load and location of the load has not yet been examined. objectives: to investigate the acute neuromuscular and stride characteristic responses to different wearable resistance (wr) loads and placements on the calf muscles during high-speed running. methods: ten well-trained subjects completed a workout of ten sets of three 10s runs at 18km.h-1 (20s of rest between runs and one min between sets). five conditions were tested: (1) unloaded control, (2) bilateral 0.75 vs. 1.5% body mass (bm) loading on the distal posterior calf, (3) bilateral proximal vs. distal loading of 1.5% bm positioned posteriorly, (4) bilateral anterior vs. posterior loading of 1.5% bm positioned distally, (5) unilateral loading of 1.5% bm on the distal posterior calf. data were collected using electromyography (emg) and back-mounted gps-embedded accelerometers. magnitude of differences of within athlete and between muscle comparisons were calculated using effect sizes (es) ± 90% confidence limits (cl). results: no substantial differences in accelerometry data were observed between any of the loaded conditions and the control. emg activity was lower for proximal loading compared to the control for the gluteus maximus (es±90%cl; -0.72±0.41), vastus lateralis (-0.89±0.47) and vastus medialis (vm) (-0.97±0.46). anterior loading induced substantially lower emg activity for the semitendinosus (-0.70±0.48) and vm (-0.64±0.39) muscles compared with the control. emg activity of the vm (-0.73±0.46) muscle was also substantially lower for posterior loading compared to the control. unilateral loading induced no substantial differences in emg activity between the loaded and unloaded legs. conclusion: this preliminary study has provided a rationale for the performance of further investigations into the effects of wr lower limb loading on stride characteristics and emg activity from a chronic standpoint using a larger population. keywords: stride characteristics, electromyography, accelerometry, muscle activation s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-8. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13102 mailto:matthewbrown@hotmail.co.uk http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13102 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1082-0200 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8471-6046 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5262-2798 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8054-546x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5528-2039 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2498-6340 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 bilateral/unilateral). if stride mechanics were to be altered, and/or specific muscle recruitment to be modified in relation to various wr placements (potentially affecting muscle coordination), this may have important implications for the integration of wr in training practices (e.g. rehabilitation). therefore, the aims of this preliminary study were to investigate changes in muscle activation amplitude and stride characteristics induced by the effects of wr calf loading of different loads (0.75%bm vs 1.5%bm), different load placements (anterior vs posterior and proximal vs distal), unilateral loading and loaded vs unloaded conditions during high-speed running efforts. methods subjects ten well-trained male subjects (30.9±6.0yrs, 178.6±5.4cm, 75.8±5.8kg), who regularly partake in running and resistancebased training (8 hours per week) completed this study. table 1 shows the anthropometric data of the participants. subjects were free from injury and illness for at least 4 weeks prior to the start and gave their consent for data obtained to be used in this study. data collection was part of the club’s regular monitoring procedures which conformed to the declaration of helsinki.(9) intervention subjects completed a workout of ten sets of three 10s runs at 18km.h-1 with 20s rest between runs, and one min between sets. each run was performed on a motorised treadmill (skillrun unity-7000, technogym, italy). before each set, wr (lila™ exogen™, malaysia) was placed on subject’s lower limbs. five different wr conditions were tested: (1) control without load, (2) 0.75 vs 1.5% bm loading positioned on the distal posterior calf, (3) proximal vs distal loading of 1.5% bm positioned posteriorly (4) anterior vs posterior loading of 1.5% bm positioned distally, (5) unilateral loading of 1.5% bm positioned on the distal posterior calf (conditions 2-4 were bilaterally loaded). figure 1 shows the experimental wr loading patterns. data were collected using surface electromyography (emg) and an embedded accelerometer within an upper back mounted gps unit. measurements  effect of load: 0.75% or 1.5% bm loading was placed on the posterior, distal portion of the lower limbs, aligned with the gastrocnemius aponeurosis line of action (figs. 1a and b).  anterior/posterior: to assess the effect of anterior/posterior loading, a 1.5% bm load was placed distally either on the front (anterior) or rear (posterior) of the lower limbs, aligned with the tibialis anterior insertion and the gastrocnemius aponeurosis line of action respectively (figs. 1b and d).  proximal/distal: to test the effect of proximal/distal loading, a 1.5% bm load was placed posteriorly either on the upper calf (proximal) or lower calf (distal) between the origins of the medial and lateral heads of the gastrocnemius and in alignment with the gastrocnemius aponeurosis respectively (figs. 1b and c).  unilateral condition: the unilateral condition involved load placement on one leg with 1.5% bm placed on the posterior distal portion of the lower limb, aligned with the gastrocnemius aponeurosis, while the other leg was unloaded (fig.1e). participants completed the unilateral trial with both legs and this data was pooled to give an average unilateral measure.  control condition: running without additional load. table 1. individual subject anthropometric data: age, height and body mass subject age (yrs) height (cm) body mass (kg) 1 25.0 185 80.9 2 23.2 175 68.3 3 35.2 178 75.5 4 31.2 170 68.0 5 23.5 181 77.2 6 26.0 172 69.7 7 41.4 183 73.7 8 37.4 188 83.6 9 33.3 176 85.1 10 33.1 178 76.0 mean ± sd 30.9 ± 6.0 178.6 ± 5.4 75.8 ± 5.8 fig. 1. the experimental conditions – wearable resistance (wr) lower limb loading patterns. a) 0.75% bm distal, posterior loading; b) 1.5% bm distal, posterior loading; c) 1.5% bm proximal, posterior loading; d) 1.5% bm distal, anterior loading; e) 1.5% bm distal, posterior, unilateral loading. original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 data collection procedures electromyography a bts freeemg 300 wireless surface emg system (bts® quincy, usa) was used with sensors placed on the gluteus maximus (gmax), bicep femoris (bf), semitendinosus (st), rectus femoris (rf), vastus lateralis (vl) and vastus medialis (vm) muscles for each leg. the skin was shaved, gently abraded and cleaned with alcohol to minimise interelectrode impedance. the bipolar, silver/silver chloride, surface disc electrodes (blue sensor n-00-s/25; ambu, baltorpbakken, denmark) were placed with a centre-to-centre distance of 2.5cm, longitudinally with respect to the underlying muscle fibre arrangement and located according to the surface emg for the non-invasive assessment of muscles (seniam) recommendations. the sampling frequency was 1000hz. the emg data processing technique started with filtering the emg signal (high pass, 15hz, third order butterworth filter). secondly, the calculation of the muscle activity (mean root mean square, rms) during each of the trials was performed. the first and last few steps were excluded from the recording window to keep only the stable phase of the run. the treadmill was continually moving with participants instructed to jump onto the side between trials. this minimised any acceleration required during each repetition in an aim to increase the stability of the runs. the mean rms for each trial was calculated. the three trials for each condition were averaged (cv: 6.1-8.8%). the control condition (mean rms) was used to normalise all other conditions. emg data is displayed as a % of the normalised condition. stride characteristics embedded accelerometers (952 hz) in gps units (statsports®, northern ireland) were used in indoor mode to calculate bilateral stride kinematics. accelerometry raw data were further analysed using adi software (athletic data innovations, sydney, australia) to derive floor contact time (ct [seconds]), peak force (newtons), stride frequency (steps/second), and vertical stiffness (kvert [kn.m-1]).(10) adiderived metrics were shown to be reliable with small to moderate error during high-speed running (standardised typical error: 0.52-0.67).(10) data analysis muscle activity and accelerometry data for bilaterally loaded conditions were calculated using the average of three repetitions per condition from both legs and normalised in relation to the control condition (%). muscle activity for the unilateral condition used the pooled average from the loaded legs (average of loaded left and right legs) to compare with the unloaded legs (average of unloaded left and right legs) to observe possible changes in muscle activation. statistical analysis data are presented as mean ± standard deviation (sd) and as effect size ± 90% confidence limits (cl). data were first checked for normality (shapiro-wilks test). log transformation was used when required to transform skewed data to approximately conform to normality. data were back transformed after analysis to return them back to original units. the athletes comparisons between muscles were made using effect sizes based on cohen’s d principle to determine the magnitude of change between conditions (0.75 vs 1.5% bm, anterior vs posterior, proximal vs distal, unilateral loading, control compared with all conditions) using hopkins scale: 0.2 (small), 0.6 (moderate), 1.2 (large), 2.0 (very large).(11) when the cl of the effect size (es) did not overlap the smallest worthwhile change (swc) (0.2), the change was considered substantial and of the observed magnitude; if the cl overlapped the swc, the change was unclear.[12] results differences between conditions for accelerometry data are presented in table 2 and differences between conditions for emg data are presented in table 3. intra-subject variations between the stride frequency data is displayed in figure 2 showing large individual responses to the load and placement. figure 3 shows the synchronisation of left and right emg data with vertical acceleration data for different loading patterns. effect of load no substantial differences were observed between 0.75% bm loading, 1.5% bm loading and the control for all stride characteristic metrics (all es rated as unclear). likewise, no substantial differences in stride characteristics were observed between 0.75% and 1.5% bm loading. emg activity for the vl and vm muscles were moderately lower for 0.75% bm loaded conditions compared with the control (es:0.63-0.92). additionally, 1.5% bm loading induced moderate decreases in emg activity of the vm compared to the control (es±90%cl; 0.70±0.44). anterior vs posterior load placement accelerometry data showed no substantial differences for all stride characteristics of the anterior and posterior conditions compared to the control (all es rated as unclear). anterior loading induced moderately lower emg activity for the st and vm muscles compared with the control (st:0.70±0.48, vm:0.64±0.39). emg activity of the vm muscle was also moderately lower for posterior loading compared to the control (0.73±0.46). no substantial differences in stride frequency were observed between anterior and posterior loading. furthermore, no substantial differences in emg activity were observed for any muscle between anterior and posterior loading (all es rated as unclear). proximal vs distal load placement proximal and distal loading conditions showed no substantial differences in stride characteristics compared with the control. moreover, accelerometry data showed no substantial differences in stride characteristics observed between proximal and distal loading (all es rated as unclear). original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 cfcfdfdgghd table 2. accelerometry data: bilaterally loaded conditions – 0.75% vs 1.5% body mass (bm) loading, anterior vs posterior loading, proximal vs distal loading accelerometry data mean ± sd effect size ± 90% confidence limit control 0.75% 1.50% control vs 0.75% control vs 1.5% 0.75 vs 1.5% contact time (ms) 0.17 ± 0.01 0.17 ± 0.01 0.17 ± 0.01 0.12 ± 0.28 0.11 ± 0.22 0.00 ± 0.20 peak force (n) 4 439 ± 299 4 448 ± 251 4 499 ± 232 0.04 ± 0.19 0.22 ± 0.24 0.18 ± 0.20 frequency (step/s) 2.99 ± 0.10 3.01 ± 0.15 3.07 ± 0.10 0.08 ± 0.48 0.53 ± 0.44 0.45 ± 0.43 kvert (kn.m-1) 121 ± 14.9 120 ± 15.4 121 ± 15.9 -0.09 ± 0.33 0.00 ± 0.28 0.09 ± 0.17 control anterior posterior control vs anterior control vs posterior anterior vs posterior contact time (ms) 0.17 ± 0.01 0.17 ± 0.01 0.17 ± 0.01 0.27 ± 0.75 0.12 ± 0.22 -0.15 ± 0.95 peak force (n) 4 439 ± 299 4 492 ± 231 4 499 ± 232 0.38 ± 0.50 0.23 ± 0.24 -0.09 ± 0.47 frequency (step/s) 2.99 ± 0.10 3.06 ± 0.12 3.07 ± 0.10 0.67 ± 0.50 0.59 ± 0.49 0.06 ± 0.78 kvert (kn.m-1) 121 ± 14.9 120 ± 16.3 121 ± 15.9 -0.50 ± 0.57 0.00 ± 0.27 0.07 ± 0.81 control proximal distal control vs proximal control vs distal proximal vs distal contact time (ms) 0.17 ± 0.01 0.17 ± 0.01 0.17 ± 0.01 0.17 ± 0.20 0.11 ± 0.22 -0.06 ± 0.18 peak force (n) 4 439 ± 299 4 531 ± 238 4 499 ± 232 0.34 ± 0.45 0.23 ± 0.24 -0.11 ± 0.45 frequency (step/s) 2.99 ± 0.10 3.08 ± 0.17 3.07 ± 0.10 0.60 ± 0.64 0.52 ± 0.43 -0.08 ± 0.58 kvert (kn.m-1) 121 ± 14.9 122 ± 17.7 121 ± 15.9 0.02 ±0.24 0.00 ± 0.27 -0.01 ± 0.20 frequency, stride frequency; kvert, vertical stiffness. table 3. emg data: bilaterally loaded conditions – 0.75% vs 1.5% body mass (bm) loading, anterior vs posterior loading, proximal vs distal loading emg data % normalised condition ± sd effect size ± 90% confidence limit 0.75% 1.50% 0.75% vs 1.5% control vs 0.75% control vs 1.5% bf 93 ± 36 93 ± 36 -0.04 ± 0.17 -0.34 ± 0.25 -0.38 ± 0.27 gmax 71 ± 50 71 ± 50 0.01 ± 0.31 -0.50 ± 0.46 -0.50 ± 0.39 rf 83 ± 70 75 ± 67 -0.09 ± 0.24 -0.34 ± 0.29 -0.42 ± 0.33 st 87 ± 31 80 ± 33 -0.16 ± 0.53 -0.47 ± 0.50 -0.63 ± 0.55 vl 75 ± 42 81 ± 39 0.11 ± 0.19 -0.63 ± 0.34* -0.52 ± 0.41 vm 71 ± 50 77 ± 46 0.22 ± 0.18 -0.92 ± 0.40* -0.70 ± 0.44* anterior posterior anterior vs posterior control vs anterior control vs posterior bf 93 ± 36 93 ± 36 0.11 ± 0.15 -0.26 ± 0.30 -0.37 ± 0.26 gmax 71 ± 50 71 ± 50 -0.13 ± 0.17 -0.39 ± 0.46 -0.52 ± 0.40 rf 92 ± 63 75 ± 67 -0.21 ± 0.26 -0.21 ± 0.30 -0.42 ± 0.33 st 80 ± 25 80 ± 33 0.05 ± 0.28 -0.70 ± 0.48* -0.65 ± 0.57 vl 81 ± 39 81 ± 39 -0.05 ± 0.16 -0.48 ± 0.35 -0.53 ± 0.42 vm 77 ± 46 77 ± 46 -0.08 ± 0.27 -0.64 ± 0.39* -0.73 ± 0.46* proximal distal proximal vs distal control vs proximal control vs distal bf 87 ± 39 93 ± 36 0.10 ± 0.25 -0.47 ± 0.31 -0.38 ± 0.27 gmax 64 ± 44 71 ± 50 0.22 ± 0.36 -0.72 ± 0.41* -0.50 ± 0.39 rf 75 ± 67 75 ± 67 -0.07 ± 0.22 -0.37 ± 0.30 -0.45 ± 0.35 st 80 ± 33 80 ± 33 0.08 ± 0.39 -0.72 ± 0.59 -0.64 ± 0.56 vl 69 ± 45 81 ± 39 0.43 ± 0.29 -0.89 ± 0.47* -0.46 ± 0.36 vm 65 ± 55 77 ± 46 0.32 ± 0.27 -0.97 ± 0.46* -0.65 ± 0.41* * represents a substantial difference compared with the other condition. bf, bicep femoris; gmax, gluteus maximus; rf, rectus femoris; st, semitendinosus; vl, vastus lateralis; vm, vastus medialis. . original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 the emg activity of the gmax, vl and vm was moderately lower for proximal loading compared to the control, while the emg activity of the vm was moderately lower for distal loading compared to the control (es:0.65-0.97). unilateral loading for unilaterally loaded conditions, no substantial differences in emg activity were observed between the loaded and unloaded leg (all es rated as unclear). discussion the aims of this preliminary study were to investigate the effects of different wr loads and loading placements during high-speed running efforts on stride characteristic variables and emg responses. the main findings were as follows: (1) bilateral wr loading induced no substantial changes in stride characteristics or force metrics for all loads and placements (2) proximal loading patterns moderately decreased gmax, vl and vm emg activity, while distal loading patterns induced moderate decreases in vm emg activity (3) anterior and posterior wr load placement induced decreases in st and vm emg activity. overall loading effects accelerometry data showed no substantial changes in stride characteristics (ct, stride frequency) and force metrics (peak force, kvert) of the loaded conditions compared with the control. this study does not support previous findings regarding the effects of wr on stride characteristics and force metrics.[1] previous research highlighted that wr induced increases in stride frequency can occur in parallel to decreases in stride length,[13] which may result in decreased lower limb muscle activity.[14] however, as the observed changes in stride frequency were unsubstantial, changes in muscle activity may have been as a result of participants changing their joint kinematics, which may change the amount of muscle under the electrode thus potentially changing emg amplitudes and recorded muscle activity.[1] regarding stride frequency, there were large differences in individual responses to the load and placements which are difficult to explain without emg and accelerometry synchronisation but would be worth investigating in future studies. previous studies have shown wr to increase the metabolic load of training.[15] this, in addition to its ability to decrease neuromuscular load, may highlight the ability of wr to be a useful tool for coaches to utilise for training purposes while minimising injury risks. however, further research is necessary to quantify the effects of calf-loaded wr on stride kinematics. effect of the load when examining the effect of the load compared to the control, there were no substantial effects of 0.75% or 1.5% bm wr loading on stride characteristics or force metrics. additionally, no differences were observed from the accelerometry data between the two loaded conditions. however, we found that emg activity of the quadricep muscles (vl and vm) were substantially lower for the 0.75% bm loaded condition compared to the control. furthermore, the vm muscle showed decreased emg activity for the 1.5% bm condition compared to the control. the vl and vm are the hip flexors responsible for force production and the stabilisation of the knee during running [16, 17] and they exhibit their highest workload during fig. 2. intra-subject stride frequency (steps/sec) values for each wearable resistance (wr) load and loading pattern with group statistics shown within box plots. each subject is represented by a line on each graph. a) anterior and posterior loading compared to control, b) proximal and distal loading compared to control, c) 0.75% and 1.5% bm loads compared to control. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 the foot strike and early stance phases of running.[16] these findings suggests that 0.75% and 1.5% bm loading induced decreases in the neuromuscular workload for the quadricep muscles responsible for force production during running without effecting running mechanics. therefore, wr could potentially be a useful tool for rehabilitation protocols to reduce the neuromuscular load and potentially minimise injury risk. however, further research is required to investigate these findings using a larger testing cohort. the finding of no substantial differences in accelerometry data between the two loaded conditions supports previous findings whereby there were no meaningful changes in stride frequency between 3% and 5% bm lower body loading.[1] contrary to the previous study[1] in which the load was placed on the thighs and calves, the load in this study was focused solely on the calves. calf loading can induce a greater rotational inertia than thigh loaded wr due to its increased distance from the rotational centre (hip joint) [1] thus, increases in calf loading could potentially result in greater effects to stride frequency than thigh loading. however, this needs to be investigated using a larger scale study. this information may be useful for coaches wanting to utilize wr loading patterns that may maximize performance adaptations elicited by this training modality. interestingly, emg data showed no changes in muscle activity between the 0.75% and 1.5% bm loaded conditions. this was potentially due to minimal increases in motor unit recruitment from the small loads relative to bm. alternatively, in accordance with previous studies, the lack of emg changes may have been due to a reduced emg sensitivity to small differences in loads.[18-20] effect of load placement regarding load placement, we found that anterior, posterior, proximal and distal load placements did not have any clear effects on stride characteristics. previous research investigated the acute kinetic changes of shank vs thigh loading,[1] but to our knowledge this is the first study to investigate varying calf loading patterns. there were no meaningful differences found between posterior and anterior 3% bm thigh loaded wr during sprint accelerations for kinematic measurements.(1) however, we found that proximal loading caused decreases in gmax, vl and vm emg activity compared with the control and distal loading. anterior and posterior loading also caused decreases in vm emg activity, whereas no changes in stride frequency were observed between these conditions. the roles of the vl and vm muscles during running were previously stated and due to their importance for force production, proximally placed lower-limb wr loading may be a useful tool to reduce the neuromuscular workload of these muscles and reduce injury risks.(16, 17) moreover, due to their role as hip flexors involved in vertical movement patterns, such as raising the leg during running, the decreases in vl and vm emg activity may fig. 3. typical raw data for vertical acceleration and emg activity for four different conditions. emg activity is expressed for the right (r) and left (l) vastus lateralis (vl). the mean root mean square (rms) is indicated for each muscle and each trial presented. the four presented conditions are: control condition; 1.5% bm proximal, anterior loading; 1.5% bm distal, posterior loading; 0.75% bm distal, posterior loading. original research 7 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 suggest an association with decreases in stride length.[17] however, further investigations are required to research these points in the context of wr training. as previously stated, decreases in gmax emg activity was induced by proximal loading. the major functions of the gluteus maximus muscles during running are to provide trunk stability during the stance phase, decelerate the swing leg and assist with leg extension.[21] the gmax is most active during high-speed running.[21] decreases in gmax emg activity may be useful for reducing neuromuscular load during high-speed running thus proving to be a useful tool for rehabilitation training by reducing potential injury risks. however, as stated previously, further research is required to investigate these findings. unilateral loading unilateral wr loading showed no substantial differences in emg activity between the loaded and unloaded leg. as previously discussed, it is possible that the lack of substantial differences observed between the loaded and unloaded leg may have been due to a reduced emg sensitivity to these small loads.[18] further research is required to assess the effects of wr unilateral loading on stride characteristics and emg activity using greater loads. while the study findings may not have been conclusive in identifying the stride characteristics and emg activity of using lower-limb wr, the results from previous lower-limb loaded wr studies imply that using wr may allow coaches to induce a training overload explicit to sportspecific movement mechanics.[5-7] furthermore, lower-limb wr may be used to increase acute training workloads, but further research is required with larger sample sizes to understand the locomotor and neuromuscular effects of wr training in more detail.[6, 7] future research may also aim to increase the wr load or increase exposure times to the load, to investigate potential performance benefits of wr training. from a chronic standpoint, it is not known what performance adaptations a prolonged period of wr training could potentially provide, thus further research will be required to investigate this. limitations the main limitation of this study was the lack of mechanical and emg data synchronisation which would allow the observation of emg differences when different stride phases are used. while using a within activity normalisation approach for a high-speed, highly dynamic activity seems preferable, another approach which could have been used would be to perform maximal voluntary contractions (mvc) of each lower-limb muscle before testing and using this to normalise emg signals across all conditions. this would have ensured accurate comparisons of intraand inter-muscle activity. furthermore, it was not possible to measure unilateral accelerometry data to identify this type of load placement effects on stride kinematics. finally, the sample size of this preliminary study is small and thus lacks the statistical power to draw general conclusions. however, its value allows for the implementation of larger wr training studies with greater statistical power. conclusion this preliminary study suggests wr induces locomotor and neuromuscular changes during high-speed running. these findings have provided the rationale for the design of further research studies using larger sample sizes to investigate which stride characteristics and neuromuscular performance adaptations can be provided by acute and chronic exposure to wr training. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: all listed authors contributed substantially to the concept, design analysis and interpretation of data and all authors approve the version to be published. references 1. feser eh, macadam p, cronin jb. the effects of lower limb wearable resistance on sprint running performance: a systematic review. eur j sport sci 2020; 20(3):394-406. [doi: 10.1080/17461391.2019.1629631] [pmid: 31177935] 2. cronin j ogden t, lawton t, et al. does increasing maximal strength improve sprint running performance? : strength cond j 2007; 29 (3): 86-95. [doi:10.1519/1533-4295(2007)29[86:dimsis]2.0.co;2] 3. seitz lb, reyes a, tran tt, et al. increases in lower-body strength transfer positively to sprint performance: a systematic review with meta-analysis. sports med 2014; 44(12):1693-1702. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-014-0227-1] [pmid: 25059334] 4. simperingham kd, cronin jb, ross a, et al. acute changes in acceleration phase sprint biomechanics with lower body wearable resistance. sports biomech 2020; 20: 1-13. [doi:10.1080/14763141.2020.1743349] [pmid: 32308138] 5. bustos a, metral g, cronin j, et al. effects of warming up with lower-body wearable resistance on physical performance measures in soccer players over an 8-week training cycle. j strength cond res 2020; 34(5):1220-1226. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000003498] [pmid: 32149881] 6. feser eh, bayne h, loubser i, et al. wearable resistance sprint running is superior to training with no load for retaining performance in pre-season training for rugby athletes. eur j sport sci 2020; 21(7):967-975. [doi: 10.1080/17461391.2020.1802516] [pmid: 32713270] 7. feser e. the effects of lower-limb wearable resistance on sprint performance in high school american football athletes: a nineweek training study. int j sports sci 2021; 16(5): 1187-1195 8. hurst o, kilduff lp, johnston m, et al. acute effects of wearable thigh and shank loading on spatiotemporal and kinematic variables during maximum velocity sprinting. sports biomech 2020 24:1-15. [doi: 10.1080/14763141.2020.1748099] [pmid: 32329417] 9. world medical association. wma.2018. declaration of helsinki. ethical principles for medical research involving human subjects. [available from: https://www.wma.net/policies-post/wma-declaration-ofhelsinki-ethical-principles-for-medical-research-involvinghuman-subjects/. [doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.281053] [pmid: 24141714] 10. buchheit m, gray a, morin jb. assessing stride variables and vertical stiffness with gps-embedded accelerometers: preliminary insights for the monitoring of neuromuscular fatigue on the field. j sports sci med 2015; 14(4):698-701. [pmid: 26664264] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/1533-4295(2007)29%5b86:dimsis%5d2.0.co;2 https://www.wma.net/policies-post/wma-declaration-of-helsinki-ethical-principles-for-medical-research-involving-human-subjects/ https://www.wma.net/policies-post/wma-declaration-of-helsinki-ethical-principles-for-medical-research-involving-human-subjects/ https://www.wma.net/policies-post/wma-declaration-of-helsinki-ethical-principles-for-medical-research-involving-human-subjects/ original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 8 11. hopkins wg, marshall sw, batterham am, et al. progressive statistics for studies in sports medicine and exercise science. med sci sports exerc 2009; 41(1):3-13. [doi: 10.1249/mss.0b013e31818cb278] [pmid: 19092709] 12. cumming g. understanding the new statistics: effect sizes, confidence intervals, and meta-analysis. routledge; 2011. 13. couture ga, simperingham kd, cronin jb, et al. effects of upper and lower body wearable resistance on spatiotemporal and kinetic parameters during running. sports biomech 2020; 19(5):633-651. [doi: 10.1080/14763141.2018.1508490] [pmid: 30325270] 14. moore is. is there an economical running technique? a review of modifiable biomechanical factors affecting running economy. sports med 2016; 46(6):793-807. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-016-0474-4] [pmid: 26816209] 15. macadam p, cronin jb, simperingham kd. the effects of wearable resistance training on metabolic, kinematic and kinetic variables during walking, running, sprint running and jumping: a systematic review. sports med 2017; 47(5):887906. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-016-0622-x] [pmid: 27638041] 16. kyrolainen h. changes in muscle activity patterns and kinetics with increasing running speed. j strength cond res 1999. [doi: 10.1519/1533-4287(1999) 013-2400:cimapa>2.0 co,2] 17. montgomery wh 3rd, pink m, perry j. electromyographic analysis of hip and knee musculature during running. am j sports med 1994; 22(2):272-278. [doi: 10.1177/036354659402200220] [pmid: 8198199] 18. de luca cj, gilmore ld, kuznetsov m, et al. filtering the surface emg signal: movement artifact and baseline noise contamination. j biomech 2010; 43(8):1573-1579. [doi: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2010.01.027] [pmid: 20206934] 19. paoli a, marcolin g, petrone n. the effect of stance width on the electromyographical activity of eight superficial thigh muscles during back squat with different bar loads. j strength cond res 2009; 23(1):246-250. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181876811] [pmid: 19130646] 20. giroux c, guilhem g, couturier a, et al. is muscle coordination affected by loading condition in ballistic movements? j electromyogr kinesiol. 2014; 25(1):69-76. [doi: 10.1016/j.jelekin.2014.10.014] [pmid: 25467546] 21. lieberman de, raichlen da, pontzer h, et al. the human gluteus maximus and its role in running. j exp biol 2006; 209(pt 11):2143-2155. [doi: 10.1242/jeb.02255] [pmid: 16709916] original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license do upper leg compression garments aid performance and reduce exercise-induced muscle damage in recreational marathon runners? km kabongo,1 msc; a emeran,2,3 bsc (med)(hon); an bosch,2,3 phd 1 division of physiotherapy, department of human biology, department of health and rehabilitation sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 2 uct research centre for health through physical activity lifestyle and sport (hpals), department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 3 international federation of sports medicine (fims) collaborative centre of sports medicine, university of cape town, cape town, south africa corresponding author: an bosch (andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za) marathon running has become increasingly popular and more competitive in recent years, due to its easy accessibility, its associated health benefits, and the popularity of iconic races.[1] an example of one such iconic and increasingly popular race is the boston marathon, with the number of marathon finishers increasing from 1 848 in 1972 to 26 657 in 2019.[2] despite the health benefits of long-distance running, many runners experience exercise-induced muscle soreness post training. most distance running racecourse profiles, such as the marathon, contain a variety of uphill, downhill, and flat sections. the downhill sections have the greatest effect on the lower extremity, as it induces a high proportion of eccentric muscle action on the quadricep muscles of the upper leg.[3] eccentric exercise, even in trained runners can result in exercise-induced muscle damage (eimd) resulting from mechanical damage to the sarcomeres. this mechanical damage leads to an inflammatory response, which is proposed to exacerbate the degree of damage.[4] the signs and symptoms of eimd include temporary reductions in muscle strength, decreased rate of force development (power), reduced range of motion, swelling, increased feelings of soreness and the appearance of intracellular proteins in the blood.[4] in recent years strategies to reduce symptoms of eimd and improve recovery processes have been investigated and implemented to improve performance of marathon athletes.[5] one such method is the use of compression garments (cgs) to improve performance and aid recovery in marathon runners.[6] there is limited knowledge on the mechanisms underpinning the efficacy of cg usage in marathon runners, although there are several hypotheses on possible mechanisms. these include a reduction in muscular microtrauma and tissue vibration during exercise, and reduced muscle fibre recruitment when utilising cgs.[7] it has also been proposed that cgs are effective in reducing the swelling and inflammatory processes associated with muscle damage. it is theorised that the cgs work by creating an external pressure gradient that reduces the space available for swelling to occur, thereby reducing the secondary inflammatory responses.[8] another theory is that the cgs improve venous return, reduce venous pooling, and promote the removal of metabolites, due to the muscle pump function.[9] the use of cgs by runners remains a controversial issue as there is a wide variety of findings in studies, often contrasting one another.[7] furthermore, as far as we are aware, most studies have investigated the use of compression socks and tights on performance and recovery, with few studies investigating the use of upper leg cgs specifically.[7] the aim of this study was therefore to assess the effect of upper leg cgs on performance and eimd in marathon runners using upper leg cgs in a marathon race, compared to runners who did not use cgs in the same race. subjective pain and midbackground: despite the lack of scientific knowledge on the physiological and biomechanical effects of wearing compression garments (cgs), there has been an increase in the use of compression garments (cg) amongst endurance runners. objectives: to compare marathon race performance, post-race pain, and mid-thigh circumference in marathon runners using upper leg cgs, with runners who did not use cgs in the same marathon race. methods: the study was conducted on healthy, long-distance runners (n=18) participating in the winelands marathon race, cape town, south africa. the cg group (n=10) participated in the race wearing upper leg cgs, while the control group (n=8) did not. participants were tested on three occasions for various subjective markers of exercise-induced muscle damage (visual analogue scale (vas) pain rating score, and likert scale for muscle pain), mid-thigh circumference for muscle swelling, and running performance (race pace). results: vas pain ratings for hamstring (p=0.04), knee flexion (p=0.02) and hip extension (p=0.04) were significantly lower than the ratings of the control group immediately post-race and two days post-race. no statistically significant differences were detected in race performance, mid-thigh circumferences or likert scale for determination of muscle soreness. discussion: wearing of upper leg cgs while running a marathon race improved vas pain ratings immediately post-race through to two days post-race. however, due to no placebo control, this beneficial effect may be psychological as opposed to a physiological effect of the cgs on muscle pain. conclusion: the use of upper leg cgs reduced subjective muscle pain in runners in the first 48 hours post-race. keywords: endurance running; recovery; muscle soreness; compression shorts s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14169 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14169 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9543-9408 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2217-6608 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7791-5298 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 thigh circumference (an indirect measure for muscle swelling and inflammation)10 were used as indirect measures of muscle damage. methods study design and participants eighteen recreational marathon runners volunteered to participate in this randomised controlled intervention study. inclusion criteria required the participants to be free from lower limb musculoskeletal injuries for the previous three months prior to participation, pass a physical activity readiness questionnaire (par-q) and medical clearance. they were required to be 20-45 years old, be participating in the winelands marathon (42.2km), have a minimum average training distance of 50km per week and to have completed at least one marathon in the preceding 18 months. furthermore, any participants who had routinely used cgs and/or who were unwilling to train and/or compete with or without cgs based on the potential group allocation, were excluded. the participants were initially matched based on their sex, age, and personal best marathon time. they were then randomly allocated to either a cg group (n=10) wearing cgs or a control group (n=8). both groups were instructed to train as usual and record their training. the cg group participated in the race while wearing upper leg cgs. the control group were instructed to neither train nor participate in the race with cgs. ethical considerations the study was conducted on the principles of the declaration of helsinki (2013). ethical approval was approved by the university of cape town (uct) human research ethics committee (hrec) (hrec: 208/2019). written informed consent was obtained from all participants prior to their participation. data collection testing and data collection occurred on three separate occasions. the initial data collection (visit 1) was performed three days before the marathon. mid-thigh circumference was recorded. body mass was measured with a calibrated digital scale and stature was measured with a stadiometer to calculate the body mass index (bmi). body fat percentage was calculated after measuring the skinfold thickness of four sites: biceps, triceps, subscapularis and suprailiac crest, with a harpenden skinfold caliper.[11] these data are reported in table 1. the second data collection (visit 2) was performed directly after the completion of the winelands marathon. the midthigh circumference measurements were repeated at this visit and the participants completed a likert scale for determination of muscle soreness, as well as a visual analogue scale (vas) pain ratings questionnaire. the final data collection (visit 3) was performed two days following the marathon, with the mid-thigh circumference measurements, the likert scale, and vas pain rating questionnaires being repeated. the race performance results of the participants were retrieved electronically, and participants' finish times and average race pace were recorded. in addition, a questionnaire was completed to assess cg utilisation, nutrition and fluid strategies during the race, recovery modalities used, training details for a period of six weeks prior to the marathon, and menstrual cycle for females (to account for any possible confounding variables during the race). mid-thigh circumference the mid-thigh circumference was measured to estimate postrace exercise-induced muscle swelling.[11] one commonly used method for circumference measurements is using a tape measure, as it is inexpensive, efficient, rapid, and reliable.[12] the participants’ measurements were obtained without cgs and taken midway between the trochanterion and lateral border of the tibia, at the mid-trochanterion-tibiale laterale site (according to the international standards for anthropometric assessment).[13] each measurement was performed three times and the average value reported. visual analogue scale for pain ratings a vas questionnaire was administered to determine subjective pain ratings on a scale of 0 – 10 and was used in conjunction with non-weight bearing active movements of the hip and knee. zero represented no pain and 10 represented severe pain. the construct validity of the numerical version of the vas has been recorded as high as 0.91.[14] the participants were required to mark on the line the point that they felt represented their perception of pain. the vas score was determined by measuring in millimetres from the left-hand end of the line to the point that the participants marked. likert scale for determination of muscle soreness the likert scale for the determination of muscle soreness was administered for subjective pain rating based on a six-point system. zero represented a complete absence of muscle soreness and 6 represented severe pain that limited the ability to move. the participants ticked what best described their muscle soreness. race time finishtime timing chips are internationally recognised, highly reliable and validated and was the official timing tool used for the winelands marathon (finishtime.co.za).[15] the time to complete the race was obtained from the online results and used to calculate the overall average running pace (min:sec/km) during the race. compression garment composition commercially available, graded upper leg cgs produced internationally (china) were used in the study. the composition of the garments was 55% nylon, 40% polyester and 5% elastane fabric. the manufacturers of the cgs were not involved in financing the study. the pressure exerted by the cgs on the leg was not measured. original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 statistical analysis all statistical analyses were performed using sas software version 9.4 (2020) and microsoft excel software (2019). the confidence intervals were set at 95% and statistical significance was determined as p<0.05. due to data not being normally distributed, a nonparametric approach for analysis was used. for race performance, midthigh circumference, vas pain rating, likert scale for the determination of muscle soreness, descriptive data (age, height, body mass, bmi, body fat percentage and previous best marathon time) and for the questionnaires, the mannwhitney u test was used to compare the groups. to determine differences in previous training history and recovery modalities, a fisher's exact test was performed. to determine whether there was a difference in the frequency of use of cgs prior to the study, the cg frequency scale was compared between the groups using a cochran-armitage test for trend. in addition, a hodges-lehmann 95% confidence interval for the median difference was calculated. results runners were recruited by an email sent to all winelands marathon 42.2km entrants aged between 20 and 45 years. forty responses were received with all 40 being eligible to participate. after the screening process, one participant was excluded. a further 19 participants withdrew from the study before the first data collection, with the majority withdrawing due to being too busy to attend the sessions, work commitments, transport issues, change of plans and deciding to race the half marathon (21.2km) instead. thereafter, there were 10 participants in each group. a further two participants withdrew during the data collection process at visit 2, and one participant in the control group injured his hamstring during the race and was unable to complete the race. a second participant in the cg withdrew due to logistical issues, as he did not report for follow-up visits. only participants who completed all three visits of the data collection process were included in the final reporting of the study. no statistically significant differences were observed in the baseline descriptive data of the two groups (table 1). race performance the race pace was utilised to measure the performance of the participants (from start to finish of the 42.2km marathon race). the cg group had an average race pace of 6:11 min:sec/km compared to 6:44 min:sec/km of the control group, which was not statistically significantly different (p=0.27). both groups had a slower running pace (min/km) compared to their personal best times (table 1). to adjust for the relative effort of each runner relative to their best marathon time, the difference in running pace (min/km) between the winelands marathon and personal best was calculated. however, no statistically significant differences were found between the groups (p=0.69). mid-thigh circumference the cg group’s median mid-thigh circumference increased slightly (0.20cm) from baseline testing (53.8cm) to immediately post-race (54.0cm) compared to the control group which recorded a 0.15cm decrease from baseline (52.4cm) to immediately post-race (52.3cm). two days post-race the cg group median mid-thigh circumference decreased from 54.0cm table 1. demographic, body composition and training descriptive data of the cg and control groups cg (n=10) control (n=8) p-value males (n) 6 6 females (n) 4 2 age (years) 38 (28-42) 38 (36-39) 1.00 body mass visit 1 (kg) 74 (64-89) 77 (69-80) 0.97 body mass visit 2 (kg) 72 (63-86) 74.70 (66-78) 0.97 body mass visit 3 (kg) 74 (62-89) 77 (68-80) 0.97 height (cm) 172 (167.75-177.50) 174 (167.88-177) 0.31 body fat (%) 24 (22-30) 23 (21-27) 0.66 bmi (kg/m2) 25.70 (23.70-26.40) 24.90 (22.90-26.70) 0.86 pace in pb marathon in past 18 months (min:sec/km) 05:44 (04:51-06:18) 05:49 (05:39-06:48) 0.63 data are expressed as median (interquartile range) unless stated otherwise.cg, compression garment group; bmi, body mass index; pb, personal best fig. 1. box and whiskers plot of mid-thigh circumference by visit for the cg (n=10) and control (n=8) groups. the box indicates the median and the interquartile range (quartile 1 to 3). the “x” represents the mean. the “whiskers” indicate the range of the data. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 to 53.6cm and the control group increased from 52.4cm to 53.6cm. however, none of these changes were statistically significant (p=0.37). the absolute mid-thigh circumference measurement changes over time are presented in figure 1. vas pain ratings immediately at the completion of the race and two days post-race, the vas pain ratings were recorded for the hamstring and quadricep muscles at rest, during hip flexion and extension, and knee flexion and extension. both groups decreased in median vas pain rating scores from immediately post-race to two days post-race. there were statistically significant differences in vas pain scale rating scores during knee flexion (p=0.02), resting hamstring (p=0.04), and during hip extension (p=0.04) for both legs immediately post-race and two days postrace, with the cg group having lower vas pain ratings compared to the control group (table 2). likert scale for the determination of muscle soreness a likert scale for the determination of muscle soreness scores was recorded immediately post-race and two days post-race. although the muscle soreness score decreased in both groups from post-race to two days post-race, with a greater decrease in the cg group compared to the control group, these changes were not statistically significant (p=0.46). the absolute change in median likert scale for determination of muscle soreness is presented in figure 2. questionnaire there were no statistically significant differences (p>0.05) found in self-reported data for training history prior to the winelands marathon, cg utilisation, muscle recovery strategies utilised, nutritional and fluid intake during the race and menstrual cycle for females. table 2. vas pain ratings immediately post-race and two days post-race for the cg and control groups immediately post-race two days post-race cg control p-value cg control p-value right left right left right left right left right left right left quadriceps at rest 2.50 (2.004.00) 2.50 (2.004.00) 2.00 (1.003.00) 2.00 (1.003.00) 0.69 0.69 0.00 (0.001.00) 0.00 (0.001.00) 1.00 (0.002.00) 1.00 (0.002.00) 0.69 0.69 hamstring at rest 2.50 (0.004.00) 2.50 (0.004.00) 4.00 (2.504.50) 4.00 (2.504.50) 0.04* 0.04* 0.00 (0.001.00) 0.00 (0.001.00) 1.00 (0.003.00) 1.00 (0.003.00) 0.04* 0.04* during knee flexion 2.50 (1.005.00) 2.50 (1.005.00) 5.00 (3.507.00) 5.00 (3.507.00) 0.02* 0.02* 1.00 (0.002.00) 1.00 (0.002.00) 2.00 (2.003.50) 2.00 (2.003.50) 0.02* 0.02* during knee extension 2.50 (1.004.00) 2.50 (1.004.00) 3.50 (2.004.50) 3.50 (2.004.50) 0.21 0.21 0.50 (0.002.00) 0.50 (0.002.00) 1.50 (1.002.00) 1.50 (1.002.00) 0.21 0.21 during hip flexion 3.50 (2.004.00) 3.50 (2.004.00) 3.00 (2.004.50) 3.00 (2.004.50) 0.33 0.33 1.00 (0.002.00) 1.00 (0.002.00) 2.5 (1.004.00) 2.5 (1.004.00) 0.33 0.33 during hip extension 2.50 (2.004.00) 2.50 (2.004.00) 4.00 (2.005.50) 4.00 (2.005.50) 0.04* 0.04* 1.00 (0.002.00) 1.00 (0.002.00) 2.5 (2.003.50) 2.5 (2.003.50) 0.04* 0.04* data are expressed as median (interquartile range) unless stated otherwise. vas pain rating is on a scale of 0 to 10 where 0 is no pain and 10 is severe pain. right and left refers to the side or limb where the vas pain rating was recorded.* indicates p<0.05; cg, compression garment group. fig. 2. box and whiskers plot of likert scale score by visit for the cg (n=10) and control (n=8) groups. the box indicates the median and the interquartile range (quartile 1 to 3). the “x” represents the mean. the “whiskers” indicate the range of the data. the dots represent outlier values. the likert scale indicates subjective muscle soreness based on a six-point system where 0 represented a complete absence of muscle soreness and 6 represented severe pain that limited the ability to move. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 discussion this study compared the performance, pain and mid-thigh circumference changes in marathon runners using upper leg cgs against runners who did not use cgs in the same marathon. the main findings were that cgs resulted in vas pain ratings which were statistically significantly better postrace compared to the control group. however, there were no statistically significant improvements in race time, mid-thigh circumference measurements or likert scale score for muscle soreness post-race. race performance no difference in race performance was observed between groups (p=0.27), indicating that the cgs did not improve running performance. this finding concurs with other studies that observed no improvement in race running times and endurance performance when wearing lower limb cgs.[7,16,17] in contrast, some studies testing lower limb cgs in runners during incremental and step tests, found small positive effects on time to exhaustion.[7] mid-thigh circumference it has been proposed that cgs could reduce exercise-induced swelling and potential inflammation associated with eimd[8,9], which is theorised to cause an increase in overall mid-thigh circumference.[8] although the control group had an overall increase in midthigh circumference at two days post-race, while the cg group had a decrease at two days post-race, none of these changes were statistically significant. (p=0.37). similarly, a study by geldenhuys et al.[16] found no statistically significant changes in the calf circumference of runners wearing cgs post-ultramarathon race. however, a smaller increase in ankle circumference post-race to two days post-race in a cg group, compared to a control group (p=0.01) was reported.[16] this is similar to our study, where the midthigh circumference of the control group increased more than the cg group at two days post-race, albeit not statistically significant. thus, the results of this study do not support the theory of cgs reducing swelling and inflammation through changes in mid-thigh circumference. the use of biochemical markers of inflammation may be a more accurate, albeit a more invasive method of measuring inflammatory changes post-exercise. however, a study by pruscino et al. found no differences in inflammatory markers when a lower cg was worn after intermittent exercise, compared to a control group. [17] vas pain rating scale the main findings of the current study were found within the vas pain rating outcome measure, with several statistically significant findings in the cg group, including a lower resting hamstring vas pain rating score at rest, on hip extension and knee flexion immediately post-race and two days post-race, compared to the control group. thus, the cgs were associated with a reduction in subjective pain for a period of 48 hours post-completion of a marathon. these findings are similar to the results of previous studies,[4,7] in which muscle soreness was reduced in runners when utilising cgs, but contradict the findings of geldenhuys et al., who reported a higher vas pain rating score for participants wearing below-knee compression garments post-ultramarathon, compared to a control group.[16] based on the findings of the current study, it is suggested that the use of upper leg cgs during running may be beneficial as it may assist with recovery in the first 48 hours post-race. however, the practical importance of this may be limited, unless it extends to long distance training runs, as runners who have participated in a marathon race will move into a recovery phase of training, and thus it is of limited importance whether the wearing of cgs during a race reduces post-race eimd and improves recovery. speeding up recovery from long training runs, however, could be very useful in an athlete attempting to maximise training load. likert scale in addition to the vas pain rating, an additional subjective pain scale (the likert scale) was used to assess pain scores. the likert scale assessed functional activities compared to the vas pain rating which assessed static and dynamic movements of the hamstring and quadricep muscle. to our knowledge this is the first study to utilise this subjective assessment of muscle soreness in the study of cgs. it would be anticipated that the cg group would report lower scores, as suggested by the vas pain ratings. however, there were no statistically significant findings detected between the groups in muscle soreness based on the likert scale. study limitations there are several limitations of the current study, including a small sample size, using subjective measures of muscle damage (pain scales) and indirect measures of muscle swelling (midthigh circumference), that may not be as accurate as objective measures. although the pressure exerted by the cgs on individual participants was not measured and may be seen as a limitation, several studies have found no apparent association between pressure applied and cg effects, as beneficial effects have been observed in both high and low pressure cgs.[19] a post-race performance test was not performed, which could have been a direct measure of recovery. furthermore, the study did not control for a possible placebo effect. thus, results should be taken with caution, with the possibility that the greater reduction in vas pain ratings in the cg compared to the control group could be a psychological benefit as opposed to physiological.[17] conclusion in conclusion, the wearing of upper leg cgs while running a marathon race did not improve race performance, change postrace mid-thigh circumference, or improve likert scores for muscle pain. however, reduced vas pain ratings were reported post-race for the hamstring at rest, knee flexion and hip extension movements, compared to a control group. based on the findings, there is indication from some of the measures original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 used that the use of upper leg cgs reduces subjective muscle pain in runners in the first 48 hours post-race, which may aid in recovery. the lack of a performance benefit, and the small improvement in self-reported pain post-race suggests that it is probably of limited value to use upper leg cgs during a race. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors would like to thank the participants for being involved in the study. author contributions: kk: conducted the study and prepared initial manuscript. ae: assisted with preparation of the manuscript for publication. ab: conceived and designed the study and edited manuscript. all authors approved final version to be published. references 1. van gent rn, siem d, van middelkoop m, van os ag, biermazeinstra sm, koes bw. incidence and determinants of lower extremity running injuries in long distance runners: a systematic review. br j sports med 2007;41(8):469-480. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2006.033548] [pmid: 17473005] 2. boston athletic association. results. boston marathon, 2020. https://www.baa.org/races/bostonmarathon/results/participation. (accessed 12 december 2020) 3. eston rg, mickleborough j, baltzopoulos v. eccentric activation and muscle damage: biomechanical and physiological considerations during downhill running. br j sports med 1995;29(2):89-94. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.29.2.89] [pmid: 7551767] 4. hill ja, howatson g, van someren ka, walshe i, pedlar cr. influence of compression garments on recovery after marathon running. j strength cond res. 2014;28(8):2228-2235. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000000469] [pmid: 24714530] 5. barnett a. using recovery modalities between training sessions in elite athletes does it help? sports med 2006;36(9):781-796. [doi: 10.2165/00007256-200636090-00005] [pmid: 16937953] 6. mizuno s, morii i, tsuchiya y, goto k. wearing compression garment after endurance exercise promotes recovery of exercise performance. int j sports med 2016;37(11):870-877. [doi: 10.1055/s-0042-106301] [pmid: 27454135] 7. engel fa, holmberg h-c, sperlich b. is there evidence that runners can benefit from wearing compression clothing? sports med 2016;46(12):1939-1952. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-016-0546-5] [pmid: 27106555] 8. kraemer wj, french dn, spiering ba. compression in the treatment of acute muscle injuries in sport. int sport med j. 2004;5(3):200-208. [doi: 10.1515/hukin-2017-0136] [pmid: 29599865] 9. macrae ba, cotter jd, laing rm. compression garments and exercise: garment considerations, physiology and performance. sports med. 2011;41(10):1-29. [doi: 10.2165/11591420-00000000000000] [pmid: 21923201] 10. philippou a, bogdanis g, maridaki m, halapas a, sourla a, koutsilieris m. systemic cytokine response following exerciseinduced muscle damage in humans. clin chem lab med 2009;47(6):777-782. [doi: 10.1515/cclm.2009.163.] [pmid: 19445648] 11. durnin jv, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16 to 72 years. br j nutr 1974;32(1):77-97. [doi: 10.1079/bjn19740060] [pmid: 4843734] 12. o'sullivan k, sainsbury d, o'connor r. measurement of thigh muscle size using tape or ultrasound is a poor indicator of thigh muscle strength. 27 international conference on biomechanics in sports 2009; https://ojs.ub.uni-konstanz.de/cpa/article/view/3335 13. steward a, marfell-jones m, olds t, de ridder h. international standards for anthropometric assessment. int soc advancement of anthropometric assessment, 3rd ed. 2011. 14. hawker ga, mian s, kendzerska t, french m. measures of adult pain: visual analog scale for pain (vas pain), numeric rating scale for pain (nrs pain), mcgill pain questionnaire (mpq), short-form mcgill pain questionnaire (sf-mpq), chronic pain grade scale (cpgs), short form-36 bodily pain scale (sf-36 bps), and measure of intermittent and constant osteoarthritis pain (icoap). arthritis care res (hoboken). 2011;63 suppl 11: s240s252. [ doi: 10.1002/acr.20543] [pmid: 22588748] 15. finishtime. results. finishtime, 2019. https://results.finishtime.co.za/stats.aspx?cid=35&rid=2930. (accessed 10 november 2019). 16. geldenhuys ag, swart j, bosch a. investigation of the impact of below-knee compression garments on markers of exerciseinduced muscle damage and performance in endurance runners: a prospective randomized controlled trial. sports health 2019;11(3):254-264. [doi: 10.1177/1941738119837644] [pmid: 31034342] 17. pruscino cl, halson s, hargreaves m. effects of compression garments on recovery following intermittent exercise. eur j appl physiol 2013;113(6):1585-1596. [doi: 10.1007/s00421-012-2576-5] [pmid: 23314683] 18. dascombe bj, hoare tk, sear ja, reaburn pr, scanlan at. the effects of wearing undersized lower-body compression garments on endurance running performance. int j sports physiol perform 2011;6(2):160-173. [doi: 10.1123/ijspp.6.2.160] [pmid: 21725102] 19. beliard s, chauveau m, moscatiello t, cros f, ecarnot f, becker f. compression garments and exercise: no influence of pressure applied. j sports sci med 2015;14(1):75-83. [pmid: 25729293] https://www.baa.org/races/boston-marathon/results/participation https://www.baa.org/races/boston-marathon/results/participation https://results.finishtime.co.za/stats.aspx?cid=35&rid=2930 original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the pattern of non-contact injuries in a south african professional football team j swart,1 mbchb, phd, c varekamp,1 mphil (sports physiotherapy), j greyling,2 msc (physiotherapy) 1 hpals research centre, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 point physiotherapy, cape town, south africa corresponding author: j swart (jeroen.swart@uct.ac.za) football has grown into a faster, more intense and more competitive game, with a substantial increase in technical and physical demands resulting in a higher risk of injuries. [1] this risk is significantly higher during match play compared to training. [2] norwegian football players sustained 1.4 non-contact injuries per 1 000 exposures and this risk was not significantly higher during pre-season compared to the rest of the competitive season. [3] european football players sustain on average 0.6 muscle-related injuries per season, which results in 15 muscle-related injuries per team per season. [4] a recent meta-analysis of football-related injuries in professional players showed an overall incidence of 8.1 injuries per 1 000 exposure hours, a training incidence of 3.7 injuries per 1 000 exposures and a match incidence of 36 injuries per 1 000 hours of match exposure. non-contact injury rates were 2.1 per 1 000 exposures. [5] current data recorded for south african football are scarce, with one study recording an overall injury rate of 2.2 per 1 000 exposures [6]) while another recorded 13.4 injuries per 1 000 exposures. [7] further research into injury rates in south african football is therefore warranted. of all injuries sustained, non-contact injuries account for 935%. [3] the lower extremity is the most commonly affected site in professional football players. [6] this is due to the continual load placed on the legs during training and competition. the hamstrings are the most commonly affected muscles, accounting for 37% of injuries, followed by adductors (23%), quadriceps (19%) and calf muscles (13%).[4] to reach the peak demands of match play, extensive training is necessary to improve performance and to reach the top level in professional football. inadequate training loads prevent optimal performance adaptions, placing the player at higher risk of being underprepared and may increase the risk of noncontact injuries.[8] inadequate training load (tl), repetitive movements, deficient technical execution performed for long periods in combination with inadequate and insufficient recovery or rehabilitation are possible causes of non-contact injuries. [9,10] in addition, playing position has a large influence on physiological demands and this may influence the risk of sustaining an injury. [1,11] different positional roles require unique physiological, technical and tactical performances from the individual player.[1] leventer[11] determined that midfielders sustain the most injuries (38%) and have the highest incidence of match injuries, followed by defenders (30%) and attackers (21%). however this finding has not been confirmed by other researchers [12], while the injury risk relative to the number of players in each playing position or the injury risk relative to the number of exposures in each position of play has background: the incidence, pattern and severity of non-contact injuries in european football has been researched extensively. in south african football only two studies have been conducted to date and with disparate outcomes. further research into injury rates in south african football is therefore warranted. objectives: to determine the incidence and pattern of non-contact injuries in a south african professional football team during the course of a single season (2016-2017) in relation to competition exposure, training load and playing position. methods: thirty-four male professional football players belonging to a single team competing in the premier soccer league (psl) in south africa were studied. non-contact time-loss injuries (total training and match injuries) were recorded. injury incidence, location, severity, type, and playing position (defender, midfielder, attackers, goalkeepers) during either match play or training were recorded. results: the non-contact incidence was 52 injuries with an injury rate of 3.74 per 1 000 exposures (training and competition). competitions resulted in an incidence of 26.4 injuries per 1 000 exposure and training incidence 2.08 injuries per 1 000 exposures. hamstring, groin and quadriceps injuries were the most frequently injured locations and muscle-tendon injuries accounted for the majority of injuries. the majority of injuries (52%) occurred during match play while 48% occurred during training. the greatest absolute number of injuries were sustained by midfielders (50%), followed by defenders (33%) and attackers (17%). however, relative to player numbers, the greatest number of injuries during match play were for defenders (44%), attackers (32%) and midfielders (24%). during training attackers sustained the most injuries (39%), followed by defenders (31%) and midfielders (30%). goalkeepers did not sustain any non-contact injuries during the duration of the study. conclusion: the non-contact injury incidence in south african professional football players is similar to european football players. hamstrings and groin injuries are predominant and were sustained throughout the competitive season. defenders sustained the most non-contact injuries within the team relative to exposure time compared to attackers and midfielders. to our knowledge, injuries relative to player position have not been reported previously. keywords: football injuries, training load, epidemiology s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-5. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13723 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13723 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7098-0313 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 not been examined directly. we documented the incidence of non-contact injuries in a professional football team during a competitive football season. in addition, injury rate per player position and position specific exposure were documented. methods participants thirty-four male professional football players belonging to the first team of a professional football team ((mean ± sd): age 24.3 ± 4.1 years; height 173.4 ± 6.0 cm; body mass 74.3 ± 6.7 kg) were recruited during the 2016/2017 competitive south african premier soccer league (psl) season. the players were recruited through direct communications with the club. all participants provided written informed consent and the research study was approved by the university of cape town human research ethics committee. procedures participants were enrolled in the study for 11 months. exposure data were recorded for each player for all training sessions and matches by the conditioning staff. all injuries were assessed and recorded by the medical staff of the team. these data included the date and time of the injury, mechanism of injury, location, type of injury, severity, recurrence of injury and duration before return to play (rtp). data analysis the analysis included all non-contact injuries sustained during all on-field training sessions and matches throughout the 2016/2017 competitive season. a non-contact injury was defined as an injury occurring suddenly or insidiously and progressively over time and presumably caused by repetitive motion or micro trauma and/or accumulative movements without an identifiable responsible event such as a collision. [9,13] non-contact injuries differ from acute contact injuries caused by an acute moment or identifiable trauma. injuries were defined as either training or match related and were recorded as time-loss injuries if the player was not able to return to play within 24 hours.[14] medical attention injuries whereby the player was able to participate in full training the next day (within 24 hours) were not included in this research. a recurrent injury was defined as an injury affecting the same structure, at the same site and of the same type as the previous injury, which occurred after return to play [14], during the course of the 2016/ 2017 competitive season. injuries unrelated to football, contact injuries and illness were not included in this research. the study therefore only included time-loss non-contact injuries. injuries were categorised according to the site of injury and included; hip, groin, adductors, quadriceps, hamstrings, knee, calf, and ankle, and foot. injury rates were assessed as the number of non-contact injuries occurring relative to each 1 000 training and match play hours (exposures). groin injuries were classified according to the doha consensus agreement [15], and included adductor, iliopsoas, inguinal, hip, and pubic-related groin pain. injuries were ranked as minimal, mild, moderate, and severe based on days out of training and competition. a minimal injury was defined as >24 hours – 3 days of football activity missed, mild (4–7 days), moderate (1–4 weeks) or severe (4+ weeks). [14] the risks of these injuries are calculated as the number of injuries sustained relative to the exposure of each workload classification. injury exposure and incidence injury incidence was calculated by dividing the total number of non-contact injuries by the overall injury exposure, and expressed as rates per 1 000 hours. [13] match injury exposure was calculated by multiplying the number of players by the session duration of match play and the number of matches played. [13] total number of non-contact injuries sustained during match play were divided by the exposure hours and described as injuries per 1 000 match playing hours (13). on-field training non-contact injury exposure was calculated by multiplying the number of players by the average duration of the on-field training sessions and the number of on-field training sessions during the full competitive season. [13] the team also performed, on average, two strength training sessions per week of 60 minutes duration each and these were included in the training exposure rates. the total number of injuries sustained during training sessions was therefore divided by the total exposure hours of on-field training and strength training and described as injuries per 1 000 training hours. [13] injury statistics were grouped by player's predominant position in the team. relative injury exposure was also calculated per number of players per playing position and per hours of training and match play. results injury incidence fifty-two non-contact injuries were sustained throughout the season, resulting in 3.74 non-contact injuries per 1 000 hours of exposure. twenty-seven non-contact injuries (52%) were sustained during match play, resulting in 24.8 injuries per 1 000 hours of match play. twenty-five non-contact injuries (48%) were sustained during training, resulting in 1.96 injuries per 1 000 hours of training (figure 1). descriptive statistics for all overuse injuries are summarized in table 1. injury site muscles were the most frequently injured structures (85%). hamstring strains accounted for 48% of the total non-contact injuries sustained. groin injuries including adductor, inguinal and pubic-related groin pain accounted for 23% of all injuries sustained. quadriceps injuries were the third most common site of injury (12%). others, defined as injuries affecting hip flexors and gluteal muscles accounted for 6% of all injuries. time-loss injury affecting the hip joint, specifically a hip labral injury only occurred once (2%). lower leg injuries, including gastrocnemius and peroneus longus injuries, occurred three original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 times (6%). non-contact overuse injuries affecting both the ankle and the knee (4%) only occurred once. the majority of hamstring (56%), quadriceps (66%) injuries occurred in the first 3 months of the season and overall 46% of the injuries occurred during this period. in contrast, groin injuries were mostly sustained in the mid-season and late season. lower leg injuries occurred in the pre-season and the end of the season. position injury risk midfielders were most likely to sustain an injury (50%), followed by defenders (32.7%) and attackers (17%). however, when expressed as injuries per 1 000 exposure hours, defenders sustained 23.7 injuries per 1 000 hours of match play (44% of all injuries). attackers sustained 17.2 injuries per 1 000 hours of match play (32%). midfielders sustained 10.7 injuries per 1 000 hours of match play (24%). during training, attackers were most likely to be injured and sustained 2.12 injuries per 1 000 hours (39% of all injuries). defenders sustained 1.7 injuries per 1 000 hours (31%) and midfielders only sustained 1.6 injuries per 1 000 hours (30%). goalkeepers did not sustain any noncontact injuries. midfielders experienced the highest risk of absolute injuries affecting the hamstring, quadriceps, hip flexors and knee. defenders sustained mostly hamstring and groin injuries. attackers were least often injured, but if injured, usually suffered hamstring, groin and lower leg injuries (figure 2). discussion the objective of this study was to describe the pattern of noncontact injuries in south african professional football players. a total of 52 overuse injuries were analysed in this study. a previous study of professional south african football players by calligeris, burgess, and lambert[7] reported 130 injuries from all causes over a full competitive season. in contrast to our study, calligeris et al [7] reported all injuries sustained, including contact injuries and injuries affecting the upper extremity. the study reported an overall injury rate of 13.4 injuries per 1 000 playing hours. in contrast, when only assessing non-contact injuries, we found an injury rate of 3.74 per 1 000 hours, which is similar to the reported incidence of 2.70-8.70 injuries per 1 000 playing hours on average in studies of european football players. [4] in addition, we found a significant difference between non-contact injuries between matches and training with 24.8 non-contact injuries per 1 000 match hours and 1.96 overuse injuries per 1 000 hours of training. fuller [16] investigated all cause injury incidence of english premier league football clubs and reported a match injury incidence of 26.9 per 1 000 hours and a training injury incidence of 4.3 per 1 000 hours. this incidence is only marginally greater than our data, partly due to the fact that fuller included all injuries. twenty-five of our reported injuries were sustained during training and 27 overuse injuries were sustained during match play. this similar to the findings in the study by lu et al. [17], who reported that 60%[4] of all non-contact injuries were sustained during match play. out of the 27 non-contact injuries table 1. total overuse injuries 2016/17 full competitive season (n=52) injury classification number % activity performed training 25 48 match 27 52 affected body part hamstring 25 48 groin 12 23 adductor related groin pain 6 12 pubic related groin pain 4 8 inguinal related groin pain 2 4 quadriceps 6 12 others (hip flexor and glut.) 3 6 hip 1 2 lower leg 3 6 ankle 1 2 knee 1 2 severity minimal 5 10 mild 13 25 moderate 30 58 severe 4 8 position played defenders 17 33 midfielders 26 50 attackers 9 17 goalkeepers 0 0 data rounded off to the nearest whole number. fig. 1. injuries sustained during training or match per month original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 sustained during match play in our study, 17 of these injuries affected the hamstring and six affected the groin. several other studies [4,8,11,14] have also concluded that hamstrings and groins are most often injured during match play. we reported that hamstring and quadriceps injuries were mostly sustained in the first three months of the competitive season. although only one official league match was played, five friendly matches were played during this time. this supports the hypothesis of gabbett & domrow[18], that the training load in the pre-season period is the greatest and training injuries in pre-season are therefore unavoidable. the study by impellizzeri[19]) also concluded that friendly matches were more regularly played in pre-season compared to inseason, which resulted in different periodisation and overall training load during the full season. this is also in line with the study by murray[20] that reported relatively more injuries in the pre-season compared to in-season. it may be assumed that an appropriate fitness level is reached in the second half of the season, therefore resulting in a lower number of overuse injuries. perhaps for the first time, we have described injury risk for player position according to the number of exposures for that position. this demonstrates that although the injury rate for midfielders is generally reported as being greatest, this may be due to the higher number of players in a squad who play in the midfield. when expressed relative to exposures, defenders are most likely to be injured during matches and attacking players are most likely to be injured during training. more research is required to confirm these findings and to elaborate on other factors which may contribute to this pattern. conclusion non-contact injuries in south african football occur at a similar incidence to european counterparts. most overuse injuries occur during matches and within the first three months of the season. hamstring and groin injuries are the most common injuries sustained. although midfielders sustain the most injuries, when expressed relative to exposure hours, defenders sustain the greatest number of injuries. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: js: study design, data collection, data analysis, manuscript preparation. cv: data analysis, manuscript preparation. jg: data collection. references 1. abbott w, brickley g, smeeton nj. positional differences in gps outputs and perceived exertion during soccer training games and competition. j strength cond res / national strength & conditioning association 2018;32(11):3222-3231. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000002387] [pmid: 30540283] 2. waldén m, hägglund m, ekstrand j. injuries in swedish elite football--a prospective study on injury definitions, risk for injury and injury pattern during 2001. scand j med sci sports 2005;15(2):118-125. [doi: 10.1111/j.1600-0838.2004.00393.x] [pmid: 15773867] 3. bjørneboe j, bahr r, andersen te. gradual increase in the risk of match injury in norwegian male professional football: a 6-year prospective study. scand j med sci sports 2014;24(1):189-196. [doi: 10.1111/j.1600-0838.2012.01476.x] [pmid: 22582981] 4. ekstrand j, hägglund m, waldén m. epidemiology of muscle injuries in professional football (soccer). am j sports med 2011;39(6):1226-1232. [doi: 10.1177/0363546510395879] [pmid: 21335353] 5. lópez-valenciano a, ruiz-pérez i, garcia-gómez a, et al. epidemiology of injuries in professional football: a systematic review and meta-analysis. br j sports med 2020;54(12):711-718. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2018-099577] [pmid: 31171515] 6. bayne h, schwellnus m, van rensburg dj, et al. incidence of injury and illness in south african professional male soccer players: a prospective cohort study. j sports med phys fitness 2018;58(6):875-879. [doi: 10.23736/s0022-4707.17.07452-7] [pmid: 28488835] 7. calligeris t, burgess t, lambert m. the incidence of injuries and exposure time of professional football club players in the premier soccer league during football season %. s afr j sports med 2015;27:16-19. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.610] 8. bowen l, gross as, gimpel m, et al accumulated workloads and the acute:chronic workload ratio relate to injury risk in elite youth football players. br j sports med 2017;51(5):452-459. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2015-095820 ][pmid: 27450360] 9. o’kane jw, neradilek m, polissar n, et al. risk factors for lower extremity overuse injuries in female youth soccer players. orthop j sports med 2017;5(10):2325967117733963. [doi: 10.1177/2325967117733963 ][pmid: 29114563] 10. aicale r, tarantino d, maffulli n. overuse injuries in sport: a comprehensive overview. j orthop 2018;13(1):309. [doi: 10.1186/s13018-018-1017-5][pmid: 30518382] 11. leventer l, eek f, hofstetter s, lames m. injury patterns among elite football players: a media-based analysis over 6 seasons fig. 2. overuse injuries relative to playing position original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 with emphasis on playing position. int j sports med 2016;37(11):898-908. [doi: 10.1055/s-0042-108201] [pmid: 27467906] 12. morgan be, oberlander ma. an examination of injuries in major league soccer. the inaugural season. am j sports med 2001;29(4):426-430. [doi: 10.1177/0363546501029004070] [pmid: 11476380] 13. bahr r, clarsen b, derman w, et al. international olympic committee consensus statement: methods for recording and reporting of epidemiological data on injury and illness in sport 2020 (including strobe extension for sport injury and illness surveillance (strobe-siis)). br j sports med 2020;54(7):372389. [doi: 10.1177/2325967120902908] [pmid: 32118084] 14. fuller cw, ekstrand j, junge a, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. br j sports med 2006;40(3):193-201. [doi: 10.1097/00042752-200603000-00003] [pmid: 16603877] 15. weir a, brukner p, delahunt e, et al. doha agreement meeting on terminology and definitions in groin pain in athletes. br j sports med 2015;49(12):768-774. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2015094869] [pmid: 26031643] 16. fuller cw. modeling the impact of players' workload on the injury-burden of english premier league football clubs. scand j med sci sports 2018;28(6):1715-1721. [doi: 10.1111/sms.13078] [pmid: 29474738] 17. lu d, howle k, waterson a, et al. workload profiles prior to injury in professional soccer players. sci med footb 2017;1(3):237243. [https://doi.org/10.1080/24733938.2017.1339120] 18. gabbett tj, domrow n. relationships between training load, injury, and fitness in sub-elite collision sport athletes. j sports sci 2007;25(13):1507-1519. [doi: 10.1080/02640410701215066] [pmid: 17852696] 19. impellizzeri fm, rampinini e, marcora sm. physiological assessment of aerobic training in soccer. journal of sports sciences. 2005;23(6):583-92. [doi: 10.1080/02640410400021278] [pmid: 16195007] 20. murray nb, gabbett tj, townshend ad, et al. individual and combined effects of acute and chronic running loads on injury risk in elite australian footballers. scand j med sci sports 2017;27(9):990-998. [doi: 10.1111/sms.12719] [pmid: 27418064] sajsm cpd.indd sajsm cpd instructions 1. read the journal. all the answers will be found there. 2. go to www.mpconsulting.co.za to asnwer questions. accreditation number: mdb001/015/01/2014 (clinical) true or false e�ective in 2014, the cpd programme for sajsm is administered by medical practice consulting: cpd questionnaires must be completed online at www.mpconsulting.co.za a maximum of 3 ceus will be awarded per correctly completed test. october 2014 radiological changes among artistic gymnasts 1. lower back (spinal) injuries account for ~80% of injuries in women’s gymnastics. 2. back injuries in gymnasts usually have a sudden onset. 3. degenerative disc disease and spinal injuries are more frequent in competitive female gymnasts than in asymptomatic non-athletic people of the same age. �e e�ect of semi-rigid ankle bracing on injured v. non-injured adolescent female hockey players 4. ankle bracing reduces the functional proprioceptive ability of the ankle joint due to limited movement in the frontal and transverse planes. 5. prolonged prophylactic ankle bracing decreases the neural �ring of the proprioceptors, which delays the activation of the ankle evertors, resulting in recurring ankle inversion sprains. 6. prophylactic semi-rigid ankle bracing is an e�ective rehabilitative management device for ankle injuries. pedometer-measured v. self-reported physical activity and current physical guidelines 7. self-reported measures of physical activity are accurate and are therefore typically considered to be objective measures. 8. pedometers traditionally present intensity-based information about physical activity, with little or no reference to volume. 9. nearly 40% of participants who met guidelines for physical activity did not reach the 10 000 steps/day target. doping in sport: attitudes, beliefs and knowledge of gauteng high school athletes 10 . over 50% of the athletes said that they would consider using a prohibited performance-enhancing drug if they knew they would not get caught. 11. e�ective testing continues to be an important component of antidoping initiatives. 12. �e risk of doping appears to be highest in speed and power sports. dietary supplements containing prohibited substances 13. prohormones are listed as permitted substances on the world anti-doping agency (wada) list. 14. male users of steroids concurrently use tamoxifen or other agents to prevent or treat gynaecomastia. 15. prostanozol, methasterone and andostatrienedione are examples of designer steroids. abrasion injuries on arti�cial turf 16. �ere is a decreased number of abrasion injuries on arti�cial turf compared with natural grass. 17. the mechanism of laceration injuries is similar to abrasion injuries. 18. sliding on natural grass resulted in more erythema but fewer abrasions compared with sliding on arti�cial turf. a case of cyclist’s nodule in a female patient 19. a cyclist’s nodule is a frequently diagnosed condition of the perineum a�ecting mostly female cyclists. 20. the differential diagnosis of cyclist’s nodule includes abscess, epidermal cyst, lipoma, and benign and malignant tumours. editorial 63 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 post-truth era and impact on the science associated with sport and exercise medicine we have entered an era in public life where truth has lost its status. truth is no longer the pinnacle that we strive for to settle debates, make decisions and drive policy. facts are conveniently twisted, shaped, and even created. this is most evident when we see politicians disregarding the truth in the determination of important decisions. they also draw upon their followers’ emotions to deceive them to push their political agendas. any challenge to the factual basis of their argument is met with an aggressive response, which often includes the words such as “fake news”a deliberate spread of misinformation. this is well characterised in all sectors of society, not only in politics, and is known as the “post-truth” era. the term ’post-truth‘was the oxford dictionaries word of the year in 2016. [1] the awards for word of the year are reserved for words that have attracted a great deal of interest in that particular year. ’posttruth’ is an adjective defined as ‘relating to or denoting circumstances in which objective facts are less influential in shaping public opinion than appeals to emotion and personal belief’.[1] it is concerning that the new term, ’post-truth’ that describes this negative trend in society was recognised with this international award. compare this to the word of the year for 2015 (emoji, a pictograph, also known as the face with tears of joy) or 2013 (selfie, a picture taken of oneself typically with a smartphone or webcam) – both innocuous in comparison to ’post-truth’. scholars have tried to explain the factors that have caused this phenomenon of post-truth. the easy access to social media, blogs and internet stories are largely to blame. we have seen this strategy used in the presidential campaigns in america. there are also examples of post-truth propaganda in south africa where groups with a political agenda are sponsored to tweet untrue stories in support of this agenda.[ 2] are scientists protected from this trend? it seems so because there are many checks and balances built into the propagation of knowledge through the scientific process. studies have to go through an institutional review board for ethical clearance, and research findings have to be reviewed before they get published. once papers are published they are open to scrutiny by the scientific community. these points alone convey some checks and balances to the distribution of facts that are not entirely true. however, despite this system that is designed to self-correct, scientists should not sit back and assume that the post-truth era is not going to influence the well-established scientific process. a problem threatening this process is the emergence of predatory journals. [3] the business model of predatory journal use contributes to the short circuiting of the established scientific process. predatory journals make authors pay for having their papers published. the submitted papers may undergo peer review, but the process is accelerated and the acceptance rate is high compared to that of the more legitimate journals, which reject about 80-90% of the submitted papers. predatory journals can be easily identified because they usually canvas for papers in an aggressive manner. the predatory journal often has a title that is similar to an established journal. they have editorial boards (some members have fake names) to provide some authenticity. sometimes academics are listed on the editorial board without ever having been formally invited or notified. the business model works for some, particularly the scientists who are under pressure from their academic institutions to publish. they are prepared to pay this price. others publish their material in these journals not realising that the journal is dubious. the increase of predatory journals is not a passing trend. their publication volumes increased from 53000 in 2010 to an estimated 420000 articles in 2014. [4] there are about 8 000 active predatory journals at present, with many of these in the health, exercise and sports medicine disciplines. [4] scientists need to guard against the abuse of the scientific process which occurs when they publish in predatory journals. there also needs to be a concerted effort to educate nonscientists on how to understand scientific claims. this has been attempted by the authors of a paper which lists 20 points which non-scientists should understand.[5] examples of these points in the paper include: differences and chance cause variation, bias is rife, controls are important, correlation does not imply causation, extrapolating beyond the data is risky and data can be dredged or cherry-picked. a better understanding of these and the other points mentioned in the paper, will make a contribution to the preservation of the scientific process. consumers of scientific papers, whether they be scientists, journalists, politicians, or members of the public will be better equipped to interpret the quality of the information if they have these basic skills. another way of protecting the scientific process is to disregard papers that represent poorly designed experiments. this includes studies with a low sample size, inadequate control and poor ecological validity. sometimes good journals let low quality studies slip through the review process – these poor quality papers should not be cited in other research, unless they are being used as an example of poor research. papers from predatory journals should be treated with caution and not cited unless the paper has been scrutinised for quality. without these filters we will rapidly head towards a post-truth era, with fake data polluting real data. the outcome of this scenario is gloomy. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2016;28(3):63. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1838 references 1. word of the year 2016 is... https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/word-of-theyear/word-of-the-year-2016 (accessed 26th february, 2017) 2. justice malala: the truth behind the 'white monopoly capital' propaganda assault. https://www.businesslive.co.za/rdm/politics/2017-0123-justice-malala-the-truth-behind-the-white-monopoly-capital-propagandaassault (accessed 26th february, 2017) 3. beall j. predatory publishers are corrupting open access. nature 2012; 489(7415):179. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/489179a] 4. shen c, björk b-c. ‘predatory’ open access: a longitudinal study of article volumes and market characteristics. bmc med 2015; 13:230 [.doi.org/10.1186/s12916-015-0469-2] 5. sutherland wj, spiegelhalter d, burgman ma. policy: twenty tips for interpreting scientific claims. nature 2013; 503(7476), 335–337. [doi.org/10.1038/503335a] http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1838 https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/word-of-the-year/word-of-the-year-2016 https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/word-of-the-year/word-of-the-year-2016 review 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the profile of orthopaedic sports medicine publishing in south africa br gelbart,1 fc ortho, mmed; e schapkaitz,2 fc path, mmed; d levitt,3 1 department of orthopaedic surgery and wits sport and research group (wish), faculty of health sciences, university of witwatersrand medical school, johannesburg, south africa 2 department of molecular medicine and haematology, faculty of health sciences, university of witwatersrand medical school, johannesburg, south africa 3 pre-med yeshiva college, yeshiva university, new york, usa corresponding author: br gelbart (brad@linksfieldkneeclinic.co.za) recently, orthopaedic sports medicine has been recognised as a sub-speciality of orthopaedic surgery. for example, in the united states of america, many professional sports teams include orthopaedic surgeons among the team’s complement of treating physicians. in other countries, and to some extent in south africa, the medical care of professional sports teams is primarily managed by general practitioners (gps), who also have qualifications in sports medicine. this further sub-specialisation is necessary in order to best manage the sports person’s health and performance, in addition to injuries of the skeletal system. specialist orthopaedic care consultations are often required in particular for cases outside of the qualifications and capabilities of the team doctors. orthopaedic surgeons may specialise in a particular joint or area of orthopaedics, including trauma. it is therefore essential to recruit orthopaedic specialists who understand the pressure and demands placed on the professional sportsperson. furthermore, there are many patients who present to gps or specialists who are amateur or recreational sportspeople. for these individuals, returning to sports after injury is also important. it takes clinical skill, knowledge and experience to customise the treatment to the needs of the level of the athlete. south africa’s climate and infrastructure allows for a wide range of sports participation. exercise has been pioneered as a complementary approach to modifying lives and lifestyles. [1, 2] however, the increase in unfit and underprepared people who may be chasing the benefits of sports participation places a significant demand on gps and specialists. the south african journal of sports medicine (sajsm) and the south african orthopaedic journal (saoj) are open access, peer-reviewed journals that have provided ongoing education to the sports medicine community. sajsm was launched in 1982 with a significant representation of orthopaedic surgeons on the editorial board. the journal’s scope has evolved to include sports medicine, biokinetics, physiotherapy, exercise and sports science, dietetics, and psychology, with particular relevance to south africa. [3] in 2002, saoj was founded as the official publication of the south african orthopaedic association. it focuses specifically on orthopaedic surgery in south africa, with sub-disciplines of relevance to orthopaedic surgeons. these include paediatrics, hip, knee, tumour and sepsis, spine, shoulder and elbow, foot and ankle and hand surgery. [4] there are a number of benefits to having an open access journal, with a specific emphasis on these aspects, and related to south africa. in particular, the healthcare availability and resources for sportspeople differ according to country and region. a narrative review was conducted to appraise the content of these two south african journals, with a particular focus on sports orthopaedics. the primary aim of the study was to assess the articles in each journal according to each anatomical region, as well as a relationship to sports. the secondary aims were to assess the trends regarding the focus of the articles, the levels of evidence, and the origins of the research. methods a search of the sajsm and saoj was conducted electronically to identify online relevant articles using the table of contents. the sajsm was accessed through the ‘archives’ tab from 1982 to 2021. the year 2002, however, was missing online, and therefore no data could be collected for that year. the saoj was background: the south african journal of sports medicine (sajsm) and the south african orthopaedic journal (saoj) are two open access, peer-reviewed journals which provide ongoing education to the sports medicine community. objectives: the purpose of this review was to appraise articles with a sports orthopaedic focus published in sajsm and saoj. a secondary aim was to evaluate trends regarding the focus of the articles, levels of evidence, authors’ affiliations, and country of origin. methods: an electronic search of the sajsm from 1982 to 2021 and saoj from 2008 to 2021 was conducted to identify relevant articles. the eligibility of the articles was determined according to the following inclusion criteria: sajsm articles with reference to musculoskeletal anatomy and/or an injury in any sport, and saoj articles focusing specifically on sports, sports teams and low-velocity traumatic injuries in sports people. results: this study included specific sports orthopaedic articles in sajsm (n=161) and saoj (n=41). the articles originated from 67 institutions in 19 countries. in sajsm, the majority of articles were published by local authors (n=44, 61%). there was a non-significant difference in the proportion of articles from local and international institutions in saoj. in sajsm, the sports covered most frequently included rugby, cricket, running and soccer, whereas in saoj most articles referred to low-velocity injuries. with regard to trend analysis, a significant decline in articles with level v evidence published by sajsm was observed (p<0.001). similarly, articles with level v evidence published by saoj showed a decline, although it was non-significant. conclusion: the focus of sajsm in particular is relevant to sports played, injury patterns and the healthcare resources for sports people in south africa. the level of evidence published by sajsm has improved significantly over time. keywords: sports injury, knee injury, shoulder injury, rugby, soccer, levels of evidence, sports research s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-5. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14413 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14413 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7897-4508 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2024-0442 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1534-2930 review sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 accessed through the archives tab from 2008 to 2021 (issue 3). inclusion criteria in sajsm, articles with reference to musculoskeletal anatomy and/or an injury in any sport were included. in saoj, articles focused specifically on sports, sports teams and low-velocity traumatic injuries. exclusion criteria congress abstracts, errata, editorials and opinions were excluded. trauma-related articles specifically mentioning gunshot wounds, high-velocity trauma or post-traumatic sepsis were also excluded. study selection the index of each journal was scanned and the total number of articles published were identified. articles were initially screened against the review’s inclusion and exclusion criteria by title to assess the eligibility. an abstract and article review was also performed when eligibility was unclear by means of the title alone. the eligibility assessment was performed independently by two reviewers. articles were classified as ‘definite sports orthopaedic’ if the sport was mentioned and ‘possible sports orthopaedic’ if the sport was not mentioned but the article was possibly relevant to sports orthopaedics. ‘definite sports orthopaedic’ articles were included. the level of evidence was captured if available. the level of evidence for sajsm was not indicated in the articles. however, the level of evidence for saoj was indicated in the articles from the years 2018 until the year 2021. the articles were reviewed and assigned a level of evidence based on the oxford centre for evidence based medicine (oecbm) levels of evidence. [5] additionally, information pertaining to each article, including the specific anatomical region, sport, university or institute affiliations, and country of origin of the authors, were recorded. statistical analysis a custom excel spreadsheet was developed to collect the data. statistical analysis was performed using statistica 13.2 software (palo alto, california, usa). categorical data was presented as frequencies and percentages. comparisons were performed using a chi-square test or two-tailed fisher’s exact test where necessary. subgroup analysis, with multiple pairwise comparisons, was subsequently performed applying the bonferroni correction with a p-value <0.017 considered statistically significant. agreement between each reviewer was assessed using cohen’s kappa (κ) coefficient. results a search of 95 editions of sajsm and 55 editions of saoj was conducted and the results are shown in figure 1. a total of 1549 articles were identified. three sajsm volumes which published 127 congress abstracts were excluded. of the 1422 articles screened, there were 754 from sajsm and 668 from saoj. in sajsm, of the 162 (22%) eligible sports orthopaedic articles, 161 (21%) were definite. in saoj, of the 120 (18%) eligible sports orthopaedic articles, only 41 (6%) were definite. the interobserver agreement was cohen’s kappa (κ) = 0.9 (95% ci, 0.8-0.9). as expected, the proportion of sports orthopaedic articles in saoj was lower than that in sajsm (p<0.001). there was a non-significant increase in the number of definite sports orthopaedic articles published in sajsm during the study period p=0.623 (figure 2.). in contrast, there was a non-significant decrease in the number of definite sports orthopaedic articles published in saoj during the study period (p=0.542) (figure 3). fig. 1. prisma flow diagram. sajsm, the south african journal of sports medicine; saoj, the south african orthopaedic journal review 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 articles were classified according to the anatomical focus (table 1 and 2a and b) and also according to the sports concerned (table 3). the most frequently reported anatomical regions in sajsm were general anatomical sites (defined as more than one anatomical region), followed by specific anatomical regions namely; knee, shoulder and foot and ankle. the most frequently reported anatomical regions in saoj were specific anatomical regions, namely shoulders, cspine, foot and ankle and knee. on subgroup analysis between the four year groups in sajsm, there was a significant decrease in articles with level five evidence (p<0.001) (table 4). there was, however, no significant difference for levels one, two or three evidence between the four year groups. level one to three evidence combined showed a non-significant increase between the four year groups (p=0.040). on subgroup analysis over the three year groups in saoj, there was no significant decrease in articles with level five evidence (p=0.122). there was also no significant difference for levels one, two or three evidence over the three year groups. the articles originated from 67 universities and institutions from 61 cities in 19 countries (supplementary table 1.). in sajsm, the majority of articles were published by local/south african authors (n=44, 61%). the proportion of articles from international universities in sajsm increased during the fouryear groups and approached statistical significance (p=0.059) (figure 4). there was a non-significant difference in the proportion of articles from local and international universities in saoj between the three-year groups (p=0.569) (figure 5). discussion the present study analysed recent trends in sports orthopaedic articles published in sajsm and saoj. similar studies have been previously performed. [6-8] these studies, however, applied narrower inclusion criteria and focused only on the level of evidence. since 1980, 21% of articles published in sajsm have been definite sports orthopaedic articles. the focus of the sajsm is sports medicine and thus it is appropriate that of the 162 musculoskeletal articles published almost all were related to sports (99%). in contrast, 6% of the articles published in saoj since 2008 have been definite sports orthopaedic articles. this number increased to 18.0% when orthopaedic trauma articles relevant to sports orthopaedics were included. the sajsm has shown an increase in the number of articles published per decade since its inception. there has been a constant percentage of articles dedicated to sports orthopaedics, with no significant increase over time. in contrast, the more recent issues of saoj have shown a decrease in the absolute number of articles during its publication history. there has also been a non-significant decrease in definite sports orthopaedic articles that have been published in the saoj. this study did not investigate possible reasons for this, such as the journal’s editorial selection policy. approximately half of the articles published in saoj were published by local/ south african universities. in most of these academic institutions, sports orthopaedics is not practised as a dedicated subspeciality. this limits the opportunity for training, as well as for orthopaedic surgeons to conduct sports orthopaedic research. this then may explain the lower number of sports orthopaedic table 1. frequency of sports orthopaedic articles published in sajsm and saoj according to the anatomical focus years sajsm total sajsm sports orthopaedic sajsm specific anatomical region sajsm general saoj total saoj sports orthopaedic saoj specific anatomical region saoj general 1980-1990 128 23 (18) 17 (13) 6 (5) 1991-2000 151 32 (21) 23 (15) 9 (6) 2001-2010 178 37 (20) 18 (10) 19 (11) 166 31 (19) 29 (18) 2 (1) 2011-2021 297 70 (24) 37 (13) 33 (11) 502 89 (18) 87 (17) 2 (0.4) data are expressed as n or n (%). general was defined as more than one anatomical region. data for saoj was only available from 2008. sajsm, the south african journal of sports medicine; saoj, the south african orthopaedic journal. fig. 2. the trend of definite sports orthopaedic articles published in the south african journal of sports medicine (sajsm) between 1980 and 2021. fig. 3. the trend of definite sports orthopaedic articles published in the south african orthopaedic journal (saoj) between 2008 and 2021. review sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 articles in saoj. a review of the sports focus published in sajsm identified rugby, cricket, running and soccer as the most frequently published sports. the majority of articles, however, included more than one sports activity. in contrast, in saoj, most of the articles included were classified as ‘general’, which referred to the injuries that a sportsperson can sustain while playing sport. the second most common category was multiple sports, while only 4% of articles specified a particular sport. when one considers the frequent sports, in conjunction with the frequent anatomical regions, it appears that the focus has been on contact sports and those with a high physical demand. there may be scope for the saoj to publish more sports-specific orthopaedic topics. however, this may be limited by the number of injuries. [6] the low level of evidence in the articles published by sajsm and saoj may raise concerns. factors such as limited access to research funding and resources are possible contributors among local authors. nonetheless, over the year groups, articles with level v evidence published by sajsm decreased significantly. in keeping with this trend, articles with level v evidence published by saoj have also shown a decline, albeit non-significant. orthopaedic journals with a higher impact factor are more likely to publish level i or 2 articles. [9] there have been a number of authors who do acknowledge the place of level 3 and 4 evidence and we, therefore, support the continued publishing of these studies. [6,10,11] however, authors should be encouraged to include control groups and to try and aim for a higher level of evidence. [10,11] both journals showed a wide geographical and academic base of authors. the majority were published by the university of cape town. in sajsm, articles were mainly published by authors from south africa. this highlights the local relevance of the research published by sajsm. it is interesting to note, however, that the proportion of articles from international table 2. anatomical focus of sports orthopaedic articles published in sajsm and saoj anatomical region sajsm saoj total c-spine 7 (4) 14 (12) 21 (8) t-spine 1 (0.6) 1 (1) 2 (1) l-spine 7 (4) 3 (3) 10 (4) sacrum 2 (1) 2 (2) 4 (1) shoulder 16 (10) 28 (23) 44 (16) humerus 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) elbow 2 (1) 4 (3) 6 (2) radius/ulna 1 (0.6) 2 (2) 3 (1) wrist and hand 0 (0) 11 (9) 11 (4) pelvis 3 (2) 0 (0) 3 (1) hip 7 (4) 3 (3) 10 (4) femur 2 (1) 3 (3) 5 (2) knee 24 (15) 18 (15) 42 (15) tibia/fibula and compartments 5 (3) 7 (6) 12 (4) ankle and foot 12 (7) 19 (16) 31 (11) general 73 (45) 5 (4) 78 (28) data are expressed as n (%). general was defined as more than one anatomical region. sajsm, the south african journal of sports medicine; saoj, the south african orthopaedic journal. table 3. frequency of sports orthopaedic articles published in sajsm and saoj according to sport sport sajsm saoj total running 15 (9) 1 (1) 16 (6) cricket 24 (15) 0 (0) 24 (9) rugby 34 (21) 0 (0) 34 (12) tennis 2 (1) 0 (0) 2 (1) dancing 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) gymnastics 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) aerobics 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) soccer 11 (7) 0 (0) 11 (4) multiple sports 44 (27) 27 (23) 71 (25) military 2 (1) 1(0.8) 3 (1) baseball 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) hockey 3 (2) 0 (0) 3 (1) cycling 4 (3) 1 (1) 5 (2) basketball 4 (3) 0 (0) 4 (1) olympics 2 (1) 0 (0) 2 (1) volleyball 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) swimming 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) squash 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) golf 2 (1) 0 (0) 2 (1) karate 0 (0) 1 (1) 1 (0.4) paralympics 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) rowing 2 (1) 0 (0) 2 (1) mixed martial arts 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) ironman 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) wheelchair basketball 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) netball 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) ringball 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (0.4) horse riding 0 (0) 1 (1) 1 (0.4) general orthopaedics 0 (0) 88 (73) 88 (31) data are expressed as n (%). general orthopaedics referred to injuries that a sportsperson can sustain while playing sport without mention of a specific sport. sajsm, the south african journal of sports medicine; saoj, the south african orthopaedic journal. table 4. level of evidence of sports orthopaedic articles published in sajsm and saoj sajsm years total level 1 level 2 level 3 level 4 level 5 1980-1990 17 0 (0) 4 (24) 0 (0) 1 (6) 12 (70.6) 1991-2000 37 0 (0) 5 (14) 5 (14) 8 (22) 19 (51.4) 2001-2010 36 0 (0) 10 (28) 10 (28) 13 (36) 3 (8.3) 2011-2021 71 4 (6) 14 (20) 12 (17) 29 (41) 12 (16.9) saoj years total level 1 level 2 level 3 level 4 level 5 2008-2012 46 1 (2) 1 (2) 3 (7) 19 (41) 22 (48) 2013-2017 49 2 (4) 2 (4) 6 (12) 22 (45) 17 (35) 2018-2021 25 1 (4) 0 (0) 0 (0) 18 (72) 6 (24) data are expressed as n or n (%). level 1 refers to systematic review of randomised trials; level 2 refers to randomised trials; level 3 refers to nonrandomised trials/cohort studies; level 4 refers to case-series, case-control, or historically controlled studies; level 5 refers to expert opinion. sajsm, the south african journal of sports medicine; saoj, the south african orthopaedic journal. review 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 universities increased over time. in contrast, articles in saoj were from both local and international universities. the results of this review must be interpreted in the light of certain limitations. firstly, while articles for sajsm were available from 1980, articles for saoj were only available from 2008, which limits comparison. secondly, this study investigated the level of evidence. in all articles for sajsm and saoj (2008 to 2017), no level of evidence was available, and the articles were reviewed and assigned a level of evidence based on the oecbm. [5] however, these articles were discussed and reviewed by two independent reviewers. furthermore, previous studies have demonstrated acceptable interobserver agreement between epidemiologyand nonepidemiology-trained reviewers. [11,12] lastly, this review was limited to sajsm and saoj only and we did not search the international literature to assess the number of south african sports orthopaedics articles which were published in international journals. conclusion this narrative review analysed the publishing trends for sports orthopaedics in two relevant south african journals, namely, sajsm and saoj. we describe a wide range of data including anatomical regions, sports, level of evidence and origin of the authors, which highlights areas of strength and weakness. it was promising to note a decrease in the proportion of level v evidence. the focus, in particular of sajsm, is relevant to south africa’s popular sports and injury patterns. the majority of articles published in sajsm were from local authors, which highlights the importance of publishing research specific to south africa, the relevant sports played in our country, and the healthcare resources for sports people. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: bg: study design, manuscript author, data analysis; dl: data collection and entry and critical review; es: data analysis and critical review. references 1. discovery vitality. the science of vitality journal. south africa: discovery, 2022. [https://www.discovery.co.za] (accessed 4 july 2022). 2. momentum metropolitan holdings limited. momentum multiply. south africa. momentum, 2021. [https://www.multiply.co.za/ engaged] (accessed 4 july 2022). 3. south african journal of sports medicine. [https:// journals.assaf.org.za/index.php/sajsm] (accessed 26 october 2021). 4. south african orthopaedic journal. [https://www.saoj.org.za/ index.php/saoj] (accessed 26 october 2021). 5. oxford centre for evidence-based medicine: levels of evidence. university of oxford. 2022. [https://www.cebm.ox.ac.uk/ resources/levels-of-evidence] (accessed 26 october 2021). 6. cvetanovich gl, fillingham ya, harris jd, erickson bj, verma nn, bach br, jr. publication and level of evidence trends in the american journal of sports medicine from 1996 to 2011. am j sports med 2015;43(1):220-225. [doi.org/ 10.1177/0363546514528790] [pmid: 24723417] 7. hanzlik s, mahabir rc, baynosa rc, khiabani kt. levels of evidence in research published in the journal of bone and joint surgery (american volume) over the last thirty years. j bone joint surg am 2009;91(2):425-428. [doi.org/10.2106/jbjs.h.00108] [pmid: 19181987] 8. judy rp, shin jj, mccrum c, ayeni or, samuelsson k, musahl v. level of evidence and authorship trends of clinical studies in knee surgery, sports traumatology, arthroscopy, 1995-2015. knee surg sports traumatol arthrosc 2018;26(1):9-14. [doi.org/ 10.1007/s00167-017-4801-6] [pmid: 29138917] 9. obremskey wt, pappas n, attallah-wasif e, tornetta p 3rd, bhandari m. level of evidence in orthopaedic journals. j bone joint surg am 2005;87(12):2632-2638. [doi.org/ 10.2106/jbjs.e.00370] [pmid: 16322612] 10. wupperman r, davis r, obremskey wt. level of evidence in spine compared to other orthopedic journals. spine (phila pa 1976) 2007;32(3):388-393. [doi.org/ 10.1097/01.brs.0000254109.12449.6c] [pmid: 17268275] 11. zaidi r, abbassian a, cro s, guha a, cullen n, singh d, et al. levels of evidence in foot and ankle surgery literature: progress from 2000 to 2010? j bone joint surg am 2012;94(15):e1121-1210. [doi.org/ 10.2106/jbjs.k.01453] [pmid: 22855001] 12. bhandari m, swiontkowski mf, einhorn ta, tornetta p 3rd, schemitsch eh, leece p, et al. interobserver agreement in the application of levels of evidence to scientific papers in the american volume of the journal of bone and joint surgery. j bone joint surg am 2004;86(8):1717-1720. [doi.org/ 10.2106/00004623200408000-00016] [pmid: 15292420] fig. 4. the proportion of local and international universities publishing in sajsm fig. 5. the proportion of local and international universities publishing in saoj https://www.discovery.co.za/ https://www.multiply.co.za/%20engaged https://www.multiply.co.za/%20engaged https://www.saoj.org.za/%20index.php/saoj https://www.saoj.org.za/%20index.php/saoj 102 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 original research post-exercise ingestion of a carbohydrate and casein hydrolysate supplement reduces perceived muscle soreness but not fatigue in sevens rugby players a n bosch,1 phd; l-d hill,1 bsc (med)(hons); e jordaan,2 msc 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 biostatistics unit, medical research council, south africa corresponding author: a n bosch (andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za) objectives. this study investigated the effects of prolonged use of a protein (casein hydrolysate) supplement on perceived muscle soreness and fatigue, in international level sevens rugby players (n=23) during a pre-season training camp. methods. a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled design was used. players were assigned to a carbohydrate-only or an isocaloric carbohydrate and protein supplement and ingested the assigned supplement after each training session (17 field training sessions over a 23-day period). before each training session a questionnaire and 10-point visual analogue scale was completed that assessed muscle soreness and muscle fatigue in the calf, hamstring, and quadriceps. results. no significant differences were observed in leg fatigue in any of the muscle groups. however, muscle soreness was significantly lower in the experimental group in the quadriceps at week 3, day 5 (p=0.04) and calves at week 4, day 2 (p=0.02) and day 3 (p=0.04). additionally, no significant differences were found during the heart rate interval monitoring system test (p=0.350) used to determine training load recovery. conclusion. the results suggest that prolonged use of a protein hydrolysate supplement may be beneficial in reducing muscle soreness, but not muscle fatigue, during periods of continuous high training loads. keywords. supplement, protein feeding, recovery s afr j sports med 2015;27(4):102-107. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2015/ v27i4a437 with the increased emphasis on achieving success in both recreational and professional sport, nutritional strategies to improve performance and enhance recovery have been the focus of considerable research. previous studies have shown that protein supplementation during or post exercise positively affects several factors related to recovery, such as a reduction in the subjective rating of muscle soreness and fatigue.[1–3] delayed onset muscle soreness (doms) can compromise performance and training due to pain and a reduction in joint range of mostion, shock attenuation and peak torque.[4] muscle fatigue following hard training is common, and if not managed correctly, can result in overreaching or overtraining syndromes.[4] a period of reduced training load between hard training sessions is therefore necessary to allow recovery. this, however, limits the number of key workouts that an athlete can perform each week. enhancing recovery through nutritional means by reducing either doms or muscle fatigue, or both, would permit an athlete to recover faster and be able to train at a high intensity more frequently. previous studies have shown that protein supplementation either during or post exercise positively affects several factors related to recovery, including a reduction in the subjective rating of muscle soreness.[5,6] on the other hand, a number of studies have failed to show any potential beneficial effect on muscle soreness or muscle fatigue.[3,7,8] despite these inconsistencies in findings related to doms and fatigue, when performance has been investigated, several studies have shown that post-exercise protein supplementation improves subsequent performance[9-11] although, as with doms and fatigue, some studies have shown no positive effect.[3,7] importantly, the majority of studies have only assessed the effect of protein ingestion on recovery after an initial or second bout of exercise, or over a relatively short period of time. training is a longterm process in which athletes gradually adapt to progressively higher training loads and physical demands. thus assessing the longterm effects of protein supplementation appears logical. however, there are only a handful of studies investigating long-term effects of protein supplementation on post-exercise recovery.[5,12–14] flakoll et al.[13] assessed post-exercise protein supplementation in us marine recruits during basic military training over 54 days. both at day 34 (6 mile full gear hike) and day 54 (final physical fitness test), protein supplementation resulted in a significant reduction in muscle soreness as well as other outcomes, such as a decreased total number of medical visits. furthermore, a study by witard et al.[14] examined the effect of increased protein intake on short-term decrements in endurance performance during a block of high-intensity training. well-trained cyclists completed two 3-week trials in which participants were divided equally into normal, intensified or recovery training. cyclists received either a high-protein (protein; 3 g protein·kg−1 body mass (bm) d−1) or a normal diet (control; 1.5 g protein·kg−1 bm d−1) during intense training and recovery. increased dietary protein intake led to a possible attenuation (4.3%; 90% confidence limits ×/÷5.4%) in the decrement in time trial performance after a block of high-intensity training compared with normal (protein = 2639 ± 350 s; control = 2555 ± 313 s). restoration of endurance performance during recovery training possibly benefited (2.0%; ×/÷4.9%) from additional protein intake. additional protein intake reduced symptoms of psychological stress and may have resulted in a worthwhile amelioration of the performance decline experienced during a block of high-intensity training. furthermore, goh et al.[15] found no difference in the perception of muscle fatigue and muscle soreness between different compositions of carbohydrate (cho) and protein (pro) drinks during prolonged cycling exercise. however, these studies are limited due to their short duration. thus, the evidence regarding the effect of prolonged protein supplementation on recovery and performance remains limited. the current study therefore aimed to determine the effects of prolonged ingestion of a cho + casein hydrolysate (cho + pro) supplement post-exercise on perceived levels of doms and muscle fatigue, in international level sevens rugby players participating in a 23-day pre-season training camp. the authors hypothesised that cho + pro supplementation would result in reduced levels of mailto:andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a437 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a437 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 103 doms and perceived muscle fatigue, as compared to cho-only supplementation. methods study participants the entire training group of the international level sevens rugby players, who were attending a pre-season training camp, agreed to participate in the study. players were randomly divided from a list of names into either a control (n=10) or experimental (n=13) group, in a double-blind, placebo-controlled design. additionally, all players in the two groups were matched by playing position and fitness level. there were no significant differences between the two groups in mass, height, percentage body fat or lean mass (table 1). all the players participating in the study lived at a facility on-site (thus the same meal choices were provided to all the players for the duration of the study). although the macronutrient intake of the meals was not controlled (i.e. the players were free to choose from the available foods served at each meal), prior to the start of the training camp all the players were given a detailed lecture by a qualified sports dietician on guidelines to achieve good sports nutrition, including the meeting of adequate carbohydrate and protein requirements. although no dietary records were completed by the players, players received strict instructions not consume any additional supplements during the training camp. table 1. no significant differences were found in mass, height, body fat percentage and lean mass between the experimental and control groups experimental (n=13) control (n=10) mass (kg ± sd) 85.7 ± 8.4 89.9 ± 11.8 p=0.368 height (cm ± sd) 179.1 ± 4.0 180.3 ± 5.8 p=0.632 body fat (% ± sd) 13.5 ± 2.82 12.7 ± 2.8 p=0.499 lean mass (kg ± sd) 77.7 ± 7.9 76.72 ± 10.1 p=0.795 before the study, all participants received a detailed outline of the study procedure and were required to sign an informed consent form in accordance with the declaration of helsinki (seoul, october 2008) before entry into the study, which was approved by the research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences of the university of cape town. all information collected during this study was kept confidential and anonymity was ensured via a participant coding system. all data collected were stored on a password-protected system. all the participants received a detailed report of the overall study findings but did not receive their individual results. training the training load (fig. 1) was standardised by the coach for all the players taking part in the training camp. all players in both groups completed identical workouts (resistance and field training) consisting of a programme designed by the coaching staff and was strictly controlled (table 1). resistance training comprised strength exercises (including squat variations, vertical push, vertical pull, horizontal push, horizontal pull, power clean, push press, chest press, bicep and triceps exercise variations) and field training (including skills training) comprised of attack and defensive patterns, general rugby skills (lineouts, scrumming, ball handling and passing) and rugby-specific fitness conditioning (40 m sprints, ruck-specific conditioning and tackling). during each training session, details of time, intensity, and type (resistance or field training) were recorded to give an overall numerical value (session value) for each of the total of 17 sessions over the 23-day period. no data were collected during the weekends as these were rest days assigned by the coaches, during which no training took place. fig. 1. total weekly training load and average daily training load for each week as calculated by session rpe (min x rpe) over the duration of the training camp. initial measurements: anthropometry the standard anthropometric data of weight (kg), stature (cm) and skinfolds (triceps, bicep, subscapular, suprailiac) were measured by the same qualified biokineticist using the isak technique (international society for the advancement of kinanthropometry[16]). the skinfold measurements were subsequently used to calculate lean body mass and percent body fat.[16] protein supplement/intervention immediately after each field and resistance training session the players ingested either a carbohydrate (0.8 g/kg body mass) plus protein (casein hydrolysate) (0.4 g/kg body mass; containing di and tripeptides) supplement (peptopro, dsm, the netherlands), or an isocaloric placebo carbohydrate-only drink (1.2 g/kg body mass), dissolved in 500 ml water. both drinks contained the same carbohydrate base consisting of maltodextrin (table 2). additionally, each batch of the supplement was tested for contaminants by an independent laboratory. the drinks were mixed individually for each player by a research assistant who was blinded to the drink’s content, and intake by the players was monitored by the coach. no other supplements were used for the duration of the training camp. 104 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 table 2. nutritional content of the test beverages protein (pro + cho/100 g) placebo (cho/100 g) energy (kj) 1656 1658 protein (casein hydrolysate) 18.5 g nil carbohydrate (maltodextrin) 36.4 53 g total fat nil nil sodium chloride 205 mg 205 mg testing protocol/measurements data were collected via a self-administered questionnaire including a 1-10 visual analogue scale targeting perception of muscle soreness and muscle fatigue as has been used in previous research[17,18] and shown to be valid and reliable. specifically, perceived muscle soreness and muscle fatigue were assessed in three different muscle groups (quadriceps, hamstrings, and gastrocnemius), under four different conditions in this study. the conditions were as follows; (1) at rest (i.e. when the muscle is not active), (2) during daily activity (such as walking to and from rooms or field), (3) when a stretch was applied (the player completed a stretch of the muscle group and reported immediately the pain or fatigue experienced) and (4) before the commencement of training. the questionnaire and analogue scale were completed at the same time of day, before each field training session, and before any other activities (i.e. warm-up or stretching). both doms and muscle fatigue were rated on a scale of 1-10 (10-point scale using 1 unit intervals) with 1 being none, and 10 being severe.[19] heart rate interval monitoring system test (hims) the hims[19] is a standardised multistage submaximal test used to quantify the variation in heart rate under controlled conditions so that training-induced changes in submaximal heart rate can be interpreted more precisely. heart rate recovery is the rate at which heart rate decreases, usually in the first minute or two, after moderate to heavy exercise and is a consequence of parasympathetic reactivation and sympathetic withdrawal.[19] after a standardised stretching warm-up, all participants were fitted with a heart rate transmitter and wrist monitor recorder (polar accurex, polar electro, kempele, finland) before the start of the test. the heart rate monitor measured the heart rate every five seconds during the test which consisted of a submaximal shuttle run test of four increasing intensity stages, interspersed with one minute recovery periods. the participants were required to run between two lines that were 20 m apart, the pace of running within each of the four stages (8.4, 9.6, 10.8, and 12.0 km h-1, respectively) being set by a pre-recorded auditory signal. each stage lasted two minutes, followed by the one minute of recovery. the participants then rested for two minutes after the fourth stage, during which hr was recorded. this test was designed to be submaximal and nonaversive for the participants so that from a practical perspective the test could be administered frequently during different phases of training without influencing the training outcome. the recorded hr was transferred to a computer using an interface (polar electro). the heart rate for each stage was recorded for the final 15 seconds. the heart rate for each recovery period was determined in the same way. during the recovery period after the fourth stage, the heart rate was recorded at one and two minutes, respectively. these heart rates were expressed as a percentage of the heart rate measured during the fourth stage and defined as recovery percentage (%) first minute and recovery percentage (%) second minute, respectively.[19] data analysis to test the significance of the treatment effect (post-exercise supplementation with a cho + pro drink vs. an isocaloric cho-only drink) on each muscle group and each outcome (doms and fatigue), a mixed model was fitted with random effects for player, player x week and player x day. a mixed model approach was used due to the multiple data for the same players over the 17 days and to accommodate any missing data. for each muscle group, the 4-way interaction model including “condition” (rest, daily activity, stretch, pressure) was used. supplement (casein hydrolysate and placebo), week, and day showed that the 4-way interaction with “condition” was not significant (quadriceps: p=0.953, hamstrings: p=0.967, calf: p=0.997), indicating that the treatment effect was similar for all conditions. this resulted in the fitting of a 3-way mixed model for each outcome and each muscle group. the type 3 tests of fixed effects (f value, p) were considered for overall significance of the treatment effect. conditional on the overall test being significant, suitable contrasts were set up to test the significance of the treatment effect over the 17 testing days individually. least squares means were used to summarise the size of the treatment effects. for all assessments the level for statistical significance was set at p<0.05. in addition, a second mixed model was fitted in which the measurements at baseline (day 1 of each week), were subtracted out at each subsequent day for that week. results analysis of muscle fatigue data (figs. 2-4) showed that the overall 3-way interactions of week x day x drink for all three muscle groups were not significant (quadriceps, p=0.48; hamstrings, p=0.53; calves, p=0.67; legs, p=0.18) at any time during the experimental period. analysis of muscle soreness data (figs. 5-7) showed that the 3-way interaction of week x day x drink was significant for two muscle groups (quadriceps, p<0.0001; calves p=0.016). various contrasts (post-hoc tests) were set up to compare the two groups for effect of drink type. these contrasts compared the muscle soreness score for groups at each of the 17  time points (week 1, days 1-4; week 2, days 1-5; week 3, days 1-5; week 4, days 1-3). significant differences were observed for the calves (fig. 4) at week 4, day 2 (estimated effect=1.2; se=0.50; p=0.02) and day 3 (estimated effect=1.0; se=0.49; p=0.04) and quadriceps at week 3 (fig. 5), day 5 (estimated effect=1.0; se=0.49; p=0.04). each mean value in the figures represents 52 observations for the experimental group and 40 for the control group. no significant difference (p=0.350) was found between the type of drink ingested and heart rate recovery at each at each of the three hims testing points (fig. 8). sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 105 fig. 2. fatigue scores in the control and experimental groups in the quadriceps. there were no significant differences (n=10 in the experimental group and 13 in the control group). fig. 3. fatigue scores in the control and experimental groups in the hamstrings. there were no signi ficant differences (n=10 in the experimental group and 13 in the control group). fig. 4. fatigue scores in the control and experimental groups  in the calves. there were no signi fi cant differen ces (n=10 in the experimental group and 13 in the control group). fig. 5. pain scores in the control and experimental groups in the quadriceps. significant differences were observed at day 18 (p=0.04) * = p<0.05. significant differences from baseline were found at day 18 (p=0.0063) # = p<0.05. fig. 6. pain scores in the control and experimental groups in the hamstrings. there were no significant differences. fig. 7. pain scores in the control and experi mental groups in the calves. significant differences were observed at day 22 (p=0.02) and day 23 (p=0.04) * = p<0.05. significant differ ences from baseline were found at day 23 in the calves (p=0.0011) # = p<0.0. fig. 8. heart rate recovery (bpm) for the experimental and control groups. no significant differences were detected between the different beverage groups during each of the hims testing periods (p=0.350). however, hr recovery tended towards significance at week 1 (p=0.095) and at week 3 (p=0.0665). error bars indicate sem. discussion the first important finding of this study was that towards the end of the study period, doms was perceived to be lower in the quadriceps and calf muscles of the players who ingested the cho + pro supplement, compared to those players who ingested an isocaloric cho-only control drink (figs. 5-7). the effect was estimated to be about one unit (on the 1-10 point scale[17,18]), which could potentially have short-term practical implications from a training perspective, as well as long-term implications in the adaptation of muscle to training load. this effect was first noticeable at the end of the third week of camp when the cumulative training load may have reached a critical level. 106 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 to the best of the authors’ knowledge, there are only a few studies investigating long-term effects of protein supplementation on postexercise recovery.[12–14] the study by flakoll et al.[13] assessed the effect of post-exercise protein supplementation in us marine recruits during basic military training over 54  days. as in luden et al.,[5] protein supplementation resulted in a significant reduction in muscle soreness. unfortunately, in both of these studies the experimental treatment was not isocaloric with the control, making it impossible to determine whether the observed treatment was due to the protein supplement or additional energy supplied by the protein-containing drink. in a more carefully balanced study by witard et al.,[14] the effect of increased protein intake on short term decrements in endurance performance during a block of high-intensity training was examined. well-trained cyclists completed two 3-week trials sequentially consisting of one week of normal training, one week of intensified training and one week of recovery training. cyclists were prescribed either a high-protein or a normal diet during intensified and recovery training periods. increased dietary protein intake led to a possible attenuation (4.3%; 90% confidence limits ±5.4%) in the decrement in time trial performance (time to complete set amount of work) after a block of high-intensity training compared with a normal (control) diet (protein = 2639 ± 350 s; control = 2555 ± 313 s). restoration of endurance performance during recovery training possibly benefited (2.0%; ±4.9%) from additional protein intake. in the current study, the positive effect of the cho + pro supplement was noticeable after a much longer period of supplementation use than in previous studies, in which a cho + pro supplement has often been ingested on only one occasion post-exercise. interestingly, the reduction in doms in specific muscle groups within the experimental group could be aligned to preceding training sessions. reduced doms in the quadriceps on day 5 in week 3 (fig. 5), was preceded by two training sessions that specifically targeted the quadriceps on days 1 and 2 of that week. similarly, reduced doms in the calf muscles was observed on days 2 and 3 of week 4 (fig. 7), after two training sessions in which the calves were particularly targeted. perceived muscle soreness scores did not increase significantly from baseline in the players who ingested the cho + pro supplement, whereas those players who ingested the cho-only supplement, had a significant increase in doms above baseline over the study duration. a reduction in doms in athletes who train rigorously and are at an elite level is critically important from a training perspective. previous research has shown that muscle soreness can severely impair athletic performance.[17] twist et al.[20] showed that a prolonged increase in perceived muscle soreness and fatigue have critical implications on the quality of training performed by players in the 48 h after a rugby league match. the authors found significant changes in creatine kinase concentrations, perceptual measures of fatigue, muscle soreness, attitude to training, and countermovement jump height flight time of the players 24 h and 48 h post-match. consequently, perceptual muscle soreness and fatigue is a significant modifying factor in a player’s exercise tolerance and attitude towards training.[21] in this study, where players were required to exercise rigorously for an extended period of time (23-day pre-season camp), the perception of muscle soreness increased in players ingesting the placebo. the second notable finding of this study was that there was no significant effect observed on muscle fatigue (figs. 2-4) between the two groups despite the differences in doms. muscle fatigue therefore appears to not be affected by protein ingestion, at least under the current experimental conditions, and suggests that other factors may play a more important role in relation to muscle fatigue. recently, goh et al.[15] found no difference in perceptions of muscle fatigue and muscle soreness between different compositions of cho + pro drinks during prolonged cycling exercise. furthermore, gilson and colleagues[6] found no effects on myoglobin concentration, muscle soreness, fatigue ratings and isometric quadriceps force between participants who ingested either a carbohydrate drink or isocaloric chocolate milk drink as a recovery beverage. the lack of treatment effect on fatigue observed in this present study and in previous research[7,8] may be, in part, due to investigations being conducted on elite-level athletes. therefore, in the current study, the lack of difference in perception of muscle fatigue may be due to the high level of conditioning of the players.[22] it is possible that doms and perceived levels of muscle fatigue are governed by different mechanisms. finally, to accurately monitor changes in training load and heart rate recovery of the players during the 23-day training camp, the hims test was implemented as it is easy to administer, noninvasive and sensitive to change.[19] the final finding of this study was that there were no differences found between the experimental and control groups with regards to heart rate recovery (fig. 8) as measured by the hims test, although hr recovery tended towards significance at week 1 (p=0.095) and at week 3 (p=0.0665). this may be attributed to the increase in training load over the course of the camp being carefully monitored by the coaching staff, thus leading to appropriate changes in load to prevent over training.[4] limitations to the best of these authors’ knowledge, the participants in this study did not consume additional macronutrients or supplements, as they were strictly instructed not to do so. however, it is possible that some may have consumed additional macronutrients without the authors’ knowledge. additionally, the daily macronutrient intake of the meals provided at the facility was not strictly controlled, with the players able to choose from the available foods served at each meal. also, the players did not keep a dietary record. the authors therefore had to interpret the results with caution. furthermore, due to the nature of this study, where the research participants were elite international sevens rugby players, they were not willing to consent to the taking of blood samples, and the authors were unable to obtain any biochemical data, such as ck concentrations. future research needs to be conducted whereby the parameters of the study are more strictly controlled so that the risk of confounding variables is reduced. in conclusion, the results of this study suggest that during a period of increasing cumulative training load, post-exercise ingestion of a cho + pro supplement reduces doms, but not fatigue. thus the effect of protein supplementation on doms and fatigue appears to be different. post-exercise ingestion of cho + pro may therefore have a long-term beneficial effect by reducing doms and perceived muscle soreness as a consequence of cumulative training load. sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 107 practical applications • coaches can better inform players about the benefits of protein supplementation and improved nutritional standards for peak performance. • supplementation of cho+pro following exercise may reduce perceived symptoms of pain in subsequent exercise. • long-term supplementation of cho+pro may improve exercise ability as more high intensity and demanding training sessions can be completed in a shorter amount of time. acknowledgements. this study was  supported by dsm nutritional products south africa (pty) ltd. who supplied the protein hydrolysate. references 1. ivy jl, res pt, sprague rc, et al. effect of a carbohydrate-protein supplement on endurance performance during exercise of varying intensity. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2003;13(3):382-395. pmid: 14669937. 2. saunders m. coingestion of carbohydrate-protein during endurance exercise: influence on performance and recovery. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2007;17: suppl: s87-103. pmid: 18577778. issn: 1543-2742. 3. breen l, tipton kd, jeukendrup ae. no effect of carbohydrate-protein on cycling performance and indices of recovery. med sci sport exerc 2010;42(6):1140-1148. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181c91f1a] 4. hawley cj, schoene r. overtraining syndrome: a guide to diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. phys sport 2003;31(6):25-31. [http://dx.doi.org/10.3810/psm.2003.06.396] 5. luden nd, saunders mj, todd m. postexercise carbohydrate-proteinantioxidant ingestion decreases plasma creatine kinase and muscle soreness. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2007;17:109-123. pmid: 17460336. issn: 1526-484x. 6. gilson sf, saunders mj, moran cw, et al. effects of chocolate milk consumption on markers of muscle recovery following soccer training: a randomized cross-over study. j int soc sport nutr 2010;18:7-19. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1550-2783-7-19] 7. berardi jm, noreen ee, lemon pw. recovery from a cycling time trial is enhanced with carbohydrate-protein supplementation vs. isoenergetic carbohydrate supplementation. j int soc sport nutr 2008;24(5):24. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1550-2783-5-24] 8. roberts sp, stokes ka, trewartha g, et al. effect of combined carbohydrate-protein ingestion on markers of recovery after simulated rugby union match-play. j sport sci 2011;29(12):1253-1262. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.587194] 9. saunders mj, moore rw, kies ak, et al. carbohydrate and protein hydrolysate coingestions improvement of late-exercise time-trial performance. int j sport nutr exerc 2009;19:136-149. pmid: 19478339. issn: 1526-484x. 10. moore rw, saunders mj, pratt ca, et al. improved time to exhaustion with carbohydrate-protein hydrolystate beverage. med sci sport exerc 2007;supplement:s89-90. 11. coyle cj, donne b, mahony n. effects of carbohydrate-protein ingestion postresistance training in male rugby players. int j exerc sci 2012;5(1). 12. ferguson-stegall l, mccleave e, ding z, et al. aerobic exercise training adaptations are increased by postexercise carbohydrate-protein supplementation. j nutr metab 2011. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2011/623182] 13. flakoll pj, judy t, flinn k, et al. postexercise protein supplementation improves health and muscle soreness during basic military training in marine recruits. j appl physiol 1996;96(3):951-956. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1152/japplphysiol.00811.2003] 14. witard oc, jackman sr, kies ak, et al. effect of increased dietary protein on tolerance to intensified training. med sci sport exerc 2011;43(4):598-607. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181f684c9] 15. goh q, boop ca, luden nd, et al. recovery from cycling exercise: effects  of carbohydrate and protein beverages. nutr 2012;4:568-584. [http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/ nu4070568] 16. durnin jvga, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481  men and women aged from 16 to 72 years. br j nutr 1974;32(1):77-97. pmid: 4843734. issn: 0029-6651. 17. burgess tl, lambert mi. differences in muscle pain and plasma creatine kinase activity after “up” and “down” comrades marathons. south african j sport med 2008; 20(2):54-58. 18. plattner k, lambert mi, tam n, et al. the response of cortical alpha activity to pain and neuromuscular changes caused by exercise-induced muscle damage. scand j med sci sport 2014;24(1):166-178. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2012.01486.x] 19. lamberts rp, lambert mi. day-to-day variation in heart at different levels of submaximal exertion: implications for monitoring training. j str cond res 2010; 23(3):1005-1010. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181a2dcdc] 20. twist c, eston r. the effect of exercise-induced muscle damage on perceived exertion and cycling endurance performance. eur j appl physiol 2009;105(4):559-567. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00421-008-0935-z] 21. twist c, waldron m, highton j, et al. neuromuscular, biochemical and perceptual post-match fatigue in professional rugby league forwards and backs. j sport sci 2012;30(4):359-367. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.640707] 22. higham dg, pyne db, anson jm, et al. movement patterns in rugby sevens: effects of tournament level, fatigue and substitute players. j sci med sport 2012;15(3):277-282. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2011.11.256] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181c91f1a http://dx.doi.org/10.3810/psm.2003.06.396 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1550-2783-7‑19 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1550-2783-5‑24 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.587194 http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2011/623182 http://dx.doi.org/10.1152/japplphysiol.00811.2003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181f684c9 http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181f684c9 http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/nu4070568 http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/nu4070568 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2012.01486.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181a2dcdc http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00421-008-0935‑z http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00421-008-0935‑z http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.640707 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2011.11.256 _goback original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license prevalence and associated factors with mental health symptoms among semi-professional cricket players after the resumption of sporting activities following an extensive lockdown l malele, mphil; h noorbhai, phd department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: l malele (shaz.malele.sm@gmail.com) cricket is considered one of the most demanding team sports in terms of athleticism and skill. [1] in addition to the physical load, it also carries high psychosocial stress that affects the player both during and after the game. [1, 2] even though more cricket players are revealing what they experience, mental health illness is still stigmatised. [2, 3] the mental health of cricket players across the globe has been a topic of debate for a considerable time. [1, 2, 3] the athlete's mental status, similar to their physical status, can be viewed as a resource that allows players to cope with the pressures of the game [4] the reluctance of cricket players to speak freely about their mental health demonstrates inadequate access to mental health care in industrialised and especially, underdeveloped nations. [1] several studies have been published so far on the topic of cricket and mental health. [2,4,5] ogden et al. conducted a qualitative investigation of mental health among professional cricket players in the united kingdom. they documented that perceived mental health stigma can be reduced by providing stability with player contracts, helping players prepare for transitions, encouraging healthy habit development, as well as optimal coach relationships and communication. [4] similar to the present study, hendricks et al. conducted a cross-sectional survey design to determine the prevalence of anxiety and depression symptoms in professional cricket players, as well as to identify factors associated with symptoms of anxiety and depression. [5] their study showed that the prevalence of symptoms of anxiety and depression was 59% and that both the contributing and protective factors were career-related, which can be modifiable. [5] both studies have suggested that further research is required to help build a greater base of understanding of mental health in cricket in order to assist with the development of interventions, maximise the impact of psychological practice within cricket, as well as the inclusion of associated factors into mental health literacy programmes. [4,5] during the pandemic, athletes’ lifestyles were disrupted, which led to additional mental health stressors. [3] changes in the way we have adjusted to the new normal (digital technologies, lessons from lockdown, etc.) and the inability to train normally are just some of the challenges athletes have had to endure due to the covid-19 pandemic. [6] according to dass–21, an increase in certain emotions, such as anxiety, can result in improved performance. [8] in addition, the importance of self-awareness and continuous mental health promotion among elite athletes is undervalued. [9] sambo athletes benefit from physical activity by feeling better and enhancing their mental health. [10] the sambo athlete’s life satisfaction (swls) increases as the athlete engages in physical activity. since cricketers' mental health has received little attention, this is a gap that needs to be explored further. internal structures of sports organisations may emphasise mental toughness as critical for athletes, but they may fail to establish spaces where elite athletes can talk about their personal mental health difficulties to foster an open dialogue about the focal issue. [2] studies on athletes' mental health (and their symptoms) could lead to new ways to assist athletes who have been suffering with mental health challenges. as a result of the limited studies conducted on mental health in cricket (which has been further highlighted by the covid19 pandemic), as well as the numerous accurate tools that are available for an athlete’s mental health, the objectives of this study are to: (i) investigate the prevalence of mental health symptoms (anxiety, depression, stress, physical and emotional exhaustion (pee), devaluation of sports practice (dsp), reduced background: mental health of cricket players has been a topic of debate for a considerable time across the globe. objectives: the purpose of this study was to investigate the prevalence of mental health symptoms among semiprofessional male cricket players experienced during covid19, as well as the relationship between age and the depression, anxiety, stress scale (dass-21) sub-scale. methods: mental health symptoms were assessed among cricket players (n = 90) using the following instruments, respectively: depression, anxiety, stress scale – 21 (dass – 21); athlete burnout questionnaire (abq) and satisfaction with life scale (swls). descriptive (means ± standard deviations) and inferential (spearman’s correlations) statistics were calculated using spss (ibm version 27.0) at a significance level of p < 0.05. results: the study reported that 5.6% (n = 5) of cricketers believed life was futile, and 10% (n = 9) thought they were useless most of the time. however, on the anxiety sub-scale, 27% (n = 24) of cricketers indicated low confidence. in addition, 23% (n = 21) of cricketers reported being stressed. spearman's correlations revealed a positive and significant association between the dass-21 sub-scales and that cricketers' dass-21 sub-scale symptoms are unrelated to age. conclusion: the study found that there were moderate levels of anxiety, a reduced sense of achievement and a neutral feeling towards satisfaction with life. reducing mental health symptoms would extend the playing careers of cricket players. de-stigmatising mental health may result in more robust and accurate self-reports of mental health illness among elite athletes, which can enable sustainable change. keywords: depression, anxiety, psychology, cricketers, covid-19 s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15058 mailto:shaz.malele.sm@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15058 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9464-6854 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3570-9779 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 sense of accomplishment (rsa) and satisfaction with life (swls)) among semi-professional male cricket players experienced during covid-19; and (ii) investigate the relationship between age and depression, anxiety and stress, as well as how they affect one another. methods study design a cross-sectional survey design was employed in this research study. the study obtained ethical clearance from the faculty of health sciences research ethics committee (rec-11302021) at the university of johannesburg. setting the research was conducted across different leagues in the western cape of south africa, namely: western province (wp) premier league (ama 20), wp first division a (ama 20), wp first division c (ama 20) and wp second division. both the varsity college cricket club and the western province cricket club were assessed on the same cricket ground, as they share the same venue. wynberg, green point and milnerton cricket clubs were all tested at their respective grounds. the survey design was utilised to identify the prevalence of mental health symptoms among cricket players after the resumption of sporting events following an extensive lockdown (between september 2021 and may 2022) as a result of covid-19. participants the inclusion criteria were male semi-professional western cape cricket players (provincial b and university squads), with an age range from 18 to 35 years, who had no chronic injuries or mental health illnesses. the initial sample size that was required was 150 (confidence level of 95%, within ± 5% of the measured value). the final sample size obtained for the study was 90 cricket players. for definition purposes, a semiprofessional cricket player refers to a cricket player who plays for a first-class team but not for a professional county/state/franchise team. [11] outcome measures depression, anxiety, stress scale – 21 (dass–21) a total of seven items were included in each of the three dass-21 scales. these sub-scales were depression, anxiety and stress. the depression scale evaluates symptoms such as dysphoria, hopelessness, a low opinion of oneself, a lack of enthusiasm or participation, anhedonia and laziness. the anxiety scales include measures of autonomic arousal, skeletal muscle effects, situational anxiety and subjective feelings of anxiousness. the stress scale has an effect on the level of persistent non-specific arousal. the following are the recommended cut-off scores for traditional severity labels: normal, moderate and severe. [12] the recommended cut-off scores for conventional severity labels (normal, moderate, severe) and scores on the dass-21 sub-scales will need to be multiplied by 2 to calculate the final score. athlete burnout questionnaire (abq) the abq is a 15-item scale that measures the level of athlete exhaustion. in the questionnaire for athletes with burnout [13], the condition was characterised by a combination of physical and emotional exhaustion (pee), devaluation of sports practice (dsp) and reduced sense of accomplishment (rsa). cricket players ranked the frequency of their experience on a five-point likert scale with 1 = almost never, 2 = seldom, 3 = occasionally, 4 = frequently and 5 = very constantly. raedeke and smith reported internal consistency estimates of 0.91 for emotional/physical exhaustion, 0.85 for impaired sense of accomplishment, and 0.90 for devaluation. [13] the grading method is based on the participant's average number of replies and ranges from 1 to 5. satisfaction with life scale (swls) the swls holistically assesses the athlete’s cognitive judgement of life. [14] the test comprises of five questions, which are answered on a scale from one to seven. the swls is an interval scale. scores from 1 to 1.86 indicate a considerable disagreement. categorisation of the cricket players’ responses followed the pimentel study [15] and were namely, strongly disagree (1.00 to 1.86), slightly disagree (1.86 to 2.71), somewhat disagree (2.71 to 3.57), neither agree nor disagree (3.57 to 4.43), somewhat agree (4.43 to 5.29), slightly agree (5.29 to 6.14) and strongly agree (6.14 to 7.00). these three questionnaires were used in similar studies: dass-21 [8], abq [16] and swls. [10] study procedure the recruitment process included sending coaches and club managers study information via digital and telephonic communication. the coaches and managers were approached first, as it was required to obtain permission to invite players if they would like to participate in the study. the players were subsequently invited and also informed about the research, as well as what was expected of them. informed consent was signed by the cricket players before completing the questionnaires. the study goals and any potential undesirable effects were described in detail. three mental health surveys were completed (between september 2021 and may 2022) by cricket players via an electronic link. the survey was designed in a way so that in order to proceed to the next question or section, the cricket player needed to complete the current question or section. in so doing, it eliminated any blank spaces or risk for non-responsiveness. participants were able to go back and change answers if needed. the player would be referred to a psychologist if they reported a severe rating according to the cut-off scores of the questionnaires. statistical analysis all of the survey questions were fixed responses, quantitative in nature. all results were gathered in real-time using an online survey platform (google forms), and exported to microsoft excel (2021) for analysis. for the first objective, descriptive statistics were employed to determine the prevalence of mental health symptoms. for the second objective, spearman's correlations were employed to determine the relationship original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 between dass-21 and age. the statistical package for the social sciences (spss, ibm version 27.0) for windows was used to perform the statistical analysis on the data at a significance level of p < 0.05. results participants due to covid-19, the sample composition had to be altered based on the availability of cricketers and physical distancing. the average age of all participants was 24 ± 5 years. the selected sample consisted of five different teams: western province cricket club (18 %), green point cricket club (27%), milnerton cricket club (27%), wynberg cricket club (21%) and varsity college cricket club (8 %). most respondents were all-rounders (47 %), followed by bowlers (27 %), batters (18 %) and wicket-keepers (9 %). depression, anxiety, and stress indicators a non-parametric spearman’s correlation indicated that there was a strong, positive and significant correlation between stress and anxiety (r = 0.79; p = 0.000); stress and depression (r = 0.77; p = 0.000); and anxiety and depression (r = 0.75; p = 0.000). the survey revealed a trend that when one variable increases, so does the other. there were outliers reporting that some cricket players had elevated symptoms of either depression, anxiety or stress (figure 1). the numbers on the figure represent the players (e.g. 70). table 1 shows that symptoms were evident in each of the three dass-21 sub-scales: depression (4.37 ± 5.97) at a high normal level; anxiety (5.03 ± 6.37) at a moderate level; stress (6.82 ± 6.48) at a moderate level. there was no statistically significant difference between the positions of cricket players. according to spearman’s correlation, the relationship between dass-21 and age was weak, negative, and not significant as is evident in table 1. the relationship between age and anxiety (r = 0.168; p = 0.114); and age and depression (r = 0.052; p = 0.625) was not significant. a slight variation was found in the relationship between stress and age (r = 0.058; p = 0.585) which was weak, positive and not significant. physical and emotional exhaustion (pee), devaluation of sports practice (dsp), and reduced sense of accomplishment (rsa) table 1 shows the abq variables that were measured: pee (2.17 ± 1.03) with 10% of the participants feeling table 1. combined results from the mental health survey instruments of male semi-professional cricket players (n=90) dass–21 questionnaire responses item score depression 4.37 ± 5.97 anxiety 5.03 ± 6.37 stress 6.82 ± 6.48 the relationship between different sub-scales of dass–21 and age age stress anxiety depression age 1 stress 0.058 1 anxiety 0.168 0.79** 1 depression 0.052 0.77** 0.75** 1 athlete burnout questionnaire (abq) responses item score pee 2.17 ± 1.03 dsp 1.89 ± 1.06 rsa 2.99 ± 0.97 satisfaction with life scale (swls) questionnaire responses item score in most ways my life is close to my ideal 4.41 ± 1.39 the conditions of my life are excellent 4.77 ± 1.43 i am satisfied with my life 4.74 ± 1.75 so far, i have gotten the important things i want in life 4.51 ± 1.53 if i could live my life over, i would change almost nothing 3.89 ± 1.94 data are expressed as mean ± sd where applicable. ** correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed). pee, physical and emotional exhaustion; dsp, devaluation of sports practice; rsa, reduced sense of achievement. scores: strongly agree = 7; agree = 6; slightly agree = 5; neither agree nor disagree = 4; slightly disagree = 3; disagree = 2; strongly disagree = 1. fig. 1. dass-21 based on sub-scales (depression, anxiety and stress) and how cricket players responded (n=90). box indicates the median and interquartile range; whiskers indicates the range. the circles and numbers on the figure represent the outliers (e.g. player 70). original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 physically worn out by the sport; and 20% exhausted by the mental and physical demands of cricket during the season; dsp (1.89 ± 1.06) was a rare occurrence; and participants sometimes experiencing a reduced sense of achievement (rsa; 2.99 ± 0.97). life satisfaction according to the study, 14% of participants were dissatisfied with their current life circumstances. overall, they neither agreed nor disagreed (4.46 ± 1.61) about being satisfied with life (table 1). discussion the objective of this study was to investigate the prevalence of mental health symptoms (anxiety, depression, stress, pee, dsp, rsa and swls) experienced among semi-professional male cricket players during covid-19. a secondary objective of this study was to investigate the relationship between age and the dass-21 sub-scale, as well as how they affect one another. the study found that mental health problems were less common among cricket players in lower divisions and that they were less likely to be prone to anxiety or depression. it has been found that 23% of cricketers had a difficult time winding down and that a variety of mental health difficulties, including mood disorders, suicide, drug and alcohol abuse and depression have been associated with cricket-related challenges. [1, 4] mental health research among athletes in south africa, only 5% of the national budget is allocated to mental health and only 50% of hospitals have the capability to deal with mental health conditions. [7] there is limited data on mental health illness among semi-professional athletes [10], as more studies relate to elite or professional athletes. studies have shown that male athletes tend to have low response rates when it comes to speaking out or filling out questionnaires. [4] the analysis from this study reported that all the dass-21 sub-scales were interrelated, and this is in line with ali and green. [17] results in this study support the use of dass-21 in a sports context, thereby, providing researchers with a reliable and valid mental health testing tool. mental health research among semi-professional cricket players limited research exists on the mental health profiles of cricket players and athletes as a whole. [1, 4] in the study, only 3.3% were unaware of changes in somatic anxiety. levels of anxiety were expected to be high due to the pandemic and uncertainty of what will happen next. [3] a study by tubic et al. [10] reported that semi-professional athletes were not equipped to handle high arousals of symptoms of anxiety. in contrast, elite athletes were reported to be better equipped to handle anxiety, as well as improvement of performance by managing their arousal. [17] the findings of the current study provides snapshots of how symptoms of anxiety, if not addressed, might result in an increase in the incidence rate of depression and stress symptoms. however, there was a difference when dass-21 was compared between recreational athletes and elite athletes. [17] to the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to investigate athlete burnout among semi-professional cricket players in south africa, as mental health profiling among cricket players is largely unknown. [1,3, 4] furthermore, the sub-scales had no correlation with age. pillay et al. [2] reported that one in every two athletes was sad, suffering from energy loss and a lack of drive to train. in contrast, this study found 40% of cricket players felt that they do not always reach their maximum athletic potential (i.e. in cricket). in addition, the rsa reported by hughes attributed to injuries and this might be a rare occurrence in the current study. [18] mood illnesses, suicidal thoughts, and substance misuse have all been linked to cricket-specific concerns. [1, 4] according to the swls in this study, cricket players reported a moderate level of life satisfaction. since there are no clinical cut-off scores for burnout measures, it is also still unknown how many athletes are suffering from this phenomena. [19] the impact of covid-19 on the mental health of cricket players training alone and lack of sport-specific training during lockdown led to an increase in mental health symptoms. [1] research has identified that covid-19 increased the phenomenon of mental health disorders, which was evident in an increase in mental fatigue and depression in football. [6] ali and green [17] found a strong correlation between dass–21 factors, age and ethnicity; however, the present study found contradictory results. during lockdown, players were required to be in bio-bubbles and no interaction with people outside of the bio-bubble. as a result, this led to rumination and depressive symptoms. [2] the current study highlights the effects of covid-19 on the player’s mental health as some experienced symptoms of depression. these results compliment the findings by pillay et al. [2] which depicted symptoms of depression being high during covid19. it was further reported by schuring that there was a link between unhappiness and a significantly elevated risk of distress, anxiety, and depression among cricket players. [20] it is, therefore, imperative for cricket clubs to be aware of depressive symptoms among cricket players and provide assistance when needed. future research directions for mental health in cricket (and sport in general) more research is needed to discover the root causes of athletes' discontent with sports so that targeted remedies can be developed. [5, 20] there are also limited studies investigating swls among semi-professional cricket players and the current study provides a snapshot of what transpired during covid19. future research studies should compare the mental health of male and female cricket players respectively to determine whether there are any relationships with their performance. lastly, research should also be conducted among larger sample groups and players with varied skill levels. limitations male cricket players, who are known to be less receptive to original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 mental health questions, were the only participants. selfreported assessments may provide outcomes that are distorted or subjective. this study could not account for a variety of characteristics, such as the history of mental health difficulties and current treatment, or the direct impact of the covid-19 outbreak (i.e. bereavement, loss of income, etc.). the generalisability of the conclusions are constrained by the sample of this population, and larger samples are necessary to acquire a deeper understanding of semi-professional cricket players. due to possible selection bias, the recruited sample may not be typical of semi-professional cricketers in cape town, south africa, and external validity may be limited. recommendations and future studies a key recommendation from this study is that teams of cricket players should do weekly mental health monitoring to determine whether players require time with a psychologist. the cricket community should consider employing a mental health consultant who focuses entirely on the psychological aspects of players, since this would result in specialised sessions for cricketers and enhanced performance. this may also be conducted in collaboration with biokineticists, physiotherapists, and other allied health specialists in order to assist the cricketer holistically. providing a space where any player may speak openly about their mental health is also paramount. conclusion the current study provided a snapshot of the prevalence of mental health symptoms experienced by cricket players during covid-19. the study found that there were moderate levels of anxiety, a reduced sense of achievement and a neutral feeling towards satisfaction with life. reducing burnout, mental health symptoms and life dissatisfaction would extend the playing careers of cricket players. destigmatising mental health may result in more robust and accurate self-reports of mental health illnesses among elite athletes, which can enable sustainable change. existing studies of the psychological aspects among cricket players cannot be compared to post-lockdown situations, as there are currently no comparative or baseline data. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: gratitude must be given to the coaches, managers and conditioning coaches for referring the researchers to eligible cricket players, as well as appreciation for cricket players for participating in this study. author contributions: lm: data collection, analysis, writing and critical revision for important intellectual content. hn: conceptualisation, analysis, writing and approval of the version to be published, project oversight. references 1. mccabe t, peirce n, gorczynski p, heron n. narrative review of mental illness in cricket with recommendations for mental health support. bmj open sport exerc med 2021 [cited 2021 april 07];7(1):e000910. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjsem-2020-000910 2. pillay l, janse van rensburg dcc, jansen van rensburg a, ramagole da, holtzhausen l, dijkstra hp, et al. nowhere to hide: the significant impact of coronavirus disease 2019 (covid19) measures on elite and semi-elite south african athletes. j sci med sport 2020 [cited 2021 april 15];23(7):670–679. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2020.05.016 3. mahmood hjs, friedman dj. batting against mental health in elite cricket. br j sports med 2021 [cited 2022 june 14];55(14):1–2. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2020-103319 4. ogden dj, coates jk, plateau cr, barker jb. uk professional male cricketers’ mental health and support experiences: a qualitative exploration. j appl sport psychol 2022 [cited 2022 nov 26]; feb 24:1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 10413200.2022.2040652 5. hendricks s, amino n, van wyk jp, gouttenbarge v, mellalieu s, schlebusch r. inside edge – prevalence and factors associated with symptoms of anxiety/depression in professional cricketers. res sports med 2022 [cited 2022 nov 28];oct 27:1-3. https://doi.org/10.1080/15438627.2022.2139619 6. bahdur k, pillay l, dell’oca d. sport during the covid-19 biobubble: wellness and opinions in south african elite football. s afr j sports med 2022 [cited 2021 jul 27];34(1):1-7. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12528 7. nguse s, wassenaar d. mental health and covid-19 in south africa. s afr j psychol 2021 [cited 2022 sept 24];51(2):304–313. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/00812463211001543 8. vaughan rs, edwards ej, macintyre te. mental health measurement in a post covid-19 world: psychometric properties and invariance of the dass-21 in athletes and nonathletes. front psychol 2020 [cited 2022 june 21];11:590559. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.590559 9. myall k, montero-marin j, kuyken w. anxiety and depression during covid-19 in elite rugby players: the role of mindfulness skills. int j environ res public health 2021 [cited 2022 jun 13];18(22):11940. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/ ijerph182211940 10. tubić t, živanović b, lakićević n, zenić n, gilić b, rudas e, et al. psychological distress in elite sambo and recreational athletes. front psychol 2022 [cited 2022 sept 24];13(22):781880. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.781880 11. nell bj. workloads of semi-professional cricket players, participating in three different match formats over a competitive season (doctoral dissertation, stellenbosch: stellenbosch university). 2016 [cited 2022 sept 24]. available from: http://hdl.handle.net/10019.1/100352 12. lovibond pf, lovibond sh. the structure of negative emotional states: comparison of the depression anxiety stress scales (dass) with the beck depression and anxiety inventories. behav res ther 1995 [cited 2021 apr 03];33(3):335–343. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0005-7967(94)00075-u 13. raedeke td, smith al. development and preliminary validation of an athlete burnout measure. j sport exerc psychol 2001 [cited 2021 apr 03];23(4):281–306. available from: http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1123/jsep.23.4.281 14. diener e, sandvik e, seidlitz l, diener m. the relationship between income and subjective well-being: relative or absolute? soc indic res 1993 [cited 2021 apr 03];28(3):195–223. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf01079018 15. pimentel jl. a note on the usage of likert scaling for research http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2020-103319 https://doi.org/10.1080/%2010413200.2022.2040652 https://doi.org/10.1080/%2010413200.2022.2040652 https://doi.org/10.1080/15438627.2022.2139619 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12528 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/00812463211001543 http://dx.doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.590559 http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/%20ijerph182211940 http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/%20ijerph182211940 http://dx.doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.781880 http://hdl.handle.net/10019.1/100352 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0005-7967(94)00075-u http://dx.doi.org/%2010.1123/jsep.23.4.281 http://dx.doi.org/%2010.1123/jsep.23.4.281 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf01079018 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 data analysis. usm r&d journal 2010 [cited 2022 jun 12];18(2):109–112. 16. gerber m, gustafsson h, seelig h, kellmann m, ludyga s, colledge f, et al. usefulness of the athlete burnout questionnaire (abq) as a screening tool for the detection of clinically relevant burnout symptoms among young elite athletes. psychol sport exerc 2018 [cited 2022 sept 12];39:104– 113. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/ j.psychsport.2018.08.005 17. ali am, green j. factor structure of the depression anxiety stress scale-21 (dass-21): unidimensionality of the arabic version among egyptian drug users. subst abuse treat prev policy 2019 [cited 2022 sept 24];14(1):40. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s13011-019-0226-1 18. hughes pb. association between athlete burnout and athletic injury [doctoral thesis]. chapel hill: the university of north carolina 2014 [cited 2022 sept 24]; 78. 19. gustafsson h, defreese jd, madigan dj. athlete burnout: review and recommendations. curr opin psychol 2017 [cited 2022 sept 24];16:109–13. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2017.05.002 20. schuring n, kerkhoffs g, gray j, gouttebarge v. the mental wellbeing of current and retired professional cricketers: an observational prospective cohort study. phys sportsmed 2017 [cited 2022 jun 21];45(4):463–469. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00913847.2017.1386069 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/%20j.psychsport.2018.08.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/%20j.psychsport.2018.08.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s13011-019-0226-1 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2017.05.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00913847.2017.1386069 13. rushall bs, shewchuk ml. effects of thought content instructions on swimming performance. j sports med phys fitness 1989; 29: 326-34. 14. shepley b, macdougall jd, cipriano n, sutton jr, tarnopolsky ma, coates g. physiological effects of tapering in highly trained athletes. j appl physiol 1992; 72: 706-11. 15. wakayoshi k, yoshida t, ikuta y, mutoh y, miyashita m. adaptations to six months of aerobic swim training. changes in velocity, stroke rate, stroke length and blood lactate. int j sports med 1993; 14: 368-72. 16. wittig af, houmard ja, costill dl. psychological effects during reduced training in distance runners. int j sports med 1989; 10: 97-100. introduction the comrades marathon is a 90 km ultramarathon race, run annually between durban and pietermaritzburg, south africa. however, the start and finish of the race alternate each year, and the race is therefore run in different directions. in the ‘up’ run the race starts at sea level in durban, and runners ascend to the finish in pietermaritzburg, at 650 m above sea level. the highest point in the race is 870 m above sea level. in the ‘down’ run, the race starts in pietermaritzburg, and runners descend to the finish in durban.11 marathon and ultramarathon races impose severe physiological stresses on runners.6,17 previous studies on runners of the 90 km comrades marathon have provided information regarding changes in ecg activity,13 serum enzyme activities, fluid balance,12 renal function,19 factors explaining the development of hyponatraemic encephalopathy,18 and the decrement in muscle power associated with muscle damage.6 it is well documented that muscle damage is a common occurrence associated with distance running.6,17 exercise-induced muscle damage is characterised by a disruption of the sarcolemma,2 sarcotubular system,2,4 contractile components of the myofibril, the extracellular matrix and the cytoskeleton.15 distance running is original research article differences in muscle pain and plasma creatine kinase activity after ‘up’ and ‘down’ comrades marathons abstract objective. the aim of this study was to compare the acute changes in muscle pain and plasma creatine kinase (ck) activity following the ‘up’ and ‘down’ comrades marathon. design. this was a quasi-experimental design. eleven male runners (39.7±9.3 years) completed the ‘up’ comrades marathon, and 11 male runners (41.0±8.4 years) completed the ‘down’ comrades marathon the following year. maximum oxygen consumption and peak treadmill running speed were measured 2 weeks before the race. daily measurements of muscle pain and plasma creatine kinase (ck) activity were recorded 1 day before, and for 7 days after the race. results. muscle pain remained significantly elevated for up to 7 days after the comrades marathon, compared with pre-race values (p<0.0009). the pain scores following the ‘down’ run were significantly higher than the pain scores following the ‘up’ run for at least 7 days after the race (p<0.004). plasma ck activity recorrespondence: theresa burgess division of physiotherapy school of health and rehabilitation sciences f45 old main building groote schuur hospital anzio road 7725 observatory south africa tel: 27 21 406-6171 fax: 021 406-6323 e-mail: theresa.burgess@uct.ac.za theresa l burgess1, 2 (bsc (physio), bsc (med)(hons) (exercise science)) michael i lambert1 (phd) 1 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, sports science institute of south africa 2 division of physiotherapy, school of health and rehabilitation sciences, university of cape town mained significantly elevated for up to 5 days after the comrades marathon, compared with pre-race values (p<0.007). plasma ck activity following the ‘down’ run was significantly higher than the plasma ck activity following the ‘up’ run for 5 days after the race (p<0.04). a high degree of intra-individual variability in plasma ck activity was observed. conclusions. the ‘down’ comrades marathon causes significantly more muscle pain and plasma ck activity compared with the ‘up’ comrades marathon. further studies are required to accurately define the regeneration of muscle following the comrades marathon. 54 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg49-58.indd 54 8/11/08 8:52:51 am also associated with impaired muscle function,6,23,24 and delayedonset muscle soreness (doms).22 previous studies have shown that muscle pain associated with doms usually dissipates within 96 hours after exercise,3,5 but may persist for up to 10 days after exercise.8 plasma creatine kinase (ck) activity is one of the most commonly used indicators of muscle damage.22 creatine kinase is released into the blood when the cell membrane is damaged, or when there is an alteration in cell membrane permeability.1 the extent and duration of the plasma ck response to exercise varies according to the type of exercise.7 plasma ck activity peaks within 24 48 hours after a marathon.22,27 anecdotally, runners report a greater degree of muscle pain and a prolonged recovery period following the ‘down’ run, compared with the ‘up’ run. this is not unexpected, as during the ‘down’ run there will be more eccentric strain on the muscles, which is known to be a risk factor for causing muscle damage.9 however, the anecdotal observations have not been confirmed experimentally and the physiological responses associated with doms following the comrades marathon have not been established. accordingly, the aim of this study was to compare acute changes in muscle pain and plasma creatine kinase activity following the ‘up’ and ‘down’ comrades marathon. methods subjects and study design twenty-two healthy male runners who participated in the comrades marathon were selected for the study, which had a quasi-experimental design. the study was granted ethical clearance by the ethics and research committee of the faculty of health sciences, university of cape town. subjects gave written consent after being informed about the demands of the study. the subjects completed a questionnaire to determine their age, training history, medical and surgical history, and any past or present injuries to the lower limbs. the study was conducted over a 2-year period. eleven subjects participated in the ‘up’ comrades marathon, and 11 subjects participated in the ‘down’ comrades marathon. one subject participated in both the ‘up’ and ‘down’ races. the subjects were requested to avoid any medication, and strenuous training and racing, other than the comrades marathon, for the duration of the study (± 20 days). testing occurred at a similar time (to within 1 hour) for each subject for the duration of the study. preliminary testing preliminary testing was conducted on all subjects 2 weeks before the comrades marathon. all subjects had their body composition assessed. body fat was represented as the sum of seven skinfolds (biceps, triceps, subscapular, supra-iliac, calf, thigh and abdomen), as described by ross and marfell-jones,29 and also as a percentage of body mass.14 a maximal treadmill test was performed to determine maximum oxygen consumption (vo2max), peak treadmill running speed (ptrs), and maximum heart rate (hrmax). the maximal test was performed on a treadmill (quinton instruments, seattle, wa, usa) with the elevation set at 1%, in order to reproduce the energetic cost of running outdoors on a flat surface.20 the subjects warmed up before the maximal test. the timing and intensity of the warm-up was specific for each subject, and was maintained for the duration the study. the test began with the treadmill speed set to 10 km.h-1. this speed was maintained for 2 minutes, after which it was increased by 0.5 km.h-1 every 30 seconds until the subjects were unable to maintain the speed of the treadmill. during the maximal test, subjects wore a mouthpiece and a nose clip. the expired air passed through an online computer system attached to an oxycon alpha automated gas analyser (jaeger/ mijnhardt, groningen, the netherlands) for the determination of oxygen consumption (vo2) and respiratory exchange ratio (rer). before each test, the gas analyser was calibrated with a 3 l hans rudolph 5530 l syringe and an online co2:n2 gas mixture of known composition. heart rate was recorded (polar vantage xl, polar electro, kempele, finland) at 5-second intervals. vo2max was defined as the vo2 value that coincided with volitional fatigue. ptrs was defined as the highest speed that the runner could maintain for a complete 30-second increment prior to fatigue. hrmax was recorded as the highest heart rate during the last 30 seconds of the treadmill test. muscle pain muscle pain was measured daily for 1 day before, and for 7 days after the comrades marathon. muscle pain was measured subjectively, where subjects rated lower limb pain according to a ‘rating of perceived pain’ on a scale of 0 to 10, where 0 represents ‘no pain’, and 10 represents ‘maximal pain’. this method of measurement of muscle pain has previously been shown to be highly correlated with objective pain measures.30 plasma creatine kinase activity daily blood samples, for the analysis of plasma creatine kinase (ck) activity, were collected for 1 day before, and for 7 days after the comrades marathon. a 5 ml blood sample was taken from the subject’s antecubital vein for the analysis of plasma ck activity. the blood samples were collected into pre-chilled tubes containing lithium heparin and were kept on ice for a maximum of 3 hours until centrifugation. blood samples were centrifuged at 2000 x g for 10 minutes at 4°c, and plasma was stored at -20°c until the analysis of plasma ck activity. plasma ck activity was measured by spectrophotometric (beckman instruments, fullerton, ca) enzymatic assays (ck-nac activated, boehringer mannheim automated analysis for bm/hitachi systems 704, meylan, france). comrades marathon the comrades marathon race profiles for the 86.55 km ‘up’ run, and the 89.9 km ‘down’ run are shown in fig. 1(a) and 1(b) respectively.11 comrades race speed was expressed as a percentage of each subject’s personal best 10 km speed. statistical analyses statistical analyses were performed using statistica software (statsoft, inc. (2007) statistica (data analysis software system), version 8.0. www.statsoft.com). differences in descriptive variables between groups were assessed using an independent t-test. a mannwhitney u test was used to assess differences in the pain scores on each day between groups. a friedman’s anova and kendall’s concordance were used to assess differences in the pain scores within groups over time. as the plasma ck activity data had unequal variance, the logarithm of each value was determined, and these values were then used in an analysis of variance (anova) with repeated measures to determine the significance for the two main effects of group and time, and the interaction (group x time). a tukey’s post hoc test was used to identify specific differences. all data are presented as the mean ± standard deviation. statistical significance was accepted as p<0.05. results the descriptive characteristics of subjects are shown in table i, and the training and racing history of subjects are shown in table ii. there were no significant differences between groups for any sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 55 pg49-58.indd 55 8/11/08 8:52:51 am of the descriptive variables. there were significant differences in the 10 km personal best times (p<0.006) and the 42 km personal best times (p<0.04) between groups, with the ‘down’ group being significantly faster over both distances. however, when the comrades race speeds were expressed as a percentage of the subjects’ 10 km personal best speed there were no differences between groups. there were no significant differences between groups for any of the other training history variables. the subjects in the ‘up’ group completed the 86.55 km race in 606.6±39.2 minutes. the average intensity (% hrmax) during the race was 83.5±4.0%. the subjects in the ‘down’ group completed the 89.9 km race in 566.4±64.5 minutes. the average intensity (% hrmax) during the race was 79.2±2.2%. there were no differences between groups in race time or intensity. muscle pain the muscle pain of subjects in the ‘down’ and ‘up’ groups is shown in fig. 2. the subjective pain scores (arbitrary units) were significantly higher in the ‘down’ group on days 1 (6.6±2.0 v. 4.2±0.8; p<0.004), 2 (6.2±1.9 v. 2.8± .1; p< 0.0003), 3 (5.3±1.4 v. 2.1±1.4; p<0.0004), 4 (4.3±1.2 v. 1.3±1.3; p<0.0005), 5 (3.6±1.3 v. 0.7±0.9; p<0.0003), 6 (3.0±1.3 v. 0.6±0.9; p<0.0008), and 7 (2.6±1.1 v. 0.4±0.7; p<0.0004) after the comrades marathon, compared with ‘up’ group values on the same days. although muscle pain in the ‘up’ group had returned to pre-race values by day 7 after the comrades marathon, muscle pain in the ‘down’ group remained elevated compared with pre-race values (2.6±1.1 v. 0.0; p<0.0009). plasma ck activity there was a significant interaction between groups over time for plasma ck activity (f(7, 140) = 3.13; p<0.004) (fig. 3). plasma ck activity was significantly higher in the ‘down’ group on days 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, compared with pre-race values (p<0.007). plasma ck activity was also significantly higher in the ‘up’ group on days 1, 2, and 3, compared with pre-race values (p<0.006). plasma ck activity had therefore returned to pre-race values by day 4 in the ‘up’ group, and day 6 in the ‘down’ group. other differences between days and groups are shown in fig. 3. discussion the comrades marathon induced muscle pain in both groups consistent with delayed-onset muscle soreness (doms).7 the onset of muscle pain in both groups occurred within the first 24 hours following the race, which is consistent with other studies investigating the onset of doms resulting from exercise-induced muscle damage.8,25 in the ‘up’ group, subjective pain had returned to pre-race values by day 5 after the race. however, in the ‘down’ group, muscle pain remained elevated at 7 days after the race. studies have shown that muscle pain associated with doms usually dissipates within 96 hours after exercise,3,5,10 but in some cases may persist for up to 10 days, particularly following high-force eccentric exercise protocols involving maximal contraction of the elbow flexors.8 unfortunately data were not collected beyond 7 days, therefore the exact time course of recovery of muscle pain following the ‘down’ run is unclear. further, although the time course of recovery of muscle pain is similar following different types of exercise-induced muscle damage, the extent of soreness may vary. for example, high-force eccentric exercise protocols involving maximal contraction of the elbow flexors are associated with higher subjective pain scores compared with protocols involving downhill running.7 this is the first study to demonstrate a difference in subjective pain scores following the ‘up’ compared with the ‘down’ comrades marathons. it is logical to assume that the difference in pain scores between the ‘down’ and ‘up’ groups is related to the increased amount of downhill running during the ‘down’ comrades marathon. downhill running is associated with a greater magnitude of eccentric (musclelengthening) action compared with level running, and therefore a greater degree of muscle damage.3 the underlying mechanisms for the pain associated with doms are not well understood. it has been suggested that soreness may result from swelling and pressure in the muscle.31 although biopsy studies have demonstrated increases in muscle fibre area and intramuscular pressure,16 discrepancies between the timing of peak muscle soreness and oedema have been identified.26 it has also been suggested that chemicals such as histamines, prostaglandins, and bradykinins may be associated with the development of muscle soreness following exercise-induced muscle damage. it is theorised that these substances are released when the muscle is damaged, resulting in activation of type iii and iv nerve afferents, leading to the sensation of pain.28 however, there is no direct evidence to support this theory.7 in addition, although subjective pain remained significantly elevated for up to 7 days after the comrades marathon, this does not necessarily reflect the magnitude of muscle damage5 or longterm changes in neuromuscular function. for example, it is known that neuromuscular function is disturbed for at least 11 days after the comrades marathon.6 furthermore, signs of regeneration are still present in the muscle of runners 12 weeks after a standard marathon, despite the absence of pain.32 there is a complex interaction between exercise-induced muscle damage and fatigue due to prolonged exercise. this is characterised by alterations in neuromuscular function including an increase in contact time, decreases in stretch reflex sensitivity, preactivation, and elastic energy potential, and changes in stiffness regulation.21 these factors are all affected by absolute running speed. it is acknowledged that a potential limitation of this study is the difference in 10 km personal best time between the ‘up’ and ‘down’ groups. due to the inherent differences in distance and profile between the ‘up’ and ‘down’ runs, race speed was expressed as a percentage of the individual 10 km personal best time. although no significant differences were observed in race 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 150 300 450 600 750 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 150 300 450 600 750 distance al ti tu d e (m ) (b) (a) race profiles fig. 1. race profiles of the (a) ’up’ and (b) ‘down’ comrades marathon. fig. 1. race profiles of the (a) ’up’ and (b) ‘down’ comrades marathon. 56 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg49-58.indd 56 8/11/08 8:52:53 am time (minutes), intensity (% hrmax), and speed (% 10 km time), it is recognised that expression of race speed as a percentage of the 10 km personal best time may mask differences in the rate of stretchshortening cycle exercise during the ultramarathon race. although it may be argued that differences in absolute running speed are associated with differences in loading forces, the differences in this study were subtle and arguably not a major factor associated with the development of the muscle damage. plasma creatine kinase (ck) activity is a commonly used indicator of muscle damage.22 plasma ck activity was significantly higher after the ‘down’ run, compared with the ‘up’ run, and remained significantly elevated for 5 days compared with pre-race values in the ‘down’ group, whereas in the ‘up’ group, values had returned to prerace values by day 4 after the comrades marathon. these findings are consistent with other studies that also reflect a rapid increase in ck activity from 24 hours after a marathon.22,27 kryöläinen et al.22 reported peak plasma ck activity of 1147±520 u.l-1 2 days after a marathon. conversely, after high-force eccentric exercise protocols, for example, maximal contraction of the elbow flexors, the table i. descriptive characteristics of subjects in the ‘up’ (n=11) and ‘down’ (n=11) groups (mean ± sd) variable up down age (years) 39.7±9.3 41.0 ±8.4 body mass (kg) 74.9± 4.6 71.8±11.6 height (cm) 177.5±7.6 177.2±6.2 sum of skinfolds (mm) 95.9±36.0 74.9±20.9 body fat (%) 21.6±5.1 19.6±4.4 maximum heart rate (b.min -1 ) 177±11 180±15 vo2max (mlo2.kg -1 .min -1 ) 54.7±7.2 57.8±5.5 peak treadmill running 16.7±1.5 17.6±1.7 speed (ptrs) (km.h -1 ) table ii. training and racing history of subjects in the up (n=11) and down (n=11) groups (mean ± sd) variable up down total years running 7.6±7.6 10.5±7.2 pre-competition training 70.5±10.6 72.7±15.6 distance (km.wk -1 ) average training 56.6±6.5 55.5±11.7 distance (km.wk -1 ) * number of standard 30±30 37±26 marathons (42 km) personal best 10 km time 43.1±3.0 37.9±3.3 (min) † personal best 42 km time 209.2±15.8 189.7±23.1 (min) ‡ race speed (%) § 60.1±3.5 60.7±5.8 *average training distance in the 6 months preceding the race. significant differences: † personal best 10 km time: up v. down (p<0.006) ‡ personal best 42 km time: up v. down (p<0.04) § comrades speed expressed as a percentage of 10 km personal best speed. -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 **** **** ** **** up down days p ai n sc o re (a rb it ra ry u n it s) muscle pain fig. 2. muscle pain (arbitrary units) of subjects in the ‘up’ (--) (n=11) and ‘down’ (-o-) (n=11) groups. tests were conducted 1 day before the race, and daily for 7 days after the race. data are expressed as mean ± sd. significant differences: ** ‘down’ days 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 v. ‘up’ days 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 respectively (p<0.004 fig. 2. muscle pain (arbitrary units) of subjects in the ‘up’ (-•-) (n=11) and ‘down’ (-o-) (n=11) groups. tests were conducted 1 day before the race, and daily for 7 days after the race. data are expressed as mean ± sd. significant differences: ** ‘down’ days 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 v. ‘up’ days 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 respectively (p<0.004). -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 * ** # **** ** ** φφφφ φφφφ φφφφ φφφφ φφφφφφφφ φφφφ up down days p la sm a c k ac ti vi ty (u .i -1 ) plasma creatine kinase fig. 3. plasma creatine kinase activity (u.l-1) of subjects in the ‘down’ (-•-) (n=11) and ‘up’ (-o-) (=11) groups. tests were conducted 1 day before the race, and daily for 7 days after the race. data are expressed as mean ± sd. significant differences: ** ‘down’ day 1 v. ‘down’ days -1, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 (p<0.00003), and 2 (p<0.03) ** ‘down’ day 2 v. ‘down’ days -1, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (p<0.00003) ** ‘down’ day 3 v. ‘down’ days -1, 5, 6, and 7 (p<0.00004) ** ‘down’ day 4 v. ‘down’ days -1, 7 (p<0.00006), and 6 (p<0.04) ** ‘down’ day 5 v. ‘down’ day -1 (p<0.007) ** ‘up’ days 1 and 2 v. ‘up’ days -1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (p<0.00003) ** ‘up’ day 3 v. ‘up’ days -1, 6, and 7 (p<0.006) f ‘down’ day 1 v. ‘up’ days -1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (p<0.02) f ‘down’ days 2 and 3 v. ‘up’ days -1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (p<0.003) f ‘down’ day 4 v. up days -1, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (p<0.04) f ‘down’ day 5 v. ‘up’ days -1, 6, and 7 (p<0.02) f ‘down’ day 6 v. ‘up’ day 1 (p<0.02) f ‘down’ day 7 v. ‘up’ days 1 and 2 (p<0.007) # interaction of group x time (p<0.004) sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 57 pg49-58.indd 57 8/11/08 8:52:55 am increase in ck activity does not begin until approximately 48 hours after the exercise, with peak ck activity occurring only between 4 6 days following the exercise.7 the differences in plasma ck activity following downhill running and high-force eccentric exercise protocols is well-documented;7 however, the underlying mechanism for the different responses is unclear. this is the first study to demonstrate a difference in the ck response to ultra-endurance exercise. it may be hypothesised that the difference in ck activity between the ‘down’ and ‘up’ groups is related to the increased amount of downhill running during the ‘down’ comrades marathon compared to the ‘up’ comrades marathon, and therefore the greater magnitude of eccentric (muscle-lengthening) action during the ‘down’ run. studies have shown a dissociation between ck activity and the extent of exercise-induced muscle damage,26,30 therefore one should interpret the magnitude of ck activity as a direct marker of muscle damage with caution. however in this study, as pain was also elevated it is logical to conclude that the ‘down’ group did indeed have more muscle damage.7 there was also a large degree of intra-subject variability in plasma ck activity, particularly in the ‘down’ group at days 1 and 2 after the comrades marathon. this individual variation in ck activity may be associated with differences in the rate of ck clearance by muscle and the reticuloendothelial system,8 and not related to physical activity, gender, or muscle mass. 7 unfortunately the design of this study cannot provide an explanation for the large degree of intra-individual variation in ck activity. further studies are needed to investigate this finding. in conclusion, the ‘down’ comrades marathon causes more muscle pain and plasma ck activity compared with the ‘up’ comrades marathon. subjective pain scores remained elevated for at least 7 days after the ‘down’ race, but only for 4 days after the ‘up’ race. further studies are required to accurately define the regeneration of muscle following the comrades marathon after the symptoms of damage have disappeared. acknowledgements the first author (tb) would like to thank the university of cape town for financial support from the urc emerging researcher fund. the comrades marathon organising committee is also thanked for financial support for the study. references 1. armstrong rb. muscle damage and endurance events. sports med 1986; 3: 370-81. 2. armstrong rb. initial events in exercise-induced muscular injury. med sci sports exerc 1990; 22: 429-35. 3. braun wa, dutto dj. the effects of a single bout of downhill running and ensuing delayed onset of muscle soreness on running economy performed 48 h later. eur j appl physiol 2003; 90: 29-34. 4. byrd sk. alterations in the sarcoplasmic reticulum: a possible link to exercise-induced muscle damage. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 531-6. 5. byrne c, twist c, eston r. neuromuscular function after exercise-induced muscle damage. theoretical and applied implication. sports med 2004; 34: 49-69. 6. chambers c, noakes td, lambert ev, lambert mi. time course of recovery of vertical jump height and heart rate versus running speed after a 90-km foot race. j sports sci 1998; 16: 645-51. 7. clarkson pm, hubal mj. exercise-induced muscle damage in humans. am j phys med rehabil 2002; 81: s52-s69. 8. clarkson pm, nosaka k, braun b. muscle function after exercise-induced muscle damage and rapid adaptation. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 512-20. 9. clarkson pm, tremblay i. exercise-induced muscle damage, repair, and adaptation in humans. j appl physiol 1988; 65: 1-6. 10. cleak mj, eston rg. delayed-onset muscle soreness: mechanisms and management. j sports sci 1992; 10: 325-41. 11. comrades marathon association. comrades. www. comrades. co.za 2008. 12. dancaster cp, whereat sj. fluid and electrolyte balance during the comrades marathon. s afr med j 1971; 45: 147-50. 13. dancaster cp, whereat sj. renal function in marathon runners. s afr med j 1971; 45: 547-51. 14. durnin jvga, womersley j. body fat assessed from the total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16 to 72 years. br j nutr 1974; 32: 77-97. 15. friden j, lieber rl. structural and mechanical basis of exercise-induced muscle injury. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 521-30. 16. friden j, sfakianos pn, hargens ar. residular muscular swelling after repetitive eccentric contractions. j orthop res 1988; 6: 493-8. 17. hikida rs, staron rs, hagerman fc, sherman wm, costill dl. muscle fiber necrosis associated with human marathon runners. j neurol sci 1983; 59: 185-203. 18. irving ra, buck rh, godlonton j, noakes td. evaluation of renal function and fluid homeostasis during recovery from exercise induced hyponatremia. j appl physiol 1991; 70: 342-8. 19. irving ra, noakes td, burger sc, myburgh kh, querido d, van zyl smit r. plasma volume and renal function during and after ultramarathon running. med sci sports exerc 1990; 22: 581-7. 20. jones am, doust jh. a 1% treadmill grade most accurately reflects the energetic cost of outdoor running. j sports sci 1996; 14: 321-7. 21. komi pv. stretch-shortening cycle exercise: a powerful model to study normal and fatigued muscle. j biomech 2000; 33: 1197-206. 22. kryöläinen h, pullinen t, candau r, avela j, huttunen p, komi pv. effects of marathon running on running economy and kinematics. eur j appl physiol 2000; 82: 297-304. 23. morgan dl, allen dg. early events in stretch-induced muscle damage. j appl physiol 1999; 87: 2007-15. 24. morgan dw, craib m. physiological aspects of running economy. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 456-1. 25. nosaka k, clarkson pm. muscle damage following repeated bouts of high force eccentric exercise. med sci sports exerc 1995; 27: 1263-9. 26. nosaka k, clarkson pm. variability in serum creatine kinase response after eccentric exercise of the elbow flexors. int j sports med 1996; 17: 120-7. 27. nuviala rj, roda l, lapieza mg, boned b, giner a. serum enzyme activities at rest and after a marathon race. j sports med phys fitness 1992; 32: 180-6. 28. o’connor pj, cook db. exercise and pain: the neurobiology, measurement, and laboratory study of pain in relation to exercise in humans. exerc sports sci rev 1999; 27: 119-66. 29. ross wd, marfell-jones mj. kinanthropometry. in: macdougall jd, wegner ha, green hj eds. physiological testing of the high-performance athlete. champaign, il, usa: human kinetics books, 1991. 30. semark a, noakes td, st clair gibson a, lambert mi. the effect of a prophylactic dose of flurbiprofen on muscle damage, soreness and sprinting performance in trained subjects. j sports sci 1999; 17: 197-203. 31. smith ll. acute inflammation: the underlying mechanism in muscle soreness? med sci sports exerc 1991; 23: 542-51. 32. warhol mj, siegel aj, evans wj, silverman lm. skeletal muscle injury and repair in marathon runners after competition. am j pathol 1985; 118: 331-9. 58 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg49-58.indd 58 8/11/08 8:52:56 am sportsmed_june04 28 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 introduction super-compensation is the main principle in physical training aimed at improving performance. a breakdown process in skeletal muscle is followed by a recovery process, resulting in adaptation and possibly increased exercise performance.32 exercise has a profound effect on skeletal muscle metabolism resulting in net muscle protein breakdown and glycogen depletion during exercise, followed by net protein synthesis and, depending on nutrient availability, glycogen storage post-exercise. the recovery process (muscle regeneration, glycogen and fluid restoration) is regarded as critical to successful training and adaptation, and nutrition has been identified as a major contributor in this process.35 increasing the rate of recovery post-exercise, or decreasing the rate of catabolism during exercise, could lead to speedy and effective recovery between training sessions. an enhanced recovery process is of particular importance to athletes who do more than one training session per day, and/or engage in strenuous multi-day training or competition schedules. macronutrients, specifically carbohydrate (cho) and protein, have been identified as crucial dietary components in enhancing the recovery process. by regulating the timing, amount and type of these nutrients ingested, anabolism post-exercise can be reached at an earlier stage compared with unregulated ingestion of these nutrients.24,25,49 this article consists of two parts, focusing on the effect of the macronutrients, individually and in combination, on glycogen storage (part i) and skeletal muscle repair (part ii) post-exercise. in both parts possible mechanisms will be identified and conclusions drawn. at the end of part ii one combined set of dietary recommendations for optimal recovreview article dietary macronutrient recommendations for optimal recovery post-exercise: part i h h wright (msc dietetics, phd nutrition)1 a claassen (bsc (hons) dietetics, bsc (med) (hons) exercise science)2 j davidson (dsc)3 1potchefstroom institute of nutrition, faculty of health sciences, northwest university, south africa 2uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 3college of education and health sciences, bradley university, peoria, illinois, usa correspondence: h wright school of physiology, nutrition and consumer science north-west university private bag x6001 potchefstroom, 2531 tel: 018-299 2482 fax: 018-299 2464 e-mail: vgehhw@puk.ac.za abstract prolonged, strenuous exercise results in muscle glycogen depletion. recovery of these stores prior to the next training session or competition is crucial to optimise exercise performance. nutrition plays an important role during the post-exercise recovery period when processes such as muscle regeneration, glycogen and fluid restoration take place. by manipulating the timing, type and frequency of food intake the rate of recovery can be enhanced, which is of particular importance to athletes performing multiple training or competition sessions within a day, or on a dayto-day basis and recovery time is limited. restoration of muscle glycogen stores is especially important for athletes participating in prolonged exercise, since depleted glycogen stores are associated with impaired exercise performance. key factors affecting muscle glycogen storage are carbohydrate (cho) availability and an increased insulin concentration, both of which are influenced by amount and timing of cho intake, type of cho ingested, the ratio of cho to protein ingested, and the fat content of a food item or meal. to maximise the rate of muscle glycogen restoration during a short (< 6-hour) recovery period, 1 1.5 g moderate to high glycaemic index cho/kg body weight (bw) immediately post-exercise, followed by 0.8 1.5 g moderate to high glycaemic index cho/kg bw/hour (divided in smaller doses every 15 60 minutes) for 3 4 hours should be ingested. with a longer recovery period (≥ 6 hours) muscle glycogen storage is independent of type of cho ingested but a total of 7 10 g cho/kg bw should be taken in within a 24-hour period. combining protein with an adequate amount of cho (> 1 g/kg bw/hour) has no added advantage in terms of enhanced rate of glycogen storage, but can be of practical importance. additionally, this combination may be beneficial since cho and amino acid availability are important for muscle repair during the recovery period, as will be discussed in detail in part ii of this article. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 29 ery of glycogen stores and skeletal muscle repair post-exercise is provided. glycogen storage glycogen, specifically muscle glycogen, is the predominant fuel source during exercise of moderate to high intensity (> 60% maximal oxygen uptake (vo2max). 45 during prolonged exercise, glycogen stores become depleted and blood glucose concentrations may start to decline, a situation which is often associated with a decrease in cho oxidation and impaired exercise performance.4;5;13;22 hence, efficient recovery of glycogen stores (in the liver and muscles) in the postexercise period has been identified as an important strategy to enhance subsequent exercise performance. restoration of these stores is dependent on glucose supply originating from dietary cho. restoration of liver glycogen stores is important for optimal maintenance of blood glucose concentrations, which serve as the predominant fuel source to the brain and central nervous system,38 as well as to the working muscles when muscle glycogen becomes depleted.4,19,55 however, restoration of muscle glycogen in the post-exercise period takes precedence over liver glycogen restoration, which, even in the absence of dietary cho supply, can occur at a low rate (~ 1 2 mmol/kg wet weight (ww)/hour), with some of the substrate being provided through gluconeogenesis.3 therefore, part i of this article focuses on aspects increasing the rate of muscle glycogen recovery specifically. dietary factors affecting muscle glycogen storage the key dietary factors that can enhance the rate of muscle glycogen synthesis include: increased cho (glucose) availability;17 an elevated insulin concentration;21 and the combination of cho and protein or amino acids to increase the insulinotrophic effect and provide substrate for glycogen and muscle protein regeneration.26 non-dietary factors that may augment the rate of glycogen synthesis (for detailed review see jentjens and jeukendrup30) include glycogen synthase activity (increased by both muscle contraction and insulin); glucose transport protein-4 (glut-4) availability and translocation within the muscle cell (increased by muscle contraction and insulin concentrations); training status (training increases insulin signalling and sensitivity, glut-4 content, and blood flow); degree of muscle glycogen depletion (glycogen depletion may increase glut-4 availability and glycogen synthase activity, thereby increasing the rate of muscle glycogen restoration).30 cho availability: amount and timing of cho ingestion it has been established that post-exercise glycogen synthesis takes place in a biphasic manner, with a rapid, insulinindependent phase lasting between 30 and 60 minutes, and a slow, insulin-dependent phase, which, depending on cho availability and high insulin levels, can persist for several hours.42,43 the rapid phase only occurs when post-exercise muscle glycogen concentrations are below 30 35 mmol/kg ww43 and cho is provided immediately post-exercise.28 hence, of the abovementioned dietary factors, cho availability remains the key factor affecting both phases of postexercise glycogen synthesis and rate of recovery. several studies have demonstrated very low rates of muscle glycogen synthesis when no cho was ingested or when cho intake was delayed (> 2 hours) compared with immediate cho ingestion post-exercise.28,48,51 the mechanism behind an increased rate of glycogen synthesis with immediate post-exercise cho ingestion might be related to an increased glycogen synthase activity (for review see nielsen and richter37) and glut-4 availability immediately following exercise.36 however, in the absence of cho ingestion, these exercise-induced increases in glycogen synthase and glut4 availability (and hence the potential for glucose transport) may decline rapidly.12,23 when considering the ideal amount of cho to be ingested, blom et al.3 demonstrated an increase in muscle glycogen synthesis rate of ~ 150% when post-exercise cho intake was increased from 0.18 to 0.35 g/kg body weight (bw)/hour (provided at 2-hourly intervals post-exercise), but no further increase when cho intake was increased to 0.7 g/kg bw/hour. similarly, ivy et al.29 found no difference in muscle glycogen synthesis rate between the ingestion of 0.75 vs. 1.5 g cho/kg bw/hour (provided at 2-hourly intervals) over a 4-hour period post-exercise. these two studies3,29 suggested a 'glycogen synthesis threshold' and an upper limit for cho ingestion of between ~ 0.35 0.7 g/kg bw/hour. however, several more recent studies42,48,51,53 have demonstrated glycogen synthesis rates beyond those reported in these two studies (~ 145 170% higher) when 1 1.7 g cho/kg bw/hour was ingested, hence providing evidence against the existence of such an upper limit or threshold. for example, van loon et al.53 demonstrated a ~ 200% increase in the rate of glycogen synthesis when cho intake was increased from 0.8 to 1.2 g/kg bw/hour (~ 145% higher than blom et al.3 and ivy et al.29). several others have reported even higher rates of muscle glycogen synthesis (~ 170% higher) when 1 1.7 g cho/kg bw/hour was ingested at 15 60-minute intervals during a 3 4-hour recovery period.31,42,53 in these studies, the cho beverages were provided at 15 60-minute intervals post-exercise, as opposed to 2-hourly intervals as in the studies where no difference in rates of muscle glycogen synthesis were found.3,29 additionally, ivy et al.29 reported that if beverages are provided on a 2-hourly basis, then a cho intake of > 0.5 g cho/kg bw/hour is needed in order to maximise glycogen synthesis post-exercise. collectively taken, these results may highlight the possibility that frequent cho ingestion in the early hours postexercise may be better able to increase and maintain glucose availability and insulin concentrations, as opposed to when provided on a 2-hourly basis. although the exact amount of cho to maximise postexercise glycogen recovery has not been fully established yet, the abovementioned evidence suggests that optimal muscle glycogen synthesis will be achieved by the ingestion of 1 1.5 g cho/kg bw immediately after exercise, followed by 0.8 1.5 g cho/kg bw/hour (ideally divided into small doses every 15 60 minutes) for at least 3 4 hours thereafter, aiming for a total of 7 10 g cho/kg bw over a 24-hour period. type of cho ingested the type of cho ingested plays an important role in the rate of glycogen synthesis as it affects the rate of digestion and absorption of the cho, and ultimately glucose availability. as mentioned earlier, glucose availability is an important determinant of glycogen synthesis. furthermore, insulin stimulates glycogen synthase,2 which is considered the ratelimiting enzyme in the glycogen synthetic pathway,20 as well as glut-4 translocation which facilitates glucose uptake.21 high glycaemic index (gi) cho-rich foods elicit a high glucose and insulin response within the first 2 hours after ingestion.6 thus, using high gi cho foods during the early recovery period should increase the rate of glycogen synthesis and thereby achieve a higher glycogen concentration sooner, compared with a low gi cho food. blom and co-workers3 found that the ingestion of glucose (high gi) and sucrose (moderate gi) feedings after prolonged exercise increased the rate of glycogen synthesis significantly higher at 6 hours post-exercise compared with fructose (low gi) feeding. surprisingly, sucrose (moderate gi), which contains equimolar amounts of fructose (low gi) and glucose (high gi), resulted in similar rates of glycogen synthesis and muscle glycogen levels than a similar amount of glucose (high gi). a possible explanation for this result may be that fructose inhibits post-exercise hepatic glucose uptake, thereby increasing the amount of glucose available for muscle glycogen synthesis.3 interestingly, piehl aulin and co-workers42 found that a post-exercise cho drink containing glucose polymers (high gi) resulted in a significantly higher rate of glycogen synthesis 4 hours post-exercise compared with an isocaloric glucose-containing drink (high gi) (50 vs. 30 mmol/kg dry weight/hour). it was suggested that the lower osmolality of the glucose polymer drink versus the glucose drink (84 vs. 350 mosm/l) led to greater gastric emptying rates and a faster delivery of substrate to muscle. although there was no difference in insulin and glucose response, there could have been a greater non-insulin dependent uptake of glucose in the muscle during the early (30 60 minutes) post-exercise period. this hypothesis merits further investigation. during a longer recovery period (> 6 hours) timing and type of cho ingested seems to be of lesser importance than the amount ingested.9,17,33,40 after strenuous glycogen-depleting exercise, the ingestion of 7 10 g cho/kg bw/day will be sufficient to restore glycogen stores over a 24 48-hour period.9,10,33 for athletes participating in less strenuous exercise lasting 60 120 minutes/day, the ingestion of 6 8 g cho/kg bw/day would be sufficient to restore glycogen stores within this time frame.7 there are limited data available on the role of the gi during longer recovery periods, probably due to practical difficulties, but also due to evidence9,15,18 suggesting that amount of cho ingested is more important than the type (gi) of cho itself during these periods. in summary, for athletes who train/compete twice (or more) a day, and/or have a strenuous day-to-day training or competition schedule with limited recovery time, it is recommended to opt for cho-rich foods of moderate to high gi within the first 6 hours post-exercise. after 6 hours, foods with low gi can be included, provided that the overall cho requirement (~ 7 10 g cho/kg bw within 24 hours) is met. for athletes who have 6 or more hours to recover before a subsequent strenuous exercise bout, the type of cho (low or high gi) is of lesser importance, provided that the amount of cho to be ingested within a 24-hour period be sufficient (~ 6 8 g cho/kg bw per 24 hours for moderate-intensity exercise or 7 10 g cho/kg bw per 24 hours for more strenuous/prolonged exercise). effect of combining cho and protein on muscle glycogen storage though insulin secretion is mainly determined by cho ingestion and blood glucose concentration, it has been shown that certain amino acids51-54 and/or protein peptides52,54,57 have a synergistic effect on insulin concentration when combined with cho. as mentioned before, insulin stimulates glycogen synthase and muscle glucose uptake, thus enhanced insulin release post-exercise may therefore increase the rate of muscle glycogen synthesis.31,51-53,57 zawadski and co-workers57 were the first researchers to find that the addition of whey protein to a cho supplement (112 g cho + 40.7 g protein/serving) taken immediately and 2 hours after an hour of glycogen-depleting exercise increased the rate of glycogen synthesis during a 4-hour recovery period compared with a cho-only supplement (112 g cho/serving). however, the increased rate of glycogen synthesis could have been due to the added energy, since the two drinks were not isocaloric. since then, only one other study27 found that muscle glycogen concentrations were higher (4 hours post-exercise) in a cho supplement with added protein (80 g cho + 28 g protein + 6 g fat/serving) compared with an isocaloric cho-only (108 g cho + 6 g fat/serving) supplement given immediately and 2 hours after a 2.5 hour glycogen-depleting cycling protocol. unfortunately, the rate of glycogen synthesis was not reported. subsequently, van loon et al.53 provided beverages at 30minute intervals up to 270 minutes post-exercise and compared the ingestion of 0.8 g cho/kg bw/hour with 0.8 g cho/kg bw/hour plus 0.4 g/kg bw/hour of wheat protein hydrolysate plus leucine and phenylalanine (proven to be highly insulinotrophic),54 and with 1.2 g cho/kg bw/hour. adding the protein mixture (0.4 g/kg bw/hour) to the cho beverage (0.8 g/kg bw/hour) increased the plasma insulin response and muscle glycogen synthesis rate by ~ 113% compared with the ingestion of 0.8 g cho/kg bw/hour only. however, increasing the cho content by 0.4 g cho/kg bw/hour to 1.2 g/kg bw/hour also resulted in a faster rate of muscle glycogen synthesis of ~ 170% compared with ingestion of 0.8 g cho/kg bw/hour.53 this study clearly demonstrated that maximal rates of muscle glycogen synthesis are not reached when 0.8 g cho/kg bw/hour is ingested, and that this rate can be increased by the addition of 0.4 g/kg bw/hour of either protein or more cho. the question then arose whether the addition of protein/amino acids to a larger cho beverage (> 1 g cho/kg bw/hour) would further increase the rate of muscle glycogen synthesis. in answer to this question, jentjens et al.31 demonstrated that combining 0.4 g/kg bw/hour of an insulinotrophic protein-amino acid mixture with a cho beverage containing 1.2 g cho/kg bw/hour, given at 30-minute intervals post-exercise, does not increase the rate of muscle glycogen further, despite 30 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 31 much higher insulin concentrations. the majority of studies11,31,46,48,50-53 investigating the effect of combining protein and/or amino acid-mixtures with a cho supplement have not shown an enhanced rate of glycogen synthesis when the amount of cho ingested was above 1 g/kg bw/hour. despite higher insulin concentrations, the rate of muscle glycogenesis in these studies was unaffected by the addition of protein/amino acids compared with an isocaloric cho beverage. furthermore, tarnopolsky and coworkers48 found significantly higher glycogen concentrations (4 hours post-exercise) after ingesting a cho-only (1 g cho/kg bw/serving) compared with an isocaloric cho-protein (0.75 g cho + 0.1 g protein + 0.02 g fat/kg bw/serving) supplement after a glycogen-depleting exercise protocol. these results are supported wojcik and co-workers,56 and may suggest that insulin is not the rate-limiting factor for muscle glycogen synthesis when the overall rate of cho intake is high (> 1 g cho/kg bw/hour). though the rate of glycogen synthesis might not be enhanced by adding protein and/or amino-acid mixtures to a cho supplement, it might be of practical importance, since a lower volume supplement/drink can be ingested post-exercise, when most athletes experience loss of appetite,34 and still result in efficient recovery of glycogen stores. furthermore, adding protein to a recovery supplement/drink might be beneficial for muscle repair post-exercise. this will be discussed in more detail in part ii. effect of combining cho, protein and fat on glycogen storage co-ingestion of fat reduces the plasma glucose response (but not insulin secretion) to both high and low gi cho foods, possibly due to delayed gastric emptying.14 the addition of fat and protein to a cho meal may cause similar levels of glycogen storage at 24 hours post-exercise compared with a cho-only diet, provided that the cho intake is adequate.8;46 effect of type of exercise on glycogen storage type of exercise also has an effect on rate and amount of muscle glycogen stored post-exercise. the rate of glycogen synthesis after short-term high-intensity exercise is higher than after prolonged or resistance exercise.41 possible factors contributing to this effect include higher peak blood glucose and insulin levels post-exercise, higher levels of glycolytic intermediates and lactate concentration in muscle and blood, as well as greater glycogen depletion in glycogen synthase-rich fast-twitch glycolytic muscle fibres (for review see pascoe and gladden41). additionally, eccentric exercise (usually part of resistance training) is associated with reduced rates of glycogen resynthesis.16;39 potential mechanisms include competition between inflammatory cells and muscle cells for available glucose,16 a metabolic shift towards glycogenolysis induced by inflammatory cells,47 reduced glut-4 levels,1 and an increase in calcium which could inhibit glycogen synthase.44 conclusions prolonged, strenuous exercise results in muscle glycogen depletion. recovery of these stores prior to the next training session or competition is crucial to optimise exercise performance. nutrition is a major contributor to the recovery of muscle glycogen stores and the rate at which it occurs, which is especially important for athletes engaging in multiday training or competition schedules. the rate of glycogen storage can be increased by ingesting a sufficient amount of cho (> 0.8 g cho/kg bw/hour) immediately post-exercise at 15 60-minute intervals during the first 3 4 hours of the recovery period. ingesting high gi cho during the early recovery period (≤ 6 hours) results in a higher rate of glycogen storage than low gi cho. the total amount of glycogen stored within a 24-hour period post-exercise is, however, not dependent on the gi per se, but rather on the amount of cho ingested during the recovery period. thus, the gi only seems to be important when there is a short recovery period (< 6 hours) between training sessions. finally, combining cho and protein post-exercise does not seem to result in a higher rate of glycogen storage compared with when a high cho-only supplement is ingested at a rate of >1 g cho/kg bw/hour. this combination may, however, still be of benefit to the muscle recovery process since cho and amino acid availability are important for muscle repair during the recovery period, as will be discussed in detail in part ii. references 1. asp s, daugaard jr, kristiansen s, kiens b, richter ea. exercise metabolism in human skeletal muscle exposed to prior eccentric exercise. j physiol 1998; 509 ( pt 1):305-13. 2. bak jf, moller n, schmitz o, richter ea , pedersen o. effects of hyperinsulinemia and hyperglycemia on insulin receptor function and glycogen synthase activation in skeletal muscle of normal man. metabolism 1991; 40: 830-5. 3. blom pc, hostmark at, vaage o, kardel kr, maehlum s. effect of different post-exercise sugar diets on the rate of muscle glycogen synthesis. med sci sports exerc 1987; 19: 491-6. 4. bosch an, dennis sc, noakes td. influence of carbohydrate ingestion on fuel substrate turnover and oxidation during prolonged exercise. j appl physiol 1994; 76: 2364-72. 5. bosch an, weltan sm, dennis sc, noakes td . fuel substrate kinetics of carbohydrate loading differs from that of carbohydrate ingestion during prolonged exercise. metabolism 1996; 45: 415-23. 6. brand miller j, foster-powell k, colagiuri s. the gi factor. rydalmere, nsw: hodder and stoughton, 1996. 7. burke lm. fine tuning — how much and when? the complete south african guide to sports nutrition. cape town: oxford university press, 1998: 38-62. 8. burke lm, collier gr, beasley sk, et al. effect of coingestion of fat and protein with carbohydrate feedings on muscle glycogen storage. j appl physiol 1995; 78: 2187-92. 9. burke lm, collier gr, davis pg, fricker pa, sanigorski aj, hargreaves m. muscle glycogen storage after prolonged exercise: effect of the frequency of carbohydrate feedings. am j clin nutr 1996; 64: 115-9. 10. burke lm, collier gr, hargreaves m. muscle glycogen storage after prolonged exercise: effect of the glycemic index of carbohydrate feedings. j appl physiol 1993; 75: 1019-23. 11. carrithers ja, williamson dl, gallagher pm, godard mp, schulze ke, trappe sw. effects of postexercise carbohydrate-protein feedings on muscle glycogen restoration. j appl physiol 2000; 88: 1976-82. 12. cartee gd, young da, sleeper md, zierath j, wallberg-henriksson h, holloszy jo. prolonged increase in insulin-stimulated glucose transport in muscle after exercise. am j physiol 1989; 256: e494-9. 13. coggan ar, coyle ef. carbohydrate ingestion during prolonged exercise: effects on metabolism and performance. exerc sport sci rev 1991; 19: 140. 32 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 14. collier g, mclean a, o'dea k. effect of co-ingestion of fat on the metabolic responses to slowly and rapidly absorbed carbohydrates. diabetologia 1984; 26: 50-4. 15. costill dl. carbohydrates for exercise: dietary demands for optimal performance. int j sports med 1988; 9: 1-18. 16. costill dl, pascoe dd, fink wj, robergs ra, barr si, pearson d. impaired muscle glycogen resynthesis after eccentric exercise. j appl physiol 1990; 69: 46-50. 17. costill dl, sherman wm, fink wj, maresh c, witten m, miller jm. the role of dietary carbohydrates in muscle glycogen resynthesis after strenuous running. am j clin nutr 1981; 34: 1831-6. 18. coyle ef. timing and method of increased carbohydrate intake to cope with heavy training, competition and recovery. j sports sci 1991; 9: 29-51. 19. coyle ef, hagberg jm, hurley bf, martin wh, ehsani aa, holloszy jo. carbohydrate feeding during prolonged strenuous exercise can delay fatigue. j appl physiol 1983; 55: 230-5. 20. danforth wh. glycogen synthetase activity in skeletal muscle. interconversion of two forms and control of glycogen synthesis. j biol chem 1965; 240: 588-93. 21. friedman je, neufer pd, dohm gl. regulation of glycogen resynthesis following exercise. dietary considerations. sports med 1991; 11: 232-43. 22. gandevia sc. spinal and supraspinal factors in human muscle fatigue. physiol rev 2001; 81: 1725-89. 23. goodyear lj, hirshman mf, king pa, horton ed, thompson cm, horton es. skeletal muscle plasma membrane glucose transport and glucose transporters after exercise. j appl physiol 1990; 68: 193-8. 24. houston me. gaining weight: the scientific basis of increasing skeletal muscle mass. can j appl physiol 1999; 24: 305-16. 25. ivy jl. glycogen resynthesis after exercise: effect of carbohydrate intake. int j sports med 1998; 19: suppl 2: s142-5. 26. ivy jl. dietary strategies to promote glycogen synthesis after exercise. can j appl physiol 2001; 26: suppl: s236-45. 27. ivy jl, goforth hw jun., damon bm, mccauley tr, parsons ec, price tb. early postexercise muscle glycogen recovery is enhanced with a carbohydrate-protein supplement. j appl physiol 2002; 93: 1337-44. 28. ivy jl, katz al, cutler cl, sherman wm , coyle ef. muscle glycogen synthesis after exercise: effect of time of carbohydrate ingestion. j appl physiol 1988; 64: 1480-5. 29. ivy jl, lee mc, brozinick jt jun., reed mj. muscle glycogen storage after different amounts of carbohydrate ingestion. j appl physiol 1988; 65: 2018-23. 30. jentjens r, jeukendrup a. determinants of post-exercise glycogen synthesis during short-term recovery. sports med 2003; 33: 117-44. 31. jentjens rl, van loon lj, mann ch, wagenmakers aj, jeukendrup ae. addition of protein and amino acids to carbohydrates does not enhance postexercise muscle glycogen synthesis. j appl physiol 2001; 91: 839-46. 32. kentta g, hassmen p. overtraining and recovery. a conceptual model. sports med 1998; 26: 1-16. 33. kiens b, richter ea. utilization of skeletal muscle triacylglycerol during postexercise recovery in humans. am j physiol 1998; 275: e332-7. 34. king na, burley vj, blundell je. exercise-induced suppression of appetite: effects on food intake and implications for energy balance. eur j clin nutr 1994; 48: 715-24. 35. kuipers h, keizer ha. overtraining in elite athletes. review and directions for the future. sports med 1988; 6: 79-92. 36. kuo ch, hunt dg, ding z, ivy jl. effect of carbohydrate supplementation on postexercise glut-4 protein expression in skeletal muscle. j appl physiol 1999; 87: 2290-5. 37. nielsen jn, richter ea. regulation of glycogen synthase in skeletal muscle during exercise. acta physiol scand 2003; 178: 309-19. 38. nybo l, moller k, pedersen bk, nielsen b, secher nh. association between fatigue and failure to preserve cerebral energy turnover during prolonged exercise. acta physiol scand 2003; 179: 67-74. 39. o'reilly kp, warhol mj, fielding ra, frontera wr, meredith cn, evans wj . eccentric exercise-induced muscle damage impairs muscle glycogen repletion. j appl physiol 1987; 63: 252-6. 40. parkin ja, carey mf, martin ik, stojanovska l, febbraio ma. muscle glycogen storage following prolonged exercise: effect of timing of ingestion of high glycemic index food. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29: 220-4. 41. pascoe dd, gladden lb. muscle glycogen resynthesis after short term, high intensity exercise and resistance exercise. sports med 1996; 21: 98118. 42. piehl aulin k, soderlund k, hultman e. muscle glycogen resynthesis rate in humans after supplementation of drinks containing carbohydrates with low and high molecular masses. eur j appl physiol 2000; 81: 346-51. 43. price tb, rothman dl, taylor r, avison mj, shulman gi, shulman rg. human muscle glycogen resynthesis after exercise: insulin-dependent and -independent phases. j appl physiol 1994; 76: 104-11. 44. roach pj. control of glycogen synthase by hierarchal protein phosphorylation. faseb j 1990; 4: 2961-8. 45. romijn ja, coyle ef, sidossis ls, et al. regulation of endogenous fat and carbohydrate metabolism in relation to exercise intensity and duration. am j physiol 1993; 265: e380-91. 46. roy bd, tarnopolsky ma. influence of differing macronutrient intakes on muscle glycogen resynthesis after resistance exercise. j appl physiol 1998; 84: 890-6. 47. shearer jd, amaral jf, caldwell md. glucose metabolism of injured skeletal muscle: the contribution of inflammatory cells. circulatory shock 1988; 25: 131-8. 48. tarnopolsky ma, bosman m, macdonald jr, vandeputte d, martin j, roy bd. postexercise protein-carbohydrate and carbohydrate supplements increase muscle glycogen in men and women. j appl physiol 1997; 83: 1877-83. 49. tipton kd, wolfe rr. exercise, protein metabolism, and muscle growth. international journal of sport nutriton and exercise metabolism 2001; 11: 109-32. 50. van hall g, saris wh, van de schoor pa, wagenmakers aj. the effect of free glutamine and peptide ingestion on the rate of muscle glycogen resynthesis in man. int j sports med 2000; 21: 25-30. 51. van hall g, shirreffs sm, calbet ja. muscle glycogen resynthesis during recovery from cycle exercise: no effect of additional protein ingestion. j appl physiol 2000; 88: 1631-6. 52. van loon lj, kruijshoop m, verhagen h, saris wh, wagenmakers aj. ingestion of protein hydrolysate and amino acid-carbohydrate mixtures increases postexercise plasma insulin responses in men. j nutr 2000; 130: 2508-13. 53. van loon lj, saris wh, kruijshoop m, wagenmakers aj. maximizing postexercise muscle glycogen synthesis: carbohydrate supplementation and the application of amino acid or protein hydrolysate mixtures. am j clin nutr 2000; 72: 106-11. 54. van loon lj, saris wh, verhagen h, wagenmakers aj. plasma insulin responses after ingestion of different amino acid or protein mixtures with carbohydrate. am j clin nutr 2000; 72: 96-105. 55. weltan sm, bosch an, dennis sc, noakes td. influence of muscle glycogen content on metabolic regulation. am j physiol 1998; 274: e72-82. 56. wojcik jr, walber-rankin j, smith ll, gwazdauskas fc. comparison of carbohydrate and milk-based beverages on muscle damage and glycogen following exercise. international journal of sport nutrition and exercise metabolism 2001; 11: 406-19. 57. zawadzki km, yaspelkis bb iii, ivy jl. carbohydrate-protein complex increases the rate of muscle glycogen storage after exercise. j appl physiol 1992; 72: 1854-9. sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 129 introduction in recent years findings on seasonal cricket injuries have been well documented in south africa, 10-16 australia 5 and england. 3 variation in injury definitions and methods of data collection have limited the ability to draw comparisons relating to injury rate. however, the recently published consensus statement on the method of injury surveillance in international cricket should address this and allow meaningful comparisons to be made. 6 a further area of concern and where there is a paucity of literature is that relating to cricket injuries while on international tours, specifically evidence describing the expected medical treatments at large tournaments such as the world cup. on the first tour (8 days) after south africa’s re-admission to international cricket, 8 of the 16 players, as well as the coach of the south african team received 31 treatments. 9 of the 14 injuries to the players, which were defined as conditions requiring medical or physiotherapy treatment, 7 (50%) were bone/joint injuries, 3 were tendon injuries, 1 muscle, 1 ligament and 2 soft-tissue injuries, with the most commonly injured area being the lower limb (64%). the injury rate was 1 injury per player. on a 5-week international tour to south africa, a total of 40 injuries were incurred by 16 players who received 166 treatments at an incidence rate of 2.5 injuries per player and 10.4 treatments per player. of these, 24 were minor injuries, which took 3 or less treatments to heal, and 16 were major injuries, which took more than 3 treatments to heal and may have prevented participation in a match. the injuries were mainly bone/joint injuries (n = 14), muscle (n = 8), tendon (n = 6), ligament (n = 5) and 'other' (n = 7) injuries. 7 of the 40 injuries, 20% were injuries from the previous season that were re-aggravated. the south african team to the world cup in australasia and then the subsequent tour to the caribbean consisted of 14 players, with 2 additional players to learn and assist with practices. original research article analysis of patient load data for teams competing in the 2003 cricket world cup in south africa a kilian (mb chb)1 r a stretch (dphil)2 1 private practice, port elizabeth 2 sport bureau, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth abstract objectives. to evaluate the injury presentation data for all teams taking part in 10 warm-up matches and 46 matches during the 2003 cricket world cup played in south africa, in order to provide organisers with the basis of a sound medical-care plan for future tournaments of a similar nature. methods. the data collected included the role of the injured person, the nature of the injury, whether the treatment was for an injury or an illness, whether the injury was acute, chronic or acute-on-chronic, and the prognosis (rest, play, unfit to play, sent home, follow-up treatment required). the medical personnel in charge of the medical support documented patient information which included the total number of patient presentations and the category of illness/injury. results. ninety patient presentations (1.6 patient presentations per match) were recorded. the most common patient presentations were by the batsmen (50%), followed by the bowlers (29%) and all-rounders (17%). of the patient presentations, 53% were classified as injuries, while the remaining 47% were classified as illnesses. the patient presentations occurred in the early stages of the competition. the most common presentations were of an acute nature (63%). the main injury pathology categories were trigger point injuries (10%), and bruises / abrasions (10%), while infection (29%) was the main illness pathology. conclusions. the 2003 cricket world cup proved to be an ideal opportunity to collect data on international correspondence: r a stretch sport bureau nelson mandela metropolitan university po box 77000 port elizabeth 6031 tel: 041-504 2584 fax: 041-504 1784 e-mail: richard.stretch@nmmu.ac.za cricketers participating in an intensive 6-week international competition; the epidemiological data collected should assist national cricket bodies and organisers of future cricket world cup competitions to predict participantrelated injury rates. 130 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 on the initial part of the tour, made up of 6 warm-up matches and 9 world cup matches, the 16 players sustained 56 injuries, which were not defined, at an injury rate of 3.5 injuries per player. the most commonly injured area was the lower limb (50%), comprising 16 bone / joint and 23 muscle injuries. 8 the caribbean part of the tour consisted of 3 one-day internationals and a 5-day test match. eleven of the 14 players sustained 15 injuries, which were not defined, at an injury rate of 1 injury per player. the lower limb (33%) was the most commonly injured area, comprising 9 bone/joint and 3 muscle injuries. 8 on a 15-day tour of south africa an english county team played 10 days of matches and trained on each of the other days. thirteen of the 17 players on tour sustained 22 injuries, which were not defined, which required 92 treatments. only 1 of the injuries prevented the player from playing. the lower limb was the most commonly injured area (45%), with 10 bone/joints and 9 muscle injuries. 1 the evidence shows that the number of injuries per player is proportional to the length of the tour and that lower-limb injuries as a result of fielding were the most common injuries on tours. 2,8 the seasonal rate of injury to cricket players has been well documented over the past number of years, 3,5,10-16 with the recent study on west indies cricket 1 being the first to adhere to the internationally acceptable injury surveillance method and definition of injury. however, the literature on the injury rate of participants in a major cricket tournament is limited to only 1 team per tournament or tour. 2,7-9 thus the purpose of this study was to evaluate the presentation data for all teams taking part in the 2003 cricket world cup played in south africa, in order to provide organisers with the basis of a sound medical-care plan for future tournaments of a similar nature. method the 2003 cricket world cup was held in february and march 2003, with 54 matches staged in south africa, zimbabwe and kenya. only the matches played in south africa formed part of this study. the latter included 10 warm-up matches played prior to the competition, 34 first-round matches, 9 matches played during the super 6's and then the 2 semi-finals and the final (56 matches). the one-day international matches were played over 50-overs and were either played as day matches (from 10h00 to about 17h30) or as day-night matches (fromfrom 10h00 to about 17h30) or as day-night matches (from 14h30 to about 22h00). all the planning and procedures relating to the medical management of the spectators and players for all matches were the responsibility of the medical committee, with only the player data presented in this study. the medical committee held monthly meetings from january 2002 to may 2003 (16 meetings) and 3 seminars with the medical personnel prior to the start of the competition. based on this a medical system was put in place in each city to cater for the needs of the players 24 hours a day. medical support was provided from the time that the teams arrived in the country, and the medical staff were available 24 hours a day. on match days a doctor was available to both teams for the full duration of the match. the necessary table i. demographic information and patient presentations at the 2003 cricket world cup warm-up first-round super 6’s semi-final final total injuries country (n) (n) (n) (n) (n) n % australia 2 8 2 12 13 bangladesh 3 3 4 canada 4 8 12 13 england 1 10 11 12 holland india 2 5 3 2 12 13 kenya 2 3 5 6 namibia 1 1 1 new zealand 12 1 13 14 pakistan 1 1 1 south africa 3 3 4 sri lanka 2 3 3 8 9 west indies 1 8 9 10 zimbabwe total 12 64 12 2 90 100 % (total injuries) 13 72 13 2 100 presentations/match 1.2 1.9 1.3 1 1.6 132 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 medical supplies and equipment were available at each medical station. an ambulance was available at each venue to transfer patients to hospital if necessary. further, at least 1 hospital in each city was put on standby in the event of an emergency, with the normal daily staff on standby. data collected included the following: role of the injured person (batsman, bowler, all-rounder, wicket-keeper or official), nature of the injury, whether the treatment was for an injury or an illness, whether the injury was acute, chronic or acute-on-chronic, and the prognosis (rest, play, unfit to play, sent home, follow-up treatment required). the medical personnel in charge of the medical support documented patient information which included the total number of patient presentations and the category of illness/injury. in order to allow comparison with other cricket injury surveys the illness/ injury data as recommended in the consensus papers 6 were classified using the osics (orchard sports injury classification system). 4 results the results are shown in tables i iv. the results do not reflect any injuries and illnesses that may have been treated within the medical infrastructure of the teams, and thus the data reported could be an underestimation. however, in all probability these would have been minor day-to-day treatments such as for muscle aches and pains, headaches, etc. of the 14 teams participating only 2 teams did not record any patient presentations during the data collection period. ninety patient presentations were recorded, with 86 recorded for players and 4 for officials. of these, 13% occurring during the 10 warm-up matches, 72% during the 34 first-round matches, 13% during the 9 super 6’s matches and 2% during the semi-finals. there were no patient presentations prior to or during the final. thus there were 1.6 patient presentations per match for the 56 matches. fifty-five players/officials recorded 1 patient presentation each, 14 recorded 2 patient presentations each, and the other 2 players recorded 3 and 4 patient presentations each. the most common patient presentations were by the batsmen (50%), followed by the bowlers (29%) and allrounders (17%). no wicket-keeper presented with a medical condition, while 4% of the patient presentations were by officials. of the patient presentations 53% were classified as injuries, while the remaining 47% were classified as illnesses. the most common presentations were of an acute nature (63%), with the rest being chronic (14%) and acute-onchronic (23%). the main injury pathology categories for patient presentations were trigger point injuries (10%), bruises / abrasions (10%), soft-tissue injuries including muscle strains (7%), haematoma (6%), and tendinopathy (4%). the main illness pathology categories for patient presentations were infection (29%), primarily consisting of otorespiratory, gastrointestinal and genitourinary infections, and dermatology (8%). fifty-seven per cent of presenting patients were able to continue to play immediately, 24% were able to resume play again after a period of rest, while 7% needed further followup medical attention before being able to play again. eight per cent were not able to take part in any further matches, and 4% of injuries involved officials. table ii. medical conditions and patient presentations at the 2003 cricket world cup patient presentations n % number of patient presentations one patient presentation (1 x 55) 55 61 two patient presentations (2 x 14) 28 31 three patient presentations (3 x 1) 3 4 four patient presentations (4 x 1) 4 4 chronicity of patient presentations injuries 48 53 acute 30 33 chronic 3 3 acute-on-chronic 15 17 illnesses 42 47 acute 27 30 chronic 10 11 acute-on-chronic 5 6 pathology category injuries 48 53 trigger points 9 10 bruises/abrasions 9 10 muscle strain 6 7 haematoma 5 6 acute fracture 5 6 tendinopathy 4 4 laceration 3 3 other 7 7 illnesses 42 47 infection 26 29 dermatology 7 8 other 9 10 prognosis continue to play 51 57 rest 22 24 unfit to play 7 8 follow-up treatment 6 7 team official 4 4 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 133 discussion the primary findings here indicate that the patient presentations occurred in the early stages of the competition, batsmen were more susceptible to injury/illness than bowlers, and illnesses accounted for nearly half of the participant presentations. most injuries were of an acute or acute-onchronic nature. in preparation for the tournament there is a need to develop the team, and to achieve this most teams take part in pre-world cup matches in order to try out various combinations and to give players the opportunity to develop experience in pressure situations. this increase in training and match-play volume and intensity in order to ensure that the team arrives at the world cup with the correct batting and bowling combinations may be one of the predisposing injury factors. this increased workload could result in players sustaining minor injuries that escalate into more serious injuries when participating in the high-intensity world cup matches. as the world cup is held only every 4 years, the desire among players to take part in the event may result in their not disclosing ‘niggles’ or minor injuries in order to ensure selection. in order to avoid this situation, the preworld cup schedule of teams needs to be planned carefully, with the players not arriving over-trained. the findings here indicate that batsmen were more susceptible to injury/illness. this is different to the literature on seasonal risk of injury 3,5,10-16 which shows that bowlers, particularly fast bowlers, are at the greatest risk of injury. because of the format of the world cup tournament, bowlers are not likely to sustain chronic over-use injuries due to the limit of 10 overs per match for each bowler and the relatively long time between matches which allows the bowlers to recover fully. however, the larger number of acute injuries would be as a result of the intense nature of the world cup matches, particularly from a batting and fielding perspective. when batting the players have to take quick runs, often for extended periods, predisposing them to acute soft-tissue injuries. illnesses accounted for nearly half of the participant presentations, with infections constituting the primary cause of these participant presentations. during the initial part of the tour the players are generally busy trying to acclimatise to foreign conditions while continuing with an intense programme of fitness, skill and match preparation, and as a result may be susceptible to various infections. one way to reduce the risk may be for clothing manufacturers to adapt the playing clothing to meet this need. bowlers, on the other hand, are able to take off and put on their jerseys between overs and their high-intensity bowling spells. table iii. type of injuries and illnesses and stage at which injuries and illnesses were sustained during the 2003 cricket world cup warm-up / first round super 6’s semi-final / final total injuries (n) 39 6 3 48 head / neck 5 5 chest 1 1 back 8 8 shoulder /arm 4 2 6 hand / finger 6 2 3 11 groin / upper leg 2 1 3 knee / shin 8 1 9 ankle / foot 5 5 illnesses (n) 39 3 42 urti 11 2 13 dermatology 7 7 gastrointestinal 5 1 6 eye 3 3 uti 3 3 fatigue/insomnia 3 3 bee sting/tick-bite 3 3 mouth sores 2 2 hernia 2 2 total (n) 78 9 3 90 urti = upper respiratory tract infection, uti = urinary tract infection. 134 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 collection of data on medical conditions and injuries in cricket players is difficult due to the unique nature of cricket which is played over an extended match period, with the players often on long tours, both at home and abroad, without an accompanying doctor. the 2003 cricket world cup proved to be an ideal opportunity to collect data on international cricketers participating in an intensive 6-week international competition, and the epidemiological data collected should assist national cricket bodies and organisers of future cricket world cup competitions to predict participant-related injury rates. references 1. mansingh a, harper l, headley s, king-mowatt j, mansingh g. injuries in west indies cricket 2003-2004. br j sports med 2006; 40: 119-23. 2. morton j. cricket injuries of the northamptonshire county cricket team morton j. cricket injuries of the northamptonshire county cricket teammorton j. cricket injuries of the northamptonshire county cricket team during a 15 day tour of natal. south african journal of sports medicine 1992; 7: 18 20. 3. newman da. prospective survey of injuries at first class counties in newman da. prospective survey of injuries at first class counties innewman da. prospective survey of injuries at first class counties in england and wales 2001 and 2002 seasons. in: stretch ra, noakes td, vaughan cl, eds. science and medicine in cricket. cape town: compress, 2003: 343-50. 4. orchard j. orchard sports injury classification system (osics). in: orchard j. orchard sports injury classification system (osics). in:orchard j. orchard sports injury classification system (osics). in: bloomfield j, fricker p, fitch k, eds. science and medicine in sport. 2nd ed. melbourne: blackwell, 1995, 674 8. 5. orchard j, james t, alcott e, carter s, farhart p. injuries in australian orchard j, james t, alcott e, carter s, farhart p. injuries in australianorchard j, james t, alcott e, carter s, farhart p. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002; 36: 270-5. 6. orchard jw, newman d, stretch r, frost w, manshing a, leious a. orchard jw, newman d, stretch r, frost w, manshing a, leious a.orchard jw, newman d, stretch r, frost w, manshing a, leious a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sci med sport 2005; 8: 1 -14. 7. smith c. sports injuries encountered on a five week international cricket smith c. sports injuries encountered on a five week international cricketsmith c. sports injuries encountered on a five week international cricket tour. south african journal of sports medicine 1990, 6 (1): 10 5. 8. smith c. cricket injuries of the south african team at the world cup and smith c. cricket injuries of the south african team at the world cup andsmith c. cricket injuries of the south african team at the world cup and in the caribbean: the physiotherapy perspective. south african journal of sports medicine 1991; 7: 20 4. 9. smith c. cricket injuries while on tour with the south african team in india. smith c. cricket injuries while on tour with the south african team in india.smith c. cricket injuries while on tour with the south african team in india. south african journal of sports medicine 1992; 7(1): 4 8. 10. stretch ra. injuries to south african cricketers playing at first-class level. stretch ra. injuries to south african cricketers playing at first-class level.stretch ra. injuries to south african cricketers playing at first-class level. south african journal of sports medicine 1989; 4: 3-20. 11. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in club and provincial cricketers. south african journal of sports medicine 1993; 83: 339-41. 12. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in schoolboy cricketers. s afr med j 1995; 85: 1182-4. 13. stretch ra. incidence and nature of epidemiological injuries to elite south african cricket players. south african journal of sports medicine 2001a; 91: 336-9. 14. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of epidemiological injuries to elite south african cricket players over a two-season period. south african journal of sports medicine 2001b; 8:17 20. 15. stretch ra. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. br j sports med 2003; 37: 250 3. 16. stretch ra, venter djl. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. south african journal of sports medicine 2003; 15: 4 8. table iv. chronicity of injuries and illnesses, role, and stage of the 2003 cricket world cup when injury was sustained warm-up / first round super 6’s semi-final / final total acute batsmen 15 2 1 18 bowlers 5 1 6 all-rounders 4 1 1 6 chronic batsmen 3 3 bowlers all-rounders acute-on-chronic batsmen 3 3 bowlers 5 1 1 7 all-rounders 3 2 5 upmarket health centre requires a doctor healthjunction, an established multi-disciplinar y health centre in the city bowl seeks an energetic, proactive doctor to set up practice. join our professional and passionate team comprising physiotherapists, biokineticists and pilates instructors. we ser vice an upmarket and active clientele. full time or sessional option. call cathy on 082 465 3745 or e-mail cathy@healthjunction.co.za original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the knowledge and attitudes of south african-based runners regarding the use of analgesics during training and competition r thorpe,1 msc; m blockman,2 mbchb, mmed; h talberg,1 mphil; t burgess,1 phd 1 division of physiotherapy, department of health and rehabilitation sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 division of clinical pharmacology, department of internal medicine, university of cape town, south africa corresponding author: r thorpe (rowanthorpe.physio@gmail.com) global participation in running has continued to grow over the last decade with millions of people running weekly.[1,2] this growth has been observed across all distance categories from the social 5km parkrun to 100-mile (160,9km) ultramarathons.[1,2] in 2016, nine million runners finished races globally.[3] of particular interest to sports researchers involved in training/distance and load and its link to injury is participation in long-distance running events, such as half marathons, marathons, and ultramarathons. these distance events require months of progressive training and load adjustment, which, in combination with multiple other variables, like body mass index (bmi), age, sex, pace and previous injury, may all increase the risk of the participant developing a running-related injury (rri).[4] a rri can be a source of immense psychological and psychosocial stress for runners,[5] especially when considering the physical, mental, and social benefits of running.[6] runners therefore tend to engage in various untested and ill-advised practices to continue running despite injury. the use of analgesics, including nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids), is one option that runners may consider to facilitate continued participation in running. adoption of this as an injury mitigation strategy is seen in the high and rising use of analgesics in running, and sport in general.[7,8] major concerns surrounding increased analgesic use in sports is the likelihood that this practice is unsupervised and not supported by adequate knowledge of the effects of drugs and their side effects.[9] potential adverse effects from nsaids consumption during running include increased physiological and systemic stresses with the consumption of nsaids during 10km and 21.2km races which have been shown to increase urinary neutrophil gelatinase-associated lipocalin (ungal), an indicator of acute kidney injury.[10] previously reported rationales for the use of analgesics in sport include perceived improvements in performance, and prophylactic injury management;[11] which are unsupported by scientific evidence; and further questions athletes’ knowledge of and attitudes towards the use of analgesics.[12] when combined with the ease of over-the-counter (otc) access in south africa to complex analgesics, such as multi-ingredient nsaids, this is a major cause for concern in endurance sport,[7,11] including running, where there has been limited research to date. our study aimed to determine and describe the knowledge and attitudes regarding the use of analgesics in south africanbased runners. methods study design and ethical approval the methods for this study have previously been described in full,[7] and will be summarised to avoid replication. this study obtained ethical approval from the faculty of health sciences human research ethics committee, university of cape town (hrec ref: 093/2016) and as mentioned, had a descriptive cross-sectional design. participants recruitment for the online survey was done via south african running clubs and social media platforms. inclusion in the study required that participants be south african-based runners of at least 18 years of age, with internet access, who ran at least one race of any distance, per year. a race was regarded as a competitive event that was open to any runners and background: the use of analgesics is prevalent in runners, with the associated potential for serious harm. however, there is limited information regarding runners’ knowledge and attitudes towards the use of analgesics in relation to running. objectives: to describe south african-based runners’ knowledge and attitudes regarding running-related analgesic use. methods: this study has a descriptive, cross-sectional design. south african-based runners, over the age of 18 who ran at least one race in the year preceding the study were included in this study. participants completed an online questionnaire, including sections on demographic information, training and competition history, pain medication use, and knowledge and attitudes regarding running-related analgesic use. results: data from 332 participants were analysed. attitudes regarding the use of analgesics in relation to running were generally positive; however, knowledge was poor, with only 20% of participants achieving adequate knowledge scores (75% or above). very few (n=49; 15%) had both adequate knowledge and positive attitudes, with most respondents (n=188; 58%) having inadequate knowledge and negative attitudes. negative attitudes towards the use of analgesics were found to increase the odds of running-related analgesic use (or 2.32; 95% ci:1.31-4.11). conclusion: knowledge regarding running-related use of analgesics was inadequate. despite a lack of knowledge, attitudes were positive. participants displayed positive attitudes towards safe practice regarding running-related analgesic use, but these did not translate into good practice. targeted interventions are required to educate runners and improve their knowledge of all the effects associated with running-related analgesic use. keywords: athletes, nsaids, performance, exercise s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13976 mailto:rowanthorpe.physio@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13976 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0625-8590 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8735-0315 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7240-8812 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9796-2182 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 external to a single running club’s calendar. runners were excluded if informed consent was not provided, or they failed to complete the knowledge section of the survey. sample size determination sample size was calculated based on data from previous studies that determined prevalence rates of prescribed and over-the-counter nsaid use in athletes[8,11], where the required sample size was 208 participants. measurement instrumentation: questionnaire an investigator developed and an expert validated the questionnaire created to determine participants’ knowledge and attitudes regarding the use of analgesics in running, as described previously.[7] knowledge was scored by awarding participants one mark for each correct answer and zero marks for incorrect answers. participants were graded using the percentage of correct answers, i.e. 75% and above demonstrated adequate knowledge and below 75% demonstrated inadequate knowledge. this scoring system was based on previous research.[13] attitudes towards analgesics were determined by using a five-point likert scale. several statements were provided and participants needed to indicate the extent to which they agreed with each statement, ranging from ‘strongly agree’ to ‘strongly disagree’. they were also asked to state the likelihood that they would use analgesics in specific situations, ranging from ‘very unlikely’ to ‘very likely’. each point on the likert-scale was weighted, with one point being awarded for the ‘most negative’ response and five points being awarded for the ‘most positive’ response. a positive response was one that was seen to promote and be aligned with safe or healthy behaviours regarding analgesics and their use in running, whereas a negative response was seen to be aligned to potentially unsafe behaviours. percentages of 75% and above indicated positive attitudes and below 75% indicated negative attitudes. the knowledge and attitudes sections of the questionnaire can be found in appendix a. procedure the final questionnaire was uploaded to the online survey website surveymonkey® (www.surveymonkey.com) and was open for one month. it was the intention of the researchers to translate the questionnaire into afrikaans, isixhosa and isizulu. however, due to the rapid rate of responses, the study was closed to further enrolment earlier than predicted and these translations were not included in the final study. statistical analysis statistical analyses were performed using the ibm spss software (ibm corp. 2015. ibm spss statistics for windows, version 23.0. armonk, ny. www.ibm.com). a shapiro-wilk test was used to determine whether the data were normally distributed. frequency tables and pearsons’ chi-squared measures of association were used for categorical variables. odds ratios and 95% confidence intervals (95% cis) were calculated using vassarstats (http://www.vassarstats.net/ odds2x2.html) to determine associations between individual variables and analgesic use. results participants we received 450 responses; 16 responses were excluded as they fig. 1. summary of study respondents http://www.surveymonkey.com/ http://www.ibm.com/ http://www.vassarstats.net/%20odds2x2.html http://www.vassarstats.net/%20odds2x2.html original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 failed to meet the inclusion criteria. during data analysis, a further 102 responses were excluded as participants failed to complete all the mandatory sections of the questionnaire. overall, 275 fully completed survey responses and 57 partially completed responses were included in the study. partially completed responses were questionnaires that were completed up until the end of the knowledge section of the questionnaire but where the final attitudes section of the questionnaire was incomplete. therefore, data from 332 participants, 196 (59%) females and 136 (41%) males, were included (figure 1). participant age ranges and training history are seen in table 1. knowledge and attitudes regarding the use of analgesics fewer than 20% (n=65) of participants demonstrated adequate knowledge regarding analgesic use. however, 73% (n=237) demonstrated positive attitudes towards the use of analgesics. only 49 participants (15%) showed both adequate knowledge and positive attitudes (table 2). regarding the participants’ specific responses, only 53% could correctly identify the possible side effects of nsaids and only 21 participants (6%) were correctly informed as to the most suitable time to take nsaids. less than 50% knew that aspirin was both an analgesic and nsaid, while only 11% were aware that intra-articular corticosteroids have less adverse effects than the oral effects. although almost twothirds of participants (63%) correctly indicated that topically administered nsaids had fewer adverse effects than orally administered nsaids, only 27% were aware that it is not recommended to use oral and topical nsaids concurrently (table 3). participants demonstrated positive attitudes regarding the use of analgesics. a total of 110 participants (33%) disagreed and 85 (26%) strongly disagreed with the statement that the prophylactic use of analgesics before a run will prevent pain during a run, while 57% and 42% of participants strongly disagreed that oral analgesics or topical analgesics are an important part of their running preparations, respectively. more than 100 participants (32%) agreed that they would only use analgesics when running if they were injured, and 33% agreed that they would use analgesics specifically for a race if they were injured. analysis of the question whether analgesics are not seen to have an important role in running, showed that 122 participants (37%) strongly disagreed with this statement, and 265 participants (80%) feel that runners are not sufficiently educated regarding the effects and side-effects of analgesics (table 4). there was a significant difference between the combined knowledge and attitudes scores (χ2 = 9.64; p = 0.022) in participants who used analgesics in running and those who did not, yet there were no significant differences in knowledge scores between these groups. there were no significant differences in the knowledge and attitude scores found between participants that made use of multiple analgesics concurrently and those who only used one type of analgesic (table 5). negative attitudes towards the use of analgesics were found to increase the odds of running-related analgesic use (or 2.32; 95% ci: 1.31-4.11) when compared to positive attitudes. discussion knowledge scores this is the first study that we are aware of that specifically grades participants’ knowledge regarding analgesic use, especially in running. scores of 75% and above for the knowledge and attitudes sections of the questionnaire were classified as adequate.[13] participants’ overall knowledge regarding analgesics was inadequate, with less than 20% of table 1. age ranges, and training and competition history of male and female respondents (n = 332) male (n=136) female (n=196) total (n=332) age (years) 39 ± 10 38 ± 10 38 ± 10 number of years of running 0 to 3 years 35 (26%) 62 (32%) 97 (29%) 4 to 9 years 47 (35%) 78 (40%) 125 (38%) 10 or more years 54 (40%) 56 (29%) 110 (33%) kilometres run per week 39 km or less 70 (52%) 121 (62%) 191 (58%) 40 km or more 66 (49%) 75 (38%) 141 (43%) marathon or ultra-marathon completion yes 75 (55%) 96 (49%) 171 (52%) no 61 (45%) 100 (51%) 161 (48%) number of marathons or ultra-marathons per participant marathons 3 ± 2 2 ± 2 3 ± 2 ultra-marathons 2 ± 2 2 ± 1 2 ± 1 data are expressed as number of responses (n) and column percentages (%) or mean ± standard deviation (sd) table 2. knowledge and attitudes scores regarding the use of analgesics participants (n=332) knowledge scores inadequate knowledge (<75%) 267 (80%) adequate knowledge (>75%) 65 (20%) attitudes scores negative attitudes (<75%) 86 (27%) positive attitudes (>75%) 237 (73%) combined knowledge (k) and attitude (a) scores poor k and a 70 (22%) poor k good a 188 (58%) good k poor a 16 (5%) good k and a 49 (15%) data are expressed as number of responses (n) and column percentages (%). column n values of <332 for participants are as a result of partially completed questionnaires. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 participants scoring 75% or above. participants generally displayed good knowledge regarding the general risks of analgesic misuse and overdose, similar to what has previously been found in distance runners.[14] yet, they scored poorly on the questions concerning adverse effects, drug interactions, and the effects of specific analgesics, especially nsaids. these findings are supported by previous literature in both the general and sporting populations.[8,15] there is an awareness that there are risks when using nsaids, however, there is a lack of awareness regarding the specifics of the adverse effects. this lack of knowledge could present with significant implications as runners may not associate specific adverse effects to the use of nsaids. for example, a runner may experience abdominal pain as an adverse effect of nsaid table 3. true and false question responses (n = 332) question false true i don’t know it is safe to take over-the-counter pain medication if you have been drinking alcohol 305 (92%) 7 (2%) 20 (6%) if the recommended dose of pain medication doesn't relieve your pain, it is safe to take more 312 (94%) 4 (1%) 16 (5%) local anaesthetic injections can cause heart problems 29 (9%) 112 (34%) 191 (58%) aspirin can be both an analgesic and an antiinflammatory 53 (16%) 151 (46%) 128 (39%) panado® is a stronger pain medication than codeine 247 (74%) 7 (2%) 78 (24%) injected corticosteroids (cortisone) are safer than oral/tablet corticosteroids (cortisone) 95 (29%) 35 (11%) 202 (61%) it is possible to overdose on panado® (paracetamol) 23 (7%) 256 (77%) 53 (16%) anti-depressant medication can be used to manage pain 135 (41%) 50 (15%) 147 (44%) paracetamol and anti-inflammatories work in the same way 223 (67%) 18 (5%) 91 (27%) topical pain medication (gels and patches) have fewer side effects than other forms of pain medication 45 (14%) 210 (63%) 77 (23%) it is safe to use oral (tablets) and topical antiinflammatories at the same time 90 (27%) 95 (29%) 147 (44%) all types of topical pain medication have the same side effects 211 (64%) 13 (4%) 108 (32%) it is safer to use topical pain medication, rather than oral pain medication, if you are using other types of medication (i.e. diabetic or cholesterol medication) 40 (12%) 129 (39%) 163 (49%) data are expressed as number of responses (n) and percentages of respondents (%). the correct responses are in bold. table 4. attitudes towards analgesics in running (n = 332) statement strongly agree agree neutral disagree strongly disagree taking pain medication before a run will stop me from feeling pain during the run 5 (2%) 64 (19%) 59 (18%) 110 (33%) 85 (26%) taking pain medication before a run will stop me from feeling pain or stiffness after the run 3 (1%) 22 (7%) 57 (15%) 156 (47%) 91 (27%) oral pain medication (paracetamol/antiinflammatories) is an important part of my running preparations 5 (2%) 13 (4%) 27 (8%) 88 (27%) 190 (57%) i would use pain medication for training: if i had pain (an injury) 13 (4%) 85 (26%) 35 (11%) 78 (24%) 112 (34%) i would use pain medication for a race: if i had pain (an injury) 17 (5%) 110 (33%) 36 (11%) 55 (17%) 105 (32%) i would use pain medication as part of my recovery 13 (4%) 115 (35%) 56 (17%) 67 (20%) 72 (22%) i would only use pain medication when running if i was injured 13 (4%) 105 (32%) 42 (13%) 81 (24%) 82 (25%) using pain medication before training or a race will improve performance 2 (1%) 19 (6%) 39 (12%) 104 (31%) 159 (48%) using pain medication will speed up recovery 4 (1%) 45 (14%) 63 (19%) 103 (31%) 108 (33%) pain medication has an important role in running 7 (2%) 30 (9%) 58 (18%) 106 (32%) 122 (37%) runners are educated enough with regards to the effects and side-effects of pain medication 4 (1%) 15 (5%) 39 (12%) 130 (39%) 135 (41%) data are expressed as number of responses (n) and percentages of respondents (%). row n values of <332 for participants are as a result of partially completed questionnaires. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 use; yet, as they are unaware that the associated abdominal pain is nsaid induced, they consume further nsaids, or alternative analgesics, to manage this abdominal pain, placing them at higher risk of more serious adverse effects due to the cumulative dose or potential drug interactions. runners need also be aware of the exercise-induced stress on physiologic function because of distance running, and the further detrimental effects that nsaid consumption can have on these systems. these changes are specifically seen in the renal function of distance runners when ungal, an indicator of acute injury and tubular dysfunction, is measured. running a 21.1km race caused a significant increase in ungal that this is further increased if nsaids were consumed, showing a greater risk of kidney damage in runners.[10] attitude scores despite previous studies identifying that athletes generally demonstrate negative attitudes towards the use of analgesics,[8,11] the participants in our study had positive attitudes towards analgesic use, with 73% achieving adequate attitude scores. negative attitudes towards the use of analgesics increase the odds of running-related analgesic use. attitudes have been shown to be a variable predictor of health behaviours, and have previously been predictive of alcohol and marijuana use but were not predictive of positive or negative smoking behaviours.[16] in our study, 143 participants (68%) used analgesics in running despite having positive attitudes towards their use. this behaviour could link to the stereotype that athletes will do anything to achieve the best results in their sport, striving for success at all costs; even though they are aware that there are potential health risks.[17] it has previously been seen that 33% of runners using analgesics, used these to aid recovery from a running injury and facilitate continued participation, showing that runners participate in high-risk behaviours for their sport.[7] this behaviour could also be related to the influence of the community around the runner and how they affect and shape attitudes and behaviours.[18] it is further supported by the data that membership of a sports club is predictive of selfmedication. [19] these are important considerations when attempting to promote safe analgesic practice in runners. eighty percent of participants disagreed with the statement that runners are sufficiently educated regarding the effects and side-effects of analgesics. this is a very important finding as it highlights the need for further input and education of runners, coaches, and running clubs regarding safe and appropriate analgesic use. inconsistency existed in the combined knowledge and attitudes scores of participants as most participants scored poorly in the knowledge section of the questionnaire but well in the attitudes section. this is an interesting finding as participants’ knowledge regarding analgesic use could be expected to influence their attitudes towards use, which was not the case. limitations and recommendations as the questionnaire was only available in english, it may have reduced the generalisability of the results of our study to a wider population. the fact that the questionnaire was only available online is a further limitation as the participants may not be representative of a lower socioeconomic group that may display different knowledge and attitudes to the participants in our study. their potential lack of participation, would more likely be due to the high mobile data costs in south africa, that runners from a lower socioeconomic grouping may not be able to afford, rather than a lack of access to the internet.[20] as the study questionnaire relied solely on self-reported data, which could not be independently verified, this may have biased the results due to recall bias. the ways that runners are educated regarding the safe use of analgesics, nsaids specifically, should be further investigated to determine the best means to address the high usage of nsaids, including combination analgesics, highlighted by our findings. the roles of social media, running clubs, and various media sources should be explored as the need for a formal education campaign amongst runners is evident. conclusion our study looked at the specific knowledge and attitudes of table 5. knowledge and attitudes towards running-related analgesic use. analgesic use in running χ 2 p odds ratio (95% ci) no (n=120) yes (n=212) total (n=332) knowledge scores inadequate knowledge (<75) 97 (81%) 170 (80%) 267 (80%) 0.02 0.89 1.04 (0.59 1.84) adequate knowledge (>75) 23 (19%) 42 (20%) 65 (20%) attitude scores negative attitude (<75) 19 (17%) 67 (32%) 86 (27%) 8.56 0.003** 2.3 (1.31 4.11)** positive attitude (>75) 94 (83%) 143 (68%) 237 (73%) combined knowledge (k) and attitude (a) scores inadequate k and negative a 17 (15%) 53 (25%) 70 (22%) 9.64 0.022* inadequate k and positive a 73 (65%) 115 (55%) 188 (58%) adequate k and negative a 2 (2%) 14 (7%) 16 (5%) adequate k and positive a 21 (19%) 28 (13%) 49 (15%) data are expressed as number (n) and percentage of respondents (%). ci, confidence intervals; ** indicates p<0.01; * indicates p<0.05. total column n values of <332 for participants are as a result of partially completed questionnaires. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 runners towards analgesic use and has revealed important gaps in the specific knowledge and attitudes of runners towards analgesic use. despite our participants displaying positive attitudes towards the use of analgesics in relation to running, they had inadequate knowledge. hence these positive attitudes did not translate into safe practice as can be seen by the numbers of analgesic users and their patterns of use to continue participation despite pain or injury. the high usage of analgesics together with inadequate knowledge of their potential adverse effects increases the likelihood of severe complications during training and competition. this study highlights the urgent need to educate runners about the negative effects of analgesic use, either before, after or during training and competition. all stakeholders involved in providing information around analgesic use, both officially and unofficially, as well as pharmacists who dispense otc analgesia should be targeted in an education campaign to improve runners’ analgesic knowledge and their safe use in training and competition. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: rt designed the questionnaire, performed statistical analyses and drafted the manuscript. mb contributed to the study conception and design of the questionnaire and helped draft the manuscript. ht assisted with the structure, drafting and editing of the final manuscript. tb contributed to the study conception and design of the questionnaire, helped draft the manuscript and assisted with statistical analyses. all authors approved the final manuscript. references 1. hindley d. “more than just a run in the park”: an exploration of parkrun as a shared leisure space. leis sci 2020; 42(1):85–105. [https://doi.org/10.1080/01490400.2017.1410741] 2. stöhr a, nikolaidis pt, villiger e, et al. an analysis of participation and performance of 2067 100-km ultra-marathons worldwide. int j environ res public health 2021; 18(2):362 [https://dx.doi.org/10.3390%2fijerph18020362][pmid: 33418867] 3. the state of running 2019. runrepeat.com and the iaaf. [cited 2021 oct 10]. available from: https://runrepeat.com/state-ofrunning 4. damsted c, parner et, sørensen h, et al. design of projectrun21: a 14-week prospective cohort study of the influence of running experience and running pace on runningrelated injury in half-marathoners. inj epidemiol 2017; 4(1):30. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s40621-017-0124-9][pmid: 29105001] 5. russell hc, wiese-bjornstal dm. narratives of psychosocial response to microtrauma injury among long-distance runners. sports 2015; 3(3):159–177. [https://doi.org/10.3390/sports3030159] 6. lee d-c, brellenthin ag, thompson pd, et al. running as a key lifestyle medicine for longevity. prog cardiovasc dis 2017; 60(1):45–55. [https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pcad.2017.03.005][pmid: 28365296] 7. thorpe r, blockman m, burgess t. analgesic practices and predictors of use in south africa-based runners. s afr med j 2021; 111(4):321–326. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196%2fsamj.2021. v111i4.14635] [pmid: 33944764] 8. gorski t, cadore el, pinto ss, et al. use of nsaids in triathletes: prevalence, level of awareness and reasons for use. br j sports med 2011; 45(2):85–90.[https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.062166] [pmid: 19666628] 9. wynne ha, long a. patient awareness of the adverse effects of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids). br j clin pharmacol 1996; 42(2):253–256. [https://doi.org/10.1046/j.13652125.1996.41420.x] [pmid: 8864329] 10. semen ko, van der doelen rh, et al. non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs increase urinary neutrophil gelatinaseassociated lipocalin in recreational runners. scand j med sci sports 2020; 30(10):1888–1895.[https://doi.org/10.1111/sms.13755] [pmid: 32585737] 11. warner dc, schnepf g, barrett ms, et al. prevalence, attitudes, and behaviors related to the use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) in student athletes. j adolesc health 2002; 30(3):150–153. [https://doi.org/10.1016/s1054-139x(01)00325-1][pmid: 11869920] 12. warden sj. prophylactic use of nsaids by athletes: a risk/benefit assessment. phys sportsmed 2010 apr 1;38(1):132–8. [https://doi.org/10.3810/psm.2010.04.1770][pmid: 20424410] 13. cloete i, daniels l, jordaan j, et al. knowledge and perceptions of nursing staff on the new road to health booklet growth charts in primary healthcare clinics in the tygerberg subdistrict of the cape town metropole district. south afr j clin nutr 2013; 26(3):141–146. [https://doi.org/10.1080/16070658.2013.11734458] 14. scheer bv, valero burgos e. the hidden danger of endurance races: analgesic use among ultramarathon runners. br j sports med 2013; 47(10):e3. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013092558.20] 15. pottegård a, kviesgaard ak, hesse u, et al. patient characteristics among users of analgesic over-the-counter aspirin in a danish pharmacy setting. int j clin pharm 2014; 36(4):693–696. [https://doi.org/10.1007/s11096-014-9968-z] [pmid: 24917218] 16. stacy aw, bentler pm, flay br. attitudes and health behavior in diverse populations: drunk driving. alcohol use, binge eating, marijuana use, and cigarette use. health psychol off j div health psychol am psychol assoc 1994 jan;13(1):73–85. [https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/0278-6133.13.1.73] [pmid: 8168474] 17. johnson c, peters rj, jr. stereotypes of athletes’ use of performance enhancing products. j sports sci med 2014; 13(2):456–457. [https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24790506] [pmid: 24790506] 18. uvacsek m, nepusz t, naughton dp, et al. self-admitted behavior and perceived use of performance-enhancing vs psychoactive drugs among competitive athletes. scand j med sci sports 2011; 21(2):224–234. [https://doi.org/10.1111/j.16000838.2009.01041.x] [pmid: 19903314] 19. locquet m, beaudart c, larbuisson r, leclercq v, buckinx f, kaux jf, et al. self-administration of medicines and dietary supplements among female amateur runners: a crosssectional analysis. adv ther. 2017 jan 31;33(12):2257–68. [https://doi.org/10.1007/s12325-016-0426-2] [pmid: 27796913] 20. van zyl g. data prices: how sa compares to the rest of the world. 2016 [cited 2017 feb 22]; available from: http://www.fin24.com/tech/multimedia/data-prices-how-sacompares-to-the-rest-of-the-world-20160930 https://runrepeat.com/state-of-running https://runrepeat.com/state-of-running http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s40621-017-0124-9 http://dx.doi.org/10.7196%2fsamj.2021.%20v111i4.14635 http://dx.doi.org/10.7196%2fsamj.2021.%20v111i4.14635 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092558.20 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092558.20 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24790506 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24790506 http://www.fin24.com/tech/multimedia/data-prices-how-sa-compares-to-the-rest-of-the-world-20160930 http://www.fin24.com/tech/multimedia/data-prices-how-sa-compares-to-the-rest-of-the-world-20160930 original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license heat shock protein response during fixed intensity and self-paced exercise in the heat in young, healthy women on oral contraceptives compared with young healthy men k j onus, phd; j cannon, phd; f e marino, phd school of allied health, exercise and sport sciences, charles sturt university, panorama ave, bathurst, nsw 2795, australia corresponding author: f e marino (fmarino@csu.edu.au) heat shock proteins (hsps) are a group of highly conserved proteins which are present in the cells of all living organisms and they respond to a variety of physiological and environmental stressors. [1] hsps serve as molecular chaperones and accelerate cellular repair from heat stress, ischemia and endotoxic shock. [2] temperature is an important stimulus which contributes to the reported exercise-induced increase in hsps.[3] heat stress during exercise presents both thermal and sympathetic challenges, with increases in physiological strain compared with moderate temperature conditions [4], although it appears that the hsp response is exercise duration and intensity dependent.[5] further, the exercise stress response appears to be mediated by sex hormones [6], although the mechanism is not clearly understood. in female rats, exercise-induced elevations in hsp70 is negatively correlated with circulating oestrogen immediately before exercise.[7] rats treated with oestrogen regulate at a lower core temperature (tc) during heat exposure with increased evaporated water loss at all levels of tc, and with a decreased tc threshold at the onset of saliva spreading.[8] progesterone is known to elicit a thermogenic effect, raising female tc in the luteal phase (lp) of the menstrual cycle by ~0.5°c. [9–11] for women of reproductive age, menstruation is divided into two main phases, each governed by synthesis and the release of pituitary and ovarian hormones. the follicular phase (fp) occurs during approximately the first 14 d of a 28 d cycle and is characterised initially by low levels of oestrogen, progesterone, follicle-stimulating hormone (fsh) and lutenising hormone (lh).[7] as fp progresses from 1-14 d, circulating levels of lh and oestrogen gradually increase, stimulating the release of a mature oocyte from an ovarian follicle, termed ovulation, after which the luteal phase begins. [12] if fertilisation does not occur during this second phase when progesterone concentrations are highest for 7-10 days (d), the progesterone and oestrogen levels begin to decline, providing the stimulus for uterine shedding (menstruation) and the beginning of the cycle from day one. [12] the monophasic oral contraceptive pill (oc) is a formulation of exogenous hormones providing low doses of progesterone and oestrogen for 21 d (active phase) and a ‘withdrawal’ phase of seven d of sugar pills, which is the inactive phase. [13] [14] there is no consensus and little evidence exists regarding the combined effects of oc on exercise performance during heat stress and the production of cellular chaperones. exercise duration and intensity, combined with an elevated tc, are likely precursors for the appearance of cellular chaperones. we are unaware of any studies examining the combined effects of oc use, prolonged self-paced exercise and the appearance of circulating hsp. therefore the aim of this study was to determine the heat shock protein response (hsp72) during fixed intensity and selfpaced exercise in the heat in young, healthy women on oral contraceptives compared with young healthy men. methods participants and study design sixteen healthy and physically active participants (males n=8; mean±sd; age 22.1±5.3 yrs; mass 74.2±5.1 kg; height 1.78±0.03 m; peak oxygen consumption (vo2peak) 3.9±0.7 l·min-1) and females (n=8; mean±sd; age 20.9±2.9 yrs; mass 67.9±12.4 kg; height 1.63±0.06 m; vo2peak 2.3±0.42 l·min-1) gave written informed consent to participate in the study, which was background: heat shock proteins respond to a variety of physiological and environmental stresses, including heat stress, ischemia and endotoxic shock. hormonal changes during the female menstrual cycle can have a thermogenic effect on body temperature. the monophasic oral contraceptive (oc) pill provides low doses of progesterone and oestrogen over the course of the normal menstrual phase. there is little evidence regarding the combined effects of oc on exercise performance and heat stress with respect to heat shock protein response. objectives: this study aimed to determine the response of heat shock proteins (hsp72) during fixed-intensity and selfpaced exercise in the heat in young, healthy women on oral contraceptives compared with young healthy men. methods: sixteen physically active men and women performed 30 min fixed-intensity cycling at 50% of maximum workload, followed by 30 min of a self-paced time trial (tt) interspersed by 30 s maximal sprint at 9, 19 and 29 min respectively. trials were undertaken in cool (20°c; 48±3% relative humidity (rh)) and warm (32°c; 66±2% rh) ambient conditions. core (tc) and skin temperature, heart rate (hr) and subjective responses were measured before, during and post exercise. results: the distance, mean and peak power output, mean and peak speed during the self-paced time trial showed no difference between the ambient temperatures for men and women. hsp72 in females was higher than males at all sample points at both 20°c and 32°c, except for pre-exercise at 20°c (p< 0.04). women also attained a higher tc than men at the end of the tt in the heat (38.5°c v 37.9°c for women and men, respectively; p<0.03), higher mean hr and perceived exertion. conclusion: this study indicates that females who use oral contraceptives (oc) had higher levels of hsp72 than males when tested under the same environmental conditions. keywords: cellular stress, females, hsp, performance, thermoregulation s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a11757 mailto:fmarino@csu.edu.au http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a11757 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8352-6208 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6495-2102 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1540-8856 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 approved by the institutional ethics in human research committee, charles stuart university. before starting the experimental trials, all participants were required to make an appointment with a physician and be cleared as healthy and able to undertake the experimental protocol. participants were non-smokers, physically active for at least one-h, three times per week, not acclimatised to exercising in the heat and free from injury. female participants had been taking a monophasic oc (levlen 28; 30 µg ethinyloestradiol and 150 mg levonorgestrel and brenda-35 ed; 35 µg ethinyloestradiol and 2 mg cyproterone acetate) for at least six months prior to testing. all males were free of pharmacological intervention. each participant completed two tests, one each in a moderate (20°c) and warm (32°c) environment respectively. the females were tested during the active pill phase of the oc cycle to control for potential effects from fluctuations of natural sex hormones. participants reported to the laboratory on three separate occasions to control for diurnal variations. the first visit was for familiarisation with the equipment and study conditions and to obtain a measure of vo2peak. the remaining laboratory sessions were identical and conducted in either a warm ambient temperature of 32°c or a moderate ambient temperature of 20°c, which were completed in a randomised/counterbalanced order to control for any changes in reproductive hormones throughout testing. women were tested during the active pill phase to ensure that they received a similar amount of synthetic oestrogen and progesterone derivatives each day. as such, women taking oc do not experience the follicular and luteal phases of the natural menstrual cycle due to ‘active’ hormones action [15]. testing sessions were conducted on day eight with exercise in 20°c (f20) and day 18 of taking hormone pills with exercise in 32°c (f32). these days were chosen for testing as day eight represents the part of the menstrual cycle when the body temperature will be normal, whereas day 18 would normally be when the body temperature is higher but is normalised due to the active phase of oc.[16, 17] males were tested in both moderate and warm conditions separated by at least seven days. participants refrained from exercise, alcohol or caffeine consumption for 12 h preceding testing. a 24 h food diary was maintained for the day prior to the first test so that individuals could follow similar eating patterns immediately prior to the remaining tests. nude mass was measured to the nearest 10 g after avoiding food and a venous cannula was introduced into a superficial forearm vein for repeated blood sampling. thermistors were attached to the skin. peak testing and performance protocol the vo2peak test was conducted as previously described. [16] four hours prior to reporting to the laboratory, participants ingested a telemetry pill (vital sense®, mini mitter company inc., usa) for the measurement of tc, recorded at five min intervals. skin thermistors were fastened to four sites as previously described and a mean skin temperature (ts) [18] was calculated at five min intervals. cycle testing was performed with the same apparatus used during the vo2peak test, with data recorded by means of fortius software for cosmos ergometer (v1.29, tacx bv, netherlands). to distinguish between physiological responses which occur during fixed intensity versus self-paced exercise, the endurance test was split into 2 x 30 min sections [19] [20]; 30 min of fixed intensity followed by 30 min of self-paced exercise. participants commenced the 30 min fixed-intensity cycling at 50% workload maximum (wmax) calculated from the vo2peak test programmed at the beginning of each trial using fortius software to ensure that fixed intensity was maintained and with gear settings kept constant throughout. subsequently, a three min rest was provided in the climate chamber to allow for blood collection. immediately following the rest period, a 30 min self-paced time trial (tt) commenced. during the fixed intensity and tt a series of ‘all out’ 30 s sprints were completed at 9, 19 and 29 min marks respectively. the participant was instructed to cycle as far as possible in the 30 min tt but was permitted to change gears as desired. no feedback was provided to the participant during any part of the trial other than a countdown to the next sprint given at two min, 30 s and 10 s intervals respectively, with strong verbal encouragement provided. upon the completion of the tt, blood samples were collected before the participant exited the climate chamber. a final nude body mass was recorded to estimate total body sweating. distance covered in km, average and peak cadence in rpm, average and peak speed in km.h-1 and average and peak power (w) were recorded by means of the tacx software at five min intervals throughout the cycling protocol. physiological and subjective measures a rating of perceived exertion (rpe; 1-10 scale) [22] and thermal sensation on a scale from one representing ‘cold’ to seven representing ‘hot’ [23] were recorded at five min intervals from the start to completion of the final sprint. heart rate was continuously monitored and recorded at five min intervals (fs1; polar electro oy, kempele, finland). feedback was not available to participants, with the receiver obscured from the participant’s view. blood samples were drawn from a superficial forearm vein immediately following the cannula set-up, following the fixed intensity protocol and upon completion of the tt. catheter patency was maintained by flushing with 0.9% sodium chloride (pfizer, australia) after each blood draw and ~ at five min intervals. blood samples were divided into pre-cooled serum separator tubes for the determination of heat shock protein 72 (hsp72). to examine the potential effect of exercise and heat stress on hormonal stress response [24], a sample was allocated to a pre-cooled k3edta tube for determination of cortisol (vacutainer, s-monovette, sarstedt, germany) to evaluate the metabolic intensity of exercise a 0.5 ml aliquot of whole blood was drawn into a syringe for determination of lactate (la-) (abl800 flex radiometer, copenhagen). collected blood was centrifuged at 4 500 rpm in a refrigerated centrifuge for 10 min. separated plasma was placed into one ml aliquots and frozen at -80°c until further analysis. before the analysis of hsp72, the serum was thawed to room temperature and mixed gently via inversion. duplicate plasma hsp72 concentrations were measured using an elisa kit (antioriginal research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 human hsp70 (total) elisa kit, assay designs inc., ann arbor, mi, usa), with detection limits of 31.25 ng.ml-1. to avoid inter-assay variations, all samples were assayed in the same assay run. serum protein concentrations were not corrected for plasma volume shifts, thus all statistical analyses were performed on actual measured circulating concentrations. [14] statistical analysis a priori power calculations were conducted using g*power (g*power 3.1.2, franz faul, germany), which indicated eight participants were needed. repeated measures anovas were used to determine differences between environmental and oc conditions in cycling performance or biochemical markers. when interactions or main effects achieved statistical significance, tukey’s hsd post hoc test was used to identify differences between means. statistical significance was set at p<0.05. data are reported as mean±sd. results exercise performance table 1 provides the various parameters measured during both fixed intensity and self-paced trials for each condition. for the fixed intensity bout, distance cycled, mean and peak power output and the mean and maximal speed did not differ for either gender or between ambient conditions. cycling speed during the sprints was significantly faster compared to the mean speed by ~27 km·h-1 in both f20 and f32 (p<0.001) and ~33 km·h-1 in both m20 and m32 (p<0.001), respectively. for the self-paced bout, distance cycled, mean and peak power output and mean and maximal speed did not differ between ambient temperatures for the respective genders. however, table 1. fixed-intensity and self-paced cycling performance measures fixed intensity time trial f20 f32 m20 m32 f20 f32 m20 m32 total distance (km) 15.7 ± 3.7 15.9 ± 3.1 16.8 ± 3.2 17.0 ± 2.9 10.8 ± 1.2 10.9 ± 1.1 13.0 ± 1.8 13.1 ± 2.6 mean power output (w) 116 ± 20 116 ± 20 155 ± 23 155 ± 23 126 ± 16 128 ± 15 189 ± 48 187 ± 65 peak power output sprints (w) 116 ± 20 116 ± 20 155 ± 23 155 ± 23 350 ± 98# 365 ± 65# 611 ± 76# 609 ± 113# mean speed (km.h-1) 30.9 ± 7.2 31.1 ± 6.0 33.8 ± 6.0 32.9 ± 5.8 21.2 ± 2.4 21.4 ± 1.9 24.5 ± 4.0 22.9 ± 5.1 max speed sprints (km.h-1) 57.7 ± 3.4* 57.8 ± 6.0* 66.3 ± 1.0* 66.4 ± 1.4* 34.2 ± 3.5* 40.9 ± 7.0*^ 46.8 ± 5.4* 49.5 ± 7.9* data expressed as mean ± sd. f, female (n=8); m, male (n=8); 20 and 32 are 20°c and 32°c ambient temperatures, respectively. * indicates p<0.05 where maximal speed is higher than mean speed in all conditions. # indicates p<0.05 where peak power output is higher than mean power output in all conditions. ^ indicates p<0.05 where peak speed is higher in f32 compared with f20. fig. 1. mean skin temperature (ts; top panel) and core temperature (tc; bottom panel) response during fixed-intensity (0 30 min) and self-paced time trial performance (35 65 min). f, female (n=8); m, male (n=8); 20 and 32 are 20°c and 32°c ambient temperatures, respectively. § indicates p < 0.05 compared with f20 and m20. ‡ indicates p < 0.05 compared with f20 and m20 and between m32 and f32 values; * indicates p < 0.05 from pre-exercise in m20 and m32; # indicates p < 0.05 from pre-exercise in f20 and f32; † indicates p < 0.05 between m20 and f20. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 maximal speed was about seven km·h-1faster in f32 compared with f20 (p<0.007). in addition, maximal speed and peak power outputs were significantly greater than the mean speed and power outputs in all conditions (p<0.05). thermoregulatory responses the tc responses to exercise are shown in figure 1. in the fixed intensity section, tc was significantly elevated from baseline at 10 and 15 min of exercise for males and females respectively (p<0.05). time trials in both conditions did not result in a significant change in tc between males and females, although a trend from 20 min onwards for a higher tc in f32 compared with m32 and at the completion of cycling in 20°c between males and females was evident. self-paced cycling at 32°c resulted in significantly higher tc in females compared with males at all time points from the commencement of the self-paced cycling (p<0.03). in 20°c, females exercised with higher tc than males at a 20 min period until the completion of exercise (p<0.05). during the cycling exercise, ts was significantly elevated from baseline by 10 min in all conditions, until the completion of exercise (p<0.05). the ts at 32°c was higher than that reached during 20°c, for both males and females (p<0.05). at 32°c, males reached 35.7°c and females reached 35.9°c, whereas at 20°c males reached 31.8°c and females 29.6°c. heart rate and subjective responses table 2 lists the mean hr and rpe responses for each of the low intensity and sprint sections of the trials in each ambient condition. heart rate was significantly elevated from baseline, ~93 bpm and ~86 bpm for males and females respectively, in all conditions (p<0.05), and all sprint values were higher than mean values. the mean hr during fixed intensity cycling were similar for males and females but were higher during the non-sprint periods. throughout the time trial, mean hr for males and females, compared with lower intensity periods was higher. the hr responses were not statistically significant between males and females in either condition. rpe responses followed that of hr, in that rpe significantly increased from baseline and was elevated immediately following the sprints, and then significantly decreased in the lower intensity period (p<0.05). mean rpe was significantly higher for the sprints in each trial compared with the low intensity efforts. mean rpe was higher at the 32°c condition compared with that at the20°c for both males and females. however, there were no differences between males and females in the same ambient conditions. thermal sensation was significantly higher in the 32°c trial compared with the 20°c trial at all time points, for both genders (p < 0.05). however, there were no differences between males and females in the same ambient conditions. hsp responses figure 2 shows the hsp72 response at the three time points of collection. hsp in females was higher than males at all corresponding sample points for both 20°c and 32°c (p< 0.05) conditions. there were no differences within each condition for males or females. for cortisol, m32 increased significantly by the completion of the self-paced exercise, compared with the pre-exercise and fixed-intensity cycling (334, 357 and 514 nmol·l-1, for pre-exercise, fixed-intensity and self-paced exercise, respectively; p<0.04). lactate samples in all conditions increased from pre-exercise and are shown in figure 2. lactate was not significantly different among genders, ambient temperature or fixed-intensity versus self-paced cycling exercise. both genders reached ~9.1 nmol·l-1 at the completion of fixed-intensity cycling and ~8.8 nmol·l-1 at the completion of the self-paced cycling. discussion to the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to report the hsp response during cycling exercise performed in different ambient conditions in females using oc in comparison to untreated males. we observed that females exercising in both moderate and warm ambient conditions had a significantly higher hsp72 response compared with the men exercising in the same environments. the reason for this elevated response is not entirely clear; however, it is plausible that this response may be attributed to the elevated heat strain experienced by females as shown in figure 1. females exercised at a higher tc than males, although this difference was not significant until 30 min of f20 fixed-intensity and from the beginning of the tt in f32. the difference in tc value was approximately 0.5°c at the completion of both cycling bouts, which aligns with reports that females in the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle experience an elevation in tc of 0.3 0.5°c, due to elevated circulating table 2. heart rate (hr) and rating of perceived exertion (rpe) during the low intensity effort and sprints in fixed intensity and self-paced trials. intensity f20 f32 m20 m32 fixed-intensity low hr (bpm) rpe (au) 140 ± 6 3.7 ± 1.3 140 ± 11 3.6 ± 1.6 130 ± 9 3.1 ± 1.1 132 ± 10 3.3 ± 1.2 sprints hr (bpm) rpe (au) 171 ± 2* 5.3 ± 1.7* 173 ± 10* 5.6 ± 2.1* 172 ± 1* 6.0 ± 0.6* 173 ± 6* 6.1 ± 1.1* self-paced low hr (bpm) rpe (au) 150 ± 3 5.7 ± 1.6# 163 ± 1 6.7 ± 1.8 143 ± 2 4.0 ± 0.3 148 ± 1 5.0 ± 0.8§ sprints hr (bpm) rpe (au) 175 ± 3* 7.3 ± 1.2* 179 ± 1* 8.1 ± 1.5*§ 174 ± 1* 7.1 ± 0.4* 175 ± 1* 7.8 ± 0.5* data expressed as mean ± sd. f, female (n=8); m, male (n=8); 20 and 32 are 20°c and 32°c ambient temperatures, respectively; hr, heart rate; rpe, rating of perceived exertion; bpm, beats per minute; au, arbitrary unit. low and sprints are the intensities during the fixed intensity and self-paced sections of the trials in each ambient temperature. * indicates p < 0.05 increase from low to high intensity efforts in all conditions; § indicates p < 0.05 between ambient conditions for each gender; # indicates p < 0.05 increase compared with the male mean value in same ambient condition. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 progesterone. [10] previously, it has been shown in animal studies that body temperature elevation during exercise is important for the induction of exercise increases of hsp72 [3]. in human studies it appears that men and women differ in their cellular stress response, where men up-regulated their hsp72 response after a single bout of exercise in the heat, persisting for 12 days which confers cellular thermotolerance [6]. however, this upregulation appears highly dependent on the level of exercise-induced hyperthermia that is achieved after one bout of exercise, and, as shown in the present study, this was lower for males than for females. an additional factor which may explain the difference in the hsp72 response is that the women in the present study did not experience the fluctuations of the natural menstrual cycle as they were ingesting a monophasic oc formulation. this provides a steady, albeit low dose of oestrogen and progesterone over 21 days before the withdrawal phase. since oestrogen might mediate the stress response by stabilising cell membranes, oc use may interfere with this mechanism by reducing the natural oestrogen levels; thereby augmenting the need for upregulating hsp72 during acute stress. [6] presumably, women on oc are free of the day-to-day variations in body temperature which is characteristic of natural ovulatory cycles. however, synthetic hormones interfere with thermoregulation, elevating the body temperature consistently over 24 h, to the same extent as it is in ovulating women in the lp. [11, 25] although not statistically different, during fixed-intensity cycling the distance covered in 30 min was 7% further for males compared with females. the fixed-intensity power output was ~25% higher for males and they were also able to produce higher mean and maximal speeds (~8% and ~13% increases, respectively). although there were no statistically significant differences in the self-paced exercise, males cycled ~16% further than females (13.0 km compared with 10.9 km) and produced significantly higher mean (~32% increase) and peak (~42% increase) power output and mean (~11% increase) and peak (~21% increase) speed in both conditions. despite the higher intensity that males were able to maintain during the cycling exercise, there was no difference in thermal sensation and in fact, females sustained higher hr, rpe and tc than their male counterparts. the increased tc in females in this study could potentially explain the higher values of hsp72 compared to males. hsp72 for female fig. 2. heat shock protein (hsp; top panel), cortisol (middle panel) and lactate (bottom panel) responses pre-exercise (pre-ex), end of the 30 min fixed intensity cycle (post-30 min) and at the end of the 30 min time trial (post tt). f, female (n=8); m, male (n=8); 20 and 32 are 20°c and 32°c ambient temperatures, respectively. * indicates p < 0.04 from pre-exercise in m20 and m32; # indicates p < 0.04 for m32 at post tt compared with pre-ex; a indicates p < 0.01 vs pre-ex in both genders across all conditions. . original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 participants was higher at rest, and significantly elevated at the completion of the fixed-intensity cycling and at the completion of the self-paced cycling compared to males (~49% higher at all time points). there was no statistical difference between ambient temperatures, although in the f32 condition, the hsp72 concentration was higher than in the f20 condition. however, the hsp72 response was not reflective of circulating cortisol as only m32 produced significant increases during the self-paced cycling. although all other conditions demonstrated elevations in cortisol, these differences were not significant. thus, it is likely that the elevation in hsp72 is unrelated to the stress response to exercising in the heat. it is also possible that changes in cortisol and hsp72 were not completely developed over the course of the study’s exercise bout, as it is purported that the cellular chaperone response is duration and intensity-dependent. [11] thus, it is possible that the cycling exercise used here was insufficient to induce high levels of cellular stress. further, it is possible that the self-paced exercise allowed the participants to adjust their efforts to preserve homeostasis as much as possible. [26, 27] further explanations about the differences in hsp response in the present study include differences in muscle mass and body composition, surface area to volume ratio, sweat rate and biomechanical efficiency, none of which were examined here. prospective research could examine these differences in conjunction with longer, possibly more intense cycling exercise. finally, there are several limitations which limit the interpretation of our results. first, we did not directly compare normally ovulating females not taking oc with either females taking oc or compared to males. we limited our study to the role of oc use within females over the regular menstrual cycle. as such, the hsp72 response to exercise in females not taking oc is unknown. therefore, we cannot conclude that taking oc has any impact on the hsp72 response to exercise. all that we can conclude is that the hsp72 response in females taking oc was higher in both warm and moderate conditions compared with males exercising under similar conditions. we also cannot account for individual diurnal variation in the timing/phases of the menstrual cycle, thus we may not have completed testing precisely on the appropriate cycle day for each participant when tc might have been highest if they were not taking oc. conclusion this study indicates that females who use an oc had higher levels of hsp72 than males when tested under the same environmental conditions. the definitive reasons for this are currently unclear although females achieved a higher tc at the completion of the self-paced cycling, which, combined with the low dose of oestrogen and progesterone from the oc pill may have mediated the stress response by stabilising the cell membranes. further research is required to establish the mechanisms involved in the hsp72 response to self-paced cycling in the heat and whether there are consistent differences between males and females. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest. this study was supported in part by a csu postgraduate award to k. onus. author contributions: ko: study design, data collection, data and statistical analysis, manuscript draft and corrections (primary author). jc and fm: study design, data and statistical analysis, manuscript draft, corrections and review. references 1. kiang jg, tsokos gc. heat shock protein 70 kda: molecular biology, biochemistry, and physiology. pharmacol ther 1998; 80(2): 183-201. [doi: 10.1016/s0163-7258(98)00028-x] [pmid: 9839771] 2. kregel kc. heat shock proteins: modifying factors in physiological stress responses and acquired thermotolerance. j appl physiol (1985). 2002; 92(5): 2177-2186. [doi: 10.1152/japplphysiol.01267.2001][pmid: 11960972] 3. ogura y, naito h, akin s, et al. elevation of body temperature is an essential factor for exercise-increased extracellular heat shock protein 72 level in rat plasma. am j physiol: regul integr comp physiol 2008; 294: r1600-7. [doi: 10.1152/ajpregu.00581.2007] 4. gibson or, dennis a, parfitt t, et al. extracellular hsp72 concentration relates to a minimum endogenous criteria during acute exercise-heat exposure. cell stress chaperones 2014; 19(3): 389-400. [doi: 10.1007/s12192-013-0468-1][pmid: 24085588] 5. ruell pa, simar d, périard j d, et al. plasma and lymphocyte hsp72 responses to exercise in athletes with prior exertional heat illness. amino acids 2014; 46(6): 1491-1499. [doi: 10.1007/s00726014-1721-3] [pmid: 24633453] 6. gillum t, kuennen m, gourley c, et al.. sex differences in heat shock protein 72 expression in peripheral blood mononuclear cells to acute exercise in the heat. int j endocrinol metab 2013; 11(4): e8739. [doi: 10.5812/ijem.8739][24719632] 7. janse de jonge xa, boot cr, thom jm, et al. the influence of menstrual cycle phase on skeletal muscle contractile characteristics in humans. j physiol 2001; 530(pt 1): 161-166. [doi: 10.1111/j.1469-7793.2001.0161m.x] [pmid: 11136868] 8. baker ma, dawson dd, peters ce et al.. effects of estrogen on thermoregulatory evaporation in rats exposed to heat. am j physiol regul, integr comp physiol 1994; 267: r673-r677. [doi: 10.1152/ajpregu.1994.267.3.r673] 9. nichols aw, hetzler rk, villanueva rj, et al. effects of combination oral contraceptives on strength development in women athletes. j strength cond res 2008; 22(5): 1625-1632. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e31817ae1f3][pmid: 18714222] 10. pivarnik jm, marichal cj, spillman t, et al. menstrual cycle phase affectstemperature regulation during endurance exercise. j appl physiol 1992; 72(2): 543-548. [doi: 10.1152/jappl.1992.72.2.543] [pmid: 1559930] 11. baker fc, mitchell d, driver hs. oral contraceptives alter sleep and raise body temperature in young women. pflugers arch 2001; 442(5): 729-737. [doi: 10.1007/s004240100582] [pmid: 11512029] 12. guyton ac, hall je. textbook of medical physiology. 11 ed. elsevier saunders, philadelphia, 2006. 13. miller l, notter km. menstrual reduction with extended use of combination oral contraceptive pills: randomized controlled trial. obst gynecol 2001; 98 (5 pt1): 771-778. [doi: 10.1016/s00297844(01)01555-1] [pmid: 11704167] 14. bianchini f, verde p, colangeli s, et al. effects of oral contraceptives and natural menstrual cycling on environmental learning. bmc women's health 2018; 18: article number 179. [doi: 10.1186/s12905-018-0671-4] https://dx.doi.org/10.5812%2fijem.8739 original research 7 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 15. sunderland c nevill m. effect of the menstrual cycle on performance of intermittent, high-intensity shuttle running in a hot environment. eur j appl physiol 2003; 88(4-5): 345-352. [doi: 10.1007/s00421-002-0722-1] [pmid12527962] 16. baker fc, siboza f, fuller a. temperature regulation in women: effects of the menstrual cycle. temperature (austin) 2020; 7(3): 226-262. [doi: 10.1080/23328940.2020.1735927] [pmid: 33123618] 17. coyne md, kesick cm, doherty tj, et al. circadian rhythm changes in core temperature over the menstrual cycle: method for noninvasive monitoring. am j physiol integr comp physiol 2000; 279(4): r1316-r1320. [doi: 10.1152/ajpregu.2000.279.4.r1316] [pmid: 110033999] 18. onus k, cannon j, liberts let al. acute effects of a dopamine/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor on neuromuscular performance following self-paced exercise in cool and hot environments. j therm biol 2016; 60: 60-69. [doi: 10.1016/j.jtherbio.2016.06.003][pmid: 27503717] 19. ramanathan nl. a new weighting system for mean surface temperature of the human body. j appl physiol 1964; 19: 531-533. [doi: 10.1152/jappl.1964.19.3.531][pmid: 14173555] 20. mclellan tm, cheung ss, jacobs i. variability of time to exhaustion during submaximal exercise. can j appl physiol 1995; 20(1):3-9. [doi: 10.1139/h95-003][pmid: 7742769] 21. marino fe. the limitations of the constant load and self-paced exercise models of exercise physiology. comp exerc physiol 2012;8(1):3-9. [doi:10.3920/cep11012] 22. borg g. psychophysical scaling with applications in physical work and the perception of exertion. scand j work environ health 1990; 16 suppl 1: 55-58. [doi: 10.5271/sjweh.1815] [pmid: 2345867] 23. gagge ap, stolwijk ja , hardy jd. comfort and thermal sensations and associated physiological responses at various ambient temperatures. environ res 1967; 1(1): 1-20. [doi.org/10.1016/00139351(67)90002-3][pmid: 5614624] 24. francesconi rp, sawka mn, pandolf kb, et al. plasma hormonal responses at graded hypohydration levels during exercise-heat stress. j appl physiol 1985; 59(6): 1855. [doi: 10.1152/jappl.1985.59.6.1855][pmid: 3908440] 25. baker fc, waner ji, vieira ef, et al. sleep and 24 hour body temperatures: a comparison in young men, naturally cycling women and women taking hormonal contraceptives. j physiol 2001; 530(pt 3): 565-574. [doi: 10.1111/j.1469-7793.2001.0565k.x] [pmid: 11158285] 26. tatterson aj, hahn ag, martin dt et al. effects of heat stress on physiological responses and exercise performance in elite cyclists. j sci med sport 2000; 3(2): 186-193. [doi: 10.1016/s1440-2440(00)80080-8][pmid: 11104310] 27. marino fe, lambert mi, noakes td. superior performance of african runners in warm humid but not in cool environmental conditions. j appl physiol (1985). 2004; 96(4): 124-130. [doi: 10.1152/japplphysiol.00582.2003] [pmid: 12949014] https://doi.org/10.1152/ajpregu.2000.279.4.r1316 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtherbio.2016.06.003 https://doi.org/10.1139/h95-003 https://doi.org/10.5271/sjweh.1815 https://doi.org/10.1152/japplphysiol.00582.2003 sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd short report 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license no time to waste: necessary health support for retired professional rugby players v gouttebarge,1,2,3 phd; dc janse van rensburg,2 md; gm kerkhoffs,1,3,4 phd 1 amsterdam umc, university of amsterdam, department of orthopaedic surgery, amsterdam movement sciences, meibergdreef 9, amsterdam, the netherlands 2 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 3 amsterdam collaboration on health & safety in sports (achss), amsterdam umc ioc research center of excellence, amsterdam, the netherlands 4 academic center for evidence-based sports medicine (aces), amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: v gouttebarge (v.gouttebarge@amsterdamumc.nl) transitioning out of professional sport is not an easy process, for example, athletes might face several challenges, such as adjusting to a new lifestyle, being suddenly ‘like everyone else’, and missing the sports atmosphere and competition. in addition, transitioning athletes might also face several health conditions affecting various spheres of the body and personality (e.g. musculoskeletal, psychological, neurocognitive). rugby union (hereafter referred to as ‘rugby’) has been associated with various post-career health conditions, such as osteoarthritis (oa) and mental health symptoms. as with other high-speed collision sports, professional rugby has been considerably under scrutiny when it comes to the long-term health of players. despite the growing body of scientific evidence and many recent anecdotal reports of retired players facing health challenges, support measures addressing the health of retired professional rugby players from a holistic perspective are not systematically implemented yet. neither is there any guidance for either the prevention of long-term health conditions or the promotion of their remission. the objective of this article is to reflect on the concept of long-term health in professional rugby and to introduce the after rugby career consultation (arcc) as a support measure for retired professional rugby players. health challenges after retirement from professional rugby scientific evidence shows that professional rugby players might be exposed to various health challenges after retirement from the game. oa is the most common rheumatic disease worldwide resulting in joint pain and activity limitations. in professional and well-trained rugby players, oa results from a complex interaction of biological, mechanical, and biochemical factors. in most cases it is precipitated by traumatic or overuse injuries that accelerate intra -articular pathological processes. consequently, retired professional rugby players may have an earlier onset and a higher prevalence of oa than the general population (matched for age and gender). for instance, two recent studies showed that the prevalence of ankle and hand oa in retired professional rugby players reached five percent (higher than that of the general population). ten percent of these retired players specifically reported hand pain.[1,2] mental health symptoms, defined as negative thoughts, feelings and/or behaviours, are also commonly reported following a professional rugby career. a study conducted on nearly 300 retired professional rugby players (mean age of 38 years) found prevalence rates ranging from 24% for alcohol misuse to 29% for sleep disturbances.[3] these prevalence rates are similar to those found among former elite athletes from other sports, but seem slightly higher than those found among the general population.[3,4] players forced to retire (e.g. due to a career ending injury) were more likely to report mental health symptoms in comparison to those that retired voluntarily. [5] when it comes to neurocognition, recent research has suggested an association between concussions during a sports career and long-term neurodegenerative conditions, such as dementia.[6] also, scientific evidence shows that retired professional rugby players are associated with small to moderate impairments in cognitive function (e.g. attention, memory, and concentration) when compared with agematched controls.[7] this is even more so among retired professional rugby players with a significant history of career related concussions. the health challenges likely to occur after a career in professional rugby are related to diverse health domains and thus warrant a holistic approach for the support of retired players. these health challenges also recognise that professional rugby stakeholders have a duty to care for retired players. duty of care in professional rugby as stated by the world health organization (who) and the international labour organization (ilo), ‘protection, promotion, surveillance and maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and social well-being of workers in all occupations long after they enter their retirement years’ is a fundamental human right that should be facilitated by social partners and stakeholders. logically, professional rugby there has been increasing scrutiny of professional rugby following the concern that retired players might face several negative health conditions. currently, support measures addressing the health of retired professional rugby players are not systematically implemented. this is unusual as professional rugby stakeholders have the duty of care to protect and promote the long-term health of retired players. professional football has a health programme for retired players that is implemented globally. this programme formed the basis for the after rugby career consultation (arcc) which was developed to empower the sustainable health and quality of life of retired professional rugby players. the arcc relies on information from three sources: (1) educational material, (2) medical examination, and (3) guidance, referral and/or monitoring. the south african rugby stakeholders have connected to pilot the arcc as there is no time to waste: a step towards necessary health support for retired professional rugby players is needed. keywords: rugby, transitioning, long-term health, health surveillance s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-3. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10651 mailto:v.gouttebarge@amsterdamumc.nl http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10651 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1058-6992 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0126-4177 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5916-7049 short report sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 stakeholders have a duty to care, protect and promote the long-term health of retired players. in professional football, the concept of ‘exit health examination’ has been advanced, while the after career consultation was recently developed in order to empower the sustainable physical, mental and social health, and the quality of life of retired professional footballers.[8,9] during qualitative research conducted using questionnaires and semi-structured interviews among eight dutch retired professional footballers (mean age: 34 years; mean career duration: 13 years), the after career consultation revealed a number of medical conditions (e.g. heart rhythm disturbances, knee complaints with limited range of motion and signs of arthrosis) that triggered specific referral and/or guidance from medical practitioners. [9] even more so, the relevancy, suitability and added value of this support were positively evaluated by the retired professional footballers. [9] therefore, the after career consultation is globally implemented in the professional football industry by the fédération internationale de football association (fifa: governing body) and football players worldwide (fifpro: international players union). analogously to football, and because of the unequivocal duty of care stakeholders have towards retired players, support measures should also be developed and implemented in professional rugby. after rugby career consultation (arcc) based on scientific evidence and according to the needs of active and retired players, the arcc was developed to empower the sustainable health and quality of life of retired professional rugby players. the arcc relies on information from the following three sources: (1) educational material, (2) medical examination, and (3) guidance, referral or monitoring (if needed). the educational material consists of semi-medical information related to eight health domains that are relevant for players (e.g. detraining, injuries, oa, nutrition, mental health symptoms) and interviews with elite athletes who share their tips and tricks towards various challenges (including lifestyle). the educational material also includes information on how to prevent the occurrence or worsening of several health conditions in players. the medical examination is based on self-report measures (e.g. validated questionnaires for mental health symptoms), a thorough medical history (e.g. medication use, concussion history), a physical examination (e.g. blood pressure, clinical oa) and several assessments (e.g. standard resting 12-lead electrocardiogram, cognitive functions). the medical examination is based on a standardised protocol (box 1), ideally by a sports medicine physician with extended experience in professional rugby. based on all the information gathered, potential health challenges are then discussed with the players. depending on the findings from the medical examination, specific advice and/or guidance is provided. if needed, the retired professional rugby player might be referred for additional assessment(s) to a medical specialist (e.g. cardiologist, psychiatrist). in the two years following the medical examination, the health of the retired professional rugby player is monitored while potential additional needs are explored. there is no fixed post-career window to provide retired professional rugby players with the services of arcc some players might need support in the first months after they retire from professional rugby, while some others might be facing challenges later in their transitioning years. however, it is important to note that the arcc also acts preventatively in that it provides retired professional rugby players with educational material and advice on how to remain healthy, promoting a healthy lifestyle and the prevention of the occurrence or worsening of health conditions. th erefore, players who recently retired from professional rugby might be the primary target group rather than older players who might have already digested their transition out of the sport. rugby is a team sport and analogously, the professional rugby stakeholders within a given country should work together as a team to facilitate the arcc. piloting the arcc in south africa as with other high-speed collision sports, professional rugby has been increasingly under scrutiny when it comes to the long-term health of players. in order to contribute to the further development of their approach to this, the south african rugby union (saru) and the south african rugby legends association (sarla) have allied to pilot the arcc within the context of south african rugby. this will provide an insight into its feasibility and whether retired professional rugby players are satisfied with such a unique support measure. the hope is that such insight will guide future decisions in south africa as well as the possibility of implementing the arcc globally. there is no time to waste: a step towards necessary health support for retired professional rugby players is needed now. conflicts of interest and source of funding: the authors declare that they have no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: vg conceptualised and drafted the manuscript. dcjvr and gmk reviewed the manuscript. all authors approved the final version of the manuscript. box 1. after rugby career consultation: overview of the medical examination characteristics age; marital situation; level of education; current study; number of studying hours; current employment; number of working hours; smoking status; lifestyle (e.g., level of physical activity, nutrition); health-related quality of life rugby history playing position; duration of rugby career; number of matches played; level of play; duration of retirement medical history hospitalisation; diseases; family history; medication use; musculoskeletal severe injuries; surgeries; concussions mental health symptoms anxiety; depression; sleep disturbance; alcohol misuse; drug misuse physical examination height; weight; body fat percentage; resting heart rate; blood pressure; pulmonary function; musculoskeletal status (e.g. range of motion of joints, signs of overuse tendon insertions, active and passive stability); clinical osteoarthritis additional assessments standard resting 12-lead electrocardiogram; cognitive functions (e.g. memory, attention) short report 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 references 1. jones me, davies ma, shah k, et al. the prevalence of hand and wrist osteoarthritis in elite former cricket and rugby union players. j sci med sport 2019; 22(8): 871-875. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2019.03.004][pmid: 30940442] 2. paget da, aoki h, kemp s, et al. ankle osteoarthritis and its association with severe ankle injuries, ankle surgeries and health-related quality of life in recently retired professional male football and rugby players: a cross-sectional observational study. bmj open 2020; 10(6): e036775. [doi: 10.1136/bmjopen-2020-036775][pmid: 32565473] 3. gouttebarge v, kerkhoffs g, lambert m. prevalence and determinants of symptoms of common mental disorders in retired professional rugby union players. eur j sport sci 2016; 16(5): 595-602. [doi: 10.1080/17461391.2015.1086819] [pmid: 26419657] 4. gouttebarge v, castaldelli-maia jm, gorczynski p, et al. occurrence of mental health symptoms and disorders in current and former elite athletes: a systematic review and meta-analysis. br j sports med 2019; 53(11): 700-706. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2019-100671][pmid: 31097451] 5. brown jc, kerkhoffs g, lambert m, et al. forced retirement from professional rugby union is associated with symptoms of distress. int j sports med 2017; 38(8): 582-587. [doi: 10.1055/s-0043-103959][pmid: 28564743] 6. stewart w. sport associated dementia. bmj 2021; 372: n168. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.n168] 7. hume pa, theadom a, lewis gn, et al. a comparison of cognitive function in former rugby union players compared with former non-contact-sport players and the impact of concussion history. sports med 2017; 47(6): 1209-1220. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-016-0608-8][pmid: 27558141] 8. carmody s, jones c, malhotra a, et al. put out to pasture: what is our duty of care to the retiring professional footballer? promoting the concept of the 'exit health examination' (ehe). br j sports med 2019; 53(13): 788-789. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017-098392][pmid: 29574450] 9. gouttebarge v, goedhart e, kerkhoffs g. empowering the health of retired professional footballers: the systematic development of an after career consultation and its feasibility. bmj open sport and exercise medicine 2018; 4(1): e000466. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem-2018-000466] jsm0404pg000ed. sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 17 introduction satellite cells were first described by mauro in 1961.30 they form a distinct and separate population of undifferentiated, myogenic cells within all vertebrate skeletal muscle. these small cells, with a large nuclear to cytoplasmic ratio, are found sandwiched between the basal lamina and sarcolemma of each myofibre. they are distinct from the myonuclei of the multinucleate skeletal muscle fibre, which lie under both the basal lamina and the sarcolemma and which lose the capacity to undergo mitosis soon after birth. satellite cells are now known to be the cells involved in muscle development and growth,21 repair43 and regeneration after muscle injury19,22 and are implicated in the changes in muscle ageing.14 the number and distribution of satellite cells in a muscle are dependent on the species, age and muscle fibre type and in primates they comprise from 1% to 3% of the nuclei in adult skeletal muscle.14,42 they are not uniformly distributed throughout muscle and are more commonly found near capillaries, neuromuscular junctions and myonuclei.7,38,50 during normal muscle growth, quiescent satellite cells are reported to proliferate and fuse with their host myofibre.41,42 they may also be activated by exercise and muscle injury, causing a sequence of morphological transformations that is less well documented.38 repeated resistance training results in hypertrophy and is also associated with myofibre microtrauma that necessitates repair. in resistance exerciseinduced hypertrophy, repeated microtrauma leads to macrophage regulated cytokine activation of satellite cells. this results in the production and replacement of nuclear material and satellite cell proliferation, with migration by chemotaxis and fusion to existing fibres.5,36,39,41,42 mobilisation of satellite cells following microtrauma is reported as being of two forms sub-basal laminar migration to the damaged area if the integrity of the basal laminar is not disturbed, and migration to adjacent myofibres using tissue bridges if the basal lamina is disrupted.41,42,48 most reports describe the morphology of satellite cells in their quiescent state and as a uniform cell line.32 while it is generally held that satellite cells evolve from the multi-potential mesodermal cells of the embryonic somite,34,42 there is evidence to suggest that satellite cells may also be derived from endothelial cells or a common precursor. this and differential gene expression in quiescent satellite cells suggests that there may be more than one satellite cell line. these cell lines respond differently to activation and on any muscle fibre, some function as stem cells and others are available for fusion.42 a new population of adult skeletal muscle-derived, pluripotential stem cells called side population cells have recently been identified using a fluorescent dye exclusion, flowcytometric method. original research article mobilisation of satellite cells following ischaemia and reperfusion in primate skeletal muscle m a gregory (phd)1 m mars (mb chb, md)2 1electron microscope unit, university of kwazulu-natal, durban 2department of telehealth, nelson r mandela school of medicine, university of kwazulu-natal, durban correspondence: m mars department of telehealth nelson r mandela medical school private bag x7 congella 4013 kwazulu-natal tel: 031-260 4364 fax: 031-260 4455 e-mail: mars@nu.ac.za abstract objective. to describe the morphological and morphometric features of activated skeletal muscle satellite cells in primates, using an ischaemic reperfusion model. setting. the study was undertaken at the biomedical resource centre and the electron microscopy unit of the university of kwazulu-natal. interventions. eight vervet monkeys were anaesthetised and subjected to 3 hours of tourniquet-induced lower limb ischaemia. open muscle biopsies were taken from tibialis anterior muscle immediately after tourniquet release and 12, 24, 36 and 48 hours after tourniquet release. control biopsies were taken from the opposite limb. main outcome measures. description of the morphological and morphometric changes in satellite cells after activation, as seen on transmission electron microscopy. results. two distinct patterns of satellite cell activation are described. in group 1, the cytoplasm of the satellite cell expands around the myocyte and the gap between the satellite cell and the myocyte appears to break down, or in group 2, the novel observation of the satellite cell breaking away from the myofibre and becoming a myocyte totally encased in its own basal lamina. the satellite cells of group 1 were significantly longer than the group 2 cells (p = 0.018) and this was associated with a significant reduction in the percentage of nuclear to cell area (p = 0.011). conclusions. tourniquet-induced ischaemic reperfusion injury is shown to result in two distinct patterns of satellite cell activation which may represent different functions or subsets of satellite cells. these cells are a subpopulation of the satellite cell pool. in vitro cultures of side population cells have the ability to reconstitute lethally damaged bone marrow in vivo. in regenerating muscle, the number of myogenic precursors exceeds that of resident satellite cells and this implies migration or recruitment of undifferentiated progenitors from other sources.11,15,16,34,42 supporting this, cultured bone marrow cells have been shown to be able to differentiate into myoblasts under the appropriate stimuli.6,16 the role of satellite cells in the effects of ageing on skeletal muscle is also an area of growing recent interest.23 satellite cells in people over the age of 60 years have been shown to proliferate normally but to produce thinner and more fragile myotubes. theoretically every cell has the capacity to divide a finite number of times, in the region of 60 70 divisions. each division results in shortening of the telomeres, or ends of the chromosomes, and ultimately the telomeres reach a critical length, at which point the cell can no longer divide.22 of interest is whether years of training and associated satellite cell activation will lead to a premature reduction in the total number of satellite cells due to loss of the ability of satellite cells to divide and hasten muscle ageing. satellite cells also play a role in myopathies. in duchenne's muscular dystrophy, the myofibres are deficient in the cytoskeletal protein dystrophin. this renders them fragile and normal muscle contractions can lead to muscle damage and degeneration. this leads to satellite cell activation and the production of new myofibres that are also dystrophin deficient. eventually the satellite cell pool is depleted. in the mdx mouse model which lacks dystrophin, myoblasts (satellite cells) cultured in vitro have been successfully injected into pathological muscle to supplement defective satellite cells.6,25,28 this opens the possibility of supplementing satellite cell populations to both augment hypertrophy and to delay muscle ageing. skeletal muscle blood flow is not homogeneous throughout a contracting muscle. during both dynamic and isometric muscle contractions blood supply within the working muscle varies and localised areas of relative ischaemia may occur. there are no reports of the effect of ischaemic reperfusion injury on satellite cell activation. the existing models of muscle regeneration and satellite cell activation include gene knockout, muscle crush injury, chemically induced muscle injury and freezing injury. the aim of this study was to investigate the morphological changes in satellite cells using tourniquet-mediated ischaemic/reperfusion injury as a model. animals and methods eight adult vervet monkeys were studied. they were cared for according to the requirements of the national code for the use of animals in research and the study was undertaken with the approval of the ethics committees of the university of natal and the university of durban-westville. anaesthesia was induced with ketamine (15 mg/kg) by intramuscular injection and maintained with sodium thiopentone (25 mg/kg) intravenously, as necessary. the animals' temperature and blood pressure were monitored during anaesthesia. they were awakened after tourniquet release. subsequent muscle biopsies were performed after intramuscular administration of ketamine (15 mg/kg). a hind limb was exsanguinated using an esmarch bandage and a pneumatic tourniquet applied to the thigh at 100 mmhg above systolic pressure. the tourniquet was maintained for 3 hours. in 4 animals, open muscle biopsies were taken from the tibialis anterior muscle before tourniquet application and 6 hours, 24 hours and 48 hours after tourniquet release. in the remaining 4 animals, biopsies were taken before tourniquet application, and 12 hours and 36 hours after tourniquet deflation. the skin was sutured with 3/0 nylon after each biopsy. electron microscopy in order to exclude super-contraction artefact in myofibres, the tissue was desensitised to further mechanical trauma by immediate immersion in 0.1m cacodylate buffered karnovsky's fixative24 for 10 minutes. after desensitisation, the central artefact-free core of the biopsy specimen was removed as described by olmesdahl et al.33 and diced into 1 mm cubes before re-immersion in fixative for a further 1 hour. after postfixation/staining with 1% osmium tetroxide, the tissue was dehydrated through increasing concentrations of ethanol before being embedded in spurr epoxy resin.46 four 1 mm3 blocks of tissue were prepared from each specimen. sections, 1 µm thick, were cut off each block, stained with 1% alkaline toluidine blue and examined by light microscopy. using the 1 µm sections as indicators, the blocks were orientated so that myofibres could be cut in longitudinal section. ultrathin sections of approximately 60 nm were cut from each block using a diamond knife. to increase the surface area for examination and thereby improve the probability of satellite cell detection, ultrathin sections were obtained from five deeper levels (100 µm). ultrathin sections were mounted on copper grids and stained with 1% ethanolic uranyl acetate and reynolds lead citrate35 prior to examination with a jeol 1010 transmission electron microscope (tem). morphometry images of whole satellite cells were captured using a kodak megaplus slow-scan video camera and measurements made using an analysis 2.1, image analytical system. quiescent satellite cells in normal, untraumatised muscle have been reported to take up a position oblique to the long axis of the myofibre.1 as all bundles of myofibres had, as far as possible, been cut in longitudinal section, most satellite cells should have been cut in transverse transverse/oblique section. satellite cell length and width were measured, and satellite cell circularity, cell volume and nuclear volume were calculated. statistical analysis was by unpaired t-test with welch's correction when bartlett's test had shown a significant difference between standard deviations. analysis of variance was by the non-parametric kruskal-wallis test with dunn's multiple comparison test used for post hoc testing. results a careful light microscopic examination of the 1 µm sections was unable to unequivocally locate or identify satellite cells as independent entities in any specimen. satellite cells, therefore, were only identified by carefully examining ultrathin sections using the tem. even though five levels had been cut from each block, small block size and thinness of section, together with the normally sparse number of satellite cells in muscle tissue 18 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 19 resulted in very few ‘whole’, nucleated satellite cells being found in each specimen. while non-nucleated portions of satellite cells were found beneath the basal lamina of fibres in many sections, only 25 intact, nucleated satellite cells/myoblasts were found. in the absence of a classification system for satellite cells in various stages of activation, we have used their morphological features and morphometry to classify activated satellite cells/myoblasts into two groups. group 1 describes those cells in which the plasmalemma remained close to the sarcolemma of their host myofibre and which underwent marked changes in the ratio of nuclear to cell length. based on their shape and size, group 1 satellite cells were further subdivided into the following phases of activation: quiescent, early activation, and fully mobilised. group 2 describes cells that appeared to be separating from their host myocyte and were classed as being either in various phases of separation from their host myocyte or fully motile, interfibre myoblasts. group 1: quiescent satellite cells (n = 4), were present in control samples and in some specimens up to 12 hours after reperfusion. they averaged 6.5 µm in length, 2.9 µm in width and were generally oval in shape (circularity 0.47). they contained a large rounded/oval nucleus which occupied approximately 60% of the total transversely sectioned area of each cell (fig. 1). the plasmalemmae of quiescent satellite cells (sc) were separated from the sarcolemma of their host myocyte by a gap approximately 25 30 nm in width (fig. 2). no desmosomes joined the cells and no electron-dense material was present in the intercellular gap. the cytosol contained small mitochondria with distinct cristae, occasional golgi cisternae, α-glycogen particles, free ribosomes and strands of endoplasmic reticulum. chromatin, while dispersed throughout each nucleus, was especially aggregated beneath the nucleolemma. group 1: early activated satellite cells (n = 6) were found in specimens from 6 to 24 hours after reperfusion. the early phases of activation were characterised by either an elongation or reorientation (to the long axis of the fibre) of satellite cells (circularity 0.29). cells in this category ranged from 10 µm to 15 µm in length and averaged 3.4 µm in depth. while the average cross-sectional area of early mobilised (em) satellite cells had nearly doubled from 14.4 µm2 to 27.1 µm2,2,20 the proportion occupied by the nucleus was only marginally reduced from 60% to 55%. the plasmalemmae of the two cells remained approximately 30 nm apart. while satellite cell mitosis was not visualised, 2 of the 6 cells in this group contained centrioles (fig. 3). cytoplasmic organelles were morphologically similar to those quiescent cells. there was perhaps a little more clumping of chromatin in these cells. group 1: fully mobilised satellite cells (n = 7) were present in muscle from 12 to 48 hours after reperfusion. these cells ranged in length from 23 µm (fig. 4) to 60 µm in length (fig. 5) and averaged 2.8 µm in width (circularity 0.11). again, while the average cross-sectional area had nearly doubled from 27 µm2 to 51 µm2, the proportion occupied by the nucleus was only reduced by 5% 50%. in most cases, the cell plasmalemmae were separated by a gap of approximately 30 nm (fig. 6). in some instances, however, adjacent regions of satellite cell plasmalemma and sarcolemma appeared to have broken down with the cytosol-sarcosol of the two cells merging (fig. 7). fragments of the 2 plasmalemmae were still visible in places. centrioles were not present in extensively elongated cells. however, even in peripheral regions, the cytoplasm contained numerous mitochondria, well-developed golgi apparatus, numerous α-glycogen particles and free ribosomes, all features suggestive of high metabolic activity. group 2: these separating satellite cells (n = 6) were present in muscle from 6 to 24 hours after reperfusion. like quiescent cells, they tended to be oval and ranged in length from 5.1 µm to 9.5 µm and averaged 2.9 µm in width (circularity 0.38). the mean cross-sectional area of the separating cells was approximately 30% greater than that of the quiescent cells (19.3 µm2) and the average area occupied by nuclei was 6% greater (66%). while still contained within the basal lamina of host myofibres, separating satellite cells were all characterised by the presence of basal lamina between the satellite cell plasmalemma and fibre sarcolemma. fig. 8 shows what appears to be an ‘in-growth’ of the basal-lamina between a satellite cell and fibre with the satellite cell being separated from its host by a gap of 270 nm. in addition to all cells being separated from fig. 1. group 1 quiescent: transmission electron micrograph of a typical quiescent satellite cell from a control muscle biopsy. note the large, oval nucleus (n), sparse small mitochondria (m) and occasional lipid droplets (l) (my = skeletal myosite and arrow heads point at the basal lamina over the satellite cell surface). fig. 2. group 1 quiescent: transmission electron micrograph showing the detail of the separation between satellite cell (sc) plasmalemma and the myocyte sarcolemma (arrow-heads) in control muscle (er = endoplasmic reticulum of the satellite cell). 20 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 their hosts, all separating satellite cells differed from quiescent cells in that they contained large irregularly shaped, bi-lobed nuclei containing aggregates of chromatin. while probably only a consequence of the plane of sectioning, the lobular shape of the nucleus in one satellite cell suggested that the cell had two nuclei (fig. 9). other cytoplasmic organelles were similar to those in quiescent cells. although retaining focal attachments to their host myofibre, separating satellite cells were characterised by extensive intercellular gaps often filled with whorls of membranous material (figs 9 and 10). in one instance, while still nestled within an indentation of a myofibre, a separating satellite cell was entirely encapsulated by basal lamina (fig. 11). this cell containing a clearly defined centriole had an irregularly shaped, bi-lobed nucleus with aggregates of chromatin at each pole. group 2: intercellular myoblasts (n = 2) were present in the specimens from 36 to 48 hours after reperfusion. they averaged 11.6 µm in length and 4.5 µm in width, with a circularity of 0.37. the mean cross-sectional area of the myoblasts was 37 µm2 and the average area occupied by nuclei was 54% (table i). these cells were encapsulated by a well defined fig. 4. group 1. mobilised, after 24 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing an elongated satellite cell (n = nucleus, my = skeletal myocyte). fig. 5. group 1 mobilised, after 36 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing a very elongated satellite cell. the arrow heads show the extent of the cell (c = capillary, e = endothelial cell). fig. 6. group 1 mobilised, after 36 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing detail of separation between satellite cells plasmalemma and the skeletal (my) myocyte sarcolemma (arrowheads). (g = golgi apparatus, m = mitochondria and arrows show the basal lamina.) fig. 3. group 1. early activation, after 12 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing elongating satellite cell. note the increase in mitochondria and cytoplasmic vesicles (ce = centriole; arrow heads show the basal lamina). fig. 7. group 1 mobilised, after 36 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing detail of the apparent fusion between the satellite cell (sc) and the skeletal myocyte (my). note the absence of sarcolemma/ plasmalemma, numerous coated vesicles and occasional whorls of membranous material (w). sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 21 basal lamina and contained a large, irregularly shaped nucleus (fig. 12). mitochondria and other cytoplasmic organelles were similar to those described in the mobilising satellite cells of group 1. satellite cell and nuclear length and breadth, cell circularity (expressed as the ratio of breadth/length, with 1 = a perfect circle), cross-sectional cell area, nuclear area and the ratio of nuclear to cell area expressed as a percentage for group 1 and group 2 are shown in table i. the satellite cells in group 1 were significantly longer than the group 2 cells and this was associated with a significant reduction in the percentage of nuclear to cell area. the mean data for each of the 5 developmental phases of satellite cells is shown in table ii and the data are summarised in fig. 13. analysis of variance (anova) with post hoc testing shows significant differences between quiescent cells and mobilised cells in group 1 for cell length (p < 0.001), circularity (p < 0.05), cell area (p < 0.05) and nuclear area (p < 0.05). mobilised group 1 satellite cells were also significantly longer (p < 0.01), and had a smaller percentage of nuclear to cellular area (p < 0.01) than separating group 2 cells. fig. 8. group 2 separating, after 24 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing separation of the satellite cell (sc) from the skeletal myocyte (my). note the basal lamina over the outer portion of the sc plasmalemma and over the entire surface of the myocyte sarcolemma (arrowheads). also note the apparent in-growth of basal lamina between the sc and the my (arrows). fig. 10. group 2 separating, after 24 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing detail of basal lamina both over the satellite cell (sc) and in between the sc and the myocyte (my) (arrowheads). note whorls of osmiophilic, membranous material between the cells (w). fig. 11. group 2 separating, after 12 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing bi-lobed satellite cell (sc) encapsulated by basal lamina and separated from the myosite (my). table i. cell length, width, circularity, area and nuclear area and the percentage of the nuclear to cell area (%n/c area) are shown as means and one standard deviation group 1 group 2 t-test number 17 8 p value cell length (µm) 17.9 + 13.7 8.9 + 2.2 0.018 cell width (µm) 3.0 + 1.0 3.3 + 0.8 0.579 circularity 0.3 + 0.2 0.4 + 0.1 0.106 cell area (µm2) 34.0 + 26.0 23.8 + 10.3 0.173 nuclear area (µm2) 17.4 + 11.2 14.5 + 4.9 0.364 %n/c area 54.4 + 7.2 62.9 + 6.8 0.011 fig. 9. group 2 separating, after 24 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing separation of the satellite cell (sc) from the myocyte (my). the basal lamina extends both over and between the two cells (arrowheads). note bi-lobed nucleus and large membranous whorls (w). 22 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 discussion to date there are no reports of the effect of an ischaemic reperfusion injury on satellite cell activity. the sequential morphological changes occurring in skeletal myofibres after periods of ischaemia and up to 24 hours reperfusion are, however, well described.17,18 in brief, a small number of irreversibly injured fibres exhibit progressive pathomorphological changes that result in cell death. in most cases, however, the ischaemic reperfusion injury is reversible, being expressed morphologically in the form of intermyofibrillar and juxta-nuclear oedema, swollen sarcoplasmic reticulum and t-tubes, damaged and/or necrotic mitochondria, focal areas of z-band ‘streaming’, myofibrilysis and occasional internalised myonuclei. in other models, using crushing,27 freezing,9 or chemically induced injuries to skeletal muscle12 to study satellite cell activation, proliferation and regeneration, two response of satellite cells to activation have been described. these are based on the integrity of the basal lamina. there is general consensus that following load-induced hypertrophy and/or a focal reversible injury, where the basal lamina has not been ruptured, myofibre repair is achieved by the chemotactic migration of activated satellite cells beneath the basal lamina to the site of injury.36,42 satellite cell activation has been reported within 6 hours22 and mitosis is well underway within 24 hours of muscle overload or myotrauma.47 when in place, satellite cells are thought to fuse with the underlying myofibre, thereby participating in hypertrophic31 and repair processes.49 if the basal lamina is disrupted, satellite cells may move to adjacent myofibres by means of tissue bridges.40,48 while there is acceptance that satellite cells migrate to areas of need, changes in size, shape and ultrastructure during such migration are less well reported. satellite cell activation occurs in response to macrophagedependent cytokine stimuli. it is of interest that macrophages were not noted in either the light or em specimens. hormonal and growth factors are also known to influence muscle regeneration.2,20 various in vitro studies have been used to investigate and demonstrate the effects of hormones10 and ‘insulin-like’ (igf),21,29 hepatocyte (hgf),8 fibroblast (fgf)44 and cytokine table ii. cell length, width, circularity, area, nuclear area and percentage of nuclear area to cell area for the three stages of group 1 and two stages of group 2 expressed as means, one standard deviation and the range. the results of the anova and the results of post hoc testing are shown (* p < 0.05, † p < 0.01 and ‡ p < 0.001). cell cell cell nuclear % n/c stage n length (µm) width (µm) circularity area (µm2) area (µm2) area group 1 quiescent 4 6.5 + 1.1‡ 2.9 + 0.9 0.47 + 0.18* 14.4 + 5.2* 8.6 + 2.8* 60.5 + 5.2 range 5.7 8.0 1.7 3.8 0.21 0.60 7.4 19.8 5.0 11.6 56 68 early mobilised 6 12.1 + 1.5 3.4 + 1.2 0.29 + 0.12 27.1 + 11.1 14.8 + 5.4 55.3 + 6.2 range 10.2 14.3 1.9 4.9 0.13 0.43 18.4 46 8.9 22.5 48 64 mobilised 7 29.4 + 15†‡ 2.8 + 0.9 0.11 + 0.06* 51.3 + 32.1* 24.8 + 13.4* 50.1 + 6.8† range 15.0 60.0 1.6 3.9 0.06 0.21 24.9 105 11.7 43.5 41 60 group 2 separating 6 8.0 + 1.7† 2.9 + 0.6 0.38 + 0.14* 19.3 + 6.7 12.6 + 4.1 65.8 + 3.5† range 7.0 9.5 2.3 3.9 0.26 0.63 11.2 29.4 7.0 18 61 71 motile 2 11.6 + 0.2 4.3 + 0.8 0.37 + 0.06 37.4 + 5.4 20.0 + 0.3 54.0 + 7.1 range 11.4 11.7 3.7 4.8 0.32 0.41 33.6 41.2 19.8 20.2 49 59 anova (p-value) 0.0002 0.4380 0.0044 0.0053 0.3638 0.0105 fig. 12. group 2 motile myoblast, after 36 hours of reperfusion. transmission electron micrograph showing a myoblast in the intercellular space. note that the cell is encapsulated by basal lamina (arrowheads). l e n g th u m % n u c le u s t o c yt o p la s m a re a qq em m s my 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 satellite cells: stage of activation length % n/c area 60.5 6.5 13 54 34.6 51.4 8 11.6 54 65.8 fig. 13. bar graph showing the average satellite cell length and the nuclear to cytoplasmic ratio expressed as a percentage, for satellite cells in each of the 5 stages of activation (q = quiescent, em = early mobilised, m = mobilised, s = separating and my = motile). ‘transforming’ (tgf)37 growth factors on satellite cell proliferation and differentiation. in this study, we employed 3 hours of tourniquet-mediated ischaemia, and the subsequent additional injury caused by reperfusion, to follow the phases of satellite cell activation and mobilisation in vervet monkey skeletal muscle. the study is primarily concerned with graphically detailing the sequential changes that satellite cells undergo following muscle injury. we are aware that multiple muscle biopsy, per se, will almost certainly activate satellite cells. our results, therefore, may not exclusively represent the effect that the largely reversible ischaemic reperfusion injury has on both muscle and satellite cells but may include an additional irreversible injury caused by the mechanical trauma of multiple biopsy of adjacent muscle fibres. based on the different morphological and morphometric appearances of the satellite cells over time we have grouped the cells into those that appear to be migrating under the basal lamina and those that appear to be separating and migrating to adjacent myofibres. typically, quiescent satellite cells in mammalian skeletal muscle are reported to average 25 µm in length, 4 µm in height and 5 µm in width.1 with the exception of increased numbers near myoneural junctions and capillaries,26 they are thought to be evenly distributed along the length of the myofibre. satellite cells associated with tension-free myofibres are reported to be orientated obliquely to the long axis of the fibre.1 in this study, as all specimens were orientated to facilitate longitudinal sectioning, most satellite cells were probably transversely/obliquely sectioned. this appears to be the case, for most quiescent satellite cells did not exceed 4.5 µm in height and were not shorter than 5.2 µm in cross-sectional width. from 6 to 12 hours after reperfusion, some group 1 satellite cells were noted to have elongated. within 24 hours, their circularity had changed from 0.47 to 0.29 and average cell length had increased from 6.5 µm to 12.1 µm. whether such change in shape was a consequence of satellite cell elongation or reorientation of the satellite cells with regard the longitudinal axis of the myofibre, could not be determined from the two-dimensional images. however, 48 hours after reperfusion, circularity was reduced to 0.11, some cells were 60 µm in length and the average cross-sectional area of satellite cells had increased by 356%. taken sequentially these data appear to confirm the elongation of activated satellite cells for 48 hours after reperfusion, with activated satellite cells being orders of magnitude longer/larger than quiescent cells. they do, however, throw into question whether satellite cells do indeed migrate or simply expand through the inter-basal lamina/sarcolemmal space, over the fibre surface — rather like the white of an egg spreads when an egg is broken into a pan. irrespective of whether satellite cells migrate and/or expand over the fibre surface, from 36 hours after reperfusion, in some samples the opposing satellite cell plasmalemma and sarcolemma of the host fibre appeared to be incomplete. such fragmentation would enable the contents of the satellite cells to mix with the sarcosol of its host myofibre. the progressive changes in the morphological appearance of satellite cells comprising group 1, suggest that quiescent, early mobilised and mobilised satellite cells may be sequential phases in the remodelling of satellite cells in response to reversible myofibre injury. present theory suggests that following a more serious injury, where the basal lamina has been broken and myofibres may die, satellite cells associated with both healthy and injured myofibres proliferate and migrate to damaged areas.48 once in position, these satellite cells/presumptive myoblasts will either fuse with damaged myofibres to attempt repair, or fuse together to form a myotube, thereby replacing irreversibly injured and necrotic myofibre.5,8,22,45 the satellite cells that we have classified as group 2, or ‘separating’ satellite cells, are similar in many respects to quiescent cells in group 1. they are however characterised by the features of the breakdown of the satellite cell membrane and the sarcolemma interface with the apparent ‘in-growth’ and development of basal lamina between the satellite cell plasmalemma and sarcolemma of the host myofibre. in all cases, these cells, although contained within the basal lamina, appeared to be separating from their host myofibre. all separating satellite cells were found to be associated with apparently normal myofibres within 24 hours of reperfusion and their size and shape were similar to intercellular myoblasts. group 2 satellite cells could be a different subset of satellite cells whose role is migratory and whose purpose is the eventual genesis of new myofibres or repair at distant sites. there is considerable evidence to suggest that although quiescent satellite cells in different muscle types are morphologically similar, they may not represent a homogeneous cell line with unequivocally predictable, differentiative outcomes. it is well known that the size of satellite cell populations varies with type of muscle, with oxidative myofibres having larger numbers of satellite cells than glycolytic fibres.3,13 further, in culture medium, satellite cells from slow-twitch muscles have been shown to differentiate more quickly and fuse into more numerous myotubes than those from fast-twitch muscle.4 in addition, it has been suggested that a distinction may exist between satellite cells mobilised to effect repair and regeneration and those destined to maintain the progenitor pool of satellite cells for subsequent rounds of hypertrophy or regeneration.8 the disparate morphology of group 1 and 2 satellite cells in this study gives credence to a postulate that in addition to the above, satellite cells may also be divided into functional types whose activation and eventual differentiation is dependent on the nature and severity of muscle injury. most authors report that following activation, satellite cells proliferate — we found no direct evidence of mitosis. the separating satellite cells of group 2 did show features suggestive of mitotic activity. their nuclei tended to be multi-lobed, with condensed chromatin, a particularly high nucleus to cytoplasmic area ratio and in some instances, contained a well-defined centriole, all features suggestive of mitotic activity. as we did not observe more than one satellite cell at any site and as most separating satellite cells were observed within 12 hours of reperfusion, the cells are more likely to be preparing for division than to have already divided. these features may represent various degrees of cell division between prophase and anaphase and that following activation, satellite cells destined to divide become encapsulated with basal lamina prior to and perhaps during the process of division. in conclusion, this study describes the appearance of satellite cells in vervet monkey muscle at different times after ischaemic reperfusion muscle injury. two patterns of response are described. satellite cell function and anomalies, morphological, cytochemical and genetic, are the focus of research into reasons why dystrophic muscle continues to degenerate, sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 23 24 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 why muscle hypertrophies and the effects of ageing on muscle. it is hoped that by characterising the variable appearance of satellite cells in normal muscle, the data can be used to identify pathomorphological anomalies in dystrophic muscle, hypertrophied muscle and ageing muscle thereby contributing to a better understanding of why and how these processes occur. references 1. allbrook d. skeletal muscle regeneration. muscle nerve 1981; 4: 234-45. 2. allen re, boxhorn lk. regulation of skeletal muscle satellite cell proliferation and differentiation by transforming growth factor-beta, insulin-like growth factor i, and fibroblast growth factor. j cell physiol 1989; 138: 311-5. 3. barjot c, cotten ml, goblet c, whalen rg, bacou f. expression of myosin heavy chain and of myogenic regulatory factor genes in fast or slow rabbit muscle satellite cell cultures. j muscle res cell motil 1995; 16: 619-28. 4. barjot c, rouanet p, vigneron p, janmot c, d'albis a, bacou f. transformation of slowor fast-twitch rabbit muscles after cross-reinnervation or low frequency stimulation does not alter the in vitro properties of their satellite cells. j muscle res cell motil 1998; 19: 25-32. 5. bischoff r. the satellite cell and muscle regeneration. in: engel ag, franzini-armstrong c, eds. myology. new york: mcgraw-hill, 1994: 97118. 6. bittner re, schofer c, weipoltshammer k, et al. recruitment of bone-marrow-derived cells by skeletal and cardiac muscle in adult dystrophic mdx mice. anat embryol 1999; 199: 391-6. 7. brown sc, stickland nc. satellite cell content in muscles of small and large mice. j anat 1993; 183: 91-6. 8. cornelison dd, wold bj. single-cell analysis of regulatory gene expression in quiescent and activated mouse skeletal muscle satellite cells. dev biol 1997; 191: 270-83. 9. creuzet s, lescaudron l, li z, fontaine-perus j. myod, myogenin, and desmin-nls-lacz transgene emphasize the distinct patterns of satellite cell activation in growth and regeneration. exp cell res 1998; 243: 241-53. 10. dodson mv, mcfarland dc, grant al, doumit me, velleman sg. extrinsic regulation of domestic animal-derived satellite cells. domest anim endocrinol 1996; 13: 107-26. 11. ferrari g, cusella-de angelis g, coletta m, et al. muscle regeneration by bone marrow-derived myogenic progenitors. science 1998; 279: 1528-30. 12. garry dj, meeson a, elterman j, et al. myogenic stem cell function is impaired in mice lacking the forkhead/winged helix protein mnf. proc natl acad sci usa 2000; 97: 5416-21. 13. gibson mc, schultz e. the distribution of satellite cells and their relationship to specific fiber types in soleus and extensor digitorum longus muscles. anat rec 1982; 202: 329-37. 14. gibson mc, schultz e. age-related differences in absolute numbers of skeletal muscle satellite cells. muscle nerve 1983; 6: 574-80. 15 goodell ma, brose k, paradis g, conner as, mulligan rc. isolation and functional properties of murine hematopoietic stem cells that are replicating in vivo. j exp med 1996; 183: 1797-806. 16. goodell ma, jackson ka, majka sm, et al. stem cell plasticity in muscle and bone marrow. ann n y acad sci 2001; 938: 208-18. 17. gregory ma, mars m. alterations in the morphology of skeletal myofibers after 90 minutes of ischaemia and 3 hours of reperfusion. s afr med j 1991; 79: 307-11. 18. gregory ma, mars m. serial morphological changes in primate skeletal myofibers after 3 hours of ischaemia and 24 hours of reperfusion. s afr med j 1992; 81: 473-8. 19. grounds md. towards understanding skeletal muscle regeneration. pathol res pract 1991; 187: 1-22. 20. grounds md. muscle regeneration: molecular aspects and therapeutic implications. curr opin neurol 1999; 12: 535-43. 21. halevy o, hodik v, mett a. the effects of growth hormone on avian skeletal muscle satellite cell proliferation and differentiation. gen comp endocrinol 1996; 101: 43-52. 22. hawke tj, garry dj. myogenic satellite cells: physiology to molecular biology. j appl physiol 2001; 91: 534-51. 23. jackson ka, mi t, goodell ma. hematopoietic potential of stem cells isolated from murine skeletal muscle. proc natl acad sci usa 1999; 96: 14482-6. 24. karnovsky mj. a formaldehyde glutaraldehyde fixative of high osmolarity for use in electron microscopy. j cell biol 1965; 26: 31-4. 25. karpati g, pouilot y, zubrzycka-gaarn ee, et al. dystrophin is expressed in mdx skeletal muscle fibers after normal myoblast implantation. am j pathol 1989; 135: 27-32. 26. kelly am. perisynaptic satellite cells in the developing and mature rat soleus muscle. anat rec 1978; 190: 891-903. 27. kurek jb, bower jj, romaella m, koentgen f, murphy m, austen l. the role of leukemia inhibiting factor in skeletal muscle regeneration. muscle nerve 1997; 20: 815-22. 28. law pk, goodwin tg, wang mg. normal myoblast injections provide genetic treatment for murine dystrophy. muscle nerve 1988; 11: 525-33. 29. leroith d, mcguiness m, shemer j, et al. insulin-like growth factors. biol signals 1992; 1: 173-81. 30. mauro a. satellite cell of skeletal muscle fibers. j biophys biochem cytol 1961; 9: 493-8. 31. mccormick km, schultz e. role of satellite cells in altering myosin expression during avian skeletal muscle hypertrophy. dev dyn 1994; 199: 52-63. 32. muir ar, kanji ah, allbrook d. the structure of the satellite cells in skeletal muscle. j anat 1965; 99: 435-44. 33. olmesdahl pj, gregory mj, cameron ewj. ultrastructural artefacts in biopsied normal myocardium and their relevance to myocardial biopsy in man. thorax 1979; 34: 82-90. 34. ordahl cp, williams ba, denetclaw w. determination and morphogenesis in myogenic progenitor cells: an experimental embryological approach. curr top dev biol 2000; 48: 319-67. 35. reynolds es. the use of lead citrate at high ph as an electron opaque stain in electron microscopy. j cell biol 1962; 17: 208-12. 36. rosenblatt jd, yong d, parry dj. satellite cell activity is required for hypertrophy of overloaded adult rat muscle. muscle nerve 1994; 17: 608-13. 37. sakuma k, watanabe k, sano m, et al. the adaptive response of transforming growth factor-2 and -rii in the overloaded and regenerating and denervated muscle of rats. acta neuropathol 2000; 99: 177-85. 38. schmalbruch h, hellhammer u. the number of nuclei in adult rat muscles with special reference to satellite cells. anat rec 1977; 189: 169-75. 39. schultz e. satellite cell behavior during skeletal muscle growth and regeneration. med sci sport exerc 1989; 21: s181-6. 40. schultz e, jaryszak dl, gibson mc, albright dj. absence of exogenous satellite cell contribution to regeneration of frozen skeletal muscle. j muscle res cell motil 1986; 7: 361-7. 41. schultz e, jaryszak dl, valliere cr. response of satellite cells to focal skeletal muscle injury. muscle nerve 1985; 8: 217-22. 42. schultz e, mccormick km. skeletal muscle satellite cells. rev physiol biochem pharmacol 1994; 123: 213-57. 43. seale p, rudnicki ma. a new look at the origin, function, and "stem-cell" status of muscle satellite cells. dev biol 2000; 218: 115-24. 44. sheehan sm, allen re. skeletal muscle satellite cell proliferation in response to members of the fibroblast growth factor family and hepatocyte growth factor. j cell physiol 1999; 181: 499-506. 45. snow mh. myogenic cell formation in regenerating rat skeletal muscle injured by mincing. i. a fine structural study. anat rec 1977; 188: 181-99. 46. spurr ar. a low viscosity embedding medium for electron microscopy. j ultrastruct res 1969; 26: 31-4. 47. thorsson o, rantanen j, hurme t, kalimo h. effects of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory medication on satellite cell proliferation during muscle regeneration. am j sports med 1998; 26: 172-6. 48. watt dj, morgan je, clifford ma, partridge ta. the movement of muscle precursor cells between adjacent regenerating muscles in the mouse. anat embryol 1987; 175: 527-36. 49. winchester pk, gonyea wj. regional injury and the terminal differentiation of satellite cells in stretched avian slow tonic muscle. dev biol 1992; 151: 459-72. 50. wokke jh, van den oord cj, leppink gj, jennekens fg. perisynaptic satellite cells in human external intercostal muscle: a quantitative and qualitative study. anat rec 1989; 223: 174-80. original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license osteoarthritic changes in the knees of recently retired male professional footballers: a pilot study s carmody,1,2 md; h aoki,3,4 md; o kilic,1,5 md; m maas,5,6,7 phd; a massey,8 md; gm kerkhoffs,1,5,7,9 phd; v gouttebarge,1,5,9,10,11 phd 1 amsterdam umc location university of amsterdam, department of orthopedic surgery and sports medicine, meibergdreef 9, amsterdam, the netherlands 2 medical department, chelsea football club, london, united kingdom 3 st. marianna university school of medicine, kawasaki, japan 4 yokohama city sports medical center, yokohama, japan 5 amsterdam collaboration on health & safety in sports (achss), ioc research center, amsterdam, the netherlands 6 amsterdam umc location university of amsterdam, department of musculoskeletal radiology, meibergdreef 9, amsterdam, the netherlands 7 academic center for evidence based sports medicine (aces), amsterdam, the netherlands 8 medical department, fédération internationale de football association (fifa), zurich, switzerland 9 amsterdam movement sciences, aging & vitality, musculoskeletal health, sports, amsterdam, the netherlands 10 section sports medicine, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 11 football players worldwide (fifpro), hoofddorp, the netherlands corresponding author: v gouttebarge (v.gouttebarge@amsterdamumc.nl) knee injuries are common amongst male professional footballers (soccer players).[1] the management of these injuries may occasionally require surgical intervention, and this, along with the impact of repetitive joint loading, compounds the risk of complications, such as early-onset knee osteoarthritis (oa) for footballers in later life.[2] knee oa is prevalent amongst retired professional footballers, with studies reporting a high prevalence [2][3][4], although it is not currently considered an occupational disease.[7] it is a disabling condition manifesting in pain, swelling, stiffness and loss of range of motion. knee oa and its sequelae place a significant health burden on individuals and healthcare services worldwide, with affected individuals often unable to work, dependent on medication to complete activities of daily living (adls), and in many cases requiring surgical intervention (e.g. total knee replacement, tkr).[5] the diagnosis of knee oa, based on suggestive clinical features (e.g. activity-related joint pain, functional impairment), is often supported by the presence of joint space narrowing on radiographic examination.[6] previous studies have estimated the prevalence of knee oa in retired footballers to be as high as 80%,[4] with retired footballers three times more likely to report a diagnosis of knee oa than those in an agematched general population.[2] the interpretation of this high prevalence is limited by the fact that the definition of knee oa varies across epidemiological studies, with radiological (e.g. xray) knee oa, clinical knee oa (e.g. physical signs and symptoms), self-reported knee oa, all being considered in addition to those on the waiting list for (or having received) knee arthroplasty for knee oa. while oa is thought to be associated with reduced quality of life and mental health symptoms amongst retired athletes,[8] there is limited evidence examining the relationship between the extent of radiological knee oa (e.g. joint space narrowing) and patient reported outcome measures (proms) related to pain/impairments and quality of life. proms are used in oa to assess domains, such as pain, functional status and structural damage. established proms, such as the western ontario mcmaster universities' background: knee osteoarthritis (oa) is common amongst retired male professional footballers. there is limited understanding with respect to the interplay between imaging findings, clinical presentation and patient-reported outcome measures (proms) in retired professional footballers with knee oa. objectives: this pilot study aimed to evaluate the extent of radiological and clinical knee oa in a cohort of retired male professional footballers, and to explore the relationship between these findings and knee-related proms. methods: fifteen retired male professional footballers underwent knee radiographs and were surveyed on their history of clinical oa, severe knee injury and previous knee surgery. the knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score physical function short form (koos-ps) and the patient-reported outcomes measurement information system global health (promis-gh) were used to assess health outcomes, such as level of function and pain. results: radiological knee oa was diagnosed in six out of 15 participants. seven of the participants had a clinical diagnosis of knee oa. evidence of clinical and radiological oa was present amongst four participants. radiological knee oa and clinical oa was significantly associated with a history of severe knee injury and previous knee surgery. low correlations (ρ<-0.40) were found between knee oa severity and knee-related proms. moderate correlation (ρ=-0.65) was found between clinical knee oa and koos-sp. conclusion: clinical knee oa correlates with proms amongst retired professional footballers but radiological oa does not. further studies are required to understand the relationship between imaging findings, clinical presentation and proms amongst retired professional footballers with knee oa. keywords: osteoarthritis, knee injuries, professional footballers, retirement s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12816 mailto:v.gouttebarge@amsterdamumc.nl http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12816 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8106-6380 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8683-5532 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8253-932x https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0126-4177 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5916-7049 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 osteoarthritis index (womac) and the knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score (koos), are the most common measures of functional status that have been used for knee oa.[9][10] the seven-item knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score physical function shortform (koos-ps) is an abbreviated prom and has been shown to be valid and reliable for assessing the impact of oa on patient function.[11] understanding the relationship between the extent of oa, quality of life, and function amongst retired professional footballers may provide insight into potential interventions to improve outcomes in this cohort. therefore, the primary objective of this pilot study was to evaluate the extent of radiological and clinical knee oa in a cohort of retired male professional footballers, and to explore the relationship between these findings and knee-related proms. methods study design an observational study based on a cross-sectional design was conducted, using the strengthening the reporting of observational studies in epidemiology (strobe) statement in order to ensure a high quality of reporting.[12] ethical approval for the study was provided by the ethical committee of the yokohama city sports medical center (17.003; yokohama, japan) and the medical ethics review committee of the academic medical center, (w16_366#16.431) amsterdam, the netherlands). the study was conducted in accordance with the principles set out in the declaration of helsinki (2013).[13] players participated voluntarily in the study and did not receive any financial remuneration for their participation. participants a sample of 15 recently retired professional footballers (six finnish, four norwegians, three dutch, two americans) was recruited by football players worldwide (fifpro), the international union for professional footballers. the inclusion criteria were: (1) retired professional football player, (2) aged up to 50 years, (3) male sex and (4) ability to understand text written in english. in our study, a retired male professional footballer was defined as an individual who was remunerated for devoting several hours in all/most days (exceeding the time allocated to other types of professional or leisure activities) to playing football, and in which they competed in the highest or second highest national league. the following exclusion criterion was defined: those with a confirmed diagnosis of other forms of arthritis or systemic medical conditions with a predilection for joint manifestations. radiological and clinical knee osteoarthritis two-sided weight-bearing knee radiographs were performed (rosenberg view, standing anteroposterior view, standing lateral view) according to a standardised protocol. knee joint space narrowing was assessed by an experienced radiologist (mm) and classified according to kellgren-lawrence criteria (from grade 0 to grade 4), with oa also being deemed as present at grade 3 or grade 4.[14][15] participants were invited to disclose any confirmed history of clinical knee oa. clinical knee oa was defined according to the nice criteria (adapted for age) as damage of the knee joint’s cartilage leading to activity-related joint pain and either no morning joint-related stiffness or morning stiffness that lasts no longer than 30 min.[16] knee-related patient-reported outcome measures the history of severe knee injury and subsequent surgery during a career as a professional footballer was examined by means of a single question; ‘how many severe knee injuries have you had during your career as a professional footballer?’ in our study, a severe knee injury was defined as; ‘an injury that involved the knee joint, occurred during team activities (training or match), and led to either training or match absence for more than 28 days’.[17] the validated knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score physical function short form (koos-ps) was used to assess the level of knee function.[11] a total score ranging from 0 to 100 was calculated, where 0 represented complete knee disability and 100 indicated impeccable knee function.[18] reference values for physical knee function are available for standard adult populations, young athletic populations, and amongst amateur footballers.[18][19][20] the patient-reported outcomes measurement information system global health (promis-gh) was used to assess multiple domains related to health-related quality of life, such as physical health, levels of function, pain, social activities and fatigue, for this study.[21] based on 10 items, each measured on a five-point scale (from one to five), the global physical health and global mental health scores were calculated. these subscale scores ranged from 0 to 100, with a higher score indicating a better quality of life and a mean score of 50 indicating the norm for the general population. procedures an electronic anonymous questionnaire (see supplementary material) available in english was compiled (limesurvey professional), including for all proms, as well as the following descriptive variables: age, height (cm), weight (kg), duration of professional football career, level of play, level of education, duration and nature of retirement, and current employment status. information about the study was emailed to potential participants by fifpro, with the process hidden from the principal researcher for privacy reasons and to minimise the risk of researcher bias. if interested in the study, participants gave their informed consent and were asked to visit a clinic of their choice for the aforementioned standardised radiological assessment. participants were concurrently asked to complete the electronic questionnaire. the responses to the questionnaires were coded and made anonymous for reasons of privacy and confidentiality. once completed, all data collected were saved automatically on a secure electronic server that only the principal researcher could access. statistical analysis the statistical software ibm spss 26.0 for apple mac was used original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 for data analysis. descriptive analyses (mean, standard deviation, frequency and range) were performed for all variables included in the study. correlation between radiological knee oa and clinical knee oa with knee-related proms was explored with spearman's rank correlation coefficient (ρ).[22] results the respective mean age, height and weight of the participants was 39 years (sd=4), 183 cm (sd=5) and 82 kg (sd=7). participants must have played professional football for 13 years on average (87% at the highest club level in their country) and been retired for five years. two (13%) participants were forced to retire through injury. all the characteristics of the participants are presented in table 1. the main findings of the study are presented in table 2. radiological knee oa was diagnosed in six participants (40%; two bilateral and four unilateral). seven (47%) of the participants had a clinical diagnosis of knee oa. four (27%) of the participants had evidence of both clinical and radiographic knee oa. figure 1 displays the radiographs (rosenberg view) of two of the participants, one without radiological oa (grade 0) (top two radiographs) and one with bilateral (grade 3 and grade 4) radiological oa (bottom two radiographs). a chi-square test indicated that radiological knee oa was significantly associated with severe knee injury (χ2 = 3.64; df = 1; p < 0.10) and knee surgery (χ2 = 3.62; df = 1; p < 0.10). achi-square test indicated that clinical knee oa was significantly associated with both severe knee injury (χ2 = 4.77; df = 1; p < 0.10) and knee surgery (χ2 = 5.53; df = 1; p < 0.10).the mean score on the koos-sp was 88. the global physical health and global mental health mean scores were 55 and 54, respectively. low correlations (ρ<-0.40; p>0.10) were found between radiological knee oa severity and knee-related proms. moderate correlation (ρ=-0.65; p<0.01) was found between clinical knee oa and koos-sp. discussion this pilot study investigated the presence of knee oa amongst retired male professional footballers, and explored the relationship between these findings and knee-related proms. there was evidence of radiological knee oa in 40% of participants, and 47% showed signs of clinical oa. a history of previous severe knee injury and/or previous knee surgery was significantly correlated with the presence of radiological knee oa. there was no apparent correlation between the severity of radiological knee oa and proms. the presence of clinical knee oa was moderately correlated with impaired function. perspective of the findings the findings in this study support the findings of table 1. descriptive characteristics of retired professional footballers (n=15) age (years) 39 ± 3.6 height (cm) 183 ± 5.0 weight (kg) 82 ± 7.4 body mass index (kg/m2 ) 24.6 ± 1.7 career duration (years) 13 ± 2.8 level of play (top league; %) 87 educational level (%): no schooling completed 0 nursery/elementary school 0 high school 7 vocational/technical school 7 college, university or equivalent 86 retirement duration (years) 5.0 ± 4.1 forced retirement (%) 13 employed (%) 93 data are expressed mean ± sd unless indicated otherwise. table 2. knee-related injury, surgery, osteoarthritis and patient-reported outcome measures among retired professional footballers (n=15) severe knee injury (%) none 27 one or two 60 three or more 13 knee surgery (%) none 47 one or two 33 three or more 20 radiological findings of knee osteoarthritis (%) no radiological findings of osteoarthritis 7 doubtful narrowing of joint space and possible osteophytic lipping 20 definite osteophytes and possible narrowing of joint space 33 moderate multiple osteophytes, definite narrowing of joint space, small pseudocystic areas with sclerotic walls and possible deformity of bone contour 13 large osteophytes, marked narrowing of joint space, severe sclerosis and definite deformity of bone contour 27 radiological and clinical knee osteoarthritis (%) no 73 yes 27 radiological knee osteoarthritis (%) no 60 yes 40 clinical knee osteoarthritis (%) no 53 yes 47 koos-sp 88 ± 16 reference value koos-sp (mean) general population 87-92 young athletic population 86-99 amateur footballers 87-96 global physical health* 55 ± 7.1 global mental health* 54 ± 9.9 data are expressed mean ± sd unless indicated otherwise. koos-sp, knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score physical function short form; *mean score of 50 indicating the norm for the general population. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 earlier research which identified that knee oa is prevalent amongst retired male professional footballers. the correlation between knee oa and previous severe knee injury and/or previous knee surgery is also consistent with previous studies.[23] oa is not considered an occupational disease for professional footballers, but it has been shown to have a higher prevalence amongst retired male professional footballers when compared to those in the general population or in active footballers. it is reported that 18% of the general uk population sought treatment for knee oa and 8% have sought treatment for hip oa.[16] the prevalence of knee oa (13%) amongst current professional footballers is significantly less than that amongst retired professional footballers.[23] radiological versus clinical knee osteoarthritis radiological oa is not a reliable predictor of clinical outcomes in oa.[24] in this pilot study, there was no significant correlation between radiological knee oa and proms. this is consistent with a broad body of literature highlighting that radiological findings are not necessarily consistent with clinical findings.[25] moderate correlation was found between clinical knee oa and koos-sp, indicating that pain and function may be a more useful guide to determine the presence and impact of knee oa in retired male professional footballers. future directions: clinical practice this pilot study provides a reference for future studies to examine the complex interplay between imaging findings, clinical presentation, quality of life and other health outcomes amongst retired professional footballers with knee oa. identifying those most at risk of negative sequelae may allow for more targeted interventions during and after a player’s career. these interventions may extend to workload monitoring, better surgical decision-making and lifestyle advice upon retirement. recently, an after career consultation (acc) was developed in order to empower the sustainable physical, mental and social health, and the quality of life of retired professional footballers.[26] during the acc, recently retired professional footballers receive evidencebased lifestyle advice which may mitigate their risk of developing oa.[27] further studies are required to assess the efficacy of any such interventions aimed at preventing or reducing the burden of knee oa amongst retired professional footballers. future directions: research this pilot study provides an initial insight into the relationship between clinical knee oa, radiological oa and proms in a cohort of 15 retired male professional footballers. expanding the study may provide additional insights which can be used to mitigate the risk of knee oa in retired male professional footballers. a recent scoping review highlighted that there are very few studies examining the presence of musculoskeletal conditions in retired female professional footballers.[28] only two studies were identified which assessed the prevalence of knee oa in retired female professional footballers, prevalence ranging from 14% to 60%.[28] further studies are required to understand the impact of clinical knee oa and radiological knee oa on proms in this population. limitations several methodological limitations should be acknowledged. firstly, our study was only a pilot study conducted to help in the design of future larger cohort studies and defining support measures, such as the acc.[26] we therefore used only a small sample size, which might have affected the study’s external validity making it difficult to generalise the findings. however, our pilot study may pave the way for future studies investigating the relationship between clinical oa, radiological oa and proms. using more advanced imaging (e.g. mri) to assess for radiological oa may have provided more detailed findings. secondly, information about severe knee injuries and knee surgery was self-reported. professional footballers can generally recall quite accurately the number of severe injuries and surgeries they had that led to at least four weeks without training or competition. however, recall bias cannot be categorically excluded. thirdly, it is very likely that knee injuries and knee surgeries have occurred prior to the development of knee oa. however, because of our cross-sectional design, such a time sequence is difficult to establish with certainty. lastly, our pilot study included key features, such as history of previous severe knee injury and knee surgery, career fig. 1. knee radiographs (rosenberg view) of two retired professional footballers (top two radiographs: grade 0; bottom two radiographs: grade 3-4). the bottom two radiographs demonstrate radiological features of oa including loss of joint space and osteophytes. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 duration and level of play. other details, such as career earnings and nationality, may have provided useful confounding data. future studies may extend exclusion criteria to exclude any participants who have experienced trauma to the knee joint not directly related to playing football (e.g. motor vehicle accidents, injurious falls, etc.). conclusion clinical knee oa correlates with proms amongst retired professional footballers but radiological oa does not. further studies are required to understand the relationship between imaging findings, clinical presentation and proms amongst retired professional footballers with knee oa. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors are grateful to all retired professional footballers who participated in the study. author contributions: ha, mm, gmk and vg were involved in the design of the study and data collection. sc was responsible for data analysis. all authors were responsible for data interpretation. sc drafted the manuscript, with critical review provided by all authors. all authors approved the final version of the manuscript. references 1. ekstrand j, hägglund m, waldén m. injury incidence and injury patterns in professional football: the uefa injury study. br j sports med 2011; 45(7): 553-558. 2. fernandes gs, parekh sm, moses j, et al prevalence of knee pain, radiographic osteoarthritis and arthroplasty in retired professional footballers compared with men in the general population: a cross-sectional study br j sports med 2018; 52(10): 678-683. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017-097503][pmid: 29101102] 3. drawer s , fuller cw propensity for osteoarthritis and lower limb joint pain in retired professional soccer players. br j sports med 2001; 35: 4028. [doi:10.1136/bjsm.35.6.402][pmid: 11726474] 4. elleuch mh, guermazi m, mezghanni m, et al. knee osteoarthritis in 50 former top-level soccer players: a comparative study. ann readapt med phys 2008; 51(3): 169173. [doi: 10.1016/j.annrmp.2008.01.002][pmid: 18372073] 5. hunter dj, bierma-zeinstra s. osteoarthritis. lancet 2019; 393 (10182):1745-1759. [doi: 10.1016/s0140-6736(19)30417-9][pmid: 31034380] 6. felson dt. an update on the pathogenesis and epidemiology of osteoarthritis. radiol clin north am 2004; 42(1): 1-9. [doi: 10.1016/s0033-8389(03)00161-1][pmid: 15049520] 7. industrial injuries advisory council. osteoarthritis of the knee in professional football players: iiac position paper 44. published 2020 april 3. 8. gouttebarge v, aoki h, kerkhoffs gm. lower extremity osteoarthritis is associated with lower health-related quality of life among retired professional footballers. phys sportsmed 2018; 46(4):471-476. [doi: 10.1080/00913847.2018.1451718] [pmid: 29527975] 9. bellamy n, buchanan ww, goldsmith ch, et al validation study of womac: a health status instrument for measuring clinically important patient relevant outcomes to antirheumatic drug therapy in patients with osteoarthritis of the hip or knee. j rheumatol 1988; 15(12):1833-1840. [pmid: 3068365] 10. roos em, roos hp, lohmander ls, et al. knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score (koos)--development of a selfadministered outcome measure. j orthop sports phys ther 1998; 28(2):88-96. [doi: 10.2519/jospt.1998.28.2.88] [pmid: 9699158] 11. davis am, perruccio av, canizares m, et al the development of a short measure of physical function for hip oa koos-physical function shortform (koos-ps): an oarsi/omeract initiative. osteoarthritis cartilage 2008; 16(5):551-559. [doi: 10.1016/j.joca.2007.12.014] [pmid: 1829607] 12. von elm e, altman dg, egger m, et al. strengthening the reporting of observational studies in epidemiology (strobe) statement: guidelines for reporting observational studies. bmj 2007; 335: 806. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.39335.541782ad] [pmid: 18064739] 13. world medical association. world medical association declaration of helsinki: ethical principles for medical research involving human subjects. jama 2013; 310(20): 2191-2194. [doi:10.1001/jama.2013.281053][pmid: 24141714] 14. kellgren jh, lawrence js. radiological assessment of osteoarthrosis ann rheum disease 1957; 16(4); 494-502. [doi: 10.1136/ard.16.4.494 ][pmid: 13498604] 15. altman r, asch e, bloch d, et al. development of criteria for the classification and reporting of osteoarthritis. classification of osteoarthritis of the knee. diagnostic and therapeutic criteria committee of the american rheumatism association. arthritis rheum 1986; 29(8): 1039-1049. [doi 10.1002/art.1780290816:] [pmid: 3741515] 16. national clinical guideline centre (uk). osteoarthritis: care and management in adults. london: national institute for health and care excellence (uk); 2014. [pmid: 25340227] 17. fuller cw, ekstrand j, junge a, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. br j sports med 2006; 40(3):193-201. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2005.025270][pmid: 16505073] 18. cameron kl, thompson bs, peck ky, et al. normative values for the koos and womac in a young athletic population: history of knee ligament injury is associated with lower scores. am j sports med 2013; 41(3): 582-589. [doi: 10.1177/0363546512472330] [pmid: 23328737] 19. frobell rb, svensson e, göthrick m, et al. self-reported activity level and knee function in amateur football players: the influence of age, gender, history of knee injury and level of competition. knee surg sports traumatol arthrosc 2008; 16(7): 713-719. [doi: 10.1007/s00167-008-0509-y][pmid: 18350275] 20. paradowski pt, bergman s, sundén-lundius a, et al. knee complaints vary with age and gender in the adult population. population-based reference data for the knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score (koos). bmc musculoskelet disord 2006; 7: 38. [doi: 10.1186/1471-2474-7-38][pmid: 16670005] 21. hays rd, bjorner jb, revicki da, et al. development of physical and mental health summary scores from the patient-reported outcomes measurement information system (promis) global items. qual life res 2009; 18(7): 873-880. [doi: 10.1007/s11136-0099496-9][pmid: 19543809] 22. woodward m. epidemiology: study design and data analysis. boca raton: crc press: 2014. 23. gouttebarge v, aoki h, kerkhoffs gm. knee osteoarthritis in professional football is related to severe knee injury and knee surgery. inj epidemiol 2018; 5(1): 26. [doi: 10.1186/s40621-0180157-8][pmid: 29911282] 24. dieppe pa, cushnaghan j, shepstone l. the bristol 'oa500' study: progression of osteoarthritis (oa) over 3 years and the original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 relationship between clinical and radiographic changes at the knee joint. osteoarthritis cartilage 1997; 5(2): 87-97. [doi: 10.1016/s1063-4584(97)80002-7][pmid: 9135820] 25. culvenor ag, øiestad be, hart hf, et al. prevalence of knee osteoarthritis features on magnetic resonance imaging in asymptomatic uninjured adults: a systematic review and metaanalysis. br j sports med 2019; 53(20): 1268-1278. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2018-099257][pmid: 29886437] 26. gouttebarge v, goedhart e, kerkhoffs g. empowering the health of retired professional footballers: the systematic development of an after career consultation and its feasibility. bmj open sport exerc med 2018; 4(1):e000466. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem-2018-000466][pmid: 30774974] 27. carmody s, jones c, malhotra a, et al. put out to pasture: what is our duty of care to the retiring professional footballer? promoting the concept of the 'exit health examination' (ehe). br j sports med 2019; 53(13): 788-789. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017098392][pmid: 29574450] 28. carmody s, anemaat k, massey a, et al. health conditions among retired professional footballers: a scoping review bmj open sport exerc med 2022; 8:e001196. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem2021-001196][pmid: 35528132] original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license absolute and relative reliability of scrum test battery components assembled for schoolboy rugby players playing competitive rugby in low-resource settings: a pragmatic in-season test-retest approach m chiwaridzo,1,2 phd; c tadyanemhandu,3 phd; ns mkumbuzi,4 phd; jm dambi,1 phd; gd ferguson,2 phd; bc smits-engelsman,2 phd 1 university of zimbabwe, faculty of medicine and health sciences, department of primary health care sciences, rehabilitation unit, harare, zimbabwe 2 university of cape town, faculty of health sciences, department of health and rehabilitation sciences, division of physiotherapy, cape town, south africa 3 midlands state university, faculty of medicine and health sciences, physiotherapy department, gweru, zimbabwe 4 university of cape town, health through physical activity, lifestyle and sports research centre, department of human biology, cape town, south africa corresponding author: m chiwaridzo (matthewchiwaridzo@yahoo.co.uk) increased competition demands worldwide at the elite senior level have prompted professional rugby union (ru) clubs and national ru governing bodies to invest in talent identification (tid) and long-term junior development programmes.[1-3] these efforts have produced a pool of young rugby players with the potential to become successful future elite athletes, strengthening the growth and development of rugby. the process of tid is dependent on screening tests that measure the important characteristics of rugby players. the tests should be practically feasible and have acceptable psychometric properties. however, there are many test batteries available in the literature profiling young rugby players with heterogeneous compositions [4] and unclear details on the measurement properties of the constituent tests. regardless of age and playing standards, ru is a physically and technically challenging sport requiring commensurate physiological adaptations and specialised training of rugbyspecific skills for optimal performances. [1] a combination of appropriate anthropometric qualities, physiological characteristics, and rugby-specific skills defines the key attributes warranted by participants for effective performances. test batteries that are logically validated to the needs of the young rugby players, which also contain practically feasible and reliable tests are more likely to be relevant for use in the tid programs. in addition, coaches, strength and conditioning experts and sports scientists can use them for longitudinal monitoring of athletic motor skills, technical performances, and responses to injury rehabilitation. cross-sectionally, such test batteries can provide data on players’ competency levels assisting in player team selection, and an individual athlete’s profile in terms of anthropometric, physiological and game-specific characteristics. therefore, following the development of the first version of the scrum (school clinical rugby measure) test battery and subsequent evaluation of face recognition methods, logical validity and practical feasibility of the component test items [4-6], the specific objectives of this study were to identify test items in the scrum test battery with an acceptable coefficient of variation and high intraclass correlation coefficient (icc) as a measure of absolute and relative reliability among a sample of young rugby players. methods study design, research setting and participants experimentally, the study was conducted as a test-retest reliability study using under 19 (u19) schoolboys playing competitive rugby in harare, zimbabwe. the only pathway for junior ru development in zimbabwe is within the school system. in a bid to promote and strengthen junior rugby in high schools, the ministry of primary and secondary education in zimbabwe, established the super eight schools rugby league (sesrl). the sesrl features the eight most competitive rugbybackground: schoolboy rugby is a popular sport which forms the bedrock of rugby development in many african countries, including zimbabwe. with burgeoning talent identification programmes, the development of multi-dimensional, logicallyvalidated, and reliable test batteries is essential to inform the objective selection of potentially talented young rugby athletes. objectives: this study sought evidence on the absolute and relative test-retest reliability of the component test items in the newly-assembled scrum test battery. methods: utilising a pragmatic test-retest experimental design, a sample of 41 under-19 schoolboy players playing competitive rugby in the elite super eight schools rugby league in harare, zimbabwe, participated in the study. results: physiological and game-specific skills tests which showed good to excellent relative reliability and acceptable absolute reliability, included: 20 m and 40 m speed, l-run, vertical jump (vj), 60 s push-up, 2 kg medicine ball chest throw test (2 kg mbct), wall sit leg strength test (wsls), repeated high intensity exercise test (rhie), one repetition maximum back squat (1-rm bs) and bench press tests (1-rm bp), yo-yo intermittent recovery level 1 test (yo-yo irt l1), tackling proficiency test, passing ability skill test and running and catching ability skill test. conclusion: all these tests are reliable and warrant inclusion in the scrum test battery for possible profiling of u19 schoolboy rugby players during the ‘in-season’ phase provided there is adequate participant familiarisation and test standardisation. the test-retest iccs and measurement errors are generalisable to other young athletes in this population, making the tests useful for the evaluation of training and developmental effects of the measured constructs. keywords: intraclass correlation, reproducibility, rugby union, under 19, zimbabwe, africa s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a12220 mailto:matthewchiwaridzo@yahoo.co.uk http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a12220 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4470-9604 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2446-7903 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4982-0662 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0632-3276 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1610-3699 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2698-965x original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 playing government (n=2) and private (n=6) high schools across the country and is generally considered as the “elite” rugby-playing league. all the sesrl schools have a local reputation for a strong and long-standing culture of playing competitive rugby. [4] annually, the sesrl produces u19 rugby players capable of joining adult professional clubs. using tables from the walter et al. [7] study, the estimated sample size was 18 participants utilising the following parameters for two replicate measures: h0: p0 (minimally acceptable level of reliability) =0.7, h1: p1=0.9 (maximum expected value of reliability), beta (β) =0.2, alpha (α) =0.05. however, due to multiple tests in the scrum test battery and the study design involving two repeated measures, oversampling was done. of the 59 schoolboy rugby players invited to participate, 41 completed all the tests. ethical approval was obtained from the medical research council of zimbabwe (ref: mrcz/a/2070) and the human research ethics committee from the university of cape town (ref: 016/2016). institutional permissions were obtained from the ministry of primary and secondary education and harare provincial educational office, zimbabwe. prior to data collection, written informed consent and assent were obtained from the guardians/parents and the children, respectively. data collection approach a pragmatic “in-season” approach previously used by enright et al. [11] was adopted for the study. specifically, the study sought to determine the reliability of scrum tests when test-retest assessments are scheduled during training days without disturbing the classes, training schedules, and competitive match days. this approach was more likely to get approval from the coaching staff, parents, and school authorities given the multitude of tests in the scrum test battery and the repeated measures. the design required all participants to perform the scrum test items on two separate occasions at the same time and day. two familiarisation sessions were conducted to ensure sufficient exposure of the study participants to the scrum test items. for the second session, eligible participants completed a brief questionnaire which solicited demographic and rugby-related information. participant testing commenced during the competitive season. this approach ensured that participants had match physical fitness and were close to peak performance. on any day of testing, participants completed the physical activity readiness questionnaire (par-q) and were excluded if they reported injuries, illness, or health-related conditions aggravated by exertion. subsequently, eligible participants completed a standardised warm-up procedure before testing. the order of testing was as indicated in supplementary file 1. a recovery period of 10 minutes was allowed between tests to minimise fatigueinduced effects. the re-test assessments were conducted after seven days, at the same time for each participant. two well-trained research assistants conducted all the scrum tests, except for skinfolds and game-specific skills. the latter tests were conducted by a purposively-recruited anthropometrist and rugby coaches respectively. each assistant always assessed the same athlete. testing occurred on a natural grass pitch for field tests and in a gymnasium for strength/power-based tests with participants who were requested to wear the same clothing each time. the researchers provided similar verbal encouragement to all participants during the test. test results were deliberately withheld from the participating athletes to avoid influencing re-test performances. additionally, participants were unaware of the seven-day interval for the re-test assessments and were advised to maintain a normal diet, adequate hydration, and to avoid taking ergogenic aids during the experimental period. the scrum test battery the scrum test battery was composed of (i) anthropometric variables (height, sitting height, body mass, seven skinfold measurements which included biceps, triceps, subscapular, suprailiac, abdomen, thigh, and calf measures), (ii) physiological characteristics (speed, agility, upper-and-lower muscular strength and power, prolonged high-intensity intermittent running ability, muscle flexibility and repeated high-intensity exercise performance ability) and (iii) rugby-specific game skills (tackling proficiency, passing ability, passing-for-accuracy, and running-and-catching ability). the full description of the scrum test battery and methodological procedures followed for the test execution are included as supplementary file 2. briefly, linear speed was measured using the 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, and 40 m speed tests. agility was assessed using the l-run agility test. upper and lower body muscular strength was assessed using the one repetition maximum bench press test and one repetition maximum back squat test, respectively. two further tests were also included to assess upper and lower body muscular strength: wall sit leg strength, and 60s-push up. upper-and lower muscular power were assessed using the vertical jump and 2 kg medicine ball chest throw tests. prolonged highintensity intermittent running ability was evaluated using the yo-yo intermittent recovery level 1 test. lower back and hamstring muscle flexibility were assessed using the sit-andreach test. the repeated high-intensity exercise performance ability of the participants was evaluated using the repeated high intensity exercise (rhie) tests. the development of the scrum test battery was based on recommendations from the literature on instrument or test battery development. briefly, the development process followed a multi-phased approach which involved conducting: i. a narrative literature review to establish what is known about the key requirements of rugby, specifically targeting anthropometric, physical or physiological characteristics, and rugby-specific game skills in the literature ii. a qualitative exploratory study to gather the perceptions of rugby coaches on the key attributes or qualities and game skills needed in rugby and should be incorporated in test batteries for tid programs. this part of the approach also sought commonly used test(s) for the identified attributes and skills used in the local context iii. a systematic literature review to determine the physical or physiological characteristics and rugby-specific game skills frequently covered in the literature and their corresponding tests. furthermore, the evaluation of the original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 psychometric properties of each identified test per construct was also undertaken. the above-mentioned processes engendered the first version of the test battery which was subsequently evaluated for face validity, logical validity and practical feasibility. therefore, this present study aims to evaluate the reliability of the content-validated and practically-feasible version of the scrum test battery. statistical analysis data analysis was carried out using spss statistical software version 26. the shapiro-wilk test assessed the normality of continuous variables (p<0.05). descriptive statistics (mean±sd) described parametric data. paired samples t-test evaluated any systematic bias between trials (p<0.05). cohen’s d effect size (es) statistic determined the magnitude of the difference between test-retest measurements.[9] the criteria for interpreting the magnitude of the es were as follows: <0.2 trivial, 0.2-0.6 small, >0.6-1.2 moderate and >1.2 large. relative reliability was determined by calculating the two-way random intra-class correlation coefficient (icc 2, 1) for absolute agreement of single measures. however, average icc measures were reported for the tackling proficiency test because an average of six test trials were recorded to represent participant tackling score (see supplementary file 2). the 95% confidence interval (ci) was calculated testing if each icc was equal to zero using the f-ratio. icc values above 0.7 were considered acceptable for test-retest reliability. [10] to test for absolute reliability, the standard error of measurement (sem) was calculated for each test. the sem provides expected trial to trial measurement error and was computed as a standard deviation of the differences (sddifferences) between test-retest assessments divided √2. [11] to facilitate the comparison of test reliability values between studies, the coefficient of variation (cv %) expressed the sem as a percentage of the grand mean [12], and an arbitrary cv boundary of <10% was considered acceptable [12]. the smallest detectable change (sdc95%) for each test was calculated by sem x 1.96 x √2. [13] results table 1 shows the demographics and rugby-related information of all participants. the mean age of the participants was 17.5±0.9 years. the median years of experience playing schoolboy rugby for the participants were five years (interquartile range, iqr four-five years). there was an equal representation of forward (49%) and backline (51%) players in the sample population. table 2 shows no systematic changes between trials for most scrum test items. the icc, sem, and sdc95% results for scrum test items are shown in table 3. overall, the iccs for the scrum test items ranged between 0.49 and 1.0. evidence of low test-retest reliability was found for the five m speed (icc=0.52; 95% ci=0.27-0.71), 10 m speed (icc=0.64; 95% ci=0.42-0.79) and passing-foraccuracy seven m tests (icc=0.49; 95% ci=0.22-0.69). the sr test exhibited the greatest variability with a cv of 17%. the sdc95% values for all scrum test items were greater than the sem values. discussion the purpose of this present study was to provide contextual evidence on the test-retest reliability of each of the component test items in the newly-assembled scrum test battery. the establishment of reliability is an extremely important step in test battery development as it provides information on the capacity of test items to differentiate participants or maintain the same relative order of participants in replicate measures under similar conditions. [14] the icc is the most commonly reported sample statistic providing evidence of relative reliability in the literature. it thrives on increased variability in the sample population for the measured construct and decreased measurement error. among 41 u19 schoolboy players, most scrum test items demonstrated no systematic bias, low cv% values, and high iccs, suggesting absolute and relative reliability when the assessments are made during the ‘in-season’ phase. these results reflect the careful manner in which scrum test items were implemented as well as temporal stability in the construct over the interval measured. overall, the high iccs could be attributed to the large between-subject variability observed for most test performances. this variability could potentially stem from natural differences in participant abilities, player position heterogeneity, or varied rugby experience. as expected, good to excellent iccs were shown for all anthropometric variables. however, 12 of the 14 physiological tests administered to u19 schoolboy rugby players showed good to excellent relative reliability. the tests included the following: 20 m and 40 m speed, modified l-run agility, vj, sr, 60 s push-ups, 2 kg mbct, wsls, rhie, 1 rm bs, 1 rm bp, table 1. sample demographics and rugby-related information (n=41) variable elite u19 players age (years) mean ± sd 17.5 ± 0.9 range (minimum-maximum) 15.6 18.9 playing experience years (median (iqr)) 5 (4-5) generic positions forwards, n (%) 20 (49) backs, n (%) 21 (51) specific regular positions props 7 flanks 5 locks 5 centres 5 fullbacks 4 scrumhalf 4 wingers 4 fly half 3 hooker 3 eighth man 1 sd, standard deviation; iqr, interquartile range. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 and the yo-yo irt l1. three tests (tackling, passing and catching) of the four rugby-specific game skills assessed had acceptable reliability. these findings suggest that all these tests warrant inclusion in the scrum test battery for possible profiling of u19 male adolescent rugby players provided there is adequate participant familiarisation and test standardisation. the 5 m and 10 m sprint tests showed low relative reliability among u19s. this questions the appropriateness for the inclusion of these speed tests in the scrum test battery for the respective age categories given the wide ci. furthermore, the sem of each speed test ranged from 0.0 to 0.1 seconds indicating error in consistencies across the speed distances. however, expressed as cv%, the sem increased with short speed distances and decreased with longer distances. for example, the cv% for the 10 m speed test was 4.5 compared to 1.0 for the 40 m speed test. these findings possibly indicate that the 40 m speed test is more reliable compared to the 10 m speed test among u19 rugby players. alternatively, the 20 m speed test was more reliable (cv%=1.8) compared to the 10 m speed test but less reliable for the 40 m speed test. these findings of high reliability for longer sprints (above 20 m) among u19s are comparable with previous findings reported elsewhere [15]. dobbin et al. [11] reported icc (cv %) of 0.69 (4.9) for 10 m speed test among 50 u19 academy rugby league players. however, besides differences in sample size and sport, there were methodological differences between the dobbin et al. [11] study and our study (i.e. use of timing gates vs an electronic handheld stopwatch; three repeated measures table 2. mean differences in scrum variables between test-retest results for elite u19s variable test re-test mean diff std diff p es [95% ci] effect anthropometry body mass (kg) 77.5 ± 9.6 77.6 ± 9.6 -0.1 0.3 0.1 -0.0 [-0.0-0.0] trivial height (m) 1.7 ± 0.1 1.73 ± 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.8 0.0 [0.0-0.0] trivial bmi (kgm-2) 25.9 ± 3.3 26.0 ± 3.3 -0.0 0.4 0.5 -0.3 [-0.1-0.1] trivial biceps (mm) 6.7 ± 3.6 6.46 ± 3.4 0.2 0.7 0.0* 0.1 [0.0-0.2] trivial triceps (mm) 9.4 ± 3.0 9.56 ± 2.8 -0.1 1.2 0.5 -0.0 [-0.1-0.2] trivial subscapular (mm) 12.8 ± 2.7 12.9 ± 2.6 -0.1 0.8 0.3 -0.0 [-0.1-0.2] trivial suprailiac (mm) 8.9 ± 3.8 9.02 ± 3.9 -0.1 0.8 0.4 -0.0 [-0.1-0.1] trivial abdomen (mm) 11.4 ± 2.9 11.7 ± 3.2 -0.3 1.4 0.2 -0.1 [-0.3-0.2] trivial thigh (mm) 10.0 ± 2.5 10.0 ± 2.5 -0.0 1.3 0.9 -0.0 [-0.0-0.0] trivial calf (mm) 5.5 ± 1.0 5.54 ± 1.0 -0.1 0.6 0.6 -0.1 [-0.2-0.1] trivial sum of skinfolds (mm) 64.7 ± 15.6 65.2 ± 15.2 -0.4 2.6 0.3 -0.0 [-0.1-0.1] trivial physiological tests 5m speed (s) 1.1 ± 0.0 1.11 ± 0.0 -0.0 0.0 0.07 -0.3 [-0.8-0.3] small 10m speed (s) 2.0 ± 0.1 2.03 ± 0.2 -0.0 0.1 0.23 -0.1 [-0.4-0.2] trivial 20m speed (s) 3.3 ± 0.2 3.22 ± 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.06 0.2 [-0.2-0.5] trivial 40m speed (s) 5.6 ± 0.3 5.58 ± 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.11 0.1 [-0.1-0.2] trivial l-run agility (s) 6.2 ± 0.3 6.20 ± 0.3 0.0 0.2 0.77 0.0 [-0.1-0.1] trivial vertical jump (cm) 47.8 ± 3.8 48.2 ± 3.8 -0.3 1.4 0.15 -0.1 [-0.3-0.1] trivial sit-and-reach (cm) 7.9 ± 5.1 8.51 ± 4.9 -0.6 2.0 0.05 -0.1 [-0.4-0.2] trivial 2-kg mbct (m) 9.3 ± 1.3 9.41 ± 1.3 -0.2 0.6 0.05 -0.1 [-0.4-0.1] trivial 60-s push-up (s) 49.7 ± 10.0 50.7 ± 10.6 -1.0 3.7 0.08 -0.1 [-0.3-0.1] trivial wall sit leg strength (sec) 146.1 ± 9.7 147.9 ± 8.3 -1.9 4.1 0.01* -0.2 [-0.6-(-0.1)] small 1-rm back squat (kg) 98.4 ± 14.8 98.8 ± 13.7 -0.4 2.9 0.35 -0.0 [-0.1-0.1] trivial 1-rm bench press (kg) 90.5 ± 16.4 90.7 ± 15.7 -0.4 3.4 0.51 -0.0 [-0.0-0.0] trivial rhie (s) 39.3 ± 3.0 39.7 ± 2.7 -0.4 1.8 0.20 -0.1 [-0.4-0.2] trivial yo-yo irt (m) 1505.9 ± 75.0 1522.4 ± 87.0 -16.6 60.6 0.09 -0.2 [-0.6-0.3] small game skills tests tackling (%) 87.9 ± 8.4 89.5 ± 8.6 -1.6 6.0 0.10 -0.2 [-0.6-0.2] trivial passing ability (au) 116.2 ± 2.1 116.5 ± 1.5 -0.3 1.4 0.18 -0.2 [-0.5-0.1] trivial pass accuracy (%) 89.3 ± 7.3 90.7 ± 5.6 -1.5 6.6 0.16 -0.2 [-0.6-0.2] small catching (au) 74.0 ± 1.1 74.2 ± 0.9 -0.2 0.8 0.07 -0.2 [-0.6-0.2] small data are expressed as mean ± sd. * indicates significant difference (p<0.05). mean diff, mean difference (test score-retest score); std diff, standard deviation difference; df, degrees of freedom; p value, 2 tailed probability value; es, cohen’s d effect size statistic with the 95% confidence interval; 2-kg mbct, 2 kg medicine ball chest throw; 1-rm, one repetition maximum; rhie, repeated high intensity exercise; yo-yo irt, yo-yo intermittent recovery test; tackling (%), tackling proficiency test; m, metres; kg, kilograms; s, seconds; au, arbitrary units; cm, centimetres; catching, running and catching ability test. original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 vs two repeated measures). in contrast, gabbett et al. [16] reported high iccs (cv %) for 5 m and 10 m speed tests of 0.84 (3.2) and 0.87 (1.9) respectively among 42 adult rugby league players. this shows that methodological, sport and population differences partly explain differences in the icc results between studies. reliability parameters depend on variations in the population sample for the measured construct, and the results have an external validity to populations with similar variations. [13] another key but unexpected finding was the low relative reliability for the passing-for-accuracy seven m test. this is explained by the lower variability between participants evidenced by smaller standard deviations in test and re-test scores. no previous study has reported the relative reliability of the passing-for-accuracy seven m test for u19 schoolboy rugby players referencing iccs values. pienaar et al. [17] reported test-retest correlations (r=0.66) and 95% limits of agreement (loa), suggesting moderate reliability among thirty-six 10-year-old schoolboys with varied rugby experience. nonetheless, the use of r has been criticised in contemporary literature since it evaluates the linearity of test scores in repeated measures. [18] instead, the icc is frequently reported for relative reliability. [19] nonetheless, the low reliability of the passing-for-accuracy seven m test in the present study could be linked to test novelty. unlike previous tests which had stationary rugby participants passing a ball to a static object placed seven m away, and judging the accuracy of hitting the target [17, 20], the present study had a dynamic recipient catching of a pass from a running player. the test also uniquely included a research assistant offering standardised defensive play to the tested player. all this was designed to test passing-for-accuracy as an open skill simulating real game situations. however, table 3. measures of reliability for the scrum test items among elite u19s variable icc [95% ci] sem [95%ci] cv (%) [95%ci] sdc [95%ci] anthropometry body mass (kg) 1.00 [0.99-1.00] 0.19 [0.09-0.31] 0.24 [0.10-0.35] 0.52 [0.39-0.78] height (m) 0.97 [0.95-0.99] 0.01 [0.01-0.03] 0.56 [0.43-0.67] 0.03 [0.03-0.05] biceps (mm) 0.98 [0.95-0.99] 0.52 [0.10-1.10] 7.88 [6.60-9.00] 1.44 [1.24-1.67] triceps (mm) 0.92 [0.85-0.95] 0.84 [0.20-1.40] 8.84 [6.34-9.10] 2.33 [2.08-2.55] subscapular (mm) 0.96 [0.92-0.98] 0.55 [0.42-0.64] 4.29 [3.12-5.13] 1.53 [1.01-1.89] suprailiac (mm) 0.98 [0.96-0.99] 0.54 [0.20-1.11] 6.05 [4.20-7.03] 1.51 [1.34-2.16] abdomen (mm) 0.89 [0.81-0.94] 0.99 [0.60-1.35] 8.57 [6.12-8.89] 2.74 [2.23-3.17] thigh (mm) 0.86 [0.75-0.92] 0.94 [0.30-1.50] 9.43 [7.24-9.89] 2.61 [2.03-2.87] calf (mm) 0.81 [0.66-0.89] 0.45 [0.20-0.68] 8.09 [7.01-9.27] 1.24 [1.01-1.45] sum of skinfolds (mm) 0.99 [0.97-0.99] 1.86 [1.04-2.68] 2.86 [1.20-3.45] 5.15 [3.14-6.17] physiological tests 5m speed (sec) 0.52 [0.27-0.71] 0.02 [0.01-0.02] 1.94 [1.48-2.40] 0.06 [0.04-0.06] 10m speed (sec) 0.64 [0.42-0.79] 0.09 [0.06-0.09] 4.50 [3.60-5.40] 0.25 [0.10-0.35] 20m speed (sec) 0.90 [0.81-0.94] 0.06 [0.04-0.07] 1.83 [1.20-2.40] 0.16 [0.08-0.24] 40m speed (sec) 0.97 [0.94-0.98] 0.05 [0.03-0.05] 0.95 [0.35-1.55] 0.15 [0.08-0.21] l-run agility (sec) 0.90 [0.82-0.95] 0.11 [0.07-0.15] 1.72 [1.10-2.30] 0.30 [0.19-0.37] vertical jump (cm) 0.93 [0.88-0.96] 0.97 [0.54-1.14] 2.03 [1.03-2.90] 2.70 [1.90-3.46] sit-and-reach (cm) 0.91 [0.84-0.95] 1.42 [1.08-1.57] 17.3 [11.1-19.2] 3.93 [2.89-4.17] 2-kg mbct (m) 0.89 [0.80-0.94] 0.42 [0.20-0.67] 4.48 [3.40-6.10] 1.16 [0.98-1.27] 60-s push-up (sec) 0.93 [0.88-0.96] 2.59 [1.34-3.07] 5.15 [3.12-7.04] 7.17 [6.07-7.98] wall sit leg strength (sec) 0.88 [0.76-0.94] 2.90 [1.87-3.98] 1.98 [0.78-2.94] 8.05 [6.78-9.34] 1-rm back squat (kg) 0.98 [0.96-0.99] 2.08 [1.45-3.45] 2.11 [1.34-2.95] 5.77 [3.57-6.17] 1-rm bench press (kg) 0.98 [0.96-0.99] 2.40 [2.02-2.67] 2.64 [2.54-2.87] 6.64 [5.67-7.12] rhie (sec) 0.79 [0.65-0.89] 1.28 [0.65-1.71] 3.24 [2.10-4.12] 3.55 [3.34-3.98] yo-yo irt (m) 0.72 [0.53-0.84] 42.88 [34.2-67.4] 2.83 [2.09-3.14] 118.87 [101.1-137.9] game skills tests tackling (%) 0.86 [0.74-0.93]* 0.84 [0.35-1.40] 4.75 [2.13-5.13] 2.34 [1.67-3.01] passing ability (au) 0.71 [0.52-0.83] 0.98 [0.30-1.50] 0.84 [0.45-1.23] 2.71 [2.01-3.14] passing accuracy (%) 0.49 [0.22-0.69] 4.66 [3.40-5.70] 5.17 [3.76-7.12] 12.91 [9.03-14.78] catching (au) 0.70 [0.37-0.81] 0.54 [0.10-1.00] 0.72 [0.24-1.03] 1.49 [1.04-2.17] bold indicates low icc values. the units for the sem are the same as the variable. icc, intraclass correlation coefficient; 95% ci,95% confidence interval; sem, standard error of measurement; cv, coefficient of variation; sdc, smallest detectable change; *icc value expresses absolute agreement for average measures; bmi, body mass index, 1-rm, one repetition maximum; yo-yo irt, yo-yo intermittent recovery test; rhie, repeated high intensity exercise; au, arbitrary units; catching, running and catching ability skills test. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 given the low reliability, it is possible that the test was relatively easy for u19 rugby players to achieve consistent discriminative performances. to minimise measurement errors, critical test elements, such as the running velocity of the tested and target player and positioning in the passing grid zone for executing the pass, may need careful consideration in future modifications of the test. all scrum tests showed acceptable variability (cv<10%), indicating good agreement between test-retest scores, except for the sit-and-reach test among u19 rugby players. the sitand-reach test showed the greatest variability (cv=17.3%) and paired samples t-test results showed almost statistically significant differences between test-retest assessments (p=0.05). thus, it is possible that the sit-and-reach test lacked standardisation resulting in the observed mean scores between test-retest assessments or more careful standardisation with the warm-up is required before the test is undertaken.with a mean difference between trials of -0.63, the learning effect could have potentially influenced testretest results for the sit-and-reach test. this possibly creates a need for an extra familiarisation trial for the sit-and-reach test in future studies or more than two repeated measures. critical assessment of the study the study utilised a relatively larger sample size than commonly used in similar studies reporting the reliability of anthropometrical and performance tests in rugby. the response and test completion rates were high, eliminating the effect of non-participation bias and missing information on test results. however, the study had some limitations. i. we chose a pragmatic approach involving one age category of participants purposively selected from one school and conducted the study during the competitive rugby season. the residual fatigue from training, especially from previous day and competitive matches, could have affected optimal performance from participants. ii. during the test-retest study, no attempts were made to standardise the timing, type and quantity of food/fluid intake. conclusion among u19 schoolboy rugby players involved in competitive rugby, good to excellent intraclass correlation coefficients were shown for all anthropometric variables. the scrum physiological and game skills tests administered which showed good to excellent relative reliability and acceptable absolute reliability included: 20 m speed, 40 m speed, l-run, vertical jump, 60 s push up, 2 kg medicine ball chest throw, wall sit leg strength, repeated high intensity exercise, one repetition maximum back squat, one repetition maximum bench press, yo-yo intermittent recovery level 1, tackling proficiency, passing ability and running-and-catching ability. all these tests warrant inclusion in the scrum test battery for possible profiling of u19 schoolboy “elite” rugby players during the ‘in-season’ competitive phase provided there is adequate participant familiarisation and test standardisation. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. availability of data and material: all relevant data are within the paper and its supporting information and supplementary files. acknowledgements: the authors would like to acknowledge all the high school male adolescent rugby who participated in this study. the lead author thanks research assistants who collected part or whole data on this project. the zimbabwean ministry of primary and secondary education, the headmasters, school sports directors, and rugby coaches who provided permissions to access schools. further, we would like extend our gratitude to the parents and guardians who gave informed consents for their children to participate in the study. also, the authors thank rugby expert coaches who rated the participants on game-specific skills, the anthropometrist who performed the skinfold measures, former u19 adolescent rugby players used as ’dummy’ players for the assessment of game specific skills, and content experts for validating the data collection instruments. author contributions: mc, bs-e and gf contributed to conception, design of the study, data analysis and interpretation. mc also conducted the literature review, recruited and trained research assistants and participants with variable assistance coming from other people acknowledged in the acknowledgment section. mc supervised the data collection and did the analysis. mc drafted the manuscript for publication and acted as the corresponding author. bs-e, ct, jmd and nsm performed critical revision of the manuscript, and provided extensive revisions prior to submission to the journal for review. all the authors read and approved the final version of the manuscript. references 1. jones b, weaving d, tee j, et al. bigger, stronger, faster, fitter: the differences in physical qualities of school and academy rugby union players. j sports sci 2018; 36(21): 2399-2404. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2018.1458589] 2. till k, jones bl, cobley s, et al. identifying talent in youth sport: a novel methodology using higher-dimensional analysis. plos one 2016; 11(5): e0155047. [doi 10.1371/journal.pone.0155047] 3. durandt j, du toit s, borresen j, et al. fitness and body composition profiling of elite junior south african rugby players. s afr j sport med 2006; 18(2): 38-45. [doi: 10.17159/24133108/2006/v18i2a242] 4. chiwaridzo m, chandahwa d, oorschot s, et al. logical validation and evaluation of practical feasibility for the scrum (school clinical rugby measure) test battery developed for young adolescent rugby players in a resourceconstrained environment. plos one. 2018; 13(11): e0207307. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0207307] [pmid: 30458016] 5. chiwaridzo m, oorschot s, dambi jm, et al. a systematic review investigating measurement properties of physiological tests in rugby. bmc sports sci med rehab 2017; 9: 24. [doi: 10.1186/s13102-017-0081-1] [pmid: 29299317] doi:%2010.1080/02640414.2018.1458589 doi:%2010.1080/02640414.2018.1458589 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/doi%2010.1371/journal.pone.0155047 https://doi.org/10.17159/2413-3108/2006/v18i2a242 https://doi.org/10.17159/2413-3108/2006/v18i2a242 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1371/journal.pone.0207307 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1371/journal.pone.0207307 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1186/s13102-017-0081-1 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1186/s13102-017-0081-1 original research 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6. oorschot s, chiwaridzo m, smits-engelsman bc. psychometric evaluation of commonly used game-specific skills tests in rugby: a systematic review. bmj open sport exerc med 2017; 3(1):e00028. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem-2017-000281] [pmid: 29259812] 7. walter sd, eliasziw m, donner a. sample size and optimal designs for reliability studies. stat med 1998; 17(1): 101-110. [doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-0258(19980115)17:1<101::aid-sim727> 3.0.co;2-e] [pmid: 9463853] 8. enright k, morton j, iga j, et al. reliability of “in-season” fitness assessments in youth elite soccer players: a working model for practitioners and coaches. sci med footb 2018; 2(3): 177-183. [doi: 10.1080/24733938.2017.1411603] 9. martin v, sanchez-sanchez j, campillo-ramírez r, et al. validity of the rsa random test for young soccer players. int j sports med 2018; 39(11): 813-821. [doi: 10.1055/a-0637-2094] [pmid: 30025419] 10. terwee cb, bot sd, de boer mr, et al. quality criteria were proposed for measurement properties of health status questionnaires. j clin epidemiol 2007; 60(1): 34-42. [doi:o10.1016/j.jclinepi.2006.03.012] [pmid: 17161752] 11. dobbin n, hunwicks r, highton j, et al. a reliable testing battery for assessing physical qualities of elite academy rugby league players. j strength cond res 2018; 32(11): 32323238. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000002280] [pmid: 29140912] 12. wright ga, isaacson mi, malecek dj, et al. development and assessment of reliability for a sandbag throw conditioning test for wrestlers. j strength cond res 2015; 29(2): 451-457. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000000637] 13. de vet hc, terwee cb, knol dl, et al. when to use agreement versus reliability measures. j clin epidemiol 2006; 59(10): 10331039. [doi: 10.1016/j.jclinepi.2005.10.015] [pmid: 16980142] 14. koo tk, li my. a guideline of selecting and reporting intraclass correlation coefficients for reliability research. j chirop med 2016; 15(2): 155-163. [doi: 10.1016/j.jcm.2016.02.012] [pmid: 27330520] 15. darrall-jones jd, jones b, roe g, et al. reliability and usefulness of linear sprint testing in adolescent rugby union and league players. j strength cond res 2016; 30(15): 1359-1364. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.000000000000123] pmid; 26466131] 16. gabbett tj, kelly jn, sheppard jm. speed, change of direction speed, and reactive agility of rugby league players. j strength cond res 2008; 22 (1): 174-181. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e31815ef700] [pmid: 18296972] 17. pienaar ae, spamer mj, steyn hs. identifying and developing rugby talent among 10-year-old boys: a practical model. j sports sci 1998; 16(8): 691-699. [doi: 10.1080/026404198366326] [pmid: 10189074] 18. berchtold a. test-retest: agreement or reliability? methodological innovations 2016; 9:1-7. [doi: 10.1177/2059799116672875] 19. kottner j, audigé l, brorson s, et al. guidelines for reporting reliability and agreement studies (grras) were proposed. j clin epidemiol 2011;64(1):96-106. [doi: 10.1016/j.jclinepi.2010.03.002] [pmid: 21130355] 20. hendricks s, lambert m, masimla h, et al. measuring skill in rugby union and rugby league as part of the standard team testing battery. int j sports sci coach 2015; 10(5): 949-965. [doi: 10.1260/1747-9541.10.5.949] https://dx.doi.org/10.1136%2fbmjsem-2017-000281 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1002/(sici)1097-0258(19980115)17:1%3c101::aid-sim727%3e3.0.co;2-e file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1002/(sici)1097-0258(19980115)17:1%3c101::aid-sim727%3e3.0.co;2-e file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1080/24733938.2017.1411603 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1055/a-0637-2094 doi:o10.1016/j.jclinepi.2006.03.012 http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0000000000002280 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1016/j.jclinepi.2005.10.015 https://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2fj.jcm.2016.02.012 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1519/jsc.000000000000123 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1519/jsc.000000000000123 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1519/jsc.0b013e31815ef700 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1080/026404198366326 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1177/2059799116672875 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1260/1747-9541.10.5.949 file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/%5bdoi:%2010.1260/1747-9541.10.5.949 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 33 original research case study an atypical presentation of myositis ossificans m bultheel,1,2 md, m med (sports med); jh kirby,1 mbchb, msc (sports med); jt viljoen,1 bsc (physio), mphil (exercise sci); pl viviers,1 mbchb, m med sc, msc (sports med), facsm 1 campus health service and the centre for human performances sciences, stellenbosch university, south africa 2 department of physical medicine and rehabilitation, catholic university of leuven, belgium corresponding author: pl viviers (plv@sun.ac.za) in the following case study an atypical presentation of myositis ossificans (mo) in the superior anterolateral thigh of a young soccer player is discussed. this case demonstrates that mo can present without obvious history of trauma, which makes the diagnosis of this condition more challenging. the most important differential diagnosis is malignant osteosarcoma or soft-tissue sarcoma, which usually presents without trauma. additionally both pathologies typically occur in the same population. keywords: case report, ossification, osteosarcoma s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):33-34. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a465 myositis ossificans (mo) is defined as a localised formation of heterotopic non-neoplastic bone in muscle or soft tissue.[1] it usually presents as a complication of traumatic muscle injury and thus is most likely to develop in high-risk sites of injury such as the quadriceps and biceps muscle. it is most readily seen in adolescent and young adult men as a result of sport-related blunt trauma. a 21-year-old male recreational soccer player presents with a three-week history of right hip pain during kicking, sprinting and climbing stairs, preceded by eight months of stiffness. he noticed a hard lump in the upper thigh on which he unsuccessfully performed self-facilitated massage to release the area. he reports previous minor muscle strains in the area but no direct blunt trauma. there is no pain at rest or at night, nor does he report weight loss, night sweating or generalised malaise. moreover, his medical and family history is insignificant. clinically, this appears to be a healthy young man with normal gait and full range of motion of the hips. however, resisted hip flexion and abduction as well as the thomas test reproduce pain. the nodule feels firm and is not tender upon palpation. ultrasound demonstrates a hyper reflective peripheral rim suggesting calcification of the nodule. two areas of ossification were reported following plain radiographs, one in the soft tissues posterior to the hip joint and the other over the lateral aspect of the superior acetabular rim (see figure 1, a & b). furthermore, areas of central lucency were identified and no connection was found between the mass and the femur. considering the patient’s history and mature aspect of the lesion upon imaging the diagnosis of end stage mo was made. conservative treatment with physiotherapy failed to resolve the patient’s symptoms and there was functional impairment with exercise, hence the calcification was removed surgically. since then the patient has recovered to his previous level of participation in sport, however he does occasionally report pain and stiffness during high intensity sporting activities. to date (20 months post-surgery) no reappearance has been reported. fig. 1 anteroposterior (a) and frog-leg lateral (b) radiographs of the right hip showing mature heterotopic bone in the right upper leg. discussion mo is a known complication of muscle injury where calcification proceeds to ossification in muscle or soft tissue.[2] the exact aetiology is still unknown and several theories have been proposed. it has been hypothesised that rapidly proliferating mesenchymal cells, in the presence of localised tissue anoxia, ultimately differentiate into boneforming cells and osteoblasts, producing ectopic bone and cartilage. in addition, muscle damage leads to prostaglandin synthesis, which attracts inflammatory cells to the site of injury, fostering the formation of  mo.[3] an alternative theory is that mechanical injury can cause the osteoblast-containing periosteum to be pushed into the muscle which results in ectopic calcification.[4,5] the incidence of mo after muscle contusion has not been well documented, but has been reported to be 9-17%. the occurrence is thought to be related to the severity of injury and is higher in males 30-40 years old.[6] the physical signs suggesting impending mo are localised tenderness and swelling, a palpable mass and loss of flexibility.[5] differential diagnosis may include a muscle haematoma, abscess and malignant primary or secondary soft tissue tumours. the most important differential diagnosis is extra-skeletal osteosarcoma, which has similar clinical and pathological characteristics.[6-8] various imaging techniques are available to evaluate the presence and progression of mo including musculoskeletal ultrasound (msu), radiography, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging and skeletal scintigraphy. it is important to note that the radiologic features evolve as the lesion matures. msu is a sensitive modality and may have the capability to detect early phases of mo approximately two weeks prior to radiographic evidence.[5] msu can also monitor progression throughout the course of mo where peripheral rim-like calcification and sheet-like or lamellar calcification are mailto:plv@sun.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a465 34 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research very suggestive of mo. calcification that is more centrally located is nonspecific, and may be seen with a soft tissue tumour. msu can also be used to guide surgical removal of a lesion as total reflection of the msu beam from the peripheral rim indicates that the lesion is mature. conversely reappearance is more likely if a lesion is removed when it is metabolically active (not fully reflective).[6,9] the most important diagnostic feature on x-rays is the zoning pattern of peripheral maturation, indicating that the lesion is benign. the finding of this radiopenic centre and the absence of connection to the adjacent bone, the so called cleavage plane, further aids in the differentiation of mo from malignant lesions of bone.[9] management of early mo consists of rest, ice, compression and elevation followed by physiotherapy to regain strength, proprioception and flexibility. during this stage aggressive stretching should be avoided.[3] indomethacin, a non-steroidal antiinflammatory has been proposed to inhibit further formation of new bone.[7] the natural history of mo is of benign nature and it may even regress after several months. surgical intervention is thus only indicated when there is functional limitation, persistence of pain after the inflammatory phase, neurovascular compromise or severe disfigurement. it should only be performed on mature heterotopic bone. however even during the mature phase there is a risk of reoccurrence following resection.[7] conclusion this case report demonstrates that mo can have an insidious onset without a clear history of blunt traumatic muscle injury. therefore diagnosis can be more challenging, especially when differentiating mo from a malignant lesion such as an osteosarcoma. understanding the pathophysiological development of mo, namely its typical peripheral to central ossification process is imperative in making the correct diagnosis. treatment is usually conservative and involves physiotherapy and anti-inflammatories. large lesions with functional limitations may be managed surgically. funding: none. conflict of interest: none. references 1. gindele a, schwamborn d, tsironis k, et al. myositis ossificans traumatica in young children: report of three case and review of literature. pediatr radiol 2000;30:451-459. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s002479900168] 2. yazici m, etensel b, gürsoy h, et al. nontraumatic myositis ossificans with an unusual location: case report. j pediatr surg 2002;1621-1622. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1053/jpsu.2002.36196] pmid: 12407551. 3. busell p, coco v, notarnicola a, et al. shock waves in the treatment of posttraumatic myositis ossificans. ultrasound med biol 2010;36:397-409. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.ultrasmedbio.2009.11.007] 4. kim sw, choi jh. myositis ossificans in psoas muscle after lumbar spine fracture. spine 2009;34:367-370. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/brs.0b013e31819b30bf ] 5. king, jb. post-traumatic ectopic calcification in the muscles of athletes: a review. br j sports med 1998;32:287-290. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.32.4.287] pmid: 986397. 6. yochum a, reckelhoff k, kaeser m. ultrasonography and radiography to identify early post traumatic myosistis ossificans in an 18-year-old male: a case report. j chiropr med 2015;13:134-138. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jcm.2014.06.004] 7. lau j, hartin cw jr, ozgediz de. myositis ossificans requires multiple diagnostic modalities. j pediatr surg 2012;47:1763-1766. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. jpedsurg.2012.05.009] pmid: 22974621. 8. el bardouni a, boufettal m, zouaidia f, et al. non-traumatic myositis ossificans circumscripta: a diagnosis trap. j clin orthop trauma 2014;5:261-265. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jcot.2014.09.005] pmid: 25983509. 9. parikh j, hyare h, saifuddin a. the imaging features of post-traumatic myositis ossificans, with emphasis on mri. clin radiol 2002;57:1058-1066. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1053/crad.2002.1120] pmid: 12475528. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s002479900168 http://dx.doi.org/10.1053/jpsu.2002.36196 http://dx.doi.org/10.1053/jpsu.2002.36196 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ultrasmedbio.2009.11.007 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ultrasmedbio.2009.11.007 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/brs.0b013e31819b30bf http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.32.4.287 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jcm.2014.06.004 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpedsurg.2012.05.009 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpedsurg.2012.05.009 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jcot.2014.09.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jcot.2014.09.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1053/crad.2002.1120 http://dx.doi.org/10.1053/crad.2002.1120 _goback sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd short report 1 sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license university and stakeholder partnerships to innovate in sport – the development of the south african cricketers’ association (saca) career transition screening tool s hendricks,1,2,3 phd; jp van wyk,4 pg dip sports management; b player,4 sac dip; r schlebusch,4,5 pgce dip 1 division of physiological sciences, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 2 health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport (hpals) research centre, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 3 institute for sport, physical activity and leisure, leeds beckett university, leeds, united kingdom 4 south african cricketers’ association, cape town, south africa 5 sportsthink 360, claremont, cape town, south africa corresponding author: s hendricks (sharief.hendricks01@gmail.com) the value of university–stakeholder partnerships innovation can be considered the successful implementation of a novel idea that creates value for some or all of its stakeholders. to be innovative and solve challenges that will benefit society, universities are strongly encouraged to engage and build partnerships with external constituencies, stakeholders and communities. in sport, the value and mutual benefit of university (researchers) –stakeholder partnerships have been wellrecognised – for example, from the perspective of the university, stakeholder partnerships help to guide research questions and offer direct access to athletes and policymakers. from the stakeholder perspective, university partnerships may offer expertise and resources which otherwise may not have been accessible. considering these benefits, frameworks to enhance university-stakeholder partnerships in sport have been proposed.[1] in many cases, while a key focus of the university– stakeholder partnerships is research, several internal reports and tools are also produced. typically though, only the research findings of a partnership are shared and published in the literature. in other words, the literature rarely describes the collaborative process between researchers and stakeholders in the development of tools that address the specific needs of the stakeholders. cricket and its unique set of challenges according to the international cricket council global market research report, cricket is one of the world’s most popular team sports, with 106 member countries, over 300 million male an d female participants, and more than one billion fans. it has been argued that cricket has a unique set of challenges compared to other team sports. these include: how performance is appraised by primarily using individual game statistics (for example, run s scored), the different formats of the game (5-day tests, 50 overs (1-days) and 20 overs (t20), and extensive travel and time away from home. for example, an international cricket tour may last up to two months and require playing all formats of the game. [2] career transitioning in sport as the demand on players in professional cricket has increased over the years, so has the interest in their career transitioning. that is, how do professional cricketers manage stressors created by changes (or non-changes) throughout their playing career, and how do systems best support these players? most of the work on career transitioning in sport, including cricket, focuses on players transitioning out of the sport (i.e. retiring athletes). [3] more recently, coping within career transitioning (for example, progressing from youth to senior level, or semi -professional to professional level) has also been recognised as a key contributing factor to the long-term health and well-being of the player.[3] at the same time, factors that contribute to a successful career transition (improved adaptation and management of transition and greater post-transition well-being) have also been identified.[4] one way a player can improve the likelihood of a successful transition is to plan for the career transition and engage in it voluntarily.[4] player associations and university partnerships player associations are organisations that represent the needs and interests of players within the respective sport and play a key role in the ecosystem of professional sport. one of the primary objectives of a player association is to promote and enhance the general health and well-being of its members (i.e. the players). in south africa, the south african cricketers’ association (saca) fulfils this objective for all professional cricketers. in 2016, saca and the university of cape town (uct) established a partnership to (i) conduct novel research on professional cricketers and (ii) ensure saca programmes and initiatives are informed by said research and/or the currently available literature. from a university perspective, the partnership signifies a high degree of engaged scholarship for staff and students and the opportunity to produce highin sports, the value and mutual benefit of university–stakeholder partnerships have been well-recognised. it has been argued that cricket has a unique set of challenges compared to other team sports. in 2016, the south african cricketers’ association (saca) and the university of cape town established a partnership to (i) conduct novel research on professional cricketers and (ii) ensure saca programmes and initiatives are informed by said research and/or the currently available literature. as the demand on professional cricketers has increased, so has the interest in their career transitioning. that is, how do professional cricketers manage stressors created by changes (or non-changes) throughout their playing careers? to help identify gaps for intervention as a cricketer transitions through their professional career, the purpose of this short report is to describe how a university–stakeholder partnership developed a career transitioning screening tool for professional cricketers in south africa. keywords: player welfare, athlete transitioning, cricket, innovation, stakeholder engagement, south africa s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-3. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15218 mailto:sharief.hendricks01@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15218 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3416-6266 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2753-0194 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4019-5039 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8414-0139 short report sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 2 impactful research. to conduct ongoing research, uct approved a saca research ethics database in 2017. the first project of this university-stakeholder partnership was related to the mental health of professional cricketers.[2, 5] subsequent to this project, saca sought to improve players’ career transitioning both within and out of professional cricket. specifically, saca required a screening tool that would help them to identify gaps for intervention as the cricketer transitions through their career. using such a screening tool, saca would work with the cricketer to help prepare and plan for any forthcoming career transition. the purpose of this short report is to describe how saca and the uct partnered to develop a career transitioning screening tool for professional cricketers in south africa. stakeholder criteria and context south africa has 17 professional cricket teams (proteas men and women, eight division 1 and seven division 2) teams. saca allocates each team a player development manager (pdm), who supports the cricketer throughout their professional playing career and for a period after retiring. the objective of the pdm is to assist players with all non-cricket-related aspects; so players are well-rounded individuals and prepared for a life after a professional cricket career. for example, assisting cricketers to continue their studies while playing cricket. pdms meet with all players regularly; however, given the scheduling demands of cricket, pdms may be meeting under time constraints. some players may not even be aware they are going through a withincareer transition, rendering conversations about it difficult. in 2019, considering the role of the pdm and the need to improve players’ career transitioning (both within and out of professional cricket), saca proposed the development of a screening tool to raise career transitioning awareness among its players. more specifically, to assist pdms in identifying whether a player is experiencing a career transition or not, and whether an intervention is required, i.e. linking the player to a service. during the early stages of development, it was agreed that the best form for the tool would be a screening questionnaire. a screening questionnaire would be easy to administer to teams and completing it would be quick and straightforward. pdms would then use the player’s questionnaire responses to initiate the career transition conversation and link the player to the appropriate service. the main criterion during the development of the screening questionnaire though was that it had to be based on career transitioning literature. two versions of the screening tool were developed – one for players experiencing (or about to experience) within career transitioning and one for players approaching retirement. career transitioning screening tool development park et al. [6] conducted a systematic review of career transitioning in sport and identified 15 factors associated with career transition quality. of these factors, we deduced three will be incorporated into the screening tool as it fell within saca’s remit: these were career/personal development, educational status and financial status. athletic identity was also the strongest factor associated with transition quality,[6] and it was decided questions on athletic identity should be included in the screening tool. keeping in mind the criteria to have a quick and straightforward tool to complete, the within-career – ‘check-in’(appendix 1) – career transition screening tool was focused on 13 questions based on previously published scales and questionnaires – the athletic identity measurement scale (5 questions: 1 on self-identity (q1), 2 on exclusivity (q2 and q3), 1 on negative affectivity (q4) and 1 on social identity (q5),[6] the perceived available support in sport questionnaire (the pass-q) (1 question with four subsections, namely, resources for financial advice and planning, resources for emotional support, resources for career advice, resources for study advice (q9),[7] and questions on transition preparedness (q10-q13). questions 6-8 related to career transitioning awareness and asked cricketers if they have ever experienced a career transition (q6), currently experiencing a career transition (q7) or if they foresee a career transition (out of cricket) in the next 12 months (q8). the tool for player s approaching retirement – ‘prepare for landing’ (appendix 2) – focused on 22 questions 10 questions from the ‘check-in’ tool, with an additional 12 questions based on the athletes retirement decision inventory(ardi).[8] questions 11-15 were anti-pull factors, q16-18 pull factors, q19-q20 anti-push factors, and q21q22 were push factors. both career transition screening tools also included a section for pdm notes and potential actions. after the screening tools were finalised, both questionnaires were reviewed by bp, a past player and current pdm, to ensure each question was clear and understandable. both the ‘check -in’ and ‘prepare for landing’ career transition screening tools are currently available to all saca pdms to use when required. at this stage, whether screening should be mandatory for all players is an ongoing discussion. conclusion the purpose of this short report was to describe how a university–stakeholder partnership developed screening tools that help to identify gaps for intervention as a cricketer transitions through their professional career. a key strength of the screening tool is that it was based on the current literature on career transitioning and uses established, validated questionnaires, while at the same time fulfilling the criteria of the stakeholder. that is the screening tools needed to be quick and straightforward to complete considering the context in which they would be implemented (time-constrained pdm-player meetings). it is worth noting that the career transition screening tools were developed specifically for the needs and context of saca. as such, while the university–stakeholder partnership approach described here can most certainly be used in other sports and stakeholder(s) settings, the career transition screening tools themselves may not be as generalisable, and therefore the screening tools may require adapting when implemented in other sports settings. conflicts of interest and source of funding: jpvw, bp and rs are employed by the south african cricketers’ association. there was no source of funding. author contributions: sh drafted the manuscript, and jpvw, bp and rs provided input. all authors contributed to the final version. references 1. hendricks s. rethinking innovation and the role of stakeholder engagement in sport and exercise medicine. bmj open sport exerc med 2021;7(2):e001009. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem-2020-001009] [pmid: 34123408] 2. hendricks s, amino n, van wyk j, gouttenbarge v, mellalieu s, schlebusch r. inside edge–prevalence and factors associated with symptoms of anxiety/depression in professional cricketers. res short report 3 sajsm vol. 35 no. 1 2023 sport med 2022:1-13. [doi: 10.1080/15438627.2022.2139619] [pmid: 36284499] 3. stambulova nb, ryba tv, henriksen k. career development and transitions of athletes: the international society of sport psychology position stand revisited. int j sport exerc psychol 2021;19(4):524550. [doi: 10.1080/1612197x.2020.1737836] 4. kuettel a, boyle e, schmid j. factors contributing to the quality of the transition out of elite sports in swiss, danish, and polish athletes. psychol sport exerc 2017;29:27-39. [doi: 10.1016/j.psychsport.2016.11.008] 5. armino n, gouttebarge v, mellalieu s, schlebusch r, van wyk j, hendricks s. anxiety and depression in athletes assessed using the 12-item general health questionnaire (ghq-12) a systematic scoping review. s afr j sports med 2021;33(1):1-13. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10679] 6. park s, lavallee d, tod d. athletes' career transition out of sport: a systematic review. int rev sport exerc psychol 2013;6(1):22-53. [doi: 10.1080/1750984x.2012.687053] 7. freeman p, coffee p, rees t. the pass-q: the perceived available support in sport questionnaire. j sport exerc psychol 2011;33(1):54-74. [doi: 10.1123/jsep.33.1.54] [pmid: 21451171] 8. fernandez a, stephan y, fouquereau e. assessing reasons for sports career termination: development of the athletes' retirement decision inventory (ardi). psych sport exercise 2006;7(4):407-421. [doi: 10.1016/j.psychsport.2005.11.001] sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 117 introduction overweight and obesity in children is becoming a global problem, with an increasing prevalence among children of all age groups. 54 south african children are no exception, with a prevalence of overweight and obesity of 14.0% and 3.2% in boys, respectively. in girls between the ages of 6 and 13 years, 17.9% are overweight and a further 4.9% are obese. 5 studies performed on small, local and regional samples of south african children suggest that the relatively high prevalence of obesity may be attributed in part to a decline in habitual physical activity, an increase in inactivity and sedentary lifestyles, associated with increasing urbanisation and improved socioeconomic status within households (assessed by the reliance on motorised transport). 8,13,19,27,32 indeed, it has been reported that children with lower levels of lean body mass and higher body mass index (bmi) are spending more time watching television or using computers, instead of engaging in physical activity, sports or play. 3,12,15,27,39,53 moreover, a national study undertaken in south african adolescents suggests that only 54.3% have physical education classes on their timetable, and of these only 52.8% engage in vigorous activity during class. 33 physical activity in childhood tracks into adulthood, thereby emphasising the need to address the lack of physical activity in children and youth. 10,20,43,45 an accurate measurement of physical activity is fundamental to our understanding of the relationships original research article validity and reliability of a physical activity/inactivity questionnaire in south african primary schoolgirls abstract objective. we sought to determine the validity and reliability of a self-report physical activity questionnaire (paq) measuring physical activity/inactivity in south african schoolgirls of different ethnic origins. methods. construct validity of the paq was tested against physical activity energy expenditure estimated from an activitygram and inactivity from reported television programme viewing in 332 girls (ages 9 12 yrs, grades 4 5). body composition (who bmi percentiles and percentage body fat) was used as an indirect measure of validity for the paq. test-retest reliability of the paq was assessed in a convenience sample of 14 girls. results. weak but significant associations were found between the body composition and paq-derived total energy expenditure (r=-0.18; p<0.05 for percentage body fat; r=-0.17; p<0.01 for who bmi percentiles) and inactivity (r=0.35; p<0.001 for percentage body fat; r=0.23; p<0.001 for who bmi percentiles). positive associations were found between moderate and vigorous energy expenditure by paq and the same intensity activities by activitygram (r=0.19; p<0.001 and r=0.26; p< 0.001, respectively). further, the television viewing time reported correspondence: professor estelle v lambert uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine department of human biology faculty of health sciences university of cape town po box 115 newlands 7725 tel/fax: (021) 650-4571/686-7530 e-mail: vicki.lambert@uct.ac.za z j mciza (bsc dietetics)1 j h goedecke (phd)1,2 e v lambert (phd)1 1 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town 2 medical research council of south africa, parow, cape town by paq was significantly positively related to the number of programmes noted from the television programme list. only total energy expended while partaking in structured school sports showed good test-retest reliability (r=0.80; p<0.05). conclusions. our results showed that the paq may provide some reasonable insights into levels of physical inactivity and activity in south african primary schoolgirls. however, additional studies are required using objective measures of physical activity, such as pedometry or accelerometry, to better understand the utility of the paq for children. pg117-124.indd 117 1/11/08 12:24:28 pm 118 sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 between physical activity, obesity and health. 15,41 there are a myriad of international studies using self-report questionnaires (including both previous-day and 7day physical activity recalls) in children in which both construct and criterion validity and reliability have been tested. 1,4,18,37,40,42,44,52 ideally, an instrument should capture all aspects of physical activity including physical activity during and after school as well as sedentary behaviour, and be able to differentiate between weekday and weekend physical activity. 24 however, there is a lack of locally validated instruments for this purpose in south africa, and as a result, a paucity of data concerning the prevalence of physical activity in south african children. therefore, the main aim of our study was to validate a self-report method of estimating physical activity/ inactivity levels in south african children. the method needed to be culturally sensitive, cost effective, and convenient to administer in larger groups of children, as part of formative assessment for intervention studies to increase physical activity. for the purpose of this study, a physical activity questionnaire (epaq2), used to assess physical activity in european adolescents, 49 was modified and adapted to estimate physical activity/inactivity in a group of preadolescent south african children of different ethnic origins. 28 construct validity and reliability of this modified and adapted physical activity questionnaire (paq) were then tested against an activitygram and a television programme list, and the body composition of the girls was used as an indirect measure of validity of the paq. methods subjects this validation study was undertaken as part of a larger project in which diet and physical activity, knowledge, attitudes, beliefs and health behaviours in south african women and their daughters were evaluated. .26 girls (ages 9 12 yrs, grades 4 5, n=332) were recruited from 15 primary schools in the cape town metropole area, sampled on the basis of divergent socioeconomic status (represented by low, middle and high socioeconomic strata). thirty per cent of girls interviewed were from schools within the highest socioeconomic strata, 49% from the middle socioeconomic strata and 21% from the lowest strata. the response rate for the girls was 89%. the final sample comprised 32% black girls, 34% mixed ancestry girls and 34% white girls. a convenient sample of 14 girls with similar characteristics to the main sample was randomly selected, and the questionnaire was re-administered 1 week later in an effort to perform the test-retest analysis (reliability) of the questionnaire. body composition measures as an indirect measure of validity of the paq, body composition was measured using bmi, world health organization body mass index (who bmi) percentiles, as well as percentage body fat. 3,16,17 bmi was calculated as kg.m -2 (body weight was assessed in light clothing, without shoes, and recorded to the nearest 0.5 kg using a calibrated digital scale (tanita hd-309, tanita corporation of america inc, usa). body weight was then divided by the height squared, which was measured to the nearest 0.5 cm). who bmi percentiles were also determined. 9 triceps, biceps, subscapular and supra-iliac skinfold thicknesses were measured using calibrated skinfold calipers (harpenden, assist creative resources ltd, uk), and recorded to the nearest 0.1 mm. percentage body fat was calculated using standard equations. 11 instruments physical activity/inactivity over a period of 7 days was assessed using a paq adapted from the epaq2, 49 which had previously been successfully used in a younger group of south african children (7 9-yr-olds). 28 the paq included questions on physical education classes, formal and informal activities, activities done at school, activities done out of school in sports clubs or gyms, as well as just playing games at home. the girls were also required to report on hours spent walking to and from school, or just simply sitting and using a computer or watching television. the paq was administered by trained interviewers, who conducted the interviews using the language of choice for each of the 332 girls. the paq was then re-administered a week later on a convenience sample of 14 girls. the total minutes spent doing physical activity as measured by the paq were converted to energy expenditure in the form of met min.week -1 , by multiplying the minutes per week by different levels of intensities. these levels of intensity were defined as: resting (1 mets), light (3.0 mets), moderate (4.5 mets) and vigorous (7.5 mets). 2,22 physical inactivity was quantified on the basis of television or computer time per week. furthermore, girls completed the activitygram developed by the cooper institute (dallas, texas, usa) 51 in which they were required to rate the intensity of their activities during 30-minute time intervals throughout the day. they were also asked to mark the television programmes watched from a pre-prepared list, as well as the frequency and duration of watching television in an average week. these results were based on a television programme list, which included the most commonly watched programmes by south african children. statistical analysis all data were analysed using statistica version 7: (statsoft inc, tulsa, ok, usa version 7.0). data were reported as means ± standard deviations and p<0.05 was considered statistically significant. where data were not normally distributed, medians, 25th and 75th quartiles were reported and non-parametric analyses were performed. construct validity was determined using spearman’s rank-order correlations comparing results of the activitygram with those of the pg117-124.indd 118 1/11/08 12:24:29 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 119 self-report paq. furthermore, the test-retest reliability was also evaluated using spearman’s rank correlation. analysis of variance or kruskal wallis tests were performed to determine the differences in physical activity/inactivity between the three ethnic groups of girls. where appropriate, scheffe’s post-hoc tests were used to evaluate between-group differences. in addition, between-group differences were adjusted for differences in socioeconomic status on the basis of housing density and asset index, using analysis of covariance. chi-square analysis was used to determine ethnic differences in sociodemographic characteristics of the girls, as well as the categorical variables relating to physical activity derived from the paq. results participants’ characteristics detailed characteristics of the participants have been reported previously. 26 in brief, 332 girls participated in this study. the average age of the girls was 10.5±0.9, 10.1±0.7 and 10.0±0.8 years, p<0.001, for black, mixed ancestry and white girls, respectively. mean who bmi percentile was significantly higher in the white girls, compared with those of mixed ancestry and of african descent (61±28 v. 59±30 and 57±31 percentile, p<0.05, respectively). however, there were no significant differences in the body weight, height and body fatness between the girls. black girls presented with significantly lower socioeconomic status based on the housing density and asset index, than the other groups of girls (p<0.001). in addition, fewer black girls reported having television (77 v. 99 and 98%, p<0.001, respectively) or computers (16 v. 77 and 87%, p<0.001, respectively) in their households, as well as having physical education offered at their schools (63 v. 88 and 93%, p<0.001, respectively) compared with mixed ancestry and white girls. the characteristics of the sub-group sampled for test-retest reliability (n=14) were not significantly different than those of the larger group (n=332) (data not shown). body composition as an indirect measure of paq validity body composition (who bmi percentiles and percentage body fatness) of the girls was used as an indirect measure of the validity of paq-derived measures of energy expenditure and inactivity (table i). weak but significant inverse associations were found between the girls’ percentage body fat and total energy expenditure and inactivity by paq. furthermore, there was an inverse association between girls’ who bmi percentiles and moderate energy expenditure derived from walking to and from school. construct validity of paq against the activitygram and television programme list construct validity of the paq-derived measures of energy expenditure and inactivity against energy expenditure derived from the activitygram and from the television programme list are presented in table ii. a significant positive association was found between the time spent watching television, recorded in the paq, and the number of television programmes selected from the television list. weak but significant positive associations were also found between moderate and vigorous energy expenditure by the paq and the same intensity activities recorded using the activitygram. however, no significant associations were observed in overall paq derived energy expenditure and total energy expenditure estimated using an activitygram. test-retest reliability of the paq we were only able to demonstrate significant test-retest reliability for total energy expenditure (met min.week -1 ) for the structured school sports (r=0.79, p<0.05). the remainder of table i. indirect validity of the physical activity questionnaire (paq)-derived measures of energy expenditure and inactivity against body composition of the girls spearman’s ρ p who bmi percentiles v. overall energy expenditure -0.18 <0.05 percentage body fat v. overall energy expenditure -0.17 <0.01 who bmi percentiles v. moderate energy expenditure (walking to and from school) -0.17 <0.01 who bmi percentiles v. overall television time 0.23 <0.001 percentage body fat v. overall television time 0.35 <0.001 table ii. construct validity of the physical activity questionnaire (paq)-derived measures of energy expenditure and inactivity against the activitygram and television programme list spearman’s ρ p moderate energy expenditure by the paq v. moderate energy expenditure by an activitygram 0.19 <0.001 vigorous energy expenditure by the paq v. vigorous energy expenditure by an activitygram 0.26 <0.001 overall energy expenditure by the paq v. total energy expenditure by an activitygram 0.02 0.78 television time by the paq v. number of programmes watched by the television programme list 0.19 <0.001 pg117-124.indd 119 1/11/08 12:24:30 pm 120 sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 the paq physical activity constructs did not show good test-retest reliability over a period of 7 days (table iii). ethnic differences in energy expenditure ethnic differences in energy expenditure estimated using the paq and activitygram are presented in table iv. although none of the black girls participated in physical activity outside of school in sports clubs, they reported expending more overall energy per week than white and mixed ancestry girls (p<0.001). most of this energy was expended while partaking in moderate physical activity at school (p<0.001) and informal game activities at home (p<0.001). there was an inverse association between socioeconomic status (presented by housing density and asset index) and energy expenditure (r=-0.18, p<0.05 and r=-0.26, p<0.05 respectively). black girls expended more total energy than mixed ancestry and white girls even after adjusting for the confounding factors of socioeconomic status based on both the housing density and asset index (both p values <0.05) (data not shown). in addition, the majority of black girls reported expending more energy by walking to and from school than mixed ancestry and white girls (73 v. 16 and 11%, respectively, p<0.001). however, no significant ethnic differences were found in energy expenditure generated using the activitygram even after adjusting for socioeconomic status. only ethnic differences in vigorous activities tended towards significance (p=0.057). ethnic differences in inactivity table v presents the time spent by the girls using technology-based entertainment (watching television and using a computer) each day. using the paq, we found that overall, mixed ancestry girls were more likely to use technology-based entertainment than white and black girls (p<0.05). however, white girls spent significantly more time watching television than mixed ancestry and black girls (p<0.05). white girls spent most of this time on weekends (p<0.05). ethnic differences in television time remained the same even after adjusting for socioeconomic status based on housing density. further, the girls who watched 3 or more hours of television each day had greater mean who bmi percentiles than those who watched less than 3 hours of television per day (61.2±29.0 v. 54.4±30.5, percentiles, p<0.05 (fig. 1)). however, no ethnic differences were found. the relationship between who bmi percentiles and television hours was unaltered by socioeconomic status (as presented by both the housing density and asset index scores). the table iv. girls’ energy expenditure according to ethnicity measured by the physical activity questionnaire (paq) and the activitygram level of activity black mixed ancestry white 32% (n=105) 34% (n=113) 34% (n=114) paq school (met min/week) moderate 360(0;1 800) * 0(0;720) * † 720(0;1 080) † vigorous 0(0;0)* 0(0;0) † 0(0;480)* † total 720(0;1 800)* † 480(0;1 080)* 810(420;1 620) † paq overall (met min/week) moderate 720(0;2 520) 540(0;1 080)* 720(360;1 440)* vigorous 0(0;960)* 120(0;960) 480(0;1 440)* total 2 528(1 080;4 950)** 1 295(660;2 400)** † 2 106(1 040;3 100) † activitygram (met min/week) moderate 3 360(840;4 200) 1 680(0;5 040) 0(2 520;5 040) vigorous 0(0;3 360) 0(0;0) 0(0;0) total 7 560(4 830;10 500) 6 300(3 360;9 660) 6 20(3 360;11 130) values are in median (± interquartile range). moderate (≤ 6 met min / week), vigorous (≥ 6 met min / week). matching superscript symbols represent groups that are significantly different to each other,*,† = p<0.05 and ** = p<0.001. table iii. test-retest reliability of the energy expenditure and inactivity measured by the physical activity questionnaire (paq) spearman’s ρ p school sports (minutes/week) 0.79 <0.05 home games (minutes/week) -0.50 0.67 club/gym sport (minutes/week) -0.37 0.30 television time (minutes/week) 0.27 0.35 moderate activity (met minutes/day) 0.06 0.27 vigorous activity (met minutes/day) -0.33 0.63 overall activity (met minutes/day) -0.20 0.30 pg117-124.indd 120 1/11/08 12:24:30 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 121 time spent watching television each day decreased with a decrease in socioeconomic status based on the housing density (r=-0.12, p<0.05). significant ethnic differences generated using the television programme list are also presented in table v (p<0.05). these differences also remained unaltered even after adjusting for socioeconomic status (p<0.05). discussion energy expenditure in the form of physical activity is associated with well-established health benefits, 14,25,30 which increase with an increase in frequency, duration and intensity of exercise. 47 however, a more detailed understanding of the required exercise dosage and the extent of resulting health benefits is required, particularly in children where inactivity and the prevalence of obesity are increasing at an alarming rate. 5 this may only be achieved through the development of standardised instruments that record the low-intensity activities typical of sedentary societies, and ascribe consistent biological meaning to terms such as light, moderate, and heavy exercise. 41, 45 however, there are few validated instruments that measure physical activity and inactivity that are pertinent to multicultural and developing countries such as south africa, where there is a high prevalence of overweight and obesity in children. 5 in the present study, an adapted version of a paq previously used in south african children 28 and european adolescents 49 demonstrated only modest indirect criterion validity, concurrent and construct validity in south african primary schoolgirls. based on evidence suggesting an association between body composition and physical activity/inactivity, 3,16,17 we used measures of body fatness and who bmi percentiles as indirect measures of validity for paq-derived energy expenditure and inactivity. in this study, body fatness and who bmi percentiles were lower in those girls with higher overall energy expenditure (generated by partaking in sports or play, and walking to and from school), and those girls who spent less time watching television. these results are in agreement with other local and international studies. 27,34,42 indeed, we found that watching television for 3 hours was associated with increased who bmi percentiles levels, in agreement with other south african studies undertaken on local samples of children. 7,21,27 further, in the current study, the majority of black girls reported expending more energy by walking to and from school than those of mixed ancestry and white girls. similarly, the reliance on motorised vehicles for transport has been associated with a decline in physical activity, linked to weight gain. 3,12,15,39,53 paq also showed comparable construct validity for inactivity when compared with inactivity generated by the television programme list. however, the total time spent by the girls watching television each day generated by the paq, was more than three times that generated using the television programme list. the use of the television programme list might have underestimated inactivity as it may have overlooked other programmes watched in conjunction with adults. moreover, due to programmes constantly changing, some of the programmes in the list were no longer featured on television. conversely, systemic error (or bias) may have resulted in an over-estimation of minutes spent watching television per day when television watching was recalled over the past week using the paq. indeed, ridley (2005) table v. girls’ physical inactivity according to ethnicity measured by the physical activity questionnaire (paq) and the television programme list levels of inactivity black mixed ancestry white paq television time (min/day) weekday 80(0;120)* 100(15;180) 120(25;200)* weekend 160(0;260)* 180(35;300) † 240(30;350)* † total 240(0;380)* 210(30;420)* ** 270(30;450)** paq technology-based entertainment (sum of television and computer time, min/day) total 240(180;480)* 480(300;600)* ** 300(180;540)** television programme list (television time, min/day) total 36(18;81)* ** 75(78;105)*‡ 78(51;129)** ‡ values are in median (±interquartile range). matching superscript symbols represent groups that are different to each other, *, † = p<0.05 and **, ‡ = p<0.001. < 3hrs >/=3hrs 0 25 50 75 < 3hrs >/=3hrs te le v ision v ie wing time w h o b m ip e rc en ti le (m ea n )  fig. 1. the who bmi percentiles of the girls who reported watching less than 3 hours of television compared with those who reported watching 3 or more hours of television each day. mean who bmi percentile of girls who reported watching > 3 hours of television was higher than those girls who watched <3 hours of television each day (p<0.05). pg117-124.indd 121 1/11/08 12:24:31 pm 122 sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 demonstrated that asking ‘how many minutes of television did you watch the previous week?, 35 resulted in an overestimation of the total time of inactivity compared with when television watching was capped within a 24-hour time frame. ridley suggested that such an error can be reduced by rephrasing the question and making it simpler. indeed, the television programme list was simpler and possibly made recalling easier. nonetheless, both the paq and the television programme list managed to identify significant ethnic differences in inactivity, such that black girls spent less time watching television than girls of mixed ancestry and white girls. these ethnic differences remained significant, even after adjusting for housing density and asset index, which were also significant correlates of television watching time. in contrast, mcveigh et al. found that white children were more active and watched less television than black children. 27 however, in their study they found no differences in socioeconomic status between ethnic groups, whereas the black participants in the current study presented with lower socioeconomic status compared with mixed ancestry and white girls, which may explain the differences between studies. further, the paq showed comparable construct validity for moderate and vigorous activities compared with the activitygram. however, the total activitygram energy expenditure was almost double that of the paq. a possible explanation for these differences can be the underestimation of energy expenditure by paq brought about by memory decay when asking the children to recall their activities over the past 12 months, which may lead to systemic error or bias in reporting. there is evidence to suggest that children might have difficulty in recalling activities that they participated in within the time frame of 12 months. 35,36 thus rephrasing and simplifying the questionnaire to ask the children about the minutes they spent in activity on the previous day, on a number of occasions, is generally recommended. in contrast, the activitygram asked the girls to recall their activities the previous day from the time they woke up in the morning, until the time they went to bed (from 7am to 10:30 pm). 48 despite differences in absolute energy expenditure, we found a weak but significant positive relationship between the two measures, which is in agreement with other similar international studies. 37,38,46,50,51 these studies argue that when using complex and lengthy questionnaires children become bored, which may negatively impact the instrument’s validity, yielding weak spearman’s ρ. this validation study was undertaken as part of a larger project, during which the girls were also asked questions on their diet and physical activity knowledge, attitudes, beliefs and health behaviours. this may have contributed to the respondent burden, thereby increasing fatigue and boredom during the interviews, which may have impacted on the quality of the relationships we obtained. in this study we further observed significant ethnic differences in paq energy expenditure and a trend for ethnic differences in energy expenditure using the activitygram. black girls had the highest energy expenditure, followed by white girls and lastly the girls of mixed ancestry. higher levels of activity in the black girls could possibly be attributed to their lower socioeconomic status, measured by the asset index and household density. indeed, monyeki and associates found that where space is limited and there is overcrowding, children will spend more of their time playing unstructured and informal activities away from home. 29 participation in play sport has previously been associated with increased energy expenditure. 39,53 finally, this study showed reasonable test-retest reliability of the paq only for structured school sports. this can be explained by the fact that girls of this age (9 12 years) can recall and report participation in structured school sports well, compared with other unstructured game sports played at home and at school or in sports clubs. these unstructured activities may vary from time to time due to the school term (such as writing exams, weather or seasonal changes). 4,23,31,47 furthermore, memory decay has been reported in other international studies in children, where it was found that children under the age of 10 could with reasonable accuracy recall the activity from the previous day, but had great difficulty with days further back in time. 4,6,47 the majority (69%) of our participants were 10 years and younger, a factor that would therefore influence the reliability of the activity recall after 7 days. conclusion despite the relatively weak associations between the paqderived energy expenditure and inactivity, against those derived from the activitygram-derived energy expenditure and television-derived time spent in sedentary behaviour, we found that the paq may be useful in characterising the physical activity levels and patterns of the south african children of varying socioeconomic background. the paq shows a potential in highlighting health benefits associated with adoption of physical activity, such as reduced body fatness and bmi levels. further, its usefulness in quantifying energy expenditure has been highlighted, such that it is able to distinguish between the intensity levels of the activity, by identifying moderate and vigorous energy expenditure in south african schoolgirls. it also enables us to quantify and distinguish energy expenditure generated by activities performed at school, out of school, formal and informal, with the more formal activities showing good reliability. further, it quantifies time spent in sedentary behaviours such as watching television, using computers, relying on motorised vehicle for transport, and identifies whether physical education is included in the school curriculum and if children are participating. indeed, the strength of association is comparable with those observed in similar studies where validation of self-administered questionnaires was tested in children. 18,35,37,51 studies suggest that validity may be improved by making questionnaires simpler and only asking about children’s activity over a 24-hour period. pg117-124.indd 122 1/11/08 12:24:32 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 123 another approach is for researchers to make use of objective physical activity measures instead of questionnaires. further evidence suggests that choosing a suitable measure of physical activity/inactivity for children is often a trade-off between accuracy, depth of information gathered, cost and subject and researcher burden. information provided by such questionnaires is relevant for south africa, where inactivity and the prevalence of obesity in children are becoming an important public health issue. however, additional studies are required using objective measures of physical activity, such a pedometry or accelerometry, to better understand the utility of the paq for children. acknowledgements this study was funded by the nestlé foundation, the medical research council of south africa, the university of cape town, the south african department of science and technology and the national research foundation (scholarship for z mciza). gratitude is extended to all the principals, parents and learners in the cape town metropole primary schools in which the study was conducted. nasreen jaffer, lauren hill, madalaine carstens, alicia hess are thanked for their assistance with data collection and their technical assistance. references 1. aaron dj, kriska am, dearwater sr, cauley ja, metz kf, laporte re. reproducibility and validity of an epidemiologic questionnaire to assess past year physical activity in adolescents. am j epidemiol 1995; 142: 191-201. 2. ainsworth be, haskell wl, leon as, et al. compendium of physical activities: classification of energy costs of human physical activities. med sci sports exerc 1993; 25: 71-80. 3. andersen re, crespo cj, bartlett sj, cheskin lj, pratt md. relationship of physical activity and television watching with body weight and level of fatness among children: results from the third national health and nutrition examination survey. jama 1998; 279: 938-42. 4. argiropoulou ec, michalopoulou m, aggeloussis n, andreas a. validity and reliability of physical activity measures in greek high school age children. j sports sci med 2004; 3: 147-59. 5. armstrong me, lambert mi, sharwood ka, lambert ev. obesity and overweight in south african primary school children — the health of the nation study. s afr med j 2006; 96: 439-44. 6. baranowski t. validity and reliability of self report measures of physical activity: an information-processing perspective. res q exerc sport 1988; 59: 314-27. 7. bourne lt, lambert ev, steyn k. where does the black population of south africa stand on the nutrition transition? public health nutr 2002; 5: 157-62. 8. cameron n. physical growth in a transitional economy: the aftermath of south african apartheid. econ hum biol 2003; 1: 29-42. 9. cole tj, bellizzi mc, flegal km, dietz wh. establishing a standard definition for child overweight and obesity worldwide: international survey. bmj 2000; 320: 1240-3. 10. dennison ba, strauss jh, mellits ed, charney e. childhood physical fitness tests: predictor of adult physical activity levels? american academy of pediatrics 1998; 82: 324-30. 11. durnin jv, womersley j. total body fat, calculated from body density, and its relationship to skinfold thickness in 571 people aged 12-72 years. proc nutr soc 1973; 32(1):45a. 12. eisenmann jc, bartee rt, wang mq. physical activity, tv viewing, and weight in u.s. youth: 1999 youth risk behavior survey. obes res 2002; 10: 379-85. 13. goduka in, poole da, aotaki-phenice a. a comparative study of black south african children from three different contexts. child dev 2007; 63: 509-25. 14. goran mi, reynolds kd, lindquist ch. role of physical activity in the prevention of obesity in children. int j obes relat metab disord 1999; 23: s18-33. 15. hu fb, stampfer mj, solomon c, et al. physical activity and risk for cardiovascular events in diabetic women. ann intern med 2001; 134: 96-105. 16. hu fb, willett wc, li t, stampfer mj, colditz ga, manson je. adiposity as compared with physical activity in predicting mortality among women. n engl j med 2004; 351(26): 2694-703. 17. iqbal r, rafique g, badruddin s, qureshi r, gray-donald k. validating mospa questionnaire for measuring physical activity in pakistani women. nutr j 2006; 5:18. 18. janz kf. validation of the csa accelerometer for assessing children’s physical activity. med sci sports exerc 1994; 26: 369-75. 19. kruger r, kruger hs, macintyre ue. the determinants of overweight and obesity among 10to 15-year-old schoolchildren in the north west province, south africa -– the thusa bana (transition and health during urbanisation of south africans; bana, children) study. public health nutr 2006; 9: 351-8. 20. kuh dj, cooper c. physical activity at 36 years: patterns and childhood predictors in a longitudinal study. j epidemiol community health 1992; 46: 114-9. 21. lambert ev, lambert mi, hudson k, et al. role of physical activity for health in communities undergoing epidemiological transition. world rev nutr diet 2001; 90: 110-26. 22. lohman tg. exercise training and body composition in childhood. can j sport sci 1992; 17: 284-7. 23. matthews ce, hebert jr, freedson ps, et al. sources of variance in daily physical activity levels in the seasonal variation of blood cholesterol study. am j epidemiol 2001; 153: 987-95. 24. mccormack g, giles-corti b. the development of the western australian incidental physical activity questionnaire (waipaq) and the assessment of motion sensors for measuring physical activity in adults: report to the physical activity taskforce evaluation and monitoring working group. department of public health: university of western australia. 2002. 25. mcginnis jm. the public health burden of a sedentary lifestyle. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: s196-200. 26. mciza z, goedecke jh, steyn np, et al. development and validation of instruments measuring body image and body weight dissatisfaction in south african mothers and their daughters. public health nutr 2005; 8: 509-19. 27. mcveigh ja, norris sa, de wet t. the relationship between socio-economic status and physical activity patterns in south african children. acta paediatr 2004; 93: 982-8. 28. micklesfield l, levitt n, dhansay m, norris s, van der merwe l, lambert e. maternal and early life influences on calcaneal ultrasound parameters and metacarpal morphometry in 7to 9-year-old children. j bone miner metab 2006; 24: 235-42. 29. monyeki kd, van lenthe fj, steyn np. obesity: does it occur in african children in a rural community in south africa? int j epidemiol 1999; 28: 287-92. 30. pate rr, pratt m, blair sn, et al. physical activity and public health. a recommendation from the centers for disease control and prevention and the american college of sports medicine. jama 1995; 273: 402-7. 31. plasqui g, westerterp kr. seasonal variation in total energy expenditure and physical activity in dutch young adults. obes res 2004; 12: 688-94. 32. prista a, maia aj, saranga s, nhantumbo l, marques at, beunen g. somatic growth of a school-aged population from mozambique: trend and biosocial meaning. hum biol 2005; 77: 457-70. 33. reddy sp, panday s, swart d, jinabhai cc, amosun sl, james s. umthente uhlaba usamila the south african youth risk behaviour survey 2002. cape town: south african medical research council (2005, 9 november) available from url:http://www.mrc.ac.za/healthpromotion/reports.htm; 2003. 34. rennie kl, livingstone mb, wells jc, et al. association of physical activity with body-composition indexes in children aged 6-8 y at varied risk of obesity. am j clin nutr 2005; 82: 13-20. 35. ridley k. the multimedia activity recall for children and adolescents (marca): development and validation. doctoral thesis, university of south australia, school of health sciences. 2005. pg117-124.indd 123 1/11/08 12:24:32 pm 124 sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 36. ridley k, olds ts, hill a. the multimedia activity recall for children and adolescents (marca): development and evaluation. int j behav nutr phys act 2006; 3: 10. 37. sallis jf, saelens be. assessment of physical activity by self-report: status, limitations, and future directions. res q exerc sport 2000; 71: s1-14. 38. sallis jf, prochaska jj, taylor wc. a review of correlates of physical activity of children and adolescents. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 963-75. 39. salmon j, ball k, crawford d, et al. reducing sedentary behaviour and increasing physical activity among 10-year-old children: overview and process evaluation of the ‘switch-play’ intervention. health promot int 2005; 20: 7-17. 40. sarkin ja, nichols jf, sallis jf, calfas kj. self-report measures and scoring protocols affect prevalence estimates of meeting physical activity guidelines. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 149-56. 41. shephard rj. limits to the measurement of habitual physical activity by questionnaires. br j sports med 2003; 37: 197-206. 42. stevens j, suchindran c, ring k, et al. physical activity as a predictor of body composition in american indian children. obes res 2004; 12: 197480. 43. telama r, yang x, viikari j, valimaki i, wanne o, raitakari o. physical activity from childhood to adulthood: a 21-year of tracking study. am j prev med 2005; 28: 267-73. 44. treuth ms, sherwood ne, butte nf, et al. validity and reliability of activity measures in african-american girls for gems. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 532-9. 45. vanreusel b, renson r, beunen g, et al. a longitudinal study of youth sport participation and adherence to sport in adulthood. international review for the sociology of sport (irss) 1997; 32: 373-87. 46. vuillemin a, boini s, bertrais s, et al. leisure time physical activity and health-related quality of life. prev med 2005; 41: 562-9. 47. wallace jp, mckenzie tl, nader pr. observed vs. recalled exercise behavior: a validation of a seven day exercise recall for boys 11 to 13 years old. res q exerc sport 1985; 56: 161-5. 48. warburton de, nicol cw, bredin ss. health benefits of physical activity: the evidence. cmaj 2006; 174: 801-9. 49. wareham n j, jakes, rw, rennie kl, mitchell j, hennings s, day ne. validity and repeatability of the epic-norfolk physical activity questionnaire. int j epidemiol 2002; 31: 168-74. 50. weiss tw, sluiter ch, green lw, kennedy vc, albright dl, wun c. the validity of single-item, self assessment questions as measures of adult physical activity. j clin epidemiol 1990; 43: 1123-9. 51. welk gj, dzewaltowski da, hill jl. comparison of the computerized activitygram instrument and the previous day physical activity recall for assessing physical activity in children. res q exerc sport 2004; 75: 37080. 52. weston at, petosa r, pate rr. validation of an instrument for measurement of physical activity in youth. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29: 138-43. 53. yackel ee. an activity calendar program for children who are overweight. pediatr nurs 2003; 29: 17-22. 54. york da, rossner s, caterson i, et al. prevention conference vii: obesity, a worldwide epidemic related to heart disease and stroke: group i: worldwide demographics of obesity. circulation 2004; 110: e463-70. pg117-124.indd 124 1/11/08 12:24:40 pm hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 11 introduction a survey conducted by the south african sports commission in 200241 showed the number of participants in all sports to be 14.7 million. this translates to approximately 10 million adults participating in sport. many adults participate in more than 1 sport. the average estimate is 1.5 sports per person. the sporting fraternity has to take cognizance of aids and its transmission and impact on sport because the probability of encountering an aids-infected person during sport is high. about 375 670 south africans were expected to die from hiv/aids in 2003, an increase of more than 30% of the estimated 219 660 aids-related deaths in 2000, according to projections by the human sciences research council.31 the attitude of health care professionals has added to the confusion regarding the spread of the hiv virus. these professionals wear gloves while treating patients, yet maintain at the same time that the risk of transmission is very low.10 in america a large number of leading sports personalities have made their hiv status public. these popular sports heroes have contributed towards demystifying the disease and have created greater public awareness by educating the public on the disease. this has not occurred in south africa. those most affected by hiv transmission are 18 25 year old. this age group has the highest number of individuals participating in sports.11,22,29 these young adults play a central role in social, economic and political activities. any epidemic that threatens to deplete this cohort, undermines the social, economic and demographic stability of society.19 the hiv/aids barometer on estimated hiv infections worldwide stood at 58 580 614 at 05h00 on wednesday 11 august 2004.32 the sports environment is a social, recreational, economic and competitive arena providing opportunities for interaction and a venue for transmission. competitive athletes are usually drawn from an economically active sector of the population.5 these athletes form part of an elite group which one would presume to be knowledgeable about hiv/aids. therefore the focus of this study was to ascertain the attitudes of sportspersons involved in contact and non-contact sports, towards hiv-positive individuals in a competitive sport environment and the risk of hiv transmission through sport. calabrese10 concluded that the hiv transmission risk in a sporting environment is very low. brown et al.8 calculated the risk of hiv transmission through sport to be less than 1 infection per 85 647 821 game contacts. the centers for disease control and prevention13 placed the odds of contracting hiv during a sporting event to be greater than a million to 1. original research article attitudes towards the risk of hiv transmission in sport s reddy (m sport science) y coopoo (d phil, facsm) department of sport science, university of kwazulu-natal, durban correspondence: y coopoo university of kwazulu-natal private bag x54001 durban 4000 tel: 031 260 7394 fax: 031 260 7903 e-mail: coopooy@ukzn.ac.za abstract objective. there is a real risk of transmitting hiv through open wounds during participation in sport. the aim of this study was to investigate athlete s knowledge and attitudes towards hiv transmission in a competitive sport environment how their sporting codes, demographics, knowledge and interaction with colleagues influenced their attitudes. design. a questionnaire was administered to elite athletes (n = 575) competing in 11 sport codes including high, medium and low-risk sports, and undergraduate students (n = 46) from a sport science department. athletes from all economic backgrounds, who competed at national, provincial or at first-division level, were included in this study. the questionnaire was distributed during national tournaments and training sessions. results. sixty-three per cent of athletes believed that a risk of hiv transmission exists in sport participation. fiftyeight per cent believed that they had a right to know if a teammate/opponent was hiv-positive, and 62% believed that all athletes should be tested for hiv. fifty per cent of the respondents indicated that they would participate against individuals who were hiv-positive. most athletes (88%) believed that more education on hiv transmission in sport was needed and 58% felt that hiv should be a notifiable disease in sport. forty-six per cent of the athletes indicated that they would participate in competition even though they were hiv-positive. conclusion. the threat of infection or transmission did not deter athletes who were afflicted or unafflicted with hiv from participating in competitive sports. hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f 5/3/05 8:52 am page 11 12 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 no studies have documented athlete-to-athlete transmission from blood exposure on the playing field, except for 1 anecdotal report of an italian soccer player.16,48 in this incident both players clashed, sustaining open, bleeding wounds resulting in possible mixing of blood. this was the first documented case, published in 1990, of hiv transmission that occurred directly as a result of sports participation. at present, accurate data on hiv transmission during sports participation is only available for american football players and professional boxers in south africa. in american football the risk of hiv transmission has been calculated to occur at a rate of approximately 1 player per 100 000 000 games. in a boxing match of 12 rounds, the risk of an open bleeding wound has recently been calculated at 47%. in a study42 of 952 boxers in south africa hiv disease was determined at 9% and the risk of contact between boxers during a fight at 100%. the risk of infection among professional south african boxers has been calculated at 1 infection in 4 760 fights.42 according to gatheram19 there is a need for an inter-sectoral response to hiv/aids. it is fundamental that hiv is not seen as merely a health issue, for it is indeed much more than that. it is a welfare issue, a legal issue, an educational issue, a human rights issue, and a sports issue. for these reasons alone it is of paramount importance that the role of sport and hiv/aids be utilised to unite our diverse country around this human issue.19 methods the study design was that of a questionnaire survey consisting of 22 questions. the questionnaire was designed to assess variables that influence athletes attitudes towards the risk of hiv transmission of through sport. the research questionnaire was influenced by a similar study conducted by calabrese10 in 1993, which was confined only to college students and did not differentiate between risk categories. in the present study the questionnaire was amended to include variables that might have an influence on the formation of attitude to hiv. these variables included demographics, knowledge and fear of transmission, knowledge or lack of knowledge on the benefits of exercise in hiv-infected individuals, and the influence of health care workers, sports personnel and the media in hiv/aids education. questions were divided into 4 major categories namely: (i) demographic data that could influence attitude formation; (ii) analysing responses to gauge attitude, knowledge and fears about hiv transmission in sport; (iii) assessing athletes knowledge of the benefits of exercise in hiv-infected individuals; and (iv) the influence of health care workers, sports personnel and the media in promoting education and awareness of hiv/aids in sport questionnaires were administered to 22 sports clubs, comprising 11 sport codes. participants were categorised into the following risk categories: (i) high-risk (173 respondents) comprising boxing (n = 14), karate (n = 44), wrestling (n = 52), and rugby (n = 63); (ii) medium-risk (201 respondents) comprising field hockey (n = 45), basketball (n = 46), volleyball (n = 50), and soccer (n = 60); and (iii) low-risk (201 respondents) comprising tennis (n = 34), athletics (n = 60), and swimming (n = 61). sport science students (n = 46) were included in the lowrisk category as this was a mixed group of athletes participating at a high level of sport. during the period between january 2001 and august 2001, 900 questionnaires were handed out to athletes competing at provincial or national level, or in a first-division club. these athletes were selected randomly. five hundred and seventy-five questionnaires were completed. this resulted in a response rate of 64%. the gender balance for returned questionnaires was 378 males to 193 females, with 4 respondents not disclosing their gender. the researchers administered most of the questionnaires. the balance were administered by colleagues from the sport science department, and administrators of various sports institutions and clubs. the majority of the questions required that the athletes place a tick in the relevant block. there were 11 yes or no questions. open-ended questions formed part of the questionnaire, countering the restrictive nature of responses confined only to the alternatives provided. the researchers and a team of colleagues visited approximately 22 clubs during administration of the questionnaires. further data were collected at tertiary institutions and selected competitive tournaments and matches. the instructions for answering the questionnaire were clear. the athletes co-operation was sought in this study; it was explained that participation was completely voluntary and that all responses would be kept strictly confidential. athletes signed informed consent to participate in the study. ethical clearance was obtained from the university of kwazulu-natal (westville campus). no names were written on the questionnaires, thus maintaining the anonymity of the responses. analysis the completed questionnaires were entered into a database, checked for inconsistencies, and spoilt forms were removed from the analysis. statistics were compiled by the department of statistics at the university of kwa-zulu-natal. the spss version 9, library of statistical packages was used to compute the descriptive statistics reported in this study (microsoft spss (version 9) standard version, windows 2001). since there is no comparative study of this nature in south africa, no inferential statistics comparing results with different provinces could be analysed. results the results reported refer to the attitudes of athletes towards the risk of hiv transmission in a sporting environment. the study assumed that the athletes answered the questions truthfully and sincerely. however this is an inherent limitation of questionnaire studies. table i shows the demographic data of the sample. sixty-six per cent of athletes in the study were male, and hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f 5/3/05 8:52 am page 12 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 13 33% female respectively (table i). a study by the south african sports commission41 concluded that more males participated in sport than females, at 46% versus 27%. the majority of athletes (46%) surveyed in this sample fell into the 19 25-year age group. this is also the most sexually active group, therefore most at risk of hiv infection.1,42 research in the usa has repeatedly found that approximately 21% of aids cases involve people aged 20 29 years.24 a higher percentage of respondents were in the over-31 age group (18%) than in the 26 31 age group (12%). more than half (52%) of the respondents indicated that they had a tertiary level of education. generally this is the age group (18 25 years) from which most elite athletes are drawn, and many of them are students.29 forty-one per cent of respondents were in the high-income group, which correlates with data obtained on educational background. general knowledge of hiv transmission was assessed in table ii. the majority of the athletes surveyed (64%) indicated that touching infected blood posed a risk of transmission. a transmission risk exists only if the skin is broken and infected blood enters through this route.17,44 ninety-two per cent of respondents indicated that sharing needles was a means of transmission, especially among wrestlers and bodybuilders, who share needles used to inject steroids. two cases have been reported among bodybuilders.21,40 table iii investigated athletes knowledge of whether hiv could/could not be transmitted through sport participation. a large number (n = 355, 62%) of the athletes stated that hiv could be transmitted through sport participation. twentyfive per cent of respondents in the high-risk category, 18% in the medium and 19% in the low-risk category believed that sport involves a risk of hiv transmission. there was a significant difference (p < 0.05l) in attitudes among the various sport codes and risk categories with regard to hiv being transmitted through sport participation. various questions were posed to athletes to determine their knowledge of hiv transmission through sport (table iv). in assessing attitudes towards hiv-positive athletes being allowed to participate in sport (question 1, table iv), the following was established. an equal percentage (14%) in the highrisk category responded both positively and negatively towards hiv-positive athletes being allowed to participate in sport. a larger proportion (30%) in the low-risk category and 27% in the medium-risk category were willing to participate with hiv-positive individuals. a total of 71% indicated that hiv-positive athletes should be allowed to participate, as opposed to 25%. fear of contracting the hiv virus (question 2, table iv) was indicated by 59% of the respondents, while 37% indicated that they were not afraid. the largest percentage of respondents (24%), who indicated such fear were in the high-risk category, as these sports posed the most risk of infection.18 this correlates with a large number of bleeding injuries encountered in high-risk sports. in the low-risk category, 15% indicated that they were afraid of contracting the hiv virus. table i. demographic information on respondents (n = 575) parameter number % gender male 378 66 female 193 33 no response 4 1 age (yrs) under 18 131 23 19 25 266 46 26 31 69 12 over 31 102 18 no response 7 1 education none 20 4 primary 13 2 high 233 40 tertiary 300 52 no response 9 2 income (r/month) below r1 200 185 32 r1 200 r2 000 51 9 above r2 000 237 41 no response 102 18 table ii. general knowledge of hiv transmission (n= 575) yes no response response methods of transmission n % n % sexual intercourse 557 97 18 3 sharing needles 528 92 47 8 blood transfusion 512 89 63 11 mother to child 455 79 120 21 touching infected blood 365 64 210 37 sharing eating utensils 15 3 560 97 shaking hands 10 2 565 98 hugging a person 6 1 569 99 table iii. knowledge of hiv transmission through sport, compared by risk category hiv transmission through sport risk category yes no unsure no response total high number 142 25 4 171 total% 25 4 1 30 medium number 105 92 1 198 total% 18 16 0 34 low number 108 91 199 total% 19 16 35 total number 355 208 5 7 575 total% 62 36 1 1 100 * all significant (p < 0.05) at the 5% level among the different risk categories. hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f 5/3/05 8:52 am page 13 14 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 t a b l e i v. k n o w le d g e b a s e o f a th le te s r e g a rd in g h iv t ra n s m is s io n t h ro u g h s p o rt ( n = 5 7 5 ) 1 . d o y o u t h in k h iv -p o si tiv e a th le te s sh o u ld b e a llo w e d t o p a rt ic ip a te i n s p o rt ? 2 . d o y o u o r yo u r te a m m a te s w o rr y a b o u t co n tr a ct in g t h e h iv v ir u s th ro u g h s p o rt ? 3 . w o u ld y o u b e w ill in g t o p a rt ic ip a te i n s p o rt w ith a th le te s w h o a re k n o w n t o t e st p o si tiv e fo r h iv ? 4 . w o u ld y o u c o n tin u e t o p a rt ic ip a te i n s p o rt i f yo u w e re h iv -p o si tiv e ? 5 . d o y o u t h in k a ll a th le te s sh o u ld b e s cr e e n e d fo r h iv ? 6 . d o y o u t h in k h iv s h o u ld b e a n o tif ia b le d is e a se i n c o m p e tit iv e s p o rt ? 7 . w o u ld k n o w in g y o u r o p p o n e n t w a s h iv -p o si tiv e c h a n g e y o u r st ra te g y to w a rd s th e s p o rt ? 8 . d id y o u r co a ch /d o ct o r sp e a k to y o u a b o u t th e r is k o f h iv t ra n sm is si o n t h ro u g h s p o rt ? 9 . w h e n m e d ic a l p ro fe ss io n a ls ( e .g . d o ct o rs , p h ys io th e ra p is ts e tc ) tr e a t b le e d in g i n ju ri e s, d o t h e y u se g lo ve s? 1 0 . d o y o u f e e l th a t th e re s h o u ld b e m o re e d u ca tio n o n h iv t ra n sm is si o n t h ro u g h s p o rt ? n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % n u m b e r to ta l % 1 7 3 1 9 3 1 4 2 1 8 3 1 6 3 1 9 3 2 2 4 6 1 1 0 2 1 5 3 8 1 1 4 1 3 5 2 4 4 3 7 7 1 1 2 1 3 0 2 3 1 3 3 2 3 1 2 6 2 2 7 6 1 4 1 5 8 2 7 1 6 2 2 8 1 5 3 2 7 11 8 2 0 1 0 7 1 9 1 3 8 2 4 11 2 2 0 1 0 4 1 8 8 0 1 4 5 9 1 0 1 7 0 3 0 1 6 3 2 8 1 7 5 3 0 8 6 1 5 11 4 2 0 1 7 2 3 0 11 2 2 0 9 5 1 7 9 3 1 6 4 6 8 1 8 9 3 3 1 7 8 3 1 4 0 9 7 1 3 3 9 5 9 2 6 4 4 6 3 8 1 6 6 3 5 4 6 2 3 3 2 5 8 2 9 9 5 2 1 8 1 3 2 5 1 7 9 0 5 0 3 8 7 8 1 1 4 3 5 6 6 8 1 2 9 6 1 7 3 8 7 3 5 6 4 5 8 9 4 1 6 8 1 6 1 4 1 7 7 3 1 3 1 9 3 4 9 9 8 4 1 4 9 1 1 6 11 4 2 0 1 4 0 2 4 2 8 5 3 1 5 2 0 4 1 0 5 1 8 1 7 3 2 5 4 8 0 1 4 9 7 1 7 9 4 1 6 1 5 3 2 7 9 2 2 0 4 1 4 2 2 5 2 1 3 3 7 1 0 4 1 8 1 7 0 3 0 2 0 2 3 5 2 2 3 3 9 2 5 3 4 4 3 8 7 6 7 4 5 8 5 7 1 0 6 1 .0 1 0 .2 6 0 1 0 2 0 .3 3 0 .5 1 0 .2 6 7 1 2 4 0 .7 2 0 .3 1 0 .2 1 0 .2 2 0 .3 6 6 1 2 1 0 .2 1 0 .2 1 0 .2 7 1 .2 4 0 .7 1 9 3 3 4 6 1 3 0 .5 1 0 .2 1 0 .2 1 0 .2 3 0 .5 y e s r is k c a te g o ry to ta l h m l n o r is k c a te g o ry to ta l h m l n o t s u re r is k c a te g o ry to ta l h m l n o re s p o n s e hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f 5/3/05 8:52 am page 14 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 15 the response to participating with hiv-positive athletes was as follows (question 3, table iv). in the high-risk category, 12% of the respondents did not want to participate with athletes known to be hiv-positive, whereas in the low-risk category 20% and in the medium-risk category 19% of the respondents agreed to participate against hiv-positive individuals. a majority of the respondents (46%) were willing to participate with hiv-positive, while 18% were unwilling, 34% were not sure how they felt and 2% did not respond at all. most athletes (66%) indicated that they would continue to participate in sport if diagnosed hiv-positive, against 30% who indicated that they would not participate (question 4, table iv). this correlates with a knowledge of the benefits of exercise for hiv-positive individuals. more respondents in the medium (24%) and low-risk (30%) categories indicated that they would continue to participate in sport compared with those in the highrisk category (12%). sixty-two per cent of respondents indicated that all athletes should be screened for hiv compared with 35% who indicated that athletes should not be screened (question 5, table iv). fifty-eight per cent of the sample saw a need for testing in order to make hiv a notifiable disease in sport (question 6, table iv). the majority (23%) of the yes responses came from the high-risk category. this correlates with the high incidence of bleeding injuries in high-risk sport and the greatest fear of contracting the hiv virus.34 the majority of respondents (52%) indicated that knowing their opponent was hiv-positive would influence their game strategy, while 44% indicated that it would not influence their game strategy (question 7, table iv). only 32% of the respondents indicated that they were informed of the risk of hiv transmission through sport by doctors and coaches, while 67% indicated that they were not (question 8, table iv). respondents were asked whether medical professionals used gloves when treating bleeding injuries; 90% indicated that they did, while only 8% indicated that they did not (question 9, table iv). a large majority of respondents (87%) indicated that more education on hiv transmission through sport was essential (question 10, table iv). sources of information on the promotion of hiv awareness show that television (84%) was the most effective medium (table v). the least effective were managers and coaches. this again indicates the need for sport and health professionals to become more proactive on the hiv/aids issue. respondents displayed a good knowledge of the benefits of exercise for the hiv-positive individual, except with regard to maintaining weight and assistance in sleeping. a majority of the respondents (81%) were aware of the psychological benefit of exercise in terms of making a person feel good (table vi). discussion a number of athletes left questions unanswered. the reasons for this could be that some of the questions might have been too sensitive or intrusive. a total of 900 questionnaires were handed out to athletes. only 575 questionnaires were completed. table i shows that the majority of the athletes were male. these findings are similar to those of a study by the south african sports commission, which concluded that more males participated in sport than females (46% versus 27%).41 the larger number of athletes in the over-31 age group could be attributed to older athletes who participate in athletics (long distance). road running is currently increasing at a rate of 7% per annum.41 although there has been speculation on the possible transmission of hiv through saliva and sweat, it has been proved that such transmission is not possible.9,26,51 even though sweat is the most common body fluid exchanged between athletes, it is not considered a risk factor for hiv transmission among athletes. mcgrew et al.34 stated that hiv transmission risk exists if the skin is broken and infected blood enters through this route. table ii indicates that this sample of athletes were knowledgeable about hiv transmission methods generally. theoretically a risk exists, but most experts agree that the risk of infection during competition is extremely low, and that the principal risks faced by athletes are related to off-the-field table v. access to information on hiv (n = 575) sources of information yes response no response on hiv/aids n % n % doctors 296 51 279 49 physiotherapists 62 11 513 89 books 388 67 187 33 internet 225 39 350 61 coaches 116 20 459 80 managers 62 11 513 89 newspapers 431 75 144 25 magazines 418 73 157 27 radio 406 71 169 29 television 484 84 91 16 school 304 53 271 47 word of mouth 382 66 193 34 table vi. knowledge of the benefits of exercise for hiv-positive individuals benefits yes no usure no response n % n % n % n % improves health 444 77 74 13 1 2 56 10 improves fitness 453 78 68 12 1 2 53 9 improves muscular strength 448 78 69 12 1 2 57 10 helps to control/ maintain weight 385 67 101 18 1 2 88 15 makes you feel good 464 81 58 10 1 2 52 9 sleep better 386 67 100 17 1 2 88 15 improves quality of life 449 78 72 13 1 2 53 9 hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f 5/3/05 8:52 am page 15 16 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 activities.9,10,14,23,50 no studies have been documented on athlete-to-athlete transmission from blood exposure on the playing field, except for 1 anecdotal report of an italian soccer player.48 however, the document rendered insufficient evidence to call the incident a conclusive case.10 respondents in all 3 risk categories felt that hiv may be transmitted through sport participation. the data reveals that although the sportspersons were knowledgeable about the transmission modes of hiv, they still feared playing with or against infected players. this fear seems unjustified as their knowledge on modes of transmission was excellent. there were a few concerns by sportspersons pertaining to other situations that could involve risk of transmission. these situations were blood from the eyes or mouth especially in contact sport, possible cross-infection from first aiders, openwound contact, and playing contact sport. most athletes (85%) knew that contact sport posed more of a transmission risk than non-contact sport. sports considered to involve the most potential risk are boxing, wrestling and the martial arts18 because of close contact and risk of blood exposure from broken skin and/or membranes. other semi-contact sports such as basketball and soccer provide opportunities for open bleeding wounds to occur, providing a theoretical possibility of hiv transmission.40,49 the media exposure given to boxers and the compulsory hiv testing required could have convinced athletes that contact sport poses the greatest threat of hiv transmission. the south african boxing commission, like others worldwide, does not publish statistics on the number of hiv-infected boxers because of a serious controversy in 1995 after such disclosure.30 inquiry into the number of bleeding injuries sustained in the total sample during competition revealed that 37% encountered no bleeding injuries. one incident of a bleeding injury per match was reported by 30% of the sample. the highest number of bleeding injuries was reported in rugby in the high-risk category (5 or more bleeding injuries in a match). the high incidence of bleeding in contact sport necessitates that all sport personnel be educated on how to treat and control bleeding so that it does not pose a transmission risk.3,24 only 1 case of hepatitis b transmission has occurred in sport, when 5 of 10 young japanese sumo wrestlers were infected from a teammate who bled on them during matches.26 researchers, sport and medical organisations have developed policies regarding hiv transmission in the sports world emphasising the need for universal precautions.4,14,23,25,40,45 sports that showed most acceptances were in the individual and low-risk category. this finding is alarming due to the low incidence of bleeding injuries encountered in these sports. low-risk individual sports like tennis afford few opportunities for physical contact. however, athletes displayed a fear of hiv transmission, which is not justified given the nature of the sport. one can only surmise that sensationalised reports of escalating infection rates have greatly contributed to fear of infection. jackson25 sought to construct a framework for ethical deliberation concerning hiv and sport to combat the isolation experienced by hiv-infected individuals participating in sport. athletes in the calabrese10 study questioned why it was acceptable to require testing for drugs but not for hiv. it seemed to them that society cares more about a player s drug status than his/her hiv status. hiv is the only infectious disease for which anonymous testing is publicly funded, an exception that has been controversial.6 in south africa it is mandatory for all boxers to undergo an annual hiv-antibody test, to complete a medical examination, and to receive medical clearance before being allowed into the arena. the general exception to this is when boxers travel to the usa or to britain where they must present results from tests conducted within the last 3 months.47 matseka36 stated that about 9% of south african boxers have tested positive for hiv and are therefore banned from boxing. matseka36 calculated that with the 9% incidence, boxers would have to fight 50 000 bouts before transmitting the virus. the american academy of pediatrics committee on sports medicine and fitness,2 the world health organization consensus statement consultation on aids and sports,50,51 the canadian academy of sports medicine task force on infectious diseases in sports12 and the national collegiate athletic association37 have all concluded that the risk of infection from one athlete to another (even in contact sports such as football, boxing and wrestling) is not sufficient to warrant a policy of mandatory testing. since the risk of hiv transmission in sport is not zero, many voices have advocated mandatory testing. however, several problems are associated with mandatory hiv testing. these include the high probability of false-negative and false-positive test results as well as issues regarding the right to privacy.39 education remains the key in the effort to prevent bloodborne pathogen transmission. sports medicine personnel play an important role in educating athletes, their families, athletic trainers, health care providers, coaches, and officials involved in sport.39 during 2002/2003 awareness was advanced mainly through the khomanani campaign and the lifeskills and hiv/ aids education programme in schools.43 most research studies recommend that hiv-positive individuals exercise as most participants show improvements after commencing on an exercise programme.7,27,28,30,33,35 the study by rigsby et al.39 on hiv-positive individuals in stages ii, iii and iv, indicated that bicycle exercise training for 12 weeks significantly increased neuromuscular strength and cardiorespiratory fitness. pedersen38 and dudgeon et al.15 maintain that the amount of data available does not allow any strong conclusion to be drawn regarding possible beneficial or detrimental effects of training, regardless of intensity and duration, on the immune system of hiv-positive subjects. this uncertainty is caused by conflicting results found among studies. the studies by stringer46,47 on hiv and aerobic exercise revealed that 6 12 weeks of moderate exercise sessions (3 times per week for 1 hour), significantly improved aerobic capacity. other benefits included improved functional status, improved immune function indices, maintenance of/improvements in lean body hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f 5/3/05 8:52 am page 16 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 17 mass/weight, improved mood (reduced depressive symptoms) and improvement in the quality of the patient s life. recent studies by dudgeon et al.15 concluded that the use of both aerobic and resistance exercise improves physiological parameters such as strength, endurance, time to fatigue and body composition in the hiv-infected population. exercise has also been used successfully to treat psychological conditions such as depression and anxiety that are common in hiv-infected individuals.20 thus, advice to hiv-positive patients to perform physical exercise relies on the positive effects of muscle strengthening and oxygen uptake and the psychological relief achieved in those patients able to participate in a training programme. conclusions in the present study 46% of respondents indicated that they would play against hiv-positive sportspersons, 18% indicated that they would not, and 34% of respondents were unsure of their views. most athletes (85%) knew that contact sport was more of a risk for transmission than non-contact sport. fifty-eight per cent of respondents believed that aids should be a notifiable disease in sport. a fear of contracting aids during sport was indicated by 59%, while 37% were not afraid of transmission during sport. the largest percentage (24%) of the respondents who indicated their fear of transmission through sport came from the high-risk category. eighty-seven per cent of these sportspersons wanted more information on aids. coaches and doctors contributed the least towards education on the risk of hiv transmission in sport. the athletes felt strongly that coaches and doctors should go through hiv training programmes so that they can provide informed knowledge to the athletes under their supervision. most respondents believed that exercise should form an integral part of hiv/aids patients lives as it improves quality of life. recommendations all athletes should complete an hiv education programme and be informed about the possibility of transmission. physicians, coaches and managers should counsel hivinfected patients, especially those in boxing, as they are tested twice a year. coaches and managers should complete a compulsory hiv training programme before being appointed to these positions. references 1. allen dm, simelela n, makubulo l. epidemology of aids in south africa. south african journal of hiv medicine 2000; july: 9-15. 2. american academy of pedriatrics committee on sports medicine and fitness. human immunodeficiency virus in the athletic setting. pedriatrics 1991; 88: 640-1. 3. active australia australian sports development group. blood rules, ok kit. australia: australian institute of primary care, 2003. 4. australian national council on aids and australian sports ‘medicine federation. hiv positive people and sport. canberra: australian national council on aids, 1994. 5. bendix s. industrial relations in south africa. cape town: juta and company, 1992. 6. bindman ab, osmond d, heecht fm, et al. multistate evaluation of anonymous hiv testing and access to medical care. jama 1998; 280: 1416-21. 7. birk tj, macarthur rd. chronic exercise training maintains previously attained cardiopulmonary fitness in patients seropositive for human immunodeficiency virus type 1. sports medicine training and rehabilitation 1994; 5: 1-6. 8. brown ls, phillips ry, brown cl, knowlan c, castle l mover j. hiv/aids policies and sports: the national football league. med sci sports exerc 1994; 26:403-7. 9. calabrese lh, kelly d. aids and athletics. physician and sportsmedicine 1989; 17: 127-32. 10. calabrese lh. hiv and sport. what is the risk? physician and sportsmedicine 1993; 21: 172-80. 11. campbell c, williams b, gilgen d. is social capital a useful conceptual tool for exploring community level influences on hiv infection? aids care 2002; 14: 41-54. 12. canadian academy of sports medicine task force on infectious disease in sports. hiv as it relates to sport. clin j sport med 1993; 3:65-6. 13. centers for disease control and prevention. update: trends in aids incidence, deaths and prevalence. morb mortal wkly rep 1997; 46: 16573. 14. derman w. draft position statement: hiv/aids in sport. south africa sports medicine association and the department of health of south africa, july 1997. 15. dudgeon wd, phillips kd, bopp cm, hand ga. physiological and psychological effects of exercise interventions in hiv disease. aids patient care stds 2004; 18: 81-98. 16. eicher er. contagious infections in competitive sport. sports science exchange 1995; 8: 224-7. 17. friedland gh, klein rs. transmission of the human mmunodeficiency virus. n engl j med 1987; 317:1125-35. 18. garl t, hrisomalos t, rink l. transmission of infectious agents during athletic competition: a report to all national governing bodies of the us olympic committee sports medicine and science committee. colorado springs, 1991. 19. gatheram v. hiv/aids in kwazulu-natal. the daily news. 14 july 1999. 20. hengge ur. testosterone replacement for hypogonadism: clinical findings and best practices. aids reader 2003; 13: suppl 12, s15-21. 21. hamel r. aids: assessing the risk among athletes. physician and sportsmedicine 1992; 20: 139-46. 22. human sciences research council. human sciences research council on sport participation in south africa. pretoria: hsrc, 1982. 23. howe wb. preventing infectious diseases in sport. physician and sportsmedicine 2003; 31: 78-88. 24. hunt bp. hiv/aids knowledge and behaviour in a cohort of college student athletes. journal of international council for health, physical education, recreation, sport and dance 1994; 6: 121-8. 25. international federation of sports medicine. aids and sports. fims position statement. paris: 1-4. 26. kashiwagi s, hayashi j, ikematsu h. an outbreak of hepatitis in members of a high school sumo wrestling club. jama 1982; 248: 213-4. 27. kell r, jenkins a. hiv transmission and sport: realities and recommendations. strength and conditioning 1998; 2: 58-61. 28. laperriere a, flethcher mh, antoni mh, klimas ng, ironson g, schneiderman n. aerobic exercise training in an aids risk group. int j sports med 1991; suppl 2: s53-5. 29. lightbown r. aids our sporting scourge. south african sports illustrated 2001; feb: 89-93. 30. leach l. hiv/aids in sport. science in africa 2003 (http://www.scienceinafrica.com) 31. aids map: undermining sa s culture of violence (editorial). mail and guardian; february 2003: 7-13. 32. hiv/aids barometer (editorial). mail and guardian; august 2004: 9-10. 33. macarthur rd, levine sd, birk tj. supervised exercise training improves cardiopulmonary fitness in hiv-infected persons. med sci sports exerc 1993; 25: 684-8. 34. mcgrew c, randall w, schneidwind k, gikas p. survey of ncaa institutions concerning hiv/aids policies and universal precautions. med sci sports exerc 1993; 25: 917-21. 35. mars m. hiv infection and exercise. sports med 2000; 2: 3-10. hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f 5/3/05 8:52 am page 17 18 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 36. matseka p. hiv and boxing. monday paper 1998; 17(21). cape town: department of communications, uct. 37. national collegiate athletic association. ncca sports medicine handbook 1992. aids and intercollegiate athletics. overland park: ncca, 1992. 38. pedersen bk. hiv, exercise, and immune function. in: sankaran g, volkwein ka, bonsall dr, eds. hiv/aids in sport. champaign, ill∴ human kinetics, 1999. 39. rigsby lw, dishman rr, jackson aw, maclean gs, ravan rb. effects of exercise training on men seropositive for the human immunodeficiency virus-1. med sci sports exer 1992; 24:6-12. 40. sankaran g, volkwein ka, bonsall dr. hiv/aids in sport: impact, issues, and challenges. champaign, ill∴ human kinetics publishers, 1999. 41. south african sports commission. bmi – sport info 2002. pretoria: sa sports commission, 2002: 8-11. 42. sanders f, gallaway m. hiv transmission during sport participation. johannesburg: wordsworth, 2002. 43. south african yearbook 2003/2004. cape town: macmillan: 385. 44. schwellnus mp. aids in sport: guidelines for prevention in sports participants. cape town: university of cape town / medical research council, 1997. 45. sheridan jw. blood-borne infections in sport. sport medicine news 1992; 10: 2-7. 46. stringer w. hiv and aerobic exercise. sports med 1999; 28: 389 95. 47. stringer w. mechanisms of exercise limitations in hiv individuals. med sci sports exerc 2000; 38: s412 21. 48. torre d, sampietro c, ferraro t. transmission of hiv-1 via sports injury. lancet 1990; 335: 1105. 49. whiteside a. the state of the aids epidemic at the beginning of 2001. aids analysis africa 2001; 11: 3-16. 50. world health organization (who) in collaboration with the international federation of sports medicine. consensus statement from consultation on aids and sports. geneva: who, 1989. 51. world health organization consensus statement. consultation on aids and sports. jama 1992; 267: 1312-4. hiv risk sajsm-sc1-f 5/3/05 8:52 am page 18 case report 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the effect of systematic exercise training on skeletal muscle strength in a patient with advanced inclusion body myositis: a case study c d'alton,1 mbchb, msc; r johnstone,2 bsc(hons); c du plessis,2 bsc(hons); a pursad,2 bsc(hons); t a kohn,1,3 phd 1 hpals, division of physiological sciences, department of human biology, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 2 sports science institute of south africa, boundary road, newlands, cape town, 7725, south africa 3 department of medical bioscience, faculty of natural sciences, university of the western cape, bellville, south africa corresponding author: t a kohn (tkohn@uwc.ac.za) inclusion body myositis (ibm) is an acquired autoimmune myopathy with no known cause or cure. [1] clinically, the disease presents with a slow progressive decline in muscle strength, resulting from muscle fibre atrophy and the destruction of the quadriceps, forearm flexors and ankle dorsiflexion muscles as result of an inflammatory degenerative process within skeletal muscle, although the primary pathological process remains unclear.[1] histological sections of the muscle show inflammation of non-necrotic muscle fibres, with amyloid deposits (inclusions) evident within the vacuoles. ibm is initially difficult to diagnose as the first diagnosis presents as any inflammatory myopathy, with the inclusions only appearing much later.[1] there is currently no effective treatment for ibm. studies using endurance and resistance training have been shown to benefit the physical and psychological wellbeing of patients with ibm.[2-4] resistance training improves muscle strength through increased muscle fibre recruitment and hypertrophy and is therefore a viable and inexpensive method to aid and maintain muscle strength in ibm patients.[4] south africa currently has no standard exercise intervention programmes specifically designed towards improving muscle function in patients with myopathies, partly due to the conventional belief that exercise may cause more muscle damage. however, studies on ibm and other myopathies (e.g. mcardle disease) are proving that supervised exercise training is a viable adjunct in maintaining or improving muscle strength.[4,5] the aims of this study were to (i) evaluate the safety and (ii) the response of a 16-week supervised resistance training exercise protocol on the health and physical muscle performance of an elderly patient diagnosed with advanced stage ibm. the outcomes of this study may be applied more broadly to other myopathy cases. case report history the patient was a 71-year-old male in good health, despite having advanced stage ibm, of which clinical symptoms (muscle weakness) were already presented in november 2006. due to the clinical overlap between polymyositis and the earlier stage of ibm, the diagnosis of ibm was only confirmed on a muscle biopsy in october 2016. at the time of the exercise intervention (two years later), the patient was able to walk with the aid of a three-wheel walker but was unable to stand up from a chair by himself. during his functional assessment he was also found to have severe hyperextension of his knees. despite his physical limitations as a result of the ibm and the use of the following chronic medications, which included 100 mg/day allopurinol, 7.5 mg zopiclone and 25 mg amitriptyline at night, 0.4 mg/day tamsulosin, 5 mg/day folic acid, 300 mg/day irbesartan and 12.5 mg/day hydrochlorothizide, he was classified as healthy and cleared to take part in the exercise training intervention. methods the faculty of health sciences research ethics committee of the university of cape town (hrec 089/2018) approved the study and the participant provided his written informed consent. the protocol consisted of physical, clinical and fitness assessments, including the acquisition of blood samples. on inclusion body myositis (ibm) is an inflammatory and degenerative autoimmune disease that targets specific muscle groups, causing severe muscle weakness. exercise training is often contraindicated in myopathies as it may aggravate muscle damage and inflammation. although some reported positive outcomes in muscle strength of early diagnosed ibm patients undergoing resistance training, there remains uncertainty as to whether exercise could be beneficial and safe in advanced stage ibm. thus the aims of this research were to evaluate the safety and response of 16-weeks supervised resistance training on the health and muscle performance of an elderly participant diagnosed with advanced stage ibm. it was shown that the training had no adverse effects on the health of the patient. muscle strength measured at eight weeks and on completion of the intervention, remained the same as at baseline. in conclusion, the exercise programme was found to be safe and seemed to maintain muscle strength in a patient with advanced stage ibm. keywords: myopathy, autoimmune disease, muscle weakness, resistance training s afr j sports med 2022; 34:1-3. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13145 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13145 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8791-7695 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3871-3001 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4152-6319 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4624-8100 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3048-3843 case report sajsm vol.34 no.1 2022 2 completion of the above tests, the participant underwent eight weeks of exercise training. the assessments were then repeated, followed by a second exercise training period of eight weeks, and a final assessment period on completion of the exercise intervention. clinical assessment prior to participation in the exercise sessions, the participant underwent a clinical review to determine his current physiological and psychological health status. this included the completion of the barthel index of activities for daily living questionnaire, the fatigue severity scale, as well as the visual analogue fatigue scale to evaluate fatigue severity, all of which were also repeated at week eight and 16. the clinical assessment entailed obtaining a complete medical history, including current medications, followed by a thorough routine clinical examination with specific emphasis on the cardiorespiratory, renal and neuromuscular systems. these were repeated midway through the programme. included in the assessment was a urine sample analysis using urinary dipsticks to exclude any baseline abnormalities, such as glucosuria, evidence of an uti or underlying renal disease, but most importantly, the presence of myoglobinuria (combur testing kit, roche). the rationale for this specific investigation was to assist in the monitoring for the presence of myoglobinuria as an additional method of monitoring for excessive muscle damage (rhabdomyolysis) during the exercise intervention phase if he was to present with delayed onset muscle soreness (doms) or dark-coloured urine which was not found throughout the intervention. the patient was deemed healthy and the exercise was not considered to pose any adverse risks to him. exercise test assessments isokinetic strength tests of the knee and elbow joints were conducted using a dynamometer (biodex medical systems, inc., ny, usa) before, during and after the exercise training programme (presented in table 1). handgrip strength was measured bilaterally using a hand-held dynamometer (camry electronic hand dynamometer eh101, camry scales, ca, usa). a blood sample for creatine kinase (ck) level determination was obtained a day after the exercise test to assess muscle damage both before the start of the intervention as well midway, because the exercise tests were considered to be the greatest risk for inducing muscle damage. the tests were not repeated after the final assessment due to the patient’s stable clinical nature. resistance training protocol exercise sessions (one hour each) were supervised by the same two qualified biokineticists, and consisted of moderateintensity resistance exercises (isometric and isotonic) using rubber bands, three times per week performed for 16 weeks. intensity was monitored using the rating of perceived exertion (rpe) scale (rate of 1 to 10) which was maintained between the scale of 7 and 8. whenever an exercise was too easy or difficult, adjustments to the programme were made. the patient was also closely monitored for any doms. discussion at baseline, ankle plantar flexion, wrist flexion and wrist extension were all within the normal range for the participant’s age category conforming to the muscles rarely affected by ibm.[1,6] interestingly, elbow extension appeared in the normal range and its strength was not affected by the disease. knee flexion and extension, ankle dorsiflexion and elbow flexion were severely compromised due to the ibm and well below the normal range. the muscles of the rightand leftsided limbs were found to be similarly affected by the disease, but grip strength was consistently greater in the left hand. however, this was considered to be weak when compared to the age-related ranges (table 1). the participant tolerated and complied well with the maximum exercise tests and training. he presented with no adverse side effects, besides the reporting of some stiff limbs due to the training. serum ck was measured (pathcare, cape town, south africa) a day after the initial and submaximum exercise tests (188 and 181 iu/l, respectively), concluding that muscle damage was minimal. overall, the data showed no significant change (improvement or deterioration) in the isokinetic strength of the participant, but variable responses between different muscle actions were noted for which the exact mechanisms are unclear. what is also unclear is whether table 1. maximum physical performance markers measured during the three assessments baseline assessment week 8 assessment week 16 assessment normal range for 70 83 age group isometric contractions (n·m) left right mean left right mean left right mean knee flexion 10 11 11 12 12 12 13 10 11 24 38 knee extension 11 10 11 9 13 11 9 12 11 55 71 ankle plantar flexion 41 42 42 31 30 31 43 22 33 25 46 ankle dorsiflexion could not initiate exercise could not initiate exercise could not initiate exercise 12 13 elbow flexion 6 7 6 4 7 6 1 8 5 14 19 elbow extension 15 18 17 15 22 18 16 25 21 14 23 wrist flexion 5 6 6 7 7 7 9 9 9 6 9 wrist extension 9 18 14 6 10 8 11 8 10 4 5 grip strength (kg) 27 6 16 17 6 11 21 8 15 28 42 isometric contractions values are presented as torque (newton·metres), whereas grip strength is reported in kilograms (kg). left indicates flexion or extension of the left limb; right indicates flexion or extension of the right limb. case report 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 the exercise programme may have aided in the maintenance of muscle strength. a comparison of strength changes following a trial period without exercise would have been necessary to make such a conclusion. however, the participant’s self-reported scores for the fatigue severity scale and visual analogue fatigue scale tests improved from 31 to 28 and from 5 to 8, respectively, over the course of the exercise intervention, while his barthel score remained unchanged, suggesting a self-perceived reduction in his susceptibility to fatigue. the participant’s additional perceived benefits included better sleep patterns and mobility in bed, less achy muscle and joints, better distal perfusion, improved balance on standing, improved quadriceps, biceps and triceps strength, less over-extension of his left knee, and the ability to cover longer distances with his 3-wheel walker. he was still unable to rise unaided from a seated position or climb stairs, and he felt that his gluteal and hamstring muscles had showed no increase in strength. a muscle biopsy from the vastus lateralis before and after training did form part of the study’s design to investigate any changes that might have occurred from the training, but was unsuccessful due to the severe muscle atrophy and wasting. some previous research on exercise training in ibm patients reported improvements in muscle strength, whereas others showed no change.[3,4] it is important to note that the patient from the present study was severely affected by the disease, whereas most of the other reported studies excluded patients with such disease severity and thus the responses may have been different. conclusion the data from this case study showed that systematic supervised resistance exercise was safe in an advanced staged ibm patient. the training did not appear to have improved muscle strength, but could have resulted in maintained muscle function. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest. we would like to extend heartfelt thanks for the financial contribution towards this study from the ann kreitzer will trust and the isidore, theresa and ronald cohen charitable trust. during the study, tak was a recipient of the tim and marylin noakes post-doctoral scholarship. author contributions: cd'a: conception, design, clinical assessments and writing of paper. rj: training of participant, data collection and writing of paper. cdp: training of participant, data collection and writing of paper. ap: conception, design, overview of training of participant and writing of paper. tak: conception, design, analysis, data interpretation and writing of paper. references 1. schmidt k, schmidt j. inclusion body myositis: advancements in diagnosis, pathomechanisms, and treatment. curr opin rheumatol 2017; 29(6):632-638. [doi: 10.1097/bor.0000000000000436] [pmid: 28832349] 2. aggarwal r, oddis cv. inclusion body myositis: therapeutic approaches. degener neurol neuromuscul dis 2012; 2:43-52. [doi: 10.2147/dnnd.s19899] [pmid: 30890877] 3. spector sa, lemmer jt, koffman bm, et al. safety and efficacy of strength training in patients with sporadic inclusion body myositis. muscle nerve1997; 20(10):1242-1248. [doi:10.1002/(sici)1097-4598(199710)20:10<1242::aidmus6>3.0.co;2-c] [pmid: 9324080] 4. jørgensen an, jensen ky, nielsen jl, et al. effects of blood-flow restricted resistance training on mechanical muscle function and thigh lean mass in sibm patients. scand j med sci sports 2022; 32(2):359-371 [doi: 10.1111/sms.14079] 5. santalla a, munguía-izquierdo d, brea-alejo l, et al. feasibility of resistance training in adult mcardle patients: clinical outcomes and muscle strength and mass benefits. front aging neurosci 2014; 6:334.[doi: 10.3389/fnagi.2014.00334][pmid: 25566067] 6. greenberg sa. inclusion body myositis: clinical features and pathogenesis. nat rev rheumatol. 2019; 15(5):257-272. [doi: 10.1038/s41584-019-0186-x][pmid: 30837708] sportsmed_june04 8 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 introduction aging is generally defined as a progressive loss of function, increasing susceptibility to age-related disease and an associated transition from independent to dependent lifestyle.3,9 a decline in both cognitive and motor functions is associated with increasing age.8,12 skeletal muscle force output capacity remains stable until about the age of 45 years, and then decreases by ~ 10 -15% each decade from the age of about 50 years.7,10,19 despite these negative consequences associated with aging, many people participate in sporting activities when they are 70 years and older. exercise has been shown in some studies to reduce age-related declines in strength, aerobic capacity, flexibility and physical function.14 however, while exercise can reduce the rate of decline in age-related exercise capacity, it cannot reduce the absolute effect of aging on the reduction in functional capacity.21 an examination of the changes in athletic performances associated with aging, and particularly age-group records for athletic activity, provides an assessment of the effect of age on physical performance. this analysis of athletic performance and age was first performed by bottiger1,2 and has been repeated more recently by noakes21 and spirduso.23 spirduso23 found that running performance of elite and recreational runners deteriorated from the mid-thirties, and decreased by approximately 1% per year from this point. by the age of 80 years, running performance was approximately 50% of the best performances achieved in the late 20s and early 30s. recently, it has been suggested that both high-intensity and endurance running may damage the neuromuscular system.6,16,18,24 mechanical disruption of muscle fibres caused by prolonged eccentric muscle activity has been proposed as a cause of exercise-associated muscle damage.5,13 several studies have shown that muscle damage occurs after marathon and ultramarathon races. hidika et al.11 showed that severe muscle damage with signs of fibre necrosis and inflammation occurred in muscle biopsies performed on runners after running a marathon race. in a similar study up to 25% of the muscle fibres of runners after a marathon race showed areas of myofibrillar loss.25 sherman et al.22 showed that isokinetic leg extensor strength decreased immediately after a marathon and was not fully recovered after 7 days. chambers et al.4 showed that the vertical jump height, a measure of leg extensor muscle power, was significantly decreased immediately after a 90 km race, and remained significantly lower than pre-race values for 18 days. kuipers et al.15 studied runners over a 7month period while they trained for a marathon. they found a gradual increase in degenerative changes in both type i and type ii fibres in the subjects' vastus lateralis muscles over this period. they suggested that these pathological changes were related to the total distance covered during original research article age-related decrements in cycling and running performance a st clair gibson (mb chb, phd, md) m i lambert (phd) t d noakes (mb chb, md, dsc) research unit of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town correspondence: a st clair gibson mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine sport science institute of south africa po box 115 newlands 7725 tel: 021-650 4577 fax: 021-686 7530 e-mail: agibson@sports.uct.ac.za abstract objective. this study examined age-related decrements in athletic performance during running and cycling activities. design. the age group winning times for males aged between 18 and 70 years competing in the 1999 argus cycle tour (103 km) and 1999 comrades running marathon (90 km), south africa's premier endurance cycling and running events respectively, were examined. main outcome measures. the relationship between speed (cycling and running respectively) and age was calculated using a 4th order polynomial function. the derivative of each of these functions was determined and then the slope of the function corresponding to each age was calculated. results. the rate of decline in running speed occurred at an earlier age (~ 32 years) during the running race compared with the cycling tour (~ 55 years). conclusions. these findings establish a trend that there is ‘accelerated’ aging during running which can perhaps be attributed to the increased weight-bearing stress on the muscles during running compared with cycling. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 9 running training rather than the intensity of training. it is tempting to speculate that these changes in muscle function and anatomy associated with acute or chronic training and racing bouts may cause permanent muscle damage which leads to an ‘accelerated’ aging process. indeed, noakes21 has suggested that top class marathon runners have about a 10-year period during which they can expect to perform well in their age-group. this observation can perhaps be explained by cumulative muscle pathology changes which occur after several years of training and racing marathons which results in the skeletal muscle ‘ageing’ at a faster rate than is expected. if the repeated weight-bearing eccentric activity of the locomotor muscles during running is indeed the cause of ‘accelerated’ aging, then the performance of a group of runners should show decrements in performance at an earlier age than that observed in other physically active subjects who engage in non-weight-bearing sporting activities. cycling is an example of a physical activity characterised by repetitive contractions that are not weight bearing. should this theory be correct it would be expected that muscle performance would decline with age at a faster rate in a group of runners than a group of cyclists. therefore, the aim of this study was to examine the agerelated decrements in performance in a group of competitive runners and cyclists to determine whether running caused greater decrements in performance at an earlier age than cycling. methods the race times of age-category winners for ages 18 70 years in the 1999 comrades 90 km running race and argus 103 km cycle race were obtained from the respective race organizers. these race times for each age were used for subsequent analysis. the relationship which described the line of best fit between age and running or cycling speed was calculated using graphpad prism (version 3) software (graphpad software inc., san diego, ca, usa). in both running and cycling events, a 4th order polynomial equation was used to calculate the line of best fit. the derivative of the 4th order polynomial function defining the relationship between age and running or cycling speed was subsequently calculated. using the derivative (dy/dx), the slope of this relationship for each age year was calculated. a negative value indicated that running or cycling times were decreasing (or speed increasing) compared with the previous year, while a positive value indicated that the running or cycling time for the respective events had increased, or that speed had decreased compared with the previous year of age. the magnitude of the value (positive or negative) indicates the extent of the change in speed compared with the previous year. results in 1999, 11 285 individuals completed the 1999 comrades 90 km running marathon, and 28 440 individuals completed the argus 103 km cycling race. the fastest time for the 90 km running marathon was 5 h 30 min 10 s by a 32-year-old competitor. the fastest time for the cycling race was 2 h 31 min 26 s by a 24-year-old competitor. twelve other age categories were given similar finishing times for the cycling race, the oldest being a 36-year-old individual (ages 19 20, 22 27, 29 31, 34, 36). the 4th order polynomial function equation describing the line of best fit for race time vs. age for the running marathon was: y = 1173 – 67.82x + 1.919x2 – 0.02229x3 + 0.0001226x4 (r2 = 0.85, fig. 1a), where y = race time (min) and x = age (years). the 4th order polynomial function equation describing the line of best fit for race time vs. age for the cycle race was: y = 317 – 19.01x + 0.7605x2 – 0.01257x3 + 0.00007571x4 (r2 = 0.90, fig. 1b), where y = race time (min) and x = age (years). using the derivative of the 4th order polynomial function, the rate of change of race time was calculated for each year. the differential equations were solved for age and the resulting curves for the running marathon (fig. 2a) and for the cycle tour (fig. 2b) were plotted. the rate of decline occurred at an earlier age (~ 32 years) during the running race compared with the cycling race (~ 55 years). while the rate of improvement in running time was maintained until age ~ 32, and declined at an increasing rate after this age, there was 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 125 250 375 500 625 750 (a) t im e ( m in ) age (years) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 (b) t im e ( m in ) age (years) fig. 1. age-related changes in race time (min) for the comrades 90 km running marathon (a) and for the argus 103 km cycle tour (b). minimal change in cycling time until age ~ 55, after which time rate of change in cycling time increased. discussion the important finding from this study was that the age-related decrements in performance began at an earlier age in runners compared with cyclists. in the runners, there was an improvement in performance until age 32 years, and thereafter there was a marked decrement in performance. the rate of decrease in performance accelerated with increasing age. in contrast, the cyclists generally maintained performance until age 55 years. thereafter, performance declined, with the rate of decline increasing with increasing age, similar to that found in the runners at an earlier age. one may therefore postulate that running causes more profound changes in anatomical structures and physiological mechanisms necessary to maintain pacing strategies during racing, and may lead to ‘accelerated’ aging. another interpretation is that the stresses associated with training and racing induce changes which prevent the athlete from sustaining a high training volume, and it is this reduced training volume which causes the reduction in performance. cycling is a non-weight-bearing activity, with little or no eccentric activity in contrast to that found during running, where marked eccentric activity is necessary to maintain an upright posture against gravitational forces, and where eccentric activity is part of the stretch-shortening cycle which makes up part of the normal energy transfer during weight-bearing activity.20 a large body of work has shown that eccentric activity causes muscle damage, and that this muscle damage is found after marathon and ultramarathon running.4,11,15,22,25 in contrast, no studies have shown similar pathology in cyclists after endurance cycling events. therefore, it is reasonable to speculate that the decrements in age-related running times may have been caused by chronic muscle or musculoskeletal damage and perhaps ‘premature aging’ of the lower limb muscles of older runners, due to the cumulative effects of years of biomechanical stress and eccentric activity related to running training and racing. interestingly, spirduso23 showed that age-related decrements in rowing performance occur at age ~ 45 years. as rowing is also a non-weight-bearing activity using predominantly upper body muscles, and as the age-related decrements in performance also occurred at a later age than in the runners in our study, the findings of spirduso23 support the hypothesis that running as a sport in particular may cause ‘accelerated’ aging of muscle function in the legs. a further reason for the decrement in performance may have been that the veteran runners trained less than the younger runners, and that this difference in training volume may be the cause of the decrements in their performance. lambert and keytel17 similarly showed that the age-related decrements in performance during a 56 km marathon began at age 28 in men and age 32 in women. they suggested that these decrements in performance were related to training volume, with the older runners running less distances per week than the younger runners. further work is needed to examine this suggestion. another reason for the differences in age-related decrements in performance between running and cycling activities may be due to the nature of cycling racing itself. bunch riding and drafting (slipstreaming) is common in cycling and thus the older cyclists may have been able to produce the maintained level of performance by drafting behind younger cyclists, or by staying in a competitive bunch which would require less absolute work to be performed by the veteran cyclists.23 this may have explained why several age categories had similar times for the cycle race. it must be noted that the duration of the cycling and running tests were different, with the winning times of the cycle race being 2h 31 min and running marathon 5 h 30 min. therefore, the greater decrements in performance in the runners may have been related to the longer duration of the running race. the older runners may have adopted different pacing strategies during the longer duration running race than the cyclists did in their race. the pacing strategies may have been alike if the duration of the two events had been more similar. however, lambert and keytel17 showed that the performance decrements occurred in runners at age 40 or younger in race distances ranging from 10 km to 56 km, which would be of the same time period or shorter than that of the cycle race in this study. therefore, it is unlikely that the differences in the decrement in performance with age 10 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 -20 -10 0 10 20 (a ) s lo p e ( m in /y e a r) age (years) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 -20 -10 0 10 20 (b) age (years) s lo p e ( m in /y e a r) fig. 2. the rate of change of speed for each age for the comrades 90 km running marathon (a) and the argus 103 km cycle tour (b). a positive slope represents a slower time compared with the previous year. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 11 between runners and cyclists were due solely to the differences in duration of the running and cycling races. it must also be noted that the age point at which performance declined in both groups has been described in an approximate manner. with further statistical analysis using differential equations a more exact age deflection point may have been determined. however, we did not wish to overinterpret our data, given that this was essentially a descriptive study of finishing times for the two races which were given to us by the race organizers, and therefore we have been deliberately conservative in the analysis of our data. finally, a further finding was that the rate of improvement in performance was greater in younger age categories in runners compared with cyclists. it is not clear whether these differences were also caused by the ability of younger cyclists to benefit from the different pacing strategies involved in cycling, or whether differences were due to more time being necessary for a younger individual to adapt to the biomechanical and physiological stresses associated with running. conclusion in conclusion, this study established a trend that age-related decrements in performance occur at an earlier age in running compared with cycling in the specific races used in this study. it is tempting to speculate therefore that running causes more muscle damage which leads to premature aging of the muscles at a younger age than that which occurs in cycling. further work is necessary to examine these different causes of age-related decrements in performance found in this and other studies. the trend identified in this study has clinical relevance and physicians should consider the possibility of a premature muscle aging process induced by running in runners in their fourth and fifth decades presenting with symptoms of reduced exercise tolerance. acknowledgements the medical research council of south africa, national research foundation of south africa, and the harry crossley research fund of the university of cape town provided financial assistance for this study. references 1. bottiger le. physical working capacity and age. acta med scand 1971; 190: 359-62. 2. bottiger le. regular decline in physical working capacity with age. bmj 1973; 3: 270-1. 3. cannon j, tarpenning k, kay d, marino fe. ageing is not associated with a decline in neuromuscular innervation or reduced specific force in men aged 20 and 50 years. clin physiol 2001; 21: 350-7. 4. chambers c, noakes td, lambert ev, lambert mi. time course of recovery of vertical jump height and heart rate vs. running speed after a 90 km foot race. j sports sci 1998; 16: 645-51. 5. clarkson pm, sayers sp. etiology of exercise-induced muscle damage. can j appl physiol 1999; 24: 234-8. 6. derman ew, schwellnus mp, lambert mi, et al. the 'worn-out athlete': a clinical approach to chronic fatigue in athletes. j sports sci 1997; 15: 34151. 7. doherty tj, vandervoort aa, brown wf. effects of ageing on the motor unit: a brief review. can j appl physiol 1993; 18: 331-58. 8. dustman re, emmerson ry, shearer de. life span changes in electrophysiological measures of inhibition. brain cogn 1996; 30: 109-26. 9. grabiner md, enoka rm. change in movement capabilities with aging. exerc sport sci rev 1995; 23: 65-104. 10. hakkinen k, kraemer wj, kallinen m, linnamo v, pastinen um, newton ru. bilateral and unilateral neuromuscular function and muscle cross sectional area in middle-aged and elderly men and women. j gerontol a biol sci med sci 1996; 51: 21-9. 11. hikida rs, staron rs, hagerman fc, sherman wm, costill dl. muscle fibre necrosis associated with human marathon runners. j neurol sci 1983; 59: 185-203. 12. hillman ch, weiss ep, hagberg jm, hatfield bd. the relationship of age and cardiovascular fitness to cognitive and motor processes. psychophysiology 2002; 39: 303-12. 13. jones da, round jm. skeletal muscle in health and disease. manchester: manchester university press; 1990. 14. keysor jj, jette am. have we oversold the benefit of late-life exercise? j gerontol a biol sci med sci 2001; 56: 412-23. 15. kuipers h, janssen gme, bosman f, frederik pm, geurten p. structural and ultrastructural changes in skeletal muscle associated with long-distance training and running. int j sports med 1989; 10: suppl 3, s156-9. 16. lambert mi, st clair gibson a, derman ew, td noakes. regeneration after ultra-endurance exercise. in: lehmann m, steinakcer jm, gastmann u, eds. overload, performance incompetence, and regeneration in sport. new york: kluwer academic/plenum publishing corporation, 1999: 163-72. 17. lambert mi, keytel l. training habits of top male and female two oceans runners. south african journal of sports medicine 2000; 7: 27-37. 18. lambert mi, bryer l, hampson db, et al. accelerated decline in running performance in a masters runner with a history of a large volume of training and racing. journal of aging and physical activity 2002; 10: 14-21. 19. larsson l, sjodin b; karlsson j. histochemical and biochemical changes in human skeletal muscle with age in sedentary males. acta physiol scand 1978; 103: 31-9. 20. nicol c, komi pv, marconnet p. fatigue effects of marathon running on neuromuscular performance. i. changes in muscle force and stiffness characteristics. scand j med sci sports 1991; 1: 10 -7. 21. noakes td. lore of running. cape town: oxford university press, 2001. 22. sherman wm, costill dl, fink wj, hagerman fc, armstrong le, murray tf. effect of a 42.2 km footrace and subsequent rest or exercise on muscle glycogen and enzymes. j appl physiol 1983; 55: 1219-24. 23. spirduso ww. physical dimension of aging. champaign, ill.: usa. human kinetics, 1995: 389-417. 24. st clair gibson a, lambert mi, weston ar, et al. exercise-induced mitochondrial dysfunction in an elite athlete. clin j sport med 1998; 8: 52-5. 25. warhol mj, siegel aj, evans wj, silverman lm. skeletal muscle injury and repair in marathon runners after competition. am j pathol 1985; 118: 331-9 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 31 introduction progesterone increases resting minute ventilation (ve) by central neural mechanisms in the luteal phase and oestrogen potentiates this action through induction of progesterone receptors in the hypothalamus. 1 in addition, progesterone increases chemosensitivity, as noted by an increase in the ventilatory response to hypoxia and hypercapnia during the luteal phase compared with the follicular phase 6,11 or in men treated with medroxyprogesterone acetate (mpa). 4 however, this is not consistently reported, as a recent study did not find an increase in chemosensitivty in the mid-luteal (ml) phase compared with the early follicular (ef) phase. 2 furthermore, an increase in body temperature is also known to elevate ve and thus the elevated body temperature associated with the luteal phase may also contribute to the observed hyperventilation. 11 the effect of elevated progesterone levels on ve during exercise remains equivocal. a number of studies have observed an increase in the ventilatory equivalent (the ratio of ve to vo2) or a decrease in the end tidal partial pressure of carbon dioxide during incremental exercise to exhaustion in the luteal phase versus the follicular phase or with mpa supplementation in males versus control condition. 4,6,9,11,12 however, others have found no difference in ve during maximal 3,10 or submaximal exercise. 2,5,8,9 beidleman et al. viewed a progesterone-induced increase in ve to be a potential benefit for athletes when exercising at altitude by possibly causing an increase in oxygen delivery to muscle. 2 however, they found no improvements in vo2max or endurance capacity at altitude despite a small increase in oxygen saturation (3%) in the ml phase compared with the ef phase. 2 others view an increased ventilatory response to hypoxia and hypercapnia or to exercise to be deleterious for athletic performance due to the heightened sensation of original research article influence of menstrual phase on ventilatory responses to submaximal exercise t oosthuyse (bsc hons)1 a n bosch (phd)2 1 school of physiology, university of the witwatersrand medical school, johannesburg 2 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, university of cape town conclusions. the change in ventilatory parameters from ef to ml phase is related to the ovarian hormone concentrations. therefore inter-individual variability should be considered in menstrual phase comparative studies. furthermore, the persistently higher rr noted during exercise in the ml phase did not increase metabolic rate, and is therefore not expected to affect rate of fatigue significantly, even during prolonged exercise. abstract objectives. to determine whether an increase in respiratory drive, due to elevated progesterone and oestrogen concentration during various menstrual phases, persists throughout prolonged submaximal exercise and potentially contributes to fatigue. furthermore, to determine whether the difference in the ventilatory response to exercise from one menstrual phase to another is correlated to the ovarian hormone concentrations. design. we compared the change in ventilatory para meters during 90 min exercise at 60%vo2max between the early follicular (ef) and mid-luteal (ml) phase (n = 9) and between the ef and late follicular (lf) phase (n = 5) in eumenorrhoeic women. main outcome measures. menstrual phase comparisons and correlations between the change in ventilatory parameters (minute ventilation (ve), respiratory rate (rr), tidal volume) from the ef to ml or from the ef to lf phase and ovarian hormone concentration. results. the difference in rr between ef and ml phases correlated to progesterone concentration in the ml phase (r = 0.7, p = 0.04). in addition, rr was higher during exercise in the ml compared with ef phase for the full duration of exercise by on average 2.3 ± 2.1 breaths/min (p < 0.05). however, no difference in submaximal vo2 between menstrual phases was evident. no significant difference in exercising-ve was observed between menstrual phases, but the change in ve from ef to ml correlated to oestrogen (r = 0.8, p = 0.02) and progesterone (r = 0.7, p = 0.04) concentration in the ml phase. correspondence: a n bosch uct/mrc research unit for exercise and sports medicine university of cape town sports science institute of sa boundary rd newlands, cape town tel: 021-650 4578 fax: 021-686 7530 e-mail: abosch@sports.uct.ac.za sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 31 pg31-37.indd 31 6/28/06 1:49:23 pm 32 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 dyspnoea that could limit exercise performance. 11 schoene et al. is the only study to report a difference in exercise performance with a coincident increase in ve in the luteal phase versus follicular phase when they observed a shorter time to exhaustion during a maximal ramp test in the luteal phase in non-athletes only. 11 however, an elevated ve during exercise in the luteal phase in endurance athletes did not compromise maximal time to exhaustion. 11 therefore, the negative effects of an increase in ve during exercise due to progesterone can be overcome with training. most menstrual phase comparative studies reporting respiratory variables include exercise sessions shorter than 40 minutes. 3-6,10-12 it would be interesting to investigate whether respiratory differences persist over a longer period of exercise as a prolonged increase in respiratory rate may contribute to fatigue and thereby hamper endurance performance. therefore, we aimed to compare respiratory variables during prolonged submaximal exercise between menstrual phases. the main focus was a comparison between the ef and ml phase, as the most pronounced difference would be expected between theses phases where progesterone increases from the lowest level in the ef phase to the highest level in the ml phase. furthermore, the increase in progesterone in the ml phase coincides with a luteal phase peak in oestrogen and, as mentioned earlier, oestrogen potentiates the increased respiratory drive associated with progesterone. 1 however, even higher oestrogen concentrations occur in the pre-ovulatory period (referred to as the late follicular (lf) phase) albeit with low but rising progesterone concentrations, making this an interesting phase to consider. therefore we included a sub-sample group comparison between the ef and the lf phase. the latter menstrual phase is often overlooked, particularly in the longer duration exercise studies. while hackney et al. claimed to include the lf phase in such a comparison, they reported an average progesterone concentration of 10 nmol/l, 8 which exceeds the 5 nmol/l limit for this menstrual phase and would rather suggest a post-ovulatory period. williams and krahenbuhl, who observed a significant increase in ventilation rate during short-duration submaximal exercise only at the peak of the progesterone increase in the luteal phase compared with the ef phase, suggest that the inconsistent findings of menstrual phase differences in ve are due to studies not controlling the menstrual phase timing of testing tightly enough. 12 lastly, we intend to investigate whether the change in ventilatory parameters observed from the ef to lf or ml phase can be correlated to the oestrogen and progesterone concentration, or the magnitude of the increase in these hormones from the ef phase to either lf or ml phase or the oestrogen to progesterone ratio. previous studies have been unable to identify relationships between the ovarian hormone concentration and ventilation, 2 but only considered absolute values for ventilatory parameters instead of increasing the sensitivity of the analysis by rather considering the change in the parameter from one phase to the next. methods a total of 10 subjects where included in this study (table i). all subjects where young, healthy medical students who experienced regular menstrual cycles and where classified as sedentary as none participated in regular exercise training and performed less than 2 hours of coincidental exercise per week. subjects were all non-smokers and had not taken oral contraceptives for at least 1 year before their participation in this study. the study protocol was granted ethical clearance by the committee for research in human subjects at the university of the witwatersrand. all subjects gave written consent to participate in the study after the protocol had been carefully explained. preliminary screening maximal aerobic capacity a discontinuous vo2max test was performed on a stationary bicycle ergometer (excalibur 911 900, lode, groningen, netherlands). a discontinuous protocol was chosen as it is well tolerated by sedentary subjects and is reported to produce a vo2max value that is comparable to a continuous protocol. 7 after a 10-minute warm-up subjects performed 3-minute exercise bouts starting at 100 watts and increasing in increments of 20 watts interspersed by recovery periods. during the recovery period subjects were allowed to rest for as long as they felt necessary (10 20 minutes) or until their heart rate returned to 100 beats/min. during the 3-minute exercise bout subjects breathed through a one-way valve mouthpiece that allowed them to inhale atmospheric air and all expired air was directed through a 3 l mixing chamber into a metabolic cart system (oxycon-4, mijnhardt, bunnik, netherlands). the oxygen and carbon dioxide analysers were zeroed using 100% nitrogen gas and calibrated using commercially available gas mixture of known o2 and co2 content and room air. the system calculated and produced readings of vo2 and vco2 from conventional equations every 30 seconds. vo2max was considered to have been attained when vo2 differed by less than 1.5 ml/kg/min between successive workloads. menstrual cycle characteristics subjects recorded their basal oral temperature each morning immediately after waking using a digital thermometer (vital sign vs-10 soar corporation, japan) accurate to 0.1°c, in order to identify a biphasic temperature pattern that often characterises a eumenorrhoeic cycle. the timing of the luteinising hormone (lh) surge that induces ovulation was predicted using a home ovulation test (clearplan, unipath ltd., bedford, england). subjects exposed the tester to midurine flow of their first morning urine sample starting on the day corresponding to the total number of days in their menstrual cycle minus 15, and continued each morning until a positive result was recorded. pg31-37.indd 32 6/28/06 1:49:23 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 33 experimental protocol each subject completed two or three sessions of 90 minutes of cycling exercise at 60% vo2max during different phases of the menstrual cycle. the menstrual phases included: (i) ef: 2 8 days after the onset of menses; (ii) lf: 2 days before up to the day of a positive lh surge recording; and (iii) ml: 4 10 days after a positive lh surge reading. all 10 subjects performed the experimental trial once in their ef phase, 9 of the subjects performed a ml phase trial and 6 subjects performed a lf phase trial. a resting blood sample was taken on the day of each trial for the measurement of serum progesterone and oestrogen concentration (coat-a-count, diagnostic products corporation, los angeles, ca), thereby confirming the subject’s menstrual phase. all samples from each subject were analysed in the same assay and intra-assay coefficient of variation was 5.3% and 4.7% for oestrogen and progesterone respectively. the accepted range for oestrogen and progesterone concentrations for each menstrual phase were, respectively, 37 220 pmol/l and < 3 nmol/l for the ef phase, 360 -1 377 pmol/l and < 5 nmol/l for the lf phase, and 220 955 pmol/l and > 10 nmol/l for the ml phase for oestrogen and progesterone respectively (coat-a-count, diagnostic products corporation, los angeles, ca). if the measured ovarian hormone concentration fell outside of these acceptable ranges for a particular trial, that trial was excluded from the data analysis. each subject performed all trials at the same time of day and the ordering of the trials was randomised with respect to menstrual phase. all experimental trials could not always be completed in the same menstrual cycle – the trial was then completed over two successive cycles. for 48 hours before the first trial each subject kept a record of all their meals and was asked to follow the same diet as closely as possible before the subsequent trial. two hours before arrival at the laboratory subjects ate a packed meal (2 062 kj) consisting of a 175 ml yoghurt, 175 ml orange juice and 30 g granola bar, providing in total 74 g of carbohydrate, 14 g of fat and 12 g of protein. subjects were asked to refrain from caffeinated foods and beverages on the day of the trial. on arrival at the laboratory, body mass was recorded and subjects rested for approximately 20 minutes while seated before a resting blood sample was taken and respiratory and indirect calorimetry measurements were recorded (oxycon-4, mijnhardt, bunnik, netherlands) for 4 minutes. subjects then began cycling at 60% vo2max on the same bicycle ergometer as used in the vo2max test. respiratory measurements were recorded at 15-minute intervals for 3 minutes during the 90 minutes of exercise. the respiratory variables measured included: minute ventilation (ve), tidal volume, respiratory rate (rr), oxygen consumption and metabolic equivalents (mets). statistical analysis a paired t test was used to identify differences in ventilatory parameters between menstrual phases in the ef/ml group and ef/lf group. pearson’s linear regression analysis was conducted to identify relationships between the change in respiratory variables from the ef phase to lf/ml phase and the logarithm of oestrogen and progesterone concentration in the lf/ml phase or the logarithm of the oestrogen to progesterone (e/p) ratio in the ml phase or the magnitude of the increase in oestrogen from ef to lf/ml phase (e-fold) or the magnitude of increase in progesterone from ef to ml phase (p-fold). data are presented as mean ± standard deviation and significance was accepted as p < 0.05. table i. subject characteristics mean ± sd sample size 10 age (years) 23.1 ± 1.9 body mass (kg) 55.6 ± 7.5 height (cm) 160.8 ± 6.7 length of mc (days) 27.6 ± 1.8 day of ovulation 14.2 ± 2.3 vo2max (ml/kg/min) 29.4 ± 2.1 submaximal exercise intensity (% vo2max) 60.2 ± 3.0 submaximal workload (watts) 51.5 ± 14.2 sd = standard deviation; mc = menstrual cycle. table ii. resting ovarian hormone concentration profile for the respective menstrual phases ef lf n = 5 oestrogen (pmol/l) 133.1 ± 54.4 1191 ± 810 progesterone (nmol/l) 1.8 ± 0.4 3.9 ± 1.1 e-fold 10.3 ± 6.9 ef ml n = 9 oestrogen (pmol/l) 137.7 ± 67.1 641.3 ± 218 progesterone (nmol/l) 1.8 ± 0.7 4 5.5 ± 20.3 e/p ratio (pmol/nmol)* 16.13 ± 7.8 e-fold 5.3 ± 2.6 p-fold* 25.1 ± 12.2 ef = early follicular; lf = late follicular; ml = mid-luteal; e-fold = the magnitude of increase in oestrogen concentration above the ef phase; p-fold = the magnitude of increase in progesterone concentration above the ef phase; e/p ratio = oestrogen to progesterone concentration ratio. *variables that are only relevant for the ml phase as this phase coincides with appreciable increases in progesterone. pg31-37.indd 33 6/28/06 1:49:23 pm 34 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 results all subjects successfully detected a positive reading on the urine lh test, indicating that they all experience ovulatory cycles. the serum oestrogen and progesterone concentration measured on the day of each trial confirmed that all subjects were in the correct menstrual phase (table ii), except the lf phase trial of 1 subject, and all data from this trial were therefore excluded. comparisons between menstrual phases no significant difference was observed in minute ventilation expressed in absolute values (l/min) (fig. 1a & b) or relative to vo2 as ventilatory equivalent (data not shown) between the ef and lf or the ef and ml phases at rest or during any time interval during 90 minutes of submaximal exercise. no significant difference was noted in the resting respiratory rate in the ef and lf or ef and ml phase. furthermore, no difference was observed in respiratory rate at any time interval during exercise between the ef and lf phase (fig. 1c), but a significantly higher respiratory rate was recorded during exercise at all time intervals in the ml phase compared with the ef phase (fig. 1d). resting tidal volume was unchanged between ef and lf or ef and ml phase and at all time intervals during submaximal exercise between the ef and ml phase (fig. 1 e-f). however, tidal volume tended to be significantly less in the lf phase compared with the ef phase during submaximal exercise when considering the average over 30 90 minutes (p = 0.054) and 60 90 minutes (p = 0.065) of the exercise period (fig. 1e). no significant differences where observed between menstrual phases for mets or absolute vo2 (l/min) at rest or during exercise (fig. g-h). test for correlations between ventilatory parameters and ovarian hormones no significant correlation was identified between ventilatory parameters, expressed as absolute values and ovarian hormone concentrations. however, when considering the change in a parameter from the ef phase to the lf and ml phase, significant correlations where identified, but only with the change from the ef to ml phase. that is, the change in minute ventilation from the ef to ml phase correlated positively with the magnitude of increase in oestrogen from ef to ml (e-fold) (fig. 2a-c). furthermore, the change in respiratory rate from ef to ml also correlated positively with the progesterone concentration in the ml phase (fig. 3a). however, we observed a negative correlation between the change in respiratory rate from ef to ml phase and the e/p ratio (fig. 3b). discussion the most important finding of this study is that the variability in respiratory drive between menstrual phases during submaximal exercise is related to the individual’s oestrogen and progesterone concentration on the day. the current study observed an increase in respiratory rate during exercise in the ml phase compared with the ef phase. most previous studies use only minute ventilation or ventilatory equivalents as a means of comparing respiratory drive during exercise between menstrual phases, 2-6,8-12 and do not consider the contributing variables, respiratory rate or tidal volume. furthermore, most previous reports have only evaluated ventilatory drive over short exercise periods 3-6,10-12 whereas the current study demonstrated that the increase in respiratory rate during exercise in the ml phase continued to persist throughout a prolonged exercise period. furthermore, this is the first study to demonstrate a significant relationship between respiratory rate and the circulating progesterone concentration. unlike previous studies that found no significant correlations between the ventilatory response to exercise and ovarian hormones, 2 we considered the change in the ventilatory parameter between menstrual phases, and so isolated the influence of the intervention (being menstrual phase), thereby increasing the sensitivity of the analysis. moreover, the negative correlation observed between the change in respiratory rate and the e/p ratio does not contradict the significant positive relationship identified between the change in respiratory rate and progesterone concentration, but in fact supports it. that is, a high e/p ratio could be a result of a high oestrogen concentration but low progesterone concentration and thus the lower progesterone concentration would result in less of a difference in respiratory rate between the ef and the ml phase, whereas a low e/p ratio could be a result of a relatively high progesterone concentration and thus a marked increase in respiratory rate from ef to ml phase. nonetheless, the average increase in respiratory rate in the ml phase relative to the ef phase was only 2.3 ± 2.1 breaths/min (ranging between 0.13 and 5.6 breaths/ min) and this extra demand on respiratory muscles did not significantly increase metabolic demand, as demonstrated by a similar rate of oxygen consumption between the ef and ml phase. we further tested the effect of this change in respiratory rate from ef to ml phase on metabolic rate, by testing for a correlation between the change in oxygen consumption from ef to ml and the change in respiratory rate or minute ventilation from ef to ml phase and found no significant relationships (data not shown). therefore we would expect that the slightly greater work demand on the inspiratory muscles in the ml phase would have a negligible effect on rate of fatigue or exercise performance, even during prolonged exercise. furthermore, the increase in respiratory rate during exercise in the ml phase of the current study did not appear to have a significant influence on minute ventilation. in contrast, some previous studies have observed greater minute ventilation during exercise in the luteal phase compared with the follicular phase, 4,6,9,11,12 but this has not been consistently reported. 2,3,5,8,10 however, despite the finding of no difference in minute ventilation between ef and ml in this current study and no significant correlation between absolute pg31-37.indd 34 6/28/06 1:49:23 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 35 fig. 1. comparison of the following ventilatory parameters (mean and standard deviation): minute ventilation (a and b); respiratory rate (c and d); tidal volume (e and f); and oxygen consumption (g and h), at rest and averaged over 30-minute time intervals during 90 minutes of submaximal exercise between either the ef and lf or ef and ml phases. * and ** denotes significance between identified menstrual phases with p ≤ 0.05 and p < 0.02, respectively. + denotes a trend for a difference between identified menstrual phases p = 0.065. pg31-37.indd 35 6/28/06 1:49:24 pm 36 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 minute ventilation and ovarian hormones, we did observe a significant relationship in the change in minute ventilation from ef to ml and the oestrogen and progesterone concentration, and the magnitude of increase in oestrogen between these menstrual phases. we therefore suspect that individual variability in the increase in oestrogen and progesterone in the ml phase may explain the inconsistency in the literature regarding menstrual phase variation in ventilation during exercise. furthermore, the significant correlations observed with not only progesterone concentration but also oestrogen and degree of increases in oestrogen are supposedly related to earlier reports describing progesterone’s dependence on oestrogen in order to cause the heightened ventilatory response. 1 the lf phase characterised by the preovulatory surge in oestrogen with no or minor increases in progesterone did not appear to influence respiratory rate or minute ventilation. however, it is possible that the major peak in oestrogen during this pre-ovulatory phase may prime the hypothalamic nuclei cells for progesterone receptor induction and so facilitate the ventilatory response in the luteal phase. the sample sizes employed in the current study may be considered relatively small and the possibility of incurring a type i error in the interpretation of the significant correlations must be considered. however, the relation identified in the current study between the ventilatory response to exercise and the ovarian hormones is not just based on a single fig. 3. significant correlations identified between the change in respiratory rate from the ef to ml phase during submaximal exercise and the logarithmic function of progesterone concentration (a) and the logarithmic function of the oestrogen to progesterone (e/p) ratio (b) in the ml phase. fig. 2. significant correlations identified between the change in minute ventilation from the ef to ml phase during submaximal exercise and the magnitude of increase in oestrogen concentration from the ef to ml phase (e-fold) (a); logarithmic function of oestrogen concentration (b); and logarithmic function of progesterone concentration (c) in the ml phase. pg31-37.indd 36 6/28/06 1:49:25 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 37 significant correlation. rather, a number of significant correlations were identified, with not just one ventilatory parameter, but with both changes in minute ventilation and respiratory rate from the ef to ml phase when related to not only just (say) progesterone concentration but also oestrogen concentration or e/p or e-fold. therefore it is unlikely that all of these relations were identified by chance. the tendency for tidal volume during exercise to be less in the lf phase compared with the ef phase is unexpected and remains unexplained. however, in our small sample group the observed difference in tidal volume did not have a significant effect on minute ventilation. future studies should investigate respiratory responses to prolonged exercise in the lf phase employing a larger sample size. the overriding evidence for a greater ventilatory response at rest in the luteal phase versus the follicular phase 1,11,12 was not evident in the current study. however, the premeasurement resting period (which was not always strictly regulated) and the short recording interval may have been insufficient to establish a true resting reading and so a nonsteady-state condition may have obscured our comparison at rest. in conclusion, the current study supports reports of greater ventilatory drive in the ml phase compared with the ef phase during submaximal exercise. we noted that the response persists during prolonged exercise but nonetheless the increased demand on respiratory muscle is small and we expect that it should not exacerbate fatigue. furthermore, the change in ventilatory response during submaximal exercise between the ef and ml phase is related to both the oestrogen and progesterone concentration and thus both of the ovarian hormone concentrations determine the response of an individual in the luteal phase. therefore inter-individual variability in ovarian hormone concentration must be considered when studying ventilatory responses in women. acknowledgements this study was funded by the medical research council of south africa and the university of the witwatersrand research committee. references 1. bayliss da, millhorn de. central neural mechanisms of progesterone action: application to the respiratory system. j appl physiol 1992; 73: 393404. 2. beidleman ba, rock pb, muza sr, fulco cs, forte va jr, cymerman a. exercise ve and physical performance at altitude are not affected by menstrual cycle phase. j appl physiol 1999; 86: 1519-26. 3. bemben da, salm pc, salm aj. ventilatory and blood lactate responses to maximal treadmill exercise during the menstrual cycle. j sports med phys fitness 1995; 35: 257-62. 4. bonekat hw, dombovy ml, staats ba. progesterone-induced changes in exercise performance and ventilatory response. med sci sports exerc 1987; 19: 118-23. 5. de souza mj, maguire ms, rubin k, maresh cm. effects of menstrual phase and amenorrhea on exercise responses in runners. med sci sports exerc 1990; 22: 575-80. 6. dombovy ml, bonekat hw, williams tj, staats ba. exercise performance and ventilatory response in the menstrual cycle. med sci sport exerc 1987; 19: 111-7. 7. duncan ge, howley et, johnson bn. applicability of vo2max criteria: discontinuous versus continuous protocols. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29: 2738. 8. hackney ac, curley cs, nicklas bj. physiological responses to submaximal exercise at the mid-follicular, ovulatory and mid-luteal phases of the menstrual cycle. scand j med sci sports 1991; 1: 94-8. 9. jurkowski jeh, jones nl, toews cj, sutton jr. effects of menstrual cycle on blood lactate, o2 delivery, and performance during exercise. j appl physiol 1981; 51: 1439-99. 10. lebrun cm, mckenzie dc, prior jc, taunton je. effects of menstrual cycle phase on athletic performance. med sci sports exerc 1995; 27: 43744. 11. schoene rb, robertson ht, pierson dj, peterson ap. respiratory drives and exercise in menstrual cycles of athletic and nonathletic women. j appl physiol 1981; 50: 1300-5. 12. williams tj, krahenbuhl gs. menstrual cycle phase and running economy med sci sports exerc 1997; 29: 1609-18. pg31-37.indd 37 6/28/06 1:49:25 pm 14 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 introduction the session rating of perceived exertion (rpe) method of monitoring exercise intensity was developed in 1995 10 as a modification of the category ratio (cr) rpe method. 2,3,19,20,22 the modification involved asking the subject to give a global rating of the perceived exertion for the entire exercise session ~30 minutes after the conclusion of an exercise bout rather than rating the momentary level of exertion as is the usual practice with rpe. 2,3,19,20,22 at that time, limited objective data were presented in support of the validity of the technique, on the basis of both heart rate (hr) and blood lactate responses. in the subsequent decade, several papers have used the session rpe method in a variety of settings and have demonstrated its value relative to quantifying exercise training intensities 4,7,8,9,16,17,23 and as the intensity component of larger schemes of evaluating training programmes. 6,7,10,11,13,21 most notably, the session rpe method has been used to demonstrate inconsistencies between the training programmes designed by coaches and executed by athletes, 11 thus providing a plausible explanation for the incidence of overtraining syndrome in high-level athletes. 6 however, the validity of the session rpe method has not been systematically tested against accepted objective methods of measuring exercise training intensity, such as %vo2peak, %hrpeak, and %hrreserve; nor has the reliability of the method been demonstrated. accordingly, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the validity and reliability of the session rpe method. original research article validity and reliability of the session rpe method for monitoring exercise training intensity l herman (ms)1 c foster (phd, facsm)1 m a maher (phd)2 r p mikat (phd, facsm)1 j p porcari (phd, facsm)1 1 department of exercise and sport science, university of wisconsin-la crosse, usa 2 department of biology, university of wisconsin-la crosse, usa abstract objective. the session rating of perceived extertion (rpe) is a method of measuring exercise intensity that may be useful for the quantitative assessment of exercise training programmes. however, there are inadequate data regarding the validity and reliability of the session rpe method. this study was designed to evaluate both the validity and reliability of the session rpe method in comparison to objective measures (%hrpeak, %hrreserve and %vo2peak) of exercise intensity. methods. fourteen healthy volunteers (7 male, 7 female) performed 6 randomly ordered 30-minute constant-load exercise bouts at 3 different intensities, with each intensity being repeated. oxygen consumption (vo2) and heart rate (hr) were measured throughout each exercise bout and normalised to maximal values obtained during a preliminary maximal exercise test. thirty minutes following the conclusion of each exercise bout, the subject rated the global intensity of the bout using a modification of the category ratio (cr) (0 10) rpe scale. this rating was compared to the mean value of objectively measured exercise intensity across the duration of the bout. results. there were significant non-linear relationships between session rpe and %vo2peak (r 2 = 0.76), %hrpeak (r 2 = 0.74) and %hrreserve (r 2 = 0.71). there were no significant differences between test and retest values of %vo2peak, %hrpeak, %hrreserve and session rpe during the easy (47 v. 47%, 65 v. 66%, 47 v. 48% and 2.0 v. 1.9), moderate (69 v. 70%, 83 v. 84%, 74 v. 75%, and 4.2 v. correspondence: c foster department of exercise and sport science university of wisconsin-la crosse la crosse, wi 54601 tel: 54601608-785 8687 fax: 54601608-785 8172 e-mail: foster.carl@uwlax.edu 4.3) and hard (81 v. 81%, 94 v. 94%, 91 v. 91% and 7.3 v. 7.4) exercise bouts. correlations between repeated bouts for %vo2peak (r = 0.98), %hrpeak (r = 0.98), %hrreserve (r = 0.98) and session rpe (r = 0.88) were significant and strong. conclusions. the results support the validity and reliability of the session rpe method of monitoring exercise intensity, although as might be predicted for a subjective method the session rpe was less precise than the objective measures of exercise training intensity. validity and reliability.indd 14 3/13/06 2:59:33 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 15 methods the subjects were 14 physically active volunteers (7 males, 7 females). all subjects completed a health screening questionnaire 1 which revealed no evidence that exercise testing or training should be limited. the subjects provided informed consent and the protocol for this study was approved by the institutional review board for the protection of human subjects at the university of wisconsin-la crosse. characteristics of the subjects are presented in table i. since there was no expectation of a gender-related effect on the relationship between the session rpe and objective markers of exercise intensity, the results of all subjects were pooled into a single group for analysis. all subjects completed 7 different exercise sessions with a minimum of 2 days of rest between sessions. the first session was an incremental test to fatigue to determine maximal exercise responses for hr and peak oxygen uptake (vo2peak) (highest 30-second vo2 observed during the test). each subject completed all of their exercise sessions on either a cycle ergometer or treadmill, depending on their normal exercise habits. during the cycle ergometer protocol, the starting power output was 25 w and was increased by 25 w every 2 minutes. during the treadmill protocol, the belt velocity was set at either 5.6 or 8.1 kph (1.56 or 2.23 m.s -1 ), depending on whether the subject regularly walked or ran for exercise. the grade was 0% initially, and was increased by 2% every 2 minutes. the next 6, randomly ordered, sessions, were performed using the same mode of exercise. each was 30 minutes in duration, was of constant intensity within the trial, and varied in intensity between trials. there were 3 different intensity levels, designed to correspond to easy effort (~40 50% vo2peak), moderate effort (~60 70% vo2peak), and hard effort (~80 90%vo2peak). each subject completed each intensity session twice. during every exercise session, respiratory gas exchange was measured using open-circuit spirometry (quinton q-mc, seattle, wa) and hr was measured using radiotelemetry (polar electooy, finland). the rpe was assessed every 5 minutes throughout each exercise bout using the cr scale (table ii). thirty minutes after completing the exercise session (after having time to shower and change clothes), each subject rated the perceived intensity of the entire exercise session according to the session rpe scale (table ii), which is a modification of the conventional cr rpe scale, with verbal anchors changed to represent terms that are more relevant to exercisers fluent in american idiomatic english. in place of the usual specific verbal instructions normally used with the rpe scale, the only verbal prompting was ‘how was your workout?’ statistical comparisons were made using repeated measures analysis of variance (anova) for an intensity x trials design. statistical significance was accepted when p < 0.05. post hoc comparisons, when justified by anova, were performed using the tukey test. curve fitting and computation of correlation coefficients and/or coefficients of determination were made using a least squares technique. results the tests were completed by all subjects without complications, and all subjects completed all tests. the mean serial responses of vo2, hr and rpe are presented in fig. 1. the low-intensity exercise bout satisfied criteria for a steady state of vo2, whereas the moderate and hard exercise bouts displayed evidence of a slow component of vo2. all outcome measures differed (p < 0.05) between the 3 intensity levels. there was no significant difference between exercise intensity, measured by %vo2peak, %hrpeak, %hrreserve and session rpe during repeat trials at the same exercise intensity bout (fig. 2). the session rpe estimate of exercise intensity was also shown to be reliable using regression analysis. the relationships between day 1 and day 2 for session rpe (r 2 = 0.78, standard error of estimate (see) = 1.2), %vo2peak (r 2 = 0.96, see = 3.2), %hrpeak (r 2 = 0.93, see = 3.7), and %hrreserve (r 2 = 0.93, see = 5.7) were statistically significant, and had a small see (fig. 3). the session rpe method was compared with %vo2peak, %hrpeak and %hrreserve to gain an appreciation of the degree to which the various methods of exercise intensity were measuring the same thing. the r 2 between the session rpe and %vo2peak (r 2 = 0.76), %hrpeak (r 2 = 0.74), and %hrreserve (r 2 = 0.71) was strong, but not comparable to the r 2 amongst the various objective measures of exercise intensity (fig. 4). there was apparently a much weaker relationship between the session rpe and the objective measures of exercise intensity at the higher exercise intensities (fig. 4). table i. mean (± standard deviation) characteristics of the subjects men women age (years) 33 ± 16 23 ± 1 height (cm) 180 ± 9 165 ± 7 body mass (kg) 93 ± 17 58 ± 5 vo2peak (ml.kg -1 ) 41.5 ± 9.9 44.9 ± 5.9 hrpeak (beats.min -1 ) 170 ± 19 186 ± 22 table ii. modification of the rating of perceived exertion scale. subjects rated the entire exercise session 30 minutes after exercise in response to the verbal prompt ‘how was your workout?’ rating verbal anchor 0 rest 1 very easy 2 easy 3 moderate 4 sort of hard 5 hard 6 7 very hard 8 very, very hard 9 near maximal 10 maximal validity and reliability.indd 15 3/13/06 2:59:33 pm 16 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 discussion the session rpe has already been shown to be of value in terms of evaluating exercise intensity and monitoring training in a number of situations. 6,7,10,11,13,21 the primary outcome of this study is the demonstration that the session rpe method is not only reliable during repeat challenge by the same exercise stimulus, but is well related to widely accepted objective measures of exercise training intensity. as such, we interpret the present data as supporting the validity of the session rpe method as an alternative method of monitoring exercise training. the present data are comparable with previous studies 2,3,19,20,22 which have shown rpe to be a valid and reliable measure of momentary exercise intensity. we chose not to measure blood lactate responses during either incremental or constant intensity exercise, which is the other widely accepted objective method of measuring exercise intensity. this decision was based on practical concerns rather than any particular limitation of using lactate as a monitoring tool. other studies demonstrating session rpe and lactate responses during similar exercise bouts would be of interest, and would provide a test of our early results with the session rpe method compared with blood lactate responses. 10 in this study, we used constant-load exercise bouts as the method for providing the exercise challenge. this was done because it was much more convenient to represent the exercise intensity using objective methods during steady-state exercise. previous studies from our laboratory have compared the session rpe method with hr-based measures of exercise intensity during non-steady state exercise, 8,9 with substantially similar findings to the present data. thus, we believe that the collective experience suggests that the session rpe method is a valid marker of exercise intensity under a variety of situations. other studies from our laboratory have demonstrated that the ‘drift’ in session rpe fig. 2. mean responses of %vo2peak, %hrmax, %hrreserve and session rpe during trial 1 and trial 2 of the three exercise intensity bouts. fig. 3. scatter plots of individual responses of session rpe, %vo2peak, %hrpeak and %hrreserve during trial 1 and trial 2, with all three intensities combined. fig. 1. serial responses of %vo2max, %hrmax and rpe during the course of the easy, medium and hard exercise bouts. the two trials at each intensity were combined to produce the figures. validity and reliability.indd 16 3/13/06 2:59:34 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 17 with progressively longer performance at a fixed exercise intensity is comparable to the drift in hr during prolonged exercise. 8,9 we have not tested the session rpe under very prolonged and exhaustive exercise such as, for example, marathon running. in a situation of competitive performance (or even severe training bouts) of a very prolonged duration, the session rpe would approach maximal values, even though the objective exercise intensity would remain within a clearly submaximal zone. this problem remains to be explored in that it presents a fundamental problem in terms of monitoring exercise training. however, as this is also a limitation with hr-based methods of monitoring exercise intensity, this drift does not represent a limitation unique to the session rpe method. our underlying assumptions in studies using the session rpe method as the intensity component of monitoring training has been to use the session rpe to replace objective measures of exercise intensity within the training impulse (trimp) approach originally developed by fitz-clarke et al. 5 and morton et al. 18 and widely used by others. 6,7,12,14,15,21 the trimp approach is a very useful way of combining exercise intensity and duration into a single number representation of the stimulus for adaptation provided by any exercise bout, which has been limited by the absence of a simple method of expressing exercise intensity. during very prolonged exercise, the drift of session rpe (or of hr) acts as a multiplier of exercise duration and suggests a much larger trimp than might have been calculated using the rpe or hr early during the exercise bout as a marker of exercise intensity. this raises the more fundamental question implicit in the trimp concept related to the signal for adaptations to exercise. clearly, exercise intensity changes the milieu internal in ways that are different from exercise duration. until this signalling mechanism is elucidated, it may not be critical whether one or the other of the comparatively crude subjective methods of estimating exercise intensity is used. references 1. balady gj, chaitman b, driscoll d, et al. recommendations for cardiovascular screening, staffing and emergency policies at health/fitness facilities: a joint position statement by the american college of sports medicine and the american heart association. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 1009-18. 2. borg g, hassman p, langerstrom m. perceived exertion in relation to heart rate and blood lactate during arm and leg exercise. eur j appl physiol 1987; 65: 679-85. 3. borg, g, ljunggren g, ceci r. the increase of perceived exertion, aches and pains in the legs, heart rate and blood lactate during exercise on a bicycle ergometer. eur j appl physiol 1985; 54: 343-9. 4. day ml, mcguigan mr, brice ga, foster c. monitoring work intensities during resistance training using a session rpe scale. journal of strength and conditioning research 2004; 18: 353-8. 5. fitz-clarke jr, morton rh, banister ew. optimizing athletic performance by influence curves. j appl physiol 1991; 71: 1151-8. 6. foster c. monitoring training in athletes with reference to overtraining syndrome. med sci sports exerc 1997; 30: 1164-8. 7. foster c, daines e, hector l, snyder a, welsh r. athletic performance in relation to training load. wisconsin medical journal 1996; 95: 370-4. 8. foster c, florhaug j, franklin j, et al. a new approach to monitoring exercise training. journal of strength and conditioning research 2001; 15: 109-15. 9. foster c, florhaug j, hrovatin l. monitoring of athletic training. vlaams tijdschrift voor sportgeneeskunde en sportwetenshappen 1999; 80: 47-54. 10. foster c, hector l, welsh r, schrager m, green m, snyder a. effects of specific versus cross-training on running performance. eur j appl physiol 1995; 70: 367-72. 11. foster c, heimann k, esten p, brice g, porcari j. differences in perceptions of training by coaches and athletes. south african journal of sports medicine 2001; 8: 3-7. 12. foster c, hoyos j, earnest c, lucia a. regulation of energy expenditure during prolonged athletic competition. med sci sports exerc 2005; 37: 670-5. 13. impellizzeri fm, rampinni e, coutts aj, sassi a, marcora sm. use of rpebased training load in soccer. med sci sports exerc 2004; 36: 1042-7. 14. lucia a, hoyos j, carvajal a, chicharro jl. heart rate response to professional road cycling: the tour de france. int j sports med 1999; 20: 167-72. 15. lucia a, hoyos j, santally a, earnest c, chicharro jl. tour de france vs vuelta a espana: which is harder? med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 872-8. 16. mcguigan mr, egan ad, foster c. salivary cortisol responses and perceived exertion during high intensity and low intensity bouts of resistance exercise. journal of sport science and medicine 2004; 3: 8-15. 17. mcguigan mr, foster c. a new approach to monitoring resistance training. strength and conditioning journal 2004; 26: 42-7. 18. morton rh, fitz-clarke jr, banister ew. modeling human performance in running. j appl physiol 1990; 69: 1171-7. 19. noble b, robertson r. the borg scale: development, administration, and experimental use. in: washburn r, mittelmeiner k, eds. perceived exertion. champaign, ill: human kinetics publishers, 1996: 59-92. 20. pandolf k. advances in the study and application of perceived exertion. exerc sport sci rev 1983; 11: 118-58. 21. seiler ks, kjerland go. quantifying training intensity distribution in elite endurance athletes: is there evidence for an ‘optimal’ distribution. scandinavian journal of medicine and science in sports (in press). 22. skinner j, hutsler r, bergsteinova v, buskirk e. the validity and reliability of a rating scale of perceived exertion. med sci sports 1973; 5: 94-6. 23. sweet tw, foster c, mcguigan mr, brice g. quantitation of resistance training using the session rpe method. journal of strength and conditioning research 2004; 18: 796-802. fig. 4. scatter plots of individual responses of session rpe v. %vo2peak, %hrpeak, and %hrreserve and of %vo2peak v. %hrpeak and %hrreserve and of %hrpeak v. %hrreserve. these plots demonstrate that although session rpe is significantly related to objective markers of exercise intensity, it is less well related to the objective markers of exercise intensity than the objective markers are to each other. validity and reliability.indd 17 3/13/06 2:59:34 pm 6 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research on-field identification and management of concussion in amateur rugby union j brown,1 phd; w viljoen,2 phd, cscs; s hendricks,1 phd; s abrahams,1 bsc (med) (hons) physiology; n burger,1 bsc (hons) sports science; s mc fie,1 bsc (hons) neuroscience; j patricios,3 mbbch, mmedsci, facsm, ffsem (uk), ffims 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 2 south african rugby union, saru house, plattekloof, 163 uys krige road, cape town, south africa 3 section of sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: j brown (jamesbrown06@gmail.com) background: rugby is a popular team sport and due to its contact nature carries a relatively high potential for injury, including concussion. moreover, it is estimated that as much as 50% of concussions are not reported due to a variety of reasons, including not considering the injury to be sufficiently serious or not wanting to miss game time. objectives: the aim of this brief review was to investigate and summarise current best practice for on-field identification and on-field management of concussion in amateur rugby. methods: pubmed and clinicalkey were searched between september and december 2014 for articles in the five years preceding the search dates. the latest versions of the consensus statement for concussion in sports and world rugby’s concussion guidelines were also consulted. results: based on this search strategy, eight systematic reviews, one physician information article and four patient guidelines were investigated. four reviews specifically described an “action plan” for on-field evaluation and management. education of key stakeholders could reduce the number of unreported concussions. once identified or suspected, concussions should be managed according to best practice procedures, which include removing the player from play immediately and consulting a medical doctor. if a medical doctor is not immediately available on the field tools such as the boksmart on-field pocket “concussion guide”, and world rugby’s “pocket concussion recognition tool”, are freely available online. conclusion: stakeholder education (including players, parents, teachers, coaches, referees, spouses) on both the on-field identification and management of concussions could reduce under-reporting and improve the overall management of concussed rugby players. keywords: injury prevention, injury management, head injury, football s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):6-10. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a1206 the sport of rugby union (hereinafter called ‘rugby’) is one of the most popular team sports globally due to a variety of benefits that the sport offers its participants. [1] however, rugby is also associated with a high injury potential to the player.[1] of all rugby-related time-loss injuries (those necessitating missed training or match time), concussion is one of the most common injuries in senior professional rugby and is estimated to occur, on average, once in every six matches or 4.7 concussions per 1 000 player match hours.[2] the prevention of injury in general exists on a temporal continuum: from primary prevention on the one end of the continuum to tertiary prevention on the other end.[3] with regard to concussion, primary prevention refers to preventing the original injury from occurring, which is difficult in any sphere of injury prevention including sport.[3] secondary prevention refers to management of the injury: from the point of when it initially occurs through to a safe return to normal activity or match play.[3] tertiary prevention is on the other end of the prevention continuum and is specific to the management of longterm injuries and disabilities, and therefore is not relevant to this review on concussion.[3] it is estimated that only half of all concussions are reported by contact sport participants (including rugby) for a variety of reasons, such as the player does not consider the injury to be sufficiently serious, and fear of being left out of the team.[4,5] thus, unlike other common time-loss rugby injuries, such as ligament ruptures, which are physically limiting and prevent the player from participating further in the game, concussion has an ‘invisible’ nature. therefore the identification of concussion as an injury requires the active involvement of players, coaches, referees, medical support staff and parents or spouses to intervene where applicable.[4] furthermore, concussed players do not always follow the correct return-to-play guidelines (available at http://boksmart.sarugby. co.za/content/concussion) before returning to sport.[6,7] this places the injured player at risk of developing long-lasting or permanent symptoms (in extreme cases).[6,8] thus the unique nature of concussion in rugby, which has been associated with sub-optimal secondary prevention, warrants further investigation into what is considered best practice for onfield identification and management of concussion in amateur rugby union. methods the following databases were initially searched on the 18 september 2014 and rechecked before final editing on 5 december 2014: pubmed and clinicalkey. owing to this rapidly evolving field, only articles for the previous five years were considered for the pubmed search using the following search strategies: “brain concussion” (mesh term for ‘concussion’) and “post-concussion syndrome” (mesh term for symptoms post-concussive event) and “sports” (mesh heading) and the following mesh terms: “diagnosis”, “signs and symptoms” or “therapy” (mesh subheading). systematic reviews, guidelines and patient information were considered. in this regard, the latest version of the consensus statement for concussion in sport[8] and world rugby guidelines (online version as at 25 november 2015) for concussion for the general public[9] were used as a point of reference. for clinicalkey, the most recent revision of firstconsult (formerly medconsult) and patient education articles on “concussion” were consulted. any supplementary information that these articles referred to (such as scat3) were also included. mailto:jamesbrown06@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a1206 http://boksmart.sarugby.co.za/content/concussion http://boksmart.sarugby.co.za/content/concussion sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 7 original research results the above-described pubmed search strategies yielded eight systematic reviews, one “firstconsult” (physician information) article,[10] and four patient guidelines. the four guidelines were from the following sources: international rugby board (irb)[9] which is now called “world rugby”, clinicalkey,[10] center for disease control and prevention (cdc),[11] and the journal of the american medical association (jama).[12] of these 13 sources, four[8,9,10,13] specifically described an “action plan” for on-field or “side-line” evaluation and management of concussion or suspected concussions in rugby games. leaving no concussion unreported the first issue with concussion management in contact sports (including rugby) is that of under-reporting by players. concussion may not be as obvious an injury to players and spectators as other common musculoskeletal injuries, such as a medial collateral ligament injury.[1,4] if a concussed player is allowed to continue playing, the risk for sustaining a further concussion with more severe or prolonged symptoms is greatly increased. in an attempt to reduce under-reporting of concussions in american football, it has been suggested that wearable technology, specifically wearable devices, could provide more objective data to make these decisions.[4] however, this is only possible in american football as the devices can be placed inside the helmets that all players are required to wear. to reduce unreported concussions, it is critical that those watching the game and especially coaches, referees, players, family members or spouses, and medical support staff (including first aiders) assume some level of responsibility for identifying suspected concussions in those players that are playing.[9] thus concussion awareness and education is critical for all stakeholders involved in rugby.[13] pre-empting concussion for improved on-field identification in south africa, the compulsory boksmart biennial rugby safety course provides concussion education, as well as pocket concussion guides for all attending coaches and referees.[14] for all other stakeholders, the boksmart (www.boksmart.com) and world rugby (www.worldrugby.org) websites provide additional education and general concussion information. another particularly useful resource is world rugby’s “pocket concussion recognition tool” available on the boksmart website (http://images.supersport.com/ pocket%20crt.pdf ). similar education in new zealand has been associated with a reduction in concussion complications.[15] however, with a historically low reporting rate, it is expected that greater awareness and education among rugby stakeholders will in fact initially increase, and not decrease concussion rates.[4,8,17] should this increase in concussion rates occur, as some reports have already found,[18] it should be considered a success for education and awareness interventions in improving secondary prevention (including better reporting), rather than a failure of primary prevention interventions in not reducing concussions. besides these education interventions, it is critical that every rugby facility is adequately prepared for handling players suspected of sustaining concussion.[8] this preparation involves, but should not be limited to: 1. the establishment of a concussion management protocol: consi­ dering how suspected players are going to be identified and by whom. 2. provisions, facilities, regulations in place to assess players on and off the field: even if this necessitates policy and rule changes. 3. a medical team who are up-to-date on the most recent concussion management protocols and literature: in charge of assessing the player and in setting up a functional clinical network, including hospitals, who can manage them appropriately. 4. the establishment of a concussion register: using the medical team, with up to date protocols, to keep a register of all concussed players, and to oversee and monitor their recovery and progress throughout the graduated return­to­play process. concussion on-field identification a concussion may be caused by direct or indirect (e.g. “whiplash”) trauma to the brain.[8,9] those potentially more susceptible to sustaining a concussion include, but are not limited to: children and adolescents; players who participate in contact sports (rugby, hockey, soccer), combat sports (boxing and martial arts), riding sports (horses, bikes, motorcycles); and players who have suffered a previous concussion.[8,9,11,13] it is imperative that concussions are properly recognised and treated as early as possible.[10] if a direct or indirect head trauma was not directly observed, any one of the following signs could indicate a potential concussion*:[9] 1. dazed, blank or vacant look 2. loss of consciousness† 3. fit/convulsion/seizure† 4. lying motionless on the ground† or slow in returning to feet 5. unsteady or any balance issues or a loss of coordination 6. confused or a lack of awareness of surrounding events 7. grabbing or clutching of the head 8. more emotional or irritable than normal. sideline concussion assessment tools the player with a suspected concussion should be removed from play and be assessed by a medically trained person who has specifically been trained in the evaluation and management of concussion.[14] the american medical society for sports medicine position statement: concussion in sport[14] states that history, balance testing and cognitive function should all be assessed, while the consensus statement on concussion in sport[8] suggests that testing of the latter (cognitive function) is most important. with any clinical test, it is important to consider the sensitivity (correctly diagnosing those that have the condition) and specificity (correctly excluding those who do not have the condition). in the light of the dangers of allowing a player with a missed concussion to continue playing, it might make more sense to rather focus on sensitivity in the context of concussion. for assessing cognitive function, the consensus statement for concussion in sport[8] recommends use of the scat3 (http://bjsm. bmj.com/content/47/5/259.full.pdf ), which should be administered by medical professionals. the scat3 includes brief versions of maddocks’ questions (e.g. “what half is it now?” or “who scored last in this match?”) and standard assessment of concussion (sac) questions (e.g. “what day is it today?” and asking the player to say the months of the year in reverse-order). * a more comprehensive list of signs and symptoms associated with concussion may be found at http://boksmart.sarugby.co.za/content/concussion. † in these instances, it is important to consider that the player may have a concomitant neck injury and should therefore only be removed by a medical professional with spinal care training.[9] http://www.boksmart.com http://www.worldrugby.org http://images.supersport.com/pocket%20crt.pdf http://images.supersport.com/pocket%20crt.pdf http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/47/5/259.full.pdf http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/47/5/259.full.pdf http://boksmart.sarugby.co.za/content/concussion 8 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research if no medical professional is available to perform the assessment, then the consensus statement on concussion in sport[8] and world rugby[9] suggest focussing on two of the scat3 components: 1. visible signs and symptoms 2. maddocks’ questions. these two assessments are packaged as a freely available, pocket-sized resource (http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/47/5/267. full.pdf ) called the pocket concussion recognition tool (crt). the boksmart on-field pocket concussion guide also includes these two components (http://images.supersport.com/content/ concussion%20guide%20v6%202015%20lr.pdf ). despite the consensus statement on concussion in sport advocating them as “practical and effective”, it is important to note that the sensitivity and specificity of the scat3 and pocket concussion recognition tools (crt) are yet to be assessed (table 1).[13] nonetheless, certain individual components of the scat3 and pocket crt, specifically the sac and 17-point symptom scores assessment, have been associated with the highest sensitivities recorded for concussion screening tools (94 and 89%, respectively).[13] table 1. sensitivity (ability to detect concussion) of various tools suggested for concussion on-field identification (modified from[13]) test (administration time) sensitivity % (diagnosed concussions) symptom score (2-3 mins): 9-item 68 17-item 89 maddocks’ questions (<1 min) 32-75 sac (5 mins) 80-94 bess (5 mins) 34 modified bess (2-3 mins) not known sac + bess (10 mins) not known nfl sideline concussion assessment tool not known pocket concussion recognition tool (5 mins) not known scat 3 (8-10 mins) not known boksmart pocket concussion guide not known king-devick (2 mins) not known bess – balance error scoring system sac – standard assessment of concussion nfl – national football league scat – sport concussion assessment tool the proclaimed “validity” of the maddocks’ questions should be interpreted with caution. there is only one study that has assessed the sensitivity of maddocks’ questions – this was performed in 1995 in 28  professional australian rules football players (table 1).[19] with 14 subjects in each group, it is unlikely that this study has the statistical power to ascertain whether maddocks’ questions are valid or not. additionally, the fact that the lead author was testing the diagnosis tool that he had also developed, could constitute a conflict of interest. importantly, the consensus statement on concussion in sport stipulates that none of these brief cognitive tests replace a comprehensive neuropsychological test by a trained medical person, but they offer a screening tool for rapid assessment of a player suspected of having a concussion.[8] in terms of assessing balance, the balance error scoring system (bess) is recommended by the american medical society for sports medicine position statement: concussion in sport, although it appears to be more useful in assessing those who are not concussed than those who are concussed.[13] however, this test does not appear to be particularly sensitive as empirical evidence suggests this assessment misses about two-thirds (66%) of concussions (table 1).[13] recently, the king-devick test, a rapid eye movement test that was designed to detect oculomotor inefficiencies, has shown promising results in detecting concussions in mixed-martial arts, boxers and rugby union and league players.[20,21] however, as the authors who have done most of the testing of the king-devick test in rugby state: “… there have been no longitudinal studies to assess the reliability, validity or generalizability of the king­devick test, nor has it been tested across various age groups.”[21] therefore, this test has not yet been endorsed by the consensus statement for concussion in sport[8] and world rugby.[9] despite the lack of empirical evidence supporting the sensitivity of the discussed concussion assessments for both medical (scat3, and the tests of which it is comprised) and for non-medical people (pocket crt), this should not deter their prescribed use. these tools are all endorsed by both the consensus statement for concussion in sport[8] and world rugby[9] and therefore constitute current best-practice in the game. however, it should be noted that these recommendations might change over time: for example, with more research, the king-devick test might be included in future consensus or guideline documents. on-field concussion management in contrast to the equivocal literature on sideline concussion assessment tools, there is substantial consensus on the management once a player is suspected of having sustained a concussion. once a concussion is suspected (through either of the recommended methods), a medical professional trained in concussion management should immediately implement the five step on-field management procedure outlined in figure 1. this diagram presents a summary of the four resources identified for this particular research question.[8,9,11,13] step 1. potentially concussed player is removed from play immediately. step 2. evaluation by licensed healthcare provider (medical doctor) on site. special attention given to potential concomitant neck/cervical spine injury. if no appropriately qualified healthcare provider available on site, the player should be urgently referred to one. step 3. assessment of the concussive injury by licensed healthcare provider (medical doctor) using the scat3 or other sideline evaluation tools that include orientation questions (e.g. "where are we?"), and balance assessment step 4. after a clear diagnosis is made or there is a strong suspicion of concussion, the player should be monitored for any mental or physical deterioration (severe persistent headache, repeated vomiting, confusion) step 5. a player with a diagnosed concussion or with a strong suspicion of concussion should never be allowed to return to play (rtp) or train on the same day of the injury fig. 1. five step course of action for managing a player with a confirmed concussion or suspected concussion[8,9,11,13] http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/47/5/267.full.pdf http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/47/5/267.full.pdf http://images.supersport.com/content/concussion%20guide%20v6%202015%20lr.pdf http://images.supersport.com/content/concussion%20guide%20v6%202015%20lr.pdf sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 9 original research step 1 the world rugby guidelines for the general public[9] and the american medical society for sports medicine (amssm) position statement[13] specifically state that the concussed or potentially concussed player should immediately be removed from play and then be evaluated by a healthcare provider. the wording of the consensus statement for concussion in sport[8] was more ambiguous on this point and the clinicalkey patient guidelines[11] did not have a temporal reference for the potentially concussive event. therefore as two of the four sources explicitly stated that the player should be immediately removed from play, this has been included in step 1. step 2 only the amssm position statement[13] specifically stated that the licensed healthcare provider (medical doctor) should be trained in the evaluation and management of concussion. while this is probably an important addition, it was not mentioned by any of the other three sources. similarly, only the consensus statement[8] made mention of the fact that the healthcare provider’s evaluation should be made “in a timely manner”. however, both the consensus statement[8] and world rugby’s guidelines[9] made specific reference to the careful consideration of neck/cervical spinal injuries in concussed or potentially concussed players. step 3 the consensus statement for concussion in sport[8] and world rugby recommend that the scat3 (medical professional) or pocket crt (non-medical person) are used to assess the concussion. although the clinimetric properties have been debated in this article (sideline concussion assessment tools), these tools represent current bestpractice and should therefore be used as prescribed. step 4 all resources except for the clinicalkey patient guideline[11] suggested that the concussed player should be monitored after the injury. the amount of time after the injury was different for each source: the world rugby guidelines[9] state a minimum of 24-hours, the consensus statement states “in the initial few hours after the injury” and the amssm position statement[13] does not specify a time. the specific signs and symptoms to be aware of differ depending on the resource consulted. step 5 all resources, except for the clinicalkey patient guideline,[11] explicitly state that a player with a diagnosed concussion is not able to return to play or train on the same day. the clinicalkey patient guideline[11] states that return-to-play was a controversial subject in general and that it should be guided by the healthcare provider managing the injury. discussion the main finding from this review was that the identification and reporting of the initial concussion is more of a challenge and topic for scientific debate than the management of the injury per se.[4,5,17] while alternate options have been suggested for american football, the consensus for improving this underreporting in rugby appears to be through education interventions and raising awareness in medical professionals and stakeholders (coaches, referees, players, teachers, parents and spouses). similarly, it is important to try and reduce incorrect or suboptimal behaviours in stakeholders who are already armed with the correct information.[4,5,17] the boksmart compulsory biennial rugby safety course for coaches and referees is an example of an intervention that aims to educate coaches and referees on all aspects of concussion, including identification.[14] additionally, the boksmart website (www.boksmart.com) provides freely available educational information, as well as useful tools for identifying those players suspected of being concussed. world rugby has similar resources: http://playerwelfare.worldrugby.org/concussion. while some authors debate the sensitivity of sideline concussion assessment tools in diagnosing concussions, the scat3 (for medical professionals) and pocket crt (for non-medical professionals) are recommended by both the consensus statement for concussion in sport[8] and world rugby.[9] in contrast to the strategies to improve concussion reporting, there was substantial consensus on the management of a concussion once identified. the only major discrepancies are in the amssm position statement[13] that specifically states that the “licensed healthcare provider (medical doctor)” who assesses the potentially concussed player must be trained in concussion management (step  1). while this may be a valid point, it is not mentioned in the consensus statement for concussions in sport[8] or world rugby’s guidelines for concussion for the general public.[9] however, this is probably due to the fact that world rugby’s guidelines were based on the consensus statement.[9] nonetheless, as the clinicalkey patient guidelines did not provide any information on these points of disagreement and because this review was ultimately investigated with rugby union in mind, the findings of the amssm position statement were weighted with less importance.[13] in conclusion, the on-field identification and management of concussion needs to be improved in amateur rugby. reporting can be improved through greater education and awareness in stakeholders, and in the use of sideline concussion assessment tools. for sideline concussion assessments, the scat3 and pocket crt’s should be used by medical and non-medical professionals respectively, where possible. once a concussion has been identified in amateur rugby, the sporting venue where the injury takes place needs to have measures in place to optimally manage the injured player, as described in this review. conflict of interest: none. acknowledgements: james brown would like to thank the boksmart program and chris burger petro jackson players’ fund who provided his post-doctoral fellowship funding. this author would also like to thank mr clint readhead for his advice on specific aspects of this article. references 1. williams s, trewartha g, kemp s, et al. a meta-analysis of injuries in senior men’s professional rugby union. sports med 2013 oct;43(10):1043-1055. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1007/s40279-013-0078-1] 2. gardner aj, iverson gl, williams wh, et al. a systematic review and meta-analysis of concussion in rugby union. sports med 2014 dec;44(12):1717-1731. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-014-0233-3] 3. pless ib, hagel be. injury prevention: a glossary of terms. j epidemiol community health 2005 mar;59(3):182-185. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/jech.2003.017715] http://www.boksmart.com http://playerwelfare.worldrugby.org/concussion http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-013-0078-1 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-013-0078-1 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-014-0233-3 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-014-0233-3 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/jech.2003.017715 10 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research 4. greenwald rm, chu jj, beckwith jg, et al. a proposed method to reduce underreporting of brain injury in sports. clin j sport med 2012 mar;22(2):83-85. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31824cc5d3] 5. fraas mr, coughlan gf, hart ec, et al. physical therapy in sport. physical therapy in sport. elsevier ltd;2013 sep 11;:1-7. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2013.08.002] 6. doolan aw, day dd, maerlender ac, et al. a review of return to play issues and sports-related concussion. ann biomed eng 2012 jan;40(1):106-113. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1007/s10439-011-0413-3] 7. brown jc, viljoen w, lambert mi, et al. the economic burden of time-loss injuries to youth players participating in week-long rugby union tournaments. j sci med sport 2014 aug 16;18(4):1-6. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.06.015] 8. mccrory p, meeuwisse wh, aubry m, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport: the 4th international conference on concussion in sport held in zurich, november 2012. br j sports med 2013 mar 11;47(5):250-258. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092313] 9. world rugby. concussion management for the general public. [www.playerwelfare. worldrugby.org/concussion] accessed october, 2014. pp. 1-7. 10. clinical key. ‘concussion – first consult’. [https://www.clinicalkey.com/#!/content/ medical_topic/21-s2.0-2001133] accessed october, 2014. 11. centers for disease control and prevention. heads up, concussion in youth sports. [http://www.cdc.gov/concussion/headsup/index.html] 2013. accessed oct ober, 2014. pp. 1-4. 12. pluta rm. concussion. golub rm (ed.). journal of american medical association. [http://www.jama.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?articleid=1104031] accessed october, 2014. 13. harmon kg, drezner j, gammons m, et al. american medical society for sports medicine position statement: concussion in sport. br j sports med 2013 jan;47(1):15-26. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091941] 14. viljoen w, patricios j. boksmart – implementing a national rugby safety programme. br j sports med 2012 aug;46(10):692-693. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091278] 15. gianotti s, hume pa. concussion sideline management intervention for rugby union leads to reduced concussion claims. neurorehabilitation 2007;22(3):181-189. pmid: 17917168. 16. finch c, clapperton aj, mccrory p. increasing incidence of hospitalisation for sportrelated concussion in victoria, australia. med j aust 2013 may 6;198(8):427-430. [http://dx.doi.org/10.5694/mja12.11217] 17. marshall sw, spencer rj. concussion in rugby: the hidden epidemic. j athl train 2001;36(3):334-338. pmid: 12937506. 18. cross m. england professional rugby injury surveillance project 2013-2014. kemp s, brooks j, eds. rugby football union 2015 jan;:1-19. 19. maddocks dl, dicker gd, saling mm. the assessment of orientation following concussion in athletes. clin j sport med 1995 jan 1;5(1):32-35. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1097/00042752-199501000-00006] pmid: 7614078. 20. galetta km, barrett j, allen m, et al. the king-devick test as a determinant of head trauma and concussion in boxers and mma fighters. neurology 2011 apr 26;76(17):1456-1462. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1212/wnl.0b013e31821184c9] 21. king d, gissane c, hume pa, et al. the king-devick test was useful in management of concussion in amateur rugby union and rugby league in new zealand. j  neurolog sci 2015 apr 15;351(1-2):58-64. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. jns.2015.02.035] http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31824cc5d3 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2013.08.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10439-011-0413-3 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10439-011-0413-3 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.06.015 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092313 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092313 https://www.clinicalkey.com/#!/content/medical_topic/21-s2.0-2001133 https://www.clinicalkey.com/#!/content/medical_topic/21-s2.0-2001133 http://www.cdc.gov/concussion/headsup/index.html http://www.jama.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?articleid=1104031 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091941 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091278 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091278 http://dx.doi.org/10.5694/mja12.11217 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00042752-199501000-00006 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00042752-199501000-00006 http://dx.doi.org/10.1212/wnl.0b013e31821184c9 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jns.2015.02.035 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jns.2015.02.035 _goback original research 46 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 mindfulness and mental toughness among provincial adolescent female hockey players sp walker, phd unit for professional training and services in the behavioural sciences (unibs), faculty of the humanities, university of the free state, bloemfontein, south africa corresponding author: sp walker (walkersp@ufs.ac.za) mental toughness has come to be widely viewed as an important prerequisite for sustained athletic achievement.[1-2] however, from a theoretical perspective, there is disagreement on the precise definition of mental toughness, while the effective and accurate operationalisation of mental toughness remains challenging at an empirical level.[3] nevertheless, the general consensus appears to be that mentally tough athletes are resilient, goal-focused and confident in their abilities, as well as proficient at regulating their emotions and behaviour. [1-3] a body of research exploring various methods and techniques for enhancing mental toughness has emerged over the past decade. however, relatively little attention has been focussed on identifying the behavioural, cognitive and emotional mechanisms that bolster mental toughness.[4] there is thus both a theoretical and practical need to explore the psychological basis of mental toughness from within existing, evidence-based psychotherapeutic, counselling and coaching paradigms. relatively few studies have evaluated the efficacy of psychological interventions aimed specifically at the development of mental toughness among athletes. the existing studies have focussed primarily on cognitivebehavioural interventions, which have generally demonstrated post-intervention improvements in mental toughness.[5-6] however, cognitive-behavioural interventions aimed specifically at developing mental toughness do not appear to be superior to general mental skills development interventions when it comes to developing or increasing mental toughness.[6] recently, questions have been raised regarding evidence for the efficacy of mental skills interventions aimed at improving athletic performance and thus by implication, the efficacy of interventions purporting to develop or improve mental toughness.[7] based on the robust outcome data on mindfulness-based interventions in the field of clinical psychology, it has been suggested that a greater focus on mindfulness and mindfulness-based intervention might be indicated within the areas of sport and performance psychology in general, and with regard to mental toughness specifically. [7-8] mindfulness may be defined as the non-judgemental awareness of internal and external experiences as they occur in the present moment.[9] mindfulness-based approaches to performance enhancement advocate viewing emotions and cognitions as internal events, rather than objective or factual manifestations of reality that need to be changed or controlled to facilitate peak performance.[8;10] the core assumption of mindfulness-based approaches to performance enhancement is that once an individual is free of the need to control his or her thoughts and emotions they are in a position to optimally focus attentional resources outward on the execution of skills. this conceptualisation differs from that advocated by cognitive-behavioural interventions and traditional mental skills training, which promote the monitoring, evaluation and restructuring of cognition so as to enhance athletic performance by optimising the regulation of emotion and behaviour. [7] to date, no studies have been published on the specific role of mindfulness in mental toughness. however, a number of researchers have investigated the influence of mindfulness on the wellbeing of athletes and, more generally, athletic introduction: mental toughness is highly valued within competitive sport. however, scant attention has been paid to the psychological processes that underpin mental toughness. objectives: to explore the relationship between mindfulness and mental toughness among provincial adolescent female hockey players. methods: provincial adolescent female hockey players (n=484) completed measures of mindfulness and mental toughness. correlation coefficients were calculated with respect to mindfulness and mental toughness. a one-way between-groups analysis of variance (anova) was conducted to determine whether athletes assigned to four levels of mindfulness (high, moderate, medium and low) differed significantly with regard to mental toughness. results: mindfulness exhibited significant positive correlations with confidence, constancy and control, as well as with total mental toughness. the results of the anova and the relevant post hoc analyses indicated that athletes in the high mindfulness group reported significantly higher levels of control and general mental toughness than those in the other three groups. the high mindfulness participants also reported significantly higher levels of constancy than those in the medium and low mindfulness groups. conclusion: mindfulness was positively correlated with all aspects of mental toughness investigated in this study. in addition, individuals with high levels of mindfulness reported higher control, constancy and general mental toughness than those with lower levels of mindfulness. based on the current findings, the role of mindfulness in the development and maintenance of mental toughness among adolescent athletes warrants further investigation. keywords: mental toughness, mindfulness, athlete, adolescent, female s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):46-50. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1110 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1110 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 47 performance. mindfulness-based interventions have been shown to be associated with improved sporting achievement, increased self-confidence and the facilitation of performancepromoting states, such as flow. [8,10] the available evidence would seem to suggest that mindfulness is positively associated with a number of desirable sporting outcomes. however, the role of mindfulness in mental toughness remains unexamined. the aim of the current study was thus to explore the potential association of mindfulness with mental toughness among provincial adolescent female hockey players. methods participants ethical clearance to conduct the study was obtained from the relevant institutional body. the south african hockey association granted permission for data to be collected at annual female under-16 and under-19 interprovincial tournaments. informed consent was obtained from all participants, as well as from the guardians of all minors, prior to the administration of the questionnaires. data was gathered between matches or in the evenings under the supervision of the researcher or research assistant. a total of 484 adolescent female hockey players participated in the study. the mean age of the sample was 16.2 years (sd ± 1.2). participants reported playing hockey competitively for an average of 8.4 years (sd ± 2.5). on average, participants had competed in 2.4 interprovincial tournaments (sd ± 1.4), with 6% having previously been selected for national teams. measures the sport mental toughness questionnaire (smtq) was used to measure mental toughness. [11] the smtq is a 14 item self-report questionnaire that yields a total mental toughness score, as well as scores on three subscales: confidence; constancy; and control. responses to each item are indicated along a four-point likert-type scale anchored by “not at all true” and “very true”. higher scores are indicative of higher levels of mental toughness. acceptable construct validity and internal consistency have been reported for the smtq. [11] the child and adolescent mindfulness measure (camm) was utilised as a measure of mindfulness. [12] the camm is a ten-item self-report inventory with response options ranging from ’never true’ to ’always true’ along a five-point likerttype scale. the camm yields a unitary mindfulness score, with higher scores indicating higher levels of mindfulness. the camm has demonstrated acceptable psychometric properties. [12] the smtq and camm were translated into afrikaans. participants thus had the option of completing the questionnaires in either afrikaans or english. analysis pearson’s correlation coefficients were calculated for the camm total score, smtq total score, smtq confidence, smtq constancy and smtq control. based on the distribution of the camm scores in the sample, participants were divided into four levels of mindfulness (low, medium, moderate and high). a one-way between-groups analysis of variance (anova) was conducted to determine whether individuals in the four levels of mindfulness differed significantly with regard to their smtq subscale and total mean scores. scheffé’s post hoc test was used to determine the nature and direction of the significant differences determined by the anova. results the correlations between the smtq and the camm are presented in table 1. mean scores, sds and internal consistency coefficients for each scale are also reported. it is apparent from table 1 that all measures, with the exception of smtq constancy scale (α=0.55), demonstrated acceptable levels of internal consistency and may thus be included in further analyses.[13] given that the smtq constancy scale represents a theoretically valid mt construct, it was decided to include this scale in further analyses despite its poor internal consistency. the correlation coefficients in table 1 suggest that mindfulness is positively and significantly correlated with all three smtq scales (confidence (cnf): p≤0.05; constancy (cst): p≤0.01; control (ctl): p≤0.01), as well as with the smtq total score (p≤0.01). given that there was a significant positive relationship between mindfulness and mental toughness, it was decided to investigate whether individuals reporting different levels of mindfulness differ significantly with regard to their level of mental toughness. consequently, four levels (high, moderate, medium and low) of the independent variable (mindfulness) were created by dividing the sample into quarters based on the distribution of their camm scores (low: camm≤18; n=129; medium: camm 19 22; n=118; moderate: camm 23 – 26; n=121; high camm≥27; n=118). a one-way between-groups analysis of variance (anova) was conducted to investigate differences between the four levels of the independent variable (mindfulness) with regard to mental toughness. four dependent variables were included in the analysis: total mental toughness (smtq tot); control (smtq cnt); constancy (smtq cst) and confidence (smtq cnf). preliminary assumption testing was conducted to check for normality, linearity, univariate and multivariate outliers, homogeneity of variance-covariance matrices and multicollinearity. no violations were detected. a statistically significant difference was apparent between the levels of mindfulness on the combined dependent variables (f(9;1168)=9.424; p=0.0001; wilks’λ=0.843; partial η2=0.055). follow-up univariate anovas were conducted to ascertain the specific smtq scales with regard to which the four mindfulness groups differed (table 2). table 2 indicates that significant differences were apparent for level of mindfulness with regard to constancy (smtq cst; p=0.0001), control (smtq ctl; p=0.0001) and total mental toughness (smtq tot; p=0.0001). the levels of constancy, control and total mt reported by the individuals in the four mindfulness groups thus differed to a statistically significant degree. however, when the relevant f-values are calculated (constancy: f=0.05; control: f=0.15; total mental toughness: f=0.1) it is apparent that while statistically significant, all three of these results reflect small to medium effect sizes and are thus of limited practical importance.[14] original research 48 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 post hoc comparisons using the scheffé test indicated that the high mindfulness group reported a significantly higher mean smtq total score (44.5; sd±4.7) than the participants in the moderate (42.0; sd±5.4; p=0.003), medium (41.3; sd±5.3; p=0.000) and low (40.0 sd±5.3; p=0.000) mindfulness groups. in addition, the high mindfulness group reported a significantly higher smtq control score (12.1; sd±2.0) than the participants in the moderate (11.1; sd±2.2; p=0.003), medium (10.5; sd±2.4; p=0.000) and low (9.6 sd±2.2; p=0.000) mindfulness groups. however, the mean smtq control score (9.6, sd±2.2) reported by the low mindfulness group was only significantly lower than that reported by the moderate (11.1; sd±2.2; p=0.000) and high (12.1; sd±2.0; p=0.000) mindfulness groups. finally, the individuals in the high mindfulness group also reported higher mean smtq constancy scores (14.2; sd±1.6) than those in the medium (13.4; sd±1.9; p=0.009) and low (13.0; sd±1.9; p=0.000) mindfulness groups. discussion the results of the current study indicate that mindfulness is significantly and positively correlated with not only global mental toughness, but also with confidence, constancy and control. this suggests that as mindfulness increases among provincial female hockey players, so does their general level of mental toughness. in addition, increased mental toughness appears to be accompanied by more confidence in the player’s ability to overcome challenges, improved adherence to a training regimen and more efficient self-regulation of competition-related behaviours and emotions.[1-2] these findings are consistent with the existing literature with regard to mindfulness being positively associated with various cognitive processes and affective states necessary for success in athletic competition.[7-8,10] mindfulness may thus enable hockey players to respond more effectively to the behavioural demands of their competitive (e.g. tactical awareness and skills execution) and training (e.g. effortful training and skills acquisition) environments. more specifically, mindful athletes may be less inclined to becoming embroiled in unproductive attempts at cognitive and behavioural self-regulation.[9-10] there appears to be value in implementing mindfulness interventions that have been shown to be effective in other sports within provincial adolescent hockey.[8,10,15] the analyses of variance indicate that different levels of mindfulness are associated with differing levels of mental toughness across provincial female adolescent hockey players. more specifically, those participants classified as having high levels of mindfulness reported greater global mental toughness, as well as superior control compared to participants classified within the moderate, medium and low mindfulness categories. this suggests that adolescent female hockey players with high levels of mindfulness are significantly more capable of effectively dealing with the training and competition demands at the provincial level than players with lower levels of mindfulness. furthermore, these players appear to be significantly more proficient at regulating their emotional and behavioural responses within the competitive environment than players with lower levels of mindfulness. it would thus seem that greater openness to experience, elevated levels of self-acceptance and superior efficiency at maintaining a present moment focus, facilitate a more effective approach to coping with challenges and dealing with competitive pressure. the current findings are in line with existing research highlighting mindfulness as an important component of sport-specific resilience. particularly the ability to employ behavioural and emotional responses in service of one’s sporting goals, rather than allocating these psychological resources in a manner that is inconsistent with one’s performance objectives.[7-8] the association between mindfulness and control among provincial adolescent female hockey players must, however, be interpreted more circumspectly than that between mindfulness and global mental toughness. the current study indicates that the low mindfulness table 1. pearson correlation coefficients, means, sds and internal consistencies for smtq and camm (n = 484) smtq cnf smtq cst smtq ctl smtq camm mean (±sd) α camm 0.12† 0.23* 0.39* 0.31* _ 22.2 (±6.1) 0.74 smtq tot 0.79* 0.70* 0.71* _ 41.9 (±5.4) 0.76 smtq ctl 0.25* 0.35* _ 10.8 (±2.4) 0.66 smtq cst 0.36* _ 13.5 (±1.9) 0.55 smtq cnf _ 17.6(±3.0) 0.72 *p≤0.01; †p≤0.05 camm = child and adolescent mindfulness measure; smtq tot = sport mental toughness questionnaire total score; smtq cnf = spor t mental toughness questionnaire confidence scale; smtq cst = sport mental toughness questionnaire constancy scale; smtq ctl = sport mental toughness questionnaire control scale; α = cronbach alpha coefficients table 2. means, sds and f-values for the one-way analysis of variance (anova) for the four levels of mindfulness smtq scale high camm moderate camm medium camm low camm f-value p-value mean (±sd) mean (±sd) mean (±sd) mean (±sd) confidence 18.2 (±3.0) 17.4 (±3.1) 17.4 (±2.8) 17.3 (±3.2) 2.392 0.068 constancy 14.2 (±1.6) 13.5 (±1.9) 13.4 (±1.9) 13.0 (±1.9) 8.255* 0.0001 control 12.1 (±2.0) 11.1 (±2.2) 10.5 (±2.4) 9.6 (±2.2) 27.296* 0.0001 total 44.5 (±4.7) 42.0 (±5.4) 41.3 (±5.3) 40.0 (±5.3) 16.768* 0.0001 *p≤0.01 smtq = sport mental toughness questionnaire; camm = child and adolescent mindfulness measure original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 49 participants reported significantly lower global mental toughness only in comparison to the moderate and high mindfulness groups. similarly, the hockey players in the high mindfulness group reported significantly higher levels of constancy only with respect to participants categorised as having low or medium levels of mindfulness. these findings suggest that the association between mindfulness and certain aspects of mindfulness (constancy and control) are more pronounced, and thus more relevant, at the distributional extremes of the current sample. this is, in all probability, as a result of the statistically pragmatic yet normatively arbitrary manner in which the sample was divided into four levels of mindfulness. it also underlines the practical value of viewing levels of mindfulness in athlete populations as continuous and fluid, rather than discrete. furthermore, the small to medium effect sizes reported for the follow-up univariate anovas indicate that the differences between the various levels of mindfulness are of limited practical value. consequently, the differences in mental toughness between the mindfulness groups should be viewed as indicative of statistical trends rather than definitive real-world differences in mental toughness. [14] there were no significant differences between the four mindfulness groups with regard to confidence. the literature does not offer an obvious explanation for this finding. however, it could be hypothesised that within this age cohort player confidence is still largely dependent upon external feedback regarding skill and competitive ability.[16] consequently, as all the participants were provincial hockey players, it could be reasoned that little statistically significant variability should be expected with regard to their estimations of their abilities to successfully deal with the competitive challenges they face. a more theoretically consistent explanation might be that mindful athletes incline more toward a self-referenced basis for confidence, while less mindful athletes place greater emphasis on comparing their abilities to the situations they may face or to their peers.[7] if this is the case, traditional measures of mental toughness and confidence may be inconsistent with a more mindfully-based conceptualisation of sport-specific confidence. a more pragmatic view might be that confidence is a prized and much emphasised attribute at all levels of performance. as such, measures of confidence could be vulnerable to positive response bias, resulting in the distribution of scores within the sample being excessively skewed in the direction of high sporting confidence. study limitations the study is not without limitations. first, a cross-sectional correlational design was used, thus no conclusions can be drawn regarding possible causal relationships between mindfulness and mental toughness. future studies might use more sophisticated modelling methods to investigate possible pathways of causality between mindfulness and mental toughness. intervention studies could then be embarked upon to determine the effect of mindfulness-based sport performance interventions on mental toughness. second, a very homogenous sample was used in this study with obvious implications regarding the generalisability of the findings beyond the current sample. consideration should be given to replicating the study in individual sports and among male athletes, as well as in mixed gender samples. third, the current study only explored the relationship between mindfulness and mental toughness. it is also necessary to determine the relationship between mental toughness and other constructs within the increasing number of mindfulness-oriented performance interventions, such as acceptance, cognitive defusion and values clarification.[7] finally, the camm is a generic measure of mindfulness. consequently, it might be useful to adapt the camm or otherwise develop a sport-specific measure of mindfulness for use in studies of this nature. conclusion while exploratory in nature, the current study provides evidence of a positive association between mindfulness and mental toughness among provincial adolescent female hockey players. it appears that players reporting higher levels of mindfulness demonstrate greater global mental toughness, are more consistent in their approach to their sport and are more proficient in regulating their behaviour and emotions within the competitive environment. notwithstanding the limitations of the study and the need for further research, the promotion of mindfulness could be expected to have a positive effect on the mental toughness of this specific sporting population. acknowledgements: the author would like to thank mrs. hanli van der merwe for her assistance with data collection and prof karel esterhuyse for his comments on an earlier draft of this paper. references 1. jones g, hanton, s, connaughton d. a framework of mental toughness in the world’s best performers. sport psychol 2007;21(2):243-264. doi:10.1123/tsp.21.2.243. 2. sheard m. mental toughness: the mindset behind sporting achievement. new york. routledge, 2010. 3. gucciardi df, hanton s, gordon s, et al. the concept of mental toughness: tests of dimensionality, nomological network, and traitness. j pers 2015; 83(1):26-44. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/jopy.12079] 4. connaughton d, thelwell r, hanton s. mental toughness development: issues, practical implications and future direction. in: gucciardi df, gordon s. mental toughness in sport: developments in theory and research. new york: routledge, 2011. 5. parkes jf, mallet cj. developing mental toughness: attributional style retraining in rugby. sport psychol 2011; 25(3):269-287. doi: 10.1122/tsp.25.3.269 6. gucciardi df, gordon s, dimmock ja. evaluation of a mental toughness training program for youth-aged australian footballers: i. a quantitative analysis. j appl sport psychol 2009; 21(3):307-323. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1041320093026066] 7. gardner fl, moore ze. the psychology of enhancing human performance: the mindfulness-acceptance-commitment (mac) approach. new york: springer, 2007. 8. sappington r, longshore k. systematically reviewing the efficacy of mindfulness-based interventions for enhanced athletic performance. j clin sport psychol 2015;9(3):232-262. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/jcsp.2014-0017] 9. baer ra. mindfulness training as a clinical intervention: a conceptual and empirical review. clin psychol sci prac 2003;10(2):125-143. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/clipsy. bpg016] original research 50 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 10. pineau tr, glass c, kaufman ka, et al. selfand team-efficacy beliefs of rowers and their relation to mindfulness and flow. j clin sport psychol 2014;8(2):142158. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/jcsp.2014-0019] 11. sheard m, golby j, van wersch a. progress toward construct validation of the sport mental toughness questionnaire (smtq). euro j psychol assess 2009;25(3):186-193. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759.25.3.186] 12. greco la, baer ra, smith gt. assessing mindfulness in children and adolescents: development and validation of the child and adolescent mindfulness measure (camm). psychol assess 2011;23(3):606-614. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0022819] 13. foster jj, parker i. carrying out investigations in psychology: methods and statistics. leicester: the british psychological society, 1999. 14. cohen j. statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. 2nd ed. new york. academic press, 1988. 15. thompson rw, kaufman ka, de petrillo la, et al. one year followup of mindful sport performance enhancement (mspe) with archers, golfers and runners. j clin sport psychol 2011;5(2):99-116. doi: 10.1123/jesp.5.2.99 16. magyar tm, feltz dl. the influence of dispositional and situational tendencies on adolescent girls’ sport confidence sources. psychol sport exerc 2003:4(2):175-190. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s14690292(01)00037-1] sajsm 534.indd original research sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 77 background. the association between self-perceived and actual physical activity, with particular reference to physical activity guidelines, may be an important factor in determining the extent of uptake of and compliance with physical activity. objectives. to examine the association between self-perceived and actual physical activity in relation to physical activity guidelines, with reference to volume, intensity and duration of steps/day, and to establish the level of agreement between pedometer-measured and selfreported ambulatory physical activity, in relation to current guidelines. methods. a convenience sample of adults (n=312; mean (standard deviation) age 37 (9) years), wore a pedometer (minimum 3 consecutive days) and completed a questionnaire that included information on physical activity patterns. analyses of covariance, adjusted for age and gender, compared volumeand intensity-based steps according to meeting/not meeting guidelines (self-reported). the extent of agreement between self-reported and pedometer-measured physical activity was also determined. results. average (sd) steps/day were 6 574 (3 541). of a total of 312 participants’ self-reported data, those meeting guidelines (n=63) accumulated significantly more steps/day than those not meeting guidelines (8 753 (4 251) v. 6 022 (3 114) total steps/day and 1 772 (2 020) v. 421 (1 140) aerobic steps/day, respectively; p<0.0001). more than half of the group who self-reported meeting the guidelines did not meet guidelines as per pedometer data. conclusion. the use of pedometers as an alternative and/or adjunct to self-reported measures is an area for consideration. steps/day recommendations that consider intensity-based steps may provide significant effects in improving fitness and health. s afr j sm 2014;26(3):77-81. doi:10.7196/sajsm.534 steps that count: pedometer-measured physical activity, self reported physical activity and current physical guidelines ‒ how do they relate? j d pillay,1,2 phd; t l kolbe-alexander,1 phd; k i proper,3 phd; s a tomaz,1 mphil; w van mechelen,3 phd; e v lambert,1 phd 1 uct/mrc exercise science and sports medicine research unit, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 department of basic medical sciences, faculty of health sciences, durban university of technology, south africa  3 department of public and occupational health, emgo+ institute for health and care research, vu university medical centre, amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: j d pillay (pillayjd@dut.ac.za) studies on physical activity behaviours and their association with morbidity and mortality rates have largely been measured through self-reported (indirect) measures of physical activity using interviews, surveys, questionnaires and diaries/logs. [1,2] these measures are frequently used owing to their practicality, including low cost, low participant burden and general acceptance. [2] although self-reported data can provide useful insights into the physical activity levels of populations or subgroups, these data have the tendency to overor underestimate true physical activity energy expenditure and rates of inactivity. [1] furthermore, issues around recall and differential interpretations of terms present an evident bias. [3] self-reported measures are also usually unable to capture the absolute level of physical activity [4] and are therefore typically considered subjective. direct measures have the potential to provide more precise estimates of energy expenditure and may reduce/eliminate many of the limitations of recall-and-response bias evident in indirect measures. [5] few studies [6,7] have attempted to measure the level of agreement between self-reported measures and steps/day data as a direct/objective measure of ambulatory physical activity. [8-10] furthermore, such studies have been accelerometer based. this is primarily due to the fact that pedometers traditionally presented volume-based information, with little or no reference to intensity or duration of intensity-based ambulatory physical activity or its relationship to current physical activity guidelines. with more recent literature providing intensity-based step recommendations (such as 3 000 steps in 30 minutes), [11-13] the need to incorporate elements of current guidelines, including volume, intensity, duration and frequency of physical activity, into pedometer-based messages has therefore become an area of increased research. such research continues to strengthen so as to ensure congruency between pedometer-based recommendations and physical activity guidelines. recent advancements in pedometry create the opportunity for its use in providing more detailed information on physical activity patterns, rather than simply recording a tally of steps/day, even though it is limited to ambulatory physical activity. for example, the ability to provide information on intensity-based steps[14] may provide a more objective alternative, or complement, to self-reported approaches that typically rely on recall. using pedometers for such a purpose would also be less costly than instruments such as accelerometers, used 78 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 for providing an objective measure of ambulatory physical activity. consequently, the opportunity arose to evaluate the relationship between pedometer-determined physical activity patterns and selfreported ambulatory physical activity, in terms of volume, intensity and duration of steps/day. objectives the objectives of our study were, therefore, to compare the volume and intensity of steps/day using pedometer-measured and selfperceived (questionnaire) measures, in relation to current physical activity guidelines, and to establish the level of agreement between pedometer-measured and self-perceived ambulatory physical activity, in relation to current guidelines. methods this was a cross-sectional study among employed south african adults. participant recruitment a convenience sample of participants was recruited through an invitation email sent out to employees, or following the completion of a health risk screening hosted primarily at corporate organisations. the corporate organisations mainly comprised health-insured, whitecollar workers. the physical activity levels required by and performed in most of these jobs were low in general. pedometer wear participants were requested to wear a blinded (omron hj 720 itc) pedometer, attached to the left or right hip, as worn in most studies. [3] in order to increase the probability of obtaining at least 3 consecutive days of pedometer data – as a minimum criterion for inclusion in the data analyses [11,15,16] – a 5-consecutive-day protocol was decided as the number of days that participants were requested to wear the pedometer. participants were asked to wear the pedometer throughout the day and to follow their usual routine of daily activities, and to remove the pedometer only when bathing or showering, swimming or sleeping. participants were also informed that their daily results would be made available to them at the end of the study. inclusion and exclusion criteria employees attending the health screening event and/or willing to participate in the study were eligible for inclusion. other inclusion criteria included being between the ages of 21 years (inclusive) and 50 years (exclusive) and willingness to wear a blinded pedometer during waking hours, for the duration of the study. employees were excluded for the following reasons: pregnancy; diagnosis or treatment of cancer; any other condition that could impact on physical activity; non-compliance to the pedometer wear; and participation in non-ambulatory physical activity (such as swimming and cycling) that might not be captured or be inaccurate through the pedometer reading. ethical considerations and informed consent the study was approved by the faculty of health sciences human research ethics committee (rec 348/2008) of the university of cape town. permission was also obtained from corporate organisations to provide an onsite health screening event and to invite employees to participate in the study. employees were provided with a participant information sheet detailing the purpose, objectives, procedures, requirements and potential risks of the study. they were thereafter required to sign an informed consent form. measurements anthropometric measurements included body height, waist circumference, body weight, body mass index and percentage body fat. blood pressure (bp) and finger prick blood cholesterol and blood glucose were also measured. self-perceived physical activity a questionnaire, administered as part of the health screening event, acquired information on physical activity habits. questions relating to patterns of ambulatory physical activity enquired about the frequency (number of sessions of physical activity bouts), duration (approximate time spent in each bout) and intensity (estimated level of effort performed during each bout). this information was translated into two time-based categories, i.e. <21 minutes/day and ≥21 minutes/day of aerobic activity, as an indicator of not meeting current guidelines and meeting current guidelines, respectively. these subgroups relate to current physical activity guidelines of 150 minutes of moderateintensity physical activity/week, [17] approximated to 21 minutes/day. pedometer data recording with particular reference to intensity-based steps, recently documented literature on intensity-based steps/day [18,19] suggests a minimum of 100 steps/minute to be a reliable estimate of, and target for, moderateintensity physical activity (aerobic steps). current literature also suggests that the accumulation of moderate-intensity physical activity in bouts of at least 10 minutes is acceptable in contributing towards meeting current physical activity guidelines. [17] using the graphical display of pedometer results, we considered bouts of ≥10 consecutive minutes at a minimum average intensity of 100 steps/minute as moderate-intensity physical activity. the individual data were, as for the self-reported data, categorised into <21 minutes/day and ≥21 minutes/day of aerobic activity as an indicator of not meeting and meeting current guidelines, respectively. statistical analyses both the self-reported data and the pedometer-measured data were grouped according to those meeting guidelines and those not meeting guidelines. pedometer-determined steps/day were compared between these groups. a correlation analysis was performed to determine the extent of agreement between self-perceived and pedometer-measured physical activity. in this analysis, we compared those meeting current guidelines with those not meeting current guidelines in both pedometer-determined and self-reported data, respectively. results in summary, 312 participants (147 men and 165 women; mean (standard deviation (sd)) 37 (9) years) were included in the analysis and completed the pedometer wear for a minimum of 3 consecutive days, with at least 10 hours/day of wear. the mean (sd) steps/day accumulated in men and women were 7 476 (4 076) steps/day and 5 769 (2 759) steps/day, respectively. a total sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 79 of 112 participants (35.9%) accumulated an average of <5 000 steps/ day, typically classifi ed as inactive. [18] only 41 participants (13.1%) achieved an average of ≥10 000 steps/day, typically classifi ed as moderately active. [18] within the moderately active group, most of the participants (73%) also accumulated aerobic steps. analysis of self-reported and pedometer data fig. 1 presents the self-perceived and pedometer-determined mean steps/day data for men and women according to those meeting current guidelines and those not meeting guidelines. those participants who reported meeting guidelines (n=63) accumulated signifi cantly more steps/day than those not meeting guidelines (8 753 (4 251) steps/day v. 6 022 (3 114) steps/day, respectively; p<0.0001). a similar fi nding was observed for aerobic steps (1 772 (2 020) steps/day v. 421 (1 140) steps/day, respectively; p<0.0001). even after adjusting for age, gender and total steps/ day, signifi cance was still noted in the number of aerobic steps/day between the two groups (p<0.0001). with regard to pedometer output, only 35 participants (11.2%) of the total study group accumulated aerobic steps for an average of at least 21 minutes/day, and could therefore be classifi ed as meeting current guidelines. th ese participants accumulated an average of 3 951 (2 092) aerobic steps/day compared with 282 (603) aerobic steps/day in the <21 minute/day group, respectively; p<0.0001. even aft er adjusting for age, gender and total steps/day, signifi cance was still noted in the diff erence between average aerobic steps/day accumulated in the two groups (p<0.001). participants categorised into the ≥21 minute/day group also accumulated signifi cantly more total steps/day than those not meeting guidelines (10 092 (3 445) steps/day v. 6 129 (3 302) steps/day, respectively; p<0.0001). association between pedometer-determined and self-reported ambulatory physical activity a correlation between self-reported and pedometer-measured ambulatory physical activity, using the meeting guidelines and not meeting guidelines categories, indicated that approximately 80% (n=249) of the total group did not meet guidelines, according to self-reported data. th e pedometer analysis showed that nearly 90% (n=277) did not meet guidelines. of the 63 participants (20.2%; n=312) who met guidelines (selfreported), only 27% (n=17) met guidelines according to pedometer data. th irty-fi ve participants were classifi ed as meeting guidelines (pedometer determined), but more than half of these participants (51.4%) did not meet guidelines according to the self-reported data. participants who reported meeting guidelines were, however, more likely to meet guidelines (pedometer measured) (40%) than those who reported not meeting guidelines (8%). men: not meeting guidelines (0); meeting guidelines (1) women: not meeting guidelines (0); meeting guidelines (1) men: not meeting guidelines (0); meeting guidelines (1) women: not meeting guidelines (0); meeting guidelines (1) 0 1 0 2 000 4 000 6 000 8 000 a ve ra g e st ep s/ d ay 10 000 12 000 14 000 16 000 18 000 20 000 22 000 0 1 0 2 000 4 000 6 000 8 000 10 000 12 000 14 000 16 000 a ve ra g e st ep s/ d ay a) a ve ra g e st ep s/ d ay 0 2 000 4 000 6 000 8 000 10 000 12 000 14 000 16 000 18 000 20 000 22 000 0 1 b) 0 1 0 2 000 4 000 6 000 8 000 10 000 12 000 14 000 16 000 a ve ra g e st ep s/ d ay fig. 1. steps per day in relation to physical activity guidelines: (a) self-reported; (b) pedometer determined. 80 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 discussion our findings showed that those participants who met guidelines (selfreported) accumulated an average of 2 731 more steps/day than those who did not meet guidelines (p<0.001). this difference was more marked in women (2 781 steps/day; p<0.001) than men (2 247 steps/ day; p<0.005). in a study by miller and brown [6] in 2004, a comparable outcome was noted. participants (n=185) who met guidelines took an average of 1 357 steps/day more than those who did not meet guidelines. similarly, the difference was more marked among women (1 684 steps/day) than men (1 019 steps/day). [6] a popular public health message relating to pedometry is the 10 000 steps/day concept, which shows positive health outcomes in those achieving this target compared with those not achieving 10 000 steps/day, [6,11-13] while a steps/day value of <5 000 steps/day has generally been classified as inactive. [18] within the context of the 10 000 steps/day guideline, miller and brown [6] demonstrated that the accumulation of 10 000 steps/day did not always correlate with meeting guidelines. the study reported that nearly 40% of participants who met guidelines did not reach the 10 000 steps/ day target. the study also reported that ~10% of participants who did achieve the 10 000 steps/day target did not meet guidelines. [6] this implies that a large proportion of people meeting current guidelines do not reach 10 000 steps/day, yet most people reaching 10 000 steps/day meet current guidelines. our study has shown a more exaggerated finding to that in miller and brown [6] in that 71.4% of participants who met guidelines (n=63) (self-reported), did not achieve the 10 000 steps/day target. with regard to those achieving 10 000 steps/day, our findings show a somewhat different outcome to that of miller and brown, [6] as 56.1% of participants who reached the 10 000 steps/day target (n=41) still did not meet physical activity guidelines (self-reported). only 37.1% of participants who met guidelines (n=35) according to pedometer data achieved the 10 000 steps/day target. consequently, 68.3% of participants who did not achieve the 10 000 steps/day target (n=41) did not meet guidelines (self-reported). a large proportion of those individuals achieving 10 000 steps/day were also shown not to accumulate sufficient steps at a moderate intensity. recent literature exemplifies that even in the absence of meeting the 10 000 steps/day recommendation, the impact of intensity-based steps (moderate-intensity physical activity) is significantly greater than volume alone. [12] the implication of this, in keeping with our findings, emphasises the emerging importance of intensity-based steps. as such, the need for public health messages that emphasise the importance of both intensity and volume of steps/day is particularly pertinent. study strengths this research is among the first pedometer-based studies conducted in south africa, within an urban context, that establishes the association between pedometer-measured ambulatory physical activity and selfreported information. our study has more specifically related self-reported physical activity and pedometer-determined steps/day, with consideration of both volume and intensity of daily steps accumulated, and current guidelines. the presentation of our results within this context provides a novel application to pedometer-based research that can be applied in similar future studies. the intensity-based output (from pedometer data) additionally included steps accumulated over a minimum duration and intensity. this allowed us to determine step/minute rates, so as to closely relate to moderate-intensity physical activity and current guidelines. [1719] this application is also a novel application in pedometer-based research and provides an opportunity for further application and modification. additionaly, we provide some estimate of the level of agreement between self-reported and pedometer-determined physical activity. study limitations pedometers measure ambulatory physical activity. our comparison was, therefore, limited to participants performing activities more specific to ambulation and did not include activities such as swimming, cycling and weight training. the 100 steps/minute criterion, used as a baseline criterion for moderate-intensity physical activity, may not always be a true indication of moderate-intensity physical activity at an individual level. for example, this estimate may likely be affected by factors such as aerobic fitness and heart rate response to physical activity. a number of studies that have directly measured moderate intensity as three metabolic equivalents (3 mets) have, however, concluded that 100 steps/minute is a reasonable heuristic value indicative of moderate-intensity physical activity. [13,18] the subgrouping of data according to intensity-based categories, using 21 minutes/day of aerobic activity as a proxy for current physical activity recommendations, may be viewed as a further limitation. however, this categorisation has provided some level of differentiation of ambulatory physical activity according to intensity and duration of steps/day. this has allowed us to relate volume and intensity-based pedometer data to self-reported data, with particular reference to current guidelines, as a unique application to pedometry. pedometers are typically used to measure volume of steps/day. the reliability of information on intensity-based steps and the refinement of intensity-based steps through pedometry, and the application thereof to current guidelines may raise concern. this does, however, provide some level of determining a more direct measure of intensitybased ambulatory physical activity than self-reported means, and is particularly valuable as a less costly alternative to other direct measures. conclusion our study highlights the association between self-reported physical activity patterns and objectively measured ambulatory physical activity, with particular reference to both volume and intensity of steps/day, and current guidelines. in view of our results showing a very small percentage of participants meeting current guidelines (from both pedometer data and self-reported data), further studies using a similar but broader approach could enhance the reliability of our findings. the importance of intensity-defined steps/day recommendations is highlighted. the application of such recommendations in pedometerbased interventions may provide useful insights on its effects in improving fitness and health. acknowledgements. we acknowledge the following organisations for funding this project: durban university of technology (dut) and the national research foundation (thuthuka). sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 81 references 1. prince sa, adamo kb, hamel me, hardt j, gorber sc, tremblay ms. a comparison of direct versus self-report measures for assessing physical activity in adults: a systematic review. int j behav nutri phys act 2008;5(1):56. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/14795868-5-56] 2. dishman rk, washburn ra, schoeller da. measurement of physical activity. quest 2001;53(3):295-309. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00336297.2001.10491746] 3. tudor-locke c. taking steps toward increased physical activity: using pedometers to measure and motivate. washington dc: president’s council on physical fitness and sports, 2002. 4. ainslie pn, reilly t, westerterp kr. estimating human energy expenditure: a review of techniques with particular references to doubly labelled water. sports med 2003;33(9):683-698. 5. shephard rj. limits to the measurement of habitual physical activity by questionnaires. br j sports med 2003;37(3):197-206. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.37.3.197] 6. miller r, brown w. meeting physical activity guidelines and average daily steps in a working population. j phys act health 2004;1(3):218-226. 7. strycker la, duncan sc, chaumeton nr, duncan te, toobert dj. reliability of pedometer data in samples of youth and older women. int j behav nutr phys act 2007;4:4-11. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-4-4] 8. tudor-locke c, ainsworth be, thompson rw, matthews ce. comparison of pedometer and accelerometer measures of free-living physical activity. med sci sports exerc 2002;34(12):2045-2051. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01. mss.0000039300.76400.16] 9. matthews ce, chen ky, freedson ps, et al. amount of time spent in sedentary behaviors in the united states, 2003-2004. am j epidemiol 2008;167(7):875-881. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/aje/kwm390] 10. matton l, wijndaele k, duvigneaud n, duquet w, philippaerts r, thomis m. reliability and validity of the flemish physical activity computerized questionnaire in adults. res q exerc sport 2007;78(4):293-306. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02701367.2007.10599427] 11. tudor-locke c, bassett drj. how many steps/day are enough? preliminary pedometer indices for public health. sports med 2004;34(1):1-8. [http://dx.doi. org/10.2165/00007256-200434010-00001] 12. wilde be, sidman cl, corbin cb. a 10 000 step count as a physical activity target for sedentary women. res q exerc sport 2001;72(4):411-414. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1 080/02701367.2001.10608977] 13. tudor-locke c, craig cl, brown wj, et al. how many steps/day are enough? for adults. int j behav nutr phys act 2011;8:79-97. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/14795868-8-79] 14. incorporated omron health. instruction manual: pocket pedometer-model hj720itc2007. the netherlands: incorporated omron health, 2007. 15. rowe da, kemble cd, robinson ts, mahar mt. daily walking in older adults: dayto-day variability and criterion-referenced validity of total daily step counts. j phys act health 2007;4(4):434-446. 16. hart tl, swartz am, cashin se, strath sj. how many days of monitoring predict physical activity and sedentary behaviour in older adults? int j behav nutr phys act 2011;8:62. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-8-62] 17. world health organization. global recommendations on physical activity for health. geneva: world health organization, 2010. 18. tudor-locke c, sisson sb, collova t, lee sm, swan pd. pedometer-determined step count guidelines for classifying walking intensity in a young ostensibly healthy population. can j appl physiol 2005;30(6):666-676. 19. marshall sj, levy ss, tudor-locke ce, et al. translating physical activity recommendations into a pedometer-based step goal: 3 000 steps in 30 minutes. am j prev med 2009;36(5):410-415. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2009.01.021] original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license gastrocnemius muscle architecture in distance runners with and without achilles tendinopathy b phillips,1 mphil; k buchholtz, 2,3 phd; tl burgess,1,4 phd 1 division of physiotherapy, department of health and rehabilitation sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 hpals, division of physiological sciences, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 3 department of physiotherapy, lunex international university of health, exercise and sport, luxembourg 4 centre for medical ethics and law, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, cape town, south africa corresponding author: b phillips (brett@brettphillipsphysio.co.za) running is a popular sport that places participants at increased risk of lower limb musculoskeletal injury. [1, 2] of the musculoskeletal injuries associated with distance running, achilles tendinopathy is common, with incidences between 7% to 53% reported in this population group. [1, 2] the exact aetiology of this condition remains unclear; however, cumulative repetitive overload associated with distance running appears to be a primary pathological stimulus. [3] during the running gait cycle, the ankle progresses from a dorsiflexed position in the initial stance phase to maximal plantarflexion in the terminal stance phase. this coincides with the triceps surae muscle complex contracting eccentrically to allow for limb deceleration and stabilisation in the initial stance phase, and concentrically for force production and forward propulsion in the terminal stance phase. [4] this results in a lengthening and shortening of the achilles tendon, allowing it to perform its spring-like function during running; however, it also exposes the tendon to high levels of repetitive loading. [4] peak achilles tendon forces between six to eight times the bodyweight have been reported during the running gait cycle, equating to a tensile force of more than 9 kn being applied to the tendon with each loading cycle. [4, 5] cumulative application of these forces across the tendon in distance running can lead to microtrauma and subsequently, tendon histopathology. [3] these histopathological changes include alterations in the cellular and extracellular structure of the tendon leading to an increasingly disordered tendon matrix, loss of tendon tensile strength and subsequently, the onset and progression of achilles tendinopathy in the athlete. [3, 5] due to the role that the triceps surae muscle complex plays in achilles tendon loading, it is logical to assume that the functional capacity of this musculotendinous unit would influence this condition’s aetiology. this assumption is supported by previous research which identified gastrocnemius weakness and inflexibility to be significantly associated with the development of achilles tendinopathy. [6, 7] a muscle’s architecture is a primary determinant of its function; therefore, these functional deficits (i.e. weakness and inflexibility) of the gastrocnemius are likely to have architectural underpinnings. [8] ultrasound imaging is a safe, reliable and valid means of assessing muscle architecture in vivo. [9-13] previous studies investigating gastrocnemius architecture in distance runners have predominantly been descriptive in nature, with the architecture of healthy populations being described. [14-17] the gastrocnemius architecture of distance runners with achilles tendinopathy has not been previously described in the literature. similarly, no comparisons have been made between the gastrocnemius architecture of distance runners with achilles tendinopathy and that of uninjured runners. therefore, we aimed to describe the gastrocnemius architecture of a group of distance runners with achilles tendinopathy and to investigate whether any differences in gastrocnemius architecture exist between distance runners with achilles tendinopathy and those with healthy achilles tendons. background: achilles tendinopathy is a common condition amongst distance runners due to the cumulative repetitive overload of the tendon. gastrocnemius weakness and inflexibility can predispose to this condition. these predisposing functional deficits could have architectural underpinnings, but the gastrocnemius architecture of distance runners with achilles tendinopathy has not been previously described or compared to the architecture of healthy distance runners. objectives: we aimed to investigate the differences in gastrocnemius architecture between distance runners with achilles tendinopathy and uninjured counterparts. methods: twenty distance runners (10 with achilles tendinopathy; 10 uninjured) were recruited to this study. ultrasound measurement of the gastrocnemius muscle architecture (pennation angle; fascicle length; muscle thickness; muscle belly length; muscle volume; physiological cross-sectional area) was performed. results: gastrocnemius medial head (gm) fascicle length was significantly greater (p = 0.02), whilst the physiological cross-sectional area (pcsa) was significantly less (p = 0.01) in the case group. gastrocnemius lateral head (gl) pennation angle (p = 0.01) and pcsa (p = 0.01) were significantly lower, whilst fascicle length was significantly greater (p = 0.01) in the case group. there were no significant between-group differences in gm and gl muscle thickness, muscle belly length, or muscle volume. conclusion: components of gastrocnemius architecture differ significantly between distance runners with achilles tendinopathy and uninjured controls in our study sample. this study cannot infer whether these results are secondary or predisposing to the condition. further longitudinal investigation is required to explore these relationships further. keywords: calf muscle, morphology, ultrasound achilles tendon s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12576 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12576 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1976-345x https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9796-2182 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1379-405x original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 methods this study adhered to the ethical principles outlined in the wwa declaration of helsinki – ethical principles for medical research involving human subjects. [18] ethical approval for this study was obtained from the human research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences, university of cape town (hrec ref: 503/2015). this study was designed as a descriptive cross-sectional study. participants twenty participants were recruited from running clubs around cape town. all participants were between 20 and 55 years old, had completed a weekly training mileage of between 15 and 50 km.wk-1 over two or more training sessions for the three months preceding the study, and considered distance running as their main sport. ten participants with symptomatic, unilateral achilles tendinopathy were recruited to the case group. the diagnosis of achilles tendinopathy was confirmed by a health professional, and a score of less than 100 on the visa-a questionnaire indicating symptomatic achilles tendinopathy. ten healthy participants were recruited as the control group. this inclusion criterion was confirmed by a score of 100 on the visa-a questionnaire indicating no symptoms of achilles tendinopathy. participants were excluded from the study if they: had a history of previous rupture of the achilles tendon or grade 3 gastrocnemius strain; symptomatic acute calf strain at the time of the study which had necessitated treatment by a health professional or altered their training regimens in the month preceding the study; had been diagnosed with a neurodegenerative or muscle wasting medical condition resulting in muscle atrophy of the lower limb. procedures participants attended a 90-minute testing session at the uct division of exercise science and sports medicine. written informed consent was obtained prior to the commencement of testing. the physical activity readiness questionnaire (par-q) and the visa-a questionnaire were completed by the participants. body mass (kg), stature (cm) and body composition (sum of seven skinfolds in cm, body fat percentage) measurements were recorded. ultrasound imaging using a siemens acuson x150 diagnostic ultrasound machine (siemens medical solutions inc, usa) was performed to assess the architecture of the gastrocnemius medial head (gm) and lateral head (gl). the reliability and validity of ultrasound imaging for the measurement of gastrocnemius architecture has been previously established. [9, 10-12] intra-rater reliability of the ultrasound testing procedures was assessed in a pilot study performed prior to the main study and was found to be high (r = 0.80 – 1.00). during testing, participants were placed in the prone lying position with their legs supported, knees fully extended and ankles held firmly against rigid footplates at an ankle joint angle of 0° (plantargrade). the participants were instructed to relax the muscles of the calf during testing. using the ultrasound scanner, the proximal and distal musculotendinous junctions were identified in the mid-sagittal plane. the corresponding area on the surface of the participants’ skin was marked with a non-permanent marker. muscle belly length was measured as the distance in a straight line over the skin between the proximal and distal musculotendinous junctions. [11] a cross-sectional, mid-belly, sagittal plane scan was performed at the area halfway between the proximal and distal musculotendinous junctions. from the mid-belly scan, the pennation angle, fascicle length and muscle thickness were measured. the pennation angle (°) was measured as the angle between a single, chosen fascicle and its insertion into the deep aponeurosis of the muscle. [10] fascicle length (mm) was measured as the length of a straight line along a single, chosen fascicle between the superficial and deep aponeuroses of the muscle. muscle thickness (mm) was measured as the distance between the superficial and deep aponeuroses of the muscle. [11] each of these was measured three times and the average was accepted as the value for these parameters. to measure gastrocnemius muscle volume (cm³), four to seven sequential, axial plane ultrasound scans were taken between the proximal and distal musculotendinous junctions. the sequential scans were performed 30 mm apart. this spacing was maintained by a testing grid placed on the calf of the participants. the anatomical cross-sectional area for each segment of the scans was measured. the volume between each of those segments was then calculated using the formula: v=⅓ x [a + √(ab + b)] x t, where a and b are the anatomical crosssectional areas of adjacent scans and t is the distance between the two scans. [11] muscle volume was calculated by adding the volumes of the sequential scans. pcsa (cm²) was not measured from the ultrasound scans directly, but calculated using the formula: pcsa=v/lƒ, where v is the total muscle volume and lƒ is the mean fascicle length. [8] the image analysis tool of the siemens acuson x150 diagnostic ultrasound machine was used to measure the architectural parameters on the ultrasound scans taken. the average of both legs was used for the statistical analyses of the gm and gl architecture, respectively. statistical analysis statistical analyses were performed using statistica software (statsoft, inc., tulsa, ok 2004; statistica data analysis software system, version 13, www.statsoft.com). all anthropometric, training history, visa-a, and gastrocnemius architecture data were tabulated and assessed for normality using the shapiro-wilkes test. data were described using mean and standard deviation. differences in descriptive data, training history and gastrocnemius architecture between the two groups were assessed using independent t-tests. typical error of measurement and 95% confidence intervals for the ultrasound measurements were calculated from repetitive scan data obtained during a pilot study undertaken before the main study. these calculations were performed using the spreadsheet ‘reliability from consecutive pairs of trials’ downloaded from www.sportssci.org. statistical significance was accepted as p < 0.05. http://www.statsoft.com/ http://www.sportssci.org/ original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 results participants and training history the descriptive characteristics and training data for the two groups are depicted in table 1. there were no significant differences in age, height, body mass, the sum of seven skinfolds and body fat percentage or in any of the training parameters between the case and control groups. gastrocnemius architecture ultrasound architectural measurements of gm are depicted in table 2. fascicle length was significantly greater in the case group compared to the control group (p = 0.02). the physiological cross-sectional area was significantly less in the case group compared to the control group (p = 0.01). there were no significant differences in the pennation angle, muscle thickness, muscle belly length or muscle volume between groups. ultrasound architectural measurements of gl are depicted in table 3. the pennation angle (p = 0.01) and pcsa (p = 0.01) were significantly lower in the case group compared to the control group. fascicle length was significantly greater in the case group compared to the control group (p = 0.01). there were no significant differences in muscle thickness, muscle belly length or muscle volume between the two groups. discussion the concept that muscle architecture influences a muscle’s function is well-established in the literature. [8] bearing this in mind, the clinical associations identified between calf muscle function and achilles tendinopathy incidence would be expected to have architectural underpinnings. based on this theoretical model, hypotheses could be generated on which architectural features of gastrocnemius might be identified in the case group of this study. pennation angle higher muscle pennation angles are positively associated with a muscle’s force production. [8] reduced plantar flexor force production has been significantly associated with increased achilles tendinopathy development. [6] therefore, due to these two previously established associations, the control group of this study could be expected to have higher pennation angles than the case group. this was the case with gl, where the case group had significantly lower pennation angles than the control group. however, these findings were not replicated for gm. this finding suggests the possibility that a lower gl pennation angle could have an influence on the development of achilles tendinopathy or occur as a result of the condition. table 1. descriptive, visa-a and training characteristics of participants in the case and control groups case group (n = 10) control group (n = 10) age (years) 42.3 ± 6.5 (23 – 53) 34.8 ± 9.5 (20 – 49) mass (kg) 67.8 ± 14.9 (44.3 – 94) 73.5 ± 10.9 (52.3 – 92.9) stature (cm) 174.1 ± 9.2 (159.8 – 190.1) 175.5 ± 8.8 (161.3 – 185.3) sum of seven skinfolds (cm) 73.6 ± 28.5 (37 – 128.5) 76 ± 27.6 (38.5 – 128) body fat percentage (%) 14.3 ± 5.3 (7.4 – 25.2) 13.0 ± 5.8 (5.4 – 25.3) visa-a score (n)* 66.1 ± 14.2 (36 – 83) 100 ± 0 total 3-month training mileage (km) 444 ± 150.2 (240 – 720) 441.6 ± 120.8 (180 – 600) average weekly training mileage (km.wk-1) 37 ± 13 (20 – 60) 37 ± 10 (15 – 50) average training speed (min.km-1) 5.6 ± 0.6 (4.5 – 6.3) 5.5 ± 0.9 (4 – 7) weekly training frequency (n.wk-1) 4 ± 1 (2 – 5) 4 ± 1 (3 – 6) weekly training duration (hr.wk-1) 4 ± 2 (2 – 7) 4 ± 1 (2 – 5) data are expressed as mean ± standard deviation (range). * indicates p< 0.05 between the case and control groups. table 2. ultrasound architectural measurements of the gastrocnemius medial head (gm) of participants in the case and control groups gm architectural parameter case group (n = 10) control group (n = 10) typical error (95% ci) muscle belly length (cm) 21.8 ± 1.9 23.2 ± 2.2 0.1 (0.1 – 0.1) pennation angle (°) 18.7 ± 1.9 18.4 ± 1.7 0.8 (0.6 – 1.2) fascicle length (mm)* 63.6 ± 8 56 ± 5.3 1.2 (1 – 1.9) thickness (mm) 15.9 ± 2.4 15.4 ± 1.7 0.1 (0.1 – 0.1) volume (cm³) 103.5 ± 19.4 111.1 ± 19.8 2.7 (1.7 – 7.9) pcsa (cm²)* 16.4 ± 2.8 19.9 ± 2.5 0.8 (0.5 – 2.5) data are expressed as mean ± standard deviation. * indicates p< 0.05 between case and control groups; pcsa, physiological cross-sectional area; ci, confidence interval. table 3. ultrasound architectural measurements of the gastrocnemius lateral head (gl) of participants in the case and control groups gl architectural parameter case group (n = 10) control group (n = 10) typical error (95% ci) muscle belly length (cm) 21.4 ± 0.9 22.4 ± 2.5 0.1 (0.1 – 0.3) pennation angle (°)* 12.5 ± 1.8 14.3 ± 1.0 0.8 (0.6 – 1.2) fascicle length (mm)* 77.8 ± 9 66.2 ± 7.6 1.7 (1.3 – 2.6) thickness (mm) 12.6 ± 2.3 12.8 ± 1.1 0.1 (0.1 – 0.2) volume (cm³) 57.9 ± 10.2 70.0 ± 17.5 3.0 (1.8 – 8.7) pcsa (cm²)* 7.5 ± 1.5 10.7 ± 2.8 0.4 (0.2 – 1.0) data are expressed as mean ± standard deviation. * indicates p< 0.05 between case and control groups; pcsa, physiological cross-sectional area; ci, confidence interval. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 fascicle length the physiological cross-sectional area of a muscle is directly proportional to its force production. [8] the formula for calculating a muscle’s physiological cross-sectional area (pcsa) is: pcsa = v/lƒ where v is muscle volume and lƒ is fascicle length. [19] a larger fascicle length has a negative effect on a muscle’s physiological cross-sectional area, and similarly a negative effect on a muscle’s force production. [8] previous studies have found that reduced plantar flexor force production is a significant risk factor for achilles tendinopathy. [6] this would imply that distance runners with achilles tendinopathy are likely to have longer fascicle lengths than their uninjured counterparts. our findings supported this, as significantly greater fascicle lengths of gm and gl were identified in the injured runners compared to the controls. these findings suggest that increased gastrocnemius fascicle lengths could be associated with achilles tendinopathy in distance runners. due to the cross-sectional nature of this study, we cannot speculate on whether these differences in gastrocnemius fascicle length were pre-existing of the condition or resultant from the condition. muscle thickness muscle thickness has been previously shown to correlate positively with muscle volume, physiological cross-sectional area and pennation angle. these architectural variables have also been positively associated with muscle force production and strength increases secondary to resistance training. [8] with plantar flexor weakness identified as a risk factor for achilles tendinopathy [6] and the relationship outlined above between muscle thickness and force production, it could be expected that distance runners with achilles tendinopathy would have lower muscle thickness measures than uninjured distance runners. however, this was not the case in our study, as no significant differences in gm or gl muscle thickness was found between the groups. muscle belly length reduced ankle dorsiflexion range of movement (with the knee in an extended position) has been identified as a significant risk factor for achilles tendinopathy, with a shortened gastrocnemius muscle length proposed as the restricting factor. [7] distance runners with achilles tendinopathy would therefore be expected to have shorter gastrocnemius muscle belly lengths than their uninjured counterparts. in our study, there were no significant differences in gm or gl muscle belly length between the respective case and control groups. thus, our results do not support the previous hypothesis that reduced gastrocnemius muscle belly lengths are associated with achilles tendinopathy. [7] our results could, however; suggest that the reduced dorsiflexion range of movement identified as a significant risk factor for achilles tendinopathy [7], could have an alternative underlying cause other than reduced gastrocnemius muscle belly length. another possible restrictive factor is the intrinsic mechanical properties of the tendon, namely its compliance, which could contribute to restricted ankle dorsiflexion range during functional loading of the ankle with running. [20] muscle volume larger muscle volumes have been shown to correlate positively with other architectural variables, such as pennation angle, muscle thickness and physiological cross-sectional area. similarly, muscle volume has also been associated with higher muscle force production and positive changes in force production with resistance training. [8] reduced plantar flexor force production is a significant risk factor for achilles tendinopathy. [6] because of this, the previously established correlations between muscle volume and muscle force production would suggest that the muscle volume of distance runners with achilles tendinopathy would be lower than uninjured distance runners. we found no significant differences in gm or gl muscle volume between the case and control groups. our results suggest that there is no association between gastrocnemius muscle volume and achilles tendinopathy in distance runners. physiological cross-sectional area the physiological cross-sectional area is directly proportional to a muscle’s force production capacity. [8] therefore, this architectural parameter is an important determinant of the muscle’s ability to perform its function. [8] reduced plantar flexor force production has been reported as a significant risk factor for achilles tendinopathy. [6] reduced physiological cross-sectional area could therefore be a risk factor for this condition through its directly proportional relationship to muscle force production. subsequently, distance runners with achilles tendinopathy would be more likely to have lower physiological cross-sectional areas than uninjured distance runners. we identified significantly lower physiological crosssectional areas for gm and gl in the case group compared to the control group. this finding supports the previous finding that reduced gastrocnemius strength is associated with achilles tendinopathy, as well as providing further support for a relationship between gastrocnemius architecture and achilles tendinopathy. [6] comparisons with other architectural studies the pennation angles, fascicle lengths and muscle belly lengths reported in our study were similar to those reported in previous studies investigating gastrocnemius architecture. [9-11; 14-17; 19; 20] however, the gastrocnemius muscle thicknesses, volumes and pcsa reported in our study are slightly lower than other studies in the field. [9-11; 14-17; 19; 20] this could be explained by slightly differing and non-standardised testing procedures used during the ultrasound investigation of these studies. in addition, a number of these studies utilised magnetic resonance imaging (mri) to measure some of the architectural parameters. the different imaging modalities and testing procedures utilised in gastrocnemius architecture measurement could lead to reduced validity in cross-study comparisons. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 context within muscle architecture research numerous studies have investigated the architectural parameters of the gastrocnemius muscle in healthy participants, and specifically distance runners. [9-11; 14-17; 19; 20] however, no comparative analyses have been performed on gastrocnemius architectural differences between healthy and injured distance runners, regardless of the type of pathology. therefore, most research in this area has been descriptive and non-comparative in nature. this leads to muscle architecture research having minimal clinical application currently. studies of other bodily regions have established correlations between pathology and muscle architecture. an example of such findings are alterations in the multifidus and transversus abdominis architecture that have been identified in individuals with lower back pain. [12] because of the paucity of clinically relevant research in the area of lower limb muscle architecture, this study stands out as a starting point for research in this area that could have impacts on the clinical assessment and injury prevention strategies for achilles tendinopathy. limitations the primary limitation of this study was the small sample size resulting in the study being underpowered. this reduces the internal and external validity of this study’s findings. another limitation was the study’s cross-sectional nature. this type of research design does not allow for inferences on cause and effect and does not provide us with the ability to conclude whether the differences in architecture identified between the case and control groups were predisposing or secondary to the condition of the case group. to address these limitations, it is recommended that future research is conducted longitudinally with larger sample sizes to assist in further exploring the relationship between gastrocnemius architecture and achilles tendinopathy. the perspective of this study whilst the ankle joint progresses from dorsiflexion to plantarflexion during the stance phase of the running gait cycle, muscular length does not change excessively. however, changes in the length of the achilles tendon predominantly contribute to the stretch-shortening cycle of the musculotendinous unit. [20] the muscle fascicles are the contractile units that act as tensioners of the tendon to assist this spring-like function. this indicates interplay between the muscle’s fascicles and the dynamics of tendon loading. [20] thus, the architecture and functional capacity of these fascicles would influence the loading dynamics of the achilles tendon and associated achilles tendon pathology. our study’s findings provide support for pursuing further investigation into the relationship between gastrocnemius architecture, gastrocnemius function and achilles tendinopathy. conclusion based on the findings in this study, there are significant differences in some components of gastrocnemius architecture between distance runners with achilles tendinopathy and uninjured controls. due to the cross-sectional nature of our study, we cannot comment on whether these differences were pre-existing or secondary to the condition. while theoretical models provide rationales for the findings we observed, further rigorous longitudinal investigations with larger sample sizes are needed to expand further on these relationships and provide more conclusive results. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: we would like to thank all the participants for volunteering their valuable time during the testing procedure. author contributions: bp conceived the study, carried out the ultrasound investigations and drafted the manuscript. kb assisted in the conception of the study, assisted with the preparation for the ultrasound investigations and approved the final draft. tb conceived the study, participated in its design and coordination, and approved the final draft. references 1. taunton je, ryan mb, clement db, et al. a retrospective casecontrol analysis of 2002 running injuries. br j sports med 2002; 36(2): 95 101. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.36.2.95][ pmid: 11916889] 2. van gent rn, siem d, van middelkoop m, et al. incidence and determinants of lower extremity running injuries in long distance runners: a systematic review. br j sports med 2007; 41(8): 469 – 480. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2006.033548] [pmid: 17473005] 3. cook jl, purdam cr. is tendon pathology a continuum? a pathology model to explain the clinical presentation of loadinduced tendinopathy. br j sports med 2009; 43(6): 409 – 416. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2008.051193][pmid: 18812414] 4. novacheck tf. the biomechanics of running. gait posture 1998; 7(1): 77 – 95. [doi: 10.1016/s0966-6362(97)000386][pmid: 10200378] 5. sharma p, maffuli n. biology of tendon injury: healing, modeling and remodeling. j musculoskelet neuronal interact 2006; 6(2): 181 – 190 [pmid: 16849830] 6. mahieu nn, witvrouw e, stevens v, et al. intrinsic risk factors for the development of achilles tendon overuse injury: a prospective study. am j sports med 2006; 34(2): 226 – 235. [doi: 10.1177/0363546505279918][pmid: 16260469] 7. kaufman kr, brodine sk, shaffer ra, et al. the effect of foot structure and range of motion on musculoskeletal overuse injuries. am j sports med 1999; 27(5): 585 – 593. [doi: 10.1177/03635465990270050701] [pmid: 10496574] 8. lieber rl, friden j. functional and clinical significance of skeletal muscle architecture. muscle nerve 2000; 23(11): 1647-1666. [doi: 10.1002/1097-4598(200011)23:11<1647::aid-mus1>3.0.co;2m][pmid: 11054744] 9. kawakami y, ichinose y, fukunaga t. architectural and functional features of human triceps surae muscles during contraction. j appl physiol 1998; 85(2): 398 – 404. [doi: 10.1152/jappl.1998.85.2.398][pmid: 9688711] 10. raj is, bird sr, shield aj. reliability of ultrasonographic measurement of the architecture of the vastus lateralis and gastrocnemius medialis muscles in older adults. clinl physiol funct imaging 2012; 32(1) 65 – 70. [doi: 10.1111/j.1475097x.2011.01056.x][pmid: 22152081] original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 11. esformes ji, narici mv, maganaris cn. measurement of human muscle volume using ultrasonography. eur j appl physiol 2002; 87(1): 90 – 92. [doi: 10.1007/s00421-002-05926][pmid: 12012082] 12. whittaker jl, stokes m. ultrasound imaging and muscle function. j orthop sports phy ther 2011; 41(8): 572 – 580. [doi:10.2519/jospt.2011.3682]pmid: 21654098] 13. barnett sb, ter haar gr, ziskin mc, et al. international recommendations and guidelines for the safe use of diagnostic ultrasound in medicine. ultrasound med biol 2000; 26(3), 355 – 366. [doi: 10.1016/s0301-5629(00)00204-0][pmid: 10773365] 14. arampatzis a, de monte g, karamanidis k, et al. influence of the muscle-tendon unit’s mechanical and morphological properties on running economy. j exp biol 2006; 209 (pt 17): 3345 – 3357. [doi: 10.1242/jeb.02340][pmid: 16916971] 15. karamanidis k, arampatzis a. mechanical and morphological properties of different muscle-tendon units in the lower extremity and running mechanics: effect of aging and physical activity. j exp biol 2005; 208(.pt.20): 3907 – 3923. [doi: 10.1242/jeb.01830][pmid: 16916971] 16. buchholtz ka, lambert mi, bosch a, et al. calf muscle architecture and function in ultra runners and low physical activity individuals: a comparative review. transl sports med 2018; 1(6),250-256. [doi: 10.1002/tsm2.45] 17. abe t, kumagai k, brechue wf. fascicle length of leg muscles is greater in sprinters than distance runners. med sci sports exer 2000; 32(6): 1125 – 1129. [doi: 0195-9131/00/3206-1125/0] [pmid: 10862540] 18. world medical association special communication. world medical association declaration of helsinki ethical principles for medical research involving human subjects. j a m a2013; 310(20): 2191 – 2194. [doi:10.1001/jama.2013.281053] [pmid: 24141714] 19. albracht k, arampatzis a, baltzopoulos v. assessment of muscle volume and physiological cross-sectional area of the human triceps surae muscle in vivo. j biomech 2008; 41(10): 2211 – 2218. [doi: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2008.04.020] [pmid: 18555257] 20. kubo k, kanehisa h, takeshita d, et al. in vivo dynamics of human medial gastrocnemius muscletendon complex during stretch-shortening cycle exercise. acta physiol scand 2000; 170(2): 127 – 135. [doi: 10.1046/j.1365-201x.2000.00768.x] [pmid: 11114950] case report 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license acetabular fracture after cycling related falls: high index of suspicion is required to avoid missing the injury on plain radiographs j swart,1 mbchb, phd; m horak,2 llm, mbchb; r de villiers,3 mbchb, mmed; c oberholzer,4 bsc physiotherapy; a rotunno,5 mbchb, msc 1 hpals research centre. department of human biology, university of cape town, sports science institute of south africa 2 university of stellenbosch, faculty of health sciences, stellenbosch, south africa 3 sports science radiology practice, winelands radiology. newlands, cape town, south africa 4 carla oberholzer physiotherapy, medical centre, main street, clarens, south africa 5 cape sports medicine, sports science institute of south africa, newlands, cape town, south africa corresponding author: j swart (jeroen.swart@uct.ac.za) case report cycling as a medium of transport and as a competitive sport has steadily increased in recent decades.[1,2] traumatic injuries secondary to falls and collisions occur relatively frequently. the majority of these injuries are abrasions and contusions with fractures of the hand, wrist and clavicle the more common bony injuries. fractures of the ankle and lower leg also occur relatively frequently.[3,4] in comparison, fractures of the hip and pelvis are less common, with no studies to date reporting their exact incidence in this sport. injuries to the acetabulum are reported even less frequently and only two case reports with respect to cycling-related acetabular injuries have been published to date.[5,6] there have been a concerning number of accounts suggesting that habitual road cycling may predispose one to low bone mineral density in the hip and lumbar spine.[7,8] it is therefore important to have a high index of suspicion for hip and pelvis fractures when treating cycling-related traumatic injuries. we present four cases that highlight the insidious nature of acetabular fractures in cyclists and document their management and recovery. case 1 a 64-year-old competitive cyclist sustained a fall while traversing technical off-road trails while riding his mountain bike. he fell directly onto his right side, predominantly the hip and flank. he was able to continue cycling but developed progressive pain while bearing weight on the right side after completing his cycle. during an assessment at a local emergency unit an x-ray of the right hip was requested and this was reported as normal (figure 1). he was reassured and was discharged but due to ongoing severe pain, the patient contacted his sports physician, who requested a computed tomography scan of the right hip and acetabulum based on suspicion of an underlying fracture. the scan demonstrated an undisplaced fracture of the anterior column of the right acetabulum, extending into the roof of the right acetabulum. superiorly, it extended into the right iliac bone and inferiorly extended into the proximal right superior pubic ramus (figure 2). the patient was advised to use crutches with no weight bearing for a period of two weeks, followed by partial weight bearing for a further three weeks if pain-free. he was able to commence low-intensity stationary cycling after two weeks and was pain-free and able to resume all normal activities after five weeks. cycling participation as a medium of transport and as a competitive sport has steadily increased in recent decades. traumatic injuries secondary to falls and collisions occur relatively frequently. fractures of the hip and pelvis are uncommon with no studies to date reporting their exact incidence in this sport. injuries specific to the acetabulum are reported even less frequently. we present four cases that highlight the insidious nature of acetabular fractures in cyclists and document their management and recovery. the number of acetabular fractures following falls from bicycles directly onto the lateral hip result in a relatively high number of fractures. many of these may be missed due to the absence of findings on plain x-ray imaging.it is therefore important to have a high index of suspicion for hip and pelvis fractures when treating cycling related traumatic injuries. keywords: cycling, traumatic injuries, epidemiology s afr j sports med 2022; 34:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14526 fig. 1. case 1: x-ray of the right hip on the day of injury http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14526 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7098-0313 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5238-884x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2471-4983 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6114-126x case report sajsm vol.34 no.1 2022 2 case 2 a 29-year-old competitive female cyclist sustained a fall during a crash in the peloton while competing in a road cycling race. she fell directly onto her right side, with her right hip making contact with the tarmac. she was unable to continue cycling or bear any weight on the affected right leg and was taken directly to the emergency unit. on assessment, an x-ray was requested and was reported as normal. due to progressive severe pain and continued inability to weight bear on the right leg, the patient made contact with her sports physician who requested an mri scan of the right hip and acetabulum on suspicion of a fracture. this demonstrated a fracture of the anterior column of the right acetabulum (figure 3) which was undisplaced with related bone marrow and soft tissue oedema. in addition, there was a linear fracture in the coronal plane extending through the acetabular roof (figure 4) immediately posterior to the midline as well as through the junction of the middle and anterior third of the quadrilateral plate. the patient was advised to use crutches with no weight bearing for a period of at least three weeks, followed by a period of partial weight bearing for a further three weeks if pain-free. the patient was able to commence low-intensity stationary cycling after three weeks and progressed to gentle low-force cycling outdoors after four weeks. she continued to use one crutch during weight bearing until six weeks at which time she was completely pain-free and able to resume all normal activities. case 3 a 32-year-old professional female cyclist sustained a fall during training and fell directly onto her right side, predominantly onto her hip and shoulder. she was able to continue cycling for approximately 30 minutes but with moderate pain when attempting to produce power with her right leg. she was able to weight bear with minimal pain directly after the fall but her pain increased during that same day and she reported to the emergency unit in the afternoon. following a clinical assessment, an x-ray was requested and this was reported as normal. the attending doctor had a high level of suspicion due to the patient’s occupation as a professional cyclist, the nature of her fall and her level of pain, and therefore requested a ct scan. this demonstrated an undisplaced fracture of the anterior column of the right acetabulum which extended into the iliopubic eminence. fig. 2. case 1: computed tomography scan of the right hip 2 days post injury demonstrating a fracture of the anterior column and extension into the roof of the acetabulum fig. 3. case 2: mri scan of the right hip on the day of injury demonstrating a fracture of the anterior column fig. 4. case 2: mri scan of the right hip on the day of injury demonstrating fracture of the acetabular roof case report 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 the patient was advised to use crutches and remain nonweight bearing for one week. she was advised to increase weight bearing as the symptoms settled. after two weeks, she was able to walk without assistance. one week post-injury she commenced low-intensity training on a stationary cycle and progressed from 1h to 2.5h during the first week and to a maximum of 4h at the end of week two. three weeks post-injury she was able to return to full training outdoors and has had no further symptoms. case 4 a 68-year-old female recreational cyclist sustained a fall during training and fell onto her left side, directly onto the lateral hip. she was assessed by a physiotherapist and referred for further assessment one week later due to significant pain and disability. an x-ray of the hip and pelvis were assessed as normal (figure 5) and she was discharged with instructions to undergo mri scanning if symptoms did not resolve rapidly. the patient subsequently continued to perform activities of daily living while fully weight bearing despite ongoing pain and disability. she returned for a follow-up four weeks later, at which time an mri scan of the hip and pelvis was performed. this demonstrated an undisplaced fracture of the anterior column of the right acetabulum as well as an undisplaced fracture of the left ischial ramus, with associated reactive bone oedema, and early callus formation (figure 6). she was instructed to non-weight bear for a period of four weeks, with weekly follow-ups. she had some persistent pain, but this gradually settled. after six weeks, with a gradual transition from partial to full weight bearing her symptoms resolved and she was able to weight-bear with no pain and resume stationary cycling as well as progress with her rehabilitation exercises. discussion we present four cases which we encountered consecutively over a period of 18 months. each of these cases demonstrated a similar mechanism of injury; direct fall onto the lateral hip when falling during cycling. each case was assessed in a trauma centre and three of the four cases were re-assured following plain x-ray imaging. all four cases demonstrated a fracture of the acetabulum on ct or mri imaging. all four cases sustained a fracture of the anterior column with an extension of the fracture into the roof of the acetabulum (two cases) or anteriorly into the iliopubic eminence (two cases). following identification of the fracture each of the cases recovered without complication. in the first three cases with early diagnosis, each was able to ambulate with non-weight bearing for one-three weeks and partial weight bearing for a further two-three weeks after diagnosis. these cases were able to cycle on a stationary cycle between one and three weeks post-injury and all three cases were asymptomatic and returned to full activity between three and six weeks postinjury. one case followed a delayed recovery due to a four week delay in the diagnosis of an acetabular fracture and during which the patient continued to weight bear. during this same period of time, we did not encounter any patients who presented to our clinic with lateral hip pain following a similar mechanism of injury but where a fracture was not demonstrated. as a result, we can infer that the number of acetabular fractures following falls from bicycles directly onto the lateral hip result in a relatively high number of fractures or that when patients seek further medical attention due to significant pain following this mechanism of injury, there is a high likelihood of fracture. many of these may be missed due to absence of findings on plain x-ray imaging. despite the probability of these relatively high rates of bony injury, these patients most likely suffer no sequelae due to the stability of these fractures and the limitation in activity imposed by pain during weight bearing activity. clinicians should maintain a high index of suspicion in patients who have direct falls onto the lateral hip and subsequently experience pain with weight bearing activity. fig. 5. case 4: x-ray of the left hip one week after the injury fig. 6. case 4: 3-d ct scan of the pelvis and left hip four weeks after injury (top arrow showing acetabular fracture, bottom arrow showing ischial ramus fracture and callus formation) case report sajsm vol.34 no.1 2022 4 both ct and mri are excellent modalities to confirm or exclude these fractures. patients with confirmed fractures should be managed with non-weight bearing on the affected side for at least one week or until symptoms allow transition to relatively pain free partial weight bearing. resumption of stationary indoor cycling when symptoms allow may aid recovery by maintaining range of motion and muscle strength. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: js: conception, design, data collection, analysis, interpretation, drafting, approval. ar: data collection, analysis, drafting, approval. mh: data collection, analysis, approval. co: data collection, analysis, approval. rdv: analysis, drafting, (could not approve final version as he is deceased). references 1. pucher j, garrard j, greaves s. cycling down under: a comparative analysis of bicycling trends and policies in sydney and melbourne. j transp geogr 2011;19(2):332-345. [doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtrangeo.2010.02.007] 2. fishman e. cycling as transport. trans rev 2016;36(1):1-8. [doi: 10.1080/01441647.2015.1114271] 3. bohlmann jt. injuries in competitive cycling. phys sportsmed 1981;9(5):117-124. [doi: 10.1080/00913847.1981.11711083] [pmid: 27453026] 4. mellion mb. common cycling injuries: management and prevention. sports med 1991;11(1):52-70. [doi: 10.2165/00007256-199111010-00004] [pmid: 2011683] 5. bass a, lovell me. two cases of acetabular fractures sustained during competitive cycling. br j sports med 1995;29(3):205-206. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.29.3.205] [pmid: 8800858] 6. cerynik dl, roshon m, abzug jm, harding sp, tom ja. pelvic fractures in professional cyclists: a report of 3 cases. sports health 2009;1(3):265-270. [doi: 10.1177/1941738108326704] [pmid: 23015883] 7. barry dw, kohrt wm. bmd decreases over the course of a year in competitive male cyclists. j bone miner res 2008;23(4):484491. [doi: 10.1359/jbmr.071203] [pmid: 18072875] 8. smathers am, bemben mg, bemben da. bone density comparisons in male competitive road cyclists and untrained controls. med sci sports exerc 2009;41(2):290-296. [doi: 10.1249/mss.0b013e318185493e] [pmid: 19127198] 30 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research short report incidental intima-media wall changes in the lower-limb arteries: a case series in habitual distance runners b roos1; w derman,2,3 mbchb, bsc (med) (hons), phd 1 sonographer, musculoskeletal ultrasound department, centre for orthopaedics, johannesburg, south africa 2 institute for sport & exercise medicine, division of orthopaedic surgery, faculty of medicine and health science, stellenbosch university, south africa 3 international olympic committee (ioc) research centre, south africa corresponding author: w derman (ewderman@sun.ac.za) this case series describes the observed presence of echogenic circular “beads” identified by high-resolution ultrasound imaging in the peripheral arterial walls of the lower limbs of three vascularly asymptomatic runners. the aetiology, mechanisms and clinical implications of these observations remain uncertain. keywords: ultrasound, calcification, beads, endurance runners, arterial wall s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):30-32. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a689 high-resolution ultrasound is a popular and cost effective imaging modality used in the practice of sport and exercise medicine for the evaluation of soft tissue injury. indeed, this modality is the imaging investigation of choice in the evaluation of skeletal muscle injury, aponeurotic tears, ligament injuries, tendinopathy and evaluation of soft tissue swelling. it is also an important diagnostic modality in the evaluation of vascular conditions including deep venous thrombosis and peripheral arterial disease. a number of clinical ultrasonographers including the first author of this report have (during musculoskeletal ultrasound conducted for reasons of injury evaluation) noticed the presence of echogenic circular “bead” shaped calcifications in the arterial wall (intimamedia space) of the peripheral lower limb arteries in runners. the vessels identified with this phenomenon include the posterior tibial, anterior tibial, popliteal and (to a lesser extent) the superficial femoral arteries. discussions with colleagues in the radiology, orthopaedic and vascular fields have failed to explain this finding. it has been suggested that this phenomenon might be a variant of mönckeberg’s medial sclerosis which might be exacerbated by running, however literature searches targeting this phenomenon have failed to yield many results.[1] it is of interest that a literature search did identify a study of the mechanical stress effects on the cardiovascular adaptations of peripheral arterial calcifications among athletes.[6] methods this case series describes the appearance observed in the lower limb vasculature of three runners who underwent ultrasound evaluation of the lower limb due to musculoskeletal injury. all three athletes were in a similar age group (49-52 years), of similar build and have similar histories of many years of road-running. two of the athletes are brothers, the third athlete is unrelated. all athletes underwent ultrasound scanning of the lower limb for either ankle sprain or calf strain. a philips epiq 5 ultrasound scanner (philips, netherlands) using an 18 mhz transducer with harmonic imaging was used in the imaging evaluations. all athletes described in this study provided written consent for their clinical material to be used in this publication. images captured from ultrasound scanning of the three athletes described in table 1 are shown in figures 2 to 6. as a control image, an asymptomatic 50-year-old male underwent ultrasound scanning as a means to demonstrate the normal anatomy and provide a “control”. the image from this individual is shown in figure 1. fig. 1. normal smooth intima of the posterior tibial artery of a 50-year-old physically inactive individual fig. 2. ultrasound conducted for ankle sprain of athlete 1 [note arrows show echogenic intima-media thickening (beads) in the distal posterior tibial artery] fig. 3. ultrasound conducted for ankle sprain of athlete 2. arrows indicate echogenic intima-media calcification (beads) in the left anterior tibial artery [note posterior shadowing in sections as the deposits become denser] mailto:ewderman@sun.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a689 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 31 original research fig. 4. left lateral ankle x-ray post injury in athlete 2 [note incidental arterial calcifications visible] fig. 5. intimal-medial calcific bead-like deposits in the left posterior tibial artery of athlete 3 fig. 6. calcific deposits in right posterior tibial artery deposits of athlete 3 [note deposits cause shadowing, resulting in only partial visualisation of the colour doppler flow. the doppler spectral trace of flow is, however, normal.] fig. 7. ultrasound scan of the carotid artery of athlete 3 [note the smooth non-calcified vascular wall] the clinical and sporting characteristics of the three runners are shown in table 1. discussion this case series describes vascular beadlike calcifications as an incidental finding in the intima-media layers of the lower limb vasculature in three endurance runners who underwent musculoskeletal ultrasound scanning for lower limb soft tissue injury. many practicing ultrasonographers have observed this phenomenon in endurance runners. it is assumed that the nature of the hyperechoic regions described above are calcific in origin.[2] in the early stages of these lesions in younger runners, the deposits do not cause any posterior shadowing to suggest calcium as a component. it is therefore possible that the lesions seen might represent lipid or fibrotic deposits. over time, however, the deposits do cause marked shadowing on ultrasound, to the point of preventing visualisation of sections of the vessel lumen (figure 6). most of the literature describing vascular ultrasound investigations in the athletic and non-athletic populations show that they were performed as diagnostic tests secondary to the presence of vascular symptoms. for example, iliac artery stenosis in cyclists has been well researched and involves endofibrosis, a pathological process characterised by thickening of the vessel intima, causing progressive stenosis of the lumen and impaired blood flow.[3] fibromuscular dysplasia is a further disorder that has been described but predominantly affects the medial or adventitial layers of the arterial wall and typically involves the renal or extracranial cerebrovascular arteries.[4] the condition described in this series is also clearly different from cystic adventitial disease, in which mucoid cysts develop within the adventitial layer of typically the popliteal artery, increasing adventitial thickness and compromising flow.[5] mönckeberg’s sclerosis has some similar features to the cases described in this series, but tends to result in a stiffening of the elastic layer of the arterial wall. in addition, it is usually observed in the major lower limb arteries of the elderly, but can occur in the head, neck and pelvis. it is important to note that the vascular calcifications described in this series were only noted in the arteries of the lower limb and not in the carotid vessels (figure 7). it is also important to note that increased calcium and calcium scores in the coronary arteries of endurance runners has recently been described.[6] the clinical relevance of these findings is yet to be determined. it is tempting to speculate that the deposits described may be related to an inflammatory process of the arterial walls due to the repetitive jarring impact of the foot on a hard surface. however, to the knowledge of these authors, no biopsies have been performed to establish the aetiology of the deposits. acknowledgements: ms roos would like to acknowledge the support and enthusiasm of dr mark ferguson, prof mike lambert and dr jon patricios who assisted with encouragement of the first author to present these observations. thanks to the three athletes for the permission to use their data. competing interests: none. 32 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research table 1. characteristics of the three runners described in this series parameters athlete 1 athlete 2 athlete 3 height (m) 1.8 m 1.6 m 1.8 m weight (kg) 67 65 80 age (yrs.) 52 51 49 years running 29 25 11 constant, then intermittent short distances i.e. track + field minimal minimal 5 yrs. : 800-5000 m long distances i.e. 10 km+ multiple multiple multiple ultramarathons i.e. > 42.2 km 22 22 none marathons (42.2 km) 130 40 none half marathons (21.2 km) 400 150 several triathlons 12 ultra + 60 std 7 ultra + several std multiple std other sporting disciplines: canoe/cycle canoe/cycle/yoga swimming, cycling, gym exercise sessions per week: 7 to 12 4 5 to 7 major injuries/illness: stress # alar x 2 car/motorbike accidents lateral ligament complexes patella tendinopathy no major limb injuries both ankles 1980s bilharzia x 2 some knee + ankle issues maisonneuve # left 2010 muscles tears/sprains (arterial calcifications incidental on x-ray) (arterial calcifications incidental on x-ray) cholesterol concentration (mmol/l) 4.8 5.2 5.1 smoking habit never several years, but not for 25 years never abbreviations: m = metres km = kilometres yrs = years std = standard mmol/l = millimol per litre references 1. gielen s, schuler g, adams v. cardiovascular effects of exercise training: molecular mechanisms. circulation 2010;122:1221-1238. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/ circulationaha.110.939959] 2. drűeke tb. arterial intima and media calcification: distinct entities with different pathogenesis or all the same? clin j am soc nephrol 2008;3: 1583-1584. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.2215/cjn.03250708] 3. peach g, schep g, palfreeman r, et al. endofibrosis and kinking of the iliac arteries in athletes: a systematic review. eur j vascendovasc surg 2012;43:208-217. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ejvs.2011.11.019] 4. perdu j, boutouyrie p, bourgain c, et al. inheritance of arterial lesions in renal fibromuscular dysplasia. j hum hypertens 2007;21:393-400. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1038/sj.jhh.1002156] 5. frança m, pinto j, machado r, et al. case 157: bilateral adventitial cystic disease of the popliteal artery 1. radiology 2010;255:655-660. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1148/ radiol.10082211] 6. o’keefe jh, patil hr, lavie cj, et al. potential adverse cardiovascular effects from excessive endurance exercise. mayo clinic proc 2012;87:587-595. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.mayocp.2012.04.005] http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/circulationaha.110.939959 http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/circulationaha.110.939959 http://dx.doi.org/10.2215/cjn.03250708 http://dx.doi.org/10.2215/cjn.03250708 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ejvs.2011.11.019 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ejvs.2011.11.019 http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/sj.jhh.1002156 http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/sj.jhh.1002156 http://dx.doi.org/10.1148/radiol.10082211 http://dx.doi.org/10.1148/radiol.10082211 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.mayocp.2012.04.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.mayocp.2012.04.005 case report 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license bilateral patellar tendon rupture in a weightlifter during an acute high-loading resistance exercise bout: a case study la alexander,1 mbchb, dippec, msc (sem); jt mchunu,1 m.d; rd kgabu, 2 mbchb, fc orth; ew derman,3,4 mbchb, phd 1 orthopaedic registrar, department of orthopaedics, faculty of health sciences, school of clinical medicine, university of the witwatersrand, south africa 2 consultant orthopaedic surgeon, department of orthopaedics, faculty of health sciences, school of clinical medicine, university of the witwatersrand, south africa 3 institute of sport and exercise medicine, division of orthopaedic surgery, department of surgical sciences, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, south africa 4 ioc research centre, south africa corresponding author: la alexander (laine_alexander@hotmail.com) case report bilateral patellar tendon ruptures are exceedingly uncommon, especially when they occur in individuals without predisposing risk factors or systemic disease. [1,2] due to its rarity, many cases are missed on initial presentation resulting in poor patient outcomes.[1] identifying associated risk factors could potentially mitigate this oversight.[1] understanding the mechanism of injury and having a high index of suspicion could aid accurate diagnosis. rupture typically occurs during a jumping event, when a strong quadriceps contraction is paired with a knee flexed at around 60 degrees.[3] the most frequently reported symptoms include knee pain, immediate knee swelling and difficulty bearing weight. physical examination may reveal a highriding patella, a large haemarthrosis, a palpable gap at the inferior pole of the patella, and a patient who is unable to perform a straight leg raise. treatment of complete tears and/or those with extensor mechanism disruption, is typically surgical repair.[2] we report a case of a healthy, recreational weightlifter who sustained bilateral traumatic patellar tendon ruptures. we discuss how poor load management may have predisposed our patient to this injury. history a 32-year-old male, recreational weightlifter presented with a history of severe, acute, bilateral knee pain and swelling. he reported hearing a sharp popping sound whilst attempting to perform a weighted deep squat manoeuvre the previous day. he subsequently collapsed to the floor and was unable to walk thereafter. he had no known medical comorbidities and no known risk factors associated with tendon ruptures. specifically, he denied using fluroquinolones, anabolic or corticosteroids, and reported no history of patellar tendinopathy or related injuries. a sporting history revealed that our patient only had five months of weightlifting experience and that he had significantly and rapidly increased the resistance load on the index deep squat manoeuvre from what he was previously accustomed to. his current one-repetition maximum (1rm) was 42 kg and here a weight of 84 kg was attempted. the patient had previously been training at his home gym but was afforded the opportunity to use heavier weight options at the new training facility located at his place of employment. physical examination on inspection of both knees, they appeared swollen with superiorly displaced patellae noted. the displacement and effusions were confirmed on palpation. furthermore, his knees were tender on palpation mainly over the inferior patellae poles. he was unable to perform a straight leg raise or actively extend either knee, confirming disrupted lower limb extensor mechanisms. standard clinical tests for ligament and meniscal injury were unremarkable. there was no neurovascular compromise. initial differential diagnosis included bilateral patella fractures, quadriceps tendon injuries and patellar tendon injuries. imaging and diagnosis x-rays revealed an increased insall-salvati index on both sides (left: 2.0, right: 2.1) with bony avulsion, inferior to the left patella, most likely arising from the inferior pole (fig. 1a/1b).[1] bilateral patellar tendon ruptures are exceedingly uncommon, especially when they occur in individuals without predisposing risk factors or systemic disease. due to its rarity, many cases are missed on initial presentation resulting in poor patient outcomes. identifying associated risk factors aids in diagnosis and mitigates this oversight. we report a case of a healthy, recreational weightlifter who sustained bilateral patellar tendon ruptures during an acute high-loading resistance exercise bout. we discuss how a spike in acute workload may have predisposed our patient to this injury. research into training load and athlete injury risk is currently in vogue, however, no studies have analysed whether poor load management increases the risk of tendon ruptures. this case prompts awareness for clinicians who diagnose and manage this injury and helps to stimulate the formation of educational initiatives for athletes and coaches, aimed at injury prevention. keywords: extensor mechanism, load, injury, sport s afr j sports med 2022; 34:1-3. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a11781 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a11781 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0885-7135 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6837-7918 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6284-7122 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8879-177x case report sajsm vol.34 no.1 2022 2 a final diagnosis of bilateral patellar tendon ruptures was made. the patient was admitted to hospital, where his lower extremities were immobilised in full extension. analgesic drugs were administered and he was prepped for surgical intervention. surgery and its outcome intra-operative findings confirmed bilateral patellar tendon ruptures arising from the inferior patella poles, with an associated bony avulsion on the left (fig. 1c). acute tears are treated surgically via direct primary repair. end-to-end repairs are used for acute mid-substance tears and transosseous sutures or suture anchors are used for proximal or distal injuries. this differs from chronic tears, where reconstruction using an autograft or allograft is preferred. [3] our definitive management involved a traditional, direct primary surgical repair with non-absorbable transosseous krakow whip sutures augmented with a surrounding nonabsorbable mesh tape (fig. 1d). the retinaculum was repaired bilaterally (fig. 1e). no surgical complications resulted. after follow-ups at two, six and 12 weeks, whilst adhering to a comprehensive multidisciplinary rehabilitation plan, the patient made a full recovery. contact at six months revealed full range of motion in both knees and a successful return to his pre-injury sporting level. discussion the patellar tendon forms part of the knee extensor mechanism and consists of tightly packed parallel collagen fibres capable of significant tensile strength, such that acute rupture of a healthy tendon is extremely uncommon.[3] most ruptures occur at the inferior pole followed by the midsubstance area.[3] unilateral extensor mechanism injuries are 15 times more common than bilateral injuries.[2] with regards to weight-bearing structures, an achilles tendon rupture is far more common than a patellar tendon rupture. the low incidence is a result of the bony patella, considered the weakest part of the extensor mechanism, failing before the adjacent tendinous components.[4] patellar tendon rupture cases are distributed bimodally. seventy percent are seen in the seventh decade of life and are mostly related to spontaneous ruptures associated with chronic medical conditions (e.g. renal disease or systemic lupus erythematosus) or medication use (e.g. fluroquinolones).[1,2] the remainder of cases are seen in individuals under the age of 40 during sports such as netball and weightlifting. in athletes, tendon rupture is usually the result of long-standing chronic tendon degeneration due to repetitive microtrauma and subsequent tendinopathy.[1] other athletes at risk are those using anabolic agents or corticosteroids. however, due to these agents being banned in sport and subsequent non-disclosure, their true incidence related to tendon rupture is unknown. despite specific enquiry, none of these risk factors were demonstrated in our patient. notably, our patient was very inexperienced and had never received guidance on how to formulate a safe training programme or how to complete these movements with correct techniques and form. our patient’s index repetition was 110% heavier than his 1-rm which was a substantial and rapid increase in resistance, ultimately resulting in his injury. the principle of tissue overload is widely practiced in sport and involves the application of gradually increasing stress over time to the body, over and above that which is normally encountered, to elicit physiological adaptation and subsequent performance improvement. furthermore, load management is increasingly being recognised for its fundamental role in injury prevention.[5] gabbett et al. found that if weekly training load was increased by more than 15% in some athletes, their injury risk may increase by up to 49%. therefore, they recommend that athletes should limit weekly training load increases to <10%.[5] rabello et al. demonstrated a relationship between increases in weekly training load and a participant’s patellar tendon structure using ultrasound tissue characterisation techniques. they concluded that these structural changes may correlate with an increased risk of tendon-related injuries.[6] these studies support our belief that the acute rate of significant load increase played a pivotal role in our patient sustaining his injuries. figs. 1a/1b. lateral knee x-rays showed increased insall-salvati index (left: 2.0, right: 2.1).[1] fig. 1c. intra-op findings of a patellar tendon rupture occurring at the inferior pole, with damage to the retinaculum. fig. 1d. left and right patellar tendons were repaired surgically using non-absorbable suture krakow stiches. fig. 1e. the repair was re-enforced with non-absorbable mesh tape arranged in a figure-of-eight pattern around the circumference of the patella and through a horizontal drill-hole in the tibial tubercle. case report 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 conclusion patellar tendon ruptures are uncommon, and bilateral concurrent pathology is considered extremely rare.[2] this case accompanies a select few reports which detail a sports-related bilateral patellar tendon rupture.[1,3] furthermore, despite the increasing popularity in sports using muscle power, there have been no published reports of this injury in amateur or professional weightlifters. when clinicians are confronted with an amateur athlete, a thorough sporting history may help in identifying a potential risk factor, such as poor load management and assist in confirming this rare diagnosis. athletes should be counselled on how anabolic agents, corticosteroids and fluroquinolones increase one’s risk of tendon rupture. educational initiatives which focus on safe training practices for injury prevention should be formulated. this report highlights the paucity of literature available on bilateral patellar tendon ruptures during acute high-loading resistance exercise and it provides a framework for future research into load management and tendon injuries. the report also creates awareness for orthopaedic surgeons, emergency medicine physicians and sports physicians who diagnose and manage these injuries. ethical approval: the study was approved by hrec of the university of the witwatersrand (m200683) and the helen joseph hospital ethics committee. conflict of interest and source of funding: the author declares no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors would like to thank our patient for his consent to use his clinical data in this case study. author contributions: la: obtaining case information, writing of manuscript, design and layout, interpretation of data, drafting and critical revision of manuscript content, approval of version to be published. jtm: interpretation of data, critical revision of orthopaedic content, approval of version to be published. rk: conception, interpretation of data, critical revision of manuscript content, approval of version to be published. wd: design, interpretation of data, critical revision of manuscript content, approval of version to be published. references 1. camarda l, arienzo ad, morello s, et al. bilateral ruptures of the extensor mechanism of the knee: a systematic review. j orthop 2017; 14(14):445-453. [doi: 10.1016/j.jor.2017.07.008] [pmid: 28819342] 2. monroy a, urruela a, egol ka, et al. bilateral disruption of soft tissue extensor mechanism of knee: functional outcome and comparison to unilateral injuries. hss j 2013; 9 (1): 12-16 [doi: 10.1007/s11420-012-9314-8] [pmid: 24426838] 3. pengas ip, assiotis a, khan w, et al. adult native knee extensor mechanism ruptures. injury 2016; 47(10):2065–2070. [doi: 10.1016/j.injury.2016.06.032][pmid: 27423309] 4. clayton ra, court-brown cm. the epidemiology of musculoskeletal tendinous and ligamentous injuries. injury 2008;39(12):1338–1344. [doi: 10.1016/j.injury.2008.06.021] [pmid:19036362] 5. hulin bj, gabbett tj, lawson dw, et al. the acute:chronic workload ratio predicts injury: high chronic workload may decrease injury risk in elite rugby league players. br j sports med 2016;50(4):231–236. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2015-094817] pmid: 26511006] 6. rabello lm, zwerver j, stewart re, et al. patellar tendon structure responds to load over a 7 ‐ week preseason in elite male volleyball players. scand j sci sport 2019; 29(7):992–999. [doi: 10.1111/sms.13428] [pmid: 30942914] original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license changes in training activity post covid-19 infection in recreational runners and cyclists a emeran,¹,²,³ bsc (hons); ev lambert,¹,² phd; t paruk,¹,² msc; a bosch,¹,² phd ¹ uct research centre for health through physical activity lifestyle and sport (hpals), department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 2 international federation of sports medicine (fims) collaborative centre of sports medicine, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 3 national research foundation (nrf), cape town, south africa corresponding author: a bosch (andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za) the covid-19 pandemic has had a major impact on morbidity and mortality globally.[1] fortunately, most covid-19 cases have been classified as mild to moderate.[2] however, even with mild illness severity, individuals may still require a prolonged time to full recovery, particularly when returning to exercise. anecdotal evidence shows that many individuals, including athletes, have difficulty returning to their normal level of exercise post infection.[3] symptoms challenging athletes’ return to exercise include coughing, tachycardia, and fatigue.[4] there is limited research on the effect of covid-19 on the exercise activity of athletes post infection, with several studies reporting minimal impairment of exercise capacity on cardiopulmonary exercise testing (cpet) in athletes post covid-19.[5,6] to our knowledge, no research has been undertaken on objectively measured training data obtained from runners and cyclists preand post covid-19 infection. the current study aims to address the gap in knowledge for the above by describing the perceptions of recreational runners and cyclists recovering from covid-19 on their training activity and general well-being. in a sub-sample, we will compare objectively measured training data in runners and cyclists preand post covid-19 infection with non-infected controls who experienced a training interruption. the study differs from existing studies, as instead of using exercise testing, exercise data from participants’ global positioning system (gps) wearable devices were used to determine whether a change in exercise activity occurred post infection. to our knowledge, this is the first study to measure exercise activity of athletes preand post infection using gps wearable data. this study will potentially drive interest in conducting further studies on different populations and in various sporting fields using similar methods to better understand the potential impact of the sars-cov-2 virus on the exercise activity of athletes. methods study design and participants the study is an observational study on recreational runners and cyclists predominantly from south africa (two international participants were included). participants were recruited using convenient, non-randomised sampling, via emailing running and cycling clubs in south africa, and advertising the study on social media and at the sports science institute of south africa. the advertisement included a basic description of the study and a link to the study’s website. the website page contained links to the study’s participation information sheet containing instructions on how to download their gps data, the informed consent form, and a study questionnaire via google forms. inclusion criteria were runners and cyclists over the age of 18 that reportedly tested positive for covid-19, had attempted to return to exercise post infection, and used a gps wearable device that measures heart rate. a control group that had not been infected with covid-19 but had an interruption in training of two weeks or more was also included in the study. training interruption was defined as a complete cessation of running or cycling training, not associated with covid-19 infection. all participants provided informed consent via the study’s online google forms questionnaire. the study received ethics approval from the faculty of health sciences human research background: anecdotal evidence suggests that athletes struggle to return to exercise post covid-19 infection. however, studies evaluating the effect of covid-19 on athletes’ exercise activity are limited. objectives: the objectives of this study were: (i) to describe the perceptions of recreational runners and cyclists recovering from covid-19 on their training activity and general wellbeing, (ii) to compare device-measured training data in runners and cyclists preand post covid-19, with noninfected controls that had a training interruption. methods: participants who were recruited via social media completed an online questionnaire (n=61), including demographic, health and covid-19 descriptive data. in a sub-sample, device-measured training data (heart rate, time, distance and speed, n=27) were obtained from gps devices for four weeks before infection and on resumption of training. similar data were collected for the control group (n=9) whose training had been interrupted but by factors excluding covid-19. results: most participants experienced a mild to moderate illness (91%) that was associated with a training interruption time of two-four weeks. decreases in heart rate, relative exercise intensity, speed, time and distance were observed during the first week of returning to training for both groups, followed by an increase from week two onwards. discussion: results failed to support a ‘covid-19 effect’ on exercise activity as reductions in training variables occurred in both the covid-19 and control groups. a possible explanation for the reductions observed is a deliberate gradual return to training by athletes post-covid-19. conclusion: more research is needed using device-measured training data prior to and post covid-19 infection to better understand the impact of the sars-cov-2 virus on the exercise activity of athletes. keywords: sars-cov-2, coronavirus, physical activity, training activity, relative exercise intensity s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13758 mailto:andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13758 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2217-6608 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4315-9153 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9543-9408 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9073-702x original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 ethics committee at the university of cape town (ref. no. 409/2021). this study complies with the latest version of the declaration of helsinki (2013), as well as the department of health: ethics in health research: principles structures and processes (2004). this study was a “proof-of-concept study”. thus, a sample size calculation was not performed. questionnaire a questionnaire on google forms was provided for the participants to complete. demographic, health, and training self-reported data were obtained. for the 42 persons who reported having tested positive for covid-19, additional data were captured, including the duration of their covid-19, covid-19 symptoms, and covid-19 severity. for the control group, the reason for their training interruption and training interruption duration were also obtained. gps data participants were required to download their gps wearable device data by following the instructions provided in the participation information sheet. thereafter, participants sent their training data to the researcher to be analysed. participants were required to send gps data from four weeks pre-training interruption to four weeks post return to training. raw data were sorted and filtered on microsoft excel (version 2110) to include the following variables: average and peak heart rate during training per week (bpm), average and maximum speed per week (min/km), total time training per week (min), total distance per week (km), with variables being averaged for each week. change in training activity was measured by comparing the above training variables pre and post-training interruption. relative exercise intensity was determined by calculating age-corrected maximum heart rate using the hunt equation (211-0.64*age)[7] and dividing the average heart rate for each week by the maximum heart rate. statistical analysis the program ibm spss statistics 27 and graphpad prism 9 were used to conduct statistical analyses. data were expressed as number and percentage for categorical variables and mean and standard deviation for continuous variables. pearson chisquared tests and independent t-tests were used to determine any differences in categorical and continuous variables between the two groups. repeated measures analysis of variance (anova) was run to determine within-group and between-group differences in the gps data of participants. correlations were determined using spearman’s rank correlation tests. statistical significance was set at a p-value of <0.05. results a total of 61 participants provided consent to participate in the study and completed the questionnaires, with 42 individuals being in the covid-19 group, and 19 in the control group. of those that completed the questionnaire, 38 participants provided their gps data (covid-19: n=27; controls: n= 11). the data of two control participants were removed prior to analysis due to training data not meeting inclusion criteria, reducing the gps control sample to nine. questionnaire covid-19 and control group characteristics no statistically significant differences were found in baseline characteristics of participants (p>0.05) (table 1). most participants in both groups were above the age of 40 (~70%), were male (~74%), had a normal bmi (~67%), and were runners (~48%). most participants used garmin wearable devices (without a chest strap to measure heart rate, ~59%). the most frequent training interruption length was between 2-4 weeks for the covid-19 group (45%), and 1-3 months for the control group (32%) (p=0.054). the most common cause of training interruption for the control group was covid-19 lockdown restrictions. table 1. demographic and training characteristics of the covid-19 and control group characteristics covid-19 n=42 control n=19 p value age (years) 19-29 30-40 40-50 50-60 >60 3 (7) 11 (26) 17 (41) 10 (24) 1 (2) 1 (5) 4 (21) 6 (32) 7 (37) 1 (5) 0.806 sex male female 27 (64) 15 (36) 16 (84) 3 (16) 0.114 bmi (kg/m²) underweight normal weight overweight obese 1 (2) 28 (67) 10 (24) 3 (7) 0 (0) 13 (68) 3 (16) 3 (16) 0.605 sport runner cyclist runner and cyclist 20 (48) 5 (12) 17 (41) 9 (47) 2 (11) 8 (42) 0.985 chest strap yes no 19 (45) 23 (55) 7 (20) 12 (63) 0.539 training interruption time (weeks) 0-2 weeks 2-4 weeks 1-3 months >3months 10 (24) 19 (45) 13 (31) 0 (0) 1 (5) 5 (26) 8 (32) 5 (26) 0.054 reasons for training interruption of control group lockdown restrictions illness (excluding covid-19) injury other 14 (74) 1 (5) 1 (5) 3 (16) data are shown as the number of participants and column percentage (%). p values from pearson chi-squared test. underweight, <18.5kg/m2; normal weight, 18.5-29.9kg/m2; overweight, 25-29.9kg/m2; obese, >30kg/m2. original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 covid-19 group characteristics table 2 shows health and covid-19 related characteristics of the covid-19 group. most participants had no comorbidities (69%) and were unvaccinated before and after being infected with covid-19 (57%). the most frequent acute covid-19 symptoms reported were headaches (79%), body aches (74%), and fatigue (74%). symptom duration was most frequently between 02 weeks (60%). covid-19 severity was mild to moderate for most participants (91%) with only one participant being hospitalised. the type of treatment reported varied, with most participants using over-the-counter medication such as paracetamol (56%). about 58% of participants said that they followed guidelines for return to training from their doctors. however, only 16% of participants reported being medically screened before returning to exercise. the most frequent symptoms reported when returning to training were increased heart rate (58%), and fatigue (53%). positive correlations were found between covid-19 severity and number of symptoms (r=0.50 [95% ci= 0.21-0.70]; p=0.001), symptom duration (r=0.55 [95% ci=0.27-0.74]; p<0.001), and training interruption time (r=0.52 [95% ci= 0.240.72]; p<0.001). there were also correlations between number of symptoms and symptom duration (r=0.42 [95% ci=0.12-0.65]; p=0.006), and interruption time (r=0.49 [95% ci=0.200.70]; p=0.001). gps data training interruption time there was a statistically significant difference in the training interruption time between the covid-19 group and the control group with gps data. the control group had a longer training interruption time than the covid-19 participants (33 ± 11 days vs 20 ± 13 days, table 2. comorbidities, covid-19 presentation, and treatment in the covid-19 group (n=42) n (%) comorbidities* diabetes 1 (2) high blood pressure 3 (7) cholesterol 4 (10) obesity 1 (2) asthma 8 (19) autoimmune disease 0 (0) none 29 (69) covid-19 presentation covid-19 symptoms* cough 25 (58) fever 23 (54) sore throat 21 (49) fatigue 32 (74) body aches 31 (74) loss of taste or smell 21 (49) headache 34 (79) diarrhoea 8 (19) difficulty breathing 12 (28) chest pain 12 (28) other 4 (9) none 1 (2) number of symptoms 5 ± 2 symptom duration 0-2 weeks 25 (60) 2-4 weeks 12 (29) 1-3 months 2 (5) >3 months 3 (7) covid-19 severity asymptomatic 2 (5) mild 20 (48) moderate 18 (43) severe 2 (5) critical 0 (0) symptoms when returning to training* cough 3 (7) fatigue 23 (54) shortness of breath 12 (28) increased heart rate 25 (58) other 3 (7) none 6 (14) treatment and protective measures hospitalisation yes 1 (2) no 41 (98) treatment* corticosteroids 8 (18) antibiotics 7 (16) oxygen 2 (5) over the counter medication 24 (56) ivermectin 4 (10) vitamins/supplements 15 (35) none 6 (14) fully vaccinated pre covid-19 3 (7) post covid-19 15 (36) not vaccinated 24 (57) guidelines followed before returning to training yes, guidelines from medical practitioner 23 (58) yes, guidelines from scientific journal articles 3 (7) yes, guidelines from internet 3 (7) no 13 (31) medical screening before return to training yes 7 (17) no 35 (83) data are shown as the number of participants and percentage (%) or as mean ± sd. * participants can fall into multiple categories. covid-19 severity: asymptomatic, no symptoms but tested positive for covid-19; mild, had flu-like symptoms excluding shortness of breath at rest or during exertion; moderate, flu-like symptoms and/or shortness of breath, may or may not be hospitalized; severe, requires hospitalization and oxygen administration; critical, requires hospitalization and ventilation, multi-organ involvement may be present.[8,9] original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 p=0.014) as mentioned previously, the most common reason for a training interruption for the control group was lockdown restrictions, with other reasons for training interruptions including injury and illnesses other than covid-19. there were no other differences in baseline characteristics such as age, sex, and bmi. peak heart rate, average heart rate, and relative exercise intensity decreases in peak and average heart rate, and relative exercise intensity were observed in both groups, one-week post return to training, compared to one-week pre-training interruption. (mean peak heart rate: covid-19:171 beats per minute (bpm) to 158 bpm; control:178 bpm to 161 bpm. mean average heart rate: covid-19:147 bpm to 140 bpm; control:146 bpm to 138 bpm. mean relative exercise intensity: covid-19:80% to 76%; control: 82%-77%). these decreases were statistically significant in both groups for peak heart rate (p=0.017), but not statistically significant for average heart rate and relative exercise intensity (p=0.095; p=0.091). following the above decreases at one week post return to training, increases in peak and average heart rate, and relative exercise intensity (figure 1) were observed in both groups from the second to the fourth week post return to training (mean peak heart rate: covid-19: 158 bpm to 172 bpm; control: 160 bpm to 177 bpm. mean average heart rate: covid-19: 140 bpm to 149 bpm; control: 138 bpm to 150 bpm. relative exercise intensity: covid-19: 76% to 80%; control: 77% to 84%) these increases were statistically significant in both groups for all three variables (p<0.04), and variables increased close to their original values pre-training interruption. no between-group differences were found for peak heart rate, average heart rate and relative exercise intensity (p=0.182; p=0.360; p=0.338). maximum and average speed maximum and average speed were analysed separately for runners and cyclists due to the difference in the nature of training modality (cyclists’ speed is naturally faster than runners’ speed). cyclists’ maximum and average speeds were omitted from analysis due to a very small sample size as a result of missing data values (n=6). a non-statistically significant decrease in maximum and average speed was observed (increase in min/km) for runners in both groups, at one week post return to training, compared to one week pretraining interruption (mean maximum speed: covid-19: 4.36 min.km-1 to 5.99 min.km-1; control: 5.41 min.km-1 to 5.98 min.km-1; p=0.07). mean average speed:covid-19: 6.45 min.km-1 to 9.26 min.km-1; control: 7.40 min.km-1 to 8.98 min.km-1; p=0.066). this was followed by a non-statistically significant increase in maximum and average speeds at weeks two to four post return to training. the covid-19 group had a faster average speed than the control group pre-training interruption (figure 2.). however, no statistically significant group effect was found at any point in training (p=0.132). fig. 1. change in relative exercise intensity of covid-19 and control groups four weeks pre interruption to four weeks after return to training post interruption; *statistical significant differences in relative exercise intensity between one week post return to training, and two, three and four weeks post return to training (p=0.03); ti: training interruption period; error bars 95% confidence interval. fig. 2. change in average speed of covid-19 and control groups four weeks preinterruption to four weeks after return to training post interruption. ti: training interruption period; error bars 95% confidence interval. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 training time and distance a statistically significant decrease in training time (p<0.001) and distance (p=0.002) was observed in the control group, one week post return to training compared to one week pretraining interruption (time trained: 291 min to 59 min; distance: 77 km to 23 km). in contrast, a non-statistically significant decrease in time and distance was observed in the covid-19 group, at one week post return to training compared to one week pre-training interruption (time: 153 min to 109 min; distance: 33 km to 14 km). additionally, the distance and time trained at one week pre-training interruption were statistically significantly different between the two groups (p=0.002; p=0.003) (figures 3 and 4). the decreases in both groups were followed by increases in time and distance trained from week two to four post return to training. however, these increases were not statistically significant for either group. for the covid-19 group, the participants appeared to recover their pre-interruption training time and distance levels. however, the control group’s training time and distance remained lower than their pre-training interruption values (figures 3 and 4). discussion questionnaire covid-19 clinical presentations the findings of this study show that the covid-19 clinical presentation in recreational runners and cyclists was mild to moderate (90%) with fatigue, body ache and headache being the most common symptoms, and 0-2 weeks being the most frequent symptom duration. this clinical presentation correlates with findings in previous studies on athletes post covid19 infection. studies by schwellnus et al.[10] and hull et al.[11] both observed headache and fatigue as one of the most prevalent covid-19 symptoms in athletes, with athletes having predominantly mild illness severity.[10,11] a possible reason for the milder illness severity found in athletes is that regular exercise of moderate intensity can potentially improve one’s immune response to infection, decrease inflammation, and reduce the risk of metabolic conditions, such as diabetes and obesity, which are considered risk factors for severe covid-19.[12] the correlations with covid-19 severity found in this study also suggest that the more severe the illness, the longer the training interruption time, the greater the number of symptoms, and the longer the symptom duration. gps data in the first week of the return to training, decreases in peak and average heart rate, relative exercise intensity, maximum and fig. 3. change in time trained of covid-19 and control groups four weeks pre-interruption to four weeks after return to training post interruption; *statistical significant difference in time trained for the control group, between one week pre-training interruption and one week post return to training (p<0.001);**statistical significant difference in time trained between the two groups at one week pre-training interruption (p=0.002) ti: training interruption period; error bars 95% confidence interval. fig. 4. change in distance trained of covid-19 and control groups four weeks preinterruption to four weeks after return to training post interruption; *statistical significant difference in distance trained for the control group, between one week pre-training interruption and one week post return to training (p=0.002);**statistical significant difference in distance trained between the two groups at one week pre-training interruption (p=0.003) ti: training interruption period; error bars 95% confidence interval. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 average speed, time, and distance were observed for both the covid-19 and control groups, compared to one week pretraining interruption. because these decreases were observed in both the covid-19 and control groups, this suggests that there was no specific ‘covid-19’ effect on training activity post infection in this group of athletes. the above decreases were then followed by increases in all training variables at weeks two to four post return to training. a possible reason for the decreases in the measured training variables at week one post return to training, could be a conscious choice of the athletes to start training at a lower volume and intensity compared to before the covid-19 infection and training interruption. this hypothesis is further strengthened by the ability of athletes to increase their training values back to pre-training interruption values, suggesting a maintained exercise ability. furthermore, 58% of participants in the covid-19 group said that they followed the guidelines for return to training from their doctors, which could also be a reason for their gradual return to training. based on the results, it could be suggested that following a gradual return to training post covid-19 infection is a safe and beneficial way to approach returning to training, as participants were able to return to their original levels of training by four weeks post training interruption. in contrast, the control group did not return to their original values for time and distance trained, with values being lower than pre-training interruption values. this could possibly be due to the control group having a longer time off than the covid-19 group (33 ± 11 days vs 20 ± 13 days, p=0.014), thus making it more difficult to return to original values pretraining interruption. this could potentially be due to a detraining effect. detraining is the partial or complete reversal of physiological adaptations induced from training, due to a reduction or cessation of training stimuli.[13] however, the peak and average heart rates and relative exercise intensity after the training interruption remained similar to the pretraining interruption values. one would expect an increase in heart rate if detraining occurred. therefore, it is more likely that the control group was less motivated to return to their original levels of exercise due to the prolonged time off training, as opposed to a detraining effect. in conclusion, the data above suggest that covid-19 infection is associated with an interruption in training in recreational runners and cyclists. however, covid-19 did not have a more serious effect on return to training compared to other forms of training interruption. study limitations this study has several limitations that may influence the validity of the results. many of the changes in training variables over time were not statistically significant, with the confidence intervals of training values being wide. this is most likely due to the small sample sizes. furthermore, the study did not include any objectively physiologically measured data, such as data from cardiopulmonary exercise testing. researchers were also limited by the data provided by the participants, which contained a limited number of training variables. having variables such as resting heart rate and time trial data would have been beneficial. additionally, the training load pre-training interruption and the training interruption time of the covid-19 and control groups were not matched, with the control group having a larger time and distance trained pre-training interruption and a longer training interruption time. additionally, gps wearable heart rate measurements are known to often be inaccurate when the optical wrist-based pickup is used rather than a chest strap.[14] furthermore, equations used to calculate age-corrected maximum heart rate could result in overestimations or underestimations of readings.[15] other limitations include the small sample size of participants, which further decreased during the analysis due to missing data values. in addition, the control group’s sample size is much smaller than the covid-19 group, thus decreasing the comparator group effect. despite its limitations, this study shows the value of using gps wearable training data to determine the effect of covid-19 on the training activity of athletes post infection. future studies could improve on the current study by recruiting a larger number of participants, including resting heart rate and time trial data and matching the training loads and interruption times of cases and controls. conclusion to our knowledge, this is the first study investigating the effect of covid-19 on the training activity of recreational athletes using gps data. most participants had mild to moderate covid-19, with associations found between covid-19 severity and number of symptoms, symptom duration, and training interruption time. covid-19 was also associated with a self-reported training interruption time of two-four weeks. at one week post training interruption decreases in peak and average heart rate, relative exercise intensity, maximum and average speed, time and distance trained were observed for both the covid-19 and control groups. this was followed by an increase in these variables between two to four weeks’ post return to training in both groups. the decreases in training variables were observed for both groups, thus eliminating the possibility of a specific ‘covid-19 effect’ on training activity post infection. a possible reason for the pattern of changes observed in training variables post covid-19 could be participants deliberately returning to exercise at lower volumes and intensities in order to return to training safely. the study demonstrates the value of using gps wearable device data to evaluate athletes’ training activity post training interruptions. however, due to the many limitations of the study, the results should be taken with caution, with more research being required to further expand on the study's results. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest. this work is based on the research supported wholly by the national research foundation of south africa (nrf) (mnd200804549962). acknowledgements: the authors would like to extend their gratitude to the university of cape town and the nrf for the enablement of this study. additionally, we would like to thank the participants for completing the study questionnaire and sharing their gps data for analysis. original research 7 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 author contributions: all authors contributed to the design of this research and the writing of the article ((i) conception, design, analysis, and interpretation of data; (ii) drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content; and (iii) approval of the version to be published. references 1. world health organisation. world health organisation coronavirus (covid-19). geneva: world health organisation, 2021. https://www.afro.who.int/health-topics/coronaviruscovid-19 (accessed 7 april 2021) 2. metzl jd, mcelheny k, robinson jn, et al. considerations for return to exercise following mild-to-moderate covid-19 in the recreational athlete. hss j 2020;16(suppl 1):102–107. [doi: 10.1007/s11420-020-09777-1] [pmid: 32837412] 3. salman d, vishnubala d, le feuvre p, et al. returning to physical activity after covid-19. bmj 2021;372 m4721. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m4721] [pmid: 33419740] 4. wilson mg, hull jh, rogers j, et al. cardiorespiratory considerations for return-to-play in elite athletes after covid19 infection: a practical guide for sport and exercise medicine physicians. br j sports med 2020;54:1157–1161. [doi: 10. 1136/ bjsports2020102710] [pmid: 32878870] 5. milovancev a, avakumovic j, lakicevic n, et al. cardiorespiratory fitness in volleyball athletes following a covid-19 infection: a cross-sectional study. int j environ res public health 2021;18(8):4059. [doi: 10.3390/ijerph18084059] [pmid: 33921458] 6. komici k, bianco a, perrotta f, et al. clinical characteristics, exercise capacity and pulmonary function in post-covid-19 competitive athletes. j clin med 2021;10(14):3053. [doi: 10.3390/jcm10143053] [pmid: 34300219] 7. nes bm, janszky i, wisløff u, et al. age-predicted maximal heart rate in healthy subjects: the hunt fitness study. scand j med sci sports 2013;23(6):697-704. [doi: 10.1111/j.16000838.2012.01445.x] [pmid: 22376273] 8. löllgen h, bachl n, papadopoulou t, et al. recommendations for return to sport during the sars-cov-2 pandemic. bmj open sport exer med 2020;6(1):e000858 [doi:10.1136/bmjsem-2020000858] [pmid: 34192007] 9. national institutes of health. clinical spectrum of sars-cov-2 infection. national institute of health 2021; https://www.covid19treatmentguidelines.nih.gov/overview/clini cal-spectrum/(accessed august 2021) 10. schwellnus m, sewry n, snyders c, et al. symptom cluster is associated with prolonged return-to-play in symptomatic athletes with acute respiratory illness (including covid-19): a cross-sectional study-aware study i. br j sports med 2021; 55(20): 1144-1152. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2020-103782] [pmid: 33753345] 11. hull jh, wootten m, moghal m, et al. clinical patterns, recovery time and prolonged impact of covid-19 illness in international athletes : the uk experience. br j sports med 2022; 56(1): 4-11. [doi:10.1136/ bjsports-2021-104392] [pmid: 34340972] 12. brandenburg jp, lesser ia, thomson cj, et al. does higher selfreported cardiorespiratory ftness reduce the odds of hospitalization from covid-19? j phys act health 2021;18 (7):782–788. [doi: 10.1123/jpah.2020-0817] [pmid: 33984837] 13. chen yt, hsieh y-y, ho j-y, et al. two weeks of detraining reduces cardiopulmonary function and muscular fitness in endurance athletes. eur j sport sci 2022; 22(3): 399-406. [doi: 10.1080/17461391.2021.1880647][ pmid: 33517866] 14. wang r, blackburn g, desai m, et al. accuracy of wrist-worn heart rate monitors. jama cardiol 2017; 2(1):104–106. [doi: 10.1001/jamacardio.2016.3340] [pmid: 27732703] 15. nikolaidis pt, rosemann t, knechtle b. age-predicted maximal heart rate in recreational marathon runners: a cross-sectional study on fox’s and tanaka’s equations. front physiol 2018; 9: 226. [doi: 10.3389/fphys.2018.00226] [pmid: 29599724] position statement 1 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license world netball cardiac screening guidelines l bogwasi,1,2,3 mbbs, msc; dc janse van rensburg,1,4 mmed, md; g bryant,4,5 mbbs, graddipspsc; j orchard,6 mph, phd; j a drezner,7 md 1 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa 2 nyangabgwe hospital, orthopedic department, francistown, botswana 3 medical member, confederation of african football, cairo, egypt 4 world netball medical commission, manchester, uk 5 sports medicine at sydney university, the sports clinic, the university of sydney 6 centenary institute, the university of sydney, sydney, australia 7center for sports cardiology, university of washington, seattle, wa, usa corresponding author: l bogwasi (lonebogwasi@ymail.com) the health benefits of physical activity are well documented.1-2 it is known, however, that intense physical activity in the setting of underlying cardiac pathology can trigger potential catastrophic cardiac events, such as sudden cardiac arrest or death during sport.3 these cardiac events have been recorded worldwide in different sporting codes at both amateur and elite levels.3 it has led to more emphasis being placed on the preparticipation medical assessment (ppma) as a recommended practice for athletes before engaging in physical activity.3 the ppma is conducted in the pre-season or before any major competition at regional, national, and international levels.4-6 netball forms part of this cohort of exertional physical activities and as such, a world netball cardiac screening policy is of great importance. the contents of a ppma may vary based on resource availability, sports medical expertise, discretion or availability and, most importantly, the recommendation of the particular sport regulatory body. although cardiac screening is not one-hundred percent effective in preventing cardiac incidents during sporting activity,7 it aims at identifying those pathologies associated with catastrophic events when combined with physical activity. cardiac screening has been an area of focus within the sport and exercise medicine community to curb morbidity and/or mortality from sudden cardiac arrest in competitive athletes. other consequences from catastrophic incidents include the psychological trauma placed on the athletes’ family, team members, spectators, and community, along with the magnitude of attention it carries towards the sporting code, team, national and international federations and the team physicians. although tragic events are rare, they have a huge impact.8 sudden cardiac arrest is the cause of 75% of deaths during sport. 9although the precise risk in netball athletes is unknown, the incidence of sudden cardiac death in sports is reported at 0.5-2 cases in 100 000 in young competitive athletes between ages 12-35 years.3,10 with proper emergency planning, a significant proportion of the victims survive. 8 however, the 2033% that do not survive despite immediate resuscitation with an automated external defibrillator (aed),11-13 reiterates that prevention is better than cure. early identification of detectable pathologies is very important regardless of the low prevalence (0.3%) of cardiac abnormalities associated with sudden cardiac arrest or death. 14 there is a heterogeneity of causes, such as cardiomyopathies, long qt syndrome, idiopathic left ventricular hypertrophy, myocarditis and anomalous coronary arteries. hypertrophic cardiomyopathy is the most common of these and accounts for 8-36% of cardiac pathologies identified after sudden cardiac death in the athlete population.10,15 in up to 44% of athletes that suffered sudden cardiac death, no structural abnormalities are seen at post-mortem, with a proportion thought to be caused by primary electrical disorders.16 there is ongoing debate regarding standardisation or individualisation of cardiac screening tests in athlete populations concerning age, sex, family history, race, sport, and level of activity, weighed against the risks associated with the potential interventions for the cardiac conditions detected.15 cardiac screening in physical activity the basics of a cardiac screening programme entail a detailed history, physical examination and an electrocardiogram (ecg) with further tests such as an echocardiogram, cardiac magnetic resonance imaging (cmri), ambulatory or stress ecg when baseline results are unclear or abnormal. there is a continuing debate on the mandatory inclusion of a 12-lead ecg in a routine pre-participatory screening with scrutiny regarding its detection rate, availability, and the ability of the physician to provide an athlete-specific accurate interpretation. in athlete populations, the ecg detects 60% of cardiac pathologies at risk of sudden death with a low falsepositive rate (1.3%) when interpreted by experienced physicians.17 when a standardised athlete-specific ecg interpretation is applied, the sensitivity and specificity of the sudden cardiac adverse events remain an area of concern in sport. the precise risk for netball athletes is unknown but the annual incidence of sudden cardiac death in sports is reported at 0.5-2 cases in 100 000 young competitive athletes between the ages of 12-35 years. cardiac screening in the sport and exercise medicine context aims at identifying pathologies associated with catastrophic events when combined with physical activity. there is an ongoing debate relating to the standardisation of the pre-participatory medical assessment (ppma). world netball (wn) commissioned a cardiac screening policy (13 march 2022). the minimum ppma recommended by world netball is a history, physical examination, and a resting 12-lead electrocardiogram (ecg). ecgs should be interpreted in accordance with athletespecific ecg interpretation criteria. expansion of sports cardiology experience and infrastructure, in combination with universal emergency response planning for sudden cardiac arrest, is intended to safeguard athlete health and player welfare in wn. keywords: sudden cardiac death, sudden cardiac arrest, preparticipatory medical assessment s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13979 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13979 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5702-7277 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0489-6492 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1058-6992 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3519-9120 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7189-5911 position statement sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 2 ecg in detecting cardiac abnormalities is improved.18,19 when contemporary athlete-specific ecg standards are used by clinicians with ecg interpretation experience, approximately one in six abnormal ecgs (positive predictive value) will represent a pathologic cardiac disorder associated with sudden cardiac arrest and death.17 there are limitations in detecting cardiac pathologies when using only patient history and physical examination, as up to 80% of athletes with underlying cardiac disorders may not display symptoms.7,20,21 augmentation of the ppma with an ecg is therefore important and should be done whenever accessible by physicians capable of accurate ecg interpretation with access to cardiology resources for secondary testing of ecg abnormalities. an ecg with an abnormal finding or more than one borderline finding according to the international criteria for athlete ecg interpretation22 guides further cardiac evaluation. evidence-based recommendations the best available evidence suggests that cardiac screening does not eliminate all risk of cardiac-associated adverse events in physical activity. however, the detectable cases from cardiac screening are important to promote an environment conducive to the safe participation of the athlete.23 based on the current evidence, world netball through its medical committee developed and adopted these cardiac screening guidelines with support from two independent cardiac experts. the minimum ppma recommended by world netball is a history, physical examination and a resting 12-lead ecg. ecgs should be interpreted in accordance with athlete-specific ecg interpretation criteria (currently the international criteria).22 guidelines for member associations 1. national level  cardiac screening is recommended for all netball players aged 16 years and older. netball players that are younger than 18 years must undergo cardiac screening in the presence of an adult guardian. cardiac screening in athletes older than 35 years should shift focus to a risk assessment for atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease.  netball players should undergo cardiac screening at least three to four weeks before the start of the season, or the first major competition.  netball players should have cardiac screening annually, or at least every two years, guided by the availability of resources.  netball players with positive test results during screening need further evaluation. some players with screening abnormalities will be advised to pause playing and training until the secondary evaluation is complete. for players who have been recommended to stop playing and training due to an abnormality found on cardiac screening, the player is not to return until cleared by a specialist cardiologist. when cleared to play, the player must be followed up at the interval recommended by their cardiologist.  any player who develops cardiac symptoms during the season should seek medical evaluation and follow-up as required.  member associations are encouraged to have close contact with a qualified sports medicine physician for cardiac screenings.  member associations are encouraged to develop a cardiology infrastructure, including a referral network of cardiologists (or sports cardiologists), for evaluation of screening abnormalities and participation guidance if a cardiac disorder is identified.  member associations are encouraged to have recurring educational training regarding cardiac issues in sports, including the role and limitations of cardiac screening, and the recognition and management of sudden cardiac arrest on the field-of-play.  national associations must have a clear cardiac resuscitation plan with qualified responders and a functional aed (please write out in full when used for the first time) available before any netball game or national team training. this procedure is also encouraged at regular team training.  sudden cardiac arrest should be assumed in any athlete that collapses and is unresponsive. immediate resuscitation measures include: 1) activating the emergency medical response system, 2) cardiopulmonary resuscitation starting with chest compressions, and 3) retrieval and application of the aed as soon as possible.  interruptions in chest compressions should be minimised and aed first shock time should be less than 3 minutes after collapse. emergency preparedness also extends to the transfer to in-hospital care and post-cardiac event care and rehabilitation.  member associations must implement reporting of sudden cardiac arrest and death in sports as a recordable event and develop a clear chain of reporting to world netball through the national association. in cases of sudden death, a post-mortem is encouraged through the consent of the guardians where possible. 2. team physicians  must conduct ppma of the team during the pre-season or before the first major competition.  are encouraged to provide players with information on the benefits and limitations of cardiac screening.  are encouraged to have a background in athlete cardiac screening and, in particular, have undergone training on ecg interpretation in athletes.24 free online training modules for the international criteria are available at: https://uwsportscardiology.org/e-academy/  should form a working relationship with a local cardiologist for organising follow-up if required and management of complex cases.  must educate their athletes on cardiac issues in sports and encourage them to report symptoms.  are encouraged to have a good working relationship with their players allowing them to openly report symptoms without fear. position statement 3 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022  are responsible to develop an emergency action plan for sudden cardiac arrest with the appropriate education of their coaches and staff. 3. players  are encouraged to be the custodians of their health and give correct answers during screening evaluations and report symptoms. 4. coaches  are encouraged to fully support their medical team and be trained in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (cpr) and the use of an aed.  must have a good relationship allowing players to confide in them without fear. figure 1 summarises the recommendations of the world netball cardiac screening policy. conclusion medical professionals and teams must ensure cardiac screening of their athletes. although this does not eliminate the risks of cardiac-related adverse events, it ensures that detectable cases from cardiac screening are worked up and managed accordingly. while this cardiac screening policy was written explicitly for world netball, the guidelines apply to any sport to promote an environment conducive to the safe participation of the athlete. disclaimer: this document was compiled to guide cardiac screening in the netball population. it remains the responsibility of the team medical personnel and management to ensure the guide is adhered to and an emergency plan is created for any cardiac-related adverse activities. fig. 1. cardiac screening algorithm. aed, automated external defibrillator; ecg, electrocardiogram; scs, sudden cardiac arrest; scd, sudden cardiac death; cpr, cardiopulmonary resuscitation position statement sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 4 conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. approved by: the world netball (wn) board author contributions: lb, dc jvr drafted the paper. gb, jo, jd reviewed the contents. references 1. wilson mg, ellison gm, cable nt. basic science behind the cardiovascular benefits of exercise. br j sports med 2016; 50(2):93-99. 2. piercy kl, troiano rp, ballard rm, et al. the physical activity guidelines for americans. jama. 2018; 320(19):2020-2028. doi: 10.1001/jama.2018.14854 ,pmid: 30418471 3. bille k, figueiras d, schamasch p, et al. sudden cardiac death in athletes: the lausanne recommendations. eur j cardiovasc prev rehabil 2006; 13(6):859-875. doi: 10.1097/01.hjr.0000238397.50341.4a. pmid: 17143117 4. dvorak j, grimm k, schmied c, et al. development and implementation of a standardized precompetition medical assessment of international elite football players-2006 fifa world cup germany. clin j sport med 2009; 19(4):316-321. doi: 10.1097/jsm.0b013e3181b21b6e. pmid: 19638827 5. ljungqvist a, jenoure p, engebretsen l, et al. the international olympic committee (ioc) consensus statement on periodic health evaluation of elite athletes march 2009. br j sports med 2009; 43:631-643. doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2009.064394 pmid: 19734496 6. world rugby. all world rugby tournaments to adopt rwc player welfare standards. jul. 2015 [updated 09.07.201501.07.2020]. available from: https://www.world.rugby/news/79919?lang=en. 7. drezner ja, connor fg, harmon kg, et al. amssm position statement on cardiovascular preparticipation screening in athletes: current evidence, knowledge gaps, recommendations and future directions. br j sports med 2017; 51(3):153-167. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2016-096781. pmid: 27660369 8. thune jørstad h. pre participation screening-the way forward is smart screening. neth heart j. 2018; 26(3):120-122.doi: 10.1007/s12471-018-1081-9. pmid: 29396838 9. harmon kg, asif im, klossner d, et al. incidence of sudden cardiac death in national collegiate athletic association athletes. circulation 2011; 123(15):1594-1600.doi: 10.1161/circulationaha.110.004622. pmid: 21464047 10. peterson df, kucera k, thomas lc, et al. aetiology and incidence of sudden cardiac arrest and death in young competitive athletes in the usa: a 4-year prospective study. br j sports med 2021; 55(21):1196-1203. doi: 10.1136/bjsports2020-102666. pmid: 33184114 11. drezner ja, rao al, heistand j, et al. effectiveness of emergency response planning for sudden cardiac arrest in united states high schools with automated external defibrillators. circulation 2009; 120(6):518-525. doi: 10.1161/circulationaha.109.855890. pmid: 19635968 12. schattenkerk j, kucera k, peterson df, et al. socioeconomic factors and outcomes from exercise-related sudden cardiac arrest in high school student-athletes in the usa. br j sports med 2021: 56(3): 138-143.doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2021-104486. pmid: 34716143 13. drezner ja, toresdahl bg, rao al, et al. outcomes from sudden cardiac arrest in us high schools: a 2-year prospective study from the national registry for aed use in sports. br j sports med 2013:47 (18): 1179-1183. doi: 10-1136/bjsports-2013-092786. 14. maron bj, friedman ra, kligfield p, et al. assessment of the 12lead electrocardiogram as a screening test for detection of cardiovascular disease in healthy general populations of young people (12-25 years of age): a scientific statement from the american heart association and the american college of cardiology. circulation 2014; 130(15): 1303-1334. doi: 10.1161/circ 000000000000025. pmid: 25223921 15. drezner ja, oʼconnor fg, harmon kg, et al. amssm position statement on cardiovascular preparticipation screening in athletes: current evidence, knowledge gaps, recommendations and future directions. br j sports med 2017; 51(3):153-167. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2016-096781"10.1136. pmid: 27660369 16. winkelmann zk, crossway ak. optimal screening methods to detect cardiac disorders in athletes: an evidence-based review. j athl train 2017; 52(12):1168-1170. doi: 10.4085/1062-605052.11.24. pmid: 29154691 17. hyde n, prutkin jm, drezner ja. electrocardiogram interpretation in ncaa athletes: comparison of the 'seattle' and 'international' criteria. j electrocardiol 2019; 56:81-84.doi: 10.1016/j.jelectrocard.2019.07.001. pmid: 31326858 18. drezner ja, ackerman mj, anderson j, et al. electrocardiographic interpretation in athletes: the ‘seattle criteria’. br j sports med 2013; 47(3):122-124. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2012-092067. pmid: 23303758 19. malhotra a, dhutia h, yeo tj, et al. accuracy of the 2017 international recommendations for clinicians who interpret adolescent athletes' ecgs: a cohort study of 11 168 british white and black soccer players. br j sports med 2020; 54(12):739-745. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017-098528. pmid: 31278087 20. wingfield k, matheson go, meeuwisse wh. preparticipation evaluation: an evidence-based review. clin j sport med 2004; 14(3):109-122. doi: 10.1097/00042752-200405000-00002. pmid: 15166898 21. williams ea, pelto hf, toresdahl bg, et al. performance of the american heart association (aha) 14‐point evaluation versus electrocardiography for the cardiovascular screening of high school athletes: a prospective study. j am heart assoc 2019; 8(14):e012235. doi: 10.1161/jaha.119.012235. pmid: 31286819 22. drezner ja, sharma s, baggish a, et al. international criteria for electrocardiographic interpretation in athletes: consensus statement. br j sports med 2017; 51(9):704-731.doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2016-097331. pmid: 28258178 23. malhotra a, dhutia h, finocchiaro g, et al. outcomes of cardiac screening in adolescent soccer players. n engl j med 2018; 379(6):524-534.doi: 10.1056/nejmoa1714719. pmid: 30089062 24. drezner j [internet] ecg interpretation in athletes. bmj learning [2020]. available from: https://learning.bmj.com/learning/courseintro/.html?courseid=10042239 https://www.world.rugby/news/79919?lang=en 108 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 original research different tissue type categories of overuse injuries to cricket fast bowlers have different severity and incidence which varies with age p blanch,3,4 m app sc; j orchard,2 phd; a kountouris,1 phd; k sims,1 phd; d beakley,1 m sports physio 1 cricket australia, brisbane, australia 2 school of public health, university of sydney, australia 3 high performance department, essendon football club, melrose dve, tullamarine, australia 4 school of allied health sciences, griffith university, gold coast, australia corresponding author: k sims (kevin.sims@cricket.com.au) background. cricket fast bowlers have a high incidence of injury and have been the subject of previous research investigating the effects of previous injury, workload and technique. bone stress injuries are of particular concern as they lead to prolonged absences from the game, with younger bowlers appearing to be at particular risk. objectives. to investigate the variation in severity and incidence of injury to different tissue types in fast bowlers and ascertain whether age is a significant risk factor for these injuries. methods. a retrospective analysis of match bowling exposure in 215 separate fast bowlers over a 14-year period was undertaken. this information was amalgamated with injury surveillance data providing information on the incidence, location, tissue type and severity of injury. age of the bowler was determined and the bowlers were stratified into five age groups to determine the influence of age on the injury variables. results. younger bowlers (less than 22 years old) were 3.7-6.7 times more likely to suffer a bony injury than all the other age groups. older bowlers (greater than 31 years old) were 2.2-2.7 times more likely to suffer a tendon injury than the 3 youngest groups. conclusion. this study has demonstrated that younger age is a considerable risk factor in the development of bone stress injuries in cricket fast bowlers. in addition there appears to be a higher incidence of tendon injuries in older fast bowlers although this may be explained by the current classification system of joint impingement as a tendon injury. keywords. bone, tendon, sports injuries s afr j sports med 2015;27(4):108-113. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2015/ v27i4a436 injury to fast bowlers in cricket is one of the most significant of the sport’s ongoing medical challenges. three major risk factors have been identified in the literature. firstly, the effect of previous injury on subsequent injury is well established across a number of sports.[1,2] secondly, workload and workload variation have been identified as major risk factors for fast bowling injury. both high and low overall bowling workloads have been identified as an injury risk factor.[3] while a high workload would seem intuitive and it has been demonstrated that bowling more than 50 overs in a match or more than 30 overs in the last innings of a match leads to an increase in injury likelihood for the subsequent month,[4] the reason why a low workload is dangerous is less clear. recent research suggests that low workloads are a risk factor because they are related to subsequent rapid increases (spikes) in the bowling load, which is also an identified injury risk factor.[5] the workload studies[4,5] tend to group all injuries together with the definition for an injury being the cessation of the current match and/or loss of subsequent competition. this places all injuries on a par and negates any measure of severity. however, this is not the case with lumbar stress fractures[6–9] which lead to longer periods out of the game. bowling technique is the final of the three identified risk factors in fast bowling injuries, with biomechanical research indicating a link between excessive shoulder counter-rotation and lumbar spine stress fractures.[8,10] biomechanical research is often conducted on adolescent or young fast bowlers[6,11] or does not clearly identify the demographics of the injured vs. non-injured groups.[10] so it is unclear whether the risk factor of poor technique (excessive shoulder counterrotation) continues into the older age groups.[12] in a previous paper these authors demonstrated that different injuries to cricket fast bowlers classified by the structure injured (bone, muscle, tendon, joint) had different types of loading histories that were either protective or risky.[13] a contrasting finding was that a high medium-term load was protective of tendon injuries but a risk factor for bony injuries.[13] in this previous work the authors excluded the variable of age as it was found to be strongly correlated to career workload. due to the exclusion of age in this previous investigation, the purpose of this study was to determine the effect of age on the variation in severity and incidence of injury to different tissue types in cricket fast bowlers. materials and methods cricket australia conducts an annual ongoing injury survey recording injuries in contracted first-class players. methods for this survey have been described previously.[14] the methods used for cricket australia injury surveillance are non-interventional, conform to the code of ethics of the world medical association (declaration of helsinki) and have been approved by the cricket australia sports science sports medicine advisory group. this study amalgamated the injury data files from the previously mentioned injury surveillance program and match workload data from official scorecards (available online at http://www.espncricinfo. com/ci/engine/series/index.html) of first class (long form) and list a (short form) over 14 seasons from 1998-99 to 2011-12, inclusive. injury definition, diagnosis and severity in 2005, cricket researchers published international injury consensus definitions for the sport and the methods of this survey adhere to the international definitions.[15] the definition of a cricket injury is one that either: (1) prevents a player from being fully available for selection in a major match (which is either a first-class, two-innings per team, or limited overs, which is one-innings per team) or (2) during a major match, rendering a player unable to bat, bowl or wicket-keep when required by either the rules or the team’s captain. mailto:kevin.sims@cricket.com.au http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a436 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a436 http://www.espncricinfo.com/ci/engine/series/index.html http://www.espncricinfo.com/ci/engine/series/index.html sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 109 severity of the injury was determined by the cumulative numbers of matches missed which was calculated for each injury until the player returned to play. this study concerns fast bowling injuries only and therefore includes a dataset of injuries in fast bowlers sustained either with an acute non-contact bowling mechanism or a gradual onset bowling mechanism. injuries which were sustained either when batting or fielding were not considered as part of this study. all injuries were coded using the osics 9 system.[16] the second character of the injury diagnosis was used to subcategorise the injury into muscle, bone stress, tendon or joint injuries. further analysis of bone stress injuries were based on body part. analysis age age was calculated on the first day of a match, thus if a player’s birthday occurred during a match the exposure of that match was included in the lower age bracket. age was then characterised into five groups: • <22 years old (y.o.) • 22-25 y.o. • 25-28 y.o. • 28-31 y.o. • >31 y.o. the age brackets were selected to have as many even categories as possible but still maintain sufficient numbers for analysis. exposure exposure was measured by total number of overs bowled in short and long form matches by each of the age groups over the 14 seasons. proportion of long form cricket and overs bowled per match type was also calculated, as was the average overs per match. severity for each injury the number of matches lost before return to play was used as a measure of injury severity. two-way anova a two-way anova with ‘matches lost’ as the dependant variable and ‘age group’ and ‘injury type’ as fixed factors was run in spss (version 19). incidence the number of injuries per 1000 overs of exposure was calculated across the age groups. injury cost combining the elements of severity and incidence as a measure of injury cost the authors calculated the number of matches missed per 1 000 overs of exposure for the different age groups and injury types. results the 14 season data allowed the authors to follow 215  individual bowlers playing in 1 588 separate matches for 4 014 long form and 6 321 short form player matches. over that time fast bowlers suffered a total of 563 bowling-related injuries with 62 joint injuries, 101 bone injuries, 292 muscle injuries and 108 tendon injuries that conformed to the authors’ injury definition. table 1. bowling exposure of different age grouped fast bowlers over 14 seasons age (years) overs bowled over 14 seasons matches played over 14 seasons average overs per match (sd) long form (% of population) short form (% of population) total overs (% of population) long form short form %long form long form short form <22 10 748 (9.0) 4 118 (9.3) 14 866 (9.0) 395 647 37.9 27.2 (11) 6.4 (3) 22-25 25 596 (21.3) 9 232 (20.7) 34 828 (21.2) 877 1 287 40.5 29.2 (11) 7.2 (3) 25-28 36 900 (30.7) 13 077 (29.4) 49 977 (30.4) 1 217 1 835 39.9 30.3 (12) 7.1 (3) 28-31 27 012 (22.5) 11 195 (25.1) 38 207 (23.2) 879 1 543 36.3 30.7 (12) 7.3 (3) >31 19 794 (16.5) 6 895 (16.5) 26 689 (16.2) 646 1 009 39.0 30.6 (13) 6.8 (3) total 120 050 (100%) 44 517 (100%) 164 567 (100%) table 1 demonstrates that there are some differences in the proportional bowling load of the different age groups across matches but not within matches. the <22 years age group bowl around 9% of the overall deliveries, 22-25 years group 21%, 25-28 years group 30%, 28-31 years group 23.5% and the >31 years group 16.5%. the proportional relationship of the age groups does not change much from long form to short form cricket. interestingly, about 40% (36.3-40.5%) of the overs bowled come from long form cricket, and this is also consistent across the age groups. also showing strong consistency across the age groups is the average overs per match, especially in the long form of the game, with the range only being between 27-31 overs per match. so while younger players did not play as many matches the requirement for them to bowl once in a match was similar to other groups. 110 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 table 2 clearly illustrates that bone injuries cost considerably more lost matches than the other injury types. in the two-way anova injury type was a significant factor (p<0.05) for lost playing time. post-hoc analysis suggests that bone injuries were significantly (p<0.05) more costly than the other three subgroups (mean difference range 5.8-9 matches lost). tendon injuries were also significantly more costly than muscle injuries (p<0.05, mean difference 3.2 matches). age did not appear as a significant factor (p=0.35) in the severity (matches lost) of the different pathologies i.e. a muscle injury resulted in as many lost matches for all age groups. the interaction between the two factors fell just above the 0.05 level (p=0.055) with the largest difference being between the <22 and 22-25 group that demonstrated significance in the post-hoc testing (p=0.023, mean difference 2.8 matches with the younger players taking longer on average to recover from an injury). while the severity of the different injury types in table 3 did not vary much across the age groups, there are some quite marked differences in the incidence of the injuries across different ages. younger (<22 y.o.) and older (>31 y.o.) are 1.8-3.7 times more likely to suffer a joint injury than the other age groups. younger bowlers are 3.7-6.7  times more likely to suffer a bony injury than all the other age groups. younger bowlers are slightly more likely (1.4-1.6  times) to suffer a muscle injury. the incidence of tendon injuries is quite similar across the three youngest age groups and gradually increases in the 28-31 y.o. group, and is at the highest in the >31 y.o. group. the >31 y.o. group are 2.2-2.7  times more likely to suffer a tendon injury than the three youngest groups. the combination of severity and incidence depicted in figure 1 and table 4 respectively provides a much better overview of the cost of the different injuries across the different age groups. overall injury cost is clearly higher in younger bowlers, with this cost decreasing and plateauing out as they get older (22-31 y.o) and then increasing again as they go past 31 y.o. the bone injuries to young players is by far the most costly injury. this is driven not necessarily by the severity but by the much greater incidence of these injuries. these data also demonstrate the escalating cost of tendon injuries for older bowlers. this, associated with a small increase in the cost of joint injuries, makes the older group the second most costly group for injury. table 2. the descriptive statistics of the different age groups and injury types used in the two‑way anova average matches lost per injury type joint bone muscle tendon age (years) mean (sd) n mean (sd) n mean (sd) n mean (sd) n <22 4.6 (3.9) 9 13.5 (11.0) 31 5.0 (6.2) 38 4.5 (3.4) 8 22-25 5.4 (5.7) 10 11.6 (10.6) 19 3.8 (2.8) 57 4.1 (4.0) 17 25-28 5.6 (5.8) 17 11.1 (10.4) 28 4.2 (3.6) 88 9.1 (15.2) 22 28-31 4.1 (2.5) 7 18.9 (17.8) 12 4.0 (4.8) 61 4.9 (5.6) 29 >31 6.1 (11.5) 18 14.1 (10.5) 11 3.8 (3.2) 48 10.7 (13.3) 32 all 5.3 (7.3) 61 13.1 (11.7) 101 4.1 (4.1) 292 7.3 (11.6) 108 table 3. the incidence of the different injury types per 1 000 overs at different age groups injuries per 1 000 overs age (years) joint bone muscle tendon <22 0.61 2.09 2.56 0.54 22-25 0.29 0.55 1.64 0.49 25-28 0.34 0.56 1.76 0.44 28-31 0.18 0.31 1.60 0.76 >31 0.67 0.41 1.80 1.20 fig. 1. the number of matches lost per 1 000 overs bowled by different age groups and different injury type table 4. the number of matches lost per 1 000 overs bowled by different age groups and different injury types plus the total matches lost per age group matches lost per 1 000 overs bowled age (years) joint bone muscle tendon total <22 2.8 28.1 12.8 2.4 46.1 22-25 1.6 6.1 6.3 2.0 15.9 25-28 1.9 6.2 7.4 4.0 19.6 28-31 0.8 5.9 6.4 3.7 16.9 >31 4.1 5.8 6.8 12.8 29.5 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 111 table 5. the number of bone stress injuries at different body areas by different age groups* number of bone injuries in different body regions age (years) thorax foot lumbar lower leg <22 2 3 17 6 22-25 2 2 10 2 25-28 3 6 14 3 28-31 3 1 7 0 >31 1 4 4 1 * 91 of 101 bone injuries are classified in these areas; others have been excluded for brevity table 6. the number of muscle injuries at different body areas by different age groups* number of muscle injuries in different body regions age (years) lumbar/trunk hip/groin thigh lower leg shoulder <22 20 4 9 2 1 22-25 23 3 20 1 2 25-28 28 7 39 11 1 28-31 18 6 29 13 2 >31 8 8 20 12 1 * 280 of 292 muscle injuries occurred in the above areas; others have been excluded for brevity table 7. the number of tendon injuries at different body areas by different age groups* number of muscle injuries in different body regions age (years) ankle hamstring origin adductor knee shoulder <22 1 0 0 2 0 22-25 4 1 4 2 2 25-28 4 4 5 3 4 28-31 10 1 5 7 4 >31 14 1 2 6 6 * 92 of 102 tendon injuries are classified in these areas; others have been excluded for brevity discussion the results of this study illustrate that bony injuries have much greater severity than other types of overuse injuries in cricket fast bowlers. this, combined with a much greater incidence in younger bowlers, highlights that this is of particular importance in that group. while these two statements may not seem remarkable given the amount of research that has been done on bone injuries, especially in young fast bowlers, these authors believe this is the first study to clearly identify younger age as a risk factor in cricket fast bowlers and demonstrate the magnitude of that risk. younger age as a risk factor for stress fractures has been previously shown in the israeli military.[17] their findings showed that as age increased from 17 years through to 26 years, bony injury risk decreased by 28% per year. the findings in this present study are consistent with this trend, although it is difficult to compare the two populations, with only 3.3% (26 out of 796) of the military population over the age of 19 years, whereas this study’s population was comprised of athletes of whom 98% were above the age of 19 years. also, the type of injury suffered by the two populations is quite different. the israeli military recruits suffered predominately from tibial stress fractures, followed by femur and then metatarsal fractures. in this study’s fast bowling group the most common bony stress injury was to the lumbar spine, with the foot (tarsal and metatarsal combined) a distant second, the shank (tibia and fibula combined) less common and finally, the thorax (vertebrae, ribs and sternum combined). there were no reported femoral stress fractures (see table 5). the large number of lumbar spine bone stress injuries is not surprising as the incidence of these injuries in cricket fast bowlers has been reported to be between 11-55%[7,8,18] and is considerably higher than the normal population.[19] what this study demonstrates is that those bone stress injuries are clearly related to age. this is consistent with the first injury surveillance work in south african cricket which reported that all the fast bowlers who developed bone stress injuries during their three year injury surveillance period were under the age of 24 years.[20] the higher incidence of bone injuries in younger athletes may be related to bone development and maturity. key aspects of bone development, such as peak bone mass, bone mineral density (bmd) and bone mineral content (bmc), are age and site specific.[21] more specifically, the major increases in bmd and bmc in the lower limb bones occur between puberty and 18 years old, whilst in the lumbar spine there are continuing increases in bmd, bmc, vertebral height and vertebral width until 25 years old.[22] these aspects of bone structure and geometry are key determinants of bone strength and therefore key to bone stress fracture risk.[21] it has been shown that reduced bmd and bmc are risk factors for developing stress fractures in female athletes and military recruits;[23,24] however, the link with male athletes is less clear. male military recruits with lower bmc are at greater risk for developing stress fractures but despite the bmd in the hip and spine being lower (3-4%) in the stress fracture group the relationship with injury was not strong.[21] in the current study the higher incidence of bone injuries in younger fast bowlers could be explained by skeletal immaturity, particularly as there were a high number of bone injuries in the lumbar spine that matures later than the long bones of the lower limb. skeletal immaturity in combination with high bowling loads is therefore the likely reason that younger fast bowlers are more vulnerable to bone injuries. while in our analysis younger bowlers make up a smaller proportion of the total overs bowled within a season once they are in a match they bowled as much as their older counterparts. this would suggest that young fast bowlers 112 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 are more susceptible than older bowlers to bone stress injury with similar within match bowling loads. figure 1 and table 4 highlight that younger fast bowlers missed considerably more matches per 1 000 overs bowled due to bone injury compared to other age groups and injury types. compared to other age groups, younger bowlers also have a greater issue with muscle injuries with a slightly higher severity (5.0 matches lost per injury) and a slightly higher incidence (2.56 per 1 000 overs, see table 3). this led to 12.8 matches lost per 1 000 overs bowled (see table 4) which is nearly twice that of the other age groups. the higher severity is most likely due to the type of muscle injury suffered by younger players. lumbar and trunk injuries represented over 55% of the muscle injuries reported by younger bowlers. these were predominately (93%) side strains (a tear of the attachment of the internal or external oblique muscle off the lower ribs) and this proportion of lumbar/ trunk strains from total muscle injuries dropped off as the bowling groups became older (22-25 y.o. 46%, 25-28 y.o. 33%, 28-31 y.o. 30%, >31 y.o. 14%) (see table 6). anecdotally, side strains have been one of the more recalcitrant muscle injuries suffered by fast bowlers and are predominately described in cricket fast bowlers.[25] the higher incidence of side strains in younger bowlers with a subsequent decline in incidence with age may reflect a relative weakness of the attachment of the abdominal muscles to the ribs in younger bowlers. while joint injuries were the least expensive group of injuries for time loss there were some variations across the ages, with the youngest and oldest age group having an approximately 2-4 times higher incidence rate of the other age groups (see table 3). with only 62 joint injuries spread over five age groups and five or more body areas the reason for this variation is unclear. over 50% (34) of the joint injuries were allocated to the lumbar spine with the others spread between the ankle, foot, elbow and knee. this is likely due to the methodological inclusion criteria in this study – “a dataset of injuries in fast bowlers sustained either with an acute non-contact bowling mechanism or a gradual onset bowling mechanism”. this excludes the acute joint injuries, such as sprains from falls in the field, which often make up the predominate numbers of joint injuries in surveys. there is also perhaps a bias to attribute non-specific low back pain to a lumbar joint origin. while it is clear that younger bowlers are the most at risk for losing game time due to injury (46.1 matches per 1 000 overs bowled), older bowlers (>31 y.o.) are particularly vulnerable to tendon injuries. the incidence of tendon injuries remains quite low and stable at the younger three age groups (0.44-0.54 injuries per 1 000 overs) but starts to increase in the 28-31 age group (0.76 injuries per 1 000 overs) and increases again in the >31 age group (1.2 injuries per 1 000 overs) (see table 3). the concept of increasing age being a risk factor for tendinopathy has previously been discussed in clinical commentaries,[26] although a recent study on patella tendinopathy in elite soccer players did not support this.[27] at present it is unclear why there is a difference between clinical perception and published epidemiological evidence. in the current study the differences in the severity of tendon injuries are clouded by large variability in the number of games missed. there is also a problem with what is classified as a tendon injury. the increasing incidence of tendon injuries is predominantly driven by injuries to the ankle, although the knee (including quads tendon, patella tendon, hamstring insertion and iliotibial band) and the shoulder (mostly rotator cuff ) are also represented (see table 7). while the ankle distribution includes achilles tendon injuries, 26 of these 33 (79%) injuries were diagnosed by the medical staff as ankle impingement, but under the osics 9 system these were classified as tendon injuries. so the escalating incidence of tendon injuries can be explained by escalating ankle impingement. this is perhaps a limitation of the current coding system and needs to be considered in the future. conclusion in conclusion, this study has demonstrated that younger age is a considerable risk factor in the development of bone stress injuries in cricket fast bowlers. the lumbar spine is particularly vulnerable and this is likely to be a combination of skeletal immaturity and training age capability. these authors believe that young bowlers do not have the adequate bony maturity to cope with the full demands of first-class cricket and should not be expected to withstand the same volume as older, more seasoned bowlers. the younger fast bowler also is more susceptible to side strain injury which is likely to be for the same reasons as mentioned above. finally, while under the classification system used in this study (osics 9), tendon injuries increase with older age, which appears to be driven by the classification of ankle impingement as a tendon injury. references 1. orchard jw, james t, portus mr. injuries to elite male cricketers in australia over a 10-year period. j sci med sport 2006;9(6):459-467. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. sams.2006.05.001] 2. gabbe bj, bennell kl, finch cf, et al. predictors of hamstring injury at the elite level of australian football. scand j med sci sports 2006;16(1):7-13. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2005.00441.x] 3. dennis r, farhart p, goumas c, et al. bowling workload and the risk of injury in elite cricket fast bowlers. j sci med sport 2003;6(3)359-367. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/ s1440-2440(03)80031-2] [14609154] 4. orchard jw, james t, portus m, et al. fast bowlers in cricket demonstrate up to 3to 4-week delay between high workloads and increased risk of injury. am j sports med 2009;37(6):1186-1192. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546509332430] 5. hulin bt, gabbett tj, blanch p, et al. spikes in acute workload are associated with increased injury risk in elite cricket fast bowlers. br j sports med 2014;48(8):708-712. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092524] 6. crewe h, elliott b, couanis g, et al. the lumbar spine of the young cricket fast bowler:  an mri study. j sci med sport 2012;15(3):190-194. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.sams.2011.11.251] 7. engstrom cm, walker dg. pars interarticularis stress lesions in the lumbar spine of cricket fast bowlers. med sci sports exerc 2007;39(1):28-33. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1249/01.mss.0000241642.82725.ac] 8. foster d, john d, elliott b, et al. back injuries to fast bowlers in cricket: a prospective study. br j sports med 1989;23(3):150-154. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.23.3.150] pmid: 2620228. [1478681] 9. ranson ca, burnett af, kerslake rw. injuries to the lower back in elite fast bowlers: acute stress changes on mri predict stress fracture. j bone joint surg br 2010;92(12): 1664-1668. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1302/0301-620x.92b12.24913] 10. portus m, mason br, elliott bc, et al. technique factors related to ball release speed and trunk injuries in high performance cricket fast bowlers. sports biomech 2004;3(2):263-284. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14763140408522845] 11. ranson ca, burnett af, king m, et al. the relationship between bowling action classification and three-dimensional lower trunk motion in fast bowlers in cricket. j sports sci 2008;26(3):267-276. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410701501671] 12. ranson c, burnett a, king m, et al. acute lumbar stress injury, trunk kinematics, lumbar mri and paraspinal morphology in fast bowlers in cricket. proceedings of isbs conference. 2008. seoul, south korea, p. 4. 13. orchard j, blanch p, paoloni j, et al., different tissue types exhibit variations in workload patterns as risk factors for injury. br j sports med 2014; submitted. [3963545] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2006.05.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2006.05.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2005.00441.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2005.00441.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440(03)80031-2 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440(03)80031-2 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546509332430 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092524 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2011.11.251 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2011.11.251 http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000241642.82725.ac http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000241642.82725.ac http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.23.3.150 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.23.3.150 http://dx.doi.org/10.1302/0301-620x.92b12.24913 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14763140408522845 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410701501671 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 113 14. orchard j, james t, portus m. injuries to elite male cricketers in australia over a 10-year period. j sci med sport 2006;9(6):459-467. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. sams.2006.05.001] 15. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, et al. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. br j sports med 2005;39(4):e22. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2004.012732] pmid: 15793080. [1725193] 16. orchard j, rae k, brooks j, et al. revision, uptake and coding issues related to the open access orchard sports injury classification system (osics) versions 8, 9 and 10.1. open access j sports med 2010;1:207-214. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2147/oajsm. s7715] [3781871] 17. milgrom c, finestone a, shlamkovitch n, et al. youth is a risk factor for stress fracture. a study of  783 infantry recruits. j bone joint surg br 1994;76(1):20-22. pmid: 8300674. 18. hardcastle p, annear p, foster dh, et al. spinal abnormalities in young fast bowlers. j bone joint surg br 1992;74(3):421-425. pmid: 1587894. 19. beutler wj, fredrickson be, murtland a, et al. the natural history of spondylolysis and spondylolisthesis: 45-year follow-up evaluation. spine (phila pa 1976) 2003;28(10): 1027-1035; discussion 1035. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/01.brs.0000061992.98108.a0] 20. stretch ra. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. br j sports med 2003;37(3):250-253; discussion 253. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.3.250] [1724632] 21. cosman f, ruffing j, zion m, et al. determinants of stress fracture risk in united states military academy cadets. bone 2013;55(2):359-366. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. bone.2013.04.011] 22. walsh js, henry ym, fatayerji d, et al. lumbar spine peak bone mass and bone turnover in men and women: a longitudinal study. osteoporos int 2009;20(3):355-362. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00198-008-0672-5] 23. loud kj, micheli lj, bristol s, et al. family history predicts stress fracture in active female adolescents. pediatrics 2007;120(2):e364-372. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1542/ peds.2006-2145] [3200550] 24. pouilles jm, bernard j, tremollieres f, et al. femoral bone-density in young male adults with stress-fractures. bone 1989;10(2):105-108. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016.87563282(89)90006-9] 25. obaid h, nealon a, connell d. sonographic appearance of side strain injury. ajr am j roentgenol 2008;191(6):w264-w267. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2214/ajr.07.3381] 26. rees j, wilson a, wolman r current concepts in the management of tendon disorders. rheumatology (oxford) 2006;45(5):508-521. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/ rheumatology/kel046] [16490749] 27. hägglund m, zwerver j, ekstrand j. epidemiology of patellar tendinopathy in elite male soccer players. am j sports med 2011;39(9):1906-1911. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/0363546511408877] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2006.05.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2006.05.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2004.012732 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2004.012732 http://dx.doi.org/10.2147/oajsm.s7715 http://dx.doi.org/10.2147/oajsm.s7715 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/01.brs.0000061992.98108.a0 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.3.250 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.3.250 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.bone.2013.04.011 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.bone.2013.04.011 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00198-008-0672-5 http://dx.doi.org/10.1542/peds.2006-2145 http://dx.doi.org/10.1542/peds.2006-2145 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016.8756-3282(89)90006-9 http://dx.doi.org/10.2214/ajr.07.3381 http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/rheumatology/kel046 http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/rheumatology/kel046 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546511408877 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546511408877 obituary 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license dr richard de villiers – a tribute saturday, 9th july 2022 saw the sudden passing of dr richard de villiers, a giant in the south african musculoskeletal imaging community after he suffered a heart attack whilst cycling in the waterberg. i first met richard while training and competing in triathlons in cape town in the early nineties after he completed his internship at addington hospital in durban. he was a fierce competitor who represented western province and south africa as an age-group triathlete. i recall training with him in the pool at the durbanville virgin active club and on the bellville track where we pushed each other deep into the red zone. after returning from a year-long sports medicine fellowship in wellington, new zealand, at the end of 1994 i was training with richard and told him how the radiologists in the wellington hospital were in touch with the nuances of sports medicine. i told him about jock anderson, an australian and internationally renowned sports radiologist and connected him with jock. richard, as was his fearless nature jumped at the opportunity and met and endeared himself to jock anderson. he learnt from the guru and his interactive approach to the multidisciplinary nature of sports medicine. back home in south africa richard was instrumental in getting jock anderson to visit and lecture in south africa on several occasions. together in 1995, we initiated multidisciplinary meetings at tygerberg hospital. richard was a pioneer in the growth of sports imaging in south africa instrumental in establishing the south african musculoskeletal imaging group (samsig) in 2005. richard matriculated in 1984 from paarl gymnasium. he completed his medical degree at stellenbosch university in 1990 where he also trained as a radiology registrar. after qualifying as a radiologist in 1997 he underwent sub-specialist training in qatar and the uk and was registered as a specialist in both countries. richard published numerous peer-reviewed articles, at last count 43. he organized and lectured at numerous workshops and congresses locally and internationally. he was on the editorial board of the south african journal of sports medicine. richard was instrumental in establishing radiological services within the sports science institute of south africa in newlands in 2003 and likewise in his beloved town of stellenbosch. he was instrumental in raising the bar for radiological services to athletes across all disciplines and ages at local, provincial, national and international levels. through his love of cycling, he actively assisted in developing mountain bike trails in and around stellenbosch. watching richard's career flourish and his enjoyment of his work and enthusiastic approach inspired me to re-specialize in 2002 as a radiologist. richard was always supportive and encouraging. in the weeks before his passing, we had been in regular contact regarding his new ventures including the musculoskeletal fellowship program initiated at groote schuur hospital this year. as a member of the international skeletal society and the chairman of the south african musculoskeletal imaging group, he will be sorely missed at the local and international levels. on behalf of the south african sports medicine association, i would like to extend our sincerest condolences to his wife, marie-louise, as well as his parents and other family members. i would also like to thank richard for his pioneering contribution to sports medicine in south africa and for his friendship and support to all who had the privilege of working with him. personally, he will be sorely missed as a supportive colleague, friend and one helluva tough competitor. jean-claude koenig radiologist wedderburn-maxwell and partners durban, kwazulu-natal, south africa s afr j sports med 2022;34:1. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14630 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14630 92 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 editorial a skilled writer should be able to explain a complex topic to a reader who is not familiar with that topic. however, that is easier said than done as every branch of science embodies its own set of terms and words. anyone working in a specialised area has to learn the set of terms associated with that topic, and use the appropriate terms and words to communicate with their colleagues. failure to do so creates a barrier to entry; it makes it difficult to communicate and understand what others have said about the discipline. in the early phases of a new discipline, the terminology may be used slightly differently. however, as the discipline or area of research evolves, the words and definitions used to describe the nuances of that area become standardised. this reduces the risk of ambiguity and results in the communication on the specialised topic reaching a deeper level. with well-defined terminology, the results of studies can be compared and the knowledge in that area develops at a more rapid rate. there are many examples in sport and exercise medicine research where this has happened. consider cricket research, where the lack of consistent definitions for injury in the sport resulted in the research on injuries plateauing. the calculation of exposure to injury varied. the sticking point was that data from different studies could not be compared. this prompted collaboration between cricket authorities in australia, the united kingdom, south africa, new zealand, the west indies, and india to standardize the nomenclature used in cricket research. this resulted in a paper, which was widely circulated.[1] the consensus paper went into detail about the definitions for injury, injury recovery and injury recurrence in cricket. factors associated with exposure calculations were discussed. the paper even had worked examples showing how exposure should be calculated and a check list of information that should be collected by an injury surveillance system. it is no surprise that the quality of research into cricket injuries was transformed from being largely descriptive to more mechanistic and problem solving. this consensus paper on terminology made such an impact that it is unlikely that research will get published in high impact journals if the guidelines outlined in this paper are not adopted. the example set by cricket was followed by soccer[2] and then rugby[3]. both documents go into detail about the definitions of injury and factors to consider in calculating exposure in the respective sports. this results in studies on the incidence of injury being expressed in a comparable way. as with the research in cricket, the quality of research in soccer and cricket has increased exponentially. another example occurred in 2006 when the european college of sport science (ecss) published its consensus statement on overtraining.[4] this statement was prompted by the many studies that were attempting to address the consequences of overtraining, but the knowledge in the area was not progressing as it should have, because the scientists were using different terms to describe the condition. this made it difficult to compare studies. the document published by the ecss was updated seven years later when the american college of sports medicine were invited to contribute.[5] this has resulted in a set of clear descriptions and working definitions for terms in this area of research. the attempt to improve and define terms in sport and exercise medicine research continues. recently a paper was published which focussed on athlete proficiency.[6] this paper provided clear definitions for athlete proficiency so that athletes can be correctly ranked into categories, instead of being loosely described as “elite” or “high level”. this refining of definitions will assist researchers around the world to describe their athletes similarly; a consequence will be better quality science. an editorial has also drawn attention to the need for clear definitions and has proposed definitions for an “athlete”, age group classifications (i.e. young athletes; 12-17 years old, adult athletes; 18-35 years old, and master athletes; 35-60 years old), and level of performance.[7] the definitions they provide are crisp and clear and easily implementable. the establishment of definitions and methodology, and reporting standards should be adopted more widely as this contributes to better quality research. this is something that the reviewers of papers submitted to the south african journal of sports medicine are going to be asked to be vigilant about, so that we can make a positive contribution to the quality of the science in sport and exercise medicine. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2015;27(4):92. references 1. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, frost w, mansingh a, leipus a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sci med sport 2005;8(1):1-14. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440(05)80019-2] 2. fuller c, ekstrand j, junge a, andersen t, bahr r, dvorak j, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. scand j med sci sports 2006;16(2):83-92. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2006.00528.x] pmid:16533346. 3. fuller cw, molloy mg, bagate c, bahr r, brooks jhm, donson h, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures for studies of injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2007;41(5):328-31. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2006.033282] pmid: 17452684. 4. meeusen r, duclos m, geeson m, rietjens g, steinacker j, urhausen a. prevention, diagnosis and treatment of the overtraining syndrome. eur j sport sci 2006;6(1):14. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461390600617717] 5. meeusen r, duclos m, foster c, fry a, gleeson m, nieman d, et al. prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of the overtraining syndrome: joint consensus statement of the european college of sport science and the american college of sports medicine. med sci sports 2013;45(1):186-205. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461391. 2012.730061] 6. swann c, moran a, piggott d. defining elite athletes: issues in the study of expert performance in sport psychology. psychology of sport and exercise. elsevier ltd; 2015;16(1):3-14. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2014.07.004] 7. araújo cgs, scharhag j. athlete: a working definition for medical and health sciences research. scand j med sci sports 2016;26(1):4-7. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/ sms.12632] pmid: 26750158. terminology and nomenclature in sport and exercise medicine http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440(05)80019-2 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440(05)80019-2 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2006.00528.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2006.00528.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033282 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033282 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461390600617717 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461391.2012.730061 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461391.2012.730061 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2014.07.004 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/sms.12632 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/sms.12632 jsm0404pg000ed. sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 25 introduction the shoulder complex consists of 5 articulations, the glenohumeral, sternoclavicular, coracoclavicular, acromioclavicular and scapulothoracic joints, making it the most complex joint in the human body.1,10,15 one of the most important joints used in shoulder movements is the glenohumeral joint, which lacks bony stability and sacrifices the stability for increased mobility.1.7,13 stability in the glenohumeral joint is provided by the glenohumeral ligaments, glenoid labrum, shoulder capsule and by the rotator cuff muscles. the external rotator strength has been reported to be around 65% of internal rotator strength.17 during bowling in cricket, the internal shoulder rotators are involved in the acceleration phase of the arm through concentric contractions, while the external rotators are involved during the deceleration phase.4 the nature of fast bowling requires the arm to be rotated at around 60000.s-1, placing great demands on the shoulder's integrity.7 in addition to the technical skills required to perform, cricketers also need to possess a high level of fitness, thus making them susceptible to overuse injuries as a result of repetitive training.5 the upper extremities account for 25% and 22% of injuries in schoolboy19 and provincial20 cricket players, respectively. however, fast bowlers have a high incidence of shoulder injuries, with fast bowlers sustaining 42% of the upper extremity injuries to cricketers.5 injuries in fast bowlers may be caused by a number of factors, such as postural defects, poor bowling technique, inadequate physical or physiological attributes, as well as high physical demands.19 further, during a match many bowlers are placed to field in the outfield and thus have a tendency to develop ‘thrower's arm’ and other injuries.19 fast bowlers with a front-on bowling action are more susceptible to an injury of the shoulder.10 the presence of an imbalance between the agonist and antagonist groups is one of the major risk factors for develoriginal research article shoulder injuries in provincial male fast bowlers — predisposing factors k d aginsky1 (ba (hons) biokinetics)1 l lategan1 (dphil)1 r a stretch2 (dphil)2 1rand afrikaans university, johannesburg 2sport bureau, university of port elizabeth correspondence: r a stretch university of port elizabeth po box 1600 port elizabeth tel: 041-504 2584 fax: 041-583 2605 e-mail: richard.stretch@upe.ac.za abstract objectives. to investigate the relationship between shoulder flexibility and isokinetic strength as possible factors that may predispose provincial fast bowlers to shoulder injuries. design. twenty-one players, 12 of whom had no history of shoulder injuries and 9 of whom had experienced a shoulder injury to the bowling arm, were assessed for shoulder strength using a cybex norm isokinetic dynamometer. absolute and relative peak torque measures were obtained at isokinetic speeds of 90°/s and 180°/s, with both concentric and eccentric contractions performed. shoulder flexibility was tested using a leighton flexometer in both internal and external shoulder rotation. the players were classified into a front-on (n = 7), semi front-on (n = 7) or side-on (n = 7) bowling action from video footage recorded after a bowling trial in the nets. results. shoulder injuries were more common in fast bowlers with a front-on action (n = 5) than the bowlers with a side-on (n = 2) or semi front-on (n = 2) action. sixteen of the 21 fast bowlers showed low stability ratios compared with gravity corrected functional ratios, indicating an imbalance and the presence of possible dysfunction. the injured group of fast bowlers showed higher concentric weight-normalised torque values for internal rotation at the higher velocity (180°/s) (65.20 ± 10.03 vs. 45.91 ± 10.26 nm.kg-1 p < 0.009: injured vs. uninjured), which would suggest greater instability when compared with the uninjured players. this imbalance could indicate the presence of a predisposition to impingement syndrome in the injured subjects. there was an increase in the external rotation ranges of movement for both groups, indicating a degree of hypermobility in both groups. the results indicate that the presence of possible dysfunction in the shoulder rotators, combined with a front-on bowling action and external rotation hypermobility, are possible predisposing factors for chronic shoulder injuries in cricket fast bowlers. oping shoulder injuries such as dislocation and impingement,16 with deficiency in the external rotator strength possibly resulting in an injury.7 thus, the aim of the study was to investigate the relationship between shoulder flexibility and isokinetic strength as possible factors predisposing a male provincial fast bowler to shoulder injuries. the findings would assist in a better understanding of the risk factors for shoulder injury in an elite fast bowler, thus suggesting methods for reducing the incidence of injury and contributing to a prolonged career with fewer shoulder problems. methods the subjects consisted of 21 male right-arm fast bowlers who had all represented their province at either under-19, provincial academy, under-23, provincial b or provincial a level. their age ranged from 17 to 36 years, with a mean age of 22.4 years. the subjects were randomly chosen from those who were within travelling distance of the test centre. prior to testing the test protocol was explained to each subject, the informed consent form was signed, biographical data, which included personal information, level of participation, training schedules, injury history specifically relating to the shoulder, and body composition and somatotype data, were obtained. the subjects were then instructed to warm up for 5 minutes on a rowing ergometer and to stretch their shoulder complex before being tested isokinetically. isokinetic shoulder testing was performed on the cybex norm isokinetic dynamometer (cybex international, inc., lumex inc., chattanooga, usa). each subject was positioned on the cybex to assess the internal and external shoulder rotation of the bowling arm, according to the manufacturers' guidelines. the arm was abducted at 90° with 90° of elbow flexion and secured by a velcro strap in a vshaped padded trough attached to the lever arm base. the lever arm handle was then brought to a position where the grasp was comfortable, with the wrist maintaining a neutral position. the range of motion for shoulder rotation was set identically for everyone unless any discomfort was experienced. the test velocities were set at 90°.s-1 and 180°.s-1. both concentric and eccentric muscle actions were tested and gravity corrected. the order of testing proceeded from the slow speed to the fast speed and was standardised for all subjects. each subject was given the opportunity to familiarise himself with the dynamometer prior to the testing. a 1-minute rest period was observed between trials and test repetitions. cybex norm soft motion stops were placed at a range of movement (rom) 150° apart. the test protocol was standardised for all subjects. after a sufficient rest period following the cybex testing, flexibility was tested using a leighton flexometer.15 internal rotation was assessed passively in a supine position with the elbow flexed at 90° and the arm abducted at 90°. rotation was measured up to a point where the athlete started to complain of pain or the humeral head began to protrude anteriorly, or no further rom could be acquired.11 external rotation was also assessed passively in the same position. the same criteria were used for endpoints; however, extension of the thoracic spine was used as an endpoint and not humeral head protrusion. in order to determine the classification of the bowling action each bowler was videotaped from the front, side and back. an expert coach was asked to classify each fast bowler's action into one of 3 actions.9 the side-on action requires a relatively slow run-up with the shoulders and hips pointing down the pitch to the wickets at the batsman's end at the time of back-foot placement in the delivery stride. the front-on action requires a faster run-up with a more openchest position at back-foot placement, with the shoulders and hips pointing towards third slip. the semi-front-on technique is based on the same principles as the above, with the alignment of the hips and shoulders pointing between the wickets at the batsman's end and third slip. the statistical service (rau) statcon was used to compute single variable statistics, including means, standard deviations, minimums, maximums and level of significance. the 0.01% level of significance was used for all tests. results the bowlers were classified as front-on (n = 7), side-on (n = 7) and semi-front-on (n = 7). of these, 12 had not sustained a shoulder injury to their bowling arm, while the other 9 had sustained a chronic shoulder injury to their bowling arm. the results revealed that 5 of the 7 bowlers with a front-on technique had chronic shoulder injuries. bowlers with the sideon and semi front-on bowling techniques reported 2 injuries each, with 1 of these injuries being a chronic shoulder injury. the absolute concentric and eccentric torque measured at 90°.s-1 and 180°.s-1 for internal shoulder rotation was not different between the injured and uninjured groups. however, when the concentric internal rotation was weight-normalised, the injured subjects had a higher torque at 180°.s-1 (65.20 ± 10.30 versus 45.91 ± 10.26; injured versus uninjured; p = 0.009) (table i). the peak torque values of shoulder external rotation showed no significant difference between the injured and uninjured groups and within groups between the velocities (table ii). the absolute torque ratios between the injured 26 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 table i. torque values for internal shoulder rotation at angular velocities of 90° and 180° injured (n = 9) uninjured (n = 12) mean sd mean sd p-value absolute concentric (nm) 90° 44.50 11.05 40.67 10.64 0.464 180° 37.88 11.42 36.82 9.65 0.827 absolute eccentric (nm) 90° -52.50 13.64 -45.08 11.35 0.225 180° -46.50 7.75 -44.55 8.91 0.617 normalised concentric (nm/kg) 90° 51.94 11.39 51.83 11.97 0.984 180° 65.20* 10.03 45.91 10.26 0.009 normalised eccentric (nm/kg) 90° 44.11 10.91 54.67 13.31 0.069 180° 57.69 9.67 53.55 8.24 0.344 *p = 0.009 injured versus uninjured. and uninjured subjects for external and internal shoulder rotation showed no significant differences (table iii). however, the results for some subjects showed a muscle imbalance at both speeds, possibly predisposing them to injuries. all of the subjects except 5 had very low ratios. due to eccentric values increasing with velocity, the ratio value should also increase. however, only a minor increase was shown in the results. the results for the internal and external shoulder rotation flexibility of the injured and uninjured fast bowlers showed no significant difference between the groups (table iv). there was an increase in the external rotation ranges of movement for both groups, indicating a degree of hypermobility in both groups.14 discussion the isokinetic strength characteristics of the internal/external rotator shoulder muscles, shoulder flexibility and bowling action of provincial fast bowlers are presented, with the principal finding indicating the relationship between these variables and the incidence of chronic shoulder injury in the bowling arm. although the sample size is very small, the results support previous research that shoulder injuries are more common in fast bowlers with a front-on action than bowlers with a side-on or semi front-on action.10 in the side-on action the ball velocity is generated by contributions from the run-up (20 %), leg action and hip rotation (24%), trunk and shoulder rotation (11%), arm (41%) and hand and wrist (5%).6 although no research data are available on the contribution of various body segments to the ball velocity for the front-on action, the front-on bowling action requires a faster run-up (4.5 m.s-1) than the side-on (3.9 m.s-1), as well as a faster arm action.9 this faster arm action places more stress on the shoulder joint, predisposing these bowlers to shoulder injuries. during the bowling action's acceleration phase, the external rotators are contracted eccentrically in order to decelerate and control the arm and any external shoulder rotation weakness could contribute to impingement syndrome.17 at 180°.s-1 the uninjured group showed greater concentric and eccentric weight-normalised peak torque values for internal rotation than external rotation. the greater relative strength of the internal rotators compared with the external rotators, would indicate a decreased deceleration of internal rotation resulting in migration of the humeral head and thus a decrease in the subacromial space causing impingement of the rotator cuff tendon. thus fast bowlers should be advised to strengthen their external rotators to about 66% and 100% of the internal rotator concentric and eccentric strength, respectively.3 the fast bowler needs to decelerate the arm effectively from 6000°.s-1, resulting in an increase in the peak torque forces.2,4 eccentric external rotation showed a decrease in peak torque as the velocity increased. this is not congruent with the velocity-curve graph and could predispose the players to injury as this may cause the prime movers (anterior deltoid and pectoralis major) to superiorly translate the humeral head into the subacromial space, resulting in rotator cuff impingement.3 the eccentric external/concentric internal rotation ratio is a functional ratio. when a bowler delivers the ball, the internal rotators are concentrically contracted in order to accelerate the arm. in order to decelerate the arm after ball release the external rotators are contracted eccentrically. to achieve high ball delivery speeds the external eccentric forces must be great enough to balance these concentric and eccentric contractions, with a relationship between dysfunction and injury.2,7,8,18 sixteen of the 21 fast bowlers showed low stability ratios (table iii), compared with gravity corrected functional ratios of between 117 nm and 160 nm,12 indicating an imbalance and the presence of possible dysfunction. further, the concentric external-internal rotation also indisports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 27 table ii. torque values for external shoulder rotation at angular velocities of 90° and 180° injured (n = 9) uninjured (n = 12) mean sd mean sd p-value absolute concentric (nm) 90° 34.25 11.26 31.33 7.84 0.537 180° 29.50 9.49 27.91 6.61 0.691 absolute eccentric (nm) 90° -44.63 11.02 -40.24 7.37 0.363 180° -42.38 10.81 -38.00 5.93 0.324 normalised concentric (nm/kg) 90° 36.59 6.90 39.58 6.95 0.359 180° 30.81 4.77 35.00 6.72 0.131 normalised eccentric (nm/kg) 90° 52.23 11.33 51.83 7.91 0.933 180° 49.32 10.53 47.82 5.96 0.723 table iii. torque ratios for external and internal shoulder rotation at angular velocities of 90° and 180° uninjured injured (n = 9) (n = 12) mean sd mean sd p-value absolute concentric ratio 90° 72.13 15.92 78.58 12.83 0.356 180° 73.88 17.68 78.18 13.17 0.571 absolute eccentric ratio 90° 103.63 28.11 104.17 23.74 0.965 180° 117.38 36.74 107.64 23.38 0.523 table iv. internal and external shoulder rotation flexibility (°) injured (n = 9) uninjured (n = 12) mean sd mean sd p-value internal rotation 84.00 10.77 89.75 17.26 0.361 external rotation 116.22 10.26 116.83 7.91 0.884 28 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 cates a muscle imbalance at both speeds possibly predisposing these players to injury or re-injury due to previous chronic shoulder injuries that may not have been fully rehabilitated. athletes with impingement syndrome show a high degree of hypermobility in the anterior capsule of the shoulder, with excessive external rotation rom and general ligament laxity of the glenohumeral joint. these are contributory factors to developing impingement.20 the shoulder hypermobility of these groups of fast bowlers, as indicated by an increase in external rotation of the shoulder, may be a risk factor in the development of an impingement injury. the demands placed on the shoulder of a fast bowler are great and any muscle imbalances in the shoulder region could result in injury or reinjury. the difference between the uninjured and injured groups in the concentric internal rotation peak torque/body weight at 180°.s-1 indicates muscle imbalance in the rotator cuff muscles, which combined with a fast delivery speed with a front-on bowling action, may be a predisposing factor for shoulder injuries in cricket fast bowlers. although no significant differences were found between the injured and uninjured subjects, the results indicate that imbalance in the rotator cuff muscles, combined with a front-on bowling action, may be a predisposing factor for impingement syndrome in cricket fast bowlers. thus, bowler, coaches and fitness trainers need to ensure that fast bowlers follow a specific shoulder strengthening and flexibility programme to reduce the risk of injury. further, the personnel involved with the rehabilitation of the player after a shoulder injury need to continually assess the strength and flexibility of the shoulder and the ratios between the strength of agonist and antagonist muscle groups. only when fully recovered should a player be allowed to return to match play otherwise the player runs the risk of re-injury and a shortened career with further shoulder problems. references 1. anderson mk, hall sj, martin m. sports injury management. 2nd ed. philadelphia: lippincott williams & wilkins, 2000. 2. brown l. isokinetics in human performance. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2000. 3. brukner p, khan k. clinical sports medicine. sydney: mcgraw-hill, 1993. 4. codine p, bernard pl, pocholle m, benaim c, brun v. influence of sports discipline on shoulder rotator cuff balance. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29:1400-5. 5. crisp ta. cricket injuries. sports therapy 1990; 1(1):22-3. 6. davis k, blanksby b. the segmental components of fast bowling in cricket. australian journal for health, physical educationand recreation 1976; 71: suppl, 6 8. 7. donatelli ra, ellenbecker t, ekedahl s, wilkes js, kocher pt, adam j. assessment of shoulder strength in professional baseball pithcers, j orthop sports phys ther 2000; 30: 544-51. 8. dvir z. isokinetics: muscle testing, interpretation and clinical applications. edinburgh: churchill-livingstone, 2000. 9. elliott bc, foster dh. a biomechanical analysis of the front-on and sideon bowling techniques. journal of human movement studies 1984; 10: 83 94. 10. foster d. injury and prevention in fast bowling. proceedings of the australian sports medicine federation annual scientific conference, perth, australia, 1984. 11. gore cj. physical tests for elite athletes. australian sports commission. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2000. 12. guillermo j. isokinetic eccentric-to-concentric strength ratios of the shoulder rotator muscles in throwers and nonthrowers. am j sports med 2003; 10: 537 41. 13. hall sj. basic biomechanics. 3rd ed. boston: mcgraw-hill, 1999. 14. heyward vh. advanced fitness assessment and exercise prescription. 3rd ed. champaign, il: human kinetics, 1997. 15. king ga. internal and external shoulder rotator strength of cricketers vs. non-cricketers: an isokinetic comparison. masters thesis, rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa, 1997. 16. luttgens k, deutsch h, hamilton n. kinesiology: scientific basis of human motion. 8th ed. madison, wisconsin: brown and benchmark, 1992. 17. newsham kr, keith cs, saunders je, gaffinett as. isokinetic profile of baseball pitchers' internal and external rotation 180, 300, 450°.s-1, med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 1489-95. 18. perrin dh. isokinetic exercise and assessment. champaign, il: human kinetics, 1993. 19. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in schoolboy cricketers. s afr med j, 1995; 85: 1182-4. 20. wilk ke, arrigo c. current concepts in the rehabilitation of the athletic shoulder. j orthop sports phys ther 1993; 18: 365. 1 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 2 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 hosted by sponsors http://utcimaging.com/ http://www.inqababiotec.co.za/ http://www.grootconstantia.co.za/ http://www.sasma.org.za/ 3 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 contents o1: persistence of tendon inflammation: a leading role for the stroma? ........................................... 5 o2: role of immune cells on tendon disease: insights from an in vitro model ................................... 6 o3: altered structure integrity is associated with pain and dysfunction in volleyball players with patellar tendinopathy .......................................................................................................................... 6 o4: altered structure integrity is associated with pain and dysfunction in junior elite athletes with patellar tendinopathy .......................................................................................................................... 7 o5: mechanical properties of the plantaris and achilles tendons: a contributing factor to noninsertional achilles tendinopathy? ..................................................................................................... 8 o6: can imaging diagnose and predict the morbidity of achilles and patellar tendinopathy in elite australian football players? ................................................................................................................. 8 o7: quantifying tendon stiffness in achilles and patellar tendinopathy and healthy controls using shear wave elastography: a blinded, cross-sectional investigation. .................................................. 9 o8: evaluation of intratendinous displacement and strain in the achilles tendon using quantitative high-frequency ultrasound imaging and an interactive clinician-friendly application. ....................... 10 o9: the epidemiology of achilles tendinopathy in uk runners ........................................................ 11 o10: patellar tendon structure responds to load over a 7-week preseason in elite volleyball players. .......................................................................................................................................................... 11 o11: immediate effects of altering sagittal plane trunk position during jump-landings in athletes with and without patellar tendinopathy ..................................................................................................... 12 o12: comparison of the mechanical properties between healthy tendon and tendon pathology using ultrasound elastography: a systematic review. ....................................................................... 13 o13: do symptomatic achilles tendons contain sufficient aligned fibrillar structure? ...................... 14 o14: statin treatment is associated with trigger finger ..................................................................... 15 o15: development and validation of the visa-a(sedentary) questionnaire: a modified version of the visa-a for nonathletic patients with achilles tendinopathy. ....................................................... 15 o16: increased upper trapezius muscle stiffness is associated with less reduction of the subacromial space in athletes with rotator cuff tendinopathy ........................................................... 16 o17: no effect of cox-2 inhibition on the composition of inflammatory cell populations during early and mid-time tendon healing ............................................................................................................ 17 o18: what does normal tendon structure look like? new insights into tissue characterisation in the achilles tendon.................................................................................................................................. 17 o19: the sympathetic nervous system is a factor in chronic achilles tendinopathy: an in vivo study ................................................................................................................................................. 18 o20: decrease in tendon strain is associated with intensity of pain in jumping athletes with patellar tendinopathy ..................................................................................................................................... 19 o21: evaluating somatosensory and psychological profiles of participants with patellar and achilles tendinopathy: a single-blind case-control study design .................................................................... 20 o22: immediate effects of one session of extracorporeal shock wave therapy on the elasticity of tendon in athletes with patellar tendinopathy ................................................................................... 21 o23: pressure pain thresholds? don’t do what we did! ................................................................... 21 o24: interrogating the role of angiogenesis genes on musculoskeletal soft tissue injury risk ......... 22 o25: microvascular volume in symptomatic achilles tendons is associated with visa-a score, but does not predict esw-induced intrinsic tendon tenderness ............................................................. 23 o26: plantaris excision and achilles tendon scraping is associated with reduction in pain and improvement in tendon structure in patients with mid-portion achilles tendinopathy ....................... 24 o27: fat pad adjacent to tendinopathy: coincidental or causal? ...................................................... 25 4 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o28: botulinum toxin a blocks the release of acetylcholine from tendon cells – a novel role for botox in treating tendinopathy? ......................................................................................................... 25 o29: collagen genes and risk of carpal tunnel syndrome ........................................................... 26 o30: disruption of tgfβ signaling in the scleraxis cell lineage – a genetic model of tendon degeneration .................................................................................................................................... 27 o31: a cross sectional study correlating ultrasound tissue characterisaton and shear wave elastography in normal and tendinopathic achilles tendons ............................................................ 27 5 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o1: persistence of tendon inflammation: a leading role for the stroma? sg dakin 1 , fo martinez 1 , mh al-mossawi 1 , r hedley 1 , k wheway 1 , b watkins 1 , cd buckley 2 , aj carr 1 1 botnar research centre, nuffield department of orthopaedics, rheumatology and musculoskeletal sciences, university of oxford, united kingdom; 2 institute of inflammation and ageing, university of birmingham, united kingdom. presenting author e-mail address: stephanie.dakin@ndorms.ox.ac.uk introduction: the mechanisms underpinning the development of chronic inflammation in tendinopathy are poorly understood. recent work has highlighted the plasticity of macrophage activation signatures in human supraspinatus tendinopathy (1), however the contribution of resident stromal cells to the inflammatory response has not been investigated. stromal activation is reported in rheumatoid arthritis in which resident stromal cells fail to switch off their inflammatory programme (2). in this study, we investigate the potential role of tendon stromal cells as an important population implicated in the development of chronic inflammation. methods: we studied stromal activation signatures in tendons obtained from patients before and after sub-acromial decompression treatment. some patients became pain-free after treatment and in some pain persisted. tendons were classified as early, intermediate or advanced stage disease. healthy tendons were collected from patients undergoing shoulder stabilisation surgery or acl repair. markers of stromal activation (gp38/podoplanin, cd248 and vcam) were investigated by flow cytometry and immunostaining of tendon tissues. gene array, qpcr and flow cytometry were used to investigate stromal activation in vitro. results: diseased tendon tissues showed increased gp38, cd248 and vcam mrna compared to healthy supraspinatus tendons (p=0.01). this stromal activation signature persisted in painful and pain-free patients 2-4 years after treatment. diseased cells showed increased basal gp38, cd248 and vcam mrna compared to healthy cells (p<0.05). treatment of healthy and diseased cells with il-1 or tnf increased gp38 and vcam mrna and protein. il-1 treated diseased cells showed increased gp38 mrna compared to il-1 treated healthy cells (p=0.03). cytokine treatment did not induce expression of cd248. treatment of diseased cells with lps increased expression of nfb and interferon inducible target genes compared to lps treated healthy cells. discussion: we demonstrate inflamed tendon tissues show increased expression of stromal fibroblast activation markers compared to healthy tendon tissues and cells. cytokine stimulation induced markers of activation including gp38 and vcam but not cd248, suggesting distinct stromal responses in diseased tendons. persistence of the stromal activation signature after treatment suggests tendon stromal cells may be continuously primed for inflammation. stromal activation and memory may be an important mechanism for the development of chronic inflammation and recurrent tendon disease. references: 1. s. g. dakin, f. o. martinez, c. yapp, g. wells, u. oppermann, b. j. dean, r. d. smith, k. wheway, b. watkins, l. roche, a. j. carr, inflammation activation and resolution in human tendon disease. science translational medicine 7, 311ra173 (2015). 2. r. patel, a. filer, f. barone, c. d. buckley, stroma: fertile soil for inflammation. best pract res clin rheumatol 28, 565-576 (2014). acknowledgements: this work was funded by arthritis research uk grant 20506 and the nihr oxford musculoskeletal biomedical research unit. 6 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o2: role of immune cells on tendon disease: insights from an in vitro model ad schoenenberger 1,2 , j foolen 1,2 , u silvan 1,2 and jg snedeker 1,2 1 department of orthopaedics, balgrist hospital, university of zurich, zurich, switzerland; 2 institute for biomechanics, eth, zurich, switzerland. presenting author e-mail address: angelina.schoenenberger@hest.ethz.ch introduction: the cellular mechanisms of tendinopathy remain unclear particularly with respect to the importance of inflammation in both the pathogenesis of tendinopathy and the healing process. recent immuno-histochemical studies have revealed the presence of immune-competent cells in both early and chronic human tendinopathy. the evidence that inflammation coexists with degenerative changes in tendon opens questions regarding potential crosstalk between immune-cells and tendon fibroblasts (tfs). to shed light on this process we investigated the effects of polarized macrophage interaction with tendon cell behavior in a novel in vitro model of tendinopathy. methods: primary human tfs were seeded on nanofiber polymer mats that were structured to mimic the characteristic matrix of healthy vs diseased tendon. a tf/macrophage transwell system was used, allowing exchange of soluble factors without direct cell-cell contact. briefly, thp-1 monocytes, differentiated to macrophages (m0), were chemically polarized to the pro-inflammatory m1-like phenotype or the anti-inflammatory m2-like phenotype validated using surface markers cd197 (m1) and cd206 (m2). tf response was assessed using lineage-specific markers tenomodulin, scleraxis and mohawk, collagen i/iii and matrix remodelling capacity as indicated by matrix metalloproteinases (mmp). results: the extracellular matrix structure highly affected tf morphology, with models of healthy matrix yielding highly elongated cells and model tendinopathic matrices yielding more polygonal cells spread over multiple fibers. no notable changes in tendon marker expression were detected between substrate types. on the tendinopathic substrate models, tf stimulation by pro-inflammatory cytokines increased mmp 1, 3, and 13 expressions, compared to those on healthy matrix models. discussion: we established a combined in vitro system to study the effect of different factors on tendon cells displaying normal and pathological matrix phenotype. using this approach, we explored the effect of immune cells and factors secreted by immune cells on human primary tfs and observed increased expression of genes related with ecm turnover in ‘pathological’ tfs exposed to proinflammatory cytokines. these results are consistent with previously published reports of ‘molecular inflammation’. our minimal tendinopathy model driven by tendinopathic matrix structure indicates existence of crosstalk between immune cells and tfs that are relevant to understanding of tendon disease. o3: altered structure integrity is associated with pain and dysfunction in volleyball players with patellar tendinopathy z cai 1 , j li 2 , p luo 3 , p malliaras 4 , l masci 5 , w zhang 6 , j fang 6 , sn fu 1 1 department of rehabilitation sciences, the hong kong polytechnic university, hong kong (sar), 2 china sports bureau of guangdong province, china, 3 guangdong vocational institute of sports, china, 4 complete sports care, australia, 5 pure sports medicine, london, united kingdom, 6 guangdong sports hospital, china, presenting author e-mail address: zoe.cc.cai@polyu.edu.hk introduction: altered tendon integrity has been reported in athletes with achilles tendinopathy. the present project aimed to compare tendon integrity between healthy and volleyball athletes with patellar tendinopathy; as well as to explore possible relationship between abnormal tendon integrity, pain and dysfunctions in those with patellar tendinopathy. methods: twenty-two elite volleyball players (mean age =20.7 ±1.; bmi=32.0 ± 6.2; 8 male; mean training hour per week = 30) were recruited. fourteen had patellar tendinopathy (5 had unilateral patellar tendinopathy and 9 had bilateral tendinopathy) determined by clinical assessments. both 7 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 knees were scanned using the ultrasound tissue characterization system. four echo types were discriminated and expressed as a percentage. visual analogue scale (vas) was used in quantifying the intensity of pain on palpation and during single-legged declinedsquat test. the victorian institute of sports assessment scale (visa-p) was used in measurement dysfunctions. results: significant increase in the proportion of echo type iii+ vi was observed in athletes with patellar tendinopathy than control (p <0.05). the proportion of iii+iv was increased from 12.1% to 28.1%; and from 12.9% to 26.3% in the right and left knees, respectively. correlations were found between the proportion of echo iii+iv and the visa-p scale. specifically, a trend of negative correlation was detected between the proportion of echo iii+iv and scores of question 4 of the visa-p scale (pain when doing a full weight-bearing lunge) (rho = -0.51, p=0.078) in 13 subjects with right patellar tendinopathy and the visa-p scores (rho= 0.61, p=0.059) in 10 subjects with left tendinopathy. discussion: increase in abnormal tendon structure was observed in elite volleyball players with patellar tendinopathy. these athletes lived in a training institute and trained 5 days a week and 6 hours a day. most of the players with tendinopathic tendon still practiced with pain; and were able to squat fully without pain. during full-weight forward lunge, the activity-induced patellar pain had a trend of relationship with the abnormal tendon structure in subjects with right patellar tendinopathy. these findings suggest that more severe structural tendon changes show a trend towards a relationship with pain during tendon loading. o4: altered structure integrity is associated with pain and dysfunction in junior elite athletes with patellar tendinopathy sn fu 1 , j li 2 ,l mascil 3 , w zhang 4 , j fang 4 , p luo 5 , p malliaras 6 , z cai 1 1 department of rehabilitation sciences, the hong kong polytechnic university, hong kong (sar), 2 china sports bureau of guangdong province, china, 3 pure sports medicine 116 cromwell rd london, united kingdom, 4 guangdong sports hospital, china, 5 guangdong vocational institute of sports, 6 complete sports care, australia, presenting author e-mail address: amy.fu@polyu.edu.hk introduction: altered tendon integrity has been reported in adult athletes. whether similar phenomenon happens in junior elite athletes is unknown. although an increase in abnormal tendon structure has been observed in subjects with tendinopathy, the relationship between tendon structure, pain and dysfunction is unclear. the present project aimed to compare tendon integrity between junior healthy and athletes with patellar tendinopathy and to explore possible relationships between abnormal tendon integrity, pain and dysfunctions in junior elite athletes with patellar tendinopathy. methods: thirty-seven junior elite athletes (age ranged from 14-18 years; 26 male; mean training hour per week = 30; 19 volleyball players and 18 weight lifting athletes) were recruited. fourteen of them had patellar tendinopathy (5 had unilateral right patellar tendinopathy and 9 had bilateral tendinopathy) determined by clinical assessments. the right knee was scanned using the ultrasound tissue characterization system. four echo types were discriminated and expressed as a percentage. visual analogue scale (vas) was used in quantifying the intensity of pain on palpation and during single-legged declined-squat test. the victorian institute of sports assessment scale (visa-p) was used in measurement dysfunctions. results: significant increase in the proportion of echo type iii+ vi was observed in athletes with patellar tendinopathy than the control (p <0.05). echo iii+iv was increased from 11% in the healthy to 24% in the tendinopathic tendons. positive correlations were found between echo iii+iv and intensity of pressure pain (rho=0.81, p=0.000) and intensity of single-legged decline-squat test pain (rho= 0.83, p=0.000); as well as negatively correlated with visa-p score (rho =-0.55, p= 0.053). discussion: altered tendon structure was observed in junior elite athletes with patellar tendinopathy. the athletes lived in a training institute and trained 5 days a week with same training intensity. those with patellar tendinopathy had not modified their training schedule. however, abnormal tendon structure was associated with pain and dysfunctions in these athletes. our findings suggest more severe changes in structure are related to pain and dysfunction in the junior elite athletes. 8 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o5: mechanical properties of the plantaris and achilles tendons: a contributing factor to non-insertional achilles tendinopathy? joanna stephen 1,2 , breck lord 2 , lorenzo masci 3 , james calder 1,4 , andrew amis 2,4 an investigation performed at imperial college london 1 fortius clinic, 17 fitzhardinge st, london w1h 6eq; 2 biomechanics group, department of mechanical engineering, imperial college london, uk 3 st georges hospital, london, uk; 3 pure sports medicine, 116 cromwell rd, london sw7 4xr; 4 musculoskeletal surgery group, department of surgery and cancer, imperial college london school of medicine, charing cross hospital, london, uk presenting author e-mail address: lorenzo@sportsdoctorlondon.com introduction: the plantaris tendon (pt) has been implicated in non-insertional achilles tendinopathy (niat), but its precise role is not clearly understood. it is hypothesised to friction against the medial achilles, potentially causing a neuro-inflammatory response. different mechanical properties of the tendons could be a causative factor, resulting in elongation differences between the two tendons in response to loading. a prior study found pt is stiffer than achilles tendon(at) however young’s modulus was not reported, since testing equipment limited loading to 200n. thus pt was only compared to sectioned parts of the at, likely affecting its behaviour given its twisted structure. the purpose of this work was to define the mechanical properties of whole at and pt taken from young specimens, with normal tendon morphology. methods: an ultrasound tissue characterisation scan (utc) was performed on ten fresh frozen cadaveric ankles(mean age=32±7(m±sd) range:22-39; female=6). pt and at were dissected out and cross-sectional area recorded using a validated alginate mould and digital photography method. tendons were individually tensile tested to failure at 1,000 mm/min, by gripping ends in freezing clamps, using an instron machine(instron limited, uk). sutures were positioned 50mm apart on the tendons, 10mm proximal and distal to the freezing clamp edge and tracked using a high speed video camera synchronised with the load values. results: cross sectional area (csa) of at(68±14mm 2 (mean±sd)) was significantly greater than pt (3±1mm 2 )(p<0.01). utc scans showed a mean 89% organised tendon in at 2-4cm from the calcaneal insertion. stress and strain curves were plotted and young’s modulus calculated. pt had a significantly higher modulus of elasticity (1.5gpa±0.3) than at (0.9gpa±0.4)(p<0.001). fracture forces for the at (3.6kn±0.5) were significantly higher than pt (0.3kn±0.1) due to csa differences (p<0.01). conclusion: accounting for csa, young healthy pt were significantly stiffer than at. this is the first time young’s modulus has been reported on same specimen, intact at and pt, using high frequency sampling (1000hz) and rapid tendon loading(1000 mm/min). findings explain why clinically the at may rupture and the pt remains intact, adding support to the premise of a friction phenomenon between at and pt in a sub-population of patients with niat. o6: can imaging diagnose and predict the morbidity of achilles and patellar tendinopathy in elite australian football players? si docking 1,2 , e rio 1,2 , j orchard 3 , l fortington 2 and j cook 1,2 1 la trobe sports and exercise medicine research centre, la trobe university, melbourne, australia, 2 australian centre for research into injury in sport and it’s prevention, federation university, ballarat, australia, 3 school of public health, university of sydney, sydney, australia presenting author e-mail address: s.docking@latrobe.edu.au introduction: the relevance of imaging in tendinopathy is widely debated due to the large proportion of asymptomatic pathology. furthermore, there is controversy regarding whether normalisation of tendon structure is required for clinical improvements in pain. this study aimed to investigate whether 9 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 the presence of pathology, amount of disorganisation, or changes in tendon structure over time predict the presence, or magnitude of symptoms, in achilles and patellar tendinopathy. methods: 474 elite male australian football players were recruited. all players completed the ostrc overuse questionnaire monthly during the preand competitive season to quantify the impact of achilles and/or patellar tendinopathy on participation and performance in training and games. a subset of 193 participants underwent ultrasound tissue characterisation (utc) scans of their achilles and patellar tendons at baseline, monthly intervals throughout the three month pre-season, and end of season. the presence of pathology on grey-scale ultrasound (hypoechoic area and/or tendon thickening) was assessed, as well as the percentage of disorganised structure (dis) quantified using utc. risk factor analysis was performed to identify any associations between the presence of pathology and symptoms. linear regression was performed to identify any potential relationship between the percentage of dis and ostrc score. results: 13.3% and 16.5% of participants reported some level of achilles or patellar tendon morbidity respectively. 66 players (40.5% of those scanned) exhibited a pathological patellar tendon on greyscale us, yet 26 of these players (39.4%) were asymptomatic. players with pathology on grey scale ultrasound at the start of the season were 7.3 (ci 3.6-14.7) times more likely to have symptoms. based on utc findings, participants with more than 5.8% of dis structure in the patellar tendon were 5.1 (ci 1.220.8) times more likely to have their participation and performance in training and games affected. no relationship was observed between percentage of dis structure and the ostrc overuse score (p=0.977, r=0.011). discussion: the presence of structural abnormalities was a risk factor for reduced participation and performance in training and games. in this population, imaging should not be used diagnostically due to the high proportion of asymptomatic tendon pathology and poor positive predictive value o7: quantifying tendon stiffness in achilles and patellar tendinopathy and healthy controls using shear wave elastography: a blinded, cross-sectional investigation. b coombes 1 , b vicenzino 2 , v vuvan 2 , r mellor 2 , l heales 3 , a nordez 4 , k tucker 1 , f hug 4 1 school of biomedical sciences, the university of queensland, brisbane australia; 2 school of health and rehabilitation sciences, the university of queensland, brisbane, australia; 3 school of human, health and social science, division of physiotherapy, central queensland university, rockhampton, australia; 4 laboratory for movement, interaction and performance, university of nantes, nantes, france presenting author e-mail address: b.coombes@uq.edu.au introduction: tendon injuries are characterized by changes in composition and structure, which may alter tendon mechanical properties. shear wave elastography is a relatively new ultrasound-based, non-invasive technique, which can be used to quantitatively assess the shear modulus or stiffness of tendon. to date, there is limited evidence from separate studies suggesting increased and decreased stiffness in patellar and achilles tendinopathy respectively. methods: a cross-sectional study was used to compare healthy individuals with those currently experiencing symptomatic (unilateral or bilateral) achilles tendinopathy (at) or patellar tendinopathy (pt). b-mode and elastography was performed using an aixplorer ultrasound scanner (supersonic imagine version 8.2). an examiner blinded to the presence (and region) of tendinopathy performed bilateral measures of patellar and achilles tendons, at both mid-tendon and insertional regions, in a randomised order. elastography images were processed offline using customised matlab scripts by a second researcher blinded to tendinopathy status. repeated measures ancova were used to examine the effect of condition (pt v c or at v c) and region (mid v insertional) on each measure. where significant interaction was found post-hoc testing was performed using generalised linear models. age, sex and bmi were included in all models. significance was set at 0.01. results: 67 participants (17 patellar tendinopathy, 22 achilles tendinopathy, 28 controls) were recruited. significant differences in age and bmi were found between groups, with at group being 10 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 older and more overweight. compared to controls, increased thickness (md 1.7mm, 95%ci 0.5 to 2.9, p=0.005) and increased stiffness (md 64.9kpa, 54.6 to 75.2, p<0.001) were found in the insertional (proximal) patellar tendon in patellar tendinopathy. compared to controls, decreased stiffness (md 27.2kpa, -43.1 to -11.3, p<0.001) was found at the achilles insertion in achilles tendinopathy, but not at the mid-tendon, where there was increased thickness (md 1.9mm, 0.5 to 3.3, p=0.01). achilles tendon stiffness was significantly negatively associated with age (b -0.5, 95% ci -0.9 to -0.1, p=0.007). conclusion: regional changes in tendon thickness and stiffness are evident in achilles and patellar tendinopathy. different mechanical demands and chronic tendon overload or underload may explain the increased stiffness in patellar and decreased stiffness in achilles tendinopathy respectively. o8: evaluation of intratendinous displacement and strain in the achilles tendon using quantitative high-frequency ultrasound imaging and an interactive clinician-friendly application. stijn bogaerts 1 , catarina carvalho 2 , koen peers 1 . 1 department of physical medicine & rehabilitation, university hospitals leuven, belgium; 2 medical imaging research centre, university of leuven, belgium presenting author e-mail address: stijn_bogaerts@hotmail.com or stijn.1.bogaerts@uzleuven.be introduction: knowledge on in vivo mechanical tendon behavior is scarce. previous research has provided insight in global as well as intratendinous tendon displacement, but information on in vivo intratendinous strain is absent. the objective of this study is to (a) investigate the reliability of a novel imaging technique using high-frequency ultrasound based speckle tracking, to establish a direct measure for local intratendinous displacement and strain. we hypothesize (b) non-uniform deformation with highest displacement in the deep layer, and highest strain in the superficial layer, when comparing superficial, middle and deep tendon layers. methods: a dynamic ultrasound of both achilles tendons of 10 asymptomatic subjects was taken during 2 repetitions of a passive elongation and an isometric contraction. after segmentation and post-processing of the images, the intratendinous deformation was estimated by means of speckle tracking. reliability of the method and non-uniform behavior (displacement and strain) between the three layers were evaluated. intraclass correlation coefficients between two repetitions were evaluated separately for each leg, activation method (passive, isometric), response variable (displacement, strain) and layer (deep, middle, superficial). results: icc’s were overall acceptable, ranging from 0,57 to 0,94 for displacement in the superficial layer for both legs and activation methods. there was a statistically significant (alpha-level 0,05) nonuniform displacement when comparing the superficial, middle and deep layers, for passive as well as isometric activation (p < 0,001). highest displacement was found in the deep layer. there was a statistically significant non-uniform strain, but only during passive activation, when comparing superficial, middle and deep layers (superficial versus middle: p = 0,03; superficial versus deep and middle versus deep: p < 0,001). highest strain was found in the superficial layer. discussion: we have proven adequate reliability of this new technique and have confirmed previously found (1,2) non-uniform tendon behavior with highest displacement in the deep layer. furthermore, we have shown a first insight in non-uniform strain behavior with highest strain in the superficial layer. this technique will improve the knowledge on etiology of tendinopathy, perhaps identify subjects at risk for developing pathology, and also provide options to optimize existing therapeutic loading programs. references: 1. arndt a, bengtsson a-s, peolsson m, thorstensson a, movin t. non-uniform displacement within the achilles tendon during passive ankle joint motion. knee surgery, sport traumatol arthrosc. 2012;20:1868–74. 2. slane lc, thelen dg. achilles tendon displacement patterns during passive stretch and eccentric loading are altered in middle-aged adults. med eng phys. 2015;37(7):712–6. 11 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o9: the epidemiology of achilles tendinopathy in uk runners s o’neill, 1 , s barry 2 , p watson 3 1 department of medicine and biological sciences, university of leicester, united kingdom; 2 faculty of health and life sciences, coventry university, united kingdom; 3 department of health sciences, university of leicester, united kingdom presenting author e-mail address: so59@leicester.ac.uk introduction: achilles tendinopathy affects 2% of the general population and 52% of ex-elite middle/long distance runners. despite the high incidence levels reported in runners there have been few primary epidemiological studies and even fewer outside of elite sporting groups from various scandinavian countries. aims 1. determine the point and lifetime prevalence of achilles tendinopathy within uk runners 2. determine the associated factors for achilles tendinopathy within uk runners methods: a self-reported historical cohort study was completed using a survey. the survey was developed based on a delphi study of world tendon experts. the final survey was sent to 15,000 subscribers of a leading uk running magazine and was also run concurrently online. binary logistic regression analysis was used to determine important variables. results: 1800 subjects responded to the study with 1475 subjects completing all necessary components. lifetime prevalence of achilles tendinopathy was 57%, point prevalence was 44%. midportion tendinopathy was the most frequently reported (69%) with insertional (16%) and combined insertional and mid-portion (15%) accounting for the remaining %.the final logistic regression model comprised of statistically significant variables: number of years running, type of running, training surface, training terrain, weekly mileage, number of weekly runs, number of rest days, average running speed, age, ankle rom, calf stretching, previous calf pain, orthosis use, and lower limb strength training. this model had an accuracy of 65.1% with a sensitivity of 77.8% and a specificity of 47.7%. important extrinsic variables (odds ratios and 95%ci) were: running on grass (1.63,0.16–16.76), training on flat terrain (1.49,0.27–8.27), regularly calf stretching (1.78,1.32–2.35), wearing prescribed (1.94,1.30–2.89) or off-the-shelf orthosis (1.56,1.18–2.07), and regularly strength training (1.44,1.17– 1.77). important intrinsic variables were: restricted ankle rom (2.69,1.94-3.70) and regularly experiencing calf pain with running (1.80,1.43-2.25). discussion: achilles tendinopathy affects large numbers of endurance runners. extrinsic and intrinsic factors identified in this study should be used in further epidemiological studies, these variables may be important to consider in prevention studies. this study is the first to report previous calf pain, strength training and calf stretching as variables of interest in achilles tendinopathy. o10: patellar tendon structure responds to load over a 7-week preseason in elite volleyball players. lm rabello 1 , r ijtsma 2 , j zwerver 1 and ms brink 2 1 department of sports medicine, university of groningen, groningen, university medical center groningen, , the netherlands, 2 center of human movement science, university of groningen, groningen, the netherlands presenting author e-mail address: l.maciel.rabello@umcg.nl introduction: patellar tendinopathy is a common overuse injury in jumping sports, with higher incidence in volleyball players. different risk factors are associated with patellar tendon problems, including training load (frequency, volume and intensity). tendons show an adaptive or maladaptive response to load and the quality of its structure either improves or worsens. the aim of this study was 12 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 to investigate the relation between tendon load and the response of the patellar tendon structure of elite volleyball players. methods: seventeen elite male volleyball players participated in this study. volume (duration) and intensity (session rating of perceived exertion (rpe)) were recorded every training and match by each player. load was calculated by multiplying duration of the training and rpe. the cumulative load was defined by the sum of the weekly loads over 2 weeks before the utc scan. jump frequency was measured with accelerometers and with video notation analysis. to assess tendon structure changes, the ultrasound tissue characterization (utc) was used. the measures were assessed biweekly to quantify patellar tendon structure. generalized estimating equation (gee) models were used to test the relation between load parameters and echo pattern changes. results: on average, players spent 624 ± 215 minutes on training and matches per week with a rpe of 13.9 ± 2.1 indicating 'somewhat hard' intensity. jump frequency was 278 ± 122 per week. higher load parameters (volume, intensity and load) resulted all in a higher decrease of echo-type i (p<0.05). higher volume and load resulted in a higher decrease of echo-type ii (p<0.05). higher cumulative weekly volume and cumulative weekly loads between the first and the last utc were related to significant higher decreases in echo-type i (p<0.05), but not related for echo-type ii. no significant relations were found for jump frequency. none of the load parameters were related to echo-type iii and iv. discussion: the present study showed that load was related to changes in echo-types over a 7 week preseason in elite volleyball players. a higher amount of load was related to greater echo pattern changes. further research to the relation between load and echo pattern changes is needed. o11: immediate effects of altering sagittal plane trunk position during jumplandings in athletes with and without patellar tendinopathy r scattone silva 1 , c purdam 2 , a fearon 2,3 , w spratford 3,4 , c kenneally-dabrowski 4 , p preston 5 , fv serrão 1 , and je gaida 3 1 department of physiotherapy, federal university of são carlos, são carlos, brazil, 2 department of physical therapies, australian institute of sport, canberra, australia, 3 university of canberra research institute for sport & exercise (ucrise), canberra, australia, 4 movement science, australian institute of sport, canberra, australia, 5 canberra specialist ultrasound, canberra, australia. presenting author e-mail address: r.scattone@outlook.com introduction: pathomechanical models of tendinopathy emphasize overload as a key factor leading to the development of tendon pathology (1). therefore, it seems reasonable that interventions aimed at reducing tendon load during sports-related tasks may help in rehabilitation and prevention of tendinopathy. athletes with patellar tendon disorders use a stiffer landing pattern than asymptomatic controls (2). sagittal plane trunk position during jump-landings might influence patellar tendon forces and symptoms in athletes with patellar tendinopathy. this study examined the effect of altering trunk position during jump-landings on lower limb biomechanics, patellar tendon force and pain in athletes with and without patellar tendinopathy. methods: twenty-one elite and sub-elite male athletes were categorized into 3 groups, athletes with patellar tendinopathy (tg, n=7), asymptomatic athletes with patellar tendon abnormalities (ag, n=7) and asymptomatic athletes without tendon abnormalities (cg, n=7). motion-analysis and force plate data were collected during drop-jump landings with a self-selected (ss), flexed (flx) or extended trunk position (ext). the latter two conditions were randomized. sagittal plane peak kinematics, kinetics, patellar tendon force and pain during the landing tasks were calculated. results were analysed with a 2-way repeated measures anova. results: peak patellar tendon force, knee extensor moment and knee pain decreased in the flx landing compared to the ss landing, regardless of group. in addition, peak patellar tendon force, knee extensor moment and vertical ground reaction force were smaller in the flx landing compared to the mailto:r.scattone@outlook.com 13 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 ext landing. the tg had smaller peak ankle dorsiflexion than the cg during jump-landings, regardless of trunk position. discussion: landing with greater sagittal trunk flexion decreased patellar tendon force in elite jumping athletes. an immediate decrease in knee pain was also observed in symptomatic athletes with a more flexed trunk position during landing. increasing trunk flexion during landing might be an important strategy to reduce tendon overload in jumping athletes. increasing ankle dorsiflexion during landing might also be important in athletes with patellar tendinopathy. references: 1. cook & purdam. br j sports med, 43:409-16, 2009. 2. van der worp et al. int j sports med, 35:714-22, 2014. o12: comparison of the mechanical properties between healthy tendon and tendon pathology using ultrasound elastography: a systematic review. b coombes 1 , i willis 1 , a nordez 2 , f hug 2 , k tucker 1 1 school of biomedical sciences, the university of queensland, brisbane australia 2 laboratory for movement, interaction and performance, university of nantes, nantes, france presenting author e-mail address: b.coombes@uq.edu.au introduction: tendon injuries are characterized by substantial changes in composition and structure which lead to altered tendon mechanical properties. recent work suggests that direct or indirect estimation of tendon mechanical properties using ultrasound elastography may be useful in evaluation of tendon pathology, such as tendinopathy or tears. however large differences in technology, methodology and populations studied is evident between studies. a systematic review was performed to synthesise evidence and provide consensus regarding methodology, terminology and outcomes for future research. methods: five databases were searched using the terms elastography or sonoelastography and tendon (feb 2016). studies published in english using ultrasound elastography to compare mechanical properties of tendon between people with or without tendon pathology (tendinopathy or tear), or between affected and contralateral unaffected tendons were included. reviews, abstracts or case studies were excluded. two independent reviewers determined eligibility, assessed methodological quality and extracted data. results: abstracts and titles of 195 studies were identified for initial review. 16 studies (n=1010 individuals) met inclusion criteria, 13 of these provided comparison with a healthy control population. achilles tendon pathology was most commonly studied (7 studies, n=468), followed by lateral epicondylalgia (4 studies, n=198), rotator cuff (3 studies n=276) and patellar tendinopathy (2 studies, n=68). the majority of studies used compression or strain elastography (13 studies, n=822) where static compression imposed by the operator induces strain within the tissue. studies reported a qualitative grading of tendon softness/hardness or a relative strain ratio between the tendon and surrounding tissue. most studies concluded that tendinopathy was associated with tendon softening, although 1 study of achilles tendinopathy and 2 studies of post-surgical achilles repair described affected tendons as hard. only two studies used shear-wave elastography, where measurement of the speed of shear wave propogation through tendon enables quantitative estimation of tendon stiffness. these studies reported increased tendon stiffness for patellar tendinopathy while reduced stiffness for achilles tendinopathy or tear. conclusion: evidence suggests altered mechanical properties by tendinopathy may be detected using ultrasound elastography. this review provides recommendations to improve consensus regarding terminology and standardized application of qualitative and quantitative scoring methods. 14 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o13: do symptomatic achilles tendons contain sufficient aligned fibrillar structure? s o’neill 1 , s docking 2 , s barry 3 1 department of medicine and biological sciences, university of leicester, uk; 2 college of science, health and engineering, la trobe university, australia; 3 faculty of health and life sciences, coventry university, uk presenting author e-mail address: so59@leicester.ac.uk introduction: ultrasound tissue characterisation (utc) provides a detailed quantification of the tendon matrix, recently pathological tendons were shown to have sufficient aligned fibrillar structure (afs) (1). however this study did not isolate symptomatic from the pathological tendons. it is possible that symptomatic tendons present a different pattern of structural integrity. aim to assess the aligned and disorganised fibrillar structure (dfs) of symptomatic achilles tendons compared to non-symptomatic tendons. methods: participants with and without achilles tendinopathy were recruited. 29 symptomatic tendons and 29 healthy tendons were included. using utc the area of greatest tendon echonicity was identified and most affected 10mm section contoured. contours were laid at 2mm intervals giving 50 contiguous transverse images which were automatically interpolated to form a tendon volume. analysis was completed using window size 9. the mean cross-sectional area (mcsa) of afs was quantified using utc algorithms. results: the mcsa of afs was 76.8 mm 2 (sd 28.5mm 2 ) in the symptomatic tendons and 69.7mm 2 (14.2mm 2) in the non-symptomatic tendons. the mcsa of the dfs was 40.9mm 2 (30.7mm 2 ) and 4.7mm 2 (2.4mm 2 ) respectively. mcsa of afs was not significantly different (p=0.237) between the groups. mcsa of dfs was significantly different between the groups (0.05). there is a trend of significant difference on tendon strain between subjects with unilateral and bilateral symptoms (9.0±3.7% & 11.6±4.1% respectively, p=0.058). 20 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 discussion: patellar tendon strain and intensity of pain are related. a higher tendon strain is associated with less intensity of self-perceived pain in jumping athletes with patellar tendinopathy. side of affected knee may affect the mechanical loading on the patellar tendon. our findings show that tendon mechanical property is associated with the intensity of tendon-related pain in athletes with patellar tendinopathy. references: 1. sconfienza lm, silvestri e, cimmino ma. sonoelastography in the evaluation of painful achilles tendon in amateur athletes. clinical and experimental rheumatology 2010;28(3):373-378. o21: evaluating somatosensory and psychological profiles of participants with patellar and achilles tendinopathy: a single-blind case-control study design ml plinsinga 1 , cp van wilgen 4,5,6 , ms brink 3 , v vuvan 1 , a stephenson 1 , lj heales 1 , r mellor 1 , bk coombes 2 , and b vicenzino 1 1 university of queensland, school of health and rehabilitation sciences: physiotherapy, university of queensland, st lucia, brisbane, 2 university of queensland, school of biomedical sciences, st lucia, brisbane, australia, 3 center for human movement sciences, university of groningen, university medical center groningen, groningen, the netherlands, 4 transcare transdisciplinary pain management center, groningen, the netherlands, 5 pain in motion research group, brussels, belgium, 6 department of physiotherapy and rehabilitation sciences, faculty of physical education and physiotherapy, vrije universiteit, brussel, brussels, belgium. presenting author e-mail address: m.plinsinga@uq.edu.au introduction: tendinopathy is characterized by pain and disability, which frequently persists. although persistent pain is frequently associated with sensitization within the central nervous system, there is a lack of evidence in lower limb tendinopathy. the aim was to evaluate somatosensory and psychological profiles of participants with patellar tendinopathy (pt) and achilles tendinopathy (at) compared to separate control groups. methods: we compared pt (mean age 29.5 years, n=19, 26% female) to healthy controls (26.7 years, n=15, 53% female), and at (45.7 years, n=30, 43% female) to healthy controls (41.0 years, n=11, 45% female). quantitative sensory testing (qst) consisting of 4 pain threshold tests and 3 sensory threshold tests were performed according to the german research network on neuropathic pain guidelines. 1 an assessor blinded to participants’ condition applied standardized qst to the infra patellar pole for pt, mid-achilles tendon for at and the lateral epicondyle (remote site) for both groups. participants completed the visa-p/visa-a, health-related quality of life, the hospital anxiety and depression scale, the active australia questionnaire and the mental toughness questionnaire. an ancova (mann whitney u test for ordinal data) was performed to compare groups, adjusting for sex, age and bmi. results: compared to controls, participants with pt displayed significantly lower pressure pain threshold over the affected patellar tendon (mean difference: -192.55 kpa; 95%ci -340.37, -44.72; p=0.012). no differences were found related to the remote site and for any other qst in pt and at. compared to controls, pt and at had significantly higher bmi (p=0.008, p=0.001 respectively) and lower quality of life (both p<0.001), while higher mental toughness scores were observed in pt compared to controls. the at group was significantly older, with higher bmi, lower quality of life and higher depression scores than the pt group. discussion: pt is characterised by localised mechanical hyperalgesia and greater mental toughness. the evidence of central sensitization in pt and at differs from that in the upper limb, suggesting a need to consider different mechanisms underlying the reported pain and disability, and likely different approaches to management. caution is required in drawing inferences due to small participant numbers, necessitating confirmatory replication studies. references: 1. rolke, et al. pain, 123, 231–243. 2006 21 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o22: immediate effects of one session of extracorporeal shock wave therapy on the elasticity of tendon in athletes with patellar tendinopathy zj zhang 1 , gyf ng 2 , wc lee 2 , sn fu 2 1 luoyang orthopedic hospital of henan province, orthopedic hospital of henan province, luoyang, china; 2 department of rehabilitation sciences, the hong kong polytechnic university, hung hom, kowloon, hong kong, china. presenting author e-mail address: amy.fu@polyu.edu.hk introduction: patellar tendinopathy (pt) is one of the most common sport injuries in jumping athletes. changes in the tendon elasticity stiffness have been detected in athletes with pt. extracorporeal shockwave therapy (eswt) was used to reduce pain among athletes with pt. however, it is not known whether the reduction in pain induced by eswt is associated with the modulation of the tendon elasticity. purposes: to examine the immediate effects of eswt on the elasticity of the patellar tendon; and to explore the possible relationships between the changes in tendon resilience mechanical properties induced by 1-session of eswt and the intensity of activity-related pain. methods: a single-blinded randomized controlled trial methods: thirty-six male athletes aged between 18 and 32 with pt for more than 3 months were recruited from local basketball and volleyball teams. the subjects were randomized into eswt and sham groups. eswt was delivered at an intensity of maximum tolerable pain in the eswt group.in the eswt group received one session of eswt at their maximum tolerable pain supersonic shearwave imaging (ssi) was used to measure tendon elasticity shear modulus. intensity of pain during single-legged declined-squat were acquired at preand immediately post-intervention results: significantly greater reduction in the tendon shear elastic modulus was detected in the eswt group compared with the sham group (by 24.7% and 8.0% in the eswt and sham groups, respectively; p<0.05)). the patellar tendon shear elastic modulus was significantly reduced by 24.7% and 8.0 % in the eswt and sham groups, respectively. in the eswt group, the change in the tendon shear elastic modulus was related to the change in the intensity of squatting pain and the composite change in the knee range and squatting pain (r= 0.52, and 0.59, respectively; all p<0.05). conclusions: these findings suggest that possible association between the changes in the change of tendon elasticity mechanical properties and activity-related pain induced by 1-session of eswt in jumping athletes with pt. changes in tendon mechanical properties may be one of the treatment mechanisms induced by eswt in reducing the pain associated with pt athletes with pt. o23: pressure pain thresholds? don’t do what we did! ebonie k rio 1,2 , richard f ellis 3,4 , jono m henry 3 , victoria r falconer 3 , zoltan s kiss, jill l cook 1,2 , jamie e gaida 5,6 1 college of science, health and engineering, la trobe university, australia; 2 australian centre for research into injury in sport and its prevention (acrisp), federation university; 3 department of physiotherapy, school of clinical sciences, auckland university of technology, auckland, new zealand; 4 health and rehabilitation research institute, faculty of health and environmental sciences, auckland university of technology, auckland, new zealand; 5 university of canberra research institute for sport and exercise (ucrise); 6 discipline of physiotherapy, university of canberra, australia. presenting author e-mail address: e.rio@latrobe.edu.au introduction: pain-pressure thresholds (ppt) are used to study peripheral and central pain processing among individuals with tendinopathy. however, pathological tendon changes may exist without pain. there are no studies that separate people with asymptomatic tendon pathology, those with a history of tendon pain and controls (no history of pain and no tendon pathology on imaging.) 22 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 methods: this observational study was part of a larger study. in this component we compared ppt between individuals with and without asymptomatic tendon pathology, and between individuals with and without a past history of tendon pain. the patellar, achilles and supraspinatus tendons of 130 participants were deemed structurally normal or abnormal with ultrasound. ppt was determined using a digital algometer at 40kpa/sec at the patellar tendon, quadriceps muscle, l3 spinous process and deltoid insertion. results: two people were excluded for reporting pain history that was not related to tendon therefore 128 people were included in this study. original data analysis was conducted that (incorrectly) included asymptomatic pathology in the control group and compared with those with a history of tendon pain. when these groups were separated, it was found that asymptomatic tendon pathology was associated with increased ppt (p=0.000, n=7 pathology, n=92 controls) compared with controls. this analysis was also conducted with matched pairs due to the different group numbers (matched for bmi, age and sex but blinded to ppt data) and found to remain significant (p<0.004, n=7). those with a history of patellar tendon pain appeared to have decreased ppt until the asymptomatic pathology were removed from analysis, that is, the asymptomatic group artificially inflated the ppts of the control group leading to the incorrect conclusion that those with a history of patellar tendon pain remained peripheral sensitized. in fact, there was no difference between controls and those with a past history of tendon pain. discussion: ppts in the literature show large ranges for normal populations pathology and pain appear to influence ppt results. future research should consider the individual effects of pathology and pain and build on this pilot study. these findings point toward central nervous system adaptations (but perhaps not in the expected direction). identifying factors that might protect people from experiencing pain despite the presence of pathology, and the features of people who have successfully recovered from tendon pain advances our understanding of this painful condition. o24: interrogating the role of angiogenesis genes on musculoskeletal soft tissue injury risk m rahim 1 ; cj saunders 2 ; a gibbon 1 ; el khoury ly 3 , raleigh sm 4 , ribbans wj 4 ; m posthumus 1 ; j gamieldien 2 ; m collins 1 and av september 1 1 division of exercise science and sport medicine, university of cape town, cape town, south africa, 2 south african national bioinformatics institute, university of the western cape, cape town, south africa; 3 school of biological sciences, university of essex, colchester, united kingdom; 4 division of health and life sciences, university of northampton, northampton, united kingdom presenting author e-mail address: masouda.rahim@gmail.com introduction: angiogenesis is a fundamental component of the matrix remodelling pathway with a fundamental role in the healing and adaptive response. to date, variants within the genes encoding vascular endothelial growth factor (vegfa) and kinase insert-domain receptor (kdr) have been implicated with risk of anterior cruciate ligament (acl) ruptures [1]. the aim of this study was to investigate genetic variants in angiogenesis genes with risk of achilles tendinopathy (ten) in two independent populations (south african (sa) and british (uk)). methods: a genetic-association study was conducted on a total of 120 sa & 130 uk asymptomatic controls (con) and 108 sa & 87 uk participants with achilles tendinopathy (ten). all participants were genotyped for five functional polymorphisms in vegfa (rs699947, rs1570360, rs2010963) and kdr (rs1870377 and rs2071559). genotype frequency distributions were compared between the groups and haplotypes were also inferred. in order to refine the previously implicated genomic regions in vegfa and kdr, whole exome sequencing (wes) was performed on 10 cases and 10 controls, representative of extreme phenotypes, using the illumina hiseq 2000 platform (agilent v5 +utr). results: the main finding of this study was the association of the vegfa a-g-g inferred haplotype with increased risk of ten in the sa group (15% con vs 20% ten, p=0.048) and the combined sa+uk group (14% con vs 20% ten, p=0.009). additionally, the vegfa rs699947 cc genotype was independently associated with reduced ten risk in the sa group (32% con vs. 17% ten, p=0.019, or: 2.30, 95% ci: 1.14-4.64). preliminary analysis of the wes data highlighted twenty-three 23 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 genetic variants between the vegfa and kdr genes, of which 4 variants show a greater than 25% allele frequency difference between groups. discussion: these novel findings implicating the vegfa gene with ten risk provide preliminary evidence highlighting the potential biological significance of the angiogenesis signalling pathway in the aetiology of achilles tendinopathy. additional investigation of the wes data is currently underway to investigate the novel variants further. references: 1. rahim et al, j orthop res, 32(12):1612-1618, 2014 o25: microvascular volume in symptomatic achilles tendons is associated with visa-a score, but does not predict esw-induced intrinsic tendon tenderness sfe praet 1 , jh ong 1 , c purdam 2 , m. welvaert 3 , g lovell 1 , l dixon 2 , j gaida 4 , s manzanero 1 , n vlahovich 1 , d hughes 1 and g waddington 1 dept of 1 sport medicine and 2 physiotherapy, australian institute of sport, canberra, australia, dept of physiotherapy, 3 ucrise, university of canberra, canberra, australia, 4 discipline of physiotherapy, university of canberra, canberra, australia. presenting author e-mail address: stephan.praet@ausport.gov.au introduction: in the continuum model of tendon pathology, the role of neovascularisation for explaining pain and function is still poorly understood. a recent study suggests that standard power doppler ultrasound (pdu) has insufficient sensitivity to reliably assess the level of neovascularisation in tendons 1 . in accordance, the aim of this study was to study the association between contrastenhanced ultrasound (ceu) based microvascular volume (mv), visa-a scores and intrinsic achilles tendon (at) tenderness as assessed by a novel non-invasive intrinsic dolorimetry methodology. methods: after completing a visa-a questionnaire, real-time harmonic ceu measurements (aplio 500, toshiba medical systems, australia) of the mv of the at mid-portion using perflutren lipid microspheres (definity®,lantheus medical imaging, australia) contrast agent were taken in 20 patients (13 men/7 women, age: 44±8 yrs, bmi:24.4±3.3 kg.m-2) with clinical symptoms (duration 54±90 months) of unior bilateral achilles tendinopathy. intrinsic tendon tenderness was assessed by applying ultralow doses (0.01-0.3 mj.mm-2 at 1 hz) of single focused extracorporeal shock waves (esw, duolith sd1, f-sw probe, storz medical ag, switzerland) to the skin overlying the dorsal side of the achilles tendon. esw detection threshold (esw-dt) was determined for a total of seven 1-cm at sections in disto-proximal direction from its insertion. linear mixed model (lmm) analysis using ‘r’ 2 was used to determine the association between mv, visa-a and esw-dt for both symptomatic and asymptomatic ats (n=39). results: lmm analysis shows a significant association between visa-a and mv (b=-50.1, 95%ci=[79.9;-23.0], p=0.0015) as well as symptom duration (b=-24.0, 95%ci=[-36.1;-11.2], p=0.001). no significant association was found between mv and esw-dt in the mid-portion of the at. discussion: the variation in intrinsic at tenderness as assessed by esw cannot be explained by the variation in achilles tendinopathy associated hypervascularity. nevertheless, in contrast to previous high-quality pdu-studies 3,4 , our results indicate that hypervascularity of the at mid-portion as assessed by ceu is moderately associated with increased at pain and poorer at function as assessed by visa-a. in accordance, ceu-based microvascularity measurements have potential clinical application to objectively assess and monitor changes in tendinopathy-related pain and function throughout the course of a rehabilitation program or following a therapeutic intervention. references: 1. j. pingel et al. am j sports med. 2013 oct;41(10):2400-8. 2. r core team (2015). r: a language and environment for statistical computing. r foundation for statistical computing, vienna, austria. url https://www.r-project.org/). mailto:stephan.praet@ausport.gov.au https://www.r-project.org/ 24 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 3. rj de vos et al. am j sports med. 2007 oct;35(10):1696-701. 4. s. de jonge et al. scand j med sci sports. 2014 oct;24(5):773-8 o26: plantaris excision and achilles tendon scraping is associated with reduction in pain and improvement in tendon structure in patients with midportion achilles tendinopathy lorenzo masci 1 ; hakan alfredson 1 ; dylan morrisey 2 1 pure sports medicine, london, united kingdom 2 centre for sports and exercise medicine, william harvey research institute, queen mary university of london, united kingdom presenting author e-mail address: lorenzo.masci@puresportsmed.com introduction: the plantaris tendon has recently been described as a possible important factor in midportion achilles tendinopathy. clinical 1 , histopathological 2 and surgical studies 3,4 lend support to this relationship. the aim of this study was to prospectively examine a larger number of surgical cases of mid-portion achilles with suspected plantaris involvement. methods: a prospective design was implemented using utc to examine structure and visa-a to study clinical results. all subjects had suspected plantaris involvement and had failed non-operative treatment. plantaris excision and ventral achilles scraping were performed on all subjects. twentythree tendons from 18 subjects (12 men and 6 woman) with a mean age of 39 years (range 26-56 years) were included. duration of symptoms ranged from 2 to 120 months. all patients were physically active consisting of 14 runners, 1 cricket player, 1 rugby player and 1 recreational walker. there were three elite athletes. results: at 6 months follow up, wilcoxon signed ranks test demonstrated a significant increase in mean visa a score (z = -3.726 p<0.001) from 58.1 (range 30-86) to 92.6 (range 69-100). in addition, there was a significant increase in mean aligned fibrillar structure of the tendon on utc (z = -4.0470 p<0.001) from 83.7% to 90.6%. however, kendall’s tau test revealed no correlation between improvements in visa a and aligned fibrillar structure (r = -0.209 p = 0.237). at 6 months, all subjects were satisfied with the procedure and 16 out of 18 subjects had returned to pre-injury levels. discussion: plantaris excision and scraping of the ventromedial achilles tendon seems to have potential to reduce pain and improve tendon structure in a larger cohort of subjects. however, there is no direct correlation between reduction in pain and improvement in structure. studies on a larger group of patients with longer follow up are required to confirm these findings on pain and structure. references: 1. masci l, spang c, van schie htm, alfredson h. how to diagnose plantaris tendon involvement in midportion achilles tendinopathy clinical and imaging findings. 2. spang c, alfredson h, ferguson m, roos b, bagge j, forsgren s. the plantaris tendon in association with mid-portion achilles tendinosis: tendinosis-like morphological features and presence of a non-neuronal cholinergic system. histolo histopathol 2013;28:623-632. 3. masci l, spang c, van schie htm, alfredson h. do plantaris tendon removal and achilles tendon scraping improve tendon structure? a prospective study using ultrasound tissue characterisation. bmj open sport exerc med 2015;1:e000005. 4. bedi h, jowett c, ristanis s, docking s, cook j. plantaris excision and ventral partendinous scraping in an athletic population. foot and ankle international 2016.v ol 37 (4): 386=389 25 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o27: fat pad adjacent to tendinopathy: coincidental or causal? ella rose ward 1 , gustav andersson 2,3 , ludvig j. backman 2 , jamie e gaida 1,4 1 discipline of physiotherapy, university of canberra, canberra, australia; 2 department of integrative medical biology, section for anatomy, umeå university, umeå, se-90187, sweden; 3 department of surgical and perioperative science, section for hand and plastic surgery, umeå university, umeå, se-90187, sweden ; 4 university of canberra research institute for sport and exercise (ucrise), canberra, australia. presenting author e-mail address: jamie.gaida@canberra.edu.au introduction: is it a merely a curiosity that fat pads are found adjacent to the area of tendon affected by tendinopathy? we propose that fat pads share an intimate anatomical and functional relationship with their adjacent tendons, and may therefore be an important contributor to the pathogenesis of tendinopathy. methods: key papers addressing this topic were identified through a structured search of pubmed, cinahl and medline and web of science. the results were synthesised as a narrative review. results: large fat pads located adjacent to tendons correspond to sites commonly affected by tendinopathy. for example, kager’s fat pad is directly adjacent to the commonly injured area of the achilles tendon, while hoffa’s fat pad is directly adjacent to the commonly injured patellar tendon. direct neurovascular and fibrous connections between fat pads and tendons are consistently identified in anatomical studies. there is also evidence associating enlarged fat pads and fat padmediated angiogenesis with tendinopathy pathogenesis. finally, fat pads located adjacent to pathologic tendons exhibit elevated cytokine levels. these cytokines may influence the tendon via the pathways involved in meta-inflammation. discussion: fat pads are commonly overlooked in clinical research due to an inadequate understanding of their functional and biological significance in disease. the intimate anatomical and functional relationship between fat pads and tendons supports our hypothesis that fat pads may be a contributor to the pathogenesis of tendinopathy. the relationship is likely to be complex, and we hope this review will focus attention and stimulate research to improve our understanding of this important structure and its relationship with tendinopathy. o28: botulinum toxin a blocks the release of acetylcholine from tendon cells – a novel role for botox in treating tendinopathy? gustav andersson 1,2 , jialin chen 1 1 department of integrative medical biology, umeå university, sweden; 2 department of surgery and perioperative sciences, section of handsurgery presenting author e-mail address: gustav.andersson@umu.se introduction: botulinum toxin is considered the most potent biotoxin known to man. the toxin acts by blocking the release of acetylcholine (ach) causing paralysis of muscles. this mechanism has been used for more than two decades, in order to treat symptoms in conditions such as spastic paraesthesia, in products such as botox. bont/a binds to the sv2a receptor and is internalised into efferent neurons. following internalisation, it cleaves the membrane bound protein snap-25. when snap-25 is cleaved, vesicles containing ach are unable to fuse with the cell membrane and thus cannot release ach into the synaptic cleft.studies with varying results have been directed towards the muscles of tendons involved in tendinopathy.our group has shown that tendon cells produce and release ach, and this production is upregulated in tendinopathy.this study aimed to evaluate whether bont/a could be directed towards the tendon – and not the muscle – in order to treat tendinopathy by blocking the endogenously produced ach from tendon cells. methods: tendon cells cultured from the achilles tendon of healthy controls and patients diagnosed with tendinopathy were exposed to bont/a (dysport ® ) or nacl (control) for 24 hours. culture media was collected and an assay directed towards ach was used to measure the levels of excreted ach. 26 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 immunohistochemistry towards sv2a and snap25 were performed on the same cells. results: cultured tendon cells expressed sv2a and snap25 as visualised by immunohistochemistry. treating the cells with bont/a for 24h decreased the immunoreactivity of snap25. the ach-assay showed a significant, dose-dependent, decrease in the concentration of ach in the culture media following bont/a-treatment for 24 hours, as compared to nacl-treated controls. discussion: this study shows the expression of the machinery involved in ach release, and the receptors required for bont/a action. treating tendon cells with bont/a decreased the expression of snap25, which implies that it has been cleaved and inactivated. bont/a-treated cells excreted less ach in the culture media. as production of ach in tendon cells has been shown to be up regulated in tendinopathy, bont/a-treatment may be a tool in affecting the intrinsic pathways hypothesised by danielson and others, in the biochemical model of tendinopathy. by directing bont/a injections towards the tendon instead of into the muscle – as has been the paradigm in earlier studies – improved results may be achieved. o29: collagen genes and risk of carpal tunnel syndrome mc burger 1 ; s dada 1 ; f massij 1 ; hanli de wet 2 and m collins 1 1 division of exercise science and sport medicine, university of cape town, cape town, south africa; 2 life occupational health, life healthcare, south africa presenting author e-mail address: marilizecb@gmail.com introduction: carpal tunnel syndrome (cts) is one of the most common disorders treated by hand surgeons 1 . although the exact mechanism is poorly understood, tendon pathology has been suggested to play a role in the aetiology of this injury. previously, variants in genes encoding structural and functional tendon proteins, such as type v collagen, have been associated with cts 2 .the aim of this study was to determine whether variants within several other collagen genes are associated with cts in a coloured south african population. methods: participants with carpal tunnel syndrome (cts, n=103) as well as matched asymptomatic control participants (con, n=150) were genotyped for various collagen gene variants including col1a1 rs1800012 (g/t), col11a1 rs3753841 (t/c), col11a1 rs1676486 (c/t) and col11a2 rs1799907 (t/a). results: the tt genotype of col11a1 rs3753841 was significantly over-represented in the cts group (21.4%) compared to cts con group (7.9%) (p=0.004). furthermore, a trend for the t minor allele of col1a1 rs1800012 to be over-represented in the cts group (p=0.055) with a significant association in female participants (p=0.036) was observed. constructed inferred pseudo-haplotypes also suggest various gene-gene interactions between the investigated variants. discussion: these findings provide further information about the role of genetic risk factors as well as the role of collagen fibril variation, and the result thereof, in the aetiology of cts. these risk factors could potentially aid in the development of risk models aimed at identifying individuals at risk for developing this injury and strategies that target modifiable risk factors to mitigate the effect of nonmodifiable risk factors, such as the genetic risk, could potentially be developed to reduce incidence and morbidity of cts. references: 1. gancarczyk sm, strauch rj. carpal tunnel syndrome and trigger digit: common diagnoses that occur ‘hand in hand’. j hand surg am 2013;38:1635–7. 2. burger m, de wet h, collins m. the col5a1 gene is associated with increased risk of carpal tunnel syndrome. clin rheumatol 2014;34:767–74. 27 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 o30: disruption of tgfβ signaling in the scleraxis cell lineage – a genetic model of tendon degeneration guak-kim tan 1 , brian a. pryce 1 , doug r. keene 1 , john v. brigande 2 , ronen schweitzer 1,2 1 shriners hospital for children, portland, or, 97239-3095. 2 oregon health and science university, portland, or, 97239-3098. presenting author e-mail address: ronen@shcc.org we previously reported that disruption of tgfβ signaling in limb mesenchyme resulted in failure of tendon differentiation. to study additional roles of tgfβ signaling in tendon development and maturation we chose to disrupt tgfβ signaling in tenocytes after they assumed the tendon cell fate by using the tendon deletor scxcre to target the type ii tgfβ receptor. mutant pups (cko; tgfbr2 f/;scxcre) appeared normal at birth but exhibited movement difficulties and splayed limbs by p3. examination of the tendon reporter scxgfp signal revealed that tendon formation was not affected in cko embryos, but in post-natal stages, some tendons that appeared intact at birth were abruptly eliminated and other tendons retained structural integrity with a mosaic loss of tendon gene expression, including the scxgfp signal, in the majority of the tenocytes. lineage tracing revealed that these cells were derived from earlier scx-expressing cells, suggesting that the tendon cell fate was disrupted in cko tendons. interestingly, we found some indications for tenocyte dedifferentiation but no evidence for trans-differentiation of these mutant tenocytes. in addition, cko tendons also revealed varying degrees of tendon degradation. this mutant phenotype thus highlights an unexpected fragility of the tendon cell fate that may play a role in the etiology of tendinopathy. analysis of this phenotype may therefore be instrumental for identifying the molecular and cellular requirements for maintenance of the tendon cell fate. lineage tracing also revealed that the cells that expressed scxgfp in cko tendons were not descendants of the original tenocytes but rather, cells that were newly recruited into the tendon concurrent with the onset of the degenerative processes described above. consistent with a stem/progenitor origin of these cells, we found in them sporadic expression of stem/progenitor markers such as nucleostamin and sox9. interestingly, these cells adopted an aberrant morphology and a very large volume resulting in tendon matrix disruption in their vicinity. this is the first demonstration of active cell recruitment into a non-injured tendon that may be used to identify the origin and activation mechanisms for tendon stem/progenitor cells, but may also point to molecular and cellular processes that underlie the progression of tendinopathy. o31: a cross sectional study correlating ultrasound tissue characterisaton and shear wave elastography in normal and tendinopathic achilles tendons bhavesh d kumar 1 , william wynter bee 1 , catherine payne 2 1 institute of sport exercise & health (national centre for sport & exercise medicine), university college london, london, uk; 2 university of brighton, eastbourne, uk presenting author email address: bhavesh.kumar@ucl.ac.uk background: the often poor correlation between clinical symptoms, function, imaging features and histopathology of tendinopathy remains a considerable challenge in the scientific understanding and clinical management of the condition. novel ultrasound (us) imaging modalities may help bridge this gap. aim: this cross-sectional study of symptomatic mid-portion achilles tendinopathy (at) and asymptomatic achilles tendons aimed to investigate the relationship between tendon structural integrity as determined by ultrasound tissue characterisation (utc, utc imaging, the netherlands), stiffness as determined by shear wave ultrasound elastography (swue, acuson siemans), and clinical symptoms and function as determined by the visa-a questionnaire. methods: subjects from a university and affiliated clinic were invited to participate following ethical approval. all participants completed the visa-a questionnaire and underwent both utc and swue measurement of their mid-portion achilles tendons by two experienced technicians. the at group was confirmed by an experienced clinician. comparison of means and correlation statistics were calculated using spss v22, with statistical significance taken as p<0.05. mailto:ronen@shcc.org mailto:bhavesh.kumar@ucl.ac.uk 28 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 results: 34 participants (21 males, 13 females; mean age 43, sd 16) were recruited, offering 68 tendons. 18 participants with mid-portion achilles tendinopathy (at group) had a mean visa-a score of 74 (95% confidence interval 69-80) and 16 participants with no history of tendinopathy (norm group) had a mean visa-a score of 99 (ci 98-100). there was a significant difference between utc and swue measurements between the at group (echotype one 55%, ci 49-60; echotype two 35%, ci 31-38; swe velocity 7.9m/s, ci 7.3-8.4) and norm group (echotype one 71%, ci 68-73; echotype two 29%, ci 26-31; swe velocity 9.1.m/s, ci 8.6-9.6). there was good correlation between swue and visa-a score (r=0.6) and fair correlation between utc echotype 1+2 and visa-a score (r=0.39) across all participants. correlation between swue and utc was poor (r<0.4) when the entire group was considered and when the norm and at groups were separated. conclusion: both swue and utc appear able to distinguish symptomatic mid-portion achilles tendinopathy from normal tendons. swue showed stronger correlation with visa-a score than utc, potentially indicating greater relevance of estimating mechanical properties of tendons in facilitating clinical management of achilles tendinopathy. original research 64 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 posture and isokinetic shoulder strength in female water polo players k d aginsky, phd; c tracey, bhsc hons biokinetics; n neophytou, msc (med) centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: k d aginsky (kerithaginsky@gmail.com) water polo is a high-intensity intermittent aquatic sport which places large physical demands on the participants[1] and involves repetitive physical motions that are common to swimming and baseball pitching.[2] water polo consists of four quarters, where two teams of seven players per side attempt to score goals by throwing the ball into their opponents' goal. water polo is played in a pool measuring either 20 m by 10 m or 30 m by 20 m, with a depth of 1.8 m. during the throwing action, the mechanics are similar to those of baseball pitching.[2] this forms a large component of the sport and involves the combination of muscle strength and coordination between the upperand lower extremities. however, as the sport is played in a pool, unlike baseball or cricket, there are no stabilising surfaces[3] from which to throw the ball. this, in turn, may increase the total forces on the joints at the shoulder complex.[2] water polo players continuously place their shoulder joints under recurring stress while performing repetitive overhead movements which can cause joint instability and muscular imbalances between the internal rotator (ir) and external rotator (er) muscles.[2,4] radaelli et al. [5] claims that this imbalance may occur due to the more frequent contraction pattern of the ir muscles compared to the er muscles. the cumulative loads placed on the posterior shoulder joint during deceleration during throwing in water polo can result in posterior stiffness associated with a greater imbalance between the internal and external rotator cuff muscles and translation of the humeral head, thus predisposing the athlete to shoulder injury.[2] furthermore, during freestyle swimming in water polo, the head is more often out of the water and the ball positioned directly in front of the athlete[2,6] which places a heavy load on the shoulder joint and surrounding soft tissue.[7] in addition, while swimming freestyle in water polo, the dominant stroke action is that of head-up. this requires an altered form of traditional freestyle with the head out of the water and the arm elevation more exaggerated, as the arms are keeping the ball in front of the face of the player. furthermore, to increase the force of the throw when shooting, a greater amount of external rotation and abduction are required, [6,8,9] enabling females for example to reach a speed to 16.8m/s.[10] the amount of strength required to perform these forceful movements predispose the shoulder region to instability and muscle imbalance between the internal and external shoulder rotators.[11] lynch et al. [12] reported that swimmers and overhead athletes often develop swimmer’s shoulder which encompasses a variety of pathological injuries, such as rotator cuff tendinitis, shoulder instability and shoulder impingement. a disparity in muscle balance may lead these athletes and swimmers to develop an increased risk of postural abnormalities and subsequently, to predispose them to shoulder injuries. however, there is limited evidence regarding the presence of muscle imbalances and postural abnormalities in water polo players. it has been established that if a malalignment in the posture is present, it may indicate that there is a muscle imbalance; thus postural orientation may play a role in sport performance.[13] a study by gradidge et al. showed that there is a relationship between poor shoulder posture and shoulder injury in water polo players.[14] the limited research into posture and shoulder muscle strength in water polo players makes this study important in assisting with the identification of these muscle imbalances and specific postural characteristics, which will be useful in future studies. background: being overhead athletes, water polo players can present with muscular imbalances of the shoulder, between the internal rotators (ir) and external rotators (er), leading to changes in posture and an increased risk of injury. objectives: to assess posture and isokinetic shoulder strength of female club-level water polo players. methods: a descriptive study assessing posture and isokinetic strength of the ir and er shoulder muscles in 15 female clublevel south african water polo players (age: 21.3 ± 1.5 years) was conducted. posture was assessed using a posture grid. isokinetic shoulder rotator muscle strength was tested over five repetitions concentrically and eccentrically at 60°/sec using a biodex system 3 isokinetic dynamometer. the bilateral, reciprocal and functional dynamic control ratios (dcr) were calculated. results: typical postures noted were a forward head, rounded shoulders, increased thoracic spine kyphosis, elevated non-dominant shoulder and mild scapula winging. the mean concentric reciprocal ratios for the dominant (52.2 ± 7%) and non-dominant (51.9 ± 6.4%) sides indicated er muscle weakness. dcr values were within normal limits for the group. (d: 0.75 ± 0.2 and nd: 0.75 ± 0.1). conclusion: there is a trend for these female water polo players to have rounded shoulders and forward head postures, as well as er muscle strength weakness, the combination of which could predispose the athletes to shoulder injury. keywords: dynamic control ratio, shoulder injury, rounded shoulders, reciprocal ratio s afr j sports med 2016;28(3):64-68. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a438 mailto:kerithaginsky@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a438 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 65 methods this was a descriptive study assessing the posture profiles and concentric and eccentric ir and er shoulder muscle strength in 15 club-level female water polo players, aged between 18 and 25 years. dominance was assessed as the preferred throwing arm. ethical clearance was obtained from the human research ethics committee of the university of the witwatersrand and written informed consent from each participant prior to testing. all participants were informed of the risk of muscle soreness, which is normal during the maximal isokinetic testing, prior to signing the informed consent. the study excluded any prospective participants with a shoulder, neck or back injury at the time of the testing, those who had suffered from a shoulder injury in the preceding six months, and those who had previous shoulder surgery, which would affect muscle strength output. posture assessment the participants were asked to wear appropriate clothing so that the natural curves of the body could be seen. the subjects were asked to stand in their normal, comfortable anatomical position with the postural grid behind them and not to correct any postural abnormalities. a plumb line was used as a reference point in assessing the participant’s posture. each participant was analysed by an experienced therapist from an anterior, posterior and lateral view using the posture grid. anterior and posterior views included the assessment of shoulder height, scoliosis, scapula winging and lateral pelvic tilting. the lateral assessment included head position, shoulder orientation, lumbar and thoracic curvatures, and anterior or posterior pelvic tilting. the various components were rated by one experienced researcher on the following scale: 0 = no abnormality, 1 = slight, 2 = moderate, 3 = severe. isokinetic assessment isokinetic strength was assessed using a biodex system 3 isokinetic dynamometer (biodex medical systems, shirley, new york). maximal strength testing of the ir and er shoulder muscles was performed concentrically and eccentrically in the modified neutral position. prior to testing, participants were warmed up on an arm ergometer (technogym, cesena, italy) for five minutes. participants were seated, with their upper body stabilised by means of stabilisation straps to prevent unwanted movement. the axis of rotation was aligned as the line from the olecranon process through the humerus to the acromion process, ensuring that the subject had full, safe range of motion. the participant was shown what will be required from them in the testing procedure. testing included a standard biodex strength testing protocol of five maximal concentric repetitions at 60˚/sec, followed by five maximal eccentric repetitions at 60˚/sec. the testing was performed on both of the subject’s arms. the following muscle strength ratios were calculated using the internal and external rotator muscle peak torque (pt) values:  reciprocal ratio (%): (external rotator pt / internal rotator pt) x 100  dynamic control ratio (nm): eccentric external rotator pt / concentric internal rotator pt  bilateral deficit (%): (dominant pt – non-dominant pt) / dominant pt x 100  pt to body weight (nm/kg): pt / body weight statistical analysis all data were descriptively analysed and are represented as means and standard deviations. a student’s t-test was used to assess bilateral differences in the strength results. significance was accepted at p<0.05. results demographic results fifteen female club-level water polo players with a mean age of 21.3 ± 1.5 years were tested. they were 1.65 ± 0.60 m tall and weighed 67.1 ± 8.2 kg. the majority of the participants were right-side dominant (n=14). posture figure 1 shows the head and shoulder orientation, characterised as slight, moderate or severe. most of the athletes displayed a slight forward head posture (n=11), whilst all had either a slight or moderate forward or rounded shoulder posture. fourteen athletes had shoulder height discrepancies, with the majority having a slightly elevated non-dominant shoulder (n=9). furthermore, six players had slight scapula winging and one had moderate scapula winging. nine players were observed to have slight thoracic kyphosis and four athletes displayed slight scoliosis. fig 1. upper body postural profile of 15 club-level female water polo players. d: dominant; nd: non-dominant isokinetics peak torque (pt) table 1 below shows the bilateral pt results for both concentric and eccentric tests for the water polo players. the er peak torque values were lower than the ir peak torque values for both concentric and eccentric tests. there were no statistically significant bilateral differences found for either concentric (p = 1.103; p = 0.081) or eccentric peak torque values (p = 1.199; p = 0.207) for the internal and external shoulder rotators respectively. original research 66 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 peak torque/body weight ratio (pt/bw) pt/bw (nm/kg) values were recorded for both concentric and eccentric contractions (table 2). there were no bilateral differences for the concentric ir pt/bw (p = 0.143) and concentric er pt/bw (p = 0.136) respectively. the pt/bw ratios on the dominant and non-dominant sides were also similar when the eccentric ir (p = 0.311) and er pt/bw ratios (p = 0.244) were assessed. reciprocal ratio the mean reciprocal ratios were calculated for both concentric and eccentric internal and external shoulder rotation on the dominant and non-dominant sides (table 3). there were no bilateral differences for either the concentric (p = 0.914) or eccentric reciprocal ratios (p = 0.652). although the mean values only show a slight er muscle weakness, the range indicates that some athletes had a more pronounced er muscle weakness for both concentric (40 to 62 %) and eccentric ratios (n = 4: 55 to 60 %). for the non-dominant side n = 11 had a concentric ratio below 62% and n = 6 for an eccentric ratio below 62%. bilateral deficit the bilateral ratio was calculated for concentric and eccentric internal and external shoulder rotation muscles (table 4). the mean ratios were within normal limits for both the concentric and eccentric movement patterns and for both ir and er muscle groups. however, when assessing the range there were athletes (con er: n = 8 and con ir: n = 6; ecc er: n = 9 and ecc ir: n = 5) who showed bilateral imbalances. dynamic control ratio (dcr) the dcr for the dominant and non-dominant sides are shown in table 5. there were no bilateral differences between the dominant and non-dominant arms (p = 0.984). the range, however, indicates a high variation between the results of the table 1. concentric and eccentric peak torque external and internal shoulder rotation values for female, club-level water polo players at 60 o/s of dominant and non-dominant sides (n=15) muscles dominant pt (n=15) non-dominant pt (n=15) p mean ± sd range mean ± sd range con ir (nm) 33.0 ± 6.9 22.5 – 46.1 29.6 ± 5.7 20.4 – 40.3 0.103 con er (nm) 17.1 ± 3.5 12.0 – 23.7 15.2 ± 3.0 10.6 – 21.2 0.081 ecc ir (nm) 34.9 ± 5.7 24.9 – 44.3 32.7 ± 6.1 24.6 – 43.4 0.199 ecc er (nm) 24.0 ± 5.1 16.1 – 32.7 21.9 ± 4.6 14.7 – 29.0 0.207 pt: peak torque; con: concentric; ecc: eccentric, ir: internal rotators, er: external rotators, min: minimum, max: maximum table 2. dominant and non-dominant mean concentric and eccentric peak torque to body weight ratios at 60 o/s in female, club-level water polo players (n=15) muscles dominant pt/bw (n=15) non-dominant pt/bw (n=15) p mean ± sd range mean ± sd range con ir (nm/kg) 0.49 ± 0.1 0.32 – 0.67 0.44 ± 0.1 0.29 – 0.58 0.143 con er (nm/kg) 0.25 ± 0.0 0.18 – 0.33 0.22 ± 0.0 0.16 – 0.32 0.136 ecc ir (nm/kg) 0.52 ± 0.1 0.39 – 0.67 0.49 ± 0.1 0.38 – 0.59 0.311 ecc er (nm/kg) 0.36 ± 0.1 0.23 – 0.59 0.32 ± 0.1 0.22 – 0.41 0.244 pt: peak torque; con: concentric; ecc: eccentric, ir: internal rotators, er: external rotators, min: minimum, max: maximum table 3. dominant and non-dominant mean concentric and eccentric reciprocal ratios at 60 o/s in female, club-level water polo players (n=15) ratio dominant (n=15) range (%) non-dominant (n=15) range (%) p con/con (%) 52.2 ± 7.0 40 to 65 51.9 ± 6.4 40 to 62 0.914 ecc/ecc (%) 69.9 ± 16.0 51 to 107 67.3 ± 10.9 55 to 93 0.652 con/con; concentric/ concentric, ecc/ecc: eccentric/ eccentric table 4. concentric and eccentric mean bilateral ratios for internal and external shoulder rotation at 60 o/s in female club-level water polo players (n=15) contraction ir (n=15) range (%) er (n=15) range (%) con (%) 9 ± 11 -6 to 33 10 ± 6 -3 to 21 ecc (%) 6 ± 10 -14 to 28 5 ± 30 -80 to 49 con; concentric/ concentric, ecc: eccentric/ eccentric, ir: internal rotators, er: external rotators table 5. dominant and non-dominant mean dynamic control ratios at 60 o/s in female club-level water polo players (n=15) ratio dominant (n=15) range non-dominant (n=15) range p dcr 0.75 ± 0.21 0.45 to 1.32 0.75 ± 0.12 0.57 to 0.92 0.984 dcr: dynamic control ratio original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 67 participants (0.57 to 0.92). discussion the sport of water polo involves short bouts of high-intensity play with repetitive cyclic arm motions.[2] the assessment of water polo players’ shoulder strength can assist in determining whether they have sufficient muscle strength to perform these tasks or whether there is a possible predisposition to injury.[15] the demographic characteristics seen in the 15 female clublevel water polo players are comparable to other research on elite water polo players of a similar age.[16] the majority of the participants presented with a forward head and rounded shoulder posture while nine also had slight thoracic spine kyphosis. these are common postures in swimmers and overhead athletes where they present with shortened cervical extensors and lengthened cervical flexors.[3] furthermore, the rounded shoulder posture may also indicate the presence of muscular imbalances surrounding the shoulder girdle, with the anterior chest muscles, such as the pectoralis major and minor being shortened. the posterior thoracic muscles, namely, the middle and lower trapezius and rhomboid muscles, were shown to be weak and lengthened. an imbalanced upper extremity posture would negatively affect the position of the glenohumeral joint and, combined with possible thoracic muscle weakness and fatigue, may predispose an individual to injury.[3,12] the majority of the athletes presented with an elevated nondominant (n=9) or dominant (n=5) shoulder. the presence of shoulder height discrepancy may be the result of a superiorly translated humeral head due to the lack of scapula stabilisation[17] as seen by the thoracic kyphosis, rounded shoulder posture and winged scapulae. superior translation of the humeral head can lead to a narrowing of the subacromial space and predisposition to rotator cuff impingement, which is due to postural imbalances seen in overhead athletes from weak external rotators compared to internal rotators.[18] the water polo players had lower peak torque values for the concentric and eccentric er muscles compared to the ir muscles. similarly, when peak torque was normalised to body weight, the ir muscle strength was greater than the er muscle strength. these findings are further indicated by the weakness seen in the er muscles relative to the ir muscles in the reciprocal ratio. these results are lower than previously found in the assessment of the peak torque to body weight ratio in asymptomatic overhead athletes[19] and reciprocal ratio in water polo players. however, they were previously assessed at 30o/sec, which could account for the differences.[2] it is important to also assess the comparison of the eccentric er muscle strength relative to the concentric ir muscle strength in overhead athletes whose sport involves throwing. the concentric muscular contraction is important for the acceleration phase of throwing, whilst the eccentric muscle action is vital in the deceleration phase of throwing.[15] thus the dcr evaluates the concurrent work of the muscles in terms of the strength of the eccentric er strength relative to the concentric ir strength. furthermore, this synchronisation of opposing muscles assists in the prevention of injury. the dcr for the group showed no bilateral differences (d: 0.75 ± 0.21 and nd: 0.75 ± 0.12); however, the large range on both sides indicates that there is a percentage of water polo athletes who show eccentric er muscle weakness (d: 0.45 to 1.32 and nd: 0.57 to 0.92). these results demonstrate lower values than those found in previous studies, which were performed on non-water polo players.[18] the mean bilateral ratios for the group were within normal limits for both the concentric and eccentric movement patterns of the ir and er muscle groups; however, when assessing the range, there were athletes who exhibited bilateral imbalances (con ir: -6 to 33%; con er: -3 to 21%; ecc ir: -14 to 28% and ecc er: -80 to 49%). these results indicate that within the group tested there are athletes who are possibly predisposed to injury. similar findings in previous research , also found the dominant arm was stronger than the non-dominant arm in water polo players.[2] in addition, it has been found that athletes involved in overhead sports have a larger dominant arm than the non-dominant arm.[18] it is possible that this can be attributed to water polo, which is an asymmetrical sport, using mainly the dominant arm for throwing and shooting for goal. these muscle imbalances may be associated with the shoulder elevation found in the majority of water polo players; however, this relationship needs to be further investigated. thus the combination of postural abnormalities of the upper extremity and muscle weakness of the external shoulder rotators could predispose these athletes for developing shoulder injuries. conclusion female water polo players present with postural abnormalities, which include rounded and elevated shoulders, thoracic spine kyphosis and a forward head posture. these abnormalities are possibly associated with the concentric and eccentric weakness found in the external rotator muscles relative to the concentric internal rotator muscles. these muscle imbalances and postural abnormalities could predispose the water polo players to shoulder injuries. acknowledgements: the authors would like to thank the participants of the study. conflicts of interest: there are no conflicts of interest related to this study. references 1. mota n, ribeiro f. association between shoulder and proprioception and muscle strength in water polo players. isokinet exerc sci 2012;20(1):17-21. doi: 10.3233/ies-2011-0435. 2. mcmaster wc, long sc, caiozzo vj. isokinetic torque imbalances in the rotator cuff of the elite water polo player. am j sports med 1991;19(1):72-75. doi: 10.1177/036354659101900112 3. houglum p. therapeutic exercise for musculoskeletal injuries. 3rd ed. 2010. champaign, il: human kinetics 4. smith hk. applied physiology of water polo. sports med 1998;26(5):317-334. doi: 10.2165/00007256-199826050-00003. 5. radaelli r, bottaro m, weber f, et al. influence of body position on shoulder rotator muscle strength during isokinetic assessment. isokinet exerc sci 2010;18(3):119-124. doi: 10.3233/ies-2010-0369 6. webster mj, morris me, galna b. shoulder pain in water polo: a systematic review of the literature. j sci med sport 2009;12(1):3-11. doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2007.05.014 7. elliott j. shoulder pain and flexibility in elite water polo players. original research 68 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 physiotherapy1993;79(10):693-697.doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s00319406(10)60004-1 8. giombini a, rossi f, pettrone fa, et al. posterosuperior glenoid rim impingement as a cause of shoulder pain in top level waterpolo players. j sport med phys fitness 1997;37(4):273-278. doi: 10.1007/s00264-0101038-0 9. witwer a, sauers e. clinical measures of shoulder mobility in college water-polo players. j sports rehabil 2006;15(1):45-57. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/jsr.15.1.45 10. vila h, manchado c, rodriguez n, et al. anthropometric profile, vertical jump, and throwing velocity in elite female handball players by playing positions. j strength cond. 2012;26(8):2146-2155. doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e31823b0a46 11. bloomfield j, blanksby b, ackland t, et al. the influence of strength training on overhead throwing velocity of elite water polo players. aust j sci med sport 1990;22(9):205-220. 12. lynch ss, thigpen ca, mihalik jp, et al. the effects of an exercise intervention on forward head and rounded shoulder postures in elite swimmers. br. j. sports med. 2010;44(5):376-381. doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2009.066837 13. sweeting k, mock m. gait and posture assessment in general practice. aust. fam. physician 2007;36(6):398-401,404-405. pmid 17565395 14. gradidge p, neophyton n, benjamin n, et al. the injury and posture profiles of male high school water polo players in johannesburg, south africa. afr. j. phys. health educ. recr. dance. 2014;20(1):179-188 15. ellenbecker ts, davies gj. the application of isokinetics in testing and rehabilitation of the shoulder complex. j. athl. train. 2000;35(3):338350. doi: 10.1016/b978-1-4377-2411-0.00025-3 16. alcaraz pe, abraldes ja, ferragut c, et al. throwing velocities, anthropometric characteristics, and efficacy indices of women's european water polo subchampions. j strength cond. 2011;25(11):30513058. doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e318212e20 17. tovin bj. prevention and treatment of swimmer's shoulder. n am j sports phys ther 2006;1(4):166-175. pmcid: pmc2953356 18. van cingel r, kleinrensink gj, mulder p, et al. isokinetic strength values, conventional ratio and dynamic control ratio of shoulder rotator muscles in elite badminton players. . isokinet exerc sci 2007;15(4):287-293. 09593020 19. zanca gg, oliveira ab, saccol mf, et al. functional torque ratios and torque curve analysis of shoulder rotations in overhead athletes with and without impingement symptoms. j. sports sci. 2011;29(15):16031611. doi: 10.1080/02640414.2011.608702. original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the relationship between core stability and athletic performance in female university athletes m de bruin,1 msc; d coetzee,1 phd; r schall,2 phd 1 department of exercise and sport sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the free state, bloemfontein, south africa 2department of mathematical statistics and actuarial science, faculty of natural and agricultural sciences, university of the free state, bloemfontein, south africa corresponding author: m de bruin (debruinm@ufs.ac.za) core stability has been studied for more than 40 years and has become fundamental to training programmes for performance enhancement in diverse sporting codes.[1] however, the two fundamental concepts of core strength and core stability have generally not been distinguished.[1] akuthota and nadler defined core strength as the involvement of the anatomical structures around the lumbar spine in the maintenance of functional stability.[2] this definition differs from the usual notion of strength in athletes proposed by lehman as a maximum force produced by a muscle group at a certain velocity.[3] the training of core strength includes several repetitions performed at a high load with core muscle tension.[4] core strength is vital for sport performance and should be considered as an important component to determine core stability.[5] core endurance can be defined as the potential of the core muscles to avoid fatigue during continuous low-load activities.[6] core motor control is the activation of core muscles in a specific task controlled by the central nervous system.[6] consensus on how these different components should be defined and assessed is lacking. no gold-standard measurement has been described or suggested for the evaluation of core stability.[7] therefore, core stability assessment should consist of a battery of tests that evaluates various components of the core, depending on the demand of the task.[8] knowledge of functional core stability has led to the ability to classify and identify the components that affect core muscle function. the core muscles are important for dynamic stabilisation.[9] research on core stability exercise programmes and the associated improvement of athletic performance is limited.[1] sharrock et al.[5] concluded from a pilot study that future research should attempt to establish the sub-categories involved in core stability and identify which are most important for individual sport codes. the aim of this study was to evaluate the relationship between core stability, including the sub-categories of strength, endurance and neuromuscular control (nmc), and athletic performance among female university athletes in hockey, netball, running, soccer and tennis. methods participants and study design in the 2018/2019 season, 122 female athletes were members of the first hockey, netball, running, soccer and tennis teams at the university of the free state (ufs) in bloemfontein, south africa. all these athletes were invited to participate in the study. subjects were excluded from the study if they (i) had an acute, medically diagnosed injury that required medical treatment during the preceding three months, (ii) had an illness on the day of testing, or (iii) refused informed consent to participate in the study. data were collected and recorded using a scoring sheet. the scoring sheet indicated the core stability and athletic performance tests, and the sequence of testing. testing of the various sport teams took place on different days as part of their periodisation in the off-season and pre-season, respectively. one week before testing, the participants were informed that on the day of testing they were not allowed to exercise. on the day of the testing, the participants did a 10-minute warm-up on a cycle ergometer and performed dynamic stretches. background: questions remain as to whether core stability represents single or multiple components, how to assess core stability, and if a relationship exists with athletic performance in different sporting codes. objectives: to investigate the relationship between core stability and athletic performance in female university athletes. methods: eighty-three female athletes (hockey, netball, running, soccer and tennis) participated in this quantitative, cross-sectional study. the isometric back extension (ibe), lateral flexion (lf) and abdominal flexion (af) tests were used to measure core strength and endurance. the core stability grading system using a pressure biofeedback unit was applied to measure core neuromuscular control (nmc). athletic performance was assessed using the 40 m sprint, ttest, vertical jump (vj) and the medicine ball chest throw (mbct). correlations between the core stability tests and the athletic performance tests were determined overall and separately by sport. the effect of core stability on athletic performance was analysed using ancova. results: overall for all sports, most correlations were weak (r=0.10–0.39), although there was a very strong correlation between lf (strength) and vj (r=0.90). when the sports were considered separately, there were moderate correlations (r=0.40–0.69) between core strength, endurance and motor control with certain athletic performance tests in all five sport codes. in runners, strong correlations (r=0.70–0.89) were observed between af (endurance) and vj, and in tennis players between ibe (strength) and the sprint. conclusion: correlations were found between core stability and athletic performance, although most correlations were negligible or weak. athletic performance in different sport codes is associated with different components of core stability. keywords: hockey, netball, running, soccer, tennis, functional stability s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-9. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10825 mailto:debruinm@ufs.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10825 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6303-6631 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3151-6582 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4145-3685 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 ethical considerations approval to conduct the research was granted by the health sciences research ethics committee (hsrec) of the faculty of health sciences, university of the free state (reference number ufs-hsd2019/0447/2506). all participants provided their informed consent. core stability testing core strength tests as described by saeterbakken et al.,[10] the core strength of the global core muscles was measured using the biering-sørensen tests, which included isometric back extension (ibe), lateral flexion (lf) and abdominal flexion (af). the participants were required to contract their global core muscles to their maximum for three seconds. the explosive power output of the maximum volunteered contraction was measured using a tendo sports machine (tendo sports machines; trencin, slovak republic). each of the three respective core strength tests were performed three times with a one-minute rest between the attempts and three minutes of rest before performing the next test. the greatest mean force output in newtons (n) over three seconds for each test (ibe, lf and af) was used in further analyses. the biering-sørensen ibe test was assessed in a prone position on an exercise bed. the participant had to hold the prone position until failure.[11] the edge of the iliac crest was positioned on the tip of the bed while the arms were crossed over the chest. lastly, the body was in a straight position with the feet secured to the bed by the ankles.[11] during the lf test, the participant lay down horizontally with their legs and hip relaxed on the bed. the participants were not allowed to rest on their elbows while their feet were tied with a strap to the bed across their ankles. only the dominant side was assessed (facing upwards) and the nondominant arm was crossed over the chest.[10] for the af test position, the participant had to hold a 45° angle between their hips and the bed and the hips and knees were bent at 90° angle. the spine had to be held upright while the arms were crossed over the chest and their feet secured to the bed.[11] core endurance tests the same positions used to measure the core strength of the global muscles were used to assess the core endurance of the global muscles. to determine the endurance of the global core muscles, participants were required to contract these muscles to the maximum for as long as they could. a stopwatch was used to determine how long they could hold this contraction. a reliability coefficient of 0.97–0.99 has been reported for the bering-sørensen method.[11] all tests were terminated when the participant fell below the test position. core neuromuscular control (nmc) tests core neuromuscular control (nmc) was assessed using a welch allyn flexiport (hill-rom holdings inc.; chicago il, usa) pressure biofeedback unit. this was able to determine changes in pressure while the local and global core muscles aimed to stabilise the trunk during low-load limb movement.[12] an interclass correlation coefficient (icc) of 0.91 for test-retest reliability of the pressure biofeedback unit has been reported.[12] the wisbey-roth core stability grading system was used to classify the motor control component of core stability.[13] the participant lay in a supine position on an exercise bed. a pressure biofeedback unit was placed below the lower back and inflated to 40 millimetres of mercury (mmhg). the participant was instructed to maintain the pressure on the gauge while breathing regularly. this was considered as a grade 1 on the wisbey-roth core stability grading system.[13] if the participant failed to maintain the pressure they scored grade 0. the participant obtained a grade 2 if they were able to maintain the pressure on the gauge while performing single leg slides of the limbs. a grade 3 was scored if the participant was able to maintain the pressure while performing slow movements of the trunk. if they were able to maintain the pressure on the gauge while performing fast movements of the limbs, a grade 4 was recorded and a grade 5 was obtained with fast movements of the trunk and limbs against resistance. changes in the pressure greater than 10 mmhg were indicative of diminished core motor control. the next level was only determined only after the previous level had been successfully completed.[13] each activity level represented a level of core motor control.[14] the participant was allowed one trial on each level and was only progressed to the next level after successful core motor control of the previous level. scoring was the highest completed level where the instructed task was successfully completed with a change of less than 10 mmhg on the pressure biofeedback unit with a normal breathing pattern.[15] athletic performance testing agility test the t-test (icc=0.97)[16] was conducted to assess the participant’s agility in a forward, backward and lateral direction. the agility and direction changes performed during a t-test are used in a wide variety of sporting codes. optimal agility is critical to complete the course and change of direction within the shortest amount of time.[5] the time of the t-test (in seconds) was recorded using a stopwatch. four cones were used as markers for the t-test. on the cue of the timer, the participant sprinted 10 m from the start in a forward direction to touch the base of the cone, then sideshuffled 5 m to the left to touch the base of the cone. the participant then changed direction to the right and shuffled 10 m to touch the base of the cone, changed direction again to the left and shuffled 5 m to touch the base of the cone, and then ran 10 m backwards to the start. time was stopped when they passed the start. the participants completed three rounds and the best time to the nearest 0.1 seconds was recorded. speed test the 40 m sprint test (sprint) (icc=0.85)[17] was used to assess the participant’s lower extremity explosive power and speed.[18] participants had to cover a distance of 40 m as fast as possible. the time was recorded from the first movement of the extremities and terminated when the participant crossed the line. the participants completed three rounds after which the original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 fastest time to the nearest 0.1 seconds was recorded. lower extremity explosive power test the vertical jump (vj) was used to assess lower extremity explosive power. sports such as netball, soccer and tennis require good explosive power of the lower extremities to jump specific heights. the vertec (rogue fitness; columbus oh, usa) vj tester (icc=0.99)[19] was used to determine the vj height. the participant stood facing the wall and reached up with both hands. the standing reach distance was recorded at the top of the fingertips while the participant stretched their arms above their head, keeping their feet flat on the ground. the participant was instructed to stand perpendicular to the vertec with their body weight equally spread between the legs and feet and with the dominant side facing the wall. the participant was not allowed to perform a double bounce before the jump. the participant was allowed to bend the knees and then jump from both feet as high as possible and touch the vertec with the dominant hand. the participants completed three trials and the best height to the nearest 0.1 cm was recorded. upper extremity explosive power test the medicine ball chest throw (mbct) (icc=0.87–0.95)[20] was used to assess upper extremity strength and explosive power.[5] many sports require overhead activities such as throwing a ball or catching an object, and a good level of upper extremity explosive power is required for optimal performance during these movements.[5] the participant was instructed to stand in a kneeling position with knees bent at 90° and both hips in full extension. a distance of 10 m was measured out using a measuring tape. the 3 kg medicine ball was held with both hands in front of the chest. when the participant was ready, they could throw the ball vigorously as far forward as possible without falling forward or rocking back to gain momentum before the throw. each participant was granted a practice trial to ensure they understood how to perform the movement. if the movement was carried out properly without compensatory or trick movements, the distance of the first bounce was measured. the participants completed three trials and the best distance to the nearest 0.1 m was recorded. statistical analysis data were captured on a microsoft excel (microsoft office 2016) spreadsheet. further analysis was performed using the sas statistical software (sas institute inc.; cary, nc). data on core stability, namely ibe (strength), lf (strength), af (strength), ibe (endurance), lf (endurance), af (endurance), and core neuromotor control (nmc), and for the four tests of athletic performance (sprint, t-test, vj and mbct), were available for 83 athletes. the data on core strength, core endurance and core motor control were summarised using descriptive statistics. to assess the effect of core stability on athletic performance, both pairwise correlations and analysis of covariance (ancova) were carried out. correlations as described by scharrock et al.,[5] pearson correlation coefficients and associated p-values were calculated between the characteristics of core strength, core endurance and core motor control and the four tests of athletic performance. this was done overall for all participants and separately for each sport. correlations were referred to as ’negligible’ if their absolute value was in the range 0.00–0.10, ’weak’ (0.11–0.39), ’moderate’ (0.40–0.69), ’strong’ (0.70–0.89) and ’very strong ’ (0.90–1.00).[21] table 1. descriptive statistics for participants' core strength and core endurance: overall and by type of sport all sports (n=83) hockey (n=24) netball (n=16) runner (n=15) soccer (n=17) tennis (n=11) ibe (strength) (n) mean 1002 1056 1037 1024 1017 783 minimum 687 750 687 757 748 745 maximum 1517 1422 1517 1303 1517 540 ibe (endurance) (s) mean 149.7 143.9 97.8 198.8 140.2 185.9 minimum 50.0 50.0 55.1 84.0 72.0 135.0 maximum 149.7 143.9 97.8 198.8 140.2 185.9 lf (strength) (n) mean 799 858 799 773 824 667 minimum 565 586 639 565 625 625 maximum 1082 1082 1018 984 1018 701 lf (endurance) (s) mean 67.6 71.2 45.0 91.0 62.8 68.4 minimum 13.0 19.0 13.0 37.5 17.3 45.9 maximum 181.0 145.0 181.0 141.0 91.0 140.0 af (strength) (n) mean 897 958 906 859 941 736 minimum 646 646 684 687 695 690 maximum 1300 1274 1300 1188 1214 769 af (endurance) (s) mean 149.2 158.0 101.3 203.7 135.2 146.8 minimum 40.0 50.0 40.0 83.0 71.0 71.0 maximum 376.0 354.0 271.0 376.0 225.0 195.0 ibe, isometric back extension; lf, lateral flexion; af, abdominal flexion; n, newton; s, seconds. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 ancova the four characteristics of athletic performance (40 m sprint, t-test, vj and mbct) were analysed using analysis of covariance (ancova). in each case, the ancova model fitted the characteristics of core stability ibe (strength), lf (strength), af (strength), ibe (endurance), lf (endurance), af (endurance) and core nmc as covariates. in addition, the ’type of sport’ was included since this factor potentially affects athletic performance as measured in the current study. initially, the full ancova model was fitted with all independent variables listed above. furthermore, backward model selection was performed as follows: starting with the full model fitting all the above variables, while at each selection step that variable was chosen for exclusion from the model whose exclusion from the model achieved the largest increase in the schwarz bayesian information criterion (sbc). for each assessment of athletic performance, the results of the final model selected by the sbc are reported here, together with estimates of the regression slopes and associated p-values. results eighty-three female student athletes from the ufs participated in this study. the athletes represented hockey (n=24), netball (n=16), running (n=11), soccer (n=15) and tennis (n=17). table 1 presents the descriptive statistics for the characteristics of core strength and core endurance (overall and by the type of sport). similarly, table 2 summarises the descriptive statistics with respect to core motor control (overall and by the type of sport). correlations tables 3 and 4 present the pearson correlation coefficients table 2. descriptive statistics for core motor/neuromuscular control (nmc) grading: overall and by type of sport team statistic nmc grading total 1 2 3 4 5 all sports frequency 13 17 31 21 1 83 percent 16 21 37 25 1 hockey frequency 3 3 10 8 0 24 percent 13 13 42 33 0 netball frequency 9 5 1 1 0 16 percent 56 31 6 6.3 0 runner frequency 0 2 6 6 1 15 percent 0 13 40 40 7 soccer frequency 1 6 7 3 0 17 percent 6 35 41 18 0 tennis frequency 0 1 7 3 0 11 percent 0 9 64 27 0 table 3. pearson correlation between core strength, core endurance and core motor control tests with athletic performance tests: all sports (n=83) characteristic of core stability statistic athletic performance tests sprint t-test vj mbct ibe (strength) correlation -0.13 -0.44 0.38 0.36 p-value 0.26 0.00* 0.00* 0.00* 95% ci -0.33 to 0.09 -0.60 to -0.25 0.17 to 0.55 0.15 to 0.53 ibe (endurance) correlation -0.16 0.10 -0.14 -0.09 p-value 0.16 0.37 0.21 0.42 95% ci -0.36 to 0.06 -0.12 to 0.31 -0.34 to 0.08 -0.30 to 0.13 lf (strength) correlation -0.10 -0.39 0.90 0.51 p-value 0.35 0.00* 0.00* 0.00* 95% ci -0.31 to 0.12 -0.55 to -0.18 0.19 to 0.56 0.33 to 0.65 lf (endurance) correlation -0.28 -0.06 0.05 0.09 p-value 0.01* 0.59 0.65 0.43 95% ci -0.47 to -0.07 -0.27 to 0.16 -0.17 to 0.26 -0.13 to 0.30 af (strength) correlation -0.05 -0.44 0.44 0.48 p-value 0.62 0.00* 0.00* 0.00* 95% ci -0.27 to 0.16 -0.60 to -0.25 0.24 to 0.60 0.30 to 0.63 af (endurance) correlation -0.35 -0.18 0.34 0.27 p-value 0.00* 0.10 0.00* 0.01* 95% ci -0.52 to -0.14 -0.38 to 0.04 0.13 to 0.51 0.06 to 0.46 nmc correlation -0.32 -0.12 -0.05 -0.05 p-value 0.00* 0.27 0.68 0.65 95% ci -0.50 to -0.11 -0.33 to 0.10 -0.26 to 0.17 -0.26 to 0.17 * indicates statistically significant (p<0.05). bold values indicates moderate, moderately strong and strong correlations. vj, vertical jump; mbct, medicine ball chest throw; ibe, isometric back extension; lf, lateral flexion; af, abdominal flexion; nmc, neuromuscular control. original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 correlations table 4. pearson correlation between core strength, core endurance and core motor/neuromuscular control tests with athletic performance tests dependent variable statistic sprint t-test vj mbct hockey (n=24) ibe (strength) correlation 0.05 -0.38 0.33 0.54 p-value 0.83 0.07 0.12 0.01* 95% ci -0.36 to 0.44 -0.68 to 0.03 -0.09 to 0.64 0.16 to 0.77 ibe (endurance) correlation -0.26 -0.19 0.15 0.05 p-value 0.22 0.37 0.49 0.83 95% ci -0.60 to 0.16 -0.55 to 0.23 -0.27 to 0.52 -0.36 to 0.44 lf (strength) correlation -0.12 -0.50 0.37 0.61 p-value 0.58 0.01* 0.07 0.01* 95% ci -0.50 to 0.30 -0.74 to -0.10 -0.04 to 0.67 0.26 to 0.81 lf (endurance) correlation -0.29 -0.34 -0.00 -0.00 p-value 0.17 0.10 0.99 0.99 95% ci -0.62 to 0.13 -0.65 to 0.08 -0.41 to 0.40 -0.41 to 0.40 af (strength) correlation 0.12 -0.41 0.31 0.61 p-value 0.55 0.05* 0.14 0.00* 95% ci -0.29 to 0.50 -0.69 to 0.01 -0.12 to 0.63 0.26 to 0.81 af (endurance) correlation -0.25 -0.21 0.15 0.18 p-value 0.24 0.32 0.48 0.40 95% ci -0.59 to 0.18 -0.56 to 0.21 -0.27 to 0.52 -0.25 to 0.54 nmc correlation -0.24 -0.11 0.04 -0.14 p-value 0.27 0.61 0.85 0.50 95% ci -0.58 to 0.19 -0.49 to 0.31 -0.37 to 0.44 -0.52 to 0.28 netball (n=16) ibe (strength) correlation 0.16 -0.13 -0.48 -0.42 p-value 0.55 0.64 0.06 0.10 95% ci -0.37 to 0.60 -0.58 to 0.40 -0.78 to 0.04 -0.75 to 0.11 ibe (endurance) correlation 0.30 0.17 -0.18 -0.01 p-value 0.26 0.53 0.52 0.97 95% ci -0.24 to 0.69 -0.36 to 0.61 -0.61 to 0.36 -0.50 to 0.49 lf (strength) correlation 0.62 0.56 -0.51 -0.30 p-value 0.01* 0.02* 0.05* 0.26 95% ci 0.16 to 0.85 0.07 to 0.82 -0.79 to 0.00 -0.69 to 0.24 lf (endurance) correlation -0.11 -0.11 -0.08 -0.06 p-value 0.68 0.68 0.76 0.81 95% ci -0.57 to 0.41 -0.57 to 0.41 -0.55 to 0.43 -0.54 to 0.45 af (strength) correlation 0.27 0.24 -0.06 -0.09 p-value 0.32 0.37 0.82 0.75 95% ci -0.27 to 0.67 -0.30 to 0.65 -0.54 to 0.45 -0.56 to 0.43 af (endurance) correlation -0.20 -0.38 0.19 0.44 p-value 0.45 0.15 0.48 0.09 95% ci -0.63 to 0.33 -0.73 to 0.16 -0.34 to 0.62 -0.09 to 0.76 nmc correlation -0.06 -0.04 -0.25 -0.30 p-value 0.81 0.88 0.36 0.25 95% ci -0.54 to 0.45 -0.52 to 0.47 -0.66 to 0.29 -0.69 to 0.24 running (n=15) ibe (strength) correlation -0.36 -0.33 0.40 0.13 p-value 0.19 0.23 0.14 0.64 95% ci -0.73 to 0.20 -0.71 to 0.23 -0.15 to 0.75 -0.41 to 0.60 ibe (endurance) correlation 0.33 0.15 -0.23 -0.31 p-value 0.23 0.60 0.42 0.25 95% ci -0.23 to 0.72 -0.40 to 0.61 -0.66 to 0.33 -0.71 to 0.24 lf (strength) correlation -0.41 -0.44 0.56 0.63 p-value 0.12 0.10 0.03* 0.01* 95% ci -0.76 to 0.14 -0.77 to 0.11 0.04 to 0.83 0.15 to 0.86 lf (endurance) correlation 0.21 0.49 0.11 0.00 p-value 0.46 0.07 0.07 0.99 95% ci -0.35 to 0.65 -0.05 to 0.79 -0.43 to 0.59 -0.51 to 0.51 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 tables 3 and 4he pearson correlat table 4 continued. pearson correlation between core strength, core endurance and core motor/neuromuscular control tests with athletic performance tests dependent variable statistic sprint t-test vj mbct running (n=15) af (strength) correlation -0.37 -0.55 0.61 0.52 p-value 0.17 0.03* 0.02* 0.05* 95% ci -0.74 to 0.19 -0.82 to -0.04 0.12 to 0.85 -0.01 to 0.81 af (endurance) correlation -0.03 -0.02 0.71 0.34 p-value 0.27 0.95 0.00* 0.22 95% ci -0.70 to 0.26 -0.52 to 0.50 0.29 to 0.89 -0.22 to 0.72 nmc correlation 0.37 -0.14 -0.27 -0.04 p-value 0.17 0.63 0.33 0.88 95% ci -0.18 to 0.74 -0.60 to 0.41 -0.68 to 0.29 -0.54 to 0.48 soccer (n=17) ibe (strength) correlation -0.30 -0.52 0.63 0.55 p-value 0.25 0.03* 0.01* 0.02* 95% ci -0.68 to 0.22 -0.79 to -0.03 0.20 to 0.85 0.07 to 0.81 ibe (endurance) correlation 0.12 0.04 -0.15 0.16 p-value 0.65 0.89 0.57 0.53 95% ci -0.39 to 0.56 -0.45 to 0.51 -0.58 to 0.36 -0.35 to 0.59 lf (strength) correlation -0.30 -0.05 0.53 0.63 p-value 0.24 0.04* 0.03* 0.00* 95% ci -0.68 to 0.22 -0.78 to -0.01 0.04 to 0.80 0.19 to 0.85 lf (endurance) correlation -0.07 -0.06 -0.08 0.27 p-value 0.78 0.83 0.75 0.29 95% ci -0.53 to 0.42 -0.52 to 0.44 -0.54 to 0.42 -0.25 to 0.66 af (strength) correlation -0.34 -0.56 0.58 0.46 p-value 0.17 0.02* 0.01* 0.06 95% ci -0.70 to 0.17 -0.81 to -0.09 0.12 to 0.83 -0.04 to 0.76 af (endurance) correlation -0.09 -0.26 0.41 0.15 p-value 0.74 0.31 0.10 0.56 95% ci -0.54 to 0.41 -0.66 to 0.26 -0.10 to 0.74 -0.36 to 0.58 nmc correlation -0.55 -0.56 0.44 0.36 p-value 0.02* 0.02* 0.08 0.15 95% ci -0.81 to -0.08 -0.81 to -0.09 -0.07 to 0.75 -0.16 to 0.71 tennis (n=11) ibe (strength) correlation -0.74 -0.59 0.25 0.58 p-value 0.01* 0.05 0.45 0.06 95% ci -0.92 to -0.21 -0.87 to 0.04 -0.42 to 0.73 -0.05 to 0.87 ibe (endurance) correlation -0.67 -0.31 0.28 0.48 p-value 0.03* 0.34 0.40 0.13 95% ci -0.90 to -0.08 -0.76 to 0.37 -0.40 to 0.75 -0.19 to 0.83 lf (strength) correlation -0.56 -0.15 0.20 0.52 p-value 0.07 0.66 0.55 0.10 95% ci -0.86 to 0.08 -0.78 to 0.50 -0.46 to 0.71 -0.14 to 0.85 lf (endurance) correlation -0.43 -0.35 0.22 0.58 p-value 0.19 0.30 0.52 0.06 95% ci -0.81 to 0.25 -0.78 to 0.33 -0.45 to 0.72 -0.05 to 0.87 af (strength) correlation -0.55 -0.43 -0.19 0.40 p-value 0.08 0.19 0.58 0.22 95% ci -0.86 to 0.10 -0.81 to 0.25 -0.70 to 0.47 -0.28 to 0.80 af (endurance) correlation -0.32 0.02 0.25 0.24 p-value 0.34 0.95 0.46 0.48 95% ci -0.76 to 0.36 -0.59 to 0.61 -0.42 to 0.73 -0.43 to 0.73 nmc correlation -0.35 -0.09 0.49 0.23 p-value 0.29 0.80 0.13 0.49 95% ci -0.78 to 0.33 -0.65 to 0.54 -0.18 to 0.83 -0.44 to 0.73 * indicates statistically significant (p<0.05). bold values indicates moderate, moderately strong and strong correlations. vj, vertical jump; mbct, medicine ball chest throw; ibe, isometric back extension; lf, lateral flexion; af, abdominal flexion; nmc, neuromuscular control; ci, confidence interval original research 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 and associated p-values between the characteristics of core strength, core endurance and core nmc, with the four characteristics of athletic performance (overall and by the type of sport). overall for all sports, moderate, statistically significant correlations between ibe (strength) and the t-test, between lf strength) and the mbct, and between af (strength) and the t-test, vj and mbct were observed (table 3). a very strong statistically significant correlation was found between lf (strength) and vj. because of the relatively large sample size overall, even some of the weak correlations in the range 0.27– 0.39 were statistically significant. for hockey, moderate statistically significant correlations were found between ibe (strength), lf (strength), and af (strength) and the mbct, and between lf (strength) and af (strength) and the t-test (table 4). for netball, moderate statistically significant correlations were observed between lf (strength) and the sprint, t-test, and vj, and between af (endurance) and the mbct (table 4). for runners, moderate statistically significant correlations were found between ibe (strength) and the vj, between lf (strength) and the sprint, t-test, vj and mbct, between af (strength) and the t-test, vj and mbct, between lf (endurance) and the t-test, and a strong statistically significant correlation between af (endurance) and vj (table 4). for soccer, there were moderately strong statistically significant correlations between ibe (strength) and the t-test, vj and mbct, between lf (strength) and vj and mbct, between af (strength) and the t-test, vj and mbct, between af (endurance) and the vj, and between core nmc and the sprint, t-test and vj (table 4). because of the relatively large sample size overall, even some negligible correlations in the range 0.00–0.10 were statistically significant. for tennis, moderate statistically significant correlations were found between ibe (strength) and the t-test and mbct, between lf (strength) and the sprint and mbct, between af (strength) and the sprint, t-test and mbct, between ibe (endurance) and the sprint and mbct, between lf (endurance) and the sprint and mbct, and between core nmc and vj (table 4). a strong statistically significant correlation was found between ibe (strength) and the sprint. table 5 presents the results of the ancova values followed by the model selection. the only selected predictor of the sprint was lf (strength). higher lf (strength) led to lower sprint times (negative association). for the t-test, the selected predictors were ibe (endurance) (positive association), ibe (strength) and af (strength) (negative association). for vj, the selected predictors were af (strength) and af (endurance) (positive association). furthermore, significant differences between sports with regard to vj were observed (the p-values in table 5 refer to the differences between tennis and the other sport codes). finally, the only selected predictor for the mbct was af (strength) (positive association). discussion a well-trained athlete is expected to have general skills such as speed, agility and explosive power, in addition to sport-specific attributes. the current study's findings were similar to the results of sharrock et al.,[5] who reported a weak relationship between core stability (as measured by the double leg lowering test) and athletic performance. our findings are also in agreement with nesser et al.,[22] who reported a moderate correlation between core stability and sport-specific assessments. we found that hockey players demonstrated the highest ibe, lf and af characteristics of core strength, and tennis players the lowest. this could be attributed to the fact that the body position of a hockey player is always flexed at the lumbar spine, with combined rotational movements that require good core strength during various hitting and pushing techniques.[23] zingaro[24] proposed that the core and upper extremity muscles are responsible for 54% of force production when delivering in a tennis serve. moreover, it has been found that the speed of shoulder movement when serving can be up to 76 kilometres an hour, which could imply that most of a serve's explosive power in tennis players originates from the shoulder and not the core. despite inconsistent findings, researchers are of the opinion that different sporting codes require different functions of core strength. runners had the highest ibe, lf and af characteristics of core endurance, and netball players the lowest. tong et al.[25] noted that core muscle fatigue may limit running endurance. clark et al.[26] reported that improved core endurance reduced overall running times in high school cross-country runners. we concur with previous literature[25,26] that runners require core table 5. ancova with model selection: relationship between athletic performance and core endurance, core strength and core neuromuscular control dependent variable independent variable estimate standard error p-value sprint intercept 4.439 0.282 lf (strength) -0.0009 0.0002 0.00* t-test intercept 4.740 2.432 ibe (strength) -0.0008 0.0003 0.03* af (strength) -0.003 0.0005 0.00* ibe (endurance) 0.003 0.001 0.02* vj intercept 39.135 3.900 hockey -3.395 1.490 0.03* netball 1.7548 1.427 0.22 runner 4.164 1.267 0.00* soccer 3.217 1.128 0.01* af (strength) 0.009 0.003 0.00* af (endurance) 0.017 0.007 0.01* mbct intercept -1.266 1.286 af (strength) 0.001 0.0003 0.00* * indicates statistically significant (p<0.05). ancova, analysis of covariance; vj, vertical jump; mbct, medicine ball chest throw; lf, lateral flexion; ibe, isometric back extension; af, abdominal flexion. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 8 endurance for improved athletic performance, as a positive correlation was found between characteristics for core endurance and the sprint and t-test. optimal performance in netball depends on the interaction between several fundamental factors relating to the balance, agility and explosive power of players.[27] hence, muscle endurance is not the most relevant component in training interventions for netball players. in addition, netball players depend more on the eccentric strength of the quadriceps when cutting and landing, rather than the core musculature,[28] which could explain why the netball players in this study showed the lowest mean values for core endurance. this is supported by the fact that in this study netball players had lower core nmc (grade 1) than tennis players (grade 3) and runners (grade 4). similar to our findings, venter et al.[28] reported that netball players rely more on lower extremity strength for cutting and landing movements than the core musculature. diverse views on the significance of core stability in sporting performance still exist. no studies reviewed for this research used our battery of tests to assess the different components of core stability (strength, endurance and neuromuscular control), as well as its relationship to different sports (hockey, netball, runners, soccer and tennis). therefore, no meaningful comparisons with other studies reported in the literature could be made in this regard. potential limitations of this study are that only five sporting codes were examined. these sporting codes' specific techniques and skills might not be representative of all sports. only female athletes of the ufs participated, while male athletes may yield different results from female athletes. athletes were assessed during different times in the conditioning season, and differences in conditioning training programmes might have influenced the results. the lack of gold standard tests to assess the strength, endurance and neuromuscular components of core stability could also be a limitation. sport-specific assessments should be considered to assess core stability. the athletic performance tests did not account for the specific demands of the different sporting codes. core stability and athletic performance are complex concepts, with multiple factors playing a role in both. future research on core stability and athletic performance, with specific attention to the demands of different sporting codes, would benefit both the sport and rehabilitation sectors. conclusion this study found correlations between core stability and athletic performance, even though many correlations were only weak or moderately weak. different sporting codes seem to require different components of core stability. when these sporting codes are considered separately, there were moderately strong correlations between core stability and its sub-groups and athletic performance tests. therefore, core stability can be considered an important modality when trying to improve athletic performance, but should not be the primary focus of exercise training programmes. the findings of this study can equip athletes, coaches, conditioning staff and rehabilitation specialists to better design exercise training programmes by implementing sport-specific modalities into programmes that duplicate the demands of the respective sporting codes. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: dr daleen struwig, medical writer/ editor, ufs, for technical and editorial preparation of the manuscript. author contributions: mdb contributed to the planning and execution of the study, collected the data and wrote the draft article. dc initiated the study, contributed to its planning and collaborated on writing the article. rs contributed to the planning of the study, performed the statistical analysis of the data and collaborated on the writing of the article. all the authors approved the final version of the article. references 1. hibbs ae, thompson kg, french d, et al. optimizing performance by improving core stability and core strength. sports med 2008;38(12):995–1008. [doi: 10.2165/00007256200838120-00004] [pmid: 19026017] 2. akuthota v, nadler sf. core strengthening. arch phys med rehabil 2004;85(3 suppl 1):s86–s92. [doi: 10.1053/j.apmr.2003.12.005] [pmid: 15034861] 3. lehman gj. resistance training for performance and injury prevention in golf. j can chiropr assoc 2006;50(1):27–42. [pmid: 17549167] https://www.researchgate.net/publication/6287800 (accessed 7 june 2021). 4. saeterbakken ah, van den tillaar r, seiler s. effect of core stability training on throwing velocity in female handball players. j strength cond res 2011;25(3):712–718 [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181cc227e] [pmid: 20581697]. 5. sharrock c, cropper j, mostad j, et al. a pilot study of core stability and athletic performance: is there a relationship? int j sports phys ther 2011;6(2):63–74. [pmid: 21713228] 6. comerford mj, mottram sl. movement and stability dysfunction – contemporary developments. man ther 2001;6(1):15–26. [doi: 10.1054/math.2000.0388] [pmid: 11243905] 7. brukner p, khan k. brukner and khan’s clinical sports medicine: injuries.. 5th ed. sydney: mcgraw-hill education; 2017. 8. de blaiser c, roosen p, willems t, et al. is core stability a risk factor for lower extremity injuries in an athletic population? a systematic review. phys ther sport 2018;30:48–56. [doi: 10.1016/j.ptsp.2017.08.076] [pmid: 29246794] 9. huxel bliven kc, anderson be. core stability training for injury prevention. sports health 2013;5(6):514–522. [doi: 10.1177/1941738113481200] [pmid: 24427426] 10. saeterbakken ah, fimland ms, navarsete j, et al. muscle activity, and the association between core strength, core endurance and core stability. j nov physiother phys rehabil 2015;2(2):28–34. [doi: 10.17352/2455-5487.000022] 11. tse ma, mcmanus am, masters rs. development and validation of a core endurance intervention program: implications for performance in college-age rowers. j strength cond res 2005;19(3):547–552. [doi: 10.1519/15424.1] [pmid: 16095402] 12. von garnier k, köveker k, rackwitz b, et al. reliability of a test measuring transversus abdominis muscle recruitment with a pressure biofeedback unit. physiotherapy 2009;95(1):8–14. [doi: 10.1016/j.physio.2008.10.003] [pmid: 19627680] 13. wisbey-roth t. core stability grading. sports medicine doi:%2010.2165/00007256-200838120-00004 doi:%2010.2165/00007256-200838120-00004 doi:%2010.1053/j.apmr.2003.12.005 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/6287800 doi:%2010.1519/jsc.0b013e3181cc227e doi:%2010.1054/math.2000.0388 doi:%2010.1054/math.2000.0388 doi:%2010.1016/j.ptsp.2017.08.076 doi:%2010.1016/j.ptsp.2017.08.076 doi:%2010.1177/1941738113481200 doi:%2010.1177/1941738113481200 doi:%2010.17352/2455-5487.000022 doi:%2010.1519/15424.1 doi:%2010.1016/j.physio.2008.10.003 doi:%2010.1016/j.physio.2008.10.003 original research 9 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 australia, national conference, canberra; 1996. https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/sports-medicine-australiaconference-2016 14. mills jd, taunton je, mills wa. the effect of a 10-week training regimen on lumbo-pelvic stability and athletic performance in female athletes: a randomized-controlled trial. phys ther sport 2005;6(2):60–66. [doi: 10.1016/j.ptsp.2005.02.006] 15. roussel n, nijs j, truijen s, et al. altered breathing patterns during lumbopelvic motor control tests in chronic low back pain: a case-control study. eur spine j 2009;18(7):1066–1073. [doi: 10.1007/s00586-009-1020-y] [pmid:19430948] 16. huggins j, jarvis p, brazier j, et al. withinand between-session reliability of the spider drill test to assess change of direction speed in youth tennis athletes. int j sports exerc med 2017;3(5):1-6. [doi: 10.23937/2469-5718/1510074] 17. reina r, sarabia jm, caballero c, et al. how does the ball influence the performance of change of direction and sprint tests in para-footballers with brain impairments? implications for evidence-based classification in cp-football. plos one 2017;12(11):e0187237. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0187237] [pmid: 29099836] 18. haugen t, tønnessen e, hisdal j, et al. the role and development of sprinting speed in soccer. int j sports physiol perform 2014;9(3):432–441. [doi: 10.1123/ijspp.2013-0121] [pmid: 23982902] 19. hutchison at, stone al. validity of alternative field system for measuring vertical jump height. j exerc physiol online 2009;12(3):6–11. https://www.academia.edu/29929452/validity_of_alternative_ field_system_for_measuring_vertical_jump height (accessed 6 april 2021). 20. sayers mg, bishop s. reliability of a new medicine ball throw power test. j appl biomech 2017;33(4):311–315. [doi: 10.1123/jab.2016-0239] [pmid: 28121227] 21. schober p, boer c, schwarte la. correlation coefficients: appropriate use and interpretation. anesth analg 2018;126(5):1763–1768. [doi: 10.1213/ane.0000000000002864] [pmid: 29481436] 22. nesser tw, huxel kc, tincher jl, et al. the relationship between core stability and performance in division i football players. j strength cond res 2008;22(6);1750–1754. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181874564] [pmid: 18978631] 23. clarke li. a comparison study between core stability and trunk extensor endurance training in the management of acute low back pain in field hockey players. unpublished master's dissertation. durban: durban university of technology; 2009. https://openscholar.dut.ac.za/bitstream/10321/412/4/clarke_2009 .pdf (accessed 2 march 2021). 24. zingaro re. a correlation between core strength and serve velocity in collegiate tennis players. unpublished msc thesis. california, pa: california university of pennsylvania; 2008. http://libweb.calu.edu/thesis/umi-cup-1060.pdf (accessed 2 march 2021). 25. tong tk, wu s, nie j, et al. the occurrence of core muscle fatigue during high-intensity running exercises and its limitation to performance: the role of respiratory work. j sports sci med 2014;13(2):244–251. [pmid: 24790475] 26. clark aw, goedeke mk, cunningham sr, et al. effects of pelvic and core strength training on high school cross-country race times. j strength cond res 2017;31(8):2289–2295. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000001729] [pmid: 27893484] 27. ferreira ma, spamer ej. biomechanical, anthropometrical and physical profile of elite university netball players and the relationship to musculoskeletal injuries. s afr j res sport phys educ recreat 2010;32(1):57–67. [doi: 10.4314/sajrs.v32i1.54100] (accessed 6 april 2021). 28. venter re, masterson c, tidbury gb, et al. relationship between functional movement screening and performance tests in elite university female netball players. s afr j res sport phys educ recreat 2017;39(1):189–198. https://www.ajol.info/index.php/sajrs/article/view/154072 (accessed 6 april 2021). doi:%2010.1016/j.ptsp.2005.02.006 doi:%2010.1007/s00586-009-1020-y doi:%2010.23937/2469-5718/1510074 doi:%2010.1371/journal.pone.0187237 doi:%2010.1123/ijspp.2013-0121 https://www.academia.edu/29929452/validity_of_alternative_field_system_for_measuring_vertical_jump%20height https://www.academia.edu/29929452/validity_of_alternative_field_system_for_measuring_vertical_jump%20height doi:%2010.1123/jab.2016-0239 doi:%2010.1123/jab.2016-0239 doi:%2010.1213/ane.0000000000002864 doi:%2010.1519/jsc.0b013e3181874564 doi:%2010.1519/jsc.0b013e3181874564 https://openscholar.dut.ac.za/bitstream/10321/412/4/clarke_2009.pdf https://openscholar.dut.ac.za/bitstream/10321/412/4/clarke_2009.pdf http://libweb.calu.edu/thesis/umi-cup-1060.pdf doi:%2010.1519/jsc.0000000000001729 doi:%2010.1519/jsc.0000000000001729 108 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 classical overtraining syndrome the olympic motto citius, altius, fortius (faster, higher, stronger) epitomises the goal of athletic training. as athletes strive to improve their performance, inevitably their training load increases. frequently their training strategies are successful and their performance improves. however, substantial anecdotal as well as experimental evidence 17,18 links intensified training, for an extended period, with a chronic decrement in athletic performance. this reduced performance may manifest as an athlete failing to improve/maintain his/her previous performances, despite undergoing more intensive training, or an athlete reporting an inability to regain previous form following a vigorous competition. athletes must undergo significant amounts of physiological as well as psychological stress during training in order to provide sufficiently potent stimuli for appropriate adaptations to occur. to ensure that the athlete adapts favourably to the training load imposed, adequate rest is a crucial part of any training programme. if rest is not sufficient and the exercise stress alone or combined with other stressors (health, nutritional, environmental or psychological) is too great, the athlete may fail to adapt (maladapt) and enter a state of ‘overreaching’. if the athlete continues training with insufficient rest, and in addition is exposed to further stressors (mentioned above), then a state of chronic underperformance may occur. this condition has been referred to as overtraining syndrome (ots), but has also been referred to as staleness or burnout syndrome. 22 it should be noted that although the condition of ‘overreaching’ may be a precursor to overtraining, certain coaches and athletes regard this condition as an integral part of training to achieve a supercompensatory effect. 22 however, if an athlete is overreached, approximately 2 weeks of rest should result in a return to previous performance levels or even improved performance. 22 in contrast, the ots athlete will not recover in 2 weeks. it may take months for this athlete to recover, and in some instances the individual may never recover. 22 ots is commonly reported to occur in around 10 20% of elite endurance athletes 32 and affects up to 65% of longdistance runners at some point in their athletic career. 28 this condition should therefore not be regarded as a marginal problem but as an important and frequent event in the athletic community. 22 redefinition of overtraining syndrome although the aetiology of ots remains elusive the term ‘overtraining syndrome’ may be a misnomer, since it implies that exercise is the sole causative factor of the syndrome. the recent redefinition of the syndrome focuses not only on the outcome, but also implies that the cause may be multireview article causes of extreme fatigue in underperforming athletes – a synthesis of recent hypotheses and reviews p j robson-ansley (phd)1 l lakier smith (phd)2 1 institute of biomedical and biological sciences, department of sport and exercise sciences, university of portsmouth, uk 2 tshwane university of technology, pretoria abstract the underperformance syndrome (ups), previously known as the overtraining syndrome (ots), has been defined as a persistent decrement in athletic performance capacity despite 2 weeks of relative rest. clinical research has suggested that cytokines play a key role in fatigue in disease and chronic fatigue syndrome. furthermore, it has recently been demonstrated that exogenous administration of interleukin-6 (il-6) increases the sensation of fatigue during exercise. in light of current cytokine and chronic fatigue syndrome research, this article reviews and updates the cytokine theories that attempt to explain the aetiology of the debilitating fatigue experienced in ots/ups. initially, it was proposed that ups may be caused by excessive cytokine release during and following exercise, causing a chronic inflammatory state and ‘cytokine sickness’. more recently, the hypothesis was extended and it was proposed that time-dependent sensitisation could provide a model through which the aetiology of ups may be explained. according to this model, the principal abnormal factor in ups is an intolerance/heightened sensitivity to il-6 during exercise. correspondence: p j robson-ansley institute of biomedical and biological sciences department of sport and exercise sciences university of portsmouth portsmouth po1 2er united kingdom tel: +44 2392848484 fax: +44 2392842641 e-mail: paula.ansley@port.ac.uk 110 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 factorial 39 being triggered by an accumulation of either sport and/or non-sport-related stress. 29,43 factors associated with the development of ots may include extremely high loads of training with insufficient rest 18 and/or excessive psychological stress 29 and/or illness. 29 in order to reflect the multidimensional nature of ots, it is proposed that the broader term ‘underperformance syndrome’ (ups) be adopted instead of ots. 7 similar to the previous definition, ups is defined as a persistent decrement in athletic performance, despite 2 weeks of relative rest, confirmed by both coach and athlete. 7 the primary difference in the terminology is that ups focuses on the final outcome of the condition, namely underperformance, whereas ots focused on a single causative factor, namely the training load. ups is the acronym that will be used in this article. behavioural and mood-related signs and symptoms of ups fatigue appears to be the most prominent and debilitating symptom of ups. 12 specific fatigue-related symptoms reported by ups athletes include feeling continuously tired despite adequate rest, as well as waking tired and unrefreshed despite an adequate duration of undisturbed sleep. 12 in addition to these generalised reports of fatigue, the athlete complains extensively of local fatigue usually in the exercising muscles, and frequently describes the feeling of ‘heavy legs’ during exercise. 12 apart from the common symptom of persistent fatigue, a plethora of fatigue-related signs and symptoms have been associated with ups, as is comprehensively detailed by fry et al. 14 predominant symptoms include: (i) general malaise/flu-like symptoms; (ii) reduced interest in training and competing; (iii) reduced concentration; (iv) reduced socialising; (v) increased daytime sleepiness and waking unrefreshed; (vi) reduced appetite; and (vii) depression. many of the above symptoms may in fact be related to an underlying depression since many of these features, including fatigue, reflect classic neurovegetative features of depression. 1 however, the issue of whether or not the ups athlete is suffering from depression per se, remains somewhat controversial. morgan and colleagues 31 have suggested that many ups athletes suffer from what appears to be clinical depression and that frequently depression is the first sign of ups, but is often ignored if the athlete is still performing adequately. in support of the presence of depression, armstrong and vanheest 2 have suggested that this could well be the underlying cause of ots and recommend the use of antidepressants to treat ups. uusitalo et al. 46 also support the notion of depression being associated with ups. it has also been postulated 6,12 that clinical depression is not a commonly reported sign of ups. these researchers have postulated that when depression is present, rather than being a cause of ups, it may occur at a later stage as a consequence of ups, due to the frustration the athlete experiences as a consequence of underperformance. thus many questions exist concerning the association between ups and depression. questions include whether or not depression actually occurs, and if it does, what is the time point of onset of depression (does this precede the reduction in performance or is it a consequence); and what is the degree of depression (mild/moderate/severe). an additional issue is whether or not depression is a separate symptom or part of a more extensive syndrome, ‘sickness behaviour’, 41 which will be discussed in the next section. 19,37 lastly, important from the perspective of this article is that if depression does exist, is the fatigue experienced during ups part of the depressed symptomology or is the fatigue a symptom in and of itself. communication of the sensation of fatigue from body to brain the cytokine hypothesis of overtraining syndrome the universal and most debilitating symptom in ups is the persistent fatigue reported by athletes. a hypothesis that attempts to explain some of these fatigue-associated mood/ behaviour changes is the ‘cytokine hypothesis of overtraining’. 43 this proposes that intense and frequent training/competing, over an extended period, with insufficient rest/recovery time, may result in exercise-induced tissue trauma. it was further suggested that this diffuse tissue trauma may evoke a chronic, systemic inflammatory response. 13 chronic inflammation is a complex event and, amongst other sequelae, there is increased synthesis of pleiotropic proteins, viz. cytokines, produced by many eukaryotic cells. cytokines may be grouped into several different families based on structure and/or function, such as antiand pro-inflammatory cytokines. the pro-inflammatory cytokines, which appear to be associated with chronic inflammation, include interleukin (il)-1β, il-6 and/or tumour necrosis factor-α (tnfα).13 it was further hypothesised that elevated circulating levels of any of these circulating cytokines could account for the many previously noted signs and symptoms of ups, since cytokines have been shown to trigger alterations in immune, metabolic, physiological and behavioural responses. 9,10,13 although it was suggested that the primary source of serum cytokines was due to tissue trauma, it was also acknowledged that other factors such as illness, could initiate elevations in peripheral cytokine levels. for a long while researchers have known that ‘information’ from the central nervous system (cns) can be transmitted to the periphery of the body, via the sympathetic nervous system and/or the hypothalamic pituitary axis. 27 however, the manner in which peripheral body-events, such as infection or injury, can ‘inform’ the cns, has only recently been elucidated. it is now clear that cytokines function as messenger molecules that can access the cns from the periphery. this may occur via neural and/or humoral routes. 10 it should be noted that cytokines may also be produced in the cns and subsequently released into the peripheral circulation. 41 this circular, interconnected, reverberating mind-body interaction forms the basis of psychoneuroimmunology. 41 once within the cns, il-1β, il-6 and tnfα are capable of activating specific brain structures, resulting in the sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 111 manifestation of a constellation of behaviours referred to as ‘sickness behaviour’ or ‘recuperative behaviour’. 19,37 this cluster of behaviours includes the following signs and symptoms: weakness, malaise, listlessness, and inability to concentrate. 19,37 additionally, individuals are somewhat depressed and lethargic, showing little interest in their surroundings. 19,37 much of this is similar to what has been described in ups. 14 similarly to what hans selye described as a generalised stress response, which occurs in response to a variety of different stressors, 42 this sickness behaviour may be regarded as a generalised response to illness and/or injury, and may also be induced by a variety of pathogens and/or tissue trauma. initially sickness behaviour was regarded as an unimportant, inconvenient by-product of sickness/injury. however, it is now recognised that it represents a highly organised, motivated strategy used to fight infection/illness so as to optimise healing/recovery from trauma. 19,37 in summary, the cytokine hypothesis suggests that any of the pro-inflammatory cytokines (il-1β, and/or il-6 and/ or tnfα) that may be produced by excessive training with insufficient rest and subsequent tissue trauma, may be responsible for many of the psychological changes including the extreme fatigue seen in ups. interleukin-6 fatigue hypothesis of ups although the cytokine hypothesis of ots could account for different aetiologies of ots, such as psychological stress or epstein-barr virus, 43 the emphasis was on excessive training/competing with insufficient rest/recovery and subsequent tissue trauma being the primary initiator. furthermore, the author proposed several pro-inflammatory cytokines being implicated in ups, including il-1β and tnfα. although these 2 cytokines may ultimately be implicated in ups, substantially more research has been done pertaining to exercise and il-6, as well as fatigue and il-6, hence the ‘interleukin-6 hypothesis of ups’. 39 the il-6 hypothesis emphasises that factors aside from exercise-induced tissue trauma, trigger a dysregulated inflammatory response in ups, causing either increased levels of circulating il-6 or an increased sensitivity to il-6. additionally, this hypothesis stresses the central role of il-6 in the persistent fatigue experienced during ups. apart from fatigue-inducing properties, il-6 has many functions and a wide range of biological activities, such as support of erythropoeisis, regulation of immune system responses, 20 and generation of acute-phase reactions. 20 recent research suggests that il-6 may also play a metabolic role inducing counterregulatory hormones, hepatic glucose output and lipolysis (reviewed elsewhere 35,36 ). furthermore, il-6 has been proposed as a glucose-regulator during prolonged exercise. 45 il-6 induces the sensation of fatigue at rest studies investigating the effect of il-6 on resting healthy individuals showed that low doses of recombinant human il-6 (rhil-6, a synthesised form of il-6) induce an increased sensation of fatigue. 3,44 in one study subjects were given either a single low dose of il-6 that mimicked systemic increases in this cytokine typically observed during a moderate infection (and also comparable with those measured in athletes following prolonged exercise 33 ), or a placebo. 44 a self-reported mood state questionnaire was completed 3 hours after il6 administration; scores showed that subjects were feeling significantly more tired compared with the placebo trial. all signs and symptoms associated with the il-6 administration had resumed pre-trial values when assessed 12 hours later. although clinicians readily acknowledge the fatigue-inducing properties of il-6, 21,23,48 these properties have gone largely unrecognised by exercise physiologists. exogenous il-6 administration exacerbates fatigue in healthy trained runners during exercise recent data obtained from a performance-related study 40 indicate that il-6 may also play a role in the sensation of fatigue during exercise. when a dose of rhil-6 was administered to subjects prior to a 10 km time trial (to induce equivalent plasma concentrations found following prolonged exercise or a moderate infection), subjects reported an increased sensation of physical and psychological fatigue during the exercise trial that ultimately resulted in a significant decrement in performance. this led the researchers to suggest that il-6 may also act as a circulating fatigue-inducing molecule during exercise. both global mood state and fatigue worsened as scores were significantly higher immediately post-exercise in the il-6 trial compared with placebo. the effect of the il-6 treatment was relatively short-lived, as by approximately 3 hours post-il-6 administration, scores for global mood state and fatigue 16 had returned to pre-treatment values. it appears that transiently elevated levels of il-6 negatively affect the sensation of fatigue and global mood state in healthy runners. rating of perceived exertion 5 was also measured throughout the exercise trials but was not different between trials despite the subjects running slower during the il-6 trial (robson-ansley et al. – unpublished data, 2003). this may be perceived as subjects running with the ‘same pain but less gain’ compared with the placebo trial. subjects felt they were running with the same effort but were, in fact, running significantly slower; some subjects reported that they could not get their legs moving and complained of ‘heavy legs’ during the exercise trial. this is the first study to directly identify that an elevated plasma il-6 concentration (similar to that measured following a prolonged bout of exercise) has fatigue-inducing properties that can affect both mood state and athletic performance, both of which are factors associated with ups. heightened sensitivity to il-6 in chronic fatigue syndrome – the missing link in ups? ups has several parallels with chronic fatigue syndrome (cfs), in particular persistent fatigue and mood disturbances, 12 hence research findings on cfs may aid elucidation of the aetiology of ups. resting plasma il-6 levels appear similar between healthy athletes and ups athletes, 34 as well as between healthy individuals and cfs patients. whether 112 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 or not the il-6 response to exercise differs between healthy and ups athletes is currently undetermined. although resting levels of il-6 in healthy and chronically fatigued individuals may be comparable, recent research highlights the fact that cfs patients have a heightened sensitivity to il-6 compared with normal, healthy individuals. 3,15 following il-6 administration, cfs patients experienced a greater number of somatic symptoms such as aches, fatigue and malaise, with a shorter latency, compared with the healthy controls. 3 the feelings of fatigue and malaise remained up to 24 hours after the rhil-6 administration in the cfs group. unfortunately, initial levels of il-6 were not reported for the patients with cfs or normal control subjects, so it is not known whether cfs patients commenced the study with elevated plasma il6 levels. the cause of the abnormal/heightened response to rhil-6 in cfs is unclear, but elucidation of this may provide insight into the chronic fatigue during exertion experienced by athletes with ups. heightened sensitivity to il-6 in ups the il-6 hypothesis 39 proposes that time-dependent sensitisation (tds) to il-6, similar to what has been proposed for cfs patients, could provide a model through which the aetiology of ups may be explained. tds is described as a progressive and persistent amplification of behavioural and biochemical responses to repeated intermittent stimuli over time. 4 the model proposes that a long-term or permanent physiological adaptation occurs as a consequence of initial exposure to a severe physical or psychological stimulus (or stimuli). this results in the individual developing a progressive and amplified intolerance on repeated exposure rather than developing a tolerance. in accordance with the tds model, the il-6 hypothesis proposes that initial stressors or trigger factors for ups such as severe infection,such as severe infection, 47 excessive exercise, heat stroke 8 or severe psychological stress 25,26 evoke a substantial cytokine response. these proposed trigger factors may sensitise individuals in such a manner that they become sensitive to il-6 and exercise-intolerant (maladapting to the exercise stress), causing performance decrements with each subsequent training session (fig. 1). the exact physiological mechanism affected by the initial exposure to a severe stressor is unknown, but it is thought that stressors and/or the biochemical responses to the stressors could induce gene transcription factors. 38 activation of these gene transcription factors by exposure to a significant stressor could cause a long-term alteration of responsivity to future stressors, possibly by increasing cytokine receptor densities or soluble receptor concentrations. in support of this, one study 30 demonstrated that repeated exposure to stress induces changes in il-6 mrna and il-6 receptor mrna in the brain, which are different from those induced during a single exposure to stress. alternatively, the initial trigger factor(s) that stimulated the tds may have caused permanent or long-term damage to the blood-brain barrier (bbb). the integrity of the bbb permeability to cytokines can be altered by exposure to factors such as excessive cytokine exposure, 11 heat stress 49 and endotoxins. 24 it is conceivable that this increased permeability to cytokines may induce a heightened degree of ‘sickness behaviour’ and associated fatigue, upon a subsequent exposure that could be evoked by factors such as prolonged exercise. the il-6 hypothesis of ups suggests that the relentless fatigue experienced by these athletes is due to stimulation of certain cns structures by an increase in or heightened sensitivity to il-6. present research suggests that resting blood levels of il-6 in ups athletes are similar to levels in healthy controls; there is minimal evidence on post-exercise levels of il-6 in ups athletes. the possibility of increased sensitivity to il-6 was proposed as a possible explanation for the extreme fatigue experienced by these athletes. summary and conclusion two hypotheses were presented in this article in an attempt to explain the debilitating fatigue experienced during ups. the cytokine hypothesis 43 stresses excessive training with resultant tissue damage and the potential role of several cytokines that could induce fatigue, and that are possibly associated with depression. the il-6 hypothesis 39 focuses on a possible central role for this one cytokine, stressing multi-factorial causes of elevated il-6 in ups. this hypothesis further suggests that an increased sensitivity to il-6 could be implicated in the extreme fatigue associated with ups. however, to date there is limited information to support these hypotheses. thus it is acknowledged that extensive animal and human studies are warranted to either support or refute these suppositions. references 1. anisman h, merali z. cytokines, stress, and depressive illness. brain behav immun 2002; 16: 513-24. fig. 1. interleukin-6 fatigue hypothesis of underperformance syndrome. a schematic diagram of the time-dependent sensitisation phenomenon (adapted with permission from robson 39 . i = initial exposure to stressor induces long-term change in blood-brain barrier integrity and/or c-fos expression; ii, iii, iv = further exposure to stressor/s triggers an intolerance/heightened sensitivity to il-6 causing further performance deterioration). time intolerance/heightened sensitivity to il-6 response normal adaptation to training p e rf o rm a n c e s e n s it iv it y to il -6 initial exposure to stressor re-exposure to stressor/s failure to adapt to training timei ii iii iv re-exposure to stressor/s re-exposure to stressor/s 114 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 2. armstrong le, vanheest jl. the unknown mechanism of the overtrain armstrong le, vanheest jl. the unknown mechanism of the overtrain-armstrong le, vanheest jl. the unknown mechanism of the overtraining syndrome: clues from depression and psychoneuroimmunology. sports med 2002; 32: 185-209. 3. arnold mc, papanicolaou da, o’�rady ja, arnold mc, papanicolaou da, o’�rady ja,arnold mc, papanicolaou da, o’�rady ja, et al. using an interleukin-6 challenge to evaluate neuropsychological performance in chronic fatigue syndrome. psychol med 2002; 32: 1075-89. 4. bell ir. white paper: neuropsychiatric aspects of sensitivity to low-level bell ir. white paper: neuropsychiatric aspects of sensitivity to low-levelbell ir. white paper: neuropsychiatric aspects of sensitivity to low-level chemicals: a neural sensitization model. toxicol ind health 1994; 10: 277312. 5. borg �a. psychophysical bases of perceived exertion. borg �a. psychophysical bases of perceived exertion.borg �a. psychophysical bases of perceived exertion. med sci sports exerc 1982; 14: 377-81. 6. budgett r. fatigue and underperformance in athletes: the overtraining budgett r. fatigue and underperformance in athletes: the overtrainingbudgett r. fatigue and underperformance in athletes: the overtraining syndrome. br j sports med 1998; 32: 107-10. 7. budgett r, newsholme e, lehmann m, budgett r, newsholme e, lehmann m,budgett r, newsholme e, lehmann m, et al. redefining the overtraining syndrome as the unexplained underperformance syndrome. br j sports med 2000; 34: 67-8. 8. chung nk, shabbir m, lim cl. cytokine levels in patients with previous chung nk, shabbir m, lim cl. cytokine levels in patients with previouschung nk, shabbir m, lim cl. cytokine levels in patients with previous heatstroke under heat stress. mil med 1999; 164: 306-10. 9. dantzer r. cytokine-induced sickness behaviour: a neuroimmune response dantzer r. cytokine-induced sickness behaviour: a neuroimmune responsedantzer r. cytokine-induced sickness behaviour: a neuroimmune response to activation of innate immunity. eur j pharmacol 2004; 500: 399-411. 10. dantzer r. how do cytokines say hello to the brain? neural versus humoral mediation. eur cytokine netw 1994; 5: 271-3. 11. de vries he, blom-roosemalen mc, van oosten m, de vries he, blom-roosemalen mc, van oosten m,de vries he, blom-roosemalen mc, van oosten m, et al. the influence of cytokines on the integrity of the blood-brain barrier in vitro. j neuroimmunol 1996; 64: 37-43. 12. derman w, schwellnus mp, lambert mi, derman w, schwellnus mp, lambert mi,derman w, schwellnus mp, lambert mi, et al. the ‘worn-out athlete’: a clinical approach to chronic fatigue in athletes. j sports sci 1997; 15: 341-51. 13. feghali ca, �right t�. cytokines in acute and chronic inflammation. feghali ca, �right t�. cytokines in acute and chronic inflammation.feghali ca, �right t�. cytokines in acute and chronic inflammation. front biosci 1997; 2: d12-26. 14. fry rw, morton ar, keast d. overtraining in athletes. an update. fry rw, morton ar, keast d. overtraining in athletes. an update.fry rw, morton ar, keast d. overtraining in athletes. an update. sports med 1991; 12: 32-65. 15. �aab j, rohleder n, heitz v, �aab j, rohleder n, heitz v,�aab j, rohleder n, heitz v, et al. stress-induced changes in lps-induced pro-inflammatory cytokine production in chronic fatigue syndrome. psychoneuroendocrinology 2005; 30: 188-98. 16. �rove jr, prappavessis h. preliminary evidence for the reliability and va�rove jr, prappavessis h. preliminary evidence for the reliability and va-�rove jr, prappavessis h. preliminary evidence for the reliability and validity of an abbreviated profile of �ood state questionnaire. int j sport psychology 1992; 23: 93-109. 17. halson sl, lancaster �i, achten j, �leeson m, jeukendrup ae. effects of halson sl, lancaster �i, achten j, �leeson m, jeukendrup ae. effects ofhalson sl, lancaster �i, achten j, �leeson m, jeukendrup ae. effects of carbohydrate supplementation on performance and carbohydrate oxidation after intensified cycling training. j appl physiol 2004; 97: 1245-53. 18. jeukendrup ae, hesselink mk, snyder ac, kuipers h, keizer ha. physijeukendrup ae, hesselink mk, snyder ac, kuipers h, keizer ha. physi-jeukendrup ae, hesselink mk, snyder ac, kuipers h, keizer ha. physiological changes in male competitive cyclists after two weeks of intensified training. int j sports med 1992; 13: 534-41. 19. kelley kw, bluthe rm, dantzer r, kelley kw, bluthe rm, dantzer r,kelley kw, bluthe rm, dantzer r, et al. cytokine-induced sickness behavior. brain behav immun 2003; 17: suppl 1, s112-8. 20. kishimoto t. the biology of interleukin-6. kishimoto t. the biology of interleukin-6.kishimoto t. the biology of interleukin-6. blood 1989; 74: 1-10. 21. kurzrock r. the role of cytokines in cancer-related fatigue. kurzrock r. the role of cytokines in cancer-related fatigue.kurzrock r. the role of cytokines in cancer-related fatigue. cancer 2001; 92: 1684-8. 22. lehmann m, foster c, dickhuth hh, �astmann u. autonomic imbalance lehmann m, foster c, dickhuth hh, �astmann u. autonomic imbalancelehmann m, foster c, dickhuth hh, �astmann u. autonomic imbalance hypothesis and overtraining syndrome. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 1140-5. 23. lloyd a, �andevia s, �rockman a, �ales �, �akefield �. cytokine prolloyd a, �andevia s, �rockman a, �ales �, �akefield �. cytokine pro-lloyd a, �andevia s, �rockman a, �ales �, �akefield �. cytokine production and fatigue in patients with chronic fatigue syndrome and healthy control subjects in response to exercise. clin infect dis 1994; 18: suppl 1, s142-6. 24. lustig s, danenberg hd, kafri �, kobiler d, ben nathan d. viral neuroinvalustig s, danenberg hd, kafri �, kobiler d, ben nathan d. viral neuroinva-lustig s, danenberg hd, kafri �, kobiler d, ben nathan d. viral neuroinvasion and encephalitis induced by lipopolysaccharide and its mediators. j exp med 1992; 176: 707-12. 25. maes m, lin ah, delmeire l, maes m, lin ah, delmeire l,maes m, lin ah, delmeire l, et al. elevated serum interleukin-6 (il-6) and il-6 receptor concentrations in posttraumatic stress disorder following accidental man-made traumatic events. biol psychiatry 1999; 45: 833-9. 26. �aes �, ombelet �, �e �ongh r, �enis �, �osmans �. the inflammatory �aes �, ombelet �, �e �ongh r, �enis �, �osmans �. the inflammatory�aes �, ombelet �, �e �ongh r, �enis �, �osmans �. the inflammatory response following delivery is amplified in women who previously suffered from major depression, suggesting that major depression is accompanied by a sensitization of the inflammatory response system. j affect disord 2001; 63: 85-92. 27. maier sf, watkins lr. cytokines for psychologists: implications of bidirecmaier sf, watkins lr. cytokines for psychologists: implications of bidirec-maier sf, watkins lr. cytokines for psychologists: implications of bidirectional immune-to-brain communication for understanding behavior, mood, and cognition. psychol rev 1998; 105: 83-107. 28. mckenzie dc. markers of excessive exercise. mckenzie dc. markers of excessive exercise.mckenzie dc. markers of excessive exercise. can j appl physiol 1999; 24: 66-73. 29. meehan hl, bull sj, wood dm, james dv. the overtraining syndrome: a meehan hl, bull sj, wood dm, james dv. the overtraining syndrome: ameehan hl, bull sj, wood dm, james dv. the overtraining syndrome: a multicontextual assessment. the sport psychol 2004; 18: 154-71. 30. miyahara s, komori t, fujiwara r, miyahara s, komori t, fujiwara r,miyahara s, komori t, fujiwara r, et al. effects of repeated stress on expression of interleukin-6 (il-6) and il6 receptor mrnas in rat hypothalamus and midbrain. life sci 2000; 66: l93-8. 31. morgan wp, brown dr, raglin js, o’connor pj, ellickson ka. psychomorgan wp, brown dr, raglin js, o’connor pj, ellickson ka. psycho-morgan wp, brown dr, raglin js, o’connor pj, ellickson ka. psychological monitoring of overtraining and staleness. br j sports med 1987; 21: 107-14. 32. morgan wp, costill dl, flynn m�, raglin js, o’connor pj. mood dismorgan wp, costill dl, flynn m�, raglin js, o’connor pj. mood dis-morgan wp, costill dl, flynn m�, raglin js, o’connor pj. mood disturbance following increased training in swimmers. med sci sports exerc 1988; 20: 408-14. 33. ostrowski k, rohde t, zacho m, asp s, pedersen bk. evidence that interostrowski k, rohde t, zacho m, asp s, pedersen bk. evidence that inter-ostrowski k, rohde t, zacho m, asp s, pedersen bk. evidence that interleukin-6 is produced in human skeletal muscle during prolonged running. j physiol 1998; 508: pt 3, 949-53. 34. parry-billings m, budgett r, koutedakis �, parry-billings m, budgett r, koutedakis �,parry-billings m, budgett r, koutedakis �, et al. plasma amino acid concentrations in the overtraining syndrome: possible effects on the immune system. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 1353-8. 35. pedersen bk, steensberg a, fischer c, keller c, ostrowski k, schjerling p. pedersen bk, steensberg a, fischer c, keller c, ostrowski k, schjerling p.pedersen bk, steensberg a, fischer c, keller c, ostrowski k, schjerling p. exercise and cytokines with particular focus on muscle-derived il-6. exerc immunol rev 2001; 7: 18-31. 36. pedersen bk, steensberg a, schjerling p. exercise and interleukin-6. pedersen bk, steensberg a, schjerling p. exercise and interleukin-6.pedersen bk, steensberg a, schjerling p. exercise and interleukin-6. curr opin hematol 2001; 8: 137-41. 37. pollmacher t, haack m, schuld a, reichenberg a, �irmiya r. low levels of pollmacher t, haack m, schuld a, reichenberg a, �irmiya r. low levels ofpollmacher t, haack m, schuld a, reichenberg a, �irmiya r. low levels of circulating inflammatory cytokines do they affect human brain functions? brain behav immun 2002; 16: 525-32. 38. post rm. transduction of psychosocial stress into the neurobiology of repost rm. transduction of psychosocial stress into the neurobiology of re-post rm. transduction of psychosocial stress into the neurobiology of recurrent affective disorder. am j psychiatry 1992; 149: 999-1010. 39. robson p. elucidating the unexplained underperformance syndrome in robson p. elucidating the unexplained underperformance syndrome inrobson p. elucidating the unexplained underperformance syndrome in endurance athletes: the interleukin-6 hypothesis. sports med 2003; 33: 771-81. 40. robson-ansley pj, de milander l, collins m, noakes td. acute interleukinrobson-ansley pj, de milander l, collins m, noakes td. acute interleukin-robson-ansley pj, de milander l, collins m, noakes td. acute interleukin6 administration impairs athletic performance in healthy, trained male runners. can j appl physiol 2004; 29: 411-8. 41. schiepers oj, wichers mc, maes m. cytokines and major depression. schiepers oj, wichers mc, maes m. cytokines and major depression.schiepers oj, wichers mc, maes m. cytokines and major depression. prog neuropsychopharmacol biol psychiatry 2005; 29: 201-17. 42. selye h, fortier c. adaptive reaction to stress. selye h, fortier c. adaptive reaction to stress.selye h, fortier c. adaptive reaction to stress. psychosom med 1950; 12: 149-57. 43. smith ll. cytokine hypothesis of overtraining: a physiological adaptation to smith ll. cytokine hypothesis of overtraining: a physiological adaptation tosmith ll. cytokine hypothesis of overtraining: a physiological adaptation to excessive stress? med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 317-31. 44. spath-schwalbe e, hansen k, schmidt f, spath-schwalbe e, hansen k, schmidt f,spath-schwalbe e, hansen k, schmidt f, et al. acute effects of recombinant human interleukin-6 on endocrine and central nervous sleep functions in healthy men. j clin endocrinol metab 1998; 83: 1573-9. 45. steensberg a, van hall �, osada t, sacchetti m, saltin b, klarlund pb. steensberg a, van hall �, osada t, sacchetti m, saltin b, klarlund pb.steensberg a, van hall �, osada t, sacchetti m, saltin b, klarlund pb. production of interleukin-6 in contracting human skeletal muscles can account for the exercise-induced increase in plasma interleukin-6. j physiol 2000; 529: pt 1, 237-42. 46. uusitalo al, valkonen-korhonen m, helenius p, vanninen e, bergstrom uusitalo al, valkonen-korhonen m, helenius p, vanninen e, bergstromuusitalo al, valkonen-korhonen m, helenius p, vanninen e, bergstrom ka, kuikka jt. abnormal serotonin reuptake in an overtrained, insomnic and depressed team athlete. int j sports med 2004; 25: 150-3. 47. �allieres l, rivest s. interleukin-6 is a needed proinflammatory cytokine in �allieres l, rivest s. interleukin-6 is a needed proinflammatory cytokine in�allieres l, rivest s. interleukin-6 is a needed proinflammatory cytokine in the prolonged neural activity and transcriptional activation of corticotropin releasing factor during endotoxemia. endocrinology 1999; 140: 3890-903. 48. vgontzas an, papanicolaou da, bixler eo, kales a, tyson k, chrousos vgontzas an, papanicolaou da, bixler eo, kales a, tyson k, chrousosvgontzas an, papanicolaou da, bixler eo, kales a, tyson k, chrousos �p. elevation of plasma cytokines in disorders of excessive daytime sleepiness: role of sleep disturbance and obesity. j clin endocrinol metab 1997; 82: 1313-6. 49. wijsman ja, shivers rr. heat stress affects blood-brain barrier permewijsman ja, shivers rr. heat stress affects blood-brain barrier perme-wijsman ja, shivers rr. heat stress affects blood-brain barrier permeability to horseradish peroxidase in mice. acta neuropathol (berl) 1993; 86: 49-54. 136 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 introduction following its sweeping rise in popularity in the lay press and extensive scientific publications in the last decade, creatine remains one of the most widely used and recommended nutritional supplements for the purpose of obtaining an ergogenic effect. 1,4,14-18,27,36 it is frequently recommended to power athletes and other individuals wishing to improve performance in high-intensity training or competition, or seeking gains in strength and muscle mass. 1,2,4,5,9,14,21,22,36 creatine is an amino acid derivative which is both synthesised in the body and obtained in the diet, mainly from meat sources. 1,36 most is stored within skeletal muscle fibres, where it is found in its free (cr) and phosphorylated (phosphocreatine (pc)) form. the biological significance of pc lies in its ability to assist in rapidly resynthesising adenosine triphosphate (atp) during high-intensity work via the cytosolic creatine kinase reaction, thereby buffering an immediate decrease in atp concentration. 4,9,21,36 only limited amounts of pc (~70 90 mmol.kg -1 dry muscle) are stored, and maximal intensity exercise rapidly depletes it, slowing pc contribution to atp resynthesis and concomitantly augmenting the stimulation of other bio-energetic pathways. 2,4,9,21 creatine also has other important physiological functions, including buffering free intracellular protons and coupling mitochondrial oxidative resynthesis of atp to its cytosolic hydrolysis – the so-called creatine phosphate shuttle. 1,2,4,36 a sizable amount of research has been conducted on the effect of creatine supplementation on physical performance. it has been reported that there are benefits to enhancing the skeletal muscle store of creatine. these include improved maintenance of maximal power outputs, 1,2,4,5,17,18,31 more rapid recovery from high-intensity exercise, 14,15,27,35,36 and diminished post-exercise muscular pain. 35,36 creatine supplementation in combination with high-intensity exercise training has been shown to improve short-term power output, and is reportedly most beneficial for maximising repeated high-intensity work performance. 1,2,5,16,31,36 such activities as resistance training, 35 and all-out intensity cycling, 8 sprinting, 11 jumping, 36 swimming 10 and rowing 29 are sited as benefiting, while some researchers have reported benefits in clinical rehabilitation. 1,18 even short-term creatine supplementation (4 6 weeks) has been associated with improved power output in single original research article high-intensity exercise and recovery during short-term supplementation with creatine plus a protein-carbohydrate formula j r clark (bsc (hons)(human physiology), ba (hms)(hons)(biokinetics), cscs (nsca)) department of biokinetics, sport and leisure sciences, institute for sport research, university of pretoria abstract objective. to determine the effect of short-term creatine supplementation plus a protein-carbohydrate formula on high-intensity exercise performance and recovery. design. a repeated-measures, experimental study, employing a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, group comparison design was used. interventions. thirty active but not sprint-trained male subjects were randomly assigned to 1 of 3 groups: creatine plus protein-carbohydrate formula (crf); creatine only (cre); and control (con). all groups were exposed to the same high-intensity sprint exercise programme, 3 times per week for 30 days. main outcome measures. dependant variables included total repeat sprint distance, fatigue index, perceived muscle pain, and blood lactate, urea, creatine kinase, and cortisol concentrations. results. all groups significantly (p ≤ 0.05) increased total sprint distance and decreased blood urea concentrations. there were no significant changes in blood lactate or cortisol concentrations in any group. crf showed significant decreases (p ≤ 0.05) in fatigue index, muscle pain, and creatine kinase concentration. however, no significant differences were found between groups. conclusion. short-term creatine supplementation with or without protein-carbohydrate supplementation does not appear to enhance performance or recovery significantly over high-intensity exercise training alone in non-sprinttrained individuals. a longer trial period may be required to evaluate effect on recovery more conclusively. in addition, the prime importance of physical conditioning, and in particular task-specific exercise training, in stimulating performance and recovery adaptations is highlighted. correspondence: j r clark institute for sport research lc de villiers sport centre university of pretoria tel: 012-420 6033 fax: 012-420 6099 e-mail: jimmy.clark@up.ac.za sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 137 and repetitive maximal exercise tasks lasting less than 30 seconds. 1,2,4,36 in repeated bouts of high-intensity exercise, creatine supplementation attenuated fatigue 17 and resulted in better sustained power output over the duration of an exercise set. 1,36 since atp and pc stores are limited, it seems reasonable to hypothesise that increasing the concentration of free creatine and pc within skeletal muscle may improve performance in maximal work demanding these substrates for rapid atp resynthesis. greater levels of intracellular creatine may also result in improved pc resynthesis during the recovery period, maximising power output in subsequent efforts. 1,36 it has also been hypothesised to act as a buffer to muscle cell acidity during high intensity work. 2 for athletes, a notable reported benefit of creatine supplementation is enhanced recovery from high-intensity work. 1,14,21,27,36 carbohydrate replenishment following exercise is widely recommended as a means to enhance the recovery process. 2,4,5,21 combined carbohydrate and protein supplementation has been shown to enhance recovery following endurance exercise, with more rapid replenishment of muscle glycogen, 12 reduced muscle soreness, 23 and improved performance in subsequent bouts of exercise. 25 more specifically, addition of protein seems less beneficial when sufficient carbohydrate is ingested, 3,13 although addition of even small amounts of essential amino acids to carbohydrate may enhance recovery. 6 it is unclear whether combined protein-carbohydrate supplementation enhances recovery from high-intensity sprint exercise, although the coingestion of carbohydrate and amino acids has been shown to stimulate net muscle protein synthesis following resistance exercise. 24 combining creatine supplementation with protein and carbohydrate supplementation is sometimes promoted by dietary supplement manufacturers as maximising work performance while improving recovery following exercise training. this supplementation strategy is claimed to enhance the training effect. however, scientific investigations are required to validate such claims. therefore, the purpose of this pilot trial was to investigate the effect of creatine supplementation versus creatine combined with a proteincarbohydrate formula on high-intensity exercise performance and recovery. methods subjects thirty male subjects volunteered for the study. all were healthy physical education students with the following characteristics (mean ± standard deviation (sd)): age 20.0 ± 2.0 years, stature 179.4 ± 6.4 cm, body mass 77.4 ± 14.3 kg, body mass index (bmi) 23.9 ± 3.5 kg.m -2 , sum of 7 skinfolds 91.8 ± 53.2 mm. all were moderately active, reporting physical exercise 2 3 days per week. none of the subjects had any recent history of orthopaedic injury, hepatic or renal impairments. in addition, none of the subjects reported use of any nutritional supplement containing creatine, carbohydrate or protein, or any other supplement, within the 3 months prior to the study. the research protocol was approved by the research proposal and ethics committee of the university of pretoria. prior to participation subjects were thoroughly briefed regarding the benefits and risks associated with the study, whereafter written informed consent was obtained. procedures all data collection was carried out at the institute for sport research, university of pretoria. an experimental study was undertaken, employing a randomised, double-blind, placebocontrolled, group comparison design. 33 subjects were randomly assigned to 1 of 3 groups: creatine plus a proteincarbohydrate formula (crf, n = 10); creatine only (cre, n = 10); and control (con, n = 10). all subjects underwent testing before and after 30 days of supplementation and repeat sprint exercise training. the pre-test and post-test sessions were each conducted over 2 consecutive days. on day 1, subjects completed a high-intensity sprint running performance test. day 2 involved blood sampling and evaluation of perceived muscle pain. running performance measures involved analysis of repeat sprint performance, while recovery measures assessed perceived muscle pain and blood markers of muscle damage the day after highintensity running exercise. a time line for events in the study is outlined in fig. 1. physical testing preliminary testing of subjects involved body mass, stature, and skinfold measurement (harpenden caliper, baty international, british indicators) which were used to calculate bmi and sum of 7 skinfolds. 26 thereafter, subjects engaged in a standardised 10-minute warm-up consisting of selfpaced easy running, static stretching and dynamic drills. subjects then performed a maximal-effort, repeated sprint running test, involving 10 x 10-second maximal sprints, with 90 s walk recovery between each sprint. this protocol is similar in intensity, volume, and work-rest ratio to others used to assess efficacy of creatine supplementation in a large number of reported studies. 36 subjects sprinted on a level, even, grass surface, in a straight line, with markers along the length of the run. strong verbal encouragement was given throughout to motivate maximum performance. the distance run in each 10 s sprint was recorded to the nearest metre, s sprint was recorded to the nearest metre, sprint was recorded to the nearest metre, and the sum of the total sprint distance in the 100 s was s was was calculated. also, the individual sprint distances were used to calculate a sprint fatigue index (%) as follows: fatigue index = (max – min) / max x 100, where max is the greatest distance (m), and min is the shortest distance (m) achieved in any single 10 s sprint. blood lactate concentration ([la]b) was measured directly following completion of the test using a lactate pro (arkray, inc. shiga, japan) portable blood lactate meter, using finger capillary blood obtained using standard methods as described by maw et al. 20 all physical testing was performed at the same time of day on each test occasion. subjects were instructed to arrive well rested for the test days, and to avoid physical exercise on the day prior to, and after, physical testing. 138 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 pain assessment and blood analysis the morning after the day of physical testing subjects reported for pain score assessment and blood sampling. this took place at the same time of day on each occasion, and subjects arrived fasted. perceived local leg muscle pain was evaluated by means of a visual analogue scale (vas). vass have been validated for assessment of pain 28 and their use is widespread. 7,19 subjects were asked to report their perceived muscle soreness experienced during activities of daily living (adl) following sprint testing. scores were obtained for perceived leg muscle pain in the last 24 hours prior to the pain assessment (vas24h) and for pain at that moment of assessment (vasnow). blood samples were obtained and analysed for blood urea ([urea]b), creatine kinase ([ck]b) and cortisol ([cortisol]b) concentrations. exercise sessions all 3 groups were exposed to the same physical conditioning programme, consisting of high-intensity repeated sprint running exercise, exactly the same as that used in the physical testing i.e. 10 x 10 s repeated maximal sprints with 90 s recovery between each sprint. these were conducted 3 days per week in supervised sessions to encourage maximal effort in training. supplementation supplementation commenced after the first set of blood samples were taken on day 2 of the study and continued for 29 days. crf received creatine plus a commercially available protein-carbohydrate formula; cre received creatine only; and con received placebo. creatine monohydrate was provided, with doses approximating 0.3 g.kg -1 body mass for the first 7 days, and 0.03 g.kg -1 thereafter, as widely reported to maximise skeletal muscle stores. 1,5,36 in addition to the creatine, crf received a ~30 g serving of a protein-carbohydrate blend (whey protein, calcium caseinate, maltodextrin) twice daily, as recommended by the manufacturers, which approximated 110 kcal per serving, and comprised 60% protein, 20% carbohydrate by volume. all subjects received instructions on individual dosage, as well as a supplementation log book to mark adherence to the supplementation and to record side-effects. subjects were instructed to take the first serving in the morning, and the second serving within 30 minutes of completion of their sprint training or in the afternoon on non-training days. subjects were instructed to maintain their habitual diets. data analysis data analysis procedures included descriptive and inferential statistics. the latter involved friedman’s rank test for k correlated samples for differences between tests within the same group and the kruskal-wallis one-way analysis of variance for differences between groups on the dependant variables at both intervals. 33,34 all differences were reported on the 5% level of confidence (i.e. p ≤ 0.05). dependant variables included total repeat sprint distance, fatigue index, [la]b, vas24h, vasnow, [urea]b, [ck]b, and [cortisol]b. results table i presents the mean variables for all groups. no statistically significant differences were found between the 3 groups with regard to all repeat sprint measures (total distance, fatigue index, or [la]b). across time, all 3 groups showed significant increases in their total sprint distances. even though there was a decrease in fatigue index scores in all 3 groups, crf was the only group to show a statistically significant decrease (p ≤ 0.05) from pre-test to post-test. no significant differences were found between groups on all perceived leg muscle pain measures. crf showed a significant decline in vas24h from pre-test to post-test. the other groups showed the same trend but with no statistically significant differences. cre showed a significant decrease in vasnow. the same tendency was found for the other 2 groups, but without statistical significance. cre had significantly lower scores than the other 2 groups on all measurements of [urea]b. no significant differences were found regarding [cortisol]b or [ck]b amongst the groups. over time, there were significant decreases in [urea]b scores in all 3 groups. no significant changes took place in [cortisol]b. only crf had significant decreases in [ck]b scores from the pre-test to the post-test. discussion lack of statistically significant differences in repeat sprint measures between groups at the post-test is perhaps not surprising, since none of the subjects were sprint trained. physiological adaptations to the sprint programme alone may fig. 1. time line of events. sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 139 explain the large improvement in all groups over the short trial period. these may include improved motor unit recruitment and synchronisation, but also increased intracellular pc and muscle glycogen concentration, and improved activity of the enzymes involved in their degradation and resynthesis. 4,21 all groups showed a trend towards lower fatigue index scores. the same adaptations above could explain this reduced fatigue. interestingly, only crf showed a significantly lower fatigue index from pre-test to post-test. no significant changes were found in [la]b within any group over the period of the study. higher blood lactate concentrations may have been expected given the observed improvement in power output (total distance in 100 s). however, a variety of factors can influence blood lactate, and measures should be interpreted with caution. these include rate of change in exercise intensity, carbohydrate levels, exercise mode, monitoring precision, temperature, overtraining, and muscle damage. 32 the lack of significant changes in [la]b despite an average ~12% higher total sprint distance across all 3 groups may in itself be significant, with improved lactate oxidation a possible mechanism. crf and cre showed statistically meaningful declines in vas24h and vasnow, respectively. once again though, changes were not sufficient to result in any significant differences between groups. it was theorised that supplementation with creatine and protein-carbohydrate may improve recovery by stimulating net protein synthesis while ensuring available precursors for structural repair and improved fibre integrity. while this may indeed contribute to reduced post-exercise muscle pain and discomfort, the physiological adaptations to sprint exercise discussed above may alone result in reduced exercise-induced tissue damage and perceived pain, through a variety of mechanisms, such as increasing the motor unit pool exposed to the work. 2 since even con showed a trend towards far lower leg muscle pain or discomfort as measured by vas, the latter explanation may be the more important. selected blood variables were measured that may reflect injury, recovery, or stress. since all groups showed lower (p ≤ 0.05) values for [urea]b at the post-test, this may also be the result of training adaptations, specifically reduced postexercise protein degradation or increased protein synthesis. no differences between groups were observed that could point to a supplementation effect. differences in levels of urea metabolism are likely due to individual differences in protein turnover. the significantly lower [urea]b for cre at both tests may be due to the small sample size. the same can be said for the isolated differences found in [ck]b. no significant differences were found between groups or between tests for [cortisol]b, although this might not be surprising considering the complex nature of the hormone’s response. 30 intense muscular exercise results in skeletal muscle fibre damage. 2,4,21,30 damage to the sarcolemma may result in the appearance of ck in the extracellular environment. 2 interestingly, a significant decrease was observed in [ck]b values in crf, with a similar yet not significant trend appearing in cre and con. this may indicate reduced muscle damage from intense exercise following a period of training, a trend which, interestingly, parallels the observation in perceived muscle pain discussed above. conclusions elite sports performance requires intense training, often on a daily basis, and optimal recovery is vital for performance gains and maintaining training intensity. if the diet is inadequate to meet the athletes’ requirements, correct nutritional supplementation use may have an important role to play. 4,5,16,21 whether this involves creatine with or without a protein-carbohydrate formula, optimal strategies need to be elucidated. although prompting interesting speculation, the present results cannot serve as the basis for concluding a cause-and-effect relationship between short-term creatine table i. repeat sprint performance, perceived muscle pain, and blood concentration measures (mean ± sd) before and after 30 days of supplementation and high-intensity sprint training crf cre con pre-test post-test pre-test post-test pre-test post-test total distance (m) 612.5 ± 51.4 671.5 ± 59.2 * 621.8 ± 74.4 712.0 ± 32.5 * 627.8 ± 35.2 698.1 ± 29.2 * fatigue index (%) 21.2 ± 5.8 11.7 ± 4.7 * 21.2 ± 10.2 15.4 ± 4.8 23.4 ± 13.1 14.0 ± 2.6 lactate (mmol.l -1 ) 15.1 ± 1.3 13.3 ± 1.8 14.6 ± 1.2 15.4 ± 4.8 13.9 ± 0.8 13.2 ± 2.4 vas24h (mm) 41.1 ± 21.5 12.4 ± 9.3 * 34.2 ± 25.4 8.7 ± 9.1 47.0 ± 25.8 13.7 ± 17.0 vasnow (mm) 22.3 ± 17.1 7.1 ± 6.7 38.2 ± 29.2 8.0 ± 12.9 * 35.1 ± 25.1 9.5 ± 10.2 urea (mg.dl -1 ) 43.4 ± 6.5 31.8 ± 5.9 * 38.3 ± 4.7 + 23.8 ± 3.6 +* 50.0 ± 15.4 30.4 ± 8.4 * ck (u.l -1 37°c) 1 720 ± 2 268 465 ± 318 * 871 ± 478 799 ± 763 2 002 ± 2 683 1 408 ± 1 567 cortisol (nmol.l -1 ) 525 ± 135 556 ± 133 490 ± 160 577 ± 176 488 ± 176 553 ± 215 * significantly different from pre-test value, p ≤ 0.05. + significantly different from other groups, p ≤ 0.05. crf = creatine plus protein-carbohydrate formula; cre = creatine only; con = control (placebo); ck = creatine kinase; vas24h = perceived muscle pain over the last 24 hours; vasnow = perceived muscle pain at the moment of assessment. 140 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 plus protein-carbohydrate formula supplementation and improved high-intensity exercise performance or recovery. factors which may have contributed to this and which have been proposed in other studies include a placebo effect, the relatively small magnitude of any treatment effect, and the unfamiliarity of the exercise task. 1 it is suspected that a longer trial period with a larger, sprint-trained sample may more clearly highlight any possible differences. future work should consider use of alternative study designs, athletic abilities, and other indicators of stress, tissue damage, and recovery. certainly though, the importance of the training stimulus in adaptations is demonstrated, at least with regard to non-sprint-trained individuals. athletes and coaches, and those starting training programmes would do well to keep this in mind when considering claims from dietary supplement manufacturers. acknowledgements the author would like to thank the staff of the institute for sport research, university of pretoria, for their assistance in administration of the study. references 1. american college of sports medicine roundtable. the physiological and health effects of oral creatine supplementation. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 706-17. 2. �strand po, rodahl k, dahl ha, stromme sb. �strand po, rodahl k, dahl ha, stromme sb.�strand po, rodahl k, dahl ha, stromme sb. textbook of work physiology: physiological bases of exercise. 4th ed. champaign, ill.: human kinetics, 2003. 3. betts ja, stevenson e, williams c, sheppard c, grey e, griffin j. recovery betts ja, stevenson e, williams c, sheppard c, grey e, griffin j. recoverybetts ja, stevenson e, williams c, sheppard c, grey e, griffin j. recovery of endurance running capacity: effect of carbohydrate-protein mixtures. international journal of sport nutrition and exercise metabolism 2005; 15: 590-609. 4. brooks ga, fahey td, baldwin km. brooks ga, fahey td, baldwin km.brooks ga, fahey td, baldwin km. exercise physiology: human bioenergetics and its applications. 4th ed. boston: mcgraw-hill, 2005. 5. burke lm. sports supplements and sports foods. in: hargreaves m, hawley burke lm. sports supplements and sports foods. in: hargreaves m, hawleyburke lm. sports supplements and sports foods. in: hargreaves m, hawley j, eds. physiological bases of sports performance. sydney: mcgraw-hill, 2003. 6. coleman e. when time is short, does the addition of protein to carbohydrate coleman e. when time is short, does the addition of protein to carbohydratecoleman e. when time is short, does the addition of protein to carbohydrate improve recovery? sports medicine digest 2002; 24: 73, 75-6. 7. collins sl, moore ra, mc�uay hj. the visual analogue pain intensity collins sl, moore ra, mc�uay hj. the visual analogue pain intensitycollins sl, moore ra, mc�uay hj. the visual analogue pain intensity scale: what is moderate pain in millimeters? pain 1997; 72: 95-7. 8. dawson b, cutler m, moody a, lawrence s, goodman c, randall n. effects dawson b, cutler m, moody a, lawrence s, goodman c, randall n. effectsdawson b, cutler m, moody a, lawrence s, goodman c, randall n. effects of oral creatine loading on single and repeated maximal short sprints. aust j sci med sport 1995; 27: 56-61. 9. foss ml, keteyian sj. foss ml, keteyian sj.foss ml, keteyian sj. fox’s physiological basis for exercise and sport. 6th ed. boston: wcb mcgraw-hill, 1998. 10. grindstaff pd, kreider rb, bishop r. effects of creatine supplementation grindstaff pd, kreider rb, bishop r. effects of creatine supplementationgrindstaff pd, kreider rb, bishop r. effects of creatine supplementation on repetitive sprint performance and body composition in competitive swimmers. int j sport nutr 1997; 7: 330-46. 11. harris rc, viru m, greenhaff pl, hultman e. the effect of oral creatine harris rc, viru m, greenhaff pl, hultman e. the effect of oral creatineharris rc, viru m, greenhaff pl, hultman e. the effect of oral creatine supplementation on running performance during maximal short-term exercise in man. j physiol 1993; 467: 74. 12. ivy jl, goforth hw jun., damon bm, mccauley tr, parsons ec, price ivy jl, goforth hw jun., damon bm, mccauley tr, parsons ec, priceivy jl, goforth hw jun., damon bm, mccauley tr, parsons ec, price tb. early postexercise muscle glycogen recovery is enhanced with a carbohydrate-protein supplement. j appl physiol 2002; 93: 1337-44. 13. jentjens rl, van loon lj, mann ch, wagenmakers aj, jeukendrup ae. jentjens rl, van loon lj, mann ch, wagenmakers aj, jeukendrup ae.jentjens rl, van loon lj, mann ch, wagenmakers aj, jeukendrup ae. addition of protein and amino acids to carbohydrates does not enhance muscle glycogen synthesis. j appl physiol 2001; 91: 839-46. 14. juhn ms. oral creatine supplementation: separating fact from hype. juhn ms. oral creatine supplementation: separating fact from hype.juhn ms. oral creatine supplementation: separating fact from hype. the physician and sports medicine 1999; 27: 47-57. 15. kalman d. a closer look at creatine monohydrate. kalman d. a closer look at creatine monohydrate.kalman d. a closer look at creatine monohydrate. nsca performance training journal 2004; 3: 20-2. 16. kohler r, meltzer s, jakoet i, noakes t. a practical guide to the use of kohler r, meltzer s, jakoet i, noakes t. a practical guide to the use ofkohler r, meltzer s, jakoet i, noakes t. a practical guide to the use of nutritional supplements in south africa. south african journal of sports medicine 2005; 17: 48-52. 17. kreider rb, ferreira m, wilson m, kreider rb, ferreira m, wilson m,kreider rb, ferreira m, wilson m, et al. effects of creatine supplementation on body composition, strength, and sprint performance. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 73-82. 18. lambert cp, archer rl, carrithers ja, fink wj, evans wj, trappe ta. lambert cp, archer rl, carrithers ja, fink wj, evans wj, trappe ta.lambert cp, archer rl, carrithers ja, fink wj, evans wj, trappe ta. influence of creatine monohydrate ingestion on muscle metabolites and intense exercise capacity in individuals with multiple sclerosis. arch phys med rehabil 2003; 84: 1206-10. 19. langley gb, sheppeard h. the visual analogue scale: its use in pain langley gb, sheppeard h. the visual analogue scale: its use in painlangley gb, sheppeard h. the visual analogue scale: its use in pain measurement. rheumatol int 1985; 5: 145-8. 20. maw g, locke s, cowley d, witt p. blood sampling and handling maw g, locke s, cowley d, witt p. blood sampling and handlingmaw g, locke s, cowley d, witt p. blood sampling and handling techniques. in: gore cj, ed. physiological tests for elite athletes. lower mitcham, australia: human kinetics, 2000: 86-97. 21. mcardle wd, katch fi, katch vl. mcardle wd, katch fi, katch vl.mcardle wd, katch fi, katch vl. exercise physiology: energy, nutrition, and human performance. 5th ed. philadelphia: lippincott williams and wilkins, 2001. 22. mcnaughton lr, dalton b, tarr j. the effects of creatine supplementation mcnaughton lr, dalton b, tarr j. the effects of creatine supplementationmcnaughton lr, dalton b, tarr j. the effects of creatine supplementation on high-intensity exercise performance in elite performers. eur j appl physiol 1998; 78: 236-40. 23. millard-stafford ml, warren gl, thomas lm, doyle ja, snow tk, millard-stafford ml, warren gl, thomas lm, doyle ja, snow tk,millard-stafford ml, warren gl, thomas lm, doyle ja, snow tk, hitchcock k. recovery from run training: efficacy of a carbohydrate-protein beverage? international journal of sport nutrition and exercise metabolism 2005; 15: 610-24. 24. miller sl, tipton kd, chinkes dl, wolf se, wolfe rr. independent and miller sl, tipton kd, chinkes dl, wolf se, wolfe rr. independent andmiller sl, tipton kd, chinkes dl, wolf se, wolfe rr. independent and combined effects of amino acids and glucose after resistance exercise. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 449-55. 25. niles es, lachowetz t, garfi j, niles es, lachowetz t, garfi j,niles es, lachowetz t, garfi j, et al. carbohydrate-protein drink improves time to exhaustion after recovery from endurance exercise. journal of exercise physiology online 2001: 4(1): 45-52. 26. norton k, marfell-jones m, whittingham n, norton k, marfell-jones m, whittingham n,norton k, marfell-jones m, whittingham n, et al. anthropometric assessment protocols. in: gore cj, ed. physiological tests for elite athletes. lower mitcham, australia: human kinetics, 2000: 66-85. 27. plisk ss, kreider rb. creatine controversy? plisk ss, kreider rb. creatine controversy?plisk ss, kreider rb. creatine controversy? strength and conditioning journal 1999; 21: 14-23. 28. price dd, mcgrath pa, rafii a, buckingham b. the validation of visual price dd, mcgrath pa, rafii a, buckingham b. the validation of visualprice dd, mcgrath pa, rafii a, buckingham b. the validation of visual analogue scales as ratio scale measurements for chronic and experimental pain. pain 1983; 17: 45-56. 29. rossiter hb, cannell er, jakeman pm. the effect of oral creatine rossiter hb, cannell er, jakeman pm. the effect of oral creatinerossiter hb, cannell er, jakeman pm. the effect of oral creatine supplementation on the 1000-m performance of competitive rowers. j sports sci 1996; 14: 175-9. 30. sherwood l. sherwood l.sherwood l. human physiology: from cells to systems. 5th ed. london: brooks/cole thomson learning, 2004. 31. smith jc, stephens dp, hall el, jackson aw, earnest cp. effect of oral smith jc, stephens dp, hall el, jackson aw, earnest cp. effect of oralsmith jc, stephens dp, hall el, jackson aw, earnest cp. effect of oral creatine ingestion on parameters of the work rate-time relationship and time to exhaustion in high-intensity cycling. eur j appl physiol 1998; 77: 360-5. 32. swart j, jennings cl. use of blood lactate concentration as a marker of swart j, jennings cl. use of blood lactate concentration as a marker ofswart j, jennings cl. use of blood lactate concentration as a marker of training status. south african journal of sports medicine 2004; 16: 3-7. 33. tabachnick bg, fidell ls. tabachnick bg, fidell ls.tabachnick bg, fidell ls. using multivariate statistics. 3rd ed. northridge: harper collins college publishers, 1996. 34. thomas jr, nelson jk. thomas jr, nelson jk.thomas jr, nelson jk. research methods in physical activity. 3rd ed. champaign, ill.: human kinetics, 1996. 35. volek js, ratamess na, rubin mr, volek js, ratamess na, rubin mr,volek js, ratamess na, rubin mr, et al. the effects of creatine supplementation on muscular performance and body composition responses to short-term resistance training overreaching. eur j appl physiol 2004; 91: 628-637. 36. williams mh, kreider rb, branch jd. williams mh, kreider rb, branch jd.williams mh, kreider rb, branch jd. creatine: the power supplement. champaign, ill.: human kinetics, 1999. original research 55 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 the prevalence of work-related musculoskeletal disorders in longdistance bus drivers n rugbeer, 1 m sport science; n neveling, 1 msc med; t sandla, 1 btech biokinetics 1 department of sport, rehabilitation and dental science, tshwane university of technology, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: n rugbeer (rugbeern@tut.ac.za) work-related musculoskeletal disorders (wrmsds) is defined as poor optimisation and functioning of multiple joints, muscles, tendons, nerves and bones due to the work environment.[1] wrmsds are induced by postural defects, repetitive tasks, environmental factors, and prolonged stresses and strains experienced in long-distance driving.[2] one of the consequences of these disorders is an increase in absenteeism, which places an economic strain on the employer and the employee.[3] wrmsds have become multifaceted and a global phenomenon, accounting for 42-48% of work-related musculoskeletal illnesses.[2] risk factors associated with wrmsds include uncomfortable seats,[4] vibration exposure[5] and maladroit postures.[6] long-distance driving involves repetitive tasks, such as handling, bending and prolonged sitting, which may place excessive stress along the kinetic chain and affect the driver’s personal and social life.[2] a study in ghana revealed 71 % of minibus drivers sustained wrmsds. lower back and upper back pain constituted 34 % and 17 % of injuries respectively.[1] a recent international study revealed neck pain and upper limb wrmsds were prevalent in bus drivers compared to other anatomical skeletal structures.[7] back and neck disorders were prominent in long-distance bus drivers.[8] this was associated with chronic pain and early retirement.[8] there are no data on wrmds in long-distance drivers in south africa. therefore, the aim of this study is to determine the prevalence of wrmsds among a sample of bus drivers employed at a bus company located in tshwane, south africa. methods study design and procedure a descriptive survey study was conducted to determine the prevalence of wrmsds among male long-distance bus drivers. eighty-nine participants were selected to participate in the study. participants were between the ages of 20 to 65 years, and were included in the study if they were permanent drivers, had a valid code c drivers licence and at least nine years of experience. participants were excluded if they had sustained musculoskeletal disorders from macro-traumatic incidents (e.g. motor vehicle accident, acute traumatic sports injury). ethical clearance for this study was obtained from the tshwane university of technology, faculty committee for research ethics (fcre 2015/06/013). the data were collected using the nordic musculoskeletal questionnaire (nmq) [9] to investigate the prevalence of wrmsds among the participants. the nmq was chosen because of its widespread validity, and as a reliable cost-effective means of determining self-reported musculoskeletal disorders.[9] the bus company assisted in drafting a roster of available participants and communicated the available times and dates to the researcher. the researcher was present on the available days to administer the questionnaire. the researcher was the translator, assisting the participants in understanding the purpose of the study and other aspects of the questionnaire. each participant was requested to sign an informed consent form prior to the commencement of the study. the questionnaire was administered during their break time from driving, and the participants completed it in a private environment to ensure confidentiality. the participants were instructed not to write their names on the questionnaires, thereby ensuring anonymity. the completed questionnaires were placed in a large box for further analysis by the researcher. background: work-related musculoskeletal disorders (wrmsds) contribute to poor posture and prolonged stress and strain due to work demands and the environment. objective: the objective of the study was to determine the prevalence of wrmsds in long-distance bus drivers. methods: a cross-sectional survey study was conducted to determine the prevalence of wrmsds among male longdistance bus drivers. eighty-nine participants were selected from a reputable bus company in pretoria to participate in the study. the nordic musculoskeletal questionnaire (nmq) was used to determine self-reported wrmsds. results: the average age of the participants was 45 years, with a mean height and weight of 1.69 m and 85.4 kg respectively. participants in the study had a mean body mass index of 29.9 kg.m-2, categorising them as overweight. from the bus drivers who reported wrmsds due to driving (22%), most of the pain was noted in the upper back (44%), followed by lower back (42%), neck (42%), shoulder (37%), and wrist/hand (31%). a strong, positive association existed between ankle and knee pain using kendall’s tau-b correlation (τb = .71, p = .0001). a moderate and positive association was further noted between pain in the neck/shoulder (τb = .59, p = .0001) and upper back/shoulder (τb = .59, p = .0001). conclusion: the greatest proportion of pain was experienced along the axial skeleton in long-distance bus drivers. upper back pain was the most prevalent of the wrmsds reported in these drivers. keywords: maladroit postures; musculoskeletal pain; kinetic chain; axial skeleton; appendicular skeleton s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):55-58.doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1109 mailto:rugbeern@tut.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1109 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 56 data analysis the descriptive characteristics of the long-distance bus drivers (frequency tables, means and standard deviations) were analysed using the statistical package for social science version 18.0 (spss) for windows to determine the prevalence and variance of wrmsds. kendall’s tau-b was used to provide information regarding the strength of association between the various outcomes variables. the level of significance was set at p ≤ 0.05. results a total of 89 long-distance bus drivers participated in the study. the mean age of the participants was 45 years. their mean height and mass was 1.69 m and 85.4 kg respectively. their body mass index was 29.9 kg.m-2, categorising them as overweight. in this study, 77 % of participants were married and 80 % were non-smokers. the majority of the participants had completed secondary school education (60 %). the participants were well-experienced long-distance drivers; with 93 % having five years and more experience. from the total number of participants in the study (n = 89), a large percentage of participants (38 %) drive for more than 12 hours at a time. only 22 % of all participants (n = 89) selfreported wrmsds as a result of driving. paradoxically, 67 % of the 89 participants indicated that they do experience symptoms of wrmsds as a result of driving (table 1). pain was the common symptom (73 %) experience by the participants (table 1). when the responses of the bus drivers who reported wrmsds (22 %) were analysed, the greatest discomfort or pain was in the upper back (44 %), lower back (42 %), neck (42 %), shoulder (37 %), and wrist/hand (31 %) (figure 1). minimal pain and discomfort was evident in the elbow (20 %), hips/thighs (24 %), knees (23 %), and ankle (24 %) (figure 1). fig. 1: prevalence of region of pain in long-distance bus drivers who has reported wrmsd there was a weak, positive correlation between musculoskeletal disorders and body mass index (bmi), which was not statistically significant (τb = .13, p = .14). a weak correlation was further noted between wrmsds and vibration exposure (τb = .25), seat comfort (τb = -.25), and driving duration (τb = .06). there was a strong, positive correlation between ankle discomfort and knee pain, which was statistically significant (τb = .71, p = .0001). a moderate correlation existed between pain in neck/shoulder, upper back/shoulder, lower back/pelvis and elbow/wrist (table 2). discussion the first finding of this study was that the most prevalent table 1. occupational profile of participants characteristics n (%) males 89 (100) marital status married 68 (77) divorced 5 (6) never married 15 (17) smoking history smoker 9 (10) non smoker 70 (80) ex-smoker 9 (10) what level of education was completed? primary school complete 2 (2) secondary school complete 52 (60) higher degree completed 32 (37) bachelor degree and above 1 (1) how long have you been driving? < 5 years 6 (7) 5 years and more 83 (93) which type of vehicle do you drive? 5 ton 2 (2) >5 ton 87 (98) how much of time you drive daily? less than 8 hours 11 (12) 8-10 hours 25 (28) 10-12hours 19 (21) more than 12 hours 34 (38) is there vibration exposure during driving? yes 24 (28) no 62 (72) have you had any musculoskeletal disorder due to driving? yes 19 (22) no 69 (78) do you experience symptoms? yes 60 (67) no 29 (33) what word best describes your symptoms? pain 44 (73) ache 7 (12) cramp 5 (8) stiffness 4 (7) original research 57 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 wrmsds were upper back followed by neck, lower back, shoulders, ankle, pelvis, wrist/hand, knee and elbows. this finding is similar to that found in a study conducted in ghana [1], which concluded the most prevalent wrmsds were lower and upper back. therefore, the current study creates an awareness that upper back disorders are highly prevalent among bus drivers in south africa. the next finding was that there was a mismatch between reported wrmsds and symptoms experienced due to driving. several drivers reported no wrmsds due to their driving; however, they reported experiencing symptoms, particularly pain, after driving. this suggests that wrmsds are masquerading as symptoms experienced by drivers. several bus drivers were overweight. the low correlation between bmi and wrmds suggests factors other than being overweight were associated with wrmds. however, an elevated bmi predisposes one to cardiovascular disease [10] and road accidents. [11] an elevated bmi predisposes bus drivers to a slumped seated posture, contributing to muscle imbalance and pain. [12] cardiovascular disease, especially hypertension, is prevalent in long-distance bus drivers. this is due to poor lifestyle choices adopted by drivers, such as irregular eating habits, sitting for prolonged periods and low physical activity.[10] although not investigated in this study, interventions targeted at reducing bmi may assist in reducing the risk of cardiovascular disease and road accidents. a moderate correlation between pain in the neck and shoulders and upper back and shoulders were noted in longdistance bus drivers. excessive protrusion of the neck may narrow and degenerate the intervertebral foramen predisposing drivers to neurological pathology.[13] upper crossed syndrome is characterised by the hypertonic upper trapezius, levator scapulae, and pectoralis muscles, as well as inhibition of the deep cervical flexors, rhomboids, and serratus anterior, which may affect scapulothoracic joint movement.[14] as a result of this muscle imbalance, inadequate function of the scapulothoracic and glenohumeral joints may lead to superior humeral elevation and poor neuromuscular control.[15] , thus predisposing the drivers to secondary impingement syndrome. as a result of prolonged sitting the iliopsoas muscle may become hypertonic, resulting in reciprocal inhibition of deep abdominal, interspinous, and gluteus muscle groups contributing to reduced stability and extensor mechanism dysfunction.[16] this may increase the risk of mechanical, lower back pain in long-distance bus drivers. longitudinal intervention studies, incorporating these associations in a physical therapy plan targeted at long-distance drivers, will preserve function, improve efficiency and reduce the incidence of musculoskeletal pathology. conclusion upper back pain was the most prevalent wrmsd in longdistance bus drivers residing in tshwane. bus drivers were unware that the underlying symptoms experienced due to driving may be masquerading as wrmds. this often prevented them from seeking medical attention. several bus drivers were overweight. elevated bmi may predispose drivers to an increased risk of cardiovascular disease and road accidents. future intervention studies should consider the association and the interrelationship between various muscle groups and their effect on joint function. these studies should also incorporate these associations in a physical therapy/rehabilitation plan targeted at long-distance drivers. acknowledgements: tshwane university of technology and the bus company for granting us permission to conduct the research. conflict of interest: no conflict of interest references 1. abledu jk, offei eb, abledu gk. occupational and personal determinants of musculoskeletal disorders among urban taxi drivers in ghana. int sch res notices 2014; 2014:517259. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2014/517259] [pmid: 27379297] 2. magnavita n, elovainio m, de nardis i,et al. environmental discomfort and musculoskeletal disorders. occup med (lond) 2011;61(3):196-201. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/occmed/kqr024] [pmid: 21525071] 3. guo hr, chang yc, yeh wy, et al. prevalence of musculoskeletal disorder among workers in taiwan: a nationwide study. j occup table 2. association between wrmsd and various outcome measurements variable number correlation coefficient significance (p) wrmsd and bmi 88 .13 .14 wrmsd and vibration exposure 86 .25 .02 wrmsd and seat comfort 87 -.25 .02 wrmsd and driving duration 88 .06 .52 ankle and knee 89 .71 *.0001 neck and shoulder 89 .60 *.0001 upper back and shoulder 89 .59 *.0001 lower back and pelvis 89 .53 *.0001 elbow and wrist/hand 89 .58 *.0001 note: work-related musculoskeletal disorders (wrmsds) r ≤ .3 weak correlation, .3>r ≤ .7 moderate correlation, r > 0.7 strong correlation significance *p≤.05 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 58 health 2004;46(1):26-36. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1539/joh.46.26] [pmid: 14960827] 4. alperovitch-najenson d, katz-leurer m, santo y, et al. upper body quadrant pain in bus drivers. arch environ occup health 2010;65(4):218-223. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/19338244.2010.486422] [pmid: 20450125] 5. bovenzi m. metrics of whole-body vibration and exposure-response relationship for low back pain in professional drivers: a prospective cohort study. int arch occup environ health 2009;82(7):893-917. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00420-008-0376-3] [pmid: 18953559] 6. albert wj, everson d, rae m, et al. biomechanical and ergonomic assessment of urban transit operators. work 2014;47(1):33-44. [http://dx.doi.org/10.3233/wor-131683] [pmid: 24004743] 7. rugulies r, krause n. effort-reward imbalance and incidence of low back and neck injuries in san francisco transit operators. occup environ med 2008;65(8):525-533. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/oem.2007.035188] [pmid: 18056748] 8. okunribido oo, shimbles sj, magnusson m, et al. city bus driving and low back pain: a study of the exposures to posture demands, manual materials handling and whole-body vibration. appl ergon 2007;38(1):29-38. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apergo.2006.01.006] [pmid: 17225292] 9. de barros en, alexandre nm. cross-cultural adaptation of the nordic musculoskeletal questionnaire. int nurs rev 2003;50(2):101-108. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1046/j.1466-7657.2003.00188.x] [pmid: 12752909] 10. shin sy, lee cg, song hs, et al. cardiovascular disease risk of bus drivers in a city of korea. ann occup environ med 2013;25(1):34. [ http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/2052-4374-25-34] [pmid: 24472511] 11. wiegand dm, hanowski rj, mcdonald se. commercial drivers' health: a naturalistic study of body mass index, fatigue, and involvement in safety-critical events. traffic inj prev 2009;10(6):573579. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15389580903295277] [pmid: 19916128] 12. dabrh ama, firwana b, cowl ct, et al. health assessment of commercial drivers: a meta-narrative systematic review. bmj open 2014;4: e003434. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2013-003434] [pmid: 24604478] 13. jackson r. the classic: the cervical syndrome. clin orthop relat res 2010;468(7):1739-1745. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11999-010-1278-8] [pmid: 20177837] 14. page p, frank c, lardner r. assessment and treatment of muscle imbalance: the janda approach. 1st ed. united states: human kinetics, 2010: 175-213. 15. celik d, sirmen b, demirhan m. the relationship of muscle strength and pain in subacromial impingement syndrome. acta orthop traumatol turc 2011;45(2):79-84. [http://dx.doi.org/10.3944/aott.2011.2425] [pmid: 21610305] 16. prentice we. rehabilitation techniques for sports medicine and athletic training. 6th ed. boston: slack incorporated, 2015:127 review 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license end-to-end sars-cov-2 transmission risks in sport: current evidence and practical recommendations b jones,1,2,3,4,5 phd; g phillips,1,2,6 mbchb, msc; f valeriani,7 phd; t edwards,8 phd; er adams,8 phd; l bonadonna,9 phd; rj copeland,10 phd; mj cross,11,12 phd; c dalton,10 phd; l hodgson,13,14 phd; a jimenez,10,15 phd; sp kemp,16,17 mbbs, msc; j patricios,18 mbbch ffsem (uk); v romano spica,7 phd; ka stokes,11,16 phd; m weed,19 phd; c beggs,1 phd 1 carnegie applied rugby research (carr) centre, carnegie school of sport, leeds beckett university, leeds, uk 2 england performance unit, the rugby football league, leeds, uk 3 leeds rhinos rugby league club, leeds, uk 4 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, the university of cape town and the sports science institute of south africa, cape town, south africa 5 school of science and technology, university of new england, armidale, nsw, australia. 6 hull kingston rovers, hull, uk 7 public health unit, department of movement, human and health sciences; university of rome “foro italico”, rome, italy 8 department of tropical disease biology, liverpool school of tropical medicine, pembroke place, liverpool, l3 5qa, uk 9 italian national institute of health, rome italy 10 advanced wellbeing research centre, sheffield hallam university, uk 11 university of bath, bath, uk 12 premiership rugby, twickenham, uk 13 the football association, st george’s park, burton-upon-trent, uk. 14 school of clinical and applied sciences, leeds beckett university, leeds, uk 15 centre for sport studies, king juan carlos university, fuenlabrada, madrid, spain 16 rugby football union, twickenham, uk 17 london school of hygiene and tropical medicine, london, uk 18 wits sport and health (wish), school of clinical medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 17centre for sport, physical education and activity research (spear), canterbury christ church university, uk corresponding author: b jones (b.jones@leedsbeckett.ac.uk) the coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19) pandemic has caused disruption to professional and recreational sports across the world.[1] the causal agent of covid-19 is the severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov-2)[2], which is transmitted from human-to-human by multiple pathways.[3,4] the novelty of the sars-cov-2 virus and therefore population susceptibility, in addition to the high transmissibility of the sars-cov-2 virus, ultimately resulted in the covid-19 pandemic.[5] professional and recreational sports are obligated to implement risk management and mitigation strategies to prevent sars-cov-2 transmission and the subsequent covid-19 spread.[6,7] the sars-cov-2 virus can be transmitted by three main routes in sport; respiratory aerosol, droplets and fomites.[8,9] the risks of sars-cov-2 transmission are influenced by the environment in which they occur (fig. 1). all activities, from leaving home, including time spent within the sporting environment, and other associated activities (e.g. meetings and travel) should be considered as sars-cov-2 transmission risks (fig. 2).[10,11] the purpose of this review is to provide an overview of the considerations of end-to-end sars-cov-2 transmission risk and practical steps for risk management within sport. sars-cov-2 transmission via respiratory aerosol and droplets the sars-cov-2 virus can be transmitted by larger the coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19) pandemic has caused disruption to professional and recreational sports across the world. the sars-cov-2 virus can be transmitted by relatively large respiratory droplets that behave ballistically, and exhaled aerosol droplets, which potentially pose a greater risk. this review provides a summary of end-to-end sars-cov-2 transmission risk factors for sport and an overview of transmission mechanisms to be considered by all stakeholders. the risk of sars-cov-2 transmission is greatest indoors, and primarily influenced by the ventilation of the environment and the close proximity of individuals. the sars-cov-2 transmission risks outdoors, e.g. via water, and from fomites, appear less than initially thought. mitigation strategies include good end-to-end scenario planning of activities to optimise physical distancing, face mask wearing and hygiene practice of individuals, the environment and equipment. the identification and removal of infectious individuals should be undertaken by means of the taking of temperature and covid-19 symptom screening, and the use of diagnostic monitoring tests to identify asymptomatic individuals. using adequate video footage, data from proximity technology and subject interviews, the identification and isolation of ‘close contacts’ should also be undertaken to limit sars-cov-2 transmission within sporting environments and into the wider community. sports should aim to undertake activities outdoors where possible, given the lower sars-cov-2 transmission risk, in comparison to indoor environments. keywords: covid-19, virus, illness, infection s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-17. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11210 mailto:b.jones@leedsbeckett.ac.uk http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11210 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0947-0677 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5997-1387 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4274-6236 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8395-0591 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2606-2288 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4058-4461 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0816-2835 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8586-9965 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1404-873x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3891-5540 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1043-6759 http://orcid.org/0000-0002-3250-2713 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6829-4098 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2900-6399 http://orcid.org/0000-0002-5049-2838 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9768-4677 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6460-9937 review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 respiratory droplets (>100 µm in diameter) that behave ballistically, and smaller exhaled aerosol droplets (<100 µm in diameter), which potentially pose a greater risk.[12-14] this is because aerosol droplets rapidly evaporate to become small aerosol particles (<50 µm in diameter)[15,16] that can easily be inhaled.[13,17] furthermore, smaller aerosol droplets can travel much further than ballistic droplets on convection air currents. these smaller aerosol droplets pose both a ‘near-field’ and a ‘far-field’ threat. near-field refers to close proximity (e.g. 1–2 m), and far-field is beyond 2 m. near-field sars-cov-2 transmission risks are caused by clouds of exhaled aerosol particles, potentially infecting individuals within close proximity. far-field sars-cov-2 transmission risks occur primarily indoors when aerosol particles have been dispersed by air currents into the wider room space. the near-field transmission risks posed by large respiratory aerosol droplets can be mitigated by physical (or social) distancing, protective screens, and the use of face masks.[18,19] the far-field risks posed by smaller infectious aerosols must be countered either by ventilation which flushes airborne particles from the room space,[19] or potentially by air disinfection which biologically inactivates the sars-cov-2 virus.[20] in addition, thermal plumes, warm convection air currents that surround all individuals, appear to play an important role in the transportation of respiratory aerosols,[21] with exhaled fine aerosol particles rising vertically above the heads of individuals. indoors, the aerosol particles entrained into thermal plumes become trapped by the ceiling and so get recirculated around the room space on convection currents and as such become a sars-cov-2 transmission risk within far-field zones. the transmission risk of the sars-cov-2 virus is far greater indoors than outdoors, primarily due to increased ventilation outdoors. although near-field sars-cov-2 transmission can occur both indoors and outdoors,[22] in the outdoor environment the near-field transmission risk is lower because air velocities are generally higher, with the result that the exhaled aerosol particles will be dispersed more rapidly. this dispersion (dilution) effect becomes less pronounced the closer individuals are to each other. the risk of far-field aerosol transmission is much greater indoors because the concentration of aerosol particles in room spaces builds up over time, particularly in poorly ventilated spaces. the risk is further increased by aerosol particles, which are entrained in thermal plumes, trapped by the ceiling, before slowly descending through the breathing zone due to gravitational deposition. outdoors, these are dispersed upward into the atmosphere, and therefore far-field aerosol transmission is unlikely outdoors given greater ventilation.[23] to determine the sars-cov-2 transmission risk, it is important to define indoor and outdoor environments. this can be challenging in sport due to covered outdoor spaces (e.g. ‘indoor’ stadiums). therefore, evaluating spaces based on near-field and far-field aerosol threat may be more appropriate. in a poorly ventilated communal changing area, both the near-field and far-field threats will be significant, whereas in a large indoor training facility with no ceiling and a high roof space, the far-field aerosol threat will be much less. this is due to the greater volume of the space, thus reduced concentration of sars-cov-2 viral particles potentially inhaled over time. if air movement at low level is poor (i.e. low air velocities) then the near-field threat may still be high, therefore physical distancing and mask wearing could be beneficial. many larger indoor sporting facilities (i.e. arenas) normally contain audiences, in which case, because of the high numbers of people involved, this may result in air and ventilation characteristics behaving similar to an indoor space for covid-19 risk assessment purposes. the risk posed by far-field aerosol transmission of the sarscov-2 virus can be mitigated through improved room ventilation (e.g. opening windows and doors).[24,25] it has been shown that the sars-cov-2 virus survives in aerosols for longer when the air is cooler and drier.[21,26] the viral half-life is >10 times longer outdoors during the winter and autumn months compared with the summer.[25] even though a room space may be heated in winter, the air can still be very dry (e.g. 10-40% relative humidity). the viral load in any droplets inhaled may be substantially greater than would be the case during the summer months.[25] while the implications of this are not yet fully understood, it may explain in part the seasonal variation in covid-19 case numbers that have been observed in many temperate regions. uvb radiation in sunlight has also been shown to rapidly degrade the virus. consequently, covid-19 appears to have a seasonal component,[27] with transmission greatly reduced during the summer months when temperatures and uvb levels are higher and the air is more humid. the probability that far-field transmission events will occur can be determined from the wells-riley equation (equation 1).[28] the probability of acquiring an infection by the airborne route increases as: (i) the number of infectious people present increases; (ii) the quanta generation rate increases; and (iii) the number of people susceptible spend longer in the presence of infectious people. the quanta generation rate, q, cannot be obtained directly, but rather, must be estimated epidemiologically from outbreak data. with respect to this, a fig. 1. sars-cov-2 main transmission routes and risks for sport review 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 quantum of infection is defined as the infectious dose required to infect 63.2% of the susceptible people present.[28] equation 1. where: c is the number of new infection cases; s is the number of susceptible individuals; i is the number of infectors; p is the average pulmonary ventilation rate of a person (m3/s); q is the quanta generation rate of the infectious agent (quanta/s); t is the exposure time (s), and q is the room ventilation rate with clean outside air (m3/s). to reduce the sars-cov-2 transmission risk by the aerosol route in any given context, it is important to minimise the number of people present and the duration of exposure, and maximise the room ventilation rates so that the concentration of infectious particles in the air is reduced.[29-30] it is not always easy to determine room ventilation rates, particularly in situations where natural ventilation is employed. therefore, monitoring carbon dioxide (co2) can be used as a surrogate measure for ventilation in the wells-riley model.[31] sars-cov-2 transmission via fomites fomites may contribute to the transmission of sars-cov-2. high viral loads of sars-cov-2 have been shown to remain viable for up to 72 hours on inert surfaces, whilst undergoing exponential decay.[32] viral decay in culture media is increased at higher temperatures, with the virus remaining infectious for seven days at 22oc, one day at 37oc and 30 minutes at 56oc.[33] temperature is therefore likely to be a key determinant of surface stability. as equipment is commonly shared in numerous sports, this does potentially pose a route of transmission,[34,35] although the likelihood of transferring a sufficient amount of the virus to cause an infection to the mucus membranes of another person remains unclear.[34] viral shedding into the environment has been demonstrated during sars-cov-2 infection. the rooms of hospitalised sars-cov2 patients can be heavily contaminated with sars-cov-2 rna, including frequently touched surfaces, such as sinks and door handles.[36] the transfer of sars-cov-2 rna from the hands of patients to objects has also been documented, demonstrating the environmental contamination originating from infectious individuals.[37] however, most studies have utilised quantitative reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (rt-qpcr) to detect sars-cov-2 ribonucleic acid (rna) in the environment, rather than demonstrating infectious viral particles using culture. a study of environmental sars-cov-2 in the rooms of quarantining confirmed positive cases found 29/55 surfaces in the rooms of symptomatic cases were positive for sars-cov-2 by rtqpcr; however, no viable virus was isolated in cell culture.[38] as such, the contribution of fomites to the transmission of sars-cov-2 is controversial,[39] and remains relatively unknown,[25] in part due to no minimum infectious dose of sars-cov-2 being established,[40] hampering studies of transmission dynamics from surfaces. the risk of sars-cov-2 transmission via saliva, due to the potential to carry high viral loads,[41] is significant. the risk is greater in sports where spitting is common practice (e.g. in cricket, saliva is often used to shine cricket balls, potentially facilitating the deposition of viral particles from infected players). rna from an inactivated sars-cov-2 virus can be detected from the surface of cricket balls up to one hour postinoculation using rt-qpcr, although viral viability (i.e. the ability to cause infection) cannot be determined using this approach.[35] using live sars-cov-2 viruses, an exponential reduction in detectable sars-cov-2 virions for all inoculated sport equipment (i.e. cricket glove, football, golf ball, horse saddle, rugby ball, tennis ball, gym pit foam) was observed over a short-term period (one minute to 90 minutes).[34] the low inoculum (5.4x102 virions, representing a 40µl saliva droplet from a sars-cov-2 infected player with a viral load in the lower quartile of cases) was only detectable on one (the polyurethane horse racing saddle) of ten materials at five minutes and no virus could be detected on any material after 15 minutes. these findings suggest that from individuals with lower viral loads, there is probably insufficient viral load transferred from fomites to be infectious. the material composition should also be considered when evaluating the risk of sars-cov-2 transfer on sports equipment. for example, edwards et al.[34] found that viral recovery was reduced by absorbent materials, which included leather (e.g. red cricket ball and cricket glove) and polyurethane foam (e.g. gym mat foam). harbourt et al.[42] also demonstrated that viral stability was reduced on absorbent clothing in comparison to skin or plastic materials. the observation that porous materials result in reduced viral recovery and transmission risk can be used to prioritise materials for within-game cleaning or swapping, and focus cleaning efforts to reduce their effect on sporting events.[34] in addition to the material composition of the sports equipment, the specific finish also appears important. for example, considering two bovine leather cricket balls, the ball that had synthetic grease on it had a lower viral recovery than the ball that had a nitrocellulose finish.[34] there is potential for this information to be used by developers of sporting materials to engineer products to be less amenable to viral transmission. the quantification of the viral load that may be transferred from an individual with a sars-cov-2 infection onto sports equipment has not been evaluated. edwards et al.[34] used previously reported concentrations seen in respiratory tract secretions, although the concentrations may be different in practice. a quantitative microbial assessment of the risk of infection from fomites has been performed using the monte carlo simulation.[43] a lower than 1/10 000 infection risk was observed from a single touch of surfaces infected with a range of 1 to 10 000 genome copies/cm2. this supports the potentially limited role of fomites in sars-cov-2 transmission, although further research is still required. sars-cov-2 transmission via water the transmission risk of the sars-cov-2 virus in water is an important consideration during the covid-19 pandemic for sports. sars-cov-2 is an enveloped virus, similar to orthomyxoviridae (e.g. influenza viruses), paramyxoviridae           )( 1 q iqpt esc review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 (e.g. measles virus, mumps virus, respiratory syncytial virus), herpesviridae, coronaviridae (some with low pathogenicity, others with high pathogenicity like sars-cov and merscov). whilst influenza viruses and coronaviruses can be found in trace amounts in faecal material and aqueous environments, waterborne infections have not been recorded.[44-46] coronaviruses may be introduced into aquatic habitats through urban or agricultural runoff or via wastewater effluents, as observed in lake, river and coastal waters.[47-49] these viral units are likely to experience considerable decay and loss of infectivity rapidly after arriving in water.[50] several factors can influence virus survival, vitality and infectious capability in water, which include temperature, presence of suspended solid and organic matter, ph, and water treatments and disinfections.[51] rna fragments of the sars-cov-2 virus have not been detected in treated waters,[52] therefore, current water treatment practices are likely to be effective in virus removal. therefore, water is not considered a major transmission risk of sars-cov-2 for sports, due to the instability of water[53] and susceptibility to oxidants, such as chlorine.[54] transmission risk management considerations for sporting activities fig. 2 presents activities that should be considered as end-toend sars-cov-2 transmission risks within sport. a wider covid-19 management system, including the identification, and removal of infectious and potentially infectious (e.g. individuals exposed to infectious individuals) should also form part of the overall sars-cov-2 risk mitigation strategy. athlete medical and professional care screening and testing for covid-19 the risk of the sars-cov-2 spreading within a sporting environment can be reduced by the implementation of appropriate covid-19 protocols, which aim to identify and prevent symptomatic and asymptomatic individuals entering the environment. the primary symptoms (e.g. loss of taste or smell, new or continuous cough, high temperature [>37.8oc], muscle aches and fatigue,[55]) can be monitored daily, and integrated within routine wellbeing types which are common in sport.[56] the effectiveness of temperature screening with non-contact thermometers, in isolation of other monitoring strategies, has recently been questioned.[57] once symptomatic individuals are identified, they can then receive a consultation with a clinician, and/or be referred for appropriate sars-cov-2 diagnostic testing. asymptomatic and pre-symptomatic individuals with covid-19 can have high viral loads, similar to those with clinical disease, indicating that athletes without symptoms are able to transmit the sarscov-2 virus within a sporting environment.[58] various sarscov-2 diagnostic testing protocols exist to identify symptomatic and pre-symptomatic individuals. the implementation of a testing programme would likely be influenced by both clinical reasoning, cost and logistical considerations. the most sensitive tests for acute sars-cov-2 infection are rt-qpcr assays, which amplify and detect specific sequences of the sars-cov-2 genome. multiple commercial and approved (food and drug administration [fda], conformitè europëenne in vitro diagnostic medical devices [ce-ivd]) assays are available to target either single or multiplex regions of the sars-cov-2 genome.[59] best performing assays can detect sars-cov-2 as low as 100 genome copies/ml.[60] rtqpcr testing requires complex infrastructure, undertaken in specialist laboratories. cycle threshold (ct) values provide a proxy measure of viral load in a rt-qpcr test, with values under 30 considered high and highly infectious, values between 30-40 low, and >40 negative.[61-63] whilst the lack of a more accurate comparator test or ‘gold standard’ makes the true accuracy of rt-qpcr difficult to ascertain,[64] sensitivity is thought to range between 70% and 98%, depending on sample type, gene target, and kit manufacturer.[65-66] the specificity of rt-qpcr is high, with large studies estimating it to lie between 97.4 and 99.1%.[67] whilst rt-qpcr provides a high level of sensitivity, the duration of time from swab to results (e.g. transit to, and processing within a laboratory) and the high commercial cost fig. 2. end-to-end transmission risk activities for sports review 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 (approx. £100 gbp / $140 usd if purchased in united kingdom (uk) or r830 zar / $60 usd if purchased in south africa) means that other diagnostic tests may be preferable. lateral flow tests (lft) are an alternative valid, point-of-care diagnostic tool that can detect individuals with high viral loads, within approximately 15 minutes from swab to test outcome.[68] the cost per lft test is approximately £5 gbp if purchased in uk (approx. $7 usd) or approximately r208 zar if purchased in south africa (approx. $15 usd), significantly less than a rt-qpcr test. in independent evaluations (world health organisation emergency use listing; who-eul) approved tests have >80% sensitivity rising to >95% sensitivity in individuals with high viral load (ct <30) and >98% specificity, although this can vary according to manufacturer.[69] sampling technique is important, given when swabs are self-taken and read by non-professionals, the sensitivity may be as low as 40%.[70] as such, the implementation of lft within sports requires careful planning and appropriate training of any staff taking swabs. lft will not capture all positive cases (due to inability to detect low viral loads) but may be appropriate as part of an asymptomatic monitoring strategy. if one positive lft is detected within a cohort during routine lft asymptomatic monitoring, this can be used as a trigger for a surge in daily testing or for the rt-qpcr testing of individuals or whole squads. furthermore, the sample collection to result duration for sars-cov-2 diagnostic tests may also be a consideration for sports. even though rt-qpcr has a higher sensitivity than lft, the longer sample collection to result duration (15 mins vs. approx. 24-36 hrs) may mean that asymptomatic infectious individuals inadvertently remain within the sporting environment if athletes are training daily. alternative assays exist, including real-time loop mediated isothermal amplification (lamp) technology, where swab and saliva samples can be used with minimal processing and extensive laboratory facilities are not required. the typical time to run this diagnostic test is approximately 20 minutes, from sample collection to result.[71] tests undertaken using lamp technology still require molecular expertise, are not truly point-of-care, and the cost reflects the personnel and equipment required to perform them. in the national institute for health research (nihr)-funded evaluation, lamp testing was 79% sensitive on asymptomatic individuals and 100% specific, although it missed more than 50% of cases in a manchester, uk pilot.[71] there seems to be little, if any, increase in sensitivity from lfts to these simplified molecular tools with no extraction, yet they are more complex and expensive to implement. to avoid false positives results, it may be recommended that individuals who have previously tested positive for sarscov-2 are removed from the testing programme for 90 days, due to residual rna remnants following sars-cov-2 acute infection. re-infection is unlikely in the 90 days following an infection,[72] although the evidence still remains unclear.[73] the rollout of vaccination programmes around the world presents a new challenge for the management of athletes.[74] at present, it is unclear how athletes should be managed within routine diagnostic testing cycles once vaccinated for the sars-cov-2 virus. most vaccination regimens are using two doses to first prime, and then boost immunity.[75] a level of protection is gained from the first vaccination, with a trial of the pfizerbiontech bnt162b2 mrna covid-19 vaccine showing 52% efficacy after the first dose.[76] breakout infections following full vaccination are less severe and likely to be less transmissible.[77,78] there is speculation that vaccinated individuals may still asymptomatically carry sars-cov-2 and contribute to its transmission,[79] although data are lacking in this area and will become available via surveillance studies of vaccinated populations. when determining the appropriateness of a diagnostic test for a specific cohort, it is important to also consider the community prevalence of covid-19.[80] as the prevalence declines, the positive predictive value also declines exponentially. even with a diagnostic test with high sensitivity and specificity, at low population prevalence the results may be false positives, as the positive predictive value becomes small.[67] as such, diagnostic testing should be one part of the overall covid-19 risk management measures. providing safe medical and professional care the near-field and far-field transmission risk of the sarscov-2 virus must be carefully considered in the delivery of safe medical and professional care to athletes in sport. athletes are supported by large multidisciplinary teams, consisting of doctors, physiotherapists, nutritionists, psychologists, and masseurs, among others. determining what care can be safely delivered remotely through telemedicine is the most effective means of mitigating any transmission risk.[81] however, certain situations can only be conducted ‘face-to-face’ and consequently this increases potential sars-cov-2 exposure between individuals at close proximity. care deemed necessary and essential, such as supervised rehabilitation, medical examinations and procedures, must be permitted in a risk-mitigated manner.[82,83] delayed or compromised care could negatively impact an athlete’s wellbeing and sporting performance both in the short and longer term, which may result in prolonged recovery, disablement, and impact a future career opportunity. pre-scenario planning most effectively mitigates the sarscov-2 transmission risk. reducing the duration and frequency of interactions can be effective, as clinical environments tend to be specialised and not easily relocated to optimise environmental conditions. national healthcare guidance on personal protective equipment (ppe) has been interpreted for the sporting setting, taking into account the sport-specific nature, including delivery of pitch-side medical care (table 1),[84,85] with the recommendation that athlete patients also wear a face covering for the duration of review.[82] safe and effective use of ppe is founded on good training to ensure it is worn correctly and the risk of self-contamination is minimised during application and removal (donning and doffing). importantly, for those not of an allied healthcare care profession, in the absence of appropriate training, high grade (i.e., level 3) ppe is of no more protection than a simple face covering. all equipment, including ppe, should be single use where possible and, if reusable, subject to appropriate review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 sanitisation protocols. verbal components of consultations should be conducted with physical distancing respected, breaching this only when essential for examinations and other procedures. aerosolgenerating procedures (table 2) can be a significant source of virus transmission when conducted on infectious individuals, due to the aerosolisation of respiratory droplets.[8] consequently, these situations require a higher level of mitigation, through increasing the standard of ppe, and also the need for a dedicated area to limit the exposure to bystanders, which must be subject to appropriate decontamination after use.[84] establishing a sport-specific injury risk profile can help provide covid-19 safe updates to emergency action plans and thus ensure adequate equipment is available to account for ppe availability and sanitisation protocols for equipment between uses. emergency care poses the greatest challenge, due to the need for a rapid response and propensity for these scenarios to involve aerosol-generating procedures. this can include head injuries which carries the potential for airway compromise and cardiac arrest. both airway intervention and chest compressions are deemed potential aerosol-generating procedures.[86] level 3 ppe can take some time to apply, which impacts on the ability for the medical response team to rapidly respond. depending on resource availability and staff familiarity with donning and doffing, organisations may wish to have staff already prepared in level 3 ppe for high-risk settings in order to prevent any unnecessary delay in delivering prompt emergency care.[84,85] in circumstances where only level 2 ppe is available, or there is a delay in donning level 3 ppe, airway interventions beyond simple manoeuvres are not recommended. in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (cpr), chest compressions can be commenced in addition to the use of an automated external defibrillator, provided that a face covering is applied to the casualty which does not impede airflow (i.e. oxygen mask or light cloth). in youth sport, where cardiac arrest can more commonly be triggered by a respiratory cause,[87] ventilation is crucial to survival. medical teams should discuss how they wish to manage this situation, as a delay could severely impact clinical outcomes for the casualty. outside of elite sports protocols, it may be decided that full cpr will be started in the absence of suitable ppe, at a risk to the responders. however, staff should not be put under undue pressure to compromise their own health and safety in the absence of adequate ppe. training and competition transmission risk during outdoor sporting activities the transmission risk of sars-cov-2 during outdoor sporting activities can be determined based on the proximity, duration of close proximity and whether individuals are directly facing each other.[7,88] these factors determine the risk of infectious respiratory aerosol and droplet particles transferred from table 1. recommended personal protective equipment (ppe) guidance for specific clinical situations that may be encountered in the sporting environment [84,85] medical and professional care player interaction ppe level maintaining physical distancing as advised; no face-to-face contact risk 1 not maintaining 2 m distance; with face-to-face contact risk 2 wound care, excluding oral / dental / nasal injuries 2 uncomplicated concussion evaluation e.g. head injury assessment 2 managing complex injuries, with no c-spine involvement e.g. isolated limb or joint injury 2 medical emergency without potential for airway compromise 2 cardiac arrest* without airway interventions therefore with face covered; includes continuous compressions and automated external defibrillator use 2 performing a nasopharyngeal swab 2 nasal and oral procedures, e.g. epistaxis and oral injuries 3 aerosol generating procedures 3 medical emergency with potential for airway compromise e.g. complicated head injury, choking** 3 cardiac arrest* – with airway intervention, therefore without covered compressions 3 *cardiac arrest scenarios have both options of level 2 and level 3 ppe to accommodate for availability in different situations. **in cases of suspected choking, although level 3 ppe provides the most appropriate protection, it is appreciated that an immediate life-saving intervention may be needed which may preclude donning of the extra garments. in these cases, level 2 protection should be a minimum. table 2. interventions with the potential to be aerosol generating procedures activity 1. cardiopulmonary resuscitation (cpr) 2. airway management: any suction of upper airway, use of airway adjuncts and emergency surgical airway procedures 3. breathing management: any form of manual ventilation; bag-valve-mask ventilation using a viral filter is ideal, while mouth-to-mouth ventilation is not recommended 4. medical emergencies with altered levels of consciousness and a risk of comprising of the airways are potentially aerosol-generating procedures 5. nose and throat procedures, such as managing nasal epistaxis or oral lacerations note: nebulising, high flow oxygen administration via facemask, nasopharyngeal swabbing and defibrillation are not considered aerosol generating procedures. review 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 human-to-human. outdoor team sports, which include a large number of prolonged close interactions, or encounters between athletes outdoors (e.g. start or end of a race) pose a potential risk for human-to-human sars-cov-2 transmission. whilst sars-cov-2 transmission during close proximity prolonged interactions outdoors is plausible, to date there has not been any confirmed transmission observed in sport (e.g. rugby league and soccer), despite infectious players inadvertently participating.[10,89,90] during training and match play, it would be assumed that participants have an increased respiration rate due to the demands of exercise, and thus a substantial increase in aerosol expiration.[91] deep exhalation causes a 4to 6-fold increase in aerosol particle concentration, and rapid inhalation increases aerosol particle concentration by a further 2to 3-fold.[92] consequently, the physiological demands of training and match play increases the sars-cov2 transmission risk in comparison to rest, given the increased rate and concentration of infectious particles being expired. during most sporting activities outdoors, the environmental conditions will likely mitigate the risk of sars-cov-2 transmission via expired infectious particles. the very high ventilation rates experienced outdoors, together with higher air velocities, will disperse and dilute the infectious respiratory aerosol particles, thus reducing their concentration prior to inhalation. the closer the proximity between individuals and the longer the duration of the close proximity interactions, the greater the transmission risk of sars-cov-2, even when outdoors.[7,93] some outdoor sporting activities may create indoor-like environmental characteristics (e.g. low ventilation, poor air flow), and therefore may remain high risk for transmission.[88] for example, a team huddle, face-to-face wrestling action, or rugby scrum may reduce ventilation, and therefore respiratory aerosol and droplet particles may behave in a similar way to indoor interactions, thus increasing the sars-cov-2 transmission risk. however, to date, no sarscov-2 transmission has been reported during these activities. the outdoor transmission risk appears to be lower than first suggested, which has since been reflected in the modification of outdoor contact-tracing frameworks in sport.[7,88] whilst the sars-cov-2 transmission risk during outdoor team sports appears to have been downgraded, the data available only provides a preliminary insight into the overall risk, given the small sample sizes within the respective studies.[10,89,90] for example, in rugby league, eight infectious players inadvertently participated in matches with 100 other players.[10] in the 14 days following the matches, five players tested positive for sars-cov-2 via rt-qpcr, although these positive cases were most likely traced to social interactions, car sharing and wider community transmission and were not linked to in-match transmission. in outdoor evasion team sports, the overall purpose is to avoid the opposition. thus in some sports, this will mean that during the match close proximity interactions between players are rare and may only be fleeting in nature.[10] the greatest risk of sars-cov-2 transmission during outdoor sporting activities may be activities that are pre-match or proceed after that training activity, match or competition.[94] close proximity conversations, drink breaks, and pre-match, post-match or celebratory huddles may pose the greatest risk of sars-cov2 transmission, and should therefore be considered within sports risk mitigation strategies for outdoor sport activities. transmission risk during indoor sporting activities in addition to the aforementioned outdoor risk factors (e.g. ventilation of space, duration of close proximity between individuals), further considerations in indoor training settings should be given to the increased breathing frequency and particle expiration, particularly with moderate to vigorous aerobic activities.[91,92,95] activities associated with forced exhalation and deeper breathing have been shown to generate aerosol droplets that travel beyond 2 m,[96,97] extending the near-field transmission zone. the distance droplets and aerosols spread in the air can also be influenced by how an athlete moves within a space, given the risk of aerosol cloud formation within poorly ventilated spaces. mitigation strategies to compensate this include increasing physical distancing beyond 2 m, positioning equipment so that people face away from each other, the use of screens, and avoiding loud background music (which requires individuals to shout to be heard, further increasing the generation of aerosols and droplets). the regulations on the use of face coverings in indoor settings vary between countries, and use during exercise is an area of debate.[98-101] it may provide some discomfort and sweating can result in the mask becoming damp, although the risk to the mask wearer appears minimal. some indoor training activities may be more amenable for mask wearing (e.g. resistance training). furthermore, if physical distancing is inadvertently and temporarily breached whilst moving around indoors, face coverings may provide a further mitigation strategy to reduce the risk of sars-cov-2 transmission. this may also help mitigate inadvertent highrisk sars-cov-2 transmission situations (e.g. where people may congregate; entrances and exits, changing rooms and lockers, holding areas). physical distancing, the wearing of face coverings by staff and athletes where possible, and avoiding talking to others during or immediately after exercise can help reduce the sars-cov2 transmission risk during indoor sporting activities. fomite transmission should also be considered in relation to all surfaces, prioritising high-contact areas (e.g. drinking facilities, shared equipment, clothing). sweat does not appear to be a transmission mechanism for sars-cov-2,[102] thus surface contamination would be via fomites, caused by infectious respiratory aerosol and droplets. individual labelled drinks containers, clothing and towels, in addition to appropriate cleaning practices (e.g. paper towel, disinfectant spray and bins close to equipment, and clothing washed at a temperature of 60°c or above immediately after use) can help mitigate the sars-cov-2 transmission risk. transmission risk during aquatic activities the potential transmission risk of sars-cov-2 during aquatic activities is via transmission in water and expired aerosol and droplet transmission, linked to the proximity (and potential overcrowding) between individuals. the poor resistance of review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 8 enveloped viruses, such as sars-cov-2, to disinfected waters explains the limited transmissibility of this virus in water, regardless of the initial viral load.[103-105] furthermore, warmer water temperatures (i.e. >20-30° c) inactivate the virus quicker than lower temperatures (i.e., 4° c),[106] and previous studies have suggested that some natural spa, waters may already have an intrinsic antibacterial activity due to their chemical and physical properties, as well as due to their resident microflora.[107-109] the presence of viruses in the water of swimming pools is directly linked with contamination by bathers that could release traces of biological fluids, such as saliva or nasal mucus droplets, vomit or faeces.[110,111] pathogens and rna fragments can be detected in recreational waters (e.g. swimming pools) for several reasons, including inadequate compliance with disinfection procedures and technical failures. however, the primary risk of sars-cov-2 transmission between individuals remains via respiratory aerosols and droplets.[105,112] from a descriptive epidemiology perspective, the covid-19 pandemic affected people involved in very different occupational, recreational, or physical activities, but no outbreaks have been associated to swimming pools. physical distancing, masks and handwashing remain the key issues for prevention, and the practice of swimming itself would not represent a major risk compared to other activities and environments. both swimming pools and spa waters do not seem to constitute a specific risk, at least according to current epidemiological data.[105,112] the risk of sars-cov-2 transmission in water appears low, especially with the implementation of mitigation strategies. the sars-cov-2 transmission risk in aquatic sports appears linked to insufficient physical distancing whilst in swimming pools and spas, similar to other environments. maintaining physical distancing, avoiding overcrowding by scheduling systems, and the implementation of a one-way system to avoid inadvertent clustering of individuals should be a priority. similarly, optimising indoor ventilation and considering relative humidity and uv light (e.g. sunlight)[20,24] will collectively reduce the transmissibility of sars-cov-2 within swimming pools and similar environments. associated activities (e.g. changing rooms, travel) may pose the greatest sars-cov-2 transmission risk for aquatic sports. unique to aquatic sports is the need for changing room access (in comparison to soccer for example), therefore these sars-cov2 transmission risks should be considered, allowing similar risk mitigation strategies as other non-aquatic sports to be applied. associated sporting activities indoor meetings within sports, indoor individual and team meetings potentially pose a significant risk of sars-cov-2 transmission. advice regarding sars-cov-2 transmission in educational settings is applicable to team meetings in sporting contexts. this can be broadly categorised as advice relating to near-field transmission (i.e. transmission via larger respiratory aerosol droplets and person-to-person contact), and far-field transmission (i.e. transmission via fine aerosol droplets that become truly airborne). for any team meeting, it is advisable that individuals are seated at least 1 m (preferably 2 m) apart in an arrangement that avoids face-to-face exposure (i.e. participants seated behind each other rather than face-to-face). it is also advisable that face masks should be worn indoors, even when physical distancing is practised.[18] this is not primarily to protect the wearers (although some limited protection appears to be afforded by wearing low-efficiency medical and cloth masks),[113] but rather because there is evidence that wearing even low-quality masks reduces the emissions of sars-cov-2 virus-laden particles, both droplets and aerosols.[114,115] face masks block the shedding of ballistic droplets and larger aerosols and reduce the shedding of smaller respirable aerosols.[114,116] while it can be argued that face coverings are not always necessary indoors when good physical distancing is exercised and spaces are well ventilated,[117] given the wider implications associated with an athlete contracting covid-19 (e.g. weakened teams, abandoned matches and tours), the wearing of face masks is recommended when attending meetings held indoors. the airflow within a room is of paramount importance. it has been calculated that under steady-state conditions, the airborne viral load may reach as high as 1 248 rna copies/m3 in a poorly ventilated room, simply due to the breathing by a super-emitter (table 3).[118] in order to mitigate airborne (farfield) transmission, it is necessary to ensure the room space is well ventilated with outside air (i.e. >10 l/s per person) to ensure co2 levels are maintained below 1 000 ppm.[19,31] if room co2 levels exceed this threshold, strategies to increase the ventilation rate should be adopted. if the space is mechanically ventilated, the amount of outside air delivered should be maximised and the recirculated air minimised.[19] care should also be taken in buildings that employ centralised table 3. covid-19 r-numbers for a 1 400 m3 open-place office, occupied by 40 people for 8 hours each day, with a single pre/asymptomatic person present throughout the entire period [124,125] scenario quanta production rate (quanta/hr) ventilation rate (4 l/s per person) ventilation rate (10 l/s per person) ventilation rate (20 l/s per person) quiet desk work (low viral shedder) 0.3 0.25 0.13 0.07 quiet desk work (standard viral shedder) 1.0 0.84 0.42 0.24 talking sedentary 5.0 4.00 2.10 1.20 super-spreader (low) 20.0 14.00 7.60 4.40 super-spreader (high) 100.0 35.00 26.00 18.0 the values presented in columns 3-5 above are the predicted r-values (i.e. the expected number of secondary covid-19 infections arising from one infected person attending the office for 5 working days) for the specified ventilation rates. the quanta production rate associated with each activity scenario (column 1) is specified in column 2. review 9 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 heating, ventilation and air conditioning (hvac) systems. in such systems, to save energy during the winter months, up to about 80% of the extracted room air (return air) can be recirculated, with the result that aerosols containing the sarscov-2 virus may be widely re-distributed around the building.[19] if this is the case and it is not possible to convert the system to a full ‘fresh air’ system, then it may be necessary to retrofit ultraviolet (uvc) lamps, with a wavelength of 254 nm, into the return air ducts to disinfect the air and prevent recirculation of the virus.[19] whilst in team meetings, sars-cov-2 transmission risk can be worsened if the infector is talking loudly or shouting / singing. with an average sputum viral load, it has been estimated that speaking in a loud voice for one minute will generate >1 000 virion-containing aerosols.[119] therefore, theoretically a super-shedder, emitting a 100-fold higher viral load than average, could shed >100 000 virions in emitted droplets per minute of speaking.[120] applying findings from other settings, outbreaks have been reported in: nightclubs,[14] religious gatherings,[121,122] choirs and singing events,[123] and weddings. all these settings involve a high density of individuals within confined spaces for considerable periods of time, with most involving singing or talking in order to be heard above the background noise. while the short range (near-field) risk posed by ballistic droplets >100 μm can be mitigated by physical distancing, screens, and the use of face masks[18,126] during team meetings, the longer range (far-field) threat posed by smaller infectious aerosols must be countered either by ventilation which flushes airborne particles from the room space, or by air disinfection which biologically inactivates the virus.[20] the effectiveness of air purifiers can be determined via clean air delivery rate (cadr). the cadr indicates how many cubic meters of cleaned air the air purifier provides per hour and thus corresponds to the product of filter efficiency and volume flow rate that the unit circulates. at a cadr of 750 m³/h, the risk of infection per hour of time spent in a room with an infected person has been proposed to be reduced to 10%.[127] whilst the risk of infection is reduced, other mitigation strategies, such as ventilation and/or wearing masks, should also be implemented. air purifiers can be used between meetings, which typically provide three to six air changes per hour, although higher air change values (e.g. 6) are recommended during the covid-19 pandemic, to reduce the risk of infectious particles remaining within an environment.[127] further considerations should also be made when the air is cooler and drier, given that it has been shown that the sarscov-2 virus survives in aerosols for considerably longer,[27,28,128] and the viral half-life is >10 times longer during the winter and autumn months compared with the summer.[25] breaks and social interactions similar to many other occupational settings, individuals in sport may have coffee and lunch breaks throughout the day. these breaks can become high sars-cov-2 transmission risk situations, due to multiple people congregating in one location (e.g. queuing in the canteen), touching the same object or surface (e.g. coffee machine), and people wanting to socialise and speak to each other whilst being less vigilant. this can be worsened by the fact that masks must be removed to eat and drink. it is therefore important to carefully consider how social breaks are managed, so as not to inadvertently undermine infection control measures taken elsewhere. given the above, it is important to plan both spatially and temporally how social breaks are undertaken. this is particularly important when team meetings are held in shared facilities that might be occupied by other groups (e.g. sports centres). this also applies to the serving and eating of food, whereby buffet style meal serving will pose a greater risk of sars-cov-2 than table service, due to the risk of clustering and human-to-human interactions. where possible, people should be encouraged to physically distance themselves, eat and drink outdoors, and wear face masks up until the point where food or drink is consumed. it may also be advantageous to stagger meal timings to avoid large groups being within shared spaces without masks for a period of time. if consuming food and drink outdoors is not possible, then the seating and tables should be arranged to facilitate physical distancing in a well-ventilated space. travel and transportation sars-cov-2 transmission during travel poses a risk for elite sport, given that teams often travel in large groups both nationally and internationally. when planning travel arrangements, it is important to consider the mode of transport, required stops, and accommodation. in all situations, near-field risks can be mitigated via physically distancing, seating positions (e.g. seated behind, or side-byside, but not facing other travellers [129]), wearing face masks and minimising the unnecessary movement of individuals. during travel it is preferable that a distance of 2 m is maintained during the entire journey. this may also serve to reduce the density of people within a space [130] and also prohibit car sharing, due to the inability to maintain a physical distance of 2 m between individuals. when making travel plans, it is important to consider the prevalence of covid-19 in the destination population, as this will influence the likelihood of an interaction with an infectious native individual.[80] if the prevalence is high, extra precautions may be required, including bubbling the athletic group, as there will be a much greater chance of interactions occurring with hotel staff, officials and other support or service staff. this group may also benefit from routine screening protocols, which may include symptom monitoring, and daily sars-cov-2 diagnostic testing. travel on commercial public transport vehicles introduces a higher level of sars-cov-2 transmission risk exposure than travelling on a privately chartered vehicle, due to potential interactions with unmonitored individuals. chartered transport may not always be possible due to financial constraints. therefore, it is advisable to keep records of designated named seating plans. during the journey, movement around and conversation should be avoided with travellers.[129] the wearing of face masks will afford some protection to the wearer and prevent the dispersion of large respiratory droplets that could impact other travellers.[116] review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 10 limiting unnecessary travel breaks, and time spent at potential ‘infection hubs’ (e.g. shared spaces within airports, such as passport control and security screening, train stations, and motorway service stations) is advisable throughout a journey. this ensures that the group interacts with fewer external environments and individuals. journeys should be kept as short as possible in order to minimise overall risk to all involved. the far-field transmission risk is dictated largely by the ventilation characteristics of the particular passenger vehicle in question. in cars and older style buses and trains, it is possible to open the windows to promote ventilation. newer buses (coaches) and train carriages are typically hermetically sealed, and tend to overheat, especially in direct sunlight. as such they require mechanical cooling (air conditioning) and ventilation. this, however, consumes a considerable amount of energy,[131] with the result that manufacturers and operators tend to recirculate most of the air and minimise the amount of ‘fresh’ outdoor air that is supplied to the carriages.[132] co2 concentrations >1 800 ppm[132-134] and as high as 5 525 ppm[135] have been recorded on urban railway carriages during peak periods (co2 concentrations in well-ventilated spaces are generally <1 000 ppm).[19,31] this suggests that during periods of high occupancy, ventilation rates in passenger carriages are frequently inadequate to protect passengers from far-field sars-cov-2 transmission. given this, it is advisable for athletes to travel in a significantly reduced occupancy, which will also be a by-product of physical distancing measures. unlike trains and coaches, the air conditioning systems in aircraft cabins are generally fitted with high-efficiency particulate air (hepa) filters which are highly effective at removing viral particles from recirculated air,[11] keeping the supply clean and free of pathogens. they also allow a high air change rate to be maintained in the cabin space, which is much higher than would be normally found in buildings. few cases of covid-19 transmission have thus far been reported.[11,136] hepa filters make travelling in aircrafts less risky compared with other forms of transport with poorer ventilation properties. nevertheless, transmission events have occurred on long-haul flights [137] and therefore it is advisable to continue with good behavioural standards during flights.[11] one strategy that is often employed during periods of travel (including tournaments) to reduce the risk of infection is cohorting,[138] which in effect creates small ‘bubbles’, beyond which an infection cannot proceed.[129] in the context of travel, this might involve breaking the travelling party into smaller sub-groups (cohorts), so that each person interacts with only a few others.[129] the formation of ‘travel bubbles’ greatly reduces connectivity of the whole travel party, thus reducing the risk of sars-cov-2 exposure, and an individual from contracting covid-19, thus inhibiting the spread of the disease, and minimising the number of contacts identified who require isolation. this useful strategy may be expanded to camps and tournaments, where long stays are required in hotels and other types of accommodation. in this situation, enhanced protocols are required for the duration of the ‘travel bubble’ to prevent sars-cov-2 spreading within the group. this could also be extended to cover seating arrangements at meals, etc. additionally, the ‘travel bubble’ should limit the interaction with others from outside of this cohort (e.g. waiters), and have strict entry criteria should the cohort need to be expanded (e.g. new players or an additional service added). given the 14-day sars-cov-2 virus cycle, groups of athletes (and associated staff) should ensure that they follow a quarantine period for this duration of time, prior to becoming a ‘true bubble’, whereby physical distancing is not required, due to the cohort being confirmed as not infectious or infected with sars-cov-2. within this bubble, no interaction should take place with individuals from outside of this group (e.g. family or friends) to ensure that the virus cannot enter the group. transmission risk from spectators and media to sports staff and athletes risks from spectators, media and event staff is best understood by considering an event as a gathering comprising all present. where physical distancing is breached, outdoors or indoors, four risk factors have been identified. these are, the size of gathering, the density (at the macro-level, this is a measure for the whole gathering [number of people in a given space], at the micro level this can be interpreted as proximity or distance between individuals), the duration (both overall time at the gathering, or time spent in any particular interaction as part of the gathering), and the extent of circulation within the gathering.[130] this can be concurrently managed to mitigate each other in relation to community prevalence. in addition to the increased indoor transmission risk, an ‘indoor crowding effect’ has also been observed, where people naturally gather closer together.[130,139,140] sars-cov-2 diagnostic testing of media or other personnel prior to athlete interacts (e.g. interviews) can be also used to reduce the sars-cov-2 transmission risk. sars-cov-2 transmission risk for an event can be calculated based on community prevalence, event attendance, and the theoretical assumption that 50% of infected individuals are asymptomatic and presymptomatic. consequently, if community infection is 4 in 1 000, 2 are aware they are infectious (e.g. symptomatic) and therefore would not attend, for a gathering of 10 000 people, 20 infectious individuals may be unknowingly present within the crowd. this risk can by reduced via an increase in mass asymptomatic testing of the community. if the four identified mitigatable risks (size of gathering, density, duration, circulation) are applied to each fixture, the risk can be understood.[130] for example, a premiership soccer match is a large gathering, but with allocated seats, meaning the density is known, and the potential duration and circulation between the spectators and the group of athletes can be managed. at a ‘sunday league’ fixture, despite being a smaller gathering, the sars-cov-2 transmission risk to the group of athletes may be greater, given that spectators are typically not in allocated seats, can circulate freely, and have the potential to become within close proximity of athletes. some events (e.g. snooker, swimming) traditionally involve athletes being within closer proximity to spectators due to venue characteristics, which are also indoors. review 11 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 overall system to mitigate sars-cov-2 transmission within sport this review presents a summary of end-to-end sars-cov-2 transmission risk considerations for sport, providing an overview of transmission mechanisms and risks within specific scenarios and situations that are common for sport. sports should aim to identify and reduce the chance of infectious individuals entering the environment, and then quantify and mitigate higher risk situations to prevent the spread of covid-19 should an infectious individual enter the environment. the likelihood of this occurring increases during periods of high community covid-19 prevalence, given the significant association observed between new weekly cases of covid-19 in the community and professional rugby.[80] despite intensive monitoring and mitigation strategies, infectious individuals may still inadvertently enter the sporting environment. the identification and isolation of players and staff in elite sport should be undertaken with appropriate precision to prevent infected individuals remaining in the environment (e.g. resulting in potential virus transmission), and preventing low-risk contacts having to isolate, which potentially increases the risk of injury when returning. in addition, isolation may result in psychological strain, as well as causing wider disruption to competitions. therefore, sports are required to identify individuals who have potentially been exposed to the virus and are subsequently required to isolate. this can be a challenging if national government guidelines have not been developed for sports. in addition to covid-19’s specific protocols, the availability and sharing of video footage or human-to-human proximity data and subject interview, allows accurate close contact identification once a sars-cov-2 positive case is found. sportspecific contact tracing frameworks have been previously proposed (e.g. team sport risk exposure framework (tsref),[7] which has been used to identify increased risk sporting activities and to identify and isolate increased risk contacts during sporting activities.[10] the ts-ref has been applied to rugby league match activities (fig. 3a), which were consequently assigned a rating of ‘increased, medium or low risk’. this identified tackles and scrums as increased risk activities (fig. 3b). rule and player behaviour interventions were then developed and implemented to reduce the relative risk of rugby league match play from a sars-cov-2 transmission perspective (fig. 3c). as a consequence, rugby league in england temporarily removed fig. 3. (a) a list of rugby league game-specific actions, (b) application of team sport risk exposure framework (ts-ref)[7], (c) rugby league game-specific actions following potential risk-reduction interventions review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 12 scrums during the covid-19 pandemic to reduce the potential sars-cov-2 transmission risk. this also reduced the number of players that would have been required to isolate due to their involvement in increased risk activities, should an infectious player inadvertently participate in a match. the ts-ref has more recently been updated (the team sport risk exposure framework 2; ts-ref-2, fig. 4) to address the increased sars-cov-2 transmission risks indoors compared with outdoors. guidance on practically determining indoor and outdoor environments has been proposed, which considers if the space has a roof, the air velocity at low levels, the volume of the space and density of people in the area, environmental conditions and co2 concentration.[88] in addition to government contact tracing guidelines, the sportspecific frameworks may further support the identification of close contacts within a sporting environment, helping to reduce the risk of the infectious individual staying in the environment. conclusion this review provides a summary of end-to-end sars-cov-2 transmission risk factors for sport and an overview of transmission mechanisms to be considered by all stakeholders. the risk of sars-cov-2 transmission is greatest indoors, and primarily influenced by the ventilation of the environment and (close) proximity of the individuals. the sars-cov-2 transmission risk outdoors, via water and from fomites, appears less than initially thought. mitigation strategies include comprehensive end-to-end scenario planning of activities to optimise physical distancing, mask wearing and hygiene practice (for individuals, environment and equipment). the identification and removal of infectious individuals and their close contacts should be undertaken with appropriate precision to prevent further transmission. sports should aim to undertake activities outdoors where possible, given the lower sars-cov-2 transmission risk, in comparison to indoor environments. finally, the risk mitigation strategies presented may be applicable beyond the covid-19 pandemic to reduce the risk of virus transmission in sport. author contributions: bj, gp, mjc, spk, kas, cb conceptualised the review. bj, gp drafted the introduction, sections on sars-cov-2 transmission during outdoor sports activities and the overall risk mitigation section. fv, lb, vrp drafted the sections on sars-cov-2 transmission in water. te, era drafted the sections on sars-cov-2 fomite transmission and screening. rjc, cd, aj drafted the sections on sars-cov-2 transmission during indoor sports activities. gp, lh, jp drafted the sections on providing safe medical care. mw drafted the section on sars-cov-2 transmission with spectators and media. cb drafted the sections on sars-cov-2 transmission mechanisms and transmission risks during associated sporting activities. fig. 4. the team sport risk exposure framework 2; ts-ref-2 to identify increased risk contacts in sport [88] review 13 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 all authors critically reviewed, edited and approved the final manuscript. references 1. stokes ka, jones b, bennett m, et al. returning to play after prolonged training restrictions in professional collision sports. int j sports med 2020;41(13):895-911. [doi: 10.1055/a-1180-3692] [pmid: 32483768] 2. coronaviridae study group of the international committee on taxonomy of viruses. the species severe acute respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus: classifying 2019-ncov and naming it sars-cov-2. nat microbiol 2020; 5(4):536-544. [doi: 10.1038/s41564-020-0695-z] [pmid: 32123347] 3. jayaweera m, perera h, gunawardana b, et al. transmission of covid-19 virus by droplets and aerosols: a critical review on the unresolved dichotomy. environ res 2020;188:109819. [doi: 10.1016/j.envres.2020.109819] [pmid: 32569870] 4. wang j, du g. covid-19 may transmit through aerosol. ir j med sci 2020;189(4):1143-1144. [doi: 10.1007/s11845-020-02218-2] [pmid: 32212099] 5. wang h, li x, li t, et al. the genetic sequence, origin, and diagnosis of sars-cov-2. eur j clin microbiol infect dis 2020;39(9):1629-1635. [doi: 10.1007/s10096-020-03899-4] [pmid: 32333222] 6. kemp s, cowie cm, gillett m, et al. sports medicine leaders working with government and public health to plan a ‘returnto-sport’ during the covid-19 pandemic: the uk’s collaborative five-stage model for elite sport. br j sports med 2021;55(1):4-5. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2020-102834] [pmid: 32661129] 7. jones b, phillips g, kemp sp, et al. a team sport risk exposure framework to support the return to sport. br j sports med 2020. [https://blogs.bmj.com/bjsm/2020/07/01/a-team-sport-riskexposure-framework-to-support-the-return-to-sport] (accessed 9 september 2020) 8. anderson el, turnham p, griffin jr, et al. consideration of the aerosol transmission for covid-19 and public health. risk anal 2020;40(5):902-907. [doi: 10.1111/risa.13500] [pmid: 32356927] 9. morawska l, cao j. airborne transmission of sars-cov-2: the world should face the reality. environ int 2020;139:105730. [doi: 10.1016/j.envint.2020.105730] [pmid: 32294574] 10. jones b, phillips g, kemp s, et al. sars-cov-2 transmission during rugby league matches: do players become infected after participating with sars-cov-2 positive players? br j sports med 2021;55(4):807-813. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2020-103714] [pmid: 33574043] 11. pombal r, hosegood i, powell d. risk of covid-19 during air travel. jama 2020;324(17):1798. [doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.19108] [pmid: 33022035] 12. tang jw, bahnfleth wp, bluyssen pm, et al. dismantling myths on the airborne transmission of severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus-2 (sars-cov-2). j hosp infect 2021;110:89-96. [doi: 10.1016/j/jhin.2020.12.022] [pmid: 33453351] 13. tang jw, marr lc, li y, et al. covid-19 has redefined airborne transmission. bmj 2021; 373:n913. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.n913] [pmid: 33853842] 14. greenhalgh t, jimenez jl, prather ka, et al. ten scientific reasons in support of airborne transmission of sars-cov-2. lancet 2021;397(10285):1603–1605. [doi:10.1016/s01406736(21)00869-2] [pmid: 33865497] 15. nicas m, nazaroff ww, hubbard a. toward understanding the risk of secondary airborne infection: emission of respirable pathogens. j occup environ hyg 2005;2(3):143–154. [doi: 10.1080/15459620590918466] [pmid: 15764538] 16. marr lc, tang jw, van mullekom j, et al. mechanistic insights into the effect of humidity on airborne influenza virus survival, transmission and incidence. j r soc interface 2019; 16:20180298. [doi: 10.1098/rsif.2018.0298] [pmid: 30958176] 17. lindsley wg, noti jd, blachere fm, et al. efficacy of face shields against cough aerosol droplets from a cough simulator. j occup environ hyg 2014;11(8):509–518. [doi: 10.1080/15459624.2013.877591] [pmid: 24467190] 18. chu dk, akl ea, duda s, et al. physical distancing, face masks, and eye protection to prevent person-to-person transmission of sars-cov-2 and covid-19: a systematic review and metaanalysis. lancet 2020;395(10242):1973–1987. [doi: 10.1016/s01406736(20)31142-9] [pmid: 32497510] 19. burridge hc, bhagat rk, stettler mej, et al. the ventilation of buildings and other mitigating measures for covid-19: a focus on wintertime. proc r soc a 2021;477(2247):20200855. [doi: 10.1098/rspa.2020.0855] 20. beggs cb, avital ej. upper-room ultraviolet air disinfection might help to reduce covid-19 transmission in buildings: a feasibility study. peerj 2020;8:e10196. [doi:10.7717/peerj.10196] [pmid: 33083158] 21. bhagat rk, wykes ms, dalziel sb, et al. effects of ventilation on the indoor spread of covid-19. j fluid mech 2020;903:f1. [doi: 10.1017/jfm.2020.720] 22. mittal r, meneveau c, wu w. a mathematical framework for estimating risk of airborne transmission of covid-19 with application to face mask use and social distancing. phys fluids 2020 1;32(10):101903. [doi: 10.1063/5.0025476] [pmid: 33100806] 23. beggs cb. evaluation of the sars-cov-2 virus transmission risks associated with parkruns in england. queen mary university of london report for parkrun global limited. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1a6m5w7wxctbjjxbrwnhuq q-_vkbnzonl/view (accessed 19th april 2021) 24. dabisch p, schuit m, herzog a, et al. the influence of temperature, humidity, and simulated sunlight on the infectivity of sars-cov-2 in aerosols. aerosol sci technol 2021;55(2):142– 153. [ 10.1080/02786826.2020.1829536] [pmid: 33822064] 25. beggs cb, avital ej. a psychrometric model to assess the biological decay of the sars-cov-2 virus in aerosols. peerj 2021;9:e11024. [doi:10.7717/peerj.11024] [pmid: 33717712] 26. sun s, li j, han j. how human thermal plume influences nearhuman transport of respiratory droplets and airborne particles: a review. environ chem lett 2021; 19:1971-1982. [doi: 10.1007/s10311-020-01178-4] [pmid: 33495695] 27. schuit m, ratnesar-shumate s, yolitz j, et al. airborne sarscov-2 is rapidly inactivated by simulated sunlight. j infect dis 2020;222(4):564–571. [doi: 10.1093/infdis/jiaa334] [pmid: 32525979] 28. riley ec, murphy g, riley rl. airborne spread of measles in a suburban elementary school. am j epidemiol 1978;107(5):421– 432. [doi: 10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112560] [pmid: 665658] 29. beggs cb, noakes cj, sleigh pa, et al. the transmission of tuberculosis in confined spaces: an analytical review of alternative epidemiological models. int j tuberc lung dis 2003;7(11):1015–1026. [pmid: 14598959] 30. beggs cb, shepherd sj, kerr kg. potential for airborne transmission of infection in the waiting areas of healthcare premises: stochastic analysis using a monte carlo model. bmc infect dis 2010; 10:247. [doi: 10.1186/1471-2334-10-247] [pmid: 20727178] 31. rudnick sn, milton dk. risk of indoor airborne infection transmission estimated from carbon dioxide concentration. indoor air 2003;13(3):237–245. [doi: 10.1034/j.16000668.2003.00189.x] [pmid: 12950586] 32. van doremalen n, bushmaker t, morris dh, et al. aerosol and surface stability of sars-cov-2 as compared with sars-cov-1. https://doi.org/10.1080/02786826.2020.1829536 review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 14 n engl j med 2020;382(16):1564–1567. [doi: 10.1056/nejmc2004973] [pmid: 32182409] 33. chin awh, chu jts, perera mra, et al. stability of sars-cov2 in different environmental conditions. lancet microbe 2020;1(1):e10. [doi: 10.1016/s2666-5247(20)30003-3] [pmid: 32835322] 34. edwards t, kay ga, aljayyoussi g, et al. sars-cov-2 transmission risk from sports equipment (strike). medrxiv preprints 2021 [doi: 10.1101/2021.02.04.21251127] 35. pelisser m, thompson j, majra d, et al. sports balls as potential sars-cov-2 transmission vectors. public health pract 2020;1:100029. [doi: 10.1016/j.puhip.2020.100029] [pmid: 34173569] 36. ong sw, tan yk, chia py, et al. air, surface environmental, and personal protective equipment contamination by severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov-2) from a symptomatic patient. jama 2020;323(16):1610–1612. [doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.3227] [pmid: 32129805] 37. salido ra, morgan sc, rojas mi, et al. handwashing and detergent treatment greatly reduce sars-cov-2 viral load on halloween candy handled by covid-19 patients. msystems 2020;5(6):e01074-01020. [doi: 10.1128/msystems.01074-20] [pmid: 33127739] 38. ben-shmuel a, brosh-nissimov t, glinert i, et al. detection and infectivity potential of severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov-2) environmental contamination in isolation units and quarantine facilities. clin microbiol infect 2020;26(12):1658–1662. [doi: 10.1016/j.cmi.2020.09.004] [pmid: 32919072] 39. goldman e. exaggerated risk of transmission of covid-19 by fomites. lancet infect dis 2020;20(8):892–893. [doi: 10.1016/s1473-3099(20)30561-2] [pmid: 32628907] 40. cevik m, kuppalli k, kindrachuk j, et al. virology, transmission, and pathogenesis of sars-cov-2. bmj 2020;371:m3862. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.m3862] [pmid: 33097561] 41. byrne rl, kay ga, kontogianni k, et al. saliva alternative to upper respiratory swabs for sars-cov-2 diagnosis. emerg infect dis 2020;26(11):2769-2770. [doi: 10.3201/eid2611.203283] [pmid: 32917294] 42. harbourt de, haddow ad, piper ae, et al. modeling the stability of severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov-2) on skin, currency, and clothing. plos negl trop dis 2020;14(11):e0008831. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pntd.0008831] [pmid: 33166294] 43. wilson am, weir mh, bloomfield sf, et al. modelling covid19 infection risks for a single hand-to-fomite scenario and potential risk reductions offered by surface disinfection. am j infect control 2020;49(6):846-848. [doi: 10.1016/j.ajic.2020.11.013] [pmid: 33207258] 44. bibby k, peccia j. identification of viral pathogen diversity in sewage sludge by metagenome analysis. environ sci technol 2013;47(4):1945-1951. [doi:. 10.1021/es305181x] [pmid: 23346855] 45. cantalupo pg, calgua b, zhao g, et al. raw sewage harbors diverse viral populations. mbio 2011;2(5):e00180-001811. [doi: 10.1128/mbio.00180-11] [pmid: 21972239] 46. gall am, mariñas bj, lu y, et al. waterborne viruses: a barrier to safe drinking water. plos pathog 2015;11(6):e1004867. [doi: 10.1371/journal.ppat.1004867] [pmid: 26110535] 47. guerrero-latorre l, ballesteros i, villacrés-granda i, et al. sarscov-2 in river water: implications in low sanitation countries. sci total environ 2020;743:140832. [doi: 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.140832] [pmid: 32679506] 48. haramoto e, malla b, thakali o, et al. first environmental surveillance for the presence of sars-cov-2 rna in wastewater and river water in japan. sci total environ 2020;737:140405. [doi:org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.140405] [pmid: 32783878] 49. rimoldi sg, stefani f, gigantiello a, et al. presence and infectivity of sars-cov-2 virus in wastewaters and rivers. sci total environ 2020;744:140911. [doi: 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.140911] [pmid: 32693284] 50. gundy pm, gerba cp, pepper il. survival of coronaviruses in water and wastewater. food environ virol 2009;1(1):10. [doi: 10.1007/s12560-008-9001-6] 51. tran hn, le gt, nguyen dt, et al. sars-cov-2 coronavirus in water and wastewater: a critical review about presence and concern. environ res 2021;193:110265. [doi: 10.1016/j.envres.2020.110265] [pmid: 33011225] 52. sherchan sp, shahin s, ward lm, et al. first detection of sarscov-2 rna in wastewater in north america: a study in louisiana, usa. sci total environ 2020;743:140621. [doi: 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.140621] [pmid: 32758821] 53. wigginton kr, ye y, ellenberg rm. emerging investigators series: the source and fate of pandemic viruses in the urban water cycle. environ sci water res technol 2015;1(6):735–746. [doi: 10.1039/c5ew00125k] 54. pinon a, vialette m. survival of viruses in water. intervirology 2018;61(5):214–222. [doi: 10.1159/000484899] [pmid: 29316545] 55. esakandari h, nabi-afjadi m, fakkari-afjadi j, et al. a comprehensive review of covid-19 characteristics. biol proced online 2020;22:19. [doi: 10.1186/s12575-202-00129-2] [pmid: 32774178] 56. saw ae, main lc, gastin pb. monitoring the athlete training response: subjective self-reported measures trump commonly used objective measures: a systematic review. br j sports med 2016;50(5):281-291. [doi:org/10.1136/bjsports-2015-094758] [pmid: 26423706] 57. wright wf, mackowiak pa. why temperature screening for coronavirus disease 2019 with noncontact infrared thermometers does not work. open forum infect dis 2020;8(1):ofaa603. [doi: 10.1093/ofid/ofaa603] [pmid: 33506067] 58. lee s, meyler p, mozel m, et al. asymptomatic carriage and transmission of sars-cov-2: what do we know? can j anaesth 2020;67(10):1424-1430. [doi: 10.1007/s12630-020-01729-x] [pmid: 32488493] 59. wang x, yao h, xu x, et al. limits of detection of 6 approved rt–pcr kits for the novel sars-coronavirus-2 (sars-cov-2). clin chem 2020;66(7):977–979. [doi: 10.1093/clinchem/hvaa009] [pmid: 32282874] 60. arnaout r, lee ra, lee gr, et al. sars-cov2 testing: the limit of detection matters. biorxiv 2020;6(2):131144. [doi: 10.1101/2020.06.02.121144] [pmid: 32577640] 61. la scola b, le bideau m, andreani j, et al. viral rna load as determined by cell culture as a management tool for discharge of sars-cov-2 patients from infectious disease wards. eur j clin microbiol infect dis 2020;39(6):1059–1061. [doi: 10.107/s10096-020-03913-9] [pmid: 32342252] 62. marot s, calvez v, louet m, et al. interpretation of sars-cov-2 replication according to rt-pcr crossing threshold value. clin microbiol infect 2021;27(7) 1056-1057. [doi: 10.1016/j.cmi.2021.01.017] [pmid: 33524586] 63. coyle pv, molawi nh, kacem ma, et al. inclusion of cycle threshold (ct) values when reporting sars-cov-2 rt-pcr results improves clinical interpretation in suspected and confirmed covid-19. medrxiv 2021.02.11.21251557 [doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2021.02.11.21251557] 64. watson j, whiting pf, brush je. interpreting a covid-19 test result. bmj 2020;369:m1808. [https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m1808] [pmid: 32398230] 65. arevalo-rodriguez i, buitrago-garcia d, simancas-racines d, et al. false-negative results of initial rt-pcr assays for covid-19: review 15 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 a systematic review. plos one 2020;15(12):e0242958. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0242958] [pmid: 33301459] 66. tsang nn, so hc, ng ky, et al. diagnostic performance of different sampling approaches for sars-cov-2 rt-pcr testing: a systematic review and meta-analysis. lancet infect dis 2021. [doiorg/10.1016/s1473-3099(21)00146-8] [pmid: 33857405] 67. skittrall jp, wilson m, smielewska aa, et al. specificity and positive predictive value of sars-cov-2 nucleic acid amplification testing in a low-prevalence setting. clin microbiol infect 2021;27(3):469.e9-469.e15. [doi: 10.1016/j.cmi.2020.10.003] [pmid: 33068757] 68. zalzala hh. diagnosis of covid-19: facts and challenges. new microbes new infect 2020;38:100761. [doi: 10.1016/j.nmni.2020.100761] [pmid: 32953123] 69. find. find evaluation of sars-cov-2 antigen (ag) detecting tests. finddx.org/sarscov2-eval-antigen/ (accessed 1st april 2021) 70. torjesen i. covid-19: how the uk is using lateral flow tests in the pandemic. bmj 2021;372:n287. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.n287] [pmid: 33541908] 71. iacobucci g. covid-19: rapid test missed over 50% of positive cases in manchester pilot. bmj 2020;371:m4323. [https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m4323] [pmid: 33158908] 72. yahav d, yelin d, eckerle i, et al. definitions for coronavirus disease 2019 reinfection, relapse and pcr re-positivity. clin microbiol infect 2021;27(3):315-318. [doi:org/10.1016/j.cmi.2020.11.028] [pmid: 33285276] 73. iwasaki a. what reinfections mean for covid-19. lancet infect dis 2021;21(1):3–5. [doi: 10.1016/s1473-3099(20)30783-0] [pmid: 33058796] 74. hull jh, schwellnus mp, pyne db, et al. covid-19 vaccination in athletes: ready, set, go…. lancet respir med 2021;9(5):455– 456. [ doi: 10.1016/s2213-2600(21)00082-5] [pmid: 33556316] 75. livingston eh. necessity of 2 doses of the pfizer and moderna covid-19 vaccines. jama 2021 mar 2;325(9):898. [doi: 10.1001/jama.2021.1375] [pmid: 33533893] 76. polack fp, thomas sj, kitchin n, et al. safety and efficacy of the bnt162b2 mrna covid-19 vaccine. n engl j med 2020;383(27):2603-2615. [doi: 10.1056/nejmoa2034577] [pmid: 33301246] 77. levine-tiefenbrun m, yelin i, katz r, et al. initial report of decreased sars-cov-2 viral load after inoculation with the bnt162b2 vaccine. nat med 2021;27(5):790–792 [doi: 10.1038/s41591-021-01316-7] [pmid: 33782619] 78. creech cb, walker sc, samuels rj. sars-cov-2 vaccines. jama 2021;325(13):1318-1320. [doi: 10.1001/jama.2021.3199] [pmid: 33635317] 79. bleier bs, ramanathan m, lane ap. covid-19 vaccines may not prevent nasal sars-cov-2 infection and asymptomatic transmission. otolaryngol head neck surg 2021;164(2):305-307. [doi: 10.1177/0194599820982633] [pmid: 33320052] 80. jones b, phillips g, kemp s, et al. covid-19 in professional rugby: a reflection of prevalence in the community. bjsm blog. [https://blogs.bmj.com/bjsm/2021/02/20/covid-19-inprofessional-rugby-a-reflection-of-prevalence-in-thecommunity/] (accessed 28 february 2021) 81. romanick-schmiedl s, raghu g. telemedicine — maintaining quality during times of transition. nat rev dis primers 2020;6(1):45. [doi: 10.1038/s41572-020-0185-x.10.1038/s41572020-0185-x] [pmid: 32483168] 82. england. nhs. standard operating procedure (sop) for general practice in the context of coronavirus (covid-19). [england.nhs.uk/coronavirus/publication/managingcoronavirus-covid-19-in-general-practice-sop. (accessed 1st april 2021) 83. ravindra a, cuff a, bernstein ia, et al. musculoskeletal risk stratification tool to inform a discussion about face-to-face assessment during the covid-19 pandemic. bmj open sport exerc med 2020;6(1):e000916. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem-2020-000916] [pmid: 33033623] 84. hodgson l, phillips g, gordon j, et al. interassociation consensus recommendations for pitch-side emergency care and personal protective equipment for elite sport during the covid19 pandemic. br j sports med 2020;55(10): 531-538. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2020-103226] [pmid: 33361278] 85. hodgson l, phillips g, saggers rt, et al. medical care and first aid: an interassociation consensus framework for organised nonelite sport during the covid-19 pandemic. br j sports med 2021;bjsports-2020-103622. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2020-103622] [pmid: 33619127] 86. resuscitation council uk. resuscitation council uk statement on covid-19, cpr and resuscitation in first aid and community settings. [https://www.resus.org.uk/covid-19-resources/covid19-resources-general-public/resuscitation-council-ukstatement-covid-19] . (accessed 27 february 2021) 87. atkins dl, everson-stewart s, sears gk, et al. epidemiology and outcomes from out-of-hospital cardiac arrest in children: the resuscitation outcomes consortium epistry-cardiac arrest. circulation 2009;119(11):1484–1491. [doi 10.1161/circulationaha.108.802678] [pmid: 19273724] 88. jones, b, phillips g, beggs cb, et al. team sport risk exposure framework-2 (ts-ref-2) to identify sports activities and contacts at increased sars-cov-2 transmission risk during the covid-19 pandemic. br j sports med 2021; 0: 1-2. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2021-104225] [pmid: 34187786] 89. egger f, faude o, schreiber s, et al. does playing football (soccer) lead to sars-cov-2 transmission? a case study of 3 matches with 18 infected football players. science and medicine in football 2021 [doi: 10.1080/24733938.2021.1895442] 90. schumacher yo, tabben m, hassoun k, et al. resuming professional football (soccer) during the covid-19 pandemic in a country with high infection rates: a prospective cohort study. br j sports med 2021;bjsports-2020-103724. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2020-103724] [pmid: 33589470] 91. blocken b, van druenen t, ricci a, et al. ventilation and air cleaning to limit aerosol particle concentrations in a gym during the covid-19 pandemic. build environ 2021;193:107659. [doi: 10.1016/j.buildenv.2021.107659] [pmid: 33568882] 92. johnson gr, morawska l. the mechanism of breath aerosol formation. j aerosol med pulm drug deliv 2009;22(3):229–237. [doi: 10.1089/jamp.2008.0720] [pmid: 19415984] 93. bond tc, bosco-lauth a, farmer dk, et al. quantifying proximity, confinement, and interventions in disease outbreaks: a decision support framework for air-transported pathogens. environ sci technol 2021;55(5):2890–2898. [doi 10.1021/acs.est.0c07721] [pmid: 33605140] 94. mckenna, j, backhouse, sh, phillips, et al. changing player behaviour in sport during the covid-19 pandemic: shake on it? south afr j sports med 2020;32(1):1-2 [doi: 10.17159/2078516x/2020/v32i1a8967] 95. buonanno g, stabile l, morawska l. estimation of airborne viral emission: quanta emission rate of sars-cov-2 for infection risk assessment. environ int 2020;141:105794. [doi: 10.1016/j.envint.2020.105794] [pmid: 32416374] 96. bahl p, doolan c, de silva c, et al. airborne or droplet precautions for health workers treating coronavirus disease 2019? j infect dis 2020;jiaa189. [doi: 10.1093/infdis/jiaa189] [pmid: 32301491] 97. setti l, passarini f, de gennaro g, et al. airborne transmission route of covid-19: why 2 meters/6 feet of inter-personal distance could not be enough. int j environ res public health. file:///c:/users/yvonne/documents/sasma%20journal%20assaf/finddx.org/sarscov2-eval-antigen/ doi:%2010.1136/bmj.n287 https://www.resus.org.uk/covid-19-resources/covid-19-resources-general-public/resuscitation-council-uk-statement-covid-19 https://www.resus.org.uk/covid-19-resources/covid-19-resources-general-public/resuscitation-council-uk-statement-covid-19 https://www.resus.org.uk/covid-19-resources/covid-19-resources-general-public/resuscitation-council-uk-statement-covid-19 review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 16 2020;17(8):2932 [doi: 10.3390/ijerph17082932] [pmid: 32340347] 98. kampert m, singh t, finet je, et al. impact of wearing a facial covering on aerobic exercise capacity in the covid-19 era: is it more than a feeling? clin res cardiol 2020;109(12):1595-1596. [doi: 10.1007/s00392-020-01725-7] [pmid: 32833178] 99. epstein d, korytny a, isenberg y, et al. return to training in the covid-19 era: the physiological effects of face masks during exercise. scand j med sci sports 2021;31(1):70–75. [doi: 10.1111/sms.13832] [pmid: 32969531] 100. howard j, huang a, li z, et al. an evidence review of face masks against covid-19. proc natl acad sci u s a. 2021;118(4):e2014564118. [doi: 10.1073/pnas.2014564118] [pmid: 33431650] 101. chandrasekaran b, fernandes s. ’exercise with facemask; are we handling a devil’s sword?’–a physiological hypothesis. med hypotheses 2020;144:110002. [doi: 10.1016/j.mehy.2020.110002] [pmid: 32590322] 102. fathizadeh h, taghizadeh s, safari r, et al. study presence of covid-19 (sars-cov-2) in the sweat of patients infected with covid-19. microb pathog 2020;149:104556. [doi: 10.1016/j.micpath.2020.104556] [pmid: 33031898] 103. la rosa g, bonadonna l, lucentini l, et al. coronavirus in water environments: occurrence, persistence and concentration methods a scoping review. water res 2020;179:115899. [doi: 10.1016/j.watres.2020.115899] [pmid: 32361598] 104. piana a, colucci me, valeriani f, et al. monitoring covid-19 transmission risks by rt-pcr tracing of droplets in hospital and living environments. asa journals. msphere 2021;6(1):e0107020. [doi: 10.1128/msphere.01070-20] [pmid: 33408231] 105. romano spica v, gallè f, baldelli g, et al. swimming pool safety and prevention at the time of covid-19: a consensus document from gsms-siti. ann ig 2020;32(5):439-448. [doi: 10.7416/ai.2020.2368] [pmid: 32578839] 106. wang x-w, li j-s, jin m, et al. study on the resistance of severe acute respiratory syndrome-associated coronavirus. j virol methods 2005;126(1-2):171-177. [doi: 10.1016/j.jviromet.2005.02.005] [pmid: 15847934] 107. margarucci lm, romano spica v, gianfranceschi g, et al. untouchability of natural spa waters: perspectives for treatments within a personalized water safety plan. environ int 2019;133(pt a):105095. [doi: 10.1016/j.envint.2019.105095] [pmid: 31518929] 108. valeriani f, crognale s, protano c, et al. metagenomic analysis of bacterial community in a travertine depositing hot spring. new microbiol 2018;41(2):126-135. [pmid: 29498741] 109. valeriani f, gianfranceschi g, romano spica v. the microbiota as a candidate biomarker for spa pools and spa thermal spring stability after seismic events. environ int 2020;137:105595. [doi: 10.1016/j.envint.2020.105595] [pmid: 32106051] 110. li j-po, lam dsc, chen y, et al. novel coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19): the importance of recognising possible early ocular manifestation and using protective eyewear. br j ophthalmol 2020;104(3):297-298. [doi: 10.1136/bjophthalmol2020-315994] [pmid: 32086236] 111. seah i, agrawal r. can the coronavirus disease 2019 (covid19) affect the eyes? a review of coronaviruses and ocular implications in humans and animals. ocul immunol inflamm 2020;28(3):391-395. [doi: 10.1080/09273948.2020.1738501] [pmid: 32175797] 112. clementi m, signorelli c, romano spica v, et al. protocols and self-checking plans for the safety of post-covid-19 balneotherapy. acta biomed 2020;91(9-s):40-49. [doi: 10.23750/abm.v91i9-s.10167] [pmid: 32701916] 113. gov.uk. environmental and modelling group, transmission of sars-cov-2 and mitigating measures update, 4 june 2020. [https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/transmissionof-sars-cov-2-and-mitigating-measures-update-4-june-2020] (accessed 26 february 2021) 114. leung nh, chu dk, shiu ey, et al. respiratory virus shedding in exhaled breath and efficacy of face masks. nat med 2020;26(5):676-680. [doi: 10.1038/s41591-020-0843-2] [pmid: 32371934] 115. ollila hm, partinen m, koskela j, et al. face masks to prevent transmission of respiratory diseases: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials*. medrxiv 2020.07.31.20166116. [doi:org/10.1101/2020.07.31.20166116] 116. milton dk. a rosetta stone for understanding infectious drops and aerosols. j pediatric infect dis soc 2020;9(4):413–415. [doi:org/10.1093/jpids/piaa079] [pmid: 32706376] 117. jones nr, qureshi zu, temple rj, et al. two metres or one: what is the evidence for physical distancing in covid-19? bmj 2020;370:m3223. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.m3223] [pmid: 32843355] 118. riediker m, tsai d-h. estimation of viral aerosol emissions from simulated individuals with asymptomatic to moderate coronavirus disease 2019. jama netw open 2020;3(7):e2013807. [doi 10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2020.13807] [pmid: 32716517] 119. yusef d, hayajneh w, awad s, et al. large outbreak of coronavirus disease among wedding attendees, jordan. emerg infect dis 2020;26(9):2165-2167. [doi: 10.3201/eid2609.201469] [pmid: 32433907] 120. prather ka, wang cc, schooley rt. reducing transmission of sars-cov-2. science 2020;368(6498):1422-1424. [doi: 10.1126/science.abc6197] [pmid: 32461212] 121. bostock b. 200 000 doomsday church members are being tested in south korea for the coronavirus. [https://www.businessinsider.co.za/south-korea-tests-everyshincheonji-cult-member-coronavirus-outbreak-20202?r=us&ir=t] (accessed 26 february 2021) 122. james a, eagle l, phillips c, et al. high covid-19 attack rate among attendees at events at a church arkansas, march 2020. mmwr morb mortal wkly rep 2020;69(20):632-635. [doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6920e2] [pmid: 32437338] 123. hamner l, dubbel p, capron i, et al. high sars-cov-2 attack rate following exposure at a choir practice — skagit county, washington, march 2020. mmwr morb mortal wkly rep. 2020;69(19):606-610. [doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6919e6] [pmid: 32407303] 124. burridge hc, fan s, jones rl, et al. predictive and retrospective modelling of airborne infection risk using monitored carbon dioxide. [https://arxiv.org/abs/2009.02999]. 125. gov.uk. emg: role of ventilation in controlling sars-cov-2 transmission, 30 september 2020. paper prepared by the environmental modelling group (emg). [https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/emg-role-ofventilation-in-controlling-sars-cov-2-transmission-30september-2020]. (accessed 25 february 2021) 126. kriegel m, buchholz u, gastmeier p, et al. predicted infection risk for aerosol transmission of sars-cov-2. medrxiv 2020.10.08.20209106. [doi: 10.1101/2020.10.08.20209106] 127. kähler cj, fuchs t, hain r. können mobile raumluftreiniger eine indirekte sars-cov-2 infektionsgefahr durch aerosole wirksam reduzieren? 2020. [doi: 10.13140/rg.2.2.27503.46243] 128. smither sj, eastaugh ls, findlay js, et al. experimental aerosol survival of sars-cov-2 in artificial saliva and tissue culture media at medium and high humidity. emerg microbes infect 2020;9(1):1415-1417. [doi: 10.1080/22221751.2020.1777906] [pmid: 32496967] 129. gov.uk. coronavirus (covid-19): safer transport guidance for operators. 2021. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/coronavirus review 17 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 covid-19-safer-transport-guidance-for-operators/coronaviruscovid-19-safer-transport-guidance-for-operators. (accessed 26 february 2021) 130. weed m, foad a. rapid scoping review of evidence of outdoor transmission of covid-19. medrxiv 2020.09.04.20188417. [doi: 10.1101/2020.09.04.20188417] 131. bouvard o, burnier l, oelhafen p, et al. solar heat gains through train windows: a non-negiligible contribution to the energy balance. energy efficiency 2018;11(6):1397-1410. [doi: 10.1007/s12053-018-9643-7] 132. chow wk. ventilation of enclosed train compartments in hong kong. appl energy 2002;71(3):161-170. [doi: 10.1016/s03062619(02)00008-9] 133. cheng y-h, liu z-s, yan j-w. comparisons of pm10, pm2.5, particle number, and co2 levels inside metro trains traveling in underground tunnels and on elevated tracks. aerosol air qual res 2012;12(5):879-891. [doi: 10.4209/aaqr.2012.05.0127] 134. xu b, yu x, gu h, et al. commuters’ exposure to pm2.5 and co2 in metro carriages of shanghai metro system. transp res part d: transp environ 2016;47(1):162-170. [doi: 10.1016/j.trd.2016.05.001] 135. gao y, chen f, wang z. the distribution and influential factors of pm2.5 and co2 in urban rail carriages. indoor built environ 2019;28(10):1383-1395. [doi: 10.1177/1420326x19841109] 136. schwartz kl, murti m, finkelstein m, et al. lack of covid-19 transmission on an international flight. cmaj 2020;192(15):e410. [doi: 10.1503/cmaj.75015] [pmid: 32392504] 137. khanh nc, thai pq, quach h-l, et al. transmission of sarscov 2 during long-haul flight. emerg infect dis 2020;26(11):2617-2624. [doi: 10.3201/eid2611.203299] [pmid: 32946369] 138. beggs cb, noakes cj, shepherd sj, et al. the influence of nurse cohorting on hand hygiene effectiveness. am j infect control 2006;34(10):621-626. [doi: 10.1016/j.ajic.2006.06.011] [pmid: 17161736] 139. alvarez-ramirez j, meraz m. role of meteorological temperature and relative humidity in the january-february 2020 propagation of 2019-ncov in wuhan, china. medrxiv 2020.03.19.20039164. [doi: 10.1101/2020.03.19.20039164] 140. gov.uk. review: what is the evidence for the importance of outdoor transmission and of indoor transmission of covid-19, 2 april 2020. paper prepared by the environmental modelling group (emg). [https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/review-what-isthe-evidence-for-the-importance-of-outdoor-transmission-andof-indoor-transmission-of-covid-19-2-april-2020] (accessed 27 february 2021) original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the cycle ergometer test is not a reliable alternative to the countermovement jump in the assessment of power output kr peyper,1 mphil; b olivier,2 phd; a green,1 phd 1 department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, south africa. 2 wits cricket research hub for science, medicine and rehabilitation, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: kr peyper (kpeyper@hotmail.com) rugby union is an intermittent, power-based contact sport involving high-impact collisions between opposing players, repeated highintensity bouts and continuous ballistic movements. [1] with condensed schedules, professional rugby union players and coaches are continually looking for ways to improve performance and prevent injury by improving fundamental physical qualities such as strength and power.[2] neuromuscular function is commonly used to measure the manifestation of fatigue in elite athletes.[2] fatigue can be described as an exercise-induced deterioration in performance [2], with studies showing that both acute [3] and chronic [4] workloads can affect neuromuscular function. mechanical power, a function of neuromuscular performance, is an integral component in the movements, collisions and success of rugby union athletes. the countermovement jump (cmj) and wattbike six-second peak power output (6ppo) tests are effective assessments in the measurement of mechanical power and changes in neuromuscular function, which can be measured with relative simplicity and at minimal additional fatigue to the athlete. the assessment of mechanical power helps to quantify the ability of the athlete to execute athletic movements.[5] the force plate has become the gold standard in the measurement of lower limb power due to its ability to measure different ground reaction forces and related metrics.[6] however, movements such as the cmj are ballistic in nature with a large eccentric component and emphasis on the stretch-shortening cycle. in the days following match play or training, the eccentric nature of the cmj becomes less favourable in athletes suffering from severe delayed onset of muscle soreness (doms) due to discomfort and a potential increase in the risk of injury. the wattbike cycle ergometer has recently been suggested as a non-load bearing method to evaluate lower limb power.[7,8] its predominantly concentric and less ballistic mechanism, could prove to be a replacement for the cmj as a measure of neuromuscular function and fatigue. commonly used cycle ergometer tests (cet) are the wingate thirty-second anaerobic test, wattbike thirty-second anaerobic power and wattbike 6ppo tests.[9] previous literature shows athletes produce maximum power within the first six seconds of a cet [7], making the wattbike 6ppo test an effective test of maximal power without the fatiguing effects of the thirty-second anaerobic tests .[9] moreover, positive relationships between the cmj and cet power outputs have been reported. [3,8] however, there is limited literature on the relationship between force plate cmj variables and cet outputs, and the benefits which such relationships may exhibit. the investigation on whether relationships exist between the f-v profiles of the athletes and the cet variables could also provide insight into whether the athletes are performing optimally. therefore, the aim of the study was to determine the concurrent validity of the cmj and wattbike cet power evaluations. methods participants healthy professional male rugby union players were invited to participate in the study. the study was approved by the institutional ethics committee (rec 01-55-2019). participants were injury-free at the time of testing and provided written informed consent prior to testing. testing procedures data collection was carried out at a professional rugby union training facility in johannesburg, south africa. participants background: rugby union is a physically demanding collision sport that requires optimal neuromuscular function for maximal power output, with mechanical power an integral component of performance. peak power (pp) and relative pp are parameters of neuromuscular function commonly assessed through the countermovement jump (cmj) as a measure of fatigue. the wattbike cycle ergometer test (cet) is a non-load bearing method of evaluating lower limb power. the cost-effective cet could therefore offer a viable alternative to the cmj. objectives: this study aimed to determine the concurrent validity of the cmj and cet. methods: thirty-eight professional rugby union players performed twelve cmjs on a force platform with four loads (bodyweight: bw-cmj; 20kg: 20-cmj; 40kg: 40-cmj and 60kg: 60-cmj) and a six second peak power (6ppo) cet assessment on a wattbike ergometer. results: cmj power outputs were [bw-cmj: pp 3101±648 w; 20-cmj: pp 2724±513 w; 40-cmj: pp 2490±496 w; 60-cmj: pp 2238±366 w] and cet [pp – 1310±161 w]. none of the cmj-pp values showed relationships with any cet power variables. large (r = 0.51-0.63; p = 0.000 – 0.001) relationships were found to be between relative cmj and relative cet power outputs. bland-altman plots, which were used to determine the level of agreement between the two assessments, showed the agreement between the tests was poor. conclusion: though positive relationships existed between relative cmj and relative cet power variables, analyses of the level of agreement in the bland-altman plots suggest that the two power assessment methods are not interchangeable measures of power. keywords: power, neuromuscular function, rugby union s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-5. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12869 mailto:kpeyper@hotmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12869 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0275-0070 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9287-8301 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7786-5454 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 attended two different testing sessions in a randomised order on separate days during the off-season. test days were performed no more than three days apart, with the order of test days randomised. in both testing procedures, participants performed a standardised 10-minute investigator led warmup consisting of submaximal cycling, dynamic stretching and a series of submaximal countermovement jumps. countermovement jump (cmj) participants performed a modified cmj protocol consisting of three cmjs at each random added load of 0, 20, 40 and 60 kg respectively, with a rest time of three minutes between jumps. varying loads were utilised to determine where the strongest relationship may lie between the cmj and cet. a total of 12 cmjs were performed. an additional load was added to a barbell across the shoulders, while for the 0 kg jumps a plastic pipe (<1kg) was utilised. participants were instructed to use a self-selected depth in the eccentric phase of the cmj after which the concentric phase was performed as quickly as possible, keeping the legs fully extended in the air. any jumps which were inaccurately performed were reattempted after no more than five minutes of rest. all successful cmjs were recorded at 1000 hz using a force plate (bertec type 4060-05, bertec corporation, columbus, oh, usa). the highest attempt at peak force production of the three for each load was utilised for the final analysis. cycle ergometer test (cet) the six-second cet test procedure involved two six-second maximal sprints on a wattbike pro (wattbike ltd, nottingham, uk) with saddle and handlebars as well as air and magnetic resistance individually set in accordance with manufacturers’ guidelines.[8] the second test followed a rest of no more than five minutes and no verbal encouragement was given for either attempt. the best score of the two sprints was used for the final analysis. data analyses all jump analyses were based on the participants’ best cmj performance at each load. from these jumps, the following variables were obtained: peak force (fp), jump height (jh) and peak velocity (vp). fp was the highest force produced in the concentric phase of the cmj. power was calculated at each time point on the graph and peak power (pp) was the maximum value during the concentric phase. cmj mean power was calculated as the average instantaneous power over the concentric push-off phase of the jump. peak power, mean power (pm), relative pp and relative pm outputs from the cet were captured from the ergometers’ onboard computer. finally, theoretical maximal force (f0), theoretical maximal velocities (v0), theoretical peak power output (po) and gradient (sfv) were calculated for each participant’s f-v profile utilising the mean power data calculated from the force plate data. formulae vp (calculated utilising the trapezoid rule: ∫ 𝐺𝑅𝐹𝑧−𝑚𝑔 𝑚 𝑑𝑡 𝑡𝑓 𝑡𝑖 [14], where grf = ground reaction force (n), m = mass (kg), g = gravitational acceleration (m.s-2), ti = initiation time and tf = final time). [11] pp = (fp x vp). po = (calculated as f0.v0 4 ). [12] bland altman plots were used to describe the limits of agreement between relative pp and relative pm as measured in cmj and on the wattbike. the bias in the plots was determined as the average difference between the two assessments, while the upper and lower limits of agreement were set at 95%. the plots were utilised to evaluate bias between the two measurements and highlight that agreement is more a question of estimation, and not a form of hypothesis testing.[11] microsoft excel was used to compile the bland altman plots. statistical analysis data distribution was determined utilising a shapiro-wilk test. all data are presented as mean ± standard deviation. pearson’s and spearman’s correlations were used to determine the relationships between force plate metrics and power outputs on the wattbike. all data were analysed using statistical package for social science software (spss, ibm version 25.0. armonk, ny: ibm corp). qualitative descriptors were represented as trivial (<0.1), small (0.1-0.3), moderate (0.3-0.5), large (0.5-0.7), very large (0.7-0.9). results a sample of thirty-eight healthy professional male rugby union players from the greater johannesburg area (age: 20.2±1.6 years, stature: 183±7 cm, mass: 95.5±13.1 kg) participated in this study. the average cmj-fp values increased as the load was increased due to the added load and the acceleration of gravity. however, due to the added load and increased mass of the system cmj-vp, cmj-pp, and cmj-jh all decreased as the system became more difficult for the participants to move (table 1). the wattbike cet variables were calculated as cet-pp: 1310±161 w; cet-pm: 1160±155 w; relative cet-pp: 13.74±1.71 w.kg-1 and relative cet-pm: 12.16±1.62 w.kg-1. table 1. force, velocity, power, rate of force development and jump heights for weighted countermovement jumps bodyweight 20kg load 40kg load 60kg load peak force (n) 2389 ± 327 2537 ± 381 2665 ± 314 2863 ± 322 peak velocity (m.s-1) 2.87 ± 0.37 2.53 ± 0.20 2.30 ± 0.22 2.06 ± 0.15 peak power (w) 3101 ± 648 2724 ± 513 2490 ± 496 2238 ± 366 relative peak power (w.kg-1) 32.63 ± 6.80 relative mean power (w.kg-1) 18.20 ± 3.87 rate of force development (n.s-1) 5951 ± 3951 5286 ± 3620 3971 ± 2754 3533 ± 2700 jump height (m) 0.35 ± 0.06 0.29 ± 0.05 0.23 ± 0.05 0.21 ± 0.20 original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 correlations were calculated between the outputs determined in the cmj and cet tests (table 2). large positive relationships (r = 0.52-0.66) were found between fp in all the cmjs and cet-pp and cet-pm. positive, moderate to large relationships (r = 0.34-0.68) were found between cmj-vp values and relative cet-pp and cet-pm values. the cmj-pp values exhibited no significant relationships with any of the cet variables; all correlation data are presented in table 2. large (r = 0.51-0.63) relationships were found between relative bodyweight cmj-pp and relative cet-pp and cet-pm variables, large (r = 0.51-0.63) relationships were also found between relative cmj-pm and relative cet-pp and cet-pm. additionally, only moderate relationships (r = 0.32-0.44) were found between cmj-jh in the loaded jumps and cet-pp and cet-pm (table 2). bland-altman plots were used to determine the level of agreement between relative peak power (figure 1) and relative mean power (figure 2) values in the cmj and cet. the limits of agreement (loa) in the relative pp plot were 8.8 w.kg-1 and 27.7 w.kg-1 for the lower and upper limits, respectively, with a bias of 18.3 w.kg-1. in relative peak power (figure 1), the majority of the points have a heteroscedastic appearance, indicating the increase in error was directly proportional to the increase in force. a single outlier and three points are noted outside of the upper loa. the loa in the relative pm plot were 0.3 w.kg-1, and 10.6 w.kg-1 for the lower and upper limits, respectively, with a bias of 5.5 w.kg-1. the pm plot exhibited a less uniform pattern, with two outliers and two values lying above the upper loa (figure 2). the cet power variables were compared to p0 (34.8±4.9 w.kg-1) and sfv (gradient: -11.7±4.3 n.s.m1.kg-1) calculated from the force-velocity profiles. only the cet relative peak power (r = 0.43) and relative mean power (r = 0.37) indicated moderate relationships with po (p < 0.05). neither cet peak (r = -0.05) or mean (r = -0.13) power exhibited any significant relationship with po or sfv (p > 0.05). discussion the purpose of this study was to examine the concurrent validity of the cmj and cet in professional rugby union players. numerous positive, moderate to large relationships were found between the cmj and cet variables. however, no significant relationships were found between cetpp, cet-pm, cmj-rfd or bodyweight cmj-jh and the cet power outputs. bland-altman plots showed little agreement between the relative cmj and relative cet power variables. rugby union is a game that requires multiple physical performance traits to initiate, evade and dominate various collision moments. measurement of force, velocity and power variables helps to quantify the ability of athletes to perform such tasks. owing to varying ranges and methods of jump loads used across studies [11,13], it was difficult to draw comparisons with the present study’s jump variables. the average fp results in table 2. correlations between countermovement jumps (cmj) and cycle ergometer test (cet) data cmj parameters cet pp pm relative pp relative pm fp bw 0.515** 0.554** -0.029 0.055 p-value 0.001 <0.001 fp 20kg 0.522** 0.604** -0.011 0.075 p-value <0.001 <0.001 fp 40kg 0.627** 0.655** -0.025 0.054 p-value <0.001 <0.001 fp 60kg # 0.562** 0.577** -0.101 -0.022 p-value <0.001 <0.001 vp bw # 0.184 0.067 0.680** 0.550** p-value <0.001 <0.001 vp 20kg 0.041 0.048 0.438** 0.405* p-value 0.006 0.01 vp 40kg # 0.122 0.098 0.339* 0.412* p-value 0.04 0.01 vp 60kg # 0.090 0.082 0.535** 0.563** p-value 0.001 <0.001 pp bw # 0.168 0.135 0.251 0.206 pp 20kg 0.089 0.090 0.138 0.188 pp 40kg 0.070 0.045 0.172 0.251 pp 60kg 0.100 0.072 0.200 0.264 relative pp bw # 0.194 0.136 0.631** 0.507** p-value <0.001 0.001 relative pm bw 0.196 0.138 0.634** 0.510** p-value <0.001 0.001 rfd bw # -0.203 -0.243 -0.096 -0.055 rfd 20kg # -0.185 -0.174 0.120 0.150 rfd 40kg # -0.236 -0.131 0.142 0.220 rfd 60kg # -0.044 -0.052 0.120 0.170 jh bw 0.284 0.297 0.008 0.014 jh 20kg 0.346* 0.324* -0.021 0.080 p-value 0.03 0.05 jh 40kg # 0.385* 0.435** -0.092 0.012 p-value 0.02 0.006 jh 60kg # 0.340* 0.320 -0.006 0.057 p-value 0.04 sfv 0.045 -0.048 -0.114 -0.212 po # -0.053 -0.127 0.431** 0.370* p-value 0.007 0.02 * indicates p < 0.05; ** indicates p<0.01; # indicates spearman’s ranked correlations. bw, bodyweight; fp, peak force; vp, peak velocity; pp, peak power, pm, mean power; rfd, rate of force development; jh, jump height; sfv, gradient; po, theoretical peak power output. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 the bodyweight cmjs were lower than those found in previous literature on elite rugby union players.[14] the average vp results were similar to results previously obtained in studies conducted on rugby players.[5,15] however, the average pp results were not supported by previous literature on professional rugby union players.[14,16] these findings could be due to the participants in the present study’s lower fp production than in the previously mentioned research, which could have been caused by a number of factors. the younger average age in the current sample could indicate that the athletes had not reached full maturity in strength training. previous research indicated similar findings of lower fp output in young rugby union professionals. [17] the training methods and game plan utilised by the athletes and organisations in question may differ from other athletes and organisations. the average relative pp results of the present study also indicated considerably lower results than previous literature [15], however, this was expected due to the lower fp production of the athletes in the study. when comparing the peak power and relative power outputs, it is important to note that relative power could provide a more accurate comparison of performance, especially in rugby union where performance variables and anthropometry differ greatly between positions.[1] jump height is a standard measurement in most power-based sports, with some sports placing an emphasis on jump height when selecting players. the average bodyweight cmj-jh in the present study exhibited similar results to those found in a previous study on rugby league players.[16] however, measuring cmj-jh alone may not provide sufficient data when assessing performance in athletes as previous research found that power and rate of force development (rfd) were more related to sport-specific movements and could provide a more accurate indication of the athletes’ ability to produce powerful sportspecific movements.[18] the rfd results, as with the pp results, in the present study were, however, also found to be considerably lower than those in previous research on professional rugby union players.[14] as previously mentioned, the lower force production by the athletes in the present study could have affected jump variables such as rfd. force-velocity profiles were established using cmj data in order to determine whether any relationship existed between cet power variables and the f-v profiles. the absence of any relationship between the theoretical peak power in f-v profiles and cet power outputs suggested that the participants in the study may not have exhibited optimised f-v profiles. these findings are in line with the previous argument that the lower force production of the athletes in this study could affect the jump variables, and subsequently the f-v profiles. therefore, further investigation is needed on cet and f-v profiles. the wattbike cycle ergometer is amongst the industry’s leading devices for assessment of lowerlimb power. the results for the present study in the cets were supported by previous literature on professional rugby union players.[19] the cmj and cet differ in mechanism, with the cmj being more ballistic and bilateral in nature than the cet. this difference in mechanism is indicated by the vast difference in peakand mean power output figures between the assesments. however, the cmj and cet are both accurate tests of lower limb power output and it fig. 1. bland-altman plot indicating the heteroscedastic distribution of data points between the limits of agreement between relative peak power values in the countermovement jump (cmj) and cycle ergometer test (cet) data in 38 professional rugby union players. fig. 2. bland-altman plot indicating the equal scattered distribution of data points above and below the bias, between relative mean power values in the countermovement jump (cmj) and cycle ergometer test (cet) data in 38 professional rugby union players. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 was therefore important to determine whether any relationship existed between the two assessment methods. the cmj is the most frequently used measurement of neuromuscular function.[4,13] previous literature on rugby union players [8] and australian rules football players[3] have all reported positive relationships between cmj and cet power outputs. though no relationship existed between cmj and cet peak and mean power outputs in the present study, the large relationships found between the relative power outputs show that the cet may be a suitable alternative to the cmj when assessing power outputs. however, the cet is limited by the number of variables it can assess. while the cmj can assess eccentric and concentric phases of motion and components of the stretch-shortening cycle, the cet can only assess the concentric phase. bland-altman plots were therefore used to determine the level of agreement between the relative pp outputs and relative pm outputs. though the cet presents a more viable and cost-effective alternative to the force plate cmj, the insufficient agreement shown between the two assessment methods indicates that the two assessments are not interchangeable as measures of lower limb power. specifically, the large biases and wide limits of agreement indicate that, although the assessments can both be utilised to measure lower limb power, they should not be used interchangeably. practical applications the cmj and cet procedures utilised in the present study are both independent accurate measures of muscular power development as they assess lower limb power utilising different mechanisms. the cet could be considered a viable, non-interchangeable alternative to the force plate cmj. therefore, coaches and trainers are advised to adhere to single modes of muscular power testing. conclusion the present study sought to compare the cmj variables and cet power outputs in professional rugby union players. only the relative cet power metrics shared large relationships with relative cmj metrics. however, the lack of agreement between the two tests indicates that the wattbike 6ppo test should not be used as an interchangeable alternative power assessment. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: kp and ag project conception, data collection, data analysis, manuscript draft and review. bo data analysis, manuscript draft and review. references 1. twist c, worsfold p (eds). the science of rugby. abingdon: routledge, 2015. 2. cunniffe b, proctor w, baker js, et al. an evaluation of the physical demands of elite rugby union using global positioning system tracking software. j strength cond res 2009; 23(4): 11951203. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181a3928b][pmid: 19528840] 3. wehbe g, gabbett tj, dwyer d, et al. monitoring neuromuscular fatigue in team-sport athletes using a cycle ergometer test. int j sports physiol perform 2015; 10(3): 292-297. [doi: 10.1123/ijspp.2014-0217][pmid: 25115142] 4. roe g, darrall-jones j, till k, et al. between-days reliability and sensitivity of common fatigue measures in rugby players. int j sports physiol perform 2016; 11(5): 581-586. [doi: 10.1123/ijspp.2015-0413][pmid: 26390328] 5. gathercole rj, sporer bc, stellingwerff t, et al. comparison of the capacity of different jump and sprint field tests to detect neuromuscular fatigue. j strength cond res 2015; 29(9): 25222531. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000000912][pmid: 26308829] 6. beckham g, suchomel t, mizuguchi s. force plate use in performance monitoring and sport science testing. new studies in athletics 2014; 29(3): 25-37. 7. cox p. wattbike training tests. retrieved from https://support.wattbike.com/hc/en-gb/articles/360013621359-6second-test-recommended-resistance-settings-. accessed may 10, 2019. 8. roe g, darrall-jones j, till k, et al. to jump or cycle? monitoring neuromuscular function in rugby union players. int j sports physiol perform 2017; 12(5): 690-696. [doi: 10.1123/ijspp.20160273][ pmid: 27736241] 9. herbert p, sculthorpe n, baker js, et al. validation of a six second cycle test for the determination of peak power output. res sports med 2015; 23(2): 115-125. [doi: 10.1080/15438627.2015.1005294][ pmid: 25720917] 10. altman dg, bland jm. interaction revisited: the difference between two estimates. bmj 2003; 326(7382): 219. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.326.7382.219][ pmid: 12543843] 11. lombard w, reid s, pearson k, et al. reliability of metrics associated with a counter-movement jump performed on a force plate. meas phys educ exerc sci 2017; 21(4): 235-243. [doi: 10.1080/1091367x.2017.1354215] 12. morin jb, samozino p. interpreting power-force-velocity profiles for individualized and specific training. int j sports physiol perf 2016; 11(2): 267-272. [doi: 10.1123/ijspp.2015-0638][pmid: 26694658] 13. jiménez-reyes p, samozino p, cuadrado-peñafiel v, et al. effect of countermovement on power-force-velocity profile. eur j appl physiol 2014; 114(11): 2281-2288. [doi: 10.1007/s00421-014-29471][pmid: 25048073] 14. jones tw, keane k, smith a, et al. which anthropometric and lower body power variables are predictive of professional and amateur playing status in male rugby union players? int j sports sci coach 2019; 14(1): 82-90. [doi: 10.1177/1747954118805956] 15. weakley j, mann b, banyard h, et al. velocity-based training: from theory to application. strength cond j 2021; 43(2): 31-49. [doi: 10.1519/ssc.0000000000000560] 16. mcmahon jj, suchomel tj, lake jp, et al. relationship between reactive strength index variants in rugby league players. j strength cond res 2021; 35(1): 280-285. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000002462][pmid: 29401201] 17. gowtage wj, moody ja, byrne pj. complex training with minimal recovery intervals and their effect on cmj performance in professional male rugby union players. arc j res sports med 2020; 5(1):1-8. [https://www.arcjournals.org/pdfs/ajrsm/v5i1/1.pdf] 18. maffiuletti na, aagaard p, blazevich aj, et al. rate of force development: physiological and methodological considerations. eur j app physiol 2016; 116(6):1091-1116. [doi: 10.1007/s00421016-3346-6][ pmid: 26941023] 19. grainger a, ripley nj. ,. comparison between a 6 second and 30 second cycle ergometer test for peak power in elite rugby union players. j australian strength cond 2018; 26(3): 27-30. sportsmed_june04 12 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 introduction strenuous endurance exercise and long-term endurance training are associated with muscle adaptations and damage, with reports of ultrastructural and morphological changes2,9,15 as well as a systemic inflammatory response.39 research has reported mobilization and activation of neutrophils,4,19 heightened leucocyte turnover,4 and a complex pattern of proand anti-inflammatory cytokine release related to muscle or tissue damage.27,41 whether strenuous endurance exercise affects the airway and systemic compartments similarly, and the possibility that it may cause adpatations or damage at the airway level, are issues that require further research. it has been shown that strenuous endurance exercise affects the airways by increasing the incidence of upper respiratory tract infections (urtis) related to bacterial or viral infections26,29 and respiratory symptoms such as exerciseinduced bronchoconstriction (eib)1,16 or airway hyperresponsiveness (ahr).22,33 whilst immunosuppression has been related to the increase in urtis,21 studies on airway cells and inflammatory markers in endurance athletes have suggested a possible association between airway inflammatory cells and exercise-induced respiratory symptoms.5 recently, it was found that common viral and bacterial agents as well as allergy/asthma were not responsible for upper respiratory tract symptoms (urts) reported 2 10 days after an ultramarathon race.37 the results suggested that the urts symptoms may be due to mucosal inflammation in the upper respiratory tract (urt), although airway inflammatory cells and markers were not measured. eosinophils have been recognised as urt pro-inflammatory cells with a considerable tissue-injuring potential,42 and have been shown to mediate damage to respiratory epithelium as well as shedding of bronchial epithelium leading to tissue damage.17 eosinophil cationic protein (ecp) is an eosinophil granule-derived protein and serum ecp is regarded as a highly sensitive marker of eosinophil activation in the original research article non-allergic activation of eosinophils after strenuous endurance exercise a j mckune (mmedsci)1 l l smith (phd)1 s j semple (mtech)1 a a wadee (phd)2 1department of sport and physical rehabilitation sciences, tshwane university of technology, pretoria 2department of immunology, university of the witwatersrand and the national health laboratory service, johannesburg correspondence: a j mckune private bag x680 pretoria 0001 tel: 012-318 4442 fax: 012-318 5801 e-mail: mckunea@techpta.ac.za abstract objective. to determine the effect of prolonged endurance exercise on the serum concentrations of eosinophil cationic protein (ecp), immunoglobulin e (ige) and upper respiratory tract symptoms (urts). design. in 11 healthy, experienced volunteers (6 males, 5 females, age 43 ± 9.8 years) the serum concentrations of ecp and ige were measured, 24 hours prior to projected finishing time, immediately post exercise (ipe), and 3 h, 24 h, and 72 h after an ultramarathon (90 km). self-reported urts were also recorded for 14 days after the race. ecp was measured using radioimmunoassay and ige using the alastat microplate total ige kit. the after-exercise values were corrected for plasma volume changes, which were calculated from haematocrit and haemoglobin values. serum concentrations of ecp and ige were analysed using an analysis of variance (anova) comparing values with before-exercise levels. level of significance was set at p ≤ 0.05. results. ecp was significantly elevated at 72 hours (+52%), whilst ige was not significantly altered after the ultramarathon. there were no reported urts for the 14 days after the race. conclusion. the eosinophil is a pro-inflammatory leukocyte involved in bronchial hyperreactivity and allergic inflammation of the airways. ige is associated with allergic diseases such as asthma and rhinitis. serum ecp is a sensitive marker of eosinophil activation. the result provides evidence for the non-allergic activation of blood eosinophils during prolonged endurance exercise. whether this indicates exercise or environmentally induced airway inflammation, or a role for ecp in muscle /tissue repair, are hypotheses that require additional research. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 13 urt.43 ecp plays an important role in the pathogenesis of urt allergic inflammation11 and asthma, where it is released in response to allergen-immunoglobulin e (ige) crosslinking.14 recently, it was reported that a dietary deficiency of antioxidant vitamins may play a role in increasing the severity of asthma.24 bowler amd crapo6 suggested that augmentation of existing antioxidant defences with catalytic antioxidants might be useful in attenuating respiratory disorders through counteracting the effects of inflammatory cells such as airway eosinophils. similarily, it has been reported that antioxidant supplementation may reduce the incidence of urti after ultramarathon running.30 however, bowler and crapo6 concluded that the use of antioxidants in the treatment of airway reactions requires further study. recently, it was shown that the use of airway anti-inflammatory medication reduced the self-reported incidence of urts in ultramarathon runners.36 only two previous studies have reported that eosinophils may be activated by non-allergic mechanisms in healthy subjects. both prolonged endurance exercise11 and short-term maximal exercise12 were shown to increase serum ecp in healthy subjects. there is therefore, limited data on the response of eosinophils to a physiological challenge such as endurance exercise, and the possibility that these cells may be associated with the urts reported after endurance exercise in non-allergic/asthmatic individuals is yet to be explored. the aim of the study was therefore to monitor eosinophil activation by measuring serum ecp, a possible allergic involvement through measuring alterations in serum ige, and the association that alterations in these serum proteins may have with urts after an ultramarathon. methods subjects eleven experienced runners (6 males, 5 females) from local running clubs and who had entered the 2002, 90 km comrades ultramarathon, volunteered to participate in this study. exclusion criteria subjects who reported that they smoked or suffered from asthma, allergic rhinitis, respiratory disease or had an urti in the week leading up to the ultramarathon were excluded. the protocol was approved by the tshwane institute of technology ethics committee, and informed consent was obtained from each subject. medication and nutritional supplements subjects were asked to abstain from the use of anti-inflammatory and anti-histamine medication. the use of multivitamins and anti-oxidants was not controlled. however, the subjects recorded their dietary and supplement intake for 2 weeks before and 2 weeks after the comrades to help control for the possible effect of multivitamin and anti-oxidant intake on results. study design the subjects reported to the exercise testing laboratory 2 weeks before the race where they completed questionnaires relating to their health history, training schedule (distance run in the past 6 months), and ultramarathon experience. following completion of the questionnaires, body composition and cardiorespiratory fitness were determined. body composition height and weight were recorded using a calibrated medical height gauge and balance scale (detecto, webb city, usa). a harpenden skinfold caliper was used for skinfold measurements (7 sites) to assess body composition using the drinkwater-ross method.34 maximal oxygen uptake and heart rate subjects were instructed to abstain from high-intensity or long-duration training sessions the day prior to being tested. in addition they were instructed to eat a light meal three hours prior to the vo2max. testing. the test was performed on a quinton 90 treadmill (quinton instrument co., seattle, washington). continuous respiratory measurements were recorded by means of the medgraphics cardio2 combined vo2 /ecg exercise system (medical graphics corporation, chicago, illinois). heart rate response was monitored using a polar heart rate monitor. the test began at 8 km/h on a 3% incline, for 5 minutes. thereafter, speed and gradient were increased at 1 km/h and 1% respectively every minute. from 12 km/h, only the gradient was increased by 1% per minute until exhaustion.23 standard criteria were used to ensure attainment of vo2max. 32 ultramarathon testing upper respiratory tract symptoms twenty-four hours prior to the projected finishing time the runners completed a questionnaire on their state of health during the 2 weeks leading up to the race. for 2 weeks after completion of the race the subjects completed a daily questionnaire regarding the severity and duration of urts. the questionnaire included a scale which assessed the severity and duration of self-reported urts such as a running nose, sneezing, sore throat, and cough.29 blood draws venous blood samples (15 ml) were collected 24 hours prior to projected finishing time, and then within 10 minutes immediately post exercise (ipe), and 3 h, 24 h, and 72 h after the ultramarathon. five millilitres of blood were collected in glass vacutainer tubes containing the anticoagulant, tripotassium ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (k3-edta) and were used to determine full blood counts. ten millilitres were collected in serum separator tubes which remained at room temperature for 30 minutes. these tubes were then centrifuged for 10 minutes and the serum was divided into 0.5 ml aliquots and stored at –80°c until analysis. haematological adjustments full blood counts were performed on k3-edta-treated specimens using standard haematological procedures on an automated stks model (coulter electronics inc., hialeah, florida, usa). plasma volume changes were determined from preand post-race haemoglobin and haematocrit values using the method of dill and costill.10 14 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 determination of ecp and ige serum ecp concentrations were determined using a radioimmunoassay technique (ecp-ria, pharmacia, stockholm, sweden) as described by peterson et al.31 serum ecp was considered normal within the range of 2 15 µg/l. the total serum ige (normal range, 22 86 ku/i) was determined with the use of the alastat microplate total ige kit (diagnostic products, usa) according to the manufacturer's instructions and by comparison with a known range of standard ige concentrations. high and low control samples were run for both assays, and all samples were analysed in triplicate. to avoid inter-assay variability, all samples from each subject were assayed on the same microtitre plate. statistical analysis results are expressed as means ± se. data were analysed using commercial software (sas institute, cary, nc) using an analysis of variance (anova), contrasting variables to baseline values. tukey’s post hoc tests were use to determine significant differences attributed to time. the level of significance was set at p < 0.05. results subjects demographic data on the runners are shown in table i. the subjects in the study were experienced ultramarathon runners having completed an average of 4 ultramarathons. the average distance covered in training in preparation for the ultramarathon was 1 377.3 km (january june). the average time taken to complete the race (9.45 h ± 1.1) indicates that the athletes were not in the elite category. the cut-off time for the race is 11 hours, with the top 10 runners usually completing the 90 km under 6 hours. there were no reports of urts in the 2 weeks prior to or after the ultramarathon. the dietary and supplement records did not reveal excessive intake of multivitamins or anti-oxidants. serological parameters the before and after-race levels of ecp (normal < 15 ug/l) and ige (normal range 22 85 ku/l) were within clinically normal reference ranges. all after-race exercise concentrations of ecp and ige were corrected for exercise-induced plasma volume changes before statistical analysis. eosinophil cationic protein level began rising immediately after the ultramarathon. fig. 1 shows that the ecp level was significantly increased (+52%) at 72 h (p = 0.03) compared with the before-exercise level. there was no significant alteration in ige concentration after the ultramarathon (fig. 2). discussion strenuous endurance exercise causes significant stress to the respiratory system, from the associated hyperventilation, as well as increased airway exposure to contaminants of inhaled air3,7,25,40 such as allergens or pollutants.18 urts have been linked with bacterial or viral infection during an ‘openwindow period’, 3 72 hours after exercise where an individual is susceptible due to exercise-induced immunosuppression.21 recently, it was hypothesised that urts after an ultramarathon may not be due to bacterial or viral infection or allergy,37 with the results suggesting that mucosal urt inflammation may be the source of urts. the present study investigated the effects of an ultramarathon on immune parameters, which could be associated with postexercise urts. table i. subject characteristics parameter mean (± sd) age (years) 43 (± 10) height (cm) 170 (± 10) weight (kg) 64 (± 13) body fat (%( 14 (± 3) vo2 max (ml/kg/min) 57.5 (± 6) hrmax (beats/min) 172 (± 15) weekly training distance (km/wk) 58 (± 17) race time (hours) 9.45 (± 1.1) 24 pre ipe 3 post 24 post 72 post time (hour) 1 2 3 4 5 6 e c p ( u g /l) 24 pre ipe 3 post 24 post 72 post time (hour) 21 26 31 36 41 46 51 ig e ( k u /i ) fig. 1. alterations in serum eosinophil cationic protein (µg/l) of 6 male and 5 female subjects following an ultramarathon. signifies p < 0.05 compared with before race levels. fig. 2. alterations in serum immunoglobulin e (ku/i) of 6 male and 5 female subjects following an ultramarathon. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 15 eosinophil cationic protein was significantly increased 72 hours after the ultramarathon (fig. 1) whilst ige was not significantly altered (fig. 2). these data suggest a non-allergic activation of blood eosinophils after strenuous endurance exercise. recently, a similar elevation in serum ecp was reported to provide evidence for a moderate generation of bronchial hyperreactivity in healthy individuals after prolonged endurance exercise.11 a subclinical, non-allergic inflammation associated with eosinophil activation within the airways was suggested to be responsible for the increase in bronchial reactivity.11 it was proposed that intense prolonged mouth breathing of cold, dry air during exercise might have been responsible for increased respiratory water loss and subsequent osmotic challenge to the bronchial epithelium. damaged epithelial cells might then have attracted circulating eosinophils to the airway mucosa via the release of the cytokines interleukin-5 (il-5) and tumour necrosis factor-α. these eosinophils subsequently degranulated with the release of ecp, which caused further damage and inflammation in the respiratory epithelium.11 this is a possible explanation for the raised serum ecp in the present study. although bronchial hyperactivity was not measured and there were no reported clinical urts for the 2 weeks after the ultramarathon, the raised serum ecp levels in both studies suggest the possibility that an acute bout of strenuous endurance exercise may cause weak mucosal urt inflammation. this inflammation may be similar in nature to that found in a process called ‘minimal persistent inflammation’ (mpi) that has been demonstrated in both mite-induced and pollen-induced rhinitis8 and asymptomatic allergic subjects.28 although the urts questionnaire has been used successfully in the past to identify urts30 it is possible that a more sensitive questionnaire is required to identify self-reported symptoms/manifestations of minimal airway inflammation. the questionnaire used was biased towards urti symptoms and therefore a future study should look at validating a questionnaire that is sensitive to symptoms of airway inflammation. an additional explanation for the lack of reported urts is the small sample size. a larger sample size may have increased the probability of more subjects with urts. the authors therefore do not rule out the possibility of urts related to the presence of ecp in the present study. whether frequent episodes of such non-allergic ecp peaks create a higher risk in healthy individuals for developing exerciseinduced and allergic asthma/rhinitis over time, or increased after-exercise reporting of urti-like symptoms, are questions that remain unanswered. short maximal exercise has also been shown to cause a non-allergic activation of eosinophils in healthy individuals. plasma ecp was shown to be elevated immediately after a graded maximal bicycle exercise test.12 two possible explanations for eosinophil activation were provided which are related to exercise-induced muscle/tissue damage. firstly, that ecp is usually released by eosinophils to deal with nonphagocytosable opsonised micro-organisms (e.g. parasites).20 it was speculated that during strenuous exercise non-phagocytosable muscle/tissue fragments are liberated accounting, in analogy to the defence against parasites, for the eosinophil activation and ecp release. the second explanation was that ecp has been shown to participate in muscle/tissue repair processes by modifying the production of glycosaminoglycans by human fibroblasts.35 these two explanations are feasible for the present study as strenuous endurance exercise has been reported to cause muscle / tissue damage2,9,15,41 that requires removal and repair. the acute phase response (apr) to muscle/tissue damage, specifically the activation of complement components c3, c4 and c5 fragments, may be a possible mechanism for activating eosinophils.13 submitted data from the present study have shown that the same ultramarathon caused an apr and an increase in complement,38 and this may have played a role in the non-allergic activation of eosinophils. conclusions the finding that ecp was elevated after the ultramarathon leads to various hypotheses that require testing. firstly, that non-allergic eosinophil activation is maladaptive and that frequent episodes of subclinical exercise-induced ecp peaks in healthy individuals might result in mpi and the development of exercise-induced or allergic asthma/rhinitis. secondly, that non-allergic eosinophil activation represents a normal physiological adaptive response of the immune system to the presence of non-phagocytosable muscle/tissue fragments and that eosinophils are activated to assist with removal and repair. thirdly, that the urts reported after exercise by individuals may not be the result of infection but rather due to mucosal urt inflammation induced by activated inflammatory cells in the urt. further studies are therefore necessary to test these hypotheses and at the same time aim to determine, in terms of inflammatory processes in the urt: (i) the exercise dose-response; (ii) the role of environmental factors in determining different airway cell patterns; (iii) the timecourse and features of training-induced adaptations, and (iv) long-term effects of exercise training, and their possible impact on respiratory health.5 acknowledgements this research was supported by grants from the faculty of health sciences, tshwane university of technology and the national research foundation, thuthuka programme, south africa. references 1. anderson sd, daviskas e. the mechanism of exercise-induced asthma is... j allergy clin immunol 2000;106: 453-9. 2. armstrong r. muscle damage and endurance events. sports med 1986; 3: 370-81. 3. barnes pj, fitzgerald ga, dollery ct. circadian variation in adrenergic responses in asthmatic subjects. clin sci 1982; 62: 349-54. 4. bonsignore mr, morici g, santoro a, et al. circulating hematopoietic progenitor cells in runners. j appl physiol 2002; 93: 1691-7. 5. bonsignore mr, morici g, vignola am, et al. increased airway inflammatory cells in endurance athletes: what do they mean? clin exp allergy 2003; 33: 14-21. 6. bowler p, crapo jd. oxidative stress in allergic respiratory diseases. j allergy clin immunol 2002; 110: 349-56. 7. camus g, dupont-deby g, duchateau j, deby c, pincemail j, lamy m. are similar inflammatory factors involved in strenuous exercise and sepsis. intensive care med 1994; 20: 602-10. 8. ciprandi g, buscaglia s, pesce gp, et al. minimal persistent inflammation is present at mucosal level in asymptomatic rhinitic patients with allergy due to mites. j allergy clin immunol 1995; 96: 971-9. 9. derman ew, schwellnus m, lambert mi, et al. the ‘worn-out’ athlete: a 16 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 clinical approach to chronic fatigue in athletes. j sports sci 1997;15: 34151. 10. dill db, costill dl. calculation of percentage changes of blood, plasma and red cells in dehydration. j appl physiol 1974; 37: 247-8. 11. domej w, schwaberger g, tilz gp, et al. prolonged endurance challenge at moderate altitude. effect on serum eosinophil cationic protein, eosinophil dynamics, and lung function. chest 2002; 121: 1111-6. 12. dufaux b, heine o, prinz u, soll c, rost r. effect of short maximal physical exercise on the eosinophil cationic protein. int j sports med 1993; 14: 468-70. 13. dufaux b, order u. complement activation after prolonged exercise. clin chim acta 1989; 179: 45-50. 14. erjefalt js, greiff l, andersson m, et al. allergen-induced eosinophil cytolysis is a primary mechanism for granule protein release in human upper airways. am j respir crit care med 1999; 160: 304-12. 15. fielding ra, manfredi tj, ding w, fiatarone ma, evans wj, cannon jg. acute phase response in exercise iii. neutrophil and il-1b accumulation in skeletal muscle. am j physiol 1993; 265: r166-72. 16. freed an. models and mechanisms of exercise-induced asthma. eur respir j 1995; 8: 1770-85. 17. gleich gj, flavahan na, fujisawa t, vanhoutte pm. the eosinophil as a mediator of damage to respiratory epithelium: a model for bronchial hyperreactivity. j allergy clin immunol 1988; 81: 776-81. 18. helenius ij, tikkanen ho, sarna s, haahtela t. asthma and increased bronchial responsiveness in elite athletes: atopy and sport event as risk factors. j allergy clin immunol 1998; 101: 646-52. 19. jordan j, beneke r, hutler m, veith a, luft fc, haller h. regulation of mac-1 (cd11b/cd18) expression on circulating granulocytes in endurance runners. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: 362-7. 20. kay ab. biological properties of eosinophils. clin exp allergy 1991; 21: suppl 3, 23-9. 21. mackinnon lj. advances in exercise immunology. champaign, illinois: human kinetics, 1999. 22. mannix et, farber mo, palange p, galassetti p, manfredi f. exerciseinduced asthma in figure skaters. chest 1996; 109: 312-5. 23. mars m, govender s, weston a, naicker v, chuturgoon a. high intensity exercise: a cause of lymphocyte apoptosis? biochem biophys res commun 1998; 249: 366-70. 24. mickleborough t, gotshall r. dietary components with demonstrated effectiveness in decreasing the severity of exercise-induced asthma. sports med 2003; 33: 671-81. 25. nieman d. upper respiratory tract infections and exercise. thorax 1995; 50: 1229-31. 26. nieman dc, johansen lm, lee jw, arabatzis k. infectious episodes in runners before and after the los angeles marathon. j sports med phys fitness 1990; 30: 316-28. 27. ostrowski k, rohde t, asp s, schjerling p, pedersen bk. proand antiinflammatory cytokine balance in strenuous exercise in humans. j physiol 1999; 515: 287-91. 28. passalacqua g, canonica gw. impact of rhinitis on airway inflammation: biological and therapeutic implications. respiratory research 2001; 2: 320-3. 29. peters em, bateman ed. ultramarathon running and upper respiratory tract infections: an epidemiological study. s afr med j 1983; 64: 582-4. 30. peters em, goetzsche jm, grobbelaar b, noakes td. vitamin c supplementation reduces the incidence of postrace symptoms of upper-respiratory-tract infection in ultamarathon runners. am j clin nutr 1993; 57: 170-4. 31. peterson cg, enander i, nystrand j, anderson as, nilsson l, venge p. radioimmunoassay of human eosinophil cationic protein (ecp) by an improved method. establishment of normal levels in serum and turnover in vivo. clin exp allergy 1991; 21: 561-7. 32. powers sk, howley et. exercise physiology: theory and application to fitness and performance. new york: mcgraw-hill higher education, 2001. 33. provost-craig ma, arbour ks, sestili dc, chabalko jj, ekinci e. the incidence of exercise-induced bronchospasm in competitive figure skaters. j asthma 1996; 33: 67-71. 34. ross wd, wilson nc. growth and development. a stratagem for propotional growth assessment. acta paediatr belg 1974; 24: 169-82. 35. särnstrand b, westergren-thorsson g, hernäs j, peterson cgb, venge p, malmström a. eosinophil cationic protein and transforming growth factor-a stimulates synthesis of hyaluronan and proteoglycan in human fibroblast cultures. in: cordier lf, ed. fifth international colloquium on pulmonary fibrosis. lyon, france: american thoracic society, 1988: 3988. 36. schwellnus mp, keissig m, derman w, noakes td. fusafungine reduces symptoms of upper respiratory tract infections (urti) in runners after a 56 km race. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29: s296. 37. schwellnus mp, tune mj, derman ew, noakes td. post ultra-marathon upper respiratory tract symptoms are not caused by an infection. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34: s168. 38. semple sj, smith ll, mckune aj, neveling n, wadee a. alterations in acute-phase reactants (crp, rheumatoid factor, complement, factor b, and immune complexes) following an ultramarathon. south african journal of sports medicine 2004; 16: 17-21 (this issue). 39. shek pn, shephard rj. physical exercise as a human model of limited inflammatory response. can j physiol pharmacol 1998; 76: 589-97. 40. shephard rj, rhind s, shek pn. exercise and the immune system. sports med 1994; 18: 340-69. 41. smith ll. overtraining, excessive exercise, and altered immunity: is this a t helper-1 versus t helper-2 lymphocyte response? sports med 2003; 33: 347-64. 42. venge p, hakansson l. current understanding of the role of the eosinophil granulocyte in asthma. clin exp allergy 1991; 21: suppl 3, 31-7. 43. wardlaw aj. eosinophils in the 1990's: new perspectives on their role in health and disease. postgrad med j 1994; 70: 536-52. original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license headers and concussions in elite female and male football: a pilot study s den hollander,1 phd; v gouttebarge,1-5 phd 1 football players worldwide (fifpro), hoofddorp, the netherlands 2 amsterdam umc location university of amsterdam, department of orthopedic surgery and sports medicine, meibergdreef 9, amsterdam, the netherlands 3 amsterdam collaboration on health & safety in sports (achss), ioc research center, amsterdam, the netherlands 4 section sports medicine, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 5amsterdam movement sciences, musculoskeletal health, sports, amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: v gouttebarge (v.gouttebarge@amsterdamumc.nl) research has indicated a potential causal link between repetitive head impacts and chronic traumatic encephalopathy, a neurodegenerative disease. [1] as such, concerns over the risk of cognitive decline and neurodegenerative diseases associated with heading in professional footballers has resulted in several attempts to limit the exposure to heading in training. [2, 3] however, in elite men’s and women’s football, not enough is known regarding the exposure to headers or their effect on cognitive function. this information is crucial to allow stakeholders to make informed decisions and intervene, where necessary, to improve players’ safety. research across five top men’s european leagues has found that defenders made approximately six headers per match, and midfielders and forwards four per match. [4] in elite women’s football, across positions, players make an average of four headers per player per match. [5, 6] in both women’s and men’s elite football, little is known about the exposure to headers in training. [7] this lack of data needs to be addressed, while the exposure to headers should be objectively quantified through, for example, video analysis, as subjective self-reported measures have been shown to be invalid. [8, 9] along with quantifying the exposure to heading, it is also important to identify the force associated with heading in football. the force gives an indication of the impact a header had on a player’s brain. studies in youth football, and in the laboratory, found the force of headers ranges between 4 and 50g, [7], well below the threshold of 80g associated with a concussive event. [10] it may, therefore, seem that the force associated with a header is not large enough to result in a concussion. however, little is known about the cumulative effect of heading on the brain. in other words, would the 6 headers of 50g a defender may make in a match (a cumulative force of 300g) affect their cognitive functioning, and could these sub-concussive events result in long-term decrements in brain health? the eye and brain share similarities in their neural and vascular structures and the immune response. [11] assessing the health and functioning of the eye, and any changes in these assessments that may occur can provide insight into the health and functioning of the brain. [12, 13]. the primary objective of this study was twofold, namely, to (i) assess the exposure to headers and concussions among elite female and male footballers, and (ii) explore the effect of headers and concussions on their ocular markers. a secondary objective was to determine the validity of self-reported exposure to heading compared to video analysis. methods study design an observational descriptive study design was conducted. ethical approval was provided by the medical ethics review committee of the amsterdam university medical centers (w22_016#22.045; amsterdam, the netherlands), while the study was conducted in accordance with the declaration of helsinki (2013). setting this study was coordinated by fifpro (football players worldwide), and a report of the study has been documented on their website (fifpro.org). [14] the women’s section of the study background: heading is a risk factor for neurogenerative disease in football. however, the exposure to heading in elite football training is understudied. objectives: the primary purpose of this study was to determine the exposure to headers in elite men’s and women’s football and to describe the effects of the headers on ocular markers. methods: exposure to headers was observed over three days of women’s and men’s football. the number of headers at each session was determined through video analysis, and the g-force was determined via an impact tracker. ocular markers were assessed at the start and end of the three days, and the results were compared to determine if there were any changes. self-reported exposure to heading was recorded after each session and compared to the number of headers observed through video analysis, to assess the validity of players’ self-reporting. results: female players made an average of 11 headers per player per session. ninety percent of the headers were below 10g, and none were above 80g. male players made an average of three headers per player per session, with 74% of the headers recording a g-force above 10g and 3% above 80g. no meaningful changes were observed post-session in the ocular markers, and no concussions were observed. neither cohort was able to accurately self-report exposure to headers. conclusion: longitudinal studies should be designed and conducted across different levels of play in both women and men’s football as a prerequisite to develop evidence-based measures to prevent or mitigate the potential risks associated with headers and concussions in elite football. keywords: soccer, professional, academy, ocular markers, force s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15236 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15236 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0126-4177 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6064-038x original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 took place in june 2022 with the women’s israel football association’s academy (in collaboration with the israeli football players organisation ifpo; israel) during their final training week of the season. the men’s section of this study took place in the 2nd week of a training camp organised in march 2022 by jalkapallon pelaajayhdistys ry, football association of players in finland (jpy). all sessions (figure 1) were designed and executed by experienced coaches and no instruction was given to the coaches on the prescription of training. participants the participants consisted of two separate groups, namely, female and male elite footballers. in our study, the definition for an elite footballer was that he/she (1) trains to improve football performance; (2) competes in the highest or second highest national league; (3) reports football training and competition as their major activity, devoting several hours in all or most of the days for these activities, and (4) exceeding the time allocated to other types of leisure activities. convenience sampling was used to recruit the participants; namely, the female group from players at the women’s israel football association’s academy and the male group from players at the jpy training camp. based on a sample size calculation, 26 (13 per group) participants were required for the study. [15] measurements exposure to headers each session was filmed and all footage was analysed retrospectively by an experienced video analyst using a vlc media player (videolan client). each player was assigned a shirt with a unique identifiable number and an act head impact tracker, which they wore during each session (acttracker.com, northern sports insight and intelligence oy). the tracker measured any impacts to the head over a force of 10g. each observed header was noted and the timestamp of the header, whether the header was intentional, and the shirt number of the player was recorded. after each session, the players were also asked how many headers they thought they made during the session and their response was recorded. the timestamps of the impacts were aligned to the timestamps of the headers observed in the video footage, and the corresponding g-forces were recorded. any impact forces not associated with a header were not included in the analyses. concussions any suspected concussions were identified by a sideline spotter and assessed by medical staff present at every session. if a suspected concussion was confirmed by the medical staff, video footage of the incident was reviewed to identify the mechanism and cause of the concussion. ocular markers the ocular markers were assessed via the bioeye eyecon device at the start and end of the training week (bioeye.com). the measurements were conducted by a trained and experienced instructor. the eyecon test battery consists of four components: smooth pursuit (smp), pupillary light response (plr), near point convergence (npc), and horizontal gaze nystagmus (hgn). a description of each test, with normative values can be found in appendix 1. procedures potential participants were emailed the information about the objectives and procedures of the study by their respective national players union. if interested in the study, each participant gave their electronic consent and completed an electronic survey. the survey, compiled in english (typeform professional), consisted of several questions related to age, gender, height, weight, duration of their elite football career, studies and/or work outside of football, and field position. once completed, the data was saved on a secured server that only the two principal investigators had access to. each player was assigned a number, and no information regarding the identity of the player was recorded. players executed all sessions and measurements as indicated previously. players participated voluntarily in the study and did not receive any financial remuneration for their participation. data were collected in february, march and june 2022. statistical analysis for our primary objective, descriptive statistics (average, maximum and minimum) were used to analyse the players' exposure to headers and concussive events, and the results of the bio-eye assessments. for our secondary objective, the interclass correlation coefficient (icc) was used to determine the validity of self-reported exposure to headers compared to video analysis (gold standard). icc values were evaluated as follows: ‘poor’ validity when icc was lower than 0.50; ‘moderate’ validity when icc ranged from 0.50 to 0.75, ‘good’ validity when icc ranged between 0.75 and 0.90, and ‘excellent’ when icc values were above 0.90. [16] ibm spss 26 and microsoft excel for microsoft 365 were used to perform the data analyses. fig. 1. flowchart of study protocol original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 results participants’ characteristics women players sixteen elite academy-level women participated in the study (n=16; 2 goalkeepers, 5 defenders, 4 midfielders and 5 forwards). one hundred percent (100%) of the footballers were currently studying, and 6% were working outside of football. the age of the players ranged from 14 to 18 years, with an average and mode age of 16 years. men players fifteen professional male footballers participated in the study (n=15; 1 goalkeeper, 5 defenders, 7 midfielders and 3 forwards). thirty-three percent (33%) of the footballers were currently studying, and 20% were working outside of football. the age of the players ranged from 22 to 33 years, with an average and mode age of 25 years and 22 years, respectively. exposure to headers women players a total of 746 headers were observed over the five training sessions, with an average of 149 headers per session (11 headers per player per session). however, 87% (n=650) of the headers were made in session 1 of day 2. due to player availability, the match on day 3 was cancelled and replaced with an extra training session. table 1 provides an overview of the average and maximum number and forces of the headers the players made. the force of the headers was not recorded during day 1’s sessions (players needed to be familiarised with the system, and the system needed to be calibrated). only 65 out of the 677 headers observed on days 2 and 3 (10%) had a g-force over 10g. the average force of the headers above 10g was 19g. no observed headers were above 80g in any of the sessions. there were two unintentional headers (0.3%), one had a g-force of less than 10g and the second had a g-force of 19g. figure 2 provides a visual of the number of headers made in each force zone. men players there was a total of 179 headers observed over the five sessions, with an average of 35 headers per training session (two headers per player per session) and 38 headers in the match (three headers per player). one hundred and thirty-two (132) out of the 179 headers had a force over 10g, 72% in training and 82% in matches. the average force of the headers above 10g was 19g in training, and 29g in matches. there were 175 intentional headers, with an average force of 19g, and four unintentional headers, with an average force of 77g. three headers in training, and two in the match had a g-force above 80g. an overview of the average and maximum number and forces of headers, and a visual of the number of headers made in each zone are shown in table 2 and figure 3, respectively. concussions, ocular markers and validity of self-report there were no observed concussions at any of the women’s or men’s training or match sessions. an overview of the results of the eyecon assessments, for women and men, are presented in table 3, with average scores and standard deviation. for both groups, the results of the changes in the smp, plr, and npc tests were within the normative range, suggesting no clinically relevant acute table 1. number and force of headers in women’s football training (n=16) day 1 day 2 day 3 session 1 2 1 2 1 maximum headers observed by a single player (n) 7 2 72 10 3 average headers observed per player (n) 4 <1 46 2 1 average self-reported headers per player (n) 11 1 33 2 1 intraclass correlation (icc) 0.11 0.73 0.49 0.94 0.88 icc interpretation poor good moderate excellent good average number of headers above 10g per player (n) 4 2 <1 average g force of headers above 10g (g) 19 17 17 number of headers above 80g (n) 0 0 0 maximum g force of a header (g) 71 27 22 fig. 2. number of headers made in each force zone in women’s football training original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 changes in cognitive functioning. there were no cases of hgn detected in either the women’s or men’s group. the validity of the women players to selfreport the number of headers they made during training ranged from poor to excellent between the sessions (table 1), and from poor to good for the men players (table 2). discussion the purposes of this study were (i) to assess the exposure to headers and concussions among elite footballers and (ii) to explore the effect of headers and concussions on their ocularmarkers. a secondary objective was to determine the validity of self-reported exposure to heading, compared to video analysis. female players made an average of 11 headers per player per session. ninety percent of the headers were below 10g, and none were above 80g. male players made an average of three headers per player per session, with 74% of the headers recording a g-force above 10g and 3% above 80g. there were no clinically relevant changes observed postsession in the ocular markers of the players, and no concussions were observed. neither the women’s nor men’s football cohort were able to accurately self-report the number of headers they made in every session. exposure to headers there was an average of 11 headers per player per training session in women’s football, and an average of two and three table 2. number and force of headers in men’s football training and match (n=15) day 1 day 2 match session 1 2 1 2 1 maximum headers observed by a single player (n) 3 16 15 3 5 average headers observed per player (n) <1 8 1 1 3 average self-reported headers per player (n) 1 6 3 2 3 intraclass correlation (icc) 0.07 0.77 -0.14 0.48 0.28 icc interpretation poor good poor poor poor average number of headers above 10g per player (n) <1 6 1 <1 2 average g force of headers above 10g (g) 11 17 34 32 27 number of headers above 80g (n) 0 1 1 1 2 maximum g force of a header (g) 13 101 111 94 137 fig. 3. number of headers made in each force zone in men’s football training and match table 3. changes in bioeye eyecon ocular markers between day 3 and baseline assessment results baseline day 3 change ocular assessments women men women men women men mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd left eye smp latency (ms) 321 89 317 48 304 39 293 52 -17 108 -24 -37 right eye smp latency (ms) 279 66 297 63 291 46 269 56 12 63 -28 76 left pupil size (mm) 5.9 1.2 5.3 0.5 5.6 0.8 5.4 0.5 -0.3 1.5 0.1 0.6 right pupil size (mm) 5.9 1.1 5.4 0.6 5.5 0.8 5.4 0.5 -0.4 1.1 0 0.5 difference in pupil size (mm) 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.3 0.0 0.5 0 0.4 total pupil constriction (mm) 1.7 0.7 1.5 0.6 1.4 0.5 1.5 0.4 -0.3 1.0 0 0.4 npc loss of convergence (cm) 9.0 3.0 9.6 3.2 9.1 3.6 9.0 2.7 0.1 5.7 -0.6 4.2 npc regained convergence (cm) 9.0 2.9 9.0 2.7 9.0 2.7 9.1 2.1 0 4.7 0.1 3.0 smp, smooth pursuit; npc, near point convergence original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 headers per player per session in training and matches in men’s football, respectively. the exposure to headers in men’s football is similar to that reported in previous studies in men’s and women’s collegiate and elite football, with an average of two headers per player per training session, [6, 17, 18] and four headers in matches, [5, 18] reported in both men’s and women’s football. although the number of headers we identified in women’s football was higher, 87% of these headers occurred in one session. if we exclude that outlying session from the calculation, there was an average of two headers per player per session in women’s football. this highlights the impact the design of a training session can have on the players’ exposure to heading, and a possible need to educate coaches on the importance of designing training sessions that limit the exposure of heading in training, to reduce the potential risk of repetitive headers on brain health. the average force of headers (calculated with those above 10g) in men and women’s football training was 19g. similar findings were found in collegiate players in a study by saunders and colleagues, with an average force of 20g and 17g for women and men players, respectively. [19] however, the percentage of headers above 10g, and the number of headers above 80g, was higher in men’s football when compared to women’s football. head impacts above 80g have been identified as a risk factor for concussion. [20] although our findings suggest that the men were exposed to headers with greater impacts than women, it is important to note that the men’s group was older than the women’s (senior vs academy). therefore, further research is required to describe the exposure to heading in men’s and women’s football, at different levels of play and different career stages. although 3% of headers in the men’s group were above 80g, the impacts did not cause a concussion. the risk of concussion may have been mitigated by a player’s well-developed neck musculature or proficient heading technique [21]; however, this investigation was beyond the scope of this study and research investigating the mechanism of heading-related concussions is recommended. ocular markers the exposure to headings over the three days of training, in women’s and men’s football, did not have a clinically relevant effect on the players’ ocular markers. a review of research related to heading in football found that in 75% of the studies reviewed, heading did not have a negative effect on cognitive functioning. [5] these findings suggest that the impact of headings may not have an acute effect on cognitive functioning. however, longitudinal studies are required to determine the chronic effect the impact of headings may have on cognitive functioning across multiple months or years of training and matches. the validity of self-report the validity of the players ability to self-report how many headers they made in a session ranged from poor to excellent, and poor to good, in women’s and men’s football, respectively. it is, therefore, recommended that in future research objective measures (i.e. video analysis) are used to quantify players exposure to heading in training and matches. limitations the purpose of a pilot study is to examine the methodology and procedures of a study on a small scale, and to explore the feasibility of the study and identify any limitations and considerations, before implementing the study on a larger scale. in this sense, this study was a success as several limitations and considerations were identified which can inform future directions. we observed the exposure to headings in men and women’s football. yet, although both groups compete at an elite level, the level of play, career stage, and the country where they played also differed between the groups. these factors may affect the level and style of training of the players, and the subsequent heading exposure. this can make it difficult to attribute differences between groups to a specific grouping factor (sex, level of play, etc.). we therefore recommend that future studies which analyse both men and women’s football consider the level of play, the country, and the career stage of the players. there were a few technical errors related to the synching of the timestamps of the head impacts with the video footage. namely, the time stamps from the head impacts during the men’s training camp were incorrect due to a software issue. this issue was fixed for the women’s training, but the video footage of the training was not time stamped. this meant that, although we were able to quantify the number of headers (and any other head impacts) each player made in a session, and the force of the head impacts that occurred, we were not able to objectively know the force of each header. future studies should therefore ensure that the impact trackers used are able to accurately record impacts from heading and that the recordings of training and matches is timestamped. convenience sampling was used for our recruitment of participants. therefore sampling bias must also be considered a limitation of the study. future directions the sequence of injury prevention is a sports injury prevention model that was developed to provide researchers and practitioners with a road map to guide decision-making and action plans when developing injury prevention strategies. [22] the first two steps of this model are (1) to establish the extent of the problem, (2) to establish the mechanism of injury, and to introduce preventative measures. we recommend that future studies start with the first two steps of this model, namely, to establish players' exposure (number and force) to head impacts in training and matches, and the incidence, severity, and mechanisms of changes in cognitive function (e.g. via ocular markers) in elite football. therefore, observational longitudinal (over at least one season) studies should be designed and conducted across different levels of play, in both women's and men’s football. these studies are a prerequisite before the development of any evidence-based measures aiming to prevent or mitigate the potential risks associated with headers and concussions in elite football. original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 conclusion female players made an average of 11 headers per player per session. ninety percent of the headers were below 10g, and none were above 80g. male players made an average of 3 headers per player per session, with 74% of the headers recording a g-force above 10g and 3% above 80g. there were no significant changes observed post-session in the ocular markers of the players, and no concussions were observed. neither the women’s nor men’s football cohorts were able to accurately self-report the number of headers they made in every session. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: we are thankful to all members of israeli football players organisation (ifpo) and jalkapallon pelaajayhdistys ry (jpy) who participated in the study. author contributions: sdh contributed to the analysis and interpretation of data and drafting and revision of the manuscript. vg contributed to the conception and design of the study, data collection, critical revision of the manuscript, and approval of the version to be published. references 1. nowinski cj, bureau sc, buckland me, curtis ma, daneshvar dh, faull rlm, et al. applying the bradford hill criteria for causation to repetitive head impacts and chronic traumatic encephalopathy. frontiers in neurology 2022;13. [10.3389/fneur.2022.938163]. 2. scottish fa heading guidance. scotland: scottish football association; 2021. [https://www.scottishfa.co.uk/media/9832/ heading-guidance-adult-football-18plus.pdf]. 3. professional football heading in training guidance. england: the football association; 2021. [https://www.thefa.com//media/thefacom-new/files/rules-and-regulations/202122/heading-guidance/professional-football-heading-intraining-guidance-july-2021.ashx]. 4. tierney gj, higgins b. the incidence and mechanism of heading in european professional football players over three seasons. scand j med sci sports 2021;31(4):875-883. [10.1111/sms.13900]. 5. langdon s, goedhart e, oosterlaan j, et al. heading exposure in elite football (soccer): a study in adolescent, young adult, and adult male and female players. med sci sports exerc 2022;54(9):1459-1465. [10.1249/mss.0000000000002945]. 6. bentley l, lauder m, smith n. heading incidence and characteristics in elite women's football over the 2020/2021 season. isbs proceedings archive 2022, p. 4. 7. mccunn r, beaudouin f, stewart k, et al. heading in football: incidence, biomechanical characteristics and the association with acute cognitive function-a three-part systematic review. sports med 2021;51(10):2147-2163. [10.1007/s40279-021-01492-z] 8. sandmo sb, gooijers j, seer c, et al. evaluating the validity of self-report as a method for quantifying heading exposure in male youth soccer. res sports med 2021;29(5):427-439. [10.1080/15438627.2020.1853541]. 9. harriss a, walton dm, dickey jp. direct player observation is needed to accurately quantify heading frequency in youth soccer. res sports med 2018;26(2):191-198. [10.1080/15438627.2018.1431534]. 10. broglio sp, schnebel b, sosnoff jj, et al. biomechanical properties of concussions in high school football. med sci sports exerc 2010;42(11):2064-2071. [10.1249/mss.0b013e3181dd9156] [pmc2943536]. 11. nguyen cto, acosta ml, di angelantonio s, et al. editorial: seeing beyond the eye: the brain connection. front neurosci 2021;15:719717. [10.3389/fnins.2021.719717] [pmc8276094]. 12. akhand o, balcer lj, galetta sl. assessment of vision in concussion. curr opin neurol 2019;32(1):68-74. [10.1097/wco.0000000000000654]. 13. oldham jr, meehan wp, 3rd, howell dr. impaired eye tracking is associated with symptom severity but not dynamic postural control in adolescents following concussion. j sport health sci 2021;10(2):138-144. [10.1016/j.jshs.2020.10.007] [pmc7987563]. 14. den hollander s, gouttebarge v. headers and concussions in elite football: a pilot project. netherlands: fifpro world players' union; 2022. [https://fifpro.org/media/kjicnd1a/headersand-concussions-in-elite-football.pdf]. 15. wang x, ji x. sample size estimation in clinical research: from randomized controlled trials to observational studies. chest 2020;158(1s):s12-s20. [10.1016/j.chest.2020.03.010]. 16. koo tk, li my. a guideline of selecting and reporting intraclass correlation coefficients for reliability research. j chiropr med 2016;15(2):155-163. [10.1016/j.jcm.2016.02.012] [pmc4913118]. 17. caccese jb, lamond lc, buckley ta, et al. linear acceleration in direct head contact across impact type, player position, and playing scenario in collegiate women's soccer players. j athl train 2018;53(2):115-121. [10.4085/1062-6050-90-17] [pmc5842901]. 18. kaminski tw, weinstein s, wahlquist ve. a comprehensive prospective examination of purposeful heading in american interscholastic and collegiate soccer players. sci med footb 2019;4(2):101-110. [10.1080/24733938.2019.1696470]. 19. saunders td, le rk, breedlove km, et al. sex differences in mechanisms of head impacts in collegiate soccer athletes. clin biomech (bristol, avon) 2020;74:14-20. [10.1016/j.clinbiomech.2020.02.003]. 20. patricios j, fuller gw, ellenbogen r, et al. what are the critical elements of sideline screening that can be used to establish the diagnosis of concussion? a systematic review. br j sports med 2017;51(11):888-894. [10.1136/bjsports-2016-097441]. 21. rutherford a, stephen r, douglas p. neuropsychology of heading and head trauma in association football (soccer): a review. neuropsychol rev 2003;13(3):153-179. 22. van mechelen w, hlobil h, kemper hc. incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries: a review of concepts. sports med 1992;14(2):82-99. [10.2165/00007256-19921402000002]. original research sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 67 background. internationally young athletes are reported to have a poor understanding of the principles of sports nutrition and supplement use; hence their diet may be unhealthy and inappropriate for participation in sport. there is limited research on current nutritional knowledge and attitudes of under-16 (u16) age-group level rugby players in south africa (sa). objectives. to assess dietaryand supplement-related knowledge and attitudes of 198 u16 national-level rugby players in sa. methods. over a period of four consecutive years a total of 198 players attending nutrition workshops at the annual selection camp received and completed an anonymous structured questionnaire. anthropometric measures (weight, height and skinfolds) were gathered by registered biokineticists. results. of players 87% (168/193) indicated that they wanted to increase lean muscle mass, with 42% (82/194) feeling pressurised to do so by their coach and/or parents. almost half (85/196) believed their diets to be poor. players had better knowledge about nutrition recovery strategies than pre-game meals. seventy per cent (136/195) identified optimal timing and 56% (109/196) knew the ideal macronutrient composition of recovery meals. over 60% of players believed supplements were safe (115/192) and necessary (132/193) for increasing muscle mass, and almost half (106/195) believed they could take creatine. over a third (68/170) also believed that the protein quality of supplements was higher than that of food. supplements were primarily recommended by coaches and non-dietetic medical practitioners. eight of the players self-prescribed supplements and four were taking supplements on the advice of a store salesperson or representative. conclusion. the elite u16 rugby players in this study lacked comprehensive sports nutritional knowledge, yet had an overly positive attitude toward supplementation and used supplements haphazardly to achieve body composition goals. tailor-made nutrition interventions with a strong education component are recommended to improve players’ nutritional knowledge, as well as access to registered dietitians working in sport to advise on supplements. s afr j sports med 2015;27(3):67-71. doi:10.7196/sajsm.8092 initial investigation of nutrition and supplement use, knowledge and attitudes of under-16 rugby players in south africa k m duvenage,1 bsc (dietetics); s t meltzer,1,2 msc (med) (nutr & dietetics); s a chantler,1 msc (med) (exerc sci) 1 shelly meltzer and associates, cape town, south africa 2 division of human nutrition, department of human biology, university of cape town, south africa corresponding author: k duvenage (karliens@gmail.com) internationally, young athletes, including schoolboy rugby players, are reported to have a poor understanding of the principles of sports nutrition and unwarranted supplement use; as a result their dietary behaviours may be unhealthy and inappropriate for their sport.[1] the change in the level of professionalism of rugby has also had an effect on the younger age groups, by increasing the pressure for early muscle mass gains and strength, as within each age group heavier players seem to have a competitive advantage and are more likely to be selected for high-level teams.[2] since 1968 the average body mass of a craven week rugby player has increased by 10 kg (6.6%),[2] and the boys selected from this tournament for the south african (sa) schools team are roughly 8 kg heavier than the average weight of boys who do not make the team. this weight increase can to a large extent be attributed to increases in resistance training as part of the regular training of this age group.[2] the increased physiological and training demands for these younger players coincide with additional age-specific nutritional demands. these include consuming sufficient energy and nutrients for normal growth and development, maintaining adequate hydration, and ensuring appropriate timing and composition of meals for optimal performance and body composition.[3] the current consensus internationally is that the optimal way to meet these age and sport-specific demands is with a well-planned diet focusing on food and, if necessary, using supplements under the guidance of a qualified dietitian specialising in sport nutrition. only where an expert health professional identifies a specific dietary gap may select supplementation be used in conjunction with dietary optimisation.[4] unfortunately, in spite of this consensus, there is limited evidence with regard to the sport-specific nutritional needs of adolescents compared to adults, and in addition little is known about the physiological and psychological effects of supplementation in the under-18 age group.[4,5] the reality is that use of supplements by adolescent athletes is rife, and is of concern.[4] in a kwazulu-natal-based study in sa, 54 55.5% of rugby-playing school boys (age 16 17 years and under 13 years, respectively, n=222) reported using some form of supplementation.[5,6] moreover, the introduction and misuse of supplements may contribute to the increase in positive doping tests or steroid use in school-based sport, as well as an increase in other substance abuse (e.g. alcohol).[7,8] in a 2011 study on use of steroids in 20 rugby-playing schools (also in kwazulu-natal) it was found that 4.6% of the 9 824 male respondents had used androgenic anabolic steroids, and 2.7% of males were currently using them (hagemann g, 2014, personal communication). nutritional supplements are often viewed as a ‘safety net’ by young athletes, because they lack the appropriate knowledge relating to the 68 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 quantity and quality of their dietary intakes. [5] a single rugby-specific questionnairebased study in ireland showed nutrition knowledge (based on a composite score) to be poor among young rugby players (age 15 18 years).[1] other studies in adolescent athletes in other sports have shown a similar trend.[5,9-13] in a recent sa study varsity cup players’ (mean (standard deviation (sd) age 21.9 (1.2) years) habitual dietary intakes and match-day strategies were found to be suboptimal, and supplement use was high. [14] in other studies supplement use has also been linked to pressure from coaches, peers, competitors and parents,[4,6] often reinforced by unsubstantiated and exaggerated claims made by an industry which is practically unregulated.[4] rugby is one of the major team sports in sa, with a total of 633 299 rugby players registered in the country in 2013, and a following of around 10 million.[9] of the registered players, 82% are preteens and teens.[9] the culture formed at school level can be taken through to higher-level rugby, making this group of athletes a large target for possible research and nutritional intervention. currently there are no published studies on the knowledge, attitudes and practices of nutrition and use of supplements among elite/high-level adolescent rugby players in sa. this is an important area to study as intervention studies have previously shown that better knowledge can positively effect nutritional practices.[13] the objective of this study was to investigate the nutrition knowledge, basic attitudes and supplement use of four different groups of national-level under-16 (u16) rugby players over 4 consecutive years. methods subjects and questionnaire in july of every year in sa a national selection panel identifies the top 50 u16 players at grant khomo week, which is the national u16 tournament. the top 50 players then attend a camp in the school holidays and receive specialist training in their positions as well as in life skills, technical aspects of coaching, conditioning, nutrition and mental preparation. during this camp, over a period of 4 consecutive years (2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012), a total of 198 male players attended the workshop and were given a dietary questionnaire specifically designed for this study. the questionnaire was designed as a pre-workshop investigation by targeting basic ideas and concepts with a low responder burden. many of the questions were similar to those asked in standard dietary consultations with this age group. the questionnaire had been proofread and tested by an expert external panel of non-dietetic staff members of the university of cape town and the sports science institute of sa (ssisa). the questionnaire comprised four sections with 18 questions in total. the overall design of the questionnaire is displayed in table 1. at the start of the dietary workshops the questionnaires were handed out and completed by the players, before they received any nutrition information. the players completed the questionnaires in the presence of at least one dietitian with sports nutrition experience to help with questions, and other staff members of the team to ensure minimal peer influences between participants. they were assured that all information gathered would be confidential and no names were recorded on the questionnaire; results would not be shared with coaches or trainers, and only participant numbers would appear on questionnaires. anthropometric data were gathered by registered and trained biokineticists (of the discovery high performance centre at ssisa). it was therefore expected that the inter-rater variability would be relatively low. each player was weighed on an electronic scale (mvw industrial floor scale, 200 kg capacity) while barefoot and wearing only shorts and a t-shirt. height was recorded with the subject barefoot with his arms hanging by his sides. his heels, buttocks, upper back and head were in contact with the stadiometer (seca leceister 214, england). the percentage body fat was calculated from the sum of four skinfold sites (triceps, biceps, subscapularis and supra-iliac), me asure d using har p enden sk infold callipers, all measurements taken on the right side of the player. as there are no norms for athletic populations, we interpreted weight, height and body mass index according to the world health organization (who) standard guidelines for age[15] as well as boksmart references.[2] body fat composition was compared with the norms described by durandt et al.[16] each player gave informed written consent to participate and complete the anonymous questionnaire. parental consent was given as part of the indemnity to attend the sa rugby union camp. statistical analysis a database for data entry was prepared using microsoft excel. descriptive statistics together with frequency statistics were used to summarise the main observations. questions were grouped by the frequency of the answer. table 1. design of the questionnaire section a: mainly open-ended questions: weight, height, age, self-reported position of play body composition goals section b: multiple-choice questions: knowledge of basic nutrition with regard to weight management, prematch nutrition, recovery nutrition section c: four-point likert scale: attitude and beliefs towards their own diets and supplements section d: open-ended questions: supplement use dosages who recommended table 2. mean (sd) weight, height and body fat of participants over the 4 years of the study 2009 (n=49) 2010 (n=49) 2011 (n=50) 2012 (n=51) weight (kg) 84.9 (11.4) 85.7 (15.0) 86.4 (14.2) 86.2 (15.0) height (cm) 179.2 (7.8) 177.3 (14.1) 180.6 (8.8) 179.2 (7.8) body fat (%) 18.9 (3.9) 20.3 (4.3) 18.9 (4.3) 19.6 (4.3) sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 69 as some participants left some questions blank, the n-value was adjusted for the each question. parametric data are presented as mean (sd). analysis of variance measures were used to compare anthropometry between groups (forwards/backs) and years (4 years). frequencies of knowledge, attitude and practices regarding nutrition and supplementation were compared using χ2 tests. statistical significance was based on a p-value of <0.05, and all data were analysed using statistica version 10 (statsoft inc., usa). results table 2 presents the mean (sd) weight, height and body fat of the participants over the 4 years. during this time average weight ranged from 84.9 (11.4) kg to 86.4 (14.2) kg, height ranged from 177.3 (14.1) cm to 180.6 (8.9) cm, and body fat ranged from 18.9% (3.9%) to 20.3% (4.3%). there were no significant differences from year to year with regard to mean weight, height or body fat percentage. the mean weight and height of the players were above the 50th percentile for their age according to the who[15] and in accordance with norms for their age and level according to boksmart.[2] the mean body fat percentage was slightly above the norm, but was not position specific.[17] body composition goals eighty seven per cent of the players (168/193) indicated that they wanted to increase lean muscle mass. basic nutritional knowledge the most frequent answers by participants to the nutritional knowledge questions are presented in table 3. although there was slight annual variation, there was no significant difference between the years. attitudes and beliefs towards diet and supplements the questions regarding dietary attitudes and beliefs had responses on a standard likert scale. table 4 presents the frequency of those who ‘agreed’ or ‘strongly agreed’ with the statement given. forty three per cent of the participants agreed that they had a poor diet, while the majority (68%) agreed that they needed a protein supplement to gain muscle mass, which almost half of them (42%) felt pressurised to do. although most of the participants (66%) did not agree that they needed supplements to perform at their peak, the majority (60%) indicated that taking supplements would not result in a positive doping test and that they could take creatine at their age (54%). supplement use over the 4-year period 84 (42%) of the players reported that they were taking at least one supplement, with two players taking as many as five different supplements simultaneously (fig. 1). dosages and frequency were not provided. protein supplements were the most prevalent supplement used (31%). there was no statistically significant difference in supplement use over the course of each year. table 5 shows a summary of who recommended the use of the supplement. table 3. nutritional knowledge by highest frequency answer of the participants by year question answer with highest score, % (n/n) 2009 2010 2011 2012 average* most ideal strategy to avoid gaining fat mass cut out all sugar – 38 (18/48) eat a low-fat, balanced diet – 46 (22/48) eat a low-fat, balanced diet – 40 (19/47) eat a low-fat, balanced diet – 29; eat more protein – 29 (14/48) eat a low-fat, balanced diet – 37 (n=191) best meal to have the night before a match creamy pasta alfredo – 83 (40/48) creamy pasta alfredo – 68 (34/50) creamy pasta alfredo – 69 (33/48) creamy pasta alfredo – 62 (31/50) creamy pasta alfredo – 70 (n=196) optimum time for a recovery meal 30 40 min – 67 (32/48) 30 40 min – 73 (36/49) 30 40 min – 69 (33/48) 30 40 min – 70 (35/70) 30 40 min – 70 (n=195) what ideal recovery snack should contain protein and carbohydrate – 51 (24/47) protein and carbohydrate – 51 (26/51) protein and carbohydrate – 60 (29/48) protein and carbohydrate – 60 (30/50) protein and carbohydrate – 56 (n=196) *mean frequency of the dominant answer over the whole sample. table 4. attitudes and beliefs about diet, muscle mass, protein and supplements, % (n/n) 2009 2010 2011 2012 average* i rate my diet as poor or very poor 49 (23/47) 33 (16/49) 50 (25/50) 42 (21/50) 43 (85/196) i feel pressurised by my coach and/or parents to increase my lean body mass 48 (22/46) 43 (21/49) 37 (18/49) 42 (21/50) 42 (82/194) i believe that i would have to take a protein supplement to increase muscle mass 70 (32/46) 72 (36/50) 68 (32/47) 64 (32/50) 68 (132/193) i believe the quality of protein in a supplement is higher than that of food 47 (18/38) 42 (18/42) 22 (9/41) 48 (23/48) 40 (68/170) i need a supplement to perform at my peak 30 (14/47) 48 (24/50) 22 (11/49) 37 (18/49) 34 (67/195) i don’t think that taking a supplement can lead to a positive doping test 65 (31/48) 63 (31/49) 48 (22/46) 63 (31/49) 60 (115/192) i believe i can take creatine 50 (24/48) 55 (27/49) 60 (29/48) 52 (26/50) 54 (106/195) *mean frequency of the dominant answer over the whole sample. 70 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 discussion in this descriptive survey of elite u16 sa rugby players it was evident that while the participants had better knowledge about recover y strategies than other general nutritional practices for athletes, their attitudes demonstrated a desire to increase lean muscle mass without the appropriate nutritional knowledge to do so. it was also evident that the perceived pressure to increase lean mass was from external sources. this pressure may have contributed to nearly half of these adolescents taking one or more dietary supplements, believing these to be safe and necessary for increasing muscle mass, while many believed their diets were poor. of further concern is the lack of professional specialised nutritional advice given to this age group. the players had a mean body weight of 85.8 (13.9) kg, with the expected differences found between forwards and back-line players. when related to the who growth charts, they were above the 50th percentile for their age-appropriate weight and height. this is expected due to their sport and level of play. however, when compared with available sa literature on rugby players[2,17] their weight, height and body fat percentage were in line with the norms for their age and level of sport. in spite of this, players reported feeling pressure to gain more muscle mass. this is not surprising, and may arise from the competitive advantage that increased body size may give in rugby, as those who make the sa schools u18 team are on average ~8 kg heavier than those who do not. [2] poor nutritional knowledge may negatively affect ability to alter body composition for performance. in our study, while the players’ knowledge on the best strategy to avoid gaining fat mass was mixed (37% suggested a low-fat balanced approach), nutrient-based knowledge questions on recovery were better answered than those on pre-match meals. players tended to have a better knowledge on the timeframes and macronutrient content of recovery nutrition, which is somewhat understandable given that ‘recovery strategies’ are a much publicised and marketed aspect of sports nutrition and supplements. for the prematch meal the majority (70%) of participants chose pasta alfredo, without questioning the fat content of the sauce. this may indicate the need for food-based nutritional interventions, as the relationship between dietary education and a positive effect on knowledge has been highlighted in other intervention studies.[1,13] resorting to supplements as a means to build muscle mass rather than improving their diets is problematic. although most players did not believe that supplements were required for peak performance, it is of concern that 68% believed that protein supplements were required for increasing muscle mass and almost half of the players believed that they could take creatine. this despite the fact that the international consensus on creatine use suggests that it should be limited to experienced and well-matured athletes, because it may lead to increased injuries and have a gateway effect.[4,5] several international studies[4-6,10-13] of both elite and school-level adolescents in western countries have indicated that supplements are commonly used, particularly by athletes who do weight training. in international research the type of supplements most commonly used varied somewhat depending on the study, but included multivitamins and single-nutrient supplements, e.g. vitamin c, protein powders, amino acids, creatine and sport drinks, which is similar to what was found in our study.[6,12] a notable difference is that in our study we found that pre-workout supplements and fat-cutters were also being used. as has b e en found pre v iously, [5,6] supplements were primarily recommended by coaches and medical practitioners (other than dietitians). this is of concern as a dietitian is uniquely qualified to assess each player’s diet and to make recommendations accordingly.[4] the process of prescribing a supplement is an intensive one that requires an understanding of each player’s habitual diet, medical history, lifestyle, access to food and training programme and periodisation. a dietitian can recommend the appropriate dietary principles to prevent deficiencies and optimise performance through a ‘food first’ approach and, if warranted, prescribe a supplement to be integrated into the overall nutrition plan.[3,4] given the current supplementation and doping climate, it is alarming that the majority of boys did not think there were risks involved in supplement use, nor did they consult specialised health professionals for advice. of further concern is the evidence that supplements are being used despite the lack of long-term safety data, and without dietary-intake assessment to determine if 40 30 20 10 0 pe rc en ta g e (% ) 1: protein powder 2: liquid meal supplement and recovery formulas 3: creatine 4: carbohydrate or energy drinks 5: combination or single vitamin and mineral supplement 6: preworkout 7: glutamine 8: omega 3 and/or omega 6 fatty acids 9: nonspeci�c 10: other 11: amino acids 12: fat cutters or burners 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 fig. 1. types of supplements and prevalence (%) reported by players (n=150). table 5. who recommended the use of supplements supplement advisor players (n=84), n (%) non-nutritional medical staff (general practitioner, physiotherapist, pharmacist, or biokineticist) 19 (22) coaches, rugby unions, other rugby teams 17 (20) self 8 (10) gym instructor or gym 6 (6) family and friends 8 (5) supplement representative or store 4 (5) dietitian 2 (2) sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 71 supplementation is required. over a third (40%) of the players also seemed to believe that the protein quality in supplements is higher than that of food. this has also been evident in american high school football and volleyball players[10 ]and high-school athletes. [18] in terms of risk management, the ‘food first’ approach is becoming the international norm, supported by a best practice supplement protocol managed and directed by the team dietitian.[3,4,19] the australian rugby model[19] is a superb example of such a systematic best-practice approach. buy-in to a national system like this would give professional players at all levels confidence in the system, as they would have an avenue where they know they can ask for reliable information. ultimately this system could filter down through the age groups to create a culture of positive nutritional choices with strategic supplement use. this approach would have merit in sa, as in our study it was alarming to see that 10% of players self-prescribed supplements, with 5% taking supplements on the advice of a store salesperson or representative. young athletes are often easily influenced by strong marketing strategies,[4,5] yet there is limited evidence to show efficacy and safety of sport supplements in adolescents.[4,5,18] of course another concern is the gateway theory linking the regular use of supplements to alcohol, marijuana and androgenic anabolic steroids among college students.[7,8] this is exacerbated by the lack of regulation within the marketing and production of supplements, aggressive marketing and the high risk of contamination.[4,5] study limitations in the present study an observational questionnaire in a relatively small but elite sample was used, and thus the generalisation of results is limited. however, the findings do give some important insights into the nutrition and supplement habits of players in this age group. ideally the questionnaire should be validated further in a larger sample, with focus groups to capture qualitative data, and the same participants should be reassessed at a follow-up session to see if their knowledge on nutrition and supplement use improved. conclusion the elite u16 rugby players participating in this study lacked solid sports nutritional knowledge and were using supplements haphazardly to achieve goals. this is out of date with international best practice nutrition and supplement approaches. for example, australia has introduced a comprehensive sports supplement policy,[18] which acknowledges the use of supplements but only if used appropriately and supported by a nutritional programme to ensure player health and safety. this has been adapted by some sports federations, including the australian rugby union (aru), which has established a supplement advisory group[19] to ensure strict measures with regard to supplement use, and decreed that all australian national teams and super-rugby clubs appoint a fully qualified and accredited sports dietitian who is responsible for overseeing the provision of supplements at the club. players need prior consent from their team sports dietitian and written approval from the aru supplement advisory group for use of any supplement which has not been preapproved. all supplement use by clubs and players is detailed on a centrally documented system. another key feature of the programme is improved player education.[19] this model should be investigated to see how it could be adapted to our local environment. the importance of education and research as key focus areas is evident. clubs and players should be encouraged to engage the services of a registered dietitian working in sport to improve dietary knowledge and practices, as well as when considering taking a supplement. education focusing on the positive role of good nutrition and supplements should be extended to general practitioners and support staff. coaches specifically need to be involved and to promote the same message, as they are known to be the greatest influence on supplement choices.[5] it goes without saying that proactive research programmes are essential to evolve best practice protocols. acknowledgements. we thank the sa rugby union and the discovery high performance centre at the ssisa for their assistance and support in this project. references 1. walsh m, cartwright l, corish c, sugrue s, wood-martin r. the body composition, nutritional knowledge, attitudes, behaviors, and future education needs of senior schoolboy rugbyplayers in ireland. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2011;21(5):365-376. 2. lambert m, forbes j, brown j. sa rugby boksmart: age vs weight category – rugby, 2010. www.sarugby.co.za/boksmart/pdf/boksmart%202010-age%20vs%20 weight%20category%20rugby.pdf (accessed 3 september 2014). 3. lanham-new sa, stear sj, shirreffs sm, collins al. sport and exercise nutrition. 1st ed. oxford: wiley-blackwell, 2011:316-322. 4. south african institute of drug free sport. position statement of the south african institute of drug free sport (saids) on the use of supplements in sport in schoolgoing youth, 2011. http://www.sasma.org.za/articles/saids%20position%20 statement%20for%20youth.pdf (accessed 3 september 2014). 5. strachan k. current perceptions and usage practices of nutritional supplements amongst adolescent rugby-playing school boys from the kwazulu-natal region. masters in nutrition thesis. stellenbosch university, 2009. 6. steenkamp a, meltzer s, harbron j, readhead c. the use of dietary supplements in south african rugby players participating in the under 13 coca-cola craven week tournament. bmed sci hons (nutrition and dietetics) thesis. faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, 2013. 7. buckman jf, yusko da, white hr, pandina rj. risk profile of male college athletes who use performance-enhancing substances. j stud alcohol drugs 2009;70(6):919-923. 8. hildebrandt t, harty s, langenbucher jw. fitness supplements as a gateway substance for anabolic-androgenic steroid use. psychol addict behav 2012;26(4):955-962. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0027877] 9. south african rugby union. south african rugby union annual report 2012. http://images.supersport.co.za/saru%20annual%20report%202010.pdf (accessed 30 september 2014). 10. mason ma, giza m, clayton l, lonning j, wilkerson rd. use of nutritional supplements by high school football and volleyball players. iowa orthop j 2001;21:43-48. 11. nieper a. nutritional supplement practices in uk junior national track and field athletes. br j sports med 2005;39:645-649. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2004.015842] 12. mcdowall ja. supplement use by young athletes. review article. j sports sci med 2007;6:337-342. 13. massad sj, shier nw, koceja dm, ellis nt. high school athletes and nutritional supplements: a study of knowledge and use. int j sport nutr 1995;5(3):232-245. 14. potgieter s, visser j, croukamp i, markides m, nascimento j, scott k. body composition and habitual and match-day dietary intake of fnb maties varsity cup rugby players. s afr j sports med 2014;26(2):35-43. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.504] 15. world health organization. the who child growth standards. http://www.who.int/ childgrowth/standards/en/ (accessed 18 february 2014). 16. durandt j, du toit s, borresen j, et al. fitness and body composition profiling of elite junior south african rugby players. s afr j sports med 2006;18(2):38-45. 17. duellman mc, lukaszuk jm, prawitz ad, brandenburg jp. protein supplement users among high school athletes have misconceptions about effectiveness. j strength cond res 2008;22(4):1124-1129. [[http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e31817394b9] 18. australian rugby union limited. sports supplement policy, effective from 17 february 2014. http://www.rugby.com.au/portals/1/pdfs/administration/sport%20supliments%20 policy/20140610_arusportssupplementspolicy.pdf (accessed 1 september 2014). 19. australian institute of sport. ais sports supplement framework. http://www.ausport. gov.au/ais/nutrition/supplements (accessed 9 march 2015). original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license investigation of the knowledge of south african high school rugby coaches on concussion and the return-to-play protocol nc abel,1 mbchb, msc; cc grant,1 phd; dc janse van rensburg,1,2 mbchb, phd 1 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 2 international netball federation, manchester, uk medical board member, uk corresponding author: nc abel (nicoabel@icloud.com) research suggests that players are more likely to report a concussion to their coaches than to anyone else.[1-6] the role of the coach is therefore central in creating a culture that supports seeking medical assistance and adherence to treatment. studies by mathema et al. and mrazik et al. showed that rugby and hockey coaches scored above 80% to 90% in overall concussion knowledge, with scores in the 60% to 70% range for return-to-play (rtp) guidelines.[1,2] south african amateur rugby union coaches scored 74% when their concussion knowledge was tested by van vuuren et.al. however, this study also showed that the coaches have insufficient knowledge regarding rtp.[6] although the literature shows that coaches have a good general knowledge of concussion, they may occasionally make inappropriate decisions regarding its management. for example, international research showed that 40% of coaches are willing to put pressure on concussed players to remain playing, while 28% of coaches might pressure the medical staff to allow a concussed player to continue with the game. [6] furthermore, 39% of coaches may allow a player to continue to play if the player indicated being fine after being knocked out.[2] coaches are often influenced by the importance of the game when making decisions to allow a concussed player to continue playing. in wrestling, 27% of coaches admitted that they would allow a potentially concussed wrestler to continue wrestling in a regional qualifier compared to 12% of coaches who stated they would allow this to happen in the first match of the season.[7] studies covering the testing of the knowledge of players and coaches reported certain collective misconceptions and gaps in their knowledge. players often do not know that sleep disturbance and emotional symptoms are related to concussions.[8,9,10] the importance of cognitive rest is often not well understood as part of the recovery process,[1,4] and there are also misunderstandings about the significance of a player’s loss of consciousness during a game. in studies by mathema et al. [1] and guilmette et al.,[11] only 55% of players and 61% of coaches respectively, felt that a player should be removed from the field after being knocked unconscious. little is known about this topic in rugby union games at school level, where the coaches are often teachers and not professional coaches. the boksmart national rugby safety programme a joint rugby safety initiative between sa rugby and the chris burger/petro jackson players' fund – was founded in south africa in 2009. an original development priority of the boksmart programme was to improve player safety in specific rural, as well as urban, school settings by increasing the knowledge of rugby coaches, referees and players. coaches are required to keep their boksmart accreditation up to date. research on the subject in the south african high school rugby setting is sparse. this study was designed to investigate the knowledge of south african high school rugby coaches on concussion symptom recognition, general concussion knowledge and stepwise rtp protocols. background: coaches are pivotal in the management of concussed players. assessing the knowledge of high school rugby coaches with regard to concussion management will enable relevant future education on this topic to be covered. objectives: to investigate the knowledge of south african high school rugby coaches on concussion symptom recognition, knowledge and stepwise return-to-play (rtp) protocols. methods: a cross-sectional descriptive study involving 143 first team, high school rugby coaches was completed via an electronic questionnaire. independent variables included coach demographics, qualifications, experience, boksmart accreditation, and school size. dependent variables included knowledge scores on concussion symptoms, general concussion knowledge, stepwise rtp and maddocks questions. relationships between total scores for different demographic groupings were established using non-parametric techniques. results: the coaches had high general, symptom and overall concussion knowledge scores (77% 80%) in contrast with low rtp scores (62%) and very low maddocks questions knowledge scores (26%). the 35-44-year age group received top scores for symptom recognition (p=0.034) and total concussion knowledge (p=0.041). larger category school coaches (p=0.008) and boksmart accredited coaches (p=0.041) outperformed all other coaches in general concussion knowledge and total knowledge, respectively. however, respondents were not familiar with emotional symptoms or the importance of cognitive rest after a concussion. educational programmes were the most popular knowledge source for coaches. conclusion: in general, coaches presented with good general concussion knowledge but lesser expertise on emotional symptoms, cognitive rest and rtp management. modifiable predictors of knowledge included the expansion of boksmart accreditation, focussing information sessions on smaller rugby size schools and the education of coaches younger than 35 years or older than 45 years of age. keywords: youth, sports concussion, boksmart, maddocks questions, traumatic brain injury s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12255 mailto:nicoabel@icloud.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12255 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1058-6992 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1333-1119 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4719-6472 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 methods study design a cross-sectional, descriptive study was conducted after approval was granted by the institutional research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria. an invitation to participate in the project was addressed to high school coaches representing all south african provinces. the letter, including the study background, confirmation of institutional ethical approval, consent form, questionnaire, and letter of support from the south african rugby union (saru) medical committee and the director of sport concussion south africa, was distributed on five separate occasions (four to six weeks apart) during an eight-month period. data from the submitted questionnaires were exported to a microsoft excel file and analysed. the anonymity of all respondents was maintained by including only a study number for participants and no personal details. the questionnaire was piloted prior the start of the study, using eight coaches at local high schools. coaches recorded their questionnaire completion times and provided comments on the questionnaire’s contents and usability. data independent variables (predictors) included the demographics of the coaches, coaching qualifications, years of experience as a coach, boksmart accreditation status, and the size of the school where the coach coached. schools were categorised as ‘small’ if they had less than five rugby teams; ‘medium’ if between five and ten teams were active; and ‘large’ if more than ten teams were present. dependent variables (outcomes) that were measured included the scores on the knowledge of concussion symptoms, general concussion knowledge, knowledge of the stepwise rtp, maddocks questions, and knowledge sources from which the coaches obtained their knowledge. symptom recognition, general concussion knowledge questions and sources of knowledge were assessed from validated questionnaires.[2,5,9,11] emotional symptoms were specifically included in the list of symptoms to investigate the understanding of these symptoms in relation to concussion.[4] rtp questions were designed by the researcher, together with open-ended questions, on the coach’s knowledge of the maddocks questions. the questionnaire is attached as supplement a. statistical analysis knowledge scores were calculated as a combination of the seventeen yes/no questions on symptom recognition and eight true/false questions on general questions about the coaches’ attitude towards concussion. the maximum knowledge score was therefore 25 points. true/false questions were used to obtain rtp scores and included scenarios regarding same-day rtp (four questions), time out from sport following concussion (four questions), symptom occurrence during stepwise rtp (four questions), cognitive rest (four questions) and the importance of seeing a doctor (five questions). the maximum rtp score was 21 points. the knowledge of the maddocks questions was tested through open-ended questions and scored a maximum of five points. frequency tables, including counts and percentages, were used to present the responses to the incorporated demographic questions. means and standard deviations (sds) were calculated for the total scores of each subsection. due to the presence of small and/or uneven sample sizes within the groups, relationships between total scores for different demographic groupings were also established using nonparametric statistical techniques. when two groups were compared, the wilcoxon two-sample test was used, and when more than two groups were compared, the kruskal-wallis test was used, followed by a bonferroni multiple comparison test to identify which pairs differed significantly. results coaches’ background information a total of 640 surveys were distributed and 143 responses were returned. the coaches’ number of years of experience is presented in table 1. most of the representation (47%) came from three rugby unions, including the golden lions (17%), boland (16%) and the blue bulls (14%). coach age, level of education and accreditation table 2 shows that more than half of the coaches (96 of 143) completed level 2 or level 3 coaching courses; however, seven percent of coaches (10 of 143) had completed no coaching courses. most of the 35–44-year-old coaches (15 of 37) with more years of experience are from the large category schools (41%). the small category schools have a larger number of the table 1. distribution of coaches’ years of experience (n=143) years’ experience (%) < 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 10 years > 10 years 5 15 19 61 table 2. age groups, level of coaching attained, school categories and boksmart accreditation of coaches age (years) n world rugby course level category of school boksmart accreditation none 1 2 3 small medium large < 24 13 30.8 (4) 38.5 (5) 30.7 (4) 46.2 (6) 23.0 (3) 30.8 (4) 61.5 (8) 25 34 54 7.4 (4) 31.5 (17) 61.1 (33) 40.7 (22) 38.9 (21) 20.4 (11) 100.0 (54) 35 44 37 2.7 (1) 27.0 (10) 62.2 (23) 8.1 (3) 24.3 (9) 35.1 (13) 40.6 (15) 100.0 (37) 45 54 30 3.3 (1) 16.7 (5) 76.7 (23) 3.3 (1) 16.7 (5) 53.3 (16) 30.0 (9) 93.3 (28) 55 64 9 66.7 (6) 33.3 (3) 33.3 (3) 22.2 (2) 44.5 (4) 100.0 (9) all 143 7.0 (10) 25.9 (37) 62.2 (89) 4.9 (7) 31.5 (45) 38.5 (55) 30.0 (43) 95.1 (136) data are expressed as percentage % (sample number, n) original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 coaches (6 of 13) under 24-years-ofage (46%). most (95%) of the coaches are boksmart accredited (136 of 143), but only 62% of the <24-year age group reported boksmart accreditation (8 of 13) and none of the below 34-years old progressed to the third level of the world rugby course. concussion symptom recognition figure 1 shows the symptoms identified by coaches as the most common signs and symptoms of concussion, and the percentages of coaches who were able to recognise them (ranked from most to least). headache, confusion, loss of consciousness and dizziness were recognised as symptoms and signs of concussion by more than 90% of the respondents. amnesia was recognised by 73% of respondents, while sleep disturbance was only recognised by 55% of participants. emotional symptoms such as irritability (41%) and sadness, including inappropriate crying, were less likely to be recognised as concussion symptoms (24%). from the open-ended questions on the two most common symptoms of concussion, the most recognised symptom was confusion (64%). this was followed by dizziness and nausea (35%) and headaches (32%). amnesia (14%) and loss of consciousness (8%) were not rated as a common symptom or sign of concussion. emotional symptoms were mentioned only twice and sleep disturbances were not mentioned at all as common symptoms of concussion. general concussion knowledge more than 90% of the coaches reported that it was easier to sustain another concussion following a previous concussion. furthermore, 95% reported that concussion is a potentially serious injury that can lead to permanent damage, that loss of consciousness was not a prerequisite for concussion to be present, and that a concussed person must see a medical doctor after the injury. nearly 70% of the participants reported that symptoms can take time to appear after the injury. however, less than 50% reported that it was difficult to diagnose concussion and that one does not have to hit one’s head to sustain a concussion. table 3 shows that the average score for symptom recognition/ knowledge and general concussion knowledge was very high (above 78%). however, the rtp knowledge was mediocre (62%) and knowledge of the maddocks score was poor (26%). fig. 1. concussion symptom or signs recognition by coaches. table 3. mean participant scores and percentages on various concussion knowledge questions variable maximum score mean (sd) mean score (%) range symptom recognition /knowledge* 25 19.5 (2.0) 78 13 – 24 general concussion knowledge 8 6.4 (1.1) 80 4 – 8 return-to-play† 21 13.1 (1.5) 62 9 – 16 maddocks score** 5 1.3 (1.2) 26 0 – 5 * refers to questions 8 and 10 (maximum score = 25) scores for symptom and general concussion knowledge. ** refers to maddocks score (maximum score = 5) scores for knowledge on maddocks questions. † refers to questions 11 – 15 (maximum score = 21) scores for return-to-play knowledge. fig. 1. sources of knowledge original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 source of knowledge figure 2 indicates that the most popular choice of knowledge source was educational programmes, such as the boksmart programme (listed as 40% of first choices and 28% of second choices). the second most popular choice was knowledge gained through working with healthcare providers (39% as first choice and 24% as second choice). these two choices accounted for 68% of the first choice votes and 63% of the second choice votes. use of the internet was a less likely used source of knowledge (45%). influence of independent variables on dependant variables table 4 provides a concise summary of the statistically significant findings on the influence of independent variables on dependent variables. results indicated that coaches in the 35–44-year age group, those from large category schools and those with boksmart accreditation showed significantly higher scores regarding concussion knowledge. discussion this study is one of the first to test the concussion knowledge of south african high school rugby coaches. participants in this study showed high general symptom recognition and overall concussion knowledge (77% to 80%). the score of 78% for symptom knowledge in this group is comparable with the scores of welsh elite and semi-professional rugby union coaches (77%),[1] and comparable with the knowledge of south african amateur club coaches (74%).[6] impressively, the score is only seven percent less than the average scores of medical professionals in the latest canadian research.[10] however, low rtp (62%) and very low maddocks question knowledge scores (26%) were found, perhaps indicating that coaches do not have sufficient knowledge to adequately manage the rtp of concussed players. this supports the findings of van vuuren et.al.(6) in south african amateur club coaches. boksmart accreditation, the size of the school and the age group of the coaches were identified as predictors for superior knowledge, while coaches at small schools were identified as a possible group with sub-standard knowledge of concussion. misunderstandings about key concepts of concussion are also true for the latter group. experience and qualifications literature indicates that years of experience as a coach [2,9,11] and education in concussion are predictors of superior knowledge.[4,9,11] the respondents in our study were experienced in years of coaching, level of coaching qualification, and boksmart accreditation. there was also a relatively equal representation of the different sizes of schools between the coaches, making for better comparison. the large schools showed the highest percentage (39%) of their coaches between 35-44-years of age, while the small schools have the highest percentage of teachers under 24-years of age (42%). this under 24-year group also represented the highest percentage of coaches without boksmart accreditation (62%) and is the group of coaches with the least qualifications. symptom recognition and concussion knowledge scores it is important to note that similar to international literature, the south african coaches were not aware that emotional symptoms, for example, sadness and irritability, were important symptoms of concussion.[4,8,10] recent research highlights the importance and role of emotional symptoms and the psychological impact that concussion can have on an individual.[8] it is of the utmost importance to realise the significance of these symptoms during the management of concussion and the rtp phase to guard against potential fatal complications of second impact syndrome. the high scores obtained on symptom knowledge (78%) may be attributed to the effectiveness of the ‘recognise and remove’ approach of the boksmart programme. athletic coaches in alabama, united states, scored 87%,[4] and female ice-hockey team coaches in canada scored 88% on similar assessments.[8] regarding the canadian results that tested the knowledge of all role players, coaches scored 81%, only slightly lower than the 85% scored by medical professionals in the same study.[10] the excellent canadian results are testament to the legislated concussion education for high school sports coaches in canada. the general concussion knowledge score of 80% in our study compares well to the scoring in this category in the literature, [8,9] indicating that the tested coaches have a sound knowledge of the recognition of concussion. coaches are aware that the player does not have to lose consciousness to sustain a concussion and they are aware that the player must see a doctor following a concussive incident. however, our group performed poorly when compared to two other studies that asked the same questions [8,2]. only half of the coaches understood that hitting your head was not essential to sustaining a concussion and only 70% knew that concussion symptoms can develop over time. in the literature, most of the respondents from the canadian study answered these two statements correctly.[2,8] researchers in recent years have started more extensive investigations around rtp knowledge of coaches.[1,6,8,10] table 4. summary of statistical significant findings on the influence of independent variables on dependant variables independent (predictor) variable dependent (outcome) variable p-value interpretation coach age group symptom recognition knowledge 0.034 differences in the knowledge of age groups are significant. the 35–44-year age group scored best in all these categories total knowledge score 0.041 size of the school general concussion knowledge 0.0084 large category school coaches have statistically a better general concussion knowledge than small category school coaches boksmart accreditation total knowledge score 0.041 boksmart accredited coaches have superior total knowledge of concussion original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 previous research investigated rtp knowledge with only a few statements on the category.9 in the literature on rugby union, coaches typically scored worse on their rtp knowledge than in other categories,[1,6] which aligns to the results of the current investigation where coaches only scored 62% on average in the rtp category. welsh elite and semiprofessional coaches scored 71% by comparison,[1] it can be expected that a 62% average result is not indicative of adequate knowledge to make sound decisions on rtp. by comparison, rtp knowledge tested in the same manner in the canadian study revealed an average score of 91%.[10] this score was not only for the coaches as a group, but the average score for all the role players in the management of concussions. it therefore seems possible to improve coaches' knowledge on rtp to a higher level and indicates an opportunity to educate south african high school coaches in this regard. as in canada, the solution might lie in legislated concussion education for sports coaches in south africa. even though the coach as a role player does not make the final decision on rtp, his/her knowledge must be sufficient to ensure player safety. knowledge around concussion rtp by medical professionals might not be up to standard,[12,13] and a coach needs good knowledge on the matter to be comfortable questioning decisions by medical professionals who may return a player to play or training too early. coaches also need to monitor players’ performance after rtp and thereby the lack of knowledge on the value and implementation of cognitive rest during rtp is another significant area of concern that concurs with recommendations from other international studies.[1,4] an average score of 66% for rtp is slightly lower than the scores presented in other research studies. previous studies in rugby union indicated an assessment score of 75% for elite and semi-professional coaches.[1] a total concussion knowledge score of 81%, which includes all three categories, was achieved in the research from canada.[10] the total general concussion scores are difficult to compare with most of the other research, because most of the previous research does not include rtp testing, but only symptom and knowledge testing.[8.4] maddocks questions little is reported in the literature about coach knowledge of the maddocks questions. these are specific questions that should be asked to the player on or next to the field to test their short-term memory and awareness following a potential concussive injury. these questions should be easy to remember, specific, and part of the examination of a concussed player as recommended by the zurich consensus statement in 2012 and the berlin consensus statement in 2016. the group average for the maddocks questions was very low at 26% (1.3/5.0). because of the simplicity of the questions, they should be easy to teach and remember, but it is important to know that the maddocks questions are only a small part of the examination of the concussed player. knowing the answers to the questions does not exclude concussion, but the opposite is more important. if the players do not know the answers, one can suspect that they are concussed and should be removed from the field. preferred sources from which coaches obtain their knowledge the participants’ preferred choices for gaining knowledge about concussion are similar to those described in other studies.[1,8,11] educational programmes and education by healthcare professionals together cover 68% of the first-choice and 63% of the second-choice votes in our study. the third most popular choice was use of the internet. in previous studies, most of the coaches felt that the best source of knowledge was that of the medical professionals with whom they work.[1,8,11] some coaches also thought that a training “kit” is helpful, while some preferred online teaching.[8,11] independent variables age the coaches in the 35-44-year group, significantly outscored the other groups in most of the knowledge categories, including symptom recognition (p=0.034), total knowledge, including maddocks questions (p=0.041). this age group also represents the biggest percentage of coaches at large schools. most of the current literature supports the fact that coaching experience [2,11] and education [4,9,11] are better predictors of knowledge as opposed to only the age of the coach. there was no significant difference in scoring between the coaches according to their qualification levels as a coach and their years in coaching. in both categories there was a trend toward higher scores with experience and higher levels of qualification however, it did not prove to be statistically significant. although not significant, this association does support the notion of coaching experience as a predictor of superior concussion knowledge. [2,9,11] size of school race, socioeconomic circumstances, cost of consultations, household income and geographic location are all predictors of superior knowledge. [10,14] elite high school athletes seem to have better overall concussion knowledge compared to athletes from lower income areas according to studies from america.[14] concurringly, private schools in south africa report more concussions, which may be due to better knowledge and awareness of the risks involved in youth concussions.[15] in south africa, the macro/large schools are typically the schools that can afford to hire professional coaches who are not simply teachers who also coach, and they often have athletic trainers, physiotherapists, and team doctors. the smaller schools on the other hand, are often underprivileged schools with teachers that have to teach, coach, mentor and diagnose concussion. according to our study, the small schools also end up with the non-accredited, youngest, and most inexperienced coaches who scored significantly lower than coaches from larger schools on concussion knowledge in general (p=0.008). that makes this young group of coaches susceptible to unintended mismanagement of concussed players, which may result in career-ending or even fatal injuries. the difference in general concussion knowledge scores being original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 prevalent only in the larger category schools in this study is a reason for concern as it is the hybrid coaches at smaller schools who require better concussion knowledge and related skills. boksmart as can be expected, concussion education is a significant predictor of superior knowledge. [2,4,9] in south africa, concussion education for coaches is provided through the boksmart programme and it is a regulatory requirement of the saru that all coaches are boksmart certified. our results support the notion that education via this educational programme leads to superior knowledge. although the nonaccredited coaches were a small group (n=8), the results confirmed that there is a statistically significant difference in total concussion knowledge between the accredited and nonaccredited coaches (p=0.041). education and legislation through the existing educational channels, such as the boksmart programme in south-africa, can greatly aid in the knowledge and exposure of younger, inexperienced coaches. study limitations and recommendations as with much questionnaire-based research, the response rate was relatively low, with only 143 responses collected from a possible 640. these results can be viewed as a best-case scenario because the responders were also likely to be the coaches with better concussion knowledge and interests in the subject. a factor not investigated in our study is the role of previous personal experience with concussion as a predictor of superior knowledge, particularly since it stands to reason that previous experience with concussions may lead to superior knowledge. although the questionnaire was tested among a small group of coaches from a rugby-playing school, minor layout errors in questionnaire format might also impact the type and quality of answers received by respondents, especially regarding the maddock questions. conclusion this present research undertaking has shown that the participants (high school rugby coaches in south africa) have high general, symptom-specific, and overall concussion knowledge that is comparable to other similar international studies. however, coaches’ knowledge of emotional symptoms, cognitive rest and rtp strategies/management, need to be improved and updated. the age of the coach (mostly in terms of experience), the size of the school and their boksmart accreditation status were significant predictors of superior knowledge related to concussion. smaller category schools, where resources are more limited, have younger coaches that show far lower percentages of boksmart accreditation (required by sa rugby union regulations), lower qualification levels and higher numbers of inexperienced coaches, putting them at a higher risk for unintentional concussion mismanagement and legal repercussions in the event of catastrophic/fatal injuries. future education should aim to address the knowledge gaps specifically regarding cognitive rest, emotional signs and symptoms of concussion and return-to-play management. this can be achieved through an existing educational programme such as boksmart and engagements with healthcare professionals. legislated concussion education for all high school stakeholders, which is the case in canada and the united states of america, can be a possible solution. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: statistical support was given by professor j.h. nel (dsc, pu for cho), department of logistics, stellenbosch university. author contributions: all authors contributed substantially to the research project including: (a) conception, design, analysis, and interpretation of data; (b) drafting / critical revision for important intellectual content; and (c) approval of the version to be published. references 1. mathema p, evans d, moore is, et al. concussed or not? an assessment of concussion experience and knowledge within elite and semiprofessional rugby union. clin j sport med 2016;26(4):320-325. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0000000000000256] [pmid: 26513391] 2. mrazik m, bawani f, krol al. sport-related concussions: knowledge translation among minor hockey coaches. clin j sport med 2011;21(4):315-319. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0b013e31821e2b78] [pmid: 21694594] 3. mccrea m, hammeke t, olsen g, et al. unreported concussion in high school football players: implications for prevention. clin j sport med 2004;14(1):13-17 [doi: 10.1097/00042752-20040100000003] [pmid: 14712161] 4. naftel kg, yust em, nichols mh, et al. knowledge and management of sports concussions among coaches and certified athletic trainers in alabama. south med j 2014;107(7):418-423. [doi: 10.14423/smj.0000000000000136] [pmid: 25010582] 5. o’connell e, molloy mg. concussion in rugby: knowledge and attitudes of players. ir j med sci 2016;185(2):521-528. [doi: 10.1007/s11845-015-1313-6] [pmid: 26026952] 6. van vuuren h, welman k, kraak w. concussion knowledge and attitudes amongst community club rugby stakeholders. int j sports sci coach 2020;15(3):297-305. [doi:10.1177/1747954120913175] 7. kroshus e, kerr zy, defeese jd, et al. concussion knowledge and communication behaviors of collegiate wrestling coaches. health comm 2017;32(8):963-969. [doi: 10.1080/10410236.2016.1196417] [pmid: 27462963] 8. guo d, verweel l, reed n. exploring gaps in concussion knowledge and knowledge translation among coaches of youth female hockey. clin j sport med 2017;29(6):486-493 [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0000000000000542] [pmid: 31688180] 9. mcleod tc, schwartz c, bay rc. sport-related concussion misunderstandings among youth coaches. clin j sport med 2007;17(2):140-142. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0b013e31803212ae] [pmid: 17414483] 10. cusimano md, zhang s, topolovec-vranic j, et al. factors affecting the concussion knowledge of athletes, parents, coaches, and medical professionals. sage open med. 2017;5:2050312117694794.[doi: 10.1177/2050312117694794] [pmid: 24850042] 11. guilmette tj, malia la, mcquiggan md. concussion understanding and management among new england high http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0000000000000256 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31821e2b78 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00042752-200401000-00003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00042752-200401000-00003 http://dx.doi.org/10.14423/smj.0000000000000136 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11845-015-1313-6 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11845-015-1313-6 https://doi.org/10.1080/10410236.2016.1196417 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0000000000000542 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0000000000000542 original research 7 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 school football coaches. brain inj 2007;21(10):1039-1047. [doi: 10.1080/02699050701633080] [pmid: 17891566] 12. zemek r, eady k, moreau k, et al. knowledge of paediatric concussion among front-line primary care providers. paediatr child health 2014;19(9):475-480. [doi: 10.1093/pch/19.9.475] [pmid: 25414583] 13. stoller j, carson jd, garel a, et al. do family physicians, emergency department physicians, and pediatricians give consistent sport-related concussion management advice? can fam physician 2014;60(6):548, 550-552. [pmid: 24925947] 14. wallace j, covassin t, moran r. racial disparities in concussion knowledge and symptom recognition in american adolescent athletes. j racial ethn health disparities. 2018;5(1):221-228. [doi:10.1007/s40615-017-0361-1] [pmid: 28389906] 15. shuttleworth-edwards ab, noakes td, radloff se, et al. the comparative incidence of reported concussions presenting for follow-up management in south african rugby union. clin j sport med 2008;18(5):403-409. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.ob013e318181895910] [pmid: 1880654] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02699050701633080 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02699050701633080 http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/pch/19.9.475 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40615-017-0361-1 sajsm 534.indd sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 81 objective. to determine the attitudes, beliefs and knowledge of talented young athletes residing in gauteng regarding prohibited performance-enhancing drugs (peds) and anti-doping rules and regulations. methods. this was a survey study using a quantitative research approach. south african tukssport academy athletes at the high performance centre, university of pretoria, and competitive high-school athletes at four private high schools in gauteng completed the survey. a selfdetermined, structured questionnaire was used to establish the attitudes, beliefs and knowledge of the athletes. results. a total of 346 (208 males, 138 females) athletes, mean (standard deviation) age 16.9 (1.4) years participated in the survey. according to this survey, 3.9% of the athletes in this survey admitted to using a prohibited ped and more than 14.0% of the athletes said they would consider using a prohibited ped if they knew they would not get caught. ambition (46.0%) and emotional pressure (22.5%) were the primary reasons why the athletes would consider using prohibited peds. even though coaches appeared to be one of the main sources of information (on peds and anti-doping rules), only 42.1% of the athletes felt that they were well informed. conclusion. controlling doping by means of testing is important. however, it may be necessary to put more emphasis on changing attitudes towards doping and implementing additional educational programmes. s afr j sm 2014;26(3):81-86. doi:10.7196/sajsm.542 doping in sport: attitudes, beliefs and knowledge of competitive high-school athletes in gauteng province k nolte,1 phd; b j m steyn,2 dphil; p e krüger,1 phd; l fletcher,3 phd 1 department of physiology, division: biokinetics and sport science, university of pretoria, south africa 2 department of sport and leisure studies, university of pretoria, south africa 3 department of statistics, university of pretoria, south africa corresponding author: k nolte (kim.nolte@up.ac.za) 82 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 t h e u s e o f p r o h i b i t e d substances and methods is a well-known and complex problem in sport today. [1] the concern is not only in south africa (sa), but is widespread across the world. [2] in sport, the use of prohibited substances or methods to enhance performance is collectively referred to as ‘doping’. it is banned by both national and international sports governing bodies, and the world anti-doping agency (wada), which runs an extensive testing programme and initiatives designed to foster anti-doping attitudes. [3] the main focus in controlling doping has been on testing athletes and the development of tests to detect usage. although athletes’ beliefs and values are known to influence whether or not they will use prohibited performance-enhancing drugs (peds), little is known of their beliefs and attitudes, and the limited empirical literature shows little use of behavioural science frameworks to guide research methodology, results interpretation and intervention implications. [2] furthermore, limited research has focused on this aspect of doping specifically with regard to sa athletes. a study was conducted in 1992 on androgenic anabolic steroid (aas) use in matric pupils in the western cape [4] and more recently gradidge et al. [5] investigated the attitudes and perceptions towards performanceenhancing substance use in johannesburg boys’ high-school sport. therefore, the primary objective of this research was to determine the attitudes, beliefs and knowledge of talented young sa athletes residing in gauteng province regarding prohibited peds and anti-doping rules and regulations. this information may lead to a better understanding of the psychosocial aspect of doping in sport and the development of efficient prevention strategies. methods this was a survey study using a quantitative research approach. ethical clearance for this study was obtained from the postgraduate and ethics committee of the faculty of humanities, university of pretoria, sa. sa tukssport academy athletes at the high performance centre, university of pretoria, and comp etitive hig h-s cho ol athletes from four private high schools in gauteng completed the survey. a self-determined, structured questionnaire was used to establish the attitudes, beliefs and knowledge of the athletes with regards to peds. initially, a pilot study was conducted on 10 academy athletes, after which a few minor adjustments were made to the questionnaire, considering the feedback received from the athletes, in order to ensure that the questionnaire was user friendly and that the athletes understood all the questions. the questionnaire comprised 15 questions along a six-point likert scale. participants signed an informed consent and assent form (parents or guardians signed on behalf of athletes aged <18 years) to participate in the study. participants were given clear instructions on how to complete the questionnaire and anonymity was ensured in order to allow for the participants to answer the questions as openly and honestly as possible. statistical analysis (standard descriptive statistics) was conducted using spss statistics 20 (ibm, usa). results a total of 346 athletes (208 males, 138 females), mean (standard deviation (sd)) age 16.9 (1.4) years, volunteered to participate in the study. the athletes participated in various sports. soccer was the most (28.5%) represented sport from the sample (table 1). more than 32.0% of the participants had been participating in their respective sport for >8 years. results of the questionnaire are presented in table 2. discussion more than 14.0% of the athletes said that they would consider using a prohibited ped if they knew that they would not get caught. this percentage dropped to 9.9% if there was a possibility of being tested and the ped detected. these results confer with the results of bloodworth and mcnamee, [3] who found that a significant minority of british athletes participating in the study entertained the possibility of taking banned hypothetical peds under conditions of guaranteed success and undetectability. therefore, it appears that higher chances of getting caught for using peds by means of successful interventions by relevant authorities, e.g. in and out of competition testing, do act as a deterrent to athletes. however, from our results, almost as many as 10.0% of athletes would still take the risk. waddington et al. [6] found that 73.0% of professional footballers believed that drug testing deterred drug use, and more than half believed that punishments for being caught using a ped or illicit drug were correct. another study, conducted on elite athletes in australia, found that athletes endorsed drug testing as an effective means of deterring drug use. they perceived a difference between being detected using a ped and an illicit drug, and believed that penalties should reflect this difference. [7] thus, effective testing continues to be an important component of anti-doping initiatives. another significant deterrent associated with successful testing is the shame associated with doping. [3] in a review conducted on doping in sport, it was found that initial reasons given for using prohibited peds included a c h i e v e m e nt o f at h l e t i c s u c c e s s b y improving performance, financial gain, improving recover y and prevention of nutritional deficiencies, as well as the idea that others use them, or the ‘false consensus effect’. [1] ambition (46.5%) seemed to be the primar y reason why our sample of sa athletes would take the risk of using prohibited peds, followed by emotional pre s s u re ( 2 2 . 5 % ) an d t h e n f i n an c i a l pressure (11.3%). pressure from parents to excel appeared to contribute substantially to the emotional pressure these athletes feel. therefore, parents should be made aware of the effect this pressure can have on their children. in this study, financial pressure was rated relatively low. however, this is not surprising considering that table 1. participation of the sample in sports sport % soccer cricket swimming hockey athletics golf rugby netball tennis squash table tennis gymnastics other 28.5 10.3 9.2 8.7 8.3 7.1 6.0 5.5 4.4 3.7 3.7 2.1 0.2 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 83 table 2. attitudes, beliefs and knowledge regarding peds and anti-doping rules and regulations response % q1: i would consider using a legal substance or method, e.g. special diet to improve my sports performance. strongly disagree 15.8 moderately disagree 5.9 slightly disagree 7.3 slightly agree 11.1 moderately agree 20.5 strongly agree 39.0 q2: i would consider using a prohibited substance or method, e.g. anabolic steroids to improve my sports performance, if i knew i would not get caught out. strongly disagree 69.9 moderately disagree 8.5 slightly disagree 6.7 slightly agree 6.7 moderately agree 1.8 strongly agree 6.4 q3: i would consider using a prohibited substance or method to improve my sports performance even if i knew there was a chance that i may get caught out. strongly disagree 80.1 moderately disagree 6.9 slightly disagree 3.0 slightly agree 5.7 moderately agree 2.7 strongly agree 1.5 q4: if you slightly agreed (4), moderately agreed (5) or strongly agreed (6) to question q2 or q3, please state the reason. you may select more than one answer. 4.1 ambition 46.5 4.2 financial pressure 11.3 4.3 emotional pressure 22.5 4.4 other (please specify) 19.7 q5: i currently use a legal substance or method, e.g. nutritional supplement to improve my sports performance. strongly disagree 45.5 moderately disagree 6.0 slightly disagree 3.6 slightly agree 13.5 moderately agree 11.7 strongly agree 19.8 q6: if you slightly agreed (4), moderately agreed (5) or strongly agreed (6) to question q5, please identify the substance or method you currently use. you may select more than one answer. 6.1 dietary supplement 28.9 6.2 specialist advice, e.g. sport scientist or dietician 26.9 6.3 specialist equipment or training techniques 31.7 6.4 other (please specify) 12.4 continued ... 84 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 table 2. attitudes, beliefs and knowledge regarding peds and anti-doping rules and regulations ... (continued) response % q7: i currently use a prohibited substance or method to improve my sports performance, e.g. anabolic steroids. strongly disagree 90.9 moderately disagree 2.4 slightly disagree 2.7 slightly agree 3.0 moderately agree 0.0 strongly agree 0.9 q8: if you slightly agreed (4), moderately agreed (5) or strongly agreed (6) to question q7, please identify the prohibited substance or method you currently use. you may select more than one answer. 8.1 anabolic steroids 24.2 8.2 diuretics 14.5 8.3 beta-2 agonists 9.7 8.4 blood doping 17.7 8.5 stimulants 17.7 8.6 other 16.1 q9: i am well informed about which substances or methods are prohibited in my sport. strongly disagree 9.1 moderately disagree 6.1 slightly disagree 10.0 slightly agree 12.7 moderately agree 20.0 strongly agree 42.1 q10: from whom do you get your information regarding doping in sport? you may select more than one answer. 10.1 coach 29.7 10.2 other athletes 16.2 10.3 friends 16.5 10.4 parents 19.4 10.5 south african institute for drug-free sport 10.5 10.6 other 7.6 q11: taking prohibited substances or methods is harmful to my health. strongly disagree 6.0 moderately disagree 4.8 slightly disagree 3.9 slightly agree 8.1 moderately agree 15.4 strongly agree 61.7 q12: taking prohibited substances or methods to improve my sports performance is morally wrong. strongly disagree 5.5 moderately disagree 4.6 slightly disagree 5.8 slightly agree 7.6 moderately agree 12.8 strongly agree 63.8 continued ... sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 85 these athletes are still in school and therefore rely on their parents for financial support; this may change when these athletes leave school and become responsible for their own finances. in addition, the reasons could be influenced by the sport that the athlete participates in, as some sports in sa are associated with better financial gain, such as rugby. forty-five per cent of the athletes admitted that they were using a ‘legal’ ergogenic aid. specialist training (31.7%) was rated highest, followed by dietary supplements (28.9%) and specialist advice (26.9%). the use of dietary supplements is widespread at all levels of sport.[8] furthermore, athletes appear to use supplements more than the general population and some take high doses that may lead to nutritional problems. [8] ‘designer supplements’ (over-the-counter supplements containing designer steroids and potent stimulants of which the contaminants are not declared on the label) are a problem in sa. [9] this contamination may, in most cases, be the result of poor manufacturing practice, but there is some evidence of deliberate adulteration of products. [10] there are numerous cases in sa and abroad in which athletes have been tested positive supposedly owing to designer supplements. the continuing story of nutritional supplements and doping infractions has led to a situation where most international sports bodies advise athletes to abstain from using any nutritional supplements. only 3.9% of the athletes who participated in this survey admitted to currently using a prohibited ped. this percentage is low and may not be a true reflection due to the fact that the athletes may have been concerned about the consequences of admitting to using a prohibited ped despite the fact that anonymity was assured. from the athletes who admitted to currently using a prohibited ped, 24.2% said they were using an aas, followed by blood doping (17.7%) and stimulants (17.7%). this was not an unexpected finding since aass are the most widely detected peds in sport. [11] in a survey conducted by alaranta et al. [12] regarding the attitudes of elite athletes towards doping, it was found that stimulants were the most offered substance group (up to 7.0% of all the athletes) followed by aass (4.0%). furthermore, it was found that athletes in different sports have a different approach to doping; the risk of doping appears to be highest in speed and power sports and lowest in motor skills-demanding sports. [12] team-based sports requiring motor skills could be less influenced by doping practices than individual self-paced sports. [3] only 42.1% of the athletes in this study felt that they were well informed about peds and anti-doping rules and regulations. thus, although athletes are becoming increasingly familiar with anti-doping rules, there is still a lack of knowledge that should be remedied using appropriate educational programmes. [1] the participants in this study appeared to get their information primarily from their coach (29.7%), parents (19.4%), friends (16.5%) and other athletes (16.2%). only 10.5% said that they obtain their information from the sa institute for drugfree sport. these results are similar to those in other studies in which it has been found that coaches were the main influence and source of information for athletes. [1] furthermore, as many as 58.7% of the athletes said that not enough is being done to educate athletes regarding table 2. attitudes, beliefs and knowledge regarding peds and anti-doping rules and regulations ... (continued) response % q13: enough is being done in south africa to educate athletes regarding the implications of using prohibited substances or methods. strongly disagree 21.7 moderately disagree 17.4 slightly disagree 19.6 slightly agree 21.4 moderately agree 10.4 strongly agree 9.6 q14: in your opinion, what percentage of elite south african athletes are taking prohibited substances or methods to improve their sports performance? 0 30% 19.3 31 50% 26.6 51 70% 35.8 71 90% 17.7 91 100% 0.6 q15: in your opinion, what percentage of elite athletes world-wide are taking prohibited substances or methods to improve their sports performance? 0 30% 7.8 31 50% 21.1 51 70% 32.4 71 90% 32.1 91 100% 6.5 peds = performance-enhancing drugs. 86 sajsm vol. 26 no. 3 2014 the implications of prohibited ped use in sport. thus, increased efforts to educate athletes as well as coaches regarding the harmful effects of using peds, as well as the ethical or moral concerns surrounding doping, could decrease the likelihood of athletes using peds. one of the major negative aspects of using peds is that they can be harmful to an athlete’s health. in this study, as many as 14.7% of the athletes did not think that doping could have a negative effect on their health. it has been found that athletes who regard doping as a minor health risk seem to be more often associated with doping than those who regard doping as a significant health risk. [12] thus, this is another indication that more education is required with regard to prohibited peds, specifically with regard to the associated health risks. over 63.0% of the athletes strongly agreed that using prohibited peds in sport is morally wrong; however, 15.9% did not have a moral objection to doping. these results are similar to those of a study conducted on british athletes in which the athletes generally embraced those values promoted in anti-doping educational programmes, although there were some notable exceptions.[3] the application of the disconnected values model has recently been proposed to decrease doping in sport. the model is based on the premise that people are more likely to change their behaviour when they acknowledge the disconnect between their actions (negative habits) and their deepest values and beliefs. the primary purpose of the model is to assist athletes in acknowledging that taking drugs, whether for performance-enhancing or recreational purposes, is a negative habit that has benefits, but also dire costs and long-term consequences. [13] a study led by columbia university revealed that some olympic coaches and athletes believe that as many as 90.0% of competitors use peds. [14] in our study, the athletes were asked to indicate what percentage of elite sa athletes, as well as elite athletes worldwide, they think are using prohibited peds, and 51 70% was the highest rated category for both sa athletes and athletes worldwide. these high percentages are concerning, especially if young athletes perceive athletes they admire and look up to as using prohibited peds. studies suggest that professional athletes exert an influence on others, particularly individuals who identify with these athletes. [15] as mentioned previously, one reason why an athlete may decide to use prohibited peds is the idea that others use them – the ‘false consensus effect’. [1] in addition, athletes may also not view using peds as cheating if they are under the impression that most other elite athletes are using prohibited peds to improve their performance. therefore, it is essential that strategies be put in place to change this perception or false consensus effect. conclusion although controlling doping by means of testing is important, it is not sufficient. it is recommended that suitable interventions also be implemented with regard to changing attitudes towards doping and that a greater emphasis be placed on educational programmes, specifically focusing on the health risks of using peds. references 1. morente-sánchez j, zabala m. doping in sport: a review of elite athletes’ attitudes, beliefs and knowledge. sports med 2013;43(6):395-411. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/ s40279-013-0037-x] 2. donovan rj, egger g, kapernick v, mendoza j. a conceptual framework for achieving performance enhancing drug compliance in sport. sports med 2002;32(4):269-284. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200232040-00005] 3. bloodworth a, mcnamee m. clean olympians? doping and anti-doping: the views of talented young british athletes. int j drug policy 2010;21(4):276-282. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.drugpo.2009.11.009] 4. schwellnus mp, lambert mi, todd mp, juritz jm. androgenic anabolic steroid use in matric pupils. a survey of prevalence of use in the western cape. s afr med j 1992;82(3):154-158. 5. gradidge p, coopoo y, constantinou d. attitudes and perceptions towards performance-enhancing substance use in johannesburg boys high school sport. s afr sports med 2010;22(2):32-36. 6. waddington i, malcom d, roderick m, naik r. drug use in english professional fo otb a l l. br j sp or ts me d 2005;39(4):e18. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2004.012468] 7. dunn m, tjomas jo, swift w, burns l, mattick p. drug testing in sport: the attitudes and experiences of elite athletes. int j drug policy 2010;21(4):330-332. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.drugpo.2009.12.005] 8. solbal j, marquart lf. vitamin/mineral supplement use among athletes. a review of the literature. int j sport nutr 1994;4(4):320-334. 9. south african institute for drug-free sport. legislation to push to eradicate ‘designer supplements’. proceedings of the 12 july 2011 supplements in sport symposium, 2011, johannesburg, south africa. 10. maughan rj, king ds, lea t. dietary supplements. j sports sci 2004;25:103-113. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1080/0264041031000140581] 11. pandya u. drug abuse in sport. utox update 2002;4(1):1-4. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/02640410701607395] 12. alaranta a, alaranta h, holmila j, palmu p, pietilä k, helenius i. self-reported attitudes of elite athletes towards doping: differences between type of sport. int j sports med 2006;27(10):842-846. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2005-872969] 13. murphy s. the sport psych handbook. champaign: human kinetics, 2005. 14. sullivan r. this is the olympics on drugs. times magazine (us edition). new york: new york times company, 8 september 2000. 15. quick bl. applying the health belief model to examine news coverage regarding steroids in sports abc, cbs, and nbc between march 1990 and may 2008. j health commun 2010;25:247-257. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10410231003698929] isokinetic neck-sc1-jf-f sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 19 introduction the incidence of cervical spinal injuries in rugby and other sporting and recreational activities has been well documented.1, 3, 5, 15, 18, 19, 21-23 cervical spinal injuries that occur during organised team sports are well publicised; however, the majority of serious sports-related spinal injuries occur during unsupervised activities.18 the incidence of cervical spine injuries in rugby has brought about many precautionary measures including rule changes, new policies for selecting players, and conditioning principles.24 however, more players are exposed to potential injury situations due to the changing nature of the game. previously the majority of cervical injuries occurred in the scrum, ruck or maul, involving mainly the forwards.19 increasingly more cervical injuries now occur in the tackle situation,19 exposing the entire team to increased injury risk. a mismatch of physical size and strength between players, combined with differences in skill levels creates a situation conducive to injuries.10 research done in argentine rugby showed that younger players aged between 15 and 21 years were at greater risk of muscle or ligament injuries of the cervical column, which could in turn cause more serious dislocations and/or spinal cord involvement.3 the following cervical spine injury requirements need to be met before the player can return to participation in collision original research article isokinetic neck strength norms for schoolboy rugby forwards d e du toit (dphil) p olivier (ma) l grenfell (ma) b eksteen (ba (hons) biokinetics) department of human movement science, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth correspondence: p olivier department of human movement science nelson mandela metropolitan university po box 77000 port elizabeth 6031 tel: 041 504 2497 fax: 041 504 2770 e-mail: pierre.olivier@nmmu.ac.za abstract objective. to generate isokinetic neck strength norms for schoolboy rugby forwards. design. two hundred and eight schoolboys (17.21 – 1.03 years, mean – standard error of the mean (sem), chosen from a population of under-19 first and second xv rugby players, participated in this study. the subjects were assessed anthropometrically and isokinetically according to a set protocol. the isokinetic assessment of neck strength was performed with the use of a specially designed stabilising chair and halo. the subjects performed a single maximal exertion set, consisting of 3 repetitions, through each of the cervical spinal movements in the sagittal and frontal planes. the data were analysed statistically according to positional categories (front-, second-, and back-row forwards), and were used to generate stanine tables of normative data concerning the force characteristics of the cervical spine. results. the front-row forwards produced the largest amounts of force during the measurement of peak torque flexion (ptf = 30.00 – 1.39 nm) and peak torque extension (pte = 55.26 – 1.42 nm). conversely, the second-row forwards performed the best during the measurement of lateral flexion peak torque to the right (ptr = 53.71 – 1.51 nm) and lateral flexion peak torque to the left (ptl = 52.92 – 1.63 nm) in the frontal plane. the front-row forwards were the most powerful in all the neck movements measured (power generated at 0.2 seconds during flexion (powf) = 101.54 – 6.43 w, power generated at 0.2 s during extension (powe) = 167.31 – 8.03 w, power generated at 0.2 s during lateral flexion to the right (powr) = 211.92 – 7.44 w, and power generated at 0.2 s during lateral flexion to the left (powl) = 194.81 – 7.73 w). however, further analysis of the data revealed that few statistically significant differences (p < 0.01 and p < 0.05) existed between the positional categories for the measured variables of peak torque, power generated at 0.2 of a second, peak torque to body mass ratio and cervical range of motion. conclusion. it appears that the various positional categories have not undergone the expected neck strength adaptations to meet the unique requirements of each position. the generation of neck strength normative data allows for the effective and quantified comparison of neck strength variables, enabling more effective injury prevention and rehabilitation. isokinetic neck-sc1-jf-f 5/3/05 8:56 am page 19 20 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 sports; these include possessing normal strength, painless full range of motion, a stable vertebral column and adequate space for the neurological elements.17 while the external forces acting on the sportsman will not decrease, the player must find ways to withstand these forces in order to prevent injury. proper conditioning of the neck musculature is a practical method of injury prevention.5-7, 12, 16, 25 through the course of any contact event the cervical spine is subjected to various forces, which have the potential to cause serious injury. fortunately the spine is protected by the energy-absorbing capabilities of the paravertebral musculature and the intervertebral discs, which effectively dissipate these forces through controlled spinal motion.26 neck strengthening can therefore improve the energy-absorption capabilities of the neck musculature, thus increasing protection of the cervical spine. a comparison between neck muscle strength, efficiency and relaxation times in normal subjects and those with neck pain, found that all force values were significantly lower in those with neck pain.2 several authors11,13,29 have demonstrated that the isometric strength measurement of neck muscles is an objective and practical method of estimating functional improvement in response to rehabilitation. in recent clinical studies9,11,20 intensive strength training of the neck muscles was used as the primary treatment for patients with chronic neck pain. the results of this intervention demonstrated reduced pain intensity and increased neck muscle strength. if cervical conditioning is to be used as an injury prevention and rehabilitation tool, then reliable data must be available to ascertain the condition of a player s neck musculature and its ability to prevent injury. normative data providing information on neck strength characteristics can assist in the identification, prevention, and ultimately the rehabilitation of individuals with poor neck musculature characteristics. similar normative data collected from appropriate population groups (e.g. sedentary and other sporting codes) could be applied in the same fashion. the development of an isokinetic evaluation method assessing spinal movement in the frontal and sagittal planes, allows for reliable and valid measurement of neck strength parameters.6, 7 it has been suggested in the literature that normative data on the strength of the neck musculature in healthy individuals are required for comparative evaluation of patients with neck pain.27 the meaningful application of these isokinetic test results therefore hinges on the availability of normative data from which comparisons and clinical conclusions can be drawn. methodology subjects two hundred and eight subjects with a mean age of 17.21 – 1.03 years were assessed anthropometrically and isokinetically to establish normative data values. the subjects were chosen from a population of under-19 first and second xv rugby players. height and weight were measured prior to the subjects participation in the isokinetic assessment. isokinetic cervical muscular strength testing methods and procedures as proposed by du toit 6 and du toit, et al. 7 were used to examine the force capabilities of the schoolboy rugby forwards neck musculature. torque production was measured through the full range of cervical spinal motion during flexion and extension in the sagittal plane and lateral flexion in the frontal plane (fig. 1). prior to beginning the neck-strength evaluations, informed consent was obtained and participants answered a series of questions that screened for any prior or current cervical spinal injuries that may have precluded a subject from partaking in the study. the evaluation session included a set series of warm-up exercises, viz. active full range of joint motion movements, static stretches, and submaximal isometric contractions. six submaximal warm-up movements were then performed on the isokinetic dynamometer. after completing the 6 submaximal repetitions the subject s head was placed in the neutral position and the range of motion of the dynamometer was reset to zero. when the subject was ready the isokinetic test commenced. isokinetic strength testing was performed at 30…/s. alignment of the dynamometer s input axis corresponded with the vertebral prominence (c7) of the cervical spine. three repetitions of maximal effort through both flexion/extension and lateral flexion to the right and left were recorded and taken as being representative of the neck musculature s peak torque capabilities.6, 7 fig. 1. top: movement pattern in the sagittal plane – extension to flexion. bottom: movement pattern in the frontal plane – lateral flexion to the right and left sides. isokinetic neck-sc1-jf-f 5/7/05 6:48 am page 20 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 21 cervical range of motion testing two cervical range of motion (crom) measurements were taken. the first measurement was taken during the subject s performance of the 3 maximal cervical spinal motions. these crom measurements were labelled maximal voluntary contraction range of motion flexion/extension (mvcrfe) and maximal voluntary contraction range of motion lateral flexion (mvcrlf) respectively. these measurements spanned the whole range of motion from full extension to full flexion and from full lateral flexion right to full lateral flexion left. secondly, these measurements were broken down and represented as separate crom measurements by taking into consideration the anatomical zero. these measurements were labelled maximal voluntary contraction range of motion extension (mvcre), -flexion (mvcrf), -lateral flexion right (mvcrr), and -lateral flexion left (mvcrl). statistical analysis the collected data were analysed and used to create normative data presented in stanine tables. the stanine tables consisted of 3 main categories; poor, average and good. every main category also consisted of 3 subcategories. stanine tables were generated for various measured and calculated variables, namely: peak torque (pt), power generated at 0.2 of a second (pow), crom, and pt ratios. furthermore, one-way analysis of variance (anova) was performed to detect any statistically significant differences for the measured and calculated variables between the various positional categories. hypotheses were tested at the 99% and 95% confidence level. statistical analyses, with the aid of the pearson s moment product correlation coefficient, were also performed to investigate if certain variables were correlated. results and discussion anthropometrical measurements the anthropometrical data are reflected in table i according to the forward positional categories (front, second, and back row). the back-row forwards body mass proved to be significantly less than that of the front (p < 0.01) and second rows (p < 0.05). no significant difference existed between the body masses of the front and second-row forwards. the forwards body masses proved to be significantly positively correlated (p < 0.01) with their height and neck circumference (nc); however, it was not correlated to their neck length (nl). height was significantly positively correlated (p < 0.01) with body mass and nl, however no correlation existed between height and nc. as expected, the second row was significantly taller (p < 0.01) than the front and back rows. the relationship between height and nl may explain why the second row players had significantly longer necks (p < 0.01) than players in the front row. isokinetic measurements peak torque no significant differences (p > 0.05) existed between the positional categories for the measurement of peak torque flexion (ptf), peak torque extension (pte), peak lateral flexion torque to the right (ptr), or peak lateral flexion torque to the left (ptl) (table ii). this result, especially concerning the measurement of pte, seems inconsistent with the function of the front row as well as the forces the front rows are exposed to in the scrum. greater cervical extension strength was expected among the front-row forwards as this would be indicative of their adaptation to the demands of scrummagtable i. descriptive statistics of the schoolboy forwards’ anthropometrical data according to positional categories (n = 208) height (cm) weight (kg) nl (cm) nc (cm) position n mean sem mean sem mean sem mean sem front row 78 174.49* 0.64 85.62* 1.42 15.73* 0.19 39.98* 0.31 second row 52 184.30* 0.58 81.78 1.26 16.68* 0.23 38.93 0.25 back row 78 178.76* 0.66 76.61* 0.89 16.21 0.22 38.34* 0.20 forwards 208 178.54 0.45 81.28 0.75 16.45 0.13 39.09 0.16 * statistically significant difference (p < 0.01) statistically significant difference (p < 0.05). nl= neck length , nc = neck circumference, sem = standard error of the mean. table ii. descriptive statistics of the schoolboy forwards’ peak torque data according to positional categories (n = 208) peak torque (nm) peak torque lateral flexion (nm) flexion (ptf) extension (pte) right (ptr) left (ptl) position n mean sem mean sem mean sem mean sem front row 78 30.00 1.39 55.26 1.42 53.37 1.33 51.35 1.27 second row 52 26.04 1.24 54.69 1.57 53.71 1.51 52.92 1.63 back row 78 28.24 1.12 53.63 1.32 53.38 1.26 51.64 1.36 forwards 208 28.35 0.74 54.51 0.83 53.46 0.78 51.85 0.8 isokinetic neck-sc1-jf-f 5/3/05 8:56 am page 21 22 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 ing. as expected, ptf values were notably lower than those recorded for pte; this was due to the relative size of the musculature involved in the force production during the recorded movements. comparatively, ptr and ptl were very similar due to the bilateral muscular arrangement around the cervical spine. the normative data generated from the collected pt measurements are presented in stanine form in table iii. the maximum and minimum measurements taken for each pt variable by an individual are presented in the best and worst recorded rows. the three main stanine categories, poor , average , and good , are further subdivided. peak torque to body mass ratio descriptive statistics for pt to body mass ratio (pt/bm) are given in table iv. the back-row forwards had the greatest pt (ptf, pte, ptr and ptl) to body mass ratios. the back-row forwards proved to have a significantly higher (p < 0.05) ptf/bm than the second rows. similarly, the back-row forwards proved to have a significantly higher (p < 0.01) ptl/bm than the front rows. as no statistically significant differences existed between the positional categories on the measurements of pt (table ii), the significant differences observed for the pt/bm variables can be attributed to variations in body mass among the positional categories. table i shows that the second-row forwards were significantly heavier (p < 0.05) than the back rows. thus the larger body masses of the second-row players resulted in a decreased and significantly lower (p < 0.05) ptf/bm than that of the back rows. similarly, the front rows proved to be significantly heavier (p < 0.01) than the second-row players, resulting in the significantly lower (p < 0.01) ptl/bm average calculated. thus the observed heavier body masses of the front-row players resulted in the significantly lower (p < 0.01) ptl/bm average calculated. the normative data generated for the pt/bm variable is shown in table v. as can be seen from this table pt/bm values for pte, ptr, and ptl approach 100%. the notable difference between the observed values of pte/bm and ptf/bm is indicative of the variation in muscle mass and arrangement around the cervical spine and consequently the production of pt for the respective movement patterns. likewise the similarity of the ptr/bm and ptl/bm results can also be attributed to the bilateral arrangement of the neck musculature involved in the respective cervical movement patterns. power generated at 0.2 of a second descriptive statistics (table vi) of the power generated at 0.2 of a second (pow) variable, measured in watts, revealed that the front-row forwards were best in all movement patterns. however, the numerical advantage translated into only 1 statistically significant difference. front-row forwards proved to table iv. descriptive statistics of the schoolboy forwards’ peak torque to body mass data according to positional categories (n = 208) peak torque to body mass ratio (%) ptf/bm pte/bm ptr/bm ptl/bm position n mean sem mean sem mean sem mean sem front row 78 35.19 0.02 65.11 0.02 63.12 0.02 60.74 0.02 second row 52 31.62* 0.02 67.25 0.02 65.77 0.02 64.94 0.02 back row 78 37.09* 0.01 70.20 0.02 69.88 0.02 67.51 0.02 forwards 208 35.01 0.01 67.55 0.01 66.32 0.01 64.33 0.01 * statistically significant difference (p < 0.05). statistically significant difference (p < 0.01) table v. stanine table of normative data for peak torque to body mass ratio (n = 208) peak torque to body mass ratio (%) extremes and extension flexion right-flexion left-flexion stanine categories worst recorded 32 12 28 20 1. extremely poor 0 44 0 17 0 44 0 38 2. very poor 45 50 18 20 45 49 39 47 3. poor 51 56 21 25 50 56 48 57 4. below average 57 62 26 30 57 60 58 61 5. average 63 70 31 36 61 69 62 66 6. above average 71 76 37 41 70 77 67 74 7. good 77 87 42 50 78 84 75 84 8. very good 88 92 51 61 85 91 85 90 9. excellent 93 + 62 + 92 + 91 + best recorded 113 81 103 103 table iii. stanine table of normative data for peak torque (n = 208) peak torque (nm) extremes and extension flexion right-flexion left-flexion stanine categories worst recorded 28 9 24 14 1. extremely poor 0 32 0 12 0 -33 0 28 2. very poor 33 39 13 15 34 41 29 37 3. poor 40 44 16 19 42 45 38 43 4. below average 45 50 20 25 46 49 44 49 5. average 51 55 26 29 50 53 50 52 6. above average 56 63 30 34 54 60 53 59 7. good 64 70 35 42 61 66 60 65 8. very good 71 77 43 51 67 72 66 71 9. excellent 78 + 52 + 73 + 72 + best recorded 87 72 89 80 isokinetic neck-sc1-jf-f 5/3/05 8:56 am page 22 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 23 be significantly more powerful (p < 0.01) than the back-row players on the measurement of flexion power generated at 0.2 of second (powf). however, it was expected that the front-row players would be significantly stronger (table ii) and more powerful (table vi) than the other positional categories. this would have been an indication of their adaptation to the demands of their position within the tight scrum. the normative data for the power generated at 0.2 of a second variables are shown in table vii. the data again show that the measurements made through the extension, lateral flexion right, and lateral flexion left movement patterns are fairly similar. peak torque ratios the normative data represented in table viii show the muscle strength ratios of the agonist to antagonist for each specific movement pattern of the cervical spine assessed. as discussed previously, extension strength due to the muscle mass involved in the movement is much greater than that of flexion strength. this table illustrates that low ratios are rated as poor or below average (0 39%). this is seen by the optimal ratio between ptf and pte being approximately 49 53%. normative data concerning the ratio of cervical flexion to extension strength in the normal population suggest that a ratio of around 60% is optimal.8 however among rugby forwards stronger cervical extensors are preferable as they will enable the player to resist the forces experienced in the tight scrum. conversely, the bilateral symmetry of the musculature producing lateral flexion left and right predicts the optimal ratio for ptr to ptl to be 100%. these low ratios (table viii) can be attributed, in the case of ptf/pte, to weak cervical flexors; conversely, too high a ratio (table viii) is also interpreted as poor or below average and indicative of weak cervical extensors. this principle is also applied in the reflection of ptr/ptl normative data. cervical range of motion no statistically significant differences were observed between the positional categories during the measurement of crom (table ix). the average mvcrfe during the flexion movement pattern was 118.15ß. the mean values were 58.63ß from full extension to neutral (anatomical zero) and 58.91ß from neutral to full flexion. during the extension movement pattern a larger mvcrfe was measured (125.79ß). the mean values were 62.66ß from full flexion to neutral and 64.12ß from neutral to full extension. these values correspond well with other measurements reported in the literature. buck et al.4 reported values of 66ß – 8ß for flexion and 73ß – 9ß for extension in a sample of young males. lind et al.14 only reported a total average flexion and extension of 68ß – 26ß. wolfenberger et al.28 established the mean crom for flexion/extension, with the use of radiography, to be 108… in a sample (n = 39) of 20 29-year-old males. dual inclinometry delivered a value of 101…, and with a bubble table vi. descriptive statistics of the schoolboy forwards’ power generated at 0.2 of a second data according to positional categories (n = 208) power generated at 0.2 of a second (w) powf powe powr powl position n mean sem mean sem mean sem mean sem front row 78 101.54* 6.43 167.31 8.03 211.92 7.44 194.81 7.73 second row 52 72.40 5.60 161.15 7.01 206.63 8.54 184.42 9.16 back row 78 69.17* 5.21 150.19 8.24 189.42 8.64 178.08 9.14 forwards 208 82.12 3.55 156.35 4.66 202.16 4.81 185.94 5.04 *= statistically significant difference (p < 0.01). table vii. stanine table of normative data for power generated at 0.2 of a second (n = 208) extremes and stanine power generated at 0.2 of a second (watts) categories extension flexion right-flexion left-flexion worst recorded 19 5 25 23 1. extremely poor 0 25 0 10 0 70 0 50 2. very poor 26 60 11 20 71 105 51 80 3. poor 61 95 21 40 106 140 81 120 4. below average 96 125 41 55 141 160 121 160 5. average 126 160 56 80 161 220 161 205 6. above average 161 205 81 115 221 250 206 230 7. good 206 240 116 150 251 275 231 260 8. very good 241 275 151 210 276 320 261 310 9. excellent 276 + 211 + 321 + 311 + best recorded 350 300 360 355 table viii. stanine table of normative data for peak torque ratios (n = 208) ratio (% actual) extremes and flexion extension right left stanine categories low high low high worst recorded 19 100 35 143 1. extremely poor 0 11 95 + 0 68 132 + 2. very poor 12 25 81 94 69 76 124 131 3. poor 26 32 74 80 77 83 117 123 4. below average 33 39 67 73 84 87 113 116 5. average 40 43 63 66 88 92 108 112 6. above average 44 48 58 62 93 95 105 107 7. good 49 51 55 57 96 97 103 104 8. very good 52 52 54 54 98 99 101 102 9. excellent 53 53 53 53 100 100 best recorded 53 53 100 100 isokinetic neck-sc1-jf-f 5/3/05 8:56 am page 23 goniometer 100… of crom for flexion/extension was obtained.28 similar results were observed for the measurement of lateral flexion left and right crom. however, the obtained results were smaller than those seen with the measurement of mvcrfe. the average mvcrlf to the left was 111.39ß, and during lateral flexion to the right an average of 111.75ß was recorded. the mean values were 53.8ß from neutral to full lateral flexion right and 56.14ß (average) from neutral to full lateral flexion to the left. lind et al.14 reported slightly lower averages for both lateral flexion left and right crom with a value of 45ß – 14ß. active crom for lateral flexion left to right, measured with a goniometer, for a sample (n = 20) of males aged from 11 to 19 years was calculated to be 91.1ß.30 the normative data represented in stanine format in tables x and xi show complete crom measurements through the full range of cervical motion in the sagittal (mvcrfe) and frontal (mvcrlf) planes. the results show that the various positional categories do not appear to have undergone the expected specific neck musculature adaptations to meet the unique requirements of each position. this may be due to the lack of education of players and coaches on the importance of proper neck musculature condition for safe participation in rugby. this naturally leads to little time and effort spent by coaches and players on specific conditioning of the neck muscles resulting in underdeveloped and weak neck muscles. furthermore, in conjunction with poor or insufficient conditioning of the neck muscles, players of the age investigated in this study possibly have not yet been exposed to sufficient bouts of cervical spinal exertion in the tight scrum to have undergone the needed adaptations. this is, however, more reason to encourage neck musculature conditioning. conclusion the generation of normative data pertaining to the force characteristics of the neck musculature can be usefully applied as an injury prevention and rehabilitative tool. by identifying weak musculature in players prior to participation possible injury can be avoided. the usefulness of this method of assessment is not only limited to the sporting individual; the general population can also benefit from neck musculature conditioning to prevent or rehabilitate the painful cervical spine. references 1. armour ks, clatworthy bj, bean ar, wells je, clarke am. spinal injuries in new zealand rugby and rugby league — a twenty year survey. n z med j 1997; 110: 462-5. 2. barton pm, hayes kc. neck flexor muscle strength, efficiency, and relaxation times in normal subjects and subjects with unilateral neck pain and headache. arch phys med rehabil 1996; 77: 680-7. 3. bottini e, poggi ejt, luzuriaga f, secin fp. incidence and nature of the most common rugby injuries sustained in argentina (1991 1997). br j sports med 2000; 34: 94-7. 24 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 table x. stanine table of normative data for cervical range of motion (n = 208) extremes and stanine range of motion – mvcrfe & mvcrlf (deg) categories extension flexion right-flexion left-flexion worst recorded 87 76 70 73 1. extremely poor 0 96 0 87 0 86 0 88 2. very poor 97 103 88 97 87 94 89 94 3. poor 104 111 98 104 95 103 95 102 4. below average 112 119 105 114 104 107 103 108 5. average 120 131 115 122 108 114 109 113 6. above average 132 138 123 133 115 121 114 120 7. good 139 144 134 141 122 125 121 125 8. very good 145 149 142 145 126 131 126 132 9. excellent 150 + 146 + 132 + 133 + best recorded 159 172 143 140 table xi. stanine table of normative data for cervical range of motion (n = 208) extremes and range of motion – mvcre, mvcrf, stanine mvcrr & mvcrl (deg) categories extension flexion right-flexion left-flexion worst recorded 20 15 34 29 1. extremely poor 0 28 0 26 0 42 0 32 2. very poor 29 43 27 37 43 47 33 40 3. poor 44 50 38 44 48 50 41 44 4. below average 51 57 45 53 51 55 45 49 5. average 58 66 54 62 56 58 50 55 6. above average 67 75 63 70 59 62 56 58 7. good 76 80 71 78 63 67 59 64 8. very good 81 87 79 83 68 71 65 69 9. excellent 88 + 84 + 72 + 70 + best recorded 93 87 78 73 table ix. descriptive statistics of the schoolboy forwards’ cervical range of motion data according to positional categories (n = 208) range of motion mvcrfe & mvcrlf (deg.) flexion extension right – flexion left flexion position n mean sem mean sem mean sem mean sem front row 78 117.19 1.8 123.29 1.74 109.54 1.43 109.46 1.38 second row 52 120.02 2.48 129.64 2.27 113.62 1.65 113.85 1.69 back row 78 117.86 1.99 126.04 1.85 112.71 1.29 111.68 1.33 forwards 208 118.15 1.18 125.76 1.11 111.75 0.84 111.39 0.84 isokinetic neck-sc1-jf-f 5/3/05 8:56 am page 24 26 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 4. buck ca dameron fb, dow mj, skowlund hv. study of normal range of motion in the neck utilizing a bubble goniometer. arch phys med rehabil 1959; 40: 390-92. 5. cantu rc. head and spine injuries in youth sports. clin sports med 1995; 14: 517 32. 6. du toit de. the kinetics of rugby scrumming and the neck s force capabilities as a cause of cervical spinal injuries. dphil dissertation, university of port elizabeth, 1993. 7. du toit de, buys fj, venter djl, olivier pe. isokinetic evaluation of neck strength. south african journal of sports medicine 2003; 15(3): 3-10. 8. garces gl, medina d, milutinovic l, garavote p, guerado e. normative database of isometric cervical strength in a healthy population. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34: 464-70. 9. highland tr, dreising te, vie ll, russel gs. changes of isometric strength and range of motion of the isolated cervical spine after eight weeks of clinical rehabilitation. spine 1992; 17: 77-82. 10. hoskins tw. prevention of neck injuries playing rugby. public health 1987; 101: 351-6. 11. jordan a, bendix t, nielsen h, hansen fr, h¿st d, winkel a. intensive training, physiotherapy, or manipulation for patients with chronic neck pain: a prospective, single-blinded, randomized clinical trial. spine 1998; 23: 311-9. 12. kew t, noakes td, kettles an, goedeke re, newton da, scher at. a retrospective study of spinal cord injury in cape province rugby players, 1963 1989. s afr med j 1991; 80: 127-33. 13. leggert sh, graves je, pollock ml, et al. quantitative assessment and training of isometric cervical extension strength. am j sports med 1991; 19: 653 59. 14. lind b, sihlbom h, nordwall a, malchau h. normal range of motion of the cervical spine. arch phys med rehabil 1989; 70: 692-5. 15. maroon jc, bailes je. athletes with cervical spine injury. spine 1996; 21: 2294-99. 16. milburn pd. biomechanics of rugby union scrimmaging: technical and safety issues. sports med 1993; 16: 168-76. 17. morganti c. recommendations for return to sports following cervical spine injuries. sports med 2003; 33: 563-73. 18. proctor mr, cantu rc. head and neck injuries in young athletes. clin sports med 2000; 19: 693 715. 19. quarrie kl, cantu rc, chalmers dj. rugby union injuries to the cervical spine and spinal cord. sports med 2002; 32: 633-53. 20. randl¿v a, fl stergaard m, manniche c, et al. intensive dynamic training for females with chronic neck/shoulder pain. a randomized controlled trial. clin rehabil 1998; 12:200 -10. 21. rotem tr, lawson js, wilson sf, engel s, rutkowski sb, aisbett cw. severe cervical cord injuries related to rugby union and league football in new south wales, 1984 1996. med j aust 1998; 168: 379-81. 22. scher at. rugby injuries to the cervical spine and spinal cord — a 10-year review. clin sports med 1998; 17: 165-206. 23. secin fp, poggi ejt, luzuriaga f, laffaye ha. disabling injuries of the cervical spine in argentine rugby over the last 20 years. br j sports med 1999; 33: 33-6. 24. silver jr. the impact of the 21st century on rugby injuries. spinal cord 2002; 40: 552-9. 25. torg js. epidemiology, biomechanics, and prevention of cervical spine trauma resulting from athletics and other recreational activities. operative techniques in sports medicine 1993; 1: 159-68. 26. torg js, vegso jj, o neill mj, sennett b. the epidemiologic, pathologic, biomechanical, and cinematographic analysis of football-enduced cervical spine trauma. am j sports med 1990; 18(1): 50-7. 27. winkelstein ba, myers bs. the biomechanics of cervical spine injury and implications for injury prevention. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29: suppl. 7, s246-55. 28. wolfenberger va, bui q, batenchuk gb. a comparison of methods of evaluating cervical range of motion. j manipulative physiol ther 2002; 25: 154-60. 29. ylinen j, ruuska j. clinical use of neck isometric strength measurement in rehabilitation. arch phys med rehabil 1994; 75: 465-9. 30. youdas jw, garrett tr, suman vj, bogard cl, hallman ho, carey jr. normal range of motion of the cervical spine: an initial goniometric study. physical therapy 1992; 72: 770-80. isokinetic neck-sc1-jf-f 5/3/05 8:56 am page 26 original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license factors promoting and hindering sporting success among south african former olympians from historically disadvantaged areas s mthombeni, phd; y coopoo, dphil (facsm); h noorbhai, phd department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: s mthombeni (smthombeni.solly@gmail.com) international sporting success in any nation is centred on achieving international prestige, socioeconomic development, and enhancement of national pride, to name a few. therefore, increasing competitiveness for sporting success encouraged global investments towards elite sports policies among nations to facilitate elite sport development through a uniform model. more importantly, the success of an individual athlete or team is dependent on the national system's performance capacity and its effectiveness in the usage of resources toward elite sporting success. [1] de bosscher et al. [1] developed a conceptual framework of sport policy factors leading to sport success (spliss) that would be used as a model for nations to assess sporting success. the spliss model consists of nine pillars including financial resources, governance, organisation and sport policy, foundation level participation, identification and development of talent, post-sport career support, provision for sports infrastructure, provision for coaching and development, access to national and international competitions, as well as scientific research and support. [1] de bosscher et al. [1] used the mixed methods approach for spliss to compare policies of elite sport among 15 countries and indicated that the composite indicators were helpful in the identification of a relationship or non-relationship between sports policies and success, facilitation of comparison and interpretation of counties, as well as the understanding of differences in elite sport systems. mazzei et al. [2] evaluated the structure of the brazilian high performance sports policies through the spliss framework and found the existence of financial resources, but a lack of strategic planning and integration of the sports policies, leading to ineffective management of the application of resources. therefore, more financial resource allocations towards high performance sport does not necessarily lead to a better international performance in sport if the other pillars of support are not well structured. a better synergy between the pillars of support is necessary for international sporting success. [2] in the south african context, sport played a central role in transforming south africa by creating a post-apartheid identity that was aimed at eliminating divisions on a basis of race, gender, class, and geographical location. [3] apartheid was a south african policy and ideology of racial segregation. [3] the national sport and recreation plan (nsrp) [4] highlighted that the system of apartheid led to gross inequality, whereby over 50% of the south african population, which were predominantly black africans, lived below the poverty line. this led to inequalities and an uneven playing field within the sports sector. [4] the post-apartheid government elected in 1994 developed the new department of sport and recreation south africa (srsa), now referred to as the department of sport, arts, and culture (dsac), as the government department the mandate of which was, largely, to address the injustices of the past by ensuring equality in the field of sport and establishing the transformation charter. [4] coetzee et al. [5] reported that racial inequalities in sports from the apartheid era continue to affect sports participation or non-participation on a basis of race, across various sporting codes in south africa, as different opportunities for most sports are still not accessible for the black population. desai [6] argues that although the sport of swimming in south africa, for instance, continues to claim global dominance in terms of competitiveness, it is still primarily regarded as a ‘white’ sport as it remains dominated by swimmers from the white community, more especially at the highest level of competition. this is a consequence of the sport infrastructure (especially swimming facilities) being historically concentrated in the recreational and residential areas of the white community during apartheid, and which were legislated to only be used by the white population. recreational facilities, including functional swimming facilities were inadequate or non-existent in the predominantly black townships and the effects continued to be felt in post-apartheid there are various contributing factors to sporting success among elite athletes, including olympians. the purpose of this paper was to investigate the enablers and/or barriers to sporting success among south african former olympians from historically disadvantaged areas (hdas) using the spliss framework. this would enable an understanding of the factors that lead to sporting success among athletes from hdas. a qualitative research design was employed for this study, whereby semi-structured interviews were conducted among 15 former olympians who represented south africa between the 1992 and 2016 olympic games. the atlas.ti (version 22) software tool was used to analyse the data. the study found that athletes from hdas attributed their sporting success to the functional competition structure, sports access at community level, access to scholarships and bursaries to elite schools/universities, good coaching support and mentorship, access to local and international competitions, as well as community and peer athlete support. the highest barriers reported by athletes were inadequate financial support, a dysfunctional school sport system, lack of sports facilities, equipment and transport system, poor post-career and scientific support. elite athletes from hdas need consistent financial support, school/foundation level sport access, quality sports facilities, equipment, and reliable transport to training and competitions, post-career, as well as scientific support to achieve their full potential and attain international sporting success. keywords: support systems, historically disadvantaged areas, olympics, athletes s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-9. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15068 mailto:smthombeni.solly@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15068 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9464-6854 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9865-3031 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5148-1607 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 south africa, making it almost impossible to nurture talent from the black townships. [6] the transformation charter defines transformation as a process of changing the delivery of sport holistically through the actions of individuals and organisations to harness the socioeconomic benefits of sport. the charter aimed at increasing access and opportunities in sport and recreation for all citizens, with particular emphasis on previously disadvantaged groups, including but not limited to, black (i.e. african, coloured, and indian) population groups which included, women, children, youth, persons with disabilities, as well as the elderly. [5] therefore, historically disadvantaged areas (hdas) in this study referred to areas that were underfunded and underdeveloped during the apartheid era, whereby the legacy of underdevelopment persists to date. these areas include townships, farms, and rural areas (as well as villages). [7] xaba and malindi [7] highlight hdas as historical settlements characterised by poor socioeconomic conditions, including poor infrastructure development, and most were designated as living areas for black people. dove et al. [8] investigated career progression to the elite level among black south african cricket players and found that game exposure, coaching, facilities and equipment, education, and support networks as enablers of success, and poor socioeconomic factors, development pathways, team environment and leadership were barriers to success. this required a need to further investigate whether other sporting codes, or sport in general, has similar enablers and barriers to success in south africa, thus necessitating a need for further insight into potential success factors and barriers to sporting success, with a particular emphasis on athletes from hdas. the most important research questions for this study were as follows: do the current systems of sport support in south africa create an enabling environment for an athlete to achieve international success? if so, what are these enabling factors, and if not, what are the hindrances? sport in south africa is under the responsibility of the national department of sport, arts, and culture (dsac), which has mandated the south african sports federation and olympic committee (sascoc), along with the national sports federations (nsfs) to deliver high performance sport in south africa to all. tertiary institutions, sports academies, and professional sports clubs are structures that also form part of the pathway for elite athletes to reach high performance in sports. [4] the figure above shows a typical distribution mechanism for the delivery of high performance sports in south africa. figure 1 illustrates the south african support mechanism for high performance sport. the purpose of the paper is to investigate the enablers and/or barriers to sporting success among south african former olympians from hdas using the spliss framework. this would enable an understanding of the factors that lead to sporting success among athletes from hdas, and overcoming barriers to sport participation. methods study design and participants a qualitative research design was employed for this study. a total of 15 athletes (13 males and 2 females) participated in semi-structured interviews as part of the study procedure (table 1). the participants in the study were athletes that have represented south africa at the olympic games between 1996 and 2016. the participants were current and retired south african athletes that were born and had resided in hdas at some stage of their sporting careers. the participants were all black african former olympians between the ages of 29 and 50 years, of which nine were still active athletes and six had retired from their sport. the sporting codes represented included: athletics (n=7), rugby sevens (n=2), boxing (n=2), football (n=1), canoeing (n=1), hockey (n=1), and sailing (n=1). ethical considerations the faculty of health sciences research ethics committee at the university of johannesburg provided ethical approval for the study (rec-500-2020). the participants provided consent prior to participating in the study. data collection the interviews were conducted telephonically and audiotaped. a portable tablet voice recorder (lenovo tab m10 hd, slovakia) was used for the recording of the interviews with participants. the interviews were, on average, 38 minutes in duration. a step-by-step interview guide was used to ensure that the interviews occurred similarly and systematically. all nine interview questions were open-ended and were in line fig. 1. south african support mechanism for high performance sport [4] high performance sport south african sports confederation and olympics committee (sascoc) national department of sport, arts, and culture national sport federations sports academies & tertiary institutions club system original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 with the spliss framework, with questions investigating enablers in, as well as barriers to, elite sport participation under the following themes; access to financial resources; governance, organisation, sports policies, access to competitions; opportunities for sport participation at foundation level; talent scouting and development; post-career support; access to sports facilities; access to coach support and development; access to international competitions; and access to scientific support (table 2). follow-up questions were also conducted to allow participants to provide further insight into the matters discussed. data analysis the interview data were translated from the audio recorder and transferred to a laptop for storage and analysis. the audio data were then transcribed manually and through a computer software known as otter.ai (los altos, california, us) into text format by the interviewer. upon the conclusion of the transcribing, all the text captured in the native language of the participants was translated into english. familiarisation of the data was conducted to understand the breadth and depth of the content. a thematic analysis approach was employed. the initial codes were formed based on the interesting concepts to analyse. from the initial codes, a total of 42 meaningful themes that highlighted the athletes’ career pathways and experiences were identified. the themes were then categorised into 11 factors of sport support. from the 11 factors of sport support, six enablers and five barriers to sporting success were identified, followed by the write-up of the findings. the atlas.ti (version 22) software tool was used to analyse the data. results and discussion the results of the study found that factors that enabled sporting success among athletes from hdas were functional sport structures, access to community sport, bursaries and scholarships, coaching support and mentorship, local and international competitions, as well as community and peer support. factors that were found to hinder sporting success among athletes from hdas were lack of financial support, a dysfunctional school sport system, lack of facilities and equipment, lack of post-career support, and poor scientific support. table 1. participant demographics participant gender race age (years) sport number of years of involvement a1 male black 47 athletics track 37 a2 male black 50 athletic marathon 28 a3 male black 48 athletics track 32 a4 male black 45 athletic marathon 32 a5 male black 37 athletic marathon 21 a6 female black 39 athletic marathon 33 a7 male black 47 athletic marathon 29 a8 male black 30 boxing 18 a9 male black 44 boxing 37 a10 male black 32 rugby sevens 20 a11 male black 29 rugby sevens 19 a12 female black 34 soccer 24 a13 male black 38 canoeing 27 a14 male black 30 sailing 19 a15 male black 38 hockey 25 table 2. explanatory notes for the nine pillars used in the questionnaire pillar explanatory notes for the pillar 1. financial resources this includes financial resource assistance in the form of grants (from government, federations, ngos, sponsorships, etc.). 2. organisation and the structure of sport policies refers to the availability and access to the sport competition system at all levels, including local, provincial and national level. 3. foundation and participation refers to the accessibility and participation of the sport code at foundation phase (i.e. school competition system, youth club/development academy, etc.). 4. talent identification and development system refers to the systems in place to identify and develop sporting talent (i.e. talent scouting, sport career pathing, etc.). 5. post-career support refers to support provided to athletes upon retirement from their sport (scholarships and bursaries, life skills, career/job prospects, mentoring opportunities, volunteerism, etc.) or any other opportunity to make a living after sport. 6. sports training facilities refers to the availability of sports facilities that athletes have access to. 7. coach provision and development refers to availability and access to qualified/experienced coaches. 8. local and international competitions refers to availability and access to local and international competitions where athletes can compete and showcase their talent. 9. scientific support refers to availability and access to scientific support programmes for the athlete (i.e. sports medicine/science, evidence-based programmes and research, nutrition, sports psychology, high performance, match/performance analysis, etc.). sourced from sport policy factors leading to sport success (spliss) framework [1] original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 enablers functional sport structures when asked about governance, organisation and sport policy, the majority of athletes reported that south africa has functional sports structures which provide an enabling environment to compete in sport from local, progressing to regional, provincial and national championships. international colours were provided to them when performing well at a national level. the athletes also reported that there are sufficient local league competitions for them to compete in and gain recognition (figure 2). one commented as follows: ‘we would compete in teams around our region, then provincial, then to national. the structures of competition and league system are good.’ (athlete 9) the availability of governance, organisation and structure of sport policy was supported by jacobs, de bosscher, and venter [9] who also reported on the availability of national, provincial, and local sports structures (government departments, local municipalities, and federations), all of which administer sport in south africa as guided by the national white paper on sport and recreation. however, it has been highlighted that interorganisational relationships between governmental sport stakeholders need to be further strengthened to allow for the understanding of the different roles and responsibilities that each entity needs to play in the field of sport. this will ensure that there’s no duplication of roles and the effectiveness of the delivery of sport programmes is improved (jacobs, de bosscher, and venter. [9]). functional sport structures allow for athletes to compete regularly, and in a coordinated manner that allows those that are more talented to progress through the competition ranks from local to national, and eventually international level. access to community sport the majority of athletes reported that one of the important factors that enabled them to participate in their respective sporting codes was that it was accessible within their community from a young age. it was reported that they participated in their local community sports clubs which offered the sport at a social and competitive level. however, most of the athletes also indicated that the sport was not accessible at the school level as their schools did not offer any structured sports programme. few athletes had access to their sport at the school they attended, but they were able to attend well-resourced schools in suburban areas, not within their communities. most of these opportunities came in the form of sports and academic scholarships. one was quoted as follows: ‘…but for us in our community, the sport of canoeing was the main sport due to our proximity of the river nearby’ (athlete 14) this finding was similar to that of dove et al. [8] who found that early exposure to sport is one of the enabling factors for cricket success among south african black cricketers from townships and rural areas. this presents a challenge for south africa, as physical education in predominantly disadvantaged schools does not form part of the curriculum and is merely seen as a voluntary extracurricular activity. therefore, in most cases, athletes have to rely on volunteer-based local community sports clubs to get exposure and participation in sport. attending wealthier elite semi-private or private schools with sufficient sporting infrastructure and support also comes with a distinct advantage as they serve as a feeder system for professional and national teams. [10] noorbhai [10] found that the majority of the south african cricketers who played for the national team (the proteas), mostly attended the wealthy elite and boys-only schools, irrespective of race. so in essence, athletes from hdas who are unable to receive scholarships from these elite schools, may have to rely on local community sport clubs to navigate through sport, which in most cases, may be a more difficult route for the athlete, as most of the clubs may not be part of the feeder system to professional or national teams if cricket was used as an example. in the absence of physical education in low income schools, more local community-based clubs have to be established, and receive financial incentives from the government and the national lottery for developing athletes in the townships. this may indicate that government may need to reprioritise its spending and consider funding township-based sports clubs based on how many athletes they develop, more especially in unpopular sporting codes. bursaries and scholarships all the athletes in this study reported being offered and provided with sports bursaries and scholarships by universities at some point in their sporting careers as part of their postcareer support. scholarships and bursaries in this study were two-fold, with some athletes provided with sports and academic scholarships to attend elite former model c schools (previous and current well-resourced semi-private public sporting success among athletes from hdas enablers functional sport structures access to community sport bursaries and scholarships coaching support and mentorship local and international competitions community and peer support barriers lack of financial support dysfunctional school sport system lack of sports facilities and equipment lack of post-career support poor scientific support fig. 2. results showing the perceived enablers and barriers in south african sport by athletes original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 schools for the wealthier elite population group) in town, as well as university sports bursaries to fund their tertiary education studies. the bursaries not only allowed them to have access to education but also allowed them to be able to afford the necessities they needed for their sport (i.e. accommodation, sports attire, equipment, and nutrition). athletes that went to former model c schools on scholarships had access to good sports infrastructure, school accommodation, nutrition, coaching and mentorship, and other support structures from an early age. however, to have access to such bursaries, they also needed to produce satisfactory academic results for admission into these elite schools or universities. one commented as follows: ‘there were also opportunities for me as a senior athlete to have access to sports bursaries.’ (athlete 4) the findings are supported by thompson, rongen, cowburn, and till, [11] who found that scholar athletes from sportfocused schools receive considerably more support in terms of academics, high-level training and competitions, recognition systems, and prospects of higher education continuation. these support systems positively contribute to the athletes’ long-term holistic development and success as an athlete when compared to their peer athletes who attended non-sport schools. universities in south africa offer varsity sports tournaments in most sporting codes. these tournaments serve as catalysts for student athletes to access high-level competition, financial and non-financial incentives and rewards, social well-being, as well as the promotion of their sporting career [12]. this indicates that universities may present athletes from hdas with opportunities for participation in sports that may not be available in the communities where they grew up. bursaries also provide an opportunity for personal development of these athletes. coaching support and mentorship the majority of athletes had access to coaching support from development (early age) until a high performance level. the athletes reported that although most of their developmental coaches were community volunteers, they all had the appropriate knowledge, skills, and coaching experience within the sport. most athletes also highlighted that their coaches were their greatest mentors that propelled them toward sporting success. one profound comment was as follows: ‘…one thing that made him stand out was that he understood where we came from as players, he knew that we came from underresourced communities, so what made the relationship good was that he was able to mentor us despite the difficulties that we faced before in life.’ (athlete 11). trzaskoma-bicsérdy et al. [13] highlight that the nature of an athlete-coach relationship is more likely to determine the athlete’s performance, self-esteem, and satisfaction. when a coach can create an environment that fuels inspiration to the athlete and emphasises effort, the athlete is then able to positively respond by striving for excellence [13] athletes in hdas need to have access to an inspirational coach who is fully committed to supporting the athlete, both on and off the field of play. at times, athletes may lack parental figures who can provide moral support when playing sports, and the coach is therefore compelled to fill this important role. hallmann, breuer, and beermann [14] defined a mentor as an experienced or high-ranking member in society or an organisation forming a relationship by coaching, advocating, and sponsoring the development of a less experienced mentee. benefits of mentorship include increased personal development, satisfaction, self-worth, reputation and required skills, all of which are important for athletic success. [14] therefore, it is important for coaching training and development programmes at federation level to include courses on mentorship and athlete welfare, so that they know how to provide the best possible support for their athletes. local and international competitions the majority of athletes reported that some of their enablers towards sporting success included access to managers, agents, and professional clubs, which negotiated on their behalf and assisted them to compete internationally and gain international recognition. some athletes also highlighted that the local competition structure was so highly competitive that it adequately prepared them for international success. some commented as follows: ‘i did have access to international competitions.’ ‘the more events that you compete in and win internationally, the more opportunities come to you to compete internationally.’ (athlete 4) ‘our competition system here in sa is good and there are enough competitions in the country, whether you have a sponsor or no sponsor.’ (athlete 3) ferguson [15] highlights that constant competitions, effective coaching, and access to appropriate sports facilities are among the most important factors for elite sporting performance and the success of nations. it is important, however, for athletes to have access to sufficient competitions from an early age as they progress in sporting performance and maturity. it is also important for south african national federations to produce quality local competition structures to enable athletes to progress through the competitive ranks, aiming for international success. ferguson [15] further reiterates that highquality local competitions allow athletes to test themselves against local competitors, and adequately prepares them for international success. de bosscher, du bois, and heyndeld [16] reported that an increase and exposure to the international competition environment increases competitiveness in athletes, and subsequently improvement in athletic performance. this, therefore, suggests that as athletes become more exposed to international competitions and compete at a higher intensity, they are more inclined to improve in their competitiveness and experience. community and peer support the majority of athletes indicated that one of their enablers for sporting success was the support they received from their communities, including friends, family, community leaders, sports legends from their communities, as well as educators, all original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 of whom were their key motivators. they also highlighted that it was through the volunteers and coaches within their communities who established local sports clubs, that enabled them to start participating in sports. athletes also highlighted the importance of peer-athlete support in terms of learning and sharing of ideas on training regimes and techniques, sharing of sports equipment/attire and transport to competitions, as well as moral support being the important contributors of their success in sport. one commented as follows: ‘there was a lot of support from my fellow boxers, including my brother, which played an important role in creating an environment for me to excel in the sport and become successful.’ (athlete 9) this finding was supported by shang and yang [17] who found that social support had a positive impact in chinese weightlifters by improving athlete motivation, mental toughness, and reducing burnout. salcinovic et al. [18] also highlighted that supportive team behaviour is one of the key contributing factors to the success of high performance sports teams. social support from teammates, coaches and support staff, family, and friends may present a positive relationship with the athlete's emotional, cognitive, and behavioural aspects, as well as their overall performance outcomes. [18] barriers lack of financial support the majority of athletes reported a lack of financial support, especially at the early stages of their careers in sports. most of the participants highlighted this as an obstacle, as they came from households where money was a scarce resource and their parents could only provide basic needs, while their sporting needs were regarded as luxuries they couldn't afford. at times, athletes who perform well and get selected to compete at national and international competitions were expected to personally fund their way on tours, as most of their families could not afford this, leading to low morale and discouragement. some athletes also highlighted that sports clubs in townships had no sponsorship and were poorly funded, therefore inhibiting them to provide full support to the athletes in need (figure 2). one athlete commented as follows: ‘for us as black people, it's difficult as your still in the development page of the sport as there is very limited financial support that allows you to excel and remain in the sport.’ (athlete 4) this finding was supported by swart, swanepoel, and surujlal [19] who evaluated the south african government expenditure towards the sport and recreation sector and found that the majority of the budget allocation was towards office administration and minimal towards grass roots sports development and school sport. jacobs, de bosscher, and venter [9] also found that the south african government allocated low grants towards elite sport development which could not meet the demands of the sector, with the national olympic body of south africa indicating that it heavily relies on sponsorships to fund its sport programmes. [9] this lack of investment by government eventually compromises the country’s effort in developing talented athletes. financial investment in elite sport creates an enabling environment for athletes to attain international success. [2] one of the other challenging aspects that athletes also reported was having access to sponsorship support at the late stages of their careers. this presents a challenge for the period when the athlete is still at the ‘up-and-coming’ stage of their career. hong and fraser [14] highlight that elite athletes not funded by their national olympic bodies, federations, or sponsors, are most likely to rely on family (mainly parents) and social networks of friends and relatives for financial support in some of the most crucial stages of their sporting journey. athletes from well-resourced households may be able to receive better financial support from their families, whereas those from lower income households may not have the financial means to continue their sporting careers as a consequence of increased financial demands. this may be the reason for the high dropout rates of talented athletes from sports. sports federations in partnership with government and sponsors should establish athlete-centred support programmes that are aimed at identifying talented athletes from marginalised communities, who show potential and provide the necessary financial and non-financial tools to ensure that they are well supported until they achieve financial independence. dysfunctional school sport system most of the athletes reported the dysfunctionality of the school sport system for schools in townships and rural areas as among the greatest obstacles to sports success. it was indicated that most of the township and rural schools do not offer any sport, nor do they have any facilities or equipment, and in some cases, only netball and soccer were the only competitive sporting codes on offer. it was also noted that educators in such schools have no keen interest in sports or encouraging sports participation. a few athletes reported having to migrate to elite schools in town through scholarships to have access to adequate sports infrastructure and support. one commented as follows: ‘it is very concerning that a talented athlete from a township or a village has to be taken from the area to town to attend the elite schools to receive the necessary support.’ (athlete 2) this finding was supported by the finding by kanters et al. [20] who attributed the lack of sports programmes in low-income and predominantly black schools to funding reductions leading to other competing interests (academics demands), poor school sports policies, and exclusive school sports policy which limit sports participation in these schools. noorbhai [10] also indicated that attending an elite (high-income) boys-only school was a strategic contributing factor toward cricket success among south african national cricket players. therefore, it remains a concern that talented athletes from low-income households may need to have access to scholarships to attend elite schools in order to increase their probability of success in most sporting codes. the dysfunctional school sports system, coupled with original research 7 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 poverty and inequality, was also highlighted as one of the main impediments to transformation, access, and equal opportunities within south african sport. the epg transformation report also cited that as few as 2000 former model c public schools have formalised sports programmes. [21] lack of sports facilities and equipment the majority of athletes reported another constraint as a lack of access to professional sporting facilities within their area of residence, especially in the development phase. some athletes reported making use of gravel and grass as their training grounds, or dams with slow water flow for canoeing, for instance. many reported having access to good facilities after achieving elite status. the problem with poor sports facilities is that they affect the longevity of sports equipment, as the equipment is not designed for such terrains (i.e. athletic spikes on a gravel track instead of rubber). this then forces athletes to continuously replace equipment that they cannot afford. some athletes reported having a lack of access to sports equipment throughout the early stages of their career, which led to them loaning from other athletes, and sports clubs, seeking donations of used equipment or sponsorship. one commented as follows: ‘there are no good tracks in the township nor are there gym facilities, so in most cases, we relied on the tar road or gravel road for training.’ ‘we also trained on the gravel track and we did not complain because it made us stronger.’ (athlete 4) some of the athletes reported well-maintained sports training facilities being far from their residential areas, making transportation costs expensive. the athletes also highlighted that most competitions take place in the cities because of a lack of well-maintained and safe sporting facilities in townships and rural areas. this forces them to travel long distances using unreliable and expensive public transport system to be able to train and compete. one commented as follows: ‘for some events, it was more difficult to get to competitions.’ ‘it's still difficult to reach competitions from there until today as most of the events are held in the cities, which are about three hours away from my village.’ (athlete 5) the lack of sports facilities in hdas can largely contribute to the legacy of apartheid whereby predominantly black residential areas were largely underdeveloped in terms of infrastructure, with sports infrastructure forming part of the underdevelopment. [7] the problem of the lack of facilities is not only in communities but also in public schools. the south african national education infrastructure management system report of 2021 found that 10 038 out of 23 276 (43%) south african public schools have no sports facilities. among 80% of these schools are no-fee paying schools in low-income communities mostly in south african rural provinces in limpopo (eastern cape) and kwazulu natal. [22] therefore, shortand long-term interventions need to be implemented by national government to ensure provision and access to sporting infrastructure within hdas. lack of post-career support although most athletes reported receiving bursaries and scholarships, the majority highlighted poor career guidance to prepare for life after sport. most of the athletes indicated that they had to seek opportunities during their sporting career to secure a better future after the sport. some athletes reported losing out on beneficial time to gain valuable workplace experience as they were full-time athletes. one athlete commented as follows: ‘to be honest, there aren't enough opportunities that propel you like a clear pathway, you create your new path to force your way through, but most of the time it's not easy.’ (athlete 12) dos santos et al [23] showed a similar finding whereby 379 brazilian elite athletes reported having anxiety and apprehension over the uncertainty of their future after sport as a consequence of insufficient post-career support. they indicated that this also affected their performance on the field of play. hong and fraser [24] reported an increased risk of mental health problems among athlete retirees who are poorly supported, especially those facing financial distress. therefore, it is recommended that sport becomes more professionalised and that elite athletes who represent the country internationally should be presented with similar benefits as those of full-time employees, ensuring that they have access to pension fund schemes, medical insurance, and unemployment insurance funds (uif). this will ensure that athletes have post-retirement benefits to kick-start their life after sport while seeking new opportunities. this intervention can be implemented by the government, working together with national federations. mazzei et al. [2] who also reported insufficient post-sport career support in brazil, suggested that a new model of athlete support needs to be established, especially in the education sector, to enable athletes to build their professional careers. therefore, it is also advisable for athletes, in the south african context, to become student-athletes and enrol in universities or colleges through sports bursaries, to acquire qualifications and skills they can use post-retirement. poor scientific support the majority of athletes reported having poor scientific support throughout their sporting careers. scientific support relates to access to the latest research in training and performance, individualised training regimes, and access to sports scientists, sports medicine specialists, and other professional support structures. some highlighted only having access to such support at a later age when they had reached elite status. few athletes indicated that should they have had access to good scientific support throughout their career, they would have perhaps won an olympic medal. ‘we had no access to high-performance centres or any scientific support in the townships. in most cases there is no support in such instances unless you make the team go compete at olympics, then in weeks before the games, you will have access to some sort of scientific testing or high-performance testing sessions.’ (athlete 4) mthombeni, coopoo, and noorbhai [25] reported similar findings when evaluating the availability of support systems by original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 8 south african national sport federations, whereby majority reported a lack of scientific support programmes within their administration. sports science research and scientific support leads to evidence-based training regimes that allow athletes to perform optimally. this is more important for an individual-specific scientific-backed programme and training. poor scientific support to athletes often leads to them falling victim to pseudoscientific practices, including the use of unproven training techniques, the wastage of money on supplements that do not improve their athletic ability, and other misleading practices that sports people fall victim to. with evolving technology, sport has become more competitive and scientific. sports scientists and medical professionals can now leverage application software, social media, and other forms of technological interventions to assist athletes in achieving optimal performance. this makes scientific support more important now, than ever before. one of the studies by kubayi, coopoo, and toriola [26] found that coaches have previously reported that the most important priorities in providing scientific support to athletes were technique improvement, injury prevention, peaking for competition, as well as mental strength. therefore, it is important to bridge a gap between sports science support and coaching to ensure that coaches have access to evidence-based regimes to impart to athletes. limitations the limitation of the study was that it was only qualitative and had to rely on subjective data from a selected cohort of athletes. however, the qualitative method was also a strength of the study in that it provided rich in-depth and lived experiences of athletes. another limitation was that the participants were all black african athletes, limiting the diversity of views from different racial groups. future studies should focus on a quantitative model of measuring elite athlete support systems. the study only focused on collecting data from former olympians and did not focus on the current developmental athletes which would indulge in the challenges they are facing currently. conclusion the study showed that south african athletes from hdas attributed their sporting success to the functional club system sport structure, access to sports at the community level, access to scholarships and bursaries to elite schools or universities, good coaching support and mentorship, access to local and international competitions, as well as community and peer athlete support. the highest barriers reported by athletes were inadequate financial support (especially during the developmental stages of their career), a dysfunctional school sports system, lack of sports facilities, equipment and transport system, poor post-career support, as well as lack of scientific support. financial investment in elite sports is necessary for the country to achieve its full potential for international success. developing (up-and-coming) athletes from hdas need to be financially supported consistently through athlete-centred support programmes to ensure that they have access to the necessary resources for them to excel in their respective sporting codes. the government should ensure that organised sport becomes a compulsory component of the schooling system across all south african schools. the national government should take on the responsibility for the provision of adequate sports facilities in hdas. elite athletes who have represented south africa internationally should be protected under the nation's labour laws to ensure that they have similar benefits to ordinary employees for them to enjoy social protection. there needs to be a bridging of the knowledge gap between coaches and sports scientists to allow coaches to use evidence-based approaches in athletic training and programming. future studies need to focus on in-depth analysis of evaluating the impact of class, socioeconomic status, gender and the impact of such variables in providing access, participation, and success in sports. future studies should also provide a sport-specific analysis to assess which sports are more accessible than others by athletes from hdas and factors that may be enablers or hindrances to participation in specific sporting codes. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: data analysis: sm. conception and design of the study; data acquisition; interpretation of data; drafting, critical revision, accountability and approval of final version of publication: all authors. references 1. de bosscher v. a mixed methods approach to compare elite sport policies of nations. a critical reflection on the use of composite indicators in the spliss study. sport in society 2018;21(2):331–55. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17430437.2016.1179729 2. mazzei lc, barros meira t de, bastos f de c, silveria böhme mt, de bosscher v. high performance sport in brazil: structure and policies comparison with the international context. gest y política pública tematico 2015 [cited 2022 oct 28];83–111. available from: http://repositorio-digital.cide.edu/handle/11651/2791 3. maralack dm. transforming sport and identity in the postapartheid south african nation state. dissertation. umn.edu. retrieved january 7, 2023, from https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/11299/100495/1/maralac k_umn_0130e_11602.pdf. 4. national sport and recreation plan (nsrp). issuu 2014 [cited 2022 oct 28]. available from: https://issuu.com/sportandrecreationsouthafrica/docs/nsrpsmall 5. coetzee el, pelser tg, ngwenya b, prinsloo jj. transformation of professional cricket, rugby and soccer in south africa since 1994: a systematic review. african journal for physical activity and health sciences (ajphes). available from https://journals.co.za/doi/10.37597/ajphes.2021.27.2.7. [cited 2022 oct 28]. 6. desai a, editor. the race to transform: sport in post-apartheid south africa. cape town, south africa: hsrc press; 2010. 7. xaba m, malindi m. entrepreneurial orientation and practice: three case examples of historically disadvantaged primary schools. s afr j educ 2010;30(1):75–89. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.15700/saje.v30n1a316 8. dove ma, draper ce, taliep ms, gray j. transformation in cricket: the black african experience. s afr j sports med https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/11299/100495/1/maralack_umn_0130e_11602.pdf https://conservancy.umn.edu/bitstream/11299/100495/1/maralack_umn_0130e_11602.pdf https://journals.co.za/doi/10.37597/ajphes.2021.27.2.7 original research 9 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2016;28(1):17–22. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a1413. 9. jacobs s, de bosscher v, venter r. inter-organisational relationships between governmental stakeholders in south african elite sport: resource dependency and interorganisational theoretical perspectives. int j sport policy 2021;13(1):123–142. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/19406940.2021.1877171. 10. noorbhai h. attending boys-only schools: is it an incidental or a strategic contributing factor to south african cricket development and success? african journal for physical activity and health sciences (ajphes) 2020;26(1):21–40. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.37597/ajphes.2020.26.1.2 11. thompson f, rongen f, cowburn i, till k. the impacts of sports schools on holistic athlete development: a mixed methods systematic review. sports med 2022;52(8):1879–1917. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-022-01664-5 12. nthangeni s, toriola a, paul y, naidoo v, directorate of sport and recreation, tshwane university of technology, pretoria, south africa, department of sport, rehabilitation and dental sciences, tshwane university of technology, pretoria, south africa, et al. student-athlete or athlete-student: analysis of benefits and barriers of university sport participation in south africa. ann appl sport sci 2021 9(2):0–0. [cited 2022 oct 28]. available from: http://aassjournal.com/article-1-924-en.html 13. trzaskoma-bicsérdy g, bognár j, révész l, géczi g. the coachathlete relationship in successful hungarian individual sports. int j sports sci coach 2007;2(4):485–495. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1260/174795407783359759 14. hallmann k, breuer c, beermann s. facilitating sporting and non-sporting career goals of elite athletes through mentoring programmes. eur sport manag q 2021;1–21. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/16184742.2021.1967420 15. ferguson j. establishing sports systems: a practical approach. open j soc sci 2022;10(5):75–98. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/jss.2022.105007 16. de bosscher v, du bois c, heyndels b. internationalization, competitiveness and performance in athletics (1984–2006). sport soc 2012;15(1):88–102. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03031853.2011.625280 17. shang y, yang s-y. the effect of social support on athlete burnout in weightlifters: the mediation effect of mental toughness and sports motivation. front psychol 2021;12:649677. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.649677 18. salcinovic b, drew m, dijkstra p, waddington g, serpell bg. factors influencing team performance: what can support teams in high-performance sport learn from other industries? a systematic scoping review. sports med open 2022;8(1):25. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s40798-021-00406-7. pmid: 35192078 19. swart jj, swanepoel mj, surujlal j. a critical analysis of government spending on sport: mass participation and school allocation: sport administration. ajpherd 2014;2 (supplement):251–265. https://hdl.handle.net/10520/ejc162509 20. kanters ma, bocarro jn, edwards mb, casper jm, floyd mf. school sport participation under two school sport policies: comparisons by race/ethnicity, gender, and socioeconomic status. ann behav med 2013;45 suppl 1:s113-121. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s12160-012-9413-2. pmid: 22993023 21. epg: sport federation transformation status report overview 2016|17. a comparative & sport code specific assessment & introduction to school sport structure. dept sport & recreation south africa, pretoria, 2018. https://www.srsa.gov.za/sites/default/files/epg%20summary%2 0transformation%20audit%20report%202018_2019_lr.pdf. 22. national education infrastructure management system report. gov.za. 2021 [cited 2022 oct 28]. available from: https://www.education.gov.za/portals/0/documents/reports/ne ims%20standard%20report%202021.pdf?ver=2021-05-20094532-570 23. dos santos alp, rosa nogueira mg, böhme mts. elite athletes’ perception of retirement support systems. int j phys educ sports health 2016 [cited 2022 oct 28];3(1):192–199. available from: https://www.kheljournal.com/archives/?year=2016&vol=3&issue =1&part=d&articleid=291 24. hong hj, fraser i. ‘my sport won’t pay the bills forever’: highperformance athletes’ need for financial literacy and selfmanagement. j risk fin manag 2021;14(7):324. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/jrfm14070324 25. mthombeni s, coopoo y, noorbhai h. perceptions of current support systems leading to international sporting success for south africans. int sports stud. 2022;44(2):22–38. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.30819/iss.44-2.03 26. kubayi a, coopoo y, toriola a. analysis of sport science perceptions and research needs among south african coaches. s afr j sports med 2018;30(1):1–4. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4240 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a1413 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/19406940.2021.1877171 http://dx.doi.org/10.37597/ajphes.2020.26.1.2 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-022-01664-5 http://dx.doi.org/10.1260/174795407783359759 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/16184742.2021.1967420 http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/jss.2022.105007 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03031853.2011.625280 http://dx.doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.649677 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s40798-021-00406-7 https://hdl.handle.net/10520/ejc162509 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s12160-012-9413-2 https://www.srsa.gov.za/sites/default/files/epg%20summary%20transformation%20audit%20report%202018_2019_lr.pdf https://www.srsa.gov.za/sites/default/files/epg%20summary%20transformation%20audit%20report%202018_2019_lr.pdf http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/jrfm14070324 http://dx.doi.org/10.30819/iss.44-2.03 original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license prevalence of the relative age effect among high-performance, university student-athletes, versus an age-matched student cohort s dube, msc; h grobbelaar, phd division of sport science, department of exercise, sport and lifestyle medicine, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa corresponding author: h grobbelaar (hgrobbelaar@sun.ac.za) the relative age effect (rae) refers to the overrepresentation of athletes born earlier in the calendar year covering a specific sport. rae is determined by birth date concerning age-group cut-off dates.[1] these differences are typically associated with shortand/or long-term effects universally known as the relative age effects (raes).[2] the rae is expressed by the difference between expected and the observed birthdate distributions of participants.[3] research is consistent in reporting the immediate and long-term selection, attainment and participation advantages enjoyed by relatively older participants (i.e. those born earlier in the selection year).[3] these outcomes extend across developmental periods but appear to be deep-rooted and most pronounced in competitive adolescent male team sports.[1] importantly, raes are not reinforced by a single factor. supported by a range of descriptive data over the last three decades, a combination of physical, psychological, motivational and socialization factors work together to produce the effect.[1,4] once participants are selected, they will have access to better coaches, training facilities, and competitive opportunities.[5] this becomes a key aspect of their future sporting career, resulting in the continued prevalence of the rae at senior sporting levels.[5,6] while age-related factors are critical antecedents of raes, they are also reinforced by more global factors (i.e. depth of competition and the skill level required), which influence the developmental context.[4] recent evidence points to a rae reversal at senior elite levels, suggesting that relatively younger athletes may be more likely to experience success and enjoy longer careers compared to relatively older players.[7,8] one possible explanation for this reversal is that at the senior sports level and in certain individual sports, technical, tactical and psychological traits become more valued than body size.[7] once the physical advantage that relatively older individuals typically enjoy during adolescent sports is no longer prevalent, superior skills gained by relatively younger players, who persist in an unfavourable system, place them at an advantage.[7–9] being relatively younger is therefore not an automatic disadvantage for all youth sports participants. however, it is a disadvantage for most relatively younger athletes. any reversal affects a small proportion of q4-born athletes, whereas the overall rae affects a much higher proportion of youth sports participants. whilst most rae studies have focused on youth and professional sport,[2] few studies have investigated this prevalence among university student-athletes. south africa’s sports system is uniquely organised into competitive school and university sport which often forms part of the pathway to elite sport, compared to elsewhere in the world where club sport tends to dominate.[10] stellenbosch university has a high performance sports unit that selects a limited number of student-athletes into its talent development programme each year. this stream offers differentiated experiences, including better coaches, sport science services and opportunities for televised competitions (e.g. varsity sport/varsity cup). selection into the hp programme is prestigious and represents a facet of cultural identity, which probably proliferates competition and selection pressure.[4] these factors make it a suitable environment for the rae to be prevalent, as many participants compete for the limited number of positions and resources.[4] this study aimed to determine if the rae is prevalent among hp-student-athletes across academic years, sport codes and sex, compared to an age-matched student cohort. this is a pertinent inquiry as it highlights the magnitude of the rae and adds to the few studies on south african student-athletes.[11] the study attempts to fill this gap in the literature by focusing background: relative age effect (rae) refers to the overrepresentation of athletes born earlier in the calendar year covering a specific sport. the rae is especially prevalent in youth sports but often persists into senior competitive levels. objectives: to determine the prevalence and magnitude of the rae among student-athletes in a high performance (hp) programme at a south african university, according to year, sports code and sex, compared to the general student cohort. methods: cross-sectional descriptive analysis of hp-studentathletes and an age-matched student cohort from 2016 to 2021. birthdate data were extracted for the hp student-athletes (n = 950: men = 644, women = 306) and student comparison group (n = 47 068; men = 20 464; women = 26 591; not disclosed = 13). differences were determined using chi-squared and fisher’s exact test. residuals examined relative age quartile differences. the steps were applied across academic years, sport code and sex results: the rae was more pronounced among the studentathletes compared to the age-matched student cohort. the rae was occasionally observed among the hp-studentathletes; however, the prevalence was inconsistent across the respective years under investigation and only noted in certain sport codes (i.e. swimming, rugby union and cricket). there were no sex differences among the hp student-athletes. conclusion: where the rae was noted, the selection bias favoured the relatively older student-athletes. the mechanisms for rae are multifactorial and complex. a combination of factors, such as competition depth, the popularity and physicality of a sport and socialisation may be involved. keywords: university sport, birth quartiles, selection bias, birth dates s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13310 mailto:hgrobbelaar@sun.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13310 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0616-5933 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9056-4691 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 on the timeline and impact the rae makes when prevalent in youth sports, and may provide insight into the selection and participation patterns of university student-athletes. the researchers hypothesised that the rae will be prevalent and that there would be a bias towards relatively older studentathletes being selected for high-performance opportunities. methods ethical approval was received from the su research ethics committee for social, behavioural and educational research (rec: sbe project number: 21919), and institutional permission was granted by the division for information governance (ig-2166). since the data did not contain identifiable information, informed consent was not required. the study was conducted according to the declaration of helsinki. we included date of birth data of south african su students aged 18 to 25 years from 2016 to 2021. the study was delimited to the last six years for which complete data sets exist for the student-athletes. this is when maties sport started the induction, monitoring, and tracking of their hpstudent-athletes. since the hp programmes focus on varsity sport/varsity cup sporting codes, 25 years was set as the maximum age for the student-athletes, coinciding with the competition age limit. non-south-africans were excluded to ensure that all participants were subject to the same cutoff date (1 january) used for age-group categorisation. all 128 230 data records were analysed in rstudio. to ensure that the participants in each academic year were unique and included once only, the analysis was restricted to the new intake students for each year (n = 48 018). the data was divided into two groups: (1) general student cohort (n = 47 068; men = 20 464; women = 26 591; not disclosed = 13), and (2) hp-student-athletes (n = 950; men = 644; women = 306). the student-athletes consisted of 11 hp sport codes: athletics = 90; basketball = 67; cricket = 77; cycling = 33; field hockey = 133; netball = 67; rugby union = 260; soccer = 95; swimming = 72; tennis = 40; water polo = 16). it was essential to impose a comparison cluster of aged-matched general students to assess whether the rae was prevalent in the general student population or whether the phenomenon is sport-specific. starting with january, all participants were grouped into quartiles (q1: january to march, q2: april to june, q3: july to september, q4: october to december). the chi-square goodness of fit test was used to test differences in birth quartile frequencies of the full student population against a theoretical expected distribution, a day-corrected quartile distribution (q1 = 24.7%, q2 = 24.9%, q3 = 25.2%, q4 = 25.2%).[3] compared to a uniform distribution (25% per quartile), the day-corrected distribution accounts for the varying number of days per month.[3] a series of chi-squared tests of independence (χ2) was used to test differences in birth quartile frequencies of the hp-student-athletes against the general student cohort according to year and sex. fisher’s exact tests were used to assess significant differences in birth quartile frequencies according to sport code. for all analyses, a p-value of <0.05 was the criterion for a significant difference in distributions. furthermore, cramer’s v identified the magnitude of the effect size. a post hoc test to calculate the standardised residuals (sr) was used to determine which birth quartiles differed significantly from the expected distribution. since all the quartile distribution comparisons had df = 3, cramer’s v was interpreted as follows: <0.06 = trivial effect; 0.06 < v ≤ 0.16 = small effect; 0.17 ≤ v < 0.29 = medium effect; and v > 0.29 = large effect and residuals > 1.96 = overrepresentation, while < -1.96 = under-representation of births. results for the general student population (south african students, age-matched to the student-athlete’s q1 = 27%, q2 = 25%, q3 = 25%, q4 = 23%, a rae was evident (χ2 = 272.42, p < 0.01, cramer’s v = 0.02) when compared to the day count distribution. a follow up χ2 test of independence confirmed a significant association between sex and birth quarter among the student population (χ2 = 21.28, p < 0.01, cramer’s v = 0.02) with a quartile distribution [residual] for men (q1 = 28% [2.40], q2 = 26% [0.75], q3 = 24% [-1.64], q4 = 22% [-1.70]) and women (q1 = 27% [-2.13], q2 = 25% [-0.66], q3= 25% [1.46], q4 = 23% [1.51]). table 1 contains the between-group comparison results per sex (i.e., hp-student-athlete men/women versus generalstudent-cohort men/women) and year. table 2 reports the fisher’s exact test results and residuals for each sport code. figure 1 depicts the group differences in birthdate distribution for the hp-student-athletes and the general student cohort for each year. figure 2 graphically illustrates the birth quartile between-sex differences among the hp-student-athletes. figure 3 revealed the between-sex comparisons for the generalstudent-cohort as well as the eight sport codes that comprised men and women participants. birth quartile graphs for netball (women players only) and for rugby and cricket (men only) complete the figure. the birthdate distribution of the hp-student-athletes differed from the student cohort. there were no raes in 2016 and 2018, despite consistent q1 and q2 over-representation. raes were more prevalent among the men compared to the women student-athletes. between-sex differences (medium effect) were noticeable in 2016 only. a ‘spike’ was noted during q2 in 2017, before normalising again in 2018. from 2019 onwards, the relative distribution in q1 and q2 hp-student-athletes increased for both sexes. among the women student-athletes, a substantial increase was evident in those born during q2 over the six years. there were no between-sex differences when men and women student-athletes from the same sport code were compared. discussion to the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to investigate the prevalence and magnitude of the rae among south african university student-athletes. the rae was more pronounced among the student-athlete sample compared to the age-matched student cohort. interestingly, the birth distribution of the student population was slightly skewed towards relatively older students. the prevalence of the rae among the student population, albeit small, would extend to original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 maxi table 1. results from the chi-square test (χ2) of independence for between-group differences for each sex and academic year academic year general-student-cohort n (% in group) hp-student-athletes n (% in group) χ2 (df = 3) p-value cramer’s v men 2016 8 915 (44) 163 (69) 5.59 0.13 0.02 men 2017 2 413 (44) 156 (80) 9.87 0.05* 0.05 men 2018 2 262 (43) 85 (67) 3.96 0.27 0.02 men 2019 2 202 (43) 50 (49) 9.64 0.02* 0.05 men 2020 2 336 (43) 108 (68) 6.18 0.10 0.04 men 2021 2 336 (43) 82 (64) 10.17 0.02* 0.05 women 2016 11 315 (56) 74 (31) 11.42 < 0.01* 0.03 women 2017 3 107 (56) 40 (20) 0.01 0.99 0.00 women 2018 3 045 (57) 42 (33) 2.49 0.48 0.00 women 2019 2 929 (57) 53 (51) 3.85 0.28 0.02 women 2020 3 080 (57) 50 (32) 8.37 0.04* 0.04 women 2021 3 115 (57) 47 (36) 4.39 0.22 0.02 * indicates significant differences (p < 0.05). % represent the percentage of total men and women participants per group in an academic year. table 2. results from the fisher’s exact test and residuals for each sport code sport code men (n) women (n) total (n) p-value q1 residual q2 residual q3 residual q4 residual athletics 43 47 90 0.58 -1.13 -0.37 -0.70 0.12 basketball 34 33 67 0.77 0.20 0.01 0.59 -0.84 football 78 17 95 0.36 1.43 -0.21 -0.31 -1.00 hockey 65 68 133 0.18 1.16 0.92 -0.86 -1.33 swimming 34 38 72 <0.01* 0.33 1.82 0.28 -2.57# tennis 20 20 40 0.79 0.35 0.59 -0.61 -0.37 cycling 23 10 33 0.12 -0.65 -0.12 2.04# -1.29 water polo 11 5 16 0.81 0.80 -0.52 0.02 -0.34 netball 0 67 67 0.54 0.66 0.74 -0.64 -0.84 rugby 259 1 260 <0.01* 2.00# 1.66 -1.27 -2.61# cricket 77 0 77 <0.01* 2.87# 1.47 -2.08# -2.52# * indicates significant differences (p < 0.05); # indicates significant residuals (± 1.96). fig. 1. results from the chi-square test of independence between-groups according to the academic year. n indicates total number of students. p, χ2 and v values indicates birth quarter difference for the year. dotted line at 25% indicates reference for uniform distribution. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 the hp-student-athlete sample, increasing the likelihood that more q1 and q2-born athletes would be competing at this level. the rae was only occasionally observed among the hp student-athletes, but the prevalence was inconsistent across the respective years and sports codes. it was more commonly not prevalent than prevalent when the respective subgroups were compared. the hp student-athletes’ birthdate distribution differed significantly from that of the general student cohort, respectively for two (women sample) and three (men sample) of the six years under investigation. the rae was only prevalent in three of the sport codes: swimming, cricket, and rugby, and there were no sex differences among the hp student-athletes. the actions of different social agents and contextual factors (e.g. developmental pathway, the level of competitiveness and sports popularity) may have contributed to these sport-specific findings.[4,12] the initial selection bias may have merely perpetuated over time.[5] by doing better, relatively older athletes probably received more rewards for their accomplishments, leading to greater psychosocial fig. 2. results from the chi-square test of independence between-sex for hp-student-athletes. n indicates total number of hp-studentathletes. p, χ2 and v values indicates birth quarter difference for the year. dotted line at 25% indicates reference for uniform distribution. fig. 3. distribution of birth quarter for each sport code by sex. dotted line at 25% indicates reference for uniform distribution. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 investment and a better prospect of retaining their participation status, resulting in the raes still being prevalent at university sports levels.[4,6] the findings for swimming (i.e. more q2 than q1-born swimmers) are atypical and may be attributed to a higher likelihood of an unusual distribution by mere chance, due to the small sample size. still, there was a bias towards swimmers born in the first half of the year. structural changes to the south african first-class cricket competition (i.e. cutting the 11 professional teams to six franchises, thereby reducing the viable development pathways) may have contributed to the rae observed among the cricket players.[13] once relatively younger participants deviate from the traditional player pathway, they might find themselves in a development and learning environment against weaker competition and restricted opportunities for progression.[13,14] the rae observed in this study resonates with previous high school[15] and senior[6] rugby union research in south africa, thereby adding more information about the pathway to professional rugby. rugby union is a strong candidate for rae prevalence based on high physicality (task constraint), cultural relevance and popularity (environmental constraints).[2,6] a residual bias may accumulate from being selected early in the process. subsequently, fewer relatively younger players may come through the tertiary education pathway.[13] it is difficult to explain the absence of the rae in soccer and basketball, considering the consistent prevalence reported in these sports in other contexts.[12,16] if students only take up sport later in life, i.e. post-puberty, there could be fewer development variations (e.g. weight, height) when they reach the university sports level. this may reduce physical selection biases and the prevalence of the rae. additionally, in comparison to rugby union and cricket, few soccer and basketball players use university sports as a springboard to elite sports. sports like basketball and soccer may adopt a more flexible approach, where university coaches tend to accept almost any student who wants to be part of the programme, which encourages more students to join these programmes regardless of their initial skill and/or experience, thereby possibly moderating the rae. the data showed that only 2% of the student population was part of the hp-student-athlete programme. women were under-represented in the hp-student-athlete cohort (32% women vs 68% men). this is concerning, considering there were more women than men students (approximately 57% vs 43%, respectively), and raises questions about the underrepresentation of women in university sports. the differential distributions observed in women hp-student-athletes could be explained by socialisation or a self-restriction process. the “gender inappropriate” stigma attached to the female sport may have weakened results, allowing the relatively older woman and relatively younger student-athletes to continue their participation. psychological perspectives embrace the notion of the selffulfilling prophecy, i.e. the greater the expectation (selfexpectations, coach or parent expectations) placed on the player, the greater the achievement result.[5] studies revealed that coaches held greater expectations of participants born in the first quarter (q1) of the year than those born in the fourth quarter (q4).[17] the support provided to athletes during key developmental periods and the developmental experiences created during practice sessions and matches influence their transition and progression.[1,18] hence, to limit the possible negative consequences of the rae, swimming, rugby, and cricket administrators should offer diverse solutions to benefit all participants during different participation and development phases. talent selection programmes should incorporate a broad range of selection criteria including objective assessments of physical attributes, technical skills, and psychosocial characteristics. considering that relatively younger players can still reach top-level senior sports, practitioners should consider the delayed development trajectories of some of the young participants and support participants as they transition from high school to university teams. this support is needed both before and once they arrive at university. although several solutions have been proposed for youth sports,[19] few have been implemented successfully or tested empirically. whilst raising awareness is important to address the rae, it is likely to be insufficient. moreover, it would be naive to enforce any of the earlier practical recommendations as solutions to reduce this phenomenon because of the absence of direct evidence that their application will reduce the effect. furthermore, the current findings were limited to information on date of birth, sports codes and sex. it may be too late to impel such interventions at the university sport participation level. focusing on developing a broader understanding of the processes influencing early and late developing studentathletes may be more appropriate. conclusion a small rae was observed among the general student cohort. analyses of the subgroups revealed inconsistent annual variations among the hp-student-athletes. the rae was further confined to swimming, cricket, and rugby only, and there were no sex differences in the hp-student-athlete cohort. the observed rae exemplifies a social inequality that inhibits the prospect of immediate and long-term participation in university hp sport. even though south african studentathletes are seldom professionals, equal opportunities should be given to everyone to become an hp student-athlete, regardless of date of birth. even if this bias is unintended, it should be prudently assessed, given the rewarding nature of some sport codes (e.g. access to high-quality resources, television coverage, recognition, financial and academic support). the prevalence of the rae in these sports may point toward underlying mechanisms and problems with the talent identification, selection, and youth sport development initiatives. a limitation to this study is the small sample size (especially when split into sport codes). whilst the present study is representative of student-athletes from a south african university and provides information on the general prevalence original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 of the rae at this competitive level, it is not comprehensive. findings from this study are therefore context-specific and should not be generalised to studies from other universities or countries. future studies should examine the mechanisms responsible for the prevalence of rae or the lack thereof at various participation levels (e.g. primary school, high school, and sports academies). though not examined in this study, it is reasonable to assume a degree of interaction among various constraints. various individual physical abilities and psychological skills, tasks (playing position, participation level and physicality of the sport), and environmental constraints (popularity of the sport, coach and family influence, sport-code rules, and policies) should be considered and measured explicitly to gain a better understanding of their association with the rae. our understanding of these interactions remains limited. studies may also benefit from triangulating findings from qualitative and quantitative sources and should utilise a sound theoretical framework, such as the athletic talent development environment model.[20] conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest. sd received funding from the stellenbosch university postgraduate scholarship programme. acknowledgements: we thank the stellenbosch university division for information governance and maties sport for their cooperation and access to the data and prof. martin kidd from the centre for statistical consultation services for assisting with the statistical analysis and interpretation. author contributions: sd and hg conceptualised the study, sd received ethical clearance, engaged with the respective divisions for access to the datasets, conducted the statistical analysis, in consultation with a statistician, and drafted the manuscript. hg supervised and provided critical feedback throughout. references 1. wattie n, schorer j, baker j. the relative age effect in sport: a developmental systems model. sport med 2015; 45(1):83–94. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-014-0248-9] [pmid: 25169442] 2. cobley s, baker j, wattie n, et al. annual age-grouping and athlete development: a meta-analytical review of relative age effects in sport. sport med 2009; 39(3):235–256. [doi: 10.2165/00007256-200939030-00005] 3. delorme n, champely s. relative age effect and chi-squared statistics. int rev sociol sport 2015; 50(6):740–746. [doi: 10.1177/1012690213493104] 4. schorer j, cobley s, bräutigam h, et al. developmental contexts, depth of competition and relative age effects in sport: a database analysis and a quasiexperiment. psychol test assess model 2015; 57(1):126–143. 5. hancock dj, adler al, côté j. a proposed theoretical model to explain relative age effects in sport. eur j sport sci 2013; 13(6):630–637. [doi: 10.1080/17461391.2013.775352] 6. kearney pe. the influence of nationality and playing position on relative age effects in rugby union: a cross-cultural comparison. s afr j sports med 2017; 29(1):1–4. [doi: 10.17159/2078516x/2017/v29i1a4238] 7. jones bd, lawrence gp, hardy l. new evidence of relative age effects in “super-elite” sportsmen: a case for the survival and evolution of the fittest. j sports sci 2018; 36(6):697–703. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2017.1332420] [pmid: 28627293] 8. kelly al, till k, jackson dt, et al. talent identification and relative age effects in english male rugby union pathways: from entry to expertise. front sports act living 2021; 3:640607. [doi: 10.3389/fspor.2021.640607] [pmid: 33681762] 9. mccarthy n, collins d, court d. start hard, finish better: further evidence for the reversal of the rae advantage. j sports sci 2016; 34(15):1461–1465. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2015.1119297] [pmid: 26651240] 10. jacobs s, de bosscher v, venter r, et al. country profile: sport in south africa. int j sport policy polit 2019; 11(1):175–191. [doi: 10.1080/19406940.2018.1547780] 11. nthangeni s, toriola a, paul y, et al. student-athlete or athletestudent: analysis of benefits and barriers of university sport participation in south africa 2021; ann appl sport science 9(2): e924. 12. steingröver c, wattie n, baker j, et al. does relative age affect career length in north american professional sports? sport med open 2016; 2(18):1–7. [doi: 10.1186/s40798-016-0042-3] [pmid: 26807348] 13. english c, nash c, martindale r. the effects of structural change: an investigation into the south african cricket development pathway. int j sport policy politics 2018; 10(2):371–391. [doi: 10.1080/19406940.2018.1434811] 14. mollerloken ne, loras h, pedersen av. a systematic review and meta-analysis of dropout rates in youth soccer. percept mot skills 2015:121; 913–922. [doi: 10.2466/10.pms.121c23x0] [pmid: 26595205] 15. grobler td, shaw bs, coopoo y. relative age effect (rae) in male school-aged rugby union players from gauteng, south africa. african j phys act heal sci 2016; 22(2):626–634 16. lupo c, boccia g, ungureanu an, et al. the beginning of senior career in team sport is affected by relative age effect. front psychol 2019; 10: 1465. [doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01465] [pmid: 31293489] 17. peña-gonzález i, fernández-fernández j, moya-ramón m, et al. relative age effect, biological maturation, and coaches’ efficacy expectations in young male soccer players. res q exerc sport 2018; 89(3):373–379. [doi: 10.1080/02701367.2018.1486003] [pmid: 30015598] 18. tribolet r, watsford ml, coutts aj, et al. from entry to elite: the relative age effect in the australian football talent pathway. j sci med sport 2019; 22(6):741–745. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2018.12.014] [pmid: 30598253] 19. webdale k, baker j, schorer j, et al. solving sport’s ‘relative age’ problem: a systematic review of proposed solutions. int rev sport exerc psychol 2020; 13(1):187–204. [doi: 10.1080/1750984x.2019.1675083] 20. henriksen k, stambulova n, roessler kk. holistic approach to athletic talent development environments: a successful sailing milieu. psychol sport exerc 2010; 11(3):212–222. [doi: 10.1016/j.psychsport.2009.10.005] sportsmed_june04 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 33 introduction protein turnover (protein synthesis and breakdown) is typically increased during and post-exercise. with heavy resistance exercise certain muscle fibres are disrupted or damaged and need to undergo a remodelling and repair process during the recovery period.16 for a detailed review of exercise-induced muscle damage and inflammation see pyne.56 muscle damage or disruption (protein breakdown) is influenced by the duration, intensity and type of exercise (eccentric vs. concentric), as well as training status.16 it has been shown that with regular exercise training, the rise in protein breakdown is attenuated.54 during endurance-type training there is also an increase in protein breakdown in order to sustain exercise metabolism, which increases when muscle glycogen stores are depleted. in order for muscle repair, recovery and adaptation to take place post-exercise, a positive nitrogen balance is needed in order to allow for a state of net protein synthesis.71 this shift from a catabolic to anabolic state is mediated by the presence of certain dietary nutrients, hormones and growth factors.71 protein synthesis and skeletal muscle repair post-exercise have been shown to increase in response to adequate energy and amino acid availability, while protein breakdown is decreased by insulin.68 furthermore, resistance exercise and amino acid availability have additive effects in terms of protein synthesis.6 this article (part ii) will focus on dietary factors that contribute to protein synthesis and skeletal muscle repair during the recovery period. review article dietary macronutrient recommendations for optimal recovery post-exercise: part ii h h wright (msc dietetics, phd nutrition)1 a claassen (bsc (hons) dietetics, bsc (med) (hons) exercise science)2 j davidson (dsc)3 1potchefstroom institute of nutrition, faculty of health sciences, northwest university, south africa 2uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 3college of education and health sciences, bradley university, peoria, illinois, usa correspondence: h wright school of physiology, nutrition and consumer science north-west university private bag x6001 potchefstroom, 2531 tel: 018-299 2482 fax: 018-299 2464 e-mail: vgehhw@puk.ac.za abstract a net positive nitrogen balance is needed for exerciseinduced muscle damage to be repaired during the recovery period. apart from hormones and growth factors, adequate energy and amino acid availability contribute to this balance and influence the rate at which protein synthesis and muscle repair occur post-exercise. this paper reviews the dietary factors involved in muscle repair during the post-exercise recovery period. both resistance and endurance-trained athletes have a higher dietary protein requirement of between 1.2 and 1.8 g protein/kg body weight (bw)/day, with an upper limit of 2 g protein/kg bw/day. to increase the rate of protein synthesis during the recovery period, immediate ingestion of protein postexercise is recommended. additionally, ingesting 1.2 g carbohydrate (cho)/kg bw/hour with 0.4 g/kg bw/hour of a wheat amino acid mixture (wheat protein hydrolysate combined with free leucine and phenylalanine) enhances the insulin response compared with ingesting cho only or combined with other protein hydrolysates, peptides, or intact protein. this increased insulin response could increase muscle protein synthesis indirectly by altering the hormonal milieu. results on the anabolic effect of single or mixtures of amino acids remains to be further elucidated. the possible antioxidant benefits of whey protein supplementation in athletes remains to be proven, while the antioxidant potential of soy protein holds promise. the effect of glutamine supplementation on protein synthesis in athletes is limited and its clinical relevance for enhanced immune function in endurance athletes remains to be established. creatine supplementation seems to be beneficial in terms of protein synthesis and gains in fat free mass during the recovery period, while the use β-hydroxy β-methylbutyrate (hmb) supplementation by trained athletes seems to have limited benefits. it is important to keep dietary advice individualised considering the complexity in which the endocrine system regulates cell function, the diverse mechanisms that control homeostasis, as well as genetic variability. 34 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 dietary factors involved in muscle repair overall dietary protein requirements with regular exercise training intensive and/or high-volume aerobic and weight-training exercise increase the protein requirement for muscle repair, adaptation, and to remain in positive nitrogen balance.1 during prolonged endurance exercise, protein may also contribute as fuel to the overall energy demand, however, this contribution remains small (< 5 10%), with carbohydrate (cho) and fat contributing to most of the energy demand.60 at the onset of a training programme, protein requirements may be slightly higher compared with the latter part of a training cycle where adaptation has already taken place.40 a range of 1.2 1.8 g protein/kg body weight (bw)/day is recommended for resistance and/or endurance-trained athletes, however, an upper limit for protein ingestion has been set at 2 g/kg bw/day beyond which there is no added benefit of ingesting more protein. ingesting > 2 g protein/kg bw/day will not enhance muscle repair and adaptation any further,1 and may be detrimental to health.23 one exception would be athletes training at high altitude, which elicits a greater catabolic response and increases protein requirements to ~ 2.2 g protein/kg bw/day in order to remain in positive nitrogen balance.66 timing of protein intake an amino acid tracer infusion study (~ 0.15 g amino acid mixture/kg bw/hour for 3 hours) by biolo and co-workers6 indicated an increased rate of muscle protein synthesis with hyperaminoacidaemia post-exercise compared with rest. this was supported by rasmussen and co-workers58 who found that ingesting an essential amino acid-cho supplement (6 g amino acids + 35 g sucrose/serving) at 1 or 3 hours after resistance exercise resulted in similar rates of muscle protein synthesis, which was ~ 400% above pre-drink values. levenhagen and co-workers42 then showed that ingesting a high-protein supplement (10 g protein + 8 g cho + 3 g fat/serving) immediately after an exercise bout (cycling for 60 minutes at 60% maximal oxygen uptake (vo2max)) enhanced whole-body protein synthesis three-fold compared with delayed ingestion (3 hours post-exercise), and significantly increased dynamic and isokinetic strength.19 levenhagen and co-workers41 also investigated the potential of nutrient intake post-exercise in terms of enhanced recovery of whole-body and skeletal muscle protein homeostasis. subjects were given either a placebo, a cho-fat supplement (8 g cho + 3 g fat/serving), or a cho-proteinfat supplement (8 g cho + 10 g protein + 3 g fat/serving) immediately after a 60-minute exercise period (cycling at 60% vo2max). after a 2-hour recovery period there was a net gain in whole-body protein and leg protein in the cho-protein-fat supplement group, while the placebo and cho-fat supplement group resulted in a net loss in the same measurements. from these results it can be concluded that amino acid availability post-exercise is more important than energy for muscle repair and synthesis during recovery. a study by tipton and co-workers70 found an increased rate of muscle protein synthesis 1 hour after resistance exercise when an oral essential amino acid-cho supplement (35 g sucrose + 6 g essential amino acids) were given prior to the exercise bout compared with immediately afterwards. the main contributor to this increase was an increased delivery of amino acids to the muscle when ingested prior to exercise. in summary, it seems that the earlier amino acids are available post-exercise, the quicker a positive nitrogen balance can be achieved which could contribute to increased muscle protein synthesis, hypertrophy and strength. ingestion of protein or amino acids prior to exercise might have beneficial effects on enhancing post-exercise recovery, however, further research is needed to confirm this effect. furthemore, pre-exercise protein ingestion may have ergolytic effects due to increased ammonia production (explained in more detail later).13,43 type of protein and amino acids since amino acids and their metabolites are involved in muscle repair,6 post-exercise ingestion of intact protein, or supplementation with specific amino acids and their metabolites has been suggested to optimise muscle repair and adaptation. adequate essential amino acids may be derived from the ingestion of intact protein, either in animal or soy-based foods.78 available protein products include whey protein, milk isolates, caseinates, soy isolates, and other vegetable proteins. there is no consensus regarding which protein type is the best. it is important to note that ingestion of amino acids, when dietary protein intake is sufficient, does not further increase the rate of muscle repair.66 furthermore, unrestricted supplementation with single amino acids or amino acid mixtures is associated with metabolic imbalances, toxicity, as well as degeneration of myofibrils and disrupted mitochondrial membranes.23;37 protein peptides/hydrolysates van loon and co-workers73 investigated the insulinotrophic effect of various drinks containing 0.8 g cho/kg bw/hour combined with 0.4 g/kg bw/hour of different combinations of amino acids and/or protein sources ingested under resting conditions. the drinks were given at 30-minute intervals over a 2-hour period. their main finding was that the oral intake of 0.4g/kg bw/hour of wheat protein hydrolysate combined with free leucine and free phenylalanine in the postabsorptive, resting state can produce a larger (~100%) insulin response when compared with the ingestion of cho only, and comparable with the ingestion of a drink containing 0.4 g/kg bw/hour of free leucine, free phelylalanine and arginine. this drink, however, did not produce the severe symptoms of gastro-intestinal upset and diarrhoea that was observed with the ingestion of drinks containing large doses of free amino acids, particularly free leucine, arginine, phenylalanine and glutamine.73 when comparing the ingestion of protein hydrolysates with intact protein, it was concluded that the use of protein hydrolysates is more preferable seeing that it results in a faster increase in plasma amino acid concentrations and stimulation of insulin secretion during a 2-hour period compared with intact protein.73 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 35 subsequently, van loon et al.72 investigated the insulinotrophic effects of post-exercise ingestion of 1.2 g cho/kg bw/hour combined with differing amounts of wheat protein hydrolysate (0.2 or 0.4 g/kg bw/hour), with or without free leucine and phenylalanie at 30-minute intervals up to 3 hours post-exercise in trained men. ingestion of wheat hydrolysate only (either 0.2 or 0.4 g/kg bw/hour) combined with 1.2 g cho/kg bw/hour did not increase post-exercise insulin response compared with the ingestion of 1.2 g/kg bw/hour of cho only. however, addition of free leucine and phenylalanine resulted in a substantial increase in insulin response. additionally, a dose-related effect existed seeing that increasing the amount of wheat-amino acid mixture from 0.2 to 0.4 g/kg bw/hour resulted in a significant increase in the insulin response. furthermore, a strong positive correlation between insulin response and plasma leucine, pheylanaline and tyrosine concentrations existed.73 increased plasma amino acid concentrations may directly (by providing substrate) and indirectly (by altering the anabolic hormonal milieu) increase muscle protein synthesis (for review see tessari and co-workers68 ). commercially, whey protein is marketed as a superior protein by manufacturers not only due to its high-quality protein, but also due to its bio-availability and ease of dispersion in supplements and bars. compared with other protein sources, whey has been found to contain a higher complement of essential amino acids (eaas) and branched-chain amino acids (bcaas), and to result in greater biological value in humans.38 additionally, whey protein contains more cysteine than casein. cysteine is considered important for glutathione (potent antioxidant) production.12 it is due to this characteristic that it is hypothesised that the ingestion of whey protein post-exercise may protect against exerciseinduced free radical damage. though a number of studies (mostly done on animals) have demonstrated positive immune system benefits and antioxidant action with whey protein supplementation, these effects remain to be proven in physically active human populations. soy protein also offers a high-quality protein, which is equivalent to casein and egg protein78 and may therefore also contribute to protein synthesis if ingested post-exercise. additionally because of its high content of genistein and other phytochemicals, soy may have advantages in improving post-exercise recovery by increasing its antioxidant potential which could attenuate muscle breakdown.3 research investigating these possible effects during and post-exercise by evaluating skeletal muscle repair, oxidative function, antioxidant mechanisms, and immune function are, however, limited. two studies in athletes demonstrated reduced exercise-induced antioxidant stress and muscle damage after consumption of a soy beverage post-exercise.3,62 single amino acids and amino acid mixtures it has been suggested that supplementation of single amino acids or amino acid mixtures may attenuate the hormonal milieu (e.g. stimulate insulin and growth hormone release) with subsequent anabolic effects on protein metabolism,68 and/or directly stimulate the rate of muscle repair compared with the ingestion of intact protein.35 in vitro studies have shown that particularly leucine, phenylalanine, arginine and glutamine have powerful stimulating effects on insulin release by pancreatic β-cells.7 floyd and co-workers20 reported that intravenous injection of 30 g of arginine in humans resulted in a similar insulin response as found with the injection of a 30 g amino acids mixture (arginine, lysine, phehylalanine, leucine, valine, methionine, histidine, isoleucine, threonine, and tryptophane). in contrast, van loon and co-workers73 demonstrated that oral ingestion of a large dose of arginine (0.4 g/kg bw/hour) was not effective in increasing plasma arginine or insulin concentrations. this was probably due to poor intestinal absorption of arginine due to severe diarrhoea that was elicited after ingestion.73 these results indicate that oral administration of large doses of arginine (and perhaps also other single amino acids) to stimulate growth hormone release and muscle anabolism should be practised with caution and is best avoided. blomstrand and saltin10 investigated the influence of a bcaa supplement (150 ml containing 45% leucine, 30% valine, 25% isoleucine) given 15 minutes before exercise, at 15-minute intervals during 1 hour of 1-legged exercise and at 15, 30, 60 and 90 minutes of recovery on muscle protein metabolism. they found that the supplement had a proteinsparing effect during recovery, which seemed to be insulindependent. results from other studies suggest that the protein-sparing effect could have been attributed to a decrease in the rate of protein degradation.17,47 in an earlier study, blomstrand and newsholme9 showed that the ingestion of 7.5 g bcaa during a 30 km cross-country race or full marathon decreased the net rate of exercise-induced protein degradation. possible mechanisms proposed by coombes and mcnaughton17 include: (i) bcaas increase anabolism and decrease catabolism, thus there is less damage to proteins associated with cell membranes; (ii) bcaas increase sensitivity of muscle to anabolic actions of insulin, thereby increasing protein synthesis; (iii) bcaas increase their own oxidation, thus limiting muscle damage; and (iv) bcaas suppress degradation during and after sustained exercise via alpha-ketoisocaproate (kic). bcaas can increase kic concentration which inhibits muscle proteolysis in vitro, thereby contributing to a decrease in degradation.17 no influence on exercise-induced hormonal response has, however, been found after 1 week of high-volume weight training and ingestion of 2.4 g amino acid supplement prior to each meal, as well as 2.1 g bcaa supplement prior to each workout session for 1 week.21 the ingestion of a large single dose (~ 300 mg/kg bw) of bcaa ingested 15 30 minutes before and/or during exercise has been shown to increase ammonia production during exercise.43 after a series of observations brouns and coworkers13 hypothesised that high intramuscular ammonia concentration may be related to the aetiology of muscle exhaustion during prolonged, strenuous endurance exercise. other studies found no effect of bcaa ingestion on ammonia production, especially with low amounts (< 100 mg/kg bw) ingested as multiple smaller doses before or during exercise.8,46 enhanced responsiveness of the pituitary corticotrophin and gonadotropin secretory cells to their releasing hormones (e.g. growth hormone) has been shown 60 minutes after the 36 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 ingestion of an amino acid mixture (100 mg arginine/kg bw + 80 mg ornithine/kg bw + 140 mg bcaa + 10 g glucose/serving).18 an earlier study36 showed no influence on growth hormone concentration after the ingestion of three different amino acid drinks according to manufacturer's instructions (drink a = 2.4 g l-arginine/l-lysine/serving; drink b = 1.1 g l-ornithine, 750 mg pyridoxine hcl, 125 mg ascorbic acid; drink c = 20 g bovril: 7.8 g protein, 580 mg cho, 146 kj) after an 8-hour fast. it can be concluded that growth hormone secretion may be affected by the type of amino acid, its dosage and the specific combination of amino acids ingested, but more research is needed to confirm these findings. the question of eaa compared with mixed amino acid (maa) supplements on protein synthesis has also sparked some interest. tipton and co-workers69 found that the ingestion of either a maa (40 g/serving) or eaa (40 g/serving) supplement after a resistance exercise protocol led to similar net positive protein balance compared with a negative protein balance with placebo ingestion. they therefore showed an anabolic response post-exercise, with or without eaa, which was also comparable to intravenous amino acid infusions. a more recent study11 found a significantly higher net muscle protein balance response after a resistance exercise protocol when an eaa (6 g/serving) supplement was ingested post-exercise compared with a non-eaa (3 g eaa + 3 g non-eaa/serving) supplement. it can be concluded from these studies that there might be a threshold for the amount of eaa needed to stimulate protein synthesis and that noneaa is not necessary to achieve protein balance. glutamine glutamine is a major fuel source to the intestinal wall (brush border) and due to the high turnover of these cells they need a continual supply of amino acids for protein synthesis.77 thus, cells of the intestine may be preferentially supplied with amino acids for oxidation and protein synthesis at the expense of skeletal muscle protein.28 it is therefore hypothesised that providing dietary glutamine can 'spare' intramuscular glutamine, while supplying the intestine with needed glutamine. this would contribute to a decrease in proteolysis secondary to lowered blood glutamine concentrations. hankard and co-workers,25 however, found no change in glutamine release from proteolysis after a glutamine infusion study done at rest, whilst demonstrating an increase in protein synthesis during glutamine infusion at rest.26 it therefore seems that glutamine supplementation may have an anabolic effect based on its influence on protein synthesis. additionally, glutamine has been reclassified as a conditionally essential amino acid during certain stressful conditions (including strenuous exercise).24 most studies investigating the effect of glutamine on muscle protein metabolism have, however, been done in the clinical setting. thus, studies investigating the direct influence of glutamine supplementation on muscle protein synthesis in athletes are limited. welbourne75 showed an increased plasma growth hormone concentration 90 minutes after ingestion of 2 g glutamine over a 20-minute period. whether chronic ingestion of glutamine will result in a continued increase is, however, not known. glutamine supplementation (0.35 g/kg bw/day for 14 days) in wrestlers consuming a hypocaloric diet resulted in the maintenance of a positive nitrogen balance, while the placebo group was in a negative nitrogen balance at the end of the supplementation period.61 decreases in plasma glutamine concentrations has been shown after strenuous prolonged exercise, which could influence immune system regulation59 since glutamine is an important fuel source for lymphocytes and macrophages.2 decreased glutamine concentrations have also been found in athletes suffering from 'over-trained syndrome'.48 the reduced glutamine concentrations seen after prolonged endurance-type exercise have been proposed to be a result of increased glutamine use by cells of the immune system.48 the effects of glutamine supplementation in endurance athletes on the immune system function are, however, contradicting (for review see rohde and co-workers59). thus, although glutamine supplementation to enhance immune system function is currently a popular practice amongst athletes, further scientific research is needed to establish the clinical relevance of glutamine supplementation in athletes in order to enhance immune system function. β-hydroxy β-methylbutyrate (hmb) hmb is a metabolite of leucine and has been suggested to increase strength and fat free mass (ffm).49 the metabolic function and fate of hmb are not fully understood (for a detailed review see nissen and abumrad49). preliminary data suggests that hmb may be part of some structural component within tissues or membranes.49 the proposed mechanism of increased strength and ffm is thought to be linked to hmb's anti-catabolic effects and inhibition of proteolysis.55 leucine and kic (an intermediate in leucine breakdown to hmb) have both been shown to inhibit proteolysis.49 most studies on hmb focus on its effect on ffm accretion and strength gains. the preponderance of data suggest an increase in ffm and strength with the supplementation of 1.5 3 g hmb/day for at least 3 weeks combined with ≥ 2 times/week resistance training.22,30,50,52 two clinical studies15,44 also found a decrease in protein degradation and increases in ffm when cachectic patients were supplemented with a hmb-mixture (3 g hmb + 14 g lglutamine + 14 g l-arginine/day) for 8 weeks without physical activity compared with a placebo group. knitter and co-workers32 investigated the effect of hmb supplementation (3 g hmb/day 6 weeks prior to and 4 days after a prolonged run) in endurance-trained males and females. the placebo group exhibited a significantly greater increase in creatine phosphokinase and lactate dehydrogenase activity compared with the hmb-supplemented group. these results suggest that hmb prevents exercise-induced muscle damage, which results have been supported by others.52 kreider and co-workers,33 however, found no difference in whole body anabolic/catabolic markers, body composition, muscle enzyme efflux or one repetition maximum (1-rm) in resistance-trained men after 28 days of hmb supplementation (3 or 6 g hmb/day) combined with 7 hours/week resistance training. on the other hand, panton and co-workers52 found that hmb supplementation (3 g hmb/day for 4 weeks) combined with a resistance training programme increased body strength and minimised muscle damage regardless of sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 37 gender or training status. a possible reason for discrepancy in results could be that training loads were inadequate in the study by kreider and co-workers,33 since subjects' resistance training was not monitored on a day-by-day training basis. additionally, lack of significance might have been due to small statistical power since there were small numbers of subjects per treatment group. lastly, the combination of hmb and creatine (20 g creatine + 3 g hmb/day for 7 days followed by 10 g creatine + 3 g hmb/day for 14 days) during a weight-training programme has also been shown to increase body strength and ffm and their effects seem to be additive.30 it is, however, important to note that most studies that found a positive relationship between hmb and ffm or strength were done by the same research group. furthermore, it is important to note that the majority of studies that showed an increase in ffm22,30 and/or strength22,30,52 were done on untrained subjects embarking on a training programme. those studies done on trained individuals33,51,57,65 found no effect of hmb supplementation on measures of ffm and strength. creatine creatine is a naturally occurring compound derived from the amino acids glycine, arginine, and methionine.4 the daily requirement of creatine is approximately 2 3 g and can be obtained exogenously from the diet, primarily meat and fish, while the remainder is synthesised endogenously.4 numerous studies have demonstrated that creatine supplementation is associated with an enhanced ability to perform repeated bouts of high-intensity exercise interspersed by short recovery periods mainly attributed to increased adenosine triphosphate (atp) re-phosphorylation (for review see beduschi4). creatine supplementation typically consists of a loading phase (2 5 days) in which 20 g creatine/day (4 x 5 g doses spread over the course of a day) is ingested, followed by a maintenance phase (≥ 3 days) in which 2 5 g creatine/day is ingested.67 it is hypothesised that creatine supplementation can be beneficial during the recovery phase in terms of protein synthesis and gains in ffm. many studies have reported a significant increase in ffm, ranging from 1 to 2.2 kg with creatine supplementation.5,34,67 the gain in body mass has traditionally mainly been attributed to water retention within the muscle due to increased cellular osmolarity.31,34 however, it has been suggested that creatine ingestion may also stimulate myofibrillar protein synthesis27,67,76 and/or inhibit protein breakdown53 and thereby increase ffm. another proposed mechanism includes an increased resynthesis of atp which could allow for an increased training capacity and higher quality exercise bouts, thereby increasing exercise-induced stimulation of muscle protein synthesis. additionally, creatine may play a role in glycogen synthesis, mediated by drawing water via an osmotic effect into the intracellular compartment.5,74 it is, however, important to note that some people might be non-responders to creatine supplementation and therefore not gain any benefit from it.39 the reason for this is not clear but might be linked to habitual dietary habits (fish and meat consumption), as well as muscle fibre composition.39 combination of protein with other substrates cho and protein the insulinotrophic and endocrine effects of combined protein and cho may attenuate muscle breakdown64 and increase muscle protein synthesis.58 chandler and co-workers14 found significantly higher plasma insulin levels postexercise when experienced male weight lifters consumed isocaloric cho (1.5 g cho/kg bw/serving) and cho-protein (1.06 g cho + 0.41 g protein/kg bw/serving) supplements compared with an isocaloric protein only (1.38 g protein/kg bw/serving), as well as a control supplement. furthermore, growth hormone levels were significantly greater with the cho-protein supplement at 6 hours post-exercise. the optimal cho:protein ratio for muscle repair and anabolic hormonal milieu seem to be 4-7:1.58 combining protein, cho and fat roy and co-workers63 found that the addition of fat to a cho and protein meal did not influence post-exercise muscle repair negatively. furthermore, positive correlations have been shown between testosterone levels and the percentage of overall dietary fat, mono-unsaturated and saturated fat. however, a negative correlation with polyunsaturated-to-saturated fatty acid ratio was reported.45 practical considerations with protein ingestion increasing the protein (and fat) content of a meal/beverage may decrease gastric emptying and subsequent intestinal absorption of nutrients.29 this is of practical importance when including protein in the before, during, or post-exercise cho beverage seeing that it may ultimately delay cho (glucose) absorption and availability for energy production and the regeneration of muscle glycogen stores, both critical factors for increased exercise performance and post-exercise recovery (as discussed earlier). additionally, delayed gastric emptying may contribute to feelings of stomach discomfort (fullness or bloatedness), which might dampen appetite and decrease the volume of food, and more specifically, the amount of cho ingested in the post-exercise recovery period. as discussed earlier, when multiple exercise or competition sessions are performed within a day and recovery time is limited, decreased cho intake and availability, as well as stomach discomfort may decrease the rate of recovery post-exercise and/or directly decrease exercise performance. post-exercise protein ingestion should ideally not exceed 0.2 0.4 g/kg bw/hour. furthermore, oral ingestion of single amino acids in large doses should be avoided as it may cause gastrointestinal upset and diarrhoea.73 lastly, long-term excessive protein and/or amino acid intake (> 2 g/kg bw/day) may contribute to overweight (especially if overall calorie intake is excessive), as well as increased urinary calcium losses, which could lead to the development of osteoporosis if calcium intake is inadequate.23 other adverse effects include hypotension, tumour stimulation, mental retardation, and fatty liver (for detailed review see garlick23). 38 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 conclusions although athletes have a higher protein need than sedentary individuals to maintain a positive nitrogen balance, ingesting more protein (> 2 g/kg bw/day) than is needed to maintain this balance will not result in further enhancements in muscle repair and adaptation. in fact, excessive protein and/or amino acid intake may contribute to various adverse effects and gastro-intestinal upsets. the sooner protein is ingested post-exercise the faster the body is shifted into an anabolic environment, which is important for protein synthesis and adaptation. it seems that protein hydrolysates result in higher insulin secretions than intact protein. furthermore adding leucine and phenylalanine to a protein hydrolysate could cause even greater insulin secretion, thereby creating an anabolic hormonal milieu. the insulinotrophic and endocrine effects of combined protein and cho ingestion (~0.8 g cho/kg bw/hour + 0.2 0.4 g protein/kg bw/hour) may reduce muscle breakdown and increase muscle protein synthesis in the post-exercise period. the effect of glutamine supplementation on immune function still needs further investigation to establish its clinical relevance. hmb supplementation seems to increase ffm and strength when untrained individuals start a training programme, with little proven benefits in trained individuals. creatine supplementation seems to be beneficial during the recovery phase in terms of protein synthesis, gains in ffm and glycogen storage. practical recommendations it is concluded from part i and part ii of this contribution that macronutrient manipulation is a potential strategy to enhance recovery and the adaptation process post-exercise. it is, however, important to keep dietary advice individualised considering the complexity in which the endocrine system regulates cell function, the diverse mechanisms that control homeostasis, as well as genetic variability. considering the relevant literature discussed in parts i and ii of this article, the following recommendations for enhanced muscle repair and muscle glycogen storage postexercise are made: short ≤ 6 hours) recovery period • ingest 1 1.5 g high gi cho/kg bw immediately postexercise and at 15 60-minute intervals for 3 4 hours thereafter, or 0.8 g high gi cho + 0.2 0.4 g protein/kg bw immediately post-exercise and at 15 60-minute intervals for 3 4 hours thereafter. practice with various amounts and combinations in order to establish individual tolerance and stomach comfort. • aim at an overall ingestion of 7 10 g cho/kg bw within a 24-hour period, especially when participating in multiday competition events. • do not exceed 2 g protein/kg bw/day. • opt for protein hydrolysates with added leucine and phenylalanine. • limit dietary fat intake since it could lower the gi of the cho food and hence delay gastric emptying and the absorption and supply of nutrients to the muscle. longer (> 6 hours) recovery period • ingest 6 8 g low or high gi cho/kg bw/day for a moderate-intensity training schedule. • ingest 7 10 g low and/or high gi cho/kg bw/day for a strenuous or prolonged training or competition schedule, especially when participating in strenuous multi-day competition events. • ingest 1.2 1.8 g protein/kg bw/day for a resistance and/or endurance exercise training schedule. • do not exceed 2 g protein/kg bw/day. • athletes training at altitude can increase protein intake to 2.2 g protein/kg bw/day. • the addition of fat to a meal or supplement does not have any negative impact as long as total amount of cho and protein ingested are sufficient and a favourable body fat is maintained. • when using creatine supplementation a loading phase may be followed consisting of 20 g creatine monohydrate powder/day for 3 5 days. this 20 g dose should be divided into 4 x 5 g dosages, spread out over the course of a day. then, proceed to the maintenance phase consisting of ingesting a single dose of 2 5 g creatine/day. however, employing a loading phase is not critical or necessary. the creatine monohydrate is better absorbed when mixed into a high gi cho beverage such as a cho sports drink (providing ~30 g of a high gi cho source for every 5 g creatine ingested). • if embarking on a training programme, the addition of 1.5 3 g hmb/day to creatine supplementation could contribute to further increases in strength and ffm. • the assistance of a sports dietitian may be valuable to help implement the above recommendations, tailoring them according to individual needs and circumstances and encompassing the bigger picture of overall sound nutrition to optimise sporting performance and health. references 1. american dietetic association, dietitians of canada, and the american college of sports medicine position statement. nutrition and athletic performance. j am diet assoc 2000; 100: 1543-56. 2. ardawi ms, newsholme ea. glutamine metabolism in lymphocytes of the rat. biochem j 1983; 212: 835-42. 3. bazzoli dl, hill s, disilvestro ra. soy protein antioxidant actions in active, young women. nutr res 2002; 22: 807-15. 4. beduschi g. current popular ergogenic aids used in sports: a critical review. nutrition and dietetics 2003; 60: 104-18. 5. bemben mg, bemben da, loftiss dd, knehans aw. creatine supplementation during resistance training in college football athletes. med sci sports exerc 2001; 33: 1667-73. 6. biolo g, tipton kd, klein s, wolfe rr. an abundant supply of amino acids enhances the metabolic effect of exercise on muscle protein. am j physiol 1997; 273: e122-9. 7. blachier f, mourtada a, sener a, malaisse wj. stimulus-secretion coupling of arginine-induced insulin release. uptake of metabolized and nonmetabolized cationic amino acids by pancreatic islets. endocrinology 1989; 124: 134-41. 8. blomstrand e, hassmen p, ek s, ekblom b, newsholme ea. influence of ingesting a solution of branched-chain amino acids on perceived exertion during exercise. acta physiol scand 1997; 159: 41-9. 9. blomstrand e, newsholme ea. effect of branched-chain amino acid supplementation on the exercise-induced change in aromatic amino acid concentration in human muscle. acta physiol scand 1992; 146: 293-8. 10. blomstrand e, saltin b. bcaa intake affects protein metabolism in muscle sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 39 after but not during exercise in humans. am j physiol endocrinol metab 2001; 281: e365-74. 11. borsheim e, tipton kd, wolf se, wolfe rr. essential amino acids and muscle protein recovery from resistance exercise. am j physiol endocrinol metab 2002; 283: e648-57. 12. bounous g, batist g, gold p. immunoenhancing property of dietary whey protein in mice: role of glutathione. clin invest med 1989; 12: 154-61. 13. brouns f, beckers e, wagenmakers aj, saris wh. ammonia accumulation during highly intensive long-lasting cycling: individual observations. int j sports med 1990; 11: suppl 2, s78-84. 14. chandler rm, byrne hk, patterson jg, ivy jl. dietary supplements affect the anabolic hormones after weight-training exercise. j appl physiol 1994; 76: 839-45. 15. clark rh, feleke g, din m, et al. nutritional treatment for acquired immunodeficiency virus-associated wasting using beta-hydroxy beta-methylbutyrate, glutamine, and arginine: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. j parenter enteral nutr 2000; 24: 133-9. 16. clarkson pm, sayers sp. etiology of exercise-induced muscle damage. can j appl physiol 1999; 24: 234-48. 17. coombes js, mcnaughton lr. effects of branched-chain amino acid supplementation on serum creatine kinase and lactate dehydrogenase after prolonged exercise. j sports med phys fitness 2000; 40: 240-6. 18. di luigi l, guidetti l, pigozzi f, et al. acute amino acids supplementation enhances pituitary responsiveness in athletes. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: 1748-54. 19. esmarck b, andersen jl, olsen s, richter ea, mizuno m, kjaer m. timing of postexercise protein intake is important for muscle hypertrophy with resistance training in elderly humans. j physiol 2001; 535: 301-11. 20. floyd jc jun., fajans ss, conn jw, thiffault c, knopf rf, guntsche e. secretion of insulin induced by amino acids and glucose in diabetes mellitus. j clin endocrinol metab 1968; 28: 266-76. 21. fry ac, kraemer wj, stone mh, et al. endocrine and performance responses to high volume training and amino acid supplementation in elite junior weightlifters. int j sport nutr 1993; 3: 306-22. 22. gallagher pm, carrithers ja, godard mp, schulze ke, trappe sw. betahydroxy-beta-methylbutyrate ingestion, part i: effects on strength and fat free mass. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 2109-15. 23. garlick pj. assessment of the safety of glutamine and other amino acids. j nutr 2001; 131: 2556s-61s. 24. hall jc, heel k, mccauley r. glutamine. br j surg 1996; 83: 305-12. 25. hankard rg, darmaun d, sager bk, d'amore d, parsons wr, haymond m. response of glutamine metabolism to exogenous glutamine in humans. am j physiol 1995; 269: e663-70. 26. hankard rg, haymond mw, darmaun d. effect of glutamine on leucine metabolism in humans. am j physiol 1996; 271: e748-54. 27. hespel p, eijnde bo, derave w, richter ea. creatine supplementation: exploring the role of the creatine kinase/phosphocreatine system in human muscle. can j appl physiol 2001; 26: suppl, s79-102. 28. incledon t, antonio j. the anticatabolics. in: antonio j, stout jr, eds. sports supplements. philadelphia: lippincott williams and wilkins, 2001: 111-36. 29. jenkins dj, kendall cw, augustin ls, et al. glycemic index: overview of implications in health and disease. am j clin nutr 2002; 76(1): 266s-73s. 30. jowko e, ostaszewski p, jank m, et al. creatine and beta-hydroxy-betamethylbutyrate (hmb) additively increase lean body mass and muscle strength during a weight-training program. nutrition 2001; 17: 558-66. 31. juhn ms, tarnopolsky m. potential side effects of oral creatine supplementation: a critical review. clin j sport med 1998; 8: 298-304. 32. knitter ae, panton l, rathmacher ja, petersen a, sharp r. effects of beta-hydroxy-beta-methylbutyrate on muscle damage after a prolonged run. j appl physiol 2000; 89: 1340-4. 33. kreider rb, ferreira m, wilson m, almada al. effects of calcium betahydroxy-beta-methylbutyrate (hmb) supplementation during resistancetraining on markers of catabolism, body composition and strength. int j sports med 1999; 20: 503-9. 34. kreider rb, ferreira m, wilson m, et al. effects of creatine supplementation on body composition, strength, and sprint performance. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 73-82. 35. kreider rb, miriel v, bertun e. amino acid supplementation and exercise performance. analysis of the proposed ergogenic value. sports med 1993; 16: 190-209. 36. lambert mi, hefer ja, millar rp, macfarlane pw. failure of commercial oral amino acid supplements to increase serum growth hormone concentrations in male body-builders. int j sport nutr 1993; 3: 298-305. 37. lancha junior ah, santos mf, palanch ac, curi r. supplementation of aspartate, asparagine and carnitine in the diet causes marked changes in the ultrastructure of soleus muscle. j submicrosc cytol pathol 1997; 29: 405-8. 38. lands lc, grey vl, smountas aa. effect of supplementation with a cysteine donor on muscular performance. j appl physiol 1999; 87: 1381-5. 39. lemon pw. dietary creatine supplementation and exercise performance: why inconsistent results? can j appl physiol 2002; 27: 663-81. 40. lemon pw, tarnopolsky ma, macdougall jd, atkinson sa. protein requirements and muscle mass/strength changes during intensive training in novice bodybuilders. j appl physiol 1992; 73: 767-75. 41. levenhagen dk, carr c, carlson mg, maron dj, borel mj, flakoll pj. postexercise protein intake enhances whole-body and leg protein accretion in humans. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34: 828-37. 42. levenhagen dk, gresham jd, carlson mg, maron dj, borel mj, flakoll pj. postexercise nutrient intake timing in humans is critical to recovery of leg glucose and protein homeostasis. am j physiol endocrinol metab 2001; 280: e982-93. 43. maclean da, graham te, saltin b. stimulation of muscle ammonia production during exercise following branched-chain amino acid supplementation in humans. j physiol 1996; 493: 909-22. 44. may pe, barber a, d'olimpio jt, hourihane a, abumrad nn. reversal of cancer-related wasting using oral supplementation with a combination of beta-hydroxy-beta-methylbutyrate, arginine, and glutamine. am j surg 2002; 183: 471-9. 45. mccargar lj, clandinin mt, belcastro an, walker k. dietary carbohydrate-to-fat ratio: influence on whole-body nitrogen retention, substrate utilization, and hormone response in healthy male subjects. am j clin nutr 1989; 49: 1169-78. 46. mittleman kd, ricci mr, bailey sp. branched-chain amino acids prolong exercise during heat stress in men and women. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 83-91. 47. nair ks, schwartz rg, welle s. leucine as a regulator of whole body and skeletal muscle protein metabolism in humans. am j physiol 1992; 263: e928-34. 48. newsholme ea. biochemical mechanisms to explain immunosuppression in well-trained and overtrained athletes. int j sports med 1994; 15: suppl 3, s142-7. 49. nissen sl, abumrad nn. nutritional role of the leucine metabolite betahydroxy beta-methylbutyrate (hmb). nutritional biochemistry 1997; 8: 300-11. 50. nissen sl, sharp rl. effect of dietary supplements on lean mass and strength gains with resistance exercise: a meta-analysis. j appl physiol 2003; 94: 651-9. 51. o'connor dm, crowe mj. effects of beta-hydroxy-beta-methylbutyrate and creatine monohydrate supplementation on the aerobic and anaerobic capacity of highly trained athletes. j sports med phys fitness 2003; 43: 64-8. 52. panton lb, rathmacher ja, baier s, nissen s. nutritional supplementation of the leucine metabolite beta-hydroxy-beta-methylbutyrate (hmb) during resistance training. nutrition 2000; 16: 734-9. 53. parise g, mihic s, maclennan d, yarasheski ke, tarnopolsky ma. effects of acute creatine monohydrate supplementation on leucine kinetics and mixed-muscle protein synthesis. j appl physiol 2001; 91: 1041-7. 54. phillips sm, parise g, roy bd, tipton kd, wolfe rr, tamopolsky ma. resistance-training-induced adaptations in skeletal muscle protein turnover in the fed state. can j physiol pharmacol 2002; 80: 1045-53. 55. phillips sm, tipton kd, aarsland a, wolf se, wolfe rr. mixed muscle protein synthesis and breakdown after resistance exercise in humans. am j physiol 1997; 273: e99-107. 56. pyne db. exercise-induced muscle damage and inflammation: a review. australian journal of science and medicine in sport 1994; 26: 49-58. 57. ransone j, neighbors k, lefavi r, chromiak j. the effect of beta-hydroxy beta-methylbutyrate on muscular strength and body composition in collegiate football players. journal of strength and conditioning research 2003; 17: 34-9. 58. rasmussen bb, tipton kd, miller sl, wolf se, wolfe rr. an oral essential amino acid-carbohydrate supplement enhances muscle protein anabolism after resistance exercise. j appl physiol 2000; 88: 386-92. 59. rohde t, krzywkowski k, pedersen bk. glutamine, exercise, and the immune system--is there a link? exerc immunol rev 1998; 4: 49-63. 60. romijn ja, coyle ef, sidossis ls, et al. regulation of endogenous fat and carbohydrate metabolism in relation to exercise intensity and duration. am j physiol 1993; 265: e380-91. 61. rosene mf, finn kj, antonio j, kattelmann k, doyle m. the effects of glutamine supplementation on lean body mass and anaerobic performance during a weight reduction program. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: s123. 40 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 62. rossi al, blostein fujii a, disilvestro ra. soy beverage consumption by young men: increased plasma total antioxidant status and decreased acute, exercise-induced muscle damage. journal of nutraceuticals, functional and medical foods 2000; 3: 33-44. 63. roy bd, fowles jr, hill r, tarnopolsky ma. macronutrient intake and whole body protein metabolism following resistance exercise. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 1412-8. 64. roy bd, tarnopolsky ma, macdougall jd, fowles j, yarasheski ke. effect of glucose supplement timing on protein metabolism after resistance training. j appl physiol 1997; 82: 1882-8. 65. slater g, jenkins d, logan p, et al. beta-hydroxy-beta-methylbutyrate (hmb) supplementation does not affect changes in strength or body composition during resistance training in trained men. international journal of sport nutrition and exercise metabolism 2001; 11: 384-96. 66. snyder ac, naik j. protein requirements of athletes. in: berning jr, steen sn, eds. nutrition for sport and exercise. maryland: aspen publishers, 1998: 45-57. 67. terjung rl, clarkson p, eichner er, et al. american college of sports medicine roundtable. the physiological and health effects of oral creatine supplementation. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 706-17. 68. tessari p, barazzoni r, zanetti m, kiwanuka e, tiengo a. the role of substrates in the regulation of protein metabolism. baillieres clin endocrinol metab 1996; 10: 511-32. 69. tipton kd, ferrando aa, phillips sm, doyle d jun., wolfe rr. postexercise net protein synthesis in human muscle from orally administered amino acids. am j physiol 1999; 276: e628-34. 70. tipton kd, rasmussen bb, miller sl, et al. timing of amino acid-carbohydrate ingestion alters anabolic response of muscle to resistance exercise. am j physiol endocrinol metab 2001; 281: e197-206. 71. tipton kd, wolfe rr. exercise, protein metabolism, and muscle growth. international journal of sport nutrition and exercise metabolism 2001; 11: 109-32. 72. van loon lj, kruijshoop m, verhagen h, saris wh, wagenmakers aj. ingestion of protein hydrolysate and amino acid-carbohydrate mixtures increases postexercise plasma insulin responses in men. j nutr 2000; 130: 2508-13. 73. van loon lj, saris wh, verhagen h, wagenmakers aj. plasma insulin responses after ingestion of different amino acid or protein mixtures with carbohydrate. am j clin nutr 2000; 72: 96-105. 74. volek js, duncan nd, mazzetti sa, et al. performance and muscle fiber adaptations to creatine supplementation and heavy resistance training. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: 1147-56. 75. welbourne tc. increased plasma bicarbonate and growth hormone after an oral glutamine load. am j clin nutr 1995; 61: 1058-61. 76. willoughby ds, rosene j. effects of oral creatine and resistance training on myosin heavy chain expression. med sci sports exerc 2001; 33: 167481. 77. windmueller hg, spaeth ae. uptake and metabolism of plasma glutamine by the small intestine. nutr rev 1990; 48: 310-2. 78. young vr. soy protein in relation to human protein and amino acid nutrition. j am diet assoc 1991; 91: 828-35. erratum an unintentional error resulted in the degrees for t h kruger, m f coetsee and s davies (south african journal of sports medicine 2004; 16: 33) being listed incorrectly. their correct qualifications are: t h kruger (bsc hons human movement science (biokinetics), msc (human movement science)) m f coetsee (ma (physical education), phd) s davies (b hum hons (london univ), ma (human movement studies), dphil 18 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 landing badly from a jump during sporting activities is one of the common injury mechanisms leading to lower limb injuries.24 landing badly refers inadequate lower limb control resulting in torsion of the knee or falling which may strain the knee soft tissue structures and lead to injury. identifying and understanding biomechanical risk factors when a player lands from a jump could aid in the development of preventive programmes.40 reportedly basketball has the highest rate of serious knee injuries among non-contact sports.18 landing badly often results in more serious knee injuries measured by time lost from play or medical management.18,25 competitive adolescent basketball players in cape town reported that 41% of the knee injuries sustained over one season were related to landing badly from a jump.24 this finding concurs with similar international studies.18,25,39 landing is a complex action and requires the player to coordinate upper body, trunk and lower limb movements, absorb forces imposed on the body and maintain hip, knee and ankle stability during the movement execution.23 joint stability refers to a joint remaining or returning to proper alignment through equalisation of forces in the presence of forces that would normally change the state or condition of the joint and is critical in preventing injury to the knee joint structures.26,35 static joint stabilisers include the ligaments, joint capsules, cartilage, bone and joint shape.21 dynamic joint stability stems from neuromuscular control mechanisms.21 injury occurs to the static and dynamic restraints when the forces imposed on these systems exceed the mechanical threshold.21 when a player lands from a jump, biomechanical factors that could compromise joint stability include ground reaction forces, joint position or angles, joint moments and work. the aim of this systematic review was to systematically assess the literature reporting on the biomechanical knee injury risk factors when an individual lands from a jump. this review also evaluated what has been written on landing techniques in order to identify shortfalls in the published literature that could be applied in future landing analysis studies. the objectives of this review were to: (i) appraise information from biomechanical studies of landing published from 1990 to 2003; (ii) appraise methodological rigor of the biomechanical studies of landing published from 1990 to 2003; (iii) review the testing protocol employed in published studies; (iv) ascertain the populations commonly included in biomechanical landing studies; (v) review risk factors identified by previous studies; and (vi) identify shortcomings of published studies of landing biomechanics. review article biomechanical factors associated with the risk of knee injury when landing from a jump q louw (phd)1 k grimmer (phd)2 1department of physiotherapy, stellenbosch university, w cape 2centre of allied health evidence, university of south australia correspondence: q louw department of physiotherapy stellenbosch university po box 19063 tel: 021-938 9300 fax: 021-931 1252 e-mail: qalouw@sun.ac.za abstract objectives. to systematically assess the literature investigating biomechanical knee injury risk factors when an individual lands from a jump. data sources. four electronic databases were searched for peer-reviewed english journals containing landing biomechanical studies published over 14 years (1990 2003). study selection. publications describing research into knee joint kinetics and/or kinematics when landing from a jump were included. a total of 26 eligible articles met the inclusion criteria. data extraction. a review of the 26 eligible studies was undertaken to describe the key study components including the study aims, sample populations, measurement tools, measurement procedures and knee risk factors. methodological quality was scored using the crombie checklist and pedro scale. data synthesis. the methodological quality of the studies reviewed was fair. information on risk factors was variable. one proposed risk factor, landing with the knee in a relatively more extended position, may increase injury risk. validity was compromised when the landing action was isolated by studying drop-jumping instead of the whole landing task. results of reviewed studies were potentially confounded by a number of factors. conclusion. high-level evidence for biomechanical knee injury risk factors when landing from a jump is lacking and it is difficult to draw conclusions regarding knee injury risk factors when landing. however, the published research reviewed provides important information on injury causality and theories to direct future studies. further research should be directed towards younger populations using valid testing protocols applicable to real life scenarios. methodology level of evidence the hierarchical system of research design evidence as described by sackett et al.36 was used to determine the levels of research evidence in the published literature. search strategy databases available at the university of south australia were searched for peer-reviewed journals with papers on landing biomechanical studies. these databases included medline, cinahl, current contents and sport discus. the following key words were used: (i) landing biomechanics; (ii) landing and jump; (iii) jump landing and biomechanics; (iv) forces, landing and jump; (v) kinematics and/or kinetics, landing and jump; and (vi) mechanics, landing and jump. inclusion criteria peer-reviewed english language publications since 1990 describing research into knee joint kinetics and/or kinematics when landing from a jump were included. the search was limited from 1990 to 2003 as the last 14 years of literature provided evidence from a decade of research, as well as the most recent research findings. exclusion criteria research published prior to 1990 was excluded, unless it was a landmark study (cited by many other authors after 1990). review papers were excluded. research describing the biomechanical aspects of internal joint forces was not included in this review. studies of landing in recreational activities such as rope jumping and general functional activities were also excluded. methodological quality the crombie checklist4 was used to appraise the case-control and observational studies and the pedro scale was used to appraise randomised controlled trials.32 the 11 criteria of the pedro scale included: (i) eligibility criteria; (ii) random allocation of subjects; (iii) concealed allocation of subjects; (iv) prognostic indicators of the groups were similar at baseline; (v) blinding of all subjects; (vi) blinding of all therapists who administered the therapy; (vii) blinding of all assessors who measured at least 1 key outcome; (viii) measures of key outcomes obtained from 85% of subjects; (ix) all subjects for whom outcome measures were available received the treatment or control condition as allocated; (x) the results of between-group statistical comparisons reported for at least 1 key outcome; and (xi) the study provides both point measures and measures of variability for at least 1 key outcome. results database search results the extensive search yielded 920 hits. after removal of duplicate titles and those that did not meet the inclusion criteria, the full text versions of 26 articles were reviewed. the database search results are presented in table i. level of evidence according to sackett’s hierarchy of evidence 3 papers reported randomised controlled trials28,31,33 and thus present level 2a evidence.36 twenty-three (88%) of the studies present level 3 evidence. thirteen observational and 10 casecontrol studies were reviewed. methodological quality the methodological quality of the studies was fair. table ii presents the results of the methodological quality of the randomised controlled studies. the average score of the observational studies was 67%. the average score of the case-control studies was 72% and the 3 randomised controlled trials had an average score of 55%. fig. 1. graphically summarises the number of case-control and observational studies that met each of the 12 methodological criteria assessed by the crombie checklist. none of table i. results of search strategy search terms 1-6 excluded excluded on no of articles hits 1 2 3 4 5 6 total hits duplicates eligibility retained medline 124 81 2 32 18 3 260 27 214 19 cinahl 30 29 0 16 13 1 89 26 60 3 current contents 32 79 1 36 18 4 170 26 142 2 sport discus 237 111 0 37 21 3 401 26 374 1 reference lists 1 total 26 table ii. appraisal results of randomised trials (scoring tool: pedro scale) criterion 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 score mcnair and prapavessis27 y y n n n n y y y y y 7/11 mcnair and marshall29 y y n n n n n y y y y 6/11 onate et al.31 y y n n n n n n y y y 5/11 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 19 20 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 the studies met criterion 6 which assessed the reliability and validity of the measurements. criterion 11 assessed whether there could be confounding and none of studies adequately controlled for confounding. only 8% of the studies justified the sample size (criterion 3). aims of published studies and clarity of research questions the aims of published studies can be divided into 3 categories: (i) analysis of landing technique in uninjured individuals; (ii) factors influencing kinetics and kinematics when landing; and (iii) intra-subject variability of performance. eight of the 13 studies published between 1990 and 1999 aimed to analyse landing technique and provide baseline information on landing biomechanics for future studies.1,5,7,8,19,30,38,41 factors influencing lower limb kinetics and kinematics when landing were evaluated by 13 of the 26 studies reviewed. only 4 of the 13 studies were published before 1999. to summarise the injury risk factors, factors suggested by published studies to reduce knee injury risk were considered ‘positive factors’ and those factors likely to increase injury risk were considered ‘negative factors’. results of these studies indicated that plyometric training14 and augmented verbal feedback positively affect lower limb kinetics and kinematics.3,27 factors found to negatively influence lower limb kinetics and kinematics included female gender, cryotherapy, pubescent stage and injury.2,5,11,12,13,15, 17, 22,30,34 two published studies on within-participant variability in biomechanical parameters when a subject repeats the same task more than once were reviewed. both studies were published after the year 2000.16,37 this may indicate that intrasubject variability emerged as a factor to consider in injury occurrence from the results of earlier studies. the published studies hypothesised that increased intra-subject variability in biomechanical parameters may reduce the stress placed on a specific joint structure and thereby reduce the chances of injury to that structure due to repeated strain.13 both studies13,37 provide level 3 evidence and the findings were inconclusive since the researchers were unable to demonstrate a consistent relationship between intra-subject variability and injury occurrence. further studies into intra-subject variability and more appropriate statistical methods to analyse the data are required. the 3 randomised controlled trials aimed to identify mechanisms of reducing ground reaction forces when landing from a jump by using verbal and auditory feedback.28,31,33 sample descriptions the sample sizes of the published studies varied between 3 and 91 participants. although the mean sample size was 32, the standard deviation was large (sd 47). fifteen of the 26 studies reviewed included 20 or less subjects. seven studies included between 20 and 50 subjects and only 3 studies included more than 50 subjects. only 2 studies justified the sample size employed in the study.3,15 table iii indicates that males were more frequently studied than females. females were only included in 17 studies, while males were included in 22 studies (table iii). considering that the prevalence of serious knee injuries such as anterior cruciate injuries is more common among females than males, more studies should include female participants.14 three of the 13 studies including males and females aimed to assess gender differences in lower limb biomechanics when landing.11,14,22 these studies found that females demonstrated increased lower limb injury risk compared with males. results of a survey conducted in cape town, however, indicated no significant gender difference in sustaining a knee injury between male and female adolescent basketball players (odd’s ratio: 1.2, 95% confidence intervals (cis): 0.7 1.9).24 the average age of subjects was 23 years. three studies included subjects under the age of 20 years.7,14,33 the results indicate the lack of information currently available on landing biomechanics among adolescent individuals. injury status of published studies six of the 26 studies reviewed included injured participants. three studies included anterior cruciate ligament (acl)injured players.5,12,29 one study included players who had a history of overuse injury,16 1 study included players suffering from patellar tendonitis34 and the remaining study included subjects with ankle joint instability. the mean age of subjects included in these studies was 26.5 years (sd 1.8). currently there is therefore no biomechanical landing information on lower limb kinetics and kinematics of injured adolescents when landing from a jump. table iv provides a summary of the injury status of participants included in published studies. table iii. gender inclusion in published studies gender inclusion no of studies males only1,2,8,12,17,19,30,34,41 9 females only3,5,7,13 4 males and females5,11,14-16,22,27-29,31,33,37,38 13 fig. 1. summary of appraisal scores. type of sporting activity table v illustrates the type of sports and recreational activity status of samples. although 9 studies included subjects participating in general jump sports, 3 studies specifically stated that basketball players were included. one study included only basketball players.11 level of play table vi indicated the 7 terms employed by published studies to describe the level of play. variations in defining level of play hamper comparison of studies. thirteen of the 26 studies reviewed used subjects participating only at recreational level and only 3 studies involved only elite athletes (table vi). matching criteria for subjects in case control studies ten case control studies were identified. only 1 of these studies included adolescents and all subjects in this study were uninjured.14 five of the case control studies included injured and uninjured subjects.2,5,16,29,34 one author did not clearly indicate whether subjects were grouped or individually matched.29 only 1 of these studies individually matched the injured and uninjured subjects.5 individual matching is a more effective method of controlling for confounding because the effect of confounding factors is reduced and the results are therefore more robust.5 testing procedure the data collection procedures of published studies may require further scrutiny before extrapolating the results into practice. sixteen of the 26 studies reviewed isolated the landing action by studying drop-jumping instead of the whole landing task (that also includes a take-off phase). measurement tools one of the most common parameters assessed in studies analysing landing is ground reaction force (grf), considered to be a risk factor for lower limb injury.29 twenty-one of the studies (80%) reviewed in this aspect of the research project utilised a force plate to measure grfs. measurement of lower limb kinetics and kinematics using single cameras was done in 5 studies. one study used a tracking device and 1 used a potentiometer. an electrogoniometer was only utilised in 1 of the papers reviewed. three-dimensional motion analysis equipment was used in 5 studies. knee injury risk factors landing with the knee in a more extended position (less than 45º) results in reduced energy absorption and may predispose individuals to injury.2,5,8,13,15,41 on the other hand, 1 study stated that deep knee flexion angles (more than 90º) when landing predisposed volleyball players to patellar tendonitis.34 it is important to note that there are differences in the method of knee angle measurement in the above studies and that this will influence the interpretation and clinical application of the results. the most appropriate knee flexion angle when landing and the relationship between the knee flexion angle and injury occurrence must therefore be explored further. eccentric knee control to maximise energy absorption is hypothesised to be critical to knee function when landing.5, 41 eccentric knee control is thought to be important in maintaining knee stability as the knee joint flexes and the player has to control lowering the body. poor dynamic stability will result in torsional forces at the knee joint, increasing injury risk of knee joint structures when landing.20 large grfs when landing are also postulated to increase injury risk. landing height, reduced knee flexion, anterior tibial translation, vastus medialis activity, peak adduction and abduction moments and heel-toe landing are believed to result in relatively higher grfs.1,8,14,29 table vii presents a summary of knee injury risk factors. discussion to the best of our knowledge this is the first systematic review of biomechanical knee injury risk factors when an individual lands from a jump. we searched the primary databases indexing biomechanical peer-review publications reporting on this topic. date limits were set as the methodtable iv. injury status of participants in published studies number of studies uninjured1,3,5,7,8,11,13-15,17,19,22,28-31,37,38,41 19 injured12 1 injured and uninjured2,5,16,29,34 5 not mentioned27 1 table v. type of sporting activity included in published studies recreational activity number of studies basketball, volleyball and soccer22 1 basketball and volleyball5 1 gymnastics30 1 basketball11 1 jump/landing sports1,5,8,13,16,41 6 volleyball7,14,34 3 no jump sports28 1 netball3 1 general sports2,12,15,17,19,27,29,31,33,37,38 11 table vi. level of play level of play no. of studies elite3,7,34 3 elite and recreational30 1 recreational1,2,5,8,13,15,16,22,28,31,37,38,41 13 recreation and competitive27,29,33 2 college level5,11,19 3 school level14 1 not stated/ not applicable12,17,31 3 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 21 ological quality of studies improved over time, especially over the mid-1990s.23 the review included a range of different study design types – 3 randomised controlled studies (11%), 13 observational (50%) and 10 case-control (39%) studies. the methodological quality of the studies was only fair and it is thus difficult to draw conclusions regarding knee injury risk factors. the generalisability of the study findings is compromised by unjustified sample sizes and sample recruitment methods. sample sizes of less than 30 subjects are regarded as small since the power is substantially reduced and about 60% of the studies reviewed included 20 or fewer subjects. one reason for small sample sizes may be time-consuming practical implications when collecting and processing biomechanical data. further technological improvements may reduce data collection and processing time, enabling researchers to recruit larger samples that can be representative of a population. no study justified the reliability and validity of the measurement equipment. establishing reliability of biomechanical equipment is a voluminous task and thus impractical for most researchers to undertake before they collect data. establishing the reliability and validity of measurement tools may also not be within the research scope of research into clinical application of biomechanics. however it is important for researchers to understand the degree of reliability of the equipment by referring to published reports into reliability of their measurement tools. basketball arguably has the highest rate of knee injuries and may be one of the fastest growing sports in south africa.24 this review highlights the shortage of research into basketball to investigate biomechanical factors predisposing players to knee injuries. each sport has specific characteristics and game dynamics and therefore further research to investigate biomechanical risk factors among basketball players is warranted. this review of published biomechanical information since 1990 indicated no information regarding the landing strategies of knee-injured adolescents. developmental stage influences neuromuscular control and consequently the landing strategies demonstrated by injured adolescents may differ from the technique demonstrated by injured adults.13 the landing strategies of uninjured adolescents are biomechanically less safe than those of uninjured adults. adolescents presenting with a knee injury may further compromise joint stability when landing from a jump. younger populations should thus be considered in future studies. most of the studies (61%) isolated the analysis of landing from drop jumping. a recent study aimed to compare the landing phase of a drop-jump movement with a volleyball spike-jump movement among volleyball players.10 results indicated that the 2 tasks differed significantly with respect to grfs, lower limb kinematics and muscle activation synchrony. therefore it may not be valid to modify the landing task to only the drop-landing phase and this must be considered when comparing results with those from studies that involved the whole landing task. five (19%) of the 26 studies reported sport-specific jumps. this highlights the lack of research into landing as a whole and the limitations for clinical application. 22 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 table vii. knee injury risk factors identified lower knee eccentric angular velocity is seen in patients with an old rupture of the acl12 grf increase with landing height and knee extension8 landing in less knee flexion results in less energy absorption by the muscular system and more stress on the skeletal structures5 magnitude of grf is positively correlated to anterior tibial accelerations, increasing acl strain 29 vastus medialis activity is an important predictor of grf1 peak adduction and abduction moments were predictors of grf14 deep knee flexion angles, high grfs, rates of loading the extensor mechanisms and tibial external torsional moment predicted patellar tendonitis.34 heel-toe landing results in higher grf compared with toe-heel landing heel-toe landing leads to higher hip and knee negative power and work and less energy absorption by the plantarflexors19 the relationship between variability of selected joint moments and injury proneness is unclear16 knee extensors are consistent contributors to energy dissipation across different landing techniques and heights. eccentric strength of the knee extensors critical to knee function41 effective instructions and auditory cues could reduce grf28 individuals with ankle instability compensate by increasing ankle dorsiflexion and knee flexion pre-andpost landing2 initial flexion impact angle was reduced in females compared with males15 activity post cryotherapy does not predispose to injury17 augmented feedback can reduce landing forces31 acl reconstructed group had reduced hip flexion, reductions in peak hip and knee negative power and reduced hip extensor energy absorption5 reduced and poorly controlled knee flexion among females compared with males22 verbal instructions increased knee flexion, but not earlier hamstring activation3 under non-fatigued and fatigued conditions, no difference in knee flexion and muscle activity was seen between males and females11 postpubescent females landed with the knee more extended, and had greater extensor moments and power that plays a role in increased risk of injury13 acl = anterior cruciate ligament; grf = ground reaction force. sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 23 this review indicated a wide range of biomechanical knee injury risk factors. inadequate knee flexion angles when landing was nominated by 23% of the studies as a likely knee injury risk factor when landing.2,5,13,15,22,34 the degree of knee flexion may be an indication of the ability of the individual to control the eccentric knee movement and absorb shock, contributing towards joint stability and consequent injury prevention.23 however the variability in study samples and other methodological shortcomings hinders general acceptance among clinicians of knee flexion as a primary risk factor in knee injury. the results of reviewed studies are potentially confounded by a number of factors. these include subject matching, subject recruitment method, and unclear inclusion and exclusion criteria. it is not possible to generalise those review findings and to establish relationships between biomechanical parameters and pathology in the presence of confounding factors illustrated by the studies reviewed. according to sackett’s evidence hierarchy, the publications we reviewed provide level 2a (11% of studies) and level 3 (89% of studies) evidence regarding the biomechanical risk factors. although high-level evidence is lacking for biomechanical knee injury risk factors when landing from a jump, the published research reviewed provides important information on causality and theories to direct well-designed future longitudinal and randomised studies. references 1. caster b, bates b. the assessment of mechanical and neuromuscular response strategies during landing. med sci sports exerc 1995; 27: 73644. 2. caulfield b, garret m. functional instability of the ankle: differences in patterns of ankle and knee movement prior to and post landing in a single leg jump. int j sports med 2002; 23: 64-8. 3. cowling e, steele j, mcnair p. effect of verbal instructions on muscle activity and risk of injury to the anterior cruciate ligament injury during landing. br j sports med 2003; 37: 126-30. 4. crombie i. the pocket guide to critical appraisal: a handbook for health care professionals, london: bmj publishing group, 1996. 5. decker m, torry m, noonan t, riviere a, strerett w. landing adaptations after acl reconstruction. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34: 1408-13. 6. devita p, skelly w. effect of landing stiffness on joint kinetics and energetics in the lower extremity. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 108-15. 7. dufek j, zhang s. landing models for volleyball players. j sports med phys fitness 1996; 36: 35-42. 8. dufek j, bates b. the evaluation and prediction of impact forces during landings. med sci sports exerc 1990; 22: 370-7. 9. dufek j, bates b. biomechanical factors associated with injury during landing in jump sports. sports med 1991; 12: 326-37. 10. edwards s, steele j. is it valid to isolate the landing phase of a whole movement skill? paper presented at australian conference of science and medicine in sport, melbourne, 12 16 october 2002. 11. fagenbaum r, darling r. jump landing strategies in male and female college athletes and the implications of such strategies for anterior cruciate ligament injury. am j sports med 2003; 31: 233 40. 12. gauffin h, petterson g, tropp h. kinematic analysis of one leg hopping in patients with an old rupture of the anterior cruciate ligament. clinical biomechanics 1990; 5: 41-6. 13. hass c, schick e, chow j, tillman m, brunt d, cauraugh j. lower extremity biomechanics differ in prepubescent and post-pubescent female athletes during stride jump landings. journal of applied biomechanics 2003; 19: 139-52. 14. hewett t, stroupe a, nance t, noyes f. plyometric training in female athletes. decreased impact forces and hamstring torques. am j sports med 1996; 24: 765-73. 15. huston l, vibert b, ashton-millee j, wojtys e. gender differences in knee angle when landing from a drop jump. am j knee surg 2001; 14: 215-20. 16. james c, dufek j, bates b. effects of injury proneness and task difficulty on joint kinetic variability. med sci sports 2000; 32:1833-44. 17. jameson a, kinzey s, hallam j. lower extremity cryotherapy does not affect vertical ground reaction forces during landing. journal of sports rehabilitation 2001; 10: 132-42. 18. jones d, louw q, grimmer k. recreational and sporting injury to the adolescent knee and ankle: prevalence and causes. australian journal of physiotherapy 2000; 46: 179-88. 19. kovacs i, tihanyi j, devita p, recz l. foot placement modifies kinematics and kinetics during drop-jumping. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: 708-15. 20. lephart s. sensorimotor system. performance and protection. paper presented at 7th olympic conference in sports sciences, athens, 7-11 october 2003. 21. lephart s. sensorimotor system part 1. physiological basis of joint stability. journal of athletic training 2002; 37: 71-9. 22. lephart s, ferris c, riemann b, myers j, fu f. gender differences in strength and lower extremity kinematics during landing. clin orthop 2002; 401: 162-9. 23. louw q. knee injury prevention among adolescent basketball players. phd thesis, university of south australia, 2004. 24. louw q, grimmer k, vaughan k. knee injury patterns among young south african basketball players. south african journal of sports medicine 2003; 15: 9-15. 25. mckay g, goldie p, payne w, oakes b, watson l. a prospective study of injuries in basketball: a total profile and comparison by gender and standard of competition. j sci med sport 2001; 4: 196-211. 26. mcnair p, wood g, marshall r. stiffness of the hamstring muscles and relationship to function in anterior cruciate deficient individuals. clinical biomechanics 1992; 7: 131-7. 27. mcnair p, prapavessis h. normative data of vertical ground reaction forces during landing from a jump. j sci med sport 1999; 2: 86-8. 28. mcnair p, prapavessis h, callender k. decreasing landing forces. br j sports med 2000; 34: 293-6. 29. mcnair p, marshall r. landing characteristics in subjects with normal and anterior cruciate ligament deficient knee joints. arch phys med rehabil 1994; 75: 584-9. 30. mcnitt-gray jl. kinetics of lower extremities during drop landing from three heights. j biomech 1993; 26: 1037-46. 31. onate j, guskiewicz k, sullivan r. augmented feedback reduces jump landing forces. j orthop sports phys ther 2001; 3: 511-7. 32. pedro scale. http://ptwww.cchs.usyd.edu.au/pedro (last accessed 1 june 2003). 33. prapavessis h, mcnair p. effects of instruction in jumping technique and experience on ground reaction forces. j orthop sports phys ther 1999; 29: 352-6. 34. richards d, ajemian s, wiley j, zernicke r. knee joint dynamics predict patellar tendonitis in elite volleyball players. am j sports med 1996; 24: 676-83. 35. riemann bl, lephart s. sensorimotor system: part 1: physiological basis of joint stability. j ath training 2002; 37: 71-9. 36. sackett d, richardson, rosenberg w, haynes r. evidence based medicine. london: oxford churchhill livingston, 2000. 37. schot p, barbara a, mueller m. within-participant variation in landing kinetics: movement behaviour trait or transient? res q exerc sport 2002; 73: 450-6. 38. schot p, bates b, dufek j. bilateral performance symmetry during drop landing: a kinetic analysis. med sci sports 1994; 26: 1153-9. 39. steele j. minimising lower limb injuries in sports. paper presented at the fifth ioc world congress in sport sciences, sydney, 31 october 5 november 1999. 40. van mechelin w. sports injury surveillance systems. sports med 1997; 24: 164-8. 41. zhang s, bates b, dufek j. contributions of lower extremity joints to energy dissipation during landings. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 812-9. editorial 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license entering the era of artificial intelligence (ai) in publishing the south african journal of sports medicine (sajsm) published 36 papers in 2022. fifty-eight percent of the submitted papers were not accepted. the year was spent preparing the published manuscripts from 2019 onwards for the national library of medicine’s pubmed database. it is a technically difficult task, so it was outsourced to a company in the usa which specializes in file conversions. they provided an excellent service so the sajsm will continue to use them in the future. file conversions adds another dimension to managing the journal because we have to cover the costs associated with this service. the south african sports medicine association (sasma) has been covering the costs of the journal since 1983, but the annual budget of the journal now exceeds the amount they are able to contribute. commercial partners who could contribute to the running costs of the journal were sought, but this was not successful. this has necessitated a change in the publishing model of the journal to include publication costs for the authors. a “sweet spot” cost has been calculated that will be affordable for the authors and meaningful for the journal’s budget. authors who are sasma members will get a reduced rate. the sajsm is also accepting adverts which will be displayed on the opening page of the website. this new publishing model will enable the journal to grow and be self-sustaining. it will also reduce the financial burden on sasma which has supported the journal for four decades. the sajsm has identified other challenges. for example, it is increasingly difficult to get good quality reviewers. reviewing is an altruistic job because there is no external recognition or payment. with a double-blind review, the identity of the reviewer is only known to the editorial staff. there is no reward for the reviewer, apart from the good feeling associated with making a contribution to science and the development of knowledge. also, the process of peer review is not perfect. personal biases may creep into the review and the original thoughts of the authors may get blocked or redirected by the reviewer. this is unfortunate because it contaminates the system designed to maintain the progression of knowledge. a better system of checking the quality of manuscripts before publication has not yet been devised, so this imperfect system has to be used. it is a problem all journals encounter. the sajsm has addressed the problem by offering training courses for potential reviewers. these courses teach the principles of reviewing and work on the premise that the principles of reviewing a paper can be applied to writing a manuscript. in other words, reviewers with good reviewing skills usually have good writing skills. the sajsm is also discussing how reviewers working in a health professional environment can get continuing professional development (cpd) points for completing a review. another incentive for reviewing, particularly for reviewers working in an academic environment, is to subscribe to publons. this is a website that tracks and verifies peer review reports for academics. publons has gained popularity and now has 3 000 000 subscribed reviewers. in 2017 clarivate bought publons and incorporated it into the web of science. publons produces a comprehensive report of all the reviews the subscribers have completed. reports can be downloaded and used to boost an academic cv. the sajsm is planning to automate the process of linking the reviewer’s report to publons as an incentive to reviewers. these are just some of the strategies which will be implemented to reduce the burden of reviewing. the next challenge the sajsm faces is to identify nonauthentic work which is submitted for review. to guard against this every paper submitted to the journal is submitted to ithenticate. this software checks plagiarism. in 2022 three papers were rejected before review because significant parts of them had been published previously. the challenge of detecting plagiarism is compounded by the public’s access to chatgpt, ai software released to the public in november 2022. chatgpt generates original text based on written prompts. text generated by chatgpt is not detected by ithenticate. stories abound about the miraculous things the software can do. for example, chatgpt can write well-constructed essays, personalised bedtime stories for children, poetry and lyrics for songs. perhaps the most publicised feat was the software getting a grade (b) on a wharton business school test. microsoft announced in january 2023 that it had made a ~$10 billion investment into the company openai which developed chatgpt. massive investments in technology are only made in exceptional circumstances when it is clear the product will change the trajectory of the development of society. chatgpt is such a case. there is no doubt that this software is going to have a major impact on education. there is concern among educators that students will rely on chatgpt for much of their work and many of them will. many scientists will also use chat gpt as a lazy shortcut. if the software is used as a crutch it will hinder the development of critical thinking and problem-solving skills. these skills are a prerequisite for many jobs, and scientists need these skills to answer questions and communicate the results. students and scientists without these skills will lag behind and become less competitive. a counterargument is that if chatgpt is used appropriately it can be a tool which assists in developing these skills. an analogy would be how calculators serve mathematics. when calculators became available to scholars there was concern they were going to be a threat to teaching mathematics. however, the discipline adapted and using calculators has become integral to teaching and applying mathematics. the same logic applies to scientists who try and use the chatgpt software as a quick fix to their writing and research. if the software is not used in an innovative way, the scientists will drift towards mediocrity because their work will lose the creative edge that can only come from original critical thinking. it is too early to predict how this new software will affect us. there are compelling arguments for and against it. our challenge is to remain alert for positive and negative effects and adjust accordingly. failing to do so will have many unintended consequences. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2023;35:1. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15511 https://clarivate.com/ https://clarivate.com/webofsciencegroup/solutions/web-of-science/ https://clarivate.com/webofsciencegroup/solutions/web-of-science/ https://openai.com/blog/chatgpt/ https://www.nbcnews.com/tech/tech-news/chatgpt-passes-mba-exam-wharton-professor-rcna67036 https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-01-23/microsoft-makes-multibillion-dollar-investment-in-openai https://www.brookings.edu/blog/education-plus-development/2023/01/09/chatgpt-educational-friend-or-foe/ https://www.brookings.edu/blog/education-plus-development/2023/01/09/chatgpt-educational-friend-or-foe/ https://www.brookings.edu/blog/education-plus-development/2023/01/09/chatgpt-educational-friend-or-foe/ http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15511 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8979-1504 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 17 original research transformation in cricket: the black african experience ma dove,1 bsc (med) hons; ce draper,1 phd; ms taliep,2 phd; j gray,1,3 phd 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, south africa 2 department of sports management, cape peninsular university of technology, south africa 3 cricket south africa, wanderers club, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: ma dove (adove@mweb.co.za) background: the small number of black african (ba) cricket players progressing through the talent development pathways to the elite level has been a constant concern for cricket south africa (csa). previous attempts to accelerate the development of ba players have not produced the desired results. a description of the barriers to development is imperative for appropriate interventions. objectives: to understand the career progression of ba cricketers in south africa by investigating their and other key informants’ perceptions, and identifying factors that may influence progress to the elite level. methods: a qualitative study consisting of 23 semi-structured interviews with ba players who had succeeded at the senior level (n = 11), and key informants (n = 12), was conducted. content analysis of the data identified 92 themes, which were then aggregated into 12 categories. results: five enablers (exposure to the game, education, facilities and equipment, coaching and support networks), and five barriers (team environment, quality opportunities to compete, socio-economic factors, cricket player development pathways and leadership) were identified. two further factors (intrapersonal attributes and targets) were identified, but the differing opinions of the interviewees on the influence of these variables made it difficult to classify them. whilst all categories were perceived to contribute in the progress of ba players to the elite level, education, support networks, quality opportunities to compete, team environment and socio-economic factors were believed to be the most important. conclusion: the sustainable transformation of south african cricket appears to be not only about ensuring demographically representative teams, but also about addressing barriers affecting progress that may be experienced by all players. this study highlighted the key factors that are perceived to be specific to ba cricketers. keywords: talent pathways, ethnicity, career progression s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):17-22. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a479 since the onset of democracy in south africa in 1994, the process of transforming south african sports teams to be more demographically representative has been an ongoing challenge and debate. the transformation status report of 2013 found that transformation initiatives over the past 20 years had been mostly ineffectual and over-simplistic with quick fix strategies to achieve demographic change at the highest representative levels, which ignored the need for a multidimensional approach. furthermore, it concluded that the africanisation, (i.e. the inclusion of indigenous black africans as opposed to people of mixed race or indian descent) of sport has become an important focus of transformation in south african sport today.[1] since south africa’s return to international cricket in 1991 and the unification of the cricket bodies, firstly, as the united cricket board of south africa and currently, as cricket south africa (csa), there have been a number of transformation and development initiatives, including a variety of quotas and targets being set. yet despite these interventions and a strong cricketing culture over the past 150 years, particularly in the eastern cape,[2] only a limited number of black africans (ba) have represented south africa, and this has been largely limited to fast bowlers.[3] the lack of representation of ba players at the provincial level and above is a cause for concern. recent research has shown that there was a relative number of ba players transitioning from the u19 to the semi-professional and franchise categories. the number of ba players at national level then decreases disproportionally when players from the other ethnic groups are compared to the number of players at the high school level.[4,5] table 1 provides an overview of the racial representation of players from 2000 up to and including the 2012/13 season.[4,5] transformation is not only about having representative numbers at all levels, but also about addressing the factors influencing the identification and development of talent. factors contributing to elite sports performance is a growing area of research as individuals and nations strive to be the best. previous research has shown that talent identification and development, which lead to elite sports performance are determined by an athlete’s individual characteristics, influenced by genetics and training[6] and interaction with the macro and micro-environment.[7] csa has recognised the need to develop more players from the ba majority ethnic group to play at the highest level. identification of relevant barriers to ba progress in the game would assist csa in being able to address them going forward. the aim of this study was therefore to understand the career progression of ba cricketers in south africa, with the specific objectives of (1) investigating the perceptions of ba players and other key informants, and (2) identifying the factors influencing both the progress to, and low representation of this group of players at the elite level. methods participants and procedures a qualitative study was undertaken by conducting 23 semi-struc tured interviews. for the recruitment of participants, 22 ba male players were identified as having succeeded at the senior level. success was defined as a player who had played at least one match of any game format at the franchise (professional) level or above, or had been awarded a franchise contract. based on franchise representation, cricket discipline and availability, 15 players were approached to participate in the study. eleven players (average age of 25.3 years) made themselves available to be interviewed. four players declined the invitation to be interviewed. all players were playing at the time of the interview mailto:adove@mweb.co.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a479 18 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 and all cricket disciplines were represented. the other 12 interviews were made up of past ba players (minimum of provincial level) who were either administrators or coaches (n = 4), or administrators from diverse ethnic groups (n = 8). these participants, termed key informants, were purposively selected based on their extensive experience in the development of ba cricketers in south africa. all six cricket franchises in south africa were represented. the number of interviews was believed to be sufficient, as no new trends in information were forthcoming from participants towards the end of the interview process. each interview was conducted by the primary researcher in english, audio-recorded and lasted between 60and 90 minutes. the player interviews consisted of 40 interview guide questions covering topics such as their demographic profile, early cricketing experiences, career progression, personal attributes and skills, and their views on the representation of ba cricketers in south africa. the 28 guide questions for the key informants’ interviews covered their views on the career progression and the representation of ba players in south africa. ethical approval ethical approval for the study was obtained from the university of cape town’s faculty of health sciences’ human research ethics committee (hrec ref: 322/2012). all the participants provided informed consent and participated in the study voluntarily. participant identities have not been distinguished between players and key informants to preserve anonymity, particularly of high-profile individuals. data analysis the interviews were independently transcribed and the texts analysed using a content analytic approach,[8] with the assistance of atlas.ti qualitative data analysis software (scientific software development gmbh, berlin and germany). during the analysis, codes were defined and derived from the data to identify themes that emerged. the number of interviewees who commented on a particular theme provided insight into the importance of that theme, and the nature of the comments provided the depth to the qualitative research. quotations, rather than percentages, are presented to support the findings. combining the players and key informants interview responses, 92 themes were identified as impacting on the ability of ba players to progress through the talent pathways. these factors could be aggregated into 12 categories, five of which were perceived as enablers to progression and five as barriers. two further categories were difficult to classify because interviewees differed in their opinions of the influence of these variables (figure 1). participants acknowledged that the extent of the themes may differ between the provinces. results and discussion all participants felt that there were too few ba players at the professional level and that ba batsmen were particularly poorly represented. in addition, most participants expressed concern that there was a gap in performance, and a high dropout rate among ba players between the u19 and amateur levels. many drop outs. there have been many that have fallen; many soldiers have fallen out the bus on this long road of ours. (participant 6) table 1. progress of players from u15 to the proteas (national) level[4,5] % u15 (2004‑2010)[1] % u19 (2001‑2009) % sa u19 (2000‑2012) % semi‑pro (2012/13) % franchise (2012/13) % proteas (2012/13) w 51 53 54 46 54 57 c/i 23 24 28 33 32 37 ba 26 23 18 21 14 7 legend: w = ‘white’, i.e. caucasian or european descent; c = ‘coloured’, i.e. mixed race or mixed ancestry; i = ‘indian’, i.e. indian descent but south african in nationality; ba = ‘black african’, i.e. indigenous african descent en ab le rs b ar ri er s a d d it io n al talent identi�cation talent development elite performance exposure to game education facilities and equipment coaching support networks quality opportunities to compete intrapersonal attributes targets team environment socio-economic factors cricket player development pathway leadership fig. 1. enablers and barriers along the talent pathway i think like i said at school levels you will see there is a higher number of black african players involved, but once you get out of school then they all of a sudden disappear. maybe they’re not being followed, maybe they’re not being looked after as well as they should be after school, than they are at school and something has to be done to try to bridge that gap, but yes, to answer your question, there is a gap. (participant 3) enablers the participants identified the following influences that enabled them to progress to the professional level but commented that for the majority of ba players these factors were barriers to progress. exposure to the game the vast majority of players interviewed grew up in a township or rural area and had early exposure (6-11 years old) to the game through a relative and/or a csa talent scout. thereafter their cricket skills were developed through a structured development sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 19 original research programme (sponsored by bakers biscuits) and/or at their primary schools that had varying degrees of cricket culture. while most players also participated in other sports, the majority played provincial cricket from the u13 level upwards. many of the interviewees believed that seeing the game played on television was an important factor in exposing young players to cricket as it enabled them to identify role models and learn about the game. role models provided motivation, inspiration and the belief that ba cricketers can play the game. thus the need for more ba role models is essential, particularly ba batsmen. the participants felt that with reduced cricket coverage on the national broadcaster’s services and no formal development programme for about 10 years between the bakers mini cricket programme and the current kfc-sponsored programme, there has been a decline in interest and growth of the game in ba communities leading to a reduction in numbers entering the game. and then what happened at school they wanted players to play bakers mini cricket and i said, yes why not, let me try because i know a little bit of cricket i experienced it watching it with my uncle. and then i tried it, i played it and from there i never looked back. (participant 16) […] they’re all you know looking and seeing how the game’s played and i think that that would be very detrimental to the black african cricketer in the townships not seeing it on tv […]. (participant 9) we do not have any role model batters, there are no role models so that is one of the things that i think is a weakness. (participant 17) education most of these players (n = 9) and ex-players (n = 2) had bursaries to attend a ‘cricket-oriented’ school (from 10-years-old upwards), having been identified during their younger years. they felt this was critical to their later cricket success. these schools were located outside of their immediate communities and in the former white areas, as demarcated during the apartheid era. the participants identified that the cricket culture of the school, facilities and equipment, coaching from experienced and knowledgeable coaches, a good general education, the development of life skills, and discipline were all key benefits afforded to them by this opportunity. they also mentioned that this enabled them to develop their intellectual, emotional, social and cricket intelligences on and off the field. despite initial challenges, such as language, cultural differences and home sickness, all the players concurred on the overall benefits of such programmes, and felt that the csa bursary programme should be re-invigorated by providing opportunities for talented players to attend suitable ‘cricket’ high schools. they emphasised that the monitoring of the bursary holders’ holistic progress needs to be carefully managed, as there are a number of individuals who encountered negative consequences in the past. participants highlighted the current poor quality of education in the majority of township and rural schools as potential limitations to progress as a cricketer in this environment. of particular concern were disinterested teachers, lack of coaches, poor or no facilities, few quality players with whom to compete and a limited cricket culture. while the bursary system would take players out of these areas, the players felt that cricket in these areas should be developed simultaneously. we had better education as well which was actually pretty good. i think it played a major contribution to my career. we got to learn about how to live a good life, a disciplined life, because we were at the hostel and how to make up your bed, to wear neat clothes when going to school, so it was a positive in terms of we did not only learn about cricket, but we learned about life as well which was important. (participant 22) facilities and equipment for the players interviewed, facilities and equipment were generally not considered a barrier to their cricket progress as they had access to them through the development programmes and the schools that they attended. however, it was widely acknowledged by most participants that a lack of facilities in ba communities is a barrier to the vast majority of players looking to play the sport and developing talent. while some interviewees acknowledged that facilities have been built by csa, maintenance of these facilities has been a challenge and many are now reported to be non-functional. the expense of batting equipment and lack of appropriate facilities were felt to have contributed to the small number of ba batsmen. poor or no equipment was cited as having a negative psychological effect on player performance. i think the facilities and equipment play a big role in a young, especially in a young person. i think it gives them that sort of drive to say, ‘i’m playing good cricket. (participant 18) i remember going to u15 trip, game and i had like 2 strings of padding on mine, luckily i didn’t bat, but it’s so important because it just makes players comfortable. (participant 7) coaching participants’ experience with coaches differed as they transitioned through the different levels of cricket, but all players identified the positive contribution of coaches who displayed empathy, patience, passion and support. the period between u13 and u19 was considered to be the most important period for input from experienced and knowledgeable coaches. many of the players believed that coaching was one of the most important aspects of their progress and that it enabled them to develop their talent and progress to the level they had achieved thus far. after u19, specialist coaches to develop specific aspects of a player’s game were considered important. most participants agreed that for many ba players a lack of quality, committed coaches with adequate training and remuneration, particularly in the ba communities, were significant limitations to a player’s progression through the system. this is particularly true for batsmen, who require specific technical coaching. i think we were also fortunate enough that the coaches that we had were really committed to the program, really wanted to make a difference in the kids. (participant 8) […] there is not much coaching happening in township schools in any case. (participant 1) support networks the majority of participants identified the importance of emotional support from a parent and/or significant individual from the cricket environment who assisted them to progress during their school cricket phase. however, the players indicated that this is not always true for many young ba players and together with significant financial, logistical and social pressures this compounds their difficulty in progressing in cricket. mentorship was seen as critical to successful progression in cricket to provide guidance, direction, nurturing and an understanding of the requirements of a top-level cricketer. along with individual 20 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research mentoring, ongoing life skills training and a focus on developing the ‘whole’ person, could potentially bridge the gap that ba players experience from the lack of a good education system. a number of respondents felt that suitably trained, experienced, empathetic and committed retired ba players would be best equipped to provide this support. my mother and father have always been there to give advice, not necessarily on field issues, but hard to deal with things off the field. (participant 21) so i think, again, that mentoring program becomes critical. (participant 8) previous research supports the findings of this study of the importance of a variety of support networks in the development of elite sportspersons[9] and facilitating the transitional challenges faced at different stages of their athletic careers.[10] the transition period between junior and senior level is particularly difficult for many sporting communities around the world.[10] the lack of adequate support networks compounds this problem for ba players in the south african context and appropriate programmes provided by the cricketing community could assist in further developing these players. barriers all the current players (n = 11) and the former players (n = 4) made their senior debut at either amateur/provincial or franchise level between the ages of 17and 21 years old. however, only a few made significant progress and consistent selection for franchise and/or national teams. they identified the following barriers as limiting their progress. team environment most of the participants said that it was difficult for ba players to feel comfortable in the current team environments, particularly at senior level. they felt this was due to south africa’s history, differing cultures and languages, outdated mindsets, feeling misunderstood, stereotyping, poor communications, biased selections and a lack of belief and trust in ba players to perform and win games. this group of players felt that this was one of the major reasons that, having progressed to the professional level, they were unable to consistently play and deliver performances necessary to compete for places at a higher level. the vast majority of interviewees believed that there is a need to adapt mindsets and attitudes to assist in the assimilation of different cultures into the senior teams, and to provide an environment in which all players can have a sense of belonging and support to enable them to perform to their potential. so you buy into the talk of the team without actually owning that kind of feeling or really be feeling it. (participant 13) […] you don’t feel welcome and you don’t feel comfortable. (participant 15) for example, team cohesion and culture have been linked to the sporting success of both the individual and team in professional rugby.[11] taylor and bruner[12] found a negative relationship between psychological need satisfaction and social exclusion in elite youth soccer players of blackand white-english ethnic origin. a team environment in which all players can feel comfortable to express themselves both on and off the field, and believing that they have the support of the team leadership, can only enhance both individual and team performance. quality opportunities to compete study participants felt there was a lack of quality opportunities to compete and insufficient playing time at senior level, which had an adverse effect on performance. ba players were often selected, but did not bat in the correct position or bowl sufficient overs. there was also the perception that they needed to outperform their white counterparts to retain their place in the team. many of the players felt that they were currently experiencing a lack of quality opportunity to compete. this perception was supported by the quantitative findings of van  zyl,[5] and csa have taken steps to ensure that coaches at provincial and franchise level select more ba players and play them in their appropriate roles. a number of respondents commented that there is a perception that it is not possible to win matches with ba players in the team. at franchise and national level, winning is the priority and therefore it was felt that this is why ba players, particularly batsmen, were not selected or played in appropriate positions. they were really good, but they just didn’t get the opportunity and they gave up. (participant 6) because of the kind of inbuilt prejudice and mentalities we’ve spoken about people just simply always find excuses not to pick players and it still happens in franchise cricket today. (participant 13) made a 50 on debut and then sort of told to go back and work hard […]. (participant 16) people have looked at them and said, ok, they can only bowl, they can’t bat because batting tends to be associated with thinking, which i think to a larger degree, it’s a deeper systemic thing that ok, black people, black cricketers wouldn’t be able to think on their feet. (participant 6) socio-economic factors all participants identified socio-economic pressures as a significant barrier to progression in cricket for the majority of ba players. while they were personally less affected by these issues, they identified gangsterism, alcohol and drug abuse, hiv/aids, poor nutrition, the dysfunctional education system, singleor no-parent homes and differing family priorities as barriers to success for many ba players. they indicated that lack of finances meant that many players became responsible for family members after leaving school. accessibility to training grounds was limited by transport constraints, distances, time and money. some participants also mentioned that changing social recreation patterns, such as social media, amongst the youth and competition from other sports, particularly soccer and, to a lesser extent, rugby, also pose a threat to growing the game in ba areas. they don’t have the luxury of going even, getting a good education for the first 3 or 4 years because they haven’t got that luxury, so they have to literally go back and go back home and get a minimum paying job and look after their families. it’s a difficult one but it obviously has a lot to do with social and poverty. (participant 19) do you understand this guy has got to get on two trains and three taxis and then he has to walk the last three kilometres to get here? (participant 4) socio-economic factors have been acknowledged as playing a significant role in cricket participation around the world and an australian study found that financial factors may be a barrier to participation in junior sport.[13] while this should not detract from wanting to develop the game in all communities around south africa, it does add an extra layer to the complex issue of socioeconomic barriers faced by ba cricketers. many of the sociosajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 21 original research economic factors mentioned are beyond the sphere of influence of the cricket administration, yet there are a number of initiatives that have and still could be implemented to increase and support cricket in ba communities. the current creation of ‘hubs’ and regional performance centres in the ba communities, where talented players from different schools can form well coached composite teams, with access to facilities, equipment and support structures, to compete against one another and ‘traditional cricket schools’, may begin to address some of the socio-economic inequalities. cricket player development pathway by having exposure to a strong development programme and school system, this cohort of ba players were able to access the csa player development pipeline. however, this is unavailable to many ba players. many respondents expressed concern about the perceived decrease in the number of ba players entering the game at a young age, the difficulty in transitioning from u19 to senior level and the decline in participation and standard of club cricket. these factors were perceived to limit opportunities to progress or access the csa pipeline and thus decreased representation at the senior level. having reached the senior level, some interviewees mentioned that ba players were treated differently from white players in terms of lower remuneration offered during contractual negotiations and a lack of investment in ba players, as senior coaches focused only on winning and not on player development. in addition, other participants said that the structure of the game at the amateur level also created barriers for ba players to progress, preventing work and study opportunities, as well as having only six professional franchises. […] as soon as they are out of the school structure they just disappear and you ask yourself where are they […]? (participant 5) but i just see our club system being very […] i think it’s gone backwards. (participant 9) stambulova et al.[10] stated that the transition from junior to senior level is crucial for all athletes who want to reach the elite level in sport. the data presented by van zyl[5] confirmed that all ethnic groups will face challenges at this stage but that these challenges appear to be greater for ba players as highlighted by their lower conversion rate to the franchise and national levels (table 1). therefore strategies are needed to facilitate the specific needs of ba players during this period. csa is introducing community-based competitions to enhance the strength of club cricket. in addition, they are partnering with tertiary institutions and creating provincial academies to address the holistic development of identified players who can develop in a well-structured and supportive environment without having to deal with the socio-economic and cultural pressures on a daily basis. the efficacy of these interventions still needs to be assessed. i think csa should look at building what they built in fort hare […] and what they have done there is then also put an education to it. i think that is a fantastic model for other people to follow. (participant 12) leadership a number of the participants felt that there was a need to encourage committed and accountable behaviours from coaches and leaders throughout the cricketing structures to enable implementation of sustainable development strategies, agreed performance standards and mindset changes at all levels. i strongly believe up until we have the right people in the right positions, especially powerful positions, i think this whole thing will change and will start breeding more black african cricketers, just naturally without having to stress about x,y and z. have the right structures in place, at club level, at school level, everywhere. (participant 8) additional factors intrapersonal attributes participants highlighted the following personal attributes that they believed contributed to cricketing success; self-belief, work ethic, mental toughness, discipline and an inner drive. many of these have been identified in olympic athletes that have achieved success,[9] australian international cricket fast bowlers[14] and elite australian batsmen.[15] […] i sort of let other factors influence me outside of cricket that actually didn’t help me to perform to what i actually could have. […] the fact of feeling inferior, the fact of not feeling good enough that had an effect on actually my performance well does not reflect what potentially i could actually do. (participant 22) with blacks i don’t want to lie to you, these guys have got talent. black cricketers you know they are one of the best people that i have ever come across in terms of skills, but the only problem is its up here, it is how the guys think. i think that is where the gap is in terms of here. (participant 5) targets all study participants commented on targets. some believed they had a positive effect and others felt they had a negative effect on players progressing to the professional level. there was no consensus as to whether targets should be in place at the u19 to franchise level. the majority of respondents felt that targets should be in place at the junior levels but not at national level. it was felt by the interviewees that targets may provide opportunities to ba players that may otherwise not be given them, but there was concern for the psychological effects as a result of labelling and lack of quality from being fast-tracked. quotas is enabling administrators to avoid doing proper development. it’s a number game. (participant 10) i think those targets are put there to try and help coaches make decisions which they normally don’t, so sometimes it is a good thing to have those things there. how it affects the cricketer knowing that he is now a person when they talk like that, that is another debate. (participant 17) quotas and targets have been a part of the south african sports transformation discussion for many years and south african cricket introduced a target of four black (ba, c and i) players at franchise and national level in 1998. this was removed in 2007.[3] this target has resulted in increased coloured (c) representation at franchise and national level but not ba (table 1). it is important that interventions do not simply address demographic representation. while targets for ba cricketers increase the opportunities, they fail to address issues such as team environment and the quality of opportunity to compete, which could adversely affect performance. limitations and further research one of the limitations of this study was that ba players who had not made it to the senior level were not interviewed due to difficulties in logistically identifying and contacting them. the successful players interviewed provided their perception of challenges faced by all ba players, but there may have been other barriers faced by the unsuccessful players. furthermore, the definition used for success may have been too broad, but did allow for a consistent, less subjective 22 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 original research classification of success. the players ranged from having played one match at franchise level to having represented the national team. batting and bowling statistics may have provided more objective and narrow measures of success. further research is required to determine which of the themes identified are generic to all cricketers in south africa and which are unique to ba players. the implementation of csa initiatives aimed at developing more ba players to perform should be monitored to determine their success. the role of intrapersonal attributes in cricketing success should also be investigated. conclusion this study highlighted a number of barriers and enablers to success in cricket as recalled by ba cricketers. while a number of these barriers may be generic across all ethnic groups in south africa or even internationally, there are a number of factors which may be specific to the ba context. a recent study found similar structural barriers (socio-economic and cultural, overt racism, physical and cultural stereotypes and oppositions and organisational provision and institutional discrimination), to increased representation of ethnic minorities in european football.[16] while it is acknowledged that increasing the ba representation at senior levels is a complex and multi-factorial issue, which includes macroand microecological factors; some of the factors identified in this study could provide insight to addressing some of the challenges identified by this study cohort. increased exposure to the game will create opportunities to identify players for future development within an optimal environment; consisting of good education, equipment, facilities and coaching; by implementing a comprehensive bursary programme in the short term and simultaneously creating opportunities in the ba communities for long term sustainability. enhanced support networks at all levels may better prepare ba players to compete at the elite level. at the senior level, addressing the social climate of teams, and improving the quality of opportunities to compete may enhance the performance of ba players and lower dropout rates providing a bigger pool for selection at franchise and national level. the successful and holistic transformation of south african cricket to ensure long-term sustainability at all levels of the game will require committed leadership by all stakeholders. this will require implementation of integrated changes and adaptation of mindsets to accommodate a diversity of cultures; and in so doing provide developmental opportunities for all talented players to achieve their potential at the professional level. acknowledgements: the authors thank the participants for their time and cooperation in conducting this research and csa for the funding. references 1. sport and recreation south africa (srsa). pilot evaluation. rugby, cricket, athletics, netball, football. a transformation status report. 2013. [http://www.srsa. gov.za/medialib/home/documentlibrary/srsa] accessed august 4, 2014. 2. odendaal a. the story of an african game. new africa books. 2003. 3. csa introduce quota for black african players. [http://www.espncricinfo.com/ southafrica/content/story/679057.html] accessed october 14, 2013. 4. taliep ms, gamieldien r, west sj. an analysis of the performance of black african junior provincial cricket batsmen south african journal of sports medicine 2011;23(3):90-94. 5. van zyl c. a strategy to increase the pool of black african cricket players within the csa pipeline to represent south africa internationally. final project: sports management course 2012/13. world academy of sport. royal halloway, university of london. 6. tucker r, collins m. what makes champions? a review of the relative contribution of genes and training to sporting success. br j sports med 2012;46(8):555-561. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090548] 7. henriksen k. the ecology of talent development in sport. phd dissertation. university of southern denmark. 2010. 8. hsieh h-f, shannon se. three approaches to qualitative content analysis. qualitative health research. qual health res 2005;15(9):1277-1288. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/1049732305276687] 9. gould d, dieffenbach k, moffett a. the development of psychological talent in u.s. olympic champions. final grant report. december 2001. 10. stambulova n, alfermann d, stauer t, et al. issp position stand: career development and transitions of athletes. ijsep 2009;7(4):395-412. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1612 197x.2009.9671916] 11. hodge k, henry g, smith w. a case study of excellence in elite sport: motivational climate in a world champion team. the sport psychologist 2014;28:60-74. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1123/tsp.2013-0037] 12. taylor im, bruner mw. the social environment and developmental experiences in elite youth soccer. psychology of sport and exercise 2012;13(4):390-396. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2012.01.008] 13. kirk d, carlson t, o’connor a, et al. the economic impact on families of children’s participation in junior sport. aust j sci med sport 1997;29(2):27-33. 14. phillips e, davids k, renshaw i, et al. acquisition of expertise in cricket fast bowling: perceptions of expert players and coaches. j sci med sport 2013;17(1):85-90. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2013.03.005] 15. weissensteiner jr, abernethy b, farrow d, et al. distinguishing psychological characteristics of expert cricket batsmen. j sci med sport 2012;15(1):74-79. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2011.07.003] 16. bradbury s, amara m, garcia b, et al. representation and structural discrimination in football in europe. the case of minorities and women. loughborough: loughborough university, 2011. http://www.srsa.gov.za/medialib/home/documentlibrary/srsa http://www.srsa.gov.za/medialib/home/documentlibrary/srsa http://www.espncricinfo.com/southafrica/%20content/story/679057.html http://www.espncricinfo.com/southafrica/%20content/story/679057.html http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090548 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1612197x.2009.9671916 http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1612197x.2009.9671916 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/tsp.2013-0037 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/tsp.2013-0037 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2012.01.008 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2012.01.008 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2013.03.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2013.03.005 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2011.07.003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2011.07.003 case report 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the great pretender: multi-system tuberculosis and pathological fracture masquerading as a severe acute football groin injury ‒ case study with a 5-year follow-up m lichaba,1,2 mbchb, mphil; w diesel,1 phd; d constantinou,1,2 mbbch, mphil 1 department of exercise science and sports medicine (dessm), school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of witwatersrand, south africa 2 international federation of sports medicine collaborating centre of sports medicine, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: m lichaba (mamosilo.lichaba@wits.ac.za) groin injuries account for 2 5% of all sports injuries and up to 8% among footballers.[1]. ice hockey and football present the highest risk for groin injuries, (10 11% of all injuries in these sports are groin injuries). men seem more susceptible to groin injuries than women. the differential diagnosis for groin pain includes intra-abdominal pathology, genitourinary abnormalities, referred pain from the lumbosacral spine and hip pathology.[2] the coexistence of two or more of these conditions is frequent, with unclear diagnosis in 30% of cases. [2] in cases of hip pathology, acetabular fractures are an extremely rare aetiology, especially amongst footballers. acetabular fractures usually happen in highvelocity impact, associated dislocation, adolescent players, and/or osteoporotic/osteopenic bone [3]. rankin, bleakly and cullen[4] in a 6-year review reported hip pathology to be the leading cause of groin pain in the sporting population. however, in the list of hip pathology, labral tears feature at 33%, (second to femoral-acetabular impingement), and no mention at all of acetabular fractures. though acetabular fractures are rare in soccer, the hip is among the joints that tuberculosis (tb) commonly affects. there are reports and warnings of non-sports injuries presenting as sports injuries, including sacroiliac tb, oncological conditions, and rheumatological conditions. tuberculosis (tb) is a very old infectious disease with anthropological evidence of the mycobacterium seen since the 9th millennium. it is still a significant disease, being among the top 10 causes of death worldwide,[5] and remains the leading cause of death in the world from a single infectious disease, ranking higher than hiv/aids.[5] tb’s highest disease burden is in adult men ( 20 – 39 years of age), accounting for more than half the cases.[5] tuberculosis had been declining in the last century, but there has been an increase in recent times due to the advent of the hiv pandemic, the destruction of socio-cultural support systems resulting from urbanization, and worsening conditions of our public health systems and programs. tuberculosis is the most common illness among people living with hiv, who are 16 – 27 times more likely to acquire tb.[5] it is also the leading cause of death amongst these people, accounting for a third of all hiv-related deaths. africa ranks second in the world, with 24% of the total global tb cases.[5] sub-saharan africa has the highest number of people living with hiv/aids, with south africa being amongst the top 10 countries in the world. kwan and ernst[6] refer to hiv and tb as the ‘deadly human syndemic”. they found in their review that the likelihood of getting extrapulmonary tuberculosis (eptb) increases with immune compromise, particularly when cd4 counts fall below 350 cells/mm3. they quote the bone and gut as the highest sites affected by eptb. tb is often difficult to diagnose in patients with very low cd4 counts as the body’s immune response is compromised and traditional pathology tests sometimes fail to detect tb. eptb is even harder to diagnose as it commonly presents with symptoms and signs related to the affected organs and systems, which then mimic afflictions typically affecting such organs and systems. tb is generally a more insidious lowgrade infection, even more so in eptb, especially when infected individuals have a compromised immune system. hence, the diagnosis of eptb may require more extensive and invasive investigations we present the first known reported case of eptb presenting as a football groin injury. in this clinical case, a man presented with a groin injury on his dominant side, which he apparently sustained in football (soccer) practice on the previous day. the man was unable to walk unassisted and had to be transported in a wheelchair. the consulting practitioner grew suspicious upon finding minimal clinical evidence and nothing notable on the x-ray to suggest a severe acute injury. a subsequent detailed workup revealed extrapulmonary tuberculosis (eptb) of the musculoskeletal (msk) and genitourinary tract (gut) systems, complicated by a pathological fracture of the acetabulum, as the cause of the groin injury. management of the eptb resolved the condition with no relapse nor long-term sequelae beyond five years, despite being immunocompromised. we present the clinical case and a five year follow-up. the case serves as a reminder of the possibility that other conditions may mimic sports injuries and further illustrates a rare presentation of such a condition. keywords: extrapulmonary tuberculosis, hiv, aids, acetabular fracture s afr j sports med 2023; 35:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a13980 mailto:mamosilo.lichaba@wits.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a13980 https://orcid.org/0009-0001-0467-8658 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3363-7695 case report sajsm vol.35 no.1 2023 2 case report a 40-year-old male consulted his sports physician one day after sustaining a right groin injury when he slipped and fell into a split position while playing football. the patient was immediately not able to be ambulated due to the severe groin pain. he required assistance and was transported in a wheelchair. the patient did not recall hearing a ‘snap’ or a ‘click’ at the time of injury. he also did not collide with anyone. on examination, the patient was in severe distress due to pain. he was of average athletic build with no signs of cachexia or muscle atrophy. he was apyrexial, not anaemic, not clubbed and pink. the peripheral pulses were all normal. there were no skin changes or deformities observed. no shotty nor matted lymph nodes were palpable on examination, either generally or in the inguinal area. the right groin area was extremely tender to palpation in the area of the anterior hip joint, but no masses nor defects were palpable. there was no “real” leg length discrepancy. he was extremely tense on examination of the right leg, so the reflexes were hard to assess. sensation was normal. the patient was very reluctant to actively move the right hip at all. the log roll test reproduced the patient’s groin pain, worse on internal rotation, but it did not produce any sound. the thomas’ test was limited to 30 degrees of hip flexion, while the faber test reproduced the groin pain and significantly limited external rotation but no sacro-iliac joint (sij) discomfort. the fadir caused groin tenderness on internal rotation. the compression test also reproduced severe groin pain. the straight leg raise test was negative. the knee joint examination was unremarkable. general systemic examination did not reveal any abnormalities other than a small (<1cm diameter) ganglion on the dorsum of the left wrist. he also complained of a recent painless left scrotal swelling, confirmed clinically as a soft but firm mass. the patient’s past medical history confirmed he was hiv positive on antiretroviral therapy (arvs), and revealed poorly controlled hypertension with stage 3 chronic renal failure (crf), (table 1). monitoring done six months before the injury had shown a cd4 count of 276 cells/mm3 and an undetected viral load (vl) of less than 40 cps/ml. on presentation, the cd4 count had fallen to 137, with an undetectable vl (table 1). special investigations ultrasound imaging of the affected groin revealed no significant injury to the soft tissues or muscles (figure 1a). plain x-rays of the right hip (figure 1b) revealed dystrophic calcification in the right pelvis and a lucency through the acetabulum. x-ray of the lumbar spine showed disc space narrowing with disc degeneration across l2/l3 (figures 1c and d). a ct scan of the abdomen and pelvis (figure 2) delayed due to financial constraints and performed a month later, revealed osteolytic lesions of l2/l3 (figures 2a – d) and the right acetabulum, (figures 2a and b) with pathological fractures and associated calcification of the right acetabulum (figures 2a and b). an ultrasound of the scrotum (figure 3) showed a left acute epididymal-orchitis with an associated large left hydrocele and varicoceles. case management the patient was managed with nonsteroidal antiinflammatories whilst being investigated. a month after the initial consultation, the patient returned complaining that the wrist ganglion became significantly bigger (>2cm diameter) and requested it be removed. during the gangliectomy the surgeon observed rice bodies. histology and synovium culture confirmed mycobacterium tuberculosis. a hydrocoelectomy was performed with the urologist finding solid caseous material typical of tb necrosis, in the left epididymis, with tb confirmed histologically. the definitive diagnosis of tb msk and gut was then made in support of multi-organ eptb which included the spine and the hip, consistent with the radiological features. table 1. summary of clinical and pathology results clinical pathology parameter 6 months before injury at time of presentation 6 months post treatment 9 months post treatment* on resumption of treatment at completion of treatment 28 months later admission for coma 8 months post-coma 5 year final follow up bp (mmhg) 160/100 ˠ 170/100 ˠ 130/100 ˠ nm nm 160/110 ˠ 140/85 165/100 ˠ 177/104 crp (mg/l) na 86.1 ˠ nm 10.5 23.6 ˠ 9.3 181.2 ˠ nm 7.6 esr (mm/h) na 74 ˠ nm 44 ˠ 35 ˠ 21 ˠ nm nm 9.0 egfr (ml/min/1.73m2) 47 ˠ 36 ˠ 48 ˠ 40 ˠ nm 31 ˠ 4 ˠ 4 ˠ 3 ˠ vl (cps/ml) < 40 < 40 < 40 nm nm < 40 < 40 < 40 20 cd4 cell count (cells/mm3) 276 ˠ 137 ˠ 332 ˠ nm nm 330 ˠ 380 ˠ 458 ˠ 380 ˠ * indicates tb treatment erroneously stopped. ˠ indicates data out of reference range. bp, blood pressure; crp, c-reactive protein; esr, erythrocyte sedimentation rate; egfr, estimated glomerular filtration rate; vl, hiv viral load; cd4, cd4 lymphocyte count; na, not applicable, nm, not measured. case report 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 the patient was referred to the local municipal clinic for anti-tb therapy. at 9 months, the clinic sister erroneously stopped his treatment and on realising this the doctor recommenced the treatment and concluded the recommended 12 months course for eptb. he continued with his arv and antihypertensive treatment. the orthopaedic complications responded well to conservative treatment with analgesia and physiotherapy, requiring no surgery. outcome/follow up at 12 months posttreatment initiation, the patient had recovered fully and was deemed cured of tb. all the orthopaedic complications, including the acetabular fracture, had healed clinically. no control radiology was deemed necessary the inflammatory markers crp and esr also normalised. the cd4 count improved from 137 to 330 cells/mm3 (table 1). unfortunately, the blood pressure control remained poor, and the renal function deteriorated warranting dialysis (table 1). he survived a coma secondary to hypertensive encephalopathy and pulmonary oedema 3 years after his groin pain presentation. at 5 years follow-up, his vl remained undetected, the cd4 count had risen above 350/cmm3 and the inflammatory markers were below 10 units (table 1). he returned to work full-time with no clinical sequelae of the multisystem tb or encephalopathy. he continued haemodialysis three times a week for crf. he did not resume playing football or engaging in any physical activity due to his fear of injury. he began to consider himself an "invalid" because of the frequent need for dialysis. he was advised to engage in a chronic disease rehabilitation program appropriate for his clinical and metabolic status, which he unfortunately never took up. main points to consider though hip pathology is a common cause of groin pain, acetabular fractures feature least in the list of hip aetiologies for sports-related groin disruptions. acetabular fractures are typically caused by high-velocity trauma or low bone strength. although acetabular fractures are very rare in soccer, there are well-documented cases in the literature of them occurring during recreational games even at low velocity with no contact. most of these injuries happen with the position of risk being hip flexion in internal rotation, resulting in posterior fracture-dislocations, with total functional failure acutely [5]. in our case, the tb probably caused osteolysis of the bone thus making the acetabulum vulnerable to break from a relatively low velocity, indirect injury. fig. 1. (a) x-ray of the pelvis ap view; (b) x-ray of the right hip ap view; (c) lumbar spine x-ray, ap view; (d) lumbar spine x-ray lateral view fig. 2. ct scan lumbar spine and pelvis ap and lateral views case report sajsm vol.35 no.1 2023 4 tuberculosis and hiv are highly prevalent in south africa, which means that practitioners in any speciality must be vigilant for hiv and tb-related complications, even in young and active individuals. our patient fits the profile of being at high risk for such complications, given his demographic and geographic profile. while it is important to consider sporting participation in active young individuals, a high index of suspicion should be maintained if the clinical picture does not fit the expected presentation, if the symptoms are exaggerated, or if there is an unsatisfactory response to conventional treatment. moreover, this patient would have likely benefited from continuing to participate in sports. unfortunately, he did not pursue it due to fear of reinjury, medical complications, and loss of physical prowess. conclusion this case reminds us of the insidious, atypical nature of the presentation of tb, especially in immunocompromised individuals. it also highlights how immunocompromising systemic or local afflictions may predispose to otherwise very rare conditions such as acetabular fractures, causing major tissue damage and disability from relatively low-velocity force. sports physicians should be cognisant of the role of infections in the aetiology of health disruptions of athletes, especially in the african (sub – saharan) context. the focus on aetiology should not be limited to trauma alone. a broadminded, holistic approach to athletes' challenges, even if presenting as musculoskeletal disturbances, is critical. a comprehensive systemic review of presenting symptoms, signs, and general medical history is mandatory. acetabular fractures though rare in sports cause total dysfunction and can result in severe long-term sequelae and should not be missed. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the author would like to acknowledge and thank the patient and his family for allowing us the privilege to use his most sensitive clinical information; the specialists who assisted in the clinical and surgical management of the patient; and the encouragement of seniors at wits university. author contributions: ml collected data and drafted the case. dc revised the case. dc, wd and ml finalised the writing of the manuscript. references 1. ekstrand j, hiding j. the incidence and differential diagnosis of acute groin injuries in male soccer players. scand j med sci sports 2007; 9(2): 98-103. [doi:10.1111/j.16000838.1999.tb00216.x] 2. morelli v, smith v. groin injuries in athletes. am fam physician 2001;64:1405 – 1414 [pmid: 11681783.] 3. giza e, mithöfer k, matthews h, vrahas m. hip fracturedislocation in football: a report of two cases and review of the literature. br j sports med 2004 aug;38(4):e17. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2003.005736] [pmid: 15273210; pmcid: pmc1724879] 4. rankin at, bleakley cm, cullen m. hip joint pathology as a leading cause of groin pain in the sporting population: a 6-year review of 894 cases. am j sports med 2015; 43(7):1698-1703. [doi: 10.1177/0363546515582031] 5. world health organization. hiv/aids: fact sheet: world health organization [updated 15 november 2019]. available from: https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/hivaids (accessed 19 december 2019). 6. kwan ck, ernst jd. hiv and tuberculosis: a deadly human syndemic. clin microbiol rev 2011 apr;24(2):351-376. [doi: 10.1128/cmr.00042-10] [pmid: 21482729; pmcid: pmc3122491] fig. 3. ultrasound of the left scrotum https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.1999.tb00216.x https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.1999.tb00216.x https://doi.org/10.1177/0363546515582031 https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/hiv-aids https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/hiv-aids jsm0404pg000ed. sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 29 introduction in 1982 the department of pharmacology at the university of the free state was approached by several sports administrators to analyse urine samples from competitors for the presence of prohibited substances. an increasing number of competitors had seemingly turned to the use of drugs in an effort to enhance performance. analytical procedures were set up for the detection of all chemical substances banned in sport according to the official list of the international olympic committee (ioc),2 which is revised and published annually. in 1983 urine samples collected at 3 different sporting events were tested for a few stimulants.1 since 1984, screening for all banned stimulants and narcotics was performed on all urine specimens collected at sporting events, and from 1986 this included screening for anabolic steroids.3-5 soon thereafter diuretics and β-blockers were added to the array of testing procedures. after thorough testing and inspection by the ioc (subcommission doping and biochemistry in sport), accreditation was granted to the south african doping control laboratory (department of pharmacology, university of the free state) in 1995. the laboratory is therefore authorised to analyse urine samples from international competitors and athletes. annually each ioc-accredited laboratory must supply the ioc with statistics of the samples they have analysed in order to allow the ioc to construct a global picture concerning doping in sport. the aim of this study was to summarise the results of the past 8 years of dope testing at the south african laboratory (from the time ioc accreditation was awarded), and to compare these results with a summary of statistics from the iocaccredited laboratories. method all urine samples received in the laboratory were screened for all the groups of substances on the ioc list. each group has its own unique method of analysis as described below: • stimulants — alkaline extraction of urine with ether and injection of the extract onto a gas chromatograph equipped with a nitrogen-specific detector. • narcotic analgesics — hydrolysis of urine followed by alkaline extraction, derivatisation and gas chromatography with a mass selective detector (gc/msd). • anabolic agents — gc/msd after deconjugation and derivatisation of the urine extracts. • diuretics — methylation of the urine extract followed by gc/msd. original research article drugs in sport — testing results from the south african laboratory 1995 2002 p j van der merwe (phd) south african doping control laboratory, department of pharmacology, university of the free state, bloemfontein abstract objective. to summarise the results of the past 8 years obtained at the south african doping control laboratory and to compare the results with international statistics. method. screening procedures were performed on 14 017 urine samples collected from competitors in 54 different sporting codes during the period 1995 2002. samples were analysed using gas chromatography and gas chromatography/mass spectrometry for the presence of prohibited substances, which are listed by the international olympic committee (ioc). results. the results obtained were compared with those of the ioc-accredited laboratories. prohibited substances were detected in 300 samples (2.14%), of which 45.6% contained anabolic agents and 34.6% stimulants. the positive samples from the ioc laboratories contained 58.7% anabolic agents and 20.8% stimulants. testosterone and nandrolone were the anabolic agents most frequently detected in positive samples, both in south africa and internationally. the ephedrines as a group accounted for most stimulants detected in positive samples. conclusion. it is of concern that the percentage of positive samples (2.14%) obtained in our laboratory is higher than the 1.70% in ioc laboratories. it is therefore necessary that doping control to curb the use of prohibited substances should continue and expand. correspondence: p j van der merwe department of pharmacology university of the free state po box 339 bloemfontein 9300 tel: 051-401 3182 fax: 051-444 1523 e-mail: gnfmpvdm.md@mail.uovs.ac.za • β-blockers — after hydrolysis and derivatisation the urine extract is injected onto a gs/msd (screening for β-blockers is not performed routinely but only for certain events). the screening procedure results are compared with reference standards and the possible presence of a doping agent and/or metabolite is indicated. confirmatory analysis must be performed on positive results to provide unequivocal identification of the drug and/or metabolite.5 during 1995 1997 the decision whether to test athletes within their code rested with the individual sport federations. the latter were responsible for collecting and dispatching samples to the laboratory, and received the results directly. in 1997 the south african institute for drug free sport (saids) was appointed and empowered in terms of act no. 14 of 1997 to be the only body authorised to govern dope testing in south africa. subsequently, saids was responsible for all urine collection and result management, thus divesting the individual sports federations from any responsibility. from 1998 2002 all samples were received from saids. urine samples were collected from provincial, national and international competitors, including competitors from aboard competing in south africa. the identity of the competitors was unknown to the laboratory and it was therefore not possible to distinguish between local and foreign competitors. a few samples were received from namibia, kenya, mauritius and nigeria. results and discussion approximately 1 500 samples were analysed annually except for the years 1999, 2001 and 2002 (table i). in 1999 with the all africa games held in johannesburg, more than 400 samples were analysed over a period of 10 days6 and this accounted for the increase in the number of samples for that year. the saids expanded their testing programme in 2001 and this accounted for the increase in the number of samples for 2001 and 2002. a total of 14 017 samples were analysed over the 8 years. the percentage of positive doping cases each year is also given in table i, fluctuating between 1.49% in 1998 and 3.02% in 1999, with an average of 2.14%. this is higher than the ioc laboratories' average of 1.70% (range 1.61 1.90%). table ii gives the number of different sports in which competitors were tested. the saids systematically increased the number of sports where testing was conducted, totalling 54 altogether. table ii also indicates that in many sports no competitors tested positive for the use of banned substances. urine samples for doping control can be collected from competitors in-competition (immediately before, during or immediately after an event) or out-of-competition (during the training period both during and out of the competitive season). anabolic agents are considered to be training drugs, that is, drugs taken during the off-season training period so that they will not be present in the body during competition. out-of-competition testing, where the sampling officer collects competitors' urine samples at home or at the training place, was instituted to curb the use of anabolic agents. the percentage of samples received from out-of-competition testing locally as well as internationally is given in fig. 1. more than 40% of the total number of samples analysed internationally each year were from out-of-competition testing, while this figure is far lower in south africa. however, there was a large increase in 2002, which is almost equal to the international figure. the percentage of positive samples from local out-of-competition testing is given in table ii. the different groups of substances found in positive samples are given in fig. 2. of the 300 positive samples, almost half (45.4%) contained anabolic agents, while 34.6% contained stimulants and 15% diuretics. narcotics (1.9%), 30 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 table i. number of samples analysed each year and percentage of positive samples year number of samples % positive 1995 1 384 2.82 1996 1 549 1.94 1997 1 324 2.27 1998 1 478 1.49 1999 2 119 3.02 2000 1 451 1.72 2001 2 321 1.68 2002 2 391 2.20 table ii. number of samples number of different sports from out-of-competition involved and percentage of testing and percentage sports with positive doping samples containing banned cases substances number of sports % positives number of samples % positives year 1995 24 37.5 104 1.9 1996 16 62.5 280 0 1997 22 54.5 93 3.2 1998 23 52.2 292 0.7 1999 33 60.2 204 3.9 2000 36 27.2 307 0.3 2001 44 36.4 585 1.5 2002 45 42.2 959 0.7 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 south africa international p e rc e n ta g e ( % ) 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 fig.1. percentage of samples from out-of-competition testing. β-blockers (1.5%) and ‘others’ (1.6% cannabis and masking agents) were found in only a few samples. the ioc laboratories' statistics differ in that more positive samples contained anabolic agents (58.2%), with less stimulants (20.8%) and diuretics (3.8%). the group ‘others’ positive samples (15%) included mainly cannabis, of which there is a high incidence of use internationally. cannabis use seems to be not such a big problem in south african sport although it is possible that the sports where such abuse may be widespread were not adequately targeted. the main stimulants and anabolic agents identified in positive samples are given in figs 3 and 4, where they are expressed as a percentage of the number of positive samples containing stimulants and anabolic agents, respectively. in south africa as well as internationally the ephedrines (ephedrine, norpseudoephedrine, pseudoephedrine, norephedrine and methylephedrine), which are active ingredients in many medications for flu and coughs and can be bought at pharmacies without a prescription, accounted by far for most of the positive samples containing stimulants. fencamfamine (reactivan) was more frequently detected in south africa than in other countries, while amphetamine, cocaine and caffeine showed up more frequently in other countries. testosterone and nandrolone accounted for the most positive samples containing anabolic agents, both in south africa and internationally. in south africa there is an increasing use of stanozolol. this anabolic agent and methandienone, are not registered products in south africa and can only be obtained on the ‘black market’. in some urine samples 3 or 4 different anabolic agents were identified in the same sample, which shows the extreme to which athletes are prepared to go in an effort to gain advantage from the use of these agents. although there is severe punishment for competitors who violate the rules (up to 2 years ban from any competition for the use of anabolic agents) they are still prepared to take chances and use banned substances in the hope that they will not be caught. there is a similarity in the pattern of stimulants and anabolic agents identified in positive doping cases between south africa and the ioc-accredited laboratories. the results of this study show that there was a decline in the percentage of positive samples since 1990 1991 when more than 5% of the samples tested positive.3 however, the average percentage of positive samples (2.14%) is still higher than the international average of 1.7%. it is still a concern that some of south africa's top competitors are unaware that medication could contain banned substances, as illustrated by the many samples that tested positive for the ephedrines. the question may be asked whether the dope testing programme has the desired effect. by way of illustration, the percentage of positive samples obtained each year for 4 different sports is given in table iii. for sports a, b and c positive samples were recorded each year with no decline. for sport d a high percentage of positive samples was recorded in 1995. no testing was done in the following 3 years, mainly because the federation involved did not do any testing. when testing was resumed by saids in 1999, a high number of positive samples were again obtained. during 2000 2002, more extensive testing was done on the competitors of that sport but no positive samples were identified. this indicates that the institution of regular testing had the desired effect. conclusion it is of concern that there has been no decline in the number of positive samples during the past 8 years. it is therefore necessary to continue to monitor the use of prohibited substances in sport. sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 31 stimulants 34.6% steroids 45.4% diuretics 15% a b c d stimulants 20.8% steroids 58.2% others 15% b a c d percentage (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ephedrines salbutamol fencamfamine amphetamine cocaine caffeine south africa international 6.4 4.8 1.4 5.3 9.0 0.4 13.8 49.7 70.3 55.3 fig. 3. main stimulants identified in positive samples. metenolone stanozolol methandienone testosterone nandrolone percentage (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 south africa international 5.3 4.2 11.1 10.7 7.4 9.6 25.9 34.4 38.1 27.5 fig. 4. main anabolic agents identified in positive samples. fig. 2. spread of positive samples among the different groups of substances (a = cannabis and masking agents (rsa 1.6%, ioc 15%); b = β-blockers (rsa 1.5%, ioc 0.7%); c = narcotics (rsa 1.9%, ioc 1.5%); d = diuretics (rsa 15%, ioc 3.8%). 32 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 competitors should realise that there are no short cuts to success. success can only be earned by disciplined hard work and commitment. all credit should be given to saids for their expanded programme of testing in south africa and they need to be fully supported by the south african sporting community. acknowledgement we wish to thank saids for providing finances for the analysis. references 1. hundt hkl, van der merwe pj, van velden dj. drugs in sport: a report of laboratory investigations into the prevalence of their use in south africa. s afr med j 1984; 66: 878-81. 2. international olympic committee. list of prohibited classes of substances and prohibited methods. lausanne: international olympic committee, medical commission, 2001. 3. van der merwe pj. verbode middels in sport: resultate van toetsing vir die tydperk 1986 1994. south african journal sports medicine 1995; 2 (2): 15-18. 4. van der merwe pj, hundt hkl, müller fo, van velden dp. drugs in sport the first 5 years of testing in south africa. s afr med j 1988; 74: 161-2. 5. van der merwe pj, kruger hsl. drugs in sport the results of the past 6 years of dope testing in south africa. s afr med j 1992; 82: 151-3. 6. van der merwe pj, kruger hsl, pieterse jw, pretorius mj, de kock nj. report on the doping control during the 7th all africa games in south africa. south african journal sports medicine 2000; 7(3): 14-16. table iii. percentage of positive samples in certain sports year sport a sport b sport c sport d 1995 1.6 1.4 1.1 16.7 1996 0.4 3.2 0.5 nt 1997 1.1 1.0 2.2 nt 1998 1.1 1.5 0.7 nt 1999 2.0 3.1 0.4 9.9 2000 1.0 1.9 1.5 0.0 2001 1.5 3.1 0.3 0.0 2002 3.4 2.3 0.8 0.0 nt = not tested. 38 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 introduction many studies have examined the physical characteristics of elite, 3,9 amateur, 16,19 adolescent 6,18,19 and pre-adolescent rugby players. 17 a majority of these analyses divide players into two distinct categories – forwards and backs, based on unique physiological criteria specific to these positions. 3,6,16, 19 information derived from these studies may be used to identify superior rugby players and also guides conditioning strategies that may enhance team and individual performance. the south african rugby union green squad is a selection of elite junior players who represent the next generation of national team talent. the goal of the green squad programme is to identify and develop rugby talent with a long-term vision of channelling these players into the national squad. as rugby is a highly demanding physical, tactical and skill-based team sport, 9 substantial resources and emphasis should be directed towards developing and maintaining physical fitness in players from an early age. 10 in accordance with this, the objective of the study was to provide a descriptive profile of the under-16 and under-18 year elite junior players. specifically, the aim was to highlight the anthropometric, strength and speed differences between the 9 categories of playing positions and between the 2 age original research article fitness and body composition profiling of elite junior south african rugby players j durandt1 (bsc (med) (hons) exercise science (biokinetics)) s du toit1 (ba (hons) biokinetics) j borresen2 (bsc (med) (hons) exercise science (biokinetics)) t hew-butler2 (dpm) h masimla3 (ba (phys ed)) i jakoet3 (mb chb, msc (sports medicine)) m lambert2 (phd) 1 discovery health high performance centre, sports science institute of south africa, newlands, cape town 2 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town 3 south african rugby union, newlands, cape town abstract objective. the aim of this study was to describe the body composition, strength and speed characteristics of elite junior south african rugby players. design. cross-sectional. setting. field study. subjects. rugby players (16 and 18 years old, n = 174) selected for the south african rugby union national green squad. outcome measures. body composition, 10 m and 40 m speed, agility, 1rm bench press, underhand pull-ups, push-ups, multistage shuttle run. results. the under-16 players were on average shorter (175.6 ± 5.7 v. 179.2 ± 6.7 cm), weighed less (76.5 ± 8.2 v. 84.8 ± 8.3 kg) had less upper body absolute strength (77.1 ± 11.8 kg v. 95.3 ± 16.7 kg) and muscular endurance (41 ± 12 v. 52 ± 15 push-ups) and aerobic fitness (87.1 ± 19.4 v. 93.5 ± 15.3 shuttles) than the under-18 players. there were no differences in body fat, sprinting speed correspondence: m lambert uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine po box 115 newlands 7725 cape town, south africa tel: 021-650 4558 fax: 021-686 7530 e-mail: mlambert@sports.uct.ac.za (10 m and 40 m) or agility between the two age groups. there were differences between playing positions, with the props having the most body fat, strongest upper bodies, slowest sprinting speed, least agility and lowest aerobic capacity compared with players in the other positions. conclusion. this study provides data for elite junior rugby players and can be used to monitor the progression of players after intervention while also assisting with talent identification for the different playing positions. pg38-45.indd 38 6/28/06 1:49:04 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 39 groups with the intention of using the data for future talent identification and training intervention projects. this study is novel, as no such data exist on junior rugby players. methods rugby players (n = 174) selected for the south african rugby union national green squad in 2003 were used in this study. the players were selected from 14 provincial under-16 teams which competed at the national grant komo tournament and 14 provincial under-18 teams which competed at the annual under-18 national craven week tournament. players were selected from these provincial teams by a national panel appointed by the south african rugby union. the players were divided into 16-year-old (n = 92) and 18-year-old groups (n = 82). the study was cleared by the university of cape town research and ethics committee. players gave their consent to participate and an informed consent form was signed by the parent/guardian of each player. the testing was supervised by the first author at all venues. wherever possible all tests were completed on the same day in the same order as described below: 1. body composition 2. 10 m and 40 m speed 3. illinois agility test 4. 1rm bench press 5. underhand pull ups 6. push-ups 7. multistage shuttle run. for various reasons beyond our control, some of the subjects did not complete all the tests. this is reflected in the sample size when the data are displayed. 1. body composition body mass was recorded on a calibrated scale (seca model 708, hamburg, germany) and recorded to the nearest 0.1 kg. the players were weighed in underpants and without shoes. the stature of each player was recorded to the nearest millimetre, using a stadiometer (seca model 708, hamburg, germany). the triceps, biceps, subscapular, supra-iliac, calf, thigh and abdominal skinfold thicknesses were measured according to the procedures described by ross and marfell-jones. 20 body fat was estimated as the sum of 7 skinfolds (mm) and as a percentage of body mass. 8 2. 10 m and 40 m speed the warm-up before this test consisted of a minimum of 10 minutes of submaximal running, followed by an appropriate stretching regimen and some acceleration sprints to familiarise the player with the pacing. an electronic sprint timer with photo-electric sensors was set at a height of 1.25 m and placed at 10 m and 40 m intervals from the start line. the player was instructed to crouch in the start position, 30 cm from the start line, after which he sprinted maximally for 40 m through the sensors. the player completed two maximal effort runs separated by a 5 10 minute recovery period. if the player was tested on a grass surface boots were worn, but no starting blocks were allowed. when testing occurred indoors, running shoes without spikes were used. the fastest 10 m and 40 m times for each player were recorded. 3. illinois agility test this test, modified from getchell, 14 measured the player’s ability to accelerate, decelerate and change direction. the test started with the player lying in the prone position on the starting line with his chin touching the floor. on the signal of the whistle the player stood up and accelerated towards and around the cones, set up as prescribed for this test. 14 the time taken to complete the course through the cones was recorded. the player had two attempts with a minimum rest period of 4 minutes between tests. the fastest time was recorded. 4. 1rm bench press the player lay supine on a bench with his feet flat on the floor and his hips and shoulders in contact with the bench. an olympic bar was gripped 5 10 cm wider than shoulder width, using a closed pronated grip. the player started this test by lowering the bar in a controlled manner to the centre of the chest, touching the chest lightly and then extending upwards until the arms were in a fully locked position. a light warm-up set of 10 repetitions was performed using a 20 kg weight. this was followed by 6 8 repetitions at approximately 30 40% of the estimated 1rm, which was based on the player’s previous resistance training experience. a 2-minute stretching routine for the shoulders and chest was completed, followed by a further 6 repetitions on the bench press at a weight corresponding to 60% of the estimated 1rm. the player then rested for 3 4 minutes before attempting his 1rm. if the 1rm was successful, the player had a 5-minute rest before attempting a bench press using a resistance that had been increased by 2.5% to 5.0%. conversely, the resistance was decreased by 2.5% to 5.0% if the lift was not successful. the test was scored as the maximum weight (kg) that could be lifted with one repetition. a lift was disqualified if the player raised his buttocks off the bench during the movement, bounced the bar off the chest, extended the arms unevenly, or if the spotter aided the lift. 1rm absolute bench press was recorded in kilograms (kg), and the 1rm relative bench press was calculated as 1rm/ (bodyweight 0.57 ). 7 5. underhand pull-ups the player started the test from a hanging position (arms fully extended) with the hands placed 10 cm apart in an underhand (supinated) grip. a valid pull-up required that the player’s chin reached above the bar, and that at the end of each descent his arms were fully extended and his body remained stationary. the player continued the test until he could no longer lift himself to the bar. the test was scored as the number of valid pull-ups completed. pg38-45.indd 39 6/28/06 1:49:04 pm 40 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 6. push-ups the player began in a prone position with his hands on the floor, thumbs shoulder-width apart and elbows fully extended. keeping the back and body straight the player descended to the tester’s fist, placed on the floor below the player’s sternum, and then ascended until the elbows were fully extended. if the player did not adhere to these specifications the repetition was not counted. the test was scored as the number of push-ups performed in 1 minute. 7. multistage shuttle run this progressive multistage shuttle run was based on the protocol of lèger et al. 15 a 20 m distance was measured out and marked on the floor. the players ran between these 2 lines. players were instructed to complete each 20 m distance (lap) and turn according to the pace determined by the recorded sound signal. one foot of each player was required to touch the marked line, coinciding with the sound signal. the timing between signals started slowly and became progressively faster each minute. the players were warned if they failed to complete the 20 m distance in the required time for 2 consecutive laps. if this continued for the next lap they were withdrawn from the test. players were also allowed to voluntarily withdraw from the test if they were unable to maintain the required pace. the score was recorded as the number of the last completed lap. statistics data are reported as means ± standard deviations. a twoway analysis of variance was used to determine differences between age group and playing position for the different variables. when the overall f-value was significant for the main effect 'position', a scheffe’s post-hoc test was used to identify specific differences between positions. statistical significance was accepted when p < 0.05. results there were no interactions between ‘age’ x ‘playing position’ for any of the measurements. the stature of 16-year-old players was significantly less than the 18-year-old players (175.6 ± 5.7 v. 179.2 ± 6.7 cm; p < 0.001). significant stature differences occurred between positions, with locks being taller than all other group positions (table i). sixteen-year-old players weighed significantly less than the 18-year-old players (76.5 ± 8.2 v. 84.9 ± 8.3 kg; p < 0.0001). props were the heaviest and scrumhalves the lightest players in both age groups. differences in body mass between positions are shown in table ii. table i. the stature (cm) of 16-year-old (n = 92) and 18-year-old (n = 82) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 177.5 ± 6.0 10 180.3 ± 3.8 13 hooker 173.4 ± 3.1 7 178.8 ± 6.3 5 lock 187.2 ± 5.5 10 194.2 ± 5.2 11 loose forward 180.8 ± 4.3 16 181.3 ± 6.3 15 scrumhalf 165.9 ± 10.3 6 167.8 ± 5.6 8 flyhalf 173.0 ± 5.3 8 177.6 ± 7.6 7 wing 171.7 ± 5.2 15 176.4 ± 8.2 9 centre 173.4 ± 6.5 12 179.1 ± 8.5 11 fullback 178.1 ± 5.5 8 177.6 ± 9.0 3 average 175.6 ± 5.7 92 179.2 ± 6.7 82 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance props v. scrumhalf p < 0.00002 props v. wings p < 0.05 hookers v. scrumhalf p < 0.015 locks v. all positions p < 0.00004 loose forward v. scrumhalf p < 0.00001 loose forward v. wing p < 0.0007 scrumhalf v. flyhalf p < 0.013 scrumhalf v. centre p < 0.003 scrumhalf v. fullback p < 0.0009 * the f-ratio was 12.56 for group (p < 0.001) and 19.8 for position (p < 0.0001). pg38-45.indd 40 6/28/06 1:49:05 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 41 table ii. the body mass (kg) of 16-year-old (n = 92) and 18-year-old (n = 82) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 95.5 ± 14.1 10 100.8 ± 13.1 13 hooker 79.5 ± 6.4 7 93.1 ± 5.7 5 lock 87.1 ± 8.8 10 95.2 ± 8.4 11 loose forward 80.5 ± 7.3 16 88.2 ± 5.5 15 scrumhalf 60.8 ± 8.9 6 70.3 ± 4.9 8 flyhalf 69.6 ± 5.3 8 75.0 ± 8.2 7 wing 68.4 ± 6.7 15 77.7 ± 12.2 9 centre 71.9 ± 9.1 12 85.1 ± 9.9 11 fullback 75.2 ± 6.8 8 78.8 ± 6.6 3 average 76.5 ± 8.2 92 84.9 ± 8.3 82 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. hooker p < 0.00660 prop v. loose forward p < 0.00001 prop v. scrumhalf p < 0.00001 prop v. flyhalf p < 0.00001 prop v. wing p < 0.00001 prop v. centre p < 0.00001 prop v. fullback p < 0.00001 hooker v. scrumhalf p < 0.00001 hooker v. flyhalf p < 0.00889 hooker v. wing p < 0.00715 lock v. scrumhalf p < 0.00001 lock v. flyhalf p < 0.00001 lock v. wing p < 0.00001 lock v. centre p < 0.00006 lock v. fullback p < 0.00180 loose forward v. scrumhalf p < 0.00001 loose forward v. flyhalf p < 0.00521 loose forward v. wing p < 0.00005 centre v. scrumhalf p < 0.00975 * the f-ratio was 33.28 for group (p < 0.0001) and 24.84 for position (p < 0.0001). table iii. sum of 7 skinfold measurements (mm) for 16-year-old (n = 91) and 18-year-old (n = 79) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 110.8 ± 37.6 10 119.6 ± 42.8 12 hooker 78.2 ± 17.2 7 80.7 ± 31.9 5 lock 73.6 ± 32.8 10 68.1 ± 18.9 10 loose forward 64.7 ± 19.6 16 62.3 ± 12.3 14 scrumhalf 54.0 ± 18.0 6 58.3 ± 17.1 8 flyhalf 59.3 ± 10.3 8 57.2 ± 13.6 7 wing 54.7 ± 12.1 14 57.5 ± 8.5 9 centre 51.2 ± 10.1 12 63.7 ± 20.5 11 fullback 54.8 ± 15.2 8 55.5 ± 20.1 3 average 66.8 ± 19.2 91 69.2 ± 20.6 79 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. all positions p < 0.00204 * the f-ratio was 0.43 for group (p = 0.51) and 15.47 for position (p < 0.0001). table iv. per cent body fat for 16-year-old (n = 91) and 18-year-old (n = 82) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 20.0 ± 5.5 10 20.0 ± 4.2 13 hooker 16.4 ± 2.4 7 15.3 ± 3.7 5 lock 14.8 ± 4.6 10 14.2 ± 2.0 11 loose forward 14.2 ± 3.1 16 13.9 ± 1.8 15 scrumhalf 13.2 ± 4.2 6 12.9 ± 2.7 8 flyhalf 13.6 ± 2.0 8 13.3 ± 2.4 7 wing 13.3 ± 2.9 14 13.1 ± 1.6 9 centre 12.0 ± 1.8 12 13.8 ± 2.9 11 fullback 13.0 ± 4.6 8 12.1 ± 3.4 3 average 14.5 ± 3.4 91 14.3 ± 2.7 82 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. lock p < 0.00001 prop v. loose forward p < 0.00001 prop v.slcrumhal p < 0.00001 prop v. flyhalf p < 0.00001 prop v. wing p < 0.00001 prop v. centre p < 0.00001 prop v. fullback p < 0.00001 * the f-ratio was 0.15 for group (p = 0.70) and 10.69 for position (p < 0.0001). pg38-45.indd 41 6/28/06 1:49:05 pm 42 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 table v. bench press (absolute; kg) results for 16-year-old (n = 71) and 18 year old (n = 80) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 97.5 ± 16.9 8 102.7 ± 26.3 13 hooker 83.0 ± 10.4 5 107.0 ± 4.5 5 lock 80.6 ± 12.1 9 95.0 ± 15.8 11 loose forward 82.7 ± 18.4 11 101.4 ± 21.3 14 scrumhalf 63.0 ± 6.7 5 81.9 ± 13.1 8 flyhalf 73.0 ± 9.7 5 82.1 ± 20.8 7 wing 69.6 ± 7.8 13 94.4 ± 23.2 8 centre 72.2 ± 18.4 9 98.2 ± 12.1 11 fullback 72.5 ± 6.1 6 95.0 ± 13.2 3 average 77.1 ± 11.8 71 95.3 ± 16.7 80 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. scrumhalf p < 0.00231 prop v. flyhalf p < 0.02941 prop v. wing p < 0.00094 * the f-ratio was 37.59 for the group (p < 0.00001) and 4.00 for position (p < 0.00001). table vi. bench press (relative) results for 16-yearold (n = 71) and 18-year-old (n = 80) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 7.39 ± 1.08 8 7.36 ± 1.63 13 hooker 6.99 ± 0.92 5 8.09 ± 0.51 5 lock 6.31 ± 0.81 9 7.09 ± 1.12 11 loose forward 6.77 ± 1.33 11 7.86 ± 1.53 14 scrumhalf 6.16 ± 0.48 5 7.25 ± 1.12 8 flyhalf 6.58 ± 0.70 5 6.98 ± 1.49 7 wing 6.28 ± 0.70 13 7.82 ± 1.52 8 centre 6.35 ± 1.36 9 7.81 ± 0.76 11 fullback 6.27 ± 0.71 6 7.81 ± 0.76 3 average 6.55 ± 1.00 71 7.54 ± 1.30 80 * the f-ratio was 10.83 for group (p < 0.001) and 1.50 for position (p < 0.16). table vii. number of pull-ups performed by 16-yearold (n = 77) and 18-year-old (n = 75) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 7 ± 7 9 11 ± 6 13 hooker 9 ± 4 6 13 ± 3 5 lock 7 ± 5 9 8 ± 6 9 loose forward 10 ± 5 12 13 ± 6 13 scrumhalf 12 ± 4 5 16 ± 11 6 flyhalf 12 ± 5 6 10 ± 2 7 wing 11 ± 3 14 13 ± 4 8 centre 13 ± 4 9 13 ± 4 11 fullback 10 ± 3 7 13 ± 3 3 average 10 ± 5 77 11 ± 6 75 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. scrumhalf p < 0.009 prop v. wing p < 0.02 prop v. center p < 0.006 lock v. scrumhalf p < 0.03 * the f-ratio was 2.8 for group (p = 0.10) and 3.8 for position (p < 0.001). table viii. number of push-ups performed by 16year-old (n = 84) and 18-year-old (n = 70) rugby players*. position 16 years n 18 years n prop 34 ± 11 10 46 ± 18 13 hooker 44 ± 14 6 61 ± 11 5 lock 41 ± 14 10 46 ± 6 8 loose forward 42 ± 14 13 54 ± 15 13 scrumhalf 44 ± 9 6 53 ± 19 6 flyhalf 50 ± 9 6 56 ± 17 6 wing 38 ± 8 15 50 ± 16 8 centre 43 ± 15 11 56 ± 10 10 fullback 35 ± 7 7 45 ± 0.0 1 average 41 ± 12 84 52 ± 15 70 * the f-ratio was 16.6 for group (p < 0.000009) and 1.8 for position (p = 0.08). neither the sum of 7 skinfold measurements (table iii) nor body fat percentage (table iv) were different between 16and 18-year-old rugby players. there were significant differences between positions, however, with props having a greater percentage of body fat and higher skinfold measurement than the other positions (tables iii and iv). there were significant differences between 16and 18 year-old groups regarding absolute and relative bench press measures (tables v and vi). the 16-year-old players lifted 77.1 ± 11.8 kg (6.55 ± 1.00 relative to adjusted body mass) while the 18-year-old group lifted 95.3 ± 16.7 kg (7.54 ± 1.30 relative to adjusted body mass). there were significant position differences in absolute bench press measures between props versus scrumhalves, flyhalves and wings, with the props displaying greater upper body strength for 1rm. pg38-45.indd 42 6/28/06 1:49:05 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 43 table ix. 10 meter speed (seconds) of 16-year-old (n = 79) and 18-year-old (n = 72) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 2.0 ± 0.1 10 2.0 ± 0.1 11 hooker 1.9 ± 0.1 7 1.9 ± 0.1 4 lock 1.9 ± 0.1 8 1.9 ± 0.1 10 loose forward 1.9 ± 0.1 15 1.9 ± 0.1 13 scrumhalf 1.9 ± 0.1 4 1.8 ± 0.0 8 flyhalf 1.9 ± 0.1 5 1.9 ± 0.1 6 wing 1.8 ± 0.1 14 1.8 ± 0.1 9 centre 1.8 ± 0.1 10 1.8 ± 0.1 8 fullback 1.8 ± 0.1 6 1.8 ± 0.1 3 average 1.9 ± 0.1 79 1.9 ± 0.1 72 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. lock p < 0.003 prop v. loose forward p < 0.00002 prop v. scrumhalf p < 0.00001 prop v. flyhalf p < 0.0002 prop v. wing p < 0.00001 prop v. centre p < 0.00001 prop v. fullback p < 0.00005 lock v. wing p < 0.05 * the f-ratio was 0.15 for group (p = 0.70) and 10.60 for position (p < 0.001). table x. 40 meter speed (seconds) of 16-year-old (n = 79) and 18-year-old (n = 73) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 5.8 ± 0.1 9 5.9 ± 0.2 11 hooker 5.6 ± 0.1 7 5.5 ± 0.4 4 lock 5.6 ± 0.2 8 5.6 ± 0.2 10 loose forward 5.5 ± 0.1 15 5.5 ± 0.2 13 scrumhalf 5.4 ± 0.2 5 5.4 ± 0.2 8 flyhalf 5.4 ± 0.1 5 5.4 ± 0.1 6 wing 5.3 ± 0.2 14 5.2 ± 0.1 9 centre 5.3 ± 0.0 10 5.3 ± 0.1 9 fullback 5.3 ± 0.2 6 5.3 ± 0.1 3 average 5.5 ± 0.2 79 5.5 ± 0.1 73 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. all positions p < 0.01 hooker v. wing p < 0.00005 hooker v. centre p < 0.002 hooker v. fullback p < 0.01 lock v. scrumhalf p < 0.01 lock v. wing p < 0.00001 lock v. centre p < 0.00001 lock v. fullback p < 0.003 loose forward v. wing p < 0.003 loose forward v. centre p < 0.05 * the f-ratio was 2.06 for group (p = 0.15) and 22.49 for position (p < 0.001). both age groups completed a similar number of pull-ups (10 ± 5 v. 11 ± 6 repetitions for 16v. 18-year-old groups). there were differences between props versus scrumhalves, wings and centres and between locks versus scrumhalves (table vii). the 18-year-old players completed more pushups (52 ± 15) than the 16-year-old players (41 ± 12; p < 0.000009). there were no differences between positions (table viii). speed was the same in both age groups when measured at 10 meters (1.9 ± 0.1 seconds) and 40 meters (5.5 ± 0.2 seconds). there were significant differences between positions, with props significantly slower than most other positions (tables ix and x). there were no differences in agility between the 16and 18-year-old groups (table xi). the props were less agile than scrumhalves, flyhalves, wings, centres and fullbacks. in the multistage shuttle run the 18-year-old group ran significantly more shuttles than the 16-year-old group (93.5 ± 15.3 v. 87.1 ± 19.4 shuttles; p < 0.05). props ran significantly fewer shuttles compared with loose forwards, scrumhalves, flyhalves and wings (table xii). discussion the 16and 18-year-old green squad players differed significantly in stature, body mass, arm strength (1 rm bench press and push-ups) and aerobic fitness (shuttle run) but not in percentage of body fat, speed (10 m and 40 m) or agility measures. these age group differences could be attributed to maturation, 13 training discrepancies 4 or a combination of the two. the stature of the 16-year-olds (175.6 ± 5.7 cm) and 18year-olds (179.2 ± 6.7 cm) was shorter than those reported in junior rugby league players (178 cm for 16-year-olds and 182 cm for 17-year-olds) and college rugby league players (181 cm for 20-year-old players) 2 and amateur rugby union players (184 cm). 16 the body mass of the 16-year-old (76.5 ± 8.2 kg) and 18year-old (84.9 ± 8.3 kg) players was heavier, 11 lighter 2 and comparable 4 with other junior rugby league players of similar ages. the 18-year-old green squad players were slightly heavier than amateur rugby players 20 years ago (84.4 kg), 16 pg38-45.indd 43 6/28/06 1:49:06 pm 44 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 table xi. illinois agility test results (seconds) for 16-year-old (n = 82) and 18-year-old (n = 50) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 15.8 ± 0.7 10 16.3 ± 1.2 8 hooker 15.2 ± 0.8 7 14.9 ± 0.5 3 lock 15.5 ± 0.9 8 15.4 ± 0.6 9 loose forward 15.6 ± 0.9 15 15.0 ± 0.3 6 scrumhalf 14.6 ± 0.5 4 15.1 ± 0.3 6 flyhalf 14.7 ± 0.2 6 14.5 ± 0.4 3 wing 14.8 ± 0.5 15 14.4 ± 0.2 6 centre 15.2 ± 1.5 11 14.4 ± 0.4 7 fullback 14.7 ± 0.5 6 15.0 ± 0.7 2 average 15.2 ± 0.9 82 15.1 ± 0.8 50 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. scrumhalf p < 0.04 prop v. flyhalf p < 0.007 prop v.wing p < 0.0002 prop v. centre p < 0.0007 prop v. fullback p < 0.04 * the f-ratio was 0.66 for group (p = 0.42) and 5.69 for position (p < 0.001). table xii. the number of laps completed in the multistage shuttle run test for 16-year-old (n = 55) and 18-year-old (n = 63) rugby players* position 16 years n 18 years n prop 68.1 ± 13.0 9 77.6 ± 11.1 10 hooker 89.0 ± 7.6 5 92.8 ± 12.8 4 lock 89.8 ± 22.6 4 90.0 ± 10.6 9 loose forward 97.5 ± 24.0 11 94.8 ± 12.8 9 scrumhalf 85.7 ± 5.7 3 109.8 ± 12.0 6 flyhalf 98.3 ± 13.6 3 98.7 ± 14.3 6 wing 86.8 ± 9.7 8 99.9 ± 23.6 7 centre 86.6 ± 24.1 9 93.0 ± 10.1 9 fullback 92.0 ± 18.4 3 97.0 ± 3.5 3 average 87.1 ± 19.4 55 93.5 ± 15.3 63 appropriate post-hoc analyses position main effects significance prop v. loose forward p < 0.0007 prop v. scrumhalf p < 0.03 prop v. flyhalf p < 0.03 prop v. wing p < 0.03 * the f-ratio was 4.22 for group (p < 0.05) and 3.83 for position (p < 0.001). but obviously lighter than semi-professional and professional rugby players. 9 the 16-year-old group lifted less weight (77.1 ± 11.8 kg) than the 18-year-old group (95.3 ± 16.7) in the 1 rm bench press test for upper body strength. this age-specific weakness was documented by baker, 2 where performance in the 1 rm bench press was significantly correlated with playing achievement in untrained (70.0 kg), junior (85.0 kg), senior (98.2 kg), college (110.5 kg), and national (144.5 kg) level rugby league players (correlation coefficient r = 0.80). upper body strength was further disparate, with 16-yearold players completing fewer push-ups (41 ± 12) than the 18year-old players (52 ± 15). these junior players performed more push-ups however, than us national team rugby players. (33). 3 the 16-year-old group performed fewer shuttles (87.1 ± 19.4; estimated vo2peak 49 ml/kg/min) than the 18-year-old group (93.5 ± 15.3; estimated vo2peak 51 ml/kg/min). 15 this finding may be a result of maturation, where vo2 continues to increase through the age of 18, 13 combined with genetic limitations governing oxygen consumption. 5 training may also influence vo2max, contributing to approximately 35% of the variance of the increase. these measures of aerobic capacity are higher than those reported in junior and amateur rugby league players from australia 11,12 but lower than those values reported in other national team players. 16 the number of pull-ups, sum of 7 skinfolds, per cent body fat, agility and speed were not significantly different between the two age groups. of particular interest, both groups of players displayed the same average speed at 10 m (1.9 seconds) and 40 m (5.5 seconds). these times are slower than those reported in professional rugby league players (1.71 and 5.32 s) 1 but faster than those reported in australian elite junior and semi-professional rugby league players. 11,12 positional differences were reported in measures of stature, body mass, sum of 7 skinfolds, per cent body fat, bench press (absolute), pull-ups, 10 m and 40 m speed, agility and aerobic fitness. a majority of these differences occurred between forward and back-line players with props having the most body fat, best upper body strength, slowest speed, least agility and lowest aerobic fitness of most other rugby players. these findings support another study which showed the props were the heaviest, slowest and least aerobically fit players, but outperformed all other players in measures of strength and power. 19 this coincides with the particular demands of this position, where a high degree of body fat aids in absorbing impact during tackles and collisions while maximum strength and power are assets when competing for the ball in rucks, scrums and mauls. heart rate and time motion analyses of under-19-year-old australian rugby pg38-45.indd 44 6/28/06 1:49:06 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 45 players indicate that front row (props and hookers) and back row (locks and loose forwards) forwards spend the most time in high exertion (58% and 56% respectively at 85 95% hrmax) but cover the least distance (4 400 and 4 080 m) compared with inside (centres and flyhalves: 41% at 85 95% hrmax, 5 530 m) and outside (wings and fullbacks: 34% at 85 95% hrmax, 5 750 m) backs. 6 these differences help explain the distinct physical characteristics necessary to succeed as a player in a particular position, thereby contributing to team success. conversely, backs are the shortest and lightest of rugby players. inside, midfield and outside backs possess superior speed and agility to move the ball forward, accelerate away from defenders and out-manoeuvre opponents. 9 these criteria are supported in our findings where backs are significantly faster, more agile and aerobically fit than forwards, particularly when compared with props. it is also of interest to note that locks were significantly taller than all other rugby positions. this finding is consistent with other reports and exemplifies the specific demands placed on these players to jump to receive balls at lineouts. 9 in conclusion, there are differences between elite 16and 18-year-old rugby players with respect to stature, body mass, arm strength (1 rm bench press and push-ups) and aerobic fitness (shuttle run) but not in percentage of body fat, speed (10 m and 40 m) or agility measures. positional differences exist, with props having the most body fat, best upper body strength, slowest speed, least agility and lowest aerobic fitness of most other rugby players. this descriptive report provides a template for the evaluation of junior rugby players as well as baseline data for further study on the developmental characteristics and physiological progression of elite rugby athletes. acknowledgements this study was funded by the south african rugby green squad programme and discovery health, the medical research council of south africa and the nellie atkinson and harry crossley research funds of the university of cape town. references 1. baker d, nance s. the relation between running speed and measures of strength and power in professional rugby league players. j strength cond res 1999; 13: 230 5. 2. baker d. differences in strength and power among junior-high, senior-high, college-aged, and elite professional rugby league players. j strength cond res 2002; 16: 581-5. 3. carlson br, carter je, patterson p, petti k, orfanos sm, noffal gj. physique and motor performance characteristics of us national rugby players. j sports sci 1994; 12: 403-12. 4. coutts aj, murphy aj, dascombe bj. effect of direct supervision of a strength coach on measures of muscular strength and power in young rugby league players. j strength cond res 2004; 18: 316-23. 5. danis a, kyriazis y, klissouras v. the effect of training in male prepubertal and pubertal monozygotic twins. eur j appl physiol occup physiol 2003; 89: 309-18. 6. deutsch mu, maw gj, jenkins d, reaburn p. heart rate, blood lactate and kinematic data of elite colts (under-19) rugby union players during competition. j sports sci 1998; 16: 561-570. 7. dooman cs, vanderburgh pm. allometric modeling of the bench press and squat: who is the strongest regardless of bodymass? j strength cond res 2000; 14: 32-6. 8. durnin jvga, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16 to 72 years. brit j nutr 1974; 32: 77-97. 9. duthie g, pyne d, hooper s. applied physiology and game analysis of rugby union. sports med 2003; 33: 973-91. 10. duthie gm. a framework for the physical development of elite rugby union players. international journal of sports physiology and performance 2006; 1: 2-13. 11. gabbett tj. physiological characteristics of junior and senior rugby league players. br j sports med 2002a; 36: 334-9. 12. gabbett tj. influence of physiological characteristics on selection in a semi-professional first grade rugby league team: a case study. j sports sci 2000b; 20: 399-405. 13. geithner ca, thomis ma, van den eynde b, et al. growth in peak aerobic power during adolescence. med sci sports exerc 2004; 36: 1616-24. 14. getchell b. physical fitness: a way of life, 2nd ed. new york: john wiley and sons, inc., 1979. 15. lèger la, mercier d, gadoury c, lambert j. the multistage 20 metre shuttle run test for aerobic fitness. j sports sci 1988: 6: 93-101. 16. maud pj. physiological and anthropometric parameters that describe a rugby union team. br j sports med 1983: 17: 16-23. 17. pienaar ae, spamer mj, steyn hs jun. identifying and developing rugby talent among 10-year-old boys: a practical model. j sports sci 1998; 16: 691-9. 18. quarrie kl, handcock p, waller ae, chalmers dj, toomey mj, wilson bd. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project. iii. anthropometric and physical performance characteristics of players. br j sports med 1995; 29: 263-70. 19. quarrie kl, handcock p, toomey mj, waller ae. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project. iv. anthropometric and physical performance comparisons between positional categories of senior a rugby players. br j sports med 1996; 30: 53-6. 20. ross wd, marfell-jones mj. kinanthropometry. in: macdougall jd, wenger ha, green hj, eds. physiological testing of the high-performance athlete. champaign, il, usa: human kinetics books, 1991, 223-308. pg38-45.indd 45 6/28/06 1:49:06 pm 114 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 original research hip and groin pain in sub-elite south african footballers d j dowson,1 mbbch; h bayne,2 phd; c c grant,1 phd 1 section sports medicine, university of pretoria, south africa 2 high performance centre, university of pretoria, south africa corresponding author: d j dowson (donna@drdowson.co.za) background. groin injuries are common in football. this can be attributed to the nature of the sport involving rapid accelerations, decelerations, abrupt directional changes and kicking. groin injuries require lengthy rehabilitation times and predispose players to further injuries. previous groin injury is a risk factor for future groin injuries, suggesting players are inadequately rehabilitated or the original cause has not been addressed. objectives. to describe the prevalence, nature and treatment patterns of groin injuries in sub-elite players, and to investigate differences in hip strength and range of motion between players with and without a history of groin injury. method. thirty sub-elite, senior university male players were interviewed and questioned regarding groin injuries sustained in the preceding three years. they were assessed using the hagos questionnaire, and underwent isokinetic hip flexion/extension strength, adductor squeeze and range of motion tests. results. seventeen players (57%) reported having a previous groin injury, with an average score of 83 (16) [mean (sd)] on the hagos, compared with 92 (5) for non-injured players. of the previously injured players, 29% did not seek treatment from a medical professional. injuries included adductor strain (35%), inguinal-related (18%), iliopsoas-related (12%) and hip joint pathology (6%). the average time off was 25 days. there were no significant differences in isokinetic hip flexion/extension strength, adductor strength and range of motion. conclusion. the prevalence of groin injuries in this population is relatively high (57%) and requires lengthy rehabilitation time. the hagos is a suitable tool to identify groin pain in this population within the sports and recreation and quality of life subscales. isokinetic hip strength and range of motion testing lacked sensitivity in detecting deficits in players with a previous groin injury. only two-thirds of injured players consulted a medical practitioner, increasing the likelihood that rehabilitation was inadequate. it is therefore recommended that player/coach education regarding injury management improve in order to reduce subsequent injuries. keywords. hagos, groin injury, prevalence, range of motion, isokinetic strength s afr j sports med 2015;27(4):114-117. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2015/ v27i4a425 the sport of football involves repetitive changes of direction, rapid acceleration and deceleration, and kicking. these multidirectional and multi-planar movements place substantial load on the hip region. hip and groin injuries are common in football, with reported annual incidences of 5-28%[1] and nearly one-third of all players will experience a groin injury during the course of their careers.[2] in most cases, players return to play after less than four weeks[3] but some injuries persist and can lead to long-standing disability with lengthy absences from sport.[1] the typical groin injury involves one or more anatomical structures in the groin region. recent consensus[4] describes categorisation of groin injuries based on the involved clinical entities: adductorrelated, iliopsoas-related, inguinal-related, pubic-related and hip-related groin pain. there is acknowledgement that multiple pathologies can coexist in patients with chronic groin pain, with hip joint pathology thought to be a major contributor to secondary breakdown of adjacent structures.[5] the copenhagen hip and groin outcome score (hagos) is a self-reported questionnaire evaluating hip and groin disability status on a scale from 0 to 100, where a score of 100 indicates no hip and groin problems and 0 indicates severe problems.[6] the questionnaire consists of six separate subscales for the assessment of the following: symptoms, pain, physical function in daily living, physical function in sports and recreation, participation in physical activities, and hip and/or groin-related quality of life. each subscale is scored as a percentage of the total possible score.[6] the hagos questionnaire therefore allows for an objective measure of a subjective perception. thorborg et al. recently evaluated 444 football players, who were hip and groin injury-free to establish reference values for the hagos in injury-free male football players.[6] the mean reference ranges for injury-free football players with no pain, including no pain from the previous season, was a score of 100 in all categories except in the symptoms subscale, where the average score was 89%.[6] a number of risk factors for groin injuries in football players have been established. these include a history of previous groin injury,[7] decreased adductor muscle strength,[7,8] decreased hip abduction range of motion, decreased levels of sports specific training, abdominal muscle recruitment, limb length discrepancy and pelvic instability.[7] there is little data in the literature analysing the cause as to why a previous groin injury will predispose a player to another groin injury. isokinetic assessment is currently the reference method for measuring dynamic muscle strength.[9] isokinetic testing has been used to define normative values of hip muscle strength in uninjured football players, not only to identify players at risk but also to aid in return to play decisions following groin injuries.[10] it has been demonstrated that hip range of motion was reduced in football players with current long-standing groin pain.[8] preliminary work done in a small study group associated hip stiffness with an increased incidence of groin injury.[11] the focus of this study was to describe the prevalence, nature and treatment patterns of groin injuries in sub-elite players, to examine hip and groin disability scores, and to investigate differences in strength and range of motion in players with and without a history of groin injury. methods thirty male senior league university football players from within gauteng, south africa, were invited to participate in the study. the mailto:donna@drdowson.co.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a425 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a425 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 115 participants train on average five times a week for 90 minutes a session with one to two 90 minute matches a week. ethical approval was obtained from the research ethics committee, faculty of health sciences of the university of pretoria and each player gave written consent. a personal interview was conducted with each player to obtain injury history information, including whether they had ever suffered a groin injury in the previous three years, which medical professional(s) had been consulted after the injury, the diagnosis, and time until return to play. players also completed the hagos questionnaire.[6] players with a history of groin injury were allocated to the case group and the remainder to the control group. isokinetic hip flexion and extension strength was tested in the supine position with a biodex® isokinetic dynamometer (shirley, new york, usa). the protocol consisted of concentric testing of the hip flexors and extensors at 60°/s and eccentric testing of the hip flexors at 60°/s. hip adductor muscle strength was measured using a sphygmomanometer, with the player in a supine position with his knees bent at 90°.[8] hip extension range of motion was assessed using the thomas test; with the player supine at the edge of the plinth and both hips flexed simultaneously to their limit, thus removing lumbar lordosis. whilst stabilising the non-tested hip firmly in position to maintain pelvic tilt, the limb being tested was lowered over the edge of the plinth and the hip extension angle measured with a goniometer.[12] hip rotation range of motion was assessed with the player in the prone position with the knee flexed at 90°. the tested limb was rotated internally and externally until resistance was met and measured with a goniometer.[12] the bent knee fall out (bkfo) test was performed with the player supine and the tested hip flexed to 45° and the knee flexed to 90°. the knee was allowed to fall laterally and gentle over pressure (ddi) applied to make sure the participant was relaxed at the limit of movement. the distance between the plinth and the lateral surface of the knee at the level of the fibula head was measured.[8] data from the case group’s injured side were compared against the dominant leg of the control group. data analysis consisted of descriptive statistics to summarise the data and independent samples t-tests. statistical significance was accepted at p<0.05. results seventeen players (57%) reported having experienced a previous groin injury within the last three years of play. of these, six (35%) had sustained an adductor-related injury, three (18%) sustained an inguinal-related injury, two (12%) sustained an iliopsoas-related injury, two (12%) involved the hip joint, and four (23%) were unspecified. three players (18%) reported having experienced multiple groin injuries. the average time before return to play was 25 days, with ranges from three days to four months. a total of 30% of players had severe injuries (>28 days), 30% had moderate injuries (7-28 days) and 40% had mild injuries (<7 days). eleven (65%) of the injured players sought treatment from a physiotherapist for their injuries, five (29%) did not have any treatment and only one (6%) consulted a sports physician. there were no statistically significant differences between the case and control groups for age, height or mass (table 1), nor for any of the range of motion or strength variables assessed (figure 1). previously injured players reported significantly lower hagos scores in the sports and recreation subscale (case 80.1 (18.1); control 92.6 (6.4); t=2.560; p=0.019) and quality of life subscale (case 75.3 (15.5); control 87.7 (13.1); t=2.281; p=0.031) (figure 2). table 1. comparison of descriptive values, previously injured versus control group case control mean sd mean sd t p age (years) 21.6 1.5 21.1 1.9 -.806 .427 height (cm) 175.8 12.5 174.0 5.4 -.485 .631 mass (kg) 69.7 8.0 66.3 6.6 -1.244 .224 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 pr es su re (m m h g) adductor squeeze test -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 d eg re es (° ) … thomas test 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 d eg re es (° ) hip internal rotation range of motion 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 d eg re es (° ) hip external rotation range of motion 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 d is ta nc e (c m ) bent knee fall out 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 pe ak t or qu e/ bo dy m as s (% ) hip flexion peak torque 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 pe ak t or qu e/ bo dy m as s (% ) hip extension peak torque 0 50 100 150 200 pe ak t or qu e/ bo dy m as s (% ) eccentric hip flexion peak torque fig. 1. range of motion and strength results for case group (previously injured) and control group case group: × control group: • 116 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 sc or e hagos average 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 sc or e hagos pain 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 sc or e hagos symptoms 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 sc or e hagos activities of daily living 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 sc or e hagos sport & recreation * 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 sc or e hagos physical activity 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 sc or e hagos quality of life * fig. 2. hagos values for case group (previously injured) and control group case group: × control group: • * significantly different from control, p<0.05] discussion the findings of this study confirmed the hagos as a responsive measure of hip and groin disability outcome and injury status in this population, specifically in the sports and recreation and quality of life subscales. hagos is the only patient reported outcome questionnaire aimed at young to middle-aged adults presenting with groin pain[14] and it has been proven to be valid, reliable and responsive for evaluating individuals with hip and/or groin pain, including male soccer players.[6] the hagos is designed to identify current symptoms, and this research suggests that previously injured players do still suffer from persistent subjective symptoms that affect the players defined sports and recreation and quality of life subscales. it has been suggested that one in three football players will experience a groin injury during their careers.[2] the incidence reported in this study was substantially higher than this figure, with 57% of players having suffered from a groin injury in their careers thus far. this may be due, in part, to the subjective nature of injury history recall that was relied upon in the current study. nevertheless, the hagos results substantiate the players’ recall of a previous groin injury. adductor-related injury was the most common diagnosis. this is comparable to similar studies that suggest adductor-related injuries account for between 51%[16] and 64%[1] of groin injuries. an important concern identified in this study is that almost a third of players (29%) did not seek medical attention for their injuries. their general view was that ‘rest and stretches’ would be adequate. yet the time off from play was significant, with an average of 25 days. vague symptoms and an insidious onset of groin pain allows players to train and play with pain, which may result in the player delaying seeking immediate medical attention, thus often leading to a chronic presentation.[13] hölmich and thorborg categorised mild groin injuries as 4-7 days injury time, moderate groin injuries as 8-28 days injury time and more than 28 days as severe.[16] in this study 30% of players had severe injuries, 30% had moderate injuries and 40% had mild injuries. this is comparable to a large study involving 907 sub-elite football players of which 43% sustained moderate injuries and 33% sustained severe injuries.[16] previous research has identified significant differences in hip adductor strength and range of motion between uninjured footballers and symptomatic players with long-standing groin pain.[8] in the current study, players with a history of groin injury were asymptomatic at the time of testing, which may explain why these findings do not replicate this result. the adductor squeeze values were lower than those reported in previous research in gaelic football players, where the control group attained adductor squeeze strength values of 269.3 ± 25.4 mmhg, and the injured group attained values of 202.9 ± 36.7 mmhg.[8] another study recorded values of 209 mmhg ± 42.3 in groin pain free elite football players compared to 180.5 ± 30.2 in players with groin pain.[15] allowing for measurement error and variation, it has been suggested that a threshold of 200 mmhg may be useful clinically.[13] limitations of this study include the small sample size and subjective nature of patient injury history recall, which may have influenced the validity of the clinical entity diagnosis reported. however, the injury data obtained from the players agrees with the typical distribution of clinical presentation of groin injury. conclusion groin injuries are more common in sub-elite south african footballers than has been reported in previous literature on footballrelated injury. the hagos is a suitable tool to identify groin pain in this population within the sports and recreation and quality of life subscales. isokinetic hip strength and range of motion testing lacked sensitivity in detecting deficits in players with a previous groin injury. a new and important finding was that almost a third (29%) of players did not seek treatment from a qualified professional, and sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 117 only 6% of players consulted a sports physician. this represents suboptimal injury management. the study concludes that player and coach education on appropriate injury management strategies is necessary. this should include guidance on injury prevention interventions, and the proper pathways to follow for treatment and rehabilitation of injuries. references 1. werner j. uefa injury study: a prospective study of hip and groin injuries in professional football over seven consecutive seasons. br j sports med 2009;43(13): 1036-1040. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.066944] 2. kinchington m. groin pain: a view from below; the impact of lower extremity function and podiatric interventions. aspetar sports med j 2013;2(3):360-368. 3. ekstrand j, hägglund m, walden m. epidemiology of muscle injuries in professional football (soccer). am j sports med 2011;399(6):1266. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/0363546510395879] 4. weir a, brukner p, delahunt e, et al. doha agreement meeting on terminology and definitions in groin pain in athletes. br j sports med 2015;49(12):1-8. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsports-2015-094869] 5. rankin a, bleakley c, cullen m. hip joint pathology as a leading cause of groin pain in the sporting population. am j sports med 2015;43(7):1698-1703 [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/0363546515582031] 6. thorborg k, branci s, stensbirk f, et al. copenhagen hip and groin outcome score (hagos) in male soccer: reference values for hip and groin injury-free players. br j sports med 2014;48(7):557-559. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092607] 7. garvey jfw, read jw, turner a. sportsman hernia: what can we do? hernia 2010;14(1):17-25. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10029-009-0611-1] 8. nevin f, delahunt e. adductor squeeze test values and hip joint range of motion in gaelic football athletes with longstanding groin pain. j  sci med sport 2014;17(2): 155-159. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2013.04.008] 9. julia m, dupeyron a, laffont i, et al. reproducibility of isokinetic peak torque assessments of the hip flexor and extensor muscles. ann phys rehabil med 2010;53(5):293-305. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1015/j.rehab/2010.95.002] 10. hanna cm, fulcher ml, elley cr, moyes sa. normative values of hip strength in adult male association football players assessed by handheld dynamometry. j  sci med sport 2010;13(3):299-303. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2008.11.007] 11. verrall g, slavotinek j, barnes p, esterman a, oakeshott r, spriggins a. hip joint range of motion restriction precedes athletic chronic groin injury. j sci med sport 2007;10(6):463-466. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2006.11.006] 12. appley ag, solomon l. concise system of orthopaedics and fractures. 2nd ed. arnold;2001:174-177. 13. brukner p, khan k. brukner & khan’s clinical sports medicine. 4th ed. australia: mcgraw-hill education;2013:558-568. 14. thorborg k, tijssen m, habets b, bartels e, roos e, hölmich p, et al. patientreported outcome (pro) questionnaires for young to middle-aged adults with hip and groin disability: a systematic review of the clinimetric evidence. br j sports med 2015;49(12):1-11. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2014-094224] 15. malliaras p, hogan a, nawrocki a, crossley k, schache a. hip flexibility and strength measures: reliability and association with athletic groin pain. br j sports med 2009;43(10):739-744. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2008.055749] 16. hölmich p, thorborg k, dehlendorff c, et al. incidence and clinical presentation of groin injuries in sub-elite male soccer. br j sports med 2014;48:1245-1250. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092627] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.066944 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546510395879 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546510395879 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2015-094869 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2015-094869 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546515582031 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546515582031 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092607 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10029-009-0611-1 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2013.04.008 http://dx.doi.org/10.1015/j.rehab/2010.95.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2008.11.007 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.sams.2006.11.006 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2014-094224 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2008.055749 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092627 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092627 _goback original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license injury incidence and burden during senior inter-provincial field hockey tournaments n pereira,1 msc; tl burgess,1,2 phd; l corten,3 phd 1 division of physiotherapy, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 centre for medical ethics and law, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, cape town, south africa 3 division of physiotherapy, school of health sciences, university of brighton, united kingdom corresponding author: n pereira (nick@enhancedphysio.co.za) field hockey is an olympic discipline played widely across the world at various levels.[1] in south africa, the sport is growing with increasing participation from primary and secondary school to senior provincial level. it is a high-speed team sport, consisting of short bursts of sprinting with technical coordination of a stick and ball, while executing a coach’s tactical game plan. [2-4] the senior inter-provincial tournament (ipt) is the elite level of south african field hockey and takes place annually. teams play several matches over a period of a week, including a round robin, playoffs, and a final. the tournaments observed in this study were held separately during 2018 in kwazulu natal. from this tournament, the national teams are selected for international events, including the world cup and olympic games. to date, there are few published studies which have been undertaken in south africa exploring injury incidence. the existing research is challenging to compare due to the heterogeneity of research methodologies. research into a local female provincial hockey season during 2004 reported injury incidence to be 6.3 per 1 000 hours played.[5] injury data collected from the international federation for field hockey (fih) tournaments report the incidence of injury to be 26.0-29.1 per 1 000 hours for females and between 20.8-90.9 per 1 000 hours for males.[1] the definitions used in these studies are in stark contrast, making the comparison regarding injury incidence challenging. research in field hockey in south africa is limited when compared to football and rugby due to a lack of funding and the amateur status of the sport. [6-7] there is currently no data available on injury incidence to male south african field hockey players, and no incidence literature for field hockey has been published in south africa since 2007. there are no associated statistics established for this population; therefore, the aim of this study was to observe the current injury incidence and burden in south african field hockey, as well as the association of previous injury and gender with incidence by conducting this study at the annual ipt. methods ethical approval the study was approved by the university of cape town’s faculty of health sciences human research ethics committee (hrec ref: 117/2018) and by the ceo of the south african hockey association (saha). study design and setting the study was quantitative, descriptive, and longitudinal. it took place at two separate tournaments in 2018, namely, the male and female ipts held in pietermaritzburg and durban, respectively. all players attending these tournaments were invited to enrol in the study. procedure identification of participants was carried out by contacting saha and subsequently, the provincial unions. informed consent forms and baseline questionnaires were disseminated by the participating unions. participants who did not respond to the research invitation were approached and recruited during a pre-tournament briefing at the venue in the days preceding commencement. participants were excluded if they were under the age of 18 years or did not provide consent to be involved in the study. background: field hockey is an olympic sport played internationally and in which south africa is a participating nation. it also has its own world cup. few injury studies have been published on south african field hockey. research efforts should increase within the sport to ensure safe participation and mitigate the inherent injury risks. objectives: the objective of the study was to attend the male and female inter-provincial field hockey tournaments in south africa and determine the incidence of injury and burden of acquired sport injuries (time-loss and medical attention). methods: a quantitative, descriptive, longitudinal study, including 133 females and 139 males, was conducted. participants completed baseline questionnaires prior to the tournament and post-match questionnaires detailing injuries during the tournament. results: the recorded injuries were 77.9 (females) and 99.5 (males) per 1 000 player match hours. medical attention was 51.9 (females) and 70.3 (males) injuries per 1 000 player match hours. the result for time-loss injuries was 4.3 (females) and 7.5 (males) injuries per 1 000 player match hours. discussion: the study found high incidence rates of all injuries and medical attention injuries; however, the incidence of time-loss injuries was low in comparison to existing literature. comparing current results to existing literature is challenging due to the heterogeneity of methodologies and injury definitions in field hockey research. conclusion: this was the largest observational study in field hockey conducted in south africa. the international sporting body should establish a consensus for future research and the south african hockey association explore long-term surveillance in south africa to mimic similar national codes. keywords: injury burden, injury prevention, gender, south african field hockey s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11832 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11832 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3110-2195 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0279-8610 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9796-2182 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 measurement instrument players were asked to complete a self-designed questionnaire prior to the tournament to gather background information such as age and previous injury history. during the tournament, the players were also asked to complete daily self-reporting of injuries after each match using a digital injury reporting form. the results from both questionnaires were collated, de-identified, and coded for analysis. as there is currently no consensus on injury surveillance for field hockey. the questionnaires were based on the boksmart injury surveillance forms, a questionnaire used in the south african rugby union injury surveillance report.[7] the injury definition was adapted from the federation internationale de football association (fifa) medical assessment and research centre. [7, 8] the following definition was used in this study: ’any physical discomfort resulting from hockey-related activity, regardless of severity or need for medical attention as perceived by the player. ‘[8] injuries were categorised into one of three categories: “all injuries”, includes any and all physical complaints reported by participants regardless of severity or need for medical attention; “medical attention injuries”, injuries requiring evaluation or treatment from a health professional; and “time-loss injuries”, injuries that cause inability to participate in training or matches. statistical analysis incidence was calculated as follows: each team had 11 players on the field during a match, with a total match duration of one hour (four 15-minute quarters). the tournament was played over seven days and regardless of progression through the tournament, each team played on all seven match days. player-match-hours was therefore calculated as: 11 players x 7 days x 1h per game = 77 player-match-hours. incidence is presented as injuries per 1 000 playermatch hours, with 95% confidence intervals. the descriptive data were not normally distributed based on the shapiro-wilk test; therefore, the data are presented as median and interquartile ranges. associative analysis in statistics was performed using the chisquared test, odds ratio, and risk ratio to assess previous injuries and incidence, and to compare the male and female tournament incidence. statistical analyses were performed using statistical software ibm spss version 25 (armonk, ny: ibm corp). results study sample the study enrolled 272 participants (133 females, 139 males) attending the 2018 ipt. the players’ ages across the two tournaments were not normally distributed (w = 0.90, p < 0.01). the ages of participants showed a median (interquartile range) age of 22 (20-26) years for males and 21 (1925) years for females. in the female tournament, 163 participants completed the tournament injury reporting form; 23 participants did not provide informed consent and their data were excluded. seven participants were excluded due to being underage. in the male tournament, 168 participants completed the injury reporting form, but 29 did not complete the consent form and their data were excluded from the study. the recruitment flowchart is presented in fig. 1. response rate the results relied on the participants completing daily injury report forms. the variation in response rate per day is presented in fig. 2. the male participants’ reporting began with 93 responses on day one (67% of recruited sample), and steadily decreased to 52 (37% of recruited sample) on the final day of the tournament. the female participants’ reporting began with 74 responses (55% of recruited sample), increased to 86 (64% of recruited sample) on day two, and then decreased to 70 (52% of recruited sample) for day three. fig. 1. recruitment flowchart fig. 2. number of injury report forms per match day original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 incidence of injury in the female tournament, a total of 72 injuries were reported, with 48 requiring medical attention, and four resulting in time-loss (table 1). the incidence calculated per 1 000 player match hours was 77.9 (95% ci: 47.1 108.1) for the overall female tournament, with 51.9 (95% ci: 32.3 71.5) injuries per 1 000 player match hours requiring medical attention, and 4.32 (95% ci: 1.04 9.7) injuries per 1 000 player match hours resulting in time-loss. it should be noted that teams are anonymised and numbered one to thirteen. the same numbers from both male and female tournament represent the same province. numbers twelve and thirteen represent different provinces. a total of 92 injuries were reported in the male tournament, with 65 injuries requiring medical attention and seven resulting in time-loss. the incidence of injuries for the male tournament was 99.5 (95% ci: 71.9 127.1) injuries per 1 000 player match hours. the incidence of medical attention needed was 70.3 (95% ci: 46.1 94.4) injuries per 1 000 player match hours, and the incidence of time-loss was 7.5 (95% ci: -0.7 15.75) injuries per table 2. male tournament injury incidence team all injuries incidence per 1 000 player match hours medical attention needed medical attention incidence per 1 000 player match hours timeloss incidence of timeloss per 1 000 player match hours 1 5 64.9 2 25.9 0 0 2 4 51.9 3 38.9 1 12.9 3 8 103.8 4 51.9 0 0 4 10 129.8 5 64.9 0 0 5 12 155.8 7 90.9 2 25.9 6 2 25.9 2 25.9 0 0 7 10 129.8 8 103.8 0 0 8 13 168.8 11 142 1 12.9 9 8 103.8 7 90.9 0 0 10 5 64.9 4 51.9 0 0 11 9 116.8 9 116.8 3 38.9 13 6 77.9 3 38.9 0 0 total 92 99.5 (95% ci: 71.9 – 127.1) 65 70.3 (95% ci: 46.1 – 94.4) 7 7.5 (95% ci: -0.7 – 15.8) injury data are presented as individual team and total injury numbers and incidence rates per 1000 player match hours. injuries were categorised into one of three categories: “all injuries”, includes any and all physical complaints reported by participants regardless of severity or need for medical attention; “medical attention injuries”, injuries requiring evaluation or treatment from a health professional; and “time-loss injuries”, injuries that cause inability to participate in training or matches. each team number represents a provincial team, team 12 did not participate in the male tournament. table 1. female tournament injury incidence team all injuries incidence per 1 000 player match hours medical attention needed medical attention incidence per 1 000 player match hours timeloss incidence of timeloss per 1 000 player match hours 1 10 129.8 7 90.9 0 0 2 4 51.9 3 38.9 0 0 3 10 129.8 5 64.9 1 12.9 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 64.9 2 25.9 0 0 6 8 103.8 8 103.8 2 25.9 7 6 77.9 6 77.9 0 0 8 5 64.9 4 51.9 0 0 9 2 25.9 1 12.9 0 0 10 5 64.9 3 38.9 0 0 11 4 51.9 4 51.9 0 0 12 13 168.8 5 64.9 1 12.9 total 72 77.9 (95% ci: 47.1-108.1) 48 51.9 (95% ci: 32.3-71.5) 4 4.3 (95% ci: -1.04-9.7) injury data are presented as individual team and total injury numbers and incidence rates per 1000 player match hours. injuries were categorised into one of three categories: “all injuries”, includes any and all physical complaints reported by participants regardless of severity or need for medical attention; “medical attention injuries”, injuries requiring evaluation or treatment from a health professional; and “time-loss injuries”, injuries that cause inability to participate in training or matches. each team number represents a provincial team, team 13 did not participate in the female tournament. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 1 000 player match hours (table 2). association of injuries there were several associative statistics explored in the original study; however, previous injury as well as gender differences for injury have been outlined in table 3. there is a statistically significant association for players who reported injury in the pre-tournament and during the tournament. there are no statistically significant associations between injuries in the male and female tournaments respectively. discussion incidence of injury the primary aim of this study was to investigate the incidence of injury in field hockey during the senior male and female provincial tournaments of 2018. the injury incidence rates found in this study (99.5 and 77.9 injuries per 1 000 player match hours for males and females respectively) are higher than those found in literature investigating the fih international tournaments of 2013 [1]. it was found that injury incidence in this study ranged between 26.0-29.1 per 1 000 player match hours for females and between 20.8-90.9 per 1 000 player match hours for males. there are significant methodological and contextual differences between the present study and the fih tournaments literature, namely in the injury definitions used and the classification of injuries. the present study captured all self-reported injuries regardless of subsequent time-loss or the need for medical attention and is thus expected to observe higher incidence rates. the 2013 fih tournament’s study captured injuries that required stoppage in play, resulting in the removal of the player from the field.[1] furthermore, the fih study captured injuries recorded by match officials, with players and medical staff not involved in the study. the number of injuries resulting in time-loss or players receiving medical attention was not reported in the fih study. the only other published south african study on the incidence of injury in field hockey investigated ankle strength, proprioception, and injury incidence in a sample of 47 female provincial hockey players.[5] although their method of capturing injuries also utilised self-reporting, their injury definition only included injuries resulting in time-loss from field hockey for five or more days and relied on participant recall post season. their incidence of injury of 6.32 per 1 000 player match hours is partially comparable with the present study’s time-loss injury incidence of 4.3 per 1 000 player match hours for females. however, it is inappropriate to draw meaningful comparisons between the two studies due to differences in study methodology. the incidence of time-loss injuries in the male tournament cannot be compared to other research in south africa, as no available studies have investigated injury incidence in males. injury burden the present study observed a decrease from self-classified injuries to medical attention injuries, and then to time-loss injuries. the burden of time-loss injury was low in both tournaments with females reporting 4.32 per 1 000 player match hours and 7.5 per 1 000 player hours for males. this supports the views of international research that time-loss from field hockey is relatively low.[9] a study observing american female collegiate field hockey players over a ten-year period reported an overall injury incidence of 5.36 per 1 000 player hours (training and competition), and 8.49 per 1 000 player match hours for competition only.[10] injuries in this study were defined as injury caused by field hockey, requiring medical attention and resulting in at least one day of missed training or match participation. although the definition of injury in this study varies, there is a comparable time-loss incidence rate with the female tournament of the present study. a hypothesis for the injury/time-loss mismatch is the competitive nature of athletes, and the level of participation in the present study.[13] after participating in the senior ipt, the male and female national teams are selected. this may have led to participants ’playing through injury.’ [3] there is no association between ’playing through injury’ and match outcomes, although there are certainly long-term health concerns for participants who use this approach. medical attention and time-loss injuries observed were lower during the female tournament compared to that of the males; however, no statistically significant differences were found regarding the injury burden between the tournaments. the overall number of self-reported injuries was considerably high, which suggests that future research should also investigate injuries not resulting in time-loss. this may suggest that the large amount of self-reported injuries was insignificant as they do not result in time-loss; however, it does indicate that players experience musculoskeletal complaints during participation, which may affect performance and is a threat to player safety.[11] sub-clinical trauma or repetitive microtrauma could be one explanation for this and should be explored in future research. few studies in field hockey have explored the prevalence of overuse injuries. overuse is reported at 28.7% of all injuries in female high school field hockey, and at 17% of all injuries in female collegiate field hockey.[10] in male and female club hockey, it is reported that chronic/overuse injuries are 20% table 3. associations with tournament injuries factor sub-category not injured during tournament injured during tournament statistical and p-value previously injured in past year no 92 47 x 2 = 20.645 p < 0.0001 odds ratio (95% ci) = 3.548 (2.034 – 6.190) risk ratio (95% ci) = 1.861 (1.375 – 2.519) yes 32 58 gender female 56 53 x2 = 073 p = 0.390 male 69 52 original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 more frequently reported than acute injuries. [10, 12] in a german study comparing indoor and outdoor field hockey, outdoor hockey reported overuse for males and females as a combined 53.4% of all reported injuries.[4] this supports the theory that the burden of overuse injuries is often greater than observed and which may account for the incidence/time-loss mismatch seen in the present study. generalisability of the study results the present study may be used as an updated record of observational injury incidence for south african field hockey, which should be improved upon over time. the injury definition used in this study, ’any physical discomfort resulting from hockey related activity, regardless of severity or need for medical attention,’ was broad enough to capture all physical complaints and to subsequently categorise them by time-loss and whether medical attention was required. this is in line with the consensus statement for football injuries, which the researchers deemed to be a sport similar to hockey in physical and tactical game play.[8] the format of the tournaments in the present study included seven consecutive days of fixtures for all participating teams, regardless of playoffs and finals. this is not common practice in international field hockey, with tournaments such as the summer olympics and world cup taking place over several weeks. it is thus hypothesised that the format of the tournament had an influence on observed injuries for both males and females in field hockey. this has been explored in other team sports, including cricket, rugby, and football. in football, it has been reported that congested periods of fixtures can affect the match recovery of players.[14] this may present challenges when comparing injury rates with other tournaments or seasonal field hockey research. despite the heterogeneity of definitions, methodologies, and formats in research, the researchers maintain that the results of this study are an estimate of all injuries observed in the tournament format of field hockey for senior participants within south africa. strengths and limitations the present study included the largest sample observed in south african field hockey to date and combined both male and female participants. it is the first study in south africa to capture male injury incidence in field hockey. the injury incidence observed in the present study should form part of long-term injury prevention for south african field hockey participants. this is in line with the sequence of injury prevention proposed in 1992 [15], which has since been updated to include the ‘translating research into prevention practice’ framework, and the ‘team sport injury prevention’ cycle [16]. through each evolution of the injury prevention paradigm, injury surveillance remains the foundation on which prevention or risk reduction is built. the definition of injury utilised in the present study is both a strength and a limitation. it allowed the researchers to capture all injuries experienced by participants because of its all-encompassing definition, which is a strength. much of the current literature captures only injuries causing time-loss or removal from field of play as their identification of injury.[1] the use of time-loss in the identification of injury would have yielded a limited amount of data compared to what was collected with this study’s definition. the use of self-reporting allowed the study to explore a large sample, albeit with limited resources. this method, combined with the broad injury definition, allowed the study to observe injury and its association through a wide lens. in the current context of this research being the first of its kind in south africa, an overview was warranted so that subsequent research can further explore the main findings of this study. the use of a self-reporting questionnaire as the method of injury reporting is a limitation to the present study.[17] the subjectivity of self-reported injuries can lead to overor underreporting of injuries, and although participants were guided by the injury definition, there remained a constant potential input error. the completion rate of the injury questionnaire was also a limitation to this study, and during both tournaments, responses declined throughout the week. this limited the ability of the data collected to reflect the actual injury incidence of the players during the tournaments, as it assumed that the non-responses represented non-injury. this poses a challenge for future research to create a follow-up protocol or to use thirdparty data collection to mitigate the decline in the response rate as a tournament progresses. the short observation period (seven-day tournament), combined with the study’s inclusive injury definition and selfreporting design, may have led to overreporting of the incidence of injury compared to that in existing literature. furthermore, this may have led to the underestimation of the role of overuse injuries being part of the high incidence rate recorded. although it was postulated that certain injuries not resulting in time-loss would fit into an acute-on-chronic pattern or be caused by previous injury or overuse, the researcher cannot objectively comment on this based on the limitations in the classification of injuries. the study was also unable to categorise injury mechanisms, and it is unknown whether contact or non-contact mechanisms caused the injuries observed. the use of injury classification systems, such as the oslo sports trauma research questionnaire [18] or the orchard classification system, [19] could have strengthened the external validity of the study. recommendations for future research the researchers recommend the exploration of web-based surveillance for future research.[3] this method is already employed by national bodies for cricket and rugby within south africa [17] and would allow saha to observe patterns of injury over extended periods of time in different formats of the game. internationally, a clear consensus statement for field hockey research should be issued by the fih to standardise future research. [4, 9, 10, 12, 20] conclusion to our knowledge, this was the largest observational study conducted in south african field hockey that included both original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 male and female players. high incidence rates of all injuries and medical attention injuries were identified; however, the incidence of time-loss injuries was low in comparison to existing literature. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors appreciate the time of the research participants, provincial unions, and the south african hockey association. author contributions: np was the primary researcher. lc and tlb supervised the research and were involved in the design and review processes of this study. all authors read and approved the final manuscript. references 1. theilen t-m, mueller-eising w, wefers bettink pj, et al. injury data of major international field hockey tournaments. br j sports med 2016;50(11):657-660. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2015094847] [pmid: 26246418] 2. espí-lópez gv, lópez-martínez s, inglés m, et al. effect of manual therapy versus proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation in dynamic balance, mobility and flexibility in field hockey players. a randomized controlled trial. phys ther sport 2018;32:173-179. [doi: 10.1016/j.ptsp.2018.04.017] [pmid: 29793126] 3. hammond le, lilley jm, pope gd, et al. the impact of playing matches while injured on injury surveillance findings in professional football. scand j med sci sports 2014;24(3):e195200. [doi: 10.1111/sms.12134] [pmid: 24118123] 4. hollander k, wellmann k, eulenburg cz, et al. epidemiology of injuries in outdoor and indoor hockey players over one season: a prospective cohort study. br j sports med 2018;52(17):1091-1096. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017-098948] [pmid: 29936428] 5. naicker m, mclean m, esterhuizen tm, et al. poor peak dorsiflexor torque associated with incidence of ankle injury in elite field female hockey players. j sci med sport 2007;10(6):363371. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2006.11.007] [pmid: 17560829] 6. bayne h, schwellnus m, van rensburg dj, et al. incidence of injury and illness in south african professional male soccer players: a prospective cohort study. j sports med phys fitness 2018;58(6):875-879. [doi: 10.23736/s0022-4707.17.07452-7] [pmid: 28488835] 7. starling l, readhead c, viljoen w, et al. the south african rugby union youth weeks injury surveillance report 2018. s afr j sports med 2019;31(1):1-19. [doi: 10.17159/2078516x/2019/v31ila6365] 8. fuller cw, ekstrand j, junge a, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. br j sports med 2006;40(3):193-201. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2005.025270] [pmid: 16505073] 9. barboza sd, nauta j, emery c, et al. a warm-up program to reduce injuries in youth field hockey players: a quasiexperiment. j athl train 2019;54(4):374-383. [doi: 10.4085/10626050-79-18] [pmid: 30995118]. 10. lynall rc, gardner ec, paolucci j, et al. the first decade of webbased sports injury surveillance: descriptive epidemiology of injuries in us high school girls' field hockey (2008-2009 through 2013-2014) and national collegiate athletic association women's field hockey (2004-2005 through 2013-2014). j athl train 2018;53(10):938-949. [doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-173-17] [pmid: 29995460]. 11. hägglund m, waldén m, magnusson h, et al. injuries affect team performance negatively in professional football: an 11-year follow-up of the uefa champions league injury study. br j sports med 2013;47(12):738-742. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2013092215] [pmid: 23645832] 12. barboza sd, joseph c, nauta j, et al. injuries in field hockey players: a systematic review. sports med 2018;48(4):849-866. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-017-0839-3] [pmid: 29299879] 13. bahr r, holme i. risk factors for sports injuries — a methodological approach. br j sports med 2003;37(5):384-392. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.37.5.384] [pmid: 14514527] 14. page rm, marrin k, brogden cm, et al. physical response to a simulated period of soccer-specific fixture congestion. j strength cond res 2019;33(4):1075-1085. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000002257] [pmid: 29023324] 15. van mechelen w, hlobil h, kemper hc. incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries: a review of concepts. sports med 1992;14(2):82-99. [doi: 10.2165/00007256-19921402000002] [pmid: 1509229] 16. finch c. a new framework for research leading to sports injury prevention. j sci med sport 2006;9(1-2):3-9. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2006.02.009] [pmid: 16616614] 17. brutus s, aguinis h, wassmer u. self-reported limitations and future directions in scholarly reports analysis and recommendations. j manage 2013;39(1):48-75. [doi: 10.1177/0149206312455245] 18. clarsen b, rønsen o, myklebust g, et al. the oslo sports trauma research center questionnaire on health problems: a new approach to prospective monitoring of illness and injury in elite athletes. br j sports med 2014;48(9):754-760. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2012-092087] [pmid: 23429267] 19. rae k, orchard j. the orchard sports injury classification system (osics) version 10. clin j sport med 2007;17(3):201-204. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0b013e318059b536] [pmid: 17513912] 20. barboza sd, nauta j, van der pols mj, et al. injuries in dutch elite field hockey players: a prospective cohort study. scand j med sci sports 2018;28(6):1708-1714. [doi: 10.1111/sms.13065] [pmid: 29377400] j o u r n a m o f t h e s a s p o r t s m e d i c i n e a s s o c i a t i o n si4dicts miedicinie pqfrtgienieieskundie t y d s ® if v a n di e s a s p o r t g e n ee s k un d e v er e n i gi n g / : a • physiotherapy backweek • back injuries • ultra man •soccer injuries v o l 2 n o 3 1987 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) reg. n o ./h r.tv 5 .1/233 [53 ] in sports injury and trauma. didopm«jc mdium sc 99 r«9 ke x/1k2s3 v o lt a re n g t 50 g e ig y didophenac sodium 50 mg (enteric coated tablets) for full p re s c rib in g in fo rm a tio n c o n s u lt mdr o r p a c k a g e in s e r t o r c ib a -g e ig y ( o i l ) 9 2 9 9 1 1 1 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) a contents journal of the s.a. a sports medicine tydskrif van dies a sportgeneeskundeverenioino w m editorial comment teaching of sports medicine kb feature back week d feature back injuries in gymnastics w m pensees sport and the philosophy of life w t j ultra man ultra man put to test e71 sasma news f£] feature soccer injuries [ 3 abstracts bodybuilders' psychosis fe1 feature memory jogger fe1 forum rugby injuries and tackle national symposium editor inchief drcnoble mb bch, fcs(sa) associate editors proftnoakesmbchb.md dr daw ie van velden mb chb (stell), m prax med(pretoria) advisory board medicine: dr i cohen mb chb d obst, rcoc orthopaedic traumatology: dr p firer bsc (eng) mb bch (wits) m med (orthoxwits) bric e hugo mb chb, mmed (chir) orthopaedics dr jc usdin mb bch, frcs (edin) cardiology: col dp myburch sm mb chb, facc physical education: hannes botha d phil (phys ed) gynaecology: dr jack adno mb bch (wits) md (med) dip o&g (wits) front coven transparency courtesy of image bank. the journal o fth e s a sports medicine association is exclusively sponsored by ciba geigy (pty) ltd. the journal is produced by bates hickman and associates (pty) ltd., po box 783776, sandton 2146. the views expressed in this publication are those of the authors and not necessarily those of the sponsors or publishers. august 1987 vol 2, no 3,1987s p o rtb e s e rin g s en s p o rt in ju ry a n d k a rd io re ha b*)ftasie | c a rd ia c r e h a b ilita tio n p ro g ra m p ro g ra m m e 16 c ib a -g e ig y 1r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) teaching of sports medicine clive noble mbchb.fcs (sa) editor in chief n recent months i have been touring south afri­ ca giving lectures on sports injuries. unfor­ tunately, i have often been appalled at the lack of knowledge of general practitioners as regards sports injuries and sports medicine in general. there are a few enthusiastic souls who have a positive interest but for the re­ mainder of the doctors, the interest has been sadly lacking. the teaching of sports medicine in our universities has been kept to a minimum. there is no university, to my knowledge, that has a course in sports medicine or even a course in sports injuries, despite the fact that in private practice, a consider­ able number of injuries are seen. in many cases the sports injured patient and especially the runner, will seek al­ ternative medicine rather than attend a general practitioner as they feel that the knowledge of the gp. is not suffi­ ciently good and therefore the assess­ ment and handling of the injury has left the runner frustrated and because of the usual advice of 'rest for six weeks' untreated. surely the time has come for our medical schools to in­ troduce a course, albeit short, in sports medicine, taking in the various fields. many sporting injuries are not specific to sport but particularly the overuse in­ juries are seen almost exclusively in sport. bio-mechanics, as a subject, is almost excluded from university curric ulae i do not think that it should be the task of sports medicine doctors to be teaching cps basic sports medicine up­ dating of knowledge should be all that is required. in this journal we have a stimulating article on soccer injuries written under supervision by two medical students. why cant there be more like this com­ ing from our universities? let us hope that the future will see an emergence of sport medicine from our halls of learning. comrades marathon some time ago i queried what would happen if there were a large number of casualities in comrades. i also sug­ gested that the qualifying time be reduced to reduce the numbers in the race in the media it was reported that more than adequate facilities existed to cope with all emergencies and that there was no need to reduce the quali­ fying times. well, this year the com­ rades organisers were put to the test. the sight of runners lying on stretch­ ers on the ground did not give one the impression of "adequate facilities". i am told that the medics did a sterling job, however, under trying circumstances. the excessive heat was obviously a major factor in creating the problems. in the us.a. many races would be can­ celled with the temperatures ex­ perienced during comrades. i do not daily news know the answer because cancelling comrades would have resulted in a riot the likes of which would have made the worst soccer violence pall into insigni­ ficance. possibly the doctors involved in comra­ des treatment should have the power to take obviously ill or injured runners off the road. back injuries back injuries in sport cover the whole spectrum of severity from the "nigg ly" to the catastrophic. they often make diagnosis difficult and treatment even more so. the catastrophic injuries, i.e„ injuries causing paralysis are fortunately rare in controlled sporting situations diving into empty swimming pools and shal­ low streams with resulting neck injury and quadriplegia can only be prevent­ ed by public education. neck injuries on the sports fields are largely associated with the high tackle in rugby and the collapsed scrum. both of these are in the process of being eliminated with the high tackle being outlawed and ex­ perimental changes to the scrumming laws occurring. some sports place tremendous loading forces on the spine with resultant in­ jury. gymnastics, squash and wrestling are such sports. here rule changes will not result in a diminution of these in­ juries so from the medical point of view one has to be sure that the com­ petitors have maximum musculo­ skeletal fitness in order to try and reduce injury possibilities. another problem facing sports doctors is the aging sportsman whose discs are already degenerating. here even more carefully controlled exercises may be necessary in order to prevent injury. the old adage for example still applies one must be fit to play squash and not play squash to get fit!. we wish the physiotherapists the best of luck in their national back week in september 1987. august 1987 vol 2, no 3,19 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) back week hysiotherapy back week 1 6 september 1987. backache is one of the most common ailments seen by doctors and phy­ siotherapists it has been estimated that 80% of people suffer from significant backache at least once in their lives backache affects people's lives in all spheres and is a drain on the country's economy (see statistics) four years ago, the south african society of physiotherapy (sasp) deci­ ded that it was time to start educat­ ing the public on how to prevent and handle backache. national physiother­ apy back week (npbw) thus became an annual event in september during npbw, exhibitions at shopping centres educate the public not only on backache, but on the skill of physio­ therapists in dealing with the problem. physiotherapists have long ceased to function as "technicians" and are now ranked as full professionals in the term. a four year b sc course is now the standard qualification for physiothera­ pists many physiotherapists then pro­ ceed to specialist in the treatment of spinal problems. sponsors have assisted the sasp in producing posters, pamphlets and a nigh quality video on backache (ciba geigyj), all used during np back week. the sabc, & satv has also given cover­ age as well as many newspapers and magazines throughout the country. feedback from the public has been ex­ cellent. there appears to be a great nunger for knowledge about backs. e educational skills of the physio­ therapists are, generally perhaps, not appreciated by medical practitioners wno could prescribe it as readily as ui* t prescribe anti-inflammatories, tnout adequate education, no back airjnn1: can seated effectively, sur yicany or conservatively. ^ u s t 1987 vol 2, no 3,1987 the sasp have not limited themselves to npbw only in their new venture: on­ going projects have been initiated and are worked on throughout the year, eg. the problem of undesirable exercises being given to schoolchildren. mem­ bers of the sasp are going out and educating the schools constantly, help­ ing to modify these exercises and teach children to re­ spect their spi nes, from the beginning. schools also been given puppet shows and been involved in art and po­ ster compe­ titions. the official sasp npbw poster is in fact based on the winning entry from the pretoria school for music art ballet & drama the art departments of up and the pretoria technicons were also involved in de­ veloping a logo for the sasp npbw is an ambitious project with far reaching ideals the sasp are to be con­ gratulated on being the ones to tackle it and deserve the success it enjoys. gillian oosthuizen curriculum vitae dip physio uofs private practice, specialising in spinal re­ habilitation. read papers on the subject at three international congresses. lec­ tures ballet students at the pretoria technicon and pretoria school for mus­ ic, art, ballet & drama on body condi­ tioning and injuries. has been a consul­ tant for various fitness organisations over the last five years. closely involved with npbw statistics o f back pain onanygivendayintheusa,6.5millionmen and women are in bed with low back trouble backinjuriesarethe major indus­ trial disabler. 600 000 workers are away from their jo b s during each year because they hurt theirbacksatwork. according to one estimate this costs their employers about a billion dollars annually in sick pay and in wages for replacement personnel. am ong chronic conditions that limit the activities o f americans at home and at work, bad back rates third—afterarthritis/ rheumatism and heart trouble the reduction o f 40.8% in man hours lost through education and the running o f back schools has been found tobe the best way to handle back trouble. in the uk in 1979, back pain cost british industry 18millionlostworkingdayscom pared with 9.3 from strikes. it cost 18 000 millionrand inlost productionandcostthe state 180 million rand. insouth africa thestatisticsare very hard to come by. from sanlam insurance com ­ pany one statistic is 59% o f the claims in 1983in the age g ro u p o fl5 —24 years were from back and neck problems in the male and 70% in the female r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) feat ur, back injuries in gymnastics he stress placed by gymt nasties on the muscu­ loskeletal system is well known, and disorders about the upper extrem­ ity especially of the shoulder and of the lower extremity particularly the knee certainly occur with great frequency. another area of special concern in the young gymnast, however, is injury to the back and spine in the course of training and competing in this sport. the demands placed on the back, the lower back in particular, for both dra­ matic range of motion and a high lev­ el of strength in performing maneu­ vers and in absorbing shock of dis­ mounts may well exceed that of any sport. in association with such demands, the incidence of disorders of the spine in gymnasts appears to be high.2!j this potential for back injury appears to result not only from single episodes of macrotrauma but also from the repea­ ted microtrauma of hyperflexion, hy­ perextension, or twisting while per­ forming gymnastic maneuvers. jackson et al. first noted an apparent increased incidence of spondylolysis in young female gymnasts when com­ pared with a control population.5 they hypothesized that this was due to the repeated hyperextension of the spine occurring in gymnastics. snook reported two cases of spondylolysis among 66 major injuries in compe­ titive female gymnasts.9 more recently, a report by dzilba and cervin suggested that high level competitive gymnasts appear to have a disturbingly high incidence of problems inclu­ ding not only spondylolysis but also frank vertebral apophyseal compres­ sion fractures and mechanical back pain.2 they re­ viewed the case histories of five elite lyle j. micheli, m .d. ders of the intervertebral discs. figure 1. a and b: a young gymnast is shown in a zero degree of lordosis, anterior-opening boston brace for spondylolysis. figure 2. the hyperextension test, done with each leg, can be diag­ nostic of spondylolysis if pain is elicited with the maneuver. spondylolysis spondylolysis is certainly of of greatest concern as a cause of low back pain in the gymnast. these athletes will usually pre esent with complaints plaints of low back pain, although this is sometimes asso­ ciated with radiat­ ing pain into one or both buttocks this pain is often first noted when the gymnast does a back flip or back walk-over and is often insidious in onset. oc­ casionally, the gymnast indict a single epi­ sode of hyperextension, ora fall, as initiating the pain. although initially only elicited with gymnas ic maneuvers, the pain often be­ comes progres­ sively more sev­ ere with activities of daily living, to the point where it may interfere with simply sitting in school or sleeping. it is, however, usually relieved by supine po­ sitioning. examination examination often reaugust1987 vol 2, no 5, 193*! gymnasts with back evidence of radiographic de­ generative changes on all of their radio­ graphs. although the increased in­ cidence of spon­ dylolysis in gym­ nasts has received most attention, we have found that back pain in the gymnast may be due to a variety of causes, rang­ ing from simple hyperlordotic back pain through ver­ tebral body frac­ tures and disorpain and noted r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) veais a child with a hyperlordotic posture forward bending is often pain­ less but rising to an upright position, particularly against resistance may elicit pain. even more specific, having the child stand on one leg then the other while hyperextending the back will often elicit pain. in the case of the unilateral pars fracture, pain while hyperextending the back and standing on the ipsilateral leg may prove to be diagnostic (fig 2). neurologic examination of the lower extremities is usually unremarkable although there is often some "relative" tightness of the hamstrings it is impor­ tant to emphasize the term "relative," since straight leg raising to 90 degrees from the supine position, while consi­ dered well with­ in the range of normal, may re­ flect a loss of 30 or 40 degrees of motion in a pre­ viously hyper flexible gym ­ nast. careful questioning will usually reveal whether the athlete feels that he or she has lost flexibili­ ty, since flexibili­ ty of the back and hamstrings is a carefully monitored qual­ ity in the gymnast. plain radio­ graphs of the lumbar spine, in­ cluding an­ teroposterior, lateral, and both oblique views are obtained to assess the in­ tegrity of the posterior ele­ ments both ob­ lique views must be obtained, since only a sin­ gle pars interar ticularis may be f r a c t u r e d . although a grade i spondy­ lolisthesis may be evident on the lateral radiograph, particularly if a standing view is obtaining, it is ex­ tremely rare to encounter a higher qrade slip in these patients if the plain radiographs are interpreted as being normal but a high index of suspicion jor spondylolysis persists, based on the nistory and clinical findings, a 1®cnnetium-99 radionuclear bone scan of the lumbar spine should be ob­ tained (fig 4). we have had several pa­ tients with initially "normal" plain radi­ ographs who, on subsequent evalua­ tion, showed clear-cut evidence of pars defects on additional radiographs. if this study shows increased uptake of radionucleotide, we treat the child for a presumptive diagnosis of spondylo­ lysis. unfortunately, not even a normal plain radiograph and a negative bone scan will absolutely rule out spondylolysis as a cause of low back pain. in addition, the presence of an active bone scan should not be used as an absolute criterion for whether to institute treat­ ment in a child with spondylolysis. we have had a number of cases of children with low back pain, suggestive plain radiographs, and "normal" bone scans who have gone on to demonstrate fur­ ther symptoms and, in one case, to progress to a first degree slip. figure 1. a and b, a young gymnast is shown in a zero degree of lordosis, anterior-opening boston brace for spondylolysis. management the management of symptomatic spondylolysis in the young gymnast re­ mains controversial. some physicians are content to manage the patient symptomatically with limitation of ac­ tivity, including no further gymnastics. occasionally, a soft elastic garment, or corset, and flexion exercises are added to the regimen. it is my opinion that this lesion should be treated as a fracture of the pars in terarticularis albeit a stress fracture, the result of repetitive microtrauma and every attempt should be made to reduce the fracture and protect the spine in order to maximize the potential for healing. for this purpose we have used a rigid polypropy­ lene lum ­ bosacral brace which is con­ structed with 0 degrees of lum­ bar flexion, in an attempt to flat­ ten the low back and increase the chance for heal­ ing by opposing the fractured pars elements (fig. 1). once satisfacto­ ry fitting of the brace is at­ tained, the child wears the brace 23 hours per day, with one hour out of the brace for bath­ ing and exer­ cises, which in­ clude abdominal strengthening, pelvic tilts, and antilordotic and lower extremity flexibility exer­ cises. brace treatment lasts for six months or until the bone scan, if i n i t i a l l y positive, becomes negative. most children become asymptomatic within three weeks after brace treat­ ment is initiated, and we allow activi­ ties thereafter, including sports activi­ ties, so long as the child remains asymptomatic. for the gymnast, limit­ ed bar work and tumbling are possible but vaulting and most balance beam ^•cust1987 vol 2, no 3,1987 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) work are not possible. the results of brace treatment are promising. our most recent review of the results of bracing in symptomatic spondylolysis demonstrated that 32 per cent of patients attained bony healing with this program and that 88 per cent of the 75 patients became pain free and were able to resume pain free sports activity even if bony heal­ ing could not be demonstrated by plain radiographs.8 it is important to em­ phasize that athletically incurred spon­ dylolysis is a stable lesion. we have not encountered a significant slip in any of our patients, despite continued activi­ ty. we therefore believe that the child and parents may be counseled that this lesion does not result in spinal in­ stability but, rather, in potentially activity-limiting back pain in the young athlete or adult. as such, every effort should be made to heal the lesion. however, if a lesion does not heal but remains asymptomatic, we believe that the child may still safely participate in vigorous sports activities. although the presence of a positive bone scan at the site of fracture is in­ dicative that the body is still trying to heal the lesion, and may reflect an en­ hanced potential for healing, the presence of a cold bone scan in a radi­ ographic lesion should not be taken as a contraindication to brace treatment. we have attained bony healing in five patients with initially cold bone scans. although we are pleased that 88 per cent of our spondylolysis patients treated with braces became asympto­ matic and resumed full sports activi­ ties, we are still experimenting with new brace designs and different treat­ ment regimens. we are attempting to increase the healing rate above 32 per cent, since frank bony healing of the lesion must hold a better long-term prognosis. vertebral body fracture another cause of back pain in the young gymnast is fracture of the ver­ tebral end plates, particularly at their anterior margins. these fractures ap­ pear to be usually the result of repeti­ tive microtrauma most probably repeated flexion which injures the an­ terior portions of the end plates and can result in frank vertebral wedging. in the gymnast, these fractures usual­ ly occur at the thoracolumbar junction and may involve three or more ver­ tebral bodies, although one or two lev­ els of involvement are more common. at times, these lesions may be labeled scheurmann's disease, or "atypical scheurmann's disease.''" classic scheur­ mann's disease, as characterized by sorenson, occurs in the thoracic spine and involves at least three or more ver­ tebral bodies, with greater than 10 per cent wedging of each body.10 true scheurmann's disease, of course, may also be the result, at least in part, of repeated flexion microtrauma of the dorsal spine in a child who has tight lumbar lordosis, with forward flexion occurring in the dorsal spine rather than in the lumbar spine below. once again, plain radiographs are usual­ ly sufficient to make the diagnosis of this microtraumatic fracture. a bone scan generally shows increased uptake at the lesions but is not necessary for diagnosis. treatment is directed toward putting the spine at rest in order to facilitate normal bony healing. if signifi­ cant vertebral body deformation has already occurred, additional steps should be taken to unload the front of the spine and maximize the potential for bony reconstitution. in our opinion, this is best accomplished with a semi­ rigid thermoplastic brace. if the lesion is at the thoracolumbar junction, a brace with 15 degress of built-in lordo­ sis is used to immobilize the back and unload the front of the spine. brace treatment is used, once again, for 23 hours per day and is continued until bony healing and vertebral body recon­ stitution are evident usually four to six months.7 these children usually become asymp­ tomatic in three or four weeks, and, again, limited gymnastic training is al­ lowed as long as they remain asymp­ tomatic. as with spondylolysis, a high index of suspicion when the athlete first complains of back pain and early initiation of treatment will maximize results. discogenic back pain the differential diagnosis of back pain in the young gymnast must include dis­ cogenic back pain. this disease in the prepubescent child is rare, but its inci­ dence in the adolescent, particularly in the athletically active adolescent, ap­ pears to be increasing.6 the presentation of this disease in the young athlete may be quite different than that usually encountered in the adult. back pain, as such, may be a rela­ tively minor complaint. more frequent­ ly, the child, or his or her coach, may notice a loss of hamstring flexibility, sometimes unilateral, or the onset of a sciatic scoliosis. diagnosis may be difficult to make physical examination may reveal evi­ dence of sciatic irritation, with positive straight leg raising or a positive la segue's sign. loss of reflexes or frank muscle weakness is unusual. often, however, there will be a loss of the abil­ ity to forward flex the spine or reverse the lumbar spine on forward flexion, and this movement may elicit pain. as with all disc disease, conservative treatment aimed at resting the back in a neutral position and avoiding fur­ ther pain or muscle spasm is the primary mode of treatment. in our ex­ perience, the adolescent with disc dis­ ease will usually respond rapidly to bed rest with decreased pain and muscle spasm, but this response may not last if activities are resumed too early we will generally advise the family that their child will be out of vigorous i sports activities for 6 to 12 months fol­ lowing a frank episode of discogenic continued on p c 15. august 1987 vol 2, no 3,190 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) sport and the philosophy of ufe dr dp van velden head: deft of family medicine, faculty of medicine, university of stellenbosch. t seems only logical that a sports medicine journal should explore the philo­ sophy of sport and exer­ cise, looking to the very reason why modern man enjoys the experience of human movement. it would be difficult to understand why almost compulsive devotion to some of the simplest forms of physical activity should create such an exhilarating feeling if consider­ ation were not given to the holistic na­ ture of man uniting his body and soul and mind in an equilibrium of earthly bound, transcendental existence. if we are to persue a complicated philosophi­ cal explanation for the basic phenome­ non of sport, we will fail to come to a clear understanding of what human movement is all about. we must rather become like chil . ~ _ _ . . dren again, recog­ nizing the very truth in our exis­ tence, and revel­ ling in the mere gift of life, admit­ ting that we par­ ticipate in mean­ ingful activities simply for the fun of it! we need to be liberated for so many artificial barriers in our lives if we do not want to fall victim to stress, alcohol and drug abuse, addiction to calo­ ries and nicotine and a host of hy­ pokinetic diseas­ es it is amazing to come to the reali" s ' l h zation that many ____ __ of the meaning' x . ful activities we e * 8 'n could be explained in very r n n i? t e r m s a r e w e n o t all striving to ina happiness in the search of what reaiiy matters the truth makes life worthwhile? it is in this constant search for meaning through exercise that we are able to lose some of the unneces­ sary burdens western society has im­ posed on us. these burdens have blur­ red our vision so much that we are un­ able to see that happiness and fulfil­ ment are actually within us and cannot be bestowed on us by materialistic means. love cannot be bought, traded or begged it has got to be created un­ conditionally through devotion to our conception of the truth. if sport and exercise bring us closer to this ideal, we do not need to look any further for ex­ planations of why people enjoy sport in the same way as children enjoy their play. dit is nie 'n vreemde verskynsel dat sportgeneeskundiges hulle soms besig hou met filoso fiese soeke na die redes waarom sport en oefening so 'n belangrike hoeksteen vorm van 'n gesonde leefwyse nie. ge bore uit die wete dat die mens 'n g e in t e g r e e r d e wese is waarin lig gaam, siel en gees in ekwilibrium ver keer, is dit duidelik dat aantasting van enige van die drie komponente van die menslike bestaan aanlei ding kan gee tot versteuring van die gesondheid. dit is deur hierdie holistiese siening dat geneeshere al hoe meer onder die indruk gekom het dat gesond­ heid meer is as net die afwesigheid van siekte of gebreke, en dat insette van ons maatskaplike en sosiale sisteem, die ekologie en geestelike verryking net so august 1987 vol 2, no 3,1987 'n belangrike aspek van gesondheid uitmaak as 'n gesonde liggaam. indien reg aangewend, kan sport en oefening 'n sterk bondgenoot word op die pad na gesondheid. sou die posi tiewe motiveringseienskappe van fiks heid ten opsigte van gesonde eet-, rooken drinkgewoontes te wyte wees aan die feit dat betekenisvolle fisieke aktiwiteite 'n optimale geestelike en sielkundige klimaat skep waarin 'n ge­ sonde lewenspatroon gedy? dit blyk egter nie altyd so simplisties te wees nie! alleenlik wanneer oefening en sport as 'n genotvolle aktiwiteit of spel uitbundige vreugde verskaf, ontdek die mens homself en die doel van sy aard se bestaan binne die konteks van die sin in die lewe. dit is jammer dat so baie mense oefening as 'n marteling ervaar en met geen oorredingsvermoe oortuig kan word dat dit wel 'n bron van plesier kan wees nie. dit mag wees dat die moderne kompeterende lewe die genot uit die spel gehaal het deur 'n oordrewe wen-motief en prestasie moraal in sport te bring. dit het 'n gemeenskap van "verloorders" gekweek om te verloor bly 'n negatiewe motiveringsfaktor indien die deel nemer nie daarin kan slaag om sy benadering ten opsigte van oefening aan te pas tot 'n genotvolle geestelike ervaring deur 'n fisieke medium nie. daarom is dit belangrik dat ons weer sal besin oor die doel en wese van sport en oefening. indien die strewe na fiksheid gesondheidsbevorderend moet wees, is dit nodig dat die kinder like vreugde van toegewyde deelname aan sinvolle aktiwiteite weer deel sal vorm van ons lewe die mens soek gedurig na ingewikkelde oplossings vir sy probleme, terwyl die antwoord dikwels so eenvoudig kan wees ontdek jouself, jou behoeftes en gebreke, maar ook jou potensiaal deur sport en oefening! deur te konsentreer op die singewende aspekte van sport en oe­ fening, kom ons nader aan die ervar ingswereld van die kind wat nog uit bundig kan lag vir die spel van die lewe? r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) r7 thewraps "i are off! s m i t h + n e p h e w healing m m x r hands smith and nephew ltd., 30 gillitts road. pinetown 3610 22̂ how elastoplast porous elastic adhesive bandage gives controlled compression and flexible support w h e n treatm ent dem ands a bandage that gives compression and flexible support, your first choice must . be elastoplast porous elastic adhesive bandage. the secret of the effectiveness o f elastoplast porous elastic adhesive bandage lies in its exceptional lengthways stretch and regain properties which enable it to be applied with the correct tension to give controlled compression. these same stretch and regain properties give flexible support allow ing patient m obility and full participation in rehabilitation programmes. d eveloped for south a frican conditions, elastoplast porous elastic adhesive bandage is ideal for strapping swollen or sprained joints, varicous veins, leg ulcers and for other surgical and orthopaedic purposes. the soft fluffy edges of the bandage help to avoid cutting and m arking the skin. a n d although adhesive, the bandage is porous, allow ing the skin to breathe and sweat and exudate to escape. it is features like these, coupled, with back-up service and strapping technique training program m es that have made elastoplast porous elastic a dhesive bandage your first choice for the past 50 years. n ow the wraps are off, ask for it by name when you need controlled compression and support. ’ regimcrctl trade mark r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) r "ultra man put to test' multi-disciplinary endur­ ance event such as the ele­ ments which go to make up the ciba-ceigy sponso­ red ultra man, makes special demands, even on the ultra fit athlete the institute of sport research and training at the university of pretoria is paying special attention to the physio dynamics of the various events invol­ ved. problems could, for instance arise in an athlete who has successfully com­ pleted the comrades marathon on many occasions, when he is challenged to turn his hand, or rather his muscles, to a different ultra distance discipline such as cycling or canoeing. under the guidance of hans daehne, the sports institute puts athletes through their paces, quite literally, un­ der controlled laboratory conditions. leading athletes such as iron man ed­ die king, and transvaal flyhalf schalk naude, subjected themselves to the in­ stitute's battery of tests. these include anthropometric tests, i.e. body type measurements such as mass / height, fat weight ratios and muscle measurements. by specialising in one ultra distance dis­ cipline, muscles are selectively deve­ loped and strengthened. eddie king with his dominant emphasis on run­ ning and cycling was unable to reach his ankles due to shortening of the hamstrings, whereas schalk naude could place his hands flat on the floor. the cybex test measures muscle strength and endurance. under strict conditions of measurement, both the extension and flexion of a limb joint is measured through its total range of motion. while the athlete delivers his maximum output, the cybex compu­ ter plots the appropriate curve. if any svstem is damaged, the injury wn show up as a deviation on the cy tracing. in this way the precise lo­ cation and severity of injuries can be oemonstrated and appropriate physio nerapy or corrective exercise routines prescribed. the institute emphasises the impor­ tance of style in any sport, but particularly in running. top notch cyclists and canoe­ ists tend to have an awkward running style, and it is in the running events that the most injuries during the ultra man sequence are expected. the institute can however get canoeists of on the right foot, so to speak. leaflets are avail­ able on running style — the importance of stance, follow through with the ball of the foot and good arm move­ ment. during the demo peri­ od even eddie king by making a minor adjustment to style was able to smooth his perfor­ mance. a computerised spirometer is used to measure lung func­ tion and lung capacity. wired up like an astronaut, the athlete performs against set standards while instruments measure his capacity to trans­ port oxygen through heart and lungs and convert it into energy at muscle level. this complex parameter, the v02 max, a measure of the body's ability to accept and utilise oxygen is also an index of performance on the athlete's path to superfitness. schalk naude demonstrating the spirometer test v o o b n e n /w and trauma. didophenac sodium 50 mg ( entericcoated tablets ) ^ g ho. k/5.1/253 (wet/act 101/1965) s 3 c ib o -g e ig y (pty) ltd p.o. b ox 9 2 isan do 1 6 0 0 f o r full prescribing informotion please refer to the m.d.r. * ucwt1987 vol 2, no 3,1987 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) u ltraman will test the best with entries having closed for the johannes­ burg stock exchange marathon, the first op­ tional event within the ultra man competition, i think it ap­ propriate to reflect developments wi­ thin ultra man to date response to the competition has been nothing short of phenomenal if one considers the rather substantial chal­ lenge that entrants are faced with. at the time of going to press 132 en­ trance applications had been received and if the encouragingly numerous queries that are received on a daily ba­ sis are anything to go by, a similar num­ ber of entries yet again can be anticipated. there are an abundance of top competitors who have taken up the challenge including the likes of dr "tiffy" king, graeme pope-ellis and george janos, with unconfirmed rumours having it that danny bigg's en­ try is in the pipeline. it seems unlikely that as a former gold medalist in the iron man, hansa duzi and comrades, danny will turn down the opportunity to earn a potential r18000 from a competition that seems tailor made for him. whatever his decision, the na­ ture of the ultra man is such that it would be most difficult to speculate who the winner might be. the tactical element that competitors are faced with in terms of choosing events is bound to add a decisively interesting dimension to the challenge, with a bet­ ter than average competitor who com­ pletes all eight events standing a good chance of being up there with the best of them. a misconception that has developed amongst interested parties is that ultra man will have their final points stand­ ing calculated on an average rather than on an aggregate basis. the oppo­ site is in fact the case which means that any event completed will yield a positive addition of points to a compe­ titors total. a maximum of 100 points will be earned by the first ultra man home in each event which means that a total of 800 points could be earned in the unlikely event of one athlete win­ ning all eight races. for those people who have not yet en­ tered, i would like to stress that entries will be welcomed up to november 15. the first compulsory event is the vas byt ultra man cycle challenge on november 28, a 165km cycling event which is dominated by a series of rather daunting hills. entrants for ultra man will be mailed information on this event which will include a map of the route. with the "vasbyt" looming i would like to take this opportunity to wish our competitors the best of luck in this event, the second out of the eight en­ durance tests that lie ahead. bester takes ultra man lead comrades marathon specialist nick bestertakes 100 ultra man bonus points into the 165km vasbyt cycle ultra mara­ thon on november 28 after finishing ninth in the recent 50km johannesburg stock exchange marathon. thejsewasthefirstoptionaleventona gruelling ultra manfixture list and bester who was 25th in the comrades mara­ thon this yearin 6:12:08, finished ninth af terthe run from johannesburg to voor trekkerhoogte with a time of 2:59:07. as the top ultra man finisher, bester fromlefttorightcraemepope-ellis, danny biggs, dr eddie king, nic bester, piet mare. earned an automatic 100 bonus points. points were awarded to the other ultra man contenders according to a special formula and piet mare grabbed second place on the log with 92,38 points after clocking 3:12:54 in the jse. third is top endurance athlete danny biggs, who is having a "full go" at ultra man after a disappointing comrades mara­ thon thisyearin which hefinishedoutof the gold medals in 18th place. biggs picked up 85,99 points for his 3:24:28in the jse,justahead of duzi "king" graeme pope-ellis. “the pope" clocked 3:25:51 for 85.22 bonus points, while pierre de jager is fifth on the ultra man log with 84,72 points from a time of 3:26:45. phillip van tonder is sixth (84,02 points; jse time of 3:28:01), followed by roger zipp (83,13; 3:29:38); phillip demosthe nous(82,72; 3:30:22), veteran geoff mat­ thews (81,77; 3:32:06)and kenneth poole (81,71; 3:32:12). leading the woman in the series spon­ sored by ciba-geigy is experienced ultra­ distance athlete priscilla carlisle, who earned 68,76 pointsfrom her jsetimeof 3:55:37. sally luckoff has 59,37 from 4:12:44 and . sandra niemand 45,45 from 4:37:47 a total of 164 ultra man competitors ran the jseinsearch of bonuspoints. among them was two-time leppin iron man tri­ athlon champion eddie king — 17th on the log with 80,02 points from time of 3:35:15. the total number of ultra man entrants so far is275,andentrieswill be accepted until october 30. missingfromthejsewascurrentsunday times/leppin iron man champion henk watermeyer. he will, however, be one of the top con­ tenders in the vasbyt ultra marathon and he still has the opportunity to boost his points tally in the midmar mile swim in february, arguscycletourin march and two oceans marathon in april. organised by spekecyclingclub,thevas byt ride starts (6am) and finishes at the continued on pa ce 19. r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) sasha update, sasgv nuus sasma news dr. d p van velden head: department o f family medicine e a afloop van die sukses volle sportgeneeskunde kongres in kaapstad, kyk die sportgeneeskunde vereniging weer indring end na sy doelstellings om te bepaal tot watter mate die vereniging daarin geslaag het om sekere ideale te verwesenlik. alhoe wel daar heelwat verrig is met betrek king tot die bevordering en dissemina sie van kennis insake die hantering van top sportlui, publikasies van sportwe tenskaplike navorsing en die diagnose, behandeling en rehabilitasie van sport beserings, kan daar nog heelwat meer gedoen word in die veld van die kor rekte gebruik van sport en oefening vir die voorkoming van siektes en die be­ vordering van gesondheid. weens die paradoks wat daar bestaan tussen sport en gesondheid as gevolg van die negatiewe aspekte van kompe terende sport en oefening soos bv. die veelvuldige beserings, hittesteek, ver minderde weerstand teen virusinfek sies, onoordeelkundige gebruik van sti mulante ea. middels, en ook die wan opvatting wat daar bestaan dat fiks heid sinomiem is met gesondheid, is dit logies dat die mediese professie met reg skepties staan teenoor die rol wat sport kan speel in gesondheidsbevor dering. die geneesheer is primer ver antwoordelik vir sy pasient die beseer de sportman se gesondheid en kom dikwels in konflik met sportadministra teurs, afrigters en die sportman se eie belange en moet soms moeilike beslui te neem wat groot implikasies kan in nou vir 'n sportman se toekoms, soos nou ook duidelik blyk uit die geval van naas botha en die probleem van sy konkussie. alhoewel die sportman dus nie altyd die toonbeeld van gesondheid is nie, moet geneeshere kennis dra van die oaie positiewe rol wat sport en oefe­ ning mag speel in die holistiese bena qenng tot gesondheid. oonentoesiastiese sportlui self verklaar onomwonde dat hulle nie 'n dokter no o p het nie, "ek is my eie dokter ek kan me onthou wanneer laas ek siek was nie, die dokters weet nie waarvan hul­ le praat wanneer dit by gesondheid en fiksheid kom nie" ons moet ongelukkig erken dat sportlui soms geregtig is om sulke stellings te maak, aangesien ge­ neeshere dikwels geen opleiding kry in gesondheid en vele ander aspekte ra kende sportgeneeskunde nie. in hierdie opsig het die s a sportgeneeskunde vereniging 'n groot taak om geneeshe­ re toe te rus met die nodige kennis en tegnieke om sportlui bevredigend te hanteer. die tyd het waarskynlik ook aangebreek om 'n formele nagraadse sportgeneeskundige kwalifikasie in te stel om te voorsien in die toenemen de behoefte aan deskundige kennis op die gebied van die mediese aspekte van sport. the south african sports medicine association has recognized its respon­ sibility in this regard, and decided to change the format of the journal slightly, to accommodate more scien­ tific articles on health promotion through a healthy lifestyle. exercise, sport and fitness are only small, albeit important integral parts of promoting optimal health. because the medical profession has a holistic approach to­ wards health and health promotion, and realizes that the human being is highly adaptable and complicated, we have good reason to be reserved in ma­ king certain unqualified statements on health and disease prevention some­ times to the point of dissatisfaction of the general public and the sports fra­ ternity. although research done by the medical profession does not supply all the answers, we are in possession of certain sound scientific proof that a healthy lifestyle can do more than cer­ tain of the modern therapeutical mo­ dalities to preserve optimum health these are the facts that we would like to publish in our journal. the general practitioner should play a much more active part in health pro­ motion and disease prevention, as he has done in the past in his traditional palliative role as comforter of the sick fsieketrooster") in certain of the self in­ flicted chronic degenerative diseases of the western society. it has long been recognized that the super specialist cannot cater for the total needs of the sportsman, because sports medicine is a multiprofessional discipline incorpo­ rating aspects of all the traditional me­ dical specialities as well as additional knowledge of the exercise sciences, nu­ trition, psychology and even sports ad­ ministration. the sports physician should be knowledgeable of all these aspects ranging from sleep disturban­ ce in sportsmen, through drug abuse, malaria prophylaxis and the adverse in­ fluence of the ecology on the practi­ sing sportsman. the journal wishes to broaden its readership and address the family physician on all the relevant is­ sues of sport, health and the family that is necessary to promote the health not only of the individual, but also of the community as a whole. in the next few issues we envisage pub­ lishing articles on recreational sports, such as hiking for the entire family, ef­ fective stress management program­ mes in an abnormal society as well as the role of a healthy family and sexual life in the concept of holistic health. we also wish to inform our readers on forthcoming congresses and seminars in sports medicine and health matters both here and abroad. the contribu­ tion of physiotherapy to the manage­ ment of sports injuries is becoming in­ creasingly important, and it would be appropriate to have a regular column on sports physiotherapy. nutrition is also an area of major concern that can feature very prominently in our jour­ nal. the editorial committee would wel­ come any contribution from our read­ ers. it is very important that we should maintain a high standard of scientific credibility in all our articles to further the interest of sports medicine in all spheres of the health professions. ^*jcust1987 vol 2, n o 3,1987 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) soccer injuries i. surve 4th year medical student j. ranchod 4th year medical student a.n. kettles registrar from: the department o f community health, university o f cape town, s ummary soccer is the most wide­ ly played sport in south africa yet no study of soccer injuries in this country has apparently been published. this survey examines the relationship of injuries to factors, both intrinsic and extrinsic to the player all injuries are classified according to type, site, seve­ rity, recurrence, and manner of sustain­ ing the injury. a relationship between injury and some of these factors is shown, the most important being field condition, protective equipment and division played in. suggestions are made as to how to reduce these inju­ ries. it is also recommended that a fol­ low up study be done on some of the relationships emerging from this study. 1. introduction soccer is the most widely played sport in the world.1 more than 40 million ac­ tive players were registered with the federation of international football association in 1982.2 as in other con­ tact sports, soccer has an inherent injury risk w and soccer is considered to be responsible for 50-60% of all sports injuries in europe. epidemiological studies have been performed on soccer injuries 1 but it appears that no such information is yet available on south african soccer, despite the fact that soccer surpassed rugby as the most popular sport in this country in 1984.6 as an initial step towards the prevention of soccer inju­ ries in south africa, the principal authors determined the distribution and pattern of soccer injuries among amateur soccer players, over a period of 9 weeks, extending midway into the 1985 playing season. 2. materials and methods for the purposes of this survey, an in­ jury was defined as one that required the attention of the first-aid staff avail­ able at each match. the following procedure was adopted to identify injuries occurring in matches included in the survey: on the morning of each match — saturday, the first aid teams allocated to each match were given a detailed explana­ tion of the project and the question­ naire, which also had an explanatory sheet attached. specific instructions were given to ensure that a question­ naire was completed for each player who received first aid attention during the match. the two allocated first aid­ ers were accompanied by an occupa­ tional therapist or the authors until such time as they were competent to complete the questionnaire on their own. they were then checked at regu­ lar intervals to ensure that a high stan­ dard was maintained. the question­ naires were collected after each match. the questionnaire included data about factors both intrinsic and extrinsic to the players, e.g. age, division, playing position, field, weather condition, injury (type), protective equipment worn by august 1987 vol 2, no 3,19# players, referee, etc. each field was graded according to the following criteria: surface, evenness, presence of tufts and holes, clarity of markings. the survey population consisted of senior members of the cape district football association — an amateur football body with 22 clubs and a to­ tal membership of ± 10 0 0 players. senior players were defined as all play­ ers in the under 18, under 21, 2 nd, 1st and premier divisions. to assess the opinion of players about factors potentially leading to soccer in­ juries, a random sample of 100 players was chosen, using random number ta­ bles each player was asked to com plete a questionnaire listing eight possible factors from which they were asked to indicate the three which they consi­ dered were the most important. r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) 3 results number and incidence rate of injuries a total of 227 games were played by 6 4 teams of 11 players each while game duration varied with division. the total number of playing hours studied was 5 826. a total of 73 injuries were recorded, giving an overall injury inci­ dence of 1 injury per 80 playing hours, or 12,5 per 1 000 hours played. this reflects an average risk of 1 in 68 per game for each player. showed the highest injury incidence per game played i.e. 0,8, while the aver­ age for all divisions was 0,32 injuries per game. injury by playing position table ii shows the relationship between playing position and number of injuries the majority of injuries occurred to midfield players (32%) and the least to goalkeepers (15%). however, there is only one goalkeeper per team, and on average three backs, three forward and table i: injury distribution over divisions and time. no. of no. of no of no. of injuries total man hours incidence rate per 1000 man hours division teams games injuries per game played played u18 14 38 14 0,37 836 16,67 u21 10 40 19 0,48 880 21,74 2nd 22 95 5 0,05 2438 2,23 1st 9 24 11 0,46 792 13,89 premier 9 30 24 0,80 880 27,0 total 64 227 73 0.32 5826 12,53 different injuries with regard to divi­ sion or playing position, although lacer­ ations were relatively more common in defence positions and sprains more in attacking positions. table ii: injury incidence in different playing positions number corrected of percentage position injuries of injuries goalkeeper 11 (15%) 37,0% back 19 (26%) 21,3% midfield 23 (32%) 19,3% forward 20 (27%) 22,4% 73 (100%) 100% table ill: distribution of type of injury type of injury number of injuries sprains lacerations strains contusions fracture 31 (42%) 23 (32%) 13 (18%) 5 (7%) 1 (1% ) 73 (100%) site of injury table iv: distribution of injuries over anatomical sites number of site injuries ankle 18 (25%) thigh 12 (16%) shin 9 (12%) hand 8 (11%) knee 5 (7%) groin 4 (6%) back 4 (6%) foot 3 (4%) calves 3 (4%) elbow 2 (3%) face 2 (3%) neck 1 (1%) shoulder 1 (1%) ribs 1 (1%) 73 (100%) lower limb injuries accounted for 74% of all the injuries (54 out of 73), of which the ankle accounted for a total of 18 (25%). the upper limb injuries comprised 15% of the total (11 out of 73), with the hand accounting for 8 of these severity of injury about one in three of the injured play­ ers had to leave the field whilst the re­ mainder were able to play on. in the to­ tal of 227 games played, 23 injuries could be considered severe, defined as when a player was forced to leave the field as a result of injury. this gives an incidence rate of 1 severe injury per 10 games played, or a severe injury incidence of 4 per 1000 player hours. the overall number of injuries during each week of the season was not great­ ly different and varied from 6 to 10 per four midfield players. thus, if the data are corrected accordingly, the inci­ dence of injury is greatest for the l i f e w-ek, of which 90% were new injuries and 10 % recurrences. [ne proportion of injuries as distribut nrr?ver ĥe divisi°ns showed that they most in the p^m ier league “ 7 }•'followed by the "under 21" (26%) niimk 18’’ category (19%). the t h « u ° f p la y in 9 h o u r s "a t r is k " f o r iese three divisions were approxi e9 y3 ̂although the number of « mes differed. the premier division ^ )0ust 1987 vol 2, no 3,1987 goalkeepers. types of injury table iii shows the frequency of each type of injury. while there was only one fracture, 75% of the injuries comprise sprains (42,5%) and lacerations (31,5%), while 58% of sprains occurred to the ankle, 19% to the knee and 13% to the hand. there was no significant differ­ ence in the relative proportion of r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) field conditions all fields on which matches were played were graded according to a checklist with a maximum score of 40. the num­ ber of injuries and of playing hours for each field was determined, and the in­ jury incidence per 1000 hours was cal­ culated. when and how injuries occurred most injuries occurred in the second half (47, or 64%). the commonest method of injury was a foul (42, or 57%) of which 30 occurred in the se­ cond half. when one combines fouls and fair tackles (53) the majority (40, or 76%) occurred in the second half "the high num ber o f sprains in the forward and m idfield positions could be due to the skilful dribbling involved in these positions, especially since 16 o f the 22 sprains recorded were ankle sprains." influence of individual preparation it was established that 39% of injured players had warmed up before games and practices, and 90% had attended at least two soccer practices per week. in general 90% of injured players con­ sidered themselves fit or very fit. the injured players were virtually equally divided over those wearing screw-in studs (37 or 51%) or multi-studs (36 or 4 9 %) and no relationship could be found between the type of studs worn and the injuries sustained. shin guards were worn by 47% of players and none of these players suffered shin lacera­ tions. of the injured players, 47 (64%) participated competitively in another sport. to b e continued in the following edition august 1987 vol 2, no 3,1r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) continued fro m page 6 back pain with sciatica. as with spondylolysis and vertebral apophyseal fractures, we have found brace treatment useful in managing these adolescent athletes with disc dis­ ease. we present this treatment pro gram to the patient and parents as a way of resting the back while allowing the patient to continue being ambula­ tor/ and active, as well as continuing in school. with the patient who has disc disease, the brace that has been best tolerated, particularly early in the treat­ ment regimen, has been the somewhat softer and more flexible polyethylene brace with 15 degrees of lordosis built into the brace. as might be expected, the success rate for disc disease with the brace and rest program has not been as high as that for spondylolysis or vertebral end plate fractures. in our initial series, only ap­ proximately 50 per cent of the young athletes with discogemc low back pain were able to return to full sports activi­ ties without pain.7 it would appear wise, if at all possible, to avoid discectomy in the adolescent with disc disease although the natur­ al history of adolescents after discec­ tomy has not been well studied, the re­ cent review by de orio and bianco sug­ gested that there was a relatively high incidence of continuing back com­ plaints in these patients as adults.1 the recent increased interest in chymopapain injections for discogen ic low back pain with sciatica may have a particularly useful application in the adolescent or young adult with disco genic back pain. in such patients, of course, the disc rupture appears to be the primary event and is usually not as­ sociated with degenerative changes in the facet joints or posterior elements. thus, chymopapain injection to mechanically decompress the bulging disc and the associated nerve irritation might well allow adaptive changes to occur in the associated elements of the spine. the long-term result may be a significantly lower incidence of subse­ quent degenerative changes and back pain in this population. of course, the child with progressive neurologic symptoms, bladder and bowel complaints, or serious motor loss is a candidate for surgical decompres­ sion, as in the adult. spondylogenic back pain when the gymnast with back pain has been carefully evaluated and the afore­ mentioned diagnoses of spondylolysis, apophyseal fracture, or disc disease have been ruled out, the presumptive bgpnosis of spondylogenic back pain may be made this is usually associat­ ed with a hyperlordotic posturing of the lumbar spine, tight hip flexors, and, equently, relatively tight hamstrings and lumbodorsal fascia. children with spondylogenic back pain in association with sports activities will usually respond to a well supervised ex­ ercise program of abdominal stren ghtening, lumbodorsal and hamstring stretching, and antilordotic posturing of the lumbar spine. the pelvic tilt per­ formed in both the supine and stand­ ing position is the foundation of this exercise program. surprisingly, a survey of gymnasts in the boston area by dr michael goldberg revealed that a num­ ber of these were relatively lacking in abdominal strength.5 in some cases, exercises alone have not been sufficient to reverse the lordotic posturing of the low back and relieve the back pain. in such cases, a 0-degree, anterior opening plastic brace has proved to be very useful to relieve the child's pain and allow restoration of function/ these children usually be­ came asymptomatic in three to four weeks. bracing is usually continued for three to four months in combination with the exercise program outlined earlier, then the use of the brace is tapered. "young gymnasts com plaining o f back pain m ust never be passed o ff as having sustained a back strain o r "muscle spasms" and treated symptomatically." tumor and infection a final, extremely important consider­ ation must always be remembered in the young gymnast complaining of low back pain, even pain that is apparent­ ly associated with traumatic athletic ac­ tivities. tumors of the axial skeleton and infectious processes of the disc or end plates must always be considered in the differential diagnosis of the young athlete with low back pain. the incidence of osteogenic sarcoma of the axial skeleton is low in any age group, of course, but the adolescent and young adult are particularly suscepti­ ble to this disease process. in addition, discitis, although more common in the somewhat younger child or young adolescent, can also be encountered in the older adolescent involved in sports activities a recent case of ours outlines this point very clearly. this was the case of a 17-year-old elite tennis player who began complaining of back pain and radiation of pain into the buttocks this pain was severe enough to warrant hospital admission and evaluation. a presumptive diagnosis of discogenic back pain with severe sciatica was then obtained. however, further evaluation showed elevation of the sedimentation rate and a positive bone scan at the l1-l2 level. subsequent radiographs confirmed progressive narrowing of the l1-l2 level, and the diagnosis of disc space infection was made. the patient responded well to a program of rest, brace immobilization, and antibiotic treatment and did not require decom­ pression of the disc. summary the complaint of low back pain in the adolescent must never be taken light­ ly. a high index of suspicion should be particularly entertained in a child par­ ticipating in gymnastic training or com­ petition. as noted in this article, steps can now be taken, particularly if a specific diagnosis is made early, to in­ stitute specific treatment with a high likelihood of success. young gymnasts complaining of back pain must never be passed off as having sustained a back strain or "muscle spasms" and treated symptomatically. persistent back pain beyond two weeks warrants, in our opinion, a complete evaluation, careful history and physical examina­ tion, a four-view radiographic assess­ ment of the spine, and, if necessary, bone scans or other more advanced techniques to make a specific diagno­ sis of the cause of the pain. references 1. de orio, j. k. and bianco, aj.: lumbar disc exci­ sion in children and adolescents. j. bone joint surg. 64a:991-995, 1982 2. dzilba, r.b. and cervin, a.i.: irreversible spinal deform ity in olympic gymnasts annual meeting. american orthopaedic society for sports medicine, anaheim, california, march 1983. 3. goldberg, m.a.: gymnastic injuries. orthop. clin. north am, 11:717-724, 1980. 4. hensinger, r.n.. back pain and vertebral changes simulating scheurmann's disease orthop trans, 6:1, 1982. 5 jackson, d.w, vviltse, ll, and cirincione, r.l spon­ dylolysis in the female gymnast. clin. orthop, 117:68-73, 1976. 6. micheli, l j : low back pain in the adolescent differential diagnosis. am. j. sports med., 7:362-364, 1979. 7. micheli. l j, hall, j.f, and miller, m.e.. use o f the modified boston brace for back injuries in athletes. am. j sports med.. 8:351-356. 1980. 8. micheli. l. j, and steiner, e. m.: the use o f a modi­ fied boston brace to treat symptomatic spondylol­ ysis orthop. trans, 7:20, 1983. 9. snook. ga: injuries in women's gymnastics. am. j. sports med, 7:242-244, 1979. 10. sorenson, h.k.: scheurmann's juvenile kyphosis. copenhagen, munksgaard, 1974. division of sports medicine children's hospital medical centre 300 longwood avenue boston, massachusetts 02115 \ a i august1987 vol 2, no 3,1987 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) bodybuilders' psychosis urther warning of the f hazards of misuse of ana­ bolic steroids by athletes is given by drs harrison pope and david katz of mclean hospital and har­ vard medical school in massachusetts. they treated two men requiring hospital admission for psy­ chosis apparently related to steroid use one was a 22-year-old construction worker who took two eight-week courses of methandrostenolone for bodybuilding. the second was a 40-year-old man with idiopathic impotence who developed major depression with delusions and hallucinations after being prescribed "after the second course he developed severe depressive sym ptom s which lifted after several m onths b u t were followed by prom inent paranoid and religious delusions." methyltestosterone for two weeks. neither patient had any serious psy­ chopathology before this episode and no medical or neuroendocrine abnor­ malities were found. both responded well to neuroleptics and have remained psychiatrically normal for more than two years follow up with no further steroid exposure. intrigued by these cases, drs pope and katz interviewed 31 other anabolic steroid users recruited through adver­ tisements in gymnasia: three had psy­ chotic symptoms including hallucina­ tions and delusions and at least four others had 'subthreshold' psychosis in­ cluding paranoid jealousy and gran­ diose beliefs. in addition, four met criteria for manic episodes while taking steroids and five had major depres sion.none of the subjects described comparable behaviour when not using steroids. such cases show that in ad­ dition to well-described medical effects of anabolic steroids there may be seri­ ous psychiatric effects which have so far been largely unexplored. lancet, 1987, apr 11, i,863. acknowledgement medical news tribune jun 25, 1987 george d. rovere, md low back pain in seasoned athletes is not common, but when present it can limit participation. while direct blows or hyperlordotic positions can cause low back pain in certain sports, the most common cause is overuse and resultant strains or sprains of the paravertebral muscles and ligaments such injuries cause acute pain and spasm, which sometimes do not ap­ pear for 24 hours or longer. diagnosis is based on history, ruling out of sys­ temic maladies, physical examination, and, if necessary, supplemental tests such as x-rays, myelograms, and bone scans. treatment of low back pain due to overuse is, sequentially, bed rest and ice for 24 to 36 hours, heat and mas­ sage, analgesics as needed, and a lum­ bosacral support until flexion and strengthening exercises have returned the damaged part to normal. reference the physician and sportsmedicme vol 15, no. 1, january 87 august 1987 vol 2, no 3,1! 16r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) b omrades torture track by carolyn mccibbon research on runners could provide a new way of boosting performances in the comra­ des marathon by reducing body tempe­ rature and cutting out some of the gruelling agony of the 87-km race. the research — which is a world first — is still in its infancy, and critics have cal­ led for more comprehensive tests and controls before the results are accep­ ted. but early tests show that cramps, nausea vomiting, diarrhoea and kidney problems — which make the durban to pieterm aritzburg route a torture track — are linked to poisons, called endotoxins, relea­ sed into the blood­ stream from the gut after strenuous exercise tests carried out in the medical tent at last years comra­ des, showed that more than 80 per­ cent of runners in the survey had very high endotoxin levels antibodies fight the endotoxins, and research from natal medical school shows that hard training is a natural way of increasing the antibodies but runners eager for boosted perfor­ mances may be tempted to inject themselves with antibodies manufactured by the blood bank. this could cause ethical problems for comrades' organisers who are battling to keep the sport clean. runners are al­ ready subject to tests by the sa ama )?!dr athletics union, but it would be difficult to prove whether runners are injecting themselves with antibodies. mrdanie malan, chairman of the saaau medical committee, said no road runner yad been tested positively for drugs, and “blood doping" was unknown in south africa. professor john brock-utne of the phy ^ o g v department at natal university, wno headed the endotoxin research said: "we have shown that high l n” jpx'ns can cause nausea, vomiting «nd diarrhoea. this may be circumven" when a runner is exhausted, he needs m ore blood sent to his muscles and so the bloodsupplyis shunted from the gut. as a result, the barrier that stops endotoxins from entering the blood is broken down and the endotoxins com e stream ing o u t." ted by high levels of antibodies and one way of getting these high levels is through training" "it appears that with high antibodies you are protected from all the bad side effects of high endotoxins people with high antibodies may be able to perform better; he said. he explained: "when a runner is ex­ hausted, he needs more blood sent to his muscles and so the blood supply is shunted from the gut. as a result, the barrier that stops endotoxins from entering the blood is broken down and the endotoxins come streaming outr endotoxins interfered with the normal functioning of the circulatory system, he said, which then affected the heart, muscles and kidneys. oxygen in the blood was reduced and body temperature shot up, making the runner more tired. poor circulation led to cramps and kidney problems, he said. the basic treatment for kidney failure — which killed one comrades marathon runner last year — was to give intrave­ nous fluids, which would have the effect of flushing endotoxins out of the sys­ tem, he said. professor brock-utne suggested that in the future runners could be tested if they were unsure whether they would be able to complete the course their antibody levels could give an indication of how fit they were people with very low antibodies might then be advised not to run, he said. comrades doctor john godlonton said he had strong reservations about draw­ ing conclusions from the research, be­ cause there were no controls, and the sample was only drawn from runners who had collapsed in the medical tent. dr bosie bosenberg from natal univer­ sity's anaesthetics department, who was part of the endotoxin research team, said it was still too early to draw significant implications from this study. "the results indicate a correlation be­ tween high endotoxin levels and nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea but because we had a very small sample of athletes, it is difficult to draw conclusions" the results could be biased, he said because only 89 runners in bad shape had been assessed. acknowledgement sunday tribune 31 may 87 ‘̂ 'i-'ust1987 v° l 2, no 3,1987 17r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) featurea memory jogger exercises to prevent and treat low back pain 1 pelvic tilt. lie on your back with knees bent, feet flat on the floor, and arms at your sides tighten your stomach muscles and flat­ ten the small of your back against the floor, without pushing down with the legs. hold for five seconds, then slowly relax. 2. knee to shoulder. starting in the same position as for the pelvic tilt, grasp your right knee and gently pull it toward your right shoul­ der. return to the starting position and repeat with the left leg alternate legs 3. double knee to chest, starting in the same position as for the pelvic tilt, use your hands to pull your right leg close to your chest, and then pull the left leg even with the right. grasp both knees and pull them toward your shoulders. let the knees return to arm's length and repeat. 4. partial slt-up. do the pelvic tilt, and while holding this position, curl your head and shoul­ ders up and forward. hold briefly. return slow­ ly to the starting position 5. h a m strin g s tre tch . from the same start­ ing position as for the pelvic tilt, bring one knee to your chest and then straighten the leg vertically, stretching the heel toward the ceil­ ing. you should feel the stretch behind your knee bend the knee and return the leg to the starting position. repeat with the other leg 6. r o tatio nal slt-up. do the pelvic tilt and, while keeping your hips flat, rotate your up­ per body so that the weight rests on the left shoulder then, curl your head and shoulders upward, raising your right shoulder higher than the left hold briefly before returning to the starting position. rotate your upper body to the right and repeat the movement, this time raising the left shoulder higher than the right. 7. cat and cam el. on your hands and knees, relax your abdomen and let your back sag downward then tighten your stomach mus­ cles and arch your back repeat. 8. trunk flexio n, prone. starting on your hands and knees, tuck in your chin and arch your back upward, and then slowly sit back on your heels while letting your shoulders drop to the floor relax return to the starting po­ sition. keeping stomach tight and back arched. repeat. .......... 9. trunk flexio n, seated. sitting near the edge of a chair, spread legs apart and cross arms over your chest be sure the chair will not slip backward or tip. tuck your cnin and slowly curl your trunk downward. relax. uncurl slow­ ly into an upright position, raising your head last r eference vol 15, no. 1, january 87. the physician and sports medicine. continued from pace 10 bester takes ultra man lead lynnwood drive-in theatre and the clos­ ing date for entries is november 2, all vasbyters who complete the race within lohourswillreceiveamedal, track suit badge and certificate. thenext compulsory eventafterthecy clechallengeisthehansaduzi in january, in which ultra man entrants can paddle either single or k2 canoes. the other compulsory events are the 160km sunday times/leppin iron man triathlon in february and the87km com­ rades marathon next june. the overall winner will receiveagold me­ dal and r10,000, with a medal and r1.000 for the others in the top 10 and r2.000 and a medal forthewinnerof each com­ pulsory event. in addition, there will be a medal and r1.000 for the first master(over40)and a medal and r2.000 for the top woman. for further information contact michelle reimers at sports inter­ national on (011) 883-3333. ultraman results for jse marathon1 s t 20 pos. name total points 1. nicolaas bester 100.00 2. piet mare 92.38 5. danny biggs 85.99 i 4. graeme pope-ellis 85.22 1 5. pierre dejager 84.72 6. phillip van tonder 84.02 7. rogerzipp 83.13 8. philip demosthenous 82.72 9. geoffmatthews 81.77 1 10. kenneth poole 81.77 11. stephen rehbock 81.15 12. norrie willliamson 81.14 1 13. didierentressangle 8090 14. lochilochner 80.82 15. richard marshall 80.13 16. jako vanheerden 80.09 17. eddie king 80.02 18. roelofdu toit 79.88 19. martin wood 79.13 20. colin cooper 78.70 1 women's results 1. pricilla carlisle 68.76 2. sallyluckhoff 59.30 3. sandra niemandt 48.22 1 august 1987 vol 2. n0 3.1s 18r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) ” forum i rugby injuries and tackle people, have it pushed through earlier, even on a local experimental basis. yours faithfully dr s ger ps. the playing time should be divided into 4 sessions with 3 min breaks be­ tween each session. reply to dr ger's letter the rugby injury refering to dr selwyn ger's letter regarding rugby injuries, it remains en­ couraging to note that some physicians forum for our readers this forum invites our readers to air their views on any subject related to sport and sports medicine. we welcome your ideas, criticisms, con­ tribution, etc address correspondence to: the managing editor, commedica, po box 3909, randburg 2125. the editor sports journal rugby injuries and tackle dear sir with regard to the above i wish to state, that the incidence can be reduced, pos­ sibly to 0,5% by1) proper coaching techniques with emphasis on basics — how to fall, how to tackle, how to scrum etc. 2) change the tackle law a) for schools — a tackler may only aim for the body area, be­ tween the shoulder (under the axilla) and the hips (on or above circumference bounded by sym­ physis pubis, anterior and posteri­ or superior iliac spines) b) the tackle will not involve throw­ ing the ball carrier to ground. the ball carrier will only have to be held in this position and he must then release, pass or kick the ball. in other words — it would be a modi­ fied form of touch rugby. if, however the ball carrier is thrown to ground, it will not be against the rules. by changing the tackle law as above, i reel that (even for senior rugby) it will: 1j speed up the game 2) it will cut down on rucks, mauls, pile ups — thereby reducing injuries. 3) reduce injuries in general and es pecially knee and ankle injuries. i nave written a similar letter to dr c an'e craven who mentioned that such changes may take ages via the in­ ternational rugby board, out, why shouldn't we, as medical sports august ig 87 v0l nq—igg7 remain concerned about rugby injuries and are willing to make suggestions regarding possible ways of reducing these injuries. it is important that dr ger forwards detailed proposals to the medical com­ mittee of the s.a. rugby board. possi­ ble law changes will also involve discus­ sions with the particular governing bodies like the sa. schools rugby as­ sociation in this case before a well moti­ vated proposal can be presented to the s.a. rugby board for fu rth e r consideration. all attempts must be made to in­ troduce law changes without changing the basic spirit and the game itself. dr hugo chairman: medical committee rugby board sports injury reprint service sports injuries occur as a result of phys­ ical activities carried out either for general recreational purposes or with more professional goals in mind. they may be caused by accidents or by over­ use, and they do not necessarily differ from injuries sustained in non-sporting activities. most sports injuries are minor and would not prevent the average athlete from continuing his daily work, but as more and more people become seri­ ously committed to sporting activities continuing daily work is no longer the only consideration. the injury needs to be treated effectively so that leisure activity can also be resumed at the earliest opportunity. progress in diagnosis and treatment is making rapid strides in the field of sports medicine, and to keep doctors abreast of recent developments ciba geigy have introduced a sports inju­ ry reprint service. this service searches medical publications for the most recent articles dealing with sports medicine and makes them avail­ able to interested doctors. careful and planned rehabilitation is es­ sential after an injury. ciba-geigy, as leaders in the field of antirheumatic and sports medicine, awarded a grant to the national sports research and training institute to promote scientif­ ic sport research and training. doctors who wish to receive reprints of articles dealing with sports medicine on a regular basis, ond/or would like more information on the ciba-geigy sport injury rehabilitation programme should write to: ciba-geigy (pty) limited pharmaceutical division po box 92 isando ^ 1600 19r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) national symposium i heme: drugs & sport par‘jc|pa‘ on da‘ e to be ad w h j h | vised venue: sp o rts h mbm centre — un versitv of pretoria as a result of the negative publicity concerning sport participation and the use of drugs as well as the ignorance and health dangers of the incorrect use of illegal drugs, the institute for sport research and training at the universi­ ty of pretoria have decided to hold a national symposium in order to de­ velop sound perspective in this regard. experts in this field have been invited to present papers covering various top­ ical issues regarding this subject. the programme is as follows: the techniques of testing — by dr p vd. merwe (uovs) medical aspects of ergogenics & other chemical compounds — by dr d. v. vel den (university of stellenbosch) biochemistry of illegal drugs — by professor f. terblanche (university of zululand) ethical aspects — by professor hannes botha (university of pretoria) the use of anabolic steroids from a health point of view — by professor r. van rooyen (university of pretoria) scientific-accepted training methods for the development of strength — by dr n de bruyn (university of pretoria) diet and strength development — by ms mieke faber (national medical coun­ cil — tygerberg hospital) invitations will be sent out to coaches, physiologists, parents, general praction ers and members of the pharmaceu­ tical industry. for further information please contact cert potgieter or petra talijaard at tel. no (012) 342-2150. c m e course in sports medicine — durban 1987 the sa. sports medical association is organising a continued sports medical educational course in durban from the 7th to 9th of april 1988. this will be held in the elangeni hotel. emphasis will be placed in various medical and physiological aspects in the runner and include training and conditioning as well as methods of treating running injuries. forms of intent will be sent to all members of the s.a. sports medical association and other interested bodies. further information will be published in sports medicine journal vol 2 no 4 in november. however early registra­ tions and queries can be directed to organising committee sasma hatfield forum west 2nd floor 1067 arcadia street hatfield pretoria 0083 tel no. 012 43-5594/5/6 in memoriam it is with great regret that we learned of the passing away of dr etricia prins loo in july this year, just five months after having diagnosed her own illness — a rare form of leukaemia. etricia was a medical doctor working on a master's degree in sports medicine (biokinetics) at the university of pretor­ ia. she was the secretary of sasma since april 1987 and an active member of the association since its inception four years ago she played a major role in improving communication and co-operation be­ tween physiotherapists and medical practitioners involved in sports medi­ cine and has been actively involved in the expansion of sports medicine in south africa. she will be sorely missed by all sasma members and we would like to take this opportunity to extend our sincere sym­ pathy to her husband and family. the: suid-afrikaanse sport geneeskunde vereniging south african sports m edicine association application form aansoekvorm full member/volle lid r25 student member/studente-lid r5 tel no/tel n r ............... masa no/mvsa nr . f u ll m e m b e r ; m e a ic a i p ra c iih o n e r rs w h o a re m e m b e rs o f m a s a v o ile l id : m e d ie s e p r a k iis y h s w a ile d e v a n d ie m v s a is s t u d e n t m e m b e r : m e d ic a l s iu d e m s in c lin ic a l y e a^s s t u d e n t e l e d e : m e d ie s e s tu d e n te in huf k iin te s e ja re a p p lic a tio n s lo r m e m b e r s h ip o l s. a s m a s h o u ld b e s e n it o the s e c re ta ry s a s m a . h a tfie ld f o ru m w e s i 1067 a r c a d ia s ire e l h a tfie ld . p 'e io n a c 0 8 3 c h e q u e s 10 a c c o m p a n y m e m b e r s h ip fo rm august 1987 vol 2, no 3,19£ 20 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) avultion-fj1-sc1-jf-f sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 27 background a 24-year-old rugby player presented to an orthopaedic surgeon with a history of dislocation of the left shoulder. it reduced spontaneously and dislocated again later during the same match. on examination there was no residual instability, but the apprehension test for anterior instability was positive. speed s test as well as o brien s test for slap (superior labrum anterior to posterior tear) lesions were negative. there were no signs of rotator cuff tear or impingement. case report and diagnostic procedures the patient was sent for an x-ray series consisting of the routine impingement series and additional views of the inferior glenoid (bernageau and westpoint). no fracture of the inferior glenoid was demonstrated. a magnetic resonance imaging (mri) scan was then requested to evaluate the labro-capsular structures and to exclude an occult fracture or articular surface tear of the rotator cuff. the mri scan showed an avulsion on the inferior glenohumeral ligament attachment to the humerus (figs 1 and 2). this is described as a hagl lesion (humeral avulsion of the glenohumeral ligament).1 arthroscopy of the shoulder confirmed the diagnosis of a hagl lesion (fig. 3). an open procedure was performed to repair the lesion. the postoperative period was uncomplicated and the patient made a full recovery with full range of motion and no residual instability. discussion the hagl lesion is an uncommon cause of recurrent dislocation of the shoulder1,10,13 although biomechanical studies have found a higher percentage of hagl lesions.2 because of the anterolateral to inferolateral location, hagl lesions can be difficult to visualise during arthroscopy and a preoperative diagnosis using mr arthrography can be useful. the most common consequence of a shoulder dislocation in the young subject is a bankart lesion or a bankart variant of the anterior glenolabral complex.5-7, 10, 11 in hagl lesions there is a macroscopic tear of the capsule at the humeral attachment, also described as a reversed bankart lesion. associated injuries are common and include rotator cuff tears, hill-sachs fracture of the postero-superior humeral head, biceps tendon lesions and brachial plexus injury.3, 4, 12 case report humeral avulsion of the glenohumeral ligament of the shoulder r v p de villiers (mb chb, mmed (rad d)) 1 j f de beer (mb chb, mmed (orthop)) 2 k van rooyen (mb chb) 2 p e huijsmans (md)2 c p roberts (frcs (trauma and orthop) 2 d f du toit (d phil (oxon), phd, mb chb, fcs (sa), frcs (ed), fica (usa))3 1 dr van wageningen and partners, vergelegen and stellenbosch mediclinics 2 cape shoulder institute, cape town 3 department of anatomy, stellenbosch university, w cape correspondence: r v p de villiers po box 317 somerset west 7129 tel: 021-851 5545 fax: 021-852 2697 e-mail: rmldev@mweb.co.za fig. 1. mr arthrogram of the shoulder. coronal t1 fat-saturated study shows avulsion of the inferior glenohumeral ligament from the attachment onto the humerus (arrow). note the j-shaped configuration of the axillary recess, which is normally u-shaped. note the impaction fracture of the posterolateral humeral head (dotted arrow). avultion-fj1-sc1-jf-f 5/3/05 8:57 am page 27 28 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 imaging with mr arthrography is the non-invasive investigation of choice.4, 8, 9 management is usually surgical, although conservative management is used in selective cases. references 1. bach br, warren rf, fronek j. disruption of the lateral capsule of the shoulder. a cause of recurrent dislocation. j bone joint surg br 1988;70:274-6. 2. bigliani lu, pollock rg, soslowsky lj, flatow el, pawluk rj, mow vc. tensile properties of the inferior glenohumeral ligament. j orthop res 1992;10:187-97. 3. bui-mansfield lt, taylor dc, uhorchak jm, tenuta jj. humeral avulsions of the glenohumeral ligament: imaging features and a review of the literature. am j roentgenol 2002;179:649-55. 4. coates mh, breidahl w. humeral avulsion of the anterior band of the inferior glenohumeral ligament with associated subscapularis bony avulsion in skeletally immature patients. skeletal radiol 2001;30:661-6. 5. habermeyer p, gleyze p, rickert m. evolution of lesions of the labrum-ligament complex in posttraumatic anterior shoulder instability: a prospective study. j shoulder elbow surg 1999;8:66-74. 6. hintermann b, gachter a. arthroscopic findings after shoulder dislocation. am j sports med 1995;23:545-51. 7. palmer we, caslowitz pl. anterior shoulder instability: diagnostic criteria determined from prospective analysis of 121 mr arthrograms. radiology 1995;197:819-25. 8. sanders tg, morrison wb, miller md. imaging techniques for the evaluation of glenohumeral instability. am j sports med 2000;28:414-34. 9. stoller dw. mr arthrography of the glenohumeral joint. radiol clin north am 1997;35(1):197-116. 10. taylor dc, arciero ra. pathologic changes associated with shoulder dislocations. arthroscopic and physical examination findings in first-time, traumatic anterior dislocations. am j sports med 1997;25:306-11. 11. wall ms, o brien sj. arthroscopic evaluation of the unstable shoulder. clin sports med 1995;14:817-39. 12. warner jj, beim gm. combined bankart and hagl lesion associated with anterior shoulder instability. arthroscopy 1997;13:749-52. 13. wolf em, cheng jc, dickson k. humeral avulsion of glenohumeral ligaments as a cause of anterior shoulder instability. arthroscopy 1995;11:600-7. fig. 2. mr arthrogram of the shoulder. aber (abduction external rotation) view shows a lax inferior glenohumeral ligament. fig. 3. arthroscopic view, looking from posterior through the joint at the anterior capsule. the capsule is torn off the humerus, with the fibres of the subscapularis seen deep to it. avultion-fj1-sc1-jf-f 5/3/05 8:57 am page 28 review 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license anxiety and depression in athletes assessed using the 12-item general health questionnaire (ghq-12) a systematic scoping review n armino,1,2 bsc honours; v gouttebarge,1,3,4 phd; s mellalieu,5 phd; r schlebusch,6 pgce dip; jp van wyk,6 nd sports management; s hendricks1,2,7 phd 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 2 health, physical activity, lifestyle and sport (hpals) research centre, university of cape town, cape town, south africa 3 amsterdam umc, university of amsterdam, department of orthopaedic surgery, amsterdam movement sciences, meibergdreef 9, amsterdam, netherlands 4 amsterdam collaboration on health & safety in sports (achss), amsterdam umc ioc research center of excellence, amsterdam, netherlands 5 cardiff school of sport and heath sciences, cardiff metropolitan university, cardiff, united kingdom 6 south african cricketers’ association, cape town, south africa 7 institute for sport, physical activity and leisure, leeds beckett university, leeds, united kingdom corresponding author: s hendricks (sharief.hendricks01@gmail.com) poor mental health of current and retired athletes is a major concern in sport.[1–7] typically, the incidence/prevalence of mental health symptoms in athletes is studied using symptom-specific questionnaires. for symptoms of anxiety and depression (often comorbid), one such self-reporting questionnaire is the 12-item general health questionnaire (ghq-12). the ghq-12 is a popular self-reporting measure of mental health.[8] the ghq has been used in community, clinical and sport settings.[9,10] the original ghq consists of 60 items, while the shorter more popular version contains only 12 items (ghq-12).[11–13] the popularity of the ghq-12 can be attributed to its robust psychometric properties and being quick and unobtrusive to administer.[11–13] the ghq-12 includes six positively phrased items (e.g. ‘have you been able to concentrate on what you were doing’) and six negatively worded items (e.g. ‘have you lost much sleep over worry’). the ghq-12 can be scored in several ways. for the traditional ghq scoring method (0-0-1-1), items are answered on a 4-point scale with the response categories and scoring values for the positive items representing: ‘not at all’=1, ‘no more than usual’=1, ‘rather more than usual’=0, and ‘much more than usual’=0; and those for the negative items ‘not at all’=0, ‘no more than usual’=0, ‘rather more than usual’=1, and ‘much more than usual’=1.[14] the scores are summed to obtain a total score between 0-12. a score of ≥2 indicates symptoms of anxiety/depression.[9,11] goldberg also suggested that to obtain an optimal trade-off between sensitivity and specificity, the mean score of the group could be used as a threshold.[15] the less frequently used likert-type scale scoring (0-1-2-3) can also be used. the scores are summed to obtain a total score between 0-36, with higher scores indicative of lower psychological wellbeing. because of the larger scoring range compared to the traditional scoring method, the likert-type scale scoring is potentially more sensitive in detecting changes in psychological well-being over time.[11] while a number of reviews on the mental health of elite athletes are available in the literature, [2–5] no review currently exists which focuses specifically on anxiety and depression using the ghq-12. one narrative review provided an overview of the prevalence and risk factors for depression but failed to discuss the tools used to measure depression.[5] other reviews background: the poor mental health of athletes is a major concern in sport. typically, the incidence/prevalence of mental health symptoms in athletes is studied using symptom-specific questionnaires. for symptoms of depression/anxiety, one such selfreporting questionnaire is the 12-item general health questionnaire (ghq-12). objectives: the aim of this review was to synthesise and compare studies using the ghq-12 in athletes to inform future research bodies by identifying trends and gaps in the literature. methods: a systematic search of five electronic databases (google scholar, pubmed, psychinfo, scopus and web of science) was conducted on all published studies up to 1 january 2019. inclusion criteria: (1) participants were able-bodied athletes; (2) studies measured anxiety/depression using the ghq-12; (3) studies were full original articles from peer-reviewed journals; (4) studies were published in english. results: thirty-two studies were included in the review. the prevalence and incidence of symptoms of anxiety/depression ranged from 21-48% and 17-57%, respectively. the majority of studies screening anxiety/depression using the ghq-12 were cross-sectional. almost 70% of the studies used the traditional scoring method. the majority of study populations sampled allmale cohorts comprising football (soccer) players. conclusion: the traditional scoring of 0-0-1-1 should be used with the cut-off set at ≥3. also, the mean ghq-12 score should be reported. potential risk factors for symptoms of anxiety/depression (i.e. recent adverse life events, injury and illness, social support, pressure to perform and career transitioning) and a lack of prospective studies were identified. future research should also broaden the spectrum of athlete populations used and aim to improve response rates. keywords: mental health, elite athletes, sport, well-being s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-13. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10679 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10679 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0126-4177 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2868-3328 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8885-5940 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3416-6266 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8414-0139 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2753-0194 review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 have a broad scope, covering many mental health symptoms and psychological well-being behaviours (e.g. sleep disorders, adhd/add, eating disorders).[2–7] this makes it difficult to compare studies to develop interventions for depression and anxiety. in response, a scoping review of the literature focusing on studies using the ghq-12 was performed. the aim of this review was to synthesise and compare studies using the ghq-12 in athletes in order to inform future research by identifying trends and gaps in the literature. methods search this review was reported in accordance with the preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses (prisma) guidelines. a systematic search of five electronic databases (google scholar, pubmed, psychinfo, scopus and web of science) was conducted on all published studies up to 1 january 2019. key terms included: anxiety, depression, mental health, elite athletes, athletes, sport, general health questionnaires, ghq and combinations thereof. inclusion criteria for the review were: (1) participants were able-bodied athletes; (2) studies measured anxiety/depression using the ghq-12; (3) studies were full, original articles from peerreviewed journals; (4) studies were published in english. studies were excluded if athlete and non-athlete populations were combined as a single group. athletes are defined in this review as individuals who train in sports aiming to improve their performance; are actively participating in sport competitions; registered in a local, regional or national sports federation; and devote several hours on most days to their sport. studies were screened at the title and abstract level for eligibility. if a decision on the eligibility of the study was unclear at the title and abstract level, the full text was retrieved and screened. after merging the databases and removing duplicates, a second author screened the studies for reliability purposes. a schematic of the process is shown in fig. 1. data extraction the authors, year of publication, study design, purpose of the study, study population characteristics (sample size, age, active/retired, ratio of men to women, country), ghq-12 (scoring method, cut-off point, mean score), prevalence and incidence of anxiety/depression, as well as factors associated with anxiety/depression were extracted from each study and tabulated. results a total of 202 studies were identified through database searching, while five were retrieved through other sources. after duplicates were removed, 175 studies were screened by title/abstract, of which 37 full texts were assessed. finally, 32 studies were included in the review (table 1). study design the majority of studies used either a cross-sectional (56%, n=18),[9,16–32] or a prospective design (38%, n=12).[33–44] one study used a randomised controlled trial design[45] and another used a quasi-experimental design.[46] population characteristics the majority of studies were conducted on football players (50%, n=16). other sports that have used the ghq-12 are rugby union (16%, n=5), cricket (9%, n=3), ice hockey (9%, n=3), and gaelic football (6%, n=2). only one study has been published on australian football players, distance runners, handball players, and horse jockeys, respectively. the majority of studies included all-male cohorts (69%, n=22), while only one study included an all-female cohort. several studies included mixed cohorts (22%, n=7), while a couple did not specify the sex of the participants (6%, n=2). the majority of studies included adult athletes (81%, n=26), while some used only adolescent athletes (13%, n=4). a few studies included both adult and adolescent fig. 1. schematic of the literature search according to prisma guidelines review 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 athletes (6%, n=2). most of the studies consisted of active athletes (63%, n=20). several studies included retired athletes exclusively (19%, n=6), while others included both active and retired athletes (19%, n=6). most of the included studies used elite athletes, where this was defined as professional, international/national or olympic-level athletes (84%, n=27). non-elite athletes in other studies included university, adolescent/high school, or local/regional athletes (16%, n=5). prevalence/incidence the prevalence of symptoms of anxiety/depression assessed by the ghq-12 ranged from 21-48%. the incidence of symptoms of anxiety/depression ranged from 17-57%. ghq scoring method and cut-off points the studies (72%, n=23) used mainly the ‘traditional’ ghq scoring method (0-0-1-1), while 19% (n=6) used the likertscale scoring method (0-1-2-3). the remaining studies (9%, n=3) did not specify the ghq scoring method. of the 23 studies that used the traditional ghq scoring method, 43% (n=10) set the cut-off at ≥two, another 43% (n=10) at ≥3 and two studies (9%) set the cut-off at ≥4. one study did not specify the cut-off point for indicating symptoms of anxiety/depression. discussion the ghq-12 is a popular tool used to screen the presence of anxiety/depression symptoms among athletes. its popularity can be attributed to its robust psychometric properties and quick unobtrusive administration.[11–13] this is the first review to focus specifically on the ghq-12 in order to compare studies and identify potential risk factors for anxiety/depression, as well as methodological considerations for future research. not surprisingly, methodological inconsistencies between studies using the ghq-12 were found. sixty-eight percent (n=23) of the studies used the traditional 0-0-1-1 scoring method. of these 23 studies, three different cut-offs were applied. for future research, we recommend the traditional scoring of 0-0-1-1 be used. furthermore, to improve anxiety/depression prevalence and incidence comparisons, we also suggest that the recommended cut-off for the ghq-12 for athletes be set at ≥3. in addition, the mean ghq-12 score should be reported, as suggested by goldberg.[15] most of the studies used a cross-sectional or prospective cohort design with the objective of determining the prevalence and incidence of symptoms of anxiety/depression. the prevalence and incidence ranged from 21-48% and 1757%, respectively.[9,16,17,19,23,25–34,36–40,42,44,46] a sample of elite athletes from the united kingdom (cricket, fencing, hockey, rugby union and many others) and elite gaelic athletes presented with the highest prevalence of anxiety/depression symptoms (48%),[9,40] while the highest incidence was found in a sample of elite dutch athletes (57%).[38] the response rates for most of these epidemiological studies were around 30%, with 40% comprising samples of european professional football players,[16,19,26,27,29–31,33,34,36,41,42] thus decreasing the generalisability of the findings and highlighting a clear area for further investigation. several studies have identified potential risk factors for anxiety/depression symptoms. the most notable of these are recent adverse life events,[17,19,27,31,44] career dissatisfaction,[9,26,44] injuries,[19,40] surgeries,[19] social support,[21,31] osteoarthritis, pressure to perform, and career transitioning.[21,23] in one study, the ghq score was used as a predictor for musculoskeletal injury.[42] although no reported association was found between anxiety/depression symptoms and severe musculoskeletal injuries, the study was novel in using the ghq score as a potential risk factor for predicting injury. using the ghq score as a predictor rather than an outcome suggests that the ghq12 could potentially be used as a monitoring tool for injury risk. two studies attempted to reduce the ghq-12 scores of athletes. wilson et al. attempted to reduce ghq-12 scores in 10 experienced jockeys using an exercise and diet intervention.[46] however, the study was limited by its small sample size and lacked a control group. the other study used a randomised control study design, where the intervention was an internetbased cognitive behavioural therapy.[45] no significant differences were found between the intervention and control group, and this was attributed to the short period of the intervention. the ghq-12 is proposed to measure symptoms of anxiety and depression (reported also as anxiety/depression).[2] although often comorbid, these are two different psychological conditions. depression is a medical condition that negatively impacts on how an individual feels, thinks and acts.[47] symptoms include sadness, apathy, guilt, low self-esteem, trouble sleeping, decreased appetite, tiredness, poor concentration and suicidal ideation.[47] depression can be chronic or recurrent, and can significantly affect an individual’s ability to cope with daily life.[48] anxiety is defined as the anticipation of a future concern, whilst fear is an emotional response to an immediate threat.[47] anxiety disorders are characterised by excessive feelings of anxiety and fear.[48] researchers and sport practitioners should be aware of the distinctions between depression and anxiety when using the ghq-12. conclusion this review compared ghq-12 studies and identified potential risk factors for depression and anxiety, as well as methodological considerations for future research. based on this review, we recommend the traditional scoring of 0-0-1-1 be used with the cut-off set at ≥3. also, the mean ghq-12 score should be reported. the prevalence and incidence of symptoms of anxiety/depression ranged from 21-48% and 17-57%, respectively. potential risk factors for anxiety/depression include recent adverse life events,[17,19,27,31,44] career dissatisfaction,[9,26,44] injuries,[19,40] surgeries,[19] social support,[21,31] osteoarthritis, pressure to perform, and career transitioning.[21,23] future research should broaden the spectrum of athlete populations and aim to improve response rates. finally, researchers and sport practitioners should acknowledge that the ghq-12 does not differentiate between symptoms of anxiety and depression. review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 hhhh table 1. summary of general health questionnaire (ghq) studies on athletes author study design purpose population; country n; men/ women % ghq scoring method ghq cut off point prevalence incidence predictor outcome ghq mean score findings blakelock et al., 2016[33] observational, prospective cohort psychological distress following deselection in soccer players elite adolescent footballers, 15–18 years (16.31 ± 1.10); uk 91; 100/0 ghq method 3 36% (time point 1; n=14) 55% (time point 3; n=11) at times 1, 2, 3 for released players: 2.64; 3.82; 3.36. proportion of deselected players experienced higher levels of psychological distress than retained players at postselection time points; psychological distress was reduced in retained players over time and did not change in released players at postselection time points. brown et al., 2017[25] observational, cross-sectional compare mental health between former professional rugby players who were and weren’t forced to retire retired profession al rugby union players; age (38 ± 5); age at retirement (31 ± 4); career length (8.9 ± 3.8); retirement (7.4 ± 4.4); france, ire land, south africa 293: 173 (voluntary retirement), 120 (forced retirement); 100/0 ns ns 29% (overall); 26% (retired voluntarily); 32% (forced retirement) the overall prevalence for anxiety/depression was 29%. the prevalence for forced retirement was 32%; and 26% for voluntary retirement. the prevalence between forced retirement and voluntary retirement was not significantly different. foskett et al., 2017[9] observational, cross-sectional prevalence of signs of anxiety/depres sion and distress sample of elite athletes from various individual and team sports competing at a professional, international or national level; age (24 ± 8.6); uk 143; 57/43 (1 participant did not specify gender) ghq method 2 48% career dissatisfaction *; severe injuries ghq score 48% prevalence of anxiety/depression; career dissatisfaction was a significant independent predictor of signs of anxiety/depression. gouttebarge et al., 2015a[31] observational, cross-sectional mental and psychosocial health current (mean age 27 ± 5) and former footballers (mean age 36 ± 5); duration of career: current (9 ± 5); former (12 ± 5); duration of retirement (5 ± 3); 60% play/played in the highest leagues; australia, ireland, the netherlands, new zealand, scotland and usa 253: 149 (current) and 104 (former); 100/0 ghq method 2 26% (current); 39% (retired) severe injuries; surgeries; le <12*; le >12; low social support from trainer/ supervisor; low social support from teammates/col leagues* ghq score 26% and 39% prevalence of anxiety/depression in current and former football players respectively. recent adverse life events were significantly associated with anxiety/depression in current and former footballers; low social support from teammates was also significantly associated with anxiety/depression in current footballers. review 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 xzxzxzxzxxcxcxz table 1 continued. summary of general health questionnaire (ghq) studies on athletes author study design purpose population; country n; men/ women % ghq scoring method ghq cut off point prevalence incidence predictor outcome ghq mean score findings gouttebarge et al., 2015b[27] observational, cross-sectional prevalence and determinants of symptoms related to mental disorders retired professional footballers; mean age 35; duration of career (12 ± 5); duration of retirement (4 ± 4); various countries 219; 100/0 ghq method 2 35% severe injuries; surgeries; le <6*; le >6; career dissatisfaction ghq score 35% prevalence of anxiety/depression. significant positive association of recent life events with anxiety/depression. gouttebarge et al., 2015c[30] observational, cross-sectional symptoms of common mental disorders in professional football professional footballers; finland, france, norway, spain, sweden 540: 121 (finland), 81 (france), 119 (norway), 70 (spain), 149 (sweden); 100/0 ghq method 2 25-43% le <6; le >6; career dissatisfaction ghq score 25-43% prevalence of anxiety/depression (spainnorway); significant correlation of life events and career dissatisfaction with anxiety/depression (finland, sweden). gouttebarge et al., 2015d[16] observational, cross-sectional severe musculoskelet al injuries and symptoms of cmd professional footballers (mean age 27; 54% playing in the highest professional leagues); finland, france, norway, spain, sweden 540; 100/0 ghq method 2 37% severe injuries; severe joint injuries; severe muscle injuries; surgeries ghq score 37% prevalence of anxiety/depression. the number of severe musculoskeletal injuries positively correlated with anxiety/depression. however, no significant associations with severe injuries/surgeries and anxiety/depression. gouttebarge et al., 2015e[26] observational, prospective cohort symptoms of common mental disorders and adverse health behaviours professional footballers (mean age 27; 55% playing in the highest professional leagues); various 607; 100/0 ghq method 2 38% severe injuries; surgeries; le <6; le >6; career dissatisfaction* ghq score prevalence of 38% for anxiety/depression. statistically significant correlations were found for severe injuries and career dissatisfaction with anxiety/depression. gouttebarge et al., 2016a[17] observational, cross-sectional prevalence and determinants of symptoms of cmd retired professional rugby union players; mean: age 38; career length 9; retirement duration 8; france, ireland and south africa 295; 100/0 ghq method 2 28% le <6*; le >6; career dissatisfaction ghq score anxiety/depression prevalence of 28%; a higher number of adverse life events was associated with anxiety/ depression. significant negative correlation with career dissatisfaction and anxiety/ depression. review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 dsdsdsd table 1 continued. summary of general health questionnaire (ghq) studies on athletes author study design purpose population; country n; men/ women % ghq scoring method ghq cut off point prevalence incidence predictor outcome ghq mean score findings gouttebarge et al., 2016b[34] observational, prospective cohort symptoms of cmd professional footballers (mean age 27; mean career duration of 8 years; 55% playing in the highest leagues) 384 at baseline and 262 at follow up; 100/0 ghq method 3 32% 37% adverse life events; conflict with trainer/coach; career dissatisfaction ghq score at baseline, there was a 32% prevalence of anxiety/ depression; there was a 12month incidence of 37% anxiety/depression. although not statistically significant, there was an association between adverse life events and career dissatisfaction with anxiety/depression. gouttebarge et al., 2016c[29] observational, cross-sectional relationship of level of education and employment with symptoms of common mental disorders current (mean age 27) and retired (mean age 35) professional footballers; career duration: current (7.8 ± 4.4); retired (11.6 ± 5.0); belgium, chile, finland, france, japan, norway, paraguay, peru, spain, sweden and switzerland 607 current and 219 retired; 100/0 ghq method 2 38% (current); 35% (retired) level of education; employment status; working hours ghq score anxiety/depression prevalence of 38% and 35% among current and retired football players respectively. significant negative correlations between employment status and number of hours work with anxiety /depression among retired players. gouttebarge et al., 2016d[32] observational, cross-sectional prevalence and risk indicators of symptoms of common mental disorders current (mean: age 27; career duration 8) and former (mean: age 50; career duration 11; retirement duration 20) elite athletes from various sports; the netherlands 485: 203 (current) and 282 (former); 36/64 (current); 49/51 (former) ghq method 3 45% (current); 29% (former) severe injuries; surgeries; recent adverse life events; career dissatisfaction ; support ghq score 45% and 29% prevalence of anxiety/depression among current and former athletes respectively. current and former athletes with a higher number of severe injuries, higher number of surgeries, higher number of recent adverse life events, higher level of career dissatisfaction will be more likely to report symptoms of anxiety/depression. gouttebarge et al., 2016e[40] observational, prospective cohort epidemiolo gy of cmd elite gaelic athletes (hurlers and footballers); mean: age 25; career duration 5; ireland 204 at baseline and 108 at follow up; 100/0 ghq method 3 48% 21% severe injury*; surgeries; recent life events; career dissatisfaction ghq score 48% prevalence for anxiety/depression; 6-month incidence of 21% for anxiety/ depression. significant association with severe injury and the 6-month incidence for anxiety/depression. review 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 dsdsds table 1 continued. summary of general health questionnaire (ghq) studies on athletes author study design purpose population; country n; men/ women % ghq scoring method ghq cut off point prevalence incidence predictor outcome ghq mean score findings gouttebarge et al., 2017a[38] observational, prospective cohort symptoms of common mental disorders elite athletes from various sports; mean age 27 years; mean career duration 8 years; the netherlands 203 at baseline and 143 at follow up; 36/64 ghq method 3 45% 57% being injured; recent adverse life events; career dissatisfaction ghq score at baseline, there was a 45% prevalence of anxiety/depression; 12-month incidence of anxiety/depression was 57%. no statistically significant associations, but career dissatisfaction did increase the likelihood of symptoms of anxiety/ depression by 3.5 times. gouttebarge et al., 2017b[39] observational, prospective cohort symptoms of common mental disorders current (mean age 26; career duration 8 years) and retired (mean age 35; career duration 11 years) professional ice hockey players 258 (135 current and 123 retired players) at baseline and 158 (81 current and 77 retired players) at follow up; 100/0 ghq method 3 24% (current); 19% (retired) 17% (current); 8% (retired) severe injuries; surgeries; recent adverse life events; career dissatisfaction; support ghq score there was a prevalence of 24% and 19% of anxiety/depression for current and retired athletes respectively. the incidence of symptoms of anxiety/ depression was 17% and 8% for current and retired athletes respectively. although not statistically significant, severe injuries, recent adverse life events and career dissatisfaction increased the likelihood of reporting symptoms of anxiety/depression in current and retired ice hockey players. gouttebarge et al., 2017c[28] observational, cross-sectional a history of concussions is associated with symptoms of common mental disorders former professional athletes (football, ice hockey and rugby union); mean: age 37; career duration 10; years retired 7; finland, france, ireland, norway, south africa, spain, sweden, switzerland 576; 100/0 ghq method 3 26% (whole group); 26% (football); 18% (ice hockey); 28% (rugby) number of concussions ghq score whole group prevalence of 26% anxiety/depression; 26%, 18% and 28% prevalence anxiety/ depression for football, ice hockey and rugby players respectively. there was a significant difference in the number of concussions when groups were divided by presence/absence of symptoms of anxiety/depression (presence having a higher number of concussions). former athletes reporting 4 or 5 concussions were nearly 1.5 times as likely to report symptoms of anxiety/depression; those reporting 6 or more were two times as likely to report symptoms. this relationship was found across all three sports individually as well. review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 8 sdsdsds table 1 continued. summary of general health questionnaire (ghq) studies on athletes author study design purpose population; country n; men/ women % ghq scoring method ghq cut off point prevalence incidence predictor outcome ghq mean score findings gouttebarge et al., 2018[37] observation al, prospective cohort symptoms of cmd professional rugby union players; mean: age 26; career duration 6; australia, england, france, ireland, italy, new zealand, pacific islands, south africa and wales 595 at baseline and 333 at follow up; 100/0 ghq method 3 32% 28% adverse life events; rugby career dissatisfac tion ghq score at baseline, there was 32% prevalence of anxiety/depression; there was a 28% incidence of anxiety/depression during the 12month follow up. although not statistically significant, recent adverse life events or career dissatisfaction were associated with the incidence of anxiety/ depression. hulley et al., 2007[18] observation al, crosssectional eating disorders in elite female distance runners elite distance runners from the uk and kenya aged between 15-30 (20.8 ± 3.7) athletes (82 uk and 75 kenyan) and non-athlete controls (97 uk and 101 kenyan); 0/100 likertscale uk athletes and cont rols (20.6 ; 21.4); kenyan athletes and control (15.9; 17.3) kenyan athletes scored lower than uk groups on the ghq; athletes scored lower than the controls. kenyan runners were less likely to report symptoms of anxiety/depression than uk runners. ivarsson et al., 2015[41] observation al, prospective cohort predictive ability of perceived talent devel opment environmen t (tde) on well-being elite swedish youth footballers aged 1316 years old (14.16 ± 1.00) 195; 100/0 likertscale ghq score tdeq (quality of talent developm ental environme nt) a high quality tde appears to be associated with higher levels of self-reported wellbeing among youth football players; players experiencing the lowest perceived tde quality reported the lowest level of well-being over time. kilic et al., 2017[19] observation al, crosssectional symptoms of common mental disorders and related stressors professional football and handball players (current and retired); age current/retired football players (25.8 ± 4.9/34.0 ± 4.9); age current/retired handball players (25.3 ± 4.5/35.0 ± 5.6); denmark 348 current & 345 retired football players ; 232 current & 230 retired hand ball players; 82/18 (current foot ballers) ; 79/21 (retired foot ballers); 51/49 (current hand ball players); 100/0 (retired handball players) ghq method 2 18% (current footballers); 19% (retired footballers); 26% (current handball players); 16% (retired handball players) severe injuries*; surgeries*; recent adverse life events* ghq score a prevalence of 18% and 19% anxiety/depression was observed for current and retired football players respectively; a prevalence of 26% and 16% anxiety/ depression was observed for current and retired handball players respectively; significant associations between a higher number of recent adverse life events and risk of anxiety/ depression in all athletes; in retired football players there were significant associations with a higher number of severe injuries and surgeries with risk of anxiety/depression. review 9 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 dsdsadsa table 1 continued. summary of general health questionnaire (ghq) studies on athletes author study design purpose population; country n; men/ women % ghq scoring method ghq cut off point prevalence incidence predictor outcome ghq mean score findings kilic et al., 2018[42] observational, prospective cohort severe musculoskel etal time-loss injuries and symptoms of common mental disorders professional footballers from national player unions; age (27 ± 5); duration of career (8 ± 5); finland, france, norway, spain, sweden 384 at baseline and 262 at follow up; 100/0 ghq method 3 32% ghq score; musculoske letal timeloss injuries musculos keletal time-loss injuries; ghq score 32% prevalence of anxiety/depression at baseline; not associated with the incidence of severe musculoskeletal timeloss injury. however, musculoskeletal injuries at baseline were associated with the incidence of anxiety/depression in the follow up period even when adjusted for age and adverse life events. niazi et al., 2014[20] observational, cross-sectional relationship between emotional intelligence and mental health in collegiate champions collegiate athletes of islamic azad university; age (22.35 ± 2.49); history of sports in years (9 ± 2); various sports; iran 192; ns ns ns self-control* ghq score significant positive correlation between emotional intelligence and mental health; self-control explains 76% of the variations in mental health. noblet et al., 2003[21] observational, cross-sectional predictors of the strain experienced by professional australian footballers (aussie rules) professional australian football players 255; 100/0 likertscale postfootball uncertainty* ; social support from work*; pressure to perform* ghq score post-football uncertainty, social support from work and the constant pressure to perform were significant predictors of psychological health. peretti-watel et al., 2004[22] observational, cross-sectional risky behaviour among elite student athletes elite student athletes competing at regional, national or international/oly mpic level; age (18.3); france 458; 65/35 likertscale smoking; cannabis use ghq score girls (15.2 ± 6.9); boys (11.3 ± 5.3) girls had a significantly higher ghq score than boys. ghq scores were significantly correlated with smoking and cannabis use among elite student athletes. quarrie et al., 2001[43] observational, prospective cohort association between potential risk factors and injury risk professional rugby union players; age (20.6 ± 3.7); new zealand 250; 100/0 ns ns ghq score injury no significant association of ghq score with injury risk. review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 10 dsadas table 1 continued. summary of general health questionnaire (ghq) studies on athletes author study design purpose population; country n; men/ women % ghq scoring method ghq cut off point prevalence incidence predictor outcome ghq mean score findings schuring et al., 2017a[23] observational , crosssectional association between osteoarthritis (oa) and symptoms of common mental disorders former elite athletes (rugby, football, ice hockey, gaelic sports and cricket); age (37 ± 6); duration of career (10 ± 5); duration of retirement (6 ± 5); finland, france, ireland, norway, south africa, spain, sweden and switzerland with oa (200) and without oa (402); 100/0 ghq method 4 31% (with oa); 25% (without oa) oa* ghq score oa might be a risk factor for developing symptoms of cmd in former elite athletes. prevalence of 31% and 25% for retired athletes with oa and those without oa respectively. oa was significantly associated with having more than 2 cmds. further, there was a significant association of oa with anxiety/depression in former ice hockey players. schuring et al., 2017b[44] observational , prospective cohort mental wellbeing of current and retired professional cricketers current (age: 27 ± 5) and former professional cricketers (age: 36 ± 6); duration of career (current: 6 ± 5), (former: 12 ± 6); south africa 116: 78 (current) and 38 (former) at baseline; 91/9 ghq method 2 37% (current); 24% (retired) 15% (current) significant injuries; surgeries; adverse life events*; career dissatisfaction * ghq score prevalence of 37% and 15% incidence over 6 months for anxiety/ depression in current cricketers; prevalence of 24% for anxiety/ depression in former cricketers. career dissatisfaction and adverse life events had positive associations with anxiety/ depression in current cricketers. sekizaki et al., 2017[45] randomised controlled trial effectiveness and contribution of internetbased cognitive behavioural therapy (icbt) to mental healthcare in a school setting high school athletes competing at a national level in various sports; japan 80: 40 intervention group and 40 controls; 100/0 ghq method ns pre: intervention and control (3;3.3); post: intervention and control (1.6; 2.2) school mental healthcare programme using icbt is suitable for students and useful for coping with stress and reducing depressed mood and anxiety (lower ghq scores) in young people, especially athletes. review 11 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 dsdsdsdsdsda table 1 continued. summary of general health questionnaire (ghq) studies on athletes author study design purpose population; country n; men/ women % ghq scoring method ghq cut off point prevalence incidence predictor outcome ghq mean score findings stephan, 2003[35] observational, prospective cohort repercussions of transition out of elite sport on subjective well-being olympic athletes (active and retired); athletes ages ranged from 27 to 35 years (retired: 31 ± 4; active: 29 ± 2); france 32: 16 retired and 16 active; 50/50 likertscale time 1, 2, 3: 25.06; 21.18; 19.56 at the time of retirement, retired athletes exhibited significantly decreased subjective well-being (mean ghq score = 25.06) compared to active athletes (mean ghq score = 21.18). however, as transitional athletes became used to retirement, their well-being increased over time (mean ghq score = 19.56). totterdell et al., 2001[24] observational, cross-sectional negative mood regulation (nmr) expectancies and sports performance professional cricketers from county cricket clubs; ages ranged from 17 to 38 years (25 ± 5); england 46; 100/0 likertscale 10.04 ± 5.21 mean ghq score (10.04) was not significantly correlated with performance over a season; it was significantly correlated with nmr, which itself is significantly correlated with performance. furthermore, nmr did not correlate with performance when well-being was covaried for. van ramele et al., 2017[36] observational, prospective cohort incidence of symptoms of common mental disorders retired professional footballers; age (35 ± 6); duration of career (12 ± 5); duration of retirement (4 ± 3); various 212 (baseline) and 194 (follow up); 100/0 ghq method 3 29% adverse life events ghq score highest incidence over 12 months was anxiety/depression (29%). however, there was no association between adverse life events and anxiety/depression. 96% of retired football players agreed that mental health can influence players during their career while more than half agreed that mental health affected their performance. more than 80% agreed that there is insufficient medical support for mental health for both current and retired footballers wilson et al., 2015[46] quasiexperimental effects of a diet and exercise intervention on body composition, metabolism, bone and mental health highly experienced jockeys; uk 10; ns ghq method 4 21% pre: 10.3 ± 4.3; post: 8.9 ± 3.8 there was a 21% prevalence of jockeys suffering from symptoms of anxiety/depression. mean ghq-12 score was 10.3 prior to the dietary intervention reducing to 8.9 postintervention. however, this was not statistically significant. * indicates results are significant (p<0.05); le, life event; ns, not specified. review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 12 conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: all authors conceptualised the need for a review. na performed the literature search and synthesis. na drafted the manuscript. all authors provided critical input and approved the final version. references 1. gulliver a, griffiths km, mackinnon a, et al. the mental health of australian elite athletes. j sci med sport 2015;18(3):255-261. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2014.04.006][pmid: 24882147] 2. heun r, pringle a. football does not improve mental health : a systematic review on football and mental health disorders. global psychiatry 2018;1(1):25-38. [doi:10.2478/gp-2018-0001] 3. reardon cl, factor rm. sport psychiatry:a systematic review of diagnosis and medical treatment of mental illness in athletes. sport med 2010;40(11):961-980. [doi:10.2165/11536580000000000-00000][pmid: 20942511] 4. rice sm, purcell r, de silva s, et al. the mental health of elite athletes: a narrative systematic review. sports med 2016;46(9):1333-1353. [doi:10.1007/s40279-016-0492-2][pmid: 26896951] 5. wolanin a, gross m, hong e. depression in athletes: prevalence and risk factors. curr sports med rep 2015;14(1):5660. [doi:10.1249/jsr.0000000000000123][pmid: 25574886] 6. reardon cl, hainline b, aron cm, et al. mental health in elite athletes: international olympic committee consensus statement (2019). br j sports med 2019;53(11):667-699. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2019-100715][pmid: 31097450] 7. han dh, mcduff d, thompson d, et al. attentiondeficit/hyperactivity disorder in elite athletes: a narrative review. br j sports med 2019;53(12):741-745. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2019-100713] 8. goldberg dp. the detection of psychiatric illness by questionnaire: a technique for the identification and assessment of non-psychotic psychiatric illness. psychol med 1973;3(2):257. [doi:10.1017/s0033291700048613] 9. foskett rl, longstaff f. the mental health of elite athletes in the united kingdom. j sci med sport 2018;21(8):765-770. [doi:10.1016/j.jsams.2017.11.016][pmid:29289498] 10. gnambs t, staufenbiel t. the structure of the general health questionnaire (ghq-12): two meta-analytic factor analyses. health psychol rev 2018; 12(2):179-194.[doi: 10.1080/17437199.2018.1426484] [pmid: 29325498] 11. goldberg dp, gater r, sartorius n, et al. the validity of two versions of the ghq in the who study of mental illness in general health care. psychol med 1997;27(1):191-197. [doi: 10.1017/s0033291796004242]pmid: 9122299] 12. goldberg dp, hillier vf. a scaled version of the genral health questionnaire. psychol med 1979;9(1):139-145. [doi: 10.1017/s0033291700021644] [pmid: 424481] 13. goldberg dp, williams p. a user’s guide to the general health questionnaire. 1988. nfer-nelson, london. 14. rey jj, abad fj, barrada jr, et al. the impact of ambiguous response categories on the factor structure of the ghq-12. psychol assess 2014;26(3):1021-1030. [doi:10.1037/a0036468] [pmid: 24708083] 15. goldberg dp, oldehinkel t, ormel j. why ghq threshold varies from one place to another. psychol med 1998;28(4):915921. [doi:10.1017/s0033291798006874][pmid: 9723146] 16. gouttebarge v, aoki h, ekstrand j, et al. are severe musculoskeletal injuries associated with symptoms of common mental disorders among male european professional footballers? knee surg sport traumatol arthrosc 2015;24(12):3934-3942. [doi: 10.1007/s00167-015-3729-y][pmid: 26233596] 17. gouttebarge v, kerkhoffs g, lambert m. prevalence and determinants of symptoms of common mental disorders in retired professional rugby union players. eur j sport sci 2016;16(5):595-602. [doi:10.1080/17461391.2015.1086819][pmid: 26419657] 18. hulley a, currie a, njenga f, et al. eating disorders in elite female distance runners: effects of nationality and running environment. psychol sport exerc 2007;8(4):521-533. [doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2006.07.001] 19. kilic ö, aoki h, haagensen r, et al. symptoms of common mental disorders and related stressors in danish professional football and handball. eur j sport sci 2017;17(10):13281334.[doi:10.1080/17461391.2017.1381768][pmid: 28961069] 20. niazi s, bai n, gharaei s. the relationship between emotional intelligence and mental health in collegiate champions. int res j manag sci 2014;2(1):12-15. [doi:10.1080/10413200305394] 21. noblet a, rodwell j, mcwilliams j. predictors of the strain experienced by professional australian footballers. j appl sport psychol 2003;15(2):184-193. [doi:10.1080/10413200305394] 22. peretti-watel p, guagliardo v, verger p, et al. risky behaviours among young elite-student-athletes: results from a pilot survey in south-eastern france. int rev sociol sport 2004;39(2):233-244. [doi:10.1177/1012690204043467] 23. schuring n, aoki h, gray j, et al. osteoarthritis is associated with symptoms of common mental disorders among former elite athletes. knee surg sport traumatol arthrosc 2017;25(10):31793185.[ doi:10.1007/s00167-016-4255-2][pmid: 27488101] 24. totterdell p, leach d. negative mood regulation expectancies and sports performance: an investigation involving professional cricketers. psychol sport exerc 2001;2(4):249-265. [doi:10.1016/s1469-0292(01)00016-4] 25. brown jc, kerkhoffs g, lambert mi, gouttebarge v. forced retirement from professional rugby union is associated with symptoms of distress. int j sports med 2017;38(8):582-587. [doi:10.1055/s-0043-103959][pmid: 28564743] 26. gouttebarge v, aoki h, kerkhoffs g. symptoms of common mental disorders and adverse health behaviours in male professional soccer players. j hum kinet 2015;49(1):277-286. [doi:10.1515/hukin-2015-0130][pmid: 26925182] 27. gouttebarge v, aoki h, kerkhoffs g. prevalence and determinants of symptoms related to mental disorders in retired male professional footballers. j sport med phys fitness 2016;56(5), 648-654. [pmid: 27285354] 28. gouttebarge v, aoki h, lambert m, et al. a history of concussions is associated with symptoms of common mental disorders in former male professional athletes across a range of sports. phys sportsmed 2017;45(4):443-449. [doi: 10.1080/00913847.2017.1376572] [pmid: 28870119] 29. gouttebarge v, aoki h, verhagen e, et al. are level of education and employment related to symptoms of common mental disorders in current and retired professional footballers? asian j sports med 2016;7(2):e28447. [doi:10.5812/asjsm.28447] [pmid: 27625749] 30. gouttebarge v, backx fj, aoki h, kerkhoffs g. symptoms of common mental disorders in professional football (soccer) across five european countries. j sports sci med 2015;14(4):811-818. [pmid: 26664278] 31. gouttebarge v, frings-dresen mh, sluiter jk. mental and psychosocial health among current and former professional footballers. occup med (london) 2015;65(3):190-196. [doi:10.1093/occmed/kqu202][pmid: 25638208] 32. gouttebarge v, jonkers r, moen m, et al. the prevalence and risk review 13 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 indicators of symptoms of common mental disorders among current and former dutch elite athletes. j sports sci 2017;35(21):2148-2156. [doi:10.1080/02640414.2016.1258485][pmid: 27894209] 33. blakelock dj, chen ma, prescott t. psychological distress in elite adolescent soccer players following deselection. j clin sport psychol 2016;10(1):59-77. [doi:10.1123/jcsp.2015-0010] 34. gouttebarge v, aoki h, verhagen e, et al. a 12-month prospective cohort study of symptoms of common mental disorders among european professional footballers. clin j sport med 2017;27(5):487-492. [doi:10.1097/jsm.0000000000000388] [pmid: 27623187] 35. stephan y, bilard j, ninot g, et al. repercussions of transition out of elite sport on subjective well-being: a one-year study. j appl sport psychol 2003; 4 4(4):354-371. [doi:10.1080/10413200390238022] 36. van ramele s, aoki h, kerkhoffs gm, et al. mental health in retired professional football players: 12-month incidence, adverse life events and support. psychol sport exerc 2017;28:8590. [doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2016.10.009] 37. gouttebarge v, hopley p, kerkhoffs g, et al. a 12-month prospective cohort study of symptoms of common mental disorders among professional rugby players. eur j sport sci 2018:; 18(7): 1004-1012.[ doi:10.1080/17461391.2018.1466914] [pmid: 29698129] 38. gouttebarge v, jonkers r, moen m, et al. a prospective cohort study on symptoms of common mental disorders among dutch elite athletes. phys sportsmed 2017;45(4):426-432. [doi:10.1080/00913847.2017.1370987][pmid: 28826314] 39. gouttebarge v, kerkhoffs g. a prospective cohort study on symptoms of common mental disorders among current and retired professional ice hockey players. phys sportsmed 2017;45(3):252-258. [doi:10.1080/00913847.2017.1338497][pmid: 28576114] 40. gouttebarge v, tol jl, kerkhoffs g. epidemiology of symptoms of common mental disorders among elite gaelic athletes: a prospective cohort study. phys sportsmed 2016;44(3):283-289. [doi: 10.1080/00913847.2016.1185385][pmid: 27149248] 41. ivarsson a, stenling a, fallby j, et al. the predictive ability of the talent development environment on youth elite football players’ well-being: a person-centered approach. psychol sport exerc 2015;16(1):15-23. [doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2014.09.006] 42. kiliç ö, aoki h, goedhart e, et al. severe musculoskeletal timeloss injuries and symptoms of common mental disorders in professional soccer: a longitudinal analysis of 12-month followup data. knee surg sport traumatol arthrosc 2018;26(3):946-954. [doi:10.1007/s00167-017-4644-1][pmid: 28698928] 43. quarrie kl, alsop jc, waller ae, et al. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project. vi. a prospective cohort study of risk factors for injury in rugby union football. br j sports med 2001;35(3):157-166. [doi:10.1136/bjsm.35.3.157] [pmid: 11375873] 44. schuring n, kerkhoffs g, gray j, et al. the mental wellbeing of current and retired professional cricketers: an observational prospective cohort study. phys sportsmed 2017;45(4):463-469. [doi:10.1080/00913847.2017.1386069][pmid: 28952405] 45. sekizaki r, nemoto t, tsujino n, et al. school mental healthcare services using internet‐based cognitive behaviour therapy for young male athletes in japan. early interv psychiatry 2019;13(1),79-85. [doi: 10.1111/eip.12454][pmid: 28613407] 46. wilson g, pritchard pp, papageorgiou c, et al. fasted exercise and increased dietary protein reduces body fat and improves strength in jockeys. int j sports med 2015;36(12):1008-1014. [doi:10.1055/s-0035-1549920][pmid: 26212241] 47. american psychiatric association: diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed.:dsm-5 arlington, va: american psychiatric association; 2013. 48. world health organization. depression and other common mental disorders: global health estimates. geneva: world heal organization 2017. licence: cc by-nc-sa 3.0 igo original research 79 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 mixed drink increased carbohydrate oxidation but not performance during a 40 km time trial l hill, bsc (med)(hons), a n bosch, phd division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa corresponding author: a n bosch (andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za) it is well-established that consuming exogenous carbohydrate during prolonged physical activity improves performance.[1,2] the role of exogenous carbohydrate intake is hypothesised to provide additional substrate for oxidation[3] specifically influencing performance by decreasing endogenous liver glycogen utilisation and preventing hypoglycaemia.[4,5] early research cited the maximum rate of exogenous carbohydrate oxidation to be ~1 g/min.[1] it was hypothesised that oxidation rates higher than 1 g/min were achieved by overcoming a limitation of a single carbohydrate at the intestinal absorption sites (sglt-1)[6,7] by utilising alternative carbohydrate transporters located in the intestine, such as glut5 for fructose.[5] this suggests the potential for improved performance. however, to date, only a handful of studies have investigated the effects of multiple carbohydrate (glucose or maltodextrin and fructose) ingestion on cycling performance parameters and whether the difference in exogenous carbohydrate oxidation between a multiple carbohydrate drink and single carbohydrate drink results in an improved performance.[7,8] in the first of these studies, a laboratory trial by currell and jeukendrup,[7] a marked improvement in cycling performance was attained when a multiple carbohydrate drink, containing mixed carbohydrates, was ingested compared to that of a single carbohydrate drink which contained a gp only. the authors concluded that the mechanism for the improvement in performance was due to the increased exogenous carbohydrate oxidation rate, which allowed a greater amount of carbohydrate to enter systemic circulation for subsequent oxidation by the working muscles. similarly, o’brien and rowlands[9] have shown that higher rates of exogenous carbohydrate oxidation with a multiple carbohydrate drink result in an improvement in performance over and above that of when an isocaloric single carbohydrate with concomitant lower oxidation rate is ingested. furthermore, the studies by rowlands et al.[10] and currell and jeukendrup[7] measured endogenous a carbohydrate oxidation rates in addition to performance parameters, however, exogenous oxidation rates were not measured and it was assumed that the oxidation rate of the multiple cho drink ingested was higher. the present study aimed to determine if a superior performance is attained when a multiple carbohydrate drink is ingested. specifically, time trial performances were compared in a single group of highly trained cyclists to determine whether a multiple carbohydrate drink (glucose: fructose in a 2:1 ratio) confers a performance advantage over that of a single carbohydrate drink (glucose-polymer only), the physiological parameters of lactate, insulin and glucose concentrations, substrate oxidation (total, endogenous and exogenous) and respiratory exchange, will be measured, which may explain the underlying mechanisms that relate to any performance differences. methods study design a double-blind randomised crossover design was employed in the study. the drink order was randomised to ingest either the glucose-polymer only (gp) or a multiple carbohydrate (mixed) drink during the first trial, while the alternative drink was ingested in the second trial. prior to participation in the trial, all participants completed a physical activity readiness and training history questionnaire to assess eligibility. informed consent for the study was obtained from the participants, which was approved by the human research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa. the testing for each participant took place over three background: the present study aimed to determine whether consuming a glucose polymer (gp) and fructose would result in increased carbohydrate oxidation rates and improve 40 km time trial performance compared with an isocaloric gp-only drink. methods: eight well-trained male competitive cyclists (vo2max 62.7 ± 9.4 ml/kg/min, power output 5.1 ± 0.6 watts/kg) participated in three visits consisting of a peak power output (wmax) and vo2 max test and two separate visits of a 105 minute steady state ride (at 65% wmax), followed by a 40 km time trial. participants received 1.2 g/min of either a gp or mixed drink every 15 min. results: no differences were found in the 40 km performance between gp (69:14 min ± 4.12, mean ± sd) and the mixed drink (66:58 min ± 4.51, mean ± sd) trials (p = 0.289). there were no differences in blood glucose or lactate between the trials. no differences in total oxidation were found in either carbohydrate or fat oxidation rates; however, exogenous carbohydrate oxidation was significantly different between the gp drink trials at t=90 min (gp: 0.96 ± 0.36 g/min; mixed drink: 1.53 ± 0.48 g/min; p = 0.041, mean ± sd). conclusion: the present study found no improvement in 40 km time trial time between an isocaloric gp-only or a gp and fructose drink, and no differences in any of the measured variables other than exogenous carbohydrate oxidation at 90 minutes during the pre-time trial steady state ride. keywords: multiple carbohydrate, cycling, endurance, glucose, fructose s afr j sports med 2016;28(3):79-84. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1326 mailto:andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1326 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 80 weeks and consisted of an anthropometry and peak power output test on the first visit, followed by a three-five day recovery period. the second visit (fig.1) to the laboratory was the first performance trial. seven to 14 days later, participants returned for the second performance trial, using the alternate carbohydrate drink. participants eight (n=8) well-trained male cyclists were recruited for the study from local cycling clubs. descriptive data of the participants is summarised in table 1. participants ate a standardised breakfast (comprised of kellogg’s corn flakes and skim milk) two hours before each trial as previously described in[11]. peak power output test anthropometry, including height, weight and body fat percentage were obtained through skinfold measurements of the cyclists. skinfold measurements were taken from the bicep, tricep, calf, subscapular, suprailiac, abdominal and thigh. subsequent to the anthropomorphic measures, participants performed a peak power output test (ppo) using their own bicycle attached to a computrainer (computrainertm pro 3d ergometer, racermate, seattle, usa). performance testing lamberts and lambert sub-maximal cycle test (lsct) and peak power output (ppo) prior to commencement of the lsct, a cannula (20 gauge. nipro, osaka, japan) was inserted into the antecubital vein of the arm and a baseline blood sample of 5 ml was drawn for subsequent biochemical analysis. immediately after ingesting one of the test drinks, participants completed a lsct to calculate standardised hr-based workload data for each cyclist. rpe, power and heart rate for each of the lsct stages were recorded for subsequent analysis. a detailed description of the lsct and ppo protocol can be found in lamberts et al[12]. pre time trial steady state ride (pttss) and 40 km time trial after the start of the preliminary analysis, a thematic framework was constructed in which to consolidate similar themes and perceive the differences from others. the themes identified in the data set were categorised as: psychosocial barriers and professional and programme-related barriers to progress in the programme. carbohydrate drink and ingestion schedule each participant ingested either glucose-polymer only (gp) (refuel cc, muizenberg, south africa) or a glucosepolymer:fructose mixed drink. the type of carbohydrate drink ingested was randomised for each participant’s first trial and the alternative drink was given at the subsequent trial. the mixed drink contained gp and fructose (lifestyle food crystalline fructose. dis-chem (pty) ltd, midrand, south africa) in a 2:1 ratio. both ingested drinks had a concentration of 12% (12 g/100 ml) to deliver 1.2 g/min of carbohydrate. the drinks were artificially flavoured and coloured with a sugar-free, flavoured cordial. the participants ingested 400 ml of the selected drink immediately before the commencement of the pttss. one hundred and fifty ml was ingested every 15 minutes throughout the 105 min pttss (t= 0, 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90 and 105 mins). during the subsequent time trial, 150 ml of one of the test drinks was consumed at the start (0%) and then at 25%, 50% and 75% respectively during the completion of the time trial distance. biochemical analyses blood samples (for plasma, glucose and lactate analysis) were collected using vacuette tubes (4 ml vacuette, greiner bio-one, kremsmunster, austria) and were stored on ice until analysed. rer and respiratory calculations were done according to faryn.[13] and 13c calculations were done according to pirnay et al.[14] performance and heart rate measures during the time-trial, in addition to time to complete the 40 km, 1 km split times were recorded. average power output (w) was calculated for each of the 1 km intervals during the 40 km, as well as the average power output (mean ± sd) for the entire time trial. heart rate was monitored during the entire experiment and then averaged for 5 min intervals using a suunto t6 heart rate monitor (suunto®, oy, vantaa, finland). statistical analyses statistical analyses were performed using statistica 10 (statsoft inc.) and significance was accepted at p< 0.05. data are presented as means ± sd. comparison between the gp and mixed drink’s completion time of the 40 km time-trial, as well as the 1 km interval splits, peak power output, insulin, glucose and lactate concentrations, rer and oxidation rates calculations were performed using repeated measures analysis of variance (anova). results participant characteristics participant characteristics are summarised in table 1 respiratory measurements none of the measured variables (table 1) were found to be significantly different between trials. total carbohydrate oxidation, fat oxidation and rer during the pttss were not significantly different between the two trials (fig. 2). biochemical analysis glucose concentrations (fig. 3), insulin concentrations and blood lactate concentrations were shown to change over the course of the pttss, but were not significantly different between trials. carbohydrate oxidation endogenous carbohydrate (fig. 4a) oxidation was not found to be significantly different between drinks trials at any of the time points; however, the data showed a trend towards original research 81 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 fig. 1. schematic representation of protocol for performance trials table 1. summary of participant results (n=8), ppo test (visit 1) and respiratory measures during the pttss participant characteristics anthropometry age (y) height (cm) weight (kg) body fat % cycling history (y) training load (hours/week) 26.1 ± 5.4 179.6 ± 6.8 75.6 ± 10.1 8.6 ± 1.7 7.0 ± 3.6 17.6 ± 5.2 ppo test ppo (watts) rpo (watts/kg) absolute vo2 (l/min) relative vo2 (ml/kg/min) 406 ± 38 5.1 ± 0.6 4.7 ± 0.4 62.7 ± 9.4 respiratory measurements (pttss) vo2 (l/min) vco2 (l/min) vo2 (ml/kg/min) % vo2 max rer cho ox fat ox (p) trial 0.932 0.977 0.923 0.748 0.639 0.787 0.665 (p) time 0.102 p<0.05 0.259 p<0.05 p<0.05 p<0.05 p<0.05 (p) interaction 0.661 0.839 0.720 0.352 0.970 0.834 0.522 effect size 0.106 0.046 0.014 0.098 0.533 0.427 0.538 ppo, peak power output; rpo, relative power output; rer, respiratory exchange ratio; pttss, pre time trial steady state; cho, carbohydrates; ox, oxidation; y, years; p, p-value fig. 2. total carbohydrate oxidation, fat oxidation and rer during the pttss (t=0 – 90 min). mean values of vo2 and vco2 were measured for 5 min every 15min. these were used to calculate rer, total cho and total fat oxidation. gp trial (black circles) and mixed drink trial (white circles); no signficant differences were found. error bars indicate 95% confidence interval. original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 82 fig.3. plasma insulin, lactate and glucose concentrations during the time trial. gp (black circles) or mixed drink (white circles). no significance difference was found between the drink trials. error bars indicate 95% confidence interval. fig. 4. endogenous and exogenous carbohydrate oxidation during pttss (t= 45 – 90 min). endogenous oxidation was not significantly different at any of the intervals (p=0.275); however, the data show a trend toward significance at the 90 minute interval (p=0.078). no statistical difference was found at 45-, 60and 75 minute intervals for exogenous cho oxidation but a significant difference was found at the 90 minute interval (p= 0.041). error bars indicate sd. fig. 5a. individual time trial differences of participants (each bar represents an individual participant). a positive δ time indicates faster time to completion in mixed drink trial compared to gp. fig. 5b. final time trial completion for the gp (69:14min ± 4.12, mean ± sd) and the mixed drink (66:58min ± 4.51, mean ± sd) trials were not significantly different between trials (p= 0.289). significance at the 90 minute time point (gp: 2.38 ± 0.77 g/min; mixed drink: 1.99 ± 0.12 g/min; p=0.078, mean ± sd). exogenous carbohydrate oxidation (fig. 4b) determined from expired air samples (13c abundance in breath samples) from the pttss was significantly different between the mixed drink and gp trials at 90 minutes (gp: 0.96 ± 0.36 g/min; mixed drink: 1.53 ± 0.48 g/min; p=0.041, mean ± sd). no differences were found at the 45-, 60and 75 minute time points respectively (p=0.083). time trial performance measures 40 km time trial total time to completion for the 40 km time trial and each of the individual 40 km performances are shown in fig. 5a. no significant differences were found in the 1 km split times (gp: 1 min 43sec ± 7.3 sec ; mixed drink: 1 min 41sec ± 6.5 sec; p=0.696, mean ± sd), 1 km average rpm (gp: 88 ± 9 rpm; mixed drink: 91 ± 9 rpm; p=0.731, mean ± sd and 1 km average power output (gp: 230 ± 38 w; mixed drink: 242 ± 41 w; p=0.611, mean ± sd); neither was there any significant change during the 40 km time trial (fig. 5a). there was no significant difference in time to complete the time trial (fig. 5b) between gp (69:14 min ± 4.12, mean ± sd) and mixed drink (66:58 min ± 4.51, mean ± sd) performance trials (p=0.289). heart rate and rating of perceived exertion (rpe) no significant differences were found in heart rate (gp: 161 ± 5 bpm; mixed drink: 161 ± 6 bpm; p=0.845, mean ± sd) between the trials in both the pttss and 40 km time trial rides (gp: 165 original research 83 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 ± 2 bpm; mixed drink: 166 ± 2 bpm; p=0.956, mean ± sd). rpe (borg scale units) increased significantly over the course of the pttss and 40 km time trial but was not significantly different between drink trials during the pttss (p=0.373) and 40 km time trial rides (p=0.223). discussion in contrast to previous research,[7,8,10,15] no improvement in performance was recorded during a 40 km laboratory time trial between the gp and the mixed drinks (p=0.289). triplett et al.[8] showed an 8.1% improvement in time trial performance when participants ingested approximately 144 g (or 2.4 g/min) of drinks containing either gp only, or a gp and fructose (1:1 ratio) mixed drink. the improvement in performance was attributed to maintenance of a significantly higher average power output during the ingestion of the mixed drink as compared to the gp trial. similar results were reported by currell and jeukendrup[7] in which cyclists, ingesting 1.8 g/min, improved by 8% in a time trial in which a set amount of work was to be completed as quickly as possible following a period of steady state exercise for 120 min at 55% wmax. however, rowlands et al.[10] obtained similar findings to those of the present study, observing only a modest improvement in performance in both a race (1.8% ± 1.8%, mean ± sd) and laboratory trial (1.4% ± 0.8%, mean ± sd) with participants ingesting 1.2 g/min. this is further supported by bauer et al.[15] the present study’s objective was to determine whether a more modest concentration of mixed carbohydrate drink (12%) can increase carbohydrate oxidation above 1 g/min and thereby improve performance. besides not finding any improvement in cycling performance, the present study also found no difference in total carbohydrate oxidation between the gp and mixed drink trials. however, a significant difference in exogenous oxidation (fig. 4b) was found after 90 minutes during the pttss (p=0.041). in the study by jentjens and jeukendrup[5], participants ingested a drink that contained 2.4 g/min of mixed carbohydrates during a 150 min of cycling exercise at 60% of vo2 max which resulted in a peak exogenous oxidation rate of 1.75 g/min at the 150 minute time point. the gp drink resulted in a significantly lower exogenous oxidation rate of 1.06 g/min. this is in agreement with this present study as only a significant difference in cho oxidation at the 90 minute time point during the pttss was detected suggesting that the effects of ingesting an exogenous carbohydrate may only become prevalent after 60 minutes of prolonged exercise. the increase in oxidation rates in a mixed carbohydrate drink is hypothesised to be as a result of the increased uptake of mixed carbohydrates by glut4 and glut5 transporters respectively in the brush border of the gut.[5,7,10] it is theorised that when gps are ingested alone, the sglt-1 transporters become saturated, ultimately limiting the uptake of glucose into the body. the ingestion of a multiple carbohydrate drink is suggested to overcome this limitation by utilising alternative carbohydrate transporters, specifically the glut5 transporters which function to absorb other sugar isomers such as fructose.[6,7,12] however, in the present study, the nature of the protocol utilised was particularly intense (participants exercised at 65% wmax for 105 minutes during the pre-time trial steady state ride before completing a 40 km time trial, resulting in participants exercising at 76-82% of vo2 max and 85-90% of hrmax) compared to a number other performance trials, in which moderate exercise intensities were employed. these authors can only stipulate that the absence of significant differences between the gp and mixed drinks can be attributed to the demanding study design, the participants may have experienced fatigue and near muscle glycogen depletion[1,4] before the commencement of the performance component, masking a potential effect of the additional exogenous carbohydrate. the rationale behind the utilisation of such a demanding protocol was an attempt to simulate as closely as possible the physiological stress that would be encountered during a prolonged cycling road race. although the present study failed to find a statistical improvement in performance over the 40 km between the two drink trials, it was found that the ingestion of the mixed drink resulted in a faster time trial completion than the gp drink. this research also demonstrated that there was a significant more exogenous carbohydrate oxidation at t=90 min in the mixed drink trial compared to the gp drink in the pttss, supporting previous studies findings.[7,15] therefore this study contributes to the growing scientific body of the importance of cho ingestion during prolonged and often intense exercise, such as can be seen in events such as the tour de france. however, the study is not without limitations. the sample size was small, and therefore including more participants in the future may produce clearer results. conclusion as far as the authors can ascertain, this is the first study to utilise the well-established laboratory-based time trial as a measure of endurance performance, in conjunction with pretime trial steady state exercise in order to reassess the potential performance-enhancing effect of ingesting a multiple carbohydrate drink compared to a single carbohydrate drink. the present study found no improvement in a 40 km time trial time between an isocaloric gp only or a gp and fructose drink, and no differences in any of the measured variables other than exogenous carbohydrate oxidation at 90 minutes during the pre-time trial steady state ride. conflict of interest: there are no conflicts of interest to report. references 1. hawley ja, bosch an, weltan sm, et al. effects of glucose ingestion or glucose infusion on fuel substrate kinetics during prolonged exercise. eur j appl physiol occup physiol 1994;14:27-42. [pmid: 8076616] 2. bosch an, dennis sc, noakes t. influence of carbohydrate loading on fuel substrate turnover and oxidation during prolonged exercise. j appl physiol 1993;74:1921-1927. [pmid: 8514712] 3. jeukendrup ae, wagenmakers aj, stegen jh, et al. carbohydrate original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 84 ingestion can completely suppress endogenous glucose production during exercise. am j physiol 1999;276(4 pt 1):e672-e683. [pmid: 10198303] 4. bosch an, weltan sm, dennis sc, et al. fuel substrate turnover and oxidation and glycogen sparing with carbohydrate ingestion in noncarbohydrate-loaded cyclists. pflugers arch eur j physiol 1996;432(6):1003-1010. [pmid: 8781194] 5. jentjens rl, jeukendrup ae. high rates of exogenous carbohydrate oxidation from a mixture of glucose and fructose ingested during prolonged cycling exercise. br j nutr 2005;93:485-492. [pmid: 15946410] 6. jentjens rl, shaw c, birtles t, et al. oxidation of combined ingestion of glucose and sucrose during exercise. metabolism 2005;54:610-618. [pmid: 15877291] [doi: 10.1016/j.metabol.2004.12.004] 7. currell k, jeukendrup ae. superior endurance performance with ingestion of multiple transportable carbohydrates. med sci sports exerc 2008;40(2):275-281. [doi:10.1249/mss.0b013e31815adf19] 8. triplett d, doyle ja, rupp jc, et al. an isocaloric glucose fructose beverage’s effect on simulated 100-km cycling performance compared with a glucose-only beverage. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2010;20(2):122-131. [pmid: 20479485] 9. o’brien wj, rowlands ds. fructose-maltodextrin ratio in a carbohydrate-electrolyte solution differentially affects exogenous carbohydrate oxidation rate, gut comfort, and performance. am j physiol gastrointest liver physiol 2011;300(1):g181-9. [doi:10.1152/ajpgi.00419.2010] 10. rowlands, ds, swift m, ros m, et al. composite versus single transportable carbohydrate solution enhances race and laboratory cycling performance. appl physiol nutr metab 2012;37:425-436. [pmid: 22468766] [doi: 10.1139/h2012-013] 11. schabort ej, bosch an, weltan sm, et al. the effect of a pre-exercise meal on time to fatigue during prolonged cycling exercise. med sci sports exerc 1999;30:464-471. [pmid: 10188753] 12. lamberts rp, swart j, noakes td, et al. a novel submaximal cycle test to monitor fatigue and predict cycling performance. br j sport med 2011;45:797-804. [pmid: 19622525] [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2009.061325] 13. frayn k. calculation of substrate oxidation rates in vivo from gaseous exchange. j appl physiol 1983;55:628-634. [pmid: 6618956] 14. pirnay f, lacroix m, mosora f, et al. effect of glucose ingestion on energy substrate utilization during prolonged muscular exercise. eur j appl physiol occup physiol 1977;36(4):247-254. [pmid: 902638] 15. baur da, schroer ab, luden nd, et al. glucose-fructose enhances performance versus isocaloric, but not moderate, glucose. med sci sports exerc 2014;46(9):1778-1786. [doi:10.1249/mss.0000000000000284]. editorial 35 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 health-related mobile apps and behaviour change while our knowledge about physical activity and health, physical performance and the risk of injury increases in leaps and bounds, the conversion of this information into action and changed behaviour lags behind. there seems to be a sticking point which often causes a delay in new knowledge being adopted and implemented. many examples exist, most notably, smoking. it took several decades for the prevalence of smoking to be reduced, despite an abundance of information showing the negative effects of active and passive smoking on human health. a less obvious example is the impact of physical activity, or lack of it, on health. evidence from studies around the world show the positive effects of regular, moderate exercise, which include the impact of physical activity on performance, bone health, metabolic health, mental health and cognitive performance. studies also show how regular exercise ameliorates some of the symptoms of ageing. for example, elderly people with a high level of physical activity are less likely to fall, which can result in an injury triggering a downward spiral in mobility and independence. it goes without saying that the reduction of falls will have a massive impact on both the well-being of the individual and the financial burden of health care costs. scientists have been challenged by the fact that a large portion of the population is less physically active than recommended, in spite of the overwhelming body of information on the positive benefits of physical activity. even after much input from behavioural scientists, this change has been slow. superficially it seems that the barriers between knowledge and behaviour need to be identified and removed. however, this is more complicated than it sounds because the barriers are dependent on and responsive to personal preference, age, cultural group and socioeconomic status. a new wave of evidence shows that behavioural changes may be mediated through specific apps on mobile devices. between 2013 and 2014 the global use of smart phones increased by 406 million. [1] there are now just under two billion mobile devices in use. a recent count estimated about 31 000 health-related apps. [2] these apps are designed to prevent and manage chronic disease, monitor health behaviours and vitals. it is not unusual for someone in a meeting to stand up, politely commenting that the app on their smart phone has signalled that they have been seated for too long. or for someone to comment that they need to walk during the lunch break to meet their 10 000 steps goal for the day. there is compelling evidence, certainly at the anecdotal level, that these apps are having an effect on health-related behaviour. at a higher level of credibility, several published studies have utilised apps in health behaviour interventions. a systematic review of the published studies on apps used in health behaviour interventions supports the anecdotal observations. [2] of the ten studies in the review which targeted physical activity as a primary measure, eight studies reported positive outcomes with the participants increasing their physical activity. the systematic review concluded that mobile apps might be considered an acceptable means of administering health interventions. however, more studies with larger samples and a rigorous research design are needed. researchers are encouraged to conduct rigorous randomly controlled studies on this subject. this is an area that the south african journal of sports medicine is going to actively promote in the future. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):35. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1568 references 1. stoyanov sr, hides l, kavanagh dj, zelenko o, tjondronegoro d, mani m. mobile app rating scale: a new tool for assessing the quality of health mobile apps. jmir mhealth uhealth 2015;3(1):e27 doi: 10.2196/mhealth.3422 2. payne he, lister c, west jh, bernhardt jm. behavioral functionality of mobile apps in health interventions: a systematic review of the literature. jmir mhealth uhealth 2015;3(1):e20 doi: 10.2196/mhealth.333 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1568 http://doi.org/10.2196/mhealth.3422 original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license strengthening the biokinetics workforce for improved services: a human resources for health review from 2000 to 2020 r tiwari,1 phd; hw grobbelaar,2 phd; c vermaak,3 phd; u chikte,1 phd 1 division of health systems and public health, department of global health, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, tygerberg, south africa 2 division of sport science, department of exercise, sport and lifestyle medicine, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa 3 division of movement science and exercise therapy, department of exercise, sport and lifestyle medicine, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa corresponding author: hw grobbelaar (hgrobbelaar@sun.ac.za) stellenbosch university was the first south african university to offer a programme in physical education.[1] biokinetics developed from the south african physical education programme that can be traced to the 1930s.[2] it is a south african health profession that functions predominantly in the private healthcare sector. biokineticists register with the health professions council of south africa (hpcsa), which regulates the profession.[3] the biokinetics association of south africa (basa) is the representative body, with a vision for the profession ‘to be a recognised leader and vital collaborator within the health sector’.[4] biokinetics originated in south africa four decades ago when the first scope of practice was published in the south african government gazette in 1983[2] and it has expanded internationally. biokineticists in the united kingdom are currently seeking registration as healthcare professionals,[5] whilst the profession signed a memorandum of understanding with the professional organisation exercise and sport science australia.[6] biokineticists form part of multidisciplinary teams alongside medical doctors, physiotherapists, dieticians, psychologists, etc.[3] they operate within the pathogenic (illness care and prevention), and fortogenic (health promotion) paradigms.[2] the word ‘biokinetics’ is derived from ‘bio’ meaning life and ‘kinesis’ meaning movement.[3] these exercise therapy professionals use exercise and physical activity to treat pathologies, focussing on injury rehabilitation, promotion of health and quality of life, and the prevention and management of chronic diseases of lifestyle (cdl), as well as secondary and associated conditions.[7] biokineticists use physical activity and personalised exercise prescription as a therapeutic modality for final phase rehabilitation and injury management, prevention and management of chronic illnesses, lifestyle diseases and disabilities.[2,8] physiotherapists assess, treat and manage a variety of injuries, ailments and movement disorders to restore normal functioning, minimise pain and dysfunction through exercise and hands-on physical therapy, i.e. mobilisation, manipulation and massage.[9] biokineticists have an important role to play in view of the estimation that more than a billion individuals (15% of the world population) live with functional disabilities because of global increases in the burden of non-communicable diseases (ncds) and musculoskeletal (msk) disorders.[10] about 74% of the total number of years lived with disability (yld, with one yld equalling one full year of healthy life lost because of disability or ill-health) are because of health conditions that cause functional restrictions that could benefit from exercise rehabilitation.[11] exercise rehabilitation benefits the individual and society at large by enhancing one’s independence, the ability to return to work, and participation in other social roles. background: biokinetics is a south african (sa) health profession within the private health care sector. biokineticists register with the health professions council of sa (hpcsa). objectives: to describe the demographic trends of hpcsa registered biokineticists from 2000 to 2020 to understand the supply and status of human resources for health within the profession. methods: the following data were collected and analysed: i) health personnel category, ii) geographical location, iii) age, iv) sex, and v) population category. results: the number of hpcsa registered biokineticists grew from 136 in 2000, to 1831 in january 2020 (67.8% women, 32.2% men). there was a sharp decline in numbers after the age of 45 years. the western cape (5.8) and gauteng (5.1) provinces had the most biokineticists per 100 000 of the population, whilst smaller provinces like kwazulu-natal (1.6), mpumalanga (1.6), north-west (1.6) and limpopo (0.9) lagged. the demographic profile of registered biokineticists changed steadily from 2000 to 2020. registered biokineticists classified as white decreased from 91.6% to 80.4%, whilst substantial increases were observed among black (5.0% to 8.3%), coloured (0.02% to 5.3%) and indian/asian (0.02% to 6.0%) biokineticists. thirteen tertiary institutions offered biokinetics programmes in 2022. seven offered the 3+1-year (honours) programme and six have migrated to a 4-year professional degree. conclusion: the profession is well established, growing, and dominated by women. the demographic profile has transformed steadily; however, the need to transform the profession remains strong. strengthening investments aimed at the employment of biokineticists in the public health sector may serve as a key turning point for healthcare workforce planning. keywords: clinical exercise therapy, hpcsa registration, training s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-8. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a14184 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a14184 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2895-8099 http://orcid.org/0000-0003-0616-5933 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5078-8989 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7985-2278 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 it also reduces the costs for care and support, as well as the length of hospitalisation and re-admission rates.[12,13] biokineticists are critical in meeting the current burden of disease by contributing to the prevention, promotion, treatment and support of individuals with functional capacity deficits and disabilities.[3,14] they promote active lifestyles among individuals with ncds through exercise, reducing the effects of sedentary behaviour and enhancing the ability to perform activities of daily living.[3,14] south africa as a developing country faces a quadruple burden of disease. the prevention and treatment of ncds is already marginalised because of the high prevalence of communicable diseases. the secondary and associated conditions seen with communicable diseases (e.g. human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) / acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (aids) and tuberculosis), maternal and child mortality, ncds (e.g. hypertension and cardiovascular diseases, diabetes, cancer, mental illnesses and chronic lung diseases, such as asthma), as well as injury and trauma further burden the under-resourced health sector.[15] the number of ylds is rising because of the decrease in mortality rates of south africans with such conditions, as well as the rising ageing population.[16] the increase in functional disability places a greater demand on physical exercise rehabilitation to restore functional ability and quality of life for affected individuals.[16] unfortunately, only 26% of people living in southern africa receive the exercise rehabilitation they need.[11] on the health workforce front, south africa needs to plan, support and upscale the supply pipeline of biokineticists to meet the health needs of society.[3] this study aims to describe the demographic trends of biokineticists registered with the hpcsa from 2000 to 2020 as the first step towards understanding the supply and status of human resources for the health of biokineticists in south africa. this study is inspired by a national need to review the biokineticist workforce to aid in the provision of a more robust and evidence-informed priority setting for health promotion, maintenance of physical abilities and final phase exercise rehabilitation. methods ethical approval and a waiver of informed consent for this retrospective study was obtained from the stellenbosch university health research ethics committee (hrec no: x21/05/009). the study was a retrospective record-based review of the hpcsa database from 2000 until 2020. a similar approach was adopted to that of earlier studies.[17,18] relevant data were recorded using a data collection sheet with the following variables: (i) category of health personnel (professional board of physiotherapy, podiatry and biokinetics), (ii) geographical location, (iii) age, (iv) sex, and (v) population category. the term ‘population’ was used in line with the definitions in the population registration act (act no. 30 of 1950), which previously classified south african citizens into four major population categories: white, coloured, indian/asian and black.[19] although the legislation was repealed in 1991, these population categories are still used in reporting in sectors such as the department of higher education and the department of health. racial data are still important in monitoring the redress in the education and training of health professionals who were previously denied access to such training in terms of the apartheid legislation. the dataset was accessed, collated, and analysed by the leading author and the team members crosschecked the accuracy. data were entered into a microsoft excel 2016 spreadsheet and analysed using the statistical package for the social sciences (spss version 22.0). frequency distributions, cross tabulations and graphical representations were used as descriptive statistical methods. anonymity and confidentiality of all hpcsa registered biokineticists were ensured because the data accessed from the hpcsa and presented in this paper was kept de-identified. results a total of 136 biokineticists were registered with the hpcsa in january 2000, and the number increased to 1831 in 2020, of which 19 were foreign nationals. the geographical distribution, age breakdown, demographic factors (sex and population group) for the 2020 data follows. geographical (provincial) distribution in 2020, most biokineticists were in gauteng (43.2%), the western cape (22.4%) and kwazulu-natal (10.2%). the northern cape (1.5%), limpopo (3.0%) and the north-west province (3.5%) had the lowest numbers. the availability of biokineticists per 100 000 of the population was the highest in the western cape at 5.8, followed by gauteng at 5.1 and the free state at 3.4. the lowest availability was in the limpopo province at 0.9 biokineticists per 100 000 of the population, with kwazulu-natal, mpumalanga and the north-west province lagging with 1.6 each (see figure 1 and table 1). fig. 1. geographical distribution of hpcsa registered biokineticists in south africa (january 2020) original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 age distribution in 2020, most registered biokineticists were under the age of 40 years (79.2%). there was a sharp decline in the number of registered biokineticists after the age of 45 years (see figure 2). demographic profile of registered biokineticists (sex and population group) figure 3 depicts the 2020 data for sex and population groups of registered biokineticists. in the workforce, 67.8% of the biokineticists were women (n = 1241) compared to 32.2% men (n = 590). the change in the population group data from 2000 to 2020 is shown in figure 5. growth in the number of biokineticists in south africa over the past decade (2010 to 2020), the number of registered biokineticists has almost tripled. there has been an overall increase of 1246.32% over the last 20 years. the ratio of biokineticists per 100 000 of the population has also increased from 0.3 in 2000 to 3.1 in 2020 (see figure 4). south africa had a population of 43054000 in 2000, which grew steadily to 59622351 in 2020. population group trends from 2000 to 2020 in south africa figure 5 depicts changes in the population group characteristics in five-year intervals (2000 to 2020). in 2000, 91.6% of the registered biokineticists were white, 5.0% black, and 0.02% coloured and indian/asian, respectively. in 2010, the biokineticists who were identified as white reduced to 87.5%, while indians/asians increased to 4.4%, coloured to 4.1% and black to 4.0%. this trend continued so that by 2020 the biokineticists who were identified as white reduced to 80.4%, whilst indian/asian, black, and coloured biokineticists increased to 6.0%, 8.3% and 5.3%, respectively. table 1. geographical distribution of biokineticists by province in south africa in 2020 province number percentage of total province population (2020) biokineticists per 100 000 population 1 gauteng 783 43 15 488 137 5.1 2 western cape 405 22 7 005 741 5.8 3 kwazulu-natal 185 10 11 531 628 1.6 4 eastern cape 118 6 6 734 001 1.8 5 free state 101 6 2 928 903 3.4 6 mpumalanga 75 4 4 679 786 1.6 7 north-west 64 4 4 108 816 1.6 8 limpopo 54 3 5 852 553 0.9 9 northern cape 27 2 1 292 786 2.1 total* 1812 100 59 622 351 3.0 * excluding foreign and unknown categories fig. 2. age distribution of hpcsa registered biokineticists in south africa (january 2020) fig. 3. sex and population group distribution of hpcsa registered biokineticists in south africa (january 2020) original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 demographic trends by age, population group and sex figure 6 tracked the demographic variables by age, population group, and sex from 2000 to 2020. it showed that in 2020, women from the population group classified as white dominated the biokinetics workforce across all age categories except for the 55to 65-year-olds. the number of biokineticists decreased with age across all population groups, with the decrease noticeably higher in the population classified as white. the largest proportional growth between 2015 and 2020 was noted among the black biokineticists for both men and women. training and education table 2 lists the 13 tertiary institutions accredited to offer biokinetics programmes in 2022 that enables registration with the hpcsa. the university of kwazulu-natal will not offer the programme after 2022. of the 12 institutions offering programmes in 2023, four are based in the gauteng province (33.3%), three in the western cape (25.0%), and one in each of the eastern cape, free state, kwazulu-natal, limpopo, and north-west provinces (8.3% each). mpumalanga and the northern cape do not offer biokinetics programmes. two new universities were set up in these provinces in 2014, but they have restricted academic offerings. the table also indicates the institutions that offer master’s and phd programmes. students in these research programmes could focus on biokinetics-related topics, but the ensuing qualifications are not needed for registration, neither does it enable hpcsa registration. discussion biokineticists mainly operate in the private healthcare sector, and the geographical distribution closely resembles the distribution of the capital of each province. the number of tertiary institutions that offer biokinetics programmes also influences the proportion of registered biokineticists per province (e.g. gauteng and western cape, with four and three institutions respectively). the data suggest that the profession is comprised of younger graduates, and there has been exponential growth over the past two decades. however, the profession is still quite young. by 2000, there were only 136 registered biokineticists, which partly explains the declining numbers of those older than 45 years. women (67.8%) dominated the profession; however, not to the same extent as hpcsa registered physiotherapists (82.9%).[17] socio-economic fig. 4. hpcsa registered biokineticists and population ratios from 2000 to 2020 in south africa fig. 5. five-yearly population group trends of hpcsa registered biokineticists (2000-2020) original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 factors were proposed as contributing reasons why physiotherapy is a feminine health care profession.[20] overall, there were more registered student women than men (57% vs 43%) at stellenbosch university,[21] suggesting that academic performance also contributed to this trend. reasons for the new four-year professional degree includes enhancing the eligibility for the public health sector,[3] and addressing the insufficient experiential training or clinical work-integrated learning in comparison to physiotherapy and occupational therapy.[22] until recently, biokineticists were exclusively trained at honours (fourth year) level, after completing undergraduate qualifications in human movement studies/science, sport science, kinesiology or ergonomics. honours students register as biokineticists-intraining with the hpcsa and basa, and complete one of the two years of internship at their respective universities during the honours year. after graduating (and passing the practical clinical assessment), the biokineticists-in-training complete the second year of internship with an hpcsa-accredited training institution or private practice for which they may receive a salary.[3] completion of the internship and board examination allows for registration with the hpcsa as a biokineticist. the revised scope of the profession and minimum standards for training (mst) for physiotherapy, podiatry and biokinetics (ppb) was amended and approved by the ppb board in october 2019 with immediate effect.[8] all training programmes should follow the new mst by the next accreditation visit (5-year accreditation cycle). the hpcsa’s mandate is to regulate health professions and to assess if training institutions meet the mst to ensure equitable qualifications. the ppb board noted that it cannot prescribe how institutions develop their programmes to meet the exit level outcomes. however, the ppb education, training and registrations committee strongly recommended in 2020 that institutions offering the 3+1-year (honours) programme migrate to a four-year professional degree.[22] the minister of health, following consultation with the hpcsa, intends to gazette changes to the regulations relating to the minimum standards of education, training, and examination in biokinetics, making the four-year professional bachelor’s degree mandatory.[23] institutions should allow undergraduate pipeline students to complete the academic pathway they embarked on. universities should inform prospective students of changes to the programme structure and selection criteria timeously. seven south african universities offered biokinetics programmes at the honours level in 2022 and six universities have already migrated to the new four-year degree. one university indicated that they would discontinue their honours programme in 2023 and will not develop the four-year programme. this means that there will be 12 institutions offering the programme in 2023, six on the old and six on the new programme. five institutions are migrating to the fouryear programme, whilst there is uncertainty about one institution’s plans. a consequence of the four-year programme is that the current one-year mandatory internship (after completion of the honours degree) will fall away. some scholars view this as an advantage of the new pedagogic model and programme structure, since clinical work-integrated learning will commence in the first study year and continue throughout the four-year period.[3] within the new model, the final clinical assessment will take place just before the students graduate, enabling immediate registration with the hpcsa and entering the workforce. in time, the hpcsa programme accreditation fig. 6. breakdown of hpcsa registered biokineticists by age, sex, and population group (2020) original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 panels would be ideally positioned to comment on the revised four-year curriculum and training and whether it delivers better qualified biokineticists. a community service year for graduates may further strengthen the roll-out of expertise in the public health sector. a disadvantage of the new model is that private practises may have become reliant on interns, and some may struggle without them. the financial sustainability of academic departments is also cause for concern because the new model may require an overhaul of the existing academic programme. departments may have to increase their intake of students to remain financially viable since the new programme structure, more teaching hours and supervision of students during clinical rotations, require extra human and financial resources. unfortunately, some programmes may be discontinued (e.g. the university of kwazulu-natal will not offer the biokinetics programme after 2022). in 2021, the basa president circulated a letter to the registrars and heads of departments of the various institutions. the president urged them to be cognisant of their enrolment numbers because there is pressure on private practices and sites where students complete their clinical training, warning that large graduate cohorts may lead to market saturation.[24] physical inactivity is the fourth leading risk factor for mortality worldwide.[25] regular physical activity can address several pathological conditions, thereby reducing population mortality and morbidity rates.[26] a strong body of evidence exists regarding scientifically-based exercise programmes for prevention and management of ncds and injuries.[27] this open access book chapter summarises empirical evidence on the efficacy of 50 south african biokinetics research publications in tackling the ncd epidemic. care-based health interventions aimed at improving physical activity are costeffective in high-risk groups, such as older persons and persons with heart failure.[28] extensive arguments have been raised for the expansion of biokinetics to the public sector in response to the increased prevalence of ncds [4,14,27,29] to alleviate some of the pressure on the public healthcare system by managing and preventing certain chronic, secondary, and associated conditions. physical activity is an affordable and safe alternative to chronic pharmacological and other medical strategies.[27] biokinetics was recently included in the department of health’s (doh) national obesity strategic policy.[30] basa also presented to the doh regarding inclusion and accreditation within the national health insurance (nhi) financing system.[30] biokineticists could also contribute to reducing rehospitalisation and over-reliance on the existing healthcare system by providing outpatient exercise rehabilitation services.[27] home-based physical activity programmes should table 2. academic programmes offered for biokineticists in south africa (2022) province university biokinetics programme (hpcsa registration) postgraduate programme name honours degree 4-year degree master’s studies doctoral studies 1 gauteng university of pretoria* bachelor of science honours in biokinetics yes no& yes yes 2 gauteng tshwane university of technology* bachelor of health sciences in biokinetics yes yes yes 3 gauteng university of johannesburg* bachelor of biokinetics yes yes yes 4 gauteng university of witwatersrand# bachelor of health sciences honours in biokinetics yes unknown yes yes 5 western cape stellenbosch university* bachelor of science honours in biokinetics yes no& yes yes 6 western cape university of cape town* bachelor of medical science honours in biokinetics yes no& yes yes 7 western cape university of the western cape* bachelor of science honours in biokinetics or bachelor of arts honours in biokinetics yes no& yes yes 8 kwazulu-natal university of kwazulunatal* bachelor of sport sciences honours in biokinetics yes+ no yes yes 9 kwazulu-natal university of zululand* bachelor of science honours in biokinetics yes no& yes yes 10 eastern cape nelson mandela university* bachelor of health sciences in biokinetics yes yes yes 11 free state university of the free state* bachelor of biokinetics yes yes yes 12 northwest north-west university* bachelor of health sciences in biokinetics yes yes yes 13 limpopo university of venda* bachelor of science in biokinetics yes no no * information verified by heads of departments and/or biokinetics programme coordinators. # unverified information collated from the university website. & universities currently developing/awaiting approval of the 4-year programme. + last intake of honours students in 2022 and will not offer the 4-year programme. original research 7 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 aim to empower patients and their caregivers, promote quality of life, individual independence, and optimise reintegration into communities.[27] recommendations the current research sets the groundwork for future studies to develop plans for implementation at the tertiary education, private, and public health sector levels to ensure the profession’s long-term sustainability. the profession faces various socio-economic, socio-political, and sociodemographic challenges that should be explored and addressed critically. it is imperative that financial resources and research be strengthened. health economists should conduct feasibility studies to incorporate biokinetics into the public health sector. establishing the need for and viability of biokineticists in the public health sector should be prioritised. basa should lobby the health ministry to introduce statefunded provincial positions, like those for physiotherapy, and occupational therapy. the introduction of community service years may benefit society at large. clear guidelines should be imposed on how many students the accredited institutions may enrol, train, and deliver, because the new training model may put more pressure on existing private practices, due to the cancellation of the previously mandatory one-year internships. continuous monitoring and evaluation are needed to avoid market saturation. the profession’s workforce and human resource status (in both the private and public health sectors) should be monitored continuously and strengthened accordingly. the expertise of these healthcare specialists should be utilised to address chronic diseases of lifestyle, disabilities and orthopaedic injuries through clinical exercise therapy and promoting physical activity. conclusion based on the period under review (2000 to 2020), the biokinetics profession seems well established, healthy, and steadily growing in south africa. there are encouraging signs of international expansion. whilst the demographic profile of registered biokineticists has transformed steadily, the need to transform the profession to become nationally representative is still strong. women continue to dominate the profession. regarding training and education, the ongoing migration to four-year professional qualifications is more aligned with the academic requirement of other health professions, like physiotherapy and occupational therapy. there appears to be stability in the number of institutions that offer training and educational programmes, despite the transition to the new four-year pedagogic model and revised programme structure. there is optimism that the proposed nhi financing system would include the profession of biokinetics. expansion into the public health sector should be the profession’s primary focus. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: rt: conceptualised the study, retrieved, analysed, visualised, and interpreted the data, drafted the first manuscript, and approved all submissions. hg: co-designed the study, provided critical review, added training and education-related content to the first draft, submitted the manuscript and made revisions. cv: co-designed the study, added biokinetics-related content throughout the review process, and approved all submissions. uc: conceptualised and co-designed, provided critical review, and approved all submissions. references 1. cleophas fj. a political-institutional history of the stellenbosch university physical education department, 1936–1939. sport soc 2021; 1–14. [doi: 10.1080/17430437.2021.2013203] 2. strydom, gl. biokinetics – the development of a health profession from physical education – a historical perspective. s afr j res sport phys educ recreat 2005; 27(2): 113–128. [doi: 10.4314/sajrs.v27i25923] 3. ellapen tj, swanepoel m. evolution of the profession of biokinetics. s afr j res sport phys educ recreat 2017; 39(1): 41– 49. [doi: 10.10520/ejc-65319efe4] 4. biokinetics association of south africa. [https://biokineticssa.org.za/public-information/#vision] (accessed 22 november 2022). 5. biokinetics association of the united kingdom. [https://www.linkedin.com/company/ biokinetics-association-ofthe-united-kingdom/about/] (accessed 22 november 2022) 6. exercise and sports science australia. [https://www.essa.org.au/public/news_room/media releases1/2021/essa_signs_mou_with_basa.aspx] (accessed 22 november 2022) 7. moss sj, lubbe ms. the potential market demand for biokinetics in the private health care sector of south africa. south african j sport med 2011; 23(1): 14–19. [doi: 10.17159/2078516x/2011/v23i1a365] 8. health professions council of south africa. professional board for physiotherapy, podiatry and biokinetics. minimum standards for the training: biokinetics. https://www.hpcsa.co.za/uploads/ppb/evaluations/biokinetics_ minimum_standard_of_training. pdf. (accessed 24 may 2022). 9. health professions council of south africa. regulations defining the scope of the profession of physiotherapy. https://www.hpcsa.co.za/uploads/ppb/rules and regulations/regulations_gnr2301_76.pdf (accessed 22 november 2022) 10. world health organization. world report on disability 2011 summary. geneva: world health organization, 2011. [https://www.refworld.org/pdfid/50854a322.pdf] (accessed 24 may 2022). 11. world health organization. rehabilitation 2030 initiative. geneva: world health organization, 2019. [https://www.who.int/initiatives/rehabilitation-2030] (accessed 24 may 2022). 12. cieza a. rehabilitation health strategy of the 21st century, really? arch phys med rehabil 2019; 100(11): 2212–2214. [doi: 10.1016/j.apmr.2019.05.019] [pmid 31128114] 13. world health organisation. who global disability action plan 2014-2021: better health for all people with disability. geneva: world health organization, 2015. [https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/who-global-disabilityaction-plan-2014-2021] (accessed 23 september 2019] 14. evans r, smith t, kay p, et al. the need for biokineticists in the south african public health care system. s afr j sport med 2016; 28(3): 85–86. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1310] 15. world health organization. who country cooperation strategy https://biokineticssa.org.za/public-information/#vision https://doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2011/v23i1a365 https://doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2011/v23i1a365 https://www.hpcsa.co.za/uploads/ppb/evaluations/biokinetics_minimum_standard_of_training https://www.hpcsa.co.za/uploads/ppb/evaluations/biokinetics_minimum_standard_of_training https://www.hpcsa.co.za/uploads/ppb/rules https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apmr.2019.05.019 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 8 at a glance: south africa. world health organization, 2018. [https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/136874] 16. bradshaw d, groenewald p, laubscher r, et al. initial burden of disease estimates for south africa, 2000. s afr med j 2003; 93(9): 682–688. [pmid: 14635557] 17. louw qa, berner k, tiwari r, et al. demographic transformation of the physiotherapy profession in south africa: a retrospective analysis of hpcsa registrations from 1938 to 2018. j eval clin pract 2021; 27(4): 907–916. [doi: 10.1111/jep.13502] 18. ned l, tiwari r, buchanan h, van niekerk l, sherry k, chikte u. changing demographic trends among south african occupational therapists: 2002 to 2018. hum resour health 2020; 18(1): 1–12. [doi: 10.1186/s12960-020-0464-3] [pmid 32192502] 19. seekings j. the continuing salience of race: discrimination and diversity in south africa. j contemp afr stud 2008; 26(1): 1–25. [doi: 10.1080/02589000701782612] 20. short, sd. physiotherapy a feminine profession. aust j physiother 1986; 32(4): 241–243. [doi: 10.1016/500049514(14)606527] [pmid 25025222] 21. dube sr, grobbelaar hw. prevalence of the relative age effect among high performance, university student-athletes, versus an age matched student cohort. s afr j sport med 2022; 34(1): 1–6. 22. health professions council of south africa. professional board for physiotherapy, podiatry and biokinetics. minimum standards documents of the three professions. letter to hod and program coordinators/leaders. 10 feb 2020. 23. minister of health. government notice: regulations relating to the minimum standards of education, training and examinations in biokinetics, 2022. 24. biokinetics association of south africa. enrolment of students in the biokinetics field of study. letter by the basa president to heads of departments. 5 june 2021. 25. world health organization. physical activity in the western pacific. geneva: world health organization. [https://www.who.int/westernpacific/health-topics/physicalactivity] (accessed 24 may 2022). 26. thompson pd, arena r, riebe d, et al. acsm’s new preparticipation health screening recommendations from acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. curr sports med rep 2013; 12(4): 215–217. [doi: 10.1249/jsr.0b013e31829a68cf] [pmid 23851406] 27. paul y, ellapen tj, muluvhu, tc, et al. the profession of biokinetics in south africa: the need for access to the public healthcare system. in: healthcare access 2021, ed. by a. agrawal and s. kosgi. [doi: 10.5772/intechopen.97756] 28. hagberg la, lindholm l. cost-effectiveness of healthcare-based interventions aimed at improving physical activity. scand j public health 2006; 34(6): 641–653. [doi: 10.1080/14034940600627853] [pmid 17132598] 29. grobler bk, ellapen, tj, paul y, et al. the strategic development and strengthening of the profession of biokinetics. afr j health prof educ 2021; 13(1): 8–9. [doi: 10.7196/ajhpe.2021.v13i1.1287] 30. basa annual general meeting. basa president’s address at the international festival of sports, exercise & medicine conference in pretoria, south africa. 1 october 2022. https://doi.org/10.1111/jep.13502 https://doi.org/10.1080/02589000701782612 https://doi.org/10.1080%2f14034940600627853 original research 51 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 the relationships between rugby ground pass accuracy and kinematic variables resulting from two different pelvic orientations a green,1 phd, s kerr,1 phd, b olivier,2 phd, c dafkin,1 msc, w mckinon,1 phd 1 school of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 department of physiotherapy, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: a green (andrew.green@students.wits.ac.za) all rugby players are required to be proficient at passing the ball (unlike specialist areas distinct to rugby such as the scrum and lineout), variation in passing ability among playing positions has been reported [1]. current research has highlighted the effect of hand dominance on the rugby pass, both maximally [2] and over various set distances [3]. recent studies have shown that training is known to influence passing dynamics [4] and that caffeine supplementation does not influence passing accuracy [5]. interestingly, these studies have looked exclusively at the running pass. another passing type in rugby is the pass from the ground. when a scrum or breakdown occurs the ball is placed on the ground where the arriving player will attempt to distribute the ball to another advancing player. the ground pass is made from a comparatively static position, when compared to the running pass. regarding the technical attributes of the ground pass there are two different strategies that are commonly employed: 1) a technique that predominantly uses the arms; or 2) a technique that predominantly uses rotations of the shoulder and pelvic girdles. the optimal passing sequence should involve both rotation of the torso and pelvis and the extension of the arms, resulting in an accurate pass. the purpose of this study was therefore to primarily assess whether biomechanical correlates of the rugby ground pass accuracy exist in high-level amateur rugby players. additionally, the study aims to assess the effects of the two passing strategies and their resulting accuracies. it was hypothesised that passing accuracy may be related to the upper body kinematics of the players, specifically the rotations of the torso and pelvic girdles along with additional contributions from the arms. methods participants sixteen first team university level rugby players (11 backs, 5 forwards) that volunteered for this study had an average age of 22±2 years; height of 1.77±0.04 m and body mass of 86.8±16.8 kg. ethical approval was granted by the university ethics committee (m131019) and written informed consent was received prior to the start of testing. all participants were right-handed and injury-free at the time of the study. the participants were required to pass from a distance of 10 m towards a target within a larger calibrated frame. the calibration frame consisted of a 2 m×2 m metal frame with a middle portion consisting of a rectangular target defined by the vertical limits in-between 0.74 m and 1.77 m from the ground. the horizontal width of the target was the length of a regulation rugby union ball (0.33 m). the vertical limits were based on data collected from 27 players, when asked what constituted the limits of a catchable pass while running on attack during a game. pass accuracy was quantified as the distance of the ball position from the central point of the accurate zone. digital video images were recorded (sony dcr-sx41, sony corporation, tokyo, japan) and the position of the ball as it reached the frame was digitally identified using image analysis tools (matlab 7, mathworks, natick, usa). full-body kinematics were recorded using an 18 camera system recording at 100 hz (optitrack flex:v100r2, natural point inc., corvallis, oregon, usa). a measurement volume of approximately 18m3 was calibrated (amass, c-motion germantown, maryland, usa) in the area where ball release would occur, to a level of sub-millimetre error. custom written algorithms were used to analyse body positions as derived from raw marker location data in matlab 7. the various kinematic variables were measured based on descriptions outlined table 1. passing kinematics were analysed at the moment of ball release. two distinct passing groups were identified (fig. 1): one group with a pelvic rotation angle of greater than 80 ° between the direction of the target and the pelvic vector introduction: despite having been largely understudied, one of the crucial components of a team’s success in rugby is accurate passing. this study identified biomechanical correlates of the rugby ground pass and accuracy performance. methods: sixteen club players (height 1.77±0.04 m; mass 86.8±16.8 kg) undertook a combined total of 96 passes and their respective body kinematics were analysed concurrent with measurements of pass accuracy at 10 m. two distinct types of body orientations were found to be utilised by the players: a side-on orientation (pelvic rotation >80 °) and a front-on orientation (pelvic rotation <80 °). results: side-on body orientation passes were more accurate than front-on body orientation passes (p<0.0001). fair relationships were present between the pass accuracy and upper body and hip kinematics for the two distinct body orientations individually. however, no common relationships were observed between the different orientations. conclusion: therefore different strategies exist within players to perform the ground pass with varying grades of accuracy. keywords: biomechanics, direct measurement s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):51-54. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a421 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a421 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 52 fig. 1. defining the two body orientations, by the pelvic positions at ball release. a. front-on orientation (pelvic rotation angle less than 80 ° relative to the direction of the target). b. side-on orientation (pelvic rotation angle greater than 80 ° relative to the direction of the target). (side-on orientation) and one with a pelvic rotation angle of less than 80 ° between the direction of the target and the pelvic vector (front-on orientation). the corresponding side of the participant’s body to that of the intended pass direction will be considered as the pass side, and the opposite side will be considered the stance side. procedure participants underwent a self-guided warm-up prior to testing. all participants were allowed no more than five practise passes under the experimental conditions. all participants performed in a randomised order a total of six passes (three to the left, and three to the right) using a set of standardised training rugby union balls (gilbert xt300, grays of cambridge (int) ltd, east sussex, united kingdom). participants were instructed to pass legally (backwards or lateral) towards the target with the aim of achieving an accurate pass. statistical analysis all data distributions were analysed using a shapiro wilk normality test. passing accuracy error distance is represented as median: range (between quartile 1 and quartile 3) due to the non-normal distribution. accordingly, a mann-whitney test was used to compare accuracy differences between the two passing orientation types. all kinematic data are represented as mean±standard deviation. spearman’s correlations were performed between the pass accuracy error distance and the kinematic variables at ball release in matlab 7. a significance level of p<0.05 was applied. positive values indicate that a greater kinematic variable would result in less accurate passes (larger error). negative correlations indicate that a greater kinematic variable would result in more accurate passes (smaller error). results the passing accuracy error was not significantly (p=0.945) different between the right direction (20.0 cm: 8.4-44.9 cm) and the left direction (20.9 cm: 9.1-43.8 cm). the pass accuracy error distances were significantly larger (p<0.0001) for the front-on body orientation (34.1 cm: 12.9-49.1 cm) (n=64) compared to the side orientation 8.8 cm: 4.4-20.3 cm) (n=32). playing positions and individual passing accuracies are reported in table 2. additionally, table 2 shows that only four participants used a single body orientation (3 front-on; 1 side-on) for their six passes. leaving the remaining 12 participants with a combination of the two body orientations used during the pass. correlations between body kinematics and the pass accuracy distances, and their qualitative descriptions, are reported in table 3. table 1. definitions of the kinematic variables kinematic variable definition neck flexion calculated as the angle of flexion between the upper thorax and head head rotation* calculated as the difference between the global horizontal vector and the horizontal component of the head segment torso rotation* calculated as the difference between the global horizontal vector and the horizontal component of the torso pelvic rotation* calculated as the difference between the global horizontal vector and the horizontal component of the pelvis x-factor defined as the difference between torso and pelvic rotations back flexion calculated as the angle between the lower back (sacrum to tenth thoracic) vector and upper back (tenth thoracic to seventh cervical) vector lateral bend angle defined as the angle of abduction of the torso sagittal plane relative to the pelvic sagittal plane elbow flexion calculated bilaterally, as the angle of flexion between the humerus vector and the vector of the forearm wrist flexion calculated bilaterally, as the angle of flexion between the forearm vector and the vector of the hand knee flexion calculated bilaterally, as the angle of flexion between femur vector and the vector of the shank ankle flexion calculated bilaterally, as the angle of flexion between the vector of the shank and the foot * a rotation value of less than 80 ° would indicate an open stance with the body facing the target. a value larger than 80 ° would indicate that the body would be parallel to the target direction. original research 53 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 discussion unlike previous studies that investigated the running pass in rugby players [1-5], the current study aimed to assess kinematic strategies and accuracy performance of the rugby union ground pass. it was noted that two distinct types of body orientations were utilised by the players. these two distinct types of body orientations resulted in differences in accuracy performance and kinematic correlations to passing accuracy. table 2. playing positions and individual assessment of passing orientation frequency, median and inter-quartile range participant playing position front-on/ side-on accuracy median (cm) accuracy quartile 1 (cm) accuracy quartile 3 (cm) 1 scrum half 3/3 40.9 34.9 49.7 2 scrum half 6/0 18.1 12.9 32.4 3 flank 5/1 34.0 21.1 39.6 4 wing 3/3 9.4 8.7 13.0 5 prop 6/0 8.5 7.0 9.9 6 hooker 0/6 26.9 24.3 28.9 7 wing 6/0 4.9 3.9 5.2 8 number 8 3/3 5.8 5.3 8.4 9 fly half 3/3 4.6 3.0 5.8 10 fullback 5/1 43.1 30.6 45.4 11 fly half 5/1 15.4 10.1 20.3 12 prop 5/1 39.1 31.0 44.9 13 wing 3/3 39.7 14.1 103.5 14 centre 3/3 62.0 57.2 98.3 15 centre 5/1 44.8 36.6 49.1 16 scrum half 3/3 29.0 18.3 45.2 combined 64/32 21.0 9.2 44.6 table 3. kinematic joint angular data and spearman’s rank correlation coefficients for kinematic variables and their relationships to the pass accuracy error distance for front and side body orientations. front body orientation (n=64) side body orientation (n=32) kinematic angle (°) spearman's r qualitative descriptions † kinematic angle (°) spearman's r qualitative descriptions † neck flexion 100.2±13.4 0.124 little 99.3±15.6 -0.458* fair head rotation 88.4±9.5 0.382* fair 88.6±7.4 -0.154 little torso rotation 32.4±18.6 -0.189 little 143.1±39.4 0.122 little lateral bend 15.9±8.1 0.002 little 16.9±7.9 0.269 fair back flexion 15.7±8.2 0.204 little 17.9±4.0 -0.027 little stance side elbow 68.1±18.7 -0.258 fair 66.0±15.3 0.655* moderate pass side elbow 50.2±17.6 -0.331* fair 52.9±12.6 0.013 little stance side wrist 149.1±15.6 -0.210 little 150.0±13.0 -0.457* fair pass side wrist 127.2±22.7 0.134 little 130.6±17.8 -0.464* fair pelvic rotation 35.8±14.6 -0.105 little 133.8±33.2 -0.182 little x-factor -2.7±12.7 -0.380* fair 6.7±14.8 0.140 little stance side knee 58.1±27.5 0.050 little 57.0±19.9 -0.255 fair pass side knee 53.6±28.3 0.055 little 53.5±24.0 -0.095 little stance side ankle 75.2±16.4 0.096 little 81.4±19.1 0.253 fair pass side ankle 65.4±8.8 0.111 little 64.5±6.0 -0.118 little † qualitative descriptions for the strength of the relationships were defined as portney and watkins [6]: r=0.00-0.25 little or no relationship; r=0.25-0.50 fair relationship; r=0.50-0.75 moderate to good relationship; r>0.75 good to excellent relationship. * p<0.05 spearman’s rank correlation coefficient original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 54 firstly, it must be noted that there was no significant difference between the passes directed to the right and the passes directed to the left. this is contrary to studies presented by pavely et al.[2] worsfold and page[3] and sayers and ballon[7]. these studies reported the effects of hand dominance on maximal pass distance, various pass distances and pass velocity, respectively. the lack of difference in passing accuracy based on hand dominance resulted in the combined accuracies of the passes being used. from this analysis it was noted that two distinct body orientations were used to execute the passes: front-on and side-on. however, only four of the 16 participants used a single body orientation to execute all of their six passes. the remaining 12 participants all used a combination of front-on and sideon body orientations. the significant correlations highlight interesting relationships between the body movements and pass accuracy independent of the two distinct body orientations. isolating the front-on body orientation, the positive correlation for accuracy and head rotation would suggest the importance of identifying the target in executing an accurate pass. furthermore, the front-on body orientation requires a greater extension of the pass side elbow, while the side-on body orientation requires the stance elbow flexion to be larger to achieve accurate passes. a significant correlation between the velocity of the stance side elbow flexion and the resulting pass velocity has been reported [7]. consequently, the stance side elbow may be essential to the performance of the pass. interestingly, the passes were more accurate with decreasing values of x-factor. this would suggest a greater torso rotation relative to the pelvic rotation is needed to achieve an accurate pass. regarding the side-on body orientation relationships: pass accuracy requires more neck extension and bilateral wrist flexion, as indicated by the significant correlations. these results may indicate that in this body orientation, the players would need to elevate their heads to observe and identify the target by reducing the degree of neck flexion (increased neck extension). the relationships shown for the pass accuracy and the different body orientations highlight the potentially different strategies that are used to achieve an accurate pass. interestingly, there were no common kinematic variables that were significantly correlated to accuracy between the two different body orientations. it would appear that in the side-on orientation the players would rely on the arms, specifically the stance elbow flexion, head flexion, stance side wrist flexion and pass side wrist flexion. while the front-on body orientation utilises head rotation, pass side elbow flexion and x-factor (torso and pelvic girdle separation) to achieve accurate passes. while these relationships do give some insight into the different strategies used in the two distinct pass styles, they do not definitively identify all the parameters used by the players. furthermore, they merely identify fair relationships between the parameters and do not imply causation. further investigation, specifically into the muscular activity, is required to conclusively answer this. ultimately, the passing type used by the players should not affect the gameplay provided they are able to achieve an accurate pass. the data within the current study would suggest that the side-on pass orientation was shown to be more accurate than the front-on pass. however, the accuracy constraints in the current study do not take into account any movement of the receiving player, with the vast majority of passes likely to be caught by the receiving player. additional limitations include: the small sample size; playing level of the participants; and the limited number of passes performed by each player. future studies are warranted to investigate the duration of the passes and the effects of playing position on the body orientations used to perform the passes. conclusion the current study has identified two different kinematic passing strategies used by players to achieve different levels of pass accuracy. specifically, the side-on body orientation produced more accurate passes than the front-on body orientation. coaches should train ground passing strategies that result in the most accurate outcomes. the majority of ground passes performed by a sample of rugby players of various positions resulted in a front-on body orientation. however, when a side-on pass orientation was used, the passes were significantly more accurate. passing strategies may be reliant on the orientation of the body relative to the target. take home message ground passing accuracies were not subject to the effect of hand dominance over 10 m. passing accuracies may be reliant on the body orientations used during the passing sequence and fair-to-moderate relationships exist between passing accuracy and kinematic variables. training regimes that enhance these kinematic variables may be beneficial to improving passing accuracy. references 1. gabbett t, kelly j, pezet t. a comparison of fitness and skill among playing positions in sub-elite rugby league players. j sci med sport 2008;11(6):585-592. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2007.07.004] 2. pavely s, adams rd, di francesco ti, et al. execution and outcome differences between passes to the left and right made by first-grade rugby union players. phys ther sport 2009;10(4):136-141. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2009.05.006] 3. worsfold pr, page m. the influences of rugby spin pass technique on movement time, ball velocity and passing accuracy. int j perform anal sport 2014;14(1):296-306. http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/uwic/ujpa/2014/00000014/0 0000001/art00026 4. hooper jj, james sd, jones dc, et al.. the influence of training with heavy rugby balls on selected spin pass variables in youth rugby union players. j sci med sports 2008;11(2): 209-213. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2006.09.005] 5. assi hn, bottoms l. the effects of caffeine on rugby passing accuracy while performing the reactive agility test. sci sport 2014;29(5):275-281. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.scispo.2014.07.012] 6. portney lg, watkins mp. (2009). foundations of clinical research: applications to practice. 3rd ed.. london: pearson prentice hall. 7. sayers m, ballon r. biomechanical analysis of a rugby pass from the ground. 7th world congress of science and football, nagoya, japan 26-30 may 2011. original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license physical activity and quality of life of patients with fibromyalgia l smith, mphil (biokinetics); m croucamp, bbio department of sport and movement studies in the faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, doornfontein campus, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: l smith (lynnvr@uj.ac.za) fibromyalgia syndrome (fms) is a chronic disorder characterised by musculoskeletal pain and a heightened response to the sensation of pressure.[1,2] the condition is more prevalent in the adult female population and is influenced by socioeconomic and cultural factors.[3] from a healthcare perspective, many patients report inconsistencies within the healthcare system and poorly coordinated care due to the complexity of the illness.[4] in addition, healthcare practitioners are of the perception that fms is not a real medical condition, which often results in debates and challenging encounters between healthcare practitioners and patients.[4] an exploratory study reported a patient stating the following: ‘one day i walked into the [doctors’] rooms, [and] he told me once again ‘there’s nothing wrong with you’, and i told him ‘but doctor, this is impossible. i can’t sleep, i can’t turn, i can’t get up from the bed. i have difficulty driving’. [1] on the other hand, a large proportion of fms patients in south africa are disadvantaged by limited access to healthcare facilities, healthcare staff and treatment owing to the disadvantaged communities they reside in.[1] although a multidisciplinary and biopsychosocial approach to fms has been advocated for, there is still a need to increase awareness.[2] of the numerous methods identified to manage the illness, such as relaxation exercise, social support, medication, and prayer, to name a few, exercise has been proven to be the most successful among fms patients.[5] despite the efficacy of exercise in slowing down the progression of fms and the management of its symptoms, many patients are still not engaging in regular physical activity.[5] the effects of physical activity on fms and overall quality of life (qol) have been well-documented. several studies comparing the effects of aerobic exercise and muscle strengthening programmes among patients with fms have yielded benefits with fatigue, sleep, tender point count, pain, fitness and qol.[6] interestingly, 12 weeks after exercise had been stopped among patients, those who had previously engaged in muscle-strengthening activities experienced a reoccurrence of symptoms, while the benefits of aerobic exercise lasted for a longer period of time.[6] in terms of aerobic activities, aquatic exercise and land-based exercise showed similar improvements in the physical and mental health in this population; however, programmes that combine stretching, aerobic and muscle strengthening activities are the most effective in improving the qol and the overall well-being of patients with fms.[6] regardless of the debates relating to the most suitable mode or intensity of exercise for fms patients, physical activity in any form has been shown to improve qol in these patients.[7] however, physical inactivity in south africa is a major concern as the country has the highest prevalence of inactivity compared to other countries, such as developing countries like poland and romania.[8] in conjunction with increasing physical activity, there is also a need to emphasise a decrease in sedentary time for optimal benefit.[9] for this reason, the purpose of this research in determining physical activity levels and qol amongst fms patients in the johannesburg region was established. methods study design and participants this study used a cross-sectional research design. descriptive and quantitative data were collected to achieve the aims and objectives. a total of 38 participants from the johannesburg region diagnosed with fms formed the sample population of this pilot study. participants of both genders who have been diagnosed with fms by a qualified physician were recruited. the inclusion criteria were participants between the ages of 18 and 65 years diagnosed with fms and who have access to the internet to complete the online questionnaire. ethical considerations this research was approved by the institution’s research ethics committee (rec-229-2019). principles of autonomy, background: fibromyalgia syndrome (fms) has been linked to decreased social functioning, poor mental health, and quality of life (qol). increased physical functioning and activity can result in improvements in social, mental and overall health, as well as lowered depression and anxiety levels. objectives: the aim of this study was to determine physical activity levels and qol amongst patients diagnosed with fibromyalgia in the johannesburg region of south africa. methods: the research design was cross-sectional. descriptive and quantitative data were collected. fms patients (n=38) completed an online questionnaire on the google forms platform. the questionnaire was comprised of four components, namely demographics, the global physical activity questionnaire (gpaq), the fibromyalgia impact questionnaire (fiqr), and the short form-36 (sf-36). during data analysis, descriptive characteristics and correlations were computed. the significance level was set at p ≤ 0.05. results: results revealed high fiqr scores (67%) accompanied with low qol scores (<50% in all domains). there was no correlation between physical activity and fiqr, and physical activity and qol. conclusion: high scores on the impact of fms were associated with lower overall qol scores. however, the relationship between physical activity, and the impact of fms and qol remain inconclusive. keywords: fibromyalgia syndrome, fms, exercise, fibromyalgia impact s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a14781 mailto:lynnvr@uj.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a14781 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6728-4704 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8562-5004 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 beneficence, non-maleficence, and justice were applied and adhered to throughout the research process. sampling and recruitment researchers contacted rheumatologists and general practitioners and requested referrals of their patients who have been diagnosed with fms. once participants had been contacted and agreed to participate in the research, they were asked to refer other qualifying patients by means of snowball sampling. all participants who met the inclusion criteria and completed the questionnaire formed part of the study’s sample. data collection the three questionnaires used in this study were collated and uploaded onto the google forms platform (appendix a). a link to the online questionnaire was distributed to the referred participants via email. once accessed, the duration given to complete the questionnaire was 20 to 30 minutes. measuring tools and instruments the online version of this questionnaire was a combination of three questionnaires, namely, the fibromyalgia impact questionnaire – revised (fiqr), the sf-36, and the global physical activity questionnaire (gpaq). in addition, a demographics section was included at the beginning of the questionnaire with the purpose of defining the characteristics of the sample population. statistical analysis data were computed on the statistical package for social sciences (spss) for windows version 15.0 (spss inc., chicago, il, usa). together with descriptive statistics, inferential statistics were also computed. for the purpose of determining normality, the shapiro-wilk test was given. pearson’s correlation coefficient was used to establish the relationship between variables. the level of significance was set at 5% (p ≤ 0.05). the bonferroni adjustment was applied as a post hoc test and was set at p ≤ 0.0167. this was computed to account for the multiple comparisons between variables and to avoid false statistical inferences.[10] results the results presented in this section include the demographics of the sample, physical activity levels (assessed by the gpaq), the impact of fms on daily life (assessed by the fiqr), qol, relationships between qol table 1. demographic data of the participants (n=38) domain frequency (%) gender female 37 (97.4) male 1 (2.6) age 18-20 1 (2.6) 21-30 4 (10.5) 3140 6 (15.8) 41-50 12 (31.6) 51-60 11 (29.0) >60 4 (10.5) ethnicity caucasian 26 (68.5) asian / pacific islander 4 (10.5) mixed ethnicity 4 (10.5) indian 4 (10.5) black african 0 (0.0) employment status employed full time 16 (42.0) unable to work 6 (15.8) unemployed but not currently looking for work 5 (13.2) self-employed 5 (13.2) employed part time 2 (5.3) retired 2 (5.3) unemployed and looking for work 1 (2.6) student 1 (2.6) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 w al ki ng o th er sw im m in g y og a p ila te s r un ni ng /j og gi ng w ei gh t lif ti ng d an ci ng b ox in g c yc lin g t ai c hi p e r c e n t a g e ( % ) physical activity type fig. 1. various activities performed by participants (%) (n=31). participants could select multiple responses. original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 and fms impact, results of the gpaq in relation to total time spent being physically active, total time spent being sedentary and relationships between active time, sedentary time, fms impact and qol. sociodemographic aspects table 1 reflects the demographic data of the sample. of the 38 participants who completed the online questionnaire, 37 were females (97%) and 1 was male (2.6%) (table 1). the dominant age grouping for fms in this sample was 41 to 50 years, as 32% of the participants were aged in this range. only one participant (2.6%) was aged between 18 and 20 years. majority of the participants (68%) were caucasian, and no participants were of black african descent. a large proportion of the sample (42%) indicated full-time employment, while 16% of the participants were unable to work. physical activity the various activities performed by participants who engage in exercise are illustrated in figure 1. a total of 31 participants (82%) indicated that they currently engage in physical activity (figure 1). participants could select multiple responses to this question, resulting in the total exceeding 100%. the most popular type of physical activity was walking (79%), while none of the participants indicated participation in tai chi. participants stated that they spend an average of 903 minutes (15.1 hours) a week engaged in some sort of physical activity. total sedentary time on average was reported as 5.8 hours a week. the impact of fms on daily life (fiqr) the impact that fms has on the daily life of patients with fms is demonstrated in table 2. table 2 shows that fms was shown to have a large impact on the participants’ daily lives, reflected as a mean total fiqr score of 67%. the higher the fiqr score, the larger the impact it has on the participant’s life. quality of life (sf-36) table 3 reflects the qol scores across eight domains. the scores for all qol domains were below 50%, indicating a low score (table 3). role limitations due to physical health (15%), role limitations due to emotional health (22%) and energy/vitality (22%) exhibited the lowest scores, while social functioning yielded the highest mean score (40%), although it was also below 50%. the relationship between fiqr and sf-36 the correlations between fiqr and qol are depicted in table 4. although all domains reflected a significant relation with qol, table 2. impact of fms on daily life (fiqr) (n=38) domain score (%) daily function 18.4 ± 5.7 pain levels 13.4 ± 4.4 symptoms experienced 35.5 ± 7.2 total fiqr score 67.4 ± 16.1 data are expressed as mean ± sd. the higher the score, the larger the impact on the participants life. fiqr, fibromyalgia impact questionnaire – revised; fms, fibromyalgia syndrome. table 3. quality of life of participants (sf-36) (n=38) domain score (%) physical functioning 34.9 ± 21.9 role physical 15.1 ± 25.0 role emotional 22.8 ± 33.9 energy/fatigue 22.2 ± 14.4 emotional wellbeing 44.8 ± 18.4 social functioning 39.8 ± 23.8 pain 30.9 ± 20.9 general health 32.6 ± 18.8 data are expressed as mean ± sd. table 4. correlation between fiqr and qol (n=38) domain pearson correlation (95% ci) physical functioning -0.69 (-0.82, -0.46) role physical -0.53 (-0.73, -0.24) role emotional -0.51 (-0.71, -0.22) energy/fatigue -0.71 (-0.84, -0.50) emotional wellbeing -0.72 (-0.84, -0.52) social functioning -0.70 (-0.84, -0.49) pain -0.71 (-0.84, -0.50) general health -0.55 (-0.74, -0.27) all data shown are significant at the level of p <0.01 (after bonferroni adjustment). fiqr, fibromyalgia impact questionnaire – revised; qol, quality of life table 5. correlation between total active time, sedentary time and qol (n=38) total active time sedentary time domain pearson correlation (95% ci) p value pearson correlation (95% ci) p value physical functioning 0.39 (0.08, 0.63) 0.016 0.09 (-0.24, 0.40) 0.604 role physical 0.19 (-0.14, 0.48) 0.266 0.19 (-0.14, 0.48) 0.266 role emotional 0.05 (-0.28, 0.36) 0.782 0.03 (-0.29, 0.35) 0.852 energy/fatigue 0.33 (0.01, 0.58) 0.047 0.09 (-0.23, 0.40) 0.580 emotional wellbeing 0.16 (-0.17, 0.45) 0.350 0.11 (-0.22, 0.41) 0.523 social functioning 0.05 (-0.28, 0.36) 0.774 0.25 (-0.08, 0.53) 0.130 pain 0.13 (-0.19, 0.44) 0.422 0.01 (-0.32, 0.33) 0.974 general health 0.29 (-0.03, 0.56) 0.079 0.01 (-0.33, 0.32) 0.973 qol, quality of life. original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 the most significant correlation exists between fiqr and emotional wellbeing and the weakest correlation exists between the fiqr and role limitations due to emotional health (table 4). relationship between total time active, sedentary time and sf-36 table 5 shows the correlations between total active time, sedentary time and qol of the sample. table 5 illustrates that neither of the domains in qol showed a statistically significant correlation total active time and sedentary time. discussion this study aimed to determine the qol amongst patients with fms by defining physical activity levels and the impact of fms. demographic aspects the majority of the sample consisted of females, namely 97%. similarly, research shows that fms is more prevalent in the female population, with a ratio of 6:1 to their male counterparts.[3,11] a study assessing the qol amongst fms patients yielded similar findings, with a 95% prevalence of females in the sample.[12] the majority of the sample (71%) were over the age of 41 years, which is line with what is contained in the literature, indicating a higher prevalence in middle-aged patients (30-50 years), or older.[12] other studies evaluating pain and qol amongst patients with fms consisted patients with a mean age of 46 and 50 years, respectively, in their samples.[12] an international study in america found that 91% of their sample were of caucasian ethnicity.[13] this is similar to the findings in this research study, where the majority (68%) of the sample was caucasian. in contrast, another international study concluded that individuals from african descent were 1.52 times more likely to be diagnosed with fms in comparison to their caucasian counterparts.[14] therefore, definite conclusions with regards to the influence of ethnicity on fms cannot be shown. in this study, 61% of participants were employed either on a fulltime or part-time basis, or were self-employed. although 16% were unable to work, it was unclear whether this was owing to their fms, as reasons for unemployment was not assessed in this questionnaire. in a study conducted in 2021, the majority of the sample (52%) were employed while living with fms, although 6% were on long-term sick leave due to their fms symptoms.[12] the impact of fms on daily life the overall impact of fms on the life of the participants in this study was high (67±16%). symptoms experienced had a large impact on daily life, while pain and daily function had a smaller impact. previous studies reported similar results.[15] owing to the subjective nature of the questionnaires, it is evident that the participants in this study deemed their symptoms to affect their daily lives more than their physical limitations and pain. in addition, a recent study reported that pain is not the major predictor and contributor to quality of life amongst fms patients.[16] this notion is supported by previous research, which determined that tiredness and a depressed mood affected fms participants more than their pain levels experienced.[17] in a study examining the experiences of south african fms patients, one participant reported; “the symptoms really started to become quite difficult … when i used to go to doctors saying… because at that point i was still physically very active … ‘this fatigue is unmanageable. i can’t cope with the fatigue’.”[18] another study reported that poor sleep quality and sleep disturbances were the most frequently reported complaints.[12] this could not only be linked to fatigue, but by identifying subgroups of patients with similar experiences and symptoms, healthcare practitioners can improve the diagnostic criteria and treatment of the fms.[12] quality of life the low overall qol (<50%) in this study correlates with previous research showing that the qol of fms individuals is extremely low.[19] the participants in this research study had low scores for vitality and pain. in addition, the same participants who reported low scores for vitality and pain, also required attention in the role limitations due to physical health and emotional problems. similarly, a study done outside of south africa indicated that participants yielded low scores in the mental health, social functioning, vitality, pain and general health categories.[19] in another study, the areas with the lowest qol scores included depression, general activity, general health perception, and vitality.[16] it has been reported, however, that depression is a strong predictor of qol and that depression and anxiety often mediate the effect of pain on overall qol.[20] physical activity, sedentary time and fms contrary to previous research, 82% of participants in this study stated that they participated in some form of physical activity. in other research, the majority of individuals with fms do not typically participate in physical activity and are classified as aerobically unfit. [21] participants in this study reported that they spent a higher than usual amount of time engaging in some form of physical activity during the week. this included activity as part of work, travel to and from work, as well as recreational physical activity. it is possible that the participants were not fully able to differentiate between the different intensities of activity, leading to unusually high activity times shown. this could be reflected in the large amount of time spent being sedentary per day. high sedentary time has been associated with worse pain regulation, overall pain, fatigue, and disease impact in fms patients.[9] it has also been determined that substituting 30 minutes of sedentary time with light physical activity yielded better scores in the bodily pain, vitality and the social functioning domains of the sf-36, while all domains of the fiqr showed improvements. [9] although sedentary time has been linked to increased pain, it has been postulated that pain does not play a role in physical activity participation amongst these patients. while research has shown that 60% to 80% of fms patients believe physical activity to be beneficial for weight loss, fitness, and feelings of wellbeing, they reported that it was ineffective in reducing pain.[22] the original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 perception of its ineffectiveness in reducing pain could be a barrier to the increase in physical activity, or the patient’s willingness to continue to adhere to an exercise programme. previous research has shown a correlation between low sedentary time and high activity time to improved symptomology in fms patients, as well as higher qol.[15,7] due to the nature of the pilot study and the small sample size, the results of this study are inconclusive. however, it has been postulated that better qol was common amongst those patients whose adherence to treatment is higher.[12] for this reason, the researchers believe that if this study is replicated amongst a larger sample, findings would illustrate that higher physical activity levels and reduced sedentary time are linked to improved qol and lower fms impact. the relationship between qol and impact of fms the last objective of this study was to determine the relationship between fms and qol. findings illustrated that a strong correlation exists between fiqr and sf-36 in all domains. high fiqr scores were associated with low scores on the sf-36, indicating that the high impact of fms experienced by the sample in daily life points toward a lower the qol for the participant. this was especially true in the relationship to pain, where high pain levels resulted in poorer qol. pain in fms is treated with pharmacology and physical therapy.[23] while it has been said that some medications produce side effects severe enough to result in patients discontinuing, adherence to physical therapy, although beneficial, is also low due to pain tolerance and the willingness to participate. [23] management of the condition should include a multidisciplinary approach, by integrating complementary medicine and non-pharmacological interventions to reduce pain, increase physical activity and improve qol. [23] a study conducted in france also reported that their sample reported high impact scores and low qol scores. [12] their sample had shown deterioration in functional autonomy, increased severity of symptoms and emotional distress, as well as poor overall qol. [12] this led to the researchers advocating for increased awareness and a call to healthcare practitioners to pay special attention to fms patients, as a large majority tend to distrust the healthcare system, resulting in poorer adherence to medical treatment. [12] limitations the generalisability of the findings in this study should be considered owing to the sample being recruited from the johannesburg region only. ethnicities in the demographic section of the questionnaire were not applicable to the south african context, which could have made it challenging for participants to place themselves in this section. the different intensities used in the gpaq were not clearly defined. participants may not have been able to clearly differentiate between the different intensities, leading to inaccurate recording of weekly activities. whether the participants were taking medications or receiving any form of treatment for their fms was not assessed, which could have a significant impact on results of this study. the covid-19 pandemic and the south african lockdown resulted in the questionnaire being placed online and prevented its physical administration, which may have had an impact on the sample size. this study did not assess the past and current treatment plans of the participants and how they might have influenced the results. it is possible that the participants are using only exercise as a treatment for the condition, as opposed to a multidisciplinary and holistic approach. this could possibly explain the positive relationship between qol and exercise in the present study. the body mass index was not assessed in this study, which could play a role in the fiqr and qol scores. it is thus possible that the majority of participants in this study are overweight, which would influence the results. conclusion the findings in this study have demonstrated a large impact of daily life in south african fms patients. it is also evident that these individuals have a low qol, although participation in physical activity is evident. however, the link between exercise and qol of these individuals is unclear. it is suggested that this study be repeated with a larger sample size to determine a clear link between physical activity and qol amongst patients with fms in south africa. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: both authors provided a substantial contribution to: (i) the conception, design, analysis and interpretation of data; (ii) drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content; and (iii) approval of the version to be published. references 1. cooper s, gilbert l. an exploratory study of the experience of fibromyalgia diagnosis in south africa. health (london) 2017;21(3):337-353. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1363459316677623] 2. umar ji, oyoo go, otieno cf, maritim m, ngugi n. prevalence of fibromyalgia syndrome in diabetics with chronic pain at the kenyatta national hospital. afr j rheumatol 2017;5(2):54-57. 3. marques ap, santo ad, berssaneti aa, et al. prevalence of fibromyalgia: literature review update. rev bras reumatol 2017; 57(4):356-363. [https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rbre.2017.01.005] 4. doebl s, macfarlane gj, hollick rj. “no one wants to look after the fibro patient”. understanding models, and patient perspectives, of care for fibromyalgia: reviews of current evidence. pain. 2020 aug 1;161(8):1716-1725. [https://doi.org/10.1097/j.pain.0000000000001870] 5. bellato e, marini e, castoldi f, et al. fibromyalgia syndrome: etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment. pain res treat 2012.2012:426130. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2012/426130]. pmid: 23213512. [pmcid: pmc3503476] 6. kayo ah, peccin ms, sanches cm, trevisani vf. effectiveness of physical activity in reducing pain in patients with fibromyalgia: a blinded randomized clinical trial. rheumatol int 2012 aug;32(8):2285-2292. [https://doi.org/10.1007/s00296-011-1958-z] https://doi.org/10.1177/1363459316677623 https://doi.org/10.1155/2012/426130 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 7. sieczkowska sm, vilarino gt, de souza lc, andrade a. does physical exercise improve quality of life in patients with fibromyalgia?. ir j med sci 2020 feb;189(1):341-347. [https://doi.org/10.1007/s11845-019-02038-z] 8. joubert j, norman r, lambert ev, et al. estimating the burden of disease attributable to physical inactivity in south africa in 2000. samj 2007; 97(8 pt 2):725-731. [https://doi.org/10.1007/s11845-019-02038-z] 9. gavilán‐carrera b, segura‐jiménez v, mekary ra, et al. substituting sedentary time with physical activity in fibromyalgia and the association with quality of life and impact of the disease: the al‐ándalus project. arthritis care res (hoboken) 2019; 71(2):281-289. [https://doi.org/10.1002/ acr.23717] 10. chen s-y, feng z, yi x. a general introduction to adjustment for multiple comparisons. j thorac dis. 2017; 9(6):17251729. [https://doi.org/10.21037/jtd.2017.05.34] 11. van rensburg r, meyer hp, hitchcock sa, schuler ce. screening for adult adhd in patients with fibromyalgia syndrome. pain med 2018; 19(9):1825-1831. [https://doi.org/10.1093/pm/pnx275] 12. gana k, cuvelier m, koleck m. quality of life, distrust in health care system and adherence to medical recommendations in patients with fibromyalgia: a latent profile analysis. mjcp 2021; 9(2). [https://doi.org/10.13129/2282-1619/mjcp-2953] 13. hooten wm, townsend co, decker pa. gender differences among patients with fibromyalgia undergoing multidisciplinary pain rehabilitation. pain med 2007; 8:624-632. [https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1526-4637.2006.00202.x] 14. lee jy, guy sd, lukacs mj, et al. management of fibromyalgia syndrome: cognitive-behavioral therapy (cbt) for healthcare professionals. univ west ont med j 2018; 87(1):34-37. [https://doi.org/10.5206/uwomj.v87i1.1817] 15. segura-jiménez v, soriano-maldonado a, álvarez-gallardo ic, estévez-lópez f, carbonell-baeza a, delgado-fernández m. fibromyalgia prevalence and relateds factors in a large registry of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. clin exp rheumatol 2016; 34(2 suppl 96): s40-47. 16. offenbaecher m, kohls n, ewert t, et al. pain is not the major determinant of quality of life in fibromyalgia: results from a retrospective “real world” data analysis of fibromyalgia patients. rheumatol int 2021; 41(11):1995-2006. [https://doi.org/10.1007/s00296-020-04702-5] 17. ubago linares md, ruiz-pérez i, bermejo pérez mj, olry de labry-lima a, hernández-torres e, plazaola-castaño j. analysis of the impact of fibromyalgia on quality of life: associated factors. clin rheumatol 2008; 27(5):613-619. [https://doi.org/10.1007/s10067-007-0756-1]. [pmid: 17909739] 18. cooper s, gilbert l. the role of ‘social support’ in the experience of fibromyalgia –narratives from south africa. health soc care community. 2017; 25(3):1021-1030. [https://doi.org/10.1111/hsc.12403] 19. salaffi f, sarzi-puttini p, girolimetti r, atzeni f, gasparini s, grassi w. health-related quality of life in fibromyalgia patients: a comparison with rheumatoid arthritis patients and the general population using the sf-36 health survey. clin exp rheumatol 2009; 27(5 suppl 56):s67-s74. [pmid: 20074443] 20. galvez-sánchez cm, montoro ci, duschek s, del paso ga. depression and trait-anxiety mediate the influence of clinical pain on health-related quality of life in fibromyalgia. j affect disord 2020; 265:486-95. [https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2020.01.129] 21. bennett rm, clark sr, goldberg l, et al. aerobic fitness in patients with fibrositis. a controlled study of respiratory gas exchange and 133xenon clearance from exercising muscle. arthritis rheum 1989; 32(4):454-460. [https://doi.org/10.1002/anr.1780320415] 22. mc veigh jg, lucas a, hurley da, basford jr, baxter gd. patients' perceptions of exercise therapy in the treatment of fibromyalgia syndrome: a survey. musculoskeletal care 2003; 1(2):98-107. [https://doi.org/10.1002/msc.45] 23. martin l, porreca f, mata ei, et al. green light exposure improves pain and quality of life in fibromyalgia patients: a preliminary one-way crossover clinical trial. pain med 2021; 22(1):118-130. [https://doi.org/10.1093/pm/pnaa329] https://doi.org/10.1007/s10067-007-0756-1 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 93 original research j t pearson,1 bsc (med) (hons) (exerc sci) (biokinetics); e d watson,2,3 mspsc; e v lambert,1 phd; l k micklesfield,2 phd 1 division of exercise science & sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 mrc/wits developmental pathways for health research unit, department of paediatrics, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, africa 3 centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: l k micklesfield (lisa.micklesfield@uct.ac.za) background. a woman’s health status prior to, and during, pregnancy has been shown to influence maternal and foetal health outcomes, and therefore healthy behaviours should be encouraged to optimise weight gain during pregnancy. discussion. pre-gravid overweight and obesity, and excessive weight gain during pregnancy, are associated with several adverse pregnancy outcomes for the mother and the foetus. despite the fact that physical activity during pregnancy reduces the risk of excessive gestational weight gain, physical activity levels typically decline during pregnancy. several factors have been shown to influence physical activity during pregnancy, and preliminary data is available on identifying these factors in south african women. conclusion. very little is known about physical activity patterns in pregnant south african women in whom overweight and obesity is prevalent. examining these patterns, as well as the barriers and facilitators of physical activity in this population will assist in informing future interventions. keywords. south africa, obesity, barriers, interventions s afr j sports med 2015;27(4):93-96. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2015/ v27i4a440 in south africa (sa), as the population undergoes economic transition and hiv/aids mortality rates become more controlled, non-communicable diseases (ncds) are emerging as one of the major healthcare burdens facing the country.[1] in fact, this rise in ncds, coupled with maternal and infant mortality rates, form two of the four main threats to the health of south africans.[2] ncds are said to account for 21% of life years lost in sa.[1] in particular, the obesity epidemic has been increasing, with the most recent statistics reporting that 61% of the sa population are reportedly overweight or obese, with the prevalence being particularly high in women.[2] there is strong evidence for the role of physical activity (pa) in reducing the risk and burden of ncds,[3] which is of particular importance in south african women, who appear to be vulnerable to both weight gain and physical inactivity.[4] for example, data from the south african demographic and health survey (2003) showed that two-thirds of south african women are inactive, with physical inactivity being a major contributing factor to the increase in overweight or obesity.[4] according to the first south african national health and nutrition examination survey (sanhanes-1), it appears that the most significant increase in waist circumference, as well as overweight and obesity, occur between 15 and 35 years of age. as this represents childbearing age, it may be the perfect window of opportunity to intervene, not only to optimise the health of the mother but also of her offspring. by optimising health behaviours and contributing to the achievement of the world health organisation’s (who) millennium goals, this may assist in reducing child mortality and improving maternal health. recent preventative medicine research has focused on early life and in utero environmental factors and their effects on future health with some studies showing that, although the genetics of disease cannot be ignored, early life factors may play an important role in the risk of disease.[5] this alludes to the fact that a woman’s health status, both pre-pregnancy and during pregnancy, can significantly influence pregnancy outcomes and the health prospects of the offspring.[5] therefore the importance of optimising the period of pre-pregnancy and pregnancy, and encouraging healthy behaviours during this time, should be emphasised. despite the wealth of evidence to encourage physical activity in the prevention and management of chronic diseases, minimal research exists for the pregnant population, particularly in developing countries. it has been shown that women of lower educational and socioeconomic status are particularly vulnerable to adverse pregnancy outcomes due to limited knowledge around pregnancy and health, including physical activity recommendations.[6] therefore the purpose of this review is to describe the effects of overweight and obesity, and the role of physical activity, on maternal and foetal health outcomes during pregnancy. in addition, the factors that have been shown to influence physical activity participation during pregnancy have been reviewed. the burden of obesity in south africa for almost 20 years south africa has been burdened with an increasing prevalence of ncds, such as cardiovascular disease and type 2 diabetes, overweight and obesity, and their associated disease burdens.[1] although physical inactivity and sub-optimal nutrition are not unique to south africa, the country has gone through drastic economic change and urbanisation, which may have magnified these global trends.[2] unwin et al. suggest that urbanisation, which is associated with an increase in unhealthy dietary behaviours and increased physical inactivity, has the potential to increase the burden of ncds on the healthcare sector.[7] a review by mayosi et al. revealed that the burden of ncds appears to be disproportionately higher in poor people living in urban settings.[1] increased urbanisation has been associated with a rise in the prevalence of hypertension,[7] and bourne et  al.[8] named urbanisation as one of the four independent risk factors for type 2 diabetes. kruger et al.[9] identified urbanisation as one of the top three predictors of increased body mass index (bmi), skinfold thickness, waist circumference and waist-to-hip ratio, all of which were associated with an increase in the prevalence of elevated blood pressure and triglycerides, as well as reduced glucose tolerance and insulin sensitivity. the role of physical activity during pregnancy in determining maternal and foetal outcomes mailto:lisa.micklesfield@uct.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a440 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a440 94 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 south african national data have reported that women have a higher bmi and prevalence of obesity than men, with a reported prevalence of overweight and obesity in females between 40-56%.[1,2,4] this is noteworthy, since extensive literature has reported that being overweight or obese prior to, and during, pregnancy has adverse effects on both the mother and the foetus during pregnancy and postpartum.[9,10] obesity and maternal outcomes pre-gravid overweight or obesity has been shown to result in adverse pregnancy outcomes, such as hypertension, pre-eclampsia, gestational diabetes mellitus (gdm), perinatal mortality, macrosomia and complicated deliveries.[10] in addition, women who are overweight or obese prior to pregnancy have a greater risk of miscarriage compared to women with a normal bmi,[10] and may also be at an increased risk of caesarean section delivery.[11] consequently, women who enter pregnancy overweight or obese tend to stay in hospital longer and incur greater financial costs around the time of delivery and postpartum.[10] thus it is advisable that women are at an optimal and healthy body weight prior to falling pregnant in order to improve their chances of a successful pregnancy. excessive gestational weight gain is associated with the development of maternal hypertension and pre-eclampsia.[11] globally, approximately 10% of all pregnancies are complicated by hypertension, which is a major cause of both foetal and maternal morbidity and mortality.[12] in south africa, the latest saving mothers report cited 622 maternal deaths related to hypertensive disorders, with 55.3% from eclampsia, 28.3% from pre-eclampsia and 6.1% associated with chronic hypertension.[13] according to this report, deaths from hypertensive disorders of pregnancy remain the most common direct cause of maternal death.[13] as stated above, since hypertension is closely associated with overweight and obesity, as well as excessive gestational weight gain, there appears to be a need for continual education of women to reduce the risk of developing hypertension, by reducing pre-pregnancy weight and limiting weight gain during pregnancy.[13] similarly, women who enter pregnancy overweight or obese, or gain excessive weight during pregnancy, have an increased risk of developing gdm.[10] although little is known about gdm in africa, a recent systematic review reported a prevalence ranging from 0-13.9%, and an estimated 8.8% in south africa.[14] gdm not only increases the risk of maternal complications, but many studies have shown that children of women with gdm have a higher risk of childhood obesity and metabolic dysregulation later on in life.[15] certainly, in the mother, there appears to be a 40% greater risk of developing type 2 diabetes mellitus (t2dm) within 15 years of giving birth.[13] maternal obesity and foetal outcomes the who recently described the 1 000 days between conception and the child’s second birthday as a critical period for determining the future risk of disease. drake and walker[16] suggest that intergenerational effects may occur as a result of genetic attributes manifesting in a similar manner in both the mother and her child, adverse extrinsic environmental conditions persisting from one generation to the next, or adverse intrauterine conditions resulting in an altered maternal metabolism, which in turn provides an adverse environment for the foetus. for example, high pre-gravid bmi and low pre-gravid insulin sensitivity are strong predictors of increased foetal growth, possibly due to the maternal insulin resistance resulting in greater availability of nutrients to the foetus.[9] pre-pregnancy bmi and gestational weight gain have been found to predict birth weight,[10] with higher bmi being associated with greater risk of delivering large for gestational age infants.[11] several studies have shown that increased birth weight increases the risk of infant mortality and birth trauma, and is also associated with an increased risk of future overweight and obesity in the child.[15] this, in turn, puts the child at risk of developing further complications associated with obesity, such as type 2 diabetes[11] and cardiovascular disease[5] later in life. the role of physical activity in pregnancy in a review by min-lee et al.[3] physical inactivity was equated with smoking and obesity as an established ncd risk factor. indeed, the review estimated that inactivity causes 9% of premature mortality and up to 10% of ncds, worldwide.[3] likewise, in south africa, physical inactivity has been shown to be associated with obesity.[4] therefore pa has an important role to play in the prevention and management of disease, and is also of particular importance during pregnancy. a review by gavard and artal[17] concluded that pa during pregnancy reduces maternal and foetal morbidities, and produces long-term benefits for both the mother and the child. various studies have shown that pa reduces excessive gestational weight gain (gwg) as well as postpartum obesity, and reduces the likelihood of preeclampsia and gestational diabetes.[18] olson and strawderman[19] conducted a prospective cohort study in new york in which socio-demographic characteristics, exercise, food-related behaviours and breastfeeding were assessed using medical records and the responses from a mailed questionnaire. body weight was measured at prenatal visits and one year postpartum. weight retained and major weight gain (4.55 kg) at one year postpartum were the main outcomes.[19] this study showed that physical inactivity during pregnancy is associated with excessive gwg when compared with maintaining or increasing pa levels during pregnancy. similarly, jiang et al.[20] showed that pa levels during pregnancy, as well as pre-pregnancy bmi are inversely associated with gestational weight gain. using pedometry to measure pa, they showed that the sedentary group (<5 000 steps per day) gained 1.45 kg (8% of the total gwg for the sedentary group) more weight during the last two trimesters of pregnancy than the active group (>10 000 steps per day).[20] in addition, a recent review has highlighted the beneficial effect of pa in reducing the risk of pre-eclampsia,[21] possibly via its role in weight management. furthermore, dempsey et al.[22] have shown that pa during pregnancy is associated with a 60% lower incidence of gdm in women who were active before and during pregnancy. in addition to reducing the risk of developing of gestational diabetes, bung and artal[23] also found that exercise has a critical role to play once gdm has been diagnosed, potentially resulting in avoiding insulin therapy. similarly, a longitudinal study by van poppel et al.[24] involving measurements of time spent in moderate-to-vigorous physical activity measured at 15, 24 and 32 weeks of gestation concluded that at-risk pregnant women should be encouraged to increase their pa levels for improved insulin and triglyceride responses. sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 95 patterns of physical activity during pregnancy despite the benefits of regular physical activity during pregnancy,[18] data from the us national health and nutrition estimation survey (nhanes) has shown that the majority of pregnant women are not sufficiently physically active, tending to do less pa than their nonpregnant counterparts, or they reduce their pa during pregnancy.[25] epidemiological research suggests that 40-56% of pregnant women in the united states participate in recreational activity during pregnancy. data from the women in this study report that the majority of pa in pregnant women comes from domestic responsibilities and childcare.[25] although little is known about pa patterns during pregnancy in lower-and-middle income (lmic) countries, a recent study conducted on south african women presenting at two public health clinics in cape town utilised the global physical activity questionnaire to assess pa and its domains. the study showed that women meeting pa guidelines participated in significantly more activity at work and walking for transport than the inactive group. there was very little activity in the leisure domain in both groups. in the same study, average total sitting time (as shown in the gpaq), and excluding time sleeping, for this group of convenientlysampled, pregnant south african women was significantly higher in the group not meeting pa guidelines, than in the sufficiently active group (13.0 ± 3.1 hrs/day vs. 9.1 ± 3.7 hrs/day, p=0.004). similarly, overall sedentary time was higher in the inactivity group (p=0.003) than in the active group (14.9 ± 4.0 hrs/day vs. 10.3 ± 4.2 hrs/day, respectively). furthermore, research on prenatal pa patterns shows that all levels of pa tend to decrease during pregnancy, and physical activities tend to give way to more sedentary behaviours, including watching television and reading.[25] nhanes data on sedentary behaviour during pregnancy have shown that pregnant women in the us spend up to five hours per day watching television, and that sedentary time during pregnancy has been positively associated with increased maternal body weight.[25] in addition, there may be foetal consequences of maternal inactivity. for example, in the avon longitudinal study of parents and children (alspac), sedentary pregnant women were at a greater risk of giving birth to low birth weight babies, than their more active counterparts.[26] therefore although physical activity may have this protective effect, it appears to decline during pregnancy, especially in the leisure domain. factors influencing physical activity during pregnancy several maternal and socio-economic characteristics which influence pa levels have been identified. for example, younger maternal and gestational age have been shown to influence the amount and type of pa. in addition, a lower maternal bmi and better overall health status, is associated with greater activity levels.[25] socio-economic factors, such as a higher education level, social class and income, have all been associated with increased participation in pa during pregnancy.[6,25] parity has also been shown to be associated with pa levels amongst pregnant women. evenson et al.[6] found that women who have three or more children are less likely to engage in leisure time pa than women with less than three children. conversely, liu et al.[27] found that multiparous women are more likely to engage in strenuous activity for at least three hours per week, when compared to nulliparous women. although the authors do not specify the domain of activity, it is possible that this pa is related to child-care activities and domestic work. since international studies have a very different social and environmental context to south africa, factors which influence physical activity participation are also likely to be different in south african women. a recent unpublished study (pearson, micklesfield and lambert, 2013 – honours dissertation) has shown that south african women are more likely to exercise if they have someone to exercise with and somewhere they could go to in order to exercise. the most commonly reported barriers to physical activity during pregnancy appeared to be painful knees, back or abdomen, tiredness and no time to exercise. although the current evidence helps to give a broad idea of factors which may influence pa participation during pregnancy, it is necessary for more research to be done in the south african context in order to support the evidence found in the study described above, since this is the only known source of such information for south african women. this information pertaining to correlates of pa among south african women will allow the development of effective interventions relating to pa during pregnancy. in addition to understanding correlates and patterns of physical activity and sedentary behaviour, it is also essential to understand attitudes and perceptions towards pa in pregnancy. despite the evidence that supports the benefits of pa during pregnancy, many pregnant women frequently report that they are unsure of the safety of exercising during pregnancy and thus reduce their pa after becoming pregnant.[28] in a recent study done in south africa, muzigaba et al.[28] found that although south african women are interested in participating in pa during pregnancy, many were unaware of what is safely recommended. in addition, the women reported a lack of information and advice from healthcare providers, which may explain their safety concerns for themselves and their unborn baby. women also frequently report discomfort, lack of free time, tiredness, pain and lack of social support as reasons for not engaging in pa during pregnancy.[28] conclusion in conclusion, the burden of ncds and obesity in south african women is increasing and placing immense pressure on the healthcare system. due to the role of the intrauterine environment on offspring health, pregnancy has been identified as one of the important periods in life to influence the health of both the mother and child. pa has been shown to be an important factor which may help to improve pregnancy outcomes. however, most of the literature examining pa trends during pregnancy comes from international studies, with limited data on south african women. as such, it is imperative that the pa levels, as well as the beliefs, barriers and facilitators of pa during pregnancy are better understood in a south african context. this would assist in informing public health intervention strategies to reduce the prevalence of ncds and obesity for women and their offspring. conflict of interest. none declared. references 1. mayosi bm, flisher aj, lalloo ug, et al. the burden of non-communicable diseases in south africa. lancet 2009;374(9693):934-947. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s01406736(09)61087-4] 2. baleta a, mitchell f. country in focus: diabetes and obesity in south africa. lancet diabetes endocrinol 2014;2(9):687-688. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s22138587(14)70091-9] http://http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(09)61087-4 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s2213-8587(14)70091-9 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s2213-8587(14)70091-9 96 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 3. lee i-m, shiroma ej, lobelo f, et al. effect of physical inactivity on major noncommunicable diseases worldwide: an analysis of burden of disease and life expectancy. lancet 2012;380(9838):219-229. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s01406736(12)61031-9] 4. dickie k, micklesfield lk, chantler s, et al. meeting physical activity guidelines is associated with reduced risk for cardiovascular disease in black south african women; a 5.5-year follow-up study. bmc public health 2014 may 23;14:498. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-14-498] 5. oken e, gillman mw. fetal origins of obesity. obes res 2003;11(4):496-506. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1038/oby.2003.69] 6. evenson kr, savitz d, huston sl. leisure-time physical activity among pregnant women in the us. paediatr perinat epidemiol 2004;18(6):400-407. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1111/j.1365-3016.2004.00595.x] 7. unwin n, mugusi f, aspray t, et al. tackling the emerging pandemic of noncommunicable diseases in sub-saharan africa. public health 1999;113(3):141-146. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/sj.ph.1900549] 8. bourne lt, lambert ev, steyn k. where does the black population of south africa stand on the nutrition transition? public health nutr 2002;5(1a):157-162. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1079/phn2001288] 9. kruger hs, venter cs, vorster hh. obesity in african women in the north west province, south africa is associated with an increased risk of non-communicable diseases: the thusa study. br j nutr 2001;86(06):733. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1079/ bjn2001469] 10. galtier-dereure f, boegner c, bringer j. obesity and pregnancy: complications and cost. am j clin nutr 2000;71(5 suppl):1242s-8s. [http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/10799397] 11. guelinckx i, devlieger r, beckers k, et al. maternal obesity: pregnancy complications, gestational weight gain and nutrition. obes rev 2008;9(2):140-150. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1111/j.1467-789x.2007.00464.x] 12. lindheimer md. hypertension in pregnancy [clinical conference]. hypertension 1993;22(1):127-137. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/01.hyp.22.1.127] 13. moodley j. maternal deaths associated with hypertension in south africa : lessons to learn from the saving mothers report, 2005-2007. cardiovasc j afr 2011;22(1):31-35. [http://dx.doi.org/10.5830/cvja-2010-042] 14. macaulay s, dunger db, norris sa. gestational diabetes mellitus in africa: a systematic review. plos one 2014;9(6):e97871. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal. pone.0097871] 15. catalano pm, kirwan jp, mouzon sh, et al. gestational diabetes and insulin resistance: role in shortand long-term implications for mother and fetus. j nutr 2003;133:1674-1683. 16. drake a, walker b. the intergenerational effects of fetal programming: nongenomic mechanisms for the inheritance of low birth weight and cardiovascular risk. j endocrinol 2004;180(1):1-16. [http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/14709139] 17. gavard j, artal r. effect of exercise on pregnancy outcome. clin obstet gynecol 2008;51(2):467-480. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/grf.0b013e31816feb1d] 18. clapp jf. exercise during pregnancy. a clinical update. clin sports med 2000;19(2): 273-286. [http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10740759] accessed april 7, 2015. 19. olson cm, strawderman ms, hinton ps, et al. gestational weight gain and postpartum behaviors associated with weight change from early pregnancy to 1 y postpartum. int j obes relat metab disord 2003;27(1):117-127. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1038/sj.ijo.0802156] 20. jiang h, qian x, li m, et al. can physical activity reduce excessive gestational weight gain? findings from a chinese urban pregnant women cohort study. int j behav nutr phys act 2012;9:12. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-9-12] 21. aune d, saugstad od, henriksen t, et al. physical activity and the risk of preeclampsia. epidemiology 2014;25(3):331-343. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/ ede.0000000000000036] 22. dempsey jc, butler cl, sorensen tk, et al. a case-control study of maternal recreational physical activity and risk of gestational diabetes mellitus. diabetes res clin pract 2004;66(2):203-215. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.diabres.2004.03.010] 23. bung p, artal r. gestational diabetes and exercise: a survey. semin perinatol 1996;20(4):328-333. [http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8888458] accessed september 8, 2013. 24. van poppel mnm, oostdam n, eekhoff mew, et al. longitudinal relationship of physical activity with insulin sensitivity in overweight and obese pregnant women. j clin endocrinol metab 2013;98(7):2929-2935. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.20131570] 25. evenson kr, wen f. national trends in self-reported physical activity and sedentary behaviors among pregnant women: nhanes 1999-2006. prev med (baltim) 2010; 50(3):123-128. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2009.12.015] 26. both mi, overvest m, wildhagen mf, et al. the association of daily physical activity and birth outcome: a population-based cohort study. eur j epidemiol 2010;25(6): 421-429. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10654-010-9458-0] 27. liu j, blair sn, teng y, et al. physical activity during pregnancy in a prospective cohort of british women: results from the avon longitudinal study of parents and children. eur j epidemiol 2011;26(3):237-247. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10654010-9538-1] 28. muzigaba m, kolbe-alexander tl, wong f. the perceived role and influencers of physical activity among pregnant women from low socioeconomic status communities in south africa. j phys act heal 2014;11(7):1276-1283. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1123/jpah.2012-0386] * * references had to be reduced because of constraints on space. a comprehensive list can be obtained from the corresponding author. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(12)61031-9 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(12)61031-9 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-14-498 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-14-498 http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/oby.2003.69 http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/oby.2003.69 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-3016.2004.00595.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-3016.2004.00595.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/sj.ph.1900549 http://dx.doi.org/10.1079/phn2001288 http://dx.doi.org/10.1079/phn2001288 http://dx.doi.org/10.1079/bjn2001469 http://dx.doi.org/10.1079/bjn2001469 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10799397 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10799397 http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-789x.2007.00464.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-789x.2007.00464.x http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/01.hyp.22.1.127 http://dx.doi.org/10.5830/cvja-2010-042 http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0097871 http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0097871 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/14709139 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/grf.0b013e31816feb1d http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10740759 http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/sj.ijo.0802156 http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/sj.ijo.0802156 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-9-12 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/ede.0000000000000036 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/ede.0000000000000036 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.diabres.2004.03.010 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8888458 http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2013-1570 http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2013-1570 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2009.12.015 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10654-010-9458-0 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10654-010-9538-1 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10654-010-9538-1 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/jpah.2012-0386 http://dx.doi.org/10.1123/jpah.2012-0386 _goback introduction local cryotherapy is commonly used in the management of acute muscle injuries. 14,20,24,25 despite this, the clinical benefits of cryotherapy for acute muscle injuries are still questioned, because of the lack of suitable randomised controlled studies. 3,12 cooling can be achieved using different modalities such as wet ice, crushed-ice packs, dry ice, frozen gel packs, endothermic chemical reaction packs, refrigerant cooling devices, coolant sprays, cold water baths, cooling blankets, cold air and electrical cooling devices. 2,5,22,24,33 many of the physiological effects of local cooling have been well described. cooling reduces metabolic rate, 10,26,31 local adenosine triphosphate utilisation, 34 bloodflow, 4,10,23 the inflammatory response 23 and oedema formation. 6,11 cooling also has an analgesic effect, slows nerve conduction velocity, and decreases muscle spasm and spasticity. 1,15,18,19,28 there is still controversy over what constitutes the optimal modality, duration and frequency of cryotherapy for muscle injury. 3 the temperature of skin, subcutaneous tissue and muscle has been measured at various depths below the skin before and after different forms of cryotherapy, 2,5,7,14 and adipose tissue has been shown to have an insulating effect, impairing cooling of the underlying muscle. 27,29 in resting muscle, there is normally a temperature gradient, with temperature increasing with depth. 7,16,32 this gradient is altered by cryotherapy. to date, studies on the use of cryotherapy have only original research article the effect of icepack cooling on skin and muscle temperature at rest and after exercise maurice mars1 (mb chb, md) brian hadebe2 (mbchb) mark tufts3 (msc) 1 department of telehealth, nelson r mandela school of medicine, university of kwazulu-natal, durban 2 postgraduate student, private practitioner 3 department of physiology, faculty of health science, university of kwazulu-natal, durban abstract objective. to compare cooling of skin, subcutaneous fat and muscle, produced by an icepack, at rest and after short-duration exhaustive exercise. methods. eight male subjects were studied. with the subject supine, hypodermic needle-tip thermistors were inserted into the subcutaneous fat and the mid-portion of the left rectus femoris, to a depth of 1 cm plus the adipose thickness at the site, and a temperature probe was placed on the skin overlying the needle tips. a pack of crushed ice was applied for 15 minutes and temperatures were recorded before, during, and for 45 minutes after icepack application. thereafter, subjects underwent a ramped, treadmill, vo2max test, an icepack was applied after temperature probes were inserted into the right leg and measurements were made as before. results. after the treadmill run, skin (sk), subcutaneous (sc) and muscle (ms) temperatures (mean ± standard deviation (sd)) were 0.9 ± 1.3, 1.0 ± 0.7 and 1.3 ± 0.8°c higher than at rest. after 15 minutes of icepack cooling, temperatures fell in the exercised limb by 22.7 ± 1.5°c (sk), 13.5 ± 4.2°c (sc) and 9.3 ± 5.5°c (ms) and in the control limb by 20.7 ± 2.9°c (sk), 11.4 ± 2.0°c (sc) and 8.7 ± 2.6°c (ms). the reductions in temperature were significant in both the control and exercised limbs. forty-five correspondence: maurice mars dept of telehealth nelson r mandela school of medicine university of kwazulu-natal pvt bag 7 congella 4013 tel: 031-260-4543 fax: 031-260-4737 e-mail mars@ukzn.ac.za minutes after icepack cooling, muscle temperature was still approximately 5°c lower in both the rested and exercised muscle (p < 0.001). individual variations in response to cooling were noted. conclusions. cooling of superficial muscle occurs after high-intensity exercise. the degree of cooling is not uniform. this may be due to differences in the sympathetic response to cooling, influencing haemodynamic and thermoregulatory changes after exercise. this needs further investigation. 60 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 pg60-66.indd 60 9/21/06 12:16:25 pm pg60-66.indd 61 9/21/06 12:16:25 pm 62 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 investigated subjects at rest. in the athletic setting, it is common to apply an icepack to an injury as soon as the athlete stops competing or training. depending on the intensity and duration of exercise, the athlete’s muscle temperature, core temperature and cardiac output, will have increased. 8,16 these haemodynamic and temperature changes may affect temperature flux under a cooling pack. the aim of this study was to investigate the effect of an icepack on muscle cooling following acute exercise and compare it with muscle cooling in the rested state. methods the study was undertaken with the approval of the biomedical ethics committee of the university of kwazulu-natal. eight adult male volunteers who all exercise on a regular basis, participating in at least four soccer practices and/or matches a week, were studied and all signed informed consent. at a preliminary visit they underwent medical screening and were familiarised with the apparatus and the testing procedures. on the day of testing, subjects lay supine for 15 minutes to acclimatise to the ambient temperature of the laboratory. they were dressed in running shorts and an athletic vest. the site for measurement of temperatures was determined as the point halfway between the anterior superior iliac spine and the superior pole of the patella. the skinfold thickness was measured at this point using skin callipers (john bull skinfold callipers, british indicators, england) and the thickness of adipose tissue was taken as half the skinfold thickness. a cutaneous temperature probe (ysi 4494, yellow springs instrument co) was attached to the skin over the middle of the left thigh in the anterior midline. after cleaning the skin with alcohol, and using aseptic techniques, appropriately sterilised 22g hypodermic, needle-tip thermistors, (ysi inc precision 5510 series) were inserted into the subcutaneous fat and to a depth of adipose thickness plus 1 cm into the quadriceps muscle, so as to lie beneath the skin temperature probe. the needles were inserted from the lateral aspect of the thigh such that the barrel of the hypodermic needle was not under the icepack and the needles were taped to the skin to prevent movement. a needle guide was used to assist needle placement at the correct depth in the muscle. the temperature probes and hypodermic thermistors were attached to a ysi 4000a thermometer and each channel was calibrated using the unit’s selfcalibration. the needles were cleaned and sterilised according to the manufacturer’s instruction after each use. a 20 cm x 10 cm x 5 cm pack of crushed ice in a wet towel was then placed longitudinally over the temperature probe and left in situ for 15 minutes. the icepack was not strapped to the subject and no compression other than the weight of the icepack was applied. temperature measurements were recorded every minute, for 5 minutes before application of the icepack, during the ice application and for 45 minutes after removal of the icepack. thereafter the hypodermic needle probes and skin temperature probe were removed. an hour later subjects underwent a ramped vo2max test on a treadmill using a previously described method. 21 oxygen consumption and carbon dioxide production was measured using open circuit spirometry (oxycon champion, version 4.3 – ce 0434, jaeger). the spirometer was calibrated daily. on completion of the treadmill run, subjects immediately lay supine on a plinth and the temperature probes were attached and inserted into the right leg as previously described. after 5 minutes, an icepack was applied for 15 minutes and recordings were made as before. data are expressed as the mean and one standard deviation and the 95% confidence interval is given where appropriate. the rate of change of temperature per minute was determined by calculating the difference between successive measurements, at 5 minute intervals (δy), and dividing this by 5 (δx). statistical analysis of the differences of means was by paired t-test and the differences of means within and between groups by two-way repeated-measures anova with post hoc testing using the bonferroni test. alpha was set at 5%. results the subjects’ mean ages, heights and weights were 21.3 ± 3.0 years, 172.5 ± 6.6 cm and 61.8 ± 10.2 kg. the adipose thickness of the right thigh was 0.43 ± 0.15 cm and the left 0.43 ± 0.17 cm. the ambient temperature during the study was 21.3 ± 1.7 °c. maximum oxygen consumption was 49.1 ± 4.2 ml.kg -1 .min -1 and this was achieved at a respiratory exchange ratio of 1.15 ± 0.1. treadmill running time was 12.2 ± 1.1 min. the changes in skin, subcutaneous tissue and muscle temperatures are shown in table i and fig. 1. exercise elevated skin and subcutaneous muscle temperatures. the table i. skin, subcutaneous tissue and muscle temperatures in rested and exercised limbs, recorded 5 minutes after starting measurement (the time point immediately prior to the application of the icepack), at the end of cooling (20 min) and after 45 minutes of recovery (65 min), expressed as the mean ± standard deviation and the 95% confidence interval time control °c 95% ci exercise °c 95% ci skin 5 min 28.8 ± 1.4 27.6 – 30.0 29.7 ± 1.3 28.6 – 30.8 skin 20 min 8.1 ± 2.7 5.8 – 10.4 7.0 ± 1.2 6.0 – 8.0 skin 65 min 25.6 ± 1.3 24.5 – 26.6 26.4 ± 1.5 25.1 – 27.6 sc 5 min 33.1 ± 1.1 32.2 – 34.0 34.2 ± 1.1 33.3 – 35.0 sc 20 min 21.7 ± 2.2 19.9 – 23.5 20.7 ± 5.0 16.5 – 24.9 sc 65 min 28.1 ± 1.0 27.3 – 29.0 29.5 ± 2.2 27.7 – 31.4 ms 5 min 34.9 ± 1.2 33.9 – 35.9 36.3 ± 1.1 35.3 – 37.2 ms 20 min 26.2 ± 3.5 23.3 – 29.1 27.0 ± 7.4 21.6 – 32.3 ms 65 min 29.4 ± 1.1 28.4 – 31.4 31.0 ± 3.6 28.8 – 33.1 sc = subcutaneous tissue; ms = muscle. pg60-66.indd 62 9/21/06 12:16:26 pm pg60-66.indd 63 9/21/06 12:16:26 pm 64 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 application of the icepack after exercise resulted, on average, in greater cooling of skin, subcutaneous tissue and muscle, with the skin and subcutaneous tissue temperatures falling to below that of the rested limb and then rewarming slightly faster, so as to be higher than the temperatures of the rested limb 45 minutes after removal of the icepack. the average temperature of muscle after exercise did not fall below that achieved in the rested limb during cooling. this response was not constant and there were individual variations, with some subjects showing a marked reduction in muscle temperature after cooling (fig. 2) and others showing only minimal cooling of muscle after exercise (fig. 3). the time to maximum cooling varied between subjects but was similar for each subject. the average time to maximum cooling of subcutaneous tissue after application of the icepack was 15.1 ± 0.8 min, (95% ci: 15.5 16.7) at rest and 16.6 ± 0.7 min (95% ci: 16.1 17.1) after exercise and in muscle 20.1 ± 4.5 min (95% ci: 17.0 23.2), range 15 29 min at rest and 20.4 ± 3.8 min (95% ci: 17.7 23.0), range 16 28 min, after exercise (fig. 1). the differences were not statistically significant. skin, subcutaneous and muscle temperatures were compared at three fixed time points, 5 minutes after fig. 1. mean skin, subcutaneous (sc) and muscle (ms) temperatures (°c) measured every minute, before, during and after application of an icepack in the rested (c) and exercised (e) limb. the arrows represent the period that the icepack was applied. fig. 3. muscle temperature recorded every minute before, during and after application of an icepack in rested (ms(c)) and exercised muscle (ms(e)) in subject 4. the arrows represent the period that the icepack was applied. fig. 2. muscle temperature recorded every minute, before, during and after application of an icepack in rested (ms(c)) and exercised muscle (ms(e)) in subject 1. the arrows represent the period that the icepack was applied. fig. 5. the average rate of change of temperature per minute of skin, subcutaneous tissue (sc) and muscle (ms) at rest (c) and after exercise (e). fig. 4. the absolute change in temperature (°c) from the start of cooling at 5 min and subsequent measurements, of skin (sk) subcutaneous fat (sc) and muscle (ms) at rest (c) and after exercise (e). cooling occurred between 5 min and 20 min. pg60-66.indd 64 9/21/06 12:16:30 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 65 commencing measurement (that is, just prior to the application of the icepack), at the end of icepack application and after 45 minutes of recovery (table i). five minutes after the treadmill run, skin, subcutaneous and muscle temperatures were 0.9 + 1.3°c, 1.1 + 0.8°c and 1.3 + 0.8°c higher than at rest. after 15 minutes of icepack cooling, temperatures fell in the exercised limb by 22.7 + 1.5 °c (skin), 13.5 + 4.2°c (subcutaneous) and 9.3 + 5.5°c (muscle) and in the rested limb by 20.7 + 2.9°c, (skin), 11.4 + 2.0°c (subcutaneous) and 8.7 + 2.6°c (muscle). fortyfive minutes after removing the icepack the reduction in temperature in the exercised leg was 3.3 + 1.3°c (skin), 4.6 + 1.4°c (subcutaneous) and 5.3 + 1.6 °c (muscle) and in the control limb, 3.2 + 0.8°c (skin), 5.0 + 0.7°c (subcutaneous) and 5.5 + 0.9°c (muscle). the fall in temperature after 15 minutes of icepack cooling and after 45 minutes of recovery was significant, p < 0.001 for both the rested and exercised limb, as was the residual reduction in temperature after 45 minutes of recovery, p < 0.001. no differences in cooling were noted between the rested and exercised limbs. as exercise raised skin, subcutaneous and muscle temperature, the absolute changes in temperature produced by cooling and rewarming were referenced to the temperatures at the commencement of the icepack treatment (5 min) (fig. 4). the fall in temperature from before application of the icepack to the end of cooling (20 min) was significant for both rested and exercised limbs, p < 0.001, as was the fall in temperature between the commencement of icepack cooling and the end of the recovery period (65 min) p < 0.001. no differences in cooling were noted between the rested and exercised limbs. the rate of change of temperature per minute is shown in fig. 5. no difference in the rate of change of temperature was noted between cooling and rewarming at rest or after exercise. discussion the main finding of this study is that cooling of superficial muscle in response to an icepack is, on average, similar at rest and after exercise but that there are individual variations. this variability suggests that the haemodynamic and thermal alterations associated with intensive exercise may influence thermal flux at the depths measured, in some individuals. during exercise, muscle temperature rises in response to increased metabolic activity, with a resultant increase in core temperature and arterial and venous blood temperature. 9,16 associated with this is an increase in cardiac output, circulating the warmed blood more rapidly around the body. cooling is based on the second law of thermodynamics, with heat being transferred from a warmer body to a cooler body. for a muscle to cool, heat must be lost from muscle to adjacent cooler muscle tissue or subcutaneous fat. subcutaneous fat will in turn lose heat to skin and finally heat will be dissipated by conduction to the icepack, and by radiation and evaporation to the atmosphere. the efficacy of conduction to the coolant is dependent on the surface area being cooled and the physical properties of the coolant. if arterial blood is warmer than cooling muscle, then the muscle will also gain heat from the arterial blood, thereby assisting in lowering core temperature. at rest there is a temperature gradient in large skeletal muscles, with the muscle tissue nearest the main feeder artery being the warmest and the most superficial muscle tissue, the coolest. 16,30 during exercise this gradient is reduced, and after exercise it would be expected that as muscle cooling takes place, the gradient is re-established. while the rate of cooling was similar before and after exercise, there was a trend for absolute cooling of skin, subcutaneous tissue and muscle to be greater after exercise than at rest, with skin and subcutaneous tissue, which was warmer after exercise, being cooler than resting skin and subcutaneous tissue at the end of the cooling period. similarly the fall in muscle temperature was greater after exercise, but did not fall below that of resting muscle. while the average data show a very similar response to cooling at rest and after exercise, the individual responses were not all the same. similar variability has been reported in previous studies on rested muscle. 5,13,32,33 the variability has been attributed to the insulating effect of different thicknesses of adipose tissue, and individual differences in sympathetic response to local cooling. in this study another possibility is that the needles were not all placed at the correct depths, although every precaution was taken to ensure that they were placed correctly. the sympatho-adrenal system is activated by exposure to an external cold stimulus, and skin cooling in rats has been shown to elicit different sympathetic responses, dependent on the rate of cooling. 17 on the one hand, rapid skin cooling evokes a significant increase in plasma catecholamines with a reduction in skin catecholamines. the fall in skin catecholamines is attributed to their local release to cause vasoconstriction. dermal vasoconstriction with an associated increase in plasma catecholamines may result in muscle arteriolar vasoconstriction with a more rapid fall in muscle temperature as seen in fig. 2. on the other hand, slower cooling is not associated with an increase in plasma catecholamine concentration or a fall in skin concentration. with a reduction in local vasoconstriction, skin and muscle cooling would be slower as in fig. 3. the catecholamine response to intense exercise may also play a role and this needs further investigation. it does not however appear to influence the timing of the local cooling response as the time to maximum cooling in rested and exercised muscle, while varying between subjects, was relatively constant for each subject. differences in exercise-induced catecholamine response may however account for the inter-subject variability in muscle cooling. cooling of skin causes a variable response in deeper tissues. the implications of this are that those who have very rapid skin cooling, while benefiting from the concomitant cooling of muscle, are potentially at risk of developing ice burns and those with a muted response are unlikely to derive the benefits expected from muscle cooling. pg60-66.indd 65 9/21/06 12:16:30 pm 66 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 what is required is a simple test that will elucidate who will have a rapid cooling response and who will have a slower and less effective response. this study shows that cooling of superficial muscle occurs after high-intensity exercise to exhaustion. the degree of cooling is not uniform. this may be due to individual differences in the sympathetic response to cooling, which influence haemodynamic and thermoregulatory changes after exercise, although this was not measured in this study. further studies are required to evaluate the sympathetic response to cooling after exercise and the temperature changes in deeper muscle tissue after exercise of different intensity and duration. references 1. albrecht h, schwecht m, pollmann w, parag d, erasmus lp, konig n. local ice application in therapy of kinetic limb ataxia. clinical assessment of positive treatment effects in patients with multiple sclerosis. nervenarzt 1998; 69: 1066-73. 2. belitsky rb, odam sj, hubley-kozey c. evaluation of the effectiveness of wet ice, dry ice, and cryogenic packs in reducing skin temperature. phys ther 1987; 67: 1080-4. 3. bleakley c, mcdonough s, macauley d. the use of ice in the treatment of acute soft-tissue injury: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. am j sports med 2004; 32: 251-61. 4. blomgren i, bagge u, johansson br. effects of cooling after scald injury to a dorsal skin fold of mouse. scand j plast reconstr surg 1985; 19: 1-9. 5. borken n, bierman w. temperature changes produced by spraying with ethyl chloride. arch phys med rehabil 1955; 36: 288-90. 6. deal dn, tipton j, curl ww, smith tl. ice reduces edema. a study of microcascular permeability in rats. j bone joint surg 2002; 84-a: 1573-8. 7. enwemeka cs, allen c, avila p, bina j, konrade j, munns s. soft tissue thermodynamics before, during, and after cold pack therapy. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34: 45-50. 8. gass em, gass gc. rectal and esophageal temperatures during upper and lower body exercise. eur j appl physiol 1998; 78: 38-42. 9. godek sf, godek jj, bartolozzi ar. thermal responses in football and cross country athletes during their respective practices in a hot environment. j athl train 2004; 39: 235-40. 10. ho ss, illgen rl, meyer rw, torok pj, cooper md, reider b. comparison of various icing times in decreasing bone metabolism and blood flow in the knee. am j sports med 1995; 23: 74-6. 11. hochberg j. a randomized prospective study to assess the efficacy of two cold-therapy treatments following carpal tunnel release. j hand ther 2001; 14: 208-15. 12. hubbard tj, denegar cr. does cryotherapy improve outcomes with soft tissue injury? j athl train 2004; 39: 278-9. 13. johnson dj, moore s, moore j, oliver ra. effect of cold submersion on intramuscular temperature of the gastrocnemius muscle. phys ther 1979; 59: 1238-42. 14. jutte ls, merrick ma, ingersoll cd, edwards je. the relationship between intramuscular temperature, skin temperature, and adipose thickness during cryotherapy and rewarming. arch phys med rehabil 2001; 82: 845-50. 15. kanui ti. thermal inhibition of nociceptor-driven spinal cord neurones in the cat: a possible neuronal basis for thermal analgesia. brain res 1987; 402: 160-3. 16. kenny gp, reardon fd, zaleski w, reardon ml, haman f, ducharme mb. muscle temperature transients before, during and after exercise measured using an intramuscular multisensor probe. j appl physiol 2003; 94: 23507. 17. kozyreva tv, tkachenko ey, kozaruk vp, latysheva tv, gilinsky ma. effects of slow and rapid cooling on catecholamine concentration in arterial plasma and the skin. am j physiol 1999; 276: r1668-72. 18. lee su, bang ms, han tr. effect of cold air therapy in relieving spasticity: applied to spinalized rabbits. spinal cord 2002; 40: 167-73. 19. lightfoot e, verrier m, ashby p. neurophysiological effects of prolonged cooling of the calf in patients with complete spinal transection. phys ther 1975; 55: 251-8. 20. macauley dc. ice therapy: how good is the evidence? int j sports med 2001; 22: 379-84. 21. mars m. the metabolic demands of portage in kayak marathons. s afr j sports med 1995; 4: 15-7. 22. mcmaster wc, liddle s, waugh tr. laboratory evaluations of various cold therapy modalities. am j sports med 1978; 6: 291-4. 23. menth-chiari wa, curl ww, paterson-smith b, smith tl. microcirculation of striated muscle in closed soft tissue injury: effect on tissue perfusion, inflammatory cellular response and mechanisms of cryotherapy. a study in rat by means of laser doppler flow-measurements and intravital microscopy. unfallchirurg 1999; 102: 691-9. 24. merrick ma, jutte ls, smith me. cold modalities with different thermodynamic properties produce different surface and intramuscular temperatures. j athl train 2003; 38: 28-33. 25. merrick ma, knight kl, ingersoll cd, potteiger ja. the effects of ice and compression wraps on intramuscular temperatures at various depths. j athl train 1993; 28: 236-45. 26. merrick ma, rankin jm, andres fa, hinman cl. a preliminary examination of cryotherapy and secondary injury in skeletal muscle. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: 1516-21. 27. myrer wj, myrer ka, measom gj, fellingham gw, evers sl. muscle temperature is affected by overlying adipose when cryotherapy is administered. j athl train 2001; 36: 32-6. 28. oosterveld fg, rasker jj. treating arthritis with locally applied heat or cold. semin arthritis rheum 1994; 24: 82-90. 29. otte jw, merrick ma, ingersoll cd, cordova ml. subcutaneous adipose tissue thickness alters cooling time during cryotherapy. arch phys med rehabil 2002; 83: 1501-5. 30. saltin b, gagge ap, stolwijk ja. muscle temperature during submaximal exercise in man. j appl physiol 1968; 25: 679-88. 31. swenson c, sward l, karlsson j. cryotherapy in sports medicine. scand j med sci sports 1996; 6: 193-200. 32. waylonis gw. the physiological effects of ice massage. arch phys med rehabil 1967; 48: 37-42. 33. wolf sl, basmajian jv. intramuscular temperature changes deep to localized cutaneous cold stimulation. phys ther 1973; 53: 1284-88. 34. yanagisawa o, niitsu m, yoshioka h, goto k, kudo h, itai y. the use of magnetic resonance imaging to evaluate the effects of cooling on skeletal muscle after strenuous exercise. eur j appl physiol 2003; 89: 53-62. pg60-66.indd 66 9/21/06 12:16:30 pm original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license does transversus abdominis function correlate with prone plank and bench bridge holding time in club cricket players? kd aginsky, phd; k keen, bhsc honours; n neophytou, msc (med) centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, south africa corresponding author: kd aginsky (kerithaginsky@gmail.com) cricket is a popular sport that requires the player to produce enough power through the kinetic chain to bowl, bat, or field.[1] this energy transfer is aided by strong core muscles that stabilise and support the spine during vigorous movements.[2] the core is made up of abdominal and lumbar muscles that are divided into local and global muscles based on their role in stability and strength.[3] the deeper lying trunk muscles, such as the transversus abdominis (ta) and lumbar multifidus, act as active stabilisers of the lumbar spine, with stabilisation being attained with the bilateral activity of these muscles. [1, 2] the ta muscle provides segmental stability, postural balance, and contracts to stabilise the body through an increase in intra-abdominal pressure and resisting rotational forces of the spine when forces are applied to the trunk. [4] with pain, the ta muscle becomes inhibited, which may in turn result in spinal instability, and decreasing one’s ability to control the movement of the trunk during sporting activities. [5] ta muscle function can be evaluated with the use of ultrasound and is measured as the change in muscle thickness from rest to contraction. the ta is preferentially recruited at 20% to 30% of maximal voluntary contraction (mvc) during abdominal hollowing, [6] which is achieved by drawing the abdomen towards the spine without tilting the pelvis. [7] abdominal hollowing has been found to preferentially recruit the ta when compared to other lateral abdominal muscles. spine stability is the interaction between the global trunk muscles (rectus abdominis, external oblique and erector spinae) and the local trunk muscles (ta and deep multifidus), as well as the global stabilisers (quadratus lumborum and internal abdominal oblique). [8] stability is achieved by the generation of muscle coactivation patterns and can be measured in many ways. typically, local muscle function has been assessed using fine wire emg or ultrasound during simple tasks such as abdominal hollowing. [9] global muscle stability is measured during activities, such as the isometric bridge hold test, bench bridge and prone plank activities. in most cases, the test evaluates the individual’s ability to maintain a neutral spine during a static holding position.[10] while there is relatively good reliability for the measurement of local muscle stability [4, 11], the reliability of the global muscle stability tests are inherently poor. bridging is a practical and valid method that tests a component of lumbar spine stabilisation. [12] the bench bridge test is used to assess global core muscle strength, and although the reliability is poor, it is considered to have clinical significance. [13] furthermore, it has been postulated by clinicians and trainers that the prone plank and bench bridging trains core stability. however, the relationship between ta muscle function and bridging holding time has not previously been investigated. by assessing this relationship, it could be determined that if one has better ta function they may be able to maintain a bridge exercise for a longer period of time. therefore, the aim of this study is to determine whether there is a relationship between the function of the ta muscle and global core function as measured during bridge and plank holding times. methods study design this was a correlation and descriptive study performed on 17 club cricket players between the ages of 18 to 25 years old. the sample used was one of convenience. individuals without a history of lower back pain or presently suffering from lower back pain were included in the study. ethical clearance was background: bridge and plank holding times are used to evaluate core stability. transversus abdominis (ta) muscle function is assessed using ultrasound and also provides input on an individual’s core stability. objectives: a correlation study comparing ta muscle function with bridge and plank holding time in club cricketers. methods: seventeen male, premier league cricketers (age: 22.1 ± 3.3 years) participated in this study. ultrasound was used to measure bilateral ta, internal oblique (oi) and external oblique (oe) muscle thickness at rest and during abdominal hollowing. muscle function was measured by means of a pearson’s correlation as the change in muscle thickness from rest to abdominal hollowing and compared to holding time of the bench bridge and prone plank (seconds). results: ta muscle thickness was preferentially recruited bilaterally (p=0.00001) during abdominal hollowing. no significant correlations were found between ta muscle function and holding time for the bench bridge (dominant (d): r = 0.03 [95% ci:-0.46-0.50]; non-dominant (nd): r = -0.02 [95% ci:-0.50-0.47]) or prone plank (d: r = -0.16 [95% ci:-0.60-0.34]; nd: r = -0.13 [95% ci:-0.57-0.38]). conclusion: prone plank and bench bridge holding times are not correlated with ta muscle function during abdominal hollowing. core stability cannot rely on a single test to evaluate its effectiveness. in particular, the contribution of the local and global muscle system to ‘core stability’ needs to be evaluated independently. therefore these tests are not sensitive enough to evaluate the contribution of the local muscle system to the global muscle system in a healthy, pain free, sporting population. keywords: core stability, abdominal muscle thickness, abdominal hollowing, bridging s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12984 mailto:kerithaginsky@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12984 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0085-2970 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7244-4722 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8460-9347 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 obtained from the human research ethics committee (m130451) at the relevant institution and all cricketers signed informed consent forms prior to testing. body mass, height and fat percentage body mass (kg) and stature (m) were measured using a safeway scale and seca stadiometer respectively. seven skinfolds were measured to determine the sum of skinfolds (mm) and body fat percentage (%) using the durnin and wormesley formula [14] [100(4.570/d-4.142) where d = 1.1620(0.0630x l) and l=log of four skinfold measurements (triceps, biceps, subscapular and suprailiac sites]. a skinfold caliper and measuring tape were used to measure the skinfolds on the right side of the body, with the cricketer standing upright. the seven sites included the triceps, biceps, subscapular, suprailiac, abdomen, mid-thigh and calf. lateral abdominal muscle ultrasound the lateral abdominal muscles: ta, oi and oe muscles were viewed with a digital ultrasonic diagnostic imaging system (mindray dp-6600, shenzhen mindray bio-medical electronics co., ltd., shenzhen, china) to determine the thickness of the muscles at rest and during abdominal hollowing. scanning was performed on both the dominant (d) and non-dominant (nd) sides to assess muscle symmetry. abdominal hollowing was used to assess muscle function of the ta as this task preferentially recruits the ta, with small changes in the oe and oi muscles, respectively. participants lay supine in the crook-lying position with knees bent to 90o. the transducer head was placed transversely midway between the iliac crest and inferior border of the rib cage in the mid-axillary line, with the medial edge 2.5 cm from the midline, as this allows for all three abdominal muscles to be observed simultaneously. [6, 15, 16] once accurate visualisation of all three abdominal muscles at rest was obtained, the image was frozen and the automatic caliper function was used to measure the muscle thickness of the three abdominal muscles (mm). each measurement was taken as the distance between the edge of the upper and lower inner fascia, represented by the hypoechoic areas on ultrasound, and in three places along the muscle with the average measurement (mm) recorded. the cricketers then performed the abdominal hollowing task at 20-30% of their maximal voluntary contraction without assistance from the spine or pelvis. [15] they were instructed to breathe in deeply and on exhalation, pull their belly button up and inwards gently towards their spine. whilst performing this task, the image was again frozen and the measurement of the muscle thickness (mm) taken as before. ta muscle function was assessed by the change in muscle thickness (δmm) and was calculated as follows: muscle thickness during abdominal hollowing and muscle thickness during rest. prone plank and bench bridge the bench bridge and prone plank tests were used to assess the cricketer’s core strength. [13] the bench bridge was performed with the cricketer lying supine on the floor and placing both feet on a bench, with a height of 30 cm. before performing the prone blank and bench bridge tests, the subjects did a five minute standardised warmup of running drills. each subject was also familiarised with the tests by performing two planks and two bridges prior to the actual test being recorded. prior to the beginning of timing, the cricketer lifted his pelvis so that his shoulders, hips, knees and ankles were in a straight line. once in this position the timer was started. if the cricketer was unable to maintain this body alignment due to discomfort, pain or fatigue, they were given two opportunities to correct their alignment; thereafter the test was terminated, and the time recorded (seconds). the prone plank position was performed with the forearms flat on the floor and elbows perpendicular to the floor. the body was held parallel to the floor when the participant raised his body up onto the toes and the shoulders, hips and knees were aligned. the back was flat, abdominal muscles were contracted and the buttocks did not lift or drop. the time (seconds) that the participants were able to hold the correct position was recorded. a player was allowed to make two corrections to their body position, after which the test was terminated, and the time was recorded. statistical analysis descriptive data were reported as means and standard deviations. student’s t-test was used to assess the change in thickness from rest to the contraction of ta, oi and oe muscles to investigate whether the ta was preferentially recruited, and to assess muscle thickness symmetry (p<0.05). a pearson’s correlation was used to assess the relationship between lateral abdominal muscle function and bridge holding time. statistical significance was taken as 95%. results seventeen male club cricketers (batsmen and bowlers) from premier league cricket teams were tested. the mean age was 22.1  3.3 years; mean height was 1.8  0.1 m, and mean weight was 74.8  7.3 kg. the mean bmi was 23.3  1.6 kg/m2, placing this group in the normal category of 18.5 to 24.9 kg/m2. the sum of skinfolds was 73.5 ± 26.2 mm and the mean body fat percentage was 14.7 ± 4.0%. dominance was taken as the preferred bowling or batting side. thirteen players were right dominant and four were left dominant. lateral abdominal muscle thickness dominant and non-dominant muscle thickness at rest and during abdominal hollowing for the ta, oi and oe muscles are shown in figure 1. when assessing the change in muscle thickness from rest to abdominal hollowing, the ta muscle thickness was found to significantly increase on both the dominant and non-dominant sides (p = 0.00001). importantly, there was no significant change in the thickness of the dominant and non-dominant oi and oe muscles, indicating that the ta muscle was preferentially recruited during the abdominal hollowing contraction. bench bridge and plank holding times the mean holding times for the prone plank (n=17) and bench original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 bridge (n=16) are shown in table 1. one cricketer was unable to successfully complete the bench bridge due to shoulder pain and was thus excluded from this analysis. lateral abdominal muscle thickness vs bridge holding time there were no significant relationships between the dominant and non-dominant ta muscle function and the amount of time the premier league cricketers were able to hold the bench bridge or prone plank (table 2). there was also no relationship between change in oi muscle thickness and prone plank or bench bridge holding times. discussion change in muscle thickness from rest to contraction (abdominal hollowing) has been shown to be a reliable measure of muscle function for the transversus abdominis.[6, 9] research has shown that the abdominal hollowing contraction preferentially recruits the ta muscle. [15] in this study the ta muscle on both the dominant and nondominant sides showed a significant change in muscle thickness from rest to abdominal hollowing. there was no difference in the change in muscle thickness for the oi and oe muscles bilaterally, thus indicating that the ta muscle was indeed preferentially recruited during the abdominal hollowing task. there was no relationship between the prone plank and bench bridge holding time and ta muscle function. it has been postulated by clinicians that prone plank and bench bridging are measures of core stability. [1, 13] the transversus abdominis muscle’s function, as measured by the change in muscle thickness from rest to contraction, is a component of spinal stability when performed at 30% of a maximal voluntary contraction (mvc). [11] the fact that there were no significant correlations between the prone plank and change in ta muscle thickness or during abdominal hollowing, is likely due to the fact that during the prone plank exercise the global abdominal muscles are primarily recruited [17], thus making this exercise more for core strength and global stability. furthermore, the global muscles are recruited at a higher percentage of mvc compared to the local muscle system. the weak correlations with ta function indicates that it is unlikely that the time the bridging position is held for is associated with deep muscle function, and therefore static bridge tests are not indicative of core stability according to these results. furthermore, it is more likely that bridging is associated with the global strength of the core, which is supported by the findings of kong et al. [18] who found through the use of emg that the rectus abdominis, external oblique, internal oblique and erector spinae muscles were loaded throughout the prone plank. stevens et al. [19] also found that during the unilateral bench bridge the contralateral oe muscle activity was significantly higher than that of the local muscles’ activity, indicating that the bench bridge is more likely to train global core strength than inherent core stability. however, the local and global oblique muscles appear to work simultaneously and may have an important role to play in controlling the neutral spine during bench bridging. [19] however, it may be that during the prone bridge an athlete table 1. mean bench bridge and prone plank holding times for club cricketers bench bridge (seconds) (n=16) prone plank (seconds) (n=17) mean ± sd 172.3  109.0 230.4  91.3 95% ci 104.1 – 220.6 183.4 – 277.3 range 35.0 – 483.0 103.0 – 422.0 table 2. correlation between dominant and non-dominant ta muscle function and holding time for the bench bridge and prone plank in premier league club cricketers muscle function (δmm) bench bridge (n=16) prone plank (n=17) rvalue (95% ci) p-value rvalue (95% ci) p-value transverse abdominis d 0.03 (-0.46 – 0.50) 0.92 -0.16 (-0.60 – 0.34) 0.53 transverse abdominis nd -0.02 (-0.50 – 0.47) 0.95 -0.13 (-0.57 – 0.38) 0.63 internal oblique d 0.26 (-0.18 – 0.70) 0.33 0.24 (-0.29 – 0.64) 0.36 internal oblique nd -0.36 (-0.47 – 0.50) 0.89 -0.07 (-0.50 – 0.46) 0.79 d, dominant; nd, non-dominant; δmm, change in muscle thickness. fig. 1. mean absolute resting and contracted bilateral muscle thickness (mm) of the ta, oi and oe muscles in premier league club cricketers (n =17). ta, transversus abdominis; oi, internal oblique; oe, external oblique; d, dominant; nd, non-dominant. * ta d rest vs. ta d abdominal hollowing (p = 0.00001); # ta nd rest vs. ta nd abdominal hollowing (p = 0.00001). original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 needs to perform an abdominal hollowing task in order to increase stability and thus perhaps increase the holding time of the bridge. it is recommended that further research be performed following this method for improved lumbar stabilisation assessment. [20] as previously mentioned, the local muscle system works at a much lower percentage of mvc, and as all the subjects were pain free, the effect of not having an adequately functioning deep muscle system on core stability is difficult to assess. it is recommended that subjects whose deep muscle system has been affected by lower back pain be assessed to determine this effect. the sample size of this study was small due to a sample of convenience being tested. therefore, the ranges, as well as the confidence intervals, show a high amount of variation. furthermore, the bench bridge and prone plank tests have poor reliability which may affect the accuracy of the measurements and may be confounding factors. conclusion there was no correlation between the prone plank and bench bridge holding times and ta muscle function. the prone plank and bench bridge tests are not sensitive enough to evaluate the contribution of the local muscle system to the global muscle system in a healthy, pain free population. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: ka was involved in the conception, design, analysis and interpretation of the data, drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content and approval of the version to be published. nn was involved in the analysis and interpretation of the data, drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content and approval of the version to be published. kk was involved in the conception, design, analysis and interpretation of the data, and drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content. references 1. king m. core stability: creating a foundation for functional rehabilitation. athletther today 2000; 5(2):6-13. [doi: 10.1123/att.5.2.6] 2. panjabi mm. the stabilizing system of the spine. part ii. neutral zone and instability hypothesis. j spinal disord 1992; 5(4):390-396. [doi: 10.1097/00002517-199212000-00002][pmid: 1490035] 3. bergmark a. stability of the lumbar spine. a study in mechanical engineering. acta orthop scand suppl 1989; 230:1-54. [doi: 10.3109/17453678909154177][pmid: 2658468] 4. hodges pw, richardson ca. altered trunk muscle recruitment in people with low back pain with upper limb movement at different speeds. arch phys med rehabil 1999; 80(9):1005-1012. [doi: 10.1016/s0003-9993(99)90052-7][pmid: 10489000] 5. kibler wb, press j, sciascia a. the role of core stability in athletic function. sports med 2006; 36(3):189-198. [doi: 10.2165/00007256-200636030-00001][pmid: 16526831] 6. hodges pw, pengel lh, herbert rd, et al. measurement of muscle contraction with ultrasound imaging. muscle nerve 2003; 27(6):682-692. [doi: 10.1002/mus.10375][pmid: 12766979] 7. hides j, stanton w, freke m, et al. mri study of the size, symmetry and function of the trunk muscles among elite cricketers with and without low back pain. br j sports med 2008; 42(10):809-813. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2007.044024][pmid: 18065440] 8. o'sullivan pb, phyty gd, twomey lt, et al. evaluation of specific stabilizing exercise in the treatment of chronic low back pain with radiologic diagnosis of spondylolysis or spondylolisthesis. spine (phila pa 1976) 1997; 22(24):2959-2967. [doi: 10.1097/00007632-199712150-00020][pmid: 9431633] 9. mcmeeken jm, beith id, newham dj, et al. the relationship between emg and change in thickness of transversus abdominis. clin biomech 2004; 19(4):337-342. [doi: 10.1016/j.clinbiomech.2004.01.007] 10. brown sh, vera-garcia fj, mcgill sm. effects of abdominal muscle coactivation on the externally preloaded trunk: variations in motor control and its effect on spine stability. spine (phila pa 1976) 2006; 31(13):e387-393. [doi: 10.1097/01.brs.0000220221.57213.25][pmid: 16741438] 11. teyhen ds, miltenberger ce, deiters hm, et al. the use of ultrasound imaging of the abdominal drawing-in maneuver in subjects with low back pain. j orthop sports phys ther 2005; 35(6):346-355. [doi:10.2519/jospt.2005.35.6.346] [pmid: 16001906] 12. escamilla rf, lewis c, pecson a, et al. muscle activation among supine, prone, and side position exercises with and without a swiss ball. sports health 2016; 8(4):372-379. [doi: 10.1177/1941738116653931][pmid: 27302152] 13. dennis rj, finch cf, mcintosh as, et al. use of field-based tests to identify risk factors for injury to fast bowlers in cricket. br j sports med 2008; 42(6):477-482. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2008.046698] [pmid: 18390922] 14. durnin jv, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16 to 72 years. br j nutr 1974; 32(1):77-97. [doi: 10.1079/bjn19740060] [pmid: 4843734] 15. critchley d. instructing pelvic floor contraction facilitates transversus abdominis thickness increase during lowabdominal hollowing. physiother res int 2002; 7(2):65-75. [doi: 10.1002/pri.243][pmid: 12109236] 16. mangum lc, sutherlin ma, saliba sa, et al. reliability of ultrasound imaging measures of transverse abdominis and lumbar multifidus in various positions. pm r 2016; 8(4):340347. [doi: 10.1016/j.pmrj.2015.09.015][pmid: 26428485] 17. ekstrom ra, donatelli ra, carp kc. electromyographic analysis of core trunk, hip, and thigh muscles during 9 rehabilitation exercises. j orthop sports phys ther 2007; 37(12):754-762. [doi: 10.2519/jospt.2007.2471][pmid: 18560185] 18. kong ys, cho yh, park jw. changes in the activities of the trunk muscles in different kinds of bridging exercises. j phys ther sci2013; 25(12):1609-1612. [doi: 10.1589/jpts.25.1609] [pmid: 24409031] 19. stevens vk, bouche kg, mahieu nn, et al. trunk muscle activity in healthy subjects during bridging stabilization exercises. bmc musculoskelet disord 2006; 7:75. [doi: 10.1186/1471-2474-7-75] 20. garcia-jaen m, cortell-tormo jm, hernandez-sanchez s, et al. influence of abdominal hollowing maneuver on the core musculature activation during the prone plank exercise. int j environ res public health 2020; 17(20): 7410. [doi: 10.3390/ijerph17207410] [pmid: 33053717] original research 72 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 background. the tackle is an important component of rugby union. the tackle situation carries the highest risk for injury for both the ball carrier and tackler. little is known about the epidemiology of tackle injuries in koshuis rugby players. objectives. to (i) calculate the tackle-related injury rate, (ii) determine if the tackler or ball carrier is more susceptible to injury, and (iii) determine the most common location and type of injury during tackles. methods. data were collected by means of injury report forms from the medical centre during koshuis matches of 2012 and 2013. all data collected were captured into an online database. only data related to tackle injuries were evaluated for this retrospective, descriptive epidemiological study. results. the tackle led to 61% of all injuries (11.4 injuries/1 000 playing hours). the tackler sustained 23% more injuries than the ball carrier. injuries to the face (3.1 injuries/1 000 playing hours, 95% confidence interval (ci) 2.8 3.3) were most prevalent. the most common type of injury was lacerations (3.4 injuries/1 000 playing hours, 95% ci 3.2 3.7). conclusion. the tackle contributed to 61% of all injuries, making it the most dangerous phase of play. the tackler is more at risk than the ball carrier, especially for injuries to the face, with lacerations having the highest prevalence. for the ball carrier the location of the most injuries was the head, although joint sprains were the most common type of injury for the ball carrier. s afr j sports med 2015;27(3):72-75. doi:10.7196/sajsm.8091 tackle-injury epidemiology in koshuis rugby players at stellenbosch university e mathewson, bsc (hons) (biokinetics); r grobbelaar, bsc (hons) (biokinetics) department of sport science, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa corresponding author: e mathewson (lizmat008@gmail.com) since rugby union became a professional sport in 1995, the number of tackles has increased substantially.[1] the increase in the number of tackles in match play may be due to law changes or strategies used by coaches and teams. in rugby union, a tackle occurs ‘when a ball carrier (attacking player) is held by one or more opponents and is brought to ground’. the opposition player (defending player) is referred to as the tackler.[2] the major aim of tackling is to prevent the attacking team from gaining territory and scoring points. the contact nature of the tackle event attributes to muscle damage, which is measured by increased circulating creatine kinase (ck) activity. elevated ck levels can also result from high-speed running, especially in backline players where high force, eccentric work is performed several times during a match. literature has shown a positive relationship with increased frequency of tackles and muscle damage in both players (i.e. tackler and ball carrier). a reduction in neuromuscular function may be associated with muscle damage and thereby predispose players to injury.[3,4] the physical nature of the tackle exposes both players to injury.[3] according to brooks and kemp[5] rugby has the highest risk of injury during a match compared with any other team sport. the basic skill of tackling is the most frequent phase of play as it is used by both teams while they are defending. the study by quarrie and hopkins[1] revealed that tackles accounted for up to 58% of all injuries during match play in professional new zealand teams from 2003 to 2005, making it the most high-risk phase of play. the law of energy conservation is of prevalence during tackle situations as the total momentum of the two players before the tackle is redistributed between them at impact. speed differentiation between the players contributes to the risk associated with the tackle event, as the player with the lower momentum was more frequently injured.[1] furthermore, the distribution of the momentum emphasises the players’ physical conditioning, body position and velocity during the tackle.[3] by comparing current literature, it is clear that a higher overall incidence of injuries correlates with a higher level of play, given that players become bigger and stronger due to more sophisticated conditioning programmes, more training time, and participating in longer seasons.[6-8] thus players are able to generate higher forces during collision events, which exposes them to a higher potential risk of injuries. young players (17 21 years) are especially at higher risk when they compete at a more competitive level as they are still going through musculoskeletal developmental changes, which may be seen in some koshuis (university residence) rugby players.[8] a koshuis rugby team typically consists of university players at different skill and conditioning levels. there are no studies in south africa, to the researchers’ knowledge, assessing rugby tackle injuries in koshuis rugby players. it may be that these players are at greater risk for injury, as they do not train frequently even though the level of competition is high. few studies have specifically investigated tacklerelated injuries, and discrepancies are found in the literature regarding the most frequent body part injured, type of injury, as well as the risk for the ball carrier or tackler to sustain an injury. therefore, well-designed epidemiological studies are needed to investigate the risk of injury. these data can assist coaches and trainers in increasing the safety of the players by improving their tackling technique, thereby minimising the risk for injury. if coaches are aware of the areas of play with increased risk of injury, they can design training drills to minimise the risk thereof. sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 73 the primary objective of this study was to analyse tackle injury epidemiology and the risk thereof in koshuis rugby players at stellenbosch university over the 2012 and 2013 seasons. more specifically, the objectives were to determine (i) the amount of tacklerelated injuries per 1 000 playing hours in university koshuis rugby matches, (ii) if the tackler or ball carrier is more susceptible to injury, and (iii) the most common injury type and injury location during tackles in university koshuis rugby matches. methods this study fol lowe d a ret rosp e c t ive, descriptive design that spanned over two koshuis rugby seasons (2012 2013). population the study included male rugby players between the ages of 18 and 25 years that participated in stellenbosch university’s koshuis rugby league during the 2012 and 2013 seasons. ethical clearance was obtained from the stellenbosch university research et h i c s c om m itte e : hu man r e s e arch (humanities) as well as the institutional research and planning committee (proposal number: hs1034/2014). instruments and data collection procedure data were collected in the medical centre using an adapted version of the international rugby board’s (irb) rugby injury consensus group (ricg) standardised injury report form to ensure validity and repeatability and to present the data in a form that is comparable to other studies. [9] the researchers, who were assisting the onsite medical doctor, collected data verbally from the injured player or a witness after a medical diagnosis was given. once recorded, anonymous data were captured in an online database with limited access. only data related to tackle injuries were evaluated for the purpose of this study. it is assumed that all injuries were reported and the injury report forms were completed accurately. severity and time-loss due to injury was not accurately determined on-site and was therefore not used for the purpose of this study. with the data collection in the medical centre, it was sometimes unclear whether the injured player was the tackler or the ball carrier during the tackle event. injuries to these players were categorised as ‘uncertain player’ injuries. this was accounted for in the overall calculations, but could not be used for specific player comparisons. statistical analyses injury rate and 95% confidence intervals (cis) were calculated by means of microsoft excel 2010 to compare the rate of injuries per 1 000 playing hours.[10] the injury rate was calculated as the number of injuries (to each group, i.e. tackler, ball carrier or overall) divided by the exposure time (in hours) multiplied by 1 000. the difference was considered statistically significant if the 95% cis did not overlap. the 95% cis were calculated by means of the following formula: results tackle-related injury rate from 253 injuries, the overall injury rate calculated to 18.9/1 000 playing hours with the tackle contributing to 11.4 injuries/1 000 playing hours (61%). none of the tacklerelated injuries were due to foul play or a violation of the laws. tackler and ball carrier injury susceptibility over the two seasons, the tackler sustained a significantly higher injury rate than the ball carrier (fig. 1). injury location table 1 summarises the injury location of the players over the two seasons. overall, the head sustained the highest injury rate per 1 000 playing hours, followed by the face, shoulder and knee, respectively. the tackler most commonly sustained injuries to the face, while the head was the most commonly injured site among the ball carriers (table 1). only slight differences occurred in shoulder, knee and ankle injuries between the tackler and ball carrier (table 1). injury type table 2 summarises the injury type of the players over the two seasons. over both seasons, the most common injury types, in order of magnitude were lacerations, joint sprains and concussions. lacerations were the most common type of injury among tacklers. this was followed by joint sprains and concussions. among ball carriers, joint sprains were most prevalent followed by lacerations, concussions, ligament injuries, and fractures with the same injury rate (table 2). skin injuries included skin abrasions and lacerations. only the tackler sustained skin abrasions. the tackler also sustained significantly more lacerations than the ball carrier for both seasons (table 2). joint injuries included joint sprains and ligament injuries (table 2). the rate of joint sprains was significantly higher in the ball carrier than in the tackler. the ligament injuries of tacklers and ball carriers were not significantly different. the tackler sustained significantly more concussions than the ball carrier (table 2). discussion tackle-related injury rate the overall injury rate of 18.9 injuries/1 000 playing hours was observed. this is a higher rate than observed in high school rugby 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 !" in ju ry r at e (/ 1 00 0 p la yi n g h o u rs ) tackler ball carrier * fig. 1. injury susceptibility (rate/1 000 playing hours) to tackler (n=73) and ball carrier (n=54) during the tackle situation (*statistically significant difference p<0.05). 95% ci = injury rate 1 000 × 1 000 no. injuries exposure time 1.96± 74 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 players in 2008 (15.2 injuries/1 000 playing hours).[7] this trend is supported by jakoet and noakes,[6] mcintosh et al.[11] and palmergreen et al.,[8] who found an increase in injury rate with increased age and level of play. a tackle-injury rate of 11.4 injuries/1 000 playing hours was observed for all players injured in the tackle situation. in the present study, the tackle contributed to 61% of all injuries. literature reports the tackle to be the most dangerous phase of play as 40 64% of injuries were sustained as a result of a tackle. [5,7,8,12] this also holds true for koshuis rugby based on the data presented here. tackler and ball carrier injury susceptibility this study found that throughout the two seasons, the tackler sustained a higher injury rate than the ball carrier, as they may have poor tackle technique. quarrie and hopkins[1] also support this finding (table 1). this is contrary to other studies on higher levels of play, that found that the ball carrier is at greater risk than the tackler.[5,8,13] this might be because the players are well-trained, conditioned, and had a better tackle technique. this conclusion was supported by hendricks and lambert[3] who reported that at amateur level (as with some koshuis rugby players), the tackler is more at risk for injury, whereas at the professional level, the ball carrier has the greatest risk. contrary to this, a systematic review of eleven studies found that adolescent ball carriers generally sustained more injuries (17 65%) than tacklers (19 40%).[14] injury location overall, the head sustained the highest injury rate, as also seen in the literature,[7,12,13,15] followed by the face. as there is no clear definition to distinguish between head and face injuries, this could be misinterpreted and should be specified on the injury report form. even though shoulder and knee injuries were common, they showed a lower incidence rate compared with head and face injuries. conversely some research found that the shoulder was one of the most frequently injured locations.[13] the tacklers’ most common injury was to the face, while the ball carriers’ most common injury was the head (table 1). shoulder injuries were the third most common type of injury for all players. this is consistent with the literature that found shoulder injuries to be the third most common for the two players combined.[7,11] mcintosh et al.[11] found that the knee was the second most frequently injured body part for both players. however in this study the knee was the fourth most frequently injured body part (table 1). in this study, ankle injuries were the 5th most frequent injury with the ball carriers having a higher rate of ankle injuries than the tackler. this is contrary to the finding of collins et al.,[7] who found that the ankle was injured second most frequently for the tacklers and ball carriers combined. lower limb injuries to the table 1. injury location and overall and respective injury rates (per 1 000 playing hours) body location tackler ball carrier overall rate 95% ci rate 95% ci rate 95% ci head* 1.3 1.2 1.5 0.9† 0.8 1.0 3.1† 2.8 3.3 face* 1.8† 1.6 2.0 0.4 0.4 0.5 2.8 2.6 3.1 neck 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.4 lower back 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 pelvis 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 shoulder 0.9 0.8 1.0 0.8 0.7 1.0 1.9 1.7 2.1 clavicle 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 upper arm 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 elbow 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 wrist 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 hand 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.5 hip 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 groin 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 knee 0.4 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.7 1.0 0.9 1.2 lower leg 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 ankle 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.8 0.7 1.0 total 5.5 5.1 5.8 4.0 3.7 4.3 11.4 10.9 11.9 * statistically significant difference between tackler and ball carrier (p<0.05). † most prevalent body location. table 2. injury type and overall and respective injury rates (per 1 000 playing hours) injury type tackler   ball carrier   overall rate 95% ci rate 95% ci rate 95% ci concussion* 0.7 0.6 0.9 0.4 0.4 0.5 1.4 1.2 1.6 bone fracture 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.4 0 .5 0.8 0.7 1.0 dislocation 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 subluxation 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 joint sprain* 1.0 0.8 1.1 1.3† 1.2 1.5 2.4 2.2 2.6 ligament injury 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.5 0.8 0.7 1.0 muscle strain 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 contusion/bruise 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.6 skin abrasion 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.0 0.4 0.4 0.5 laceration* 1.9† 1.7 2.1 0.7 0.6 0.8 3.4† 3.2 3.7 unsure 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.4 1.0 0.8 1.1 other 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 total 5.5 5.1 5.8   4.0 3.7 4.3   11.4 10.9 11.9 *statistically significant difference between tackler and ball carrier (p<0.05). † most prevalent injury type. sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 75 ball carrier were usually as a result of loading with the weight of the tackler.[1] injury type for both groups of players combined, the three most prevalent injury types were, in order, lacerations, joint sprains, and concussions. the most common type of injury among the tacklers was lacerations followed by joint sprains and concussions. among the ball carriers, joint sprains were the most prevalent followed by lacerations, and then equally by concussions, fractures and ligament injuries (table 2). other studies have shown lacerations and concussions were mostly caused by player-to-player contact, rather than player-to-surface contact. protective headgear might decrease the amount of lacerations to the head, although for the purpose of this study it was not investigated. skin injuries comprised skin abrasions and lacerations. only the tackler sustained skin abrasions. the tackler also sustained significantly more lacerations than the ball carrier in both seasons. all the lacerations were to the head and face area, correlating with the high inci dence of head and face injuries for both players, especially the tackler. this could be as a result of the tackler being closer to the ground during impact. the tackler can also be dragged along the ground while the ball carrier is still moving forward, resulting in the tackler hitting the ground first – with or without the added weight of the ball carrier. it was also expected that the tacklers would sustain more lacerations as their heads are frequently exposed to contact with the ball carrier’s legs during the tackle, especially when they aim too far below the waist of the ball carrier.[3] for the ball carrier, joint sprains were the most common type of injury. the ball carrier also had a significantly higher rate of joint injuries than the tackler. this can be due to the way in which the ball carrier unexpectedly makes contact with the ground. the way in which the tackler forces the ball carrier to the ground may also restrict proper joint mechanics and predispose the ball carrier to joint sprains. a limitation of this study is that data were dependent on the information collected on an injury report form in the medical room. the researchers are reliant on what the injured player, or a witness accompanying the injured player to the medical room, recall from the mechanism leading to the injury. furthermore, the on-site doctor was not always able to determine the severity of injury and therefore some injuries were excluded from this study. for future studies, the injury report form should be accompanied by video analysis. our current injury report form should be revised, as some categories overlap. the specific categories should be defined (i.e. head and face) and data collectors should be educated accordingly to ensure validity and reliability of data. injury severity and time-loss should be followed up to compare with the literature. conclusion the present study found a total of 253 injuries during 2012 and 2013 in this koshuis rugby population. the tackle accounted for 153 injuries, with a rate of 11.4 injuries/1 000 playing hours. the tackler sustained a higher rate of injury than the ball carrier. the tackler most commonly sustained injuries to the face, with lacerations being the greatest contributor. the ball carrier sustained a lower injury rate and injuries were more equally distributed across the different body parts, with joint sprains being most common. the player most frequently injured and the most common type of injury is in contrast with existing literature. this might be due to a different study population and level of play. koshuis rugby players specifically have a high risk of injury, as they do not train more than twice a week, despite the matches being competitive. the outcome of this study can assist in increasing the safety of the players. for example, a rule could be implemented that players need to attend at least one skill training session per week as faulty technique of the tackler may predispose them to injury. koshuis rugby players compete at an amateur level and their experience, skill, and conditioning levels should be taken into account during team selection. by ensuring all competing players are at a similar level, injury rate could be reduced. also, players should be able to pass a predetermined, rugby-specific test battery before they can be considered for team selection. if coaches are aware of the areas of play with increased risk of injury, they can design training drills to minimise the risk thereof. pitch conditions as well as speed and body weight of players may also contribute to the risk for injury. as pitch conditions are partially controllable, proper pitch maintenance will assist in increased safety for players during a match.[14] the aforementioned strategies might positively influence university rugby players as they will experience less discomfort as well as decreased playing and study time lost due to injury. acknowledgements. the authors would like to thank dr p e olivier, dr k welman, mr w kraak and mr j brown for guidance and reviewing of this project, campus health services for assistance in providing the setting for data collection, all biokinetics students for collecting data, and subcommittee a for funding of the database. references 1. quarrie kl, hopkins wg. tackle injuries in professional rugby union. am j sports med 2008;36(9):1705-1716. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508316768] 2. international rugby board. laws of the game. ireland: international rugby board, 2014. http://www.irblaws. com (accessed 25 june 2014). 3. hendricks s, lambert m. tackling in rugby : coaching strategies for effective technique and injury prevention. int j sports sci coach 2010;5(1):117-135. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1260/1747-9541.5.1.117] 4. jones mr, west dj, harrington bj, et al. match play performance characteristics that predict post-match creatine kinase responses in professional rugby union players. bmc sports sci med rehabil 2014;6(1):38. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/2052-1847-6-38] 5. brooks jhm, kemp spt. recent trends in rugby union injuries. clin sports med 2008;27(1):51-73. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2007.09.001] 6. jakoet i, noakes td. a high rate of injury during the 1995 rugby world cup. s afr med j 1998;88(1):45-47. 7. collins cl, lyle mj, yard ee, comstock rd. injuries sustained by high school rugby players in the united states, 2005 2006. arch paediatr adolesc med 2008;126(1):4954. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/archpediatrics.2007.1] 8. palmer-green ds, stokes ka, fuller cw, england m, kemp spt, trewartha g. match injuries in english youth academy and school rugby union: an epidemiological study. am j sports med 2013;41(4):749-755. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546512473818] 9. fuller cw, molloy mg, bathgate c, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures for studies of injury in rugby union. br j sports med 2007;41(5):328-331. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033282] 10. knowles sb, marshall sw, guskiewicz km. issues in estimating risks and rates in sports injury research. j athl train 2006;41(2):207-215. 11. mcintosh as, savage tn, mccrory p, frechede o, wolfe r. tackle characteristics and injury in a cross section of rugby union football. med sci sports exerc 2009;42(5):977-984. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181c07b5b] 12. bathgate a, best jp, craig g, jamieson m. a prospective study of injuries to elite australian rugby union players. br j sports med 2002;36(4):265-275. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.36.4.265] 13. bleakley c, tully m, o’conner s. epidemiology of adolescent rugby injuries: a systematic review. j athl train 2011;46(5):555-565. 14. freitag a, kirkwood g, scharer s, ofori-asenso r, pollock am. systematic review of rugby injuries in children and adolescents under 21 years. br j sports med 2015;1-10. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2014-093684] 15. holtzhausen lj, schwellnus mp, jakoet i, pretorius al. the incidence and nature of injuries in south african rugby players in the rugby super 12 competition. s afr med j 2006;26(12):1260-1265. 116 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 introduction peripheral vascular disease (pvd) is a leading cause of morbidity in the elderly in the united states where there are an estimated 5 million affected individuals. 9 the prevalence of pvd increases with age and it has been estimated that the biennial incidence rate is 26.6 per 1 000 men and 13.3 per 1 000 women in the united states. 27 in the united kingdom it occurs in approximately 1 in 20 of the population between the ages of 55 and 74 years. 16 data from the framingham heart study revealed that risk factors for pvd include age, gender, serum cholesterol, hypertension, cigarette smoking, diabetes and coronary artery disease. male gender, age and smoking were associated with a 1.5-fold increased risk for pvd; diabetes and stage 2 or greater hypertension conferred a >2-fold increased risk; and coronary heart disease nearly tripled the risk for pvd. 32 these findings are similar to those reported by newman et al. 33 who recognised cigarette smoking as a primary risk factor for pvd. twenty-five per cent of patients with pvd deteriorate steadily but only 5% deteriorate to the point that they require leg amputations. 9,13 intermittent claudication is the most common symptom of pvd; it causes severe walking intolerance and therefore impacts on the functional status and quality of life of the patient. 4,38 therefore treatment has focused on alleviating the symptom of intermittent claudication and improving walking tolerance. measurement of walking tolerance in patients with intermittent claudication to prove that exercise training is effective, walking tests are necessary. set testing protocols on the treadmill are common tools to assess walking tolerance in patients with pvd. a wide variety of treadmill walking tests have been used to quantify improvements in walking distances and functional capacity following training in patients with intermittent claudication (table i). 8,19,28,29,30,41 review article the effects of exercise training in patients with peripheral vascular disease – a review b m parr (msc (med) exercise science)1 e w derman (mb chb, phd)2 1 cape peninsula university of technology 2 university of cape town mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine abstract patients with peripheral vascular disease (pvd) suffer from the symptom of intermittent claudication and are therefore intolerant to walking. exercise training has been shown to be a beneficial treatment for patients with pvd. therefore studies have aimed to assess the efficacy of exercise training programmes. this review summarises the data on the efficacy of exercise training programmes in patients with pvd. recommendations are made for the mode, duration, frequency and intensity of exercise training programmes. a systematic review of medline, pubmed and science direct was done of studies on exercise training and patients with pvd, particularly those using randomised controlled trials. exercise training improves walking tolerance in patients with pvd. the common mode of training in patients with pvd in the past decade has been walking on a treadmill; however recently an upper-limb cycle ergometry programme proved to be as effective as lower-limb cycle ergometry in improving walking tolerance in patients with pvd. as weight-bearing walking programmes are uncomfortable for patients with pvd, this is an important development in exercise prescription for these patients. most successful exercise programmes have been 3-6 months in duration for a period of 30 minutes to 1 hour, 2-3 times per week. however, 1 study showed that a shorter period (6 weeks) was of sufficient duration to improve functional capacity in patients with pvd. this is helpful for practitioners as exercise programmes of 3 or 6 months can be daunting correspondence: b m parr department of sport management faculty of business cape peninsula university of technology po box 652 cape town tel: 021-680 1573 fax: 021-680 1562 e-mail: parrb@cput.ac.za for a patient to embark on. finally, patients should exercise to maximal claudication pain in order to elicit the best training response. pg116-121.indd 116 11/23/06 4:08:11 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 117 two parameters are usually measured on a treadmill: pain-free walking distance (pfwd) and maximum walking distance (mwd). 8,22,23 use of the treadmill as a tool to measure walking distance has been criticised because the tests are not always reproducible. 26,34,37 there is disagreement about whether a graded test (a test when the speed or gradient increases at set time intervals) is more or less reproducible than a constant load test (one that does not increase in speed or gradient). it has been suggested that a constant load test is fairly reproducible. 3 others have found that both the constant load and the graded exercise test are equally well reproducible. 5 in contrast gardner et al. 17 and perakyla et al. 37 found the progressive test to be more reproducible and gardner et al. 17 suggested that only 1 progressive test is required to obtain table i. review of randomised controlled trials on exercise training and patients with peripheral vascular disease date and exercise mwd pfwd reference treatment no of subjects program length frequency/duration % increase % increase protocol larsen et al. • walking 7 6 months home 1 hr 7x wk 282% 200% 4.6 km.h -1 @ 8% 1966 (28) • control 7 placebo ns ns holm et al. • dle 6 4 months supervised 30 min 3x wk 42% 26%* 1973 (25) • control 6 placebo ns ns mannarino • walk/dle 8 6 months home 1 hr 1x wk 67% 87% 3.2 km.h -1 @ 12% et al. 1989 supervised 1 hr 2x wk grade (30) • placebo 8 placebo ns ns hiatt et al. • treadmill 10 12 wks supervised 1 hr 123% 165% 3.2 km.h -1 at 0% 1990 (22) and ↑3.5% • control 9 no treatment ns ns per 3 min lundgren et al. • operation 13 6 months 600% 300% 4 km.h -1 @ 0% 1989 (29) • op + dle 9 supervised 30 min 900% 400% 3x wk • dle 11 supervised 30 min 200% 300% 3x wk creasy et al. • pta 20 6 months pta ns ns 3 km.h -1 @10% 1990 (8) • dle 16 leg 30 min 2x wk 310% parker-jones et al. • stair-master 6 12 wks supervised 1 hr 2x wk ns ↑35.5s 3.2 km.h -1 at 0% 1996 (35) and ↑ 3.5% per 3 min • treadmill 6 supervised 1 hr ↑171.7 sec ↑117.7 sec 2x wk hiatt et al. • walking 10 12 wks supervised 1 hr 3x wk 43%* 61.6%* 3.2 km.h -1 at 0% 1996 (23) treadmill and ↑ 3.5% per • strength 8 supervised 1 hr 3x wk ns ns 3 min training • control 8 ns ns patterson et al. • supervised 23 12 wks 1x wk lectures + exercise 33.9% 54.5% 1997 (36) exercise • home 23 1x wk lectures + exercise ns ns exercise instruction walker et al. • arm cranking 26 6 wks supervised 40 min 51% 29% shuttle test 2001 (41) 2x per wk • cycling 26 supervised 40 min 57% 31% 2x per wk • control 15 ns ns gardner et al. • walking 28 6 months supervised 77% 134% 3.2 km.h -1 at 0% 2001 (19) 3x per wk and ↑ 2% per • control 24 12% 25% 2 min zwierska et al. • arm cranking 34 24 wks supervised 40 min 47% 122% shuttle test 2005 (44) 2x per wk • cycling 37 supervised 40 min 50% 93% 2x per wk • control 15 ns ns * increase of time in percentage. mwd = maximum walking distance; pfwd = pain-free walking distance; dle = dynamic leg exercises; pta = percutaneous transluminal angioplasty. pg116-121.indd 117 11/23/06 4:08:11 pm 118 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 reliable measurements of pfwd and mwd while 3 tests are necessary when using constant load treadmill tests. it has also been questioned whether walking on the treadmill accurately assesses walking distance because it measures an ‘artificial’ walking distance, i.e. subjects are not walking on land. this was made apparent in a study where 76% of study patients were found to walk much further on a ward corridor walk test than on the treadmill, even though the treadmill was slower. 42 due to this finding, other, less artificial methods of assessing walking capacity have been explored. in a study by montgomery et al. 31 64 patients repeated two 6-minute walk tests a week apart. the distances walked during the two 6-minute walk tests were similar, resulting in a high reliability coefficient (r = 0.94) and a low coefficient of variation (10%). only a small non-significant 3 4% increase in distance and steps was found on the second test. more recently a group of researchers have used a shuttle walk test. 41 patients walk back and forth between 2 cones placed 10 m apart. the speed at which the patients walk is controlled by audible tones recorded on a cassette. patients begin walking on the first tone and aim to reach the second cone by the next tone. the time span between tones is decreased over time thereby increasing the speed. the patient stops walking when he/she cannot keep up with the required speed. the authors found that this test offered the advantage of testing more than 1 patient at a time, and was also reproducible, having less than 10% variability in pfwd and mwd in patients with claudication. future research should use tests that are reproducible. from this review it seems that the 6-minute walk test, the progressive treadmill test and the shuttle test are the preferred tests to use. exercise training as a treatment for patients with pvd percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (pta), as well as vascular bypass grafting are accepted methods of treatment for limb ischaemia. 6,8,43 conservative treatment for claudication was advocated as early as 1898 when wilhelm erb suggested that muscular exercise increased blood flow to the ischaemic limb. 14 despite this recommendation, for many years passive exercise (the limb is moved by the nurse or exercise therapist through its range of motion) was the recognised therapy for these patients. 2 the importance of dynamic (the patient actively performs the exercise him or herself) exercise training as a therapy for patients with intermittent claudication was rediscovered in the 1950s and 1960s. 3,15,28,40 larsen and lassen 28 performed the first randomised controlled study comparing an exercise training group of patients with a placebo-controlled group and found that pain-free walking time (pfwt) increased from 1.7 minutes to 3.5 minutes after exercise training for 6 months. the mean maximum walking time (mwt) increased from 2.9 minutes to 8.2 minutes. in the control group no significant change was noted. since this study a number of randomised controlled trials (table i) have shown similar results. 8,19,22,23,25,29,30,35,36,41,44 it is clear from table i that exercise training improves walking tolerance in patients with pvd. indeed when comparing the effects of exercise training with pta, exercise training was more beneficial after a 6-month period. 8 only 1 study 21 has found no value to exercise training. the effects of surgical intervention, supervised physical exercise training and no treatment on walking tolerance was studied in patients with intermittent claudication. this group found that exercise training offered no therapeutic advantage compared with untreated controls. a methodological flaw in this study was that patients, despite being recruited between 1994 and 1997, were trained using methods dating from the 1970s. the exercises consisted of dynamic leg exercises while seated in a chair. in an upright position exercises consisted of marking time, walking, running, dancing and playing ball. the response to exercise training was determined by using a treadmill walking test and measuring maximum walking distance. furthermore the intervention lasted for 1 year and compliance was not reported for the exercise training group. however earlier findings by this same group reported that surgical reconstruction (vascular bypass graft) combined with exercise training was more effective in improving mwd and pfwd in patients with intermittent claudication than training alone or surgery alone. 29 similarly, in other studies, this group did report improvements in mwd and pfwd in patients with intermittent claudication following exercise training. 10,11 mode of training used in patients with pvd early studies used walking as the mode of exercise training in patients with pvd. 3,28 later studies included ‘dynamic leg exercises’. 10-12 in a study by creasy et al. 8 dynamic leg exercises included ‘walking, walking on tip toe, walking and running on the spot, static bicycling, step ups, going up and down on tip toes while on an incline and dribbling with a ball’. in the early 1990s, treadmills became more commonplace in gymnasia and exercise laboratories and treadmill walking replaced ‘dynamic leg exercises’. studies showed that training on a treadmill produced substantial increases in walking distances. 22,23,35,39 treadmill walking was established as the accepted mode of exercise training and few studies explored the effects of alternative modes of training on walking distances in patients with pvd. two studies did however examine the effects of stairmaster exercise and lower-body resistance training on walking distances in patients with pvd. 24,35 neither mode of training produced improvements in walking tolerance. therefore the researchers concluded that training effects in patients with pvd were specific to the mode of training used. therefore it seemed logical that treadmill walking would be the most beneficial form of training for improving walking tolerance in patients with pvd. pg116-121.indd 118 11/23/06 4:08:11 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 119 more recently, studies have again ventured to explore the effects of modes of training outside of treadmill walking on mwd and pfwd in patients with intermittent claudication. polestriding, a stationary form of exercise similar to skiing has proved to be beneficial to patients with intermittent claudication, as has upper-limb cycle ergometry. 7,41,44 the effect of upperlimb and lower-limb cycle ergometry on walking tolerance in patients with intermittent claudication was assessed in the united kingdom. 41,44 patients were randomised to an upperlimb cycle ergometry group or a lower-limb cycle ergometry group and trained twice a week for 6 weeks. 41 pfwd and mwd on a graded treadmill exercise test improved similarly in both training groups. the authors suggested that central cardiovascular adaptations contributed to the increased walking tolerance in both groups because the heart rate response to submaximal work loads during the upper and lower-limb assessments was reduced after training. the authors pointed out that exercise training using lower-limb weight-bearing exercise can be most uncomfortable for the patient and that an upper-limb programme (using upper-limb cycle ergometers) which produced similar results would be a welcome relief to patients with intermittent claudication. however, upper-limb cycle ergometers are not available in most gymnasia. upper-body strength training apparatus is available in all gymnasiums and the efficacy of upper-body strength training programmes on patients with pvd needs to be assessed. it seems that over the years, the mode of exercise training in patients with pvd has mirrored the trends of the mode of exercise training prescribed to the general population. most gymnasium programmes today include a combination of treadmill walking, cycling, strength training (using plateloaded machines) and stretching. it is recommended that future research assess the efficacy of conventional exercise programmes. duration, frequency and intensity of exercise training in patients with pvd the duration of most training programmes, whether home based or hospital based, is 12 weeks 6 months (table i), only 1 study 41 has had a shorter training period (6 weeks). this study showed that training was effective in this time period. 41 more studies need to ascertain whether a short-term (6-week) exercise rehabilitation programme is of sufficient duration to affect functional improvements in patients with pvd. it can be daunting for a patient to embark on a 6-month programme; a short-term (6-week) programme may be easier to commit to and if the patient improves functionally, they will feel encouraged which will improve compliance. although the american college of sports medicine has advocated that 30 minutes of exercise every day is the exercise prescription guideline to obtain the health benefits of exercise, no studies have examined the effects of 30 minutes of exercise every day for patients with pvd. 1 the frequency of most training programmes in patients with pvd has been 2 3 times per week usually for a period of between 30 minutes and 1 hour (table i). this is the most practical for patients with pvd as most people in this group are elderly and do not want to commit to more than 2 3 times a week for exercise training. the effects of intensity of a training programme was examined in a meta-analysis. claudication end point used during an exercise training programme was the most important independently related predictor of the positive change in pfwd and mwd in patients with intermittent claudication. 18 more recently, this same group of researchers assessed the efficacy of a 6-month exercise rehabilitation programme consisting of treadmill walking to near-maximal pain at either 40% or 80% of maximal exercise capacity. those who trained at a lower exercise intensity walked for a longer time period and therefore total work performed in the 2 groups was the same. there was no difference between the 2 groups with respect to mwd and pfwd at the end of the intervention period. both groups improved equally. 20 this indicates that patients should walk at a speed to illicit near-maximal pain. if they choose to train at a lower maximal exercise capacity, they should exercise for a longer period so that the total amount of work completed is similar to that of a training programme using a higher intensity. supervised hospital-based exercise programmes v. home-based exercise programmes in patients with pvd only a few studies have compared the effects of home v. hospital-based exercise programmes in patients with pvd. 36,38,39 regensteiner et al. 38 showed no improvement in mwd or pfwd in a home-based exercise programme after 12 weeks of training. patterson et al. 36 and savage et al. 39 found that although the home exercise groups improved, supervised exercise programmes improved pfwd more than home-based exercise programmes over a 3 6-month period. since only a few studies have compared the effects of home v. hospital-based exercise programmes, more research is needed in this area. conclusion exercise training improves walking capacity in patients with pvd, indeed 1 study proved that exercise training was more beneficial than angioplasty as a treatment for patients with pvd. the preferred mode of exercise training in the past decade has been walking on the treadmill. recent studies have shown that upper-body cycle ergometry proved to be an effective form of treatment for patients with pvd. this is an important development in exercise training for patients with pvd as walking is painful whereas upper-limb cycle ergometry is pain free. furthermore, the efficacy of conventional exercise rehabilitation programmes (a combination of treadmill walking, cycling, strength training and stretching) should be assessed pg116-121.indd 119 11/23/06 4:08:12 pm 120 sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 as conventional exercise is the most commonly prescribed exercise in gymnasia today. training programmes of 3 6 months duration have proved to be beneficial for patients with pvd. however a shorter (6-week) exercise training programme has proved to be of sufficient duration to affect functional improvements in patients with pvd. it is easier to encourage a patient to join a 6-week exercise programme than a 6-month programme which can be a daunting undertaking for the patient. it is evident from this review that most studies prescribe half an hour to an hour of exercise 2 3 times per week. the acsm exercise guidelines 1 are half an hour of exercise daily. however, because of the age of these patients it is difficult to expect them to attend daily exercise classes. they can be encouraged to attend classes 2 or 3 times per week and walk at home on the remaining days. both high and low-intensity exercise training programmes have proved to be beneficial for patients with pvd. however, should patients choose to train at a lower maximal exercise capacity, they should exercise for a longer period so that the total amount of work completed is similar to a training programme using a higher intensity. references 1. american college of sports medicine. acsm guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. baltimore: williams and wilkins, 1995. 2. allen ev, barker nw, hines eaj. peripheral vascular diseases. philadelphia: wb saunders, 1955. 3. alpert j, larsen a, lassen na. exercise and intermittent claudication: blood flow in the calf muscle during walking studied by the xenon-133 clearance method. circulation 1969; 39: 353-9. 4. breek jc, hamming jf, de vries j, ven berge henegouwen dp, van heck gl. the impact of walking impairment, cardiovascular risk factors, and comorbidity on quality of life in patients with intermittent claudication. j vasc surg 2002; 36: 94-9. 5. cachovan m, rogatti w, woltering f, et al. randomised reliability study evaluating constant-load and graded-exercise treadmill test for intermittent claudication. angiology 1999; 50: 193-200. 6. chetter ic, spark ji, scott ja, kester rc. does angioplasty improve the quality of life for claudicants? a prospective study. ann vasc surg 1999; 13: 93-103. 7. collins eg, langbein we, orebaugh c, et al. polestriding exercise and vitiamin e for management of peripheral vascular disease. med sci sports exer 2003; 35: 384-93. 8. creasy ta, mcmillan pj, fletcher ew, collin j, morris pj. is percutaneous transluminal angioplasty better than exercise for claudication? – preliminary results from a prospective randomised trial. eur j vasc surg 1990; 4: 1359. 9. criqui mh, fronek a, barrett-conner b. the prevalence of peripheral arterial disease in a defined population. circulation 1985; 71: 510-5. 10. dahloff ag, bjorntorp, holm j, schersten t. metabolic activity of skeletal muscle in patients with peripheral arterial insufficiency. eur j clin invest 1974; 4: 9-15. 11. dahloff ag, holm j, schersetn t, sivertsson r. peripheral arterial insufficiency. scand j rehabil med 1976; 8: 19-26. 12. dahloff ag, holm j, schersten t. exercise training of patients with intermittent claudication. scand j rehabil med 1983; 15: 20-6. 13. dormandy j, heeck l, vig s. the natural history of claudication: risk to life and limb. semin vasc surg 1999; 12: 123-37. 14. erb w. intermittierende hinken und andere nervosa storungen in folde van gefaberkrankungen. klin wochenschr 1898. 15. foley wt. treatment of gangrene of the feet and legs by walking. circulation 1957; 15: 689. 16. fowkes fgr, houseley e, cawood eh. edinburgh artery study: prevalence of asymptomatic and symptomatic peripheral arterial disease in the general population. int j epidemiol 1991; 20: 384-92. 17. gardner aw, skinner js, cantwell bw, kent smith l. progressive v. single stage treadmill tests for evaluation of claudication. med sci sports exerc 1991; 23: 402-7. 18. gardner aw, poelman et. exercise rehabilitation programmes for the treatment of claudication pain. jama 1995; 274: 975-1000. 19. gardner aw, katzel li, sorkin jd, et al. exercise rehabilitation improves functional outcomes and peripheral circulation in patients with intermittent claudication: a randomised controlled trial. j am geriatr soc 2001; 49: 75562. 20. gardner aw, montgomery ps, flinn wr, katzel li. the effect of exercise intensity on the response to exercise rehabilitation in patients with intermittent claudication. j vasc surg 2005; 42: 702-9. 21. gelin j, jivegard l, taft c, et al. treatment efficacy of intermittent claudication by surgical intervention, supervised physical exercise training compared to no treatment in unselected randomized patients: one year results of functional and physiological improvements. eur j vasc surg 2001; 22: 107-13. 22. hiatt wr, regensteiner jg, hargarten me, wolfel ee, brass ep. benefit of exercise conditioning for patients with peripheral arterial disease. circulation 1990; 81: 602-9. 23. hiatt wr, regensteiner jg, wolfel ee, carry mr, brass ep. effect of exercise training on skeletal muscle histology and metabolism in peripheral arterial disease. j appl physiol 1996; 81: 780-8. 24. hiatt wr, wolfel ee, meier rh, regensteiner jg. superiority of treadmill walking exercise v. strength training for patients with peripheral arterial disease. implications for mechanism of the training response. circulation 1994; 90: 1866-74. 25. holm j, dahloff ag, bjorntorp p, schersten t. enzyme studies in muscles of patients with intermittent claudication. j clin lab invest 1973; 31: 201-5. 26. johnston kw, hosang my, andrews df. reproducibility of noninvasive vascular laboratory measurements of the peripheral circulation. j vasc surg 1987; 6: 147-51. 27. kannel wd. the demographics of claudication and the aging of the american population. vasc med 1996; 1: 60-4. 28. larsen oa, lassen na. effect of daily muscular exercise in patients with intermittent claudication. lancet 1966; 2: 1093-5. 29. lundgren f, dahloff ag, schersten t, volkmann r. intermittent claudication – surgical reconstruction or physical training. ann vasc surg 1989; 209: 346-55. 30. mannarino e, pasqualini l, menna m, maragoni g, orlandi u. effects of physical training on peripheral vascular disease. a controlled study. angiology 1989; 1: 5-9. 31. montgomery ps, gardner aw. the clinical utility of a six minute walk test in peripheral arterial occlusive disease patients. j am geriatr soc 1988; 46: 706-11. 32. murabito jm, agostino rb, silbershaatz h, wilson pwf. intermittent claudication: a risk profile from the framingham heart study. circulation 1997; 96: 44-9. 33. newman ab, siscovick d, manolio ta, et al. ankle arm index as a marker of atherosclerosis in the cardiovascular health study. circulation 1993; 88: 837-45. 34. ouriel n, mcdonnell ae, metz ce, zarius ck. a critical evaluation of stress testing in the diagnosis of peripheral vascular disease. surgery 1982; 91: 686-93. 35. parker jones p, skinner js, kent smith l, john fm, bryant cx. functional improvements following stairmaster v. treadmill exercise training for patients with intermittent claudication. j cardiopulm rehabil 1996; 16: 47-55. 36. patterson rb, pinto b, marcus b, colucci a, braun t, roberts m. value of a supervised exercise program for the therapy of arterial claudication. j vasc surg 1997; 25: 312-9. 37. perakyla t, tikkanen h, van knorring j, lepantalo m. poor reproducibility of exercise test in assessment of claudication. clin physiol 1998; 18: 18793. 38. regensteiner jg, meyer tj, krupski wc, cranford ls, hiatt wr. hospital v. home-based exercise rehabilitation for patients with peripheral arterial occlusive disease. angiology 1997; 48: 291-300. 39. savage p, ricci ma, lynn m, et al. effects of home versus supervised exercise for patients with intermittent claudication. j cardiopulm rehabil 2001; 21: 152-7. pg116-121.indd 120 11/23/06 4:08:12 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 4 2006 121 40. skinner js, strandness de. exercise and intermittent claudication. circulation 1967; 36: 23-9. 41. walker rd, nawaz s, wilkinson ch, saxton jm, pockley ag, wood rfm. influence of upperand lower-limb exercise training on cardiovascular function and walking distances in patients with intermittent claudication. j vasc surg 2000; 31: 662-9. 42. watson cje, phillips d, hands l, collin j. claudication distance is poorly estimated and inappropriately measured. br j surg 1997; 84: 1107-9. 43. whyman mr, ruckley cv. should claudicants receive angioplasty or just exercise training? cardiovasc surg 1998; 6: 226-31. 44. zwierska i, walker rd, choksky sa, male js, pockley, g saxton jm. uppervs lower-limb aerobic exercise rehabilitation in patients with symptomatic peripheral arterial disease: a randomized controlled trial. j vasc surg 2005; 42: 1122-30. health & medical publishing group surgery of the foot and ankle e-dition, 8th edition text with continually updated online reference by michael j. coughlin, md, private practice of orthopaedic surgery; clinical professor, department of orthopaedics and rehabilitation, oregon health sciences university, portland, or; roger a. mann, md, director of foot fellowship program, oakland ca; associate clinical professor, department of orthopaedic surgery, university of california at san francisco school of medicine, san francisco, ca; and charles l. saltzman, md, professor, departments of orthopaedic surgery and biomedical engineering, university of iowa college of medicine, iowa city, ia isbn 0323040292 · book/electronic media · 1511 pages · 1580 illustrations mosby · forthcoming title (december 2006) health & medical publishing group, private bag x1, pinelands, 7430 tel: 021-6578200 fax: 021-6834509 e-mail: carmena@hmpg.co.za brents@hmpg.co.za health & medical books health & medical books pg116-121.indd 121 11/23/06 4:08:16 pm original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license ‘do we know if we need to reduce head impact exposure?’: a mixedmethods study highlighting the varied understanding of the longterm risk and consequence of head impact exposure across all stakeholders at the highest level of rugby union l t starling,1 msc; c mckay,1 phd; m cross,2 phd; s kemp,3,4 mbbs; k a stokes,1,3 phd ¹ centre for health and injury and illness prevention in sport, department for health, university of bath, bath, uk. 2 premiership rugby limited, twickenham, uk 3 rugby football union, twickenham, uk 4 london school of hygiene and tropical medicine, london, uk corresponding author: l t starling (lindsay@lstarling.com) data for match and training time-loss injuries occurring at the top level of men’s rugby in england have routinely been collected since 2002.[1] these data reveal that concussions account for ~25% of all match injuries.[1,2] most players recover from concussion and return to play without clinical complications in the short-term[3], but it has been suggested that in the medium-to-long term, for some individuals, concussion may contribute to impaired performance, an increased risk of subsequent injury and accelerated neurocognitive decline.[4] whilst attention has mostly been on the recognition and management of concussions over the last decade, in rugby union the emphasis has more recently turned to primary prevention.[5-7] rugby’s welfare focus has also expanded from a consideration of concussive events to encompass all significant head impacts. one element of these efforts is to seek ways to reduce unnecessary head impacts. reducing the incidence of concussions is important; however, it is also important to reduce the frequency of head impacts that do not cause concussions as some evidence suggests that these may also contribute to cognitive decline in the long-term.[8] repeated sub-concussive impacts have been demonstrated to alter white matter structure and cerebral function.[9] while the clinical significance of these alterations is not fully understood, it has been speculated that this could lead to neurodegenerative conditions, such as chronic traumatic encephalopathy.[8] little is known about the frequency and magnitude of head impacts in any rugby activity; however, elite players spend the majority (~93%) of their total active training and match play time in training, with ~20% of this training time spent undertaking ‘contact’ activities.[10] altering the components of match play to reduce head impact exposure is challenging without fundamental law changes but coaching and performance staff have greater control over training activity, and thus training should be considered as a focus for head impact reduction. knowledge and perceptions regarding head impact exposure amongst coaching, medical, conditioning and player stakeholder groups in rugby is largely unknown. with limited objective data on head impacts available to guide training prescription, it is likely that these groups’ views influence practice. therefore, the aims of this study were to describe: (1) how contact training is managed at the elite level of rugby, and (2) how staff and players at this level perceive head impacts and ways to reduce head impact exposure. methods study design this was a pragmatic mixed-methods study conducted from june – august 2021. it followed a sequential explanatory strategy with both primary and explanatory phases of data collection taking the form of concurrent triangulation, whereby quantitative (quan) and qualitative (qual) data were collected at the same time and combined at the point of interpretation (figure 1). both qualitative and quantitative approaches were used in this study to find convergence or corroboration and complementarity, using results from one method to elaborate or clarify results from the other.[11] background: one strategy to prevent and manage concussion is to reduce head impacts, both those resulting in concussion and those that do not. because objective data on the frequency and intensity of head impacts in rugby union (rugby) are sparse, stakeholders resort to individual perceptions to guide contact training. it is unknown whether there is a level of contact training that is protective in preparing elite players for contact during matches. objectives: this study aimed to describe how contact training is managed in elite male rugby, and how staff and players perceive contact training load and head impact load. methods: this was a sequential explanatory mixed-methods study. forty-four directors of rugby, defence coaches, medical and strength/conditioning staff and 23 players across all 13 english premiership rugby union clubs and the national senior team participated in semi-structured focus groups and completed two bespoke questionnaires. results: the study identified the varied understanding of what constitutes head impact exposure across all stakeholder groups, resulting in different interpretations and a range of management strategies. the findings suggest that elite clubs conduct low levels of contact training; however, participants believe that some exposure is required to prepare players and that efforts to reduce head impact exposure must allow for individualised contact training prescription. conclusion: there is a need for objective data, possibly from instrumented mouthguards to identify activities with a high risk for head impact and possible unintended consequences of reduced exposure to these activities. as data on head impact exposure develop, this must be accompanied with knowledge exchange within the rugby community. keywords: contact, concussion, head collision, training s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-9. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13839 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13839 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7664-3211 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5049-2838 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3250-2713 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1275-6908 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 participants data collection occurred in two remotely conducted rounds with staff and players in all 13 english premiership rugby clubs (the highest level of club rugby in england) and the national england senior men’s team. the directors of rugby, defence coaches, heads of medical services and head strength and conditioning coaches from each of the 13 english premiership rugby clubs and the national senior team were purposively targeted for recruitment, as they would be best placed to comment on club and national level approaches to contact training and player management. staff were contacted directly via email by premiership rugby to initiate recruitment. three players from each of the 13 clubs were also targeted for recruitment as they characterised a range of ages, playing positions, and club and national team representation. players were contacted directly by the rugby players’ association to initiate recruitment. individual informed consent was captured via electronic signature from all participants. all staff and players targeted for recruitment agreed to participate in the study. ethical approval was granted by the research ethics approval committee for health at the university of bath (ref:20/21 047). procedures round one online meetings were facilitated with each of the 13 premiership clubs and the national team, with participating staff attending their respective club meetings. five separate player meetings were held, each comprising a range of club representation. online meetings began with a 15-minute presentation where current data pertaining to head impact exposure in matches and training in elite rugby were presented. then, a semi-structured focus group discussion was facilitated by ls. ls has been working in professional rugby research in england for two years and was familiar with some of the participants prior to the focus group discussion but has no rugby playing or coaching experience. a topic guide (supplementary material 1) was used to guide the focus group process; however, participants were encouraged to say as much as they wished. ls encouraged each participant to provide a response to all questions to ensure the views of the different rugby departments were reflected. the focus groups concentrated on how contact training is defined and managed in the participants’ clubs, their opinions on head impact exposure, and possible opportunities to reduce head impact exposure in training. focus groups were audio recorded for transcription which lasted between 30-45 minutes. immediately following each meeting, participants were sent a link to a redcap questionnaire (research electronic data capture, version 8.11.7)[12] (supplementary material 2). the quantitative questionnaire captured further information on clubs’ contact training scheduling and required participants to rate the potential for head impact exposure, as either low, medium, high, seen in 15 exemplar video clips of common training activities (e.g. tackle drills with bags, breakdown drills). the questionnaire was assessed for face and content validity through iterative consultation with academic and individuals with specific rugby relevant expertise. this included selecting the video clips in consultation with these experts to ensure the range of all possible training activities was represented. round two in round two, a link to a redcap questionnaire (supplementary material 3) was sent to all participants, which included a 15-minute recorded presentation of the findings from round one, followed by a series of quantitative and qualitative questions to ascertain if participants agreed with the findings. qualitative questions also probed areas where a lack of convergence emerged in round one. data from round two were analysed and integrated with results from round one to provide credibility to the findings and substantiate areas where there was a lack of agreement between participants.[13] data analysis focus group data were analysed using inductive thematic analysis based on the methods suggested by braun and clarke[14]: transcripts were read several times for familiarisation and inductive semantic coding was used to identify patterns in the data. higher order themes were developed iteratively following a recursive process of reviewing and defining of emerging concepts, with deduced themes discussed amongst the authors to contribute to the trustworthiness of the analysis.[11] qualitative analysis was conducted with the fig. 1. schematic of sequential explanatory, concurrent triangulation, study design. original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 assistance of nvivo (qsr international; version 12 pro). quantitative analysis of questionnaire data was conducted using stata (statacorp version 16.1, 2019). differences in questionnaire responses between staff and players were assessed descriptively, given the exploratory nature of the research questions. for each video clip, consensus regarding the potential for head impact was established if a category (low, medium, high) was selected by ≥70% of participants.[15] principles from thematic network analysis were used to develop a graphic of emergent themes and the relationships between them to facilitate understanding in the interpretation of the analysis.[16] thematic networks graphically present emergent themes as web-like nets to remove any notion of hierarchy, giving fluidity to the themes and emphasising the interconnectivity between them.[16] the relationships between themes were established based on the authors’ interpretation of the data and connectivity between themes. to corroborate the researchers’ interpretation of the findings and give transparency and credibility to the research, participant quotes from the focus groups are provided throughout the results. results and discussion participant demographics are presented in table 1. the low response rate in round two is a limitation of the study; however, the representation of all demographic groups and unanimity in responses provide credibility to these responses. from the data, three main themes emerged: (1) there is no ‘one size fits all’ approach, with three sub-themes: 1.1: it depends on the time in the season, 1.2: exposure to contact training is necessary to prepare physically and mentally, and 1.3: an individualised approach is desirable. (2) certain scenarios are higher risk for head impact than others, with three subthemes: 2.1: uncontrolled situations are high risk for head impact exposure, 2.2: poor contact technique is a risk factor for head impact exposure and 2.3: greater education and awareness of head impact exposure is needed. (3) the need to objectively identify where head impacts occur, with two sub-themes: 3.1: a holistic approach, considering performance and all injury prevention, is needed and 3.2: there are no reliable and practical methods of collecting objective contact data. a thematic network is presented in figure 2. theme 1: there is no ‘one size fits all’ approach 1.1. it depends on the time in the season staff and players indicated that the weekly volume and composition of contact training varied depending on the time inseason. on average, backs were reported to spend eight minutes per week and forwards 23 minutes per week in fullcontact training activity. participants said contact load progressed over the preseason, with greater volumes of full contact training done in a typical preseason week compared to a typical inseason week. this is in line with previous research in professional rugby showing increased exposure to semi and full-contact training towards the end of preseason, with greater total volumes of training completed in preseason weeks compared to inseason weeks.[10] in-season, the number of days between matches and the stage of the season were taken into consideration. less contact training was typically done in weeks with a short turnaround between matches and in late-season weeks table 1. participant demographics round one round two qualitative focus groups quantitative questionnaire mixed-methods questionnaire staff 44 30 12 directors of rugby (dor) 11 6 3 coaches in addition to dor coaches 7 6 2 head of medical 12 8 6 head of conditioning 14 10 1 players 23 23 7 backs 10 10 3 forwards 13 13 4 total participants 67 53 19 fig. 2. thematic network analysis. main themes presented in black boxes and sub-themes in white. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 compared to early-season weeks. 1.2. exposure to contact training is necessary to prepare physically and mentally it was unanimous across staff and players that exposure to contact training was necessary to develop and maintain the physical, technical, and mental skills to tolerate the demands of the game, from both performance and injury prevention perspectives. although there is much debate in the load monitoring literature about appropriate metrics and statistical models, available load monitoring research in rugby shows a u-shaped relationship, with players who are exposed to both low and high training loads being more susceptible to injury than those who are exposed to moderate loads.[17] participants' views towards contact load appear to reflect this, with participants suggesting that insufficient contact exposure may increase a player's general injury risk if they have not developed the physical and technical ability to overcome the forces associated with contact events. furthermore, rugby matches were described to be unstructured and unpredictable, and participants highlighted the importance of practising skill execution under these conditions. ‘if you train a skill from a purely technical point of view you then have to take it to an unstructured point as well, whereby they have to anticipate what’s happening around them, otherwise it’s so structured that they don’t know how to make the correct decision under pressure.’ staff 3 forwards indicated that scrumming and mauling are integral parts of match events for their position and felt it important for both technical development and body conditioning aspects that they had some exposure to these events every week. ‘i'd say from a forwards' point of view, as a pack we would definitely want to have a few live scrums and a few live mauls at least each week.’ player 12 1.3. an individualised approach is desirable staff indicated that an individualised approach was taken to prescribing contact training, with the player’s position, match exposure, playing experience and injury status being the primary considerations. staff indicated that older and more experienced players, players with higher match exposure and those experiencing minor injury complaints would typically do less contact training in a week than their counterparts. the concept of ‘top-ups’ was used to describe how individual players may do additional contact training after a session to work on specific areas of weakness. these ‘top-ups’ may be prescribed by coaches or self-opted by players. a few staff indicated that players’ weekly contact training minutes and match contact event numbers were considered when individualising contact training; however, the majority indicated that a subjective approach, based on player observation, informed this individualisation. only one club used objective impact data from instrumented mouthguards to inform their contact training prescription. ‘in terms of data, no – we prescribe on an individual basis, based on injury history, current injury status’ staff 40 players agreed that contact training was modified for age, experience, and injury status; however, unlike staff, who indicated that contact training was individualised from the outset, players felt that contact training was standardised and only ‘top-ups’ were individualised. ‘…if i’m alright to train then you're just doing the same as what everyone else is, which i think is a funny irony when they're managing the metres [of running] so well, there's no real contactloading management.’ player 4 ‘it's pretty standardised week to week, sort of irrespective of game load, or how many minutes you played that weekend or even how many minutes you played that year, etc.’ player 7 theme 2: certain scenarios are higher risk for head impact than others 2.1. uncontrolled situations are high risk for head impact exposure participants indicated that efforts to reduce head impact exposure should be targeted to high-risk areas. they perceived training conducted in live, uncontrolled environments to have a high potential for head impact due to its unpredictable nature and adding a level of control would assist in mitigating the risk. ‘…the prevalence of head knocks would be in an uncontrolled situation, where it’s very much like a match day scenario in training, that it is unpredictable and suddenly you get your head in the wrong place and you’ve got a head impact... and it’s thus trying to coach in a controlled manner.’ staff 9 reducing the number of players, distance and speed of a drill were offered as methods of introducing control to training activities. this reflects research on head injury events in rugby matches, showing the highest propensity for a head injury in high-speed tackles or where more than one tackler is present.[6] incorporating equipment such as tackling shields or carry bags, which are typically padded and used to dampen the impact forces associated with contact, was also suggested. some players, however, felt that the incorporation of padded equipment increased the risk if the player holding the equipment feels more protected and thus confident to hit the tackling player with greater force than an unprotected player would. ‘the pad adds that element of uncertainty, because there’s one guy that’s live [and] there’s one guy that’s not, and you’re running into the pad, and they might hit you a little bit harder than a guy tackling you would.’ player 20 both staff and players described contact training to be fluid and during a training session, the intensity and level of control may change either intentionally or unintentionally. situations were described where a training session may unintentionally increase in intensity because of a few players becoming more competitive, an inevitability due to the nature of the sport. participants indicated that when the intensity of the drill changes and not all players are aware of it, the mismatch in original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 expected intensity poses a risk to unprepared players. it was felt that it is important in live, uncontrolled training that there is a clear understanding amongst players of the expected level of contact and intensity of the session to ensure they are appropriately primed to avoid high-risk situations under pressure. this contrasts with the discussion in sub-theme 1.2 where participants describe a need for some exposure to unpredictable training to simulate match play. it emphasises the complex nature of balancing contact training with safety. ‘…however you define it, it doesn’t always end up like that. so, in the competitive component … you can be having a game of touch, and then somebody gets pissed off, so he tackles them hard.’ staff 32 ‘when the physicality or intensity level is not clearly defined and people are doing different things, i think you can get yourself in some awkward positions.’ player 5 2.2. poor contact technique is a risk factor for head impact exposure staff and players described poor technique as a risk factor for head impact exposure. players were regarded to be at an increased risk when executing the tackle with incorrect timing, body height or head position. research has also identified tackle technical deficiencies as a risk factor for head impacts and head injury.[18,19] this research shows tacklers to be at an increased risk for head impact when executing the tackle with their head on the incorrect side of the ball-carrier and when not shortening their steps before contact. ballcarriers have been shown to be at an increased risk for head impact when their body is in a ‘straight back’ position precontact and when not being explosive at the point of contact. [18,19] ‘… a lot of guys get head injuries because technically they’ve not executed what they should have done under a severe level of fatigue.’ staff 6 participants indicated a need for greater coach education on the importance of technical development for both injury prevention and performance improvement, suggesting that coaches are more likely to adopt injury prevention strategies if they also have a performance benefit. previous research has identified characteristics of tackles shown to have performance benefits[20], providing support for this suggestion. ball-carrier explosiveness upon contact is associated with better tackle performance and reduced risk of tackle injury.[20] however, tacklers have a higher chance of winning the contest and a reduced risk of injury when tackling with a straight back and the centre of gravity ahead of the support base and shortening steps into contact.[20] some participants felt a need for greater education on how best to conduct technical development training, suggesting that these sessions should be conducted in controlled environments, with the focus on the correct execution of the technical skill as opposed to conducting repeated efforts in match-like environments. many players described training sessions aimed at improving an area of weakness in the team to involve conducting repeated efforts of the specific event in match-like conditions. players felt it would be safer to focus the session on technical execution in a controlled environment. this further highlights the notion in sub-theme 2.1 that conducting training in controlled environments is likely to reduce the risk for head impact exposure. ‘did we miss any tackles at the weekend? yeah, we missed quite a lot – right, let’s do some live tackling... it’s almost a way of trying to solve a problem, rather than understanding why it went wrong’ player 3 2.3. greater education and awareness of head impact exposure is needed all participants described head impact exposure occurring when there was a direct impact to the head, either against another player or the ground. fewer participants described indirect mechanisms, such as an impact on another body part resulting in a whiplash-type motion of the head. emerging research making use of instrumented mouthguards (imgs) to quantify head acceleration events provides evidence for indirect mechanisms, with accelerations to the head being recorded as a result of impact to the body and subsequent momentum transferred to the head.[21] indirect mechanisms have been reported as the most common cause of head impact in male university level rugby players, (31% of all head impact events), with an uncontrolled whiplash action present in many cases, with this present in ~50% of all female rugby impact events.[21] ‘i was going to ask you that question because is it just contact with the head or, that whiplash, that sort of a head rattle that people get... i wouldn't know actually, is that part of it?’ staff 12 it was clear that training drills were designed to mitigate against injury to ensure maximum player availability for match team selection, with head impact exposure no more of a consideration than the protection of any other body region. ‘head injuries have an impact, but also other injuries have an impact. if we’re losing lads in training then they aren’t available then the weekend and then whether it’s a head impact, whether it’s a shoulder, we’re doing something wrong.’ staff 21 overall, there was a lack of agreement on the potential for head impact in the 15 training video clips provided in round one, with 67% (n = 10) of the clips not reaching consensus (figure 3). separating the staff and player responses for the clips where consensus was not reached revealed a mismatch in perceived potential for head impact exposure between staff and players. in each of these clips, players rated the potential for head impact exposure to be higher than staff did (figure 4). the mismatch between interpretations of the potential for head impact exposure was further explored in the data exploration component of round two. both staff and players indicated that this was likely due to the detachment of staff from head impacts in comparison to players experiencing them. ‘players have felt it and many staff only watched it! much of the potential for head impact is unclear hence the need for objectivity and more education to remove the ambiguity.’ staff 3 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 there is a need for greater education on what constitutes a head impact exposure and the magnitude and frequency of head impact exposures in different match and training activities. enhanced education will equip staff with knowledge on how best to manage exposures in training and will also facilitate alignment between staff and players. theme 3: the need to objectively identify where head impacts occur’ 3.1. a holistic approach, considering performance and all injury prevention, is needed it was unanimous that participants wanted to objectively identify where head impact exposures occur in matches and training. participants had previously highlighted that efforts aimed at reducing head impact exposure should directly target high-risk areas (sub-theme 2.1) and they emphasised the need for these to be objectively identified. fig. 3. proportion of respondents rating the potential for head impact exposure as high, medium, or low for training video clips. data presented as grouped staff and player responses. ** indicates consensus (≥70%) was not reached. fig. 4. proportion of respondents rating the potential for head impact exposure as high, medium, or low for training video clips where consensus (≥70%) was not reached. data presented as staff and player responses separately. original research 7 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 ‘we need to collect more data for a better understanding because then hopefully we can identify drills that will allow us to practice, because we have to practice, but that have minimal exposure to head impacts or high head impacts.’ staff 14 participants highlighted that exposure to rugby-specific contact activity is necessary (sub-theme 1.2) and thus expressed the importance of considering possible unintended performance and injury prevention consequences of reduced contact training exposure. ‘we’d absolutely support any initiative which would maintain the integrity of the game, by reducing head injuries. i don’t necessarily think that it’s going to be a direct correlation between reducing training contact and reducing head injuries, it might have the inverse effect.’ staff 32 ‘we could always limit the potential for head knock exposures at training, but on the flip side, you want to train the skill so that you go confident into the weekend. you don’t want to go for a couple of weeks without training it.’ player 9 staff and players highlighted that increased awareness of player safety over the years has led to a decrease in the overall exposure, and increased level of control, of contact training sessions, leaving them feeling that they are already doing the minimal amount of contact training necessary (sub-theme 1.2). this opinion contradicts the findings of previous research in the same population, which reports no significant changes in contact training time over an 11-season period.[10] ‘i don't know how much more we could reduce it be able to go into the weekend confident.’ player 10 in recent years, some contact sports have seen limits placed on the volume and frequency of contact training permitted in a season by their governing bodies [e.g. national football league (nfl), canadian football league (cfl)]. when the possibility of implementing similar in-season constraints was explored with participants in this study, they were conceptually supportive, provided the limits still enabled the necessary contact exposure for appropriate development (sub-theme 1.2) and an individualised approach (sub-theme 1.3). currently, the national governing body of clubs participating in this study enforces a mandatory five-week no contact training post-season period. when participants were asked about extending the length of that period, several concerns were raised. participants highlighted that a lack of exposure to contact for an extended time may result in deconditioning and subsequently an increased risk for injury (sub-theme 1.2). in professional rugby, a greater frequency and burden of training injuries is observed in the early period of the preseason, immediately following the 5-week offseason.[22] the outbreak of the coronavirus pandemic resulted in disruptions to the 2019-20 english premiership rugby season and players were subjected to 12-weeks of restricted training.[23] when players returned to team training, a significantly higher incidence of training injury was observed in comparison to that following a regular 5-week offseason.[23] although players would typically have access to more training facilities during a regular off-season than they did during this 12-week period, the findings provide some support to the participants’ concerns that an extended period of not training specific skills, namely, those that require interaction with other players, may result in deconditioning and a subsequent increased risk for injury.[23] it is likely an individualised approach to training and recovery is required. ‘it’s rest, but it’s also detraining. you’ve got to be careful of making that too long, because doing some progressive contact is a form of injury prevention, and coaching technique is a form of injury prevention.’ staff 4 participants also stressed that developing contact conditioning safely requires a progressive build up and if insufficient time was afforded before the first match of the season, a rapid increase in contact exposure would pose a risk to players (subtheme 1.1). in professional rugby, rapid increases and large changes in week-to-week training load have been associated with increased injury risk [17] and while this applies to the total load and not the contact load specifically, the principles may be the same. the increased risk of injury observed following the coronavirus-induced suspension of the season[23] appeared to be mitigated by the time competition resumed, with the match injury incidence comparable to the regular season.[23] a 10-week progressed training period was implemented before match play resumed and suggests that an appropriate and progressive return to training may assist in mitigating an increased risk of injury associated with an extended time away from regular match play and team training.[23] ‘if you're going to put a minimum amount of time you've got to have off then you probably need to think about a maximum amount of time before the contact and how you bridge to that intensity’ staff 9 3.2. there are no reliable and practical methods of collecting objective contact data the feasibility of collecting objective contact data was discussed in the staff focus group sessions. several barriers to the collection of objective contact data were identified by staff participants. a few clubs indicated that they have been trialling imgs, but this data is yet to inform practise sessions due to a lack of understanding and/or confidence in the metrics they produce. ‘we've looked at different parameters and talked to different s&c coaches around the clubs and there isn't anything tangible that i would put my confidence in to then talk to the coaches about.’ staff 19 human resources were also identified as a barrier, with the collection of head impact exposure-related data considered an additional time burden on already busy staff. it is important to note that the only club using data from imgs to inform contact training prescription had a sports scientist directly linked to the mouthguard provider embedded within the club. this individual was responsible for managing the collection and analysis of img data and, having a significant understanding of the metrics produced, was able to work alongside coaching original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 8 staff to translate the data to practically relevant changes to the contact training schedule. ‘…it's something that would be good but the burden at the moment to collect all that information and i also don't think [we] have microtechnology that actually quantifies it correctly.’ staff 7 conclusion this study has identified a varied understanding of what constitutes head impact exposure and the activities that contribute to the greatest magnitude and frequency of exposure across a diverse range of stakeholders in elite rugby. the absence of available research on head impact exposure was a catalyst to conducting this study and the findings confirm that there is a real knowledge gap in the rugby community. a strength of this study is its diversity of participants, exposing that varied knowledge is apparent across medical, conditioning, coaching, player, and research departments at the highest level of rugby. subjectivity will always be present in coaching, load prescription and player management; therefore, exploring subjective views on the topic is essential. the sequential mixed-methods design of the present study was a strength-based approach, with triangulation of data producing substantiated findings and participant feedback providing credibility to the research outputs. the absence of objective data to inform understanding of head impact exposure has resulted in different opinions and consequently varied management strategies have emerged. most notable were the different views on specific elements relating to head impact exposure amongst players compared to staff. players typically interpreted training activities to have a higher potential for head impact than staff and, while staff suggested the incorporation of padded equipment would make training safer, players viewed this as potentially increasing the level of risk. there were also mixed interpretations of how best to conduct training for technical development, while limiting head impact exposure, with some participants indicating these sessions are best achieved through training in controlled environments and others indicating that repeated efforts in match-like environments are necessary. yet, participants felt that they have already limited the amount of full contact training to the perceived minimum necessary amount, and that no further decrease is possible. these findings show that individuals within clubs have different interpretations of head impact exposure, resulting in sometimes contradicting management techniques. to promote open communication, player focus groups were held separately from staff sessions. nonetheless, it is probable that the format of having all staff from each club present during one online session may have made it harder for some staff to communicate freely than if sessions had been guided 1-2-1 or in-person. coronavirus-induced constraints on conducting in-person research, combined with time constraints on participants, with this study being conducted during the final rounds of the season, meant that the options of formats for conducting focus group sessions were limited. these limits may partly explain the low response rate seen in round 2 of the study. it is difficult to implement change and inform practice when individuals have varied perceptions about a subject and this becomes a greater challenge when there is limited objective data available to support any changes. there is a need for objective data to identify activities with a high risk for head impact exposure and possible unintended consequences of reduced exposure to these activities. the rugby football union, the governing body of the teams involved in this study, has committed itself to make instrumented mouthguards available to all players competing in the upcoming english premiership season as a result of this work, in order to gather objective impact data and advance knowledge on this subject. as data and knowledge on head impact exposure develop, this must be accompanied with knowledge exchange within the rugby community. even with objective data available, training prescription will always contain an element of subjectivity and as such, knowledge exchange amongst practitioners will be essential to develop safe but effective training practices. rugby union is a complex landscape with a diverse range of stakeholders involved in policy development and practise, thus research needs to be combined with expertise and experience from all stakeholder groups to develop practical solutions to generate change in this area. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors would like to express their considerable gratitude to christian day (rpa) for recruiting the players and assisting in the facilitation of this study with them, as well as duncan locke (rfu) for his support in compiling the video material and questionnaires. the authors would also like to thank the club staff and players involved in this study for their eagerness to participate and incredible valuable contributions. author contributions: all authors contributed to the inception and design of the study. ls led the analysis and interpretation of data and initial writing of the manuscript, with input from cm and ks. all other authors provided significant feedback and comments in refining the final manuscript. references 1. west sw, starling l, kemp s, et al. trends in match injury risk in professional male rugby union: a 16-season review of 10 851 match injuries in the english premiership (2002-2019): the professional rugby injury surveillance project. br j sports med; 55(12): 676-682. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2020-102529] [pmid: 25115142] 2. west s, cross m, trewartha g, et al. trends in match concussion incidence and return-to-play time in male professional rugby union: a 16-season prospective cohort study. brain inj 2021;35(10):1235-1244. [doi:10.1080/02699052.2021.1972142] 3. cross m, kemp s, smith a, et al. professional rugby union players have a 60% greater risk of time loss injury after concussion: a 2-season prospective study of clinical outcomes. br j sports med 2016;50(15):926-931. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2015094982][pmid: 26626266] original research 9 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4. manley g, gardner aj, schneider kj, et al. a systematic review of potential long-term effects of sport-related concussion. br j sports med 2017;51(12):969-977. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2017097791] [pmid: 28455362] 5. stokes ka, locke d, roberts s, et al. does reducing the height of the tackle through law change in elite men’s rugby union (the championship, england) reduce the incidence of concussion? a controlled study in 126 games. br j sports med 2021;55(4):220-225. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2019-101557] 6. tucker r, raftery m, kemp s, et al. risk factors for head injury events in professional rugby union: a video analysis of 464 head injury events to inform proposed injury prevention strategies. br j sports med 2017;51(15):1152-1157. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2017-097895] [pmid: 28642222] 7. attwood mj, roberts sp, trewartha g, et al. efficacy of a movement control injury prevention programme in adult men’s community rugby union: a cluster randomised controlled trial. br j sports med 2018;52(6):368-374. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2017098005] [pmid: 29055883] 8. martini d, eckner j, kutcher j, et al. subconcussive head impact biomechanics: comparing differing offensive schemes. med sci sports exerc 2013;45(4):755-761. [doi:10.1249/mss.0b013e3182798758] [pmid: 23135370] 9. zimmerman ka, laverse e, samra r, et al. white matter abnormalities in active elite adult rugby players. brain commun 2021;3(3): fcab133. [doi:10.1093/braincomms/fcab133] pmid: 34435188] 10. west sw, williams s, kemp sp, et al. patterns of training volume and injury risk in elite rugby union: an analysis of 1.5 million hours of training exposure over eleven seasons. j sports sci 2020;38(3):238-247. [doi:10.1080/02640414.2019.1692415] [pmid: 31755824] 11. creswell j. research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed-methods approaches. 2nd ed. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications, 2003. 12. harris pa, taylor r, minor bl, et al. the redcap consortium: building an international community of software platform partners. j biomed inform 2019;95:103208. [doi:10.1016/j.jbi.2019.103208] [pmid: 31078660] 13. nowell ls, norris jm, white de, et al. thematic analysis: striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. int j qual methods 2017;16(1):1-13. [doi:10.1177/1609406917733847] 14. braun v, clarke v. using thematic analysis in psychology. qual res psychol 2006;3(2):77-101. [doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa] 15. diamond ir, grant rc, feldman bm, et al. defining consensus: a systematic review recommends methodologic criteria for reporting of delphi studies. j clin epidemiol 2014;67(4):401-409. [doi:10.1016/j.jclinepi.2013.12.002] [pmid: 24581294] 16. attride-stirling j. thematic networks: an analysis tool for qualitative research. qual res 2001;1(3):385-405. [doi:10.1177/146879410100100307] 17. cross mj, williams s, trewartha g, et al. the influence of inseason training loads on injury risk in professional rugby union. int j sports physiol perform 2016;11(3):350-355. [doi:10.1123/ijspp.2015-0187] [pmid: 26309331] 18. tierney gj, denvir k, farrell g, et al. the effect of tackler technique on head injury assessment risk in elite rugby union. med sci sports exerc 2018;50(3):603-608. [doi:10.1249/mss.0000000000001461] [pmid: 29049096] 19. davidow d, quarrie k, viljoen w, et al. tackle technique of rugby union players during head impact tackles compared to injury free tackles. j sci med sport 2018;21(10):1025-1031. [doi:10.1016/j.jsams.2018.04.003] [pmid: 29803736] 20. tierney gj, denvir k, farrell g, et al. the effect of technique on tackle gainline success outcomes in elite level rugby union. int j sport sci coach 2018;13(1):16-25.[doi:10.1177/1747954117711866] 21. williams em, petrie fj, pennington tn, et al. sex differences in neck strength and head impact kinematics in university rugby union players. eur j sport sci 2021, oct 28:1-10. [doi:10.1080/17461391.2021.1973573] [pmid: 34463209] 22. stokes ka, jones b, bennett m, et al. returning to play after prolonged training restrictions in professional collision sports. int j sports med 2020;41(13):895-911. [doi:10.1055/a-1180-3692] [pmid: 32483768] 23. starling lt, mckay c, cross m, et al. prolonged restricted training, fixture congestion and player rotation: what the covid-19 pandemic taught us about injury risk in professional collision sport. j sci med sport 2022;25:480-485. [doi:10.1016/j.jsams.2022.03.012] original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the epidemiology of injury and illness amongst athletes at the indian ocean island games, mauritius, 2019 d garnett,1,2 mphil; a bholah,3 mbbs, msc; b olivier,4 phd; j patricios,5 mbbch ffsem (uk); y d’hotman,3 bs physiotherapy; k sunassee,3 mmed, msc; s cobbing,1 phd 1 physiotherapy department, college of health sciences, university of kwazulu natal, durban, south africa 2 department of physiotherapy, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 3 comité d’organisation de la 10ème edition des jeux des iles de l’océan indien, mauritius 4 physiotherapy department, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 5 wits sport and health (wish), school of clinical medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: d garnett (danielphysio@gmail.com) the 10th indian ocean island games (ioig) were held in mauritius from 19-28 july 2019. this multi-sport event occurs every four years between participating athletes from seven of the indian ocean islands, namely, comoros, reunion, mayotte, madagascar, maldives, seychelles, and mauritius. the 14 sporting codes represented included football, basketball, rugby sevens, judo, table tennis, volleyball, beach volleyball, swimming, yachting, weightlifting, boxing, athletics, cycling and badminton. in almost half a century of competition, no previous injury or illness research has been conducted for this event, and little is known of how injuries in these athletes compare to athletes in other parts of the world. surveillance studies towards improving athlete welfare are supported by the international olympic committee (ioc), and they allow a snapshot of current injuries and illness, which are essential in the preparation of future events.[1] injury surveillance during similar sporting events have been documented using standardised injury reporting since the 2004 olympic games in athens.[2] the incidence of injury at both the summer and winter olympic games appears to be increasing,[2-8] apart from the rio games, where compliance in reporting by medical staff was unaccountably lower than recent studies (74% in rio, 99.7% in sochi and 96% in london).[5-6] interestingly, the incidence of athletic injury and illness varied substantially between the different sporting codes over the same period. this finding calls for bespoke prevention strategies tailored to the differing demands placed on the athletes of the specific sports.[2-5] this planning should also include strategies to support athletes when exposed to different climates. specific to this study are the warm and humid conditions of the tropical island of mauritius. this research is novel as it is the first such project that captures the injury and illness data from all athletes participating at the indian ocean island games – a first in the games’ 40year history and a first for sports in this tropical region – as well as comparing these data to other international research. continued surveillance of injury and illness at subsequent indian ocean island games will allow the establishment of customised and relevant prevention strategies to enhance athlete welfare in this region. methods study design and setting the study design was a prospective surveillance study of injuries and illnesses occurring during the indian ocean island games (ioig) 2019 on the mauritius island. the definitions and methodologies are described in detail in this manuscript and have been adopted from similar previous research to allow for the comparison of results as per recommendations by these authors.[2,5,9] background: the indian ocean island games is a multi-sport event that occurs every four years and includes athletes from seven islands of the indian ocean, namely, comoros, reunion, mayotte, madagascar, maldives, seychelles, and mauritius. objectives: this study aims to describe the injury and illness epidemiology of the athletes participating during the 2019 indian ocean islands games. methods: this prospective cohort study recorded injury and illness cases from athletes who competed in these games. all medical physicians received detailed instructions and training on data collection using an injury report form. all athletes (minors and adults) who provided consent, or consent given from the minors’ guardians, were included in this study. athletes who did not provide consent for this study were excluded. results: athletes (n = 1 521; 531 women and 990 men) reported 160 injuries (injury incidence rate of 11%) and 85 illnesses (illness incidence rate of 6%). the percentage of distribution of injuries were highest in football and basketball. most injuries occurred during competition, compared with training, joint sprains were the most common type of injury (28%), followed by muscle strains (19%). men suffered most of the injuries (79% vs. 21% for women). similarly, men sustained more illnesses than women (57% vs. 43%). most illnesses affected the respiratory system (67%), and infection was the most common cause of illness (84%) in participating athletes. conclusion: these findings are similar to previous events in other parts of the world. however, unique ailments, not previously reported on, were discovered. epidemiological data from this study can be inferred to athletes who compete in similar multisport events in the indian ocean region. keywords: surveillance, prevalence, incidences, elite athletes, prevention, multi-sports s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11211 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11211 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4630-0028 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0620-0658 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6829-4098 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9287-8301 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5669-6121 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0794-7873 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4507-579x original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 ethical considerations permission to conduct the research study was granted by the games local organising committee, namely the comite d’organisation de la 10eme edition des jeux des iles de l’ocean indien (coji 2019). ethical clearance was obtained from mauritian and south african research ethics committees (brec: recip471/19/ wits: m190444). informed consent was obtained from the respective team authorities and all individual participants included in the study. athletes who were considered minors gave informed assent and informed consent were obtained from their respective guardians. athletes who did not wish to participate or did not provide informed consent were excluded. all forms were translated and presented in french and english. participants all athletes were provided with study information packs on registration and invited to participate in the research study. all data were coded to protect confidentiality and ensure privacy. all athletes had access to identical treatment, whether part of the research study or not. injury report form the research instrument was the injury report form (appendix a), which was a simple single page form with references and further information on the back of the form. sections of the injury reporting form included:  accreditation number which detailed anthropometric and demographic data of athletes.  injury injury type, cause of injury, date, time and site of injury, injured body part and cause.  illness diagnosis, affected system, main symptom(s), probable cause.  severity of injury or illness time out of competition or training calculated in days.  sports and event type as described by the technical department of comité d’organisation de la 10ème edition des jeux des iles de l’océan indien (coji) in 2019. definitions an injury was defined as any new musculoskeletal complaint that occurred during competition or training within the period of the tournament and that received medical attention, regardless of the consequences concerning absence from competition or training. this injury definition includes five aspects: (i) all injuries that received medical attention, (ii) newly incurred injuries, (iii) injuries occurring during competition or training, (iv) injuries occurring during the period of the tournament, and (v) exclusion of other illnesses and diseases.[1,4,9] all injuries and illnesses were coded to ensure a standard injury or illness definition. an illness was defined as any physical symptom that required medical attention or prevented an athlete from taking part in training and competition.[10] procedures the sports federations and medical representatives of all participating countries were requested to participate and were electronically provided with information regarding the study one month before the ioig. all host nation medical staff received training on the completion of the injury report form in training ahead of the ioig. on the eve of the ioig, all visiting physicians responsible for athletes received a printed booklet with information about the study and attended a pre-study workshop. during this meeting, the aims of the study were presented, practical components discussed, the roles and responsibilities defined, and the contact details of the research team were provided. detailed instructions on how to complete the injury reporting form were given, with examples, on how to report an athlete’s injury and/or illness.[1,7,9] thus, all injuries and illnesses at the ioig were diagnosed and reported by qualified and trained medical personnel to ensure valid information was provided regarding the characteristics of the injury and to allow a comparable standard of data. the researchers conducted injury surveillance over 11 days (19-28 july 2019). during the tournament, members of the research team visited the medical physicians of the respective countries at the team hotels to ensure compliance and discuss any problems that they may have encountered. the sequence of daily data collection procedures included the following six steps; step 1: a single injury reporting form was completed for every injury that was presented to each doctor (team and local). thus, a single participant could have had multiple forms for polytrauma events. step 2: the completed forms were collected by the principal researcher and scanned for missing information. step 3: if possible, errors discussed with the reporting physician, and if there were no errors, double entries were identified. step 4: if there were double entries, then the team physician’s form would be used. step 5: data were captured onto a password encrypted electronic form on a password accessed computer. step 6: completed hard copy forms were placed into a password-protected safe to ensure the anonymity of participants. statistical analysis in cases where an injury or illness was duplicated in reporting by the ioig medical teams and team physicians, the most complete data source was retained.[3] the illness and injury incidences (i) were calculated according to the formula i = n/e, where n is the number of injuries or illnesses in competition or training and e is the total number of participating athletes during the total study period of 11 days. descriptive data was captured from the hard copies to electronic format for coding using microsoft excel software. statistical analysis was performed using graphpad prism 9.1.2 software and checked by a statistician from university of kwazulu-natal. results participants in total, 1 521 athletes were registered for the competition; this included 531 women and 990 men. the ages of the athletes ranged from 1059 years (mean: 25.2 years). the average age of female athletes was 23.8 years (range 10.2 59.5 years) and 25.9 years for male athletes (12.6 57.2). original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 incidence of injury the 1 521 athletes sustained a total of 160 injuries, resulting in an injury incidence rate of 10.5% (10.5 injuries per 100 athletes) (table 1). most injuries occurred during competition when compared with training (57% vs. 43%). most of the injuries were suffered by male athletes (79% vs. 21%). injury location and type the percentage of the body region most frequently injured was the lower limb (63%), followed by the upper limb (21%), and head/torso (16%). the most common sites of injury were the thigh (20%), followed by the knee (18%), calf (11%), shoulder (9%), and ankle (8%) (table 2). the most common types of injury reported were joint sprains (28%), muscle strains (19%), muscle cramps or spasms (16%), contusions/haematomas (13%), lacerations (9%), tendinosis/tendinopathies (5%), concussions (3%), fractures (3%), other bone injuries (2%), ligamentous ruptures (1%), arthritis/synovitis/ bursitis (1%), dental injuries (1%) and other injuries (1%). injury mechanisms and circumstances the mechanism of a sustained injury was most commonly due to contact with other athletes (collisions) (28%), overuse with sudden onset of injury (19%), non-contact trauma (17%), overuse with gradual onset (17%), contact with a stagnant object (8%), contact with a moving object (5%), recurrence of previous injuries (3%), violation of rules (3%), field of play conditions (1%), and a player being tackled (1%). tacklers, being the defending players without possession of the ball, had no reported injuries (0%). illness distribution and the affected system the 1 521 athletes reported a total of 85 illnesses, resulting in an illness incidence of 6% (6 illnesses per 100 athletes). the respiratory system was the most affected system as shown in table 3. overall, men reported more illnesses than women (57% vs. 43%). the most frequently reported cause of illness in athletes was infection (84%), followed by environmental causes (5%), pre-existing conditions (5%), exercise-induced (4%), others (2%), and reaction to medication (1%). table 1. distribution of injuries and illnesses in all athletes per sport at the indian ocean island games (ioig) 2019 sport injuries illnesses all athletes (n = 160) male (n = 127) female (n = 33) all athletes (n = 85) male (n = 49) female (n = 36) football 38 (24) 38 (24) 0 (0) 7 (8) 6 (7) 1 (1) basketball 23 (14) 13 (8) 10 (6) 5 (6) 2 (2) 3 (4) athletics 18 (11) 14 (9) 4 (3) 18 (21) 9 (11) 9 (11) volleyball 18 (11) 13 (8) 5 (3) 13 (15) 7 (8) 6 (7) judo 13 (8) 7 (4) 6 (4) 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (1) rugby 7’s 13 (8) 13 (8) 0 (0) 6 (7) 6 (7) 0 (0) sailing 9 (6) 8 (5) 1 (<1) 3 (4) 2 (3) 1 (1) badminton 8 (5) 5 (3) 3 (2) 6 (7) 3(4) 3 (4) boxing 8 (5) 8 (5) 0 (0) 7 (8) 6 (7) 1 (1) weightlifting 4 (3) 2 (1) 2 (1) 6 (7) 3 (4) 3 (4) table tennis 2 (1) 1 (<1) 1 (<1) 6 (7) 2 (3) 4 (5) cycling 2 (1) 2 (1) 0 (0) 1 (1) 1 (1) 0 (0) swimming 2 (1) 2 (1) 0 (0) 6 (7) 2 (3) 4 (5) beach volleyball 2 (1) 1 (<1) 1 (<1) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) data are expressed as n (%). table 2. injury location of athletes at the indian ocean island games (ioig) 2019 body region or part all athletes (n = 160) males (n = 126) females (n = 34) lower limb 100 (63) 81 (51) 19 (12) upper limb 34 (21) 24 (15) 10 (6) head/torso 26 (16) 21 (13) 5 (3) thigh 32 (20) 29 (18) 3 (2) knee 29 (18) 19 (12) 10 (6) calf 18 (11) 16 (10) 2 (1) shoulder 15 (9) 8 (5) 7 (4) ankle 13 (8) 9 (6) 4 (3) lower back 8 (5) 6 (4) 2 (1) face 7 (4) 6 (4) 1 (<1) hand 6 (4) 5 (3) 1 (<1) thumb 5 (3) 5 (3) 0 (0) neck 4 (3) 4 (3) 0 (0) finger 4 (3) 4 (3) 0 (0) head 4 (3) 3 (2) 1 (<1) foot 4 (3) 3 (2) 1 (<1) elbow 3 (2) 1 (<1) 2 (1) upper arm 2 (1) 2 (1) 0 (0) achilles tendon 1 (<1) 1 (<1) 0 (0) groin 1 (<1) 1 (<1) 0 (0) hip 1 (<1) 1 (<1) 0 (0) pelvis 1 (<1) 1 (<1) 0 (0) thoracic region 1 (<1) 1 (<1) 0 (0) abdomen 1 (<1) 1 (<1) 0 (0) data are expressed as n (%). original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 discussion the primary finding of this research is that the injury incidence was 10.5 injuries sustained per 100 athletes, and 6 illnesses sustained per 100 athletes. as this was the initial study, no previous ioig data were available for direct comparison. thus, injury data from previous surveillance research by the international olympic committee (ioc) were used to allow comparison of similar athletes at multievent tournaments over a fixed study period using similar methods. furthermore, ioig illness data were compared to the olympic games’ surveillance studies since 2010, as this was the first official ioc commencement of methodology to include illness surveillance. incidences of injury the overall incidence of injury to athletes at ioig 2019 is comparable to previously reported injuries at beijing, vancouver, london, and rio games and a lower injury incidence at the sochi and pyeongchang games (fig.1).[3-8] the weather in mauritius is similar to that experienced in the summer olympic games, when data is compared from similar sporting codes. the incidence of injury is similar at the ioig 2019 (10.5 injuries sustained per 100 athletes vs. 8-11 injuries sustained per 100 athletes) when compared with the winter olympic games (10-12 injuries sustained per 100 athletes).[4,6,8] however, male athletes suffered more injuries than female athletes at the ioig 2019, in contrast to previous findings from the winter olympic games in vancouver 2010, sochi 2014 and pyeongchang 2018.[4,6,8] the vastly different nature of the sporting codes at the ioig and summer olympic games versus the winter olympic games may account for some of these differences, [3-8] but serial research at future ioigs is required in order to identify accurate trends. injury location and circumstances the distribution of injuries during competition and training at ioig was similar to previous studies in the summer olympic games (table 4).[5, 7] however; they are contrast to the winter olympic games, where training injuries were higher than competition injuries (table 4). [4,6,8] the most common sites of injury at the ioig 2019 were similar to previous studies for vancouver 2010 (head 19-20%; knee 10-16%), rio 2016 (knee 12%; thigh 10%) and pyeongchang 2018 (knee 14%; ankle 9%).[4,7,8] a clear indication shows the knee being the most injured site during all olympic games tournaments over the past decade, possibly due to large rotational demands placed on a primarily hinge-type joint.[10] this valuable information allows for focused knee injury prevention initiatives for participating athletes. type and cause of injuries at the ioig 2019, the three most common causes of injury were similar with previous results from beijing 2008, vancouver 2010, london 2012, sochi 2014, and rio 2016 (table 4).[3-7] in pyeongchang 2018, the most common cause of injury was contact with a stagnant object and non-contact trauma. this is similar to previous winter olympic games, which may be an indication of the local conditions of the host venues and specific equipment required for these games.[4,6,8] for example, these conditions may add an element of risk not seen in other venues. vancouver had many injuries with stagnant objects in the bobsleigh run and skiing/snowboarding slopes, and sochi had many injuries caused by the snowboard halfpipe.[4] the nature of these sports necessitate a low friction coefficient of ‘playing’ surfaces and conveys an increased risk of injury. interestingly, at ioig 2019 in mauritius in a tropical climate, ‘marine coral’ was identified as “field of play conditions’ which resulted in lacerations of the lower leg and feet of some of the athletes. statistical analysis of these injury data was performed using pearson’s correlation (p=0.05, 95% ci). the values were significant for most of the olympic games except for sochi 2014 (beijing p=0.0162; vancouver p=0.0464; london p =0.0053; sochi p=0.2096; rio p=0.0003; pyeongchang p=0.0349). caution should be exercised when interpreting these results as different methodologies between studies resulted in the item “contact table 3. distribution of athlete illness affected systems at the indian ocean island games (ioig) 2019 affected system all athletes (n = 85) males (n = 49) females (n = 36) respiratory 57 (67) 36 (42) 21 (25) gastrointestinal 15 (18) 11 (13) 4 (5) dermatologic 5 (6) 0 (0) 5 (6) cardiovascular 4 (5) 1 (1) 3 (4) allergic 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (1) metabolic 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (1) neurologic 1 (1) 0 (0) 1 (1) dental 1 (1) 1(1) 0 (0) data are expressed as n (%). fig. 1. incidence of injury at previous olympic games[3-8] and the indian ocean island games (ioig) 2019 original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 with another athlete” not being available as an option for injury mechanism/cause in pyeongchang 2018.[8] knowledge and awareness of concussion have improved significantly over the past decade,[11-13] and effective preventative strategies such as protective equipment may account for the lower number of reported concussions during ioig 2019. this incidence falls within the mid-range (range = 0.06% 0.8%) of previously reported research in beijing, vancouver, london, sochi, rio and pyeongchang. [3-8] incidence and distribution of illnesses the overall incidence of illness to athletes at ioig 2019 is lower than previously reported at studies at the olympic games as shown in table 5.[4-6,8] however, in contrast to previous olympic games, men reported more illness than women at ioig.[5-8] although it is important to identify that more male athletes were included in the study, than female athletes. most athlete illnesses affected the respiratory and gastrointestinal systems, corresponding to previous winter and summer olympic games (range 47-70% respiratory system; 13-21% gastrointestinal system).[4-8] interestingly, a trend is forming with higher infection rates and respiratory illness at the winter olympic games. the winter conditions exposed participating athletes to vastly different external factors than the weather conditions in mauritius in 2019. the risk of upper respiratory tract illness may be increased from repeated cold air exposure and supports the higher incidence resulting from exercise-induced or environmental factors in the winter olympic games, compared to ioig.[14,15] in contrast, infection was the most common cause of illness at ioig 2019. this was significantly higher than previously reported studies,[4-8] and may be representative of the humid tropical environment that the athletes were exposed to. statistical analysis of illness data was performed using pearson’s correlation (p=0.05, 95% ci). the values were significant for all olympic games, except for london 2010 (beijing no illness data collected; vancouver p=0.0136; london p=0.0849; sochi p=0.0394; rio p=0.0319; pyeongchang p=0.0183). when comparing the sports at the summer olympic games, the incidence of illness varied substantially between sporting codes. athletes participating in track-and-field events reported significantly more illnesses than in previous summer olympic games in london (7%) and rio (6%) respectively.[5,7] by contrast, illnesses for footballers was lower at the ioig 2019 than during the london and rio games (8% vs. 12% and 12% respectively).[5,7] limitations there are limitations to the methodology of this study that are common to previous similar research. attending medical staff and athletes may not have engaged and participated in the research as intended. measures to improve compliance by explaining the benefits of the research were utilised. however, many athletes were not accustomed to medical research procedures, and some athletes chose not to participate in the study. although research study information was supplied both electronically and in printed form to the international sporting federations, the authors are unsure whether this information was disseminated to all athletes. furthermore, the compliance of medical staff to complete the injury reporting forms effectively could not be guaranteed as it placed an additional administrative burden on their clinical duties. previous injuries or illnesses were not accounted for and could be a factor to table 4. injury characteristics for participating athletes cause of injury beijing 2008 vancouver 2010 london 2012 sochi 2014 rio 2016 pyeongchang 2018 ioig 2019 contact with another athlete 33 15 14 28 28 non-contact trauma 20 23 20 13 21 18 17 overuse with sudden onset 13 25 19 19 contact with a stagnant object 22 25 31 concussion 0.11 0.8 0.06 0.4 0.11 0.17 0.26 injured during competition 73 46 55 35 59 46 57 injured during training 25 54 45 63 37 48 43 data are expressed as % of participating athletes at each games[3-8]. ioig, indian ocean island games; -, data not available. table 5. incidence and distribution of illnesses beijing 2008 vancouver 2010 london 2012 sochi 2014 rio 2016 pyeongchang 2018 ioig 2019 illness incidence 7 7 8 5 9 6 respiratory illness 62 41 64 47 70 67 gastrointestinal illness 20 16 11 21 13 18 illness for females 60 64 59 60 44 illness for males 40 36 41 40 56 infection 64 46 58 56 63 84 data are expressed as % of participating athletes at each games[3-8]. ioig, indian ocean island games; -, data not available. illness incidence (i) is calculated as i = n/e, where n is the number of illnesses in competition or training and e is the total number of participating athletes during the total study period of 11 days original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 consider in future studies. lastly, small changes in reporting methodology by different host nations and local organising committees in previous studies may result in data that is not entirely comparable. recommendations this research presents the first account of mechanisms and contexts of injuries and the incidences and distribution of illnesses in the 40-year history of the ioig. the information on the mechanisms and contexts for the injuries and illnesses allows for the evaluation of the 2019 medical services and guides of future organising committees of the ioig to ensure the most beneficial allocation of resources. this unique setting exposes athletes to conditions not seen in other parts of the world where some conditions may be beneficial or harmful to the athletes. the continued collection of data at these games will allow more precise preparation for multi-event sporting competitions that will be unique to the region. to ensure greater research clarity, athlete understanding, and improved athlete participation, future studies of this nature in this region should explore alternative methods of information sharing that include electronic/social media/app or peerbased methods. furthermore, future studies should allow sufficient budgeting and allocation of resources to enable medical administrators to act as dedicated data capturers in order to ensure a higher standard of compliance and data collection. conclusion an injury and illness surveillance system for multiple sports events was adapted from recent olympic games, and developed and implemented for the 10th indian ocean island games held in mauritius in 2019. this was the first study to report on the epidemiology of injuries and illnesses at these games and provides important information for the planning of subsequent multi-national multi-sport events in this region. just over ten percent (10.5%) of all athletes sustained an injury and 6% sustained an illness during the games, similar to the information from recent olympic games. continued analyses of illness risk factors and injury mechanisms are essential to direct future athlete welfare policies. early recommendations encourage further research in developing injury prevention programmes to safeguard the needs of the athlete and prevent illnesses by reducing infections to the upper respiratory tract. this study is the first step in developing informed injury and illness prevention initiatives to allow athletes to perform at their highest level while minimising their health risks, and comes at a time of heightened awareness and need to reduce respiratory illness. key points  emerging data from this established traditional tournament reveal novel insights into the athletes of the indian ocean.  a trend is forming showing how elite athletes display similar rates of illnesses and injuries in multi-sport events in different regions of the world.  future studies are recommended to specifically assess the unique risk factors to individual regions to better prepare athletes and the medical teams who support these athletes. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. availability of data and material: the datasets generated used and/or analysed during the current study are available from the corresponding author on reasonable request. acknowledgements: the authors would like to acknowledge that this research would not have been possible without the support of the mauritian government, coji local organising committee, local and international medical teams and the participating athletes. author contributions: all authors contributed to (i) conception, design, analysis, and interpretation of data; (ii) drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content; and (iii) approval of the version to be published. references 1. junge a, engebretsen l, alonso jm, et al. injury surveillance in multi-sport events: the international olympic committee approach. br j sports med 2008; 42(6): 413-421. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2008.046631][pmid: 18390916] 2. junge a, langevoort g, pipe a, et al. injuries in team sport tournaments during the 2004 olympic games. am j sports med 2006; 34(4): 565-576. [doi: 10.1177/0363546505281807] [pmid: 16303876] 3. junge a, engebretsen l, mountjoy m, et al. sports injuries during the summer olympic games 2008. am j sports med 2009; 37(11): 2165-2172 [doi: 10.1177/0363546509339357] 4. engebretsen l, steffen k, alonso jm, et al. sports injuries and illnesses during the winter olympic games 2010. br j sports med 2010; 44(11): 772-780 [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2010.076992] 5. engebretsen l, soligard t, steffen k, et al. sports injuries and illnesses during the london summer olympic games 2012. br j sports med 2013; 47(7): 407-414. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2013092380][pmid: 23515712] 6. soligard t, steffen k, palmer-green d, et al. sports injuries and illnesses in the sochi 2014 olympic winter games. br j sports med 2015; 49(7): 441-447. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2014094538][pmid: 25631542] 7. soligard t, steffen k, palmer d,. sports injury and illness incidence in the rio de janeiro 2016 olympic summer games: a prospective study of 11274 athletes from 207 countries. br j sports med 2017;51(17): 1265-1271. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017097956][pmid: 28756389] 8. soligard t, palmer d, steffen k,. sports injury and illness incidence in the pyeongchang 2018 olympic winter games: a prospective study of 2914 athletes from 92 countries. br j sports med 2019;53(17): 1085-1092. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2018100236][pmid: 31235615] 9. fuller cw, molloy mg, bagate c, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures for studies of injuries in rugby union. clin j sport med 2007;17(3):177-181 [doi:[10.1097/jsm.ob013e31803220b3] 10. shin cs, chaudhari am, andriacchi tp. valgus plus internal rotation moments increase anterior cruciate ligament strain more than either alone. med sci sports exerc 2011;43(8):1484– doi:%2010.1177/0363546509339357 doi:%2010.1136/bjsm.2010.076992 doi:%2010.1136/bjsports-2017-097956 doi:%2010.1136/bjsports-2017-097956 original research 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 1491. [doi: 10.1249/mss.0b013e31820f8395][pmid: 21266934] 11. palmer-green ds, stokes ka, fuller cw, et al. match injuries in english youth academy and schools rugby union: an epidemiological study. am j sports med 2013;41(4):749-755 [doi: 10.1177/036354651473818][pmid: 23380159] 12. hislop md, stokes ka, williams s, et al. reducing musculoskeletal injury and concussion risk in schoolboy rugby players with a pre-activity movement control exercise programme: a cluster randomised controlled trial. br j sports med 2017;51(15):1140-1146 [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2016097434]. 13. patricios j, ardern c, hislop m,. implementation of the 2017 berlin concussion in sport group consensus statement in contact and collision sports: a joint position statement from 11 national and international sports organisations. br j sports med 2018;52(10):635–641 [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2018-099079][pmid: 29500252] 14. mäkinen tm, juvonen r, jokelainen j, et al. cold temperature and low humidity are associated with increased occurrence of respiratory tract infections. respir med 2009;103(3):456-462. [doi: 10.1016/j.rmed.2008.09.011][pmid: 18977127] 15. d’amato m, molino a, calabrese g, et al. the impact of cold on the respiratory tract and its consequences to respiratory health. clin transl allergy 2018;8(1):1-8. [doi: 10.1186/s13601018-0208-9] original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license female cricket pace bowling: kinematic and anthropometric relationships with ball release speed c lyons,1 bsc; pj felton,2 phd, fhea; c mccabe,1 phd, sfhea 1 school of sport, ulster university, belfast, northern ireland 2 school of science & technology, nottingham trent university, england corresponding author: c mccabe (c.mccabe@ulster.ac.uk) cricket is a sport played between two teams where players assume batting, bowling, or fielding roles which dictate their main responsibilities within a game. a bowler’s primary objective is to dismiss the batters on the opposing team and restrict the number of runs they score. pace bowlers aim to dismiss batters by maximising their ball release speed (brs) and decreasing the time they have to react to the delivery of the ball and execute the correct shot.[1] research in pace bowling has therefore focused on investigating variables associated with brs to inform coaching practice.[1-11] previous studies have investigated the impact on brs of kinematic variables including the run-up,[1–4] the front leg kinematics,[1,3,5–7] the motion of the thorax,[1,3,6,7] and the position of the bowling arm.[1,3,7] the bowlers with the fastest brs have exhibited faster run-up speeds, as well as straighter front knee kinematics, more trunk flexion and delayed arm circumduction from front foot contact to ball release. the effect of anthropometric parameters on brs have also been investigated with variables including limb length, body composition, height, and mass.[2,8–11] positive associations have been reported between limb length and height with longer levers associated with increased angular velocities and subsequent brs.[2,8–11] despite previous research investigating the relationships between kinematic and anthropometric variables with brs, the findings are almost exclusively derived from male populations. although female participation and professionalism has increased in recent years, there remains a lack of research into female cricket.[12] early research comparing male and female pace bowling biomechanics has found differences in ball release speed, run-up speed, and the kinematics at back foot contact, front foot contact and ball release.[13] these findings suggest females may utilise a different movement pattern to generate brs compared to males, and that extrapolating information from research conducted on male pace bowlers to coach female pace bowlers is potentially erroneous.[14] nevertheless, coaches working with female pace bowlers are restricted due to the current coaching pedagogy being derived on studies conducted using male bowlers. this study therefore aims to investigate whether previously reported kinematic and anthropometric relationships with brs in male pace bowlers exist for female pace bowlers. methods participants eleven high performance female pace bowlers participated in this study. all bowlers were right-handed and senior members of either irish international or interprovincial team members. the testing procedures (as approved by the ulster university research ethics committee) were explained to all bowlers, health history screening questionnaires were completed, and informed consent was obtained. prior to data collection, all bowlers were deemed fit to bowl and a thorough warm-up was conducted allowing participants to familiarise themselves with the testing environment. data collection kinematic data were collected at an indoor facility where bowlers were able to use a full length run-up to deliver a 141,75 g female cricket ball on a standard sized cricket pitch. sixteen tape markers (20 x 20 mm) were placed bilaterally on the acromion, olecranon, mid-point of the thoracic cage (approximately t8), anterior superior iliac spine, lateral malleolus, medial malleolus, the carpus, and the armpit of each participant. six maximal effort deliveries targeted at a good length were recorded using two iphone 11 video recorders (apple inc, california, usa) capturing at 240 hz. each iphone was mounted on a tripod at a height of 0.91 m and placed 6 m background: despite an increase in the professionalism and participation of female cricket, the coaching of female pace bowling is still reliant on male-derived knowledge. objectives: to investigate the association between key malederived kinematic and anthropometric parameters and ball release speed (brs) in female pace bowlers. methods: eleven female pace bowlers participated in this study. brs, and four anthropometric and five kinematic parameters were determined. stepwise linear regression and pearson product moment correlations were used to identify anthropometric and kinematic parameters linked to brs. results: the best predictor of brs explaining 89% of the observed variance was the bowling shoulder angle at ball release. the best anthropometric predictor of brs was height explaining 53% of the observed variance. other parameters correlated with brs included: run-up speed (r = 0.75, p = 0.013) and arm length (r = 0.61, p = 0.046). when height was controlled for, the front knee angle at front foot contact was also correlated to brs (r = 0.68, p = 0.044). no relationship was found between trunk flexion and brs. conclusion: faster brs were characterised by faster run-up speeds, straighter front knees, and delayed arm circumduction similar to male pace bowlers. the lack of relationship between trunk flexion and brs may highlight female pace bowlers adopting a bowling technique where brs is contributed to by trunk rotation as well as trunk flexion. this knowledge is likely to be useful in the talent identification and coaching of female pace bowlers. keywords: fast bowling, technique, size, shoulder, height s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-5. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15080 mailto:c.mccabe@ulster.ac.uk http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15080 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9211-0319 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1184-6461 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8964-3074 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 perpendicular to the sagittal plane on either side of the bowling crease, so the optical axis aligned with the plane of motion of the bowler during the delivery.[5] a batter was not involved to prevent distraction from bowling with maximal effort,[4] but a target was placed on a good length.[2] between deliveries bowlers were instructed to rest until they felt ready to bowl another delivery at maximal effort.[8] brs was measured using a radar gun (bushnell, 10-1911, usa) positioned 2 m behind the stumps at the bowler’s end. runup speed was determined using two pairs of photocell timing gates (tci system, brower timing systems, utah, usa). each pair of timing gates was set to hip height (approximately 1 m) and placed 5 m apart (0.5 and 5.5 metres behind the bowling crease). four anthropometric measurements were also taken. height (m) and weight (kg) were recorded using a stadiometer and digital scales respectively, as well as front leg and bowling arm length (m). leg length was measured from the anterior superior iliac spine to the lateral malleolus, and arm length from the acromion process to the tip of the digitus medius. data analysis the variation in brs and each of the four kinematic parameters (run-up speed, front knee angle at ffc, shoulder angle at br, and trunk flexion from ffc to br) was assessed using analysis of variance (anova). the between-trial variability was compared with the between-bowler variability and was found to be much smaller with interclass correlation coefficients (icc) ranging from 0.81 to 1.00 (mean: 0.92). the three deliveries were consequently averaged for each kinematic parameter to provide representative data for each bowler and put forward for statistical analysis.[1] statistical analysis all statistical analyses were performed within spss v.28 (spss corporation, usa). an alpha value of 0.05 was used as a threshold for significance with no adjustment made for multiple comparisons due to the investigatory nature of the study.[15] forward stepwise linear regressions were used to identify the anthropometric and kinematic (independent) variables which best explained the variation in brs (dependent variable). pearson’s product moment correlation was used to identify ‘candidate’ variables for input into the regression models with an alpha value below 0.05 required for selection. to ensure all potential candidate variables were identified, kinematic variables were also eligible for selection if pearson’s product moment correlation alpha values were below 0.05 when anthropometric candidate variables were used as a covariate. predictor variables included in the two individual regression models (anthropometric and kinematic) were put forward as candidate variables to an overall regression model. entry requirements for the inclusion of a parameter into the regression equation was p < 0.05, with a removal coefficient of p > 0.10. the regression model was rejected if the coefficient 95% confident intervals included zero, the residuals of the predictor were heteroscedastic or if the bivariate correlations, tolerance statistics or variance inflation factors showed any evidence of multicollinearity.[16] the normality of the standardised residuals was also confirmed by the shapiro-wilk test. the percentage variance of the dependent variables (brs) explained by the independent (kinematic) variables in each regression equation was determined by wherry’s r2 value.[17] this represents an attempt to estimate the proportion of the variance that would be explained by the model had it been derived from the population (elite female fast bowlers) from which the sample was taken. to overcome the potential limitations of stepwise regressions relying on a single best fit model, all possible regression models with the same number of predictor variables were checked. results the 11 bowlers (age: 22.3 ± 4.7 years; height: 1.68 ± 0.08 m; mass: 73.0 ± 8.3 kg) produced mean brs of 23.0 ± 1.8 m.s-1 in the range: 20.3 26.4 m.s-1. descriptive data are reported in table 1. two anthropometric (height and arm length) and two kinematic parameters (run-up velocity and shoulder angle at br) were found to be linearly correlated with brs (table 2) and used as candidate variables for the linear regression models. a further kinematic parameter (knee angle at br) was added as a candidate variable after a linear correlation was observed for brs when anthropometric candidate variables were controlled for (table 2). the candidate variables were investigated for multicollinearity using bivariate correlations. since arm length was observed to be significantly correlated with height with a pearson’s correlation coefficient greater than 0.80 it was removed as a candidate variable.[16] all other significant correlations between candidate variables were below 0.80 and were deemed suitable for entry in the forward stepwise linear regression models. the best anthropometric predictor of brs was height explaining 53% of the variation in brs (table 3, figure 1a). greater height characterised the bowlers with the faster brs. no other candidate variables qualified for entry into the anthropometric regression equation. the best kinematic predictor of brs was the shoulder angle at br explaining 89% of the variation (table 3, figure 1b). a more delayed bowling table 1. kinematic and anthropometric parameters: range, mean, standard deviation (n=11) parameter mean ± sd range anthropometric leg length (m) 0.90 ± 0.08 0.73 1.00 arm length (m) 0.71 ± 0.05 0.64 0.82 kinematic run-up velocity (m.s-1) 5.05 ± 0.61 3.72 5.77 front knee angle at ffc (°) 167.0 ± 2.9 160.7 171.4 bowling shoulder angle at br (°) 180.3 ± 7.7 172.7 194.4 trunk flexion from ffc to br (°) 43.5 ± 8.5 24.4 57.2 ffc, front foot contact; br, ball release original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 arm (greater shoulder angle) at br characterised the bowlers with the highest brs. the best overall model predicting brs mirrored the kinematic model with only shoulder angle at br entered. a two-parameter model was found when both height and shoulder angle at br were included in the regression equation (table 3); however, this was rejected due to the height coefficient 95% confidence interval including zero. discussion the study aimed to investigate whether previously reported kinematic and anthropometric relationships with brs in male pace bowlers exist for female pace bowlers. the most important parameter with respect to increasing brs was the bowling shoulder angle at br. the fastest bowlers had their arm further back relative to their upper trunk at br. this aligns with male research which also identifies the shoulder angle at br to be the best predictor of brs.[1] a more delayed bowling arm has been proposed to allow greater amounts of trunk flexion, while still allowing the arm to deliver the ball towards the intended target.[7] consequently, increased trunk flexion has also been linked to greater brs in male pace bowlers.[1,3,7] no relationship, however, was observed between brs and trunk flexion from ffc to br in this study. female pace bowlers have previously been reported to have longer trunks than their male counterparts.[11] in theory, longer trunks have larger transverse moments of inertia increasing the resistance of the trunk to flex or extend about the pelvis. previous research has suggested that female bowlers generate brs using a more rotational technique than males,[13] where a combination of trunk flexion and rotation contribute to the delay in the bowling arm. further research is required therefore to understand the role of trunk flexion and rotation throughout the bowling action and how this affects delayed arm circumduction in female pace bowlers. the best anthropometric predictor of brs was height. the tallest bowlers in this study benefited from an anthropometric effect which aided their generation of brs. a taller stature has previously been identified as a benefit to male brs since the longer and heavier segments help increase angular velocity and brs.[2] the positive correlation between arm length and brs found in this study and reported in previous male pace bowling research[2,10] also aligns with this theoretical explanation. nevertheless, care should be exerted when applying this knowledge. theoretically, taller players need to generate more power to move their longer and heavier segments at similar speeds to their shorter counterparts. this relationship is not linear and therefore optima exist where the increase in size cannot be overcome by an increase in muscle power, and brs is negatively impacted. in other words, bigger is not continuously better, and there is a tipping point based on the ability to maintain the power to weight ratio. table 2. bivariate and partial correlations between brs and the anthropometric and kinematic parameters (n=11) parameters r 95% ci p lower upper bivariate correlations anthropometric height (m) 0.76 0.29 0.93 0.007 mass (kg) 0.07 -0.56 0.64 0.85 leg length (m) 0.24 -0.42 0.73 0.48 arm length (m) 0.61 0.02 0.89 0.05 kinematic run-up velocity (m.s-1) 0.75 0.22 0.94 0.01 front knee angle at ffc (°) 0.49 -0.16 0.84 0.13 bowling shoulder angle at br (°) 0.95 0.82 0.99 <0.001 trunk flexion from ffc to br (°) -0.19 -0.71 0.46 0.57 partial correlations covariate: height run-up velocity (m.s-1) 0.41 -0.58 0.80 0.28 front knee angle at ffc (°) 0.68 0.18 0.98 0.04 bowling shoulder angle at br (°) 0.94 0.77 0.99 <0.001 trunk flexion from ffc to br (°) -0.05 -0.86 0.93 0.90 covariate: arm length run-up velocity (m.s-1) 0.60 -0.42 0.88 0.09 front knee angle at ffc (°) 0.67 -0.28 0.99 0.05 bowling shoulder angle at br (°) 0.94 0.74 0.99 <0.001 trunk flexion from ffc to br (°) -0.07 -0.94 0.77 0.87 ffc, front foot contact; br, ball release; ci, confidence interval table 3. forward stepwise linear regression models predicting ball release speed (n=11) model candidate variables coefficient 95% ci p explained variation (%) lower upper anthropometric height (m) 17.379 5.429 29.329 0.010 53 constant -6.361 -26.578 13.855 0.489 kinematic shoulder angle at br (°) 0.224 0.168 0.279 <0.001 89 constant -17.294 -27.280 -7.308 0.004 overall height (m) 5.776 -0.068 11.621 0.052 93 shoulder angle at br (°) 0.185 0.125 0.246 <0.001 constant -20.131 -29.014 -11.247 <0.001 br, ball release; ci, confidence interval original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 contrary to previous male derived findings,[2] no significant association was identified between leg length and brs for the female pace bowlers in this study. differences in body composition between males and females may explain this. female pace bowlers have been reported to have shorter legs compared to male pace bowlers.[11] the role of the lower half of the body in generating brs in pace bowling is to brake the pelvis, converting the linear momentum developed in the run-up into angular momentum about the centre of mass.[1] the optimal technique for converting linear momentum to angular momentum is to adopt a straight front leg.[1,7] in this study, greater run-up speeds and straighter front knee angles at ffc (when height was controlled for) were associated with increased brs. these findings are similar to those previously observed in male pace bowlers.[1–7] the mean run-up speed (5.05 m.s-1) is slightly slower than those previously observed (females: 5.31 m.s-1; males: 5.76 m.s-1) [13];however, this difference is likely to be a consequence of adopting a different measurement approach and limits comparison. increased run-up speeds were also associated with taller bowlers and the association between run-up speed and brs was weakened when height was controlled for. this indicates that individual-specific optimal run-up speeds exist and are most likely based on height. future investigations exploring brs may need to control for height (or a similar anthropometric parameter) if the participants' anthropometric parameters are not homogeneous. no relationship between brs and body mass was observed in this study. although using body mass can be misleading, due to large variations in underlying variables,[18] no relationships between brs and the measurements of fat mass, bone mass, muscle mass, and body composition have been observed in male pace bowlers.[9] while the findings of this study suggest the relationship between brs and body mass is similar for males and females, it has been proposed that differences in body composition may cause the gender gap in brs.[12] while understanding this was beyond the scope of this study, it is recommended that future studies investigate more detailed anthropometric measures and their effect on technique as well as brs. this study has some limitations. firstly, the sample size of eleven female pace bowlers (while still relatively large for this population) limits the power of the statistical tests conducted. secondly, the two dimensional analysis employed due to the testing environment are secondary in terms of accuracy to more complex three dimensional approaches available in the laboratory. finally, the aim of this investigation was to determine whether relationships between kinematic variables previously linked to brs in male fast bowlers exist in female pace bowlers. a greater number of kinematic parameters are required to fully appreciate the characteristics of technique which influence brs in female pace bowling. while the findings of this study indicate some alignment between male and female pace bowling techniques to maximise brs, this may occur due to female pace bowlers being coached based on male pace bowling philosophy, and not because this is the optimal method to generate brs for female pace bowlers. further research is required to understand the optimal technique to maximise brs in female pace bowlers, ideally using three dimensional motion capture and sample size with large statistical power. conclusion in conclusion, this study investigated whether kinematic and anthropometric relationships with brs in female pace bowlers are similar to those previously reported in male pace bowlers. the findings highlight that greater brs were characterised by increased height and larger bowling shoulder angles at br. in addition, evidence highlighted relationships between greater brs and straighter front knee angles at ffc and run-up speed. fig. 1. predicted ball release speed against actual ball release speed for: (a) the anthropometric regression model and (b) the kinematic regression model. with a higher percentage of the variation in ball release speed explained the closer the data points lie to the dashed line y = x (predicted ball release speed = actual ball release speed). original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 while these relationships are similar to those observed in male pace bowlers, the lack of a relationship between trunk flexion and brs in this study may add evidence to the theory that trunk rotation is important in developing brs in female pace bowlers. this study also highlighted the relationship between height and run-up speed, as well as brs, indicating that each individual will have an optimal run-up speed, and a potential brs ceiling based on their height. these findings are likely to be extremely useful in the development of knowledge regarding female pace bowling, especially coaching and talent identification. future research should aim to build on these findings adopting more complex methodologies and larger sample sizes to improve statistical power in order to develop cause and effect relationships for the female pace bowling action. in particular, understanding the role of trunk rotation and flexion of bowling shoulder arm delay and the generation of brs. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: all authors provided a substantial contribution to the conception, design, analysis, and interpretation of this data. in addition, substantial contributions were made to the drafting and approval of this manuscript. references 1. worthington pj, king ma, ranson ca. relationships between fast bowling technique and ball release speed in cricket. j appl biomech 2013;29(1):78-84. [doi:10.1123/jab.29.1.78] [pmid: 22813926] 2. glazier ps, paradisis gp, cooper sm. anthropometric and kinematic influences on release speed in men’s fast-medium bowling. j sports sci 2000;18(12):1013-1021. [doi:10.1080/026404100446810] [pmid: 11138981] 3. elliott bc, foster dh, gray s. biomechanical and physical factors influencing fast bowling. aust j sci med sport 1986;18(1):16-21. 4. salter cw, sinclair pj, portus mr. the associations between fast bowling technique and ball release speed: a pilot study of the within-bowler and between-bowler approaches. j sports sci 2007;25(11):1279-1285. [doi:10.1080/02640410601096822] [pmid: 17654240] 5. loram lc, mckinon w, wormgoor s, et al. determinants of ball release speed in schoolboy fast-medium bowlers in cricket. j sports med phys fitness 2005;45(4):483-490. [pmid: 16446679] 6. portus mr, mason br, elliott bc, et al. technique factors related to ball release speed and trunk injuries in high performance cricket fast bowlers. sports biomech 2004;3(2):263-284. [doi:10.1080/14763140408522845] [pmid: 15552585] 7. felton pj, yeadon mr, king ma. optimising the front foot contact phase of the cricket fast bowling action. j sports sci 2020;38(18):2054-2062. [doi:10.1080/02640414.2020.1770407] [pmid: 32475221] 8. pyne db, duthie gm, saunders pu, et al. anthropometric and strength correlates of fast bowling speed in junior and senior cricketers. j strength cond res 2006;20(3):620-626. [doi:10.1519/r18315.1] [pmid: 16937976] 9. wormgoor s, harden l, mckinon w. anthropometric, biomechanical, and isokinetic strength predictors of ball release speed in high-performance cricket fast bowlers. j sports sci 2010;28(9):957-965. [doi:10.1080/02640411003774537] [pmid: 20552518] 10. singh k, singh r. relationship of selected anthropometric variables with throwing distance of cricket ball in cricket. j appl res 2015;4(8):1-6. 11. stuelcken m, pyne d, sinclair p. anthropometric characteristics of elite cricket fast bowlers. j sports sci 2007;25(14):1587-1597. [doi:10.1080/02640410701275185] [pmid: 17852680] 12. munro ce, christie cj. research directions for the enhancement of women's cricket. int j sports sci coach 2018;13(5):708-712. [doi:10.1177/1747954118764102] 13. felton pj, lister sl, worthington pj, et al. comparison of biomechanical characteristics between male and female elite fast bowlers. j sports sci 2019;37(6):665-670. [doi:10.1080/02640414.2018.1522700] [pmid: 30244646] 14. emmonds s, heyward o, jones b. the challenge of applying and undertaking research in female sport. sports med open 2019;5:51. [doi:10.1186/s40798-019-0224-x] [pmid: 31832880] 15. sinclair j, taylor pj, hobbs sj. alpha level adjustments for multiple dependent variable analyses and their applicability a review. int j sports sci eng 2013;7(1):17-20. 16. field a. discovering statistics using ibm spss statistics. 4th ed. london: sage, 2013. 17. wherry rj. a new formula for predicting the shrinkage of the coefficient of multiple correlation. ann math statist 1931;2(4):440457. [https://www.jstor.org/stable/2957681] 18. prentice am, jebb sa. beyond body mass index. obes rev 2001;2(3):141-147. [doi:10.1046/j.1467-789x.2001.00031.x] [pmid: 12120099] original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license team approach to osteoarthritis management: viewpoints of biokineticists and physiotherapists in south africa r gilchrist, ma; a kholvadia, phd department of human movement science, faculty of health sciences, nelson mandela university, gqeberha, south africa, 6001 corresponding author: r gilchrist (s214051196@mandela.ac.za) there are challenges within the south african healthcare system when providing the appropriate continuum of care to address the complexities of patients with osteoarthritis (oa).[1] the burden and complexity of the disease, the influence of poverty, infrastructure challenges, lack of resources and funding for rehabilitation, and staff shortages[1] create a substantial strain on the healthcare platform. furthermore, collaborative systems in oa have several impediments to care, including restrictions in access to healthcare services, communication deficiencies, unfamiliarity with the roles of healthcare professionals (hcps), lack of knowledge by hcps, and inequities in care.[2] collaborative practice is a typical feature of oa care with treatment provided by a range of allied and medical professionals, and the patients themselves.[2] the scope of practice (sop) of biokinetics and physiotherapy is ideally suited to oa management[3] as set out by the health professions council of south africa’s (hpcsa) professional board for physiotherapy, podiatry, and biokinetics.[4] the sop of both professions, as stipulated by the hpcsa, allows for the prescription of rehabilitative exercises.[4] previous research[5] clarified the overlap in exercise prescription between the two professions by stating how acute symptomatic treatment of chronic conditions, such as oa, involves acute phase mobilisation and manipulation by physiotherapists. the publication mentioned above later stated that if surgery is warranted, the patient may undergo acute phase physiotherapy initially, followed by sub-acute phase physiotherapy to control pain and disability.[4,5] in accordance with recommended clinical guidelines for oa,[3] referral to a biokineticist for final phase functional exercises should then occur at week six of the rehabilitation plan[5] to assist the patient to return to functional activities of daily living.[3,6] thus therapeutic exercise and symptom relief treatment modalities offered by biokineticists and physiotherapists are important for optimal oa management,[3] particularly as evidence shows a favourable effect compared with sedentary individuals.[7-9] the above research highlights the indispensable role each profession plays in the management of oa at the different phases of the rehabilitation process. the therapeutic and rehabilitative nature of both professions at different phases of oa management highlight a complex interaction which emphasises the need for a coordinated approach among different professions to achieve effective outcomes for the patient. this notion is supported by research which indicates that a team of hcps can effectively deliver optimal patient-focused care,[8,10] which is a holistic approach to individualised care compared to the traditional biomedical model of medicine that regards the patient as a disease carrier requiring diagnosis and treatment.[8] such holistic care addresses the multidimensional needs of oa patients by allowing the patient to play an active role in their healthcare[2,11] and has the potential to improve the quality of their healthcare.[2] local researchers [5] have iterated the effectiveness of healthcare teams internationally, stating how physiotherapists, clinical exercise physiologists and personal trainers practice alongside each other in the united states of america. similarly in europe, physiotherapists, clinical exercise physiologists and kinesiotherapists cross-refer patients to one another.[5] national studies[12,13] have reported that such an background: the rehabilitative nature of biokinetics and physiotherapy in osteoarthritis management highlights a complex interaction between different professions to achieve effective outcomes for the patient. the success of a team approach is dependent on key competencies for optimal patient-focused care and appropriate cross-referral systems. objectives: to explore and describe the viewpoints of biokineticists and physiotherapists regarding a team approach to osteoarthritis management in the south african public and private healthcare setting. methods: a descriptive methodology with a convenience sampling technique was used. the target population consisted of biokineticists (n=47) and physiotherapists (n=165) located within the south african healthcare sectors. a selfadministered, online questionnaire surveyed rehabilitative professionals’ views of a team approach to osteoarthritis management. results: there is no evidence that the biokineticists and physiotherapists differ with respect to how they rate the communication between team members in osteoarthritis management (p=0.68). communication was viewed as neither of a high nor low quality by biokineticists (43%) and physiotherapists (36%). biokineticists (54%) and physiotherapists (69%) felt adequately equipped on their understanding of the role of various healthcare professions involved in osteoarthritis management (p=0.22). however, 43% of rehabilitative professionals indicated that they had not been exposed to interprofessional education initiatives (p=0.61). conclusion: both professions were well-versed on the roles of various professions involved in osteoarthritis management, however, communication was not optimal. while this study creates an awareness of the benefits of team-based management for osteoarthritis, the findings could stimulate debate on the optimal implementation of key competencies required for effective teamwork, thereby facilitating patientfocused care and referral systems. keywords: biokinetics, chronic disease management, healthcare teams, interprofessional education, physiotherapy s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15260 mailto:s214051196@mandela.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15260 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2870-4953 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1650-6116 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 approach to patient care has been linked to positive perceptions of healthcare management by patients[12] and improved patient compliance with rehabilitation.[13] further south african-based research; however, has reported that oa is managed with a combination of conservative and surgical interventions that demonstrate considerable variations in costs, utilisation of interventions, and access to care.[7,9,12] the varied nature of oa care[14] is not only less effective for some patients, but potentially more expensive due to duplicate and sub-optimal treatment.[8] models that incorporate a team approach may mitigate these concerns, thereby facilitating improved patient outcomes and redistribution of oa management costs.[8] the success of a team approach is dependent on positive perceptions among individual hcps.[15] these perceptions are formed by the hcp’s knowledge regarding each profession’s sop.[15] however, a lack of familiarity with the services offered by and the roles of various disciplines often leads to poor engagement and uptake of a team approach.[5] a local study[15] reported that the perceptions among various disciplines were mainly negative as a result of a lack of knowledge around other professions’ roles, thereby hindering a collaborative environment.[15] an unawareness of other professions’ sop may have implications for patient-focused care and may lead to grey areas in terms of rehabilitation jurisdiction[5] and crossreferrals. further contributing to the success of a team approach is effective communication among all the members of the healthcare team.[16] clear communication strategies will ensure the implementation of key components required for patient-focused care, such as well-ordered transitions between rehabilitation areas, sharing of relevant information and education, coordination and continuity of care, and outcomes that are important to the patient.[16] conversely, ineffective communication creates uneasiness, doubt and dissatisfaction with patient care, and has been linked to a lack of compliance with recommended treatment options by patients.[17] furthermore, ineffective communication has also been linked to increased stress, lack of job satisfaction and emotional burnout among hcps.[17] in order to foster a team environment, there needs to be clear communication, positive perceptions and a greater awareness among hcps.[12] positive perceptions of different hcps are developed during formal academic training through interprofessional education (ipe), thus creating an awareness and environment for organised healthcare teams.[12,18] there are four key competencies that address collaboration within healthcare teams.[18] these competencies include: values and ethics for collaborative practice, knowledge of one’s own role and responsibility and those of other professions, communication among patients, families, communities, and professionals, and teamwork.[18] the emersion within these competencies has been identified as critical for the provision of efficient healthcare, given the complexity of patients' healthcare needs and the range of hcps involved.[15] numerous studies[15,19,20] have explored the perceptions of various hcps towards each other; however, no studies have described rehabilitative professionals’ views on a team approach to oa management in the south african healthcare setting. furthermore, there is a dearth of published oa research in south africa with identified gaps in the continuum of the care pathway for the management of oa.[12] therefore, the purpose of this study was to explore and describe the viewpoints of various biokineticists and physiotherapists regarding a team approach to oa management in the south african public and private healthcare setting. awareness of the diverse and multidisciplinary nature of oa care and rehabilitative professionals’ views of a team approach to oa care could guide best practice recommendations and strategies to enhance organised teamwork to promote service delivery and quality person-focused care for the oa patient in south africa. methods study design a descriptive, cross-sectional survey research design was used in this study. the design utilised quantitative data collected initially to explore and describe the viewpoints of biokineticists and physiotherapists regarding a team approach to oa management. participants the target population consisted of biokineticists and physiotherapists who have worked with or are currently working with an oa patient population within either the public and/or private healthcare sectors. gatekeepers from healthcare profession associations were approached, and permission to invite volunteers to be part of the study was granted. the associations included the biokinetics association of south africa, the south african society of physiotherapy, and the south african sports medicine association. participants were recruited using a convenience sampling technique whereby the gatekeepers of the respective associations emailed the hcps via their online practitioner database. the email included a description of the study and a link to the study’s online questionnaire. within this description it stated that the study was specific to oa management and participants were required to have worked with or are currently working with such a patient population. thereby, prospective participants were excluded if they were not involved in oa management, if they were not registered with the hpcsa, or if they were students or interns. ethical clearance was provided by the nelson mandela university research ethics committee: human (h20hea-hms005). data collection data were collected using a closed-ended online questionnaire (supplementary data). the questionnaire was designed by the principal investigator, guided by a group of multidisciplinary academics within the faculty of health sciences, following a structured review of the literature. a panel of subject experts (including academics and hcps) then reviewed and edited the questionnaire. the link for the online questionnaire was distributed via email by the gatekeepers of the associations to members of the statutory bodies. questionpro® was the software used to capture, distribute and analyse the descriptive original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 data. all participants could complete the questionnaire anonymously. thereby informed consent was provided by selecting the link to access the questionnaire. questions were designed to prompt for the selection of answers from a list of options with some questions adopting a likert-type scale. the questionnaire was circulated for a period of six months. the complete questionnaire that was circulated consisted of the following sections: (i) descriptive data in terms of the number of years in practice, from which healthcare sector participants practised, and their current practice setting; and (ii) participants’ ratings of various factors that influence teambased oa management. these factors were based on the ipe competencies, the questions included: to describe the communication between hcps in the oa management team, identification of the knowledge of one’s own role and responsibility, and those of other members within the oa healthcare team, and finally, to explore their stance on interprofessional engagement and teamwork for oa management in south africa. statistical analysis quantitative, descriptive data were exported from questionpro® to microsoft excel spreadsheets for coding purposes. statistical analysis was performed using the statistical package for social science (spss) version 26.0 (ibm corp. 2019. ibm spss statistics for windows, version 26.0. armonk, ny: ibm corp). data were presented as frequencies and percentage distributions for categorical data. cross tabulations, together with chi-square analyses, were performed to quantitatively analyse the relationship between biokineticists and physiotherapists and their rating of a team approach in oa management. significant results (p<0.05) were emphasised. results descriptive data the descriptive data of the participating hcps are shown in table 1. the study cohort comprised of 212 participants of which 47 were biokineticists and 165 were physiotherapists. data showed that biokineticists and physiotherapists differ with respect to the number of years they have been in practice (p=0.04). when evaluating the data distribution among the physiotherapist participants, an even distribution of years in practice was noted. however, among the cohort of biokineticists, 66% of participants indicated that they had been in practice for 10 years or less. additionally, there is evidence that the biokineticists and physiotherapists differ with respect to which healthcare sector they practice from (p<0.001). results show that the majority of the physiotherapists (82%) practiced solely in the private healthcare sector, with 12% in the public healthcare sector, whereas 66% of biokineticists practiced in private healthcare or a combination of private and public (19%) or private and corporate (9%) sectors. table 1 further illustrates the current practice setting of biokineticists and physiotherapists. a number of physiotherapists described their practice setting within a hospital and/or clinic (32%) or as a solo practice (33%). biokineticists strongly favoured solo practices (55%). it can be concluded that there is evidence that the biokineticists and physiotherapists differ with respect to their current practice set-up (p=0.002). table 1. descriptive data of healthcare professionals (n=212) frequency (%) profession physiotherapy 165 (78) biokinetics 47 (22) frequency (%) chi-square p-value physiotherapists biokineticists number of years in practice 8.18 0.04* < 6 years 40 (24) 16 (34) 6-10 years 40 (24) 15 (32) 11-20 years 44 (27) 13 (28) >20 years 41 (25) 3 (6) healthcare sector currently practicing from 18.02 <0.001* public sector 20 (12) 3 (6) private sector 135 (82) 31 (66) combination public and private sector 7 (4) 9 (19) combination of private and corporate sector 3 (2) 4 (9) current practice setting 14.82 0.002* solo practice 55 (33) 26 (55) partnership practice with a practitioner in the same discipline as myself 43 (26) 11 (23) partnership practice with a practitioner in a complementary discipline to myself 15 (9) 7 (15) practice is within a hospital / clinic setting 52 (32) 3 (6) data are expressed as n (%). * indicates p<0.05. original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 team approach in osteoarthritis management table 2 indicates biokineticists’ and physiotherapists’ rating of a team approach to oa management. there is no evidence that the biokineticists and physiotherapists differ with respect to how they rate the overall communication between team members (p=0.68). communication was viewed as neither of a high nor low quality by biokineticists (43%) and physiotherapists (36%). respectively, 54% and 69% of the biokineticists and physiotherapists felt adequately equipped on their understanding of the sop of various healthcare professions involved in oa management. there is, however, no evidence that the biokineticists and physiotherapists differ with respect to how they rate their competence regarding their knowledge of the various sops (p=0.22). there is evidence, however, that the biokineticists and physiotherapists differ with respect to how they rate interprofessional engagement (p=0.003). interprofessional engagement was viewed as extremely important among the study biokineticists (57%), whereas the physiotherapists rated interprofessional engagement very (56%) to somewhat important (12%) in the rehabilitation of an oa patient. there is no evidence of a difference between the exposure of ipe during the training of biokineticists and physiotherapists (p=0.61), with 43% of participating professionals indicating that they had not been exposed to ipe initiatives. finally, the majority of the biokineticists (93%) and physiotherapists (91%) agreed that the south african healthcare system would benefit from structured healthcare teams. discussion the aim of this study was to explore and describe the viewpoints of biokineticists and physiotherapists regarding a team approach to oa management. based on the ipe competencies required for effective teamwork in healthcare, the major findings of this study reported that communication in the oa management team was viewed as neither of a high nor low quality among hcps. furthermore, the participating biokineticists and physiotherapists felt adequately equipped on their understanding of the sop of various healthcare professions involved in oa management; however, a large number of these professionals indicated that they had not been exposed to ipe initiatives. the cohort of physiotherapists in this study reported a range of experience in practice, whereas, a larger number of biokineticists reported practicing for less than 10 years. unlike physiotherapy, biokinetics is the latest addition to the rehabilitative professions group, and this descriptive finding table 2. rating team-based osteoarthritis management in a south african landscape frequency (%) chi-square p-value physiotherapists (n=163) biokineticists (n=47) overall communication between team members 2.30 0.68 very high quality 13 (8) 6 (13) high quality 46 (28) 10 (21) neither high nor low quality 59 (36) 20 (43) low quality 35 (21) 9 (19) very low quality 10 (6) 2 (4) knowledge of the scope of practice of various healthcare professions 5.76 0.22 extremely familiar 23 (14) 5 (11) very familiar 90 (55) 20 (43) somewhat familiar 40 (25) 17 (36) not so familiar 8 (5) 5 (11) not at all familiar 2 (1) 0 (0) importance of interprofessional engagement 11.55 0.003* extremely important 55 (32) 27 (57) very important 92 (56) 19 (40) somewhat important 20 (12) 1 (2) not so important 0 (0) 0 (0) exposure to interprofessional education 0.26 0.61 yes 93 (57) 25 (53) no 69 (43) 22 (47) stance on healthcare teams in a south african landscape 2.91 0.41 extremely important 105 (64) 35(74) very important 44 (27) 9 (19) somewhat important 11 (7) 3 (6) not so important 5 (3) 0 (0) data are expressed as n (%). * indicates p<0.05. original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 can be supported by the gain in popularity in recent years and the subsequent recognition of the profession of biokinetics in the south african healthcare system.[4,5] the majority of both professional groups reported practicing in the private healthcare sector. the demand for rehabilitative professions, such as biokinetics and physiotherapy in both the public and private healthcare sectors, is evident based on the rise of noncommunicable diseases, including oa, in south africa.[1,6] the need for biokinetics in the public sector has received growing attention in recent years; however, lack of resources and funding for rehabilitation still proves to be considerable barriers.[1] the effectiveness of healthcare teams globally has been highlighted in the literature,[5,11] particularly in the management of oa as this condition is well suited to this model given the input required from multiple disciplines to meet the broad needs of these patients.[8] a team approach focused on outcomes that matter to patients may optimise patient outcomes,[8] improve perceptions of healthcare management by patients,[12] increase patient compliance with rehabilitation,[13] and redistribute interventional costs.[8] there is, therefore, calls to establish these teams in south africa.[7,12,15] nonetheless, the current study reported that solo practices were the favoured practice setting for both biokineticists and physiotherapists, with both profession groups further favouring partnership practices with a professional in the same discipline. care provided by a single professional group may fail to address the complexity of oa patient needs,[2] thereby being less successful and potentially more expensive because of unnecessary or inappropriate interventions.[2,8,12] poor patient outcomes could lead to decreased patient compliance with rehabilitation.[13] mlenzana and frantz[16] stated that the success of a team approach is dependent on effective communication among all members of the healthcare team. effective communication was not found to be present in the results of the study as the data showed that communication was viewed as neither of a high nor low quality by a large number of rehabilitative professionals. ineffective communication has been noted in the literature, especially regarding oa care,[2,12] and has significant implications for patient outcomes.[2,8,17] numerous studies have demonstrated that better communication methods improve decision quality, confidence, satisfaction and compliance with intervention options, and professional patient engagement.[8,17] key aspects in the improvement of the practical nature of patient-focused care include information transfer between hcps, shared decisionmaking[18] and listening to the needs of the patient.[2] these communication practicalities can be supported during the implementation phase by advocating for sufficient consultation time which allows the patient to feel heard by discussing their overall healthcare needs and actively engaging with their hcp regarding their treatment plan.[2,12] furthermore, virtual communication pathways, such as telehealth and/or interoperable electronic health record systems, increase patients’ and professionals’ reachability and information transfer.[2] such virtual communication methods may prove valuable and consistent when used in conjunction with a communication framework established through ipe interventions which may enhance the capacity of hcps to deliver improved coordinated care.[2,18] therefore, this output advocates for education initiatives for improved communication methods between members of the oa healthcare team. in addition to effective communication, collaborative interactions stem from positive perceptions among hcps.[15,19,20] positive perceptions are attained through an understanding of discipline-specific roles.[15] the current study reported that the participating biokineticists and physiotherapists felt adequately equipped regarding their understanding of the sop of various healthcare professions involved in oa management. a promising finding when compared to previous research which found no evidence of the knowledge that physiotherapists may have regarding biokineticists and other allied professionals.[15] moreover, this understanding of the sop of the various healthcare disciplines encourages interprofessional engagement.[5, 15] this study, however, suggests that while both biokineticists and physiotherapists identified the importance of interprofessional engagement, the study’s biokineticists were more in favour of interprofessional engagement when compared to the physiotherapists. interestingly, a study by ellapen et al.[15] agrees by stating that biokineticists were favourably inclined to interprofessional engagement compared to physiotherapists, who were more apprehensive towards collaborative relations owing to their perception that these professionals were trespassing on their sop. it is, therefore, important to address previous opinions of fragmented healthcare experiences among hcps in order to strengthen both the therapeutic alliance and health outcomes for the patients. emphasis should be placed on this level of appreciation and awareness of other hcps’ roles and responsibilities[5] to facilitate team-based management, and thereby guide appropriate referral pathways and interventions. to accomplish this, literature has supported the notion that the implementation of ipe, as a vehicle for efficient collaborative engagement, should be promoted beyond a tertiary level[15] and become an essential component of a healthcare team’s continuing professional training.[18] healthcare professional associations are perfectly positioned to begin instituting quarterly roadshows and workshops to encourage interprofessional collaboration and education strategies among hcps in practice. this educational setting would shape team identity, add to relational therapy skills, increase the understanding of different rehabilitation phases, and reduce misperceptions of the different professions’ roles.[18] the importance of ipe to team functioning and healthcare provision prompted the researchers to identify the exposure to ipe among the study’s participants. the results showed that a large number of the participating professionals had not been exposed to ipe during their training. to make better use of interventional costs,[8] the establishment of appropriate referral pathways[15] and collaborative relations, and to more effectively meet the complex needs of oa patients,[2] it is essential that healthcare educational and organisational systems prioritise ipe initiatives. original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 limitations and recommendations for future research while the cohort of participants was limited, future studies should aim at contributing to this research on a larger scale and elaborate on rehabilitative professionals as pivotal members of the healthcare team. that said, this study only included two rehabilitative profession groups, which is not wholly representative of a complete healthcare team. additionally, the study sample excluded students and interns. therefore the most current investigation of educational practices may have been beyond the scope of the study. conclusion the study showed that both professions were well-versed in the sop of each of the members involved in the oa management team; however, communication among members was not optimal. the key ipe competencies for the promotion of a team approach to patient-focused care are stressed in the concluding remarks of this research. interprofessional education is one way to improve the functioning of hcps within a team and engagement with these competencies is critical to the provision of efficient healthcare. therefore, while this study creates an awareness of the benefits of team-based management of oa, the findings could stimulate further debate on the optimal implementation of the key competencies required for effective communication and teamwork, thereby facilitating patient-focused care and the appropriate referral systems. furthermore, this study aimed to contribute to the paucity of research concerning rehabilitative professionals’ views of a team approach and highlight the importance of their respective roles in oa management, which may contribute to the mutual appreciation of the different professions, thus preventing trespassing on the sop of other professions and calling attention to the need for a team approach in clinical practice. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare that they have no conflict of interest. funding for this study has been provided by the national research foundation (nrf). opinions expressed, and conclusions arrived at are those of the authors and are not necessarily attributed to the nrf. acknowledgements: the authors would like to thank the nrf and institution for the financial support and the participants, without whom this study would not have been possible. author contributions: rg was involved in the conception, design, analysis and interpretation of the data, and the drafting of the manuscript. ak was involved in the study design, statistical analysis, and manuscript review. all authors read, commented and approved the final version of the manuscript. references 1. lalkhen h, mash r. multimorbidity in non-communicable diseases in south african primary healthcare. s afr med j 2015;105(2):134-138. [doi:10.7196/samj.8696][pmid: 26242533] 2. hartford w, backman cl, li lc, et al. networks of care: a social network perspective of distributed multidisciplinary care for people with inflammatory arthritis. acr open rheumatol 2022;4(1):40–56. [doi:10.1002/acr2.11349] [pmid:34687173] 3. ellapen tj, paul y. exercise-induced physiological lubrication mechanisms dissipating arthritic joint pain. s afr j res sport phys educ recreat 2017;39(2):59-67. 4. health professions council of south africa. regulations defining the scope of practise. 1390. health professions council of south africa, 2016. http://www. hpcsa.ac.za (accessed 20 august 2021). 5. ellapen tj, swanepoel m, strydom gl. comparative review of rehabilitative professions assisting patients with lower back pain in south africa. s afr j res sport phys educ recreat 2017;39(3):1–14. 6. moss sj, lubbe ms. the potential market demand for biokinetics in the private health care sector of south africa. s afr j sports med 2011;23(1):14–19. doi: 10.17159/2078516x/2011/v23i1a365 7. kholvadia a, constantinou d, gradidge pj-l. exploring the efficacy of low-level laser therapy and exercise for knee osteoarthritis. s afr j sports med 2019;31:1-5. [doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2019/v31i1a6058] 8. jayakumar p, moore ml, bozic kj. team approach: a multidisciplinary approach to the management of hip and knee osteoarthritis. jbjs reviews 2019;7(6):e10. [doi:10.2106/jbjs.rvw.18.00133] [pmid: 31246861] 9. kruger-jakins t, saw m, edries n, parker r. the development of an intervention to manage pain in people with late-stage osteoarthritis. s afr j physiother 2016;72(1):311. [.doi.org/10.4102/sajp.v72i1.311] [pmid: 30135890] 10. ellapen tj, swanepoel m, barnard m, paul y. a conceptual framework for the inclusion of recreational therapy within south african healthcare paradigms. in: bernardo-filho m, de sá-caputo du, taiar r, eds. physical therapy effectiveness. intechopen, 2020. [doi:10.5772/intechopen.91160] 11. ayers dc, franklin pd, ring dc. the role of emotional health in functional outcomes after orthopaedic surgery: extending the biopsychosocial model to orthopaedics. j bone joint surg am 2013;95(21):e165. [doi:10.2106/jbjs.l.00799] [pmid:24196477] 12. coetzee m, giljam-enright m, morris ld. rehabilitation needs in individuals with knee osteoarthritis in rural western cape, south africa: an exploratory qualitative study. prim health care res dev 2020;21(e7):1-7. [doi:10.1017/s1463423620000043] 13. ennion l, rhoda a. roles and challenges of the multidisciplinary team involved in prosthetic rehabilitation, in a rural district in south africa. j multidiscip healthc 2016;9:565573. [doi:10.2147/jmdh.s116340] [pmid:27826195] 14. michael jw, schlüter-brust ku, eysel p. the epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of osteoarthritis of the knee. dtsch arztebl int 2010;107(9):152-162. [doi:10.3238/arztebl.2010.0152] [pmid:20305774] 15. ellapen tj, swanepoel m, qumbu bt, strydom gl, paul y. interprofessional knowledge and perceptions of selected south african healthcare practitioners towards each other. afr j health professions educ 2018;10(3):148-152. [doi:10.7196/ajhpe.2018.v10i3.951] 16. mlenzana n, frantz j. rehabilitation model to promote interprofessional practice at primary health care level in the https://doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2011/v23i1a365 https://doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2011/v23i1a365 original research 7 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 western cape of south africa. afr j phys act health sci 2017:23 (4), supplement 2:242-254. [https://hdl.handle.net/10520/ejc-c2666fa63] 17. moore pm, rivera s, bravo-soto ga, olivares c, lawrie ta (eds). communication skills training for healthcare professionals working with people who have cancer. cochrane database syst rev 2018;7(cd003751):5-21. [https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.cd003751.pub4] 18. jadotte yt, noel k. definitions and core competencies for interprofessional education in telehealth practice. clinics in integrated care 2021:6:100054. [https://doi.org/10.1016/j.intcar.2021.100054] 19. naidoo n, buhler l. the perceptions, attitudes and knowledge of physiotherapy and chiropractic students regarding each other’s professional practise. s afr j physiother 2009;65(2):3238. [https://doi.org/10.4102/sajp.v65i2.85] 20. booysen n, lake j, webb j, van niekerk w, schubl c. the knowledge, attitudes and perceptions of healthcare students and professionals regarding the interdisciplinary health worker team at stellenbosch university and tygerberg academic hospital. s afr j clin nutr 2012;25(4):192-196. [https://doi.org/10.1080/16070658.2012.11734427] original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the core of performance in adolescent cricket pace bowlers: trunk muscle stability, maybe, but not strength-endurance and thickness fm olivier,1,2 msc; b olivier,1,2 phd; n mnguni,1 bhsc hon 1 wits cricket research hub for science, medicine and rehabilitation, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand 2 department of physiotherapy, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand corresponding author: b olivier (benita.olivier@wits.co.za) in cricket, the pace bowler aims to outsmart the batsman on strike with a good quality delivery performed at maximum ball release speed, with perfect accuracy, and a good line and length. the bowling action consists of four phases: the run-up phase, the pre-delivery (or gather) phase, the delivery phase, and the follow-through phase, with unique trunk movements contributing to each phase. the pre-delivery phase requires the trunk to hyperextend on back foot landing. as the ball is being delivered, the trunk moves into flexion (lateral flexion) away from the delivery arm, and rotates towards the nondelivery arm. the repetitive execution of the bowling action activates the trunk muscles in the same asymmetrical manner with each delivery, potentially resulting in this particular pattern of muscle hypertrophy.[1, 2] the topic of trunk musculature is frequently raised when sport and performance are discussed. earlier research from hodges and richardson[3] shows that the transversus abdominis activates before the trunk starts moving. this implies that the transversus abdominis acts as a trunk stabiliser when power is produced by the extremities. akuthota and nadler[4] further explain that when the external oblique, internal oblique and transversus abdominis contract, the intraabdominal pressure increases, tensioning the thoraco-lumbar fascia. the thoraco-lumbar fascia connects to the upper and lower limbs posteriorly and by incorporating the abdominal fascia anteriorly and the oblique muscles laterally, a corset is formed around the abdomen, so increasing the intra-abdominal pressure. opposing views exist regarding the role of trunk muscle stability and strength-endurance in athletic performance as investigated in sports other than cricket. an eight-week core endurance programme improved some aspects of core stability in rowers but did not affect their functional performance.[5] similarly, after six weeks of core conditioning training in male runners, core stability improved but running economy remained unchanged.[6] in contrast, core stability training has been shown to improve sports performance measures in other studies [7, 8]. throwing velocity improved after handball players underwent 10 weeks of core training.[7] in a cross-sectional study amongst action cricket fast and fast-medium bowlers, a relationship was found between good core stability and a high ball release speed; however, trunk muscle strength-endurance, thickness and the accuracy of deliveries were not measured.[8] the thickness and symmetry of trunk muscles between dominant and non-dominant sides in injured and uninjured pace bowlers has been investigated by means of ultrasound. in bowlers with no pain, the abdominal wall of the non-dominant side was thicker than that of the dominant side.[1, 2] there was no difference in side-to-side thickness of the transversus abdominis.[2] in another study, the cross-sectional area of the lumbar multifidus was symmetrical in injury-free bowlers, but smaller on the non-dominant side in those who had sustained an injury during the season.[9] different patterns of muscle morphometry exist in adolescent pace bowlers, depending on whether or not they have pain during movement. asymmetry of the trunk muscles and the effect of injury on the trunk muscle morphometry in the prediction of potential injury has been well described.[1, 9] however, compared to other sporting codes, studies investigating the relationship between pace bowling performance and trunk muscle stability, information on strength-endurance, and trunk muscle thickness are lacking in the literature. pace bowlers may contribute greatly to a team’s success when bowling accurately, at the right speed, and taking background: the trunk connects the upper and lower limbs and transfers energy during movement. exploring the role of the trunk muscles in bowling performance affords us the opportunity to uncover potential mechanisms to improve bowling performance. objectives: to investigate the association between bowling performance and trunk muscle stability, strength-endurance and thickness in adolescent pace bowlers. methods: adolescent pace bowlers participated in this crosssectional study. trunk muscle stability was measured using sahrmann’s stability scale, strength-endurance using the bourbon trunk muscle strength test and thickness of the abdominal wall and lumbar multifidus muscles using ultrasound imaging. results: forty-six pace bowlers with a mean age of 15.9 ±1.2 years participated. the average ball release speed was 109.2±11.8 km.h-1. this measurement was higher in level four of stability than in level two (mean difference 22.2 ± sd 6.8 km.h-1; p= .018). no link between ball release speed and strength-endurance could be found. multiple correlations of moderate strength (r > 0.4) exist between ball release speed and absolute trunk muscle thickness with height and weight as confounding factors. the relationship between accuracy and the trunk muscle variables investigated in this study is weak. conclusion: bowlers with better trunk muscle stability bowled faster than those with a lower level of trunk stability, irrespective of their age, height and weight. trunk muscle thickness correlated with ball release speed; however, confounding factors such as height and weight play a role and therefore, findings need to be interpreted with caution. keywords: fast bowling, core muscles, ball release speed, accuracy s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12521 mailto:benita.olivier@wits.co.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12521 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8689-9162 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9287-8301 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9470-6087 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 wickets or putting the opposition’s run-rate under pressure. therefore, this study aims to investigate the association between bowling performance, namely ball release speed and bowling accuracy, and trunk muscle stability, trunk muscle strength-endurance and trunk muscle thickness in adolescent pace bowlers. methods study design, study setting and participants this observational cross-sectional study included pace bowlers between the ages of 13 and 18 years from their school’s a-teams. directors of cricket at four secondary schools had their a-team coaches nominate all pace bowlers to be invited to take part in the study. only male participants were included due to the limited number of female players, and to create a homogenous group. participants with previous upper or lower limb surgery or extensive lower back interventions, e.g. spinal facet infiltrations, were excluded from the study. data collection took place in the outdoor cricket nets of the participating schools. this study was adapted from a research report conducted to fulfil requirements for the degree of master in physiotherapy,[10] thus ethical clearance was obtained from the human ethics research committee of the university of the witwatersrand, and both consent and assent was signed by parents and participants respectively. the sample size was calculated using cohen’s default interpretations, using g power 3.1.9.2 and a two-tailed design. the power of 0.8 with a medium to large effect size (0.4) was calculated as 44 participants. the resulting critical t value was 2.02, with a power value of 0.955. protocol the participants were instructed to bowl six match pace deliveries, one ball following the other with approximately one minute in between deliveries, aiming for the top of the wicket on the off-side as if they were bowling to a righthanded batter. each participant was allowed three practice balls to familiarise themselves with the target. ball release speed was measured using a hand-held radar speed gun (stalker, ats, texas). the radar speed gun was positioned approximately five metres behind the point of ball release, as closely in line with the bowler’s upper limb trajectory as possible. the average ball release speed was used in the analysis. bowling accuracy was measured using a black shade cloth target with scoring zones sewn onto it in white and a horizontal line in red, 50 centimetres off the ground. a maximum of 100 points was scored if the ball made contact in the zone of the off-stump, 50 and 25 points in adjacent zones and zero if the target was missed altogether (figure 1).[11] the median accuracy score was used in the analysis. the sahrmann stability scale[12] was used to assess trunk muscle stability. a chattanooga pressure biofeedback (encore medical, australia) was inflated to 40 mm hg and positioned in the lumbar lordosis with the participant in supine crooklying [13]. the participant was instructed to maintain the “drawin manoeuvre” throughout a level, not allowing the spine to move, which would result in a pressure deviation of more than 10 mm hg on the pressure biofeedback – an indication of spinal stability lost. the score achieved was the level successfully passed on a scale of one-five, where after the legs were added acting as levers to increase the level of difficulty (figure 2). the bourbon trunk muscle strength test (tms) [14] was used to assess trunk muscle strength-endurance. time was measured in seconds at the point of failure for the particular muscle chain. the ventral, lateral left and right, and dorsal trunk muscle chain tests were performed in randomised order with a 10 minute recovery time allowed between tests. muscle thickness of the transversus abdominis, external oblique and internal oblique was measured at rest, and during fig. 1. bowling accuracy target fig. 2. sahrmann stability scale: a) level 1; b) level 2; c) level 3; d) level 4; e) level 5 original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 the abdominal drawing-in manoeuvre. the lumbar multifidus muscle at the l4, 5 facet joint was measured at rest using ultrasound imaging. measurements were recorded in millimetres with on-screen callipers from the middle of the one fascia layer to the middle of the next layer using a dp6600 digital ultrasonic imaging system® (shenzhen mindray bio-medical electronics co., ltd, china) with a 5mhz curvilinear transducer and a large footprint (≥60mm). data reduction the following calculations were done:  percentage change (a percentage of muscle thickness at rest) = (muscle activated muscle at rest) ÷ muscle at rest × 100[2]  contraction ratio (the ratio of the contracted muscle thickness to the muscle thickness at rest) = muscle thickness contracted/muscle thickness at rest[15]  ta preferential activation ratio (difference in the ta proportion of the total lateral abdominal muscle thickness in going from the relaxed to the contracted state) = (ta contracted/ta + io + eo contracted) – (ta at rest/ta + io + eo at rest)[15]  relative thickness (a percentage of the total thickness of all three muscles together) = eorest / (eorest + iorest + tarest) x100[15]  relative thickness (a percentage of the total thickness of all three muscles together) = eocont / (eocont + iocont + tacont) [15]  percentage difference (between sides) = [(largest/smallest value x 100) 100][9, 16] where eo is external oblique; io is internal oblique; ta is transversus abdominis statistical analysis data were analysed using ibm spss statistics for windows (version 26.0. armonk, new york, usa). a pearson’s correlation was conducted for all parametric data, and a spearman’s rank order correlation was conducted for ordinal or non-parametric data. a value of 1 or -1 for the pearson’s (r) and spearman’s (ρ) correlation was considered to be a perfect association, positive and negative values above 0.70 were considered to be strong correlations, those between 0.40 and 0.70 were moderate correlations, and those below 0.40 were weak correlations. multivariate analyses could not be performed due to the size of the dataset as well as a high level of multicollinearity among the independent variables. a oneway analysis of variance (anova) followed by a tukey post hoc test were conducted to determine whether there is a difference of means in average ball release speed among five levels of stability. spearman’s rank order correlation was conducted to determine the relationship between accuracy and ball release speed, trunk muscle stability, muscle strengthendurance, and muscle thickness. a pearson’s correlation was conducted to assess the relationship between average ball release speed and muscle strength-endurance, as well as muscle thickness. the association between age and height, and weight with absolute trunk muscle thickness was determined using both the pearson’s and spearman’s rank order correlation as appropriate for the distribution of the data. ordinal logistic regression was used to explore the association between age, height and weight on the likelihood of a higher level of stability using the wald test for parameter and model fit. results forty-six pace bowlers with a mean age of 15.9 years (standard deviation (sd)=1.2; median= 16.0; range=14-18 years), a mean height of 173.9 cm (sd=8.0; median=174.0; range=157.0-193.0 cm) and mean weight of 65.0 kg (sd=16.8; median=62.5; range=43.0-140.0 kg) participated. forty-two (91%) were right-handed and four (9%) were left-handed bowlers. ball release speed and accuracy the participants bowled at a mean of 109.2 km.h-1 (sd=11.8; median=105.0; range=85.5-128.9 km.h-1) and a median accuracy score of 70 percent (range=56-87 %) was attained. there was no association between ball release speed and accuracy (ρ= -.08; p= .586). ball release speed, bowling accuracy, age, height and weight ball release speed was moderately associated with age (r= .43, p= .003) and height (r= .49, p= .001), and weakly associated with weight (r= .39, p= .007). however, there was no association between bowling accuracy and age (ρ= .04, p= .770), height (ρ = .06, p= .686) or weight (ρ= .09, p= .551). ball release speed, accuracy and trunk muscle stability the median value for trunk muscle stability was three (range=one-five) on the sahrmann stability scale. there was a difference between levels of performance on the sahrmann stability scale as determined by one-way anova (f(4,41)= 3.473; p= .011) (table 1). a tukey post hoc test table 1. the association between ball release speed and trunk muscle stability (n=46) descriptive one-way anova results trunk muscle stability ball release speed (km.h-1) sum of square mean square degree of freedom f-statistic p-value level 1 106.4 (10.2) between groups 1607.6 401.9 4 3.473 .011 level 2 99.7 (10.4) level 3 105.5 (10.3) level 4 121.9 (6.1) within groups 4402.7 107.4 41 level 5 118.22 (13.98) data expressed as mean (sd) unless indicated otherwise. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 revealed that the average ball release speed was higher in level four of stability than in level two (mean difference 22.2 ± 9.6 km.h-1; p= .018). there were no differences in ball release speed among the other levels of stability. there was no relationship between bowling accuracy and trunk stability (ρ= -.011; p= .940). ordinal logistic regression was performed to determine the effect of age, height and weight on the likelihood of a higher level of stability. the model explained 4.6% (nagelkerke r2) of the variance in levels of stability. the logistic model was not a good fit (χ2(3)= 2.025; p= .567) and none of the predictor variables in the ordinal regression analysis were found to contribute to the model [age: wald= 1.014, p= .314; height: wald= .056, p= .495; weight: wald= .897, p= .344]. ball release speed, accuracy and trunk muscle strengthendurance trunk muscle strength-endurance is shown in table 2. there was no relationship between either ball release speed or accuracy, and strength-endurance. ball release speed, accuracy and trunk muscle thickness multiple correlations of moderate strength (>0.4) exist between ball release speed and absolute trunk muscle thickness as measured at rest and in a contracted state (table 3). to determine the role of age, height and weight in absolute trunk muscle thickness, correlations between these variables were determined and can be found in the online supplementary material tables 1, 2 and 3. moderate correlations exist between age and two of the absolute trunk muscle thickness-related variables, with 16 weak correlations, while between height and absolute trunk muscle thickness, 13 of the 18 variables showed moderate correlations. three strong, 13 moderate and two weak correlations were found between weight and absolute trunk muscle thickness. no relationship seemed to exist between ball release speed and trunk muscle thickness-related calculations, such as percentage change, contraction ratio, relative thickness at rest or relative thickness when contracted (table 4). the highest correlation was that of the contraction ratio between the thickness of the non-dominant internal and external oblique when contracted and the same muscles when at rest. however, this correlation can be interpreted as weak (r=.25; p= .028). some weak correlations were determined between bowling accuracy and absolute muscle thickness (online supplementary material – table 4), as well as between bowling accuracy and the derivatives of muscle thickness (online supplementary material – table 5). the highest of these was a correlation between the relative thickness of the dominant transversus abdominis, which is expressed as a percentage of total thickness of all three muscles together, and bowling accuracy ( r= .40; p= .006). discussion the findings from this research study, a first of its kind, answered a valuable research question in our quest to uncover the exact mechanisms behind bowling performance. the findings from this paper form a basis for future research, where mechanisms related to trunk muscle stability, strengthendurance and thickness, can be explored further. in this study, adolescent pace bowlers with better trunk table 2. the association between strength-endurance and accuracy and average ball release speed (n=46) strength-endurance (seconds) accuracy ball release speed trunk muscle chain mean (sd) median (range) ρ p-value r ρ p-value dorsal 69.54 (23.10) 67.50 (25 – 130) -.248 .096 .209 .164 ventral 70.09 (27.91) 63.50 (23 – 131) -.247 .098 .153 .155 non-dominant lateral 48.07 (16.83) 45 (23 – 131) -.034 .821 .013 .930 dominant lateral 49.46 (16.20) 47.50 (16 – 89) .125 .407 -.070 .322 r, pearson’s correlation performed for parametric data; ρ, spearman’s rank order correlation performed for non-parametric data. table 3. the relationship between ball release speed and absolute trunk muscle thickness at rest and when contracted (n=46) at rest contracted trunk muscle r ρ p-value r ρ p-value non-dominant eo .02 .882 .22 .142 dominant eo .08 .602 .10 .519 non-dominant io .33 .025 .45 .002 dominant io .25 .091 .34 .020 non-dominant ta .53 <.001 .42 .004 dominant ta .54 <.001 .46 .001 non-dominant abd .33 .026 .54 <.001 dominant abd .32 .030 .40 .006 non-dominant multifidi .4 .006 dominant multifidi .20 .186 r, pearson’s correlation performed for parametric data; ρ, spearman’s rank order correlation performed for non-parametric data; eo, external oblique; io, internal oblique; ta, transversus abdominis; abd, abdominal wall (eo+io+ta). original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 muscle stability bowled faster than those with a lower level of trunk stability, irrespective of their age, height and weight. hilligan[8] reported a good relationship between ball release speed and trunk muscle stability in adult (18-35 years old) male indoor pace bowlers, although the participants in his study were older and performed slightly different stability tests. portus et al.[11] could not correlate trunk muscle stability to bowling performance (ball release speed and accuracy), but they found that the bowlers who scored higher on the trunk muscle stability test were also bowling with a slightly more bent knee at front foot impact. therefore, bowlers landing on a bent knee are believed to have possibly adapted and improved their trunk muscle stability, enabling them to use the trunk as a rigid lever to generate ball release speed, instead of an extended knee. an extended knee angle has been associated with an increase in ball release speed, whereas a slightly flexed knee is recommended to prevent injury due to a reduction in load placed on the lumbar spine – a trade-off that is difficult to negotiate for any bowler. therefore, it seems like bowling with a slightly flexed knee will reduce lumbar loads and increase trunk muscle stability, which will allow a bowler to bowl faster, despite bowling with a flexed knee. however, the exact mechanism is unclear, and causality cannot be assumed. there was no relationship between ball release speed and trunk muscle strength-endurance, highlighting the potential differences in constructs tested using the bourbon tms, namely the amount of time a player can hold a certain position vs the functional demands of the pace bowling action. also, none of the variables influenced players’ accuracy scores, which leaves us with the impression that accuracy is not dependent on trunk muscle stability, strength-endurance or thickness, but that other mechanisms are at play. there seems to be an overall moderate correlation between ball release speed and absolute trunk muscle thickness, which means those who bowl faster have thicker trunk muscles. although it is very tempting to recommend that trunk muscle thickness be increased to increase ball release speed, when analysing the role of age, height and weight, confounding relationships became apparent. there seems to be a pertinent relationship between weight and absolute muscle thickness, where the heavier bowlers had thicker muscles. however, there is a weak correlation between ball release speed and weight, which means those who bowled faster were not necessarily heavier. age and height were moderately correlated with ball release speed, although only height showed a moderate relationship with absolute trunk muscle thickness. this points us to the complexity and the importance of considering confounding factors in our methodological planning and statistical analysis. in this study, no regression analysis could be done due to multi-collinearity between variables. considering these findings, results should be interpreted with caution, and findings may indicate pure associations while a cause-effect relationship should not be assumed. future studies should include larger sample sizes which will allow for subgroup analysis and thus confounding variables can be eliminated. the inclusion of female pace bowlers, as well as an table 4. the relationship between ball release speed and derivatives of absolute trunk muscle thickness (n=46) r ρ p-value percentage difference eo at rest .14 .176 io at rest .23 .062 ta at rest .08 .303 abd at rest .11 .224 eo contracted .02 .458 io contracted .11 .225 ta contracted .05 .365 abd contracted .04 .404 multifidi at rest .10 .252 percentage change non-dominant eo .24 .055 dominant eo .01 .952 non-dominant io .19 .106 dominant io .17 .124 dominant ta -.09 .561 non-dominant ta -.08 .618 contraction ratio non-dominant eo .24 .055 dominant eo .01 .952 non-dominant io .19 .106 dominant io .17 .124 non-dominant ta -.08 .618 dominant ta -.09 .561 non-dominant eoio .25 .028 dominant eoio .16 .146 relative thickness at rest non-dominant eo -.28 .058 non-dominant io .18 .225 non-dominant ta .19 .215 dominant eo -.23 .122 dominant io .01 .967 dominant ta .40 .006 relative thickness contracted non-dominant eo -.06 .339 non-dominant io .13 .187 non-dominant ta -.14 .370 dominant eo -.20 .094 dominant io .05 .377 dominant ta .12 .412 r, pearson’s correlation performed for parametric data; ρ, spearman’s rank order correlation performed for non-parametric data; eo, external oblique; io, internal oblique; ta, transversus abdominis; abd, abdominal wall (eo+io+ta). original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 exploration of the role of the lumbo-pelvic-femoral complex and growth spurts on bowling performance in future research projects is strongly advised. longitudinal studies are recommended to explore causality, something that was not possible in this study considering its cross-sectional nature. in addition, future intervention studies can explore the effectiveness of a trunk muscle strengthening programme on ball release speed while considering age, height and weight as confounders. it is possible that the shorter, lighter bowlers could possibly benefit from specific trunk muscle pattern strengthening to improve ball release speed, because a muscle should become thicker once it is strengthened. against the results of the current study, this could then benefit the bowler in terms of ball release speed. however, the findings from this study cannot support such a recommendation in clinical practice. conclusion adolescent pace bowlers with better trunk muscle stability bowled faster than those with a lower level of trunk stability, irrespective of their age, height and weight. trunk muscle thickness correlated with ball release speed, however, confounding factors such as height and weight play a role and therefore this study’s findings need to be interpreted with caution and future research is required. bowling accuracy was not linked to trunk muscle stability, strength-endurance or thickness, and other mechanisms are clearly at play. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest. the authors would like to thank the faculty research committee of the associated tertiary institution as well as the national research foundation for financial support. acknowledgements: thank you to the headmasters, directors of cricket, parents and participants for participating in this study. author contributions: bo contributed to conceptualisation, formal analysis and interpretation of data; writing, review and editing. f-m o contributed to conceptualisation, design, methodology, writing original draft and approval of the version to be published. nm contributed to formal analysis and interpretation of data and approval of the version to be published. references 1. gray j, aginsky kd, derman w, et al. symmetry, not asymmetry, of abdominal muscle morphology is associated with low back pain in cricket fast bowlers. j sci med sport 2016;19(3):222-226. doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2015.04.009][pmid: 26059231] 2. olivier b, stewart av, mckinon w. side to side asymmetry in absolute and relative muscle thickness of the lateral abdominal wall in cricket pace bowlers. sajsm 2013;25(3):8186. [.doi: 10.7196/sajsm.377] 3. hodges pw, richardson ca. contraction of the abdominal muscles associated with movement of the lower limb. phys ther 1997;77(2):132-142; discussion 142-4. [doi:10.1093/ptj/77.2.132] [pmid: 9037214] 4. akuthota v, nadler sf. core strengthening. arch phys med rehabil 2004;85(3 suppl 1):s86-92. [doi: 10.1053/j.apmr.2003.12.005] [pmid: 15034861] 5. tse ma, mcmanus am, masters rs. development and validation of a core endurance intervention program: implications for performance in college-age rowers. j strength cond res 2005;19(3):547-552. [doi: 10.1519/15424.1][pmid: 16095402] 6. stanton r, reaburn pr, humphries b. the effect of short-term swiss ball training on core stability and running economy. j strength cond res 2004;18(3):522-528. [doi: 10.1519/15334287(2004)18<522:teossb>2.0.co;2][pmid: 15320664] 7. manchado c, garcia-ruiz j, cortell-torno jm, et al. effects of core training on male handball players’ throwing velocity. j hum kinet 2017;56:177-185. [doi: 10.1515/hukin-20170035][pmid: 28469756] 8. hilligan bk. the relationship between core stability and bowling speed in asymptomatic male indoor action cricket bowlers. dissertation for master’s degree in technology: chiropractic, durban university of technology. unpublished, 2008. 9. olivier b, gillion n, stewart av et al. reduced non-dominant lumbar multifidi cross-sectional area is a precursor of low back injury in cricket fast bowlers. scand j med sci sports 2017;27(12):1927-1933. [doi: 10.1111/sms.12814 ][pmid: 27905147] 10. olivier f-m. the association between bowling performance and trunk muscle stability, strength-endurance and thickness in adolescent pace bowlers: a cross sectional study. wits wiredspace. unpublished, 2018. [https://hdl.handle.net/10539/25272] 11. portus mr, sinclair pj, burke st, et al. cricket fast bowling performance and technique and the influence of selected physical factors during an 8-over spell. j sports sci 2000;18(12):999-2012. [doi: 10.1080/026404100446801][pmid: 11138990] 12. sahrmann s. diagnosis and treatment of movement impairment syndromes. st louis, missouri: elsevier health sciences, 2002:460. 13. richardson ca, hodges pw, hides ja. therapeutic exercise for spinal segmental stabilisation: a motor control approach for the treatment and prevention of low back pain. edinburgh: churchill livingstone, 2004. 14. granacher u, schellbach j, klein k, et al. effects of core strength training using stable versus unstable surfaces on physical fitness in adolescent: a randomised controlled trial. bmc sports sci med rehabil 2014;6 (1):40. [doi: 10.1186/2052-1847-640][pmid: 25584193] 15. mannion af, pulkovski n, toma v, et al. abdominal muscle size and symmetry at rest and during abdominal hollowing exercises in healthy control subjects. j anat 2008;213(2):173-182. [doi: 10.1111/j.1469-7580.2008.00946.x]pmid: 19172732] 16. rankin g, stokes m, newham dj. abdominal muscle size and symmetry in normal subjects. muscle nerve 2006;34(3):320-326. [doi: 10.1002/mus.20589][pmid: 16775833] https://hdl.handle.net/10539/25272 118 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 commentary calories and steps! how many days of walking/hiking in the himalayas does one christmas lunch translate to? j d pillay,1 phd; w brown,2 phd 1 department of basic medical sciences, faculty of health sciences, durban university of technology, south africa, 4001 2 centre for research on exercise, physical activity and health, school of human movement and nutrition studies, university of queensland, st lucia, australia corresponding author: j d pillay (pillayjd@dut.ac.za) background. the festive season is a time when people are at risk of overeating and weight gain. an active break during this time can help maintain energy balance. objectives. to determine steps taken during a walk/hike to everest base camp and back and compare estimated activityrelated energy expenditure to a typical christmas lunch. methods. five adults (39-70 years) completed an 11-day walk/hike. pedometer-measured steps were recorded at two cadences: ‘aerobic’ (>100 steps/minute for 10 consecutive minutes) or ‘slower’ steps. activity-related energy expenditure was estimated using generic values for walking uphill/downhill at each cadence. energy intake of a typical christmas lunch was estimated. results. participants accumulated a total of 143 770 steps, or 13 070 (sd 8 272) steps/day, 20% of which were ‘aerobic’. total walk-related energy expenditure was estimated at 22 816  kcals, or 1 901 (sd 580) kcals/day. conclusion. estimated energy intake in one christmas lunch equates to 1.7 days of walking/hiking. keywords. energy intake, physical activity, energy expenditure, pedometer s afr j sports med 2015;27(4):118-120. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2015/ v27i4a158 christmas is a time when most people eat far too much food than usual, certainly more than is required to balance energy expenditure. an article in the daily mail[1] advised readers to ‘think before you reach for that extra mince pie’ and claimed that the food and drink consumed during christmas lunch/dinner festivities could provide an energy intake equating with 7 000 kilocalories. one of the authors (jdp) joined four friends over christmas in a walk/hike to everest base camp (ebc) and back (starting from, and ending at, the most frequently used access to the himalayas, lukla international airport). in this paper the estimated energy expenditure is compared during the 11-day hike, based on pedometer steps, and compared to energy intake based on a diet record kept by the second author who stayed at home to eat christmas lunch. methods study design an observational and descriptive case study. participants and setting five adults (three men, two women, aged 39-70 years) walked to ebc and back over 11 days in december 2014. data collection all trek participants wore a pedometer (omron hj720itc) on their hip from the start to the end of each daily walk, and daily step counts at two cadences were recorded: ‘aerobic’ steps were those accumulated at a cadence of >100  steps/minute in bouts of at least 10 minutes; ‘slower’ steps were accumulated at a lower cadence and/or in shorter bouts. the validity and reliability of this brand and model of pedometers have been shown to be acceptable under prescribed and self-paced walking conditions in both healthy and overweight adults.[2] total distances and hours of walking time were estimated from diaries and from information provided by the himalayan national parks authority.[3] christmas lunch energy intake was estimated from the second author’s food records and the tables available in the “myfitnesspal” iphone and android application.[4] data management and statistical analyses general characteristics of the study group and number of total steps, ‘aerobic’ steps and ‘slower’ steps each day, and estimated walk-related energy expenditure were summarised using descriptive statistics (spss, version 23.0). walk-related energy expenditure was calculated by multiplying time (hours) spent in ‘slower’ steps by 5 mets (ascending) or 4 mets (descending), and time spent in ‘aerobic’ steps by 7 mets (ascending) and 6 mets (descending), hence allowing for the greater amount of energy needed to walk uphill. resulting met.hours values for ‘aerobic’ and ‘slower’ steps were summed, and multiplied by average body weight to derive kcals/day of energy expenditure. summary data are reported as means and standard deviations. results participant characteristics participants were three men and two women, average age 54.8 (sd 11.1) years, average weight 66.1 (sd 8.4) kg and average body mass index 24.0 (sd 1.8) kg/m2. average daily and total steps  step data and estimated walk-related energy expenditure values are shown in table 1. the average total steps recorded during the hike to ebc and back was 143 770 or an average of 13 070 (sd 8 272) steps/ day. the inter-individual variability, expressed as the co-efficient of variance in mean steps/day was 63% (sd/mean steps * 100). approximately one-fifth of these steps were at the ‘aerobic’ cadence. step counts on ‘ascent days’ (days 1, 2, 4, 5, 7 and 8) ranged from 6 265 to 12 748 steps/day, with fewer steps on days 3 and 6, which were ‘acclimatisation’ days, involving shorter hikes. step counts on ‘descent days’ (days 9, 10 and 11) were much higher, in keeping with the easier downhill walking. estimates of energy expenditure and energy intake energy expenditure in ‘aerobic’ steps (61.53 met.hours in total) accounted for about one fifth of total energy expenditure. overall, total walk-related energy expenditure was 21 093 kcals, or 1 918 kcals/day. mailto:pillayjd@dut.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a158 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2015/v27i4a158 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 119 table 1. daily steps, walking time and estimated energy expenditure (n=5; 3 men, 2 women, aged 39‑70 years) day of hike total steps/day ‘normal’ steps/day ‘aerobic’ steps/day total walk time (hours/day) ‘normal’ walk time (hours/day) met.hours for ‘normal’ walkinga ‘aerobic’ walking time (hours/day) met.hours for ‘aerobic’ walkingb energy expenditure (kcal/day)c day 1 10 713 9 257 1 456 3.75 3.38 16.88 0.38 2.63 1 287 day 2 10 902 10 902 0 7.00 7.00 35.00 0.00 0.00 2 310 day 3 4 276 4 087 189 3.00 3.00 15.00 0.00 0.00 990 day 4 11 023 10 855 168 6.00 6.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 1 980 day 5 12 748 10 400 2 348 6.00 4.80 24.00 1.20 8.40 2 138 day 6 1 917 1 453 464 2.50 2.00 10.00 0.50 3.50 891 day 7 6 265 6 265 0 6.00 6.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 1 980 day 8 9 230 8 430 800 8.00 7.20 36.00 0.80 5.60 2 746 day 9 25 746 15 477 10 270 7.00 4.80 19.20 3.20 19.20 2 534 day 10 23 609 15 393 8 215 7.00 4.90 19.60 2.10 12.60 2 125 day 11 27 341 19 173 8 167 8.00 5.60 22.40 1.60 9.60 2 112 total 143 770 111 692 32 077 65.25 54.68 258.08 9.78 61.53 21 093 average 13 070 10 154 2 916 5.9 5.0 23.10 0.90 5.70 1 901 standard deviation 8 272 4 951 3 750 1.91 1.57 8.12 1.00 6.02 580 a mets for slow walking = 5 on ascent and 4 on descent b mets for aerobic walking = 7 on ascent and 6 on descent c estimated as total walk-related met.hours * average body weight (66 kg) table 2. estimated energy of a christmas lunch using myfitnesspal app item approximate serving size approximate kcals sparkling champagne 2 x 150 ml 215 red wine (shiraz) 2 x 175 ml 240 vegetable soup 200 ml 160 roast turkey 120 g 150 roast pork 100 g 260 crackling 20 g 130 sausages 2 130 roast potato 100 g 160 roast parsnip 65 g 125 brussels sprouts 100 g 60 broccoli 100 g 35 green beans 100 g 31 gravy 3 tablespoon 40 bread sauce 50 g 50 stuffing ¼ cup 75 cranberry sauce 2 tablespoon 55 christmas pudding 1 slice 300 brandy butter 25 g 120 custard ½ cup 160 mince pie 1 109 cheese – stilton 30 g 125 cheese – camembert 30 g 95 biscuits 6 small 120 baileys 50 ml 165 chocolate balls 2 150 cherries ½ cup 35 total 3 295 estimated met.hours/day for ‘aerobic’ and ‘normal’ walking are also shown in table 1. the energy value of food and drink consumed in a typical christmas lunch is shown in table 2. the overall energy intake in this single meal was 3 295 kcals, which equates with about 1.7 days of walking/hiking in the himalayas (see table 1 and table 2). discussion during an 11-day hike to ebc, five people each accumulated about 13 000 steps/day, which equates to an estimated walk-related energy expenditure of about 1 900 kcals/day. during this time one person sat at home and consumed 3 295 kcals in one christmas lunch. over-consumption of food and drink during the festive season is common and is not restricted to a single day, as it is not uncommon to have several christmas meals with different friends/family groups during this period. the data presented here illustrate how one group addressed the energy imbalance of christmas, while participating in an exciting expedition to the himalayas. in doing this, it was estimated that one christmas lunch was the equivalent of 1.7 days of walking/hiking at an average 13 070 steps/day. current public health messages support the accumulation of at least 10 000 steps/day, and using these caloric and step/day estimates, 2.2 days of accumulating 10 000 steps might be adequate to work off that christmas lunch. these estimates were, however, based on at least one-fifth of these steps being accumulated at a moderate-fast pace. to the authors’ knowledge this is the first study to record pedometer steps during an 11-day hike with the data being translated to estimates of energy expenditure. a pedometer was used to allow the estimation of steps that accords with the notion of ‘aerobic’ activity in bouts of at least ten minutes, which is the level of activity recommended in many national physical activity guidelines.[5] a limitation of the method in this study was that generic met values were used to account for intensity. under conditions of extreme (subzero) temperatures and altitude, even very slow movement involves significant exertion, so these met values (ranging from 4 to 7) were 120 sajsm vol. 27 no. 4 2015 chosen to reflect the authors’ perceptions of the effort involved in walking up and downhill in these conditions. in comparison, three mets is indicative of walking at a moderate intensity on flat ground.[6] conclusion this case study provides information on steps/day during an 11-day hike along a popular mountain range. it also highlights the potential imbalance of energy intake and expenditure over the festive season. the authors are not proposing that everyone should go to the himalayas to walk off their christmas lunch, but a daily walk with an energy expenditure equivalent to around 1 900 kcals, as shown here for this 11-day walk, will offset 60% of the energy consumed in a typical christmas meal. authorship. all authors consent to publication. competing interests. the authors declare that they have no competing interests. the manuscript has not been previously published and is not presently under consideration by another journal, and will not be submitted to another journal before the final editorial decision is rendered. contributorship. jdp was responsible for the acquisition of pedometer data and wb estimated the energy content of christmas lunch. both authors contributed to analysis and interpretation of the data and to the writing of the manuscript. acknowledgements. the authors wish to use this opportunity to pay tribute to those recently affected by the natural disasters in nepal. they also thank the trek participants for collecting the pedometer data during their holiday. references 1. the daily mail. think before you reach for that extra mince pie! published by caroline mcguire for mailonline. 16 december 2014. [http://www.dailymail.co.uk/ femail/food/article-2874990/femail-lists-7-000-calories-average-christmas-daydinner.html] 2. holbrook ea, barreira tv, kang m. validity and reliability of omron pedometers for prescribed and self-paced walking. med sci sports exerc 2009;41(3):670-674. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181886095] 3. great himalayan national park. [http://greathimalayannationalpark.com] accessed september 7, 2015. 4. connected fitness (2013). myfitnesspal (version 6.6.1)[mobile application software]. [http://www.myfitnesspal.com] 5. world health organisation. global recommendations on physical activity for health. geneva: world health organisation; 2010. 6. blair sn. how to assess exercise habits and physical fitness. in: ne miller, jd matarazzo, sw weiss, ja herd, eds. behavioral health: a handbook of health enhancement and disease prevention. new york: wiley; 1984. http://www.dailymail.co.uk/femail/food/article-2874990/femail-lists-7-000-calories-average-christmas-day-dinner.html http://www.dailymail.co.uk/femail/food/article-2874990/femail-lists-7-000-calories-average-christmas-day-dinner.html http://www.dailymail.co.uk/femail/food/article-2874990/femail-lists-7-000-calories-average-christmas-day-dinner.html https://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181886095 http://greathimalayannationalpark.com http://www.myfitnesspal.com rectal temp sajsm ver 5 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 29 introduction the technology necessary to log data remotely and independently has been available for some years. this technology has been applied mostly to environmental and natural sciences, however, and not in life sciences. this was due primarily to the cost of the technology and the small demand for it in the life sciences, especially in studies of exercise physiology. our recent collaboration with a local technology company (sygade solutions (pty) ltd., johannesburg) has resulted in the use of miniature data loggers to record rectal temperature, heart rate (hr), and altitude during road and cycle racing. this technology has the potential to measure these variables simultaneously and in a free-living situation and will therefore contribute to more innovative research. description of the data logger the data loggers were tested in the laboratory from 35 44¡c, and returned an accuracy ranging from 0.22% to 0.1%. each logger weighs 79 g and has dimensions of 105 x 58 x 20 mm (length x width x height, respectively). the loggers use a 16-bit micro-processor operating at 13 mhz, and draw 20 milliamps during operation. each is powered by a single aaa/1.5 v battery that can supply enough current for up to 12 hours of logging. data are stored on a flash device similar to those used currently in digital cameras. this allows for the retention of data even if power is removed during use. the loggers can record up to 12 hours of data at 2-second intervals in the absence of hr. when hr is recorded in addition to rectal temperature, the logging time decreases in direct proportion to the time interval between heart beats so that maximum logging time is shortened to 7 hours if a hr of 220 beats/minute is maintained. the minimum hr that can be logged is 30 beats/minute. the loggers measure hr in milliseconds from beat to beat. because the hr transmitters are not suited to beat-to-beat calculations, and to reduce interference from other hr monitors, the hr transmitters were hard-wired to the data logger for maximal accuracy. temperature is measured by supplying the probe with a very accurate reference voltage/current and then measuring the changes with a 20 bit analog to digital converter. this is then converted to temperature by means of a calibration table, as supplied by the temperature probe manufacturer (vha plus, irving, texas, usa). the air pressure sensor is a motorola mpx4115 which is sensitive to pressure changes within 1 m of vertical distance. however, for the air pressure sensor to measure altitude accurately in metres above sea level, a sophisticated and accurate calibration is required. therefore, the loggers were designed not to give accurate meter readings, but instead to give only relative changes in pressure, thus creating a profile of the race course. this allows the user to place an athlete at specific points on a course where changes in altitude are known and frequent. the software for the micro-processor was compiled initially on a pc and then loaded via a special wire interface to the processor. data are retrieved by interfacing the logger with a pc via a download cable inserted into the hr transmitter input. the programmer is then able to issue special control commands to the logger via the pc. the data are stored in a raw binary format. the processing and separating of data took place on the pc to produce text files that were then delimited in a microsoft excel workbook and plotted using the graphpad prism software package (graphpad software inc., san diego, california, usa). the loggers contain a function that allows the user to log an event during the data-logging period. the user can log an event by pushing a button on the logger at a point specified by the researcher, for example before, during, or after the race. this allows the researcher to know exactly where the start and finish of the course are, for example, after the data have been downloaded and reduced. short report new use of current technology to measure rectal temperature and heart rate during endurance exercise j p dugas (bsc (med) (hons))1 b burger (bsc (eng))2 t d noakes (mb chb, phd, md)1 1 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, sports science institute of south africa, university of cape town 2 sygade solutions, (pty) ltd, johannesburg correspondence: j p dugas po box 115 newlands 7725 tel: 021 650 4572 fax: 021 686 7530 e-mail: jdugas@sports.uct.ac.za rectal temp sajsm ver 5 5/4/05 12:10 pm page 29 pilot work data were logged approximately every 0.03 minutes for the duration of a 100 km cycle race (fig. 1) and a 21.1 km running race (fig. 2). at the start and finish of each race the athlete logged an event to distinguish the starting and finishing points. the event is marked by a spike in the data set that allows the researcher to identify the event and then remove the spike from the data for presentation purposes. the cycling course profile was then compared with a profile provided by the race organisers to determine specific points on the course during the data session, and these points were then noted on the logger s profile (fig. 1). the running course had fewer geographical landmarks than the cycling course. altitude readings from each kilometre on the running course were obtained from the organisers and used to generate a profile of the race course (fig. 2c). this profile was then compared with the profile created by the logger (fig. 2b). discussion the advent of this technology has already yielded a novel finding. the ability to measure the rectal temperature with such high resolution and over relatively long periods of time has allowed us to show that during endurance exercise rectal temperature is a dynamic variable and appears to change with metabolic rate and course terrain, the former normally being a function of the latter. in addition, because data of this type have never before been collected, we can see that although the rectal temperature is dynamic in nature as opposed to static, it remains within a range of approximately 2¡c. this sheds new light on thermoregulatory studies, and opens new avenues of research in this area that were previously not available. 30 sajsm vol 17 no. 1 2005 fig. 1. data from a 100 km cycle race. the course profile was measured using an uncalibrated air pressure sensor so that it recorded only relative changes in altitude. the heart rate transmitter was wired directly to the logger for accuracy. data were logged approximately every 0.03 minutes to produce approximately 60 000 data points. fig. 2. data from a 21.1 km running race. rectal temperature (2a) and air pressure (2b) were recorded continuously during the run. altitude at each kilometre (2c) was obtained from the race organisers for comarison with the course profile generated from the logger. a b c rectal temp sajsm ver 5 5/4/05 12:10 pm page 30 sportsmed_june04 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 17 introduction in response to a wide range of homeostatic disturbances, such as trauma, neoplasms, bacterial infection, burn injury and immunologically mediated inflammatory states,7,10 the body initiates an acute phase response (apr). the apr is synonymous with alterations in circulating acute phase proteins (app), the production of which is mainly due to de novo synthesis.20 this complex series of reactions serves to activate repair processes and prevents ongoing tissue damage by altering metabolic, endocrinological, neurological and immunological functions.6 strenuous exercise has been shown to elicit an increase in app.3,11,21,30 documentation of the acute phase reactants response to physical activity is important when interpreting metabolic/biochemical adaptations and/or maladaptations that occur with exercise.11 in addition, it provides crucial information with regard to inflammation, healing and adaptation to training stimuli. whilst numerous studies have shown the app c-reactive protein (crp) to be significantly elevated following exercise,18,21,26,27 there still remain a large number of acute phase reactants that have not been thoroughly investigated. original research article alterations in acute-phase reactants (crp, rheumatoid factor, complement, factor b, and immune complexes) following an ultramarathon s j semple (mtech)1 l l smith (phd)1 a j mckune (mmedsci)1 n neveling (ba hons)1 a wadee (phd)2 1department of sport and physical rehabilitation sciences, tshwane university of technology, pretoria 2department of immunology, university of the witwatersrand johannesburg correspondence: s j semple private bag x680 pretoria 0001 tel: 012-318 4324 fax: 012-318 5801 e-mail: semplesj@tut.ac.za abstract objectives. the human body initiates an acute phase response (apr) in response to a wide range of homeostatic disturbances. this complex series of reactions serves to activate repair processes and prevent ongoing tissue damage. an important aspect of the apr is the de novo synthesis of acute phase proteins (app), many of which have not been thoroughly investigated. main outcome measures. alterations in crp (c-reactive protein), c1est, c3, c4, c6, rheumatoid factor (rf) and factor b were determined before and after an ultramarathon. data were analysed using a one-way analysis of variance comparing values to pre-exercise levels. significance was set at p < 0.05. design. venepunctures were performed on athletes participating in an ultramarathon (90 km) 24 hours before, immediately post-exercise (ipe), and 3h, 24h and 72h after the race. serum was stored at –80°c until analysed. crp levels in serum were assessed using the n latex crp kit. the levels of circulating immune complexes (cic) were determined using particle-enhanced nephelometry. complement proteins c1est, c3, c4 and rf were measured using laser nephelometry. c6 and factor b were determined by radial immunodiffusion. results. crp was significantly elevated ipe (58%), 3h post (77%), 24h post (87%) and 72h post (69%). pre-race crp levels were above the normative range (5.10 ± 3.08 mg/l), c6 was significantly elevated (p < 0.05) at 24h post (7.8%) and 72h post (8.8%) exercise. factor b was significantly elevated (p < 0.05) at 72h post exercise (12.8%). rf was significantly elevated at 72h post exercise (6.7%). conclusion. significant increases in selected acutephase reactants occur several days after the exercise event. in addition, as indicated by elevated resting levels of crp, the athletes began the race with some degree of inflammation, presumably as a result of the cumulative training and racing mileage in preparation for the ultramarathon. 18 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 therefore, the aims of this study were firstly to confirm the reported increases in crp following a prolonged, strenuous bout of exercise, and secondly to monitor alterations in less researched acute phase reactants, up to 3 days after an ultramarathon. methods subjects the study was approved by the institutional ethics committee and all subjects provided written, informed consent. six male and 5 female experienced ultramarathon athletes volunteered for the study. the subjects descriptive characteristics were (mean (± sd)): age 43 ± 9 years, height 170 ± 10 cm, weight 64 ± 13 kg, body fat 14 ± 2.9%, maximal oxygen intake (vo2max) 57.5 ± 5.5 ml/kg/min, mileage from january to june 1 450 ± 445 km, and number of completed ultramarathons (90 km) 4 ± 1. blood samples venous blood was drawn from the subjects 24h before their predicted finishing time, immediately post exercise (ipe), 3h post exercise and then at 24h and 72h after an ultramarathon (90 km). concentrations were corrected for changes in plasma volume ipe, but not for the remaining time measurements. corrections for changes in plasma volume were calculated using haematocrit and haemoglobin values in accordance with the methods of dill and costill.5 samples were allowed to stand for 15 minutes, after which the serum was centrifuged at 1 000 g for 10 minutes. samples were stored at –80ºc until analysed. all samples were analysed in duplicate. crp and rheumatoid factor levels of crp and rheumatoid factor (rf) in serum were determined using the n latex crp kit (behring diagnostics, germany). specimens were mixed with polystyrene particles coated with monoclonal antibodies and the intensity of light scatter measured in a behring nephelometer (behring diagnostics, germany) against standards of known concentration. circulating immune complexes the levels of circulating immune complexes (cic) levels were determined using particle-enhanced nephelometry. the assay utilised polystyrene particles coated with human c1q which was added to the subjects’ sera. light scatter due to agglutination of the c1q-coated particles in the presence of cic was measured in a behring nephelometer (behring diagnostics, germany) whereby the concentration of cic was determined in relation to the amount of agglutination detected. c1est, c3 and c4 determination of complement proteins c1est, c3 and c4 in serum was performed using specific anti-sera to c1est, c3c and c4. the immune complexes formed were measured in a behring nephelometer (behring diagnostics, germany) and the amount of c1est, c3 and c4 was calculated by comparison with standards of known concentration. c6 and factor b c6 and factor b were determined by radial immunodiffusion (the binding site, uk). the assays were performed by adding serum and controls of known c6 and factor b concentrations to radial immunodiffusion plates containing nonspecific antibody in an agarose gel. the diameter of immunoprecipitating antigen-antibody complexes radiating out of the wells was measured and compared against a calibrated curve drawn from a range of samples of known concentration. statistical analysis data were analysed using a one-way analysis of variance (anova), contrasting variables to baseline values. significance was set at p ≤ 0.05. where appropriate post hoc tests (tukey) were computed. sas statistical software package was used to compute results. results crp was significantly elevated (p = 0.003) by 58% immediately after the race and was significantly increased (p = 0.001) by 77% 3h after the race. crp remained significantly elevated (p = 0.011) and peaked at 24h post marathon (87%). at 72h post marathon, crp was still significantly elevated (p = 0.0002), but began returning to baseline (69%) (fig. 1). the 24h pre-race sample of 5.10 (± 3.08 mg/l) was elevated above normative ranges for the laboratory in which the assays were performed (table i). c6 was significantly elevated (p = 0.03) at 24h post marathon (7.8%) and remained significantly elevated (p = 0.02) at 72h post exercise (8.8%) (fig. 2). factor b was significantly elevated (p = 0.04) at 72h post exercise (12.8%) (fig. 3). although significantly elevated at 72h post exercise (296.56 ± 35.61 mg/l), this still remained within normative ranges (table i). rf was significantly elevated (p = 0.03) at 72h post exer24h pre ipe 3h post 24h post 72h post time 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 c r p ( m g /l ) fig. 1. alterations in c-reactive protein (mg/dl) of 6 male and 5 female subjects following completion of an ultramarathon. ( signifies p < 0.05 compared with baseline levels.) cise (6.7%) (fig. 4). as with crp, rf at baseline (12.12 iu/ml) was elevated above normative ranges (table i). c4, c3, cic and c1est showed no significant alterations up to and including 72h post exercise, and remained consistently within the normative ranges (table i). plasma volumes changed by –2.66 (±4.04%) immediately post exercise. discussion this study supports previous research in reporting a significantly increased level of the positive app, crp following a strenuous prolonged bout of exercise. crp, a member of the pentraxin family of proteins has traditionally been used in a clinical setting as an indicator of inflammation.7 crp reacts with cell surface receptors to facilitate opsonisation, enhances phagocytosis, acts as a potent stimulator of the complement pathway and modulates polymorphonuclear (pmn) function.10,20,25 crp in the present study was significantly elevated ipe and peaked 24h after the race (fig. 1), a finding mirroring that of strachan et al. 26 and peters et al.21 whilst prolonged strenuous exercise such as marathon running seems to elicit a reaction analogous to an apr, research by fallon et al.12 has shown that the training typical of elite female netball and soccer teams is not associated with significant changes in crp. following 9 months of training, the resting levels of crp in the netball and soccer players was 1.66 mg/l (± 0.89) and 1.62 mg/l (± 1.32) respectively. conversely meyer et al.18 showed a significant increase in crp 24h following an anaerobic cycling session. it was suggested that athletes/physicians should interpret these elevated levels of crp as a sign that the inflammatory response has not resolved and thus the athlete should reduce or limit the number of sessions that induce this response. crp at baseline (24h premarathon) was slightly elevated above the normal range (table ii). these are norms established for the general south african population and not specifically for sportsmen/women. due to the nature of the sport, the elevated crp levels at rest (5.10 ± 3.08 mg/l) could be attributed to cumulative exercise-induced muscle damage. the average individual has a crp concentration of 2 mg/l and whilst concentrations greater than 5 mg/l have been associated with acute infections, anything less than 10 mg/l has been regarded as clinically unimportant.10 this raises the question of whether athletes have elevated resting levels of crp as a result of sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 19 table i. normative ranges variable normative ranges c-reactive protein (mg/l) < 5 c3 (g/l) 0.5 1.53 c4 (g/l) 0.2 1.00 c6 (mg/l) 45 96 factor b (mg/l) 191 382 c1-esterase inhibitor (mg/dl) 31 43 circulating immune complexes (µg/ml) < 5 rheumatoid factor (iu/ml) < 11 c 6 ( m g /l ) 24h pre ipe 3h post 24h post 72h post time 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 24h pre ipe 3h post 24h post 72h post time 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 f a c to r b ( m g /l ) fig. 2. alterations in c6 (mg/l) of 6 male and 5 female subjects following completion of an ultramarathon. ( signifies p < 0.05 compared with baseline levels.) fig. 3. alterations in factor b (mg/l) of 6 male and 5 female subjects following completion of an ultra-marathon. ( signifies p < 0.05 compared with baseline levels). 24h pre ipe 3h post 24h post 72h post time 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 r h e u m a to id f a c to r (i u /m l) fig. 4. alterations in rheumatoid factor (iu/ml) of 6 male and 5 female subjects following completion of an ultramarathon. ( signifies p < 0.05 compared with baseline levels.) 20 sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 continuous chronic exercise. if so, does the increased crp serve to provide the host with an 'enhanced' immune function, or does it merely represent an adaptation to the continuous inflammation experienced as a result of mechanical stress? crp exhibits both pro and anti-inflammatory actions. whilst it is involved in activating complement and opsonising bacteria/pathogens/debris7 (pro-inflammatory), its net effect is anti-inflammatory in that it has been shown to prevent adhesion of neutrophils to endothelial cells, to inhibit the generation of superoxide by neutrophils and to stimulate the synthesis of interleukin-1 receptor antagonist.10 thus, it is arguable that the increased crp may serve to limit the negative effects associated with repeated bouts of exercise. although elevated resting levels of crp were shown in this study and have been shown elsewhere,14,27 more studies seem to be revealing that athletes exhibit a chronic training/exercise-induced reduction in resting crp concentrations.17,22,29 whether these suppressed resting levels of crp increase an individual's susceptibility to infection remains to be investigated. prolonged and/or strenuous exercise is associated with muscle damage/trauma. 4,13 this disruption of homeostasis activates complement, a pathway that is central to the development of inflammation. complement serves to control inflammatory reactions and chemotaxis, assists with the clearance of immune complexes, activates cells and elicits antimicrobial defences.1, 23 c6, a less-researched terminal complement component, forms part of the membrane attack complex (mac) and was significantly elevated at 24h and 72h after the race (fig. 2). although c5 was not measured in the present study, previous research has shown c5a (the active inflammatory mediator of c5) to be significantly elevated following exercise.2 this would imply an increase in c5, which forms the beginning of the mac. elevation of c6 in the present study, combined with previous research results indicating elevation in c5a, would seem to indicate that formation of the mac accompanies strenuous exercise. the formation of the mac following strenuous exercise could ultimately serve to destroy and assist in clearing the by-products of proteolysis and/or haemolysis. factor b, a c3 convertase enzyme, was significantly elevated 72h after the race (fig. 3). dufaux and order 8 proposed that the classical pathway of complement was activated following prolonged exercise. c3b deposited by the classical pathway can bind to factor b, the enzyme involved in activating the alternate pathway of complement.15,23 thus it seems tenable that the alternate pathway as well as the classical pathway (initiated by crp binding to debris/endotoxins) are initiated following strenuous exercise. rf was significantly elevated 72h after the race (fig. 4). although rf peaked ipe no significance was reported, possibly due to the large subject variation at this measurement. interestingly, as with crp, rf was consistently elevated above the normal ranges. rf (igm anti-igg autoantibody) initiates inflammatory processes and is specific for a determinant on the fc portion of the subjects' own igg molecules. the complexes formed between rf and igg are deposited in the synovia of joint spaces where they activate complement pathways and thus chemotactic factors that attract granulocytes.15 the elevated rf at 72h after the race would imply that the immune/inflammatory response to the strenuous exercise had not yet resolved. this should be taken into consideration when monitoring and interpreting changes in immunoglobulin (igg and igm) levels following exercise. the present study showed no significant alterations in c1est, c3 and c4. studies have consistently yielded inconsistent results when it comes to monitoring the alterations in complement concentration following exercise. in a study conducted by dufaux and order,8 2.5 hours of running was adequate to elicit significant changes in c3a and c4a anaphylatoxins, the active components of c3 and c4 respectively. these changes were observed in moderately trained athletes. a similar response of c3a and c4a was shown in another study by dufaux et al.9 where the concentration of these complement components was significantly elevated immediately following a graded cycle ergometer test to exhaustion. in addition, camus et al.2 found a significant increase in c5a following 20 minutes of cycling at 80% of vo2max. however, thomsen et al. 28 showed no significant changes in complement cleaved products (c3c and c3d) in 14 untrained volunteers who completed a 60 minute cycle test at 75% of vo2max. it was hypothesised by camus et al. 2 that previous studies had failed to show changes in c5a due to the nature of the intervention (exercise and intensity) and also the turnover rate of this protein. it is tenable that this hypothesis could apply to the present study as within 3h post exercise, c1est, c3 and c4 were below pre-race levels. clearly, the conflicting results with regard to complement response following exercise requires further elucidation. when comparing and interpreting the complement response to exercise, the mode, intensity, duration of the activity as well as experience of the athletes should be taken into consideration. a study conducted by king et al.16 emphasises this point as it was found that certain activities such as jogging and aerobic dancing were characterised by a decreased possibility of elevated inflammatory markers. although the study did not take into account the duration and intensity of the exercise, activities such as swimming, cycling and weight -lifting did not exhibit the same association. in addition, nieman et al.19 have shown that resting as well as post-exercise levels of complement differ in athletes and sedentary controls. no significant alterations in circulating immune complexes were found in the present study. soluble antigens form antibody:antigen complexes known as immune complexes.23 table ii. acute phase reactants showing no significant changes post exercise (mean ± se) 24h pre ipe 3h post 2h post 72h post c4 (g/l) 0.27 0.24 0.23 0.20 0.21 (± 0.03) (± 0.04) (± 0.04) (± 0.01) (± 0.01) c3 (g/l) 1.10 1.15 1.04 1.00 1.02 (± 0.12) (± 0.11) (± 0.07) (± 0.05) (± 0.05) cic (ug/ml) 1.57 1.43 1.51 1.32 1.29 (± 0.15) (± 0.16) (± 1.36) (± 0.12) (± 0.10) c1est (mg/dl) 23.51 25.53 23.32 23.78 24.62 (± 0.75) (± 1.87) (± 0.61) (± 0.92) (± 0.77) cic = circulating immune complexes; c1est = c1-esterase; ipe = immediately post exercise. sports medicine vol 16 no.2 2004 21 thus each time antigen meets an antibody, an immune complex is formed.15 these antigens include (amongst others) debris from dead micro-organisms and are removed from circulation via complement activation. one might expect that damage caused as a result of prolonged, strenuous exercise to muscles, connective tissue and erythrocytes results in the formation of excessive immune complexes. the results, however, show that cic were consistently below the normal range following the ultramarathon (table i). although cic are not strictly classified as acute phase reactants, they can be seen as residual products of an apr and could thus provide information regarding the effectiveness of complement pathways to mediate their removal. 24 the non-significant changes in cic could arguably be attributed to the efficient functioning of macrophages in rapidly removing the immune complexes from circulation and would be in keeping with elevated levels of crp. this could also explain why little changes in complement concentrations were observed. in summary, this study showed that crp was significantly elevated immediately after an ultramarathon (90 km) and peaked 24h post marathon. crp and rf were elevated above the normal ranges both at baseline and at subsequent measurements. the raised resting levels of crp could imply that the athletes were training too close to the race, and that correct tapering was not implemented. since certain app were only elevated at 72h it is proposed that future studies should measure app over a more extended period and at shorter intervals to obtain a comprehensive overview of the acute phase inflammatory response to exercise. references 1. benjamini e, sunshine g, leskowitz s. complement. in: immunology: a short course. iii. new york: wiley-liss, 1996: 245-59. 2. camus g, duchateau j, dupont-deby g, et al. anaphylatoxin c5a production during short-term submaximal dynamic exercise in man. int j sports med 1994; 15(1): 32-5. 3. cannon jg, meydani sn, fielding ra, et al. acute phase response in exercise ii. associations between vitamin e, cytokines and muscle proteolysis. am j physiol 1991; 260: 1235-9. 4. deschenes mr, brewer re, bush ja, mccoy rw, volek js, kraemer wj. neuromuscular disturbance outlasts other symptoms of exercise-induced muscle damage. j neurol sci 2000; 174: 92-9. 5. dill db, costill dl. calculation of percentage changes of blood, plasma and red cells in dehydration. j appl physiol 1974; 37: 247-8. 6. dinarello ca. interleukin-1 and the pathogenesis of the acute-phase response. n engl j med 1984; 311: 1413-8. 7. du clos tw. function of c-reactive protein. ann med 2000; 32: 274-8. 8. dufaux b, order u. complement activation after prolonged exercise. clin chim acta 1989; 179: 45-50 9. dufaux b, order u, liesen h. effect of short maximal physical exercise on coagulation, fibrinolysis and complement. int j sports med 1991; 12: 3842. 10. epstein fh. acute phase proteins and other systemic responses to inflammation. n engl j med 1999; 340: 448-54. 11. fallon ke. the acute phase response and exercise: the ultra-marathon as prototype exercise. clin j sport med 2001; 11: 38-43. 12. fallon ke, fallon sk, boston t. the acute phase response and exercise: court and field sports. br j sports med 2001; 35: 170-3. 13. fridén j, sjostrom m, ekblom b. myofibrillar damage following intense exercise in man. int j sports med 1983; 4: 170-6. 14. gleeson m, almey j, brooks s, cave r, lewis a, griffiths h. haematological and acute-phase responses associated with delayedonset muscle soreness in humans. eur j appl physiol 1995; 71: 137-42. 15. janeway ca, travers p, walport m, shlomchik m. immunobiology. the immune system in health and disease. 5th ed. new york: garland publishing, 2001. 16. king de, carek p, mainous ag, pearson ws. inflammatory markers and exercise: differences related to exercise type. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 575-81. 17. mattusch f, dufaux b, heine o, mertens i, rost r. reduction of the plasma concentration of c-reactive protein following nine months of endurance training. int j sports med 2000; 21: 21-4. 18. meyer t, gabriel hw, ratz m, muller hj, kindermann w. anaerobic exercise induces moderate acute phase response. med sci sports exerc 2000; 33: 549-55. 19. nieman dc, tan sa, lee jw, berk ls. complement and immunoglobulin levels in athletes and sedentary controls. int j sports med 1989; 10: 124-8. 20. pepys mb, baltz ml. acute phase proteins with special reference to creactive protein and related proteins (pentaxins) and serum amyloid a protein. adv immunol 1983; 34: 141-99. 21. peters em, anderson r, theron aj. attenuation of increase in circulating cortisol and enhancement of the acute phase protein response in vitamin c-supplemented ultramarathoners. int j sports med 2001; 22: 120-6. 22. petibois c, cazorla g, déléris g. the biological and metabolic adaptations to 12 months training in elite rowers. int j sports med 2003; 24: 36-42. 23. roitt i, brostoff j, male d. immunology. 6th ed. edinburgh: mosby, 2002. 24. schifferli ja, taylor rp. physiological and pathological aspects of circulating immune complexes. kidney int 1989; 35: 993-1003. 25. schultz dr, arnold pi. properties of four acute phase proteins: c-reactive protein, serum amyloid a, (1-acid glycoprotein, and fibrinogen. semin arthritis rheum 1990; 20: 129-47. 26. strachan af, noakes td, kotzenberg g, et al. c-reactive protein concentrations during long distance running. bmj 1984; 29: 1249-51. 27. taylor c, rogers g, goodman c, et al. hematologic, iron-related, and acute-phase protein responses to sustained strenuous exercise. j appl physiol 1987; 62: 464-9. 28. thomsen bs, rodgaard a, tvede n, et al. levels of complement receptor type one (cr1, cd35) on erythrocytes, circulating immune complexes and complement c3 split products c3d and c3c are not changed by short term physical exercise or training. int j sports med 1992; 13: 172-5. 29. tomaszewski m, charchar fj, przybycin m, et al. strikingly low circulating crp concentrations in ultra-marathon runners independent markers of adiposity. how low can you go? arterioscler thromb vasc biol 2003; 23: 1640-4. 30. weight lm, alexander d, jacobs p. strenuous exercise analogous to the acute-phase response? clin sci 1991; 81: 677-83. sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 23 original research reliability and concurrent validity of an alternative method of lateral lumbar range of motion in athletes mark d hecimovich,1 phd; jeffrey j hebert,2 phd 1 university of northern iowa, division of athletic training, 003c human performance center, cedar falls, iowa, usa 2 murdoch university, school of psychology and exercise science, 90 south street, murdoch, western australia, 6150 corresponding author: mark hecimovich (mark.hecimovich@uni.edu) background: cricket bowling involves combined spinal movements of side bending and rotation and, consequently, injury to the low back is a common problem. therefore the assessment of lumbar spine kinematics has become a routine component in preseason screening. this includes static measurement of lateral spinal flexion as asymmetrical range of motion may predispose an athlete to low back injury. objectives: this study examined intra-rater reliability and concurrent validity of the fingertip-to-floor distance test (ffd) when compared to a criterion range of motion measure. methods: thirty-four junior-level cricket players aged 13-16 years were recruited. lumbar spine lateral flexion was measured simultaneously with the fingertip-to-floor distance test and digital inclinometry methods. relative and absolute intra-rater reliability were investigated with intraclass correlation coefficients (icc3,1) of agreement, standard error of measurement (sem) estimates, bland and altman bias estimates and 95% limits of agreement, respectively. the concurrent validity of the fingertip-to-floor distance test, compared to digital inclinometry measures, was examined with pearson correlation coefficients. results: intra-rater reliability demonstrated substantial agreement for both measures (icc3,1 > 0.84). the fingertip-to-floor distance test sem values ranged from 1.71-2.01 cm with an estimated minimum detectable change (mdc) threshold of 4.73-5.55 cm. the inclinometry sem values ranged from 1.00-1.09° with minimal detectable change estimates of 2.77-3.01°. there were strong correlations between the index test and criterion measure outcomes (r > 0.84, p < 0.001). conclusions: this study’s results support the intra-rater reliability and concurrent validity of the finger-to-floor distance test, suggesting it to be a suitable surrogate measure for lumbar lateral flexion testing. keywords: authenticity, efficacy, range of motion, lumbar spine s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):23-26. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a745 injury to the low back is a common problem in sporting populations[1] and more so in sports such as hockey,[2] cricket,[3] tennis[4] and sweep rowing[5] which involve combined spinal movements of side bending and rotation. consequently the assessment of lumbar spine kinematics has become a routine component in preseason screening.[6,7,3] tests include static measurement of lateral spinal flexion[7] as the asymmetrical range of motion may predispose an athlete to low back injury or be the result of a previous low back injury.[3] for example, it is accepted practice to measure lateral lumbar flexion in cricket players.[7] in a sport such as cricket, considered to be a relatively low injury sport, only around five per cent of elite players are unavailable to play due to injury at any given time.[8,9] however, epidemiological studies in south africa[10] have demonstrated that fast bowlers, who have an injury prevalence of approximately 15%,[9] have the highest risk of injury in cricket, with the low back being most susceptible to both traumatic and overuse injuries.[11] the reason for this is the inherent, high-load biomechanical nature of the bowling action[9,12] which may place undue stress on the pars interarticularis during the delivery stride due to large contralateral lumbar side-flexion motion coupled with large ground reaction forces.[13] the high prevalence of injury among fast bowlers[9,12] highlights the great need for research into factors associated with injury. both extrinsic and intrinsic factors work in combination to predispose the bowler to injury.[14,15] extrinsic or environment-related factors include bowling workload (the numbers of overs a bowler bowls), player position (first, second or third change) and time of play (morning or afternoon).[14,15] intrinsic, or person-related, factors include flexibility (range of motion) muscle strength, balance and biomechanics.[14,15] young cricket players have a greater risk of injury to the back compared to adult cricket players. successful prevention strategies for both adult and young players have been developed. these include identifying injury risk factors associated with physical characteristics to understand why an athlete may be predisposed to low back injury.[16,17] this has led to pre-participation screening protocols.[16] these protocols are commonly used to measure potential injury risk factors[17] that may predispose an athlete to low back injury. included in these protocols are spinal and extremity range of motion, pelvic control, balance, and hip strength.[6,7] currently, measurements such as spinal range of motion in lumbar lateral flexion and trunk rotation are obtained to measure asymmetries.[7] these measurements can be used in a prospective analysis of any injuries during a season.[7] measures of active lumber spine range of motion can be obtained with a number of methods including visual observation, tape measure/ruler, goniometry, linear measures, and inclinometry.[18] the method of assessment varies among clinicians and institutions based on factors such as time, educational inclination of the clinician, availability of equipment, and the specific movement or tissue being assessed.[18] digital inclinometry is recognised as a reliable and valid measure of joint range of motion.[19-21] however, this technology is expensive and not widely available to clinicians. as a result, measuring the fingertip-to-floor distance (ffd) for attainment of lateral spinal flexion of motion has been advocated as a suitable surrogate for digital inclinometry. consequently, the ffd test is currently recommended by the cricket australia national physiotherapy working group to quantify lateral lumbar spine range of motion as part of the annual preseason cricket screening program to allow a prospective analysis of any injuries suffered during a season.[7] a preliminary report indicates the ffd test has an acceptable degree of measurement error.[7] however, a comprehensive investigation of ffd test reliability has not been undertaken and its level of concurrent validity compared to an accepted criterion standard is unknown. therefore, the aim of this study was to examine the mailto:mark.hecimovich@uni.edu http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a745 24 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 intra-rater reliability of the ffd test as well as its concurrent validity compared to digital inclinometry when measuring lumbar spine lateral flexion among a cohort of junior-level cricket players. methods ethics the study protocol was approved by the murdoch university human research ethics committee (2013/110) and all participants provided written consent prior to study enrolment. participants thirty-eight participants were recruited from members of the talented athlete program of the western australian cricket association. potential participants who reported a current history of spinal injury were excluded. all the participants recruited were required to undergo the annual preseason screening; however, this application may be used across all age and skill levels. procedures for this study, lateral flexion of the lumbar spine was measured using two methods simultaneously. the index test was the ffd test at maximal lateral flexion. the criterion comparison was lumbar lateral flexion range of motion testing using dual digital inclinometry. both methods were performed in a standing position with measures obtained by two examiners in a manner consistent with the national physiotherapy screening protocol[7] and performed twice. the examiners underwent a two-hour training session in both methods given by a skilled professional of the methods. they were required to perform each method satisfactorily before being allowed to participate as examiners in the study. fig. 1a: starting position for fingertip-to-floor distance test fig. 1b: end position for fingertip-to-floor distance and digital inclinometry measurement participants were guided through a warm-up before the measurements were recorded. the warm-up included a one-minute slow jog, seated lower extremity stretching which incorporated spinal flexion and rotation, and standing rotational and side bend stretching. the stretches were not taken to the participants’ end range of motion. for both methods (figs. 1a and 1b) participants stood barefoot with feet hip distance apart, with the contralateral base of fifth metatarsal and greater trochanter touching the wall. the arm nearest the wall was abducted, with the elbow comfortably flexed so that the participant did not push away from the wall. the participant was then instructed to ‘slowly run your fingers down the outside of your leg and reach as far as you can while continuing to look straight ahead ’. the participant maintained contact with the wall with both feet flat on the floor at all times. the participant laterally flexed at the trunk without a trunk or hip flexion or extension. the range of motion outcomes were measured bilaterally and categorised as front foot or back foot according to the participant’s bowling side (throwing side). for the index test, upon completion of the lateral flexion movement, the examiners used their finger to set the zero mark of the tape on the floor vertically below the mark on the participant’s leg and level with base of the fifth metatarsal. while positioned side-on to the player, the examiner held the tape measure vertically and pulled it taut so that the tape was in contact with the participant’s skin at the mark on their leg. the tape was then pulled taut along the contour of the leg up to the range of motion mark on the participant’s leg. the criterion test involved range of motion measures obtained with a dualer iq digital dual inclinometer (jtech medical, salt lake city, ut, usa), with primary and secondary sensors. with the participants standing in a neutral posture, the primary sensor was placed at the t12 spinal level with the secondary sensor placed sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 25 at sacral midpoint. once the participant reached their maximum lateral spinal flexion the range of motion measurement was recorded from the primary sensor by the second examiner. data were analysed with ibm spss version 21.0 software (ibm corp, armonk, ny). the relative and absolute intra-rater reliability of the index and criterion measures were examined by the authors. relative reliability was examined with model 3 agreement intra-class correlation coefficients of a single repetition (icc3,1). icc values greater than 0.75 are interpreted as indicating ‘excellent’ to ‘good’ reliability and those below 0.75 ‘poor’ to ‘moderate reliability’.[22] absolute reliability was examined with the standard error of measurement (sem).[22] the sem estimates the variability of repeated measurements and is calculated from the sample standard deviation and the icc (sem = sd√1 – icc). levels of minimal detectable change (mdc) from the sem were calculated using the following formula: 1.96 x √ 2 x sem.[22] the mdc represents the smallest degree of change that exceeds measurement error and is used by clinicians to distinguish true change from change resulting from error. finally, bland and altman plots were created and bias statistics calculated, and 95% limits of agreement.[23] to investigate the concurrent validity of the ffd test, the relationship of the test outcome was examined with the concurrent digital dual inclinometry measures using pearson correlation coefficients. alpha was 0.05 for all analyses. results thirty-four participants (27 male, 7 female) were enrolled with mean (sd) age = 14 (1) years, height = 172.0 (9.3) cm, weight = 62.0 (8.6) kg; and bmi = 21.6 (0.3) kg/m2. the intra-rater reliability analyses indicated substantial agreement for both measures (table 1). the sem for the front foot and back foot tape measure were 2.01 cm and 1.71 cm respectively with mdc estimates ranging from 5.55 cm (front foot) to 4.73 cm (back foot). the sem for front foot and back foot inclinometry measures were 1.00  degrees and 1.09  degrees with mdc estimates of 2.77 degrees (front foot) and 3.01 degrees (back foot). front foot limits of agreement (loa) were 2.53 cm (-0.74–5.80) and 1.17 degrees (-0.53–2.87) and back foot 2.14 cm (-0.62–4.90) and 1.14 degrees (-1.0–3.2), respectively table 1. intra-examiner reliability using single measures mean of two measurements for each rating for inclinometry (degrees) and ffd (cm) for front foot and back foot method mean + sd icc3,1* sem mdc bias (95% loa) ff cm 44.23 + 5.07 .84 2.01 cm 5.55 cm 2.53† (-0.74,5.80) ff degrees 12.94 + 3.91 .93 1.00 degrees 2.77 degrees 1.17† (-0.53,2.87) bf cm 43.98 + 4.59 .86 1.71 cm 4.73 cm 2.14† (-0.62,4.90) bf degrees 12.81 + 3.97 .92 1.09 degrees 3.01 degrees 1.14† (-1.0,3.2) *absolute agreement icc interpretation: .91-1.0 (excellent reliability); .76-.90 (good reliability); .51-.75 (moderate reliability); .00-.50 (poor reliability) †p < 0.05 mdc – minimal detectable change loa – limits of agreement table 2. correlations between for inclinometry (degrees) and ffd (cm) for front foot and back foot for time 1 and time 2 method ff (degrees) 1 ff (degrees) 2 bf (degrees) 1 bf (degrees) 2 ff (cm) 1 .842* ff (cm) 2 .980* bf (cm) 1 .862* bf (cm) 2 .987* *p < 0.05 n = 34 the results from the concurrent validity analyses are presented in table 2. there were strong correlations between the index test and criterion measure (r > 0.84, p < 0.001). discussion the intra-rater reliability of two measurement methods for standing lateral spinal flexion was examined as well as the concurrent validity of a new test for lateral lumbar flexion range of motion in a cohort of healthy juniorlevel athletes. this was the first study to fully explore for potential sources of measurement error in the ffd test as well as to examine its validity by comparing its results with an accepted criterion standard.[24] this study’s results support the intra-rater reliability (icc3,1 = 0.84-0.86) and concurrent validity of the ffd as demonstrated by its strong associations with the criterion measure (r = 0.84-0.99). this result suggests the ffd test to be a suitable surrogate measure for lumbar lateral flexion testing. this is consistent with a previous reliability analysis of the ffd test that reported substantial intra-rater reliability (icc > 0.88).[7] however, there were several important measurement issues identified in the current study. first, both the ffd and digital inclinometry measures exhibited a positive bias between repetitions, indicating a source of systematic error. this means that the range of motion was greater during repetition two than repetition one, irrespective of measurement method. this finding suggests that to achieve measurement stability it is necessary to perform a series of ‘warm-up’ repetitions prior to testing lateral lumbar flexion range of motion. this practice is not part of current recommendations[7] and therefore additional research is needed to better understand this issue. a comparison of icc values between the two methods indicates the digital inclinometer measures to be more reliable than the ffd test outcomes. however, inspection of the absolute reliability estimates provides additional clarity. when compared to the mean values, the ffd had less error (sem and mdc values) than digital inclinometry. for example, the mdc estimates were between 11-13% of the mean value for the ffd test and 21-24% for digital inclinometry. this means that compared to the ffd test, approximately twice as much change would need to occur in the inclinometry-derived range of motion measures before one could be confident that the difference resulted from ‘true’ change and not measurement error. a likely explanation for the discrepancy between the relative (icc) and absolute (sem, mdc) reliability outcomes stems from the lower variance estimates observed 26 sajsm vol. 28 no. 1 2016 with the ffd test. low between-person variance depresses icc values, making interpretation difficult. for example, a hypothetical study comparing icc values for measures of elbow range of motion would likely find the iccs of elbow flexion to be higher than for extension. this does not mean that clinicians are more reliable when measuring elbow flexion, but results from the fact that most people can extend their elbow to ~0 degrees, while there is much greater variability in elbow flexion. this limitation is well known[25] and highlights the importance of avoiding sole reliance on icc analyses when making determinations about test reliability. the utility of the ffd test is that it does not require expensive equipment and is easy to administer. however, individual differences in height and arm length are a potential source of bias in this measurement. consequently, the ffd may be most appropriate for the quantification of range of motion change or side-to-side symmetry. for example, if the aim was to measure or monitor changes over time for a single player (effectiveness of a rehabilitation programme or injury) the ffd is ideal. if the aim was to obtain an angular measurement which can be used to compare between groups of players, the digital inclinometer would need to be utilised. both the ffd and digital inclinometer can be used across all populations as the goal is to compare side-to-side measurements for symmetry. study limitations these results should be considered within the study limitations. although the examiners underwent standardised training for each method, the duration of the training was relatively brief (two hours). therefore it is possible that more rigorous training may have enhanced measurement precision.[26,27] another study limitation relates to the external validity of the results. as a cohort of young, healthy athletes was examined, these results should not be generalised to other populations, such as adults with low back pain or injury. further research is needed to determine the optimal methodology for the ffd test, particularly with respect to the potential for systematic error resulting from a lack of measurement stability and the potential effect of a “warm-up” routine. conclusion the high levels of intra-rater reliability (icc3,1 = 0.84-0.86) and concurrent validity (r = 0.84-0.99), demonstrate the ffd to be reproducible and a valid measure of lateral flexion range of motion. measuring lateral flexion, especially for symmetrical side-to-side variations, is important in sports which involve combined spinal movements of side bending and rotation as differences may be a precursor for future injury. thus clinicians can use this test as an alternative to digital inclinometry. this study’s estimates of minimal detectable change demonstrate that approximately five cm of change is necessary before clinicians can be confident that the difference is not the result of measurement error. however, both methods demonstrate a small degree of systematic error (1 degree, 1.7 and 2.1 cm) resulting from an increase in range of motion between repetitions, highlighting the potential importance of an appropriate ‘warm up’ routine prior to measurement. references 1. walker bf, muller r, grant wd. low back pain in australian adults. prevalence and associated disability. j manipulative physiol ther 2004;27(4):238-244. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.jmpt.2004.02.002] 2. weir mr, smith ds. stress reaction of the pars interarticularis leading spondylolysis: a cause of adolescent low back pain. j adolesc health care 1989;10(6):573-577. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0197-0070(89)90029-6] 3. stuelcken mc, ginn ka, sinclair pj. musculoskeletal profile of the lumbar spine and hip regions in cricket fast bowlers. phys ther sport 2008;9(2):82-88. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2008.02.002] 4. donatelli r, dimond d, holland m. sport-specific biomechanics of spinal injuries in the athlete (throwing athletes, rotational sports, and contact-collision sports). clin sports med 2012;31(3):381-396. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2012.03.003] 5. strahan ad, burnett af, caneiro jp, et al. differences in spinopelvic kinematics in sweep and scull ergometer rowing. clin j sport med 2011;21(4):330-336. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31821a6465] 6. dennis rj, finch cf, elliott bc, et al. the reliability of musculoskeletal screening tests  used in cricket. phys ther sport 2008;9(1):25-33. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. ptsp.2007.09.004] 7. cricket australia sport science sport medicine unit. national physiotherapy screening protocol for 2013-14. brisbane, aus, 2013. 8. mansingh a, harper l, headley s, et al. injuries in west indies cricket 2003-2004. br j sports med 2006;40(2):119-123. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.019414] 9. orchard jw, james t, portus mr. injuries to elite male cricketers in australia over a 10-year period. j sci med sport 2006;9(6):459-467. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. jsams.2006.05.001] 10. stretch ra. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. br j sports med 2003;37(3):250-253. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.37.3.250] 11. weatherley cr, hardcastle ph, foster dh. cricket. in: watkins r (ed.). the spine in sports. st louis (mo): mosby, 1996;:414-429. 12. frost wl, chalmers dj. injury in elite new zealand cricketers 2002-2008: descriptive epidemiology. br j sports med 2014;48(12):2-7. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091337] 13. johnson m, ferreira m, hush j. lumbar vertebral stress injuries in fast bowlers: a review of prevalence and risk factors. phys ther sport 2012;13(1):45-52. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2011.01.002] 14. orchard jw. intrinsic and extrinsic risk factors for muscle strains in australian football. am j sports med 2001;29(3):300-303. 15. mcbain k, shrier i, shultz r, et al. prevention of sport injury ii: a systematic review of clinical science research. br j sports med 2012;46(3):174-179. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.081182] 16. finch c. a new framework for research leading to sports injury prevention. j sci med sport 2006;9(1):3-9. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2006.02.009] 17. difiori j. overuse injuries in children and adolescents. phys sportsmed 1999;27(1):75-89. [http://dx.doi.org/10.3810/psm.1999.01.652] 18. clarkson hm. head, neck, and trunk. in: clarkson hm (eds.). joint motion and function assessment: a research based practical guide. philadelphia, pa: lippincott williams & wilkins, 2005;:223-276. 19. de winter af, heemskerk ma, terwee cb, et al. inter-observer reproducibility of measurements of range of motion in patients with shoulder pain using a digital inclinometer. bmc musculoskelet disord 2004;14:5-18. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1186/1471-2474-5-18] 20. prushansky t, deryi o, jabarreen b. reproducibility and validity of digital inclinometry for measuring cervical range of motion in normal subjects. physiother res int 2010;15:42-48. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/pri.443] 21. sohn j-h, choi h-c, lee s-m, et al. differences in cervical musculoskeletal impairment between episodic and chronic tension-type headache. cephalalgia 2010;30(12):1514-1523. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0333102410375724] 22. portney lg, watkins mp. foundations of clinical research: applications to practice. 3rd ed. philadelphia, pa: fa davis company, 2015. 23. atkinson g, nevill am. statistical methods for assessing measurement error (reliability) in variables relevant to sports medicine. sport med 1998;26(4):217-238. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-199826040-00002] 24. american medical association guides to the evaluation of permanent impairment. 5th ed. chicago, il: ama, 2000. 25. de vet hcw. measurement in medicine: a practical guide. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press, 2011. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511996214] 26. brunse mh, stochkendahl mj, vach w, et al. examination of musculoskeletal chest pain – an inter-observer reliability study. man ther 2010;15(2):167-172. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.math.2009.10.003] 27. cibere j, thorne a, bellamy n, et al. reliability of the hip examination in osteoarthritis: effect of standardization. arthritis rheum 2008;59(3):373-381. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/art.23310] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jmpt.2004.02.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jmpt.2004.02.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0197-0070(89)90029-6 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2008.02.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2008.02.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2012.03.003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31821a6465 http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31821a6465 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2007.09.004 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2007.09.004 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16431997 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16431997 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.019414 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2006.05.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2006.05.001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.3.250 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.3.250 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091337 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091337 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2011.01.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2011.01.002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.081182 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.081182 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2006.02.009 http://dx.doi.org/10.3810/psm.1999.01.652 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2474-5-18 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2474-5-18 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/pri.443 http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0333102410375724 http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-199826040-00002 http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511996214 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.math.2009.10.003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.math.2009.10.003 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/art.23310 jsm0404pg000ed. sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 33 introduction in the last 10 years sport in general and rugby in particular, has become increasingly professional, resulting in players being paid to participate in the sport. large companies have seen the marketing potential, through worldwide media television and sponsorship, and players have used the opportunity to make rugby a career. as inter-company competition to sponsor rugby teams has increased, so has the money involved in the sport. all these factors have led to great competitiveness between players, with individuals striving to become the best player in their club, province and country. this has resulted in rugby becoming more professional especially at international level, in improved training techniques, and in greater physical demands on the players. according to powell19 and pritchett20 approximately 13% of high school and college football injuries involve the knee. well over 1 000 000 americans participate in organised contact football and over 500 000 south africans in rugby union each year. johnston and paulos11 stated that the potential for lost playing time and the cost of providing medical care for knee injuries, not to mention the impact on a young athlete's life, make the pursuit of injury-reducing factors worthwhile. a variety of protective and supportive knee devices have been devised because of the high incidence of injuries to this joint. prophylactic knee braces are designed to prevent or reduce the severity of knee injuries by absorbing the valgusproducing forces.6,15,16,22 these braces have gained tremendous popularity in the last decade, and team physicians and coaches have prescribed or required brace-wearing by athletes, hoping to prevent injuries and improve performance.9,21 branch and hunter3 and mcnaire et al.14 examined joint kinematics and muscle activity. they compared braced with nonbraced conditions and observed an increase in electromyographic activity and joint kinematics during functional tasks. however, biomechanical studies examining impacts on cadavers/surrogates have shown that braces are effective only during impacts in which the associated forces are much lower than those experienced in the sporting environment.14,17 based on these findings, it has been suggested that proprioception may be improved with the application of a prophylactic knee brace, and this may be responsible for the decrease in knee injuries recorded with brace wearing.3,11,13 this was supported in swash22 and barrett et al.2 who have shown that elastic bandaging improves proprioception in osteoarthritic and replaced knees. original research article the effect of prophylactic knee bracing on proprioception performance in first division rugby union players t h kruger (bsc hons biokinetics, msc sports injuries) m f coetsee (bsc hons biokinetics, msc, phd) s davies (ba hons, ma ergonomics, phd) department of human movement science, university of zululand, empangeni, kwazulu-natal correspondence: t kruger p o box 51421 wierdapark 0149 tel: 072-199 0388, 012-654 0504 fax: 012-654 0504 e-mail: theo@universe.co.za abstract objective. to investigate the effects of prophylactic knee bracing on proprioceptive performance among first division rugby union players during a 2-minute wilknox quad time logger balancing task. design. each subject performed a 2-minute balancing task on the wilknox quad time logger. test order, left or right leg, and the sequence of brace or non-brace, were randomised. subjects were placed on the balancing board and instructed to balance for 2 minutes. subjects performed 6 trials. two days elapsed between testing. each testing day involved 2 trials, 1 trial with and 1 without the prophylactic knee brace. settings. testing took place at the biokinetics laboratory of the university of zululand. subjects. thirty playing (not injured) male rugby players, aged 22 30 years, participating in the kwazulu-natal club championships (2000). outcome measure. performance was measured in terms of time that balance was lost in a dynamic balance test. peak proprioception was the best balancing performance recorded, and average proprioception the average balancing performance for all trials. results. the findings showed an improvement of 17.9% in average proprioception times and 19.1% in peak proprioception times with the application of a prophylactic knee brace (p < 0.01). conclusion. prophylactic knee bracing improved proprioception performance of playing (uninjured) rugby players, and therefore may be responsible for the improvement in knee injury statistics reported in some studies on knee bracing. proprioception is a very difficult parameter to define and measure. traditionally it has been defined as an awareness of joint position in space as sensed by the central nervous system.23 it incorporates joint sensation and spatial orientation.13 the central nervous system receives information from specialised nerve endings, or mechanoreceptors, that are located in the skin, muscle, tendon, joint capsule, and ligaments.1 proprioception is the action-reaction mechanism whereby sensory awareness of changes in the knee joint protect it against harmful forces, which is an important factor in maintaining joint stability. therefore voluntary and spinal reflexes are important in sending messages to the muscles to react and protect the body.23 thus if the muscles are fatigued, voluntary and spinal reflex times increase and proprioception performance decreases, resulting in decreased joint stability and an increase in the probability of injury.18,23 review of the literature allows us to speculate as to the mechanism of improved knee proprioception seen with brace application. certainly, afferent receptors in the skin, muscle, anterior cruciate ligament (acl), and joint capsule exist, and these contribute to proprioceptive input. major position sense receptors in the joint capsule and ligaments, such as free nerve endings and golgi tendon organ stretch receptors, would likely be too deep to be affected significantly by the brace.4,5,8,10,18 the prophylactic brace certainly stimulates the skin during joint motion and also increases the pressure on the underlying musculature and joint capsule. therefore, the most plausible receptors to be involved are the rapidly adapting superficial receptors in the skin and layers beneath muscle such as free nerve endings, hair end organs and merkel's discs. these receptors react strongly to new stimuli, such as movement of the brace on the skin, and adapt quickly once the motion becomes monotonous.4,5,10,18 proprioceptive ability is an important part of running, jumping and tackling and is therefore important for rugby union players throughout the game for a period of 80 minutes. to date, most studies have examined proprioception using static position tasks, where the subject's one limb is positioned at a certain degree angle and the subject is requested to match the position with the other limb. the present study was designed to extend observations by providing a method of examining the ongoing effects of prophylactic knee bracing on the proprioceptive ability of playing (uninjured) rugby players, with no discernable knee pathology, during a 2-minute balancing task. this method could be a more reliable test for rugby union players than the static tests (matching the limb position) done in previous research. methods thirty male subjects playing first league rugby in the kwazulu-natal club championships in 2000 were randomly selected from a group of volunteers (10 forwards and 20 backline players). prior to participation, the testing procedures and risks were fully explained, and all subjects signed an informed consent form. none of the subjects had any knee injuries at the time of the study and subjects were free to withdraw at any time. the ethics committee of the university of zululand, south africa approved the research protocol. proprioception testing was administered in the air-conditioned biokinetics laboratory of the university of zululand, with at least 2 days rest between testing days. the temperature in the biokinetics laboratory was kept at 26°c, and a relative humidity of 45% 55% was maintained. the test was explained and demonstrated to the subjects to ensure that they understood fully so that they could complete the test successfully. before all tests the subjects underwent a 15-minute warm-up, including full body stretching, jogging and sprinting led by the physical trainer of the local rugby team. prior to testing, subjects practised all procedures for 1 minute with and 1 minute without the brace. test order, leg order, and sequence of brace or non-brace, were randomised. standard, off-the-shelf prophylactic knee braces (medac (pty) ltd, cape town, south africa) were used in the study. the basic designs of prophylactic braces are similar, consisting essentially of thigh and calf cuffs connected by hinged bars, which allow for flexion and extension of the knee (figs 1 and 2). the wilknox quad time logger is an electronic wobble board that times the loss of dynamic balance during a 2minute session. it was designed and built at the university of zululand, south africa. the wobble board consists of a round platform with a diameter of 350 mm and a thickness of 30 mm. in the middle of the underside a half sphere with a diameter of 100 mm is attached. the device recorded the time that the edge of the wobble board touched the floor (fig. 3). as the device was developed in the department of human movement science, university of zululand, reliability was verified by means of extensive testing. prior to testing subjects were given a trial run of 1 minute with and without the prophylactic brace. each subject was expected to perform 6 trials in full rugby kit and boots, 3 without the prophylactic brace and 3 with the application of the prophylactic brace. the brace was fitted randomly and the straps were tightened before each trial. subjects were placed on the wilknox quad time logger with their feet parallel to the sides (25 cm apart), and their knees slightly bent. subjects were prohibited from using their hands or other body parts to assist their balance by pushing against their surrounds. subjects were instructed to balance the time logger for a period of 2 minutes; as soon as they were ready, timing started. the average unbalanced time (s) and the peak unbalanced times for the 3 trials in braced v. nonbraced were recorded and used to determine whether differences existed between braced and non-braced conditions. 34 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 a c d b fig. 1. the basic design of knee braces: (a) anterior view, (b) lateral view of thigh and calf cuffs, (c) double hinge, and (d) single hinge. results are expressed as means and standard deviations, along with one-way analysis of variance (anova) and independent t-tests to determine whether significant (p < 0.01) differences occured between test re-test measured parameters. body mass was measured to the nearest 100 g on a deco scale with subjects wearing only a pair of shorts. stature was measured to the nearest millimetre using a stadiometer. subjects stood erect and barefoot, with their weight evenly distributed on both feet and the head in the frankfort horizontal plane. with heels together the subjects were instructed to inhale and stretch upward to the fullest extent. the vertical distance from the vertex to the floor in the mid-saggital plane was measured. percentage body fat was calculated from skinfold measures at four sites: biceps, triceps, supra-iliac and sub-scapula. 7 results subjects' characteristics are given in table i. it is noticeable that the mass and height of the subjects in this study are greater than those of the general population, which is to be expected, as they are a selected group of rugby players and these attributes are essential to performance. being club rugby players, where the selection base is relatively limited, they are smaller and lighter than players in teams competing at a higher level, where the selection base is larger. average and peak proprioceptive performance was recorded. table ii illustrates the average proprioceptive performances in the 3 trials for the forwards as a group, backline players as a group, and the forwards and backs combined as a group with and without the application of a prophylactic brace. the results for all 3 groups showed that the average proprioceptive ability significantly (p < 0.01) increases with prophylactic brace application. the average proprioceptive improvement for backline players was 17%, for the forwards 20% and for the combined group 18%. table iii illustrates the peak proprioceptive performances in the 3 trials for the forwards, backs and the combined group. the peak proprioceptive performance illustrated significant (p < 0.01) improvement for the backline players at 22%, 19% for the forwards and 19% for the combined group. discussion this study investigated the effects of prophylactic knee bracing on the proprioceptive ability of playing (uninjured) first division rugby union players. the poor mechanical performance of braces in resisting impact forces, together with altered kinematics when wearing a brace during sports activsports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 35 fig. 3. proprioception being measured on the wilknox quad time logger. fig. 2. standard, off-the-shelf, medac prophylactic knee brace. table i. characteristics of subjects (n = 30) in the present study compared with other studies level age (yrs) stature (cm) mass (kg) fat % present study 24.3 (5.0) 182.2 (7.6) 87.5 (12.5) 16.4 (4.0) sa norm 18-34 174.2 68.6 nsw super 12 185.6 99.5 14.7 australia 188.4 101.8 13.2 source: kruger, coetsee, davies, 2003.12 ities, has led some researchers to suggest that proprioception may be the factor responsible for findings of decreased injury when wearing a brace.14 proficiency in balance in this test relies more on the sensory feedback (proprioception) from the muscles and the joint structures of the lower limbs, than on the feedback from the vestibular apparatus in the inner ear. this is achieved by means of the smallness of the ball of the wobble board. subjects need to control the wobble board (keeping the edge from touching the floor) without losing total body balance. overall, prophylactic brace application improved proprioceptive ability. findings from the present study indicate that prophylactic knee bracing improved average proprioception performance significantly (p > 0.01) by 18% and peak proprioceptive ability significantly (p > 0.01) by 19%. these findings are similar to those of barrett et al.2 and mcnaire and colleagues,14 who showed that elastic bandaging which acts as a prophylactic brace, improved proprioceptive ability in subjects with both arthritic and normal knees respectively. this could improve position sense. conclusion the finding of this work supports the research hypothesis that prophylactic knee bracing improves the proprioceptive ability of playing individuals, i.e. players with uninjured knees. given the reported deficiencies of braces in protecting the knee against lateral and medial forces in sport situations, it may be that the improvement in proprioception may be responsible for the decrease in knee injury statistics reported in some epidemiological studies of bracing. references 1. baker be, van hanswyk e, bogosian sp. a biomechanical study of the static stabilizing effect of the knee braces on the medial stability. am j sports med 1989; 17 (2): 182-6. 2. barrett ds, cobb ag, bentley g. joint proprioception in normal osteoarthritic and replaced knees. j bone joint surg am 1991; 73b: 536. 3. branch tp, hunter r. functional analysis of anterior cruciate ligament braces. clin sport med 1990; 9: 771-97. 4. clark fj, burgess rc, chapin jw. role of intramuscular receptors in the awareness of limb position. j neurophysiol 1985; 54: 1529-49. 5. corrigan jp, cashman wf, brady mp. proprioception in the cruciate deficient knee. j bone joint surg am 1992; 74b: 247-50. 6. deppen rj, landfried mj. efficacy of prophylactic knee bracing in high school football players. journal of sports training 1994; 20: 243-6. 7. durnin jvga, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurement on 481 men and women aged 16 72 years. br j nutr 1972; 32: 77-97. 8. guyton ac. somatic sensation: the mechanoreceptive sensations. in: textbook of medical physiology. 7th ed. philadelphia: wb saunders, 1986: 588-9. 9. hansen bl, ward jc, diehl rc. the preventive use of the anderson knee stabler in football. physician of sports medicine 1985; 13: 75-81. 10. horch kw, clark fj, burgess pr. awareness of joint angle under static conditions. j neurophysiol 1975; 38: 1436-47. 11. johnston jm, paulos le. prophylactic lateral knee braces. med sci sports exerc 1991; 23: 783-7. 12. kruger th, coetsee mf, davies she. the effect of prophylactic knee bracing on selected performance parameters. african journal of physical health education and recreational dance 2003; 9 (1): 40-51. 13. lephart sm, pincivero dm, giraldo jl. the role of proprioception in the management and rehabilitation of athletic injuries. am j sports med 1997; 25: 130-7. 14. mcnaire pj, stanley sn, struass gr. knee bracing: effects on proprioception. arch phys med rehabil 1996; 77: 287-9. 15. millet c, drez d. knee braces. orthopedics 1987; 10: 1777-80. 16. millet c, drez d. principles of bracing for the anterior cruciate ligaments deficient knee. clin sports med 1988; 7: 827-33. 17. paulos le, france ep, rosenburg td. the biomechanics of lateral knee bracing. part i: response of the valgus restraints to loading. am j sports med 1987; 15: 419-29. 18. perlua r, frank c, fick g. the effect of elastic bandages on human knee proprioception in the uninjured population. am j sports med 1995; 23: 251-5. 19. powell j. patterns of knee injuries associated with college football. journal of athletic training summer 1985; 9: 104-9. 20. pritchett j. a statistical study of knee injuries due to football in high school athletes. j joint bone surg am 1982; 64a: 240-2. 21. sforzo ga, chen nm, gold ca, frye pa. the effect of prophylactic knee bracing on performance. med sci sports exerc 1989; 21: 254-7. 22. swash m. position sense in a damaged knee. j neurol neurosurg psychiatry 1986; 49: 100-1. 23. wojtys e m, kothari su, huston lj. anterior cruciate ligament functional brace use in sports. am j sports med 1996; 24: 539-46. 36 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 table ii. average unbalanced times recorded in seconds on the wilknox quad time logger for playing rugby union players (braced vs non-braced) non% significant groups braced (sd) braced (sd) difference difference combined 16.530 (9.9) 20.137 (10.3) 18 p < 0.01 (n = 30) backs 15.580 (10.0) 18.720 (10.0) 17 p < 0.01 (n = 20) forwards 18.430 (9.4) 22.970 (10.2) 20 p < 0.05 (n = 10) table iii. peak unbalanced times recorded in seconds on the wilknox quad time logger for playing rugby union players (braced vs non-braced) non% significant groups braced (sd) braced (sd) difference difference combined 14.449 (9.2) 17.850 (9.5) 19 p < 0.01 (n = 30) backs 11.700 (9.2) 15.070 (9.5) 22 p < 0.01 (n = 20) forwards 17.060 (9.3) 21.160 (9.2) 19 p < 0.05 (n = 10) introduction c-reactive protein (crp) was first discovered in 1930 by william tillet and thomas francis. 48 in studying the blood of patients suffering from acute streptococcus pneumonia infection, it was found that the sera of these patients formed a precipitin with an extract from the streptococcal bacterium. the extract was originally labelled fraction c, and was later confirmed as a polysaccharide. hence, as a result of its reactivity with the c-polysaccharide of the streptococcus cell wall, the ‘substance’ in the sera was named crp. crp ligand-binding is calcium dependent and binds with highest affinity to phosphocholine (pc), a constituent of the cell membrane phospholipid, phosphatidylcholine. under normal conditions phophatidylcholine is not exposed, however, once a cell has been damaged it becomes ‘accessible’ to crp. 7,52 synthesis and application crp synthesis was originally thought to be confined to the liver with no evidence supporting its production in cells other than hepatocytes. 35 jabs et al. 15 have recently shown by real-time polymerase chain reaction (pcr) and immunohistochemistry, that in response to stimulation with interleukin6 (il-6), renal cortical tubular epithelial cells express crp messenger ribonucleic acid (mrna). additional extrahepatic sites of crp synthesis/gene expression have been identified and include the epithelial cells of the human respiratory tract and t-lymphocytes in culture. 13,14 it is still generally accepted that the liver is the primary site of de novo crp production. crp concentration can increase dramatically up to 1 000fold during the acute-phase response, and usually peaks 24 48 hours after an initial acute inflammatory stimulus. 20,34 the half-life of crp is 19 hours and is independent of the circulating concentration of crp. 1 hence, the primary factor determining the serum level of crp is the rate at which it is produced. 1 normal systemic crp levels are classified as less than 5 mg/l with averages of the sedentary/general population being estimated at approximately 2 mg/l. 9 no difference in concentration exists between males and females, nor does crp exhibit diurnal or seasonal variation. 6,34 serum levels are not affected by food intake, however, ganapathi et al. 10 have shown that the crp levels in human hepatoma cell lines are potentiated by caffeine. in addition, church et al. 5 have shown that crp levels are reduced through the use of a multivitamin over a 6-month period. regardless of the nature and location of cellular/tissue damage, a non-specific, systemic acute-phase response is initiated. although crp has been identified as one of the most prominent acute-phase proteins that allows for quantification review article c-reactive protein — biological functions, cardiovascular disease and physical exercise s j semple (dtech) department of sport and physical rehabilitation sciences, tshwane university of technology, pretoria abstract c-reactive protein (crp) is an acute-phase reactant that increases in response to noxious stimuli that inevitably induce cellular and/or tissue injury. the increased synthesis of crp occurs predominantly in the liver and peaks 24 48 hours after the inciting stimulus. crp forms an integral component of innate immunity and serves primarily to recognise potential pathogens and damaged cells. it facilitates the removal of these cells through opsonisation and activates the complement system. with increasing evidence supporting the classification of artherosclerosis as inflammatory in nature, crp has received considerable attention as a marker, and in some cases a contributor towards this cardiovascular disease. traditionally, crp has been measured within exercise studies to provide evidence that an acute-phase inflammatory response can or has been initiated. although the elevation in crp following exercise has largely been attributed to muscle damage, evidence is mounting to contest this premise. participation in chronic exercise has been associated with a reduced risk of cardiovascular disease. numerous studies have now shown an inverse relationship between physical activity levels and resting concentrations of crp. thus, exercise may prove beneficial in lowering systemic inflammatory markers such as crp, and consequently contribute towards preventing the progression of inflammatory disorders. correspondence: s j semple department of sport and physical rehabilitation sciences tshwane university of technology private bag x680 pretoria 0001 tel: 012-318 4324 fax: 012-318 5801 e-mail: semplesj@tut.ac.za 24 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 c-reactive protein.indd 24 3/13/06 12:48:55 pm of an inflammatory state, its elevation cannot differentiate between damaged tissues, hence its measurement and diagnostic value has been questioned. 1 thus, crp is generally measured within a clinical setting to provide the physician with an indication of disease activity, the effectiveness of pharmacological treatment and to determine if intercurrent infections have manifested. 1 whilst an increase in crp has generally been accepted as a response to an inflammatory ‘condition’, kushner has proposed that minor elevations of crp are indicative of biological ageing, a non-inflammatory condition. 19 biological properties and functions of crp recognition of pathogens and damaged cells as part of the acute-phase response, crp levels may rise dramatically in order to facilitate non-specific immune functions and assist with the repair process. the ability of crp to recognise disease-causing agents and damaged cells, and to mediate their removal, in conjunction with the fact that there exists an absence of any documented human crp deficiency, highlights its crucial role in innate immunity. within the human body millions of cells die each day. gershov et al. 11 have proposed that a key role of crp is to facilitate the removal of these cells. they reported that in addition to binding to lysed or permeabilised cells, crp binds to the membranes of intact apoptotic cells. the increased crp was associated with enhanced phagocytosis of the apoptotic cells and would thus contribute towards their clearance. opsonisation on binding to various cell membrane surfaces or necrotic tissue/debris, crp then acts as an opsonin (from the greek meaning ‘prepare food for’). 2 opsonisation involves coating of the bacterial surface so that it can be recognised by other cells of the immune system, specifically macrophages and neutrophils. thus, opsonisation by crp promotes the uptake, and therefore removal of these cells by phagocytes. activation and regulation of complement pathways (pro v. anti-inflammatory role) in addition to the binding and subsequent opsonisation of pathogens, crp also serves to activate and modulate complement. crp binds to c1q, the first component of the complement cascade, and thereby initiates activation of the classical pathway. the activation of complement serves to enhance opsonisation and increase local inflammation. berman et al. 3 have shown that although crp activates the classical pathway of complement, the terminal components (c5c9) known as the membrane attack complex (mac) are not activated. this was in contrast to immunoglobulin g (igg) and immunoglobulin m (igm) activation of the classical pathway, which formed the mac. the non-activation of the mac could be interpreted as an anti-inflammatory mechanism, since activation of these terminal components has been associated with cellular injury and the release of pro-inflammatory cytokines. crp also inhibits the alternate and lectin pathways of complement through the recruitment of factor h, a regulatory protein that promotes the degradation of the c3 and c5 convertase. 27 thus crp plays a dual pro and anti-inflammatory role in its regulation of the complement system. the immunomodulating actions of crp and its pro and anti-inflammatory effects are not restricted to complement. pue 37 has shown that in response to lipopolysaccharide (lps), the hosts’ peripheral blood mononuclear cells (pbmc) respond to crp in a pro-inflammatory manner. however, once the crp has moved into the tissue and reacts with macrophages, inflammation is suppressed through the inhibition of interleukin-1b (il-1b) and interleukin-1ra (il1ra). additional anti-inflammatory properties exhibited by crp include the ability to decrease the expression of cell adhesion molecule (l-selectin) in vitro, and reduce neutrophil superoxide production. 9,54 crp and cardiovascular disease a plethora of studies have recently associated elevated serum crp levels with an increased risk of developing cardiovascular disease (cvd). the increase in crp is indicative of an inflammatory response, and it is now widely accepted that atherosclerosis (the underlying cause of most cvd) is a chronic inflammatory disorder. 38 atherosclerosis is in part characterised by the deposition and accumulation of lipids within arterial walls. these lesions can lead to ischaemia of the brain, heart and peripheral tissues resulting in infarction. 38 the oxidation of low-density lipoprotein (ldl) deposited on arterial walls is one of a number of factors contributing to what has been termed endothelial dysfunction, 38 a hypothesis proposing that vascular injury, and hence inflammation, is induced by a number of factors and possibly a combination thereof. possible causes of endothelial dysfunction are elevated and modified ldl, diabetes, genetic alterations, cigarette smoking, hypertension, elevated homocysteine, and infectious microorganisms (e.g. chlamydia pneumoniae). 38 although substantial evidence from numerous studies has identified crp as a marker of cvd, increasing evidence is now implicating crp as a risk factor directly involved in atherogenesis. cermak et al. 4 have reported that crp induced a 75-fold increase in tissue factor (tf) procoagulant activity of pbmc. it was suggested by the authors that the increase in monocyte tf expression (during infection/ necrosis) induced by crp could contribute towards the development of intravascular coagulation. this could arguably exacerbate the inflammatory state already present in ‘injured’ vessels. nakagomi et al. 29 also reported increases in pbmc tf concentrations in response to stimulation with crp. the authors proposed that their findings shed light on the link between inflammation and coagulation, a connection ‘which may contribute to the progression and outcome of sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 25 c-reactive protein.indd 25 3/13/06 12:48:56 pm thrombotic events associated with atherosclerosis’. using human umbilical vein endothelial cells, pasceri et al. 31 showed that crp induced the expression of monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 (mcp-1), a chemokine that attracts monocytes, natural killer (nk) cells and activates macrophages. the same group reported a crp-induced increase in the expression of intercellular adhesion molecule1 (icam-1) and vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (vcam-1) in umbilical vein as well as coronary artery endothelial cells. 32 inhibiting the expression of cellular adhesion molecules has been shown to decrease phagocytic activity within atherosclerotic plaque. 33 pasceri et al. 32 concluded that crp is not just a marker of inflammation, but rather that it may contribute to enhancing the progression of inflammation/ atherosclerosis. in keeping with the role that crp plays in contributing towards atherogenesis, zwaka et al. 55 demonstrated that crp facilitates the phagocytosis of native ldl by macrophages. the uptake of ldl particles by macrophages results in the formation of lipid peroxides, promotes the accumulation of cholesterol esters and eventually forms foam cells. 38 zwaka et al. 55 suggested that the binding of crp to ldl within arterial walls might promote the onset of arteriosclerosis. nitric oxide (no) plays an integral role in inflammation and immune regulation with lowered levels associated with adverse cardiac events. verma et al. 51 incubated endothelial cells with a concentration of recombinant crp known to predict adverse cardiovascular events. they measured the production of no and cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cgmp), the second messenger for no. crp elicited a dose-dependent, significant decrease in both no and cgmp production. the authors concluded that the inhibitory effect that crp exerts on no production may facilitate the development of cardiovascular disease. similarly, venugopal et al. 50 investigated the effects that crp had on endothelial nitric oxide synthase (enos) expression. human aortic endothelial cells (haec) were incubated with recombinant crp, and in a finding mirroring that of venugopal et al., 50 enos and enos mrna protein levels were inhibited by crp. this finding further supports the role of crp in the artherogenic process. yasojima et al. 53 used a reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction to detect mrna for crp and complement proteins (c1-c9) in arterial and atherosclerotic plaque. they found evidence of crp as well as c1-c9 being synthesised within the arterial tissue of 10 postmortem cases. in addition, mrna and the respective proteins were elevated in atherosclerotic plaque. since complement proteins have been associated with atherosclerotic plaque, 39 and crp is instrumental in potentiating local inflammation by binding with c1q it seems tenable that crp may be involved in the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis. inflammation and exercise it has been proposed that physical activity may serve as a model for studying the inflammatory response, 41 and it is well established that an acute bout of exercise may alter the circulating levels of a number of pro-inflammatory cells including cytokines, acute-phase proteins and white blood cells. 25,40,45 although there is general consensus regarding the induction of an acute-phase inflammatory response following strenuous, unaccustomed or prolonged bouts of exercise, there is some degree of uncertainty surrounding the precise stimuli responsible for this response. the majority of authors have attributed the rise in inflammatory markers following physical activity to muscle damage. evidence suggesting a possible role of other factors/stimuli involved in inducing or exacerbating the inflammatory response following exercise may include haemolysis, 21 endotoxaemia, 16 and the production of reactive oxygen species. 17 in addition, psychological stress, which may be more prevalent in elite athletes, has also been shown to cause an increase in pro-inflammatory cytokines. 22 invariably, the mode, duration and intensity of the exercise, as well as the subject’s level of conditioning may all affect the magnitude of the inflammatory response as well as resting concentrations of inflammatory markers such as crp. in keeping with this, king et al. 18 have proposed that certain activities such as jogging, may be more beneficial in terms of lowering inflammatory markers than other modes of exercise. as outlined above, crp is involved in the activation of the classical pathway of complement. complement proteins are intimately involved in opsonisation, inflammation and cell lysis, 28,42 and have been investigated in response to exercise of varying mode and duration. similar to crp, the specific stimuli that upregulate complement proteins following exercise are controversial. however, as with crp the resting concentrations of selected complement proteins have been shown to be lower in athletes compared with sedentary individuals. 30 more specifically, nieman et al. 30 reported lower levels of c3 in athletes compared with sedentary controls. interestingly, elevated c3 has recently been proposed as a marker to identify the progression of atherosclerosis. 46 effects of acute exercise on crp the acute response of crp to physical activity has been published extensively, and the following section outlines a few of the common findings. increases in crp have been observed following acute strenuous, prolonged bouts of running, 40 triathlon, 16,47 bench stepping 12 and anaerobic exercise. 26 since eccentrically based exercise is more commonly associated with muscle damage, and crp serves to bind damaged cells, it seems reasonable to assume that this type of activity would be associated with pronounced elevations in crp. results contradicting this assumption have been documented by sorichter et al. 44 and malm et al. 23 in both studies no significant elevations were observed for crp following eccentric exercise (70 eccentric quadriceps contractions, and 45 minutes of downhill running respectively). these results suggest that elevations in crp following exercise may not be solely due to muscle damage. supporting this would be the findings of smith et al. 43 in this study, crp was significantly 26 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 c-reactive protein.indd 26 3/13/06 12:48:56 pm (p < 0.04) elevated in 75% of active-untrained subjects, 24 hours after performing 60 minutes of cycling at only 60% of maximal oxygen uptake. similarly, meyer et al. 26 reported a significant (p = 0.02) increase in crp 24 hours after 12 trained males performed an anaerobic cycle ergometer test. effects of chronic exercise on crp pitsavos et al. 36 used a sample of 891 men and 965 women older than 18 years, to determine the association of leisuretime physical activity on crp and other inflammatory markers. the results revealed that crp levels were 33% lower in the subjects who partook in high-physical activity levels compared with the sedentary group (high-physical activity was defined as expended calories > 7 kcal/min). similarly, our laboratory has observed (unpublished data) that crp resting levels are significantly lower in professional cyclists compared with active-untrained individuals. tomaszewski et al. 49 have reported ‘strikingly’ low crp levels in runners. sixty-seven male ultra-marathon runners were compared with sedentary individuals. they were all categorised into groups having a body mass index (bmi) less than 25 kg/m 2 or greater than 25 kg/m 2 . although nonsignificant, the resting levels of crp were markedly lower in the marathon athletes compared with the controls. even though there were differences in bmi, the crp levels were similar amongst the marathon runners. thus, the authors suggested that lowered crp levels can be attained by intense regular exercise, and that this suppression is independent of adiposity levels. an interesting study by mattusch et al. 24 revealed changes in crp concentration following 9 months of training. fourteen males (25 40 years) preparing for the cologne marathon provided blood samples before and after 9 months of training for the event. the mean crp concentration before the training began was 1.19 ± 1.63 mg/l for athletes, and after 9 months was significantly (p < 0.05) reduced to 0.82 ± 0.94 mg/l. there were no significant changes reported for the control group. the authors suggested that an anti-inflammatory effect is induced by endurance exercise performed over 9 months. similarly, fallon et al. 8 reported significantly (p < 0.05) decreased levels of crp following 9 months of soccer training in elite women, from a resting level of 2.68 (± 1.70 mg/l) to 1.62 (± 1.32 mg/l). it was suggested that systemic anti-inflammatory mechanisms, associated with regular intense exercise were behind this finding. the proposed antiinflammatory effect of chronic exercise suggests that physical activity may impart favourable health benefits on individuals by lowering crp, a key role player in cardiovascular disease. in conclusion, crp is an acute-phase protein that is upregulated in response to injury, infection or antigen exposure. crp usually peaks 24 hours after exercise, and is more pronounced following longer more strenuous activity. the elevations in crp following exercise have largely been attributed to muscle damage, however, it seems plausible that muscle damage does not have to be elicited by exercise in order for crp to be elevated. the alterations in crp are closely related to exercise-induced inflammatory sequelae and are more pronounced following activity that is longer or more aerobically challenging than exercise that is not. the supposed lower resting levels and adaptations associated with chronic physical activity may be more prominent following aerobic exercise although studies are lacking in which the effects of resistance training are investigated. numerous studies have shown that an inverse relationship exists between crp and fitness levels, and that elevated crp may be seen as a significant risk factor for cvd. in addition, resting crp concentrations seem to be higher in sedentary versus active individuals. this supports the notion that exercise may ‘downregulate’ systemic inflammatory markers and thus prove beneficial in opposing chronic inflammatory disorders such as cardiovascular disease. references 1. ablij hc, meinders ae. c-reactive protein: history and revival. european journal of internal medicine 2002; 13:412-22. 2. benjamin e, sunshine g, leskowitz s. immunology: a short course. new york: wiley-liss, 1996. 3. berman s, gerwuz h, mold c. binding of c-reactive protein to nucleated cells leads to complement activation without cytolysis. j immunol 1986; 136:1354-9. 4. cermak j, key ns, bach rr, balla j, jacob hs, vercellotti gm. c-reactive protein induces human peripheral blood monocytes to synthesize tissue factor. blood 1993; 82:513-20. 5. church ts, earnest cp, wood ka, kampert jb. reduction of c-reactive protein levels through use of a multivitamin. am j med 2003; 115: 702-7. 6. clyne b, olshaker js. the c-reactive protein. j emerg med 1999; 17:101925. 7. du-clos tw. function of c-reactive protein. ann med 2000; 32: 274-8. 8. fallon ke, fallon sk, boston t. the acute phase response and exercise: court and field sports. br j sports med 2001; 35:170-3. 9. gabay c, kushner i. acute phase proteins and other systemic responses to inflammation. n engl j med 1999; 340:448-54. 10. ganapathi mk, mackiewicz aj, samols d, et al. induction of c-reactive protein by cytokines in human hepatoma cell lines is potentiated by caffeine. biochem j 1990; 269: 41-6. 11. gershov d, kim s, brot n, elkon kb. c-reactive protein binds to apoptotic cells, protects the cells from assembly of the terminal complement components, and sustains an antiinflammatory innate immune response: implications for systemic autoimmunity. j exp med 2000; 192:1353-64. 12. gleeson m, almey j, brooks s, cave r, lewis a, griffiths h. heamatological and acute-phase responses associated with delayed onset muscle soreness. eur j appl physiol 1995; 71:137-42. 13. gould jm, weiser jn. expression of c-reactive protein in the human respiratory tract. infect immun 2001; 69:1747-54. 14. ikuta t, okubo h, ishibashi h, okumura y, hayashida k. human lymphocytes synthesize c-reactive protein. inflammation 1986; 10:223-32. 15. jabs wj, logering ba, gerke p, et al. the kidney as a second site of human c-reactive protein formation in vivo. eur j immunol 2003; 33:152-61. 16. jeukendrup ae, vet-joop k, sturk a, et al. relationship between gastrointestinal complaints and endotoxaemia, cytokine release and the acute phase reaction during and after a long-distance triathlon in highly trained men. clin sci 2000; 98: 47-55. 17. ji ll. antioxidants and oxidative stress in exercise. experimental biology and medicine 1999; 222:283-92. 18. king de, carek p, mainous ag, pearson ws. inflammatory markers and exercise: differences related to exercise type. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35:575-81. 19. kushner i. c-reactive protein elevation can be caused by conditions other than inflammation and may reflect biologic ageing. cleve clin j med 2001; 68:535-7. 20. kushner i, rzewnicki d. the acute phase response: general aspects. bailsajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 27 c-reactive protein.indd 27 3/13/06 12:48:57 pm lieres clin rheumatol 1994; 8: 513-30. 21. lijnen p, hespel p, fagard r, et al. indicators of cell breakdown in plasma of men during and after a marathon race. int j sports med 1988; 9:10813. 22. maes m, song c, lin a, et al. the effects of psychological stress on humans: increased production of pro-inflammatory cytokines and a th1-like response in stress-induced anxiety. cytokine 1998; 10:313-8. 23. malm c, sjodin b, sjoberg b, et al. leukocytes, cytokines, growth factors and hormones in human skeletal muscle and blood after uphill or downhill running. j physiol 2004; 556:983-1000. 24. mattusch f, dufaux b, heine o, mertens i, rost r. reduction of the plasma concentration of c-reactive protein following nine months of endurance training. int j sports med 1999; 21:21-4. 25. mccarthy da, dale mm. the leucocytosis of exercise. a review and model. sports med 1988; 6:333-63. 26. meyer tm, gabriel h, ratz m, muller hj, kindermann w. anaerobic exercise induces moderate acute phase response. med sci sport exer 2001; 33:549-55. 27. mold c, gewurz h, du-clos tw. regulation of complement activation by c-reactive protein. immunopharmacology 1999; 42:23-30. 28. morgan bp. physiology and pathophysiology of complement: progress and trends. crit rev clin lab sci 1995; 32:265-98. 29. nakagomi a, freedman sb, geczy cl. interferon-gamma and lipopolysaccharide potentiate monocyte tissue factor induction by c-reactive protein. circulation 2000; 101:1785-91. 30. nieman dc, tan sa, lee jw, berk ls. complement and immunoglobulin levels in athletes and sedentary controls. int j sports med 1989;10:124-8. 31. pasceri v, chang j, willerson jt, yeh eht. modulation of c-reactive protein-mediated monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 induction in human endothelial cells by anti-atherosclerosis drugs. circulation 2001; 103:2531-4. 32. pasceri v, willerson jt, yeh eht. direct proinflammatory effect of c-reactive protein on human endothelial cells. circulation 2000; 102: 2165-8. 33. patel ss, thiagarajan r, willerson jt. inhibition of alpha4-integrin and icam-1 markedly attenuate macrophage homing to artherosclerotic plaques in apoe-deficient mice. circulation 1998; 97:75-81. 34. pepys mb. c-reactive protein: a critical update. j clin invest 2003; 111:1805-12. 35. pepys mb, baltz ml. acute phase proteins with special reference to c-reactive protein and related proteins (pentaxins) and serum amyloid a-protein. adv immunol 1983; 34:141-211. 36. pitsavos c, chrysohoou c, panagiotakos db, et al. association of leisuretime physical activity on inflammation markers (c-reactive protein, white cell blood count, serum amyloid a, and fibrinogen) in healthy subjects. am j cardiol 2003; 91:368-70. 37. pue ca, mortensen rf, marsh cb, pope ha, wewers md. acute levels of c-reactive protein enhance il-1b and il-1ra production by human blood monocytes but inhibit il-1b and il-1ra production by alveolar macrophages. j immunol 1996; 156:1594-1600. 38. ross r. atherosclerosis an inflammatory disease. n engl j med 1999; 340:115-26. 39. seifert ps, kazatchkine md. the complement system in atherosclerosis. atherosclerosis 1988; 73:91-104. 40. semple sj, smith ll, mckune aj, neveling n, wadee aa. alterations in acute-phase reactants (crp, rheumatoid factor, complement, factor b, and immune complexes) following an ultramarathon. south african journal of sports medicine 2004; 16:17-21. 41. shek pn, shephard rj. physical exercise as a human model of limited inflammatory response. can j physiol pharmacol 1998; 76:589-97. 42. sherwood er, toliver-kinsky t. mechanisms of the inflammatory response. best practice and research clinical anesthesiology 2004; 18:385-405. 43. smith ja, telford rd, baker ms, hapel aj, weidemann mj. cytokine immunoreactivity in plasma does not change after moderate endurance exercise. j appl physiol 1990; 73:1396-1401. 44. sorichter s, koller a, haid c, et al. light concentric exercise and heavy eccentric muscle loading: effects on ck, mri, and markers of inflammation. int j sports med 1995; 16:288-92. 45. suzuki k, nakaji tms, yamada m, et al. endurance exercise causes interaction among stress hormones, cytokines, neutrophil dynamics, and muscle damage. j appl physiol 1999; 87:1360-7. 46. szeplaki g, prohaszka z, duba j, et al. association of high serum concentration of the third component of complement (c3) with pre-existing severe coronary artery disease and new vascular events in women. atherosclerosis 2004; 177:383-9. 47. taylor c, rogers g, goodman c, et al. hematologic, iron-related, and acute-phase protein responses to sustained strenuous exercise. j appl physiol 1987; 62:464-9. 48. tillet ws, francis t. serological reactions in pneumonia with a non-protein somatic fraction of the pneumococcus. j exp med 1930; 52:561-71. 49. tomaszewski m, charchar fj, crawford pm, et al. strikingly low circulating crp concentrations in ultramarathon runners independant of markers of obesity. how low can you go? arterioscler thromb vasc biol 2003; 23:1640-4. 50. venugopal sk, devaraj s, yuhanna i, shaul p, jialal i. demonstration that c-reactive protein decreases enos expression and bioactivity in human aortic endothelial cells. circulation 2002; 106:1439-41. 51. verma s, wang ch, li sh, et al. c-reactive protein attentuates nitric oxide production and inhibits angiogenesis. circulation 2002; 106:913-9. 52. volanakis je. human c-reactive protein: expression, structure, and function. mol immunol 2001; 38:189-97. 53. yasojima k, schwab c, mcgeer eg, mcgeer pl. generation of c-reactive protein and complement components in arthersclerotic plaques. am j pathol 2001; 158:1039-51. 54. zouki c, beauchamp m, baron c, filep jg. prevention of in vitro neutrophil adhesion to endothelial cells through shedding of l-selectin by c-reactive protein and peptides derived from c-reactive protein. j clin invest 1997; 100:522-9. 55. zwaka tp, hombach v, torzewski j. c-reactive protein-mediated low density lipoprotein uptake by macrophages. circulation 2001; 103:1194-7. 28 sajsm vol 18 no. 1 2006 c-reactive protein.indd 28 3/13/06 12:48:57 pm original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license presenting features of female collegiate sports-related concussion in south africa: a descriptive analysis r van tonder,1,3 mba, msc (sem); l kunorozva,1,3 phd; pl viviers,1,2,3 msc (sem), facsm; ew derman,1,3 phd, facsm; jc brown,1,3 phd, mph 1 institute of sport and exercise medicine, division of orthopaedic surgery, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa 2campus health service, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa 3ioc research centre, south africa corresponding author: r van tonder (riaanvt@sun.ac.za) sports-related concussion (src) is defined as a traumatic sports-related brain injury induced by biomechanical forces, caused either by a direct blow to the head, face, neck or elsewhere on the body, with an impulsive force transmitted to the head.[1] symptomatology (e.g. somatic, cognitive and/or emotional symptoms, physical signs, balance impairment, behavioural changes, cognitive impairment, and sleep/wake disturbances) generally develops predictably but can vary in number, type, severity and time course, and is not due to any other cause (i.e. drugs, alcohol, medication, etc.).[1] females face a greater src risk, sustain src at an increased rate, have increased time loss, report more symptoms at baseline and in the immediate post-concussion period, and experience greater neurocognitive impairment. in addition, females have a higher risk for post-concussion syndrome, suffer prolonged recovery from src, have an increased risk for depression, and may report a higher number of src-related symptoms one year after an src.[2-4] thus, the symptom burden of src in female collegiate athletes appears to be high. furthermore, wilmoth et al.[5] suggest that student athletes experience several psychological challenges. these challenges may include emotional and social functioning, behavioural problems, academic difficulties, sleep disturbances, headaches and reduced quality of life following src, given the importance of athletics and related social activities in their lives. students have also been shown to experience increased levels of anxiety and depression.[6] evidence regarding src assessment in females is scarce, compared to src assessment in males. more data are needed, specifically evaluating females independently,[7] to expand the current evidence base and determine whether females with src are presently assessed and managed appropriately.[3] to our knowledge, the association between potential pre-existing risks and src has not been investigated to specific symptom type in female collegiate athletes in a culturally diverse developing nation, as the majority of the research in this field has been conducted in developed northern hemisphere settings. therefore, we aimed to describe presenting features of female src at a collegiate campus-based sports medicine service and investigated the association of presenting symptoms with prior concussion history (pconc) or mental health conditions (pmhdx). methods a retrospective cohort analysis of female collegiate student athletes with src presenting to a campus-based sports medicine service between the years of 2012 and 2018 was performed. the stellenbosch university health research ethics committee granted ethical approval for this study (hrec ref no. n17/08/068). electronic medical records were examined for icd-10 concussion codes (s06.0, s06.00 and s06.01). only female records were included and analysed for study inclusion eligibility, i.e. concussion cause was classified as sports-related or non-sports-related. only srcs were included in this study. the relevant clinical assessment data were extracted from this data subset. the campus-based sports medicine service is the primary medical care provider for students at the university, which is situated centrally in this university town and therefore highly background: sports-related concussion (src) is an injury with important implications, especially in collision and contact sports, and has a high symptom burden. student athletes face particular psychosocial challenges, especially female students with pre-existing anxiety/depression are at increased risk for src, and have a higher symptom burden before and after injury. objectives: describing female src presenting features at a collegiate campus-based sports medicine service; examining the association of prior concussion history (pconc) and preexisting anxiety/depression (pmhdx) with src. methods: a retrospective cohort and statistical analysis (including corrected effect sizes) of sport concussion assessment tool (versions 3/5) data (step 1: pconc and pmhdx history; step 2: symptom evaluation) of collegiate female athletes with src between 2012 and 2018. results: forty females with src were identified (age 23 ± 3). the five most frequent symptoms were headache (n = 34; 85%), feeling slowed down (n = 33; 83%), pressure in head (n = 33; 83%), don't feel right (n = 32; 80%) and fatigue/low-energy (n = 32; 80%). these five symptoms also had the highest self-rated severity (median (iqr): headache (3 (2-4)), feeling slowed down (3 (1-4)), fatigue/low-energy (3 (1-5)), don't feel right (3 (1-4)) and pressure in head (3 (2-4)). pmhdx (n = 8; 62.9 vs 38.6; p = 0.0192; hedges' gs = 0.95; large es), and not pconc (n = 13; 51.0 vs 39.8; p = 0.2183; hedges' gs = 0.48; small es) was associated with increased mean total symptom severity. conclusion: headache, feeling slowed down, pressure in head, don't feel right and fatigue/low-energy had the highest symptom burden. total symptom severity was no different in those with and without pconc, but significantly higher in those with pmhdx. keywords: src, depression, anxiety, athlete, outcome s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10416 mailto:riaanvt@sun.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10416 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7778-7783 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8879-177x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2858-0863 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6682-3438 http://orcid.org/0000-0003-4262-6696 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 accessible. the university subsidises all costs of services rendered by this sports medicine service to athletes of the university's high performance programme. in contrast, nonhigh performance athletes included in this study were required to cover the cost of services rendered by doctors, either personally or through private medical insurance. the medical service fees were structured to allow for maximum provision of services to students and not to act as a barrier to its use. furthermore, students could consult, free of charge, with primary nurse practitioners. all srcs were diagnosed by an experienced, consistent group of sports physicians at a specialised sports medicine service based on the most recent consensus clinical definitions and guidelines for concussion diagnosis. the src assessment included the use of scat (versions 3/5, using the currently available version at the time of assessment) questionnaires for all suspected or confirmed concussion cases at initial presentation and subsequent follow-up visits. pconc and pmhdx data were collected in the scat step 1. the scat step 2 documents the self-reported severity of 22 symptoms based on a 7-point likert scale of 0–6 (0 = symptom absent, 6 = highest symptom severity), with a maximum possible total severity score of 132 (6 x 22). total symptom number and severity were also recorded. the following three outcomes were described and compared between the relevant groups i.e. (1) those with and without pconc, and (2) those with and without pmhdx: (1) reported severity (0-6) of each of the 22 specific symptoms (e.g. headache, nausea/vomiting, etc.); (2) overall number of reported symptoms (0-22); and (3) overall severity of all reported symptoms (0-132). descriptive statistical analyses were performed on all relevant reported data from scat steps 1 and 2. shapirowilks tests analysed normality, followed by null hypothesis testing (mann-whitney u test for non-normal data; parametric unpaired t test for normally distributed data). in the absence of normative reference tables for scat test scores, clinically relevant findings for betweengroup comparisons of the three stated outcomes were determined with the combination of: (1) large (≥0.8) corrected effect size (es) and (2) appropriate (parametric or non-parametric, depending on data distribution) null hypothesis testing, with a null hypothesis rejected for p < 0.05. symptom severity was determined by calculating the mean of all individually reported scores for a specific symptom. symptom burden was determined as a product of symptom severity and symptom frequency. the two sets of groups that were compared for clinically relevant differences were: 1) between those with and without pconc and 2) those with and without pmhdx. statistical comparisons were performed with a combination of microsoft® excel for mac (version 16.37, microsoft® corporation) and graphpad prism (version 8, graphpad software llc), and verified in stata (statacorp. 2011. stata statistical software: release 12. college station, tx: statacorp lp). results forty (27% of n = 146) female collegiate athletes with src were identified, with a mean age of 23 years (sd ± 3). the included src cases were unique, i.e. all patients only had one initial scat evaluation. forty-three records were related to organised sports participation and 103 records were related to recreational, non-sports-related incidents. three sports-related records had no scat data and were therefore excluded from the analysis. three records related to cycle commuting and one record related to recreational, leisure-time ice skating were deemed to be ‘non-organised’ sports-related causes of concussion for the purpose of this study and excluded from further analysis.[8] each record noted possible pconc and pmhdx data. thirty records (75%) contained data from scat3 (2012-2017), and 10 records (25%) contained data from scat5 (2017 onwards). field hockey (n = 21; 53%) and rugby union (n = 8; 20%) accounted for the highest and second highest number of srcs, respectively. other sports involved included cycling (n = 2; 5%), soccer (n = 2; 5%), surfing (n = 2; 5%), netball (n = 2; 5%), water polo (n = 2; 5%), basketball (n = 1; 3%), horse riding (n = 1; 3%), gymnastics (n = 1; 3%) and dancing (n = 1; 3%). the presenting symptoms are shown in table 1. overall, the five most frequent symptoms were headache (n = 34; 85%), feeling slowed down (n = 33; 83%), pressure in head (n = 33; table 1. overall (n = 40) mean symptom severity and symptom frequency n (%) mean ± sd median (iqr) number of symptoms 13.3 ± 5.6 13 (10-17) symptom severity score 43.5 ± 26.7 42.5 (26-62) headache 34 (85) 3.0 ± 1.7 3 (2-4) pressure in head 33 (83) 2.8 ± 1.8 3 (2-4) neck pain 27 (68) 2.1 ± 1.9 2 (0-4) nausea/vomiting 21 (53) 1.7 ± 1.9 1 (0-3) dizziness 31 (78) 1.9 ± 1.5 2 (1-3) blurred vision 15 (38) 0.9 ± 1.4 0 (0-1) balance problems 16 (40) 1.1 ± 1.6 0 (0-2) sensitivity to light 23 (58) 1.6 ± 1.7 1 (0-3) sensitivity to noise 19 (48) 1.5 ± 1.9 0 (0-3) feeling slowed down 33 (83) 2.9 ± 1.9 3 (1-4) feeling like in a fog 27 (68) 2.4 ± 2.0 3 (0-4) don’t feel right 32 (80) 2.8 ± 1.9 3 (1-4) difficult concentrating 28 (70) 2.5 ± 2.2 2 (0-4) difficulty remembering 24 (60) 1.8 ± 1.8 2 (0-3) fatigue/low energy 32 (80) 2.9 ± 2.2 3 (1-5) confusion 19 (48) 1.5 ± 1.9 0 (0-2) drowsiness 28 (70) 2.4 ± 2.0 2 (0-4) trouble falling asleep 18 (45) 1.8 ± 2.2 0 (0-3) more emotional 20 (50) 1.8 ± 2.1 1 (0-4) irritability 19 (48) 1.8 ± 2.1 0 (0-4) sadness 17 (43) 1.3 ± 1.8 0 (0-2) nervous/anxious 17 (43) 1.2 ± 1.7 0 (0-2) n, absolute frequency of symptoms; %, percentage of symptom frequency; sd, standard deviation; iqr, interquartile range original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 83%), don't feel right (n = 32; 80%) and fatigue/low energy (n = 32; 80%). the five most severe symptoms were: headache (median (iqr); 3 (2-4)), feeling slowed down (median (iqr); 3 (1-4)), fatigue/low energy (median (iqr); 3 (1-5)), don't feel right (median (iqr); 3 (1-4)) and pressure in head (median (iqr); 3 (2-4)). these five symptoms therefore had the highest symptom burden (frequency x severity). the median total symptom number and severity was 13 (iqr 10-17) and 42.5 (iqr 26-62), respectively. table 2 summarises data comparing individuals with (n = 8) and without (n = 32) pmhdx. pmhdx was not associated with a higher mean symptom number (15.6 ± 5 vs 12.7 ± 5.7; p = 0.197; moderate es) but was associated with a significantly higher mean total symptom severity (62.9 ± 9.7 vs 38.6 ± 24.5; p = 0.019; table 2. no prior mental health diagnosis vs prior mental health diagnosis (pmhdx) symptom severity and symptom frequency no pmhdx (n = 32) pmhdx (n = 8) n (%) mean ± sd median (iqr) n (%) mean ± sd median (iqr) mδ mδ % ds gs es u t number of symptoms 12.7 ± 5.7 13 (10-17) 15.6 ± 5.0 16 (9-20) 2.9 22.9 0.52 0.51 ** 0.197^ symptom severity score 38.6 ± 24.5 37 (21-58) 62.9 ± 27.5 65 (29-86) 24.3 62.9 0.97 0.95 *** 0.019^ headache 26 (81) 2.7 ± 1.7 3 (2-4) 8 (100) 4.1 ± 0.8 4 (3-5) 1.5 55.3 0.92 0.91 *** 0.019^ pressure in head 25 (78) 2.6 ± 1.8 3 (2-4) 8 (100) 3.4 ± 1.6 3 (1-4) 0.8 28.6 0.43 0.42 * 0.354 neck pain 23 (72) 2.1 ± 1.8 2 (0-4) 4 (50) 1.9 ± 2.2 1 (0-4) -0.3 -11.8 -0.13 -0.13 * 0.689 nausea/ vomiting 14 (44) 1.2 ± 1.7 0 (0-2) 7 (88) 3.4 ± 1.9 4 (0-4) 2.2 176.9 1.25 1.22 *** 0.005^ dizziness 24 (75) 1.7 ± 1.4 2 (1-3) 7 (88) 2.8 ± 1.7 3 (0-4) 1 60 0.7 0.69 ** 0.113 blurred vision 10 (31) 0.6 ± 1.1 0 (0-1) 5 (63) 2.0 ± 2.0 2 (0-3) 1.4 255.6 1.11 1.09 *** 0.036^ balance problems 12 (38) 0.9 ± 1.4 0 (0-2) 4 (50) 1.9 ± 2.3 1 (0-3) 0.9 100.4 0.58 0.57 ** 0.309 sensitivity to light 17 (53) 1.2 ± 1.4 1 (0-2) 6 (75) 2.9 ± 2.2 3 (0-4) 1.7 135.9 1.04 1.02 *** 0.046^ sensitivity to noise 13 (41) 1.2 ± 1.7 0 (0-2) 6 (75) 2.9 ± 2.2 3 (0-4) 1.7 148.6 0.95 0.94 *** 0.031^ feeling slowed down 25 (78) 2.7 ± 1.9 3 (1-4) 8 (100) 4.0 ± 1.1 4 (3-4) 1.3 50.6 0.75 0.73 ** 0.1 feeling like in a fog 21 (66) 2.2 ± 1.9 3 (0-4) 6 (75) 3.0 ± 2.5 4 (0-5) 0.8 35.2 0.39 0.38 * 0.37 don’t feel right 24 (75) 2.5 ± 1.9 3 (1-4) 8 (100) 3.9 ± 1.6 4 (1-5) 1.3 53.1 0.72 0.71 ** 0.075 difficulty concentrating 21 (66) 2.3 ± 2.2 2 (0-4) 7 (88) 3.3 ± 1.9 4 (0-4) 1 44.4 0.47 0.46 * 0.231 difficulty remembering 18 (56) 1.6 ± 1.7 2 (0-3) 6 (75) 2.6 ± 2.0 3 (0-4) 1 64.7 0.58 0.57 ** 0.17 fatigue/low energy 26 (81) 2.7 ± 2.1 3 (1-4) 6 (75) 3.5 ± 2.3 4 (0-5) 0.8 28.7 0.36 0.35 * 0.411 confusion 14 (44) 1.2 ± 1.7 0 (0-2) 5 (63) 2.6 ± 2.5 3 (0-4) 1.5 127 0.8 0.78 ** 0.113 drowsiness 22 (69) 2.1 ± 1.9 2 (0-3) 6 (75) 3.6 ± 2.3 5 (0-5) 1.5 73.1 0.78 0.77 ** 0.059 trouble falling asleep 15 (47) 1.7 ± 2.1 0 (0-3) 3 (38) 1.9 ± 2.8 0 (0-4) 0.2 9.1 0.07 0.07 * 0.989 more emotional 16 (50) 1.6 ± 2.0 1 (0-4) 4 (50) 2.4 ± 2.6 2 (0-4) 0.8 46.2 0.36 0.35 * 0.506 irritability 15 (47) 1.6 ± 1.9 0 (0-3) 4 (50) 2.5 ± 2.7 2 (0-5) 0.9 60 0.45 0.44 * 0.357 sadness 14 (44) 1.2 ± 1.5 0 (0-2) 3 (38) 1.9 ± 2.6 0 (0-4) 0.7 57.9 0.38 0.38 * 0.708 nervous/anxious 13 (41) 1.00 ± 1.4 0 (0-2) 4 (50) 2.1 ± 2.5 2 (0-4) 1.1 112.5 0.68 0.66 ** 0.286 n, absolute frequency of symptoms; %, percentage of symptom frequency; sd, standard deviation; iqr, interquartile range; mδ, mean difference; mδ %, mean difference percentage; ds, cohen's ds; gs, hedges' gs; es, effect size; u, mann whitney u test; t, unpaired t test; ^,p < 0.05; *, small es; **, moderate es; ***, large es. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 large es). headache (p = 0.019; large es), nausea/vomiting (p = 0.005; large es), blurred vision (p = 0.036; large es), sensitivity to light (p = 0.046; large es), and sensitivity to noise (p = 0.031; large es) were significantly more severe in those with pmhdx, while the remaining symptoms showed no differences between groups. when comparing individuals with (n = 13; 32.5%) and without (n = 27; 67.5%) pconc, we found no differences in individual mean symptom severity, total mean symptom severity or total symptom frequency between groups. table 3 presents a summary of these data. discussion the first important finding of this study was that the symptoms most frequently reported overall were headache, feeling slowed down, fatigue/low energy, don't feel right, and pressure in head which is consistent with findings in other similar populations.[2-4, 9, 10] the highest mean symptom severity scores were reported for headache, feeling slowed down and fatigue/low energy, don't feel right, and pressure in head. combined, this suggests that these five symptoms carry the table 3. no prior concussion vs prior concussion (pconc) symptom severity and symptom frequency no pconc (n = 27) pconc (n = 13) n (%) mean ± sd median (iqr) n (%) mean ± sd median (iqr) mδ mδ % ds gs es u t number of symptoms 12.7 ± 6.1 13 (10-17) 14.5 ± 4.6 15 (11-18) 1.7 13.5 0.3 0.30 * 0,373 symptom severity score 39.8 ± 25.6 37 (25-60) 51.0 ± 28.4 46 (32-81) 11.2 28.1 0.49 0.48 * 0,218 headache 21 (78) 2.7 ± 1.8 3 (2-4) 8 (100) 3.5 ± 1.2 4 (3-4) 0.9 32.7 0.53 0.52 ** 0,146 pressure in head 21 (78) 2.6 ± 1.7 3 (2-4) 8 (92) 3.2 ± 1.8 3 (2-5) 0.6 21.6 0.32 0.31 * 0,370 neck pain 19 (70) 2.0 ± 1.9 1 (0-3) 4 (62) 2.3 ± 2.0 3 (0-4) 0.3 17.6 0.18 0.18 * 0,655 nausea/vomiting 13 (48) 1.4 ± 1.8 0 (0-2) 7 (62) 2.2 ± 2.2 2 (0-4) 0.7 53 0.39 0.38 * 0,315 dizziness 20 (74) 1.6 ± 1.4 1 (1-3) 7 (85) 2.6 ± 1.6 3 (2-4) 1 64.2 0.71 0.69 ** 0,055 blurred vision 10 (37) 0.7 ± 1.1 0 (0-1) 5 (38) 1.2 ± 1.8 0 (0-3) 0.6 84.6 0.4 0.4 * 0,603 balance problems 9 (33) 0.8 ± 1.3 0 (0-1) 4 (54) 1.8 ± 2.1 1 (0-3) 1 127.5 0.63 0.61 ** 0,134 sensitivity to light 14 (52) 1.2 ± 1.4 1 (0-2) 6 (69) 2.4 ± 2.1 3 (0-4) 1.2 107.7 0.76 0.75 ** 0,071 sensitivity to noise 11 (41) 1.2 ± 1.8 0 (0-3) 6 (62) 2.1 ± 2.1 2 (0-4) 0.9 69.9 0.45 0.44 * 0,160 feeling slowed down 22 (81) 2.8 ± 1.9 3 (1-4) 8 (85) 3.2 ± 1.9 3 (3-4) 0.3 12 0.18 0.18 * 0,630 feeling like in a fog 19 (70) 2.4 ± 1.9 3 (0-4) 6 (62) 2.3 ± 2.4 1 (0-4) -0.1 -4.1 -0.05 -0.05 * 0,926 don’t feel right 20 (74) 2.6 ± 2.0 3 (1-4) 8 (92) 3.2 ± 1.8 4 (2-4) 0.5 19.9 0.27 0.27 * 0,406 difficult concentrating 17 (63) 2.2 ± 2.2 2 (0-4) 7 (85) 2.9 ± 2.0 3 (2-4) 0.7 31.5 0.33 0.32 * 0,312 difficulty remembering 15 (56) 1.6 ± 1.7 1 (0-3) 6 (69) 2.2 ± 2.0 2 (0-3) 0.6 40.1 0.35 0.35 * 0,345 fatigue/low energy 22 (81) 2.9 ± 2.1 3 (1-5) 6 (77) 2.9 ± 2.4 4 (1-5) 0 -1.5 -0.02 -0.02 * 1,000 confusion 13 (48) 1.3 ± 1.6 0 (0-2) 5 (46) 1.9 ± 2.5 0 (0-4) 0.6 46.6 0.31 0.30 * 0,681 drowsiness 19 (70) 2.3 ± 1.9 2 (0-4) 6 (69) 2.7 ± 2.3 4 (0-4) 0.4 19.2 0.21 0.21 * 0,539 trouble falling asleep 13 (48) 1.9 ± 2.3 0 (0-4) 3 (38) 1.4 ± 2.0 0 (0-3) -0.5 -28.1 -0.25 -0.24 * 0,419 more emotional 13 (48) 1.7 ± 2.1 0 (0-4) 4 (54) 2.0 ± 2.2 1 (0-4) 0.3 20 0.16 0.16 * 0,708 irritability 11 (41) 1.5 ± 2.1 0 (0-3) 4 (62) 2.2 ± 2.1 2 (0-4) 0.7 46.9 0.34 0.33 * 0,231 sadness 12 (44) 1.3 ± 1.7 0 (0-2) 3 (38) 1.4 ± 2.1 0 (0-3) 0.1 6.8 0.05 0.05 * 0,954 nervous/anxious 11 (41) 1.2 ± 1.7 0 (0-2) 4 (46) 1.4 ± 1.8 0 (0-3) 0.2 20.6 0.14 0.13 * 0,678 n, absolute frequency of symptoms; %, percentage of symptom frequency; sd, standard deviation; iqr, interquartile range; mδ, mean difference; mδ %, mean difference percentage; ds, cohen's ds; gs, hedges' gs; es, effect size; u, mann whitney u test; t, unpaired t test; *, small es; **, moderate es; ***, large es. original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 highest symptom burden in this collegiate female cohort. this finding is consistent with results found in previous research, indicating that females report more somatic symptoms, cognitive difficulties, emotional changes and disordered sleep compared with males.[3] furthermore, the results from our study supports previous research in collegiate athletes which reported that headache, pressure in head and feeling slowed down were more prevalent in female athletes.[2] a recent study by vedung et al.[4] in 51 elite swedish soccer teams during the 2017 season, including 959 elite soccer players (n = 389 females; mean age 23), reported 17 female srcs and the most frequent post-src symptoms were headache, pressure in head, don't feel right and fatigue/low energy, which are consistent with this study. a subgroup of female semiprofessional athletes (aged 23 ± 4; n = 8) in their cohort reported median total symptom severity scores (38.5; iqr 17.75-50.75 vs 42.5; iqr 26-62) and median number of symptoms (14.5; iqr 8.25-18 vs 13; iqr 10-17) assessed at 48 hours post-src that are also consistent with findings in our study’s cohort. it is important to note that our cohort involved 11 different sports, of which field hockey and rugby union alone accounted for 29 srcs; in contrast to the vedung study[4] which focussed solely on soccer players. this consistency of findings between various research settings, from different geographical areas, various sports, and profoundly different local socio-economic environments,[2-4, 9, 10] suggests that these findings are not unique to our setting and study cohort. furthermore, south africa is arguably amongst the most unequal nations globally.[11] secondly, we found that female collegiate athletes with pmhdx reported significantly higher mean total symptom severity, in addition to a significantly higher severity for physical symptoms such as headache, nausea/vomiting, blurred vision, sensitivity to light and sensitivity to noise, than those athletes without pmhdx. this finding supports previous research findings in similar cohorts of female collegiate athletes.[3, 12, 13] indeed, lariviere et al.[13] analysed the electronic records of 4 865 participants, grouped into six age groups (<12 to >40), of whom 1 577 participants selfidentified with a diagnosis of anxiety (n = 171 females; aged 16-29 years), depression (n = 119 females; aged 16-29 years), a behavioural disorder, or a learning disability, and reported that pre-existing anxiety or depression worsened src symptom numbers and severity. this was in addition to females reporting concussion symptoms with increasing frequency and severity across a large range of age groups, significantly so from the age of 20 years upwards. however, there was no difference in the total symptom number reported between these two groups in our study. female sex, previous concussion, and depression were found to be concussion risk factors in a study spanning a period of three years. this study was conducted in a cohort of 10 000 us services academy members (n = 301 concussed females) by van pelt et al.[12] the study also reported that females had twice the risk of concussion independent of injury setting, an increased relative risk for src, and that the female sex, previous concussion, chronic headache, depression and baseline scat scores are significant risk factors for concussion. this study is part of a larger joint effort by the us department of defense and national collegiate athletic association that funds the concussion, assessment, research and education (care) consortium, a multi-site investigation into the natural history of concussion. cadets at the united states service academies are unlike active-duty service members in that there is a larger female population, they have different social, economic, and education characteristics than enlisted service members, and their academy military training activities do not include exposure to combat. cadets are also required to participate in a sport. therefore, one could view the service academies as ‘military universities’. a review by resch et al.[3] found strong predictive value for prior concussion history, female sex, premorbid psychiatric history and anxiety at follow-up, for post-concussion symptoms one week after sustaining a concussion, in addition to anxiety being predictive of continued symptoms at three months post-concussion. these findings by resch et al., who reviewed study cohorts, including male and female high school and collegiate athletes, are consistent with findings of a study in a large cohort of > 9 000 youth soccer players by brooks et al.,[14] which suggested an association between reported postsrc symptom severity, female sex and prior mental health problems but not with prior concussion history. while the cohort in the study by brooks et al. consisted of youth athletes, the findings in our study of a female collegiate-level athlete cohort supports the findings by brooks et al. an additional consideration to be mindful of, as reported in a recent systematic review by trinh et al.[7], is that pre-existing psychological traits, such as irritability, sadness, nervousness and depressive symptoms, are traits which may predispose an individual to depression and/or anxiety, and were associated with a worsened clinical outcome after src. furthermore, as noted in the study by lariviere et al., females consistently report higher symptom severity than do males following concussion. considering that the acute and subacute symptom severity following concussion was shown to be the most consistent predictor of prolonged recovery from concussion,[15] and that individuals with pmhdx were five times more likely to experience prolonged recovery following src,[16] it should become clear that the combination of female sex, pmhdx, and generally higher reported post-concussion symptom severity poses a particularly significant clinical management challenge. therefore, the finding in our study of a significant association between src and pmhdx is consistent with current literature and importantly, adds further weight to the existing evidence base. in contrast to some previous research, we found no association between prior concussion history and the number and severity of reported symptoms in this cohort. many previous studies have concluded that prior concussion history is a risk factor for future concussion. in a 2014 systematic review by abrahams et al.[17], which concluded that prior concussion is a risk factor for future concussion, 10 out of 13 reviewed studies found prior concussion history to be a risk factor; however, 9 of these 10 studies included only male cohorts or were 99% male. the remaining 3 (of 13) studies which found otherwise were of original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 a low quality. mccrory et al.[1], vedung et al.[4], van pelt et al.[12], and putukian et al.[18] also saw prior concussion history to be a risk factor for subsequent src. while this study did not aim to determine concussion risk factors, it is important to note that most of the evidence suggests that pconc is a risk factor for sustaining a future concussion. in contrast, the evidence regarding clinical outcome following src in those with pconc is equivocal. a comprehensive systematic review of 114 publications by iverson et al.[15] evaluated various possible outcome predictors following src, amongst others sex, pconc, and prior personal and family psychiatric history. it was found that the majority of studies did not show an association between pconc, in contrast to female sex and personal/family psychiatric history, and clinical outcome following src. the conclusion by this author is consistent with the study by brooks. et al. (large cohort of >9 000 youth soccer players) that src outcome is not associated with pconc. our finding supports the absence of an association between pconc and the clinical outcome following src in this small cohort. with overall increasing rates of sports participation among females, increased concussion injury rates, higher total and more severe reporting of symptoms, and increased risk for prolonged, complicated recovery from src among female collegiate athletes, it is imperative that future research continues to expand the body of evidence in this everevolving field of src, as consideration for differences brought about by biological sex carry important implications for the clinical management of src. from the clinician's perspective, these findings bear important clinical relevance. the clinician should be mindful thereof in the management of female collegiate athletes who present for baseline testing or post-injury assessment, in particular those with pmhdx and, although the present cohort showed no association with those with prior concussion history. the data used in this study are based on the information contained in the scat3/5 questionnaires which were completed as a central component in the assessment of suspected cases of src at this collegiate campus-based sports medicine service, the primary difference (in step 2) being that ‘state’ is reported in scat3 compared to ‘trait’ in scat5. during the study period, the scat5 was released following the berlin consensus meeting [1] and although scat3 and scat5 questionnaires are described in this study, asken et al.[19] found adequate convergent validity between scat3 and scat5. the symptomatology data collected in the scat questionnaires rely on the self-reporting of symptoms that is known to introduce bias, as these data cannot be verified independently. the non-parametric nature of these collected scat data, which contain large amounts of zero scores, cause additional statistical constraints. furthermore, it is unclear what the impact of elapsed time is between previous and instant concussions. this requires further study. our statistical measures employed, i.e. the addition of an es measure to differentiate more clearly meaningful clinical findings were strict when compared to previous studies. furthermore, in our study, which could be viewed as both a strength and limitation, all srcs were diagnosed by an experienced consistent group of sports physicians at a specialised sports medicine service in accordance with the most recent consensus clinical definitions and guidelines for concussion diagnosis.[1] this could imply a more narrowly defined cohort of diagnosed concussed athletes, in addition to differences in assessment methods and questionnaires employed elsewhere around the world. recall errors at the time of questionnaire completion may also influence accurate recording of prior concussion history in the athlete who presents with a current concussion. the data analysis derived from this work could be affected by the small sample size, impacting on certain statistical relationships which the cohort in this study did not show but which have been shown to exist in other studies. however, comparative studies also report small female collegiate src cohort sizes.[13,18,20-23] the small sample size is in spite of the multiyear time period under consideration in this study. this should not be construed as an indication of overall low female src incidence. indeed, the src incidence rate was not a focus of this work. rather, it may be possible that the src surveillance and referral systems which exist in women's sports codes on the university’s campus do not lead to an accurate portrayal of the true src incidence. furthermore, local socioeconomic and cultural factors may influence an athlete's awareness and understanding of src and the ability to seek medical care after sustaining an src. therefore, not all src cases may have been recorded. the data analysis was hampered by the fact that three eligible src records had missing scat data. ‘ conclusion this study aims to answer the call for more female specific src research. our findings suggest that the number and severity of symptoms are consistently reported in similar female collegiate athlete cohorts, in addition to similar symptoms being reported in different study cohorts competing in different sports. symptoms with the highest burden were headache, feeling slowed down, pressure in head, don't feel right and fatigue/low energy. we found no difference in the reported number and severity of symptoms between those with and without pconc. however, total and physical symptom cluster severity was significantly higher in those with pmhdx compared to athletes without pmhdx. the finding of a significant association between pmhdx and the src clinical outcome is consistent with previous research. whereas previous research is equivocal regarding an association between pconc and src outcome, the present cohort showed no such association. we encourage further research of female-specific src to expand our knowledge and ultimately improve the health of female athletes. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare that they have no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: rvt was the primary author responsible for conception, design, original research 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 analysis and interpretation of data, with significant contribution from jcb. rvt, lk, plv, ewd, and jcb all contributed w.r.t. critical revision for important intellectual content and approval of the version to be published. references 1. mccrory p, meeuwisse w, dvorak j, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport – the 5th international conference on concussion in sport held in berlin, october 2016. br j sports med. 2018;51: 838-847. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports2017-097699] 2. covassin t, savage jl, bretzin ac, et al. sex differences in sportrelated concussion long-term outcomes. int j psychophysiol 2018;132(pt a):9-13. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijpsycho. 2017.09.010] [pmid: 28927725] 3. resch je, rach a, walton s, et al.. sport concussion and the female athlete. clin sports med 2017;36(4):717-739. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2017.05.002] 4. vedung f, hanni s, tegner y, et al. concussion incidence and recovery in swedish elite soccer prolonged recovery in female players. scand j med sci sports 2020;30(5):947-957. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1111/sms.13644] 5. wilmoth k, tan a, hague c, et al. current state of the literature on psychological and social sequelae of sports-related concussion in school-aged children and adolescents. j exp neurosci 2019;13:1179069519830421. [https://dx.doi.org/ 10.1177/1179069519830421] [pmid: 30814847] 6. aktekin m, karaman t, senol yy, et al. anxiety, depression and stressful life events among medical students: a prospective study in antalya, turkey. med educ 2001;35(1):12-17. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2923.2001.00726.x][pmid: 11123589] 7. trinh ln, brown sm, mulcahey mk. the influence of psychological factors on the incidence and severity of sportsrelated concussions: a systematic review. am j sports med 2020;48(6):1516-1525. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546519882626][pmid: 1702943] 8. sojka p. “sport” and “non-sport” concussions. cmaj 2011;183(8):887-888. [doi: 10.1503/cmaj.110504] [pmid: 21502346] 9. baker jg, leddy jj, darling sr, et al. gender differences in recovery from sports-related concussion in adolescents. clin pediatr (phila) 2016;55(8):771-775. [https://dx.doi.org/ 10.1177/0009922815606417] [pmid: 26378093] 10. brown da, elsass ja, miller aj, et al. differences in symptom reporting between males and females at baseline and after a sports-related concussion: a systematic review and metaanalysis. sports med 2015;45 (7): 1027-1040. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-015-0335-6][pmid: 25971368] 11. sulla v, zikhali p. overcoming poverty and inequality in south africa: an assessment of drivers, constraints and opportunities. washington, dc: world bank group; 2018. http:// documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/530481521735906534 12. van pelt kl, allred d, cameron kl, et al. a cohort study to identify and evaluate concussion risk factors across multiple injury settings: findings from the care consortium. inj epidemiol 2019;6(1):1. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s40621-0180178-3] [ pmid: 30637568] 13. lariviere k, bureau s, marshall c, et al.. interaction between age, sex, and mental health status as precipitating factors for symptom presentation in concussed individuals. j sports med (hindawi publ corp) 2019;2019:9207903. [https://dx.doi.org/ 10.1155/2019/9207903] [pmid: 31976333] 14. brooks bl, silverberg n, maxwell b, et al. investigating effects of sex differences and prior concussions on symptom reporting and cognition among adolescent soccer players. am j sports med 2018;46(4):961-968. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546517749588][pmid: 29323926] 15. iverson gl, gardner aj, terry dp, et al. predictors of clinical recovery from concussion: a systematic review. br j sports med 2017;51(12):941-948. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2017097729] [pmid: 28566342] 16. legarreta ad, brett bl, solomon gs, et al. the role of family and personal psychiatric history in postconcussion syndrome following sport-related concussion: a story of compounding risk. j neurosurg pediatr 2018;22(3):238-243. [https://dx.doi.org/ 10.3171/2018.3.peds1850] [pmid: 29856298] 17. abrahams s, fie sm, patricios j, et al.. risk factors for sports concussion: an evidence-based systematic review. br j sports med 2014;48(2):91-97. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013092734] [pmid: 24052371] 18. putukian m, riegler k, amalfe s, et al. preinjury and postinjury factors that predict sports-related concussion and clinical recovery time. clin j sport med 2021;31(1):15-22. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0000000000000705] 19. asken bm, houck zm, bauer rm, et al. scat5 vs. scat3 symptom reporting differences and convergent validity in collegiate athletes. arch clin neuropsychol 2020;35(3):291-301. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1093/arclin/acz007][pmid: 30796799] 20. broshek dk, kaushik t, freeman jr, et al. sex differences in outcome following sports-related concussion. j neurosurg 2005;102(5):856-863. [https://dx.doi.org/10.3171/jns.2005.102.5.0856][pmid: 15926710] 21. covassin t, schatz p, swanik cb. sex differences in neuropsychological function and post-concussion symptoms of concussed collegiate athletes. neurosurgery 2007;61(2):345-350. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1227/01.neu.0000279972.95060.cb]pmid: 17762747] 22. black am, sergio le, macpherson ak. the epidemiology of concussions: number and nature of concussions and time to recovery among female and male canadian varsity athletes 2008 to 2011. clin j sport med 2017;27(1):52-56. [https://dx.doi.org/ 10.1097/jsm.0000000000000308] [pmid: 26862834] 23. merritt vc, greenberg ls, guty e, et al. beyond measures of central tendency: novel methods to examine sex differences in neuropsychological performance following sports-related concussion in collegiate athletes. j int neuropsychol soc. 2019;25(10):1094-100. [.doi: 10.1017/s1355617719000882][pmid: 31477193] https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2017-097699 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2017-097699 https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2017.05.002 https://dx.doi.org/10.1111/sms.13644 https://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2923.2001.00726.x https://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-015-0335-6 https://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s40621-018-0178-3 https://dx.doi.org/10.1186/s40621-018-0178-3 https://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546517749588 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2017-097729 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2017-097729 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092734 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092734 https://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0000000000000705 https://dx.doi.org/10.1093/arclin/acz007 https://dx.doi.org/10.3171/jns.2005.102.5.0856 https://dx.doi.org/10.1227/01.neu.0000279972.95060.cb editorial 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license major steps in 2021 the south african journal of sports medicine (sajsm) took major steps in 2021. seventy-nine submissions were received during the year with 37 submissions getting accepted for publication after review. this is a record. the 53% rejection rate may seem harsh, but not when compared to the top journal in the field (british journal of sports medicine) which has a rejection rate of 78%. the sajsm’s abstracts were viewed 8746 times, and 5064 pdfs were downloaded during the year. the highlight of the year was receiving the news that the journal passed the national library of medicine’s scientific quality review. the journal’s papers from 2019 onwards will be included in the ncbi’s pubmed central database. a full listing of the other databases which cover the sajsm is described in the index/listing section of journal. the growth of the journal can be attributed to several factors. firstly, the small but dedicated support staff working tirelessly to maintain the workflow from the time a paper enters the review process. secondly, the stable platform from which to host the journal. this was provided by the academy of science of south africa (assaf). their management team was superb in maintaining the publication’s platform and responding to queries. this had a major impact on the growth of the journal and is aligned with their goal of ’growing the peer-reviewed open access scholarly journals in south africa’. a third factor contributing to this journal’s growth is the expanding pool of reviewers. many reviewers were drawn from the membership of the south african sports medicine association, which reflects the maturity of the organisation. reviewers from overseas institutions were also recruited. in the majority of cases the quality of reviews was high. reviewing is a time-consuming job for which there is no public recognition. without these highquality reviews it is not possible to raise the standard of the published work. it is for this reason that much gratitude is extended to all the reviewers of 2021. another pleasing aspect of 2021 was that the publications represented eleven institutions from around the country (cape peninsula university of technology, iie’s varsity college, nelson mandela university, stellenbosch university, tshwane university of technology, university of cape town, university of johannesburg, university of kwazulu-natal, university of pretoria, university of the free state, university of the witwatersrand). this shows the discipline of sports medicine has spread throughout the country and is not the domain of a few universities as it was a decade ago. papers were also received from institutions in zimbabwe, mauritius, kenya, england and ireland. there are still challenges ahead. during the covid pandemic the “scientific process” has been stress-tested. political influence has crept into a few high level medical journals. this has been divisive and destructive to the scientific process. politics and science have to remain separate. mixing the two creates a murky environment to the detriment of both. journals have a role to play in maintaining the integrity of the scientific process. they can do this by ensuring that the review process is fair and rigorous. a rigorous review considers the research question and design of the study. are the results believable? do the conclusions match the results? are any biases acknowledged? there should be no influence from outside sources with a preferred outcome of the study. these include advertisers, policy makers, and scientists invested in a particular finding. failure of journals to uphold these basic principles of the review will contribute to the further contamination of the scientific process. as mentioned earlier, the discipline of sport and exercise medicine has matured. but fundamental questions remain important. for example; what is the best training approach to reduce the risk of injury? what impact does injury during competition have on the athlete’s quality of life after they have retired? what are the positive effects of regular exercise on quality of life? researchers have tried to answer these questions using measurements available at the time of the research. as new measurement techniques become available further insight into these questions are possible. the health and fitness industry has been flooded with new wearable technology with a variety of sensors (e.g. electrochemical, optical, acoustic, and pressuresensitive). [1] accelerometers, gyroscopes and real-time position detectors are also included in some devices. these sensors can measure heart rate, ecg, emg, tissue oxygenation, lactate, temperature, distribution of plantar pressure, acceleration of body segments, and speed while exercising. as the sensors have become more sophisticated, the potential for greater data collection has increased. this opens opportunities for studies using machine learning and artificial intelligence. this has provided an opportunity to use big data mining analytics to answer specific questions that could not be answered in the same way previously. for example, the fitbit company has patented an algorithm which identifies depression and predicts bipolar conditions using data (sleep, resting heart rate and voice of the user) measured with the fitbit. [2] the accuracy of the prediction is unknown, but it indicates the potential to use a variety of measurements from wearable devices for clinical purposes. data scientists with expertise in artificial intelligence will be attracted to innovative applications of wearable technology using big data. there are many opportunities to revisit some of the fundamental questions and answer them using more sophisticated measurements. there is still much work to be done! mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2022;34:1. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13041 references 1. düking p, fuss fk, holmberg h-c, et al. recommendations for assessment of the reliability, sensitivity, and validity of data provided by wearable sensors designed for monitoring physical activity. jmir mhealth uhealth 2018;6(4):e102. [doi: 10.2196/mhealth.9341] [pmid: 29712629] 2. stables j. new fitbit patent targets depression and bipolar detection. december 28, 2021. https://www.wareable.com/fitbit/ new-fitbit-patent-targets-depression-and-bipolar-detection-8666 (accessed 07 january 2022) https://journals.assaf.org.za/index.php/sajsm/about https://www.assaf.org.za/index.php/programmes/scholarly-publishing-programme/online-scientific-writing https://www.assaf.org.za/index.php/programmes/scholarly-publishing-programme/online-scientific-writing http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13041 https://doi.org/10.2196/mhealth.9341 https://www.wareable.com/fitbit/%20new-fitbit-patent-targets-depression-and-bipolar-detection-8666 https://www.wareable.com/fitbit/%20new-fitbit-patent-targets-depression-and-bipolar-detection-8666 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8979-1504 original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license dietary supplements and beverages: knowledge, attitudes, and practices among semi-professional soccer players in kwazulu-natal, south africa s nyawose,1 msc; r naidoo,1 phd; n naumovski,2,3,4 phd, maifst; aj mckune,1,3,5,6 dtech, cscs 1 discipline of biokinetics, exercise, and leisure sciences. school of health sciences, university of kwazulu-natal, durban, south africa 2 faculty of health, university of canberra, discipline of nutrition and dietetics, university of canberra, canberra, act, australia. 3 functional foods and nutrition research (ffnr) laboratory, university of canberra, ngunnawal country, act, australia. 4 department of nutrition and dietetics, harokopio university, athens 17671, greece. 5 faculty of health, discipline of sport and exercise science, university of canberra, canberra, act, australia. 6 research institute for sport and exercise, university of canberra, canberra, act, australia. corresponding author: s nyawose (nyawoses2@ukzn.ac.za) dietary supplements include food components, nutrients and non-food compounds ingested in addition to a habitually consumed diet to achieve specific health and/or performance benefits.[1] for the purpose of this study, these dietary supplements are typically in the form of tablets, capsules, soft gels, energy bars, and powders. soccer players commonly consume dietary supplements, and sports and energy beverages, before, during, or after a soccer match.[2] sports beverages, are typically ingested to hydrate and restore electrolytes and carbohydrates; whereas energy beverages have caffeine as the main ingredient, with the goal of improving cognitive ability.[3] soccer is a competitive sport that involves intermittent, high-intensity activities interposed with low-intensity activities.[3] a decline in any performance component can decide the outcome of a soccer match. therefore, the strategic use of substances that improve hydration, energy and cognitive ability to enhance performance is attractive to soccer players.[4] commercially available dietary supplements and beverages appeal to athletes for their supposed ergogenic effect, mainly due to aggressive marketing strategies.[5] studies have reported widespread usage of dietary supplements in soccer players. more than 82% of dietary supplement usage has been reported among elite soccer players recruited from international tournaments.[6] at the summit of world soccer, a retrospective study reported an increase in dietary supplement use during russia's 2018 world cup tournament, compared to the 2014, 2010, 2006, and 2002 world cup tournaments.[7] beverages are consumed at any time during a soccer match, with consumption of energy beverages by soccer players primarily before or during a game.[2] sports and energy beverages are also commonly known about and used by amateur athletes.[8] this increasing trend in the use of supplements is also evident in african countries. fifty-one per cent of soccer players in the zimbabwean league used dietary supplements, mainly vitamins (20%) and minerals (17%); while 15% reportedly consulted traditional healers for herbal supplements.[9] all 200 participants in an algerian study background: the ingestion of dietary supplements and beverages is prevalent in soccer, at the amateur and professional level. the absence of professional advice at non-professional level makes amateur soccer players susceptible to ingesting unsafe supplements. objectives: to determine the knowledge, attitudes and practices of abc motsepe league (semi-professional) players in kwazulu-natal regarding the use of dietary supplements and beverages. methods: three hundred and forty-three soccer players participated in a cross-sectional study. knowledge, attitudes and practices were determined using a questionnaire. researchers visited twelve teams. on the day of the visit to each team, information sheets and questionnaires were given to participants. questionnaires were collected immediately following completion. descriptive statistics were used, including means and standard deviations, where applicable. inferential statistics, chi-square and binomial tests were used to analyse the results. statistical significance was set at p < 0.05. results: sports beverages were the most recommended and commonly used, followed by energy beverages. dietary supplements were the least-known used. participants used beverages and dietary supplements to assist in providing more energy (67%), improve health (65%) and improve performance (55%) (p<0.001). seventy-three percent of participants lacked knowledge about the anti-doping policy (p<0.001), with 87% having never attended a workshop on the safe use of supplements and beverages, or anti-doping awareness campaigns (p<0.001). thirty-eight percent had not heard of the south african institute for drug-free sport (saids), and 84% were not familiar with the yearly updated world anti-doping agency’s (wada) prohibited list (p<0.001). of the 59% who did not take dietary supplements or beverages, 75% had insufficient information regarding them (p<0.001), 66% indicated that dietary supplements and beverages were costly (p=0.001), and 55% indicated they did not need dietary supplements and beverages (p=0.32). conclusion: there is a need for an educational programme on the safe use of dietary supplements, and sports and energy beverages among kwazulu-natal semi-professional soccer players. keywords: performance enhancement, sports drinks, anti-doping, abc motsepe league s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14018 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14018 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2841-4497 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9664-3734 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8843-8450 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5479-1544 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 indicated that they used dietary supplements to improve performance.[10] south african athletes, including amateur soccer players, are no different, with the vitamin and supplement market in south africa growing at around 11% annually.[11] their use is more evident in elite athletes than in non-professional athletes. however, limited research has been conducted to compare use at the different performance levels. non-professional athletes typically have limited professional support to guide them in the safe use of supplements.[12] the prevalence of supplement usage among non-professional athletes potentially increases the risks of using contaminated supplements. the frequent use of supplements is associated with a high risk of ingesting contaminated substances that may be harmful.[1] fifteen to 25% of supplements contain substances prohibited by world anti-doping agency (wada).[2] furthermore, many supplements come with insufficient scientific research or supporting evidence.[13] over the years, there have been cases against soccer players using prohibited substances in the south african premier division. in the province of kwazulu-natal, amateur soccer players use supplements, yet lacked knowledge about the risks associated with using these supplements.[8] this may lead to non-professional soccer players in kwazulu-natal becoming susceptible to using prohibited substances. to the best of the authors’ knowledge, there is currently no published data on the knowledge about, attitudes to, and practices of, dietary supplement and beverage use among semi-professional soccer players in south africa. therefore, this study aimed to determine the knowledge and use of dietary supplements and beverages among abc motsepe league players in kwazulu-natal. methods participants and study design this study used a descriptive, observational, cross-sectional survey design. the researchers relied on a self-administered questionnaire to explore the participants’ practices and perceptions. the abc motsepe league usually features 144 teams, divided into nine 16-team provincial divisions. twenty teams were affiliated with the kwazulu-natal league during the 2021-2022 season. teams affiliated to the kwazulu-natal league were approached to participate in the study. sixteen teams were contacted telephonically, with thirteen accepting the invitation to participate. however, one team was not available on the day the researchers visited the teams for data collection. therefore, 12 teams participated in the study. three hundred and forty-three participants completed questionnaires. this meant a 95% questionnaire response rate. using a margin of error of 5% and an alpha level of .05 from a population of 600 the required sample size would be 234. cochran’s sample size formula for categorical data was used to calculate the study’s sample size, and for a population size of 600, cochran’s correction formula was used to calculate the final sample size.[14] data collection the dietary supplement questionnaire was used to determine knowledge, attitudes and practices regarding dietary supplements and beverages among abc motsepe league players in kwazulu-natal. the questionnaire was adapted from a reliable and validated questionnaire.[12] the questionnaire was explained to participants in english and isizulu. the questionnaire was comprised of four sections. section a focused on general information; section b focused on knowledge about dietary supplements and sports and energy beverages; while section c focused on attitudes to dietary supplements and sports and energy beverages. section d focused on the use of dietary supplements and sports and energy beverages. this section was divided into two subsections: one for participants who used supplements and the other for participants who did not. a pilot study was conducted with 12 players who played one division lower than the study population. based on positive feedback from the participants, no changes were necessary. ethical considerations the university of kwazulu-natal’s biomedical research ethics committee (00001656/2020) approved the study. the south african football association’s (safa) kwazulu-natal provisional executive council granted permission to conduct the research and provided a list of teams with the contact details of the team managers. researchers visited twelve teams. on the day of the visit to each team, information sheets were handed out to prospective participants. the purpose of the study was explained in detail to the soccer players in the presence of the team management and technical team. players interested in participating in the study signed consent, or assent forms for those under 18 years were completed, and the team manager signed consent. questionnaires were handed out to participants, completed, and collated on the same day. statistical analysis data were analysed using the statistical package for social science (spss) 21.0 (ibm corp. released 2013. ibm spss statistics for windows, version 22.0. armonk, ny: ibm corp). descriptive statistics were used, including means and standard deviations, where applicable. inferential statistics, including the chi-square goodness of fit test, were used to perform univariate analysis on categorical variables to test whether any of the response options were selected significantly more or less often than the others. sample size varied as a consequence of participants not completing all questions. statistical significance was set at p<0.05. results participants’ ages ranged from 16 to 35 years. the mean age was 24 ± 4 years, with 60% having played in the abc motsepe league for less than four years and 40% playing for more than four years. of the players, 34% played in the midfield positions; 31% played as defenders; 24% played forward positions; and 11% were goalkeepers. original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 knowledge about dietary supplements and beverages when participants were asked to indicate agreement with the statement that consuming supplements replaces a healthy balanced diet, results showed neither significant agreement nor significant disagreement (p=0.28). table 1 lists the supplements and beverages that abc motsepe league soccer players in kwazulu-natal consider ideal for soccer players, based on their knowledge. a significant number of the participants responded that soccer players' sports beverages were ideal for consumption: 74% recommended carbohydrate sports beverage a and 61% recommended carbohydrate sport beverage b (p<0.001). a significant number of participants did not recommend supplements, such as creatine (84%), nitrate (86%), or sodium bicarbonate (92%), as ideal for consumption by soccer players (p<0.001). however, 51% of players recommended protein shakes as an ideal supplement for soccer players (p=0.75). knowledge of anti-doping agencies table 2 presents participant responses relating to their knowledge of anti-doping agencies: the world anti-doping agency (wada) and the south african institute for drugfree sport (saids). a significant number of participants (73%) had no access to anti-doping information, while 87% had never attended a workshop or presentation on dietary supplement or beverages, or an anti-doping awareness campaign (p<0.001). a significant number of participants (84%) were not familiar with the yearly updated wada prohibited list (p<0.001). a significant proportion of participants, 38% and 48%, had never heard of the saids or wada, respectively. while 35% and 30% had heard of saids and wada, respectively, they did not know anything substantial (p<0.001). attitudes to dietary supplements and beverages when questioned on their attitudes to dietary supplements and beverages, 73% disagreed that all supplements are safe, and 59% disagreed that taking dietary supplements is cheating (p<0.001). participants (70%) agreed that it was necessary to read the nutritional guidelines for a dietary supplement or beverage product (p<0.001), while 67% agreed that the type, quantity, and timing when taking dietary supplements or beverages was essential to receive the full benefits from that product (p<0.001). there were no significant differences in participants' responses when asked if the claimed benefits of dietary supplements and beverages are always based on scientific evidence (p=0.05). practices of dietary supplement and beverage use when asked about the beverages or supplements that participants had consumed the most in the previous month, sports beverages were the most consumed (23%), followed by energy beverages (6%), dietary supplements at 5%, and protein shakes were used by 2.8%. however, 0.7% of participants indicated they did not know the beverage name or dietary supplement they had consumed most in the previous month. there was no significant difference between players who consumed beverages before training or matches (57%) and players who did not consume beverages (43%), (p=0.92). of the participants, a significant 34% indicated that they followed the instructions on the beverage label or supplement label to help them decide on the amount to consume, while a significant 50% were unsure of how much to drink (p<0.001). a significant number of participants did not consult a professional (71%), ask a coach or teammates (72%), check the manufacturer’s websites (82%), or conduct any research (88%) about the safety of beverages or dietary supplements consumed (p<0.001). reasons for using dietary supplements and beverages study participants were asked to recall if they had consumed dietary supplements or beverages in the month prior to data collection. of the participants, 59% reportedly had not consumed dietary supplements or sports and energy beverages in the previous month, while 41% (n = 141) indicated that they had consumed dietary supplements and beverages in the month before data were collected. table 1. supplements, and sports and energy beverages, ideal for soccer players (%), as reported by participants (n=343) item frequency (%) p-value yes no caffeine 22 78 <0.001** creatine 16 84 <0.001** red bull® 41 59 0.001* nitrate 14 86 <0.001** protein shakes 51 49 0.75 carbohydrate beverage a (powerade®) 74 26 <0.001** carbohydrate beverage b (energade®) 61 39 <0.001** sodium bicarbonate 8 92 <0.001** * indicates p < 0.05, ** indicates p< 0.001. table 2. knowledge of anti-doping agencies (%) reported by participants (n=343) item responses as frequency (%) χ2 df p-value never heard of it heard of, know nothing about it heard of, know a little about it heard of, know quite a bit about it heard of, know a lot about it saids 38 35 20 3.8 3.5 186.8 4 <.001* wada 48 30 13 7.6 2.0 239.5 4 <.001* * indicates p< 0.001. saids, south african institute for drug-free sport; wada, world anti-doping agency; χ2, chi-square test; df, degrees of freedom original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 figure 1 lists reasons for consuming dietary supplements, and sports and energy beverages. participants used dietary supplements or beverages mainly to provide more energy (67%), improve health (65%) (p<0.001), and enhance sports performance (55%) (p=0.31). study participants indicated that they mainly relied on online sources (38%) and coaches (36%) for information on dietary supplements and beverages. table 3 lists participants’ reasons for not taking supplements or sports and energy beverages. participants disagreed that the consumption of supplements and beverages is a form of cheating (p < 0.02) and disagreed that supplements and beverages are unhealthy (p < 0.003). participants agreed that supplements and beverages are often too expensive and that they are concerned about failing a drug test if they were to be tested (p < 0.05). furthermore, participants agreed that they do not know enough about supplements and beverages (p <0.001). discussion the study aimed to determine the knowledge, attitudes, and practices of the abc motsepe league (semi-professional) soccer players in kwazulu-natal regarding the use of dietary supplements and beverages. there are limited studies that have focused on elite soccer players.[15] similarly, there is a lack of published literature on dietary supplements and beverages in the south african professional, semi-professional and nonprofessional leagues. some of the information discussed below has been gathered from different levels of sport and recreation. dietary supplements are not substitutes for a balanced nutritional programme for athletes.[1] however, responses from the current study showed neither significant agreement nor significant disagreement with the statement that ‘taking dietary supplements replaces a healthy balanced diet’. furthermore, of the participants who had not recently used supplements or beverages, the majority reportedly did not know enough about beverages and supplements. this suggests that the participants had relatively limited knowledge about dietary supplements. similarly, a study by jovanov et al. reported that less than 40% of amateur athletes knew about the proper intended use of dietary supplements.[12] however, professional players are relatively better informed about dietary supplements than amateur players.[16] a study on soccer players in the professional malawian super league reported an adequate understanding of supplements, with no need for educational interventions among the players.[17] this may indicate that at the professional level adequate education on dietary supplements is known, compared to lower divisions. differences in resources, such as the availability of professional advice and finances, may account for the reportedly superior knowledge in the professional game, compared to nonprofessional players. among athletes from the recreational to elite levels, commercially available sports beverages are popular because of their marketed ergogenic effect.[5] similarly, in the current study, sports beverages were the most recommended as ideal for improving soccer players' performance. protein shakes were the second most known and recommended supplement to enhance the performance of soccer players, preferred to other supplements, such as creatine, nitrate and sodium bicarbonate. a similar interest in, and popularity of, protein supplements was reported in johannesburg gym attendees.[18] maughan et al. cautioned athletes to assess whether minor benefits from dietary supplements exceed the risks of unintentional doping.[1] the responses of the semiprofessional league soccer players in the present study showed a substantial lack of knowledge fig. 1. reasons for using dietary supplements and beverages (%) reported by participants (n=141) table 3. reasons for not using dietary supplements or sports and energy beverage reasons n score t df p-value i do not need supplements and beverages. 196 3.6 ± 1.7 0.99 195 0.32 they are unhealthy. 196 3.2 ± 1.5 -2.98 195 0.003* they are too expensive. 196 3.9 ± 1.5 3.48 195 0.001* i do not know enough about supplements and beverages. 195 4.3 ± 1.4 7.93 194 <0.001** i am concerned about a positive drug test. 196 3.8 ± 1.6 2.98 195 0.003* taking supplements or energy beverages is like cheating. 196 3.2 ± 1.6 -2.35 195 0.020* * indicates p < 0.05, ** indicates p< 0.001. scored on likert scale from 1 to 6. score expressed as mean ± standard deviation. results were interpreted as significant agreement if the mean score >3.5 or significant disagreement if the mean score <3.5. df, degrees of freedom. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 of the wada list of prohibited substances, which suggests that players are at a high risk of using prohibited substances. a similar knowledge gap was reported in a recent scoping review on non-professional players, especially with regard to the health risks associated with consuming supplements.[19] furthermore, most players had limited to no knowledge about anti-doping agencies, such as saids and wada. lack of proper guidance on the risks associated with supplements increases the risk of doping and its adverse effects on the athletes’ health.[2] despite the players indicating that they are not fully knowledgeable about the risks associated with consuming dietary supplements, their attitude to dietary supplements seemed to indicate otherwise. participants disagreed that all supplements are safe for consumption, and the majority of participants (59%) indicated that they did not consume supplements because they considered them unhealthy. this attitude is supported by a study that advised exercising caution when using supplements or beverages as any compound that may enhance performance has the potential to adversely affect one’s health.[1] however, in the current study it may be possible that participants were not familiar with the names of supplements or beverages. despite the cautious attitudes regarding the consumption of dietary supplements and sports and energy beverages displayed by some participants, it is well known that supplementation is common among soccer players.[1] fortyone per cent of participants used sports beverages to enhance their performance during soccer matches or training.[1] similarly, a study by coopoo et al. reported that large quantities of carbohydrate supplements were consumed by gym attendees.[18] sports beverages promote hydration by replenishing electrolytes and supplying carbohydrates.[20] the strategic use of substances that improve hydration is deemed important in soccer players, given the few opportunities to hydrate during a soccer match.[2] energy beverages were the second most consumed beverage in this study. this may be due to the benefits attributed to caffeine-containing beverages in improving gross motor skills and concentration during a match.[21] a study on amateur soccer players reported that coaches recommended energy drinks to players.[8] in the current study, participants mainly relied on online sources and coaches for advice in choosing a supplement for use. athletes frequently use caffeine-containing beverages before a soccer match to enhance performance.[2] the present study found that 57% of participants consumed beverages before a match or training session. however, it may be of concern that soccer players believed that drinking more is better in order to have an edge over the opposition. non-professional athletes might be susceptible to excessive energy beverage consumption by thinking that this will increase their performance further. limitations the study’s findings should be interpreted cautiously, since the study used a self-administered questionnaire. it is essential to acknowledge the possibility of recall bias while responding to the questionnaire, and the likelihood of not providing an honest answer. players’ understanding of terminology in the questionnaire may have been another limitation. however, the questionnaire was explained to all participants in english and isizulu. conclusion the kwazulu-natal abc motsepe soccer players displayed a cautious attitude to using dietary supplements and sports and energy beverages possibly because of the evidence, and substantial lack of knowledge about the proper consumption of supplements. furthermore, users of supplements in this study were at risk of unintentional doping because of their limited or no access to educational platforms from anti-doping agencies, such as saids and wada. there is an urgent need for educational programmes to promote awareness about the safe use of dietary supplements and sports and energy beverages in the kwazulu-natal abc motsepe league. such programmes should teach soccer players about prohibited substances, thus avoiding unintentional doping and the potential side effects that impact health. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest. the authors would like to thank the national research foundation for financial support. acknowledgements: the authors wish to acknowledge the contribution of dr z nyawose and mr t mohlomi in distributing the research questionnaires. author contributions: sn contributed to the conceptualisation, design, data collection, interpretation of data, drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content, and approval of the version to be published. rn, nn, and ajm contributed to conceptualisation and the critical revision of the paper. all authors approved the version to be published. references 1. maughan rj, burke lm, dvorak j, et al. ioc consensus statement: dietary supplements and the high-performance athlete. br j sports med 2018;52(7):439-455. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2018099027] [pmid: 29540367] 2. oliveira c, ferreira d, caetano, c, et al. nutrition and supplementation in soccer. sports 2017;5(2):28 [doi: 10.3390/sports5020028] [ pmid: 29910389] 3. del coso j, munoz-fernández ve, munoz g, et al. effects of a caffeine-containing energy drink on simulated soccer performance. plos one 2012;7(2):1-8. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0031380] [pmid: 22348079] 4. fernandes h. dietary and ergogenic supplementation to improve elite soccer players' performance. ann nutr metab 2021;77(4):197-203. [doi: 10.1159/000516397] [ pmid: 34120108] 5. peeling p, binnie mj, goods ps, et al. evidence-based supplements for the enhancement of athletic performance. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2018;28(2):178-187. [doi: 10.1123/ijsnem.2017-0343] [pmid: 29465269] 6. oliveira cb, sousa m, abreu r, et al. dietary supplements usage by elite female football players: an exploration of current practices. scand j med sci sports 2022; 32 suppl 1:73-80. [doi: 10.1111/sms.14001] [pmid: 34087016] 7. oester c, weber a, vaso m. retrospective study of the use of original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 medication and supplements during the 2018 fifa world cup russia. bmj open sport exerc med 2019;5(1): e000609. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem-2019-000609] [pmid: 31548910] 8. kisten t, naidoo r. the perspectives of amateur soccer players and their coaches on the use of performance enhancing substances. glob j health sci 2019;11(7):154-163. [doi: 10.5539/gjhs.v11n7p154] 9. mkumbuzi n, kaseke f. use of non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs and nutritional supplements in zimbabwean football. s afr j sports med 2015;27(1):20-22. [doi: 10.7196/sajsm.577] 10. chabaiki i, bakadi a, bechikh y. sports supplements: use, knowledge, and risks for algerian athletes. nor afri j food nutr res 2020;4(7):231-239. [doi: 10.51745/najfnr.4.7.231-239] 11. insight survey. how well is sa’s vitamins and supplements market? 2018. https://www.insightsurvey.co.za/well-sasvitamins-supplements-market (accessed 15 march 2022). 12. jovanov p, dordic v, obradovic b, et al. prevalence, knowledge and attitudes towards using sports supplements among young athletes. j int soc sports nutr 2019;16(1):27-36. [doi: 10.1186/s12970-019-0294-7] [ pmid: 31272457] 13. baltazar-martins g, brito de souza d, aguilar-navarro m, et al. prevalence and patterns of dietary supplement use in elite spanish athletes. j int soc sports nutr 16(1):30.[doi: 10.1186/s12970-019-0296-5] [pmid: 31319850] 14. bartlett je, kotrlik jw, higgins cc. organizational research: determining appropriate sample size in survey research appropriate sample size in survey research. inf technol learning, performance j 2001;19(1):43-50. 15. collins j, maughan rj, gleeson m, et al. uefa expert group statement on nutrition in elite football. current evidence to inform practical recommendations and guide future research. br j sports med 2021;55(8):416. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2019-101961] [ pmid: 33097528] 16. knapik jj, steelman ra, hoedebecke ss, et al. prevalence of dietary supplement use by athletes: systematic review and metaanalysis. sports med 2016;46(1):103-123. [doi:10.1007/s40279-015-0387-7] [pmid: 26442916] 17. kaoche jm, rintaugu eg, kamenju j, et al. knowledge on doping among football athletes, coaches and sponsors in malawi. j phys educ sport manag 2020;11(2):5-13. [doi: 10.5897/jpesm2020.0346] 18. coopoo y, mccreanor x, gabriels g. nutritional supplements use, cost, source of information, and practices by johannesburg north gym goers. s afr j sports med 2020;32(1):1-6. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2020/v32i1a6771] 19. harmse b, noorbhai h. sport supplement use among high school rugby players in south africa: a scoping review. s afr j sports med 2022;34(1):1-9. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13348] 20. pound cm, blair b, canadian paediatric society, nutrition and gastroenterology committee, ottawa, ontario. energy and sports drinks in children and adolescents. paediatr child health 2017;22(7):406-410. [doi: 10.1093/pch/pxx132] [pmid: 29491725] 21. shabir a, hooton a, spencer g, et al. the influence of caffeine expectancies on simulated soccer performance in recreational individuals. nutrients 2019;11(10):2289. [doi: 10.3390/nu11102289] [pmid: 31557945] https://www.insightsurvey.co.za/well-sas-vitamins-supplements-market https://www.insightsurvey.co.za/well-sas-vitamins-supplements-market original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license hand trauma in english domestic professional county cricket wj ribbans,1,2,3 phd, frcs (tr and orth), ffsem (uk); ms chaudhry,1 mbchb, mrcgp, bsc (hons); b goudriaan,1 mcsp 1 northamptonshire county cricket club, northampton, england. 2the university of northampton, northampton, england. 3the county clinic, 57 billing road, northampton, england nn1 5db corresponding author: wj ribbans (billribbans@billribbans.com) the incidence of injury in cricket has been reported to be increasing.[1,2] lower limb injuries have been recorded at between 23-50% of total injuries.[3,4] the upper limb accounts for between 20-34% overall, with hand and wrist injuries most strongly represented.[1,3,5,6,7] hand injuries mainly affect the digits as fractures and dislocations. hand trauma can occur during any of the main activities – batting, bowling, and fielding (including wicket-keeping). however, fielding has been repeatedly reported to be where most of the injuries occurmainly via direct impact with the ball or ground.[1,2,8,9,10] injuries can occur pre-season and during the season, during matches and training. the aim of this study was to investigate the incidence and mechanism of hand injuries in a professional cricket club over a decade and to assess the impact of these injuries on the availability of playing squad members. methods injuries to players at the northamptonshire county cricket club (nccc) were recorded on a computerised injury surveillance programme to which the players had consented. subsequently this data was available for analysis and auditing. the period of study was from 2009-2018 (ten seasons). two of the authors (wr and bg) were affiliated to the nccc throughout the study period. the competitive season for cricket lasts between the months of april and september. during this time, the club is involved in three competitive formats – the county championship (four day games), 50-over 1-day games, and 20/20 competitions. in addition, there are pre-season games, matches against touring countries, and second xi games. hand injuries were defined as any injury distal to the base of the metacarpals for the purpose of this analysis. the injuries included osseous, articular, and soft tissue damage. imaging was available for bone and joint injuries. the number of players available to the senior squad was recorded. although some players may feature predominantly (or exclusively) in one or two of the formats only, each individual was recorded as being available throughout the entirety of the season. the date of return-to-play (rtp) was used for defining injury recovery although it is acknowledged that a period of graduated training would need to be undertaken beforehand. if an injury occurred pre-season or the recovery continued after the season ended, the time the player was unavailable for selection during the season, as well as the total length of recovery, was measured. players requiring out-of-season rehabilitation for injuries remained at the club for treatment with one of the authors (bg). this allowed an assessment of the timing of full cricket-related recovery. results forty-five injuries to twenty-two different players were recorded over the ten-year period of study. none were recurring injuries. type and site of injury purely non-articular fractures contributed to 31 (69%) of the total hand injuries and articular injuries (including dislocations, fracture-dislocations, tendon avulsions and ligament injuries for 13 (29%) of the injuries (fig. 1). the final injury was a nail bed haematoma which required time away from the game. the left hand was involved in 53% of injuries and the right hand in 47%. the little finger accounted for 24% of all injuries, ring finger 31%, middle 11%, index 9%, and thumb 24%. the metacarpals, including the metacarpophalangeal joints (mcpjs), were involved in 11% of injuries. table 1 provides analysis of the precise site of the injuries. although not this paper’s area of study, it should be noted that no wrist or carpal injuries were recorded over the study period. treatment five injuries (11%) required surgical intervention. the remainder of the injuries were treated conservatively. background: hand trauma is a frequent and disabling injury in cricket. however, there is limited published data on its impact on the sport at the elite level. objectives: this study investigated the incidence and mechanism of hand injuries in professional cricket over a decade and the impact of these injuries upon player availability. methods: a retrospective hand injury review at northampton county cricket club (nccc) over 10 years (2009-2018) was performed. all hand injuries had been contemporaneously documented. they were analysed for cause of injury, treatment, and time away from competitive play. results: there were 45 hand injuries in total. eleven percent needed surgical intervention. these hand injuries required a total recovery time of 1561 days, and in-season 1416 days were lost from competitive play. the injuries requiring surgery were unavailable for 229 total days during the season. a player had an annual 18% risk of sustaining a hand injury requiring time away from the sport and resulting in a 4% reduction in playing resources during a season. conclusion: hand injuries have major implications for player selection during the cricket season and place a potential burden upon the entire squad and the team’s success. keywords: digits, fractures, dislocations, injury s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10689 mailto:billribbans@billribbans.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10689 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3612-2857 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2271-4306 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 timing and activities involved in injuries thirty-two (71%) of the injuries occurred during matches and 13 (29%) during practice sessions of which four (31%) occurred preseason. fifty-six percent of injuries occurred during fielding activities, 20% specifically while wicket-keeping, and 24% during batting. no injuries occurred during bowling. recovery from injuries the 45 injuries resulted in a total of 1561 days off for rehabilitation. during the season, a total of 1416 days lost. on average, a hand injury led to 31 days/player (range 0-89) time lost for selection for games. five injuries required surgery and the players were unavailable for 229 days during the ten seasons, resulting in an average of 46 days/ player time lost for selection. conservatively treated injuries resulted in 1187 days off during the season which averaged 30 days/player time lost for selection. most english professional cricket seasons last an average of 22 weeks. therefore, a club might expect to endure 92 % of the season with playing selection reduced because of a hand injury. during the ten-year period, northamptonshire had an average of 25 senior players available for selection across three formats. hand injuries reduced this capacity by 4%. table 1. anatomical location, treatment, timing, and cause of hand injuries thumb index middle ring little total total number of injuries 11 (24%) 4 (9%) 5 (11%) 14 (31%) 11 (24%) 45 anatomical location distal phalanx 5 2 5 7 3 22 (49%) distal interphalangeal joint (including mallet finger injuries) 0 0 0 1 4 5 (11%) middle phalanx 0 1 0 2 1 4 (9%) proximal interphalangeal joint (including ligamentous injury) 1 0 0 1 1 3 (7%) proximal phalanx 3 0 0 0 2 5 (11%) metacarpophalangeal joint (including ligamentous injury) 0 0 0 0 0 0 metacarpal injuries 2 0 0 3 0 5 (11%) soft tissue injuries (excluding above) 0 1 0 0 0 1 (2%) treatment conservative treatment 11 3 4 11 11 40 (89%) surgical treatment 0 1 1 3 0 5 (11%) timing of injuries matches 9 1 4 8 10 32 (71%) training 2 3 1 6 1 13 (29%) activity at time of injury batting 3 3 1 2 2 11 (24%) bowling 0 0 0 0 0 0 fielding (excluding wicket-keeping) 5 1 2 11 6 25 (56%) wicket-keeping 3 0 1 1 4 9 (20%) total time lost during season post-injury (days) 378 83 144 536 275 1 416 total time lost post-injury (days) 421 140 144 561 295 1 561 data are expressed as n or n(%), where % indicates the percentage of the total number of injuries. fig. 1. lateral x-ray of ring finger: large dorsal avulsion fragment at insertion of extensor digitorum longus (edl) following catching injury original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 discussion cricket is a popular global sport. the international cricket council (icc) has over 100 member countries affiliated to it.[11] whilst played as a non-contact sport between participants, injuries do occur and are common. impact injuries frequently result from contact between the hard ball and body parts. ball speeds during bowling can be greater than 160 km.h-1.[11] in addition, impact injuries occur from direct contact with the ground, another player, or the pitch boundaries.[12] injuries at both professional and recreational levels impact upon individual player performance and team success. however, the incidence of cricket injuries has been reported to be lower than in other common team sports[1,8] although injury rates have varied greatly in different publications. weightman recorded 2.6 injuries/10000 hours played [13], whilst orchard reported 24.2 injuries/10 000 hours played [1] – a tenfold difference. leary and white calculated an acute injury rate of 57.4/1 000 days of cricket played.[14] hammond recorded a match incidence of 3.2 injuries/1 000 hours exposure compared to 29.9 in soccer and 97.6 in rugby union.[9] injury surveillance reports indicate that a return to cricketing activities from all injuries occur in one week or less in 47.8 %, 28.4% within two to three weeks, and 23.8% over more than three weeks.[2] the differences in recorded rates may reflect the increasing sophistication of injury surveillance methods over time, the criteria used for recording an injury, and whether the publication concentrated upon one sport or involved ‘across sport’ comparisons with varying fixture scheduling and physical demands. this study demonstrates that hand injuries sustained in professional cricket have significant implications for player welfare, availability, and selection. these results constitute the longest continuous period of analysis (ten years) of any study on hand injuries in elite cricket. it represents the experience of the equivalent of 250 years exposure to playing the sport professionally. additionally, it calculates how long it takes to recover before play is resumed again and the impact on senior player availability during a professional season. a professional cricketer had an 18% annual risk of sustaining a hand fracture over the course of this study. whilst only 11% of the injuries required surgical intervention, the time away from the sport still averaged seven weeks. this emphasised the importance of hand comfort, strength, and flexibility to perform all of the necessary skills within the game. at any one time, coaching staff, managing an average squad of 25 players, could expect to lose throughout the season an average of one player to these injuries alone. our data indicate that both hands are at equal risk and the digits more prone to injury than the metacarpals and mcpjs. our study confirms the results from previous smaller studies that the ring and little finger are most at risk combining to cater for 56% of all injuries.[8] fielding activities were the most common cause of injury, similar to the findings in previous literature.[8],[15] batting and wicket-keeping activities are afforded some hand protection through the use of gloves but they are not immune to injury. the absence of any wrist or carpal injuries during the decade of analysis in this paper emphasises the burden the game places specifically on the digits. brooks’ [16] recent paper reports an australian experience of 90 hand fractures identified over a three-year period across many elite teams. their surgical intervention rate of 13% is similar to that in our study (11%). ninety-three percent of their fractures involved the thumb, 5th ray, and middle and distal phalanges of the index, middle and ring fingers – the ‘exterior bones’. this was comparable to our study with 89% of hand fractures. the return-to-play statistics between the two studies is also similar. conservatively treated injuries averaged 30 days in our study (32 days in australia) and 46 days for surgical cases (49 days in australia). ‘buddy strapping’ the 4th and 5th digits has previously been advocated to reduce injury during fielding practices [10] and would seem to be a reasonable precaution but without any proven data to support it. specific gloves for catching practice are available but provide better protection to the palm and metacarpals than the digits. it is acknowledged that players want to replicate the skill of catching during practice and compliance for the use of more constrained gloves might be low. an acknowledged limitation of this study includes the precise mechanism of fielding injuries whether they occurred via direct impact with the ball, contact with the cricket field, or other methods of injury. although the data recorded the format of game for match injuries, the sample size was too small for meaningful analysis of differential injury patterns in other competitions. conclusion hand injuries have major implications for player selection during the cricket season. coaching staff should be aware of the potential burden such injuries place upon the entire squad and the impact for a team’s sporting success. an evaluation of fielding techniques, practice drills, and future new protective equipment might contribute to a decrease in such injuries. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: wr; conceived the project, accumulated the audit data and assessed the imaging, wrote the manuscript and provided references. sc; analysed the data, wrote the manuscript and completed the literature review. bg; entered and retrieved all data for the audit of this project and provided input to the manuscript. references 1. orchard j, james t, alcott e, et al. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002;36(4):270-275. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.36.4.270] [pmid: 12145117] 2. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in first-league and provincial cricketers. s afr med j 1993;83(5):339–342 [pmid: 8211430] 3. stretch ra, venter dj. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. s afr j sports med original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 2005;17(3):4-9. [doi: 10. 17159/5122] 4. temple r. cricket injuries: fast pitches change the gentleman's sport. phys sportsmed 1982;10(6):186-192. [doi: 10.1080/00913847.1982.11947258] [pmid: 29261044] 5. stretch ra. a review of cricket injuries and the effectiveness of strategies to prevent cricket injuries at all levels. s afr j sports med 2007;19(5):129-132. [doi: 10.17159/2078516x/2007/v19i5a256] 6. russell jh, hughes jm, heskin l, et al. the pattern of hand injuries in amateur cricket. eur j plast surg 2014;37(5):281-286. [ doi: 10.1007/s00238-014-0932-x] 7. shah k, furniss d, collins gs, et al. cricket related hand injury is associated with increased odds of hand pain and osteoarthritis. sci rep2020;10(1), 16775. [doi: 10.1038/s41598020-73586-z ][pmid: 33033307] 8. ahearn n, bhatia r, griffin s. hand and wrist injuries in professional county cricket. hand surg 2015;20(1):89-92. [doi: 10.1142/s0218810415500124] [pmid: 25609280] 9. belliappa pp, barton nj. hand injuries in cricketers. j hand surg br 1991;16(2):212-214 [doi: 10.1016/0266-7681(91)90180-v] [pmid: 2061668] 10. hammond le, lilley jm, pope gd, et al. comparative injury rates in three professional team sports. basem. annual meeting. september 2009. poster presentation. 11. pardiwala dn, rao nn, varshney av. injuries in cricket. sports health 2018;10(3):217-222.[doi: 10.1177/1941738117732318] [pmid: 28972820] 12. shafi m. cricket injuries: an orthopaedist's perspective. orthop surg 2014;6(2):90-94. [doi: 10.1111/os.12104] [pmid: 24890289] 13. weightman d, browne rc. injuries in eleven selected sports. br j sports med 1975;9(3):136-141.[doi: 10.1136/bjsm.9.3.136] 14. leary t, white ja. acute injury incidence in professional county club cricket players (1985-1995). br j sports med2000, 34(2): 145147. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.34.2.145] [pmid: 10786874] 15. finch cf, elliott bc, mcgrath ac. measures to prevent cricket injuries: an overview. sports med 1999, 28(4): 263-272.[doi: 10.2165/00007256-199928040-00004] [pmid: 10565552] 16. brooks k, orchard jw, saw ae, et al. hand fractures and return to play in elite australian cricketers. j orthop 2020;22:100-103. [doi: 10.1016/j.jor.2020.03.039] [pmid: 32308261]. doi:%2010.%2017159/5122 doi:%2010.1080/00913847.1982.11947258 doi:%2010.1080/00913847.1982.11947258 doi:%2010.17159/2078-516x/2007/v19i5a256 doi:%2010.17159/2078-516x/2007/v19i5a256 doi:%2010.1142/s0218810415500124 doi:%2010.1142/s0218810415500124 doi:%2010.1016/0266-7681(91)90180file:///c:/doi:%2010.1177/1941738117732318 doi:%2010.1111/os.12104 doi:%2010.1136/bjsm.9.3.136 doi:%2010.1136/bjsm.34.2.145 doi:%2010.2165/00007256-199928040-00004 doi:%2010.2165/00007256-199928040-00004 36 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 original research the perceived benefits of the maties injury programme among students hlp bates,1,2 b medsci; jh kirby,1 mb, chb, msc (sports med) 1 stellenbosch university centre for human performance sciences & campus health services, stellenbosch, south africa 2 college of medical and dental sciences, university of birmingham, birmingham, united kingdom corresponding author: jh kirby (jkirby@sun.ac.za) objective: to investigate how athletes attending the maties injury programme (mip) at stellenbosch university perceived the service, and to highlight areas they believed could be improved. participants: thirty athletes representing stellenbosch university attended the mip following injury in may 2014. methods: a questionnaire-based service evaluation to assess patients’ perceptions of the mip. results: ninety-three percent of participants indicated that they benefited from attending the injury clinic. across all domains in the questionnaire patients reported high levels of satisfaction with the mip. four participants made suggestions for improvement, which have been considered. conclusions: the theoretical benefits of pr oviding a sp ecialised sports injury assessment as part of the campus health services for athletes at stellenbosch university have been supported by the encouraging responses of patients. incorporating sports injury programmes into campus health services at more universities should be considered. keywords: service survey, high performance programme, injury clinic s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):36-38. doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a170 doctors with experience and qualifications in identifying and treating sports injuries are best placed to establish which causative factors result in an injury and implement appropriate treatment.[1,2] many universities have therefore incorporated dedicated sports injury programmes into their campus health services. the maties injury programme (mip) at stellenbosch university is one such an example. the mip offers free and rapid specialist assessment of sports injuries sustained during training or participation in university sporting activities. assessing doctors can arrange for specialist referrals or further investigations. the costs are apportioned between maties sport and the stellenbosch university’s campus health services. the programme aims to provide a holistic approach to care by assessing the injury; providing information to the patients and an agreed tailored treatment and rehabilitation plan with the sportsperson, in addition to providing training adaption advice for coaches. there is little available literature documenting the perceived benefits of involving sports injury specialists in campus health services. similar constructs to the mip are available in the united states; however, no research could be identified in assessing patient perceptions. moreover, there is little published research investigating the perceptions of patients attending sports physicians, although it is possible that unpublished evaluations conducted within organisations may exist. appropriate patient support from the healthcare team can improve outcomes of sports injuries.[1,2] in sport, the use of a biopsychosocial patient assessment model with effective communication between the healthcare team and patient is vital to deal with the stresses and social pressures of competition.[2] successful communication and high levels of patient satisfaction are likely to contribute to better outcomes in injured patients. as well as good communication, understanding of the complexity of sports medicine is key in injury management at all levels. vergeer suggests family practitioners are often unable to deal satisfactorily with sports injuries because of insufficient training.[3] for elite varsity athletes, assessment by a sports physician is crucial to achieving overall optimal sports performance.[2] thorough knowledge of sports injuries is particularly important for treating first-year university athletes when dramatic increases in training intensity may result in chronic injuries. cooperation between healthcare professionals and coaches is essential to adapt programmes to meet individual needs, as well as to identify and address the social and psychological factors accompanying injuries.[2] the volume of supportive literature on the objective benefits of sports injury clinics suggest investigation of perceived (as opposed to objective) benefit is unnecessary. however, conducting a service evaluation to assist in assessing the success of the programme, and investigating the possibility that the mip and the communication of information to coaches could be perceived as a benefit to the team rather than to the individual. the secondary aim arose from concerns about the detrimental effect of such a perception on the relationship between the athlete and team doctor in elite sport.[4] the aim of this questionnaire-based service evaluation was to investigate how the athletes attending the mip perceived the service and to highlight areas they believed could be improved. methods a questionnaire-based service evaluation was used to assess patients’ perceptions of the mip over four weeks in may 2014. the study received written approval from the directors of maties sport, campus health services and centre for human performance sciences, university of stellenbosch. there was no available validated questionnaire to assess patients’ perceptions of benefits from a sports injury programme. therefore this study used seven questions based on the ‘medical interview satisfaction scale’;[5] a self-report questionnaire using a five-point likert scale that has been validated in south africa. the questionnaire was adapted to measure satisfaction with treatment from athletic trainers in injured athletes from previous research by replacing the word ‘illness’ with ‘injury’[5] (appendix 1). demographic data and injury type were recorded. patients were also asked to rate the perceived benefit from attending the clinic on a fivepoint likert scale, to identify the most beneficial aspect of attending the injury clinic and to suggest improvements. the questionnaire was piloted on three mip patients. no misunderstandings of the questions were noted. pilot responses were not included in the analysis. mailto:jkirby%40sun.ac.za?subject= http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a170 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 37 results were presented using descriptive statistics. the proportion of patients from each sport and mean age were assessed, as well as the distribution of traumatic and non-traumatic causes of injury. responses for each of the eight questions were analysed using a mean average calculation and standard deviation. qualitative responses were not sufficiently su bstantial fo r fu ll analysis but were grouped by theme and presented quantitatively. results thirty-three students attending the mip were approached – three declined to participate. all patients (n=21 males, nine females) saw a qualified s ports d octor. th e me an ag e of th e students was 21 years (range: 18-32 years). rugby accounted for the largest proportion of injuries seen (40%, n=12) with hockey injuries the second most common (27%, n=8). the o ther i njuries w ere f rom s occer ( n=4), athletics (n=3), ultimate frisbee (n=1), badminton (n=1) and water polo (n=1). non-traumatic injuries accounted for 57% of all injuries (n=17). thirty responses were collected, with only one questionnaire incomplete. figure 1 shows the distribution of the scale rating for each question and the mean response value with standard deviations. none of the participants ‘strongly disagreed’ with any of the statements. the majority of responses (82%) were positive (‘agree’ or ‘strongly agree’). only two statements did not have a mean score value corresponding with a positive response. statement 6: ‘after talking to the doctor i felt much better about my problems’ received the lowest average rating (3.8 ± 0.7) and statement 5: ‘the doctor has relieved my worries about being seriously injured’ had a mean rating of (3.9 ± 0.9). the final statement ‘overall i have benefitted from attending the sports injury clinic’ was the highest scored statement (4.6 ± 0.6) with 93% (n=28) of responses either ‘agree’ or ‘strongly agree’ and 7% (n=2) responding ‘uncertain’. twenty-four participants identified the aspect of the injury programme that they felt was most beneficial. f ive t hemes w ere identified: information about and assessment of an injury; rapid referral to specialist care; emotional support; convenience; and treatment. eighty three percent (n=20) of those that responded felt that the information about and the assessment of their injury were the most beneficial aspects of the injury programme. 6 fig. 1: perception of benefit likert responses 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% strongly agree (5) agree (4) uncertain (3) disagree (2) strongly disagree (1) fig. 1: perception of benefit likert responses four participants provided suggestions for improving the mip. the suggestions were: provision of an estimated duration of rehabilitation; funding of investigations; staff should be friendlier; and extension of clinic hours during competition times. discussion most participants (93%) agreed that they had benefited from attending the injury clinic – with the remainder indicating ‘uncertain’. most responses (82%) were ‘agree’ or ‘strongly agree’ for all the statements in the question naire, indicating a consistently positive per ception of the mip. overall, the participants reported high levels of satisfaction with the mip; in particular, the identification of the injury and its severity, its impact on the competition and the answering of queries. lowest rated statements pertained to the doctor’s impact on a patient’s emotional response to their injury. as the questionnaire was completed following the initial consultation, patients may have received disappointing news with regard to their injury assessment and the 38 sajsm vol. 28 no. 2 2016 lower scores for the statements five and six can be attributed to the variable nature of the results of the injury assessment. repeating the questionnaire after a patient’s recovery may result in changes of these scores. the encouraging responses of the participants in this study support the theoretical benefits of a dedicated sports injury programme within campus health services generally at stellenbosch university, as well as the continued provision of the mip. the consistent agreement with statements relating to communication of information suggests that holistic care is being provided.[1] the high level of patient satisfaction and the impressive coordination between healthcare professionals, coaches, managers and players make this programme a potential model for other universities. none of the responses commented on coaching or team influence in the evaluation of the mip – refuting furrow’s suggestion that injured sportspeople may feel sports doctors are provided primarily for the coach’s benefit.[4] the results indicate that the programme is seen as beneficial by the majority of patients and that the assessment and subsequent information provided is perceived as very valuable. this study also provided an avenue for patients to suggest changes which have been reported to the mip. limitations based on the experiences at the mip it can be observed that that younger players commonly present with non-traumatic injuries from the sudden increase in training as they move from school to university. many such injuries may have been missed due to the short duration of the study and its timing in the academic year. as these patients form a large proportion of mip patients, assessment of their perceptions following their initial assessment during and after rehabilitation, is an avenue for further research. there are inherent problems with questionnaire studies in general.[6] this questionnaire was limited by the inclusion of questions that were likely to be disadvantageous in the consultation – rewording or removal of these in future studies would be beneficial. incorporation of interviews and focus groups could also be considered.[6] conclusions despite the limitations of the study, it has provided useful preliminary data on the perceptions of students attending the mip, showing that it is regarded as beneficial by students. overall, this study has suggested that the patients attending the mip appreciate the rapid assessment and management advice given. the study has also shown that conducting service evaluations of the perceived benefits of existing sports injury programmes provides useful information both to health services and sports financers. the findings also add weight to the argument for the incorporation of more sports injury programmes in campus health services. references 1. macauley d, ed. oxford handbook of sport and exercise medicine. 2nd ed. london: oxford university press, 2013:35-63. isbn: 9780199660155. [doi: 10.1093/med/9780199660155.001.0001] 2. stanish wd, van aarsen m, evans na. the modernday team physician: roles, responsibilities, and required qualifications. in: micheli l, pigozzi f, chan km et al., eds. team physician manual: international federation of sports medicine (fims). 3rd ed. new york: routledge; 2013:3-9. isbn:  9780415505338 [doi: 10.1179/1753614613z.00000000050] 3. vergeer i. family physicians and sports-injury care: perceptions of coaches. can fam physician 1997;43:1755-1761. [pmid: 2255428] 4. furrow b. the problem of the sports doctor: serving two (or is it three or four?) masters. st. louis university law j 2005;50:165-183. 5. wolf mh, putnam sm, james sa, et al. the medical interview satisfaction scale: development of a scale to measure patient perceptions of physician behaviour. j  behav med 1978;1(4):391-40. [doi: 10.1007/bf00846695] 6. bowling a. research methods in health: investigating health and health services. buckingham, united kingdom: open university press; 1997:242-357. isbn-10 0335206433 [doi: 10.1002/sim.755] appendix 1. questionnaire used to assess patients’ perceptions of benefit from the sports injury programme gender: m / f (please circle) age: ______ sport: _________________________________ cause of injury: traumatic / non-traumatic please circle your response to each question. strongly disagree disagree uncertain agree strongly agree 1. the doctor told me the name of my injury in words that i could understand 1 2 3 4 5 2. after talking to the doctor, i know just how serious my injury is 1 2 3 4 5 3. the doctor told me all i wanted to know about my injury 1 2 3 4 5 4. the doctor told me how being injured will affect my ability to compete 1 2 3 4 5 5. the doctor has relieved my worries about being seriously injured 1 2 3 4 5 6. after talking to the doctor i felt much better about my problems 1 2 3 4 5 7. the doctor gave me a thorough check up 1 2 3 4 5 8. overall i have benefitted from attending the sports injury clinic today 1 2 3 4 5 what was the most beneficial part of your attendance at the clinic? __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ is there anything you think could be improved about the injury program at the clinic? __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ any other comments: thank you for completing this survey. http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/med/9780199660155.001.0001 http://dx.doi.org/10.1179/1753614613z.00000000050 http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf00846695 http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/sim.755 s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-66. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14885 thursday 29 september – sunday 2 october 2022 scientific abstract presentations index name abstract title o01 ms lizanne andrag similar medial knee contact force measures found in individuals with osteoarthritis and lower limb amputation: a systematic review o02 dr lone bogwasi management of proximal rectus femoris injuries do we know what we're doing?: a systematic review o03 mrs marise breet foot morphology of urban and rural south african children and adolescents o04 mr darren cecil an analyses of twitter-traffic on physical activity related messaging during the period of south africa's covid-19 lockdown o05 mr tawonga mwasevuma prevalence and correlates of adherence to total physical activity guidelines using step-counting in pre-school children: the sunrise study o06 ms siphesihle nqweniso disease burden of soil transmitted helminth infections on cardiovascular disease risk, physical activity and fitness in primary school children in port elizabeth, south africa o07 dr clement plaatjies the epidemiology of lower limb injuries during the super rugby tournaments (2013 2016) involving 76301 player-hours o08 prof hanlie moss physical activity, fitness and visual attention in young adults with depressive symptoms o09 dr maaike eken mental health profiles of healthcare professionals working during the tokyo 2020 and beijing 2022 paralympics games o10 prof heinrich grobbelaar african big-5 sport psychological assessment tool: development and preliminary validation o11 dr theron weilbach correlations between frequency of participation in campus recreation, leisure boredom, and satisfaction with life of undergraduate students o12 mr sindiso dube prevalence of the relative age effect among high performance, university athletes, versus an age matched student cohort o13 dr joseph siyakhuluma sibindi impact of biological maturity status on talented and non-talented male zimbabwean under-14 footballers o14 dr tsungai tirivashe marandure patellofemoral pain syndrome (pfps) is associated with chronic disease and allergies in 60 997 distance runner race entrants: a safer study o15 dr jordan leppan an abbreviated vs a comprehensive pre-race medical screening tool under-estimates runners at higher risk of medical encounters a safer study in 5771 race entrants http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14885 o16 mr carel viljoen development of a trail running injury screening instrument: a multiple methods approach o17 mrs chanel smith five international pre-exercise medical screening tools vary greatly regarding their identification of running race entrants who require medical clearance: a safer study o18 mr lesego malele the prevalence of mental health disorders among semiprofessional cricketers residing in the western cape o19 dr steve den hollander the relationship between tackle technique measured in training and matches o20 mr simiso ntuli soccer players perception of soccer boot comfort a study to investigate soccer boots' suitability to soccer players' foot morphology o21 ms katelyne van den bergh index of coordination of running in triathletes o22 dr clement gambelli the effect of tibialis anterior weakness on foot drop and toe clearance in patients with facioscapulohumeral dystrophy o23 dr mark kramer the acute effects of schoolbag load on static and dynamic kinetics and kinematics in 10 -13 year old children o24 mrs danielle dolley clustered cardiovascular disease risk among 8 to 13 year old children from lower socioeconomic schools in gqeberha, south africa o25 prof estelle lambert does physical activity, in part, explain the lower-than-expected mortality from covid-19 in sub-saharan africa? o26 mrs sweetness makamu-beteck bring in the biokineticists: facilitating behaviour change in a lowresourced community o27 prof lucilia mangona energy expenditure, intensity, and perceived effort in recreational functional training o28 mrs marlise dyer environmental factors increase the risk of heat/electrolyte disorders in ultra-marathon races o29 mrs audrey jansen van rensburg the risk markers associated with acute respiratory tract illness in rugby players during the super rugby tournaments (2013 2017), involving 102 738 player-days o30 ms esme jordaan exercise associated muscle cramping is more severe for 56 km runners compared to 21.1 km runners o31 ms sonja swanevelder specific chronic allergies as predictors of annual multiple injuries in individual distance runners o32 dr maaike eken epidemiology of injuries in wheelchair rugby at the london 2012 and rio 2016 paralympic games o33 mrs kirsty elliott an epidemiological study into the prevalence and types of injuries affecting adolescent tennis players in south africa o34 dr antonio prista impact of sars -cov2 containment measures in physical activity and nutrition habits in african urban centres: a study in mozambique o35 dr phoebe runciman the incidence of illness and injury in master paralympic athletes: a descriptive cohort study of the 35 year age category in the 2012 to 2018 summer and winter paralympic games o36 dr leyekun gebru classification of junior ethiopian football players using anthropometric and physical fitness attributes: developing a predictive model o37 ms faatima adam injury profiles differ by athlete impairment type during the 2012 and 2016 summer paralympic games: a combined analysis of 101 108 athlete-days o38 ms sarah arnold muscle activation during the modified clinical test for sensory integration and balance (mctsib) in active unilateral transtibial amputees o39 ms lisa heyneke the comparison of lower limb kinematics across stroke rates among male rowers during ergometer rowing and the influence of lower limb strength o40 mrs cassidy de frança the effect of countermovement jump initiation detection methods on discrete performance variables o41 mr darius sangari eccentric movement strategy predicts stretch-shorten cycle preload during countermovement jumps o42 mr christo van zyl change of direction time vs change of direction deficit: is there a need to assess both? o43 prof ben coetzee cardiovascular autonomic nervous system-related discriminators of time trial power output in endurance trained athletes o44 mr mandisi sithole protein supplements in south africa: high protein-content products or a case of misinformation? o45 dr eirik halvorsen wik age, skeletal maturity and growth velocity as injury risk factors in elite youth football (soccer) players aged 11 to 15 years: a three season prospective study o46 mrs lynn smith development of a toolkit to assess health-related quality of life amongst patients with selected noncommunicable diseases o47 prof mkama andries monyeki body composition with nuclear and isotope technology application within the african region o48 ms gomes nhaca physical fitness of school-age children and youth living in an island in mozambique o49 dr tamrin veldsman associations between body composition, physical activity, intimamedia thickness, and cardio-metabolic risk factors in a cohort of teachers: the sabpa study o50 dr marelise badenhorst physiotherapists' experiences of rugby-related concussion management in the community o51 dr steve den hollander heading exposure in professional football training o52 prof johan van heerden reporting behaviours and attitudes to concussion among high school rugby players in kwazulu-natal, south africa o53 dr phoebe runciman injury and illness risk profiles in older active individuals: a systematic review clinical case presentations index name abstract title c01 dr lone bogwasi complete androgen insensitivity syndrome: an ongoing competition regulations, ethics and fairness dilemma c02 dr marcel jooste exertional cardiopulmonary symptoms following viral urti's take it to heart c03 dr jo-anne kirby vertigo in a hockey player c04 dr lervasen pillay pericarditis viral enteritis or covid19 to blame? c05 dr karen schwabe back to basics: spinal pain in a recreational runner c06 dr karen schwabe an unusual case of a femoral bone stress injury in a high school female hockey player scientific abstract presentations o01: similar medial knee contact force measures found in individuals with osteoarthritis and lower limb amputation: a systematic review lizanne andrag1, lovemore kunorozva2, wayne derman2, 3, phoebe runciman2 department of sport science, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university (stellenbosch, south africa)1, institute of sport and exercise medicine (isem), department of sport science, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university (cape town, south africa)2, international olympic committee (ioc) research centre (south africa)3 21008884@sun.ac.za background: osteoarthritis (oa) is a major cause of disability, affecting an estimated 20% of the world population. researchers have found that whilst individuals with unilateral lower limb amputation (ulla) are five times less likely to develop oa in their prosthetic limb, they are 17 times more likely to develop oa in their sound side limb. methodology: researchers systematically searched pubmed-medline, ebscohost and web of science for articles published between jan 1990 and 28 february 2022. studies were included if they investigated the involved side of individuals with oa and/or the uninvolved side of individuals with unilateral lower limb amputation. whilst comparing the biomechanical variables (ground reaction force (grf); external knee adduction moment (kam); external knee adduction moment loading rate (kamlr); external knee adduction moment impulse (kam-imp); knee flexion moment (kfm)) to either the contralateral side or a separate control group. additionally, this study assessed the differences in the loading parameters between the involved side and the uninvolved side of these individuals. results: of the potential 496 eligible articles, 34 articles were included in this review. twenty of the included studies investigated the involved side of an oa population and 14 studies the uninvolved side of an individual with ulla. variables, kam and kfm, increased in both the individuals with ulla and those with oa. for the grf and kam-lr, the oa population tended to show a decrease, while it increased for those with ulla. for individuals with ulla, kam-imp had no known effect but increased in those with oa. conclusion: while a vast amount of research exists on the development of oa in able-bodied individuals, few studies give a clear indication of the development of oa in individuals with ulla. studies often stated that individuals with ulla are more likely to develop oa and present with abnormal ranges of the applicable variables, like in individuals with oa. surrogate measures for contact force in the medial knee (kam and kfm) exhibited the same trends in both population groups. thus, a conclusion may be drawn that individuals with ulla may demonstrate similar biomechanical profiles to individuals with diagnosed oa. mailto:21008884@sun.ac.za o02: management of proximal rectus femoris injuries – do we know what we’re doing?: a systematic review lone bogwasi1, 2, 3, louis holtzhausen1, 4, 5, dina c (christa) janse van rensburg1, 6, audrey jansen van rensburg1, tanita botha7 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa1, caf medical committee member2, botswana football association medical committee member3, aspetar orthopedic and sports medicine hospital, weill-cornell medical college; qatar4, department of exercise and sports sciences, university of the free state, bloemfontein, south africa5, medical board member, world netball, manchester,uk6, department of statistics, faculty of natural and agricultural sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa7 lonebogwasi@gmail.com background: rectus femoris (rf) injury is a concern in sports. the management of rf strains/tears and avulsion injuries need to be clearly outlined. the purpose of this systematic review is to report the existing best evidence on current management strategies for rf injuries based on the current concepts in management of rf injuries. we ascertained the efficacy of these management strategies as measured by time to return to sport (rts) and re-injury rates. methodology: a systematic review of available literature was conducted using medline via pubmed, worldcat, embase, sportdiscus. eligible studies reporting on the management of rf kicking and sprinting injuries were reviewed. results: thirty-eight studies involving a hundred and fifty-two participants were included. majority (n=138; 91%) were males, 80% (n=121) sustained rf injury from kicking and 20% (n=31) during sprinting. the myotendinous (mt), (n=27); free tendon (ft), (n=34), and anterior-inferior iliac spine (aiis), (n=91) were involved. treatment was conservative (n=115) or surgical (n=37) across the subgroups. the majority of surgical treatments (n=27; 73%) followed, failed conservative treatment. the mean rts was shorter with successful conservative treatment (mt: 1, ft: 4, aiis avulsion: 2.9 months). surgical rts ranged from 2-9 months and 18 months with labral involvement. with either group, there was no reinjury within 24 months of follow-up. conclusion: with low certainty of evidence, rf injury occurs mostly from kicking, resulting in a tear or avulsion at the ft and aiis regions with or without a labral tear. with low certainty, findings suggest that successful conservative treatment provides a shortened rts. surgical treatment remains an option for failed conservative treatment of rf injuries across all injury subgroups. high-level studies are recommended to improve the evidence base for the treatment of this significant injury. mailto:lonebogwasi@gmail.com o03: foot morphology of urban and rural south african children and adolescents marise breet1, ranel venter1 stellenbosch university1 marise@mbio.co.za background: ill-fitting shoes could negatively impact the development of the pediatric foot. this could eventually lead to foot problems and pathologies, both during childhood and adulthood. a substantial number of children and adolescents in south africa were reported to be habitually barefoot. additionally, vast differences have been documented between the foot morphology of south african children and adolescents and their german counterparts. regardless of these findings, shoe companies are still developing shoes on a universal constant. methodology: a cross-sectional, observational, descriptive study design was used to determine the static standing and sitting foot measurements of children and adolescents from both urban and rural schools. the feet of seven-hundred-and-thirty-one school children (n=731) between the ages of six and sixteen years were measured on a once-off basis. newly manufactured school shoes were then measured and compared to the foot measurements of the children. a mixed model anova was used to compare foot dimensions between gender, age and rightor left-side of the participants. results: the results indicated that the rural children and adolescents had a statistically higher sitting static arch height index (p=0.001), than the urban children. there were no statistically significant differences in the standing foot length (fl), standing foot width (fw) and standing static arch height index (sahi) between the feet of children and adolescents from rural and urban areas. comparing the foot measurements of the participants in the study to the shoe dimensions currently available in the south african retail market, fifty-nine percent (59%) of the children wore shoes that were not the correct length. regarding shoe width, ninety-eight percent (98%) of the participants wore shoes too narrow for their feet. conclusion: therefore in many cases, school shoes currently available in the retail market are not adequately suited for the habitually barefoot population studied. factors such as footwear habits and ethnicity could be investigated further. it is recommended that the shoe manufacturing industry consider the shoe width of school shoes for south african children and adolescents, to avoid the longterm adverse effects of ill-fitting shoes on the pediatric foot, specifically in the case of habitually barefoot populations. mailto:marise@mbio.co.za o04: an analyses of twitter-traffic on physical activity-related messaging during the period of south africa’s covid-19 lockdown darren cecil1, johan van heerden1 dpt biokinetics, ukzn, south africa1 darrenjeremycecil@gmail.com background: implementing a lockdown aided in controlling the covid-19 pandemic but simultaneously hindered physical activity, leading to a health decline in many individuals regardless of activity status. social media platforms such as twitter were subsequently employed to communicate public health messages and to promote physical activity participation as a means to boost individuals’ immune systems. accordingly, this study analysed the themes and trends of physical activity-related messaging on twitter-sphere, during the period corresponding with south africa’s covid-19 lockdown. methodology: a content analysis using the pico approach of conducting systematic reviews was utilized. the tweets were collected from south africa’s lockdown level 5 to level 1 (23 march 2020 to 5th november 2020) using 12 physical activity-related terms and/or hashtags (#) with 3 covid-specific hashtags (#covid, #covid19 and #covid_19). sub-set categories of data were summarized as frequencies (n) and relative frequencies, with statistical significance between sets determined using the chi-square statistic with alpha set at p≤0.05. results: a total of 1380 physical activity-related tweets were analysed, with the greatest number posted during lockdown level 5 (n=385; 27.9%) with a decrease (p≤0.0001) thereafter as lockdown levels and their restrictions eased. the majority (p≤0.0001) of messages contained offering intents (96.4%) versus seeking intents (3.6%). information was consistently the most offered subcomponent across all covid lockdown levels. tweets with seeking intents mostly sought responses to questions or surveys. most tweets (p≤0.0001) used text only (59,60%) as opposed to additional media in the form of images (29,5%), video (7,7%) and infographics (3.2%). conclusion: twitter has been a busy channel for the dissemination of physical activity-related information during the covid-pandemic. the frequency of tweets decreased over the duration of the pandemic. most tweets offered information in the form of simple text messages and images rather than seeking responses. this provides an understanding of the nature of physical activity-related tweeting over the covid-19 lockdown period and insight in the face of potential future public health crises. mailto:darrenjeremycecil@gmail.com o05: prevalence and correlates of adherence to total physical activity guidelines using step-counting in pre-school children: the sunrise study tawonga w. mwase-vuma1, xanne janssen1, kar hau chong2, mark s. tremblay3, amanda e. staiano4, anthony d okely2, catherine e. draper5, nyaradzai munambah6, penny cross2, john j. reilly2 university of strathclyde, glasgow, uk1, university of wollongong, wollongong, new south wales, australia2, cheo research institute, ottawa, canada3, louisiana state university, louisiana, us4, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa5, university of zimbabwe, harare, zimbabwe6 tawonga.mwase-vuma@strath.ac.uk background: evidence suggests that the de creamer threshold of 11,500 steps/day is valid and internationally suitable for surveillance of the who recommendation that young children should spend at least 3 hours per day in total physical activity (tpa). however, there are limited studies on the prevalence and correlates of adherence to this guideline. therefore, we examined the prevalence and identified correlates of adhering to the step-based tpa guideline using the de craemer step count threshold of 11,500 steps/day in a geographically and culturally diverse sample of pre-school children. methodology: this study included 797 pre-school children (49.2% girls, mean age 4.4 years) from 17 middleand high-income countries who participated in the sunrise international pilot study. steps/day were measured using activpal accelerometers which children wore on the thigh for at least three days. children were classified as meeting or not meeting the step-based tpa guideline of 11,500 steps/day. logistic regression was used to identify potential socio-demographic correlates of meeting the stepbased tpa guideline using the forward selection method. these included sex, age, parent/caregiver education class, residential area, and country income level. results: overall, 30.9% of the pre-schoolers met the step-based tpa threshold of at least 11,500 steps/day. the prevalence was higher among boys (34.3%) than girls (27.3%). the odds of meeting the step-based tpa threshold were significantly lower among girls (or: 0.48; 95% ci: 0.31, 0.73) and 4-yearolds (or: 0.36; 95% ci: 0.22, 0.58) vs. 3-year-olds. the odds of meeting the threshold were significantly higher among children from rural areas (or: 2.28; 95% ci: 1.47, 3.54) vs. urban areas and lower-middle income countries (or: 2.10; 95% ci: 1.27, 3.45) vs. high-income countries. parent/caregiver education level was not associated with meeting the step-based tpa threshold in the adjusted model (or: 2.19; 95% ci: 0.99, 2.47). conclusion: few pre-school children in this diverse global sample met the step count threshold that aligns with the who tpa guideline. meeting the guideline was more prevalent among the younger children, boys, and children residing in rural areas and in lower-middle income countries. mailto:tawonga.mwase-vuma@strath.ac.uk o06: disease burden of soil transmitted helminth infections on cardiovascular disease risk, physical activity and fitness in primary school children in port elizabeth, south africa siphesihle nqweniso1, cheryl walter1, markus gerber2, rosa du randt1, johanna beckmann2, jean coulibaly3, 4, 5, kurt z. long2, 3, harald seelig2, jürg utzinger2, 3, christin lang2, 3 department of human movement science, nelson mandela university, port elizabeth, south africa1, department of sport, exercise and health, university of basel, basel, switzerland2, swiss tropical and public health institute, basel, switzerland3, centre suisse de recherches scientifiques en côte d’ivoire, abidjan, côte d’ivoire4, unité de formation et de recherche biosciences, université félix houphouët-boigny, abidjan, côte d’ivoire5 felicitas.nqweniso@mandela.ac.za (abstract withdrawn) mailto:felicitas.nqweniso@mandela.ac.za o07: the epidemiology of lower limb injuries during the super rugby tournaments (2013-2016) involving 76301 player-hours clement plaatjies1, 2, audrey jansen van rensburg2, martin schwellnus2, 3, 4, christa janse van rensburg1, charl janse van rensburg5, esme jordaan6 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa1, sport exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa2, emeritus professor of sport and exercise medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa3, international olympic committee (ioc) research centre, south africa4, biostatistics unit, south african medical research council, south africa5, statistics and population studies department, university of the western cape6 clementplaatjies@yahoo.com background: rugby union involves frequent high-impact collisions and tackles and has a high injury rate. the aim was to determine the incidence, nature (player position, anatomical body area, tissue type), severity (% time loss, injury burden), mechanism of injury (contact vs. non-contact), and phase of play of lower limb injuries (lli) sustained by rugby players during the super rugby tournaments. methodology: a cross-sectional analysis studied 868 male professional rugby union players from all south african teams participating in the super rugby tournament (2013–2016). team physicians recorded all lli (all training and match lli) daily. injury exposure was 76301 total player-hours, including 6520 match player-hours. numbers, proportions, incidence (i: per 1000 player-hours; 95% ci), and lli burden (days lost due to lli per 1000 player-hours) are reported. results: throughout the 4-years, a total count of 776 injuries occurred. lli attributed to 422 (54.4%) of all training and match injuries with an overall incidence of 5.3 (4.9-5.8). llimatch injuries (llimatch, n=346) contributed 51.2% to the total match injuries (n=676) with an incidence of 53.1 (47.6-59.0). the incidence of llimatch injuries in backline players (52.6; 45.5-60.4) compared to forwards (46.9; 40.753.9) were similar (p>0.05). in match-play, the thigh (27.5%) and knee (24.0%) were the most commonly affected anatomical body area. muscle/tendon injuries comprised 57.8% of all llimatch injuries, and joint/ligament injuries of 35.3%. most match injuries occurred in contact (61.0%), and during a tackle situation (42.2%). the majority of llimatch injuries were of minimal to mild severity (2-7 days; 60%). the injury burden of llimatch injuries was 1126 (1100-1152) days lost. conclusion: lli are the most common injury sustained by male super rugby players, especially during match-play (51.2%). the thigh and knee are the most frequent lower limb area injured. most lli during matches are muscle and tendon injuries and are of minimal to moderate severity. the most significant contributor to llimatch injury is contact and the tackle situation. these findings are important for designing and implementing lli prevention strategies in rugby players. mailto:clementplaatjies@yahoo.com o08: physical activity, fitness and visual attention in young adults with depressive symptoms sarah j moss1, l enslin1, a kruger2, s.h. czyz3 phasrec, north-west university, potchefstroom1, chhp, north-west university, potchefstroom2, phasrec, north-west university, potchefstroom and faculty of physical education and sport, university school of physical education, wrocław, poland3 hanlie.moss@nwu.ac.za background: the management of mental health in young south african adults is a health priority. like the global trends, mental health, including major depression, is increasing among young adults. inverse associations are reported between depression scores and screen time, but the association with visual attention, as determined with multiple object tracking (mot) task, have not been investigated. this study aims to determine the associations between depressive symptom score, physical activity, fitness level, screen time and mot in young south african adults with depressive symptoms. methodology: baseline preliminary data from 30 young adults aged 18 – 25 years enrolled in the depression exercise intervention study were analysed. the beck depression inventory (bdi) was used to screen for depressive symptoms among the participants. physical measurements of body composition, objective physical activity (actiheart) and fitness were assessed. cortisol was measured from blood samples and visual attention with mot (neuro tracker). associations between the variables were determined with pearson correlation analyses. results: participants (aged 21 ± 2 years) had an average bdi-score of 19.8 ± 9.1 and an average body fat percentage of 30 ± 12%. less than 80 minutes per week was spent in moderate-to-vigorous physical activity, and the predicted fitness was 35.1 ± 6.5 ml/kg/min. mot response time was 8.15 ± 1.29 sec. significant correlations were found between the bdi score and leisure screentime (r = 0.512; p =0,005), as well as bdi score and mot total time (r= -0.529; p = 0.007). conclusion: this study concludes that persons reporting high screen time during leisure also scored higher for depressive symptoms. higher depressive symptoms scores were correlated with lower visual attention total time. although a causal effect cannot be determined, understanding the relationships between screen time, visual attention, fitness and depressive symptoms will assist in developing intervention strategies for the management of depressive symptoms in young adults. mailto:hanlie.moss@nwu.ac.za o09: mental health profiles of healthcare professionals working during the tokyo 2020 and beijing 2022 paralympic games maaike eken1, phoebe runciman1, marelise badenhorst2, leslie swartz3, vincent gouttebarge4, 5, cheri blauwet6, wayne derman1, 7 institute of sport and exercise medicine (isem), department of sport science, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, cape town, south africa1, ports performance research institute new zealand (sprinz), auckland university of technology, auckland, new zealand2, department of psychology, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa3, department of orthopaedic surgery, amsterdam movement sciences, amsterdam umc, university of amsterdam, amsterdam, netherlands4, section sports medicine, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa5, department of physical medicine and rehabilitation, spaulding rehabilitation hospital and brigham and women’s hospital, harvard medical school, boston, massachusetts, usa6, international olympic committee research centre, south africa7 meken@sun.ac.za background: during the paralympic games, healthcare professionals (hcps) play an important role in managing athletes’ health. hcps are however required to work long hours, and stress and exhaustion are not uncommon during games time. these factors could contribute to adverse mental health of hcps who treat para athletes during games, which could influence the (mental) health of the athletes. the aim of this study is to describe mental health profiles of hcps in the paralympic setting. methodology: hcps working during the tokyo 2020 and beijing 2022 paralympic games were asked to complete an online, anonymous survey, which included demographic questions and questions regarding self-reported mental health symptoms including depression (phq-9), anxiety (gad-7) and burn-out (mbi/hss: depersonalisation (dp), emotional exhaustion (ee), personal accomplishment (pa)). frequency analyses were used to describe demographic characteristics and mental health symptoms. spearman’s rho was calculated to investigate correlations between demographic characteristics and mental health symptom scores. results: in total, 256 hcps (of approximately 500 hcps) completed the surveys, of which 212 were from tokyo and 44 beijing. the majority of hcps practiced medicine (56%), were more than 10 years involved in management of athlete health (52%) and from a high-income economy country (46%). most hcps reported minimal (72%) or mild (16%) depressive symptoms and minimal (72%) or mild anxiety related symptoms (19%), while more than 30% reported moderate to high burnout (dp: 35%; ee: 35%; pa: 56%). yet, severe symptoms and thoughts of self-harm were reported by some hcps. weak correlations were observed between age and depression (rho=-0.13, p=0.046), anxiety (rho=-0.16, p=0.010) and aspects of burnout (ee: rho=-0.14, p=0.032; pa: rho=0.27, p<0.001) scores, indicating that symptoms of depression, anxiety and burnout were more reported by younger hcps. conclusion: most hcps working during the tokyo 2020 and beijing 2022 paralympic games reported minor mental health symptoms, yet some concerning reports were noted. findings suggested also that symptoms of depression, anxiety and burnout could be more prevalent among younger hcps. teams that are travelling to paralympic games (or other major tournaments) are therefore advised to provide guidance and mental health support of young(er) hcps travelling with the team. mailto:meken@sun.ac.za o10: african big-5 sport psychological assessment tool: development and preliminary validation heinrich grobbelaar1 division of sport science, department of sport science, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university1 hgrobbelaar@sun.ac.za background: the assessment of psychological skills, techniques and methods through valid and reliable self-report instruments are important for sport psychology consultants, both from a theoretical and applied perspective. the study aimed to determine the psychometric properties of wheaton’s (1998) psychological skills inventory (psi). due to poor confirmatory factor analysis (cfa) results on 1610 data entries, the follow-up aim was to develop and validate a new tool to assess sport psychological skills and mental states of athletes. methodology: the dataset was randomly split-in-half, yielding a train and test set with 805 data entries each. an exploratory factor analysis (efa) on the train data suggested a five-factor assessment tool. items that loaded (> 0.40) onto the five subscales were screened. two cfas followed on the train and test sets respectively, to test the goodness-of-fit of the 40-item instrument. results: both cfas demonstrated acceptable goodness-of-fit, item and construct reliability, standardised estimates, and extracted variance results. the five subscales were matched to the african big-5 animal that represented it best: freedom from competition worries (buffalo), goal setting (leopard), visualisation (elephant), competition confidence (lion), and competition concentration (rhino). conclusion: the study demonstrated preliminary evidence in support of the african big-5 sport psychological assessment tool’s (big-5 spat) validity and reliability. future studies should cross-validate the instrument, determine its discriminant and convergent validity and usefulness in applied settings, translate it into other indigenous african languages, and develop normative data. mailto:hgrobbelaar@sun.ac.za o11: correlations between frequency of participation in campus recreation, leisure boredom, and satisfaction with life of undergraduate students theron weilbach1, nadine labuschagne1, theron weilbach1, cornelia schreck1 phasrec, nwu1 theron.weilbach@nwu.ac.za background: emerging adulthood is a challenging life stage and distress, loneliness, and even disengagement in their academic career can hinder students’ transition from high school to university, and consequently affect their entire university experience. however, campus recreation (cr) can play a significant role in the transition from school to university. the purpose of this study was to determine the correlation between the frequency of participation in cr, leisure boredom, and satisfaction with the life of undergraduate students of the north-west university. methodology: a once-off, cross-sectional research design, with a quantitative approach was used. in total, 581 students (48% males; 52% females) completed an online survey which included demographic information, frequency of participation, the format in which each activity is presented, the satisfaction with life scale by diener et al. (1985), and leisure boredom items from the leisure experience battery for young adults by barnett, (2005). results: activities participated in were grouped into six different categories, namely main university sports, additional university sports, group sports, outdoor activities, dance, and exercise. spearman correlation coefficients were used to determine the relationships between different variables. in terms of relationships between leisure boredom and satisfaction with life, a negative statistically significant correlation (r=-.170, p=0.000) exists. total participation in cr had a significant positive correlation with satisfaction with life (r=0.135, p=0.001), and a significant negative correlation with leisure boredom (r=0.146, p=0.000). in terms of correlations between participation in specific categories of cr, satisfaction with life, and leisure boredom, the following was revealed: statistical significant correlations exist between satisfaction with life and additional sport codes (r=.0.90, p=0.029), outdoor sports (r=0.143, p=0.001), and exercise sport (r=0.99; p=0.017). additionally, statistically significant negative correlations were found between leisure boredom and additional sport codes (r=-0.095, p=0.022), group sports (r=.0.089, p=0.032), dance (r=-0.085, p=0.040), outdoor sports (r=-.149, p=0.000) and exercise sports (r=0.099, p=0.017). conclusion: the findings show the importance of cr during students’ time at university. it also gives insight to recreation professionals on which programme areas may benefit students the most. mailto:theron.weilbach@nwu.ac.za o12: prevalence of the relative age effect among high performance, university athletes, versus an age-matched student cohort sindiso dube1, heinrich grobbelaar1 division of sport science, department of sport science, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university1 20075073@sun.ac.za background: relative age effect (rae) refers to the over-representation of athletes born earlier in the calendar year. the rae is especially prevalent in youth sport, but often persists into senior competitive levels. the aim was to determine the prevalence and magnitude of the rae among student-athletes in a high-performance (hp) programme at a south african university, according to year, sport code and sex, compared, to the general student cohort. design: cross-sectional descriptive analysis of hp-student-athletes and an age-matched student cohort from 2016 to 2021. methods: birthdate data was extracted for the hp student-athletes (n = 950: men = 644, women = 306) and student comparison group (n = 47 068; men = 20 464; women = 26 591; not disclosed = 13). differences were determined using chi-squared and fisher’s exact test. residuals examined relative age quartile differences. the steps were applied across academic years, sport code and sex. results: the rae was more pronounced among the student-athletes compared to the age-matched student cohort and seems to become more apparent with each passing year. when analysing the different sport codes, raes were observed for swimming, rugby union and cricket. no sex differences were observed among the hp-student-athletes. conclusions: selection bias favoured the relatively older student-athletes. the mechanisms for rae are multifactorial and complex. a combination of factors, such as competition depth, the popularity and physicality of a sport and socialization may be involved. mailto:20075073@sun.ac.za o13: impact of biological maturity status on talented and non-talented male zimbabwean under-14 footballers joseph syakhuluma sibindi1, heather morris-eyton1, charl roux1 university of johannesburg1 josesibindi@gmail.com background: the study aimed to examine the impact of biological maturity status on identified talented and non-talented male zimbabwean under-14 footballers. currently, the associated differences and impact of biological maturity status on talent identification and selection of youth footballers are unclear. methodology: a total of 141 under-14 footballers were purposively sampled from the bulawayo metropolitan and matabeleland north provinces. the observational and field test methods were used. the non-hierarchical k-means cluster analysis classified 87 footballers as talented and 54 as nontalented using technical football skills tests. results: the mean scores for the talented group were as follows: chronological age (ca) (12.075 ± 0.838), age at peak height velocity (aphv) (14.591 ± 0.558) and maturity offset (-2.614 ± 0.532) while the reported mean scores for the non-talented group were ca (11.914 ± 0.945), aphv (14.597 ± 0.283) and maturity offset (-2.614 ± 0.565). footballers were further classified as early maturers (16.7%), normal maturers (67.9%) and late maturers 15.5% for the talented group. the non-talented group had 21.1% (early), 59.6% (normal) and 19.3% late maturers. hochberg or dunnett’s test indicated no differences among the early, normal and late maturers for the talented and non-talented groups (p > 0.05). there were significant differences between early and late maturers for selected anthropometric data and the shuttle dribble sprint test for the talented group (p < 0.05). in the non-talented group, the early, normal and late maturers showed significant differences for percentage body fat from the triceps and similarly for the late maturers compared with both the early and normal for the distance covered in the yo-yo test. the late maturers in both groups had the fastest shuttle dribble sprint times and lower percentage body fat from the triceps skinfold. conclusion: a normal distribution was observed for the talented and non-talented groups among the early maturers, normal maturers and late maturers. overall, the differences among variables suggested that the maturity status had little or no influence in the talent identification and selection of under-14 footballers. however, practitioners need to identify and select youth footballers based on their potential. mailto:josesibindi@gmail.com o14: patellofemoral pain syndrome (pfps) is associated with chronic disease and allergies in 60 997 distance runner race entrants: a safer study tsungai marandure 1, 2, martin p. schwellnus2, catharina grant1, audrey jansen van rensburg 1, esmè jordaan3, 4, pieter boer5 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa1, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli) pretoria, south africa2, biostatistics unit, south african medical research council, south africa3, statistics and population studies department, university of the western cape, south africa4, department of human movement science, cape peninsula university of technology, south africa5 marandure.md@gmail.com background: patellofemoral pain syndrome (pfps) is a common gradual onset running-related injury with multiple risk factors. this descriptive cross-sectional study aims to identify the risk factors associated with pfps in distance runners that entered the 21.1km and 56km two oceans marathon races (2012-2015). methodology: a pre-race medical screening questionnaire was completed by 106 743 race entrants, 76 654 participants (71.8%) consented to the study. the study population (n=60 997) consisted of 362 race entrants reporting a history of pfps in the previous 12 months, and 60 635 runners with no injury history. pfps was verified by a health care professional in the injured group. risk factors associated with pfps were explored using uni& multiple regression analyses: demographics (age groups, sex, and race distance), training/running variables, history of existing chronic diseases (including a composite chronic disease score) and any allergy history. prevalence (%, 95%ci) and prevalence ratios (pr) are reported. results: the period (12 month) prevalence of pfps was 0.5% (0.43-0.54). independent risk factors associated with a history of pfps (adjusted for age, sex and race distance) were a higher chronic disease composite score (pr=2.7 times increased risk for every 2 additional chronic diseases; p<0.0001), and a history of any allergies (pr=2.3; p<0.0001). chronic diseases (pr>2; univariate analysis) associated with a history of pfps were: gastrointestinal disease (pr=5.1; p<0.0001), risk factor for cardiovascular disease (cvd) (pr=3.3; p<0.0001), nervous system/psychiatric disease (pr=3.0; p<0.0001), cancer (pr=2.8; p=0.0005), risk factors for cvd (pr=2.4; p<0.0001), symptoms of cvd (pr=2.4; p=0.0397) and respiratory disease (pr=2.0; p<0.0001). an increased number of years of recreational running (pr=1.1; p=0.0107) and older age (>50 years) were also associated with a higher risk of pfps. conclusion: the novel independent risk factors associated with a history of pfps in distance runners (21.1km, 56km) are multiple chronic diseases and a history of any allergies. a medical evaluation to identify runners with chronic diseases may be considered a specific injury prevention strategy to reduce the risk of pfps. mailto:marandure.md@gmail.com o15: an abbreviated vs. a comprehensive pre-race medical screening tool underestimates runners at higher risk of medical encounters – a safer study in 5771 race entrants jordan leppan1, 2, martin schwellnus2, 3, nicola sewry2, 3, jeremy boulter4, christa janse van rensburg1, marlise dyer1, esme jordaan5, 6 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria1, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), university of pretoria2, ioc research centre, pretoria, south africa3, comrades marathon, pietermaritzburg4, biostatistics unit, south african medical research council (samrc)5, statistics and population studies, university of the western cape6 jordanleppan@gmail.com background: the comrades marathon has, for many years, obtained medical information from participants through an abbreviated pre-race screening tool consisting of two open-ended medical questions. it is unknown how this abbreviated screening compares to full pre-race medical screening tools. the aim of the study was to determine if two pre-race screening tools (abbreviated tool of two open-ended pre-race medical screening questions [abbr] vs. a full pre-race medical screening tool [full]) identify the same number of running race entrants at higher risk for medical encounters (mes)based on the identification of: 1) allergies 2) medical conditions and/or prescription medication use. methodology: data from 5771 consenting race entrants who completed both the abbr and the full pre-race screening questionnaires for the 2018 comrades marathon were collected. the two abbr questions were 1) allergies, and 2) known medical conditions and/or prescription medication use in free text. the full tool included multiple domains of questions for various diseases (including cardiovascular disease (cvd) symptoms and risk factors), running injuries, allergies and medication use. responses to the abbr were manually coded in similar domains of questions as in the full and compared to the full, and further risk stratified into “very high-risk”, “high risk”, intermediate risk” and “low risk” of having a medical encounter during the race (based on pre-existing medical conditions). the prevalence (%: 95%ci), and the test for equality of prevalence (with p-value) of entrants identified by the abbr vs. full are reported. results: the abbr identified fewer entrants with allergies (abbr=7.9%; full=10.4%: p=0.0001) and medical conditions/medication use (abbr=8.9%; full=27.4%: p=0.0001). the full stratified many more entrants in the “high risk” (12.4%) and “very high-risk” (3.4%) categories compared with the abbr (3.36% and 0.5% respectively) (p=0.0001). the abbr also over-estimated the number of entrants in the “low risk” category (63.4%) compared to the full (46.5%). conclusion: the abbr significantly under-reported for allergies, specific medical conditions/medication use and risk profile of the entrants compared with the full. this level of under-reporting will lead to a false prediction of mes on race day. mailto:jordanleppan@gmail.com o16: development of a trail running injury screening instrument: a multiple methods approach carel viljoen1, 2, 3, christa janse van rensburg4, willem van mechelen2, 5, 6, 7, evert verhagen2, elzette korkie8, tanita botha9 department of physiotherapy, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa1, amsterdam collaboration for health and safety in sports, department of public and occupational health, amsterdam movement sciences, amsterdam university medical centers, location vu university medical center, amsterdam, the netherlands2, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), pretoria, south africa3, section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa4, school of human movement and nutrition sciences, faculty of health and behavioural sciences, university of queensland, brisbane, australia5, division of exercise science and sports medicine (essm), department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa6, school of public health, physiotherapy and population sciences, university college dublin, dublin, ireland7, department of physiotherapy, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa8, department of statistics, faculty of natural and agricultural sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa9 carel.viljoen@up.ac.za background: trail running has a high risk for injury and medical support is challenging in remote regions. injury risk management in trail running is of importance, but limited literature is available in the field. therefore, the need to make use of expert opinion to guide current injury risk management in trail running. methodology: the study utilised five phases in a multiple methods approach 1) identification of injury risk factors 2) determining the relevance of each identified risk factor in a trail running context, 3) creating the content of the likert scale points from 0 to 4, with each point indicating an increase in injury risk for each selected injury risk factor, 4) rescaling the likert scale points to determine numerical values for the content of each likert scale point, and 5) determining a weighted score for each injury risk factor that contributes to the overall combined composite score. results: seventy-seven injury risk factors were identified of which 26 risk factors were deemed relevant in trail running. the weighted score for each injury risk factor ranged from 2.21 to 5.53. the highest calculated scores were 5.53 (buying running shoes based on a running analysis and not primarily based on a good shoe fit), followed by 5.41 (not adhering to a specific running-related, supervised training plan), and 5.11 (competitive training). the final trisi includes risk categories of training, running equipment, demographics, previous injury, behavioural, psychological, nutrition, chronic disease, physiological, and biomechanical factors conclusion: the developed trisi aims to assist the clinician during pre-race injury screening or during a training season to identify meaningful areas to target in designing injury risk management strategies and/or continuous health education mailto:carel.viljoen@up.ac.za o17: five international pre-exercise medical screening tools vary greatly regarding their identification of running race entrants who require medical clearance: a safer study chanel smith1, kim nolte1, martin schwellnus1, 2, 3, nicola sewry1, sonja swanevelder4, esme jordaan4, 5 sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli) and division of biokinetics and sports science, department of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa1, international olympic committee (ioc) research centre, south africa2, emeritus professor, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa3, biostatistics unit, south african medical research council4, statistics and population studies department, university of the western cape5 chanel.nel.smith@gmail.com background: the purpose of pre-exercise medical screening is to identify individuals who may be at risk of medical encounters (mes) during exercise. currently five international pre-exercise medical screening tools are recommended to identify individuals who require pre-exercise medical clearance. the aim of this study was to determine the percentage of race entrants who are advised to obtain pre-exercise medical clearance by using five international pre-exercise medical screening tools, and to determine the level of agreement between those tools. methodology: data from running race entrants (two oceans marathon) were collected over a period of four years (2012–2015). five pre-exercise medical screening tools (the american heart association (aha), the pre-2015 american college of sports medicine (acsm), the post-2015 acsm, the canadian physical activity readiness questionnaire (par-q), and the european association of cardiovascular prevention and rehabilitation (eacpr)) were applied by using information from pre-race medical screening questionnaires. the primary measure of outcome was the % (95%ci) of race entrants for whom pre-exercise medical clearance was recommended using each of the five international preexercise medical screening tools. a secondary measure was the level of agreement (kappa test) between the results obtained by using different tools. results: the percentage entrants requiring medical clearance for each tool was as follows: 2011 eacpr (33.9%; 33.5-34.3); pre-2015 acsm (33.9%; 33.5-34.3); par-q (23.2%; 22.9-23.6); aha (10.0%; 9.7-10.2); post-2015 acsm (6.7%; 6.5-6.9). the level of agreement was high between the pre-2015 acsm and the eacpr (k=1.00; p=0.05), moderate between the pre-2015 acsm and the par-q (k=0.75; p<0.0001) and the par-q and eacpr (k=0.75; p<0.0001), but poor between the post-2015 acsm and the par-q (k=0.17; p<0.0001). conclusion: five international pre-exercise medical screening tools vary greatly regarding their identification of race entrants identified requiring medical clearance (6.7–33.9%). the level of agreement between the tools also varied and was good (> 0.75) for three of the five pre-exercise medical screening tools. further research should determine which specific variables identify participants at higher risk for medical encounters during exercise. mailto:chanel.nel.smith@gmail.com o18: the prevalence of mental health disorders among semi-professional cricketers residing in the western cape lesego malele1, habib noorbhai1 department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, south africa1 shaz.malele.sm@gmail.com background: cricket requires high cognitive function for optimum performance. due to covid-19, it is even more paramount that mental health of athletes is monitored. the existing epidemiology studies among cricket players are equivocal; and as a result, the prevalence and long-term effects of mental health disorders is unknown. the aim of this research study was to investigate the prevalence of mental health disorders among semi-professional cricketers (provincial b and university squads) and how it affects their well-being. methodology: this was an epidemiological, cross-sectional study design. the study was conducted among semi-professional (provincial b and university squads) cricket players (n = 63) residing in the western cape. among the sample, descriptive statistics including means and standard deviations were calculated. mental health screening among cricketers was assessed with the depression, anxiety and stress scale – 21, (dass – 21), the satisfaction with life scale (swls) and athlete burnout questionnaire. results: the dass – 21 subscales are depression (m = 9.90, sd = 9.36), which translated mild depression. anxiety (m = 10.67, sd = 9.60) was translated to moderate anxiety and stress (m = 14.73, sd = 9.85) means that most players fell within the mild stress category. the swls (m = 27.71, sd = 6.61) means that the players are slightly satisfied; but there are areas requiring improvement. the athlete burnout subscales are physical and emotional exhaustion (rarely; m = 23.2, sd = 3.90); devaluation of sport practice (almost never; m = 29.2, sd = 6.61) and reduced sense of achievement (sometimes; m = 23.4, sd = 2.97). conclusion: the results depicts that some players require mental health investigation, as it is paramount for their performance. burnout, mental health as well as life satisfaction plays a vital role in an athlete being successful. cricket south africa would improve holistically if mental health monitoring of cricketers are integrated in their existing systems, which can indirectly provide better performance management of players. since there is limited evidence on the psychological effects on performance among cricketers at an amateur and professional level, future studies should widen investigations of mental health disorders among varied skilled levels. mailto:shaz.malele.sm@gmail.com o19: the relationship between tackle technique measured in training and matches steve den hollander1, 2, mike lambert1, ben jones1, 3, 4, sharief hendricks1, 3, 4 research centre for health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport (hpals), dept of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town1, uxi sport2, carr3, leeds beckett university4 steve_dh1989@hotmail.com background: contact (tackle, ball-carry, and ruck) technique is associated with measures of performance and injury outcomes in rugby matches and training. yet, little is known about the relationship between contact technique assessed in training and matches, or the transference of a player’s technique proficiency in training into matches. this study aimed to describe the relationship between contact technique in training and matches, and measures of performance. methodology: twenty-four male players, from an amateur rugby club, participated in the study. at the beginning of the season, players’ contact technique proficiency was assessed in a training drill. contact technique in matches was assessed during 14 competitive league matches. the technique proficiency was assessed using standardised criteria, and the outcomes of each tackle, ball-carry and ruck were recorded. a one-way analysis of variance, cohen's effect sizes and linear regression analyses were used. results: higher contact technique scores were associated with positive performance outcomes in training and in matches. for instance, the tackle technique was significantly lower in missed, compared to ineffective, tackles in training (p<0.05, es=0.8) and matches (p<0.05, es=1.2). players’ contact technique scores in matches also had a positive effect on their match performance. ball-carry technique was associated with tackle breaks made per game (p<0.05, r2 = 0.31). however, contact technique scores in training did not affect match performance. contact technique scores were also lower in matches compared to training, with a 13.3% difference in means between ruck technique assessed in training and matches (p<0.01, es=0.8). we found a large variation in the percentage of a player’s training technique represented in their match technique, with tackle technique ranging from 68%-100%. conclusion: the findings of this study demonstrate the validity of assessing contact technique in training, as technique proficiency led to the same outcomes in the tackle, ball-carry, and ruck, in training and matches. the differences in technique between training and matches indicate that the drill may be too structured to fully represent the open nature of the tackle and ruck contests. these findings highlight the importance of contact skill training, in environments of varying structures, to ensure skills developed in training are transferred to match performance. mailto:steve_dh1989@hotmail.com o20: soccer players' perception of soccer boot comfort a study to investigate soccer boots' suitability to soccer players' foot morphology simiso ntuli1, heather morris-eyton1, andrew green1 university of johannesburg1 sntuli@uj.ac.za background: the foot is a complex structure used for locomotion, which has great malleability and susceptibility to internal and external factors. it must be rigid to carry bodyweight with appropriate stability and must interact and adapt to all ground conditions; therefore, it must be flexible to support the body during static and dynamic tasks. a soccer boot is the most crucial piece of equipment for soccer players that has two primary functions, performance enhancement and injury prevention. additionally, it acts as an interface between the player's foot and the playing surface as well as between the player's foot and the ball. foot morphology and boot match should be considered significant in the provision of soccer injury prevention strategies. however, few studies have investigated the soccer boot's suitability to the foot type of the intended user. the aim of this study was to investigate soccer players’ foot morphology and the suitability of soccer boots. methodology: a cross-sectional design study in which data were collected from professional and university soccer players. data were collected in two phases. phase one included the completion of an adapted questionnaire to collect data on player demographic data including areas of pain or discomfort with the boot. phase two involved scanning each participant's feet using a 3d scanner to determine each player’s foot morphology and measurements. data were analysed using descriptive statistics with a pvalue set at < 0.05 for statistical significance. results: data were collected from professional (n=127) and university (n=62) male soccer players. the mean age was 25.09 and 20.21years respectively, with mean playing years reported at 6.75 and 2.71. most players (92%) reported areas of discomfort and reduced fitting with their current boot. players identified the toe box (94%), arch area (77%) and boot length (18%) as areas of pain or irritation. the 3d measurements revealed variations in arch heights, forefoot width and hallux toe flexion angles. conclusion: there is evidence that players experience discomfort with their current soccer boots. this could be due to a disjuncture between foot type and boot fit. foot morphology is an important consideration when selecting a soccer boot to match the individual foot type. considering foot morphology during boot selection will improve the boots' two primary functions, performance enhancement and injury prevention mailto:sntuli@uj.ac.za o21: index of coordination of running in triathletes katelyne van den bergh1, ryan raffan1 nelson mandela univeristy1 katiemvdb@gmail.com background: motor organization in swimming has been measured using the index of coordination (idc). however, the idc has not been utilized to analyse other cyclic actions such as running. this study aimed at investigating the idc of running in triathletes. methodology: sixteen male triathletes participated in two consecutive, self-paced 5000m shuttle run trials, with full recovery between trials. the trials were video recorded but only the fastest trial was coded frame-by-frame to determine the time markers of heel strike and toe-off for both legs, and used to calculate idc. the idc was calculated for each of the three portions of the 5000m trial (1650m, 1650m and 1700m). backward stepwise multiple regression was performed. the group was dichotomized into a fast and slow running group using the median split technique and a t-test was used to determine significance between groups. results: the results revealed that 48% of the fastest trial run time can be explained by the idc obtained in portion three (p=0.003). furthermore, the slower running group had a significantly lower idc in portion one (p=0.033) whereas the faster running group had a significantly lower idc in portion three (p=0.008). conclusion: these findings suggest that the movement system of the faster running group was able to produce better adaptive responses as they progressed through the 5000m, demonstrating a more efficient and economical organizational mode. in contrast, the movement system of the slower running group struggled to adapt to the task demands as they progressed through the 5000m, particularly in the later part of the task, resulting in significant increases in idc and a more inefficient mode of coordination. the idc should be utilized as a performance tool, in conjunction with other performance parameters, to help identify motor organization and inefficiencies. lastly, investigating the influence of motor synchronization devices on the emergence of more adaptive and efficient motor responses may be worthwhile. mailto:katiemvdb@gmail.com o22: the effect of tibialis anterior weakness on foot drop and toe clearance in patients with facioscapulohumeral dystrophy clement n. gambelli1,2, 3, jonathan bredin2, 4, aude-clemence m. doix2, jeremy garcia5, veronique tanant5, manuella fournier-mehouas2, 5, claude desnuelle6, sabrina sacconi6, 7, serge s. colson2 physical activity, sport and recreation research focus area (phasrec), potchefstroom campus, northwest university (nwu), potchefstroom, south africa1, université côte d’azur, lamhess, france2, laboratory of physiology and biomechanics of locomotion, institute of neuroscience (ions), universite catholique de louvain (ucl), louvain-la-neuve, belgium3, centre de santé institut rossetti-pep06, nice, france4, université côte d’azur, chu, france5, université côte d’azur, cnrs, inserm, ibv, france6, université côte d’azur, chu, cnrs, inserm, ircan, france7 40808742@nwu.ac.za background: facioscapulohumeral dystrophy (fshd) is a genetic disease characterized by progressive muscle weakness leading to a complex combination of postural instability, foot drop during swing and compensatory strategies during gait that have been related to an increased risk of fall. the aim is to assess the effect of tibialis anterior muscle (ta) weakness on foot drop and minimum toe clearance (mtc), as well as the compensatory strategies of fshd patients during gait. methodology: eight fshd patients allocated to a subgroup depending on their ta weakness assessed by manual muscle testing (i.e., fshd<3 and fshd>3) and 8 matched healthy control participants were equipped with retro-reflective markers to record the kinematics of walking at self-selected speed with a motion analysis system. results: walking speed (for both fshd<3 and fshd>3) and step length (for fshd<3 only) were significantly decreased in fshd patients whereas mtc central tendency was similar across all fshd patients and control participants. a greater foot drop was systematically observed for fshd<3 during swing and only in late swing for fshd>3.. in addition, mtc variability was increased only for fshd<3. individual strategies to compensate for foot drop remains unclear and may depend on other muscle impairment variability. conclusion: the reduced walking speed for all fshd patients seems to be a compensatory strategy to maintain balance although trunk instability and foot drop at foot strike. the more precautious gait in patients with severe ta weakness, i.e. reduced step length, seems to be an adaptation to enhanced foot drop. increased mtc variability in fshd patients with severe ta weakness suggests an increased risk of tripping. manual muscle testing is a simple and effective method to assess ta weakness and seems to identify fshd patients at an increased risk of tripping. mailto:40808742@nwu.ac.za o23: the acute effects of schoolbag load on static and dynamic kinetics and kinematics in 10–13-year-old children mark kramer1, bridget grobler1 north-west university1 mark.kramer@nwu.ac.za background: excessive schoolbag loading may lead to unfavourable postural deviations and musculoskeletal pain. curvatures of the spine can be influenced by asymmetrical loading of the schoolbag, or by muscle imbalances between the dominant and non-dominant sides of the body, leading to (i) compensatory shifts in static and dynamic body postures, (ii) adjusted postural sway, and (iii) deviations in gait. methodology: sixty participants volunteered for the study and were subcategorised by age: 10 year-olds (n = 15), 11 year-olds (n = 15), 12 year-olds (n = 16), and 13 year-olds (n = 14). participants were evaluated for changes in (i) craniovertebral and sagittal shoulder postures, (ii) postural sway, and (iii) gait kinetics and kinematics during loaded and unloaded conditions. results: approximately 58% of participants exceeded a schoolbag mass of 15% bm, and 27% exceeded a schoolbag mass of 20% bm. significant differences were evident for those reporting pain and exceeding the 15% bm threshold compared to those with pain but below the 15% bm threshold (2 (1) = 5.79, p = 0.016, relative risk [rr] = 2.63, 95% ci [1.04, 6.62]). deviations were evident between loaded and unloaded conditions for: (i) craniovertebral angles (mdiff = -1.70 deg, 95% ci [-3.25, -0.15]) and sagittal shoulder angles (mdiff = 3.08 deg, 95% ci [-0.03, 6.19]), (ii) postural sway (mdiff = 70.29 mm2, 95% ci [63.55, 204.14]), and (iii) all plantar force (mdiff = 14-40 n) and pressure (mdiff = 44-199 n/cm2) values , as well as gait velocity (mdiff = -0.17 km.hr-1, 95% ci [-0.29, -0.04]); although none of these reached practical significance (cohen’s d: -0.28-0.26). conclusion: schoolbag loads significantly influenced plantar pressures and forces as well as sagittal shoulder postures, but not postural sway or gait velocity. most of the individuals evaluated exceeded the 15% bm threshold, and those exceeding the 15% bm threshold experienced 2.63 times the risk of experiencing pain compared to those below the threshold. therefore, schoolbag loads should be kept below 15% of bm. mailto:mark.kramer@nwu.ac.za o24: clustered cardiovascular disease risk among 8 to 13-year-old children from lower socioeconomic schools in gqeberha, south africa dolley d1, walter c1, du randt r1, pühse u2, bosma j12, degen j2, joubert n3, arnaiz p2, müller i2, gerber m2 nelson mandela university1, university of basel2, swiss tropical and public health institute3 danielle.dolley@mandela.ac.za background: it is estimated that 51% of south african deaths can be accounted for by noncommunicable diseases (ncds) yet just over half of south african children comply with the recommendation of 60 minutes of moderate to vigorous physical activity (mvpa) per day. the aim of the study was to determine the prevalence of individual and clustered cardiovascular disease (cvd) risk factors among children from lower socio-economic communities and to investigate the independent association between clustered cvd risk, mvpa, and cardiorespiratory fitness (crf). methodology: baseline data derived from the kazibantu study were collected in a cross-sectional analysis of 975 children, aged 8-13-years-old from eight quintile 3 schools. measurements included height, weight, waist circumference, blood pressure, fasting glucose, full lipid panel, 20 m shuttle run performance and accelerometery. the prevalence of individual cvd risk factors was determined using standardised cut-offs, and a clustered risk score (crs) was constructed using principal component analysis. participants with an elevated crs of 1sd above the average crs were considered “at-risk”. results: we found 424 children (43.3%) having at least one elevated cvd risk factor: 27.7% elevated triglycerides, 20.7% depressed hdl-c and 15.9% elevated total cholesterol. an elevated clustered risk was identified in 17% (n=104) of the sample; girls exhibited a significantly higher crs>1sd than boys (p=0.036). the estimated odds of an elevated clustered risk are doubled every 2 ml/kg/min decrease in vo2max (95% ci: 1.60-2.40 ml/kg/min) or every 50 min reduction in mvpa (95% ci: 1.27-4.33 min). conclusion: a relatively high prevalence of elevated individual and clustered cvd risk was identified. our results have also confirmed the independent inverse association of the clustered cvd risk with pa and crf, respectively, and indicate that increased levels of crf or mvpa may aid in the prevention and reduction of elevated clustered cvd risk. these findings emphasise the importance of an active lifestyle to counteract early-life cvd risk in under-served communities and schools such as those in the gqeberha, eastern cape region of south africa. mailto:danielle.dolley@mandela.ac.za o25: does physical activity, in part, explain the lower-than-expected mortality from covid-19 in sub-saharan africa? estelle victoria lambert1 research centre for health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport (hpals), dept of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town1 vicki.lambert@uct.ac.za background: the recent pandemic has highlighted the link between chronic, non-communicable diseases (ncds) and associated risk factors, that predict poor prognoses and severity of outcomes in relation to covid-19. globally, the infectious disease burden is typically inequitably distributed, with lmics experiencing the greatest share. however, in a recent publication by the new york times, journalists posited that sub-saharan africa had experienced a lower-than-expected number of “excess deaths” due to covid-19. the potential explanations offered included: younger age distribution, low testing rates, rural and undocumented deaths, and a more physically active population, spending more time outdoors. the latter explanation was discussed in a recently published commentary in progress in cardiovascular diseases (wachira et al., in press, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pcad.2022.04.012). the aim of this preliminary investigation was to explore publicly-available data, in order to provide further insights into this phenomenon. methodology: publicly available data for 136 countries (17=lic, 35=lmic, 39=umic, 45=hic) were gathered from the who global health observatory, the world bank and worldometer (aggregated data in real-time concerning population, government, economics, environment, energy and health). variables included: total population, tests per million, cases per million, deaths per million, gini coefficient, world bank classification, percentage urbanised, and physical inactivity prevalence. linear regression analyses were conducted to predict covid-19 outcomes. results: descriptive data for countries by world bank classification showed that urbanisation ranged from 37.2% in lics to 75.6% in hics (p<0.001). similarly, physical inactivity prevalence was lowest in lics at 18% and highest in hics at 33.6% (p<0.001). covid-19 cases/deaths per million ranged from 3119 and 53, respectively in lics to 255516 and 1816, respectively, in hics (p<0.001). linear regression models including % inactivity (p=0.008), % urban (p=0.012) and hic vs others (p=0.025) explained 27% of the variance in deaths per million. a similar model, substituting sub-saharan africa for hics, explained a similar % of the variance in deaths per million (r2=0.274) and was protective. physical inactivity was not implicated in cases per million. conclusion: preliminary analyses suggest that per capita covid-19 mortality is linked to physical inactivity, urbanisation and is greatest in high-income countries. covid-19 cases were not linked to physical inactivity in this sample. these results provide indirect support for the role of physical activity in mitigating covid-19 severity, although more research is needed. mailto:vicki.lambert@uct.ac.za https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pcad.2022.04.012 o26: bring in the biokineticists: facilitating behaviour change in a low-resourced community sweetness j makamu-beteck1, francois g watson2, melainie cameron1, 3, sarah j moss1 phasrec, north-west university, potchefstroom1, numiq, north-west university, potchefstroom2, school of health and medical sciences, university of southern queensland, autralia3 sweetness.beteck@gmail.com background: to interpret and discuss the contributions of supervised exercise compared to standard clinic care on the perceptions and knowledge of risk factors for non-communicable diseases (ncds) and physical activity (pa) among women living in a low-resource setting in south africa. methodology: from 200 recruited participants, 172 women were assigned to either 24 weeks of supervised exercise training (intervention group), n=95 or 24 weeks of standard clinic care (control group), n=77. we used a convergent parallel mixed method to collect qualitative data and quantitative data at baseline, 12-weeks, and 24 weeks of the intervention. qualitative explorations consisted of focus group discussions assessing perceptions of ncds and pa. quantitative measurements included knowledge surveys of heart disease, biological (blood pressure, peripheral blood glucose and total cholesterol), body composition (weight, height, waist, and hip circumference) measures, and objective pa measurements over seven consecutive days of free-living with combined heart rate van accelerometry (actiheart®). qualitative content analysis was done using atlas.ti. quantitative data were analysed using linear mixed models. the health belief model was applied as the lens through which the mixed methods data were described and interpreted. results: the participants’ perceptions and understanding of ncd risk factors improved more among the supervised exercise group than in the control group. both groups reported significant increases from baseline to 24 weeks in pa knowledge (p ≤ 0.001) and heart disease knowledge (p ≤ 0.001). significant improvements in dbp (p ≤ 0.001), sbp (p≤0.001) and waist circumference (p=0.03) were reported for both groups. the exercise group showed a significant faster rate of reduction as compared with the control group in sbp (β = 4.10, t = 1.97, p = 0.05) and dbp (β = 3.81, t = 2.97, p ≤ 0.001). the control group had faster rate of reduction in waist circumference (β = -2.46, t = -2.68, p = 0.01). conclusion: the supervised exercise intervention improved perceptions of risk factors for ncd and pa after 24-weeks when participating in a supervised exercise intervention compared to women receiving standard clinic care. trial registration: pactr201609001771813 mailto:sweetness.beteck@gmail.com o27: energy expenditure, intensity, and perceived effort in recreational functional training lucilia mangona1, ledda almeida brasil2, antonio m. prista3, paulo t. farinatti2 higher school of sports science, maputo, mozambique1, graduate program in exercise and sport sciences, university of rio de janeiro state, rio de janeiro, brazil.2, research group for physical activity and health, faculty of physical education and sports, pedagogical university of mozambique, maputo, mozambique3 lucilia.mangona@gmail.com background: few studies have estimated the energy expenditure (ee) of functional training (ft) sessions, none of which are in actual conditions in training centres or involving recreational practitioners. this information would be useful to better understand the potential of tf as a strategy to achieve adequate physical activity volumes to promote health. the objective of this doctoral thesis was to quantify the ee during ft sessions using triaxial accelerometry, in adults without previous experience with the modality, in a commercial gym in the city of maputo (mozambique). the relative and absolute intensity and rate of perceived effort (rpe) were also assessed. additionally, data from ft were compared with those derived from continuous walking sessions (wlk). methodology: twenty-five volunteers with no previous experience with ft (11 men, 16 overweight, 38.8 ±9.3 years; 73.9±13.8 kg; 168.5 ± 8.5 cm) performed three training sessions interspersed with 48h (two familiarization and one assessment). ft circuit included four rounds of 12 exercises performed at all-out repetitions during 20 s, with 10-s intervals between rounds. wlk was performed for 25 min with intensity corresponding to scores 3-5 at borg cr-10 scale. results: outcomes were ee (kcal) and movement counts estimated by a triaxial accelerometer worn at the waist; heart rate reserve (%hrr); and rpe. ft sessions lasted on average 24 min and ee ranged between 124-292 kcal (188±41 kcal), corresponding to 5-8 mets (6.1±0.6 mets), and 70-80 %hrr (74±8%). the rate of movements (counts/min) showed that vigorous predominated over moderate intensity during ft and wlk (p=0.01), with similar ee. however, the relative intensity (74% vs. 55 %hrr, respectively; p=0.0001) and rpe (borg 5-8 vs. 3-5, respectively; p=0.0001) were higher in ft vs. wlk. conclusion: in conclusion, a short recreational ft circuit applied at a conventional fitness centre elicited ee and intensity compatible with recommendations to reduce cardiometabolic risk and improve cardiorespiratory fitness in participants with normal or overweight. this training modality should be considered as an alternative for health-oriented exercise programs for the general population. mailto:lucilia.mangona@gmail.com o28: environmental factors increase the risk of heat/ electrolyte disorders in ultramarathon races marlise dyer1, esme jordaan2, henno havenga3, nicola sewry1, martin schwellnus4 sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), university of pretoria1, biostatistics unit, south african medical research council (samrc), department of statistics and population studies, university of the western cape2, department of environmental sciences and management, north-west university3, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), university of pretoria, ioc research centre, pretoria, south africa4 marlise.emmiej@gmail.com background: the comrades ultra marathon over 90km takes place every year between the towns of pietermaritzburg and durban . the event alternates between up runs (durban to pietermaritzburg) and down runs (pietermaritzburg to durban), over an undulating course. participants typically start the race between 5h29 and 6h04, depending on the individual seeding positions. participants are differentially exposed to various weather conditions along the route, most notably heat stress exposure which has been shown to contribute to medical-related illnesses during the race. the aim was to explore the ability of two indices, the wet-bulb globe temperature (wbgt) and the universal thermal comfort index (utci), to predict the risk of athletes developing heat/fluid conditions (heat illness, rhabdomyolysis, fluid and electrolyte disorders which included hypothermia, hyperthermia/exertion heat stroke, dehydration, (mild, moderate or severe), hyponatremia, other electrolyte disorders). methodology: two indices, namely the wet-bulb globe temperature (wbgt) and the universal thermal comfort index (utci), are explored to derive the environmental conditions on race day. daily weather conditions for the period 2014-2019 were gathered from south-african weather service (saws) weather stations in proximity of the race route along with era5 reanalysis data that represents a modelled environment of past weather conditions for the region. the wbgt and utci values were derived from these data sources for every hour from 05h00 until 18h00 and a cumulative heat exposure value was derived for each athlete. heat/electrolyte data from the down races for the years 2014, 2016, and 2018 were analysed. results: the correlation between the wbgt and utci values was 0.82. in total 443 athletes were treated for heat/electrolyte disorders. the prevalence of electrolyte disorders was 1.1% (1.0 to 1.2%). the modelling of heat/fluid conditions with utci showed a significant increase in risk with an increase in utci (pr=1.23 for every 2 units increase in utci; 95%ci: 1.16-1.3), p=0.0001) and with wbgt showed a significant increase in risk with an increase in wbgt (pr=1.7 for every 2 units increase in wbgt; 95%ci: 1.4-1.9), p=0.0001) conclusion: in both wbgt and utci, an increase indicates an increased risk of heat/electrolyte disorders in ultra-marathon races. mailto:marlise.emmiej@gmail.com o29: the risk markers associated with acute respiratory tract illness in rugby players during the super rugby tournaments (2013-2017), involving 102 738 player-days audrey jansen van rensburg1, dina c. (christa) janse van rensburg1, martin p. schwellnus2, charl janse van rensburg3, esmé jordaan3 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa1, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa2, biostatistics unit, south african medical research council, south africa3 audrey.jansenvanrensburg@up.ac.za background: acute respiratory tract illness (artill) presents a significant health burden to elite rugby players and can disrupt training and competition performance. data of possible risk markers for artill in rugby players are limited. the aim was to determine the associated risk markers of artill in rugby players during the super rugby tournaments. methodology: team physicians completed daily illness logs in 537 professional male rugby players from all south african teams participating in the 2013-2017 super rugby tournaments (exposure: 1141 player-seasons, 102,738 player-days). information recorded includes player factors [age (years), height (cm); weight (kg); player position (forwards, backs), illness previous year], team factors [different teams], season factors [competitive season (year), phase of season (early, mid, late), number of matches (8, >8)], travel factors [home/away, last 7 days], location, match days and maximum wet bulb globe temperature (wbgt). main outcome measures included numbers, proportions, incidence (i: per 1000 player-days; 95% ci) and incidence ratio (ir: per 1000 player-days: 95%ci). results: throughout the 5-years, 305 artill were reported with an overall incidence of 2.9 (2.6-3.3). in the univariable regression analysis, the incidence of artill relative to competitive season 2013 was higher in 2015 (ir: 1.4; 1.0-1.9); and lower in 2016 (ir: 0.6; 0.4-0.9) and 2017 (ir: 0.5; 0.3-0.8). travel away from home (ir: 2.2; 1.7-2.8) and travel in the last 7 days (ir: 1.9; 1.5-2.4) are associated risk markers of artill compared to home-based periods (p<0.0001, respectively). in the multiple regression analysis, competitive season years and travel away from home are risk markers associated with artill (p<0.0001). maximum wbgt in the last 7 days (adjusted for season and travel) is not a risk marker associated with artill. age, bmi, player position, illness previous year, team involved, phase of season year and number of matches played are not significant risk markers associated with artill in super rugby players. conclusion: different competitive season years and travel home/away are risk markers associated with artill in rugby players during the super rugby tournaments. these findings are important in designing and implementing of artill prevention strategies in rugby players. mailto:audrey.jansenvanrensburg@up.ac.za o30: exercise associated muscle cramping is more severe for 56km runners compared to 21.1km runners esme jordaan1, martin schwellnus2, 3, 4, nicola sewry5 biostatistics unit, south african medical research council1, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli) and department of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa2, international olympic committee (ioc) research centre, south africa3, emeritus professor, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town4, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli) and department of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa5 esmerjdn@gmail.com background: exercise associated muscle cramping (eamc) is defined as a ‘painful spasmodic involuntary contraction of skeletal muscle that occurs during or immediately after muscular exercise’. our previous work from the 2012-2015 two oceans races showed that cramping is more prevalent among 56km runners compared to 21.1km runners (56km 19% vs 21.1km 9%). the aim was to compare the severity of cramping for runners in the longer distance versus the shorter distance. methodology: this was an observational study with a cross-sectional analysis. the data were from the 2012-2015 two oceans races (21.1km and 56km). the online pre-race medical history screening tool included a specific question related to the severity of eamc during or immediately after running in training or competition: “if you cramp, how severe is the cramping?”. the options for the responses were “mild (15min, stop exercising)”. the 76 609 race entrants were grouped as follows into 3 race distances: (1) only 21.1km, (2) both 21.1km and 56km (21.1/56km), and (3) only 56km races over the 4 years. results: the 3 race distance groups had 44 438 (58%) for 21.1km, 5 231 (6.8%) for 21.1/56km and 26 940 (35.2%) for 56km runners respectively in each group. overall, the responses to the severity of cramping were 0.7% severe, 4.2% moderate, and 8.9% mild. the %s of severe cramping in the 3 groups were 21.1km 0.5%, 21.1/56km 0.8% and 56km 1.2%. the relative difference between the groups was as follows; the odds of 56km runners cramping being more severe is almost 3 times the odds of 21km being more severe. the odds of 21.1/56km runners cramping being more severe is 2 times the odds of a 21.1km runner cramping being more severe. the odds ratios were different for age categories but not for genders. conclusion: there is a substantial difference in the severity of cramping for runners between the shorter and the longer races. this might not be true to the same extent for all age categories, and this will be investigated further. mailto:esmerjdn@gmail.com o31: specific chronic allergies as predictors of annual multiple injuries in individual distance runners sonja swanevelder1, nicola sewry2, martin schwellnus2, esme jordaan3 south african medical research council1, semli university of pretoria2, south african medical research council3 sonja.swanevelder@gmail.com background: a recent publication by the authors reported that runners who have been running recreationally for >20 years and those with multiple chronic diseases or a history of allergies were at a higher risk of multiple running-related injuries (mir). the aim was to determine if specific allergies were risk factors predictive of individual runners with a high annual mir. methodology: a retrospective, cross-sectional study at 4 annual (2012-2015) two oceans 21.1 km and 56km races in south africa with 75 401 consenting race entrants. running-related injury data were collected retrospectively through an online pre-race medical screening questionnaire. the average number of injuries for each runner by year was calculated by taking a runner’s race entry history and injury history into account and categorizing entrants into 4 mir categories (high, intermediate, low, and very low (reference)). follow-up multiple logistic regression modelling (odds ratios) was used to determine the role of specific allergies (any allergy, plant material allergy, animal material allergy, allergy to any type of medication) as risk factors predictive of a high mir (average >1 injury/year). results: of all entrants, 9.2% reported at least 1 injury, and 0.4% of entrants were in the high mir category; the incidence rate was 2.5 injuries per 10 runner-years (95% confidence interval (95%ci): 2.42.7). overall, having any chronic allergy was a significant predictor of runners in the high mir category: or=4.5 (95%ci: 3.3-6.0; p<0.0001). significant specific chronic allergy types predictive of runners in the high mir category were: plant material: or=3.5 (95%ci: 2.3-5.3; p<0.0001); animal material: or=3.1 (95%ci: 2.0-4.9; p<0.0001); and a medication allergy or=2.8 (95%ci: 1.8-4.3; p<0.0001), adjusting for sex, age group, race distance and taking allergy medication. conclusion: runners with a chronic allergy were at a higher risk of annually reporting multiple runningrelated injuries, more specifically plant material allergies, animal material allergies and an allergy to any type of medication. further investigation should include the possible role that specifically allergy medication plays with respect to a high mir. mailto:sonja.swanevelder@gmail.com o32: epidemiology of injuries in wheelchair rugby at the london 2012 and rio 2016 paralympic games maaike eken1, phoebe runciman1, wayne hough1, wayne derman1, 2 institute of sport and exercise medicine (isem), department of sport science, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, cape town, south africa1, international olympic committee research centre, south africa2 meken@sun.ac.za background: based on the nature of the sport, the risk of injuries is high in wheelchair rugby, given the sport’s high impact collisions, falls, and high risk of concussion. previous research has alluded to high injury rates for wheelchair rugby compared to other sports at the paralympic games. therefore, it is important to examine the incidence and nature of injuries in this sport, which may facilitate the development of strategies to prevent injuries. the aim of this study was to investigate the injury incidence rate and nature of injuries in wheelchair rugby during the london 2012 and rio 2016 paralympic games. methodology: injuries were recorded by all medical team staff members during the london 2012 and rio 2016 paralympic games, using the web-based injury and illness surveillance system (web-iiss) tool. the incidence rate (ir) of injuries was calculated per 1000 athlete days. results: in total, 175 athletes participated in wheelchair rugby in london 2012 and rio 2016 combined. in 29 (16.6%) of these athletes, one or more injuries were reported. a total of 38 injuries were documented, resulting in an ir of 15.5 (95%ci 25.9 – 50.1) injuries. most athletes who reported injuries had a spinal cord injury or spina bifida (82%). half of the injuries were acute injuries (48%), of which mostly upper limb injuries (76%). at rio 2016, only one out of twenty reported injuries led to a time loss of two days. conclusion: the results of this study showed that most of the injuries reported among wheelchair rugby athletes during the london 2012 and rio 2016 paralympic games were acute upper limb injuries. of the injuries sustained during the rio 2016 paralympic games, less than 5% resulted in time lost from training and competition, most of which were hand and wrist laceration, abrasion, soft tissue bruising or haematoma. hence, it can be suggested that wheelchair rugby resulted in a high incidence of non-time loss injuries. future research is necessary to investigate whether prevention strategies for upper limb injuries or rule changes can lead to a reduction of injuries among wheelchair rugby athletes. mailto:meken@sun.ac.za o33: an epidemiological study into the prevalence and types of injuries affecting adolescent tennis players in south africa kirsty elliott1, 2, paola silvia wood2, ernst pieter krüger2, 3 sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), sport science unit, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa1, division of biokinetics and sports science, department of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa2, institute for sports research, university of pretoria, south africa3 kirsty.elliott@semli.co.za background: injuries in tennis are reported as a major concern in youth tennis players worldwide, this trend has not been studied in south africa. the aim of this study of adolescent tennis players was to determine the injury prevalence, site and types of injuries that occur and identify possible risk factors for injury in junior tennis players in south africa. methodology: a prospective epidemiological study design was used to conduct the applied research. male and female (67%) players (n=30) aged between 13-19yrs with an average of 7.1± 1.86yrs playing experience participated. questionnaires were used to collect: playing and injury history, daily training diaries and self-reported injury occurrence (osics-10 classification system) over 26 weeks. overall injury rate / 1000 hrs of play, injured body segment, tissue type and mechanism were captured during the major competition period on the south african tennis calendar. results: an injury rate of 0.357/1000 hours of play was reported with 27 new conditions and 40 recurring conditions being reported over the 26 weeks. lower limb and trunk injuries were the most common (29.6% each), followed by upper limb injuries (22.2%) and there were no injuries to the head and neck. muscle and tendon sprains were the most common (46%), followed by joint and ligament injuries (23%). the mechanism of the injuries reported was split between acute (55%) and chronic overuse (45%) injuries but chronic injuries accounted for (61%) of the rest days taken due to injury. the only risk factor identified to be associated with total number of injuries was the number of resting days (p=0.28). conclusion: overall injury rate recorded falls on the lower side when compared to rates found in previous studies. the trend of lower body injuries being more common than upper body occurrence was consistent with previous research. the epidemiology of injuries provides insight for the development and implementation of injury prevention programmes. descriptive training results such as the mean training time (hrs/week), strength and conditioning training (hrs/week) and training to competition ratios should be further investigated to fully understand the major risk factors for injury occurrence. mailto:kirsty.elliott@semli.co.za o34: impact of sars-cov2 containment measures in physical activity and nutrition habits in african urban centers: a study in mozambique antónio prista1, 2, 3 physical activity and health research group1, fefd2, universidade pedagógica de maputo3 aprista1@gmail.com background: in response to the sars-cov2 pandemic, a large set of measures was adopted by the authorities. these measures are expected to have a significant impact on several socio-economic and cultural habits, which include physical activity and nutrition. the assessment of this impact in opposition to its advantages in the control of the pandemic must be evaluated. thus, the aim of this study was (1) to assess the impact of sars-cov2 containment measures on physical activity and nutritional habits in an urban population of mozambique and (2) to evaluate the advantages of those measures for the pandemic control. methodology: a total of 7,415 men and women aged between 18 and 65 years were surveyed in 9 provincial capital cities of mozambique by specifically trained observers about the impact of the measures on physical activity and nutritional habits. in turn, an evaluation of the impact of the measures in the evolution of the pandemic was performed by using the different official measures opposing to the subsequent evolution of rates of positive cases, hospitalization and deaths. results: almost all participants reported leaving home on a daily basis but only 5.5% for physical exercise. almost half of the participants (48.6%) reported having been affected by their family income. physical activity, when compared to what was habitual before the pandemic, decreased for 72.2% of people, while 27% of respondents said they eat less fruit and 29% less vegetables. in turn, the trend for positive cases, hospitalization and death rates did not show any association with the official measures. conclusion: it was concluded that in the main urban centres in mozambique, physical activity and nutritional habits were affected by the measures, although those measures did not show an association with an effective pandemic control. mailto:aprista1@gmail.com o35: the incidence of illness and injury in master paralympic athletes: a descriptive cohort study of the >35 year age category in the 2012 to 2018 summer and winter paralympic games phoebe runciman1, melissa janse van vuuren1, pieter boer2, esme jordaan3, wayne derman4 institute of sport and exercise medicine, department of sport science, stellenbosch university1, cape peninsula university of technology, cape town, south africa2, biostatistics unit, medical research council, cape town, south africa3, international olympic committee research centre (south africa)4 para@sun.ac.za background: there are limited studies regarding the illness and injury patterns of older para athletes. the aim of this study was to describe illness and injury incidence in master paralympic athletes during the london 2012, sochi 2014 winter, rio 2016, and pyeongchang 2018 winter paralympic games. methodology: this study forms part of a larger epidemiological study and made use of illness and injury data regarding master paralympic athletes collected during the pre-competition and competition periods during the 2012-2018 paralympic games. results: a total of 457 and 83 illnesses were reported during the summer games (sg) and winter games (wg), respectively. some differences in illness incidence could be seen between sg and wg (london: ir 14.4; sochi: ir 22.6; rio: ir 11.8; pyeongchang: ir 15.4) and illnesses in the respiratory system (ir 3.2 – 6.6), dermatologic system (2.1 – 3.8) and gastrointestinal system (1.8 – 3.1) were most common. a total of 397 and 115 injuries were reported during the sg and wg respectively. injury ir during the wg (sochi: ir 31.5; pyeongchang: ir 21.1) was double compared to the sg (london: ir 12.1; rio: ir 10.6). upper limb (london: ir 5.9; sochi: ir 14.1; rio: ir 4.2; pyeongchang: ir 11.0) and sudden onset (london: ir 5.9; sochi: 18.8; rio: ir 4.5; pyeongchang: ir 16.7) injuries were two-fold higher during the wg compared with the sg. conclusion: except for sochi 2014 wg, the incidence of illness between sg and wg were similar. the wg had a higher incidence of injuries, indicating that master paralympic athletes are potentially more likely to report injuries. respiratory, dermatologic and gastrointestinal illnesses, as well as upper limb and sudden onset injuries, were prevalent in both the sg and wg. mailto:para@sun.ac.za o36: classification of junior ethiopian football players using anthropometric and physical fitness attributes: developing a predictive model leyekun gebru1, johan van heerden2, orthodox tefera3 department of biokinetics, exercise and leisure sciences (sports science) school of health science, university of kwazulu-natal, durban, republic of south africa1, school academic leader: research school of health sciences department of biokinetics, exercise and leisure sciences (sports science) school of health science, university of kwazulu-natal, durban, republic of south africa2, graduate school of business and leadership university of kwazulu-natal, durban, republic of south africa3 leyetad@gmail.com background: the recruitment and early selection of players into a specialised football development programme and centres of excellence have been considered as an essential factor for the long-term development of a footballing career (le gall, carling, williams, & reilly, 2010). the aim of the present study was to develop a predictive model that identifies the anthropometric and physical fitness that best predicts the status and playing positions (n=400; 15–17 years) in the ethiopian male youth soccer development programme. methodology: anthropometric measurement in terms of mass, height, relative body fat, and derived body composition was conducted using the international society for the advancement of kinanthropometry (isak) guidelines. fitness was measured by sprint tests (10 meters, 20 meters and 40 meters flat), the illinois agility test, vertical jump test and estimated vo2 max. factorial anova was used to test the relationships between players’ residence, position, and respective interaction terms. additionally, discriminant analysis was used to identify the variables that contributed to the selections. results: sports camp residence players were significantly different in all anthropometric attributes as well as physical fitness attributes at p<0.05 except vo2 max. the percentage of players who were correctly classified in the original groups was slightly lower than the percentage calculated after the analysis was performed for the total sample (86%) and after calculation by position (86 – 90%). conclusion: the study concluded that speed assessed in10m, 40m, vertical jump, and height were the discriminate attributes of players by the residential unit in ethiopian junior football players. it is recommended that anthropometrical and physical fitness attributes are important in the assessment and selection of young football players with the potentials for higher-level performance selection. mailto:leyetad@gmail.com o37: injury profiles differ by athlete impairment type during the 2012 and 2016 summer paralympic games: a combined analysis of 101 108 athlete-days faatima adam1, wayne derman2,3, martin schwellnus3,4, pieter boer5, esme jordaan6, phoebe runciman6 department of sport science, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university (cape town, south africa)1, institute of sport and exercise medicine (isem), department of sport science, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, cape town, south africa2, international olympic committee (ioc) research centre (south africa)3, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria (pretoria, south africa)4, department of human movement science, cape peninsula university of technology (cape town, south africa)5, biostatistics unit, medical research council, cape town, south africa6, faatima.adam@gmail.com background: background: musculoskeletal injury rates in para athletes have been shown to differ by age, sex, sport, environment, chronicity, and anatomical area. the relationship between an athletes’ medical impairment and injury rates have not yet been comprehensively studied. objectives: to describe the effect of an athletes’ underlying medical impairment on their incidence of injury by age, sex, games period, sport, chronicity, and anatomical area. methodology: a combined analysis of injuries sustained by athletes during the london 2012 and rio 2016 summer paralympic games (s-pgs) was performed. a total of 7222 athletes were monitored over the two games periods, comprising 101 108 athlete-days. injury data were reported by impairment type: brain disorders (bd), limb deficiency (ld), neuromuscular disorders (nmd), spinal cord injuries (sci), visual impairment (vi), and ‘all others’ (oth: impaired passive range of movement (iprom), intellectual impairment (ii), leg length difference (lld), short stature (ss), and unknown) impairments. results: a total of 1143 injuries were reported in 980 injured athletes over both s-pgs. athletes with vi (ir 13.6) and nmd (13.3) had high injury incidence, followed by sci (11.1), ld (10.9) and bd (9.1). precompetition period incidence was higher (ir 13.8) than the competition. acute sudden onset injuries (ir 5.8) were more common than gradual onset injuries (ir 3.7), except for athletes with nmd (ir 5.9). athletes with nmd and sci were associated with higher rates of upper limb injuries and athletes with vi,bd and ld with lower limb injuries. the incidence (i) of injuries for the various sports disciplines differed significantly for vi athletes (adjusted for sex and age) (p<0.0001). conclusion: the findings from this study contribute toward advancing the understanding of impairmentrelated factors associated with injuries in athletes during summer paralympic sports. clinicians working with para athletes can gain impairment-specific information for training and injury prevention. clinicians should work around; (1) decreasing precompetition injuries in athletes with musculoskeletal impairments, (2) prioritise postural control and balance in athletes with vi, and (3) consider biomechanical compensations and assistive device usage as contributors to injury in athletes with nmd. mailto:faatima.adam@gmail.com o38: muscle activation during the modified clinical test for sensory integration and balance (mctsib) in active unilateral transtibial amputees sarah arnold1, lara grobler1, laura-ann furlong2, ranel venter1 stellenbosch university1, limerick university2 sarnold@sun.ac.za background: balance tasks pose a specific challenge to utta after amputation often resulting in a fear of falling. there is limited understanding of postural control and muscle activation during balance tasks. understanding the muscle activation during functional tasks could inform the evidence-based rehabilitation exercise selection. the aim of the study was to determine the muscle activation in unilateral transtibial amputees (utta) during the modified clinical test for sensory integration and balance. methodology: surface electromyography (noraxon, usa) was used to determine lower limb muscle activation in six unilateral transtibial amputees (34 ± 5 years, 5 men & 1 woman) during the mctsib. raw data were filtered using a high pass, low pass and bandpass eighth-order butterworth filters. fullwave rectification and smoothing (50ms window were applied. peak amplitudes were determined per muscle, per activity and recordings were then normalized to the peak amplitudes. ethical clearance and participant consent were attained prior to testing. effect sizes (cohen’s d) were used to determine meaningful practical differences. results: significant differences were found in muscle activations between surface conditions as well as between the affected and unaffected sides of the utta. affected side vastus lateralis obliques (vlo) muscle activation was greater (d=0.5, medium) during the eyes open on a firm surface than on a foam surface. vlo had greater activation on the affected side than the unaffected side while eyes were closed on a firm surface (d=0.8, large). affected side bicep femoris (bf) muscle activation was greater (d=0.7, medium) during the eyes open on a firm surface than on a foam surface. during the eyes open on a firm surface, the bf muscle activation was greater (d=0.7, medium) compared to the eyes closed on a foam surface. tibialis anterior muscle activation was greater (d=0.8, large) during the eyes open on a firm surface compared to eyes closed. conclusion: the importance of proprioceptive and balance training is emphasized. evidence-based exercise selection informed by muscle activation under specific conditions has been shown to be valuable. this can contribute to reducing the fear of falls, improving prosthetic trust and improving sensory integration in utta. quality of life can be maintained as the utta ages. mailto:sarnold@sun.ac.za o39: the comparison of lower limb kinematics across stroke rates among male rowers during ergometer rowing and the influence of lower limb strength lisa heyneke1, andrew green1, warrick mckinon2 university of johannesburg2, university of witwatersrand2 heynekelisa@gmail.com background: rowing is a complex sport that requires an efficient technique for optimal performance and injury avoidance. the rowing stroke is a cyclic movement pattern in a closed chain. a biomechanical evaluation of rowing kinematics enables the quality of the rowing technique to be analysed. kinematic analysis of the lower limb is important as these muscles are the primary generators of force and power in rowing. the purpose of this study was to compare lower limb kinematics during rowing at different stroke rates (20, 26, and 30 strokes/minute) among university-level male rowers. methodology: three-dimensional kinematics of 16 university-level rowers (mean age: 21.5 years, height:184.1cm, mass: 78.6kg) were recorded at a rate of 100hz on the stationary ergometer at three different stroke rates: 20, 26, and 30 strokes/minute. bilateral hip, knee, and ankle angles were compared using spatial parametric mapping (smp) across the three-stroke rates (anova). results: the anova spm test revealed significant differences in all joint angles across the stroke rates. both hip angles demonstrated significant differences across the stroke rates at various periods of the stroke cycle. both knee angles were significantly different (p<0.001) across the stroke rates for the last 90% of the stroke cycle. both ankle angles were significantly different (p<0.001) across the stroke rates for the last 80% of the stroke cycle. the post-doc analyses revealed that the largest difference in all joint angles was between stroke rates 20 and 26. for the knee and ankle angles, the least significant differences in the stroke cycle were seen between stroke rates 26 and 30. conclusion: this study found that joint angles and lower limb kinematics are significantly different across the stroke rates in ergometer rowing. it is important to understand how kinematics change during the rowing stroke as the rowing technique plays a major role in success. kinematic changes in rowing can additionally be linked to strength components such as torque and power which may further facilitate performance enhancement and injury prevention. mailto:heynekelisa@gmail.com o40: the effect of countermovement jump initiation detection methods on discrete performance variables cassidy de frança1, matthew jordan2, helen bayne1 department of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa1, faculty of kinesiology, university of calgary, canada2 cassidyjaye@gmail.com background: the calculation of countermovement jump (cmj) performance metrics is based on the impulse-momentum theorem that allows vertical centre of mass velocity to be determined from vertical ground reaction force (vgrf). an important methodological consideration is the detection method for true initiation of the cmj from a stationary start. the aim of the study was to investigate if different initiation detection methods have an effect on cmj performance variables. methodology: ethical approval was obtained to analyse the force-time data of 21 athletes who performed the cmj as part of routine testing. force-time data were analysed using the shiny vertical jump analysis app (https://github.com/mattsams89/shiny-vertical-jump). two initiation methods were applied. bodyweight (bw): vgrf over 1-second of quiet standing. method 1: the point where vgrf decreased to bw-5sd; method 2: used an algorithm to search backwards from bw-5sd to determine if the inverse (bw + 5sd) occurred within the previous 100 ms. the last point before this inverse threshold was initiation. metrics commonly used to analyse jump performance were compared between methods using paired sample t-tests. results: statistically significant differences (p < 0.05) occurred for time to take-off (0.86 ± 0.08 s; 0.80 ± 0.07 s), unweighting phase duration (392 ± 57 ms; 337 ± 41 ms), propulsion phase duration (290 ± 25 ms; 289 ± 25 ms), net impulse (2.63 ± 0.25 ns.kg-1; 2.60 ± 2.61 ns.kg-1), peak power (49.5 ± 6.57 w.kg1; 49.1 ± 6.63 w.kg-1) , modified reactive strength index (0.41 ± 0.08; 0.44 ± 0.09), average rate of force development (1808 ± 421 n.s-1; 2037 ± 560 n.s-1) and jump height (calculated from impulse) (0.36 ± 0.07 m; 0.34 ± 0.07 m). no statistically significant differences were observed for all other metrics analysed (jump height from flight time, braking phase duration, peak force, and force at zero velocity). conclusion: initiation detection methods significantly affect cmj performance variables including jump height, phase durations, and timing-related metrics, but not the peak force value and therefore are not interchangeable when determining true initiation of the cmj. accounting for initiation with an increased force prior to decrease is recommended to calculate accurate cmj performance and phase variables. mailto:cassidyjaye@gmail.com https://github.com/mattsams89/shiny-vertical-jump o41: eccentric movement strategy predicts stretch-shorten cycle preload during countermovement jumps darius sangari1, helen bayne1, john cronin2 department of physiology and sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria1, faculty of health and environmental sciences, sports performance research institute new zealand, auckland university of technology.2 dsangari1@gmail.com background: the coupling of eccentric and concentric muscle action is common in sporting movements and is referred to as the stretch-shorten cycle (ssc). the ssc elicits a performance-enhancing effect as the height achieved in the countermovement jump (cmj) has been observed to be higher than from concentric-only squat jumps. net force at the end of the cmj eccentric phase (force at zero velocity – f0v) is positive, whereas squat jumps performed from a static start where the vertical ground reaction force equals bodyweight. this may provide a quantitative indication of ssc preload. it is theorised that eccentric movement strategies (such as the amplitude and rate at which the eccentric contraction is performed) will influence the preload achieved. methodology: a total of 202 competitive athletes (females: n = 83 and males: n = 119) from various sports volunteered to participate in this study. each participant performed three cmj’s (without armswing) on a dual force platform (jm6090-06, bertec, usa) and data was collected using forcedecks software (vald performance, australia). a pearson’s correlation was used to determine the strength of the relationship between eccentric strategy variables and relative f0v (f0v/bw). a hierarchical regression model was used to determine the predictive potential of the eccentric strategy variables. statistical significance was set at p < 0.05. the variables selected to represent cmj strategy were; net minimum eccentric force (fmin), eccentric peak velocity (vecc), relative braking impulse (iecc/bw) and countermovement depth (cmdepth). results: large significant correlations (r > 0.50; p < 0.05) were observed between f0v/bw and fmin, vecc, and iecc/bw for both male and female athletes. the hierarchical linear regression revealed that 67.1% and 63.7% of relative f0v values can be predicted using vecc, cmdepth and fmin for females and males, respectively. conclusion: a cmj strategy that utilizes a greater unweighting acceleration (lower fmin and greater vecc) and greater braking phase deceleration (greater iecc/bw) will increase the magnitude of preload achieved (greater f0v/bw). it is suggested that practitioners aiming to improve ssc preload should consider verbal instructions and training methods that may influence eccentric movement strategies. mailto:dsangari1@gmail.com o42: change of direction time vs change of direction deficit: is there a need to assess both? christo van zyl1, helen bayne1, jason tee2 department of physiology and sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute, faculty health sciences, university of pretoria1, carnegie applied rugby research (carr) centre, carnegie school of sport, leeds beckett university, leeds, united kingdom2 christo.vanzyl@semli.co.za background: change of direction (cod) ability has been related to decisive moments in a team sport that could impact the outcome of a match. change of direction is a component of agility that is described as the ability to decelerate, change movement direction, and accelerate again where no immediate reaction to a stimulus is required, thus the direction change is pre-planned. change of direction deficit (codd) is a calculation used to isolate the ability to change direction from the ability to sprint in a straight line. this has been suggested to provide a more isolated measure of cod ability which is not influenced by linear speed qualities. thus, we aimed to determine the rank order relationship between cod time and codd. methodology: forty-five athletes that consisted of male high school rugby players (n = 20), male university-level hockey players (n = 12), and female university-level hockey players (n = 13) participated in this study. field-based testing consisted of a 20-m linear sprint (0-, 5-, 10-, and 20-m splits) and 180° (505 cod test), 90°, and 45° cutting tasks. the time between the 10-m and 20-m splits in the linear sprint test was subtracted from the time to complete the cutting task to determine the codd. spearman’s rank order correlation was performed between cod and codd for the various cutting tasks. results: spearman’s rank order correlations showed nearly perfect (r = 0.94, p < 0.001), very large (r = 0.897, p < 0.001), and very large (r = 0.879, p < 0.001) relationships between cod time and codd during the 180°, 90°, and 45° cutting tasks respectively. conclusion: codd has been suggested to isolate cod ability from sprinting ability. our results indicate that there is a strong correlation between cod and codd and thus the addition of codd may not be necessary. in particular as athletes with a fast cod time will most likely have a fast codd. however, practitioners working with athletes that have a slow cod time could find value in calculating codd to help identify if the problem is with straight line sprinting or their ability to change direction. mailto:christo.vanzyl@semli.co.za o43: cardiovascular autonomic nervous system-related discriminators of time trial power output in endurance-trained athletes ben coetzee1, ninette thiart1, christo bisschoff1 physical activity, sport and recreation research focus area, faculty of health sciences, north-west university north-west university1 ben.coetzee@nwu.ac.za background: the study aimed to determine whether the pre-test heart rate variability (hrv) and posttest heart rate recovery (hrr) parameters of endurance-trained athletes can serve as significant discriminators between higher and lower average relative time trial (tt) power outputs. methodology: ten competitive cyclists, and ten competitive middleand long-distance male athletes participated in the study. heart rate was measured before and after a 5-km treadmill running on a woodway pro xl treadmill or a 20-km cycling tt on a wattbike pro air trainer via a fix polar hr transmitter belt and monitor. kubios hrv premium software was used to analyse the series of r-rintervals and determine the pre-test hrv. the hrr was calculated in absolute and relative values at 60 seconds post-test. the average power output of athletes during the running tt was determined by the running power equation of van dijk and van megen (2017), whereas the power output of the cycling tt was obtained from the wattbike. the participants were allocated to a lower and higher power output group, respectively according to their tt relative power outputs. forward stepwise discriminant analyses determined the power of different pre-test hrvand post-test hrr-parameters to serve as discriminators of athletes and cyclists with low or high tt power outputs. results: pre-test power high frequency (hf) (%) and low frequency (lf):hf ratio were identified as the only hrv-related variables that significantly discriminated between the highand low-power groups. the hrv-based forward stepwise discriminant analysis model was 90% accurate in classifying the participants into their respective groups. none of the hrr-related variables served as strong or significant discriminators between the lowand high-power groups. conclusion: in conclusion, results suggest that power hf (%) and lf:hf ratio can be used as significant discriminators between athletes and cyclists who can be categorized into different groups according to their average relative tt power outputs. the ans of endurance athletes who can deliver more power during execution of the tt showed a bigger inhibition of the parasympathetic nervous system, and a simultaneous enhancement in sympathetic activity. mailto:ben.coetzee@nwu.ac.za o44: protein supplements in south africa: high protein-content products or a case of misinformation? mandisi sithole1, gary gabriels1 university of the witwatersrand1 0507258d@students.wits.ac.za background: in recent years, the popularity of protein-based supplements has increased due to increased consumer demand and claims of high-quality protein it conveys. however, studies have revealed that certain supplements may not contain the precise amounts of protein content stated on product labels. methods such as the dumas and kjeldahl, which are often used to assess protein concentrations in these products, are insufficient because other nitrogen-based molecules present in the sample may interfere and result in an incorrect protein content determination. the purpose of the study was to use a multi-protein assay approach to quantify protein concentrations in protein supplement products commercially accessible in south africa. methodology: twenty-one protein supplement products were tested in the laboratory using the bca, lowry, and bradford assays results: protein concentrations (p<0.05) were lower in bradford, bca, and lowry by 95%, 86 %, and 67%, respectively. protein content determined by the bradford assay was much lower than that determined by the other assays, owing to its limitation in identifying proteins smaller than 3000da. there was no significant variation in protein content between the claimed values on labels and the goods tested using the lowry assay in 33% of the cases. an interference investigation revealed that quantities of melamine, cyanuric acid, and uric acid of more than 100g.ml-1 had a minor effect on all three assays, but lower values had no effect. conclusion: based on the findings of this study, protein supplements sold in south africa have lower concentrations of protein than what is stated on the labels. this suggests that manufacturers could be estimating protein content inaccurately or simply falsifying it. mailto:0507258d@students.wits.ac.za o45: age, skeletal maturity and growth velocity as injury risk factors in elite youth football (soccer) players aged 11 to 15 years: a three-season prospective study eirik halvorsen wik1, karim chamari2, montassar tabben2, valter di salvo3, warren gregson3, roald bahr4 institute of sport and exercise medicine, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, tygerberg, south africa1, aspetar sports injury and illness prevention programme, aspetar orthopaedic and sports medicine hospital, doha, qatar2, football performance and science department, aspire academy, doha, qatar3, oslo sports trauma research center, department of sports medicine, norwegian school of sport sciences, oslo, norway4 ewik@sun.ac.za background: growth and maturation are considered risk factors for injury in youth football, yet firm conclusions cannot be drawn from the existing research. our aim was to explore the main and combined effects of age, skeletal maturity and growth velocity on injury risk in elite academy players. methodology: anthropometric (triannual height and body mass assessments), maturity (fels skeletal age from annual hand/wrist x-rays), injury (time-loss injuries recorded by team physiotherapists) and exposure (individual training/match minutes recorded by team sport scientists) data were collected prospectively over three seasons in an elite academy, including 95 male players (11-15 years). we compared the relative model quality of mixed-effects logistic regression models, with growth velocity (cm/year or kg/year) for 223 growth intervals (start to mid-season or mid-season to end, average 113 days) included as fixed effects, and adjusted for age or maturity plus load (average hours/week). associations were interpreted as practically relevant based on the confidence interval for odds ratios, using thresholds of 0.90 and 1.11 to define small beneficial and harmful effects, respectively. results: during the growth intervals, 161 index injuries and 21712 exposure hours were recorded. change in body mass combined with maturity best explained overall and gradual onset injury risk, while change in height combined with maturity best explained the risk of sudden onset, bone tissue and physis injuries. no growth × age/maturity interaction effects were seen. older age was associated with small harmful effects on overall (or adjusted for stature change: 2.61, 95%ci: 1.15-5.91) and sudden onset (or adjusted for body mass change: 1.98, 1.17-3.37) injury risk. significant associations (p<0.05) were observed for body mass and maturity on sudden onset injuries, and for load on gradual onset, bone tissue and physis injuries; however, these were not considered practically relevant based on our predefined thresholds. conclusion: our findings could not support changes in height or body mass over an academy semester as injury risk factors. older age was, however, associated with an increased risk of overall and sudden onset injuries. future studies should strive to include larger samples, starting from pre-adolescence, to enable within-subject analyses and better understand the relationship between growth, maturation and injuries. mailto:ewik@sun.ac.za o46: development of a toolkit to assess health-related quality of life amongst patients with selected noncommunicable diseases lynn smith1, heather morris-eyton1 university of johannesburg1 lynnvr@uj.ac.za background: although south africa has made significant progress in reducing the risk associated with noncommunicable diseases (ncds), the country still faces health inequities and inequalities within the healthcare sector. lowand middle-income countries, such as south africa, are called to expand their healthcare capacities to respond effectively to the increased burden of ncds. an integrated approach to the broad spectrum of ncds may provide the most cost-effective method for treatment, with a focus on health-related quality of life (hrqol). this study aimed at developing a toolkit to assess the hrqol of patients with hypertension, type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. methodology: a sequential and exploratory mixed method research design was utilised. focus group discussions and semi-structured interviews were conducted with an expert panel (n=12). this process elucidated the development of a questionnaire assessing hrqol. this questionnaire was piloted and amended according to the feedback received. it was administered to patients (n3=257) across two-time intervals, three weeks apart. principle component analysis was performed on all items and results were used to determine validity and reliability using the pearson and spearman correlation coefficients, the interclass correlation coefficient (icc) and the coefficient of repeatability (cr). results: the toolkit consists of a long (37 items) and short (25 items) form questionnaire. both questionnaires yielded an excellent pearson’s r (0.89*; 0.89*), spearman’s rho (0.88*; 0.89*), and icc (0.94; 0.94). the coefficient of repeatability for both the long and short form were considered acceptable, at ±12.04% and ±12.50%, respectively. conclusion: the toolkit questionnaires are highly reliable and provides healthcare practitioners with a starting point for treatment, aiding in the prescription of individualised, multifactorial treatment programmes. these are tailored specifically to improve hrqol and the progression towards healthier lifestyles. in addition, the results of this study encourages a palliative approach to healthcare, improving the patients’ hrqol through the prevention and relief of disease specific suffering. mailto:lynnvr@uj.ac.za o47: body composition with nuclear and isotope technology application within the african region m.a. monyeki1 physical activity, sport and recreation research focus area, faculty of health sciences, north-west university, potchefstroom, south africa1 andries.monyeki@nwu.ac.za background: human body composition measurements are methods suitable for nutritional assessment and are of interest to sports scientists, nutritionists and health professionals. the increasing prevalence of childhood obesity, inactivity and lifestyle diseases, compiles increasing need for body composition methods with greater sensitivity and precision. purpose: the purpose of the study was to determine the level of agreement between body size selfperception and actual body size determined by body mass index (bmi) and body fatness measured by the deuterium dilution method (ddm); and compares body fat (%bf) determined using bioelectrical impedance analysis (bia) and %bf predicted from skinfolds equations in south african children. methods: a cross-sectional study with 299 (125 boys; 174 girls) 6to 8-year children was performed. perceived body image was assessed silhouettes. total body water and fat free mass were determined with deuterium oxide dilution (ddm), and predicted using bodystat (1500) with 50khz frequency. bland altman plots determined the level of agreements. statistical package for social sciences (spss v27®) analysed the data. results: bmi z-scores, thinness grade 1 (12%), thinness grade 2 (3%), overweight (9%), obese (2%); body image, underweight (32%), overweight (9%), and obese (2%) perceived their body size as underweight, normal, overweight, and obese; and ddm, 2.5% underweight, overweight (22%), obese 30%. the application of silhouettes and bmi resulted in either overestimation or underestimation of own body size. level of agreement between body size perception, body fatness, and bmi was poor. significant paired mean differences were found for body mass index (bia) and slaughter (t201 =33.896, p<0.001), wickramasinghe (t201 = 4.217, p<0.001), and dezenberg (t201 =19.910, p<0.001). the blant-altman plots show relatively large positive and negative deviations from the mean difference lines, and trends of systematic under-and over-estimation of %bf across the %bf spectrum. conclusion: perceived body image and bmi (which remains a practical tool for obesity surveillance, it should be consider in future studies) over or underestimated body fatness, whilst the criterion methods provided a good body fatness classification. scalable measures to allow for more accurate self-assessment are urgently needed–one approach is behavior change communication at all levels. as such, age-specific %bf equation incorporating optimum methods using ddm are needed. mailto:andries.monyeki@nwu.ac.za o48: physical fitness of school-age children and youth living in and island in mozambique gomes nhaca1, timoteo daca1, antonio prista1 physical activity and health research group, faculty of physical education and sports, pedagogical university of maputo, mozambique1 nhacagomes@gmail.com background: physical fitness (pf) is associated to health and performance being important from the early days of life. the pattern of pf in school age fitness in an island environment in mozambique are unknown. aim: to evaluate the levels of physical fitness of school-age children and young living in an island environment methodology: the study is part of the human biological variability project in mozambique and was carried out in “inhaca” island in 2019. sample was composed by 740 children and young aged 6-17 (boys=378; girls=362). the standardized protocols of the aahperd (mile run and sit and reach) and fitnessgram (horizontal impulsion, manual dynamometry, abdominal resistance strength and 10x5 meters sprint) batteries were applied. ancova was used to analyzed data as a function of sex having age as covariate. comparison with other mozambican studies in rural and urban areas were made using one-way anova results: age-adjusted performance indicated significant differences between boys and girls in hand dynamometry (p=0.001), horizontal jump (p=0.001), 10x5 meter sprint (p=0.014), mile run (p=0.001), with the boys presenting better performance in all tests with exception for flexibility (p=0.001). in both boys and girls, the “inhaca” island sample outperformed its mainland peers in the abdominal resistance strength and handgrip strength tests (p=0.001). in the one mile run test the participants from “inhaca” island performed identical to the rural area but better than the urban area (p=0.001). conclusion: school aged children living in the “inhaca” island have a good fitness performance relative to urban peers suggesting an important impact effect of the environment. mailto:nhacagomes@gmail.com o49: associations between body composition, physical activity, intima-media thickness, and cardio-metabolic risk factors in a cohort of teachers: the sabpa-study tamrin veldsman1, mariette swanepoel1, johanna s brits2, makama a monyeki1 physical activity, sport and recreation research focus area (phasrec), faculty of health sciences, north-west university, potchefstroom, south africa1, hypertension in africa research team (hart), north-west university, potchefstroom, south africa2 tamrin.veldsman@nwu.ac.za background: obesity and physical inactivity are linked with high prevalence of non-communicable diseases (ncds) of lifestyle, and ncds are a significant public health concerns in adults; in the 21st century. the study therefore investigated the associations between body composition, physical activity (pa), cardio-metabolic risk factors and carotid intima-media thickness (cimt) in teachers. methodology: a cross-sectional study design; on a data of 216 teachers (104 males; 112 females) from the sympathetic activity and ambulatory blood pressure in africans (sabpa) prospective cohort study from the dr kenneth kaunda district, north west province of south africa was used. body mass index (bmi), waist circumference (wc), waist-to-height ratio (wthr) as measures of body composition, and completed 7-day actiheart pa data according to standard procedures were measured. sonosite micromaxx ultrasound measured cimt. the joint interim statement classifications were applied for metabolic syndrome. the statistical package for social sciences (spss) version 27 analysed the data. results: two thirds of the participants respectively were sedentary and participated in light-intensity pa. twenty-nine percent per cent of the teachers had cardio-metabolic syndrome, and male teachers significantly (p<0.05) had a high mean value for citm. wc positively and significantly (β = 0.151, p = 0.027) related to cimt. in the total sample, a weak significant positive relationship between wc and triglycerides (r = 0.16; p = 0.02) was observed. cimt inversely associated with total energy expenditure (r = -0.31; p = 0.05) in sedentary male teachers. additionally, pa negatively associated with triglycerides (r = -0.29; p = 0.02), gamma-glutamyl transferase (ggt) (r=-0.25; p=0.06). after adjustments for age group, self-reported smoking and alcohol use, a weak significant negative relationship between mean 7-day awake mets and triglycerides (r = 0.28; p < 0.01) remained conclusion: cimt positively associated with wc. participation in light pa associated with lower cimt, triglycerides and ggt. the high cardiovascular risk profile diminished the protective role of pa. physical activity intervention studies are recommended to determine effective interventions to provide information on how to limit the development of atherosclerosis. mailto:tamrin.veldsman@nwu.ac.za o50: physiotherapists’ experiences of rugby-related concussion management in the community marelise badenhorst1, danielle m. salmon2, gisela sole3, simon walters1, johna register-mihalik4, zachary yukio kerr4, john sullivan2, chris whatman1 sports performance research institute new zealand, school of sport and recreation, auckland university of technology, new zealand1, injury prevention and player welfare, new zealand rugby, wellington, new zealand2, centre of health, activity, rehabilitation research, school of physiotherapy, university of otago3, department of exercise and sport science, university of north carolina at chapel hill, chapel hill, usa4 marelise.badenhorst@aut.ac.nz background: new zealand rugby implemented a concussion management pathway to improve concussion management at the community level. physiotherapists often play a key role in the identification, immediateand long-term management of concussions. the aim of this study was to explore physiotherapists’ experiences of rugby-related concussion management, as part of the concussion management pathway, to further inform new zealand rugby’s concussion strategies and subsequently aid future adoption and sustainability. methodology: we adopted a pragmatic, descriptive qualitative approach to explore the perceptions of physiotherapists involved in the pathway. at the end of the 2019 rugby season, semi-structured interviews and focus groups were conducted with twenty-four physiotherapists in three geographically and socioeconomically diverse regions in new zealand (nz). thematic analysis was used to analyse data. results: four themes were identified that play a role in either facilitating optimal concussion management or causing high levels of pressure perceived by physiotherapists. these were: i) ‘walking the tight rope between player welfare and performance’ represented participants' perceptions of the balancing act between different attitudes and priorities of the various rugby stakeholders (whether they prioritised team performance, or player welfare); ii) physiotherapists’ perceptions of their own authority within the team and their concussion management responsibilities; iii) the importance of multidirectional communication in the management of concussion, and iv) the influence of context, which included the complexity of concussion injuries, knowledge of the physiotherapist and team, work-load and resources to support the physiotherapist and ease of access to a medical doctor. conclusion: physiotherapists had positive attitudes toward the concussion management pathway and are well-positioned to play an essential role in this respect. however, strategies are needed to align all stakeholders’ attitudes around player welfare and address persisting challenges. such strategies should also consider experienced physiotherapists mentoring young or inexperienced physiotherapists to improve self-confidence for taking over team roles. the findings of this study also support the value of clear protocols, such as the concussion management pathway, in supporting physiotherapists to deliver effective concussion care. for the pathway’s future sustainability, additional support may be needed to enhance communication between stakeholders, thereby saving valuable time for the physiotherapist and, generally, facilitating the delivery of their duties. mailto:marelise.badenhorst@aut.ac.nz o51: heading exposure in professional football training steve den hollander1, gino kerkhoffs2, 3, vincent gouttebarge1,2, 4 fifpro1, amsterdam umc, university of amsterdam2, achss, amc/vumc ioc research centre3, section sports medicine, up4 steve_dh1989@hotmail.com background: heading the ball has been identified as a risk factor for concussion in association football. however, the exposure to heading, and the g-force of the impacts, are understudied. while ranging from 3.6 (midfielders in ligue 1) to 9.2 (defenders in english championship) per player per match, the number of headers a player makes during training remains unknown. furthermore, self-reported exposure to heading has been shown to be unreliable. therefore, this study aimed to assess the exposure of players to heading in training through objective measures and determine the reliability of self-reported exposure to heading. methodology: sixteen professional footballers took part in a training camp. the camp consisted of 4 training sessions, 2 per day, followed by a match. all training and match sessions were filmed, and the number of headers each player made was noted, retrospectively, by a video analyst. for each observed header, the player who made the header, the intentionality of the header, and the timestamp, were recorded. during all training and match sessions, the players were equipped with an impact tracker, to quantify the g-force of the headers. after each session, the players were asked to recall how many headers they executed during the session. results: players were exposed to 2.2 headers per player per training session, with an average g-force of 15g, and 2.4 headers per play in the match, with an average force of 26g. defenders made more headers in training (n=3.3, g-force=15g) and matches (n=3.8, g-force=19g) than forwards (training: n=2.6, g-force=17g; matches: n=3.0, g-force=34g) and midfielders (training: n=2.6, g-force=20g; matches: n=3.0, g-force=29g) per player per session. 3% of headers were unintentional, with an average g-force of 70g. the reliability of the self-reported exposure to headers was good (intra class coefficient = 0.77). conclusion: players were exposed to fewer headers in training than in the match, with lower impact forces. although defenders made more headers in training and matches, compared to midfielders and forwards, the impact of these headers was less. further research is required to understand the relationships between types of headers, impact forces, and mechanisms of heading related concussions. mailto:steve_dh1989@hotmail.com o52: reporting behaviours and attitudes to concussion among high-school rugby players in kwazulu-natal, south africa johan van heerden1, cameron scullard1, 2 dpt biokinetics, ukzn, south africa1, institute of sports and preventive medicine, saarland university, germany2 vanheerdenj@ukzn.ac.za background: concussion in the sport of rugby has received much attention and many interventions to improve injury identification and management at a professional and semi-professional level. however, there is limited literature into the attitudes, perceptions and motives towards concussion injury acknowledgement and reporting with the high-school rugby population. the popularity of the sport in south-african schools, along with the rapid professional progression of the game at this level, warrants further investigation into determining how players value, or disregard, their safety for the sake of the sport. the aim of the study was to determine the attitudes and perceptions, and reporting behaviours thereof, towards concussion among high-school rugby players. methodology: this descriptive cross-sectional survey comprised of 667 players (average age of 15.4±1. yrs) from kwazulu-natal schools and utilized a modified rocka-st questionnaire which allowed for the formulation of a concussion attitude index (cai) and concussion reporting index (cri). results: less than half (n= 330; 49.5%) of the players reported having previously received concussion education and only 21.4% (p≤0.0001) of their personal knowledge of concussion was rated in the safe category. the players reported a 64.77% rating on the overall cai which indicates a relatively good regard of the risks of concussion, however, the cri revealed a much lower safety rating of 50.4%, and a low (44.1%) score for the attitudinal aspect of the cri, thus reflecting poor reporting behaviours. a large proportion of players (75-91% ) reported that experiencing or reporting a concussion made them feel or look weak and that did not report concussion in fear of letting the team down or missing a subsequent match (66%). conclusion: although being aware of the risks of concussions, players expressed poor self-efficacy in experiencing and reporting concussions, leading to correspondingly poor concussion reporting practices. the majority of the players thus value participation and the risk of losing their place in the team, above their own safety. this ill-conceived loyalty of non-disclosure of concussion being seen as a “badge of honour”, among players, is concerning as it places them at serious shortand long-term risk. mailto:vanheerdenj@ukzn.ac.za o53: injury and illness risk profiles in older active individuals: a systematic review lovemore kunorozva1, phoebe runciman1 institute of sport and exercise medicine (isem), division of orthopaedic surgery, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa1 kvnorozwa@gmail.com background: with increased physical activity, the burden of physical activity related injuries and illnesses may increase. yet, only a limited number of studies investigating the epidemiology of illness and injury profiles in older active individuals with disability exist. methodology: a comprehensive literature search of injury and illness risk profiles in older active individuals with and without a disability was conducted employing pubmed, ebscohost and web of science databases up to 31 july 2021. each of the articles was independently reviewed for relevance and inclusionary criteria, with 11 studies meeting these criteria. results: overall, the quality of the included studies was excellent. respiratory, skin and sub-cutaneous, and digestive system illnesses were the commonly reported illnesses. chronic overuse injuries in the upper extremities including shoulders (32%), chest (13%) and elbow (13%) were frequently reported. sport and/or impairment type were the most frequently reported contributor to injury. conclusion: the findings of this review indicate that: 1) sport and/or impairment type are the main contributors to both injury and illness and not age or sex; although older individuals exhibited a higher prevalence of chronic overuse injuries; and 2) older individuals have a slightly higher risk of developing illnesses, with respiratory, skin and sub-cutaneous, as well as digestive system illnesses most common. there is a need for further research on injury and/or illness profiles in older individuals, as this would allow clinicians to provide better rehabilitative and pre-habilitative care. additionally, this would provide important information on predicting illness and injury risks and help further develop preventative strategies. mailto:kvnorozwa@gmail.com clinical case presentations c01: compete androgen insensitivity syndrome: an ongoing competition regulations, ethics and fairness dilemma lone bogwasi1 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa, caf medical committee member, botswana football association medical committee member1 history: 23/f football athlete identified on routine pre-competition medical screening and sex testing (gender verification). background: primary amenorrhea, hoarseness of voice, no hirsutism investigated for eligibility to compete in a female football continental competition physical findings: lean built and ectomorph structure. weight: 45.3 kg height: 167cm bmi: 16.2 body fat: 14.8% muscle mass: 36.6 kg bone mass: 2 kg physique rating: 7 hoarse voice, no hirsutism, flat forehead, prominent cheek bone (zygomatic bones). small breasts (almost flat chest) female genitalia, large labia and clitoris slightly larger than normal. small palpable masses on b/l inguinal area differential diagnosis / hypothesis: sexual ambiguity test and results: testosterone levels: 24/09/2021 43ng/l 02/2022 39ng/l fsh: 84.18 mlu/ml lh: 5.10 mlu/ml progesterone: 1.19ng/ml 17b oestradiol: 139.19 pmol/l prolactin 13.20ng/ml chromosomal analysis: xy genotype, no gross structural abnormalities ultrasound scan findings: the uterus could not be exclusively identified on sonar. no fluid collection seen in the pelvis. there are no obvious pelvic masses or cysts seen. urinary bladder well distended with a normal outline and no masses. mri scan findings: liver, biliary system, spleen, kidneys all normal. normal stomach, bowel loops and rectum. no intrabdominal lymphadenopathy. a phallus is presently attached to ischiopubic rami. this appears indeterminate between a micropenis and an unusually enlarged clitoris. the vagina cervix and uterus are not visualized. the prostate is not visualized, uterus and ovaries not visualized. no testis is seen. no fluid in cul-de-sac. no significant inguinal lymphadenopathy. no sizeable hernia noted. final/working diagnosis: complete androgen insensitivity syndrome treatment and outcomes: based on the outcome of cais. she was referred to an endocrinologist who suggested the testosterone level although high does not offer any athletic advantage. the competition rules for caf/fifa women football do not make her eligible to participate. the regulations are for female vs female and male vs male participation. the options for intervention include: 1. surgery (removal of undescended testes) 2. hormonal therapy 3. maintain hormonal levels for a female current treatment plan: 1. the sad news was broken to her and the athlete was informed about the finding and then taken through the available options and side effects. currently, she is thinking through the options and hasn't made a decision yet. 2. continued psychotherapy in place 3. gynaecologist and surgical reviews once she decides on the operative route (she was also made aware of the risk of cancer from undescended testes). 4. endocrinologist follow-up sessions 5. dietician a further treatment plan will be based on her decision. c02: exertional cardiopulmonary symptoms following viral urti’s – take it to heart marcel jooste1 sport exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli) and section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria1 history: a 17-year-old national level athlete, with no comorbidities, presented with complaints of persistent, exertional cardiopulmonary symptoms 7 weeks following a suspected viral acute respiratory infection (arinf) during the acute phase on the infection, she experienced symptoms confined to the upper respiratory tract, she was treated as presumed sars-cov-2 infection based on symptoms without a confirmatory nasopharyngeal swab. she continued to train during the symptomatic phase of infection. one month after the arinf she started experiencing sharp, exertional chest pain, excessive fatigue during exercise, and an elevated resting heart rate. these symptoms persisted despite resting from exercise for 3 weeks, which led her to seek further medical advice. the patient denied any significant psychosocial stressors during this time. she had no family history of cardiovascular disease. physical findings: vital signs: hr 71, bp 129/80, rr 12, sats 99%. general examination was normal. cardiovascular examination revealed no evidence of a murmur even with dynamic movements, no pericardial rub nor any signs of oedema. all distal pulses were equal with normal rhythm, no radio-femoral delay. respiratory examination was normal with no pain with inspiration, nor tenderness to palpation of the costochondral junctions. otolaryngological and abdominal examinations did not reveal any significant findings. differential diagnosis / hypothesis: costochondritis viral myocarditis viral pericarditis anxiety pulmonary embolism arrythmia test and results: bloods: fbc = normal crp = 1 mg/l esr = 4 mm/hr hs troponin t = <5 tsh = 1.35 miu/l t4 = 11.3 pmol/l ferritin = 21 ng/ml resting ecg: hr 71 sinus arrythmia. widespread st elevation involving the inferolateral leads with reciprocal pr segment depression in the inferior leads. down-sloping t-p segment (spodick sign) in the inferior leads. echocardiogram: normal cardiac mri: normal heart size and function. mild pericardial enhancement of the surface overlying the anterior as well as left ventricle free wall, suggestive of pericarditis changes. no discrete pericardial effusion or thickening could be noted. final/working diagnosis: subacute viral pericarditis treatment and outcomes: a stress ecg was performed to assess the physiological response to limited exercise. there was a blunted systolic blood pressure response to exercise, normal heart rate recovery, no arrythmias, no stsegment changes with exercise. the patient was counselled on the prognosis and risks of strenuous exercise during active phase of the condition. she was started on ibuprofen and colchicine. recommendation was to rest and perform only light-intensity exercise for one month until follow-up consultation. if asymptomatic at follow-up, then to perform limited stress ecg. c03: vertigo in a hockey player jo-anne kirby1 stellenbosch university1 history: a 21-year-old collegiate field hockey player developed vertigo during an international tournament. at first, she felt dizzy and faint but then it became rotational vertigo which would last 1s and come back approximately every 30s during and after exercise. she had no ear pain or hearing loss but on initial evaluation had redness of the ear, otitis was suspected and she was placed on antibiotics and anti-virals. she continued to play. at another tournament, she began vomiting. in addition to vertigo, she was now unable to run in a straight line after a direction change and had difficulty seeing the ball approach. despite this, she continued to play in a series of tournaments. she felt as though she was adapting, the vertigo was reducing but was replaced by headaches and altered hearing. physical findings: on clinical examination she had horizontal nystagmus in both eyes, normal eye movements and normal neurological and cardiovascular examinations. she had redness of the tympanum at her first examination cleared on follow-up differential diagnosis / hypothesis: otitis media / interna vertigo of peripheral origin e.g. bppv vertigo of central origin concussion test and results: brain mri revealed a well-defined, lobulated right cerebro-pontine angle mass lesion with internal inhomogeneity with a significant mass effect on the brain stem, which is deviated to the left and a subtle mass effect and encasement of the associated cranial nerves. final/working diagnosis: intracranial epidermoid cyst with an incidental finding of a cystic lesion within/in close association with the posterior pituitary. treatment and outcomes: this was surgically removed leaving 10% of the lining in areas of critical structures. six weeks later she returned to academic activities. rehabilitation started with neck range of movement exercises followed by strengthening and running. she returned to competitive sport by the end of the season and has been asymptomatic since. c04: pericarditis viral enteritis or covid19 to blame? lervasen pillay1 university of pretoria, university of witwatersrand, university of amsterdam1 history: the patient presented with a viral bout of diarrhoea in december 2020. covid19 infection was excluded and treated with probiotics and anti-diarrhoea medication. there were no complications and the athlete returned to activity as soon as the symptoms settled. upon return, palpitations on exertion (very occasional) were noted but ignored. a diagnosis of covid19 was made 5 months later (after having symptoms for 5 days which included loss of taste, fever, sore throat and slight cough). this was treated symptomatically and settled uneventfully. however, the palpitations worsened. as per team protocol, the patient presented for a post covid19 infection medical clearance. physical findings: initial clinical evaluation revealed normal vitals pulse rate of 65/min, bp 110/72, o2 saturations 98% on room air. there was a pericardial rub. the rest ecg revealed a right bundle branch block. due to clinical findings, blood tests were done and a referral to a sports cardiologist. differential diagnosis / hypothesis: pericarditis/myocarditis test and results: u and e, ckmb, fbc, crp, trop-t were all normal. cardiac echo revealed a mild pericardial effusion with no tamponade. left ventricle ejection fraction was 56% and there were no abnormal wall movements. contrast cardiac mri revealed a 4 4.5mm pericardial effusion and post-contrast pericardial enhancement confirming inflammatory pericarditis. final/working diagnosis: pericarditis treatment and outcomes: the patient refrained from moderate to high-intensity exertional activity for 3 months. medical treatment consisted of colchicine 0.5mg daily and ibuprofen 200mg bd for 3 months. medication was adjusted according to any side effects experienced. a cardiologist review was done after 3 months and was given the clearance to return to sport. a progressive return to play sport-specific conditioning program was implemented and returned to full activity after 6 weeks. there have been no further complaints. in light of covid19 and the recent highlight on cardiac inflammation, it is important for clinicians to be reminded that cardiac inflammatory conditions can also be caused by other viral infections. c05: "back to basics": spinal pain in a recreational runner karen schwabe1 stellenbosch university1 history: this is a case presentation of an 81-year-old recreational male runner, who was in training for an international 5 km race. he was previously well, with no known underlying diseases. he sustained an injury of the thoracic spine in the gym with weight training. initially, he consulted his gp about this injury, who diagnosed musculoskeletal back pain. at that stage, basic bloods and an xr of the thoracic spine were done, which were all normal. he was treated with nsaim and advised to rest. initially, he responded to rest and the medication, but the pain recurred. subsequently, he was referred to a physiotherapist, with variable response. after a month, the pain increased, with the patient now experiencing night pain, but no other systemic symptoms. he was booked to see a neurosurgeon at this point. whilst waiting for the appointment, he developed intractable back pain and weakness and numbness of the lower limbs as an acute episode. at this point, he presented to the emergency department. physical findings: initially: central back pain level t3. neurologically intact er: level t3 motoric and sensory fall-out, progressing, with urinary retention and no rectal tonus. differential diagnosis / hypothesis: musculoskeletal back pain secondary to a gym injury thoracic disc disease infection neoplastic test and results: cxr: initial normal (dec 2021) fbc: initial normal (dec 2021) mri: t3 vertebral collapse with cord compression (jan 2022) ct chest: bilateral pleural effusions, multiple pulmonary nodules bilateral, small pericardial effusion gastroscopy: biopsy adenocarcinoma final/working diagnosis: metastatic spinal cord (t3) disease with vertebral collapse and complete motoric and sensory fall-out at this level. treatment and outcomes: emergency decompression at level t3 and surgical screws t2 & t4 radiation therapy 10 sessions (colon) chemotherapy step-down rehab facility c06: an unusual case of a femoral bone stress injury in a high school female hockey player karen schwabe1 stellenbosch university1 history: a 17-year-old female hockey player, sustained an injury to the left upper leg during a hockey tournament. she fell onto the right hip and injured left upper leg/felt a 'pull' in the proximal-medial area of the groin. she continued to play 'through' the pain for the rest of the game but did not participate further in the tournament games due to the discomfort. she consulted a sports physician 5 days later. clinically a grade 1 left adductor brevis was diagnosed and an ultrasound confirmed a proximal adductor strain. the pelvis xr was normal. at this point she was referred for physiotherapy rehabilitation, rest and to use of 1 crutch. after 10 days there was no clinical or functional improvement and her pain in weight bearing increased. further re-evaluation now showed bony pain of the left proximal femur and she was referred for a mri scan. the mri revealed extensive bone stress injury of the proximal shaft of the left femur. she was previously healthy with no known medical diseases and no significant previous injuries. vegetarian physical findings: initial consultation: grade 1 left sided adductor tear follow-up consultation: bony pain on the femoral shaft (with improvement on the adductor strength). inability to now weight-bear without pain. antalgic gait. differential diagnosis / hypothesis: adductor tear avulsion injury referred pain from the hip/labral pathology pelvic/femoral bone stress test and results: pelvis xr: normal ultrasound left groin: mri pelvis: significant bone stress injury involving the subtrochanteric proximal shaft of the left femur, fredrickson grade 4a. bilateral acute iliopsoas musculotendinous strain patterns. subtle common adductor insertional tendinopathy with no evidence of associated tear. bloods: parathyroid hormone:low normal, vitamin d: low normal ferritin, fbc, u&e, vit b12, tsh, mg2+, po4-, ca2+ all normal. final/working diagnosis: severe overuse bone stress injury of the proximal femur (red-s not suspected) treatment and outcomes: current treatment: non-weight-bearing, vit d supplementation, physiotherapy future treatment plan: 3 months of partial weight-bearing, then gradual post loading and stretching. after 3 months of gradual functional strength training and field work depending on progress. recheck the pth and vit d levels at 3 months dietician referral as the patient is a vegetarian *clinical response yet to be determined original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license self-compassion mediates the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and athlete burnout among adolescent squash players in south africa sp walker, phd department of psychology, university of the free state, bloemfontein, south africa corresponding author: sp walker (walkersp@ufs.ac.za) athlete burnout (abo) is a multifaceted phenomenon characterised by physical and/or mental exhaustion, a reduced sense of accomplishment from participating in sport, and a tendency to devalue the role of sport in the individual’s life.[1] the demands placed upon adolescent athletes with respect to education, peer relationships, identity development, training and competition, as well as satisfying parental and coaching expectations puts this population at risk for abo.[2] abo is associated with short-term performance and mental health costs, as well as a reduction in lifetime physical activity. [3] consequently, psychological processes implicated in the development and modulation of abo among adolescent athletes warrant greater research attention. evidence of an inverse relationship between dispositional mindfulness (dm) and abo continues to mount across athlete populations.[4] dm, a relatively stable awareness of the present moment, is characterised by acceptance and non-judgement towards internal experience and external stimuli, and is increasingly being shown to positively impact athletic performance and emotional well-being among athletes.[5] dm is viewed as being primarily trait-like and is often differentiated from cultivated mindfulness, which is the state more commonly associated with mindfulness training and meditation practice.[5] despite the connection between dm and abo, little is known about the psychological processes by which dm might impact abo. it has been hypothesised that dm may enhance athlete performance and well-being through increased task-focussed attention, greater acceptance of external influences and internal experiences, more effective emotional regulation, a reduced tendency to ruminate and the facilitation of psychological flexibility.[6] however, this is based almost exclusively on data from clinical and non-athlete populations. self-compassion (sc) has been proposed as a possible mechanism that might augment or modulate the impact of dm on psychological well-being in the general population.[7] sc is broadly conceptualised as an attitude towards the self that is characterised by the absence of self-judgement, self-kindness, a sense of connection with others based on common human experiences, and a mindful orientation towards events and experiences.[8] within the sporting realm, sc has been associated with improved psychological well-being and an increase in perceived performance among canadian female collegiate athletes.[9] it has also been suggested that sc may augment and/or modulate the interaction between dm and abo. a recent study found that both sc and dm were inversely related to abo among japanese collegiate athletes.[10] sc partially mediated the relationship between dm and abo only among female participants. while dm was directly associated with sc and negatively related to abo in the male participants, sc was not directly associated with abo in these participants [10]. in addition, female athletes reported lower levels of dm and sc compared to their male counterparts.[10] higher levels of dm appear to be associated with reduced abo among athletes.[4] a recent study reported sc as a potential mechanism that might mediate this relationship.[10] however, the study was conducted among young adult collegiate athletes. consequently, the current study aims to background: dispositional mindfulness has been found to positively impact athlete burnout. furthermore, selfcompassion has been identified as a potential mechanism of action through which mindfulness is related to lower rates of athlete burnout. however, this interaction has yet to be investigated among adolescents. objectives: to determine whether self-compassion mediates the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and athlete burnout among adolescent squash players in south africa. methods: competitive adolescent squash players (n=158) from two provinces in south africa completed measures of dispositional mindfulness, self-compassion and athlete burnout. intercorrelations were calculated between the three variables. an ordinary least squares regression analysis was performed to test the indirect effect of self-compassion on the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and the three components of athlete burnout. results: both dispositional mindfulness and self-compassion were negatively related to athlete burnout, while displaying positive correlations with each other. self-compassion was found to partially mediate the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and a sense of reduced accomplishment (b = -0.075; 95% ci [-0.037;-0.012]), as well as the association between dispositional mindfulness and sport devaluation (b = -0.056; 95% ci [-0.099;-0.022]). the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and exhaustion was, however, not mediated by self-compassion (b = -0.002; 95% ci [-0.052; 0.049]). conclusion: the effect of dispositional mindfulness on certain components of athlete burnout is partially mediated by selfcompassion among adolescent athletes. based on the current findings, interventions aimed at increasing mindfulness among adolescent athletes appear to be a potential avenue by which to reduce certain aspects of burnout, partially through increasing self-compassion. keywords: reduced accomplishment, sport devaluation, youth athletes, mediation s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11877 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11877 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2110-7881 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 determine whether sc mediates the relationship between dm and abo among adolescent athletes. methods participants ethics approval was granted by the general human research ethics committee at the university of the free state (ufshsd2019/063/1007) for this study. permission to collect data at south african schools squash tournaments held in two provinces was obtained from the relevant national and regional governing bodies. all 18-year-old participants, as well as the guardians of minors, provided written informed consent. the written assent of all minors was also obtained. data were collected by means of paper-and-pencil versions of the questionnaires. all questionnaires were administered in english. participants completed these questionnaires either after practice sessions or between matches at tournaments. data collection was conducted in cooperation with participants and their coaches to ensure minimal disruption of training and competition. one hundred and fifty-eight adolescent squash players (males = 108; females = 50) participated in the study. participants ranged in age from 13 to 18 years (m = 15.4 years; sd ± 1.2). athletes reported having played squash competitively for an average of 3.9 years (sd ± 2.8). at the time the data were collected, participants were practicing an average of 4.94 hours (sd ± 3.01) per week. the majority (56%) indicated representing their school as their highest level of participation, while 35% competed at provincial level and 10% reported being ranked among the top 10 players in their age group nationally. measures it is recommended that a multidimensional approach to measuring abo be adopted in research.[2] consequently, the reduced sense of athletic accomplishment (ra), physical and emotional exhaustion (e) and sport devaluation (d) subscales of the athlete burnout questionnaire (abq) were employed instead of the total score.[1] each subscale is comprised of five items. response options ranging from “almost never” to “almost always” are presented along a five-point likert-type scale. scores for each subscale are calculated by summing responses across the five items comprising the respective subscales, with higher scores indicating greater burnout. the abq total score has demonstrated good reliability in a sample of adolescent south african tennis players.[11] however, no local data are available with respect to the psychometric properties of the subscales. dm was measured using the child and adolescent mindfulness measure (camm).[12] the camm is a 10item self-report inventory that yields a unitary mindfulness score, with higher scores indicating increased levels of dm. response options ranging from “never true” to “always true” are presented along a fivepoint likert-type scale. adequate internal consistency has been reported for the camm in a sample of female adolescent hockey players in south africa.[13] the short form of the self-compassion scale (scs-sf) was employed to measure sc.[14] participants are required to respond to 12 items along a five-point likert-type scale, with endorsement options anchored by “almost never” and “almost always”. after reverse scoring the negatively worded items, a total sc score is obtained by summing responses across all 12 items. higher scores are indicative of a greater degree of sc. while no psychometric data could be found with respect to the scs-sf in adolescent athlete samples, the original version of the scs, from which the scs-sf is derived, has demonstrated good internal consistency in a sample of non-athlete adolescents.[15] statistical analysis internal consistency coefficients were calculated for all variables included in the study. correlations between the abq subscales, camm and the scs-sf were then calculated. based on previous findings of a potential gender difference with respect to levels of abo, sc and dm among athletes, a between-groups multivariate analysis of variance (manova) was conducted to explore possible gender differences within the current sample.[10] finally, as it was hypothesised that sc would mediate (indirect effect) the direct effect of dm on abo (see figs. 1 to 3), a mediation analysis was conducted to test for the effect of sc on the relationship between dm and abo. this was achieved through a path analytic approach employing ordinary least squares (ols) regression analysis.[16] the ols regression analysis was performed using the process software macro for spss.[16] a nonparametric bootstrapping method was employed to test for the statistical significance of the cross product of coefficients. consequently, no assumptions needed to be made with respect to the distribution of abq, camm and scs-sf scores in the sample. the regressions model was computed across 5 000 simulations utilising biascorrected bootstrap procedures. the statistical significance of the indirect effects was determined using a 95% confidence interval.[16] analyses were conducted independently for each of the three subcomponents of abo. results table 1 reflects the correlations between the abq subscales, table 1. correlations, reliability coefficients and descriptive statistics for the study variables (n=158) variables camm scs-sf abq-ra abq-e abq-d camm 0.369** -0.220** 0.317** -0.266** scs-sf -0.431** -0.127 -0.339** abq-ra 0.172* 0.481** abq-e 0.505** α 0.750 0.794 0.679 0.872 0.739 m 21.45 39.39 11.96 9.72 8.57 sd 6.31 7.58 3.23 4.02 3.44 ** indicates p < 0.01; * indicates p < 0.05. m, mean; sd, standard deviation; camm, child and adolescent mindfulness measure; scs-sf, self-compassion scale – short form; abq-ra, athlete burnout questionnaire – reduced sense of athletic accomplishment; abq-e, athlete burnout questionnaire – physical and emotional exhaustion; abq-d, athlete burnout questionnaire – sport devaluation. original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 camm and scs-sf. mean scores, standard deviations (sds) and internal consistency coefficients are also reported for each measure. it is apparent that internal consistency coefficients for all measures, with the exception of the abq-ra subscale (α = 0.68), meet the prescribed minimum level of acceptability for non-cognitive measures (α ≥ 0.70).[17] given how close this internal consistency coefficient is to satisfying the criterion, the abq-ra subscale was included in the subsequent analyses. all variables were statistically significantly correlated, except for the abq-e subscale and scs-sf. the abq subscales demonstrated negative relationships with both the camm and scssf, while the camm and scs-sf were positively correlated. a manova was conducted to test for the effect of gender on dm, sc and the three components of abo. gender (female/male) served as the independent variable, while the abq-ra, abq-e, abq-d, camm and scs-sf functioned as dependent variables. preliminary assumption testing indicated no violations with respect to normality, linearity, univariate and multivariate outliers, homogeneity of fig. 1. the mediating effect of self-compassion in the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and reduced sense of athletic accomplishment. all presented effects are unstandardised: a is effect of dispositional mindfulness on self-compassion; b is effect of self-compassion on reduced sense of athletic accomplishment; c’ is direct effect of dispositional mindfulness on reduced sense of athletic accomplishment; c is total effect of dispositional mindfulness on reduced sense of athletic accomplishment. fig. 2. the mediating effect of self-compassion in the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and physical and mental exhaustion. all presented effects are unstandardised: a is effect of dispositional mindfulness on selfcompassion; b is effect of self-compassion on physical and mental exhaustion; c’ is direct effect of dispositional mindfulness on physical and mental exhaustion; c is total effect of dispositional mindfulness on physical and mental exhaustion. fig. 3. the mediating effect of self-compassion in the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and sport devaluation. all presented effects are unstandardised: a is effect of dispositional mindfulness on self-compassion; b is effect of self-compassion on sport devaluation; c’ is direct effect of dispositional mindfulness on sport devaluation; c is total effect of dispositional mindfulness on sport devaluation. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 variance, and multicollinearity. no significant differences were found between the female and male respondents with respect to the combined dependent variables f (5;148) = 1.150, p = 0.337, partial eta squared = 0.037. mediation analyses were conducted to test the direct and indirect (via sc) effects of dm on the three components of abo. in each case, the proposed mediator (sc) was regressed on dm (path a), while the relevant component of abo was regressed on sc (path b) and dm (path c’). fig. 1 illustrates that dm is indirectly related to abq-ra through sc. dm is associated with an increase in sc (a = 0.454, p < 0.001), and a decrease in abq-ra is related to sc (b = 0.166, p < 0.001). a bias-corrected confidence interval based on 5 000 bootstrap samples indicates that the indirect effect (ab = -0.075) falls within a range that does not include zero (-0.037 to -0.012). fig. 1 also indicates that the direct effect of dm on abq-ra is no longer statistically significant once the indirect effect of dm via sc is considered (c’ = -0.032, p = 0.421). in combination, dm and sc explain 18.3% (f(2;153) = 17.107, p < 0.001) of the variance in the participants’ abq-ra scores. the mediation analysis depicted in fig. 2 indicates that dm is not indirectly associated with abq-e through sc. dm is related to an increase in sc (a = 0.455, p < 0.001). however, sc does not result in a significant change in abq-e (b = -0.004, p = 0.924). a 95% bias-corrected confidence interval based on 5 000 bootstrap samples indicates that the indirect effect (ab = 0.002) falls within a range that includes zero (-0.052 to 0.049). moreover, the direct effect of dm on exhaustion remains statistically significant once the indirect effect of dm through sc is considered (c’ = -0.199, p < 0.001). furthermore, dm and sc together account for 9.7% (f(2;152) = 8.157, p < 0.001) of the variance in the sample’s abq-e scores. fig. 3 indicates that dm has an indirect effect on abq-d through sc. dm is associated with an increase in sc (a = 0.447, p < 0.001), and a reduction in abq-d is related to sc (b = 0.126, p = 0.001). a bias-corrected confidence interval based on 5 000 bootstrap samples indicates that the indirect effect (ab = -0.056) falls within a range that does not include zero (-0.099 to -0.022). it is further evident from fig. 3 that the direct effect of dm on abq-d is no longer statistically significant once the indirect effect of dm via sc is considered (c’ = -0.085, p = 0.061). the combination of dm and sc explains 13.3% (f(2;151) = 11.582, p < 0.001) of the variance in the participants’ abq-d scores. discussion the current study aimed to contribute to the growing literature on the mechanisms of mindfulness in sport psychology, specifically by exploring the extent to which sc mediates the interaction between dm and components of abo among adolescent athletes. dm demonstrated negative correlations with all three components of abo. this finding is in line with the increasing evidence of the inverse relationship between dm and abo in athlete populations. [4, 10-11] however, the current findings expand on existing research within the south african context by establishing that all three components of abo demonstrate significant negative relationships to dm. this strengthens the case for focussing on dm as an important psychological construct in understanding abo among adolescent athletes. sc was positively associated with dm. this is in keeping with the prevailing opinion in the mindfulness and clinical literature that dm and sc seem to be conceptually and functionally related processes.[7-8] findings from the current study suggest that the relationship between sc and abo might be somewhat more complex. sc was negatively associated with a reduced sense of athletic accomplishment and the sport devaluation components of abo. however, no significant correlation was found between sc and the physical and emotional exhaustion (exhaustion) component of abo. to date, only one other study appears to have directly explored the relationship between sc and abo in an athlete population.[10] here significant relationships were found between sc and all components of abo. it is important to note that the aforementioned study was conducted among athletes in a different cultural context and developmental stage than that of the participants in the current study. in addition, athletes in the two studies differed with respect to the sporting codes represented and level of competition. consequently, findings with respect to the interaction between sc and exhaustion might be more reflective of the training load associated with a specific sport and/or level of competition. further research is thus required before general conclusions can be drawn with respect to the exact relationship between sc and exhaustion. in the current sample, sc was found to partially mediate the interaction between dm and a reduced sense of athletic accomplishment, as well as the interaction between dm and sport devaluation. consequently, an increase in dm was related to greater sc, which was in turn associated with less of a sense of reduced athletic accomplishment and lower levels of sport devaluation among the participants. however, sc did not mediate the interaction between dm and exhaustion. similarly, sc accounted for more of the variance in both the sense of reduced athletic accomplishment and sport devaluation when compared to dm, while dm accounted for more of the variance in exhaustion than did sc. therefore, sc may be more salient to self-critical and evaluative cognitive processes involved in abo, while being less relevant to somatic and intuitive components of abo. a sense of reduced athletic accomplishment is, at least partially, based on the subjective evaluation of the athlete’s current performance compared to their performance goals and/or the performance of other athletes.[1,3] in a similar way, sport devaluation necessitates some form of cost-benefit analysis with regard to other aspects of the athlete’s life.[1-3] it stands to reason that self-acceptance and self-kindness, as manifested in sc, would potentially undermine self-criticism and thus contribute to a lesser sense of reduced athletic accomplishment.[7-9] similarly, the value clarification, selfacceptance and sense of connection to others encompassed in sc would be expected to reduce the risk that adolescent athletes would devalue the role of sport in their lives.[3, 7-9] experiential acceptance, psychological flexibility, clarity regarding values, non-attachment and a reduced tendency to ruminate have been proposed as mechanisms via which mindfulness might original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 facilitate athletic performance and athlete well-being.[6] the similarity between these processes and those attributed to sc might provide insight into the manner in which sc mediated the impact of dm on a reduced sense of athletic accomplishment and sport devaluation in this study. while further research is required, it could be hypothesised that specific qualities or characteristics of mindfulness promote self-kindness and/or undermine self-criticism which, in turn, partially negates a sense of reduced athletic accomplishment and sport devaluation among adolescents. the experience of physical and mental exhaustion within the context of abo is conceivably less dependent upon evaluative cognitive processes or self-criticism. mindfulness mechanisms, such as bare attention, as well as clarity with respect to physical sensations and internal experiences, are arguably more relevant to the experience of exhaustion.[6] the finding that dm was associated with exhaustion, while sc was not associated with this component of abo nor mediated its relationship to dm is thus not surprising. it could be speculated that sc does not have the same impact on exhaustion as it does on the other two aspects of abo. however, adolescents competing in ball sports have been found to be at comparatively lower risk for abo in relation to those involved in endurance, aesthetic, highly technical or weight-dependent sports.[2] moreover, few participants in this study compete at a particularly high level and most report low to moderate training loads. consequently, findings related to exhaustion and sc or dm in this study should be interpreted circumspectly. limitations the study made use of a small sample of adolescents participating in one sport. consequently, the reported findings cannot be generalised beyond adolescent athletes. nor should they be extrapolated to other sporting contexts, particularly team sports or sporting codes that emphasise endurance, aesthetic performance, or require high levels of technical ability. there is a need for replication of this research in more varied athlete populations. future research should explore the interrelationships between abo, dm and sc across various sporting codes and contexts, as well as in a number of developmental stages and at different levels of competition. to date, most of the research on sc within the sporting context has been conducted among female athletes. furthermore, a recent study on abo found differences between males and females with respect to sc and the mediation of the dm/abo relationship by sc.[10] the current study yielded no gender differences. however, given the small number of female participants, these findings should not be viewed as representative. additional research is required to establish whether consistent gender differences are apparent with respect to abo, dm and sc, as well as exploring the specific nature and possible effects of such differences. the regression models tested in this study indicate that dm and sc explain only a small to moderate proportion of the variance in abo among adolescent athletes. moreover, where sc mediates the interaction between dm and abo, this effect is only partial. dm and sc are thus not the only predictors of abo, and sc is not the sole mediator of the effect of dm on abo. more work is required to identify other predictors, as well as additional mediators and moderators with respect to the dm, sc and abo relationship. the current study employed a cross-sectional correlation design. consequently, conclusions can only be drawn with respect to temporal and correlational relationships of the study variables to one another. longitudinal studies are required to better understand the effect of incremental and developmental influences on the interaction between dm, sc and abo. experimental studies would be beneficial in two respects. firstly, they would be better suited to exploring issues of causality with respect to the effects of dm and sc on abo. secondly, controlled experiments would allow for a more finegrained examination of the mechanisms by which dm might influence athletic performance and athlete well-being. conclusion dm is significantly related to lower levels of abo among adolescent athletes. however, sc appears to only be associated with a reduction in two components of abo. sc partially mediates the interaction between dm and a reduced sense of athletic accomplishment, as well as the interaction between dm and sport devaluation. sc does not impact the relationship between dm and exhaustion. mindfulness practices continue to hold promise in preventing and reducing abo. however, based on the current study, the potential for tailored mindfulness interventions targeting specific components of abo via sc should be explored further. conflict of interest and source of funding: the author declares no conflict of interest and no source of funding. references 1. raedeke td, smith al. development and preliminary validation of an athlete burnout measure. j sport exerc psychol 2001;23(4):281-306. [doi: 10.1123/jsep.23.4.281] [pmid: 28682196] 2. granz hl, schnell a, mayer j, et al. risk profiles for athlete burnout in adolescent athletes: a classification analysis. psychol sport exerc 2019:41(1), 130-141. [doi:10.1016/j.psychsport.2018.11.005] 3. isoard-gautheur s, guillet-descas, e, gustafasson h. athlete burnout and the risk of dropout among young elite handball players. sport psychol 2016:30(2), 123-130. [doi:10.1123/tsp.2014-0140] 4. li c, zhu y, zhang m, et al. mindfulness and athlete burnout: a systematic review and meta-analysis. int j environ res public health 2019;16(3):449. [doi:10.3390/ijerph16030449] [pmid: 30717450] 5. rau hk, williams pg. dispositional mindfulness: a critical review of construct validation research. pers individ differ 2016;93(1):32-43. [doi:10.1016/j.paid.2015.09.035] 6. birrer d, röthlin p, morgan g. mindfulness to enhance athletic performance: theoretical considerations and possible impact mechanisms. mindfulness 2012;3(3):235-246. [doi:10.1007/s12671-012-0109-2] 7. hollis-walker lh, colosimo k. mindfulness, self-compassion, original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 and happiness in non-meditators: a theoretical and empirical examination. pers individ differ 2011;50(2):222-227. [doi:10.1016/j.paid.2010.09.033] 8. neff k. self-compassion: an alternative conceptualization of a healthy attitude toward oneself. self identity 2003;2(2):85101. [doi:10.1080/15298860390129863] 9. killham me, mosewich ad, mack de, et al. women athletes’ self-compassion, self-criticism and perceived sport performance. sport exer perf psychol 2018;7(3):297-307. [doi:10.1037/spy0000127] 10. amemiya r, sakairi y. the role of self-compassion in athlete mindfulness and burnout: examination of the effects of gender differences. pers individ differ 2020;166:110167. [doi:10.1016/j.paid.2020.110167] 11. walker sp. mindfulness and burnout among competitive adolescent tennis players. s afr j sports med 2013;25(4): 105108. [doi:10.7196/sajsm.498] 12. greco la. baer ra, smith gt. assessing mindfulness in children and adolescents: development and validation of the child and adolescent mindfulness measure (camm). psychol assess 2011;23(3):606-614. [doi:10.1037/a0022819] [pmid: 21480722] 13. walker sp. mindfulness and mental toughness among provincial adolescent female hockey players. s afr j sport med 2016;28(2):46-50. [doi:10.17159-516x/2016/v28i2a1110] 14. raes f, pommier e, neff k.d, et al. construction and factorial validation of a short form of the self-compassion scale. clin psychol psychother 2011;18(3):250-255. [doi:10.1002/cpp.702] [pmid: 21584907] 15. cunha m, xavier a, castilho p. understanding selfcompassion in adolescents: validation study of the selfcompassion scale. pers individ differ 2016;93(1):56-62. [doi:10.1016/j.paid.2015.09.023] 16. hayes af. introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional process analysis: a regression-based approach. new york: guilford press, 2013. 17. foster jj, parker i. carrying out investigations in psychology: methods and statistics. leicester: willey blackwell, 1995. jsm0404pg000ed. introduction the most common reason for absence from training in elite sportsmen is the presence of upper respiratory tract infections, followed by acute and chronic injuries. (berglund and hemmingson 2) in 1983 professor eric bateman and i described an increased prevalence of self-reported symptoms of upper respiratory tract ‘infections’ following participation in a 56 km ultramarathon in runners when compared with the prevalence in matched non-running, sedentary controls during the same time period.58 both runners and controls had reported the incidence of runny noses, sneezing, sore throats and coughs with or without accompanying fever, immediately before and during the 2 weeks following the 1982 two oceans ultramarathon. the incidence of these self-reported symptoms was found to be significantly higher in runners than in controls and the post-race symptoms highest amongst the runners who ran the fastest.58 this finding has been repeated numerous times, both in south africa and abroad.33,44,46,59 research focus in the rapidly developing field of exercise immunology has subsequently been placed on identifying: (i) the mechanisms which possibly result in this high prevalence of ‘infection’ during the postrace period; and (ii) nutritional and pharmacological intervention strategies in an attempt to reduce the higher ‘infection’ risk experienced by ultradistance athletes during the 3 72 hour post-event ‘open-window’ period (fig. 1) and during periods of excessive training. during the last 25 years, no less than 1 500 studies have been published in this relasports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 3 review article postrace upper respiratory tract ‘infections’ in ultramarathoners — infection, allergy or inflammation? e m peters (ba (hons), bsc(med) hons, msc(med), phd) department of physiololgy, nelson r mandela school of medicine, university of kwazulu-natal, durban abstract despite more than 20 years of research into mechanisms which could result in the increased predisposition of athletes to ‘infection’ incidence following excessive and prolonged exercise, definitive explanations are not yet available. a strong temporal relationship between the incidence of upper respiratory tract infection symptoms and immune system changes following excessive exercise load (eel) have not been shown. t-helper cells are functionally polarised according to the cytokines which they produce. while exercise-induced upregulation of t-helper2 (th2) cells and type 2 cytokines is indicative of enhanced activation of allergic responses, downregulation of t-helper-1 (th1) cells and type 1 cytokines confirms suppression of cellular immune functions. the current knowledge regarding the exercise-induced kinetics of interleukin (il)-4, a cytokine that is crucial in the activation of the th2 cells, does, however, not appear to provide sufficient support for an upregulation of a type 2 response. lowered or unchanged circulating concentrations of type1 cytokines (il12, il-2 and interferon γ) and short-term suppression of lymphocyte, natural killer cell and neutrophil function following eel, reflect a transient, post-exercise suppression of cellular immunity. despite a partial dampening thereof by the anti-inflammatory actions of il-10, il-1ra and il-6, the evidence supporting a pro-inflammatory response to prolonged exercise and overtraining is unequivocal. at present, the data appear to support the theory that symptoms of ‘infection’ experienced by athletes are the manifestation of a significant pro-inflammatory response, combined with a modest, transient suppression of cellular immune functions which may be clinically insignificant. correspondence: e m peters department of physiology nelson r mandela school of medicine private bag 7 congella 4013 south africa tel: 031-260 4237 fax: 031-260 4455 e-mail: futree@nu.ac.za nk activity iga levels lymphocyte counts severe exercise post exercise immunodepression open window fig. 1. the exercise-induced open-window period (adapted from pedersen and ullum.52) 4 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 tively new field of exercise immunology. as noakes, however, so appropriately concludes in his most recent version of the lore of running,47 ‘it is my impression that a considerable amount of research has been done in this field without any practical advances being made’. in 1994 nieman45 postulated that the relationship between exercise-load and ‘infection risk’ could be modelled in the form of a j-shaped curve, suggesting that although the risk of upper respiratory tract infection (urti) may decrease below that of a sedentary individual undergoing moderate exercise training, risk may rise above average during periods of excessive amounts of high-intensity exercise.45 in 1999 he introduced a further dimension to this graphic model; while ‘infection risk’ increased, ‘immunsurveillance’ decreased and vice versa (fig. 2).39 temporary modulations of innate and adapted immune function have been alleged to be the basis for the relationship between the level of physical activity and susceptibility to infection. while limited evidence of enhancement of immune function has been found following moderate exercise exposure,4,25,30,38 it has been shown that excessive prolonged exercise transiently suppresses markers of both cellular and humoral adaptive immunity15,26,28,35,42,70 and to a lesser degree, some aspects of non-specific immunity including neutrophil respiratory burst8,61-63,66,78 and natural killer (nk) cell activity.21,26,27 yet a consistent correlation between this temporary ‘suppression’ of markers of immune function and incidence of urti infection symptoms following excessive exercise load (eel) has not been found. the closest link that has been shown has been in the work of exercise immunologists of the australian institute of sport and university of queensland who were able to show that a decrease in salivary immunoglobulin (iga) concentration is associated with a corresponding enhanced infection incidence in elite, overtrained swimmers and kayakers.12,16-19,65 however, the recent debate regarding the validity of the practise of expressing salivary iga as a function of salivary total protein or albumin concentrations when these have different origins,3 makes explanation of the results elusive and leaves exercise immunologists with little alternative but to acknowledge that the transient suppression of markers of immune function which have been reported in the last two decades may not be of clinical significance. in re-examining possible factors which could account for the higher incidence of what have primarily been self-reported symptoms of urti, a number of interesting new perspectives and hypotheses have arisen. broadly, these can be divided into three general categories: those supporting allergy, inflammation or infection. let us examine each of these in turn. a case in favour of allergic origins? an enlightening dimension of recent immunological studies on exercising individuals has involved the analysis of the post-event cytokine milieu (table i). it is well accepted that the cd4 lymphocyte subsets, thelper-1 (th1) and t-helper-2 (th2), impact differentially on cellular and humoral lymphocyte function.14,67,77 as direct measurement of the cd 26 (th1) and 30 (th2) cell surface molecules is not possible due to their instability, a comprehensive picture of the cytokine milieu created by cells of the immune system is the best evidence which we presently have of th1:th2 balance following eel. whereas the type 1 cytokines, interleukin (il)-2, interferon gamma (ifn γ), tumour necrosis factor (tnf)α and il-12 activate the development and activation of th1 cells which upon recognition of antigens, stimulate cell-mediated immunity increasing cd8 and nk cell cytotoxic activity as well as activating macrophages and neutrophils to kill the bacteria they harbour, th2 upregulation has been shown to augment b-cell antibody production via the release of the type 2 cytokines, il-4, il-5, il-6, il-10 and il-13. suzuki et al.77 and smith72 have recently proposed an hypothesis which suggests an exercise-induced shift in cytokine balance from type -1 to type-2 cytokines with an upregulation of th2 cells (as confirmed by substantially elevated post-exercise concentrations of il-6 and il-10) and a relative downregulation of th1 helper cells, as expressed in elevated circulating cortisol and prostaglandin e2 concentrations73 and unchanged/slightly decreased type 1 cytokine concentrations following eel (table i). this exercise-induced ‘tipping’ of the th1: th2 balance (fig. 3) differs significantly from the cytokine milieu present in auto-immune disorders which present with elevated il-2, ifnγ and il-12 concentrations. the high prevalence of exercise-induced asthma, anaphaxis and systemic histamine release recently reported by helenius et al.,13 mucci et al.,23 shadick et al.,69 and sue-chu et al.,76 has encouraged exercise immunologists to look more deeply into this shift in th1:th2 balance following exercise which appears to support upregulation of humoral immunity and allergic responses with simultaneous downregulation of cell-mediated immunity. while il-10 plays an important role in upregulating th2 cells and inhibiting th1 lymphocyte development, 72 it is well accepted that il-4 is the dominant cytokine in the upregulation of th2 lymphocytes promoting their differentiation and inducing further type 2 cytokine production.67 this cytokine is therefore the ‘key player’ in supporting humoral immunity and possible allergen-derived activation of eosinophils/mast cells and ige production. there is, however, presently little fig. 2. the paradoxical relationship between workload, infection risk and immunosurveillance in athletes (adapted from nieman et al. 38) sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 5 evidence of exercise-induced elevation of circulating il-4 concentrations and preferential post-exercise synthesis of ige following exercise.32,75 although il-6 (which rises dramatically during prolonged exercise24,29,31), is thought to stimulate the production of il-4, steensberg et al.75 were not able to show evidence of its production in cd4+ cells. additional work on the kinetics of il-4 is therefore required before the th1 -th2 hypothesis can be substantiated. the significant post-exercise elevations of il-10, a potent suppressor of cellmediated immunity and anti-inflammatory cytokine, as well as the multifunctional il-6 and chemotactic il-8 (table i), further complicate the argument in favour of a cytokine balance which is exclusively associated with allergic-type reactions. the case for and against infectious origins despite the above-described evidence of the presence of a type 2 post-exercise cytokine milieu which points to modest, transient downregulation of the cellular components of specific and innate immunity, it would appear that, at this stage, there is little support for a truly infectious origin of the urti symptoms experienced by athletes following an eel. as findings of transient suppression of lymphocyte count and proliferation,34,41 nk-cell counts and cytolytic activity,21,26 salivary iga concentrations11,12,20 and phagocytic oxidative burst activity8,37 have not been shown to be paralleled by increased incidence of ‘infection’, the clinical significance of these findings is in question. table i. the cytokine milieu in the blood following prolonged exercise in excess of 2 hours exercise-induced changes cytokine primary cell source primary functions in peripheral blood tumour necrosis factor activated macrophages, nk, primary mediator of sirs; stimulation changes inconsistent, but (tnf)∝ t-cells, b-cells of release of acute phase proteins, concentrations remain within lymphocyte proliferation & killing clinically normal range 32,48,56, 57 interferon (ifn) ∝ & ß epithelia, fibroblasts, macrophages antiviral; activation of nk cells no change interferon (ifn)γ activated th1 cells, nk cells antiviral; activation of macrophages, 50% ↓ (steensberg et al.75*) neutrophils, nk cells, inhibition of th2 cells no change undectectable (nieman et al.,32 gannon et al.9) interleukin-1 ß (il-1 ß) macrophages, monocytes mediator of sirs; activation of 1.5 2-fold↑ (nieman et al.,40 phagocytosis, b-cell proliferation; ig ostrowski et al.48,50) production interleukin-2 (il-2) activated th1 cells, nk cells modulator of th2 cell proliferation & 32% ↓ suzuki et al.77) function; igg expression 50 % ( (steensberg et al. 75*) interleukin-4 (il-4) th2 cells, mast cells, basophils, downregulation of tnfα and il1ß; no change (nieman et al.32 eosinophils induction of il-6, il-10, il1ra malm22, steensberg et al.75*) synthesis; b-cell proliferation and class delayed onset secretion after 2 switching to ige expression. hrs (susuki et al.79) interleukin-5 (il-5) th2 cells, mast cells, eosinophils eosinophil & b-cell growth and differentiation. no consistent change (malm 22) interleukin-6 (il-6) activated th2 cells, apcs, active multi-functional; b-cell proliferation 30-fold ↑ (steensberg et al,75*) skeletal muscle fibres and ig & acute phase protein synthesis; 30-fold ↑ (peters et al.57) inhibition of synthesis of tnfα and il100-fold ↑ (starkie et al.74) 1ß; induction of cortisol, il-10 & il1ra synthesis interleukin-8 (il-8) macrophages chemotaxis, superoxide release, 6-fold↑ (peters et al.55) granule release 6.7-fold ↑(ostrowski et al.49) interleukin-10 (il-10) activated th2, cd8 and b inhibition of synthesis of tnfß, il1ß, 60-fold ↑ (peters et al.56) lymphocytes, macrophages ifnγ, il-6, il-8 by th1 cells, nk cells 40-fold↑ (nieman et al. 32) & apcs; promotion of b-cell proliferation & antibody responses, mast cell growth interleukin 12 (il-12) monocytes activation of th1 cells undetectable (nieman et al, 32 nk stimulating factor suzuki et al.79, gannon et al.9) ifn γ production increased† (akimoto et al.1) interleukin 13 (il-13) th2 cells b-cell growth & differentiation, inhibition of no exercise-related data available pro-inflammatory cytokine production interleukin 15 (il-15) skeletal muscle cells, t and b-cell proliferation, increase of no change (ostrowski et al.48). endothelium, monocytes. myosin heavy chain expression in skeletal muscle. interleukin-1ra (il-1ra) macrophages, th2 cells inhibition of pro-inflammatory action of 20 fold↑ (peters et al.56) il-1 by blocking il-1 α & ß receptors; 40 fold↑ (toft et al.80) no agonist activity 214 fold↑(suzuki et al.79) * intracellular concentrations (cd4 + cells). †short-term maximal exercise. apc = antigen presenting cell; th1 = t-helper-1; th2 = t-helper-2; ig = immunoglobulin; sirs = systemic inflammatory response syndrome. (ganong,10 janeway and travers,14 roitt et al.,67 smith 72) although the open-window hypothesis of pedersen and ullum52 and pedersen et al.54 describes a period of increased susceptibility to infection which may last from 3 to 72 hours post-exercise, most exercise-induced haematological perturbations have returned to baseline values within 16 hours post-exercise.60 as shepard and shek71 point out, ‘it is difficult to reconcile a 2-to 3-hour reduction of nk cell activity with the reported 2-to 6fold increase in the incidence of urtis in the weeks following participation in a marathon or ultramarathon run’. furthermore, antibody responses following vaccination have not been shown to be influenced by exercise training,5 while negative bacterial throat swabs obtained by schwellnus et al. following the two-oceans 56 km ultramarathon also appear to rule out the possibility of enhanced incidence of post-race infection symptoms being of infectious origin (m schwellnus — personal communication). as false-negative bacterial throat swabs are, however, a common occurrence in clinical practice, we cannot, at this stage, consider these data as conclusive. the evidence in support of a decrease in delayed type hypersensitivity (dth) reactions, the t-cell-dependent activation of macrophages and inflammation in response to a previously encountered antigen, is also presently conflictling; while bruunsgaard et al.5 found decreased dth after a one-half ironman race, jansen et al. (personal communication), failed to show any change following 8 weeks of training in excess of 110 km/week. the case in favour of inflammatory origins the evidence in favour of an inflammatory response both to epithelial tissue damage in the upper respiratory tract and muscle fibre damage in the contracting skeletal muscle fibres, as manifested in systemic markers of an inflammatory response, is, however, strong. during prolonged endurance exercise increased ventilatory rates and volumes, with actual damage to sensitive mucous membranes in the respiratory tract, and an inflammatory response at the sites of muscle cell damage have been linked to the development of an acute phase reaction.80 evidence of systemic manifestation of pro and antiinflammatory response to exercise-induced microtrauma (whether this be in the contracting muscle itself or in the respiratory tract membranes exposed to excessive mouth 6 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 il-4 il-5 il-10 il-6 il-8 il-13 tnf α eel t1h cells il-12 il-2 ifn γ tg β tnf β th2 cells cell mediated immunity: macrophages, pmns, nk, tc cells pro-inflammatory response: phagocyte mobilisation & activation eel humoral immuntity: allergic response fig. 3. the exercise-induced disturbance of cytokine equilibrium: a downregulation of type 1 and upregulation of type 2 cytokines. promotion; inhibition; eel : excessive exercise load; th1: t-helper-1; th2: t-helper-2; pmn : polymorphonuclear neutrophils; tc : cytotoxic t-cells; nk cells: natural killer cells. breathing) has been confirmed by numerous studies focusing on exercise-induced cytokine changes. in addition to the early studies which consistently confirm the presence of increased prostaglandin e2 concentrations, 53,73 the endocrine,43,44,64,72 cytokine,36,48-51 acute phase protein,6,7,81 and enzymatic66 milieu in the circulation favours an inflammatory response (fig. 4). in three consecutive studies following the 90 km ultramarathon, we have confirmed systemic evidence of a proinflammatory response.55-57 not only are markers of an acute phase reaction, crp and amyloid a consistently elevated, peaking 24 hours after a race and reaching concentrations in excess of those reported following myocardial infarctions,55,57 but also a cascade of pro-inflammatory and chemotactic cytokines40,56 and systemic markers of phagocyte activation including myeloperoxidase, elastase and neutrophil/ monocyte adhesion factors.55,61,66 our most recent research findings confirm elevated concentrations of neutrophils and monocytes expressing cd11 a and b integrins which control the movement of leukocytes towards areas of inflammation following 2.5 hours of treadmill running at 70% vo2max. (peters et al., unpublished data). the substantial elevation of circulating anti-inflammatory mediators, il-10, il-1ra and il-6 (fig. 5) do, however, point towards a partial dampening of this pro-inflammatory response. despite this endogenous attempt to counter the exercise-induced inflammation, systemic markers of an acute phase reaction peak at 24 hours post-event. in 1997 schwellnus et al.68 reported that administration of the local antimicrobial and anti-inflammatory agent, fusafungine, significantly reduced post-race urtis in 48 participants during the 9 days following the 1996 two oceans 56 km ultramarathon. however as this nasobuccopharangeal spray has both anti-inflammatory and antiinfective properties, this intervention study on its own does not provide conclusive evidence that the increased incidence of infection following eel is solely attributable to an inflammatory response. perhaps we should also not ignore the early finding of pedersen et al.53 that administration of the non-steroidal antiinflammatory agent, indometacin, which inhibits prostaglandin e2 release and the inflammatory response, reduces post-exercise suppression of nk cell activity and restores post-exercise neurophil chemiluminescence in peripheral blood. as the authors concluded, these findings strongly indicate that prostaglandins released from monocytes and neutrophils, are involved in the downregulation of nk cells, again pointing towards systemic manifestation of an inflammatory response. an answer? at this stage, there is not enough evidence in favour of an exclusive contribution of allergic, inflammatory or infective origins to the incidence of post-event urti symptoms. sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 7 fig. 4. mean (± sem) circulating acute phase protein (crp and amyloid a), elastase and interleukin-8 concentrations before and after a 90 km ultramarathon, which support an upregulation of inflammatory responses (data from peters et al. 55) *p > 0.05 (n = 29). 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 time s e ru m c p r ( m g /l) pre 0 hrs 24 hrs 48 hrs post post post 250 200 150 100 50 0 time s e ru m a m yl o id a ( m g /l) pre 0 hrs 24 hrs 48 hrs post post post 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 time p la sm a e la st a se ( µ g /l) pre 0 hrs 24 hrs 48 hrs post post post 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 time p la sm a i n te rl e u ki n -8 ( p g /m l) pre 0 hrs 24 hrs 48 hrs post post post 8 sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 in terms of the th1: th2 balance hypothesis which favours an allergic response, the evidence in favour of exerciseinduced production of il-4 requires further elucidation. the exercise-induced ‘switching’ of b-cells to a preferential production of ige and significant upregulation of igg1 production in response to mast cell activation also requires further confirmation. in terms of the inflammation and infection-based hypotheses, supportive data are undoubtedly strong. while transiently and modestly suppressed cellular components of immunity including cytotoxic t lymphocytes, nk cells and in the case of eel, neutrophil function are supported by a relative downregulation of type 1 cytokines, the post-exercise cytokine, acute phase protein and adhesion molecule milieu strongly supports an upregulation of inflammatory responses. shephard and shek71 have eloquently referred to the ‘active enmeshment’ of the immune system in the muscle tissue repair and inflammation process. it is indeed possible that a significant upregulation of inflammatory response is accompanied by a simultaneous modest, but clinically insignificant, transient downregulation of the cellular cytotoxic activity of the t and nk cells; that the observed immunological changes during and after physical exercise which have been previously interpreted as ‘depressed immune function,’ reflect a proactive inflammatory response which is a necessity for optimal adaptation following the increased physical demand of eel and should therefore not be viewed in a negative light. a paradox, indeed! references 1. akimoto t, akama t, tatsuno m, saito m, kono i. effect of brief maximal exercise on circulating levels of interleukin-12. eur j appl physiol 2000; 81: 510-2. 2. berglund b, hemmingson p. infectious disease in elite cross country skiers: a one-year incidence study. clin sports med 1990; 2: 19-23. 3. brandtzaeg p. regulation of secretory iga an overview. proceedings of the sixth international symposium of exercise immunology, copenhagen, 17 19 july 2003. 4. brown dw, brown dr, heath gw, balluz l, giles wh, mokdad ah. associations between physical activity dose and health related quality of life. med sci sports exerc (in press). 5. bruunsgaard h, hartkop a, mohr t, konradsen h, mordhorst ch, pedersen bk. in vivo cell-mediated immunity and vaccination response following prolonged intense exercise. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29: 117681. 6. castell lm, poortmans jr, leclercq r, brasseur m, duchateau j, newsholme ea. some aspects of the acute phase response after a marathon race, and the effects of glutamine supplementation. eur j appl physiol 1997; 75: 47-53. 7. fallon ke. the acute phase response and exercise: the ultramarathon as prototype exercise. clin j sport med 2001; 11: 38-43. 8. gabriel h, muller hj, urhausen a, kindermann w. suppressed pmainduced oxidative burst and unimpaired phagocytosis of circulating granulocytes one week after a long endurance run. int j sports med 1994; 15: 441-5. 9. gannon ga, rhind sg, susui m. circulating levels of peripheral blood leukocytes and cytokines following competitive cycling. can j appl physiol 1997; 22: 133-47. 10. ganong wf. review of medical physiology. 21st ed. london: lange medical books, 2003. 11. gleeson m, mcdonald w, pyne db, et al. salivary iga levels and infection risk in elite swimmers. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: 67-73. 12. gleeson m, mcdonald wa, cripps aw, pyne db, clancy rl, fricker pa, exercise, stress, and mucosal immunity of long term intensive training in elite swimmers. clin exp immunol 1995; 102: 210-6. 13. helenius ij, tikkanen ho, sarna s, haaahtela t. asthma and increased bronchial responsiveness in elite athletes. atopy and sport event as risk factors. j allergy clin immunol 1998; 101: 646-52. 14. janeway ca, travers p. immunobiology. the immune system in health and disease. 2nd ed. london: current biology, 1996. 15. macarthy da, dale mm. the leucocytosis of exercise — a review and model. sports med 1988; 6: 333-363. 16. mackinnon lt, chick tw, van as a, tomasi tb. decreased secretory immunoblobulins following intense endurance exercise. sports training, medicine and rehabilitation 1989; 1: 209-18. 17. mackinnon lt, ginn e, seymour gj. decreased salivary immunoglobin. a secretion rate after intense interval exercise in elite kayakers. eur j appl physiol 1993a; 67: 180-4. 18. mackinnon lt, ginn e, seymour gj. temporal relationship between exercise-induced decreases in salivary iga and subsequent appearance of upper respiratory tract infection in elite athletes. australian journal of science and medicine in sport 1993b; 25: 94-9. 19. mackinnon lt, hooper s. mucosal (secretory) immune system responses to exercise of varying intensity and during overtraining. int j sports med 1994; 15: s179-83. 20. mackinnon lt, jenkins dj. decreased salivary immunoglobin a after intense interval exercise before and after training. med sci sports exerc 1993c; 25: 678-83. 21. mackinnon lt. exercise and natural killer cells. what is the relationship? sports med 1989; 7: 141-9. 22. malm c. exercise immunology: a skeletal muscle perspective. exerc immunol rev 2002; 8: 116-67. 23. mucci pf, durand b, lebel j, bousquet j, prefaut c. interleukins 1-beta, interleukin-8 and histamine increases in highly trained, exercising athletes. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 1094-100. 24. nehlsen-cannarella sl, fagoaga or, nieman dc, et al. carbohydrate 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 p la sm a i n te rl e u ki n -1 0 ( p g /m l) 1 2 3 4 time 3 500 3 000 2 500 2 000 1 500 1 000 500 0 p la sm a i n te rl e u ki n -1 ra ( p g /m l) pre 0 hrs 24 hrs 48 hrs post post post time fig. 5. mean (± sem) circulating il-10 and il-1ra concentrations before and after a 90 km ultramarathon, which support an upregulation of anti-inflammatory mechanisms (data from peters et al. 56). *p > 0.05 (n = 29). and the cytokine response to 2.5 hours of running. j appl physiol 1997; 82: 1662-7. 25. nelson-cannarella sl, nieman dc, balk-lamberton aj, et al. the effects of moderate exercise training on immune response. med sci sports exerc 1991; 23: 64. 26. nielsen hb, secher nh, christensen nj, pedersen bk. lymphocytes and nk cell activity during repeated bouts of maximal exercise. am j physiol 1996a; 271: r222-r7. 27. nielsen, hb, secher nh, kappel m, hanel b, pedersen bk. lymphocyte, nk and lak cell responses to maximal exercise. int j sports med 1996b; 17: 60-5. 28. nieman dc, berk ls, simpson-westerberg m, et al. effects of longendurance running on immune system parameters and lymphocyte in experienced marathoners. int j sports med 1989a; 10: 317-23. 29. nieman dc, henson da, butterworth de, et al. vitamin c supplementation does not alter the immune response to 2.5 hours of running. int j sport nutr 1997; 7: 173-84. 30. nieman dc, henson da, gusewitch g, et al. physical activity and immune function in elderly women. med sci sports exerc 1993: 25: 823-31. 31. nieman dc, henson da, mcanulty sr, et al. influence of vitamin c supplementation on oxidative and immune changes after an ultramarathon. j appl physiol 2002; 92: 1970-7. 32. nieman dc, henson da, smith ll, et al. cytokine changes after a marathon race. j appl physiol 2001; 91: 109-14. 33. nieman dc, johansen lm, lee jw, arabatzis k. infectious episodes in runners before and after the los angeles marathon. j sports med phys fitness 1990a; 30: 316. 34. nieman dc, miller ar, henson da, et al. effect of highversus moderateintensity exercise on lymphocyte subpopulations and proliferative response. int j sports med 1994; 15: 199-212. 35. nieman dc, nehlsen-cannarella sl, donohue km, et al. the effects of acute moderate exercise on leukocyte and lymphocyte subpopulations. med sci sports exerc 1991; 23: 578-86. 36. nieman dc, nehlsen-cannarella sl, fagoaga or, et al. influence of mode and carbohydrate on the cytokine response to heavy exertion. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 671-8. 37. nieman dc, nehlsen-cannarella sl, henson da, warren bj. carbohydrate supplementation affects blood granulocyte and monocyte trafficking but not function after 2.5h of running. am j clin nutr 1997; 66: 153-9. 38. nieman dc, nehlsen-cannarella sl, markoff pa, et al. the effects of moderate exercise training on natural killer cells and upper respiratory tract infections. int j sports med 1990b; 11: 467-73. 39. nieman dc, pedersen bk. exercise and immune function. recent developments. sports med 1999; 27: 73-80. 40. nieman dc, peters, em, henson da, nevines ei, thompson mm. influence of vitamin c supplementation on cytokine changes following an ultramarathon. j interferon cytokine res 2000; 20: 1029-35. 41. nieman dc, simandle s, henson da, et al. lymphocyte proliferate response to 2.5 hours of running. int j sports med 1995; 16: 404-8. 42. nieman dc, tan sa, lee jw, berk ls. complement and immunoglobulin levels in athletes and sedentary controls. int j sports med 1989b; 10: 124. 43. nieman dc. carbohydrates and the immune response to prolonged exertion. in: nieman dc, pederson bk, eds. nutrition and exercise immunology. florida: crc press, 2000. 44. nieman dc. exercise, infection and immunity. int j sports med 1995; 15: s131-9. 45. nieman dc. exercise, upper respiratory infections and the immune system. med sci sports exerc 1994; 26: 128. 46. nieman dc. physical activity, fitness and infection. in: bouchard c, ed. exercise and health; a concensus of current knowledge. champaign: human kinetics publishers, 1993. 47. noakes td. the lore of running. 4th ed. london: oxford university press, 2002. 48. ostrowski k, herman c, bangash a, scherling p, nielsen jn, pedersen bk. a trauma-like elevation of plasma cytokines in humans in response to treadmill running. j physiol 1998a; 513: 889-94. 49. ostrowski k, rohde t, asp s, schjerling p, pedersen bk. chemokines are elevated in plasma after strenuous exercise in humans. eur j appl physiol 2001; 84: 244-5. 50. ostrowski k, rohde t, asp s, schjerling p, pedersen bk. pro and antiinflammatory cytokine balance in strenuous exercise in humans. j physiol (lond) 1999; 515: 287-91. 51. ostrowski k, rohde t, zacho m, asp s, pedersen bk. evidence that interleukin-6 is produced in human skeletal muscle during prolonged running. j physiol (lond) 1998b; 508: 949-53. 52. pedersen bk, ullum h. nk response to physical activity: possible mechanisms of action. med sci sports exerc 1994; 26: 140. 53. pedersen bk, tvede n, klarlund k, et al. indomethacin in vitro and in vivo abolishes post-exercise suppression of natural killer cell activity in peripheral blood. int j sports med 1990; 11: 127-32. 54. pedersen bk, rohde t, ostowski k. recovery of the immune system after exercise. acta physiol scand 1998; 162: 325-32. 55. peters em, anderson r, nieman dc. augmentation of the acute phase response in vitamin c-supplemented ultramarathoners. south african journal of sports medicine (in press). 56. peters em, anderson r, nieman dc, fickl h, jogessar v. vitamin c supplementation attenuates the increase in circulating cortisol, adrenaline and anti-inflammatory polypeptides following ultramarathon running. int j sports med 2001b; 22: 537-43. 57. peters em, anderson r, theron aj. attenuation of the increase in circulating cortisol and enhancement of the acute phase response in vitamin csupplemented ultramarathon runners. int j sports med 2001a; 22: 120-6. 58. peters em, bateman ed. ultramarathon running and upper respiratory tract infections. s afr med j 1983; 64: 582-4. 59. peters em. exercise, immunology and upper respiratory tract infections. int j sports med 1997; 18: s69. 60. peters, em, robson pj, kleinveldt n, naiker v. haematological recovery following ultramarathon running: the effect of training status and taper. j sports med phys fit (in press). 61. peters-futre em. exercise, vitamin c and phagocyte function. the missing link. exerc immunol rev 1997; 3: 32-52. 62. pyne db, baker ms, fricker pa, mcdonald wa, telford rd, weideman mj. effects of an intensive 12 wk training program by elite swimmers on neutrophil oxidative activity. med sci sports exerc 1995; 27: 536-42. 63. pyne db, baker ms, telford rd, weideman mj. neutrophil oxidative activity is differentially effected by moderate and intense interval exercise. med sci sports exerc 1993; 25: s102. 64. pyne db, gleeson m. effects of intensive exercise training on immunity in athletes. int j sports med 1998; 19: s183. 65. pyne db, mcdonald wa, gleeson m, flanagan a, clancy rl, fricker pa. mucosal immunity, respiratory illness, and competitive performance in elite swimmers. med sci sports exerc 2000; 33: 348-53. 66. robson pj, blannin ak, walsh np, castell lm, gleeson m. effects of exercise intensity, duration and recovery on in vitro neutrophil function in male athletes. int j sports med 1999; 20: 128-35. 67. roitt i, brosstoff j, male d. immunology. 5th ed. st louis: mosby, 2000. 68. schwellnus m, kiesig m, derman w, noakes td. fusafungine reduces symptoms of upper respiratory tract in runners after a 56 km race. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29: s296. 69. shadick na, liang mh, partridge aj, et al. the natural history of exercise-induced anaphalaxis: survey results from a 10-year follow-up study. j allergy clin immunol 1999; 104: 123-7. 70. shek pn, sabiston bh, burguet a, radomski mw. strenuous exercise and immunological changes. a multiple-time point analysis of leukocyte subsets, cd4/cd8 ratio, immunoglobulin production and nk response. int j sports med 1995; 16: 466-74. 71. shephard rj, shek pn. impact of physical activity and sport on the immune system. rev environ health 1996; 11: 133. 72. smith l. overtraining, excessive exercise and altered immunity. is this a t helper-1 versus t helper-2 lymphocyte response? sports med 2003; 33: 347-64. 73. smith ll, wells jm, houmard ja. increases in prostaglandin e2 after eccentric exercise: a preliminary report. horm metab res 1993; 25: 4512. 74. starkie rl, angus dj, rolland m, hargreaves m, febbraio ma. effect of prolonged submaximal exercise and carbohydrate ingestion on monocyte intracellular cytokine production in humans. j physiol 2000; 528: 647-55. 75. steensberg a, dyhr, toft a, bruunsgaard h. strenuous exercise decreases the percentage of type 1 cells in the circulation. j appl physiol 2001; 91: 1708-12. 76. sue-chu m, larson t, moen t, rennard si, bjermer l. bronchocscopy and bronchoalveolar lavage findings in cross country skiers with and without ‘ski’ asthma. eur respir j 1999; 13: 626-32. 77. suzuki k, nakaji s, yamada m, totsuka m, sato k, sugawara k. systemic inflammatory response to exhaustive exercise. exerc immunol rev 2003; 8: 6-48. 78. suzuki k, nakaji s, yamada m, et al. impact of a competitive marathon race on systemic cytokine and neutrophil responses. med sci sports exerc (in press). 79. suzuki k, yamada m, totsuka m, sato k, sugawara k. circulating cytokines and hormones with immunosuppressive but neutrophil-priming potentials rise after endurance exercise in humans. eur j appl physiol 2000. 814: 281-7. 80. toft ad, thorn m, ostrowski k, et al. npolunsaturated fatty acids do not affect cytokine response to strenuous exercise. j appl physiol 2000; 89: 2401-6. 81. weight lm, alexander d, jacobs p. strenuous exercise: analogous to the acute phase response? clin sci 1991; 81: 677-83. sports medicine vol 16 no.1 2004 9 46 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 introduction asthma and airway hyperresponsiveness (ahr) are more prevalent in elite athletes compared with sub-elite athletes and the general population. 18,35,46 recent observations have suggested that high-intensity exercise and training might contribute to the development of asthma or ahr in athletes previously unaffected by these airway disorders. 7,8,20,24 the mechanisms explaining the increased prevalence of asthma and ahr remain to be determined. 5 however, research has suggested that exposure to specific local airway conditions and/or events during training and/or competition may initiate an airway inflammatory response. 23 airway inflammation may influence the respiratory system through altering airway function 5 , and possibly inducing airway remodelling, similar to that which occurs in asthma. 8 this article discusses the recent research regarding asthma, ahr and airway inflammatory responses in athletes. firstly, an overview of the prevalence of airway symptoms in athletes is provided. secondly, research examining local airway conditions, events and inflammatory responses is discussed. thirdly, research examining the possible remodelling of the airways in athletes is reviewed and finally, recommendations for future research in this area are provided. prevalence of asthma and ahr in sport in the 1976 and 1980 olympic games, 9.7% and 8.5% of the australian olympic athletes had asthma, respectively. 12 in 1984, 26 (4.3%) of the 597 us olympic team athletes had asthma, 41 (6.9%) had exercise-induced bronchospasm (eib), while 42 (7%) had a history of exercise-induced bronchial symptoms. 16 weiler et al. 44 reported that 107 (15.3%) of the 699 us olympic team athletes in the 1996 summer olympic games had asthma. in 1998, the same authors observed a prevalence of 21.9% in 196 winter game olympic athletes. 44 from these few studies it seems that the prevalence of atopy-related symptoms is rising in elite athletes. the type of training (i.e. endurance, or speed and power) seems to influence the airway symptoms (asthma or ahr) in elite athletes. 17 the prevalence of atopic symptoms is high in endurance sports such as long-distance running (15.5 23.9%). 17 it is especially high in cold environment sports such as cross-country skiing (14.4 54.8%), 17 as well as in review article airway inflammatory and atopy-related responses in athletes a j mckune (dtech) l l smith (phd) department of sport and physical rehabilitation sciences, faculty of health sciences, tshwane university of technology, pretoria abstract the prevalence of asthma and airway hyperresponsiveness (ahr) in highly trained endurance athletes is rising. the type of training (i.e. endurance, or speed and power) seems to influence the airway symptoms. high-intensity exercise and training might contribute to the development of asthma or ahr in athletes previously unaffected by these airway disorders. repeated hyperventilation of unconditioned air, as well as air containing irritants and/or allergens has been suggested to cause thermal, mechanical, or osmotic airway trauma resulting in damage to the airway epithelium. subsequent airway inflammatory responses may be responsible for the development of atopy-related symptoms in endurance athletes such as those observed in asthma and ahr. eosinophils and neutrophils are the inflammatory cells that have been frequently observed to be elevated in the airways of endurance athletes. the trafficking of these cells to the airways may possibly be regulated by th2 cytokines that are expressed in the airways in response to epithelial cell damage. in addition, these airway inflammatory responses may lead to airway remodelling similar to that which occurs in asthma. the effect of the exercise challenge itself may initiate airway atopy-related and inflammatory responses in endurance athletes. while the literature seems to support the role of local airway conditions and/or events in inducing atopy-related symptoms in athletes, it is proposed that alterations in the hormonal and/or cytokine milieu with intense competition and/or training may also play a role. correspondence: a j mckune department of sport and physical rehabilitation sciences tshwane university of technology private bag x680 pretoria 0001 tel: 012-382 4442 fax: 012-382 5801 e-mail: mckuneaj@tut.ac.za pg46-51.indd 46 6/28/06 1:47:43 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 47 swimmers training indoors (13.4 44%). 17 for speed and power sports, including various athletes such as sprinters, football players and basketball players, the prevalence of asthma is slightly lower and usually ranges from 8% to 21%. 17,23 effect of local airway conditions and events on airway atopy-related symptoms and inflammatory responses dry, cold air exercise hyperventilation with dry, cold air plays an important role in the development of airway symptoms in athletes. 23 it causes transient dehydration of the bronchial mucosa due to the low water content of the air, leading to a hyperosmolarity of the mucosal fluid of the airway surface lining, which may damage bronchial epithelial cells. 1,14 the hyperosmolarity of the mucosal fluid alters the osmotic gradient throughout the mucosa and sub-mucosa, resulting in the activation and degranulation of mast cells in the sub-mucosa. degranulation of these mast cells results in the release of pro-inflammatory mediators and the activation of cholinergic receptors. 23 this response causes airway smooth-muscle contraction and oedema which together reduce airway function, resulting in atopy-related airway symptoms. 1,4 it has recently been proposed that eosinophils in the airways become activated via a similar mechanism to that of the mast cells. 9 research has indicated that the increased respiratory water loss during prolonged endurance exercise dehydrates the bronchial epithelium. the increased osmolality or osmotic challenge then indirectly triggers the release of eosinophil cationic protein (ecp) from eosinophils, 9 resulting in further epithelial cell damage, inflammatory responses and consequently airway atopy-related symptoms. 9 the inflammatory mediators that have been suggested to be implicated during these airway inflammatory responses include histamine, prostaglandins, leukotrienes, and chemotactic factors (chemokines), including il-8 for neutrophils 5 and eotaxin for eosinophils. 33 in contrast to the studies mentioned above, sue-chu et al., 39 found that there were no significant differences in neutrophil or eosinophil counts/activation, but that other inflammatory markers significantly differed between athletes and controls. examining the effect of hyperventilation of cold, dry air, these authors assessed the degree of macroscopic inflammation, the distribution of inflammatory cells, lymphocyte subtypes and markers of inflammatory cell activation in the airways of 30 adolescent cross-country skiers and 10 non-asthmatic, non-atopic controls. 39 the airways of these subjects were investigated using bronchoscopy, and inflammatory status was determined through analysing levels in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (balf). nine (30%) of the skiers were atopic without allergy symptoms. compared with controls there was a 3-fold increase in airway inflammation in the skiers. they also had greater total cell, percentage lymphocyte and mast cell counts compared with the controls. neutrophil and eosinophil counts were not significantly different and ecp was not detected. tumour necrosis factor (tnf)-α and myeloperoxidase were detected in 12 (40%) and 6 (20%) skiers, respectively. the authors concluded that cross-country skiers have a minor to moderate degree of macroscopic inflammation in the proximal airways compared with normal controls. 39 recently, it was reported that exposure to cold air during exercise may up-regulate specific airway cytokine expression that may be responsible for inflammation and atopy-related conditions in the airways of athletes. 7 using an animal model (exercising horses) and a random crossover design, balf was obtained after 15 minutes of submaximal exercise while breathing room temperature or subfreezing air. balf total and differential nucleated cell counts and relative cytokine mrna expression in balf nucleated cells were determined. there were no differences in total or differential cell concentrations between the room temperature and cold air conditions. however, th2 cytokines il-4, il-5, and il-10 were significantly upregulated after cold air exercise 12-, 9-, and 10-fold respectively compared with warm air exercise. in addition, other cytokines, il-2 and il-6, were upregulated to a lesser extent (6and 3-fold respectively) or not at all (il-1, il-8, ifn-α, and tnf-α). the authors argued that exercising while breathing cold dry air induces an overall cytokine pattern in the airways that is predominantly a th2 profile. 7 th2 cytokines, in support of the underlying theme of this review, are a characteristic of the systemic immune profile found in allergies and asthma where they regulate the production of ige antibodies as well as the infiltration of inflammatory cells such as neutrophils and eosinophils. 43 allergens runners, and cyclists are exposed to many pollen allergens in spring and summer. 42 when the ventilation level exceeds about 30 l/min there is a shift from nose breathing to combined mouth and nasal breathing. 2 this shift results in a greater deposition of airborne allergens and other inhaled particles in the lower airways. 19 research has demonstrated that symptoms of asthma may develop in athletes who are repeatedly and strongly exposed to pollen allergens. 32 this author suggested that an allergen overload in the airways could lead to an inflammatory process through an ige dependent mechanism. in other words, the high number of allergens within the airways could increase the possibility that ige attached to mast cells become cross-linked. this in turn would lead to an acute inflammatory response through mast cell degranulation and the release of airway pro-inflammatory mediators. 23 pollutants the quality of the air inhaled by athletes during training or even at rest may contribute to the development of ahr. a relationship has been shown between pollutants such as, pg46-51.indd 47 6/28/06 1:47:43 pm 48 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 ozone (o3), sulphur dioxide (so2), nitrogen dioxide (no2), exercise and the development of atopy-related respiratory symptoms. 23 studies have demonstrated that the combination of exercise and exposure to pollutants can cause a significant increase in bronchoconstriction and a reduction in ventilatory flow when compared with pollution exposure at rest. 13,27 swimmers, chlorine and ahr research has found an abnormally high prevalence of ahr among elite swimmers. 31 studies have shown that swimmers are chronically exposed to chemical compounds used as water disinfectants. 10 these disinfectants include chlorine and its derivatives, chloramines and chloroform, which irritate the airways, causing inflammation and oedema of mucous membranes. 31 research has shown that during a 2-hour training period, a swimmer may be exposed to an amount of chlorine that exceeds the us recommendation for a worker with 8-hour exposure. 10 during training and competition, highly trained swimmers inhale large amounts of air that floats just above the water surface, and they may possibly micro-aspirate contaminated water into the trachea and bronchi. 16 repeated exposure to chlorine gas has been shown to cause asthma symptoms, airflow obstruction, and increased bronchial responsiveness. 6 in these cases, the histological analysis of the bronchial mucosa has shown a thickened basement membrane, and eosinophilic inflammation. 6 a long-term effect of swimming training on airway inflammation was reported by helenius et al. 20 these authors investigated respiratory symptoms, increased bronchial responsiveness, and signs of airway inflammation in 29 elite swimmers and 19 healthy controls. the subjects answered a questionnaire and were interviewed for respiratory symptoms. lung volumes were measured and bronchial responsiveness was assessed by a histamine challenge test. induced sputum was also collected. fourteen (48%) of the swimmers and 3 (16%) of the control subjects showed significantly increased bronchial responsiveness. the sputum cell differential counts of eosinophils and neutrophils of swimmers were significantly higher than those of controls. eosinophilia (sputum differential eosinophil count of > 4%) was observed in 6 (21%) of the swimmers and in none of the controls. symptomatic swimmers had significantly more sputum eosinophils than did those who were symptom-free. the concentrations of sputum eosinophil peroxidase (epo) and human neutrophil lipocalin (hnl) were significantly higher in swimmers than in control subjects. the authors concluded that long-term and repeated exposure to chlorine compounds in swimming pools during training and competition may contribute to the increased occurrence of bronchial hyperresponsiveness and airway inflammation in swimmers. 20 summary of research examining airway inflammation in athletes surprisingly, there are few studies that have addressed the issue of exercise-induced airway inflammatory responses in athletes. in addition to the studies already discussed, a summary of the majority of research available is provided in table i. overall, the results indicate that an increase in polymorphonuclear neutrophil (pmn) cells is found in most studies irrespective of the sample type or sport activity, while elevated eosinophil and lymphocyte counts are found mainly in swimmers and skiers. it has been suggested that the elevation in pmns may be a direct consequence of the endurance exercise, while the elevation in the other cell types may depend on exposure to environmental factors such as chlorine or cold, dry air. 4 however, this statement is highly speculative and requires additional research. importantly, the only study examining an underlying mechanism which may explain exercise-induced airway inflammatory responses and the development of atopy-related symptoms has been performed using an animal model. 8 the results of this study have important implications for understanding the high prevalence of atopy-related airway symptoms in athletes. however, further research on humans is required to verify the findings. limited airway inflammatory responses in athletes in contrast to the previous discussion regarding airway inflammatory responses inducing atopy-related symptoms in athletes, there is an argument that the airway inflammatory responses are not maladaptive. research has suggested that similar to systemic compartments, inflammation in the airways is tightly regulated. recently, it has been argued that the concept of limited systemic inflammation in athletes may also be applicable to the airways. 4 although inflammatory cells are recruited to the airways, it has been shown that they do not always become activated. 3,25 as an example, in swimmers there was significant neutrophil infiltration into the airways, but with no evidence of inflammatory cell activation at rest or after exercise. specifically, neutrophil elastase concentration in sputum was low at all times. 28 preliminary data also suggested that an increase in airway inflammatory cells is not associated with enhanced bronchial responsiveness or functional impairment in nonasthmatic athletes. 4 interestingly, research has shown that frequent episodes of exercise hyperventilation may even reduce the susceptibility to bronchoconstriction in welltrained individuals. specifically, well-trained runners showed blunted responses to metacholine compared with sedentary controls. 4 therefore, there may be an inhibitory pathway that prevents or reduces airway inflammatory cell activation and inflammation; however, this has not been identified and further research is required. 4 similarly, the questions regarding whether exercise affects the airway and systemic compartments in the same manner, and the possibility that pg46-51.indd 48 6/28/06 1:47:44 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 49 training may also cause positive adaptations at the airway level, have not been answered. 4 airway remodelling airway remodelling has been shown to occur in atopic disease such as asthma. the process is initiated through chronic airway inflammation and is associated with a continual or abnormal healing process resulting in airway structural alterations. 23 this remodelling process is characterised by various changes such as hypertrophy and hyperplasia of airway smooth muscle, increased numbers of mucous glands, thickening of the reticular basement membrane from collagen deposition, blood vessel proliferation, and alterations of the extracellular matrix. 26 these, in turn, lead to airway wall thickening and a permanent reduction in airway calibre with a detrimental effect on respiration. 23 airway remodelling in athletes there is little information available that links exercise hyperventilation with the induction of structural and/or physiological changes in the airways. 23 some preliminary evidence of airway remodelling has been demonstrated in bronchial biopsies from cross-country skiers. 21 karjalainen et al. 21 measured mucosal inflammatory cell infiltration and tenascin expression (a marker of tissue injury) in the sub-epithelial basement membrane in endobronchial biopsy specimens of the proximal airways. the subject populations included 40 elite, competitive skiers without a diagnosis of asthma, 12 subjects (non-athletes) with mild asthma, and 12 healthy controls (non-athletes). skiers had significantly higher lymphocyte (+43-fold), macrophage (+26fold) and eosinophil (+2-fold) counts compared with healthy controls. patients with mild asthma also had significantly table i. studies on airway inflammatory responses to exercise author, year (ref) athletes tested methods main results cross-country skiers sue-chu et al. 1999 39 cross-country skiers balf ↑ total cell, lymphocyte, and mast cell counts; markers of inflammatory cell activation not ↑ karjalainen et al. 2000 21 cross-country skiers bb compared with controls, ↑ t-lymphocytes (43-fold), macrophages (26-fold), eosinophils (2-fold), pmn (2-fold) in bronchial mucosa. no relationship between airway cells and bhr, symptoms or atopy sue-chu et al. 2000 38 cross-country skiers balf, bb no change in airway inflammation after budesonide treatment after inhaled steroid (800 µg/day, over 20 weeks), variable effect on symptoms treatment swimmers helenius et al. 1998 18 elite swimmers induced sputum ↑ pmn and eosinophil differential counts compared with controls; ↑ inflammatory markers; eosinophils = 4% in 21% of swimmers helenius et al. 2002 15 elite swimmers 5-year follow-up induced sputum eosinophil differential counts ↑ over time in athletes continuing competitions, decreased in athletes who quit morici et al. 2001 28 swimmers training outdoors induced sputum baseline: ↑ pmn differential counts (swimmers 44 ± 22%; sedentary controls: 10 ± 6%), no ↑ in eosinophils; 5-km swimming in outdoor pool: no change; 5-km swimming in the sea (hypertonic environment): slight ↑ in eosinophils boulet et al. 2005 5 swimmers training indoors induced sputum baseline: no ↑ in airway inflammation in high-level swimmers; shortterm high-intensity training (1 h) associated with an ↑ in airway neutrophils in hyperresponsive swimmers runners muns 1993 29 half-marathon runners nasal lavage post-half-marathon: immediately after ↑ pmn (3-fold); 24 h after remained elevated (1.6-fold) compared with pre-race. ↓ in % phagocytosing pmns and function pre-race, immediately after and after 24 h muns et al. 1996 30 marathon runners nasal lavage post-marathon: immediately after ↑ pmn (2.7-fold); remained elevated up to 3 days after. ↑ neutrophil chemotactic activity (2.5-fold) immediately after the race bonsignore et al. 2001 3 marathon runners induced sputum baseline: ↑ pmn differential counts (79 ± 9%); post-marathon: further ↑ pmn (91 ± 4% of total cells) wetter et al. 2002 45 endurance athletes with ahr induced sputum baseline: pmn differential counts: 37% (range 13 49, no control samples); post-exercise: unchanged after placebo or anti-inflammatory drugs boulet et al. 2005 5 marathon runners induced sputum baseline: no ↑ in airway inflammation in high-level runners; short-term high-intensity training (1 h) associated with no ↑ in airway inflammation davis et al. 2005 7 horses balf post-15 minutes submaximal exercise. ↑ th2 cytokine (il-4, il-5, il-10) expression after cold air exercise compared with warm-air exercise balf = bronchoalveolar lavage fluid; bb bronchial biopsy; pmn = polymorphonuclear neutrophil; bhr = bronchial hyper-reactivity. pg46-51.indd 49 6/28/06 1:47:44 pm 50 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 higher lymphocyte (+70-fold), macrophage (+63-fold) and eosinophil (+8-fold) than the controls. in the skiers, neutrophil counts were more than 2-fold greater than in asthmatic subjects. tenascin expression was increased in skiers and asthmatic subjects compared with controls. however, the bronchial biopsy findings did not correlate with ahr, atopy or symptoms of asthma. 21 these authors concluded that prolonged repeated exposure of the airways to inadequately conditioned air may induce inflammation and remodelling in competitive skiers. 21 it is possible that airway remodelling without airway symptoms may represent a form of adaptation to exercise hyperventilation within the airways. in other words, this may be 'healthy' remodelling rather than maladaptive. further research is required to test this hypothesis. however, a recent study, using a canine model, demonstrated that repeated hyperventilation of cold air during exercise may in fact cause airway inflammation and remodelling, leading to asthma-like symptoms. 8 daily, repeated hyperventilation caused the influx of eosinophils, neutrophils and mast cells into the airways. cationic proteins (i.e. ecp) released by the eosinophils were suggested to be partly responsible for airway epithelial cell and connective tissue injury, which was still not healed after 24 hours. this repeated exposure resulted in stratified squamous epithelium (squamous metaplasia), replacing the normal ciliated epithelium. there was also an increase in the thickness of the airway lamina propia (sub-mucosal area) as well as goblet cell hyperplasia, possibly due to oedema relating to damage and an inflammatory response. the increase in squamous epithelium suggested that airway repair and remodelling was taking place. 8 the loss of airway epithelial cells was shown to be detrimental to normal airway function. these cells are an important source of prostaglandin e2 (pge2), which serves to inhibit cholinergic neurotransmission, smooth-muscle contraction, and mast cell degranulation. 22 a loss of airway ciliated epithelium and an increase in the thickness of the airway lamina propia result in impaired mucociliary clearance and accumulation of intraluminal debris, leading to the development of airway obstruction. these factors may all play a role in the pathological atopy-related responses of the airways. davis et al. 8 concluded that their results suggested that repeated exercise in cold weather could provoke changes in the airway morphology, leading to many of the common symptoms of asthma in athletes who did not previously suffer from this respiratory condition. although the evidence from this study is convincing, further research is required, specifically using human athletes. conclusions and recommendations for future research this review has provided a brief discussion of factors that may explain the development of pathological atopy-related responses in athletes. the literature suggests that hyperventilation during exercise, combined with exposure to cold air and/or to a mixture of allergens and pollutants, induces airway inflammatory responses and possibly airway remodelling which may be responsible for the development of asthma or ahr in elite endurance athletes. 17 the majority of the research has reported differences in inflammatory cell recruitment or activation in the airways of elite endurance athletes, at baseline or after exercise intervention, compared with controls. however, only recently have there been reports of the possible underlying mechanisms that explain the regulation of airway inflammatory responses 7 and how these airway inflammatory responses may result in pathological airway remodelling. 8 importantly, these two studies used animal models and future research should be performed to validate the proposed mechanisms in human studies. finally, future research should examine the effect of the exercise challenge itself on airway atopy-related and inflammatory responses in elite endurance athletes. while the literature seems to support the role of local airway conditions and/or events in inducing atopy-related symptoms in athletes, various researchers have proposed that alterations in the hormonal and/or cytokine milieu with intense competition and/or training may also play a role. 37,40 specifically, susuki et al. 41 have shown that the circulating lymphocyte population is biased toward th2 profile of cytokine secretion after exercise. this bias was related to the concurrent release of glucocorticoids during exercise, which promote a shift from a th1 to th2 cytokine profile. 11 recently, smith 36,37 proposed that the increased incidence of atopyrelated symptoms associated with strenuous exercise may be due to an altered focus of immune function. specifically, it was hypothesised that repetitive tissue trauma sustained during strenuous exercise training induces a systemic th2 cytokine profile. the consequence of the bias towards a th2 profile is the up-regulation of humoral immunity (hi). this implies the proliferation and differentiation of b-cells into antibodysecreting plasma b-cells; immunoglobulin (ig) class (isotype) switching from igm to igg1-4, iga or, in support of the argument in this review, ige; as well as eosinophil migration from the bone marrow to, and activation in, the airways. 33,34 as discussed earlier in this review, ige and eosinophils are crucial factors involved in promoting the airway inflammatory responses that occur in allergies and asthma. from the above discussion it is feasible to suggest that, in addition to local airway conditions and events, the exercise challenge itself may play a role in influencing atopy-related and inflammatory responses in the airways. research has yet to determine the exact impact of local and systemic factors on the airway responses of elite endurance athletes and hence, considerably more research is required in this area. pg46-51.indd 50 6/28/06 1:47:45 pm sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 51 references 1. anderson sd, daviskas e. the mechanism of exercise-induced asthma is... j allergy clin immunol 2000; 106: 453-9. 2. anderson sd, togias ag. dry air and hyperosmolar challenge in asthma and rhinitis. in: busse ww, holgate t, eds. dry air and hyperosmolar challenge in asthma and rhinitis. boston: blackwell scientific publications, 1995: 1178-95. 3. bonsignore mr, morici g, riccobono l, et al. airway inflammation in nonasthmatic amateur runners. am j physiol lung cell mol physiol 2001; 281: l668-76. 4. bonsignore mr, morici g, vignola am, et al. increased airway inflammatory cells in endurance athletes: what do they mean? clin exp allergy 2003; 33: 14-21. 5. boulet l, turcotte h, langdeau j, bernier m. lower airway inflammatory response to high-intensity training in athletes. clin invest med 2005; 28: 15-22. 6. chan-yeung m, lam s, kennedy sm, frew aj. persistent asthma after repeated exposure to high concentrations of gases in pulpmills. am j resp crit care med 1994; 149: 1676-80. 7. davis ms, malayer jr, vandeventer l, royer cm, mckenzie ec, williamson kk. cold weather exercise and airway cytokine expression. j appl physiol 2005; 98: 2132-6. 8. davis ms, schofield b, freed an. repeated peripheral airway hyperapnea causes inflammation and remodeling in dogs. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 608-16. 9. domej w, schwaberger g, tilz gp, et al. prolonged endurance challenge at moderate altitude. effect on serum eosinophil cationic protein, eosinophil dynamics, and lung function. chest 2002; 121: 1111-6. 10. drobnik f, freixa a, casan p, sanchis j, guardino x. assessment of chlorine exposure in swimmers during training. med sci sports exerc 1996; 28: 271-4. 11. elenkov ij. glucocorticoids and the th1/th2 balance. ann n y acad sci 2004; 1024: 138-46. 12. fitch kd. management of allergic olympic athletes. j allergy clin immunol 1984; 73: 722-7. 13. folinsbee lj, bedi jf, horvath sm. pulmonary function changes after 1 hour continuous heavy exercise in 0.21 ppm ozone. j appl physiol 1984; 57: 984-8. 14. freed an. experimental models of exercise-induced asthma. in: mcfadden er, ed. experimental models of exercise induced asthma. new york: marcel dekker, inc, 1999: 319-49. 15. helenius h, rytila p, sarna s, et al. effect of continuing or finishing highlevel sports on airway inflammation, bronchial hyperresponsiveness, and asthma: a 5-year prospective follow-up study of 42 highly trained swimmers. j allergy clin immunol 2002; 109: 962-8. 16. helenius i, haahtela t. allergy and asthma in elite summer sport athletes. j allergy clin immunol 2000; 106: 444-52. 17. helenius i, lumme a, haahtela t. asthma, airway inflammation and treatment in elite athletes. sports med 2005; 35: 565-74. 18. helenius ij, rytila p, metso t, haahtela t, venge p, tikkanen o. respiratory symptoms, bronchial responsiveness, and cellular characteristics of induced sputum in elite swimmers. allergy 1998; 53: 346-52. 19. helenius ij, tikkanen ho, haahtela t. association between type of training and risk of asthma in athletes. thorax 1997; 52: 157-60. 20. helenius ij, tikkanen ho, sarna s, haahtela t. asthma and increased bronchial responsiveness in elite athletes: atopy and sport event as risk factors. j allergy clin immunol 1998; 101: 646-52. 21. karjalainen e, laitinen a, sue-chu m, altraja a, bjermer l, laitinen la. evidence of airway inflammation and remodeling in ski athletes with and without bronchial hyperresponsiveness to metacholine. am j respir crit care med 2000; 161: 2086-91. 22. kleeberger sr, freed an. prostanoids. in: busse ww, holgate st, eds. prostanoids. boston: blackwell scientific publications, 1995: 825-37. 23. langdeau j, boulet l. prevalence and mechanisms of development of asthma and airway hyperresponsiveness in athletes. sports med 2001; 31: 601-16. 24. langdeau j, turcotte h, bowie dm, jobin j, desgagne p, boulet l. airway hyperresponsiveness in elite athletes. am j respir crit care med 2000; 161: 1479-84. 25. larsson k, tornling g, gavhed d, muller-suur c, palmberg l. inhalation of cold air increases the number of inflammatory cells in the lungs in healthy subjects. eur respir j 1998; 12: 825-30. 26. lazaar al, panettieri ra. is airway remodeling clinically relevant in asthma? am j med 2003; 115: 652-9. 27. linn ws, venet tg, shamoo da, et al. jd. respiratory effects of sulphur dioxide in heavily exercising asthmatics. am rev respir disease 1983; 127: 278-3. 28. morici gbm, riccobono l, insalaco g. markers of airway inflammation in non-asthmatic swimmers at rest and after exercise. eur respir j 2001; 18: 491s. 29. muns g. effect of long-distance running on polymorphonuclear neutrophil phagocytic function of the upper airways. int j sports med 1993; 15: 96 9. 30. muns g, rubinstein i, singer p. neutrophil chemotactic activity is increased in nasal secretions of long-distance runners. int j sports med 1996; 17: 56 9. 31. potts j. factors associated with respiratory problems in swimmers. sports med 1996; 21: 256-61. 32. rak s, bjornson a, hakanson l, sorensen s, venge p. the effect of immunotherapy on eosinophil accumulation and production chemotactic activity in the lung of subjects with asthma during natural pollen exposure. j allergy clin immunol 1991; 88: 878-8. 33. rankin am, conroy dm, williams tj. eotaxin and eosinophil recruitment: implications for human disease. mol med today 2000; 6: 20-7. 34. romagnani s. the th1/th2 paradigm and allergic disorders. allergy 1998; 53 (suppl. 46): 12-5. 35. shadick na, liang mh, partridge aj, et al. the natural history of exerciseinduced anaphylaxis: survey results from a 10-year follow-up study. j allergy clin immunol 1999; 104: 123-7. 36. smith ll. an alternate approach to assessing immune function related to upper respiratory tract infection (urti). int sport med j 2003; 4: 1-9. 37. smith ll. overtraining, excessive exercise, and altered immunity: is this a t helper-1 versus t helper-2 lymphocyte response? sports med 2003; 33: 347-64. 38. sue-chu m, karjalainen em, laitinen a, larsson l, laitinen la, bjermer l. placebo-controlled study of inhaled budesonide on indices of airway inflammation in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid and bronchial biopsies in crosscountry skiers. respiration 2000; 67: 417-25. 39. sue-chu m, larsson l, moen t, rennard si, bjermer l. bronchoscopy and bronchoalveolar lavage findings in cross-country skiers with and without “ski asthma”. eur respir j 1999; 13: 626-32. 40. suzuki k, nakaji s, yamada m, totsuka m, sato k, sugawara k. systemic inflammatory response to exhaustive exercise. cytokine kinetics. exerc immunol rev 2002; 8: 6-48. 41. suzuki k, yamada m, kurakake s, et al. circulating cytokines and hormones with immunosuppressive but neutrophil-priming potentials rise after endurance exercise in humans. eur j appl physiol 2000; 81: 281-7. 42. tikkanen ho, helenius i. asthma in runners. brit med j 1994; 309: 1087. 43. umetsu dt, akbari o, dekruyff rh. regulatory t cells control the development of allergic disease and asthma. j allergy clin immunol 2003; 112: 480-7. 44. weiler jm, layton t, hunt m. asthma in united states olympic athletes who participated in the 1996 summer games. j allergy clin immunol 1998; 102: 722-6. 45. wetter tj, xiang z, sonetti da, et al. role of lung inflammatory mediators as a cause of exercise-induced arterial hypoxemia in young athletes. j appl physiol 2002; 93: 116-26. 46. wilber rl. incidence of asthma and exercise-induced asthma. in: rundell kw, wilber rl, lemanske rf, eds. incidence of asthma and exercise-induced asthma. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2002: 39-68. pg46-51.indd 51 6/28/06 1:47:45 pm review 1 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license sport supplement use among high school rugby players in south africa: a scoping review b harmse, bbio; h noorbhai, phd department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: h noorbhai (habibn@uj.ac.za) rugby is a popular sport worldwide with an estimated 8.5 million players globally. the popularity of this sport is ever-increasing. [1] the popularity of this sport has extended to the south african youth with an estimate of 388 393 registered adolescent players under the age of 18 years old. [2] rugby is a contact team sport comprised of 15 players in various positional roles, namely: full-back, wing, centre, fly-half, scrum-half, number 8, flankers, hooker, props and locks. [3] the professionalisation of the sport that occurred during the 1990s has led to the significant increase in the level of competition between players, and this mindset has extended to the sporting level of the youth resulting is highly competitive high school rugby development. [1,4] this professionalisation has resulted in many young athletes aspiring to achieve certain body characteristics, such as increasing muscle size and strength to keep up with the demands of the sport. [4] this has related to the saying ‘bigger is better’, as a rugby player with significant body mass is believed to have greater influence on the game in terms of strength, speed and power. [2] according to the international olympic committee (ioc), a sport supplement is defined as any substance that is consumed by athletes for the purpose of improving their sporting performance. [5] many young athletes consume sport supplements for a variety of reasons, some of which include the desire to increase their muscle mass and body size or gain benefits in sport performance or strength. [6] it is of primary concern that an athlete is aware of the risks associated with the use of sport supplements, such as health risks or legal ramifications linked to doping. [7] the term ‘doping’ can be defined as the use of substances by athletes to gain a performance benefit. however, most of these substances are classified as prohibited substances by the world anti-doping agency (wada). [8] doping by athletes can be done purposefully; however, there are some athletes who unknowingly consume prohibited substances and this is regarded as un-intentional doping. [5] for a substance to be seen as a prohibited substance according to wada, it needs to be a substance that has been classified with performanceenhancing benefits, risks the athlete’s health and does not maintain the code of wada regarding the spirit of sport. [9] the sport supplement industry has been criticised due to its poorly regulated production of sport supplements which possibly lead athletes to unintentionally doping, and subsequently failing to comply with wada. a review of the available literature regarding the general prevalence of sport supplements used by adolescent rugby players and the general attitudes towards sport supplement use in south africa is imperative for investigation. review of the current literature prevalence of sport supplement use in athletes globally, the use of sport supplements has increased by 5.8% annually in all types and levels of sport. [7] approximately 30% to 95% of athletes consume a sport supplement. the broad percentage range is due to the variations in the different types background: the use of sport supplements has increased for all types and levels of sport, with an estimated increase of 5.8% annually. sport supplement usage and doping among high school athletes has increased over the years to meet the demands of the sports. objective: this scoping review identifies the trends and gaps in current literature regarding sport supplement use among high school rugby players in south africa. methods: a search was conducted using six electronic databases, namely oxford academic, emerald publishing, researchgate, sabinet, pubmed and google scholar. the eligibility of the articles was determined by means of a prisma flow diagram with the following inclusion criteria: (1) research concerning supplement use among rugby players, (2) research concerning supplement use among high school rugby players. five articles all comprising of cross-sectional study designs were included in this scoping review. results: the prevalence of sport supplement use among adolescent rugby players ranged from 30% to 45%. protein supplements (31% – 79%) were the most commonly identified supplement used among adolescent rugby players with the aim to improve sport performance as the most common reason for use. the internet (74%) and magazines (72%), followed by coaches comments (28% to 30%), were given as the most common sources of information. conclusion: the use of sport supplements is increasing among high school athletes due to the belief that these substances will provide sporting performance benefits or enhance the competitive ‘edge’ of these athletes. additional education regarding the safety of supplements is necessary to lower the incidences of doping among young athletes and avoid the adverse health effects that uncontrolled supplement use can cause. keywords: doping, ergogenic aids, nutrition, youth, athletes s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-9. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13348 mailto:habibn@uj.ac.za)%7c http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13348 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9464-6854 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5405-2100 review sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 2 of athletes in terms of the sport, the level of play and demographical information. however, this particular study identified that 65% of the participants who play rugby for the spanish rugby federation consumed sport supplements. [10] studies performed in south africa concerning the use of sport supplements have shown that an estimated 40% to 70% of the athletes indicated that they consume sport supplements. [11] a study conducted in germany found that the majority (91%) of elite german athletes consumed sport supplements, while in a study conducted on kenyan rugby league players, 15% of the players indicated that they consume dietary supplements. [12, 13] common types of sport supplements used by athletes research shows that there is a variety of different supplements that athletes use depending on their sport and level of training. [5] when comparing the predominant sport supplement consumed by professional rugby players in europe, it was found that the most common sporting supplement used by rugby players from the european super league, were protein supplements followed by creatine (64%), 56% of the participants used carbohydrate supplements, and only 36% used caffeine as a type of sport supplement. [14] whey protein and caffeine supplements were the predominant sport supplements consumed by rugby players in the spanish rugby federation, namely 44% and 42%, respectively. this is followed by energy supplements (energy drinks and bars) which ranged from 34% to 38% of the participants. [10] when considering rugby players on the african continent, a study of rugby player participation taking part in the kenyan rugby league, 50% of the players used creatine monohydrate as a sport supplement followed by a whey protein supplement (33%). [13] in a study on the common types of sport supplements consumed by the under-21 blue bulls rugby players in south africa, it was found that the most common sport supplement consumed them was protein supplements (50%) followed by amino acids (31%). [15] common sources of information regarding the use of sport supplements in athletes according to a study by mccreanor et al. the most common source of information for sport supplements is the internet. [16] a sport trainer was the most popular source of information regarding the use of sport supplements in a study conducted by sánchez-oliver et al. [10] the use of scientific literature as a source of information is low. this is problematic as it indicates that athletes are not referring to scientifically based information regarding the use of supplements. [17] common reasons for supplement use in athletes in a study conducted by sánchez-oliver et al. [10], the main reason for sport supplement usage in rugby players was to enhance their sporting performance during training and during matches, stated by 62% of the participants. it is possible that many young athletes make use of sport supplements due to poor body image or body satisfaction, which can be linked to the desire to use these sport supplements to increase body size and muscle strength to meet the demands of the sport that they participate in. [6] when questioned why the athletes used the sport supplements, 42% of the rugby players who were part of the kenyan rugby league felt that the sport supplements aided their performance. however, 45% of the surveyed participants indicated that the sport supplements did not influence their sporting performance, while 43% of the players indicated that they felt using sport supplements was unnecessary. [13] all the under-21 blue bulls rugby players who used supplements in the study, indicated that the main reason for them using sport supplements was to increase the size of their muscles, followed by increasing their energy levels posttraining or post-match (38%). [15] general attitudes concerning sport supplements usage in athletes in a study conducted on rugby players who participated in the european super league, it was found that the majority of the players were aware of the associated risks when using sport supplements. this information was contradicted when asked if they believed that the sport supplements that they regularly used were safe and correctly tested. [14] a study in france indicated that 90% of elite athletes viewed doping as an act of dishonesty and that it is dangerous for one’s health. [9] education regarding supplement use is a vital part of an athlete’s training with an increase in the desire to use sport supplements. however, there is limited emphasis on the need to improve education for young athletes to make informed decisions about sport supplements for the sake of their health and sporting careers. [18] in summary, education concerning sport supplements is vital not only to protect athletes against the risks from supplements but to also allow the athletes make informed decisions concerning the use of these supplements. educating athletes regarding optimal nutritional knowledge and maturation can lead to sport success instead of them risking the use of prohibited substances. methods this scoping review made use of the preferred reporting items for systemic reviews and meta-analyses (prisma) guidelines method to identify relevant articles. [19] a search was conducted to identify possible relevant studies using six databases (oxford academic, emerald publishing, researchgate, sabinet, pubmed and google scholar), as well as two additional resources (south african journal of sports medicine and the british journal of sports medicine). the search was conducted on the 16th september 2021. during the search for relevant articles, keywords such as ‘sport supplements’, ‘doping’, ‘adolescent athletes’, ‘high school rugby players’, as well as phrases such as ‘doping in athletes’, ‘doping in adolescents’, ‘doping in adolescent athletes’, ‘sport supplement use in athletes’, ‘sport supplement use in adolescent athletes’, ‘sport supplement use in rugby players’, and ‘doping in rugby players’ were applied. in addition, the search was limited to studies that included rugby players who used sport supplements. review 3 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 the inclusion criteria for this review  studies that included research concerning supplement use among rugby players.  studies that included research with sources of information concerning supplement use among rugby players.  studies that included research concerning supplement use among adolescent/high school rugby players. the exclusion criteria for the articles obtained for this review  articles removed based on unrelated topics/titles (articles that did not include supplement use in adolescent athletes).  articles that had a meta-analysis methodology.  articles that were published in a language other than english. once articles were identified from the above-mentioned databases, all duplicates retrieved were removed. all articles were screened and those not meeting the inclusion criteria were removed. the screening process was completed by means of the prisma method guidelines shown in figure 1. [19] in order to extract the relevant data from the eligible sources, the authors’ initials and surnames, year of publication, population size, age of the participants, prevalence of sport supplement use, common reasons for the use, common types of supplement used among rugby players, sources of information and the general attitudes and knowledge of the athletes regarding supplement usage among high school rugby players in south africa were identified. these were performed for each of the selected studies and tabulated individually according to the topic. the studies used in this scoping review were all conducted in south africa. data synthesis if the data present in the article met the inclusion criteria requirements, data related to the prevalence, use and attitudes towards sport supplement use among high school athletes was extracted by the author and set up in a microsoft excel chart (2016). information on the authors, date of publication, population size, prevalence of sport supplement use, common sport supplements used, common reasons for sport supplement use and key findings regarding the general attitudes towards supplement use and doping were extracted by the author and recorded. the recorded data was tabulated according to different topics and presented in the results section. results a total of 206 possible relevant articles were identified by searching six databases and 14 possible relevant articles were identified from two additional journals. the articles were tabulated and duplicate articles were removed. after the duplicate articles were excluded, 185 articles were screened by the titles and abstract to determine relevance of the selected articles of which 155 articles were excluded due to not meeting the inclusion criteria. a total of 30 full-text articles were screened for eligibility and the resulting articles used in this review were narrowed down to five articles. study design all the articles selected for this review were of a descriptive, quantitative, cross-sectional study design by means of selfadministered surveys distributed to the high school rugby players. one study was conducted for a period of four years (2009 to 2012), where participants were approached once a year at an annual rugby training camp. fig. 1. schematic of the process followed for the literature search according to the prisma guidelines id e n ti fi c a ti o n s c re e n in g e li g ib il it y in c lu d e d articles identified through database searching (n= 206) articles identified through other sources (journals) (n= 14) articles after duplicates removed (n= 185) articles screened (basis of titles and abstracts) (n= 185) articles excluded (unrelated/meta-analysis/ not english) (n= 155) full text articles assessed for eligibility (n= 30) full text articles excluded (based on relevance and exclusion criteria) (n= 25) studies included for qualitative synthesis (n= 5) review sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 4 demographic information and location of studies the age of the participants in the selected articles was between 15 to 18 years. all the participants played rugby at high school level, and were generally in the first or second teams of their high schools. half of the studies (n = 2) took place in the gauteng province of south africa, a single study took place in the western cape province of south africa, another study took place in kwazulu natal, with the remaining study including participants across different regions in south africa. prevalence of sport supplement usage according to the identified studies (table 1), the prevalence of supplement use among the participants ranged between 30% and 45%, with one study indicating that 3.9% of the participants used banned/prohibited sport supplements. one study did not identify a specific number of rugby players who made use of sport supplements as a separate topic. however, the prevalence of the different types of supplements used by the athletes were described in the study. type of supplements used by athletes and reasons for their usage there were varying types of commonly used supplements used by athletes according to the type of supplements listed in the surveys of the studies. table 1 summarises the most common supplements used by rugby players in the reviewed studies. in the first study by gradidge et al. [20], the most common supplement used (classified as a banned substance) was a growth hormone, where 5% of the participants indicated that they made use of this supplement. the second most commonly prohibited substances used by high school athletes was adrenaline and anabolic steroids, and 4% of participants used these banned substances, respectively. when surveyed regarding the use of unbanned sport supplements, 61% of the participants indicated that they used protein supplements as well as vitamin supplements. creatine supplement use was the least popular supplement used among high school athletes in johannesburg. the study conducted by nolte et al. [21] identified that 29% of the participants indicated that they used dietary supplements, however, no specific supplements were indicated. almost a quarter of the participants (24%) indicated that they use anabolic steroids. the use of protein supplements was the most commonly reported supplement used among high school athletes, with 31% of the participants stating that they use these supplements, based on the review study by duvenage et al. [22] in the study conducted by jooste [23], carbohydrate supplementation was the most commonly used sport supplement among rugby players (92%), followed by the table 1. sport supplement use, type and sources of information among high school rugby players in south africa author (year) number of participants prevalence of sport supplement use common types of supplements used source of information gradidge et al. [20] 100 (37% rugby players) 30% of the athletes use sport supplements. common substances use (prohibited) growth hormone (5%), anabolic steroids (4%), adrenaline (4%), insulin (2%). common substances used (nonprohibited)protein supplements (61%), vitamin supplements (61%), caffeine supplements (57%), carbohydrate supplements (54%), creatine supplements (32%). internet (74%), magazines (72%), friends (66%), coach (60%), parent (33%), personal trainer (33%), information brochures (31%), newspapers (29%), pharmacist (24%), tv and school (23%), sibling (19%), biokineticist (16%), books (16%), physician (10%), journals (9%). nolte et al. [21] 346 (6% rugby players) 45% of the participants indicated that they use sport supplements, 3.9% of the participants indicated that they were using banned substances. 29% of the participants indicated that they use allowed dietary supplements, however no specific supplements were indicated. 24% indicated that they use anabolic steroids. coaches (30%), parents (19%), friends (17%), other athletes (16%), south african institute for drug-free sport (11%), other (8%). duvenage et al. [22] 198 (all played rugby) 42% of the participants indicated that they used sport supplements. protein (31%), meal replacements/recovery formulas (16%), creatine (16%), carbohydrate (12%), vitamin (10%), pre-workout (5%), glutamine (3%), omega 3/omega 6 fatty acids (3%), non-specific (2%), other (2%), amino acids (1%), fat burners (>1%). no information regarding the common sources of information used by athletes was present in this study. jooste [23] 189 (all played rugby) this study divided the prevalence of supplement use according to the most common type and the difference between two rugby league players. carbohydrate (92%), protein (79%), creatine (37%), glutamine (37%). coaches (28%), trainer (19%), supplement rep (16%), friends (15%), pharmacist (7%), parents (6%), doctor (4%), dietician (4%). strachan [24] 68 (all played rugby) 54% of the participants use sport supplements. protein (43%), creatine (22%) friends (32%), supplement representatives (22%), gym (19%), magazines (19%), coaches (5%). review 5 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 use of protein supplements (79%). creatine (37%) and glutamine (37%) were the least common supplements used by the rugby players. high school rugby players in kwazulunatal indicated that the most common supplement used among the team players were protein supplements (43%) while the least common sport supplement consumed was strength boosting supplements and the supplement nitric oxide (3%). [24] only three studies included questions regarding the most common reasons for rugby players making use of the sport supplements. the majority of the participants indicated that they used them to improve or enhance their sporting performance with a total of 68% of the participants in a study conducted by gradidge et al. [20]. the least common reason for using the supplement was the fear of not considered being part of the rugby team. when questioned on the reason for using specific supplements, the most common reason for the use of carbohydrate supplements was to lower the risk of fatigue and shorten the recovery time after play. the most common reason for using protein supplements among high school rugby players was to increase muscle size and muscle strength in order to improve sporting performance. [23] in the study conducted on high school rugby players in kwazulu-natal, the most common reasons for using protein and creatine supplements was to increase the strength of the muscles and the muscle mass of the athletes, resulting in athletes increasing in body size. [24] source of information regarding sport supplements emanating from research studies the least common source of information regarding sport supplements that adolescent rugby players consulted regarding their use and safety were dieticians, with one study indicating that 4% of the participants consulted a dietician (table 1). in another study, the participants indicated that the internet (74%) and magazines (72%) were the sources that they relied on to obtain information regarding using sport supplements. in two studies, coaches were the most common source of information for supplement use, with up to 30% of the participants in the study by nolte et al. [21] and 28% of the participants in the study by jooste [23] indicating that they approached their coach for information. only 16% of the participants in the study conducted by gradidge et al. [20] indicated that they approached a biokineticist for information about the use of sport supplements. the most common source of information among rugby players in kwazulu-natal was information from the player’s friends. [24] general attitudes towards sport supplements in the study conducted by gradidge et al. [20], 91% of the participants indicated that they felt the use of sport supplements among high school athletes is increasing in south africa with 37% of the rugby players surveyed believing that their use is on the rise while the majority (84%) felt that learners are being pressured into using these supplements in high school sport. thirty-seven percent of the participants agreed that they felt tempted to use performance enhancing supplements; however, 27% of them said that they never considered using sport supplements noted during the review of the study by gradidge et al. [20] a similar view was stated in the study by nolte et al. [21] with 39% of the participants indicating that they would consider using supplements (nonprohibited) to improve sporting performance, and more than half (70%) indicated they would not use banned/prohibited substances to improve sporting performance. when considering specific types of sport supplements used by athletes, 68% of the participants believed that they would use a protein supplement for the purpose of improving muscle size. [22] in a study by jooste [23], players stated that they were more likely to use carbohydrate supplements (91%), followed by protein supplements (90%), glutamine (59%) and creatine (57%) in the future. based on the study by gradidge et al. [20], 61% of the participants indicated that they felt that the use of sport supplements was unethical, which is similar to the view by the participants in the study by nolte et al. [21] the majority of the participants (85%) stated that prohibited substances were harmful to one’s health while 84% indicated that using banned substances to improve performance was morally wrong. however, it was noted in the study by gradidge et al. [20] that the majority of the participants (91%) indicated that they believed that the selling of banned substances should not be banned in sport. more than half (59%) of the participants in the study by nolte et al. [21] indicated that there is not sufficient education on the safety and dangers regarding the use of sport supplements, particularly banned substances. this finding was, however, contradicted in the study by gradidge et al. [20] where 81% of the participants indicated that there is no requirement for more education on the use of prohibited substances and doping. in the same study, 91% of the participants stated that there is no requirement for stricter ramifications or punishments for doping in sport. in the study conducted by gradidge et al. [20], almost threequarters (72%) of the participants stated that they did know which substances were banned according to wada, while according to the study by nolte et al. [21], 74.8% of the participants felt that they were well-informed about the substances classified as banned in their sport. more than half of the participants (55%) indicated that the use of regular doping control testing in high school sport would lower the instance of prohibited supplement use, and only 48% of the participants indicated that they believed more tests for doping should be conducted. in the study conducted by duvenage et al. [22], 60% of the participants stated that they believed that using sport supplements will not lead to a positive doping control test. overall, knowledge regarding the safety and correct labelling of supplements and the belief that supplements are the best way to achieve bigger muscles was considered poor (43%). [23] only 48% of the players agreed that natural sources of protein found in food is better than that found in supplements; however, there is a similar average in the study by duvenage et al. [22] with 40% of the participants believing that the source of protein found in foods is of a higher quality than that found in sport supplements. thirteen percent of the athletes agreed that muscle mass gain is not linked to creatine review sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 6 supplementation. less than 5% of the players agreed that glutamine supplements are not effective in sport performance for athletes. [24] twenty-two percent of the high school rugby players indicated that they would try a banned substance to improve their performance. [23] discussion this scoping review identified that there are very few studies conducted on sport supplement use among high school rugby players in south africa. the use of sport supplements with the aim to improve performance is an age-old tale that can be traced back to the third century bc, where evidence was found that the athletes of that era made use of substances that improved their sporting performance, with additional information identifying that supplement use was prevalent among greek olympians in 776 bc. [7, 25] as mentioned, sport supplements are often used by athletes to improve sport performance, and different sport supplements have different physiological effects and adaptations that result in improvements in sport. when considering the most prevalent sport supplements used by athletes in this scoping review, protein supplements were used to improve sport performance by increasing muscle size and strength. protein supplements provide increases in protein synthesis and lowers the rate of degeneration of proteins in the skeletal muscles. [26, 27] the increase in protein synthesis results in increases in muscle size and strength which would be beneficial to athletes, particularly rugby players, to meet the requirements of the sport. [26] carbohydrate supplements are generally used by athletes to increase their energy before, during and after training, as well as for preand postmatch energy. in addition, caffeine is a stimulating substance that increases central nervous systems activation. however, caffeine is linked to increases in a person’s heart rate and blood pressure, and may result in an increased sense of anxiety and sleep abnormalities which may negatively impact athletes’ sporting performance. [27, 28] the use of banned substances such as anabolic steroids amongst high school athletes was identified in the study by nolte et al. [21] where 24% of the participants used this banned substance and 4% in the study by gradidge et al. [20] anabolic steroids have similar physiological effects on the body as protein supplements; however, anabolic steroids are a form of synthetic testosterone that increase protein synthesis, and as a consequence, increases lean body mass and muscle strength. anabolic steroids have many side effects that athletes are not always aware of, such as increases in low-density lipoproteins and mood disturbances, typically aggression. [27] sport supplements may have some benefits to sport performance; however, athletes should be aware of the side effects and how these supplements influence the body before deciding to use them. prevalence of sport supplements supplementation with the aim to enhance sporting performance has continued to increase over the decades in all sports with an estimated range of between 30% to 95% of athletes making use of a form of supplementation globally. [10] this wide range of the prevalence of sport supplements is dependent on the type of sport, the level of competition and the physical requirements needed to succeed in the sport in terms of strength, speed and agility, which is particularly prominent in sports such as rugby. [26] this demand and the professional level of the sport often leads to young athletes seeking additional sources to improve their sporting performance and generally sport supplements are the first line of action to achieve this. [25] it appears as if high school athletes, together with parents and coaches, have had a change in mind-set from playing for the love and enjoyment of the sport to athletes striving to excel in their sport in order to be the best player. this often leads the athletes to use sport supplements without always considering the safety and regulation of these supplements. [20, 24, 25] this is supported by evidence identified in the studies reviewed where the estimate range of sport supplement usage among high school athletes in south africa range from 30% to 54%. common types of sport supplements and reasons for their use the increased use of sport supplements has funnelled down to high school level sports in south africa (particularly in rugby) where there’s a desire among athletes to increase strength or change their body size to be a better player depending on the their position in their sport. [15] although some sport supplements may be ergolytic, they can also be ergogenic in which case they enhance exercise capacity and/or athletic performance. the continual rise of sport supplements usage may be attributed to some degree to body image dissatisfaction that is present in young adolescents as well as young athletes. this trend was evident in the study conducted by yager and o’dea [6] where only 30% of the athletes were satisfied with their body image and the remaining athletes indicated that they would want to be either larger or smaller. in the review of the study conducted by gradidge et al. [20], the majority of athletes believed that the use of sport supplements in high school athletes is increasing in south africa. this trend is evident when considering the reasoning behind the use of sport supplements among high school rugby players, particularly in south africa, where 68% of the participants who took part in the survey conducted by gradidge et al. [20] indicated that they used supplements to improve their sporting performance. in the review of the study by strachan [24], it was noted that more than half the rugby players (54%) decided to use protein supplements to increase their strength in order to play their sport. common sources of information regarding sport supplements advertising of sport supplements (whether on television, the internet or in magazines) may also contribute to the increase in their use due to the ‘hype’ created by using well-known athletes (or social media producers) by supposedly providing benefits of such supplements. however, these advertisements often include information that is biased in order to convince athletes to use the supplements and these athletes or coaches use this information to confirm the safety and benefits of the review 7 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 supplements. [24] athletes who use this information (which is often not scientifically sound) or approach coaches or teammates who have little knowledge of supplements may lead to the misuse of the supplements by using more of the recommended amount, which in turn can lead to health problems. this misuse is worsened by athletes not having sufficient knowledge to make informed decisions when reading the ingredients lists. [5,29] improving the general sources of information regarding sport supplements is essential as poor sources of information may lead to poor decisions regarding their use. it was identified that sources such as the internet, along with information from coaches and friends, were seen as the most common information sources used by high school athletes (in the studies reviewed). a range of 28% to 60% of athletes indicated that they consulted their sporting coach regarding the information concerning these sport supplements. this evidence is supported by a study conducted on high school rugby players in ireland where 66.9% indicated that they consulted with their coach regarding this matter. [30] the internet may be considered a beneficial source of information in terms accessibility and amount of information available. however, most sources on websites are not scientifically reviewed or correct which may lead to misinformation. [25] the use of scientific literature and knowledge of qualified healthcare practitioners, such as dieticians, are often not the first line of consultation when considering the use of sport supplements, with only 4% of rugby players in the western cape [23] indicating that they approached a qualified dietician for information. a similar finding is also found in the study by walsh et al. [30] where only 10 of the 203 rugby players consulted a qualified healthcare professional. this can be regarded as problematic in terms of obtaining the correct information on the safe use of sport supplements, as sources often used by athletes may be unreliable or not evidencebased, which may result in athletes using supplements that may be detrimental to their health and well-being. general attitudes towards the use of sport supplements there are often discrepancies between the general attitudes regarding the use of sport supplements and doping which may be linked to the educational gap as many players reported that more education of dietary requirements and supplementation are necessary. in the study conducted by walsh et al. [30], the majority of the adolescent rugby players felt that additional education regarding nutrition and the use of sport supplements would be beneficial as the participants in this study showed a poor understanding and knowledge about the correct nutrition for their age and the demands of their sport. a similar view was expressed by the athletes surveyed in the study by nolte et al. [21] where 59% of the participants felt that more education was required. however, this view was not shared by athletes in johannesburg high schools where majority of the athletes (81%) felt that there was enough education available regarding the use of these sport supplements. [20] the risk of doping is further increased due to the gap present in the knowledge of labelling and the identification of harmful ingredients which may lead to unintentional doping through the use of banned substances. the risk is also considered higher if the athlete’s attitude towards doping does not deter him/her not to make use of these supplements to improve performance or their body image. in the review of the study by duvenage et al. [22], more than half the participants (60%) believed that the use of banned substances or doping substances would not result in the athlete testing positive for doping. it was found that majority of the athletes that were part of the studies reviewed had a negative attitude towards the idea of the using banned substances. some athletes indicated that it was against good morals and was, therefore, considered unethical. protocols in dealing with punishments ranging from the removal of medals or personal/world records to a more severe punishment of suspending athletes from partaking in the sport for a period of time have been implemented by wada. [5] this level of punishment has led to many athletes believing that this is an effective means of deterring athletes from doping. athletes who were surveyed in the study by gradidge et al. [20] indicated that there was no need to increase the severity of the punishment linked to doping. according to the athletes surveyed in the study by duvenage et al. [22] less than half of the participants believed that more testing should be conducted in schools. however, 14% of the under-16 rugby players in south africa indicated that if there was a chance that they would not be caught by a positive doping control test, and they would consider using a banned substance. [22] this shows that athletes at a high school level are somewhat fearful of the consequences of being caught for doping but would still consider doping if there was a chance of not getting caught. the increase in usage of sport supplements in high school athletes is a matter of concern as the sport supplements industry is often under scrutiny due to the poor regulation of the production and the labelling of the products. [7] this is evident is the article by the international olympic committee where it was found that athletes who have been tested for doping and had a positive test, made use of sporting supplements that may have contained small amounts of prohibited substances which were not indicated on the product’s list of ingredients resulting in unintentional doping. [21] this may support the ‘gateway hypothesis’ where athletes using sport supplements may use other substances that may be banned, such as anabolic steroids, in the future thereby opening the door for positive doping control tests and dangers to the athlete’s health. [23] when surveyed regarding the knowledge of banned substances and the likely adverse side effects to the athlete and therefore meets the criteria according to wada for being a banned substance. [9] seventy-two percent of the athletes in south africa in the study reviewed by gradidge et al. [20] indicated that they were aware of what were banned substances according to wada, with a similar view in the study conducted by nolte et al. [21]. this would be considered as a positive attitude towards anti-doping awareness. however, it is important to note that in the same study[21], 3.9% of the surveyed athletes indicated that they currently use a form of banned substance, with 24% of the athletes stating that they had used anabolic steroids as a form review sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 8 of supplementation. the gap in education concerning sport nutrition and performance needs to be addressed in order for athletes to meet the recommended dietary requirements to reduce the need of sport supplements. [30] it appears that many athletes make use of sport supplements as a means of substituting the missing nutrients of their diet. globally, many athletes believe that obtaining the necessary nutrients to perform well at sport can only be achieved through supplementation. this is a perception often supported by the parents of the athletes (as indicated by the parents of athletes in the east rand of johannesburg, south africa). [11, 30] this evidence is present in the viewpoints of the studies reviewed in this scoping review where less than half of the athletes surveyed stated that natural sources of nutrients (particularly protein sources) are deemed superior to that found in supplements. [22] limitations of the study in the present scoping review, there were very limited sources reviewed concerning the prevalence and general attitudes regarding the use of sport supplements among high school rugby players in south africa. however, findings from this review provides some insight into the general attitudes and prevalence of supplement use particularly in gauteng, western cape and kwazulu-natal provinces of south africa. conclusion the prevalence of sport supplement use is on the rise among all athletes, particularly among high school rugby players. the main reason for the use of sport supplements found in this review was to improve strength and sporting performance. this increase is linked to the heightened demands placed on the athletes by coaches, parents and the athletes themselves to have the ideal competitive ‘edge’ in order to be the best player or to be selected for the best team. an additional factor influencing young athletes to use sporting supplements is the desire to attain a certain physique, such as improved muscles size overcoming the low self-body image that is common among adolescents. a gap is present in the level of education regarding the use of sport supplements among high school athletes, with athletes believing that sport supplements are a necessary requirement to meet the nutritional needs of their sport. however, little knowledge is available regarding the health risks associated with the use of sport supplements as well as the risks of doping. the internet and coaches are the most commonly used sources of information for athletes regarding supplement use. information from scientifically reviewed literature and qualified healthcare professionals (such as dieticians) are less frequently consulted. this will lead athletes to believing information that is not reliable regarding the safety of the supplements they use which poses a great health risk with the potential of testing positive for banned substances and risking their sporting career. however, some athletes would consider using a banned substance if there was no testing and severe punishments associated with doping. further education should be deemed necessary regarding sport nutrition and the safety of using sport supplements. improvements in an athlete’s diet will ensure that these athletes achieve the required nutrients to aid their sporting performance. this will assist in decreasing the prevalence of sport supplement use among high school rugby players in particular and lower the overall incidence of doping in athletes. further research is required to document the prevalence of sport supplement use on a larger scale, in other countries, and using more studies. furthermore, a replication of this type of study would also be required in other types of sports in south africa. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: both authors contributed to the design of this research and the writing of the article ((i) conception, design, analysis, and interpretation of data; (ii) drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content; and (iii) approval of the version to be published). references 1. robinson b, pote l, christie c. strength and conditioning practices of high school rugby coaches: a south african context. s afr j sci 2019; 115(9-10): 92-97. [doi: 10.17159/sajs.2019/5837] [pmid: 27075640] 2. lambert mi, durandt j. long-term player development in rugby–how are we doing in south africa? s afr j sports med 2010; 22(3): 67-68. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2010/v22i3a312] 3. rugby football history. player positions, 2007. http://www.rugbyfootballhistory.com/positions.html (accessed 27 october 2021) 4. till k, jones b, mckenna j, et al. the search for size: a doping risk factor in adolescent rugby? br j sports med 2016; 50 (4): 203204. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2015-094737] [pmid: 25990759] 5. maughan rj, burke lm, dvorak j, et al.. ioc consensus statement: dietary supplements and the high-performance athlete. br j sports med 2018; 52(7):439-455. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2018-099027] [pmid: 29540367] 6. yager z, o’dea ja. relationships between body image, nutritional supplement use, and attitudes towards doping in sport among adolescent boys: implications for prevention programs. j int soc sports nutr 2014; 11(1): 13. [doi 10.1186/1550-2783-11-13] [pmid: 24670105] 7. naidoo k, naidoo r, bangalee v. regulating the south african sport supplement industry: ‘whey’ overdue. s afr med j 2018; 108(3): 166-167. [doi: 10.7196/samj.2018.v108i3.12961] [pmid: 30004356] 8. vlad ra, hancu g, popescu gc, et al. doping in sport, a neverending story? adv pharm bull 2018; 8(4): 529-534. [doi: 10.15171/apb.2018.062] [pmid: 30607326] 9. morente-sánchez j, zabala m. doping in sport: a review of elite athletes’ attitudes, beliefs, and knowledge. sports med 2013; 43(6): 395-411. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-013-0037-x] [pmid: 23532595] 10. sánchez-oliver aj, domínguez r, lópez-tapia p, et al. a survey on dietary supplement consumption in amateur and professional rugby players. foods 2020; 10(1): 7. [doi: 10.3390/foods10010007] [pmid: 33375061] 11. van der walt v, coopoo y. a survey of the attitudes and knowledge of parents of high school children on the east rand review 9 sajsm vol. 34 no. 1 2022 on the usage of nutritional supplements. s afr j sports med 2016; 28(3): 74-78. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1674] 12. diehl k, thiel a, zipfel s. et al. elite adolescent athletes’ use of dietary supplements: characteristics, opinions, and sources of supply and information. int j sports nutr exerc metab 2012; 22(3): 165-174. [doi: 10.1123/ijsnem.22.3.165] [pmid: 22693237] 13. mse e, kimiywe j, simiyu nww. the extent of dietary supplements use by male rugby players in kenya. j app biosci 2009; 22: 1306-1311. [http://hdl.handle.net/10950/488] 14. woolfenden a. supplement use in professional rugby league. masters of philosophy dissertation. united kingdom: liverpool john moores university; 2017, 243p. 15. smith vc. dietary intake and supplement use of under 21 rugby players, blue bulls . south africa: university of the free state; 2007. [http: hppl handle.net/11660/9040] 16. mc creanor x, coopoo y, gabriels g. attitudes towards nutritional supplement gymnasium users in johannesburg north. s afr j sports med 2017; 29(1):1-5. [doi: 10.17159/2078516x/2017/v29i1a4258] 17. couture s, lamarche b, morissette e, et al. evaluation of sport nutrition knowledge and recommendations among high school coaches. int j sports nutr exerc metab 2015; 25(4): 326-334. [doi: 10.1123/ijsnem.2014-0195] [pmid: 25386951] 18. van der bijl p. dietary supplements containing prohibited substances (part 1). s afr j sports med 2014; 26(2): 59-61. [doi: 10.7196/sajsm.553] 19. page mj, mckenzie je, bossuyt pm, et al. the prisma 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. bmj 2021; 372. [doi: 10.1136/bmj.n71] 20. gradidge p, coopoo y, constantinou d. attitudes and perceptions towards performance enhancing substance use in johannesburg boys high school sport. s afr j sports med 2010; 22(2):32-36. [doi:10.17159/2078-1516x2010/v22i2a313] 21. nolte k, steyn bj, kruger p, et al. doping in sport: attitudes, beliefs and knowledge of competitive high-school athletes in gauteng province. s afr j sports med 2014; 26(3): 81-86. [doi: 10. 7196/sajsm.542] 22. duvenage km, meltzer st, chantler sa. initial investigation of nutrition and supplement use, knowledge and attitudes of under-16 rugby players in south africa. s afr j sports med 2015; 27(3): 67-71. [doi: 10.7196/sajsm.8092] 23. jooste m. the prevalence, knowledge and reasons for carbohydrate, protein, creatine and glutamine use among first team rugby players in premier rugby schools in the western cape province [master of nutrition]. university of stellenbosch; 2016. 143p. 24. strachan k. current perceptions and usage practices of nutritional supplements. masters degree (human nutrition). university of stellenbosch; 2009. 78p. https://scholar.sun.ac.za/handle/10019.1/2193. 25. constantinou d, gradidge p, coopoo y. prevalence of performance-enhancing substance use by johannesburg male adolescents involved in competitive high school sports. arch exerc health dis 2011; 2(2): 114-119. [doi: 10.5628/aehd.v2i2.102] 26. kerksick cm, rasmussen cj, lancaster sl. the effects of protein and amino acid supplementation on performance and training adaptations during ten weeks of resistance training. j strength cond res 2006; 20(3): 643-653. [doi: 10.1519/r-17695.1] [pmid: 16937979] 27. jenkinson dm, harbert aj. supplements and sports. am fam physician 2008; 78(9): 1039-1046. [pmid: 19007050] 28. martin sj, sherley m, mcleod m. adverse effects of sports supplements in men. aust presc 2018; 41(1):10-13. [doi: 10.18773/austprescr.2018.003] [pmid: 29507454] 29. noorbhai mh, gabriels g. the enterprising business of nutritional supplements: an eye-opener. int j drug dev & res 2016;8(1):42-43. 30. walsh m, cartwright l, corish c, et al. the body composition, nutritional knowledge, attitudes, behaviors, and future education needs of senior schoolboy rugby players in ireland. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2011; 21(5): 365-376. [doi: 10.1123/ijsnem.21.5.365] [pmid: 21799215] sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 129 introduction the review of the cricket injury literature shows that three major cricket-playing countries have collected long-term injury data. in australia the surveillance revealed 886 injuries were sustained by players representing the national and state teams. these data were collected retrospectively from 1995 to 1998 and then prospectively from 1998 to 2005. in england the incidence and nature of injuries to professional cricket players reported 990 injuries that were recorded retrospectively from records of a professional county club by the team physiotherapist (1985 1995). in south africa 1 606 injuries to the national and provincial teams were reported prospectively by the physiotherapists and doctors working with the teams from 1998/99 to 2003/2004. while injury surveillance is fundamental to preventing and reducing the risk of injury, these studies used different injury definitions and methods of collecting and reporting the data, which prevented comparisons of injury rates between countries. as a result a consensus statement paper with regards to definitions and methods to calculate injury rates, incidence and prevalence, was developed in order to provide a standard which allows meaningful comparisons of injury surveillance data from different countries and time periods. this review evaluates the scientific research into cricket injuries, including long-term injury surveillance studies, the consensus statement paper for injury surveillance, specific cricket injuries countermeasures to reduce the risk of injury, cricket protective equipment, and finally identifies areas of future concern. studies using injury surveillance method the first study using this newly accepted injury surveillance method showed injury patterns in west indies domestic and national cricket teams, with more injuries having occurred when the national team was on tour than when playing at home. evidence of the effectiveness of injury prevention countermeasures was reviewed and reveals trials of interventions to reduce lower-back injury in fast bowlers. a 3year educational programme aimed at improving the bowling technique of young fast bowlers showed a reduction in the mixed bowling action, while a bowling harness showed no significant reduction in certain characteristics of the mixed bowling action. a prospective study to evaluate junior fast bowling workload guidelines found that in some cases the workload exceeded that suggested as appropriate for older original research article a review of cricket injuries and the effectiveness of strategies to prevent cricket injuries at all levels abstract objective. this review evaluates the scientific research on cricket injuries, including long-term injury surveillance studies, the consensus statement paper for injury surveillance, specific counter-measures to reduce the risk of cricket injuries and finally identifies areas of future concern. results. the literature shows that three major cricketplaying countries, australia, england and south africa, have collected long-term injury data. while these sets of data show definite trends, it was not always possible to make direct comparisons between data collected in various countries. as a result a consensus statement paper with regards to definitions and methods to calculate injury rates, incidence and prevalence was developed. the first study using this newly accepted injury surveillance method showed injury patterns in west indies domestic and national cricket teams. there have been three primary studies carried out with regards to interventions aimed at reducing the risk of injury to fast bowlers. these included a coaching interventions programme, the use of a bowling aid in an attempt to modify bowling technique and a study that evaluated the recommended bowling workloads in young cricketers. the implications of the changes to the laws relating to the bowling action and the increased usage of the sliding stop in fielding are reviewed. conclusion. from the review it is evident that there is a need to continue with injury surveillance, as well as a need to continue with and increase the number of studies that evaluate the efficacy of intervention strategies in order to reduce the risk of injury to cricketers. correspondence: r stretch sport bureau nelson mandela metropolitan university po box 77000 6031 port elizabeth tel: (041) 504-2584 fax: (041) 583-2605 e-mail: richard.stretch@nmmu.ac.za r a stretch (d phil) sport bureau, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth pg129-132 .indd 129 1/11/08 11:08:41 am 130 sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 players and recommended that rest days should be added to the guidelines, as bowling more frequently than every 3 days increases the risk of injury. a brief review of the literature on the safety aspects of cricket batting equipment including helmets, gloves, pads and clothing, indicates that there are areas where improvements need to be made in order to reduce the risk of injury. the implications of the changes to the laws relating to the bowling action and the increased usage of the sliding stop in fielding, particular by young inexperienced cricketers, were reviewed. from the review it is evident that there is a need to continue with injury surveillance, as well as a need to continue with and increase the number of studies that evaluate the efficacy of intervention strategies in order to reduce the risk of injury to cricketers. world congress of science and medicine in cricket the world congress of science and medicine in cricket brings together a wide range of professionals including sport scientists, sports medicine specialists, physiologists, academics, administrators and coaches with an interest in cricket, from all major cricket-playing countries around the world. the aim of this congress, which is held every four years during the cricket world cup, is to provide a state-of-the art review of the basic, applied and clinical sciences as they relate to cricket and to offer a forum for integrating knowledge from the contributing sciences which address key areas in the prevention and management of cricket injuries and the enhancement of performance. this has contributed significantly to an increase in cricket research as sport scientists strive to assist players and coaches to achieve optimal performance in this competition. injury patterns long-term injury surveillance has been conducted in three studies in elite cricket in australia, 6 south africa, 8 and england 3 with the view off identifying injury patterns. retrospective injury information was obtained from the records of the team physiotherapist for the 54 cricketers who had played for the same county first team in england between 1985 and 1995. 3 an injury was defined as the onset of pain or disability caused while training for or playing cricket and which caused the player to seek medical attention. a total of 990 injuries were recorded, with an injury exposure of 17 247 days played and an injury incidence rate of 57.4 injuries per 1 000 days played. most injuries were sustained early in the season (april) when the least cricket is played. bowlers were the most susceptible to injury (70.1 injuries per 1 000 days), followed by the all-rounders, batsmen and wicket-keepers with 55.0, 49.4 and 47.3 injuries per 1 000 days, respectively. muscle/tendon strains, contusions/haematomas and ligament/joint sprains were found to be the most common injuries. most injuries occurred to the lower limbs (45%), followed by the upper limb (29%), trunk (20%) and head and neck (6%). the thigh and calf (25%), fingers (14%) and lumbar spine (11%) were the sites most vulnerable to injury. of the thigh and calf injuries, 72% were muscle/tendon strains and tears. finger injuries consisted mainly of contusions (40%), fractures and dislocations (29%) and ligament /joint sprains (23%). of the lumbar spine injuries, 63% involved ligaments and joints, while knee injuries were primarily ligament and joint sprains (28%), tendonitis (27%) and contusions (16%). the primary foot and ankle injuries were contusions/haematomas (41%) and ligament/joint sprains (29%). in a study in south africa 8 1 606 injuries in 783 cricketers were reported prospectively by the physiotherapists and doctors working with the national and 11 provincial teams over a 6-season period from 1998/99 to 2003/2004. the data collection, using a questionnaire, included biographical data as well as information about the anatomical site of injury, month of injury, activity performed when injured, the diagnosis and mechanism of injury and the recurrence of the injury. more injuries occurred during first-class matches (32%) with limited-overs (26%) matches and practices and training (27%) resulting in a similar number of injuries, while 15% were of gradual onset, which may have been as a result of a combination of factors such as training, practising and playing matches over a period of time. the chronicity of injuries showed that the majority of injuries were classified as acute injuries (65%), with chronic (23%) and acute-onchronic (12%) making up the balance. the injuries occurred during the pre-season (11%) (september), the early part of the season (35%) (october and november), mid-season (18%) (december and january), in the latter part of the season (16%) (february and march) and during the ‘off-season’ (20%) (april august). first-time injuries accounted for 65%, while recurrent injuries from the previous season made up 22% of the injuries. the recurrent injuries were primarily as a result of bowling (38%), overuse (23%) and fielding (18%). the rate of injuries sustained during the season and recurring again during the same season accounted for 12% of the total injuries. lowerlimb injuries accounted for nearly half of the injuries (49%), with the upper limb (23%), back and trunk (23%) and head, neck and face (5%) making up the balance. bowling (40%) and fielding and wicket-keeping (33%) accounted for the majority of the injuries, with batting accounting for 17% of the injuries sustained. of the bowling injuries, 55% were lower-limb injuries and 33% were back and trunk injuries. of the 39 stress fractures 79% were overuse bowling injuries, with the younger players sustaining 74% of the stress fractures. the primary mechanism of injury was the delivery and follow-through of the fast bowler (25%), running, diving, catching and throwing the ball when fielding (23%) and overuse (17%), various batting situations such as being struck while batting (7%), running between the wickets (4%) pg129-132 .indd 130 1/11/08 11:08:42 am sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 131 and batting for long periods at a time (4%), training (4%) and participating in various other sports (3%). the 1 606 injuries sustained were made up mainly of softtissue injuries consisting predominantly of muscle injuries (strains (491); tears (74); spasms (101); haematomas (85)), tendon injuries (tendonitis (107); tears (44)), ligament sprains (76), fractures (63) and stress fractures (39), joint injuries (rotator cuff (50); impingements (42); dislocations (8)). information on injuries to australian state and national cricketers was collected retrospectively for the first 3 seasons (1995 1996 season to 1997 1998 season) years and then prospectively for the next 7 seasons (1999 2000 season to 2004 2005 seasons). 6 the definition of injuries was an injury or medical condition that prevents a player being available for selection for a match or causes a player not to be able to bat, bowl or keep wicket during a match. of the 886 injuries recorded, 92% were new injuries, while 8% were recurrent injuries. of these, 52% occurred during major matches. the injuries were sustained while bowling (45%), batting (21%), fielding (23%) and wicket-keeping (2%). the balance of the injuries (9%) either occurred gradually or in unknown activities. lower-limb injuries accounted for nearly half of the injuries (49.1%), with the upper limb (24.5%), back and trunk (18.6%), head, neck and face (4.3%) and illness (7.3%) making up the balance. the mean seasonal injury match incidence (injuries/ 10 000 player hours) was reported for domestic 1-day (38.5), first-class (27.3), odi (59.8) and test (31.4) matches. fast bowlers miss about 16% of potential playing time through injury while for other positions it is less than 5%. there is an increased non-significant risk of injury when bowling in the second innings of a 1-day match, while a significant risk for the second innings of a first-class match as compared with the first innings. further, bowling after enforcing the follow-on in a test match is associated with an increase in injury. there is an increased risk of injury when bowling in the second match of back-to-back matches where there is less than 1 and 3 days for 1-day and first-class matches, respectively. while these data collected over an extended period show definite trends, it was not always possible to make direct comparisons between data collected in various countries. following the 2nd world congress of science and medicine in cricket that was held in south africa in 2003, a method of injury surveillance for international cricketers has set out definitions and methods of calculating injury rates which would allow comparisons to be made between countries and will assist in the identification of injury trends and risks on a broader scale which will further benefit the cricketers. 7 the first reported study using the internationally agreed injury surveillance protocol, 7 as well as the first published study on west indies cricket injuries, reported that 33 international and 162 domestic cricketers sustained 79 injuries. 4 of these injuries, 50 led to part of a match being missed and were thus used for match injury incidence and prevalence calculations. most injuries were sustained in test and first-class matches (40%) and 1-day matches (28%), with 28% sustained in activities outside of matches. new injuries accounted for 80% of the total number of injuries, with recurrent injuries from the previous season (10%) and the same season (10%) making up the balance of the injuries sustained. bowlers (46%) and batsmen (40%) were found to be at the greatest risk of injury, with the balance of the injuries sustained by the all-rounders (10%) and wicket-keepers (4%). muscle injuries (26%) most common, followed by ligament injuries (12%), stress fractures (12%) and fractures (10%). two players were struck by lightning in the same match. injury incidence for test and 1-day international (odi) matches (48.7 and 40.6 injuries per 10 000 player-hours for test and odi matches, respectively) was lower for home matches (31.1 and 23.1 injuries per 10 000 player-hours for test and odi matches, respectively) than away matches (61.3 and 50.2 injuries per 10 000 player-hours for test and odi matches, respectively). the injury incidence for domestic first-class and limited-overs matches was 13.9 and 25.4 injuries per 10 000 player-hours, respectively. the prevalence of injury for test and odi matches (11.3 and 8.1% of players unavailable for selection due to injury, respectively) was lower for both home tests and odi matches (7.3% of players unavailable for selection for both test and odi matches due to injury) than away matches (14.2 and 8.6% of players unavailable for selection due to injury for test and odi matches, respectively). these studies briefly have shown that injury data have been collected since the mid-1980s in four of the major-cricket playing countries. however, while the internationally accepted consensus paper agreeing on the method of collecting injury data will allow comparisons between studies conducted throughout the world, limited intervention studies have been carried out in an effort to reverse the injury pattern. intervention studies three primary studies carried out with regards to interventions aimed at reducing the risk of injury to fast bowlers. these included a coaching interventions programme, 2 the use of a bowling aid in an attempt to modify bowling technique 10 and a study that evaluated the recommended bowling workloads in young cricketers. 1 the 3-year coaching educational intervention study 2 consisting of two groups of young fast bowlers demonstrated that small-group coaching significantly reduced the level of shoulder alignment counter-rotation, as well as the incidence and progression of lumbar disk degeneration in young fast bowlers. there was a concurrent reduction in the number of bowlers using a mixed action. bowlers with either a front-on or side-on action (n=49) had significantly lower levels of lumbar disk degeneration (n=1) compared with 20 of the 94 mixedaction bowlers who sustained a lumbar disk abnormality. a third of the subjects continued to employ shoulder rotation pg129-132 .indd 131 1/11/08 11:08:42 am 132 sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 beyond the recommended level after the intervention ceased. the results indicated that technique modification using an education process decreased the incidence and/or progression of lumbar spine disk degeneration, but more specific and intense individual coaching should further reduce the risk of injury. a bowling harness, which was designed to modify bowling technique, was assessed as a means of modifying bowling technique in young bowlers. 10 no statistically significant effect on mean shoulder alignment counter-rotation, mean lateral flexion angle, mean flexion-extension angle of the trunk resulted due to the coaching programme. a decrease in the use of the side-on mixed bowling action was found in the group using the bowling harness. bowling with the harness forced the bowler to adopt a position at back-foot impact that reduced the torque in the spine. however, during the delivery phase no restricts on other aspects of trunk movement previously associated with back injuries were found. the effect of the harness did not extend beyond the cessation of harness wearing. it was recommended that the harness be re-configured in an attempt to control the shoulder separation angle at back foot impact as well as counter-rotation of the shoulder at front foot strike. 10 young cricketers (12 and 17 years) playing club and district cricket were monitored over a season in order to evaluate the appropriateness of bowling workload guidelines set by the australian cricket board. 1 all bowlers underwent a magnetic resonance imaging (mri) scan at the start of the season and then immediately after any back or trunk injury. they were required to maintain a logbook where they recorded any injuries and their bowling workload. bowlers tended to conform to the recommended number of deliveries to be bowled per match day, but bowled in excess of the recommended guidelines for practice sessions. of the 44 bowlers, 11 reported over-use bowling-related injuries, with 7 sustaining back injuries. the study showed a relationship between a high bowling workload and injury. the injured players bowled more frequently and had shorter rest periods between bowling sessions (3.2 days) than the uninjured (3.9 days). the bowlers with an average of ≥3.5 rest days between bowling were at a significantly less risk of injury than those with an average of <3.5 rest days. further, the results showed an increase of risk for the bowlers who bowled ≥50 deliveries per day or who bowled on average ≥2.5 days per week. from the above it is evident that the various strategies and interventions carried out have shown some success in reducing some risk factors associated with back injuries in fast bowlers. however, recent law changes to the game now allow a legally bent arm action, with or without elbow extension, during the delivery phase. this has allowed the bowler to increase the ball speed/spin through internal rotation of the upper arm. while the traditional bowling technique causes low levels of varus and valgus torques and flexion torques at the elbow joint in order to provide stability, 5 the law changes have increased the injury potential as the upper arm internal rotation results in excessive varus torques, similar to those in baseball pitching. torques generated by ligament and capsule results in the potential for increase in injury and may require changes to bowling guidelines to prevent elbow damage. 5 a further area of concern is the potential risk of injury to cricketers using the relatively new sliding stop technique. 9 this requires the fielder to chase the ball which is slightly to the left, in the case of a right handed thrower. the fielder then slides with the right leg extended and the left knee flexed under the right leg, sliding on the left buttocks and hip area with the left hand used for balance. the ball is then picked up with the right hand, the right foot is engaged with the ground and the left hand pushes on the ground to bring the fielder upright and in position to throw. the sliding stop may have advantages at higher level of the game, but at the lower levels, particularly at school level, the correct technique is not taught and/or practised and may predispose to injury. 9 if the right foot is not engaged and the left hand not used to push up it may result in the left leg having to be extended while weightbearing with the rotational forces used to pivot on the left knee resulting in a meniscal tear. the sliding technique should be discouraged as a means of fielding in cricket unless appropriately coached. 9 conclusion from the review it is evident that there is a need to continue with injury surveillance, as well as a need to continue with and increase the number of studies that evaluate the efficacy of intervention strategies in order to reduce the risk of injury to cricketers. further, before law changes are introduced by cricket administrators, this needs to be thoroughly investigated to ensure that the risk of injury to cricketers is not increased. reference 1. dennis rj, finch cf, farhart pj. is bowling workload a risk factor for injury to australian junior cricket fast bowlers? br j sports med 2005; 39: 834-46. 2. elliott b, khangure m. disk degeneration and fast bowling in cricket: an intervention study. med sci sport exerc 200; 34(11): 1714-18. 3. leary t, white j. acute injury incidence in professional country club cricket players (1985-1995). br j sports med 2000; 34:145-7. 4. mansingh a, harper l, headley s, king-mowatt j, mangsingh g. injuries in west indies cricket 2003-2004. br j sports med 2006; 40: 119-23. 5. marshall rn, ferdinands r. the biomechanics of the elbow in cricket bowling. int sports med j 2005; 6(1): 1-6. 6. orchard j, james t, alcott e, carter s, farhart p. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002; 36: 270-5. 7. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, frost w, mansing a, leipus a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sports sci 2005; 8(1): 1-14. 8. stretch ra, venter djl. cricket injuries – a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. s afr j sports med 2005; 17 3): 4-9. 9. von hagen k, roach r, summers b. the sliding stop: a technique of fielding in cricket with a potential for serious knee injury. br j sports med 2000; 34: 379-81. 10. wallis r, elliott b, koh m. the effect of a fast bowling harness in cricket: an intervention study. j sports sci 2002; 20(6): 495-506. pg129-132 .indd 132 1/11/08 11:08:43 am introduction the aetiology of tendon failure in rotator cuff disease is generally considered to be multi-factorial. this includes extrinsic factors such as repetitive low-velocity micro-trauma and compression of the cuff by an abnormal coraco-acromial arch, and intrinsic factors such as poor cuff vascularity, alterations in collagen and age-related changes. furthermore, it is generally believed that most full-thickness rotator cuff tears occur in the setting of already degenerated tendons, even when associated with trauma. 4-6,8,9,12,14-16 the prevalence of tears is reported to be 30% in people older than 60 years, 50% in people at 70 years and more than 80% in people at 80 years. 16 van holsbeeck et al. 16 reported these ultrasound findings in 90 volunteer subjects who had never sought medical attention for shoulder disease. they showed no statistically significant differences in the prevalence of rotator cuff lesions in each gender for the dominant or non-dominant arm. they also found no statistically significant differences in the incidence of rotator cuff lesions related to gender or reported level of exertional activities. however, the prevalence of rotator cuff tears in both dominant and non-dominant arms showed a linear increase after the fifth decade of life. these results indicate that rotator cuff lesions may be regarded as a natural correlate of aging, with a statistically significant linear increase after the fifth decade of life. 1,3,6,7,10,13,14,16,17 with the use of fluoroscopy, burkhart 3 concluded that the location rather than the size of the tear might be a more important factor in the resultant glenohumeral mechanics. original research article ultrasound study of the asymptomatic shoulder in patients with a confirmed rotator cuff tear in the opposite shoulder z oschman (mb chb, dch, msc (sports medicine))1 c janse van rensburg (mb chb, mmed (phys med), msc (sports medicine))1 n g j maritz (mmed, fcs (orth) sa)2 h boraine (phd)3 r owen (bsc (hons))3 1 division of sports medicine, department of orthopaedics, university of pretoria 2 department of orthopaedics, university of pretoria 3 department of statistics, university of pretoria abstract objective. to document the incidence of asymptomatic rotator cuff tears in patients with a confirmed symptomatic tear in the opposite shoulder, and to identify ultrasound findings that may distinguish symptomatic from asymptomatic tears. design. when patients are referred for an ultrasound examination for the confirmation of symptomatic rotator cuff tear the opposite shoulder is often used for comparison. however, patients often have a similar tear on the asymptomatic side. fifty patients with a confirmed symptomatic rotator cuff tear and an asymptomatic shoulder on the opposite side were chosen for inclusion. the patients were examined using a siemens sonoline elegra 7.5 mhz linear multi-frequency probe. the appearance of the rotator cuff, long head of the biceps and the subacromial-subdeltoid bursa (sasd bursa) were documented. the antero-posterior (ap) dimension of the supraspinatus muscle and fat between the trapezius and supraspinatus muscles were measured, which indicated if a tear was acute or chronic. the width and length of the rotator cuff tear were measured. setting. division of sports medicine, university of pretoria. results. fifty-four per cent of the asymptomatic shoulders had tears. we found that the symptomatic tears were larger, appeared more chronic and had an associated biceps tendinopathy and glenohumeral joint effusion. correspondence: z oschman po box 2090 groenkloof pretoria 0027 tel: 012-343 5000 fax: 012-343 0277 e-mail: zanet@mweb.co.za conclusion. as other authors have found, the high incidence of asymptomatic tears indicates that rotator cuff tears can be regarded as a natural correlate of aging and that bilateral tears are common. initial treatment should be conservative, but larger tears may benefit from early surgery before becoming chronic and causing glenohumeral dysfunction. sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 23 pg23-28.indd 23 4/4/07 9:50:59 am 24 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 findings on ultrasound that may distinguish asymptomatic from symptomatic tears have not been established. the aim of this study was to document the incidence of asymptomatic tears in patients with a confirmed symptomatic tear on the contralateral side and to look for any findings on ultrasound that may distinguish symptomatic from asymptomatic tears. material and methods the shoulders of 50 patients, 32 males and 18 females, with an average age of 64 years (range 40 83 years) were studied. the patients had a confirmed symptomatic rotator cuff tear on the one side and an asymptomatic shoulder on the contralateral side. the asymptomatic shoulder had no history of problems severe enough to have required medical attention. the patients completed a questionnaire regarding gender, age, race, history of shoulder pain, stiffness, weakness or any limitations on athletic activities or activities of daily living. all patients gave informed consent. the accuracy of ultrasound in the assessment of full-thickness rotator cuff tears is well established in the literature. studies carried out since 1986 show a consistent pattern with both high sensitivity and specificity particularly over the past 5 years, a trend reflecting improvements in ultrasound technology. 11 it is also a well-known fact that an ultrasound examination is operator-dependent. all the examinations in this study were done by the same experienced operator (zo), a sports physician employed in a dedicated musculoskeletal ultrasound unit, with 15 years of ultrasound experience, including more than 10 000 shoulder examinations. the patients were examined using a siemens sonoline elegra 7.5 mhz linear multi-frequency probe manufactured in germany. both the symptomatic and asymptomatic tears were confirmed on ultrasound. the rotator cuff was examined with the arm in the neutral and adduction-internal rotation in the longitudinal (long) and transverse (trv) planes. the appearance of the rotator cuff, subacromial-subdeltoid (sasd) bursa and long head of the biceps were documented. the antero-posterior (ap) dimension of the fat between the supraspinatus and trapezius muscles and the supraspinatus muscle was measured at the level of the suprascapular neurovascular bundle medial to the acromion. the maximum width and length of the tear was recorded with the arm in the adduction-internal rotation. the majority of tears in this study were full-thickness tears involving the supraspinatus muscle. an entity called ‘tear progression or creeping tears’ involves smaller tears. there is little published on the natural history of small rotator cuff tears, and the answer to whether small tears progress to massive tears and the rate at which they might do so has yet to be fully established. many patients with symptomatic rotator cuff tears are shown to have an asymptomatic tear on the contralateral side. only some of these will become symptomatic and fewer will progress in size. in a 5-year follow-up study yamaguchi and colleagues 19 showed that half of 45 asymptomatic tears studied became symptomatic on follow up, but less than half of the 23 patients re-examined using ultrasound showed tear progression. full-thickness rotator cuff tears were diagnosed using the following criteria. 18 major criteria: any one of the following: (i) focal hypoechoic defect (fig. 1); (ii) changes in cuff contour; (iii) absent cuff/naked tuberosity sign (fig. 2); and (iv) communication between sasd bursa and glenohumeral joint. minor criteria: any one of the following: (i) thickened sasd bursa (fig. 3); (ii) sasd bursa fluid is a red flag for rotator cuff tear (fig. 4); and (iii) bone changes. normally the fat between the supraspinatus and trapezius muscles is thin or barely seen. the normal supraspinatus muscle has a hypoechoic appearance caused by hypoechoic muscle bundles, separated by thin hyperechoic lines, the fibroadipose septae or perimysium. 17 when there is a complete tear of the supraspinatus, there is retraction and atrophy of the muscle, with a decrease in ap dimension. the muscle becomes hyperechoic caused by a decrease in hypoechoic muscle bundles and an increase in hyperechoic fibroadipose septae and fat. 11 as the tear befig. 1. full-thickness tear shown by the hypoechoic defect. a b pg23-28.indd 24 4/4/07 9:51:03 am comes chronic the supraspinatus muscle atrophies and the ap dimension decreases, the space left is filled with fat, with an increase in the ap dimension of the fat between the supraspinatus and trapezius muscles (fig. 5). these changes are readily appreciated on magnetic resonance imaging (mri) with a loss of muscle bulk and increased signal on t1-weighted imaging reflecting atrophy. a number of studies have been directed at the assessment of supraspinatus muscle atrophy using ultrasound, but firm guidelines have yet to be established. 11 in this study we considered a tear acute when the supraspinatus muscle had a normal hypoechoic appearance and the fat between the supraspinatus muscle was thin or barely seen. we considered a tear chronic when there was atrophy of the muscle of the supraspinatus and an increase of the fat between the supraspinatus muscle and trapezius. confirmation of rotator cuff impingement is an important part of the routine ultrasound examination of the painful shoulder. impingement refers to shoulder pain during abduction or abduction-flexion-internal rotation of the shoulder. the syndrome results from impingement of the soft tissues between the humerus, ac joint, acromion, and coraco-acromial ligament, and in the advanced stages causes rotator cuff tears and rotator cuff arthropathy. stages of impingement on ultrasound according to neer are as follows: 17 • stage i oedema and haemorrhage in the bursa and rotator cuff. • stage ii fibrosis and thickening of the bursa and partial rupture of the rotator cuff. • stage iii complete rupture of the rotator cuff. the principal role of ultrasound is to determine what stage of impingement the disease has progressed to; this added information can be very helpful for treatment planning. 11 a fig. 4. longitudinal image of fluid in sasd bursa. fig. 5. transverse images of the trapezius and supraspinatus muscles medial to the acromion. in (a) there is a chronic full-thickness tear of the supraspinatus with atrophy and fatty infiltration of the muscle and increased dimension of the fat between the trapezius and supraspinatus, (b) normal supraspinatus muscle. fig. 3. longitudinal image of thickened sasd bursa. fig. 2. transverse images of absent rotator cuff or naked tuberosity sign (a) and normal rotator cuff (b). deltoid sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 25 a b pg23-28.indd 25 4/4/07 9:51:12 am 26 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 dynamic examination during active shoulder motion is also routinely performed to document if there is impingement. 2 all the results were recorded on previously prepared computerised forms and photos were taken for documentation. a paired comparison using the wilcoxon’s non-parametric test was used, because distributions of differences were not normal. the chi-squared test was used to determine significant differences between the asymptomatic and symptomatic shoulders with regard to the number of ultrasound findings. results twenty-seven patients (54%) had tears in their asymptomatic shoulders (i.e. these patients had bilateral tears). these results are higher than universally excepted. table i documents the tears according to age. the mean standard deviation, and minimum and maximum width and length of the tears are given in table ii. according to the wilcoxon’s rank sum test the symptomatic tears were significantly larger in width (p = 0.0113) and length (p = 0.0487). the ap dimension of the supraspinatus muscle and the ap dimension of the fat between the supraspinatus and trapezius muscles were measured (fig. 6). the wilcoxon’s rank sum test for paired data indicated that the symptomatic tears appeared more chronic, with significant atrophy of the muscle of the supraspinatus (p = 0.0001) and significant increased thickness of the fat between the muscles of the supraspinatus and trapezius (p = 0.0002). table iii gives the mean, standard deviation minimum and maximum in millimetres for the symptomatic and asymptomatic shoulders. the presence of other findings on ultrasound were recorded in the symptomatic and asymptomatic shoulders, the appearance of the biceps tendon, sasd bursa, the presence of a glenohumeral joint effusion, signs of impingement according to neer’s classification and size of the tears. 17 when there is a full-thickness rotator cuff tear present, the space between the glenohumeral joint and the sasd bursa is continuous, thus it is impossible to distinguish between sasd bursa effusion and a glenohumeral joint effusion. in patients with full thickness tears, we reported the fluid as glenohumeral when it was located mainly in the biceps sheath and the posterior glenohumeral joint recess, but not in the bursa. if the biceps tendon appeared thickened/ thinned with a hypoechoic heterogenic image, it was documented as a biceps tendinopathy (fig. 7). the normal sasd bursa is not thicker than the humeral head cartilage and does not contain fluid. if the bursa contained fluid (fig. 4) and appeared thickened (fig. 3) it was table i. percentage with tears in asymptomatic shoulder for each age group age group (years) percentage 40 59 (20 patients) 35 60 69 (13 patients) 54 70 83 (17 patients) 77 fig. 6. chronic supraspinatus tear with atrophy and fatty infiltration of the muscle and increased dimension of the fat between the supraspinatus and trapezius muscles. fig. 7. transverse image of normal biceps (a) and biceps tendinopathy (b). pg23-28.indd 26 4/4/07 9:51:16 am documented as a sasd bursitis. 18 the incidence of these findings in the asymptomatic and symptomatic shoulders is recorded in table iv. the estimated probability of the presence of these findings in the symptomatic shoulder is given in table v. the highest probability is associated with glenohumeral joint effusion (0.686). relative to the other findings, a glenohumeral joint effusion is the strongest indicator of pain. the second strongest indicator of pain is biceps tendinopathy (0.649). the weakest indicator is signs of impingement (0.140). it is also necessary to consider the incidence of these findings being an indicator of pain. the question might be raised whether there are a different number of findings present in the symptomatic and asymptomatic shoulders. table vi gives the number of shoulders on the symptomatic and asymptomatic sides with 0, 1 and up to 5 other findings present. table ii. size of tears in symptomatic and asymptomatic shoulders size of tears (mm) symptomatic shoulder (n = 27) asymptomatic shoulder (n = 27) wilcoxon’s p-value mean width 16.70 3.44 0.0113 standard deviation of width 9.59 11.30 minimum width 2.00 2.00 maximum width 40.00 40.00 mean length 18.19 15.33 0.0487 standard deviation of length 10.70 10.24 minimum length 2.00 3.00 maximum length 36.00 32.00 table iii. ap dimensions of the supraspinatus muscle (n = 49) and fat (n = 50) between the supraspinatus and trapezius muscles ap dimensions (mm) symptomatic shoulder asymptomatic shoulder wilcoxon’s p -value mean supraspinatus 18.90 20.47 0.0001 standard deviation of supraspinatus 4.36 4.58 minimum supraspinatus 6.00 8.00 maximum supraspinatus 27.00 29.00 mean fat 6.92 5.32 0.0002 standard deviation of fat 2.57 2.49 minimum fat 0 0 maximum fat 14.00 11.00 table iv. number of other imaging findings (n = 50) imaging findings both shoulders only symptomatic shoulder only asymptomatic shoulder not present biceps tendinopathy 13 24 2 11 sasd bursitis 38 11 1 0 glenohumeral joint effusion 11 24 0 15 impingement 43 7 0 0 tear present 27 23 0 0 table v. estimated probability of other findings present only in symptomatic shoulder imaging findings probability glenohumeral joint effusion 0.686 biceps tendinopathy 0.649 grade of tear 0.460 sasd bursitis 0.224 signs of impingement 0.140 table vi. number of other findings per shoulder findings 0 1 2 3 4 5 symptomatic 0 0 0 7 15 28 asymptomatic 5 1 17 15 5 7 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 27 pg23-28.indd 27 4/4/07 9:51:16 am 28 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 a chi-squared test of independence indicated that there is a significant difference (0 = 0.0001) between the asymptomatic and symptomatic shoulders with regard to the number of other ultrasound findings present. it can be seen that a high percentage of symptomatic shoulders have more than 3 other findings, while a relatively high percentage of asymptomatic shoulders have 3 or less findings. discussion the aim of the study was to examine the integrity of the asymptomatic rotator cuff in patients with a confirmed symptomatic rotator cuff tear on ultrasound in the opposite shoulder, and to identify any other relevant ultrasound findings that would distinguish symptomatic from asymptomatic tears. the high incidence of asymptomatic tears in the study group indicate, as other authors have found, that rotator cuff tears can be regarded as a natural correlate of aging and that bilateral tears are common. 11,12 from table iv one can deduce that with all 5 other findings present it is highly likely that the shoulder will be painful. good indicators of pain were the presence of a glenohumeral joint effusion and biceps tendinopathy, which could be indicators of glenohumeral dysfunction. although the asymptomatic shoulders have a high prevalence of tears, we also found that the tears in the symptomatic shoulders were significantly larger and more chronic. the presence of a tear does not indicate a source of pain; it seems that pain might be caused by the size of the tear and not necessarily the mere existence of a tear. but one must realise, as shown in table vi, that the asymptomatic shoulder may have similar or more ultrasound findings. therefore the decision to operate based on size of tear is not yet clear. our study indicates that larger tears may benefit from early surgery before becoming chronic and causing glenohumeral dysfunction. references 1. bouffard ja, lee s, dhanju j. ultrasonography of the shoulder. semin ultrasound ct mri 2000; 21:164-91. 2. breckon c, davidson d. understanding the shoulder complex and comprehensive management of common conditions. johannesburg, centre for sports medicine and orthopaedics, 2006. 3. burkhart ss. fluoroscopic comparison of kinematic patterns in massive rotator cuff tears. a suspension bridge model. clin orthop 1992; 284:14452. 4. calvert pt, packer np, stoker dj, bayley ji, kessel l. arthrography of the shoulder after operative repair of the torn rotator cuff. j bone joint surg br 1986; 68(1): 147-50. 5. cardinal e. dynamic ultrasound of musculoskeletal pathology.16th annual conference of the musculoskeletal ultrasound society, seoul, korea, 27 may 1 june 2006. 6. de palma af. surgery of the shoulder. 3rd ed. philadelphia: jb lippincott, 1983. 7. hawkins r. rotator cuff tears. presented at the orthopaedic symposium on rotator cuff tears. antwerp, belgium, 24-25 february 1989: 25. 8. iannotti jp. the rotator cuff: current concepts and complex problems. rosemont ill.: american academy of orthopaedic surgeons, 1998: 1-12. 9. jacobson ja. ultrasound in sports medicine. radiol clin north am 2002; 40:364-70. 10. marcelis s, jager t. musculoskeletal ultrasound. aloka clinical library series i, 2006. 11. mcnally eg. practical musculoskeletal ultrasound. amsterdam: elsevier, 2005: 44,48,50,54. 12. milgram c, schaffler m, gilbert s, van holsbeeck mt. rotator cuff changes in asymptomatic adults. j bone joint surg br 1995; 77:296-8. 13. rockwood ca, burkhead wz. management of patients with massive rotator cuff defects by acromioplasty and rotator cuff debridement. orthop trans 1988; 12:190-1. 14. sher js, uribe jw, posada a, et al. abnormal findings on magnetic resonance images of asymptomatic shoulders. j bone joint surg am 1995; 77:10-4. 15. teefey sa, william md, middelton md. shoulder sonography, state of the art. radiol clin north am 1999; 37:772-3. 16. van holsbeeck mt, graig jg, booffard ja. radiological society of north america special course in ultrasound, 1996: 117-23. 17. van holsbeeck mt, introcaso jh. musculoskeletal ultrasound. 2nd ed. philadelphia: mosby, 2001: 27,465, 477-87. 18. van holsbeeck mt, kolowich pa. anatomy, physical examination and ultrasound of the shoulder. 16th annual conference of the musculoskeletal ultrasound society, seoul, korea, 27 may 1 june 2006. 19. yamaguchi k, tetro am, blam o, evanoff ba, teefey sa, middleton wd. natural history of asymptomatic rotator cuff tears: a longitudinal analysis of asymptomatic tears detected sonographically. j shoulder elbow surg 2001; 10:199-203. pg23-28.indd 28 4/4/07 9:51:17 am 60 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 introduction anterior knee pain is a common musculoskeletal disorder found in children, adolescents and adults. it frequently interferes with sporting and everyday activities, and as a result a large number of children and adolescents may be forced to limit their physical activity or perform suboptimally on the sports field. the condition may affect up to 25% of all sportsmen and women. 8 cessation of physical activity is detrimental to the developing child as it negatively affects physical development, general fitness, body composition, the development of motor skills, and psychosocial development. 6,20 it may also lead to the adoption of lifelong sedentary lifestyle habits which poses a health risk in later life. there is a lack of consensus in the literature, especially in earlier studies, as to the exact definition of the term anterior knee pain. the terms anterior knee pain, patellofemoral pain, chondromalacia patella and patellofemoral arthralgia were used interchangeably in the past. a clinical examination alone may not necessarily identify the source of pain, and costly, invasive procedures are not indicated for most patients. as a result, these nonspecific terms listed above have been used to describe the symptoms of this common clinical condition. 5 anterior knee pain is a symptom complex characterised by pain in the vicinity of the patella, which is worsened by sitting, squatting, ascending or descending stairs and vigorous physical activity. 2,4,11,15,18,26,27 the pain can usually be related to the anterior structures of the knee, but is often poorly localised. 1,18,26,27,29 the condition is often self-limiting, but can take up to 2 years to resolve. 20 patellofemoral pain syndrome is a common cause of anterior knee pain, and is said to affect 20% of the general population, and an even greater percentage of the sporting population. 10,12 a number of studies have reported that the condition accounts for between 20% and 40% of all knee conditions presenting at sports injury clinics. 11,14,15,25 in this study, the term ‘anterior knee pain’ was used to describe the symptom complex characterised by pain in the anterior region of the knee during activity and prolonged sitting in the absence of an identifiable pathological condition. the exact aetiology is unknown but a number of predisposing factors have been suggested as possible causes. 11,32,33 these include overuse, muscle imbalance, muscle tightness, trauma, overweight, genetic predisposition, valgus or varus knee, external tibial torsion, increased qoriginal research article incidence of non-traumatic anterior knee pain among 11 17-year-olds abstract objective. to investigate the incidence of anterior knee pain, as well as the effect of sport participation, age of onset and gender differences on the condition. design. questionnaires (n = 2 414), each containing 20 questions, were distributed to 10 17-year-old learners at 8 primary and 5 high schools in the empangeni/richards bay area. the return rate was 76%. results. twenty-seven per cent of the respondents reported anterior knee pain. of these, 21% experienced pain in the left knee only, 34% in the right knee only, and 45% in both knees. furthermore, 31% had visited a medical doctor because of the knee pain, 82% reported that the pain interfered with their sport participation, and 37% had visited a physiotherapist or biokineticist, of whom 43% reported that the intervention they received was successful. previously 37% of the subjects had taken medication for the condition. the highest incidence of anterior knee pain was reported for 12 and 13-year-old girls and 14 15-year-old boys, which correlates with the period of the adolescent growth spurt. the incidence of anterior knee pain was higher amongst those who participated in sport more than 3 days per week and lower amongst those who participated less than 3 days per week or not at all. conclusions. anterior knee pain is common amongst children between the ages of 10 and 17 years, with a peak during adolescence, especially among girls. participation in physical activity increases the likelihood of anterior knee pain. correspondence: m f coetsee department of human movement science university of zululand private bag x1001 kwadlangezwa 3886 tel: 035-902 6648 fax: 035-772 6639 e-mail: mcoetsee@pan.uzulu.ac.za j phillips (bsc hons biokinetics) m f coetsee (phd) department of human movement science, university of zululand pg60-64.indd 60 7/5/07 10:39:01 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 61 angle, abnormal mechanics of the foot and ankle, especially pronation, and generalised ligament laxity. 2,7,15,16,19, 21,22,25,32,34 it has also been suggested that growth-related factors unique to the adolescent population may be important contributing factors in the epidemiology of anterior knee pain. 13,30,31 ruffin and kiningham 26 reported that of 16 748 patients presenting to family doctors with musculoskeletal complaints as a result of a variety of sports participation, 11.3% had anterior knee pain. the condition may account for 5 10% of all injuries seen at sports injury clinics. 15,33 while these studies refer to the general and sporting population, a study by fairbank et al. 7 found that 136 of 446 randomly selected pupils from a school of 1 850 learners had suffered knee pain in the previous year. at 31%, this is a fairly high incidence. this figure is supported by harrison et al. 10 who reported the prevalence in the adolescent population to be 30%. another study 8 on school children aged between 10 and 18 years found that as many as 45% of the cross-section of adolescents had anterior knee pain on physical examination. the authors acknowledge that it is likely that adolescents with the condition would have been more likely to volunteer for the study than those without knee pain. 8 the aim of the present study was to investigate the incidence of anterior knee pain, the effect of sport participation, age at onset of the condition, gender differences and other factors that could influence the condition among 11 17-yearold males and females. methods a questionnaire consisting of 20 questions, printed in english and afrikaans was distributed to learners at 8 primary and 5 high schools in the empangeni/richards bay area with permission of the headmaster of each school. all the schools were multi-racial and no distinction was made between race groups. girls and boys between the ages of 10 and 17 years were eligible for the study. pupils could complete the questionnaire under the guidance of a researcher or at home with the assistance of their parents, but in most cases it was done in the presence of the researcher in class, thereby reducing the risk of bias. the protocol for the study was approved by the ethics committee of the university of zululand. the questionnaire was designed based on information gleaned from a number of similar studies. 8,10,35 the majority of questions required the respondent to choose from amongst a number of answers. a few questions allowed space for further explanation. in order to investigate the incidence of anterior knee pain the subjects were divided into 2 categories, i.e. those with positive anterior knee pain and those who did not have any knee pain. to be classified with positive anterior knee pain the subject had to have met the following criteria while completing the questionnaire: s/he must have indicated the location of the pain on the anterior surface of the knee on the diagram, listed pain in excess of 1 month’s duration, indicated the severity of pain as moderate to severe, and indicated that the pain had interfered with sport participation. results a total of 2 414 questionnaires were handed out, of which 1 865 were returned, with 33 spoilt or the respondents being younger than 10 years of age. this gave a return rate of 76%. for the purposes of this article 475 subjects were excluded from the study as they had reported previous incidences of traumatic knee injury, and a further 147 were excluded as their answers concerning knee pain were inconclusive. both these groups of subjects could have fallen into either of the categories used for this article, and their exclusion was therefore necessary. table i indicates that 27% of the sample group had anterior knee pain. of the subjects who reported anterior knee pain, 21% experienced it in the left knee only, 34% in the right knee only, and 45% in both knees. thirty-one per cent of subjects had visited a medical doctor because of the knee pain, 82% reported that the pain interfered with their sport participation, and 37% had visited a physiotherapist or biokineticist, of whom 43% reported that the treatment they received was successful. thirty-seven per cent of the subjects had taken medication for the anterior knee pain. the average duration of pain experienced prior to completion of the questionnaire was 5 months. table ii indicates the activities and conditions that subjects reported as aggravating their anterior knee pain. running was the activity that most affected the condition, followed by jumping and kneeling. in the present study the girls displayed a slightly lower average incidence (26%) of anterior knee pain than the boys (30%) for the age group 10 17 years. however, when the data for only 12 15 years of age was considered the girls displayed a higher incidence of anterior knee pain than the boys (fig. 1). at age 10 11 and especially 16 17 the boys showed a higher incidence of anterior knee pain than the girls. table i. number and percentage of subjects per category and per gender (n = 1 210) number of percentage of male female category subjects total subjects n % n % positive akp 331 27 142 30 189 26 no knee pain 879 73 338 70 541 74 akp = anterior knee pain. pg60-64.indd 61 7/5/07 10:39:01 am 62 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 the highest incidence for girls was found at 13 years of age, while that for the boys was at 14 years of age. while the girls showed a slight peak in the incidence of anterior knee pain around 12 13 years, it was less defined for the boys. however, a chi-square test did not show a significant (p > 0.05) dependence between age and pain percentages for males as well as for females. a mann-whitney test for independent samples (2-tailed) showed no significant (p > 0.05) difference between genders. fig. 2 shows the incidence of anterior knee pain amongst the respondents who reported sport participation of different durations. the chi-square test showed a dependency (p = 0.0000008) between frequency of participation and anterior knee pain. a binomial test for percentages to determine whether change in percentage of anterior knee pain was significant as frequency of participation increased (2-sided test at 5%) showed a significant increase between 0 v. 1 3 times/week (p = 0.00001) and 1 3 v. 3 5 times/week (p = 0.00726). the increases between 3 5 v. 5 7 times/week and 5 7 v. > 7 times/week were non-significant (p > 0.05). table iii shows the activity profile of respondents according to different sporting codes. girls with anterior knee pain reported a slightly higher participation in all sporting codes compared with girls with no knee pain. athletics and swimming were the codes most commonly associated with the condition, followed closely by netball. all sports, except hockey and tennis, resulted in a higher incidence of anterior knee pain amongst the boys. the sports with the highest difference amongst boys were rugby, soccer, athletics and swimming. however, a chi-square test showed no significant (p > 0.05) dependence between sport type and anterior knee pain percentages for males as well as for females. a mannwhitney test for independent samples (2-tailed) showed no significant (p > 0.05) difference between genders. discussion the 27% incidence of anterior knee pain among the sample group (table i) is comparable to the 20 40% reported in the literature for this age group. 11,14,15,25 while little research evidence is presented in the literature, the occurrence of anterior knee pain has been reported as being higher amongst girls. 17,18,23,24 goodfellow et al. 9 reported that the incidence of knee pain in girls compared with boys was 3:2. contrary to the observations of those authors the present study did not show a significant (p > 0.05) difference in incidence of anterior knee pain between girls and boys. the girls displayed a slightly lower average incidence (26%) of anterior knee pain than the boys (30%) for the age group 10 17 years. among the age group 12 15 years the girls displayed a higher peak than the boys (fig. 1). the graph for the boys was much flatter, thereby showing a higher incidence of anterior knee pain during the years 10 11 and especially 16 17 than the girls. however, none of these differences was significant (p > 0.05). the highest incidence of anterior knee pain reported for 12 13-year-old girls and 14 15-year-old boys correlates with the period of the adolescent growth spurt. the growth spurt begins at roughly 10.5 11 years in girls, and 12.5 13 years in boys, and lasts for approximately 2 years. however, there is wide variation, and the spurt may occur anywhere between 10.5 and 16 years of age. 28 there does not appear to be consensus on any demonstrable factor causing the peak in anterior knee pain during adolescence. possible suggestions include hormonal changes and changes directly related to the sudden increase in height. during the spurt, linear growth occurs in the bones first, followed by growth in the soft fig. 1. percentage of subjects (n = 1 210), per age group and gender, displaying anterior knee pain at the time of completing the questionnaire. fig. 2. influence of sport participation on incidence of anterior knee pain (akp). table ii. activities and conditions reported by subjects to aggravate the anterior knee pain (n = 331) activity % of subjects affected running 72 jumping 31 kneeling 31 walking 28 walking up stairs 20 cold weather 19 walking down stairs 14 standing 12 sitting 7 pg60-64.indd 62 7/5/07 10:39:04 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 63 tissues. boys experience reduced flexibility over this period while girls have increased flexibility. 20 it has been proposed that girls are at a higher risk of joint pain and injury at this stage due to this increased flexibility, and possible ligament laxity or muscle weakness. 3 fig. 2 demonstrates that sport participation up to 5 times per week significantly (p > 0.05) increased the incidence of anterior knee pain. participation of more than 5 times per week did not further increase the incidence of anterior knee pain. this seems to support the finding that a higher percentage of subjects with anterior knee pain take part in the different sporting codes, as shown in table iii, than subjects without knee pain even though these differences were nonsignificant (p > 0.05). thus it can be concluded that regular sport participation does increase the risk for anterior knee pain. this finding is supported by the literature where it is stated that the condition is more common among physically active individuals, especially adolescent girls. 7,15,27 during the adolescent phase the knee structure becomes compromised which predisposes it to injury. this, combined with the added stress during sport participation, could account for the higher incidence of anterior knee pain. conclusion anterior knee pain is common amongst 10 17-year-olds, with a peak during the ages 12 15 years for girls, while the boys showed a more even distribution. participation in regular physical activity increases the development of anterior knee pain. cessation of exercise, on the other hand, should not be the preferred course of action as it could negatively influence the development and health status of the individual. emphasis should rather be on improving non-invasive rehabilitation techniques. preliminary results show that physiotherapy and biokinetic intervention has a positive effect and it is recommended that this avenue be explored further. acknowledgements the university of zululand supported this study financially. references 1. carson wg, james sl, larson rl, singer km, winternitz ww. patellofemoral disorders: physical and radiographic evaluation. part 1: physical examination. clinical orthopaedics and related research 1984; 185: 165-77. 2. cesarelli m, bifulco p, bracale m. quadriceps muscle activation in anterior knee pain during isokinetic exercise. med eng phys 1999; 21: 469-78. 3. chandy ta, grana wa. secondary school athletic injury in boys and girls: a three year comparison. physician and sports medicine 1985; 13: 106-11. 4. clark di., downing n, mitchell j, coulson l, syzpryt ep, doherty m. physiotherapy for anterior knee pain: a randomised controlled trial. ann rheum dis 2000; 59: 700-4. 5. crossley k, bennell k, green s, cowan s, mcconnell j. physical therapy for patellofemoral pain: a randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled trial. am j sports med 2002; 30: 857-65. 6. difiori jp. overuse injuries in children and adolescents. physician and sports medicine 1999; 27(1): 75-89. 7. fairbank jc, pynsent pb, van poortvliet ja, phillips h. mechanical factors in the incidence of knee pain in adolescents and young adults. j bone joint surg (br) 1984; 66: 685-93. 8. galanty hl, matthews c, hergenroeder ac. anterior knee pain in adolescents. clin j sport med 1994; 4: 176-81. 9. goodfellow j, hungerford ds, zindel m. patello-femoral joint mechanics and pathology: functional anatomy of the patello-femoral joint. j bone joint surg br 1976; 58: 287-99. 10. harrison e, quinney h, magee d, sheppard ms, mcquarrie a. analysis of outcome measures used in the study of patellofemoral pain syndrome. physiotherapy canada 1995; 47: 264-72. 11. heng rc, haw cs. patello-femoral pain syndrome: diagnosis and management from an anatomical and biomechanical perspective. current orthopaedics 1996; 10: 256-66. 12. hilyard a. recent advances in the management of patellofemoral pain: the mcconnell programme. physiotherapy 1990; 76: 559-65. 13. holmes sw, clancy wg. clinical classification of patellofemoral pain and dysfunction. journal of orthopaedic and sports physical therapy 1998; 28: 299-306. 14. johnson rp. anterior knee pain in adolescents and young adults. curr opin rheumatol 1997; 9: 159-64. table iii. participation profile (percentage) in specific sports for subjects displaying anterior knee pain (akp) and subjects with no knee pain males females no knee pain (n =338) akp (n = 142) difference no knee pain (n = 541) akp (n = 189) difference athletics 33 44 +11 26 41 +15 cricket 44 47 +3 2 6 +4 dancing 2 3 +1 20 22 +2 gymnastics 1 1 0 2 5 +3 hockey 20 17 -3 37 43 +6 netball 0 0 0 25 34 +9 rugby 40 54 +14 0 2 +2 soccer 46 59 +13 4 6 +2 squash 5 5 0 3 5 +2 swimming 25 39 +14 28 40 +12 tennis 12 8 -4 10 14 +4 other 11 16 +5 6 10 +4 pg60-64.indd 63 7/5/07 10:39:04 am 64 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 15. kannus p, niittymaki s. which factors predict outcome in non-operative treatment of patellofemoral pain syndrome? a prospective follow-up study. med sci sports exerc 1994; 26: 289-96. 16. karlsson j, thomee r, sward l. eleven year follow-up of patello-femoral pain syndrome. clin j sport med 1996; 6: 22-6. 17. lichota dk. anterior knee pain: symptom or syndrome? curr womens health rep 2003; 3: 81-6. 18. nimon g, murray d, sandow m, goodfellow j. natural history of anterior knee pain: a 14to 20-year follow-up of non-operative management. j pediatr orthop 1998; 18(1): 118-22. 19. o’ neill db, michell lj, warner jp. patellofemoral stress: a prospective analysis of exercise treatment in adolescents and adults. am j sports med 1992; 20: 151-6. 20. patel dr, nelson tl. sports injuries in adolescents. med clin north am 2000; 84: 983-1005. 21. pollock d. clinical examination of the patello-femoral joint. south african orthopaedic journal 2004; 3(4): 8-10. 22. post wr. patellofemoral pain: let the physical exam define the treatment. physician and sports medicine 1998; 26(1): 68-79. 23. powers cm. rehabilitation of patellofemoral joint disorders: a critical review. journal of orthopaedic and sports physical therapy 1998; 28: 34554. 24. price a, jones j. chronic traumatic anterior knee pain. injury 2000; 31: 373-8. 25. roush mb, sevier tl, wilson jk, et al. anterior knee pain: a clinical comparison of rehabilitation methods. clin j sport med 2000; 10(1): 22-8. 26. ruffin mt, kiningham rb. anterior knee pain: the challenge of patellofemoral syndrome. am fam physician 1993; 47(1): 185-94. 27. sandow mj, goodfellow jw. natural history of anterior knee pain in adolescents. j bone joint surg br 1985; 67(1): 36-8. 28. sinclair d. human growth after birth. 5th ed. oxford: oxford university press, 1989. 29. souza dr, gross mt. comparison of vastus medialis obliquus: vastus lateralis muscle integrated electromyographic ratios between healthy subjects and patients with patellofemoral pain. phys ther 1991; 71: 310-20. 30. stathopulu e, baildam e. anterior knee pain: a long-term follow-up. rheumatology 2003; 42: 380-2. 31. teitz cc. the female athlete. j am acad orthop surg 1997; 5: 89-94. 32. thomee r, augustsson j, karlsson j. patellofemoral pain syndrome: a review of current issues. sports med 1999; 28: 245-62. 33. wilson t. anterior knee pain: a new technique for examination and treatment. physiotherapy 1990; 76: 371-6. 34. woodall w, welsh j. a biomechanical basis for rehabilitation programs involving the patellofemoral joint. journal of orthopaedic and sports physical therapy 1990; 11: 535-42. 35. reider b, marshall jl, warren rf. clinical characteristics of patellar disorders in young athletes. am j sports med 1981; 9: 270-6. clinical sports medicine medical management and rehabilitation, text with cd-rom isbn 1416024433 / 9781416024439 ä 512 pages ä 336 illustrations saunders ä published september 2006 only a fraction of sports medicine injuries require surgery, but most sports references emphasize surgical management over medical management and rehabilitation. clinical sports medicine: medical management and rehabilitation is the only comprehensive sports medicine resource to focus on the medical management and rehabilitation of patients. written by some of the most prominent names in physical medicine & rehabilitation, this book fills a void by providing an outstanding sports medicine reference aimed at non-surgeons. the international contributors to this book present you with global best practices from world leaders in the field. the main focus lies on the practical information you need to implement the most effective non-surgical management and rehabilitation approaches for today's diverse patient population. pg60-64.indd 64 7/5/07 10:39:05 am sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 125 introduction following the 1995 rugby world cup, the game of rugby was introduced as a professional sport by the international rugby board (irb). rugby league had a large following and was tempting rugby union players with the promise of big salaries. the professionalism of rugby union was seen as the way to preserve the game and maintain the players. despite the rule changes accompanying the professionalism of rugby, there has been a subsequent increase in rugby injuries. 1,6 although this may not seem relevant for club players, the study of garraway et al. 6 revealed increases in injuries for both senior club (amateur) and professional rugby players from the 1993 1994 season (pre-professional) to the 1997 1998 season (professional). it would appear that there is now a greater emphasis placed on players’ speed, strength and endurance than before the professional era. 6 the stellenbosch rugby football club (hereafter referred to as srfc) is made up of five senior teams (including one women’s team), five junior teams (three under-20 and two under-19 teams), as well as 45 hostel teams and has more than 1 200 registered players. srfc also has a proud history of players who have proceeded to represent their province and country. in 1973 10 and 1974 1975, 12 research studies were conducted to investigate the nature and proportion of total injuries occurring during these seasons at srfc. in 2003, the university’s rugby injury database was developed to log and organise rugby injury data from srfc for further analysis. fellow researchers acknowledge a lack of a standardised definition of injury, which makes comparison between studies difficult. 1,3,6,7,9 however, regardless of the definition of injury used, the reported incidences of rugby injury remain among the highest in sport. 4 the major aim of this descriptive study was to compare the nature and proportion of total injuries occurring at srfc between the years 1973 1975 and 2003 2005. original research article nature and proportion of total injuries at the stellenbosch rugby football club: a comparison of the years 1973 1975 with 2003 2005 abstract objective. the purpose of this study was to compare the nature and proportion of total injuries occurring at stellenbosch rugby football club in stellenbosch, south africa, between the years 1973 1975 and 2003 2005. design. retrospective, descriptive study. main outcome measures. injured rugby players from the stellenbosch rugby football club from the different time periods were included in the study. results from the 1973 1975 time period were obtained from two previously published articles (roy, 1974; van heerden, 1976), while data from the 2003 2005 time period were available through the stellenbosch university rugby injury database. results. an increase in the proportion of head and facial injuries from 1973 1975 (21%) to 2003 2005 (42%) was found as well as a doubling in the proportion of concussions between the two time periods (12% 23%). there was an overall decrease in total injuries between the two time periods. conclusion. the findings highlight the high and increased proportion of head and facial injuries in the game of rugby at the stellenbosch rugby football club. this is a matter that should be further investigated. correspondence: michelle puren stellenbosch biokinetics centre private bag x1 matieland 7602 tel: (021) 808-4735 e-mail: mspuren@gmail.com m s puren (bsc sport science, hons b sport science (biokinetics)) j g barnard (ma, dphil sport science) department of sport science, stellenbosch university p l viviers (b med sc, hons b med sc, m med sc, mb chb, msc (sports med)) sport performance institute, stellenbosch university pg125-128.indd 125 1/11/08 12:30:35 pm 126 sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 methods subjects the subjects for this study came from the time periods of 1973, 1974 1975 and 2003 2005. the study population for both time periods comprised rugby hostel and senior or junior club players from srfc. injured srfc players were excluded from the study if the rugby player was injured during an away rugby match, if the injured rugby player did not play for a srfc team or if the injury was not rugby-related. in the 1973 rugby season 10 the injured srfc players were included if the rugby player was injured during a rugby match or practice and sought private medical treatment at the author’s medical practice. the injured srfc players for the 1974 1975 rugby season 12 were included if the rugby player was injured during a rugby match or practice resulting in medical treatment at stellenbosch university’s student health services. the injured srfc players of the 2003 2005 rugby season were included in the study if the rugby player was injured during a rugby match or practice resulting in medical treatment at the field. data collection injury definition: for the purposes of this study an injury was defined as an event which resulted in a player seeking medical assistance from the sports physician on duty at the rugby game or practice, regardless of whether the player stopped playing in the middle of the game or continued until the end before seeking the assistance. data source: the injury results of the 1973 and 1974 1975 srfc rugby seasons published in 1974 10 and 1976 12 respectively were compared with the injury findings of the 2003 2005 rugby seasons. the nature and proportion of total injuries were investigated for the two time periods. measurement tool: all the research studies (i.e. roy, 10 van heerden 12 and current) applied a questionnaire to collect the injury data. although these questionnaires were not exactly the same, each provided information about the player regarding the date of injury, age, height, weight, team, competition or practice, weather conditions, playing surface, shoe and stud type, position, phase of play, as well as site and type of injury sustained. the 1973 and 1974 1975 data were obtained from research published in 1974 10 and 1976, 12 respectively. however, the data from these studies were the authors’ published data and not the raw data. the 2003 2005 data were accessed through stellenbosch university’s rugby injury database. the method used for the injury data collection of the 2003 2005 season involved the presence of a sports physician and two postgraduate biokinetics students during all home matches and contact practice sessions for onsite acquisition of injury information. the sports physician was responsible for the diagnosis of the injury and the students on duty for the recording of the necessary information. data resource: the number of matches played in 1973 1975 and 2003 2005 were calculated from srfc annual reports for the respective years. injury categories: the category ‘head and face’ includes injuries of the head, face, nose, eye, ear, mouth and jaw but does not include injuries of the neck. the category ‘shoulder’ includes injuries of the shoulder and upper arm. the categories ‘knee’ and ‘ankle’ pertain to injuries of the knee and ankle respectively. these exact categories were used in the study of van heerden 12 when he compared his results with those of roy. 10 statistics the study is of a descriptive nature and it was decided to calculate the proportions of total injuries as percentages of the total injuries for the time periods of 2003 and 2004 2005, in keeping with those calculated by roy 10 and van heerden 12 for the time periods of 1973 and 1974 1975, respectively. results table i indicates the number of matches played, the number of teams involved and proportion of total injuries sustained, for the years 1973 1975 and 2003 2005, for both hostel and club teams. in 1973 1975 there were considerably more hostel matches played than during 2003 2005. in 2003 2005, more club matches were played than during 1973 1975. total match figures also include friendly matches. in total, more rugby matches were played during 1973 1975 (1 807 matches) than during 2003 2005 (1 389 matches). in 1973 1975 there were slightly more hostel teams and slightly fewer club teams than during 2003 2005. considerably more injuries were sustained during the period of 1973 1975 compared with the 2003 2005 – more than double the amount. fig. 1 shows the most frequently injured anatomical site for the years 1973, 1974 1975, 2003 and 2004 2005. in 2003 (41%) and 2004 2005 (42%) there was a doubling of the percentage of injuries for the category of head and face, table i. number of hostel and club matches played, teams and total injuries for each year matches/injuries 1973 1974 1975 total 2003 2004 2005 total hostel matches (teams) 498 (52) 567 (51) 469 (52) 1 534 280 (46) 290 (46) 217 (45) 787 club matches (teams) 123 (7) 74 (4) 76 (5) 273 226 (10) 210 (10) 166 (8) 602 total matches 621 641 545 1 807 506 500 383 1 389 total injuries 300 485 900 1 685 238 272 251 761 pg125-128.indd 126 1/11/08 12:30:35 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 127 while the percentage remained constant for 1973 (21%) and 1974 1975 (21%). the other three frequently injured sites have remained relatively stable, with some minor changes. there was a slight increase in the percentage of shoulder injuries in 2003 and 2004 2005 (12% and 12%, respectively) when compared with the 10% and 9% of the 1973 and 1974 1975 findings. the percentage of ankle injuries decreased from 14% in 1973 to 11% in 1974 1975. in 2003 and 2004 2005 the incidence is similar at 11% and 11% respectively. slight fluctuations are evident with the knee injuries, which increased from 14% in 1973 to 17% in 1974 1975 while in 2003 they decreased from 16% to 14% in 2004 2005. fig. 2 depicts the breakdown of head and facial injuries into lacerations, concussions and other head and facial injuries for the time periods 1973 1975 and 2003 2005. lacerations increased from 51% in 1973 1975 to 61% in 2003 2005, and concussions doubled from 12% in 1973 1975 to 23% in 2003 2005. other head and facial injuries decreased from 37% in 1973 1975 to 16% in 2003 2005. discussion the descriptive nature of this study and the limited possibilities for statistical analysis of the data do not allow firm conclusions to be drawn from the results obtained. a few limitations were encountered in the collection, access and analysis of the data, yet despite these limitations, the study still provides some interesting information concerning the nature and proportion of total injuries occurring at srfc 30 years following the initial two studies. a total of 1 685 recorded injuries occurred between 1973 and 1975 compared with the total of 761 for 2003 2005. the difference in total matches, played between the two time periods, is 418 matches, with more matches being played between 1973 and 1975 (1 807) compared with 2003 2005 (1 389). almost two and a half times more injuries occurred during 1973 1975. this is probably also an underestimation of injuries, due to the inclusion criteria used. van heerden 12 also states that 35% of these injuries occurred in 1974 and 65% in 1975. according to the proportion of total injuries by anatomical site for the years 2003, 2004 and 2005, it is apparent that the head and face hold the highest percentage of injuries compared with the other anatomical sites, followed by the knee, shoulder, and then ankle. these specific categories were compared with the findings of roy 10 and van heerden. 12 it would appear that there has been a large increase in the proportion of head and facial injuries between the three decades. the percentages for 1973 1975 doubled to 2003 2005. there was a 10% increase in the proportion of lacerations obtained in head and facial injuries, while the proportion of concussions has doubled. on the topic of increased injuries since professionalism, garraway et al. 6 state: ‘…changes in the laws of rugby union in recent years have been designed to encourage more open play. this has probably resulted in more tackles involving a higher degree of momentum or a greater degree of force’. perhaps this accounts for the increase in the proportion of head and facial injuries observed. the other three sites (knee, ankle and shoulder) remained relatively stable with little fluctuations. the finding of head and face being the most commonly injured anatomical site is consistent with the studies of targett, 11 gabbett, 5 bathgate et al., 1 and best et al. 2 although the studies of gabbett 5 and best et al. 2 also included neck injuries in this category, this is not considered a problem. should neck injuries have been added to the head and facial injuries investigated in this study, it would have only made the percentage higher. it is possible that the slightly higher percentage of lacerations of the head and face, which was recorded during the 2003 2005 time period, was because of the increased strictness concerning injuries involving blood. it is also possible that the doubling of concussions that was observed is due to the stricter guidelines concerning a player who has become concussed, resulting in more accurate reporting of these injuries. under the current irb laws, concussed players are subject to a ‘mandatory 3-week stand-down period’ regardless of whether the concussion is considered mild or severe. 8 in contrast, in 1974, roy 10 stated: ‘there is at present no set rule as to who is responsible for ordering the removal of an injured player from the field… permitting  lacerations concussion other 0 25 50 75 1973-1975 2003-2005 p ro p o rt io n o f to ta l h ea d an d fa ci al in ju ri es fig. 2. proportion of lacerations, concussions and other head and facial injuries.  head/face knee ankle shoulder 0 10 20 30 40 50 1973 1974-5 2003 2004-5 most frequentlyinjuredanatomical site f re q u en cy % fig.1. most commonly injured anatomical site per year/ season. pg125-128.indd 127 1/11/08 12:30:38 pm 128 sajsm vol 19 no. 5 2007 a player with concussion to continue playing should not be tolerated.’ conclusion the three commonly injured sites of the knee, ankle and shoulder remained similar over the two time periods, 1973 1975 and 2003 2005, in contrast to the higher total injuries for 1973 1975 and increased proportion of head and facial injuries for 2003 2005. an increase in the proportion of these particular injuries took place over the last 30 years whereas the total number of injuries decreased. it is of concern to note that concussion injuries have doubled. could this be due to poor tackling technique or some other skill which is lacking, or is it merely due to an increase in the reporting thereof? in order to obtain a better understanding of the findings observed, it would be beneficial to undertake further studies in this regard. references 1. bathgate a, best jp, craig g, jamieson m. a prospective study of injuries to elite australian rugby union players. br j sports med 2002; 36: 265-9. 2. best jp, mcintosh as, savage tn. rugby world cup 2003 injury surveillance project. br j sports med 2005; 39: 812-17. 3. bird yn, waller ae, marshall sw, alsop jc, chalmers dj, gerrard df. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project: v. epidemiology of a season of rugby injury. br j sports med 1998; 32: 319-25. 4. brooks jh, fuller cw, kemp sp, reddin db. epidemiology of injuries in english professional rugby union: part i match injuries. br j sports med 2005; 39: 757-66. 5. gabbett tj. incidence, site and nature of injuries in amateur rugby league over three consecutive seasons. br j sports med 2000; 34: 98-103. 6. garraway wm, lee aj, hutton sj, russell eb, macleod da. impact of professionalism on injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2000; 34: 348-51. 7. junge a, cheung k, edwards t, dvorak j. injuries in youth amateur soccer and rugby players – comparison of incidence and characteristics. br j sports med 2004; 38: 168-72. 8. marshall sw, spencer rj. concussion in rugby: the hidden epidemic. j athl train 2001; 36(3): 334-8. 9. mcmanus a. validation of an instrument for injury data collection in rugby union. br j sports med 2000; 34: 342-7. 10. roy sp. the nature and frequency of rugby injuries: a pilot study of 300 injuries at stellenbosch. s afr med j 1974; 48: 2321-7. 11. targett sgr. injuries in professional rugby union. clin j sport med 1998; 8: 280-5. 12. van heerden jj. ‘n ontleding van rugbybeserings. s afr med j 1976; 50: 1374-9. sports medicine, an issue of physical medicine and rehabilitation clinics by gregory a. strock, md; and ralph m. buschbacher, md, clinical associate professor and interim chair, department of physical medicine and rehabilitation, indiana university; indiana university medical center; residency program director, community hospitals of indiana, indianapolis, in, usa isbn 1416039287 ä hardback ä 240 pages saunders ä published october 2006 treating an elite athlete or a weekend player has its challenges � mainly to get them back in the game right away. this issue covers injuries and treatments for an assortment of sports: golf, running, triathalon, basketball and more. also included are two exciting chapters on sports psychology and performance enhancing drugs and chapters on altitude medicine and martial arts. pg125-128.indd 128 1/11/08 12:30:39 pm 94 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 introduction carbohydrate (cho) ingestion and the maintenance of euglycaemic blood glucose concentration have long been known to improve performance during prolonged exercise (> 90 min duration) 12, 15, 22. however, it was not until the 1980s that the performance benefits of cho ingestion during prolonged exercise were finally resolved. it has been shown by many studies that cycling endurance performance is enhanced when cho is ingested during prolonged exercise. 4-9 there are two mechanisms that were originally proposed to explain these findings. the first suggests that there is a muscle glycogen-sparing effect. 1, 9,16 however, this mechanism has been refuted by a number of studies, including those of bosch et al., 2 coyle et al., 8 flynn et al. 13 and levine et al. 21 the second and more widely accepted mechanism is that cho feeding delays the onset of fatigue by maintaining blood glucose concentrations and thereby preventing hypoglycaemia, via a liver glycogen sparing effect. 2,3 the maximum rate of ingested cho oxidation that can be achieved during the later stages of prolonged exercise is approximately 1 g.minute -1 (for review see 19 ). hawley et al. 18 reported a similar upper limit to exogenous cho oxidation (1.1 ± 0.1 g.min -1 ) after 120 minutes of exercise, when glucose was infused to maintain euglycaemia. in the same study it was shown that under conditions of hyperglycaemia (~10 mmol.l -1 ), the plasma glucose oxidation increased to ~ 1.8 g.min -1 during the final 30 minutes of exercise. this is in agreement with the suggestion by coyle et al. 10 that oxidation rates of exogenous cho may be able to reach 2 g per minute under hyperglycaemic conditions. these studies, as well as the performance studies described previously, were all carried out at constant workloads (70-75% of v02max). typically, during competitive road cycling races the workload is not constant but varies, depending on the terrain, course profile, environmental conditions and the racing strategies of the cycling group. 24 it is also important to note that none of the studies on the oxidation rate during hyperglycaemia investigated the possible associated effects on cycling performance. hawley et al., 17 however, have suggested that hyperinsulinaemia associated with hyperglycaemia may have an adverse effect on endurance performance during the first 90 120 minutes of prolonged exhaustive exercise. thus, the aim of the current study was to investigate any possible ergogenic effect of maintained hyperglycaemia on performance during a 100 km cycling laboratory time trial (tt) that was designed to simulate the variable intensity of competitive road racing. original research article maintenance of hyperglycaemia does not improve performance in a 100 km cycling time trial abstract objectives. the aim of this study was to determine whether the elevated plasma glucose oxidation rate (~ 1.8 g.min -1 ) in the latter stages of prolonged exercise in subjects in which hyperglycaemia (± 10 mmol.l -1 ) is maintained via a glucose clamp, improves 100 km cycling time-trial (tt) performance. design. seven endurance-trained male cyclists (22±4 yrs) participated in this randomised crossover trial. on two occasions, separated by 7 10 days, subjects performed a self-paced tt in the laboratory. during one tt blood glucose was maintained at a euglycaemic concentration of ± 5 mmol.l -1 (ett) and during the other, at ±10 mmol.l -1 (htt). each tt was interspersed with 5 x 1 km high-intensity periods (hip) and 4 x 4 km hip, in an attempt to mimic the variable intensity of competitive road races. subjects were instructed to complete the tt in the ‘fastest time possible’, taking the 9 hip (21 km) into consideration. results. there were no significant differences between ett and htt in overall time (143:09±7:14 v. 142:23±7:16 min:s), mean power (275±39 v. 279±39 w) and heart rate (160±9 v. 158±11 beats.min -1 ). conclusion. time trial performance over 100 km is not improved by maintaining a hyperglycaemic (10 mmol.l -1 ) blood glucose concentration. correspondence: a n bosch uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine department of human biology university of cape town po box 115 newlands 7725 tel: 021-650-4578 fax: 021-686-7530 e-mail: andrew.bosch@uct.ac.za andrew n bosch (phd) mark c kirkman (bsc (med)(hon) exercise science) uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, nelwands, cape town pg94-98.indd 94 10/3/07 3:30:42 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 95 methods subjects seven endurance-trained male cyclists participated in the study, which was approved by the research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences of the university of cape town. all cyclists were training between 200 and 400 km per week and had completed a 105 km road race in less than 3 hours. subject characteristics are shown in table i. prior to the start of the trial all subjects were informed of the purpose of the investigation, and since glucose was infused intravenously and blood samples were taken, the procedures and risks involved were explained to the subjects and their written informed consent was obtained. preliminary testing on their first visit to the laboratory, subjects were tested for predicted peak oxygen uptake (v02peak) and peak power output (ppo) on their own bicycles, which were mounted on a kingcycle ergometer (kingcycle ltd, high wycombe, uk). the bicycle is attached to the ergometry system by the front fork and supported under the bottom bracket by an adjustable pillar. the bottom bracket support is used to adjust the rolling resistance of the rear wheel on an air-braked flywheel and the system is calibrated as previously reported by palmer et al. 25 after a 5-10 min self-paced warm up, the test began at a workload of 200 w, which was increased by 20 w.min -1 until volitional exhaustion. during each incremental test to exhaustion, subjects were instructed to remain in a seated position. ppo was taken as the highest average power during any 60 s period of the test. the ergometry system software predicted v02peak from the ppo. on their second visit to the laboratory, subjects performed a familiarisation ride. this ride was a tt identical to that which would be ridden during the experimental trials (described below), except that there was no intervention of any sort. experimental trials each subject completed a single blinded randomised crossover design of two experimental tts separated by 7-10 days. tts were performed at the same time of the day under standard laboratory conditions (~22°c and 55% relative humidity). a large electric fan was used to cool the subjects during exercise. subjects were requested to perform the same type of training for the duration of the trial and to refrain from heavy physical exercise on the day before each trial. they were also instructed to follow their normal diet for the 3 days leading up to each tt. the food consumed prior to the first tt was repeated prior to the next. they were required to keep training diaries and dietary records to assess their compliance to these conditions. on the morning of each tt subjects reported to the laboratory between 07h00 and 08h00, 12-14 hours after an overnight fast. at this time their bicycle was mounted on the kingcycle ergometer and the system was calibrated as previously described. a flexible 20-gauge teflon cannula (jelco; johnson and johnson, halfway house, gauteng, sa) attached to a three-way stopcock was positioned in an antecubital vein of the right forearm. this cannula was used for the variablerate glucose (20% dextrose) infusion used to maintain blood glucose concentration at the predetermined value of either 5 mmol.l -1 (ett) or 10 mmol.l -1 (htt) for the duration of the tt. a flexible 18-gauge teflon cannula attached to a three-way stopcock was positioned in an antecubital vein of the left forearm for blood sampling during the tts. blood samples (~ 0.5 ml) were drawn at 5 min intervals to measure blood glucose concentrations, so that glucose infusion rates could be adjusted via the glucose clamp technique 11 and modified for use during exercise by the authors to maintain the desired blood glucose concentration. a pocket gluco-meter (accutrend; boehringer mannheim, mannheim, germany) was used to measure blood glucose concentration. the accuracy of the glucometer has previously been verified by comparison with a beckman glucose analyser (glucose analyser 2; beckman instruments, fullerton, ca). subjects were then connected to the infusion pump (accura tg 2000, trigate ltd., randburg, sa) used to infuse the 20% dextrose solution, mounted their bicycle and began a 5-10 min self-paced warm up. just prior to the completion of the warm up, an initial priming dose of glucose was infused to achieve the desired blood glucose concentration for that tt (i.e. 5 or 10 mmol.l -1 ). table i. subject characteristics subject age height mass vo2peak peak power p:w hrpeak (yr) (m) (kg) (ml·kg-1 min-1) output (w) (w kg-1) (beats min-1) 1 21 1.84 64.0 81.3 466 7.28 196 2 26 1.86 89.5 58.4 468 5.23 186 3 21 1.85 73.5 61.6 404 5.50 180 4 19 1.78 83.0 56.6 420 5.06 193 5 17 1.67 58.0 76.9 398 6.86 194 6 28 1.73 72.0 61.6 396 5.50 191 7 22 1.68 65.0 65.2 378 5.82 186 mean (sd) 22 (4) 1.77 (0.08) 72.1 (11.1) 65.9 (9.5) 419 (35) 5.89 (0.85) 189 (6) vo2peak = protected peak oxygen uptake; p:w = power to weight ratio; hrpeak = peak heart rate. pg94-98.indd 95 10/3/07 3:30:42 pm 96 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 following the warm up, subjects began the tt. in an attempt to mimic the changes in intensity associated with most competitive cycling road races, the tt included a series of high-intensity periods (hip): 5 bouts of 1 km duration after 10, 32, 52, 72 and 99 km, as well as 4 bouts of 4 km hip after 20, 40, 60 and 80 km. this protocol has previously been shown to be a repeatable measurement of performance (within-cyclist coefficient of variation of 1.7%). 26 subjects were instructed to complete the tt in ‘the fastest possible time’, taking into consideration the hip that were included in the protocol. prior to the start of a hip, an investigator gave a distance count down and instructed the cyclist to complete the hip in the fastest possible time. a financial reward was offered to the subject who completed the entire trial and the hip combined in the fastest time. in addition, verbal encouragement was also given during hip in a further attempt to evoke a maximal effort. prior to and during the ride, subjects viewed a diagram of the ‘course profile’, which graphically illustrated where each of the hip occurred. instantaneous power output was recorded at 500 m intervals during hip to provide an estimate of average power output. throughout each trial, power output, speed and elapsed time were monitored continuously and stored on computer. heart rate (hr) was recorded using a polar sporttester hr monitor (polar electro, kempele, finland). the only feedback the subjects received during the tt was elapsed distance and hr. during each tt, subjects were permitted to ingest water ad libitum. statistical analyses all results are presented as means ± sd. statistical significance (p < 0.05) of between group differences was assessed by a two-way analysis of variance (anova) with repeated measures over time (statistica for windows, version 6, statsoft, tulsa, ok, usa), followed by a tukey’s honest significant difference post-hoc test. results training and dietary diaries collected on the morning of each trial confirmed that each subject had followed a similar pretrial routine for both trials. none of the subjects participated in high-intensity or long-duration exercise on the day before any of the trials. mean blood glucose concentrations maintained during the trials by the glucose clamp were 4.9±0.2 mmol.l -1 and 10.1±0.3 mmol.l -1 for ett and htt, respectively. the mean time, power output and heart rate for ett and htt were similar (table ii). there was also no significant time by group interaction effects between the trials with regards to time taken or mean power for the hip (1 and 4 km) over the course of each tt. the subjects became fatigued during the trial as the fourth l km hip for both trials was significantly slower (p=0.016) compared with the first (fig. 1a) and had a significantly lower mean power (p=0.004) compared with the first and the last hip (p=0.02) (fig. 1b). the mean power of the third 1 km hip was also significantly lower (p=0.02) than the first in both trials (fig. 1b). the second, third and fourth 4 km hip (for both trials), were significantly slower (p=0.03, p=0.02 and p=0.01 respectively) compared with the first (fig. 2 a). the mean power of the fourth 4 km hip was significantly lower (p=0.01) compared with the first (fig. 2b). discussion the most important finding was that the maintenance of hyperglycaemia had no significant effect on cycling performance during a prolonged (~140 min) self-paced tt, compared with euglycaemic control subjects. this finding is surprising, since glucose oxidation rates have been shown to reach ~1.8 g.min -1 during the last 20 minutes of an intense (~70 % of v02max) 2 hour cycle bout when hyperglycaemia is table ii. mean time, power output and heart rate for ett and htt (n=7). ett htt mean time (min:s) 143:09±7:14 142:23±7:16 mean power output (w) 275±39 279±39 mean heart rate (beats·min -1 ) 160±9 158±11 values are mean ± sd. fig. 1. (a) time taken (seconds), and (b) average power (watts) for the 1 km hip during ett (•) and htt (o). * denotes a significant difference (p<0.05) from the first hip during ett and htt. + denotes a significant difference (p<0.05) from the fourth hip during ett and htt. pg94-98.indd 96 10/3/07 3:30:48 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 97 maintained 18 compared with 1.1 g.min -1 when euglycaemia is maintained via intravenous infusion of glucose. the higher oxidation rate suggests an improved supply of oxidative substrate to the exercising muscle, and therefore could result in an improved performance. endogenous liver glucose turnover is completely suppressed and fat oxidation is inhibited under these hyperglycaemic conditions, when initial muscle glycogen levels are normal (~130 mmol.kg -1 wet wt) 18 it can be assumed that subjects in this trial would have had similar, normal muscle glycogen concentrations at the start of each tt as they followed their normal diet for 3 days prior to each trial, and had not taken part in any heavy physical activity for at least 1 day prior to each tt. this is an important consideration as weltan et al. 28,29 have demonstrated that whole-body metabolism responses are different when initial muscle glycogen levels are low (~ 80 mmol.kg -1 wet wt). under these circumstances, muscle glycogen utilisation is reduced and fat oxidation rates are elevated. however, glucose oxidation rates are unaffected by initial muscle glycogen levels when either hyperglycaemia or euglycaemia was maintained via intravenous infusion of glucose. 28,29 thus, in the current study, it is unlikely that differences in muscle glycogen concentration at the start of the tt would have had any influence on the rate of oxidation of the infused glucose. the studies of weltan et al. 28,29 indicate that the percentage contribution of each fuel substrate (i.e. muscle glycogen, plasma glucose and fat) to overall energy expenditure appears to be regulated in part by substrate availability at the start of exercise and palmer et al. 23 have shown that overall energy expenditure is similar for work bouts of the same average intensity. since exercise intensity in the current study was similar, with no significant difference between overall mean power for ett and htt (275±39 w v. 279±39 w), this suggests a similar overall energy expenditure for ett and htt. the results of this study therefore indicate that the substrate that is predominantly utilised during exercise lasting between 2 and 3 hours, has no effect on performance. this is in contrast to suggestions by gisolfi and duchman 14 and hawley et al., 17 that the inhibition of fat oxidation in the early part of exhaustive endurance events may be detrimental to performance. pacing data from this study appear to support the concept of teleoanticipation during closed loop exercise bouts. teleo anticipation is the process whereby performance is regulated by central calculations and efferent commands in an attempt to couple the metabolic and biomechanical limits of the body to the demands of the exercise task at hand. 27 the time and power for the last 1 km hip was not significantly different from the first hip (fig. 1), although the fourth hip was significantly slower. this ability to complete the last hip at a similar pace to the first is not surprising, as it has been observed previously. 20 it must also be remembered that most cycle road races end with a bunch sprint for the finish and as a result competitive cyclists would be prepared for this. it is interesting to speculate that the progressive decrement in performance from the first to the fourth hip in the l km hip, and the 4 km hip (figs 1 and 2), may be the result of afferent feedback after the first hip resetting the subconscious efferent command in order to maintain a reserve to complete the entire tt. as subjects in this study were given a financial incentive and vociferous verbal encouragement in order to complete each hip in the fastest time possible, it may be assumed that their conscious effort was the same during all hips. therefore, we suggest that a subconscious down-regulation of power output via efferent command may be responsible for the decrease in performance during the hip, prior to the last 1 km hip. although efferent command was not measured during this study, this has been shown to occur by kay et al. 20 in conclusion, the results of the current study show that in well-trained cyclists, hyperglycaemia (i.e. a plasma glucose concentration of ~ 10 mmol.l -1 ) does not improve cycling tt performance. fig. 2. (a) time taken (seconds), and (b) average power (watts) for the 4 km hip during ett (•) and htt (o). * denotes a significant difference (p<0.05) from the first hip during ett and htt. pg94-98.indd 97 10/3/07 3:30:52 pm 98 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 references 1. bergstrom j, hultman e. a study of the glycogen metabolism during exercise in man. scand j clin lab invest 1967; 19: 218-28. 2. bosch an, dennis sc, noakes td. influence of carbohydrate ingestion on fuel substrate turnover and oxidation during prolonged exercise. j appl physiol 1994; 76: 2364-72. 3. bosch an, weltan sm, dennis sc, noakes td. fuel substrate kinetics of carbohydrate loading differs from that of carbohydrate ingestion during prolonged exercise. metabolism 1996; 45: 415-23. 4. brooke jd, davies gj, green lf. the effects of normal and glucose syrup work diets on the performance of racing cyclists. j sports med 1975; 15: 257-65. 5. coggan ar, coyle ef. effect of carbohydrate feedings during high-intensity exercise. j appl physiol 1988; 65: 1703-09. 6. coggan ar, coyle ef. metabolism and performance following carbohydrate ingestion late in exercise. med sci sports exerc 1989; 21: 59-65. 7. coggan ar, coyle ef. reversal of fatigue during prolonged exercise by carbohydrate infusion or ingestion. j appl physiol 1987; 63: 2388-95. 8. coyle ef, coggan ar, hemmert mk, ivy jl. muscle glycogen utilization during prolonged strenuous exercise when fed carbohydrate. j appl physiol 1986; 61: 165-72. 9. coyle ef, hagberg jm, hurley bf, martin wh, ehsani aa, holloszy jo. carbohydrate feeding during prolonged strenuous exercise can delay fatigue. j appl physiol 1983; 55: 230-5. 10. coyle ef, hamilton mt, alonso ig, montain sj, ivy jl. carbohydrate metabolism during intense exercise when hyperglycemic. j appl physiol 1991; 70: 834-40. 11. defronzo ra, tobin jd, andres r. glucose clamp technique: a method for quantifying insulin secretion and resistance. am j physiol 1979; 237 (endocrinol metab gastrointest physiol 6): e214-e233. 12. dill db, edwards ht, talbott jh. studies in muscular activity. vii. factors limiting the capacity for work. j physiol (lond) 1932; 77: 49-62. 13. flynn mg, costill dl, hawley ja, et al. influence of selected carbohydrate drinks on cycling performance and glycogen use. med sci sports exerc 1987; 19: 37-40. 14. gisolfi cv, duchman sm. guidelines for optimal replacement beverages for different athletic events. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 679-87. 15. gordon b, kohn la, levine sa, matton m, schriver w, whiting wb. sugar content of the blood in runners following a marathon race. with especial reference to the prevention of hypoglycemia: further observations. jama 1925; 85: 508-9. 16. hargreaves md, costill dl, coggan ar, fink wi, nishibata i. effect of carbohydrate feedings on muscle glycogen utilization and exercise performance. med sci sports exerc 1984; 16: 219-22. 17. hawley ja, bosch an, weltan sm, dennis sc, noakes td. effects of glucose ingestion or glucose infusion on fuel substrate kinetics during prolonged exercise. eur j appl physiol 1994; 68: 381-9. 18. hawley ja, bosch an, weltan sm, dennis sc, noakes td. glucose kinetics during prolonged exercise in euglycemic and hyperglycemic subjects. pflugers arch 1994; 426: 378-86. 19. hawley ja, dennis sc, noakes td. oxidation of carbohydrate ingested during prolonged endurance exercise. sports med 1992; 14: 27-42. 20. kay d, marino fe, cannon j, st clair gibson a, lambert mi, noakes td. evidence for neuromuscular fatigue during high-intensity cycling in warm, humid conditions. eur j appl physiol 2001; 84: 115-21. 21. levine lw, evans j, cadarette bs, fisher ec, bullen ba. fructose and glucose ingestion and muscle glycogen use during submaximal exercise. j appl physiol 1983; 55: 1767-71. 22. levine sa, gordon b, derick cl. some changes in the chemical constituents of the blood following a marathon race. with special reference to the development of hypoglycemia. jama 1924; 82: 1778-79. 23. palmer gs, borghouts lb, noakes td, hawley ja. metabolic and performance responses to constant-load vs. variableload exercise in trained cyclists. j appl physiol 1999; 87: 1186-96. 24. palmer gs, hawley ja, dennis sc, noakes td. heart rate responses during a 4-d cycle stage race. med sci sports exerc 1994; 26: 1278-83. 25. palmer gs, dennis sc, noakes td, hawley ja. assessment of the reproducibility of performance testing on an air-braked cycle ergometer. int j sports med 1996; 17: 293-8. 26. schabort ej, hawley ja, hopkins wg, mujika i, noakes td. a new reliable laboratory test of endurance performance for road cyclists. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 1744-50. 27. ulmer hv. concept of an extracellular regulation of muscular metabolic rate during heavy exercise in humans psychophysiological feedback. experientia 1996; 52: 416-20. 28. weltan sm, bosch an, dennis sc, noakes td. influence of muscle glycogen content on metabolic regulation. am j physiol 1998; 274 (endocrinol metab 37): e72-e82. 29. weltan sm, bosch an, dennis sc, noakes td. pre-exercise muscle glycogen content affects metabolism during exercise despite maintenance of hyperglycemia. am j physiol 1998; 274 (endocrinol metab 37): e83-e88. pg94-98.indd 98 10/3/07 3:30:53 pm review 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the prevention of injuries among youth basketballers according to the “sequence of prevention’’: a systematic review d aarts,1 m pediatr phys ther; m barendrecht,1 m phys ther sport; e kemler,2 phd; v gouttebarge,3,4,5 phd 1 avans+ improving professionals, breda, the netherlands 2 dutch consumer safety institute, amsterdam, the netherlands 3 amsterdam umc, university of amsterdam, department of orthopaedic surgery, amsterdam movement sciences, meibergdreef 9, amsterdam, the netherlands 4 section of sports medicine, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 5 amsterdam collaboration on health & safety in sports (achss), amsterdam umc ioc research center of excellence, amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: d aarts (dannyaarts@home.nl) youth play basketball all over the world. there are approximately 450 million youth basketball players worldwide. [1] in the usa, basketball was the most popular team sport for boys (544 811) and girls (457 986) registered in the school year of 2003–2004.[2] nearly 975  000 american students participated in secondary school basketball during the 2015– 2016 academic year.[3] in 2000-2001, basketball was the most common cause of sportsand recreation-related injuries seen in usa emergency departments, with a total of 395 251 cases.[4] the proportion of cases was not evenly distributed across age groups – for boys aged 5–9 years, basketball accounted for 5% of all sports injuries, whereas it constituted 15% of cases for boys aged 10–14 years, and 26% for boys aged 15–19 years, the highest percentage for any activity in this group.[4] for girls aged 10–14 years, basketball was responsible for 15% of all sports injuries, and 18% in the 15–19 years age group.[4]in a cross-sectional study in canada among 1466 students (12-15 years old), the greatest proportion of sports injuries occurred in basketball (14%).[5] there have also been basketball injuries in africa. for example, in rwanda, one study showed that the injury rate was 3.6 injuries per player per season, while in another study in ghana, the injury incidence was 0.190 and 0.084 per 100 players during competition and training.[6,7] in a study which focused on several sports, basketball athletes were reported to have the highest injury rate.[8] overall the incidence rates for basketball are higher during matches than in training sessions.[9] results for adolescent basketball players revealed that the injury incidence varied considerably from 7.8 – 49.0 per 100 participants for girls and 5.6 – 36.8 per 100 participants for boys.[9] the national collegiate athletic association (ncaa) began collecting injury and exposure data in 1982.[10] by summarising the data from all sports, the injury cases were significantly higher in matches than in training sessions, and pre-season training session injury rates were significantly higher than both in-season and post-season training session rates.[10] there were no changes in the rates of injury over the 16 years they collected injury data. more than 50% of all injuries were to the lower extremity, with ankle ligament injuries being the most common among male basketball players.[10] marchi et al. reported in 1999 that 23% of the ankle sprains among children aged 6 to 15 years resulted in permanent complaints over 12 years of follow-up.[9] in the usa, emergency department visits are highest among school-age children.[12] over one-third of school-age children will sustain an injury sufficiently severe to be treated by a doctor or nurse.[12] besides personal suffering, high healthcare costs are also incurred. youth basketball is also responsible for many injuries in europe: after football, basketball is the sport responsible for the highest number of background: basketball is played by the youth worldwide, and various injuries occur in youth basketball. there is currently no overview of the incidence, the risk factors and preventive measures of musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players. objective: this systematic review describes the most common injuries among youth basketball players. the most common risk factors and various preventive measures and interventions have also been reported and discussed. methods: search strategies were built based on groups of keywords, namely ‘injury’, ‘youth basketball’, and ‘cohort’. search strategies were entered into medline and sportdiscus. titles, abstracts and full text articles were screened by two researchers. data from the included articles were extracted by one researcher and checked by another researcher. results: twenty-seven studies showed that the overall injury rate ranged from 2.64 to 3.83 per 1 000 hours of exposure. ankle (22%-37%) and knee injuries (5%-41%) were the most common injuries. risk factors for knee injuries included ankle dorsiflexion with a range less than 36.5 degrees and female athletes with greater hip abduction strength. high variations of postural sway corresponded to occurrences of ankle injuries (p=0.01, or =1.22; p<0.001, or =1.22). a core intervention (rate = 4.99/1 000 athlete exposure (aes)) focused on the trunk and lower extremity led to a reduction in injuries compared to a sham intervention (rate =7.72/1 000 aes) (p=0.02). wearing a mcdavid ultralight 195 brace reduced ankle injuries compared to the controls (hr 0.30; 95 % ci 0.17 0.90; p=0.03). conclusion: ankle and knee injuries are the most common injuries among youth basketball players. poor postural control, reduced ankle dorsiflexion and high hip abduction strength are the main risk factors. a neuromuscular warm-up, in combination with strength and stability exercises, seems to be the best training method to prevent injuries. ankle injuries can be reduced by wearing a lace-up ankle brace. keywords: basketball, injury, risk factor, preventive intervention s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-12. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10829 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a10829 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5720-7999 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0126-4177 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1195-0998 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3549-7091 review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 injuries among boys.[13] the extent of the injury problem in youth basketballers calls for preventive action based on the results of epidemiological research. the number of injuries among youth basketball players should be reduced to prevent long-term complaints or complaints into adulthood and to reduce healthcare costs. the ‘van mechelen sequence of prevention model for sports injuries’ describes four consecutive steps that lead to efficacious preventive interventions. [14,15] steps 1 and 2 consist of exploring the incidence and aetiology of musculoskeletal injuries. steps 3 and 4 consist of developing and evaluating preventive interventions.[14] a systematic review on van mechelen’s quadrants in adult basketball players has already been published, but not yet in youth basketball players.[16] therefore, we aimed to gather epidemiological information to answer the following questions: (1) what is the incidence of musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players?; (2) what are the risk factors of these musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players?; (3) what are the interventions available for the prevention of musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players?; and (4) how effective are these interventions on the reduction of musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players? methods design a systematic review was conducted on sports injury prevention among youth basketball players. this systematic review has been written in accordance with the prisma guidelines.[17] data sources and searches search strategies (appendix 1) were composed by using three groups of keywords, namely: ‘injury’, ‘youth basketball’, and ‘cohort study’. the search strategies were entered into two databases, namely medline and sportdiscus. medline was searched from october 2, 2018 up to february 7, 2019. sportdiscus was searched from october 2, 2018 up to january 8, 2019. different filters were used: humans, english, randomised controlled trial, systematic review and/or academic journal. all search terms were combined with ‘and’ and ‘or’. eligibility criteria the inclusion criteria were:  the population consists of youth (boys and/or girls) basketball players (age 6-18).  the article is written in english.  if the article is about descriptive epidemiology (step 1 of van mechelen’s model), prospective cohort design is used.  if the article is about descriptive epidemiology, incidence rates or prevalence rates are reported.  if the article is about aetiology (step 2 of van mechelen’s model), prospective cohort design is used.  if the article is about aetiology, a risk estimate is reported.  if the article is about prevention (steps 3 and 4 of van mechelen’s model), randomised controlled trial is conducted.  if the article is about prevention, incidence rates and/or effect sizes are reported. study selection titles and abstracts of the retrieved citations were independently screened by two researchers (da and vg). when the title and abstract met the inclusion criteria, the article was included for the full text selection. when the title and abstract did not contain sufficient information, it was not included for the full text selection. then the full text articles were independently assessed by two researchers (da and ja). where doubts arose concerning inclusion or exclusion of an article, a third researcher was consulted (mb). data extraction the data from the included articles were extracted by one researcher (da) in a standardised table and checked by another researcher (mb). the data extraction focused on: article information (author, year), study population (numbers, age and gender), injury definition and injury incidence. if there was information about the risk factors, preventive measures and the effect of these preventive measures, it was also included in the data collection. risk of bias appraisal to assess the methodological quality of the included articles, two different checklists were used. for the articles related to descriptive epidemiology and aetiology, the quality in prognosis studies (quips) tool was used (appendix 2). the cochrane collaboration’s tool was used for the articles related to prevention (appendix 2). for both the quips and the cochrane collaboration’s tool, six potential bias domains were assessed with a high, moderate or low risk of bias. for assessments using the quips tool, a study was considered to have a low risk of bias rated as low or moderate in all six domains, with at least four domains being rated as low.[17] if two or more domains were scored as high, the study was rated as having a high risk of bias.[17] studies that were in between were scored as having a moderate risk of bias.[18] for assessments using the cochrane collaboration tool, a study was assessed with a low risk of bias when all items were assessed as low.[18] when at least one item was assessed as moderate, the article received a score with a moderate risk of bias. a high risk of bias was rated when at least one item was assessed as high.[18] the checklists were assessed and crosschecked by two researchers (da and ja). if a difference of opinion arose concerning the scoring of an item, a consensus was reached. data synthesis and analysis the data were processed according to the four steps of van mechelen’s ‘sequence of prevention’ so that the collected information was presented clearly. the following outcome measures were used for the incidence and the risk factors: exposure, hours of exposure, hours of game exposure, athlete review 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 exposure, and percentages. only the results that were expressed in hours of exposure were included in the results of the overall injuries. for the effectiveness of the preventive measures, it was considered whether a reduction was found on these outcome measures. risk reduction rates were used. results search strategies a total of 381 citations were identified of which 188 were in medline and 193 in sportdiscus. of the 381 relevant citations, 19 were duplicates. after checking the titles and abstracts against the inclusion criteria, 57 potentially relevant studies were included for the full text review.[20-76] after screening the full text, 30 articles were excluded.[20-49] the reasons for exclusion were: the articles did not meet the requirements for a prospective cohort or an rct (n = 15) [2022,28,30,31,34-36,39-43,48], the articles were not specifically about youth basketball players (n = 13) [21,23-26,29,32,37,38,44-47] ,or there were no outcome measures (n = 2).[27,33] figure 1 presents the search procedure. risk of bias of the 27 included studies, 23 studies were checked using the quips tool (descriptive epidemiology and aetiology) [49-71] and four studies were checked using the cochrane collaboration’s tool (prevention).[73-76] fifteen of the 27 studies scored a low risk of bias.[49,50,56,58,59,63-65,67,69-72,74,75] the other 12 studies scored a moderate risk of bias.[51-55,57,60-62,66,68,73] an overview of the scores can be found in table 1. the incidence of musculoskeletal injuries in youth basketball of the 27 included articles for data extraction, 19 articles contained information on the incidence of musculoskeletal injuries in youth basketball. [49-67] of these 19 studies, 13 studies were about girls and boys, five studies were about girls only and one study was about boys only. the age of all participants in these 19 studies together ranged from 8 to 20 years. twelve studies were about american basketball players and seven studies were conducted in other countries (five in europe, one in japan and one in nigeria). overall injuries the overall injury rate for youth basketball players ranged from 2.64 to 3.83 per 1 000 hours of exposure.[50,51,56] the game injury rate (range 5.70 to 36.84 per 1 000 hours of game exposure) was higher than the practice injury rate (range 1.47 to 3.13 per 1 000 hours of exposure).[50,51,55,56] ankle injuries (range 22% to 37%) and knee injuries (range 5% to 41%) were the most common injuries.[50,53,54,56,57] sprains were the most common type of musculoskeletal injuries overall (ranging from 43% to 66%), followed by fractures (ranging from 4% to 12%). [52-54,57] information on the incidence of injuries is presented in table 2, appendix 3 and appendix 5. specific injuries mcguine et al. investigated the incidence of ankle sprains in youth basketballers; the rate of ankle sprain was 1.56 per 1 000 exposure (1.68 for boys and 1.44 for girls per 1 000 exposure).[63] two studies investigated the incidence of patellofemoral pain (pfp) in female youth basketball players. herbst et al. found an incidence rate for development of pfp of 0.97 per 1 000 athlete exposures (ae), the study of myer et al. found an incidence rate of 1.09 per 1 000 ae. [65,66] symptoms of anterior knee pain were likely to persist to after middle school-aged onset and to reach peak prevalence during the high school years.[68] the shoulder injury rate ranged from 0.045 to 0.061 per 1 000 ae. [60,61] fig. 1. flow chart of the search procedure review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 risk factors of musculoskeletal injuries in youth basketball eleven articles presented information on the risk factors of musculoskeletal injuries in youth basketball. [50,51,58,59,63,65,66,68-71] of these 11 studies, five were about girls and boys, four were about girls only and two studies were about boys only. the age of the participants in these 11 studies together ranged from 9 to 20 years. in seven of the 11 studies, research was done on american youth basketballers. in the other four studies, research was done in different countries (three in europe and one in taiwan). game vs practice the injury risk for basketball injuries in youth was higher in games than in practices in all included studies. most game injuries resulted from body contact, 46% in the study of kuzuhara et al. and 1.32/1 000 ae for boys and 1.55/1 000 ae for girls in the studies of clifton et al. [51,58,59] in the study of pasanen et al. body contact with another player was the most frequent injury situation (25%), followed by stepping or landing on another player’s foot (23%) or landing from a jump (16%). proportions of contact injuries, indirect contact injuries, and non-contact injuries were 49%, 17%, and 34%, respectively.[50] information on the aetiology of injuries is presented in table 2, appendix 3 and appendix 5. table 1. risk of bias appraisal study (questions 1 & 2) participation attribution prognostic outcome confounding analysis total risk of bias backman 2011 [71] low moderate low low low low low backx 1991 [55] moderate moderate n/a low n/a low moderate beynnon 2005 [62] moderate moderate n/a low n/a low moderate bonza 2009 [61] moderate moderate n/a low n/a low moderate clifton 2018 [58] low moderate n/a low n/a low low clifton 2018 [59] low moderate n/a low n/a low low field 2011 [68] moderate high n/a low n/a low moderate foss 2012 [67] low moderate n/a low n/a low low gomez 1996 [54] low high n/a low n/a low moderate herbst 2015 [65] low low low low moderate low low kuzuhara 2016 [51] low high low low moderate low moderate leppänen 2017 [49] low moderate n/a low n/a low low mcguine 2000 [63] low moderate low low moderate low low messina 1999 [53] moderate moderate n/a low n/a low moderate myer 2010 [66] low moderate moderate low moderate low moderate owoeye 2012 [57] moderate moderate n/a moderate n/a low moderate pasanen 2017 [50] low moderate n/a low n/a low low pilsky 2006 [69] low moderate n/a low n/a low low rechel 2008 [52] moderate moderate n/a low n/a low moderate robinson 2014 [60] moderate high n/a low n/a low moderate rossi 2018 [64] low moderate n/a low n/a low low wang 2006 [71] low low low low moderate low low yde 1990 [56] low moderate n/a low n/a low low study (questions 3 & 4) sequence allocation blinding incomplete selective other total risk of bias emery 2007 [74] low low n/a low low low low foss 2018 [72] low low n/a low low low low labella 2011 [73] low moderate moderate low low low moderate mcguine 2011 [75] low low n/a low low low low questions: (1) what is the incidence of musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players?; (2) what are the risk factors of these musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players?; (3) what are the interventions available for the prevention of musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players?; and (4) how effective are these interventions on the reduction of musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players? review 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 fghjdfgxdghg table 2. musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players: occurrence and aetiology reference total boys total girls total game practice lower extremity ankle knee leppänen [49] ir in 1 000 h of exp. 1.51 (95%ci 1.20 1.82) 1.20 (95%ci 0.86 1.62) 1.93 (95%ci 1.43 2.56) 0.07 (95%ci 0.02 to 0.16) 0.59 (95%ci 0.42 to 0.81) pasanen [50] ir in 1 000 h of exp. 2.64 (95%ci 2.23 – 3.05) girls: 32.43 (95%ci 22.01 42.85) boys: 36.84 (95%ci 24.86 48.82) girls: 1.56 (95%ci 1.06 2.05) boys: 1.47 (95%ci 1.06 1.88) 15.05 (95%ci 9.79 20.31) 6.80 (95%ci 3.25 10.34) kuzuhara [51] ir in 1 000 ahs 3.83 (95%ci 3.04 3.87) 12.92 (95%ci 7.52 18.32) 3.13 (95%ci 2.39 4.62) 0.93 (95%ci 0.54 1.32) rechel [52] ir in 1 000 ae girls: 3.60 rr 2.63 (95%ci 2.15 3.22) boys: 2.98 rr 2.05 (95%ci 1.69 2.49) girls: 1.37 boys: 1.46 messina [53] ir in athlete per season 0.56 0.49 injury risk girls: 16.0 injury risk boys: 16.9 injury risk girls: 2.0 injury risk boys: 1.8 girls: 0.1 per athlete year. boys: 0.06 per athlete year. injury risk girls: 0.71 injury risk boys: 0.31 gomez [54] ir in athlete per season 0.49 n= 135 (31%) n= 86 (19%) backx [55] ir in 1 000 hours 23.0 yde [56] ir in 1 000 playing hours 3.0 5.7 2.4 33% 5% owoeye [57] ir per 100 participants or per match 22.7 per 100 participants overall: 1.0 per match. girls: 0.9 per match. boys: 1.1 per match. total: n= 7 (21.9%) girls: n= 3 boys: n= 4 total: n= 13 (40.6%) girls: n= 6 boys: n= 7 clifton [58] ir in 1 000 ae 1.55 competition: 0.85 practice: 0.39 competition: 0.33 practice: 0.12 clifton [59] ir in 1 000 ae 1.82 competition: 0.98 practice: 0.33 competition: 0.66 practice: 0.19 robinson [60] shoulder ir in 10 000 ae 0.50 0.61 girls: 1.24 boys: 0.95 girls: 0.34 boys: 0.32 bonza [61] shoulder ir in 10 000 ae 0.47 0.45 girls: 0.76 boys: 0.90 girls: 0.32 boys: 0.30 beynnon [62] ankle ir in 1 000 persondays 0.42 1.90 girls: 1.90 boys: 0.42 review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 risk factors of lower extremity injuries an anterior right/left reach distance difference measured with the star excursion balance test (sebt) is a risk factor for lower extremity injuries in youth basketball players.[69] logistic regression models indicated that players with an anterior right/left reach distance difference greater than four cm were two and a half times more likely to sustain a lower extremity injury (p<0.05).[69] girls with a composite reach distance less than 94% of their limb length were six and a half times more likely to have a lower extremity injury (p<0.05).[69] risk factors of ankle injuries in boys’ high school basketball players, high variations of postural sway in one leg standing is a risk factor for developing an ankle injury.[70] postural sway was assessed through standing performance on one leg with open eyes and was measured on a force plate. high variations of postural sway in both anteroposterior and mediolateral directions corresponded to occurrences of ankle injuries (p=0.01, odds ratio [or] =1.22; 95 % confidence interval [ci] 1.046-1.424; p<0.001, or =1.22; 95 % ci 1.089-1.359).[70] subjects who demonstrated poor balance (high sway scores) had nearly seven times as many ankle sprains as subjects who had good balance (low sway scores) (p<0.001).[63] risk factors of knee injuries players with an ankle dorsiflexion range less than 36.5 degrees had a risk of 19% to 29% of developing patellar tendinopathy (pt) within a year, compared with 1.8% to 2.1% for players with an ankle dorsiflexion range greater than 36.5 degrees.[71] the ankle dorsiflexion was measured with the established weight-bearing lunge test. young female basketball athletes with greater hip abduction strength have an increased risk for the development of pfpneed to write this out in full first. female athletes who developed pfp demonstrated increased normalised hip abduction strength (normalised torque, 0.013 ± 0.003) relative to the referent control group (normalised torque, 0.011 ± 0.003) (p <0.05).[65] additionally, frontal plane loads contribute to increased incidence of pfp in young female basketball athletes.[66] preventive interventions and related effectiveness four studies regarding injury-preventive interventions were included. [72-75] foss et al. investigated the effects of a schoolbased neuromuscular training (nmt) programme on sportsrelated injury incidence at high school and middle school levels, focusing particularly on knee and ankle injuries.[73] the nmt intervention (core group) consisted of exercises focused on the trunk and lower extremity. the nmt intervention consisted of the following thirteen exercises: lateral jump and hold; step hold; bosu swimmers; bosu double-knee hold; single-legged lateral airex hop-hold; single tuck jump with soft landing; front lunges; lunge jumps; bosu (flat) double-legged pelvic bridges; single legged 90 degrees hop hold; bosu lateral crunch; box double crunch; swiss ball back hyperextensions. the control intervention (sham group) consisted of resisted running exercises using elastic bands. for basketball, the athletes in the core group (rate = 4.99 injuries/1 000 aes) demonstrated lower injury incidences than the athletes in the sham group (rate =7.72 injuries/1 000 aes) p = 0.002.[72] the core group showed a reduction in injuries for basketball players (p = 0.02).[72] the absolute risk reduction rate per 1 000 aes was: 2.73 (95% ci table 2 continued. musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players: occurrence and aetiology reference total boys total girls total game practice lower extremity ankle knee mcguine [63] ankle sprain ir in 1 000 exp. 1.56 1.68 1.44 overall: 1.56 girls: 1.44 boys: 1.68 rossi [64] back pain ir in 1 000 h of ae non traumatic: 0.3 herbst [65] patellofemoral pain ir in 1 000 ae 0.97 0.97 myer [66] patellofemoral pain ir in 100 athletes or in 1 000 ae 9.66 per 100 athletes 1.09 per 1,000 ae 9.66 per 100 athletes 1.09 per 1 000 ae foss [67] anterior knee pain in % n= 183 (26.6%) plisky [69] lower limb injuries ir in % 23.0% 23.0% wang [70] ankle injuries ir in n n= 18 (42.9%) n= 18 (42.9%) backman [71] patellar tendinopathy ir in n n= 12 (16.0%) n= 12 (16.0%) h of exp., hours of exposure; ir, incidence rate; ahs, athlete hours; ae, athlete exposure; rr, rate ratio; n, number of participants; exp.,exposure; h, hours; ci, confidence interval review 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 0.92, 4.54).[72] labella et al. evaluated the effectiveness of coach-led neuromuscular warm-up on reducing lower extremity injuries in young female soccer and basketball athletes.[73] the warmup was similar to previously studied nmt programmes, combining progressive strengthening, plyometric, balance, and agility exercises. athletes were instructed to avoid dynamic knee valgus and to land from jumps with flexed hips and knees. coaches for the control group used their usual warm-up. compared to controls, athletes in the intervention group had lower incidence rates per 1 000 aes of gradualonset lower extremity injuries (0.43 vs 1.22, p<0.01), acuteonset non-contact lower extremity injuries (0.71 vs 1.61, p<0.01), non-contact ankle sprains (0.25 vs 0.74, p=0.01) and lower extremity injuries treated surgically (0.00 vs 0.17, p=0.04).[73] emery et al. studied the effectiveness of a sports-specific balance training programme in reducing injury in adolescent basketball.[74] the training group and the control group were taught a standardised warm-up programme. the training group was also taught an additional warm-up component and a home-based balance training programme using a wobble board. the injury rate in the control group was 33.1 injuries per 100 participants per season (95% ci; 28.64-37.79); in the training group it was 26.3 injuries per 100 participants per season (95% ci; 22.48-30.43).[74] the basketball-specific balance training programme was protective with regard to acute onset injuries in high school basketball (rr = 0.71 95% ci; 0.5-0.99),[71] but not significant, like all the results from this study. selfreported compliance to the intended home-based training programme was poor (60%).[74] mcguine et al. investigated the effect of lace-up ankle braces on the incidence and severity of acute first-time and recurrent ankle injuries sustained by high school basketball players.[75] athletes were instructed to wear mcdavid ultralight 195 braces over a single pair of socks on both ankles for each teamorganised conditioning session, practice, or competition throughout the season. the rate of acute ankle injuries was 0.47/1 000 exposures in the braced group and 1.41/1 000 exposures in the control group (cox hazard ratio [hr] 0.32; 95% ci 0.20-0.52; p=<0.001).[75] for players with a previous ankle injury, the incidence of acute ankle injury was 0.82/1 000 exposures in the braced group and 1.79/1 000 exposures in the control group (cox hr 0.30; 95% ci 0.17-0.90; p=0.028).[75] information about the preventive interventions and effectiveness is presented in table 3, appendix 4 and appendix 5. discussion the results showed that the overall injury rate for youth basketball players ranged from 2.64 to 3.83 per 1 000 hours of exposure.[50,53,56] ankle injuries (22%-37%) and knee injuries (5%-41%) were the most common injuries.[50,51,54,56,57] several risk factors for developing these injuries were mentioned in the results section, including an anterior right/left reach distance difference, high variations of postural sway and an ankle dorsiflexion range of less than 36.5 degrees. the anterior right/left reach distance and the variations of postural sway were both measured with a static balance on one leg. this may indicate that poor static balance on one leg, in particular, is a predictor of developing lower extremity injuries in youth basketball players. for the preventive measures, results showed that a core intervention focused on the trunk and lower extremity led to a reduction in injuries (p=0.02).[72] the basketball-specific balance training programme was protective with regard to acute-onset injuries in high school basketball.[74] another effective preventive measure was wearing a mcdavid ultralight 195 brace. this brace reduced acute ankle injuries. similarities and differences with other studies in 16 of the 27 included articles, research was done on american youth basketball players. the rules of the basketball federation in america (nba) and the rules of the basketball federation in europe (fiba) are different. the study of madarame suggested that women’s basketball games are played in a different manner in each region of the world.[76] this could mean that the incidence and risk factors of injuries are different in each region of the world for women/girls. for european basketball girls, and probably also boys, more research must be done into incidence, aetiology and preventive measures. compared with the overall injury rates in adult basketball players (ranged from 0.05 to 12.92 per 1 000 hours of exposure),[16] the overall injury rate in youth basketball players (2.64 to 3.83 per 1 000 hours of exposure) is less and closer together. however, in the review of kilic et al. there is only one article that describes the incidence in 1 000 hours of exposure. in accordance with the review of kilic et al. [16], the ankle and knee are the most common injuries in youth basketball. for ankle injuries, a high postural sway was a risk factor in both reviews.[16,70] because ankle and knee injuries are most common among the youth and adults, it seems best to reduce these injuries in the youth. it would therefore be best to start with preventive measures for the youth and to adjust the corresponding youth exercises for adults later. the injury rate in games was higher than in practice in all included studies. this is similar to other sports.[9] in youth basketball, body contact is the main reason for injuries in games.[50] at training sessions, there are forms of practice with no body contact. the competitive pressure will probably also be a reason for more injuries in games and this should be investigated in future studies. methodological aspects it was hard to compare the findings between studies because the denominator varied from 1 000 person-days to 1 000 exposures and athletes per season. for the results of the overall injury rates, only results expressed in hours of exposure were included. the influence that this can have on the overall injury rates seems to be small because the studies with other outcome measures show roughly the same results. in future, it is advisable to use one outcome measure for all studies reporting epidemiological data. increasingly, incidence rates in all sports are being expressed as rates per 1 000 hours. this is a good review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 8 fdfdsfsd table 3. musculoskeletal injuries among youth basketball players: preventive intervention and related effectiveness reference participation and design injury definition preventive intervention outcome foss [72] n: 247 g: girls a: middle-school and high-school aged. c: us d: rct f: 1 basketball season. injury was defined as: 1. any injury causing cessation of participation in the current session. 2. any injury that caused cessation of participation on the day after the day of onset. 3 any fracture 4 any dental injury 5 any mild brain injury. core intervention: the core intervention consisted of exercises focused on the trunk and lower extremity, sham intervention: the sham protocol consisted of resisted running using elastic bands. the core group (rate = 4.99 injuries/1 000 aes) demonstrated lower injury incidences than the athletes in the sham group (rate =7.72 injuries/1 000 aes) p = 0.002. the absolute risk reduction rate per 1 000 aes was: 2.73 (95% ci 0.92, 4.54). the core group had a reduction in injuries (x2 =5.51, p=0.02). a total of 39 of 126 (31%) core group athletes and 55 of 121 (45%) sham group athletes sustained at least one injury. high school level, 14 of 53 (26%) core group athletes versus 17 of 30 (57%) sham group athletes incurring an injury (x2 = 7.49, p= 0.006). at the middle-school level, the number of injured athletes in the core group (25 of 73 [34%] athletes) and the sham group (38 of 91 [42%] athletes) was not different (x2 = 0.97, p = 0.33). labella [73] n: 1492 (soccer and basketball). (755 control group and 737 in intervention group). g: girls a: high-school age. c: us d: cluster randomised controlled trial f: unknown lower extremity injuries. intervention group: 20-minute neuromuscular warmup. control: control coaches used their usual warm-up. intervention athletes had lower rates per 1 000 aes of gradual-onset le injuries (0.43 vs 1.22, p<0.01), acute onset non-contact le injuries (0.71 vs 1.61, p<0.01), noncontact ankle sprains (0.25 vs 0.74, p=0.01), and le injuries treated surgically (0 vs 0.17, p=0.04). emery [74] n: 920 boys n=464 girls n=456 a: 12-18 years c: canada d: cluster randomised controlled trial. f: 1 year both groups were taught a standardised warm-up programme. intervention group: in addition, teams in the training group received an additional five-minute sportspecific balance training warm-up component for practice sessions and a 20-minute home exercise programme using a wobble board. the programme was protective of acute onset injuries in high school basketball [rr = 0.71 (95% ci; 0.5–0.99)]. the protective effect found with respect to all injury [rr = 0.8 (95% ci; 0.57–1.11)], lower extremity injury [rr = 0.83 (95% ci; 0.57–1.19)], and ankle sprain injury [rr = 0.71 (95% ci; 0.45–1.13)] were not statistically significant. self-reported compliance to the intended homebased training programme was poor (298/494 or 60.3%). the programme was effective in reducing acute onset injuries in high school basketball. there was also a clinically relevant trend found with respect to the reduction of all lower extremities and ankle sprain injuries. mcguine [75] n: 1460 (740 braced group and 720 control group. g: boys and girls a: high-school aged. c: unknown d: rct f: one basketball season (2009-2010) injury: an event that occurred during a basketball exposure that forced the athlete to stop participation and prevented the athlete from participating in basketball activities the following day. intervention group: mcdavid ultralight 195 braces were used. control: in principle, the control group did not wear an ankle brace. acute ankle injury was 68% less in braced group than in control. acute ankle injury rate braced 0.47/1 000 exposures and control 1.41/1 000 exposures ([hr] 0.32; 95% [ci] 0.20, 0.52; p = <0 .001). for players with a previous ankle injury, the incidence of acute ankle injury was 0.82/1 000 exposures in the braced group and 1.79/1 000 exposures in the control group ([hr] 0.30; 95% ci 0.17,0.90; p = 0.028). for players who did not report a previous ankle injury, the incidence of acute ankle injury was 0.40 in the braced group and 1.35 in the control group ([hr] 0.30; 95% ci 0.17, 0.52, p <0.001). the use of a lace-up ankle brace reduced the incidence but not severity of acute ankle injuries in male and female high school basketball athletes by 68% regardless of sex, age, level of competition, or bmi compared with wearing no brace. n, number of participants; g, gender; a, age; c, country where study was conducted; d, design; f, follow-up period; rct, randomised controlled trial; ae, athlete exposures; hr, cox hazard ratio; ci, confidence interval; rr, relative risk review 9 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 approach and allows some comparison across sports.[77] it is better than per exposure because not every individual takes part in a training session or game for an equal period of time. some limitations need to be addressed. the search for articles was done in two databases and only articles written in english were included. in this review, only studies with a prospective design were included to formulate valid answers to the research questions while maintaining the highest scientific quality. the databases and selection criteria used might have led to the exclusion of relevant studies with a different design or in another language. we believe that these limitations did not significantly affect the findings, because the two databases used were the most obvious ones and prospective studies were used to formulate valid answers. there is a lack of scientific literature on the aetiology of basketball-specific shoulder and lower back injuries among youth basketball players. the search for articles only revealed articles about the aetiology and prevention of ankle and knee injuries. studies on the aetiology and prevention of other specific regions of the body are lacking. little is known about the incidence of injuries to other regions of the body and this information is presented in table 2. because there are no studies into the aetiology of those injuries, prevention studies cannot be drawn up for these few common injuries. several risk factors for injuries in youth basketball players were found in this overview. conclusions on the risk factors for youth basketball injuries are derived from only one study. therefore, it is important to be cautious when interpreting these risk factors. more research into risk factors for youth basketball injuries is recommended. in some studies, the ages of the children used were not specifically described and in other studies an average age was used. in two studies, the maximum age of the included participants was 20 years. [49,71] because participants older than 18 years were a small group of the participants of all included articles, we believe that our results are still representative of youth basketball players. all included studies scored a low or moderate risk of bias. this means that we must be careful with some of the conclusions. this systematic review scores a level of evidence 2. a level of evidence 2 applies to the results of the incidence and risk factors. a level of evidence 1 applies to the conclusions from the studies on preventive measures, except for the study by labella et al., which scores a level of evidence 2. implications for practice based on the results from the included studies on risk factors, it seems advisable to do a screening at the start of the season for ankle mobility, the strength of the hip abductors and the reach distance of the lower extremities. if there are risk factors, they will have to be addressed in a preventive program to prevent injuries.[78] also, it is advisable to perform a neuromuscular warm-up in combination with performing weekly strength and stability exercises for the trunk and lower extremity and to wear a lace-up ankle brace around both ankles in each training session and each game. conclusion the conclusions of this systematic review are predominantly based on american youth basketball players, showing an overall injury rate ranging from 2.64 to 3.83 per 1 000 hours of exposure. ankle and knee injuries were the most common injures among youth basketball players. the main risk factors for injuries in youth basketball were: playing games, anterior right/left reach distance difference greater than four cm, an ankle dorsiflexion range less than 36.5 degrees and high variations of postural sway in one leg. physical therapists and coaches can use the sebt to identify youth basketball players who are at increased risk for a lower extremity injury. the hip strength and the ankle dorsiflexion can also be tested in knee complaints or to prevent pt and pfp. a neuromuscular warmup in combination with performing weekly strength and stability exercises for the trunk and lower extremity currently seems to be the best training method for preventing injuries in youth basketball players. acute ankle injuries can be reduced by wearing a mcdavid ultralight 195 brace. for the preparation of specific prevention programmes in youth basketball, further research on the incidence and especially on the aetiology is needed. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: da wrote this manuscript as a graduation project for his course (master of pediatric physical therapy), collected the data and performed the analysis. vg was the project leader for this manuscript, conceived and designed the study, collection of data, interpretation of the results and the writing/adaptation of the text. mb was the project supervisor and was involved in the design, collection of data, interpretation of the results and the writing/adaptation of the text. ek works at the dutch consumer safety institute and was involved with the writing/adaption of the text and with preparing the manuscript for publication. references 1. fiba the international basketball federation. fiba basketball overview facts and figures. http://www.fiba.com/presentation#|tab=element_2_1. (accessed 7 july 2017). 2. national federation of state high school associations (nfhs): participation sets record for sixth straight year. press release aug 24, 2004 http:www.nfhs.org&sxsrf 3. national federation of state high school associations. high school athletics participation survey. http://www.nfhs.org/participationstatistics/pdf/201516_sports_participation_survey.pdf 4. centers for disease control and prevention (cdc). nonfatal sportsand recreation-related injuries treated in emergency departments – united states, july 2000 – june 2001. mmwr morb mortal wkly rep 2002;51(33):736-740. [pmid: 12201606] 5. emery ca, tyreman h. sport participation, sport injury, risk factors and sport safety practices in calgary and area junior high schools. paediatr child health 2009;14(7):439-444. [doi: 10.1093/pch/14.7.439] [pmid: 20808471] http://www.nfhs.org/participationstatistics/pdf/2015-16_sports_participation_survey.pdf http://www.nfhs.org/participationstatistics/pdf/2015-16_sports_participation_survey.pdf doi:%2010.1093/pch/14.7.439 doi:%2010.1093/pch/14.7.439 review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 10 6. hakizimana m. epidemiology and management of basketball related injuries in rwanda. university of the western cape 2005.etd.uwc.ac.za 7. quartey j, kwakye sk, davor sf. an injury profile of basketball players in accra, ghana. safr j physiother 2019;75(1):467 [doi: 10.4102/sajp.v75i1.467] [pmid: 31061911] 8. owoeye ob.pattern and management of sports injuries presented by lagos state athletes at the 16th national sports festival (kada games 2009) in nigeria. sports med arthrosc rehabil ther technol 2010; 2:3. [doi: 10.1186/1758-2555-2-3] [pmid: 20205785] 9. harmer pa. basketball injuries. med sports sci 2005; 49:31–61. [doi: 10.1159/000085341] [pmid: 16247261] 10. hootman jm, dick r, agel j. epidemiology of collegiate injuries for 15 sports: summary and recommendations for injury prevention initiatives. j athl train 2007; 42(2): 311–319. [pmid: 17710181] 11. marchi ag, di bello d, messi g, et al. permanent sequelae in sports injuries: a population based study. arch dis child 1999;81(4):324–328. [doi: 10.1136/adc.81.4.324] [pmid: 10490437] 12. adirim ta, cheng tl. overview of injuries in the young athlete. sports med 2003;33(1):75-81 [doi: 10.2165/00007256200333010-00006] [pmid: 12477379] 13. belechri m, petridou e, kedikoglou s, et al. sports injuries among children in six european union countries. eur j epidemiol 2001;17(11):1005-1012. [doi: 10.1023/a:1020078522493] [pmid: 12380712] 14. van mechelen w, hlobil h, kemper hc. incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries. a review of concepts. sports med 1992;14(2):82–99. [doi: 10.2165/00007256199214020-00002] [pmid: 1509229] 15. van mechelen w. 25 years after: the sequence of prevention revisited. keynote 1 presented at the ioc world conference on prevention of injury and illness in sport, monaco, france. 16 march 2017 16. kilic o, van os v, kemler e, et al. the ‘sequence of prevention’ for musculoskeletal injuries among recreational basketballers: a systematic review of the scientific literature. phys sportsmed 2018;46(2):197-212. [doi: 10.1080/00913847.2018.1424496] [pmid: 29303400] 17. moher d, liberati a, tetzlaff j, et al. preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the prisma statement. plos med 2009; 6(7): e1000097. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097] [pmid: 19621072] 18. hayden ja, van der windt da, cartwright jl, et al. assessing bias in studies of prognostic factors. ann intern med 2013;158(4):280–286. [doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-158-4-20130219000009] [pmid: 23420236] 19. sayampanathan aa, howe bk, bin abd razak hr, et al. epidemiology of surgically managed anterior cruciate ligament ruptures in a sports surgery practice. j orthop surg (hong kong) 2017;25(1): 1-6. [doi: 10.1177/2309499016684289] [pmid: 28142351] 20. beynnon bd, vacek pm, newell mk, et al. the effects of level of competition, sport, and sex on the incidence of first-time noncontact anterior cruciate ligament injury. am j sports med 2014;42(8):1806-1812. [doi: 10.1177/0363546514540862] [pmid: 25016012] 21. paszkewicz j, webb t, waters b, et al. the effectiveness of injury-prevention programs in reducing the incidence of anterior cruciate ligament sprains in adolescent athletes. j sport rehabil 2012;21(4):371-377. [doi: 10.1123/jsr.21.4.371] [pmid: 22713252] 22. waterman br, belmont pj jr, owens bd. patellar dislocation in the united states: role of sex, age, race, and athletic participation. j knee surg 2012;25(1):51-57. [doi 10.1055/s0031-1286199] [pmid: 22624248] 23. waterman br, owens bd, davey s, et al. the epidemiology of ankle sprains in the united states. j bone joint surg am 2010;92(13):2279-2284.[https://dx.doi.org/10.2106/jbjs.i.01537] [pmid: 20926721] 24. curtis ck, laudner kg, mcloda ta, et al. the role of shoe design in ankle sprain rates among collegiate basketball players. j athl train 2008;43(3):230-233. [doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-43.3.230] [pmid: 18523571] 25. mchugh mp, tyler tf, tetro dt, et al. risk factors for noncontact ankle sprains in high school athletes: the role of hip strength and balance ability. am j sports med 2006;34(3):464470. [doi: 10.1177/0363546505280427] [pmid: 16219940] 26. meeuwisse wh, sellmer r, hagel be. rates and risks of injury during intercollegiate basketball. am j sports med 2003;31(3):379-385. [doi: 10.1177/03635465030310030901] [pmid: 12750130] 27. mcguine ta, keene js. the effect of a balance training program on the risk of ankle sprains in high school athletes. am j sports med 2006;34(7):1103-1111. [doi: 10.1177/0363546505284191] [pmid: 16476915] 28. yard ee, collins cl, comstock rd. a comparison of high school sports injury surveillance data reporting by certified athletic trainers and coaches. j athl train 2009;44(6):645-652. [doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-44.6.645] [pmid: 19911092] 29. huffman ea, yard ee, fields sk, et al. epidemiology of rare injuries and conditions among united states high school athletes during the 2005-2006 and 2006-2007 school years. j athl train 2008;43(6):624-630. [doi: 10.4085/1062-605043.6.624] [pmid: 19030141] 30. owoeye ba, palacios-derflingher lm, emery ca. prevention of ankle sprain injuries in youth soccer and basketball: effectiveness of a neuromuscular training program and examining risk factors. clin j sport med 2018;28(4):325-331. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0000000000000462] [pmid: 29864071] 31. reinberg a, reinberg o, mechkouri m, et al. daily, weekly and annual patterns in children’s accidental sport injuries. chronobiol int 2018;35(5):597-616. [doi: 10.1080/07420528.2018.1459664] [pmid: 29851522] 32. muntaner-mas a, palou p, ortega fb, et al. sports participation and low back pain in schoolchildren. j back musculoskelet rehabil 2018;31(5):811-819. [doi: 10.3233/bmr171062] [pmid: 29865031] 33. smith j, dephillipo n, kimura, i,. prospective functional performance testing and relationship to lower extremity injury incidence in adolescent sports participants. int j sports phys ther 2017;12(2):206-218. [pmid: 28515975] 34. mickevičius m, degens h, kesminas r, et al. early anterior knee pain in male adolescent basketball players is related to body height and abnormal knee morphology. phys ther sport 2018;32:273-281. [doi: 10.1016/j.ptsp.2018.04.003] [pmid: 29793833] 35. fridman l, fraser-thomas jl, mc faull sr, et al. epidemiology of sportsrelated injuries in children and youth presenting to canadian emergency departments from 2007-2010. bmc sports sci med rehabil 2013;5(1):30. [doi: 10.1186/2052-1847-5-30] [pmid: 24364875] 36. hall r, foss kb, hewett te, et al. sport specialization’s association with an increased risk of developing anterior knee pain in adolescent female athletes. j sport rehabil 2015;24(1):31-35. [doi: 10.1123/jsr.2013-0101] doi:%2010.4102/sajp.v75i1.467 https://doi.org/10.1159/000085341 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc1941297/ https://doi.org/10.1136/adc.81.4.324 https://doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200333010-00006 https://doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200333010-00006 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12380712 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12380712 https://doi.org/10.1023/a:1020078522493 https://doi.org/10.2165/00007256-199214020-00002 https://doi.org/10.2165/00007256-199214020-00002 https://doi.org/10.1080/00913847.2018.1424496 https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097 https://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-158-4-201302190-00009 https://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-158-4-201302190-00009 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28142351 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28142351 https://doi.org/10.1177/2309499016684289 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25016012 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25016012 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25016012 https://doi.org/10.1177/0363546514540862 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22713252 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22713252 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22713252 https://doi.org/10.1123/jsr.21.4.371 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22624248 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22624248 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22624248 https://doi.org/10.1055/s-0031-1286199 https://doi.org/10.1055/s-0031-1286199 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20926721 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20926721 https://doi.org/10.2106/jbjs.i.01537 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18523571 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18523571 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18523571 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-43.3.230 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16219940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16219940 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16219940 https://doi.org/10.1177/0363546505280427 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12750130 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12750130 https://doi.org/10.1177/03635465030310030901 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16476915 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16476915 https://doi.org/10.1177/0363546505284191 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19911092 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19911092 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19911092 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-44.6.645 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19030141 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19030141 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19030141 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-43.6.624 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-43.6.624 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bpr0myqbzlrpzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=33&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bpr0myqbzlrpzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=33&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bpr0myqbzlrpzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=33&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0000000000000462 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bot1gwrbdjtzzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bot1gwrbdjtzzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1080/07420528.2018.1459664 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bpse%2bzqlrptpzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bpse%2bzqlrptpzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.3233/bmr-171062 https://doi.org/10.3233/bmr-171062 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bosuqyp7nosjzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bosuqyp7nosjzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bosuqyp7nosjzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bprkuuqldmszzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bprkuuqldmszzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bprkuuqldmszzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2018.04.003 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbertuuuprvppnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbertuuuprvppnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbertuuuprvppnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1186/2052-1847-5-30 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bmrk61r7zotjzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bmrk61r7zotjzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bmrk61r7zotjzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1123/jsr.2013-0101 review 11 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 [pmid: 24622506] 37. stoneback jw, owens bd, sykes j, et al. incidence of elbow dislocations in the united states population. j bone joint surg am 2012;94(3):240-245. [doi: 10.2106/jbjs.j.01663] [pmid: 22298056] 38. yao w, luo, c, ai f, et al. risk factors for nonspecific lowback pain in chinese adolescents: a case-control study. pain med 2012;13(5):658-664. [doi: 10.1111/j.15264637.2012.01369.x] [pmid: 22494366] 39. ladenhauf hn, fabrikant pd, grossman e, et al. athletic participation in children with symptomatic spondylolysis in the new york area. med sci sports exerc 2013;45(10):19711974. [doi: 10.1249/mss.0b013e318294b4ed] [pmid: 23559123] 40. sen j. incidence of popular ball game injuries in indian pre and post adolescent boys. int j appl sports sci 2005;17(2):1-8 41. de loës m, dahlstedt lj, thomée r. a 7-year study on risks and costs of knee injuries in male and female youth participants in 12 sports. scand j med sci sports 2000;10(2):90-97. [doi: 10.1034/j.16000838.2000.010002090.x] [pmid: 10755279] 42. emery ca, meeuwisse wh, mcallister jr. survey of sport participation and sport injury in calgary and area high schools. clin j sport med 2006;16(1):20-26. [doi: 10.1097/01.jsm.0000184638.72075.b7] [pmid: 16377971] 43. cook jl, khan km, kiss zs, et al. patellar tendinopathy in junior basketball players: a controlled clinical and ultrasonographic study of patellar tendons in players aged 1718 years. scand j med sci sports 2000;10(4):216-220. [doi: 10.1034/j.1600-0838.2000.010004216.x] [pmid: 10898266] 44. ohta-fukushima m, mutoh y, takasugi s, et al. characteristics of stress fractures in young athletes under 20 years. j sports med phys fitness 2002;42(2):198-206. [pmid: 12032416] 45. backx fjg, erich wbm, kemper aba,. sports injuries in school-aged children: an epidemiologic study. am j sports med 1989;17(2):234-240. [doi: 10.1177/036354658901700214] [pmid: 2667382] 46. yoshida m, yoshida r, kuroe k, et al. survey of external sports injuries in kagoshima city junior sports clubs. int j sports dent 2006;9(1): 20 47. sørensen l, larsen se, rӧck nd. the epidemiology of sports injuries in school-aged children. scand j med sci sports 1996;6(5):281-286. [pmid: 8960649] 48. antich tj, lombardo sj. clinical presentation of osgoodeschlatter disease in the adolescent population. j orthop sports phys ther 1985;7(1):1-4. [doi: 10.2519/jospt.1985.7.1.1] [pmid: 18802289] 49. leppänen m, pasanen k, kannus p, et al. epidemiology of overuse injuries in youth team sports: a 3year prospective study. int j sports med 2017;38(11):847-856. [doi: 10.1055/s-0043-114864] [pmid: 28895620] 50. pasanen k, ekola t, vasankari t, et al. high ankle injury rate in adolescent basketball: a 3-year prospective follow-up study. scand j med sci sports 2017;27(6):643-649. [doi: 10.1111/sms.12818] [pmid: 28033652] 51. kuzuhara k, shibata m, uchida r. injuries in japanese minibasketball players during practices and games. j athl train 2016;51(12):1022-1027. [.doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-51.12.22] [pmid: 27922287] 52. rechel ja, yard ee, comstock rd. an epidemiologic comparison of high school sports injuries sustained in practice and competition. j athl train 2008;43(2):197-204. [doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-43.2.197] [pmid: 18345346] 53. messina df, farney wc, delee jc. the incidence of injury in texas high school basketball. a prospective study among male and female athletes. am j sports med 1999;27(3):294-299. [doi: 10.1177/03635465990270030401] [pmid: 10352762] 54. gomez e, delee jc, farney wc. incidence of injury in texas girls' high school basketball. am j sports med 1996;24(5):684687. [doi: 10.1177/036354659602400521] [pmid: 8883693] 55. backx fj, beijer hj, bol e, et al. injuries in high-risk persons and high-risk sports. a longitudinal study of 1818 school children. am j sports med 1991;19(2):124-130. [doi: 10.1177/036354659101900206] [pmid: 2039063] 56. yde j, nielsen ab. sports injuries in adolescents' ball games: soccer, handball and basketball. br j sports med 1990;24(1):5154. [ doi: 10.1136/bjsm.24.1.51] [pmid: 2350669] 57. owoeye ba, akodu k, oladokun bm, et al. incidence and pattern of injuries among adolescent basketball players in nigeria. sports med arthrosc rehabil ther technol 2012;4(1):15. [doi: 10.1186/1758-2555-4-15] [pmid: 22559878] 58. clifton dr, onate ja, hertel j, et al. the first decade of webbased sports injury surveillance: descriptive epidemiology of injuries in us high school boys' basketball (2005-2006 through 2013-2014) and national collegiate athletic association men’s basketball (2004-2005 through 2013-2014). j athl train 2018;53(11):1025-1036. [doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-148-17] [pmid: 30715912] 59. clifton dr, hertel j, onate ja, et al. the first decade of webbased sports injury surveillance: descriptive epidemiology of injuries in us high school girls' basketball (2005-2006 through 2013-2014) and national collegiate athletic association women's basketball (2004-2005 through 2013-2014). j athl train 2018;53(11):1037-1048. [doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-150-17] [pmid: 30715913] 60. robinson tw, corlette j, collins cl, et al. shoulder injuries among us high school athletes, 2005/20062011/2012. pediatrics 2014;133(2):272-279. [doi: 10.1542/peds.2013-2279] [pmid: 24420804] 61. bonza je, fields sk, yard ee, et al. shoulder injuries among united states high school athletes during the 2005-2006 and 2006-2007 school years. j athl train 2009;44(1):76-83. [https://dx.doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-44.1.76] [pmid: 19180222] 62. beynnon bd, vacek pm, murphy d, et al. first-time inversion ankle ligament trauma: the effects of sex, level of competition, and sport on the incidence of injury. am j sports med 2005;33(10):1485-1491. [doi: 10.1177/0363546505275490] [pmid: 16009979] 63. mcguine ta, greene jj, best t, et al. balance as a predictor of ankle injuries in high school basketball players. clin j sport med 2000 10(4):239-244. [doi: 10.1097/00042752-20001000000003] [pmid: 11086748] 64. rossi mk, pasanen k, heinonen a, et al. incidence and risk factors for back pain in young floorball and basketball players: a prospective study. scand j med sci sports 2018;28(11):24072415. [doi: 10.1111/sms.13237] [pmid: 29883001] 65. herbst ka., foss kd., fader l., et al. hip strength is greater in athletes who subsequently develop patellofemoral pain. am j sports med 2015;43(11):2747-2752. [doi: 10.1177/0363546515599628] [pmid: 26330570] 66. myer g, ford kr, foss kd, et al. incidence and potential pathomechanics of patellofemoral pain in female athletes. clin biomech (bristol, avon) 2010;25(7):700-707. [doi: 10.1016/j.clinbiomech.2010.04.001] [pmid: 20466469] 67. foss kd, chen ss. myer gd, et al. expected prevalence from the differential diagnosis of anterior knee pain in adolescent female athletes during preparticipation screening. j athl train 2012;47(5):519-524. [doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-47.5.01] https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbwnski0rrrlpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbwnski0rrrlpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.2106/jbjs.j.01663 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbwrse%2bzrrzlpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbwrse%2bzrrzlpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1526-4637.2012.01369.x https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1526-4637.2012.01369.x https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbemsuqvprvopnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbemsuqvprvopnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbemsuqvprvopnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e318294b4ed https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bvte2xq7rlpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bvte2xq7rlpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbentemwqri%2b5oxwhd%2fqu37z4uqm4%2b7y&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbentemwqri%2b5oxwhd%2fqu37z4uqm4%2b7y&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbentemwqri%2b5oxwhd%2fqu37z4uqm4%2b7y&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1034/j.1600-0838.2000.010002090.x https://doi.org/10.1034/j.1600-0838.2000.010002090.x https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxmurp65ita%2bvt6tc7yrr1%2fjv5ovqhplb9owa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxmurp65ita%2bvt6tc7yrr1%2fjv5ovqhplb9owa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxmurp65ita%2bvt6tc7yrr1%2fjv5ovqhplb9owa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1097/01.jsm.0000184638.72075.b7 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbenteuyrru%2b5oxwhd%2fqu37z4uqm4%2b7y&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbenteuyrru%2b5oxwhd%2fqu37z4uqm4%2b7y&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbenteuyrru%2b5oxwhd%2fqu37z4uqm4%2b7y&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbenteuyrru%2b5oxwhd%2fqu37z4uqm4%2b7y&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1034/j.1600-0838.2000.010004216.x https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxmurrrfntqeuputl8ixf6rt%2b8%2blqjopu8gaa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxmurrrfntqeuputl8ixf6rt%2b8%2blqjopu8gaa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxkqyprjjt5zkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxkqyprjjt5zkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1177/036354658901700214 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbcrtky1qlfnpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbcrtky1qlfnpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=36&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxmurp7rorqyvputl8ixf6rt%2b8%2blqjopu8gaa&vid=38&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxmurp7rorqyvputl8ixf6rt%2b8%2blqjopu8gaa&vid=38&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxkm1p7doszzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=38&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvdhgxkm1p7doszzkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=38&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.2519/jospt.1985.7.1.1 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28895620 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28895620 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28895620 https://doi.org/10.1055/s-0043-114864 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28033652 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28033652 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/28033652 https://doi.org/10.1111/sms.12818 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27922287 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27922287 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-51.12.22 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18345346 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18345346 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18345346 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-43.2.197 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10352762 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10352762 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10352762 https://doi.org/10.1177/03635465990270030401 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8883693 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8883693 https://doi.org/10.1177/036354659602400521 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2039063 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2039063 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2039063 https://doi.org/10.1177/036354659101900206 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2350669 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2350669 https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.24.1.51 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbaote20rrvppnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbaote20rrvppnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbaote20rrvppnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1186/1758-2555-4-15 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=clifton%20dr%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=30715913 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=onate%20ja%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=30715913 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hertel%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=30715913 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-148-17 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=clifton%20dr%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=30715913 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=hertel%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=30715913 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=onate%20ja%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=30715913 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/30715913 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/30715913 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-150-17 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24420804 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24420804 https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2013-2279 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19180222 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19180222 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19180222 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-44.1.76 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16009979 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16009979 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16009979 https://doi.org/10.1177/0363546505275490 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11086748 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11086748 https://doi.org/10.1097/00042752-200010000-00003 https://doi.org/10.1097/00042752-200010000-00003 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29883001 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29883001 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29883001 https://doi.org/10.1111/sms.13237 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bnrk%2bvrlnpt5zkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bnrk%2bvrlnpt5zkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1177/0363546515599628 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bnsu21r65it5zkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=38&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsva%2bnsu21r65it5zkh%2fdj34y73poe6urjkpia&vid=38&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.clinbiomech.2010.04.001 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbaorkuxp7vqpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbaorkuxp7vqpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://web-a-ebscohost-com.lib.fontys.nl/ehost/viewarticle/render?data=dgjymppp44rp2%2fdv0%2bnjisfk5ie46a9js6%2b2t7ok63nn5kx95uxxjl6nrvctqk5jt5a0uq6vue20lr9lporweezp33vy3%2b2g59q7ra%2bpse2up7dlt6akhn%2fk5vxj5kr84lpxs%2bac8nnls79mpnfsvbaorkuxp7vqpnztiuvx8lxk6%2bqe8tv2jaaa&vid=35&sid=d17be064-076e-4e66-9f2b-afa4db1fc7f9@sessionmgr4010 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-47.5.01 review sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 12 [pmid: 23068589] 68. field ae, gordon cm, pierce lm, et al. prospective study of physical activity and risk of developing a stress fracture among preadolescent and adolescent girls. arch pediatr adolesc med 2011;165(8):723-728. [doi: 10.1001/archpediatrics.2011.34] [pmid: 21464375] 69. plisky pj, rauh mj, kaminski tw, underwood fb. star excursion balance test as a predictor of lower extremity injury in high school basketball players. j orthop sports phys ther. 2006 dec;36(12):911-9. [https://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2006.2244] [pmid: 17193868] 70. wang hk, chen ch, shiang ty, jan mh, lin kh. risk-factor analysis of high school basketball-player ankle injuries: a prospective controlled cohort study evaluating postural sway, ankle strength, and flexibility. arch phys med rehabil 2006 jun;87(6):821-5. [https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apmr.2006.02.024] [pmid:16731218] 71. backman lj, danielson p. low range of ankle dorsiflexion predisposes for patellar tendinopathy in junior elite basketball players: a 1-year prospective study. am j sports med 2011;39(12):2626-2633. [doi: 10.1177/0363546511420552] [pmid: 21917610] 72. foss kd, thomas s, khoury jc, et al. a school-based neuromuscular training program and sportrelated injury incidence: a prospective randomized controlled clinical trial. j athl train 2018;53(1):20-28. [doi: 10.4085/1062-6050-173-16] [pmid: 29332470] 73. labella cr, huxford mr, grissom j, et al. effect of neuromuscular warm-up on injuries in female soccer and basketball athletes in urban public high schools: cluster randomized controlled trial. arch pediatr adolesc med 2011;165(11):1033-1040. [doi: 10.1001/archpediatrics.2011.168] [pmid: 22065184] 74. emery ca, rose ms, mcallister jr, et al. a prevention strategy to reduce the incidence of injury in high school basketball: a cluster randomized controlled trial. clin j sport med 2007;17(1):17-24. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0b013e31802e9c05] [pmid: 17304001] 75. mcguine ta, brooks a, hetzel s. the effect of lace-up ankle braces on injury rates in high school basketball players. am j sports med 2011;39(9):1840-1848. [doi: 10.1177/0363546511406242] [pmid: 21795671] 76. madarame h. regional differences in women's basketball: a comparison among continental championships. sports (basel) 2018 20;6(3):65. [doi: 10.3390/sports6030065] [pmid: 30036984] 77. phillips lh. sports injury incidence. br j sports med 2000;34(2):133-136. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.34.2.133] [pmid: 10786870] 78. bahr r. why screening tests to predict injury do not work— and probably never will…: a critical review. br j sports med 2016;50(13):776-780. [doi:.10.1136/bjsports-2016-096256] [pmid: 27095747] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21464375 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21464375 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21464375 https://doi.org/10.1001/archpediatrics.2011.34 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17193868 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17193868 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17193868 https://doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2006.2244 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16731218 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16731218 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16731218 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16731218 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apmr.2006.02.024 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21917610 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21917610 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21917610 https://doi.org/10.1177/0363546511420552 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29332470 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29332470 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29332470 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29332470 https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-173-16 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22065184 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22065184 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22065184 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22065184 https://doi.org/10.1001/archpediatrics.2011.168 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17304001 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17304001 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17304001 https://doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31802e9c05 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21795671 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21795671 https://doi.org/10.1177/0363546511406242 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=madarame%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=30036984 https://doi.org/10.3390/sports6030065 https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.34.2.133 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27095747 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/27095747 https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2016-096256 original research 69 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 experiences of psychosocial and programme-related barriers to recovery in lifestyle interventions for noncommunicable diseases p skowno, phd1, w derman, mbchb, ffims, phd2, d j stein, mbchb, frcpc, phd3, c e draper, phd1 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, south africa and sport science institute of south africa, newlands, south africa 2 department of orthopaedics, university of stellenbosch, south africa 3department of psychiatry and mrc unit on anxiety and stress disorders, university of cape town, south africa corresponding author: p skowno (pskowno@gmail.com) the majority of recent global deaths are due to noncommunicable diseases (ncds)[1]. many of these diseases are preventable by modifying key risk factors such as unhealthy diet, physical inactivity, tobacco use and harmful alcohol use [1]. however, the complex nature of the disease experience make it unavoidable to dismiss the challenges inherent in sustainable behaviour modification[2]. this is demonstrated by the continuing increase in global incidence of ncds. in turn, the development of more individualised, patient-centred treatment for these cases may require a more comprehensive research strategy to better understand patient experiences of ncds and their participation in lifestyle intervention programmes. this is often achieved through the application of qualitative research strategies. the application of qualitative and mixed methodologies in health science research has resulted in a corresponding increase in literature detailing patient experiences of ncds and the recovery process[3–7] to date, a number of reviews[3] and systematic reviews[4,5] have collated patients’ experiences of chronic heart failure, and qualitative research has distinguished genericand disease-specific experiences of ncds[6]. elderly patients experience chronic heart failure as debilitating and distressing. there is a great deal of uncertainty, especially at an advanced stage of illness and inefficacy in self-care[4]. social isolation, living in fear, and losing a sense of control were included as prominent themes in a subsequent review of the topic[5]. adaptation to a new sense of self is suggested as influencing self-care behaviours[3]. moreover, patients recovering from myocardial infarctions noted difficulties in making lifestyle changes[7]. accordingly, findings called for increased long-term support and monitoring, as well as group work to enhance the sharing of experiences[7]. a systematic review of patient experiences of chronic heart failure noted the nature of health service encounters as an important factor influencing patient health trajectories[5]. it incorporates access, continuity and quality of care, as well as comorbid conditions and personal relationships, and thus plays an important role in developing and improving the delivery and use of lifestyle interventions for patients with ncds[5]. research of patient experiences of cardiac rehabilitation highlights the barriers to adherence or attendance. using qualitative methodologies, a systematic review and metasynthesis of cardiac rehabilitation studies identified physical and personal barriers to participation[8]. examples of physical barriers included a lack of transport and financial constraints. personal barriers may include a patient feeling embarrassment about participation, or misunderstanding the reasons for the onset of the disease, or the purpose of rehabilitation. what is less evident, however, are the characteristics and experiences of ncds’ cohorts with multiple comorbidities who are participating in lifestyle intervention programmes. extensive descriptions of these cohorts could potentially guide the development of more patient-centred interventions. therefore the aim of this paper is to describe the role of factors which may hinder a patient’s physical and psychological progress in a lifestyle intervention programme for ncds. specifically, the paper’s objectives are to outline psychosocial as well as programme-related factors which might contribute towards less successful physical and mental health outcomes in patients with ncds. background: the majority of global deaths are due to noncommunicable diseases, largely preventable and treatable utilising behavioural interventions. objectives: the study investigated patients’ experiences of a lifestyle intervention programme for noncommunicable diseases (ncds), and the influence that psychosocial and programme-related barriers had on patients’ ability to improve their well-being. methods: fourteen patients with ncds were interviewed before and on completion of a 12-week lifestyle intervention programme at a sports and exercise medicine clinic. thematic analysis techniques were used to analyse interview data. results: patients described their experiences of ncds diagnosis as traumatic, and their own relationship with their bodies and with the disorder(s) to be vulnerable and significantly challenging. professional incompetence and unethical treatment were included as barriers to recovery. barriers specifically relating to the programme included scheduling, as well as the online assessment component. those reporting more premorbid psychosocial barriers were more likely to experience current complications, whether diseaseor treatment-related, often emphasising the negative influence of programme and professional-related problems. conclusion: qualitative methodologies enabled the study to yield clinically relevant insights with respect to patients with ncds. accounting for the trauma and vulnerability experienced by this cohort may assist in the development of more patient-centred interventions and sustainable secondary prevention of ncds. keywords: chronic diseases of lifestyle; intervention evaluation; psychological risk factors; social support; professional conduct s afr j sports med 2016;28(3):69-73. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1237 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i3a1237 original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 70 methods study design the study used qualitative methodology. data collection and analysis involved semi-structured interviews and thematic analysis respectively. study setting u turn medical is a multi-disciplinary, comprehensive lifestyle intervention programme centred on the patient. the 12-week programme is designed to provide optimal health care for patients with a range of established chronic diseases, including cardiovascular disease, metabolic and chronic respiratory disorders. the programme manages established disease states and recognised risk factors, and aims to improve a patient’s functional capacity. it provides risk screening, medical assessment, supervised exercise sessions, injury prevention strategies, dietary education and psychosocial support. individualised exercise and lifestyle prescriptions are developed for patients during preliminary one-on-one exercise sessions with a biokineticist. exercise, dietary, and psychosocial prescriptions are based on findings from baseline medical, exercise and psychosocial assessments. the majority of patients subsequently participate in group exercise sessions held three times a week in a morning or afternoon session. the group exercise sessions are supervised by a biokineticist. a sports physician is in attendance to provide a prompt and appropriate response to any potential emergencies during exercise sessions. prior to completion, patients are reassessed by a biokineticist and a sports physician. this may be followed by an additional 12-week programme if indicated. participants participants were identified and recruited from a cohort of patients with ncds starting the u turn medical[9] lifestyle intervention programme. convenience sampling was deemed the most suitable strategy for the investigation, based on the availability of new intakes into the programme and referral from biokineticists and doctors at clinics. cases meeting referral criteria for the programme were included in the study. the majority of participants were referred to by programme staff as ‘cardiac patients’. fourteen individuals consented to being interviewed at the start of the programme. eleven of the 14 were available for recorded interviews at the end of programme. two participants submitted written responses due to the reported inconvenience of returning to the study site, and one participant who did not complete the programme did not respond to requests for a follow-up interview. of the 11 participants interviewed, two withdrew from the programme due to health complications, with one reporting the intention of resuming the programme at the time of the second interview. an overview of participant characteristics is detailed in table 1, and reflect similar demographic trends to related patient populations, as reported in related studies[9]. data collection interviews before and after the intervention were semistructured, consisting of open-ended questions within a flexible structure to define a specific area of inquiry, as well as divergence to another area if necessary[10,11]. the questions for both interviews are detailed and italicised in table 2. interviews took place in a consulting room at the clinic and recorded using a digital voice recorder. they were conducted by the first author, a registered counselling psychologist, and lasted between 15 and 50 minutes respectively. on average, the initial interview was conducted during the participant’s second or third week after the physician’s assessment. the second interviews were held any time from the last few weeks of the participant’s programme to six months thereafter. the recordings were subsequently transcribed and analysed. ethical considerations ethical approval for this study was obtained from the human research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences at the university of cape town (hrec ref 332/2007) in accordance with the helsinki declaration. participants gave their signed, informed consent. data analysis interview data were analysed using thematic analysis, a userfriendly and intuitive method of identifying and selecting central themes and patterns in data[12]. it is a flexible method and can be adapted into numerous research designs, irrespective of the researcher’s theoretical background[13]. thematic analysis identifies basic features of the data that are of interest to the researcher[12]. this is achieved through coding, a process of extracting the most basic, yet meaningful segments of raw data from a data set[12]. following the coding process, themes were identified. themes relate the important aspects of data to the study’s research question[12]. they occur relatively frequently within the data set and carry some degree of meaning[12]. the study made use of qsr nvivo 10 data analysis software. after the start of the preliminary analysis, a thematic framework was constructed in which to consolidate similar themes and perceive the differences from others. the themes identified in the data set were categorised as: psychosocial barriers and professional and programme-related barriers to progress in the programme. results the following section initially describes premorbid and disease-related psychosocial barriers commonly reported by the participants. it subsequently outlines other programmerelated factors participants reported as influential in impeding potential improvements in health. specifically, the importance of professional and ethical conduct by health practitioners (in the programme and in general) is highlighted, as well as a number of technical issues which may have been perceived as frustrating enough to interfere with progress. theme 1: psychosocial barriers participants were asked whether they believed that any original research 71 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 personal history, relationships or qualities may have hindered their ability to improve their health during the programme. a number of participants reported premorbid and or current psychosocial difficulties. a common theme identified among the comments from the patients included negative responses to the initial diagnoses of ncds. premorbid and current psychosocial barriers psychosocial barriers ranged from childhood traumas to chronic mood disorders and multiple current stressors, all of which complicated the treatment process of those afflicted. not all accounts of premorbid or current psychosocial problems, however, were indicative of poor progress in the programme. of the six participants identified as currently experiencing or having a history of psychosocial difficulties, three reported achieving physical progress by the end of the programme. the remaining three, however, experienced continued difficulties in initiating and or maintaining health changes. current psychosocial stressors involved work, difficult relationships, comorbid conditions and drug side effects which complicated the treatment process, family commitments, and problems related to retirement. responses to ncds there were varied reactions by participants to their respective health challenges. for some, the decline in physical condition came as a shock, highlighting a disconnection between perceived and actual health status:  correct. i thought, you know, “i’m a fit, healthy guy, and i exercise a lot, and i’m looking after my health, i don’t smoke. and here i’m getting a heart transplant. what’s that about?” [laughs] (male, 50 years).  ...the only adverse thing was that i couldn’t bring myself to actually say, “you had a heart attack”. and i still don’t even like saying it now. (male, 72 years) many participants responded pessimistically to their initial ncd event and diagnosis. for a few, this included blaming themselves for their poor health:  ja! and, and this has made me think, “you know what, you are 54, you’ve buggered around for thirty something years, or forty years, since i’ve been overweight, taking chances.” i mean, some of the weight is, medically... caused, and the other is completely self-induced. i eat too much, i drink too much, i smoke 40 cigarettes a day. um... and used to eat every second day to try and control it. so ... i’ve done all that damage [3 sec pause] now you’ve got to a point where you’re going to have to [3 sec pause] live with what you’ve got, and get it to be the best... functioning body. which i’ve never done to my poor body. because i’ve always had so many things wrong with it, it’s like, “oh for god’s sake something else”. (female, 55 years). others experienced a significant loss in confidence, particularly in their bodies. these reactions often resulted in a sense of helplessness and decreased motivation to make the necessary health changes: table 1. demographic and medical characteristics of participants (n=14) age (2014) 15-59 60-84 5 9 sex male: female 10:4 race white coloured 12 2 employment full time part time retired 8 (all self but 1) 1 4 referral to u turn fedhealth medical scheme cardiologist/ other 6 7 premorbid best (before diagnosis/ event) 0-3 years over 3 years 9 5 interviews completed interview 1 interview 2 14 (in person) 11 (in person) 2 (written) activities since u turn completed programme, then own gym completed more programmes did not complete, but did some exercise 4 7 2 social support married single divorced 9 3 2 primary diagnosis cardiovascular disease metabolic disorders 13 1 table 2: semi-structured interview framework interview 1: when was the last time you remember feeling your (psychological, physical, spiritual) best? what happened since then? detail the events that brought you to the u turn programme where you referred by fedhealth? (if not mentioned) what are your expectations of the programme? what do you hope will be achieved? (if already commenced) what are your impressions so far of the programme? what personal qualities may assist you in successfully completing this programme? how would you define the term resilience? how does it apply to your life? is there any potential benefit to what has happened to you? what aspects of your recovery are within your control? (or not) original research sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 72  so, it’s my first... feeling of being in a health problem, of having a health problem, and thinking, “i’m now scared if i have a heart attack or something!” you know? can i push myself? i don’t know. (female, 52 years).  i am so lacking in confidence in myself i find it even difficult i went to the shop with my wife earlier today, uh, because i’m not even driving anymore, i’m that uncomfortable you know... i don’t recognise this body at all right now... this is definitely the most traumatic event i’ve had to deal with. (male, 61 years). theme 2: professional and programme-related problems professional incompetence several participants reported experiencing dissatisfaction with the healthcare provided by at least one professional, either currently, or in the past. reasons included unethical conduct or the failure to diagnose and effectively treat certain complications. that said, the professionals concerned were not directly involved with the clinic, or the u turn medical programme. all of the above factors had the potential to impede the participants’ progression towards healthier outcomes, and even adhering to the programme itself, as experienced by a male participant of 61 years. he dropped out of the programme because of poorly managed, severe side effects from his anticoagulant medication, leading to an overall sense of helplessness and demotivation:  the feeling is, you know, how does anybody actually know what is going on with this heart of mine? is it improving or isn’t it? you know? (male, 61 years). a female participant of 55 years relayed an unpleasant interaction with her cardiologist:  um, had an appalling... doctor who said i didn’t deserve the heart i had because i was so fat. um, because i apparently had the heart of a 35 year old and i’m 54. um, because there is no narrowing, there’s no cholesterol issues, he says, nothing. um, but... he cleared me for that, discharged me, and now i’ve just been panicking ever since then. never saw him again, refused to consult with him. (female, 55 years). another participant communicated her unease with the ability of previous biokineticists in managing certain patient populations. moreover, a number of participants had complicated presenting problems at programme intake, and communicated a lack of faith in their doctor’s ability to correctly manage their conditions. administrative and logistical problems a few participants found the timing of the programme to be too intensive. they reasoned that three times a week, at over 90 minutes a session, took significant time away from other commitments. the times that were offered were additionally considered to be inadequate and problematic from a commuter’s perspective. several participants expressed frustration with u screen, an online assessment and educational component of the programme. problems included the software, where a number of participants were required to recomplete and resubmit assessments on several occasions. many participants, although being at least partially computer literate, struggled with accessing and completing the forms from tablets and mobile phones and requested paper versions. others simply found the educational modules to be unnecessary and time-consuming, as they felt that had sufficient knowledge of the topics covered and did not need to complete the modules. discussion the study investigated patients’ experiences of a lifestyle intervention programme and the influence of psychosocial and programme-related factors on their ability to improve their physical and psychosocial well-being. the most important finding was that nearly all the participants experienced at least a moderate degree of trauma at the time of their initial diagnosis. this occurred in individuals with varying ncds, as well as premorbid physical and psychosocial well-being. similar accounts can be found in related research[3–7,14]. furthermore, the impact of earlier psychosocial difficulties, rather than the events themselves, was considered. while not all participants experienced a major cardiac event, most reported that their lives and confidence in their bodies had been significantly altered by the diagnosis. for some, this included a sense of disconnection between perceived and actual health, and for others it resulted in self-blame. while reviews by yu et al. and jeon et al. respectively highlighted the distress and uncertainty experienced by patients living with chf, both reviews focused on a significantly older population[4,5]. another study of patients recovering from heart attacks identified the uncertainty patients felt between being ‘well’ and still being ‘ill’ after hospital discharge, as well as the need for longer-term support in managing prescribed changes in lifestyle[7]. some participants who reported past psychosocial difficulties complained of having current problems and comorbid conditions. not all accounts of premorbid difficulties, however, were indicative of poor physical progress during the programme. this serves as another reminder of the multifactorial and subjective nature of psychosocial barriers, and the need for more individualised assessment and management of ncds[2,15]. themes relating to professional incompetence were included as a concern for several participants. specifically, participants experiencing chronic, undiagnosed (or misdiagnosed) symptoms had less faith in the ability of healthcare practitioners to treat their primary ncds. moreover, a number of responses relating to professional misconduct emphasised the potentially negative impact practitioners have on their patient’s progress. related findings are reported in ncds literature, with the nature of health service encounters being reported as an important factor impacting on the ability of patients’ with chronic heart failure to manage their disease[5]. lastly, technical and administrative problems included the original research 73 sajsm vol. 28 no. 3 2016 timing of classes, as well as the electronic and online assessments which were faulty or inaccessible to patients who were not computer literate. a few participants found such problems to be detrimental to their progress. for most patients, the quality of interactions with practitioners and with the programme staff was considered more important to their progress than the above factors. these findings are found in other rehabilitation and ncds literature, which emphasise the importance of social support and health education in a patient’s lives[14]. limitations it is of paramount importance that researchers account for their role as a research instrument in qualitative methodologies. researchers’ personal values and biases may impact the trustworthiness of the collection, analysis and reporting of participant responses. moreover, the power dynamics between researcher and participant should always be considered. a number of the participants may have felt pressured into volunteering for the interviews, or disclosing more than usual because the researcher was often presumed to be a member of the programme’s medical team. though the researcher took pains to rectify this misunderstanding, it may have influenced aspects of the sampling and quality of responses. patients unwilling to disclose psychological information to u turn medical staff may not have known that the study would be conducted by an external researcher, who was bound by researcher-participant confidentiality. volunteers may have been similarly misinformed and thus they restricted their responses to more socially desirable or edited versions. lastly, contextual constraints and limits on the research process require due consideration. data collection at the sport and exercise medicine (sem) clinic was limited by patient intake into the u turn medical programme, which was infrequent at times. in addition, staff may have inadvertently used the recruitment stage as more of a referral system, often only remembering to introduce the study to patients who had mentioned psychological problems early in the intake process. this may have created a bias in the cohort who contributed to this investigation. conclusion noncommunicable disease events and diagnoses are undoubtedly traumatic for many, and may require much resilience to overcome them. the study promotes the use of individualised assessment strategies to ascertain the nature and perceived importance of any trauma or related barriers experienced by patients with ncds. specifically, using semistructured interviews, the study allowed for in-depth descriptions of ncds patients’ perceptions of and responses to their illness, as well as their recovery process. by providing a flexible and individualised investigative approach the study was able to yield clinically relevant psychosocial insights of patients with this complex condition. it is hoped that such techniques be included in the routine assessment of patients with ncds which, in turn, will further the development of patient-centred interventions in these and other disease cohorts. conflict of interest: one of the authors (wd) co-directed the u turn medical programme at the time of data collection and analysis. references 1. world health organisation. global status report on noncommunicable diseases 2010. (alwan a, ed.). geneva: world health organisation; 2011. http://www.cabdirect.org/abstracts/20113168808.html. accessed november 2, 2014. 2. matheson go, klügl m, engebretsen l, et al. prevention and management of non-communicable disease: the ioc consensus statement, lausanne 2013. br j sports med 2013;47(16):1003-1011. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2013-093034. 3. welstand j, carson a, rutherford p. living with heart failure: an integrative review. int j nurs stud 2009;46(10):1374-1385. doi:10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2009.03.009. 4. yu dsf, lee dtf, kwong ant, et al.. living with chronic heart failure: a review of qualitative studies of older people. j adv nurs 2008;61(5):474-483. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04553.x. 5. jeon y-h, kraus sg, jowsey t, et al. the experience of living with chronic heart failure: a narrative review of qualitative studies. bmc health serv res 2010;10(77):1-9. doi:10.1186/1472-6963-10-77. 6. corcoran kj, jowsey t, leeder sr. one size does not fit all: the different experiences of those with chronic heart failure, type 2 diabetes and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. aust heal rev 2013;37(1):19-25. doi:10.1071/ah11092. 7. gregory s, bostock y, backett-milburn k. recovering from a heart attack: a qualitative study into lay experiences and the struggle to make lifestyle changes. fam pract 2006;23(2):220-225. doi:10.1093/fampra/cmi089. 8. neubeck l, freedman sb, clark am, et al.. participating in cardiac rehabilitation: a systematic review and meta-synthesis of qualitative data. eur j prev cardiol 2012;19:494-503. doi:10.1177/1741826711409326. 9. derman w, schwellnus m, hope f, et al. description and implementation of u-turn medical, a comprehensive lifestyle intervention programme for chronic disease in the sport and exercise medicine setting: pre-post observations in 210 consecutive patients. br j sports med 2014;48(17):1316-1321. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2014-093814. 10. britten n. qualitative interviews in medical research. bmj 1995;311(6999):251-253. 11. potter j, hepburn a. qualitative interviews in psychology: problems and possibilities. qual res psychol 2005;2(4):281-307. doi:10.1191/1478088705qp045oa. 12. braun v, clarke v. using thematic analysis in psychology. qual res psychol 2006;3(2):77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa. 13. boyatzis re. transforming qualitative information: thematic analysis and code development. london: sage; 1998. 14. de sousa pinto jm, martín-nogueras am, morano mtap,et al.. chronic obstructive pulmonary disease patients’ experience with pulmonary rehabilitation: a systematic review of qualitative research. chron respir dis 2013;10(3):141-157. doi:10.1177/1479972313493796. 15. coulter a, ellins j. effectiveness of strategies for informing, educating, and involving patients. bmj 2007;335(7609):24-27. doi:10.1136/bmj.39246.581169.80. introduction the 2004 summer olympic games in athens represented the 4th olympic games to which the south africa sent an olympic team since readmission to olympic competition in 1992. in accordance with the number of athletes in the team and in keeping with international olympic committee (ioc) allocations and previous experience and recommendations, the medical team was assembled. 1,2 as spaces on the medical team are very limited, the correct balance of medical service provision remains a difficult endeavour. in total, the medical team comprised 11 members including 4 sports physicians, 6 physiotherapists and a sport psychologist. in contrast to sydney 2000, none of the large teams in the south african squad were competing in remote cities and therefore all medical services were centralised. this report describes the nature and profiles of the consultations for both the athletes and officials. the objectives of this report are therefore to examine the delivery of medical services and compare the profile of medical consultations over the last two olympic games, as well as provide data for planning of medical support to future multi-coded sports events of similar nature. methods the medical records and histories of athletes were obtained through clinical evaluation opportunities during the work-up in the operation excellence programme (the preparation programme of the national original research article profile of medical and injury consultations of team south africa during the xxviiith olympiad, athens 2004 abstract objective. this descriptive study was undertaken to document the nature of medical and injury consultations of the athletes and officials of the south african team at the 2004 olympic games, and to provide data for planning future events. setting. south african medical facility, 2004 olympic games, athens, greece. methods. total number of consultations and diagnoses were ascertained from medical logs and patient files which were completed daily by the members of the medical team. a retrospective clinical audit of medical records was then undertaken and the data were then compared with similar data collected during the sydney 2000 olympic games. acute and chronic-soft tissue (muscle strain, ligament sprain, tendon injury, contusion or laceration) and bony injury were analysed in terms of nature of injury, grading of severity and anatomical region injured. main outcome measures. number of consultations due to medical complaints or injuries among athletes and officials. results. a total of 180 medical consultations were logged during the time in athens while 348 consultations were logged in sydney. the daily consultation rate was 6 per day in athens compared with 13 per day in sydney. in athens, 84% of consultations were with athletes and the remainder (16%) with officials – this was similar to sydney. the most common medical complaints in athens were dermatological (16%), ent (13%), and respiratory (8%) in nature, which contrasts with the profile of consultations in sydney (ent 18%; neurological system 16% and respiratory 16%). acute injury and chronic injury accounted for 26% and 14% of consultations respectively. in athens, the most common acute correspondence: professor wayne derman uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine sport science institute of south africa newlands 7700 cape town, south africa tel: 27-21-659-5644 fax: 27-21-659-5633 e-mail: wayne.derman@uct.ac.za wayne e derman (mb chb, bsc (med)(hons), phd, facsm, ffims) uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, sport science institute of south africa, cape town 72 sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 and chronic injuries were soft-tissue injuries. the most common acute injury regions were the foot and ankle (25%), upper leg (17%) and knee (17%). a total 77% of acute injuries were grade i, 17% grade ii and 6% grade iii in severity. the most common chronic injury regions were foot and ankle (32%), lumbar spine (32%), and shoulder (11%). these injury profiles were similar to those documented in sydney 2000. conclusions. injury and illness complaints of the south african team were fewer in athens 2004 compared with those documented during sydney 2000. this can be attributed to local environmental conditions and travel across time zones. these data should be useful for planning medical services for future multicoded events. the analysis of the nature of consultations suggests that it should be a prerequisite for physicians travelling with a multi-coded events team to have broad knowledge of both medical and injury management of athletes. specifically, a sound knowledge of the management of soft-tissue injury is an important prerequisite for the personnel of the medical team. profile of medical.indd 72 10/17/08 11:24:14 am olympic committee of south africa) and at preparation camps in the build-up to the olympic games. at each opportunity a hard-copy medical record was completed and the data transferred to an electronic database. this medical database was taken to athens. athletes were defined as the members of the team engaged in competition and officials were defined as team or athlete coaches, team managers, team technical staff, administration officials, medical staff and national olympic committee members. we used data from patient files and medical encounter forms to determine the use of the medical services. data were collected over 30 days, starting when the team arrived in athens (1 sept) until the end of the olympic games (30 sept). the nature of injury, medical complaint, or treatment was recorded on a specifically designed medical encounter form at the time of examination or treatment by the examining physician. the datasheets were collected and retrospective clinical audit of the encounter forms and patient files was performed. the term ‘injury’ was defined as any complaint that required medical diagnosis and management. acute injury was defined as any new injury that required medical or physiotherapy intervention and was subsequently graded i, ii or iii. grade i injuries required on-field intervention but the athlete was able to continue competition or training, grade ii injuries required that the athlete was removed from participation or training for less than 48 hours, and with grade iii injures, the athlete was unable to participate in training or competition for more than 48 hours. chronic injuries were defined as either preexisting injury or acute injury that subsequently required ongoing medical evaluation and management. results olympic preparation programme medical and scientific preparation of the team began in 2002 with some members of the potential olympic squad joining operation excellence. athletes underwent medical and scientific evaluations both regionally (between 2002 and 2004) and at two camps: the first in pretoria in january and the second in pretoria in august 2004, before departure for athens. a total of 137 pre-participation medical assessments were conducted at these camps. the pre-participation programme included not only medical but also dietary, physiological, psychological and dental evaluations. consultations and treatments during the olympic games in total 159 team members travelled to athens. the team comprised 107 athletes from 18 sports codes and 52 officials; 180 formal medical consultations were conducted in the 30-day period. of these consultations 84% (152 consultations) involved athletes and 16% (28 consultations) involved officials. the rate of formal consultations averaged 6 per day. this figure does not include informal consultations by the sports physicians in the physiotherapy rooms, patients consulted at field-side, at pool-side, at the track or any other venue. the daily rate of consultations and relative distribution of consultations between athletes and officials for both sydney 2000 and athens 2004 is shown in fig. 1. relatively more consultations were conducted on a daily basis during sydney 2000 compared with athens 2004. the relative distribution of medical consultations between athletes and officials in athens was similar to that documented in sydney. of the consultations conducted with officials, 36% were due to injury mostly sustained through training with the athletes and 64% of consultations with officials were due to medical-related problems. the nature of the main complaint requiring medical consultation with respect to the athletes is displayed in fig. 2. in athens 2004, 60% of all consultations resulted from a medical (non-injury) complaint while 40% of all consultations were due to injury. this distribution of consultations was similar to that reported after sydney 2000 (69% non-injury related; 31% injury related). the main medical complaints noted during athens 2004 were dermatological (16%), ear, nose and throat (ent) related (13%); and respiratory related (8%). these data contrast somewhat to those reported after sydney 2000, where the main complaints were respiratory (16%), neurological (16%) and ent (18%) in nature. acute and chronic injury during athens 2004 accounted for 26% and 14% of consultations respectively, which contrasts slightly with injury data from sydney 2000, where 14% and 17% of consultations were due to acute and chronic injury respectively. data from sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 73 fig. 1. average daily consultation rate and relative percentage of total consultations for athletes and officials during the sydney 2000 and athens 2004 olympic games 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 consutation rate athletes consultations officials consultations sydney 2000 athens 2004 fig. 1. average daily consultation rate and relative percentage of total consultations for athletes and officials during the sydney 2000 and athens 2004 olympic games. fig. 2. percentage of consultations due to injury or various medical complaints during the sydney 2000 and athens 2004 olympic games. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 chronic injury acute injury other opthalmological renal dermatology psychiatric gynae/urological ear nose throat neurological cardiovascular respiratory gastrointestinal percentage of consultations (%) athens 2004 sydney 2000 fig. 2. percentage of consultations due to injury or various medical complaints during the sydney 2000 and athens 2004 olympic games. profile of medical.indd 73 10/17/08 11:24:15 am athens 2004, detailing acute and chronic injury and the anatomical distribution of the complaint are listed in tables i and ii. the detailed data for these injuries from sydney 2000 have been published in a previous edition of this journal. 2 skeletal muscle strain injuries and ligamentous sprain injuries accounted for 29% and 26% of all acute injuries, while contusion injuries constituted 29% of all acute injuries (table i). lacerations and abrasion injuries accounted for the remainder of the acute injuries. the most common anatomical areas injured acutely were foot and ankle (25%), knee (17%) and upper leg (17%). lumbar spine injuries and upper limb injuries constituted 9% of acute injuries each. altogether 77% of the acute injuries were classified as grade i injuries, 17% grade ii and 6% were grade iii injuries. chronic injuries evaluated during athens 2004 are described in table ii. muscle and ligamentous injuries accounted for 32% and 37% of the chronic injuries respectively, with tendon and bony injuries accounting for 15.5% of the injuries each. the most common anatomical sites injured were foot and ankle (32%), lumbar spine (32%) and shoulder (11%) while the other anatomical regions listed accounted for the remaining 25% of injuries. discussion with the exception of south african athletes living and training overseas, the vast majority of the athletes who travelled to athens for the olympic games were examined during regional evaluations, and at the two pre-olympic camps by the travelling team physicians. this allowed the team and the athletes to become familiar with each other before leaving to compete internationally. this also provided the south african athletes with opportunity for timeous medical intervention and identification, diagnosis and rehabilitation of underlying injury. dietary and psychological evaluations as well as dental evaluations (and interventions if necessary), were also provided for the athletes as part of the preparation programme, particularly as dental problems have been shown to be common in this group of individuals. 9 medical records that were established during the preparation phase formed the base documentation records to be used in the team south africa medical facility in athens. the first important finding of this study was that there were on average 6 formal medical consultations per day during the olympic games in athens. this figure contrasts with that of sydney 2000, 74 sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 table i. acute injury by anatomical region during athens 2004 olympic games muscle strain ligament sprain tendon injury contusion laceration abrasion total % head & neck 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 6 lumbar spine 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 9 hip & pelvis 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 shoulder 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 upper limb 0 0 0 1 1 1 3 9 wrist & hand 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 6 upper leg 4 0 0 2 0 0 6 17 lower leg 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 6 knee 0 4 0 2 0 0 6 17 foot & ankle 0 5 0 3 1 0 9 25 total 10 9 0 10 5 1 35 % 29 26 0 29 14 3 table ii. chronic injury by anatomical region sustained during the athens 2004 olympic games muscle injury ligament injury tendon injury bony injury total % head & neck 0 0 0 0 0 0 lumbar spine 3 3 0 0 6 32 hip & pelvis 1 0 0 0 1 5 shoulder 0 0 2 0 2 11 upper limb 1 0 0 0 1 5 wrist & hand 0 0 0 0 0 0 upper leg 1 0 0 0 1 5 lower leg 0 0 0 1 1 5 knee 0 0 1 0 1 5 foot & ankle 0 4 0 2 6 32 total 6 7 3 3 19 % 32 37 16 16 profile of medical.indd 74 10/17/08 11:24:16 am untitled-1 1 4/18/08 11:20:07 am where the consultation rate was 13 per day. indeed, during athens 2004 only 180 formal medical consultations were conducted compared with 348 consultations over a similar period during sydney 2000. although it is possible that there might have been more ‘informal’ consultations that occurred field-side, pool-side and track-side, it is not possible to keep accurate records of all of these encounters. it is also possible that improved preparation and recovery strategies adopted by the athletes or improved screening and injury management might have accounted for the difference in consultation rate. yet, it is also of interest to note the differences in the profile of consultations depicted in fig. 2. during sydney 2000, many more consultations were conducted due to respiratory and ent complaints, probably as a result of increased aero-allergens and subsequent symptoms associated with allergy, during spring time in australia. 3,5 furthermore, during sydney 2000 there were many more consultations in the first week of travel due to vague neurological complaints (symptoms of headache, malaise, insomnia), probably due to jet lag as a result of travel across many time zones. 7 although ent-related complaints were among the most common encountered in athens, the number of consultations was lower compared with sydney 2000, due to different environmental conditions and improved identification and preparation of susceptible athletes. 3 furthermore, as travel to athens did not involve crossing of many time zones, the team did not experience jet lag, which possibly explains the lower number of neurological complaints. the relative increase in consultations due to dermatological complaints was due to infection or allergic response secondary to ant and other insect bites, in and around the athens olympic village and fungal skin infections, probably as a result of the excessive heat and humidity that occurred in athens at that time. the second important finding of this study is that, as was the case in sydney 2000, the majority of consultations were not due to injury. although 40% of all consultations were due to sports injury, there were more consultations due to injuries in athens than in sydney. indeed, relatively more of the injuries sustained in athens 2004 were acute rather than chronic in nature, due to the fact that both men and women’s hockey teams competed in athens, while only the women’s team competed in sydney 2000. the anatomical distribution of these injuries at the two events was similar, and fortunately the vast majority of these injuries were of minor severity. the profile of the injuries and medical complaints described above is similar and comparable with those reported by the medical teams of other countries. 1,4,10 assessment of the injury and medical statistics allows for good future planning when considering the composition of a medical team for a multi-coded sporting event. it is clear that environmental conditions including airborne allergens, heat and humidity, travel across time zones and even insects in the immediate environment affect the profile of medical consultations during travel to sporting competition. it will be of interest to note the profile of consultations during the olympic games in beijing 2008, where many of the abovementioned factors as well as high concentrations of air pollution were experienced. 6,8 due to the profile of consultations depicted in fig. 2, team physicians should ideally have adequate experience with respect to both injury diagnosis and management and general sports medicine. indeed, good skills with respect to ent, respiratory, neurological and dermatological aspects of sports medicine are important. with respect to sports injuries, knowledge and skills in the management of musculo-skeletal (mostly soft-tissue) injury, particularly of the foot and ankle, lumbar spine and knee regions are important. in conclusion, this study describes the medical care provided to the athletes and officials of the south african team to the olympic games in athens 2004. injury and illness complaints were fewer compared with those documented during sydney 2000, probably due to local environmental conditions and travel across time zones. the analysis of the nature of consultations suggests that it should be a prerequisite for team physicians to have broad knowledge of both medical and injury management of athletes in order to accompany sports teams to multi-coded events. furthermore, a sound knowledge of the management of soft-tissue injury, particularly in the foot and ankle, lumbar spine and knee regions, is an important prerequisite for the personnel of the medical team. acknowledgements the author would like to thank dr christa janse van rensburg, dr harald adams and dr maki ramagole for their support and effort in collection of the data used in this study. references 1. budgett r, harries m, aldridge j, jaques r, jennings de. lessons learnt at the 1996 atlanta olympic games. br j sports med 1997; 31: 76. 2. derman we. medical care of the south african olympic team -the sydney 2000 experience. south african journal of sports medicine 2003; 15: 22-5. 3. hawarden d, baker s, toerien a, et al. aero-allergy in south african olympic athletes. s afr med j 2002; 92: 355-6. 4. junge a, langevoort g, pipe a, et al. injuries in team sport tournaments during the 2004 olympic games. am j sports med 2006; 34: 565-76. 5. katelaris ch, carrozzi fm, burke tv, byth k. patterns of allergic reactivity and disease in olympic athletes. clin j sport med 2006; 16: 401-5. 6. li j, lu y, huang k, et al. chinese response to allergy and asthma in olympic athletes. allergy 2008 ;63: 962-8. 7. milne cj, fuard mh. beating jet lag. br j sports med 2007; 41: 401. 8. milne cj, shaw mt. travelling to china for the beijing 2008 olympic games. br j sports med 2008; 42: 321-6. 9. piccininni pm, fasel r. sports dentistry and the olympic games. j calif dent assoc 2005; 33: 471-83. 10. robinson d, milne c. medicine at the 2000 sydney olympic games: the new zealand health team. br j sports med 2002; 36: 229. 76 sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 profile of medical.indd 76 10/17/08 11:24:17 am 42 sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 introduction the purpose of this paper is to make an informed forecast of how south africa will perform at the 2010 commonwealth games to be held in delhi, india, between 3 and 14 october. the forecast is expressed in terms of the number of gold medals and total medals that south african athletes can expect to win at delhi 2010. forecasting performance in elite sports competitions is not a new phenomenon. traditionally, prediction models have tended to focus almost exclusively on the olympic games.1-5 more recent studies have sought to predict the performance of nations that previously hosted, or are scheduled to host, the summer olympic games.3-5 in this context, this paper provides a departure from normal convention by attempting to forecast how a nation will perform away from home in the commonwealth games. methods the approach used to forecast south africa’s performance in delhi in 2010 was to examine and interpret the nation’s results in previous editions of the commonwealth games. the historical results for south africa were collated from the commonwealth games federation website (http://www.thecgf.com, last accessed 15 march 2010). the data were formatted in a spreadsheet and analysed to develop three potential scenarios, as illustrated below. scenario 1 models south africa’s likely performance in 2010 on a sport-by-sport basis in accordance with the proportion of medals it achieved in the most recent edition of the commonwealth games (melbourne 2006), while allowing for a change in the number of events that will be contested in each sport in delhi. in scenario 2 we calculate how many medals south africa will win in delhi if its performance in each sport follows the same pattern of growth since south africa rejoined the commonwealth in 1994. since then there have been four editions of the commonwealth games, even though the analysis focuses on the last three editions (1998 2006) because some of the sports to be contested in delhi were not introduced to the commonwealth games programme until 1998. recent research6 indicates that, as a general rule of thumb, a nation’s performance in the commonwealth games is negatively correlated with travel (as measured by the number of time zones crossed). in other words, as distance travelled increases, performance deteriorates. therefore, scenario 3 considers south africa’s performance since 1998 with regard to how many time zones its athletes had to traverse to reach the host destination. for sports where travel was found to have a detrimental impact on the performance of south african athletes, the forecast was adjusted to model the potential outcome of the commonwealth games being held in india (time zone: utc + 05:30). results the results for each scenario are summarised in table i. scenario 1. in this scenario, south africa can expect to win 12 gold medals and 40 medals in total at delhi 2010. in absolute terms, south africa will win the same number of gold medals as in melbourne in 2006, but will win two extra medals overall. this reflects the fact that more events will be contested at delhi 2010 (257) than at melbourne 2006 (245); however, in 2010 there are 11 fewer events in the two sports in which south africa enjoyed the most success in 2006 – athletics and swimming. collectively, these sports accounted for 83% (10/12) of gold medals and 68% (26/38) of all medals won by south africa at melbourne 2006. forecasting south africa’s performance at the 2010 commonwealth games abstract objectives. this paper predicts south africa’s performance at the delhi 2010 commonwealth games. methods. potential scenarios are developed based on south africa’s previous performances. results. south africa will win up to 15 gold medals and 43 medals in total. conclusions. after delhi 2010, the actual results should be examined to verify the forecasts. correspondence: girish m ramchandani sport industry research centre sheffield hallam university a118 collegiate hall collegiate crescent sheffield s10 2bp uk tel: +44 (0) 114 225 5461 e-mail: g.ramchandani@shu.ac.uk girish m ramchandani (msc) darryl j wilson (msc) sport industry research centre, sheffield hallam university, sheffield, uk commentary sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 43 scenario 2. by regressing south africa’s performance (medals won divided by medals available) in the commonwealth games over time (1998 2006) and extrapolating to 2010, the forecast for delhi is 14 gold medals and 42 total medals. the scenario 2 forecast is more favourable than the scenario 1 forecast, largely because south africa’s performance in swimming has been on an upward trend since 1998. scenario 3. if we factor in the relative influence of travel on performance then south africa can be expected to win 15 gold medals and 43 medals overall at delhi 2010, despite fewer numbers of medals available in key sports. therefore, this scenario offers the most optimistic view of anticipated performance. gains are likely to be made in lawn bowls, shooting and rugby sevens. conclusions the quality of any forecasting model is only as good as the assumptions that underpin it. in this paper, we have considered three different scenarios to model how many medals south africa will win at the delhi 2010 commonwealth games based on its performance in recent editions. the analysis reveals that south africa can expect to win 12 15 gold medals and 40 43 medals in total. the scenarios offer distinct forecasts of how south africa will perform in delhi, but broadly agree on the number of medals it can be expected to win. it would be worthwhile to scrutinise the actual performance of south african athletes in delhi to test the accuracy of the forecasts presented in this paper. references 1. bernard a, busse m. who wins the olympic games? economic resources and medal totals. review of economics and statistics 2004; 6(1):413417. 2. bian x. predicting olympic medal counts: the effects of economic development on olympic performance. the park place economist 2005;xiii:37-44. 3. clarke sr. home advantage in the olympic games. in: cohen g, lantrey t, eds. proceedings of the fifth australian conference on mathematics and computers in sport. sydney, nsw: university of technology sydney, 2000:43-51. 4. shibli s, bingham j. a forecast of the performance of china in the beijing olympic games 2008 and the underlying performance management issues. managing leisure 2008;13:272-292. 5. nevill am, balmer nj, winter em. why great britain’s success in beijing could have been anticipated and why it should continue beyond 2012. br j sports med 2009;43:1108-1110. 6. ramchandani g, wilson d. home advantage in the commonwealth games south african journal of sports medicine 2010;22:8-11. table i. forecasts of south africa’s performance at delhi 2010 delhi 2010 medals available sa forecast – scenario 1 sa forecast – scenario 2 sa forecast – scenario 3 sport gold medals total medals gold medals total medals gold medals total medals gold medals total medals athletics 46 138 4 12 5 11 5 11 badminton 6 18 boxing 10 40 1 2 1 3 1 2 cycling 18 54 1 diving 10 30 gymnastics 20 60 1 hockey 2 6 lawn bowls 6 18 2 1 1 3 netball 1 3 rugby 7s 1 3 1 shooting 36 108 1 5 4 9 squash 5 15 swimming 40 120 5 11 7 17 7 11 table tennis 7 21 weightlifting 15 45 1 1 1 wrestling * 21 63 3 3 3 subtotal 244 742 11 38 13 40 14 41 other† 13 39 1 2 1 2 1 2 total 257 781 12 40 14 42 15 43 *the forecast for wrestling is based on south africa’s performance at the 2002 commonwealth games (manchester) because wrestling was not part of the programme in 2006 and 1998. † includes archery and tennis, for which no recent relevant performance data are available. archery was held only once in 1982 and tennis will make its debut at delhi 2010. the forecasts for these sports are made proportionately according to the ratio of gold medals and total medals that south africa can expect to win in the conventional sports. pg84-86.indd summary paget-schroetter syndrome or effort thrombosis is a rare condition with potentially severe consequences, affecting young and otherwise healthy athletes. its classic clinical presentation should be rapidly identified to promote early diagnosis and treatment. this prevents recurrences and long-term complications such as persistent swelling of the affected arm. in a 1-year period we saw two young male athletes with this condition. one was treated conservatively and the other surgically, with vastly different outcomes. we therefore present their cases as well as a review of relevant literature to emphasise treatment of this rare condition. case 1 a 23-year-old male professional road cyclist presented 2 days after an acute onset of swelling of the right arm. he had been given a new bicycle by his sponsor, and had gone for a 4-hour cycle. his position on the new bike was slightly different to his previous cycling position, with the handlebars being slightly closer to his body, and he noticed swelling and heaviness of his right arm the following day. on examination, his right arm was markedly swollen from the axilla to the fingers, with the biceps diameter being 30 cm on the right compared with 27 cm on the left. he had normal pulses and no adverse neurological findings. a duplex doppler of the arm revealed no thrombus formation, and the veins were reported as having normal compressibility. a venogram was then conducted, which showed a deep vein thrombosis (dvt) of the right subclavian vein, related to the medial third of the clavicle and first rib with early collateral formation. risk factors for thrombus formation include a malignant melanoma which had been excised 13 years previously, a high haematocrit (49.4%), the cyclist’s posture, and the new cycling position adopted on the new bicycle. blood investigations included a thrombotic work-up, which was completely normal. his x-rays of chest and cervical spine were both normal. there was no evidence of recurrence of the melanoma. treatment with anticoagulation was initiated within 2 days of his initial presentation. he was offered thrombolysis of the clot, but refused this treatment. thrombolysis is usually performed by insertion of a percutaneous catheter, and a haemolytic agent is infiltrated directly into the site of the clot. the procedure is usually performed at the same time as the venogram, as the same catheter may be used for both procedures. when his swelling persisted beyond 7 days he requested further intervention, and was offered surgical excision of the affected vein with first rib resection to decompress the thoracic outlet. his surgery was performed 2 weeks after the initial presentation, and included the above-mentioned treatment and a saphenous vein graft to anastamose the subclavian vein. unfortunately, several intraoperative complications were encountered including a laceration of the pleura, haemothorax, on-table severe bradycardia presumed to be caused by a pulmonary embolus and requiring resuscitation, and severing of the phrenic nerve. the patient managed to overcome these complications, continued anticoagulant therapy for 6 months, and then attempted unsuccessfully to return to professional cycling. he was followed up a year later, and found to have no residual swelling of the arm. case 2 case 2 was a 25-year-old amateur rugby prop forward. he described a tearing sound in his left shoulder, which occurred when he performed a spear tackle (an action that he described as being similar to a dead-lift in weight lifting) on another player. he presented 2 weeks later in the consulting rooms with marked swelling and heaviness of his right arm. the diameters of his arms at biceps level were 47 cm and 42 cm respectively. the pulses of his right arm felt weak due to the swelling of the arm, and he had no neurological deficit in the arm. he was markedly tender to palpation and swollen over the right coracoid process. the initial doppler of his subclavian and axillary vein showed no abnormality, but when it was repeated by an experienced vascular surgeon, it showed a dvt at the junction of the subclavian and jugular veins on the right side. anticoagulant therapy and a pressure stocking of the arm were initiated at his first visit. he was offered thrombolysis, but he too refused the treatment. he was treated with physical therapy for a torn pectoralis minor muscle that case study effort thrombosis: a case study and discussion correspondence: dr robert matthew collins university of pretoria, section sports medicine po box 11 mondeor 2110 johannesburg tel: +27 11 680 5684 fax: +27 86 516 7975 e-mail: robcollins@wol.co.za robert matthew collins (mb bch, msc sports med))1 dina christina janse van rensburg (mmed (physmed) (rheumatology), msc (sports med), mb chb)1 catherina cornelia grant (bsc, bsc hon (physiology), msc (physiology))1 jonathan speridon patricios (mb bch, mmed (sci), facsm, ffsem (uk))1 martin veller (mmed (surg), fcs(sa))2 dimakatso althea ramagole (mb chb, msc sports med))1 1 section sports medicine, university of pretoria 2 university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg 84 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 85 was thought to have caused the thrombosis, and postural correction. at 3-month follow-up he had no residual swelling of his arm, and was scheduled to undergo positional venography to assess the patency of the subclavian vein and exclude thoracic outlet compression of the vein when he was lost to follow-up. he has since been contacted, is completely symptom free, and has no recurrent swelling of his arm at all. discussion dvt is a common condition, but only 2 4% of all dvts involve the upper limb. 1-6 primary subclavian vein thrombosis is a relatively uncommon condition, affecting 2/100 000 people per year, which represents 15 24% of all upper limb dvts, 7,8 but it is the most common vascular disorder affecting professional, collegiate or highschool athletes. 5,7,9 it was first described by sir james paget in 1858, and later by leold van schroetter in 1884. the english surgeon, hughes, gave it the eponym paget-schroetter syndrome (pss) when he reviewed 320 cases from literature in 1949. 2,3,5-8,10,11 another synonym for the condition in literature is ‘effort thrombosis’, which emphasises the causal relationship between certain forms of exercise and thrombosis of the subclavian vein. 4,6 this relationship was first identified by von schroetter in 1899. 2,8 pss occurs primarily in young, otherwise healthy subjects (mean age 15 30 years) who participate in repetitive upper limb activities. 3,4,7-10 it occurs twice as frequently in men as in women, affecting the right or dominant arm in 80% of cases. 1,2,5,6,8 it has been reported in many sports, including golf, american football, weight lifting, baseball, wrestling, tennis, martial arts, backpacking, billiards, swimming, rowing and cheerleading. 1-3,10 because of the youth and otherwise healthy state of those presenting with this condition, it is often ignored or misdiagnosed. 8 in a series of eight patients with the condition, zell et al. found that five of the eight patients were untrained athletes for whom exercise was not the norm. 2 the mechanism of thrombosis is through a thoracic outlet compression and/or repetitive intimal strain of the axillary or subclavian vein by retroversion and hyperabduction of the arm. 7,9 repetitive intimal strain can lead to inflammation and traumatic fissures in the intima of the vein, resulting ultimately in thrombus formation. 2,4,6,10,11 compression of the vein in the thoracic outlet through lateral abduction of the arm or hypertrophy of subclavian or anterior scalene muscles can cause turbulence in the vein, which is exacerbated by increased venous flow experienced during exercise. 2,10 thrombosis occurs most commonly at the level of the subclavian vein where it crosses the thoracic outlet and may be compressed. 4 lifting of heavy weights can also cause compression of the vein in the thoracic outlet by depression of the shoulder, causing compression of the vein between the clavicle and first rib. 8,10 the occurrence of pss can also be contributed to by a hypercoagulable state 10 and upper limb thromboses are more frequently associated with underlying malignant disorders than those in the lower limb. 11 melby et al. stated that the chronic repetitive compression and intimal micro-trauma that result in pss make it an acute manifestation of a chronic condition rather than a single traumatic event. 9 this observation is important in the management of the condition, as it is essential to treat the causative pathology to prevent recurrence. 9 pss should be distinguished aetiologically from other subclavian dvts, which are caused by primary diseases and other known risk factors such as malignant neoplasms, treatment with central venous catheters or pacemakers, or cervical ribs. 2 these patients develop secondary thrombosis, and are older, and have concurrent systemic illness. 3 the anatomical relations of the subclavian vein in the thoracic outlet are: • superior and anterior: the clavicle, subclavius muscle and costoclavicular ligament • inferior: first rib • posterior: anterior scalene muscle. 1,3,8 other structures which are in close relation to the subclavian vein in and around the thoracic outlet include: pectoralis minor and supraspinatus muscles, coracocostal ligament, osseous exostoses, cervical ribs, fibrous cords. 3,8 cervical ribs are present in between 0.5% and 1% of the general population, but cause symptoms in less than 10% of these people, most of whom have arterial or neurological thoracic outlet syndromes. 3 patients present with symptoms of venous obstruction of the arm including a dull aching pain, non-oedematous swelling, a feeling of heaviness in the arm, and bluish discolouration of the arm. 6-8,10 symptoms range in severity, may be position-dependent, and occasionally the patient may be asymptomatic. 7,8 differential diagnosis includes: • fracture of the mid-shaft of the humerus • soft-tissue injury or infection with compartment syndrome • muscular strain or sprain resulting in local tenderness and swelling. 6 pulmonary thrombo-embolism is a rare complication of pss, and occurs in between 7% and 20% of cases. 3-5,7 early and accurate diagnosis is of paramount importance to prevent long-term complications and recurrence. 2,3 it has been stated that with pss the earlier the diagnosis and treatment, the better the outcome. 11 duplex doppler is the first diagnostic test of choice, as it is non-invasive, and is reported as having a high sensitivity and specificity for peripheral dvt. 7 melby et al., however, reported a relatively low diagnostic sensitivity of 71% of duplex doppler to upper extremity thrombosis, 9 and shebel states that it is only reliable for thrombus extending into the axillary vein. 8 they stated that this is as a result of technical difficulties in visualising the subclavian vein below the clavicle, especially in the presence of extensive collateral veins, and the inability to compress the vein within the thoracic outlet. 8,9 they therefore suggested that a negative duplex doppler should not exclude thrombosis, and that contrast venography should be the diagnostic test of choice. 1,6,8,9 positional venography with the arm in neutral, abducted and externally rotated positions, is also of value in not only assessing costoclavicular compression of the subclavian vein, but also compression of collateral veins with positional changes of the arm. 8 there is no consensus on the optimal treatment of pss, as most published data consist of individual case reports and small series. 3,5,11 hiken and ameli conducted a literature review to determine the most appropriate treatment for pss, and concluded that since treatments, follow-up and conclusions reported were so varied, optimal treatment remains controversial. 12 traditional treatment consists of anticoagulation and elevation of the limb to facilitate thrombus resolution, and prevent further thrombus formation. 3,7 there are varying reports of the incidence of post-thrombotic syndrome (pts), which is characterised by chronic swelling and heaviness of the arm and hand. incidences of pts of between 41% and 73% 3-6,11 with conservative treatment have been reported, with severity of symptoms ranging vastly. historically most authors have concluded, in the light of these varying data, that non-operative treatment of axillary thrombosis provided a predictably good outcome, and that surgical intervention was not warranted. 3 despite these conclusions, there was persistent concern over residual symptoms following pss treated with anticoagulation therapy alone, which ‘rarely produces symptom-free use of the arm, and imposes limitations that appear unacceptable to most patients’. 9 this led to the advent of catheter-directed thrombolysis, which is currently regarded as the initial treatment of choice, 5 as a treatment. 3,10 as mentioned previously, this involves injection of a thrombolytic agent into the site of the thrombus via a percutaneous catheter. the procedure is often performed at the time of venography, as the same catheter can be used for both procedures. the advantage of early thrombolysis is that it restores venous patency, thus minimising the damage to the endothelium, and reducing the risk of post-thrombotic syndrome. 3,7 venous patency is accepted as the main factor in preventing residual symptoms. 3 this has been shown to be achieved through thrombolysis alone if the treatment is initiated within 1 week of the onset of symptoms. 5,6,13 fibrinolysis alone is unsuccessful in nearly 20% of patients even when undertaken within a week of onset of symptoms. 5 there is a greater incidence of fibrous stricture formations at the site of the thrombus if thrombolysis occurs beyond 1 week. in these cases, further surgical intervention such as vein patch angioplasty and decompression of the thoracic outlet is indicated. 13 other methods of overcoming strictures have been tried, including balloon angioplasty and the placement of stents. balloon angioplasty is usually unsuccessful due to extrinsic compression of the subclavian vein and dense perivenous scar tissue, which results in immediate recoil or re-stenosis. 5,9 endoluminal stents are similarly an ineffective treatment, as subclavian vein compression frequently results in bending or fracture of the stent with subsequent re-thrombosis. 5,9 defining whether or not the patient has a pre-existing anatomical anomaly is essential in determining which patients will benefit from surgical decompression of the thoracic outlet, as pss cannot be effectively treated without addressing compressive mechanisms causing thrombogenesis. 5,7 if extrinsic venous compression is identified, many surgeons advocate early decompression of the thoracic outlet via resection of the first rib or clavicle. others, however, recommend a trial of conservative therapy after thrombolysis. 7 hicken et al. stated that surgical intervention should be reserved for patients in whom there is a specific indication. 12 in a series of 32 cases of pss treated between january 1997 and january 2007, melby et al. showed excellent results to surgical intervention. 9 they offered surgical treatment to all patients. their treatment included thoracic outlet decompression via complete anterior and middle scalenectomy, brachial plexus neurolysis, excision of subclavius muscle tendon, and resection of the first rib. they also performed external venolysis of the subclavian vein on all patients, excising all scar tissue from the axillary vein to the subclavianjugular-innominate vein junction. they were able to demonstrate normal compressibility of the vein through palpation or intraoperative venography in 56% of the patients. these patients had no further venous reconstruction. the remaining 44% had residual narrowing of the subclavian vein in at least one portion. the affected section of the vein was resected, and reconstructed using an autologous saphenous vein patch. in 59% of the patients they also created a radiocephalic arteriovenous fistula, which assisted in maintaining flow through the grafted area. 9 the median time to full return to competitive sport in their series was 3.5 months from the time of surgery (range 2 10 months), with 50% of the patients resuming sports participation by 3 months. 9 they found that there was no difference in time to return to sporting activities after operative intervention in patients with delayed diagnosis or recurrent symptoms. 9 conclusion pss is a rare condition, but the most common vascular condition affecting athletes. it may present with subtle symptoms, but early diagnosis is imperative in being able to initiate early treatment. duplex doppler, although the first diagnostic test of choice, is unable to always definitively exclude the condition, and venography is recommended if there is clinical suspicion and a negative doppler test. anticoagulation is important to prevent thrombus proliferation, but is often unsuccessful as a sole treatment for pss. thrombolysis is often successful in restoring venous patency and preventing longterm sequelae of post-thrombotic syndrome if performed within 7 days of the onset of the condition. surgical intervention may be required to restore venous patency and compressibility and to relieve external compression of the vein in the thoracic outlet. these can be assessed through positional venography in the patient who has completely symptomatically recovered with conservative treatment. failure to achieve complete recovery with conservative treatment alone is an indication for further intervention. surgical options include external venolysis, resection of affected segments of vein with saphenous vein patching, and thoracic outlet decompression via first rib resection or scalene or subclavian muscle resection. references 1. toya n, fujita t, ohki t. push-up exercise induced thrombosis of the subclavian vein in a young woman: report of a case. surg today 2007;37(12):1093-1095. 2. zell l, kindermann w, marschall f, scheffler p, gross j, buchter a. pagetschroetter syndrome in sports activities--case study and literature review. angiology 2001;52(5):337-342. 3. difelice gs, paletta ga,jr, phillips bb, wright rw. effort thrombosis in the elite throwing athlete. am j sports med 2002;30(5):708-712. 4. meier ma, rubenfire m. life-threatening acute and chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension and subclavian vein thrombosis. clin cardiol 2006;29(3):103-106. 5. feugier p, aleksic i, salari r, durand x, chevalier jm. long-term results of venous revascularization for paget-schroetter syndrome in athletes. ann vasc surg 2001;15(2):212-218. 6. chaudhry ma, hajarnavis j. paget-von schrotter syndrome: primary subclavian-axillary vein thrombosis in sport activities. clin j sport med 2003;13(4):269-271. 7. roche-nagle g, ryan r, barry m, brophy d. effort thrombosis of the upper extremity in a young sportsman: paget-schroetter syndrome. br j sports med 2007;41(8):540-541. 8. shebel nd, marin a. effort thrombosis (paget-schroetter syndrome) in active young adults: current concepts in diagnosis and treatment. j vascular nursing 2006;24(4):116-126. 9. melby sj, vedantham s, narra vr, et al. comprehensive surgical management of the competitive athlete with effort thrombosis of the subclavian vein (paget-schroetter syndrome). j vasc surg 2008;47(4):809-820. 10. mcglinchey pg, shamsuddin sa, kidney jc. effort-induced thrombosis of the subclavian vein--a case of paget-schroetter syndrome. ulster med j 2004;73(1):45-46. 11. oktar gl, ergul eg. paget-schroetter syndrome. hong kong med j 2007;13(3):243-245. 12. hicken gj, ameli fm. management of subclavian-axillary vein thrombosis: a review. canad j surg 1998;41(1):13-25. 13. molina je. need for emergency treatment in subclavian vein effort thrombosis. j am coll surg 1995;181(5):414-420. 86 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 introduction long-term injury surveillance has been carried out in australia, south africa and england to identify injury patterns. retrospective injury information was obtained from 54 cricketers who had played for the same county first team in england between 1985 and 1995, with 990 injuries indicating an injury exposure of 17 247 days played and an injury incidence rate of 57/1 000 days played.1 most injuries were sustained early in the season. bowlers were most susceptible to injury (70/1 000 days), followed by all-rounders, batsmen and wicketkeepers with 55, 49 and 47 injuries per 1 000 days, respectively. most injuries occurred to the lower limbs (45%), with muscle/tendon strains, contusions/haematomas, and ligament/joint sprains being the most common. the most vulnerable sites for injury were the thigh and calf (25%), fingers (14%) and lumbar spine (11%). the study in south africa2 prospectively recorded 1 606 injuries in 783 national and provincial cricketers over a six-season period from 1998 1999 to 2003 2004. more injuries occurred during first-class matches (32%), with limited-overs matches (26%) and practices and training (27%) resulting in a similar number of injuries, while 15% were of gradual onset. the chronicity of injuries showed that the majority were classified as acute (65%), with chronic (23%) and acute-on-chronic (12%) comprising the balance. first-time injuries accounted for 65%, while the balance of injuries were from the previous season (22%) and from those recurring again during the same season (12%). bowling (40%) accounted for the majority of injuries, with 55% of these being lower-limb injuries and 33% back and trunk injuries. of the 39 stress fractures, 79% were as a result of overuse in bowlers. the primary mechanism of injury was the delivery and follow-through of the fast bowler (25%), running, diving, catching and throwing the ball when fielding (23%), overuse (17%), original research article injury patterns of south african provincial cricket players over two seasons abstract objective. to determine the incidence and nature of injury patterns in elite cricketers over two seasons. methods. physiotherapists and/or doctors working with 4 provincial teams completed a questionnaire for each cricketer who presented with an injury during the 2004 2005 (s1) and 2005 2006 (s2) cricket seasons. this was done to determine: (i) the anatomical site of injury; (ii) the month of injury during the season; (iii) the diagnosis using the oscis injury classification system; (iv) the mechanism of injury; (v) whether it was a recurrence of a previous injury; (vi) whether the injury had recurred again during the season; and (vii) biographical data. results. the results showed that 180 injuries (s1 – 84; s2 – 96) were sustained. on average the teams spent 2 472 hours on matches, 4 148 on practices and 1 612 on fitness training during the two-season period. the injury prevalence was 8% per match, while the injury incidence was 30/10 000 hours of match, practice and training time, with the match incidence being 74 injuries/ 10 000 hours and the training incidence 15 injuries/10 000 hours. bowling (29%), fielding and wicket-keeping (27%) and batting (19%) accounted for the majority of injuries. the occurrence of injuries was predominantly to the lower limbs (s1 – 45%; s2 – 42%), back and trunk (s1 – 19%; s2 – 19%), upper limbs (s1 – 19%; s2 – 22%), head and neck (s1 – 6%; s2 – 3%), and related to illnesses (s1 – 11%; s2 – 14%). the injuries occurred primarily during first-class matches (39%), limited-overs matches (22%), and practices (17%), and some were of gradual onset (20%). acute injuries comprised 78% of injuries. the majority of injuries were first-time injuries (76%), with 11% and 14% recurrent injuries from the previous and current seasons, respectively. the correspondence: dr richard stretch nelson mandela metropolitan university po box 77000 port elizabeth, 6031 south africa e-mail: richard.stretch@nmmu.ac.za richard a stretch (dphil)1 ryan p raffan (ba, hms hons)2 nicole allan (ba, hms hons)2 1sport bureau, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth 2department of human movement science, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 151 major injuries during s1 were haematomas (19%), muscle strains (17%) and other trauma (14%), while during s2 the injuries were primarily muscle strains (16%), other trauma (20%), tendinopathy (16%) and acute sprains (15%). the primary mechanisms of injury occurred in the delivery stride when bowling (19%) and overbowling (7%), on impact by the ball when batting (11%), and on sliding to field the ball (6%). conclusion. the results indicate a pattern of cause of injury, with the fast bowler most likely to sustain an acute injury to the soft tissues of the lower limb while participating in matches and practices during the early part of the season. various batting situations such as being struck while batting (7%), running between the wickets (4%), batting for long periods at a time (4%), training (4%), and participating in various other sports (3%). injury data of australian state and national cricketers were collected retrospectively for the first three seasons (1995 1996 to 1997 1998) and then prospectively for the next six seasons (1999 2000 to 2004 2005).3 of the 886 injuries recorded, 92% were new, 8% were recurrent, and 52% occurred during major matches. the injuries were mainly sustained while bowling (45%), with lowerlimb injuries accounting for 49%. the mean seasonal injury match incidence was reported for domestic one-day (39/10 000 playerhours), first-class (27/10 000 player-hours), one-day international (odi) (60/10 000 player-hours) and test (39/10 000 player-hours) matches. fast bowlers miss about 16% of potential playing time because of injury, while for other positions it is less than 5%. the first study to use the international surveillance method4 reported that 162 domestic and 33 international cricketers sustained 50 injuries. most injuries were sustained in test and first-class matches (40%), with a further 28% occurring during one-day matches and other activities outside of matches. the injury incidence for tests and odi matches was 49 and 41 injuries/10 000 player-hours, respectively. for domestic first-class and limited-overs matches it was 14 and 25 injuries/10 000 player-hours, respectively. the injury prevalence for test (11%) and odi (8%) matches was lower for home matches than away matches. bowlers (46%) and batsmen (40%) were at greatest risk of injury, with muscles (26%) and ligament (12%) injuries, stress fractures (12%) and fractures (10%) being most common. most of the injuries were new (80%), with 10% recurrent from the previous season and 10% recurring again during the same season. all the injury surveillance studies, with the exception of the study carried out on west indian cricketers,4 were carried out before the international acceptance of the publication of the consensus paper regarding injury definitions, methods of calculating injury rates and reporting of injuries.2 therefore, the aim of this study was to use the internationally agreed methods for injury surveillance to investigate the seasonal incidence and nature of injuries sustained by south african provincial cricketers to further understand and identify injury patterns, risk factors and other possible factors associated with these injuries. methods during the 2004 2005 (s1) and 2005 2006 (s2) cricket seasons, matches played by 4 of the 6 provincial teams were monitored prospectively. data were collected and reported according to the guidelines in the consensus paper.5 the physiotherapists working with the teams were required to complete a questionnaire for all cricketers who presented with an injury. the questionnaire was designed to obtain the following information: (i) biographical data; (ii) month of injury during the season; (iii) activity and time of onset of injury; (iv) whether it was a first-time injury or a recurrent injury from the previous or current season; (v) chronicity of the injury; (vi) whether the injury had recurred again during the season; (vii) the oscis6 injury classification code; (viii) diagnosis; and (ix) mechanism of injury. further, to determine player exposure it was necessary to collect information on a player’s participation in each match, reasons for non-participation, and length of the match.2 for the purpose of this research an injury was defined as any injury or other medical condition that either: (i) prevents a player from being fully available for selection for a major match; or (ii) during a major match causes a player to be unable to bat, bowl or keep wicket when required to do so by either the rules or the team’s captain.5 acute injuries were those of rapid onset, and chronic injuries were of prolonged or extended onset, while acute-on-chronic injuries were increased symptoms of a chronic injury but brought about by movements causing rapid onset. the time in the season when the injury occurred was recorded. off-season was defined as that part of the season when no specific cricket practice or training took place. the pre-season, a 2-month 152 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 table i. incidence and prevalence of injuries during the two-season period s1 s2 st matches played first class (n) 30 41 71 45 over (n) 35 44 79 20 over (n) 14 25 39 matches missed (n) 57 158 215 injuries (n) 84 96 180 injury incidence (injuries/10 000 h) match and training 34 27 30 match 89 62 74 training 15 16 15 injury prevalence (%/match) 3 8 8 s1 – 2004 2005 season. s2 – 2005 2006 season. st – 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. table iii. number of injuries sustained in matches, practices and training during the two-season period s1 s2 st n % n % n % matches 20 over 1 1 7 7 8 4 45 over 13 16 18 19 31 17 first class 42 50 28 29 70 39 practice 14 17 16 17 30 17 gradual onset 12 14 23 24 35 20 training 2 2 4 4 6 3 total 84 100 96 100 180 100 s1 – 2004 2005 season. s2 – 2005 2006 season. st – 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. percentages have been rounded. table v. diagnosis of injuries sustained during the two season period s1 s2 st n % n % n % haematomas 16 19 6 6 22 12 acute sprains 6 7 14 15 20 11 tendinopathies 4 5 15 16 19 11 muscle strains 14 17 15 16 29 16 trauma 12 14 19 20 31 17 other injuries 32 38 27 28 59 33 total 84 100 96 100 180 100 s1 – 2004 2005 season. s2 – 2005 2006 season. st – 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. the percentages have been rounded. period, was that part of the season when specific cricket practice and training were undertaken before the commencement of matches. the season was defined as that part of the season when matches were played and included international tours. the bmdp statistical software package (bmdp, 1993, los angeles, bmdp statistical software inc.) was used to compute descriptive statistics. results the 4 provincial teams played a total of 71 first-class, 79 45-over and 39 20-over matches. one hundred and eighty injuries were reported over the two seasons (s1 – 84; s2 – 96), which resulted in players missing 215 matches (table i). the injury incidence for the two seasons for the matches, practices and training was 30/10 000 hours, with the match incidence being 74/10 000 hours and the practice and training incidence being 15/10 000 hours. the injury prevalence increased from s1 (3%) to s2 (8%) (table i). although more injuries occurred in s2 (53%) than s1 (47%), the number of matches missed owing to injuries increased from 57 to 158. first-time and acute injuries comprised 76% and 78% of the injuries to provincial players, respectively. the number of recurring injuries from the previous season increased from s1 (7%) to s2 (14%) and was accompanied by an increase in acute-on-chronic injuries from 12% to 17% (table ii). the injuries occurred primarily during matches (61%), with the balance occurring as a result of gradual onset (20%), practices (17%) and training (3%) (table iii). the regional distribution of injuries indicates that these were mainly to the lower limbs (42%) (table iv). the major injury occurrences in s1 were haematomas (19%), muscle strains (17%) and trauma (14%). similar results were found for s2, with the major injury categories being muscle strains (16%), trauma (20%), tendinopathies (16%) and acute sprains (15%) (table v). the majority of injuries occurred while bowling (33%) in s1, with fielding (25%) and batting (21%) contributing to the remainder of the injuries (table vi). in s2 the injuries were distributed more evenly among fielding (28%), bowling (26%), ‘other’ (26%) and batting (17%). the mechanisms for injuries within each activity are shown in table vi. more injuries occurred during the first half of the season (october december) than in the second half (january march) (table vii). the mean match and practice exposure time increased from s1 (2 096 h) to s2 (2 136 h), while there was a decrease in fitness exposure time from s1 (2 013 h) to s2 (1 714 h) (table viii). team 1 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 153 table ii. chronicity and occurrence of injuries during the two-season period s1 s2 st n % n % n % first time 66 79 70 73 136 76 recurring previous season 6 7 13 14 19 11 current season 12 14 13 14 25 14 acute 68 81 72 75 140 78 chronic 6 7 8 8 14 8 acute-on-chronic 10 12 16 17 26 14 s1 – 2004 2005 season. s2 – 2005 2006 season. st – 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. table iv. regional distribution of injuries sustained during the two-season period s1 s2 st n % n % n % head and neck 5 6 5 3 upper limb 16 19 24 25 40 22 back and trunk 16 19 18 19 34 19 lower limb 38 45 37 39 75 42 other 9 11 17 18 26 14 total 84 100 96 100 180 100 s1 – 2004 2005 season. s2 – 2005 2006 season. st – 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. the percentages have been rounded. table vi. role and mechanism of injuries sustained during the two-season period s1 s2 st n % n % n % batting 18 21 16 17 34 19 impact by ball 14 6 20 batting – overuse 4 9 13 other 1 1 bowling 28 33 25 26 53 29 delivery stride 9 2 11 over-bowling 9 4 13 general bowling 6 17 23 other 4 2 6 fielding 21 25 27 28 48 27 sliding for ball 6 5 11 running to field ball 2 4 6 impact by ball 6 2 8 catching a ball 3 3 6 throwing 6 6 other 4 7 11 fitness 2 3 3 3 5 3 touch rugby 1 2 3 other 1 1 2 other 15 18 25 26 40 22 illness 8 18 26 other 7 7 14 total 84 100 96 100 180 100 s1 – 2004 2005 season. s2 – 2005 2006 season. st – 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. the percentages have been rounded. substantially decreased their fitness exposure time from s1 (2 075 h) to s2 (407 h) and almost doubled their practice exposure time from s1 (3 420 h) to s2 (6 570 h), which contributed to an increase in total exposure time from s1 (7 735 h) to s2 (9 265 h). team 2 increased their fitness exposure time from s1 (3 005 h) to s2 (3 895 h), with a comparable decrease in practice exposure time from s1 (5 825 h) to s2 (5 075 h). the result was similar total exposure time in s1 (11 083 h) and s2 (11 119 h). team 3 had similar fitness exposure time in s1 (960 h) and s2 (990 h), but showed an increased practice exposure time from s1 (3 090 h) to s2 (3 770 h). furthermore, this team had a considerable increase in match exposure time from s1 (1 824 h) to s2 (2 071 h), which contributed to an increase in total exposure time from s1 (5 874 h) to s2 (6 831 h). team 4 only reported the exposure data for s2 – therefore no comparison can be made from s1 to s2, which would be a slight limitation when analysing this exposure time. the exposure time per team showed that team 2 had a considerably greater fitness exposure time than the other teams in both seasons, while still maintaining a higher-than-average practice exposure time per season, which seemed to be the focus of the other teams for both seasons. moreover, in s2 team 2 maintained their total exposure time while increasing their fitness exposure time and decreasing their practice exposure time. discussion the first important finding was that the injury incidence for provincial cricketers was 30 /10 000 hours. this was greater than for west indian provincial players4 (14/10 000 h) and west indian provincial (22/10 000 h) and australian test (23/10 000 h) teams.3 the south african provincial players also showed a lower injury incidence than the west indian test and odi players (49 and 41/10 000 h). the south african results were similar to those of the australian odi players (39/10 000 h).3,4 the injury incidence of the south african provincial players showed a decrease from s1 (34/10 000 h) to s2 (27/ 10 000 h). however, there was an increase in total exposure time which was mainly because of an increase in the training and practice exposure time. a possible explanation for this decrease in injury incidence could be that the match incidence of injury (74/10 000 h) is far less than the training incidence of injury (15/10 000 h). secondly, the injury prevalence in the south african provincial cricketers (8%) was similar to that in the west indian odi (8%) and australian test (7%) players and less than that in the west indian test (11%) and australian odi (10%) players.3,4 however, there was an increase in injury prevalence from s1 (3%) to s2 (8%), possibly as a result of a number of interdependent factors. it could be due to an increased number of matches being played from s1 to s2, resulting in an increase in match exposure time. there was an increase in the incidence of injury during the early part of the season, coinciding with an increased exposure time. this increased seasonal exposure time, with an emphasis on preand early-season activity, could have resulted in the increased incidence of injuries during the early part of the season. as the season progressed the incidence of injuries decreased, as did the match exposure time (242 h and 433 h, respectively), during the middle and end of the season. the increased number of injuries during the early part of the season could also be related to playing more first-class (4-day) cricket at the beginning of the season, with limited-over cricket matches being played towards the middle and end of the season with less match exposure time. during the longer version of the game the players tend to be relatively inactive for long periods of time before rapidly moving after the ball when fielding. bowlers may be required to bowl multiple spells, sometimes accumulating over 20 overs in a day, compared with 4 9 over spells in limited-over cricket. this could have resulted in the large number of injuries during fielding and bowling, particularly during the early part of the season, and could have been further influenced by the fact that during the time period 154 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 table vii. month during the two-season period when the injuries occurred s1 s2 st n % n % n % pre-season august september season 83 99 81 84 164 91 january 10 9 19 february 7 15 22 march 16 17 33 october 10 10 november 21 16 37 december 19 24 43 off-season 1 1 15 16 16 9 april 1 3 4 may 12 12 june july total 84 100 96 100 180 100 s1 – 2004 2005 season. s2 – 2005 2006 season. st – 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. the percentages have been rounded. table viii. exposure time (hours) of the teams during the two-season period s1 s2 st team 1 match 2 210 2 288 4 498 fitness 2 075 407 2 482 practice 3 420 6 570 9 990 total 7 735 9 265 16 970 team 2 match 2 253 2 149 4 402 fitness 3 005 3 895 6 900 practice 5 825 5 075 10 900 total 11 083 11 119 22 202 team 3 match 1 824 2 071 3 895 fitness 960 990 1 950 practice 3 090 3 770 6 860 total 5 874 6 831 12 705 team 4 match nr 2 037 2 037 fitness nr 1 565 1 565 practice nr 5 430 5 430 total nr 9 032 9 032 mean match 2 096 2 136 2 472 fitness 2 013 1 714 1 612 practice 4 112 5 211 4 148 s1 – 2004 2005 season. s2 – 2005 2006 season. st – 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. nr – not reported. between first-class matches more emphasis was placed on rest with little time devoted to fitness maintenance activities. a large number of injuries in the first season were first-time injuries of an acute nature, including impact injuries, particularly when batting, resulting in haematomas and other trauma injuries. however, in the second season there was an increase in recurring injuries from the previous season that was accompanied by an increase in acute-on-chronic injuries, the majority being muscle strains, tendinopathies and acute sprains. the above could also have been the result of the players returning to play without being fully rehabilitated and because of the nature of the injury sustained. the primary mechanisms of injury were bowling and running to and sliding for the ball when fielding. similar results were found in many of the west indian players, where injuries were muscle strains caused by running after and picking up the ball and injuries to young fast bowlers.3 these activities all involve some kind of stop-start movement and/or change in direction of the whole body, requiring strength, agility and flexibility. in sports involving bouncing and jumping activities with a high intensity of a stretch-shortening cycle, a stretching programme significantly influenced the viscosity of the tendon, making it more compliant. stretching may also be beneficial for injury prevention.7 further investigation of the exposure time for team 2 shows that they had the greatest fitness exposure time of the 4 teams, yet their injury prevalence was the lowest and decreased considerably from the first to the second season. one of the reasons for the decreased injury prevalence could have been that their fitness focused more on stretching, with dispersed activities of aerobic and core stability work. this increased fitness exposure time, particularly stretching activity, without the comparable decrease in practice exposure time, could reduce the injury prevalence of cricket players and possibly the number of injuries from season to season. the other teams focused more on strength and aerobic activities with limited focus on stretching exercises. conclusion injury incidence and prevalence in south african provincial cricketers are similar to those in the west indian and australian studies. it would appear that injury prevalence can increase independently from injury incidence. although the injury incidence was at an acceptable level, the injury prevalence still remains a concern and highlights the importance of receiving correct treatment and sufficient recovery time before returning to cricket. increasing fitness exposure time, particularly stretching, could decrease the number of flexibility-related injuries. the correct fielding techniques and the number of overs bowled could be more closely monitored to decrease the injury prevalence. references 1. leary t, white j. acute injury incidence in professional county cricket players (1985-1995). br j sports med 2000;34:145-147. 2. stretch ra, venter djl. cricket injuries – a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. s afr j sports med 2002; 36: 270-275. 3. orchard j, james t, alcott e, carter s, farhart p. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002;36:270-275. 4. mansingh a, harper l, headley s, king-mowatt j, mansingh g. injuries in west indian cricket 2003-2004. br j sports med 2006;40:119-123. 5. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, frost w, mansingh a, leipus a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sci med sport 2005;8(1):1-14. 6. orchard j. orchard sports injuries classification system (osics). in: bloomfield j, ficker p, fitch k, eds. science and medicine in sport. 2nd ed. melbourne: blackwell, 1995:674-681. 7. witvrouw e, mahieu n, danneels l, mcnair p. stretching and injury prevention: an obscure relationship. j sports med 2004;34(7):443-449. sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 155 32 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 introduction physical activity is important for the health status of any age group, and especially for young people. studies show that children and adolescents who participate in regular physical activity can gain psychological health and skeletal health benefits. 3 regular physical activity is associated with enhanced health and reduced risk of all-cause mortality, it improves aerobic capacity, muscular strength, body agility, co-ordination and metabolic functioning, exemplified by improvements in bone density, lipid profiles, insulin levels and immune function. 28 those who are physically active have a reduced risk of developing cardiovascular disease and ischaemic stroke, 30 non-insulin-dependent (type 2) diabetes, 12 colon cancers, 2 and osteoporosis. 25 physical activity is also consistently related to higher levels of self-esteem and lower levels of anxiety and stress. 27 however, while the positive effects of regular physical activity are well established in children and adolescents, there is evidence that young people in many developed nations do not participate in regular physical activity of the type and intensity associated with health. as a result, the prevalence of childhood obesity is increasing worldwide. 19 since obesity is associated with increased morbidity and mortality, the world health organization has compared the marked increase to a global epidemic disease. 31 the overweight and obese child is not physically active, has a sedentary way of life and no interest in exercise. psychological consequences of obesity may have a powerful effect on the self-image and social standing of the overweight and obese child during critical phases of emotional development. studies evaluating the influence of obesity on mental health portray a disturbing picture of depression, low self-esteem, poor body image, and social isolation. the failure to achieve success with dieting and other therapeutic interventions may potentiate these negative feelings, and the inability to participate in physical activity and discrimination by peers and adults are further contributing influences. 24 many studies have shown that obese children and adolescents are physically less active and less fit than their non-obese peers. 9 physical fitness is generally considered to be ‘the ability to perform daily tasks without fatigue’. physical fitness includes several components: cardiorespiratory fitness, muscular endurance, muscular strength, flexibility, co-ordination and speed. 6 original research article physical fitness, nutritional habits and daily locomotive action of 12-year-old children with different body mass index abstract objective. the purpose of this study was to examine the differences in physical fitness, daily nutritional habits and locomotive behaviour among pupils with varying body mass index (bmi) in the 5th and 6th grades of primary school. design. the sample consisted of 480 pupils (229 boys and 251 girls), who participated in specific eurofit tests and completed questionnaires probing their physical activity and nutritional habits. they were divided according to their bmi into normal, overweight or obese children. main outcome measures. 18% and 8% of the pupils were categorised as overweight and obese, respectively. results. from the data analysis (two-way anova), with bmi and gender as independent variables, it was found that the obese and overweight pupils had lower performance in long jump, in 30-m speed and in 20-m shuttle run. they adopted sedentary daily habits, such as many hours of tv watching and unhealthly nutritional habits. conclusions. the results of this study support the need for intervention at school through physical education and health education lessons, to inform pupils about the health risks associated with limited physical activity and unhealthy nutritional habits. another goal should be to motivate and create behaviours that are conducive to better lifestyle habits. correspondence: spiridon kamtsios euergeton 42, tk 45333 ioannina greece tel: +06 4-633-8714 e-mail: spiroskam@sch.gr spiridon kamtsios (msc) physical education teacher, ioannina, greece pg32-36.indd 32 4/23/08 11:34:20 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 33 increasing physical activity is one of the key elements in the treatment of childhood obesity. 23 however, motivating obese subjects to adhere to an activity programme is a major challenge. 26 to improve adherence one must develop an exercise programme that is manageable for obese children and adolescents. 23 interventions that are not tailored to the fitness levels of obese participants may discourage future participation in physical activity. the ability to develop physical activity programmes suited to obese participants requires further investigation of different components of physical fitness in this population. the purpose of this study was to examine the differences in physical fitness, daily nutritional habits and locomotive behaviour among pupils with varying body mass index (bmi) in the 5th and 6th grades of primary school. the hypothesis of the research is that overweight and obese children will have differences in fitness levels and they will adopt a sedentary lifestyle. material and methods participants and study design the study included 480 children (229 boys and 251 girls) aged 11 12 years (mean 11.62 ± 0.60 years), attending the 5th and 6th grade classes of primary schools which were selected with stratified sampling in suburban and urban areas of west-northwest greece. the nature and purpose of the study were explained to parents before consent was obtained, and participation was on a voluntary basis. the measurements and the tests that the children underwent were carried out during the first two school hours. the data collected included anthropometric measurements as well as motorand health-related fitness parameters. anthropometric measurements age (accurate to 1 month) was recorded. height was measured with a stadiometer to the nearest 0.5 cm. body mass was measured on a balance-beam scale accurate to 0.1 kg. the students were barefoot, wearing light clothing to decrease the additional weight. body mass index (bmi) was calculated by dividing weight by height squared (kg.m -2 ). 7 physical fitness measurements the physical fitness of the children was evaluated with the eurofit test battery, 8 which is designed for the assessment of healthrelated fitness in children and adults. eurofit for children is designed to be practical and applicable under conditions available in ordinary communities. the children wore athletic shoes and athletic clothes and underwent the following tests that measure different components of fitness. • sit and reach (sar): reaching as far as possible from a sitting position. this test measures the flexibility of posterior muscles. • standing long jump with feet together (slj): the maximum horizontal distance attained was measured. this test evaluates the explosive strength of the legs. • sit-ups (sup): the maximum number of sit-ups achieved in 30 seconds was recorded. this test measures the trunk strength (muscular endurance). • overhand throw: the test measures the strength of the upper body limbs. • 30-meter sprint (from standing position): this test measures speed. • 20-meter multistage aerobic shuttle run test (mat): this test evaluates the maximum aerobic capacity based on an indirect-incremental-maximum field test involving a 20-meter shuttle run, using the formula proposed by léger et al. to calculate the maximal oxygen consumption (vo2max). 16 students’ daily locomotive and nutritional habits responders were asked how often and how many times each week they ‘participated in sports, swimming or other physical activities, excluding mandatory physical education classes in school’. they were also asked about their nutritional habits during the last week and about their sedentary habits (‘how many hours do you watch tv on a week day and on the weekend?’). statistical analyses descriptive statistics were performed for all parameters. a twoway anova was used to examine differences in group means. a sidak post hoc test was used to identify differences among gender and bmi categories (sidak was used to compare variables from different data collections) and effect sizes (η2 -– i.e. proportion of the total variance that is attributed to an effect) were calculated to assess the significance of the differences in fitness performance among bmi categories. comparisons were considered significant at a p-value of 0.05 or less. chi-square tests were used to detect differences between normal, overweight and obese children in their daily locomotive and nutritional habits. spss version 11.0 software was used for all statistical calculations. results when the entire sample including both genders was analysed, 74% of the participants had a normal bmi, 18% were overweight and 8% were characterised as obese. the differences in the fitness parameters among bmi categories by gender are presented in table i. two-way anova results revealed a significant effect of bmi and gender in the multistage aerobic shuttle run test (p=0.001, η2=0.028), and in flexibility (p=0.002, η2=0.025). specifically, normal boys performed better than their obese counterparts in standing long jump (p=0.000, η2=0.111), in sit-ups (p=0.010, η2=0.019), in sprint (p=0.000, η2=0.237), and in the multistage aerobic shuttle run test (p=0.001, η2=0.08). in addition, overweight boys demonstrated better performance than obese boys in the standing long jump, the overhand throw, sprint and in the multistage aerobic shuttle run test (p-values between 0.004 and 0.001). normal-weight girls performed better in the sprint than their overweight and obese counterparts (p=0.001). in the comparison of physical fitness tests between genders within the bmi categories, boys obtained better results than girls for all tests except flexibility. tables ii and iii present the results of chi-square tests examining the differences between some discernible variables related to the daily athletic, locomotive and nutritional habits. significant differences were found between the three cohorts, with the obese children displaying a higher percentage in all categories. pg32-36.indd 33 4/23/08 11:34:21 am 34 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 discussion the principal findings in the present study were that obese and overweight pupils had lower performance in specific physical fitness tests and they adopted sedentary daily habits, such as many hours of tv watching and unhealthy nutritional habits. our results support the findings of previous studies in greece 20,10,18 and in other countries 4,29 that the prevalence of overweight and obesity in 10 12-year-olds was approximately 30%. the results showed that overweight and obese students had inferior performances in all tests requiring propulsion or lifting of the body mass (standing-broad jump, sit-ups, and endurance shuttle run). these poorer performances in obese individuals are probably due to the fact that their excess body fat is an extra load to be moved during weight-bearing tasks. another explanation could be that obese children and adolescents avoid weightbearing activities because of the greater energy cost compared with normal-weight children. in this case, the poorer performance could also be a consequence of a lack of experience in weightbearing tasks. because obese young boys and girls are limited in their ability to perform weight-bearing activities, such activities should be limited at the start of an intervention programme. activities that are not tailored to the capabilities of bigger children may discourage continued participation by obese individuals. 9 once levels of fatness have decreased and/or fitness levels have improved, weight-bearing tasks may be much less exhausting and should be progressively included in the programme. 9 no relationship was found between obesity and flexibility, something that was mentioned in previous studies. 21 useful non-weight-bearing alternatives such as cycling, swimming or other aquatic activities should be the focus in the early stages of a programme and then continued as an appropriate means of balancing various types of activity. 9,23 the second research question was related to differences in the children’s nutritional habits and in their daily locomotive habits. results showed that overweight and obese children watched more hours of tv in the weekday and the weekends. other studies have also found negative relationships between television viewing times and obesity. 14 television watching replaces more vigorous activities. there is a positive correlation between time spent watching television and being overweight or obese in populations of different ages. prevalence of obesity has increased as well as the number of hours that tv networks dedicate to children. 13 in addition, children are exposed to many unhealthy stimulations in terms of food intake when watching television. over the last few years, the number of television food commercials targeting children have increased, especially junk food. the current use of food in movies, shows and cartoons may lead to a misconception of the notion of healthy nutrition and stimulate an excessive intake of poor nutritional food. 5 another finding of this study was that overweight and obese children were less likely to join an organised athletic club. sports clubs may be too competition oriented and therefore not appropriate for the less-fit children and adolescents, which table i. mean (sd) differences in the fitness parameters among bmi categories by gender boys (n=229) (47.7%) girls (n=251) (52.3 %) normal overweight obese normal overweight obese fbmi fgender f bmi xgender n=162 n=46 n=21 n=194 n=38 n=19 motor fitness tests sar (cm) 14.11,2 ± 6.1 11.01,3 ± 9.3 13.74 ± 7.3 19.12 ± 6.1 21.43 ± 4.8 18.14 ± 8.3 .25 57.8* 6.1* slj (cm) 1.41,2 ± 0.17 1.31,3 ± 0.2 1.21 ± 0.2 1.91,2 ± 0.14 1.21,3 ± 0.1 1.1 ± 0.1 29.6* 13.4* .08 sup (reps in 30s) 18.11 ± 4.7 19.3 ± 4.1 14.8 1 ± 4.3 17.8 ± 4.5 18.1 ± 5.1 16.5 ± 5.5 4.61* 2.6 2.2 othr (m) 4.92 ± 1.5 5.41 ± 1.7 4.41 ± 2.9 4.32 ± 1.3 4.9 ± 1.5 3.9 ± 1.9 5.8* 6.4* .16 spr (s) 5.91 ± 0.4 6.21,3 ± 0.5 6.91 ± 0.2 6.21,2 ± 0.46 6.51,3 ± 0.4 7.11 ± 0.1 73.6* 17.2* .14 mat (ml kg -1 min -1 ) 29.81,2 ± 9.4 23.91 ± 5.0 24.1 ± 4.8 24.72 ± 4.3 24.6 ± 4.1 21.7 ± 1.5 13.6† 6.4† 6.8† values are mean ± sd sar = sit and reach; slj = standing long jump; sup = sit ups; othr = overhand throw; spr = sprint; mat = multistage aerobic shuttle run test 1=differences between normal, overweight and obese 2=gender differences between normal children 3=gender differences between overweight children 4=gender differences between obese children *significantly different at the 0.05 level †significantly different at the 0.001 level table iii. results of chi-square test concerning daily athletic and locomotive habits chi-square test school team member χ2(2) =23.9* p=0.000 participation as an athlete in a club χ2(2) =10.9* p=0.004 exercise during leisure time with friends χ2(2) =3.4 p=0.186 tv daily χ2(2) =14.1* p=0.028 daily pc usage χ2(2) =2.2 p=0.703 *values significantly different (p<0.05). table ii. results of chi-square test concerning daily nutritional habits nutritional habits chi-square test salad χ2(2) =0.8 p=0.669 fruits χ2(2) =30.2* p=0.000 cereals χ2(2) =2.0 p=0.368 milk χ2(2) =2.1 p=0.353 hamburger χ2(2) =55.7* p=0.000 coca-cola χ2(2) =38.2* p=0.000 * values significantly different (p<0.05). pg32-36.indd 34 4/23/08 11:34:22 am 36 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 would include the obese. given the commonly low levels of sports participation by the obese, the encouragement of sports participation from an early age may be important in the prevention and treatment of overweight. 9 no relationship was found between video game/computer use and the bmi among children. this may be because primary school children in this study spent relatively little time in these activities, because these activities are less sedentary than television viewing, or due to other factors which were not explored in this study (i.e. no food advertising, hands not free for eating during video game/computer use). there is not much research to which we could compare our findings. 29 the phenomenon of fatness and all its contributory factors in childhood and adolescence is an important problem – it can become one of the most common diseases and can turn into a world-wide epidemic. important causes for this are lack of physical activity and sedentary lifestyle. a goal for managing the overweight and obese children is to urge them to become physically active, in an attempt to influence them to adopt these habits as adults. in addition to the physical effects, this will also have psychological and social benefits. 22 exercise programmes include lifestyle changes, e.g. walking instead of taking a bus, using stairs instead of lifts, as well as exercise in a planned and structured manner, e.g. participating in sport or gymnastic groups. another aspect is that inactive periods (sedentary activities, tv and video viewing, etc.) during the day should be exchanged as much as possible for active behaviour. recent studies suggest that decreasing sedentary activity is very effective in promoting weight loss. 32 strategies to increase physical activity are therefore key elements in the treatment of childhood obesity, along with changes in eating behaviour. 9 the current environmental experience of young children includes few opportunities for physical activity. to prevent obesity and later metabolic disease, all sectors of society must work together to support strategies to change public opinion and behaviour across the lifespan. schools should be primary targets for efforts to educate children on the reduction of tv time, computer games and unhealthy snacks. schools should provide daily physical education and frequent periods of unstructured play in young children. school interventions through physical education lessons must be provided to inform children about health risks related to inactivity and unhealthy nutritional habits. another goal should be to motivate and create behaviours that are conducive to better lifestyle habits. references 1. brewer j, ramsbottom r, williams c. multistage fitness test. a progressive shuttle run test for the prediction of maximum oxygen uptake. leeds, uk: national coaching foundation, 1988. 2. brownson rc, chang jc, davis jr, smith ca. physical activity on the job and cancer in missouri. am j publ health 1991; 81: 639-42. 3. calfas cj, taylor wc. effects of physical activity on psychological variables of children. ped exerc science 1994; 6: 406-23. 4. canning p, courage m, frizzell l. prevalence of overweight and obesity in a provincial population of canadian preschool children. j canad med assoc 2004; 171(3): 101-7. 5. caroli m, argentieri l, cardone m, mase a. role of television in childhood obesity prevention. intern j obes 2004; 28: 104-8. 6. caspersen cj, powell ke, christenson gm. physical activity, exercise and physical fitness: definitions and distinctions for health-related research. publ health res 1985; 100:126-31. 7. cole tj, bellizzi c, flegal km, dietz wh. establishing a standard definition for child overweight and obesity worldwide: international survey. bmj 2000; 320: 1240-53. 8. committee of experts on sports research. european test of physical fitness (eurofit). rome: edigraf editoriale grafica, 1988. 9. deforche b, lefevre j, bourdeaudhuij i, hills a, duquet w, bouckaert j. physical fitness and physical activity in obese and non obese flemish youth. obes res 2003; 11: 434-41. 10. digelidis n, kamtsios s, theodorakis y. physical activity levels, exercise attitudes, self-perceptions, nutritional behaviors and bmi type of 12-years children. inquiries sport & phys educ 2007; 5(1): 27-40. 11. frontini mg, bao w, elkasabany a, srinivasan sr, berenson g. comparison of weight-for-height indices as a measure of adiposity and cardiovascular risk from childhood to young adulthood: the bogalusa heart study. j clin epidem 2001; 54: 817-22. 12. fulton-kehoe d, hamman rf, baxter j, marshall j. a case-control study of physical activity and non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (niddm). the san luis valley diabetes study. ann epidem 2001; 11: 320-27. 13. hardus pm, vuuren c, crawford d, worsley a. public perceptions of the causes and prevention of obesity among primary school children. intern j obes 2003; 27: 1465-71. 14. janssen i, katzmarzyk p, boyce n. comparison of overweight and obesity prevalence in school aged youth from 34 countries and their relationships with physical activity and dietary patterns. obes rev 2005; 6: 123-32. 15. katzmarzyk pt, tremblay a, perusse l, despres j, bouchard c. the utility of the international child and adolescent overweight guidelines for predicting coronary heart disease risk factors. j clin epidemiol 2003; 56: 45662. 16. léger la, mercier d, gaboury c, lambert j. the multistage 20-m shuttle run test for aerobic fitness. j sports sci 1988; 6(2): 93-101. 17. lindsay rs, hanson rl, roumain j, ravussin e, knowler wc, tataranni pa. body mass index as a measure of adiposity in children and adolescents: relationship to adiposity by dual energy x-ray absorptiometry and to cardiovascular risk factors. j clin endocrinol metab 2001; 86: 4061-67. 18. magkos f, manios y, christakis g, kafatos ag. secular trends in cardiovascular risk factors among school-aged boys from crete, greece, 19822002. europ j clin nutrit 2005; 59: 1-7. 19. marild s, bondestam m, bergstrom r, ehnberg s, hallsing a, albertssonwikland k. prevalence trends of obesity and overweight among 10-yearold children in western sweden and relationships with parental body mass index. acta pediatr 2004; 93: 1588-95. 20. mamalakis g, kafatos a, manios y, anagnostopoulou t. apostolaki i. obesity indices in a cohort of primary school children in crete: a six-year prospective study. int j obesity 2000; 24: 765-71. 21. minck mr, ruiter lm, van mechelen w, kemper hc, twisk jw. physical fitness, body fatness, and physical activity: the amsterdam growth study. j hum biol 2000; 12: 593-9. 22. mοta j, santos p, guerra s, ribeiro j, duarte j. differences of daily physical activity levels of children according to body mass index. pediatr exer scie 2000; 14: 442-52. 23. parizková j, hills a. childhood obesity: prevention and management. boca raton: crc press, 2001. 24. rowland t. exercise and children’s health. in: cheung w, richmond j, eds. obesity and physical activity. champaign, il: human kinetics publishers, 1990: 129-159. 25. rubin k, schirduan v, gendreau p, sarfarazi m, mendola r, dalsky g. predictors of axial and peripheral bone mineral density in healthy children and adolescents, with special attention to the role of puberty. j pediatr 1993; 123: 863-70. 26. sothern ms, hunter s, suskind rm, brown r, udall jn, blecker u. motivating the obese child to move: the role of structured exercise in pediatric weight management. south med j 1999; 92: 577-83. 27. theodorakis y, natsis p, papaioannou a, goudas m. correlation between exercise and other health related behaviors in greek students. int j phys educ 2002; 39: 30-4. 28. us department of health and human services. physical activity and health: a report of the surgeon general. atlanta, ga: us centers for disease control and prevention, 1996. 29. wake m, hesketh k, waters e. television, computer use and body mass index in australian primary school children. j pediatr child health 2003; 38: 130-34. 30. wannamethee sg, shaper ag. physical activity in the prevention of cardiovascular disease: an epidemiological perspective. sports med 2001; 31: 101-14. 31. world health organization. obesity: preventing and managing the global epidemic. report of a who consultation. world health organization, technical report series 894. geneva: who, 2000. 32. zwiauer k. prevention and treatment of overweight and obesity in children and adolescents. j pediatr 2000; 159: 56-68. pg32-36.indd 36 4/23/08 11:34:23 am introduction the need for talent identification in sport has developed into a science. according to singer et al. 1 talent identification in sport aims to predict future achievements based on the present abilities and potential of a sportsperson. most of the game-specific skills, anthropometric measurements and physical/motor abilities, including speed, strength, power and agility, change in young sportsmen during their development years (8 18 years of age). 2 considering the sport of rugby, the limited number of years during which a rugby player is able to play elite rugby have necessitated the early identification of potential rugby talent, as well as ways and means to improve the performance of rugby players from an early age. 2 the lack of knowledge in this regard as well as the non-availability of comparative data between countries, are limiting factors. comparisons of elite rugby players in top rugby-playing nations such as south africa, new zealand, the uk and australia, may assist coaches and sport scientists to identify talented rugby players at a younger age, and to develop these players to a higher international standard. however, these types of studies are limited. besides a comparative study between south african and british rugby youth, 3 and a comparative study between 12-year-old new zealand and south african rugby players, 4 no other published studies comparing international rugby players could be found. the fact that south africa and new zealand are currently voted number one and two in the world of rugby makes for an interesting comparison of their elite youth rugby players. the purpose of this investigation was to conduct such a comparative study between elite u/16 rugby players of these two nations. the main aim was to provide information regarding the physical profile of u/16 rugby players and hopefully to stimulate future research on talent identification and development. methods three groups of elite u/16 rugby players from new zealand and south africa participated in this study. for the purpose of this investigation the term ‘elite rugby players’ refers to u/16 rugby players who played provincial rugby at school level. the first study group comprised 24 members of the taranaki provincial u/16 a rugby team in new zealand, 5 the second group comprised 43 u/16 elite high-school rugby players in the north-west province in south africa, 6 and the third group comprised 21 u/16 rugby players in the north-west province competing in the national tournament. 7 the first study group was tested during the mid-rugby season of 2004 in new zealand. 5 the second study group was tested during the rugby season of 1996 6 and the third study group was tested during the mid-rugby season of 2002. 7 the test protocol consisted of anthropometric measurements, rugby-specific skill tests, and physical and motor ability tests. the detailed descriptions of the battery of tests executed can be found in the relevant references; however, the aims of the different tests will be described in short. original research article comparative characteristics of elite new zealand and south african u/16 rugby players with reference to gamespecific skills, physical abilities and anthropometric data abstract objective. a comparative study of elite new zealand and south african u/16 rugby players with special reference to game-specific skills, physical abilities and anthropometric data. design and settings. a battery of tests was used to obtain information concerning a group of elite new zealand players (n=24) and two elite south african groups (n=64). information was obtained for game-specific skills, physical abilities, and anthropometric data. results. the new zealand players outperformed the south african players in game-specific tests, physical abilities, and anthropometric measurements. where the south african groups performed better than the new zealand group, it was not practically significant. conclusion. south african rugby authorities should be cognisant of the areas where south african u/16 rugby players were outperformed by their new zealand counterparts, and consequently develop specific development programmes to address these shortcomings. correspondence: professor e j spamer director, school for continuing teachers’ education north-west university potchefstroom 2520 south africa e-mail: manie.spamer@nwu.ac.za emanuel j spamer (phd)1 daniël j du plessis (med)2 ernst h kruger (phd)2 1 north-west university, private bag x6001, school of continuous teacher education, north-west university, potchefstroom 2 department of biokinetics, sport and leisure sciences, university of pretoria sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 53 anthropometric tests standard measurements were performed for body composition. these included body mass, stature, skinfolds (triceps, subscapular, mid-axilliary, pectoral, supraspinal, abdominal, thigh and calf skinfold for prediction of body fat and sum of skinfolds), and girths (flexed upper arm, forearm, thigh, calf and ankle). 8 54 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 table i. descriptive statistics and significant differences (d-values) between elite u/16 new zealand and south african players with reference to anthropometric components tests new zealand south africa south africa new zealand new zealand n=24 group 1 group 2 v. v. n=43 n=22 south africa south africa group 1 group 2 sd sd sd d-value d-value mass (kg) 81.26 ± 8.31 72.82 ± 9.63 76.64 ± 11.41 0.9* 0.4 height (cm) 179.71 ± 5.83 177.63 ± 5.64 180.86 ± 8.22 0.4 0.1 skinfolds (mm) tricep 12.96 ± 4.48 12.68 ± 5.56 8.02 ± 2.81 0.05 1.1* sub-scapular 14.46 ± 7.06 10.99 ± 4.41 10.32 ± 2.77 0.5 0.6 mid-axilla 13.25 ± 7.57 9.63 ± 4.49 0.5 supra-spinal 20.69 ± 9.29 11.91 ± 5.54 0.9* pectoral 9.73 ± 3.44 6.80 ± 2.75 5.73 ± 2.30 0.9* 1.2* abdominal 20.73 ± 9.89 15.60 ± 8.92 12.64 ± 6.52 0.5 0.8* thigh 17.15 ± 5.22 15.45 ± 5.18 10.77 ± 4.01 0.3 1.2* calf 11.75 ± 4.64 10.95 ± 4.44 7.11 ± 2.84 0.2 1.0* % body fat 13.66 ± 4.77 18.77 ± 6.44 15.96 ± 3.96 0.8* 0.5 girth (cm) flexed upper arm 33.73 ± 2.88 32.05 ± 2.33 32.57 ± 2.83 0.6 0.4 forearm 28.41 ± 1.58 27.45 ± 1.66 27.93 ± 1.91 0.6 0.3 ankle 24.80 ± 1.22 23.89 ± 1.71 24.14 ± 3.19 0.5 0.2 calf 38.14 ± 2.70 36.97 ± 3.68 36.77 ± 4.21 0.3 0.3 upper leg 57.00 ± 3.46 56.02 ± 4.36 0.2 *practical significant difference: d≥0.8 (large effect). tendency towards practical significant difference: 0.5≤d≤0.7 (medium effect). small or no practical significant difference: d≤0.4 (small effect). = average. x x x x table ii. descriptive statistics and significant differences (d-values) between elite u/16 new zealand and south african players with reference to physical and motor abilities tests new zealand south africa south africa new zealand new zealand n=24 group 1 group 2 v. v. n=43 n=22 south africa south africa group 1 group 2 sd sd sd d-value d-value sit and reach (cm) -2.21 ± 8.75 2.36 ± 2.30 5.91 ± 6.80 0.02 0.9* vertical jump (cm) 50.07 ± 7.00 47.16 ± 6.11 40.55 ± 10.67 0.3 0.9* speed endurance (%) 5.38 ± 1.48 6.37 ± 3.15 6.58 ± 3.21 0.3 0.4 zig-zag run (s) 6.65 ± 0.44 7.16 ± 0.48 1.1* speed 10 m (s) 1.79 ± 0.09 1.89 ± 0.20 0.5 speed 45.7 m (s) 6.21 ± 0.38 6.61 ± 0.34 1.1* flexed arm hang (s) 38.63 ± 16.17 26.03 ± 12.04 0.8* *practical significant difference: d≥0.8 (large effect). tendency towards practical significant difference: 0.5≤d≤ 0.7 (medium effect). small or no practical significant difference: d≤0.4 (small effect). = average. x x x x physical and motor ability tests these included the sprinting test (done over 45.7 m to assess the speed ability of the players 9 ), the explosive power test (vertical jump test to assess explosive power strength 10 ), the flexibility test (adapted sit-and-reach test to assess flexibility in the lower back and hamstrings 10 ), the agility test (zig-zag run over 24 m to assess agility and speed running 9 ), the speed endurance test (also known as the test of hazaldine and mcnab 11 in which the players did a number of sprints with 20-second rest periods to assess speed endurance ability), and the flexed arm hang (hanging on a horizontal bar to assess upper body muscle endurance. 2 game-specific skills tests these tests included passing for accuracy (while the rugby player is jogging he passes a ball through a circle 4 m away to assess the passing accuracy to his right and left 2 and another accuracy passing test over 7 m with the player not moving 9 ), passing for distance (the player attempts to pass a rugby ball to a standing partner to assess distance of passing), ground skills test (while running the player picks the ball up, runs around a marker, and places the ball where it was picked up, to assess ground skill while running 12 ), kicking for distance (the player takes the ball in both hands and kicks the ball as far as possible to assess kicking distance; place-kicking using a tee, with an unlimited approach, was also used for the same test 9 ), air and ground kicking ability (the rugby player performed a chip, followed by a grubber with both feet to assess both skills 12 ), and side-step ability (carrying the ball in both hands, running through obstacles and side-stepping to the left and right to assess the ability to dodge 13 ). these anthropometric, physical and motor abilities and rugby game-specific tests have been used by several researchers in the field of talent identification in rugby. 2,3,6,7 it must be acknowledged that some of the tests favour certain rugby-specific positions and this should be taken into account for talent identification. another point to note is that the battery of tests used for the three sampling groups was spread over time and the researchers in each study did not always use the full battery of tests. in a few of the tests the new zealand players were only compared with one of the south african groups instead of both groups, due to the fact that the two south african groups did not perform the same battery of tests. the three studies referred to in this paper form part of an international project (south africa, new zealand and england) on talent identification among young rugby players, and were managed from the north-west university. the facilitators who conducted the tests were all trained by the same research team to ensure that the test procedures were identical in all three studies. order of testing anthropometric and flexibility measurements were investigated first. the rugby players did a general warm-up consisting of jogging and stretching of all major muscle groups, as well as short sprints. all the physical, motor and rugby-specific tests were done on a rotation basis. the speed endurance test was conducted last, after the players had been allowed sufficient rest. statistics data of all the groups were analysed with the sas computer software programme. 14 descriptive statistics (means and standard deviation) were annotated. because of the relatively small size and nature of the study groups (convenience sampling), d-values (effect sizes) were calculated to determine practical significant differences between the new zealand and south african groups. 15 results anthropometric data table i shows that the eight skinfold measurements (averages) obtained for the nz group, were all higher than the same skinfold measures of both sa groups. practical significant differences (large effect size) were found between the nz and sa1 groups with regard to the supra-spinal (d=0.9) and pectoral (d=0.9) skinfolds; and between the nz and sa2 groups with regard to tricep (d=1.1), pectoral (d=1.2), abdominal (d=0.8), thigh (d=1.2), and calf (d=1.0) skinfolds. table i shows that nz also scored higher in the following girth meassajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 55 table iii. descriptive statistics and significant differences (d-values) between elite u/16 new zealand and south african players with reference to game-specific skills tests new zealand south africa south africa new zealand new zealand n=24 group 1 group 2 v. v. n=43 n=22 south africa south africa group 1 group 2 sd sd sd d-value d-value ground skills (s) 3.27 ± 0.22 5.68 ± 0.36 3.62 ± 0.25 6.7* 1.4* side steps (/10) 5.96 ± 2.46 4.46 ± 1.35 5.50 ± 1.40 0.6 0.2 air and ground kicks (/10) 7.13 ± 1.92 4.60 ± 1.90 5.19 ± 0.93 1.3* 1.0* passing distance (m) 21.96 ± 2.71 19.95 ± 3.27 21.14 ± 4.34 0.6 0.2 passing accuracy 3.83 ± 1.88 4.23 ± 2.36 4.50 ± 2.28 0.1 0.3 over 4 m (/10) passing accuracy 24.42 ± 3.12 25.69 ± 2.57 23.55 ± 5.76 0.4 0.2 over 7 m (/30) kicking distance (m) 40.90 ± 4.60 38.02 ± 6.56 41.41 ± 11.13 0.4 0.04 kick-off distance (m) 37.59 ± 4.37 36.07 ± 7.80 33.60 ± 9.18 0.2 0.4 *practical significant difference: d≥0.8 (large effect). tendency towards practical significant difference: 0.5≤d≤ 0.7 (medium effect). small or no practical significant difference: d≤0.4 (small effect). = average. x x x x urements: flexed upper arm, forearm, ankle, calf and upper leg. the nz players in this study were heavier than the sa groups, but slightly shorter than sa2. a tendency towards practical significant differences (medium effect size) was found between the nz and sa1 groups in the flexed upper arm (d=0.6), forearm (d=0.6) and ankle (d=0.5) girth measurements. physical and motor abilities table ii shows that the nz group performed better than both sa groups in six of the seven tests for physical and motor abilities. the only physical and motor test in which the sa groups performed significantly better than the new zealand group, was in the sit-andreach test. large practical significant values were found between the nz group and the sa1 group in the zig-zag run (d=1.0) and the 45.7 m speed test (d=1.1); the times of the nz group were faster in both tests. practical significant differences were found between the nz and sa2 groups in the sit-and-reach (d=0.9), vertical jump (d=0.9), and flexed arm hang tests (d=0.8). no practical significant differences (small effect size) were found in the speed endurance test (sa1: d=0.3; sa2: d=0.4). a tendency towards practical significant difference (medium effect) was found in the speed over 10 m test (sa2: d=0.5). game-specific skills table iii shows that the nz group outperformed their sa counterparts in six of the eight tests. the results show practical significant differences (large effect size) between the nz and both the sa groups in only two of the eight game-specific skill tests, namely: ground skills (nz v. sa1: d=6.7; and nz v. sa2: d=1.4) and air and ground kicks (nz v. sa1: d=1.3; and nz v. sa2: d=1.0). the sa groups performed better than the nz group in passing for accuracy over 4 m, but only with a small practical significance (d=0.3). in three tests, i.e. ground skills, ground kicks and kick-off distance, the nz group outperformed both sa groups. discussion this study found that nz elite u/16 rugby players performed better than sa players in the anthropometric tests, physical and motor abilities tests and game-specific tests. in cases where the sa groups had higher scores than the nz group, the practical significant differences were low and therefore of questionable value. in particular, the nz players were heavier with larger girth measurements. in addition, the nz players were quicker than the sa players, possibly as a result of the superior explosive power (vertical jump test). 16 in the zig-zag run test, where speed plays an important role, the nz group also had quicker times than the sa group. pienaar and spamer 2 found that younger rugby players’ strength is not as developed as expected, which may be the reason for the poor performance of the two sa groups in this specific test component. a lack of compulsory physical education at south african schools may be a reason for this disadvantage. ethnicity may be a factor in the strength test, where maori, tongan and samoan rugby players develop earlier than their sa counterparts. 5 for the speed endurance test, where the nz group had the best test values, a factor that might have played a role was the fact that the nz group was tested at sea level, whereas the sa group was tested at high altitude (north-west province). anaerobic performance times are longer (poorer performance) at higher elevations, than at sea level. 17 with regard to game-specific skills, the nz group scored better in the kicking for distance, passing for distance, and kick-off for distance tests. this may be due to the fact that the nz group possesses more power (vertical jump), strength (flexed arm hang), and longer limbs (height). all these factors may have contributed to the nz players being able to kick and pass the ball further than the sa group. however, where accuracy was the determinant factor (passing for accuracy over 4 m and 7 m), the sa groups had better test values. in rugby, the above factors play an important role in talent identification, position development, and the selection of players for a team. if rugby players obtain the above average scores they show potential talent. 2 there may be a number of reasons why the nz group scored better in the game-specific skills. one reason is that new zealanders play rugby and take part in rugby development programmes from a very young age (4 years), compared with south africans, who start playing rugby at a later age (8 years). although morning grade (bulletjie) rugby started in the late nineties in south africa, this had no effect on the sa groups tested in this study. thus, it may be estimated that the nz group played rugby and participated in rugby clinics for an average of 4 years longer than the sa groups, which means that they had more time to develop their rugby-specific skills. another possible reason is that the nz and sa groups were tested approximately 7 years apart. the practical significant differences between the two sa groups were also found in the game-specific skills tests that were tested about 6 years apart (van gent tested in 2003 7 ). the elapsed time period between the test dates would have affected the scores of the game-specific skills. for example, the rugby ball would have travelled further distances as a result of technological development and training and coaching techniques would also have improved over this time. the nz group scored better in the side-step and air-and-ground skill tests. a number of factors could have played a role in this finding. for example, the nz group scored better in the speed and zig-zag run tests, therefore they are able to run themselves into better position to recollect the ball in the air-and-ground skill test, and performed better in the side-step test. however, this result should be interpreted with caution as the same tester did not administer the testing for both the nz and sa groups. the relatively low interrater reliability could have contributed to the difference in the scores of these tests. 18 in conclusion, south african rugby authorities should take cognisance of the areas where south african u/16 rugby players were outperformed by their new zealand counterparts, and consequently develop specific development programmes to address these shortcomings. references 1. singer rn, murphy m, tennant lk. handbook of research on sport psychology. new york: macmillan; 1993. 2. pienaar ae, spamer ej. a longitudinal study of talented young rugby players as regards their rugby skills, physical and motor abilities and anthropometrical data. j hum mov stud 1998;34:13-32. 3. spamer ej, winsley r. comparative characteristics of elite english and south african 18-year-old rugby-players with reference to game-specific skills, physical abilities and anthropometrical data. j hum mov stud 2003;45:187-196. 4. van der westhuizen d, winders j, dreyer l, spamer ej, eds. anthropometric, game-specific, physical and motor ability variables of 12-year old rugby players (new zealand and south africa). presentation delivered at the 2004 sport conference; 2004; brisbane. 5. du plessis dj. comparative characteristics of elite new zealand and south african u/16 rugby-players with reference to game-specific skills, physical abilities and anthropometric data. masters dissertation in movement education. pretoria: university of pretoria; 2007. 56 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 57 6. hare e. die identifisering van rugbytalent by seuns in die senior sekondêre skoolfase (the identification of rugby talent in boys in the senior secondary school phase). med dissertation in afrikaans: potchefstroom university for christian higher education; 1997. 7. van gent mm. a test battery for determination of positional requirements in adolescent rugby players. masters dissertation: potchefstroom university for christian higher education; 2003. 8. norton ki, olds ts, olive sc, craig np. anthropometry and sport performance. in: norton ki, olds s, eds. anthropometrica: a textbook of body measurements for sports and health courses. sidney: unsw press; 1996. p. 287-364. 9. american alliance for health physical education and recreation (aahper). aahper skills test manual for football. washington: aahper; 1966. 10. thomas jr, nelson jk. introduction to research in health, physical education, recreation and dance. campaign: human kinetics; 1985. 11. hazaldine r, mcnab t. fit for rugby. london: kingswood press; 1991. 12. australian rugby football union. australian rugby skills test. sydney: australian rugby football union; 1990. 13. cooke g. rugby union. london: black; 1984. 14. sas institute. sas/stat user’s guide statistics. cary: sas institute; 1991. 15. cohen j. statistical power analysis for behavioural sciences. hillsdale: erlbaim; 1988. 16. foran b. high-performance sports conditioning. london: human kinetics; 2001. 17. mcardle wd, katch fi, katch vi. exercise physiology. lippincott: williams & wilkins publishers; 2001. 18. baechle tr, earle rw. essentials of strength training and conditioning. champaign: human kinetics; 2000. original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the perceived knowledge of the menstruation cycle and adjustment of swimming sets by swimming coaches based on menstrual-related issues n marais, mphil; h morris-eyton, dphil; n janse van rensburg, phd department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: n janse van rensburg (natashajvr@uj.ac.za) menstruation is the term used to describe the recurring discharge of the endometrial lining of the uterus as menstrual blood and tissue.[1] menstruation, however, is only one of several events that occur during what is known as the menstruation cycle. [2] the menstruation cycle is the time interval (counted in days) from the start of one menstruation to the start of the following menstruation, [3] and may vary in length depending on the individual. regardless of the variability, normal cycles range from 21 to 34 days by the third year of menarche, [2] with the average length between cycles being 28 days. [1] although the constant change in hormone levels during the menstrual cycle is not visible, the effects of these changes can be felt by those who menstruate. the period itself may be expected to bring about the most discomfort, due to the discharge of blood and the use of menstrual hygiene products such as tampons, menstrual cups, or sanitary pads. it is, however, during the days prior to menstruation that women report feeling the most discomfort due to pain, heaviness, fatigue, irritability, and lack of concentration. [4] although the constant change in hormone levels combined with premenstrual syndrome (pms) may become a part of everyday life for the general female population, it is important to examine whether these symptoms influence the female athlete during training and competition. current national and international studies have attempted to understand and gain more insight regarding menstruation [5] and have also attempted to determine the perceptions about menstruation from males and females [5]. however, research on the physical and emotional symptoms that women experience when menstruating and the effect that these symptoms have on sport performance is lacking. the unique physiology of female athletes may require tailored training approaches that differ from those of their male counterparts. [6] female physiology, such as menstruation and its relationship to training, have been discussed among female athletes and coaches in practice. [6] since 2016, the world has begun to embrace the distinction between the sexes in sport, implying that men and women should be trained differently, based not only on hormone types and levels, but the respect of the emotional and physical effects that hormonal fluctuations can cause. [6] a study by bruinvels et al. [7] found that more than half of elite female athletes in various sporting codes reported that their hormonal fluctuations during menstruation had a negative impact on their performance in training and competition. yet ihalainen [6] indicates that olympic gold medals have been won by elite female athletes while menstruating during competition. research by bruinvels et al. [7] supports that of martin et al. [8], having found that 77% of female athletes experience negative side effects, such as pms symptoms, due to menstruation. these physical symptoms include back pains, cramps, headaches, and bloating. [8] this is further supported by oosthuyse et al. [9] whose findings indicated that fluctuations in strength, metabolism, inflammation, body temperature, fluid retention and injury risk are associated with hormonal fluctuations during a female athlete’s menstrual cycle. however, it has been noted that little is known about how menstrual cycle-related side effects may or may not affect the female athlete’s performance, and how these effects differ between individuals. [8,9] the potential effects of hormonal fluctuations throughout the menstrual cycle on various types of training and adaptations thereof are as follows: background: menstruation is the recurring discharge of the endometrial lining of the uterus as menstrual blood and tissue. the menstruation cycle affects most adolescent females and, although largely overlooked, affects women participating in sports. objectives: the aim of this study was to determine whether coaches were aware of their swimmers’ menstrual cycles and whether coaches considered this information when adjusting training sets. methods: within the case study, a partial mixed-method, sequential dominant status approach was used. data were collected in the form of questionnaires, focus group discussions, and one-on-one interviews. coaches’ awareness of their female swimmers’ menstrual cycles was based more on observation than communication from the swimmer. results: coaches explained that training is adjusted based on their observations, but whether this is being done correctly during the menstrual cycle requires more research. swimmers and coaches alike seem to have minimal knowledge of menstruation, its effects on training, and how to adapt to, or overcome, those effects during training or competition. conclusion: in future, this knowledge could ensure the longevity of female swimmers in the sport. understanding whether coaches and swimmers recognise the effect of the menstrual cycle within training and competition provides a more inclusive approach to ensure athlete longevity after puberty. this approach is grounded in creating an understanding between the swimmer and coach about the effect of menstruation during training and competition. it ensures an extended and more successful participation which may also assist in dealing with the ‘taboo’ surrounding menstruation and the female athlete. keywords: adolescent swimmers, swimming coach, female swimmer, swimming training, prescription s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13851 mailto:natashajvr@uj.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a13851 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2803-6940 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8282-6196 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1232-8233 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 the follicular phase during the early follicular phase (days 1 to 7 of the menstrual cycle), the female body is primed for high intensity exercise due to increased pain tolerance and higher perceived energy levels. [6] however, during the late follicular phase (days 8 to 13 of the menstrual cycle), the rise in oestrogen hampers preexercise carbohydrate storage and therefore endurance female athletes experiencing this phase should increase carbohydrate intake the day before and during exercise to exercise at high intensities. [10] it has also been suggested that strength training may be more effective during the late follicular phase (days 8 to 14 of the menstrual cycle or until ovulation). [10] ovulation during ovulation (approximately day 14 of the menstrual cycle), it is suggested that maximum strength could be achieved during menstruation rather than during ovulation [11]. according to hansen et al. [12], increased risk of injury in young active females may be due to a physiologically high concentration of oestrogen, which reduces fibrillar crosslinking and enhances joint laxity. no research has specifically noted increased swimming injuries during ovulation. the menstrual cycle is part of a bigger health issue for female athletes. low energy availability because of unbalanced energy intake and expenditure, which can be due to overtraining or eating too little, can lead to irregular periods, amenorrhea, or problems with bone health. [6] according to mountjoy et al. [13] relative energy deficiency in sport (red-s) affects, among other factors, menstrual functions in athletic girls, which also relates to the medical condition referred to as the ‘female athlete triad’. the prevalence of menstrual disorders in sports, such as swimming, ranges from 16% to 82%. [14] previous studies have found that female swimmers appeared to be more vulnerable to delayed puberty and menstrual irregularities because of inadequate body fat stores and exercise stress. [14] by understanding the emotional and physical effects of the menstrual cycle, it may be possible to determine at which stage training should be adjusted to optimise performance, based on the needs of the female athlete. the correct maintenance of training around the menstrual cycle could possibly assist in attaining peak performance and encourage female athletes to extend their participation in sport. swimmers and coaches alike seem to have minimal knowledge of menstruation, its effects on training, and how to adapt to or overcome these effects during training or competition. therefore, the aim of this study was to determine the female swimmer’s and swimming coaches understanding of the menstruation cycle and whether coaches considered this information when adjusting training sets. methods a partially mixed method, concurrent dominant status (qual + quan) design approach was used. this allowed a deeper understanding of menstruation from coaches and to give the participants a voice. data were collected concurrently with the semi-structured interviews (swimmers and coaches) being done during the same time as the distribution and collection of the questionnaires. questionnaires were completed by coaches and swimmers. they were either self-administered paper questionnaires or completed online. theoretical framework the study was underpinned by brofenbrenner’s 1979 ecological systems theory (est) which was originally developed to focus on childhood development, examining how different environmental systems influence the development of an individual. this could be translated into the sporting environment and the athlete’s development within a particular sporting code. the est explores the individual within a community, and the relationships that take place between them [15]. it is through the community that the individual interacts. although swimming is considered an individual sport, it takes a community to organise and develop a swimming programme. coaches work closely with the athletes and parents, as well as the club, district, and provincial structures within the national federation (swimming south africa). it can be assumed that in the development of the athlete, each of these systems have an important role to play, with coaches being an influential component in the athlete-coach relationship. the athlete-coach relationship is pivotal in this research, as sharing issues regarding the effects of menstruation on training and performance requires trust, respect, and confidentiality. [16] the primary responsibility of a coach is to assist their athletes with training and competition performance outcomes, as well as recognising the emotional and physiological state of the athlete. [16] understanding that swimming coaching is embedded within a national federation system (swimming south africa), supporting female athletes will provide opportunities to facilitate talent and athlete development. ethical clearance ethical approval for the study was obtained from the university of johannesburg’s faculty of health sciences research and ethics committee (reference: rec-01-179-2018). permission to conduct the study was obtained from the head coach of the swimming school. participation in the questionnaires were anonymous. the identities of the participants who participated in the interviews were kept confidential. coaches were not informed of which swimmers or coaches took part in the study nor were they made aware of any responses received by swimmers or other coaches. as per the declaration of helsinki the wellbeing of participants took precedence over the research outcomes. participants volunteered and were allowed to leave the study without consequence. consent and assent were received in writing once participants had been made aware of what the research entailed, allowing participants to freely agree to take part. participants the swimming coaches were sampled on a voluntary basis. the coaches had to be coaching in south africa and coaching adolescent female swimmers who had already begun their menstrual cycles. the group of swimmers was purposefully sampled by meeting the following criteria: registered swimmers with swimming south africa, had already begun original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 their menstrual cycle and had to be between the ages of 13 and 18-years-old. the five swimmers that took part in the focus group discussion/interview were registered with central gauteng aquatics (cga) as competitive swimmers and were coached by the same coach. recruitment method an email requesting voluntary participants was sent to the head coach of the club. the coach was then requested to forward the information to the parents of the adolescent females of menstruation age. if swimmers were then willing to take part in the study, their parents were requested to contact the researcher directly. the researcher’s details were provided in the email. once the researcher had received contact from the parents of willing swimmers, consent and assent forms were sent to the parent and/or guardian. quantitative data the coaches’ questionnaire was developed and adapted from johnson.[17] the swimmer’s questionnaire was based on similar questions in the coaches’ questionnaire and was restructured to contextualise the swimmer. the menstrual health section of the questionnaire was developed and adapted from hendrix (2010). [18] validity was ensured by asking the relevant questions and determining whether the questions reflected the perceptions and knowledge of menstruation. swimmers focus group and interview swimmers participated in one focus group and one interview conducted by one researcher. no parents or coaches were present during the interview allowing the participants to feel relaxed and open to the discussion. focus groups were initially planned with a group of five swimmers. unfortunately, due to unforeseen circumstances only three swimmers were available on the day the focus group discussion was scheduled. the remaining two participants were interviewed separately. coaches’ interviews semi-structured interviews were used to determine the coaches’ perspectives regarding the effects of menstruation on the female athletes they were coaching. there were six primary questions asked which were developed from the data collected from the coaches’ questionnaire. two coaches were interviewed face-to-face by the researcher and four coaches were interviewed using the zoom online platform, due to the limitations imposed by the covid-19 pandemic. data collection the quantitative data were collected from may 2019 to may 2020. the coaches’ questionnaire consisted of 14 questions and there were responses from 31 coaches. the swimmer’s questionnaire consisted of 18 questions and 25 swimmers responded. five swimmers took part in the semi-structured discussions, in which three questions were asked: (1) how do you usually feel when you have your period? (2) do you think it affects your training? and (3) would you discuss how you feel with your coach? the final phase of qualitative data collection was carried out by interviewing the swimming coaches. the semi-structured interviews were used to determine the coaches’ perspectives and consisted of six questions developed from the coaches’ questionnaire. once all qualitative data had been collected, findings, including field notes and voice recordings, were transcribed to organise the data for analysis. data analysis after the questionnaires had been completed, separate excel spreadsheets of findings from the coaches’ and swimmers’ questionnaires were created to organise the findings. the data were analysed using spss (version 26.0). descriptive statistics and thematic coding of the qualitative data provided the analytical information from the data collected. although quantitative and qualitative data were collected and analysed separately, the objectives of both were similar and therefore integrated into the results and discussion. data from the transcripts were divided into categories which were made up of different codes and sub-codes. the following categories were used for the swimmer focus groups and interviews: (1) athletes’ perception of their period, (2) athletes’ perception of the effects of menstruation on training, and (3) athlete and coach relationship. categories used for the individual coaches’ interviews included: (1) coaches’ awareness of swimmer’s menstruation, (2) swimmer-coach relationship (indicating that swimmers initiated the discussion around menstruation or menstrual-related issues with the coach), (3) accommodating the needs of the swimmer in training, and (4) coach-swimmer relationship (this indicates that the coach initiated conversations around menstruation or menstrual-related issues with the swimmer). categories were determined by the overall themes of the swimmers, menstruation, coaches, and their relationships. coding was done by one researcher and an independent coder who had no previous knowledge of the study. all themes, categories and codes were agreed to by the research team. results demographics twenty-five female swimmers participated in both the qualitative and quantitative parts of this study. of those swimmers three were 13-years-old, six were 14-years-old, four were 15-years-old, one was 16-years-old, nine were 17-yearsold and two were 18-years-old, respectively. the swimmers had a mean age of 15.5 years, with a standard deviation of 1.7 years. the majority (52%) of the female swimmers were south african national junior (sanj) swimmers, 12% were level 3 swimmers, 20% level 2 swimmers, and 12% were open water swimmers, with one swimmer not providing her swimming level. a total of 31 coaches completed the coaches’ questionnaire, of whom six coaches additionally took part in the semi-structured one-on-one interviews. of the 31 coaches, 18 were self-identified females and 13 were self-identified males. in addition to the questionnaire, the six coaches who took part in the interviews comprised three males and three females. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 awareness three questions in the swimmer’s questionnaire highlighted the coaches’ awareness as follows: (1) is your coach aware of when you menstruate? (2) does your coach ask you when you started menstruating?, and (3) does your coach speak to you about menstrual-related issues/topics? most of the swimmers (20 of the 25) indicated that their coach was not aware of when they were currently menstruating. while 19 of the 25 swimmers indicated that their coach does not ask when they started menstruating, and 18 stated that they do not discuss menstrual-related issues with their coaches. however, the majority (20 out of 31) of the coaches indicated that they make a point of asking if their swimmer has reached menarche. when asked if they are aware when their swimmers are menstruating, 87% of the coaches stated that they are aware of when their swimmers are currently menstruating. consideration and training set adjustments of the five swimmers who said that their coach was aware of their menstruation, three admitted that their coach does accommodate them during training when they are menstruating by being more patient and sympathetic or by making the training session easier. two of the girls said that their coach did not accommodate them. all but one of the coaches said that swimmers request to withdraw from swimming training or competition because of menstrualrelated issues; however, only 22 coaches consequently allowed their swimmers to withdraw. in addition, most of the coaches (30 out of 31) believed that the menstrual cycle has the potential to influence sports performance, but only 22 stated that they changed their expectations of the swimmer if they became aware that she is menstruating or suffering from menstrual-related issues. when asked, only 18 of the coaches were willing to adjust training sets if their swimmer is menstruating or suffering from menstrual-related issues. during the interviews, the majority (five out of the six) of the coaches said that they only adjust training sets if the swimmer is experiencing severe signs or symptoms of premenstrual syndrome or menstruation, such as ‘heavy periods’ and ‘high pain levels’. three of the coaches further mentioned that they will stop the training session if the swimmer is not coping. two of the coaches, both female, mentioned that they do not adjust sets and avoid drawing attention to the swimmers if they are menstruating. discussion perceptions, awareness, and knowledge around menstruation and the menstrual cycle varied between coaches and swimmers. swimmers do not believe that their coaches are aware of their menstruation, while coaches believe that they are. this contradiction highlights the fact that the coaches’ awareness of their swimmer’s menstruation was based more on assumption than determining the facts. the lack of communication and knowledge regarding the female athlete’s state for training and competition compromises the strength of the coach-athlete relationship. when exploring awareness of menstruation and menstrualrelated issues, the swimmers’ and coaches’ results varied, reflecting different perceptions among the two groups. when coaches were asked about their awareness of their swimmers' menstruating, only fourteen indicated that the athlete made them aware of this, while the majority of swimmers indicated that their coaches were not aware of their menstruation status. in addition, nineteen of the swimmers stated that their coach does not ask them about menstruation or menstrual-related issues. the coaches' answers in the questionnaire highlighted an opposing opinion of the relationship, where twenty of the coaches indicated that they had an open discussion with their swimmers in which they asked them whether they had started menstruating. however, when interviewed, all the coaches said that they do not ask their swimmers about menstruation or menstrual-related issues only speaking about the topic if the swimmer approaches them about it. research conducted by johnson [17] found that 0.7% to 1.5% of coaches of various sporting codes asked their athletes about menstruation. the data obtained from the one-on-one interviews concur with this result. this necessitates a need to be a clear understanding between swimmers and coaches that menstruation does not imply weakness or that the periodised training plan needs to change. it is, however, an opportunity for the coach to track whether they are meeting the training needs of their female athletes to optimise training for the individual. in general, the research is inconclusive and there are mixed reviews regarding the menstrual phases and their effects on performance. [8,9] most females experience signs and symptoms of pms, which can hamper an athlete’s performance. the pms symptoms that the athlete experiences can make them hesitant to train or not want to train. [19] this should not be seen by coaches as a weakness in the athlete but rather as an opportunity for the coach to adjust training sets within the periodisation plan, such as working the athlete harder when they are not experiencing pms symptoms and using the days when the athlete experiences their pms symptoms as an opportunity to work on technique or recovery. not only will the athlete be more willing to train, but the approach will be more inclusive, giving the athlete a psychological edge (the mental advantage of not being discouraged by their menstruation or pms, e.g. the athlete will be willing to train with or without pms symptoms) and enabling their training sessions to work for them rather than against them. speaking openly about the menstrual cycle should not be viewed as taboo or embarrassing or used as an excuse to avoid training. rather it should be used to increase knowledge, empowering both the coach and the athlete. open communication allows coaches and athletes to avoid early signs of red-s from not tracking the menstrual cycle. [19] it will also assist coaches to monitor and track their female athletes, which, in turn, may encourage lifelong participation in sport and help an athlete progress in their sport as needed. [19] communication between the coach and swimmer may assist in minimising the assumptions made by coaches about pms symptoms experienced by athletes. without assumptions, the coach can cater more accurately to the athlete’s needs, making the coaching process more individualised, considering all aspects of training, not just the programme and the competitions. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 consideration was given regarding whether coaches were aware of information concerning the swimmer’s menstrual cycles before exploring whether adaptations or adjustments were made by coaches to training sets based on the swimmer’s menstrual signs and symptoms. although coaches claimed to be aware of a swimmer’s menstruation patterns, many swimmers indicated that coaches were not aware of this information. further investigation through the interviews revealed that coaches do not ask and are not told by the swimmers about their menstrual cycles. rather, awareness of their swimmer’s menstruation cycle is based on assumptions, such as the age of the swimmer or complaints of headaches, cramping and fatigue. although these are all signs and symptoms of pms, many other factors, such as illness, intense exercise, and dehydration can induce the same signs and symptoms. with the age of menarche continuously shifting and based on many factors, coaches can no longer use age as a defining factor that a female has in fact reached puberty. according to the swimmers, if the coach was aware of their menstruation (five girls reported that their coaches were aware), only three of the five coaches accommodated the swimmer. it was, however, highlighted that accommodating the swimmer was not necessarily done by adjusting training sets, but rather by the coach being supportive and understanding of the swimmer’s circumstances. however, the coaches who answered the questionnaire gave a different interpretation. most alluded to accommodating the swimmer and adjusting sets by making the sets shorter or less intense, or by letting the swimmer leave the pool if they were not coping in the training session. this contradicts the findings of johnson [17] in which none of the coaches responded that they shortened sets or decreased their intensity for their female athletes experiencing menstrual-related issues. only 0.8% of the coaches in johnson’s [17] study worked out a plan to enable the athlete to cope during menstruation, and 4.6% allowed the athlete to decide whether they could train or not; however, approximately 40% of the coaches were empathetic. the difference in results could be due to the coaches in johnson’s study coaching athletes at different school levels, whereas in this study, only registered competitive club swimmers were considered. if coaches are more aware of their swimmers' menstrual cycles, they can periodise training and adapt their training sets in a way that would be beneficial to the performance of the swimmer. stopping a set, decreasing the volume, or decreasing the intensity may not necessarily be the correct measure to put in place when a female swimmer is struggling with premenstrual or menstrual signs and symptoms. although no significant effects of the menstrual cycle on performance have been recorded, some studies have shown that strength training, endurance sets or anaerobic sets at various phases within the menstrual cycle are beneficial to female athletes. [9,10] muscle strength and muscle diameter have been shown to be increased during follicular phasebased strength training, more so than in luteal phase-based strength training, suggesting that strength training should be done during the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle [10]. however, oosthuyse et al. [9] found that endurance performance increased during menstruation and therefore athletes should be trained in the mid-luteal phase of the menstrual cycle. whereas pestana et al. [20] found no difference in anaerobic performance between the luteal and follicular phase; however, they noted that maximum heart rate was significantly lower in anaerobic performance during the midfollicular phase. with that in mind, coaches would have an advantage if they planned their training sets according to their female athletes’ menstrual cycle. practical applications communication between the swimmer and the coach is essential for the correct periodisation and training to maximise performance. guidelines to assist with non-invasive and open communication include: 1. a blank monthly calendar in an online format (such as google docs) that is accessible to the coach and swimmer. the parent can be included, especially with swimmers who are minors. 2. educating the swimmers on how to track their menstrual cycles. for example, marking the day their period starts and the day their period ends on a calendar. 3. educating the coaches about the phases of the menstrual cycle according to what their swimmers have marked on the calendar. 4. educating the coaches about the type of training that is most effective during each phase. 5. explaining to the coach that they need to look for red flags, such as the absence of swimmer’s period over an extended time, or if the swimmer’s period is shorter each month. 6. the swimmer could supply other information, such as signs and symptoms, using journals or notes on calendar days, if they are willing. the guidelines proposed above allow coaches to be aware of the swimmer’s menstrual cycle without the swimmer having to verbalise this information to the coach. to protect the swimmer’s privacy, consent for this would be given by the parent and assent by the swimmer. the document would also need to be password-protected to ensure that no one other than the three parties have access to the document. limitations and recommendations female swimmers and the effects of menstruation cannot be generalised as each individual’s experience of the menstrual cycle may be different. this is an indication that each athlete should be treated and trained using an individualised tailored approach, especially in individual sports such as swimming and running. coaches and athletes need to speak openly about menstruation, its effects and how to deal with it. by tracking the athlete’s menstrual cycle, the coach and athlete become more aware of the female physiology, ensuring that overtraining does not take place and giving the coach and the athlete an opportunity to work with the athlete’s menstrual cycle, rather than against it. future research should include larger sample sizes from more swimming clubs across south africa. contraception use was not factored into this study, and it may original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 have an influence on hormones and the swimmer’s experience of her menstrual cycle. for future research, it is recommended that contraceptive use versus no contraceptive is considered. the swimmer’s sporting career and how long they had been swimming were also not considered and could be beneficial for future studies to determine whether the duration of an athlete's career may affect their experience and perception of their menstrual cycle. conclusion coaches and swimmers alike seem to have minimal knowledge regarding menstruation, its effects on training, and how to adapt to and/or overcome those effects during training or competition. although the majority of the coaches adjust training sets if their female swimmers are experiencing menstrual related issues, how these adjustments are made and their effects on performance require more research. having an enhanced understanding around the menstrual cycle and its effects on the female athlete could increase the longevity of swimmers within the sport. it would also allow for better swimmer management related to training and competition. understanding whether coaches and swimmers recognise the effect of the menstrual cycle within training and competition provides a more inclusive approach to ensure athlete longevity after puberty. this approach is grounded in creating an understanding and developing a trusting relationship between the swimmer and coach regarding the effects of menstruation during training and competition. it may also ensure an extended and more successful participation in swimming, as well as assist in dealing with the ‘taboo’ regarding menstruation and the female athlete. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. author contributions: nm: conception, design, analysis, and interpretation, drafting article, critical revision of the article, final approval for publication. hm-e: conception, design, critical revision of the article, final approval for publication). njvr: analysis and interpretation, critical revision of the article, final approval for publication. references 1. oertelt-prigione s. immunology and the menstrual cycle. autoimmun rev 2012;11(6-7):486-492. [https://doi.org/10.1016/j.autrev.2011.11.023] [pmid: 22155200] 2. mihm m, gangooly s, muttukrishna s. the normal menstrual cycle in women. anim reprod sci 2011;124(3-4):229-236. [https://doi.org/10.1016/j.anireprosci.2010.08.030] [pmid: 20869180] 3. abdollahpor a, khosravi n, zahra nr. effects of the menstrual cycle phase on the blood lactate responses and exercise performance in active women. eur j exp biol 2013;3(3):206-210. 4. hofmeister s, bodden s. premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder. am fam physician 2016; 94(3):236-240. [pmid: 27479626] 5. kgware m. menstruation and menstrual hygiene management in selected kwazulu-natal schools. oxfam: menstrual hygiene south africa 2016: 1-52. 6. mcgawley k. the menstrual cycle and female athletic performance, 2019. https://www.miun.se/en/research/research centers/swsrc/news/2019-2 (accessed 17 may 2020). 7. bruinvels g, burden rj, mcgregor aj, et al. sport, exercise and the menstrual cycle: where is the research? br j sports med 2017;51(6): 487-488. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2016-096279] [pmid: 27267895] 8. martin d, sale c, cooper sb, et al. period prevalence and perceived side effects of hormonal contraceptive use and the menstrual cycle in elite athletes. int j sports physiol perform 2018;13(7):926-932. [doi:10.1123/ijspp.2017-0330] [pmid: 29283683] 9. oosthuyse t, bosch an. the effect of the menstrual cycle on exercise metabolism: implications for exercise performance in eumenorrheic women. sports med 2010;40(3):207-227. [doi:10.2165/11317090-000000000-00000] [pmid: 20199120] 10. sung e, han a, hinrichs t, et al. effects of follicular versus luteal phase-based strength training in young women. springerplus 2014;3: 668. [doi:10.1186/2193-1801-3-668] [pmid: 25485203] 11. ruffner, k. the effects of estrogen peaks on the stretch reflex response during the menstrual cycle. available from ohiolink electronic theses and dissertations center, dec 2019. https://etd.ohiolink.edu/apexprod/rws_etd/send_file/send?acces sion=csu1579519542553163&disposition=inline (accessed 10 july 2020). 12. hansen m, kjaer m. sex hormones and tendon. adv exp med biol 2016, 920:139-149. [doi:10.1007/978-3-319-33943-6_13] [pmid: 27535256] 13. mountjoy m, sundgot-borgen j, burke l, et al. the ioc consensus statement: beyond the female athlete triad--relative energy deficiency in sport. br j sports med 2014;48(7):491–497. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2014-093502]. [pmid: 24620037]. 14. khodaee m, edelman gt, spittler j, et al. medical care for swimmers. sports med open 2016;2:27. [doi:10.1186/s40798-0160051-2] [pmid: 27512647] 15. duerden md, witt pa. an ecological systems theory perspective on youth programming. jpra 2010;28(2):108-120. 16. solstad be, granerud m, haraldsen hm, et al. an exploration of reciprocity between female athletes and their coach in elite junior swimming: a shared reality theory perspective. qualitative research in sport, exercise and health 2021;1-19. [doi:10.1080/2159676x.2021.1941211]. 17. johnson tr. knowledge and attitudes regarding the menstrual cycle, oral contraceptives, and sport performance: the conceptualization and development of a questionnaire for athletic coaches 2008. florida state university. retrieved from http://purl.flvc.org/fsu/fd/fsu_migr_etd-3497. 18. hendrix sl. menstrual history & activity/diet questionnaire. west county spine & joint chiropractic clinic, 2010. available from http://www.westcospineandjoint.com/wp-content/uploads /2010/10/menstrual-history.activity.dietquestionnaire.2.24.15.pdf (accessed 1 october 2020). 19. nixon h, hendricks s, zondi p, et al. the female athlete webinar: the menstrual cycle, contraception, and relative energy deficiency in sport (red-s), 2020. available from https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r155fj4apki (accessed 15 september 2020). 20. pestana er, salvador ep, pereira gb, et al. influence of the midfollicular and late luteal phases on anaerobic power in university students. sport sci health 2017;13(2):281-286. [https://doi.org/10.1007/s11332-016-0344-3] introduction injury to the spinal cord during rugby is rare but remains an emotionally charged issue, especially at schoolboy level. quarrie et al. 1 report an overall 1.4 spinal cord injuries per annum per 100 000 new zealand rugby players. this has reduced to 0.7 since 2001. this reduction corresponds with the introduction of a local education programme but may also have to do with the change of scrumming laws. 2.3 previously many of the injuries were incurred in scrumming, but with law changes the average number of scrums per game has reduced by 40%. now many spinal cord injuries occur during open play and particularly during the tackle. fuller et al. 4 followed 12 english premiership clubs for two seasons and found an incidence of 10.9 spinal column injuries per 1000 player match hours. none were catastrophic, but 3 were career ending. he confirmed tackles as the major culprit. in the south african context, noakes et al. 5 reported a total of 8.3 spinal cord injuries per season during 1990 1997 in the western cape alone. twenty per cent were schoolboys. the devastating outcome was death in 8%, tetraplegia in 48% with only 35% recovering significantly. efforts to make the game safer include law changes as well as player, coach and referee education. in addition, early recognition and appropriate management of the spinal cord injury are mandatory. injury to the spinal cord not only results in motor and sensory loss, but also autonomic dysfunction, which results in the body’s inability to regulate blood pressure, pulse and temperature. breathing efforts are compromised by loss of voluntary muscle control and these factors threaten the patient’s life. the initial management revolves around injury recognition, minimising secondary spinal cord injury, support of essential physiological functions, and avoidance of related complications. definitions • cervical – neck. • complete spinal cord injury (sci) – total loss of spinal cord function at a given anatomical level. • dermatomes – the area of skin that is supplied by a specific nerve. • incomplete sci – partial loss of spinal cord function at a given anatomical level, with residual sensory or motor function distal to the lesion. • neurological – relating to the nerve function. • paraesthesia – a sensation of ‘pins and needles’ in the distribution of the nerves affected. this may be confined to one region of one limb if a single nerve is involved to diffuse involvement of both or all limbs. • paraplegia – complete loss of motor (power) function in the lower limbs, i.e. legs, with preservation of normal upper limb function, if the spinal cord is involved. • prognosis – future clinical outcome. • spinal cord injury (sci) – damage to the spinal cord which manifests in a loss of motor and/or sensory function. • tetraplegia – complete loss of motor (power) function in both upper and lower limbs. • thoracic – torso. clinical review boksmart: medical management of suspected serious acute spinal cord injuries in rugby players abstract injury to the spinal cord with paralysis during rugby is rare but remains an emotionally charged issue, especially at schoolboy level. the game has evolved over the years with rule changes to reduce injury risk. scrums were originally perceived as the high-risk phase of play and rule changes in the early 1990s have reduced the number of scrums per game by as much as 40%. over time the ferocity of play has also increased with bigger, fitter players and possibly more at stake with professionalism. catastrophic injury rates are low but still occur. although risk and injury cannot be totally avoided in a contact sport, it does appear that there are deficits in the management of this risk and subsequent injury. sa rugby has introduced an educational programme (boksmart) to increase the level of understanding by players and support staff. this article was prepared for the boksmart programme in an effort to highlight the deficits and provide a basic understanding of spinal injury. terminology, diagnosis and appropriate investigations are dealt with. the early emergency management is discussed as would occur at the first medical point of contact. this allows standardisation of injury assessment so communication between personnel is clear. an algorithm has been suggested to provide an appropriate management strategy should an injury occur. correspondence: dr robert dunn po box 30086 tokai 7966 cape town tel: 021 404-5387 e-mail: info@spinesurgery.co.za robert n dunn (mb chb, mmed (orth), fcs(sa) orth) spine surgery unit, division of orthopaedic surgery, university of cape town sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 91 diagnosis the diagnosis is made on the basis of clinical assessment and special investigation. the initial evaluation is made on the field when a player complains of neck or back pain with associated neurological symptoms. significant cervical or thoracic pain with focal tenderness of palpation of the spinous processes and a restricted range of cervical motion suggests a significant spinal injury. neurological symptoms may be as subtle as paraesthesia (pins and needles) in the limbs to loss of sensation and motor function. a complete neurological examination by a doctor is required to ascertain whether there is in fact neurological compromise and, if so, to what degree. this requires testing of all dermatomes for sensation and appropriate muscle groups for power. the presence of a sensory level is delineated in the case of a sci. this manifests at a skin level where there is normal sensation proximal (towards the head), whereas distal (towards the feet) it is altered or absent. the patient is log-rolled and a rectal examination done to confirm the presence or absence of peri-anal sensation, anal tone and voluntary sphincter function. should this be absent the sci is regarded as complete as there is no residual cord function below the lesion. should any of these be present, the lesion is incomplete, with a better predicted outcome (prognosis). the interpretation will be dealt with in the section on grading of injury. the patient should be medically stabilised before further investigation, as discussed below. the first special investigation is x-ray. commonly the injury is to the cervical area. this can be localised both on the location of the pain and the anatomical lesion from the clinical examination. a cervical x-ray series consists of an anterior-posterior view of the neck, an open-mouth view and a lateral view. the lateral view should extend from the base of the occiput to t1. should the distal spine not be visible due to the presence of the shoulders, it should be repeated with manual traction on the arms. failing this, a swimmer’s or flying angel view should be performed. the x-rays should ideally be assessed by a radiologist but often it is the treating clinician who is faced with the initial interpretation. the lateral view is the most useful but injuries can be missed in up to 30% of cases. a simple approach is to assess the 5 lines – 4 vertical and 1 of convergence (fig. 1): • soft-tissue line • anterior body line • posterior body line • spino-laminar line • convergence of the spinous processes. when viewing the soft-tissue line, there should be less softtissue shadow than half a vertebral body down to c6, with up to one body width acceptable below this (grey arrow). there should be a smooth, uninterrupted line running down the anterior aspect of the cervical vertebral bodies from c1 to t1 (white dashed). likewise for the posterior body line (white dotted) and spino-laminar line (green dashed). a disruption in any of these would suggest loss of spinal column integrity. the lines of convergence are drawn along the axis of the spinous process and should meet posterior to the neck. if they diverge an injury is suspected. the ap view should be assessed for a rotatory deformity. this is suggested should there be deviation of the spinous process from the midline. the spinous process is shown with the white arrow (fig. 2). should the x-rays be interpreted as normal and there is no neurological deficit, dynamic views would be indicated. this involves flexion or extension views where the patient is asked to maximally flex his neck forward and backwards and x-rays are taken at the extremes. the patient should not be assisted with movement as pain will limit this to within a safe zone. these x-rays are reviewed for 92 sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 fig. 1. normal lateral cervical x-ray depicting the 4 vertical lines of convergence used to assess loss of alignment.  fig. 1. normal lateral cervical x-ray depicting the 4 vertical lines of convergence used to assess loss of alignment. fig. 2. normal ap x-ray where the spinous processes can be seen in alignment.  fig. 2. normal ap x-ray where the spinous processes can be seen in alignment. signs of instability. this includes evidence of listhesis (forward slip) of 3.5 mm or more, kyphosis of greater than 11° and loss of the normal contours. in the case of neurological deficit a mri scan is required (if available). this is the only way the neurological and other soft-tissue structures can be visualised. it provides the information to make a confident diagnosis and plan safe treatment. occasionally, if an mri scan is not readily available one may be forced to manage certain injuries without it. this is a compromise and not the ideal. grading of injury the injury is graded in terms of two aspects, viz. the integrity of the vertebral column and the neurological status of the spinal cord. column integrity as regards the column integrity, it is essential to decide if the spine is stable or not. should there be evidence of instability the spinal cord is at risk, as the spine no longer has the ability of resistance to physiological forces. instability can be a result from bony or ligamentous injury. ligamentous injuries are more dangerous as they are not immediately visible on x-ray but suggested by change in alignment. this is more subtle than a fracture. cervical injuries are defined according to mechanism. this is a combination of compression or distraction forces in either flexion or extension as per the allan and ferguson classification. 6,7 the commonest injuries seen in the rugby context are the distractive flexion and burst injuries. the way the cervical spine is exposed to force rather than the specific event (tackle, scrum collapse) dictates this. a player can dive into a ruck, and depending how he strikes the ground can exert either a compression force or likewise, by striking his forehead and his body rolling over, create a distractive force on the neck. a compression flexion injury results in one of the vertebral bodies being fractured, i.e. collapsing. depending on the degree, this may be limited to deformation of the superior endplate of the body. should there be more force applied, the inferior anterior part of the body will fracture, creating the ‘teardrop’ fracture. despite appearing relatively innocuous on x-ray, this implies that the posterior ligamentous structures have been disrupted and the fracture is unstable. in the extreme case, the teardrop fractures right off, the body retrolistheses (moves backwards) through the spinal canal and transects the spinal cord. in distraction flexion injury, there is a stretching out of the posterior ligamentous structures, which include the interspinous ligaments and the facet joint capsules. this allows one or both the facet joints to dislocate. with this there is disruption of the anterior disc tissue, creating instability. should the injury be limited to a unifacet dislocation, the incidence of severe neurological injury is low. a bifacet (both facets) dislocation is evidenced by more than 50% body width anterior translation on the lateral x-ray, compressing the spinal cord, and resulting in a higher incidence of neurological injury. this type of injury is usually the one that requires urgent intervention as sci may be reversible once the compression has been relieved. neurological status it is important to classify the extent of the injury to be able to succinctly communicate to a referral centre, as it may affect management in the early phase. the american spinal injury association (asia) system is utilised. the assessment is based on determining the level and extent of the injury. the former requires knowledge of anatomy, but for ease, key muscle groups are marked on the asia chart (appended). muscle groups are examined and the level is based on the last normal function level, i.e. full power. once this is determined, residual distal function is sought. this may be an area just below the lesion, termed a zone of partial preservation, or maintained function throughout the rest of the body. the latter is far more important prognostically 8-10 because if there is sensation or motor function maintained distally, there is a much better chance of recovery. the lesion is deemed complete if there is no residual distal function and incomplete if function is present. care must be taken to assess voluntary motor function to command. sensation must be critically assessed by asking the blinded patient to indicate which leg is being touched as opposed to ‘can you feel’. the rectal examination is mandatory in this assessment. all this should be charted on the asia score sheet. the physician should be careful not to interpret anterior chest sensation as preservation of thoracic sensation, as the supraclavicular nerves from the cervical region can supply this area. once this assessment has been done, a neurological diagnosis of last functional level, zone of partial preservation (zpp) and complete/incomplete should be documented. preferred list of medical facilities it is important that every school or club determines an appropriate hospital in case of suspected spinal cord injury. facilities vary widely from region to region and access may depend on financial status of the patient. it is pointless taking a patient with no insurance to a private medical facility if the treating doctor is unable to access the expensive sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 93 1 yesno observe neuro and x-rays normal normal discharge inadequate due to pain collar and repeat in 10-14 days abnormal to be assessed by surgeon or doctor familiar with spine pathology mri if neurological deficit (not to delay management if dislocation present) further management based on particular fracture or dislocation as assessed by orthopaedic or neurosurgeon neck injury loss of full range of motion pain loss of motion / sensation pins and needles take to hospital clinical examination x-rays abnormal flexion / ext x-rays fig. 3. flow chart of management of an on-field neck injury. imaging modalities. this results in delays while the transfer of the patient to a state facility is arranged. the degree of spinal injury may dictate the level of care. should the patient complain of a painful neck but no complaints or evidence of spinal cord involvement, i.e. no paraesthesia or sensory disturbance and full voluntary muscle power, it is likely only x-rays will be required. there is also no extreme urgency in this case, so a stepwise approach can be adopted. this patient can then be taken to a facility where x-rays are available, but not necessarily mri. this is more applicable in the state environment as most private centres have an mri, but it may not be available on the weekends. the chosen hospital should be at least a level 2, with specialist staff available to interpret the x-ray. should there be any neurological symptoms, it would be best to attend a hospital with mri capabilities as well as spinal surgical resources. in the state service this may be limited to level 3 services such as in the western cape. it should be ascertained that the private hospital in the school’s vicinity has spinal surgical capabilities before utilising their services, in order to avoid delay. acute sci medical management protocol (fig. 3) once the injured rugby player arrives in hospital he is assessed by the treating physician. atls protocol is followed in terms of emergency management. as sci patients can be physiologically unstable, they are best managed in a high-care environment. a dedicated spinal unit is the best. continuous monitoring of physiological function is necessary with mechanical ventilation available. the patient should be well immobilised on a firm board to avoid secondary injury. the patient should be supine in a neutral position. should there be an obvious neck deformity, gentle in-line traction may be necessary for comfort and immobilisation. no forced movement should be performed and movement should be limited if there is associated pain. preferably a soft thin mattress should be between the board and the patient to prevent pressure sores developing. log-rolling, i.e. turning the body in unison, should be performed when examining the patient. this involves three personnel – one with a head grip, one on the shoulders and the other on the pelvis, avoiding any spinal torque when rotating the patient. this allows examination of the back of the neck and torso and facilitates pressure care. intravenous access must be obtained and fluids administered to maintain an adequate blood pressure. patients with sci lose their vascular tone, increasing capacitance, and they therefore develop neurogenic shock. they will only transiently respond to fluid resuscitation and this should be limited to avoid pulmonary oedema. cervical sci patients may not be able to respond with a tachycardia as there is disconnection of the spine and sympathetic plexus. a mean blood pressure of more than 70 mmhg is necessary to maintain cord perfusion and minimise the secondary injury. the use of adrenalin may be necessary. adrenalin 4 amps in 200 ml normal saline diluent can be infused, titrated against the blood pressure. typically this is infused at 3 10 drops/min (60 dropper). occasionally with high cervical lesions there is a higher requirement, necessitating a double-strength mixture, i.e. 8 amps adrenalin in 200 ml normal saline at 1 10 drops per minute. should there be a persistent bradycardia (<40 bpm), atropine 0.5 mg iv can be administered. the use of high-dose steroids is a management choice. there is little evidence of any clinically significant benefit and complication rates remain high. if the physician uses steroids, the nascis 3 protocol should be followed, i.e. 30 mg/kg depot medrol over 15 minutes followed by 5.4 mg/kg per hour for 24 hours if within 4 hours of injury and 48 hours if within 8 hours. after 8 hours, even the proponents see no benefit. 11 a urinary catheter should be placed to assess urine output as well as avoid complications from retention related to the sci. as these patients frequently develop an ileus, they are placed nil per os and a nasogastric tube is passed. these patients are at risk of gastritis, and ulsanic 1g 6 hourly should be administered per os or via the nasogastric tube. the patient should be assessed for respiratory difficulty. frequently patients with a high cervical lesion may fatigue with the increased efforts of diaphragmatic breathing and become hypercapnoeic. oxygenation is also challenged by atelectasis and possible pulmonary oedema. all patients should receive face-mask oxygen to maintain spinal cord oxygenation and if there is deterioration they should be supported by face-mask cpap or intubation in extreme cases. it is preferable to intubate early rather than await extensive atelectasis and pneumonia, as this will only prolong the course of ventilation. there is often reluctance to intubate these patients due to perceived poor prognosis, but it should be remembered that in the early phase of spinal shock, there is cord swelling or spinal shock and once this resolves there may be a dramatic improvement. the patient must be given the benefit during this period. 12 once the patient is stable physiologically, radiographic investigation is required to assess the injury. this will involve x-rays 94 sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 fig. 4. case 1. lateral x-ray confirming a c5/6 unifacet dislocation.  fig. 4. case 1. lateral x-ray confirming a c5/6 unifacet dislocation. . fig. 5. note the double mattress to allow extension of the neck after reduction.  fig. 5. note the double mattress to allow extension of the neck after reduction. as discussed above as well as an mri scan if there is neurological injury as well. a ct scan is indicated should there be a suspicious lesion on x-ray that requires further delineation. this is more applicable in the patient with a suspicion of vertebral column injury but no neurological injury. in the ideal world an mri is required to assess the sci. should this not be available the treating physician needs to decide whether to transfer the patient to another facility or proceed without an mri. this is a very complex and controversial argument. 13 if it is clear that the patient is deteriorating neurologically or has a neurological complete lesion and the x-rays confirm a dislocation, it would be reasonable to proceed with closed reduction. there is some weak evidence to suggest early reduction in bifacet dislocations improves outcome, so one would prefer not to delay. 14,15 in a patient with minimal neurological deficit and a dislocation, there is a risk of deterioration with closed reduction, 16 and a pre-reduction mri is preferable to exclude a disc herniation. 17,18 although rare, it is a cause for concern. should there be a fracture (compression teardrop), there is no reduction required but in-line traction with callipers will assist in realigning the spine. for both the dislocations and fractures, the head or neck can be immobilised with callipers. for the reduction process, one can start with 5 kg for the head and 2 kg per level, positioned in flexion and under x-ray control reduce the facets. the weights can be sequentially increased but seldom beyond 15 kg. once reduced, the weight can be reduced to 2 kg. a fracture can be maintained with 2 4 kg. 19,20 sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 95 fig. 6. this series of x-rays demonstrates the dislocated facet distracting, perching and finally reducing into its normal place. following reduction, an anterior c5/6 fusion was performed with a plate and iliac crest bone graft. this allowed discharge within a few days. an intra-operative open reduction and fusion would also be an acceptable option.  fig. 6. this series of x-rays demonstrates the dislocated facet distracting, perching and finally reducing into its normal place. following reduction, an anterior c5/6 fusion was performed with a plate and iliac crest bone graft. this allowed discharge within a few days. an intra-operative open reduction and fusion would also be an acceptable option. fig. 7. x-rays show teardrop fragment indicative of a compression flexion injury.the mri scan indicates increased signal in the fractured body and spinal cord. there is no persistent compression.  fig. 7. x-rays show teardrop fragment indicative of a compression flexion injury.the mri scan indicates increased signal in the fractured body and spinal cord. there is no persistent compression. fig. 8. x-ray confirms a c4/5 anterior listhesis and kyphosis. an urgent mri scan confirms the bilateral facet dislocation (see para-sagittal views) as well as significant disc behind the c4 vertebral body. this puts the cord at risk during reduction.  fig. 8. x-ray confirms a c4/5 anterior listhesis and kyphosis. an urgent mri scan confirms the bilateral facet dislocation (see para-sagittal views) as well as significant disc behind the c4 vertebral body. this puts the cord at risk during reduction. once reduced, the definitive management is surgical stabilisation if the skill is available. 21-25 the option of 6 weeks’ traction in bed followed by 6 weeks in an orthosis is a poor one. during the period there is risk of complications such as bed sores and pneumonia. 26 in addition, there may be instability at the end of treatment and surgery may be required in any event. should the mri confirm disc extrusion and thus risk of neurological deterioration with reduction, open (surgical) decompression and reduction can be performed from anterior with relative ease. the spine should be stabilised surgically either by an anterior plate or posterior fixation. chest physiotherapy should be instituted twice a day with assisted coughing. frequent suctioning should be performed. pressure care is mandatory with 3-hourly turns. the use of a pressure reduction mattress (e.g. huntleigh) is recommended in high cervical injuries. deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis is advised with ted stockings and a low molecular weight heparin (lmwh) such as clexane 40 mg or fragmin 5000u daily sc. examples case 1 (figs 4 6)) an 18-year-old male presents with a painful neck following a scrum collapse. his neurological examination is normal. his lateral x-ray demonstrates a listhesis (forward translation) of the c5 on c6 vertebral body. there is a breach in all the vertical lines and the spines are no longer convergent. on closer inspection, it is clear that one set of facet joints are dislocated. there is obliquity of the c6 facets compared with c5, suggesting a rotation between the two. the diagnosis is that of a unifacet dislocation. as there is no neurological deficit, closed reduction is an option. cones callipers were applied, initially in flexion, and serial weights were utilised. case 2 (fig. 7) a 19-year-old male presents with diffuse paraesthesia following injury. there is no need for reduction or decompression. the patient underwent an anterior fusion to re-establish stability. posterior fusion is an acceptable option. case 3 (fig. 8) this 25-year-old man presented with an incomplete cervical sci. as the patient was incomplete neurologically, urgent surgical intervention is indicated. an emergency anterior discectomy, open reduction and instrumented fusion was performed. acknowledgements the paper was commissioned by the boksmart programme, which is a national programme sponsored by absa and implemented on behalf of the south african rugby union and the chris burger/petro jackson player’s fund. the goal of the programme is to teach safe and effective techniques, which will reduce the incidence and severity of injury, make the game safer for all involved and improve rugby performance. references 1. quarrie kl, gianotti sm, hopkins wg, hume pa. effect of nationwide injury prevention programme on serious spinal injuries in new zealand rugby union: ecological study. bmj 2007:334;1150-1153. 2. silver jr. the impact of the 21st century on rugby injuries. spinal cord 2002;40:552-559. 3. quarrie kl, cantu rc, chalmers dj. rugby union injuries to the cervical spine and spinal cord. sports med 2002;32(10):633-653. 4. fuller cw, brooks jh, kemp sp. spinal injuries in professional rugby union: a prospective cohort study. clin j sport med 2007:17(1):10-16. 5. noakes td, jakoet i, baalbergen e. an apparent reduction in the incidence and severity of spinal cord injuries in schoolboy rugby players in the western cape since 1990. s afr med j 1999;89(5):540-555. 6. allan b, ferguson r, lehmann t, o’brien r. mechanistic classification of closed indirect fractures and dislocations of the lower cervical spine. spine 1982;7:1-27. 7. cusick jf, yoganandan n. biomechanics of the cervical spine 4: major injuries. clinical biomechanics 2002;17:1-20. 8. lintler dm, knight rq, cullen jp. the neurologic sequalae of cervical spine facet injuries. the role of canal diameter. spine 1993;8:775-779. 9. kenneth a, gerhardt ms. spinal cord injury outcomes in a population based sample. j trauma 1991;31(11):1529-1535. 10. frielingsdorf k, dunn rn. cervical injury outcome – a review of 101 cases. s afr med j 2007;97:203-207. 11. bracken mb, shepard mj, holford tr. methylprednisolone or trilazad mesylate administration after asci: 1 year follow up. j neurosurg 1998;89:699-706. 12. burns as, ditunno jf. establishing prognosis and maximizing functional outcomes after spinal cord injury: a review of current and future directions in rehabilitation management. spine 2001;26:s137-145. 13. jacobs r. mri preand post rapid heavy weight closed reduction. saoj 2006;5:40-48. 14. carlson gd, minato y, okada a, et al. early time-dependent decompression for spinal cord injury: vascular mechanisms of recovery. j neurotrauma 1997;14:951-962. 15. delamarter rb, sherman j, carr jb. pathophysiology of spinal cord injury. recovery after immediate and delayed decompression. j bone joint surg am 1995;77:1042-1049. 16. rizzolo sj, piazza mr, cotler jm. intervertebral disc injury complicating cervical spine trauma. spine 1991;16:5187-5189. 17. robertson pa, ryan md. neurological deterioration after reduction of cervical subluxation. mechanical compression by disc tissue. j bone joint surg br 1992;74:224-227. 18. vaccaro ar, falatyn sp, flanders ae, et al. magnetic resonance evaluation of the intervertebral disc, spinal ligaments and spinal cord before and after closed traction reduction of cervical spine dislocations. spine 1999;24:1210-1217. 19. lee as, maclean jc, newton da. rapid traction for reduction of cervical spine dislocations. j bone joint surg br 1994;76:352-356. 20. vital jm, gille o, senergas j, et al. reduction technique for uniand biarticular dislocations of the lower cervical spine. spine 1998;23:949-954. 21. keynan o, dvorak m, fisher c. reduction techniques in cervical facet dislocations. tech orthopaed 2003;17:336-344. 22. hadley mn, fitzpatrick bc, sonntag vk, et al. facet fracture-dislocation injuries of the cervical spine. neurosurgery 1992;30:661-666. 23. stathoutis b, govender s. the triple wire technique for bifacet dislocation of the cervical spine injury. vol. 28, nr. 2, pp. 123-125, 1997. 24. doh koh y, lim t, won you j. a biomechanical comparison of modern anterior and posterior plate fixation for the cervical spine. spine 2001;26:1521. 25. key ag, retief pj. spinal cord injuries. an analysis of 300 new cases. paraplegia 1970;7:243-249. 26. storm m, dunn rn. unifacet cervical fractures. saoj 2007; (spring):1422. 96 sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license kinematic differences between leftand right-handed cricket fast bowlers during the bowling action b olivier,1 phd; n boulle,1 msc; j jacobs,1 msc; ol obiora,1 phd; c macmillan,2 phd; j liebenberg,1 msc; s mcerlain-naylor,3 phd 1 wits cricket research hub for science, medicine and rehabilitation, department of physiotherapy, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 sport exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 3 school of sport, exercise and health sciences, loughborough university, united kingdom corresponding author: b olivier (benita.olivier@wits.ac.za) bowling is a critical aspect of cricket, where the bowler aims to restrict the runs scored by the opposing team. one way this is achieved is through fast bowling, i.e. maximising ball release speed and minimising batters’ response times. fast bowlers and their coaches consistently seek enhanced ball release speeds via more effective biomechanical bowling actions.[1, 2] for right-handed bowlers, this action consists of a run up to the bowling crease followed by landing on the right foot (referred to as back foot contact), stepping onto the left foot (front foot contact), and delivering the ball with the right hand (ball release) before following through onto the right foot again (follow through ground contact). the opposite is true for left-handed bowlers. laboratory-based (e.g. 3d motion capture [3]), field-based (e.g. inertial measurement units [imus][4]), and computer simulation[2] approaches have been used to investigate associations between bowling technique parameters and performance or injury incidence. each approach has advantages and limitations, with inertial measurement units enabling the measurement within an athlete’s habitual training environments and contexts. for example, senington et al.[5] used imus to investigate the relationship between spinal kinematics, lower limb accelerations, and ball release speed. greater sacral vertical acceleration loading rate at back foot impact and thoracic side flexion at front foot impact was associated with faster ball release speeds. similarly, imus have been used to establish the association between spinal kinematics, tibial impact, and low back pain in bowlers. those without a history of low back pain had more thoracolumbar rotation between back and front foot contacts and greater times to peak tibial acceleration following front foot contact.[4] most investigations into fast bowling biomechanics have either explored the optimal technique for right-handed fast bowling[2] or considered leftand right-handed bowlers within a single group.[3] kinematic differences have been reported between leftand right-handed players in other ball and bat sports, such as baseball pitching[6] and tennis.[7] any overrepresentation of left-handedness in sports compared to the general public[8] may be as a result of not only technical but also perceptual, tactical, or strategic factors.[9] knowledge of kinematic differences, such as those determined in this exploratory study, will form the basis of future research seeking to augment or counter the potential ‘unorthodox’ nature of the left-handed cricket bowling action. therefore, descriptive studies make up an essential part of the knowledge base. the aim of this study was therefore to compare the kinematics between leftand right-handed adolescent fast bowlers performing an equivalent bowling task. due to the exploratory nature of this study and the lack of previous literature, no a priori hypotheses were made regarding the possible kinematic differences between the groups. methods study design and setting this was a quantitative, cross-sectional study. data collection took place at the cricket nets of the respective schools. participants leftand right-handed injury free male schoolboy fast bowlers between the ages of 14 and 18 years participated in this study. all players played for their school’s cricket teams in a competitive high school league. bowlers were classified by background: despite differences between leftand righthanded athletes in other sports, minimal evidence exists regarding biomechanical similarities and differences between leftand right-handed cricket fast bowlers performing an equivalent task. objectives: this study aimed to compare the kinematics between left and right-handed fast bowlers performing an equivalent task (i.e. bowling ‘over the wicket’ to a batter of the same handedness as the bowler). methods: full body, three-dimensional kinematic data for six left-handed and 20 right-handed adolescent, male, fast bowlers were collected using the xsens inertial measurement system. time-normalised joint and segment angle time histories from back foot contact to follow-through ground contacts were compared between groups via statistical parametric mapping. whole movement and subphase durations were also compared. results: left-handed players displayed significantly more trunk flexion from 49%-56% of the total movement (ball release occurred at 54%; p = 0.037) and had shorter back foot contact durations on average (0.153 vs 0.177 s; p = 0.036) compared to right-handed players. conclusion: leftand right-handed bowlers displayed similar sagittal plane kinematics but appeared to use non-sagittal plane movements differently around the time of ball release. the kinematic differences identified in this study can inform future research investigating the effect of hand dominance on bowling performance and injury risk. keywords: biomechanics, dominance, handedness, laterality s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-8. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15144 mailto:benita.olivier@wits.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15144 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9287-8301 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9745-138x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4489-8214 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-5284-3208 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2372-3645 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3003-8870 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9920-617x original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 their coaches as fast bowlers following the accepted definition of a fast bowler where the wicketkeeper stands back from the stumps against them.[10] the human ethics research committee (medical) at the university of the witwatersrand approved this study. all participants, and parents/caregivers of participants younger than 18 years, signed consent and assent forms, respectively, before data collection commenced. instrumentation and outcome measures three-dimensional biomechanical data were collected using an xsens inertial sensor motion analysis system (mvn link biomech, xsens technologies b.v., enschede, netherlands), a full-body human measurement system consisting of 17 imus recording at 240 hz, biomechanical models, and sensor fusion algorithms. the imus were placed on the posterior head, sternum, pelvis (middle of the two posterior superior iliac spines, posterior shoulders (centre of scapulae), upper arms, forearms, posterior hands, lateral thighs, tibialis anterior and the superior feet. they were securely positioned within a lycra bodysuit.[11] movement data were resolved via the mvn analyze software into the respective segment and joint kinematic data. in addition to joint and segment angles, triaxial acceleration was recorded via each imu. sagittal plane joint angles and non-sagittal torso-related angles from xsens mvn have been compared against a 3d marker-based motion capture system during the analysis of gait and reported excellent wave similarity for sagittal angles and frontal torsorelated angles, with very good to excellent similarity for transverse torso-related angles.[12] harnett et al[13] investigated the outputs between an optical motion capture and an inertial measurement unit during bowling in cricket and found a mean difference of 4.7° in the shoulder girdle relative to pelvis angle and no difference between the two systems in terms of trunk and knee angles (mean differences being 0.1° and 1.6°, respectively). cottam et al.[14] stated that the differences between inertial measurement units and optical motion capture output might lie in the inherent errors associated with an optical motion capture system and confirmed that inertial measurement units are valid in the measurement of dynamic, multi-planar movements, such as the cricket fast bowling action.[14] procedures anthropometric measurements of each participant were entered into xsens software for calibration purposes. these measurements included body mass, stature, foot length, shoulder height and width, arm span, hip height and width, knee height, ankle height and sole height. each bowler performed a five-minute self-selected warm-up in their accustomed manner. calibration was performed in the n-pose (arms neutral beside body) and during walking.[11] bowlers then bowled six match-paced deliveries using a 135g cricket ball. bowlers were instructed to bowl 'over the wicket' (i.e. right-handed bowlers bowled from the left of the wicket to a right-handed batter (figure 1d) and left-handed bowlers bowled from the right of the wicket to a left-handed batter (figure 1b) towards the top of off stump. the angles of release for left and right-handed bowlers are shown in figure 1. three-dimensional biomechanical data were recorded using the xsens analyze software. the number of successful, analysed, trials was 4 ± 1 for the six left-handed bowlers and 4 ± 2 for 20 right-handed bowlers. overall, 4 ± 2 trials were analysed for each of the 26 bowlers. data processing front foot contact was identified as occurring three frames (0.013 s) before the peak resultant front tibial acceleration that occurred within 300 frames (1.25 s) prior to the overall (for the trial) peak resultant forearm acceleration. this was based on lamb et al’s[15] finding that peak resultant acceleration at the front tibia occurred on average 0.013 ± 0.006 s after front foot contact in cricket fast bowlers. back foot contact was identified as occurring four frames (0.017 s) before the peak resultant back tibial acceleration that occurred within 100 frames (0.42 s) prior to front foot contact. this was based on lamb et al’s[15] finding that peak resultant acceleration at the back tibia occurred on average 0.016 ± 0.009 s after back foot contact in cricket fast bowlers. ball release was identified as occurring at the instant of the peak resultant bowling forearm acceleration that was recorded within 50 frames (0.21 s) after front foot contact. this was based on spratford et al’s[16] use of peak outward wrist acceleration to successfully identify ball release within 0.014 s limits of agreement. the follow-through ground contact was identified as occurring five frames (0.021 s) before the peak resultant back tibial acceleration that occurred within 125 frames (0.52 s) after ball release. this was based on lamb et al’s[15] finding that peak resultant acceleration at the back tibia occurred on average 0.019 ± 0.011 s after the follow-through ground contact in cricket fast bowlers. the back foot contact phase was defined as beginning at back foot contact and ending at front foot contact. the front foot contact phase was defined as beginning at front foot contact and ending at ball release. the follow-through phase was defined as beginning at ball release and ending at the follow-through ground contact. the total movement was defined as the sum of these three phases. for each bowler, the average duration of each of the three phases was determined as a percentage of the total movement. a weighted average of the entire sample, with leftand righthanded bowler groups weighted at 50% each, calculated the average durations to be 32% for back foot contact, 22% for front foot contact, and 46% for follow-through. all joint and segment angle data for each trial were time-normalised to 101 data points (0%-100% of the movement) via piecewise linear length normalisation.[17] the back foot contact phase was normalised to 0%-32%, front foot contact 32%-54%, and follow-through from 54%-100% of the movement. all trials per player were ensemble averaged to produce a single time-normalised curve per player (i.e. six left-handed average curves and 20 righthanded average curves) for each front knee flexion-extension angle, back knee flexion-extension angle, front hip flexionextension angle, back hip flexion-extension angle, pelvis transverse plane rotation, trunk transverse plane rotation, and trunk side flexion. all frontal and transverse plane angles for left-handed bowlers were adjusted (multiplied by -1) so that the anatomical definitions aligned to those used for right-handed bowlers could be directly compared. original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 statistical analysis the distribution of phase and movement duration data was assessed via the shapiro-wilks’ test, with left-handers’ total movement (w = 0.725, p = 0.011) and back foot contact (w = 0.694, p = 0.005) durations, but no other durations (0.915 ≤ w ≤ 0.986, 0.065 < p < 0.985) deviating significantly from normality. equality of variance was assessed via levene’s test, with front foot contact (f(1) = 4.357, p = 0.048) but no other durations (0.926 ≤ f(1) ≤ 1.719, 0.202 ≤ p ≤ 0.345) deviating significantly from equal variance. absolute durations (in seconds) were compared between leftand right-handed bowler groups via independent samples t-tests (parametric, for follow-through) or the mann-whitney test (nonparametric, for other durations) within jasp (v 0.16.2.0, amsterdam, netherlands). data were reported as median (interquartile range) for all durations to enable direct comparisons. estimates of effect size (es, cohen's d for t-test and rank biserial correlation for the mannwhitney test) and their 95% confidence intervals were reported. effect sizes were interpreted as 0.1 ≤ small < 0.3, 0.3 ≤ medium < 0.5, and large ≥ 0.5.[18] all timenormalised joint and segment angle onedimensional waveforms were compared between leftand right-handed bowler groups via statistical parametric mapping independent samples t-tests using open source (https://www.spm1d.org) matlab (v 2022b, mathworks, natick, ma) script. for each continuous onedimensional test, the critical test statistic and supra-threshold cluster were reported where the test statistic field exceeded the critical threshold. alpha was set a priori at 0.05 for all discrete and continuous tests, with no control for multiple comparisons made due to the exploratory and hypothesisgenerating nature of the study. results participant characteristics twenty-six injury free fast bowlers (6 left-handed, 20 righthanded) with a mean age of 15.4 ± 0.9 years participated in this fig. 1. angle of release for a left or right-handed bowler bowling ‘around’ or ‘over’ the wicket. (a) lefthanded bowler bowing around the wicket to a left-handed batter; (b) left-handed bowler over the wicket to left-handed batter; (c) right-handed bowler bowling around the wicket to a right-handed batter; (d) righthanded bowler bowling over the wicket to a right-handed batter; (e) left-handed bowler bowling around the wicket to a right-handed batter; (f) left-handed bowler bowling over the wicket to a right-handed batter; (g) right-handed bowler bowling around the wicket to a left-handed batter; (h) right-handed bowler bowling over the wicket to a left-handed batter. original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 study. participants had a body height of 178.8 ± 5.2 cm, body mass 71.6 ± 8.1 kg, and body mass index of 22.4 ± 2.4 kg/m2. movement durations left-handed bowlers had significantly shorter absolute back foot contact durations (in seconds) than their right-handed counterparts (es = 0.58 [95% ci: 0.13 – 0.84]; p = 0.036). durations of other phases and the total movement were not significantly different between the groups (0.273 ≤ p ≤ 0.725; table 1; figure 2). bowling kinematics there were no significant differences between leftand righthanded bowlers in any measured sagittal plane (flexion/extension) angles at any time in the movement (figure 3). in the transverse plane (figure 4), although there were again no significant differences (p > 0.05), peak differences in mean pelvis (3.3°; left > right) and trunk (6.8°; left > right) rotation occurred close to ball release timing (56% of the movement, with ball release at 54%). in the frontal plane (figure 5), left-handed players had significantly more trunk side flexion (p = 0.037, peak difference 9.8°) during the final part of the front foot contact phase and slightly after ball release (from 49 – 56% of the movement) compared to right-handed bowlers. discussion the current study sought to determine whether there are kinematic differences between leftand right-handed fast bowlers and to consequently contribute to the limited research on left-handed bowlers. the main findings when comparing leftand right-handed bowlers in this study were that lefthanded bowlers spent less time at back foot contact and utilised more trunk-side flexion. they also had qualitatively, but not significantly, greater pelvis and trunk longitudinal rotations. the left-handed bowlers utilised more trunk side flexion than the right-handed bowlers. unfortunately, increased trunk side flexion has also been linked to a higher risk of sustaining a lower back injury.[19, 20] the posterior muscles within the table 1. median (interquartile range) durations of total movement and individual phases for leftand right-handed cricket fast bowlers movement phase left-handed (s) right-handed (s) p-value effect size 95% confidence interval back foot contact 0.153 (0.148 – 0.158) 0.177 (0.170 – 0.223) 0.036 0.58 0.13 0.84 front foot contact 0.115 (0.113 – 0.122) 0.112 (0.098 – 0.132) 0.523 0.18 -0.33 0.62 follow-through 0.245 (0.225 – 0.272) 0.262 (0.213 – 0.286) 0.725 0.17 -0.751.08 total 0.512 (0.498 – 0.531) 0.560 (0.511 – 0.585) 0.273 0.31 -0.22 0.69 statistical tests correspond to independent samples t-test (cohen's d effect size) for follow-through and the mann-whitney test (rank biserial correlation effect size) for other durations. fig. 2. distribution and individual data points for back foot contact phase (top left), front foot contact phase (top right), followthrough phase (bottom left), and total movement (bottom right) durations by leftand right-handed cricket fast bowlers. horizontal lines on the box and whisker plots represent median and interquartile range. original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 fig. 3. sagittal plane joint angles: front knee flexion/extension (top left); back knee flexion/extension (top right); front hip flexion/extension (bottom left); and back hip flexion/extension (bottom right). mean (solid lines) ± standard deviation (shaded areas) (left of each sub-figure) and statistical parametric mapping independent samples t-test result (right of each sub-figure) comparing leftand right-handed cricket fast bowlers from 0%-100% of the total time-normalised movement (back foot contact phase + front foot contact phase + follow-through phase, with individual phases separated by dashed vertical lines at front foot contact (left) and ball release (right)). the right-hand aspect of each sub-figure indicates statistical significance if the black tstatistic crosses the red dashed critical threshold. fig. 4. transverse plane segment angles: pelvis rotation (left) and trunk rotation (right). mean (solid lines) ± standard deviation (shaded areas) (left of each sub-figure) and statistical parametric mapping independent samples t-test result (right of each subfigure) comparing leftand right-handed cricket fast bowlers from 0%-100% of the total time-normalised movement (back foot contact phase + front foot contact phase + follow-through phase, with individual phases separated by dashed vertical lines at front foot contact (left) and ball release (right). the right-hand aspect of each sub-figure indicates statistical significance if the black tstatistic crosses the red dashed critical threshold. original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 lumbopelvic region play a prominent role in stabilising the spine during the bowling action, specifically when compressive and shear forces are high.[21] protective morphological abdominal wall muscle adaptations have also been described in studies investigating risk factors related to lower back injuries among pace bowlers.[22, 23] implementation of strategies aimed at activating posterior lumbopelvic and abdominal wall muscles to ultimately offset forces related to increased trunk side flexion might therefore be especially relevant to left-handed bowlers. however, future research is needed to confirm this hypothesis. determining the relationship between hand dominance and lower back injury risk is beyond the scope of our study in that our inclusion criteria required bowlers to be injury free and the cross-sectional descriptive study design did not allow for causality to be established. the increase in trunk side flexion and possible but unclear increases in trunk rotations may have been facilitated by an earlier grounding of the front foot, resulting in shorter back foot contact phases in left-handed bowlers within this study. while it appeared that one left-handed player had longer movement phase durations compared to other lefthanded players (figure 2), it is important to note that this was not consistent across all phases and not necessarily the same player. due to this study’s exploratory nature, a relatively small sample size was employed and although it seems as if the parameters were mechanically related to one another, this is a hypothesis worthy of exploration in future studies. human movement is complex, and it is important to consider the integration of the various movement components throughout the entire movement. this study required left-handed bowlers to bowl over the wicket to a left-handed batter; however, this is not a common occurrence in cricket. left-handed bowlers may have adapted their bowling technique because of frequently bowling to right-handed batters. the majority of batters use a righthanded batting technique. brooks et al[24] found that only 24% of batters in the 2003 cricket world cup were left-handed. furthermore, considering that only 8% of fast bowlers are lefthanded[25] the chances are very slim that a left-handed fast bowler will bowl to a left-handed batter. when a left-handed bowler bowls to a left-handed batter, these movement components which developed when bowling to a righthanded batter, may have remained ingrained in their bowling actions. the unique kinematic strategies displayed by left-handed bowlers when compared to right-handed bowlers seemed to be motivated by a deliberate in-game strategic approach. a right-handed bowler bowling over the wicket to a righthanded batter and aiming for the ball to hit the top of the off stump (as shown in figure 1d), will bowl in a fairly straight line. however, when a left-handed bowler bowls over the wicket to a right-handed batter (figure 1f), in aiming for the top of the off stump, and to avoid the danger area on the pitch, the left-handed bowler needs to bowl at an angle. it is therefore likely that the left-handed bowlers employed more trunk side flexion and possibly rotation to achieve their goal. all bowlers were given an equivalent bowling task in that they bowled ‘over the wicket’ towards a batter of the same handedness as they are (figures 1b and d). the leftand righthanded bowlers therefore performed a bowling task as a mirror image of one another. when tasked with bowling from the left of the wicket to a right-handed batter, left-handed bowlers will necessarily be releasing the ball from a relatively wider release position (‘around the wicket’ as shown in figure 1e) compared to their right-handed counterparts performing the same task (‘over the wicket’ as shown in figure 1h). bowling ‘around the wicket’ compared to ‘over the wicket’ may lead to differences in bowling kinematics. the instructions given to bowlers in terms of the above should be taken into consideration in the methods of future studies. although the approach taken in our study ensured comparability of bowling technique, it was also an unnatural situation for a left-handed bowler to bowl to a lefthanded batter seeing that there are very few left-handed batters. a limitation of this study is that an aspect of temporal uncertainty will have been introduced by the estimation of ground contact and ball release events informed by peak resultant accelerations and literature values. the literature values used to inform these estimations reported ground contact standard deviations of 0.006-0.011 s[15] and ball release limits of agreement of 0.014 s.[16] this limitation relates to the commonly encountered trade-off between fieldand fig. 5. frontal plane trunk side flexion angle. mean (solid line) ± standard deviation (shaded area) (left) and statistical parametric mapping independent samples t-test result (right) comparing leftand right-handed cricket fast bowlers from 0%-100% of the total time-normalised movement (back foot contact phase + front foot contact phase + follow-through phase, with individual phases separated by dashed vertical lines at front foot contact (left) and ball release (right)). the right-hand graph indicates statistical significance if the black t-statistic crosses the red dashed critical threshold. original research 7 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 laboratory-based data collection methodologies. considering the exploratory, descriptive nature of this cross-sectional study, no practical recommendations can be made to coaches, players and clinicians at this stage. the findings from this study will inform future research investigating the potential to augment or counter the potential ‘unorthodox’ nature of the left-handed cricket bowling action. for example, knowledge of the increased trunk side-flexion in left-handed bowlers may inform research into coaching interventions specific to variations in the bowling task. in addition, future studies exploring the role of handedness in injury risk given the known links between trunk kinematics and lumbar injuries in cricket fast bowlers will add further value in terms of clinical implications. conclusion leftand right-handed bowlers displayed similar sagittal plane kinematics when performing an equivalent bowling task. however, they appeared to use non-sagittal plane movements differently around the time of ball release. primarily, left-handed bowlers utilised more trunk side flexion. they also had shorter back foot contact durations on average compared to right-handed players. the kinematic differences identified in this study can inform future research investigating the effect of hand dominance on bowling performance and injury risk. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors would like to acknowledge each participant for taking part in this study. author contributions: bo: conceptualisation, design, methodology, interpretation of data, writing. nb: formal analysis, writing. jj: interpretation of data, writing. lo: interpretation of data, writing. cm: interpretation of data, writing. jl: methodology, interpretation of data. sm: formal analysis and interpretation of data, writing. all authors edited, reviewed and approved the final version to be published. references 1. kiely n, pickering rodriguez l, watsford m, reddin t, hardy s, duffield r. the influence of technique and physical capacity on ball release speed in cricket fast-bowling. j sports sci 2021;39(20):2361-2369. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2021.1933349] [pmid:34096462] 2. felton pj, yeadon mr, king ma. optimising the front foot contact phase of the cricket fast bowling action. j sports sci 2020;38(18):2054-2062. [https://doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2020. 1770407] [pmid:32475221] 3. worthington pj, king ma, ranson ca. relationships between fast bowling technique and ball release speed in cricket. j appl biomech 2013;29(1):78-84. [doi: 10.1123/jab.29.1.78] [pmid:22813926] 4. senington b, lee ry, williams jm. biomechanical risk factors of lower back pain in cricket fast bowlers using inertial measurement units: a prospective and retrospective investigation. bmj open sport exerc med 2020;6(1):e000818. [doi: 10.1136/bmjsem-2020-000818] [pmid:32843992] 5. senington b, lee ry, williams jm. the use of inertial measurement units to identify biomechanical factors of performance in cricket fast bowlers. isbs proceedings archive 2022;40(1):632 6. solomito mj, ferreira jv, nissen cw. biomechanical differences between leftand right-handed baseball pitchers. sports biomech 2017;16(2):143-151. [doi: 10.1080/14763141.2016.1186725] [pmid:27256719] 7. loffing f, hagemann n, strauss b. left-handedness in professional and amateur tennis. plos one 2012;7(11):e49325. [https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0049325] [pmid:23145151] 8. hagemann n. the advantage of being left-handed in interactive sports. atten percept psychophys 2009;71(7):1641-1648. [https://doi.org/10.3758/app.71.7.1641] [pmid:19801623] 9. grouios g, tsorbatzoudis h, alexandris k, barkoukis v. do lefthanded competitors have an innate superiority in sports? percept mot skills 2000;90(4):1273-1282. [https://doi.org/10.2466/pms.90.3.1273-1282] [pmid:10939080] 10. orchard jw, ranson c, olivier b, dhillon m, gray j, langley b, et al. international consensus statement on injury surveillance in cricket: a 2016 update. br j sports med 2016;50(20):1245-1251. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2016-096125] [pmid:27281775] 11. roetenberg d, luinge h, slycke p. xsens mvn: full 6dof human motion tracking using miniature inertial sensors. xsens motion technologies bv, technical report. 2013 12. ferrari a, cutti ag, garofalo p, raggi m, heijboer m, cappello a, et al. first in vivo assessment of “outwalk”: a novel protocol for clinical gait analysis based on inertial and magnetic sensors. med biol eng comput 2010;48(1):1-15. [doi: 10.1007/s11517-0090544-y] [pmid:19911215] 13. harnett k, plint b, chan ky, clark b, netto k, davey p, et al. validating an inertial measurement unit for cricket fast bowling: a first step in assessing the feasibility of diagnosing back injury risk in cricket fast bowlers during a tele-sport-and-exercise medicine consultation. peer j 2022;10:e13228. [doi: 10.7717/peerj.13228] [pmid: 35415020] 14. cottam d, kosovich s, campbell a, davey p, kent p, tan j-s, et al., eds. can inertial measurement units be used to validly measure pelvis. 36th conference of the international society for biomechanics in sports; 2018 september 10-14; new zealand. [https://commons.nmu.edu/isbs/vol36/iss1/66/] 15. lamb mo, mcerlain-naylor sa, felton pj, brooke-wavell k, king ma. surface measured accelerations during cricket fastbowling. 40th isbs proceedings archive 2022;40(1):86 16. spratford w, portus m, wixted a, leadbetter r, james da. peak outward acceleration and ball release in cricket. j sports sci 2015;33(7):754-760. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2014.962577] [pmid:25412692] 17. helwig ne, hong s, hsiao-wecksler et, polk jd. methods to temporally align gait cycle data. j biomech 2011;44(3):561566. [doi: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2010.09.015] [pmid:20887992] 18. pautz n, olivier b, steyn f. the use of nonparametric effect sizes in single study musculoskeletal physiotherapy research: a practical primer. phys ther sport 2018;33:117-124. [doi: 10.1016/j.ptsp.2018.07.009] [pmid:30077090] 19. bayne h, elliott b, campbell a, alderson j. lumbar load in adolescent fast bowlers: a prospective injury study. j sci med sport 2016;19(2):117-122. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2015.02.011] [pmid:25794969] 20. alway p, felton p, pierce n, kerslake r, brooke-wavell k, king m. does cricket fast bowling lumbar spine kinematics contribute to lumbar bone stress injury? isbs proceedings archive 2020;38(1):187 21. forrest m, hecimovich m, dempsey a. lumbopelvic muscle https://doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2021.1933349 https://doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2020.%201770407 https://doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2020.%201770407 https://doi.org/10.1123/jab.29.1.78 https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjsem-2020-000818 https://doi.org/10.1080/14763141.2016.1186725 https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0049325 https://doi.org/10.2466/pms.90.3.1273-1282 https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2016-096125 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11517-009-0544-y https://doi.org/10.1007/s11517-009-0544-y https://doi.org/10.7717%2fpeerj.13228 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35415020 https://commons.nmu.edu/isbs/vol36/iss1/66/ https://doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2014.962577 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbiomech.2010.09.015 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2018.07.009 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2015.02.011 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 8 activation patterns in adolescent fast bowlers. eur j sport sci 2016;16(6):677-684. [doi: 10.1080/17461391.2015.1135985] [pmid: 26840913] 22. martin c, olivier b, benjamin n. asymmetrical abdominal muscle morphometry is present in injury free adolescent cricket pace bowlers: a prospective observational study. phys ther sport 2017;28:34-42. [doi: 10.1016/j.ptsp.2017.08.078] [pmid: 28963917] 23. gray j, aginsky kd, derman w, vaughan cl, hodges pw. symmetry, not asymmetry, of abdominal muscle morphology is associated with low back pain in cricket fast bowlers. j sci med sport 2016;19(3):222-226. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2015.04.009] [pmid: 26059231] 24. brooks r, bussiére lf, jennions md, hunt j. sinister strategies succeed at the cricket world cup. proceedings of the royal society of london series b: biol sci 2004;271:s64-s66. [doi: 10.1098/rsbl.2003.0100] [pmid:15101421] 25. edwards s, beaton a. howzat?! why is there an overrepresentation of left-handed bowlers in professional cricket in the uk? laterality 1996;1(1):45-50. [doi: 10.1080/713754208] [pmid: 15513028] https://doi.org/10.1080/17461391.2015.1135985 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ptsp.2017.08.078 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2015.04.009 https://doi.org/10.1080/713754208 original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license sport during the covid-19 bio-bubble: wellness and opinions in south african elite football k bahdur,1 d phil, msc; l pillay,2,3 mbchb, msc (med); d dell’oca,4 ba (hons) 1 human movement science, faculty of health science, nelson mandela university, gqeberha, south africa 2 wits institute of sports health, department of health sciences, university of witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 3 section sports medicine, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 4 supersport international, blairgowrie, randburg, south africa corresponding author: k bahdur (khatija@mandela.ac.za) the covid-19 pandemic imposed unique and unfamiliar stress on different population groups, including sporting codes.[1,2] sports bodies were forced to end the 2019/2020 season without declaring champions (for example, in the netherlands), or with declaring the top team in the league as champions despite not all matches being played (as in scotland), or to identify methods to complete their seasons.[3] most sports opted to complete their 2019/2020 season under restricted conditions, which varied from frequent testing to complete bio-bubbles (i.e. an environment sealed off from the outside world and accessed by a limited number of people only, used to allow events such as sports matches to take place during the coronavirus). the south african premier soccer league (psl) opted for a biologically safe environment (bse)[4] with all teams and other persons entering the bse required to be tested for covid-19 using polymerase chain reaction (pcr) nasal swabs prior to entry to the bse no contact was made with those outside the bse and all matches were played in a single province. this meant that all teams, match officials, transport services, media and hotel staff were required to stay in hotels and were faced with other restrictions, including limited contact with teammates and other persons outside of training and matches. strict schedules dictated movements within the hotels and the bse environment.[5] all persons within the bse were subjected to daily symptom and temperature screening at various points in order to ’red flag’ suspicious cases and to investigate these accordingly. in addition to exposure to pandemic-related stressors, the bse also increased the risk of magnification of other stressors, e.g. compacted competition loads and limited recovery. research has identified different factors as contributors to mental fatigue and depression in football. these included the inability to rest from the sport, lack of job security[6], feeling isolated, lack of time with family and friends, pressure for results, and compacted competition schedules.[7] in addition, long camps and the only interaction within the teams’ football circles can be psychologically stressful, and increased the risk of isolation and decreased motivation. recent studies of south african athletes during lockdown (alert level 5) have shown the physical and mental effects athletes described.[2] such conditions are likely to induce both mental and physical fatigue and could result in players being at an increased risk of injury.[8] the covid-19 pandemic has increased symptoms of depression and anxiety, including sleep and mood disturbances, in footballers.[9] bse restrictions ran the risk of amplifying these factors as players faced isolation, even from teammates. also, the financial impact of covid-19 on clubs was unpredictable, resulting in a greater fear of loss of jobs and pay cuts. on the field, pressure to complete the 2019/2020 season with enough time to begin the 2020/2021 season meant matches every two-three days, requiring all personnel to be able to rest from one match and focus on the next, while correcting and adapting strategies and weaknesses from the previous match, in preparation for the next match. this added greater physical and mental strain for all stakeholders. normally, players will develop strategies to cope with these challenges. regular contact with family and social support structures are influential. the bse restricted such contact with people outside this environment to video, text or make online communication with hotel-limited bandwidth, and personal circumstances leading to data limitation. usually, over time, players also develop basic preand post-match strategies that get them into the right disposition, physically and mentally, for competition. this can include going out with family and/or friends to decompress after a match, or socialising around the hotel pool with specific teammates on game day. the strict guidelines around matches in the covid-19 bio-bubble meant adjustments had to be made to routines. spectators also can play a role in motivating teams. playing behind closed doors (spectatorless) became the norm for all matches. in training, background: covid-19 imposed challenges on professional sport, with restrictions leading to the delay in the completion of the south african premier soccer league (psl). creating a biologically safe environment (bse) provided a solution enabling the 2019/2020 season to be completed. objectives: evaluating the impact that the bse had on player wellness and what coping mechanisms were used in the bse. methods: a questionnaire was distributed to psl teams on the final weekend in the bse. it consisted of three validated psychology questionnaires. an additional section focused on the impact and coping strategies during the psl’s bse. results: a total of 37 completed questionnaires were analysed. general anxiety (4.7±4.2) and depression levels (4.8±3.9) were at an overall low. the health of the players, as well as separation from and concerns about family, were the greatest contributors to anxiety. electronic communication with family and friends, social interactions with others in the bse and time spent on self-reflection were important coping mechanisms for players. as time progressed, they adapted to the bse. conclusion: the bse did not have a negative impact on the anxiety and depression levels of the respondents, with a variety of coping mechanisms key helping them adapt in the bse. keywords: isolation, sport, biologically safe environment, coping mechanisms, mental toughness s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12528 mailto:khatija@mandela.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a12528 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8353-3376 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2940-6541 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 players are exposed to competition-like situations. coaches plan for a gradual adaptation to new scenarios. the lack of preparation time between matches meant that for many teams competition was coupled with the need to adjust to the ‘new normal’ (i.e. spectatorless and limited physical interactions) and the development of new preand post-match habits.[9] the build-up to the resumption of the league also contributes greatly to the emotional and psychological strain.[9] in the bse, personnel were exposed to an environment which may have added to their psychological load. the lack of evidence-based solutions and prior experience with similar circumstances magnified the challenges experienced. this study examined how living in the bse impacted on the psychological measures related to anxiety and depression and identified certain strategies that personnel used to cope. methods participants a total of 37 completed questionnaires were analysed. respondents were from different clubs in the psl and to ensure anonymity no identifying characteristics, such as club or age, were recorded. they included analysts (n=2), coaches (n=6), managers (n=4), medical personnel (n=2) and players (n=23). four players who did not answer the questionnaire from one club were interviewed about their experience in the bse six months after the bse. the interviews followed a semistructured format and were conducted telephonically or virtually. all respondents were male. ethical approval and data collection the research ethics committee from the nelson mandela university applied and was granted ethics approval (ethics number: h20-hea-hms-006). the questionnaire and information sheet were circulated through contacts within the football fraternity in the bse. data collection utilising the questionnaire took place during the final weekend of the bse and interviews were conducted six months after the bse. instrument an online questionnaire was developed using a web-based survey tool (https://www.surveymonkey.com) to allow an investigation into the health and anxiety profiles, and coping strategies used during the psl’s bse. the questionnaire consisted of three standardised psychology questionnaires, and an additional section focused on the impact and coping strategies in the bse. these were adapted from validated questionnaires, as none existed at the time specific to these scenarios. the questionnaire was organised into four sections: section a: general anxiety disorder-7 (gad-7); section b: patient health questionnaire-9 (phq-9) section c: mental toughness inventory -7 (mti-7) section d: causes of anxiety, impact of the psl’s bse and coping mechanisms the gad-7 and phq-9 were coded as minimal (0–4), mild (5– 9), moderate (10–14) and severe (≥15).[1] interview questions included: • what was it like playing out the season in the bse? • how did it differ from a usual season? • what did you do to pass the time? • how did it affect the team? • who provided the greatest relief during the bse? • how did the team help players cope individually and as a unit? • how did the break compare to lengthy injury lay-offs? • how difficult was it to adjust to the bio-bubble? • how well do you feel the covid protocols were implemented? • how did you find not having a roommate impacted you? • do you believe the bse advantaged any teams or players? fig. 1. subjectively identified causes of anxiety for respondents (n=37) using an adapted questionnaire. a negative value indicates no anxiety experienced; a positive value indicates that anxiety was experienced. https://www.survey/ original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 • did you as players feel team morale was severely impacted by not having fans at the venue? statistical analysis data were analysed quantitatively and qualitatively as deemed appropriate. descriptive statistics were tabulated for the categorical and multiple response questions. the pearson correlation coefficient was used to identify any relationships between mental toughness, general anxiety and the participant’s health. the one-way anova was used to identify any significant differences between the gad-7, phq9 and mti based on the identified causes of anxiety and coping strategies utilised. statistical significance was placed at p<0.05. results the results are divided into five sections. the first section addresses general anxiety and participant health. the second section focuses on the impact of the bse and coping strategies used. the third section describes the mental toughness profiles. the fourth section explores relationships between section 3 and section 1 and 2. the concluding section summarises the information obtained from the interviews. section 1: anxiety and participant health gad-7 results showed low anxiety levels with a mean of 4.7±4.2. only one respondent had anxiety levels classified as extreme and two others were in the moderate classification. phq-9 results were similar with a mean of 4.8±3.9 and none of the results fell into the severe depressive category. fig. 1 highlights some of the factors contributing to anxiety. section 2: impact of the bse adapting to the bse varied according to different participants. fig. 2 illustrates the breakdown of the difficulty respondents felt when adapting to the bse in different contexts. the respondents used different coping mechanisms, which had varying impacts on their ability to adapt to the bse. fig. 3 highlights the extent to which different coping fig. 2. difficulty experienced by respondents (n=37) in adapting to the biologically safe environment (bse) under living, training and playing/competition conditions using an adapted questionnaire. fig. 3. subjectively identified coping mechanisms and the extent of its effect for respondents (n=37) using an adapted questionnaire. full column titles: column 4, “reading articles/blogs/news reports from other sports people or footballers in other countries”; column 5, “interactions with people in football who are not part of the bse”; column 6, “interactions with people in football who are not in my team but subjected to the bse”; column 8, “interactions with the team scientific and medical support structures”. respondents (%) original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 mechanisms were effective. fig. 4 ranks the actions that helped the respondents switch off from football. section 3: mental toughness mental toughness scores within the group were high (47.1±2.1), with only 11% of the respondents scoring less than 20 points in the mti. section 4: relationship between sections 3 and 1 fig. 5 shows the correlations between the results of the phq9, gad-7 and the mti. this has been broken down based on the role of the respondents. table 1 summarises the significant relationships between the phq-9, gad-7 and mti with the causes of anxiety and coping techniques utilised. fig. 4. identified methods to rest from football for respondents (n=37). methods ranked from most to least effective. fig. 5. relationship between general anxiety disorder-7 (gad-7), mental toughness inventory -7 (mti) and patient health questionnaire-9 (phq-9) based on each role played in the team. team consists of analyst (n=2), coach (n=6), manager (n=4), medical personnel (n=2) and players (n=23). axes represent score values for each questionnaire. original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 section 5: interviews at the six-month interview, the following emerged: three of the players indicated that mental toughness was key in helping them to get through the bse, but one player highlighted that they were just relieved to be able to finish the season and that “the bse was well organised which made the transition easier”. one player highlighted that “it got more difficult at the end”, but believed he “needed to persist”. players had to adapt to spending more time alone than they were used to in camp settings, with the bse not allowing players to share rooms. players saw this as a challenge but found there was greater time for self-reflection and introspection. one player highlighted how he used the time to review his goals, and two players (in addition to the 14 from the questionnaire) spent their time reading. being away from the family was identified as one of the greatest challenges, and players had to rely on technology to stay in touch. discussion there is evidence that elite football causes high levels of mental and physical stresses.[10] the causes extend beyond just competition requirements. the nature of the game and fixtures results in footballers often travelling with limited family time. previous studies have also found that professional sports can lead to feelings of isolation, the inability to rest from the sport, a lack of job security and fears over health and safety, are all stressors.[6] this study identified potential off-field causes of anxiety and coping methods used by football personnel in the psl’s bse. general anxiety, mental toughness and participant health scores were also recorded. the covid-19 pandemic enhanced some of these stressors. prior to the bse, there was an expectation of increased risk of anxiety and other mental health symptoms. therefore, team doctors in the bse were sensitised to this and details were shared regarding remote access to mental health. in the buildup to the nba bio-bubble, the nba highlighted potential mental health risks and encouraged teams to utilise their mental health expert(s).[11] despite the additional stressors, the overall general anxiety and participant health profiles were good. the bse served the purpose of reducing the risk of contracting covid-19. the safety measures and overall organisation put in place could have also contributed to a decrease in anxiety. also, football is a contact sport, and while measures to enforce social distancing away from training and matches and prior to the start kick-off, during the match, contact between players is inevitable once a match begins. access to the bse was allowed following a negative covid-19 pcr test, and physical interactions were limited to personnel within the bse who were all subjected to daily symptom screenings. the covid-19 bio-bubble did prove effective in controlling the spread of the virus, with only one reported case in the bse amongst players and one reported case amongst hotel staff. this was similar to the results found in the nba and wnba. in other countries and sporting codes without strict restrictions, there were several cases of covid-19.[11] players found it challenging to adapt to the conditions. the gad-7 and phq-9 scores in this context did indicate that psychological distress based on general anxiety and depression was lower in this cohort than in the general population[12]. to date, there is limited published research on the effects of bses, similar or other contingencies used in professional sport to continue with competition amidst the pandemic. players have spoken about their expectations and experiences. these did vary with the results of this study. nba players have identified increased depression and anxiety while being in the nba biobubble.[11] concerns regarding job security and financial implications were also a cause for anxiety. during the initial stages of the covid-19 outbreak, there was uncertainty as to whether the 2019/2020 football season would be completed. club owners and economists expressed concerns regarding the predicted negative financial impacts in general and what people within the professional sports arena were facing.[13] the completion of the season did minimise the possibility of loss of income. securing salaries of team members could have reduced anxiety. mental toughness has been linked with the ability to predict the results on performance sports.[14] from a psychological perspective, mental toughness is the psychological edge that enables athletes to cope with sporting demands and maintain a consistent and higher level of performance than other table 1. the significant relationship between gad-7, mti and phq-9 with causes of anxiety and coping mechanisms questionnaire impact, cause of anxiety or coping mechanism p-value gad-7 anxiety: concern over my performance 0.005 anxiety: frequent interactions with the team 0.004 anxiety: cabin-fever 0.000 anxiety: being away from family 0.005 phq-9 anxiety: being away from family 0.018 anxiety: stress over health of family 0.010 anxiety: frequent interactions within the team 0.000 anxiety: missing familiarity of home 0.001 coping: interactions with technical team 0.017 coping: interactions with people from other teams who were in the bio-bubble 0.046 playing 0.012 training 0.024 mti training 0.024 living 0.035 coping: interactions with family and friends 0.011 coping: interactions with scientific and medical team 0.041 anxiety: health and wellbeing of family and friends 0.030 gad-7, general anxiety disorder-7; phq-9, patient health questionnaire-9; mti, mental toughness inventory -7. original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 opponents with determination, confidence and control in high-pressure situations.[14] covid-19 created a challenging and high-pressured environment related to sport. duplication of what is stated above. this study found that players with the highest scores in mental toughness found it easiest to adjust under the bse conditions. swedish national female footballers displayed high levels of mental toughness and low anxiety levels when compared to players competing at lower levels.[15] this study found no significant relationship between mt and gad-7 or phq-9 scores, which was contrary to the findings of bohannan which found weak but significant correlations with phq-9 (r = 0.318; p =0.019) and gad-7 (r = -0.315; p = 0.020)[16]. some of the identified stressors were fixture congestion, having nothing to do all day, time away from family and friends, concerns about safety and the ability to cope with the pandemic.[11] noted was the importance of social interactions in the team setting. the greatest causes of anxiety was the fear for the health and safety of family members and, as previously mentioned, missing family members. the effect of isolation from family could have been worsened by the fact that prior to the bse, respondents would have been under harder lockdown rules with their families. thus, the transition to their absence was even greater.[17] however, people involved in sport at this level are used to going for long periods without physical interaction with families. this is particularly true in cases where clubs are based in different cities or countries.[7] mental health experts suggested maintaining social connections and interactions, including non-football interactions within the team set-up and partaking in leisure activities, such as video games, as possible ways to cope with being in the bio-bubble. this study did find these to be useful tools. the most significant coping strategy was linked to social interactions with family and friends, then social media, and lastly, teammates.[17] while interactions with team members and other personnel in the bse were identified as a coping technique, there was some evidence that spending too much time with them contributed to higher gad-7 scores. other contributors to anxiety included cabin-fever, which was similar to findings in the general population where people were confined within their homes. respondents reported on ways in which they rested from football. staying in touch with family and friends was the most utilised tool, followed by social media, and watching television. the use of social media as a means of resting from football is an unexpected finding, since it can increase a player’s exposure to football-related information directly related to them or their team, or also unrelated football content. constant exposure to social media increased the exposure to covid-19-related news and anxieties related to other social media users. the inability to take a break from football is a contributor to mental fatigue and is therefore vital for the physical and mental recovery of players.[6] the psl’s bse differed from the nba where an entire resort was utilised. as previously mentioned, there was access to entertainment and leisure activities which created opportunities to take a break from the game. close family and friends were also allowed to join the bio-bubble in the latter stages. the length of the psl’s bse was shorter. teams were based at different hotels and allocated different training grounds and stadiums for the duration of the bse. access to other activities was limited according to hotel amenities. self-awareness using self-reflection has a positive association with mental toughness (mt) in tennis players.[18] in this study, there was no relationship between mt and self-reflection as a coping method. however, self-reflection, combined with examining the respondents’ goals, was a significant coping mechanism used in the bse. introspection was also identified as a tool for cricketers facing bse situations. the possible negative emotions linked to extensive time with one’s thoughts was highlighted as a risk factor for negative emotions.[19] the advantages of completing the season and the contribution of the bse that enabled the completion of the season, helped mitigate possible negative effects of being in the bse. limitations the cohort was small – only 37 respondents. there were no precovid-19 profiles, thus it was not possible to see how covid19 impacted on the psychological profiles. the positive gad-7 and phq-9 scores could be related to the timing of the data collection. teams were in the bse for six weeks, and the gad7 and phq-9 were completed at the end of the bse. by this time, players were used to the environment and with the end now close, it could have made them feel better. self-reported tools of assessment can sometimes lead to biased responses with respondents opting to provide the responses they feel are expected of them and likely to make them appear more favourable. this has been identified as a reason for the miscalculation of the occurrence of depression.[20] the use of anonymous surveys, with limited identifying questions, was undertaken to minimise the effect of measured responses in the questionnaire. conclusion despite this being the first exposure to a bse, the report of anxiety was low, with no evidence of a reduced mood within the bse. the utilisation of different coping mechanisms and tools to rest from football, as well as the use of technology to keep in touch with people outside the bse, and the support and interactions with team personnel contributed to making the bse easier to manage. mental toughness and resilience, which are highlighted as important characteristics for success in elite sport, could contribute to the adaptations to the changing circumstances. conflict of interest and source of funding: dr pillay was the psl’s covid-19 chief medical officer during the bse. the authors declare no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors would like to acknowledge the contribution of yale jameson and of all team personnel who distributed the questionnaire. original research 7 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 author contributions: kb was involved in the conceptualisation, data collection, initial write up, data analysis and implementation of the methodology. dd was involved in the initial write up and data collection. lp was involved in contributing to the write up and reviews. references 1. fullana ma, hidalgo-mazzei d, vieta e, et al. coping behaviors associated with decreased anxiety and depressive symptoms during the covid-19 pandemic and lockdown. j affect disord 2020;275: 80–81. [doi: 10.1016/j.jad.2020.06.027] [pmid: 32658829] 2. pillay l, janse van rensburg dc, janse van rensburg a, et al. nowhere to hide: the significant impact of coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19) measures on elite and semi-elite south african athletes. j sci med sport 2020;23(7): 670–679. [doi 10.1016/j.jsams.2020.05.016] [pmid: 32448749] 3. parnell d, widdop p, bond a, et al. covid-19, networks and sport. manag sport leis 2020; 1–7. [doi: 10.1080/23750472.2020.1750100] 4. ramagole da, janse van rensburg dc, pillay l, et al. implications of covid-19 for resumption of sport in south africa: a south african sports medicine association (sasma) position statement. sa j sports med 2020;32(1):1–5. [doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2020/v32i1a8986]5. 5. basson ab. life inside the psl bio-secure bubble. new frame, 28 aug 2020; s.l.. https://www.newframe.com/life-inside-thepsl-bio-secure-bubble/ (accessed 4 april 2021). 6. russell s, jenkins d, rynne s, et al. what is mental fatigue in elite sport? perceptions from athletes and staff. eur j sport sci 2019;19(10):1367–1376. [doi: 10.1080/17461391.2019.1618397] [pmid: 31081474] 7. bahdur k, pruna r. the impact of homesickness on elite footballers. j nov physiother 2017; 07: 331. [doi: 10.4172/21657025.1000331] 8. smith mr, thompson c, marcora sm, et al. mental fatigue and soccer: current knowledge and future directions. sports med 2018;48(7):1525–1532. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-018-0908-2] [pmid: 29623604] 9. gouttebarge v, ahmad i, mountjoy m, et al. anxiety and depressive symptoms during the covid-19 emergency period. clin j sport med 2020. [doi: 10.1097/jsm.0000000000000886] [pmid: 32941374] 10. russell s, jenkins d, smith m, et al. the application of mental fatigue research to elite team sport performance: new perspectives. j sci med sport 2019;22(6):723–728. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2018.12.008.] [pmid: 30606625] 11. bird sp. impact of covid-19 on athlete mental health – strategies to promote emotional wellness. int j strength cond 2021;1(1): e1– 5. [doi: 10.47206/ijsc.v1i1.33] 12. gao j, zheng p, jia y, et al. mental health problems and social media exposure during covid-19 outbreak. plos one 2020; 15(4):e0231924. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0231924] [pmid: 32298385] 13. clevenger sm, rick o, bustad j. critiquing anthropocentric media coverage of the covid-19 sport ‘hiatus’. int j sport commun 2020;13(3):559–565. [doi: 10.1123/ijsc.2020-0239] 14. yankov gp, davenport n, sherman ra. locating mental toughness in factor models of personality. pers individ dif 2019; 151: article 109532. [doi: 10.1016/j.paid.2019.109532] 15. kristjánsdóttir h, jóhannsdóttir kr, pic m, et al. psychological characteristics in women football players: skills, mental toughness, and anxiety. scand j psychol 2019;60(6):609–615. [doi: 10.1111/sjop.12571] [pmid: 31489980] 16. bohannan cj. mental toughness as a predictor for pre-season depression and anxiety symptoms, and changes over the course of an athletic season. 2019;76pp: electronic theses and dissertations, 1890. https://digitalcommons.georgiasouthern.edu/etd/1890 (accessed 14 june 2021) 17. ward-henninger c. along with covid-19 and injuries, mental health risks for nba players in disney bubble must also be addressed: cbssport, 2020 https://www.cbssports.com/nba/news/along-with-covid-19-andinjuries-mental-health-risks-for-nba-players-in-disney-bubblemust-also-be/ (accessed 5 february 2021) 18. cowden rg. on the mental toughness of self-aware athletes: evidence from competitive tennis players. s afr j sci 2017;113. [doi: 10.17159/sajs.2017/20160112] 19. bansal n, sheriff s. impact of bio-bubble on the mental health of elite cricketers during the covid-19 pandemic: the bio-bubble fatigue. international journal of sport, exercise and health research 2021;5(2):40-41. [doi: doi.org/10.31254/sportmed.5202] 20. wolanin a, gross m, hong e. depression in athletes: prevalence and risk factors. curr sports med rep 2015;14(1):56–60. [doi: 10.1249/jsr.0000000000000123] [pmid: 25574886] introduction an ultramarathon is an endurance running event that can vary in duration from 50 km during a single day to in excess of 200 km over several days. the physiological and immunological consequences of ultramarathon running have been fairly well documented, highlighting the demanding nature of this type of event.1-4 the physiological demands associated with ultramarathon running potentially have psychological consequences yet there is relatively little coverage of this in the literature. of the studies which have been published, most have focused on personality,5 perceived exertion6 and coping7 but none have specifically explored the relationship between mood and ultramarathon performance. several studies have reported positive effects of running on mood including reduced feelings of depression and confusion.8-10 even though neutral or negative emotional responses to running original research article perceived exertion influences pacing among ultramarathon runners but post-race mood change is associated with performance expectancy abstract objectives. this study investigated whether post-race mood changes among ultramarathon runners are associated with perceived exertion or the discrepancy between their actual and predicted performance times. methods. eight runners completed the puffer ultramarathon, which is a challenging 73 km mountainous race across table mountain national park in south africa. each runner completed a series of profile of mood state questionnaires (poms) 2 days before the race (baseline), on the morning of the race (pre-race) and immediately after the race (post-race). ratings of perceived exertion (rpe) were measured at 13 points during the race using the borg 6-20 scale. the accuracy of performance expectations was measured as the difference between runners’ actual and predicted race times. results. average completion time was 11:31:36±00:26:32 (hh: mm:ss), average running speed was 6.4±2.2 km.hr-1 and average rpe was 14.1±2.0. increased poms confusion was found before the race (33.30.7 v. 37.1±5.2, p=0.014; baseline v. pre-race). post-race increases in poms total mood disturbance (tmd) were correspondence: dr dominic micklewright centre for sports and exercise science department of biological sciences university of essex wivenhoe park colchester essex uk, co4 3sq e-mail: dpmick@essex.ac.uk dominic micklewright (phd) eleni papadopoulou (bsc) david parry (msc) university of essex, united kingdom tamara hew-butler (phd) nicholas tam (bsc) timothy noakes (dsc) university of cape town, south africa sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 167 found (168.3±20 v. 137.5±6.3, p=0.001; post race v. baseline) characterised by decreased vigour (43.3±4.0 v. 33.5±7.0, p=0.008; baseline v. post race), increased confusion (33.3±0.7 v. 38.5±4.8, p=0.006; baseline v. post race) and increased fatigue (37.8±4.8 v. 53.8±7.3, p=0.0003; baseline v. post race). a linear increase in rpe was found during the race (r=0.737, p=0.002). the magnitude of their post-race mood change (r=-0.704, p=0.026) was not found to be associated with runners’ average rpe but was found to be negatively correlated with accuracy of the performance predictions. a time series analysis indicated that poms tmd would have taken 142±89 min to recover. conclusions. the results show that rpe influences the way ultramarathon runners pace themselves more than performance expectancy but performance expectations have a greater influence on post-race mood. the magnitude of post-race mood change is associated with the extent of discrepancy between runners’ predicted and actual performance. this has implications for designing appropriate goals and pacing strategies for ultraendurance athletes. have been reported in a few studies,11,12 the generally accepted conclusion is that running is good for mental health.13 the positive psychological changes associated with recreational running probably only have a limited amount of relevance to the much more prolonged and demanding nature of ultramarathon running yet, as the lack of ultramarathon literature shows, this is an under-researched area of sport psychology. in one of the few studies available, a complex pattern of mood change among ultramarathon finishers was found to include reduced tension and vigour with increased fatigue, depression and confusion.14 what their results suggest is an association between ultra-endurance running and unpleasant mood state characterised by changes in the high activation states of tension and vigour, as well changes in the low activation states of fatigue, depression and confusion. interestingly, they account for the change in tension as relief from pre-race anxiety, and the changes in vigour, fatigue, depression and confusion as due to the unique sensations associated with running for such a long time. their conclusions are valid but what needs further consideration is perhaps how intra-individual differences in runners’ circumstances, motives, perceptions of the race environment and conscious cognitive processes potentially influence the way endurance running sensations are interpreted by a runner as an antecedent of perceived exertion and affective experience. according to cognitive theories of emotion the relationship between an event and an emotional response is mediated by various forms of conscious information processing. several theories, such as attribution theory15 and appraisal theory,16 can help to explain how an individual’s conscious thoughts can shape their emotional experience associated with ultra-endurance running. a claim often made is that emotions are strongly influenced by an individual’s conscious cognitive appraisal of a preceding situation or occurrence.17 according to this theory, ultramarathon runners with favourable appraisals of their performance should experience positive moods states after a race but runners who appraise their performance as being poor should experience negative mood states. furthermore, the way athletes appraise their performance will perhaps in turn depend upon their underlying subjective motivations and meanings associated with the race, making the relationship between thoughts and feelings a complex one for ultramarathon runners. the aims of this study were to measure changing patterns of mood among runners before and after an ultramarathon, and explore the relationship between the accuracy of performance expectations, perceived exertion and mood state among ultramarathon runners. it was hypothesised that runners who perform an ultramarathon better than or close to their expectations will experience more positive changes than runners whose performance is worse than expected. an additional purpose of this study was to measure the amplitude and time course of any mood disturbances experienced during the post-race recovery period. method participants eight male and 2 female runners were recruited from the puffer ultramarathon entrant list. the puffer ultramarathon is a challenging mountainous 73.4 km trail race that runs between cape point and cape town across table mountain national park in south africa. all of the participants were moderately or well-trained endurance runners who had completed at least one ultramarathon or ironman triathlon as a qualifier during the 6-month period preceding the study. one female runner did not start the race and one male runner did not finish the race, leaving 8 participants in the study. the age and body mass of runners who completed the study were 41.8±7.1 years and 72.0±8.6 kg. body mass was measured within 1 hour of the start of the race using portable scales. a power analysis indicated a sample size of between 8 and 12 participants would be satisfactory to achieve p-values of <0.05 and <0.01 respectively for a one-tailed linear correlation test with an r-value of >0.7 and power of 0.6. all runners provided their written informed consent to participate in the study, which was approved by the university of cape town ethics committee and conducted in accordance with the declaration of helsinki (amended 2008). mood state measurements throughout this study mood state was measured using the mcnair, lorr & droppleman (1971, 1992) shortened ‘right now’ version of the profile of mood states questionnaire (poms).18 the poms short form comprises 30 single-word mood descriptors, each with a 5point likert response scale, from which subscale scores for tension, depression, anger, vigour, fatigue, and confusion could be calculated. the poms short version was used to minimise questionnaire fatigue associated with the high number of poms trials in this study, and the same investigator was used to administer all of the poms questionnaires. to minimise response bias effects, runners were briefed to complete the poms based upon how they felt at the time rather than attempting to memorise their previous responses, and every time a runner completed a poms they were not able to see any previous questionnaire that they had completed. each participant completed a poms 2 days before the race (baseline trial), on the morning of the race (pre-race trial), immediately after the race (post-race trial) and then at 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 90 and 105 minutes during recovery. in order to counteract the potential response bias associated with repeated post-race poms trials, participants were instructed to answer the poms as honestly as possible by reflecting on how they felt at that precise moment in time rather than attempting to provide answers based on any previous poms responses that they may have remembered giving. performance expectations two days prior to the race participants were asked to provide an estimate of the time they realistically expected to complete the race (performance expectancy). each participant’s official ultramarathon race time was recorded in minutes. the accuracy of each runner’s performance expectations was calculated by subtracting their actual race time from their predicted race time. this calculation produced a negative number for runners who were slower than expected and a positive number for runners who were faster than expected. all of the runners were familiar with the race profile and the predicted weather conditions when they gave their performance expectations. perceived exertion and performance measurements ratings of perceived exertion (rpe) using the 6 20 borg scale19 were taken at 13 discrete checkpoints throughout the race including the finish line. elapsed times between each of the check points were recorded for each participant and then used to calculate their average running speed. statistical analysis in accordance with the instruction manual,18 poms raw scores were converted to normalised student t-scores for each of the six subscales and total mood disturbance scores (tmd) was calculated 168 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 by subtracting the poms vigour score from the sum of tension, anger, depression, fatigue, and confusion scores. changes in mood state associated with the race were evaluated by comparing baseline, pre-race and post-race measures. for the poms subscales this was determined using a manova with post hoc univariate anovas and paired samples t-tests. trial differences in tmd were measured using a repeated-measures one-way anova with post hoc paired sample t-tests. a bonferonni corrected alpha level of .0167 was used to indicate statistical significance with all t-test results. post-exercise changes in tmd were examined using a time series analysis with holt’s linear trend exponential smoothing to predict the length of time needed for tmd to return to baseline levels (tmd recovery). the amplitude of pre-race changes in tmd and poms subscales was calculated by subtracting baseline values from pre-race values. the amplitude of post-race tmd change was calculated by subtracting baseline tmd scores from post-race tmd scores. pearson’s product moment correlation tests were used to test relationships between the accuracy of performance expectations, average rpe score and the amplitude of post-race changes in poms tmd. pearson’s product moment correlation tests were also used to measure relationships between rpe against (i) distance run and (ii) percentage of race time completed. all effect sizes are calculated as partial eta squared (ηp2)or eta squared (η2). results total mood disturbance (tmd) repeated measures one-way anova indicated a difference in tmd scores between the trials, f(2,21)=15.2, p=0.0003, ηp 2=0.69. post hoc paired samples t-tests indicated higher post-race tmd scores (168.3±20) compared with baseline tmd scores (137.5±6.3), t(7) =-5.6, p=0.001, η2=0.82, and compared with pre-race tmd scores (148.6±19.4), t(7)=-3.7, p=0.008, η2=0.66. there was no difference between baseline and pre-race tmd scores. results of the time series analysis indicated a mean recovery time of 142±89 min with a range of 0 265 min. mean tmd changes are presented in fig. 1. profile of mood states subscales a manova indicated a difference in poms subscale scores between the trials, f(12,32)=4.6, p=0.0003, ηp 2=0.63 and subsequent univariate anovas revealed differences for the confusion subscale, f(2,21)=3.5, p=0.05, ηp 2=0.25, the fatigue subscale, f(2,21)=18.5, p=0.00002, ηp 2=0.64, and the vigour subscale, f(2,21)=5.6, p=0.011, ηp 2=0.35. post hoc paired samples t-tests indicated no differences between baseline and pre-race scores for poms fatigue and vigour but an increase in confusion was found (33.3±0.7 v. 37.1±5.2), t(7)=-2.8, p=0.014, η2=0.53. an increase between baseline and post-race scores was found for poms confusion (33.3±0.7 v. 38.5±4.8), t(7)= -3.5, p=0.006, η2=0.64 and poms fatigue (37.8±4.8 v. 53.8±7.3), t(7)=-6.7, p=0.0003, η2=0.87. a decrease between baseline and post-race scores was found for poms vigour (43.3±4.0 v. 33.5±7.0), t(7)=3.2, p=0.008, η2=0.59. mean poms subscale differences are presented in fig. 2. sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 169 fig. 1. preand post-race changes in poms total mood disturbance. increases in tmd relative to baseline scores represent a negative change in mood. ns = not significant; ***p<0.005; **** p<0.001. 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 poms trial (min) m ea n p o m s t m d s co re baseline prerace ***ns **** pre-race post-race fig. 2. preand post-race changes in poms confusion (a), fatigue (b) and vigour (c). decreased vigour and increased confusion and fatigue relative to baseline score indicate a negative change in mood. ns = not significant; **p<0.01; ***p<0.005; ****p<0.001; ***** p<0.0001. ultramarathon and mood change 2 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 poms trial (min) m ea n p o m s c on fu si on s co re baseline prerace ** *** ns a pre-race post-race 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 poms trial (min) m ea n p o m s f at ig ue s co re baseline prerace ns ***** **** b pre-race post-race 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 poms trial (min) m ea n p o m s v ig ou r s co re baseline prerace ns *** ns c pre-race post-race race performance, performance expectation accuracy, rpe and mood change average race completion time was 11:31:36±00:26:32 (hh:mm:ss), average running speed was 6.4±2.2 km.hr-1 and average rpe was 14.1±2.0. the average running speed and rpe for each of the 13 check points is illustrated in fig. 3a. a positive correlation was found between the distance run and rpe, r=0.737, p=0.002 (fig. 3a) and between the percentage of race time completed, r=0.725, p=0.003 (fig. 3b). a negative correlation was found between running speed and rpe, r=-0.687, p=0.005 (fig. 3c). pearson’s product moment correlation test showed that there was no correlation between the accuracy of performance expectations and the amplitude of pre-race tmd change (r=-0.386, p=0.172) or pre-race confusion change (r=-0.477, p=0.116). a negative correlation was found between the accuracy of performance expectations and post-race tmd amplitude, r=-0.704, p=0.026 (fig. 4a) and post-race confusion amplitude, r=-0.661, p=0.037 (fig. 4b). a positive correlation was found between the accuracy of performance expectations and post-race vigour amplitude, r=0.840, p=0.005 (fig. 4c). there were no other correlations between the accuracy of performance expectations, average rpe, other postrace changes in mood state or tmd recovery time. discussion anticipatory pre-race mood change the first important finding of this study was the change in poms that occurred immediately before the race was characterised by increased levels of confusion. this suggests an anticipatory affective state that, in the absence of actual running sensations, was most likely to be a consequence of participants’ conscious thoughts about their pre-race circumstances and the impending start of the race. the large standard deviation observed in confusion, and indeed all other poms scores, reflects the usual inter-individual variation in feelings of mood but what are more important are intra-individual changes in mood compared with baseline measures. the elevated feelings of confusion experienced by runners immediately before the race may have been due to differing cognitive appraisals and interpretations regarding their specific circumstances and readiness leading up to the race. this is consistent with the view that cognitive theories are needed to account for intraand inter-individual differences in affect.20 in addition to increased confusion, it is surprising that participants did not experience increased feelings of tension before the race given the high stakes associated with failure and wasting months of training and preparation. even though confusion was the only poms subscale affected immediately before the race, the results lend some support to the general idea of mood being influenced by conscious cognitive processes.21 more specifically, it seems that an ultramarathon runner’s pre-race mood state is probably strongly influenced by their own cognitive appraisals. the exact nature of these appraisals needs further investigation because in this study they were not specifically measured. anticipatory mood state and ultramarathon performance the increased confusion that was observed before the race did not seem to be associated with the runners’ overall race performance since there was no correlation between changes in either pre-race confusion or tmd and the magnitude of their performance time prediction error. although not measured in our study it may be that if performance is in anyway influenced by anticipatory affective states, such effects only occur at the beginning of an endurance event but gradually diminish as the race progresses and the sensory, perceptual and cognitive experience of the athlete changes. what is important is the extent to which an athlete’s overall endurance event performance is influenced, if at all, by anticipatory changes in mood. since mood is transient in nature20 it seems quite unlikely that pre-race mood states could have any significant effect on lengthy ultramarathon performances. ultramarathon performance, rpe and post-race mood the linear increases in rpe that were observed when expressed relative to both distance covered and the percentage of exercise time completed suggest that, consistent with previous findings,22,23 an anticipatory strategy to prevent premature fatigue was adopted by the runners whereby they modulated running speed according to their 170 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 fig. 3. puffer ultramarathon race profile with altitude plotted on the primary y-axis and rpe plotted on the secondary y-axis (a). relationship of rpe with percentage of race time completed (b) and average running speed (c). y-error bars represent ± 1 sd for rpe measurements; x-error bars represent ± 1 sd for percentage of overall race time completed at each check point. average speed ± 1 sd between checkpoints is provided in 3a. ultramarathon and mood change 3 r=0.737, p=0.002 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 distance (km) a lti tu de (m ) 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 r p e (b or g 620 s ca le ) race profile rpe 4.8 ± 2.8 kph 10. 2± 1.1 kph 7.1 ± 1.8 kph 3.1 ± 0.2 kph 3.5 ± 0.5 kph 4.9 ± 0.6 kph cp1 cp3 cp4 cp6 cp5 cp 12 cp1 1 cp 10 cp9 cp8 cp7 cp 13 9.2 ± 1.6 kph 6.3 ± 0.5 kph 7.4 ± 0.9 kph 6.4 ± 0.8 kph 4.8 ± 1.0 kph 7.4 ± 6.6 kph cp2 10.1 ± 1.1 kph a r=0.725, p=0.003 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 percentage of race time completed (%) r p e (b or g 620 ) b r=-0.687, p=0.005 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 average running speed (km.hr-1) r p e (b or g 620 ) c feelings of exertion. all but one of the runners in this study performed worse than they predicted yet, despite the extremely mountainous terrain, all managed to complete the race by performing within sustainable rpe limits that appeared to become less conservative towards the end point as completion certainty increased.24 this suggests that, together with the inconsistent changes in average running speed at the various checkpoints, rpe is of greater importance to pacing than pursuing any performance predictions. a large increase in tmd was observed immediately after the event that was characterised by increases in fatigue and confusion, and a reduction in vigour. given the long and difficult nature of the race such outcomes are not particularly surprising except that, similar to pre-event changes in affect, a great deal of intra-individual variance in the magnitude of post-race affect was found that was surprisingly not strongly associated with their rpe. this suggests that the relationship between an individual’s sensory experience during an endurance event and their affective response is complex and probably mediated by other psychological factors such as conscious appraisals about their performance. it is also acknowledged that from the data we collected it is not possible to differentiate between the extent to which race-specific cognitions and non-race related cognitions influenced runners’ post-race mood. what is apparent from the results is that the majority of participants ran slower than their stated performance expectations which, in addition to the physiological ramifications of running longer, potentially accounts for the unpleasant post-race changes in tmd. in fact, one of the most important findings of this study is the moderate negative correlation that was detected between runners’ post-race tmd amplitude and the accuracy of their performance expectations. most of the runners experienced unpleasant post-race mood states, the magnitude of which appears to be at least partly associated with the degree of accuracy in performance expectancy (fig. 3). perhaps the optimistic performance predictions made by the runners in this study was partly due to the fact that a large proportion of the puffer ultramarathon was off-road and incorporated extreme gradients, making the prediction task more difficult, especially for those runners more accustomed to road running. it is likely that, in endurance events, a runner’s mood state at the end of a race is perhaps more a consequence of cognitive processes that develop during the race rather than rpe as they become gradually aware of whether or not they will achieve their expectations. for example, at the beginning of a long race there will still be some degree of uncertainty about the accuracy of their performance expectations but as they progress towards the end this uncertainty will become resolved according to whether predetermined checkpoints are achieved within expected times or, in instances where the athlete receives continual progression feedback, whether expected average speeds are met. consequently, a runner’s performance appraisals are likely to continually change during a race and perhaps it is these cognitive performance appraisals that have an influence on the feelings of mood experienced by runners immediately after completing the race. this is consistent with both attribution14 and appraisal theory16 in that cognition and feeling states are associated with each other. it is acknowledged that in our study no detailed record of performance appraisals were made and clearly this needs to be done in the future. for some runners completing an ultramarathon or simply enjoying the experience might be interpreted as a success but, as in this study, others’ performance appraisals might be based around achieving a specified time. perhaps, runners’ post-race mood states are also a function of appropriate goal setting, a concept that is closely dependent upon realistic performance expectations. one way in which future studies could be improved would be to collect detailed information of this sort from runners prior to their race. this would enable a better understanding of how many factors, such as previous ultramarathon experience, training status and environmental conditions, influence runners’ emotional states during and after a race. given that our study showed most runners performed worse than expected, it would appear that caution is needed when establishing endurance event outcome goals from performance predictions and expectations. post-race mood recovery dynamics the amount of time needed for post-event changes in tmd to recover to baseline levels was found to be on average 2 hr and 22 min but varied a great deal among participants and extended for as long as 4 hr and 25 min. considering the enduring nature of an ultramarathon our findings suggest a comparatively short recovery period for mood but it is emphasised that this does not reflect participants’ readiness sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 171 fig. 4. scattergrams showing the relationship between accuracy of runners’ performance expectations and their post-race changes in tmd (a), poms confusion (b) and poms vigour (c). ultramarathon and mood change 4 r=-0.704, p=0.026 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 completion time prediction error (min) p os tra ce c ha ng e in t m d slower than predicted faster than predicted a r=-0.661, p=0.037 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 completion time prediction error (min) p os tra ce c ha ng e in p o m s c on fu si on slower than predicted faster than predicted b r=0.840, p=0.005 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 completion time prediction error (min) p os tra ce c ha ng e in p o m s v ig ou r c slower than predicted faster than predicted to perform running or any other type of physical activity which will depend upon the recovery of a myriad of other psychological and physiological parameters. correlation tests showed that tmd recovery time did not appear to be related to tmd amplitude or the accuracy of performance expectations. in other words, runners who experienced a big change in affect after the race or whose performance was slower than expected did not necessarily have a longer affect recovery time. again, a more detailed investigation is needed to investigate the cognitive mediators that influence the time course of mood recovery after an ultramarathon. conclusions despite the limitations associated with low participant numbers, the findings of this study provide new insight about patterns of rpe and mood change experienced by ultramarathon runners which is a seriously under-researched area with important applied implications. for unknown reasons, endurance runners appear to make optimistic performance predictions which applied sport psychologists ought to be aware of, particularly if they intend to use these predictions as a basis for certain interventions like goal setting. perhaps preperformance psychological interventions could focus on refining the accuracy of ultra-endurance athletes’ predictions given that failing to meet performance expectations appears to exacerbate any unpleasant post-race mood states. making sure that runners train under similar conditions in the lead-up to a race is very important in terms of developing experience and awareness of their true potential which they can drawn upon to manage and pace themselves accordingly on the day. reinforcing race-relevant experience could be achieved through both physical and psychological training. although not directly measured in this study, there is some inference that cognitive performance appraisals occur throughout the race that are perhaps gradually developed and updated through repeated cycles of comparing expectations against current performance, and that it is these appraisals that underpin post-race affective experience. further investigation is warranted to explore in more detail the relationship between explicit cognitive process and mood change among ultramarathon runners. references 1. wu hj, chen kt, shee bw, chang hc, huang yj, yang rs. effects of 24 h ultra-marathon on biochemical and hematological parameters. world j gastroenterol 2004;10(18):2711-2714. 2. millet gy, lepers r, maffiuletti na, babault n, martin v, lattier g. alterations of neuromuscular function after an ultramarathon. j app physiol 2002;92:486-492. 3. strachan af, noakes td, kotzenberg g, nel ae, de beer fc. c reactive protein concentrations during long distance running. br med j (clin res ed) 1984;289(6454):1249-1251. 4. davies ct, thompson mw. physiological responses to prolonged exercise in ultramarathon athletes. j app physiol 1986;61:611-617. 5. folkins c, wieselberg-bell n. personality profile of ultramarathon runners: a little deviance may go a long way. j sport behavior 1981;4(3):119-127. 6. utter ac, kang j, nieman dc, vinci dm, et al. ratings of perceived exertion throughout an ultramarathon during carbohydrate ingestion. perceptual and motor skills 2003;97(1):175-184. 7. rauch tm, tharion wj, strowman sr, shukitt bl. psychological factors associated with performance in the ultramarathon. j sports med physical fitness 1988;28(3):237-246. 8. weinberg r, jackson a, kolodny k. the relationship of massage and exercise to mood enhancement. the sport psychol 1988;2:202-211. 9. dyer jb, grouch jg. effects of running and other activities on moods. percept motor skills 1988;67(1):43-50. 10. markoff ra, ryan p, young t. endorphins and mood changes in long-distance running. med sci sports exercise 1982;14(1):11-15. 11. hassmén p, blomstrand e. mood change and marathon running: a pilot study using a swedish version of the poms test. scand j psychol 1991;32:225-232. 12. yates a, shisslak cm, allender j, crago m, leehey k. comparing obligatory to nonobligatory runners. psychosomatics 1992;33:180-189. 13. galper di, trivedi mh, barlow ce, dunn al, kampert jb. inverse association between physical inactivity and mental health in men and women. med sci sports exercise 2006;38(1):173-178. 14. tharion wj, mcmenemy dj, terry al, rauch tm. recovery of mood changes experienced when running and ultramarathon. perceptual and motor skills 1990;71:1311-1316. 15. weiner b. an attributional theory of motivation and emotion. new york: springer, 1986. 16. lazarus rs. emotion and adaptation. new york: oxford university press, 1991. 17. scherer kr. emotion as a process: function, origin, and regulation. social sci info 1982;21:555-570. 18. mcnair dm, lorr m, droppleman lf. profile of mood state manual (revised). san diego, ca: educational and industrial testing service, 1992. 19. borg g. psychophysical bases of perceived exertion. med sci sports exercise 1982;14:377-381. 20. power m, dalgleish t. cognition and emotion: from order to disorder. hove: psychology press, 1997. 21. riskind jh. the mediating mechanisms in mood and memory: a cognitive priming formulation. in d. kuiken (ed.), mood and memory: theory, research and applications. special issue of j social behav personality 1989;4:39-43. 22. crewe h, tucker r, noakes td. the rate of increase in perceived exertion predicts the duration of exercise to fatigue at a fixed power output in different environmental conditions. eur j appl physiol 2008;103:569577. 23. noakes td, snow rj, febbraio ma. letter to the editor. j appl physiol 2003;96:1571-1573. 24. tucker r, noakes t. the anticipatory regulation of performance: the physiological basis for pacing strategies and the development of a perception-based model for exercise performance. br j sports med 2009;43(6):392-400. 172 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 introduction the global prevalence of chronic, non-communicable diseases (ncd) is on the rise, with developing countries experiencing the greatest burden, and in which cardiovascular disease is already the leading cause of mortality. 1 similarly, the number of persons with diabetes is projected to double between 2000 and 2030, with over 80% or 300 million from developing countries. this increase in the prevalence of chronic diseases in the developing world has been attributed to changes in lifestyle associated with development and urban migration, including obesity, unhealthy diet, smoking and physical inactivity. 2 the urgent need to address these risk factors in both developed and developing countries is reflected in the world health organization global strategy on diet and physical activity for health. 3 importantly, these risk behaviours track from childhood, with body mass index (bmi) levels in childhood strongly predictive of adult obesity. 4 in the bogalusa heart study overweight children (bmi>95th centile) at 2 5 years were found to be 4 times as likely to become overweight adults. 5 south africa is a country of paradox, where obesity in children co-exists with stunting and early nutritional deprivation. for example, in primary school children 22% of girls and 17% of boys are overweight or obese. 6 in children under the age of 9 years, overweight and stunting are equally prevalent, and risk of obesity in stunted children is nearly twofold higher, with potentially long-term negative health consequences. 7 south african children also demonstrate unhealthy eating habits with school tuck-shop choices favouring cooldrinks, chips, cheese curls and fried cakes (70%), and urban primary school learners report eating fruit or vegetables less than 3 times per week. 8 of concern is that many schools rely on income generated from these tuck-shops for supplemental income and informal vendors, who typically sell foods of low nutritional value, high in fats and sugars, are also very common. similarly, recent studies suggest that 40% of children and youth are getting little or no moderate to vigorous activity each week. 9 with only just over half of high school learners reporting regularly scheduled physical education classes, less than 60% of these engage in vigorous activity during the actual classes, and in fact, over 30% do not participate. 9 in primary school learners, engagement in physical education classes is even lower than in high school. 9 original research article impact of a primary school-based nutrition and physical activity intervention on learners in kwazulu-natal, south africa: a pilot study abstract background. the opportunity for children to be physically active during school hours is rapidly decreasing in selected schools. this study evaluated the effects of a nutrition and physical activity (nap) intervention incorporated within the school curriculum. study design and methods. a prospective empirical pilot study with an intervention and an assessment of preand post-intervention fitness. learners completed a nap questionnaire and participated in a battery of fitness tests before and after intervention. setting. a purposive sample of four primary schools in kwazulunatal was selected by the provincial department of health. interventions. the nap intervention was designed to introduce various methods of physical activity and healthy nutritional habits within the school’s existing curriculum. classroom-based intervention materials were developed to provide cost-effective and, more importantly, a sustainable intervention. results. post-intervention results showed a significant increase (p<0.05) in the average number of sports participated in by each learner during physical education/life orientation periods. learners were motivated to participate in physical activity including games and sports during break times. a general increase in afterschool activities from preto post-intervention per learner was noted. conclusion. a school-based physical activity and nutrition intervention programme has the potential to increase the physical activity of learners and to a lesser degree their nutritional behaviour. correspondence: rowena naidoo university of kwazulu-natal edgewood campus private bag x03 ashwood, 3605 tel/fax: (031) 260 3676/260 3595 e-mail: naidoor3@ukzn.ac.za rowena naidoo (m sports science)1 yoga coopoo (d phil, facsm)2 estelle v lambert (ba, ms, phd (physiology))3 catherine draper (bsocsci (hons), ma (psychology), phd)3 1 department of life orientation, faculty of education, university of kwazulu-natal 2 centre for exercise science & sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand 3 mrc/uct research unit of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 � � sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 schools are an established setting for health-promotion activity, and in this setting may influence health-related beliefs and behaviours early in life before they are established as adult patterns. 10 an additional potential benefit is that by improving the health of school children, educational performance and learning may be enhanced. 11 patterns of physical activity acquired during childhood and adolescence are more likely to be maintained throughout one’s life span, thus providing the basis for active and healthy ageing. 12,13 therefore, school-based physical activity interventions are advantageous since programmes can become institutionalised into the regular school curriculum, staff development and other infrastructures. 14 international groups recommend that children should participate in at least 30 minutes of moderate to vigorous physical activity on most days, 12 although other consensus panels have recommended one 15,16 or more 17 hours of physical activity per day for children. a basic function of physical education is to engage learners in moderate to vigorous physical activity, a requirement for experiencing both health and motor skill development benefits. 18 by providing opportunities for physical activity, quality physical education can make important contributions to public health. 19 in addition to health and fitness benefits achieved through nutrition and physical activity interventions, studies have demonstrated the relationship between physical activity and academic performance. 20-22 the addition of physical education to the curriculum has resulted in small positive gains in academic performance. quasi-experimental data also suggest that allocating more curricular time to programmes of physical activity does not negatively affect academic achievement, even when time allocated to other subjects is reduced. 23 physical activity has been shown to demonstrate positive influences on concentration and memory 24 and on classroom behaviour. 23 in a recent review of successful school-based nutrition and physical activity interventions, the following common factors were present: incorporation of a nutrition-based curriculum by trained teachers, a physical activity programme/component, a parental/ family component, a food service or tuck-shop intervention, and with the intervention grounded in a relevant behavioural change theory. 25 there has been very little research on school-based programmes for the prevention of ncd in developing countries. however, schoolbased health promotion may have a greater impact in these settings, as social networks are often stronger, respect for teachers greater, and ncd risk factors less established among school children than in most developed countries. the present study implemented a school-based nutrition and physical activity (nap) intervention which was developed and designed specifically for the individual needs of the school to increase physical activity participation and promote healthy lifestyles among learners. the primary goals of the intervention were to (a) increase the physical activity of learners by implementing a classroom-based physical activity intervention and (b) promote physical activity during lunch-breaks and after school hours. additionally, the knowledge, attitudes and practices of learners towards physical activity before and after intervention were determined. this paper reports primarily on the physical activity component of the intervention. methods research design this study is a prospective empirical pilot study with an intervention and an assessment before and after intervention. sample a purposive sample of four primary schools in kwazulu-natal was selected by the kwazulu-natal department of health. schools were selected based on their easy accessibility and close proximity to each other (not more than 50 km away from each other). a total sample of 4 principals, 10 educators and 256 learners in grade 6 agreed to participate in the school-based intervention for a period of 6 months. there were no control schools, as the aim of this study was to examine the feasibility of the intervention and make amendments where applicable before the larger study is implemented. however, each participant served as their own control as there was a preand post-testing programme. permission to conduct the study in selected schools was granted from the kwazulu-natal departments of health and education. ethical clearance from the university of kwazulu-natal was granted for this study. informed consent forms were completed by all participants in the study. measuring instruments fieldwork at the schools involved both quantitative and qualitative methods of assessment. assessments were administered before and after intervention to all schools. quantitative assessments included the use of a learner questionnaire. the questionnaire aimed to determine the knowledge, attitudes and practices of learners towards physical activity and basic nutrition. physical activity and sports participation were captured by self-report and reflected the following time periods: club/team level during school hours, during physical education (pe)/life orientation (lo) lesson, and after school. in addition, learners participated in selected components from the eurofit 26 physical fitness test battery before and after intervention. the test battery included the following components: flexibility (sitand-reach), muscular endurance (30-second sit-ups) and explosive power (standing long jump). body weight and height were measured without shoes and body mass index (bmi) was calculated (kg.m -2 ). ‘overweight’ and ‘obesity’ were defined using the ageand sexspecific criteria 27 used by the centers for disease control and the world health organization. 28 a bmi greater than the 85th percentile is considered ‘at risk of overweight’ and a bmi greater than the 95th percentile is considered ‘obese’. all assessment tools were developed in conjunction with the university of cape town and were also used among learners in rural communities in limpopo and in alexandra township in gauteng. minor adjustments were made to the questionnaire to accommodate the language of the learners from kwazulu-natal. qualitative assessments included observation of learners’ physical activity and sports participation during lunch breaks; semi-structured interviews with the principals and selected grade 6 educators were conducted by the researchers before and after intervention. measures measures were conducted at the schools, during class hours and under direct supervision from researchers, educators, and school� sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 health nurses. all field workers were trained over a 2-week period in order to maintain consistency and reliability of testing. phases of the study (fig. 1) phase 1. this involved initial school visits by the researchers to brief the school principals and educators about the study. thereafter, interviews with principals and educators regarding their knowledge and attitudes towards physical activity and teaching methodologies of physical activity were investigated. selected educators attended training workshops on learning and implementation of the nap intervention. short courses on learners’ health, physical activity and nutrition were included. subsequent training of provincial school health nurses to assist in questionnaire administration, fitness testing and data collection was conducted by the researchers. phase 2. two weeks before the nap intervention was implemented by trained educators, questionnaires and fitness tests were administered to learners. the intervention was monitored by the research team for a 6-month period. phase 3. questionnaires were redistributed to learners and physical fitness was reassessed. principals and educators were interviewed by the researchers to gain feedback regarding the intervention regarding strengths, weaknesses, challenges and recommendations. intervention the nap intervention was designed to introduce various methods of physical activity and healthy nutritional habits within the school’s existing curriculum. classroom-based intervention materials were developed to provide cost-effective and, more importantly, a sustainable intervention. the key strategy was to integrate the nap intervention into the school curriculum by means of an inter-learning areas approach via trained educators. educators were trained to lead intervention activities, were provided with copies of all the activities and were allowed to choose which activity and, when necessary, to include such activities within particular lessons. the intervention was designed to be implemented by the school personnel with minimal external support to enable implementation after the study to be practicable and realistic. curriculum training workshops the research team conducted workshops for school educators on a voluntary basis. a 3-hour session before and during the pilot study and at least 2 monthly follow-up visits to schools by the research team was provided. grade-appropriate learning materials were designed and developed to incorporate nutrition and physical activity into selected learning areas, namely english, mathematics, natural science, social science and life orientation. workshops were ‘hands on’ with educators actively engaging in practical sessions. at the end of the session educators were given booklets containing classroom-based physical activities. educators were encouraged to promote physical activity outside the class, specifically during lunch breaks. nutrition schools were to increase the availability of healthy products (market low-fat food, fruit, juices and water) and decrease the availability of unhealthy products (fizzy drinks, selected sweets and chips) at all school tuck-shops if applicable. educators were to advise and prompt learners to purchase healthier food and drinks from school tuck-shops. learners were also provided with water bottles. school policies the intervention aimed to establish a health-promoting environment in the schools through physically active and healthy learners, educators and principals. school staff and learners also engaged in policy change efforts, such as developing a nutrition policy banning fizzy drinks in school. statistical methods a sub-sample of 185 questionnaires and fitness tests was analysed. data were missing for 71 learners due to learners not attending the post-intervention measures, inadequately filling out questionnaires or no longer attending the school. the data were analysed by the statistical package for the social sciences (spss) version 15. descriptive (means and standard deviations), and interferential (paired t-tests and chi-square tests of independence) statistics were used to test significant differences before and after intervention. a level of significance of p<0.05 was used for all interferential analyses. interviews were coded for content in order to determine common themes. results demographics of the learners the demographic data of all the learners are shown in table i. although 83% of learners live in brick homes and the majority have essential electrical appliances, it should be noted that an average of 6 individuals reside in a 4-roomed house. households varied from 2 to 20 occupants. therefore one can assume that the socio-economic status of the majority of learners in this study ranges from lowto middle-income groups. about 69% of learners travel distances greater than approximately 20 km to and from their school. learners’ modes of transportation include taxi, bus, train and foot. fig. 1. phases of the study. school visits interviews educator training workshop questionnaire & fitness testing questionnaire & fitness testing nap intervention interviews school health nurses training phase 1 phase 2 phase 3 fig. 1. phases of the study. sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 9 10 ’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´ sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 physical activity and sports participation before and after intervention results from the learner questionnaire determined physical activity and sports participation during selected time periods. physical activity at club/team level during school hours fig. 2 represents physical activity and sports participation of each learner at club/team level. it is evident that in every case, participation is significantly (p<0.05) greater after intervention than before intervention. the largest increases of 22% and 17% were in hockey and netball respectively. these increases were probably due to the fact that the survey was done during the hockey and netball season. incidentally, a 14% increase was found in dancing. this increase could be a direct result of the intervention as dance clubs were introduced into selected schools as part of the intervention programme. physical activity during physical education/life orientation lessons overall, results showed that after intervention there was a significant increase (p<0.05) in the average number of sports participated in by each learner during physical education/life orientation lessons. participation had increased considerably in cricket (6 23%), hockey (14 37%) and dancing (6 18%). this may also be as a result of different sports being offered in physical education/life orientation lessons at different times of the year. subsequently, the frequency of participation in physical activities in general was that 20% of learners did exercise ‘more than 5 times’ per week before intervention, while this figure increased to 43% after intervention. in addition, the percentage of learners who ‘do not participate’ had been reduced from 7% to 2% (p<0.05) after intervention. physical activity and sports participation after school fig. 3 shows a general increase in after-school activities from preto post-intervention per learner. this could be as a result of the intervention where educators were advised by researchers to stress the importance of regular physical activity during school as well as after school hours. there was a 10% increase in the number of learners performing chores around the house. additionally, learners participating in physical activity ‘more than 5 times’ per week after school had increased significantly (p<0.05) from 35% to 55% after intervention. physical activity and sports participation during school breaks reports from educators after intervention stated that learners were motivated to particpate in physical activity including games and sports during break times. as part of the intervention, educators supervised and provided learners with necessary equipment for activities. it was also reported by the educators that if physical activity or sports equipment is made readily available for learners during break times, learners’ physical activity or sports particiption is increased. educators reported an overall increase in the enthusiasm and the number of learners who particpated in games and sport during lunch breaks. the grade 6 learners’ enthusiasm created a new culture of games and play among other grades. fig. 3. participation in activities after school. 0 20 40 60 80 pl ay in g ga m es cy cli ng ch or es ru nn in g sw im m in g da nc ing sp or ts wi th fri en ds o th er physical activities p e rc e n ta g e o f l e a rn e rs pre-intervention post-intervention fig. 3. participation in activities after school. table i. learner demographics (n=1�5) demographics n (%) gender males 81 44 females 104 56 racial group black 154 83 coloured 15 8 indian 16 9 home language zulu 142 77 english 31 17 other (xhosa, sotho, afrikaans) 12 6 primary caregiver mother 105 57 grandmother 35 19 other (including brother/sister, aunt) 45 24 type of home brick home 153 83 mud homes 17 9 flats 15 8 homes consisting of four rooms, 165 89 excluding the bathroom television sets in households 175 90 radios in households 159 86 refrigerator in households 168 91 electric stove with oven in households 136 74 cook on open fires 43 22 gas stoves in households 43 23 paraffin stoves in households 37 28 grow vegetables or fruit trees 144 78 learners attend school in the same 57 31 neighbourhood in which they live fig. 2. participation of activities at club/team level. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 so cc er cr ick et at hl et ics gy m na sti cs ru nn ing sw im m in g ho ck ey ba sk et ba ll ha nd ba ll ba se ba ll/s of tb al l da nc ing ne tb al l ru gb y ot he r physica l activitie s p er ce n at g e o f l ea rn er s pre-intervention post-intervention fig. 2. participation of activities at club/team level. 10 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 11 overall, it was estimated that during the 6 months of the nap intervention, physical activity among learners ranged from 45 to 215 minutes per week of moderate to vigorous physical activity during school hours. this calculated value reflects an accumulative integration of physical activities across various learning areas/ subjects. educators kept log books of the frequency, duration and perceived intensity of the learners’ physical activity during school hours. nutrition initially, the nutrition component of the intervention was not readily accepted by all schools as it was preconceived that change could lead to financial drawbacks. however, schools introduced gradual nutritional changes in tuck-shops and discovered that there were no negative financial implications. educators reported a greater turnover during the intervention, with healthier food and drink options in selected school tuck-shops. the researchers observed that healthier food and drink choices were now available in school tuck-shops, such as low-fat yoghurts and fruit. carbonated drinks were also eliminated from menus and substituted with energy drinks and juices. as part of the intervention, learners were provided with water bottles to encourage the drinking of water throughout the school day. principals reported that learners were motivated to carry the water bottles and regularly drank water during school hours. the researchers also observed that learners continued to purchase food and drinks as usual from school tuckshops although their original choices were unavailable. these alternatives appeared to be gladly accepted by learners, according to reports from principals and educators. fitness tests table ii shows the scores of the fitness tests conducted before and after the intervention. there were no significant changes in the flexibility (sit-and-reach) scores. there is an increase from 11% to 23% in the ‘>20’ sit-up category and an overall increase in the average number of sit-ups from 16 to 18. this increase in abdominal muscular endurance is significant (p<0.05) for both boys and girls. the explosive strength component (standing long jump) has remained unchanged at 1.30 m for the girls, with a 10 cm increase for the boys after intervention; this was not significant. all learners were below the 85th (‘at risk of overweight’) and 95th percentile (‘obese’) bmi. educator training workshops educators rated the training workshops useful and appropriate to the various learning areas and supported the approach of staff development. staff development, sample materials and on-site followup visits were valued by educators. educators preferred incremental improvements in their current curricula and instructional strategies rather than researchers providing structured curricula. improvements in current curricula were the approach of the nap intervention. educators were enthusiastic to learn and integrate new teaching strategies into their current areas of expertise. innovative classroom physical activity strategies were also shared by educators, in particular in the learning areas of english and mathematics. discussion overall results have shown that a multi-component behavioural health intervention can improve learners’ health behaviour and increase physical activity participation during formal instruction, lunch breaks and after school. in the south african national curriculum statement, 29 physical education is now incorporated into the learning area called life orientation. physical education or physical development and movement are learning outcomes of life orientation depending on the grade. these learning outcomes play an imperative role in providing children with physical activity for at least 30 60 minutes per week during school hours. however, this duration has not reached recommended standards of physical activity for child ren. 12,15-17 therefore additional measures of physical activity such as the nap intervention is suggested to help achieve physical activity recommendations and create an awareness of healthy lifestyles. a study 30 in the usa investigated whether children would compensate for school days of restricted physical activity opportunities by increasing activity levels after school. children did not compensate. results showed that after-school activity levels following an active day were actually higher than after-school activities following an inactive school day. if children are restricted or denied physical activity during school hours due to curriculum and/or school structures that decrease or eliminate physical activity, it appears that they will not voluntarily catch up on these lost opportunities of physical activity. 30 hence it is suggested that interventions that encourage sustained increase in physical activity participation among learners need to be incorporated into the school curriculum. finally, the possibility of inaccurate questionnaire data cannot be neglected. therefore it is necessary to note some limitations of this study. firstly, questionnaires were based on self-reports. this method can result in problems like memory bias, comprehensibility and concentration problems. secondly, a purposive sample for this study was not representative of all school children in kwazulu-natal, therefore generalisations cannot be made to grade 6 learners in other areas or provinces or to other grades. thirdly, only selected schools that had acquired health-promoting school status were part of the study. fourthly, the lack of a control group reduces the interpretability of the fitness data. in summary, this pilot study showed that by implementing a realistic and feasible intervention, physical activity participation of primary school learners can be increased during and after school. educators were trained to provide organised physical activity within the school curriculum as well as within the classroom. such activities did not hamper or change the primary outcomes of the lesson but instead provided educators with incremental improvements and instructional teaching strategies including physical movement in various learning areas. school and community programmes that promote regular participation in physical activity and optimal nutritional choices for table ii. fitness test scores before and after intervention for boys (n=�1) and girls (n=104) (mean ± standard deviation) components before intervention after intervention boys girls boys girls sit-and-reach 29.11±6.05 30.73±6.52 29.38±6.45 31.62±6.89 test (cm) sit-ups 18±3 15±4 20±4 16±4 standing 1.50±0.21 1.30±0.17 1.60±0.21 1. 30±0.19 broad jump (m) bmi (kg.m -2 ) 19.15±0.52 19.94±0.37 19.95±0.63 20.59±0.38 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 11 12 ’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´ sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 children could be among the most effective strategies for reducing the public health burden of chronic diseases associated with sedentary lifestyles. programmes that provide children with the knowledge, attitudes, behavioural skills and confidence to participate in physical activity may establish a lifelong commitment to an active lifestyle. acknowledgement the kwazulu-natal department of health and education is thanked for supporting this project. the researchers would also like to thank the school-health nurses and officials from the kwazulu-natal department of health who provided substantial support during the study, as well as all participants. references 1. yusuf s, reddy s, ôunpuu s. global burden of cardiovascular diseases part i: general considerations, the epidemiologic transition, risk factors, and impact of urbanization circulation 2001;104:2746-2753. 2. wild s, roglic g, green a, sicree r, king h. global prevalence of diabetes: estimates for the year 2000 and projections for 2030. diabetes care 2004;7:1047-1053. 3. world health organization, ed. global strategy on diet, physical activity and health. fifty-seventh world health assembly; 2004 17 april. geneva: world health organization. 4. freedman d, khan l, mei z, dietz w, srinivasan s, berenson g. relation of childhood height to obesity among adults: the bogalusa heart study. pediatrics 2002;109(2):e23. 5. freedman d, khan l, serdula m, dietz w, srinivasan s, berenson g. the relation of childhood bmi to adult adiposity: the bogalusa heart study. pediatrics 2005;1:22-7. 6. armstrong m, lambert m, sharwood k, lambert e. obesity and overweight in south african primary school children – the health of the nation study. s afr med j 2006;96:439-444. 7. steyn n, labadarios m, maunder e, nell j, lombard c. secondary anthropometric data analysis of the national food consumption survey in south africa: the double burden. nutrition 2005:4 -13. 8. temple nj, steyn np, myburgh ng, nel jh. food items consumed by students attending schools in different socioeconomic areas in cape town, south africa. nutrition 2006;22:252-258. 9. mcveigh ja, norris sa, cameron n, pettifor j. associations between physical activity and bone mass in black and white south african children at age 9. j appl physiol 2004;97:1006-1012. 10. tones k, tilford s. health promotion: effectiveness, efficiency and equity. london: nelson thornes; 2001. 11. symons cw, cinelli b, james tc, groff p. bridging student health risks and academic achievement through comprehensive school health programs. journal of school health 1997;67(6):220-227. 12. sallis j, patrick k. physical activity guidelines for adolescents: consensus statement. pediatric exercise science 1994;6:302-314. 13. williams c, hayman l, daniels s, robinson t, steinberger j, paridon c. cardiovascular health in childhood: a statement for health professionals from the committee on atherosclerosis, hypertension, and obesity in the young (ahoy) of the council on cardiovascular disease in the young, american heart association. circulation 2002;106:143-160. 14. stone e, mckenzie t, welk g, booth m. effects of physical activity interventions in youth: review and synthesis. am j prev med 1998;15(4):298315. 15. cavill n, biddle s, sallis j. health enhancing physical activity for young people: statement of the united kingdom expert consensus conference. pediatric exercise science 2001;13:12-25. 16. dietary guidelines advisory committee. dietary guidelines for americans. washington, dc: us dept of health and human services and us dept of agriculture; 2000. 17. corbin c, pangrazi r. physical activity for children: a statement of guidelines. reston, va: national association for sport and physical education; 1999. 18. mckenzie t, sallis j, faucette n, roby j, kolody b. effects of a curriculum and inservice program on the quality of elementary physical education classes. res q exerc sport 1993;64(2):178-187. 19. sallis j, mckenzie t. physical educators role in public health. res q exerc sport 1991;62:124-137. 20. dwyer t, coonan w, leitch d, hetzel b, baghurst r. an investigation of the effects of daily physical activity on the health of primary school students in south australia. int j epidemiol 1983;12:308-313. 21. sallis j, mckenzie t, kolody b, lewis m, marshall s, rosengard p. effects of health-related physical education on academic achievement: project spark. res q exerc sport 1999;70:127-134. 22. shephard r, volle m, lavallee h, labarre r, jequier j, rajic m. required physical activity and academic grades: a controlled study. in: ilmarinen j, valimaki i, eds. children and sport. berlin: springer-verlag; 1984. p. 58-63. 23. sallis j, mckenzie t, alcaraz j, mckenzie t, hovell m. predictors of change in children’s physical activity over 20 months: variations by gender and level of adiposity. am j prev med 1999;16:222-229. 24. tomporowsi p. cognitive and behavioral responses to acute exercise in youths: a review. pediatric exercise science 2003;15:348-359. 25. hardeman w, griffin s, johnston m, kinmonth a, wareham n. interventions to prevent weight gain: a systematic review of psychological models and behaviour change methods. int j obes 2000;24:131-143. 26. eurofit. eurofit tests of physical fitness. 2nd ed. strasbourg; 1993. 27. pate p, davis c, robinson t, stone e, mckenzie t, young j. promoting physical activity in children and youth: a leadership role for schools. circulation 2006;114:1214-1224. 28. preventing and managing the global epidemic of obesity. report of the world health organization consultation of obesity. geneva: who; 1997. 29. department of education. revised national curriculum statement grades r-9 (schools). life orientation. pretoria; 2002. 30. dale d, corbin c, dale k. restricting opportunities to be active during school time: do children compensate by increasing physical activity levels after school? res q exerc sport 2000;71(3):240-248. 12 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 original research 1 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the effectiveness of an online intervention in stimulating injurypreventive behaviour in adult novice runners: results of a randomised controlled trial e kemler,1 phd; mh cornelissen,1 msc; v gouttebarge,1,2,3,4 phd 1 dutch consumer safety institute, amsterdam, the netherlands 2 amsterdam umc, university of amsterdam, department of orthopaedic surgery, amsterdam movement sciences, meibergdreef 9, amsterdam, the netherlands 3 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 4 amsterdam collaboration on health & safety in sports (achss), amsterdam umc ioc research center of excellence, amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: e kemler (e.kemler@veiligheid.nl) running is one of the five most popular sports activities among adults worldwide and one of the most favourite sports for starting to become physically active[1]. in the netherlands, around 30% of the running population consists of novice runners who have less than one year of running experience[2]. in addition to its beneficial health effects, running is also associated with a high risk of musculoskeletal injuries. the incidence of running-related injuries (rris) is reported to range from three to 59 injuries per 1 000 exposure hours.[3-5] in particular, novice runners are at high risk of sustaining a rri, especially of the lower extremities.[2,3,6] risk factors for rris have been extensively investigated, but evidence remains contradictory and inconclusive. a history of previous injury in the past 12 months is reported to be the main risk factor for rris.[7,8] according to several review articles, half of all rris in runners are related to training errors.[9,10] furthermore, goal-setting seems to be of more importance to runners than a realistic training load. sports goal-oriented running and especially running in order to complete a certain distance plus participating in an event is associated with a higher risk of a rri.[11] rris among novice runners could be averted by favourable injury-preventive behaviour, such as modifying the training load.[9,10] however, novice runners might not be able to assess their training load properly, are probably not aware of the training errors they make, or simply ignore the signals their body gives due to their goal-setting behaviour in running.[11] to stimulate favourable injury-preventive behaviour in novice runners, such as performing a warm-up and cool -down routine, adjusting running volume/intensity, and responding to body signals (listening to your body), some interventions have recently been developed and have been used by runners with promising results, leading even to the prevention of rris.[12,13] hespanhol et al. showed that online tailored injury-preventive advice led to a reduction of rris among trail runners.[12] the intervention developed by adriaensens et al. was effective in stimulating injury-preventive behaviour among runners[13], but was time-consuming. a new online intervention (‘runfitcheck’) was developed to stimulate injury-preventive behaviour among novice runners. the objective of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of runfitcheck on injury-preventive behaviour among adult novice runners. methods study design and participants a randomised-controlled trial (rct), with a follow-up period of five months (march 2017 – july 2017), was conducted, background: the online intervention runfitcheck was developed to stimulate injury-preventive behaviour among adult novice runners. objectives: this study evaluated the effectiveness of runfitcheck on injury-preventive behaviour among adult novice runners. methods: a randomised controlled trial was conducted among adult novice runners. the intervention group had access to the runfitcheck intervention, the control group performed their running activities as usual. one, three, and five months after enrolment, participants reported retrospectively what they had done regarding injury-preventive behaviour (operationalised as (i) using a (personalised) training schedule; (ii) performing strength and technique exercises; and (iii) performing a warm-up routine prior to running). relative risks (rr) and 95% confidence interval (95%ci) were used to analyse behavioural change. results: the intervention group (n=715) searched more often for information about a warm-up routine (rr 1.211; 95%ci 1.0801.357), and added more often strength exercises to their warm-up routine (rr 1.228; 95%ci 1.092-1.380). the intervention group performed more often running technique exercises compared to the control group (n=696) (rr 1.134; 95%ci 1.015-1.267), but less often strength exercises (rr 0.865 (95%ci 0.752-0.995). within the group of runners that did not perform any warm-up routine at enrolment (n=272), the intervention group started to perform a regular warm-up routine more often than the control group (rr 1.461; 95%ci 1.084-1.968). no significant results were found for using a training schedule. conclusion: the online intervention runfitcheck was effective in stimulating aspects of injury-preventive behaviour in adult novice runners, mostly related to a warm-up routine. trial registration: nl6225, registered april 24th 2007 retrospectively registered, https://www.trialregister.nl/trial/6225 keywords: behaviour, running, primary prevention, tailor-made, intervention s afr j sports med 2021;33:1-9. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11297 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2021/v33i1a11297 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3428-2969 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-0126-4177 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3549-7091 original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 2 consisting of an intervention and control group. the design of this study is described in detail elsewhere.[14] the study design and protocol were approved by the medical ethics review committee of the academic medical center (w16_335 # 16.417, amsterdam, the netherlands). the trial is registered in the dutch trial registry (id: nl6225). the group of participants consisted of adult novice runners. inclusion criteria were: (i) aged 18 years and older; (ii) having less than one year of running experience and/or not considering themselves as an experienced or very experienced runner. the choice for the combination of a time definition (less than one year of experience) and a definition based on feelings (not considering themselves as an experienced or very experienced runner) was made in accordance with running experts to concur with the dutch context. participants were recruited via social media networks (facebook, various websites, twitter, linkedin, newsletters) of the participating organisations. participants who completed all questionnaires were entered into a draw offering the possibility of winning a gift voucher to the value of €200 (±r3 500) for running clothes. all participants of the study provided informed consent online. protocol participants within the intervention group obtained access to the runfitcheck intervention.[13] no further conditions were applied to the use of the intervention. the runfitcheck intervention was developed according to an evidence-based (knowledge transfer scheme and intervention mapping) and practice-based (running experts) approach to stimulate injury-preventive behaviour among novice runners. more information on the development process and content of the runfitcheck is described in detail elsewhere[15] and in appendix a. the participants in the control group performed their running activities as usual. the main outcome measure of the study was injurypreventive behaviour by means of : (i) using a (personalised) training schedule; (ii) performing strength and technique exercises[16]; and (iii); performing a warm-up prior to running.[17] each of these injury-preventive behaviours was divided into preparatory and executional actions: (i) the training schedule consisted of two preparatory and one executional action, namely, searching for a training schedule, creating a personal training schedule, and using a general training schedule; (ii) strength and technique exercises consisted of two preparatory and two executional actions, namely, searching for both strength and technique exercises and executing both types of these exercises; (iii) the warm-up consisted of one preparatory and two executional actions: searching for information about a warmup routine for runners, performing a warm-up routine (extensive or otherwise), and adding strength exercises to a warm-up routine. an extensive warm-up is a warm-up routine in which the runner starts at a slow pace, performs strength exercises and sport-specific exercises. all injurypreventive behaviours were assessed through single answer questions from a pre-determined set of responses (yes/no/not applicable). participants were asked to fill in four online questionnaires (t0-t3). at enrolment (t0), participants were asked to report the injury-preventive behaviour (warm-up routine, strength and technique exercises, use of a (personalised) training schedule)) they usually performed before or during their running activities. additionally, participants were asked about their demographic characteristics (age in years, gender), running experience (in months), frequency per week of running and other sports activities in the previous three months, as well as any other injury-preventive behaviour. one month after enrolment (t1), three months later (t2), and five months later (t3), participants were asked to retrospectively report in detail, via an online questionnaire, what they had done in that time frame (one month between t1 and t0, two months between t2 and t1, two months between t3 and t2, respectively) in terms of preparatory and executional actions during their running activities. in previous literature, a 13% increase in injury-preventive behaviour among recreational adult runners (in this case, the inclusion of a warm-up) was found during a three-month follow-up period.[13] therefore, in this study, it was hypothesised that the runfitcheck intervention could lead to a 10% difference in favourable injury-preventive behaviour in the intervention group in comparison to the control group. a choice was made to use the word ‘difference’ instead of ‘increase’, as a difference between the two groups was considered as more important than only an increase. for example, if more runners in the intervention group execute favourable injury-preventive behaviour, but runners in the control group change their behaviour too, an increase will be found, but this is unlikely to be a statistically significant difference. to achieve 80% power with a significance level of 0.05, the sample size calculation revealed that 384 participants per study group were needed in this study. considering a response rate of 85% and a drop-out rate of 10% over the five months followup period, a total of at least 1 000 participants (500 per study group) in this study needed to be approached. as our main outcome measure for injury-preventive behaviour the study was divided into three different behaviours with several preparatory and executional actions, participants could perform one part of the outcome measure (e.g. performing a warm-up routine), while they did not perform the other behaviours. hence, after t0, all eligible participants were included in the study and allocated at random to either the intervention or control group, using a computerised random number generator (the aselect function in excel). no restrictions were imposed to achieve a balance between the groups in size or characteristics for the allocation, and simple randomisation was performed. also, concealed allocation was used. all steps in the randomisation process were performed by the principal researcher. neither the participants in the intervention group nor the researchers were blinded in this study. statistical analysis descriptive analyses (mean, standard deviation, frequency) original research 3 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 were conducted for the different baseline variables in both study groups. baseline variables were analysed for differences between the intervention and control groups (chisquare test, independent t-tests). for the executional actions, structural behavioural change was evaluated. a behaviour change is regarded as structural if runners changed their behaviour at a certain point in time, and continued to execute the behaviour until the end of the follow-up period, or if runners executed the behaviour at baseline, and continued to execute it until the end of the follow-up period. the relative risk (rr) and 95% confidence interval (95% ci) were calculated using the risk estimates within the chi-square analyses (only available for a 2x2 table) and were used to analyse behavioural change in the preparatory and executional injury-preventive actions between t0 and t3. analyses were performed according to the intention to treat analyses: (i) using a (personalised) training schedule; (ii) performing strength and technique exercises; (iii) performing a warm-up routine (extensive or otherwise). participants were included in the study until they dropped out, or after completing all four questionnaires. missing data were not included. for the analyses, those participants who executed the desired behaviour at baseline, and those participants who did not execute this behaviour at enrolment but did execute it during the follow-up period were grouped together and compared with participants who did not execute the desired behaviour at enrolment and who did not start or execute this behaviour during the follow-up period. in the sub-analyses, participants were only included if they did not perform the favourable injury-preventive behaviour at enrolment. relative risks and 95% ci were performed to reveal the ‘actual effect’ of the intervention on injury-preventive behaviour. for all analyses, significance was accepted at p<0.05. fig. 1. flow chart of the participants of the randomised prospective controlled trial. assessed for eligibility n=2148 (n= 1.842 ) excluded (n=737) not meeting inclusion criteria (n=425) double reactions (n=112) refused to provide permission (n=194)  age < 18 (n=6) analysed t0 (n=715) analysed t1-t3 (n=573) excluded from analysis (loss to follow-up before t1) (n=142) lost to follow-up (n= 237) did not start with questionnaire t1 (n= 142) did not start with questionnaire t2 (n= 58) did not start with questionnaire t3 (n= 37) drop out (n=220) did not complete questionnaire t1 (n= 166) did not complete questionnaire t2 (n= 12) did not complete questionnaire t3 (n= 42) did not complete questionnaire t3 (n= 42) allocated to intervention group (n=715) received allocated intervention (n=715) lost to follow-up (give reasons) (n=260) did not start with questionnaire t1 (n= 134) did not start with questionnaire t2 (n= 72) did not start with questionnaire t3 (n= 54) drop out (n=52) did not complete questionnaire t1 (n= 35) did not complete questionnaire t2 (n= 13) did not complete questionnaire t3 (n= 4) did not complete questionnaire t3 (n= 5) allocated to control group (n=696) analysed t0 (n= 696) analysed t1-t3 (n=562) excluded from analysis (loss to follow up before t1) (n=134) allocation analysis follow-up randomized (n=1411) enrolment original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 4 results in total, 2 148 participants were interested in participating in the study, of whom only 1 411 were eligible for participation according to the inclusion criteria. of these eligible participants, 715 were randomly allocated to the intervention group and 696 to the control group. eighty percent of the participants (n=1 135) completed at least one of the follow-up questionnaires and were therefore included in the analyses. almost half of the participants completed all questions in all four questionnaires (46%; n=642). a complete flowchart of the participants is shown in fig. 1. of the 1 411 participants, 73% (n=1 025) were female, and the mean age was 38.1 years (sd=10.4; table 1). almost one-third of the participants had less than one year of running experience (30%). in the three months prior to the study, 14% of the participants had run less than once per week while 21% had run once per week on average. sixty-six percent had run at least twice per week. at baseline, 81% of the intervention group reported that they performed some kind of warm-up routine at the start of their training session, 19% performed an extensive warm-up routine in which they started to run at a slow pace and performed strength and sport-specific exercises. in the control group, 80% performed some kind of warm-up routine, while 20% performed an extensive warm-up routine. a general training schedule was used by 43% of the intervention group and 43% in the control group, and a personalised training schedule by 18% in the intervention group and 17% in the control group. more than half of the intervention group performed strength exercises (56%) and 31% performed exercises to improve their running techniques. in the control group, 56% performed table 1. baseline characteristics of the participants (n=1 411) characteristic intervention group (n=715) control group (n=696) total (n=1 411) gender, male 192 (26.9%) 194 (27.9%) 386 (27.4%) mean age in years (sd) 38.2 (10.5) 37.9 (10.3) 38.1 (10.4) running experience <6 months 6-12 months 12-18 months 18-24 months > 24 months 71 (9.9%) 140 (19.6%) 121 (16.9%) 105 (14.7%) 278 (38.9%) 61 (8.8%) 147 (21.1%) 113 (16.2%) 98 (14.1%) 277 (39.8%) 132 (9.4%) 287 (20.3%) 234 (16.6%) 203 (14.4%) 555 (39.3%) running frequency in previous three months less than once per week once per week twice per week or more 105 (14.7%) 137 (19.2%) 473 (66.2%) 87 (12.5%) 157 (22.6%) 452 (64.9%) 192 (13.6%) 294 (20.8%) 925 (65.6%) sport frequency in previous three months other than running not active in other sports less than once per week once per week twice per week or more 134 (18.7%) 140 (19.6%) 183 (25.6%) 258 (36.1%) 109 (15.7%) 121 (17.4%) 194 (27.9%) 272 (39.1%) 243 (17.2%) 261 (18.5%) 377 (26.7%) 530 (37.6%) data expressed as n(%) unless indicated otherwise. table 2. preparatory injury-preventive actions and executional injury-preventive actions undertaken by all runners over five months of follow-up intervention group control group rr (95% ci) using a (personalised) training schedule searched for a training schedule (n=970) 339 (79.8%) 420 (77.1%) 1.071 (0.941-1.218) created a personal training schedule (n=970) 209 (49.2%) 245 (45.0%) 1.077 (0.963-1.205) used a general training schedule (n=970) 180 (36.5%) 155 (33.0%) 1.070 (0.949-1.206) strength and technique exercises searched for information on strength exercises (n=961) 246 (59.0%) 374 (68.8%) 0.826 (0.730-0.936) searched for information on running techniques (n=961) 218 (51.5%) 274 (50.9%) 1.011 (0.904-1.131) performed strength exercises (n=962) 302 (71.9%) 422 (77.9%) 0.865 (0.752-0.995) performed running technique exercises (n=984) 255 (58.6%) 283 (51.5%) 1.134 (1.015-1.267) warm-up routine searched for information on a warm-up routine for runners (n=969) 240 (55.6%) 241 (44.9%) 1.211 (1.080-1.357) performed a warm-up routine (n=1 000) 399 (89.7%) 477 (85.9%) 1.155 (0.996-1.340) added strength exercises to warm-up routine (n=999) 219 (49.3%) 212 (38.2%) 1.228 (1.092-1.380) data expressed as n(%) which indicates the number and percentage of participants within each group that responded “yes” to each action. n represents the total number of participants of which information on the injury-preventive action is available. a runner could undertake one or more preparatory and executional injurypreventive actions. original research 5 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 strength exercises and 28% performed exercises to improve their running techniques. there were no significant differences between the two groups. after five months of follow-up, it turned out that intervention group searched more often for information about a warm-up routine (56% versus 45%; rr 1.211 (95% ci 1.0801.357); table 2), and added more often strength exercises to their warm-up routine (49% versus 38%; rr 1.228 (95% ci 1.092-1.380)). the intervention group performed running technique exercises more often compared to the control group (59% versus 52%; rr 1.134 (95% ci 1.015-1.267)), but less often strength exercises (72% versus 78%; rr 0.865 (95% ci 0.7520.995)). sub-analyses after five months of follow-up, within the group of runners that did not perform any warm-up routine at the start of the study (n=272; 70% female, mean age 35.8 years (sd 9.3)), the intervention group searched more often for information on a warm-up routine (54% versus 34%; n=194; rr 1.444 (95% ci 1.098-1.901)), performed a regular warm-up routine more often than the control group (47% versus 28%; n=196; rr 1.461 (95% ci 1.084-1.968)), and added strength exercises to their warm-up routine more often than the control group (33% versus 17%; n=195; rr 1.504 (95% ci 1.039-2.179) table 3). analyses within the group of runners that did not perform an extensive warm-up routine at the start of the study (n=882; 71% female, mean age 38.1 years (sd 10.2)) revealed similar results. the intervention group searched more often for information concerning a warm-up routine (56% versus 45%; n=859; rr 1.222 (1.083-1.380)), performed a regular warm-up routine more often than the control group (53% versus 40%; n=882; rr 1.257 (95% ci 1.112-1.421)), and added strength exercises to their warm-up routine more often (43% versus 30%; n=880; rr 1.290 (95% ci 1.127-1.478)) than similar runners in the control group. analyses within the group of runners that did not perform any running technique exercises at the start of the study (n=691; 72% female, mean age 38.7 years (sd=10.3)) revealed that the intervention group performed these exercises more often than the control group (41% versus 31%; rr 1.208 (95% ci 1.0421.400)). analyses within the group of runners that did not perform any strength exercises at the start of the study (n=426; 72% female, mean age 38.7 years (sd=10.3)) revealed that the intervention group performed these exercises less often than the control group (37% versus 50%; n=426; rr 0.790 (95% ci 0.669-0.932)). runners may have added strength exercises to their warm-up routine, or performed strength exercises at some other point in time during a week. the analysis showed that among those runners who did not perform any strength exercises at baseline (n=424), the intervention group added strength exercises to their warm-up routine more often (22% versus 11%), while the control group started to perform strength exercises at some other point of time during a week more often (30% versus 18%) (pearson’s chi-square 13.55, p=0.004). in both the intervention and control groups, around 19% added strength exercises to their warm-up routine and started to perform strength exercises at some other point in time during a week. forty percent in both groups did not perform any strength exercises at all. with regard to the use of a (personalised) training schedule, there were no significant differences. discussion in this study, the effectiveness of the online intervention runfitcheck in stimulating injury-preventive behaviour was evaluated among adult novice runners. similar results were table 3. preparatory injury-preventive actions and structural executional injury-preventive actions undertaken by runners over five months of follow-up intervention group control group rr (95% ci) using a (personalised) training schedule (no schedule at baseline) searched for a training schedule (n=376) 74 (46.3%) 91 (42.1%) 1.074 (0.900-1.283) created a personal training schedule (n=792) 134 (38.3%) 142 (32.1%) 1.130 (0.986-1.295) used a general training schedule (n=376) 17 (10.6%) 22 (10.2%) 1.021 (0.763-1.365) strength and technique exercises (no exercises at baseline) searched for information on strength exercises (n=426) 90 (48.4%) 139 (57.9%) 0.845 (0.712-1.003) searched for information on running techniques (n=668) 76 (26.4%) 115 (30.3%) 0.923 (0.802-1.062) performed strength exercises (n=426) 68 (36.6%) 120 (50.0%) 0.790 (0.669-0.932) performed running technique exercises (n=691) 124 (40.8%) 121 (31.3%) 1.208 (1.042-1.400) warm-up routine (no routine at baseline) searched for information on a warm-up routine for runners (n=194) 45 (53.6%) 37 (33.6%) 1.444 (1.098-1.901) performed a regular warm-up routine (n=196) 41 (47.1%) 31 (28.4%) 1.461 (1.084-1.968) added strength exercises to warm-up routine (n=195) 28 (32.6%) 19 (17.4%) 1.504 (1.039-2.179) warm-up routine (no extensive routine at baseline) searched for information on a warm-up routine for runners (n=859) 216 (56.4%) 215 (45.2%) 1.222 (1.083-1.380) performed a regular warm-up routine (n=882) 207 (52.8%) 197 (40.2%) 1.257 (1.112-1.421) added strength exercises to warm-up routine (n=880) 166 (42.5%) 146 (29.9%) 1.290 (1.127-1.478) data expressed as n(%) which indicates the number and percentage of participants within each group that responded “yes” to each action. n represents the total number of participants of which information on the injury-preventive action is available. a runner could undertake one or more preparatory and executional injury-preventive actions. original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 6 found in analyses in which the whole study population was included, and in analyses in which runners were included who did not perform a specific type of injury-preventive behaviour at enrolment. performing a warm-up routine at the start of a training session was one of the important elements of the runfitcheck intervention. in this intervention, the injury-preventive advice on a warm-up consisted of a short introduction on the benefits of performing a warm-up routine, followed by an instruction video with a voice-over of a warmup routine for runners (lasting five minutes). the video was immediately accessible on the runner’s mobile phone, tablet or computer. providing an easily accessible video thus seems to be effective in stimulating favourable injury-preventive behaviour. however, several aspects of the results with regard to the warm-up routine need to be addressed. a high percentage (81%) of runners performing any kind of warm-up routine at baseline might have made it difficult to identify the effect of the intervention as only 20% could benefit from it. this might have led to increasing ceiling effects of the intervention. however, with a total of 2.1 million runners in the netherlands in 2013, of whom 620 000 were novice runners[2], we believe that many runners could benefit from the intervention. as previously mentioned, 81% of the runners performed some kind of warm-up routine at baseline. the details of regular and extensive warm-ups were starting at a slow pace, stretching, and sport-specific exercises. as stretching is not regarded as beneficial for injury prevention in runners [10,17,18], it is arguable how many of these 81% actually performed this in their warm-up routine. for this reason, we performed other analyses with those runners who did not perform an extensive warm-up routine at baseline. these analyses showed that runners in the intervention group who did not perform an extensive warm-up at baseline performed a regular warm-up routine more often than runners in the control group (53% versus 40%; n=882; rr 1.257 (95% ci 1.1121.421)). they also added strength exercises to their warm-up routine more often (43% versus 30%; n=880; rr 1.290 (95% ci 1.127-1.478) when compared to similar runners in the control group. although we do not know the quality of the warm-up routine that the runners performed, we do know that around 80% of the runners in the intervention group added strength exercises to this routine, as did 75% of the runners in the control group. for future studies, we believe it is important to define what a warm-up routine should be or put more effort in determining the quality of a warm-up routine (e.g. by questioning in more detail what runners do or have changed in their warm-up routine). in contrast to injury-preventive aspects of a warm-up routine, the intervention group performed strength exercises less often than the control group. the results with regard to the inclusion of strength exercises surprised the research team, especially as the intervention group added more strength exercises to their warm-up routine. a possible explanation for this result might be that in the online questionnaires for both the intervention and control groups, the questions related to this topic were not completely identical. the intervention group was asked whether they had started to perform the strength exercises available in the intervention. information on the performance of other strength exercises was, unfortunately, not collected. the control group was also asked if they performed any kind of strength exercises. this could have influenced the results of this part of the study. also, an additional analysis revealed that the moment the runners performed the strength exercises, caused the difference between the two groups. runners in the intervention group who did not perform any strength exercises at baseline added strength exercises to their warm-up routine more often (22% versus 11%), while runners in the control group started to perform strength exercises at some other point more often in time (29% versus 18%) (pearson’s chi-square 13.546, p=0.004). forty percent in both groups did not perform any strength exercises. although these additional analyses showed that the negative outcome of the intervention with regard to strength exercises is probably actually not that negative at all while a positive outcome could not be demonstrated either. in addition to the positive effects of their warm-up routine and running technique exercises, runners in the intervention group were requested more often to search for more information on injury prevention in running. they reported visiting two dutch websites, one for the dutch consumer safety institute which consisted of information on the prevention of sports injuries, including rris (23% versus 8%; rr 1.964 95% ci 1.523-2.534), and a website of the royal dutch athletics association (knau), compared to runners in the control group (29% versus 18%, rr 1.365 95% ci 1.162-1.605). these websites were accessible in the runfitcheck intervention via direct links to the specific websites. for the preparatory and executional actions in the training schedules, no differences were found between the intervention and control groups. if we did find any differences, they were possibly difficult to interpret as negative or positive. training errors are mentioned as a main cause of rris[9,10], although a recent review found that very limited evidence exists to support the notion that changes (increases and decreases) in training load are associated with injury development[18]. fields et al. stated in their review that excessive mileage and changes in training schedule are associated with an increased incidence of rris. since each person’s body responds differently to the stress caused by running, individualised training programmes are recommended[10]. linton and valentin, on the contrary, found in their study that in the first year of running, runners using a self-devised training programme were more likely to be injured compared with runners using a structured programme [19]. although a self-devised training programme is not the same as a personalised training programme, it is difficult to determine what a good programme or training schedule is for a runner. furthermore, we do not have enough detailed information to judge the training schedules the runners in our study used. we do know that it was either a personalised schedule or a regular training schedule, but we do not know the exact content of the schedules used, which is a limitation in our study. several other methodological considerations of our study can be addressed. firstly, we included novice runners in our study identified according to a combination of two definitions: one original research 7 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 based on time (less than one year of experience), and one based on feelings (not considering themselves as an experienced or very experienced runner). when developing the research design, the definition of novice runners was extensively discussed with running experts of the royal dutch athletics federation. the research group, together with these running experts, believed the definition based on time was too narrow and did not fit well enough with the dutch running population. hence, we used a combined definition for a novice runner. however, as we do not know how and why runners judge themselves as they did, our results could have been influenced by the use of our definitions. for further studies, and the design of injury preventive programmes, it would be of interest to explore how and why sports participants, including runners, judge themselves as they do secondly, the original sample size calculation revealed that at least 1 000 novice runners were needed to be enrolled in the study. achieving such a high number of participants was challenging. several methods were used to enhance enrolment, such as social media (facebook, linkedin and twitter), newsletters from the knau (digital) and the magazine runner’s world (in print and digital), and the possibility to pre-register for the study. furthermore, participants who completed all questionnaires were entered into a draw in which they could win a gift voucher to the value of €200 (±r3 500) for running clothes. the methods worked, since 2 148 volunteered for the study, of whom 1 411 were eligible. however, the adherence to the study after five months of follow-up was relatively low (46%). the draw to win a voucher for running clothes could be a possible reason for the participants’ low adherence rate (only wanting to participate to win the voucher, but not to complete the study). another reason for low adherence could be the running population itself, in particular novice runners. an important aspect of being a novice runner or novice athlete is the aspect of being “unconscious incompetent”, referring to the first stage of the ‘four stages of competence’ model. [20] novice athletes, or at least most of them, do not understand or know how they can prevent injuries and do not necessarily recognise the importance of prevention. as this trial focused on changing injury-preventive behaviour in novice runners, they might have denied the usefulness of the intervention and study and dropped out. additional analysis, however, did not reveal relevantly significant differences in characteristics between runners who dropped out of the study or who were lost to follow-up, and those who completed all questionnaires. therefore, we still consider our results as meaningful. finally, we want to address the potential impact of recall bias on the calculation of running exposure. to define the running exposure of participants, we gathered information on running frequency. running frequency is, however, not the sole outcome measure for running exposure. to get more insight into running exposure, it is important to gather information on running duration and/or distance as well as frequency. the potential of recall bias prevented us from doing so in this study. also in our study, at t2 and t3, participants had a twomonth recall period, causing a possible recall bias. a recall period of one–three months is recommended for injury questionnaires[21], similar to that used in our study. however, we focused on injury-preventive behaviour which could be more problematic to recall. hence, a shorter recall period or a prospective study is advised for future studies, but researchers should be aware of the balance between research load for participants (and possible drop-out) and (lack off) recall bias. a strength of our study is the design used. a rct, when well designed, provides the strongest evidence of any epidemiological study design, and is usually used to evaluate the effectiveness of an intervention in an experimental setting. in this study, however, we did not evaluate the effectiveness of the runfitcheck intervention in an experimental setting, but in a real-world setting, which in our opinion is another strength of the study. it is well-known that it is difficult to transfer interventions whose efficacy has been proved into real-world settings (efficacy versus effectiveness)[22]. with the development of runfitcheck, the research group made the assumption that an increase in injury-preventive behaviour will ultimately lead to a decrease in rris. our main focus was therefore on stimulating injury-preventive behaviour rather than preventing rris, as adjustment of behaviour is crucial before prevention of rris is even possible. in our study, participants in the intervention group were given access to the runfitcheck intervention, but no further conditions were applied to the use of the intervention. we demonstrated effects of the runfitcheck intervention in stimulating some aspects of injury-preventive behaviour among adult novice runners, indicating that an intervention like runfitcheck actually could work in ‘the real world’. although we did find some positive outcomes, it is still unclear whether the results of our intervention with benefits of a warm-up routine are clinically relevant, and if these are enough to prevent rris. as mentioned in the introduction, rris among novice runners could be prevented by favourable injury-preventive behaviour such as modifying the training load [9,10]. in our intervention we tried to focus on the physical load-taking capacity of runners and the motivation of runners to achieve their running goals to stimulate runners to modify their training load when necessary. performing a warm-up routine was one of our suggestions. although we did stimulate injury-preventive behaviour, this might not be enough to prevent rris. the transition from injury-preventive behaviour to the prevention of rris needs to be addressed in another randomised controlled trial. the starting point of the development of the runfitcheck intervention was a potentially effective but time-consuming – and therefore unattractive and complex – intervention for injury prevention in running[13], and information on the number and severity of running-related injuries in the netherlands. adriaensens et al. developed a tailor-based online injuryprevention intervention (website) with informational videos about the aetiology and mechanisms of rris, combined with injury-preventive advice, and an online questionnaire. this online questionnaire allowed the website to provide tailored feedback based upon a series of predefined questions that create a personal risk profile of the user[13]. a 13% increase in original research sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 8 injury-preventive behaviour (in this case, the inclusion of a warm-up) was found over a three-month follow-up period.[13 although the intervention developed by adriaensens et al. was effective, the online questionnaire for tailored feedback was time-consuming. therefore, the dutch consumer safety institute developed the runfitcheck intervention to encourage injury-preventive behaviour among novice runners without the associated time burden and was indeed able to induce a 10% difference in several aspects of injury-preventive behaviour in runners in favour of the intervention group. furthermore, the results of this study showed that the realisation of a difference of 10% in injury-preventive behaviour is feasible using an online intervention. conclusion the online intervention runfitcheck was effective in stimulating aspects of injury-preventive behaviour in adult novice runners, mostly related to a warm-up routine. the realisation of a 10% difference in favourable injury-preventive behaviour is feasible with an online intervention. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest. this project was partly funded by the netherlands organization for health research and development. availability of data and material: the datasets used and/or analysed during the current study are available from the corresponding author on reasonable request. our institution is exploring the possibilities of data sharing, but has not formulated a final policy on this subject. author contributions: all authors were responsible for the conceptualization of the idea and the preparation of the study proposal. ek was responsible for the data collection, data analyses, interpretation of the data, and preparation of the manuscript. mc was responsible for the data collection, data analyses, and the critical review of the manuscript. vg was responsible for the interpretation of the data and preparation of the manuscript. all authors read and approved the final manuscript. references 1. hulteen rm, smith jj, morgan pj, et al. global participation in sport and leisure-time physical activities: a systematic review and meta-analysis. prev med 2017; 95:14-25. [doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2016.11.027] [pmid: 27939265] 2. kemler e, blokland d, backx f, et al. differences in injury risk and characteristics of injuries between novice and experienced runners over a 4-year period. phys sportsmed 2018; 46(4):485-491. [doi: 10.1080/00913847.2018.1507410] [pmid: 30071170] 3. buist i, bredeweg sw, bessem b, et al. incidence and risk factors of running-related injuries during preparation for a 4mile recreational running event. br j sports med 2010; 44(8):598-604. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2007.044677] [pmid: 18487252] 4. gent van rn, siem d, van middelkoop m, et al. incidence and determinants of lower extremity running injuries in long distance runners: a systematic review. br j sports med 2007; 41(8):469-480. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2006.033548] [pmid: 17473005] 5. kluitenberg b, van middelkoop m, verhagen e, et al. the impact of injury definition on injury surveillance in novice runners. j sci med sport 2016; 19(6):470-475. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2015.07.003] [pmid: 26205773] 6. fokkema t, burggraaff r, hartgens f, et al. prognosis and prognostic factors of running-related injuries in novice runners: a prospective cohort study. j sci med sport 2019; 22(3):259-263. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2018.09.001] [pmid: 30268637] 7. saragiotto bt, yamato tp, hespanhol junior lc, et al. what are the main risk factors for running-related injuries? sports med 2014; 44(8):1153-1163. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-014-0194-6] [pmid: 24809248] 8. hulme a, nielsen ro, timpka t, et al. risk and protective factors for middleand long-distance running-related injury. sports med 2017; 47(5):869-886. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-016-06364] [pmid: 27785775] 9. hreljac a. etiology, prevention, and early intervention of overuse injuries in runners: a biomechanical perspective. phys med rehabil clin n am 2005; 16(3):651-667. [doi: 10.1016/j.pmr.2005.02.002] [pmid: 16005398] 10. fields kb, sykes jc, walker km, et al.. prevention of running injuries. curr sports med rep 2010 ; 9(3):176-182. [doi: 10.1249/jsr.0b013e3181de7ec5] [pmid: 20463502] 11. kemler e, huisstede b. performance goals of runners are associated with the occurrence of running-related injuries. phys ther sport 2021; 50:153-158. [doi: 10.1016/j.ptsp.2021.05.004] ] [pmid: 34029987] 12. hespanhol lc jr, van mechelen w, verhagen e. effectiveness of online tailored advice to prevent running-related injuries and promote preventive behaviour in dutch trail runners: a pragmatic randomised controlled trial. br j sports med 2017; 52(13):851-858. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2016-097025] [pmid: 28855183] 13. adriaensens l, hesselink a, fabrie m, et al. effectiveness of a tailored intervention on determinants and behaviour to prevent running related sports injuries: a randomised controlled trial. sems-journal 2014. https://doi.org/10.34045/ssem/2014/1 14. kemler e, gouttebarge v. a tailored advice tool to prevent injuries among novice runners: protocol for a randomized controlled trial. jmir res protoc 2018; 7(12):e187. [doi: 10.2196/resprot.9708] [pmid: 30567686] 15. kemler e, valkenberg h, gouttebarge v stimulating injurypreventive behaviour in sports: the systematic development of two interventions. bmc sports sci med rehabil 2019; 11:26. [doi:10.1186/s13102-019-0134-8] 16. niemuth pe, johnson rj, myers mj, et al. hip muscle weakness and overuse injuries in recreational runners. clin j sport med 2005; 15(1):14-21. [doi: 10.1097/00042752-200501000-00004] [pmid: 15654186] 17. behm dg, blazevich aj, kay ad, et al. acute effects of muscle stretching on physical performance, range of motion, and injury incidence in healthy active individuals: a systematic review. appl physiol nutr metab 2016; 41(1):1-11. [doi: 10.1139/apnm-2015-0235] [pmid: 26642915] 18. thacker sb, gilchrist j, stroup df, et al. the impact of stretching on sports injury risk: a systematic review of the literature. med sci sports exerc 2004; 36:371-378. [doi: 10.1249/01.mss.0000117134.83018.f7] [pmid: 15076777] 19. linton l, valentin s. running with injury: a study of uk https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/30268637 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/30268637 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/30268637 https://doi.org/10.34045/ssem/2014/17 https://doi.org/10.2196/resprot.9708 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29853263 original research 9 sajsm vol. 33 no. 1 2021 novice and recreational runners and factors associated with running related injury. j sci med sport 2018; 21(12):1221-1225. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2018.05.021] [pmid: 29853263] 20. broadwell mm. teaching for learning (xvi). the gospel guardian 1969; 20(41):1-3 https://edbatista.typepad.com/files/teaching-for-learningmartin-broadwell-1969-conscious-competence-model.pdf 21. harel y, overpeck md, jones dh, et al. the effects of recall on estimating annual nonfatal injury rates for children and adolescents. am j public health 1994; 84(4):599–605. [doi: 10.2105/ajph.84.4.599] [pmid: 8154563] 22. finch c. a new framework for research leading to sports injury prevention. j sci med sport 2006; 9(1-2):3-9. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2006.02.009] [pmid:16616614] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29853263 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/29853263 introduction obesity is a global 15 and local 30 epidemic and is associated with numerous comorbidities, 28 such that cardiovascular disease, hypertension and diabetes are a global and regional threat. 17,45,47 there seems to be agreement that the successful implementation of public health initiatives will require some degree of social responsibility from private industry. 42,46 for instance, some fast-food chains have adjusted their products to cater for healthier food choices and have included step counters or pedometers in their product mix to promote greater public awareness of the importance of a physically active lifestyle and to improve their public image. 13 nationally, several major companies have launched campaigns in 2005 using pedometers or step counters to promote an active lifestyle. in 2005, kellogg’s south africa launched the kellogg’s special k step counter (kl), 19 and discovery health introduced the vitality pedometer (vt) as part of their vitality programme. 12 these south african initiatives are in agreement with international health promotion programmes as seen in australia, 1 europe 41 and north america. 3 the kellogg’s promotion encourages pedometer users to increase their daily ambulatory activity by 2 000 steps over and above their usual ambulation level, 19 while discovery health launched a similar 10 000 steps programme. 12 although the marketing initiatives of kellogg’s south africa and discovery health are laudable, the accuracy and longevity of the pedometers are not reported. calibration studies have found that the accuracy 5,9,21,22,25,32 and longevity 24 of pedometers vary considerably between brands. recent validation trials of promotional pedometers in europe 10 and north america 14,37 have found poor instrument accuracy and consistency. these studies concluded that poor quality promotional pedometers detract from the public health message of a physically active lifestyle. 10,14,37 it is important to note that the potential for substantial error and misclassification is possible if the pedometers are found to be inaccurate and unreliable or fragile. erroneous pedometer readings could have a significant effect on the awarding of ‘points’ or incentives in the discovery vitality original research article pedometer step counting in south africa: tools or trinkets? ian cook (ba (phys ed) hons, bsc (med) hons) department of kinesiology and physical education, university of limpopo, polokwane abstract objectives. this study addressed (i) the accuracy of measuring ambulatory signals and (ii) the susceptibility to nonambulatory signals, of the discovery vitality pedometer (vt) and the kellogg’s special k step counter (kl) compared with three research-grade pedometers (dw: yamax digiwalker sw-401, mti: mti actigraph am-7164-2.2 , nl: new lifestyles nl 2000). design. one hundred instruments (20 instruments/brand) were tested at five level walking speeds on a motorised treadmill (3.24, 4.02, 4.80, 5.64, 6.42 km.hr -1 ) and during motor vehicle travel on tarred roads (62.9 km). results. the kl was highly variable across all speeds, while the vt tended to be variable at the lowest speed. the dw, nl and vt significantly underestimated steps below 4.80km.hr -1 (41 94%, p < 0.02) but accuracy improved at speeds ≥ 4.80 km.hr-1 (98 102%). the kl displayed the highest variability (60% inter-instrument variance) followed by the vt (10% inter-instrument variance). the research-grade pedometers were the least variable (0 1% inter-instrument variance). at 4.80 km.hr -1 , all research-grade pedometers measured within a 10% margin of error compared with the 90% of vt units and 42% of kl units. the vt was significantly more resistant to nonambulatory signals than the dw (p < 0.01). the kl was the most variable in its response to non-ambulatory signals while the nl was the most consistent. the mti detected the most non-ambulatory signals (p < 0.05). conclusions. the kl should not be used as a promotional pedometer. the vt achieved the minimum standards required of a promotional pedometer. further testing is correspondence: ian cook department of kinesiology and physical education university of limpopo (turfloop campus) po box 459 fauna park 0787 polokwane tel+fax: +27 15 268 2390 e-mail: ianc@ul.ac.za required for longevity, and performance under free-living conditions. sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 67 pg67-78.indd 67 9/21/06 12:21:50 pm 68 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 lifestyle programme 12 and kellogg’s special k challenge. 19 for instance, with an 80% accuracy level, 10 000 steps.day -1 could be measured as 8 000 steps.day -1 or 12 000 steps. day -1 . in other words, a participant could be classified as low active or highly active for the same pedometer reading. 34 customer reviews of the discovery vt have reported wide discrepancies between pedometers ranging from 5 000 steps to more than 40 000 steps. one customer review reported the pedometer recording approximately 1 out of every 25 steps (4% accuracy level). 11 therefore, the objectives of this study were firstly to determine the accuracy of measuring ambulatory signals, and secondly to evaluate the susceptibility to non-ambulatory signals, of the vt and the kl pedometers as opposed to research-grade pedometers. methods study design five brands of pedometers, of which three are researchgrade instruments, were tested while: • walking at five level speeds on a motorised treadmill, • and during motor vehicle travel on tarred roads. for each pedometer brand 20 units were tested so that 100 pedometers were tested in total. for the purposes of this investigation a research-grade pedometer was defined as an instrument that has been found to be valid and consistent in its measurement of ambulatory activity, and as such is routinely used in descriptive and experimental studies which investigate aspects of physical activity and health. promotional pedometers are defined as instruments that sporadically appear in the public domain through corporate initiatives but have not undergone any form of quality control conducted either by the corporate or an independent institution prior to distribution. the study was approved by the ethics committee of the university of limpopo (turfloop campus) and signed informed consent was obtained from subjects prior to participation in the study. fig. 1. internal details of the step-sensing mechanisms of research-grade and promotional pedometers. mti = mti actigraph am-7164-2.2, nl = new lifestyles nl 2000, dw = yamax digiwalker sw-401, vt = discovery vitality pedometer, kl = kellogg’s special k step counter, fl = flora comrades step counter (the fl pedometer could not be obtained in time for the completion of the study, but it is included for comparative purposes, see discussion). key to internal details: 1 = battery, 2 = axis about which lever arm turns, 3 = lever arm, 4 = mass, 5 = magnet, 6 = magnetic reed switch, 7 = metal contacts, 8 = dampened contacts, 9 = hair spring, 10 = coiled spring, 11 = uni-axial, piezo-electric accelerometer mechanism (horizontal cantilevered beam with a mass on the end, piezo-electric crystal). pg67-78.indd 68 9/21/06 12:21:54 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 69 pedometers the validity, reliability or longevity, construction and rating of these or similar pedometers have been studied and reviewed extensively elsewhere. 33,43 as a qualitative assessment of pedometer quality, 33 fig. 1 details the internal construction of the pedometers. the kl (6.4 cm x 4.8 cm x 2.2 cm, 21 g) uses a hair spring and lever arm (fig. 1) but does not incorporate any algorithms within the microprocessor to exclude non-ambulatory signals. the control buttons are not covered, raising the possibility of inadvertently resetting or stopping the unit. the south african promotion is based on a similar promotion in the united kingdom. 18 the pedometer was obtained from kellogg’s south africa. 19 the vt (2 cm x 5.3 cm x 3.6 cm, 16 g) can be obtained from discovery vitality partners 12 or online. 11 the vt step-counting mechanism also uses a hair spring and lever arm (fig. 1). the vt incorporates an algorithm within the microprocessor to filter signals so as to exclude non-ambulatory signals. because the control buttons are not covered the possibility exists of inadvertently resetting the unit. the yamax digiwalker (dw, model sw-401, new lifestyles inc., mo, usa) (5 cm x 3.8 cm x 2 cm, 21 g) uses a coiled-spring mechanism and lever arm to detect steps (fig. 1). the dw does not utilise an algorithm to filter signals for non-ambulatory movement. a cover over the control buttons prevents the unit from being inadvertently reset or stopped. the dw is considered accurate 5,6,9,21,32 and durable, 24 and has been used for large-scale surveys 4,36 and in experimental trials. 16,27 the dw is a popular brand of pedometer and has been used in public health initiatives similar in concept to the kellogg’s and discovery initiatives. 1 the new lifestyles nl 2000 (nl, new lifestyles inc., mo, usa) is slightly larger and heavier than the dw (1.9 cm x 3.5 cm x 5.7 cm, 31 g). instead of a spring mechanism, the nl pedometer consists of an accelerometer-type mechanism (fig. 1). an algorithm in the microprocessor is used to filter the signal from the piezo-electric crystal in order to exclude non-ambulatory movement. the control buttons are covered, preventing the unit from being inadvertently reset or stopped. the nl is considered one of the most sophisticated pedometers marketed for public use and has been shown to have accuracy comparable to that of research-grade uniaxial accelerometers. 9,31,32 as with the kl, vt and dw, the output (total number of steps recorded) for the nl is read off a small lcd screen. the mti actigraph (mti, model am-7164-2.2, mti health services, fl, usa) (5 cm x 4 cm x 1.5 cm, 43 g) is a research-grade movement monitor 44 incorporating a uni-axial accelerometer and appropriate signal filters (fig. 1). the mti pedometer mode has been used as a criterion for pedometer validation 21,22,44 and in experimental trials. 20 there are no external buttons and the monitor output cannot be directly viewed but must be downloaded to an ibm compatible computer via an interface unit for further analysis using appropriate software (mti actisoft analysis software for windows version 3.2). the number of steps recorded for the particular epoch period, e.g. total number of steps in 1 minute, is used to determine the total number of steps over the period of recording. study protocol part 1. accuracy the accuracy with which the pedometers (dw, kl, mti, nl, vt) could measure 100 steps was evaluated on a calibrated motorised treadmill (johnson jet-7000). one female subject (37 years, body mass: 65.0 kg, stature: 165 cm) wore pedometers (dw, kl, mti, nl, vt) on the left side during three trials (the left side was chosen for ease of measurement during the trials, and because the pedometers were not all available at the same time, three trials had to be conducted). each trial consisted of 20 walking bouts, and 1 walking bout included five speeds (3.24, 4.02, 4.80, 5.64, 6.42 km.hr -1 or 54, 67, 80, 94, 107 m.min -1 ). corresponding approximate energy expenditures for these walking speeds is 2.5 mets, 3.0 mets, 3.3 mets, 4.0 mets and 5.0 mets, respectively (metabolic equivalents, 1 met = 1 kcal.kg -1 .min -1 ). 2 this protocol is analogous to testing all the pedometers on a single mechanical calibration rig 7,26 and is in agreement with the ‘longevity’ protocol of mckenzie et al. 24 that used one subject walking on a treadmill, over a number of trials. for the first trial, the mti and the dw were placed over the midline of the thigh and the kl monitors were placed approximately 15 cm to the left of the central line of the waist as per manufacturers' instructions. thus starting from the midline of the left thigh, the order of pedometer placement from back to front was mti, dw and kl. for the second and third trials, the subject wore the vt and nl, respectively, over the centre of the left thigh as per manufacturers’ instructions. the placement of the dw/mti combination was such that the pedometers were positioned directly next to each other, with the midline of the thigh separating the two pedometers. both pedometers were ~1 cm from the midline of the thigh. there are no data to suggest that this distance from the midline of the thigh could affect pedometer output. in fact, some studies have placed the dw and mti concurrently on the left and right side during treadmill validation trials. 21 the pedometers were securely attached to a nylon belt which clipped around the subject’s waist. the subject walked at five speeds (3.24, 4.02, 4.80, 5.64, 6.42 km.hr -1 ) with one or more pedometers, after which a new pedometer was attached to the subject’s waist and the five-speed calibration process was repeated. the walking speeds were not randomised but applied in ascending order starting at the lowest speed. the subject was well experienced in walking and running at low and fast speeds on a motorised treadmill. in addition, the subject was trained to step on or off the moving treadmill belt quickly and to stand quietly until instructed to step onto the treadmill belt again. the subject was also habituated to using the treadmill safety rails as little as possible when pg67-78.indd 69 9/21/06 12:21:54 pm 70 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 stepping onto the treadmill belt. for each trial the treadmill belt was adjusted to the proper speed while the subject stood quietly at the side of the treadmill. at the command of the investigator, the subject stepped onto the treadmill belt and started walking. using a tally counter, 100 steps were counted. the last step was taken so that the subject stepped off the treadmill belt and stood quietly for at least 20 seconds while the treadmill speed was adjusted for the next walking speed and the readings from the pedometers (dw, kl, nl, vt) were recorded and the units reset. prior to the first calibration session the mti pedometers were activated and the recording epoch set at 5 seconds. before each calibration walk, the subject stood quietly on the treadmill for 20 seconds to ensure a ‘washout’ prior to the next calibration walk. after the full calibration session, the data were downloaded from the mti units to an ibm-compatible computer via an interface unit for further analysis. the accuracy of the pedometers to measure 100 steps was expressed as a percentage (100 steps = 100%). a spirit level was used to ensure that the treadmill was level. the treadmill speed was calibrated before and after each calibration session by measuring the belt length (3.305 m) and the time it took to complete 25 revolutions at five speeds (3.24, 4.02, 4.80, 5.64, 6.42 km.hr -1 ). part 2. susceptibility to non-ambulatory signals to evaluate the effect of motor vehicle travel on pedometer output, 100 pedometers (20 instruments from 5 pedometer brands; dw, kl, mti, nl, vt) were randomly fastened to a custom-made wooden rig (width: 74 cm x length: 44.5 cm x height: 9.5 cm, mass: 3.7 kg) along 10 columns and 10 rows. the rig was placed on the rear seat of a light motor vehicle (ford ikon 1.6i lx, 2004 model) and centered along the longitudinal axis of the motor vehicle. a 50 kg dead weight was placed on top of the wooden rig to prevent undue movement and vibration. the front passenger seat was unoccupied. prior to the ride the pedometers were reset (dw, kl, nl, vt) and activated (mti, 1 minute recording epoch). the trip was conducted in and around a metropolitan area on tarred roads to simulate usual driving patterns (variable and constant speed). after the ride the data (total number of steps) were recorded (dw, kl, nl, vt) or downloaded (mti) to an ibm-compatible computer via an interface unit for further analysis. the total number of steps recorded during the ride were divided by the total distance covered (km) and expressed as steps.km -1 . to obtain an accurate measure of the trip distance and speed a garmin gpsmap 76s handheld global position satellite (gps) unit and an externally mounted (roof) antenna (garmin ga 27c) were used. to ensure accurate positional readings the waas (wide angle augmentation system) capability of the gps unit was enabled which ensured a positional accuracy of <2 m. the position, distance and speed were recorded and stored automatically every second and downloaded via an interface cable to an ibm-compatible computer for further analysis using appropriate software (mapsource for windows version 6.3). statistical analysis data are expressed as mean (sd) unless otherwise stated. for skewed continuous data, the median (interquartile range) is reported. categorical data are expressed as a percentage. part 1 a general linear model (repeated-measures analysis of variance (anova)) was used to determine if the pedometer readings differed across walking speeds. to examine differences between pedometers for each of the walking speeds a one-way anova was used. post hoc analyses for both the repeated-measures anova and one-way anova were performed using the sidak correction for multiple comparisons to adjust the significance level. to evaluate the sources of variability in pedometer data, variance components in random effects models were estimated using restricted maximum likelihood methods. 23 pedometer output (steps) was the dependant variable for this analysis. variance components were estimated for pedometer variance (inter-instrument), trial variance (walking trial), and residual or error variance (intra-instrument). trial variance and residual variance were nested within intra-instrument variance. note that instrument refers to instruments of the same pedometer make. the variance components were also expressed as a percentage of the total variance. interinstrument variance represents true variation between instruments while intra-instrument variance represents trialto-trial variation within instruments. pedometer step-counting accuracy at a walking speed of 4.8 km.hr -1 (3.3 mets) was computed using the following formula, per cent error = (steps detected – actual steps)/ actual steps x 100), and expressed as an absolute and relative value. 21,37 a margin of error of 10% was used as a minimum standard for a promotional pedometer. 37 to categorise the direction of per cent error the following groupings were used; under-counting (<-10%), exact (±10%) and over-counting (>+10%). 37 part 2 because the kl data were highly skewed data, the kruskalwallis test was used to examine differences across pedometers, and if significant, dunn’s multiple comparison test was used to determine which differences were significant. a general linear model (univariate anova) was used to determine if the placement of the pedometers on the rig was a significant factor (row and column effects). because the kl data were highly skewed, all the pedometer data (steps.km -1 ) were ranked prior to running the statistical procedure. 29 significance for all inferential statistics was set at p < 0.05. data were analysed using spss for windows 13.0 (descriptive statistics, one-way anova, general linear models, variance components) and graphpad prism 4.03 (kruskal-wallis and dunn’s multiple comparison) pg67-78.indd 70 9/21/06 12:21:54 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 71 results part 1 because one kl pedometer malfunctioned (battery failure), data are reported for 19 kl pedometers. for all other pedometers, data for 20 units per pedometer brand are reported. in contrast to the research-grade pedometers (figs 2 ac), the vt pedometer (fig. 2 d) was not consistent at lower walking speeds, but revealed far less variability than the kl pedometer (fig. 2 e). the amount of variability between kl monitors over all the walking speeds, but especially at the lower walking speeds, is visually evident (fig. 2 e). most of the pedometers (dw, nl, vt) tended to significantly undercount the actual number of steps at the two lower speeds to varying degrees (p < 0.02) (fig. 2, table i). a threshold is evident at 4.80 km.hr -1 ; above this threshold four of the pedometers table i. output for various pedometer brands during ambulatory and non-ambulatory activities treadmill walking (% of actual steps) 2 motor vehicle travel (steps.km -1 ) 3 pedometer brand 1 3.24 km.hr -1 4.02 km.hr -1 4.80 km.hr -1 5.64 km.hr -1 6.42 km.hr -1 distance: 62.9 km research-grade mti 94 (6) 4, 5 100 (2) 7 100 (3) 100 (3) 100 (6) 10.3 (2.3) 10 nl 51 (5) 4 94 (8) 100 (1) 101 (1) 100 (1) 2.6 (1.2) dw 41 (12) 4, 6 60 (15) 4, 8 98 (3) 4 100 (1) 100 (1) 4.9 (4.0) 11 promotional kl 68 (48) 79 (42) 84 (35) 9 95 (19) 95 (13) 2.2 (11.3) vt 64 (30) 4 85 (16) 4 102 (9) 101 (1) 100 (0.3) 0.7 (1.3) 1 mti = mti actigraph am-7164-2.2, nl = new lifestyles nl 2000, dw = yamax digiwalker sw-401, kl = kellogg’s special k step counter, vt = discovery vitality pedometer. data reported as 2 mean (sd) and 3 median (interquartile range). 4 significantly different from all other speeds for the same pedometer brand (p < 0.02), 5 mti > nl, dw, kl, vt (p < 0.03), 6 dw < kl (p < 0.02), 7 mti > kl (p < 0.04), 8 dw < mti, nl, vt (p < 0.003), 9 kl < mti, nl, vt (p < 0.04) , 10 mti > nl, dw, kl, vt (p < 0.05), 11 dw > vt (p < 0.01) fig. 2 a-e. pedometer performance during treadmill walking (mean ± sd). pg67-78.indd 71 9/21/06 12:21:55 pm 72 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 (dw, mti, nl, vt) detected ~100% of the actual steps (fig. 2a-d, table i). from 3.24 to 4.80 km.hr -1 pedometer output for the same brand differed significantly across speeds (p < 0.05) (table i). below 5.64 km.hr -1 , pedometers brands differed significantly over the same speed (p < 0.05) but not above 5.64 km.hr -1 (table i). of particular note was the low inter-instrument variability of the mti and nl pedometers even at low walking speeds (fig. 2a-b). from the variance component analysis (table ii), it is evident that the research-grade pedometers (dw, mti, nl) have far less inter-instrument variability (0% to 1.3%) than the vt pedometer (10.4%) and especially the kl pedometer (60.4%). notably, the nl and mti pedometers exhibited ~0% inter-instrument variability and ~100% intra-instrument variability (table ii). by far the lowest amount of variance for most of the variance components was found in the mti pedometer (table ii). the walking trial and residual variation, nested within the intra-instrument variation, is also shown in table ii. of the research-grade pedometers (dw, mti, nl) the more sensitive mti monitor demonstrated lower variation across the trials and higher residual variation, which is in contrast to the dw and nl monitors which displayed greater specificity (higher variation across trials and lower residual variation). neither the kl nor the vt monitors quite reached the patterns of variability (walking speed, residual) of the research-grade pedometers (table ii). the absolute per cent error for the dw, kl, mti, nl and vt pedometers, at a treadmill walking speed of 4.8 km.hr -1 , was 2.6 (2.8)%, 25.6 (27.9)%, 2.1 (2.1)%, 0.7 (0.8)% and 5.3 (6.8)%, respectively. for a margin of error of ±10%, neither promotional pedometer achieved the accuracy levels of the research-grade pedometers (dw, mti, nl: 100% exact counting). only the vt pedometer achieved the required standards of a promotional pedometer (90% exact counts, 10% over-/undercounting). the kl pedometer exhibited poor accuracy levels (42.1% exact counts, 57.9% over-/ undercounting). part 2 there were no pedometer failures during this experiment. the distance, average speed and maximum speed for the motor vehicle trip was 62.9 km, 53.8 (29.1) km.hr -1 and 121 km.hr -1 , respectively. with regard to placement of pedometers on the rig, there was no row (f = 1.900, p = 0.200) or column (f = 0.195, p = 0.994) effect. in other words, whether the pedometer was mounted towards the back or front of the car, or mounted closer to the driver’s side or passenger’s side, did not have any effect on the pedometer output. the number of steps detected per kilometre differed significantly between some pedometers (table i). the mti detected significantly more steps than any of the other pedometers (p < 0.05) and the dw detected significantly more steps than the vt (p < 0.01).the variability (interquartile range) of the kl pedometer was noticeably greater than that of any of the other pedometers (fig. 3, table i). in contrast, the nl had the lowest variability, and barring two outliers, the vt demonstrated relatively low variability and seemed relatively resistant to registering non-ambulatory signals as ambulatory signals (fig. 3, table i). table ii. variance component analysis of the pedometer output obtained during treadmill walking pedometer brand 1 research-grade promotional sources of variance mti nl dw vt kl variance % 2 variance % variance % variance % variance % inter-instrument 0 0.0 1 0.2 11 1.3 53 10.4 759 60.4 intra-instrument 25 100 477 99.8 829 98.7 457 89.6 498 39.6 walking trial 6 25.7 460 96.2 765 91.0 263 51.6 107 8.5 residual 19 74.3 17 3.6 64 7.7 194 38.0 391 31.1 total 25 100 478 100 840 100 510 100 1257 100 1 mti = mti actigraph am-7164-2.2, nl = new lifestyles nl 2000, dw = yamax digiwalker sw-401, vt = discovery vitality pedometer, kl = kellogg’s special k step counter. 2 % = source of variance as a percentage of total variance. fig. 3. pedometer output in response to motor vehicle travel. mti = mti actigraph am-7164-2.2, dw = yamax digiwalker sw-401, nl = new lifestyles nl 2000, vt = discovery vitality pedometer, kl = kellogg’s special k step counter. pg67-78.indd 72 9/21/06 12:21:56 pm pg67-78.indd 73 9/21/06 12:21:56 pm 74 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 discussion this study is novel in that it is the first study to report on the validity of pedometers, under controlled conditions, used in south african promotional programmes which emphasise physically active lifestyles. the principal findings of this study were firstly that the accuracy and quality of the kl pedometer was poor when compared with research-grade pedometers. secondly, the kl pedometer was the most variable in its response to non-ambulatory signals, so much so that it would not be possible to determine a correction factor. thirdly, neither the kl nor the vt pedometers quite reached a pattern of either high sensitivity (low walking trial variation, high residual variation) or high specificity (high walking trial variation, low residual variation) associated with researchgrade pedometers. fourthly, the vt pedometer performed within the margin of error expected of promotional pedometers during validity testing under controlled conditions, but the kl pedometer did not, and should therefore not be used in promotional programmes. the results from the present study are in agreement with the results from other pedometer calibration studies, specifically the greater sensitivity of accelerometer-type pedometers and the greater specificity of spring-type pedometers. 5,8,9,21,22 also in agreement with other work, the coiled spring dw pedometer was more variable than the piezo-electric mti 22 and nl 8 pedometers, especially at lower walking speeds. similarly, at lower walking speeds, hair-spring pedometers were more variable than the more accurate and durable coiled-spring pedometers. 5 finally, the results from this study concur that promotional pedometer output is particularly prone to inaccurate and erratic step counts. 10,14,37 studies have consistently demonstrated that for a level walking speed of 4.8 km.hr -1 , most good quality pedometers should measure close to 100% accuracy. 5,9,21 a margin of error from ± 1% 5,9,21,22 to less than ± 4% 25 has been found for research-grade pedometers during treadmill calibration at this speed. for verification tests using a fixed walking distance 32 or a fixed number of steps, 40 the margin of error has ranged from ± 3% to ± 5%. in a free-living environment, schneider et al. 31 suggest that in comparison to researchgrade pedometers, promotional pedometers should achieve at least a ± 10% margin of error. using the ± 10% margin of error for free-living environments, de cocker et al. 10 found that only 25.9% of the 973 promotional pedometers tested achieved this criterion. a recent validation study from north america evaluated promotional pedometers that were distributed in cereal boxes (kellogg’s special k). 37 this study employed a novel testing battery that comprised a 20-step test, a 4.8 km.hr -1 treadmill walking test, a motor vehicle test for susceptibility to non-ambulatory signals and a 24-hour free-living test. the pedometers used as gold standard were the yamax digiwalker and mti actigraph. a novel aspect of the study was that it provided quantitative performance criteria by which to judge whether a pedometer is suitable for promotional or research purposes. 37 tudor-locke et al. 37 found that 53% of the promotional pedometers did not pass the 20-step test (>5% margin of error) compared to the 100% success rate of the digiwalker. the mean absolute error for the treadmill walking test was 24.2 (33.9)% for the kellogg’s pedometer in contrast to the 3.9 (6.6)% of the digiwalker, 37 which is similar to the results from the present study. the promotional pedometer detected 5.7-fold more steps during the motor vehicle test than the digiwalker. 37 in contrast, the present study found the dw to accumulate 2.2-fold more steps during the motor vehicle test than the kl, although the kl variability was 2.8-fold greater than the dw, suggesting lower construction quality. the mean absolute per cent error under free-living conditions versus the actigraph was 44.9 (34.5)% for the special k pedometer and 19.5 (21.2)% for the digiwalker. 37 in the present study, the vt pedometer displayed lower absolute per cent error during treadmill walking and detected fewer steps during the motor vehicle ride, compared with the kl pedometer. however, it is important to note that although a pedometer can perform within the margin of error expected of promotional pedometers, it can demonstrate poor longevity, because of inferior construction methods and materials. standardised tests and standards for judging appropriate longevity have yet to be developed. the present study has also found the mti to be more susceptible to non-ambulatory signals compared with the dw. 22 the difference in absolute values between this study and others, 22,37 was likely the result of different mounting (human vs rig), vehicles (light motor vehicle vs recreational vehicle), vehicle speed and road surfaces. this study has also found that certain microprocessor algorithms, which exclude non-ambulatory signals, are less susceptible to nonambulatory signals. for instance, the nl and vt algorithms were better able to exclude non-ambulatory signals compared with the mti algorithm. it should be noted that low-quality pedometer construction would negate any algorithm written to exclude non-ambulatory signals. despite the mti’s higher false-positive count, the superior construction quality of the mti pedometer would result in low inter-instrument variance such that a correction factor could be calculated. 22 similarly, even in the absence of signal-filtering algorithms, highquality coiled-spring pedometers (dw) are less variant than low-quality hair-spring pedometers (kl) when responding to non-ambulatory signals, such that correction factors can be estimated. moreover, the lower variability of the vt pedometer compared with the dw pedometer would be expected to reverse over time because of the inherent frailty of the hair spring used in the vt pedometer construction. 24 this is despite the presence of a signal-filtering algorithm in the vt pedometer microprocessor. the type of spring mechanism of lever-arm-type pedometers is essential to the accuracy and longevity of these instruments. recent work has shown that hair-spring mechanisms fail substantially sooner than coil-spring mechanisms. 24 in a novel study, mckenzie et al. 24 tested one pg67-78.indd 74 9/21/06 12:21:56 pm pg67-78.indd 75 9/21/06 12:21:56 pm 76 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 coil-spring pedometer (digiwalker sw-701, n = 10) and two hair-spring pedometers (sportline electronic 345, n = 10 and mcdonald’s stepometer, n = 10) to failure after repeated bouts of 100 000 steps on a customised bench-top orbital shaker at a simulated walking speed of ~4.82 km.hr -1 . failure was defined as ≥ 10% error for 50 steps at 4.82 km.hr-1 on a motorised treadmill. only new pedometers, that measured accurately to <10% prior to testing, were evaluated. the digiwalkers did not fail and the testing protocol was discontinued at 2.38 million steps because of high-step accumulation. the sportline and mcdonald’s pedometers failed at 710 000 steps and 250 000 steps, respectively. 24 assuming a sedentary individual accumulates 5 000 steps. day -1 , the sportline and mcdonald’s pedometers would measure accurately for 142 days and 50 days, respectively. for an active individual, accumulating 10 000 steps.day -1 , the sportline and mcdonald’s pedometers would measure accurately for 71 days and 25 days, respectively. because of the similarity between the mechanism and quality of construction of the kellogg’s and mcdonald’s pedometers, and the sportline and discovery vitality pedometers it would seem reasonable to expect similar failure rates for the promotional pedometers tested in the present study. these findings strongly suggest that prior to any promotional programme incorporating pedometers, longevity tests should be conducted either by the manufacturer or independent research institutions. users of the vt should be aware that the accreditation that appears on the packaging of the pedometer refers to the vitality programme and not to the quality of the pedometer. in other words, the pedometer has not been tested for validity or longevity by any accrediting agency of the discovery vitality programme (personal communication, laurence rau, vitality programme, discovery health, sa). similarly, there is no indication that the validity or longevity of the kl pedometer has been tested either by kellogg’s south africa or an independent institution. it is important to note that, unlike the dw and nl pedometers, neither the kl nor vt pedometers include in their instruction sheets or manuals any directions for simple tests that can be carried out by the user of the pedometer to determine if the pedometer is measuring accurately. for instance, in the dw instruction sheet, directions are provided for a simple 20-step test that the user can implement to determine if the pedometer is relatively accurate. it has been suggested that the accuracy of the vt pedometer is not particularly essential and that an expensive pedometer brand would limit people’s involvement in the vitality pedometer initiative. rather, the educational value of the vitality pedometer initiative as a whole is more important (personal communication, laurence rau, vitality programme, discovery health, sa). however, the reason pedometers are used is the direct, immediate and easily interpretable feedback they supply through the step count. 35 moreover, pedometers serve as a memory prompt and reminder with regard to maintaining physical activity behaviours. 38 villanova et al. 39 have noted that pedometers can provide a consistent, quantitative measure, a precise objective and can positively influence self-efficacy. consequently if the output is inaccurate and variable, the feedback is no longer reliable and cannot positively influence self-efficacy. the loss of positive feedback could theoretically adversely affect behaviour modification or adherence, defeating the rationale of the vitality ‘points’ system. with regard to cost, a viable alternative to the vt (~14 usd assuming an exchange rate of 7 zar to 1 usd) would be the dw pedometer which costs 20-30 usd. the australian 10 000 steps programme utilises the dw pedometer and discounts are given for bulk orders. 1 there are reports that a pedometer promotion run by coca cola in florida, usa had a pedometer return rate exceeding 60% because of product failure and inaccuracy (personal communication, michael cordier, national sales director, walk4life inc., usa). it is likely then that a significant number of promotional pedometers would probably either cease to be used or be returned because of inaccuracy or failure. the higher cost of the dw would be offset by fewer returns of new instruments and far greater durability of existing instruments. companies and organisations should investigate the most cost-effective strategy (cheap, lowquality pedometers with high failure rates vs. more expensive, high-quality pedometers with low failure rates) and whether they are committed to providing a pedometer brand which is more likely to favourably affect behaviour modification or adherence in programme participants. an alternative strategy would be to distribute better quality pedometers in a more selective manner to targeted groups or neighbourhoods. 14 kellogg’s and discovery health are not the only south african companies that have launched programmes promoting a physically active lifestyle by distributing pedometers. unilever launched the flora comrades step counter (fl) promotion which started in time for the 2005 flora comrades marathon. unfortunately, samples of these pedometers could not be obtained in time for inclusion in the study. however, a sample pedometer was recently obtained and upon inspection it was ascertained that the step-sensing mechanism consists of a lever arm, hair-spring mechanism, and a magnet on the end of the lever arm which activates a reed switch, completing the electric circuit and recording one step (fig. 1). furthermore, the fl pedometer does not contain an algorithm to filter out non-ambulatory signals. the control buttons are not covered so the unit could be inadvertently reset. on further inspection, the quality of manufacture of the fl pedometer is similar to that of the kl and vt pedometers. based on the spring-mechanism type and the quality of construction, it would seem reasonable to conclude that the fl pedometer would not have performed any better than the vt pedometer, and would most likely have performed similarly to the kl pedometer. there is no indication that the validity or longevity of the fl pedometer has been evaluated by unilever, nor are there any published data to that effect. this study does not address the effects of different pg67-78.indd 76 9/21/06 12:21:57 pm sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 77 levels of body weight and fat distribution, 8 pedometer tilt 8 and pedometer placement 5 on pedometer accuracy. further studies are required to test the promotional pedometers presented in this study under free-living conditions 10,31,37 and to assess the ‘longevity’ 24 of the units. are the results of this investigation generalisable to free-living conditions? le masurier et al. 21 have shown that if a pedometer performs poorly in the laboratory it will probably perform poorly in free-living conditions, suggesting that tests under controlled conditions are generalisable to free-living conditions. controlled testing conditions allow the investigation of intensityor speed-dependent responses of pedometers thus quantifying the sensitivity or specificity of the units. 21 in other words, are pedometers sensitive to a range of intensities (low-to-vigorous) or are pedometers specific to certain intensities (moderate-to-vigorous)? consequently, pedometers that demonstrate high sensitivity are susceptible to non-ambulatory signals 22 while pedometers that demonstrate high specificity will not detect steps accurately in populations that naturally ambulate at slower speeds, for example the elderly and those with a shuffling gait. 9,25 moreover, correction factors for pedometer output due to motor vehicle travel determined under controlled conditions 22 have been used in later free-living studies. 21 free-living conditions will however highlight problems relating to the inadvertent stopping or resetting of the unit because control buttons are not covered, 10 and the amount of misclassification of the physical activity status in relation to public health guidelines. 34 in conclusion, this investigation has shown that data from promotional pedometers must be treated with caution. in order for users to obtain reasonably valid and reliable readings from pedometers, companies or organisations initiating promotional programmes should consider the following (listed in order of preference, can include more than one recommendation as a verification procedure): • use a more expensive, but valid and durable pedometer, such as the yamax digiwalker 5,6,9,21,24,32 • require some form of quality control for validity and longevity from the manufacturer or an independent institution. for instance, the japanese industrial standard requires that pedometers achieve an error level of less than ±3% (3 steps out of 100 steps). 31 standardised tests, using a research-grade pedometer as a standard, could include performance under free-living conditions, 10 laboratory trials of level walking, 5,14 susceptibility to non-ambulatory signals (motor vehicle), 22,37 and longevity tests or ‘tests to failure’. 24 a comprehensive yet easily implemented protocol, which includes testing under controlled and free-living conditions, has recently been proposed. 37 • have a simple mechanical calibration device located at central points to be used prior to distributing the pedometers and at regular intervals during use. those pedometers performing outside certain limits should be replaced. • include self-calibration or self-verfication procedures in the instructions, which should be performed periodically to verify accuracy. those pedometers performing outside certain limits should be replaced. • a simple ‘shake test’ which requires the user to shake the pedometer up and down 100 times. 40 the reading must be within ± 5% (95 105 steps) • a 20-step walking test. 37,40 the reading must be within ± 5% (19 21 steps) • a 50-step 24 or 100-step 14,40 walk on a level, firm surface at a moderate pace (4.80 km.hr -1 , 3.3 mets, 50 m in 37.5 s or 100 m in 1 min 15 s) repeated twice and the average taken. this should be done with the pedometer on the dominant side of the body. at this speed research-grade pedometers should be ±1% accurate. 5,9,21 acceptable accuracy levels for promotional pedometers should be <10% (±4 steps of 50 steps or ±9 steps of 100 steps). 37 acknowledgements the research development and administration division of the university of limpopo (turfloop campus), and the institutional research development programme of the national research foundation supported this study. references 1. 10 000 steps programme (australia). available at: http://www.10000steps. org.au. accessed august 2006. 2. ainsworth be, haskell wl, whitt mc, et al. compendium of physical activities: an update of activity codes and met intensities. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: s498-s504. 3. america on the move. available at: http://pedometer.americaonthemove. org/store/detail.asp?id=1. accessed august 2006. 4. anjos la, wahrlich v, vasconcellos mtl. distribution of pedometer count in a population-based sample of adults from niterio, rio de janerio, brazil. med sci sports exerc 2005; 37: s324. 5. bassett dr, ainsworth be, leggett sr, mathien ca, main ja, hunter dc, duncan ge. accuracy of five electronic pedometers for measuring distance walked. med sci sports exerc 1996; 28: 1071-77. 6. bassett dr, strath sj. use of pedometers to assess physical activity. in: welk gj, ed. physical activity assessments for health-related research. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2002: 163-77. 7. brage s, brage n, wedderkopp n, froberg k. reliability and validity of the computer science and applications accelerometer in a mechanical setting. meas phys educ exerc sci 2003; 7: 101-19. 8. crouter se, schneider pl, bassett dr. spring-levered versus piezo-electric pedometer accuracy in overweight and obese adults. med sci sports exerc 2005; 37: 1673-9. 9. crouter se, schneider pl, karabulut m, bassett dr. validity of 10 electronic pedometers for measuring steps, distance, and energy cost. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 1455-60. 10. de cocker k, cardon g, de bourdeaudhuij i. validity of the inexpensive stepping meter in counting steps in free living conditions: a pilot study. br j sports med 2006; 40: 714-6. 11. digital planet: discovery vitality pedometer (customer reviews). available at: http://www.digitalplanet.co.za/shop/product.asp?stockid=59886. accessed august 2006. 12. discovery health. available at: http://www.discovery.co.za. accessed august 2006. 13. doheny, k. pedometers tested as step to more exercise: mcdonald’s, others try a simple device to get people moving. available at: http://www. healthscout.com/news/407/515213/main.html. accessed august 2006. 14. gao y, boscolo m, krahling h, zhu w, lee m. step-count accuracy and instrument equivalence of mcdonalds’ stepometers. med sci sports exerc 2005; 37: s117. pg67-78.indd 77 9/21/06 12:21:57 pm 78 sajsm vol 18 no. 3 2006 15. james pt, leach r, kalamara e, shayeghi m. the worldwide obesity epidemic. obes res 2005; 9: 233s-88s. 16. jordan an, jurca gm, tudor-locke c, church ts, blair sn. pedometer indices for weekly physical activity recommendations in postmenopausal women. med sci sports exerc 2005; 37: 1627-32. 17. kearney pm, whelton m, reynolds k, muntner p, whelton pk, he j. global burden of hypertension: analysis of worldwide data. lancet 2005; 365: 217-23. 18. kellogg’s special k 10 000 step challenge (united kingdom). available at: http://www.kellogs.co.uk. accessed april 2006. 19. kellogg’s special k 2000 steps challenge (south africa). available at: http://specialk.experthealth.co.za/live/index.php. accessed august 2006. 20. kirk af, higgins la, hughes ar, fisher bm, mutrie n, hillis s, macintyre pd. a randomized, controlled trial to study the effect of exercise consultation on the promotion of physical activity in people with type 2 diabetes: a pilot study. diabet med 2001; 18: 877-82. 21. le masurier gc, lee sm, tudor-locke c. motion sensor accuracy under controlled and free-living conditions. med sci sports exerc 2004; 36: 90510. 22. le masurier gc, tudor-locke c. comparison of pedometer and accelerometer accuracy under controlled conditions. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 867-71. 23. matthews ce, ainsworth be, thompson rw, bassett dr. sources of variance in daily physical activity levels as measured by an accelerometer. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34: 1376-81. 24. mckenzie j, manning t, juergens ca, heil dp. a lab-test to evaluate pedometer longevity. med sci sports exerc 2005; 37: s117. 25. melanson el, knoll jr, bell ml, donahoo wt, hill jo, nysse lj, lanningham-foster l, peters jc, levine ja. commercially available pedometers: considerations for accurate step counting. prev med 2004; 39: 361-8. 26. metcalf bs, curnow js, evans c, voss ld, wilkin tj. technical reliability of the csa activity monitor: the earlybird study. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34: 1533-7. 27. moreau kl, degarmo r, langley j, mcmahon c, howley et, bassett dr, thompson dl. increasing daily walking lowers blood pressure in postmenopausal women. med sci sports exerc 2001; 33: 1825-31. 28. patterson re, frank ll, kristal ar, white e. a comprehensive examination of health conditions associated with obesity in older adults. am j prev med 2004; 27: 385-90. 29. pett ma. nonparametric statistics for health care research. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications, 1997. 30. puoane t, steyn k, bradshaw d, laubscher r, fourie j, lambert v, mbananga n. obesity in south africa: the south african demographic and health survey. obes res 2002; 10: 1038-48. 31. schneider pl, crouter se, bassett dr. pedometer measures of freeliving physical activity: comparison of 13 models. med sci sports exerc 2004; 36: 331-5. 32. schneider pl, crouter se, lukajic o, bassett dr. accuracy and reliability of 10 pedometers for measuring steps over a 400-m walk. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 1779-84. 33. the anatomy of a pedometer. available at: http://www.pedometers.com. accessed august 2006. 34. tudor-locke c, bassett dr. how many steps/day are enough? preliminary pedometer indices for public health. sports med 2004; 34: 1-8. 35. tudor-locke ce, myers am. methodological considerations for researchers and practitioners using pedometers to measure physical (ambulatory) activity. res q exerc sport 2001; 72: 1-12. 36. tudor-locke c, lind ka, reis jp, ainsworth be, macera ca. a preliminary evaluation of a pedometer-assessed physical activity self-monitoring survey. field methods 2004; 16: 422-38. 37. tudor-locke c, sisson sb, lee sm, craig cl, plotnikoff rc, bauman a. evaluation of quality of commercial pedometers. can j public health 2006; 97: s10-5. 38. tudor-locke ce, myers am, bell rc, harris sb, wilson rodger n. preliminary outcome evaluation of the first step program: a daily physical activity intervention for individuals with type 2 diabetes. patient educ couns 2002; 47: 23-8. 39. villanova n, pasqui f, burzacchini s, et al. a physical activity program to reinforce weight maintenance following a behavior program in overweight/ obese subjects. int j obes 2006; 30: 697-703. 40. vincent sd, sidman cl. determining measurement error in digital pedometers. meas phys educ exerc sci 2003; 7: 19-24. 41. walking the way to health initiative. available at: http://www.whi.org.uk. accessed august 2006. 42. wallis c. the obesity warlords. time 2004; 164: 46-51. 43. welk gj. physical activity assessments for health-related research. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2002. 44. welk gj. use of accelerometry-based activity monitors to assess physical activity. in: welk gj, ed. physical activity assessments for health-related research. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2002: 125-41. 45. wild s, roglic g, green a, sicree r, king h. global prevalence of diabetes. estimates for the year 2000 and projections for 2030. diabetes care 2004; 27: 1047-53. 46. yach d, mckee m, lopez ad, novotny t, for o, v. improving diet and physical activity: 12 lessons from controlling tobacco smoking. bmj 2005; 330: 898-900. 47. yusuf s, vaz m, pais p. tackling the challenge of cardiovascular disease burden in developing countries. am heart j 2004; 148: 1-4. pg67-78.indd 78 9/21/06 12:21:57 pm original research 74 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 introduction body composition is a very important aspect of an athlete’s performance. according to the american dietetic association: ‘body weight can influence an athlete’s speed, endurance and power, whereas body composition can affect an athlete’s strength, agility and appearance.’ 1 determining optimal body weight and body composition for each individual according to age, sex, genetics and type of sport definitely has been shown to correlate well with race time and increased exercise performance. 2 assessment of body composition can be done via various ways. prediction equations with the use of a combination of anthropometric measurements and bioelectrical impedance analysis measurements have been compared and validated with the criterion methods. 3,4 nutrition is known to play a key role in exercise performance and endurance during extensive periods of exercise. in all sport, the main goal of nutritional strategies is to target and eliminate factors that impair exercise performance; these factors include fatigue, thirst, muscle glycogen depletion and gastro-intestinal disturbances. 5 nutrition is an important modifiable factor towards achieving the optimal body composition as well as providing fuel for increased levels of training. adequate energy should come from a wide variety of available foods which provide carbohydrate, protein, fat and micronutrients. 1 marginal vitamin and mineral deficiencies have been found to be present in some elite athletes, due to either an inadequate diet, reduced absorption by the gastro-intestinal tract, increased excretion in sweat, urine and faeces, increased turnover and the consequent biochemical adaptation to physical activity. 6 most athletes believe that supplements are necessary in order for an endurance athlete to reach their increased nutritional requirements. they also believe that supplements can promote changes due to activity, provide more consistent training sessions, improve recovery of muscle tissue between sessions, reduce the prevalence of injury or infection and enhance their competitive performance. 7 a triathlete has to ensure that his/her dietary intake, including the use of supplements, body composition and general immune health, are in harmony, not only for groups of athletes, but also specifically tailor made for the individual according to age, gender, ethnicity and genetics. in southern africa, to our knowledge, no study has investigated these aspects in triathletes competing in olympic and ironman distance events; therefore, the main aim of this study was to determine the body composition, dietary intake and supplement use amongst triathletes residing in the western cape region. a secondary aim was to determine and compare percentage body fat measured via anthropometry and multi-frequency bioelectrical impedance analysis. methods the study design was descriptive and cross-sectional with an analytical component. a convenient sample was selected from both the abstract objective. the aim of this study was to determine body composition, dietary intake and supplement use among olympic and ironman distance triathletes residing in the western cape. methods. a descriptive, analytical, cross-sectional study design was conducted in western cape province. twenty-six triathletes registered with triathlon south africa were included. percentage body fat was measured via multi-frequency bio-electrical impedance analysis and anthropometry. dietary intake and supplement use were measured with an estimated 3-day food record and questionnaire. results. the mean age of the men and women was 38±7 and 38±10 years respectively. the mean amount of training per week for men and women respectively was 15±4 and 15±5 hours. the percentage body fat (%bf) of men and women was 13±4% and 21±6%, respectively. the mean dietary macronutrient intake for men and women respectively was for total energy intake 14 535±4 510 kj and 9 004±2 369 kj, carbohydrate intake 5.3±1.9 g/kg and 3.5±1.0 g/kg, protein intake 2.0±0.5 g/kg and 1.2±0.2 g/kg and fat intake 35±10% and 30±6% of total energy intake. seventy-three per cent of the triathletes used over-thecounter dietary supplements. conclusion. percentage body fat of the men and women was at the upper end of the range associated with elite athletes. overall the athletes had a fairly good intake of macroand micronutrients. inadequate habitual carbohydrate intake was attenuated by the vast majority of the triathletes taking additional carbohydrate supplementation. various supplements were used widely among the athletes. sunita potgieter (master of nutrition)1 demetre labadarios (phd nutrition, mb chb)2 irene labuschagne (bsc dietetics)1 1 department of interdisciplinary health sciences, division human nutrition, stellenbosch university 2 population health, health systems and innovation, human sciences research council, cape town correspondence to: sunita potgieter (sunita@sun.ac.za) body composition, dietary intake and supplement use among triathletes residing in the western cape sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 75 2007 and 2008 western province triathlon (wpta) team. twentysix of these 91 (29% response rate) athletes were recruited by sending out an e-mail to all registered triathletes using the wpta database and the placement of an advertisement on the wpta website (http://www.wptriathlon.org). a reminder notice to participation was sent out midway during data collection to achieve maximum possible voluntary participation. the investigator also distributed pamphlets at most of the triathlon races during the 2007/2008 season. male or female triathletes aged 18 70 years, triathletes on the wpta team of 2007 and 2008 and who were training more than 10 hours per week (swimming, cycling and running) or triathletes who completed an ironman distance event 6 months prior to data collection and training more than 10 hours per week were included. the data collection phase was during the south african triathlon season from june 2007 to march 2008. the height and weight of the subjects were measured using a seca 767 column scale with height meter according to specifications from the literature. 8 the bicep, tricep, sub-scapular, supra-iliac, abdominal, chest, mid-axilla, thigh and calf skinfold thickness were measured with a dial gauge harpenden skinfold caliper. three skinfold measurements were taken at each individual site and the mean calculated for use in data analysis. all the anatomical sites were found as indicated for each individual skinfold thickness according to standard protocol. 8 body composition of the subjects was measured using a bodystat quadscan 4000sn (5 khz, 50 khz, 100 khz and 200 khz) isle of mann, 2000 multi-frequency bioelectrical impedance (mf-bia) meter. subjects were asked to adhere to the pretest conditions before bia measurement was taken. subjects were asked to remove all jewellery, watches and belts and instructed to remove the right shoe and sock as well as clear the hand and wrist area. subjects had fasted for 3 4 hours and abstained from exercising for 12 hours prior to the measurement. they were asked not to consume any alcohol or caffeine for 24 hours prior to the measurement. subjects were asked to lie in the supine position on a plinth for approximately 5 minutes before the measurements were taken. all the measurements were taken inside a building at normal room temperature and calibration and placement of the electrodes were as described by the manufacturer in the instruction manual. dietary intake was measured using a 3-day estimated food record. the food record also contained a section where the subjects were instructed to record daily supplement use. the subjects were asked to write down their food and beverage intake as accurately as possible and they signed a declaration stating that the information given was an accurate reflection of their dietary intake. they were instructed to record two weekdays and one weekend day on the food record. they were also asked to record their training on the days the food record was kept. an additional questionnaire was completed table 1. mean (sd) demographic and training characteristics of the triathletes by gender athletes characteristics male mean± sd (n = 13) female mean±sd (n = 13) t-test; p-value demographic characteristics age (years) 37.9±6.8 37.5±9.6 t= 0.1; p=0.050 anthropometric characteristics height (m) 1.8±0.1 1.7± 0.1 t= 3.9; p=0.001 body weight (kg) 78.9±12.9 63.9±10.3 t=3.3; p=0.003 body mass index (kg/m 2 ) 24.5±3.2 22.6±2.8 t=1.6; p=0.100 training characteristics (n=12)* total hours training per week 15.1±4.1 15.3±4.7 t=-0.1; p=0.900 swimming (hours per week) 3.5±2.1 4.2±2.5 t=-0.7; p=0.500 bicycling (hours per week) 6.5±2.1 6.4±2.5 t= 0.1; p=0.900 running (hours per week) 4.2±2.4 4.3±1.7 t=-0.1; p=0.900 gym/resistance training 0.9±1.1 0.5±0.9 t=1.1; p=0.300 (hours per week) swimming (km per week) 6.4± 2.6 10.2±5.9 t=2.1; p=0.010 bicycling (km per week) 173.8 ± 8.1 188.9 ±88.5 t=0.5; p=0.600 running (km per week) 39.6±17.9 41.5±16.6 t=-0.3; p=0.800 *one male subject neglected to complete the training characteristics questionnaire and did not respond to correspondence requesting its completion. fig. 1. mean (sd) of percentage body fat of triathletes by gender (male n=12, female n=9); prediction equations could not be determined from subjects due to skf measurements not obtained from subjects due to variation in skin compressibility and an increased muscle mass, making the skinfold thickness difficult and inaccurate to measure. 76 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 by the subjects indicating general supplement use and reasons for taking the supplements as well as their general training regimen. all triathletes gave informed written consent and the study was approved by the health research ethics committee of stellenbosch university (reference number: n07/03/07). data analysis a registered dietitian edited and analysed the dietary intake data using the food finder iii computer software program (http://www. wamsys.co.za) and prediction equations were used to calculate percentage body fat from anthropometrical measurements. 9-12 statistical analysis data were entered into a spreadsheet on microsoft excel and transferred to statistica 8.0 for statistical analysis in consultation with a statistician. due to the descriptive and informative nature of the study, mostly descriptive statistics in the form of mean and standard deviation (sd) for nominal data and percentages of the total population for ordinal data were calculated to determine the central tendency. when repeated measures were compared with one another, repeated measures analysis of variance (anova) was used. the technique of bootstrapping was applied to estimate sample distributions for data from a bivariate normal distribution and the post hoc bonferroni test was applied to determine the significant differences between group means during analysis of variance (p<0.01). results twenty-six triathletes were included of whom 13 were male and 13 female. all the athletes were caucasian, except for one male participant who was of mixed ancestry. the demographic and training characteristics of the triathletes are summarised in table i. body composition the different %bf values for men and women respectively differed significantly irrespective of the method used and are portrayed against gender-specific reference values in fig. 1. when comparing the measurements, no significant difference was found with the men’s results when using analysis of variance and applying the bonferroni correction between the %bf from the mf-bia (12.6±4.2), %bf from the equation using 7 skf sites from evans et al. 2005 9 (12.6±4.4) (p=1.00), the %bf from the 4 skf site equation from jackson and pollock 1985 10 (12.1±4.9) (p=1.00), the %bf from the 3 skf site equation from jackson and pollock 1985 10 (12.5±4.9) (p=1.00) and the %bf from the body bite nutrition software program 11 (11.7± 5.2) (p=1.00). a significant difference was found between %bf measured from mf-bia and the 4 skf site equation from durnin and womersley 12 (17.5±5.5) (p<0.05) and the %bf from the 3 skf site equation from evans et al. 2005 9 (9.4±2.9) (p=0.01). the %bf from the women’s results showed no significant differences in the %bf from mf-bia (22.3±6.3) and the %bf from the 7 skf site equation from evans et al. 2005 9 (24.2±6.1) (p=1.00), the %bf from the 3 skf site equation from evans et al. 2005 9 (22.9±6.6) (p=1.00) and the %bf from the body bite nutrition software program 11 (23.4±9.0) (p=1.00). there was however a statistically significant difference between the %bf from mf-bia and the %bf from the 4 skf site equation from durnin and womersley 12 (30.0±7.2) (p<0.05) and the 4 skf site equation from jackson and pollock 1985 10 (32.40±8.95) (p<0.05). dietary intake and supplement use the total number of completed food records received was 18 out of a possible 26 food records (69% response rate), of which 9 were fig. 3. mean (sd) of micronutrient intake expressed as a percentage of the dietary reference intakes (dris) of the triathletes by gender. due to the limited reference values available for the interpretation of micronutrient intake in groups, the recommended daily allowance (rda) values were used. where available the adequate intake (ai) and the estimated average requirement (ear) values were used. fig. 2. mean (sd) of carbohydrate and protein intake of triathletes by gender (n=18)* (top) and mean (sd) of fat intake of triathletes by gender (n=18)* (bottom).*only 9 females and 9 males were included in the analysis of dietary intake because only 18 of the 26 subjects returned their completed food record. recommended protein intake is 1.2 1.7 g/kg body weight/day, recommended carbohydrate intake is 6 8 g/kg body weight/day, recommended fat intake (percentage of total energy) is 25%, sfa=10%, mufa=10%, pufa=10%, tfa <2% of te. sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 77 males and 9 females. the food records were handed out and the subjects were given a pre-paid postage envelope to mail it back to the researcher. however, not all the subjects sent the completed food records back or responded to follow-up reminders. dietary intake from diet does not include intake from additional supplements. this approach was adopted because it proved impractical to quantify the amounts consumed from the supplements used correctly. the total energy intake of the athletes for men and women respectively were 14 535±4 510 kj and 9 004±369 kj. upon calculating energy availability, the men and women had a mean energy availability of 162±58 kj/kg fat free mass (ffm) and 144±56 kj/kg/ ffm respectively. the results from the men and women differed significantly (t=3.3; p=0.05). the macronutrient intake is summarised in fig. 2. the intake of most of the micronutrients fell within 67 133% of the dietary reference intakes (dris). 13 the micronutrients with an intake below 67% of the dris for men included iodine 44% and fluoride 49% and for women, chloride 61%, iodine 31% and fluoride 52%. most of the micronutrients from dietary intake alone above 133% of the dri were still below the tolerable upper limit and not too excessive. the men’s intake of sodium, manganese and niacin was above the upper limit at 213%, 162% and 228% of the dri respectively. only the manganese intake of the women, 174% of the dris, fell above the upper limit. the micronutrients expressed as a percentage of the dris are shown in fig. 3. provision has been made in the food finder database for 145 nutrients. information is not yet available on all the nutrients. there may be a significant number of missing values for nutrients and micronutrient intake should be interpreted keeping in mind the limitations of the database. a separate questionnaire was given to the subjects to report supplement and reasons for supplement use (n=26). seventy-three per cent (n=19) of the triathletes used over-the-counter dietary supplements (chi-square; p=1.0). supplement use is summarised in table ii. the athletes took supplements daily (35%) (n=9) several times a week (19%) (n=5) or during specific times, i.e. increased training or racing on consecutive weekends (19%) (n=5). reasons why the triathletes were taking the supplements are summarised in fig. 4. discussion this is the first study of its type in south africa using triathletes as study population. the findings of this study contribute to the body of current knowledge on endurance athletes like runners and cyclists, table ii. prevalence of supplement use among the triathletes supplement category supplements percentage triathletes (n=26) chi-square; p-value increased muscle growth and repair protein 100% (n=26) no value amino acids 27% (n=7) p=0.7 increased energy supply carbohydrate 81% (n=21) p=0.1 creatine 12% (n=3) p=0.5 increased immune function antioxidants 54% (n=14) p=1.0 glutamine 4% (n=1) p=0.3 increased joint health glucosamine sulphate 4% (n=1) p=0.3 cns stimulants caffeine 4% (n=1) p=0.3 fat reduction carnitine 4% (n=1) p=0.3 electrolytes salt tablets 19% (n=5) p=0.6 general health multivitamin and mineral 81% (n=21) p=0.6 vitamin b12 65% (n=17) p=0.7 single minerals 58% (n=15) p=0.7 iron 4% (n=1) p=0.3 calcium 4% (n=1) p=0.3 magnesium 27% (n=7) p=0.2 essential fatty acids 8% (n=2) p=1.0 herbal supplements* 42% (n=11) p=0.7 probiotics 4% (n = 1) p=0.3 *herbal supplements include ginseng, echinacea, inositol, guarana and green tea extract. fig. 4. reasons given by triathletes for taking supplements. 78 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 but gives new insight on the nutritional status of triathletes. the key findings of the present study were that percentage body fat calculated from skinfold prediction equations generally correlated well with percentage body fat measured with mf-bia. the percentage body fat of the men and women was at the upper end of the range associated with elite athletes and related more to the percentage body fat of amateur athletes. the athletes had a good dietary intake of micronutrients. the triathletes consumed less than optimal amounts of dietary carbohydrate and supplements were used widely, including carbohydrate and protein supplementation even though dietary protein intake was adequate for both men and women. fat intake was higher than the recommendation in both groups. body composition percentage body fat calculated from skinfold prediction equations generally correlated well with percentage body fat measured with mf-bia. significant associations in both and men women were obtained between percentage body fat calculated from skinfold measurements and mf-bia. the findings of this study support those described by ostojic et al. 2005, who found that %bf from skinfold measurements and %bf from bia correlated well in male athletes. 14 dietary intake and supplement use an athlete’s habitual dietary intake is very important to ensure that he or she meets the increased energy requirements of triathlon. the body’s ability to adapt to the stress of intense daily exercise depends on the adequacy of the athlete’s diet. 15 the world health organization defines energy requirement as ‘the level of energy intake from food that will balance energy expenditure when the individual has a body size and composition, and level of physical activity, consistent with long-term good health; and that will allow for the maintenance of economically necessary and socially desirable physical activity.’ 16 the international olympic committee (ioc) recommends in its position statement on nutrition for athletes that energy availability, rather than total energy requirements, should be calculated (135 kj/kg/ ffm). 17 they concluded that if energy availability is below the recommendation, that there can be changes in metabolic and hormonal function, which can affect sport performance and health in general. this is especially true for females where a reduced energy availability can influence reproductive health. 17 the male and female athletes in the present study had a higher than recommended energy availability. the women also had a higher than anticipated percentage body fat and a normal body mass index (bmi) and none of the women reported weight loss in the preceding months, which indicates that the women are indeed in energy balance. the majority of the women also reported having regular monthly menses (77%). the women’s results for total energy intake also coincided with findings of worme et al. (1990), 18 who found the mean total energy intake of 21 recreational female triathletes to be 9 058 kj. they also reported the mean total energy intake for 50 male triathletes to be 11 591 kj. 18 the evidence on importance of adequate carbohydrate intake for athletes has been described and concludes that muscle glycogen is the most important energy substrate during endurance exercise and a decreased intake can lead to less than optimal training, recovery post training and performance. a sub-optimal carbohydrate intake can also lead to feeling fatigued, often not being able to finish training sessions due to a feeling of hitting the wall, lack of energy, heavy legs, slow rate of recovery, and loss of concentration, dizziness, irritability and fainting. 19 the carbohydrate intake of 21 female and 50 male recreational triathletes as reported by worme et al. was 5.1 g/kg body weight and 4.9 g/kg body weight for men and women respectively. 18 nogueira et al. (2004) also described the cho intake of endurance athletes as 4.5 11.3 g/kg bw for males and 4.4 7.2 g/kg bw for females. 20 frentsos et al. (1997) also reported that 6 elite triathletes only had a carbohydrate intake of 4 g/kg bw before intervention. 21 the male triathletes in the present study are meeting carbohydrate requirements and the female athletes are not meeting the recommended requirements, with an intake of 5.26 g/kg bw for men and 3.54 g/kg bw for women, respectively. literature suggests that endurance athletes should have a carbohydrate intake of 5 7 g/ kg bw or 6 8 g/kg bw. 17,22 however, the practical implementation of this recommendation should be taken into consideration, especially with the female athletes in the present study who have a higher than recommended percentage body fat and adequate energy availability. most (81%) of the triathletes in our study group also consumed some form of a cho supplementation and listed an increase in energy supply as one of the main reasons for taking supplements. this could make up for the inadequate dietary cho intake; however quantifying the amount of cho supplements taken in future studies is recommended. the present study indicated that the dietary intake of protein for male triathletes was 1.95 g/kg bw and for female triathletes 1.20 g/ kg bw. worme et al. reported the habitual protein intake of both male and female triathletes to be 1.4 g/kg body weight per day. 18 nogueira et al. reported a habitual dietary protein intake for endurance athletes as 1.2 2.0 g/kg body weight. 20 protein in combination with carbohydrate in an endurance athlete’s diet is especially important for recovery after training sessions and when carbohydrate intake after training is limited, such as a low appetite or short recovery periods. it is required to cover the increased losses of amino acids oxidised during exercise and to provide extra raw material to replace exercise-induced muscle damage. 23 the requirements for protein in endurance athletes are higher than those of sedentary peers (1.2 1.7 g/kg body weight v. 0.8 1.0 g/kg body weight) 22 due to the fact that some amino acids (including the branched chain amino acids) are oxidised in larger amounts during exercise. 23 all of the athletes in the present study also reported taking some form of protein supplementation, which is unnecessary as well as energy dense and can lead to weight gain. fat is a very important macronutrient for endurance athletes as it provides the training diet with essential fatty acids (efas) and fat-soluble vitamins. the male (35±10%) and female (30± 6.0%) triathletes in this study had a very high fat intake compared with the requirements of 25% of total energy intake. 1 the distribution of the different types of fatty acids in this group was not according to prudent dietary guidelines and recommendations to increase sources of polyand monounsaturated fatty acids while reducing saturated and total fat intake in the diet should be made. there are certain vitamin and mineral requirements that are increased during physical activity and according to the ioc, adequate intakes of iron, copper, manganese, magnesium, selenium, sodium, zinc, vitamin a, e, c, b6 and b12 necessary for optimal health and performance. 17 it should be noted that supplementation of micronutrients are not required and that it only affects performance if the athlete has a deficiency of the nutrient. 7 in the present study, the athletes had a good intake of micronutrients and most values fell within 67 133% of the dris. micronutrients of which the intake was below 67%, such as iodine and fluoride, are not a concern as the athletes will take this in via iodated salt and toothpaste, which is not accounted for in the dietary analysis software programme. the micronutrient intake that fell above the 133% of the dri is still below the tolerable upper level and not a concern. in a study by striegel et al. (2006) 24 on master’s athletes, 61% of athletes were consuming sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 79 dietary supplements as compared with our study group in which 73% took dietary supplements. the majority of the triathletes took a form of multivitamin supplementation which shows that they feel their diet is not providing adequate nutrition. they also indicated an inadequate diet or nutrient replacement as being a popular reason for using supplements. other popular reasons for taking supplements included to provide an increased energy supply, optimise recovery, increase lean body mass and to support the immune function. according to the ioc, an athlete can take a multivitamin-mineral preparation to support a low energy or restricted diet, although in our study population this does not seem necessary. 17 supplement use in athletes should be carefully monitored. contamination of supplements and ingredients in supplements with no beneficial effect can harm athletes and the ioc has clear guidelines as to which supplements are recommended and which are banned. 25 conclusion in the present study we found that two of the popular field methods for determining percentage body fat in athletes do correlate well when the appropriate equations are used. our dietary intake findings were that the triathletes had a high energy availability and consumed enough dietary carbohydrate and protein. the fat intake was higher than the recommendation in both groups. supplements were also widely used among the athletes. recommendations for future studies would be to include a larger study population as it would be beneficial to have a large enough study population to divide the group into subgroups of elite and amateur athletes. future studies can also go into more depth regarding quantifying the supplements used by the athletes and adding this to determine their habitual dietary intake. timing of nutrient intake in relation to training would also provide valuable information in future studies. references 1. american dietetic association. position of the american dietetic association dietitians of canada and the american college of sport: nutrition and athletic performance. j am diet assoc 2009;109:509-527. 2. knechtle b, wirth a, baumann b, knechtle p, rosemann t and senn o. differential correlations between anthropometry, training volume, and performance in male and female ironman athletes. j strength cond res 2010;24(10):2785-2793. 3. garcia al, wagner k, hothorn t, koebnick c, joachim h, zunfit f, trippo u. improved prediction of body fat by measuring skinfold thickness, circumferences, and bone breadths. obesity research 2005;13(3):626-634. 4. kyle ug, bosaeus i, de lorenzo ad, deurenberg p, elia m, gomez jm, et al. bioelectrical impedance analysis – part 1: review of principles and methods. clin nutr. 2004;23:1226-1243. 5. bentley d, cox g, green d, laursen p. maximising performance in triathlon: applied physiological and nutritional aspects of elite and non-elite competitions. j sci med sport 2008;11(4):407-417. 6. knez w, peake j. the prevalence of vitamin supplementation in ultraendurance triathletes. int j sport nutr ex met 2010;20(6):507-514. 7. maughan rj, depiesse f, geyer h. the use of dietary supplements by athletes. j sport sci 2007;25(si):s103-s113. 8. lee rd, nieman dc. nutritional assessment. 3rd ed. 2003:63-215. 9. evans em, rowe da, misic mm, et al. skinfold prediction equation for athletes developed using a four-component model. med sci sports exerc 2005;2006-2011. 10. jackson as, pollock m. practical assessment of body composition. phys sport med 1985;13:76-90. 11. body byte® pro v3.20. body and nutrition manager software program. 12. durnin jvga, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16-72 years. br j nutr 1974;34:77-97. 13. dietary reference intakes. nutrition information centre of the university of stellenbosch. 2003. adapted from: dietary reference intakes. the essential guide to nutrient requirements. 2001. institute of medicine. washington: the national academic press. 14. ostojic sm. estimation of body fat in athletes: skinfolds vs. bioelectrical impedance. j sports med phys fitness 2005;46(3):442-446. 15. laursen pb, rhodes ec. factors affecting performance in an ultra-endurance triathlon. sports med 2001;31(3):195-209. 16. world health organization website [online] [access 2008, june]; available: http://www.who.int/bmi/index 17. burke lm. the ioc consensus on sport nutrition 2003: new guidelines for nutrition for athletes. 2003;13(4):549-52. 18. worme jd, doubt tj, singh a, et al. dietary patterns, gastrointestinal complaints, and nutrition knowledge of recreational triathletes. am j clin nutr 1990;51:690-697. 19. ivy jl. role of carbohydrate in physical activity. clin sports med. 1999;18(3):469-484 20. noguiera ja, da costa th. nutrient intake and eating habits of triathletes on a brazilian diet. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2004;14(6):684-697. 21. frentsos ja, baer jt. increased energy and nutrient intake during training and competition improves elite triathlete’s endurance performance. int j sport nutr 1997;7:61-71. 22. hawley ja, burke lm. peak performance: training and nutritional strategies for sport. sydney: allen and unwin, 1998. 23. tipton kd, wolfe rr. protein and amino acids for athletes. j sport sci 2004;22(1):65-79. 24. striegel h, simon p, wurster c. the use of nutritional supplements among master athletes. int j sports med 2006;27:236-241. 25. the world anti-doping code. the 2010 prohibited list international standard. 2010 [online] [access 2010, september]; available:http://www.wadaama.org/documents/world_anti-doping_program/wadp-prohibited-list/ wada_prohibited_list_2010_en.pdf. original research 84 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 introduction arthritis is one of the main causes of human disability, limiting everyday activities such as dressing, climbing stairs, getting in and out of bed, or walking. 1 rheumatoid arthritis (ra) is the most common type of chronic inflammatory arthritis. 2 ra is characterised by inflammation of the synovial lining of the joints, which ultimately results in cartilage and bone destruction. 3 ra can affect any joint, large or small; however, the small joints are the most commonly affected. since ra is a systemic disease, other parts of the body may be involved in the inflammatory process. 1 although there is no cure for ra the condition can be managed with various strategies. 4 the use of exercise in the treatment of patients with ra has been widely debated in the past. in the late 1800s, the concept of total bed-rest became the standard care. it was not until 1948 when the undesirable effects of prolonged bed-rest were described, that exercise resumed its role in arthritis therapy and rehabilitation. 5 over the past decades there has been growing evidence of the health benefits of physical activity for patients with ra. 6 in ra various factors may lead to a decline in functional ability. apart from the direct consequences of the disease on the function of joints and muscles, physical inactivity contributes further to stiffness of the joints, muscle weakness and cardiorespiratory deconditioning. 7 research shows that patients with ra are in general less fit and more at risk of comorbidities when compared with healthy, age-matched controls. 8-10 the primary goal of exercise therapy for ra is to improve joint mobility, muscle strength and aerobic and functional capacity. 11 however, there is a debate as to what type of exercise would be the best for ra patients. 5 hydrotherapy has been shown to increase muscle strength, increase joint range of motion, improve aerobic capacity, reduce pain and improve function. 12 the buoyancy of water and the ability to control its temperature make it favourable for patients with muscular and joint disease. although most research conducted suggests that exercises in water are beneficial for ra patients, numerous problems exist with the prescription of water therapy programmes. for example, proper water facilities for exercise therapy are not always available. heated pools designed for exercise therapy are expensive and maintenance is also time consuming and costly. home exercise programmes, usually consisting of land-based exercise, are often prescribed for ra patients. land-based exercises, specifically weight-bearing exercise, also have the advantage of strengthening the connective tissue surrounding the joints and stimulating bone formation. 5 these qualities are desirable because of the well-known complications of accelerated generalised osteoporosis induced by active inflammation, immobility and medication (cortisone) in ra. 11 in the past much research on ra patients and exercise has focused on water-based exercises. although recently more research has started focusing on land-based exercises, several questions remain unanswered. 13 the efficacy of land-based exercise intervention with respect to pain, disease activity, functional ability, quality of life and structural damage remain unclear. 14 therefore, the aim of this study was to determine the outcome of exercise therapy, specifically comparing the effects of a land-based exercise programme with that of a water-based exercise programme in ra sufferers. abstract objective. to compare the effects of a 3-month landand waterbased exercise programme among rheumatoid arthritis (ra) sufferers. methods. patients with ra functional class i and ii (n=10) were randomly assigned to a land-based exercise group (group l) (n=4), water-based exercise group (group w) (n=4) or a control group (group c) (n=2). testing parameters included swollen joint count (sjc), tender joint count (tjc), erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr), haemoglobin (hb), 50-ft (15.2-m) walk test, grip strength, isokinetic strength of knee extensors and flexors, knee range of motion (rom) and aerobic capacity. results. there were individual improvements in most of the physical status parameters tested for the experimental groups (land-based exercise group and water-based exercise group) while the general trend for the control group was that of deterioration. appropriate land-based exercises did not appear to aggravate disease activity. however, the water-based exercise programme was superior in controlling the disease activity with regards to the tender and swollen joint counts. conclusion. both exercise interventions appeared to be beneficial in the treatment of ra. further research is required comparing various modes of exercises for the treatment of ra, using larger samples and evaluating the long-term effects. kim nolte (dphil)1 dina c janse van rensburg (mb chb, mmed, msc sports medicine)2 pieter e krüger (dphil)1 1 department of biokinetics, sport and leisure sciences, university of pretoria, south africa 2 section sports medicine, university of pretoria, south africa correspondence to: kim nolte (kim.nolte@up.ac.za) landand water-based exercises in rheumatoid arthritis patients: a series of case reports sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 85 methods ethical clearance for this study was obtained from the faculty of humanities research proposal and ethics committee of the university of pretoria, south africa. all subjects were required voluntarily to read and sign an informed consent. subjects patients with classical or definite ra and mild to moderate disease activity (american college of rheumatology functional class i and ii), were randomly assigned to the land-based exercise group (group l), water-based exercise group (group w) or non-exercise group (group c). all patients were on stable medication. exclusion criteria included the presence of unstable cardiopulmonary disease, acute joint symptoms and current participation in a physical fitness programme or organised sports activity. exercise intervention subjects in the exercise groups were required to exercise 2 3 times per week for a 3-month period. those in the control group were instructed to continue with their normal sedentary lifestyle. group l and w attended their rehabilitation sessions at the university of pretoria rehabilitation gymnasium and hydrotherapy pool, respectively. the same biokineticist instructed both groups throughout their participation in the study. both the landand water-based exercise programmes were aimed at improving range-of-motion, muscle strength and cardiorespiratory endurance. the exercise intervention consisted of warm-up exercises, strengthening exercises, aerobic exercises and cool-down exercises with stretches. initially, the duration of the warm-up and strengthening phases was longer in order to build muscle strength. aerobic exercise time was gradually increased as cardiorespiratory fitness improved. the total duration of an exercise session in each of the 2 programmes was approximately 45 minutes each. assessments each patient was assessed 3 times throughout the study to track progress: before the exercise intervention, 5 6 weeks into the exercise intervention and at the end of the exercise intervention (3 months). the results of only the preand post-exercise assessments are reported. table i. gender, age and anthropometry subject gender age (years) stature (cm) body mass (kg) w1 female 66 159.1 92.0 w2 female 64 161.7 85.8 w3 female 52 161.4 71.0 w4 female 52 162.7 68.1 l1 male 60 199.6 105.4 l2 female 41 168.8 52.1 l3 female 57 170.4 97.3 l4 female 53 169.2 60.2 c1 female 43 167.4 54.6 c2 female 53 170.0 60.0 average 54.1 ± 8.1 169.0 ± 11.5 74.7 ± 9.1 w = water-based exercise programme; l = land-based exercise programme; c = control. table ii. total tender and swollen joint counts total tender joint count total swollen joint count subject pre post difference clinically relevant pre post difference clinically relevant w1 6 2 -4 yes 5 1 -4 yes w2 24 10 -14 yes 14 10 -4 yes w3 11 8 -3 no 12 8 -4 yes w4 10 6 -4 yes 4 6 2 no l1 11 15 4 yes 13 13 0 no l2 9 6 -3 no 9 8 -1 no l3 10 10 0 no 10 9 -1 no l4 13 10 -3 no 13 11 -2 no c1 8 8 0 no 10 10 0 no c2 19 19 0 no 16 16 0 no w = water-based exercise programme; l = land-based exercise programme; c = control. 86 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 clinical assessment a medical specialist rheumatologist performed all clinical assessments. joints were examined for soft-tissue swelling and tenderness and pain during motion, using the american college of rheumatology, rheumatoid arthritis clinical response criteria. 15 haematological assessment blood samples were drawn and standard laboratory procedures were used to estimate erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr) (modified westergren, mm/h) and haemoglobin (hb)(gm/dl). 16 physical status assessment the following functional assessments were performed: • a 50-ft (15.2m) walk test. 3 • manual grip strength was measured with a sphygmomanometer cuff rolled up two turns and inflated to 20 mmhg. • the strength of the knee extensors and flexors was tested on an isokinetic dynamometer (cybex norm 7000). a speed of 60°/second was used, 3 trial repetitions and 5 test repetitions were performed. • knee range of motion was measured using a standard goniometer. • bicycle ergometer testing was performed to determine aerobic capacity. the astrand-rhyming protocol to obtain data for calculating the estimated vo2max of each subject was used. 3 the test was started with an initial load of 25 watts (w) at a cadence of 60 70 revolutions per minute with an increment increase of 25 w until exhaustion. statistical analyses computations to determine standard descriptive statistics (mean and standard deviation) for age, stature and body mass of participants were performed using the statistical package for social sciences (spss), microsoft windows release 9.0 (1999). due to the small sample the raw data and the difference between the pre and post data are presented for each subject. these changes are interpreted in the context of clinically meaningful results for each variable. results ten patients (9 females, 1 male) with classic or definite ra volunteered for the study. the mean (±sd) age, stature, and body mass of the subjects was 54.1±8.1 years, 169.0±11.5 cm and 74.7± 9.1 kg, respectively. subjects were randomly assigned to group l, w or c (table i). clinical and haematological assessment results an increase or decrease of 4 joints may be considered to be clinically significant or a meaningful change for the joint counts. the total tjc decreased in all the subjects in group w. the decreases were all deemed to be clinically significant. in group l, the total tjc decreased in two of the subjects, remained unchanged in one and increased in another. none of the changes was deemed to be clinically relevant except for the subject whose total tjc increased. there was no change in the total tjc of the subjects in group c. the total sjc decreased in a clinically meaningful way in 3 of the 4 subjects in group w. one subject’s sjc increased in group w; however, the increase was not deemed to be clinically relevant. there was a nonclinically relevant decrease in 3 of the subjects’ sjc in group l and 1 subject’s sjc was unchanged. there was no change in the sjc of the subjects in group c (table ii). the haemoglobin values remained unchanged in all 3 groups. there were changes in the esr in the groups; however, no specific trends were identified and values generally fell within normal clinical reference ranges (table iii). physical status assessments results various aspects of physical conditioning are shown in tables iv and v. there was an improvement in group w and group l’s physical condition as determined by the 50-ft (15.2-m) walk and aerobic capacity test for all subjects, while there were no improvements noted in group c. in general, for other variables there were trends of improvement for group w and group l but not group c. discussion there is a growing interest among health professionals in improving the care of patients afflicted with chronic disabling diseases such as ra. in particular there is interest on the effects of exercise training programmes on the measurements of improvement in joint function, mobility, strength, endurance and cardiovascular fitness. 17 one of the aims of this study was to determine whether exercise therapy is beneficial for ra patients. the positive changes produced by the landand water-based exercise programmes are evident in the results as far as the disease (total and swollen joint count) and physical status of the subjects were concerned. the exercise therapies appeared to assist in the control of the disease activity as both the tjc and sjc were reduced in most of the subjects in the experimental groups, but not in the control group. there was a decrease in 6 of the subject’s joint counts (tjc and sjc) in the experimental groups, 3 of which were clinically significant decreases. no specific trends could be identified in the esr. however, in the experimental groups, 3 subjects’ esr increased, 1 in group w and 2 in group l. despite the increases, values fell within acceptable ranges with the exception of 1 subject in group l. however, this subject’s esr was on the border of the acceptable range even before the start of the intervention. in the control group 1 subject’s esr remained unchanged and the other subjects decreased. it is important to note that esr can be influenced by factors other than ra, such as anaemia, pregnancy and age. therefore it may be useful to conduct other haematological assessments in addition to esr such as c-reactive protein (crp) to get a true reflection of the inflammatory status of the disease. table iii. erythrocyte sedimentation rate erythrocyte sedimentation rate (mm.h -1 ) subject pre post difference within clinical reference range w1 10 20 10 yes (pre and post) w2 20 10 -10 yes (pre and post) w3 50 26 -24 no (pre) yes (post) w4 2 2 0 yes (pre and post) l1 7 10 3 yes (pre and post) l2 9 7 -2 yes (pre and post) l3 30 42 12 yes (pre) no (post) l4 13 7 -6 yes (pre and post) c1 18 18 0 yes (pre and post) c2 30 14 -16 yes (pre and post) w = water-based exercise programme; l = land-based exercise programme; c = control. sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 87 most of the physical status parameters assessed were positively influenced by both exercise therapies. the improvements in aerobic capacity are especially noteworthy due to the fact that in the past exercise therapy in ra primarily aimed at maintaining joint mobility and muscle strength. 14 however, because of the increased risk of cardiovascular events such as atherosclerosis of the coronary artery, aerobic training and fitness should be given the sufficient attention it deserves with regards to exercise programming. other compelling evidence advocating the importance of aerobic exercises for ra sufferers was that of a systematic review and meta-analysis by baillet and colleagues. 14 the study found that aerobic exercises improve some of the most important ra patient outcomes: function, quality of life and pain. moreover, it appears that aerobic exercise decreases radiological damage and pain. 14 vo2max or vo2peak is considered a measure for aerobic fitness. in this study both the landand waterbased exercise groups similarly improved their relative and absolute vo2max as well as their 50-ft walk test time (table iv). another study has shown that vo2max of subjects improved by 12% after following a 12-week endurance training programme. 18 in contrast, in the nonexercise group there were no improvements in aerobic capacity parameters tested. in fact, one of the subjects showed deterioration. it is important to note that even small changes can be expected to have a detrimental impact on a ra patient, especially if one considers that the decline took place over a short period of time. due to the involvement of the joints of the hand and wrist, ra can influence grip strength. therefore grip strength is considered an important measurement of a ra patient’s functional status. poor grip strength can affect activities of daily living such as the ability to open and close small buttons, to write and to perform any function related to work or housework. 19 the exercise therapies appeared to have a positive effect on grip strength in comparison to the control group. in the experimental groups, 7 of the subjects’ left grip strength improved and 4 of the subjects’ right grip strength improved. in the control group there was a decrease in both left and right grip strength for both subjects except for 1 subject whose right grip strength minimally improved (table v). impaired muscle function is a common consequence in patients with ra. 8 it is important to maintain normal muscle strength, not only to maintain physical function, but also to stabilise the joints and prevent joint angulation and later osteoarthrosis. 16 in general, table v. physical parameters subject grip (mmhg) isokinetic flexion (nm/kg) isokinetic extension (nm/kg) range of motion (°) flexion range of motion (°) extension l r l r l r l r l r w1 138 162 29.3 21.7 64.1 64.1 84 79 0 0 w2 100 103 8.2 9.4 40.0 49.4 105 115 0 0 w3 80 102 65.0 66.2 125.4 140.8 130 125 0 0 w4 108 120 50.0 39.7 70.6 66.2 121 121 0 0 l1 265 265 83.8 64.8 168.6 140.0 120 125 9 14 l2 60 62 84.1 98.1 203.8 238.0 125 124 0 0 l3 81 85 47.4 48.5 101.0 89.7 112 115 0 0 l4 91 90 68.3 85.0 116.7 141.7 130 115 0 0 c1 59 41 92.6 85.2 175.9 188.9 131 130 0 0 c2 44 40 55.0 65.0 128.3 151.7 122 125 0 0 w = water-based exercise programme; l = land-based exercise programme; c = control. table iv. 50-ft (15.2m) walk test and relative maximal oxygen consumption 50-ft walk test (s) maximal oxygen consumption (ml.kg -1 .min -1 ) subject pre post difference pre post difference w1 10.1 9.1 -1.0 11.6 19.7 8.1 w2 10.5 7.5 -3.0 20.7 23.9 3.2 w3 11.4 9.7 -1.7 21.9 35.9 14 w4 9.6 8.0 -1.6 36.4 38.6 2.2 l1 8.0 6.8 -1.2 17.2 22.3 5.1 l2 8.3 6.9 -1.4 37.8 41.0 3.2 l3 9.2 7.8 -1.4 15.8 23.2 7.4 l4 8.0 6.9 -1.1 45.2 48.8 3.6 c1 7.5 7.3 -0.2 38.1 30.6 -7.5 c2 9.4 9.5 0.1 32.0 32.1 0.1 w = water-based exercise programme; l = land-based exercise programme; c = control. 88 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 there was an increase in knee extensor and flexor strength in the experimental groups and a deterioration in the control group. there appeared to be a more consistent improvement in the knee flexor strength in relation to knee extensor strength in the experimental groups. this may be due to the fact that there were muscle strength imbalances between the knee extensors and flexors at the start of the intervention (table v). the maintenance of functional rom is necessary for daily activity and efficiency of movement. there were no significant deviations in knee extension rom in relation to normative data before the exercise interventions and therefore no large changes were expected. knee flexion rom did however improve for all the subjects in both experimental groups and stayed approximately the same for the subjects in the control group (table v). it appears that exercise therapy does indeed play an important role in the treatment of rheumatic disease and in the fight against rheumatic invalidism. however, the primary purpose of the study was to determine which exercise mode, water-based exercise therapy or land-based exercise therapy, would be more effective in the treatment of ra. importantly, results indicate that disease activity was not exacerbated by the land-based exercises. it is however worthwhile noting that there were more clinically significant decreases in the joint counts for the subjects following water-based therapy than landbased therapy. in addition, the tjc increased in one of the subjects following land-based therapy. the greater reduction in joint swelling and tenderness in the water-based exercise group may be attributed to the reduction of joint loading occasioned by the buoyancy. in addition, the hydrostatic pressure of water immersion is considered to reduce oedema. 20 concerning the physical status of the subjects in the experimental groups, both exercise therapies had a positive influence on most of the physical status parameters measured. however, it would appear that the improvements in the water-based exercise group seemed slightly more substantial than those of the land-based exercise group. conclusion the results indicate that the benefits derived from both landand water-based exercises are very similar. the prescription of landbased exercises is feasible, especially when hydrotherapy is not possible or contraindicated. the appropriate land-based exercises do not appear to enhance disease activity. therefore the importance and unique benefits of land-based exercises should be considered when prescribing exercises for ra patients. it is possible that the exercise of choice for ra patients should not be water-based exercises alone, as believed in the past, but an optimal combination of landand water-based exercises. ideally, the contribution of landand water-based exercises to the overall programme of the ra patient should be manipulated according to the patient’s needs and disease activity at that period of time. finally, it is important to emphasise the fact that this was a preliminary study and therefore the sample was small and any changes in disease symptoms must be viewed in the context of the natural course of ra, where daily fluctuations in joint motion, swelling, pain and tenderness are not uncommon. however, all patients were on stable medication, thus eliminating the possibility of confounding results due to changes in medication. thus the results from this study indicate that future research focusing on the effects of various exercise modalities as well as the long-term effects of exercise interventions in the treatment of ra patients could prove valuable. references 1. nieman dc. exercise soothes arthritis. joint effects. acsms health fit j 2000;4(3):20-27. 2. thompson jm. arthritis: everything you need to know about arthritis. south africa: zebra press, 1998:23-46. 3. norceau l, martineau h, ro l, belzile m. effects of a modified dance based exercise on cardiorespiratory fitness, psychological state and health status of persons with rheumatoid arthritis. am j phys med rehab 1995;74(1):19-27. 4. giannini mj, protas ej. exercise response in children with and without juvenile rheumatoid arthritis: a case comparison study. phys ther 1992;72(5):365-372. 5. kirsteins ae, dietz fd, hwang sw. evaluating the safety and potential use of a weight-bearing exercise, tai-chi chuan, for rheumatoid arthritis patients. am j phys med rehab 1991;70(3):136-141. 6. gaudin p, leguen-guegan s, allenet b, baillet a, grange l, juvin r. is dynamic exercise beneficial in patients with rheumatoid arthritis? joint bone spine 2008;75:11-17. 7. van den ende chm, hazes jmw, le cessie s, et al. comparison of high and low intensity training in well controlled rheumatoid arthritis. results of a randomized clinical trial. ann rheum dis 1996;55:798-805. 8. ekdahl c, broman g. muscle strength, endurance, and aerobic capacity in rheumatoid arthritis: a comparative study with healthy subjects. ann rheum dis 1992;51:35-40. 9. del rincon id, williams k, stern mp, freeman gl, escalante a. high incidence of cardiovascular events in a rheumatoid arthritis cohort not explained by traditional cardiac risk factors. arthritis rheum 2001;44:27372745. 10. bacon pa, townend jn. nails in the coffin: increasing evidence for the role of rheumatic disease in the cardiovascular mortality of rheumatoid arthritis. arthritis rheum 2001;44:2707-2710. 11. hazes jmw, van den ende chm. how vigorously should we exercise our rheumatoid arthritis patients? ann rheum dis 1996;55:861-862. 12. tork sc, douglas v. arthritis water exercise program evaluation. a selfassessment survey. arthrit care res 1989;2(1):28-30. 13. klepper se. effects of an eight-week physical conditioning programme on disease signs and symptoms in children with chronic arthritis. arthrit care res 1999;12(1):52-60. 14. baillet a, zeboulon n, gossec l, et al. efficacy of cardiorespiratory aerobic exercise in rheumatoid arthritis: meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. arthrit care res 2010;62(7):984-992. 15. ritchie dm, doyle ja, mcginnis jm. clinical studies with an articular index for the assessment of joint tenderness in patients with ra. q j med 1968;37:393-406. 16. lyngberg kk, ramsing bu, nawracki a, harreby m. safe and effective knee extension training in rheumatoid arthritis. arthritis & rheum 1994;37(5):623-628. 17. komatireddy gr, leitch rw, cella k, browning g, minor m. efficacy of low load resistive muscle training in patients with rheumatoid arthritis functional class ii and iii. j rheumatol 1997;24(8):1531-1539. 18. janse van rensburg dc, viljoen m, coertzen c, et al. efficacy of an exercise programme on the functional capacity and disease activity in females with rheumatoid arthritis. saoj 2010;28:685-691. 19. minor ma, hewett, je. physical fitness and work capacity in women with rheumatoid arthritis. arthrit care res 1995;8(3):146-154. 20. hall j, maddison pj, chapman k. arthrit care res 2010;9(3):206-215. introduction both the male and female marathons at the 2004 athens olympic games were run in the hottest conditions experienced in any world-class marathon events in recent memory. at the start of the woman’s race the temperature was 33°c, and the relative humidity (rh) was 31%; conditions were only slightly more favourable for the men’s events (30°c; rh 39%). by comparison, average early morning conditions during the 1996 olympic games in ‘hotlanta’ were comparatively cool although the humidity was high (average daily temperature 22°c; rh 83%). 1 when the race was run in 2004, the drinking guidelines then current 2-5 encouraged athletes to fully replace their body weight losses during exercise. if those guidelines were based on sound physiological principles, then it might be assumed that the athletes who performed the best in the 2004 olympic marathon races in athens would have followed those guidelines. in other words, these individuals would have consumed at least 1litre/h, amounting to a total of 2 2.5 litres during the race. to establish whether the world’s best runners adhered to the drinking guidelines current at that time, we retrospectively analysed the television broadcasts of the 2004 athens olympic marathons to determine the typical drinking behaviours of the top finishers in both races. as the television cameras followed the race leaders for the duration of the race, we were able to analyse only those athletes who were filmed at stations when they were running with the leading runners. to supplement these data, we also analysed the drinking behaviour of the pre-race favourite for the women’s marathon. this individual, the world record holder, retired from the race at 36 km. it appears that her inability to continue was likely due to the development of a limiting hyperthermia, but without progression to heatstroke. on the basis of prior, unsubstantiated observation, we postulated that these top-performing runners would drink less than advocated by the drinking guidelines. materials and methods all data from the race television broadcast for leading runners passing through each of the 15 seconding stations (located every 2.5 km after 5.0 km in the male and female athens 2004 olympic marathons) were recorded and stored on a sony pcg-grv7p computer using the dartfish 2.5.3.63 programme. the four top finishers in both the male and female marathon were targeted. in addition, the drinking behaviour of the female world marathon record holder, who retired from the race at 36 km, was also studied. original research article drinking during marathon running in extreme heat: a video analysis study of the top finishers in the 2004 athens olympic marathons abstract objective. to assess the drinking behaviours of top competitors during an olympic marathon. methods. retrospective video analysis of the top four finishers in both the male and female 2004 athens olympic marathons plus the pre-race favourite in the female race in order to assess total time spent drinking. one male and female runner involved in a laboratory drinking simulation trial. results. for the five female athletes, 37 of a possible 73 drinking episodes were captured. the female race winner was filmed at 11 of 15 drinking stations. her total drinking time was 23.6 seconds; extrapolated over 15 seconds this would have increased to 32.2 seconds for a total of 27 sips of fluid during the race. eighteen of a possible 60 drinking episodes for the top four male marathon finishers were filmed. the total drinking time for those 18 episodes was 11.4 seconds. a laboratory simulation found that a female athlete of approximately the same weight as the female olympic winner might have been able to ingest a maximum of 810 ml (350 ml.h -1 ) from 27 sips whilst running at her best marathon pace whereas a male might have drunk a maximum of 720 ml (330 ml.h -1 ) from 9 sips under the same conditions. conclusions. these data suggest that both the female and male 2004 olympic marathon winners drank minimal total amounts of fluid (<1 litre) in hot (>30ºc) temperatures while completing the marathon with race times within 2.5% of the olympic record. correspondence: professor t d noakes department of human biology sports science institute of south africa boundary road newlands, 7925 tel: +27 21 650-4557 fax: +27 21 686-7530 e-mail: timothy.noakes@uct.ac.za michelle van rooyen (phd) tamara hew-butler (phd) timothy d noakes (oms, mb chb, md, dsc, facsm, (hons), ffsem (uk) uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 55 the video broadcast was analysed for the following: • was the athlete’s drinking behaviour at the seconding station recorded on the broadcast? if not, an entry of no data (nd) was recorded (table i). • if the athlete was visible on the tape, did he or she take a drinking bottle at the specific seconding station in review? • if the athlete drank from the bottle, the number of times he or she drank from the bottle was recorded, as was • the total time in seconds that each athlete drank from each bottle at each seconding station. • whether or not the athlete sponged him or herself at the seconding station was also recorded. data were collated and analysed to determine the total time each athlete was observed to be drinking whilst on camera. it was assumed that this behaviour was consistent across the entire race. thus the behaviour of the athlete at the drinking stations that were captured on camera was extrapolated to those drinking stations at which he or she was not recorded. this allowed an estimate of the total time that each athlete spent drinking during the race. as near complete data were available for one athlete – the 40 kg winner of the female marathon – we performed a laboratory simulation in which a female marathon runner of similar weight (43 kg) reproduced the same drinking behaviour. this simulation was used to estimate the total volume of fluid that could be drunk in the same time that the female winner had been observed to be drinking during the olympic marathon. the female athlete ran at the equivalent of her best marathon pace whilst observing the edited video of the olympic female marathon. on each occasion that the female race winner drank, the tested runner exactly reproduced the behaviour. it soon became apparent that the female race winner held the drinking bottle to her mouth for just long enough to fill her mouth. therefore we performed an experiment to determine the maximum volume of fluid that our female subject could ingest, and which filled her mouth. this procedure was repeated with a male runner of 74 kg. in addition, in order to determine the limiting factors for drinking, we measured the peak flow rate that could be generated by applying maximum force with a single hand to two popular drink bottles, one large (1 000 ml) and one small (500 ml), for 3 5 seconds. we then calculated the volume of fluid ejected during this period and converted it to a flow rate in millilitres per second (ml/s). results despite the severe conditions in both athens olympic marathons, 66 (80%) of the 82 female and 81 (79%) of the 102 male entrants completed the race. to our knowledge, no runner developed heatstroke in either race although the female world record holder stopped running at 36 km, perhaps as a result of severe hyperthermia that resolved spontaneously once she stopped running. table 1 shows the drinking behaviours of the 9 runners that were analysed. data for the women’s race were more complete as 37 of the possible 73 (51%) drinking behaviours of the five studied runners were recorded on the television broadcast. only 30% of the males’ drinking behaviour was recorded. this reflected the different nature of the 2 races with 4 of the 5 women running in, or near, the lead group for the majority of the race. in contrast, 3 of the 4 top finishing males were close to the front for only the second half of the race. ta b le i. d ri nk in g be ha vi ou r at s ec on di ng s ta tio ns d ur in g th e a th en s 20 04 o ly m pi c m ar at ho n. s ta tio ns w er e si tu at ed e ve ry 2 .5 k m f ro m 5 k m a nd d at a ar e re po rt ed a s se co nd s sp en t d ri nk in g at e ac h st at io n r un ne r n am e c ou nt ry f in is hi ng tim e d rin ki ng st at io n no . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ♀ 1 m n og uc hi ja pa n 2: 26 :2 0 n d n d 0. 42 s p 5. 7 0. 98 s p 2. 4 s p 1. 24 s p 11 .0 8 n d n d 1. 72 s p n d ♀ 2 c n de re ba k en ya 2: 26 :3 2 n d n d n d n d n d n d 3. 66 0. 96 0. 88 n d n d 1. 42 n d ♀ 3 d k as to r u s a 2: 27 :2 0 n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d ♀ 4 e a le m u e th io pi a 2: 28 :1 5 n d 0. 92 1. 18 s p 2. 98 1. 26 0. 68 1. 98 s p n d n d n d 0. 78 s p n d ♀ 5 p r ad cl iff e u k d n f 8. 3 1. 0 s p 11 .8 2 s p 6. 12 s p 3. 36 s p s p 2. 16 s p s p n d n d n d d n f d n f ♂ 1 s b al di ni ita ly 2: 10 :5 5 n d n d n d n d n d n d 0. 52 n d s p n d n d s p n d s p 3. 2 ♂ 2 m k efl ez ig hi u s a 2: 11 :2 9 n d n d n d n d n d s p n d n d s p n d n d 0. 62 n d s p n d ♂ 3 v l im a b ra zi l 2: 12 :1 1 n d n d n d n d n d 1. 02 1. 48 s p s p n d n d 0. 62 n d 2. 28 s p n d 0. 44 s p ♂ 4 j b ro w n u k 2: 12 :2 6 n d n d n d n d n d n d n d n d 1. 20 s p n d n d n d n d n d n d s p: u se o f a s po ng e or w at er o ve r th e bo dy , n d : n o da ta , t he a th le te in ge st ed fl ui d bu t t ot al d rin ki ng ti m e co ul d no t b e de te rm in ed fr om v id eo a na ly si s 56 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 table ii, which summarises drinking behaviour over the course of the race, shows that whilst she was on camera, the female race winner drank for a total of 23.6 seconds at the 11 drink stations at which she was filmed – a total of 20 sips of fluid. in addition, she sponged herself at 6 stations. if it is assumed that this behaviour pattern was consistent throughout the race, extrapolation to the 4 stations at which she was not filmed would suggest that she drank for a maximum duration of about 32 seconds during the race – a total of 27 sips of fluid. similarly, the female world record holder was filmed at 10 of the 13 aid stations that she would have passed during the race. she took 18 sips of fluid for a total of 32.8 seconds of drinking, and sponged herself at 6 of the stations. thus her average drinking time at the 6 stations at which she drank was 5.4 seconds. had she drunk in the same fashion at 2 of the 3 stations at which she was not filmed, her total drinking time during the race would have been 43.6 seconds – a total of 24 sips. the female athlete who finished in fourth place was also successfully filmed at 9 of the 15 aid stations. her total drinking time was 9.78 seconds, and she took 7 sips of fluid. extrapolated to all 15 aid stations, her total drinking time would have been 18.2 seconds (13 sips). the less complete data for the male marathoners showed that the race winner drank at only 2 of the 5 stations at which he was filmed in the second half of the race (table i). this would amount to a total of 3.72 seconds of drinking, comprising 3 sips of fluid (table ii). extrapolating the same behaviour at 40% of the stations to the 15 drinking stations on the course, would have increased his total drinking time to 11.2 seconds from 9 sips of fluid. similarly, the second finisher drank at only 1 of the 4 stations at which he was filmed for a total of 1 sip lasting 0.62 seconds. the third finisher drank at 6 of the 7 stations at which he was filmed for a total of 8 sips of fluid lasting 5.84 seconds. extrapolating to the full race, he would likely have drunk at 13 of the 15 stations for a total duration of 12.6 seconds and 17 sips. thus the drinking behaviours of these 5 athletes ranged from total drinking times of 18 44 seconds whilst ingesting between 13 and 27 sips of fluid. laboratory simulation found that the average volume of a ‘sip’ for a female runner of 43 kg was 30 ml, and that of a male runner of 74 kg was 80 ml. thus the likely maximum amount of fluid ingested from 27 sips by the female race winner would have been approximately 810 ml, and that of the male race winner about 720 ml from 9 sips (table ii). the greatest estimated fluid volume (1 360 ml) was that of the male runner who finished in third place. the rate of flow from two different sports drink bottles was evaluated. the rate of flow from the 1 000 ml bottle was 100 ml/s while that from the 500ml bottle was 60 ml/s. only the smaller bottle would be used by marathon runners. a subsequent analysis using the same methods also found a similar flow rate of 50 ml/s from a similar drink bottle (mr lukas beis, university of glasgow: personal communication). accordingly, if the rate of fluid ingestion was limited by the peak flow rate of the drink bottles (probably ~50 60 ml/s) used by these athletes, and if the flow rate was always maximal when the bottle was in the athlete’s mouth, which seems improbable, then the maximal fluid volumes that could have been ingested by these athletes ranged table ii. summary of drinking behaviour during the athens 2004 olympic marathon runner total drinking time on camera extrapolated total drinking time extrapolated total volume ingested during the race (ml) seconds no. sips seconds no. sips max sip volume* peak flow rate volume** ♀ 23.601 20 32.0 27 810 1920 ♀ 6.922 6 ♀ nd3 ♀ 9.784 7 18.2 13 390 1080 ♀ 32.85 18 43.6 24 720 2640 ♂ 3.721 3 11.2 9 720 660 ♂ 0.622 1 ♂ 5.843 8 12.6 17 1360 780 ♂ 1.204 1.20 * based on average maximum volume of a sip in a ~40 kg female of 30 ml and of 80 ml in an ~70 kg male; ** based on peak flow rate of ~60 ml/sec from drinking bottle; prediction not possible on basis of available information; nd: no data. 58 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 from 1 080 ml to 2 640 ml (430 1 300 ml/h) in the female runners, and from 660 ml to 780 ml (300 350 ml/h) in the male runners. the 1996 acsm guidelines current in 2004 advise that athletes should drink 1.2 l/h (equivalent to 2 620 ml during a 2:10:55 marathon by a male or to 2 920 ml during a 2:26:20 marathon by a female runner) to optimise performance. however, the true drinking behaviour of these world champions during international competition in extreme heat is estimated to be only 25% (male) to 31% (female) of these guidelines if drinking was limited by the size of the athlete’s mouths, and between 25% (male) and 66% (female) if drinking was limited by the rate of fluid delivery from the drinking bottles. what is more, if sweat rates were greater than 1.2l/h, as seems probable in these severe environmental conditions 6,7 and if athletes are expected to drink sufficiently to ‘replace all sweat losses during exercise’, 2 then the rates of fluid ingestion of these athletes would have been even more inadequate according to drinking guidelines then current. 3-5 more recently (february 2007), the acsm 8 published revised guidelines which propose that athletes should drink ‘to prevent excessive (>2% body weight loss from fluid deficit) dehydration and excessive changes in electrolyte balance from compromising performance and health’ (p.386). although the authors of the guidelines are reluctant to propose specific rates of fluid ingestion, they conclude that fluid ingestion rates of 400 800 ml.h -1 are ‘probably satisfactory for individuals participating in marathon length events’. compared with these guidelines the male race winner probably drank at an estimated rate of ~340 ml.h -1 and the female at ~350 ml.h -1 , rates which are below even the minimum range of these most recent acsm guidelines. it is also of interest that the smaller female athlete may have drunk at a faster rate than her larger male peer. discussion an important limitation of this study is that we did not record every drinking behaviour by all the top runners in both races in this event. the data from the men’s race in particular, were less than ideal as only 30% of all possible drinking behaviours were filmed. we were not able to measure the actual volumes of fluid ingested by these athletes during the races; rather we made extrapolations based on the evidence from the race video and a crude measure of the average size of a ‘sip’ in athletes of the appropriate size. nor did we measure the body weight changes in these athletes as a measure of dehydration. we did, however, accurately measure the maximum rate of fluid delivery from a typical sports drink bottle, similar to the type used in international marathon races. a subsequent study has confirmed this finding (lukas biel, university of glasgow: unpublished findings). the drinking behaviours of three of the leading female runners were far more complete with 29 (67%) of the 43 possible drinking behaviours captured on the tv broadcast. this, at least, allows for broad conclusions regarding the drinking patterns of elite female marathon runners during the world’s premier marathon race. our analysis suggests that in marathon races run in severe environmental conditions, the fastest female athletes spend between 18 and 45 seconds drinking – a total of ~30 sips of fluid during the race. this comprises about 0.5% of their total running time during the race. that they spent so little time drinking suggests that these elite female athletes do not place as much importance on fluid replacement during exercise as current drinking guidelines suggest they should. a more recent study of elite male marathon runners has confirmed that these athletes also drink for between 20 and 30 seconds during their marathon races (lukas beis, university of glasgow: manuscript in preparation). our laboratory simulation suggests that the total volume of fluid ingested by the female and male winners of these races was about 800 ml with an hourly rate of fluid ingestion of between 300 and 400 ml.h -1 . although these rates of fluid ingestion were only 25 30% of the then current acsm guidelines of 1.2l.h -1 , they are not different from rates recorded in runners competing before the 1970s. in that era, runners were actively discouraged from drinking as it was believed that drinking impaired athletic performance. 9 the estimated rates (~340 ml.h -1 for the male winner; ~350 ml.h -1 for the female winner) are also below the current range of 400 – 800 ml.h -1 considered ‘probably satisfactory’ in the revised (2007) acsm guidelines. interestingly, other studies 10-13 have also found that elite runners drink at rates that are at the low end of the acsm guidelines. to check the likely accuracy of these predictions, we measured the peak flow rates from popular drink bottles designed for use during athletic competition. these showed that flow rates of 60 ml.s -1 are probable. this would tend to confirm that subjects apply the bottles to their lips for sufficiently long (~1 second) to fill their mouths with a single sip of between 30 and 80 ml. on the other hand, if the drinking bottles provided fluid at the maximum rate (~60 ml/s) for the entire duration that they were applied to each athlete’s lips, then the absolute maximum volume of fluid that could have been drunk by the females rose substantially from ~640 ml to ~1 880 ml, with a maximum value of 2 640 ml (table ii). yet even this maximum value for the female winner was still only 66% of the amount recommended at the time. in contrast, this method of calculation caused the calculated amount of fluid ingested by the male runners to drop from ~1 040 ml to ~720 ml, or to less than 26% of the recommended volume. although the actual sweat rates of these athletes during these races were not reported, it is likely that their rates of fluid intake were substantially less than their sweat rates. for example, male and female runners running significantly more slowly in cooler conditions (25 32°c; rh 62 82%; wet bulb globe temperature index of 26.5 29.0°c) in atlanta, georgia, were reported to sweat at mean rates of 1.7 and 1.3 l.h -1 respectively. 7 these are among the highest sweat rates recorded in runners. it seems unlikely that the olympic marathoners in these races who were running very much faster in more severe conditions would have sweated at lower rates. at sweat rates of between 1.3 and 1.7 l.h -1 , but at fluid ingestion rates of only 300 800 ml.h -1 (table ii), these athletes would have lost between 0.5 and 1.4 kg.h -1 , and thus would have ‘dehydrated’ by at least 3 4.5%. these predictions match findings in other winning marathon runners. 10-13 thus, we conclude that athletes can win major competitive events run in extreme environmental conditions, even when consuming substantially less fluid than the recommended, developing an estimated 3 5% dehydration. this level of dehydration appears to pose no obvious risk to the individual’s health, nor does it appear to impact performance. this is compatible with the theory that dehydration has a smaller impact on performance in trained athletes than is currently believed. 14-15 conversely, it is in contradiction to the theory that a 4% level of dehydration will cause a 30 50% reduction in exercise capacity (fig. 4 16 ) whereas a 5% weight loss will cause a reduction of between 45 and 65%. were these data correct, the 60 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 female winner of the athens olympic marathon should have finished the race in between 3:10:14 and 4:01:24, rather than in 2:26:20. it therefore appears that the data on which these predictions are based do not apply to the world’s best athletes. one of the reasons why world-class athletes may be quite unable to drink at the high rates proposed by these guidelines may simply be that such high rates produce discomfort in athletes running at high exercise intensities. indeed, one of the core studies used by the acsm to justify high rates of fluid ingestion during exercise concluded that runners were unable to sustain rates of fluid ingestion of 1.2 l.h -1 for more than about 70 80 minutes. 17 thus the authors wrote: ‘all of the runners experienced extreme sensations of fullness during the final five or six feedings. at the end of 100 minutes of running and feeding, it became apparent that further attempts to ingest fluids would have been intolerable’ (p. 522). on the other hand, drinking ad libitum at lower rates (~250 ml every 5 km; 500 700 ml.h -1 for men and women respectively) during experimental 40 km running trials produced intestinal distress in only 2 of 12 subject. 17 but when subjects combined walking, jogging and resting in the shade during a competitive 25 km military route march in 44°c, they were able to drink up to 1.2 l.h -1 without developing symptoms of intestinal discomfort (nolte h et al.: manuscript submitted). this suggests that it is the act of running which causes intestinal symptoms when the rates of fluid ingestion are high. alternatively, these guidelines may have encouraged a drinking behaviour that elite athletes are unable to follow simply because humans evolved specifically to be able to run in the heat without requiring concurrent fluid replacement. thus one theory 18 holds that the ability to sweat and, as a consequence, to become dehydrated, provided humans with a critical evolutionary advantage since it allowed humans to add high-quality protein to their diets. thus their ability to sweat, and therefore to remain in thermal balance during prolonged exercise in the heat, allowed ancestral humans hunting on the african plains to chase large, non-sweating antelope until their exhaustion presumably as a result of hyperthermia. 19 sweating allowed humans better to regulate their body temperatures during such exercise in extreme dry heat (up to 46°c 20 ), thereby avoiding the hyperthermia that caused their prey to become paralysed, and hence dispatchable at close quarters. the remarkable performances of the tiny, light-boned, elite marathon runners of today, like the 40 kg winner of the 2004 athens olympic women’s marathon, mizuki noguchi, in extreme heat suggest the continued presence of these remarkable evolutionary adaptations. 21 high sweating rates, that are not reduced by a developing dehydration, 17,22,23 and the ability to run in extreme heat for up to 6 hours without significant fluid ingestion 20 seem to confirm that humans are remarkably well adapted for running in dry heat, as again confirmed by the exceptional performances of real athletes in actual olympic competitions. elsewhere 24 we have also shown that elite kenyan distance runners drinking ad libitum at rest and during training ingest fluid at rates that appear to be low compared with modern drinking guidelines. references 1. sparling pb. environmental conditions during the 1996 olympic games: a brief follow-up report. clin j sport med. 1997;7(3):159-161. 2. armstrong le, epstein y, greenleaf je, et al. american college of sports medicine position stand. heat and cold illnesses during distance running. med sci sports exer 1996;28(12):i-x. 3. casa dj, armstrong le, hillman sk. national athletic trainers association position statement: fluid replacement for athletes. j athl train 2000;35:212-224. 4. convertino va, armstrong le, coyle ef, et al. american college of sports medicine position stand. exercise and fluid replacement. med sci sports exer 1996;28(1):i-vii. 5. american college of sports medicine, american dietetic association, dietitians of canada. joint position statement: nutrition and athletic performance. med sci sports exerc 2000;32(12):2130-2145. 6. fowkes godek s, bartolozzi ar, godek jj. sweat rate and fluid turnover in american football players compared with runners in a hot and humid environment. br j sports med 2005;39(4):205-211. 7. millard-stafford m, sparling pb, rosskopf lb, snow tk, dicarlo lj, hinson bt. fluid intake in male and female runners during a 40-km field run in the heat. journal of sports sciences. 1995;13(3):257-263. 8. sawka mn, burke lm, eichner er, maughan rj, montain sj, stachenfeld ns. american college of sports medicine position stand. exercise and fluid replacement. med sci sports exerc 2007;39(2):377-390. 9. noakes td. lore of running. 4th ed. champaign, il: human kinetics publishers, 2003. 10. wyndham ch, strydom nb. the danger of an inadequate water intake during marathon running. s afr med j 1969;43(29):893-896. 11. pugh lg, corbett jl, johnson rh. rectal temperatures, weight losses, and sweat rates in marathon running. j appl physiol 1967;23(3):347352. 12. muir al, percy-robb iw, davidson ia, walsh eg, passmore r. physiological aspects of the edinburgh commonwealth games. lancet 1970;2(7683):1125-1128. 13. buskirk er, beetham wpj. dehydration and body temperature as a result of marathon running. medicina sportiva 1960;xiv(9):493-506. 14. sharwood ka, collins m, goedecke jh, wilson g, noakes td. weight changes, medical complications, and performance during an ironman triathlon. br j sports med 2004;38(6):718-724. 15. noakes td. dehydration during exercise: what are the real dangers? clinical journal of sport medicine 1995;5(2):123-128. 16. sawka mn, montain sj. fluid and electrolyte supplementation for exercise heat stress. am j clin nutr 2000;72(2 suppl):564s-572s. 17. costill dl, kammer wf, fisher a. fluid ingestion during distance running. arch environ health 1970;21(4):520-525. 18. heinrich b. racing the antelope. first. new york: harper collins publishers inc., 2001. 19. gonzalez-alonso j, teller c, andersen sl, jensen fb, hyldig t, nielsen b. influence of body temperature on the development of fatigue during prolonged exercise in the heat. j appl physiol 1999;86(3):1032-1039. 20. foster c, foster d. speaking with earth and sky. cape town: david phillips publishers, 2005. 21. bramble dm, lieberman de. endurance running and the evolution of homo. nature 2004;432(7015):345-352. 22. eichna lw, bean wb, ashe wf, nelson n. performance in relation to environmental temperature. bull johns hopkins hospital 1945;76:25-58. 23. montain sj, coyle ef. influence of graded dehydration on hyperthermia and cardiovascular drift during exercise. j appl physiol 1992;73(4):13401350. 24. fudge bw, easton c, kingsmore d, et al. elite kenyan endurance runners are hydrated day-to-day with ad libitum fluid intake. med sci sports exerc 2008;40(6):1171-1179. sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 61 introduction non-communicable diseases (ncds) have become an increasing concern in south africa.1 despite the apparent rise of ncds2 and the alarming prevalence of both obesity and physical inactivity in south africans,3 even from more disadvantaged communities,4 there are limited data on successful physical activity interventions in preventing and reducing ncds in these settings. physical activity has been linked to the prevention and reduction of these diseases,5 and the problem of inactivity has been demonstrated throughout the life-course in south africans, with only 50% of south african secondary school learners reporting participation in weekly physical education.6 school-based physical activity interventions are one of the many strategies employed in both developed and developing settings to address the rise of ncds,7,8 although there is limited literature from developing settings. within school-based interventions, teachers play a pivotal role in the implementation of these interventions and are acknowledged as an important source of information regarding perceptions of barriers to and factors facilitating school-based physical activity interventions9 and the promotion of physical activity in the school environment.10 original research article evaluation of a school-based physical activity intervention in alexandra township abstract objectives. non-communicable diseases and limited participation in school physical education have become increasing concerns in south africa. in response to these concerns, a schoolbased physical activity intervention, healthnutz, was implemented in three primary schools in alexandra township, johannesburg. evaluation of healthnutz included assessing its feasibility and acceptability, and short-term changes in learners’ physical fitness, knowledge and attitudes. methods. to assess feasibility and acceptability, a situational analysis and focus groups with teachers and programme monitors were conducted. pre-post fitness testing (3-month interval) was conducted with learners, and a questionnaire assessed changes in learners’ knowledge, attitudes, self-efficacy, and perceived barriers to physical activity, in control and intervention schools. results. at implementation, teachers identified the need for more physical activity in the school environment and were positive about healthnutz. follow-up focus group discussions suggested that it was positively impacting teachers, learners and the school in general. scores for sit and reach (p<0.001), sit ups (p<0.02) and shuttle run (p<0.0001) improved significantly in incorrespondence: dr catherine draper uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine sports science institute of south africa boundary road newlands 7700 cape town tel: +27 21 650 4570 e-mail: catherine.draper@uct.ac.za catherine e draper (phd) 1 lauren de kock (ma)2 anna t grimsrud (mph) 1 michael rudolph (mph, msc, specialist in community dentistry)2 simon nemutandani (mph, mchd)2 tracy kolbe-alexander (phd)1 estelle v lambert (phd)1 1uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town 2health promotions unit, school of public heath, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg tervention but not control schools. a significant decrease was observed in learners’ perceived external barriers to physical activity (p<0.0001) along with a positive change in learners’ self-efficacy for physical activity (p<0.05). conclusions. healthnutz raised awareness of the importance of physical activity in intervention schools. findings indicate that even limited exposure to a physical activity intervention can lead to a significant improvement in aspects of learners’ fitness, knowledge, attitudes and perceptions regarding physical activity. furthermore, training and support of teachers needs to be nonjudgemental and empowering. 12 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 13 the discovery healthy lifestyle programme the discovery healthy lifestyle programme (dhlp), a corporate social investment project from a major national private health insurer, was developed in 2006 as a national pilot project of the community health intervention programmes (chips).11 healthnutz (fig. 1), one of the chips’ interventions for primary (elementary) schools, was developed in response to the reality that physical education in south africa was reformulated in 2004, to be delivered by classroom teachers as part of an integrated curriculum. the dhlp programme was specifically designed to support teachers in incorporating physical activity and nutrition education into the life orientation (lo) curriculum, into which these topics were placed. alexandra township (‘alex’) located in johannesburg, gauteng province, was selected as one of the urban pilot communities for the dhlp. community concerns in alex include overcrowding, poor sanitation, high levels of crime and violence, unemployment, poverty, substance abuse, and an estimated hiv/aids prevalence of 40%.12,13 three primary schools in alex were purposively selected by the gauteng department of education as healthnutz intervention schools, and three control schools were recruited. evaluation aims evaluation of healthnutz included assessing its feasibility and acceptability in schools, along with changes in physical fitness, knowledge and attitudes of the learners. methods situational analysis the situational analysis was done on the physical activity environment of each intervention school (may 2006), which involved a combination of direct observation and consultation during school time with a member of the school staff. this was carried out using a quantitative tool developed for use in south african schools, with specific focus on implementation of physical activity and sport in the timetable, the availability of sporting equipment and facilities, and the distribution and accessibility of healthy food within the school. owing to difficulties in recruiting control schools, the situational analysis was not carried out at these schools. focus groups a total of five focus groups were conducted (in english) preand 6 months post-implementation (may and november 2006). participants in the focus groups were teachers (n=39) and programme monitors (n=2). for the pre-implementation focus group (n=10), each school was asked to request participation of four teachers who had undergone healthnutz training. all teachers who had been involved in implementing the healthnutz programme were asked to participate in the post-implementation focus groups (n=8, n=16, n=5). the teacher questionnaire was distributed to all teachers at intervention schools; 38 completed questionnaires were returned (46% response rate). fig.1. the healthnutz model. notes of the group discussion were taken by two facilitators as recording via audio or video may have inhibited discussion (it was the first meeting between the research team and teachers). notes were taken during the three post-implementation focus groups, and based on the relationship established with teachers, these were recorded via audio. at the same time, a focus group was conducted with the programme monitors. topics for the initial focus group with teachers covered the following: • relative importance of physical activity • perceptions of and expectations about healthnutz, including training • factors that could enable or hinder the success of healthnutz. post-implementation focus groups with the teachers covered the following: • healthnutz implementation in their school • strengths or limitations as healthnutz leaders • general impact of healthnutz on school environment, learners, teachers and community. the focus group with the programme monitors addressed the following: • relationship with schools, chips, and the research team • strengths and weaknesses of healthnutz • enabling factors and barriers to healthnutz implementation. summaries of the focus group discussions were generated and these, along with summaries of the first focus group, were circulated to other members of the research team for verification and approval. the topics mentioned above served as a framework for the analysis of the focus group summaries, which was done using a qualitative content analytic approach. teacher questionnaire a questionnaire was used for the formative assessment of teachers, and was distributed to the teachers one month after programme implementation. questions were asked about the following: • demographic and professional information • views on physical activity and the curriculum • personal lifestyle risk profiles. learners: fitness testing and questionnaire all learners participating in this study were in grades 4, 5 and 6 from the three intervention schools (n=423) and two control schools (n=85). the low number of learners at control schools was attributable to scheduling conflicts. learner fitness testing was conducted at all five schools preand 4 months post-implementation (july and november 2006) using the eurofit fitness testing protocol14 which has been adapted for use in a south african setting,15 and comprised the following: • sit and reach (flexibility) • cricket ball throw (upper body strength) • standing long jump (lower body strength) • sit-ups (abdominal strength) • 10 metre shuttle run (cardiovascular fitness) • height and weight. a physical activity questionnaire was administered in a group setting at the intervention and control schools with the assistance of local trained fieldworkers who were fluent in the main languages spoken by learners. this questionnaire, developed by the research team, was based on validated questionnaires that have been used in other similar studies with grade 4 6 learners and was piloted in a similar setting in cape town. the questionnaire included questions on the following: • sociodemographics, such as living conditions and home language • physical activity behaviour • sedentary behaviour • knowledge and gender attitudes regarding physical activity • perceived barriers to physical activity • exposure to physical activity messages. repeated measures analyses of variance (statistica v8; statsoft, tulsa, ok, usa, sigma-restricted parameterisation) were used to analyse changes in fitness measures, as well as height and weight. with regards to learners’ questionnaire responses, a score was given for each affirmative response. these scores (all related to physical activity) were grouped into the following: external barriers, self-efficacy, knowledge and gender attitudes. parametric and nonparametric (mann-whitney u test) statistics were performed on the changes in these scores, pre and post. ethical approval for this research was obtained from the research ethics committee in the faculty of health sciences, university of cape town (rec ref: 486/2005). permission to conduct this research was obtained from the gauteng department of education. parental consent (written) was obtained for all the learners involved. results school environment key results from the situational analysis of the schools’ physical activity environment are presented in table i. the three intervention schools were situated in different locations in alexandra, leading to disparity in availability of resources. two schools had a surplus of new sporting equipment that had been donated approximately 6 months earlier (some of which was for sports not commonly played in this area, such as baseball and badminton), and were located directly adjacent to accessible community sports facilities. in addition, there was sufficient space for physical activity, although the surface of these spaces was generally concrete or tar. the third school, located in a more densely populated part of alexandra, had very little space between classrooms, minimal sporting equipment and was further away from community sports facilities. during one of the focus groups with teachers, the importance of support for healthnutz-trained teachers was emphasised. based on their past experience with other school interventions, teachers highlighted that assistance from healthnutz monitors should focus on encouragement and recognition rather than on criticism and disapproval. thus, a fear of being criticised for not using the equipment correctly may have prevented teachers from making use of any new equipment. pre-implementation focus groups: teachers the discussion revealed that as physical activity is only one component of the life orientation curriculum, it has been allocated far less 14 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 15 time in the curriculum and only a small percentage of teachers are involved. teachers expressed concern that children had become less active in recent years and reported that the number of overweight children had increased, but saw this problem alongside undernourished learners who rely on the school feeding scheme. furthermore, they spoke of limited opportunities for learners to be physically active in alexandra, due to space constraints, a lack of facilities and safety. teachers were aware that they themselves were overweight as a result of inactivity and poor dietary habits, and acknowledged the importance of their position as role models for healthy lifestyles for the learners. due to the identified need for more physical activity in the school environment, teachers were positive about the healthnutz programme and training they received. they expressed confidence in its successful implementation, despite some concerns about how it would fit into their already busy timetable. teachers were able to identify a wide range of possible benefits of the programme for themselves and the learners. these included the promotion of healthy lifestyles and increased awareness of the importance of physical activity. with specific reference to learners, the benefits included both health and psychosocial outcomes, such as discipline, keeping out of trouble, and enjoyment. even at this stage of implementation, it seemed clear that the healthnutz programme had raised awareness about the importance of physical activity and healthy lifestyles. ‘children in our school used to eat junk food. but since we’ve introduced this, they know how to choose the best food…after break they used to have this plastic [bag] with yellow chips and whatever, but since then it has reduced, and the sweets as well…we encourage them to buy fruit and we also talk to the vendors to sell fruits to them…they come to you to show you, because you show them that you can afford an apple or whatever a day…and they come and show you “i’ve bought this”’(teacher). follow-up focus groups: teachers the follow-up focus groups with teachers painted a rather complex picture of the implementation process, and it is worth noting that environmental differences between schools mentioned previously did not appear to have an impact on the perceptions of teachers from the three intervention schools. reviewing the teachers’ impressions of the impact of the programme on the school, it appeared that the programme was being implemented as intended. teachers reported that their schools had become healthier environments due to raised awareness and some environmental changes relating to nutrition. these changes included vendors selling fruit to learners in addition to their usual fare of highly processed, high fat, savoury or sweet foods. teachers expressed feelings of improved health and self-efficacy regarding their own activity levels. one teacher commented that the programme had helped to improve relationships between learners and teachers. ‘i think the relations with the learners and the teachers sometimes improved with this programme. you find that some of the learners are so scared of the teachers, but once you do with them the healthnutz programme, they find you being friendly, and the ice starts to melt.’ (teacher). the positive impact of the programme activities on the learners was also noticeable to teachers, and learners were reported to enjoy the activities. teachers believed that the healthy eating component of healthnutz was well received, with learners making healthier food choices. teachers from one school commented that the healthy lifestyle message was also reaching the learners’ parents and caregivers. ‘what you teach them, they pass on to their parents, which is a very good thing…you hear a mother saying “hey, my child was saying this about food and that and that…” they also remind us, “teacher, you are eating this and this, but you said we shouldn’t”…i changed my eating habits, and i used to like coke, and [trainer’s name] discouraged a lot us from drinking a lot of coke [coca cola]. he’s saying like even if you can take it and put it in the car’s battery… so i’m starting to drink more water.’ (teacher). however, it was quite clear from the focus group discussions that the programme had many implementation challenges. in addition to the difficulty of fitting healthnutz into the timetable, many of the obstacles related to teachers. these included the loss of teachers who were trained in healthnutz (either no longer taught lo or left the school), lack of motivation among some teachers who were trained but did not implement the programme, teachers who were implementing healthnutz without training, and teachers lacking confidence to direct activities. this lack of confidence could have been due to the teachers themselves being overweight and inactive. teachers also mentioned having difficulty in controlling big groups of learners and maintained that there was not sufficient equipment and/or space. ‘it’s mixed with the teachers. there’s those who are keen on it, there are those who want to do it because they are also aware of the benefits that physical activity would have on a child’s life, on their life as well. there are those who are just saying “this is extra work for me, i’d rather not get too involved”. some of the teachers, they are very reluctant. and also the timetable…almost all of the schools table i. situational analysis of the physical activity environment intervention school 1 intervention school 2 intervention school 3 learners 1187 1051 1024 teachers 29 28 25 learner / teacher ratio 41 38 41 facilities* 4 playgrounds (paved/cement) 2 playgrounds (paved/cement) 1 playground (paved/ soccer field, hall cement) equipment rugby balls, tennis balls, soccer balls, complete cricket kit (pads, gloves, sports kit, cricket kit netballs, beacons, cricket wickets, balls, wickets, bats), complete softball kit cricket bats and pads, frisbee, (helmets, mits, balls, bats), cones, plastic bats, clipboard, whistles, scales tennis balls and racquets, rugby balls *all share off-site facilities with other schools and community. complain about the timetable, it clashes with their own timetable.’ (monitor). ‘using of the equipment…they don’t use the equipment at all…some of them, not all of them, some of them, they don’t use the equipment. that might go with the confidence of some of the teachers, as you said, that they want to have [programme monitor’s name] there, they want to have [programme monitor’s name] there, to start them off and things. so maybe that might be the reason that most of the teachers they don’t think they can be able to do it without assistance. that might be one of the issues. they don’t even want to use the equipment. they’d rather have the kids run around and jumping and skipping than for them to do more sports skills.’ (monitor). follow-up focus groups: monitors the monitors’ involvement with the healthnutz programme (from the initial training to implementation and assistance with evaluation) enabled them to provide an overall perspective of the programme that was likely to be more objective than the teachers’ point of view. monitors’ perceptions on the implementation of healthnutz did not differ between the 3 schools, and they described a range of attitudes of teachers which varied from the more passionate, often younger ones acting as role models for the learners, to those who wanted the monitors to do everything for them. these teachers were not motivated to implement the programme, even though they participated in the training. the monitors suggested that some teachers participated in the training simply because it gave them a break from school and that there was an incentive for them to get a free t-shirt and certificate. furthermore, monitors felt that some teachers perceived the programme as extra work and were resistant to change. the monitors felt that teachers had sufficient equipment for healthnutz and that group sizes were manageable. they argued that these factors should not have inhibited them from implementing the programme. lack of confidence was also raised by the monitors. they suggested that teachers may be afraid to make mistakes, especially if these would be recorded as part of a ‘bad’ report by the monitors. the role of the monitors was described by some teachers as helpful, supportive and encouraging while others saw them as ‘assessors’ whose role was to judge their performance; thus some teachers referred to the monitors’ visits, as ‘assessments’. these differences in perception may have resulted in the monitors’ visits causing ‘performance anxiety’ instead of boosting confidence which they sorely needed. ‘some of them…that’s why they’re very reluctant, because when we are there, they think that we are there to write bad report about them. because some of them, they don’t exactly know the actual steps of conducting a session. so when they make mistakes, they feel like there’s something that…they think we are going to write about them when we submit our reports. that’s why are very reluctant…always want us to conduct a session. i think that’s the reason. because when we go there we usually have some note book to take some notes, like what kind of exercise does the teacher do, and also what kind of warm-ups, so we take some notes.` (monitor). questionnaire: teachers results from the teachers’ questionnaire are presented in table ii. fitness testing: learners pre-post fitness testing results for learners are presented in table iii. for sit-and-reach, scores in the control group decreased from prepost whereas they increased significantly in the intervention group (p<0.001). baseline sit-and-reach scores, however, were higher in the control group. these results were adjusted for the potential confounding variable of gender. sit-up scores also improved significantly in the intervention group, whereas there was no significant improvement in sit-up scores in the control group (p<0.02). learners from intervention schools also had significantly faster shuttle run scores following the intervention; this was not demonstrated in the control group (p<0.0001). in both groups, long jump (p<0.0001) and ball throw (p<0.002) scores increased from preto post-intervention. there were no effects of the intervention on these scores. questionnaire: learners table iv outlines learners’ questionnaire responses for external barriers to and self-efficacy for physical activity, as well as knowledge of and gender attitudes towards participation in physical activity. there table ii. teacher questionnaire results views on physical activity and the curriculum yes believe that physical activity and nutrition are catered for in the curriculum 29% feel adequately trained to teach physical activity and nutrition 45% feel that physical activity should be part of life orientation 82% main barriers to physical activity school lacks facilities 63% school lacks equipment 50% learners can’t afford shoes or kit 68% lifestyle habits and health i eat fresh fruit and vegetables daily, and only eat unhealthy foods very occasionally or not at all 18% i maintain a good balance in my diet by eating foods like fresh fruit and vegetables but i also eat unhealthy foods a fair amount 53% i don't eat enough healthy foods like fresh fruit and vegetables but i intend to get a better balance in my diet over the next 12 months 13% unhappy or unsatisfied with their weight 50% i try to exercise several times each week 16% i exercise only occasionally or not at all but i intend to start doing more from now on 42% rate their general state of health as fair 34% rate their general state of health as good 45% 16 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 17 was a significant lowering of perceived external barriers to physical activity in the intervention but not the control group (p<0.0001). similarly, learners from intervention schools experienced a positive change in self-efficacy for physical activity (p<0.05), not demonstrated in the control group. the interpretation was not different, irrespective of whether results were analysed using non-parametric or parametric analyses, and gender did not influence these results. knowledge concerning physical activity increased similarly in both the intervention and control groups. however, learners in the intervention group showed an improvement in gender attitudes towards participation in physical activity, not demonstrated by the control group (p<0.001). table iii. learner anthropometrics and fitness testing results outcome variable intervention / control n pre: mean pre: sd post: mean post: sd p-value for group x time interaction height (cm) control 8 142.4 ± 8.5 144.9 ± 9.9 p=0.602 1 intervention 4 142.9 ± 8.4 145.2 ± 9 2 2 weight (kg) control 8 36.9 ± 8.4 37.1 ± 8.4 p<0.005 5 intervention 4 35.8 ± 8.6 37.1 ± 8.7 2 3 sit and reach (cm) control 8 24.5 ± 16 14 ± 9.7 p<0.001 3 intervention 4 14.6 ± 5.9 19 ± 6.8 1 0 sit ups (in 30 seconds) control 8 15.2 ± 5.4 15.5 ± 5.1 p<0.02 3 intervention 4 16 ± 6 17.8 ± 6.1 2 6 shuttle run (seconds) control 8 47.2 ± 4.6 48.6 ± 5.5 p<0.0001 3 intervention 4 48.5 ± 5.1 46.2 ± 4.6 0 5 long jump (cm) control 8 120.4 ± 18.8 135 ± 19.7 p=0.135 4 intervention 4 124.6 ± 25.7 134.3 ± 25.7 0 9 ball throw (m) control 8 21.7 ± 6.2 21.8 ± 6.9 p=0.106 5 intervention 4 22 ± 7.2 23.1 ± 7.5 1 3 18 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 discussion the findings of this evaluation demonstrate that healthnutz was largely implemented as intended and that the implementation of healthnutz in these schools was perceived as meaningful and useful by the teachers. according to teachers, it has raised awareness in teachers, learners and parents of the importance of physical activity, alongside competing health and social priorities, indicating that the healthnutz programme is an acceptable programme for these schools. the schools, principals and the department of education seemed willing to incorporate more physical activity into their school environment and curriculum, even with its additional demands on the teachers and time in the school day. the questionnaire results from teachers validate the qualitative findings and highlight the need for table iv. learner questionnaire results intervention control perceived external barriers to physical activity* pre post pre post for me, it is too dangerous to walk to school or play outside 31% 27% 39% 33% for me, it is too far to walk to school 31% 31% 52% 60% there is no place outside to play near my home or school 62% 35% 47% 43% i am not allowed to stay after school to play sports 48% 30% 47% 45% external barriers change score intervention control mean differences (sd) -0.57 (1.28) 0.12 (1.3) p-value for between group differences p<0.001 intervention control self-efficacy for physical activity* pre post pre post i do not have enough time to do sport or play games with my friends 52% 36% 43% 42% i have fun when i am doing physical activity 84% 86% 77% 87% i can do physical activity that makes me sweat and breath hard 55% 66% 57% 68% i get tired very quickly when i do physical activity 34% 35% 47% 45% self-efficacy change score intervention control mean differences (sd) 0.3 (1.29) -0.01 (1.19) p-value for between group differences p<0.05 intervention control physical activity knowledge** pre post pre post you are doing physical activity when you are playing sport, running or going to the gym 61% 65% 57% 70% you are doing physical activity when you play games with your friends, e.g. skipping, other traditional games 72% 75% 66% 71% walking is physical activity, e.g. walking to / walking home from school 57% 66% 61% 68% doing chores at home, e.g. fetching water, chopping wood, is physical activity 47% 51% 46% 51% dancing is physical activity 63% 68% 66% 71% it is important to do physical activity in order to keep my body healthy 89% 90% 86% 87% i should do at least 30 minutes of physical activity every day 59% 62% 55% 47% knowledge t-test scores (p=0.76) intervention control mean differences (sd) 0.56 (2.33) 0.47 (2.11) p-value for between group differences p=0.76 intervention control gender attitudes towards participation in physical activity** pre post pre post boys are better at physical activity than girls 49% 49% 56% 48% girls should not sweat and breathe hard when they do physically activity 38% 28% 25% 21% gender attitude t-test scores (p<0.001) intervention control mean differences (sd) -0.34 (1.34) 0.27 (1.31) p-value for between group differences p<0.001 * % who answered ‘yes’ ** % who answered ‘true’ sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 19 an intervention that capacitates teachers within lo, and that takes into account the substantial barriers to physical activity relating to resources. teachers’ responses regarding their state of health further emphasises the need for them to be included in any health promotion endeavours within the school environment. many of these findings are comparable with findings from other similar studies that have highlighted the importance of stakeholder involvement, a supportive school environment, effective training of teachers, and programme alignment with existing curricula.7,8 challenges included teacher constraints, both in terms of time and other responsibilities, and getting teachers involved.7,9,16,17 physical barriers mentioned by teachers in this study, such as learners not having the appropriate clothing for physical activity,7 space constraints,16,17 limited facilities and equipment, limited funds and difficulty controlling big classes17 are also common challenges experienced amongst those implementing school-based physical activity interventions. results for learners indicate that limited (4 months) exposure to a physical activity intervention can make a significant impact on fitness, knowledge and gender attitudes regarding physical activity. in addition, the results relating to external barriers to and self-efficacy for physical activity are encouraging as they show that perceptions of physical activity were open to change even when external circumstances remained the same. few other intervention studies report significant changes such as these after such limited exposure. the majority of these studies demonstrate changes as a result of interventions lasting in the region of a year for cardiovascular fitness18 and psychosocial measures,19 but sometimes up to 3 years for psychosocial variables.20 limitations of this study include the lack of rigorous monitoring data to support the evaluation, limited data collected from control schools, and the small number of learners tested at control schools. this study would have also benefited from more in-depth qualitative investigation as well as a longer exposure to healthnutz. future research could include assessment of the long-term sustainability of the programme in these schools. follow-up visits to these schools revealed that while the programme is no longer being implemented as originally intended (incorporated into the life orientation curriculum), there may well have been changes in the physical activity culture of these schools. future research would do well to investigate these changes. implications of findings these findings highlight that challenges and constraints in the school environment are similar in both developed and developing settings. in schools where resources are limited and where available resources are allocated to other school and community concerns taking pre cedence over healthy lifestyles, those promoting health in the school environment need to prioritise collaboration between public health care practitioners and key stakeholders in schools and communities. this is in order to not only effectively monitor and evaluate interventions in the school environment, but also to keep healthy lifestyles high on the school agenda. regarding the inclusion of teachers in school-based interventions, the process of recruiting, training and assisting teachers needs to be empowering and one that builds capacity and develops confidence in their ability to adopt new skills and roles within the school environment and in their community. programme monitoring requires a balance of accurately recording observed behaviour of teachers, but which also gives them support and encouragement. references 1. mayosi bm, flisher aj, lalloo ug, sitas f, tollman sm, bradshaw d. the burden of non-communicable diseases in south africa. lancet 2009;374(9693):934-947. 2. kruger hs, puoane t, senekal m, van der merwe mt. obesity in south africa: challenges for government and health professionals. public health nutr 2005;8(5):491-500. 3. joubert j, norman r, lambert ev, et al. estimating the burden of disease attributable to physical inactivity in south africa in 2000. s afr med j 2007;97(8 pt 2):725-731. 4. steyn k, levitt ns, hoffman m, et al. the global cardiovascular diseases risk pattern in a peri-urban working-class community in south africa. the mamre study. ethn dis 2004;14(2):233-242. 5. haskell wl, blair sn, hill jo. physical activity: health outcomes and importance for public health policy. prev med 2009;49(4):280-282. 6. amosun sl, reddy ps, kambaran n, omardien r. are students in public high schools in south africa physically active? outcome of the 1st south african national youth risk behaviour survey. can j public health 2007;98(4):254-258. 7. naylor pj, macdonald hm, zebedee ja, reed ke, mckay ha. lessons learned from action schools! bc – an ‘active school’ model to promote physical activity in elementary schools. j sci med sport 2006;9(5):413423. 8. franks al, kelder sh, dino ga, et al. school-based programs: lessons learned from catch, planet health, and not-on-tobacco. prev chronic dis 2007;4(2):a33. 9. boyle se, jones gl, walters sj. physical activity among adolescents and barriers to delivering physical education in cornwall and lancashire, uk: a qualitative study of heads of pe and heads of schools. bmc public health 2008;8:273. 10. cale l. physical activity promotion in schools: pe teachers’ views. phys educ sport pedagog 2000;5(2):158-168. 11. draper ce, kolbe-alexander tl, lambert ev. a retrospective evaluation of a community-based physical activity health promotion programme. j phys act health 2009;6(5):578-588. 12. richards r, o’leary b, mutsonziwa k. measuring quality of life in informal settlements in south africa. soc indic res 2007;81(2):375-388. 13. background information for the ppt pilots project in southern africa. available at: http://www.pptpilot.org.za/alexandra_township.pdf. accessed august 27, 2009. 14. van mechelen w, van lier wh, hlobil h, crolla i, kemper hcg. eurofit: handleiding met referentieschalen voor 12tot en met 16-jarige jongens en meisjes in nederland. haarlem: uitgeverij de vrieseborch; 1991. 15. armstrong meg. youth fitness testing in south african primary school children: national normative data, fitness and fatness, and effects of socioeconomic status. phd thesis, university of cape town, june, 2009. 16. gittelsohn j, merkle a, story m, et al. school climate and implementation of the pathways study. prev med 2003;37(6 pt 2):s97-s106. 17. morgan pj, hansen v. classroom teachers’ perceptions of the impact of barriers to teaching physical education on the quality of physical education programs. res q exercise sport 2008;79(4):506-516. 18. carrel al, mcvean jj, clark rr, peterson se, eickoff jc, allen db. school-based exercise improves fitness, body composition, insulin sensitivity, and markers of inflammation in non-obese children. j pediatr endocrinol metab 2009;22(5):409-415. 19. christodoulos ad, douda ht, polykratis m, tokmakidis sp. attitudes towards exercise and physical activity behaviours in greek schoolchildren after a year long health education intervention. br j sports med 2006;40(4):367-371. 20. caballero b, clay t, davis sm, et al. pathways: a school-based, randomized controlled trial for the prevention of obesity in american indian schoolchildren. am j clin nutr 2003;78(5):1030-1038. 52 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 introduction field hockey and soccer have both been described as multiple sprint sports 5 consisting of high-intensity sprints that require short bursts of near maximal effort lasting between 5 and 10 seconds. 11,14,25 match play analysis of competitive soccer has shown that high-intensity efforts occur approximately every 30 seconds for each player, 17 and that the motion activities for elite hockey and soccer players are considered to be similar. 23 therefore, many exercise scientists and coaches have used the same type of field tests for hockey and soccer for the purposes of talent identification and training prescription. 8,12,17,20 however, the validity of doing this is unknown as data comparing the physical attributes of soccer and hockey players are lacking. the anthropometric and physiological characteristics of elite male soccer players have been well researched and documented. 4,16,18-20 a database of the physical norms for elite male hockey players was established in 1991. 21 however, since then there have been numerous rule changes in the game and substantial improvements in equipment with the effect of transforming hockey into a faster, more physical and highly technical sport. 2 although some research has addressed the game of hockey since these rule changes, 3,11 the main focus of research has been directed at elite female hockey players. 2,26 as a result there is a lack of recent research on the physiological characteristics of elite male hockey players, which makes comparison with soccer players difficult. therefore, the aim of this study was to establish the physical characteristics of elite south african male hockey and soccer players. the next step was to determine whether the physical characteristics of the hockey and soccer players original research article physical profiles of elite male field hockey and soccer players – application to sport-specific tests abstract background. the physical demands of field hockey and soccer, based on match analysis, are comparable. as a consequence many exercise scientists and coaches have started to use the same type of field tests for hockey and soccer for the purposes of talent identification and training prescription. the validity of this practice is unknown and the data supporting the similarity of the physical attributes of soccer and hockey players are lacking. objectives. to compare the physical attributes of elite south african hockey and soccer players. methods. elite hockey players (n=39: 22±3 years; mean ± standard deviation) and soccer players (n=37; 24±4 years) completed a set of physical tests including a 10 m and 40 m sprint test, a repeated sprint test (sprint fatigue resistance), a 1rm bench press and a push-up test. results. there were no differences in the 10 m (1.8±0.1 s both groups) and 40 m (5.4±0.2 s v. 5.3±0.2 s; hockey v. soccer) sprint times and distance run in the repeated sprint test (754±14 m v. 734±51 m). the hockey players were stronger (82±16 v. 65±13 kg) and did more push-ups (49±12 v. 38±10 push-ups) than the soccer players. conclusions. it is acceptable to use the same type of sport-specific tests to measure sprint capacity and sprint correspondence: justin durandt discovery health high performance centre private bag x5 sport science institute of south africa newlands 7725 tel: 021-659-5640 fax: 021-659-5601 e-mail: jdurandt@ssisa.co.za justin j durandt, bsc (med) hons exercise science (biokinetics))1 juliet p evans, bsc (med) hons exercise science)2 paul revington (ba)3 allan temple-jones (ba sports science, hons biokinetics)1 robert p lamberts (msc exercise science/ human movement science, bsc in physiotherapy (pt))2 1 discovery health high performance centre, sport science institute of south africa, newlands 2 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, sport science institute of south africa, newlands 3 sa hockey association, valerie crescent, orange grove, johannesburg fatigue resistance for hockey and soccer players. however, it is questionable whether the normative data derived for upper body strength for soccer players are relevant for hockey players, and vice versa. sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 53 were sufficiently similar to justify using the same sport-specific tests for talent identification and training prescription. materials and methods subjects thirty-nine elite male field hockey players and 37 soccer players, all playing in their highest respective national leagues, were used in this study. all subjects were tested between 2003 and 2005 at the high performance centre of the sports science institute of south africa. the study was approved by the ethics and research committee of the university of cape town. wherever possible all tests were completed on the same day in the same order as described below: 1. body composition 2. 10 m and 40 m speed 3. repeated sprint test 4. 1rm bench press 5. push ups. the subjects in both groups were divided into defending, midfield and attacker subgroups. 1. body composition body mass was recorded on a calibrated scale (seca model 708, seca, hamburg, germany) and recorded to the nearest 0.1 kg. the players were weighed in undergarments and without shoes. the stature of each player was recorded to the nearest mm using a stadiometer (seca model 708, seca germany). 2. 10 m and 40 m speed the warm-up before this test consisted of a minimum of 10 minutes of self-paced submaximal running, followed by an appropriate stretching regimen and some acceleration sprints for players to familiarise themselves with the intensity of the test. an electronic sprint timer with photo-electric sensors (newtest oy, oulu, finland) was set at chest height and placed at 10 m and 40 m intervals from the start line. the player was instructed to crouch in the start position, 30 cm from the start line, after which he sprinted maximally for 40 m through the sensors. the player completed two maximal effort runs separated by a recovery period of 5 10 minutes. players wore running shoes without spikes. the fastest 10 m and 40 m times for each player were recorded. the 90% confidence intervals of the typical error were calculated for both hockey and soccer players (a new view of statistics, www.sportsci.org). ten and 40 m sprint typical errors were calculated from players at the same level of performance. the 90% confidence intervals for the typical error in the 10 m sprint was very similar between the hockey (0.02 0.04 s) and soccer players (0.02 0.05 s) and is in accordance with other research. 7 in the 40 m sprint times the typical error was slightly higher in the soccer (0.08 0.16 s) compared with hockey players (0.04 0.06 s). 3. repeated sprint the repeat sprint test, which is used in this study, was the modified 5-m multiple shuttle test (5-m mst) as described by boddington et al. 2 each subject completed his own specific warm-up for a maximum period of 10 minutes. after this all subjects ran 2 submaximal repeats (125 m) of the 5-m mst which was used as their final warm-up and familiarisation of the protocol. the layout for the test consisted of 6 beacons which were placed 5 m apart in a straight line to cover a total distance of 25 m. each subject started the test in line with the first beacon, and upon an auditory signal sprinted 5 m to a second beacon, touched the ground adjacent to the beacon with their hand and returned back to the first beacon, touching down on the ground adjacent to the beacon with the hand again. the subject then sprinted 10 m to the third beacon, and back to the first beacon, etc. the player continued back and fourth until an exercise period of 30 seconds had elapsed. no instruction was given as to which hand should touch during each turn. subjects were instructed to avoid pacing and perform with a maximal effort throughout the whole test. the distance covered by each subject was approximated to the nearest 2.5 m during each 30-second shuttle. the subjects performed 6 repeat bouts of this protocol with a 35-second rest between bouts. the total distance covered in the 6 bouts was recorded. the 90% confidence intervals of the repeated sprint test were calculated from the data gathered by boddington et al., which is partially published 2 and was similar in soccer (7 19 m) and hockey players (11 20 m). 4. 1rm bench press the player lay supine on a bench with his feet flat on the floor and his hips and shoulders in contact with the bench. hand spacing was set at approximately 1.5 times the player’s biacromial breadth. the player started this test by lowering the bar in a controlled manner to the centre of the chest, touching the chest lightly and then extending upwards until the arms were in a fully locked position. a light warm-up set of 10 repetitions was performed using a 20 kg weight. this was followed by 6 8 repetitions at approximately 30 40% of the estimated 1rm, which was based on previous resistance training experience. a 2-minute stretching routine for the shoulders and chest was completed, followed by a further 6 repetitions on the bench press at a weight corresponding to 60% of the estimated 1rm. the player then rested for 3 4 minutes before attempting his 1rm. if the 1rm was successful, the player had a 5-minute rest before attempting a bench press using a resistance that had been increased by 2.5% to 5.0%. if the player could not lift the weight the previous successful weight lifted was recorded as his 1rm. the test was scored as the maximum amount of weight (kg) that could be lifted with one repetition. a lift was disqualified if the player lifted his buttocks during the movement, bounced the bar off his chest, extended his arms unevenly, or if the bar was touched by the spotter. 1rm absolute bench press was recorded in kilograms (kg), and the 1rm relative bench press was calculated as 1rm/ (bodyweight 0.57 ). 6 no data could be found concerning typical errors in bench press. 54 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 5. push ups the player began in a prone position with his hands on the floor, thumbs shoulder width apart and elbows fully extended. keeping the back and body straight, the player descended to the tester’s fist, placed on the floor below the player’s sternum, and then ascended until the elbows were fully extended. if the player did not adhere to these specifications the repetition was not counted. the test was scored as the number of push ups performed in 1 minute. no data could be found concerning typical errors in push-ups. statistics the data were analysed with statistica (statsoft, inc. (2004). statistica (data analysis software system), version 7. www.statsoft.com.). values are expressed as mean ± standard deviation. the data of the hockey and soccer players were compared using a two-way analysis of variance. statistical significance was accepted at p<0.05. a tukey post-hoc analysis was used when there was a significant difference between sport (soccer or hockey) and playing position (attackers, midfielders or defenders). results the general descriptive characteristics of the hockey and soccer players are summarised in table i. hockey players were significantly taller (f=6.1; p=0.016) and younger (f=9.3 p=0.003) compared with the soccer players. no differences were found between the two sports for body weight and body mass index (bmi). the 10 m and 40 m sprint times and distance run in the repeat sprint test (5-m mst) were similar for hockey and soccer players (table ii). however, a significant difference was found between the two sports in their 1rm bench test performance (f=24.1; p<0.001). the 1rm bench press of the hockey players was 21% higher than that of the soccer players (82±16 v. 65±13 kg, respectively). even when the 1rm values were corrected for bodyweight6 hockey play ers were significantly stronger than soccer players (f=29.6; p<0.001). an interaction effect (sport x position) was found for the push ups (f =9.4; p<0.001). further analysis revealed that hockey midfielders and defenders were able to do more push-ups compared with the soccer players playing in these same positions (p<0.001 and p=0.009, respectively). no dif ferences were found between the hockey and soccer attack ers (p=0.92). discussion the first finding of this study was that the mean height and age of the hockey and soccer players were significantly dif ferent. however, they only differed by 2 cm and 2 years re spectively and therefore it is unlikely that there is any practi cal relevance in these differences as these values fall within table ii. time(s) for 10 m and 40 m sprint, repeated sprint test (m), bench press (kg) (absolute and relative) and number of push-ups of soccer and hockey attackers, midfielders and defenders (mean ± standard deviation) hockey soccer attackers midfielders defenders total attackers midfielders defenders total (n=11) (n=13) (n=15) (n=39) (n=8) (n=15) (n=14) (n=37) 10m sprint (s) 1.78±0.09 1.80±0.07 1.81±0.10 1.8±0.1 1.72±0.09 1.81±0.13 1.73±0.09 1.8±0.1 40m sprint (s) 5.29±0.17 5.39±0.13 5.48±0.30 5.4±0.2 5.27±0.15 5.38±0.25 5.27±0.19 5.3±0.2 repeat sprint (m) 730±102 778±17 750±48 754±64 748±18 744±32 714±75 734±51 push-ups 42±9 57±11 + 49±11 ‡ 49±12* 46±10 35±11 + 35±7 ‡ 38±10* 1rm bench (kg) 83±15 80±16 84±17 82±16* 66±10 62±13 69±14 65±13* 1rm/body mass 0.57 7.0±1.1 7.0±1.2 7.1±1.2 7.0±1.1* 5.9±0.9 5.5±0.9 5.6±1.0 5.6±0.9* * p<0.001 + p<0.001 hockey midfielders v. soccer midfielders ‡ p= 0.009 hockey defenders v. soccer defenders table i. general descriptive characteristics of the field hockey and soccer players (mean ± standard deviation) hockey soccer attackers midfielders defenders total attackers midfielders defenders total (n=11) (n=13) (n=15) (n =39) (n=8) (n=15) (n=14) (n=37) age (yrs) 20±2 22±3 22±3 22±3 * 26±4 23±3 25±5 24±4* height (cm) 179±3 177±7 179±7 178±6 * 170±6 175±6 179±7 176±7* weight (kg) 76±6 73±7 77±15 75±9 69±5 70±8 79±8 73±9 bmi (kg.m 2 ) 24±3 23±2 24±2 23±2 24±1 23±2 25±2 24±2 * p<0.05 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 snormal ranges for elite sportsmen playing at this level, as shown in previous studies on hockey 21 and soccer 1,9 players. the next finding was that the sprint times and repeated sprint distances between elite hockey and soccer players were similar. this supports the findings of previous research on match analysis, which have shown that the motion activities of elite male hockey and soccer players are comparable. 17,23 therefore, from this context of exercise testing and prescription it is reasonable to assume that the same type of tests can be used in soccer and hockey to measure sprint capability and fatigue resistance. although this is already generally accepted and recommended by many researchers 8,13,15,24 this is the first paper to show that the sprint times and fatigue resistance of elite soccer and hockey players are indeed similar. the third finding was that upper body strength and endurance, as measured by 1rm bench press and push-ups respectively, were significantly higher in the hockey players (bench press absolute: 21%; bench press relative: 20% and push-ups: 22% higher in hockey players compared with soccer players). one explanation for the hockey players having a stronger upper body is that the demands of the game require them to wield a stick as part of the game. another explanation is that the soccer players in this study were not particularly strong. this interpretation is supported by research on two elite norwegian soccer teams which showed 1rm bench press values of 77±17 (n=15) and 83±13 kg (n=14). 27 these values are comparable with the results that we found in our field hockey players, suggesting that the soccer players in our study were particularly weak. this interpretation will have to be confirmed by further analysis of data of players from different countries. previous research focusing on talent identification in soccer has emphasised the relevance of upper body strength in soccer for coping with physical aspects of the game and for throwing in, 10,22 lending support to the explanation that the soccer players in this study underperformed in the tests of upper body strength. until recently there has not been much emphasis on upper body conditioning in soccer players in south africa as there has been a perception that resistance training will increase the weight of players and therefore decrease their speed (high performance centre: personal observation). in contrast, the structures governing hockey in south africa have launched national high-performance programmes which have included upper body training programmes and minimum requirements of fitness. in conclusion, this paper shows that it is acceptable to use the same type of sport-specific tests and normative data to measure sprint capacity and sprint fatigue resistance for hockey and soccer players. for the measurement of upper body strength the same type of test can be used although it is questionable whether the normative data derived for soccer players are relevant for hockey players, and vice versa. acknowlegdements the study was funded by discovery health, university of cape town research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, medical research council of south africa and the harry crossley and nellie atkinson research funds. references 1. bloomfield j, polman r, butterly r, o’donoghue p. analysis of age, stature, body mass, bmi and quality of elite soccer players from 4 european leagues. j sports med phys fitness 2005; 45: 58-67. 2. boddington mk, lambert mi, st clair gibson a, noakes td. reliability of a 5-m multiple shuttle test. j sports sci 2001; 19: 223-8. 3. boyle pm, mahoney ca, wallace wf. the competitive demands of elite male field hockey. j sports med phys fitness 1994; 34: 235-41. 4. chamari k, hachana y, ahmed yb, et al. field and laboratory testing in young elite soccer players. br j sports med 2004; 38: 191-6. 5. dawson b, fitzsimons m, ward d. the relationship of repeated sprint ability to aerobic power and performance measures of anaerobic work capacity and power. aust j sci med sport 1993; 88-93. 6. dooman cs, vanderburgh pm. allometric modeling of the bench press and squat: who is the strongest regardless of body mass? j strength cond res 2000; 14: 32-6. 7. duthie gm, pyne db, ross aa, livingstone sg, hooper sl. the reliabil ity of ten-meter sprint time using different starting techniques. j strength cond res 2006; 20: 246-51. 8. elferink-gemser mt, visscher c, lemmink ka, mulder tw. relation be tween multidimensional performance characteristics and level of perform ance in talented youth field hockey players. j sports sci 2004; 22: 1053 63. 9. eniseler n. heart rate and blood lactate concentrations as predictors of physiological load on elite soccer players during various soccer training activities. j strength cond res 2005; 19: 799-804. 10. hoff j. training and testing physical capacities for elite soccer players. j sports sci 2005; 23: 573-82. 11. lakomy j, haydon dt. the effects of enforced, rapid deceleration on per formance in a multiple sprint test. j strength cond res 2004; 18: 579-83. 12. lemmink ka, verheijen r, visscher c. the discriminative power of the interval shuttle run test and the maximal multistage shuttle run test for playing level of soccer. j sports med phys fitness 2004; 44: 233-9. 13. lemmink ka, visscher c, lambert mi, lamberts rp. the interval shuttle run test for intermittent sport players: evaluation of reliability. j strength cond res 2004; 18: 821-7. 14. mayhew s, wenger h. time-motion analysis of professional soccer. jour nal of human movement studies 1985; 11: 49-52. 15. nicholas cw, nuttall fe, williams c. the loughborough intermittent shut tle test: a field test that simulates the activity pattern of soccer. j sports sci 2000; 18: 97-104. 16. reilly t, bangsbo j, franks a. anthropometric and physiological predispo sitions for elite soccer. j sports sci 2000; 18: 669-83. 17. reilly t, borrie a. physiology applied to field hockey. sports med 1992; 14: 10-26. 18. reilly t, doran d. science and gaelic football: a review. j sports sci 2001; 19: 181-93. 19. reilly t, gilbourne d. science and football: a review of applied research in the football codes. j sports sci 2003; 21: 693-705. 20. reilly t, williams am, nevill a, franks a. a multidisciplinary approach to talent identification in soccer. j sports sci 2000; 18: 695-702. 21. scott pa. morphological characteristics of elite male field hockey players. j sports med phys fitness 1991; 31: 57-61. 22. shephard rj. biology and medicine of soccer: an update. j sports sci 1999; 17: 757-86. 23. spencer m, lawrence s, rechichi c, bishop d, dawson b, goodman c. time-motion analysis of elite field hockey, with special reference to re peated-sprint activity. j sports sci 2004; 22: 843-50. 24. sunderland c, nevill me. high-intensity intermittent running and field hock ey skill performance in the heat. j sports sci 2005; 23: 531-40. 25. tumilty d. physiological characteristics of elite soccer players. sports med 1993; 16: 80-96. 26. wassmer dj, mookerjee s. a descriptive profile of elite u.s. women’s col legiate field hockey players. j sports med phys fitness 2002; 42: 165-71. 27. wisloff u, helgerud j, hoff j. strength and endurance of elite soccer play ers. med sci sports exerc 1998; 30: 462-7. 55 44 sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 introduction episodic or recurrent events are a class of data that is frequently described in sports medicine literature. however, the correct statistical techniques to deal with data containing recurrent events are not widely known within sports medicine and the exercise sciences. this is evidenced by the few papers in these specialist sciences that discuss the use of appropriate statistical techniques1,2 and the preponderance of papers assuming event independence for recurrent events. for instance, in a recent paper3 it is apparent that there is a trend in studies reporting injury incidences in rugby union players that need to be highlighted, namely the use of naïve statistical methods that treat recurrent events as independent observations. a number of references are cited (see3 ref. 2, 11, 15-17) that also report injury incidence statistics in rugby union players, and as far as can be ascertained, treat recurrent or multiple injuries within the same individual as independent events. the purpose of this paper was first, on the basis of an example from the sports medicine literature, to contrast the effect of recurrent events on confidence intervals generated with unadjusted and adjusted univariate statistical techniques. second, to demonstrate the implementation of a multivariate regression technique on data containing recurrent data and confounding variables, using data from the exercise sciences. third, the use of two disparate examples should dispel the notion that the statistical techniques highlighted in this paper have limited application. statistical concepts and considerations for the purposes of this paper it is important to note that whether the injury occurs in the same or different anatomical structure does not influence how the event is considered in statistical terms; it is a recurrent event within the same individual. consequently, even if the unit of analysis or outcome of interest is the injury count, the injury counts are clustered around the individual player. injuries that occur in the same individual but at different anatomical sites can be correlated either through the mechanism of injury or via a common risk factor(s) to which the individual is exposed. clustering can also occur at group level, for example school or team.2 importantly, whether clustering occurs at individual or group level, and the data are continuous, binary or count, appropriate univariate, non-model-based (e.g. t-test) and multivariate, model-based (e.g. regression) techniques are available that correct for clustered or correlated data.2,4,5 appropriate multivariate techniques adjust not only for confounders, but also for event dependence.5 moreover, for injuries at different anatomical sites in the same individual, a categorical variable can be created by grouping the different anatomical sites so that the risk for injury at different anatomical sites can be assessed adjusting for confounders and event dependence.5 whether the investigator has used univariate or multivariate statistical methods, it is essential to use appropriate formulae and statistical techniques to account for the increased variance that these recurrent events will have on the standard error and thus the confidence intervals (ci) of point estimates such as incidence rates (ir) and incidence rate ratios (irr). not doing so will result in artificially narrow ci. if investigators are using the non-overlap of 95%ci to infer significant differences between ir, the adjustment for increased variance due to recurrent events is critical to avoid type i errors. constructing adjusted 95%ci for univariate age-specific or ageadjusted rates can be implemented in a spreadsheet,6 although it is recommended that suitable multivariate statistical techniques are invoked when analysing data sets with recurrent events.1,2,512 naïve statistical techniques either treat recurrent events as uncorrelated, or to avoid recurrent events only use the first event and ignore the subsequent events. in the former case, the ci are artificially narrow, in the latter case much information is lost. appropriate statistical techniques include generalised estimating equations, survival analysis (cox proportional hazards regression with robust variance estimation) and regression for count outcomes data (poisson or negative binomial models with robust variance estimation).13 statistical software packages such as sas, spss and stata are required to implement these multivariate techniques. importantly, the robust variance estimation yields irr with unbiased 95%ci. moreover, these are multivariate techniques which allow for the adjustment of relevant covariates and determination of risk for sub-groups. which multivariate technique to use will also be influenced by aspects such as whether the events are short or long lasting, analysing recurrent events in exercise science and sports medicine abstract episodic or recurrent events are a class of data that is frequently reported in health sciences research. the purpose of this paper is to highlight the prevalence of published reports, especially within the south african context, that have used inappropriate statistical techniques when dealing with episodic events and to urge the use of appropriate univariate and multivariate techniques. correspondence: ian cook physical activity epidemiology laboratory university of limpopo (turfloop campus) po box 459 fauna park 0787 polokwane south africa tel+fax: +27 15 268 2390 e-mail: ianc@ul.ac.za ian cook (ba (phys ed) hons, bsc (med) hons) physical activity epidemiology laboratory, university of limpopo (turfloop campus), polokwane commentary sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 45 and whether the events occur at predefined intervals (recurring treatments in randomised controlled trials), or on a continuous basis (injuries or hospitalisation).9 also, data structure requirements can differ between techniques – multiple rows per person or one row per person.9 if the recurrent events display event dependence (subsequent events are more or less likely to occur) and there is heterogeneity across individuals (cases with higher or lower event rates due to unaccounted for effects) then more complex models are required and statistical advice should be sought.12 the present discussion does not suggest that univariate techniques must be abandoned because statistical corrections are available for dealing with recurrent events and confounding.2,5 what is being advocated in this paper is that researchers should consider the use of multivariate techniques which are more efficient than univariate techniques for datasets containing recurrent events and confounding variables.5 hence, statistical power is increased when using appropriate multivariate techniques in the presence of event recurrence and confounding. practical applications example 1: sports medicine it would appear from the methodological descriptions in viljoen et al. 3 and the studies that they cited that univariate statistical techniques, which assume group independence,14 were used to compare ir across two or more years or between training and match play (chisquare test for trend, z-test), and to construct crude ir 95%ci. in so doing, these studies have likely violated the statistical principle of independence of events to a greater or lesser degree, depending on the number of recurrent events. it is evident from table i in their paper that there are recurrent events not only in the persistent injuries but also in the new injuries.3 for example, from 38 injuries and 300 person-hours accumulated in the 2002 season (table ii),3 the crude ir 95%ci is reported as 126.7 injuries per 1 000 personhours (91.2 169.7 injuries per 1 000 person-hours). however, using standard statistical software (stata/se 11.0 for windows, statacorp lp, texas, usa, 2009), the poisson exact or fisher’s exact 95%ci is 89.6 173.9 injuries per 1 000 person-hours. if one assumes the new injuries (n=38) are evenly distributed in the 19 injured players during the 2002 period (table ii),3 then there are 2 injuries per player. once the increased variance has been taken into account, the crude ir 95%ci widens to 71.5 181.9 injuries per 1 000 person-hours (ideally the method employed here should be used for n>50).6 assuming that of the 19 injured players, 5 players have 3 injuries, 5 players have 1 injury and the remaining 9 players have 2 injuries each, the crude ir 95%ci widens even further; 67.7 185.6 injuries per 1 000 person-hours. it is evident that increasing recurrences have significant effects on the ci. example 2: exercise science unpublished minute-by-minute, uni-axial accelerometry data (1 7 days) were collected in 263 rural and 16 urban women. the variable of interest was the number of bouts of ≥10 min of continuous moderate-to-vigorous activity the women accumulated (≥1 952 counts. min-1). the question was whether urban women have greater odds of accumulating bouts of moderate-to-vigorous activity compared with rural women. crude ir for the rural and urban women were 22.8 bouts per 1 000 person-hours and 31.9 bouts per 1 000 personhours, respectively, and 170 women recorded more than one bout of moderate-to-vigorous activity. using standard methods, which assume event independence, for calculating exact poisson ir 95%ci yielded 21.2 24.4 bouts per 1 000 person-hours and 24.3 41.2 bouts per 1 000 person-hours, for rural and urban women respectively. correcting for the increased variance due to episodic events by univariate means,6 the ir for rural and urban women widened to 18.7 26.8 bouts per 1 000 person-hours and 8.3 55.5 bouts per 1 000 person-hours, respectively. a simple poisson regression model, treating all the events as independent, produced an irr of 1.40 (p=0.012, 95%ci: 1.08 1.83). on the basis of this superficial analysis we would conclude that urban women are significantly more likely (1.4-fold) to accumulate continuous bouts of moderate-to-vigorous activity, compared with rural women. however, by accounting for the recurrent events within individuals, the point estimate was no longer significant (irr=1.40, p=0.281, 95%ci: 0.76 2.59). by extending the analysis and adding age, body mass index and subsistence level as covariates, while retaining the robust variance estimation option, the irr increased to 1.80 (p=0.042, 95%ci: 1.02 3.16). we can now report that all reasonable analyses have been conducted on the dataset and can conclude that urban women are statistically more likely to accumulate bouts of continuous moderate-to-vigorous activity compared with rural women, adjusting for covariates. summary investigators reporting data which include recurrent events are urged to employ appropriate univariate and multivariate statistical techniques. ignoring the valid methods available1,2,5-12 can lead to conclusions being drawn which are at odds with the data.9 moreover, south african injury incidence data that have been analysed and reported, using naïve statistical methods, could be re-analysed using these univariate and multivariate statistical techniques and provide a more thorough understanding of the associated risks. references 1. knowles sb, marshall sw, guskiewicz km. issues in estimating risks and rates in sports injury research. j athl train 2006;41:207-215. 2. hayen a. clustered data in sports research. j sci med sport 2006;9:165168. 3. viljoen w, saunders cj, hechter gd, aginsky kd, millson hb. training volume and injury incidence in a professional rugby union team. s afr j sports med 2009;21:97-101. 4. ying g, liu c. statistical analysis of clustered data using sas system. available at: http://nesug.org/proceedings/nesug06/an/da01.pdf. accessed july 2010. 5. glynn rj, buring je. ways of measuring rates of recurrent events. bmj 1996;312:364-367. 6. stukel ta, glynn rj, fisher es, sharp sm, lu-yao g, wennberg je. standardized rates of recurrent outcomes. stat med 1994;13:17811791. 7. kuramoto l, sobolev b, donaldson m. on reporting results from randomized controlled trials with recurrent events. bmc med res methodol 2008;8:35. 8. sturmer t, glynn rj, kliebsch u, brenner h. analytic strategies for recurrent events in epidemiologic studies: background and application to hospitalization risk in the elderly. j clin epidemiol 2000;53:57-64. 9. twisk jwr, smidt n, de vente w. applied analysis of recurrent events: a practical overview. j epidemiol comm health 2005;59:706-710. 10. thomsen jl, parner et. methods for analysing recurrent events in health care data. examples from admissions in ebeltoft health promotion project. fam pract 2006;23:407-413. 11. gill dp, zou gy, jones gr, speechley m. comparison of regression models for the analysis of fall risk factors in older veterans. ann epidemiol 2009;19:523-530. 12. box-steffensmeier jm, de boef s. repeated events survival models: the conditional frailty model. stat med 2006;25:3518-3533. 13. juul s. an introduction to stata for health researchers. 2nd ed. texas: stata press, 2008. 14. armitage p, berry g, matthews jns. statistical methods in medical research. 4th ed. massachusetts: blackwell publishing, 2002. original research sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 117 introduction high blood pressure (hypertension) is the greatest risk factor for cardiovascular disease, 1 which is responsible for up to 7 million deaths worldwide every year. 2 the centres for disease control and prevention (cdc) indicates that 1 in 3 adults in america have hypertension 3 and the same trend is found in south africa, where 55% of adults 30 years and older have hypertension. 4 until recently, hypertension was a rare phenomenon amongst children, possibly due to fewer environmental stressors, higher physical activity levels, a lower prevalence of obesity and a healthier lifestyle. 5 chiolero et al. 6 are of the opinion that the worldwide increase in obesity amongst children over the last two decades probably resulted in an increase in the incidence of hypertension in children. 6 in this respect, munter et al. 7 found that the systolic and diastolic bp of children were respectively 1.4 mmhg and 3.3 mmhg higher in 1999 2000 than in 1988 1994 and attribute this increase in hypertension largely to the increased incidence of overweight children. whitney and rolfes 8 report that obesity contributes to the development of hypertension because additional adipose tissue contains extra capillaries through which the blood has to pump and, consequently, puts extra strain on the heart and veins, which results in increased bp. a south african study on 5-year-old children indicated that 11.6% of these children suffered from hypertension, 9 while the study of monyeki et al. 10 conducted on 6 13-year-old children from rural communities revealed that 1.0 5.8% of the boys and 3.1 11.4% of the girls had hypertension. in this study there was a direct association between the prevalence of hypertension amongst the children from rural communities and an increased body mass index (bmi). 10 research evidence indicates that even a moderate increase in bp could have a negative effect on the vascular structure and function of children. 11 children with increased bp could develop target organ damage and retinal abnormalities. 12 furthermore, such children are also more at risk of hypertension-related illnesses in their adult lives. 13 overweight and obesity have increased drastically in children over the last 2 decades. 14 the phenomenon has occurred throughout the world, including in south africa, and is regarded as a serious health problem as it could have an effect on current and future public health. 15 statistics in south africa indicate that in children between the ages of 6 and 13 years, 14.0% and 3.2% of boys are overweight and obese respectively, compared to 17.9% and 4.9% of girls (overweight and obese). 16 sorof et al. 17 further report that hypertension occurs in 33% of children who are obese compared with 11% in those children who are not obese. various studies also show that overweight children display higher systolic bp than children of normal weight. 5,18 a study abstract objective. to determine the prevalence of hypertension in grade 1 learners in the north west province of south africa and to investigate the association between blood pressure (bp) and body composition of these children. methods. data were collected by means of a stratified random sampling procedure from 816 grade 1 learners (419 boys, 397 girls) with a mean age of 6.78±0.49 years (mean±sd), in the nwchild-study. height, weight, skinfolds (subscapular, triceps, calf) and waist circumference were measured. the international recommended cut-off values of cole et al. (2000) for body mass index (bmi) were used. hypertension, defined as the average of two separate bp (bp) readings, where the systolic bp and diastolic bp is >95th percentile for age, sex and height, was determined by means of an omron 705cp-ii. results. the overall prevalence of prehypertension and hypertension was 8.5% and 24.9%, respectively. both systolic and diastolic bp was positively associated with bmi, body fat percentage and waist circumference. boys and girls showed a similar prevalence of hypertension. a higher percentage of black children were hypertensive compared with whites, although the difference in bp of the groups was not significant. a high percentage of children with normal weight also showed increased levels of bp. conclusions. high prevalences of hypertension were found in grade 1 learners in the north west province of south africa. small practical significant associations existed between bp and body composition. bp screening is therefore considered important in the paediatric population. interventions which include physical activity are recommended to reduce potential cardiovascular complications and obesity among children. other contributing factors to high bp amongst young children should also be investigated. chanelle kemp1 (msc) anita e pienaar1 (phd) aletta e schutte2 (phd) 1 school for biokinetics, recreation and sports science in the nicharea phasrec 2 hypertension in africa research team (hart) north-west university (potchefstroom campus), potchefstroom, south africa correspondence to: ae pienaar (anita.pienaar@nwu.ac.za) the prevalence of hypertension and the relationship with body composition in grade 1 learners in the north west province of south africa 118 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 of 6 13-year-old south african children indicated that there is a positive correlation between the bmi and bp of the children, even after adjustments have been made for age, gender and height. 19 the results of this study, however, are only based on children from disadvantaged communities. research indicates an increase in child obesity in south africa and this could possibly contribute to an increased prevalence of hypertension amongst children in south africa. 20 because of the potential health risks of hypertension, action needs to be taken to address this incidence. however, to develop adequate preventive strategies, it is important to determine the relationship between bp and body composition in south african children. in particular there is a gap in the literature with regard to this relationship within the diverse population of south africa, and especially the young child population. only a few studies could be found that examined the relationship of hypertension with overweight in south african child populations, 10,19 and the studies were mainly relevant to children of disadvantaged communities. hence, the aim of this study was to determine the prevalence of hypertension in grade 1 learners and, more specifically, to determine the relationship between the bp and body composition of grade 1 learners in the north west province. methods research group the research formed part of the nw-child (child-health-integrated-learning and development) study. grade 1 learners in the north west province of south africa served as the target population for the study. the total number of participants identified for the study was 880 grade 1 learners. the research group was selected by means of a stratified random sample in conjunction with the statistical consultation service of the north west university. to determine the research group, a list of names of schools in the north west province was obtained from the department of education. from the list of schools in the north west province, which are grouped in 4 education districts, each representing 12 22 regions with approximately 20 schools (minimum 12, maximum 47) per region, regions and schools were randomly selected with regard to population density and school status (quintile 1, i.e. schools from poor economic sectors to quintile 5, i.e. schools from good economic sectors). boys and girls in grade 1 were then randomly selected from each school. twenty schools, from 4 districts with a minimum of 40 children per school and with an even gender distribution, were involved in the study. the total group that was measured consisted of 816 learners (419 boys and 397 girls) with an average age of 6.78 years and an ethnic distribution of 567 black, 218 white, 20 coloured and 11 indian learners. thirteen parents (1.5%) did not consent to participation, while the rest of the selected participants were absent at school on the day of testing or had to be excluded because of incorrect ages that were provided by the schools. the principals of the various identified schools were asked for permission to collect the data during school hours. if the numbers of learners in the school allowed it, 60 grade 1 learners were randomly selected and received informed consent forms that had to be completed by their parents. this was done to ensure that informed consent would be granted by the parents of a minimum of 40 learners who needed to be measured at each school. the learners whose parents reacted positively to the above-mentioned forms, underwent the tests. ethical approval for the execution of the study was obtained from the ethics committee of the nwu (no. nw 00070 09 s1). permission was also obtained from the education department of the north west province. anthropometric measurements the anthropometric measurements included the following: height (cm), body mass (kg), 3 skinfolds (subscapular, triceps and medial calf) (mm) and waist circumference (cm). these variables measured were measured by trained postgraduate students in kinderkinetics in accordance with the protocol of the international society for the advancement of kinantropometry. 21 height was measured barefoot to the nearest 0.1 cm by means of a portable stadiometer, and body mass was measured with an electronic scale (bf 511, omron) to the nearest 0.1 kg. from the height and body mass measurement the body mass index (bmi) was calculated for each participant. skinfolds were measured with a pair of harpenden skinfold callipers and each skinfold was measured twice to obtain the average of the two measurements. these skinfold measurements were selected because, according to meredith and welk, 22 they show the highest correlation with the overall percentage of fat in the bodies of children. because the bmi of children changes continually as they get older, cole and co-workers 23 determined age-specific bmi cut-off values to identify obesity in growing children and these were used to categorise the participants into a normal weight, overweight or obese group. the cut-off values for 6-year-old overweight and obese children are >17.34 kg/m 2 and >19.65 kg/m 2 , while for 7-year-old children they are >17.75 kg/m 2 and >20.51 kg/m 2 , respectively. 23 waist circumference, which was measured at the narrowest point between the lower costal (10th rib) border and the crista iliaca, was measured in the standing position with a standard measuring tape (0.1 mm intervals). blood pressure bp was measured with an omron 705cp-ii, (kyoto, japan). the width of the cuff (small 17 22 cm, medium 22 32 cm, large 32 42 cm) was adapted to the arm width. bp was measured while the child was seated, with the left arm resting on a table top with the palm turned upwards. duplicate readings were recorded after the child had rested for 5 minutes. the mean of the two readings was used to determine the bp. normal bp is defined as systolic and/or diastolic bp less than the 90th percentile for age, gender and height according to the cut-off values of the national high bp education program working group (nhbpep) on high bp in children and adolescents; 24 prehypertension is defined as systolic and/or diastolic bp greater than or equal to the 90th percentile, but less than the 95th percentile and paediatric hypertension is defined as systolic and/or diastolic bp greater than or equal to the 95th bp percentile for age, gender and height. 24 statistical analyses statistica 25 was used to analyse the data. a proportionally stratified sample was drawn with regard to ethnicity by making use of the population constitution data from statistics south africa 26 to ensure that the data could be generalised to children in the north west province. for the purpose of description, data were analysed on the basis of means, maximum and minimum values and standard deviations (sd). data were also further analysed by making use of spearman correlation coefficients to analyse the relationship between bp and body composition. for the interpretation of practical significance, the following guidelines of cohen 27 concerning magnitude of effect were used, namely, d>0.1 indicates a small effect; d>0.3 indicates a moderate effect and d>0.5 indicates a large effect. in addition, use sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 119 was made of a one-way analysis of variance to determine significant differences between the groups (normal weight, overweight and obese), and logistic regression was used to determine trends with regards to prevalence of prehypertension and hypertension between the subgroups. because of the small number of coloured and indian children that entered the sample, these children were excluded from the analysis of race differences, although their data were considered in the other results. results table i displays the descriptive statistics of the research group. the table shows that 88.4% of the learners were in the normal weight category, 7.8% into the overweight category and 3.8% into the obese category. the table also shows that a smaller percentage of the boys in comparison with the girls were in the overweight (6.4% compared with 9.3%) and obese (3.3% compared with 4.3%) categories. a smaller percentage of the black learners in comparison with the white learners fell into the overweight (6.0% compared with 13.3%) and obese (2.8% compared with 6.4%) categories. table ii displays the percentage of learners of the total group, and race and gender separately, that can be classified with prehypertension and hypertension in the various bmi groups. a greater percentage of the research group were in the hypertension group compared with the prehypertension group. it appears that the prevalence of prehypertension may increase with an increase in bmi. the obese group displayed the highest prevalence of hypertension in comparison with the normal and overweight groups. boys showed a higher prevalence of prehypertension than the girls (9.8% compared with 6.8%), while the prevalence of hypertension in the boys and the girls was similar (24.8% compared with 24.9%). the prevalence of prehypertension was similar (8.7% compared with 8.3%), in the white and the black children, while black children displayed a higher prevalence of hypertension than the white children (25.9% compared with 21.6%). correlation coefficients were used to determine the relationship of systolic and diastolic bp with body composition (bmi, body fat percentage and waist circumference) of the participants. all the correlations were statistically and practically significant. systolic and diastolic bp had significant (p<0.01) positive correlations with bmi (r=0.22; r=0.18), body fat percentage (r=0.17; r=0.16) and waist circumference (r=0.21; r=0.19), although only with small practical significance (d-value>0.1). these correlations were further analysed by means of covariance of analysis in table iii where the mean values for the systolic and diastolic bp of the participants were analysed in the group in the 3 different bmi groups and also separately for gender and race. a t-test was used to make comparisons between gender and races and significant differences in this regard. these results are shown in the table with a#. table i. number and percentage of grade 1 learners according to classification in bmi-groups normal weight overweight obese total (n) (%) (n) (%) (n) (%) (n) group 721 88.4 64 7.8 31 3.8 816 boys 378 90.2 27 6.4 14 3.3 419 girls 343 86.4 37 9.3 17 4.3 397 white 175 80.3 29 13.3 14 6.4 218 black 517 91.2 34 6.0 16 2.8 567 n = number of participants. table ii. prevalence of prehypertension and hypertension amongst grade 1 learners according to bmi categories normal weight (n=721) overweight (n=64) obese (n=31) p for trend total (n) (%) (n) (%) (n) (%) (n) (%) prehypertension boys 34 9.0 4 14.8 3 21.4 0.15 41 9.8 girls 22 6.4 3 8.1 3 17.7 0.02 28 6.8 white 12 5.5 3 1.4 4 1.8 0.08 19 8.7 black 41 7.2 4 0.7 2 0.4 0.05 47 8.3 total group 56 7.8 7 10.9 6 19.4 0.008 69 8.5 hypertension boys 96 25.4 3 11.1 5 35.7 0.07 104 24.8 girls 82 23.9 11 29.7 6 35.3 0.14 99 24.9 white 40 18.3 4 1.8 3 1.4 0.004 47 21.6 black 130 22.9 10 1.8 7 1.2 0.47 147 25.9 total group 178 24.7 14 21.9 11 35.5 0.028 203 24.9 bmi = body mass index; n = number of participants; % = percentage; prehypertension >90th percentile <95th percentile; hypertension >95th percentile. 120 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 due to the small number of coloured and indian children in the sample, these race groups were excluded from the analysis of race differences and only white and black children were compared. the systolic and diastolic mean bp values increased in the group as the bmi of the participants increased. the mean systolic and diastolic bp values of the normal weight and overweight children differed significantly from the obese children. differences between the groups are indicated with superscripts (a, b & c). boys in the normal weight group had significantly higher systolic bp values than the girls in this group. on the other hand, the girls in the obese group had higher systolic bp values in comparison with the boys in the obese group (not signifant) and the girls in the overweight and obese groups also had higher diastolic bp in comparison with the boys in the overweight and obese group (not significant). an analysis of possible race differences showed that there was a tendency for the diastolic bp values of black children to be higher than those of the white children in all 3 of the different bmi groups (not significant). discussion the aim of this study was to determine the prevalence of hypertension in grade 1 learners, as well as to determine the possible relationship between the bp and body composition of grade 1 learners in the north west province of south africa. our results regarding prehypertension in the group of 6 7-yearolds indicate a prevalence of 8.5%. this is similar to the findings of hansen et al., 28 who found a prevalence of 3.4% in a group of 3 18-year-old american children. with regards hypertension we showed a prevalence of 24.9%, which is a slightly higher than the 22.3% indicated in a study conducted by steyn et al. 9 more than 10 years ago in south africa. research demonstrates that the prevalence of hypertension has increased over the last decade as a result of the increase in overweight and obesity amongst children. 6 monyeki et al., 10 who focused on a relatively small group of black children (n=203) from disadvantaged communities, reported a 3.9% prevalence of hypertension in 6 7-year-old children. however, none of the 6 7-year-old children fell into the overweight category, which could also possibly contribute to the lower prevalence of hypertension that was reported in the study. the 35.5% prevalence of hypertension that was found in the obese group of children coincides with a study by sorof et al., 17 who reported a 33.0% prevalence of hypertension in obese children (11.8 years old). however, south africa lacks literature that reflects the prevalence of prehypertension and hypertension in 6 7-year-old children which could be used for comparison purposes. the results further showed that systolic and diastolic bp had a significantly positive correlation with bmi, body fat percentage and waist circumference, although the practical significance was small. these results concur with the study of monyeki et al. 10 on 6 13-year-old children in disadvantaged communities. waist circumference showed a positive and significant correlation with systolic and diastolic bp and coincides with research by cuestas et al. 29 on 2 9-year-old children. from the above-mentioned results it would appear that waist circumference could be used as a possible risk marker to identify children at risk of possible high bp. the obese children had significantly higher systolic and diastolic bp compared with the normal weight and overweight children and an increase in bmi was consequently associated with an increase in bp. these results coincide with studies conducted on children that table iii. mean bp of grade 1 learners according to bmi categories variables normal weight (a) (n=721) overweight (b) (n=64) obese (c) (n=31) mean sd 95%ci mean sd 95%ci mean sd 95%ci p for trend systolic bp (mmhg) total group (n=816) 96.8 c 14.0 (13.6;14.5) 99.3 c 11.1 (9.9;12.6) 106.1 ab 15.5 (13.2;18.7) <0.001 boys (n=419) 98.0 c 14.4 (13.8;15.1) 99.7 7.7 (6.4;9.7) 105.6 a 17.6 (14.0;23.5) 0.012 girls (n=397) 95.4 bc# 13.5 (12.9;14.2) 99.1 ac 12.6 (10.9;14.8) 106.6ab 13.5 (10.8;17.8) <0.001 white (n=218) 96.9 14.8 (13.4;16.5) 99.6 9.6 (7.6;13.0) 103.2 13.7 (9.9;22.1) 0.21 black (n=567) 96.9 c 14.0 (13.5;14.5) 99.4 11.7 (10.3;13.6) 106.1 a 15.8 (13.1;19.8) <0.001 diastolic bp (mmhg) total group (n=816) 64.6 c 13.1 (12.7;13.6) 67.0 c 11.2 (10.0;12.7) 72.0 ab 14.8 (12.6;17.9) <0.001 boys (n=419) 65.1 c 13.6 (13.0;14.2) 65.2 10.0 (8.3;12.5) 71.2 a 15.0 (12.0;20.0) 0.047 girls (n=397) 64. 0bc 12.6 (12.1;13.2) 68.0 a 11.8 (10.2;13.8) 72.8 a 14.8 (11.9;19.5) <0.001 white (n=218) 63.9 12.6 (11.4;14.1) 63.7 7.6 (6.1;10.3) 69.3 14.0 (10.2;22.6) 0.28 black (n=567) 64.6 c 13.2 (12.7;13.7) 68.2 12.1 (10.6;14.0) 72.8 a 15.3 (12.8;19.2) <0.001 bmi = body mass index; sd = standard deviation; a = normal weight; b = overweight; c = obese; mean with superscript differed significantly on a 5% level; # p-value <0.05 gender and race differences; ci = confidence interval. sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 121 found the same trends. 5,18 morphological and functional changes that probably occurred in these children, such as arterial stiffness and left ventricular hypertrophy, 30 carotid arterial wall thickening 31 and early activation of vascular endothelium and platelets 32 could be cited as possible reasons for this. all the changes associated with high bp that are reported in the literature indicate that the arteriosclerotic process already begins during the early childhood years. however, the results also show that a large percentage (24.7%, n=178) of the normal weight group (n=721) was also classified with hypertension. the high prevalence of hypertension in this group indicates that other factors, excluding body composition, may also play a role in the increased prevalence of hypertension. possible reasons that could be given for this include unhealthy dietary habits, such as a reduced intake of fruit and vegetables, a diet high in saturated fats and a high intake of salt. 33 these unhealthy dietary habits of high intake of salt often occur in the south african population, seeing that bread is the staple food of large numbers of this population and it contains high levels of sodium chloride. environmental stressors, such as violence and economic stressors, for example poverty, could possibly also have an influence on hypertension in children. 5 boys of the normal weight group had significantly higher systolic bp values than girls in the normal weight group. on the other hand, the girls in the obese group had higher systolic bp values compared with the boys in the obese group, although not statistically significant. girls in the overweight and obese group also displayed higher mean diastolic bp values compared with boys in the overweight and obese group, although also not statistically significant. these results correspond with research by agyemang et al. 34 and monyeki et al. 10 which also found that girls had higher bp than boys. a possible reason could be that girls have a higher percentage of fat than boys, which contributes to a higher prevalence of overweight and obesity and, as a result, they display higher systolic and diastolic bp values. as far as race differences are concerned, the mean diastolic bp values of the black children were higher than those of white children in all three of the different bmi groups, although not statistically significant. these results correspond with other research studies that also found that black children showed higher diastolic bp values than white children. 9,35,36 these studies, however, did not analyse the different bmi groups separately. furthermore, the results also show that the mean systolic bp of the black children was only higher than that of the white children in the obese group, although also not statistically significant. the studies of dekkers et al. 36 and cruz et al. 35 both show that the systolic bp of black children was higher than that of white children. the different bmi groups, however, were also not analysed separately in these studies. possible reasons that can be given for this are differences in socio-economic status, genetic, endocrine and environmental factors, as well as cardiac function, diet and stress. 37-39 seedat 37 further demonstrates that black hypertensive patients are more susceptible to cerebral bleeding and malignant hypertension, which is more inclined to give rise to congestive cardiac failure, while coronary cardiac diseases are less common. in contrast to this, coronary cardiac disease is the most important result of hypertension in the white community. these slight differences, although they can only be viewed as trends, could possibly indicate different causes of hypertension in the different race groups, and this speculation needs further research. the prevalence of hypertension, as well as prehypertension that was found in this study of 7-year-old children is disturbing, especially when considering the associated health-related problems. a notable relationship was also found between the bp and body composition in the overall group of children, although this relationship could be mediated by high hypertensive percentages that were also found in the normal weight group. bp during childhood is significantly associated with bp during adulthood. 6 therefore it is important to develop intervention programmes, especially those that are aimed at increasing levels of physical activity that would lead to weight loss in overweight and obese children and thus reduce the risk of hypertension. it is also advised that bp must be monitored from early childhood and that bp readings must be incorporated in the clinical evaluation of children on a routine basis so that possible cardiovascular risk factors can thus be monitored, especially in the case of overweight and obese children. this study, however, also shows that other factors besides body composition could have an effect on the prevalence of hypertension in children and follow-up studies are advised to obtain a better understanding of the influence of these factors. among others, growth retardation is a possible factor that could have an effect on the increased prevalence of hypertension, especially amongst children of normal weight, as height is taken into consideration in bp percentile tables. a shortcoming of the study was that, although two bp readings were taken five minutes apart, bp could only be taken once. however, most research studies conducted on children report this limitation. although everything was also done to set the participants at ease with regard to the nature of the bp reading, a child could have been erroneously classified as hypertensive as a result of anxiety. this study is, however, the beginning of a longitudinal study during which follow-up data will be collected on bp status in 2013 and 2016 and baseline bp will consequently be monitored in this way. it has, moreover, also been reported that health workers often underdiagnose hypertension in children as the values for children are not as precise as those for adults, but have to be recorded from bp percentile tables and these tables are not always available in health care clinics. 26 gender differences were indicated, but could not be analysed thoroughly in the race groups due to the limited numbers of children in the different race groups. in spite of these shortcomings, the study brought valuable information to the fore regarding the current prevalence of hypertension amongst grade 1 learners in the north west province of south africa and the effect of body composition, gender and race on the bp of these children. conclusion high prevalences of hypertension were found in grade 1 learners in the north west province of south africa. small practical significant associations existed between bp and body composition. screening for bp should therefore not be neglected in these children, especially within the black communities, where the prevalence of hypertension was higher than in the white children. we recommend that interventions, including physical activity, should be introduced to reduce potential cardiovascular complications and obesity among children. other factors contributing to high bp amongst children should also be investigated. references 1. vasan rs, larson mg, leip, et al. impact of high-normal blood pressure on the risk of cardiovascular disease. n engl j med 2001;345(18):12911297. 2. ezzati m, lopez, ad, rodgers a, vanderhoorn s, murray cj. comparative risk assessment collaborating group. selected major risk factors and global and regional burden of disease. lancet 2002;360:1347-1360. 122 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 3. centers for disease control and prevention (cdc). high bp 2010 www.cdc .gov/bloodpressure/facts_statistics.htm (accessed 6 may 2010). 4. connor m, rheeder p, bryer a, et al. the south african stroke risk in general practice study. s afr med j 2005;95:334-339. 5. lazarou x, panagiotakos db, matalas al. lifestyle factors are determinants of children’s blood pressure levels: the cykids study. j hum hypertens 2009;23(7):456-463. 6. chiolero a, boyet p, paradis g. assessing secular trends in blood pressure in children and adolescents. j hypertens 2009;23(6):426-427. 7. munter p, he j, cutler ja, wildman rp, whelton pk. trends in blood pressure among children and adolescents, 1999-2000. jama 2004;291:21072113. 8. whitney en, rolfes sr. understanding nutrition. 12th ed. london: wadsworth, 2008. 9. steyn l, de wet t, richter l, cameron n, levitt ns, morrell c. cardiovascular disease risk factors in five-year-old urban south african children – the birth to ten study. s afr med j 2000;90:719-726. 10. monyeki kd, kemper hcg, makgae pj. the association of fat patterning with blood pressure in rural south african children: the ellisras longitudinal growth and health study. int j epidemiol 2006;35(1):114-120. 11. barnes va, treiber fa, davis h. impact of transcendental meditation on cardiovascular function at rest and during acute stress in adolescents with high normal blood pressure. j psychosom res 2001;51:597-605. 12. sorof jm, turner j, martin ds, et al. cardiovascular risk factors and sequelae in hypertensive children identified by referral versus school-based screening. hypertension 2004;43:214-218. 13. chen x, wang y. tracking of blood pressure from childhood to adulthood. a systematic review and meta-regression analysis. circulation 2008;117:3171-3180. 14. ogden cl, carroll md, curtin lr, lamb mm, flegal km. prevalence of high body mass index in us children and adolescents, 2007-2008. jama 2010;303(3)242-249. 15. reilly jj, methven e, mcdowell zc, et al. health consequences of obesity: systematic review. arch dis child 2003;88(9):748-752. 16. armstrong meg, lambert mi, sharwood ka, lambert ev. obesity and overweight in south african primary school children – the health of the nation study. s afr med j 2006;96(5):439-444. 17. sorof jm, poffenbarger t, franco k, bernard l, portman rj. isolated systolic hypertension, obesity, and hyperkinetic hemodynamic states in children. j pediatr 2002;140(6):660-666. 18. flores-huerta s, klünder-klünder m, reyes de la cruz l, santos ji. increase in body mass index and waist circumference is associated with high blood pressure in children and adolescents in mexico city. arch med res 2009;40:208-215. 19. makgae pj, monyeki kd, brit sj, kemper hcg, mashita j. somatotype and blood pressure of rural south african children aged 6-13 years: ellisras longitudinal growth and health study. ann hum biol 2007;34(2):240251. 20. armstrong, meg, lambert, mi, lambert, ev. secular trends in the prevalence of stunting, overweight and obesity among south african children (1994-2004). eur j clin nutr 2011;65:835-840. 21. marfell-jones m, olds t, stewart a, carter jel. international standards for anthropometric assessment. isak: potchefstroom, 2006. 22. meredith md, welk gj. fitnessgram: test administration manual: the cooper institute for aerobics research. 2nd ed. champaign il: human kinetics publishers, 2005. 23. cole tj, belizzi mc, flegal km, dietz wh. establishing a standard definition for child overweight and obesity worldwide: international survey. bmj 2000;320:1240-1243. 24. national high blood pressure education program working group (nhbpep) on high blood pressure in children and adolescents. the fourth report on the diagnosis, evaluation and treatment of high bp in children and adolescents. pediatrics 2004;114(suppl. 2, 4th report):555-576. 25. statsoft. statistica for windows. release 5.5: general conventions & statistics. tulsa, ok: statsoft, 2010. 26. statistics south africa website www/statssa.gov.za/publicationstats.asp (accessed november 2009). 27. cohen j. statistical power analysis for the behavioural sciences. 2nd ed. hillsdale, nj: erlbaum, 1988. 28. hansen ml, gunn pw, kaelber dc. underdiagnosis of hypertension in children and adolescents. jama 2007;298:874-879. 29. cuestas e, achaval a, garces n, larraya c. waist circumference, dyslipidemia and hypertension in prepubertal children. ann pediatr 2007;67(1):44-50. 30. mahmud a, feely j. adiponectin and arterial stiffness. am j hypertens 2005;18:1543-1548. 31. iannuzzi a, licenziati mr, acampora c, et al. carotid artery wall hypertrophy in children with metabolic syndrome. j hum hypertens 2008;22:8388. 32. meyer aa, kundt g, steiner m, schuff-werner p, kienast w. impaired flow-mediated vasodilation, carotid artery intima-media thickening, and elevated endothelial plasma markers in obese children: the impact of cardiovascular risk factors. pediatrics 2006;117:1560-1567. 33. he fj, marrero nm, mcgregor ga. salt and blood pressure in children and adolescents. j hum hypertens 2008;22:4-11. 34. agyemang c, redekop wk, owusu-dabo e, bruijnzeels ma. blood pressure patterns in rural, semi-urban and urban children in the ashanti region of ghana, west africa. bmc public health 2005;5:114-120. 35. cruz ml, huang tt, johnson ms, gower ba, boran mi. insulin sensitivity and blood pressure in black and white children. hypertension 2002;40(1):18-22. 36. dekkers jc, snieder h, van den oord jcg, treiber fa. moderators of blood pressure development from childhood to adulthood: a 10-year longitudinal study. j pediatr 2002;141(6):770-779. 37. seedat yk. hypertension in black south africans. j hum hypertens 1999;13:97-103. 38. ferreira i, van der horst k, wendel-vos w, kremers s, van lenthe fj, brug j. environmental correlates of physical activity in youth – a review and update. obesity rev 2007;8(2):129-154. 39. addo j, leon da. socioeconomic position and hypertension: a study of urban civil servants in ghana. j epidemiol community health 2009;63(8):646-500. 52 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 introduction in addition to the medical support that is offered to an international team, medical coverage for spectators also needs to be provided at large sporting events. this has been highlighted by a number of incidents at soccer matches in particular. in 1992, 17 people were killed and 1 900 injured when a temporary stand collapsed in corsica. in the same year 43 and 126 people were killed as a result of spectators attempting to push their way into a soccer stadium in south africa and ghana, respectively. 1 further, the terrorist attack at the 1996 olympic games in atlanta where 111 people were injured 1 and the terrorist attacks in the usa on 11 september 2001 and in london in 2005, have made event organisers aware of the need for preparedness planning for large sporting events. medical coverage for the needs of spectators at large sporting events should cater for situations where medical personnel are able to deal with one case at a time, to events with isolated major incidents or in extreme cases such as a mass casualty or disaster situation. in preparation for the 2002 fifa world cup in japan, the health research team (hrt-mhlw) was established by the japanese government to provide an effective service for spectators attending the matches played in japan, as well as to analyse factors regarding patient presentations with a view to develop a medical care plan for mass gatherings. 3 a total of 1 661 patients presented with illness or injuries to the medical stations during the 32 matches played in japan. this patient presentation rate was 1.21/1 000 spectators, with a transport-to-hospital rate of 0.05/1 000 spectators. as the total number of spectators increased, the patient presentation rate decreased, while the patient presentation rates increased when spectators were not provided with shuttle-bus transport from the nearest railway station or had to walk for more than 12 minutes to gain access to the venue. while injuries to cricket players in south africa, 6-12 australia 5 and england 4 have been well documented over short communication analysis of patient load data from the 2003 cricket world cup in south africa a kilian1 (mb chb) r a stretch2 (d phil) 1 medical doctor in private practice, port elizabeth 2 sport bureau, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth conclusion. the unique nature of cricket has shown a different patient presentation rate than for other similar mass gatherings, requiring additional factors be considered when developing a medical care plan. abstract objectives. the purpose of this study was to evaluate the patient presentation data for spectators attending the opening ceremony and all the 2003 cricket world cup matches played in south africa in order to provide organisers with the basis of a sound medical care plan for mass gatherings of a similar nature. methods. during the 2003 cricket world cup, data were collected on the spectators presenting to the medical facilities during the opening ceremony and the 42 matches played in south africa. data included the total number of patient presentations and the category of illness or injury. this information was used to determine the venue accommodation rate and the patient presentation rate. the illness/injury data were classified into the following categories: (i) heat-related illness; (ii) blisters/scrapes/ bruises; (iii) headache; (iv) fractures/sprains/lacerations; (v) eye injuries; (vi) abdominal pain; (vii) insect bite; (viii) allergy-related illness; (ix) cardiac disorders, chest pains; (x) pulmonary disorder/shortness of breath; (xi) syncope; (xii) weakness/dizziness; (xiii) alcohol/drug-related conditions; (xiv) seizure; (xv) cardiac arrest; (xvi) obstetric/ gynaecological disorder; and (xvii) other. results. the total number of patients who presented to the medical stations was 2 118, with a mean of 50 (range 14 91) injuries per match. the mean for the patient presentation rate was 4/1 000 spectators. the most frequently encountered illness or injury was headache (954 patients, 45%), followed by fractures, sprains and lacerations (351 patients, 16%). correspondence: r stretch sport bureau nelson mandela metropolitan university po box 77000 port elizabeth 6031 tel: 041-504 2584 fax: 041-583 2605 e-mail: richard.stretch@nmmu.ac.za pg52-56.indd 52 6/29/06 9:01:16 am sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 53 the past number of years, there have not been any reported studies on the illness/injury rate of spectators attending major cricket matches or events. the purpose of this study was to evaluate the patient presentation data for spectators attending the opening ceremony and all the 2003 cricket world cup matches played in south africa and to compare these with similar findings from the 2002 fifa world cup held in japan, in order to provide organisers with a basis for a sound medical care plan for mass gatherings of a similar nature. method the 2003 cricket world cup was organised in february and march 2003, with the opening ceremony staged in south africa and 54 matches staged in south africa, zimbabwe and kenya. only the opening ceremony and the 42 matches played in south africa formed part of this study. the opening ceremony was held in the evening, with the one-day international matches played either as day matches (10h00 to about 17h30) or as day-night matches (14h30 to about 22h00). all the planning and procedures relating to the medical management of the spectators and players for all matches were the responsibility of the medical committee. only the spectator data are presented in this study. the medical committee held monthly meeting from january 2002 to may 2003 (16 meetings) and three seminars with the medical personnel prior to the start of the competition. based on this a medical system was put in place for each venue that would be able to respond to a disaster, as well as providing routine on-site medical emergencies. to ensure adequate medical cover there was at least one medical station at each ground, staffed by 2 doctors, 2 nurses and on average 3 paramedics. the medical support was provided from 2 hours before the start of the match to 1 hour after the end of the match. the necessary medical supplies and equipment were available at each medical station. an ambulance was available at each venue to transfer patients to hospital if necessary. further, at least one hospital in each city was put on stand-by in the event of an emergency, with the normal daily staff on stand-by. the data collected included the total number of spectators at each match and the maximum spectator capacity for each venue. the medical personnel in charge of the medical facility documented patient information which included the total number of patient presentations (pp) and the category of illness/injury (i). these data were used to determine the venue accommodation rate (var). this was defined as the actual number of spectators per game compared with the maximum spectator capacity of the venue. the patient presentation rate (ppr) was defined as the number of patients per 1 000 spectators per match. to allow comparisons with similar data from the 2002 fifa world cup 3 the illness/injury data were classified into the following: (i) heat-related illness; (ii) blisters/scrapes/ bruises; (iii) headache; (vi) fractures/sprains/lacerations; (v) eye injuries; (vi) abdominal pain; (vii) insect bite; (viii) allergy-related illness; (ix) cardiac disorders; chest pains; (x) pulmonary disorder/shortness of breath; (xi) syncope; (xii) weakness/dizziness; (xiii) alcohol/drug-related conditions; (xiv) seizure; (xv) cardiac arrest; (xvi) obstetric/gynaecological disorder; and (xvii) other. table i. spectator, venue and patient presentation data during the 2003 cricket world cup maximum mean venue presentations/ spectator accommodation % of total spectator patient 1 000 matches capacity rate capacity attendance presentations mean/match spectators venues (n) (n) (n) (%) (n) (n) (n) (n) paarl 3 9 030 4 207 47 12 620 57 19 4 durban 5 19 980 16 292 82 81 459 215 43 2 pietermaritzburg 3 7 091 3 883 55 7 765 42 21 5 potchefstroom 2 10 169 5 902 58 17 706 44 14 2 pretoria 4 21 160 15 427 72 61 706 366 91 5 johannesburg 5 30 542 26 235 86 131 175 427 85 3 kimberley 2 6 056 3 328 55 6 655 48 24 7 port elizabeth 5 18 109 12 206 67 61 031 241 48 3 cape town* 6 23 141 20 170 87 121 020 508 85 4 east london 2 13 248 5 610 42 11 220 36 18 3 benoni 2 9 812 4 719 48 9 437 49 25 5 bloemfontein 3 13 954 4 792 34 14 377 85 28 5 total 42 738 508 536 171 536 171 2 118 * the opening ceremony is included in these figures. pg52-56.indd 53 6/29/06 9:01:16 am 54 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 results there were 12 venues used to stage the 42 world cup matches, with an average of 4 (range 2 6) matches per venue. the mean maximum venue capacity was 17 583 (range 6 056 30 542) spectators, with a total capacity of 738 508 spectators for the venues for all 42 matches. the total attendance at all 42 matches was 536 171 spectators, with a mean actual attendance of 12 765 (range 3 328 26 235) or 73% (range 34 – 87%) of the total capacity for all the venues (table i). the total number of patients who presented to the medical stations was 2 118, with a mean of 50 (range 14 91) injuries or illnesses per match. the mean patient presentation rate was 4/1 000 spectators, with the matches played in potchefstroom and durban (3/1 000 spectators) and at kimberley (71/1 000 spectators) reporting the lowest and highest rates, respectively (table i). the most frequently encountered illness or injury was headache (954 patients, 45%), followed by fractures, sprains and lacerations (351 patients, 16%) (table ii). other presentations included allergy-related illnesses (129 patients, 6%), abdominal pain (120 patients, 6%) and heatrelated illnesses (103 patients, 5%). the ‘other’ category of illnesses or injuries (322 patients, 15%) included 88 (4%) patients with gastric problems and 48 (2%) and 19 (1%) with urinary tract and respiratory tract infections, respectively. discussion the unique nature of cricket, which is played over an extended period of time, has shown a different patient presentation rate than that of soccer.3 firstly, the cricket spectators showed a greater patient presentation rate per 1 000 spectators, although it still falls within the range of 0.14 90 patients per 1 000 spectators. 2 a number of factors may influence the patient presentation rate, with venue capacity and the crowd size being identified as the more important factors. 13 the crowd density is indicated by the venue accommodation rate. however, neither of these variables were factors in the patient presentation rate. the matches played at kimberley, the venue with the lowest mean venue accommodation rate, had the highest rate of injuries per 1 000 spectators. conversely, johannesburg, the venue with the greatest mean venue accommodation rate, had one of the lower rates of injuries per 1 000 spectators. this may possibly be due to the fact that a number of other factors such as weather conditions and location of seating may play a more significant role in the risk illness or injury to spectators at cricket matches. a second difference was that more than half of the patients at cricket matches presented with headaches and heat-related illnesses, while at soccer matches 3 this only made up about 15% of the recorded injuries/illnesses. again this may be related to other factors, some of which may be beyond the control of the event organisers. during the 2002 soccer world cup temperature had an effect on the number of injuries, with an increase in temperature associated with an increased risk of illness or injury, particularly heat-related illnesses, headaches and weakness or dizziness. 3 one of the limitations of the study was that no information was obtained on the weather conditions. although the effect of heat on the risk of illnesses or injury could not be determined, the 2003 cricket world cup was played in the hot summer months of february and march. in conclusion, the basic epidemiological data collected at the 2003 cricket world cup should assist organisers of future cricket world cup competitions to predict patient presentation rates. however, the unique nature of cricket requires additional factors that need to be considered when collecting similar data. this should include weather conditions, time of day or night when the patient presented, and information on whether the patient was seated in undercover seating or on the open grass banks that are common at many cricket grounds. this could then assist in developing a medical care plan in accordance with the capacity of the venue in order to provide the most efficient medical care possible. references 1. delaney js, drummond r. mass casualties and triage at a sporting event br j sports med 2002; 36: 85-8. 2. de lorenzo ra. mass gathering medicine: a review. prehosp disast med 1997; 12: 68-72. 3. morimura n, katsumi a, koido y, et al. analysis of patient load data from the 2002 fifa world cup korea/japan, prehosp disast med 2004; 19: 278 4. table ii. category of medical condition and the number (n) of patient presentations at the 2003 cricket world cup patient presentations (n) (%) blisters, scrapes and bruises 23 1 headache 954 45 abdominal pain 120 6 heat-related illnesses 103 5 fracture, sprain and lacerations 351 16 weakness/dizziness 6 1 cardiovascular disorders/chest pains 16 1 insect bites 25 1 pulmonary disorders/shortness of breath 19 1 alergy-related 129 6 eye injury 40 2 other 322 15 total 2 118 100 pg52-56.indd 54 6/29/06 9:01:29 am pg52-56.indd 55 6/29/06 9:01:46 am 56 sajsm vol 18 no.2 2006 4. newman da. prospective survey of injuries at first class counties in england and wales 2001 and 2002 seasons. in: stretch ra, noakes, td, vaughan cl, eds. science and medicine in cricket compress: cape town, 2003; 343-50. 5. orchard j, james t, alcott e, carter s, farhart p. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002; 36: 270-5. 6. stretch ra. injuries to south african cricketers playing at first-class level. s afr med j 1989; 4: 3-20. 7. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in club and provincial cricketers. south african medical journal 1993; 83: 339-41. 8. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in schoolboy cricketers. s afr med j 1995; 85: 1182-4. 9. stretch ra. incidence and nature of epidemiological injuries to elite south african cricket players. s afr med j 2001a; 91:336-9. 10. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of epidemiological injuries to elite south african cricket players over a two-season period, south african medical journal 2001b; 8:17 20. 11. stretch ra. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. br j sports med 2003; 37: 250 3. 12. stretch ra, venter djl. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. south african medical journal 2003; 15: 4 8. 13. zeitz km, schneider dp, jarrett d. mass gathering events: retrospective analysis of patient presentations over seven years. prehosp disast med 2002; 17: 147-50. case report 20 sa journal of radiology • march 2006 the diaphragm was demonstrated more clearly on the mri sequences and infiltration of the diaphragm could not be excluded on ct. another important role of ct or mri is to determine resectability and to detect metastases.2,3 they are also used in follow up to determine response to treatment2 and to detect recurrences. tc 99m-mdp (bone scan) is of value in detecting distant bony metastases8 and 8 f-fluoro-2-deoxy-glucose (fdg)-position emission tomography (pet) scan can be used to detect recurrence of intraspinal pnet.1,9 ct the ct picture is usually of heterogeneous soft tissue density.2,3 the mass can be isodense or slightly hypodense to muscle3 and larger tumours commonly have hypodense necrotic/cystic areas.2,3,6,8 post-contrast enhancement is mostly inhomogeneous.3,6,8 calcifications are seen in less than 10% of cases, but could be faint and speckled or stippled.6,8 haemorrhage can be seen as a hyperdense area in the mass if present. regional lymphadenopathy is rarely seen but chest wall invasion is more common and would be evidenced by pleural effusion, bony destruction, tumour nodules in the muscles and abnormal enhancement of the chest wall.8 mri mri t1-weighted images would show a mass isointense or slightly hyperintense to muscle2,3,5,6,8 with low-intensity areas correlating to cystic/necrotic areas in the tumour and hyperintense areas correlating to haemorrhage. post-gadolinium enhancement may be seen uniformly or inhomogeneously.2,3,5,6,8 heterogeneous high signal intensity is typically seen on t2-weighted images;2,3,5,6,8 this sequence usually demonstrates the cystic components best. a stir sequence would also demonstrate a heterogeneous high signal intensity mass.3,6 conclusion pnets are aggressive neoplasms and should therefore be diagnosed accurately and as early as possible. the distinction between pnet and es cannot be made radiologically and could even be difficult on histological examination. neural differentiation, immunostaining and immunohistochemistry can help to distinguish these tumours. unfortunately a standard therapy does not exist yet and patients are offered a combination of surgery, chemoand radiotherapy. prognosis depends on the location of the tumour but pnet has a generally poor prognosis. alternative treatment should be investigated further. 1. virani mj, jain s. primary intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumor (pnet): a rare occurrence neurology india 2002; 50: 75-80. 2. khong pl, chan gcf, shek twh, tam pkh, chan fl. imaging of peripheral pnet: common and uncommon locations. clin radiol 2002; 57: 272-277. 3. ibarburen c, haberman jj, zerhouni ea. peripheral primitive neuroectodermal tumors. ct and mri evaluation. eur j radiol 1996; 21: 225-232. 4. mawrin c, synowitz hj, kirches e, kutz e, knut d, weis s. primary primitive neuroectodermal tumor of the spinal cord: case report and review of literature. clin neurol neurosurg 2002; 104: 36-40. 5. kim yw, jin bh, kim ts, cho ye. primary intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumor at conus medullaris. yonsei med j 2004; 45: 538. 6. dorfmuller g, wurtz fg, umschaden hw, kleinert r, ambros pf. intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumour: report of two cases and review of literature. acta neurochirur 1999; 141: 1169-1175. 7. isotalo pa, agbi c, davidson b, girard a, verma s, robertson sj. primitive neuroectodermal tumor of the cauda equina. hum pathol 2000; 31: 999-1001. 8. dick ea, mchugh k, kimber c, michalski a. imaging of non-central nervous system primitive neuroectodermal tumours: diagnostic features and correlation with outcome. clin radiol 2001; 56: 206-215. 9. meltzer cc, townsend dw, kottapally s, jadali f. fdg imaging of spinal cord primitive neuroectodermal tumor. j nucl med 1998; 39: 1207-1209. 20 sa journal of radiology • march 2006 paraspinal.indd 20 3/27/06 12:25:57 pm case report 20 sa journal of radiology • march 2006 the diaphragm was demonstrated more clearly on the mri sequences and infiltration of the diaphragm could not be excluded on ct. another important role of ct or mri is to determine resectability and to detect metastases.2,3 they are also used in follow up to determine response to treatment2 and to detect recurrences. tc 99m-mdp (bone scan) is of value in detecting distant bony metastases8 and 8 f-fluoro-2-deoxy-glucose (fdg)-position emission tomography (pet) scan can be used to detect recurrence of intraspinal pnet.1,9 ct the ct picture is usually of heterogeneous soft tissue density.2,3 the mass can be isodense or slightly hypodense to muscle3 and larger tumours commonly have hypodense necrotic/cystic areas.2,3,6,8 post-contrast enhancement is mostly inhomogeneous.3,6,8 calcifications are seen in less than 10% of cases, but could be faint and speckled or stippled.6,8 haemorrhage can be seen as a hyperdense area in the mass if present. regional lymphadenopathy is rarely seen but chest wall invasion is more common and would be evidenced by pleural effusion, bony destruction, tumour nodules in the muscles and abnormal enhancement of the chest wall.8 mri mri t1-weighted images would show a mass isointense or slightly hyperintense to muscle2,3,5,6,8 with low-intensity areas correlating to cystic/necrotic areas in the tumour and hyperintense areas correlating to haemorrhage. post-gadolinium enhancement may be seen uniformly or inhomogeneously.2,3,5,6,8 heterogeneous high signal intensity is typically seen on t2-weighted images;2,3,5,6,8 this sequence usually demonstrates the cystic components best. a stir sequence would also demonstrate a heterogeneous high signal intensity mass.3,6 conclusion pnets are aggressive neoplasms and should therefore be diagnosed accurately and as early as possible. the distinction between pnet and es cannot be made radiologically and could even be difficult on histological examination. neural differentiation, immunostaining and immunohistochemistry can help to distinguish these tumours. unfortunately a standard therapy does not exist yet and patients are offered a combination of surgery, chemoand radiotherapy. prognosis depends on the location of the tumour but pnet has a generally poor prognosis. alternative treatment should be investigated further. 1. virani mj, jain s. primary intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumor (pnet): a rare occurrence neurology india 2002; 50: 75-80. 2. khong pl, chan gcf, shek twh, tam pkh, chan fl. imaging of peripheral pnet: common and uncommon locations. clin radiol 2002; 57: 272-277. 3. ibarburen c, haberman jj, zerhouni ea. peripheral primitive neuroectodermal tumors. ct and mri evaluation. eur j radiol 1996; 21: 225-232. 4. mawrin c, synowitz hj, kirches e, kutz e, knut d, weis s. primary primitive neuroectodermal tumor of the spinal cord: case report and review of literature. clin neurol neurosurg 2002; 104: 36-40. 5. kim yw, jin bh, kim ts, cho ye. primary intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumor at conus medullaris. yonsei med j 2004; 45: 538. 6. dorfmuller g, wurtz fg, umschaden hw, kleinert r, ambros pf. intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumour: report of two cases and review of literature. acta neurochirur 1999; 141: 1169-1175. 7. isotalo pa, agbi c, davidson b, girard a, verma s, robertson sj. primitive neuroectodermal tumor of the cauda equina. hum pathol 2000; 31: 999-1001. 8. dick ea, mchugh k, kimber c, michalski a. imaging of non-central nervous system primitive neuroectodermal tumours: diagnostic features and correlation with outcome. clin radiol 2001; 56: 206-215. 9. meltzer cc, townsend dw, kottapally s, jadali f. fdg imaging of spinal cord primitive neuroectodermal tumor. j nucl med 1998; 39: 1207-1209. 20 sa journal of radiology • march 2006 paraspinal.indd 20 3/27/06 12:25:57 pm case report 20 sa journal of radiology • march 2006 the diaphragm was demonstrated more clearly on the mri sequences and infiltration of the diaphragm could not be excluded on ct. another important role of ct or mri is to determine resectability and to detect metastases.2,3 they are also used in follow up to determine response to treatment2 and to detect recurrences. tc 99m-mdp (bone scan) is of value in detecting distant bony metastases8 and 8 f-fluoro-2-deoxy-glucose (fdg)-position emission tomography (pet) scan can be used to detect recurrence of intraspinal pnet.1,9 ct the ct picture is usually of heterogeneous soft tissue density.2,3 the mass can be isodense or slightly hypodense to muscle3 and larger tumours commonly have hypodense necrotic/cystic areas.2,3,6,8 post-contrast enhancement is mostly inhomogeneous.3,6,8 calcifications are seen in less than 10% of cases, but could be faint and speckled or stippled.6,8 haemorrhage can be seen as a hyperdense area in the mass if present. regional lymphadenopathy is rarely seen but chest wall invasion is more common and would be evidenced by pleural effusion, bony destruction, tumour nodules in the muscles and abnormal enhancement of the chest wall.8 mri mri t1-weighted images would show a mass isointense or slightly hyperintense to muscle2,3,5,6,8 with low-intensity areas correlating to cystic/necrotic areas in the tumour and hyperintense areas correlating to haemorrhage. post-gadolinium enhancement may be seen uniformly or inhomogeneously.2,3,5,6,8 heterogeneous high signal intensity is typically seen on t2-weighted images;2,3,5,6,8 this sequence usually demonstrates the cystic components best. a stir sequence would also demonstrate a heterogeneous high signal intensity mass.3,6 conclusion pnets are aggressive neoplasms and should therefore be diagnosed accurately and as early as possible. the distinction between pnet and es cannot be made radiologically and could even be difficult on histological examination. neural differentiation, immunostaining and immunohistochemistry can help to distinguish these tumours. unfortunately a standard therapy does not exist yet and patients are offered a combination of surgery, chemoand radiotherapy. prognosis depends on the location of the tumour but pnet has a generally poor prognosis. alternative treatment should be investigated further. 1. virani mj, jain s. primary intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumor (pnet): a rare occurrence neurology india 2002; 50: 75-80. 2. khong pl, chan gcf, shek twh, tam pkh, chan fl. imaging of peripheral pnet: common and uncommon locations. clin radiol 2002; 57: 272-277. 3. ibarburen c, haberman jj, zerhouni ea. peripheral primitive neuroectodermal tumors. ct and mri evaluation. eur j radiol 1996; 21: 225-232. 4. mawrin c, synowitz hj, kirches e, kutz e, knut d, weis s. primary primitive neuroectodermal tumor of the spinal cord: case report and review of literature. clin neurol neurosurg 2002; 104: 36-40. 5. kim yw, jin bh, kim ts, cho ye. primary intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumor at conus medullaris. yonsei med j 2004; 45: 538. 6. dorfmuller g, wurtz fg, umschaden hw, kleinert r, ambros pf. intraspinal primitive neuroectodermal tumour: report of two cases and review of literature. acta neurochirur 1999; 141: 1169-1175. 7. isotalo pa, agbi c, davidson b, girard a, verma s, robertson sj. primitive neuroectodermal tumor of the cauda equina. hum pathol 2000; 31: 999-1001. 8. dick ea, mchugh k, kimber c, michalski a. imaging of non-central nervous system primitive neuroectodermal tumours: diagnostic features and correlation with outcome. clin radiol 2001; 56: 206-215. 9. meltzer cc, townsend dw, kottapally s, jadali f. fdg imaging of spinal cord primitive neuroectodermal tumor. j nucl med 1998; 39: 1207-1209. 20 sa journal of radiology • march 2006 paraspinal.indd 20 3/27/06 12:25:57 pm to order contact carmen or avril: tel: (021) 530-6520 fax: (021) 531-4126/3539 email: carmena@hmpg.co.za the south african medical association, health & medical publishing group 1-2 lonsdale building, gardener way, pinelands, 7405. pg52-56.indd 56 6/29/06 9:02:06 am original research 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 ultrasound comparison of the effects of prehabilitation exercises and the scapular assistance test on the acromiohumeral distance m m gous, mtech1, b van dyk, mtech2, e j bruwer, phd3 1 department of medical imaging and radiation sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, johannesburg, south africa 2 department of medical imaging and radiation sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, johannesburg, south africa 3 department of physical activity, sport and recreation (phasrec), north west university, potchefstroom, south africa corresponding author: mm gous (magdeleen.gous@gmail.com) subacromial impingement syndrome (sis) is commonly encountered in overhead athletes when one arm is used in an overhead position. although a complete throwing motion only lasts a few seconds, repetitive overhead motion creates significant stress on the shoulder, resulting in muscle imbalances which heighten the risk of developing sis.[1] prolonged muscle imbalances lead to a narrowing of the acromiohumeral distance (ahd) and painful compression of the soft tissue structures which pass through the subacromial space (sas) during dynamic humeral abduction. [2,3[ a late diagnosis of sis may lead to decreased sport performance while valuable training and competition time is lost due to long periods of rehabilitation.4 the scapular assistance test (sat) is used to identify abnormal scapular motion before late stage winging is present. the examiner manually corrects the dyskinesis and stabilises the scapula on the bony thorax by rotating the scapula upward and outwards, while simultaneously pushing the scapula to increase the posterior tilt during humeral elevation. [5,6] the sat manoeuvre relieves compression on soft tissue structures responsible for sis by increasing the ahd. the test is therefore positive when the athlete’s symptoms are reduced with the abduction of the humerus while the sat is applied. [5,6,7] if pain reduces with the sat, it may be assumed that the strengthening of the scapular stabilisers will result in a widening of the ahd and the lessening of the clinical effects of sis. however, in the sporting world it would be helpful to determine whether the prehabilitation of the shoulder girdle is needed before the onset of impingement symptoms. determining the ahd, before and after the sat application, at different angles of humeral abduction in the dominant and non-dominant shoulders of unilateral overhead athletes could provide valuable insight into the type of soft tissue injury and contribute to its mitigation. there is currently no proven imaging or clinical method to identify the risk of future sis in asymptomatic overhead athletes. ultrasound is a non-invasive, comfortable and dynamic examination which provides extensive diagnostic information of the shoulder muscles, as well as the ahd variation, during the abduction of the humerus.8 although ultrasound can accurately measure the ahd, the literature is not clear as to whether it can predict sis in overhead athletes by measuring the ahd at different humeral abduction angles.8 the purpose of this article is to describe the use of ultrasound ahd measurements to compare the effect of sat on the ahd with that of a prehabilitative exercise intervention in asymptomatic cricket players. methods study design and participants male cricket players (n=47) from the north-west university (nwu) cricket squad were recruited to voluntarily participate in this randomised control trial during the 2013 cricket season. ethical approval was obtained from the faculty of health sciences higher degrees and research ethics committees at the university of johannesburg (aec12-01-2013) and the nwu (nwu-00026-12-a1). players and coaches were thoroughly background: prolonged participation in overhead sports creates shoulder muscle imbalances which eventually alter the efficacy of the shoulder stabiliser muscles and heighten injury risk, such as subacromial impingement syndrome. objectives: the aim of this study was to determine if ultrasound is effective to measure the acromiohumeral distance (ahd) to compare the effect of the scapular assistance test (sat) on the ahd with a prehabilitative exercise intervention programme in asymptomatic cricket players. methods: baseline testing on cricket players from the northwest university cricket squad (n=34) included ahd measurements performed by a sonographer at 0°, 30° and 60° humeral abduction angles respectively, with and without the sat application. players were then randomly assigned to an intervention and control group. the control group continued with their normal in-season programme, whereas the intervention group also performed shoulder stability exercises for six weeks. results: the exercise intervention had a similar effect as the sat on the ahd at 0º and 30º humeral abduction angles in the intervention group. the ahd measurements in the exercise intervention group indicated widening at all abduction angles after the six-week intervention period, whereas the ahd measurements in the control group were equal or smaller than baseline measurements without the sat at 30º and 60º respectively. conclusion: exercise intervention has a similar effect on the ahd of asymptomatic cricket players compared to the sat – especially in 0°and 30º of humeral abduction. ultrasound can therefore be utilised to assist in identifying the risk of developing subacromial impingement syndrome (sis) in asymptomatic overhead athletes by measuring the ahd at different angles of humeral abduction, without and with the sat application. keywords: acromiohumeral distance, subacromial impingement syndrome, overhead athletes s afr j sports med 2017;29:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1396 mailto:magdeleen.gous@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1396 original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 informed regarding the testing procedures and the exercise intervention programmes. written informed consent was obtained from all participating players prior to baseline ultrasound examinations of both shoulders and participation in the testing procedures and exercise intervention programmes. only players of ≥17 and ≤ 25 years, who did not suffer from any current orthopaedic condition or injury or who were not rehabilitating from any orthopaedic injury, were eligible for inclusion in this study. the study population was randomly allocated to an exercise intervention group and a control group by participants drawing numbers from a box after the baseline testing. thirty-four participants completed the posttest procedures (exercise intervention group, n=16 and control group, n=18). ultrasound measurements both shoulders of prospective participants were initially examined with ultrasound to rule out any pre-existing pathology. a baseline ultrasound examination was then performed on all participants who met the study criteria. a japanese manufactured hitachi aloka f75 ultrasound unit, equipped with a 7mhz – 14mhz linear broadband transducer, was used for this purpose. the ahd of both shoulders was measured at 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles in the scapular plane, with and without application of the sat. the transducer was positioned in a sagittal plane along the long axis of the supraspinatus tendon and humerus (fig. 1a). the ahd on the frozen image can then be defined as the shortest linear distance between the antero-inferior tip of the acromion and the greater tubercle of the humeral head (fig. 1b). [10] the degrees of humeral abduction were measured with a goniometer, placed on the posterior aspect of the shoulder along the long axis of the humerus (fig. 2a). [3,6,9] ahd measurements of more than 60° humeral abduction are not possible due to constraints in the imaging technique. [9] the sat was then applied by a qualified biokineticist who manually rotated the scapula in an upward rotation and posterior tilt during humeral abduction to manually stabilise the scapula on the bony thorax. [5,6] the ahd was remeasured at the same 0°, 30° and 60° humeral abduction angles (fig. 2ab). to ensure internal validity, an independent radiologist audited all the ultrasound images to verify that the correct technique had been used consistently in obtaining the required images and in measuring the ahd. exercise intervention while continuing with the usual in-season cricket training, the intervention group was also subjected to a six-week exercise intervention programme, twice a week for forty minutes at a time, under the supervision of a qualified biokineticist. the exercise intervention programme focused on releasing the pectoralis minor, pectoralis major, latissimus dorsi and posterior capsule, as well as strengthening the scapular and core stabiliser muscles and humeral lateral rotators. emphasis was placed on maintaining postural control during the execution of all exercises. a register was kept to log each session the athlete attended and only participants who complied with attending two sessions per week throughout the six week period qualified for follow-up testing. conversely, the control group carried on with the usual inseason cricket training and exercises under the supervision of the cricket coach, without the additional biokinetic intervention. follow-up ahd measurement on completion of the prehabilitative exercise programme, the ahd of both shoulders was re-measured as previously described, albeit without the sat application. these measurements served as comparative information of the increase in ahd measurement achieved both with the sat application, as well as with the prehabilitation exercises. a comparison of the follow-up ahd measurements without the sat to the initial ahd measurements with the sat, was expected to support or refute the hypothesis that the strengthening of the scapula stabilisers act in the same manner as the sat application. statistical analysis the statistical analyses were performed using the ibm spss v24 programme (ibm corp. released 2016. ibm spss statistics for windows, version 24.0. armonk, ny: ibm corp). based on the results of the shapiro-wilk test and quantile-quantile plots, these authors concluded that the sample was normally distributed and therefore parametric statistical methods were used. independent t-tests were performed to determine if the exercise intervention and control groups differed in basic participant characteristics. repeated measures anova tests with between-subjects effects (exercise intervention and control groups) and within-subjects effects (dominant vs nondominant shoulders and humeral abduction angles) were performed to indicate the difference in ahd at 0º, 30º and 60º of humeral abduction for both the dominant and non-dominant shoulders without the sat at baseline. lastly, repeated measures anova tests were also performed with betweensubjects effects (intervention and control groups) and withinsubjects effects (ahd at 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles at baseline with and without the sat, as well as the postintervention period without the sat) to indicate whether the effect of the sat and the exercise intervention differed. results the biographical and anthropometrical characteristics of the sample are summarised in table 1. the groups presented with similar characteristics making them suitable for comparison (table 1). in fig. 3, the change in the baseline ahd measurement, without the sat at 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles, is indicated for both the dominant and non-dominant shoulders of the intervention and control groups. there were no significant three-way or two-way interactions. a significant main effect between the humeral abduction angles (f2,64=43.86, p<0.001) was observed, indicating that the ahd varies irrespective of dominance or group. multiple comparisons with original research 3 sajsm vol. 29 2017 a bonferroni correction was used to indicate that the mean ahd of both groups significantly narrowed during humeral abduction from 0º to 30º (p=0.002), 0º to 60º (p<0.001) and from 30º to 60º (p<0.001). when measured separately, the ahd of both shoulders showed a similar narrowing trend during 0º to 30º and 30º to 60º humeral abduction. in figure 4 the baseline ahd measurement of the dominant shoulder (throwing arm) without sat of the exercise intervention and control groups was compared to the baseline ahd with sat and after the intervention without sat at 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles. there were no significant three-way interactions observed between 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles and the application of the sat at baseline of the exercise intervention or control groups. significant two-way interactions were observed between the 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles and application of sat at baseline of the exercise intervention (f2,30=3.810, p=0.034) and control (f2.34=5.100, p=0.012) groups, indicating that the ahd with the sat increases significantly during 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles compared to the ahd without the sat at similar abduction angles. multiple comparisons with a bonferroni correction was used to indicate that the mean ahd of the intervention group widened with the sat at humeral abduction angles of 0º (p=0.020), 30º (p=0.031) and 60º (p=0.047). the mean ahd of the control group widened with the sat at humeral abduction angles of 0º (p<0.001), 30º (p=0.002) and 60º (p<0.001). the ahd was of medium practical significance (dvalues) at 0º (d=0.50), small to medium practical significance at 30º (d=0.45), and of medium to large practical significance at 60º (d=0.76) abduction in the intervention group. the ahd was of medium practical significance (d-values) at 0º (d=0.50), of small to medium practical significance at 30º (d=0.43), and of large practical significance at 60º (d=0.85) abduction in the control group. there were no significant two-way interactions observed between the ahd of the exercise intervention (f2,30=0.066, p=0.936) or control groups (f2,1=1.292, p=0.748) at humeral abduction angles of 0º, 30º and 60º without the sat at baseline and the ahd at similar humeral abduction angles without the sat after the six-week exercise intervention period. there were no significant three-way interactions observed between the ahd with the sat at baseline and the ahd without the sat after the six-week exercise intervention period at humeral abduction angles of 0º, 30º and 60º of the exercise intervention or control groups. significant two-way fig. 1a and 1b. ahd measurement at 0° humeral abduction (author’s personal collection). fig. 2a and 2b. ahd measurement at 60° humeral abduction without and with the application of the sat (author’s private collection). 1a 1b 2a 2b original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 4 0 30 60 0 30 60 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 exercise intervention dominant non-dominant a cr om io h u m e r a l d i s t a n c e (c m ) ° ° ° ° ° ° 0 30 60 0 30 60 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 control dominant non-dominant a crom iohum eral distance (cm ) ° °°°°° 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 exercise intervention a cr om io hu m er al di st an ce (c m ) 0° 30° 60° * * * + 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 control 0° 30° 60° * * * +++ a crom iohum er al d ist an c e ( cm ) adh without sat adh with sat adh post exercise humeral abduction angles (degrees) table 1. comparison of biographical characteristics between the exercise intervention and control groups (n=34) variables intervention (n=16) control (n=18) p-value age (years) 20.7±1.3 20.9±1.5 0.826 height (m) 1.81±0.07 1.79±0.07 0.202 body mass (kg) 81.4±9.4 77.5±10.3 0.315 bmi (kg.m-2) 24.7±1.7 24.0±2.3 0.786 number of years participating < 4 years 1(6%) 1(6%) 0.957 ≥ 4 years 15(94%) 17(94%) participating level university squad 12(75%) 15(83%) 0.163 provincial level 4(25%) 3(17%) average training hours per week < 6 hours 4(25%) 7(39%) 0.586 ≥ 6 hours 12(75%) 11(61%) history of resistance training < 3 years 10(63%) 7(39%) 0.182 ≥ 3 years 6(38%) 11(61%) values reported as either mean ± sd or as number of participants (% of total participants). significance is set at p < 0.05 fig. 4. comparison of baseline ahd of the exercise intervention and control groups with and without the sat and after intervention without the sat at 0º, 30º and 60º of humeral abduction fig. 3. comparison of baseline ahd measurements at 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction without the sat original research 5 sajsm vol. 29 2017 interactions were observed between the ahd with the sat at baseline and the ahd without the sat after the six-week intervention period at 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles of the exercise intervention (f2,30=5.979, p=0.007) and control (f2,34=5.909, p=0.006) groups. multiple comparisons with a bonferroni correction was used to indicate that there is no significant difference between the ahd with sat at baseline and the ahd without the sat after the six-week intervention period in the exercise intervention group at 0º (p=0.538) or 30º (p=0.396) humeral abduction angles. the ahd of the exercise intervention group does, however, differ statistically at 60º (p=0.001) humeral abduction angle. the ahd of the control group at baseline with the sat does differ statistically from the ahd without the sat after the six-week study period at 0º (p=0.015), 30º (p=0.010) and 60º (p=0.001) humeral abduction angles. note however, no significant difference was observed between the effect of the sat and the exercise intervention on the ahd at 0°and 30°of humeral abduction in the intervention group, thus indicating that the six-week exercise intervention has a similar effect on the ahd at these angles as when the sat was applied. the ahd of the control group after the intervention period was significantly less than when the sat was applied, indicating that normal conditioning regimes did not have any positive effects on the ahd. discussion the study aimed to test the hypothesis that prehabilitative exercises would correct upper body postural adaptations and shoulder muscle imbalances in a similar way as the sat manually alters the orientation of the scapula to increase the ahd. this was achieved by comparing the effect of the sat on the ahd to the initial baseline measurements without the sat at 0º, 30º and 60º humeral abduction angles and also to the effect of a six-week biokinetics prehabilitation intervention programme on ahd measurements without the sat. the baseline ahd measurements of the dominant and nondominant shoulders were almost identical in both groups before the sat was applied. the assumption that the application of the sat would increase the ahd in both groups at baseline was proved correct. the greatest effect of the sat was, however, observed in the dominant shoulder of overhead athletes. weakness of the serratus anterior and upper or lower trapezius muscles, as well tightness of the posterior capsule, result in anterior tipping of the scapula with subsequent sis.[11,12] the sat is believed to alter the scapular position through manual upward rotation and posterior tipping to increase the ahd, thus limiting compression of the rotator cuff and subacromial-subdeltoid bursa in the same way that prehabilitation exercises would strengthen the scapular stabiliser muscles and reposition the scapula to prevent sis.[2,3,5,13,14] when the mean ahd with the sat was compared to the ahd without the sat, after completion of the six-week prehabilitation programme, widening of the ahd was evident in the exercise intervention group at 0º and 30º humeral abduction angles – most significantly at 30° of humeral abduction. this implies that the intervention had the same effect on the ahd as the sat by mitigating muscle imbalances associated with a repeated overhead motion resulting in a smaller chance of developing sis. the same general trend was not observed in the control group. with ahd distances smaller than the initial baseline measurements with the sat, it can be deduced that normal training had no positive effect on the ahd in the control group. on the contrary, it seems as if the reduced ahd in the dominant shoulders at 0º, 30º and 60º abduction suggests scapular imbalances which may result in sis over time. a study by silva et al. [4] similarly reported that asymptomatic tennis players with postural adaptations presented with a smaller ahd than control non-playing participants, as well as tennis players without shoulder dyskinesia which highlights the importance of preventative exercises to limit the condition. the results of this study thus suggest that ahd measurements of the intervention group without the sat application after a six-week intervention period are wider than baseline ahd measurements without the sat at all angles of humeral abduction, and almost similar to ahd measurements with the sat at baseline. these measurements, therefore, confirm that scapular stabilisation prehabilitation exercises do act in a similar manner as the sat. as a non-invasive, nonradiating and dynamic examination, ultrasound provides extensive diagnostic information of the shoulder muscles, as well as the variation in the ahd, during abduction of the humerus. [8] accurate measurements over 60º can, unfortunately, not be provided due to constraints in the imaging technique. [8,9,10,15] furthermore, musculoskeletal ultrasound examinations are operator-dependent which may render less accurate results when performed by a less experienced operator. nevertheless, this study indicated that a different interdisciplinary approach may be useful in the conservative treatment of sis. orthopaedic surgeons and sports physicians may consider referring patients with secondary shoulder impingement symptoms, for ultrasound imaging which includes a measurement of the ahd when the sat is applied. a conservative exercise rehabilitation programme, prescribed by a biokineticst, could then be followed for a predetermined period of time (six weeks in this study) in the hope of mitigating surgical intervention. conclusion this research aimed to describe the use of ultrasound ahd measurements to compare the effect of the sat on the ahd with that of a prehabilitative exercise intervention in asymptomatic cricket players. the results of this study indicate that exercise intervention has a similar effect on the ahd of asymptomatic cricket players as the sat – especially in 0°of humeral abduction. ultrasound can, therefore, be utilised to assist in identifying the risk of developing sis in asymptomatic overhead athletes, by measuring the ahd at different angles of humeral abduction, without and with the sat application. with the sat having a more pronounced effect on the dominant shoulder as compared to the non-dominant shoulder, it can be expected that the athlete may develop sis in future as a original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 6 result of postural adaptations and scapular muscle imbalances already present. the findings of this study propose the use of a standardised ultrasound protocol for the evaluation of the shoulder in unilateral overhead athletes. a multidisciplinary team, consisting of biokineticists, sport scientists, coaches and sonographers, are encouraged to consider the use of high frequency sound imaging as an additional screening tool for the timely detection of sis risk and correction of muscle imbalances before the onset of symptoms. such a protocol has the ability to pre-empt decreased sport performance and loss of valuable training and competition time at a competitive level due to injury. acknowledgements: the authors wish to acknowledge ms marike cockeran, school for computer, statistical and mathematical sciences, north-west university, for her statistical support. references 1. kirchhoff c, imhoff ab. posterosuperior and anterosuperior impingement of the shoulder in overhead athletes – evolving concepts. int ortop 2010;34:1049-1058. [doi: 10.1007/s00264010-1038-0] 2. kibler wb. current concepts: the role of the scapula in athletic shoulder function, am j sports med 1998;26:325-337. [doi: 10.1177/03635465980260022801] 3. seitz al, mcclure pw, finucane s, et al. the scapular assistance test results in changes in scapular position and subacromial space but not rotator cuff strength in subacromial impingement, j orthop sports phys ther 2012;42:400-412. [doi:10.2519/jospt.2012.3579] 4. silva rt, hartman lg, de souza lcf, et al. clinical and ultrasonographic correlation between scapular dyskinesia and subacromial space measurement among junior elite tennis players, br j sports med 2010;44:407-410. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2008.046284] 5. sauers el. clinical evaluation of scapular dysfunction, athl ther today 2006;11:10-14. [https:// doi.org/10.1123/att.11.5.10] 6. seitz pl, mcclure pw, lynch ss,et al. effects of scapular dyskinesis and scapular assistance test on subacromial space during static arm elevation, j shoulder elbow surg 2012;21:631-640. [doi: 10.1016/j.jse.2011.01.008] 7. phadke v, camargo p, ludewig p. scapular and rotator cuff muscle activity during arm elevation: a review of normal function and alterations with shoulder impingement, rev bras fisioter 2009;13:1-9. [doi: 10.1590/s1413-35552009005000012] 8. azzoni r, cabitza p, parrini m. sonographic evaluation of subacromial space. ultrasonics 2004;42:683-687. [doi: 10.1016/j.ultras.2003.11.015] 9. desmeules f, minville l, riederer b,et al.. acromio-humeral distance variation measured by ultrasonography and its association with the outcome of rehabilitation for shoulder impingement syndrome. clin j sport med 2004;14:197-205. [https://doi.org/10.1097/00042752-200407000-00002] 10. kumar p, bradley m, swinkels a. within-day and day-to-day intrarater reliability of ultrasonographic measurements of acromion-greater tuberosity distance in healthy people, physiother theory pract 2010;26:347-351. [doi: 10.3109/09593980903059522] 11. miller md, thompson sr. delee & drez’s orthopaedic sports medicine: principles and practice. 3rd ed. philadelphia: saunders, 2010:892. 12. muraki t, yamamoto n, zhao kd, et al. effects of posterior tightness on subacromial contact behavior during shoulder motions, j shoulder elbow surg 2012;21:1160-1167. [doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.08.042] 13. rabin a, irrgang jj, fitzgerald gk, et al. the intertester reliability of the scapular assistance test, j orthop sports phys ther 2006;36:653-660. [doi:10.2519/jospt.2006.2234] 14. kibler bw, mcmullen j. scapular dyskinesis and its relation to shoulder pain, j am acad orthop surg 2003;11:142-151. [https:// doi.org/10.5435/00124635-200303000-00008] 15. cholewinski jj, kusz dj, wojciechowski p, et al. ultrasound measurement of rotator cuff thickness and acromio-humeral distance in the diagnosis of subacromial impingement syndrome of the shoulder, knee surg sports traumatol arthrosc 2007;16:408-414. [doi: 10.1007/s00167-007-0443-4] doi:%2010.1007/s00264-010-1038-0 doi:%2010.1007/s00264-010-1038-0 doi:%2010.1177/03635465980260022801 doi:10.2519/jospt.2012.3579 doi:%2010.1136/bjsm.2008.046284 doi:%2010.1136/bjsm.2008.046284 doi:%2010.1016/j.jse.2011.01.008 doi:%2010.1590/s1413-35552009005000012 doi:%2010.1016/j.ultras.2003.11.015 doi:%2010.1016/j.ultras.2003.11.015 https://doi.org/10.1097/00042752-200407000-00002 doi:%2010.3109/09593980903059522 doi:%2010.3109/09593980903059522 doi:10.1016/j.jse.2011.08.042 doi:10.2519/jospt.2006.2234 doi:%2010.1007/s00167-007-0443-4 introduction internationally, squash has been identified as a fast-growing sport. 10 there are currently 15 million players worldwide from 135 participating nations. 10 the ongoing increase in popularity has been associated with an increase in competitive levels in school leagues, at provincial level and even at national level. young squash players are now participating at relatively more competitive levels of play compared with 20 years ago. 10 this shift in focus among young people from enjoyment of physical activity to competitiveness is placing high demands on the musculoskeletal and physical systems. 10 squash-related musculoskeletal injuries can occur to the upper and lower limbs or back. 11 the general injury prevalence among squash players is about 45%. 3 a critical review of squash epidemiological studies indicated that squash players most commonly report acute soft-tissue injuries at hospital emergency departments. 11 lower-limb injuries account for the majority of the injuries sustained by squash players. 11 the knee and ankle joint are reportedly the most commonly injured body regions in squash. 11 the shoulder joint is the most frequently injured upper-limb region. 3 squash is a high-intensity sport that requires high-speed movements around the court while maintaining control over ball placement and being aware of the spatial orientation of the opponent. 11 in order to hit the ball, squash players need large range of joint motion and velocity of limb action. 11 injury risk factors in squash include the physical demands of the sport, the speed, size and physical properties of the ball, court surfaces, the confined area of play and close proximity of players when swinging a racket. 11 original research article prevalence of musculoskeletal injuries among adolescent squash players in the western cape l meyer (bsc physio) l van niekerk (bsc physio) e prinsloo (bsc physio) m steenkamp (bsc physio) q louw (bsc, masp, phd) division of physiotherapy, stellenbosch university, w cape abstract objective. to determine the prevalence of musculoskeletal injuries among adolescent squash players in the western cape. design. a retrospective descriptive survey was conducted during the first week of may 2006. three schools were randomly selected from a list of the top 10 schools in the western cape high school squash league of 2005, with 106 squash players aged 13 18 years participating in the study. setting. injury data were collected for 106 players at three schools randomly selected from a list of the top 10 schools in the western cape high school squash league of 2005. interventions. an adapted structured self-administered questionnaire based on a previously validated musculoskeletal injury questionnaire was used to collect the data. main outcome measures. the main variables investigated were prevalence, mechanism and injury site of musculoskeletal squash injuries. results. twenty-nine per cent of the players (n = 31) reported that they had sustained a squash injury in the 4 weeks prior to data collection. a total of 48 injuries were reported by the injured players. the most common injuries included those of the thigh (19%), shoulder (13%) and lower back (13%). forty-two per cent of players reported no specific mechanism of injury, but experienced pain correspondence: q louw department of physiotherapy stellenbosch university po box 19063 7505 tel: 021-938 9300 fax 021-931 1252 e-mail: qalouw@sun.ac.za not associated with a traumatic injury only while playing squash. conclusion. a relatively high prevalence of squash injuries was found. this preliminary study serves as a baseline for future research. areas for further investigation were identified and this could lead to the implementation of preventive programmes and education to prevent injuries among adolescent squash players. sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 � pg3-8.indd 3 4/4/07 10:25:53 am � sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 the maturing adolescent musculoskeletal system may increase the risk of musculoskeletal injury. 5 preadolescent and adolescent players have open growth plates, reduced muscle power, lower levels of co-ordination and smaller stature than adult players. 5 decreased soft-tissue flexibility is also evident in adolescents due to the inability of soft tissues to accommodate the rapid growth of skeletal structures such as the long bones of the femur. 14 the biomechanical demands placed on the vulnerable neuro-musculoskeletal system of young people by high-intensity sports such as squash may be an injury risk factor. 17 a search of the published literature indexed in electronic databases since 1995 revealed that squash injury literature has paid greatest attention to the problem of eye injuries. 9,11 no published literature was found on the prevalence of squash injuries among adolescent players. the literature search of electronic databases also indicated that no epidemiological research into squash injuries has been published over the past 10 years. a manual search of the south african journal of sports medicine since 1990 also yielded no reference to publications on squash injuries among south africans. the aim of this study was therefore to ascertain the prevalence and types of injuries among high school squash players in the western cape. methods study design a retrospective descriptive survey with a recall period of 4 weeks was conducted to ascertain the injuries that were most common amongst adolescent squash players in the western cape high school squash league. the western cape education department granted permission to conduct the study. ethical approval to conduct the study was obtained from stellenbosch university. players signed an informed consent form before participating in the study. the questionnaire was completed anonymously to ensure the anonymity of all the players. subject selection the population comprised adolescent high school squash players in the western cape. a list of the top 10 high schools in the western cape high school squash league of 2005 was obtained from the co-ordinator of the western cape provincial squash teams. three schools were then randomly selected from the list of the top 10 schools, using a randomised table. after the three selected schools had verbally agreed to participate, an email was sent to the coach of each school outlining the project aims and the procedure of the study. epi-info statcalc version 3.3 (georgia, usa) was used to determine the sample size. published reports on adolescent sport injury prevention ascertained that the injury prevalence was about 12%. 18 it was determined that about 108 players were required, based on an expected injury prevalence of 12% and 80% statistical power. the inclusion criteria of the study were: (i) male and female squash players registered as participants in the high school squash league of 2006; (ii) adolescent squash players aged 13 18 years old; and (iii) players who had completed an informed consent form. the exclusion criterion of the study was players who were absent on the day of data collection. data collection the instrument used by the researchers for the purpose of the study was an adapted structured self-administered questionnaire based on a previously validated questionnaire used for adolescent basketball players in cape town. 18 this study focused on the prevalence of squash injuries in adolescent players and not on the injury patterns found specifically in the knee, as in the study on basketball players conducted by louw et al. 18 questionnaire information such as warm-up, level of play, and the number of hours played per week was regarded to be appropriate for this study. the questionnaire was divided into two sections to collect general information and injury information data. injury information consisted of all squash-related musculoskeletal injuries sustained during the 4 weeks prior to data collection as well as injuries sustained in any other structured sport before this period. the participants could report all body parts injured during the study period of 4 weeks in the table provided in the questionnaire. players also reported on the hours played per week, warm-up, level of play and treatment received for sustained injuries (table i). the questionnaires were validated for face, content and construct validity. two experienced researchers who had previously conducted similar epidemiological studies were consulted to evaluate the questionnaire content validity. the table i. summary of questionnaire content i. personal information age, gender, handedness, starting age of playing squash ii. frequency of play playing hours per week, number of days play per week iii. warm-up activities during these sessions iv. general injuries sustained reporting of any injury to a body part prior to the last month v. squash injuries injuries sustained during the last 4 weeks, mechanism of injury, body part injured vi. treatment received any type of treatment received, e.g. physiotherapy, rest, medication pg3-8.indd 4 4/4/07 10:25:54 am consulted researchers were of the opinion that the content of the questionnaire was valid. the questionnaire was translated and back-translated from english into afrikaans by professional translators. to assess construct validity, the questionnaire was piloted among 20 high school squash players to assess whether they understood all the questions. the players experienced no problems in answering the questionnaire, and no changes were subsequently made to the questionnaire. data were collected retrospectively over a 4-week period and similar recall time frames have been employed in published reports of adolescent sports injuries. 12 to determine reliability, player responses were verified by surveying the parents in a manner described by grimmer et al. 12 a sub-sample 10 questionnaires were selected randomly using a randomisation table. the parents of these players were telephoned after completion of the data collection to verify the responses of the young players. there was 100% agreement between the responses of parents and their children, indicating reliability of the player responses. permission was obtained from the selected schools, the western cape education department and coaches. the researchers visited two of the schools at the squash courts during practice and one at the end of the school day to collect the data. the data at all three schools were collected during the same week. at each school the researchers explained the purpose of the study, emphasising that players should only report on squash injuries that had occurred in the 4 weeks prior to data collection. the researchers were present during the completion of the questionnaires to attend to any queries. questionnaires took approximately 15 minutes to complete and were collected immediately to ensure a high response rate. injury definition an injury was defined as one that occurred during practice or competition resulting from a traumatic incident. the definition also encompassed overuse injuries not initiated by a specific traumatic incident, but causing symptoms including pain or swelling while or after player squash. 2 statistical analysis the data were analysed descriptively by calculating percentages of occurrences, and statistically by using the chi-square test for determining if potentially significant relationships existed between variables. analyses were done using statistica version 7.1 (www.statsoft.com). probability estimates (odds ratios (ors)) were calculated to assess the effect of injury-related factors such as gender, not warming up, playing for a club and pre-existing injury. significant risk was identified by 95% confidence limits around odds ratios where neither 95% confidence limits encompassed the value of 1. odds ratios were also calculated using epi-info version 3.3 (georgia, usa). results sample description the sample consisted of 106 high school squash players. boy and girl team players as well as the reserves were part of the sample if they were eligible to participate. approximately 70% of the respondents were male and 30% female. the average age for females was 16.0 ± 1.2 years and the average age for males 16.0 ± 1.3 years (table ii). none of the players was absent on the day of data collection. consent was obtained from all squash players. one hundred and nine questionnaires were completed by the players. only 106 were usable due to incomplete information. none of the players were absent or did not provide informed consent on the day of data collection. about 51% of the players had started to play squash between the ages of 13 and 14 years. squash injury prevalence twenty-nine per cent of players (n = 31) reported that they had sustained a squash injury within the 4 weeks prior to data collection. a total of 48 injuries were reported by the injured players. • gender differences regarding injuries. twenty-five per cent of squash injuries sustained in the 4 weeks prior to data collection were reported by females, while males accounted for 75% of the squash injuries. however the odds ratios indicated that males were not more likely to sustain more injuries than females (or 0.79, 95% confidence interval (ci): 0.31 2.2). • exposure and injury. on average, players practised twice a week for about 2 4 hours. the injury rate was calculated per 1 000 playing hours of exposure. the total exposure was calculated by totalling the total exposure hours reported by the players. considering that the 48 injuries were sustained by the 106 players, the injury rate per 1 000 hours of exposure was about 0.45 per 1 000 playing hours. table ii. sample description no. of participants females 13-14 yrs 4 15-16 yrs 17 17-18 yrs 9 males 13-14 yrs 19 15-16 yrs 39 17-18 yrs 18 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 � pg3-8.indd 5 4/4/07 10:25:54 am � sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 • injury among club and school players. twenty-six per cent of the players played for a club while 14% played at provincial level. the results revealed a tendency for club players to sustain more injuries (41%) than school players (25% injured). the odds ratios also indicated a tendency for club players to be more at risk of injury, as the lower confidence interval was only marginally insignificant (or 0.9, 95% ci: 0.91 5.9). • pre-existing injuries. most of the injuries (32%) sustained prior to the 4-week recall were incurred while playing squash. any history of previous injury before the 4-week retrospective data collection time frame could be reported. other sports that also resulted in most of the injuries before the 4-week study period were rugby (18%) and hockey (14%), as indicated in fig. 1. there was also a tendency for players with pre-existing injuries to be more at risk for developing injuries while playing squash (or 2.28, 95% ci: 0.92 6.2) as the lower confidence interval was only marginally insignificant. • other sport participation. eighty-nine per cent of the respondents also took part in other structured sports. more than half of the players (64%) had sustained an injury while taking part in other sports before the start of the 4-week injury recall period of this study. it is notable that these injuries were not sustained within the 4 weeks prior to data collection. the most popular sports played by the study participants were hockey (49%), rugby (17%), water polo (9%) and cricket (9%). • injury location. nineteen per cent of the 48 injuries reported by the participants involved the thigh musculature. the lower back and shoulder were also commonly injured while playing squash (13%) (fig. 2). • warm-up related to injury. most of the players (93%) warmed up before play. the players preferred stretching (77%), game skills (52%) and slow jogging (40%). forty three per cent of the players who did not warm up were injured compared with 27% of players who performed a warm-up prior to playing squash. the question did not specifically ask whether subjects warmed up before the actual session in which the injury was sustained. the question assessed whether the players generally performed a warmup before playing squash. • injury mechanism. a total of 42 injury mechanisms were reported by the players. the most common injury mechanism was ‘pain without a traumatic incident’ which may be indicative of overuse type of injuries (fig. 3). • injury management. cold packs were the preferred choice of treatment (40%) applied by the players for the squash injuries. physiotherapy (35%) and rest (35%) were the other two types of treatments used most often by young squash players. discussion this epidemiological retrospective survey was conducted to ascertain the prevalence and types of squash injuries among adolescents in the western cape. the researchers support the statement of macfarlane and shanks 19 who report that only a small amount of musculoskeletal injury-related research has been done on squash players. however, the researchers found that in the relatively short study period of 4 weeks, almost one-third of the respondents reported a squash injury. in view of the short time available for the study, this indicates a relatively high prevalence of squash fig. 2. percentage of body locations injured while playing squash during the 4-week recall period. fig. 1. percentage of injuries sustained in sport prior to the 4-week study period. er s fig. 3. squash injury mechanisms. tripping and falling pg3-8.indd 6 4/4/07 10:26:12 am injuries and therefore further studies of injuries in adolescent squash players could be of high value. the thigh was reportedly the most common site of injury. injuries to the lower limb have been found to be the most common site of injury. 11 the femur significantly increases in length during growth spurts and thigh muscles including the quadriceps muscle often cannot reach the flexibility required to accommodate for the increase in skeletal growth. 14 this mismatch between bone length and muscle flexibility increases the risk of injury during challenging sporting manoeuvres that require balance and control. the high prevalence of thigh injuries among adolescent squash players signals that flexibility and neuromusculoskeletal training should be encouraged in an attempt to prevent injuries. the lower back was found to be one of the common sites of injury (13%) among these young adolescent players. this correlates with the research done by macfarlane and shanks, 19 who found that squash played a significant role in the onset and exacerbation of back pain. their study indicated that additional loading on the lumbosacral spine, which is caused by the combination of lower bending and rotation required in squash, may predispose players to back injuries. injuries can lead to musculoskeletal changes and therefore be a large predisposing factor for future back problems. 15 back injuries sustained during childhood and adolescence are also one of the most common predictors of back pain experienced during adulthood. 15 chronic back pain in adults can have economic implications associated with the increased financial burden placed on society due to the greater need for health care. 15 this early onset of back pain as well as the reduced muscle power, lower levels of co-ordination and imbalance between strength and flexibility in adolescents, 1,5 emphasises the necessity for research, preventive programmes and treatment in this area. the shoulder was also a common body region injured while playing squash (13%). squash involves repetitive overhead shoulder activity of the dominant arm in which the racquet is held. 13 strain is therefore placed on the neuromusculoskeletal structures around the dominant shoulder region and this could predispose the shoulder to overuse, instability and traumatic injuries. the research by cullen and silko 8 found that most shoulder injuries are of traumatic origin, e.g. impact against a wall, also reported to be a common injury mechanism in this study. the study findings indicate a definite tendency towards a higher injury rate if players did not warm up before play. squash is a high-intensity sport with considerable physical stress and risk of contact 6 and therefore sufficient warm-up is of the utmost importance. warm-up prepares the body for exercise. 4 possible beneficial effects include increased blood flow to the muscles, increased speed of nerve impulses, increased range of motion and decreased stiffness of connective tissue leading to the decreased likelihood of tears. 4 inadequate warm-up is seen as a training error which could result in injury. a lack of understanding of the benefits of warm-up by the coaches and players, as well as insufficient time management and effort from these two parties, could be possible reasons for the players not warming up. results showed that most players (42%) had no specific traumatic injury, but just felt pain while or after playing squash. this finding indicates that overuse may play a role in musculoskeletal injuries among squash players. this finding is in agreement with published squash epidemiological studies which also report that overuse may be a common injury mechanism in squash. 11,16 strain on the musculoskeletal system resulting in microscopic injury can lead to pain or injury if the physiological threshold of body structures is exceeded. 8 strain placed on the musculoskeletal system of adolescent squash players, coupled with general soft-tissue inflexibility make young players vulnerable to injury. 14 level of play could also possibly add to the number of injuries sustained, since club players presented with more injuries. club players usually spend more time on the squash courts and are therefore on an exposure basis alone more likely to suffer an injury. 7,18 in addition, younger players are less experienced than adults and this may further impose greater injury risk. 11 less experienced younger players often play too close to their physical opponent, do not follow the path of the ball well and are not yet well trained in correct follow-through techniques. 20 inadequate coaching and supervision of younger players, e.g. regarding sufficient warm-up also further contributes to injury risk. two-thirds of the respondents received treatment for injuries sustained during the 4-week study period. the fact that no players reported any surgical intervention and that cold packs were most often used as treatment, could indicate that injuries were not very severe or that they were not adequately managed and could therefore recur. research into the aetiology of squash injuries indicates that the most severe injuries involve the eye. 11 further research into the severity of squash injuries is necessary before any conclusions can be made concerning this. conclusion the results of the study show a high prevalence of squash injuries among adolescent squash players in the western cape. although no statistically significant results were found concerning associated factors predisposing players to such a high rate of injuries, some tendencies were identified. these include the role of warm-up and risks involved at a higher level of play, for instance among club members. detailed analysis of individual exercise parameters (e.g. body mass index, height, fitness level), an extended study period, information on the severity of injury and the exact origin or cause of injury, were identified for possible future studies. this study provided the first set of preliminary data on musculoskeletal injuries among south african adolescent squash players and serves as a baseline for future research. analysis of epidemiological injury data can assist in identifying putative risk factors which can be evaluated in the implementation of intervention programmes. sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 7 pg3-8.indd 7 4/4/07 10:26:12 am � sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 references 1. baxter-jones a, maffulli n, helms p. low injury rates in elite athletes. arch dis child 1993; 68:130-2. 2. beachy g, akau c, martinson m, olderr t. high school sports injuries. a longitudinal study at punahou school: 1988-1996. am j sports med 1997; 25: 675-81. 3. berson bl, rolnick am, ramos cg. an epidemiologic study of squash injuries. am j sports med 1981; 9:103-6. 4. brukner p, khan k. principles of injury prevention. in: clinical sports medicine. 2nd ed. sydney: mcgraw hill, 2001:84-126. 5. bylak j, hutchinson mr. common sports injuries in young tennis players. sports med 1998; 26: 119-32. 6. chard md, lachmann sm. racquet sports – patterns of injury presenting to a sports injury clinic. br j sports med 1987; 21:150-3. 7. clavisi o, finch c. striking out squash injuries – what is the evidence? injury control and safety promotion 1999; 6:145-57. 8. cullen pt, silko gj. indoor racquet sports injuries. am fam physician 1994; 50: 374-80. 9. eime r, finch c. have the attitudes of australian squash players towards protective eyewear changed over the past decade? br j sports med 2002; 36:442-5. 10. eime r, zazryn t, finch c. epidemiology of squash injuries requiring hospital treatment. inj control saf promot 2003; 10:243-5. 11. finch c, eime r. the epidemiology of squash injuries. int j sports med 2001; 2:1-11. 12. grimmer k, williams j, pitt m. reliability of adolescent self report of recent recreational injury. j adolesc health 2000; 27: 273-5. 13. gross gw. imaging. in: stanitski cl, delee jc, drez d, eds. pediatric and adolescent sports medicine. philadelphia: wb saunders, 1994. 14. gurewitsch ad, o’neill ma. flexibility of healthy children. archiv fur physikalische therapie 1944; 25: 216-21. 15. hestbaek l, leboeuf-yde c, kyvik ko. is comorbidity in adolescence a predictive for adult low back pain? a prospective study of a young population. biomedical central musculoskeletal disorders 2006; 7:29. 16. jones d, louw q, grimmer k. recreational and sporting injury to the adolescent knee and ankle: prevalence and causes. aust j physiother 2000; 46: 179-88. 17. kibler wb, safran mr. musculoskeletal injuries in the young tennis player. clin sports med 2000; 19:784-92. 18. louw ql, grimmer k, vaughan k. knee injury patterns among young basketball players in cape town. south african journal of sports medicine 2003; 15:9-15. 19. macfarlane dj, shanks a. back injuries in competitive squash players. j sports med phys fitness 1998; 38:337-43. 20. soderstrom c, doxanas m. racquetball. a game with preventable injuries. am j sports med 1982:10:180-3. pg3-8.indd 8 4/4/07 10:26:13 am original research sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 49 introduction the participation by children and adolescents in organised sport is increasing globally for various reasons, including enjoyment, social interaction and health.1 however, there is a risk of injury associated with participation in the activity, which varies depending on the type of activity.2 during organised events involving physical activity an accurate quantification of the risk associated with a particular activity is important to both the participant, the medical support associated with the event, and to injury epidemiologists attempting to provide guidelines to reduce this risk. of all popular team sports, rugby union (henceforth referred to as ‘rugby’) presents an above-average overall risk of injury (69 injuries per 1 000 hours exposure) to the player – greater than that of cricket (2 injuries per 1 000 hours exposure), soccer (28 injuries per 1 000 hours exposure) or even ice hockey (53 injuries per 1 000 hours exposure).3 the high incidence of injury in rugby is related to the nature of the game – a field-based team sport, with the match lasting 80 minutes (at senior levels), and characterised by short, intermittent bouts of high-intensity exercise with the 30 players having multiple contact situations throughout the game.4 risk of injury may increase with age and level/grade, which could be explained by greater speed,5,6 increased competitiveness/aggression,7,8 increased height and weight9 and increased foul play8 at higher levels of play. in rugby league, a faster, but comparable version of rugby, the incidence of injury may also increase with age, which has been attributed to a higher intensity of play at higher levels.10 rugby is popular globally, with an estimated 96 countries currently participating worldwide,4,11 and enjoys particular popularity in south africa with an estimated 400 000 500 000 players nationwide.12 the annual south african rugby union (saru) youth tournaments, which began in 1964, are a showcase of the country’s elite schoolboy rugby players at the under-13, under-16 and under-18 (two tournaments) age groups. the best 22 players from each of the country’s 14 rugby abstract background. rugby union, compared with other popular team sports, presents an above-average risk of injury to players that may increase with age and level of play. elite schoolboy rugby players have been competing at the south african rugby union (saru) youth tournaments at the under-13 (cw13), under-16 (gk16) and under-18 (aw18 and cw18) tournaments annually since 1964. the injury epidemiology of these tournaments has yet to be established. objectives. to determine the injury incidence densities (iids) and severity of saru youth week tournament injuries, if the iid increases with age, and the types of injuries at the different age group levels, in 2011. methods. all match-related injuries presenting to the tournament doctor during these tournaments were recorded and classified for severity and type, using the injury collection consensus statement for rugby. injury incidence per 1 000 match hours and 95% confidence intervals were calculated using overall player exposure time. results. match-related iids for ‘all’ (combined: 47.9 injuries/1 000 match hours) and time-loss injuries (combined: 23.1 injuries/1 000 match hours) were not significantly different by age group, despite a strong tendency to indicate differences. the absolute number of injuries per match increased with age. in general, there was a higher proportion of concussions at the gk16, aw18, and cw18 compared with the cw13 tournament(s). conclusions. time-loss iids at saru youth weeks are similar to other elite junior rugby data. the absolute number and type/ classification of injuries per match may be more informative than iids alone for medical planning purposes. s afr j sm 2012;24(2):49-54. james c brown, evert verhagen, wayne viljoen, clint readhead, willem van mechelen, sharief hendricks, mike i lambert uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa, and department of public and occupational health, emgo institute for health and care research, vu university medical center, amsterdam, the netherlands james c brown, msc (med) exercise science department of public and occupational health, emgo institute for health and care research, vu university medical center, amsterdam, the netherlands evert verhagen, phd willem van mechelen, md, phd south african rugby union (saru), sports science institute of south africa, newlands, cape town, south africa wayne viljoen, bsc, ba hons (biokinetics), phd clint readhead, bsc physiotherapy uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa sharief hendricks, bsc (hons) physiology mike i lambert, phd corresponding author: j brown (jamesbrown06@gmail.com). the incidence and severity of injuries at the 2011 south african rugby union (saru) youth week tournaments 50 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 unions (as well as other invited teams, including neighbouring countries namibia and zimbabwe), compete for the title of unofficial winner of each tournament. for the under-18 academy week and craven week (aw18 and cw18) tournaments, there is an additional incentive to be selected for national representative teams. given the prestige associated with provincial union or national representation in south africa, these tournaments are played at a high level that is thought to be associated with a high injury incidence, based on the aforementioned literature. despite this, no accurate injury data have been collected at these tournaments since their inception in 1964. therefore, the aim of this study was to investigate the incidence and severity of the 2011 saru youth week tournament injuries, to determine differences, if any, with increasing age. a secondary aim was to explore associated factors in injured players. through the results of this investigation, it was hoped that injury prevention strategies may be enhanced at these age groups to prevent any unnecessary injuries at future tournaments. methods written informed consent to analyse the recorded information was provided by the player, or by the player’s parent or guardian if the the player was younger than 18 years of age. if, in the former case, the player was unable to sign the form owing to the nature of the injury, verbal consent was received after explaining the nature of the study. all of the injured players’ information was recorded on a saru database and the authors were subsequently granted access to this database for analysis in 2011 by saru and the uct human research ethics committee. injury surveillance was conducted on the 1 804 players (82 teams with 22 squad members) at the four saru youth week tournaments: craven week under-13 (cw13), grant khomo week under-16 (gk16), academy week under-18 (aw18) and craven week under-18 (cw18), which took place during june and july 2011. a saru-appointed tournament doctor (td) was available at each tournament to assess any injury complaint that a player may have had. all injuries that happened before the official tournament matches were not included in the analyses. because of the compact schedule of these tournaments, the non-match training hours contributed relatively little to overall tournament exposure and non-match injuries were therefore not recorded. an injury collection form was designed based on the consensus statement for injury surveillance.10 demographic information of each injured player, such as the player’s team, body height, body weight, age, whether or not the player had medical aid (insurance), and protective gear at the time of the injury, was also collected. unfortunately, this information was not available for players who were not injured. exposure time was calculated based on the injury collection consensus statement for rugby:13 nm x pm x dm (where is nm is the number of matches, pm is the number of players per match, and dm is the duration of the match in hours). owing to the fact that the injury surveillance was conducted on all the teams in the tournament, pm was calculated as 30 (15 players per team) for each match. it was also assumed that there were 30 players for the entire match, thereby ignoring the effects of yellow and red cards on match exposure.10 injury definition the injury definitions, described in the rugby injury consensus statement,13 were adapted to the following to suit the needs of these tournaments: ‘any physical complaint, which was caused by a transfer of energy that exceeded the body’s ability to maintain its structural and/or functional integrity, that was sustained by a player during a rugby match and required attention from the saru tournament doctor (td), irrespective of who decided this’. injury severity highly qualified paramedics and/or nursing staff were available at all tournament matches and therefore, for a player to consult with a td, the injury would have to be one that the paramedics/nurses could not deal with. a time-loss injury was an injury (based on the aforementioned definition) that resulted in being absent more than one match in a tournament, or more than one day of normal/planned recreational activities after the tournament. injury type the ‘type’ of injury categories were collapsed from the original definition for the saru tournaments so that each injury was classified, according to the td, as relating to one of the following: concussion, spinal cord, broken bone/fracture, joint/ligament/tendon, muscle, bruise, laceration (including skin abrasion), other, unsure. match days match days (ms) are defined as days on which all teams played an official tournament match on the same day. for cw18, when only half the teams played in an alternating fashion for the first four days, one m would span two days to include all the team matches. however, for the purpose of comparing the daily load on the tournament medical staff, a tournament match day (tm) is defined as any day in which official rugby matches were played. a tm could also be a m. these terms should be contrasted to ‘rest days’ (rs), on which teams were able to do what they wanted. exposure was only calculated from ms, and not rs. the recording of information was performed at all tournaments by either jb or sh to reduce internal inconsistencies. owing to the short duration of these tournaments (4 5 days), only a small number of players were injured a second time (n=4) and therefore these second injuries were analysed with the first injuries. it has been suggested that only injuries severe enough to be considered time-loss injuries (see ‘injury definitions’) should be reported for uniformity of injury comparisons.13 however, because of the relatively short duration and corresponding low absolute injury numbers at these tournaments, which would make further analyses and interpretation difficult, ‘medical attention’ and ‘unsure’ injuries were also reported for this study. suspected time-loss injuries were followed up either at the tournament or at weekly intervals after the conclusion of the tournament to confirm the severity of injury: when the player was able to return to normal sporting activities or stopped all treatment. statistical analyses exposure was calculated as the total number of team matches played (varied by tournament, table 1) multiplied by the number of players per match (30 in each case) multiplied by the match duration in hours (varied by tournament, table 1).13 for clarity: when two teams were competing against each other, as occurred for every tournament match, this was considered one team match. injury incidence densities (iids) and corresponding 95% confidence intervals (95% cis) were calculated for the number of injuries (regardless of whether one person was injured more than once) per 1 000 hours of match play.14 incidences, including their 95% cis, which did not overlap were considered to be significantly different from each other. sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 51 results key tournament descriptive information for the four youth week tournaments is provided in table 1. the match duration increased with age, from two 20-minute halves (total match duration = 40 minutes) at under-13 to two 35-minute halves (total match duration = 70 minutes) at under-18 level. although cw18 was the only five-day tournament, this tournament structure was unique in that only half of the teams (10 teams, five matches) played per day, in an alternating fashion, until the final match day in which all 20 teams competed (10 matches). the other three tournaments (cw13, gk16 and aw18) had each team play every day, with a rest day before the final day of the tournament, in which all teams played. therefore, cw13 had the greatest number of ms (n=4), while the other tournaments had three. the number of teams at each tournament was also greatest at the under-18 tournaments, although, owing to cw13 having four ms as opposed to the three in the other tournaments, the youngest age-group tournament also had the second highest number of overall matches. the under-18 tournaments had a greater overall exposure time because of the longer duration of their matches. in total, there were 1 804 players at risk for 3 945 hours of match injury exposure (exposure based on consensus statement calculations10) for all of the saru youth week tournaments (fig. 1). of these players, 185 sustained an injury during a tournament match-related incident and were attended to by the td. four players suffered two injuries during the tournaments. based on the td’s estimation, 91 injuries were considered severe enough to be classified as time-loss injuries. the remaining 98 injuries comprised 87 medical attention injuries and 11 injuries for which the td was unsure of the diagnoses and the players could not be followed up. the majority (81%) of the 91 estimated time-loss injuries were confirmed telephonically one week after each tournament. the combined iid of time-loss injuries was 23.1 injuries per 1 000 match hours (95% cis: 18.3 27.8) across all the tournaments, while the overall iid was 47.9 injuries per 1 000 exposure hours (95% ci: 41.1 54.7). cw13 had the lowest iid of time-loss injuries (15.3 injuries per 1 000 exposure hours; 95% ci: 6.2 24.3), whereas cw18 had the highest iid of time-loss injuries (28.6 injuries per 1 000 exposure hours; 95% ci: 18.3 38.8) (fig. 2). the overall iid (all injuries), and the iid of time-loss injuries, tended to increase with age, although there were no statistically significant differences between tournaments for either overall or time-loss iids. injuries per match, injury severity and type the oldest age-group tournaments (aw18 and cw18) had the highest absolute number of injuries per match (table 2). these two tournaments also had the highest absolute number of time-loss injuries per match. among the youngest age group (cw13), muscle injuries accounted for the greatest proportion of injuries, while joint/ ligament/tendon injuries were consistently over-represented at the three older age tournaments (gk16, aw18 and cw18). there was a relatively high proportion of lacerations/skin abrasions that led to time loss; two injuries to a mouth (one tongue laceration and one case of multiple tooth loss), three eye-lid lacerations and two deep head wounds. medical insurance and protective equipment use twenty-four per cent (n=41) of the 174 injured players who answered the question had no medical insurance for their injuries. of the players who suffered a time-loss injury, 22% (n=19) reported having no medical insurance. only 57% (n=107) of all injured players were wearing a mouth guard at the time of their injury. similarly, of the players who suffered a time-loss injury, only 51% (n=46) were wearing a mouth guard at the time of their injury. discussion the main finding of this paper was that the iids of injuries (overall and time loss) during the saru youth week tournaments did not differ significantly by age in 2011, rejecting our initial hypothesis. however, there was a strong tendency for the absolute number and relative proportion of time-loss injuries to increase with increasing age group (proportion of time loss to all injuries: cw13 – 36%; gk16 – 43%; aw18 – 49%; cw18 – 58%). haseler et al.15 reported similar time-loss injury incidences in age groups that were comparable with those investigated in the current study and lower than those at elite under-20 level.16 overall, muscle and joint/ligament/tendon injuries were the most common types of injuries, which is comparable with the table 1. descriptive details of the four south african rugby union (saru) youth week tournaments, 2011 tournament teams (n) duration (min) matches (n) exposure (hours) structure iid (95% ci) time-loss iid (95% ci) cw13 18 40 36 720 m,m,r,m,m 43.1 (27.9 58.2) 15.3 (6.2 24.3) gk16 18 60 27 810 m,m,r,m 45.7 (31.0 60.4) 19.8 (10.1 29.4) aw18 26 70 39 1 365 m,m,r,m 50.5 (38.6 62.5) 24.9 (16.5 33.3) cw18 20 70 30 1 050 tm,tm,tm, tm,r,m* 49.5 (36.1 63.0) 28.6 (18.3 38.8) cw13 = craven week under-13; gk16 = grant khomo under-16; aw18 = academy week under-18; cw18 = craven week under-18; m = match day; r = rest day; iid = injury incidence density (injuries/1 000 hours exposure). * for the first four days, only half of the teams play each day in an alternating fashion, and are therefore represented as tournament match days (tms). all the teams play on the final day, therefore there are five tds, one of which is a match day (m) by definition (see methods section). 52 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 elite under-20 level previously studied16 and junior rugby league,17 but not community-level junior rugby.15 this lack of significant differences between age group iids, particularly those of the time-loss injuries, are in contrast to findings consistently reported in the literature. these conflicting reports are from early5-8 and more contemporary literature,9,15 collected and reported on using the consensus statement for injury surveillance in rugby.13 both contemporary studies9,15 took place over a longer time period (former = three-week tournament; latter = nine-month season) than this study. despite the fact that the wearing of mouth guards was highly recommended in the team manager’s handbook, only 51% of players who suffered a time-loss injury were wearing a mouth guard at time of their injury. this phenomenon does not appear unique to south africa as similarly low compliance has been reported in northern italy.18 although the literature on mouth guard effectiveness in injury prevention is equivocal about concussion,19 there is evidence to suggest that dental claims can be reduced with improved compliance of mouth guard wearing.20 because of the relatively small number of time-loss injuries in this study, further comparisons between tournaments for positions or phases of play (scrum, ruck, tackle) could not be facilitated, as knowles et al.14 stated that cis become inaccurate and therefore of little use to the researcher when calculated on raw data of five or less. however, the proportion of concussions of all time-loss injuries at the tournaments of older groups (gk16, aw18 and cw18) was high and should be focused on in future years. these youth tournament formats (table 1) may not be unique internationally and, therefore, raise the question of whether the consensus statement,13 suggested for all rugby injury surveillance studies, should consider broadening the definition of injury that should be reported, particularly for short-format tournaments such as the ones presented in this study. furthermore, injury incidence densities alone may not have as much practical relevance for prospective medical professionals involved in providing medical support and infrastructure at these type of rugby tournaments. importantly, this study reports only one year of data collection and therefore may not be a true reflection of these tournaments, emphasising the importance of continued injury surveillance at future saru tournaments. of concern is that 22% of the players who suffered time-loss injuries, had no medical aid cover for the ongoing treatment of their injuries. although financial situations vary by rugby union, all competing teams should attempt to ensure that all their players are covered by medical aid or have some financial support structure in fig. 1. flow diagram indicating the number of players injured at the 2011 saru youth weeks according to the injury definitions. the severity of injury was estimated by the tournament doctor (td) in each case; these were subsequently confirmed telephonically. fig. 2. incidence (+/95% cis) of time loss (white bars) and all (time loss are included in all) injuries at each south african rugby union (saru) tournament in 2011. cw13 – craven week under-13; gk16 – grant khomo under-16; aw18 – academy week under-18, cw18 – craven week under-18. fig. 3 (a). injury incidence density (iid) (+/95% cis); and (b): injuries per match day (m) of all injuries (medical attention, timeloss and unsure) and time-loss injuries only (white area) at each south african rugby union (saru) tournament in 2011. (cw13 – craven week under-13; gk16 – grant khomo under-16; aw18 – academy week under-18; cw18 – craven week under-18. tournament match days cw13: 4; gk16: 3; aw18: 3; cw18: 5. note that cw18 has three m, but five actual tournament match days (tm).) sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 53 place for their participating players in case of a medical emergency, prior to competing in future tournaments. a limitation of our study was the large reliance on the td’s clinical judgement for diagnosing severity and type of injury at each tournament; this could potentially compromise the level of comparability between tournaments. while all time-loss and ‘unsure’ injuries were followed up telephonically after the tournament, medical attention injuries were assumed to be accurately defined by the td. inaccurate diagnoses could have resulted in under-reporting of time-loss injuries. secondly, although it would be in direct contrast to saru’s player safety mandate, some teams may have ‘hidden’ injuries from the td owing to the short nature of the tournaments. also, players were less likely to report injuries to the td on the final day of the tournament as they may have preferred to see their family physician (families on medical aid would not need to pay for these services). thirdly, the lack of quantification of training time and injuries before and during the tournament was a further limitation, but was logistically difficult to measure. practical implications of the current study the current article could be used as a reference for prospective tds and support personnel involved in the medical planning and management of future saru youth week tournaments, or any other tournaments with similar, compact structures. iids, in isolation, may be misleading for prospective tds for planning purposes. for example, with reference to fig. 3a, which displays iids, prospective tds could interpret the medical management loads of the two under-18 tournaments to be comparable. however, fig. 3b accurately illustrates the greater tm medical burden placed on the aw18 compared with the cw18 td, despite both teams having the same number of ms (n=3) according to the definition. despite the same number of ms and a similar number of injuries per match (table 2), the cw18 tournament structure is less compacted, has fewer overall teams and therefore less matches than aw18. as the first four days of cw18 only has half the teams participating, this adds to the reduced medical load on the td. the data presented in the suggested consensus format alone do not accurately guide the infrastructure and personnel requirements for these tournaments. this could have huge practical implications regarding effective planning around budget spend, and medical staffing and infrastructure requirements for these tournaments. therefore, for medical planning purposes, it is suggested that the data in tables 1 (daily tournament format) and 2 (injuries per match) are used in combination to determine and cater appropriately for the estimated number, severity and types of injuries per day at each tournament. the tournament should be planned based on the known absolute number of injuries per match (table 2), with particular reference to time-loss injuries that tend to require longer treatment and diagnostic times. for example, the recommended assessment and treatment of a concussion using the sports concussion assessment tool (scat2) card21 takes approximately 30 minutes for the td to administer properly. with two, or three, concurrent matches being played at the under-18 age groups, the td would become overwhelmed and would potentially compromise optimal treatment. a simple practical guide for future planning of these tournaments would be to allocate one td per time-loss injury per match. therefore, the under-18 tournaments would require one td per match, while the tds of the under-13 and under-16 age groups could cope with one td, with two matches being played concurrently. conclusion the injury incidences of both all and time-loss injuries were not significantly different between age groups at the 2011 saru tournaments. this finding is contrary to contemporary literature and our initial hypothesis, but is probably explained by the short duration of the saru tournaments. however, the saru tournament structures/ formats may not be unique, and therefore the consensus statement for injury collection should be adapted to include reporting of a broader definition of injuries. furthermore, while injury incidences of timeloss injuries may be scientifically comparable, in isolation they may table 2. number of injuries per match in south african rugby union (saru) youth tournaments, 2011. (the number of matches per day is indicated in parentheses after the tournament title. time-loss (tl) injuries are reported separately and as part of the ‘all’ injuries category. the proportions of the different types of injuries, as diagnosed by the td, are shown below the number of injuries per match.)   cw13 (n=9) gk16 (n=9) aw18 (n=13) cw18 (n=5 or 10)* injury severity tl all tl all tl all tl all injuries per match, n 0.3 0.9 0.6 1.4 0.9 1.8 1.0 1.7 type of injury, % concussion 18 10 38 17 38 19 13 8 contusion 9 26 6 3 6 13 10 21 fracture 18 6 6 3 12 6 3 2 joint/ligament/tendon 18 19 44 31 29 32 47 37 lacerations † 9 3 0 14 3 9 17 25 muscle 27 29 6 14 6 16 0 0 unsure/other 0 6 0 19 6 6 10 8 cw13 = craven week under-13; gk16 = grant khomo under-16; aw18 = academy week under-18; cw18 = craven week under-18; all = all injuries; tl = time-loss. * tournament structure of cw18 is different to other tournaments in that the final match day has double the amount of matches than the preceding four days. this is explained in detail in the ‘results’ section. † includes skin abrasions. 54 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 be misleading from a medical planning or evaluation perspective. presenting absolute numbers of injuries (both time-loss and medical attention) per match, in conjunction with injury incidences,13 may satisfy more stakeholders in gaining practical application from injury surveillance reports. conflict of interest. the authors have no conflict of interest to declare. funding was provided by the nrf/vrije university desmond tutu doctoral fund (jb), daad scholarship (sh) and the south african rugby union (saru). acknowledgements. the authors would like to thank the medical staff at all of these tournaments for their invaluable assistance with the injury data collection: all the nurses and paramedic staff at each of the tournaments as well as the tds: dr deon van tonder, dr malebo mokotedi, dr andrea burmeister and dr patho cele. the authors would also like to thank saru for commissioning this injury surveillance project. references 1. allender s, cowburn g, foster c. understanding participation in sport and physical activity among children and adults: a review of qualitative studies. health educ res 2006;21(6):826-835. [pmid: 16857780] 2. van mechelen w, hlobil h, kemper hc. incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries. a review of concepts. sports med 1992;14(2):82-99. [pmid: 1509229] 3. fuller c, drawer s. the application of risk management in sport. sports med 2004;34(6):349-356. [pmid: 15157119] 4. duthie g, pyne d, hooper s. applied physiology and game analysis of rugby union. sports med 2003;33(13):973-991. [pmid: 14606925] 5. roux ce, goedeke r, visser gr, van zyl wa, noakes td. the epidemiology of schoolboy rugby injuries. s afr med j 1987;71(5):307-313. [pmid: 3563755] 6. nathan m, goedeke r, noakes td. the incidence and nature of rugby injuries experienced at one school during the 1982 rugby season. s afr med j 1983;64(4):132137. [pmid: 6867888] 7. lee aj, garraway wm. epidemiological comparison of injuries in school and senior club rugby. br j sports med 1996;30(3):213-217. [pmid: 8889113] 8. bird yn, waller ae, marshall sw, alsop jc, chalmers dj, gerrard df. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project: v. epidemiology of a season of rugby injury. br j sports med 1998;32(4):319-325. [pmid: 9865405] 9. fuller cw, molloy mg. epidemiological study of injuries in men’s international under-20 rugby union tournaments. clin j sport med 2011;21(4):356-358. [pmid: 21617525] 10. gabbett tj. incidence of injury in junior and senior rugby league players. sports med 2004;34(12):849-859. [pmid: 15462615] 11. quarrie kl, hopkins wg. tackle injuries in professional rugby union. am j sports med 2008; 36(9):1705-1716. [pmid: 18495967] 12. sa rugby. boksmart website: www.boksmart.com (accessed 3 and 16 march 2011). 13. fuller cw, molloy mg, bagate c, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures for studies of injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2007;41(5):328-331. [pmid: 17452684] 14. knowles sb, marshall sw, guskiewicz km. issues in estimating risks and rates in sports injury research. j athl train 2006;41(2):207-215. [pmid: 16791309] 15. haseler cm, carmont mr, england m. the epidemiology of injuries in english youth community rugby union. br j sports med 2010;44(15):1093-1099. [pmid: 20961921] 16. fuller cw, molloy mg, marsalli m. epidemiological study of injuries in men’s international under-20 rugby union tournaments. clin j sport med 2011;21(4):356358. [pmid: 21617525] 17. gabbett tj. incidence of injury in junior rugby league players over four competitive seasons. j sci med sport 2008;11(3):323-328. [pmid: 17698413] 18. boffano p, boffano m, gallesio c, roccia f, cignetti r, piana r. rugby athletes’ awareness and compliance in the use of mouthguards in the north west of italy. dent traumatol 2011;28(4):210-213. [pmid: 21967600] 19. navarro rr. protective equipment and the prevention of concussion what is the evidence? curr sports med rep 2011;10(1):27-31. [pmid: 21228647] 20. quarrie kl, gianotti sm, chalmers dj, hopkins wg. an evaluation of mouthguard requirements and dental injuries in new zealand rugby union. br j sports med 2005;39(9):650-651. [pmid: 16118304] 21. mccrory p, johnston k, meeuwisse w, et al. summary and agreement statement of the 2nd international conference on concussion in sport, prague 2004. br j sports med 2005;39(4):196-204. [pmid: 15793085] original research 76 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 background. the cricket pace bowler utilises various strategies, including a more extended front knee angle, to achieve optimal performance benefits. at times this is done to the detriment of injury prevention. objective. to investigate the relationship between three-dimensional (3d) knee kinematics during pace bowling action, injury incidence and bowling performance at the start and end of a cricket season. methods. knee angle and ball release (br) speed of injury-free premier league (club level) cricket pace bowlers over the age of 18 years were measured at the start and end of the cricket season. kinematic, injuryand bowling performance-related (br speed and accuracy) data were analysed using paired and independent student’s t-tests, pearson’s correlation coefficient, χ2 test and a two-way analysis of covariance with repeated measures. results. thirty-one bowlers participated in this study, and kinematic data of a subset of 17 were analysed. nine bowlers (53%) sustained injuries during the cricket season. no statistically significant relationship was found between knee angle and injury. bowlers who did not sustain an injury bowled with more knee flexion at the start of the season (mean (standard deviation) 157.07˚ (12.02˚)) than at the end of it (163.95˚ (6.97˚)) (p=0.01). there was no interaction between accuracy and knee angle. there was a good to excellent inverse correlation between br speed and knee angle among bowlers who remained injury free (r=–0.79; p=0.18). conclusion. bowlers who remain injury free during the course of the season may use strategies other than the front knee angle to facilitate high br speeds. technique-related variables which are more ‘protective’ against injuries while allowing for higher br speeds should be further investigated among bowlers. s afr j sports med 2015;27(3):76-81. doi:10.7196/sajsm.8111 cricket pace bowling: the trade-off between optimising knee angle for performance advantages v. injury prevention b olivier,1 phd; a v stewart,1 phd; a c green,2 msc (physiol); w mckinon,2 phd 1 department of physiotherapy, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 school of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: b olivier (benita.olivier@wits.ac.za) ball release (br) speed and bowling accuracy are two variables that contribute to the performance of a cricket pace bowler. a batsman has only a few milliseconds to judge the flight of the ball if a high br speed is successfully achieved. in addition to high br speeds, if a pace bowler can predict the pitch of the ball, such accuracy affords him a useful tool which allows him to strategically plan dismissal of a batsman.[1] the strain applied to a bowler’s body to facilitate greater br speeds and accuracy are known to predispose the bowler to injury. [2,3] therefore the optimisation of bowling performance and prevention of injury are necessary among cricket pace bowlers. the relationship between technique-related three-dimensional (3d) kinematics of the pace bowling action and br speed has been widely investigated in once-off cross-sectional studies. front knee angle during the delivery stride of the pace bowling action has been associated with higher br speeds.[4,5] in addition, a more extended knee contributes to higher br speed by increasing the radial distance between front foot contact and the extended bowling arm, which results in a greater tangential endpoint velocity.[6] however, there is still controversy around the relationship between br height and br speed.[5] studies investigating the association between bowling accuracy and technique-related variables are scarce.[7,8] in addition to studies investigating br speed, a few have investigated the association between front knee angle and injur y, and found that a more extended knee during the power phase of the pace bowling action, when ground reaction forces are exceptionally high, is associated with injury.[9,4,2] the interrelationship between proximal (lower back) and distal body segments (knee) has been confirmed by crewe et al.,[3] who found an association between a more extended front knee during the front foot contact phase and lumbo-pelvic shear forces. since lower quarter injuries, lower back and lower limb injuries are extremely common in pace bowlers,[10-12] the investigation of lower quarter injuries may provide useful insights. the comparison of kinematics at the start and at the end of the season, and between injured and non-injured players may give valuable information on the cause and effect of knee kinematics during bowling action. the rarity of longitudinal studies assessing technique-related variables and their possible contribution to speed and accuracy prompted this study. therefore the aim of this study was to investigate the relationship between 3d knee kinematics during the pace bowling action, injury incidence and bowling performance at the start as well as at the end of a cricket season. methods study design, setting and participants this is a descriptive study with a longitudinal component. data collection took place at the university of the witwatersrand’s indoor sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 77 cricket nets. premier league cricket pace bowlers playing for cricket clubs in south gauteng province, south africa, were randomly invited to participate in this study. injury-free pace bowlers over the age of 18 years were included in this study. bowlers who have undergone previous surgery to the spine or limbs were excluded from this study. a pace bowler was defined as a bowler bowling at a speed of 120 km/h or more,[12] and who averaged more than five overs bowled in matches played during any of the previous two seasons.[13] injury surveillance injuries (status, nature and prevalence) were monitored monthly through use of a standardised (self-reporting) questionnaire[14] throughout the duration of the cricket season. the self-report injury questionnaire enquired on the status, nature, mechanism and management of injuries. an injury was defined as a ‘musculoskeletal condition that resulted in loss of at least one day of sporting activity or that occurred during a sporting activity that required medical attention or which forced the bowler to quit the activity’.[14] bowling performance: br speed and accuracy br speed was captured at the start and end of the season using a handheld radar gun (stalker ats, usa) positioned 180˚ behind the br point.[5] classification of bowlers according to speed was as follows: medium pace (120 129 km/h); medium fast pace (130 139 km/h) and fast pace (≥140 km/h).[12] bowling accuracy was assessed according to a categorical scale measuring the ability of the bowler to pitch the ball in two target blocks, namely a marked target on the pitch (fig. 1)[1] and a target behind the stumps (fig. 2).[7] if a bowler pitched the ball in none, one or both of the two target blocks, he obtained a score of 0, 1 or 2 out of 2 respectively.[7,1] each bowler bowled with a new 156 g cricket ball (kookaburra sport ltd, south africa). instrumentation and set-up kinematic analysis considered three dimensions: length, breadth, and depth. kinematic variables were assessed at the start and the end of an 8-month cricket season. kinematic data were captured using five high-speed digital cameras (pixelink pl-a741, usa) which recorded at 85 frames per second. cameras were positioned around a capture volume of 12.76 m long, 4.25 m wide and 2.08 m high. a mean in line with leg stump (to accommodate land r-handed bowler) r-handed batsman in line with wide mark 6 m from batsman 2 m w id e good length accuracy target 4 m from batsman bowler 20 .1 2 m le n g th 3.05 m width fig. 1. accuracy target on the pitch. 35 cm width 50 cm above �oor batsman 25 cm outside o� stump accuracy target 10 0 cm le n g th fig. 2. accuracy target behind the stumps. 78 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 (standard deviation (sd)) residual error of marker position of less than 1.2 (0.7) mm was found. procedures a pilot study was done with five bowlers whose data were not included in the main study due to minor changes to instructions to bowlers and order of data collection procedures. bowlers first warmed up in their own accustomed manner, which included the opportunity to bowl six practice balls. light-reflective markers were attached with double-sided adhesive tape to predetermined anatomical landmarks, as well as to the ball (fig. 3). each participant bowled six match-pace deliveries aimed at a right-hand batsman while being recorded. for each attempt br speed and accuracy were measured. ethical considerations written informed consent was required and confidentiality was ensured. ethical approval was obtained from the university of the witwatersrand human research ethics committee. data reduction and statistical analysis the power phase was defined from front foot placement (ffp) to br.[2] ffp was identified as the first frame when the front (nondominant) toe marker reached its lowest position. br was defined as the first frame observed where the ball was no longer in contact with the bowler’s hand.[5] all data for left-hand bowlers have been converted to read as data for right-hand bowlers for analytical standardisation. the delivery that obtained the highest accuracy score in conjunction with the fastest br speed was used for kinematic analysis of variables. bowlers who sustained a lower quarter (lower back and lower limb) injury during the cricket season under review are referred to as ‘injured’, and those who remained injury free are referred to as ‘non-injured’. only non-contact injuries were included in the analysis. data collected at the start of the season were referred to as preseason data and those collected at the end of the season as postseason data. knee angles were classified into four different groups (basic classification), depending on the angle at ffp and br (table 1). knee-angle classification categories were modified from those described by bartlett et al.[6] and portus et al.[4] statistical analysis was conducted using spss version 22 (ibm, usa) using a twoway repeated measures analysis of covariance (ancova) with an alpha level of 0.05. there were two primary factors (ffp knee angle and br knee angle), each with two levels (pre season and post season). the categorical variables, such as injury and accuracy, were calculated as between-subjects factors, while the other continuous variable (the average speed preand postseason) was calculated as a covariate. additional analysis, namely paired-sample and independent t-tests when there were categorical variables and linear regression for purely continuous variables, were conducted to further investigate these interactions. pearson’s product moment correlation coefficient (r) was used to identify relationships between continuous variables (kinematic variables and br speed). qualitative descriptions for the strength of the relationships were used to contextualise the relationships between continuous variables as follows: r=0.00 0.25 (little or no l heel ball marker l shoulder l elbow lat. l elbow med. l psis l �nger l thigh l knee lat. l knee med. l tibia l ankle c7 r toe r asis clavicle l toe l asis sternum r heel r ankle r tibia r knee med. r knee lat. r thigh r �nger sacrum r psis l1 t10 t7 r shoulder fig. 3. predetermined anatomical landmarks for marker placements. (r = right; l = left; psis = posterior superior iliac spine; asis = anterior superior iliac spine.) table 1. knee angle (°) classification category* basic classification further classification knee angle at ffp knee angle at br knee angle at ffp knee angle at br flexor <170° <170° or = ffp flexor + <170° (e.g. 158°) < ffp (e.g. 146°) flexor – <170° (e.g. 158°) > ffp (e.g. 168°) flexor-extender <170° (e.g. 146°) ≥170° (e.g. 174°) extender ≥170° (e.g. 174°) ≥170° or = ffp extender + ≥170° (e.g. 174°) > ffp (e.g. 178°), or into hyperextension extender – ≥170° (e.g. 174°) < ffp (e.g. 170°) extender-flexor ≥170° (e.g. 174°) <170° (e.g. 146°) *descriptions are based on a reference position of a straight leg (180°). sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 79 relationship); r=0.26 0.50 (fair relationship); r=0.51 0.75 (moderate to good relationship); and r>0.75 (good to excellent relationship).[15] a χ2 test was used to analyse the relationship between knee-angle classification category and accuracy (categorical data). results participants and injury incidence thirty-one fast, fast-medium and medium pace bowlers between the ages of 18 and 26 years (mean (sd) 21.8 (1.8) years) par ticipated in the study. twenty-six participants were right-handed and five were left-handed bowlers. sixteen bowlers sustained one or more injuries during the course of the 8-month cricket season. all injured pace bowlers sustained at least one lower back and/or lower limb injury during the season as a direct result of the pace bowling action. injuries comprised four lower back, four buttock and groin, two hamstring, four knee, one shin and four ankle injuries. knee angle, injury incidence and bowling performance owing to missing kinematic data, case-wise deletion of missing data was performed, and 14 bowlers were removed from the analysis. analysis was performed on the remaining 17 bowlers, of whom eight were from the non-injured group and nine from the injured group. descriptive statistics for knee angle and br speed are shown in table 2. no statistically significant difference between preseason and postseason knee angle for the group as a whole was found for knee angle at ffp (p=0.30) or at br (p=0.17). average br speed for the group was similar at the start and end of the season (p=0.26). no statistically significant relationship was found between knee angle and injury ( a n c ova ) . s t at i s t i c a l l y s i g n i f i c a nt within-subjects interactions were found between knee angle, br speed and accuracy (ancova) (table 3). paired t-tests revealed no st at ist ic a l ly sig nif ic ant dif ference between knee angle as measured at the start of the season and knee angle at the end of the season in the injured group. however, a difference was found among bowlers who remained injury free during the course of the season, between the preseason knee angle of 157.07° (12.02°) and postseason knee angle of 163.95° (6.97°) in the ffp position of the bowling action (p=0.01). most bowlers were successfully able to hit both of the accuracy targets (fig. 4). the majority of bowlers were from the flexor classification category (n=15), while one was classified as flexor-extender and one as extender. there was no interaction between accuracy and mean knee angle or between accuracy and knee-angle classification. there was a good to excellent inverse correlation between br speed and knee angle in the noninjured group (r =–0.79; p=0.18) (fig. 5). no correlation was found between br speed and knee angle for the injured group or the group as a whole. discussion the objective of this study was to investigate the relationship between 3d knee kinematics, injury and bowling performance-related variables. the findings give useful insights into the role of a technique-related intrinsic factor in injury, br speed and bowling accuracy. table 2. knee angle (°) and br speed (m/s) at the start and end of the cricket season, mean (sd) variable pre season post season non-injured (n=8) injured (n=9) total (n=17) non-injured (n=8) injured (n=9) total (n=17) knee angle at ffp (°) 157 (12) 161 (8) 159 (10) 164 (7) 160 (11) 161 (9) knee angle at br (°) 143 (21) 140 (21) 141 (20) 138 (18) 127 (16) 132 (17) br speed (m/s) 122 (6) 125 (7) 123 (7) 122 (8) 116 (24) 119 (18) post season 2/2 targets 16 speci�c accuracy pre season 0/2 targets 1/2 targets 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 10 14 7 1 b o w le rs , n fig. 4. accuracy scores as measured at the start and end of the cricket season (n=17). table 3. statistically significant interactions between knee angle at ffp and br bowling positions, br speed and accuracy (n=17) source of variance (within subjects)* df ss f p knee angle at ffp × knee angle at br × br speed 1 775.436 7.068 0.029 knee angle at ffp × knee angle at br × accuracy post season 2 1 060.018 4.831 0.042 knee angle at ffp × knee angle at br × accuracy pre season 1 641.323 5.846 0.042 knee angle at ffp × knee angle at br × accuracy pre season × accuracy post season 1 634.264 5.781 0.043 error 8 1 591.272 df = degrees of freedom; ss = sum of squares. *the within-subjects effect and interaction of the repeated measure with independent variables; the between-subjects was computed for the independent measure, knee angle, and is not shown here owing to not being significant. 80 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 the definition of injur y used in this study is different to the current definition recommended for use in international injury surveillance.[13] the recommended definition, which is currently under review, includes only match time-loss injuries, while the definition of injury used in this study was less stringent and allowed for less severe injuries to be identified. it is important to identify musculoskeletal injuries of all levels of severity because an injury which may not be severe enough to cause match time loss, may worsen if not identified early on. also, only non-contact injuries sustained to the lower quarter – lower back and or lower limb – were included in the analysis of this paper which strengthens the findings, as it is specifically the non-contact injuries which can be influenced by technique modification. as the knee angle was studied, we preferred to focus only on lower back and lower limb injuries due to the distribution of force throughout the kinetic chain. [2,3] in this study the ancova did not identify injury status as statistically significant in the interaction with knee angle, which means there was no difference between mean knee angle in the injured v. the non-injured group. however, although no statistical difference was found in the injured group between knee angle measured at the start of the season compared with at the end of the season, the bowlers who did not sustain an injury during the season bowled with a more flexed knee at the start of the season compared with at the end of it. it may be that these bowlers who remained injury free were able to protect their lower back and lower limbs against injury by bowling with a more flexed knee. this is most probably due to better dissipation of ground reaction forces by a flexed limb.[4] a straighter knee at front-foot impact is associated with injury due to the increase in impact forces[2,3] and a decrease in time to peak force.[6] overuse and/or microtrauma during the season may affect the ability to bowl with a more flexed leg, because of generalised muscle fatigue. for example, portus et al.[4] found that increased trunk stability is associated with ability to bowl with a more flexed leg. if trunk stability is affected during the season due to spinal microtrauma suffered as a result of the high-load repetitive bowling action,[2] this may affect the knee angle by the interconnectedness of the trunk and lower limbs. thus, the influences on one end of the kinetic chain may affect changes in another.[16] this accumulation of microtrauma, possibly due to overtraining among all bowlers, may also explain the finding that non-injured bowlers bowled with the knee at an angle similar to the injured bowlers at the end of the season, although the non-injured bowlers bowled with a more flexed knee at the start of the season. in this study most bowlers formed part of the flexor category (table 1), which means that they landed on a relatively flexed knee (in this case an angle of approximately 160°) and then flexed their knees a further 10°. similar findings were observed by wormgoor et al.[5] bartlett et al.[6] described this as a ‘collapse’ of the lower limb where the bowler may experience the injury-protective benefits of force attenuation due to the flexed limb, but not the apparent bowling-performance benefits associated with a straighter limb.[6,4] however, in this study the opposite was true, where a correlation between a more flexed knee and higher br speeds was found among non-injured bowlers (fig. 5). no link between knee-classification categories and bowling performance (br speed and accuracy) could be established due to the small numbers of bowlers in the flexor-extender and extender knee-classification categories. no correlation was found between knee angle and br speed for the group as a whole. controversy exists in the literature with regard to the role of the front knee angle and br speed.[7,4,5] wormgoor et al.[5](r=0.52; p=0.005) and portus et al.[4] (2004) (r=0.37; p=0.02) found statistically significant, although moderate to low correlations between a front knee angle and br speed, while portus et al.[7] (2000) did not find a statistically significant correlation. the sample sizes of those studies which indicated a statistically significant correlation were 28[5] and 42[4] bowlers respectively, while lower sample sizes were included in this study (n=17) and that of portus et al.[7] (n=14). with larger samples even fair correlations will show statistical significance (p<0.05). also, previous studies did not investigate a potential correlation between br speed and injury status separately, while in this study bowlers who remained injury free throughout the season bowled with a more flexed knee while still attaining higher br speeds, as indicated by the good to excellent inverse correlation (r=– 0.79; p=0.18). bowlers who remained injury free may have used strategies other than the front knee angle, like neuromusculoskeletal control such as balance and proprioception, to attain higher br speeds. both balance[14] and proprioception[17] have been associated with injury in previous research among pace bowlers. study limitations two limitations were evident in this study. the first is that the frame rate of the cameras used was lower than that used in recent studies, and a higher frame rate would have been ideal. the second limitation was that the data of 14 bowlers could not be included in n o n -i n ju re d b r a n g le (d eg re es ) non-injured average speed (km/h) 135110 115 120 125 130 0 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 fig. 5. relationship between br speed and knee angle in the non-injured at the start of the season (n=8) (r=–0.79; p=0.18). sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 81 the analysis as a result of missing markers encountered during the 3d kinematic analysis, mainly due to the high-speed bowling action. conclusion body actions that result in higher br speeds (enhanced performance) have raised concerns among health professionals, since the increased strain on the body that results in greater performance may also increase injury likelihood. the focus on injury prevention in pace bowlers is vital, but it cannot be examined in isolation. in the investigation of variables related to injury, the need for optimal bowling performance should also be taken into account. in addition, knee angle should be interpreted as part of the kinetic chain and kinematics at the ankle, hip and lower back should be taken into account. injuryand bowling performance-related factors associated with the knee classification categories as developed for and used in this study should be further investigated among bowlers. further research needs to be conducted into non-technique-related strategies to attain higher br speeds among bowlers who remain injury free during a cricket season. the strategies used to attain higher br speeds may have contributed to the prevention of injuries. acknowledgements. we would like to acknowledge each participant for his time, effort and enthusiasm. funding for this project was received from the national research foundation, the carnegie foundation of new york and the local society of physiotherapy. these funding organisations played no role in the collection, analysis or interpretation of data and had no right to approve or disprove of the final manuscript. references 1. roca m, elliott b, alderson j, foster d. the relationship between shoulder alignment and elbow joint angle in cricket fast-medium bowlers. j sports sci 2006;24(11):11271135. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410500497618] 2. ferdinands re, kersting u, marshall rn. three-dimensional lumbar segment kinetics of fast bowling in cricket. j biomech 2009;42(11):1616-1621. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.jbiomech.2009.04.035] 3. crewe h, campbell a, elliott b, alderson j. lumbo-pelvic loading during fast bowling in adolescent cricketers: the influence of bowling speed and technique. j sports sci 2013;31(10):1082-1090. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2012.762601] 4. portus m, mason br, elliott bc, pfitzner mc, done rp. technique factors rel ate d to b a l l rele as e sp e e d and t r un k injur ies in hig h p er for mance cricket fast b ow lers. sp or ts biomech 2004;3(2):263-284. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/14763140408522845] 5. wormgoor s, harden l, mckinon w. anthropometric, biomechanical, and isokinetic strength predictors of ball release speed in high-performance c r i cke t f a st b ow l e rs . j sp or t s s c i 2 0 1 0 ; 2 8 ( 9 ) : 9 5 7 9 6 5 . [ http : / / d x . d oi. org/10.1080/02640411003774537] 6. bartlett rm, stockill np, elliott bc, burnett af. the biomechanics of fast bowling in men’s cricket: a review. j sports sci 1996;14(5):403-424. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/02640419608727727] 7. portus mr, sinclair pj, burke st, moore dj, farhart pj. cricket fast bowling performance and technique and the influence of selected physical factors during an 8-over spell. j sports sci 2000;18(12):999-1011. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/026404100446801] 8. zhang y, unka j, liu g. contributions of joint rotations to ball release speed during cricket bowling: a three-dimensional kinematic analysis. j sports sci 2011;29(12):1293-1300. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.591417] 9. elliott bc, hardcastle ph, burnett ae, foster dh. the influence of fast bowling and physical factors on radiologic features in high performance young fast bowlers. sports med train rehabil 1992;3(2):113-130. 10. orchard j, james t, alcott e, carter s, farhart p. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002;36(4):270-274;discussion 5. 11. stretch r, raffan r. injury patterns of south african international cricket players over a two-season period. s afr j sports med 2011;23(2):45-49. 12. frost wl, chalmers dj. injury in elite new zealand cricketers 2002-2008: descriptive epidemiology. br j sports med 2014;48(12):1002-1007. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091337] 13. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, frost w, mansingh a, leipus a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sci med sport 2005;8(1):1-14. 14. olivier b, stewart av, olorunju sa, mckinon w. static and dynamic balance ability, lumbo-pelvic movement control and injury incidence in cricket pace bowlers. j sci med sport 2015;18(1):19-25. 15. portney lg, watkins mp. foundations of clinical research: applications to practice. london: pearson prentice hall, 2009. 16. putnam ca. sequential motions of body segments in striking and throwing skills: descriptions and explanations. j biomech 1993;26 suppl 1:125-135. 17. olivier b, stewart av, mckinon w. injury and lumbar reposition sense in cricket pace bowlers in neutral and pace bowling specific body positions. spine j 2014;14:14471453. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.spinee.2013.08.036] sajsm 487.indd original research 74 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 background. the chronological age of the ordinary ghanaian has often been difficult to verify as registration at birth is not compulsory. consequently, an accurate method of age determination is needed in competitive age-restricted sports. objective. to evaluate the age of ghanaian soccer players who are aspiring to play for the national under-17 (u17) team, using the degree of fusion of the distal radius on magentic resonance imaging (mri) and comparing it with the fédération internationale de football association (fifa) mri grading. methods. mri scans of the left wrists of 86 players aspiring to play for the national u17 football team were recruited for the study during a ‘justify your inclusion tournament’ organised by the ghana football association between june and august 2012. the study was conducted in a diagnostic centre in accra using a 0.35t mri scanner. the images were analysed using the previously published fifa grading system. results. the mean chronological age of the players was 15.4 years (standard deviation ±0.7; range 12 17). the study showed that 43.0% of the mri images were grade 6 (≥17 years) in relation to the degree of fusion of the distal radius, and 93.0% of the grade 6 players were aged 15 16 years chronologically. there was no significant correlation between the chronological age and the degree of fusion (r=0.075; p=0.493). conclusion. ghanaian u17 soccer players seem to be more biologically mature than a normative population of the same age category. the lack of correlation between age category and degree of fusion supports the suspicion that most ghanaian players may not know their true age. s afr j sm 2013;25(3):74-76. doi:10.7196/sajsm.487 mri to determine the chronological age of ghanaian footballers b d sarkodie,1 bsc, mb chb, fwacs; e k ofori,2 bsc (hons); mphil, phd; p pambo,3 bsc, msc, mb chb 1 radiology department, tamale teaching hospital, tamale, ghana 2 department of radiography, school of allied health sciences, college of health sciences, university of ghana, korle-bu-accra, ghana 3 ghana football association, ghana corresponding author: b d sarkodie (ghana_neo@yahoo.com) despite the increasing use of radiological investigations worldwide as a result of their known benefits to society,[1] diagnostic x-rays are by far the largest contributor to the collective dose of all man-made radiation.[2,3] exposure to such radiation is associated with an increased long-term risk for malignant disease.[4,5] the basic safety standards of the international atomic energy agency (iaea) for the protection against ionising radiation and safety of radiation sources[6] recommends considering alternative imaging methods (e.g. magnetic resonance imaging (mri) or ultrasound) if they provide equal or better information. these modalities avoid the use of ionising radiation and the subsequent risks to the patient.[7] accurate age determination is vital in any competitive agerestricted sport; inconsistencies in age lead to unequal chances and counter both the spirit of the game and ‘fair play’. the determination of skeletal maturity has an important place in the practice of paediatrics, especially in relation to endocrinological problems and growth disorders.[8] standard radiographs of the left wrist are widely used for assessment of skeletal age, although they may vary depending on ethnic origin.[9,10] the need for an alternative method of determining age and maturity has been raised by the iaea,[9] which does not allow an x-ray examination except when clinically justified for the individual. consequently, the use of x-rays (a source of radiation exposure) to determine whether or not players are over age, is not encouraged. whereas standard radiographs with the attendant radiation risk cannot be justified as the screening tool in soccer populations, age estimation on the basis of grading of fusion of the distal radius by mri has been shown to be a reliable and valid method in 14 19-year-old soccer players.[11] in ghana, chronological age has often been a difficult challenge, as registration at birth is not compulsory. this gives room for falsification of true age, which could lead to cheating.[10] it has been suggested that age, experience, body size and stage of puberty contribute considerably, in different combinations, to the variance of some football skills such as dribbling with a pass, ball control with the body and shooting accuracy.[12] also, players with a greater relative (or possibly false lower) age are more likely to be identified as ‘talented’ because of the likely physical advantages that they have over their ‘younger’ peers.[12] we aimed to evaluate the age of aspiring ghanaian under-17 (u17) footballers using the degree of fusion of the distal radius on mri and to compare it with fédération internationale de football association (fifa) mri grading. methods the study was prospective and cross-sectional, employing mri scans of the left wrist of 86 players aspiring to play for the national u17 football team. table 1 summarises the characteristics of the mri equipment used in the study. participants with a chronological age of 12 17 years were recruited during a ‘justify your inclusion tournament’ organised by the ghana football association between june and august 2012. the study was conducted in the sweden ghana medical centre (sgm) in accra. the degree of fusion of the left distal sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 75 radial physis was determined by a team comprising two consultant radiologists. the images and their corresponding reports were analysed concurrently using the previously published fifa grading system.[9,11] statistical analysis inter-rater agreement was calculated using kappa.[13,14] kappa values can range from 0 (no agreement) to 1 (total agreement). to measure the inter-rater agreement, a random selection of 20 of the images which had been assessed by the first consultant radiologist were graded blindly by the second consultant radiologist and vice versa. the results were then compared and kappa was calculated using spss (version 17) to determine the level of inter-rater agreement. both descriptive and inferential statistics were carried out using spss. results age and degree of fusion a total of 86 players with self-reported ages of 12 17 years presented for the mri scan of the left wrist. the mean age of the players was 15.4 years (sd ±0.7). the majority of the players (80/86; 93%) were aged between 15 and 16 years. table 2 shows the crosstabulation of self-reported chronological age and the degree of fusion. table 3 summarises the distribution of players according to each grade of fusion. inferential analysis the self-reported chronological ages according to the six grades of distal radius fusion are presented by the error bar plots in fig. 1. mean ages and 95% cis were calculated using spss (version 17). a scatter plot of self-reported chronological age v. degree of fusion is presented in fig. 2. inter-rater agreement kappa was calculated to determine the level of agreement between the two radiologists. a kappa value of 0.94 (94.0%) was recorded, indicating very good agreement. however, there was no significant correlation between the chronological age and the degree of fusion (r=0.075; p=0.493). discussion in fifa u17 competitions, players must have been born on 1 january and/or be <17 years old before the year of the tournament, i.e. the players in fifa u17 can be aged 17 years at the start of the championship. because of biological variability, the ‘true’ age of an individual can only be estimated with a certain probability, but mri of the wrist has shown to be a valid and a reliable method for estimating age in 14 19-year-old soccer players in a normative population.[9] fifa requires all players to undergo a mandatory mri test before the regional and u17 world cup tournament. based on the findings of previous studies, [9,10] the probability of complete fusion occurring prior to 17 years of age is <1%. in other words, if mri shows complete fusion of a player’s wrist, the player is likely to be older than 17 years with a certainty of >99%. however, this study did not include any black africans. table 1. characteristics of the mri equipment used in the study parameter description scanner make magnet type magnetic field strength type of coil protocols for left wrist (bone age determination) frequency phase number nsa thickness interval field of view siemens permanent 0.35 t wrist coronal 256 hz 224 4 3 mm 2.5 mm 180 mm 16.5 15.5 14.5 16.0 15.0 14.0 grade 1 grade 2 grade 3 grade 4 grade 5 grade 6 fifa grade of distal radius fusion c h ro n o lo g ic al a g e o f p la ye r (y ea rs ), 95 % c i fig. 1. error bar plot with 95% ci for chronological age by degree of fusion. 1 2 3 4 5 6 17 16 15 14 13 12 degree of fusion se lf -r ep o rt ed c h ro n o lo g ic al a g e (y ea rs ) fig. 2. scatter plot of self-reported chronological age v. degree of fusion. 76 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 in the present study, the mri images of 43.0% (n=37) of the aspiring players were graded 6, i.e. completely fused or over-age, which is substantially higher compared with the findings of other studies in europe and asia.[9,10] the highest number of players with complete fusion (grade 6) was found among those with a chronological age of 16 years. approximately three-quarters (75%) of the players aged 15 and 16 years were over-age (grade 6). from the mri results, the aspiring players seemed to be more mature than a normative population of soccer players. no significant correlation was observed between age category and grade of fusion (r=0.075; p=0.493). this finding is consistent with previous studies (p=0.13).[9,10] the missing correlation between the age presented by participants and biological maturity assessed from fusion of the distal radius cannot be explained definitively. this discrepancy may support the suspicion that some u17 players are older than stated in their official documents; however, ethnic variations may also account for the difference between chronological age and the degree of fusion on mri. it is reported that prepubertal american children of european descent have significantly delayed skeletal maturation compared with those of african descent, and postpubertal american children of european descent have significantly advanced skeletal maturation compared with postpubertal children of african descent.[15] conclusion the use of mri to investigate the degree of fusion of the left distal radius has given an indication of the maturity of aspiring u17 soccer players in ghana. on the basis of the findings, the self-reported ages of these players might not have been correct compared with results from normative studies, although other factors may be responsible for the differences. accurate age determination of participants is important in competitive sport. however, predicting age using the degree of fusion of the left distal radius of the wrist as a method to verify chronological age may lack the accuracy needed and may result in many false-positive or false-negative results, until a normative study is carried out on black africans. registration at birth is not compulsory in many african countries such as ghana; therefore, it has been argued that a normative study may be difficult to carry out. however, there are various ways to verify the ages of 14 19-year-olds, especially in a situation where there is no incentive for one to hide their true age. there is an urgent need for a comprehensive study involving black africans to ensure that the black african footballer is given a fair playing ground by the fifa. acknowledgements. we acknowledge the support and co-operation of the staff of the sweden ghana medical centre (sgm) in accra, ghana. references 1. saunders m, budden a, maclver f. dose implications of fluoroscopy-guided positioning (fgp) for lumbar spine examinations prior to acquiring plain film radiographs. br j radiol 2005;78:130-134. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1259/bjr/50195548] 2. unscear. report to the general assembly, with scientific annexes. new york: united nations, 2000. 3. manning d. the risk of cancer from radiography. j radiography 2004;10(3):171-172. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.rad.2004.02.014] 4. berrington de gonzalez a, darby s. risk of cancer from diagnostic x-rays: estimates for the uk and 14 other countries. lancet 2004;363(9406):345-351. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/s0140-6736(04)15433-0] 5. engel-hills p. radiation protection in medical imaging. j radiography 2006;12(2):153160. 6. international atomic energy agency (iaea). radiological protection for medical exposure to ionizing radiation. iaea safe standard series 2002. safety guide no. rsg-1.5. vienna: iaea, 2002.  7. valentine j. avoidance of radiation injuries from medical interventional procedures. ann icrp 2000;30(2):7-67. 8. tanner jm, whitehouse rh, marshall wa, et al. prediction of adult height from height, bone age, and occurrence of menarche, at ages 4 to 16 with allowance for mid parent height. arch dis child 1976;50(1):14-26. 9. dvorak j, george j, junge a, hodler j. application of mri of the wrist for age determination in international u-17 soccer competition. br j sports med 2007;41(8):497500. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033431] 10. braude sc, henning lm, lambert mi. accuracy of bone assessments for verifying age in adolescents – application in sport. south african journal of radiology 2007;11(2):4. 11. dvorak j, george j, junge a, hodler j. age determination by magnetic resonance imaging of the wrist in adolescent male football players. br j sports med 2007;41(1):4552. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.031021] 12. malina rm, eisenmann jc, cumming sp, et al. maturity-associated variation in the growth and functional capacities of youth football (soccer) players 13 15 years. eur j appl phsyiol 2004;91(5):555-562. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00421-003-0995-z] 13. meltzoff j. criteria and criteria measure, critical thinking about research. washington dc: american psychological association, 1998. 14. bryman a. social research methods. 3rd ed. oxford: oxford university press, 2008:265. 15. mora s, boechat mi, pietka e, huang hk, gilsanz v. skeletal age determinations in children of european and african descent: applicability of the greulich and pyle standards. pediatric res 2001;50(5):624-628. table 2. cross-tabulation of self-reported chronological age and degree of fusion degree of fusion self-reported chronological age (years) total12 14 15 16 17 grade 1 0 1 4 0 0 5 grade 2 0 0 2 3 0 5 grade 3 0 0 2 3 0 5 grade 4 0 0 4 6 0 10 grade 5 1 0 11 11 1 24 grade 6 0 3 15 19 0 37 total 1 4 38 42 1 86 table 3. distribution of players in each grade of fusion degree of fusion n (%) self-reported chronological age (years), mean (±sd) grade 1 5 (5.8) 14.8 (±0.5) grade 2 5 (5.8) 15.6 (±0.6) grade 3 5 (5.8) 15.6 (±0.6) grade 4 10 (11.6) 15.6 (±0.5) grade 5 24 (27.9) 15.4 (±0.9) grade 6 37 (43.0) 15.4 (±0.7) total 86 (100) 15.4 (±0.7) 74 sajsm vol. 24 no. 3 2012 state of sport in south africa: questions that need answers editorial the application of science governing human performance in the laboratory is well refined with a defined set of guiding principles. for example, rules are in place about recruiting subjects, randomising them into different groups, familiarising them with the equipment used to measure performance, and then testing them before and after the implementation of the treatment. the implementation b eing e valuated may have something to do with nutrition, specialised training, tapering or pacing. differences in the performance measurements conducted before and after the intervention are analysed using statistics, and conclusions can be made about whether or not there are differences as a result of the implementation of the treatment. the magnitude of the effect can be calculated and viable conclusions can be reached. although the conclusions are open to interpretation, the findings are generally clear for all to see. this scenario describes the assessment of performance in the laboratory; how do we translate this set of principles and logic into evaluating the performances of our elite sportsmen and -women competing on the international platform? how can we determine the ‘health’ of a particular sporting code? one possible way of quantifying performance is to consider medals won at the olympics. after the london olympics, much was made of south africa’s 23rd place and the 6 medals (3 gold, 2 silver and 1 bronze) of the south african athletes. this performance was much better than in beijing (2008) (1 silver) and marginally better than athens (2004) (1 gold, 3 silver and 2 bronze). however, it may be argued that the performance was on a par with the performance in atlanta (1996) (3 gold, 1 silver and 1 bronze), achieved only two years into our new democracy. these criteria of evaluating overall performance are not absolute and the answer will vary depending on the agenda of the person doing the evaluation. furthermore, when using only medals as a gauge of success, the athletes that achieved personal best performances, but only came 4th in their event, are excluded from the count. likewise those athletes that make the final, meaning they are in the approximate top 10 in the world, do not contribute to this simple medal count exercise. this type of assessment is also dependent on the state of the competitors from other countries – something that can clearly vary, as shown by australia (10th place in 2012 with 35 medals dropping from 6th place and 46 medals in 2008). a much more robust way of assessing performance and the ‘health’ of a particular sporting code is to examine the sport at a more holistic level. such a method will provide more meaningful results that can be monitored over time to determine any trends. the information can also be useful for assessing the efficacy of implementation, and whether money allocated to the sport is being spent in the most efficient way. such a method is much more complicated than merely counting medals. for example, the following questions need answers before a firm conclusion about the state of the sport can be made. • how many participants are there in the sport in the country? • what are the demographics of the participants? • what is the state of the facilities and equipment associated with that sport? • what competitive leagues exist? • do these leagues have age-group competitions? • is there much attrition from the youth leagues to the adult leagues? • how many coaches are fully engaged in the sport? • do these coaches have any formal training? • how are talented athletes identified? • does the sporting code have a programme in place to nurture talent, and develop it fully through to adult levels? • are policies in place for those athletes who may get injured while participating in the sport? • is the federation administered professionally and are succession plans in place for the administrators of the sport? • how many participants are ranked in the top 10 in the world? in the top 50? in the top 100? answers to these questions are not easily obtained. however, monitoring systems need to be implemented so that an ongoing assessment of the sport can be made and the answers to these questions provided. once that status is achieved will we be able to comment accurately on the status of sport in the country and whether we are improving or not. this edition of the journal has two original research studies. the first paper examines the short-term effect of kinesio tape on the explosive power of the gluteus maximus of male athletes. this is an example of a good laboratory study, with findings that can be translated into practical applications. the second study examines the playing time of professional rugby players from 2007 to 2011. the design of this study is aligned to the concept of monitoring the state of the game so that it can be managed more effectively. lastly, the abstracts from the first international conference of by the biokinetics association of south africa to be held in potchefstroom from 27 to 29 september 2012 are also presented in this edition. the broad scope of the content of the abstracts shows the important role that the profession of biokinetics is fulfilling. the authors of these studies are challenged to convert these abstracts into publications so that the information can be shared with a broader audience. mike lambert editor-in chief s afr j sm 2012;24(3):74. doi:10.7196/sajsm.345 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 15 original research introduction trail running events are becoming increasingly popular with amateur athletes.1 these are generally regarded as more strenuous than road running due to the nature of the trails, which can involve diverse challenges including single track paths on steep ascends and descends in mountains, crossing rivers and running along grasslands and through forests.2 although physiological response to single-day trail running has been assessed,1-4 the cumulative effects of multi-day trail running on markers of muscle damage and inflammation have not yet been reported. prolonged endurance exercise causes muscle damage that initiates an inflammatory response and subsequent remodelling of muscle.5 the extent of this damage is augmented by increases in exercise intensity, the eccentric component of contraction,6-8 heat stress index and dehydration.3 the greater contractile load per unit in muscles of the lower limb, as they contract eccentrically during downhill running,8 has been associated with increased mechanical damage to the muscle fibres, resulting in muscle membrane leakage and elevated concentrations of circulating muscle enzymes and proteins.9 systemic markers of inflammation also rise5,7 and swelling, decreased mobility and delayed-onset muscle soreness (doms) are common.5,6 the presence of myoglobin in the urine has been reported in severe cases.5 although the direct cause-and-effect relationship between dehydration and hyperthermia is currently contentious,10 it has been reported that these augment exercise-induced muscle damage,3,4 detrimentally affect performance and pacing during trail running and increase post-exercise doms.3,4,11 cleary et al.11 reported an association between dehydration and hyperthermia and attributed an increase in muscle damage to the increased degradation of muscle proteins with elevated deep-muscle temperature. the aims of the study were therefore to determine effects of a multiday trail run on the markers of muscle damage and inflammation in experienced recreational runners, measuring serum and urinary levels of selected skeletal muscle, cardiac and hepatic proteins in association with changes in red and white blood cell and serum cortisol concentrations before and after every stage and at 24 hours post-race (24pr) and 72 hours postrace (72pr). a further aim was to assess the possible effect of dehydration and hyperthermia on the markers of muscle damage and inflammation. it was hypothesised that the three consecutive days of trail running would result in elevations of systemic and urinary markers of skeletal muscle damage and inflammation that are higher than previously reported during road running events of similar duration, and that the muscle damage and inflammation would be augmented by hyperthermia and dehydration. method ethical clearance this 8-day observational cohort study took place during a 3-day trail run and for 5 days following completion of the three cranes trail run, at karkloof, kwazulu-natal, south africa on 25 27 february 2011.  following approval by the biomedical research ethics committee of the university of kwazulu-natal, subjects gave written consent after having been informed of the experimental procedures.    subjects twenty-one apparently healthy subjects, who met the inclusion criteria (age: ≤50 and an average training distance of 60 km per week) abstract objectives. to investigate the effect of a 3-day trail run on markers of muscle damage and inflammation in recreational runners. main outcome measures. pre-and post-stage and 24-hour and 72hour post-race concentrations of serum creatine phosphokinase (cpk), high sensitivity c-reactive protein (hscrp), cortisol, cardiac troponin t (ctnt), and osmolality (sosm) as well as urinary myoglobin (umb), changes in body mass, delayed onset muscle soreness (doms) and thigh circumference (tc) were measured. continuous recordings of heart rate (hr) and intestinal temperature (tintest ) were made throughout each stage. results. heart rate ranged between 77% and 83% age-predicted maximum (apmax) and tintest between 36.1 and 40.2ºc during the three stages. significant rises in mean serum cpk, hscrp, sosm and blood neutrophil count reached peak concentrations of 1488u/l, 8.91mg/l, 298mosm/l and 10.21 109/l (p<0.001), respectively. no evidence of elevations in umb and ctnt were detected. the stage-induced increments in doms correlated positively with cpk, r=0.71; 95% ci [0.62, 0.78], tc decreased significantly post s1post and s2post (p<0.05) and a maximum mean body mass loss of 3.09% (±1.04%) occurred during s2. conclusion. three consecutive days of 95-km trail running resulted in low markers of muscle damage and inflammation, despite the maintenance of a heart rate above 77% apmax, tintest rising above 39oc and mean body mass decrement of >2.0%. low markers of muscle damage and inflammation following a 3-day trail run emmerentia c denissen (mtech hom) anton h de waard (mtechhom) navin r singh (msc (eng)) edith m peters (phd) division of human physiology, school of laboratory medicine and medical sciences, college of health sciences, university of kwazulunatal, westville, durban, south africa correspondence to: edith peters-futre (futree@ukzn.ac.za) 16 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 and did not use chemical stimulants, were accepted into the study. nineteen (6 males, 13 females) completed all three stages of the race and 15 runners (4 males, 11 females) completed all withinand postrace assessments. setting the three cranes trail run, over 3 days and a total distance of 95 km, was divided into 3 consecutive stages comprising 29.3, 37.9 and 27.8 km, starting and finishing each day at the same base camp.  athletes were accommodated in a race village and full catering was provided for the duration of the race, including at the aid stations along the route. the routes consisted of gravel and forestry roads, narrow rocky mountain footpaths and grassy jeep track. elevation gains reached 1 020, 1 226 and 680 m, while elevation losses were recorded at 1 021, 1 231 and 687 m during s1 (stage 1), s2 (stage 2) and s3 (stage 3) respectively (table 1). selected images of the running terrain are presented in fig. 1. baseline measurements following race registration the afternoon before the race, basic anthropometric measurements were recorded, including body mass (kg), stature (cm) in bathing suits without shoes, thigh circumference (tc) (measured 15 cm above the superior border of the patella) and four-site skinfold (supra-iliac, subscapular, biceps  and triceps) for the fig. 1. selected images of the running terrain. sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 17 determination of % body fat.12 a pre-race questionnaire detailing the athletes’ running and racing experience, training terrain and health status was also completed. daily protocol pre stage the subjects presented themselves to a designated testing area 30 90 minutes before the start of the stage, handing in a first earlymorning urine sample. tc was measured, venous blood sampling was conducted in the seated position and resting heart rate (hr) and blood pressure (bp) were recorded after a 3 5-minute period of relaxation. a simple pre-stage questionnaire including a rating of the degree of muscle soreness they were experiencing, was completed and the subjects were asked to keep a record of their fluid intake and urine output during the stage. after breakfast and final voiding of bladders, body mass (measured in running attire without shoes), was taken within 5 minutes prior to the start of the event. within stage environmental conditions and temperature were supplied on the hour by a meteorological station located 9.5 km from the base camp.  heart rate was recorded using a polar hr monitor (polar electro oy, finland) at 5-minute intervals and % age-predicted maximum (apmax) was determined according to the formula, 220-age.14 a subsample of 12 athletes volunteered to ingest the cor-temp disposable tablets, containing temperature sensors (hq inc, palmetto, fl), at least 3 hours prior to the start of each stage. the hr and intestinal temperature (tintest) data are part of a more detailed study focussing on the relationship between tintest, hr and hydration status. 13 post stage the subjects proceeded directly to the designated testing area where bp, mass and tc were measured within 3 5 minutes, blood and urine samples were taken and a short doms and post-stage questionnaire providing details regarding the use of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) and muscle soreness, were completed. in available athletes (n=10), a further measurement of tc was taken 4 hours after completion of s1 and s2. the same protocol was followed preand post-stage on the 3 days of the race.  post race at 24pr and 72pr, participants presented for further blood/urine sampling, bp, hr and anthropometric measurements. they were also requested to complete a doms questionnaire for the 5 days following the race, using a five-point likert scale, and to return this together with a general post-race questionnaire, following completion of the study. haematological analysis and anthropometric measurements each measurement was carried out by the same researcher for all subjects and at each time point. venous blood samples were drawn from the antecubital fossa, with subjects in the seated position, within 5 15 minutes of completing the stage.  blood samples for the assessment of full blood count (fbc) and serum osmolality (sosm) and urine samples were stored at 4ºc and transported to a commercial pathology laboratory. complete blood counts were measured on an advia-120 hematology analyzer (siemens healthcare diagnostics, deerfield, il) and included erythrocyte indices and differential leukocyte counts. both urine and serum osmolality were measured by freezing-point depression, using a kyoto daiichi osmostat, om 6020 (japan).  urine samples were also assessed for myoglobin (umb) and specific gravity using the refractive index method on a beyer test strip.  further aliquots of serum, separated by centrifugation @ 3 000 rpm and stored in dr y ice were transferred to an -80ºc ultrafreezer or transported to a commercial pathology laboratory for analysis of creatine phosphokinase (cpk), cortisol, cardiac trop onin t (ctnt) and high sensitivity c-reactive protein (hscrp) concentrations.  statistical analyses data are presented as mean ± standard deviation (sd). the significance of the accumulative time-dependent stage-induced changes from pre-race (s1pre) to post race (s1post, s2post, s3post), as well as recovery rates were assessed comparing s2pre, s3pre, 24pr and 72pr to baseline (s1pre,), s2pre and s3pre were assessed for the entire group using repeated measures one way analysis of variance. the time point of the significant differences was confirmed using a tukey post hoc analysis. comparisons between nsaid users and non-users were conducted using independent student’s t-tests. pearson’s product moment coefficient of correlation, with a confidence interval (ci) of 95%, was used to test the relationship between the changes in measured outcomes including cpk, neutrophil concentrations, hscrp and serum cortisol.   all statistical calculations were performed using spss, version 18 (spss inc., chicago, usa). level of significance was set at p<0.05.  results environmental conditions temperature recorded on the hour during the three stages of the race ranged from 11.5ºc to 22.8ºc (table 1). it did not rain, maximum wind speed recorded was 2.8 m/s and the relative humidity ranged from 54% to 97%. table 2. mean ± sd baseline physical characteristics of subjects (n=19) variable mean±sd age (years) 39.3±7 height (cm) 169.0±10 mass (kg) 65.8±12 % body fat 21.7±4 resting heart rate (bpm) 56.9±5 systolic blood pressure (mmhg) 124.7±7 diastolic blood pressure(mmhg) 81.8±7 table 1. elevation changes (m) and ambient temperature ranges during the three stages of the trail run elevation gain  elevation loss ambient temp erature range (ºc) day 1 1 020 1 021 11.5 21.7 day 2 1 226 1 231 12.4 22.8 day 3 680 678 12.1 21.2 total 2 926 2 930 18 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 subjects as is shown in tables 2 and 3, athletes ranged from 25 to 50 years of age, their weekly training distance averaged 65.9±20.1km per week for 12.4 years (range 2 27 years) and they presented without abnormalities in their vital signs. of the 19 subjects, 12 used nsaids, including aspirin, ibuprofen and diclofenac. of the 21 subjects who initially agreed to participate in the study, one subject (male) withdrew after s1 due to an ankle injury and another (female) after s2 due to medical reasons. the baseline physical characteristics of the remaining 19 subjects are provided in table 2. four subjects were however unable to provide blood samples at 24pr and 72pr. intensity of effort the mean ±sd and range of time spent completing each stage and average hr on the run, are given in table 3. total average running time of the athletes was 12h57±2h51. markers of muscle damage and inflammation as shown in table 4, these included a significant increase in circulating neutrophil concentrations (p<0.001) which peaked at 10.21±1.54 109/l at s1post, serum cpk and hscrp which peaked at s3post at 1 488± 1 053u/l (p≤0.001) and 8.91±6.63mg/l (p≤0.001), respectively. ctnt and umb were undetected in all samples throughout the 3-day event. an exercise-induced increase in serum cortisol concentration was only detected following s2post. tc decreased significantly from 54.1±4.4 cm at s1pre to 51.8±3.9cm at s1post (p<0.001) and returned to the pre-race measurement of 54.1±4.0 cm at 24pr. doms ranged from 4.8±1.6, 5.6±1.8 and 5.1±1.1 at s1post, s2post and s3post, respectively, and decreased to 1.73±1.3 at 24pr. significant positive correlations were evident between blood neutrophil concentrations and serum cpk, r=0.27, 95% ci [0.11, 0.41], serum cpk and hscrp concentrations, r=0.50, 95% ci [0.29, 0.66] and doms and cpk, r=0.71, 95% ci [0.62, 0.78]. dehydration, intestinal temperature (tintest), hr and muscle damage the mean % body mass loss for the entire group (n=19) during the three stages was 2.9±0.7, 3.1±0.8 and 1.9±0.9, while the mean sosm (n=19) increased from 288.9±4.8 to 293.7±5.7 (p=0.003), 288.4±6.4 to 295.6±6.0 (p=0.003) and 292.2±4.1.to 295.0±5.6 (p=0.006) mosm/ kg, during s1, s2 and s3, respectively. when the pooled data for each stage were compared (n=51), the paired post-pre changes in sosm correlated inversely with the changes in % body mass, r=-0.36, 95% ci [-0.57,-0.094]. the pooled data examining the relationship between the change of sosm and change in serum cpk for the three stages (n=57) revealed an insignificant positive correlation (r=0.034, 95% ci [-0.228, 0.291]. the maximum tintest ranged between 38.3ºc and 40.2ºc and only exceeded 40º c in two of the 12 athletes monitored (table 5). the relationship between change in tintest and serum cpk was insignificant (p>0.05) for the 11 individuals from whom complete sets of data were available (r=0.24, 95% ci [-0.42, 0.734]). users of nsaids the 12 athletes who used nsaids had maximum serum cpk and hscrp concentrations of 1 332±943.5 u/l and 8.58±6.7 mg/l at s3post and the non-users 1 754±1 251.3 u/l and 9.47±7.0 mg/l, with no significant difference between the groups (p=0.456; 0.788). the neutrophil count reached a maximum of 9.95±2.1 and 9.75±0.4 109/l, respectively, for users and non-users (p=0.82). there was also no significant difference between nsaid users and non-users in terms of serum cortisol, post race doms scores, running times, tc or sosm (p>0.05). discussion evidence of muscle damage and inflammation the results of the present study indicate that very little muscle damage and inflammation occurred during 3 days of trail running despite athletes running for a total average of 12h57 at an average hr of 77 83% apmax (table 3). the serum cpk concentration, which increased progressively to reach peak concentrations at s3post, indicated only a mild cumulative effect of muscle damage during the race, which rejects the original hypothesis. furthermore, the changes in neutrophil count, serum cortisol and hscrp concentrations and doms also confirm low levels of inflammation and a rapid recovery. most athletes in our study had no muscle soreness at 72pr, which correlated with the cpk concentration that had dropped close to the clinical upper limit of normal by 72pr.15 the consistently low release of muscle proteins into the bloodstream in all 19 subjects, which was also not accompanied table 3. training status and performance characteristics of athletes (n=19) characteristics mean±sd range running experience number of years number of competitive endurance events 12.4±8.1 136.3±55.6 2 27 18 500 weekly training distance (kilometres per week) 65.9±20.1 12.5 105 number of days per week on different training terrains hills off road incl. forest /trail/beach road 1.4±0.8 1.7±1.5 3.9±1.3 1 4 0 6 0 5 race time (hour:minute:second) stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 4:04:31±25:54 5:39:12±25:31 3:14:15±21:06 3:06:06 5:22:48 4:14:56 7:46:27 2:38:38 6:51:50 average heart rate (beats per minute) stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 150.8±21.3 140.7±22.5 138.5±23.3 73 191 60 186 75 198 mean as %apmax* stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 83±8.8 78±7.8 77±8.1 71 112 55 105 63 105 data presented as mean (±sd) and range. *age-predicted maximum (220-age). sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 19 by elevation in ctnt and umb in this study, confirms a profile of low degrees of muscle damage. further evidence is the fact that tc was not significantly elevated at any post-stage or post-race time-point, but was reduced after s1 (p<0.001), confirming previous findings of reduced swelling and a post-race decrease in muscle mass.16 the low systemic markers of muscle damage and inflammation, when compared with previous findings following the comrades marathon16 confirm the findings of millet et al.1 who, in their study on the neuromuscular consequences of extreme running in a 166 km mountain ultra-marathon, reported that post-race serum concentrations of cpk, hscrp and neutrophils were lower than those measured after a road race with similar finishing times.1 these researchers attributed their findings of low concentrations of systemic markers of muscle damage and inflammation to the relatively soft underfoot surfaces and to the athletes frequently being forced to walk, jump and climb due to the technical demands of the terrain. during extensive exercise-induced muscle damage myoglobin may be released into the urine and be indicative of exertional rhabdomyolysis and possible risk of renal failure.8 clarkson9 however reported that exertional muscle damage in healthy athletes can cause profound serum cpk elevations without renal impairment. in our study the absence of umb was confirmed by the relatively low increases in systemic neutrophil, serum cpk and hscrp concentrations. in this study we suspect that although the primary factor which reduced the amount of repetitive and eccentric unidirectional stress encountered during the race was most probably the underfoot surfaces, the majority of which were primarily soft, large fluctuations in the pace of running and varied muscle recruitment patterns over the different terrains may also have played a role. the positive correlation between doms scores and cpk concentrations supports the findings of nieman et al.2 who, in their study on 60 participants in the 160 km 1-day western states endurance trail run in the sierra nevada mountains in northern table 4. mean±sd white and red blood cell indices and markers of muscle damage and inflammatory response before and after every stage and at 24pr and 72pr variable stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 24pr 72prpre post pre post pre post red blood cells (10 12 /l) 4.7 ±0.5 4.7 ±0.5 4.5 ±0.4 4.6 ±0.5 4.4 ±0.4 4.4 ±0.4 4.1 ±0.4 4.3 ±0.4 haemoglobin (g/dl) 14.4 ±1.3 14.3 ±1.2 13.7 ±1.0 14.1 ±1.2 13.2 ±0.9 13.3 ±1.1 12.7 ±0.9 13.2 ±1.2 haematocrit (%) 42.4 ±3.9 42.1 ±3.3 40.2 ±2.9 41.1 ±3.2 39.9 ±2.7 39.5 ±2.9 38.1 ±2.5 40.5 ±3.4 white blood cells (10 9 /l) 6.0 1.2 12.8* ±1.7 6.5 ±1.3 12.6** ±2.0 7.1 ±1.3 9.7*** ±2.2 6.7 ±1.2 6.5 ±1.5 neutrophils (10 9 /l) 2.9 ±0.7 10.2* ±1.5 3.4 ±1.0 9.7** ±1.9 3.7 ±1.0 7.3*** ±2.1 3.6 ±1.0 4.2 ±1.4 lymphocytes (10 9 /l) 2.1 ±0.5 1.4 ±0.5 2.2 ±0.6 1.73 ±0.6 2.4 ±0.7 1.5 ±0.4 2.1 ±0.6 1.6 ±0.5 eosinophils (10 9 /l) 0.3 ±0.2 0.1 ±0.1 0.2 ±0.2 0.1 ±0.1 0.3 ±0.2 0.1 ±0.1 0.2 ±0.2 0.1 ±0.1 basophils (10 9 /l) 0.04 ±0.02 0.1 ±0.03 0.0 ±0.02 0.06 ±0.05 0.05 ±0.02 0.0 ±0.02 0.04 ±0.02 0.03 ±0.01 cpk (u/l) 116.5 ±54.6 275.4* ±105.9 419.8 ±212.6 971.6** ±534.2 953.7 ±579.3 1488*** ±1053 595.6* ±361.4 201.9* ±111.3 hscrp (mg/l) 0.7 ±0.5 8.9* ±6.6 6.6* ±6.2 2.0* ±1.7 cortisol (nmol/l) 759.1 ±154.8 779.1 ±233.3 729.2 ±134.1 934.9** ±216.9 646.8 ±112.4 583.2 ±213.2 umb (mcg/ml) n/d n/d n/d n/d n/d n/d n/d n/d ctnt (µg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 thigh circum (cm) 54.1 ±4.4 51.8* ±3.9 54.1 ±4.6 53.3 ±4.6 53.4 ±4.4 53.8 ±4.2 54.1 ±3.9 53.5 ±3.8 *v. s1pre, p<0.001 **v. s2 pre, p<0.001 ***v. s3 pre, p<0.001 umb=urinary myoglobin; ctnt=cardiac troponin t; n/d=not detected. 20 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 california, showed that there were significant associations between cpk, muscle soreness and the cytokines, interleukin (il)-6, il-10, il-1ra (receptor antagonist), granulocyte colony-stimulating factor and macrophage inflammatory protein 1β. systemic markers of cardiac damage the effect of prolonged strenuous exercise on systemic cardiac markers of damage has been studied extensively,18-20 with evidence of transient elevations during and immediately after exercise, which return to normal within 3 days in healthy athletes.18,19 these temporary elevations have been hypothesised to be due to myocardial stress and reversible cardiomyocyte membrane damage.18,19 exercise is known to cause an increased myocardial oxygen demand and cardiac troponin turnover in all athletes,18 which might be linked to tachyarrhythmias and sudden cardiac death, when associated with prolonged increases (>3 days) in ctnt concentrations above 0.05µg/l.18 at no stage during our study were increased ctnt concentrations measured, supporting the attenuated increase in serum cpk concentration and absent umb values as well as the lower concentration of serum cortisol despite maintenance of an intensity of effort which fluctuated from 63 to 112% apmax. it is possible that serum ctnt also did not increase due to the variation in hr (60 220bpm) that occurred during this race, which may have stimulated the cardiac muscle at irregular intervals and possibly reduced myocardial stress by permitting periods of recovery. users of nsaids both nsaid users and non-users were included in this study following recent findings that although markers of muscle inflammation are changed by nsaid usage, degree of muscle damage is unaffected.21,22 nieman et al.2 reported that nsaid users did not have reduced race times, muscle damage or doms, while friden and lieber6 reported that administration of nsaids after eccentric exercise resulted in a short-term benefit of pain relief, but a long-term detrimental effect on muscle adaptation, inhibiting protein synthesis by suppressing the inflammatory reaction. paulsen et al.22 also indicated that although nsaids inhibited prostaglandin synthesis and local and systemic responses, they did not affect actual markers of muscle damage. in this study there was however no statistical difference in the measured markers of muscle damage or inflammatory response between nsaid users and non-users. dehydration, intestinal temperature (tintest), hr and evidence of muscle damage although some athletes in our study experienced up to 4% body mass loss and others, on occasion, raced at a hr of more than 100% apmax (table 5), these athletes did not present with clinical signs of dehydration, severe hyperthermia or increased muscle damage as reflected by changes in sosm, tintest >40ºc or changes in serum cpk concentration, respectively. as the statistically significant (p<0.05) inverse correlation between % change in body mass and post-pre change in sosm was low (r=-0.365), sosm, widely reported golden marker of hydration status,23 was used to quantitate changes in hydration status. the correlation between hydration status and systemic markers of muscle damage, as reflected by stage-induced changes in sosm and serum cpk concentrations, although statistically significant, was low. hence it cannot be concluded from the 51 sets of paired data reported in this study that hydration status has an overriding effect on systemic markers of muscle damage. in the 12 individuals in whom continuous recordings of tintest were recorded (table 5), the correlation between race-induced changes in tintest and systemic markers of muscle damage was also low and statistically insignificant. the data provided in this study, although table 5. individual tintest , and associated hr, changes in hydration status and peak serum cpk concentration (n=12) subject number max tintest min tintest mean tintest max hr (bpm) mean hr max% apmax hr* mean% apmax hr * ∆sosm (mosm/kg) ∆body mass % max serum cpk ( u/l) 1 39.2 36.6 38.5 176 167 100 95 -3 -3.4 # 2 38.7 37.2 38.3 161 148 94 87 -6 -2.9 772 3 39.4 37.3 38.7 164 153 88 82 13 -2.7 1562 4 39.6 36.8 38.7 193 144 112 83 -6 -4.1 1057 5 39.2 35.2 37.4 168 154 95 87 10 -2.8 1523 6 39.8 36.1 37.7 168 160 92 87 7 -3.1 4478 7 38.7 36.9 38.2 152 140 89 82 11 -3.0 772 8 39.2 37.3 38.1 180 159 95 72 -23 -2.3 1198 9 40.2 37.1 38.0 181 144 102 81 -5 -3.3 1076 10 38.9 37.4 38.4 156 150 84 81 5 -3.2 1089 11 38.3 35.8 37.4 146 135 84 78 6 -2.8 1057 12 40.1 37.3 38.5 171 149 90 79 7 -2.3 1151 mean 39.3 36.8 38.2 168 150.3 93.8 82.8 4.17 2.99 1430 sd 0.6 0.7 0.4 13.4 9.0 8.0 5.8 9.42 0.49 1042 tintest=intestinal temperature; max=maximum; min=minimum; hr=heart rate; bpm=beats per minute; sd=standard deviation; cpk=creatine phosphokinase.* age-predicted maximum heart rate 14 # subject withdrew after completing s1. sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 21 based on a relatively small sample size, do not provide any support for the suggestion that rises in core body temperature exaxerbate muscle damage. conclusion the relatively low post-race concentrations of systemic and urinary markers of muscle damage and inflammation,5 when compared with those reported following road running events of similar duration,15 are attributed to softer underfoot surfaces, large fluctuations in pace of running and varied muscle recruitment patterns over the widely differing terrains.1 the sporadic increases in intensity of effort, rises in tintest, substantial body mass loss and increases in serum osmolality during the event, did not confirm previous suggestions3,4,11 that thermal and hydration status is directly related to the degree of muscle damage. it would be of interest to the investigate the impact of pre-race preparation on markers of muscle damage and inflammatory response found following this multi-day trail running event and to control the nutritional and fluid intake in future field work on multiday trail running. acknowledgements special thanks are extended to: • ms heidi mocke and the wildlands conservation trust for permitting the collection of these data at the 2011 three cranes challenge multiday trail run and for providing the research team with accommodation in the ‘race village’ located in the bushwillow campsite. they are also thanked for provision of the topographical data re the altitude gains and deficits during the race. • ergonomics technologies, pretoria and the mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine for the loan of cor temp data recorders which made the continuous monitoring of hr and tintest possible. • professor aj mckune and mr d naicker for their support with the field side collection of data reported in this paper. • ampath laboratories for its assistance with phlebotomy and chemical pathology. • the sa weather office for provision of precise data regarding the environmental conditions during the different stages of the race. • asokaran rajh for assistance with graphic artwork. references 1. millet gy, tomazin k, verges s, et al. neuromuscular consequences of an extreme mountain ultra-marathon. plos one 2011;6(2):e17059. 2. nieman dc, dumke cl, henson da, mcanulty sr, gross sj, lind rh. muscle damage is linked to cytokine changes following a 160-km race. brain, behav immun 2005;19:398-403. 3. casa dj, stearns rl, lopes rm. influence of hydration on physiological function and performance during trail running in the heat. j athl tr 2010;45:147-156. 4. stearns rl, casa dj, lopes rm. influence of hydration status on pacing during trail running in the heat. j strength cond res 2009;23:2533-2541. 5. clarkson pm, hubal mj. exercise-induced muscle damage in humans. am j phys med rehab 2002;81(suppl):s52-s69. 6. friden j, lieber r. eccentric exercise-induced injuries to contractile and cytoskeletal muscle fibre components. acta physiol scand 2001;171:321-326. 7. proske u, morgan dl. muscle damage from eccentric exercise mechanism, mechanical signs, adaptation and clinical application. j physiol 2001;537(2):333-345. 8. eston rg, mickleborough j, baltzopoulos v. eccentric activation and muscle damage: biomechanical and physiological considerations during downhill running. br j sp med 1995;29(2):89-94. 9. clarkson pm, kearns ak, pouzier p, rubin r, thompson d. serum creatine kinase levels and renal function measures in exertional muscle damage. med sci sports exerc 2006;38(4):623-627. 10. noakes td, myburgh kh, du plessis j, et al. metabolic rate, not percent dehydration, predicts rectal temperature in marathon runners. med sci sports exerc 1991;23:443449. 11. cleary ma, sweeney la, kendrick zv, sitler mr. dehydration and symptoms of delayed-onset muscle soreness in hyperthermic males. j athl tr 2005;40(4):288-297. 12. durnin jvga, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16 to 72 years. br j nutr 1974;32:77-97. 13. singh n, denissen ec, mckune aj, peters em. intestinal temperature, heart rate and hydration status in multiday trail runners. cl j sports med . 2012. in press. 14. fox iii sm. naughton, jp, haskell wl. physical activity and the prevention of coronary heart disease. ann clin res 1971;3:404-432. 15. lewis sm, bain bj, bates i. dacie and lewis practical haematology. 10th ed. usa: churchill livingstone, 2006:11-25. 16. peters em, anderson r, theron aj. attenuation of increase in circulating cortisol and enhancement of the acute phase protein response in vitamin c-supplemented ultramarathoners. int j sports med 2000; 120-126. 17. knechtle b, kohler g. running 338 kilometres within five days has no effect on body mass and body fat but reduces skeletal muscle mass – the isarrun 2006. j sports sci med 2007;6:401-407. 18. middleton n, george k, whyte g, gaze d, collinson p, shave r. cardiac troponin t release is stimulated by endurance exercise in healthy humans. j am coll cardiol 2008:52(22):1813-1816. 19. leers mp, schepers r, baumgarten r. effects of a long-distance run on cardiac markers in healthy athletes. clin chem lab med 2006;44(8):999-1003. 20. la gerche a, connelly ka, mooney dj, macisaac ai, prior dl. biochemical and fctional abnormalities of left and right ventricular function after ultra-endurance exercise. heart 2008;94:860-866. 21. peake j, nosaka k, suzuki k. inflammation and eccentric exercise. exerc immunol rev 2005;11:64-85. 22. paulsen g, egner im, drange m, et al. a cox-2 inhibitor reduces muscle soreness, but does not influence recovery and adaptation after eccentric exercise. scand j med sci sports 2010;20(1):e195-207. 23. armstrong la, pumerantz kc, roti mw, kavouras sa, casa dj, maresh cm. human hydration indices. acute and longitudinal reference values. int j sport nutr exerc met 2010;20:145-153. sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd commentary 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 targeting sedentary behaviour for behavioural change: opportunities for new strategies p j-l gradidge, msc, phd centre for exercise science and sports medicine (cessm), faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: p j-l gradidge (philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za) sedentary behaviour is defined as time spent sitting during waking hours, particularly a metabolic equivalent (met) level of “energy expenditure ≤1.5 times the metabolic rate while in the sitting or reclining position”.[1] most of this sedentary behaviour occurs within the context of activities of daily living. instruments used to measure sedentary behaviour can vary in different regions, such as the sedentary behaviour questionnaire which captures time spent in various types of sedentary activities. however, in the south african context researchers may need to adapt items for the appropriate culture or language. this suggests that there is need for standardised sedentary behaviour instruments and nomenclature that address the paradox of sitting time in south africa. recently, sitting time has been shown to be strongly and independently associated with all-cause mortality in persons, even after adjusting for physical activity time.[2] only the most physically active persons were “protected” from the increased risk associated with sedentary behaviour. on average, south africans have a high level of sedentary time, [3] and the economic growth of the country has made the purchasing of sedentarypromoting assets more affordable for the large majority, including internet accessible devices. there is little understanding of how this transition influences health outcomes for this country. with the global shift of people into various centres of activity, and the continual development of web-based applications, the majority of global populations is now characterised by increased sitting times. urbanised populations are often nudged into sedentary thinking patterns by well-planned marketing strategies in the form of audiovisual stimuli to influence this behaviour.[4] the working environment is not dissimilar, and sitting for extended periods can be viewed as fundamental to worker productivity by line managers.[5] in south africa, the proportion of internet users actively engaged in accessing the internet is increasing at a rapid rate. recent data show that the proportion of internet users in the country has increased from 8% of the total population in 2006 to 52% in 2016.[6] the social media platform has also grown substantially, so that the majority of people connected to the internet do so via mobile devices.[7] the national development plan 2030, adopted by the south african government, includes information, technologies and communication (ict) as part of its priorities.[8] the vision for the ict sector of the country is to enhance the current infrastructure and reduce the “digital divide”. government has pledged to provide financial support for this initiative, and is in favour of lowering connectivity costs and improving ict standards. although policies to improve technological infrastructure may lead to a united country, these could have unintended health consequences, such as increasing the sitting time while connected to the internet. supportive mechanisms for behaviour change the private healthcare sector of south africa demonstrates that incentivised programmes can assist with obesity reduction in the country by rewarding healthy behaviours.[9] for those in the higher income categories, this may be in the form of digital healthcare and wearable devices which have provided the healthcare industry with evidence of adherence to such programmes. however, these data are usually delivered through internet-based applications which may result in increased sedentary time whilst connected to the internet. another dilemma is that most south africans still do not have adequate access to healthcare which can sometimes result in unintended consequences. for example, in 2009 one of the largest private healthcare providers in south africa launched an incentivised programme to encourage purchases of healthier food products with the intention of lowering bmi; however, this programme was shown to be regressive because the target population already has access to private healthcare while the public health care sector has no comparable programmes.[10] similarly, access to fitness facilities does not necessarily have an inverse linear relationship with obesity, and neither can dietary recommendations guarantee positive outcomes for disease reduction. the fact that the obesity epidemic in south africa continues to worsen suggests that incentive-based programmes alone may not be the best answer for the reversal of this epidemic. in a country undergoing a rapid internet-based transition, it is even more important to explore plausible solutions for sustainable behaviour change. contextualised solutions the recent evidence from the series in the lancet on physical activity confirms that sitting time is associated with obesity and related cardiovascular disease risk, but this relationship can be weakened with physical activity. [2] sedentary behaviour is composed of various interconnected constructs, and the understanding of how these components interact with each other is limited. it is also important to identity the effects of these respective indicators on cardiovascular disease. background: the south african online population is rapidly transforming into one which is always reachable. the economic benefits of this transition are vast; however, the impact on obesity and related diseases is potentially devastating discussion: in this commentary it is proposed that public health strategies be revisited to align with the contemporary digital evolution, particularly as increased web-based applications suggest higher amounts of sitting times. conclusion: it is necessary to gain a better understanding of the different domains of sedentary behaviour, and the manner in which they interact, to begin to develop strategies to reduce sitting time, and thereby reduce cardiovascular disease risk. keywords: internet; health; obesity; south africa; intervention s afr j sports med 2017; 29:1-2.doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1632 mailto:philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1632 commentary sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 the following recommendations can assist with managing the problem of continuous screen time during waking hours:  the current public health solutions aimed at addressing obesity are prescriptive and not well-maintained. it is therefore recommended that interrupted screen time with less sitting be encouraged in workplaces, particularly in those industries that necessitate adherence to web-based services. in the home, an attitude towards lowering sedentary time could be shaped with supplemented physical activities within the family.  the next recommendation is more complex as it requires a complete paradigm shift towards active commuting. some south african cities have already started to alter the road infrastructure to encourage travel-related physical activity; however, these routes have not been maintained and, in some instances, dedicated cycle lanes are used for normal road traffic. the concept of active commuting can also be influenced by urban planners to reduce vehicular congestion in the major cities. since many people in south africa currently use public transport,[11] walking to a destination might be the healthy alternative, provided that it can be done in safety.  the internet has evolved rapidly over time and the emergence of web-based applications has narrowed the rift of societal diversity in south africa. the solutions for addressing sitting time within this construct needs to encompass all spheres of society, age and socioeconomic strata. for example, the higher socioeconomic stratum already engages in exercise programmes using tracking applications that provide virtual rewards for achieving monthly training objectives. developers of such applications and public health experts can follow this example by proposing similar rewards-based programmes to all population groups.  finally, behavioural economists use game theory to test real world social situations to assist with convergence towards certain behaviours such as purchasing preferences with regard to online shopping. policymakers can use these and other comparable evidence-based strategies to influence positive behavioural change in internet users. these strategies must be closely monitored to ensure sustainability and success. in the south african context, this is particularly important given the growing demand for web-based services and the recent focus on the rise of cardiovascular disease risk factors. conclusion further investigation of the various domains of sedentary behaviour is recommended to fully understand the impact of internet based screen time on cardiovascular disease in the context of an expanding base of internet connected people. references 1. sedentary behaviour research network. letter to the editor: standardized use of the terms "sedentary" and "sedentary behaviours". appl physiol nutr metab 2012;37(3):540-542. [http://dx.doi/10.1139/h2012-024] 2. ekelund u, steene-johannessen j, brown wj, et al. does physical activity attenuate, or even eliminate, the detrimental association of sitting time with mortality? a harmonised meta-analysis of data from more than 1 million men and women. lancet 2016;388(10051):1302-1310. [http://dx.doi/10.1016/s01406736 (16)30370-1] 3. shisana o, labadarios d, rehle t, et al. the south african national health and nutrition examination survey, 2012: (sanhanes–1): the health and nutritional status of the nation.pretoria: hsrc press, 2014. http://www.hsrcpress.ac.za/product.php?productid=2314&cat=0&page=1&fea tured&freedownload=1 4. basch ch, kecojevic a, cadorett v, et al. sedentary images in a popular us based parenting magazine: 2010-2015. health promot perspect 2016;6(2):55-57. [http://doi.org/10.15171/hpp.2016.10] 5. gardner b, smith l, mansfield l. how did the public respond to the 2015 expert consensus public health guidance statement on workplace sedentary behaviour? a qualitative analysis. bmc public health 2017;17(1): 47. [http://10.1186/s12889-016-3974-0] 6. the world bank group. internet users (per 100 people). washington, dc: the world bank group, 2016. http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/it.net.user.p2 (accessed 13 february 2017) 7. world wide worx, ornico. sa social media landscape 2017. http://www.worldwideworx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/social-media2017-executive-summary.pdf (accessed 13 february 2017) 8. south african government. executive summary. national development plan 2030: our future – make it work. pretoria: national planning commission, 2012. http://www.gov.za/issues/national-development-plan-2030 9. lambert ev, kolbe-alexander tl. innovative strategies targeting obesity and non-communicable diseases in south africa: what can we learn from the private healthcare sector? obes rev 2013;14(suppl 2):141-149. [http://dx.doi/10.1111/obr.12094] 10. sturm r, an r, segal d, et al. a cash-back rebate program for healthy food purchases in south africa: results from scanner data. am j prev med 2013;44(6):567-572. [http://10.1016/j.amepre.2013.02.011] 11. lombard m, cameron b, mokonyama m, et al. report on trends in passenger transport in south africa. midrand: development bank of south africa, 2007. http://www.dbsa.org/en/aboutus/publications/documents/report%20on%20trends%20in%20passenger%20 transport%20in%20south%20africa.pdf (accessed 17 march 2017) http://www.hsrcpress.ac.za/product.php?productid=2314&cat=0&page=1&featured&freedownload=1 http://www.hsrcpress.ac.za/product.php?productid=2314&cat=0&page=1&featured&freedownload=1 http://www.worldwideworx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/social-media-2017-executive-summary.pdf http://www.worldwideworx.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/social-media-2017-executive-summary.pdf http://www.gov.za/issues/national-development-plan-2030 http://www.dbsa.org/en/about-us/publications/documents/report%20on%20trends%20in%20passenger%20transport%20in%20south%20africa.pdf http://www.dbsa.org/en/about-us/publications/documents/report%20on%20trends%20in%20passenger%20transport%20in%20south%20africa.pdf http://www.dbsa.org/en/about-us/publications/documents/report%20on%20trends%20in%20passenger%20transport%20in%20south%20africa.pdf introduction heart rate variability (hrv), blood pressure variability (bpv) and baroreceptor sensitivity (brs) are often used as measures of autonomic activity, even though reported results are not always comparable or as expected. it is known that endurance athletes have lower average resting heart rates than non-exercising individuals. 33, 50 however, other exercise-induced autonomic influences on cardiac control are far more controversial. autonomic control via sympathetic and parasympathetic modulation of the heart has been assessed by power spectral analysis of hrv 1,7,33,41,46,48,50 and bpv. 44,52 different frequency peaks reflect specific physiological stimuli and it is possible to estimate the involvement of the autonomic nervous system (ans) influence and balance in heart rate (hr) regulation. 1,2,6 with power spectral analysis of hr, two characteristic peaks between 0.04 hz and 0.15 hz (a) and between 0.15 hz and 0.5 hz (b) are used to quantify the autonomic balance in terms of the low-frequency (lf)/ high-frequency (hf) ratio. 1,6,48 peak a is found in the region of mayer waves (0.1 hz) and is situated in the so-called lf area. it appears to be linked to the combined activities of the sympathetic and parasympathetic branches of the ans. peak b is synchronous with respiration, reflects vagal activity, is situated in the so-called hf area review autonomic response to exercise as measured by cardiovascular variability abstract motivation. there is growing interest in the use of cardiovascular variability indicators as measures of autonomic activity, even though reported results are not always comparable or as expected. this review aims to determine the consistency of results reported on the autonomic response to physical exercise as measured by heart rate variability, blood pressure variability and baroreceptor sensitivity. method. an ovid medline database search for the period 1950 march 2008 produced 46 articles for review. the published articles that evaluate the effect of exercise on the autonomic nervous system (ans) are summarised in three categories: the response of the ans during a bout of exercise, directly after exercise (recovery measurements), and after a long-term exercise programme. results. articles on the effect of training on the ans as measured by cardiovascular variability indicators show increased variability, decreased variability, and no change in variability. conclusion. findings in this review emphasise that standardisation and refinement of these measuring tools are essential to produce results that can be repeated and used as reference. standardisation is essential as these measurements are increasingly employed in studies regarding investigations of central autonomic regulation, those exploring the link between psychological pro cesses and physiological functioning, and those indicating ans activity in response to exercise, training and overtraining. this review shows that important aspects are inter-individual differences, duration and intensity of the exercise programme, and choice and specific implementation of variability analysis techniques. correspondence: mrs c c grant section sports medicine university of pretoria tel: 27 12 3624496 fax: 27 12 3623369 e-mail: rina.grant@up.ac.za c c grant (msc)1 j a ker (mb chb, mmed (int), md)2 1section sports medicine, university of pretoria 2department of internal medicine, university of pretoria 102 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 fig. 1. summary of the ovid medline database search. autonomic nervous system (physiology) baroreflex (physiology) exercise 27118 articles 2084 articles 38434 articles 463 articles or and exclude: not english not human 340 articles select studies using hrv, bpv and brs as ans indicators 46 articles fig. 1. summary of the ovid medline database search. and also gives an indication of respiratory sinus arrhythmia (rsa). 1,48 during measurement of systolic bpv the lf peak corresponds with sympathetic activity while the hf peak is determined by mechanical effects of respiration on intrathoracic pressure and cardiac filling. 44,52 the variability in blood pressure and identification of the corresponding physiological stimuli are difficult to identify. indications are that the very low frequencies (≤0.04 hz) are influenced by vascular tone, endothelium factors and thermoregulation, and the lf peak (0.07 0.15 hz) relates to sympathetic activity and represents vasomotor tone. 2 brs reflects mainly vagal modulation of the hr by the arterial baroreceptors and the magnitude of response in heart beat interval to a change in blood pressure (ms/mmhg). 6 physical exercise requires rapid and complex physiological adaptation, particularly by the ans. exercise programmes require changes in the neural cardiovascular and ans control that are unique to the person and his/her surroundings. this review aims to determine the consistency of results reported on the autonomic response to physical exercise as measured by hrv, bpv and brs. method an ovid medline database search was conducted for the period 1950 march 2008 (fig. 1). the term ‘ans (physiology)’ produced 27 118 articles, and ‘baroreflex (physiology)’ 2 084 articles. when linking the results with the term ‘exercise’ (38 434 articles) and then limiting the results to ‘humans and english’, 340 references were found. only articles that used hrv (determined by time-domain analysis, poincaré analysis and/or frequency-domain analysis), non-invasive bpv and brs as indicators of autonomic function were selected, yielding 46 articles. results published articles on the effect of exercise on the ans as measured by hrv and bpv are summarised in three categories: the response of the ans measured during a bout of exercise, 3,5,14,16,26,29,37,42,43,51 and directly after a bout of exercise (recovery measurements), 3,9,2224,28,40,49 and the long-term effect of regular exercise on the ans. 4,8,10-13,15,17,18,19-21,25,27,30-32,34-36,38,39,45,47 the results of 10 articles on ans response measured during exercise are shown in table i. some authors expressed concern about the measurement of spectral analysis of hrv during exercise, while others reported increases (↑), decreases (↓) and no changes in variability indicators (↔) of sympathetic (sns) and parasympathetic (pns) influence. table ii shows results of 10 articles on the response of the ans measured after a bout of exercise (recovery measurements). comments found were based on time domain, spectral and coarsesajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 103 table i. articles on the response of the ans measured during a bout of exercise reference number author/s title cardiovascular variability indicator 43 sandercock et al. the use of hrv measures to results from spectral analysis assess autonomic control of hrv not as expected; more during exercise research needed: word of caution 5 banach et al. hrv during incremental cycling spectral and time domain exercise in healthy, untrained analysis of hrv young men ↓sdnn, rmssd ↓lf, hf; lf/hf ↓ptot 16 freeman et al. ans interaction with the cv encourage the use of hrv at system during exercise rest and during exercise 14 eryonucu et al. the effect of ans activity on used spectral analysis of hrv in a exaggerated blood pressure comparative study response to exercise: evaluation by hrv 29 lucini et al. analysis of initial autonomic spectral analysis of hrv adjustments to moderate ↑lf suggest ↑sns exercise in humans ↓hf suggest ↓pns ↔ and ↑lf of bpv 42 saito and nakamura cardiac autonomic control and spectral analysis of hrv muscle sympathetic nerve ↓lf power, ↓ hf power, activity during dynamic exercise ↔total power ↑lf/hf: sns↑ ↓hf/ptot : pns↓ 26 kamath et al. effects of steady-state exercise spectral analysis of hrv on the power spectrum of hrv ↓lf,↓hf, sns↓, pns↓ 3 arai et al. modulation of cardiac autonomic spectral analysis of hrv activity during and immediately ↓hf after exercise ↓lf 51 yamamoto et al. autonomic control of hr during spectral analysis of hrv exercise studied by hrv ↓hf: pns↓ spectral analysis ↑and↔lf/hf:↑ and ↔sns 37 perini and veicsteinas hrv and autonomic activity at rest spectral analysis of hrv and during exercise in various no change in hf and lf physiological conditions power during increased loads ↔hf, ↔lf lf = low frequency; hfr = high frequency; sdn = standard deviation of all intervals; ptot = total frequency power; pnn50 = percentage of successive interval differences greater than 50ms; sns = sympathetic nervous system; pns = parasympathetic nervous system; sap = systolic arterial pressure. graining analysis of hrv and brs via the sequence technique and spectral analysis of bpv. table iii summarises findings on the long-term effect of regular exercise on the ans. some of the different techniques used to estimate cardiovascular variability were time domain and spectral analysis of hrv, brs via sequence technique and the alpha index, spectral analysis of brs and also brs via the slope of the baroreflex sequences and transfer function gain. discussion articles published on cardiovascular variability measured during exercise concluded that the interpretation of variability measurements is difficult because indicators reflecting sympathovagal interactions at rest do not behave as expected during exercise and that the increased respiratory effort had a confounding effect on hf bands. 43 it is also suggested that the presence of cross-sectional differences between hrv in athletes and non-athletes should be noted and that one should not use hrv data to determine autonomic control during exercise. doubt was expressed on the applicability of the hrv power-spectrum analysis, with its present interpretation, to assess the sympathovagal interaction during exercise. 5 however, other authors encouraged the use of hrv components at rest and during exercise as prognostic indicators, but called for the refinement of exercise measurements. 16 eryonucu et al. used hrv as an indicator of ans activity before, during and after exercise in a comparative study. 14 two other studies reported increased sympathetic influence (measured by lf and lf/hf) on autonomic cardiac control during graded exercise, 29,42 including increased, peripheral, vascular sympathetic activation at 30% of maximum exercise in the study by saito and nakamura. 42 these results were in direct conflict with studies indicating significant suppression of both sns and pns autonomic cardiac control during graded exercise measured by the lf and hf of the power spectrum of hrv. 3,26 in 1991 yamamoto et al. 51 reported decreased pns activity (hf) and unchanged sns activity (lf/hf) up to 100% of the predetermined ventilatory threshold (tvent), with an abrupt increase in sns activity (lf/hf) only at 100% tvent. perini and veicsteinas 37 concluded that changes in hf and lf power and in lf/hf observed during exercise do not reflect the decrease in vagal activity and the activation of the sns at increasing loads; neither did fitness level, age and hypoxia have any influence. however, exercising at medium-high intensities in the supine position did produce measurable increased power in lf. cardiovascular variability measured during recovery from a single bout of endurance exercise indicated that the total power of hrv 104 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 table ii. articles on the response of the ans measured directly after a bout of exercise (recovery measurements) reference number author/s title cardiovascular variability indicator 24 heffernan et al. cardiac autonomic modulation spectral analysis of hrv during recovery from acute after endurance: endurance v. resistance exercise ↔total power, ↑lf/hf, after resistance: ↓total power of hrv, ↑lf/hf 49 terziotti et al. post-exercise recovery of autonomic spectral analysis of hrv and bpv cardiovascular control: a study by ↑lf of systolic blood pressure spectrum and cross-spectrum analysis ↓hf activity of heart rate ↓decreased brs in humans 22 hayashi et al. cardiac autonomic regulation after coarse-graining spectral analysis of hrv moderate and exhaustive exercises ↓hf ↑lf/hf 40 raczak et al. cardiovagal response to acute time domain and spectral analysis mild exercise in young healthy subjects of hrv and brs ↑sdnn ↔lf and hf ↓brs 26 kamath et al. effects of steady state exercise spectral analysis of hrv on the power spectrum of hrv ↑lf activity 23 heffernan arterial stiffness and baroreflex brs via the sequence technique sensitivity following bouts of aerobic ↓brs after resistance and aerobic exercise. and resistance exercise greater reduction after resistance 9 brown and brown resting and post-exercise cardiac time domain and spectral analysis of hrv autonomic control in trained ↓sdrr , ↓total power, ↓hf. master athletes ↔lf 28 lucini et al. selective reductions of cardiac spectral analysis of hrv and bpv autonomic responses to light bicycle hrv decreases with age exercise with aging in healthy humans brs via sequence technique 15 figueroa et al. endurance training improves spectral analysis of hrv post-exercise cardiac autonomic brs via sequence technique modulation in obese women ↑hf, lf, brs with and without type 2 diabetes 3 arai et al. modulation of cardiac autonomic spectral analysis of hrv activity during and immediately ↓hf, ↓lf after exercise lf = low frequency; hfr = high frequency; sdn = standard deviation of all intervals; ptot = total frequency power; pnn50 = percentage of successive interval differences greater than 50ms; sns = sympathetic nervous system; pns = parasympathetic nervous system; sap = systolic arterial pressure. sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 105sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 105 table iii. articles on the long-term autonomic effects of regular exercise cardiovascular reference number author/s name variability indicator 15 figueroa et al. endurance training improves post-exercise spectral analysis of hrv cardiac autonomic modulation in obese brs via sequence technique women with and without type 2 diabetes ↔hrv and brs: no baseline changes 47 spierer et al. exercise training improves cardiovascular spectral analysis of hrv and autonomic profiles in hiv brs via alpha index ↑brs increased ↑hf ↓lf/hf 4 aubert et al. low-dose exercise does not influence spectral analysis of hrv cardiac autonomic control in healthy ↔lf, hf, lf/hf sedentary men aged 55 75 years 31 martinelli et al. hrv in athletes and non-athletes at spectral analysis of hrv rest and during head-up tilt ↑sdnn ↔lf, hf: sns/pns↔ 45 sharma et al. short term physical training alters time domain and spectral cardiovascular autonomic response analysis of hrv amplitude and latencies ↔hrv indicators 37 perini and hrv and autonomic activity at rest and spectral analysis of hrv veicsteinas during exercise in various physiological fitness level has no influence conditions 10 buchheit and cardiac parasympathetic regulation: time domain and spectral gindre respective associations with cardiorespiratory analysis of hrv fitness and training load ↑hf, rmssd, pnn50 39 raczak et al. long-term exercise training improves time domain and spectral analysis ans profile in professional runners of hrv, spectral analysis of brs ↑sdnn, pnn50, rmssd, ↑total power and lf ↑brs 36 okazaki et al. dose-response relationship of endurance spectral analysis of hrv training for autonomic circulatory control brs via transfer function gain in healthy seniors ↑sdrr, lf, hf ↑brs 32 melo et al. effects of age and physical activity on time domain and spectral the autonomic control of heart rate in analysis of hrv healthy men ↑rmssd ↓hr 19 goldsmith et al. exercise and autonomic function review ↑sns activity ↓pns activity 17 goldsmith et al. physical fitness as a determinant spectral analysis of hrv of vagal modulation ↑hf 27 kiviniemi et al. cardiac vagal outflow after aerobic training spectral analysis of hrv by analysis of high-frequeny oscillation ↑hf of the r-r interval 12 cooke et al. effects of training on cv and sympathetic time domain analysis of hrv, brs responses to valsalva’s maneuver ↑sdrr ↑brs 13 costes et al. influence of exercise training on brs via the slope of the baroreflex cardiac brs in patients with copd sequences between systolic blood pressure changes ↑brs 34 monahan et al. regular aerobic exercise modulates brs via linear regression between age-associated declines in cardiovagal bp en rr intervals during baroreflex sensitivity in healthy men a valsalva maneuver ↑brs 11 carter et al. effect of endurance training on autonomic review control of heart rate – review ↓sns activity ↓pns activity 25 iellamo et al. conversion from vagal to sympathetic spectral analysis of hrv predominance with strenuous training brs via the sequences method in high-performance athletes 100% training load reverse effects: ↑lf,↓hf, brs↓ 8 bowman et al. effects of aerobic exercise training and brs via the alpha index yoga on the baroreflex in healthy ↔brs elderly persons did not alter compared with significantly reduced total power found after resistance exercise. however, the lf/hf ratio was significantly increased after both resistance and endurance exercise, indicating increased sns (lf) and/or decreased pns (hf) influence. 24 this corresponds with results published by terziotti et al., who found a reduced hf (vagal) component of hr and decreased brs during 15 minutes of recovery. 49 another study 22 also found suppressed vagal (hf) activities 10 minutes of recovery after 100% of the individual ventilatory threshold compared with baseline values. raczak et al. found no differences in hf and lf activities between preand post-exercise measurements, but increased brs and overall hrv as measured by standard deviation of all intervals (sdnn) after exercise. 40 however, kamath et al. 26 and figueroa et al. 15 reported significant increased lf power during post-exercise recovery. this contrasts with findings by arai et al., who reported significantly decreased hr power at all frequencies compared with baseline values in normal subjects. 3 decreased brs and hrv after exercise were also reported in other studies. 9,23 lucini et al. reported that ageing progressively reduces the cardiac autonomic excitatory response to light exercise. 28 articles on the effect of an endurance training programme over a period of time also showed a wide range of results. one study 15 reported no change in baseline brs and hrv values after a 16week fitness programme, while another found increased brs when comparing fitness levels. 47 aubert et al. also found no evidence of significant changes in resting autonomic modulation of the sinus node after a low-volume, moderate-intensity 1year exercise programme. 4 comparing 11 young sedentary participants and 10 endurance-trained cyclists martinelli et al. found no difference in power-spectral components of hrv at rest. 31 however, a lower hr and higher values for time domain hrv indicators were reported during rest and head-up tilt, concluding that resting bradycardia seems to be more related to changes in intrinsic mechanisms than to ans control modifications. sharma et al. found no statistically significant changes in autonomic cardiovascular control measured by hrv after a physical training programme of 15 days. 45 perini and veicsteinas 37 reported no influence of factors such as age and fitness level, while bucheit and gindre 10 showed that modifications in autonomic activities induced by training are visible in hrv power spectra at rest. rackzak et al. 39 reported pns dominance by measuring hrv and increased brs after long-term exercise training. another study 36 reported increased hrv and brs in masters athletes compared with decreased values for sedentary seniors. several other studies also concluded that regular physical activity increases vagal influence on the hr and brs, while the sympathetic tone may be decreased. 8,11-13,17,19,25,27,32,34 however, iellamo et al. 25 found a reversal of these effects after a period of training at 100% training load. very intensive training shifted the cv autonomic modulation from pns toward sns predominance. increases were reported in all components of hrv after a 1-year exercise training programme in children who initially had low hrv. 35 in 2001 pigozzi et al. 38 found that a 5-week exercise training period in female athletes increased the sns cardiac modulation, which may coexist with relatively reduced or unaffected vagal modulation. gulli et al. 20 reported increased lf reactivity (sns) and brs after a moderate aerobic training programme in older women. in 1992 goldsmith et al. 18 noted that, although exercise training may increase pns activity, studies report conflicting results. as seen from the above summary, nearly two decades later conflicting results persist when the effects of exercise training on the ans is measured during exercise, directly after exercise and after a long-term exercise programme. possible confounding factors mentioned and identified are listed in table iv. a possible explanation for conflicting results is that the individual’s response is greatly influenced by the baseline cardiovascular autonomic function, thus producing large inter-subject variation in the 106 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 table iii. articles on the long-term autonomic effects of regular exercise – continued 35 nagai et al. moderate physical exercise increases spectral analysis of hrv cardiac ans activity in children with low hrv ↑lf, ↓hf 38 pigozzi et al. effects of aerobic exercise training on 24hr time domain and spectral profile of hrv in female athletes analysis of hrv ↔time domain ↔lf, hf (daytime) 20 gulli et al. moderate aerobic training improves spectral analysis of hrv and bpv autonomic cv control in older women ↑brs ↑lf (rr), lf (sap) 18 goldsmith et al. comparison of 24-hour parasympathetic report conflicting results activity in endurance-trained and spectral analysis of hrv untrained young men ↑hf 21 hautala et al. cardiovascular autonomic function correlates baseline vagal (hf) influences with the response to aerobic training in determines effect of exercise training healthy sedentary subjects lf = low frequency; hfr = high frequency; sdn = standard deviation of all intervals; ptot = total frequency power; pnn50 = percentage of successive interval differences greater than 50ms; sns = sympathetic nervous system; pns = parasympathetic nervous system; sap = systolic arterial pressure. table iv. possible confounding factors inter-individual variation baseline cardiovascular autonomic function age gender fitness bmi diet alcohol consumption smoking analysis techniques time and frequency domain measures do not describe non-linear features in hr behaviour use of da, apen length of sampling time (tachogram) training/exercise length of training period intensity of training type of exercise: resistance or endurance sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 107 conventional non-spectral and spectral measures of cardiovascular variability. hautala et al. 21 suggested that high vagal activity at baseline is associated with improvement in aerobic power caused by aerobic exercise training. we also observed that some studies used non-homogeneous participant groups with regard to age, gender and bmi, while others did not include these in the participant description. factors often not taken into consideration are baseline blood pressure, blood cholesterol and diet. the effect of duration and intensity of the training programme as well as the type of exercise (endurance or resistance) may have been underestimated in studies on the ans and exercise. 24 in this review training periods from 15 days to 1 year were studied and the different degrees of exercise intensity used were not even mentioned in many articles. 22 the choice and specific analysis techniques implemented may also play a role in the observed conflicting results. the recommended sampling time (tachogram) for hrv analysis is 5 minutes, 48 but different time windows were selected by different authors – 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes and 24 hours. the articles studied used mostly traditional measures of variability, such as time and frequency. however, it is known that non-linear phenomena are involved in cardiovascular control. therefore, the use of analysis techniques that acknowledge this fact should be co-implemented and reported with traditional measures. examples include the measurement of fractal scaling exponents (describes the fractal-like correlation properties of r-r interval data) and apen (quantifies the amount of complexity in the time series data). 30 conclusions this review demonstrates the wide variety of results published during the past decades on the effect of training on the ans as measured by cardiovascular variability indicators. it is clear from the results that standardisation and refinement of these measuring tools are essential to produce repeatable results that can be used as references in other studies. this is necessary as these measurements are increasingly employed in studies ranging from investigations of central autonomic regulation; to studies exploring the link between psychological processes and physiological functioning; to the indication of ans activity in response to exercise, training and overtraining. important aspects to consider when developing standardised procedures are inter-individual differences, duration and intensity of the exercise programme, and the choice and implementation of a specific variability analysis technique. much more research needs to be done to fully describe and accurately quantify the effect of exercise on the ans. references 1. akselrod s, gordon d, ubel fa, shannon dc, berger ac, cohen rj. power spectrum analysis of heart rate fluctuation: a quantitative probe of beat-beat cardiovascular control. science 1981; 213: 220-222. 2. al-ani m, munir sm, white m, towend j, coote jh. change in r-r variability before and after endurance training measured by power spectral analysis and by the effect of isometric muscle contraction. eur j appl phys 1996; 74: 397-403. 3. arai y, saul jp, albrecht p, et al. modulation of cardiac autonomic activity during and immediately after exercise. am j phys 1989; 256: h132-141. 4. aubert ae, vanhees l, beckers f, eijnde bo, verheyden b. low-dose exercise training does not influence cardiac autonomic control in healthy sedentary men aged 55-75 years. j sports sci 2006; 24(11): 11371147. 5. banach t, grandys m, juszczak k, et al. heart rate variability during incremental cycling exercise in healthy untrained young men. folica medica cracovensia 2004; 45(1-2): 3-12. 6. bertinieri g, di rienzo m, cavallazzi a, ferrari au, pedotti a, mancia g. a new approach to analysis of the arterial baroreflex. j hypertens (suppl) 1985; 3(3): s79-s81. 7. boutcher sh, stein p. association between heart rate variability and training response in middle-aged men. eur j appl phys 1995; 70: 75-80. 8. bowman aj, clayton rh, murray a, reed jw, subhan mmf, ford ga. effects of aerobic exercise training and yoga on the baroreflex in healthy elderly persons. eur j clin invest 1997; 27(5): 443-449. 9. brown sj, brown ja. resting and post-exercise cardiac autonomic control in trained master athletes. j physiol sci 2007; 57(1): 23-29. 10. buchheit m, gindre c. cardiac parasympathetic regulation: respective associations with cardiorespiratory fitness and training load. am j physheart circulatory phys 2006; 291(1): 451-458. 11. carter jb, banister ew, blaber ap. effect of endurance exercise on autonomic control of heart rate. sports med 2003; 33(1): 33-46. 12. cooke wh, reynolds bv, yandl mg. effects of exercise training on cardiovagal and sympathetic response to valsalva’s maneuver. med sci sports exer 2002; 34(6): 928-935. 13. costes f, roche f, pichot v, vergnon jm, garet m, barthelemy jc. influence of exercise training on cardiac baroreflex sensitivity in patients with copd. eur respir j 2004; 23(3): 396-401. 14. eryonucu b, bilge m, guler n, uygan i. the effect of autonomic nervous system activity on exaggerated blood pressure response to exercise: evaluation by heart rate variability. acta cardiologica 2000; 55(3): 181185. 15. figueroa a, baynard t, fernhall b, carhart r, kanaley ja. endurance training improves post-exercise cardiac autonomic modulation in obese women with and without type 2 diabetes. eur j appl physics 2007; 100: 437-444. 16. freeman jv, dewey fe, hadley dm, myers d, froelicher v. autonomic nervous system interaction with the cardiovascular system during exercise. prog cardiovasc dis 2006; 48(5): 342-362. 17. goldsmith rl, bigger jt jr, bloomfield dm, steinman rc. physical fitness as a determinant of vagal modulation. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29(6): 812-817. 18. goldsmith rl, bigger jt jr, steinman rc, fleiss jl. comparison of 24hour parasympathetic activity in endurance-trained and untrained young men. j am coll cardiol 1992; 20(3): 552-558. 19. goldsmith rl, bloomfield dm, rosenwinkel et. exercise and autonomic function. coron artery dis 2000; 11(2): 129-135. 20. gulli g, cevese a, cappelletto p, gasparini g, schena f. moderate aerobic training improves autonomic cardiovascular control in older women. clin auton res 2003; 13(3): 196-222. 21. hautala aj, makikallio th, kiviniemi a. cardiovascular autonomic function correlates with the response to aerobic training in healthy sedentary subjects. am j phys-heart circulatory phys 2003; 285(4): 52-60. 22. hayashi n, nakamura y, muraoka i. cardiac autonomic regulation after moderate and exhaustive exercises. ann phys anthropology 1992; 11(3): 333-338. 23. heffeman ks, collier sr, kelly ee, jae sy, fernhall b. arterial stiffness and baroreflex sensitivity following bouts of aerobic and resistance exercise. int j sports med 2007; 28: 197-203. 24. heffernan ks, kelly ee, collier sr, fernhall b. cardiac autonomic modulation during recovery from acute endurance versus resistance exercise. eur j cardiovascular prevention and rehabilitation 2006; 13(1): 80-86. 25. iellamo f, legramante jm, pigozzi f, et al. conversion from vagal to sympathetic predominance with strenuous training in high-performance world class athletes. circulation 2002; 105(23): 2719-2724. 26. kamath mv, fallen el, mckelvie r. effects of steady state exercise on the power spectrum of heart rate variability. med sci sports exer 1991; 23(4): 428-434. 27. kiviniemi am, hautala am, makikallio th, huikuri hv, tulppo mp. cardiac vagal outflow after aerobic training by analysis of high-frequency oscillation of the r-r interval. eur j appl phys 2006; 96(6): 686-692. 28. lucini d, cerchiello m, pagani m. selective reductions of cardiac autonomic responses to light bicycle exercise with aging in healthy humans. autneu 2004; 110(1): 55-63. 29. lucini d, trabucchi v, malliani a, pagani m. analysis of initial autonomic adjustments to moderate exercise in humans. j hypertens 1995; 13(12): 1660-1663. 30. lyengar n, peng ck, morin r, goldberger al, lipsitz la. age-related alterations in the fractal scaling of cardiac interbeat interval dynamics. am j physiol regulatory integrative comp physiol 1996; 271: 1078-1084. 108 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 31. martinelli fs, chacon-mikahil mpt, martins leb, lima-filho r, paschoal ma, gallo l. heart rate variability in athletes and non-athletes at rest and during head-up tilt. braz j med bio res 2005; 38(4): 639-647. 32. melo rc, santos md, silva e, et al. effects of age and physical activity on the autonomic control of heart rate in healthy men. braz j med bio res 2005; 38(9): 1331-1338. 33. michalsen a, dobos gj. heart rate reduction through lifestyle modification. eur heart j 2005; 26(7): 1806-1807. 34. monahan kd, dinenno fa, tanaka h. regular exercise modulates ageassociated declines in cardiovagal baroreflex sensitivity in healthy men. j phys 2000; 529(1): 263-271. 35. nagai n, hamada t, kimura t, moritani t. moderate physical exercise increases cardiac autonomic nervous system activity in children with low heart rate variability. childs nerv sys 2004; 20(4): 215-200. 36. okazaki k, iwasaki k, prasad a, et al. dose-response relationship of endurance training for autonomic circulatory control in healthy seniors. j appl phys 2005; 99(3): 1041-1049. 37. perini r, veicsteinas a. heart rate variability and autonomic activity at rest and during exercise in various physiological conditions. eur j appl phys 2003; 90(3-4): 317-325. 38. pigozzi f, alabiso a, parisi . effects of aerobic exercise training on 24hr profile of heart rate variability in female athletes. j sports med phys fitness 2001; 41(1): 101-107. 39. raczak g, danilowicz-szymanowicz l, kobuszewska-chwirot m, ratkowski w, figura-chmielewska m, szwoch m. long-term exercise training improves autonomic nervous system profile in professional runners. kardiologia polska 2006; 64(2): 135-140, 141-142 (discussion). 40. raczak g, pinna gd, la rovere mt, et al. cardiovagal response to acute mild exercise in young healthy subjects. circ j 2005; 69(8): 976-980. 41. sacknoff dm, gleim gw, stachenfield n, coplan nl. effect of athletic training on heart rate variability. am heart j 127: 1275-1278. 42. saito m, nakamura y. cardiac autonomic control and muscle sympathetic nerve activity during dynamic exercise. jpn j phys 1995; 45(6): 961-977. 43. sandercock gr, brodie da, sandercock grh. the use of heart rate variability measures to assess autonomic control during exercise. scand j med sci sports 2006; 16(5): 302-313. 44. schachinger h, weinhaber m, kiss a, ritz r, langewitz w. cardiovascular indices of peripheral and central sympathetic activation. psychosom med 2001; 63: 788-796. 45. sharma rk, deepak kk, bijlani rl, rao ps. short-term physical training alters cardiovascular autonomic response amplitude and latencies. indian j physiol pharmacol 2004; 48(2): 165-173. 46. shin k, minamitani h, onishi s, yamazakih, lee m. autonomic differences between nonathletes: spectral analysis approach. med sci sports exer 1997; 29: 482-1490. 47. spierer dk, demeersman re, kleinveld j, et al. exercise training improves cardiovascular and autonomic profiles in hiv. clin j auton res 2007; 17: 341-348. 48. task force of the european society of cardiology and the north american society of pacing and electrophysiology. heart rate variability: standards of measurement, physiology interpretation and clinical use. circulation 2006; 93: 1043-1065. 49. terziotti p, schena f, gulli g, cevese a. post-exercise recovery of autonomic cardiovascular control: a study by spectrum and cross-spectrum analysis in humans. eur j appl phys 2001; 84(3): 187-194. 50. yamamoto k, miyachi m, saitoh t, yoshioka a, onodera s. effects of endurance training on resting and post-exercise cardiac autonomic control. med sci sports exerc 2001; 33(9): 1496-1502. 51. yamamoto y, hughson rl, peterson jc. autonomic control of heart rate during exercise studied by heart rate variability spectral analysis. j appl phys 1991; 71(3): 1136-1142. 52. zhang r, iwasaki k, zuckerman jh, behbehani k, crandall cg, levine bd. mechanism of blood pressure and r-r variability: insights from ganglion blockade in humans. j phys 2002; 543: 337-348. 32 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 introduction the purpose of this review is to highlight concerns regarding the consequences of mild traumatic brain injury (mbti) (concussion) in the contact sports, including boxing, soccer, american football and rugby. acute and chronic effects of concussion are discussed against a background of literature that sheds light on the incidence of concussion in these sports. attention is drawn to individual implications, which in turn have societal ramifications in need of being acknowledged and researched. a way forward is proposed, including recommendations that apply specifically to the south african context. increasing participation in contact sports the popularity of the traditionally male-dominated contact sports is growing, 4 and of note is the increasing number of women who are participating in these sports. 6 a media report suggests that in the early years of this decade more than 2 000 women were already playing rugby football, and three women’s rugby football union world cups had taken place involving 12 countries. 5 in south africa an official launch tournament was held in 2001 to promote rugby union for women, 5 which is the rugby code followed in this country, as well as extensively in new zealand, australia and britain. at around the same time in south africa, legislation was drafted permitting women to participate in boxing, 42 a move that follows a worldwide trend. in the past decade there has also been an active drive to extend sporting facilities to previously disadvantaged or racially precluded groups in south africa. together these factors mean that there are significantly increasing numbers of individuals participating in contact sport in this country, including both males and females, and individuals of all races from high to low socio-economic status. accordingly, it appears important to evaluate the overall impact of exposure to head injury in these sports. incidence of head injury in contact sport incidence studies confirm that concussion is a common feature characterising the contact sports. whilst it is self-evident that boxing is associated with repeated head insults, the degree to which this is an aspect of the field contact sports of football, soccer and rugby needs to be more fully acknowledged. research on the incidence of concussion among american university-level football and soccer players during review article ethically we can no longer sit on the fence – a neuropsychological perspective on the cerebrally hazardous contact sports abstract background and objective. the number of male and female contact sport participants is increasing worldwide. the aim of the review is to discuss the potential for deleterious sequelae of sports concussion (mild traumatic brain injury (mtbi)), and management thereof. discussion. incidence of concussion in the field contact sports is high, not only for boxing, but also for soccer, football and especially rugby. an overview of studies investigating persistent deleterious cognitive and symptomatic outcome following cumulative sports mtbi suggests that individuals may be at risk for permanent neurological damage following participation in a contact sport. established sequelae of traumatic brain injury (tbi) typically involving frontal systems include cognitive decline, behavioural changes such as diminished self-regulation and aggression, and increased risk for alzheimer’s disease. the presence of such consequences hidden within the context of the widely popularised contact sports, has societal implications that should be acknowledged. compromised scholastic abilities and enhanced aggressive tendencies in association with sports mtbi are in need of further longitudinal research. conclusion. a comprehensive preventive approach to the management of mtbi in sport is advocated that includes professionally applied neuropsychological assessment as a crucial component. future policy considerations are the introduction of mandatory informed consent for participation in a high-risk contact sport such as rugby, particularly at youth level, and financial provision for concussion management amongst economically disadvantaged populations. correspondence: a b shuttleworth-edwards national sports concussion initiative psychology clinic rhodes university grahamstown 6139 tel/fax: 046-636 1296 e-mail: a.edwards@ru.ac.za a b shuttleworth-edwards (phd) v j whitefield (phd) psychology department, rhodes university, grahamstown pg32-38.indd 32 7/5/07 10:33:41 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 33 a single season reported figures of 34% and 46%, respectively. 11 of these, 100% of the football players and 75% of the soccer players had suffered more than one concussion in the season. due to the tackling manoeuvre in rugby union the rate of serious injuries in this sport is the highest among the rugby football sports; in particular there is a substantially higher rate of injury to the upper extremities, including the head and neck areas. 44 the world health organization (who) task force review revealed a higher rate of concussion for rugby union than rugby league, american football and soccer, being up to 8.0 per 1 000 game hours, compared with an upper limit of 3.0, 3.3 and 1.3 per 1 000 game hours respectively for the others. 8 studies on the contact sports in respect of gender generally indicate that females sustain around 50% fewer concussions than males. 8 with specific reference to rugby, a new zealand study 49 found that rugby union accounted for the highest rate of sports-related brain injury, with 30% of players reporting at least one concussion in a season of club rugby. in a south african study 35 concussion was reported to be the most prevalent injury in one season of high school rugby union making up 22% of all injuries, and another study 45 documented a lifetime incidence of 2.3 concussions (range 0 7) per top team rugby-playing schoolboy. in each of these three studies, the researchers considered the figures to be an underestimate of the true concussion incidence in rugby union, due to athletes’ common tendency to underreport, and the retrospective nature of the research. finally, it would appear that injuries in rugby union at the professional level have been on the increase, and despite rule changes (new zealand, australia and britain in the 1980s, and south africa in 1990), this trend has shown no sign of abating. 23 moreover, in addition to the number of formally reported concussions, it is suggested that athletes are likely to sustain multiple subconcussive insults due to player-to-player and player-to-ground collisions over long periods of exposure to these sports, that are likely to have cumulative effects. 24 subconcussive injury (microtrauma) refers to events similar to those giving rise to concussion, but involving smaller impact forces that operate below the threshold necessary to produce symptoms. in light of this phenomenon there is also growing concern about the extent to which heading in soccer is a source of cumulative microtrauma to the brain, an issue about which there is uncertainty and ongoing debate. 41 in sum, the figures from the studies cited above attest to the likelihood of an overall incidence of concussion of some magnitude (given the vast number of participants in these sports). the implications of this require careful evaluation on both the individual and societal levels. neuropsychological consequences of mtbi in contact sport in recent years there has been growing concern regarding the extent of neuropsychological (cognitive, emotional and behavioural) changes that are known to occur in association with mtbi, and their implications. more immediate acute sequelae typically resolve within 3 months post-injury, and effects that persist for longer than this are viewed as relatively intractable (i.e. chronic). 39 sequelae of traumatic brain injury (tbi), including mtbi, are non-specific in nature, and may include a number of symptoms varying in degree of severity depending on differential features of the injury (seriousness and location of the injury, and whether in the acute or chronic phase post-injury), all in interaction with the neurological and psychiatric predisposition of the injured individual. typically following mtbi, cognitive effects identified on the basis of objective testing include dysfunction in memory, learning and processing speed, implicating fronto-temporal involvement. 26 emotional and behavioural effects described are headache, dizziness, blurred vision, anxiety, depression, sleep disturbance, noise and light sensitivity, fatigue, and a cluster of symptoms that implicate frontal lobe involvement, including distractibility, impulsivity, disinhibition, argumentativeness, irritability, aggression, impaired judgment, general psychosocial dysfunction, executive dysfunction, and lowered selfmotivation. 16,26,39 in both the acute and chronic conditions such sequelae may be marked, or they may be subtle yet perniciously present, only becoming apparent under stressful conditions or increased task challenge. 12 a model of cognitive reserve has been proposed by researchers to account for the inconsistencies and variability amongst individuals who sustain tbis with similar levels of severity but where the outcome is different. 43 in terms of this model, individuals who are most vulnerable to the deleterious effects of mtbi will be those who start off with reduced cerebral capacity due to factors such as a prior learning disability, low iq, prior psychiatric disorder, and prior neurological damage including a prior head injury. accordingly, research reveals that the majority of individuals will not reveal any clinically detectable permanent disability following a single mbti. 39 however, it is generally accepted that a substantial proportion of around 10 30% of such individuals do sustain chronic disability, particularly those with prior vulnerability such as cognitive or psychiatric disability, a factor that mtbi researchers increasingly urge should not be downplayed or overlooked. 39,40 these researchers emphasise the potential for type ii error in group mtbi research (false-negatives), due to the confounding element of a substantial proportion of spared individuals in the cohort who serve to obscure the deleterious clinical picture for the relatively few who are significantly affected. further, in keeping with cognitive reserve theory, it was already apparent from an early seminal study that individuals with the additive effect of cumulative mild brain injury do reveal detectable neuropsychological disability on a long-term basis. 17 in support of this there has been a gathering weight of research across the spectrum of contact sports that points to permanent neurocognitive deficits demonstrated on objective testing, or symptomatic dysfunction based on self-reports, in players of these sports including soccer 50 , australian rules football, 10 american football 22 , and rugby union. 45 consistently, reviews point to problems being more pronounced in professional and pg32-38.indd 33 7/5/07 10:33:41 am 34 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 older players with longer and/or more intensive exposure to the sport. 2,45 enhanced deficits in these older athletes is commensurate with cognitive reserve threshold theory, where the additive effect of repeated brain insults over a longer period of time has the effect of increasing vulnerability to symptom presentation. in addition to length of exposure, it is of note that genetic vulnerability plays a role in the development of chronic traumatic brain damage. research indicates that cognitive decline is more pronounced in older football players who carry the apolipoprotein e4 allele genotype. 25 commensurate with the cognitive reserve threshold model, 43 this study highlights the potential for significant individual variability in symptom presentation that may occur in additive fashion, depending on the presence or absence of this genetic factor, as well as the variety of other risk factors described above, including the presence of prior mtbi in itself. methodological evaluation of sports mtbi research for the most part sports mtbi studies that have compared sports groups with non-contact sports controls, have provided affirmation for the presence of deleterious effects in the target contact sport group. however, methodological criticism has been levied at some studies which have indicated that heading may be associated with deleterious effects, with the implication that outcome from these studies is only cautiously indicative of such effects. 41 in particular, criticism has been raised around the frequently cited soccer studies of matser and colleagues, 30,31 on the grounds of alcohol use being a potentially confounding factor in the soccer group, and the use of multiple measures without making the appropriate adjustments for type i error (finding significance purely by chance). however, a response to this criticism indicates that the issue raised in respect of alcohol was not justified, and an adjustment for type i error was made in matser’s second 1999 study by implementing more stringent significance levels. 31,32 further, a number of significant strengths were in evidence for this study, including strict control for level of education and the inclusion of sports-active controls. a number of other studies that point to neuropsychological compromise in the contact sports groups 41,45 similarly demonstrate methodological strengths, including control for education, iq and gender, the incorporation of a sports-active control group, and the inclusion of overall incidence of concussion as a variable. in contrast to multiple studies attesting to problems attributable to mtbi in contact sports groups (exemplified by those isolated for citation above), the present authors identified only 4 studies of comparative sports groups that did not support such deficits. 3,20,38,48 however, all of these studies demonstrate substantive methodological limitations, and therefore do not provide convincing counterbalancing evidence to refute the presence of deleterious effects affirmed in the other studies. for example, two of these studies had no control for iq, but in addition they used mixed male and female participants in their studies, constituting a serious confounding factor 3,20 (see discussion below on differential gender effects). the other two studies had very small subgroup numbers (mainly in the low to mid 20s) and were therefore prone to type ii error (failing to find significance when it does exist). 38,48 moreover one of these studies 48 was on very young athletes (aged 13 16 years), and in terms of the cognitive reserve threshold model, any problems in this cohort could be expected to be very subtle and in some cases subclinical. several of the studies cited above that are in support of deleterious effects due to participation in a contact sport, also have small subgroup sample numbers. however, small cohorts are mainly a limiting factor for studies that fail to demonstrate significant differences, due to the associated loss of statistical power that may result in failure of an investigation to reveal meaningful changes. in contrast, relatively well-controlled studies that demonstrate statistically significant differences in the hypothesised direction, in spite of small sample numbers, gain potency with the implication that larger sample numbers would be likely to reveal even more marked effects. studies that have investigated neuropsychological effects within a sports cohort in terms of number of reported concussions (rather than contact versus non-contact groups), also predominantly demonstrate long-term cognitive or symptomatic deficit in association with increasing numbers of concussions, 22,24 although there are a number of studies that do not do so. 21,28 on examination, however, all those studies with negative findings reveal methodological problems in that usually there is limited control for age, education, iq or gender, or all four of these potentially confounding variables. furthermore, no concussion-based studies with negative findings identified by the authors had any non-contact sport-control group. consequently all have the inherent confounding variable of unreported concussive or subconcussive episodes that may be present in the socalled zero concussion subgroups. this makes these studies particularly susceptible to type ii error, and in order to establish differences they would need to have provided more strongly contrasting concussion groups. accordingly, deleterious effects are supported on subgroups with 3+ concussions, 22 whereas those with negative findings have tended to investigate subgroups with a ceiling of only 1 or 2 concussions. 21,28 it is problematic that relatively isolated findings of negative effects with methodological problems such as outlined above, have been used to suggest that players of the targeted contact sports groups are safe from deleterious effects of multiple concussion. 20,28 findings such as these, which go against hypothetical expectations on theoretical and empirical grounds, need to be scrutinised rigorously for risk of type ii error (false-negative effects), before making premature suggestions in respect of falsification of the expected effects. 46 another interpretive error that has occurred in the literature, has been to cite results of studies on post-injury follow-up of concussed players demonstrating return to baseline levels pg32-38.indd 34 7/5/07 10:33:42 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 35 on cognitive tests, in order to suggest that athletes do not sustain persistent effects. 33 however, in the absence of noncontact sports controls, return to baseline does not rule out the possibility that such athletes were impaired prior to the latest concussion under investigation, and/or are benefiting from practice effects. gender issues of the many studies cited above that implicate persistent deleterious consequences in association with participation in a contact sport, most pertain to male athletes. two studies that have performed gender analyses on their sports cohorts provide support for the well-known fact that females and males perform differently on a number neurocognitive tests. 3,20 typically in terms of the literature, 26 females outperformed males on tests of visuoperceptual functioning 3 and there were mixed results in terms of gender superiority for memory. 3,20 two studies were identified that examined neurocognitive effects within exclusively female sports groups. 13,38 one study yielded negative findings in relation to heading in soccer for both males and females. 38 as already indicated above, this study comprised small sample numbers thus being prone to type ii error, therefore not ruling out the presence of heading effects for either group. the other study demonstrated visuoperceptual processing speed difficulties for female rugby players with concussions, 13 suggesting that the established female advantage in this area did not protect these athletes from acquired decrements in association with rugby-related mtbi. it appears that only one sports mtbi study has investigated symptomatic outcome with stratification for gender. 1 this study demonstrated that headache was present for both males and females, whereas females reported more symptoms of being dazed and dizzy and males more symptoms of blurred vision, numbness and tingling. in a study on persistent symptomatic outcome following mtbi in general, female vulnerability to late complaints was demonstrated, supporting findings of prior research, and was considered to have a possible organic component. 7 overall the gender indications from this review are that females have a lower risk of concussive injury in sport than males. furthermore, neurocognitive and symptomatic profiles differ for females compared with males, both in sports and more general contexts, and it appears that females may be at greater risk than males for persistent symptomatic problems post mtbi in general, of probable organic aetiology. of relevance here, also within the context of cognitive reserve threshold theory, is the common finding that female gender is a risk factor for alzheimer’s disease. 43 head injury is also a well-substantiated risk factor for alzheimer’s disease. 18 thus an implication from the cognitive reserve model is that when sports-related repetitive head injury is superimposed on the female brain with inherent pre-existing vulnerability to alzheimer’s disease, in additive fashion, this might further enhance the risk of a such a dementia in the female population. on the other hand, a counterbalancing protective factor might be that women play less intensively or collide at lower velocity than their heavier male counterparts, thus sustaining less severe effects. this supposition is supported by the literature cited above that confirms female concussion rates for elite-level participation in contact sports to be around 50% less than for males. 8 accordingly, in view of the differential empirical findings for gender (for rate of injury, neurocognitive test performance, symptomatic outcome and vulnerability factors), it is essential that research studies on the effects of concussion in contact sports not be investigated in mixed gender groups; rather there should be strict stratification for gender. youth and scholastic issues concern is being expressed about more immediate as well as long-term consequences of sports concussion that may easily go unacknowledged, and yet may translate into scholastic difficulties for the child, adolescent or university student. 34 cognitively such consequences include impairments in concentration, learning, and the ability to process information at speed which are known to occur after a mtbi for any period from days up to around 3 months. 14,26 examination dates at school and university may easily overlap with the continued presence of even quite short-term cognitive dysfunction in a sport-playing youth, and could make the difference between passing and failing in the borderline candidate, or the loss of a crucial scholarship for a bright scholar. it has been demonstrated that such effects may be perniciously subtle and out of the conscious awareness of the mildly concussed athlete albeit in evidence on objective testing, 27 and hence the more immediate post-concussion effects (within days and weeks of the injury) need to managed with due caution in terms of possible deleterious effects on an athlete’s scholarly activities. of relevance for youth-level participation in these sports, is that university football players with a history of two or more concussions and a learning disability reveal significantly worse performance on tests of executive function and speed of mental processing than those with a similar history of concussions and the absence of a learning disability. 9 a recent study provides compelling evidence for persistent neurocognitive difficulties in a sample of symptom-free high school athletes with two or more concussions. 34 this group was characterised by lower cumulative academic grade averages, and it is uncertain whether this was as a result of the concussion history, or a characteristic of those predisposed to concussion, or a combination of both of these factors. some researchers have emphasised that the identified cognitive deficits following sports mtbi are subtle and have not as yet been shown to be of consequence in the players’ everyday lives. 20 others emphasise how important it is that information on the cumulative and long-term effects of brain injury be communicated to young sports individuals, since a proportion of these individuals will have sustained what could be a permanent reduction in brain function prior to reaching maturity. 15 pg32-38.indd 35 7/5/07 10:33:42 am 36 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 societal implications wide participation in contact sport at both youth and adult levels translates into very large numbers of individuals exposed to mtbi generally, and calls for an evaluation of possible consequences that go beyond the individual to the societal level. in particular, the possibility of increasing violence as a result of structural brain damage incurred through large-scale participation in cerebrally hazardous contact sports appears to have been overlooked, although this is an element that has been examined in relation to tbi in general. one-year estimates of irritability and temper following severe tbi reportedly range from 30% to 70%, and following mtbi from 5% to 70%. 47 one mtbi study showed that of those who did not suffer loss of consciousness, 21% presented with irritability. 47 accordingly ‘aggression on little or no provocation’ is proposed as a research criterion for post-concussive syndrome in the diagnostic and statistical manual (dsmiv). 37 furthermore, it has been demonstrated that tbi in childhood may result in pervasive deficits in self-regulation, social and behavioural functioning, 16 and frontal lobe damage in early life contributes to disability in the areas of insight, foresight, social judgement and empathy. 36 it appears from research that a risk factor for the development of aggressive behaviours may include a pre-injury history of irritability and aggression. 47 there is a high incidence of brain abnormality and/or a history of head injury amongst prisoners and people displaying antisocial behaviours, and a review of aggressive disorders reports that a small study of death-row inmates found a 75% history of tbi. 47 clearly, acquired brain damage identified in association with criminals and antisocial individuals would be the result of many causes, especially assault and motor vehicle accidents, and the intention here is not to suggest that sports participation is a predominant contributing factor to crime in our society. however, it is conceivable that for some people involved in cerebrally hazardous sports this may constitute a contributory effect. for example, it is probable that there will be an exacerbation of prior damage (from causes other than sport) in a proportion of individuals, through repeated mtbi sustained whilst participating in contact sports. furthermore, those athletes with more aggressive dispositions are the ones most likely to be drawn to participate in these relatively aggressive sports. in light of the research cited above on risk factors for aggressive behaviour following tbi, 47 these same individuals would constitute a subset susceptible to exacerbated aggressive tendencies, in association with damage to frontal systems that typically accompanies the concussive mtbi. preliminary support has been gained for this supposition from studies on rugby union, where symptoms of ‘argumentativeness’ and ‘aggression’ differentiated rugby groups from non-contact sport controls more robustly than any other symptom. 45 this may be a reflection of the rugby players being constitutionally more aggressive than the non-contact sports controls. however, the pervasiveness of this effect implies that there is an overlay of acquired argumentative/ aggressive traits due to repeated concussive incidents for a proportion of the rugby players in these studies. in sum, on a societal level it would appear logical to expect increased aggressive tendencies in association with repetitive sports mtbi in a proportion of athletes, and this may be a silent contributing factor to antisocial behaviour and criminal activity in society. further, exposure to repeated concussion has the potential to diminish brain power amongst the sector of our talented and not-so-talented youth who participate in these sports. finally, due to increased risk of alzheimer’s disease following head injury, the extent to which sports-related concussion may contribute to increased risk in this regard especially for females is a matter of concern, and in need of further research. epidemiological and longitudinal case-based studies are needed to substantiate the role of cerebrally hazardous sports in the development of the deleterious cognitive and behavioural changes described here, that may impact on an individual’s scholastic or social life, or increase susceptibility to cognitive deterioration with aging. conclusion in conclusion, the neuropsychological perspective presented here reveals concerns for deleterious effects on athletes in association with participation in contact sports, in the face of which health professionals can no longer afford to sit on the fence. there is growing evidence from research to support persistent problems in association with cumulative mtbi in association with the rugby football sports, at youth and adult levels. studies identified that are in opposition to this are in the minority, and have methodological limitations including a high risk for type ii error (false-negative results) that preclude any firm interpretations about the field contact sports being safe. in this situation, movement in the direction of the following actions would appear appropriate: (i) participation in the contact sports should occur only after properly informed consent has been given, especially in the case of children and adolescents, thereby providing an educative function and medico-legal protection to the sports body involved; (ii) comprehensive monitoring of every sports concussion case on an individualised basis should be implemented according to the consensus opinion arising out of the recent concussion management symposia, that discredits generalised management guidelines based on relatively arbitrary cut-off criteria; 19 (iii) neuropsychological assessment should be included as a crucial component of the overall management programme, incorporating computer-based pre-and post-concussion neurocognitive screening 19 (iv) such neurocognitive screening should be mandatory in schools that promote rugby due to a particularly high risk of concussion in the sport; (v) individualised return-to-play decisions, and advice on termination of participation in a contact sport, should be made with particular caution around vulnerability factors for deleterious outcome, such as prior concussions, cognitive dysfunction, psychiatric and neurological disability, pg32-38.indd 36 7/5/07 10:33:42 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 37 and persistent aggressive or antisocial tendencies where there is little or no provocation; and (vi) in cases where a decision on termination is proving to be particularly difficult for the athlete, and given available financial resources, consideration might even be given to investigation for the presence of the apolipoprotein e4 allele genotype. for best practice in the implementation of such returnto-play and termination decisions using computerised psychometric instruments, registered psychologists with training in clinical neuropsychology are called for, and have an important complementary role to play. 19,29 specialist skills in psychometric test usage, brain-behaviour relations and psychiatric diagnosis, enables them to conduct a differentiated evaluation of an athlete’s post-concussive cognitive, emotional and behavioural status. the ease with which the computer-based test profiles can be transmitted by e-mail greatly facilitates the doctor-psychologist liaison necessary for widespread sports concussion services to occur at the highest professional level in a relatively cost-effective manner. nevertheless, substantial healthrelated funding will be needed to implement optimal concussion management amongst sports populations that are economically disadvantaged, such as pertains to large numbers of individuals in a country such as south africa. acknowledgements research for this review was funded by the national research foundation (nrf) and the rhodes university council. incidence figures are rounded to the nearest decimal point. due to space restrictions citations were kept to a minimum. an alternative version of this article with a comprehensive set of references is available on request from the corresponding author. the authors are commercially involved in the development of neurocognitive screening as a component of sports concussion management in south africa and britain, using the impact programme. references 1. barnes bc, cooper l, kirkendall dt, mcdermott tp, jordan bd, garrett we. concussion history in elite male and female soccer players. am j sports med 1998; 26: 433-8. 2. baroff gs. is heading a soccer ball injurious to brain function? j head trauma rehabil 1998; 13: 45-52. 3. barr wb. neuropsychological testing of high school athletes. arch clin neuropsychol 2003; 18: 91-101. 4. bathgate a, best jp, craig g, jamieson m. a prospective study of injuries to elite australian rugby union players. br j sports med 2002; 36: 265-9. 5. behr m. beyond the grass ceiling. fairlady, october 2001: 49-51. 6. bird yn, waller ae, marshall sw, alsop jc, chalmers dj, gerrard df. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project: v. epidemiology of a season of rugby injury. br j sports med 1998; 32: 319-25. 7. bohnen n, van zutphen w, twijinstra a, wijnen g, bongers j, jolles j. late outcome of mild head injury: results from a controlled postal survey. brain inj 1994; 8: 701-8. 8. cassidy jd, carrol lj, peloso pm, borg j, von holst h. incidence, risk factors and prevention of mild traumatic brain injury: results of the who collaborating centre task force on mild traumatic brain injury. j rehabil med 2004; suppl 43, 28-60. 9. collins mw, grindell sh, lovell mr, et al. relationship between concussion and neuropsychological performance in college football players. jama 1999; 282: 964-70. 10. cremona-meteyard sl, geffen gm. persistent visuospatial attention deficits following mild head injury in australian rules football players. neuropsychologist 1994; 32: 649-62. 11. delaney js, lacroix vj, gagne c, antoniou j. concussions among university football and soccer players: a pilot study. clin sports med 2001; 11: 234-40. 12. ewing r, mccarthy d, gronwall d, wrightson p. persisting effects of minor head injury observable during hypoxic stress. j clin neuropsychol 1980; 2: 147-55. 13. farace e, ferree rm, hollier ja, barth jt, shaffrey me. trails a: neurocognitive effect of previous concussions in woman’s rugby sample (abstract). j int neuropsychol soc 2003; 9: 207. 14. frencham kar, fox am, maybery mt. neuropsychological studies of mild traumaic brain injury: a meta-analytic review of research since 1995. j clin exp neuropsychol 2005; 27: 334-51. 15. gaetz m, goodman d, weinberg h. electrophysiological evidence for the cumulative effects of concussion. brain inj 2000; 14: 1077-88. 16. ganesalingam k, sanson a, anderson v, yeates ko. self-regulation and social and behavioral functioning following childhood traumatic brain injury. j int neuropsychol soc 2006; 12: 609-21. 17. gronwall d, wrightson p. cumulative effect of concussion. lancet 1975; 2: 995-7. 18. guo z, cupples la, kurz a, et al. head injury and the risk of ad in the mirage study. american academy of neurology 2000; 54: 1316-23. 19. guskiewicz km, bruce de, cantu rc, et al. national athletic trainers’ association position statement: management of sport-related concussion. journal of athletic training 2004; 39: 297. 20. guskiewicz km, marshall sw, broglio s, cantu rc, kirkendall dt. no evidence of impaired neurocognitive performance in collegiate soccer players. am j sports med 2002; 30: 157-62. 21. iverson gl, brooks bl, lovell mr, collins mw. no cumulative effects for one or two previous concussions. br j sports med 2006; 40: 72-5. 22. iverson gl, gaetz m, lovell mr, collins mw. cumulative effects of concussion in amateur athletes. brain inj 2004; 18: 433-43. 23. jakoet i, noakes td. a high rate of injury during the 1995 rugby world cup. s afr med j 1998; 88: 45-7. 24. killam c, cautin rl, santucci ac. assessing the enduring residual neuropsychological effects of head trauma in college athletes who participate in contact sports. arch clin neuropsychol 2005; 20: 599-611. 25. kutner kc, erlanger dm, tsai j, jordan bd, relkin nr. lower cognitive performance of older football players possessing apolipoprotein e epsilon 4. neurosurgery 2000; 47: 651-7. 26. lezak md, howieson db, loring dw. neuropsychological assessment. 4th ed. oxford: oxford university press, 2004. 27. lovell mr, collins mw, iverson gl, johnston km, bradley jp. grade 1 or ‘ding’ concussions in high school athletes. j neurosurg 2004; 98: 296301. 28. maddocks dl, saling m, dicker gd. a note on normative data for a test sensitive to concussion in australian rules footballers. australian psychologist 1995; 30: 125-7. 29. makgoke p. media statement by the health professions council of south africa (hpcsa). south african psychiatry review 2004; 7: 39. 30. matser jt, kessels ag, jordan bd, lezak md, troost j. chronic traumatic brain injury in professional soccer players. neurology 1998; 51: 791-6. 31. matser j, kessels ag, lezak md, jordan bd, troost j. neuropsychological impairment in amateur soccer players. jama 1999; 282: 971-3. 32. matser e, kessels a, troost k, lezak m. letter in reply to dr babbs and drs grote and donders. jama 2000; 16: 883. 33. mccrory p. when to retire after concussion? br j sports med 2001; 35: 379-82. 34. moser rs, schatz p, jordan bd. prolonged effects of concussion in high school athletes. neurosurgery 2005; 17: 91-100. 35. nathan m, goedeke r, noakes td. the incidence and nature of rugby pg32-38.indd 37 7/5/07 10:33:43 am 38 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 injuries experienced at one school during the 1982 rugby season. s afr med j 1983; 64: 132-7. 36. price bh, daffner kr, stowe rm. the comportmental learning disabilities of early frontal lobe damage. brain inj 1990; 113: 1383-93. 37. american psychiatric association. diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed. text revision (dsm iv-tr). washington, dc.: apa, 2000. 38. putukian m, echemendia rj, mackin s. the acute neuropsychological effects of heading in soccer: a pilot study. clin j sport med 2000; 10: 1049. 39. reitan rm, wolfson d. the two faces of mild head injury. arch clin neuropsychol 1999; 14: 191-202. 40. ruff r. two decades of advances in understanding of mild traumatic brain injury. j head trauma rehabil 2005; 20: 5-18. 41. rutherford a, stephens r, potter d. the neuropsychology of heading and head trauma in association football (soccer): a review. neuropsychol rev 2003; 13: 153-79. 42. south african press association. legal now for women to go boxing. eastern province herald, 24 august 2001: 4. 43. satz p. brain reserve capacity on symptom onset after brain injury: a formulation and review of evidence for threshold theory. neuropsychology 1993; 7: 273-95. 44. seward h, orchard j, hazard h, collinson d. football injuries in australia at the elite level. med j aust 1993; 159: 298-301. 45. shuttleworth-edwards ab, border m, reid i, radloff s. south african rugby union. in: lovell mr, echemendia re, barth jt, collins mw, eds. traumatic brain injury in sports: an international neuropsychological perspective. lisse, the netherlands: swets and zeitlinger, 2004: 149-68. 46. shuttleworth-jordan ab. age and education effects on brain-damaged subjects: negative findings revisited. clin neuropsychol 1997; 11: 205-9. 47. silver jm, yudofsky sc, anderson ke. aggressive disorders. in: silver jm, mcallister tm, yudofsky sc, eds. textbook of traumatic brain injury. washington, dc: american psychiatric publishing, 2005: 259-77. 48. stephens r, rutherford a, potter d, fernie g. neuropsychological impairment as a consequence of football (soccer) play and football heading: a preliminary analysis and report on school students (13-16 years). child neuropsychology 2005; 11: 513-26. 49. wills sm, leathem jm. an investigation of brain injury incurred in new zealand club-grade rugby. j int neuropsychol soc 2001; 7: 405. 50. witol ad, webbe fm. soccer heading frequency predicts neuropsychological deficits. arch clin neuropsychol 2003; 18: 417. pg32-38.indd 38 7/5/07 10:33:44 am 28 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 introduction with increasing interest and emphasis placed on sport, athletes are continually searching for anything that will give them a more competitive edge. next to cycling hardware, the cyclist is most concerned about training schedules. if music were added to training, then training could be perceived as less monotonous and less arduous. thus the inclusion of music into training programmes may result in increased exercise effort, training adherence and a possible positive effect on performance. 2,7,9 previous studies have yielded contradictory findings. most of the preceding work has concentrated on physiological and subjective responses to music, while performing either aerobic or anaerobic exercise. 1,7,8 none of the previous studies has measured the effect of music on a specific athletic group, like cyclists. it is common practice to include background music while exercising, 5 as it lends to the pacing of movement, as well as enhances emotive and distractive elements in the athlete. 9,10 cycling, as both a hobby and a sport, is gaining popularity. in order to become accomplished, cyclists need to spend many hours on a bicycle, whether it is on the road or on an indoor trainer. incorporating music with training will most likely limit boredom and loss of motivation in most cyclists, and help maintain training momentum. the aim of this study was to investigate whether music causes changes in physiological and psychological variables during submaximal cycling. original research article effect of music on submaximal cycling abstract objective. athletes frequently report training to music, yet there have been relatively few studies that have addressed the benefit of exercising with music. design. volunteer men and women (n=30), aged between 18 and 40 years, performed an initial familiarisation session. part of this session involved the measurement of maximal oxygen consumption. with at least a 48-hour intervening period, this was then followed by a first 20-minute submaximal cycling session, at 80% of maximal oxygen consumption. at least 48 hours later a second submaximal cycling session was performed. subjects were randomly divided into two groups. group a cycled without music and group b cycled with music for the first submaximal cycling session. subjects underwent the same testing procedure for the second submaximal cycling session, but this time group a cycled to music and group b cycled without music. subjects served as their own controls. setting. the study was performed in the physiology exercise laboratory, at the university of the witwatersrand. main outcome measures. during the submaximal sessions heart rate, perceived exertion (borg scale) and plasma lactate concentration were assessed. subjects completed a post-test questionnaire once both submaximal cycling sessions were completed. correspondence: nicola schie 2 the grove golders green london nw11 9sh tel: +44 772 566 5320 e-mail: nicola.schie@gmail.com nicola a schie (bsc physiotherapy, msc physiotherapy) 1 aimee stewart (bsc physiotherapy, dpe, msc (medicine), phd)1 pieter becker (phd)2 geoff g rogers (phd)3 1 university of the witwatersrand, faculty of health sciences, school of therapeutic sciences 2 south african medical research council, biostatistical services and training 3 university of the witwatersrand, faculty of health sciences, school of physiology results. there were no significant differences in physio logical variables (change in plasma lactate and heart rate), nor were there any significant differences in borg scale ratings when the subjects cycled with and without music. however, according to the post-test questionnaire 67% of subjects identified the cycling session with music to be easier than the session without music. conclusion. listening to music while performing submaximal cycling resulted in no physiological benefit. yet, the cycling session done in conjunction with music was deemed, by the majority of the subjects, to be easier than the cycling session without music. pg28-31.indd 28 4/23/08 11:33:35 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 29 methods all procedures used in this study have been approved by the committee for research on human subjects, at the university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg. study design a two-period cross-over design was undertaken (fig. 1). subjects to calculate the sample size, a change on the borg scale was used as the primary efficiency variable. in accordance, a sample of 28 cyclists was shown by a power calculation to provide at least 90% power to detect an experimentally relevant difference between the two groups. a total of 30 cyclists volunteered and provided written consent to participate in this study. subjects were excluded from the study if they had any underlying systemic disease, any contraindication to participating in submaximal exercise, or any acute injury that could interfere with cycling performance. professional cyclists were excluded from this study. general procedures the study was performed in an exercise laboratory. throughout the study the environment within the laboratory remained at room temperature (21 23°c), and an electric fan was used to facilitate sweat evaporation. the laboratory was kept as visually sterile as possible. all subjects participated in an initial familiarisation and measurement of maximal oxygen consumption session, followed by two separate submaximal cycling sessions. the three sessions were planned at least 48 hours apart and each session was scheduled at the same time of the day. all subjects were instructed to refrain from eating or drinking (except for water) for at least 2 hours prior to testing. in addition, subjects were asked not to exercise for 12 hours before the sessions. familiarisation and maximal oxygen consumption session during this session subjects were asked to read and sign informed consent. in addition, they were asked to complete a medical screening 6 and a pretest questionnaire. the medical questionnaire allowed for detection of any past and present medical conditions, as well as to confirm that no undesirable substances had been ingested. the pretest questionnaire obtained an exercise history and biometric data from each subject. after the collection of anthropometric data, maximal oxygen consumption (v02max) was determined using an intermittent, incremental protocol on a cycle ergometer (dynavit meditronic, keiper dynavit company, kaiserlauten, west germany) and a calibrated metabolic cart (oxycon 4, mjinhardt, netherlands) to measure oxygen consumption. the v02max test consisted of a 10-minute warm-up at 100 watts (w), followed by a 5-minute workload of 150 w. for the measurement of v02max starting load varied depending on the subject’s cycling ability. workloads were increased in 20w stages. each load lasted for 3 minutes or until the subject was too exhausted to carry on pedalling, followed by a 10-15-minute rest period. maximal oxygen consumption was taken as the average of the oxygen consumptions measured, when an increment of 20 w resulted in a v02 which differed by less than 1 ml/kg.min from the previous v02 measurement. submaximal cycling sessions for the submaximal cycling sessions the subjects secured their own bicycles onto the cyclosimulator (model: cat-eye, osaka, japan), which was calibrated before the start of the study. a resting, finger-prick lactate concentration measurement was taken, using a hand-held lactate analyser (accusport boehringer mannheim, germany). once on their bicycles, the cd player (discman, sony d-121 mega bass, japan) was linked up to lightweight earphones which were securely placed in the subject’s ears, regardless of whether the cycling session was with or without music. the subjects were allowed to adjust the volume prior to the start of the cycling session. subjects were also linked up to the metabolic cart, via a two-way non-rebreathing valve (hans rudolph inc. kansas city, missouri, usa). the cycling session began with a brief warm-up (2 8 minutes). the warm-up ended once subjects reached 80% of their maximal oxygen consumption. during the 20 minutes of submaximal cycling, subjects were asked to keep within a 78 82% range of their v02max. subjects were allowed to view this information on the oxycon monitor. verbal encouragement was only given when subjects were not maintaining their work intensity range. the first submaximal cycling session was conducted without music for group a and with music for group b. the music used was identical and in the same order for all subjects. five songs, imagine (john lennon), bohemian rhapsody (queen), summer of ’69 (bryan adams), sunday bloody sunday (u2) and how you remind me (nickelback), were randomly selected out of the top ten songs of all time, voted for in a radio poll at the end of 2002. this ensured that the music that was played during the study consisted of varied tempos. the radio station’s audience is of a similar age group to that of the subjects who participated in this study. during the cycling sessions, subjects were blinded as to what their heart rate, distance and speed were. subjects were only conscious of the time and their oxygen consumption. after every 2-minute interval and on completion of the test (starting at time 2 minutes and ending time 20 minutes), heart rate (beats per minute) and borg scale readings were recorded. a polar heart 1 1 st submaximal 2 st submaximal cycling session cycling session group a-no music wash out period group b-no music group b-music group a-music fig. 1. schematic representation of two-period cross-over design.fig. 1. schematic representation of two-period cross-over design. 1 1 st submaximal 2 st submaximal cycling session cycling session group a-no music wash out period group b-no music group b-music group a-music fig. 1. schematic representation of two-period cross-over design. pg28-31.indd 29 4/23/08 11:33:37 am 30 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 rate monitor (model m21; oy, finland) was used to record the subject’s heart rate. instantaneous perception of exertion was measured using the 10-point borg scale 4 distance and time were measured by the cyclosimulator. shortly after the completion of the cycling session, before the cyclists had dismounted from their bicycles, another finger-prick lactate concentration measurement was taken. the identical procedure was followed in the second submaximal cycling session. the second submaximal cycling session took place at least 48 hours after the first session. group a now cycled with music, and group b cycled without music. statistical analysis the difference between ‘with’ and ‘without’ music with respect to heart rate, borg scale and change in plasma lactate concentration were analysed using a 2-way analysis of variance (anova), adjusting for the baseline which was taken to be 2 minutes after the start of exercise. the data were analysed and corrected for both fixed and random effects. differences were accepted as significant at p<0.05. results the physical characteristics (means ± standard deviations) of all the subjects are illustrated in table i. according to the pretest questionnaire, most subjects cycled more than 100 km per week, and the majority cycled, on average, on 3 different occasions during the week. there were no differences between the groups with regard to physical characteristics, training histories and oxygen consumption measured during exercise. there was no significant difference in the change in blood lactate concentration (table ii), heart rate (table iii) and borg scale (table iv) when comparing the cycling session with music to the cycling session without music. the subject’s perception of the cycling sessions, with music and without music, was inconsistent with the objective findings. exercising to music was perceived as being significantly less demanding than exercising without music. the majority of subjects (67%) identified the cycling session with music as the easier of the two cycling sessions, compared with 17% who found cycling without music easier and 17% who rated the sessions the same. most (57%) subjects found the music to be overall stimulating, while 27% indicated that overall the music was relaxing. some (6%) said that they found the music to be both stimulating and relaxing and the last 10% expressed that the music evoked some other sensation. discussion the most interesting finding in this study was the inconsistency between the subjects’ overall perception of the cycling sessions and their instantaneous perceived exertion at 2-minute intervals. even though there were no significant physiological or instantaneous ratings of perceived exertion differences between measurements made at 2-minute intervals during the cycling with or without music, 67% of subjects indicated that the cycling session with music was substantially easier than the session without music. this inconsistency highlights that there must be psychological influences occurring during submaximal exercise. it is possible that the subjects enjoyed the cycling session with music more than without music, and thus they perceived it to be easier. the music may have generated positive emotional states rather than acting purely as a distracter. fifty seven per cent of subjects found the music to be stimulating. this may have contributed to subjects’ finding the cycling session with music to be easier. the music in this study was deliberately made up of varying tempos, so that the tempo of the selected songs would not influence the objectivity of the results. consequently, one would have expected that more subjects would have found the music to be a combination of stimulating and relaxing sounds. analysis of the subjects’ heart rate failed to produce any significant differences. twenty minutes of cycling may not have been enough of an extended physiological strain. the reason why 20 minutes was chosen was because many similar table ii. mean change in plasma lactate concentration (mmol -1 ) before and after cycling at 80% vo2 with and without music (n=30) with music ± sd without music ± sd p-value cod (%) 5.4 ± 2.1 5.8 ± 2.1 0.32 86.3% change in plasma lactate = plasma lactate concentration measured after exercise minus plasma lactate concentration before exercise; sd = standard deviation; cod = coefficient of determination. table i. physical characteristics of subjects (group a and b combined, n=30) mean ± sd age (years) 29.3 ± 5.1 weight (kg) 70.4 ± 10.6 height (cm) 174.3 ± 7.1 vo2max (ml min -1 .kg -1 ) 52.0 ± 8.6 sd = standard deviation. table iii. means for heart rate responses while cycling at 80% vo2max with and without music (baseline adjusted to 2 minutes) (n =30) time with ± sd without ± sd p-value cod (min) music music (%) 4 150.9 ± 8.0 151.0 ± 8.0 1.0 91.0 20 169.7 ± 6.9 167.7 ± 6.9 0.07 92.8 min = minutes; sd = standard deviation; cod = coefficient of determination. table iv. means for rating of perceived exertion (borg scale) while cycling at 80% vo2max with and without music (baseline adjusted to 2 minutes) (n =30) time with ± sd without ± sd p-value cod (min) music music (%) 4 3.4 ± 0.8 3.4 ± 0.8 0.67 80.0 20 4.8 ± 1.0 4.6 ± 1.0 0.32 89.6 min = minutes; sd = standard deviation; cod = coefficient of determination. pg28-31.indd 30 4/23/08 11:33:38 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 31 studies 3,7,11 utilised this particular time period for their testing and got favourable results. subjects in this study indicated that the music was stimulating, and that may have been the reason why at 20 minutes the average heart rate during the cycling session with music (169.7 beats/min) was slightly higher than the cycling session without music (167.7 beats/min). the heart rate findings in this study are similar to those reported in the following research, 5,7,10 where no significant difference in heart rate was found between the session with music and without music. this study showed that music had no influence on the instantaneous borg scale ratings. the results of this study are in contrast with findings of nethery, 5 potteiger et al. 7 and szabo et al. 10 the latter studies all found that music resulted in a reduced rating of perceived exertion. a possible reason for this contrast may be differences in the subject groups used. our subject group consisted of trained and disciplined cyclists participating in a study using cycling as the mode of exercise. other studies used mostly untrained subject groups or groups of heterogeneous athletes, some of whom were unfamiliar with the mode of exercise used in the study. our cycling sessions only lasted for 20 minutes (excluding the warm-up session). since the borg scale became more pronounced with time, it is likely that had the study period gone on for longer the results might have been different. another possible reason could be that the subjects were working at a relatively high intensity (80% of the vo2max). it is possible that at this intensity the subjects’ physiological cues could overpower distraction stimuli such as music. contrary to szmedra and bacharach, 9 who showed the exercise session with music to have a smaller change in plasma lactate concentration, compared with the exercise session without music, this study showed that there was no significant difference in plasma lactate concentration between the groups. conclusion listening to music while performing submaximal cycling resulted in no physiological benefit. however, it may allow individuals to alter their overall perception of effort while cycling. by acting as a positive emotional distracter, music may motivate the cyclist to increase adherence to training, allowing the to train longer and more efficiently. acknowledgements this research received no external financial assistance. the following people and institutions are acknowledged: nomonde molebatsi for her assistance in the exercise laboratory, and the school of physiology, health science faculty, university of the witwatersrand, for allowing the exercise laboratory to be used and for supporting many of the costs of the study. references 1. atkinson g, wilson d, eubank m. effects of music on work-rate distribution during a cycling time trial. int j sports med 2004; 25: 6115. 2. becker n, brett s, chambliss c et al. mellow and frenetic antecedent music during athletic performance of children, adults and seniors. percept mot skills 1994; 79: 1043-6. 3. boutcher sh, trenske m. the effects of sensory deprivation and music on perceived exertion and affect during exercise. journal of sport and exercise psychology 1990; 12: 167-76. 4. grant s, aitchison t, henderson e, et al. a comparison of the reproducibility and the sensitivity to change of visual analogue scales, borg scales, and likert scales in normal subjects during submaximal exercise. chest 1999; 116: 120817. 5. nethery vm. competition between internal and external sources of information during exercise: influence on rpe and the impact of the exercise load. j sports med phys fitness 2002; 42: 172-18. 6. pate rr, blair sn, durstine jl. guidelines for exercise testing and prescription, 4th ed. philadelphia and london: lea & febiger, 1991. 7. potteiger ja, schroeder jm, goff kl. influence of music on ratings of perceived exertion during 20 minutes of moderate intensity exercise. percept mot skills 2000, 91: 848-54. 8. pujol tj, langenfeld me. influence of music on wingate anaerobic test performance. percept mot skills 1999; 88: 292-6. 9. szmedra l, bacharach dw. effect of music on perceived exertion, plasma lactate, norepinephrine and cardiovascular hemodynamics during treadmill running. int j sports med 1998; 19: 32-7. 10. szabo a, small a, leigh m. the effects of slow-and fast-rhythm classical music on progressive cycling to voluntary physical exhaustion. j sports med phys fitness 1999; 39: 220-5. 11. white vb, potteiger ja. comparison of passive sensory stimulations on rpe during moderate intensity exercise. percept mot skills 1996; 82: 819-25. pg28-31.indd 31 4/23/08 11:33:38 am j o u r n a l o f t h e s a s p o r t s m e d i c i n e a s s o c i a t i o n t y d s k r i f • kaffei'en in urine •soccer injuries cont • gesondheidsbevordering • rastioneel-emotiewe terapie vol 2 no 4 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) reg. tlo./nr. tv5. in sports injury and trauma. ® didophen c lin ic a lly w e ll to le ra te d ttiflim m tndl— m l ■**•01.100 voltaren gt 50 geigy 'coated tablets) lots tre a te d worldwide* •statistics on file r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) contents w m editorial comment alternative medicine w m pensees herewith the baton feature soccer injuries cont. w m ultra man ultra man faces intense competition e l glansartikel die plek van oefening in gesondheidsbevordering |£1 glansartikel konsentrasies van kaffei’en in urine f s glansartikel rasioneel-emotieweterapievirsportlui m£ a s a s m a u p d a t e sasma news |£j rugbynews prevention of rugby injuries ed physiotherapy column basic conditioning for rugby editor in chief dr c noble mbbch.fcs(sa) associate editors proftnoakesmbchb.md dr daw ie van velden mb chb (stell), m prax med(pretoria) advisory board medicine: dr i cohen mb chb d obst, rcoc orthopaedic traumatology: dr p firer bsc (eng) mb bch (wits) m med (orthoxwits) bric e hugo mb chb, mmed (chir) orthopaedics dr jc usdin mb bch, frcs (edin) cardiology: col dp myburgh sm mb chb, facc physical education: hannes botha d phil (phys ed) gynaecology: dr jack adno mb bch (wits) md (med) dip o&g (wits) front coven transparency courtesy o f colour library. the journal o f the sa sports medicine association is exclusively sponsored by ciba-geigy (pty) ltd. the journal is produced by commedica po box 3909, randburg 2125. the views expressed in this publication are those of the authors and not necessarily those of the sponsors or publishers. ^ p o rtb e s e rio g s s *1 | s p o rt in ju ry an d • w f io r b h a w it a s ie c a rd ia c r eh ab dita bo n p rcxyam p ro g ra m m e journal of the sa _ sports medicine tydskr/f van dies a sportoeneeskundeverenioino 11-13 18-20 ciba-geigy r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) alternative medicine: clive noble, mbchb. fcs (sa) editor in chief. editorial board meeting as regards running injuries it can safe­ ly be said that most of these will get better themselves. most of the time this will be within a few days of the on­ set of injury, but may take weeks or even months. usually there is a reduc­ tion of activity as a protection of the part due to pain which allows healing to take place. in my own practice many cases who had to wait for an appoint­ ment for a few weeks, phone to say that the problem got better while they were waiting for the appointment. whoever happens to be treating the patient at the time he is recovering spontaneously, will claim the cure no matter how unscientific the treatment has been. reflexology, homeopathy, naturopathy, chiropractic and a host of other modes of alternate medicine all claim out­ standing results in sports injuries. acupuncture has long been used in treating sportsmen including provincial rugby players. only with a careful clini­ cal trial will we ever be able to evalu­ ate alternate medicine as a form of treatment. dr "ponky" firer has donated a prize of r500 for the best original article pub­ lished in this journal each year. we thank him for his generosity. her friend, went to see ronald holder who describes himself as a kinesthisiologist. he apparently diagnosed her problem as a muscle imbalance and proceeded their shoes which would surely aggravate the bio­ mechanical problem, but have nevertheless been successful. has his success been due to the fact that most of these cases would have got better by themselves, as on recent investigation into injuries in­ curred in the training for a british marathon would suppose? has it been a placebo effect? the answers to these questions may equally apply to all forms of alternate medicine or even sometimes to “scien­ tific" medicine itself. a meeting of the sponsors, ciba-geigy, the publishers, commedica; and mem­ bers of the editorial board o f this jourj nal was recently held in johannesburg. at this meeting it was decided to have a physiotherapy column as well as a nutrition column which should be of great interest to our readers another innovation will be a philosophy column | a la ceorge sheehan which should also be most enjoyable. it was decided that both scientific articles as well as p ra c tic a l, easily understood articles will also be used. this is in keeping with the previous format. if you, the reader, have any suggestions we will welcome them. our aim is to increase knowledge in s p o rts medicine. ^ december 1987 v o l 2, no 4,19* ecently zola budd sus­ tained a running injury which threatened her career she received treatment from a variety of sports physicians in­ cluding laser and injec­ tion therapy from a german clinic, but all to no avail. she finally returned to south africa where she consulted more doctors, but still with no improvement. finally, on advice of to make a support from the "yellow pages" which is held together with tape and inserted into her running shoe. almost immediately she was rendered pain-free and was able to recommence her running career. was this a miracle; was it just a fluke, or was it a scientifi­ cally accurate assessment of her mus­ cle imbalance corrected by a (usually) 2-3mm thickness of "yellow pages" placed in her shoe7 i have seen many of his successes, but also many of his failures so i think it is extremely difficult to answer the question, strongly doubt his scientific credibi­ lity many of his cases (if not all) are told they have a leg length dis­ crepancy. a number of these cases have had scientifically accurate radiological leg length measurements that revealed equal leg lengths. other cases have had sup­ ports put in r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) herewith the baton/ # have pleasant memories of some of the restaur­ ants that i have had the good fortune to visit over the last two decades. as a visual experience still burnt into an unaffected part of my brain none surpasses the one at high wycombe in england. there, in the late afternoon summer sun, was the archetypal english scene, trees with lush foliage, spontaneously combusting into all the imaginable shades of green. the village-green itself dotted with cricketers, and a very old, very english pub. it sported a proprie­ tor who delighted in walking you through the kitchen to show the sim­ mering menu, allowing you to savour each delicate aroma. then there was the restaurant in dur­ ban that out-colonized anything the colonies even in their heyday could chris klopper "i came across the rather pleasant, somewhat sparsely distributed, tradition of consuming the merest hint of vanilla sorbet to clear the palate before the arrival o f the next course." readable scientific fare packaged in that special ambience that only sport can provide. what then, do you ask, clears the palate between the heavy numbers on the academic menu? renewed readiness for more action. here is a man (also a father, a physician, runner/pot hunter, a cyclist, an excel­ lent speaker and a columinist of sta­ ture) who when speaking to an au­ dience of research chemists about the problems of research and the eureka experience, captured the nett worth of every drop o f perspiration that i had ever shed. "play' he said, "is the problem solv­ er. running — or any of the other exercises i proposed — is a celebra­ tion of the body and a holiday for the soul.” (here the sorbet becomes the main course.) this column, by way of contributions that will be made by those not content to blindly practice sportsmedicine but to reflect upon its implicit paradigms meditatively, is unreservedly inspired by george sheehan's running wild. this is one marathon though, in which a . offer as an alternative here for the tlme 1 came across the rather pleasant, somewhat sparsely distribut­ ee, tradition of consuming the merest b t l ^ anil,a sorbet to clear th e pa before the arrival of the next course, already hovering in the wings, ^ m a n y w a ^ this journal strains awards offering the same experiences i 1987 vol 2, no 4,1987 george sheehan m.d in his regular column running wild, which appears monthly in the physician and sports medicine does for sportsmedicine jour­ nalism what vanilla sorbet does for the most carefully crafted cuisine.a mo­ ment of freshness, the sheer delight of which explodes against the overworked 'taste buds', surprising them into he will probably remain for the most part far out in front; but then, as in marathons, to use his words again "we will never discover the truth second­ hand." he went on to say; if l am to write the truth, or know it when i read it, i must first live it. let these contri­ butions be our living truth. herewith the baton. ^ r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) continued from vol 2 no 3 soccer injuries i. surve 4th year medical student, j. ranchod 4th year medical student, a n kettles registrar from: the department of community health, university of cape town. ield conditions f aii fields on which matches were played were graded according to a checklist with a maxi­ mum score of 40. the number of injuries and of player hours for each field was deter­ mined, and the injury incidence per 1000 hours was calculated. it would be expected that higher field grading scores would correlate nega­ tively with injury incidence however an anomaly arose with field a, which is the best field. on this field most of the pre­ mier division matches were played. it was in this division that most injuries occurred. if field a is excluded in cal­ culating correlation, the correlation coefficient r = 0,84 (p< 0,01). if field a is included, then r = 0,31. although it may be concluded that quality of fields determine to some extent the risk of injuries, other factors may override such influence. weather conditions did not appear to influence the incidence of injuries markedly; 93% occurred dur­ ing sunshine and 71% on dry fields. injuries related to referee grading the number of matches controlled by each grade of referee, and the number of injuries sustained in these matches is shown in table vi. table v: relationship of injuries to field grading grade games played player hours no. of injuries incidence injuries per 1000 player hours total r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) table vi: number of matches controlled per graded referee and the injuries sustained. number number injuries o f of per grade matches injuries match ” 1 54 35 (48%) 0,65 2 95 5 (7%) 0,05 3 78 33 (45%) 0,42 considering the fact that 54 (24%) matches played by the premier and 1st division ac­ counted for 35 (48%) of all the injuries and that these “2* matches were led by top grade referees, it would •, appear that the grade of s referee has no material in­ fluence on the occurrence of injuries as determined by other variables most matches (95 or 42%) were controlled by grade 2 referees there were only 5 (7%) injuries in these matches, at a rate of 1 injury per 20 matches. 300 injuries per 1000 game hours, 16,9 inw juries per 1000 player hours.1 however, / j ekstrand defined ■ v j ^ injury differently as "an injury a causing a player ' to miss the next game", not: "having to i leave the field". the results from the studies of bass; v muckel8 and weightman > \ browne9 show an incidence i \ of h 30, and 3,6 per 1000 game hours re 7 ’ spectively. renstrom \ and peterson10 re^ ported an incidence of 1 injury in every 23 games, or about 200 per 1000 game hours. different defini­ tions for injury make com­ parison of these results ex­ tremely difficult. the premier division repre­ sents the highest level of i competition in this study, this division also recorded / k the highest incidence of ( injury (27 per 1000 man hours played), which cor­ responds to data reported \ from other studies in fin\ land5 and norway'1 peter­ son and renstrom,10 how­ ever, found no difference i in the incidence of injury \ between the players in \ different divisions in . \ their study in sweden. 3 < the low 'nciclence r . injuries in the 2nd division (2,2 injuries per i 1000 man hours) may j reflect a lower level of f competitiveness in this / division; although other factors may also play a ; role in this low incidence. types of injury the commonest type of injury is sprains (42% which is consistent with other studies. 3:12 however, the number of fractures recor­ ded is much lower than that in other studies.'” ’-'' the high number o f sprains in the forward and midfield posi­ tions could be due to the skil­ ful dribbling involved in these positions, especially since 16 of the 22 sprains recorded were ankle sprains anatomical site of injury lower limb injuries were found to be the commonest accounting for 74% of all injuries. wilkinson/ ekstrand,1-12 sandelin5 and mach lum et al2 confirm this in their studies. in their studies ankle and knee injuries were the commonest of all lower limb injuries, in this study ankle injuries are the com­ monest. j protective equipment , none of the players with shin ^ lacerations (12% of all injuries) were wearing shinguards. ) ekstrand12 found 50% of lacera f tions occurring in those players i not wearing shinguards.12 it is in i teresting to note (since we do not know the total number of players wearing shinguards) that all shin lacerations and ankle injuries occur i red in players not wearing shini guards and ankle taping respectively condition of field j the results show a significant cor­ relation between lower grading of fields and higher incidence of injuries. this is only so if the premier division matches played on the top graded a field are excluded. these showed the highest injury incidence rate, which may be ascribed to con­ founding variables rather than to the good condition of the field. the lowest incidence of injury oc­ curred on the i field (high grade 26). most games played on this field were second division y " ft^artres, a division with a low ^^•^tncidence of injury. the impor­ tance of field quality or surface has been emphasized by wilkinson4 and muckel8 in their studies amongst english soccer players. sandelin in fin­ land, however, found that the field sur­ face did not influence the injury fre­ quency or pattern.5 our data does not permit to separate decisively the pos­ playing position sandelin5 and ekstrand1 have shown in their studies in finland and sweden re, j spectively that playing pom m sition did not correlate j t with any difference in the distribution of injuries. in / this study, if no correction l for position is made, the data are similar to the above studies. however, if the data are corrected, for "number at risk" there is a higher incidence of in­ jury involving the goalkeeper (37% compared to 15%). this could be partly due to the intensity of 1987 vol 2, no 4,1987 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) sible determining influence of division from that of quality (grading) of the field. player's opinions the opinion of players was at variance with the objective results of the study in some respects. players thought that fields are the most important factor in causing injuries — this is supported in this study by the strong negative correlation between injury incidence and grading of fields if field a is exclud­ ed. however, unfitness o f players was ranked second by 65% of the players. this contrasts sharply with our finding that 90% of injured players considered themselves fit. the role of the referee featured high among players but this was not confirmed by the study. the absence of shinguards and the calibre of the opposing team were found to be important in this study, and were considered so by players. level of divi­ sion, although featuring prominently in our study was not considered to be im­ portant by most players. recommendations a fundamental problem associated with an epidemiological assessment of data concerning sports related injuries is that of defining criteria and compar­ ing data.1 although this study could not prove decisively what the main causative factors are the authors would like to suggest that the follow­ ing factors would improve the preven­ tion of injury: 1. improved field conditions. 2 good discipline and refereeing apply­ ing especially to the more competitive divisions (including stringent applica­ tion of the rules protecting goalkeep­ ers from injury). 3. consistent use of shock absorbing shin guards. 4. the use of ankle taping. 5. adequate training and warm-up programmes. finally, it is recommended that a more intensive study, possibly including the value of prophylactic measures, be done to determine the importance of such measures in injury prevention. acknowledgements this study was undertaken as a stu­ dent project for the community health (4th year) course under the su­ pervision of dr a. kettles (registrar) as co-author. the statistical advice from mr r. sayed and help from ms n. ka mies, occupational therapist, is grate­ fully acknowledged. the study would not have been possible without the co­ operation of the cape district football association, players and first aiders we are also grateful to dr t.d. noakes for his assistance in editing our project report and to dr j. t. mets for finalis­ ing the manuscript. references 1 ekstrand j, gillquist j-. soccer injuries and their mechanisms, a prospective study. medicine and science in sport and exercise 1983 15 267-270 2 machlum s, daljord 0 a football injuries in oslo a one-year study. british journal o f sports medi­ cine 1984,; 18 186-190. 3. sandelin j.. santavista s., kiviluoto 0: acute soc­ cer injuries in finland in 1980. british journal o f sports medicine 1985; 19 30-33. 4 wilkinson, w.h.c a practical v i e w o f soccer inju ries. british journal o f sports medicine 1978, 12 : 43-45. . . 5. ekstrand j. et al: incidence of soccer injuries and their relation to training and team success. am eri­ can jou rn a l o f sports medicine 1983:11 : 63-67. 6 human science research council ihsr.c.) sports report on south african sports. 1984-1985. 7. bass al-. injuries of leg in football and ballet proceedings o f the royal society o f medicine 1967, 60 . 527-530. 8.muckle dsinjuries in professional footballers british jo u rn a l o f sports medicine 77-78 1981 vol 15 . . . , „ 9. weightm an d, browne r.o injuries in association and rugby football. british jo u rn a l o f sports medi­ cine 1974; 8 183-187. 10. renstrom p., peterson l. fotbollskadot fotboii splan med konstgras valhalla idrottsplots i gote borg rapport naturvardsverkte snvpm 846. 11. roaas a., nilsson s.: major injuries in norwegian football. british journal o f sports medicine 1979, 13 : 3-5 12. ekstrand j, cillauist jthe frequency of mus­ cle tightness and injuries in soccer players. the american journal o f sports medicine 1982, 10i 7578 december 1987 vol2, no 4 ,1 # r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) ph o to g r ap h -s as po r ts il lu st r at ed r ultra manir ultra men face intense competition. lain b a n n e r— sports international ental toughness will be just as important as phy |j h * i sical strength and endur i i / i ance when ultra man en l h l j i trants tackle the two months of intense com ^ petition, starting with the duzi canoe marathon from january 28-30. they have already completed the 50km jse marathon, an optional event, and the first of the compulsory events is the 165km vasbyt cycle challenge on november 28. but the hansa duzi, also compulsory, heralds the most gruelling phase of the endurance series backed by the pharmaceutical division of ciba-geigy. after the canoe marathon comes the optional midmar mile swim on febru­ ary 14 — points for all events are worked out according to a special for­ mula, with the first ultra man finisher being awarded 100 and the tough 160km sunday times/leppin iron man triathlon is on february 27. that's another of the four compulso­ ry events, along with the comrades marathon on may 31, but the athlete who wins the ultra man will probably have completed all eight events be­ cause the bonus points available in the optional events are too valuable to pass up. and if that's the case, many of the top ultra man contenders will be riding the argus cycle tour on march 5 — just seven days after the iron man. the optional two oceans marathon on april 2 is next, with the comrades marathon the final, punishing test in the most difficult test of endurance yet devised in south africa. while su­ perb physical condition will be essen­ tial, top triathlete george janos be­ lieves the correct mental approach is just as important. "with so much hard racing in such a short period, one of the most difficult things will be to keep replenishing men­ tal energy;' says janos, who was fourth behind henk watermeyer, richard hol­ liday and nigel reynolds in the 1987 iron man triathlon. "anyone going seri­ ously for a top 10 overall placing will have to avoid a mental blow-out' janos will do all eight events and thinks many of the top contenders will do the same "i want to win ultra man and that me­ ans i need all the points i can get," he says. an industrial engineer, janos had to go back to the drawing board to re-think his training and racing schedule when he realised just how much racing was crammed into such a short period. "i've got to establish a training base this year because there will not be time to train in february and march," he says. “there's no time then to build a base. instead, it will be a case o f sharpening up for each event." doing most of his hard work this year means janos will miss most of the 1987 triathlons they do not fit into his training schedule and he does not be­ lieve he can "do everything". "you have to be realistic," he says. "it's essential to build a solid base from which to compete next year and l,m hoping to do enough to enable me to take a bit of a break in december. like many of the ultra man contenders, janos is hoping for a full river in the hansa duzi. "the more paddling the better" he says "less portage means we can save our legs for the iron man." entries for the ultra man closed on oc­ tober 31 and organisers sports interna­ tional expect a final field of more than 400. top of the ultra man table after one optional event is comrades specialist nick bester, who takes 100 bonus points into the vasbyt challenge after finishing ninth in the jse marathon, lain banner. r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) c iba-geigy sponsor first black ultra man entrantthe ultraman, sponsored ___________by ciba-geigy's pharma­ ceutical division, has received its first black entrant, robert lambetha. robert, a plumber from grey's hospi­ tal in pietermaritzburg is an ex­ perienced duzi canoeist, having com­ pleted the event four times, as well as being a strong comrades runner today, ciba-geigy's ken richards con­ tinued his company's sponsorship of lambetha by handing over a new ca­ noe, paddle and bicycle to him in pinetown. in attendance was graeme pope-ellis who believes lambetha has the ability to be most competitive in the ultra man. "with his new equipment, robert will be in a position to prepare fully for the various events forming part of the ultra man" said pope-ellis. lain banner, director of event organiser sports international, believes lam betha's entry will pave the way for an awakening of latent triathlontalent that must currently exist amongst black athletes. "although the logistics attached to pad­ dling pose a problem to competitors who are without transport, ciba-geigy are making an effort to promote the sport by supporting the likes of lam­ betha" said banner ken richards of ciba-geigy believes that guidelines for training in cycling, run­ ning, swimming and canoeing, which his company will prepare over the next few months, will assist all interested sportsmen and women with training techniques and preparation for parti­ cipation in those various sports disci­ plines the ultra man which is made up of four compulsory events, (the vasbyt ultra man cycle challenge, hanza duzi, sunday times/leppin iron man and comrades, and four optional events, js.e„ midmar mile, argus cycle tour and two oceans) is based on an accumula­ tive point ranking system with over r30 000 in prize money on offer to competitors. close on 400 competitors have entered the competition, including the likes of graeme pope-ellis, eddie king, danny biggs, henk watermeyer and piet mare. for fu rth e r inform ation contact michelle or tracey at sport internation­ al on (011) 883-3333. vasbyt 165 km cycle race comrades marathon gold medallist nic bester maintains a narrow lead in the ultra man stakes, despite finishing two minutes down on the leading bunch in the vasbyt 165 km tour in the northern transvaal last week. bester, by virtue of his ninth position in the jse 50 km road race in august, went into the first compulsory ultra man event last saturday with a lead of 100% in the ultra man ratings. but he almost saw his lead in the competition dwindle away on the wind­ swept country road outside pretoria when fellow-pretoria tri-athlete piet mare and natal's keith elleker got away in an 18 man break after 120 km of hard riding. the pair managed to stay with the leading bunch and mare managed to edge ahead of elleker at the line to close the gap on bester in the ultra man ratings. mare held 2nd place to bester going into the vasbyt tour with 92,38% after finishing 2nd ultra man in the jse and the win last weekend means that he has closed to within 5% of besters lead going into the next compulsory event, the hansa duzi canoe marathon towards the end of january. the race was won by natal springbok cyclist peter tomkins in 4 hrs 14 mins. unfortunately not all the results of the vasbyt 165 km cycle race were available at time of going to press hence the omission of an updated ultra man listing. looking down the track as ultra-athletes look ahead the adrenalin will start pumping as they contemplate the jam-packed schedule which awaits them from the end of january. the compulsory duzi from january 28-30 will take its toll, but to build points, competitors will be diving into the midmar mile only fourteen days later just two more weeks to the toughest trial of all — the iron man tri­ athlon on february 27th. director of sports international, lain! banner, believes that competition w ill be such, that leading athletes will not! pass up any chance of building points,! this means that just seven days after! iron man, contenders will be riding the! optional argus cycle tour on march| 5th. phew! what a punishing schedule, but! the r30 000 in prizes, the prestige and! the ultra man medals will make it al| worthwhile, ^ december 1987 vo l 2, no 4,1987 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) die plek van oefening in gesondheidsbevordering f. p. retief m.b. ch.b., m.r.c.p., m.d., d. phil. oxford. direkteur-generaal, departement van nasionale gesondheid en bevoikingsontwikkeling he role o f exercise in the promotion o f health the im portant m otto mens sana in corpore sano reminds us that a healthy mind and body is the ideal ar­ mour with which to tackle life too many south africans, however believe that a healthy mind can be cultivated through mere passive recreation com­ petitive participation is not a prereq­ uisite for the cultivation o f a healthy mind. a cheerful mind and healthy lifestyle have become an urgent neces­ sity, given the significant percentage o f our total disease load ascribable to a disease promoting lifestyle given an ever ageing popula­ tion, exercise should be in­ creasingly emphasised as a brake to the physio­ logical processes o f ageing. south africans from all parts o f the population spectrum seem unable to revert to a lifestyle o f in­ creased activity — be it due to work pressure o r life stressors such as ur­ banisation and poverty. concerted community e ffo rt can play an important role to help involve more people in physical activity programmes m significant example is the north s !e [a-psoject' 5tarted in 1972 in fini e l key elements o f a national wealth programme are: 1) greater clar ^ l reaardin9 psycho-social factors curving physical activity, 2) the applica­ tion o f the behavioural sciences in reaching particular communities, 3) the planning o f fitness awareness pro­ grammes in co-operation with the me­ dia. in south africa the national health plan was announced in 1986. however, it is imperative for each community to work o ut its own health plan. commu­ nity health centres, provided for in the national health plan can act as living laboratories from which to co-ordinate health promoting, activities. health promotion amongst the dit ook so dat die gejaag na prestasie wat so 'n kenmerk van ons alle daagse enjoys special attention with the department, in order to be o f value, youth programmes must, however, be continued into the adult years. mens sana in corpore sano word van een geslag na 'n ander ges lag oorgedra om ons daaraan te bly herinner dat 'n gesonde gees en 'n ge sonde liggaam die ideale wapen toerusting is om die lewe mee aan te durf die lewe se gewone, maar ook meer bedreigende lewensituasies en selfs krisisse, kan daarmee die hoof ge bied word — binne in die lewensterrein van die individu, die geografiese en sosiologiese begrensinge van gemeen skappe en in die besonder ons baie in teressante suid-afrikaanse samelewing. ongelukkig is te veel suid-afrikaners die gedagte toegedaan dat 'n gesonde gees bloot met die hulp van passiewe reaksie gekweek kan word. ons is, toegegee, toeskouers op wie daar staatgemaak kan word! ongelukkig is m e m b e r 1987 v o l 2, n o 4,1987 bestaan is, wel n kenmerk van ons toeskouer deelname is. dan wonder die mens ook nog hoekom hy so moeg en vaal voel na n hele middag se opwinding voor die kassie! verniel ons nie dalk ons koronere vate meer deur so te kyk as deur self te doen en mee te ding nie? is so 'n sater dag dan nie meer stres-belaai as die meeste ander dae van ons lewens nie7 mededingende deelname is natuurlik nie 'n voorvereiste vir die kweek van 'n gesonde gees nie en daarvan getuig dan ook aktiwiteite soos stap, voetslaan, draf en swem — alles dinge wat jy op jou eie kan doen. 'n gesonde gees is in baie opsigte sinoniem met 'n blymoedige gees en is dit nie iets wat ons suid-afrikaners meer naarstigtelik moet nastref nie7 wat het van lag en blote goedigheid geword? idealerwys behoort daar eintlik nie 'n verskil tussen 'n gesonde gees en 'n gesonde leefwyse te wees nie. laasge noemde het 'n dringende noodsaaklik heid geword, gesien die stewige persen tasie van ons totale siektelas wat direk en indirek aan 'n siektebevorderende lewenstyl gewyt moet word. weliswaar toon epidemiologiese studies dat min stens 50% van die mortaliteit van die tien leidende doodsoorsake, na gesond heidsbedreigende gedrag gevoer kan r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) word. weerstand teen oefening en onaktiwiteit is maar te dikwels belan grike elemente van hierdie soort gedrag. lui om te rek, te trek, te werk en te lui om flink te dink! 'n steeds ouerwordende mensdom voorts het ons ook te make met 'n mensdom wat al ouer word en vandag word al hoe meer waarde geheg aan oefening om die prosesse van veroudering te rem. die bekende fisioloog, a j. meyer, het baie indrin gend na hierdie aangeleentheid gekyk. hy stel dit dat die klok van biologiese veroudering nie noodwendig met die biologiese ouderdom van die individu gesinchroniseer is nie hy stem saam met ander kenners dat die groot water skeiding in n mens se lewenspan op die ouderdom 30 jaar plaasvind. weliswaar bereik die mens reeds maksimale gesig en gehoorskerpte op 10 jaar, maksimale weerstand teen infeksies op 15 jaar, maksimale intellektuele vermoe op 21 jaar en maksimale spierkrag op 25 jaar. ns die ouderdom van 30 jaar verwelk die fisiologiese reserwes van die ver skillende organe en stelsels baie lang saam, maar onafwendbaar. fisiologies word veral groot waarde geheg aan veranderinge in die bindweefsel en in die besonder word gewys op die toe name in getal en deursnit van kol lageenvesels wat tot gevolg het dat meer meganiese krag nodig word om hulle te rek of om hulle vorm te her win. met veroudering is daar verlies van spiermassa weens 'n afname in die ge­ tal en grootte van die spierweefsels, te same met 'n verlies van sarkomere en 'n absolute daling in die atp-inhoud van die spiervesels op ouderdom 80-jaar is die spiermassa 30% minder as op 30 jaar. finaliteit oor die oorsake van bover melde verouderingsprosesse ontbreek nog grotendeels, maar metaboliese prosesse gepaard met ophoping van afvalstowwe figureer hier sterk. en daarmee saam gaan vermeerderde kol lageenproduksie vanwee fisiese en moontlik selfs psigiese spanning. dit al les lei tot slytasie en die vraag onstaan dus, hoekom daar nie meer staat ge maak word op vermeerderde fisiese ak tiwiteit, om deur middel van n gesonde leefwyse hierdie prosesse van verou­ dering te rem nie. suid-afrikaners se onmag om 'n gesonder lewenstyl te beoefen ongelukkig bemerk ons daagliks in welke onmag suid-afrikaners verkeer om gehoor te gee aan die oproep om 'n meer gesonde lewens-styl te be oefen, en om in die besonder, groter fisiese aktiwiteit na te streef. in ons samelewing tre f ons by die een pool aan diegene wat welvarend en ontwik keld is maar wat in 'n drukwerkte vas gevang is wat net nie tyd laat vir ont spanning en oefening nie so oorweldig is hierdie persone dat hulle maar later net moet beken: “ek het daar geen be hae meer in nie." dan weer aan die an derkant van die spektrum, hulle wat blootgestel is aan ander soort lewe stressors wat veroorsaak of vererger word deur toenemende verstedeliking of migrasie, industrialisasie, werkloos heid en armoede. die rol van georganiseerde gemeen skapsoptrede begryplik kan wetgewing, kommissies van ondersoek, spesiale owerheidsin stellings en dergelike masjienerie aan hierdie situasie weinig doen. gemeen skappe kan egter verbasend suksesvol optree deur sterk en eendragtig 'n al gemene probleem te identifiseer en dit dan gemeenskaplik aan te pak. daar bestaan natuurlik talle voorbeelde hi ervan. een van die treffendste is waar skynlik die noord karelia-projek wat in 1972 in finland begin is nadat 'n gemeenskap by wyse van 'n massapeti sie vir optrede n aksie, teen hartvaat siektes geloods het. 'n program wat wereldaandag getrek het, is van stapel gestuur, veral gerig op uitskakeling van lewenstyl foute, (onder andere onfiks heid) wat as risiko-faktore vir miokard infarksie geidentifiseer is. hierdie pro jek het veral ook getoon hoe belangrik dit is om kinders vroeg te betrek. hon derde spesiaal-gekeurde werkers is uit gestuur om 'n bepaalde gesondheids boodskap te verkondig en sigbare resul tate het nie lank uitgebly nie. die ou stelling is waar bewys."the people stand up, the doctor steps down". die betrokkenheid van gemeenskappe in bevorderingsprogramme is nie iets nuut nie winslow, 'n grondlegger van gemeenskapsgesondheid, se oor spronklike definisie (soos mettertyd aangepas), verwys na hierdie omvat tende aksie wat onder andere ten doel het "promoting mental and physical health and efficiency through or­ ganised community efforts..." december 1987 vo l 2, 10 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) die sleutelelemente van 'n n a s io n a l e p r o g r a m ■n nasionale program ter bevordering van fisiese aktiwiteit sal na sekere sleu telelemente moet omsien,♦ groter duidelikheid oor die psigo sosiale faktore wat verhinder dat ak­ tiwiteit 'n groter deel van die mens se gesondheidsgedrag uitmaak. w w v u l z , in u • hoe die gedragswetenskappe meer doelgerig ingespan kan word om bepaalde gegewe gemeenskappe te be reik. • hoe om saam met die media strate gee te beplan ten einde gemeenskappe meer fiksheidsbewus te maak. tereg het dr robert butler, 'n voor malige direkteur van die united states national institute on ageing, by geleentheid gese dat "if exercise could be packed into a pill, it would be the single most widely prescribed, and beneficial, medicine in the nation." die nasionale gesondheidsplan cedurende 1986 is die nasionale gesondheidsplan afgekondig en nou wag ons vir gemeenskappe om gebruik te maak van aanbevelinge in hierdie plan ten opsigte van plaaslike betrok kenheid en deelname dit is goed om te beplan vir dit wat op nasionale vlak moet gebeur, maar sekerlik van baie groter belang om te verseker dat elke gemeenskap in suid-afrika sy e/e gesondheidsplan uitwerk en deurvoer. teen relatief lae koste versprei die gedagte van buurtwagte om mense en hul eiendom te beskerm, tans soos 'n veldbrand. kan ons nie op dergelike wyse ook begin dink aan "buur toefeninggroepe" om ons mense se gesondheid te help beskerm en te bevorder nie? gemeenskapgesondheidsentra waar voor daar in die nasionale gesondheids­ plan spesifiek voorsiening gemaak word, is nie net bedoel as plekke vir die behandeling of nabehandeling van pa siente wat nie hospitalisasie benodig nie. dit is inderdaad die ideale plek om baie van 'n gemeenskap se gesond heidsbevorderende aktiwiteite te sen treer — en dit dan ook te doen deur dit tot diep in die gemeenskap uit te dra. dit behoort sentra van omvat tende gesondheidsorg te word en te dien as lewende taboratoria waar programme vir die gemeenskap uit getoets kan word. 'n paar jaar gelede was daar reeds in 'n land soos swede honderde gesondheid sentra in werking, en is liggaamlike opleiding" dan ook as een van die be langrikste aktiwiteite gesien waardeur vervroegde veroudering teengewerk kon word. vanselfsprekend is oefenkun diges en ontspanningbeamptes lede van die multidissiplinere spanne wat by sulke sentra optree. gesondheidsbevordering onder die jeug my departement sowel as ander gesondheidsowerhede bestee reeds op verskeie vlakke tyd en aandag aan gesondheidsbevordering onder die jeug van ons land. die advieskomitee in­ sake gesondheidsopvoeding beywer horn vir gekoordineerde gesondheidsvoorligting in skole deur die onderskeie onderwysowerhede. vanuit hierdie komitee het 'n paaronderwysgidse vir die gebruik van onderwysers in skole reeds die lig gesien, waaronder byvoor beeld: "noodbehandeling van sport bese rings". die bevolkingsontwikkelingsprogram het intussen ook goed op dreef gekom en onderwysen jeugorganisasies tel onder hierdie program se telkengroepe die mikpunt van die program is verhoogde lewenskwaliteit en veral by die jeug moet fisiese aktiwiteit gesien word as een van die steunpilare om juis dit te bereik. vanselfsprekend moet so 'n doelgerigte program natuurlik tot in die volwasse jare deurgetrek word. dit word gese "my departement sowelasander gesondheids­ owerhede bestee reeds op verskeie vlakke tyd en aandag aan gesondheids­ bevordering onder die jeug van ons land:' 1987 dat die fisiese aktiwiteite van mans af neem namate hulle verantwoordelik hede in die aktiewe lewe toeneem. na die huwelik word dit minder, na die eerste kind nog minder — en prof. brink het geoordeel dat nie meer as 10% van ons suid-afrikaanse mans tyd vir fisiese ontspanningsaktiwiteite in ruim nie die gevolgtrekking moet dus gemaak woord dat ons baie indringend sal moet kyk na hoe ontspanningstyd in suid-afrika tot die grootste voordeel en heil van ons mense se gesondheid aangewend behoort te word. mag die dag aanbreek dat ons in hier­ die land ook sal praat van 'n oefenmalle bevolking, benewens ons sportmalle mense. bronne 1. hamburg, d. a. habits for health. world health forum, 1987, vol. 8, 9-12. 2. meyer, b j. veroudering van mens feite en fabels. festschrift h. w. snyman, 1985 7-10. 3. world health org. tech. rep. ser, 1961 215, 5. 4. brink, a j. jou hart en lewe, 1982, 217, femina uitgewers. 11r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) konsentrasies van kaffben in urine: riglyne vir me atleet departemente van farmakologie en huisartskunde, fakulteitvan geneeskunde, u n ive rsiteit van stellenbosch, posbus 63, tygerberg 7505 hi seifart dr rer nat., d.p. van velden, m.b., ch. b„ m. prax. med., m. esterhuizen, m.b. ch.b., d.p parkin, m.b., ch. b, bsc. hons., pr van jaarsveld, ph.d. bstract a the international olympic committee (ioc) medical commission has placed limits on the use o f caffeine in athletes fol­ lowing evidence that it has ergogenic properties and can be abused in gaining unfair advantage in athletic events requiring stamina. the ioc allows a maximum urine level o f 15ug/mf for this drug and evidence o f higher levels is considered due cause for disdualification. caffeine urinary elimination studies were undertaken in 5 healthy young adult athletes, 2 males and 5 females we conclude from our data that ioc limits will not be exceeded in healthy individuals who ingest diet caffeine and that side effects are likely to limit ingestion o f caffeine concentrate, by casual abusers, to amounts which will not exceed the regulatory norms. inleiding die internasionale olimpiese komitee se mediese afdeling het besluit dat die gebruik van kaffeien deur atlete be perk moet word omdat die middel er gogeniese eienskappe openbaar wan neer dit in hoe dosisse geneem word.1'2'n maksimum vlak van 15ug/mf in urine is vasgestel.5 aangesien kaffeien 'n bestanddeel van 'n verskeidenheid dranke, tonikums en medikamente is wat vry algemeen in geneem word, is daar 'n behoefte onder atlete aan duidelike riglyne oor die hoeveelheid wat ingeneem kan word sonder om die wettige perk te oorskrei. met hierdie doel voor oe het atlete vn/willig verskeie dosisse van 'n kommersiele kaffeien bevattende toni kum (bioplus) en koffie ingeneem en die konsentrasie kaffeien is in hul urine met verloop van tyd gemonitor. metodes bepaling van kaffeien hoedruk vloeistof chromatografie is gebruik vir die kwantitering van kaffeien in urine detail van die metode is soos volg: 'n hewlett packard 1090 apparaat toe gerus met 'n outomatiese monster voerder is gebruik. skeiding is met 'n whatmann partesil c-18 kolom by 35°c bewerkstellig. eluering was isokraties met 4:6 m etanol: water teen 'n vloeis nelheid van 1,5mfvmin. die konsentrasie kaffeien in die eluaat is spektrofotom etries by 254 nm gemeet en met 'n hp 3392 integreerder geregistreer. die minimum bepaalbare konsentrasie was "die internasionale olimpiese komitee se mediese afdeling het besluit dat die gebruik van kaffeien deur atlete beperk moet word omdat die middel ergogeniese eienskappe openbaar wanneerditinhoe dosisse geneem word." 5ng/mf terwyl die standaardkurwe linier was tot 'n konsentrasie van 40ug/mf (r=0,99927). ekstraksie van kaffeien uit urine is direk in die inspuitflessies van die monster voerder gedoen. die ph van 'n 1m£ urine monster is eerstens na 7,4 verhoog deur byvoeging van paar u? (3-5) 3m naoh. dit het veroorsaak dat 100% ekstraksie deur die byvoeging van 200uf mengsel chloroform : isopropanol (98:2) gekry kon word. die urine plus ekstraksie vloeistof is vir 30 min geossileer en daarna gesen trifugeer. die aspirasienaald van die monstervoerder is so gestel dat 10uf van die organiese fase in die skeiding sisteem ingespuit is. vrywilligers vyf blanke atlete het aan die studie deelgeneem. hul ouderdomme was tussen 20 en 25 jaar. verdere beson derhede word in tabel i opgesom toedlening van kaffeien bioplus bevat 9mg kaffeien per me. dit is in dosisse van 100mc, 50mf en 25mf deur die twee manlike atlete geneem wat 'n gemiddelde gewig van 78kg ge had het. die drie vroulike atlete het 50mf, 25mf en 12,5ml' geneem. hul gemiddelde gewig was 58kg. die doser ings is op 'n gerandomiseerde wyse deur die atlete geneem en 'n uit wasperiode van 10 dae is tussen dosisse gebruik. urine monsters is aan vanklik halfuurliks; later uurliks en twee uurliks oor 'n 12 uur periode versamel (vide infra, figure 1 en 2). na elke mon sterneming is die blaas volledig geledig en i50m f water geneem. ten einde met 'n zero waarde te kon begin is kaffeien bevattende vloeistowwe 48 uur voor die begin van die eksperiment uitgesluit. koffie wat 51,8mg kaffeien per 180mf koppie bevat is in hoeveelhede wat wis sel vanaf 4 koppies tot 12 koppies binne een uur na 'n ligte ontbyt geneem. na verloop van die een uur in­ name periode is urine versameling be­ gin soos hierbo met bioplus beskryf. elk van die v yf atlete het slegs een keer op 'n gerandomiseerde wyse een van die december 1987 vol 2, no 4 ,11 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) bespreking indien dit wettig sou wees om die kon sentrasie kaffeien in die bloed van at lefie tydens kompetisie te bepaai, sal dit moontlik wees om akkurate bereke nings van die ingeneemde dosis te maak aangesien farmakokinetiese para­ meters soos die volume van distribu sie en opruiming van die middel be kend is (4-6). dit is standaard praktyk om hierdie berekenings vir 'n ander xantienderivaat, teofillien te doen wan neer laasgenoemde vir behandeling van asma gebruik word (sien byvoor beeld 7). die monitor van urine konsen trasies van kaffeien om te bepaai of dit vir sy ergogeniese eienskappe deur 'n atleet misbruik is, is egter nie so een voudig as die monitor daarvan in bloed nie eerstens word slegs 1% van die ingeneemde kaffeien ongemetaboli seerd in die urine uitgeskei.8 dit is ook goed bekend dat die metabolisme van xantiene beinvloed word deur ouder aom, lewerensiemstatus, swangerskap en rook. tweedens varieer urinevloei peweldig met die graad van oefening wat gedoen word. dit is dus moontlik oat n oefening wat na voltooiing ver oorsaak dat 'n klein volume urine in die c io if ^ enwoordig is 'n hoe konsentra­ sie kaffeien tot gevolg mag he. ne«tc!?e^r ^ffei'en in enkele doserings geneem word, is dit duidelik uit figuur en 2 dat maksimum vlakke na 1 tot f j i ur ln die urine verskyn. daar moet inname skedules gevolg. resultate figuur 1 en 2 toon die urine kaffelen vlakke van die manlike en vroulike at jete onderskeidelik. die hoogste vlakke word in albei gevalle in die urine mon­ sters gevind wat 1 tot 2 uur na inname versamel is. hierna neem die maksi­ mum waarde egter nie vinnig af nie dit bly relatief konstant tot ongeveer 4 uur na inname waarna die konsentrasie vin niger begin daal. die gemiddelde maksimum urine vlakke het by die hoogste doserings kafeien (900mg vir mans en 450mg vir dames) nie hoer as i5ug/mf in die eerste 4 uur na inname gestyg nie. duidelike tekens van ongemak (naar heid en bewerigheid) het by hierdie doserings te voorskyn gekom. tabel ii toon die maksimum urine kaffei'envlakke nadat verskillende hoev eelhede koffie ingeneem is. in hierdie eksperiment is die maksimum vlakke na 1 tot v i 2 uur verkry. dit is duidelik van tabel ii dat die inname van koffie teen ‘n maksimum tempo van 12 kop pies per uur (62lmg kaffeien) die uri nevlak tot hoogstens 5,9ug/mf laat styg het. word dit aanvaar dat i5mg/kg die grens is waarby en waarbo newe effekte soos naarheid en bewerigheid ontstaan.8 in die huidige eksperimente was die hoogste doserings slegs 11,5 en 7,8mg/kg vir mans en dames onderskei­ delik. beide groepe atlete het egter by hierdie doserings alreeds ongemak er vaar. 'n selfbeperkende grens op die doelgerigte oormatige gebruik van kaf­ feien bestaan dus indien die gebruiker nie daarvoor gekondisioneer is nie. uit tabel ll is dit duidelik dat inname van koffie teen 'n buitensporige tem­ po van 12 koppies per uur nie die mak­ simale kaffeien konsentrasie in urine verby die vlak van i5ug/mf laat styg het nie hierdie studie bevestig dus dat 'n vlak hoer as 15ug/mf kaffeien in urine slegs te wyte kan wees aan doelbewuste misbruik. r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) t y d n a figuur i urinekaffeienkonsentrasie van twee manli­ ke atlete nadat verskillende volumes bioplus geneem is (900,450 en 225mg kaffeien on derskeidelik). tydens elke urine versameling is die blaas volledig geledig en 150m? water tabel i besonderhede van vrywilligers wat aan die proef deelgeneem het. in n a m e ( u r e ) ceslag gewig (kg) aktiwiteit manlik 77 naelloper manlik 79 naelloper vroulik 60 veldatleet vroulik 57 middelafstand vroulik 57 naelloper figuur 2 urine kaffeienkonsentrasie van drie vrouli ke atlete nadat verskillende volumes bioplus geneem is (450,225 en 125,5mg kaffeien on derskeidelik). die gemiddelde gewig van die atlete was 58kg. ander besonderhede is soos in figuur 1. ingeneem. die gemiddelde waardes is ver bind terwyl die vertikale strepe by elke waar de die standaard afwyking toon. die gemid­ delde gewig van die atlete was 78kg. la b e l il maksimale urine kaffeienkonsentrasie na inname van koffie oor een uur aantai koppies kaffeieninhoud (mg) konsen­ trasie (ug/mf) 4 207 1,70 6 310 2,84 8 414 2,74 10 518 3,11 12 621 5,96 urine versameling is halfuurliks gedoen na verstryking van een uur inname pe­ riode dis maksimale konsentrasies is op 1 tot v h uur gevind. t y d n a in n a m e ( u r e ) literatuurverwysings 1. costill dl, dalsky cp, fink w j (1978). effects of caffeine ingestion on metabolism and exercise per­ formance med. sci. sports, 10, 155-158. 2 ivy jl, costill dl, fink wj., lower r.w. (1979). in. fiuence o f caffeine and carbohydrate feedings on endurance performance. med. sci. sports, 1 1 ,6-11 3. delbeke ft. en debackere m (1984). caffeineuse and abuse in sports, int. j. sports. med. 5 , 179-182 4. lelo a , miners jo. robson, r. en birkett d i (1986). assessment o f caffeine exposure: caffeine content o f beverages, caffeine intake and plasma concentrations o f methyl xanthines. clin. pharma­ col. ther. 39, 54-59. 5. lelo a, birkett qj., robson r.a. en miners j q (1986). comparative pharmacokinetics o f caffeine and its prim a ry demethyiated metabolites pa. raxanthine, theobromine and theophylline in man br j. clin. pharmac. 22, 177-182. 6. gilman ag. goodman ls, rail tw. en murad f. (1985) the pharmacological basis o f therapeutics p 1673 seventh edition macmillan publishing com­ pany, new yprk 7. gibaldim en prescott l. (eds) (1983). handbook o f clinical pharmacokinetics. adis health science press, new york 8. rail tw. (1985). the methylxantines. chapter 25 in the pharmacological basis o f therapeutics. se­ venth edition, pp 589-603 (eds., a.g gilman, ls goodman; tw. rail, f murad) macmillan publishing company new york. photograph sa sports illustra ted december 1987 vol 2, no 4,1987 14r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) 'glansartikel,r rasioneel-emotiewe terapie vir sportlui professor justus potgieter departement van liggaamlike opvoeding, universiteit van stellenbosch o ati0nal emotive therapy for sportspeople the psychological prob­ lems experienced by sports people are often at­ tributed to irrational thinking. the sportman's cognitions f greatly influence his emotions: as cognitions, emotions and be­ haviour are interdependent ret is based on the fact that the human being is a thinking, judging creature capable o f both rational and irrational thought. irrational thinking leads to dysfunctional be­ haviour thus two people can act differently in a similar ob­ jective situation as a result o f differing interpretations. irrational thinking is often un­ compromising, marked by in­ tense, irrelevant emotions and unrealistic self-demands. un­ reasonable demands o f perfec­ tion can lead to anxiety, frustra­ tion and aggression. such irra­ tional thinking restricts the i .sportsman's capacity to partic­ ipate with spontaneity and to take risks, which leads to a dis­ ruption o f attention focus. 'catastrophing' a second error in thinking, is the tendency to overemphasise the seriousness and trauma o f a situation. together with uncompromising thinking this leads to negative performance, depression and self pity. negative self ju d g ­ m ent in turn can lead to a vi­ cious cycle o f poor m otivation 3nd performance. appropriate outdance can help to redefine distinction between the sportman's view o f his value as a person and his performance on the field. overgeneralisation is often tbbfceab/e in the sportman wno is psychologically poorly upped. a belief that he can­ not win on a certain field or under cer­ tain conditions is irrational selfdeter­ mination that can be rectified through ret. the sport psychologist can edu­ cate the sportsman through cognitive restructuring to grasp that the chief influence is not the objective situation, but his perception thereof. ret is self therapy and the focus o f control lies photograph sa sports illustra ted h p r 1987 vol 2, no 4,1987 with the sportsman. ret provides a structure within which the sportsman can tackle his problems. it also contains a facet o f goalsetting, and employs imagination techniques in order to alter irrational thinking. because ret aims chiefly at restructur­ ing the thinking processes o f the sportsman, no serious resistance to the therapist should come from the coach. the sports­ man's co-responsibility for his progress should avert the nor­ mal stigma attached to ther­ apy algemene sielkundige proble me van sportlui kan dikwels toe geskryf word aan irrasionele denke. omdat die mens se kog nisies, emosies en gedrag inter afhanklik is en mekaar dus wederkerig beinvloed, is dit lo gies om te verwag dat die sportman se kognisies 'n groot invloed op beide sy emosies en sy gedrag sal uitoefen. die ver naamste beginpunt van rasio neel-emotiewe terapie (ret) is dat die mens 'n denkende en oordelende wese is en oor die vermoe beskik om rasioneel sowel as op 'n irrasionele wyse te dink, dit is die mens se irra­ sionele denke wat tot disfunk sionele gedrag lei (moller, 1985) dit gebeur dikwels dat twee persone in soortgelyke situasies verskillend optree. die werklike objektiewe situasie, soos byvoorbeeld 'n kritieke tydstip in n belangrike kompetisie, is vir albei persone dieselfde, maar omdat daar verskillende inter pretasies daaraan geheg word, is die effek daarvan vir die twee persone nie eenders nie. die een deelnemer sal byvoorbeeld onder druk swig, terwyl dit die prestasie van die ander bevord er. die verskil tussen hierdie twee persone se interpretasie van 'n gebeurlikheid is hoof saaklik gelee in die bemiddeling sproses wat jul kognisies speel. r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) irrasionele denke en dinkfoute kan die basis van sielkundige swakhede in 'n sportman se mondering vorm. irra­ sionele denke is nie gebaseer op die werklikheid of op feite nie. dit is dikwels absolutisties, gaan gepaard met in­ tense o f irrelevante emosies en verhoed dat die sportman sy doelstel lings bereik. absolutistiese denke een van die mees algemene dinkfoute is absolutistiese denke waarmee die sportman onrealistiese eise aan hom self en die situasie stel. dit kom gewoonlik in sy selfspraak tot uiting in sulke gedagtes soos "moet", “moenie" en “behoort" onredelike eise van per feksie kan lei tot angs, frustrasie en soms tot onvanpaste aggressie. hierdie aggressie word dikwels na binne gerig en dit kom tot uiting in 'n onverdraag same gesindheid van die sportman teenoor homself en sy feilbaarheid. as gevolg van hierdie irrasionele denkwyse laat hy homself me genoeg ruimte om spontaan mee te ding of risiko's te neem nie. hy plaas onnodige druk op homself wat tot angs, woede en ag­ gressie kan lei. verder vind daar ook 'n ontwrigting van aandagsfokus plaas, omdat die sportman selfgerig raak. daar word nie voorgegee dat die sport­ man emosieloos moet wees of homself moet vereenselwig met gemiddeldheid nie, maar absolutistiese, perfek tionistiese, onredelike of onrealistiese denke wat prestasie inhibeer, is gewoonlik die basis van probleme in die sportman se ego-kompetisie. katastrofering katastrofering is 'n tweede tipe dink fout. dit is die neiging om situasies as veel ernstiger of meer traumaties te sien as wat dit in werklikheid is. dit sluit aan by absolutistiese denke in die sin dat die sportman se vorige swak ver tonings of kleiner foute, selfs binne dieselfde kompetisie, op so n wyse geinterpreteer word dat dit sy huidige en toekom stige w e rk ve rrig tin g negatief beinvloed. dit kan ook tot uit­ ing kom in depressie en 'n verlengde periode van swak vertonings wat in werklikheid niks met tegniek, vaardig heid of fisieke vermoens te doen het me. 'n verdere gevolg van hierdie tipe denke is 'n lae frustrasiedrempel met gepaardgaande selfblaam, selfbejam mering en depressie. die neiging tot negatiewe selfbeoordel ing wat op irrasionele denke berus kan ook aanleiding gee tot swak vertonings dit kan ook 'n bose kringloop ontket en wanneer die sportman begin twyfel oor sy eie vermoens en dit gevolglik sy m otive rin g en gepaardgaande prestasie negatief beinvloed. baie sportlui ervaar periodes van vertwyfel ing en kan deur middel van gepaste voorligting deur hierdie krisisperiodes gehelp word. die sportman wat nie rasioneel kan on derskei tussen sy waarde as persoon en sy prestasie op sportgebied nie, deur dat hy sy eiewaarde aan sy fisieke prestasies koppel, gaan gewis in een of ander stadium probleme in hierdie ver band ondervind dit lei me net tot die gebruiklike "gebrek aan selfvertroue" nie, maar kan die sportman se selfkon sep en selfwaarde negatief affekteer oorveralgemenings oorveralgememngs is baie dikwels ken merklik van die sportman wat sielkun dig swak toegerus is vir kompetisie. hy bou 'n sielkundige blokkering op teen sekere spelers en glo dat hy hulle nooit sal kan klop me. ander voorbeelde is spelers wat daarvan oortuig is dat hulle onder sekere omstandighede, soos byvoorbeeld op spesifieke bane of velde, nooit suksesvol is of sal wees nie hierdie irrasionele selfindoktrinasie of selfsuggestie kan deur herindoktrinasie deur middel van ret reggestel word. ongeldige afleidings uit bepaalde ge beurtenisse wat nie deur feite onder steun word nie, soos byvoorbeeld die sportman se persepsie dat hy nikswerd is omdat hy op 'n sekere wyse opgetree het of 'n punt afgestaan of 'n kom­ petisie verloor het, kan 'n ontwrigtende invloed op sy sielkundige benadering he. die sportsielkundige kan n belangrike voorligtingsrol vervul deur saam met die sportman bogenoemde en ander irrasionele denke en dinkfoute te iden tifiseer, te betwis en te wysig en te ver"oorveralgemenings is baie dikwels kenmerklik van die sportman wat sielkundigswak toegerus is vir kompetisie:' vang met rasionele denke. deur middel van kognitiewe herstrukturering word die sportman opgevoed om te besef dat dit nie die objektiewe situasie is wat hom soseer beinvloed nie, maar sy per­ sepsie van die situasie. die doel van rasioneel-emotiewe terapie is dus om die sportman te help om insig in die in houd van sy denke, denkprosesse, en selfkommunikasie te verkry en sy gesindhede, oortuigings en filosofie te wysig om sodoende sy doelstellings op n rasionele wyse te bereik. ret is selfterapie daar word voorgestel dat hierdie tipe terapie geskik vir sportlui sal wees om­ dat dit in groot mate selfterapie is. die fokus van kontrole berus dus by die sportman self. die keuse tussen ra­ sionele en disfunksionele denke is sy eie. hy dra dus medeverantwoordelik heid vir sy terapie. hierdie benadering behoort by die persoonlikheid van die meeste sportlui te pas. sportlui be­ hoort ook me probleme met die didaki tiese inslag te ondervind nie, omdat hulle uiteraard ontvanklik vir onderrig en afrigting is. verder skep die werkswyse van ret heelwat struktuur en 'n raamwerk waa rin die deelnemer sy probleme kan aani pak. dit bevat ook 'n faset van doelwit stelling... lets waarmee die ernstige deelnemer vertroud behoort te wees. i ret maak ook gebruik van verbeeld ingstegnieke om irrasionele denke te identifiseer en te wysig. omdat die meeste sportlui van een of ander vorm van beeldingstegniek gebruik maak as deel van hul sielkundige voorbereiding, behoort dit goed in te pas by die sport­ man se normale program, n verdere voordeel van ret vir die sportman is dat dit vereis dat die klient goed vertroud moet wees met die ra sionaal en die werkswyse van die ter­ apie voordat daar met werklike terapie begin kan word. dit behoort die sport­ man se motivering asook die geloof waardigheid van die terapeut te bevorder omdat sportlui sielkundig redelik taai is, behoort hierdie terapie, wat in teen stelling met byvoorbeeld die rogeri aanse benadering redelik aktiefi direktief en soms bedreigend of uit dagend mag voorkom, nie ernstige verhoudingsproblem e tussen die sielkundige en die sportman te veroor saak nie. die moontlikheid van weer stand deur die afrigter omdat hy mag voel dat die voortigter op sy terrein oor tree, word in groot mate verminder deurdat die onmiddellike doel van ret is nie om die sportman se gedrag as sodanig te wysig nie, maar om die in houd van sy denke asook die wyse waarop hy dink te rekonstrueer die feit dat die sportman self verant woordelik gemaak word vir sy vorder ing en dat hy insig in die werkswyse en doelstellings van ret moet he, behoort die stigma wat daar moontlik aan sielkundige hulp kleef en die gevolglike traagheid van die sportlui om hulself aan te meld vir terapie, uit die weg ruim. verwyslng moller, andr6 t. (1985), rasioneel-emotiewe terapie in die praktyk stellenbosch: universiteit-uitgewers _____________________ december 1987 vo l 2, no 4 ,19< r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) f sasma nuus sasgv news dr d. van velden head: department of family practice. n die suid-afrikaanse sportgeneeskunde ver emging se pogings om 'n nasionale bewuswording te kweek van die belang van fiksheid as gesond heidsbevorderende maat reel, is ons besonder bevoorreg om in hierdie uitgawe 'n artikel te publiseer van dr f. r retief, direkteur-generaal, departement van nasionale gesond­ heid en bevolkingsontwikkeling, insake die plek van oefening in gesondheids­ bevordering. dit is bemoedigend om te weet dat die departement van nasion­ ale gesondheid en bevolkingsontwikkel ing, so 'n hoe premie plaas op gesond­ heidsbevordering in die nasionale gesondheidsplan wat in 1986 afgekon dig is die sasgv sal alles binne sy ver­ moe doen om by wyse van weten skaplike artikels, simposia en kongresse, 'n motiveringsaksie te loods ter bevor dering van 'n gesonder leefwyse sodat gesondheidsbedreigende gedrag grootliks uitgeskakel kan word. dit is al gemeen bekend dat die suid-afrikaanse leefwyse aanleiding kan gee tot 'n vlaag van sogenaamde "hipokinetiese siektes” wat nie geneesbaar is met die tradi sionele allopatiese geneeskunde nie, maar eerder met 'n gestruktureerde oefenprogram wat op 'n nasionale ba­ sis georganiseer word. aangesien so 'n poging op 'n multidissiplinere benader ing rus, is die sasgv verheug dat die aanverwante mediese dissiplines soos dv, fisioterapie, biokinetika, maat skaplike werk, ensl, nou ook lid kan word van ons vereniging om ons hande te sterk in hierdie taak. the editorial board of the sports medi­ cine journal had a very successful meeting recently where the format of tne journal was discussed in depth. in­ ternational recognition is to be persued some opposition to become af­ filiated with the international sports medicine association (f.l.ms.) and to comply with their motto for 1987: "lets trv? example to the world. lets work « w t n e r for sports medicine, exercise, a * ; ancl a better understanding ong our nations'! a concentrated ef­ margaret simpson, continuing medical education university of natal po box 17039, congella 4013. tel no: (031) 25-4211. provisional programme wedsnesday. 6th a p ril 1988 registrations welcoming drink thursday: 7th a p ril 1988 welcome by president motivation / perspiration / inspiration biomechanics of running drugs in sport fluid balance morphalegic considerations diet — fads & fancies liniments, strapping and bandaging endotoxaemia in long-distance runners advice for the beginner running equipment footwear friday: 8th a p r il 1988 foot anatomy & biomechanics skin problems in the runner physical examination of the ankle and foot stress fractures compartment syndromes foot soft tissue problems: tendonitis/fascitis physical examination of the knee internal derangement of the knee joint tendon problems around the knee joint anterior knee pain in runners muscle tear treatment in runners medical aspects of the iron man triathlon the assessment of fitness of middle aged persons to participate in strenuous sporting activities banquet saturday: 9th a p ril 1988 fun run open session key address & panel discussion speakers will include prof t noakes dr e p hugo mr s n du toit dr dp van velden drrrathgeber dr c noble mr g lindenberg dr j skwono december 1987 vol 2, no 4,1987 fort should be made to increase our membership and to disseminate our journal as widely as possible to all ap­ propriate health professionals. the south african sports medicine as­ sociation is deeply in debt to the spon­ sor of our journal and would like to ex­ press our sincere appreciation for their concentrated efforts to enhance the teaching and practice of sports medi­ cine in south africa. dr. van velden sasma update 88 course the cme course, concentrating on var­ ious medical and physiological aspects of running, scheduled for 6-9 april 1988, is another venture of the sasma to dissem inate sports medicine knowledge to everybody involved in sport and exercise for further information please contact: dr r rathgeber, 112 hillcon towers, umhlanga rocks 4320 chairman: tel: 031 561-1777 orr ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) prevention of rugby injuries should more be done? etienne p. hugo, chairman: sa rugby board medical advisory committee s a has reached the end of the 1987 rugby season. there has again been a justifiable concern from many interested groups for the safety of the play­ ers during this year. some sections of the medical profes­ sion on media are always ready to cre­ ate sensation or denigrate rugby or preferably both by headlining any seri­ ous injury whilst ignoring similar inju­ ries occuring in activities like motor cy­ cling and other sports. it will be proclaimed on each occasion that the controlling body of the game has done nothing and that the "laws must be changed" or "new laws must be introduced". those with genuine concerns for the game will want evi­ dence of what might lead to justifia­ ble changes some perspective is need­ ed by looking at what has been done and what has happened in recent years. the game of rugby is under control of the international rugby football board. the board is composed of 2 represen­ tatives from each of the unions in membership including south africa. the laws of the game or any alterations therein or interpretations thereof are promulgated by the board. the board's concern about safety and health matters related to rugby led to the establishment of a medical adviso­ ry committee and south africa was represented on this committee since the beginning. this immediately led to medical advi­ sors or advisory committees to the various unions, medical doctors accom­ panying touring teams, doctors at representative touring matches as well as the stimulation of interest and research into injuries, commonly as­ sociated with rugby. the board has introduced various changes, intended to improve the game for the players and spectators and the safety of the players has be­ come a major consideration during the last 10 years. law amendments were introduced in an endeavour to minimise unintention­ al injuries. various facets of the game came un­ der scrutiny e.g., the tackle and lying on the ground, scrums, rucks, mauls and foul play where deliberate injuries can occur. the medical advisory committee was responsible for very important recom­ mendations which have been accept­ ed regarding: • the use of drugs in rugby • dangers of footwear and damage from studs • use of mouth guards • training and fitness • replacement of injured players • dangers of concussion • the need of injured players to leave the field the board conducted a special study into the frequency and type of rugby injuries and it is involved in an analysis of all severe spinal injuries due to rug­ by as well as the assessment of the value o f mouth guards. the s.a.r.b. medical committee is ac­ tively involved and committed towards these programmes. the i.r.f.b. has been responsible for more than 30 law amendments, 14 notes or instructions to referees, and more than 20 directives to improve the position of the player. it is unacceptable to state that the board has been unresponsive to change and to make the game a safer one the referee plays a vital role in the im­ plementation of the rules but the failure of referees to apply the laws of the game is not in itself an adequate reason for altering the laws. officials, selectors, managers and even team doctors, develop tunnel vision in relation to their own team. players are allowed to play after receiving injec­ tions into painful areas or joints or they are allowed to play one week after be­ ing carried o ff the field with concus­ sion. the s.a.r.b. has recommended mini­ mum medical and first aid require­ ments at all rugby playing fields. the effective implementation of these requirements and essential profession­ al care at playing fields have become a pre-requisite for playing the game players and parents at schools have the right to demand certain basic precau­ tions and available facilities. the establishment of these facilities re­ mains the responsibility of the school, club or union. if these demands are not met, the ef­ fective protection by the laws of the game or the suggested minimum first aid requirements will have little effect. closer co-operation between players, parents, administrators and doctors is needed to improve the standard of care further, december 1987 vol 2, no 4,1? r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) basic conditioning for rugby dr keith cordon — team physiotherapist o ugby being an amateur game largely precludes any o ff season training program, and the best that can be hoped for is that 6 weeks before the new season begins, the players will put in some form of aero­ bic training, the activity of choice be­ ing running. for maximal aerobic ef­ fect, between 20-45 minutes should be run on alternate days. a basic weight training program emphasising hyper­ trophy is strongly recommended for between 6 12 weeks during the off-season. once the players return to organised practices (usually towards the end of january), training emphasises the build­ ing of stamina and this was effective­ ly achieved by hill climbing. a t eben cuyler where the team practises, there is a fairly steep incline (35 degrees) of approximately 40 metres and the team builds up to 20 hills. one of the problems experienced here was the development of inflamed achilles tendons, and it would be advis­ able to start with only 2-4 hills and add 1-2 a week as the season progresses. during the season hill climbing is phased out due to the demands of the game and the need for more specific fitness to be developed. a t this stage more intense, shorter and faster activi­ ties replace hill climbing. it must be remembered that rugby is not an en­ durance event, and a number of in­ teresting statistical factors which should have an important influence on the specificity of training have been demonstrated. for example during an eighty minute game, there are on aver­ age 140 seouences of action lasting 27 minutes of actual playing time as it has also been obsetved that 56% of the ac­ tivity lasts less than 20 seconds and 85% of the activity lasts less than 20 seconds, it means that the energy source is predominantly atp-cp plus the anaerobic lactic acid system. we see therefore that at all standards of competition high levels of anaerobic power and capacity are required, and "it must be remembered that rugbylsnotan endurance event" their development must receive more attention than is currently the case. to achieve this the players must be put through a series of tests to measure: 2. 6. muscular strength, muscular endurance, cardiovascular endurance, flexibility, leg explosiveness, quickness, agility, percentage body fat. the question most often asked is: what is the role of testing if the tests do not measure playing ability? the answer is that the tests measure potential abili­ ty which could mean that the player who achieves high scores has the tools to become a great player. strength training (weight training) should be encouraged and if it could form a part of the conditioning pro­ gram would contribute significantly to the players realising their individual potential. there is no american or east european athlete today who is not on an intensive weight training program. the benefits in terms of developing the players physical capacity factors that will enable them to fulfill their potential and minimise tim e o ff through injury have been proven con­ clusively by our american, eastern eu­ ropean and russian counterparts, warm-up: before every practice and game the team was warmed up very systemati­ cally as follows: five minutes of run­ ning, hopping, jumping to get the cir­ culation going, followed by slow stretches to every joint and muscle act­ ing over that joint. before a game, a few plyometric (rebound jumping) ex­ ercises are included to stimulate the "reactive neuro-muscular apparatus". this is brought about by loading the elastic and contractile components of the muscle the actual warm-up should take between 10 and 20 minutes, de­ pending on the fitness level, tempera­ ture and nature of activity it precedes conclusion: in addition to improving performance, one of the primary benefits of ade­ quate physical conditioning is to minimise the occurence and severity of injuries. the incorporation of proper testing to provide information as to the players physical capability, super­ vised strength training, adequate rest and nutrition will ensure the rugby players spend less time in the treat­ ment rooms and more time on the playing field. rtq and trauma. diclophenac sodium 50 mg (entericcoated tablets) reg.no,m.1/253 (wemctioi/1965) ej c ib a g e ig y (pty) ltd p.o. b o x 9 2 is a n d o 1 6 0 0 f o r fu ll p re s c rib in g in fo r m a tio n p le o se re fe r to th e m .d.r. m e m b e r 1987 v o l 2, n o 4,1987 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) news the ponky firer sports medicine aw ard south african medical authors with an interest in the growing gfield of sports medicine will be pleased to learn of the establishment of a new writing award. the firer sports medicine award will take the form of an annual cash prize of r500 presented in recognition of an important written contribution in sports medicine by johannesburg or­ thopaedic surgeon, dr 'ponky' firer certain principles are laid down for the guidance of contributors.<1 • the objective is to encourage good, well presented and concise contribu­ tions to the growing literature on sports medicine. • open to south african authors, criter­ ia for evaluation will include good research and sound methodology. written contributions not exceeding 1500 -1800 words and dealing with any sports medicine-related topic are invi­ ted. ideally, the work should represent per­ sonal experience and should provide concise/practical help to gps and others periodically involved in the management o f injuries, training schedules or the physiology of sport. articles must be available for publica­ tion in "sports medicine" prior to, or fol­ lowing judging. the editorial board of the publication will nominate three ar­ ticles from which one winner will be chosen by an appropriate academic authority. drugs and sport congress the national symposium on drugs and sport participation to be held at the sports centre, university o f pretoria, is scheduled for 26 february 1988. an in­ ternational speaker will participate and the sasma is officially involved in the programme this promises to be very informative and further information can be obtained from gert potgieter or petra taljaard at tel. no (012) 542-2150. drug abuse in sport and in the commu­ nity is becoming a major problem and needs to be addressed from many different angles. the 7th international biochem istry o f exercise conference, london, ontario, canada june 1-4 1988. tentative programme the role of functional demand in regulating gene expression. determinants of muscular growth — a biochemical perspective. muscle energetics — phosphorylation of the contactile protein. metabolic disorders of the muscle — exercise implications. fluid, electrolyte, and acid-base homeostasis in the working muscle. extramuscular substrate deliver/ and control with exercise. the biochemistry of muscular fatigue. poster sessions adaptation and muscle transformation. skeletal muscle growth. metabolic disorders of the body. fluid and electrolyte balance. substrate utilization and exercise skeletal muscle fatigue. suid-afrikaanse sport geneeskunde vereniging application form aansoekvorm south african sports medicine a ssociation full member/vohe lid r25 student member/studente-lid r5 tel no/tel n r . ................ m a s a no/mvsa nr . f u ll m e m b e r m e d ic a l p /a c tin o n e r rs w h o a re m e m b e rs o f m a s a v o ile l id : m e d ie s e p ra k tis y n s w a t le d e v a n d ie m.v.s. a. is . s tu d e n t m e m b e r . m e d ic a l s iu d e m s in c lin ic a l y e a rs s tu d e n t e le d e :m e d ie s e s t u d e n ie m h u lk lin ie s e ja re. a p p lic a tio n s to r m e m b e rs h ip o f s. a .s .m a s h o u ld b e s e n t to. the s e c re ta ry . s a s m .a h a tfie ld f o ru m w e s t. 1067 a rc a d ia s tre e t. h a tfie ld . p re to ria 0 0 8 3 . c h e q u e s to a c c o m p a n y m e m b e r s h ip fo rm december 1987 vol 2, no 4,11 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) original research 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 concussion knowledge and attitudes among amateur south african rugby players c t viljoen,1 b phys t, msc physiotherapy, m schoeman,2 bsc (human movement sciences), bsc (hons) (biokinetics), phd (biomechanics), c brandt,1 bsc physiotherapy, msc physiotherapy, phd physiotherapy, j patricios,3 mbbch, mmedsci, facsm, ffsem (uk), ffims, c van rooyen,2 bcom, mcom 1department physiotherapy, university of the free state, south africa 2 department biostatistics, university of the free state, south africa 3 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, and department of emergency medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, south africa corresponding author: c t viljoen (viljoen.ct@gmail.com) rugby players are exposed to a higher risk of injury than participants in other sports, as players may legitimately be involved in collision incidents.[1] a recent review reported that head injuries, including concussions, are the most frequently reported injuries in professional rugby.[2] concussion is defined as a ‘traumatically induced transient disturbance of brain function which involves a complex pathophysiological process’.[3] potentially dangerous long-term side-effects, such as neurological deficits and chronic traumatic encephalopathy, explain why the topic of concussion is covered extensively in medical and lay media.[4] concussion in rugby is most commonly noted at community/amateur level, with a rate of 2.08 concussions per 1 000 player match-hours.[5] this is followed by schoolboy level and elite level, with respective rates of 0.62 and 0.40 concussions per 1 000 player match-hours.[5] most of south africa’s rugby playing population consists of amateur players. only a limited proportion of amateur clubs and schools offer medical assistance – which is limited to matches – mostly due to a lack of funding.[6] therefore the focus of the boksmart programme in south africa currently leans towards educating coaches and referees to recognise concussion signs and symptoms and to remove concussed players from the field.[6] in a country where medical assistance on the field during a rugby match is scarce, the players themselves can play a pivotal role in reporting possible concussions to their coach or the referee. only a few studies have researched rugby players’ knowledge of concussion.[7–9,11,12] less than half of a group of new zealand high school rugby players knew about concussion, while only 22% of players waited to be medically cleared for return to play (rtp) after being diagnosed with concussion.[7] research among italian amateur rugby players showed that 39% of these players had never been informed about concussion.[8] similar results were noted among 127 subelite south african rugby players, where less than half of the players waited until fully recovered before returning to full participation in rugby.[9] currently, no rugby safety management programme focuses on concussion education among south african rugby players. only a single study, to date, has investigated knowledge of concussion and rtp attitudes among south african rugby players and therefore further research in this field of study is warranted.[9] the aim of this study was to evaluate the concussion knowledge and attitudes to rtp of south african amateur rugby players in order to provide information for future concussion education programmes. based on anecdotal evidence and the study by walker,[9] it was found that amateur south african rugby players displayed insufficient knowledge concerning concussions. methods permission to conduct this study was granted by the south background: the south african rugby union’s boksmart programme currently educates coaches and referees on concussion. rugby players are often more familiar with their teammates than the coach or referee. therefore they are wellpositioned to play a pivotal role in rugby safety if they have adequate knowledge to identify subtle signs and abnormal behaviour displayed by a concussed teammate. however, no programme focuses on concussion education among south african rugby players and there is a dearth of literature on concussion education programmes among rugby players which could lead to safer return to play (rtp) habits. objectives: to evaluate south african rugby players’ concussion knowledge and attitudes/behaviours regarding rtp following a concussion. methods: a descriptive, cross-sectional study was used. participants (n=294) were divided into junior amateur high school (jahs) (n=216) and senior amateur club (sac) (n=78) players. the modified rockas-st questionnaire was used to evaluate their concussion knowledge index (cki) and concussion attitudes/behaviours index (cai) regarding rtp. results: on average, 62% (jahs) and 60% (sac) of the cki questions were answered correctly. jahs participants correctly identified 66% of concussion symptoms, similarly to the sac participants (63%), rendering similar (p=0.37) overall cki scores when comparing the two groups. the cai questions yielded similar (p=0.98) results between the groups, reporting safe responses in 66% (jahs) and 67% (sac) of the items. discussion and conclusion: junior and senior south african amateur rugby players lacked approximately one-third of essential concussion knowledge, which may lead to a display of unsafe attitudes/behaviours to concussion and rtp. further research is warranted to inform educational programmes on concussion among rugby players. keywords: post-concussion syndrome, rugby union, return to play, safety, south africa s afr j sports med 2017;29:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1942 mailto:viljoen.ct@gmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1942 original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 african rugby union and the gauteng department of education, while ethical approval was obtained from the institutional ethics committee of the university of the free state. a total of 294 south african amateur rugby players participated in this cross-sectional study and were recruited from high schools and clubs in the gauteng province. from the more than 200 schools in gauteng who were actively playing rugby at the time of the research, 30 schools were randomly selected and approached to participate in the study. from these schools, seven agreed to participate. all gauteng province-based rugby clubs with contact details available on the internet or via the specific rugby unions were contacted for inclusion in the study. six rugby clubs finally agreed to partake in the study. the study sample was divided into two groups of players, namely, those from junior amateur high school (jahs) (n=216, aged 13–19 years) and those from senior amateur club (sac) (n=78, aged 17–28 years). all participants had to be male, south african citizens, and proficient english-speaking rugby players. participants in the sac group had to be registered at a club in the gauteng province during the 2015 club rugby season, and must have played at least one game for the club that season in either the under-21 or the over-21 age groups. participants in the jahs group had to have been playing at under-14, -16 or -18 age levels during the 2015 season, be enrolled at a gauteng school, and have played at least one game for the school during the 2015 season. participants completed a modified rosenbaum concussion knowledge and attitudes survey – student version (rockas-st) questionnaire [10] to assess their knowledge and attitudes/behaviour regarding concussion injuries and rtp. the original questionnaire consisted of the concussion knowledge index (cki), concussion attitudes index (cai) and the rockas concussion symptom recognition checklist.[10] the modified version replaced the rockas concussion symptom recognition checklist with a 16symptom checklist which increased the reliability and validity of the questionnaire.[10] descriptive statistics were used to summarise continuous data with means and standard deviations or medians and quartiles (q1 and q3) as appropriate. frequencies and percentages were calculated for categorical data while significance was set at p<0.05 for comparative analyses. results at the time of the study, 33% from the jahs and 42% from the sac groups’ participants reported a previous history of having sustained a concussion. the largest proportion jahs participants were front row players (26%) while the largest proportion of sac participants were in the back three (27%) (fig. 1). the jahs group had a median rugby playing experience of eight years (q1=7; q3=10) compared to the sac group with a median of 10 years (q1=6; q3=15). sixty percent of the sac participants were under-21 players. only 46% (n=133) from the total sample had previously received information on concussion. a higher number of participants in the sac group were more informed on concussion (59%, n=44) compared to participants in the jahs group (41%, n=89). healthcare professionals (hcp) played the biggest role as the source of information to 42% (n=43) of all participants. those who had previously received concussion information reported hcps as their information source. the jahs group, specifically, received the majority of their information on concussion from hcps (47%, n=34), while the sac group received their information on concussion from the schools (33%, n=10) they had previously attended (fig. 2). the cki mean in the jahs group was 11±2 (range 3–15) of a maximum score of 17 points, while the sac group showed a mean of 10±2 (range 4–14) also of a maximum score of 17 points. participants in the jahs group, on average, identified 62% of the cki questions correctly, which was similar compared to the 60% identified correctly by the sac participants (p=0.37). most of the knowledge questions were correctly answered by less than 80% of the jahs participants (table 1). the most common misconception was that a concussion could be identified via brain imaging; only 23% (n=50) of the jahs group and 19% (n=14) of the sac participants answered this question correctly. both groups had a misconception about the mechanism of the concussion injury, as 63% (n=133) of the jahs 0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 30,0 p e rc e n ta g e ( % ) player positions jahs sac 0,0 5,0 10,0 15,0 20,0 25,0 30,0 35,0 40,0 45,0 50,0 p e rc e n ta g e ( % ) jahs sac fig. 1. player position distributions of the junior amateur high school (jahs, n=216) and the senior amateur club (sac, n=78) participants. fig. 2. sources of information on concussion received by the junior amateur high school (jahs, n=72) and the senior amateur club (sac, n=30) participants. original research 3 sajsm vol. 29 2017 and 57% (n=44) of the sac participants believed that a concussion could only be sustained by a direct hit to the head. interestingly, only 32% of the jahs group knew that multiple concussions can have a negative long-term effect on a player’s health and well-being (table 1, item 14). when the same concept was tested in a scenario they could relate to, then 81.9% of the jahs group answered correctly. similarly, the sac group’s correct answer percentage increased by 15.5% when the concept was tested in a playing scenario they were familiar with. on average, participants in the jahs group identified the symptoms of concussion correctly 66% of the time compared to 63% by sac participants. true symptoms of concussion that were unfamiliar to the majority of jahs and sac participants included sleep disturbances, loss of consciousness and nausea (table 2). dizziness and headaches were the symptoms that both the jahs and sac groups were most familiar with. similar (p=0.98) mean cai scores were noted for both groups (table 3). the cai mean in the jahs group was 57±9 (range 36–75) compared to 56±11 (range 20–75) reported among the sac participants. the cai questions were scored on a likert scale and categorised into "safe", "neutral" and "unsafe" responses. participants in the jahs group had a mean safe response of 66% compared to 67% for sac participants when analysing the total number of safe, neutral and unsafe responses across the various statements. the majority of jahs (79%, n=169) and sac participants (85%, n=63) agreed that a concussed player must be prevented from returning to play by the coach, even if it means losing the game (table 3, scenario 1.1). both the jahs and sac participants showed unsafe responses to the question of sports participation while concussed. only 55% of jahs (n=115) and sac (n=43) participants reported that they themselves would take the decision to refrain from participation in sport while they still had symptoms that resulted from a concussion (table 3, statement 1). only 66% (n=141) of jahs participants believed that a physiotherapist rather than the player should decide when it is safe to rtp. the sac participants showed similar results, as only 53% (n=40) agreed that the player should not be the one making the rtp decision. a slight decline in safe rtp responses (1% for jahs and 4% for sac participants) towards a hypothetical scenario were noted when playoff games were in question compared to the first match of the season (table 3, scenario 2). however, when distinguishing between those who "strongly disagreed" and those who just "disagreed", only 28% of the sac participants strongly disagreed that the player table 1. concrete statements and scenarios evaluating the concussion knowledge index (cki) of the jahs and sac groups. statements % correct true statements jahs sac 1. there is a possible risk of death if a second concussion occurs before the first one has healed. 82 77 2. people who had one concussion are more likely to have another concussion. 66 48 3. symptoms of a concussion can last several weeks. 80 80 4. after 10 days, symptoms of a concussion are usually completely gone. 60 53 5. concussions can sometimes lead to emotional disruptions. 72 66 6. an athlete who gets knocked out after getting a concussion is experiencing a coma. 38 37 false statements 7. in order to be diagnosed with a concussion you have to be knocked out. 79 74 8. a concussion can only occur if there is a direct hit to the head. 37 43 9. being knocked unconscious always causes permanent damage to the brain. 70 67 10. sometimes a second concussion can help a person remember things that were forgotten after the first. 68 81 11. after a concussion occurs, brain imaging (cat scan, mri, x-ray etc.) typically show visible physical damage (bruise, blood clot) to the brain. 23 19 12. if you receive one concussion and you have never had a concussion before, you will become less intelligent. 86 94 13. after a concussion, people can forget who they are and not recognise others but be perfect in every other way. 44 27 14. there is rarely a risk to long-term health and well-being from multiple concussions. 32 53 scenarios 1.1. a single concussion will affect a player’s health and well-being negatively 65 69 1.2. a history of multiple concussions will affect a player’s health and well-being negatively 82 67 2. playing with concussion symptoms will not affect a player’s performance 76 72 jahs; junior amateur high school, sac; senior amateur club table 2. concussion symptom identification capabilities of the jahs and sac groups. symptom % correct the following are symptoms jahs (n=216) sac (n=78) amnesia (memory loss) 69 56 blurred vision 73 72 confusion 77 69 dizziness 84 71 headache 84 77 loss of consciousness 47 56 nausea 57 51 sleep disturbances 38 47 the following are not symptoms abnormal sense of smell 92 88 abnormal sense of taste 88 87 black eye 91 86 chest pain 83 91 nosebleed 73 85 numbness/tingling in upper extremity 79 76 sharp burning pain in neck 85 85 weakness of neck range of motion 59 60 jahs; junior amateur high school, sac; senior amateur club original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 4 should rtp during a playoff game compared to 40% who strongly disagreed when it was the first match of the season. discussion as far as could be established, this was the first study including both junior and senior amateur rugby players, comparing data relating to concussion knowledge and attitudes/behaviours. this study sample (294 participants) is substantially larger when compared to other studies that investigated concussion knowledge among rugby players.[8,9,11,12] only 46% of the total study sample had previously received information on concussion, which is marginally more than the 39% informed participants reported for italian rugby players.[8] a better-informed sample was reported by sye et al.,[7] where 61% of their participants had received concussion information. the fact that more sac (59%) compared to jahs (41%) participants from this study reportedly received concussion information may possibly be attributed to the fact that they also had a higher reported incidence of concussion and player years and, therefore, possibly greater exposure to concussion management and associated concussion information. due to the fact that the participants from this study were amateur school and club players not necessarily playing in a specific position, with a median rugby playing experience of eight and 10 years respectively, the participants were more likely to have changed player positions during their rugby careers. this would make inferences on the link between player positions and concussion histories speculative at most, since the participants reported their concussion histories irrespective of when they occurred. similarly to previous studies,[8] hcps played the biggest role as a source of information to 42% of the informed participants. schools were also identified as a noteworthy source of information (fig. 2). these should be investigated in future research as a possible avenue for concussion education among rugby players who are at different developmental stages compared to the coaches and referees targeted by boksmart. it must be acknowledged that teammates could inherently be part of the school source for concussion information and should also be considered in future research. as boksmart focuses on educating coaches and referees on concussion,[6] it was expected that coaches would have played a pronounced role as a source of concussion information. however, only 14% of the jahs and 7% of the table 3. concrete statements and scenarios evaluating the concussion attitude index (cai) of the jahs and sac groups. % correct jahs sac statements % safe % neutral % safe % neutral 1. i would continue playing a sport with a headache as a result of a concussion. 55 29 55 27 2. i feel that coaches need to be extremely cautious when determining whether an athlete should return to play. 72 22 80 13 3. i feel that concussions are less important that other injuries. 66 23 75 17 4. i feel that an athlete has a responsibility to return to a game even if it means playing while still experiencing symptoms of a concussion. 63 18 69 22 5. i feel that an athlete who is knocked unconscious should be taken to the emergency room. 77 15 72 21 scenarios 1.1. i feel that the coach made the right decision to keep a fellow concussed team mate off the field, even though we lost the game. 79 12 85 7 1.2. my team mates would feel that the coach made the right decision to keep a fellow concussed teammate off the field, even though we lost the game. 60 26 67 23 2.1. i feel that a concussed player should have returned to play during the first game of the season (that is, the same game of the injury) 67 20 65 20 2.2. most players would feel that a concussed player should have returned to play during the first game of the season (that is, the same game of the injury) 56 27 65 16 2.3. i feel that a concussed player should have returned to play during the semi-final playoff game 67 19 61 27 2.4. most athletes feel that a concussed player should have returned to play during the semi-final playoff game 52 25 61 20 3.1. i feel that the physiotherapist, rather than the player, should make the decision about a player returning to play 66 21 53 31 3.2. most players would feel that the physiotherapist rather than the player should make the decision about returning a player to play 57 30 57 29 4.1. i feel that a player with concussion symptoms should tell the coach about the symptoms even if its two hours before the game. 76 17 77 14 4.2. most athletes would feel that a player with concussion symptoms should tell the coach about the symptoms even if it is two hours before the game 72 20 62 28 jahs; junior amateur high school, sac; senior amateur club original research 5 sajsm vol. 29 2017 sac participants reported coaches as their source of information on concussion. considering the fact that teachers often fill the role of rugby coaches, it must be acknowledged that some jahs participants included teachers as opposed to coaches as a school source of information. in contrast, the low occurrence of coaches conveying concussion information reported by the sac players could not be explained and seems to imply that coaches are not a significant source of concussion information among senior amateur rugby players. a third (33%) of sac participants also reported schools as their main source of concussion information, due to the fact that 60% of the sac participants were under-21 players and had therefore recently attended school. similar to the findings of boffano et al. [8] the media were also identified as playing a limited role as a source of concussion information. however, social media are widely used among all ages and their role should be investigated in future research on concussion education. participants in the jahs group on average identified 62% of the cki questions correctly, while the sac group had an average of 60% (p=0.37). considering that 59% of the sac participants had previously received information about concussion, the percentage of informed participants seemed to be closely related to the mean percentage of correctly answered cki questions. however, this speculative relationship between information received and cki scores was not evident among the jahs group, who managed to obtain a mean of 62% of the cki answers correct, even though only 41% of them had previously received information on concussion. the most common misconception among participants in both groups was that a concussion could be identified via brain imaging, showing physical brain damage, which is in keeping with other studies.[1] considering that patients cannot refer themselves for brain imaging, the practical implication of this finding among rugby players may not be of major concern. however, the effect of this misconception on a player’s self-driven rtp decisionmaking is unknown and should be considered in future research. another apparent misconception is displayed in the mere 37% of jahs participants and 43% of sac participants who indicated that a concussion can be sustained via a hit anywhere on the body, and not only on the head. similar results have previously been reported, where only 47% of a study sample could correctly identify that head impact was not the only way to sustain a concussion.[1] this is a further motivation for education among rugby players to enable them to link preceding mechanisms of sustaining a concussion to the potential concussion symptoms displayed by teammates. among the jahs and sac participants, a headache was the most common correctly identified concussion symptom. in comparison, boffano et al.[8] reported headaches as the sixth most commonly identified concussion symptom. these authors reported symptoms of nausea, vomiting, memory loss, dizziness and loss of consciousness as symptoms more frequently identified by italian rugby players.[8] dizziness was also frequently identified correctly in the current study, with 84% of jahs participants and 71% of sac participants providing correct identification. in contrast to boffano et al. [8] the current study showed a low rate of correct identification of memory loss as a symptom of concussion; only 58% of sac participants could correctly identify this symptom. even though the jahs participants had better concussion knowledge, they displayed more unsafe attitudes or behaviours regarding concussion and rtp compared to the sac participants. in keeping with other health-related studies, such as knowledge of the risks of smoking which does not necessarily govern cessation habits,[13] the results from this study support other concussion studies, where the use of increased concussion knowledge as a predictor of the effectiveness of concussion educational tools has been criticised.[14] kroshus et al. argued that concussion knowledge only indicates if the individual paid attention to the information received, and not necessarily whether it is indicative of improved in-season reporting behaviours.[14] this view is echoed by kurowski et al. [15] who state that improved self-report behaviours were not associated with previous concussion education or better knowledge about concussion. in order to obtain effective behavioural change, kroshus et al.[14] propose adding real life simulation to educational programmes in order to help individuals make safe decisions. both the jahs and sac participants displayed unsafe attitudes to self-driven rtp approaches while concussed; only 55% of all participants reported that they would stop their participation in sport while experiencing concussion symptoms. this is alarming, considering that the majority of participants (jahs=82%, sac=77%) understood the potential risk of death when a second concussion is sustained while already concussed. this discrepancy could possibly indicate a misconception among players that the presence of some concussion symptoms does not necessarily constitute a diagnosis of being concussed. this conception should be investigated in future research. furthermore, this finding emphasises a need for concussion education among players in order to address possible misconceptions and promote safer attitudes/behaviours in concussion and rtp. increasingly unsafe attitudes/behaviours during playoff versus the first game of the season were seen among the sac participants. o’connell and molloy[12] found similar unsafe attitudes in their research, as 75% of their participants reported that they would continue to play with a concussion in important games. they further reported that players showed these unsafe behaviours as they did not want to let the team down. [1] certain limitations were identified during the course of the present study. sample size and selection were affected by the time of year data collection occurred, which resulted in fewer under-18 level players included in the jahs group due to the lack of scholars available for testing. a two-week period was given for data collection at school level, giving rise to the possibility of questionnaire content leaking, with original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 6 associated peer influence among scholar participants at different age levels. conclusion both junior and senior south african amateur rugby players displayed insufficient knowledge of concussion and unsafe attitudes/behaviours regarding concussion and rtp, with no statistically significant differences between their mean cki and the mean cai scores. unsafe attitudes were more evident during pressure situations, as participants showed higher unsafe responses towards rtp when playoff games were involved. this provides motivation for further implementation of concussion education programmes and their scope among amateur south african rugby players through the boksmart rugby safety programme. future research should focus on incorporating other geographical regions of south africa in order to improve generalisability of the findings, and implement population-specific concussion education programmes among all role players. the role of social factors in unsafe concussion attitudes/behaviours, despite the availability of information, should also be investigated for inclusion in concussion education programmes. conflict of interest: the authors have no conflict of interest to declare. no funding was received from any funding agencies in the public, commercial or non-profit sectors. references 1 carter m. the unknown risks of youth rugby. bmj 2015;350:h26. doi: 10.1136/bmj.h26 [pmid: 25566788] 2 kaux jf, julia m, delvaux f, et al. epidemiological review of injuries in rugby union. sports 2015;3:21-29.doi: 10.3390/sports3010021 3 harmon kg, drezner ja, gammons m, et al. american medical society for sports medicine position statement: concussion in sport. br j sports med 2013;47(1):15-26. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2012-091941 [pmid: 23243113] 4 raftery m. concussion and chronic traumatic encephalopathy: international rugby board’s response. br j sports med 2014;48(2):79-80. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2013093051 [pmid: 24096899] 5 gardner aj, iverson gl, williams wh, et al. a systematic review and meta-analysis of concussion in rugby union. sports med 2014;44(12):1717-1731. doi: 10.1007/s40279-014-0233-3 [pmid: 25138311] 6 boksmart. what is boksmart.. available from: http://boksmart.co.za/content/what-is-boksmart (accessed 15 august 2015). 7 sye g, sullivan sj, mccrory p. high school rugby players’ understanding of concussion and return to play guidelines. br j sports med 2006;40(12):1003-1005. doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2005.020511 [pmid:17124109] 8 boffano p, boffano m, gallesio c, et al. rugby players’ awareness of concussion. j craniofac surg 2011;22(6):20532056. 9 walker s. concussion knowledge and return-to-play attitudes among subelite rugby union players. s afr j sports med 2015;27(2):50-54. 10 williams j. concussion knowledge and attitudes in english football (soccer). master’s thesis. georgia, usa. georgia southern university; 2013. available from: electronic theses and dissertations (accessed 12 january 2015). 11 baker jf, devitt bm, green j, et al. concussion among under20 rugby union players in ireland: incidence, attitudes and knowledge. ir j med sci 2013;182(1):121–125. doi: 10.1007/s11845-012-0846-1 [pmid: 22898834] 12 o’connell e, molloy mg. concussion in rugby: knowledge and attitudes of players. ir j med sci 2016;185(2):521-528. doi: 10.1007/s11845-015-1313-6 [pmid:26026952] 13 xu x, liu l, sharma m, et al. smoking-related knowledge, attitudes, behaviours, smoking cessation idea and education level among young adult male smokers in chongqing, china. int j environ res public health 2015;12(2):2135-2149. doi:10.3390/ijerph120202135. 14 kroshus e, baugh cm, daneshvar dh, et al. concussion reporting intention: a valuable metric for predicting reporting behaviour and evaluating concussion education. clin j sport med 2015;25(3):243-247. doi: 10.1097/jsm.0000000000000137. 15 kurowski b, pomerantz wj, schaiper c, et al. factors that influence concussion knowledge and self-reported attitudes in high school athletes. j trauma acute care surg 2014;77(3 suppl 1):s12-s17. doi: 10.1097/ta.0000000000000316 [pmid: 25153048] http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/sports3010021 introduction peripheral arterial disease (pad) is characterised by the presence of atherosclerotic plaque in the peripheral arteries causing reduced blood flow to the peripheral limbs. reduced blood flow results in ischaemia. the pain of intermittent claudication is felt, particularly during exercise.1 the word ‘claudicare’ means to limp. typically the patient with pad will experience pain (either in the buttock, thigh or calf muscle) distal to the atherosclerotic obstruction. studies have shown that exercise training is an important and effective therapy for patients with pad. the effects of exercise training on pad and intermittent claudication have been reviewed.2 typically exercise programmes continue for 6 weeks to 6 months and vary in the mode of exercise training used. in a meta-analysis by gardner et al.18 of 21 studies on exercise training in patients with pad, pfwd increased 179% and the mwd increased 122% following exercise training.18 despite the clear evidence of patients clinically benefiting from exercise training, the mechanism(s) of the training response remains unclear. several mechanisms have been proposed and researched and these will be discussed in this paper. improvements in blood flow – increased collateral circulation and increased endothelium-dependent dilation skinner and strandness3 claimed that exercise training increased collateral circulation to the ischaemic muscle. they found a reduction in the post-exercise hyperaemic response with exercise training.3 postexercise hyperaemia is when blood flow increases to the ischaemic muscle after exercise, and as a result blood flow decreases to the foot, causing a reduction in ankle pressure. the greater the reduction in ankle pressure, the greater the extent of the underlying peripheral arterial disease as blood is shunted to the ischaemic muscle.19 therefore the authors argued that because this post-exercise hyperaemic response was dampened by exercise training, exercise training must improve blood flow to the ischaemic limb and stated that this was through collateral growth (although they did not prove this). in that same period, alpert et al.4 documented that exercise training increased absolute blood flow to the lower limbs (measured by the 133xe clearance method) and also attributed this to the development of a collateral circulation.4 twenty years later a study by carter et al.5 also found that systolic ankle pressure recovery to normal levels following the post-exercise hyperaemic response was more rapid after a period of exercise training. furthermore, an increase in walking tolerance was related to a decrease in the time of the ankle pressure to return to pre-exercise levels but not to any other haemodynamic variables (absolute ankle pressure and abi),5 and therefore the development of an increased collateral circulation and improved blood flow was unlikely. in support of this study, jonason and ringqvist6 found that post-exercise ankle pressure (from minute 2 16) was higher after a period of exercise training. however, there was no change in calf blood flow at rest or post-ischaemic maximum blood flow measured by strain gauge plethysmography. they attributed this reduction in post-exercise hyperaemia to ‘a more optimal distribution and utilization of available blood flow with exercise training’.6 therefore neither carter et al.5 or jonason and ringqvist6 could attribute increased walking tolerance following exercise training to increased blood flow to the lower limb through an increased collateral circulation. subsequently two more studies have shown that blood flow to the lower limb as measured by strain gauge plethysmography increases with exercise training.7,8 however, neither of the above mechanisms of the training response in patients with peripheral arterial disease – a review abstract exercise training has proved to be a beneficial treatment for patients with peripheral arterial disease (pad) suffering from the symptom of intermittent claudication. the mechanism by which symptomatic improvement occurs is unclear. the review summarises the mechanism of the training response in patients with pad, focusing on improvements in bloodflow as well as biochemical, muscle recruitment and psychological adaptations. possible areas of future research are suggested. correspondence: yumna albertus uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine sports science institute of south africa po box 115 newlands, 7725 phone: +27 21 650 4567 fax: +27 21 686 7530 e-mail: yumna.albertus@uct.ac.za b parr (msc)1 y albertus-kajee (phd)2 e w derman (mb chb, phd, facsm, ffims)2 1cape peninsula university of technology 2uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town and sports science institute of south africa clinical review 26 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 studies proved that improvement in blood flow is due to an increased collateral circulation. more recently a study in subjects with mild hypertension found that after 12 weeks of exercise training, forearm blood flow increased significantly in response to acetylcholine (an endothelium-dependent vasodilator) but not to isosorbide dinitrate (an endotheliumindependent vasodilator) in the exercise group but not in the control group.20 studies using the elderly 21,22 or patients with coronary artery disease23 and on animals with chronic coronary occlusion24 have revealed that exercise training improves endotheliumdependent vasorelaxation through an increase in the release of nitric oxide. endothelial cells release nitric oxide, a lipid-soluble gas, in response to the stimulus of increased blood flow through the vessel lumen (as would happen during exercise).25 indeed, it is apparent that a depressed endothelial function is more likely to improve with exercise training than in patients with normal endothelial function (i.e. in the young and healthy).26 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 27 table i. review of the trials determining the mechanism of the training response in patients with pad authors proposed mechanism of response effect of exercise training variable measured skinner and strandness 3 increase in collateral circulation the decrease in ap with exercise was less after training ankle pressure alpert et al.4 increase in collateral circulation increased absolute blood flow to lower limb blood flow (133xe clearance method) carter et al. 5 redistribution of blood flow, increased capacity of skeletal muscles time for post-exercise ankle pressure to reach normal levels after exercise was less. no change in abi or ap systolic ap recovery abi ap absolute jonason and ringqvist 6 more optimal distrib and utilisation of available blood flow with exercise training post-exercise ap was higher 2-16 minutes after exercise ap blood flow (strain gauge plethysmography) hiatt et al. 7 increase in blood flow increase in blood flow blood flow (strain gauge plethysmography) gardner et al.8 increase blood flow increase in blood flow blood flow (strain gauge plethysmography) brendle et al.9 increase in endothelial-dependent dilation 60% improvement in flow mediated brachial artery diameter and resting artery diameter brachial artery diameter and flow velocity measured by an ultrasound system lundgren et al. 10 oxidative enzyme activity increases with physical activity cytochrome-c oxidase (cyt-ox) activity increased with training biopsies of calf muscle tissue, cyt-ox activity measured holm et al.11 restricted oxygen supply during exercise increases oxidative enzymes activity mitochondrial succinic oxidase increases with training. increased blood flow with training but not correlated to mwd biopsies of lateral vastus muscle and medial head of gastrocnemius muscle ap abi sorlie and myhre 12 increased oxygen extraction by skeletal muscles venous oxygen saturation was lower at exhaustion after training than before. max lactate concentration lower after physical training catheter into distal femoral vein and brachial artery zetterquist 13 increased oxygen extraction by the skeletal muscles attributed to a regional redistribution of available blood flow towards active muscles o2 saturation of femoral venous blood was significantly lower after training at identical loads catheter into femoral vein of affected leg hiatt et al. 14 improved skeletal oxidative metabolism decrease in resting plasma shortchain acylcarnatine concentration blood samples taken and carnatine measured by radioenzymatic assay parr et al. 15 mechanism unclear venous lactate concentrations low at maximal exercise capacity and not correlated to walking distances blood samples from brachial artery ruell et al.16 lower lactate concentrations after physical training venous lactate concentrations lower at submax and at exhaustion blood samples taken from brachial artery walking distances pedrinelli et al. 17 central drive increases following a supervised walking programme raised initial mdf but not to normal values after the walking programme muscle fibre conduction velocity and median frequency of tibialis anterior muscle gardner et al. 18 improved pain tolerance through exposure to pain claudication pain end point used during training was the most important predictor of change in pfwd meta-analysis of controlled trials ap = ankle pressure; abi = ankle brachial index; cyt-ox = cytochrome-c oxidase; mdf = median frequency; mwd= mean walking distance; pfwd= pain-free walking distance. it has been shown in patients with pad that endotheliumdependent dilation is impaired or depressed. this was shown by measuring maximum brachial artery diameter and flow after brachial artery occlusion (with a blood pressure cuff) in patients with pad and controls.27 only one study has shown that exercise rehabilitation improves endothelial-dependent dilation in older patients with pad.9 this study found a 60% improvement in the flow-mediated brachial arterial diameter as well as in the resting arterial diameter. however, this study was not randomised or controlled. it is perhaps the improved endothelial-dependent vasodilation that is responsible for improvements in walking tolerance and blood flow. it is possible that improved endothelial-dependent vasodilation in patients with pad as a result of exercise training allows for a less pronounced and shorter duration post-exercise hyperaemic response and decrease in ankle pressure after a bout of exercise, which would explain the findings of the studies completed in the 1960s and 1980s. finally, it may not only be the endothelium that is responsible for vasodilation in patients with pad. further examination is also required of the ability of the smooth-muscle cells of the arteries to cause vasodilation in response to adenosine in patients with pad. a study by hambrecht et al.23 found that coronary blood flow reserve (the ratio of the mean peak flow velocity to the resting velocity after adenosine infusion) increased significantly after 4 weeks of training in patients with coronary artery disease.23 future research should examine this response to exercise training in patients with pad. biochemical adaptations in skeletal muscle in patients with pad following exercise training because patients with pad have reduced blood flow to the exercising limb(s), it has been suggested that anaerobic glycolysis resulting from ischaemia increases the lactate concentration in the skeletal muscles and blood, which leads to claudication pain.27,10 this was summarised in a review article by tan et al.,28 who stated, ‘in patients with peripheral vascular disease, increasing the workload causes an inequality in the supply of and demand for oxygen. aerobic generation of atp becomes inadequate and anaerobic metabolism predominates. the result is an increase in lactic acid production, and a depletion of atp and creatine phosphate, leading to pain.’ support for this theory is found in studies that have shown that improvements in walking tolerance following exercise training in patients with pad occur alongside increases in the number of oxidative enzymes found in the skeletal muscle,11,10 improvements in oxygen extraction by the skeletal muscles12,29 and a decrease in the concentration of acylcarnatines16 (produced during skeletal muscle ischaemia). the theory is that these adaptations delay the onset of anaerobic glycolyis, lactate accumulation and pain. this theory of walking intolerance in patients with pad stems from the popular cardiovascular/anaerobic theory of fatigue which suggests that fatigue develops when the exercising skeletal muscles fail to get enough oxygen to them and as a result have to rely on anaerobic glycolysis to produce enough atp to continue exercising.30 a by-product of anaerobic glycolysis is lactate accumulation in the skeletal muscles and blood. a recent study in this laboratory found that although venous lactate concentrations increased following a graded treadmill exercise test, the values were very low (2.08±1.6 to 3.28±1.39 mmol.l-1) and furthermore did not correlate to pfwd or mwd in patients with pad.15 others have found that venous and arterial lactate concentrations were higher in patients with pad at maximal exercise capacity than in age-matched controls at maximal exercise capacity29 and lower after surgical reconstruction or physical training in these patients.29,16 however, concentrations of blood lactate never reached higher than 4 mmol.l-1 in these studies. values in a normal population at maximal exercise capacity reach far greater values than this (7.59 mmol.l-1) and the subjects never experience claudication.31,32 in skeletal muscle, there was no significant difference in lactate concentration values between patients with pad and controls at maximal exercise capacity.16 therefore, the suggestion that accumulation of lactate in the skeletal muscles and blood leads to claudication pain, is unlikely. there has to be some other mechanism for the pain that patients with pad experience. muscle recruitment response to claudication and exercise training recently it has been suggested that fatigue in the normal population develops when muscle recruitment is reduced by the motor cortex, causing exercise to terminate. this happens because inhibitory reflexes arise from the exercising muscles and feedback to the spinal cord and motor cortex, reducing skeletal muscle recruitment. this theory has been previously reviewed.33,34 the influence of the central nervous system on muscle recruitment is commonly measured using surface electromyography (emg). emg comprises of the sum of electrical contributions made by the active motor units which are detected by electrodes placed on the skin surface overlying the muscle.35 few studies have investigated muscle activity in patients with pad after interventions including exercise training response and percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (pta). the only published studies investigating emg in these patients have studied changes in median frequency (mdf, the frequency value which divides the power density spectrum of emg signal into two equal halves), nerve conduction velocity of peroneal and tibial nerves 36,37,33,17 and a recent case study investigating changes in emg after angioplasty.38 a study conducted by pedrinelli et al.17 examined muscle fibre conduction velocity (mfcv) and mdf of the tibialis anterior muscle during tetanic electrical stimulations in patients with pad and controls. mfcv ranges did not differ significantly between patients and healthy controls. however, mdf of both the ischaemic and non-ischaemic legs were found to be significantly lower than the controls, as the healthy limb also showed a decrease in mdf. this finding suggests that chronic ischaemia was not the cause of lower mdf in patients with pad. it is of interest to note that this study used a 3-week walking programme intervention, which resulted in improved exercise tolerance, raised initial mdf but not to normal values after the walking programme; and unchanged mfcv in patients with pad. these findings suggest that central drive increases following a supervised walking programme and factors other than ischaemia and physical inactivity underlie the abnormal emg signal in patients with pad. a case study conducted by albertus-kajee et al.38 on a patient with pad came to similar conclusions, where muscle activity in the diseased leg was found to increase after angioplasty. they explain this increase in emg as a possible increase in central drive to the lower limbs after angioplasty, which resulted in an increase in functional capacity. interestingly, the blood lactate concentrations were low ranging between 2.00 and 1.75 mmol.l-1 before angioplasty and 1.75 1.50 mmol.l-1 after angioplasty. the influence of muscle recruitment on the training response in these patients is therefore of special interest and needs to be further investigated. although the use of emg in the evaluation of this disease is still in early development, it provides a non-invasive assessment and understanding of the physiopathology of skeletal muscle involvement in patients with pad. 28 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 29 psychological adaptations to exercise training some of the improvement in exercise tolerance noted with exercise training in patients with intermittent claudication may be attributed to psychological factors. this was made apparent in a review where a number of important predictors of the outcome of an exercise programme were identified.39 the best correlation with good outcome of the exercise programme was belief that the exercise would lead to an improvement in walking status. moreover, patients can be influenced by the level of motivation they feel on the particular day of testing. this was made apparent in a study which noted: ‘the psychology involved when walking with pain was highlighted by the two-thirds of patients who said they could walk no further but then immediately walked 15 45 m to the rest room’.40 lastly it seems that as patients subject themselves to pain, their pain tolerance improves. gardner et al.18 found in a meta-analysis that claudication pain end-point used during an exercise training programme was the most important independently related predictor of the positive change in pfwd distance and mwd in patients with intermittent claudication.18 the longer patients ‘walked into’ their pain during training, the more pfwd and mwd improved after training. therefore, factors including the belief that the exercise training will work, motivation to walk and improvements in pain tolerance can affect walking tolerance. if it is true that the motor cortex reduces muscle recruitment in response to pain then these psychological factors could perhaps act against central regulation, allowing for the patient to train longer and eliciting better functional results. this is an area of future research. conclusion early research attributed improvements in walking distances with exercise training to improvements in collateral circulation or peripheral adaptations in the exercising skeletal muscles. this review indicates that endothelium-dependent dilation improves with exercise training and should be researched further in controlled, randomised trials. moreover, the possibility that the central governor causes exercise to terminate in patients with pad should be investigated, especially in the light that factors including the belief that the exercise training will work, motivation to walk and improvements in pain tolerance affect walking distances in patients with pad. references 1. bernstein ef. vascular diagnosis. missouri, mosby-year book. 1993. 2. parr bm, derman ew. the effects of exercise training in patients with peripheral vascular disease – a review. s afr j sports med 2006;18(4):6772. 3. skinner js, strandness de. exercise and intermittent claudication. circulation 1967;6:23-29. 4. alpert j, larsen a, lassen na. exercise and intermittent claudication: blood flow in the calf muscle during walking studied by the xenon-133 clearance method. circulation 1969;9:353-359. 5. carter sa, hamel er, paterson jm, snow cj, mymin d. walking ability and ankle systolic pressures: observations in patients with intermittent claudication in a short-term walking exercise program. j vas surg 1989;10:642-649. 6. jonason t, ringqvist i. effect of training on the post-exercise ankle blood pressure reaction in patients with intermittent claudication. clin phys 1986;7:63-69. 7. hiatt wr, regensteiner jg, wolfel ee, carry mr, brass ep. effect of exercise training on skeletal muscle histology and metabolism in peripheral arterial disease. j appl physiol 1996;81:780-788. 8. gardner aw, katzel li, sorkin jd, et al. exercise rehabilitation improves functional outcomes and peripheral circulation in patients with intermittent claudication: a randomised controlled trial. j am geriatr soc 2001;49:755-762. 9. brendle dc, joseph ljo, coretti mc, gardner aw, katzel li. effects of exercise rehabilitation on endothelial reactivity in older patients with peripheral arterial disease. am j cardiol 2001;87:324-329. 10. lundgren f, dahloff ag, schersten t, volkmann r. intermittent claudication – surgical reconstruction or physical training. ann vasc surg 1989;209:346-355. 11. holm j, dahloff ag, bjorntorp p, schersten t. enzyme studies in muscles of patients with intermittent claudication. j clin lab invest 1973;31:201-205. 12. sorlie d, myhre k. effects of physical training in intermittent claudication. scan j clin lab invest 1978;38:217-222. 13. zetterquist s. the effect of active training on the nutritive blood flow in exercising ischemic legs. scand j clin lab invest 1970;25(1):101-111. 14. hiatt wr, regensteiner jg, hargarten me, wolfel ee, brass ep. benefit of exercise conditioning for patients with peripheral arterial disease. circulation 1990;81:602-609. 15. parr bm, noakes td, derman ew. factors predicting walking intolerance in patients with peripheral arterial disease and intermittent claudication. s afr med j 2008;98:958-962. 16. ruell pa, imperial es, bonar fj, thursby pf, gass gc. intermittent claudication – the effect of physical training on walking tolerance and venous lactate concentration. eur j app physiol 1984;52:420-425. 17. pedrinelli r, marino l, dell’omo g, siciliano g, rossi b. altered surface myoelectric signals in peripheral vascular disease: correlations with muscle fiber composition. muscle nerve 1998;21:201-210. 18. gardner aw, poehlman et. exercise rehabilitation programs for the treatment of claudication pain. jama 1995;274:975-1000. 19. basmajian jv. therapeutic exerise. 3rd ed. baltimore: williams and wilkinson, 1978. 20. higashi y, sasaki s, kurisu s. regular aerobic exercise augments endothelium dependant vascular relaxation in normotensive as well as hypertensive subjects. circulation 1999;100:1194-1201. 21. rinder mr, spina rj, ehsani aa. enhanced endothelium-dependant vasodilation in older endurance-trained men. j appl phys 2000;88:761-766. 22. taddei s, galetta f, virdis a, et al. physical activity prevents age-related impairment in nitric oxide availability in elderly athletes. circulation 2000;101:2896-2901. 23. hambrecht r, wolf a, gielen s. effect of exercise on coronary endothelial function in patients with coronary artery disease. new engl j med 2000;342:454-460. 24. griffin kl, laughlin mh, parker jl. exercise training improves endothelium-mediated vasorelaxation after chronic coronary occlusion. j appl phys 1999;87:1948-1956. 25. pohl u, holtz j, busse r, bassenge e. crucial role of endothelium in the vasodilator response to increased flow in vivo. hypertension 1986;8:37-44. 26. green dj, maiorana a, o driscoll g, taylor r. effect of exercise training on endothelium-derived nitric oxide function in humans. j physiol 2004;561(1):1-25. 27. yatoco ar, corretti mc, gardner aw, womack cj, katzel li. endothelial reactivity and cardiac risk factors in older patients with peripheral arterial disease. am j cardiol 1999;83:754-758. 28. tan kh, de cossart l, edwards pr. exercise training and peripheral vascular disease. brit j surg 2000;87:553-562. 29. pernow b, saltin b, wahren j, cronestrand r, ekestrom s. leg blood flow and muscle metabolism in occlusive arterial disease of the leg before and after reconstructive surgery. clin sci mol med 1975;49:265-275. 30. noakes td. physiological models to understand exercise fatigue and the adaptations that predict or enhance athletic performance. scand j med sci sports 1999;9:1-23. 31. benneke r, van duvillard sp. determination of maximal lactate steady state response in selected sports events. med sci sports exer 1996;28:241-246. 32. nichols jf, phares sl, buono ms. relationship between blood lactate response to exercise and endurance performance in competitive female masters cyclists. int j sports med 1997;18:458-463. 33. papapetropoulou v, tsolakis j, terzis s, paschalis c, papapetropoulos t. neurophysiologic studies in peripheral arterial disease. j clin neurophysiol 1998;15:447-450. 34. davis jm, bailey sp. possible mechanisms of central nervous system fatigue during exercise. med sci sports exerc 1997;29:45-57. 35. farina d, merletti r, enoka rm. the extraction of neural strategies from the surface emg. j appl physiol 2004;96:1486-1495. 36. argyriou aa, tsolakis i, papadoulas s, polychronopoulos p, gourzis p, chroni e. dynamic f wave study in patients suffering from peripheral arterial occlusive disease. acta neurol scand 2007;115:84-89. 37. mcdermott mm, guralnik jm, albay m, bandinelli s, miniati b, ferrucci l. impairments of muscles and nerves associated with peripheral arterial disease and their relationship with lower extremity functioning: the inchianti study. j am geriatr soc 2004;52:405-410. 38. albertus y, swart j, lamberts r, lambert mi, noakes td, derman ew. alteration in emg during graded treadmill exercise test after 3 days recovery from angioplasty in a patient with peripheral vascular disease. int sports med j 2011. in print 39. rosfers a, arnetz bb, bygdeman s, skoldo l, lahnborg g, eneroth p. important predictors of the outcome of physical training in patients with intermittent claudication. scan j rehab med 1990;22:135-137. 40. watson cje, phillips d, hands l, collin j. claudication distance is poorly estimated and inappropriately measured. brit j surg 1997;84:1107-1109. sajsm 377.indd original research sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 81 background. the abdominal musculature plays a protective role against lower-back injury. knowledge of the asymmetry in abdominal wall thickness in healthy, injury-free cricket pace bowlers may provide a useful platform against which pathology could be assessed and the effects of training could be evaluated. objective. to compare side-to-side differences in absolute muscle thickness and activity of the abdominal musculature and to compare these measurements at the start, with those at the end of a cricket season among a group of amateur pace bowlers. methods. this was a controlled longitudinal prospective study. rehabilitative ultrasound imaging was used to assess abdominal muscle thickness in 26 right-handed, injury-free cricket pace bowlers at the start and at the end of a cricket season. thickness measurements were done at rest, during an abdominal drawing-in manoeuvre (adim) and the active straight-leg raise (aslr) on the left (-l) and right (-r). results. the absolute thickness of the non-dominant obliquus abdominis internus (oi) was higher than that of the dominant oi at the start (p=0.001; es=0.87) as well as at the end of the cricket season (p=0.001; es 1.09). at the start of the season, the percentage change during the adim, thus muscle activity, was higher for the non-dominant oi than for the dominant oi (p=0.02; es=0.51). absolute thickness of the dominant obliquus abdominis externus (oe) at rest was significantly higher at the end of the season compared with the start of the season (p=0.0001; es=0.85). during aslr-r, the activity of the left transversus abdominis (ta) was significantly higher than that of the right ta during aslr-l (p=0.03) when measured at the end of the season. conclusion. this study highlights the possible muscle adaptations in absolute muscle thickness and activity as a consequence of the asymmetrical bowling action. s afr j sm 2013;25(3):81-86. doi:10.7196/sajsm.377 side-to-side asymmetry in absolute and relative muscle thickness of the lateral abdominal wall in cricket pace bowlers b olivier,1 pt, msc; a v stewart,1 pt, phd; w mckinon,2 phd 1 school of therapeutic sciences, department of physiotherapy, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 school of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: b olivier (benita.olivier@wits.ac.za) lower-back injury is one of the most common types of injury sustained by cricket pace bowlers.[1] the abdominal musculature plays a protective role against such injury by increasing the stability of the lumbar segmental vertebrae.[2] the assessment of thickness of the abdominal muscles including transversus abdominis (ta), obliquus abdominis internus (oi) and oblique abdominis externus (oe) is known to be a valid measure of size of the abdominal muscles, as well as a sensitive measure of change. ferreira et al.[3] found that ta and oi percentage change in thickness are valid measures of activity compared with electromyography (emg). rehabilitative ultrasound imaging (rusi) is often used as a surrogate measure for activation of the abdominal muscles. muscle thickness, as measured by rehabilitative ultrasound imaging (rusi), is well correlated with muscle thickness measurements derived from magnetic resonance imaging (mri).[4] mannion et al.[5] and springer et al.[6] conducted abdominal muscle activation studies in non-sporting populations and showed that there were no differences in activation between body sides. rankin et al.[7] also found no statistically significant differences in muscle thickness between the left and right oi and oe when measured at rest, but a difference in ta was found where the left ta was thicker than the right in moderately active individuals. they did not specify whether the recreational activities were mainly symmetrical or asymmetrical. in contrast to the findings of the aforementioned authors,[5-7] hides et al.[8] found that the oi on the non-dominant side of elite cricketers was thicker than on the dominant side. hides et al.[8] assessed a small sample size of elite cricketers, including batsmen and bowlers. it was suggested that the asymmetrical demands of the repetitive bowling action may cause some muscles to be activated preferentially and hypertrophied above other muscles.[8] knowledge of the asymmetry in abdominal wall thickness in healthy and injury-free cricket pace bowlers may provide a useful platform against which aetiology of injury could be assessed and training could be gauged, and could provide a benchmark to direct rusi biofeedback interventions in the future. the aim of this study was to compare side-to-side differences in absolute muscle thickness and muscle activation of the abdominal musculature, and to compare absolute muscle thickness and muscle activation measured at the start v. the end of a cricket season in a group of amateur fast, fast-medium and medium pace bowlers. methods ethics ethical clearance was granted by the human research ethics committee of the university of the witwatersrand (reference m10430). all 82 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 participants signed informed consent and had the right to withdraw from the study without suffering any repercussions. participants twenty-six right-handed, premier league (amateur) cricket pace bowlers were invited to participate in the study on condition that they were free of injury. participants were tested at the start and again at the end of an 8-month cricket season. validity and reliability the criterion-related validity of rusi to measure muscle thickness has been established against mri.[4] a strong linear relationship is also known to exist between abdominal muscle thickness change (ta and oi) and emg amplitude during low levels of muscle contraction (up to 30% of maximum voluntary contraction). no consistent relationship was found between oe thickness change and muscle contraction; therefore, this should not be used to detect muscle activity.[3] intrarater reliability was established by springer et al.[6] as being between 0.93 (95% ci 0.86 0.96) and 0.99 (95% ci 0.98 1.00), as well as by rankin et al.[7] as being 0.98 0.99 (95% ci 0.91 1.00). procedures abdominal muscle thickness was measured using a dp-6600 digital ultrasonic imaging system (shenzhen mindray bio-medical electronics, china) with a 5 mhz curvilinear transducer with a large footprint (≥60 mm). the first author underwent training in the use of the equipment and performed all measurements. rusi was done in brightness (b) mode. the ultrasound echo was recorded as a crosssectional gray-scale image.[9] each participant was positioned in supine with their legs straight. the transducer was placed along the lateral abdominal wall along the mid-axillary line, midway between the inferior angle of the rib cage (lower border of the 11th costal cartilage) and the iliac crest in the transverse plane.[9] the medial edge of the ta muscle was positioned at the medial edge of the ultrasound image.[9] this is the most appropriate position as all three muscles are well represented and relatively flat and easy to measure on the image.[7] all images were taken on the left and the right with the participant at rest at the end of relaxed expiration with the glottis open to avoid bracing. [9] the participants were then instructed to perform the abdominal drawing-in manoeuvre (adim) by exhaling and gently drawing their lower abdomen towards the spine,[10] using 20% of the maximal voluntary contraction. the following standardised instructions were given to each participant: ‘take a relaxed breath in and out, hold the breath out and then draw in your lower abdomen without moving your spine.’ participants had the opportunity to practice the adim five times before measurements were taken. after performing the adim, the participants were instructed to relax their abdominal muscles completely. during the active straight-leg raise (aslr), the bowler had to lift his leg 5 cm from the plinth.[9,11] aslr was performed on the left (-l) and right (-r). the transducer position was kept constant during all of the above.[9] the research assistant verified proper execution of the adim and aslr and recorded the frame number of each image. the thickness of ta, oi and oe was measured (in mm) on each of the following images: at rest, adim, aslr-l and aslr-r. the distance between the superior and inferior hyperechoic muscle fascias of the ta, oi and oe was measured in the centre of the muscle belly by using a vertical straight table 1. absolute thickness at rest and percentage change* in thickness in adim, aslr-l and aslr-r activity positions of the dominant v. non-dominant ta, oi and oe† pre-season (n=26) post-season (n=26) nondominant mean (±sd) dominant mean (±sd) p-value effect size cohen’s d nondominant mean (±sd) dominant mean (±sd) p-value effect size cohen’s d ta rest (mm) 4.6 (±1.4) 4.9 (±1.4) 0.25 0.17 4.9 (±1.4) 5.3 (±1.4) 0.10 0.35 adim % change 56.5 (±47.7) 41.9 (±31.2) 0.09 0.37 41.6 (±34.8) 27.0 (±27.1) 0.19 0.48 aslr-l % change 17.4 (±34.2) 14.1 (±30.8) 0.66 0.10 15.8 (±25.6) 5.7 (±21.9) 0.16 0.44 aslr-r % change 25.4 (±35.5) 16.5 (±26.3) 0.22 0.29 20.2 (±35.2) 5.5 (±20.8) 0.05 0.52 oi rest (mm) 14.2 (±4.1) 11.4 (±2.4) 0.00† 0.87 15.2 (±3.4) 11.9 (±2.7) 0.00† 1.09 adim % change 13.0 (±20.2) 2.7 (±21.6) 0.02† 0.51 11.1 (±15.5) 7.6 (±13.5) 0.37 0.24 aslr-l % change 9.8 (±27.7) 1.5 (±20.1) 0.19 0.35 14.1 (±19.3) 7.7 (±21.5) 0.14 0.32 aslr-r % change 8.6 (±21.4) 5.7 (±20.6) 0.58 0.14 4.0 (±24.0) 8.9 (±19.8) 0.40 0.23 oe rest (mm) 6.4 (±2.3) 6.0 (±1.4) 0.33 0.25 7.4 (±2.6) 7.5 (±2.1) 0.76 0.05 ta = transversus abdominis; oi = oblique abdominis internus; oe = oblique abdominis externus; adim = abdominal drawing-in manoeuvre; aslr-l = active straight-leg raise (left); aslr-r = active straight-leg raise (right); sd = standard deviation. * percentage change was calculated as a percentage of muscle thickness at rest: (muscle activated muscle at rest) ÷ muscle at rest × 100. † significant difference between dominant and non-dominant sides (p<0.05). sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 83 line through the middle of the image. measurements were conducted perpendicular to the muscle fascia. [10,11] data analysis statistical analysis was conducted using statistica (version 10). thickness was reported as absolute muscle thickness at rest (ta, oi and oe) and thickness percentage change or muscle activity (ta and oi). thickness percentage change was calculated as muscle thickness during activity as a ratio to muscle thickness at rest: muscle thickness in contracted state minus muscle thickness at rest, divided by muscle thickness at rest multiplied by 100.[10,11] absolute thickness as well as thickness change on the dominant and non-dominant sides were compared using the paired student’s t-test. likewise, the absolute thickness and thickness change recorded at the start of the cricket season were compared to thickness measurements at the end of the cricket season using the paired student’s t-test.[7] statistical significance was set at p<0.05. effect sizes were calculated using cohen’s d where effect sizes of 0.2, 0.5 and 0.8 were interpreted as small, medium and large, respectively. results twenty-six healthy, male, right-handed, fast, fast-medium and medium pace bowlers aged 18 26 years participated in the study (mean age 21.8 years, standard deviation (sd) ±1.8). most had more than 6 years’ experience as a pace bowler, with the exception of two who each had 5 years’ experience. the absolute thickness of the non-dominant oi at rest was higher than that of the dominant oi (table 1), with large effect sizes found for pre(es=0.87) and post-season (es=1.09) measurements (p=0.001). no side-to-side difference was found in absolute muscle thickness at rest for ta (p=0.25 and p=0.10) and oe (p=0.33 and p=0.76) at the start or end of the season, respectively. at the start of the season the percentage change during the adim, thus muscle activity, was higher for the non-dominant oi than for the dominant oi (p=0.02; es=0.51). this was not the case when looking at post-season oi activation during adim (p=0.37). absolute thickness of the dominant oe at rest was significantly higher at the end of the season compared with at the start of the season (p=0.001; es=0.85), while no difference was found in ta (p=0.07) and oi (p=0.28) thickness (table 2). furthermore, no difference was found in recruitment of the dominant and non-dominant ta and oi in adim (p=0.07 0.75), aslr-l (p=0.07 0.88) and aslr-r (p=0.06 0.67) activity positions at the start compared with the end of the cricket season. during aslr-r, the activity of the left ta was significantly higher than that of the right ta during aslr-l (p=0.03) at the end of the season (fig. 1c). the same was true for ta during the aslr-l (p=0.17) at the start of the season (fig. 1a). during ipsilateral muscle activity in aslr-l and aslr-r, the activation of the left ta was higher than that of the right ta (pre-season: p=0.79; post-season: p=0.15). discussion we investigated the absolute thickness of ta, oi and oe at rest as well as ta and oi activity in adim, aslr-l and aslr-r activity at the start and end of a cricket season. in our study, oi was the thickest muscle and ta the thinnest, which is similar to the findings of mannion et al.[5] and rankin et al.[7] the absolute muscle thickness of ta (4.6 5.3 cm) was slightly greater than that found by mannion et al.[5] (3.9 4.0 cm), while the oi values (11.3 15.2 cm) in the present study were much higher table 2. absolute thickness at rest and percentage change* in thickness in adim, aslr-l and aslr-r activity positions of ta, oi and oe at the start v. the end of a cricket season (n=24)† non-dominant dominant pre-season mean (±sd) post-season mean (±sd) p-value effect size cohen’s d pre-season mean (±sd) post-season mean (±sd) p-value effect size cohen’s d ta rest (mm) 4.6 (±1.1) 4.9 (±1.4) 0.13 0.22 4.9 (±1.3) 5.3 (±1.4) 0.07 0.38 adim % change 55.8 (±46.2) 41.6 (±34.8) 0.13 0.35 41.7 (±32.3) 27.0 (±27.1) 0.07 0.51 aslr-l % change 17.0 (±35.4) 15.8 (±26.6) 0.88 0.04 13.1 (±31.7) 5.7 (±21.9) 0.35 0.28 aslr-r % change 23.8 (±34.8) 20.2 (±35.2) 0.67 0.11 16.7 (±27.3) 5.5 (±20.8) 0.06 0.47 oi rest (mm) 14.1 (±3.9) 15.2 (±3.4) 0.12 0.32 11.3 (±2.3) 11.9 (±2.7) 0.28 0.24 adim % change 12.6 (±20.4) 11.1 (±15.5) 0.75 0.08 2.0 (±22.1) 7.6 (±13.5) 0.25 0.31 aslr-l % change 9.7 (±28.34) 14.1 (±19.3) 0.48 0.19 0.03 (±20.2) 7.7 (±21.5) 0.07 0.38 aslr-r % change 8.7 (±20.7) 4.0 (±24.0) 0.45 0.21 4.7 (±18.6) 8.9 (±19.8) 0.41 0.22 oe rest (mm) 6.5 (±2.3) 7.4 (±2.6) 0.12 0.35 6.0 (1.4) 7.5 (±2.1) 0.00† 0.85 ta = transversus abdominis; oi = oblique abdominis internus; oe = oblique abdominis externus; adim = abdominal drawing-in manoeuvre; aslr-l = active straight-leg raise (left); aslr-r = active straight-leg raise (right); sd = standard deviation. * percentage change was calculated as a percentage of muscle thickness at rest: (muscle activated muscle at rest) ÷ muscle at rest × 100. † significant differences between preand post-season (p<0.05). 84 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 and the oe values (6.0 7.5 cm) correspond closely to those found by mannion et al. (oi: 8.3 8.6 cm; oe: 6.7 7.1 cm). mannion et al.[5] used a non-sporting population consisting of volunteers and this may explain their participants’ lesser ta and oi thickness values. in contrast, rankin et al.[7] found a mean ta thickness (4.5 5.1 cm) similar to what was found in the present study, with thinner oi (11.7 11.8 cm) and thicker oe muscles (9.6 9.7 cm) in moderately active volunteers. [7] although hides et al.[8] did not measure oe thickness, they found higher thickness values for both ta (6.8 7.2 cm) and oi (16.7 16.8 cm) than in this study. the professional fast bowlers assessed in the latter study were likely to be able to devote more time to pace-bowling training and conditioning, which may lead to greater hypertrophy of the abdominal musculature than in elite players. these differences in oi absolute thickness suggest that the more active the population, the larger the oi values, and might indicate the particular activation of oi muscles during high load, repeated, asymmetrical physical activity. a similar trend was found in resting thickness for ta, but not for oe. it would appear that as the oi gets thicker, the oe gets thinner, thus the relative balance in resting muscle thickness changes as the activity of the individual changes. this hypothesis requires further study; however, the consistent methods used by the latter studies[5,7,8] might suggest that different abdominal muscles display far more complex responses to training than was previously thought. in the current study, the absolute thickness of the oi at rest was significantly higher on the non-dominant side than on the dominant side, both at the start as well as at the end of the cricket season as shown in table 1. the large effect sizes emphasise the significance of this finding. in contrast to the findings in our study, mannion et al.[5] and springer et al.[6] found no statistically significant differences between the left and right abdominal muscle thickness and rankin et al.[7] found asymmetries in ta thickness only. in the case of springer et al.[6] and mannion et al.,[5] the researchers used a sample where no or few participants engaged in unilateral or rotational sporting activities. springer et al.[6] suggest that individuals who routinely participate in rotational activities such as tennis and golf may be more likely to display asymmetries. asymmetrical findings may increase the risk of developing pathology.[1] however, in a mathematical model used to estimate lumbar spinal stresses during quadratus lumborum muscle asymmetry, it was suggested that quadratus lumborum muscle asymmetry only causes small stresses and it may even help to reduce stress on the lumbar spine.[12] participants in this study were all healthy, pain and injury-free at the time of testing, which may suggest that factors other than pathology are responsible for the asymmetries found, as suggested by de visser et al.[12] these differences in absolute muscle thickness on the non-dominant and dominant sides may be as a result of long-term preferential use of the right bowling arm and subsequent preferential, asymmetrical recruitment of abdominal muscle fibres that may play a role in protection of the lumbar spine. it should, however, be noted that the asymmetries seen in pace bowlers are one of the factors predisposing them to their known susceptibility to lower-back injury,[1] 25 20 15 10 5 0 ta oi 13.1 23.8 0 8.7 right abdominal muscles (aslr-l) left abdominal muscles (aslr-r) a 25 20 15 10 5 0 right abdominal muscles (aslr-l) left abdominal muscles (aslr-r) 20.2 5.7 7.7 4 ta oi c ta oi right abdominal muscles (aslr-r) left abdominal muscles (aslr-l) 17 16.7 9.7 4.7 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 b ta oi 15.8 5.5 14.1 8.9 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 right abdominal muscles (aslr-r) left abdominal muscles (aslr-l) d fig. 1. percentage change in thickness measured in the aslr-l (non-dominant) and aslr-r (dominant) activity positions: (a) pre-season in contra-lateral muscles (ta: p=0.17; oi: p=0.13); (b) pre-season in ipsilateral muscles (ta: p=0.79; oi: p=0.48); (c) post-season in contra-lateral muscles (ta: p=0.03; oi: p=0.50); (d) post-season in ipsilateral muscles (ta: p=0.15; oi: p=0.31). sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 85 but this asymmetry may also play a protective role.[12] taking the biomechanics of the pace-bowling action into account (fig. 2), weight is put onto the non-dominant leg at front-foot placement when the ground reaction force is extremely high,[13] which may mean that the ipsilateral oi has to contract to assist in absorbing the ground reaction forces, taking into account the position of the pace bowler. in the present study, the absolute thickness of the non-dominant oi was greater than that of the dominant oi, which fits with the above theory. also, while the non-dominant leg takes a vast amount of the load during the delivery stride, the dominant oe contracts in order to stabilise the pelvis in its typical cross-over activation fashion.[14] the repetitive nature of a pace bowler’s role in cricket training and in competition, resulting in many replicates of the bowling action, may explain the greater oe absolute thickness values found in this study at the end of the cricket season in comparison with the start of the cricket season (table 2). although this may explain the difference in absolute muscle thickness of the oi and oe at rest, it must be noted that activation levels between the non-dominant and dominant oi in asymmetrical aslr-l and aslr-r activity positions were not statistically significant. during a symmetrical activity position (adim), the activation of the non-dominant oi is greater than that of the dominant side. although this finding is only statistically significant for the pre-season measurements on oi, all other activation findings for oi and ta during the adim show that the abdominal muscles on the non-dominant side are activated at a higher rate than the dominant abdominal muscles. this may emphasise the repeated utilisation of the non-dominant ta and oi during the bowling action, and the subsequent preferential recruitment. the asymmetry of the bowling action may play a role in the development of habitual movement patterns maintained by pre-programmed motor-control pathways. [15] furthermore, the activation of ta is higher than the activation of oi in the adim, aslr-l and aslr-r activity positions, which indicates that the ta is the preferential muscle recruited during sub-maximal muscle contraction.[10] during asymmetrical activity positions, the left ta showed statistically significantly greater activity during the aslr-r than the right ta during aslr-l (fig. 1). this was also clear during the aslr-l, where the left ta activity was again much higher than the right ta activity during aslr-r; although not statistically significant, it is of clinical significance. this finding indicates that the left ta activity is higher than the right ta activity during contra-lateral as well as ipsilateral activity positions. this is contradictory to a study by teyhen et al.[11] which found that the ta is symmetrically activated during asymmetrical activity, while hu et al.[14] found that ta and oi showed greater asymmetrical activity than oe. the difference in results can be attributed to the different populations studied, where teyhen et al.[11] studied department of defence healthcare beneficiaries, including active-duty military family members and retirees, and hu et al.[14] studied a group of females. neither author specified details on specific sports participation. the difference in dominant and non-dominant ta activity is less pronounced during the pre-season measurements, which again shows that the intense training and repetition of the asymmetrical bowling action that takes place during a cricket season may be responsible for the preferential increase in activation of non-dominant ta. study limitations no comparison group of non-athletes was assessed in parallel to the pace bowlers in this study. generalisation of the current findings is thus limited to cricket pace bowlers and future studies should be performed to run-up the bowler walks or jogs, gradually increasing his speed, as he approaches the wicket. the run-up ends as he leaps into the air at the start of the pre-delivery stride. the run-up length varies between 15 m and 30 m. pre-delivery stride the bowler jumps o� his left foot and lands on the right or back foot. the shoulders are pointing down the wicket. delivery stride the bowler lands on his back foot with the body leaning away from the batsman. the delivery stride includes back-foot strike, frontfoot strike and ball release. follow-through the bowling arm follows through down the outside of the left thigh. fig. 2. the phases of the pace bowling action (reference made to a right-handed bowler). 86 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 compare abdominal muscle absolute thickness and activity in different sporting populations. furthermore, studies should be done to assess the training components of the cricket season, the activation of the abdominal muscles during the pace-bowling action and its influence on abdominal muscle thickness. conclusion our study highlights the possible muscle adaptations in absolute muscle thickness and activity as a consequence of the high load of asymmetrical bowling action that is performed repeatedly during matches and training. the type and intensity of training that took place during the cricket season may have accounted for the asymmetries in abdominal muscle thickness that were found at the end of the season. acknowledgement. funding was granted by the carnegie foundation, the south african national research foundation and the south african society of physiotherapy. references* 1. engstrom cm, walker dg, kippers v, mehnert aj. quadratus lumborum asymmetry and l4 pars injury in fast bowlers: a prospective mr study. med sci sports exerc 2007;39:910-917. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3180408e25] 2. panjabi mm. the stabilizing system of the spine. part ii. neutral zone and instability hypothesis. j spinal disord 1992;5:390-396. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00002517199212000-00002] 3. ferreira ph, ferreira ml, nascimento dp, pinto rz, franco mr, hodges pw. discriminative and reliability analyses of ultrasound measurement of abdominal muscles recruitment. man ther 2011;16:463-469. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. math.2011.02.010] 4. hides j, wilson s, stanton w, et al. an mri investigation into the function of the transversus abdominis muscle during "drawing-in" of the abdominal wall. spine (phila pa 1976) 2006;31:e175-e178. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/01.brs.0000202740.86338.df] 5. mannion af, pulkovski n, toma v, sprott h. abdominal muscle size and symmetry at rest and during abdominal hollowing exercises in healthy control subjects. j anat 2008;213:173-182. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7580.2008.00946.x] 6. springer ba, mielcarek bj, nesfield tk, teyhen ds. relationships among lateral abdominal muscles, gender, body mass index, and hand dominance. jospt 2006;36:289-297. 7. rankin g, stokes m, newham dj. abdominal muscle size and symmetry in normal subjects. muscle nerve 2006;34:320-326. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/mus.20589] 8. hides j, stanton w, freke, m, wilson, s, mcmahon, s, richardson, c. mri study of the size, symmetry and function of the trunk muscles among elite cricketers with and without low back pain. br j sports med 2008;42:809-813. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2007.044024] 9. teyhen ds, gill nw, whittaker jl, henry sm, hides ja, hodges p. rehabilitative ultrasound imaging of the abdominal muscles. jospt 2007;37:450-466. 10. teyhen ds, bluemle lnd, baker se, et al. changes in lateral abdominal muscle thickness during the abdominal drawing-in maneuver in those with lumbopelvic pain. jospt 2009;39:791-798. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2009.3128] 11. teyhen ds, williamson jn, carlson nh, et al. ultrasound characteristics of the deep abdominal muscles during the active straight leg raise test. arch phys med rehabil 2009;90:761-767. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apmr.2008.11.011] 12. de visser h, adam cj, crozier s, pearcy mj. the role of quadratus lumborum asymmetry in the occurrence of lesions in the lumbar vertebrae of cricket fast bowlers. med eng phys 2007;29:877-885. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. medengphy.2006.09.010] 13. ferdinands re, kersting u, marshall rn. three-dimensional lumbar segment kinetics of fast bowling in cricket. j biomech 2009;42:1616-1621. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. jbiomech.2009.04.035] 14. hu h, meijer og, hodges pw, et al. understanding the active straight leg raise (aslr): an electromyographic study in healthy subjects. man ther 2012;17:531-537. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.math.2012.05.010] 15. davey nj, lisle rm, loxton-edwards b, nowicky av, mcgregor ah. activation of back muscles during voluntary abduction of the contralateral arm in humans. spine (phila pa 1976) 2002;27:1355-1360. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00007632-20020615000019] * a more comprehensive reference list may be obtained from the corresponding author. 50 sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 introduction there is a high incidence of injuries among gymnasts.1 this is not surprising given the highly repetitive nature of impacts associated with landings from dismounts and during floor routines. the majority of upper extremity stress fractures involve the distal radius.2 sternal stress fractures are rare, with the only other similar type of injury being described in a 9-year-old gymnast who was training on the parallel bars when he sustained an acute posterior sterno-manubrial dislocation.3 here is a description of a sternal stress fracture in a competitive gymnast. case report a 15-year-old male competitive gymnast presented 1 week after routine training. while performing a floor exercise routine and following a tumble, he experienced central chest pain. as a result he withheld further training and consulted 1 week later, due to ongoing pain. there were no signs of ecchymosis or swelling over the sternum, while tenderness over the body of the sternum was present. the history of pain at rest suggested a fracture rather than bony bruising or a stress reaction. the absence of morning stiffness, which is an important symptom of costochondritis, made the diagnosis of costochondritis unlikely. in addition, the absence of ecchymosis and swelling excluded conditions like the tietze’s syndrome. muscle weakness and skeletal deformities were not found on examination. the rest of the systemic examination was unremarkable. plain chest x-rays (fig. 1) did not show any abnormalities and fractures could not be seen. the patient was referred for a bone scan which was indicative of a sternal stress fracture (fig. 2a, 2b). the scan revealed increased uptake in the body of the sternum, exactly where the pain was located, demonstrating unequal uptake intensity strongly indicative of a stress fracture in the sternum. the patient was treated symptomatically with oral analgesics and anti-inflammatory medication. eight weeks after the onset of symptoms the patient reported no pain and started to train again. four months later he was pain free and fully active. he was also referred for advice on performance technique and education. he has, however, since been lost to follow-up. discussion stress fractures occur owing to repetitive muscular action on a bone. this repetitive stress causes periosteal resorption. sternal stress fractures are rare, and account for only 0.5% of all sternal fractures.4 only four cases have been reported in non-contact sport (table i). upper extremity stress fractures in a gymnast involve the distal radius and scaphoid because of repetitive abduction and dorsiflex movement of the wrist. forty five per cent of all stress fractures in a gymnast involve the pars interarticularis, because of considerable stress on the lower back as a result of repetitive flexion, hyperextension, rotation and compressive loading of the spine on landing.7,8 the mechanism of this stress fracture may be due to sudden forward angulations at the thoracic spine and violent protraction of the shoulders, stressing the sternum via the clavicles. we postulate that the forward flexion on the spine during the repeated tumbles and the motion on assuming the standing position contributed to the injury. the dynamic movement of sudden standing stresses the ribs and the maldistribution of forces across the scalene muscles and pectoralis major, impact on the sternum, resulting in the sternal stress fracture. a common example of poor posture in gymnasts is excessive arching of the back. the manner in which the body is held during both static and dynamic movements can unduly stress sternal structures through maldistribution of forces and body weight over structures that are not suited to the various tasks.2,7 sternal stress fractures heal with no sequelae and complications are rare.9 sternal stress fracture in a gymnast: a case report and literature review correspondence: ismail hassan e-mail: ismail.hassan@ul.ac.za tel: 076 470 6620 ismail hassan (mmed (int med), fcp (sa)) dimakatso althea ramagole (mb chb, msc (sports med)) dina christina janse van rensburg (mb chb, mmed (physmed), msc (sports med)) catharina cornela grant (national diploma in analytical chemistry, bsc, bsc (hons), msc) rob collins msc (sports med) university of pretoria, division sports medicine (centre for sports sciences) case study fig. 1. plain x-ray. sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 51 bone scans are sensitive in diagnosing stress fractures of the sternum and are reliable in detecting other bone pathologies, such as lymphoma (appearing as a cold signal) and multiple myeloma which usually has multiple lesions. insufficiency fractures of the sternum have been reported in osteoporosis. this may be of concern in the adult population and adult women suffering from the ‘female athlete triad’.6,7 on the other hand, plain x-rays may not always be conclusive, while lateral x-ray views are superior to axial ct scanning and secondary signs of fracture such as retrosternal haematoma are specific but non-sensitive on ct. the ct scan does not demonstrate the horizontal fracture because of the axial direction. however, it readily demonstrates a retrosternal haematoma, without evidence of spread into the mediastinum – a specific sign of sternal injury (fig. 3). a mediastinal haematoma could also contain venous or arterial blood, hence the importance of clinical cues. due to the slice thickness and rotational cuts employed, the fracture goes unrecognised.10,11 mri is the most sensitive modality overcoming this limitation, and also delineates better anatomical structures for other surrounding pathologies; however, it incurs a higher cost. ultrasound can also be used for diagnosing blunt chest trauma but is operator-dependent. it is useful when contemplating to infuse local anaesthetic into the site for pain relief.10 unless their use is contraindicated, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) are recommended for alleviation of pain and inflammation in impingement injuries, tenosynovitis and inflammatory arthropathy.12 however, nsaids have no effect on fracture healing, and their use in this setting is controversial and limited. paracetamol is recommended for acute and chronic musculoskeletal pain.12 absence from further training is mandatory for healing and preventing complications. preventive measures may incorporate neuromuscular training programmes to enhance proper skill mechanics. equipment with safer design patterns for landing floor mats is recommended. this will facilitate better absorption of landing forces.2 conclusion • this case is in keeping with a sternal stress fracture. the majority of stress fractures in a gymnast occur during practice rather than competition and involve the lower extremities. • having excluded acute trauma and if bone injury is suspected, stress fractures should be entertained in the correct clinical context, even if signs and symptoms appear at unusual sites. • bone scintigraphy has a good application in the diagnosis of stress fracture in this setting. references 1. caine dj, nassar l. gymnastics injuries. med sport sci 2005;48:1858. 2. kolt g. gymnastic injuries – why they occur. austr gymnast 1992;2:1819. 3. nijs s, broos o. sterno-manubrial dislocation in a 9-year-old gymnast. acta chir belg 2005;105:422-424. 4. robertson k, kristensen o, vejen l. manubrium sterni stress fracture: an unusual complication of non-contact sport. br j sports med 1996;30:176-177. 5. barbaix ej. stress fractures of the sternum in a golf player. int j sports med 1996;17:303-304. 6. mccurdie i, etherington j, buchanan n. sternal fracture in a female army officer cadet. br j sports med 1997;31(2):164. 7. dixon m, fricker p. injuries to elite gymnasts over 10 yrs. med sci sports exerc 1993;25(12):1322-1329. 8. keller ms. gymnastics injuries and imaging in children. pediatr radiol 2009;39:1299-1306. 9. chiu wc, d’amelio le, hammond js. sternal fractures in blunt chest trauma: a practical algorithm for management. am j emerg med 1997;15:252-255. 10. hugget jm, rozler mh. ct findings of a sternal fracture. injury 1998;29(8):623-626. 11. anderson mw. imaging of upper extremity stress fractures in the athlete. clin sports med 2006;25:489-504. 12. paoloni ja, milne c, orchard j, et al. non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in sports medicine: guidelines for practical but sensible use. br j sports med 2009;43:863-865. figs 2a and b. right anterior oblique and left anterior oblique scans demonstrating unequal uptake intensity. table i. sport-related sternal stress fractures in noncontact sport sternal stress fracture author sport 1 barbaix 19965 golf 1 robertson 19964 weight lifting 1 mccurdie 19976 triceps dips 1 robertson 19964 abdomen muscle training fig. 3. an example of an axial ct scan. original research 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 injury incidence and characteristics in south african school first team rugby: a case study j c tee,1 phd; f lebatie,2 bsc (phys); k till,1 phd; b jones,1 phd 1. school of sport, leeds beckett university, leeds, united kingdom 2. floyd lebatie physiotherapy, jeppe high school for boys, kensington south africa corresponding author: j c tee (j.c.tee@leedsbeckett.ac.uk) rugby union is a collision sport, with more than 2.8 million players in 120 countries worldwide. [1] in recent years, the game has been exposed to increasing levels of scrutiny regarding the safety of participation. [2-3] meta-analysis has revealed that the mean injury incidence is 81, 95%ci 63-105 injuries /1 000 h in matches and 3, 95%ci 2-4 injuries /1000 h in training for professional players. [4] recently public interest groups have questioned whether the overall risk of injury, particularly at school level, is acceptable. they have even gone as far as to suggest that tackling should be banned from school rugby. [2] in their response, world rugby have called for longitudinal injury surveillance research to be undertaken at school level in order to accurately quantify the risks to school rugby players. [3] some research on this topic exists, [5-10] but because of the variation in the methods of reporting and injury definitions applied, it is difficult to make comparisons across studies. [3] in the largest and most comprehensive study of this subject to date, palmer-green et al. reported a match injury incidence of 35, 95%ci 29-41 injuries /1 000 player h during matches with a mean injury severity of 30 days (95%ci 25-35) for english school level players. [7] these authors also found that in training, the injury incidence was 1.7 injuries / 1 000 h and mean severity was 27 days (95%ci 9-45). [8] the rugby injury surveillance in ulster schools project reported a match injury incidence of 29 per 1 000 player hours, but did not provide training data. [5] in south africa, landmark studies performed in 1982 and 1987 estimated the “missed subsequent match” injury incidence to be 7, 95%ci 0-21 injuries /1000 player h. [9-10] these studies were conducted before the advent of professionalism in rugby union, and the game has since changed significantly. subsequent to these studies, the focus of youth rugby injury research has been on the national provincial weeks tournaments. [11-13] at these tournaments, it was reported that the match injury incidence was 29, 95%ci 18-39 injuries /1 000 h at u18 level. [11] this research reports the injury profile of a single provincial competition week, but falls short of the type of longitudinal injury surveillance methodology required to make effective risk evaluations regarding the safety of the game at this level. [3] therefore the aim of this present study was to provide a preliminary longitudinal injury case study of a single u19 south african school rugby team. it describes the training habits and exposure levels typical of the south african school rugby system, and provides insights into the injury risks for players at this level. methods participants the team investigated is from a well-established rugby playing school that was ranked in the top 20 rugby schools in south africa at the end of the 2016 rugby season across a range of ranking systems. players were aged between 16 and 18 years on the 1st of january 2016, and were members of the school’s first xv rugby squad. the player cohort comprised 23 players (14 forwards and 9 backs) with physical characteristics as presented in table 1. procedures data regarding all injuries and training exposure throughout the 2016 school rugby season (including the preseason) from 25 january to 6 august 2016 were collected by the team’s strength and conditioning coach. the team’s physiotherapist confirmed background: despite its apparent popularity, participation in the sport of rugby union is accompanied by a significant risk of injury. concerned parties have recently questioned whether this risk is acceptable within school populations. this is difficult to assess within the south african schools’ population as no recent longitudinal injury studies exist. objectives: to determine the training habits, rugby-related exposure and injury risk within a population of south african high school first team rugby players. methods: training and match exposure in both school and provincial competition were examined and the resultant injuries were longitudinally observed for the duration of a south african high school rugby season. results: match (79, 95%ci 52-105 injuries/1 000 h) and training (7, 95%ci 3-11 injuries /1000h) injury incidences were demonstrated to be greater than previously reported incidences in similar populations in england and ireland. weeks where players were exposed to both school and provincial competition (34, 95%ci 19-49 injuries /1 000 h) had significantly (p<0.05) greater injury incidences than during school competition alone (19, 95%ci 12-26 injuries /1 000 h). conclusion: the injury risk demonstrated was greater than expected and represents reasons for concern. possible reasons for the high injury incidence recorded may be the frequency of games played within the season, and the overlap of school and provincial competitions. it should be noted that these results were taken from one school over one season and might not be representative of the incidence of school rugby injuries overall. however, this research demonstrates the need for a multischool longitudinal study within south african schools rugby to determine the overall risk. keywords: rugby union, youth, injury risk, provincial, multicompetition s afr j sports med 2017;29:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1532 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1532 original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 all injury diagnoses. these were later retrospectively analysed to determine injury incidence. ethical approval for the study was obtained from the leeds beckett university ethics committee. injuries were classified according to the “time-loss” definition provided by the 2007 international rugby board (irb) consensus statement [14]. injury severity was calculated as the total number of days elapsed from the day of injury until a player returned to full training or match participation. [14] injuries were recorded on an ms excel spreadsheet with a coding system which included the injury date, body site, type of injury, whether the injury occurred during a match or training session, whether the injury occurred as the result of a contact/collision event, and the date that the player returned to full participation following injury. match and training exposure times were individually recorded for each player during each onfield participation. when squad players were not selected for the school’s first xv matches, their exposure in the second xv matches was recorded. these involvements were then summed to provide the overall team match and training exposure time. gym sessions were not included in the analysis. over the course of the study period, players were involved in a multistage provincial trials process, and depending on progression through the trials, players were exposed to additional rugby involvement through provincial training and games. table 2 provides a summary of how the training week is affected when players have to attend both school and provincial training sessions. exposure and injuries due to provincial involvement were treated separately to school team involvement. where it was not possible for the investigator to directly observe these provincial training sessions and matches, exposure time was collected via a player report. figure 1 provides the comparative amount of time spent per week on school and provincial rugby throughout the season. in order to determine the effect of playing for both school and provincial teams simultaneously, injury incidence was compared for weeks where players represented school-only, province-only and school and province combined. table 1. physical characteristics of school player cohort (n=23) whole group (n=23) backs (n=9) forwards (n=14) likelihood and magnitude of difference stature (cm) 178 ± 6 176 ± 7 180 ± 6 likely, medium body mass (kg) 88.4 ± 13.3 78.7 ± 6.8 95.7 ± 12.4 very likely, very large vertical jump (cm) 50 ± 8 54 ± 6 47 ± 7 very likely, large 1rm bench press (kg) 94 ± 15 90 ± 14 98 ± 16 unclear, medium 5rm squat (kg) 132 ± 23 120 ± 22 140 ± 21 likely, large 40m sprint (s) 5.4 ± 0.3 5.2 ± 0.3 5.5 ± 0.3 likely, large yo-yo irt1 (m) 933 ± 354 1217 ± 287 711 ± 216 most likely, very large 1rm, one repetition maximum; 5rm, five repetition maximum; yo-yo irt1, yo-yo intermittent recovery test one. data presented as mean ± sd. likelihood represents the chance that the true value of the difference between groups is substantially positive or negative according to the following scale <1%, almost certainly not; 1% to 5%, very unlikely; 5% to 25%, unlikely; 25% to 75%, possible; 75% to 95%, likely; 95% to 99%, very likely; >99%, almost certain. magnitude of difference represents cohen’s effect size statistic. ess of 0.2, 0.6, 1.2 and 2.0 were considered small, medium, large and very large respectively. table 2. in-season weekly training schedule for a south african high school rugby first team during weeks representing the school only or school and province combined school-only school and province combined day activity time (mins) activity time (mins) monday gym aerobic training and small sided games total 45 60 105 provincial training (combination of attack, defence and unit skills) total 100 100 tuesday warm up and skills defence breakdown units skills (backs/forwards) total 20 30 30 30 110 warm up provincial match total 20 60 80 wednesday rest (occasional additional lineout session for forwards) total (30) (30) rest total 0 thursday gym speed and agility attack skills and structure unit skills (backs/forwards) total 30 20 45 30 125 gym speed and agility breakdown/defence attack structure unit skills (backs/forwards) total 30 20 30 30 30 140 friday captains run total 30 30 captains run total 30 30 saturday warm up match total 30 70 100 warm up match total 30 70 100 sunday rest / recovery total 0 rest / recovery total 0 total for week 470 450 original research 3 sajsm vol. 29 2017 statistical analyses injury incidence was calculated for matches, training and overall rugby exposure as the number of injuries per 1 000 player hours for both school and provincial rugby exposure. independent injury incidences were further calculated for periods of the season where players participated in school-only (17 weeks), province-only (five weeks) and school and province combined (six weeks) rugby. 95% confidence intervals (95%ci) were calculated according to the methods of knowles et al.[16] injury incidence between different groups (e.g. backs vs. forwards) or studies was compared by calculating incidence rate ratios (irr) and magnitude-based inferences (mbi) using a custom designed spreadsheet (www.sportsci.org). [15] mbi represents the likelihood that the true value is substantially positive or negative according to the following scale <1%, most unlikely; 1% to 5%, very unlikely; 5% to 25%, unlikely; 25% to 75%, possibly; 75% to 95%, likely; 95% to 99%, very likely; >99%, most likely. injury severity was calculated as the mean ± sd number of days absence from training and match play. however, given the practical nature of this study, the size of effect was assessed calculating cohen’s effect size (es) statistic. [15] ess of 0.2, 0.6, 1.2 and 2.0 were considered small, medium, large and very large respectively. [15] injury burden was calculated as the total number of days absent from training and match play. results exposure in total, players were exposed to 2 088 hours of rugby activity during the school season (training 1 668 hours, matches 420 hours). this equated to a total of 78 scheduled training sessions and 20 interschool matches over the season (training to match ratio approx. 4:1). participation in provincial rugby led to an additional 221 hours of rugby exposure (training 142 hours, matches 79 hours). consequently, on average, each school player was exposed to an additional 4 ± 5 (range 0 to 14) training sessions and 4 ± 3 (range 1 to 8) matches (training to match ratio approx. 1:1). incidence of injury match vs. training overall, a total of 54 time-loss injuries were sustained (42 match, 12 training). the overall injury incidence was 23 injuries per 1 000 player exposure hours (95%ci 17-30). the match injury incidence (84 injuries per 1 000 match hours; 95%ci, 59110) was most likely greater that the training injury incidence (7 injuries per 1 000 training hours; 95%ci 3-10) (irr 12.0 95%ci 6.8-22.1) (table 3). injury incidence for school and provincial fig. 1. average weekly exposure of south african high school rugby players to school and provincial rugby. table 3. comparison of injury incidence during matches and training for backs and forwards for all exposures all competition match vs. training overall matches training mbi irr (95%ci) all players injuries (n) 54 42 12 most likely 12.0 (6.8 – 21.2) incidence 23 84 7 (95%ci) (17 30) (59 110) (3 10) backs injuries (n) 25 21 4 very likely 18.8 (2.6 – 134.8) incidence 25 94 5 (95%ci) (15 35) (54 134) (0 10) forwards injuries (n) 29 21 8 most likely 9.5 (4.0 – 22.7) incidence 22 76 8 (95%ci) (14 29) (44 109) (2 13) backs vs. forwards mbi trivial possibly unclear irr (95%ci) 1.1 (0.7 to 1.8) 1.2 (0.7 to 2.1) mbi, magnitude based inference; irr, incidence injuries ratio injuries indicates the total number of injuries that occurred. incidence is the number of injuries per 1 000 hours of exposure time (95%ci). mbi represents the likelihood that the true value is substantially positive or negative according to the following scale <1%, most unlikely; 1% to 5%, very unlikely; 5% to 25%, unlikely; 25% to 75%, possibly; 75% to 95%, likely; 95% to 99%, very likely; >99%, most likely. irr represents the incidence rate ration with 95% confidence intervals. http://www.sportsci.org/ original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 4 exposures are provided in table 4. backs vs. forwards backs had a possibly greater match injury incidence than forwards in school rugby (backs 99, 95%ci 54-145 vs. forwards 63, 95%ci 31-95 injuries /1 000 h, irr 1.6, 95%ci 0.8 – 2.9) (table 4). when playing provincial rugby forwards had a likely higher match injury incidence than backs (backs 70, 95%ci 9-149 vs. forwards 167, 95% ci 33-300 injuries /1 000 h, irr 2.4, 95%ci 0.5 – 10.7). provincial vs. school rugby periods of the season when players participated in school-only rugby (17 weeks), province-only rugby (five weeks), and in school and province combined rugby (six weeks) were compared for overall injury incidence. injury incidence was likely greater in the weeks where players participated in both school and province combined rugby compared with schoolonly participation (school-only 19, 95%ci 12-26 vs. school and province combined 34, 95%ci 19-49 injuries /1 000 h, irr 1.8, 95%ci 1.1 – 3.0) (figure 2). the difference between table 4. comparison of injury incidence during matches and training for backs and forwards for school and provincial exposures school competition match vs. training provincial competition match vs. training overall matches training mbi irr (95%ci) overall matches training mbi all players injuries (n) 45 33 12 most likely 11.3 (6.1 – 21.0) 9 9 0 unclear incidence 22 79 7 41 114 0 (95%ci) (15 28) (52 105) (3 11) (14 68) (40 188) 0 backs injuries (n) 22 18 4 very likely 16.5 (2.1 – 128.3) 3 3 0 unclear incidence 26 99 6 23 70 0 (95%ci) (15 37) (54 145) (0 12) (-3 50) (-9 149) 0 forwards injuries (n) 23 15 8 most likely 7.9 (3.7 – 16.6) 6 6 0 unclear incidence 18 63 8 64 167 0 (95%ci) (11 26) (31 95) (2 8) (13 115) (33 300) 0 backs vs. forwards mbi possibly possibly unclear unclear unclear unclear irr (95%ci) 1.4 (0.9 to 2.4) 1.6 (0.8 to 2.9) mbi, magnitude based inference; irr, incidence injuries ratio injuries indicates the total number of injuries that occurred. incidence is the number of injuries per 1 000 hours of exposure time (95%ci). mbi represents the likelihood that the true value is substantially positive or negative according to the following scale <1%, most unlikely; 1% to 5%, very unlikely; 5% to 25%, unlikely; 25% to 75%, possibly; 75% to 95%, likely; 95% to 99%, very likely; >99%, most likely. irr represents the incidence rate ration with 95% confidence intervals. table 5. comparison of injury severity (days) during matches and training for backs and forwards for all exposures all competition match vs. training overall matches training mbi effect size all players 15 ± 36 18 ± 40 3 ± 2 likely small (0.42) backs 5 ± 4 5 ± 4 3 ± 1 most likely trivial forwards 24 ± 47 32 ± 54 3 ± 2 likely medium (0.62) backs vs. forwards mbi likely very likely most likely effect size small (0.55) medium (0.71) trivial mbi, magnitude based inference. data are presented as mean ± sd. mbi represents the likelihood that the true value is substantially positive or negative according to the following scale <1%, most unlikely; 1% to 5%, very unlikely; 5% to 25%, unlikely; 25% to 75%, possibly; 75% to 95%, likely; 95% to 99%, very likely; >99%, most likely. effect size is cohen’s effect size (es) statistic. ess of 0.2, 0.6, 1.2 and 2.0 were considered small, medium, large and very large respectively . fig.2. injury incidence during periods where players are exposed to only school, only provincial and to school and provincial rugby. * indicates likely difference from school rugby. original research 5 sajsm vol. 29 2017 provincial-only and school and province combined participation was unclear (provincial participation only 23, 95%ci -3-49 vs. school and provincial participation 34, 95%ci 19-49 injuries /1 000 h). injury severity the mean severity of all injuries sustained was 15 ± 36 days. data on the severity of injuries for backs and forwards in school and provincial competition are provided in tables 5 and 6. overall, there was a likely small difference in the severity of injuries sustained in matches and training (match 18 ± 40 vs. training 3 ± 2 days, es = 0.42). a very likely medium difference was present for match injury severity between backs and forwards (backs 5 ± 4 vs. forwards 32 ± 54, es = 0.71). the effect of this was that despite sustaining a similar number of overall injuries table 6. comparison of injury severity during matches and training for backs and forwards for school and provincial exposures school rugby match vs. training provincial rugby match vs. training overall matches training mbi irr (95%ci) overall matches training mbi all players 13 ± 30 16 ± 34 3 ± 2 possibly small (0.45) 27 ± 58 27 ± 58 unclear backs 5 ± 4 5 ± 5 3 ± 1 most likely trivial 5 ± 4 5 ± 4 unclear forwards 20 ± 41 29 ± 48 3 ± 2 likely medium (0.66) 38 ± 70 38 ± 70 unclear backs vs. forwards mbi likely likely most likely unclear unclear effect size small (0.51) medium (0.74) trivial small (0.56) small (0.56) mbi, magnitude based inference. data are presented as mean ± sd. mbi represents the likelihood that the true value is substantially positive or negative according to the following scale <1%, most unlikely; 1% to 5%, very unlikely; 5% to 25%, unlikely; 25% to 75%, possibly; 75% to 95%, likely; 95% to 99%, very likely; >99%, most likely. effect size is cohen’s effect size (es) statistic. ess of 0.2, 0.6, 1.2 and 2.0 were considered small, medium, large and very large respectively table 7. burden of injury in a south african high school rugby first team as a function of injury site and type brain bone joint / ligament muscle / tendon total concussion non-fracture sprain lesion of meniscus, cartilage or disc muscle rupture/ tear/ strain/ cramp tendon injury/ rupture/ tendinopathy/ bursitis haematoma/ contusion/ bruise head / face 19 (1) 6 (1) 25 (2) neck / cervical spine 2 (1) 4 (1) 6 (2) sternum / ribs 3 (1) 1 (1) 4 (2) shoulder / clavicle 10 (1) 110 (2) 14 (3) 134 (6) elbow 2 (1) 2 (1) hip / groin 7 (2) 7 (2) anterior thigh 9 (3) 9 (3) posterior thigh 72 (7) 72 (7) knee 227 (11) 9 (2) 1 (1) 237 (14) lower leg / achilles 20 (3) 20 (3) ankle 288 (10) 288 (10) foot / toe 2 (1) 4 (1) 6 (2) total 19 (1) 2 (1) 515 (21) 13 (2) 211 (15) 11 (3) 39 (11) 810 (54) data are presented as injury burden, the total number of injury days followed by (number of injuries). fig.3. relative contribution of forwards and backs contact and non-contact injuries to the total team injury burden. original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 6 (backs 25 vs. forwards 29), forwards contributed 85% of the team injury burden (figure 3). nature of injury the lower limb was the most commonly injured body area for both backs (88%, 22 of 25) and forwards (66%, 19 of 29). forwards experienced a greater proportion of upper limb injuries relative to backs (backs 0%, 0 of 25 injuries vs. forwards 24%, 7 of 29). injury incidence and severity were combined to provide the total injury burden by injury site and type (table 7). the most costly injuries were ligament sprain type injuries to the knee and ankle which when combined accounted for 64% (515 of 810 days) of the total season injury burden. the majority of injuries (69%, 37 of 54) occurred as a result of contact events. there was a possibly small difference in the severity of contact versus non-contact injuries (contact 19 ± 42 vs. non-contact 7 ± 13, es = 0.34). in total, 692 (85%) training days were lost to contact injury and 122 (15%) days were lost to non-contact injury. discussion this is the first study since 1987 to determine the incidence, severity and nature of injury in a south african high school rugby first team using a longitudinal approach to data collection. the key finding of this study was that the injury incidence observed in this player cohort was much larger than would be expected for a group of school-level rugby players. given that this was a case study, the sample examined was not large enough to provide definitive analysis of the risks that players are exposed to within this category. however, the observations highlighted here illustrate the need for a larger study of this type that incorporates multiple schools. this study shows that in this cohort, the match injury incidence (79, 95%ci 52-105 injuries/1 000 h) is most likely higher than that reported for similar population groups in england (35, 95%ci 29-41 injuries/1 000 h; irr 2.3, 95%ci 1.6-3.1), [7] ireland (29, 95%ci 18-40 injuries /1 000 h; irr 2.7, 95%ci 1.7-4.3)[5] and scotland (11, 95%ci 5-18 injuries /1 000 h; irr 7.2, 95%ci 3.9-13.3). [6] similarly, the training injury incidence in this study (7, 95%ci 3-11 injuries /1 000h) was very likely greater than that reported in england (2, 95%ci 1-3 injuries /1 000 h; irr 3.5, 95%ci 1.7-7.1). [8] despite the greater injury incidence, the mean severity of match injuries (16 ± 34 days) in this cohort, was likely lower than in england (30 ± 30 days) [7] and ireland (24 ± 20 days). [5] similarly, the severity of training injuries was very likely lower in this cohort (3 ± 2 days) than the england group (27 ± 55 days). [8] some of the differences between these studies might be explained by different reporting methods (e.g., whether the researcher was also the primary data collector) in these studies. [3] despite these inconsistencies, it is still evident that the injury incidence in this study is higher than previously reported. [5-10] this is illustrated by the fact that the incidence reported here is comparable with the incidence in men’s senior professional rugby (81 injuries per 1 000 training hours; 95%ci 63-105). [4] these results suggest that the risk of injury in south african school first team rugby is higher than what had previously been determined in other school cohorts. [9-10] when players participated in provincial rugby the match injury incidence was 114, 95%ci 40-188 injuries /1 000 h. this incidence is very likely higher than the english equivalent of academy rugby (47, 95%ci 38-45 injuries /1 000 h) [7], and most likely higher than that reported for provincial youth week tournaments in south africa (29, 95%ci 18-39 injuries /1 000h). [11] this injury incidence was similar to the injury rate reported for international rugby (123, 95%ci 85-177 injuries /1 000h). [4] this is consistent with observations that injury risk increases with playing level [4], but also indicates that the risk in this cohort is higher than previously reported for similar groups. [7] the nature of injury described in this study was consistent with that previously described across school-, academyand professional levels within the game. [4-11] the lower limb was the most frequently injured body part, and accounted for 76% of all injuries. muscle and tendon injuries were the most frequent injury type, followed closely by joint and ligament injuries. joint and ligament injuries resulted in the greatest injury burden, and accounted for 64% of the total time lost. the majority of injuries (69%) occurred as a result of involvement in a contact event. these results agree with previous research that determined that the tackle is the phase of play most likely to cause injury. [12-13] it is difficult to determine why the injury incidence in this study was so high compared to other school cohorts. a possible explanation is that due to the heightened profile of school first team rugby in south africa considerable resources are spent on the recruitment and strength and conditioning of players. stronger and fitter players are able to exert greater force during tackles and collisions, and may be involved in these phases of play more frequently, thus exposing them to greater risk of injury. [7] this effect is demonstrated by the observation that despite greater body mass and strength (table 1), forwards accounted for 85% of the total team injury burden (figure 3). injury incidence was higher in provincial matches for forwards, where the majority of players are likely to be better conditioned. the effect may not have been as pronounced for backs, as it is known that backs are exposed to fewer contact events during a match. [17] a second possible explanation is that structure of the south african school rugby season, where players are regularly required to participate in two and sometimes three games per week, is not optimal. these periods lead to reduced opportunity for recovery, causing players to enter subsequent exposure bouts fatigued. [18] these periods reduce the time that could be spent on conditioning activities, thus these players may be less well prepared physically for matches later in the season. a further contributing factor may be the overlap between school competition and provincial trials competition. it was demonstrated that in the weeks where players participated in both school and province rugby combined, the injury incidence was likely higher than when they participated in original research 7 sajsm vol. 29 2017 school rugby only (school only 19, 95%ci 12 to 26 vs. school and provincial 34, 95%ci 19 to 49 injuries per 1 000 hours; irr 1.8, 95%ci 1.1 – 3.0) (figure 2). it is important to note that this effect is unlikely to be only due to increased match frequency. in both school-only (easter festivals) and provincial-only competition (craven week) players were exposed to periods where they played three matches in a week. it seems that the participation for two different teams in different competitions in the same week is an injury risk factor. this might be due to misalignment between schools and provincial training. in these weeks, due to pressure to complete the necessary technical/tactical work required, it is unlikely that adequate attention is paid to conditioning and recovery activities. in addition, playing within two different team environments may contribute to the accumulation of psychological and emotional stress within players. efforts should be made to reduce congestion in this period of the season, or to reschedule these competitions to prevent overlap. further research should aim to determine how the stress of two different playing environments (e.g. school and academy, or club and country) may affect player wellbeing and injury risk. conclusion this is the first longitudinal injury research project to be undertaken in south african school rugby since the advent of professionalism. the injury risk demonstrated was much larger than would be expected for a cohort of schoolboy rugby players, which is reason for concern. possible reasons for the high injury incidence recorded may be the frequency of games within the season, and the overlap of school and provincial competitions. however, a major limitation of this study is the small sample size used, and the fact that all players represented the same school team. this research demonstrates the need for a larger multischool longitudinal study with south african school rugby to determine the overall risk, and what can be done to mitigate these risks within this population. acknowledgements: thanks to the players and coaching staff of the jeppe high school for boys for their cooperation in this research project. references 1. world rugby. 2017. player numbers (cited 13 april 2017) [http://www.worldrugby.org/development/player-numbers] 2. sport collision injury collective. 2016. open letter: preventing injuries in children playing school rugby (cited 11 march 2016). [http://www.sportcic.com/resources/open%20letter%20spo rtcic%20march1st%202016.pdf] 3. tucker r, raftery m, verhagen e. injury risk and a tackle ban in youth rugby union: reviewing the evidence and searching for targeted, effective interventions. a critical review. br j sports med 2016 aug;50(15):921-925. pmid: 27324873 doi:10.1136/bjsports-2016-096322 4. williams s, trewartha g, kemp s, et al. a meta-analysis of injuries in senior men's professional rugby union. sports med 2013 oct;43(10):1043-1055. pmid:23839770 doi: 10.1007/s40279-013-0078-1 5. archbold ha, rankin at, webb m, et al. risus study: rugby injury surveillance in ulster schools. br j sports med 2017 apr;51(7):600-606. pmid: 26701931 doi:10.1136/bjsports-2015095491 6. nicol a, pollock a, kirkwood g, et al. rugby union injuries in scottish schools. j public health (oxf) 2011 jun;33(2):256-261. pmid: 20581127 doi:10.1093/ pubmed/fdq047 7. palmer-green ds, stokes ka, fuller cw, et al. match injuries in english youth academy and schools rugby union: an epidemiological study. am j sports med 2013 apr;41(4):749755. pmid: 23380159 doi:10.1177/0363546512473818 8. palmer-green ds, stokes ka, fuller cw, et al. training activities and injuries in english youth academy and schools rugby union. am j sports med 2015 feb;43(2):475-481. pmid: 25512663 doi:10.1177/0363546514560337 9. roux ce, goedeke r, visser gr. the epidemiology of school boy rugby injuries. s afr med j 1987 mar;71(5):307-313 10. nathan m, goedeke r, noakes td. the incidence and nature of rugby injuries experienced at one school during the 1982 rugby season. s afr med j 1983 jul;64:132-137 11. brown jc, verhagen e, viljoen w, et al. the incidence and severity of injuries at the 2011 south african rugby union (saru) youth week tournaments. s afr j sports med 2012;24(2):49-54. doi: 10.17159/2413-3108/2012/ 12. burger n, lambert mi, viljoen w, et al. tackle technique and tackle-related injuries in high-level south african rugby union under-18 players: real-match video analysis. br j sports med 2016 aug;50(15):932-9388. pmid: 26781294 doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2015-095295 13. burger n, lambert mi, viljoen w, et al. tackle-related injury rates and nature of injuries in south african youth week tournament rugby union players (under-13 to under-18): an observational cohort study. bmj open 2014 aug;4(8):e005556. pmid: 25116454 doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2014-005556 14. fuller cw, molloy mg, bagate c, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures for studies of injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2007 may;41(5):328331. pmid: 17452684 doi:10.1136/bjsm.2006.033282 15. hopkins wg, marshall sw, batterham am, et al. progressive statistics for studies in sports medicine and exercise science. med sci sports exerc 2009 jan;41(1):3-13. pmid: 19092709 doi:10.1249/mss.0b013e31818cb278 16. knowles sb, marshall sw, guskiewicz km. issues in estimating risks and rates in sports injury research. j athl train 2006 apr-jun;41(2):207-215. pmid: 16791309 17. deutsch mu, kearney ga, rehrer nj. time motion analysis of professional rugby union players during match-play. j sports sci 2007 feb 15;25(4):461-472. pmid: 17365533 doi:10.1080/02640410600631298 18. roe g, till k, darrall-jones j, et al. changes in markers of fatigue following a competitive match in elite academy rugby union players. s afr j sports med 2016;28(1):2-5 doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i1a418 http://www.worldrugby.org/development/player-numbers https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2016-096322 https://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s40279-013-0078-1 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2015-095491 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2015-095491 https://dx.doi.org/10.1093/pubmed/fdq047 https://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546512473818 https://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546514560337 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2015-095295 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2014-005556 https://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033282 https://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e31818cb278 https://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410600631298 1� sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 26. milne s, brosseau l, robinson v, et al. continuous passive motion following total knee arthrosplasty (review). cochrane database syst rev 2003; issue 2. art no.: cd004260. doi: 10.1002/14651858.cd 004260. 27. moore kl, dalley af. clinical oriented anatomy, 4th ed. philadelphia: lippincott, williams and wilkins, 1999; 532. 28. morrissey mc, brewster ce, shields cl jr, brown m. the effects of electrical stimulation on the quadriceps during postoperative knee immobilization. am j sports med 1985;13: 40-5. 29. portney lg, watkins mp. foundations of clinical research: applications to practice, 2nd ed. new jersey: prentice-hall, inc., 2000: 35, 402-3. 30. renstrom p, arms sw, stanwyck ts. strain within the anterior cruciate ligament during hamstring and quadriceps activity. am j sports med 1986; 14: 83-7. 31. roi gs, nanni g, tencone f. time to return to professional soccer matches after acl reconstruction. sport sciences for health 2006; 1: 142-5. 32. shaw t, mcevoy m, mcclelland j. an australian survey of in-patient protocols for quadriceps exercises following anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. j sci med sport 2002; 5: 291-6. 33. shaw t, williams mt, chipchase ls. a user’s guide to outcome measurement following acl reconstruction. phys ther sport 2004; 5: 57-67. 34. shaw t, williams mt, chipchase ls. do early quadriceps exercises affect the outcome of acl reconstruction? a randomised controlled trial. aust j physiother 2005; 51: 9-17. 35. tay gh, warrier sk, marquis g. indirect patella fractures following acl reconstruction: a review. acta orthopaedica 2006; 77: 494-500. 36. trees ah, howe te, dixon j, white l. exercise for treating isolated anterior cruciate ligament injuries in adults. cochrane database syst rev 2005; issue 4. art. no: cd005316. doi: 10.1002/14651858.cd005316. 37. trees ah, howe te, grant m, gray hg. exercise for treating anterior cruciate ligament injuries in combination with collateral ligament and meniscal damag of the knee in adult: review. cochrane database syst rev 2007; issue 3. art no.:cd005961. doi:10.1002/14651858. cd005961. pub2 38. tyler tf, mchugh mp, gleim gw, nicholas sj. the effect of immediate weightbearing after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. clin orthop relat res 1998; 357: 141-8. 39. williams gn, barrance pj, snyder-mackler l, buchanan ts. altered quadriceps control in people with anterior cruciate ligament deficiency. med sci sports exerc 2004; 36: 1089-97. 40. williams gn, buchanan ts, barrance pj, axe mj, snyder-mackler l. quadriceps weakness, atrophy and activation failure in predicted noncopers after anterior cruciate ligament injury. am j sport med 2005; 33: 402-7. 41. woo sl, fow rj, sakane m, livesay ga, rudy tw, fu fh. biomechanics of the acl: measurements of in situ force in the acl and knee kinematics. knee 1998; 5: 267-88. 42. yamamoto y, hsu wh, woo sl, van scyoc ah. knee stability and graft function after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a comparison of lateral and anatomical femoral tunnel placement. am j sport med 2004; 32: 1825-32. introduction anterior knee pain is a common condition that affects a wide age range of patients. 5 the condition is often self-limiting, but can take up to 2 years to resolve. 16 it frequently interferes with exeroriginal research article a conservative programme for treatment of anterior knee pain in adolescents abstract objective. the purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of a 2½-week conservative rehabilitation programme in addressing anterior knee pain in adolescents. design. subjects were randomly allocated to a control group (n=12) and an experimental group (n=18). the experimental group was subjected to a 2½-week strength, flexibility and neuromuscular rehabilitation programme. both groups were tested before and after the 2½ weeks and the experimental group also 1 month after the post-test. results. the experimental group reported significant (p<0.01) improvement in pain (visual analogue scale), dis ability (patient-specific functional scale) and condition correspondence: professor mf coetsee university of zululand private bag x1001 kwadlangezwa 3886 tel: 27 35 772-6639 e-mail: mcoetsee@absamail.co.za jacqueline phillips (bsc hons biokinetics) marius f coetsee (phd) department of human movement science, university of zululand, kwadlangezwa (scale for change in condition). the experimental group tested significantly (p<0.01) better for strength (quadriceps and hamstrings), flexibility (quadriceps, hamstrings and gastrocnemius) and neuromuscular control (willknox wobble board and bass test of dynamic balance). the control group experienced no improvement in any of the tests. conclusions. the 2½-week rehabilitation programme for addressing anterior knee pain in adolescents proved to be effective. the study demonstrated good retention of improvements and even further improvement after cessation of the programme. advantages are the short duration and the fact that patients are familiarised with a home programme which they are likely to continue with. although not addressed in this study, literature indicates that restoration of neuromuscular control might be the main contributing factor for the success of the programme. pg4-20.indd 14 4/23/08 11:31:06 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 1� cise and sports participation, and as a result a large number of adolescents may be forced to limit their participation in physical activity or perform sub-optimally on the sports field. 8,27,4 inactivity negatively affects physical development, general fitness, body composition, the development of motor skills and psychosocial development in growing children. 16,6 there is a lack of consensus in the literature, especially in earlier studies, as to the exact definition of anterior knee pain. anterior knee pain, patello-femoral pain, chondromalacia patella and patello-femoral arthralgia were used interchangeably in the past. one of the most common abnormalities involving the knee joint is disturbance of the patello-femoral mechanism. 23 over the years a number of stereotypical symptoms have been identified, namely: pain in the vicinity of the patella worsened by prolonged sitting, ascending or descending stairs, squatting and vigorous physical activity. 5,27,21 the onset of anterior knee pain is insidious, and tends to be bilateral. 21,24,17 the condition is common among adolescents and young adults, especially females. 27,24,7 the exact aetiology is unknown but a number of predisposing factors have been suggested as possible causes. 27 these include overuse, muscle imbalance, muscle tightness, trauma, overweight, genetic predisposition, valgus or varus knee, external tibial torsion, increased q angle, abnormal mechanics of the foot and ankle, especially pronation, and generalised ligament laxity. 27,17,13 in many cases it appears that the onset of anterior knee pain coincides with the period of the adolescent growth spurt. 19 surgical intervention is not recommended and often there is no demonstrable anatomical abnormality. 16 conservative treatment for anterior knee pain should always be the first approach. 22 many studies reported good results with conservative treatment. 26,13,28 rehabilitation programmes reported in the literature lasted between 6 and 12 weeks. 27,4,13 however, practical experience in the south african context has shown that patient compliance is poor with a programme that exceeds 3 weeks. many years of experience in a biokinetic (physical therapy) practice have evolved a rehabilitation protocol of 2½ weeks for knee rehabilitation that is perceived to be highly successful. this programme concentrates on improvement of strength, flexibility and especially neuromuscular control in an attempt to stabilise the knee joint. the focus of this study was therefore to test the effective-ness of a 2½-week physical rehabilitation programme in alleviating anterior knee pain in adolescents. the term anterior knee pain is used to describe the symptom complex characterised by pain in the anterior region of the knee during activity in the absence of an identifiable pathological condition. methods approval for the study was obtained from the faculty of science and agriculture ethics committee, university of zululand. all subjects and their parents completed an informed consent form prior to testing. potential subjects were identified from responses to an article that appeared in the local newspaper, referrals from doctors and from responses to a questionnaire distributed to pupils at 9 local schools. subjects had to be between the ages of 10 and 17 years and both males and females were eligible. criteria for positive anterior knee pain were: pain on the anterior surface of the knee in excess of 1 month's duration, pain intensity of moderate to severe and pain that interfered with sport participation. exclusion criteria were: previously diagnosed ligamentous, meniscal, tendon, fat pad or bursae involvement; previous surgery; history of patella dislocation or subluxation; osgood-schlatter’s disease and sinding-larsen-johannsen disease. skyline, lateral and anteroposterior view x-rays were taken of potential candidates. final subject selection was determined by an orthopaedic surgeon after a physical examination and examination of the x-rays. subjects meeting the above criteria were randomly allocated to either the control or experimental group. the control group (n=12) underwent pre-testing and 2½ weeks later post-testing, and continued with normal everyday activity over this period. the experimental group (n=18) underwent pre-testing, 2½-week intervention, post-testing and post-post testing 1 month postintervention. the intervention programme was offered to the subjects of the control group after the post-tests were concluded. subjects were dressed in a t-shirt, shorts and exercise shoes during testing. the following three subjective tests were selected to quantify reduction in pain and disability: • pain was rated using the visual analogue scale (vas). the vas has been found to be a reliable and valid tool for measuring pain. 27,12 it has also been shown to be a valid indicator of pain changes in patients with anterior knee pain. 18 the vas is a 10-cm horizontal line marked at 1-cm intervals, the ends of which define the minimum (no pain) and maximum (severe pain) of perceived pain. subjects indicated the intensity of their pain with a mark on the line. normal, least and worst pain experienced in the past week was documented. • level of disability was rated using the patient-specific functional scale (psfs). 3 test-retest reliability is excellent, and it is a valid and responsive tool. 3,11 this instrument aids clinicians in assessing the change in health or functional status of individual patients. 3,25 patients were asked to identify up to 5 activities which they were experiencing difficulty with or were unable to perform because of their knee pain and then to rate the current level of difficulty associated with each activity from 0 (unable to perform activity) to 10 (able to perform activity at same level as before injury or problem). • overall improvement at the post-test and post-post-test was measured using the scale for change in condition. 9 this 4point scale is useful for assessing the change in functional status of individual patients. 9 the following six objective tests were selected for measurement of performance: • measurements of maximal quadriceps and hamstring muscle strength were recorded during closed-kinetic-chain isometric knee flexion and extension using a dynamometer. the testretest reliability was determined in a pilot study using healthy subjects. subjects were positioned with the knee at 90 degrees of flexion and given one practice trial, whereafter the highest value of three attempts was recorded. subjects rested for 30 seconds between attempts. • the straight leg hamstring test was used to measure hamstring flexibility. 29 the subject lay supine on the plinth pg4-20.indd 15 4/23/08 11:31:07 am 1� sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 with one leg secured to the plinth to prevent hip flexion. the other leg was passively lifted by the researcher flexing the hip joint until the hamstring started to flex the knee. the angle of hip flexion was measured using a goniometer. • the modified thomas test was used to measure flexibility of the quadriceps muscles. 10 the subject sat on the end of the plinth, and rolled back pulling both knees to the chest. this ensured that the pelvis was in posterior rotation and that the lumbar spine was flat on the plinth. the subject then lowered one leg towards the floor while holding the contralateral limb in maximum flexion with the arms. the angle of knee flexion was measured. • the straight leg gastrocnemius test was used to measure flexibility of the gastrocnemius. 29 the patient positioned the foot of the leg being measured on a mark 0.6 m from the plinth and with the hands on the plinth leant forward as far as possible while keeping the heel on the floor and the leg straight. the other leg was used for balance, and was bent. the angle of ankle dorsiflexion was measured. • proprioception (neuromuscular control) of the lower limbs was measured on the willknox wobble board, which is an apparatus built at the university of zululand and records the time that the rim of the wobble board touches the floor. the subject balanced on the wobble board while trying not to touch the rim to the floor but, most importantly, if the rim did touch to lift it as quickly as possible. time that the rim touched the floor during a 2-minute period was recorded. • the bass test of dynamic balance 2 was used to measure dynamic balance. a reliability coefficient of 0.95 was obtained with female college students as subjects. the subject stood with the right foot in the starting circle, jumped into the first circle with the left foot and thereafter jumped from circle to circle, alternating the feet. the subject had to land on the ball table ii. percentage differences between prev. postand prev. post-post mean ratings of worst, least and normal pain (points) as indicated on the visual analogue scale (vas), for the control (n=12) and experimental (n=18) groups. points data expressed as mean ± sd group worst pre worst pre least least pre normal normal v. post v. post-post pre v. post v. post pre v. pre v. post post post-post control 6.6±0.9 v. n/a 2.5±0.9 v. n/a 4.6±1.4 v. n/a 6.8±0.7 3.0±0.5 4.6±0.8 +3.0% +20.0% † 0% experimental 7.1±1.2 v. 7.1±1.2 v. 3.3±1.8 v. 3.3±1.8 v. 5.4±1.9 v. 5.4±1.9 v. 4.0±0.9 4.1±1.0 2.1±1.2 2.1±0.8 3.1±1.3 3.2±1.5 -43.0%* -42.8%* -35.3%* -37.5%* -42.0%* -41.6%* * p<0.01 † p<0.05) table i. intervention programme followed during contact sessions intervention activity speed or repetitions sets rest modality intensity open-kinetic-chain 50 60% effort 120 deg.s-1 10 3 isokinetic knee 100 deg.s-1 10 warm-up and 80 deg.s-1 8 20 s strengthening 100% effort 60 deg.s-1 6 2 3 40 deg.s-1 4 wobble board balancing max effort 2 min mini-trampoline jog maintaining 30 s routine 2 bounce/leg neuro 30 s 3 bounce/leg muscular 30 s 1 continuous 1 leg only bounce control at 2 x 15 s 2 leg bounce all times 30 s twist 30 s 1 leg twist 2 x 15 s mat jumping 1. forward back maintaining routine 2. side side neuro 3. clockwise muscular 1 4. anti-clockwise control at 3 5 x 5 s 5. cross forwards all times 6. cross backwards pg4-20.indd 16 4/23/08 11:31:08 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 1� of the foot, and not allow the heel to touch the ground. each error counted as a penalty point every time it occurred. errors included the following: (i) the heel touching the ground; (ii) moving or hopping on the supporting foot while in the circle; (iii) touching the floor outside a circle with the supporting foot; and (iv) touching the floor with the free foot or any other part of the body. the timer counted the seconds (up to 5 seconds) out loud, beginning the count as the subject landed in the circle. counting was restarted if the performer leapt to the next circle in less than 5 seconds. if the subject spent more than 5 seconds in the circle, the extra time was deducted from the total time. errors were counted silently and cumulatively by the tester, who followed the subject closely. a total of 5 trials were given, 3 of which were practice runs. the final score was the total time plus 50, minus 3 times the total number of errors. the better score of the last 2 trials was used. the intervention programme included muscle strength, proprioception and dynamic stability training done during 5 contact sessions of 45 minutes each and 5 home sessions of 30 minutes each. the contact sessions as shown in table i included the following: strengthening of the quadriceps and hamstring muscles through isokinetic open-kinetic-chain knee flexion and extension exercises, proprioception and dynamic joint stability training through wobble board balancing, a routine on the mini-trampoline and from the third session a functional jumping routine. the intensity of the exercises was adapted to the specific condition and ability of each subject. particular attention was given during the proprioception and joint stability training not to cause further pain as this would have caused inhibition of the stabilising muscles and therefore would have been counterproductive. the home programme included the following: stretching of the hamstrings, quadriceps/hip flexors and calf muscle groups; strengthening of the knee flexor/extensor, ankle plantar/dorsiflexor and hip flexor/extensor muscle groups by means of callisthenic type exercises that could be done without any apparatus; and proprioception done by means of the stork stand on a plank of 2.5 cm wide for 1 minute per leg. the subjects were introduced to the home programme during the second contact session. they then followed the programme on their own on different days from the contact sessions. an exercise log was kept by subjects to enhance compliance. data were analysed using descriptive statistics, t-tests and the wilcoxon signed rank test. results subjects had a mean age of 14.3 years, mean height of 1.7 m and mean weight of 59.7 kg. the mean duration of anterior knee pain for the subjects selected for the study was 16 months. although the subjects were randomly allocated to the control and experimental groups, the control group subjects were slightly older, taller and heavier than the experimental group subjects but the differences were not statistically significant (p>0.05). it was thus concluded that the control group met the criteria for comparison with the experimental in a study of this nature. table ii shows that the intervention programme resulted in a significant (p<0.01) reduction in worst, least and normal pain ratings at the post-testing, and this was maintained 1 month later at the post-post testing. there was no significant change in the control group apart from least pain, which increased significantly (p<0.05) at the post-test. the positive change in vas points for worst, least and normal pain in the experimental group at post-testing was 3.1, 1.2 and 2.3 points respectively. a change of 1.0 point on the 10 point (cm) vas is reported to be the minimum required to indicate a clinically important change. 4,9 it can therefore be assumed that the intervention programme was successful in reducing pain. subjects individually indicated particular activities on the patient specific functional scale that they were experiencing difficulty with due to their knee pain. the activities reported in order of importance were: running, jumping, stair climbing, sitting, cross-legged sitting and twisting movements. table iii shows that on completion of the intervention programme, subjects from the experimental group reported a significantly (p<0.01) improved ability to perform these same activities. this reduced disability was maintained at the post-post testing (p<0.01). no change occurred in the control group. thus it can be concluded that participation in the intervention programme resulted in decreased disability due to anterior knee pain, which was maintained in the long term. table iv shows that the subjects of the control group experienced the same or worse pain at the post-test when compared with the pre-test, while all the subjects in the experimental group indicated an improvement in their condition. most of the subjects in the experimental group reported that their condition was at least as good or better at the post-post test compared with the post-test. the results indicate that the benefits derived from the intervention programme were largely retained after the intervention was stopped. there was a significant (p<0.01) gain in muscle strength in both the quadriceps (11.5%) and hamstring (14.2%) muscle groups at the post-test and a further 1.2% in the quadriceps and 1.4% in the hamstrings at post-post test in the experimental group. no significant (p>0.05) change was found in the control group. table iii. mean ratings of ability to perform various activities as indicated on the patient-specific functional scale (psfs) at the pre, post-, and preand post-post testing of the control (n=12) and experimental (n=18) groups group pre post difference post difference pre v. post post pre v. post post control 5.7 5.6 -1.8% † n/a ±1.2 ±1.1 experimental 5.6 7.8 +39.3%* 8.2 +46.4%* ±1.4 ±1.1 ±1.2 * p<0.01 † p>0.05 pg4-20.indd 17 4/23/08 11:31:09 am 18 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 table v shows a small but significant (p<0.01) improvement in quadriceps, hamstring and gastrocnemius flexibility in the experimental group at the postand post-post testing. there was no significant (p>0.05) change in the control group. table vi show a large significant (p<0.01) improvement in both proprioception and dynamic balance of the experimental group at the postand post-post testing while the control group showed little (p>0.05) change at the post-test. discussion the main purpose of this study was to determine if a specific rehabilitation programme (table i) of only 2½ weeks, which is substantially shorter than traditional programmes reported in literature, would effectively address the problem of anterior knee pain in adolescents. this approach was prompted by two factors experienced in years of private practise, namely that attendance of rehabilitation sessions declined substantially after 3 weeks, and that very good results were found with short programmes concentrating on strength, flexibility and especially neuromuscular control (dynamic proprioception). it was time to test the effectiveness of such a programme in alleviating anterior knee pain in adolescents. results of the three tests (tables ii, iii and iv) measuring the impact of anterior knee pain on subjects and on their ability to function optimally clearly prove the success of the intervention programme. subjects in the experimental group reported a substantial and significant (p<0.01) reduction in worst (43%), least (35%) and normal (42%) pain as measured on the visual analogue scale while subjects in the control group reported nonsignificant (p>0.05) changes for worst (3%) and normal (0%) pain but a significant (p<0.05) increase (20%) in least pain (table ii). the experimental group subjects reported substantial (39%) and significant (p<0.01) improvement in their ability to perform various activities as measured on the patient specific functional scale (table iii) while the control group deteriorated slightly (2%) but not significantly (p>0.05). of the experimental group 33% of subjects reported ‘great improvement’ and 67% ‘improvement’ table iv. percentage change in condition in the control (n=12) and experimental (n=18) groups as measured by the scale for change in condition between the preand post-, and post and post-post tests comparison great improve no deterio not improvement ment change ration tested (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) control group (n=12) 0.0 0.0 75 25 pre v. post experimental (n=18) 33.3 66.7 0.0 0.0 pre v. post experimental (n=18) post v. 27.8 27.8 11.1 16.7 16.7 post-post table v. percentage difference in mean muscle flexibility (degrees) of the control (n=12) and experimental (n=18) groups between the preand post-, and preand post-post testing. data are expressed as the mean ± sd. group quadri quadri ham hams gastroc gastrocand ceps ceps strings trings nemius nemius pre side pre v. post pre v. pre v. post pre v. pre v. post v. post-post post-post post-post control 65.9±9.6 v. n/a 57.4 ±7.7 v. n/a 67.8±4.8 v. n/a right 65.8±9.4 57.5± 7.8 67.8±4.7 % change -0.2% † +0.2% † 0% † control left 62.6±10.3 v. n/a 58.0±5.5 v. n/a 69.6±6.2 v. n/a 62.8±8.8 58.1±4.8 69.4±8.3 % change +0.3% † +0.2% † -0.3% † exp. right 68.2±12.1 v. 68.2±12.1v. 57.7 ±8.3v. 57.7±8.3 v. 66.7±3.8 v. 66.7±3.8v. 70.7±7.7 70.5±9.8 59.5±5.6 59.5±4.2 68.7±5.8 69.2±6.2 % change +3.7%* +3.4%* +3.1%* +3.1%* +3.0%* +3.7%* exp. left 66.1 v. 69.0 66.1 v. 68.8 56.5 v. 57.9 56.5 v. 58.8 66.8 v. 68.3 66.8 v. 68.3 ±10.8 v. 8.9 ±10.8 v. 7.5 ±8.0 v. 6.5 ±8.0 v. 9.2 ±6.0 v. 3.8 ±6.0 v. 4.4 % change +4.4%* +4.1%* +2.5%* +4.1%* +2.2%* +2.2%* * p < 0.01 † p>0.05 pg4-20.indd 18 4/23/08 11:31:10 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 1� as measured on the scale for change in condition while 75% of the control group reported ‘no change’ and 25% a ‘deterioration’ (table iv). after completing the rehabilitation programme subjects of the experimental group thus clearly experienced less pain, were able to perform activities which gave them problems before the intervention better, and perceived the anterior knee pain to have subsided substantially. from the subjects’ point of view the rehabilitation programme was therefore a success. in order for any programme, especially a programme of short duration, to be successful the benefits achieved must have a lasting effect once the programme is stopped. the results in tables ii and iii, which compare the vas and psfs scores of the subjects before the start of the programme with those 1 month after cessation of the programme, indicate no deterioration and in some of the tests a further improvement. least pain decreased a further 2% and the psfs increased a further 8%. the ‘change in condition’ results as shown in table iv, which compares the condition of the subjects at the cessation of the programme with 1 month later, substantiate this further improvement. when the subjects (17%) who failed to complete the post-post test were excluded from the calculation, the remaining subjects reported a further ‘great improvement’ of 33%, an ‘improvement’ of 33%, a ‘no change’ of 13% and a ‘deterioration’ of 20%. the additional improvement experienced after the intervention programme was stopped can probably be attributed to improved neuromuscular control, which will be described further on. strength or, more accurately, the ability of the muscles of the knee to contract strongly when required should play an important role in alleviating anterior knee pain. after completion of the intervention programme the subjects of the experimental group were significantly (p<0.01) stronger in the quadriceps and hamstrings. the control group was slightly weaker in the post than in the pre-test. however, it is not clear if the improvement in strength is a cause for, or an effect of, the improvement in the condition (anterior knee pain). clearly, inhibition of muscles of the knee caused by anterior knee pain would have precluded subjects from being able to apply full force during the pre-tests. either way the rehabilitation programme resulted in greater force and thereby greater knee stability. due to the limited exposure to stretching exercises, which were only included in the home programme for the experimental group, large changes were not expected. small but significant (p<0.01) improvements were recorded in the quadriceps (4%), hamstrings (3%) and gastrocnemius (3%) flexibility for the experimental group (table v). the control group did not show any change in flexibility. it is not clear if these improvements in flexibility were sufficient to have contributed to an improvement in the condition of anterior knee pain. proprioception is traditionally defined as the ability to determine the position of a joint in space at any given instant. the focus of the present study, however, was on proprioception as it relates to neuromuscular control and joint function. table iv shows the results for the willknox wobble board test, which was used as a measure of proprioception and the bass test, which was used to measure dynamic balance. after conclusion of the intervention programme the experimental group showed a substantial (46%) and significant (p<0.01) reduction in time unbalanced on the wobble board while the control group only showed a small (3%) but non-significant (p>0.05) improvement. the bass test showed a large (38%) significant (p<0.01) improvement in the experimental group but only a small (3%) non-significant (p>0.05) improvement in the control group. the improvement in the experimental group further increased to 51% (willknox wobble board) and 53% (bass test) at the post-post test 1 month after the intervention programme was concluded. good results in the willknox wobble board test and the bass test are dependent on proper neuromuscular control of the lower limb joints, especially the knee joint. the results of the present study could imply that restoration of proper neuromuscular control through proprioceptive and dynamic balance exercises probably played a major role in alleviating the symptoms of anterior knee pain in the subjects of the experimental group. an integrated relationship exists between proprioception, neuromuscular control and dynamic joint stability. 14,20 improvement in neuromuscular control helps to reduce inhibition caused by pain and instability in the knee joint, thus allowing the muscles to contract optimally and support the knee better. if pain is present it results in involuntary inhibition, whereby the patient is unwilling to maximally contract the muscles due to the pain or the fear of pain. 18 reflex inhibition is a limiting factor in rehabilitation as it restricts full muscle activation, thus preventing restoration of muscle strength. 15 once the pain table vi. percentage difference in performance in the willknox wobble board test (proprioception) and bass test (dynamic balance) of the control group (n=12) and experimental group (n=18) between the preand post-, and preand post-post tests group wobble board wobble board bass test (seconds) (seconds) bass test pre pre v. post pre v. post pre v. post-post v. post post control 32.2 ±13.4 v. n/a 56.4±15.1 v. n/a 31.1 ± 8.9 58.3 ±14.6 % change -3.4% † +3.4% † experimental 30.3 ±13.5 v. 30.3 ±13.5 v. 47.7 ±17.4 v. 47.7±17.4v. 16.4±7.2 14.9±7.9 65.6±12.8 73.1±13.0 % change -45.9%* -50.8%* +37.5%* +53.2%* * p<0.01 †p>0.05 pg4-20.indd 19 4/23/08 11:31:11 am 20 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 inhibition is sufficiently removed the muscles increasingly fulfill their roles in joint stability and further improvement takes place spontaneously during normal daily use of the joint. barrett 1 went so far as to suggest that proprioception is a greater contributor to normal limb function during activity than muscle strength, which is a statement the current authors agree with. the restoration of proprioception and neuromuscular control is essential in a comprehensive conservative rehabilitation programme. 14 the current rehabilitation programme could have been successful in re-establishing this neuromuscular control because the activities employed progressively forced the subjects to exercise at the boundary of neuromuscular control but never crossing the line where pain results in the loss of control. limitations possible limitations of this study were the lack of a placebo treatment in the control group and the absence of blinding procedures. due to insufficient resources and for the sake of accuracy in treatment and testing, both researchers were involved in all the protocols. all possible precautions were taken to ensure reliability of the data. conclusion the rehabilitation programme shown in table i, complemented by the home programme as described in the methods section, has been shown to effectively address anterior knee pain in adolescents. although not directly proven in this study, restoration of neuromuscular control is probably the main contributing factor for the reduction in anterior knee pain. the study also demonstrated good retention of improvements and even further improvement after cessation of the programme. this may be attributed to the ability of subjects to resume active participation in physical activities previously affected by the condition. advantages of this particular programme is that good results can be effected in 5 sessions over 2½ weeks and that patients are familiarised with a home programme which they know works and which they are likely to continue with. practical implications this study provides an exercise regimen that successfully addresses knee pain in adolescents. the harmful effects of forced inactivity on the physical development of children can be avoided by following this programme. acknowledgements this study was supported financially by the university of zululand, south africa. references 1. barrett ds. proprioception and function after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. j bone joint surg br 1991; 73: 833-7. 2. bosco js, gustafson wf. measurement and evaluation in physical education, fitness, and sports. new jersey: prentice-hall, 1983. 3. chatman ab, hyams sp, neel jm, et al. the patient-specific functional scale: measurement properties in patients with knee dysfunction. phys ther 1997; 77(8): 820-9. 4. crossley k, bennell k, green s, cowan s, mcconnell j. physical therapy for patello-femoral pain: a randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled trial. am j sports med 2000; 30(6): 857-65. 5. cutbill jw, ladly ko, bray rc, thorne p, verhoef m. anterior knee pain: a review. clin j sport med 1997; 7: 40-5. 6. difiori jp. overuse injuries in children and adolescents. the physician and sports medicine 1999; 27(1): 75-89. 7. dugan sa. sports-related knee injuries in female athletes. what gives? am j phys med rehabil 2005; 84(2): 122-9. 8. galanty hl, matthews c, hergenroeder ac. anterior knee pain in adolescents. clin j sport med 1994; 4: 176-81. 9. harrison e, quinney h, magee d, sheppard ms, mcquarrie a. analysis of outcome measures used in the study of patello-femoral pain syndrome. physiother can 1995; 47(4): 264-72. 10. harvey d. assessment of the flexibility of elite athletes using the modified thomas test. br j sports med 1998; 32: 68-70. 11. jolles bm, buchbinder r, beaton de. a study compared nine patientspecific indices for musculoskeletal disorders. j clin epidemiol 2005; 58: 791-801. 12. kane rl, bershadsky b, rockwood t, saleh k, islam nc. visual analog scale reporting was standardized. j clin epidemiol 2005; 58: 618-23. 13. karlsson j, thomee r, sward l. eleven-year follow-up of patello-femoral pain syndrome. clin j sport med 1996; 6: 22-6. 14. lephart sm, pincivero dm, rozzi sl. proprioception of the ankle and knee. sports med 1998; 25(3): 149-55. 15. palmieri rm, ingersoll cd, edwards je, et al. arthrogenic muscle inhibition is not present in the limb contralateral to a simulated knee joint effusion. am j phys med rehabil 2003; 82(12): 910-6. 16. patel dr, nelson tl. sports injuries in adolescents. med clin north am 2000; 84(4): 983-1005. 17. pollock d. clinical examination of the patello-femoral joint. sa orthop j 2004; 3(4): 8-10. 18. powers cm, landel r, perry j. timing and intensity of vastus muscle activity during functional activities in subjects with and without patello-femoral pain. phys ther 1996; 76(9): 946-67. 19. rogan im. anterior knee pain in the sporting population: forum. sa bone and joint surg 1995; 5(2): 28-30. 20 sharma l. proprioceptive impairment in knee osteoarthritis. rheum dis clin north am 1999; 25(2): 299-314. 21. shea kg, pfeiffer r, curtin m. idiopathic anterior knee pain in adolescents. orthop clin north am 2003; 34(3): 377-83. 22. shelton gl, thigpen lk. rehabilitation of patello-femoral dysfunction: a review of literature. j orthop sports phys ther 1991; 14(6): 243-9. 23. souza dr, gross mt. comparison of vastus medialis obliquus: vastus lateralis muscle integrated electromyographic ratios between healthy subjects and patients with patello-femoral pain. phys ther 1991; 71(4): 31020. 24. stanitski cl. anterior knee pain syndromes in the adolescent. j bone joint surg br 1993; 75(9): 1407-16. 25. stratford pw, kennedy dm, hanna se. condition-specific western ontario mcmaster osteoarthritis index was not superior to region-specific lower extremity functional scale in detecting change. j clin epidemiol 2004; 57: 1025-32. 26. thomee r. a comprehensive treatment approach for patello-femoral pain syndrome in young women. phys ther 1997; 77(12): 1690-703. 27. thomee r, augustsson j, karlsson j. patello-femoral pain syndrome: a review of current issues. sports med 1999; 28(4): 245-62. 28. tria aj, palumbo rc, alicea ja. conservative care for patello-femoral care. orthop clin north am 1992; 23(4): 545-54. 29. witvrouw e, lysens r, bellemans j, peers k, vanderstraeten g. open versus closed kinetic chain exercises for patello-femoral pain. am j sports med 2000; 28(5): 687-94. pg4-20.indd 20 4/23/08 11:31:12 am original research sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 103 introduction the south african rugby union (saru) hosts four national competition tournaments for junior players (13 18 years of age) each year. these tournaments are designed to be the pinnacle of saru’s talent identification and development programme. 1 the national tournaments are divided into three age groups, u13 craven week, u16 grant khomo week and u18 craven week and academy week. the reason for the first national schools tournament in july 1964 was to bring the top high school boys together to celebrate the 75th anniversary of the south african rugby board. the tournament was named after the famous springbok rugby player and coach dr danie craven. the u18 tournament has been held annually since then and is currently rated as one of the top school-boy rugby tournaments in the world. 2 the tournament has a reputation for identifying and developing talent in south africa, supported by the fact that several springboks played in the tournament as schoolboys. 3 to understand the context of these age group tournaments in relation to talent identification, it is necessary to firstly define this term, as there is currently no consensus on the definition of either talent identification (tid) or talent development (tde). therefore for the purpose of this paper the definition used in a recent review of talent identification and development models in sport will be used (p. 403): ‘process of recognising current participants with the potential to excel in a particular sport’ 4 and tde is described as ‘providing the most appropriate learning environment to realise this potential’. 4 the first systematic talent identification and development programmes were implemented by the communist countries in the 1960s and 70s. 5 other countries, such as china and australia, used substantial state resources to fund tid and tde programmes in the 1980 and 1990s. 6 these programmes have created the perception held by many parents, coaches and administrators that talented adolescent athletes can be detected or identified by measuring those characteristics that predict success in adult competition. this traditional view has been contradicted in the scientific literature where erroneous assumptions and problems have been identified. 4,5 for example, the main problem with this model is that most talent identification programmes are directed at the adolescent age group (13 18 years), an age which is characterised by much variation as a result of different rates of development. 5 furthermore, talent is not simply the measurement of innate abilities, but results from the interaction of these innate abilities with the environment within which the athlete develops. 4 for these reasons the traditional models, popularised in the 1980s and 1990s, are now being challenged. this has resulted in a general shift towards athlete development rather than talent identification. the model that best encapsulates this shift is the long term athlete development model (ltad). 7 this model was developed by istvan balyi 7 and describes the different stages of physical, mental, emotional and cognitive development of children and adolescents. the main emphasis of this model is to provide more time and opportunities for athletes to develop, especially those athletes who mature at a later stage. in addition, this model provides guidelines on the types of activities related to talent identification and skill acquisition that are appropriate at the different age groups. the ltad model provides a framework within which each sport discipline can create an athlete development pathway catering for the demands of that sport. abstract background. the south african rugby union has adopted the model of competition at a young age (u13 years) to identify talent. there is concern however that bigger players who mature early are selected at this age, and that the majority of these players do not play rugby at a high level after puberty. objectives. the aim of this study was to establish how many players in the 2005 u13 craven week (n=349) participated in subsequent u16 grant khomo and u18 craven week tournaments. design. longitudinal. results. 31.5% of the players who played in the u13 craven week, were again selected to play at u16 grant khomo week and 24.1% were selected for the u18 craven week. conclusion. seventy-six per cent of the players selected for the u13 tournament do not play at the u18 national craven week tournament. these data need to be considered when decisions are made about the cost-effectiveness of staging the u13 tournament, particularly if the main goal of this tournament is for talent identification. justin durandt1 bsc (med)(hons) exercise science (biokinetics) ziyaad parker2 bsc (med)(hons) exercise science (biokinetics) herman masimla3 (ba, hde) mike lambert2 (phd) 1 discovery health high performance centre, sports science institute of south africa, newlands, cape town, south africa 2 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 3 south african rugby union, newlands, cape town, south africa correspondence to: justin durandt (jdurandt@ssisa.com) rugby-playing history at the national u13 level and subsequent participation at the national u16 and u18 rugby tournaments 104 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 early research on talent identification of young rugby players (8 13 years) in south africa showed that talented players could be identified at an early age. 8 however, this study and a subsequent follow-up study did not track whether these talented young players developed into older talented players, particularly after they had matured through puberty (13 18 years). 9 in a recent commentary we show how south africa has 9.4 and 3.7 times as many pre-teen players compared with australia and new zealand respectively, yet at a senior level south africa has only 3.1 and 2.3 times as many players as australia and new zealand. 10 it may be argued that saru has to place less emphasis on organised talent identification as there is such a large pool of pre-teen players (n=239 614). 11 with such a large pool of players, the precision and efficiency of the system becomes less important because the expectation is that the talented players will emerge as a result of the competition. it follows that saru has adopted the approach of organised competition as its main source of talent identification and development. with this approach, and the strong competition between rugby-playing schools, the chances of talented players emerging are very good. however, this approach might also account for the large attrition of players from pre-teens to seniors observed in south africa, but not in a country such as australia which places less emphasis on competition at these young ages. 12 in contrast to the competitive model for young players, adopted by saru, most experts agree that promoting participation should take precedence over competition at a young age. 13 particularly at the u13 level players have different maturation ages. therefore there is a bias for the coaches to select the bigger boys who may be more mature, but not necessarily more talented. there have been discussions about changing the format of the national u13 tournament and to rather use the resources for activities aimed at player retention and participation (personal communication: m green, saru development manager). one of the problems saru has had in making these decisions is that there is no hard evidence supporting either side of the argument. therefore the aim of the study was to provide objective data to determine how many boys who played at a u13 national tournament went on to play at the u16 grant khomo and u18 craven week tournaments. we hypothesised that the representation of the u13 players in the older groups would get progressively lower because the factors which determine performance in rugby at an u18 level are not evident at the u13 level and only partially developed by 16 years of age. methods the study was conducted in the form of a survey and was retrospective in nature. the 2005 u13 craven week list of players from the saru database was used for analysis. the year 2005 was selected as this was the first year that all the names of all players attending the week were entered into an electronic database. these names were checked against all the names of all the players attending the u16 grant khomo or the u18 craven week tournaments between 2006 and 2010, using the saru database. the names were manually sorted to determine representation of the players over the duration of the study. this manual process was checked using the ‘vlookup’ and ‘match’ functions in excel. permission to use the data from the database was obtained from the faculty of health sciences research and ethics committee of the university of cape town. results sixteen teams attended the 2005 u13 craven week. each team was permitted to have 22 players (n=352). however, the actual number of players listed on the saru database was n=349 as a result of three teams only having 21 players listed. fig. 1 shows that one 2005 u13 player (0.3%) participated in the u16 grant khomo tournament in 2006, five players (1.4%) participated in 2007 and 107 players (30.7%) participated in 2008. the results show that the players had a greater representation in the u16 tournament as their age increased from u14 to u16 over three successive years. fig. 2 shows that in total 110 (31.5%) players who played u13 craven week were selected for u16 craven week in 2006 2008. the totals in fig. 2 are less than the totals in fig. 1 because 3 players from 2007 also participated in 2008. as a result of them participating for 2 years in succession they were not counted as repeats in the total. fig. 1 also shows that two players (0.6%) from the u13 tournament participated in the u18 craven week in 2008, 36 players (10.3%) participated in 2009 and 77 players (22.1%) participated in 2010. fig. 1. number of players from the 2005 u13 tournament who played at subsequent u16 grant khomo and u18 craven week tournaments. the data are expressed as a percentage of the 2005 u13 tournament (n=349). fig. 2. the total number (and per cent) of the players from the 2005 u13 tournament who played at the u16 grant khomo and u18 craven week tournaments. sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 105 as expected, the number of players participating increased as the players got older. fig. 2 shows that 84 players (24.1%) of the 2005 u13 craven week players played at the u18 tournament between 2008 and 2010. only six of the u18 players who played in 2009 did not play in 2010 and only one of the two players who played u18 in 2008 also played in 2009. therefore there were a total of 84 players if the non-repeats were added to the 2010 total. the representation decreased by 7.4% from u16 (31.5%) to u18 (24.1%). discussion the main finding of this study was that the majority of players from the 2005 u13 craven week were not selected for either the u16 (69%) or the u18 craven week tournament (76%) a few years later. these results can be interpreted in one of two ways. firstly, the attributes that determined success at the u13 level had changed at the u16 and u18 level. a number of studies have measured players of various ages to identify key physiological characteristics associated with performance in rugby. 14-16 these include body size, aerobic capacity, muscular strength and endurance, speed and muscle power. there is no evidence that the contribution to performance of these key physiological characteristics change with player age, and therefore this explanation cannot account for the poor conversion of success at the u13 level to success at the u16 and u18 levels. an alternative interpretation is that the u13 players had characteristics associated with success in rugby, but these characteristics changed as the players got older. this is a more likely explanation, particularly since the span from 13 to 18 years encompasses puberty and maturation. it follows that more mature players of the same chronological age (u13) will have an older biological age. these players are more likely to be bigger, faster and stronger 17 and as a result of these characteristics will perform better than players who are less biologically mature. the late maturers who are talented will not be selected at this age (u13) and may only be selected at a high level after they have matured (u16 or u18). some of these players may also choose to participate in another sport in which they can excel. 18 the latter scenario could account for the major attrition that occurs in south african rugby. 10 these results support the current consensus in the scientific literature that describes the complexities in identifying talent in early adolescence. 5 a recent editorial stated that ‘the prediction of long term success is extremely difficult and the later successful athletes are not necessarily the ones who performed best in youth competitions’ (p.683). 19 this is especially true in sports, such as rugby, where body size is related to performance. 18,20 what practical steps can be taken to address this problem? the first step is to acknowledge that talent identification is a complex process achieved by a combination of physical attributes, skills, attitudes and behaviours. 20 the next step is to adopt a more pragmatic approach to develop talent from a young age. macnamara and colins 20 highlight the fact that many talent identification programmes operate in resource-challenged environments and that this necessitates the need to establish sports policy against strong evidence-based research. this is true of the south african environment where any programme needs to increase general participation levels and the quality of this participation, while at the same time having clear pathways to elite participation. in summary, these results suggest that talented young players (u13) do not necessarily become talented older players (u16 and u18). the emphasis placed on talent identification at the young level (u13) may be associated with the high attrition in participation from pre-teen to teens and then senior level in south african rugby. 10 changes need to be made to the ltad programme of saru considering these data in the revised plan. references 1. south african rugby union. background to the south african rugby football union (sarfu) and sa rugby (pty) limited. http://www.sarugby. co.za. 2. rugby365. craven week history. website 2009. http://www.rugby365.com. 3. colquhoun a, grieb e, heath d. sa rugby annual 2009. 38th ed. ctp books: parow, cape town, 2009. 4. vaeyens r, lenoir m, williams am, philippaerts rm. talent identification and development programmes in sport: current models and future directions. sports med 2008;38(9):703-714. 5. pearson dt, naughton ga, torode m. predictability of physiological testing and the role of maturation in talent identification for adolescent team sports. j sci med sport 2006;9:277-287. 6. digel h. the context of talent identification and promotion: a comparison of nations. new studies in athletics 2002;17:13-26. 7. balyi i, way r, cardinal c, higgs c. canadian sport for life: long term athlete development resource paper. vancouver bc: canadian sport centres, 2007. 8. pienaar ae, spamer mj. a longitudinal study of talented young rugby players as regards their skills, physical and motor abilities and anthropometric data. j hum mov stud 1998;34:013-032. 9. spaamer ej, hare ea. a longitudinal study of talented rugby players with special reference to skill, growth and development. j hum mov stud 2001b;41:39-57. 10. lambert mi, durandt jj. long-term player development in rugby ─ how are we doing in south africa? south afr j sports med 2010;22:67-68. 11. international rugby board. website 2010 http//www.irb.com/unions/unions=11000034/index.html. 12. australian rugby union. kids rugby. website 2011 http://www.rugby.com. au/tryrugby/kidsrugby. 13. way r, balyi i. competition is a good servant, but a poor master. vancouver bc: canadian sport centres, 2007. 14. deutsch mu, maw gj, jenkins d, reaburn p. heart rate, blood lactate and kinematic data of elite colts (under-19) rugby union players during competition. j sports sci 1998;16:561-570. 15. durandt jj, du toit s, borresen j, et al. fitness and body composition profiling of elite junior south african rugby players. s afr j sports med 2006;18:38-45. 16. spamer ej. talent identification and development in youth rugby players: a research review. s afr j res sport, phys ed and recreat 2009;31:109118. 17. figueiredo aj, goncalves ce, coelho e silva mj, malina rm. characteristics of youth soccer players who drop out, pesist or move up. j sport sci 2009;27(9):883-891. 18. malina rm, pene reyes me, eisenmann jc, horta l, rodrigues j, miller r. height, mass and skeletal maturity of elite portugese soccer players aged 11-16 years. j sport sci 2000;18:685-693. 19. elferink-gemser mt, jordet g, coelho-e-silva mj, visscher c. the marvels of elite sports: how to get there? br j sports med 2011;45(9):683-684. 20. coelho-e-silva mj, moreira ch, concalves ce. growth, maturation, functional capacities and sport specific skills in 12-13 year old basketball players. j sports med phys fitness 2010;50:74-181. 21. macnamara a, collins d. comments on ‘talent identification and promotion programmes of olympic athletes’. j sport sci 2011;29(12):1353-1356. pg88-94.indd introduction concussion is a trauma-induced change in mental state that may or may not involve loss of consciousness. 1 it is a form of mild traumatic brain injury. the injury may manifest with any combination of physical, cognitive, emotional and sleep-related symptom clusters including headache, dizziness, nausea, visual disturbances, amnesia, poor concentration, irritability, depressed affect, fatigue and drowsiness (table i). concussion is common in rugby football in south africa and has been cited as being amongst the three most common rugby injuries, with the tackle being associated with the highest incidence. 2 the incidence of concussion at high school level has been reported as 21.5%. 3 in another study, the prevalence of concussion was reported as high as 50% in schoolboy rugby players, as the majority of mild head injuries are often not recognised and reported in this age group. 4 a similar prevalence has been noted in adult rugby players. 5 in the 1999 super 12 rugby competition, the incidence of concussion was reported as 20%, the most common injury for that competition. 6 scientific research into many aspects of concussion has been impaired as much by differences in definition as by the ethical and practical issues involved in inducing and monitoring brain injury. 1 from this has stemmed controversy regarding the ideal management of concussion in sport and a lack of objective data guiding return-to-play decisions, 1 resulting in sports organisations review sports-related concussion relevant to the south african rugby environment – a review abstract guidelines for returning a concussed player to sport had been somewhat controversial and nebulous until the emergence of a series of international consensus meetings and statements initiated in 2001. the vienna (2001), prague (2004) and zurich (2009) statements as well as the american national athletic trainers association (2004) and the american college of sports medicine (2005) position stands have given all clinicians better guidance that is more evidence-based than the somewhat subjective guidelines of the latter 20th century. some impetus to research and the re-evaluation of assessment and management guidelines has been provided by the emergence of computerised neuropsychological test batteries as a useful barometer of cognitive recovery. however, the clinical evaluation of a concussed player remains the cornerstone of management and should incorporate a thorough symptom analysis, general, cognitive and neurological examination, and balance testing. the sports concussion assessment tool (scat) 2 card is a clinical evaluation tool intended to summarise the most significant aspects of clinical assessment. in addition, and as an essential ‘final stress’ test, the athlete must be subjected to a series of graded exercise sessions, increasing in severity, before being returned to contact or collision sport. a structured clinical evaluation is particularly important in the south african context, where computerised testing may not be accessible to many. this article serves to collate and highlight the evidence-based and consensus data available for management of the concussed rugby player in 2010. correspondence: dr jon patricios morningside sports medicine po box 1267 2121 parklands tel: +27 11 883 9000 fax: +27 11 282 5165 e-mail: jpat@mweb.co.za j s patricios (mb bch, mmed (sci), facsm, ffsem (uk))1 r m n kohler (mb chb, mphil, facsm)2 r m collins (mb bch, msc (sports med))3 1 dr patricios is a sports physician in johannesburg, director of sports concussion south africa, a consultant to the south african rugby union and an extraordinary lecturer in the department of sports medicine, university of pretoria 2 dr kohler is a sports physician at the australian institute of sport and previously chief medical officer of the western province rugby union and stormers super 14 rugby 3 dr collins is a sports physician in private practice in johannesburg and a lecturer in the department of sports medicine, university of pretoria table i. symptoms and signs of concussion1 physical cognitive emotional sleep headache dizziness blurred vision photophobia phonophobia nausea numbness/tingling vomiting fatigue visual changes balance problems poor concentration difficulty remembering feeling ‘foggy’ feeling ‘slowed down’ depression irritability mood swings aggressiveness drowsiness insomnia sleeping more difficulty getting to sleep 88 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 relying on broad, subjective guidelines for head injury management and applying rigid, compulsory exclusion periods from sport depending on unvalidated grading systems of injury severity. the last 10 years have seen a more collated approach to head injury management in sports persons. the watershed occurred at the first international conference on concussion in sport, vienna 2001. 1 during this conference, a comprehensive systematic approach to concussion was formulated for application in sport, which included computer-based neuropsychological testing as an integral part of a comprehensive clinical concussion evaluation. 1 since then consolidation of the vienna guidelines has taken place at the second international conference on concussion in sport (prague 2004), 7 and the national athletic trainers association (usa, 2004) 8 and the american college of sports medicine (2005) 9 have published clinical management guidelines based on these consensus meetings. the third international conference on concussion in sport (zurich, 2008), 10 which included a submission by south african rugby, 11 is the most recent consensus meeting from which emerged the most comprehensive paper and evidence-based guidelines to date. pathophysiology the precise pathophysiology of concussion is unknown. research has shown that moderate to severe brain injury causes a complex cascade of neurochemical changes in the brain. 12 the assumption is that similar changes occur in concussion. immediately after biomechanical injury to the brain, abrupt, indiscriminant release of neurotransmitters and unchecked ionic fluxes occur. the binding of excitatory transmitters, such as glutamate, to the n-methyl-d-aspartate (nmda) receptor leads to further neuronal depolarisation with efflux of potassium and influx of calcium. these ionic shifts lead to acute and subacute changes in cellular physiology. acutely, in an effort to restore the neuronal membrane potential, the sodium-potassium (na1-k1) pump works overtime. the na1-k1 pump requires increasing amounts of adenosine triphosphate (atp), triggering a significant increase in glucose metabolism. this ‘hypermetabolism’ occurs in the setting of diminished cerebral blood flow, and the disparity between glucose supply and demand produces a cellular energy crisis. the resulting energy crisis or ‘mismatch’ may account for the symptoms and behavioural changes (table i) as well as being a likely mechanism for post-concussive vulnerability, making the brain less able to respond adequately to a second injury and potentially leading to longer-lasting deficits. loss of consciousness that may occur with concussion is likely due to damage to the reticular activating system. the reticular activating system recovers relatively quickly and therefore consciousness is regained fairly soon after injury. 13 the biochemical mismatch lasts significantly longer, making loss of consciousness a poor indicator of severity of injury. potential complications of concussion early complications intracranial space-occupying lesions concussion may be, but is not usually, associated with damage to cerebral arteries and veins. bleeding from these vessels may lead to epidural, subdural or intracerebral haematomas. 14 signs of raised intracranial pressure have to be recognised immediately and treated surgically to decompress the brain. there may be considerable overlap between the initial clinical presentation of a concussed athlete and that of a player who has an intracranial bleed, stressing the need for ongoing monitoring of the head-injured patient in the first 48 72 hours after injury. second-impact syndrome diffuse cerebral swelling is a rare but well-recognised complication of minor head injury and occurs mainly in children and teenagers. 15 second-impact syndrome was first reported in american football players who died after relatively minor head injury. 16 this injury may occur if a player returns to play prematurely following a previous head injury. brain oedema and an increased vulnerability to injury during the biochemical ‘mismatch’ described earlier may still be present from the previous blow. a second blow results in further swelling, followed by loss of the brain’s ability to control blood inflow (autoregulation). cerebral blood flow increases rapidly and brain pressure rises uncontrollably, leading to cardiorespiratory failure and possible death. 17 impact convulsions convulsions (seizures) in collision sports are not common, but can appear as a dramatic event. 18 they characteristically occur within 2 seconds of impact, but are not necessarily associated with structural brain damage. 19 the good outcome with these episodes and the absence of long-term cognitive damage reflect the benign nature of these episodes, not requiring anti-epileptic treatment and prolonged preclusion from contact sports. 19 late complications post-concussion syndrome the clusters of symptoms manifesting after a concussive blow may persist for days to weeks, being debilitating and disturbing to the patient. 1 the consequences of symptoms such as headache, dizziness, memory loss and fatigue are particularly significant in young people who may be in a learning environment, making decisions concerning rest from cognitive as well as physical stresses important. education about the diagnosis and reassurance that the symptoms will disappear are important to reduce the anxiety that patients experience. involving social support is very beneficial. chronic traumatic encephalopathy this condition reflects the cumulative effect of long-term exposure to repeated concussive and sub-concussive blows. 20 certainly there is growing concern that each episode of concussion may result in residual brain damage possibly associated with cerebral deposition of the abnormal tau protein. 21 this is most evident in the development of cognitive dysfunction in boxing, the degree of which is directly related to the number of bouts in a boxer’s career. 22 the cerebral damage that may occur in rugby players is thought to be largely cortical and more subtle than the cerebellar and basal ganglia manifestations of dementia pugilistica. cognitive deficits have also been documented in amateur, professional and retired soccer players. 23 genetic factors, associated with the apoe4 gene, may also increase the risk of developing chronic brain injury in sport. 24 future research will need to establish what severity of head injury causes summation and how long that residual effect may last. 1 thus, it would be responsible to want to document players’ cognitive function periodically and note whether any cognitive deficit is present over time. risk of a second concussion players with a past history of concussion may be at increased risk of subsequent concussion. 25 however, this remains controversial and it seems that certain players display a high-risk playing technique (tackling head-on) that places them at increased risk of concussion. the risk of concussion is a feature of any collision sport and is directly related to the amount of time spent actually playing the sport. therefore, the chance of repeat concussion may reflect the level of exposure to injury risk. sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 89 90 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 concussion grading the grading of the severity of concussion is controversial. at least 16 different classification systems for head injury severity have been described. 25 all except the glasgow coma scale, designed for the assessment of severe head trauma, are based on anecdotal evidence and not scientifically validated. the two most commonly used grading systems in sport have been the cantu and colorado guidelines (table ii). 26,27 however, there are a number of practical difficulties with concussion scales. firstly, it may be impossible to be certain that loss of consciousness has occurred as it may be momentary and by the time the medical attendant reaches the player, the player may appear only dazed. secondly, there are also inconsistencies between these scales in terms of return-to-play guidelines. a first-time concussion associated with a loss of consciousness for less than 5 minutes correlates with a cantu grade 2 injury and results in the player missing 1 week of play. the same injury correlates with a colorado grade 3 injury and the player is rested for a minimum of 1 month. this may result in coaches and team physicians utilising the injury scale that suits their needs but which may not be the best medical management for the player. also, as mentioned earlier, loss of consciousness is a poor prognostic indicator. cognitive (thinking) impairment may be as severe in an athlete who has lost consciousness compared with an athlete who has not. therefore basing return-to-play decisions on the presence of loss of consciousness is inaccurate. moreover, posttraumatic amnesia can only be determined retrospectively and is of little use for the on-field evaluation. the concept of traditional mandatory exclusion periods based on the above injury grading is not helpful and is based on data from motor vehicle accidents. 28 the lack of validity of grading systems in a sporting milieu has lead to a move away from such dogmatic guidelines to a more individualised approach. prevention of concussion the brain is not an organ that can be trained to withstand injury, therefore extrinsic means of injury prevention need to be sought. the use of protective equipment has been advocated to reduce the risk of concussion in rugby. recent evidence for the use of international rugby board-approved headgear for the prevention of concussion disputes its effectiveness. 29 interestingly, rugby players believed that wearing headgear did prevent concussion, yet very few reported wearing headgear. evidence for the use of mouthguards as a preventive aid is inconclusive but they are advocated for the prevention of oral and dental injuries. 30 it is postulated that dentally-fitted mouthguards may decrease forces transmitted to the brain via absorption of impacts to the mandible, distraction of the temporomandibular joint and tensing of the neck muscles from biting down on the guard, resulting in decreased acceleration of the cranium on the neck. it has also been suggested that strengthening and conditioning of the neck muscles together with rule changes may reduce the incidence of concussion. 26 again, further research data are needed. clinical approach to head injury management the international concussion consensus statements largely concur that an approach to the concussed athlete incorporate the following important aspects: 1 • serial clinical history and examination • neuropsychological testing • neuroimaging – when indicated • education • prevention • future research • medicolegal considerations. any regional or national concussion initiative should therefore address these important areas. chronological approach to the clinical management of the concussed player preparedness even before a head injury occurs, medical personnel associated with contact and collision sports should ensure that: • medical and paramedical personnel present are well versed in international concussion management guidelines • ambulances are on site or easily accessible • a hospital with neuroimaging facilities and an on-call neurosurgeon is available and aware of the referral process • the minimum head and neck stabilisation equipment (spine board, cervical collar, head blocks, spider harness) is available • printed forms of appropriate concussion documentation are available: • fieldside scat cards • scat2 forms • patient advice sheets • medical certificates. coaches and referees should also ensure that they have their boksmart concussion guide tool or pocket scat card on hand at all times. on many occasions and at most practices, there are few or no medical staff available on field-side, and there should be no excuse for not being able to recognise a suspected concussion. table ii. previous severity of concussion classification and return-to-play recommendations26,27 grade return-to-play recommendation cantu guidelines 26 colorado guidelines 27 grade 1 (mild) may return to play when asymptomatic no loc* pta** <30 min confusion, no amnesia no loc grade 2 (moderate) return if asymptomatic for 1 week loc <5 min pta >30 min confusion with amnesia no loc grade 3 (severe) may return after 1 month, if asymptomatic for 2 weeks loc >5 min pta >24 hours loc * loc = loss of consciousness ** pta = post-traumatic amnesia. sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 91 on-field the aim of immediate management is to stabilise the head-injured player. basic aspects of first aid involving cervical spine protection followed by airway, breathing and circulation evaluation and management take priority. the game should be stopped during this period. this applies especially to all cases where there has been loss of consciousness, the player is confused or has any suggestion of associated neck injury (neck pain, numbness or limb paraesthesiae). 8,9 in more subtle cases, a validated brief on-field neuropsychological test can be administered in the form of maddock’s questions, suitably modified for rugby, to assess recent memory. these questions have been shown to be sensitive in discriminating between concussed and non-concussed players (table iii). 31 the standard approach of asking orientation item questions (time, place and person) has been shown to be unreliable, as this component of cognitive function may be preserved in concussion. 31,32 the concussed player must be removed from the field of play or practice session immediately. 1,8,9 fieldside it should be emphasised that the concussed player must be assessed by a medical doctor as soon as possible following injury. the main aims of the fieldside assessment are to confirm the diagnosis of concussion, perform an initial (baseline) symptom analysis and to determine if there are urgent indications for referral to hospital (table iv). 9 best performed in a quiet medical room, this assessment involves a thorough history and neurological examination, noting any symptoms of concussion and excluding potential catastrophic signs of intracranial injury. the most practical tool for this assessment is the scat2 card. this is a combination of internationally utilised clinical concussion assessment tools summarised into a user-friendly format (fig. 1). 7 although not yet validated, the scat2 is a useful international norm and clinicians are encouraged to use the tool to promote consistency in clinical concussion assessment. following this, the team physician must decide if there is any indication to refer to hospital or whether the player may be adequately managed at home. home supervision requires a responsible adult to be present as well as a set of guidelines (table v). returning a concussed player to play on the same day is contraindicated. 7 hospital referral and brain imaging the results of standard brain imaging techniques are almost always normal in concussion. 1,7,8 if the player has been unconscious for any period of time, has deteriorating drowsiness, recurrent vomiting, unusual or aggressive behaviour or focal neurological signs, or if there is any other clinical suspicion of a possible intracranial lesion, it is recommended that the player be referred to a tertiary care hospital and either a computed tomographic (ct) or magnetic resonance image (mri) scan be performed. 7 if there are no indications for these investigations and the concussed player’s condition is improving over an initial 2-hour observation period he/she may be discharged home in the care of a responsible adult who is in possession of a head injury advice form (table iv). 1 follow-up consultation return-to-play decisions require serial medical evaluations and should not be made after the initial fieldside and/or emergency room table iii. maddocks questions 31 • which ground are we at? • which team are we playing today? • who is your opponent today? • which half is it? • how far into the half is it? • which side scored last? • which team did we play last week? • did we win last week? table iv. indications for urgent referral to hospital for special investigation and admission1 any player who has or develops the following: • fractured skull • penetrating skull trauma • deterioration in conscious state following injury • focal neurological signs • confusion or impairment of consciousness >30 minutes • loss of consciousness >5 minutes • persistent vomiting or increasing headache post injury • any convulsive movements • more than one episode of concussive injury in a match or training session • where there is assessment difficulty (e.g. an intoxicated patient) • all children with head injuries fig. 1. the scat2 card (first page). 7 92 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 evaluations. this is one of the central tenets of modern concussion management protocol. 1,7-9 the evaluations should preferably be performed by a clinician (sports medicine physician, neurologist or neurosurgeon) with experience in concussion management and au fait with recommended guidelines. to facilitate this, sports concussion south africa has introduced the concept of the ‘sports concussion centre’, a multidisciplinary network of cross-referring medical professionals with skills in head injury management co-ordinated by the primary care sports medicine physician. the skills of neurologists, neurosurgeons, neuropsychologists, physiotherapists and exercise therapists/biokineticists may be employed for specific indications. the zurich guidelines state that trained neuropsychologists are in the best position to interpret neuropsychological (np) tests, but stress that this may not always be possible, in which case other medical professionals may both conduct and interpret such tests. the zurich document particularly emphasises that the return-to-play decision is a medical one. 7 co-ordination of an athlete’s management by a neuropsychologist alone or via internet or telephonic consultation is deemed clinically inappropriate and medicolegally treacherous. the aim of serial evaluations is to determine whether the player has fully recovered from concussion and is able to return to play. this is best performed by combining a clinical assessment with neuropsychological testing as an objective and scientifically valid means of assessing recovery. the clinical examination remains the most significant and universally accessible part of the assessment. the advantage of serial assessments is that comparison with previous visits becomes possible and a trend emerges of a player’s recovery. in order to obtain as much clinical information as possible the following parameters should be more thoroughly assessed at follow-up consultations: 1,7-11 • history of the specific head injury • history of previous concussions or associated injuries (neck, maxillofacial) • symptoms at the time of injury (in particular amnesia has been shown to be prognostically important) 26 • current symptoms • verbal and numeral competency • balance 8 • cardiovascular status – blood pressure, pulse (unpublished data: kohler and patricios) • neurological status • cranial nerves • motor function • sensory function • cerebellar function • associated injuries, especially involving the neck and maxillofacial structures. a well-formatted standard assessment protocol is best suited for this purpose. the scat2 assessment form is the most recent attempt at achieving uniform international clinical assessments. other templates include the acute concussion evaluation form devised by gioia and collins and used by the center for disease control. 33 neuropsychological testing post-concussion recovery rates vary between individuals. 34,35 some players may take days and others may take weeks to recover. individual factors associated with each concussion injury are different and emerging evidence has suggested that genetic factors may be involved in both the response to head injury and recovery rates. 1,9 there are dangers associated with universal mandatory exclusion criteria. it may be tempting to assume that a player has completely recovered from concussion as soon as an arbitrary time period has passed and that a medical assessment is not necessary, when in fact brain function, as measured by neuropsychological evaluation, is still abnormal. 35 a neuropsychological test is designed to assess the ability of the brain to process information (cognitive function). 34,35 traditional ‘paper and pencil’ tests, such as the digit symbol substitution test, have been replaced by more practically applied computerised neuropsychological tests. computer tests are quick and easy to administer, show fewer learning effects and, more importantly, are able to detect very subtle changes in cognitive function by table v. patient discharge information for 48 hours after injury a normal x-ray, ct or mri scan does not exclude concussion you may be referred home after being assessed. in this case: • always make sure that you are in the presence of a responsible adult for 48 hours. • record and monitor the symptoms of concussion including headache, nausea, dizziness, fatigue, sleep disturbances, memory lapses, mood swings, poor concentration or any other feeling that concerns you. • complete rest and sleep will help recovery. do not: • drive a motor vehicle or motor cycle if symptomatic • consume alcohol • take excessive amounts of painkillers (follow doctor’s orders) • place yourself in an environment of loud noise and excessive light • study • work at the computer • exercise until re-evaluation by a doctor contact your nearest emergency department immediately if: • any of the symptoms deteriorate • the headache becomes severe or does not respond to mild analgesics (e.g. panado) • you have a seizure (fit) • you experience excessive irritability • you experience visual disturbances • you experience balance problems • you or anyone else is concerned about your condition decisions regarding returning to sport will be made taking into consideration your individual circumstances including medical history, previous head injuries and current symptoms. you must receive clearance from a doctor before returning to sport. sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 93 measuring response variability, a feature not found with the ‘paper and pencil’ tests. computerised tests are cost effective and easily accessible to a large number of players. the tests are designed for medical doctors to administer, as the aim of the test is to determine whether cognitive dysfunction is present and not the reason for abnormal function. 35 examples of computerised tests include cogstate sport (previously cogsport), immediate post-concussion assessment and cognitive testing (impact), automated neuropsychological assessment metrics (anam) and headminders. in line with most major rugby-playing countries, doctors working for the south african rugby union (saru) have utilised cogstate sport, developed by leading concussion neuroscientists in australia and extensively peer-reviewed in the medical literature, as an objective measure of cognitive function following head injury. 34,35 this test is able to measure performance variability, a key measure in concussion diagnosis. the test can be administered by team physicians and performed as part of a pre-season evaluation forming a baseline neuropsychological assessment. of significant use in the application of neuropsychological testing is this pre-season (baseline) test. these pre-injury data ensure more reliable comparisons with postconcussion assessments 11,13 and will aid in the detection of subtle cognitive impairment, eliminate the need to compare with ‘normative data’ and assist with accurate clinical decision-making. the baseline data also ensure that test performance is not adversely affected by disease, drugs, practice effects and malingering. 34,35 a report detailing the player’s response speed, accuracy and consistency is generated. the test can be repeated following a head injury to determine whether cognitive function has deviated from baseline. the benefits are that the player returns to play cognitively as well as symptomatically recovered and has the ability to perform sports-specific skills optimally. newer protocols suggest not testing the athlete while symptomatic as this may induce unnecessary cognitive stress, possibly increase the chances of a practice effect and not alter the immediate management of the player. 7,8 issues of cost and accessibility may prevent the use of computerised tests and concussion management protocols should be able to be implemented without their use. biopsychosocial factors such as age, gender, education level, chemical dependency, co-existing medical and psychiatric conditions and level of alertness have also been suggested as having an influence on baseline scores, making it important that baseline scores are validated and comparative postinjury scores interpreted in a clinical context. a neuropsychologist, as part of the multidisciplinary sports concussion team, should be consulted especially if cognitive function is severe and prolonged, in cases of recurrent concussion over a short period, in players who appear to suffer concussion with relatively minor impacts, where neurological or psychological co-morbidity exists (e.g. depression, attention deficit disorder, migraine sufferers) and in cases where a decision to stop a player participating in contact or collision sport is to be considered. in these cases the neuropsychologist will perform a more extensive battery of verbal, pencil-and-paper and computerised tests to establish the cognitive implications of the injury. saru has consultant neuropsychologists as part of its head-injury management team and clinicians involved in assessing such athletes are encouraged to be able to ensure appropriate access to such professionals. realistically, scarcity of financial resources, lack of internet access and geographical remoteness may well make the ‘gold standard’ approach unattainable. in these cases, a systematic and thorough clinical evaluation and repeated monitoring with the scat 2 card will ensure that a player has recovered fully before returning to play. in particular, the following must have been achieved: • a symptom score of zero, i.e. asymptomatic • no aggravation of symptoms with exercise or cognitive stress • completed standardised assessment of concussion scores (sac) including full marks for the orientation score and acceptable and serially improving scores for the immediate and delayed memory score and the concentration score • a no-error score for balance • a no-error score for co-ordination. as declared on the scat form, normative data are not available. hence serial assessments assume a more significant role in identifying trends in improvement. in addition, the scat score should be interpreted in the context of a thorough general and neurological history and examination by a doctor. of specific interest are the following modifying factors which may mitigate against a quicker return to play or predispose to further concussive injury: 10 • mechanism of injury where seemingly less significant impacts may be responsible for repeated concussions • a record of whether amnesia (loss of memory) was present, whether retrograde or anterograde, and for how long • a previous history of concussion, especially of recent and recurrent injuries (3 or more) • previous or current neurological conditions (meningitis, encephalitis, epilepsy) • psychological conditions (depression, anxiety, sleep disorders) • learning disabilities (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder) and treatment with psychostimulants (methylphenidate) • other medical conditions (e.g. hypothyroidism), or medication (e.g. ssris) that may impact on the nervous system. return-to-play protocol the final phase of a safe, structured and supervised concussion rehabilitation protocol involves the progressive exposure of the recovering athlete to increasing degrees of exercise intensity while monitoring symptoms. 1,8,9,11 this process should be preceded by both clinical and cognitive recovery. in other words, the player should be asymptomatic, have a normal neurological examination and neuropsychological data (where utilised) that have returned to baseline or are comparable with age-appropriate norms. the end point is a return to match competition. exercise stress testing follows a stepwise process with stage-associated objectives: 1,7-11 • light aerobic exercise (walking and stationary cycling) – increase heart rate • sport-specific training (running drills, ball handling skills) – add movement • non-contact drills – exercise, coordination, cognitive load • full-contact practice – confidence, functional skills • game play. the player can proceed in a stepwise progression to the following level after 24 hours provided he/she is asymptomatic. 1 if any postconcussion symptoms develop, the player should drop back to the previous asymptomatic level. in players with modifying factors such as a history of recurrent concussions, neurological or psychological co-morbidity or who appear to be more easily concussed, it may be prudent to extend the return-to-contact play process by making each stage longer than 24 hours. 94 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 pharmacological intervention one of the frustrations of treating mild traumatic head injuries is the lack of direct positive influence that the clinician has on the outcome. although much can be done that may aggravate the condition, such as exposing the patient to physical and cognitive stress, there is as yet no evidencebased pharmacological treatment that the physician can administer to the concussed patient that will influence the course of the condition. hence the physician’s role has been described as promoting ‘masterly inactivity’. 19 pharmaceutical agents with potential for influencing the neurometabolic cascade postulated as being central to the pathophysiology include corticosteroids, calcium channel blockers, antioxidants, glutamate receptor antagonists, hyperbaric oxygen therapy and hypothermia. the other area of intervention involves the treatment of postconcussive symptoms. acute headache may be treated with mild analgesics that do not influence the potential for bleeding (e.g. paracetamol), nausea with anti-emetics (e.g. cyclizine) and prolonged dizziness with anti-vertigo agents (e.g. cinnarizine). treatment of neck muscle spasm by a physiotherapist is an appropriate nonpharmacological intervention that may lessen headaches. more persistent symptoms such as insomnia may be treated with hypnotics, affective disorders with ssris and cognitive or attention deficit with neurostimulants such as methylphenidate. again, these treatments are intuitive and empirical and there is no evidence for them influencing the pathophysiology of concussion. consultation with and monitoring by a broader team of appropriate specialists including neurologists, neurosurgeons and psychologists is advised. education and research each of the important consensus documents has emphasised the need for education of the sporting public (players, parents, coaches, referees and administrators) as well as the medical fraternity as to the nature of concussive injury and best management principles. 1,7-11 lectures to these groups, accessible information (brochures, posters and websites) and print/electronic media coverage, serve to expose those involved in contact and collision sport to the protocols available. conclusion sports-related concussion management appears to have partially emerged from the somewhat nebulous and eclectic guidelines of the 20th century. the series of international consensus statements since 2001 appear to not only have consolidated expert opinion into a more unitary model, but exponentially spurred research and interest in the field. many questions remain unanswered, particularly concerning the pathophysiology of mild traumatic brain injury and possible pharmacological interventions. this review of current concepts in concussion management highlights the need for ongoing education of lay and medical target groups, a support network within the sporting code, a structured clinical protocol incorporating a thorough history, serial clinical assessments and a graded return to play process. where available, computerised neuropsychological testing is a useful adjunct and often the only objective representation of changes to the affected player’s brain. adopting international conventions in the management of south african rugby players at all levels is in the best clinical interest of our players, will allow for a framework of practical research and help mitigate against the possible medicolegal consequences of poorly managed head injuries. references (this list of references has been restricted by space; a full list may be viewed at www.boksmart.com or obtained from the author) 1. aubry m, cantu r, dvorak j, et al. summary and agreement statement of the first international conference on concussion in sport, vienna 2001. recommendations for the improvement of safety and health of athletes who may suffer concussive injuries. br j sports med 2002;36:6-10. 2. kemp, spt, hudson, z, brooks, jh, fuller, cw. clin j sport med 2008;18:227-234. 3. nathan m, goedeke r, noakes t. the incidence and nature of rugby injuries experienced at one school during the 1982 rugby season. s afr j sports med 1983;64:132-137. 4. gerberich sg, priest jd, boen jr, straub cp, maxwell re. concussion incidences and severity in secondary school varsity football players. am j public health 1983;73:1370-1375. 5. petterson j, skelton r. glucose enhances long-term declarative memory in mildly head-injured varsity rugby players. psychobiology 2000;28:81-89. 6. holtzhausen l, schwellnus m, jakoet i, pretorius a. pre-season assessment of south african players in the 1999 rugby super 12 competition. s afr j sports med 2002;9:15-21. 7. mccrory p, johnston k, meeuwisse w, et al. summary and agreement statement of the 2nd international conference on concussion in sport, prague 2004. br j sports med 2005; 39; 196-204. 8. guskiewicz km, bruce sl, cantu rc, et al. national athletic trainers position statement on the management of sports-related concussion. j ath tr 2004;39;278-295. 9. herring sa, bergfield ja, boland a, et al. putukian acsm team physician consensus statement: concussion (mild traumatic brain injury) and the team physician. m med sc sport ex 2006;2;395-399. 10. mccrory p, meeuwisse w, johnston k, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport—the 3rd international conference on concussion in sport held in zurich, november 2008. br j sports med 2009;43:i76-i84. 11. patricios js. the masters’ voices to mandela’s melody: a south african template for complete concussion care. br j sports med 2009;43:i91-i105. 12. giza gc, houda da. the neurometabolic cascade of concussion. j athl train 2001;31(3);228-235. 13. mccrory p, collie a, anderson v, davis g. can we manage sport-related concussion in children the same as in adults? br j sports med 2004;38;516-519. 14. noakes t, du plessis m. common rugby injuries, including anatomical sites and mechanisms of injury. rugby without risk. cape town: jl van schaik, 1996;45-86. 15. bruce d. delayed deterioration of consciousness after trivial head injury in childhood. br med j 1984;289:715-716. 16. cantu rc. second-impact syndrome. clin sports med 1998;17:37-44. 17. cantu rc. posttraumatic retrograde and anterograde amnesia: pathophysiology and implications in grading and safe return to play. j athl train 2001; 36:244-248. 18. mccrory pr, bladin pf, berkovic sf. retrospective study of concussive convulsions in elite australian rules and rugby league footballers: phenomenology, aetiology, and outcome. bmj 1997;314:171-174. 19. mccrory p. should we treat concussion pharmacologically? br j sports med 2002;36:3-5. 20. gronwall d, wrightson p. delayed recovery of intellectual function after minor head injury. lancet 1974;2:605-609. 21. jordan bd. apolipoprotein ee4 and fatal cerebral amyloid angiopathy associated with dementia pugilistica. ann neurol 1997;38:698-699. 22. jordan bd. sparring and cognitive function in professional boxers. phys sportsmed 1996;24:87-98. 23. matser ej, kessels ag, lezak md, jordan bd, troost j. neuropsychological impairment in amateur soccer players. jama 1999; 282:971-973. 24. jordan bd. genetic susceptibility to brain injury in sports: a role for genetic testing in athletes? phys sportsmed 1998;26:25-26. 25. collins mw, lovell mr, iverson gl, cantu r, maroon j, field m. cumulative effects of concussion in high school athletes. neurosurgery 2002;51:1175-1181. 26. cantu rc. guidelines for return to contact sports after cerebral concussion. phys sportsmed 1986;14:75-83. 27. colorado medical society sports medicine committee. guidelines for the medical management of concussion in sports. colorado medical society, denver 1991. 28. gronwall dm. paced auditory serial-addition task: a measure of recovery from concussion. percept mot skills 1977;44:367-373. 29. mcintosh as, mccrory p, finch cf, best jp, chalmers, dj, wolfe, r. does padded headgear reduce head injury in rugby union football? med sci sports exerc 2009;41(2);306-313. 30. singh, gd, maher, gj, padilla, rr. customised mandibular orthotics in the prevention of concussion/mild traumatic brain injury in footballers: a preliminary study. dental traumatology 2009;25:515-521. 31. maddocks dl, dicker gd, saling mm. the assessment of orientation following concussion in athletes. clin j sport med 1995;5:32-35. 32. mccrea m, kelly jp, randolph c, et al. standardized assessment of concussion (sac): on-site mental status evaluation of the athlete. j head trauma rehabil 1998;13:27-35. 33. gioia g, collins m. acute concussion evaluation (ace). heads up: brain injury in sport your practice tool kit. center for disease control, www. cdc.gov/ncipc/pub-res/tbi_toolkit/tbi/ace, modified june 2007. 34. darby d, maruff p, collie a. detection of mild cognitive impairment with multiple baseline assessments in one day. neurology 2002;59:1042-1046. 35. collie a, maruff p. computerised neuropsychological testing. br j sports med 2003;37:2-32. introduction in any medical consultation, the history serves as a very important initial assessment of the patient’s presenting complaint or condition. pre-participation evaluations (ppes) are largely designed for medically qualified personnel to screen for players who may be at risk of illness or injury. 1-12 the most recent example of such a template is fifa’s pre competition medical assessment (pcma) 13 used to screen all participants before the recent fifa 2010 world cup. much of the emphasis is on cardiovascular disease, as this is the largest cause of sudden death in young athletes. 14 in south african rugby, particularly at school and community club level, pre-participation screening is rarely conducted owing to a lack of resources and skills. in designing a pre-participation screen for coaches, the challenge is to be able to ‘red flag’ potentially serious cardiovascular risk factors as well as musculoskeletal and neurological risks pertinent to a collision sport such as rugby, using easily understood questions that cast the screening net wide enough to determine who should be formally medically assessed (see table i). 15 cardiovascular screening most athletes are healthy. only 3 13% require further evaluation, and the disqualification rate for 10 million annual examinations is less than 1%. 10 the overall rate of sudden death in male athletes younger than 35 years is quite low, approximately 0.75 per 100 000 participants per year. 14 congenital cardiac anomalies account for most sudden deaths in these patients. the most common anomalies are hypertrophic cardiomyopathy and coronary artery anomalies. 14,16 the most common coronary abnormality is a left main coronary artery originating off the right sinus. myocarditis, rupture of the aorta, arrhythmogenic right ventricular dysplasias, idiopathic left ventricular hypertrophy, aortic stenosis and premature coronary artery disease account for most of the remaining fatalities. 2 cardiovascular screening is regarded as the most important part of a ppe because of the potential for sudden death in athletes with undiagnosed heart disease. 17,18 personal and family histories of cardiovascular illness have been shown to be more sensitive screens than a physical examination, revealing 64 78% of conditions that could prohibit or alter sports participation. 5,12 nevertheless, screening on the basis of symptoms is certainly not comprehensive and hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, the most common cause of death among 12 32-year-old athletes on the field, may not produce symptoms before sudden death. 19 hypertrophic cardiomyopathy is a heterogeneous group of disorders acquired through autosomaldominant transmission with incomplete penetrance, and signs and symptoms may not become manifest until early adulthood. 20 detecting persons with marfan syndrome before they participate in sports is important because the defective aortic media can rupture during basketball, volleyball and, presumably, other sports activities. 21 where a layperson such as a coach is performing the screen and has limited experience in screening for potential risks such as marfan syndrome and does not have the benefit of a physical examination review boksmart: pre-participation screening of rugby players by coaches based on internationally accepted medical standards abstracts a comprehensive medical history forms a significant part of any medical assessment or screening. in the athlete, pre-participation screening is aimed at determining those aspects of personal and family history that place the participant at greater risk of sudden death, serious illness or musculoskeletal injury. in rugby union, where the incidence of head and neck injuries is higher than in other sports, emphasis needs to be placed on screening for potential risk factors for neurological injury. in a south african rugby environment, pre-season medical screening is not standard and indeed rarely practised. in most club and school settings, the rugby coach may well be the person most in contact with players and therefore in the best position to conduct an initial screening. this article reviews the relevant literature pertinent to such a guideline. correspondence: dr jon patricios morningside sports medicine po box 1267 parklands 2121 tel: +27 11 8839000 fax: +27 11 442 8233 e-mail: jpat@mweb.co.za j s patricios (mb bch, mmedsci (sheffield), facsm, ffsem (uk))1 r m collins (mb bch, msc (sports med))2 1 sports physician, johannesburg, extraordinary lecturer, department of sports medicine, university of pretoria, and consultant, south african rugby’s boksmart injury prevention programme 2 sports physician in private practice, johannesburg, team physician, lions rugby union, and lecturer, department of sports medicine, university of pretoria 62 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 63 or ancillary studies (e.g. ecgs, echocardiogram) to supplement the history, the risks may be greater. neurological screening head and neck injuries account for the largest proportion of catastrophic injuries in south african rugby 22 and should therefore be adequately screened for in any ppe. neck injuries a report of burning pain, weakness, numbness or tingling in all four or only the upper extremities raises concern of cervical spine impingement. possible aetiologies for this condition would include atlantoaxial instability, congenital fusions and disk herniations. 14 nerve injuries ‘burners’ or ‘stingers’ are usually secondary to a brachial plexus stretch or cervical root irritation. the athlete should be free of any neck or radicular pain, and have full range of motion and strength in all movements of the cervical spine before returning to sports participation. 23 recurrent episodes require referral for cervical radiographic and/or neurophysiological studies before clearance. concussion pre-participation examinations for neurological problems such as concussion are extremely difficult, as most concussions recover fully and leave no residual indicators. in addition, concussions sustained in contact and collision sports may simply reflect an athlete’s level of exposure to the sport rather than an underlying intrinsic risk factor. 3 the definition of concussion has been broadened to include any trauma-induced alteration in mental state (table ii) and does not necessarily include loss of consciousness or amnesia as in previous definitions. 23-26 the range of symptoms possibly associated with concussion should be made clear to athletes, many of whom may not have recognised or appreciated their significance. risks of playing while the athlete has prolonged concussion include exacerbation or prolongation of symptoms of the postconcussion syndrome. this is of particular significance in young players exposed to a learning environment. the second-impact syndrome is a less common but far more catastrophic consequence of unrecognised or poorly managed concussion. a second blow (even a relatively mild impact) to a brain that has not yet recovered from a previous blow may result in loss of autoregulation. 27,28 any player who is still symptomatic from a concussive blow should not be exercising and definitely not participating in contact or collision sports. 24,26,29 finally, there is evidence of the cumulative effect of concussions, particularly where these injuries may not have been recognised or managed appropriately. 30 coaches detecting any symptoms, recent history of concussion or multiple concussions in a player should ensure that the player seeks appropriate medical advice. to help to mitigate the difficulties in detecting concussion risk in collision sport, it is recommended that an additional and more extensive baseline screening of symptoms, previous episodes and comorbid neurological and psychological risk factors be conducted. 8 in addition, the emergence of computerised neuropsychological testing, where accessible, provides the player with an assessment that may give insight into cognitive compromise related to previous injuries and serve as a baseline measure against which the consequences of further concussions may be measured. 24,26,29 convulsive disorders guidelines from the american academy of pediatrics 31 clear young athletes with well-controlled convulsive disorders for participation in conventional school-sponsored sports. however, in a sport entailing higher risk, including rugby union, neurological consultation should be considered. athletes with poorly controlled seizures should be withheld from contact or collision sports. 14 musculoskeletal injuries most studies have shown that musculoskeletal findings are the major category of abnormalities leading to restriction from sports activities. 11 the most common musculoskeletal injury to restrict an athlete from activity is a knee injury, followed by an ankle injury. 4 in musculoskeletal injuries, the chance of re-injury is high without proper rehabilitation. 16 specific examples include patella and shoulder dislocations. 11 however, this category of injury is unlikely to be catastrophic and, therefore, in the interests of efficiency, should receive no more than a mention in a coach’s ppe. other medical conditions leading causes of non-traumatic, non-cardiac sports death are exertional hyperthermia, followed by exertional rhabdomyolysis and status asthmaticus. 32 current infections conditions such as influenza or gastroenteritis affecting the player at the time of questioning should preclude him or her from training and appropriate medical care should be sought to avoid the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. 9,10,14 exercise-induced asthma status asthmaticus is one of the non-traumatic causes of death in high-school and college athletes. however, the incidence in survey populations is only four deaths in 30 million athletes. 32 evidence of exercise-induced asthma is sought in the pre-participation examination so that medical prophylaxis (typically with a beta agonist) can be implemented, not to disqualify the athlete. heat-related illness physicians can screen for a tendency toward exertional hyperthermia by asking about a previous history of heat-related illness. athtable i. cardiovascular screening history for preparticipation examinations critical questions 14 exertional chest pain or discomfort, or shortness of breath? exertional syncope or near-syncope, or unexpected fatigue? past detection of cardiac murmur or systemic hypertension? known family history of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, other cardiomyopathies, long qt syndrome, marfan syndrome, significant dysrhythmias? family history of premature death or known disabling cardiovascular disease in a firstor second-order relative younger than 50 years? (more concern if younger than 40 years) letes with this condition are usually allowed to participate in sports, but temperature extremes must be avoided and appropriate means of cooling such as breaks in play and iced towel-downs should be followed. 11 sickle cell trait the american academy of pediatrics and the national collegiate athletic association recommend that persons with sickle cell trait be allowed to participate in sports without any restrictions. 31 there is evidence that persons with sickle cell trait have increased susceptibility to exertional rhabdomyolysis, with the potential for renal failure and death. patients with sickle cell trait should be counselled about appropriate hydration and acclimatisation to reduce risks. rugby players should note that high exertion and contact or collision sports are generally contraindicated in patients with sickle cell disease, even if appropriate hydration can be ensured. solitary organs whether athletes with one paired organ, especially one kidney, should participate in sport, particularly collision sports, is a topic of controversy. all such patients need to understand the risks so they can make an informed decision. no contact or collision sports are allowed if a single kidney is polycystic or abnormally located. 1 when an athlete has only one functional eye (with less than 20/40 corrected visual acuity), further evaluation by an ophthalmologist is recommended. 33 these athletes can participate only in sports that permit the use of protective eyewear (such as swimming, track and field, and gymnastics) and do not involve projected objects. wrestling, boxing and martial arts are contraindicated sports and, by inference, rugby must also be regarded as risk sport for these individuals. the only modification for an athlete with one testicle is the use of a protective cup or ‘box’ during contact sports. the chance of injury and the subsequent possibility of loss of fertility should be mentioned in counselling. 1 other benefits of screening enquiries about medication use may have several benefits. firstly, medications may have a direct influence on performance, e.g. antihistamines may cause drowsiness. secondly, medications may require therapeutic use exemption clearance or be banned in competition. this should be brought to the player’s attention. thirdly, it may serve as a means of determining a medical condition that the athlete did not feel was worth mentioning because it is such an inherent part of his/her life, e.g. asthma, diabetes or hypertension. finally, the athlete may mention additional supplements (legal and illegal) that are being consumed. 14,34 a further benefit of ppe is the opportunity it affords the coach to gain some insight into a player on a one-to-one basis. although not specifically targeted in most ppe questionnaires, issues not directly related to sport but affecting the athlete’s lifestyle such as smoking, alcohol and drug use may emerge during the questioning, affording counselling (formal or informal) to be given in these areas. 1 ethical considerations the coach, as a lay person, should not necessarily be privy to medical information that the player may regard as confidential. hence, an option should be included in the survey that allows the player to share this information with a medical practitioner in private, particularly if this information, e.g. hiv infection, has implications for the player and others’ participation in exercise. fitness assessment although the coach does not have the advantage of a physical examination to complement the history, he/she is afforded the benefit of seeing the athlete under conditions of physical stress when training. this can be utilised as a screening tool in itself and a sort of field ‘stress test’. in particular, players who fail to cope with exercise that their peers find reasonable, those who show a marked decrease from previous levels of performance, those who describe symptoms during or following exercise or those who appear hindered by injury should be referred for medical evaluation. 9,11,14 conclusion in an amateur sporting environment where pre-participation screening is sparingly utilised, the use of a screening tool administered by rugby coaches could significantly and positively impact on the detection and reduction of potentially catastrophic illness and injury. a review of the relevant literature shows the player’s medical and family history to be the most important part of the screen and is therefore within the parameters of such a questionnaire. in particular this would aim at detecting a higher risk for cardiac-related sudden death, concussion and other neurological injuries. acknowledgements this paper was commissioned by the boksmart programme – a national programme sponsored by absa and implemented on behalf of the south african rugby union and the chris burger/petro jackson players’ fund. the goal of the programme is to teach safe and effective techniques, which will reduce the incidence and severity of injury, make the game safer for all involved and improve rugby performance. references 1. abdulla a. the pre-participation of athletes. middle eastern journal of family medicine 2007;5(4):17-20. 2. american heart association. cardiovascular preparticipation screening of competitive athletes. med sci sports exerc 1996;28:1445-1452. table ii. symptoms and signs of concussion28 physical cognitive emotional sleep headache poor depression drowsiness photophobia concentration irritability insomnia dizziness problems mood swings sleeping more phonophobia remembering aggressiveness difficulty getting to sleep nausea feeling numbness/ ‘foggy’ tingling feeling vomiting ‘slowed down’ fatigue visual changes balance problems 64 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 65 3. fuller c, ojelade e. preparticipation medical evaluation in professional sport in the uk: theory or practice? br j sports med 2007;41:890-896. 4. grafe mw, paul gr, foster te. the preparticipation sports examination for high school and college athletes. clin sports med 1997;16:569-591. 5. krowchuk dp. the preparticipation athletic examination: a closer look. pediatr ann 1997;26:37-49. 6. maron bj, isner jm, mckenna wj. 26th bethesda conference: recommendations for determining eligibility for competition in athletes with cardiovascular abnormalities. med sci sports exerc 1994;26:s261-267. 7. maron bj, thompson pd, puffer jc, et al. cardiovascular preparticipation screening of competitive athletes. circulation 1996;94:850-856. 8. mccrory p. preparticipation assessment for head injury. clin j sport med 2004;14:139-144. 9. morphet jam. screening for sudden cardiac death in adolescent athletes. perspect cardiol 2001;17(8):37-47. 10. smith dm. preparticipation physical evaluation. 2nd ed. minneapolis: physician and sports medicine, 1997:1-46. 11. smith j, laskowski er. the preparticipation physical examination. mayo clin proc 1998;73:419-429. 12. wappes jr (executive editor). preparticipation physical evaluation. 3rd ed. minneapolis: mcgraw hill, 2005. 13. fifa pcma form. available at: http://www.fifa.com/mm/document/ afdeveloping/medical/01/07/26/86/fifapcmaform.pdf (accessed: 17 july 2010). 14. kurowski k, chandran s. the preparticipation athletic evaluation. am fam physician 2000;61:2683-2690, 2696-2698. 15. holtzhausen l, schwellnus m, jakoet i, pretorius a. pre-season assessment of south african players in the 1999 rugby super 12 competition. s afr j sports med 2002;9:15-21. 16. abbott hg, kress jb. preconditioning in the prevention of knee injuries. arch phys med rehabil 1969;50:326-333. 17. basilico fc. cardiovascular disease in athletes. am j sports med 1999;27:108-121. 18. maron bj. hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. lancet 1997;350:127-133. 19. maron bj, casey sa, poliac lc, gohman te, almquist ak, aeppli dm. clinical course of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy in a regional united states cohort. jama 1999;281:650-655. 20. lerakis s, sheahan rg, stouffer ga. hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. am j med sci 1997;314:324-329. 21. gott vl, pyeritz re, magovern gj, cameron de, mckusick va. surgical treatment of aneurysms of the ascending aorta in the marfan syndrome. n engl j med 1986;314:1070-1074. 22. noakes t, du plessis m. common rugby injuries, including anatomical sites and mechanisms of injury. in: rugby without risk. pretoria: jl van schaik, 1996:45-86. 23. cantu rc, bailes je, wilberger je. guidelines for return to contact or collision sport after a cervical spine injury. clin sports med 1998;17:137146. 24. aubry m, cantu r, dvorak j, et al. summary and agreement statement of the first international conference on concussion in sport, vienna 2001. recommendations for the improvement of safety and health of athletes who may suffer concussive injuries. br j sports med 2002;36:6-10. 25. cantu rc. cerebral concussion in sport. management and prevention. sports med 1992;14:64-74. 26. herring sa, bergfield ja, boland a, et al. acsm team physician consensus statement: concussion (mild tarumatic brain injury) and the team physician. med sci sport exerc 2006;2:395-399. 27. cantu rc. second-impact syndrome. clin sports med 1998;17:37-44. 28. gioia g, collins m. acute concussion evaluation (ace). heads up: brain injury in sport. your practice tool kit. center for disease control. www. cdc.gov/ncipc/pub-res/tbi_toolkit/tbi/ace (modified june 2007). 29. guskiewicz km, bruce sl, cantu rc, et al. national athletic trainers position statement on the management of sports-related concussion. journal of athletic training 2004;39:278-295. 30. collins mw, lovell mr, iverson gl, cantu r, maroon j, field m. cumulative effects of concussion in high school athletes. neurosurgery 2002;51:1175-1181. 31. american academy of pediatrics committee on sports medicine. recommendations for participation in competitive sports. pediatrics 1988;81:737-739. 32. van camp sp, bloor cm, mueller fo, cantu rc, olson hg. non-traumatic sports death in high school and college athletes. med sci sports exerc 1995;27:641-647. 33. stock jg, cornell fm. prevention of sports-related eye injury. am fam physician 1991;44:515-520. 34. welder aa, melchert rb. cardiotoxic effects of cocaine and anabolic-androgenic steroids in the athlete. j pharmacol toxicol methods 1993;29:61-68. commentary 134 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 introduction in response to randolph’s recent article published in current sports medicine reports (csmr), in which he argues against the utility of computerised neurocognitive baseline testing in the sports concussion context, 1 the present author submitted some critical commentary regarding the underpinnings of his argument, including material to suggest that his stance is counter-productive in terms of optimal healthcare and unwarranted. 2 in turn, randolph and mcgrew have presented a number of challenging responses, 3,4 including the statement that ‘to advocate for the addition of baseline neuropsychological testing for athletes at this time is scientifically unfounded, financially irresponsible and should be roundly condemned for confusing and raising false expectations in the athletes that are subjected to it as well as adding additional burden to an already overtaxed medical system’. 4 however, considerable concern remains about what appears to be biased and uncritical dismissal of the use of neurocognitive screening in this forum generally by these authors (randolph and mcgrew), and an unwarranted demeaning of the impact test in particular. 1 in this regard, the present author’s previous commentary 2 drew attention to the limitations of evidence that is derived exclusively from group research to facilitate optimal health service, rather than incorporating other crucial factors such as theoretical pointers and clinical case observations given the multitude of genetic, biologic and co-morbid variations as has been eloquently argued elsewhere. 5-7 further, the author’s prior commentary 2 draws attention to randolph’s surprising criticism of the impact test because it produces a multifunction test report rather than yielding a single indicator of brain dysfunction, whereas this can be considered to be one of its most significant strengths. a ‘single entity’ assessment approach has long been thoroughly discredited in modern clinical neuropsychology. 8,9 finally, in terms of the various contributions to the debate in question, kutcher, 10 in more balanced fashion, warns that randolph’s target in his most recent article is ‘conspicuously narrow’, and that the practitioner is advised to take cognizance of the complexity of the issue, being ‘as leery of fool’s gold as dirty bathwater’. 10 accordingly, the purpose of the present commentary is to expand on the intricacies involved in this issue, with particular reference to randolph’s most recent article published in the csmr. 1 the argument to be presented accords with sentiments expressed in a rebuttal to randolph’s earlier article in the jat, 11 in which it was stated that ‘the article does not present a balanced and representative review of the literature … and does nothing to move our understanding of concussion forward … in addition, the authors’ opinions are inconsistent with current thought within the field of neuropsychology’. 12 statistical misrepresentation in light of clinical applications extracted from a study of broglio et al., 13 data are presented by randolph to bolster an argument about the poor test-retest reliability and relative sensitivity of the impact test. 1,3 much is made of a 40% false positive rate of impairment relative to baseline that occurred on at least one of the four impact test composites as reported in that study. 1,3 using the analogy of a thermometer, it is suggested that one would not wish to use such an instrument if it were so unreliable as to ‘classify 40% of healthy individuals as pyretic and 40% of pyretic individuals as healthy’. 3 however, there are a number of serious difficulties inherent in these extrapolations, as follows. firstly, in the broglio et al. study, three different computerised neurocognitive tests were administered to testees at baseline, day 45 and day 50. however, in the regular clinical situation, it is only a single neurocognitive test that is administered at baseline, and likewise on each follow-up test occasion. therefore, uncritical extrapolation of research outcome from the broglio study to document clinically applicable test-retest reliability, false positive indications of impairment, etc., in respect of any of these three programmes in isolation, has seriously compromised validity on methodological grounds, due to the confounding effect on each other of the multiple test administrations. further, from a neuropsychological perspective, to draw an analogous comparison between the single score measurement of a thermometer and a psychometric instrument is inappropriate. psychometric test scores do not have stand-alone positivistic meaning in their own right (as with a temperature thermometer), rather being a relativistic type of measurement requiring highly contextualised interpretation in the hands of those who have been trained in their use. 14 a single change score in isolation on a test such as impact, that incorporates at least four core composite scores in the clinical profile, 15 would be viewed sceptically in terms of its implications, and interpreted closely in relation to: the site of the injury; the symptom reports; the educational/ occupational abstract the purpose of this article was to contribute to an argument regarding the utility of computerised baseline and follow-up neurocognitive testing within the sports concussion arena. heated debate around this issue via a number of contributions has appeared recently in the journal current sports medicine reports, with its use being roundly condemned by one party as ‘scientifically unfounded’ and therefore ‘financially irresponsible’. it is proposed that this vehemently negative viewpoint is located in a ‘smoke and mirrors’ portrayal of the validity of such neurocognitive screening, being substantiated on questionable extrapolations from laboratory-type group research to the clinical situation. the stance runs counter to the tenets of modern clinical neuropsychology, and is incompatible with more rigorous scientific pointers from current research. abreast of the latest concussion in sport consensus recommendations, it is concluded that there is compelling support for the burgeoning use of computerised neurocognitive evaluation in the sports concussion arena as the optimal and most responsible healthcare currently available in this arena. ann b shuttleworth-edwards, phd professor of psychology, director national sports concussion initiative (nsci), department of psychology, rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa correspondence to: professor ann edwards (a.edwards@ru.ac.za) debating the utility of computerised neurocognitive testing in the sports concussion arena sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 135 background and special abilities and disabilities of the athlete; and, importantly, norms that are applicable to the testee in terms of the demographic influences of age, education and cultural affiliation. 16 essentially, the point that is being made here is that false positive indications derived from any scores, and particularly a single score, in the de-contextualised group research context such as pertains to the study of broglio et al., have minimal relevance in the appropriately conducted clinical neuropsychological examination. accordingly, randolph’s 40% false positive challenge regarding the use of the impact test is entirely without substance on clinical interpretive grounds, as well as on the most fundamental of methodological grounds. in contrast to these dubious implications derived from the study of broglio et al. are indications from many more rigorous studies, and some recent studies in particular, that serve to demonstrate an entirely opposite picture in terms of the discriminatory ability of the impact programme. 17,18 in these studies a high level of predictive value on the length of recovery is established for the impact programme of 73% taking both the cognitive tests and symptom reports into account, with an increase of 24% in sensitivity over the use of the symptom reports alone. 17 early postconcussion neurocognitive assessment on impact in an emergency department detected neurocognitive deficits that clinical grading could not, and correlated with the severity of deficit at 3and 10-day post-injury follow-up. 18 benefits of neuropsychological evaluation and concluding comments research outcome aside, there are non-debatable clinical advantages in having neuropsychological post-concussion evaluations available in the hands of the trained neuropsychologist. such benefit includes the ability to demonstrate the extent of cognitive malfunction during the recovery process in order to provide guidelines for scholastic or occupational purposes. even fairly brief periods of unrecognised and/ or unsubstantiated cognitive dysfunction in the wake of a concussion may have quite serious negative consequences within such settings, and calls for highly individualised recommendations supported by objective criteria. these goals are massively facilitated by the availability of follow-up computerised test data per se, and especially in comparison with baseline data. in sum, taking all the above into consideration, in direct opposition to the expressed sentiments of randolph and mcgrew, the impact test appears to be exactly the kind of tool that the present author would like to add to an investigative armamentarium with a view to enhancing medical management in respect of the sports concussive injury. it has clearly been endorsed by hundreds of clinicians worldwide in the burgeoning use of this particular tool. however, as cautioned by kutcher, 10 whether using impact or some other instrument of this type such as anam, cogstate sport or headminder, this procedure should not be followed blindly as part of a marketing ploy. nor should the process be seen as a shortcut to ruling brain dysfunction in or out. 14,19 rather it should take place via discretionary clinical evaluation of the optimal mechanism to employ in order to meet the health needs within the particular sports concussion arena, by a team of suitably qualified medical and neuropsychology practitioners. as such, the practice is fully in accordance with the recommendations of the most recent consensus on concussion in sport. 20 used appropriately within the confines of legitimate practice in clinical neuropsychology, the incorporation of computerised neurocognitive screening can be considered to have positively revolutionised the management of the sports concussive injury in the direction of becoming massively more refined than it was previously, thereby allowing for more optimal and responsible recovery and rehabilitative healthcare. a note on the impact programme the impact programme was developed within a research context approximately ten years ago, 15 and is currently in its 4th updated webbased and technologically sophisticated version. it consists of a userfriendly series of tests and a symptom check list that take about 25 minutes to complete, and produces an automated report that collates the neurocognitive and symptom outcome, for multiple test-taking occasions. there is a spectrum of functional modalities assessed based on traditional well-researched neuropsychological stimuli, including visual and verbal memory (immediate and delayed), visual motor speed, reaction time, as well as a cognitive efficiency index, and a test of impulse control that provides an indicator of test-taking validity. restricted web-based access to the report by designated clinicians enables high level neuropsychological interpretation of the outcome and feedback within a matter of hours, regardless of location of the testee. the test is acknowledged as the most widely used of all computer programmes that have been especially devised for use in the sports concussion arena. 1 acknowledgements acknowledgements for funding of the author’s concussion research programme are due to the national research foundation (nrf) and the joint research council of rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa. declaration of conflict of interests the author has been involved in concussion management in south africa and the uk for the past ten years, using the impact programme for clinical and research purposes. references 1. randolph c. baseline neuropsychological testing in managing sport-related concussion: does it modify risk? curr sports med rep. 2011;10(1):21-26. 2. shuttleworth-edwards a. response to the article on baseline testing: throwing away clinical gold with the statistical bathwater. curr sports med rep 2011;10(6):391-392. 3. randolph c. letter to editor-in-chief. curr sports med rep. 2011;10(6):393. 4. mcgrew ca. letter to editor-in-chief. curr sports med rep. 2011; 10(6):394. 5. miller dw, miller cg. on evidence medical and legal. j am phys surg 2005;10(3):7075. 6. upshur eg. looking for rules in a world of exceptions. reflections on evidencebased practice. perspect biol med 2005;48:477-489. 7. dattilio f, edwards d, fishman d. case studies within a mixed methods paradigm: toward a resolution of the alienation between researcher and practitioner in psychotherapy research. psychotherapy, theory, research, practice, training 2010;47(4):427-441. 8. walsh k. understanding brain damage: a primer of neuropsychological evaluation. 2nd ed. melbourne: churchill livingstone, 1991. 9. lezak md, howieson db, loring dw. neuropsychological assessment. 4th ed. oxford: oxford university press, 2004. 10. kutcher, js. letter to editor-in-chief. curr sports med rep. 2011; 10(6): 395. 11. randolph c, mccrea m, barr wb. is neuropsychological testing useful in the management of sport-related concussion? j athl train 2005;40(3):139-154. 12. lovell mr. letter to editor. j athl train 2006;41:137. 13. broglio sp, macciocchi sn, ferrarra ms. sensitivity of the concussion assessment battery. neurosurgery 2007;60(6):1050-1058. 14. shuttleworth-edwards ab, border ma. computer based screening in concussion management: use versus abuse. br j sports med 2002;36:473. 15. iverson gl, lovell mr, collins mw. immediate postconcussion assessment and cognitive testing (impact) normative data version 2.0. pittsburgh, usa: impact applications inc.; 2002. 16. shuttleworth-edwards ab, whitefield-alexander vj, radloff se, taylor am, lovell mr. computerized neuropsychological profiles of south african versus united states athletes: a basis for commentary on cross-cultural norming issues in the sports concussion arena. physician and sports med 2009;37(4):45-51. 17. lau b, collins m, lovell m. sensitivity and specificity of subacute computerized neurocognitive testing and symptom evaluation in predicting outcomes after sportsrelated concussion. am j sports med 2011;39(11):2311-2318 epub ahead of print. 18. thomas d, collins m, saladino r, frank v, raab j, zuckerbraun n. identifying neurocognitive deficits in adolescents following concussion. acad emerg med 2011;18(3):246-254. 19. echemendia r, herring s, bailes j. who should conduct and interpret the neuropsychological assessment in sports-related concussion. br j sports med 2009;43:i32i35. 20. mccrory p, meeuwisse w, johnston k, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport: the 3rd international conference on concussion in sport held in zurich, november 2008. br j sports med 2009;43:i76-i84. introduction running, whether for recreation, fitness or professionally, has gained popularity all over the world. associated with this relatively inexpensive and popular code of sport, is the risk of injury. 6,13-15 it is clear that injuries sustained during running can be attributed to a wide range of causes and many of these have been the subject of investigation. 11,13-15,19 some studies have associated the risk of knee injury with the quadriceps (q)-angle. 9,12,19 van mechelen 19 has suggested that during running there is excessive use of the extensor mechanism of the knee resulting in an imbalance of the components of the quadriceps muscle. a stronger vastus lateralis pulls the patella laterally resulting in a larger q-angle, while a stronger vastus medialis pulls the patella medially resulting in a smaller q-angle. 2,4,8 therefore the q-angle is an indicator of the imbalance between components of the quadriceps muscle. the q-angle is the acute angle that is formed when the line connecting the anterior superior iliac spine (asis) and the midpoint of the patella intersects with the line connecting the tibial tubercle to the midpoint of the patella. the normal range for this angle in males is 10 22 degrees. 7,8,17,19 some studies 12,15,18,19 have found an association between running injuries and malalignment of the lower limb reflected in the q-angle. in south africa, no studies have reported on q-angles or the association between running injuries and the q-angle. therefore the purpose of the present study was to investigate the association between the q-angle and the prevalence of knee injuries in long-distance runners in durban, south africa. methods a list of long-distance indian male runners aged between 25 and 65 years registered with 5 athletic clubs in durban was obtained. from this list a random sample of 100 male runners was selected to participate in the study (20 subjects were chosen randomly from each of the 5 clubs). subjects gave fully informed voluntary consent. due to ethnic and gender differences in body stature and skeletal alignment, 16 participation was limited to south african males of indian descent. since durban is home to the majority of this population group in south africa, recruitment of subjects was facilitated. a peroriginal research article the quadriceps angle and the incidence of knee injury in indian long-distance runners t puckree (bsc physio, ms (exercise science), med, phd (exercise physiology))1 a govender (b physio)2 k govender (b physio)2 p naidoo (b physio)2 1 department of physiotherapy, university of kwazulu-natal, durban, and school of physiotherapy, sport science and optometry, university of kwazulu-natal, westville campus, durban 2 final-year physiotherapy students (at time of the study), department of physiotherapy, university kwazulu-natal, durban abstract objective. to investigate the incidence of knee injuries in runners and to determine the proportion of injuries involving abnormal quadriceps (q)-angles. design. one hundred male indian runners between the ages of 25 and 65 years from 5 athletic clubs in durban volunteered to participate in the study. the q-angle was measured using a goniometer. other relevant information was obtained using a validated questionnaire. the data were analysed by comparing measured q-angles with ‘normal’ values of q-angles obtained from the literature. a paired t-test at a probability of 0.05 was used. setting. data were collected at club meetings. main outcome measure. the primary outcome of the study was to determine the proportion of runners with abnormal q-angles. thereafter the rate of knee injuries in runners with abnormal q-angles was determined. results. data from 88 runners were usable. fifty-one per cent of the runners sustained knee injuries. fifty-eight per cent of the sample had abnormal q-angles. sixty-seven per cent of the runners with abnormal q-angles sustained knee injuries. conclusion. more runners with abnormal q-angles sustained knee injuries. there is a need to determine reference values for q-angles for the south african population, the proportion of the population that present with abnormal q-angles, and the reasons for this. correspondence: t puckree department of physiotherapy university of kwazulu-natal private bag x54001 durban 4000 tel: 031-260 7977/7817 fax: 031-260 8106 e-mail: puckreet@ukzn.ac.za sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 9 pg9-11.indd 9 4/4/07 10:28:52 am 10 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 spex goniometer routinely used by physiotherapists was used to measure the q-angle as described below. three readings were taken successively, 1 minute apart while the subject assumed the supine position, to ensure test-retest reliability. a questionnaire with open and closed-ended questions was used to capture information relating to knee injuries and demographic details of the participants. the content validity of the questionnaire was checked through a pilot study using 5 non-participating runners. all subjects were accessed either at club meetings, time trials or during races. each participant signed a fully informed consent form. the study received ethical approval from the university of durban-westville ethics committee. measurement of the q-angle the q-angle was measured according to the method described by livingston and spaulding. 10 the subject lay supine on a plinth with the foot position standardised using a foot board. the anterior superior iliac spine (asis), the centre of the patella and the tibial tuberosity were marked using a kohl pencil. the centre of the goniometer was placed on the centre of the patella (found by intersecting width and length lines). the stationary arm of the goniometer was aligned with the asis and the movable arm was aligned with the tibial tuberosity. a third vertical line which extended from the tibial tuberosity along the femur allowed the formation of an angle. the acute angle formed was defined as the q-angle. three readings were taken for each subject by one investigator. the mean error was less than 0.01%. data analysis the average of 3 readings for each subject was used in the data analysis. these readings were compared with reference q-angles for male subjects as obtained from the literature. 17 a chi-square test was used to compare injured and uninjured runners with abnormal and normal q-angles, with p < 0.05. the data from the questionnaire were used to categorise the runners into 2 groups with and without knee injuries. knee injury in this study was defined as an injury to the knee requiring medical or other attention. each of these groups was stratified based on normal and abnormal q-angles, age, running experience, and knee pain. knee pain was defined as a reported perception of pain in the knee by the participants. results the participation rate was 100%. data analysis was carried out on the data from 88% of the participants. twelve per cent were excluded due to arthritis, deformities, and history of fractures. incidence of knee injuries was 51% (45 of the 88 runners). as shown in table i, 51 (58%) of the 88 runners had abnormal q-angles. sixty-seven per cent of these runners sustained knee injuries compared with 30% of runners whose q-angles were normal (p < 0.05). seventy-six per cent of the 34 injured runners with abnormal q-angles were between 36 and 60 years of age compared with 18% of the 11 injured runners with normal q-angles (p < 0.05). table i also shows that the proportion of injured runners (67%) was as high as the prevalence of abnormal q-angles (58%) (p < 0.05). training history did not affect the proportion of runners who were injured. sixty-three per cent of all the runners complained of knee pain. one hundred per cent of those with abnormal q-angles and only 11% of those with normal qangles complained of knee pain. the majority of those with knee pain and abnormal q-angles complained of anterior knee pain (57%). discussion the incidence of knee injuries in long-distance runners in the population under study was high and similar to that reported by van mechelen. 19 james 6 reported that the majority of running injuries occur at the knee. the q-angle has been found to influence lower extremity kinematics. 5 alteration in the q-angle changes the pattern of stress experienced by the patella cartilage 19 and thereby is the precursor to many knee injuries. imbalance of components of the quadriceps muscle, which insert on the patella can displace the patella, thereby effectively altering the q-angle. 4 hart et al. 3 found that fatigue of the lumbar paraspinal muscles reduced vastus lateralis activation. noakes 14 suggested that a pronated foot due to hypermobile feet could be implicated in knee problems. because the q-angle is formed between the vectors for the combined pull of the quadriceps femoris and the patella tendon, 9 the strength of the quadriceps muscle is important. our findings of significantly more injuries in persons with abnormal q-angles concur with those reported by lysholm and wiklander. 11 these researchers reported that 40% of knee injuries that occurred in running were caused by malalignment of the lower limb and in their case increased q-angles. in those runners aged 36 60 with abnormal q-angles, the table i. number and percentage of injured and uninjured runners with abnormal and normal q-angles by age group abnormal q-angle normal q-angle age (years) injured uninjured total injured uninjured total total 25 35 6 (46%) 7 (54%) 13 (25%) 2 (5%) 6 (16%) 8 (22%) 36 60 28 (76%) 9 (24%) 37 (73%) 2 (18%) 17 (46%) 19 (51%) 60+ 0 (0%) 1 (100%) 1 (2%) 7 (19%) 3 (8%) 10 (27%) total 34 (67%) 17 (33%) 51 (58%) 11 (30%) 26 (70%) 37 (42%) 88 pg9-11.indd 10 4/4/07 10:28:52 am incidence of knee injuries was higher than among those with normal q-angles. brill and macera 1 and van mechelen 19 suggest that normal younger-aged male runners train at higher speeds than their older counterparts thereby not allowing sufficient time for the adaptive process required in the musculoskeletal system. the age range of our runners with highest injury rate was 36 60. this age group is not young. a similar trend was observed for the younger age group, i.e. those between 25 and 35 years of age. muscular factors resulting in malalignment may contribute to running-related knee injuries. noble et al. 16 suggest that the size and shape of the human femur vary with gender, age, stature and ethnic background of the individual. the sample in this study included indian males over a range of ages. although the percentage of runners with abnormal q-angles was high, one cannot assume that this population group is different from other racial groups in this country, since no data exist to suggest this. although the data from this study on indian male runners concurs with that from other studies, 10,19 there is a need for more research in this area using samples from different race groups and genders in south africa. conclusion in this sample, abnormal q-angles were directly proportional to the incidence of knee injuries in long-distance runners. there is a need to first of all determine reference values for q-angles for the south african population by race, gender and age. the major determinants of abnormal q-angles can then be determined and rehabilitative strategies put in place. references 1. brill pa, macera ca. the influence of running patterns on running injuries. sports med 1995; 20: 365-8. 2. grelsamer gp, weinstein ch. applied biomechanics of the patella. clin orthop 2001; 389: 9-14. 3. hart jm, fritz jm, kerrigan dc, saliba en, gansneder bm, ingersoll cd. reduced quadriceps activation after lumbar paraspinal fatiguing exercise. journal of athletic training 2006; 41(1): 79-86. 4. hehne hj. biomechanics of the patellofemoral joint and its clinical relevance. clin orthop 1990; 258:73-85. 5. heiderscheit b, hamill j, caldwell ge. influence of q angle on lower extremity running kinematics. j orthop sports phys ther 2000; 5: 271-8. 6. james sl. running injuries to the knee. j am acad orthop surg 1995; 8:30918. 7. juhn ms. patellofemoral pain syndrome: a review and guidelines for treatment. am fam physician 1999; 60: 2012-22. 8. latinghouse lh, trimble mh. effects of isometric activation on the q-angle in women before and after quadriceps exercise. j orthop sports phys ther 2000; 30: 211-6. 9. livingston la. the quadriceps angle: a review of the literature. j orthop sports phys ther 1998; 28:105-9. 10. livingston la, spaulding sj. measurement of the q-angle using standardized foot positions. journal of athletic training 2002; 37:252-5. 11. lysholm j, wilkander j. injuries in runners. am j sports med 1987; 15:168-71. 12. macera ca. lower extremity injuries in runners. sports med 1992; 13(1): 50-7. 13. messier sp, davis se, curl ww, lowery rb, pack rj. etiologic factors associated with patellofemoral pain in runners. med sci sports exerc 1991; 23: 1008-15. 14. noakes t. the lore of running. leeds, uk: human kinetics, 2003. 15. nobel c. the pfizer manual of sports injuries. cape town: medical tribune publication, 1997: 40-63. 16. noble pc, box gg, kamarie e. the effects of aging on the shape of the proximal femur. clin orthop 1995; 3163: 1-44. 17. reider b, marshall jl, warren rf. clinical characteristics of patella disorders in young athletes. am j sports med 1998; 18:220-7. 18. taimela s, kujalo. m, oesterman k. intrinsic risk and athletic injuries. sports med 1990; 9:205-15. 19. van mechelen w. running injuries: a review of the epidemiological literature. sports med 1992; 14: 320-35. sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 11 pg9-11.indd 11 4/4/07 10:28:52 am sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 55 review breast cancer is one of the most common cancers worldwide, and statistics reveal that the number of women diagnosed with breast cancer in south africa is increasing. as such, medical practitioners will treat an increasing number of breast cancer patients. although increasingly effective treatments improve patient survival intervals, a significant number of patients experience psychological distress, at the time of diagnosis and sometimes well beyond the start of treatment. this can be attributed to the disease itself and to treatment side-effects. historically, patients experiencing such distress have been treated with pharmacotherapy or have been referred for psychotherapeutic intervention. although it is well known that physical exercise is beneficial to physical health, only recently, and comparatively, has the effect of exercise been recognised as beneficial to psychological well-being. cancer patients are often advised to reduce physical activity to avoid cancer-related fatigue. paradoxically, recent research shows that physical exercise, of the type and intensity appropriate for the ability of each patient, can in fact play a significant role in improving mood and aiding physical recovery. this opens up a valuable additional resource to augment patients’ quality of life, both physically and psychologically. one precaution stands vitally important, however: the prescribed exercise regimen must be tailored to the physical capabilities of the patient. s afr j sm 2013;25(2):55-59. doi:10.7196/sajsm.481 exercise effects on mood in breast cancer patients h m van oers, ma (couns psych) durban oncology centre, durban, south africa corresponding author: h m van oers (fransvo@dtinc.co.za) with over 1 million new cases diagnosed worldwide per annum, breast cancer continues to be the most common cancer affecting women. unfortunately, surviving this cancer often means enduring significant and prolonged forms of adjuvant therapy, primarily radiation, chemotherapy and hormone therapy. these treatments, although increasingly effective in improving patient survival intervals, are toxic in numerous ways and produce negative shortand longterm physiological and psychological effects.[1] nearly all cancer survivors experience physiological and psychological symptoms and side-effects related to the disease or its treatment.[2] treatment-related symptoms, mood distress and decline in physical activity have all been found to be major problems encountered by cancer patients.[3] while mortality decreases, the increase in cancer incidence means that the number of women receiving adjuvant cancer treatment, and living with the associated side-effects, is increasing. therapyrelated negative side-effects include physiological and psychological symptoms such as pain, fatigue, muscle wasting, decreased cardiac function and psychological distress. each symptom can contribute to a significant impairment of quality of life (qol), and in some cases, affect prognosis.[3,4] depression is associated with chemotherapy non-compliance and reduced 5-year survival rates.[2] attention to psychological status is therefore an essential part of effective oncology treatment. however, in many instances, psychological distress is under-diagnosed and -treated due to time constraints, or because oncologists do not address or endorse this aspect of therapy. treatment effects on quality of life physiological sequelae differing treatment modalities can result in various physiological side-effects. chemotherapy (e.g. anti-metabolites, anthracyclines and alkylators) is used to control suspected micrometastatic disease and typically consists of 6 8 cycles of polychemotherapy administered over approximately 21 weeks. radiation is used following most breastconserving surgical procedures to control local disease and usually consists of daily treatment over a 6-week period. fatigue is a common side-effect of both of these treatment modalities.[5] chemotherapy has the further potential to cause decreased cardiorespiratory fitness and even cardiotoxicity in some patients, whereas radiation can also lead to irreversible lung fibrosis. oral hormone therapy (progestins or anti-oestrogens administered daily over a 5-year period) may cause ovarian ablation in pre-menopausal women, whereas the aromatase enzyme inhibitors prescribed for post-menopausal women may lead to fatigue and weight gain. physical and functional deficits may also include asthenia, ataxia, muscle weakness and atrophy, hair-loss, sleep disturbances, nausea and vomiting, and pain. many of these side-effects are common to patients with other cancers, but breast cancer patients face the additional burden of limited arm movement, lymphoedema of the arm, possible impaired cognitive function, weight gain and osteoporosis.[6] in combination, these co-morbid effects can have a significant negative effect on qol.[3,7] psychological sequelae recent studies have estimated the prevalence of depression, including major and minor depressive episodes and dysthymia, to be in the order of 20%, and the prevalence of anxiety disorders to be approximately 10%.[8] depression is characterised by feelings of sadness, hopelessness, changes in sleep and eating habits, psychomotor retardation and withdrawal from social contacts, which in turn lead to a deterioration of qol, and impaired social and occupational functioning. [7] cancer patients may show scores twice as high as those of the general population on the anxiety and depression subscales mailto:fransvo@dtinc.co.za 56 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 of the hospital anxiety and depression scale.[4] other psychological and emotional side-effects experienced by cancer patients include stress, fear of death, poor body image, low self-esteem, loneliness and a sense of loss of control over life.[2,3] one study[9] found a similar deterioration in fatigue and qol measures in breast cancer patients shortly after completing adjuvant therapies. qol impairment was also strongly associated with scores on depression, as well as fatigue.[9] despite an inconclusive relationship between psychological distress and cancer survival, a review of available research relating to breast cancer shows that most studies indicate a significant relationship between psychological factors and survival.[10,11] clinical depression is associated with non-compliance with cancer treatment and reduced survival, emphasising that depression negatively affects the psychological and physical health of many patients.[2,7] this underlines the role of psychological factors in cancer survival and emphasises the need for optimal supportive care to facilitate positive effects on such prognostic factors. it is clear that the appropriate management of psychological distress is of clinical importance, and it is vital that oncology healthcare professionals are aware of the importance of patients’ psychological functioning. current treatments for anxiety and depression in cancer patients include pharmacotherapy and psychotherapeutic interventions. for many, these treatments are safe, effective and provide significant improvements; however, there are some patients in whom these existing interventions are less effective due to personal, behavioural or organic factors. for example, selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors (ssris) may be contraindicated in patients receiving hormone blockade therapies. in the general population, exercise acts as an effective antidepressant; it may therefore serve as an alternative form of treatment to provide symptom relief for depression and anxiety and improve physical health outcomes in cancer patients.[7,10] the effects of exercise on mood it is well known that physical exercise is beneficial to the body, but it is only recently, and comparatively, that the effect of exercise has been studied in terms of its effect on mood. mental and physical health are closely associated and can exert a significant effect on one another: mental health can be affected positively by physical exercise, and conversely, patients involved in physical rehabilitation tend to exhibit better compliance with, and make greater advances in treatment when they feel positive.[12] exercise increases blood flow and circulation, can improve memory function and provides a feeling of general well-being. there is growing evidence that physical activity and exercise have positive effects on mood in general, and on depression and anxiety in particular.[7,13-17] the manner in which exercise improves psychological well-being is explained by a neurobiological response and how physical exertion relates to the fight-or-flight response. most research has focused on hormonal reaction to increased physical activity, in particular the increased levels of beta-endorphins, encephalins, catecholamines and serotonin. endorphins are released by the pituitary gland during sustained vigorous exercise. these serve to reduce stress, decrease appetite and improve immune function. serotonin, together with norepinephrine, is a neurotransmitter that regulates mood and can affect anxiety mechanisms, thoughts and sleep patterns. studies have shown that low concentrations of serotonin cause symptoms of depression. the mechanisms involved in the increase of serotonin levels after exercise may be the result of motor activity increasing the firing rates of serotonin neurons, causing an increase in its release and synthesis. by increasing in concentration, these neurotransmitters serve to improve mood and decrease symptoms of depression.[2,18] in the general population, exercise is an effective antidepressant; individuals with moderate to more severe depression benefit comparably, and exercise is equally effective for men and women across a wide range of ages. these effects have been found to be comparable with psychotherapy and medication, particularly for those with mild to moderate depression.[7] the antidepressant effects of exercise have also been shown to last long beyond the exercise period.[13] yet, while the majority of studies concur regarding the positive effects of physical activity on mood, there is still uncertainty regarding which form of exercise is best for improving mood and mental health, and the specific effects of different types of exercise.[19] effects of different forms of exercise the main forms of exercise are aerobic and anaerobic. aerobic exercise occurs when oxygen is metabolised to produce energy. this is generally attained through sustained periods of hard work and vigorous activity lasting longer than 3 minutes at a time. anaerobic exercise refers to physical exertion where the energy required to produce this activity is provided independently of oxygen. this type of exercise uses short bursts of vigorous activity and typically lasts less than a minute. there are also alternative forms of activity that do not readily fall into the definitions of aerobic or anaerobic, but which also have the potential to affect mood and emotional well-being (e.g. yoga and meditation).[12] research suggests that aerobic exercise has the greatest moodelevating effects when performed continuously over an extended period of time, where the release of endorphins is responsible for the feel-good effect or ‘runner’s high’ that athletes experience after bouts of vigorous activity.[12] in addition to this endorphin-related positive effect, cortisol levels are altered by exercise: 30 minutes of moderate aerobic activity can reduce cortisol levels, higher levels of which are associated with negative affective states. this reduction may partly explain the moodelevating effects of physical activity. a factor influencing the degree to which aerobic exercise is beneficial appears to be the intensity: lowto moderate-intensity exercise has been shown to be effective in reducing both anxiety and depression,[20] whereas high-intensity exercise has been found in some instances to induce the opposite effect and increase levels of anxiety.[21] furthermore, moderate-intensity exercise may produce more sustained psychological benefits, probably because it is easier to maintain over longer periods of time.[12] it is generally believed that anaerobic exercise provides similar mood-enhancing effects to aerobic exercise only when performed at high-intensity levels. this is possibly due to the build-up of lactate in the muscles. while most studies show no difference between these two forms of exercise in terms of their mood-elevating potential, some studies have shown that anaerobic exercise does not confer the moodelevating effects attributed to aerobic exercise.[22] higher-intensity anaerobic exercises are more likely to lead to injuries, such as muscle tears and strains; as such, this aspect may outweigh its benefits with respect to positive emotional effects.[12] sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 57 additionally, low-intensity aerobic exercises such as yoga and tai chi have been found to have positive effects on psychological functioning, leading to decreases in anxiety. tai chi, as a slower and less intense aerobic exercise, has been found to be a suitable alternative for patients not capable of more intensive exercise programmes.[12] exercise and the cancer patient until recently, patients were often advised to reduce their levels of physical activity and to seek more frequent periods of rest in order to counteract cancer-related fatigue. paradoxically, such a decrease in physical activity can, in fact, compound symptoms of fatigue, since a more sedentary lifestyle induces muscle catabolism and may cause further deficits in functional capacity. there is growing scientific evidence that exercise can substantially reduce cancer-related fatigue, which is linked to psychological distress, and improve qol.[23,24] several studies have shown that exercise is likely to mediate fatigue, anxiety, depression and qol in cancer patients.[3,7,25-27] one study found that exercise leads to significant decreases in fatigue, anxiety and depression in breast cancer patients receiving adjuvant therapy, with greater decreases with low weekly exercise doses. the study stated that a 20-week exercise programme comprised of a session of resistance training for principal muscle groups and 2 moderate-intensity aerobic sessions per week, each lasting 30 45 minutes, would be optimal in effecting positive mood change in these patients. this was found to be preferable to a higher-dose intervention.[4] another study found that lightto moderate-intensity aerobic exercise decreased anxiety in a sample of breast cancer patients, and indicated that this may be a valuable anxiolytic tool.[28] other research showed that exercise produced modest effects on depression in breast cancer patients across various disease stages. [7] nine studies of breast cancer patients were reviewed; all included programmes of aerobic and strength-training components initiated either prior to, or during adjuvant treatment. the review did not target depression through the selection of depressed cancer patients or by selecting exercises known to have the greatest effects on depression in other populations; therefore, in reality, the positive effects may be even greater for patients actually experiencing significant depression and targeted with exercise interventions effecting optimal change. these findings indicated that exercise produced the largest antidepressant effects when carried out over sessions longer than 30 minutes, and in terms of frequency, exercising 5 times per week was significantly more effective than 2 4 days weekly. in terms of intensity, it was found that lightto moderate-intensity exercise proved to be an effective antidepressant; with respect to breast cancer patients, light-intensity programmes are preferable as they are easier to incorporate into patient routines, and therefore result in greater compliance and exercise frequency. stagl[26] found that women who exercised the most between surgery and starting treatment were the least affected by depression and fatigue. more physically active patients tended to exhibit greater confidence in their ability to continue with their routine domestic, occupational and social activities. this, in turn, brought about greater feelings of satisfaction and led to appraisals of less depression and higher qol. the recommended levels of exercise were 20 minutes daily for the greatest benefit, but exercising every other day also proved to be therapeutic. the study emphasised that exercise can take many forms, e.g. jogging, cycling and swimming.[26] whereas most studies focus on exercise as a planned activity with the goal of achieving fitness, one study found that other forms of physical exertion, including occupational and household activities, were also effective in alleviating symptoms of psychological distress.[23] patients involved in any form of physical activity were less likely to report anxiety and depression in a preceding 30-day period, than those who were totally sedentary. the study found moderate-intensity activity to be optimal for breast cancer patients, with multiple short bouts of activity resulting in the greatest improvements.[23] regarding the aforementioned studies, the timing of exercise interventions and whether patients received adjuvant treatment in the post-diagnostic period need to be considered. some studies examined exercise effects in patients receiving adjuvant treatment, while the patients in other studies had completed active treatment. some research found that treatment status at baseline was not significant. this suggests that exercise may lessen symptoms of depression among patients who are undergoing treatment during exercise interventions, compared with those who are not. for many patients, depression may resolve after diagnosis and treatment, but for many it may persist or even develop after the treatment period is over.[7] while there is general consensus regarding the efficacy of exercise as a mediator of psychological distress in breast cancer patients, the majority of studies acknowledge that any form of recommended activity of necessity must consider the limitations placed on each patient in terms of their physical status in response to their disease and specific oncological treatment. recommendations should be tailored for each patient with respect to the intervention period, i.e. during v. postadjuvant therapy, in terms of the exercise type and intensity that the patient is able to tolerate. one study states that the specific beneficial effects of exercise, both during and after treatment, may vary as a function of the stage of disease, the nature of the medical treatment and the current lifestyle of the patient.[29] patients receiving adjuvant therapy experience patterns of fatigue that increase with chemotherapy cycles and peak 5 days after therapy administration. exercise programmes for such patients need to be adapted to progressively low to moderate doses of exercise across chemotherapy cycles, with fewer exercise sessions in the 10-day period following infusion, increasing to more frequently in the days thereafter. it has further been found that low doses of exercise (90 120 minutes of moderate exercise weekly) are more effective than higher doses.[4] breast cancer patients can adhere to a conventional exercise programme, even during adjuvant treatment. there is evidence to suggest that walking is the natural choice for most patients, and that cycle ergonometry offers the advantages of a sitting position and leg exercises (minimising ataxia, limitations in upper-body movement and lymphoedema). upper-body exercises are not contraindicated, but patients should be advised that wearing a compression sleeve on the arm of the affected side is a wise precaution.[27] cancer patients who are able to, should exercise aerobically (e.g. brisk walking or static cycling) for 20 60 minutes 3 5 days weekly. more debilitated patients should be advised to engage in several shorter exercise sessions per day, and that the exercise programme can progress as the patient becomes fitter. most importantly, the physician should always be aware that every patient will adapt differently to the exercise stimulus and goals; physical tolerance and age should determine individual rate of progress.[1] 58 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 some studies have found that the location and supervision of the exercise intervention are important; the greatest optimal effects have been observed in patients who participate in programmes that are supervised and exercise in facilities. home-based and unsupervised exercise interventions have, in fact, been associated with an increase in depressive symptoms.[2,7] contraindications to exercise medical screening is an essential aspect of prescribing an exercise programme for any cancer patient. several medical factors constitute general contraindications to exercise: cardiovascular insufficiency, such as acute myocarditis or recent myocardial infarction; acute infectious diseases; metabolic diseases such as thyrotoxicosis; and any physical impairment leading to inability to exercise.[1] in addition to these general contraindications, certain precautions are specific to cancer patients. exercise should be avoided 24 hours prior to intravenous chemotherapy. exercise should also be avoided at least 2 hours after either chemotherapy infusion or radiation therapy, as increased circulation may affect treatment. anaemic patients should avoid exercise until the anaemia has improved. onset of nausea during exercise and vomiting within 24 36 hours of exercise, feelings of unusual fatigue or muscle weakness, blurred vision, faintness or any pain unassociated with injury are also regarded as contraindications to continued exercise. in addition, immune-compromised patients should avoid public gyms until their white blood cell count returns to safer levels.[1] further research there is some disparity in the literature about the effectiveness of exercise in terms of different sub-populations. for example, age, socioeconomic status, ethnicity and employment status are not included or accounted for in the majority of studies. a recent study found that women of low socio-economic status with breast cancer have an increased risk of developing depression, and that the symptom burden may differ by socio-economic status and ethnicity. for example, older african-american patients who were unemployed were 3 times more likely to become depressed than those who were employed. another study found differences in levels of activity and qol between white breast cancer patients and patients from minority groups. physical activity was associated with increased qol in white patients, but not in minority group women.[30] more research is needed to better identify and treat breast cancer patients at risk for psychological distress. while there has been some research on the use of exercise as an intervention for breast cancer patients in south africa (sa), much of this literature is focused on the physiological improvements that an exercise intervention can confer within the context of physiotherapy and rehabilitation,[31] or the positive effects on brain function. [32] there seems to be a dearth of research into the efficacy of such interventions as a therapeutic option for psychological distress on the sa population; much less so on the oncology patient population, especially given the diversity of composite ethnicities, cultures and socio-economic groups. as stated above, several studies have noted that socio-economic and employment status as well as cultural factors were found to be considerations in terms of risk of depression and symptom burden. many sa patients may benefit considerably from an exercise intervention that may be more cost-effective and attainable than medication and has the benefit of providing a means of improving their health on multiple levels. conclusion it has been known for some time that physical activity exerts a positive effect on mood in the general population, and with later research, that it holds promise for improving symptoms of psychological distress in oncology patients. what is becoming increasingly clear is that exercise may be a valuable addition to the therapeutic resources of physicians and oncology healthcare professionals. where depression and anxiety in cancer patients have historically been treated using pharmacotherapy or psychotherapy, recommending an exercise programme may contribute significantly to physical and psychological well-being in a non-intrusive, non-toxic and accessible manner. importantly though, certain caveats remain: physical status must be regarded as paramount in terms of the type and quantity of exercise that the breast cancer patient is capable of performing, given the limitations imposed by surgery, lymphoedema, treatmentrelated fatigue and pre-diagnostic levels of fitness. further research is needed to identify appropriate exercise regimens for different subpopulations of breast cancer patients to optimise the benefits of such an intervention. references 1. rajarajeswaran p, vishnupriya r. exercise in cancer. ind j med paed oncol 2009; 30(2):6170. [http://dx.doi.org/10.4103%2f0971-5851.60050] 2. brown jc, huedo-medina tb, et al. the efficacy of exercise in reducing depressive symptoms among cancer survivors: a meta-analysis. plos one 2012;7(1). [http://dx.doi. org/10.1371/journal.pone.0030955] 3. yang cy, tsai jc, huang yc, lin cc. effect of a home-based walking program on perceived symptom and mood status in postoperative breast cancer women receiving adjuvant chemotherapy. j adv nurs 2011;67(1):158-168: [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111 /j.1365-2468.2010.05492] 4. carayol m, bernard p, boiche j, et al. psychological effect of exercise in women with breast cancer receiving adjuvant treatment therapy: what is the optimal dose needed? ann oncol 2013;24(2): 291-300. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093%2fannonc%2fmds342] 5. schmidt me, chang-claude j, vrieling a, heinz j, flesch-janys d, steindorf k. fatigue and quality of life in breast cancer survivors: temporal courses and long-term pattern. j cancer surviv 2012;6(1):11-19. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs11764-011-0197-3] 6. pinto ac, de azambuja e. improving quality of life after breast cancer: dealing with symptoms. maturitas 2011;70(4):343-348. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. maturitas.2011.09.008] 7. craft ll, vaniterson eh, helenowski ib, et al. exercise effects on depressive symptoms in cancer survivors: a systematic review and meta-analysis. cancer epidemiol biomarkers prev 2012;20(1):3-19. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1158%2f1055-9965.epi-110634] 8. mitchell aj, chan m, bhatti h, et al. prevalence of depression, anxiety and adjustment disorder in oncological, haematological and palliative care settings: a meta-analysis of 94 interview-based studies. lancet oncol 2011;12(2):160-174. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016%2fs1470-2045%2811%2970002-x] 9. penttinen hm, saarto t, kellokumpu-lehtinen p, et al. quality of life and physical performance and activity of breast cancer patients after adjuvant treatments. psychooncology 2011;20(11):1211-1220. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/pon.1837] 10. chen x, lu w, zheng y, et al. exercise, tea consumption and depression among breast cancer survivors. j clin oncol 2010;28(6):991-998. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1200%2fjco.2009.23.0565] 11. falagas me, zarkadoulla ea, ioannidou en, et al. the effect of psychosocial factors on breast cancer outcome: a systematic review. breast cancer res 2007;9(4):r44. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1186%2fbcr1744] 12. cohen g, shamus e. depressed, low self-esteem: what can exercise do for you? internet j allied health sci pract 2009;7:2. 13. scully d, kremer j, meade mm, graham r, dudgeon k. physical exercise and psychological well being: a critical review. br j sports med 1998;32:111-120. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.32.2.111] http://dx.doi.org/10.4103%2f0971-5851.60050] http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0030955] http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0030955] http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2468.2010.05492] http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2468.2010.05492] http://dx.doi.org/10.1093%2fannonc%2fmds342] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs11764-011-0197-3] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.maturitas.2011.09.008] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.maturitas.2011.09.008] http://dx.doi.org/10.1158%2f1055-9965.epi-11-0634] http://dx.doi.org/10.1158%2f1055-9965.epi-11-0634] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2fs1470-2045%2811%2970002-x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016%2fs1470-2045%2811%2970002-x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/pon.1837] http://dx.doi.org/10.1200%2fjco.2009.23.0565] http://dx.doi.org/10.1200%2fjco.2009.23.0565] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186%2fbcr1744] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186%2fbcr1744] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.32.2.111] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.32.2.111] sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 59 14. guszkowska m. effects of exercise on anxiety, depression and mood. psychiatr pol 2004;38(4):611-620. 15. strohle a. physical activity, exercise, depression and anxiety disorders. j neural transm 2009;116(6):777-784. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs00702-008-0092-x] 16. hallgren ma, moss nd, gastin p. regular exercise participation mediates the affective response to acute bouts of vigorous exercise. j sports sci med 2010;9:629-637. 17. mchugh j, lawlor ba. exercise and social support are associated with psychological distress outcomes in a population of community-dwelling older adults. j health psychol 2012;17(6):833-844. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177%2f1359105311423861] 18. young sn. how to increase serotonin in the human brain without drugs. j psychiatr neurosci 2007;32(6):394-399. 19. shamus e, russo sa, fields c, peal g, marikle sq, butler rd. exercise and mental health: psychological benefits. osteo fam phys news 2008;8(5):1-8. 20. rendi m, szabo a, szabo t, velenczei a, kovacs a. acute psychological benefits of aerobic exercise: a field study into the effects of exercise characteristics. psychol health med 2008;13(2):180-184. 21. bixby wr, hatfield bd. a dimensional investigation of the state anxiety inventory (sai) in an exercise setting: cognitive vs. somatic. j sport behav 2011;34(4):307-324. 22. callaghan p. exercise: a neglected intervention in mental health care? j psychiatr ment health nurs 2004;11:476-483. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111%2fj.1365-2850.2004.00751.x] 23. basen-engquist k, hughes d, perkins h, shinn e, carmack taylor c. dimensions of physical activity and their relationship to physical and emotional symptoms in breast cancer survivors. j cancer surviv 2008;2(4):253-261. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2 fs11764-008-0067-9] 24. arnold m, taylor nf. does exercise reduce cancer-related fatigue in hospitalised oncology patients? a systematic review. onkologie 2010;33(11):625-630. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1159%2f000321145] 25. loprinzi pd, cardinal bj. effects of physical activity on common side effects of breast cancer treatment. breast cancer 2012;19(1):4-10. 26. stagl jm. benefits of physical activity on depression and functional quality of life during treatment for breast cancer: psychosocial mechanisms. open access theses, 2011: paper 278. 27. courneya ks, mackey jr, mckenzie dc. exercise for breast cancer survivors: research evidence and clinical guidelines. phys sportsmed 2002;30(8):33-42. 28. blacklock r, rhodes r, blanchard c, gaul c. effects of exercise intensity and self-efficiency on state anxiety with breast cancer survivors. oncol nurs forum 2010;37(2):206-212. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1188%2f10.onf.206-212] 29. knols r, aaronson nk, uebelhart d, fransen j, aufdemkampe g. physical exercise in cancer patients during and after medical treatment: a systematic review of randomised and controlled clinical trials. j clin oncol 2005;23:3830-3842. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1200%2fjco.2005.02.148] 30. mandelblatt js, luta g, kwan m, et al. associations of physical activity with quality of life and functional ability in breast cancer patients during active adjuvant treatment: the pathways study. breast cancer res treat 2011;129(2):521-529. [http://dx.doi.org/10.100 7%2fs10549-011-1483-5] 31. derman ew, whitesman s, dreyer m, et al. healthy lifestyle interventions in general practice: part 5: lifestyle and cancer. sa fam pract 2009;51(2):91-95. 32. stein dj, collins m, daniels w, noakes td, zigmond m. mind and muscle: the cognitive-affective neuroscience of exercise. cns spectr 2007;12(1):19-22. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs00702-008-0092-x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177%2f1359105311423861] http://dx.doi.org/10.1111%2fj.1365-2850.2004.00751.x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs11764-008-0067-9] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs11764-008-0067-9] http://dx.doi.org/10.1159%2f000321145] http://dx.doi.org/10.1159%2f000321145] http://dx.doi.org/10.1188%2f10.onf.206-212] http://dx.doi.org/10.1200%2fjco.2005.02.148] http://dx.doi.org/10.1200%2fjco.2005.02.148] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs10549-011-1483-5] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007%2fs10549-011-1483-5] sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 55 original research noel pollock, paul dijkstra, rob chakraverty, bruce hamilton uk athletics, hospital of st john and st elizabeth, london, uk noel pollock, mb bch, msc, ffsem (uk), cesr paul dijkstra, mb chb, mphil, ffsem (uk) uk athletics, loughborough, uk rob chakraverty, mb bch, msc, ffsem (uk) qatar orthopaedic and sports medicine hospital, aspetar, qatar bruce hamilton, mb chb corresponding author: n pollock (npollock@uka.org.uk) low 25(oh) vitamin d concentrations in international uk track and field athletes introduction the epidemiology, clinical relevance and management of vitamin d deficiency are medical issues of both academic and public interest. the role of vitamin d in calcium regulation and bone health has been well established,1 but recent evidence has identified associations between vitamin d deficiency and cardiovascular disease, diabetes, autoimmune disease, cancer of the prostate, breast and colon, as well as all-cause mortality.2-11 as vitamin d has over 1 000 human genes as direct targets, including skeletal muscle, heart, lungs and adrenal medulla,12,13 there may be potentially significant consequences of vitamin d deficiency on athletic performance. however, there are very few publications about the prevalence of vitamin d deficiency in elite athletes or the effects of vitamin d deficiency on athletic performance. this is the first article regarding vitamin d status in elite track and field athletes. recent population studies have illustrated a significant prevalence of vitamin d deficiency in the general population,14-17 and athletes also seem to be susceptible.18-20 serum 25(oh)d is widely accepted as a biomarker for vitamin d status.21 while some debate persists as to optimal levels of 25(oh)d for health, it is generally accepted that levels of 20 30 mcg/l represent vitamin d insufficiency while levels below 20 mcg/l and 10 mcg/l are defined as deficient and severely deficient, respectively.10 vitamin d is unique among nutrients in that almost all diets contain very little vitamin d and production primarily occurs in the skin, after exposure to ultraviolet b (uvb) sunlight.10,22 vitamin d cannot be effectively absorbed in the autumn and winter months in the uk because of the angle of the sun and atmospheric uvb absorption.23,24 in the uk, reduced levels of 25(oh)d have been reported in a number of studies.25-28 a large study of postmenopausal women reported 77% of women with 25(oh)d levels <28 mcg/l.27 deficiencies have also been noted in 78% of patients attending a uk rheumatology clinic26 and over 90% of an asian cohort during a uk winter.25 it has been widely recognised that mean 25(oh)d levels are lower in dark-skinned individuals at all ages, with greater risk of insufficiency and deficiency.29-31 this racial difference is primarily due to increased melanin pigmentation which reduces uvb absorption and subsequent vitamin d production.32 however, with recent public health campaigns emphasising the dangers of sunlight exposure and advocating intensive sun-block cream use, reports have also found high insufficiency rates, of around 60%, in the uk caucasian population, and those with the fairest skin type to be, in fact, most deficient.28 there have been very few publications on vitamin d status in athletes. recently, in a study of 93 middle eastern male athletes, 91% were found to have a 25(oh)d level <20 mcg/l.18 a report of 18 abstract objective. while it is recognised that vitamin d deficiency is common in the general population, there have been no studies in elite athletes in the uk. this observational study aimed to assess the 25 hydroxy-vitamin d (25(oh)d) status of elite athletes on the great britain track and field team. methods. a cross-sectional observational study was performed by analysing blood results from elite athletes on the british athletics team (n=63; mean ± standard deviation (sd) age 24.9±4.2 years). athletes on the elite programme were offered blood tests through the winter and summer of 2009 and were eligible for inclusion in the study. results. nineteen per cent (n=12) of athletes in the current study can be classified as 25(oh)d deficient (<20 mcg/l), while a further 29% (n=18) can be classified as having insufficient serum 25(oh)d levels (20 30 mcg/l). female sex (insufficent and deficient oh(d) prevalence 58%, n=18) and dark skin (prevalence 65%, n=20) were found to be independent predictors of serum 25(oh)d levels of <30 mcg/l. conclusion. this study reveals a notable prevalence of low serum 25(oh)d levels in elite athletes and subsequent management of deficient athletes is likely to be of importance for athlete health. the impact of these results on athletic performance remains to be determined, and clinical trials to assess performance, particularly muscular performance, following correction of 25(oh)d status in deficient athletes are required. s afr j sm 2012;24(2):55-59. 56 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 elite gymnasts in australia noted 9 to be vitamin d insufficient and a further 6 to be vitamin d deficient.19 in a study of 9 15-year-old finnish female athletes and non-athletes, 68% of all participants were found to have 25(oh)d levels <15 mcg/l.20 however, a small study on seven competitive road cyclists in the south of france identified adequate mean 25(oh)d levels of 32.4 mcg/l.33 while there are limited data on the effects of vitamin d deficiency on performance in athletes, the potential relationship with fracture risk34-36 and altered muscle function,37,38 in addition to the additional pathological associations noted above, would suggest that the identification and subsequent treatment of vitamin d deficiency in athletes is prudent. in the uk, track and field athletes would appear to be at significant risk of deficiency given the uk latitude (51 54°n), the indoor training environment and the proportion of dark-skinned athletes in the elite uk athletics track and field team. therefore, the aim of this study was to assess the 25(oh)d status of funded elite track and field athletes in the great britain team. methods participants all elite athletes funded on the uk athletics world class performance plan and training at uk athletics high performance athletics centres (n=80) were offered 25(oh)d testing throughout the 2008 2009 season as part of a routine blood screening programme. any athlete on this funded plan is considered to have the potential to win a medal at a world championship or the olympic games. no athletes were taking high-dose vitamin d (>1 000 iu/day) supplementation in the 3 months prior to the study. other vitamin or mineral supplementation, including calcium intake, was not recorded. the study group comprised all athletes who underwent the blood test between december 2008 and august 2009 (n=63) and completed informed written consent for the study. data collection age, sex and skin colour were recorded. skin colour was defined as either fair-skinned (white caucasian) or dark-skinned (afrocaribbean). the athlete’s place of residence and training location (indoor or outdoor) for the previous 2 months were also recorded. their competitive event was categorised as either endurance (race distances at or above 800 m) or sprint/power (all other track and field disciplines). the month of testing was recorded and categorised as either winter (december march) or summer (april august). blood sampling blood samples were collected by standard venepuncture using a 10 ml syringe and 23 gauge needle. there was no standard fasting procedure before testing. for athletes tested in birmingham (n=5) blood samples were analysed at the birmingham heartlands hospital, those in loughborough (n=17) at the leicester royal infirmary and those in london (n=41) were tested at the hospital of st john and st elizabeth. laboratories in london and loughborough used the same manufacturer’s chemiluminescent immunoassay (liason, diasorin® dartford, kent). no repeated sampling with the same athlete was done to compare different laboratories. the birmingham heartlands table 1. socio-demographics and other characteristics of the subjects variable frequency percentage gender females 31 49 males 32 51 endurance endurance 19 30 sprint/power 44 70 skin dark 31 49 fair 32 51 residence japan 1 2 london 32 51 midlands 17 27 north england 7 11 southern europe 2 3 southern usa 4 6 training environment indoors 20 32 outdoors 43 68 month of test dec 2 3 jan 9 14 feb 5 8 mar 8 13 apr 8 13 may 11 18 jun 8 13 jul 11 18 aug 1 2 season during test summer 39 62 winter 24 38 fr eq u en cy 10.0 5.0 0.0 0.00 20.00 40.00 60.00 80.00 vitamin d level (mcg/l) 3.2% 15.9% 10.0 20.0 28.6% 30.0 52.4% fig. 1. distribution of 25(oh)d level: deficient (vertical lines); insufficient (diagonal hash); sufficient (white). sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 57 hospital laboratory used an hplc tandem mass spectrometer (applied biosystems, warrington cheshire). insufficient 25(oh)d levels were defined as <30 mcg/l and deficiency as <20 mcg/l.10 statistical t-tests were performed to assess differences between the variables noted above, under data collection, and regression analysis was used to identify independent predictors for 25(oh)d deficiency. a p-value of <0.05 was considered significant. the independent predictors assessed by regression analysis were location, sex, training environment, skin colour, athletic event and season of testing. the study was granted ethical approval by queen mary’s university of london ethics panel (qmrec2010/84). results demographics sixty-three subjects (mean ± standard deviation (sd) age 24.9±4.2 years) had their serum 25(oh)d level measured. their sociodemographic and other characteristics are noted in table 1. all darkskinned athletes were afro-caribbean. seventeen athletes eligible for the study did not take up the offer of the blood test. 25(oh)d status in elite track and field athletes overall analysis identified a mean (±sd) serum concentration of 25(oh)d of 31.5±15.1 mcg/l (n=63). an insufficient 25(oh)d status was noted in 29% (n=18) of athletes and a further 19% (n=12) were deficient with levels <20 mcg/l (fig. 1). risk factors for low 25(oh)d status female athletes, dark-skinned athletes and those tested in the winter months were all noted to have significantly lower 25(oh)d levels (table 2). subsequent regression analysis, on variables of sex, age, location, season, skin colour and athletic discipline, identified female sex and dark skin as independent predictors for low 25(oh)d levels. analysis of the 15 dark-skinned athletes tested in the winter found 3 (20%) athletes to be insufficient and a further 8 (53%) deficient. in the summer 7 of 16 (44%) dark-skinned athletes were insufficient and 2 (13%) were deficient (table 3). of the tests performed on female athletes with dark skin 54% were deficient and a further 31% had insufficient levels. there were no male athletes with fair skin noted to be deficient (table 4). discussion this is the largest published study on 25(oh)d levels in elite international athletes. it provides clear evidence of a notable prevalence of 25(oh)d insufficiency and deficiency in elite uk track and field athletes. it should be recognised that this study is an observational cross-sectional study in our elite athlete group and there are no control group data from non-elite athletes or the general population. however, the aim of the study was to determine the prevalence of 25(oh)d deficiency in athletes. two differing laboratory techniques were used to determine 25(oh)d levels with the resultant possibility of inter-laboratory variability. there were no significant differences between the mean 25(oh)d levels in the groups assessed by each laboratory. the prevalence rates reported here support those of previous studies in young adults.17,39 in the usa and canada 36% of young adults have been noted to be deficient in the winter,39 which compares with our winter figure of 38%. our overall prevalence of deficiency throughout the year of 19%, with insufficiency in a further 28%, is similar to published work relating to adolescents in northern usa (latitude 42°n) which noted 24% of subjects with levels <15 mcg/l.17 by comparison, in middle eastern national level athletes from a variety of sports, 93% of athletes were noted to be deficient and, in australia, 33% of 18 gymnasts were found to be deficient.18,19 in our cohort, skin colour and sex were noted to be significant independent predictors of vitamin d status. the remarkable prevalence of deficiency in 54% of dark-skinned female athletes (and insufficient levels in a further 31%) is still comparable with some published literature in older groups of a similar skin colour.29 skin colour is well recognised as a predictor of vitamin d status with numerous studies identifying lower levels in individuals with dark skin.29-31 this is primarily due to increased melanin content reducing uvb absorption and subsequent vitamin d production.32 it has also been reported that seasonal table 2. differences in 25(oh)d levels by gender, event, skin colour, training venue and season 25(oh)d level (mean±sd), mcg/l p-value gender 0.014 male 36.1±15.7 female 26.8±13.2 event 0.509 endurance 33.2±11.1 sprint/power 30.8±16.7 skin colour <0.001 dark 24.9±11.0 fair 37.9±16.0 training venue 0.016 indoors 24.2±16.6 outdoors 34.9±13.3 season 0.005 summer 35.4±15.8 winter 25.2±11.8 table 3. proportion of vitamin d deficient and insufficient athletes by skin colour and season skin colour season n insufficient, n (%) deficient, n (%) dark-skinned winter 15 3 (20) 8 (53) dark-skinned summer 16 2 (13) 7 (44) fair-skinned winter 9 3 (33) fair-skinned summer 23 5 (22) 1 (4) table 4. proportion of vitamin d deficient and insufficient athletes by skin colour and gender skin colour gender n insufficient, n (%) deficient, n (%) dark-skinned female 13 4 (31) 7 (54) dark-skinned male 18 6 (33) 3 (17) fair-skinned female 18 5 (28) 2 (11) fair-skinned male 14 2 (14) 0 (0) 58 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 differences in 25(oh)d levels, while apparent in other populations, is less evident in dark-skinned individuals.40 this is supported by our study, which found that season was not an independent predictor and prevalence of deficiency and insufficiency were similar in the darkskinned group throughout the year, presumably because of persisting reduction in cutaneous production. however, in addition to melanin content, social behaviour such as sun exposure and clothing should also be considered when reviewing an athlete’s risk of developing vitamin d deficiency. in studies of middle eastern groups, females have been reported to have significantly lower 25(oh)d levels.41-43 this has been attributed to required clothing covering all skin and thereby reducing exposure to uvb.44 in south africa, the mediterranean and other sun-rich areas the relevance of this study may not be immediately apparent. while individuals in sun-rich areas may be at less risk,45 a number of studies have shown a significant prevalence of vitamin d deficiency in these areas,46,47 potentially due to an individual’s skin colour or sunscreen application. our study findings would support the assertion that clinicians in any geographical area with a significant population of dark-skinned individuals should be mindful of the possibility of vitamin d deficiency. sex was a significant independent predictor in our study and this has been noted in other populations.48 it is possible that the application of sunscreen, uvb-blocking moisturiser or make-up may enhance the risk of developing deficiency. unfortunately we do not have information on hours of sun exposure or the use of sunprotection agents; further work is required. however, if these findings were corroborated in a larger athlete group, vitamin d deficiency may be an additional aetiological risk factor for the increased incidence of stress fractures in female athletes.49-54 insufficient serum concentration of 25(oh)d is known to increase parathyroid hormone (pth) secretion, increasing bone turnover and bone resorption.55 in a prospective study, in finnish army recruits, high serum pth levels were identified as a risk factor for stress fracture development.56 in two studies lower 25(oh)d levels have been found to be associated with a significantly increased risk of stress fracture in young finnish men57 and with high-grade stress fractures, in a large army cohort.58 one randomised controlled trial of more than 5 000 army recruits reports a reduction in stress fractures after daily supplementation of 2 g calcium and 800 iu vitamin d.59 in addition to the classic role in bone metabolism, vitamin d deficiency may directly impact on athletic performance through other physiological mechanisms including muscle function,38,60-62 immunity and the potential mediation of exercise-induced inflammation.63,64 the vitamin d receptor and intracellular vitamin d regulation have also been identified in heart muscle, liver, lung and adrenal systems, all of which are determinants of athletic performance.13,65,66 however, the direct evidence for treatment of vitamin d deficiency to improve performance is extremely weak. highquality trials in athletic populations are required to determine the effects of correcting vitamin d deficiency and insufficiency on athletic, and particularly muscular, performance. there remain many questions regarding optimal 25(oh)d serum concentration and management of deficiency in athletes, and indeed the wider population. management may include increased sunlight exposure, dietar y fortification and medication such as cholecalciferol. however, as this study reveals, athletes are at risk of 25(oh)d deficiency and, for the reasons discussed above, we recommend that sport and exercise medicine physicians are mindful of assessing vitamin d status. references 1. deluca hf. overview of general physiologic features and functions of vitamin d. am j clin nutr 2004;80:1689s-1696s. 2. autier p, gandini s. vitamin d supplementation and total mortality: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. arch intern med 2007;167:1730-1737. 3. giovannucci e. calcium plus vitamin d and the risk of colorectal cancer. n engl j med 2006;354:2287-2288; author reply 2288. 4. holick mf. vitamin d: its role in cancer prevention and treatment. prog biophys mol biol 2006;92:49-59. 5. hypponen e, laara e, reunanen a, jarvelin mr, virtanen sm. intake of vitamin d and risk of type 1 diabetes: a birth-cohort study. lancet 2001;358:1500-1503. 6. holick mf. vitamin d: importance in the prevention of cancers, type 1 diabetes, heart disease, and osteoporosis. am j clin nutr 2004;79:362-371. 7. garland cf, garland fc, gorham ed, et al. the role of vitamin d in cancer prevention. am j public health 2006;96:252-261. 8. lappe jm, travers-gustafson d, davies km, recker rr, heaney rp. vitamin d and calcium supplementation reduces cancer risk: results of a randomized trial. am j clin nutr 2007;85:1586-1591. 9. pittas ag, lau j, hu fb, dawson-hughes b. the role of vitamin d and calcium in type 2 diabetes. a systematic review and meta-analysis. j clin endocrinol metab 2007;92:2017-2029. 10. holick mf. vitamin d deficiency. n engl j med 2007;357:266-281. 11. kamen dl, cooper gs, bouali h, shaftman sr, hollis bw, gilkeson gs. vitamin d deficiency in systemic lupus erythematosus. autoimmun rev 2006;5:114-117. 12. tavera-mendoza le, white jh. cell defenses and the sunshine vitamin. sci am 2007;297:62-65,68-70,72. 13. dusso as, brown aj, slatopolsky e. vitamin d. am j physiol renal physiol 2005;289:f8-28. 14. calvo ms, whiting sj. prevalence of vitamin d insufficiency in canada and the united states: importance to health status and efficacy of current food fortification and dietary supplement use. nutr rev 2003;61:107-113. 15. lips p. vitamin d status and nutrition in europe and asia. j steroid biochem mol biol 2007;103:620-625. 16. calvo ms, whiting sj, barton cn. vitamin d intake: a global perspective of current status. j nutr 2005;135:310-316. 17. gordon cm, depeter kc, feldman ha, grace e, emans sj. prevalence of vitamin d deficiency among healthy adolescents. arch pediatr adolesc med 2004;158:531-537. 18. hamilton b, grantham j, racinais s, chalabi h. vitamin d deficiency is endemic in middle eastern sportsmen. public health nutr 2010:13(10):1528-1534. 19. lovell g. vitamin d status of females in an elite gymnastics program. clin j sport med 2008;18:159-161. 20. lehtonen-veromaa m, mottonen t, irjala k, et al. vitamin d intake is low and hypovitaminosis d common in healthy 9to 15-year-old finnish girls. eur j clin nutr 1999;53:746-751. 21. schmidt-gayk h, bouillon r, roth hj. measurement of vitamin d and its metabolites (calcidiol and calcitriol) and their clinical significance. scand j clin lab invest suppl 1997;227:35-45. 22. holick mf. high prevalence of vitamin d inadequacy and implications for health. mayo clin proc 2006;81:353-373. 23. kimlin mg, olds wj, moore mr. location and vitamin d synthesis: is the hypothesis validated by geophysical data? j photochem photobiol b 2007;86:234-249. 24. webb ar. who, what, where and when influences on cutaneous vitamin d synthesis. prog biophys mol biol 2006;92:17-25. 25. pal br, marshall t, james c, shaw nj. distribution analysis of vitamin d highlights differences in population subgroups: preliminary observations from a pilot study in uk adults. j endocrinol 2003;179:119-129. 26. serhan e, newton p, ali ha, walford s, singh bm. prevalence of hypovitaminosis d in indo-asian patients attending a rheumatology clinic. bone 1999;25:609-611. 27. macdonald hm, mavroeidi a, barr rj, black aj, fraser wd, reid dm. vitamin d status in postmenopausal women living at higher latitudes in the uk in relation to bone health, overweight, sunlight exposure and dietary vitamin d. bone 2008;42:996-1003. 28. glass d, lens m, swaminathan r, spector td, bataille v. pigmentation and vitamin d metabolism in caucasians: low vitamin d serum levels in fair skin types in the uk. plos one 2009;4:e6477. 29. nesby-o’dell s, scanlon ks, cogswell me, et al. hypovitaminosis d prevalence and determinants among african american and white women of reproductive age: third national health and nutrition examination survey, 1988-1994. am j clin nutr 2002;76:187-192. 30. meier de, luckey mm, wallenstein s, clemens tl, orwoll es, waslien ci. calcium, vitamin d, and parathyroid hormone status in young white and black women: association with racial differences in bone mass. j clin endocrinol metab 1991;72:703-710. sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 59 31. cosman f, nieves j, dempster d, lindsay r. vitamin d economy in blacks. j bone miner res 2007;22 suppl 2:v34-38. 32. clemens tl, adams js, henderson sl, holick mf. increased skin pigment reduces the capacity of skin to synthesise vitamin d3. lancet 1982;1:74-76. 33. maimoun l, manetta j, couret i, et al. the intensity level of physical exercise and the bone metabolism response. int j sports med 2006;27:105-111. 34. lehtonen-veromaa mk, mottonen tt, nuotio io, irjala km, leino ae, viikari js. vitamin d and attainment of peak bone mass among peripubertal finnish girls: a 3-y prospective study. am j clin nutr 2002;76:1446-1453. 35. bischoff-ferrari ha, willett wc, wong jb, giovannucci e, dietrich t, dawsonhughes b. fracture prevention with vitamin d supplementation: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. jama 2005;293:2257-2264. 36. pasco ja, henry mj, kotowicz ma, et al. seasonal periodicity of serum vitamin d and parathyroid hormone, bone resorption, and fractures: the geelong osteoporosis study. j bone miner res 2004;19:752-758. 37. hamilton b. vitamin d and human skeletal muscle. scand j med sci sports 2010;20(2):182-190. 38. ceglia l. vitamin d and skeletal muscle tissue and function. mol aspects med 2008;29:407-414. 39. tangpricha v, pearce en, chen tc, holick mf. vitamin d insufficiency among freeliving healthy young adults. am j med 2002;112:659-662. 40. harris ss, dawson-hughes b. seasonal changes in plasma 25-hydroxyvitamin d concentrations of young american black and white women. am j clin nutr 1998;67:1232-1236. 41. allali f, el aichaoui s, saoud b, maaroufi h, abouqal r, hajjaj-hassouni n. the impact of clothing style on bone mineral density among post menopausal women in morocco: a case-control study. bmc public health 2006;6:135. 42. fonseca v, tongia r, el-hazmi m, abu-aisha h. exposure to sunlight and vitamin d deficiency in saudi arabian women. postgrad med j 1984;60:589-591. 43. hatun s, islam o, cizmecioglu f, et al. subclinical vitamin d deficiency is increased in adolescent girls who wear concealing clothing. j nutr 2005;135:218-222. 44. batieha a, khader y, jaddou h, et al. vitamin d status in jordan: dress style and gender discrepancies. ann nutr metab 2011;58:10-18. 45. poopedi ma, norris sa, pettifor jm. factors influencing the vitamin d status of 10-year-old urban south african children. public health nutr 2011;14:334-339. 46. linos e, keiser e, kanzler m, et al. sun protective behaviors and vitamin d levels in the us population: nhanes 2003-2006. cancer causes control 2012;23:133-140. 47. bener a, al-ali m, hoffmann gf. vitamin d deficiency in healthy children in a sunny country: associated factors. int j food sci nutr 2009;60 suppl 5:60-70. 48. daly rm, gagnon c, lu zx, et al. prevalence of vitamin d deficiency and its determinants in australian adults aged 25 years and older: a national, populationbased study. clin endocrinol (oxf ) 2011. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.13652265.2011.04320.x.] 49. jones bh, knapik jj. physical training and exercise-related injuries. surveillance, research and injury prevention in military populations. sports med 1999;27:111-125. 50. brudvig tj, gudger td, obermeyer l. stress fractures in 295 trainees: a one-year study of incidence as related to age, sex, and race. mil med 1983;148:666-667. 51. pester s, smith pc. stress fractures in the lower extremities of soldiers in basic training. orthop rev 1992;21:297-303. 52. evans rk, negus c, antczak aj, yanovich r, israeli e, moran ds. sex differences in parameters of bone strength in new recruits: beyond bone density. med sci sports exerc 2008;40:s645-653. 53. finestone a, milgrom c, evans r, yanovich r, constantini n, moran ds. overuse injuries in female infantry recruits during low-intensity basic training. med sci sports exerc 2008;40:s630-635. 54. popp kl, hughes jm, smock aj, et al. bone geometry, strength, and muscle size in runners with a history of stress fracture. med sci sports exerc 2009;41:2145-2150. 55. lips p. vitamin d physiology. prog biophys mol biol 2006;92:4-8. 56. valimaki vv, alfthan h, lehmuskallio e, et al. risk factors for clinical stress fractures in male military recruits: a prospective cohort study. bone 2005;37:267-273. 57. ruohola jp, laaksi i, ylikomi t, et al. association between serum 25(oh)d concentrations and bone stress fractures in finnish young men. j bone miner res 2006;21:1483-1488. 58. givon u, friedman e, reiner a, vered i, finestone a, shemer j. stress fractures in the israeli defense forces from 1995 to 1996. clin orthop relat res 2000:227-232. 59. lappe j, cullen d, haynatzki g, recker r, ahlf r, thompson k. calcium and vitamin d supplementation decreases incidence of stress fractures in female navy recruits. j bone miner res 2008;23:741-749. 60. sato y, iwamoto j, kanoko t, satoh k. low-dose vitamin d prevents muscular atrophy and reduces falls and hip fractures in women after stroke: a randomized controlled trial. cerebrovasc dis 2005;20:187-192. 61. bischoff-ferrari ha, conzelmann m, dick w, theiler r, stahelin hb. [effect of vitamin d on muscle strength and relevance in regard to osteoporosis prevention]. z rheumatol 2003;62:518-521. 62. bischoff ha, stahelin hb, dick w, et al. effects of vitamin d and calcium supplementation on falls: a randomized controlled trial. j bone miner res 2003;18:343-351. 63. liu pt, stenger s, li h, et al. toll-like receptor triggering of a vitamin d-mediated human antimicrobial response. science 2006;311:1770-1773. 64. willis ks, peterson nj, larson-meyer de. should we be concerned about the vitamin d status of athletes? int j sport nutr exerc metab 2008;18:204-224. 65. pfeifer m, begerow b, minne hw. vitamin d and muscle function. osteoporos int 2002;13:187-194. 66. nibbelink ka, tishkoff dx, hershey sd, rahman a, simpson ru. 1,25(oh)2-vitamin d3 actions on cell proliferation, size, gene expression, and receptor localization, in the hl-1 cardiac myocyte. j steroid biochem mol biol 2007;103:533-537. editorial 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 new format of the south african journal of sports medicine the world of publishing scientific papers is constantly undergoing change. we are aware of this and adapting to meet the changing demands. instead of publishing four issues each year, we are going to publish the papers as soon as they are accepted for publication after going through peer review. the change has been implemented, so for 2017 there will be one. the number of papers we publish each year will remain the same or increase. this decision was taken after due consideration. journals published in paper form are dwindling as they are becoming too expensive to produce. electronic journals are flourishing. most of the established credible scientific journals have opted to be published electronically. some journals produce paper editions and electronic editions simultaneously. these are the wellfunded journals, usually attached to big publishing companies that have the financial and human resources to produce both forms of the journal. the south african journal of sports medicine, which started in 1982, has undergone change at critical times to meet the changing demands of the publishing industry. the journal was established to represent the south african sports medicine association (sasma), and was published in-house up until 1998. then it was published by the health & medical publishing group, along with 13 other smaller journals aligned to the health and medical fields. at the end of 2015 the financial model of this publishing company changed and the services offered became unaffordable to sasma. coincidently, at the same time the academy of science of south africa (assaf) put out feelers about journals wanting to manage themselves through the open journal systems (ojs) they supported. the ojs is a non-profit open source software which can be used to manage and publish journals. this is an alternative to commercial, for-profit online software. this was an attractive proposition for sasma because assaf is a credible organsisation. it is the only national science academy that is officially recognised by the south african government through the assaf act (act 67 of 2001). assaf’s main goal is to provide evidence-based scientific advice on issues of public interest to government and other stakeholders, and promote and apply scientific thinking in the service of society. therefore supporting journals and enhancing their quality falls within their mandate. assaf manages the scientific electronic library online (scielo sa; https://www.assaf.org.za). scielo sa is funded by the south african department of science and technology and endorsed by the south african department of higher education and training (dhet). scielo sa is a searchable full-text journal database in service of the south african research community. the database covers a selected collection of peer-reviewed south african scholarly journals and forms an integral part of the scielo brazil project (http://www.scielo.br). the scielo sa database had 65 journals from different disciplines; the south african journal of sports medicine is included in this list. all scielo sa journals appear on the web of knowledge (wok) search portal as the scielo citation index and are also found in the dhet list of approved journals. the dhet approved list is compiled annually from international and national journals. these accredited journals included in these lists are taken into account when the government subsidy is granted to universities for scientific publication of research output. i have explained this as background to the decision we have made about the new format of the journal. changing the format will not jeopardise our accreditation with the dhet. we are excited because we will be able to improve the quality of the journal with this new structure. our biggest goal is to reduce the reviewing time of a submitted paper. we also want to reduce the time-fromacceptance to time-to-online-publication. we obviously want to maintain a high standard and publish papers which are meaningful to the field of sport and exercise medicine and allied health sciences. we are confident that we will achieve all these goals with this new structure. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2017;29:1. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a2856 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a2856 82 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 original research background. acute mountain sickness (ams) is an ever-increasing burden on the health sector. with reported incidences of greater than 50%, coupled with the fact that recreational activities at high altitude are gaining increasing popularity, more persons are developing ams. physicians are therefore increasingly faced with the task of managing and preventing ams. objectives. the pathophysiology of ams is poorly understood, with little understanding of risk factors for the development of ams. this research aimed to identify epidemiological and physiological risk factors for development of ams. methods. this study is a questionnaire-based study conducted in london and at everest base camp, in which 116 lowlanders were invited to participate and fill in a questionnaire to identify potential risk factors in their history that may have contributed to development of or protection against ams. results. a total of 89 lowlanders enrolled in the study. thirty-seven of the participants had ams at everest base camp, giving a prevalence of 42%. of the demographic variables, only weight and body mass index (bmi) were statistically significantly associated with ams, with those who weighed less or had a lower bmi more likely to get ams. previous high-altitude experience was also associated with ams, with those who had such experience less likely to get ams. conclusion. predicting ams and furthering our understanding of the pathophysiology of ams will be of tremendous benefit. further research is needed in this regard. s afr j sports med 2015;27(3):82-86. doi:10.7196/sajsm.8112 identifying risk factors that contribute to acute mountain sickness z mahomed,1 mb chb, fcem, mmed; d martin,2 phd; e gilbert,2 mb chb; c c grant,1 phd; j patricios,1 facsm, ffsem (uk); f motara,3 fcfp 1 department of sports medicine, school of medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa 2 centre for altitude, space and extreme environmental medicine, university college london, uk  3 division of emergency medicine, faculty of health sciences, univeristy of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: z mahomed (zeynmahomed@gmail.com) acute mountain sickness (ams) is defined as the presence of a headache in an unacclimatised individual who has recently arrived at high altitude, along with gastrointestinal symptoms, insomnia, dizziness and lassitude or fatigue. [1] at the seventh international hypoxia symposium held at lake louise, canada,[2] ams was further subdivided into mild, moderate and severe, based on the clinical presentation. this formed the basis for the lake louise score, according to which mild ams is defined as headache, nausea, dizziness and fatigue during the first 12 hours after ascent to altitude. moderate ams occurs when there is moderate to severe headache with marked nausea, dizziness, lassitude, insomnia and fluid retention at high altitude for 12 hours or more. visitors to high altitude may also suffer from highaltitude cerebral oedema (hace) and high-altitude pulmonary oedema (hape). hape and hace are not severe forms of ams; they can exist in their own right without preceding ams and may have an entirely different pathophysiology. the pathophysiology of ams is not clearly understood. signals generated at high altitude may activate the trigeminovascular system (i.e. neurons in the trigeminal nerve that innervate cerebral blood vessels) by both chemical and mechanical stimulation, causing a headache.[3] many investigators believe that ams is due to mild cerebral oedema and that all new climbers to high altitude may have mild cerebral oedema. in those with moderate to severe ams, neuro-imaging demonstrated vasogenic oedema.[4] capillary leakage following hypoxia-induced damage to the blood-brain barrier also plays a role. mediators such as vascular endothelial growth factor, inducible nitric oxide synthase and bradykinin are also being studied. several risk factors for the development of ams have been identified; for example, speed of ascent greater than 300 500 m a day in the acclimatisation period, previous history of ams or hape, obesity, migraine, persistence of a patent foramen ovale, down syndrome, congenital pulmonary abnormalities, perinatal pulmonar y vascular insult, and holmes-adie syndrome, are clinical conditions associated with susceptibility to ams or hape. [5] this study was conducted at everest base camp, with an altitude of 5 364 m. the incidence of ams at everest base camp has been reported to be as high as 57%.[6] approximately ten people a year die on mount kilimanjaro alone. [7] millions of visitors travel each year to regions of high altitude, and the numbers are increasing as high altitude and extreme mountaineering become more accessible and ever more popular. it is evident that ams will prove to be an ever-increasing burden on the healthcare industry. identifying persons at increased risk of developing ams and at an increased risk of progressing to hace or hape will be invaluable to the high-altitude visitor as well as the healthcare professional. methods extreme everest 2013 was an observational cohort study of human responses to progressive hypobaric hypoxia (during ascent) and subsequent normoxia (following descent), comparing sherpas (highaltitude ancestry) with lowlanders (lowland ancestry). studies were conducted in london (35 m) in the uk and kathmandu (1 300 m), sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 83 namche bazaar (3 500 m) and everest base camp (5 300 m) in nepal. of the 180 healthy volunteers departing from kathmandu, 64 were sherpas and 116 were lowlanders. this research is a questionnairebased study conducted in london and at everest base camp. all 116 lowlanders participating in the extreme everest 2013 study were invited to take part in this study and to complete a questionnaire to identify potential risk factors in their history that may have contributed to development of ams or protect against development of ams. this cross-sectional, single-site study was limited to adults who are literate in english. procedure and design at the testing sessions held at sea level in london volunteers were invited to participate in this study and to complete the study questionnaire. thus the initial part of the questionnaire was completed at sea level in london, with the lake louise score completed upon arrival at everest base camp. participants trekked in groups of up to 14. all lowlanders flew to kathmandu and spent one night there prior to flying to lukla (2 800 m). all participants followed an identical ascent and descent profile. the ascent to everest base camp from kathmandu was completed over 11 days, with rest days built into the schedule to reduce the likelihood of ams. the data collected in the questionnaire included the following: • biographical information: participant’s age, weight, height, gender, city of residence, previous high-altitude experience and previous episodes of ams. • family history: family history of heart attacks, cancer, high cholesterol, asthma, obesity, substance dependence, lung disease or high blood pressure. • personal medical conditions and medication use. • a lifestyle evaluation questionnaire including exercise and fitness, nutrition, tobacco use, alcohol and drug use, emotional health, safety and disease prevention. (this questionnaire was developed by the united states health and human services in 2006 so that the public perform self-evaluations on themselves.) • a nutritional assessment questionnaire, adapted to assess foodrelated behaviour in the athlete. the higher the score, the poorer the participant’s dietary habits. • the frequency, intensity, time (fit) index of kasari (unpublished master’s thesis, university of montana, missoula, 1976) which assesses frequency, intensity and time of exercise and sporting activity. this validated questionnaire was developed in the 1970s and shown to relate to aerobic fitness. it quantifies a respondent’s participation in any form of physical activity; with an increase in the frequency, intensity and time of exercise there is an accompanying increase in the index score and fitness. • the physical activity readiness score (par-q), a self-screening tool developed by the british columbia ministry of health and multidisciplinary board on exercise to identify individuals who may be not be suitable for commencing strenuous exercise. • the paffenbarger physical activity score, a short, selfadministered questionnaire designed to measure participation in leisure-time physical activity. it consists of eight questions relating to daily activity; a physical activity index can be computed from the answers, providing an estimate of energy expenditure. • the lake louise score.[2] statistical analysis categorical data were described using frequency (percentage) and continuous data using median (interquartile range (iqr)). for comparisons between the two ams groups (ams, no ams), the mann-whitney u-test was used for continuous variables and the χ2 test or fisher’s exact test in the case of small expected counts for categorical variables. the non-parametric mann-whitney u-test was used as the sample size was small and the distributions of variables were non-normal. all statistical analyses were performed using spss version 21.0 (ibm, usa). all tests were two-sided and a p-value <0.05 was considered to be statistically significant. ethical considerations all participants were provided with patient information leaflets and all submitted written consent. the study design, risk management plan and protocols were approved (in accordance with the declaration of helsinki) both by the university college london research ethics committee and the university college committee on the ethics of non-national health service human research, and the nepal health research council. results a total of 89 participants were enrolled into the study. the characteristics of the participants are presented in table 1. thirtyseven of the participants had ams at everest base camp, giving a prevalence of 42% (95% confidence interval (ci) 31 53%). for the demographic variables only weight (p=0.033) and body mass index (bmi) (p=0.047) were statistically significantly associated with ams. those participants who weighed less or had a lower bmi were more likely to get ams. previous high-altitude experience was also associated with ams (p=0.005), with those who had previous highaltitude experience less likely to get ams. none of the lifestyle evaluation subscale scores nor the overall lifestyle score was significantly associated with ams (p>0.05 for all). similarly, the nutritional assessment score and fit score were not significantly associated with ams (p=0.799 and p=0.817, respectively). those participants whose permanent residence was above 900 m (n=7) were less likely to get ams than those whose residence was at a lower altitude, but the difference was not statistically significant (p=0.233). similarly, those with a moderate paffenbarger physical activity score and those who achieved a pass on the readiness scale were less likely to get ams, but the results were not statistically significant (p=0.141 and p=0.188, respectively). the family medical histories of participants are presented in table 2. only a family history of heart disease was statistically significantly associated with ams (p=0.038), with those who had such a family history less likely to get ams. for the statistical analysis being overweight or obese were combined, and there was no statistically significant difference in bmi categories between the two ams groups (p=0.171, χ2 test). bmi was left as a continuous variable for the results presented, and the difference between groups was statistically significant (as can be seen from table 1). discussion this cross-sectional study was conducted with the aim of identifying factors associated with a person’s risk of developing ams. the 84 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 results largely conformed with those from existing research, with the exception of some interesting findings which will be discussed. does older age predispose one to developing ams? this study showed no statistically significant protective benefit conferred by table 1. participant characteristics overall and by ams group overall (n=89*) ams (n=37) no ams (n=52) p-value† n (%) gender 0.32 male 44 (49) 16 (43) 28 (54) female 45 (51) 21 (57) 24 (46) smoker 0.63 yes 14 (16) 5 (14) 9 (17) no 75 (84) 32 (86) 43 (83) height above sea level of permanent residence 0.23 < 900 m 79 (92) 34 (97) 45 (88) ≥ 900 m 7 (8) 1 (3) 6 (12) previous high-altitude experience 0.01 yes 54 (61) 16 (43) 38 (73) no 35 (39) 21 (57) 14(27) previous episode of ams 0.46 yes 8 (9) 2 (5) 6 (12) no 81 (91) 35 (95) 46 (88) paffenbarger physical activity score 0.14 low 7 (8) 4 (11) 3 (6) moderate 63 (71) 22 (59) 41 (79) high 19 (21) 11 (30) 8 (15) par-q readiness 0.19 pass 73 (82) 28 (76) 45 (87) fail 16 (18) 9 (24) 7 (13) median (iqr) age (yr) (n=86) 35 (28 51.3) 37.5 (28.3 50.5) 33 (27.8 -52.3) 0.66 weight (kg) (n=78) 73.5 (64 80.3) 68 (59 76) 75 (66 83.5) 0.03 height (cm) (n=74) 174.5 (165.8 180.3) 173 (163.5 180) 176 (166.5 181) 0.31 bmi (n=71) 23.3 (22.1 25.7) 22.9 (20.9 24.7) 23.9 (22.4 -27.1) 0.05 lifestyle evaluation (lower score is better) exercise/fitness score (possible range 4 12) 6 (4.5 8) 6 (4.5 8) 6 (4.3 8) 0.57 nutrition score (possible range 4 12) 7 (6 8) 7 (5.5 7) 7 (6 8) 0.14 tobacco use score (possible range 2 6) 2 (2 2) 2 (2 2) 2 (2 2) 0.74 alcohol and drugs score (possible range 4 12) 6 (4 7) 6 (4 7) 6 (5 7.8) 0.33 emotional health score (possible range 4 12) 5 (4 7) 5 (4 7) 5 (4 7) 0.73 safety score (possible range 5 15) 5 (5 6) 5 (5 6) 5 (5 6) 0.49 disease prevention score (possible range 5 15) 8 (7 9) 8 (6 8.5) 7.5 (7 9) 0.36 overall lifestyle score (possible range 28 84) 38 (36 43) 37 (34 43) 38.5 (36-43) 0.22 nutritional assessment score (possible range 15 75) 35 (27.5 39) 34 (28 38.5) 35 (27 39) 0.8 fit score (possible range 1 100) (n=77) 60 (48 80) 62 (48 80) 60 (48 80) 0.82 *unless otherwise stated. †all from mann-whitney u-test except for χ2 test and fisher’s exact test. sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 85 age, at least in the range of 19 74 years. however, other studies have showed that increased age conferred some benefit at high altitudes. for example, roach et al.[8] studied the physiological and clinical response to moderate altitude (2 500 m) in 97 men and women aged 59 83 years, and found the incidence of ams to be 16%, lower than that reported for younger persons. even though 20% of the participants had coronary artery disease, 34% had hypertension and 9% had lung disease, the incidence of ams remained low. gaillard et al.[9] reported that people over the age of 55 years were 2.6 times less likely to suffer from ams than people younger than 25 years, further suggesting that age might be a protective factor in developing ams. a systematic review of the literature is required to answer this question definitively. to date studies have shown that ams is unrelated to gender. hackett et al.[10] studied 278 hikers at pheriche in nepal, and their results showed that gender did not predispose one to developing ams. honigman et al.[11] showed that women may be less susceptible to hape, but equally as prone to ams as men. wang et al.[12] also showed no difference in prevalence of ams between genders. similarly, there was no significant difference between genders in this study (p=0.324). neither the lifestyle evaluation subscale scores nor the overall lifestyle score was significantly associated with ams (p>0.05 for all). similarly, the nutritional assessment score and fit score were not significantly associated with ams (p=0.799 and p=0.817, respectively). physical fitness was also not shown to be protective against ams, which is in keeping with the literature. milledge et al.[13] showed no correlation between ams scores and hypoxic ventilatory response or vo2 max. one of the risk factors proposed by hackett et al.[4] is that of residing at an altitude below 900 m: those participants whose permanent residence was above 900 m (n=7) were less likely to get ams than those whose residence was at a lower altitude, but the difference was not statistically significant (p=0.233). a prior history of ams has been uniformly quoted as a risk factor by many authors. [1,8] this study showed that previous highaltitude experience was also associated with ams (p=0.005), with those who had previous high-altitude experience less likely to get ams. in this study participants who weighed less or had a lower bmi were more likely to get ams, which is in keeping with recent findings. richalet et al.[5] recently reported regular physical activity as a risk factor for development of ams. it would make sense that a fitter person with a lower bmi would do better at high altitude – but both richalet et al.[5] and this study have shown the opposite. this is an interesting subject to explore and investigate further. chronic medical conditions and a family history of conditions such as hypertension, coronar y arter y disease, mild chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and diabetes, as well as pregnancy, do not appear to affect susceptibility to high-altitude illness.[14] the family medical histories of the participants are presented in table 2. only a family history of heart disease was associated with ams (p=0.038), with those who had a family history less likely to get ams. smoking has not yet proven to be a risk factor for development of ams. gaillard et al.[9] studied two cohorts of 500 trekkers in the annapurna region of central nepal, and found no relationship between ams and smoking habits. similarly, no relationship between smoking and developing ams was found in this study (table 1). conclusion this study showed that certain parameters, such an increased weight, an increased bmi and previous altitude experience, decrease the risk of developing ams. lifestylescoring questionnaires did not predict those participants who might develop ams. furthermore, this study did not show a link between age, gender, fitness or smoking and the development of ams. with ever-increasing number of people visiting areas of high altitude, further research in this regard is anticipated to further expand our knowledge and understanding of ams. acknowledgements. xtreme everest 2 was supported financially by the royal free hospital nhs trust charity, the special trustees of university college london hospital nhs foundation trust, the southampton university hospital charity, the university college london institute of sports, exercise and health, the london clinic, university college london, university of southampton, duke university medical school, the united kingdom intensive care society, the national institute of academic anaesthesia, the rhinology and laryngology research fund, the physiological society, smiths medical, oroboros instruments, deltex medical, atlantic customer solutions, and the xtreme everest 2 volunteer participants who trekked to everest base camp. some of this work was undertaken at university college london hospital/university college london biomedical research centre, as well as at the university hospital southampton/ university of s outhampton respirator y biomedical research unit, both of which received a proportion of funding from the uk department of health’s national institute for health research biomedical research centre’s funding scheme. xtreme everest 2 is a research project coordinated by the xtreme everest oxygen research consortium, a collaboration between the university college london centre for altitude, space, and extreme environment medicine, the centre for human integrative physiology at the university of southampton and the duke university medical centre. table 2. family history overall and by ams group family history overall, n (%) (n=89) ams, n (%) (n=37) no ams, n (%) (n=52) p-value* any cancer 47 (53) 21 (57) 26 (50) 0.53 high blood pressure 27 (30) 9 (24) 18 (35) 0.30 high cholesterol levels 22 (25) 8 (22) 14 (27) 0.57 asthma 21 (24) 8 (22) 13 (25) 0.71 overweight 20 (23) 6 (16) 14 (27) 0.23 myocardial infarction 15 (17) 8 (22) 7 (14) 0.31 heart disease 13 (15) 2 (5) 11 (21) 0.04 lung disease 8 (9) 1 (3) 7 (14) 0.13 substance dependencies 4 (5) 0 (0) 4 (8) 0.14 *all from χ2 test except for fisher’s exact test. 86 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 membership, roles, and responsibilities of the xtreme everest 2 research group can be found at www.xtreme-everest.co.uk/team. members of the xtreme everest 2 research group: s abraham, t adams, w anseeuw, r astin, b basnyat, o burdall, j carroll, a cobb, j coppel, o couppis, j court, a cumptsey, t davies, s dhillon, n diamond, c dougall, t geliot, e gilbert-kawai, g gilbert-kawai, e gnaiger, m grocott, c haldane, p hennis, j horscroft, d howard, s jack, b jarvis, w jenner, g jones, j van der kaaij, j kenth, a kotwica, r kumar, j lacey, v laner, d levett, d martin, p meale, k mitchell, z mahomed, j moonie, a murray, m mythen, p mythen, k o’brien, i ruggles-brice, k salmon, a sheperdigian, t smedley, b symons, c tomlinson, a vercueil, l wandrag, s ward, a wight, c wilkinson, s wythe. scientific advisory board: m feelisch, e gilbert-kawai, m grocott (chair), m hanson, d levett, d martin, k mitchell, h montgomery, r moon, a murray, m mythen, m peters. references 1. mehta sr, chawla a, kashyap as. acute mountain sickness, high altitude cerebral oedema, high altitude pulmonary oedema: the current concepts. med j armed forces india 2008;64(2):149-153. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0377-1237(08)80062-7] 2. sutton j, coates g, houston c, eds. hypoxia and mountain medicine: proceedings of the 7th international hypoxia symposium, lake louise, canada. oxford: pergamon press, 1991:327-330. 3. sanchez del rio m, moskowitz ma. high altitude headache. lessons from headaches at sea level. adv exp med biol 1999;474:145-153. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-14615-4711-2_13] 4. hacket ph, yarnell pr, hill r, et al. high altitude cerebral edema evaluated with magnetic resonance imaging: clinical correlation and pathophysiology. jama 1998;280:1920-1925. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00008506-199904000-00020] 5. richalet jp, larmignat p, poitrine e, et al. physiological risk factors for severe high altitude illness. am j respir crit care med 2012;185(2):192-198. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1164/rccm.201108-1396oc] 6. murdoch dr. symptoms of infection and altitude illness among hikers in the mount everest region of nepal. aviat space environ med 1995;66(2):148-151. 7. johnston j. the other side of the mountain. 2000. http://www.alpineascents.com/kiliarticle.htm (accessed 20 may 2012). 8. roach rc, houston sc, honigman b, et al. how well do older persons tolerate moderate altitude? west j med 1995;162(1):32-36. 9. gaillard s, dellasanta p, loutan l, et al. awareness, prevalence, medication use and risk factors of acute mountain sickness in tourists trekking around the annapurnas in nepal: a 12 year follow-up. high alt med biol 2004;5(4):410-419. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1089/ ham.2004.5.410] 10. hackett ph, rennie d, levine hd. the incidence, importance and prophylaxis of acute mountain sickness. lancet 1976;2(7996):1149-1155. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/ s0140-6736(76)91677-9] 11. honigman b, theis mk, koziol-mclain j, et al. acute mountain sickness in a general tourist population at moderate altitudes. ann intern med 1993;118(8):587-592. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-118-8-199304150-00003] 12. wang sh, chen yc, kao wf, et al. epidemiology of acute mountain sickness on jade mountain, taiwan: an annual prospective observational study. high alt med biol 2012;11(1):43-49. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1089/ham.2009.1063] 13. milledge js, beeley jm, broome j, et al. acute mountain sickness susceptibility, fitness and hypoxic ventilatory response. eur respir j 1991;4(8):1000-1003. 14. schoene rb. high altitude: an exploration of human adaption. integr comp biol 2002;42(4):910. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/icb/42.4.910] introduction the use of accelerometers by researchers to objectively monitor physical activity has seen a dramatic increase since 1997. 1 with the greater use of uni-axial accelerometers in large field studies, 2 important questions arise relating to possible sources of measurement error, such as monitor placement. 3,4 to date a number of laboratorybased studies have considered the effects of different placement positions on the output of uni-axial accelerometers 5,6 and the intraand inter-instrument variability of uni-axial accelerometers using mechanical settings 7-9 or motorised treadmill trials. 7,10-13 few studies have employed free-living protocols when evaluating the effect of placement position of movement monitors or the inter-instrument reliability of movement monitors. 5,14,15 only one free-living study has considered the placement position or inter-instrument reliability of uni-axial accelerometers by having subjects wear two monitors on either side of the hip. 14 that study was carried out in a highly urbanised setting, during the waking hours of one highly structured day, using students and staff from a university setting who were recreational runners and accumulated significant amounts of vigorous physical activity. 14 moreover, in their statistical analyses, mcclain et al. 14 did not report the possible effect of monitor placement on variance distribution 16 nor did they examine agreement 17 between the two placement positions. consequently, similar and more expanded analyses of free-living samples with more variable day-to-day physical activity patterns are required. importantly, rural subjects with low, recreational (vigorous) physical activity but high work-related (moderate) physical activity demands should be recruited. uni-axial accelerometers demonstrate low intra-unit variability but do exhibit inter-unit variability such that post-measurement adjustment in multivariate analysis has been used to account for this variance which could otherwise dilute the true relationship between a health outcome and accelerometer output. 18 in this regard, welk et al. showed that 0.9% of the variance for the raw counts obtained during multi-speed treadmill trials could be attributed to individual uni-axial accelerometer units. 6 there is thus a need to determine if this variance due to inter-unit variability is present or possibly even greater in free-living conditions than has been observed in laboratory trials. the objectives of this pilot investigation were firstly to evaluate the effect of monitor placement and monitor units on the variance distribution in relation to other sources of variance, and secondly to determine if monitor position had practically significant effects on reliability statistics, specifically in an adult population exhibiting low levels of vigorous, recreational physical activity but high levels of moderate work-related physical activity. original research article monitor placement, sources of variance and reliability of free-living physical activity: a pilot investigation abstract objectives. we investigated the effect of monitor placement on the sources of variance and reliability of objectively measured free-living physical activity (pa). design. a convenience sample (n=7; 3 females, 4 males) of rural, adult, black south africans was recruited from the plantation section of a local lumber mill. pa was assessed using two uni-axial accelerometers placed on the right hip (rh) and left hip (lh), over 3 weekdays. pa indices were total counts, average counts, inactivity (0 499 counts.min -1 ), moderate-1 activity (500 1 951 counts.min -1 ) and moderate-2+vigorous activity (≥1 952 counts.min -1 ). results. accelerometer output did not differ across trials for either hip placement (p>0.2). there were no significant differences between rh-lh for any accelerometer variable (p>0.1) and effect sizes were small (0.02 0.15). monitor position did not contribute any variance to accelerometer variables. variance due to monitor unit contributed <2% to raw and derived accelerometer variables. coefficients of variation derived from the standard deviation of rh-lh transformed differences ranged from 2.7% to 10.5%, except for moderate-1 and moderate-2+vigorous variables (16.0 72.8%). intraclass correlation coefficients (icc, rh-lh) were >0.90, except for moderate-1 time accumulated in bouts ≥10 min (icc=0.83). agreement between rh-lh for achieving cdc/ acsm pa guidelines was significant (kappa=0.79, p=0.002) conclusions. firstly there was no statistically significant difference between rh-lh for any accelerometer variable. secondly, accelerometer units accounted for little of the variance in accelerometer variables. thirdly, greater variability in monitor placement was apparent for moderate-1 and moderate-2+vigorous variables. correspondence: ian cook physical activity epidemiology laboratory university of limpopo (turfloop campus) po box 459 fauna park, 0787 polokwane, south africa tel+fax: +27 15 268 2390 e-mail: ianc@ul.ac.za ian cook (ba (phys ed) hons, bsc (med) hons)1 estelle v lambert (phd)2 1 physical activity epidemiology laboratory, university of limpopo (turfloop campus), south africa 2 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, university of cape town medical school, south africa sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 13 methods study protocol the accelerometry data used in this analysis were collected during the validity trial of the international physical activity questionnaire (ipaq). 19-21 briefly, participants were recruited to wear two uni-axial accelerometers and contacted twice over an 8-day period. on the first occasion, subjects were recruited, provided anthropometric data and were instructed on the necessary procedures for wearing the accelerometers, one on either side of the hip (rh = right-hand side hip, lh = left-hand side hip). eight days later the accelerometers were collected. subjects received a small honorarium on completion of the study. signed informed consent was obtained from all participants. the study was approved by the ethics committee of the university of limpopo (turfloop campus). subjects a convenience sample of 7 black adult males (n=4, 30.0±0.8 yrs, 175.7±3.2 cm, 63.8±5.9 kg) and females (n=3, 38.7±7.0 yrs, 155.5±4.8 cm, 56.4±4.5 kg), resident on farms and villages, were recruited from the plantation section of a local lumber mill situated in rural limpopo province, south africa. all participants recruited were bmi <27 kg.m -2 . these forestry workers performed a variety of manual tasks and ensured that plantations were created and maintained, and that raw timber was harvested, sized, cleaned and stacked prior to transport to the saw mill for further processing. physical activity counts and durations to objectively quantify free-living physical activity of the subjects, two uni-axial accelerometers were worn for at least 8 days. the csa model 7164 (computer science applications, inc. shalimar, fl), now marketed as the mti actigraph (mti health services, fort walton beach, fl), is small and unobtrusive (5.1 cm x 4.1 cm x 1.5 cm, 42.6 g). 22 the accelerometers were worn on the rh and lh, securely attached to a nylon belt. the accelerometers could be removed for sleeping and bathing purposes by unclipping the nylon belt. subjects were carefully instructed as to the proper positioning of the accelerometers (mid-axillary line). the minute-by-minute data were downloaded from the accelerometers onto an ibm-compatible personal computer via an interface unit, for further analysis using proprietary software (daybyday.xls, microsoft excel 97 macro) and a customised data reduction programme (microsoft excel 2002 macro). physical activity counts were defined as total counts (counts. day -1 ) and average counts (counts.day -1 .min -1 = total counts/registered time for counts.min -1 ≥1). physical activity volumes (min.day -1 ) of inactivity and moderate and vigorous activity were derived using previously defined cut-points. 14,16 inactivity (lying, sitting, standing quietly, light activity) was classified as 0 499 counts.min -1 . for moderate activity (3 6 mets, 1 met = 1 metabolic equivalent = 3.5 mlo2.kg -1 .min -1 = 1 kcal.kg -1 .hr -1 ) a distinction was made between activities requiring less ambulation (moderate-1: house work, yard work) and predominantly ambulatory activities (moderate-2: walking). the cut-points for moderate-1 and moderate-2 were defined as 500 1 591 counts.min-1 and 1 592 5 724 counts.min -1 , respectively. activities, such as running, which record ≥5 725 counts.min -1 were defined as vigorous (>6 mets). the amount of activity accumulated in bouts of ≥10 min (bouts separated by at least 1 min) for the moderate-1 and moderate-2+vigorous categories were also derived. the first and last days of the 8-day monitoring period were excluded. only weekdays with at least 8 hours.day -1 (480 minutes.day -1 ) of registration (counts.min-1 ≥1) were considered. this would represent the minimum of a 40-hour, 5-day working week in this sample. valid accelerometer data for the first 3 weekdays were used for all subsequent analyses. a 3-weekday period was selected because 3 subjects provided a minimum of 3 weekdays of valid accelerometer data. statistical analysis descriptive statistics comprised means and standard deviations. if data distribution was non-normal, the parametric results were confirmed with transformed (natural logarithms) or ranked data. data were analysed using appropriate statistical software (spss for windows 13.0). confidence intervals (95%ci) were calculated as required. significance for all inferential statistics was set at p<0.05. to evaluate the sources of variability in accelerometer data, variance components in mixed effects models were estimated using restricted maximum likelihood methods. 16 accelerometer raw output and derived indices were the dependant variables for these analyses. variance components were estimated for subject (interindividual) variance, monitor unit variance (8 units), trial variance (3 trials), monitor position variance (2 positions), and residual (intraindividual) variance. the variance components were expressed as a percentage of the total variance. inter-individual variance represents true variation between subjects while intra-individual variance represents day-to-day variation within subjects. the variance due to monitor unit, trial and monitor position effects were nested within subjects. gender and day of the week were entered as fixed factors. using the same set of fixed and random factors, a separate analysis was performed on the raw accelerometer data (counts.day -1 ) to test for possible interaction of subjects by monitors. 11 a multivariate, two-way repeated-measures anova was used to examine possible differences across trials for rh and lh accelerometer variables. separate analyses were conducted with gender entered as a between-subjects factor, and interactions between gender and hip placement or trial. in order to compare the accelerometer output between rh and lh, the mean difference and limits of agreement for repeated measurements were calculated for all accelerometer variables. 17 we did not use the rh and lh withinsubject variances across trials to adjust the variance of differences. within-subject variances for any accelerometer variable did not differ significantly between rh and lh (p>0.4) such that any adjustment using within-subject variance would simply inflate the variance of differences. this inflation would simply mean that within-subject variance across trials was greater than the rh-lh difference variance. bland-altman plots and q-q normal probability plots of difference scores were constructed to visually assess the limits of agreement and distribution of difference scores, respectively. 17 for comparative purposes 14 we also calculated a coefficient of variation (cv) from the standard deviation of the differences of the transformed raw data (natural logarithms) using the following formula (cv = 100 x [e sd -1]). 23 because the moderate-2+vigorous (bouts ≥10 min) contained zero values, we added one to all raw values before taking the natural logarithms of the raw values. effect sizes (d) were calculated from the mean difference and the standard deviation of the differences obtained during the limits of agreement analysis (raw values), and interpreted according to cohen’s conventions; 0.20 (small), 0.50 (moderate), 0.80 (large). 24 the iccm (intraclass correlation coefficient; average measure, absolute agreement, two-way random effects) 25 was calculated (rh v. lh) for each trial. thereafter, the mean iccm was calculated from the iccm of three trials. subjects were also classified according to the acsm/cdc guidelines (≥30 min.day -1 of moderate-2+vigorous activity accumu14 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 lated in bouts ≥10 min) 26 for each trial and monitor position. agreement between rh and lh for each trial (7 pairs of data) and for all trials combined (21 pairs of data) was assessed by constructing 2-by-2 tables and calculating cohen’s kappa (κ) statistic. results six of the 8 units were used twice; once on the rh and once on the lh. registered time for counts ≥1 ranged from 8.12 hrs to 14.45 hrs (10.18±1.75 hrs) and did not differ significantly between rh and lh monitors (rh: 10.18±1.91 hrs; lh: 10.18±1.63 hrs; mean difference = -0.01 hrs, p=0.9771). there was no significant difference across trials for registered time for rh or lh monitors (p>0.2). descriptive statistics for rh and lh accelerometer raw output and derived variables are reported in table i. because the volume of vigorous activity accumulated was low (rh: 6±12 min.day -1 , lh: 6±11 min.day -1 ) and distribution was skewed, a separate variable was constructed which combined moderate-2 and vigorous activity. repeated-measures analyses found no significant differences across the three trials for any accelerometer variable (p>0.1) nor any significant differences between hip placement or gender for any accelerometer variable (p>0.4), except for moderate-1 (bouts ≥10 min) where females accumulated significantly more activity than males (34 min, p=0.0081) (table i). there was no interaction between gender and trial or hip placement (p>0.2). there was no marked difference in significance using the raw data or rank transformed data for the moderate-2+vigorous (bouts ≥10 min) variable, consequently the p-values from the raw data are reported. effect sizes for the mean differences between rh and lh ranged from d=0.02 to d=0.15 (small effect) for all accelerometer variables. the 95% limits of agreement in table i represent the area within which 95% of the mean differences would be expected to fall, if the differences are normally distributed. 17 the difference scores (rh minus lh) were randomly distributed irrespective of the magnitude of the accelerometer variables and the difference scores were normally distributed (data not shown). agreement analysis revealed no systematic bias in mean differences for any accelerometer variables. limits of agreement were similar for moderate-1 and moderate-2+vigorous variables (table i). the distribution of variance is reported in table ii. monitor position did not contribute to the variability of any of the accelerometer variables. the variability due to individual monitor units was 0.3% to 1.7% for raw and derived accelerometer data. there was no interaction for subjects-by-monitors. inter-individual variance was table i. descriptive statistics for accelerometer raw output and derived indices raw output and derived monitor positions agreement ‡‡ indices right-hand side hip ** left-hand side hip** significance †† total counts * 761 635 (212 074) 763 290 (178 772) 0.2755 -1 655 (-151 016 to 147 706) average count † 999 (215) 1 008 (177) 0.2376 -9 (-140 to 122) inactivity ‡ § 1 026 (102) 1 024 (91) 0.6197 +2 (-50 to 54) moderate-1 ‡ || (bouts ≥1 min) 284 (62) 285 (59) 0.1305 -1 (-33 to 30) (bouts ≥10 min) 44 (23) 46 (19) 0.1854 -2 (-24 to 20) moderate-2 + vigorous ‡ ¶ (bouts ≥1 min) 130 (50) 131 (40) 0.1529 0 (-36 to 35) (bouts ≥10 min) 19 (22) 20 (18) 0.9841 -1 (-20 to 19) * total counts = cts.day -1 , † average counts = cts.day -1 .min -1 ; ‡ activity duration = min.day -1 ; § 0-499 cts.min -1 ; || 500-1 951 cts.min -1 ; ¶ ≥1 952 cts.min -1 ; ** estimated marginal mean (sd) of three trials; †† trial main effect p-value; ‡‡ mean difference (95% limits of agreement), main effect significance for hip differences p>0.7. table ii. variance component analysis of 3-day accelerometry raw output and derived variables activity duration * activity counts * moderate-1 moderate-2 + vigorous sources of variance † total average inactivity bouts ≥1 min bouts ≥10 min bouts ≥1 min bouts ≥10 min inter-individual 79.0 67.1 68.4 60.7 23.5 68.8 53.8 intra-individual 21.0 32.9 31.6 39.3 76.5 31.2 46.2 position ‡ 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 trial § 3.1 7.3 23.7 29.1 10.1 8.2 0.0 monitor | 1.7 0.0 0.7 0 0.3 0.0 0.0 residual 16.2 25.6 7.2 10.2 66.1 23.0 46.2 total 100 100 100 100 100 100 data reported as a percentage of total variance; * see table i for units and cut-point definitions; † adjusted for gender and day of the week; ‡ position (right-hand side, left-hand side); § trial (1, 2, 3); | monitor (8 units). sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 15 greater than intra-individual variance for all accelerometer variables, except the moderate-1 (bouts ≥10 min) variable. of all the variance components nested within-subjects, trial contributed the most. there was no marked difference in variance components using the raw data or rank transformed data for the moderate-2+vigorous (bouts ≥10 min) variable, consequently the variance from the raw data is reported in table ii. the variance components reported in table ii for the moderate-1 (bouts ≥10 min) variable was obtained from natural logarithm transformation. the reliability analysis is reported in table iii. cv ranged from 2.7% to 10.5% for raw and derived variables, except for moderate-1 and moderate-2+vigorous variables (16.0% to 72.8%). iccm for four of the six accelerometer variables were >0.90. the iccm for trial 1 and trial 3 of the moderate-1 (bouts ≥10 min) variables were low and insignificant, resulting in a low mean iccm. transforming the moderate-1 (bouts ≥10 min) data did not improve the results. the high intrato inter-subject variance ratio for the moderate-1 (bouts ≥10 min) data (table ii) would account for the continuing low iccm. in contrast, the low iccm for the moderate-2+vigorous (bouts ≥10 min) reported in table iii was the result of averaging an insignificant iccm for trial 1 and significant iccm for trials 2 3. rank transforming the moderate-2+vigorous (bouts ≥10 min) data resulted in significant reliability coefficients (consistency, two-way random effects) for all trials (p≤0.01) resulting in a mean iccm=0.92. 25 only two subjects were misclassified in terms of achievement of acsm/cdc guidelines between rh and lh monitors; one subject on trial 1 and one subject on trial 3. there were no misclassifications for trial 2. agreement between hip positions was significant for trial 2 (κ=1.00, p=0.0082) but not trials 1 and 3 (κ=0.70, p=0.05334). overall (trial 1-3) agreement was significant (κ=0.79, p=0.0002). discussion this study is the first analysis, albeit preliminary in nature, which has reported on the effect of monitor placement on the variance distribution and reliability of uni-axial accelerometer output and derived variables obtained during free-living conditions in a south african setting. the principal findings of this analysis were firstly that there were no statistically significant differences between hip positions for raw or derived accelerometer variables. secondly, greater variability was apparent for the moderate-2+vigorous variables, especially so for time accumulated in bouts ≥10 min for both moderate categories. thirdly, individual accelerometer units accounted for nearly 2% of the variance for raw accelerometer counts. welk et al. were the first to demonstrate that at a moderate treadmill walking speed of 4.8 km.hr -1 , different uni-axial accelerometer hip positions (anterior axillary, mid-axillary, posterior axillary) had a significant effect (p<0.05) on accelerometer output (cts.min -1 ) such that variability (percentage of mean score) was 30% compared with 3% for two other accelerometers (biotrainer and tritrac). 6 these findings suggest that variability is more likely to increase at moderate intensities during free-living trials where monitor position is not accurately controlled. our results are in agreement with laboratory treadmill studies that have found greater variability between uni-axial accelerometers mounted across hips (rh v. lh) at moderate intensities compared with vigorous intensities. 7,10 nichols et al. found lower reliability across hip placement for slow speeds (icc=0.55, 3.2 km.hr -1 ) compared with faster speeds (icc=0.91, 6.4 km.hr -1 ).7 similarly, brage et al. demonstrated lower agreement at moderate walking speeds (4 6 km.hr -1 ) compared with faster running speeds (8 14 km.hr -1 ), even though icc>0.91. 10 importantly, these differences remained even after calibration of the individual monitors. the effect of hip v. lower back positions on uni-accelerometer output has been investigated during laboratory treadmill 5 and freeliving trials. 5,15 yngve et al. reported significant differences (p<0.01) between hip and lower back positions for normal and fast walking and jogging (4.3, 5.8 and 9.6 km.hr -1 , respectively) irrespective of setting (indoor athletics track or treadmill). 5 the absolute percentage error (|[hip – back/back]| x 100) was greatest for the normal to fast walking (9.5% and 7.2%, respectively) which occurred in the moderate (1 952 5 724 cts.min -1 ) range, and lowest for jogging (4.5%; ≥5 725 cts.min -1 range). it was suggested that the differential findings between walking and jogging were due to changes in vertical displacement of the hip compared with the lower back during the transition from fast walking to jogging. 5 during a 7-day free-living trial, no significant difference was found between monitor positions (10 cts.min -1 , p=0.23, 95% limits of agreement: -102 to 82 cts.min -1 ). moreover, the amount of daily moderate-to-vigorous time predicted from four mets v. cts.min -1 equations did not differ between monitor positions. 5 during a 4-day free-living trial in children, nilsson et al. demonstrated no difference between hip and lower back positions for raw counts (22 cts.min -1 , p=0.20, 95% limits of agreement: -110 to 154 cts.min -1 ). 15 the wide limits of agreement was due to 2 subjects and might have been caused by specific movements that result in differences in movements between the hip and lower back. a significant difference (p<0.01) between output for hip and lower back positions was found only when data were sampled over short periods (5 sec epochs) and only in the moderate range (1 952 5 725 table iii. reliability analysis of 3-day accelerometry raw output and derived indices intraclass correlation coefficient ‡ raw output and derived indices * coefficient of variation † trial 1 trial 2 trial 3 mean || total counts 10.5 0.95 0.97 0.96 0.96 average counts 6.3 0.98 0.92 0.96 0.95 inactivity 2.7 0.93 0.98 0.94 0.95 moderate-1 (bouts ≥1 min) 5.7 0.86 0.99 0.98 0.94 (bouts ≥10 min) 33.8 0.72 § 0.78 0.39 § 0.63 moderate-2 + vigorous (bouts ≥1 min) 16.0 0.96 0.89 0.96 0.94 (bouts ≥10 min) 72.8 0.61 § 0.92 0.95 0.83 * see table i for units and cut-point definitions; † percentage; ‡ average measure intraclass correlation coefficient for rh v. lh; all trial icc significant (p<0.02) except § p=0.08; || arithmetic mean for trial 1-3. 16 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 cts.min -1 ). short sampling periods might be more likely to capture even small differences in movement at different body sites. 15 more recently, mcclain et al. have been the first to show that in free-living conditions, rh-lh comparisons exhibit greater variability for the moderate-2 range (500 1 951 cts.min -1 ), 14 thus confirming the laboratory treadmill findings of greater variability at walking speed intensities. 7,10 our results are in accord with the lower variability reported by mcclain et al. for total counts, inactivity and moderate-1 variables. 14 however, in contrast to mcclain et al., we have found higher variability for the moderate-2+vigorous physical activity (mvpa) categories (≥1 952 cts.min -1 ; bouts ≥1 min and ≥10 min). 14 these apparently contradictory findings are due to the selective subject recruitment strategies employed in this study and by mcclain et al. 14 mcclain et al. purposively selected highly active individuals (runners), which resulted in approximately 65% of mvpa time being accumulated from vigorous activity (≥5 725 cts.min-1). 14 consequently, the increased variability of the moderate-2 range was diluted by the larger contribution of the vigorous range. the present study, on the recommendation of mcclain et al., 14 selected subjects who were not vigorously active but rather accumulated activity in the moderate-1 and moderate-2 activity zones. this is evident by a 3-fold greater moderate-1 time, a nearly 5-fold greater moderate2 time and an 8-fold lower vigorous time, compared with mcclain et al. 14 moreover, the moderate-2 zone in this study contributed approximately 95% to the mvpa variable. consequently, in contrast to mcclain et al., 14 we do not recommend collapsing moderate-2 and vigorous activity zones into a single mvpa variable as a method to dilute greater variability from the moderate-2 zone. we would caution researchers that the creation of an mvpa variable does not always imply a reduced variability as suggested by others. 14 taken together these studies have shown that uni-axial accelerometer counts sampled during moderate intensities are more variable when collected at different body sites. 5-7,10,14,15 however, none of these studies investigated the effect of body sites on moderate-to-vigorous time accumulated in bouts ≥10 min and on the compliance of subjects with pa public health guidelines. consequently, contrary to the assertion by trost et al. that the practical effect of different body sites on uni-axial accelerometer output is negligible, 3 we would argue that there is still uncertainty as to the practical effects of mounting uni-axial accelerometers at different body sites. although we could not calibrate the units before and during the field measurements, post-measurement variance analysis showed that 1.7% of the variability for total daily counts could be attributed to monitor units, which is in agreement with the 0.9% found by welk et al. during multi-speed treadmill trials. 11 the twofold increase in variability compared with welk et al. might be due to the greater time spent at low and moderate intensities in this sample and the freeliving conditions. importantly, the 14.5 20.1% variance for the trialby-subject and monitor-by-trial-by-subject interaction reported by welk et al. suggests differences by subject due to clothing, posture and other anthropometric variations, which could be amplified during free-living trials due to lack of standardisation. 11 moreover, brage and associates have shown greater inter-unit variability at low to moderate intensities 9,10 and it has been suggested that real anatomical differences such as body size, hip geometry and hip softtissue deposition might explain acceleration differences between hip positions at lower movement intensities, specifically slow to normal walking. 10 we reanalysed uni-axial accelerometer data from a recently reported variance component analysis 27 and found that accelerometer units accounted for 0% and 5.8% of the total variance of daily counts in rural and urban subjects, respectively. it is possible that the greater time spent in low-to-moderate activities (low accelerations) by the urban subjects would result in greater inter-instrument variability. 9,10 this could in turn account for the increased accelerometer unit variability in urban subjects. our results and those of others 9-11 highlight the need to make post-measurement statistical adjustments for monitor units if individual calibration of units cannot be performed before and during field trials. 9,10,18 our finding of a substantial within-subject variance for the moderate-1 (bouts ≥10 min) in comparison with other variables is difficult to explain. we reanalysed uni-axial accelerometer data recently reported for a larger rural sample out of which the current sample was drawn. 27 as with the current analysis, the betweenand within-subject variance was 30% and 70%, respectively. further analyses are required to determine whether the variance distribution for this particular accumulated uni-axial accelerometer variable is due to a bias resulting from the creation of a variable accumulated from bouts of pa ≥10 min or is a reflection of a true behavioural characteristic of the subjects. the strengths of the present pilot study are firstly the uniqueness of the analysis within a south african context. secondly, this analysis provides reliability and variance estimates for a south african sample with particularly high occupational physical activity demands. thirdly, this study has also been the first to show dramatically increased variability for time in moderate intensity variables accumulated in bouts ≥10 min. further research is required to confirm this increased variability, and possible causes for this phenomenon. the weakness of this study is firstly that we could not differentiate between mechanical or anatomical causes for the increased variability of uni-axial accelerometer output at low to moderate intensities. however, no study to date has been able to quantify the separate contributions of mechanical and anatomical causes to increased variability across hip placement. secondly, our sample size was limited when investigating the effects of monitor position variability on the compliance with public health pa guidelines. in conclusion, this analysis has demonstrated that uni-axial accelerometer placement across hips has a greater effect on variability for derived duration variables in the moderate intensity range. this increased variability resulted in statistically small effects, and future research should consider investigating the effects of uni-axial accelerometer placement on bouts of activity and the consequent compliance with pa guidelines. as part of quality control procedures, researchers should perform similar analyses when conducting field trials, and should either regularly calibrate individual accelerometer units or adjust statistically post-measurement when relating accelerometer output to a health outcome. acknowledgements the research development and administration division of the university of limpopo (turfloop campus) and the research capacity development group of the medical research council of south africa supported this study. references 1. troiano rp. a timely meeting: objective measurement of physical activity. med sci sports exerc 2005;37:s487-s489. 2. troiano rp. large-scale applications of accelerometers: new frontiers and new questions. med sci sports exerc 2007;39:1501. sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 17 3. trost sg, mciver kl, pate rr. conducting accelerometer-based activity assessments in field-based research. med sci sports exerc 2005;37: s531-s543. 4. welk gj. principles of design and analyses for the calibration of accelerometry-based activity monitors. med sci sports exerc 2005;37:s501s511. 5. yngve a, nilsson a, sjostrom m, ekelund u. effect of monitor placement and of activity setting on the mti accelerometer output. med sci sports exerc 2003;35:320-326. 6. welk gj, blair sn, wood k, jones s, thompson rw. a comparative evaluation of three accelerometry-based physical activity monitors. med sci sports exerc 2000;32:s489-s497. 7. nichols jf, morgan cg, chabot le, sallis jf, calfas kj. assessment of physical activity with the computer science and applications, inc., accelerometer: laboratory versus field validation. res q exerc sport 2000;71:36-43. 8. metcalf bs, curnow js, evans c, voss ld, wilkin tj. technical reliability of the csa activity monitor: the earlybird study. med sci sports exerc 2002;34:1533-1537. 9. brage s, brage n, wedderkopp n, froberg k. reliability and validity of the computer science and applications accelerometer in a mechanical setting. meas phys educ exerc sci 2003;7:101-119. 10. brage s, wedderkopp n, franks pw, andersen lb, froberg k. reexamination of validity and reliability of the csa monitor in walking and running. med sci sports exerc 2003;35:1447-1454. 11. welk gj, schaben ja, morrow jr. reliability of accelerometry-based activity monitors: a generalizability study. med sci sports exerc 2004;36:1637-1645. 12. rowlands av, stone mr, eston rg. influence of speed and step frequency during walking and running on motion sensor output. med sci sports exerc 2007;39:716-727. 13. trost sg, ward ds, moorehead sm, watson pd, riner w, burke jr. validity of the computer science and applications (csa) activity monitor in children. med sci sports exerc 1998;30:629-633. 14. mcclain jj, sisson sb, tudor-locke c. actigraph accelerometer interinstrument reliability during free-living in adults. med sci sports exerc 2007;39:1509-1514. 15. nilsson a, ekelund u, yngve a, sjostrom m. assessing physical activity among children with accelerometers using different time sampling intervals and placements. pediatr excer sci 2002;14:87. 16. matthews ce, ainsworth be, thompson rw, bassett dr. sources of variance in daily physical activity levels as measured by an accelerometer. med sci sports exerc 2002;34:1376-1381. 17. bland jm, altman dg. measuring agreement in method comparison studies. stat methods med res 1999;8:135-160. 18. brage s, wedderkopp n, ekelund u, et al. features of the metabolic syndrome are associated with objectively measured physical activity and fitness in danish children: the european youth heart study (eyhs). diabetes care 2004;27:2141-2148. 19. bohlmann im, mackinnon s, kruger s, et al. is the international physical activity questionnaire (ipaq) valid and reliable in the south african population? med sci sports exerc 2001;33:s119. 20. cook i, lambert ev. validity and reliability of the international physical activity questionnaire in northern sotho-speaking africans. jemdsa 2002;7:36. 21. craig cl, marshall al, sjostrom m, et al. international physical activity questionnaire: 12-country reliability and validity. med sci sports exerc 2003;35:1381-1395. 22. welk gj. use of accelerometry-based activity monitors to assess physical activity. in: welk gj, ed. physical activity assessments for health-related research. champaign, il: human kinetics; 2002. p.125-141. 23. hopkins wg. measures of reliability in sports medicine and science. sports med 2000;30:1-15. 24. cohen j. statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. 2nd ed. new york: academic; 1988. 25. mcgraw ko, wong sp. forming inferences about some intraclass correlation coefficients. psychol methods 1996;1:30-46. 26. pate rr, pratt m, blair sn, et al. physical activity and public health. a recommendation from the centers for disease control and prevention and the american college of sports medicine. jama 1995;273:402-407. 27. cook i, lambert ev. the sources of variance and reliability of objectively monitored physical activity in rural and urban northern sotho-speaking africans. s afr j sports med 2008;20:21-27. 18 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 10 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 original researchoriginal research introduction injury surveillance is fundamental for preventing and reducing the risk of injury. as a result injuries in adult cricketers have been well researched over the years with long-term injury surveillance being carried out in australia,1 england2 and south africa.3 the findings of these studies report that bowlers were at the greatest risk of injury, sustaining between 40% and 45% of the injuries, followed by fielders, including wicket-keepers (25 33%) and then batsmen (17 21%). these injuries were predominantly to the lower limbs (45 49%), back and trunk (18 23%) and upper limbs (23 29%). the injuries were predominantly sustained during matches (52 58%) and occurred during the early part of the season (35%). between 65% and 92% of the injuries sustained were new injuries, with between 8% and 22% being recurrent injuries from the previous season and 12% recurring in the same season. of the injuries, 65% were of an acute nature, with 23% chronic and 12% of an acute-on-chronic nature. the primary mechanism of injury was the delivery and follow-through in bowling (25%), running, diving, catching and throwing (23%) and overuse (17%). soft-tissue injuries were the most common, with the most likely sites to be injured being the thigh and calf (25%), fingers (14%) and lumbar spine (11%). similarly, in a study on west indies cricketers 68% of injuries occurred during matches, with bowlers (46%) and batsmen (40%) more likely to sustain muscle (26%), ligament (12%), stress fractures (12%) and fractures (10%).4 while injuries in adult cricketers have been well documented in the literature, there remains a paucity of literature on injuries, injury patterns and risk factors in young cricketers. a study by stretch5 reported that the high seasonal incidence of injuries to schoolboy cricketers was similar to that of a previous study on club and provincial cricketers.6 the overall seasonal incidence of injury was found to be 49%, with the most common site of injury the back and trunk (33%), upper limbs (25%) and the lower limbs (23%). bowlers (47%) were at greater risk of injury than the batsmen (30%) and fielders (23%). the injuries occurred equally during matches (46%) and practices (47%), with 30% being recurrent injuries from the previous season and 37% of the new injuries recurring during the same season. in an intervention study aimed at reducing the risk of injury to fast-bowlers, dennis et al.7 monitored 12and 17-year-old cricketers playing club and district cricket over a season to evaluate the recommended bowling workloads in young cricketers.7 the findings revealed a relationship between a high bowling workload and injury. of the 44 bowlers, 11 reported over-bowling-related injuries, with 7 sustaining back-related injuries. the injured bowlers bowled more frequently and had shorter rest periods between bowling sessions than the uninjured. the bowlers with an average of more than 3.5 rest days between bowling were at significantly less risk of injury than those with an average of less than 3.5 rest days. the results showed a 3-year investigation into the incidence and nature of cricket injuries in elite south african schoolboy cricketers richard a stretch (d phil) chris trella (ba hons) nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth, south africa correspondence to: richard stretch (richard.stretch@nmmu.ac.za) abstract objectives. injury surveillance is fundamental to preventing and reducing the risk of injury. the aim of this study is to determine the incidence of the injuries sustained by elite schoolboy cricketers over three seasons (2007 2008, 2008 2009, 2009 2010) to identify possible risk factors. methods. sixteen provincial age-group cricket teams (under 15, under 17 and under 18) competing in national age-group tournaments were asked to complete questionnaires to obtain the following information for each injury: (i) anatomical site; (ii) month; (iii) cause; (iv) whether it was a recurrence of a previous injury; (v) whether the injury had reoccurred again during the season; and (vi) biographical data. injuries were grouped according to the anatomical region injured. all players were requested to respond, irrespective of whether an injury had been sustained. the sample statistical analysis system (sas) was used to compute univariate statistics and frequency distributions. of the 1 292 respondents 366 (28%) sustained a total of 425 injuries. the u15 and u17 groups sustained 166 (39%) and 148 (35%) injuries, respectively, more than the 111 injuries sustained by the u18 group (26%). these injuries were predominantly to the lower (46%) and upper (35%) limbs and occurred primarily during 1-day matches (31%), practices (27%) and with gradual onset (21%). the primary mechanism of injury was bowling (45%) and fielding, including running to field the ball (33%). forty-two lumbar muscle strains, 18 hamstring strains, 17 spondylolisthesis and 17 ankle sprains occurred. the injuries were acute (50%), chronic (42%) and acute-on-chronic (8%), with 24% and 46% being recurrent injuries from the previous and current seasons, respectively. results. similar injury patterns occurred in studies of adult cricketers, with slight differences in the nature and incidence of injuries found for the various age groups. the u15 group sustained less serious injuries which resulted in them not being able to play for between 1 7 days (54%), with more injuries occurring in the pre-season period (28%) than the other groups. the u17 group sustained the most lumbar muscle strains (n=23), while the u18 group sustained more serious injuries with 60% of the injuries resulting in them not being able to play for 8 or more days. conclusion. young fast-bowlers of all ages remain at the greatest risk of injury while slight differences in the nature and incidence of injuries occurred in the different age groups. it is recommended that cricket administrators and coaches need to implement an educational process of injury prevention and management. sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 11 an increase in risk of injury for bowlers who bowled more than 50 deliveries per day and who bowled on average more than 2.5 days per week. bowling was the primary cause of injuries in a group of 196 elite schoolboy cricketers taking part in the 2004 national u19 cricket week. the primary mechanism of injury occurred during the delivery stride and follow-through when bowling at pace. most of the injuries were first-time injuries (87%) with 41% severe enough to prevent the players from practising or playing for more than 21 days.8 a total of 46 young fast-bowlers between the ages of 11 and 18 years were assessed with a view to determine the injury profile and associated risk factors during a season.9 fifteen of the bowlers remained injury-free during the season, with the most common injury to the knee (41%) and the lower back (37%). the injuries occurred primarily during mid-season and were mainly strains (39%). the results also indicated the multifactorial role that inadequate fitness, high bowling workloads and bowling techniques play in predisposing a young fastbowler to risk of injury. it is not appropriate to use the data from adult injury surveillance studies to design coaching and training programmes to reduce injuries in young cricketers. thus, the aim of this study was to determine the seasonal incidence of injuries and possible risk factors sustained by elite schoolboy cricketers and to identify possible differences between players of different age groups. method the sample consisted of provincial cricketers competing in three national age-group cricket tournaments (u15, u17 and u18). ethics approval for this study was obtained from the nelson mandela metropolitan university’s ethics committee. a questionnaire was handed out to all the players by the team coach and they were required to complete the questionnaire, irrespective of whether an injury had been sustained or not. the questionnaire was designed to obtain the following information for each injury: (i) anatomical site; (ii) month; (iii) cause; (iv) whether it was a recurrence of a previous injury; (v) whether the injury had reoccurred again during the season; and (vi) biographical data. as this study required the player to recall the injuries from the previous season it was dependent of his understanding and interpretation of his medical practitioner’s diagnosis. no other medical records or records of other sports played were obtained. an injury was defined as an injury that prevented a player from being fully available for selection for a match or which prevented the player from completing the match, with all injuries classified according to the osics injury classification system.10 for purposes of this survey the incidence of injury was expressed as a percentage of the total number of injuries recorded. injuries were grouped according to the anatomical region injured as follows: (i) head, neck and face; (ii) upper limbs; (iii) back and trunk; and (iv) lower limbs. injuries were classified table 1. injuries for the u15, u17 and u18 age groups u15 u17 u18 total # % # % # % # % players no injuries 281 66 279 69 306 76 866 70 injured 146 34 125 31 95 24 366 30 injuries sustained 166 39 148 35 111 26 425 100 one injury 130 31 104 24 81 19 315 74 two injuries 24 6 38 9 24 6 86 20 three injuries 12 3 6 1 6 1 24 6 season and number of injuries 2008 32 8 18 3 32 8 82 19 one injury 26 16 26 68 two injuries 6 2 6 14 three injuries 2009 49 12 57 13 24 6 130 31 one injury 42 47 18 107 two injuries 4 10 6 20 three injuries 3 3 2010 85 20 73 17 55 13 213 50 one injury 62 41 37 140 two injuries 14 26 12 52 three injuries 9 6 6 21 *as a result of rounding the percentage do not always add up to 100%. 12 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 according to whether they were sustained during batting, bowling, fielding (including catching and wicket-keeping), fitness training and ‘other’. the time of the year when the injury occurred was recorded, with the off-season being the time of the year when no specific cricket practice or matches took place (april july). the pre-season (august and september) was the part of the year when specific cricket training and practice was undertaken in preparation for the season and before the commencement of matches. the season (october march) was defined as the period when matches were played. in order to allow comparisons to be made between the phases of play during which the injuries were sustained, the number of injuries was expressed as a percentage of the total number of injuries sustained. similarly, to allow comparisons to be made between the injuries sustained by the players in the various age groups, the number of injuries was expressed as a percentage of the number of injuries sustained in that particular age group. the sample statistical analysis system (sas) was used to compute univariate statistics and frequency distributions. results of the 1 232 respondents 366 players sustained 425 injuries, with 315 players sustaining one injury, 43 players sustaining two and 8 players sustaining three injuries, with similar patterns found for the three age groups (table 1). of the 425 injuries sustained, the u15 sustained 166 (39%) injuries, the u17 sustained 148 (35%) injuries and the u18 groups sustained 111 (26%) injuries. the injuries occurred primarily during the season (61%), with 25% occurring during the pre-season and 14% during the off-season (table 2). of the 425 injuries 24% and 46% were recurrent injuries from the previous and current seasons, respectively, while 30% of the injuries were first-time injuries. the injuries occurred primarily during 1-day matches (31%), practice (27%) and gradually (21%). the u18 groups sustained fewer injuries as a result of practices than the other two groups. the injuries were acute (50%), chronic (42%) and acute-onchronic (8%), with the injuries sustained by the u17 group more of an acute (54%) than chronic (38%) nature. the length of time that the players were unable to train or play matches due to injuries showed similar results for the three groups (table 2). table 2. injury occurrence u15 u17 u18 total % % % % time of year when injured off-season (april july) 14 13 15 14 pre-season (august september) 28 24 21 25 season (october march) 58 63 64 61 occurrence first-time 24 32 36 30 recurrent injuries previous season 25 23 24 24 current season 51 45 40 46 injury occurrence warm-up 7 11 2 7 practice 34 25 20 27 20/20 match 3 3 3 3 1-day match 27 35 29 31 gradually 18 20 25 21 other 11 6 21 11 chronicity acute 49 54 47 50 chronic 43 38 46 42 acute-on-chronic 8 8 7 8 time out of cricket 1 3 days 33 30 27 31 4 -7 days 21 18 14 18 8 14 days 11 17 20 15 15 21 days 7 9 10 8 21+ days 28 26 29 28 table 3. injury per activity and mechanism u15 u17 u18 total # % # % # % # % batting 8 13 6 10 overuse 3 7 1 11 running between wickets 2 4 1 7 spiked while running 2 4 6 bowling 47 44 45 45 run-up and delivery 61 52 40 153 over-bowling 20 9 7 36 catching, fielding and throwing 30 33 37 33 running to slide and field 7 12 6 25 running to catch/ field 12 7 11 30 impact by ball 1 5 3 9 catching ball 9 10 2 21 throwing 9 8 8 25 fitness 5 2 6 4 other sports and warm-up 22 14 15 51 training – running & gym 7 3 2 12 other 10 8 6 8 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 13 of the injuries, 31% were less severe with the players not being able to practise or play for 1 3 days, while the more serious injuries (28%) resulted in the players not being able to practise or play for more than 21 days. a similar pattern was shown for the three age groups except that the injuries resulted in more of the u18 group not able to practise for 8 14 days and fewer were not able to practise or play for between 4 and 7 days. the injuries occurred primarily when bowling (45%) and fielding, including catching and running to field the ball (33%) (table 3). the u15 group showed a similar injury pattern to the total group, while the u17 players sustained more injuries while batting (13%). the u18 group sustained fewer injuries while batting, but recorded the highest percentage (37%) of injuries while fielding. the injuries were predominantly to the lower limbs (39%) and the back and trunk (33%) (table 4). the lower limb injuries were predominantly muscle (n=70) and ligament (n=43) injuries, while the back and trunk were predominantly muscle (n=78) and stress fracture (n=33) injuries. the 425 injuries were mainly muscle strains (31%), acute sprains (17%) and stress (9%) and acute (6%) fractures, with a similar pattern occurring for the three age groups (table 4). discussion the primary findings of this study are that there were some areas where the young cricketers showed similar injury patterns to the table 4. regional distribution and diagnosis of injuries u15 u17 u18 total # % # % # % # % regional distribution body region: head 4 4 5 4 eye 2 2 unconscious 1 2 3 fracture 2 1 3 6 body region: upper limbs 25 26 21 24 dislocation 5 5 2 12 joint 6 1 5 12 fracture 8 2 2 12 muscle 13 17 6 36 body region: back and trunk 31 34 35 33 stress fracture 14 9 10 33 muscle 30 28 20 78 body region: lower limbs 40 36 39 39 tendon 11 5 3 19 ligament 15 14 14 43 muscle 27 23 20 70 joint 11 4 15 \ diagnosis muscle strain 44 55 33 132 31 sprain 32 26 16 74 17 fracture 11 6 9 26 6 stress fracture 12 14 12 38 9 dislocation 5 7 1 13 3 ruptures and tendinopathy 7 10 7 24 6 periostitis 2 4 1 7 2 lacerations and haematomas 3 2 6 11 3 trigger points 5 1 6 1 other trauma 18 6 7 31 7 other 27 17 19 63 15 14 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 adult cricketers, particularly with regard to the bowlers being most susceptible to injury, while there were differences in other areas. similar to the findings of adult cricketers and the previous study on schoolboy cricketers,5,7-9 the fast-bowlers were at the greatest risk of injury. back injuries to fast-bowlers are as a result of multiple factors, with abnormalities of the spine occurring at an early age, possibly aggravated by the trunk rotation in a mixed bowling technique11 and predispose the bowler to stress fractures which will be compounded through excessive bowling during the growth period when the spine is relatively immature. similarly, the most common injuries were muscle strains and injuries to the lower limbs and more injuries occurring when playing matches than when practising. when compared with the adult cricket injuries the young cricketers were at greater risk of injury to the back and trunk, with more of the injuries of a chronic nature. the greater risk of sustaining chronic overuse type of injuries to the back and trunk region in the young cricketer is a concern to all involved in cricket. while over the past number of years much effort has focused on educating coaches, administrators, parents and the young cricketer on the dangers associated with over-bowling, bowling with the mixed-actions and poor physical preparation, it would appear that there is some breakdown in the system if the young players sustain more stress fractures in the lower back than the adult cricketers. this needs to again be the focus of research to further identify factors that may predispose these young cricketers to injury. given these results and the importance of not only the number of deliveries bowled per session, but the frequency of bowling,9 coaches need to ensure that the rest guidelines are correctly enforced and that the young players have adequate rest days. differences in the nature and incidence of injuries were found for the various age groups, with the u15 and u17 groups sustaining more injuries during practices and the injuries keeping them out of cricket for 4 7 days. the u17 players showed an increase in batting injuries. the u18 players sustained fewer injuries in practices and when batting, but more injuries when bowling. also, the u18 cricketers sustained more injuries which resulted in them being out of the game for longer periods (8 14, 15 21 and 21+ days). further, the comparison of the various age groups within the junior cricketers shows differences in some other areas. while the relatively older cricketers among the youth participants were at lower risk for injuries of an acute nature while batting, they showed greater risk of injury while fielding. injuries in fielding have largely been as a result of hand and finger trauma from attempts to catch the ball, direct impacts to the body resulting from collision with the ground or other players.3,12,13 the development of one-day cricket and the increasing competitiveness of cricket at school level have resulted in fielding becoming as important a facet of the game as batting and bowling. this has resulted in the evolution of the sliding stop, where the player runs at pace after the ball and then slides on the hip and knee. as the ball is picked up in the right hand, the right foot engages the ground and the forward momentum of the slide brings the fielder upright and into a position to throw. the tactical benefits of this high-risk technique have not been adequately researched and should either be discouraged at school level or adequately coached to avoid injury.13 conclusion slight differences in the nature and incidence of injuries were found for the various age groups with some similarities to the injury patterns described in studies on adult cricketers. young fast-bowlers and fielders are at the greatest risk of injury with multi-factorial causes predisposing them to injury. the similar injury patterns to the young fast-bowlers to that of the adult fast-bowlers may be as a result of them following adult-type programmes for training, practices and matches. players, coaches, medical professionals, parents and administrators involved with the development of young cricketers need to be aware that direct extrapolation of coaching and training programmes designed for adult players may not be appropriate for young cricketers. better management of coaching and training programmes, injuries and adequate recovery time after injury would ensure that the young bowlers are better prepared for the demands of fast-bowling and would further reduce the risk of injury and re-injury in these young cricketers. references 1. orchard j, james t, alcott e. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002;36:270-275. 2. leary t, white j. acute injury incidence in professional county club cricketer (19851995). br j sports med 2000;34:145-147. 3. stretch ra, venter djl. cricket injuries – a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. s afr j sports med 2005;17(2):4-9. 4. mansingh a, harper l, headley s, king-mowatt j, mansingh g. injuries in west indian cricket 2003-2004. br j sports med 2006;40:119-123. 5. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in schoolboy cricketers. s afr med j 1995;85(11):1182-1184. 6. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in club and provincial cricketers. s afr med j 1993;83(5):339-341. 7. dennis rj, finch cf, farhart pj. is bowling workload a risk factor for injury to australian junior cricket fast bowlers? br j sports med 2005;39:843-846. 8. millsom nm, barnard jg, stretch ra. seasonal incidence and nature of cricket injuries among elite south african schoolboy cricketers. s afr j sports med 2007; 19(3):80-84. 9. davies r, du randt r, venter djl, stretch ra. cricket: nature and incidence of fast-bowling injuries in elite, junior level and associated risk factors. s afr j sports med 2008;20(4):115-118. 10. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, frost w, mansingh a, leipus a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sc med sport 2005;8(1):1-14. 11. elliott bc, davis jw, khangure ms, hardcastle p. disc degeneration and the young fast bowler. clin biomech 1993;8(5):227-234. 12. corrigan ab. cricket injuries. austr fam phys 1984;13(8):558-562. 13. von hagen k, roach r, summers b. the sliding stop: a technique of fielding in cricket with a potential for serious knee injury. br j sports med 2000;34:379-381. introduction a range of exercise modalities is used in the rehabilitation of individuals with chronic lower back pain (clbp), the most current being whole body vibration (wbv) training. wbv training is a novel neuromuscular mode of exercise that has recently received awareness as both a medium for improving speed-strength performance in elite athletes, but also as an alternative or complementary training modality to existing exercise programmes in most biokinetics practices and health and fitness centres. 1 according to conventional exercise programme guidelines, a wbv training programme should prove to be an ideal form of exercise for the person with clbp as it incorporates the use of large-muscle activities, increases spinal stabilisation and flexibility, while providing a basis for improving balance and neuromuscular control through the disruptions it produces in stability. the notion that wbv exploits the neuromuscular system’s ability to respond to disruptions in stability in order to stimulate and enhance muscle strength and performance has been proposed. 2 it does this by provoking an energy transfer within the body by means of vibrations that result in a stretch reflex. sedentary adults need to be persuaded to increase physical activity levels to an activity target level of moderate intensity instead of the traditional high intensity. 3 wbv training provides a means by which this requirement can be met as it provides health-related fitness benefits while reducing the non-compliance often encountered due to weather conditions, lack of motivation and work obligations. 4 this finding was substantiated in a statement that a short-term, supervised exercise protocol where the exercise scientist, health care professional or trainer has more or less direct influence and control over the intervention process, provided there is a fairly good adherence rate to the exercise programme. 5 clbp has been defined as persistent or recurrent back pain experienced by an individual for a period longer than 3 months. nociceptors in the lumbar spine and numerous psychological risk factors, such as stress, anxiety and depression could be associated with work-related clbp. 6 training on a three-dimensional vibration platform positively influences a host of psychological, physiological and health-related physical fitness parameters. 7 clbp is listed among the most common and widely experienced health-related problems. it affects up to 85% of the population at some time. 6 the prevalence and exponential increase in the occurrence of clbp has been extensively published and dates back to the initial works of hult in 1945. clbp has been reported to be the most common disability in those under the age of 45, posing the most expensive health care challenge in those between the ages of 20 and 50. 6 the world health organization report reiterated that the burden of this disability is continuing to grow and is being rapidly original research sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 35 interventions for chronic low back pain: whole body vibration and spinal stabilisation maryna l baard (dphil)1 jacques pietersen (phd (applied statistics))2 severius janse van rensburg (ma)1 1 department of human movement science, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth 2 unit for statistical consultation, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth abstract objectives. this study explored, described and compared the effects of whole body vibration (wbv) therapy and conventional spinal stabilisation exercises in persons with chronic low back pain (clbp). design. a non-randomised sampling technique was used to delineate the base of volunteers gathered by a combination of accidental and snowball sampling methods. twenty subjects were randomly assigned into either a wbv or a spinal stabilisation (ss) group. the dependent variables were perception of pain and general functionality, abdominal muscular endurance, spinal muscular endurance and hamstring flexibility. these were measured at the pre-, midand post-test assessments. during the 8-week intervention, both groups performed the same spinal stabilisation exercises 3 sessions per week, the difference being the dynamic performance of the conventional land-based ss group compared with the static, isometric performance on the vibration platform. analysis of variance (anova) determined differences between groups at the pre-, midand post-test. dependent sample t-tests were computed to determine whether the increases/decreases over time were significant within each group. cohen’s d was used to determine the practical significance of results. results. there were significant decreases in perception of pain and enhanced performance of functional activity of daily living, increases in abdominal and hamstring flexibility midway through and after the intervention period for both groups. neither of the two methods of rehabilitation was significantly superior except for spinal muscular endurance in the wbv group after the 8-week intervention. wbv could be considered as an alternative method of exercise intervention for the rehabilitation of clbp. correspondence: maryna baard department of human movement science nelson mandela metropolitan university port elizabeth south africa e-mail: maryna.baard@nmmu.ac.za fed by the globalisation and westernisation of developing countries. 8 between 50% and 80% of the population in south africa suffer from clbp at least once in their lives. 9 the multi-dimensional nature of clbp manifests as a syndrome with musculoskeletal, sensory, emotional, cognitive and behavioural components impacting on the inclination towards a lack for exercise. 6 clbp has a tendency to recur and contributes to a large portion of work absenteeism, with a loss of productivity and employee inefficiency. 10 in 2002, the cost of clbp to the economy of south africa was estimated at approximately r6 billion. 11 the american college of sports medicine (acsm) guidelines for exercise management for persons with chronic disease and disabilities postulate that the goals of exercise prescription should be to prevent the debilitation caused by inactivity and to improve exercise tolerance and muscular strength. 12 the research reported herewith sets out to explore, describe and document the effectiveness of wbv and conventional spinal stabilisation (ss) exercise intervention for individuals with clbp. methods a quasi-experimental approach using a two-group comparison, pre-, midand post-test design, was utilised to gain insight into the differences between two experimental groups over the 8-week intervention period for the four selected variables of perception of pain and functionality, abdominal muscle endurance, spinal muscle endurance and hamstring flexibility. the exercise intervention occurred 3 times a week for 8 consecutive weeks. a non-randomised sampling technique was used where subjects were selected through a combination of accidental and snowball sampling 13 and randomly placed into either the wbv (n=10) or ss group (n=11). a total of 8 males and 13 females with a mean age of 52.9 years in the wbv group and 40.3 years in the ss group gave written informed consent to participate in the study. the mean age of the total group was 46.3 years. ethical approval was given by the nelson mandela metropolitan university (nmmu) research human ethical committee. data gathering techniques prospective subjects were informed of the study by electronic mail, highlighting the rationale of the study and specifying the inclusion criteria as the presentation of symptoms of nonspecific clbp for a period of at least 3 months. all the nmmu staff were invited to participate in the study on a voluntary basis. the dependent variables included the perception of pain and functionality as measured by the revised oswestry disability questionnaire; abdominal endurance as measured by the partial curl-up test; spinal muscle endurance as measured by the roman chair back extension test; and hamstring flexibility as assessed by the sit-and-reach test. all these are wellknown standardised tests. the following procedure was employed: obtaining written consent from each participant prior to the study; gathering clinical data; applying pre-test measurement of the four dependent variables; implementing the wbv or ss exercise programme for a 4-week duration; applying mid-test measurement; implementing progression of the wbv or ss exercise programme for a further 4 weeks; and applying post-test measurement. intervention programmes both the wbv and ss groups performed the same conventional ss exercise programme as proposed by brukner and khan and others as being specific for spinal stabilisation. 6,14 the wbv programme was performed using static isometric contractions, whereas the ss programme consisted of dynamic concentric contractions. postural awareness and correct technique were of the essence during every exercise session. the principles of progression in both exercise programmes (table i) were administered under the supervision of a qualified biokineticist. statistical analysis the statistica version 9.0 computer processing package (statsoft, inc, tulsa, ok, usa) was used to analyse the data and the level of significance was set at p<0.05. for the comparisons involving the wbv and the ss group, descriptive measures of means and standard deviations were calculated and dependent t-tests were performed, while a one-way analysis of variance (anova) was applied to determine statistically significant differences between the two groups at the pre-, midand post-tests. cohen’s d-values were calculated to express the levels of practical significance. the interpretation of cohen’s d-values is as follows: d=0.20, 0.50 and 0.80 respectively indicate small, moderate and large effects in practical significance. 15 due to the relatively small sample size, non-parametric statistical analyses were performed additionally, utilising mann-whitney u tests by ranks to determine statistically significant differences between the two groups and furthermore, to ascertain whether the increases/decreases differed within the wbv and ss group. as both parametric and non-parametric statistical analyses yielded similar results and reiterate the significance of the findings, only the parametric analysis of the data will be reported. results there were no differences between the wbv and ss groups for any of the four dependent variables prior to the intervention. any significant changes could therefore be attributed to an effect of the intervention programme. table ii displays the means and standard deviations for the wbv, ss, and total group obtained throughout the 8-week intervention. perception of pain and general functionality (pp) there was a mean decrease in pp from the pre-test (30.0 arbitrary units (au)) to the mid-test (21.0 au) and then to the post-test (17.6 au) for the wbv group. a similar trend was revealed in the ss group, where a mean decrease in pp occurred from a value of 34.9 (pre test) to 26.0 au (midtest) and then to 23.4 au (posttest). 36 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 table i. programme progression strategy wbv ss week time per exercise (sec) intensity (hz) total time (mins) sets reps total time (mins) 1 2 30 30 20 1 8 20 3 4 30 35 25 2 8 25 5 6 30 40 30 3 8 30 7 8 30 50 35 4 12 35 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 37 statistically significant decreases pertaining to the changes in the pp-scores from the preto the mid-test (t=-4.21, p=0.002) and from the preto the post-test (t=-4.94, p=0.0007) occurred for the wbv group, as displayed in table iii. both aforementioned intragroup differences were practically significant with a large effect as indicated by cohen’s d (d=1.33 and d=1.56 respectively). table iii displays similar differences for pp in the ss group, where a statistical significance was indicated from the preto the mid-test (t=-4.43, p=0.001) and from the preto the post-test (t=-4.50, p=0.001). a large effect was found based on practical significance (d=1.34 and d=1.36 respectively). intergroup differences were examined by an anova analysis and revealed no significant differences between the wbv and ss group for perception of pain and general functionality at any one of the testing stages. abdominal muscular endurance (ms) results obtained for ms as measured by the modified sit-up test revealed a mean increase of eight repetitions from the preto the post-test in the wbv group while the mean score of the ss group increased by four repetitions. the ms scores of the ss group increased from the preto the mid-test (5 repetitions, mean score of 27.8 34.6 repetitions), but decreased slightly from the midto the post-test (34.6 33.7 repetitions). intra-group differences in ms of the wbv group were statistically significant, as indicated in table iii where the values increased from the preto the mid-test (t=3.40, p=0.01) and from the preto the posttest (t=2.70, p=0.03). both aforementioned increases were practically significant with a large effect as indicated by cohen’s d (d=1.29 and d=0.91 respectively). table iii displays similar increases for ms in the ss group. here the difference only approached significance from the preto the mid-test (t=2.24, p=0.059), yet the difference was statistically significant from the pre-test to the post-test (t=2.56, p=0.03). practical significance of a moderate effect was achieved by cohen’s d (d=0.79) for the preto mid-test, while practical significance with a large effect was indicated from the preto post-test (d=0.91). no significant intergroup differences were found between the wbv and ss group for abdominal muscle endurance at any one of the testing stages. spinal muscular endurance (be) results obtained for spinal muscle endurance as measured by the back extension (be) test revealed an increase in be from a mean pre-test value of 20.6 repetitions to a mid-test mean value of 23.3 repetitions and then to a post-test mean value of 24.9 repetitions for the wbv group. the be for the ss group increased from a mean score of 15.5 to 15.8 repetitions and then to 18.5 repetitions. there was a statistically significant increase for be from the preto posttest in the wbv group (t=2.62, p=0.03) with a large effect for practical significance of cohen’s d (d=0.87) as tabulated in table iii. however, the increase in be for the ss group approached significance for the midto post-test result only (t=2.25, p=0.058) where a practical significance with a large effect (d=0.80) was designated, as shown in table iii. once again the wbv and ss group revealed no significant intergroup differences for spinal muscle endurance at any one of the testing stages. hamstring flexibility (sr) results for sr as measured by the sit-and-reach test indicated that the wbv group achieved an increase from a mean value of 247.1 table ii. means and standard deviations for the groups group measure wbv (n=10) mean ± sd ss (n=11) mean ± sd total (n=21) mean ± sd (repetitions) ms1 (pre) 36.4 ± 20.9 27.9 ± 25.2 31.8 ± 22.9 ms2 (mid) 39.3 ± 19.6 34.6 ± 24.5 36.9 ± 21.6 ms3 (post) 41.5 ± 22.6 33.8 ± 25.8 37.6 ± 23.8 (repetitions) be1 (pre) 20.7 ± 09.8 15.6 ± 08.5 18.4 ± 09.3 be2 (mid) 23.2 ± 12.8 15.9 ± 08.2 19.9 ± 11.3 be3 (post) 24.9 ± 12.8 18.5 ± 08.9 22.0 ± 11.4 (mm) sr1 (pre) 247.1 ± 88.5 208.2 ± 89.5 224.5 ± 88.8 sr2 (mid) 271.3 ± 85.2 230.0 ± 90.1 247.3 ± 88.1 sr3 (post) 276.3 ± 99.4 245.5 ± 91.1 258.4 ± 93.2 (score) pp1 (pre) 30.0 ± 08.7 34.9 ± 16.8 32.5 ± 13.5 pp2 (mid) 21.0 ± 10.8 26.0 ± 13.7 23.6 ± 12.3 pp3 (post) 17.6 ± 13.2 23.5 ± 14.9 20.6 ± 14.1 wbv = whole body vibration; ss = spinal stabilisation exercises; ms = modified sit-ups; be = back extension; sr = sit and reach; pp = perception of pain and general functionality. mm (pre-test) to 271.2 mm (mid-test) and then to 276.2 mm (posttest), while the ss obtained an increase from 208.1 to 230.0 mm and then to 245.4 mm over the same 8-week intervention period. a statistically significant increase in sr from the preto mid -test was revealed for the wbv group (t=4.70, p=0.002) with a large effect based on practical significance (d=1.66) as seen in table iii. furthermore, from the preto post-test a statistical significant increase was attained by the wbv group (t=3.29, p=0.01) with a large effect in practical significance (d=1.17). table iii reveals a statistically significant increase in be for the ss group with practical significant large effects for all three assessments, namely: from the preto mid-test (t=2.74, p=0.02, d=0.83), the midto posttest (t=3.13, d=0.01, d=0.95), and the preto post-test (t=3.86, p=0.003, d=1.17). the ss group, however, initially had a lower score and therefore had more scope for increasing hamstring flexibility. no significant intergroup differences were indicated between the wbv and ss group for hamstring flexibility at any one of the testing stages. discussion the results of this study indicated that both the wbv and ss exercises relieved pain and improved pain-related limitations in the performance of activities of daily living for individuals with clbp. the mechanism of proprioceptive feedback and potentiation of inhibition of pain whereby an individual’s pain threshold increased, could have contributed to both experimental groups’ decrease in the perception of pain and enhanced general functionality. 6 this finding that vibration therapy alleviated perception of pain and daily functionality is in contrast to literature where industrial and non-industrial circumstances have been regarded as predisposing risk factors in the aetiology of clbp. however, differentiation between industrial and therapeutic wbv therapy on variables have been made such as the method of the vibratory application, the individual’s posture, the frequency of the application and the duration of exposure to the vibration, as well as the resulting fatigue. 7 the findings regarding abdominal muscle endurance correspond with unpublished research 16 and published work 17 where the study revealed an improvement in abdominal endurance after a 12-week wbv therapy programme in previously sedentary individuals. the latter reported that vibratory waves irritated the primary endings of the muscle spindle that activated a larger fraction of the motor neuron pool and recruited previously inactive motor units into contraction. this resulted in a more efficient use of the force production potential of the muscle groups involved. this mechanism of motor neuron pool activation was further reinforced during wbv by the recruitment of previously inactive motor neurons, together with their activity synchronisation, and increased discharge of the neural drive, which led to greater improvements in neuromotor control during voluntary muscle contraction as evaluated in the modified sit-up analyses. could aforementioned theory substantiate the finding of a significant maintenance of increased abdominal muscle endurance throughout the 8-week intervention for the wbv group, while the ss group decreased in ms after the mid-test assessment? increased spinal muscular endurance after completing a 12-week wbv exercise programme has been reported. 7 the findings of the present study support the findings of the aforementioned research. the rationale stated for the increased abdominal musculature endurance also applies to results obtained for this variable, namely that the muscle spindles activated a larger fraction of the motor neuron pool and recruited previously inactive motor units into contraction, thus resulting in a more efficient use of the force production potential of the muscle groups involved. 17 the use of hamstring flexibility exercises during the 8-week intervention period had a positive effect on the range of motion around the posterior compartment of the hip joint and pelvis for both wbv and ss experimental groups. however, the ss group in comparison increased more significantly in hamstring flexibility in the midtest and could be ascribed to the lower score obtained for sr at the onset of the study. it could be reasoned that subjects in the ss group had a greater scope of improving the hamstring flexibility due to the exercise stimulus. these findings support the results reported of a significant increase in hamstring flexibility after a 12-week intervention period utilising static stretching to enhance hamstring flexibility. 18 the improvement in hamstring flexibility in both experimental groups could be explained within a physiological paradigm according to the involvement of two possible mechanisms. firstly, the enhanced local blood flow through the muscles generated additional heat, thereby enhancing muscle elasticity and facilitating an increase in range of motion in the hamstring muscles. 19,20 the second mechanism proposed is neurophysiological in nature as the vibration training elicited a tonic vibration reflex that activated the muscle spindles and led to the advancement of the stretch-reflex loop. based on the findings for all the selected relevant dependent variables, the proposal can be made that wbv be considered by the health care professional as a means to decrease the perception of pain and increase the selected health-related variables in individuals with clbp. 38 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 table iii. difference between three testing sessions for each measure within each group wbv gr (n=10) ss gr (n=11) measure md±sd t p d md±sd t p d units: score pp: pre mid -9±7 4.43 0.001 1.34 -9±7 -4.43 0.001 1.34 pp: mid post -3±4 2.35 0.040 0.40 -3±4 -2.35 0.040 0.71 pp: pre post -12±8 4.94 0.010 1.56 -11±8 -4.50 0.001 1.36 units: repetitions ms: pre mid 5±4 3.40 0.010 1.29 7±9 2.24 0.050 0.79 ms: mid post 2±6 1.04 0.320 0.37 -1±5 -0.50 0.620 0.18 ms: pre post 8±8 2.70 0.030 1.02 6±6 2.56 0.030 0.91 units: repetitions be: pre mid 4±10 1.20 0.260 0.40 1±4 0.50 0.620 0.19 be: mid post 2±6 0.97 0.030 0.87 6±7 2.62 0.350 0.87 be: pre post 6±7 2.62 0.030 0.87 6±7 2.62 0.030 0.87 units: mm sr: pre mid 24±15 4.70 0.002 1.66 22±26 2.74 0.020 0.83 sr: mid post 25±19 0.76 0.460 0.27 15±16 3.13 0.010 0.95 sr: pre post 29±25 3.29 0.010 1.17 37±32 3.86 0.003 1.17 wbv = whole body vibration; ss = spinal stabilisation exercises; ms = modified sit-ups; be = back extension; sr = sit and reach; pp = perception of pain and general functionality. sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 39 conclusion clbp is internationally a major concern in the field of rehabilitation due to the high incidence rates and the high rate of re-occurrence. individuals suffering from clbp often experience a cycle of pain, disuse, further pain and less usage. they become debilitated and suffer from a decrease in strength, endurance and flexibility. although a myriad range of exercise techniques are used in the rehabilitation of individuals with clbp, health care professionals realise the essence of postural awareness, strengthening the core abdominal and lumbar stabilising musculature and re-education as composites of any intervention programme. although the study was conducted on a relatively small sample group over a period of 8 weeks only, it provides useful information that indicates alternative options for the treatment of clbp. both wbv and ss showed improvements in the dependent variables of pain perception and general functionality, abdominal and spinal muscular endurance and hamstring flexibility after participating in the 8-week wbv and ss intervention programmes. the findings indicated that both wbv and conventional ss were effective exercise regimes for individuals with clbp. neither of the two methods of intervention was superior in producing more significant results and supported previous studies in the literature reporting positive results. wbv therapy appears to be a safe, rehabilitative exercise modality that improves lower back and hamstring flexibility, increases relative back strength and increases abdominal muscular endurance. however, further research is needed to replicate these results on the long-term effects of wbv in clbp. future research is required to ascertain what the re-occurrence rate is for individuals with clbp who followed vibration therapy as opposed to conventional modes of intervention programme prescription. vibration therapy in the form of wbv could be considered as an alternative method of exercise intervention for the rehabilitation of clbp, if designed, presented and supervised by a specialist health professional. references 1. delecluse c, roelants m, diels r, konickx e, verschueren s. effects of whole body vibration training on muscle strength and sprint performance in sprint-trained athletes. int j sports med 2005;26:662-668. 2. ribot-ciscar e, rossi-durand c, roll j-p. muscle spindle activity following muscle tendon vibration in man. neurosci l 1998;258:147-150. 3. swain dp. moderate or vigorous intensity exercise: what should we prescribe? acsm health fitness j 2007;10(5):7-11. 4. mancuso ca, sayles w, robbins l, et al. barriers and facilitators to healthy physical activity in asthma patients. j asthma 2006;43:137-143. 5. emtner m, hedin a. adherence to and effects of physical activity on health in adults with asthma. adv physiother 2005;7:123-134. 6. brukner p, khan k. clinical sports medicine, 3rd ed. sydney (australia): mcgraw-hill, 2007:352-356. 7. rittweger j, karsten j, kautzsch k, reeg p, felsenberg d. treatment of chronic lower back pain with lumbar extension and whole-body vibration exercise. spine 2002;27(17):1829-1834. 8. who (world health organization). preventing chronic diseases: a vital investment. geneva. fifty-seventh world health assembly (wha 57.17) held on 24 may 2004 agenda item 12.6 for discussion on ‘global strategy on diet, physical activity and health’. 2004. 9. van vuuren b, van heerden h, becker pj, zinzen e, meeusen r. fearavoidance beliefs and pain coping strategies in rehabilitation to lower back problems in a south african steel industry. eur j pain 2006;10(1):233239. 10. who (world health organization). reducing risks, promoting healthy life. the world health report. geneva. fifty-seventh world health assembly (wha 57.17) held on 24 may 2004. agenda item 12.6 for discussion on ‘global strategy on diet, physical activity and health’, 2004. 11. belot sr. speech by the mec of health, mr st belot, at the opening of 2005 back week, university of the free state, bloemfontein, rsa. http:// www.fs.gov.za/speeches/2005/health/mec’s%20speech%20back%20 week%20120septb.doc, 2005. 12. durstine jl, moore ge. acsm’s exercise management for persons with chronic diseases and disabilities, 3rd ed. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2003;217-220. 13. de vos as, strydom h, fouché cb, delport csl. research at grass roots: for the social sciences and human service professionals, 3rd ed. pretoria: van schaik, 2005. 14. arokoski jp, valta t, airaksinen o, kankaanpaa m. back and abdominal muscle function during stabilization exercises. arch phys med rehabil 2001;82(3):1089-1098. 15. steyn hs. (2009). manual for the determination of effect size indices and practical significance. http://www.puk.ac.za/opencms/export/puk/ html/fakulteite/natuur/skd/handleiding_e.html 2009 (retrieved 27 october 2010). 16. kholvadia a, baard ml. whole body vibration therapy as a conditioning programme for health promotion. unpublished master’s thesis. port elizabeth: nelson mandela metropolitan university (nmmu), dept of human movement science, 2008. 17. ekelund lq, haskell wl, johnson jl, whaley fs, criqui mh, sheps ds. physical fitness as a predictor of cardiovascular mortality in asymptomatic north american men. nej m 1988;319:1379-1384. 18. chrier i, gossal k. 2000. myths and truths of strengthening: individualized recommendations for healthy muscles. psm 2000;28(8):57-63. 19. hoeger wk, hoeger sa. lifetime physical fitness and wellness: a personalized program, 11th ed. belmont, ca: wadsworth, 2011:261-262. 20. earle rw, baechle tr. national strength and conditioning association’s essentials of personal training. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2004:268-272. original research 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license pain and physical activity levels among rheumatoid arthritis patients between the ages of 18 to 50 years in south africa rm wilkinson, bbio; l smith, mphil; s ferreira, mphil department of sport and movement studies in the faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, doornfontein campus, p.o. box 524, auckland park, 2006, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: rm wilkinson (rebecca@wrc.co.za) arthritis is a musculoskeletal disorder which holds the potential of being disabling. [1] arthritis affects people worldwide, with disability and functional limitations being characteristics of the disorder. [1] rheumatoid arthritis is characterised by systemic inflammation, which can result in joint damage, disability and functional limitations. [1] diseasemodifying anti-rheumatic drugs, anti-inflammatories and analgesics are the types of medications commonly prescribed for the management of ra. [1] however, when the systemic inflammation in ra is poorly controlled and patients follow an unhealthy lifestyle, they are at risk for developing various comorbidities. [1, 2, 3] the incidence of cardiovascular events in those diagnosed with ra is estimated to be double that compared to the general population, with cardiovascular disease (cvd) typically developing at an earlier age in this population. [2] obesity further increases the comorbidity risk in those with ra, with obesity and poor body composition related to ra, pharmacology and to physical inactivity. [1, 3] it has been suggested that ra patients are less active due to joint manifestations relating to the disease as well as other ‘general’ barriers, yet regular physical activity is an effective treatment and management tool for ra. [2, 3] currently, exercise and the broad range of treatment options for ra are trumped by medication as the favoured modality; however, when considering longevity, interventions such as exercise become essential. [2, 4] physical activity as therapeutic management has been proven to possess a range of benefits, including the improvement of general health and functional ability, as well as the reduction of associated disability. [2] furthermore, physical activity is suitable for most individuals and can be used in conjunction with prescribed medications, which may allow for a reduced dosage while simultaneously benefitting general health status. [1, 2] however, various international research studies demonstrate that only a small percentage of ra patients are physically active. [1, 5, 6] several countries have conducted research on physical activity participation among ra patients, but with the unpredictable and changing landscape in south africa, as well as its economic development, there is a need to assess the current physical activity levels in a local context, and to identify barriers to physical activity participation. [1, 5, 6] therefore, the purpose of this study was to determine pain and activity levels at work, while travelling or during leisure activities of ra patients in a south african context. the objectives of the study were: (1) determine whether most physical activity is completed during work, travel or recreation; (2) quantify the amount of time spent sedentary on a normal day; (3) determine the correlation between the pain, physical activity level, ambulation and personal grooming; (4) determine self-reported physical activity levels, overall energy levels, strength and endurance; and (5) determine patients’ perceptions on injury, risk and safety of exercise. methods study design this study was cross-sectional in design and quantitative data were collected and analysed. to achieve the aim of the study, a combination of two questionnaires were utilised: the global physical activity questionnaire (gpaq) and the pain background: little epidemiological research on rheumatoid arthritis (ra) has been done in africa, suggesting that it is an uncommon illness. in rural south africa, ra has an overall prevalence of 0.07% and a prevalence of 2.5% in urban areas; therefore, it is not as uncommon as perceived by the lack of research. patient-centred programmes to improve physical function have been lacking and, as a result, the prior assumption was that physical activity should be avoided. objectives: to determine pain and physical activity levels among ra patients between the ages of 18 to 50 years in south africa. methods: a combination of two questionnaires were used, namely, the global physical activity questionnaire (2002) and the pain outcomes questionnaire (2003). the collated questionnaires were distributed by rheumatologists and on social media platforms to ra patients between the ages of 18 to 50 years old living in south africa. this study had a sample size of 105 participants, with participation occurring through the online google forms platform. results: one hundred and five participants with ra were recruited with an average age of 38±9 years. most of the participants were females (93.3%). seventy-two percent of the sample was classified as physically active, where work, leisure and travel activities were considered. no significant correlation between pain and physical activity was evident (r=0.10; p=0.311). results showed significant correlations between pain and personal grooming (r=0.30; p=0.002), pain and ambulation (r=0.60; p=0.000), and pain and stair climbing (r=0.60; p=0.000). conclusion: physical activity has proven to have multiple benefits for those suffering with ra. in this south african sample of ra patients, the majority were classified as physically active, and pain did not affect the activity levels of the involved participants. this study opens further research questions regarding ra prevalence in south africa, and the type and intensity of physical activity that would be beneficial for ra. keywords: inflammatory disease, exercise, physical limitations s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-8. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a11555 mailto:rebecca@wrc.co.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a11555 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1446-3458 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8562-5004 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9203-8537 original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 2 outcomes questionnaire (poq). the collated questionnaires were made available on the google forms platform, allowing participants to access and complete them online. selection and description of participants various rheumatologists were contacted to distribute the google forms link to the patients in their practices who met the inclusion criteria of this study. additionally, the link was published to ra support groups and social media platforms by the researcher. a sample of 105 participants complying with the inclusion criteria were recruited by means of purposive sampling. participants were diverse in terms of backgrounds, provinces and treating rheumatologists. inclusion criteria  clinically diagnosed with ra.  between the ages of 18 and 50 years at the time of data collection. the minimum age of 18 years was established to allow the participant to consent independently to participation in the research study. the exclusion of individuals older than 50 years of age was determined due to the relationship between increased age and comorbidities, which could impact physical activity levels and the performance of daily activities.  residents in south africa at the time of data collection.  male or female.  internet access to complete the questionnaire. ethical considerations all participants were informed about the purpose of the research by means of an information letter and were required to provide consent before data collection commenced. the study participants were aware that participation was voluntary and that withdrawal from the study could only take place before submission of the questionnaire. every precaution was taken to protect the privacy of the participants and confidentiality of their personal information was ensured. this study was approved by the institutional research ethics committee (rec-171-2019). questionnaires as mentioned, two combined questionnaires were used to gather subjective data relating to the pain and physical activity levels of the participants. although the questionnaires included demographic questions, no identifying data was gathered and therefore, participation was anonymous. the questions in the gpaq were centred on the participants’ activity levels during work, travel and leisure. the poq was adapted by removing questions that were not relevant to the aims and objectives of this study. therefore, the poq was centred on the participants’ overall pain levels, as well as how pain affects their daily activities. statistical analysis the data collected were quantitative in nature. statistical analysis was completed using the statistical package for social science (spss) version 26.0 and included percentages, means, standard deviations and correlations. the kolmogorovsmirnov test was used to assess the normality of the distribution of the data. to determine the correlations between the variables of interest, the pearson product-moment correlation coefficient was computed because normality of the data was established. a calculation of statistical significance was done yielding 5% as the level of significance. results demographics a total of 105 ra patients took part in the present study, with the demographic results demonstrated in table 1. the mean age of the participants was 38±9, and only 7 participants were of the male gender. the mean age of ra diagnosis was 32 years. eighteen of the 105 participants were not currently seeking treatment for their condition. majority of the participants resided in the gauteng province, with only 36 participants residing elsewhere. global physical activity questionnaire many participants had declared that they were physically active across more than one of the categories presented in table 2. based on the general physical activity guidelines, 29 participants (27.6%) were classified as physically inactive, while 76 participants (72.4%) were classified as physically active. [3] both vigorous and moderate intensity activity was performed at work by 10 (9.5%) and 43 (41%) of the participants table 1. demographic results of the sample (n=105) frequency percentage (%) mean ± sd age (years) 18-29 22 20.9 38 ± 9 30-39 30 28.6 40-50 53 50.5 gender females 98 93.3 males 7 6.7 age of diagnosis (years) 0-17 18 17.1 32 ± 11 18-29 26 24.8 30-40 30 28.6 40-50 31 29.5 seeking treatment yes 87 82.9 no 18 17.1 province of residence gauteng 69 65.7 kwazulunatal 11 10.5 free state 4 3.8 limpopo 1 0.95 northern cape 2 1.9 western cape 15 14.3 north west 2 1.9 mpumalanga 1 0.95 original research 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 respectively. the mean time spent being physically active at work at a vigorous intensity was 229 minutes with a mean of four and a half days, while the mean amount of time spent doing moderate intensity activity at work was 175 minutes with a mean of four days. the number of participants in the different categories of physical activity is shown in fig. 1. sixteen participants (15%) performed no physical activity. leisure activity had the highest number of participants and travel the least, with 27 (26%) and six (6%) respectively. nine participants (9%) performed physical activity in all three categories. the participants were required to select the amount of time they spend seated or reclining on a typical day. the categories of choice were 1-2 hours, 3-4 hours, 56 hours and >7 hours, with 12 (11.43%), 24 (22.86%), 42 (40%) and 27 (25.71%) selected respectively. pain outcomes questionnaire a 10-point likert scale was used to respond to the poq questions, results of which can be seen in table 3. out of 10, 5.8 was the mean pain level selected. the interference of their pain with daily activities yielded the following means: walking 5.3, carrying objects 5.9, stair climbing 5.5, and personal grooming 2.7. the participants’ mean rating of their personal physical activity, overall energy and strength and endurance was 4.9, 4.2 and 4.7 respectively. for depressive feelings on the day of the questionnaire, the mean response was 4.5. with regards to the fear of re-injuring themselves and exercise safety, the mean scores were 6.8 and 6.1 respectively, noting that none of the participants selected a score of zero for the last two questions. categories of physical activities and associated mean pain level in table 4, when looking at the average pain levels reported for each of the categories of physical activity, the participants performing activity in both work and travel reported the highest mean pain levels (7.4±1.4 au), followed by the participants performing no physical activity (6.4±2.3 au). the lowest mean pain level reported was by the participants performing physical activity in the travel only category (3.7±2.8 au). correlations table 5 demonstrates the correlations of interest for the present study. the correlation between pain and total physical activity performed was r=0.10 for pearson’s product moment correlations, demonstrating a slight effect of pain on physical activity participation. [7] the correlation between pain and the affected ability to walk was significant (r=0.60, p=0.0001) with a table 2. global physical activity questionnaire data (n=105) category response frequency percentage (%) number of days time (minutes/day) work – vigorous intensity yes 10 9.5 4.5 ± 1.3 229 ± 146 no 72 68.6 unemployed 15 14.3 student 8 7.6 work moderate intensity yes 43 41.0 4.0 ± 1.9 175 ± 138 no 39 37.1 not applicable 23 21.9 travel walking or cycling yes 33 31.4 4.7 ± 2.0 111 ± 157 no 72 68.6 leisure, sports and recreation vigorous intensity yes 37 35.2 3.1 ± 1.4 60 ± 26 no 68 64.8 leisure, sports and recreation moderate intensity yes 56 53.3 2.8 ± 1.4 57 ± 38 no 49 46.7 data expressed as mean ± sd unless indicated otherwise. fig. 1. categories of physical activity completed by the participants (n=105) n u m b e r o f p a r ti c ip a n ts original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 4 moderate positive correlation. [7] another moderate positive correlation of r=0.60 was found between pain and the affected ability to climb stairs, also demonstrating a significance of p=0.0001. [7] pain and the affected ability to manage personal grooming yielded a fair positive correlation of r=0.30, with significance of p=0.002. [7] discussion the aim of this paper was to determine the relationships between pain and physical activity levels in a south african sample of ra patients between the ages of 18 and 50 years. during the study, the amount of physical activity performed during work, travel or leisure was determined and the amount of time patients are sedentary on a normal day was quantified. in addition, the correlation between pain, physical activity level, personal grooming, ambulation, and stair climbing was determined by means of a self-reported questionnaire. two questionnaires were collated to achieve the above, namely the global physical activity questionnaire and the pain outcomes questionnaire. demographics ra is said to affect 1% of the general population; therefore, it is expected that the sample size in this study would be smaller in comparison to studies centred around more prevalent conditions. [8] the prevalence of ra in south africa ranges from 0.07% to 2.5% in rural and urban areas respectively. [9] the unequal distribution of gender in the study is consistent with numerous studies stating a higher prevalence among the female population. [1, 10] rheumatoid arthritis has been shown to be four to five times more likely in females compared to males below the age of 50 years, but in african countries, the ratio is as large as 6:1 which is similar to that found in the sample in the present study. [10] the prevalence ratio tends to decrease in populations older than 60 years, where the female to male ratio is approximately 2:1. [10] in the present study, the mean age of diagnosis was 32 years, and 41.9% of the sample table 3. pain outcomes questionnaire data (n=105) question mean ± sd max value selected min value selected average pain levels during the last week (0=no pain at all; 10=worst possible pain) 5.8 ± 2.3 10 0 does your pain interfere with your ability to walk (0= not at all; 10= all the time) 5.3 ± 3.1 10 0 does your pain interfere with your ability to carry / handle everyday objects such as bag of groceries or books (0= not at all; 10= all the time) 5.9 ± 2.8 10 0 does your pain interfere with your ability to climb stairs (0= not at all; 10= all the time) 5.5 ± 3.4 10 0 does your pain require you to use a walker, cane, wheelchair or other device (0= not at all; 10= all the time) 0.9 ± 2.2 10 0 does your pain interfere with your ability to manage your personal grooming (combing hair, brushing teeth, etc) (0= not at all; 10= all the time) 2.7 ± 2.8 10 0 how would you rate your physical activity (0= significant limitations with basic activity; 10= can perform vigorous activity without limitations) 4.9 ± 1.9 10 0 how would you rate your overall energy (0= totally worn out; 10= most energy ever) 4.2 ± 1.9 9 1 how would you rate your strength and endurance today (0= very poor; 10= very high) 4.7 ± 2.0 10 1 how would you rate your feelings of depression today (0= not at all depressed; 10= extremely depressed) 4.5 ± 2.5 10 0 how much do you worry about re-injuring yourself if you are more active (0= not at all; 10= all the time) 6.8 ± 2.8 10 1 how safe do you think it is for you to exercise (0= not safe at all; 10= extremely safe) 6.1 ± 2.1 10 1 table 4. the different categories of physical activity and the associated average pain levels category of exercise participation participants (%) pain (au) completely sedentary 15 6.4 ± 2.3 leisure 26 5.2 ± 2.1 work 11 6.3 ± 2.9 travel 6 3.7 ± 2.8 leisure and work 16 5.8 ± 2.5 work and travel 8 7.4 ± 1.4 leisure and travel 9 5.3 ± 1.8 leisure, travel and work 9 6.3 ± 1.2 data expressed as mean ± sd unless indicated otherwise. au, arbitrary units table 5. pearson product moment correlations between variables of interest variables r p-value pain level and total activity time by each participant 0.10 0.31 pain level and the affected ability to walk 0.60 0.0001* pain level and the affected ability to climb stairs 0.60 0.0001* pain level and the affected ability to manage personal grooming 0.30 0.002* * indicates significance (p<0.05). original research 5 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 declared being diagnosed before 30 years of age. research has reported the typical onset age for ra to be between 40 to 50 years; therefore, the mean of the present study is younger than this age. [1] a possible explanation for this is the age limitation for participation in the study, which was 18 to 50 years, and in addition, african samples have reported an average age of onset of 27 years. [11] the large distribution of participants located in the gauteng province is attributed to gauteng having the greatest population density, coupled with the highest internet connectivity in south africa. [12] global physical activity questionnaire (gpaq) when participants were asked about their participation in physical activity, results showed that 15.24% of the sample was sedentary and 72.4% were classified as physically active. results also indicate that although only 15.24% of the sample declared that they were not partaking in any physical activity, a further 12.36% of the participants who were physically active were not performing sufficient levels of physical activity. the classification of sedentariness was determined in consultation with the american college of sports medicine (acsm) guidelines on physical activity for psychological and physiological health benefits. [3] to be classed as physically active one must participate in 150 minutes of moderate intensity activity or 75 minutes of vigorous intensity activity, per week. [3] the results in the present study contrast with previous studies among american and european ra patients, which made use of standardised fitness tests to measure aerobic fitness, physical strength, agility, and endurance, as well as self-report questionnaires to determine physical activity participation, where 69% and 68% of participants, respectively, were classified as inactive. [1, 2] in addition, a study making use of the quest-ra (a quantitative clinical assessment of patients with rheumatoid arthritis seen in standard rheumatology care in 15 countries) was conducted on ra patients across 21 countries, which reported that only 13.8% of the participants were partaking in physical exercise three or more days per week. [6] there is a notable difference between these international studies and the present study, which could be attributed to the international studies collecting responses on exercise participation in isolation, in comparison to the present study which collected responses on physical activity during work, travel and leisure. [3] in 2020, a study conducted across 104 countries revealed that work, household, and travel activity measured with the gpaq are important considerations when evaluating overall physical activity levels, especially in countries that continue to develop economically. [13] these are alternative forms of physical activity that are easily accessible and affordable to individuals who are susceptible to decreased physical activity due to societal and economic barriers. [13] both vigorous and moderate intensity activity was performed by 37% of the participants in the present study. although low impact and moderate intensity activity has been encouraged in this population for safety reasons, there is currently no direct evidence against vigorous intensity exercise participation in those with ra. [3] a pilot study among older ra patients reported that high-intensity interval training performed at levels exceeding that of the current health guidelines (of 150 minutes of moderate intensity activity or 75 minutes of vigorous intensity activity, per week, according to the acsm) is associated with numerous benefits in this population. [14] increased cardiorespiratory fitness and reduced disease activity were among many of the benefits experienced after ten weeks of vigorous intensity activity. [14] evidence also exists that prolonged moderate to vigorous intensity activity reduces inflammatory markers, having a similar effect to medication on the treatment of ra, slows down disease progression, and reduces pain and fatigue. [14] in this study, 14.3% of the sample were unemployed. due to the associated disability and cost incurred through treatment, ra affects patients economically. [4] unemployment is a concern as it impacts the patient’s ability to afford the treatment aiding in the management of their condition. [4] of those who participated, 65.71% spent five or more hours sitting or reclining on a typical day. sedentary behaviour possesses serious health consequences by increasing the risk of both developing and progressing diseases while simultaneously affecting general health. [2, 15] in 13 international studies it was found that those who performed no physical activity and reclined for more than eight hours a day had a similar mortality risk to obese individuals and smokers. [15] it is important to note that prolonged sitting is a risk factor for allcause mortality and may result in a viscous cycle between disease progression and health, therefore; it is essential for health interventions to minimise the amount of time spent seated. [2, 15] pain outcomes questionnaire (poq) the main complaint from ra patients is pain, which is a result of joint inflammation. [1, 10] the mean pain level of the sample in this study was 5.8/10, with 7/20 being the most commonly selected response. a heightened pain response is seen in those with ra, as pain is a major symptom of the condition and generally impacts the modality of treatment. [16] by making use of a 0-to-10-point scale to assess pain, this study only focused on the intensity of pain. other aspects of pain also need to be considered to determine the total impact of pain on the individual. [16] difficulty with daily tasks and reduced quality of life are frequently seen in those with chronic musculoskeletal conditions, which consequently catalyses institutionalisation, dependency, and increased healthcare needs. [4] the responses for this study demonstrated a mean score of 5.3/10, 5.9/10 and 5.5/10 for difficulty walking, carrying everyday objects and climbing stairs, respectively. considering the young and middle ages of the participants in this sample, this is concerning as there are apparent issues with their ability to perform activities of daily living which may intensify with increased age and time should the disease progress. [1] although physical activity offers therapeutic management for ra, there is a consistent concern that exercise participation can or will exacerbate symptoms and joint damage. [8, 17] of the rheumatologists who participated in the iverson et al study, 83% believed that exercise was an effective approach to managing symptoms of ra, yet none deemed themselves original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 6 knowledgeable enough on exercise participation to correctly advise their patients. [17] when asked to rate their physical activity levels, the most commonly selected response by the participants was 5/10, which is logical considering that 72.4% of the sample were achieving the recommended amount of physical activity in a week. [3] notably, only 19% of the sample selected a seven or more out of 10 for their physical activity. physically active individuals appear to have a greater capability to overcome the associated barriers of participating in physical activity. [8] for patients who are not physically active, rheumatologists advocated a “mind shift” and proposed that positive mental health is achieved prior to the initiation of a physical activity programme. [17] the mean energy levels selected by the participants was 4.2/10, noting that no participant rated their energy level as 10/10. according to the literature, one of the reported symptoms of ra is mental and physical fatigue, hence this finding was not completely unexpected. [1, 8] the mean rating of experiencing symptoms of depression was 4.5/10, with the most commonly selected answer being four. in a 2019 study of ra patients, 55% of the participants reported having mild or worse symptoms of depression and 22% experienced moderate or worse symptoms of depression. [18] of those participants, only 12% were seeking treatment for depression. [18] as mentioned above, the concern and fear of worsening the condition or causing injury when participating in physical activity is one of the most frequently mentioned barriers to physical activity participation in this population. [8, 17] this study enquired about the fear of re-injury with physical activity participation and the mean response was 6.8/10, with the most common response being eight. regarding feelings around the safety of exercise for ra, 80% of the sample selected five or higher out of 10 (with 10 being ‘extremely safe’). of the research studies that have been completed on the safety of physical activity and exercise participation in the ra population, little data has demonstrated that it negatively impacts on the condition. [2, 5, 8] rather, extensive research has advocated for physical activity participation due to its benefits for ra patients. [2, 5, 8] categories of physical activity and mean pain levels additional analysis of the data examined the mean pain levels reported for the different physical activity categories. looking at the different categories, the highest average pain level experienced was in the category of work and travel activity (7.4 au). the mode and intensity of physical activity needs to suite the individual in terms of condition and abilities, as well as being ‘balanced’, with sufficient recovery time. thus, one’s work-related physical activity demands may not be entirely appropriate in this regard. [4] the sedentary participants reported the second highest average pain level (6.4 au), which is consistent with previous literature, as physical activity plays a role in reducing and aiding pain levels experienced in those with ra. [2, 8, 17] the travel only category (involving walking and/or cycling) had the lowest pain level, with an average of 3.7 au. active travel activities, such as walking and cycling, are seen in both highand low-income countries, as beneficial for general health, and can contribute to one’s overall physical activity level. [13] correlations an essential component of ra treatment is the management of pain experienced, with the prospect that effective pain management may promote compliance to therapy as well as fostering physical activity participation. [16] in the present study, it was established that pain had a slight positive effect on the physical activity participation in these participants. [7] including travel, work and leisure activities could explain this unexpected result, as should one experience pain, participants may opt to avoid performing leisurely physical activity; however, should their work or travel require physical activity, they may have no option but to still participate in the activity to complete their tasks. chronic pain can substantially affect an individual’s ability to perform daily tasks. [19] the correlation between pain and affected ability to walk demonstrated that pain does impact the ability to walk through a moderate positive correlation. [7] climbing stairs is another factor in ambulation, which also had a moderate positive correlation with pain. [7] the last correlation explored was between pain and the affected ability to manage personal grooming, which revealed a fair positive correlation. [7] all of these correlations were statistically significant. according to edemekong et al, there are two categories of daily activities. the first category is associated with basic skills that are required to achieve and maintain basic needs, such as eating, grooming, and transferring from one position to another. [20] the second or instrumental category requires more skill, usually mentally and physically, such as transport, cleaning, and shopping. [20] this may explain why grooming is a lower rate disability as it falls within the basic category, can be completed in supine or seated positions, and generally requires less strength and mobility than other daily tasks such as walking and climbing stairs. [20] in a study completed in spain on chronic disease patients, a disability for walking and climbing stairs existed, and when compared to other daily activities, personal grooming was one of the disabilities with a lower rating. [19] although there has been further research on the treatment of ra, it remains a limiting, chronic disease which greatly impacts on the patient’s life, abilities, and morbidity. [4] in contrast to previously mentioned international studies, this study demonstrated that the majority of ra patients were labelled as physically active. [1, 5, 6] according to current literature, participation in physical activity and exercise is both beneficial and safe for these patients, with a wide range of psychological and physiological benefits. [2, 17] some of the concerns surrounding physical activity in this population include the appropriate intensity, frequency and mode of activity, the possibility of causing further joint damage during activity, how joint pain will impact physical activity, and limited knowledge among healthcare professionals in terms of physical activity as therapeutic management. [8, 17] however, addressing these barriers and concerns will assist in encouraging and increasing activity levels in those with ra. [8, 17] preserving one’s physical abilities and decreasing additional health risks are the main original research 7 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 goals for physical activity in the ra population. [2] one does need to be aware of the unique barriers (both physical and mental), motivators and perceptions that may influence physical activity levels among ra patients. [8, 17] study limitations the limitations in this study’s data collection methods include the distribution of the questionnaire using online platforms, resulting in the exclusion of ra patients without internet access. in addition, a small sample size was obtained. the omission of questions regarding the types of treatment sought was a limitation in data collection. by using the two selected questionnaires, only physical activity levels and pain outcomes were assessed. the authors acknowledge that additional questionnaires, such as a quality-of-life questionnaire, may have enhanced this study. recommendations for future research performing a pre-screening assessment before the completion of the questionnaire may assist in excluding participants who have comorbidities that may negatively impact their responses. including a question on the type of treatment that participants are seeking at the time of participation may also be beneficial, as it would allow for the analysis of and correlation between, pain levels and the different treatment modalities. lastly, replacing the pain outcomes questionnaire with the rheumatoid arthritis pain scale questionnaire may provide more accurate results, as the latter questionnaire is specific for ra. conclusion in conclusion, this study demonstrated that in a south african sample, majority of ra patients were classified as physically active. furthermore, and unexpectedly, no significant correlation was found between pain and physical activity levels. this study brings to light the importance of physical activity and exercise in the ra population, while also reminding the relevant healthcare professionals to consider the unique barriers and concerns of such participation among those with ra. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors would like to extend their gratitude to juliana van staden from statkon for her assistance with the data analysis. author contributions: all authors contributed to the design of this research and writing of the article ((i) conception, design, analysis, and interpretation of data; (ii) drafting or critical revision for important intellectual content; and (iii) approval of the version to be published). references 1. ehrman jk, gordon pm, visich ps, et al. clinical exercise physiology. 4th ed. s.l.: human kinetics, 2018:411-437. chapter in book: arthritis 2. cooney jk, law r-j, matschke v, et al. benefits of exercise in rheumatoid arthritis. j aging res 2011; 681640. [doi:10.4061/2011/681640] [pmid: 21403833] 3. metsios gs, lahart im. exercise as medicine in rheumatoid arthritis. mediterr j rheumatol 2015; 26(2):54-61. https://www.mjrheum.org/october-2015/ newsid792/10/ (accessed 22 november 2021) 4. nolte k, janse van rensburg dc. exercise prescription in the management of rheumatoid arthritis. s afr fam pract 2013; 55(4):345-349. [doi:10.1080/20786204.2013.10874374] 5. eurenius e, stenström ch. physical activity, physical fitness and general health perception among individuals with rheumatoid arthritis. arthritis rheum 2005; 53(1):48-55. [doi:10.1002/art.20924] [pmid: 15696555] 6. sokka t, häkkinen a, kautiainen h, et al. physical inactivity in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: data from twenty-one countries in a cross-sectional, international study. arthritis rheum 2008; 59(1):42-50. [doi: 10.1002/art.23255 ] [pmid 18163412] 7. hartling l, hamm m, milne a, et al. validity and inter-reliability testing of quality assessment instruments. rockville md: agency for healthcare research and quality (us) 2012 mar. report no.: 12-ehc039-ef. [pmid: 22536612] table 2, interpretation of fleiss' kappa (κ) (from landis and koch 1977). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk92295/table/ methods.t2/ (accessed 22 november 2021). 8. veldhuijzen van zanten jj, rouse pc, hale ed, et al. perceived barriers, facilitators and benefits for regular physical activity and exercise in patients with rheumatoid arthritis: a review of the literature. sports med 2015:45(10):1401-1412. [doi: 10.1007/s40279-015-0363-2] [pmid: 26219268] 9. usenbo a, kramer v, young t, et al. prevalence of arthritis in africa: a systemic review and meta-analysis. plos one 2015; 10(8):e0133858. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0133858] [pmid: 26241756] 10. kvien tk, uhlig t, ødegård s, et al. epidemiological aspects of rheumatoid arthritis: the sex ratio. ann n y acad sci 2006;1069:212-222 [doi: 10.1196/annals.1351.019] [pmid: 16855148] 11. adelowo o, mody gm, tikly m, et al. rheumatic diseases in africa. nat rev rheumatol 2021;17 suppl. 1: 363-374. [doi: 10.1038/s41584-021-00603-4] 12. south african market insights. south africa’s population density map. south african market insights 2020. https://www.southafricanmi.com/population-density-map.html (accessed 2 september 2021) 13. strain t, wijndaele k, garcia l, et al. levels of domain-specific physical activity at work, in the household, for travel and for leisure among 327 789 adults from 104 countries. br j sports med 2020; 54(24):1488-1497. [doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2020-102601] [pmid: 33239355] 14. bartlett db, willis lh, slentz ca, et al. ten weeks of highintensity interval walk training is associated with reduced disease activity and improved innate immune function in older adults with rheumatoid arthritis: a pilot study. arthritis res ther 2018; 20(1):127. [doi: 10.1186/s13075-018-1624-x] [pmid: 29898765] 15. laskowski er. what are the risks of sitting to much? mayo clin proc 2020. https://www.mayoclinic.org/healthy-lifestyle/adulthealth/expert-answers/sitting/faq-20058005 (accessed 2 september 2021). 16. singh h, arora s, tanwar v, et al. the validity and sensitivity of the rheumatoid arthritis pain scale on a different ethnic group from indian rheumatoid arthritis patients. arch rheumatol 2019; https://dx.doi.org/10.4061%2f2011%2f681640 https://doi.org/10.1080/20786204.2013.10874374 https://doi.org/10.1002/art.20924 https://doi.org/10.1002/art.23255 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk92295/ https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-015-0363-2 https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0133858 https://doi.org/10.1196/annals.1351.019 https://doi.org/10.1038/s41584-021-00603-4 https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2020-102601 https://doi.org/10.1186/s13075-018-1624-x original research sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 8 35(1):90-96. [doi: 10.5606/archrheumatol.2020.7348] [pmid: 32637924] 17. iverson md, scanlon l, frits m, et al. perceptions of physical activity engagement among adults with rheumatoid arthritis and rheumatologists. int j clin rheumtol 2015; 10(2):67-77. [doi: 10.2217/ijr.15.3] [pmid: 26075028] 18. englbrecht m, alten r, aringer m, et al. new insights into the prevalence of depressive symptoms and depression in rheumatoid arthritis – implications from the prospective multicenter vadera ii study. plos one 2019; 14(5): e0217412. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0217412] [pmid: 31136632] 19. valderrama-gama e, damián j, ruigómez a, et al. chronic disease, functional status, and self-ascribed causes of disabilities among noninstitutionalized older people in spain. j gerontol a biol sci med sci 2002; 57(11):m716–m721. [doi: 10.1093/gerona/57.11.m716] [pmid: 12403799] 20. edemekong pf, bomgaars dl, sukumaran s, et al. activities of daily living. in: treasure island (fl): statpearls publishing, 2021 jan [pmid: 29261878] https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ 29261878/ (accessed 2 november 2021). https://doi.org/10.5606/archrheumatol.2020.7348 https://dx.doi.org/10.2217%2fijr.15.3 https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0217412 https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/57.11.m716 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 43 background. the effect of ingestion of a common stimulant, caffeine, on fluid balance during exercise and recovery is not fully known. objectives. to determine the effect of caffeine on fluid balance during exercise in the heat and during a 3-hour recovery period thereafter. methods. in a randomised, controlled design, caffeine-naive participants (n=8) pedalled on a bike to achieve 2.5% baseline body mass loss in a hot environment in four separate conditions: with (c+) or without (c–) caffeine ingestion (6 mg/kg of body mass) prior to exercise, followed by (w+) or without (w–) 100% fluid replenishment (water) of the body mass loss during a 3-hour recovery period (yielding c+w+, c+w–, c–w+ and c–w–, respectively). results. mean (standard deviation) urine production was not different (p>0.05) regardless of rehydration status: 230 (162) ml (c+w–) v. 168 (77) ml (c–w–); and 713 (201) ml (c+w+) v. 634 (185) ml (c–w+). for the 3-hour recovery, caffeine ingestion caused higher hypohydration during rehydration conditions (p=0.02), but practically the mean difference in the loss of body mass was only 0.2 kg. conclusion. in practical terms, there was no evidence that caffeine ingestion in moderation would impair fluid balance during prolonged exercise in the heat or during 3 hours of recovery. s afr j sm 2014;26(2):43-47. doi:10.7196/sajsm.513 effect of caffeine ingestion on fluid balance during exercise in the heat and during recovery y zhang,1 phd; s j carter,1 msc; r e schumacker,2 phd; y h neggers,3 phd; m d curtner-smith,1 edd; m t richardson,1 phd; j m green,4 phd; p a bishop,1 edd 1 department of kinesiology, university of alabama, tuscaloosa, usa 2 department of educational studies in psychology, research methodology, and counseling, university of alabama, tuscaloosa, usa 3 department of human nutrition, university of alabama, tuscaloosa, usa 4 department of health, physical education, and recreation, university of north alabama, florence, usa corresponding author: y zhang (dr.zhang.yang@qq.com) current military doctrine places operational forces in unique situations in which soldiers are often engaged in sustained activities to achieve mission objectives. since modern military operations are both physically and cognitively demanding, and recovery can often be inadequate, there has been an increased interest in caffeine as an effective dietary supplement to counter performance deficits in military settings.[1] the use of caffeine to extend operational effectiveness in military settings is likely to be encouraged.[2] athletes have been advised to abstain from caffeine because of its diuretic effect.[3] a review by maughan and griffin[4] suggests that acute ingestion of caffeine (e.g. >250 mg) results in a short-term stimulation of urine production. meanwhile, caffeinated beverages have been reported to increase urine production during post-exercise mailto:dr.zhang.yang@qq.com 44 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 rehydration. [5] opposing this viewpoint, armstrong[6] concluded that the diuretic effect of caffeine is overstated and further may be minimised for habitual caffeine consumers. in support of this view, armstrong et al.[7] provided strong evidence for no caffeine-induced diuresis (<500 mg/24 hours) in males undergoing daily activities with no strenuous physical training. possibilities of detrimental fluid imbalances are unlikely since caffeine consumption is generally moderate and accompanied by adequate access to fluid, making rehydration non-problematic. for soldiers in combat, the risk of dehydration is higher due to pro longed operations and limited fluid availability in challenging environments, which may lead to serious health-related con sequences and affect mission success. to provide more accurate information on prescribing caffeine consumption for operational forces in hot environments, this study was designed to evaluate the influence of moderate caffeine ingestion on fluid balance during exercise and recovery. we hypothesised that fluid balance would not be affected despite caffeine ingestion. repeated prolonged operations in hot environments with restricted fluid availability represent a real-life military scenario. the findings thus have important implications for military forces engaging in sustained operations in the heat, and the results can be extended for athletes competing in adventure sports, ultradistance, and multiday sport events, and occupational workers who often consume coffee or caffeinated beverages. methods subjects eight healthy male university students volunteered for the study. all participants were physically active (e.g. exercised >4 days/ week). mean (standard deviation (sd)) age, height and body mass were 23 (4) years, 178 (4) cm and 77 (15) kg, respectively. the physical characteristics are similar to the 50th percentile means in the us army’s anthropometric database.[8] a questionnaire was administered to determine average daily caffeine consumption. only those who regularly consumed <50 mg of caffeine per day were recruited in order to create an extreme-end pattern, since a caffeine-naive population is believed to be more responsive to the effects of caffeine ingestion on fluid balance.[6] the study was approved by the local medical ethics committee. prior to beginning the study, participants were briefed on potential risks, and they signed a written informed consent form, completed a medical history questionnaire, and were acclimated to the biking exercise in the heat. procedure and design a randomised, repeated-measures design was used. each participant completed four trials: (i) exercise with caffeine (c+), (ii) exercise with no caffeine (c–), (iii) recovery-phase rehydration with tap water equal to 100% of the body mass loss (adjusted by fluid ingestion, see below) during the exercise phase (w+), and (iv) no rehydration during the recovery phase (w–), thus yielding c+w+, c–w+, c+w– and c–w–. each trial consisted of two phases: (i) exer cise-heat exposure (adjusted by fluid ingestion during exercise: 2.5% baseline body mass loss = body mass at the beginning of exercise – body mass at the end of exercise + total volume of fluid ingested during exercise = 100% fluid replenishment during recovery), immediately followed by (ii) a 3-hour recovery in a temperate environment. for a given participant, each trial was performed at the same time of day on the same day of week so that fatigue and circadian influences on hormonal secretion were minimised. participants were instructed to refrain from any caffeinated product or alcohol for a minimum 24hour period prior to testing. participants were instructed to drink a bottle of fixed volume (~500 ml) of water before sleep prior to the experiment day and another bottle of fixed volume (~500 ml) of water 2 hours before reporting to the lab to maintain a state of euhydration. on arrival at the laboratory, participants emptied their bladder and provided a urine sample, and body mass was measured (with dry polyester shorts only) (accuracy ~0.1 kg; detecto scales inc, usa). to confirm the hydration status, urine specific gravity was determined with a refractometer (sur-ne, atago inc, usa); a urine specific gravity <1.020 indicated euhydration.[9] if participants measured ≥1.020, they were asked to come back a week later. for the caffeine trials, 10 minutes prior to the exercise phase participants consumed caffeine capsules equal to 6 mg/kg of baseline body mass. this dosage has been suggested to be effective in enhancing physical endurance in caffeine-naive and habitual users.[2] then participants entered an environmental chamber (dry bulb 42oc, wet bulb 31oc, globe 40oc, relative humidity ~40%) and dehydrated to 2.5% baseline body mass loss through cycle ergometry (824e, monark, sweden). they were asked to cycle at a pace maintaining borg’s rating of perceived exertion at 12 13, which is classified as moderate intensity. [10] participants were allowed to drink bottled tap water within a fixed volume equivalent to 400 ml/hour to simulate limited fluid availability during military operations. the bottle was refilled every 60 minutes by the investigators. total fluid ingestion during this phase was recorded. this drinking pattern was similar to the volume that would adequately replace body water loss during a 4-hour military march in a temperate environment.[11] body mass (weighed with towel-dried polyester shorts only) was checked routinely. once the desired body mass loss was attained, participants were removed from the chamber. three hours of recovery immediately followed the exercise phase. the mean ambient temperature during recovery was 21.0 (0.5)°c and relative humidity was 45 (4)%. participants were instructed not to eat and to maintain a light metabolic status (e.g. reading a book, browsing the internet) throughout this period. for the two trials with fluid replenishment during the 3-hour recovery phase, a volume of tap water equivalent to 100% of the body mass loss was ingested during the first 2 hours of the recovery phase. rehydration was performed as a metered fluid ingestion (25% of volume ingested every 30 minutes for 2 hours), aiming for greater hydration efficiency.[12] this rehydration also enhances ecological validity where soldiers are more likely to replace water conservatively in case of limited fluid availability. following the 3-hour recovery, participants were weighed again (with dry polyester shorts only). statistical analysis since it is known that water ingestion exerts a mild diuretic effect,[13] all data analyses were performed for the main effect of caffeine ingestion within the rehydration or non-rehydration trials. pairwise t-tests were used to compare experimental variables. water loss (i.e. sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 45 sweating and respiration) during the 3-hour recovery phase was calculated as follows: body mass (immediately after exercise phase) + 100% fluid replenishment (for w trials) − body mass (end of experimental trial) − total urine production. the percentage (distribution) of fluid replenishment (for w trials) represented the amount of ingested fluid during recovery that was either retained in the body, or had been lost in the form of urine or by means of sweating and respiration at the end of the 3-hour recovery phase. for example, water retention ratio was calculated as follows: (body mass (end of experimental trial) − body mass (immediately after exercise phase)) ÷ 100% fluid replenishment × 100%. to determine the responders and nonresponders to caffeine treatment, individual data (total urine production) were also compared by computing the least mean difference, yielding a p<0.05 at a power of 80% using the mean observed sd. all data were reported as means (sds). differences were considered to be significant at a p<0.05 level. results mean (sd) caffeine ingestion was 463 (89) mg and 459 (84) mg (range 350 600 mg), for c+w– and c+w+, respectively. no participant urinated during the exercise phase, nor defecated or vomited during the entire experimental period. urine production is given in table 1. no detectable difference was observed following caffeine ingestion (p>0.05). comparing the c+ with c– trials, there was no difference (p>0.05) in body mass or urine specific gravity between the start of the exercise phase and the end of the experimental trials (table 1). for the w– trials, fluid ingestion during the exercise phase was significantly different (p=0.03). for the w+ trials, caffeine ingestion caused a significant difference (p=0.02) in hypohydration (table 1). fig. 1 shows the relative fluid distribution following the 3-hour rehydration phase. mean (sd) water loss was no different for c+w+ (0.7 (0.4) kg) v. c–w+ (0.5 (0.3) kg) urine production water loss water retention c+w+ c–w+ fl u id r ep le n is h m en t d u ri n g 3 -h o u r re co ve ry , % 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 fig. 1. distribution of 100% fluid replenishment during 3-hour recovery. the ingested fluid during recovery was either retained in the body or lost in the form of urine, by sweating and by respiration (n=8). (c+w+ = caffeine + water; c–w+ = no caffeine + water.) table 1. fluid balance* (n=8) variable c+w– c–w– c+w+ c–w+ exercise duration (min) 95 (25) 102 (32) 95 (33) 92 (19) fluid ingestion during exercise (ml) 575 (128) 700 (239)† 550 (141) 600 (151) urine-specific gravity at start of experiment 1.012 (0.007) 1.012 (0.006) 1.012 (0.006) 1.010 (0.006) urine-specific gravity at end of experiment 1.021 (0.004) 1.023 (0.006) 1.004 (0.001) 1.004 (0.002) total urine production (ml) 230 (162) 168 (77) 713 (201) 634 (185) body mass at start of experiment (kg) 77.5 (15.0) 77.0 (14.3) 77.1 (15.2) 76.8 (15.1) body mass immediately after exercise (kg) 76.1 (14.7) 75.8 (14.1) 75.8 (14.9) 75.5 (14.8) body mass at the end of experiment (kg) 75.4 (14.6) 75.2 (14.1) 76.3 (15.2) 76.2 (15.1) change in body mass following experiment (kg) –2.0 (0.5) –1.8 (0.3) –0.8 (0.3) –0.6 (0.3) hypohydration following experiment (%) 2.6 (0.4) 2.4 (0.4) 1.1 (0.4)‡ 0.8 (0.4) c+w– = caffeine + no water; c–w– = no caffeine + no water; c+w+ = caffeine + water; c–w+ = no caffeine + water. * values are means (standard deviations). † significantly different from c+w– (p<0.05). ‡ significantly different from c–w+ (p<0.05). 46 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 (p=0.08). however, water retained in the body was significantly lower in c+w+ (0.5 (0.4) kg) v. c–w+ (0.7 (0.3) kg) (p=0.006). accordingly, the water retention ratio was greater in c–w+ (38 (12)%) v. c+w+ (27 (16)%) (p=0.01). individual analysis (fig. 2) detected that two participants were sensitive to caffeine treatment for the no fluid replenishment conditions, and three participants were sensitive to caffeine treatment for the 100% fluid replenishment conditions. discussion the objective of the study was to determine the impact of caffeine on fluid balance dur ing exercis e and re cover y. ur ine production was not different despite caffeine ingestion when no fluid replenishment was present; moreover, even with 100% fluid replenishment (water) during recover y, which is considered to be diuretic and suppressive of fluid-regulating hormones,[13] there were no treatment differences after a 3-hour recovery. current results provide additional supportive evidence that caffeine would not compromise fluid balance during and after exercise.[7,14-16] early literature has suggested that caffeine ingestion exceeding a threshold of 250 300 mg could result in an acute increase in urine production.[4] our results suggested that a mean dose of 460 mg caffeine (6 mg/kg of body mass) – enough to enhance physical and cognitive performance[2] – did not alter urine production. this supports previously reported data. in a study with a caffeine dose similar to that of our study (5 mg/kg of body mass; mean 553 mg), participants exercising at 70 75% maximal oxygen uptake to exhaustion did not experience extra urine production compared with non-caffeine conditions. [15] likewise, following cycling exercise, a moderate dose of 320 mg of caffeinated drinks did not induce additional acute body water loss compared with no caffeine.[16] the influence of exercise on the diuretic effect of caffeine is further evidenced by a study that showed that a large dose of caffeine (8.7 mg/kg of body mass; mean 586 mg) exerted a diuretic effect at rest but not during exercise.[17] this suggests that exercise is a mediating factor on caffeineinduced diuresis in healthy young males. the mean duration for the dehydration exercise phase was 1.5 hours. the effective window of time for the diuretic effect of caffeine totalled 4.5 hours in this study. a datacollection period <6 hours is often considered to cover an acute response to caffeine, and previous research has questioned whether or not such an acute response could be generalised to real-life applications.[18] while we could not totally rule out that body water loss (e.g. due to further urine production) may still occur at 6 hours, 12 hours, or after longer time periods after caffeine ingestion, it is our opinion that the current protocol duration would representatively depict a clear picture of the effect of caffeine on fluid balance under the test conditions. first, it is known that the half-life of caffeine is 2.5 4.5 hours in young individuals,[19] and neither exercise nor additional thermal stress should affect its pharmacokinetics.[20] the current 4.5-hour data collection was long enough for caffeine to exert diuretic effect. second, the literature generally suggests that the diuretic effect of caffeine starts quickly and slows later.[21] we believe that if there were a strong diuretic effect of caffeine, such an effect should override the effect of exercise during this 4.5-hour data-collection period, which did not occur in our results. furthermore, studies with either a 16-hour[14] or 24-hour[7] data-collection period with a moderate dose of caffeine (6 mg/kg of body mass) did not reveal any further diuretic effect during free-living conditions. exercise alone, or in combination with heat, could sufficiently defend total body fluid regulation even with moderate caffeine ingestion. data suggested that hypohydration was significantly higher with caffeine ingestion during rehydration trials. statistically, the 1.1 (0.4)% of dehydration for c+w+ was higher (p<0.05) compared with 0.8 (0.4)% for c–w+; biologically, however, the mean difference in body mass loss was only 0.2 kg between the two rehydration trials. we consider this statistical difference to have resulted from the difference in water loss. we rigorously controlled the 3-hour recovery phase; however, the water loss for c+w+ (0.7 (0.4) kg) tended to be higher (p=0.08) than in c–w+ (0.5 (0.3) kg), which is inconsistent with the calculated water loss of 0.4 (0.3) kg for c+w– and 0.4 (0.2) kg for c–w–. considering that urine production was similar between the two rehydration trials, the difference in water loss explained the higher water retention ratio found in c–w+. caffeine has known thermoregulatory effects. for example, it has been reported that 200 mg ingested caffeine increased metabolic rate by an average of 7% up to 3 hours after consumption.[22] it is possible that in some trials, participants (e.g. c+w+) were hotter (rectal temperature was continuously monitored for safety purposes but was not recorded for data analysis in the study) and metabolically more active for longer as a result of the thermoregulatory effect of caffeine; consequently the participants con tinued to sweat after the body mass was taken (at the end of the exercise phase), resulting in the differences seen in water loss and potentially impacting the water retention. this statistical significance leads to a conclusion that caffeine ingestion would increase hypohydration and fluid requirements during the rehydration c+w+ c–w+c+w– c–w– 1 200 1 000 800 600 400 500 400 300 200 100 0 u ri n e p ro d u ct io n , m l fig. 2. individual responses: – non-responder, – responder (n=8). (c+w– = caffeine + no water; c–w– = no caffeine + n o w a t e r ; c+w+ = caffeine + water; c–w+ = no caffeine + water.) sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 47 conditions; however, such biological diff erence was minimal (~200 ml) and probably would not affect overall health and performance in practical terms. in addition, these participants were selected because they did not routinely ingest large quantities of caffeine, and thus should represent a worst-case condition. for a broader view, we also analysed individual responses (total urine production) to the caffeine treatment (fig. 2). there was some evidence within our study’s caffeine-naive population to show that some individuals were less tolerant to caffeine. this interindividual inconsistency was probably due to the metabolism of caffeine, which is influenced by lifestyle factors and human genetic variation. caffeine is metabolised in the liver by the hepatic enzyme system; the main enzyme in this process is cytochrome p450 1a2 (cyp1a2).[23] drug intake, body composition, smoking and other lifestyle factors can affect hepatic cyp1a2 activity by different magnitudes.[23] additionally, there is substantial evidence that hepatic cyp1a2 has a high rate of genetic variation, which could lead to a high degree of variability in the metabolism of caffeine.[24] these observations support our hypothesis, and it should also be noted that whereas the means were no different, individual responses were present and the impact on hydration status could be case by case. conclusion our study simulated an environmental chall enge that military forces may encounter in hot climates and has the potential for generalisation to the military community. we found moderate caffeine ingestion (mean 460 mg) did not alter urine production during and after exercise. in practical terms, caffeine ingestion did not impact the fluid balance after exercise-heat exposure. these findings would imply that the use of caffeine in moderation (e.g. 3 4 cups of regular, brewed coffee, 150 mg caffeine per 150 ml) preceding exercise would not place healthy young individuals at higher risk of hypohydration. in light of the positive effects of caffeine on physical and cognitive performance, there is no reason for restricting regular coffee consumption for modern military operations in the heat. acknowledgements. we thank the study participants. references 1. mclellan tm, kamimori gh, voss dm, et al. caffeine maintains vigilance and improves run times during night operations for special forces. aviat space environ med 2005;76(7):647-654. 2. committee on military nutrition research, food and nutrition board, institute of medicine. caffeine for the sustainment of mental task performance: formulations for military operations. washington, usa: national academy press, 2001:79-96. 3. sinclair c, geiger j. caffeine use in sports. a pharmacological review. j sports med phys fitness 2000;40(1):71-79. 4. maughan rj, griffin j. caffeine ingestion and fluid balance: a review. j hum nutr diet 2003;16(6):411-420. 5. gonzalez-alonso j, heaps cl, coyle ef. rehydration after exercise with common beverages and water. int j sports med 1992;13(5):399-406. 6. armstrong le. caffeine, body fluid-electrolyte balance, and exercise performance. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2002;12(2):189-206. 7. armstrong le, pumerantz ac, roti mw, et al. fluid, electrolyte, and renal indices of hydration during 11 days of controlled caffeine consumption. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2005;15(3):252-265. 8. gordon cc, churchill t, clauser ce, mcconville jt. anthropometric survey of us army personnel: methods and summary statistics, 1988. natick: dtic document, 1989:62. 9. armstrong le, soto ja, hacker ft jr, et al. urinary indices during dehydration, exercise, and rehydration. int j sport nutr 1998;8(4):345-355. 10. borg ga. psychophysical bases of perceived exertion. med sci sports exerc 1982;14(5):377-381. 11. nolte h, noakes td, van vuuren b. ad libitum fluid replacement in military personnel during a 4-h route march. med sci sports exerc 2010;42(9):1675-1680. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1249/mss.0b013e3181d6f9d0] 12. jones ej, bishop pa, green jm, et al. effects of metered versus bolus water consumption on urine production and rehydration. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2010;20(2):139-144. 13. melin b, koulmann n, jimenez c, et al. comparison of passive heat or exercise-induced dehydration on renal water and electrolyte excretion: the hormonal involvement. eur j appl physiol 2001;85(3-4):250-258. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s004210100448] 14. dias jc, roti mw, pumerantz ac, et al. rehydration after exercise dehydration in heat: effects of caffeine intake. j sport rehabil 2005;14(4):294-300. 15. falk b, burstein r, rosenblum j, et al. effects of caffeine ingestion on body fluid balance and thermoregulation during exercise. can j physiol pharmacol 1990;68(7):889-892. 16. kovacs em, stegen j, brouns f. effect of caffeinated drinks on substrate metabolism, caffeine excretion, and performance. j appl physiol 1998;85(2):709-715. 17. wemple r, lamb d, mckeever k. caffeine v. caffeine-free sports drinks: effects on urine production at rest and during prolonged exercise. int j sports med 1997;18(1):40-46. 18. armstrong le, casa dj, maresh cm, et al. caffeine, fluid-electrolyte balance, temperature regulation, and exercise-heat tolerance. exerc sport sci rev 2007;35(3):135-140. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jes.0b013e3180a02cc1] 19. massey lk. caffeine and the elderly. drug aging 1998;13(1):43-50. 20. mclean c, graham te. effects of exercise and thermal stress on caffeine pharmacokinetics in men and eumenorrheic women. j appl physiol 2002;93(4):14711478. [http://dx.doi.rg/ 10.1152/japplphysiol.00762.2000] 21. neuhäuser-berthold m, beine s, verwied sc, et al. coffee consumption and total body water homeostasis as measured by fluid balance and bioelectrical impedance analysis. ann nutr metab 1997;41(1):29-36. 22. koot p, deurenberg p. comparison of changes in energy expenditure and body temperatures after caffeine consumption. ann nutr metab 1995;39(3):135-142. 23. magkos f, kavouras sa. caffeine use in sports, pharmacokinetics in man, and cellular mechanisms of action. crit rev food sci nutr 2005;45(7-8):535-562. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/1040-830491379245] 24. daly ak. genetic polymorphisms affecting drug metabolism: recent advances and clinical aspects. adv pharmacol 2012;63:137-167. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/b9780-12-398339-8.00004-5] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181d6f9d0] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181d6f9d0] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s004210100448] http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jes.0b013e3180a02cc1] http://dx.doi.rg/10.1152/japplphysiol.00762.2000] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1040-830491379245] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1040-830491379245] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-398339-8.00004-5] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-398339-8.00004-5] introduction participation in multi-coded sports events often involves travel to international destinations. in south africa, multi-coded teams are selected on a number of occasions during the year to participate in local competitions (sa games, sa student games); continental zonal competitions (zone 6 games); continental competitions (all africa games); and intercontinental competitions (commonwealth games, world student games and olympic games). a significant part of the preparations and tasks of a team physician includes the decisions regarding the medical supply kit. 2,12 complete preparation requires the choice of medications in sufficient quantity to cater for most medical problems that are encountered in multi-coded team events. 4,5,8 while the medical support structures of the host country might be able to supply an adequate quantity and variety of medications through a polyclinic pharmacy, it is often the case that the foreign country is unable to do so, or the labels and drug information might be presented in a foreign language. 10,11 furthermore, issues with respect to quality control and possible contamination of substances require the composition of a medical kit of sufficient variety and quantity to allow for the management of the medical conditions encountered during travel to foreign destinations. thus the choice of which compounds to include in such kit and at what quantities is often a perplexing challenge for the team physician. the aim of this report is to document the various medications and quantity usage of medications during the olympic games in athens 2004. a model is also presented to calculate the anticipated quantities of medications in future events. methods data were collected over 30 days, starting when the team arrived in athens (1 sept) until the end of the olympic games (30 sept). all original research article medication use by team south africa during the xxviiith olympiad: a model for quantity estimation for multi-coded team events abstract objective. this descriptive study was undertaken to report the medications used by the athletes and officials of team south africa at the 2004 olympic games and to provide a model for the estimation of quantities to be used for planning support to future events. setting. south african medical facility, 2004 olympic games, athens, greece. methods. the names of the medications, including the dosage and quantity of medications dispensed, were recorded in the pharmacy stock control book at the south african medical facility, 2004 olympic games, athens, greece. retrospective review of patient files and medical encounter forms was also undertaken to check against the pharmacy stock control book to ensure complete data capture of dispensed medications. main outcome measures. quantities of medications consumed during the observation period. the units of medication consumed per travelling team member were calculated by dividing the number of units (tablets, capsules, tubes, inhalers, bottles and ampoules) used during the trip by the total number of travelling team members. results. complete records of medications included in the travelling pharmacy are described. quantities of medications included ranged from single units to 2 250 units and percentage use of various medications varied from 0% to 100% of stocks. units per team member ranged from 0 to 9.43. medications were consumed from all categories of agents. the most utilised agents included correspondence: professor wayne derman uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine sport science institute of south africa boundary rd newlands 7700 cape town, south africa tel: 27-21-659-5644 fax: 27-21-659-5633 e-mail: wayne.derman@uct.ac.za wayne e derman (mb chb, bsc (med)(hons), phd, facsm, ffims) uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, sports science institute of south africa, cape town 78 sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 the analgesics, musculoskeletal and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents as well as certain vitamin and mineral supplements. conclusions. this study describes the consumption of pharmacological agents by the athletes and officials of team south africa during the athens 2004 olympic games. it also provides a model to assist with the estimation of quantities of medications to be included in the travelling pharmacy for future international multicoded sports events. pg78-84.indd 78 10/17/08 12:56:27 pm medications dispensed, over this period to both athletes and officials were recorded by the attending team physicians in the pharmacy stock control book in the medical room of team sa. the names of the medications, including the dosage and quantity of medications dispensed, were recorded. retrospective review of patient files and medical encounter forms was also undertaken to check against the pharmacy stock control book to ensure complete data capture of dispensed medications. the pharmacological constituents of each medication as well as quantities of medications were forwarded to the medical authorities of the host country for importation clearance prior to leaving south africa. following completion of the travel, the above data were added to the database to allow the calculation of the percentage of medication stocks used. the units of medications per travelling team member were calculated by dividing the number of units (tablets, capsules, tubes, inhalers, bottles and ampoules) used during the trip by the total number of travelling team members. results a total of 159 team members travelled to athens. the team comprised 107 athletes from 12 sports codes and 52 officials. athletes were defined as the members of the team engaged in competition and officials were defined as team or athlete coaches, team managers, team technical staff, administration officials, medical staff and national olympic committee members. the medical consultations conducted during the 30-day period are described elsewhere in this publication. 5 the medications, active ingredients, dosage, and quantities of medications used, are shown in tables i iv. table i lists the pharmacological agents in the categories of neurological preparations, local anaesthetics, analgesics, musculoskeletal agents, autacoids and corticoids, and cardiovascular agents. table ii lists the pharmacological agents of the respiratory system, ear nose and throat drugs and drugs to manage gastrointestinal complaints. dermatological and ophthalmic preparations, antimicrobials and drugs to treat urogenital complaints are listed in table iii while table iv lists vitamin, mineral and electrolyte supplements as well as the drugs used for emergency management. quantities of medications ranged from single units to 2 250 units and percentage use of various medications varied from 0% to 100% of stocks. units per team member ranged from 0 to 9.43. medications were consumed from all categories of agents yet certain agents were used to a far greater extent. these agents included the analgesics, musculoskeletal and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents as well as certain vitamin and mineral supplements. discussion the ‘travelling pharmacy’ of team south africa consists of two large metal crates-on-wheels to facilitate being pushed during travel as their weight is in excess of 150 kg per container. this pharmacy is passed from one medical team to another and is used for most of south africa’s multi-coded team events, including student games, african zonal games, all africa, commonwealth and olympic/paralympic games. the pharmacy stock is checked prior to each trip for expired agents, and remaining quantities of stock from the previous trip are determined. of the many responsibilities of a team physician, the decision of which agents to take to an international destination to successfully manage a team of athletes and officials is perhaps one of the more difficult. 1 the team physicians have to be prepared to manage any medical complaint that might occur in a team of 100 500 athletes and officials. medical complaints in a squad of that size can be both diverse in nature and numerous. for example, it is not uncommon on a single trip to be expected to manage a minor outbreak of gastroenteritis, renal stones, myocardial infarction, diabetes complications, acute psychosis and a variety of musculoskeletal injuries. it is prudent to select a sufficient variety of agents and in sufficient quantities to be independent of the services provided by the host country. while host country services can be excellent and ‘stateof-the-art’, they can vary greatly depending on their geographical location and the choice of available medications as selected by the local pharmacist. 10 furthermore, certain medications might simply not be available in the host country or stock might be limited, or there might be delays in accessing host polyclinic services, leading to a delay in patient management. in some countries, the constituents of certain common medications can vary and contamination of agents can also occur. thus a comprehensive, sufficiently stocked medical supply kit is important. factors influencing the choice of which agents to include in the travelling pharmacy include: personal preference of the team physician(s); unused unexpired medications from the previous trip; the country of destination and the anticipated medical problems (e.g. travelling to an area where malaria is endemic would require certain choices and quantities of agents); the nature of the team and individual sports included in the programme (e.g. athletes involved in contact sports could require increased quantities of analgesics and anti-inflammatory agents); 7 the legislation of the country of destination (e.g. stopayne is not permitted for importation into australia); and sponsorship of products from various pharmaceutical companies. yet, estimation of quantities of these required agents is often difficult. the above list of medications provides the reader with the details of compounds included in the travelling pharmacy, the quantity taken, usage thereof and the number of units per team member consumed during the time of the athens 2004 olympic games. this latter number (which appears in column number 7) in tables i iv is particularly useful as it can be multiplied by the total number of persons in any future travelling party, and provides the physician with an estimated quantity of required medication based on a 30-day period. if the travel period is shorter (e.g. 2 weeks, the amount can be halved or if the trip is 6 weeks the number can be multiplied by 1.5). clearly, this factor provides a guide only and is likely to vary, based on the above-mentioned variables. usage of the analgesics and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents warrants special mention. while choice of a certain preparation over another would depend on factors including time to onset of action, desired route of administration and preference of both physician and athlete, it is of interest to note the use of the total number of units of all anti-inflammatory and analgesic tablets (and patches). the total number of units per team member for both these agents is 2.2. therefore for a team size of 300 members the total sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 79 pg78-84.indd 79 10/17/08 12:56:27 pm 80 sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 t a b l e i. m e d ic a tio n s u s e d fo r th e a th e n s 2 0 0 4 o ly m p ic g a m e s : n e u ro lo g ic a l p re p a ra tio n s , lo c a l a n a e s th e tic s , a n a lg e s ic s , m u s c u lo s k e le ta l a g e n ts , a u ta c o id s a n d c o rtic o id s a n d c a rd io v a s c u la r a g e n ts p ro d u c t/b ra n d n a m e a c tiv e /m a in in g re d ie n t w e ig h t, v o lu m e o r q u a n tity ta k e n u n its o f m e d ic a tio n u s e d % m e d ic a tio n u s e d u n its /te a m c o n c e n tra tio n p e r u n it m e m b e r n e u ro lo g ic a l p re p a ra tio n s a d co -zo lp id e m ta b s z o lp id e m h e m ita rtra te 1 0 m g 1 0 0 6 2 6 2 0 .3 9 a n xirid ta b s a lp ra zo la m 1 m g 2 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 d o rm icu m ta b s m id a zo la m 1 5 m g 4 0 2 5 0 .0 1 d o rm o n o ct ta b s l o p ra zo la m 2 m g 6 0 2 0 3 3 0 .1 3 im ig ra n ta b s s u m a trip ta n 1 0 m g 2 4 0 0 0 .0 0 s a n d o z su lp irid e ta b s s u lp irid e 5 0 m g 5 0 0 0 0 .0 0 z o m ig ta b s z o lm itrip ta n 2 .5 m g 6 0 0 0 .0 0 z o p im e d ta b s z o p iclo n e 7 .5 m g 5 0 0 3 0 6 0 .1 9 l o c a l a n a e s th e tic s x ylo to x a m p s l ig n o ca in e h yd ro ch lo rid e 2 0 m g 1 0 0 3 3 0 .0 2 m a rca in e a m p s b u p ica ca in e h yd ro ch lo rid e 5 m g /m l 1 0 3 3 0 0 .0 2 a n a lg e s ic s d isp rin ta b s a sp irin 3 0 0 m g 5 0 0 2 6 5 0 .1 6 d o cd o l ta b s p a ra ce ta m o l, co d e in e 5 0 0 m g ; 1 0 m g 3 0 1 8 6 0 0 .11 m yp ro d o l ca p s p a ra ce ta m o l, ib u p ro fe n , co d e in e 2 5 0 m g , 2 0 0 m g , 1 0 m g 3 0 0 1 5 4 5 1 0 .9 7 n a p a m o l ta b s p a ra ce ta m o l 5 0 0 m g 5 0 0 8 0 1 6 0 .5 0 s to p a yn e ca p s p a ra ce ta m o l, co d e in e , 5 0 0 m g ; 8 m g ; 3 2 m g ; 1 5 0 m g 1 0 0 0 6 0 6 0 .3 8 ca ffe in e , m e p ro b ro m a te t ra m a h e xa l ta b s t ra m a d o l 5 0 m g 3 0 0 1 2 4 0 .0 8 t ra m a l a m p s t ra m a d o l 1 0 0 m g /2 m l 3 0 0 0 0 .0 0 m u s c u lo s k e le ta l/n s a id s b e xtra ta b s v a ld e co xib 4 0 m g 5 0 2 0 4 0 0 .1 3 c a ta fla m d ta b s d ich lo p h e n a cin p o ta ssiu m 5 0 m g 2 0 0 6 5 3 3 0 .4 1 c e le sto n e so lu sp a n a m p s b e ta m e ta zo n e a ce ta te 3 m g /m l 4 0 3 8 0 .0 2 d iclo fe n a c ta b s d iclo fe n a c p o ta ssiu m 5 0 m g 5 0 0 1 6 3 0 .1 0 e lm e ta cin to p ica l sp ra y in d o m e th a cin 1 0 m g /g 5 2 4 0 0 .0 1 m o b ic a m p s m e lo xica m 1 5 m g /1 .5 m l 2 5 0 0 0 .0 0 m o b ic ta b s m e lo xica m 1 5 m g 2 0 0 1 0 0 5 0 0 .6 3 m o b ic ta b s m e lo xica m 7 .5 m g 1 0 0 9 4 9 4 0 .5 9 t h ro m b o p h o b g e l h e p a rin 2 0 0 0 iu /2 5 g 1 0 3 3 0 0 .0 2 t ra n sa ct to p ica l p a tch e s f lu b ip ro fe n 4 0 m g 4 0 0 5 6 1 4 0 .3 5 v o lta re n e m u lg e l d iclo fe n a c d ie th yla m 5 0 g / tu b e 3 0 2 7 0 .0 1 a u ta c o id s & c o rtic o id s te lfa st ta b s f e xo fe n a d in e 1 2 0 m g 2 0 0 6 8 3 4 0 .4 3 p re d n iso n e ta b s p re d n iso n e 5 m g 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 c a rd io v a s c u la r s y s te m a d a la t ca p s n ife d a p in e 1 0 m g 2 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a d co -re tic ta b s a m ilo rid e , h yd ro ch lo ro th ia zid e 5 m g ; 5 0 m g 1 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a m ilo re tic ta b s h yd ro ch lo ro th ia zid e 2 5 m g 3 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a n g i sp ra y iso so rb id e d in itra te 1 .2 5 m g /0 .0 9 m l 1 0 0 0 .0 0 a te n o lo l ta b s a te n o lo l 5 0 m g 5 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 d isp irin c v ta b s a sp irin 1 0 0 m g 6 0 2 6 4 3 0 .1 6 iso p tin s r ta b s v e ra p a m il 2 4 0 m g 3 0 0 0 0 .0 0 pg78-84.indd 80 10/17/08 12:56:28 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 81sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 81 t a b l e i i. m e d ic a ti o n s u s e d f o r th e a th e n s 2 0 0 4 o ly m p ic g a m e s : r e s p ir a to ry s y s te m a g e n ts , e a r n o s e a n d t h ro a t a g e n ts , a n d a g e n ts u s e d f o r g a s tr o in te s ti n a l c o n d it io n s p ro d u c t/ b ra n d n a m e a c ti v e /m a in i n g re d ie n t w e ig h t, v o lu m e o r q u a n ti ty t a k e n u n it s o f m e d ic a ti o n % m e d ic a ti o n u n it s /t e a m c o n c e n tr a ti o n p e r u n it u s e d u s e d m e m b e r r e s p ir a to ry s y s te m c o m b iv e n t in h a le r i p ra to p iu m b ro m id e , sa lb u ta m o l 2 0 µ g ; 1 0 0 µ g 1 0 0 0 .0 0 f le m e x m ix tu re c a rb o ci st e in e 2 5 0 m g /5 m l 1 0 0 0 .0 0 in fla m m id e in h a le r b u d e so n id e 2 0 0 µ g 1 1 1 0 0 0 .0 1 r o la b b e cl o m e th a so n e d ip ro p ri o n a te b e cl o m e th a so n e 5 0 µ g 3 0 1 3 0 .0 1 s e re ve n t in h a le r s a lm e te ro l 2 5 µ g 3 2 6 7 0 .0 1 s o lm u co l t a b s n -a ce ty le c ys te in e 2 0 0 m g 1 2 0 1 6 1 3 0 .1 0 s o lp h yl le x co u g h m ix tu re t h e o p h yl lin e , e to fy lli n e , 1 0 0 m g ; 1 0 m g ; 8 m g ; d ip h e n yl p yr a lin e h yd ro ch lo ri d e , 7 2 0 m g ; 3 0 0 m g /3 0 m l 2 0 2 1 0 0 .0 1 a m m o n iu m c h lo ri d e , s o d iu m c itr a te v e n to lin n e b u le s s a lb u ta m o l 5 m g 1 2 0 0 0 .0 0 v e n te ze in h a le r s a lb u ta m o l 1 0 0 µ g 2 0 0 0 .0 0 v e n tz o n e in h a le r b e cl o m e th a so n e d ip ro p ri o n a te 5 0 µ g 7 1 1 4 0 .0 1 e a r, n o s e a n d t h ro a t a u ra se p t d ro p s b e n zo ca in e , p h e n a zo n e 2 0 m g ; 1 .4 m g 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 b o n je la c h o lin e s a lic yl a te , 0 .8 7 g ; 1 m g /1 0 g 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 s e ta lk o n iu m c h lo ri d e b u d a fla m a q u a n a se b u d e so n id e 1 0 0 µ g /s p ra y 2 0 2 1 0 0 .0 1 c e p a ca in e lo ze n g e s b e n zo ca in e , ce ty lp yr id in iu m 2 0 m g ; 1 .4 m g 8 0 7 2 9 0 0 .4 5 c h lo ri d e c e ru m e n e x e a r d ro p s t ri e th a n o la m in e p o ly p e p tid e 1 .5 7 g /1 5 m l 2 1 5 0 0 .0 1 d a kt a ri n o ra l g e l m ic o n a zo le 2 0 m g / g 2 0 0 0 .0 0 ill ia d in n a sa l s p ra y o xy m a ta zo lin e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 0 .5 m g /m l 3 0 2 7 0 .0 1 k e n a lo g in o ra b a se t ri a m ci n a lo n e a ce to n id e 1 m g /g 4 3 7 5 0 .0 2 l o ca b io ta l t h ro a t sp ra y f u sa fu n g in e 0 .5 m g /0 .0 5 m l 4 0 9 2 3 0 .0 6 s in u m a x ta b s p a ra ce ta m o l, p se u d o e p h e d ri n e 5 0 0 m g ; 3 0 m g 1 5 0 4 4 2 9 0 .2 8 s o fr a d e x d ro p s f ra m yc e tin , g ra m ic id in , d e xa m e th a so n e 5 m g ; 0 .0 5 m g ; 0 .5 m g /m l 6 1 1 7 0 .0 1 s u d a fe d t a b s p se u d o e p h e d ri n e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 6 0 m g 8 0 2 5 3 1 0 .1 6 v ib ro ci l n a sa l g e l d im e th in d e n e m a le a te , p h e n yl e p h e ri n e , n e o m yc in 2 5 m g ; 2 5 0 m g ; 3 5 0 m g /1 0 0 m l 3 0 0 0 .0 0 g a s tr o in te s ti n a l tr a c t a d co -c yc liz in e t a b s c yc liz in e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 5 0 m g 4 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a n u so l s u p p o si to ri e s b is m u th s u b g a lla te , b is m u th o xi d e , zi n c o xi d e 5 9 m g ; 2 4 m g ; 2 9 6 m g 1 2 0 1 1 0 .0 1 b u sc o p a n t a b s h yo sc in e b u ty lb ro m id e 1 0 m g 5 1 0 2 0 0 .0 1 b u sc o p a n c o t a b s h yo sc in e b u ty lb ro m id e , d ip yr o n e 1 0 m g ; 2 5 0 m g 2 0 2 1 0 0 .0 1 c im lo c ta b s c im e tid in e 4 0 0 m g 2 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 c o lo fa c ta b s m e b e ve ri n e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 1 3 5 m g 6 0 4 7 0 .0 3 e n o s in g le s a ch e t s o d a b ic a rb o n a te , ci tr ic a ci d , s o d iu m c a rb o n a te 2 .3 2 g ; 2 .1 8 g ; 0 .5 g 3 0 2 7 0 .0 1 f yb ro g e l o ra n g e s a ch e t i sp a g h u la h u sk 3 .5 g 9 0 2 2 0 .0 1 g a vi sc o n t a b s a lg in ic a ci d , m a g n e si u m t ri ci lic a te , a lu m in iu m -h yd ro xi d e , n a -b ic a b 5 0 0 m g ; 2 5 m g ; 1 0 0 m g ; 1 7 0 m g 1 2 0 4 3 0 .0 3 g e lu m e n a n ta ci d li q u id d ic yl o m in e , a lu m in iu m h yd ro xi d e 2 0 0 m l 1 0 2 2 0 0 .0 1 im m o d iu m t a b s l o p e ra m id e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 2 m g 6 5 0 1 6 2 0 .1 0 in te rf lo ra c a p s s a cc h a ro m yc e s 0 .1 g 4 8 0 2 0 4 0 .1 3 k a n tr e xi l s o lu tio n n e o m yc in , ka o lin , p e ct in , d ic yc lo m in h yd ro ch lo ri d e 1 0 0 m l 5 1 2 0 0 .0 1 l a ct e o l f o rt e c a p s l a ct o b a ci llu s a ci d o p h ilu s 1 0 b ill io n /s a ch e t 1 0 0 4 2 4 2 0 .2 6 l o se c m u p s o m e p ra zo le 2 0 m g 6 0 1 0 1 7 0 .0 6 m a xo lo n t a b s m e to cl o p ro m id e m o n o h yd ra te 1 0 m g 1 0 0 0 4 1 0 .0 3 n ys ta ci n o ra l s o lu tio n n ys ta ci n 2 0 m l 5 0 0 0 .0 0 r a n ih e xa l t a b s r a n iti d in e 1 5 0 m g 1 9 0 0 0 0 .0 0 s ch e ri p ro ct o in tm e n t p re d n is o lo n e , cl e m is o le , c in ch o ca in e 1 5 g 6 1 1 7 0 .0 1 s e n o ko t ta b s s e n n o si d e s a & b 7 .5 m g 2 4 8 2 5 1 0 0 .1 6 v a lo id t a b s c yc liz in e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 5 0 m g 1 8 0 4 2 0 .0 3 pg78-84.indd 81 10/17/08 12:56:29 pm 82 ’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´ sajsm vol 19 no. 4 200782 sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 t a b l e iii. m e d ic a tio n s u s e d fo r th e a th e n s 2 0 0 4 o ly m p ic g a m e s : d e rm a to lo g ic a l a n d o p h th a lm ic p re p a ra tio n s , a g e n ts to m a n a g e u ro g e n ita l c o m p la in ts a n d a n tim ic ro b ia l a g e n ts w e ig h t, v o lu m e o r u n its o f % m e d ic a tio n u n its /te a m p ro d u c t/b ra n d n a m e a c tiv e /m a in in g re d ie n t c o n c e n tra tio n p e r u n it q u a n tity ta k e n m e d ic a tio n u s e d u s e d m e m b e r d e rm a to lo g ic a ls a n th isa n cre a m m e p yra m in e m a le a te 2 g /1 0 0 g 4 2 5 0 0 .0 1 b a ctro b a n o in tm e n t m u p iro cin 2 g /1 0 0 g 8 5 6 3 0 .0 3 c a la m in e lo tio n c a la m in e 5 0 m l 2 0 0 0 .0 0 c a n d izo le cre a m c lo trim a zo le 2 0 0 m g /2 0 g 6 1 1 7 0 .0 1 e lo co n o in tm e n t m o m e ta so n e f u ro a te 1 m g /g 4 0 0 0 .0 0 f u sid in o in tm e n t f u sid ic a cid 2 0 m g /g m 5 1 2 0 0 .0 1 m yco ta p o w d e r z in c u n d e ca n o a te 1 0 g 6 2 3 3 0 .0 1 q u a d rid e rm o in tm e n t b e ta m e th a so n e , g e n ta m ycin , to ln a fta te , clio q u in o l 0 .5 m g ; 1 m g ; 1 0 m g ; 1 0 m g /g 5 1 2 0 0 .0 1 s to p itch cre a m h yd ro co riso n e a ce ta te 0 .1 g /1 0 g 2 0 2 1 0 0 .0 1 t ra va co rt cre a m iso co n a zo le n itra te , d iflu co rto lo n e va le ra te 1 0 m g ; 1 m g /g 1 0 2 2 0 0 .0 1 z o vira x cre a m a cylo vir 2 g 3 2 6 7 0 .0 1 o p h th a lm ic s c o vo m icin e ye d ro p s c h lo ra m p h e n ico l, n e o m ycin , 2 m g ; 5 m g ; 0 .5 m g /m l 5 0 0 0 .0 0 n a p h a zo lin e h yd ro ch lo rid e f lu o re ts e ye strip s f lu o re sce in so d iu m s trip s 1 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 n o ve sin e ye d ro p s o xyb u p ro ca in e h yd ro ch lo rid e , 0 .4 g ; 0 .0 1 g /1 0 0 m l 2 5 2 5 0 0 .0 3 ch lo rh e xa d in e o to sp o rin d ro p s p o lym ixin b su lp h a te , 1 0 0 0 0 u ; 3 4 0 0 u ; 1 0 m g /m l 1 2 1 8 0 .0 1 n e o m ycin su lp h a te , h yd ro co rtiso n e s p e rsa lle rg e e ye d ro p s a n ta zo lin e h yd ro ch lo rid e , te tryzo lin e 0 .5 m g ; 0 .4 m g / 1 m l 5 0 0 0 .0 1 te a rs n a tu re lle d e xtra n -7 0 , h yd ro xyp ro p yl m e th ylce llu lo se 1 m g ; 3 m g /m l 4 1 2 5 0 .0 3 v isin e e ye d ro p s te tra h yd ro zo lin e h yd ro ch lo rid e 7 .5 m g / 1 5 m l 2 2 1 5 0 .0 0 u rin a ry s y s te m 0 .0 0 c itro -s o d a g ra n u le s n a c itra te , n a b ic 4 g 3 0 2 7 0 .0 1 p u rico s ta b s a llo p u rin o l 3 0 0 m g 5 0 0 0 0 .0 0 g e n ita l s y s te m c a n e ste n va g in a l ta b c lo trim a zo le 5 0 0 m g /1 g 9 1 11 0 .0 1 c yclo ca p ro n ta b s t ra n e xa m ic a cid 5 0 0 m g 3 0 0 0 0 .0 0 o vra l ta b s n o rg e ste re l, e th in yle stra d io l 5 0 0 µ g ; 5 0 µ g 2 8 0 0 0 .0 0 p ro ve ra ta b s m e d ro xyp ro g e ste ro n e a ce ta te 1 0 0 m g 1 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 p rim o lu t n ta b s n o re th iste ro n e 5 m g 2 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a n tim ic ro b ia ls a d co -co -trim o xa zo le c o -trim o xa zo le 5 0 0 m g 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a m o xicil ta b s a m o xicillin 5 0 0 m g 5 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a u g m a xil ta b s a m o xicillin , cla vu lin ic a cid 2 5 0 m g ; 1 2 5 m g 1 5 0 5 5 3 7 0 .3 5 c ip ro b a y ta b s c ip ro flo xa cin 5 0 0 m g 4 5 0 4 0 9 0 .2 5 d o xycyclin e ta b s d o xycyclin e 1 0 0 m g 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 e rym ycin ta b s e ryth ro m ycin ste a ra te 2 5 0 m g 5 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 f a sig yn ta b s t in id a zo le 5 0 0 m g 8 0 0 0 .0 0 f la g yl ta b s m e tro n id a zo le 4 0 0 m g 6 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 in te rflo ra ca p s s a cch a ro m yce s b o u la rd ii 2 5 0 m g 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 .0 6 r e le n za b liste rs & d iskh a le r p a cks z a n a m ivir 5 m g 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 r e tro vir/3 t c p o st e xp o su re p a cks z yd o vu d in e 3 t c la m ivu d in e 1 0 0 m g ; 1 5 0 m g 2 0 0 0 .0 0 v e rm o x ta b s m e b e n d a zo le 5 0 0 m g 7 0 0 0 0 .0 0 z in n a t ta b s c e fu ro xim e 2 5 0 m g 4 0 1 0 2 5 0 .0 6 z ith ro m a x ta b s a zith ro m ycin 5 0 0 m g 9 0 2 7 3 0 0 .1 7 pg78-84.indd 82 10/17/08 12:56:29 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 83sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 83 t a b l e i v . m e d ic a ti o n s u s e d f o r th e a th e n s 2 0 0 4 o ly m p ic g a m e s : v it a m in , m in e ra l a n d e le c tr o ly te p re p a ra ti o n s a n d e m e rg e n c y d ru g s p ro d u c t/ b ra n d n a m e a c ti v e /m a in i n g re d ie n t w e ig h t, v o lu m e o r q u a n ti ty t a k e n u n it s o f % m e d ic a ti o n u n it s /t e a m c o n c e n tr a ti o n p e r u n it m e d ic a ti o n u s e d u s e d m e m b e r v it a m in s m in e ra ls a n d e le c tr o ly te s e le ct ro p a c sa ch e ts n a c l, n a -b ic a rb , k c l, d e xt ro se m o n o h yd ra te 0 .4 g ; 0 .5 g ; 0 .3 g ; 4 g 3 0 11 3 7 0 .0 7 f e rr im e d a m p u le s i ro n p o ly is o m a lto se 1 0 0 m g / 2 m l 7 5 0 0 0 .0 0 f e rr o -f o lic t a b le ts i ro n s u lp h a te , fo lic a ci d , a sc o rb ic a ci d 5 2 5 m g ; 3 5 0 m g ; 5 0 0 m g 3 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 .1 9 l e n n o n -v it b c o a m p u le s v it b 1 , b 6 , b 1 2 2 m l 4 0 6 1 5 0 .0 4 n e u ro b io n a m p u le s v it b 1 , b 6 , b 1 2 1 0 0 m g ; 1 0 0 m g , 1 m g 2 1 1 2 5 7 0 .0 8 n e u ro b io n t a b le ts v it b 1 , b 6 , b 1 2 1 0 0 m g ; 2 0 0 m g , 2 0 0 µ g 1 0 0 0 0 0 .0 0 u lti m a g t a b le ts m a g n e si u m c h lo ri d e , zi n c o xi d e 6 6 0 m g ; 6 m g 8 0 7 8 9 8 0 .4 9 v ita -t h io n s a ch e ts v it c , v it b 1 , g lu ta th io n , n a -a d e n o si n e t ri p h o sp h a te , 5 0 0 m g ; 2 m g ; 0 .5 m g ; 0 .5 m g ; c a -i n o si to l h e xa p h o sp h a te 1 0 0 m g 2 2 5 0 1 5 0 0 6 7 9 .4 3 0 .0 0 e m e rg e n c y d ru g s /a m p o u le s 0 .0 0 s te ri le w a te r s te ri le w a te r 1 0 m l 1 0 2 2 0 0 .0 1 a m in o p h yl lin a m in o p h yl lin 2 5 0 m g /m l 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 d e xt ro se d e xt ro se 5 0 m l; 5 0 % s o lu tio n 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a d re n a lin e a d re n a lin e 1 m l 1 /1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 p h e n e rg a n p ro m e th a zi n e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 2 5 m g 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 c e le st o n e b e ta m e ta zo n e s o d iu m 1 m l 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 a tr o p h in a tr o p in e s u lp h a te 1 m g / m l 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 m a xo lo n m e to ch lo p ra m id e 1 0 m g 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 s te m iti l p ro ch lo rp e ra zi n e 1 2 .5 m / m l 2 0 0 0 0 .0 0 s co p e x h yo sc in e n -b u tr o b ro m id e 2 0 m g /1 m l 3 2 2 6 0 .0 0 v a liu m d ia ze p a m 1 0 m g /2 m l 1 5 0 0 0 .0 0 k e fli n c e p h a lo th in s o d iu m 1 g 1 0 0 0 .0 1 te ta n u s va cc in e t e ta n u s va cc in e 1 m l 2 0 0 0 .0 0 m a g n e si u m s u lp h a te m a g n e si u m s u lp h a te 5 m l 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 r e m ic a in e 2 % l ig n o ca in e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 2 0 m g /m l 5 0 0 0 .0 0 m o rp h in e s u lp h a te m o rp h in e s u lp h a te 1 0 m g /m l 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 p e th id in e p e th id in e h yd ro ch lo ri d e 2 5 m g /m l 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 s o lu co rt e f h yd ro co rt is o n e s o d iu m 1 0 0 m g /2 m l 3 0 0 0 .0 0 u re tic f u ro se m id e 2 0 m g 1 0 0 0 0 .0 0 pg78-84.indd 83 10/17/08 12:56:30 pm 84 ’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´ sajsm vol 19 no. 4 200784 sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 number of doses of these agents would be 660 tablets/capsules/ patches of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents and 660 tablets capsules of analgesic compounds based on a 30-day trip. this figure does not include injectable agents, the usage of which is indicated in table i. the true consumption of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents during this event was however somewhat underestimated in this calculation, as it does not take into account flurbiprofen patches and other transdermal anti-inflammatories dispensed by the physiotherapists, or self-medication by the athletes using their own medication supplies. 14 it is thus apparent that double or tripledosing of these agents regularly occurs and as these agents are not without side-effects, 3,6,9 it is important that good communication exists between the physicians and physiotherapist with respect to dispensing of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents, and that the athletes are educated with respect to judicious use of these medications. 13 it is therefore suggested that dispensing of all medications is conducted by the team physicians only. furthermore, dispensing of small quantities of these agents with frequent reevaluation of the patient is preferable to dispensing larger quantities in original packaging. indeed, this recommendation extends to the use of all medicinal compounds listed and not only the analgesics and anti-inflammatory agents. in conclusion, this study describes the consumption of pharmacological agents by the athletes and officials of team south africa during the athens 2004 olympic games. it also provides a model to be used as a tool to assist with the estimation of quantities of medications to be included in the travelling pharmacy for future international multi-coded sports events. acknowledgements the author would like to thank dr christa janse van rensburg, dr maki ramagole and dr harald adams for their tireless efforts in collection of the data used in this study. references 1. alaranta a, alaranta h, helenius i. use of prescription drugs in athletes. sports med 2008; 38: 449-63. 2. buettner cm. the team physician’s bag. clin sports med 1998; 17: 365-73. 3. corrigan b, kazlauskas r. medication use in athletes selected for doping control at the sydney olympics (2000). clin j sport med 2003; 13: 33-40. 4. derman we. medical care of the south african olympic team – the sydney 2000 experience. south african journal of sports medicine 2003; 15: 22-5. 5. derman we. profile of medical and injury consultations of team south africa during the xxviiith olympiad, athens 2004. south african journal of sports medicine 2008; 20: 72-76. 6. huang sh, johnson k, pipe al. the use of dietary supplements and medications by canadian athletes at the atlanta and sydney olympic games. clin j sport med 2006; 16: 27-33. 7. junge a, langevoort g, pipe a, et al. injuries in team sport tournaments during the 2004 olympic games. am j sports med 2006; 34: 565-76. 8. katelaris ch, carrozzi fm, burke tv. allergic rhinoconjunctivitis in elite athletes: optimal management for quality of life and performance. sports med 2003; 33: 401-6. 9. lippi g, franchini m, guidi gc, kean wf. non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in athletes. br j sports med 2006; 40: 661-2. 10. milne cj, shaw mt. travelling to china for the beijing 2008 olympic games. br j sports med 2008; 42: 321-6. 11. shaw mt, leggat pa, borwein s. travelling to china for the beijing 2008 olympic and paralympic games. travel med infect dis 2007; 5: 365-73. 12. simon lm, rubin al. traveling with the team curr sports med rep 2008; 7: 138-43. 13. smith bj, collina sj. pain medications in the locker room: to dispense or not. curr sports med rep 2007; 6: 367-70. 14. tscholl pm, junge a, dvorak j. the use of medication and nutritional supplements during fifa world cupstm 2002 and 2006. br j sports med 2008; 42: 725-730. sports physician – johannesburg an associate to join an established practice working out of 2 multidisciplinary sports clinics in johannesburg is sought. the suitable candidate must: • be registered with the hpcsa • have postgraduate sports medicine qualifications • preferably have some experience working with athletes and sports teams interested candidates should e-mail their cvs to sandy at jpat@mweb.co.za pg78-84.indd 84 10/17/08 12:56:30 pm 28 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 review several international rugby unions, including the south african rugby union, have adopted the long-term athlete development (ltad) model, which is based on physiological principles that categorise players into specific stages of development. the original model proposes different age categories for boys and girls within each specific stage of development. this review: (i) discusses the current state of junior female rugby in south africa; (ii) discusses the evidence for gender-specific differences in the ltad model; and (iii) recommends a future strategy for ltad within female rugby in south africa, considering the current approaches of other international unions. s afr j sm 2013;25(1):28-35. doi:10.7196/sajsm.461 the state of women’s rugby union in south africa: recommendations for long-term participant development m posthumus uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, sport science institute of south africa, university of cape town, cape town, south africa m posthumus, phd corresponding author: m posthumus (mposthumus@me.com) the most common model used to develop and nurture talent across all sporting codes is the long-term athlete or participant development (ltad or ltpd) model. prior to the implementation of structured talent-development plans, too much emphasis was placed on competition and results among paediatric and adolescent athletes.[1,2] the ltad model is based on physiological principles which allow players to be categorised into specific stages of development. [3] the classic stages of development for late specialisation sports, such as rugby, include the ‘fundamental’, ‘learning to train’, ‘training to train’, ‘training to compete’ and ‘training to win’ phases.[3] several international rugby unions, including the south african rugby union (saru), have adopted the same terminology for these phases. saru has outlined potential stages of development for boys according to age: ‘fundamental’ – age 6 9 years (u7 u9); ‘learning to train’ – age 10 13 years (u10 u13); ‘train to train’ – age 14 16 years (u14 u16); ‘training to compete’ – 17 18 years (u17 u19); and ‘training to win’ – age ≥19 years. these categorisations have been used as a point of departure and, based on available literature, are explored further here in terms of whether or not they are indeed scientifically supported, justifiable and feasible for both men’s and women’s rugby. the ltad model was originally developed based on the concept of ‘windows of trainability’[3] – specific periods in a young athlete’s life when he/she is uniquely sensitive to specific modes of training and is capable of enhanced adaptation.[3] as biological maturity varies greatly among young athletes, it is suggested that a practical solution would be to use a non-invasive measure of biological maturity. consequently, peak height velocity (phv) is used as the critical reference point for the design of optimal individual development programmes. whether windows of trainability actually exist has been debated in the scientific literature. here, the relevant evidence pertaining to girls is reviewed in greater detail. as outlined above, saru has suggested age-group recommendations for the various stages of their ltpd plan. although the stages of development are well described for men’s rugby, women’s rugby remains less structured and defined within south africa (sa) and in several other international rugby unions. consequently, the objective of this article is to provide a best-practice framework for structuring women’s rugby in sa. here, relevant peer-reviewed scientific literature is reviewed to establish best-practice guidelines for the development of ltad within women’s rugby; more specifically, the evidence for a similar or altered ltpd structure for women’s rugby in sa is reviewed. review of current structures in sa there is currently no uniform structure for girl’s rugby within sa. to document the structures currently in place within each provincial union, the female rugby co-ordinators from each union were contacted telephonically and interviewed (table 1). although girls and women play rugby within all sa provincial unions, the extent of participation varies greatly. certain provincial rugby unions have several clubs and schools which play structured league matches on a weekly basis across most age categories, while other unions have no female participants, or merely have a small group of girls and women who practise together to prepare for, as an example, the u16 interprovincial week (table 1). within sa there is currently no standardised format for introducing young girls to rugby and developing their fundamental rugby skills. certain provincial unions do introduce the game of rugby to young girls (u6 u11) through tag rugby, mini-rugby or touch rugby; however, this is not standard and a number of unions offer no structure for their introductory participation. the majority of introductory rugby structures for girls involve mixed-gender participation with boys. furthermore, although certain unions do mailto:mposthumus@me.com sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 29 introduce the game of rugby to young girls, participation is mostly lost up until the u16 age group. most sa provincial unions have a structured plan for the participation of girls in the u16 age group, predominantly due to a saru-administered u16 inter-provincial girls rugby tournament. the extent to which u16 girls’ rugby is structured is mostly reliant on the number of girls playing rugby in each specific union. a union such as border has a large number of school and club teams (approximately 80 teams), which play against each other at regular rugby festivals, whereas other unions do not have any clubs or schools which play table 1. a brief description of all junior (u6 u18) women’s rugby activities in the sa rugby provincial unions* province activities blue bulls limpopo young girls from the ages of 6 8 years play mini-rugby with the boys. at u13 level there is a festival where u13 girls play 15-a-side rugby. for high school girls, there is only an u18 league. the u16 provincial team is selected from these league matches. blue bulls tshwane young girls from the ages of 6 8 years play mini-rugby with the boys. at u10 level there is a tag school league. there is an interschool/club league for u14, u16 and u18 girls. they play 15-a-side rugby. boland girls are only introduced at u16 level. they play an interschool competition in preparation for the national interprovincial tournament. u18 girls play 7-a-side rugby. border girls are introduced to the game only at u13 level. there is a large club and school structure for u13 and u16 15-a-side rugby. the u13 and u16 teams play in regional festivals. u18 girls join and play within the senior club structures. eastern province young girls are introduced to the game at u9 level. they play touch rugby and there are festivals arranged for competition at this level. there are both u12 and u16 structured leagues. at u12 level, girls play 7-a-side rugby. at u16 level, girls play 15-a-side rugby. falcons there are currently no structures for junior women’s rugby in this region. there is insufficient participation to put together an u16 provincial team. even at senior level there is no structured club competition, merely a group of players who practise together. free state young girls are introduced through tag rugby at u6 u8 level. there are no structures at intermediate levels. there is no school or club structure within the province. there are training groups organised by the province to prepare an u16 provincial team for the u16 provincial tournament. there is an u18 structure for playing 7-a-side. golden lions young girls are introduced to the game playing tag rugby. there are structured competitions where girls and boys play tag rugby together at u11 and u13 level. for high school girls, there are u16 and u18 competition structures. regular festivals are arranged where the 6 youth clubs within the union play against each other. griffons young girls are introduced to the game at u9 and u11 level through mini-rugby. young boys and girls play separately. there is an interschool/club competition for u16 and u18 girls. there is no structured plan for girls between the age groups of u12 and u16. griquas girls are currently only introduced to the game at u18 level. u16 girls participate in the u18 age category. although there are no structured competitions, there are clubs that have groups of girls who participate in camps, trials and occasional festivals. there have also been 7-a-side festivals previously, arranged specifically for u16 girls. kwazulu-natal the u9, u11, u13, u14 and u15 age groups play tag and touch rugby. u9 girls are introduced to the game and play with the boys. these junior age groups play against other schools. only at u16 level do the girls play competitive 15-a-side rugby. they play interschool/club rugby and a provincial team is represented at the national u16 week. there is also an u18 competition between schools and clubs. leopards girls play informally from the u11 age group onwards. they play with boys, where they participate in noncontact practises, but do not play any matches or partake in competitions. girls only start playing at u16. they play 15-a-side rugby in preparation for the national inter-provincial tournament. there is no school or club competition system. mpumalanga girls are introduced into rugby structures at u16 level. there are 7 youth clubs in the province, which play rugby at u16 and u18 level. they play regular development tournaments against each other in 7-a-side format. the provincial 15-a-side team is selected from the 7-a-side tournaments. south western districts girls are introduced into rugby structures at u16 level. there are a few clubs and schools that play rugby, but there is no structured competition. there are both u16 and u18 teams within the schools and clubs. ‘friendlies’ are arranged between the different teams as a form of competition. western province young girls are introduced into the game through playing mini-rugby at u9 level. there is a school league that accommodates u13s, u16s and u18s. u13s and u18s play 7-a-side. the u16 girls play 15-a-side rugby in preparation for the inter-provincial u16 tournament. *all descriptions were collected from telephonic interviews with the respective provincial union co-ordinators of female rugby (particulars available from the author). 30 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 women’s rugby. the unions without any clubs or schools that play women’s rugby select their provincial team from a relatively small group of girls who practise as a team to represent their union in the inter-provincial u16 tournament. currently, after girls across all sa provincial unions are introduced to rugby at u16 level, there is no standardised plan for continued participation. although there are club and school leagues within certain provinces that continue playing at u18 level, certain unions adopt the 7-a-side format at u18 level and others have absolutely no competition structure at u18 level. in the latter, girls either stop playing rugby or play within the senior women’s structures. at the senior level, there are women’s rugby club structures within most provincial unions. the extent of participation across all junior levels is summarised in table 2. all descriptions were collected from telephonic interviews with each respective provincial union’s coordinator for female rugby (particulars available from the author). table 2. a summary of the extent of junior (u6 u18) women’s rugby in sa rugby provincial unions province/union are girls introduced to the game at u6 u10 level? is there any structure for participation from u11 to u15? is there any structure for participation at u16 level? is there any structure for participation at u18 level? blue bulls limpopo yes (u6 u8 play minirugby) yes (u13 15-a-side competition) no (u16 girls play in the u18 structure) yes (interschool/club league for u18) blue bulls tshwane yes (u6 u8 play minirugby; u10 play tag rugby) yes (u14 interschool/ club league) yes (u16 interschool/ club league) yes (interschool/club league for u18) boland no no yes (u16 interschool/ club league) yes (7-a-side league for u18) border no yes (u13 school/club league) yes (u16 school/club league) no (u18 girls participate in senior rugby) eastern province yes (u9 girls play touch rugby) yes (u12 girls play 7-a-side in a structured league) yes (u16 school/club league) no falcons no no no no free state yes (u6 and u8 play tag rugby) no yes (there are training groups organised to select a provincial team; no competitions) yes (7-a-side league for u18) golden lions no yes (tag competition for u11 and u13; boys and girls mixed) yes u16 interschool/club league yes u18 interschool/club league griffons yes (u9 and u11 play mini-rugby) no yes (u16 interschool/ club league) yes (u18 interschool/club league) griquas no no no (u16 girls play in the u18 structure) yes (groups of girls who practise together and play 7-a-side) kwazulu-natal yes (u9 and u11 play tag and touch rugby) yes (u13 and u14 play tag and touch rugby) yes (u16 interschool/ club league) yes (u18 interschool/club league) leopards no no (girls play informally with boys, but no girl structure) yes (u16 girls play 15-a-side rugby in preparation for the provincial tournament) no mpumalanga no no yes (u16 7-a-side tournaments) yes (u18 7-a-side tournaments) south western districts no no yes (u16 school/club teams) yes (u18 school/club teams) western province yes (there is u9 minirugby) yes (there is an u13 7-a-side school league) yes (there is an u16 interschool/club league) yes (there is an u18 7-a-side school league) sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 31 summary • there is no consistent participation structure in women’s rugby in sa at a junior level (u6 u18). • currently, in the majority of provincial unions, participation structures revolve around the u16 inter-provincial tournament organised by saru. • less than half of the provincial unions (47% or 7/15; 1 province was sub-divided) introduce rugby to young girls. • only 20% (3/15) of the provincial unions claim to have girls participating across all the junior age categories. • the lack of progressive age-group structures results in girls playing above their specific age group. • there are no ltad plans for women’s rugby in any of the provinces. gender-specific differences in the ltad model as mentioned above, the ltad or ltpd model was originally developed based on the concept of ‘windows of trainability’[3] – specific periods in a young athlete’s life when he/she is uniquely sensitive to specific modes of training and capable of enhanced adaptation. the stages of the ltpd model theoretically align with these periods of putative enhanced adaptation (fig. 1). as the objective is to formulate evidence for a similar or altered ltpd structure for women’s rugby, when compared with men’s rugby, the rationale for age categories in the original balyi and hamilton[3] model is reviewed here and appraised. the fundamental stage the objective of the first stage of the ltpd plan is termed the ‘fundamental’ or physical literacy stage.[3] the original ltpd model[3] recommended that boys aged 6 9 years and girls aged 6 8 years participate in this developmental focus period. the objective of this stage is to learn the fundamental movement skills, with emphasis on physical literacy and the ‘abcs’ – an acronym for ‘athleticism, balance, co-ordination and speed’.[3] fundamental movement and sport skills include walking, running and jumping, and catching, hopping and galloping, respectively. these activities are the basis of a wide range of physical activities and sport situations.[4] this fundamental stage, as originally proposed,[3] occurs approximately at a similar age to reports of peak brain maturation. rabinowicz[5] noted that peak brain maturation occurred between the ages of 6 8 and 10 12 years. furthermore, several studies have investigated the effect of training on fundamental sport skills.[6,7] although these studies were not specifically performed among girls, they demonstrate that a longterm school-based intervention can improve physical literacy among 6 9-year-olds; however, a 6-year follow-up demonstrated that the year-long intervention failed to result in long-term improvements in physical literacy.[6] although the development of fundamental sports skills are undeniably important,[8] there is a lack of scientific evidence to support the existence of a defined or critical period of enhanced adaptation. furthermore, there is also a lack of evidence for the gender disparities in age at which such an accelerated adaptation window occurs. the fundamental stage of development is also reported to include the first, of two, windows of accelerated adaptation to speed.[3] this window is reported to occur at age 6 8 years for girls, and 7 9 years for boys. this period was reported to align with accelerated increases in speed among boys and girls, most probably due to neuromuscular factors.[3] it has been suggested that 2 periods of accelerated adaptation to speed occur: the first between the ages of 5 and 9 years in both males and females, and the second between the ages of 12 and 15 years in boys and at 12 years in girls.[9,10] from the age of 12 years, the progression of maximal speed development is greatly reduced in females.[11] the disparity in maximal speed development has been proposed to be due to body dimensions, body composition and related maturational changes.[11,12] the first period of accelerated adaptation has been suggested to be linked to central nervous system development and improved co-ordination.[9-11,13] however, no studies have measured training-induced adaptation to maximal speed development in children aged 5 9 years; therefore, there is no evidence to support the first period of enhanced adaptation fig. 1. the ltad plan originally proposed by balyi and hamilton,[3] including the windows of trainability that each stage is based upon for males (top) and females (bottom). adapted from balyi and way.[1] 32 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 to speed. although an increased muscle function during adolescence theoretically supports the second period of speed adaptation, butterfield et al.[12] found no association between maturational factors (growth rate and body mass) and improved maximal running speed. this second period of adaptation has also been reported to be due to hormone-related fast-twitch muscle-fibre hypertrophy. however, research shows that the trainability of speed during adolescence is similar to that during pre-adolescence.[14] furthermore, it has been reported that the magnitude of training-related changes in speed in pre-adolescent and adolescent boys remains lower than that of changes in adults.[15] in addition, the adaptations to speed are lost with de-training.[15] the periods of increased adaptation surrounding the pre-adolescent and adolescent periods remain difficult to study due to the multi-factorial nature of speed development and the plethora of maturational changes during this period of development. there is, however, no strong scientific evidence to support these two windows/ periods of adaptation for speed development. moreover, there is no evidence to support the theory that males and females should emphasise speed training at different ages. the ‘learning to train’ stage the second stage of development is termed the ‘learning to train’ stage. balyi and hamilton[3] recommended that boys between the ages of 9 12 years and girls aged 8 11 years participate in this developmental focus period. the objective of this stage is to build overall sports skills. this stage is aligned with the ‘window of accelerated adaptation to motor co-ordination’.[3] although this window is aligned with a period of peak brain maturation, there is also no convincing scientific evidence for segregating males and females at this stage of development. as discussed previously, periods of peak brain development occur at 6 8 years and 10 12 years.[5] although this aligns with the window of opportunity for physical literacy[5] and motor co-ordination,[16] there is no evidence that this period offers greater adaptation to training. the ‘training to train stage’ the third stage of development in the ltpd model is termed the ‘training to train stage’. balyi and hamilton[3] recommended that boys aged 12 16 years and girls aged 11 15 years participate in this developmental focus period. the objective of this stage is to build an aerobic base, build strength towards the end of the phase and further develop sport-specific skills. this stage is aligned with the ‘window of accelerated adaptation to aerobic and strength training’ and includes the onset of peak height velocity (phv)[3] – the point in adolescence at which the rate of vertical growth is the greatest. studies have shown that peak development of oxygen uptake occurs in the periods after phv and puberty.[17,18] a review of longitudinal studies concluded that the peak development of aerobic capacity occurs between the ages of 12 and 16 years in boys and girls.[19] certain cross-sectional studies, however, have reported that the peak aerobic development occurs between the ages of 10 and 16 years for boys and 7 and 13 years for girls. the age at which optimal aerobic development occurs therefore remains inconclusive.[19] furthermore, considering the evidence, a window of trainability for aerobic capacity also remains inconclusive. weber et al.[20] suggested that decreased sensitivity to aerobic capacity occurs during the middle of phv and that there is an increased sensitivity either side of the middle of phv. alternatively, rowland[21] found a 10% and a 9% increase in peak oxygen uptake in the period before phv in boys and girls, respectively. there are, therefore, clear discrepancies in the literature surrounding the evidence for the actual window of trainability for aerobic performance.[18] although studies have suggested that phv is a determinant of this window, there is no clear evidence of how this window is different in boys and girls. further longitudinal studies with precise assessment of training stimuli are required to further investigate this window.[7] balyi and hamilton[3] reported 2 windows of accelerated adaptation for strength training in females: the first at the onset of phv, and the second at the onset of menarche. however, there are no reported studies on strength-training responses in adolescents where phv was considered or measured with adequate controls.[7] only 1 of 3 studies which measured adaptations to strength training found an association between magnitude of adaptation and maturational level.[19,22,23] vrijens[19] found greater improvements in arm and leg strength in post-pubertal (mean age 16.8 years) adolescents compared with prepubescent adolescents (mean age 10.5 years). there were no significant differences in the magnitude of strength adaptation between the two maturational groups in the other 2 studies.[22,23] the evidence for the existence of a strength-training window of opportunity is therefore limited and no longitudinal studies have investigated the magnitude of strength adaptation within various stages of development in females. therefore, there is no scientific rationale for separating boys and girls at the ‘training to train’ stage. the ‘training to compete’ stage the fourth stage in the ltpd model is termed the ‘training to compete’ stage. balyi and hamilton[3] recommended that boys aged 16 18 years and girls aged 15 17 years participate in this developmental focus period. the objective of this stage is to optimise fitness preparations, performance and sport-, individualand position-specific skills.[3] it is reported that this stage includes the second ‘window of accelerated adaptation to strength’ for males and females.[3] however, as described above, further research is required. the ‘training to win’ stage the fifth stage of development in the ltpd model is termed the ‘training-to-win’ stage. balyi and hamilton[3] recommended that men aged ≥18 years and women aged ≥17 years participate in this developmental focus period. the objective of this stage is to maximise fitness preparations, performance and sport-, individualand position-specific skills. this is the final phase of athletic preparation. summary • the ltpd model has aligned itself to emphasise training capacities during specific ‘windows of opportunity’ • however, scientific data to support the concept of windows of opportunity are lacking • there is a lack of scientific evidence to support the concept of different windows of opportunity and therefore different age separation of the ltpd stages for girls v. boys • a uniform ltpd model should be used for both boys and girls. sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 33 how other international unions have adapted the ltad model for females due to the available resources and performances of their respective national teams, this discussion includes the development plans adopted by australia, canada, england, ireland and new zealand (online resources listed in appendix i). the plan adopted specifically for girls’ rugby development is discussed here. among the 5 international unions described, only canada, england and ireland have blatantly structured their development programme according to balyi and hamilton’s ltad model.[3] however, each international union has adopted a structured model that divides participation into specific age categories. since balyi,[1,3] who first described the ltad model, advises canadian and uk sport, their respective models follow the original balyi-described model either directly or with only slight modification. both england and canada have allocated different ages for boys and girls within each of the developmental stages. the canadian ltad model follows the original ltad model exactly as described by balyi and hamilton[3] (fig. 1). the england model has been adapted slightly for girls from the original model by combining the ‘learning to train’ and ‘training to train’ stages. besides this, girls still enter the following stages 1 year sooner than boys. although the ireland model incorporates the ltad developmental stages, both girls and boys enter the respective developmental stages at the same age. the ltad model seems less influential in the australian and new zealand developmental models and strategic plans. there are no female-specific plans and details available for australia and new zealand, and it can therefore be assumed that the females’ developmental plan and structure is no different to that of the males. the new zealand black ferns strategic plan, a high-performance plan for women, is currently in the process of being developed and will be implemented in 2013. no details are currently available. it is agreed (australia, canada and england) that girls in the u12 age group and younger may participate in mixed-gender modified competitions and matches. within the england model, u12 girls may apply for dispensation to play down in the u11 age category of the england rugby football union (rfu) continuum. in addition, clubs with enough girls participating may field u12 girls’ teams against each other. these u12 girls’ matches are played under the laws of u10 mini-rugby outlined in the rfu continuum. after the u12 age band, england, australia and ireland introduce game and law variations for girls’ rugby. in england, u15 girls aged 12 15 years play a modified 13-player version of the game. in australia, participation is low and schools are encouraged to arrange competition for girls aged 13 18 years to play a non-contact, modified version of the game, called walla rugby. in australia, talented girls may play senior rugby. in ireland, only slight law variations differentiate the boys’ and girls’ games within all junior age bands. in canada, boys and girls play the same format of the game within each stage of the ltad model. the similarities and differences between the international unions are summarised in fig. 2. summary • the structure adopted by each international rugby union is unique • it is common that u12 girls and younger may participate in mixed-gender rugby 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 australia canada england ireland new zealand boys girls boys girls boys girls boys girls boys girls u6 tag u7 tag u8 u9 u10 u11 u12 u10 flagu8 flag u6 tag u7 tag u8 u9 u10 u11 u12 u13 kid’s pathway u10 modi�ed contact u14 boys u16 boys u15 girls u10 u11 u12 u13 boys u14 boys u13 u19 (standard 15-man) organise modi�ed version of rugby. schools are encouraged to arrange for girls 13-18 to play non-contact modi�ed version of the game, walla rugby. in australia, talented girls may play senior rugby. u18 boys u18 girls u15 boys u16 boys u17 boys u19 boys u15 age band (for u13) u18 competition u19 boysu10 u11 u12 stage 1 stage 2 stage 3 u8 u9 small black development plan u12 girls may play u11 age band rugby (mixed) u8 minicontact u7 minitag u13 boys u14 boys slight law variations for girls, stages 1 3 u15 boys u16 boys u17 boys slight law variations for gilrs u13 u18 age u9 midicontact u14 u19 (standard 15-man) u14 u19 (standard 15-man) fig. 2. female v. male development structures for 5 selected leading international rugby unions. incorporated ltad model stages: ‘fundamental’ (yellow), ‘learning to train’ (orange), ‘training to train’ (red), and ‘training to compete’ (purple). the new zealand and australian development models (grey) do not align with the balyi ltad model. the age groups at which competition occurs are indicated. a solid black line separating boys and girls indicates separate participation (no line indicates mixed-gender participation). refer to appendix i for online resources used to formulate this table. 34 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 • thereafter (u12 u19), a combination of standard 15-player rugby, sevens and modified/other non-contact formats (e.g. walla rugby) are adopted by the respective unions. practical guidelines women’s rugby in sa is not yet well structured. the primary objective of saru should be to establish participation or competitive structures across all the age groups from u6 to senior rugby. although the original balyi and hamilton[3] model proposes that males and females have separate ltad models, this review highlights that there is no scientific evidence supporting this proposed structure. saru is developing a detailed ltpd approach for male participation. there is no scientifically supported reason for a separate female ltpd model. the saru ltpd model should be applied to both males and females. conclusion there is no consistent participation in women’s rugby in sa across all the provincial unions. currently, in the majority of the provincial unions, participation structures revolve around the u16 interprovincial tournament organised by saru. less than half of the provincial unions (7/15; one union was subdivided; 47%) introduce rugby to young girls and only 20% (3/15; one union was subdivided) of the provincial unions have girls participating across all the junior age categories. there are currently no ltpd plans within any of the provincial unions. the original ltpd model separates males and females by chronological age and thus recommends gender-specific models. this original ltad model was based on physiological periods of theoretical enhanced adaptation (or windows of opportunity) of physical capacities. research has, however, shown that: (i) scientific data to support the presence of these periods (or windows) are lacking; and (ii) there is a dearth of scientific evidence to support the concept of different age separation of the ltpd stages for girls compared with boys. the practical implication is that there is no reason for a separate female ltpd model. the saru ltpd approach should be applied to both males and females. acknowledgements. this article was commissioned by the boksmart national rugby safety programme, implemented on behalf of saru and the chris burger/petro jackson players’ fund. the goal of the programme is to: teach safe and effective techniques; reduce the incidence and severity of injury; make the game safer for all involved; and improve rugby performance. this article also forms part of the evidence-based research in saru’s ltpd initiative driven by the game development division. the author thanks dr wayne viljoen, justin durandt and professor mike lambert for their input. references 1. balyi i, way r. long-term planning for athlete development: the training to train phase. canada: bc coach, 1995:2-10. 2. bompa t. from childhood to champion athlete. west sedona, az, usa: veritas publishing, 1995. 3. balyi i, hamilton a. long-term athlete development: trainability in children and adolescents. windows of opportunity. optimal trainability. victoria, bc: national coaching institute british columbia & advanced training and performance ltd, 2004. 4. higgs c, balyi i, way r, cardinal c, norris s, bluechardt m. developing physical literacy: a guide for parents of children aged 0 to 12. vancouver, bc: canadian sports centres, 2008. 5. rabinowicz t. the differentiated maturation of the cerebral cortex. in falkner f, tanner j, eds. human growth: a comprehensive treatise, vol. 2. postnatal growth: neurobiology. 2nd ed. new york: plenum, 1986:385-410. 6. barnett lm, van beurden e, morgan pj, brooks lo, avigdor zask, a, beard jr. six year follow-up of students who participated in a school-based physical activity intervention: a longitudinal cohort study. int j behav nutr phys act 2009;6:48. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-6-48] 7. ford p, de ste croix m, lloyd r, et al. the long-term athlete development model: physiological evidence and application. j sports sciences 2011;29(4)389-402. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-6-48] 8. gallahue d, donnelly f. development of physical education for all children. 4th ed. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2003. 9. borms, j. the child and exercise: an overview. j sports sci 1986;4:3-20. 10. viru a, loko j, harro m, volver a, laaneots l, viru m. critical periods in the development of performance capacity during childhood and adolescence. eur j phys educ 1999;4:75-119. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17408990040106] 11. whithall j. development of locomotor co-ordination and control in children. in: savelsberg gjp, davids k, van der kamp j, eds. development of movement coordination in children: applications in the field of ergonomics, health sciences and sport. london: routledge, 2003:251-270. 12. butterfield sa, lehnhard r, lee j, coladarci t. growth rates in running speed and vertical jumping by boys and girls ages 11-13. percept mot skills 2004;99:225-234. 13. malina rm, bouchard c, bar-or o. growth, maturation and physical activity. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2004. 14. venturelli m, bishop d, pettene l. sprint training in preadolescent soccer players. int j sports physiol perform 2008;3:558-562. 15. fournier m, ricci j, taylor a, ferguson r, montpetit r, chaltman b. skeletal muscle adaptation in adolescent boys: sprint and endurance training and detraining. med sci sports exerc 1982;14:453-456. 16. cratty bj. perceptual motor development in infants and children. 3rd ed. englewood cliffs, nj: prentice-hall, 1986. 17. katch vl. physical conditioning of children. j adolesc health care 1983;3:241-246. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1010/50197-0070] 18. rowland tw. the “trigger hypothesis” for aerobic trainability: a 14-year follow-up (editorial). pediatr exerc sci 1997;9:1-9. 19. vrijens j. muscle development in the pre and post pubescent age. medicine in sport 1978;11:152-158. 20. weber g, kartodihardjo w, klissouras, v. growth and physical training with reference to heredity. journal of applied physiology 1976;40;211-215. 21. rowland tw. aerobic response to endurance training in prepubescent children: a critical analysis. med sci sports exerc 1985;17:493-497. 22. lillegard wa, brown ew, wilson dj, henderson r, lewis, e. efficacy of strength training in prepubescent males and females: effects of gender and maturity. paediatr rehab 1997;1:147-157. 23. pfeiffer r, francis r. effects of strength training on muscle development in prepubescent, pubescent and postpubescent males. phys sportsmed 1986;14:134143. http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-6-48] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-6-48] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-6-48] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1479-5868-6-48] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17408990040106] http://dx.doi.org/10.1010/50197-0070] sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 35 appendix i online resources used to collate the data on the structure of the international rugby unions country resources (accessed 17 july 2012) australia australian rugby union • http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/kidsrugby/kidspathway/2012kidspathwaymodifications.aspx • http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/pathwaytogold/background.aspx • http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/kidsrugby/kidspathway.aspx • http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/playing/u13u19.aspx • http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/playing/womens.aspx • http://www.rugby.com.au/linkclick.aspx?fileticket=f4pec-l2izu%3d&tabid=1595 • http://www.rugby.com.au/linkclick.aspx?fileticket=ybizkwsempq%3d&tabid=1595 canada rugby canada • http://www.rugbyalberta.com/clientuploads/coaching/rc_ltrd11.pdf england england rugby football union • http://www.rfu.com/takingpart/coach/coachresourcearchive/technicaljournalarchive/~/media/files/2009/ coaching/articles/technicaljournal/2005/1stquarter/ltad20booklet.ashx • http://www.rfu.com/~/media/files/2010/womensrugby/rfuw%20player%20pathway%201011.ashx • http://www.sussexrugby.co.uk/dyn/_assets/_pdfs/rfu-documnets-for-clubs/rfuw_law_guidance_card.pdf • http://www.rfu.com/~/media/files/2011/womensrugby/u13_girls_regulations_2011_2012.ashx • http://www.rfu.com/managingrugby/managingschoolsrugby/secondaryschools/teachingandlearning/ pelessonplans/tagtotackl ireland ireland rugby union • http://origin.irishrugby.ie/development/long-term_player_development.php • http://www.irishrugby.ie/downloads/game_variations_womens_rugby.pdf • http://www.irishrugby.ie/downloads/age_grade_regulation_variations_2011_to_2012.pdf new zealand new zealand rugby union (including small blacks) • http://files.allblacks.com/comms/strategies/nzru_womens_strategy_2012.pdf http://www.grammarjuniors.org. nz/resources/smallblackrugbyrules.pdf http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/kidsrugby/kidspathway/2012kidspathwaymodifications.aspx http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/pathwaytogold/background.aspx http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/kidsrugby/kidspathway.aspx http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/playing/u13u19.aspx http://www.rugby.com.au/tryrugby/playing/womens.aspx http://www.rugby.com.au/linkclick.aspx?fileticket=f4pec-l2izu%3d&tabid=1595 http://www.rugby.com.au/linkclick.aspx?fileticket=ybizkwsempq%3d&tabid=1595 http://www.rugbyalberta.com/clientuploads/coaching/rc_ltrd11.pdf http://www.rfu.com/takingpart/coach/coachresourcearchive/technicaljournalarchive/~/media/files/2009/ http://www.rfu.com/~/media/files/2010/womensrugby/rfuw%20player%20pathway%201011.ashx http://www.sussexrugby.co.uk/dyn/_assets/_pdfs/rfu-documnets-for-clubs/rfuw_law_guidance_card.pdf http://www.rfu.com/~/media/files/2011/womensrugby/u13_girls_regulations_2011_2012.ashx http://www.rfu.com/managingrugby/managingschoolsrugby/secondaryschools/teachingandlearning/ http://origin.irishrugby.ie/development/long-term_player_development.php http://www.irishrugby.ie/downloads/game_variations_womens_rugby.pdf http://www.irishrugby.ie/downloads/age_grade_regulation_variations_2011_to_2012.pdf http://files.allblacks.com/comms/strategies/nzru_womens_strategy_2012.pdf http://www.grammarjuniors.org sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd commentary 1 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 building a robust athlete in the south african high school sports system w lombard, mphil, bspsc (hons), cscs & rscc independent athletic performance specialist, co-founder la performance protea crescent west acres, nelspruit, 1201 corresponding author: w lombard (waynelombard@yahoo.com) schools are presently faced with important decisions on how best to structure their sports programmes to include the growing number of tournaments into their sports calendars. furthermore, school sports have become more professional and competitive, with the inclusion of the offer of cash prizes, as well as live tv coverage of these tournaments. thus the pressure on coaches to win at this level has increased significantly over the past 10 years. the intention of this article is not to disparage the south african school sport system but rather to create an understanding of best practice techniques when considering the conditioning practices related to high school athletes. as it has been the author’s experience through working with numerous high school athletes and presenting to various schools and educators on this topic, that the current system or lack thereof may not be athlete-centred. this may be in turn detrimental to their sporting development at a later stage [1]. thus in this author’s opinion, there is a definite need for a paradigm shift in school sports programming in south africa. as it currently stands, training is generally designed for short-term competitive performance rather than focusing on the optimal long-term development of a young athlete’s overall athletic capabilities [2]. with the growing volume of scientific literature in this area, it is important that this be made accessible to coaches and educators within the school system. thus the intention of this commentary is to disseminate the science of developing school sports and presenting it simply yet meaningful with a clear emphasis on its overall purpose. discussion starting with the end in mind it is evident that since the exclusion of physical education from the south african school curriculum, many young athletes entering high school lack the basic fine and gross motor skills that should be the norm at this age. therefore they often start high school with a low level of physical fitness and technical ability in sports [3]. therefore there is a need for a structured programme to address these issues and a new model of physical development is required which builds young robust athletes [2,4]. too often, young athletes are judged early on their performances during their school careers, rather than by their achievements after school. this approach may place undue pressure on the athlete to perform at a young age rather than putting in place the necessary characteristics required to sustain a high level of performance later on in their careers. schools may need to consider the fact that as a result of different rates of maturation schoolchildren need to be developed based on their future potential and not their current sporting performance [5]. the primary aim for a school’s sporting system should be to produce children who, when they are fully mature, will have the opportunity to pursue athletic achievement or lifelong recreational activity. however, the author is not implying that winning a tournament or match does not create a healthy competitive environment, but when winning is the focal point of a programme, it may be detrimental to the athlete’s overall sporting development. the increase of performance pressures in school sports has resulted in a well-documented growing trend of early specialisation and overtraining of the youth [6]. school athletes are often under pressure to complete multiple sessions per day in one sport or they are multi-sport athletes who are expected to complete a full practice and match load for two sports within the same season. it is here that coaches need to look after the best interests of the athlete in terms of training load (sport specific as well as strength and conditioning) and recovery. consequently, an emphasis should be placed on ensuring that the youth are exposed to various age appropriate structured technical activities (all sport specific and strength training related technical abilities). this should also include tactical (an understanding of the specific tactics within a sporting code) and physical training modalities as the exposure to a wide variety of stimuli at a young age allows for greater physiological adaptations as they progress through their careers. these will help to prepare them for the demands of their sporting activities and make them more robust and resilient to injuries [7]. however, in order to do this requires an acceptance from all stakeholders (teachers, coaches, parents, trainer as well as students) and careful monitoring of the athletes’ training loads and perception of wellness. creating an environment conducive to building a robust athlete one of the main benefits of any high school system is that all the students are under their guidance for a minimum of five years. this allows for the development of a sound five year background: school sport in south africa has become more competitive, and competition schedules are often found to be more congested. as a consequence young athletes are in an environment where they are exposed to high training and match demands. however, the school system generally fails to prepare these athletes physically to withstand the training and competition demands placed on them. discussion: it is important that schools implement a system that will allow their athletes to develop physically through ageappropriate strength and conditioning. it is especially important for schools to develop a plan to manage the multi-sport athlete in order reduce the risk of injury and burnout. by adopting a five year accumulative development model that fits the athlete’s environment, schools will contribute to the development of future professional athletes. key words: high school, student-athlete, multi-sport s afr j sports med 2018; 30:1-3.doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a2933 mailto:waynelombard@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a2933 commentary sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 2 model that will allow schools to create a student-centred approach when it comes to their sporting programmes. the multi-sport athlete when designing a longterm plan, it is the multisport athlete (playing two or more sports) that needs careful consideration. these athletes are generally found in the middle of a battle between coaches for each sport and are let down by an ego-driven system that lacks sufficient planning and collaboration between sporting codes. it is these athletes that are often taken advantage of by coaches and are caught in a dilemma on how to prioritise each sport. it is for this reason that a well thought-out, collaborative athlete-centred periodisation plan needs to be created. the plan should be designed so that it does not favour one particular sport but rather the development of the technical skills required by each sport and the fundamental physical qualities required to be a robust athlete [10]. a five year model figure 1 shows a schematic of a five year model that schools can implement to aid in the development of a robust high school athlete. within the model there are three distinct phases that should be emphasised, (1) development phase (grades 8 – 9), (2) transition phase (grade 10) and (3) competitive phase (grade 11 -12), with each phase leading into the other, thereby allowing for progressive overload and increasing complexity of training at each phase. although beyond the scope of this commentary, it is imperative that anyone who is drawing up such a plan, takes careful consideration of what exercises are implemented at each stage of the model [8]. they should stick to the basic principles of overload, progression and specific adaptions to imposed demands (saids) (please define this before using the acronym) of effective athletic development. fort-vanmeerhaeghe et al. propose an integrative neuromuscular training (int) model for youth athletes [4,7]. this model allows for the development of all fundamental physical qualities mentioned earlier for youth athletes and bodes well for training transfer into sports specific skills [4,7]. the following components should be included into the model at the three different stages mentioned earlier [4]; (1) dynamic stability (2) coordination (3) strength (4) plyometrics (5) speed / agility (6) fatigue resistant in order for this model to work is the education of coaches, teachers and parents on the benefits of strength and conditioning for youth athletes. many parents and coaches hold the incorrect perception that strength training is dangerous and may stunt the athlete’s growth. the scientific data show there is no evidence to support strength training stunting growth; however, it is essential that it is implemented under the guidance of a suitably qualified individual. in support of the early implementation of strength and conditioning programmes, evidence shows that the implementation of integrative neuromuscular training in youth athletes can reduce sports-related injuries to less than a third and overuse injuries by almost half [9]. researchers have also shown that by not implementing integrative neuromuscular training during the pre-adolescence and early puberty stages of development, the probability of the athlete reaching their full genetic potential or greater is far less than those who started at a young age [8]. conclusion from personal experience, it has been noticeable that most south african schools are without a long-term focused approach to developing robust high school athletes. the south african school system needs to implement an athlete-centred long-term strategy. the evidence is unequivocal, and the benefits far outweigh the negatives for the implementation of such a programme within the school system. the implementation of progressive integrative neuromuscular training from a young age will ensure that there is a reduction in the risk of injury and the production of robust athletes that are able to perform to their maximum potential with more enjoyment. references 1. durandt j, hendricks s, marshall m, et al. under-13 rugby: what are the issues? a panel discussion. s afrj sports med 2015;27(3):63-66. [doi:10.7196/sajsm.8078] 2. jeffreys i. quadrennial planning for the high school athlete. strength cond j 2008;30(3):74–83. [doi: 10.1519/ssc.0b013e3181775ae2] 3. uys m, bassett s, draper ce, et al. results from south africa's 2016 report card on physical activity for children and youth. j phys act health 2016;13(11 suppl 2):s265–73. [doi: 10.1123/jpah.2016-0409] 4. fort-vanmeerhaeghe a, romero-rodriguez d, montalvo am, et al. integrative neuromuscular training and injury prevention fig. 1. schematic of a five year model for schools commentary 3 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 in youth athletes. part i: identifying risk factors. strength cond j. 2016;38(3):36–48. [doi: 10.1519/ssc.0000000000000229] 5. lloyd rs, oliver jl, eds. strength and conditioning for young athletes: science and application. new york: routledge, pp.?. 6. jayanthi na, labella cr, fischer d, et al. sports-specialized intensive training and the risk of injury in young athletes: a clinical case-control study. am j sports med. 2015;43(4):794– 801. [doi: 10.1177/0363546514567298] 7. fort-vanmeerhaeghe a, romero-rodriguez d, lloyd rs, et al. integrative neuromuscular training in youth athletes. part ii: strategies to prevent injuries and improve performance. strength cond j 2016;38(4):9–27. [doi:10.1519/ssc.0000000000000234] 8. lloyd rs, cronin jb, faigenbaum ad, et al. national strength and conditioning association position statement on longterm athletic development. j strength cond res 2016;30(6):1491–1509. [doi: 10.1519/jsc.0000000000001387] 9. abernethy l, bleakley c. strategies to prevent injury in adolescent sport: a systematic review. br j sports med 2007;41(10):627–638. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2007.035691] 10. swanson jr. periodization for the multisport athlete. strength cond j 2004;26(4):50-58. original research 40 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 introduction morbidity and mortality related to sedentary living are increasing worldwide. 1 in particular, coronary heart disease (chd), which is closely linked to risk factors such as obesity, insulin resistance, high blood pressure and abnormal blood lipid profiles, is increasing. traditionally women have been thought to be exempt from chd, especially pre-menopausal women. 2 it is now understood that the risk of developing hypercholesterolaemia and chd increases exponentially after menopause, and that it is vital for a woman’s cholesterol levels to be closely monitored. 3 two modalities of treatment exist for hypercholesterolaemia: drug intervention and lifestyle intervention. as drug interventions can have unpleasant physical side-effects as well as economic implications and issues of availability, it is important to establish the effect of lifestyle interventions on improving the blood lipid profile in individuals at risk for chd. while the impact of diet on plasma lipoproteins is fairly well established, 4 the effect of exercise is not as conclusive. 5,6 while it appears that aerobic endurance training may be an effective means of managing hypercholesterolaemia, 7-9 less is known about the effects of progressive resistance training. 10,11 in response to resistance training, hdl-cholesterol was reduced in women aged 54 71 years over 12 weeks. 12 further studies on samples including pre-menopausal women and men have either shown no change, 8,14,15 positive change 16 or, like joseph et al., 12 a negative response. there is very little literature has focused specifically on postmenopausal women. thus the problem addressed in this research was to establish the effect of a 24-week progressive resistance training programme on the blood lipid profiles of a sample of previously sedentary postmenopausal women. materials and methods study design a prospective, longitudinal (24 weeks) study design was employed on a cohort of postmenopausal women. the participants were required to attend thrice-weekly sessions of supervised resistance training which progressed from 50% of the pre-test 1-repetition maximum (1rm) effort intensity to 80% of the 1rm intensity over the course of the 24-week period. participant population twenty-six participants were recruited via information disseminated through local newspapers as well as flyers at local pharmacies and at general practitioners’ rooms. volunteers all agreed to participate in a protocol approved by the rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa ethics committee. participants were females aged 50 75 years. inclusion criteria were: postmenopausal (cessation of menses at least 12 months prior to selection for the study), sedentary (defined resistance training and changes to plasma lipoproteins in postmenopausal women correspondence: janet viljoen or candice christie department of human kinetics and ergonomics rhodes university po box 94 grahamstown, 6140 south africa tel +27 46 603 8470 fax +27 46 603 8934 email: c.christie@ru.ac.za janet.viljoen78@gmail.com janet erica viljoen (msc) candice jo-anne christie (phd) rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa abstract objectives. the main purpose of this study was to assess the effect of progressive resistance training on the blood lipid profile in postmenopausal women. methods. twenty-six female participants aged 50 75 years were selected from the population of grahamstown, south africa. all participants were previously sedentary and possessed at least one lipid profile abnormality but were otherwise healthy. pretests included a sub-maximal stress test, stature, mass, central and limb girths as well as an oral glucose tolerance test (ogtt) and a total blood lipid profile. participants took part in a 24-week progressive resistance training programme, consisting of three supervised sessions per week, each lasting 45 minutes. participants were not permitted to lose more than 10% of initial body mass during the 24-week study. all pre-test measures, excluding the stress test and the ogtt, were repeated every 4 weeks for the duration of the study. results. body mass, body mass index and waist-to-hip ratio did not change. girth measures at mid-humerus, chest, waist, hip, mid-quadricep and mid-gastrocnemius all decreased significantly (p<0.05). ldl-cholesterol increased significantly over the course of 24 weeks (3.61 mmol.l -1 to 4.07 mmol.l -1 ), as did total cholesterol (5.81 mmol.l -1 6.24 mmol.l -1 ). triglyceride concentration remained unchanged and hdl-cholesterol decreased significantly between the pre-test measure (1.55 mmol.l1 ) and the measure after 6 months (1.42 mmol.l -1 ). conclusion. the blood lipid profile in a sample of postmenopausal women was not positively affected by a progressive resistance training programme over a 24-week period. as less than three regular sessions of physical activity of 30 minutes’ duration per week for the previous 6 months, based on the american college of sports medicine’s recommendation that three sessions of exercise weekly, each of 30 minutes, is minimally beneficial to the individual), free from heart, lung, liver and kidney disease, not on hormone replacement therapy and non-diabetic or pre-diabetic. the latter was assessed through an oral glucose tolerance test (ogtt) conducted prior to the study, results of which were used specifically to screen for irregularities and were not included as part of the study thereafter. measurements clinical evaluation included a stress echocardiogram (ecg), resting blood pressure while standing, sitting and supine, and a full physical examination by a medical practitioner. a full ogtt was carried out at a reputable pathology laboratory. participants were required to fast from 22h00 the evening before the ogtt, and presented at the laboratory at 08h30. on arrival at the laboratory each participant was given a glucose solution to consume, mixed to specification (75 g of glucose mixed in water). a blood sample was taken within 2 minutes of consumption of the glucose drink and again 2 hours later. in between the two blood tests participants were permitted to leave the laboratory but were not permitted to eat or drink anything other than small amounts of water if required. anthropometric parameters included measures of stature, mass, and girth measures at the following anatomical sites: mid-humerus, chest over-bust, waist at the level of the umbilicus, hip, midquadricep and mid-gastrocnemius (table i). girth measures (upper arm, chest over-bust, waist, hip, thigh and calf) and mass (kg) were obtained by the principal researcher and were measured at the start of the same 60-minute exercise session on each occasion at 4-week intervals. two measurements were taken and if these matched the researcher was satisfied that the measurement was valid. the following anthropometric indicators were calculated: waist-to-hip ratio and body mass index (table i). full, fasting blood lipid profiles were obtained at a reputable pathology laboratory. blood was analysed using standard automated enzymatic processes on the dimension xpand plus clinical chemistry system. the following serum determinations were made from samples collected in the morning after a 12-hour fast: total cholesterol, high-density cholesterol (hdl-c) and triglycerides (enzymatic method) and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (ldl-c) (estimation 16 ). for inclusion in the study, participants had to present with at least one lipid abnormality (total cholesterol higher than 5.20 mmol.l -1 ; ldl above 2.60 mmol.l -1 ; hdl above 1.30 mmol.l -1 or triglycerides above 1.70 mmol.l -1 ) and not present with an abnormal fasting blood glucose response. measurements were repeated every 4 weeks. training protocol a 24-week progressive resistance training (prt) programme was designed engaging the ‘find’ principle (frequency, intensity, nature and duration). in order to ensure reliability and validity of results intensity was tightly monitored throughout the study. initial intensity was set at 50% one-repetition-maximum (1-rm) and increased to 80% during the final phases of the project. the major muscle groups targeted are shown in table ii. participants were also required to attend three sessions per week for the 24-week study trial. although requested to maintain their habitual dietary intake for the duration of the study (and participants were regularly explained the reason as to why this was important), a limitation of the study is that diet was not monitored or controlled. this represents a weakness in the design of this study, of which the authors are aware. in executing this protocol the researcher intended to conduct a field study, replicating ordinary daily life so that the results might indicate the efficacy of lifestyle interventions in situ. in addition, this was a preliminary study for a further investigation, the design for which includes many improvements including better control of the participants’ dietary intake. the exercise programme was divided into six phases of 4 weeks’ duration (table iii). each phase represented an increase in intensity, initially by increasing the intensity from 50% of the 1-rm to 60% of the 1-rm, and then by increasing both the intensity and also the volume of repetitions and sets completed. table ii. exercises and musculature trained exercise major muscles engaged lateral pull-down latissimus dorsi, rhomboideus major, trapezius seated cable cow latissimus dorsi, trapezius, deltoid group, erector spinae, external oblique, rectus abdominus leg extension rectus femoris, vastus medialis, vastus lateralis, vastus intermedius chest press pectoralis major, deltoid group, external oblique, rectus abdominus, biceps brachii, triceps brachii abdominal crunches rectus abdominus, external oblique, internal oblique, transverse abdominus, iliopsoas, multifidus (activation of the core) hamstring curls semitendinosus, semimembranosus, biceps femoris step-ups rectus femoris, vastus medialis, vastus lateralis, vastus intermedius, semitendinosus, semimembranosus, biceps femoris, gastrocnemius, tibialis anterior table i. mean (±standard deviation) demographic data obtained from the participants n age (years) stature (m) mass (kg) bmi (kg.m -2 ) whr 26 56.77±4.12 1.63±60 79.08±17.42 29.8±6.77 0.85±0.08 bmi = body mass index; whr: waist-to-hip ratio. table iii. exercise programme design phase 1 2 3 4 5 6 intensity (%) 50 60 60 70 70 80 sets (no.) 1 1 2 2 3 3 repetitions (no.) 12 12 12 12 12 12 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 41 42 sajsm vol 19 no. 4 200742 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 exercise sessions were offered at times self-selected by the participants. each session was supervised by a research assistant (postgraduate students in the department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university, grahamstown). participants were required to attend three sessions weekly, each lasting 45 60 minutes. the aerobic warm-up comprised 10% of the session time, and the prt portion of the workout made up 90% of the session time. inclusion in data analyses was dependent on the participant completing 80% of the sessions (72 sessions in total). statistical analyses data are presented as mean ± standard deviation (sd). statistical significance was set at p≤0.05. a repeated measures one-way analysis of variance (anova) was employed to analyse the results, and statistical procedures were performed in statistica 8. 18 results compliance in order to be included in the data set participants had to attend at least 80% of the total number of sessions (72). of the initial sample (n=34) 87% completed 80% of the sessions and of this number, 9% attended 100% of the sessions. of the remaining participants 3% attended 70 75% of sessions, and 10% had only attended 50 60% of the 72 sessions. data from 26 participants were analysed once results had been corrected for compliance. anthropometric and girth measures body mass (kg) did not display significant changes (-0.77±0.62 kg) over the course of 24 weeks (p<0.05). waist circumference decreased significantly (p<0.05) from baseline to 4 weeks (-22±8 mm) (fig. 1). this measure, reflecting abdominal visceral fat (avf) deposits, continued to decrease significantly at 8 (-38±11 mm), 12 (-48±19 mm), 16 (-48±14 mm), 20 (-42±18 mm) and 24 weeks (-45±17 mm). hip girth reflected a similar pattern, also displaying significant decreases from week 8 (-36±9 mm) (p<0.05). weeks 12 (-35±9 mm), 16 (-39±9 mm), 20 (-40±9 mm) and 24 (-41±8 mm) were all significantly lower than the pre-test measure. upper extremity circumference showed significant decreases from week 8 (-10±3 mm) (fig. 1). this reduction continued at weeks 12 (-11±4 mm), 16 (-12±3 mm), 20 (-14±6 mm) and 24 (-14±6 mm). over-bust chest girth measure also showed a significant (p=0.05) decrease at week 8 (-23±14 mm) and this trend continued through weeks 12 (-35±15 mm), 16 (-39±11 mm), 20 (-32±18 mm) and 24 (-33±18 mm). mid-quadricep baseline measure (537±60 mm) decreased significantly at week 12 (-19±3 mm) (p<0.05). significant decreases were also recorded at weeks 16 (-25±3 mm), 20 (-33±11 mm) and 24 (-34±11 mm) (fig. 1). mid-gastrocnemius girth was significantly lower than the baseline measure at week 16 (-13±6 mm), 20 (-18±8 mm) and 24 (-18±8 mm) (p=0.05). plasma lipoproteins plasma lipoproteins measured by conventional methods reacted unexpectedly to the resistance training protocol. ldl increased significantly from baseline (3.61±0.78 mmol.l -1 ) to 4.07±0.81 mmol.l -1 (p<0.05) following the 24-week prt. while this is statistically significant it does not represent clinical significance, as the increase does not represent a ‘risk category’ increase. hdl decreased significantly at week 16 (-0.06±0.03 mmol.l -1 ) and continued to decrease at weeks 20 (-0.07±0.06 mmol.l -1 ) and 24 (-0.13±0.06 mmol.l -1 ). triglycerides increased significantly (p<0.05) at week 8 (0.31±0.32 mmol.l -1 ) but thereafter decreased in the next 12 weeks, returning to pre-intervention values at conclusion of the study (fig. 2). total cholesterol increased steadily in the first 12 weeks, reaching significantly higher than baseline values at weeks 16 (0.41±0.32 mmol.l -1 ), 20 (0.44±0.12 mmol.l -1 ) and 24 (0.43±0.15 mmol.l -1 ) (fig. 2). discussion this study evaluated the effect of progressive resistance training on the plasma lipoproteins in postmenopausal women. reliability of results required that the compliance of participants remained high. thus, only those participants who achieved at least 80% attendance at exercise sessions were included in the data analyses. furthermore, it was important for the outcomes of the study that the sample did not lose more than 10% of baseline body mass, as it has been demonstrated that weight loss positively influences plasma lipoprotein concentrations. 19,20 participants were instructed that loss of body mass greater than 10% would result in exclusion from the study and were requested not to attempt bodyweight loss. body mass in the current cohort did not change over the duration of the experiment. favourable changes in body composition can be expected as a result of resistance training, and in turn resting metabolic rate may increase. subsequent loss of fat weight, but increase in muscle weight may have occurred, and may represent a benefit of resistance training in this cohort. expectedly, bmi did not change significantly (29.80±6.77 kg.m -2 at baseline and 29.51±6.51 kg.m -2 fig. 1. mean girth measures                         * * * * * * fig. 1. mean girth measures. *significant difference to baseline measure multiple values significantly different to baseline measures quad = quadriceps muscle group gast = the gastrocnemius muscle fig. 2. plasma lipoprotein changes over the course of 24 weeks. *significant difference to baseline measure multiple values significantly different to baseline measure. 16 fig. 2. plasma lipoprotein changes over the course of 24 weeks. * significant difference to baseline measure multiple values significantly different to baseline measure. * * * * plasma lipoproteins m m o l.l -1 ldl hdl trig tc 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 after 24 weeks). other girth measures were positively affected by the exercise programme. in particular, reductions at central and distal anatomical sites with a concomitantly stable body mass reflected a decrease in fat mass and a possible increase in fat-free mass (given that body mass remained stable). this is in contrast to the findings of joseph et al., 12 who found that 12 weeks of resistance training reflected no change in body composition in postmenopausal women, while in their age-matched male participants, body fat was reduced. at 12 weeks in the current sample, all girth measures were positively responding (p<0.05) to the exercise programme. plasma ldl increased from as early as 4 weeks into the study (an increase of 0.17±0.36 mmol.l -1 compared with the pre-test baseline measure). this sharp increase leveled off at week 8 (0.02±0.17 mmol.l -1 ) but by week 12 ldl had increased by 6% relative to the baseline measure, and at week 24 ldl was significantly higher (12%) than pre-test. the changes in ldl cholesterol were not supported by recent literature, 12,21,22 which reported that resistance training in postmenopausal women resulted in no change to ldl levels. important to note however is that the current study was 24 weeks in duration with this time frame resulting in a significant increase in ldl. at 12 weeks ldl had also not significantly altered effectively, suggesting that had the studies of joseph et al,. 12 fahlmann et al. 21 and behall et al. 22 been continued for longer, they too may have seen an increase in ldl levels. furthermore, in the study by joseph et al. body composition was not altered, unlike in this study where body composition positively changed. hdl decreased significantly from baseline to 16 weeks (-3%) and 24 weeks (-8%), which is a finding supported by joseph et al. 12 in contrast to this it was found that resistance training had no effect on hdl concentrations in samples of middle-aged men. 23 triglyceride (tg) concentration reached a significant 20% (p<0.05) above the baseline value at week 8 (0.31±0.32 mmol.l -1 higher than the pre-test plasma triglyceride levels). over the following 16 weeks the plasma concentration of triglycerides appeared to decrease steadily, returning to pre-test levels at 24 weeks. similarly, in another study, no changes were found in triglyceride levels after 12 weeks of resistance training. 12 the drop and then subsequent increase in tg concentrations must be viewed within the context of the study design. tg levels are known to be influenced by many lifestyle-related factors such as dietary intake, alcohol consumption, smoking and menstrual status, to name a few. 4 while smoking and menstrual status were controlled for in this study, no controls were instituted for alcohol intake, dietary or any other lifestyle habits. the drop in tg after 8 weeks therefore could have been a consequence of subconscious (or possibly even conscious) altered habitual lifestyle as it is well known that when individuals start exercising, diet is often changed subconsciously and individuals tend to start living a healthier lifestyle. 6 motivation for healthier lifestyle habits may have reduced over time and hence the increase in tg levels back to baseline may, again, be due to poorer lifestyle choices outside of the exercise influence. interestingly however is the fact that although body fat was not measured, it was postulated that there was a decrease in fat mass and an increase in lbm as reflected by the changes in girth measures. evidence suggests that this should positively alter tg concentration 13 and yet this was not the case. either body composition was not altered due to the exercise intervention or the other lifestyle choices made by the participants could have negated the positive body composition effect. the latter is the more plausible. total cholesterol (tc) increased significantly (p<0.05) by week 16 (an increase of 7%) and was significantly elevated from baseline at both 20 and 24 weeks, which is in contrast to previous findings. 14 despite this significant change, it is important to note the clinical significance of these findings as at 24 weeks, the increase from baseline was only 0.43±0.15 mmol.l -1 . current recommended levels of the plasma lipoproteins are hdl ˃ 0.90 mmol.l -1 , ldl ≤3.00 mmol.l -1 (but ≤1.50 mmol.l -1 for those with known cardiac risk), triglycerides <1.70 mmol.l -1 and tc ≤5.00 mmol.l -1 . 27 the current sample fell within the ‘borderline’ category prior to the exercise intervention for ldl (3.61 mmol.l -1 ) and tc (5.81 mmol.l -1 ), and within the desirable range for both hdl (1.55 mmol.l-1) and triglyceride concentration (1.54 mmol.l -1 ). following the training intervention these values had shown statistically significant changes (p<0.05), but did not show clinically significant permutations. ldl remained within the ‘borderline’ category (4.07 mmol.l -1 at 24 weeks), hdl remained at desirable levels (1.42 mmol.l -1 ) and tc was still below 7.50 mmol.l -1 , which is the upper limit of the ‘borderline risk’ category (6.24 mmol.l -1 at 24 weeks). tg concentrations above 2.26 mmol.l -1 would reflect hypertriglyceridaemia, 27 but the tg concentrations for the current sample remained below this margin (1.54 mmol.l1 prior to the intervention and 1.65 mmol.l -1 at 24 weeks). conclusion although these findings suggest a negative lipoprotein response to resistance training in postmenopausal women, the findings should be interpreted within the context of the study design and in the light of clinical significance. this especially in light of the fact that dietary intake was not strictly controlled or monitored and that there was no comparative control group. future studies should consider these factors. the large variation in results obtained indicates that a mechanism for positive change exists and requires a more strictly controlled study to become clearly evident. acknowledgements the authors would like to acknowledge the contributions of dr celia p jameson, specialist physician, for the health screening of the participants and professor sarah radloff, department of mathematical statistics, rhodes university, for assistance with the statistical procedures. the authors would further like to thank the 2008 postgraduate students from the department of human kinetics and ergonomics at rhodes university who assisted with supervision of the exercise sessions. competing interests all authors declare that the answer to the questions on your competing interest form are all no and therefore have nothing to declare. funding funding for this research project was provided by the joint research council at rhodes university. references 1. chakravarthy mv, booth fw. eating, exercise and the “thrifty” genotypes: connecting the dots toward an evolutionary understanding of modern chronic disease. j appl physiol 2000;96:3-10. 2. skouby so. health in the menopause: advances in management. intern congr ser 2004;1266:151-155. 3. jensen j. lipids and lipoprotein profile in postmenopausal women. dan med bull 1992; 39:64-80. 4. haskell wl. cardiovascular disease prevention and lifestyle interventions: effectiveness and efficacy. j cardiovasc nurs 2003;18:245-255. 5. halverstadt a, phares da, wilund kr, goldberg ap, hagberg jm. endurance exercise training raises high density lipoprotein cholesterol and lowers small low density lipoprotein and very-low density lipoprotein independent of body fat phenotypes in older men and women. metabolism 2007;56:444-450. sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 43 6. trejo-gutierrez j and fletcher g. impact of exercise on blood lipids and lipoproteins. j clin lipidol 2007;1:175-181. 7. king ac, haskell wl, young dr, oka rk, stefanick ml. long-term effects of varying intensities and formats of physical activity on participation rates, fitness and lipoproteins in men and women aged 50 to 65 years. circulation 1995;91:2596-2604. 8. kokkinos pf, holland jc, pittaras ae, narayan p, dotson co, papademetriou v. cardio-respiratory fitness and coronary heart disease risk factor association in women. j am coll cardiol 1995;26:358-364. 9. spate-douglas t, keyser re. exercise intensity: its effect on the high density lipoprotein profile. arch phys med rehab 1999;80:691-695. 10. nicklas bj, katzel li, busby-whitehead j, goldberg ap. increases in high-density lipoprotein cholesterol with endurance exercise training are blunted in obese compared with lean men. metabolism 1997;46:556-561. 11. thompson pd, yugalevitch sm, flynn mm, et al. effect of prolonged exercise training without weight loss on high-density lipoprotein metabolism in overweight men. metabolism 1997;46:217-223. 12. joseph ljo, davey sl, evans wj, campbell ww. differential effect of resistance training on the body composition and lipoprotein-lipid profile in older men and women. metabolism 1999;48:1474-1480. 13. comizio r, pietrobelli a, tan xy, et al. total body lipid and triglyceride response to energy deficit: relevance to body composition models. ajp endo 1998;274(5):e860-e866. 14. elliott kj, sale c, and cable nt. effects of resistance training and detraining on muscle strength and blood lipid profiles in postmenopausal women. br j sports med 2002;36:340-344. 15. lemura lm, von duvillard sp, andreacci j, klebez jm, chelland sa, russo j. lipid and lipoprotein profiles, cardiovascular fitness, body composition and diet during and after resistance, aerobic and combination training in young women. eur j appl physiol 2000;82:451-458. 16. wallace mb, mils bd, browning cl. effects of cross-training on markers of insulin resistance/hyperinsulinaemia. med sci sport exerc 1997;29:1170-1175. 17. friedewald wt, levy ri, fredrickson ds. estimation of the concentration of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol in plasma, without use of the preparative ultracentrifuge. clin chem 1972;18:499-502. 18. statsoft, inc. statistica 2007. version 8.1 (www.statsoft.com) 19. martini c, pallottini v, de marinis e, et al. omega-3 as well as caloric restriction prevent the age-related modifications of cholesterol metabolism. mechanisms of aging and development 2008;129:722-727. 20. volek js, fernandez ml, fernman rd, phinney sd. dietary carbohydrate restriction induces a unique metabolic state positively affecting atherogenic dyslipidaemia, fatty acid partitioning, and metabolic syndrome. prog lipid res 2008;47:307-318. 21. fahlmann mm, boardley d, lambert cp, flynn mg. effects of endurance training and resistance training on plasma lipoprotein profiles in elderly women. journals of gerontology a: biological sciences and medical sciences 2002;57:b54-60. 22. behall km, howe jc, martel g. comparison of resistive to aerobic exercise training on cardiovascular risk factors of sedentary, overweight, premenopausal and postmenopausal women. nutr res 2003;23:607-619. 23. smutok ma, reece l, kokkinos pf, et al. aerobic versus strength training for risk factor intervention in middle aged men at high risk for coronary heart disease. metabolism 1993;42:177-184. 24. mcardle wd, katch fi, katch vl. exercise physiology: energy, nutrition and human performanc,. 4th ed. 1996. baltimore: williams and wilkins. 25. hodgetts v, coppack sw, frayn kn, hockaday tdr. factors controlling fat mobilization from human subcutaneous adipose tissue during exercise. am physiol soc 1991;71:445-451. 26. brooks ga, mercier j. balance of carbohydrate and lipid utilization during exercise: the “crossover” concept. am physiol soc 1994;76:2253-2296. 27. eberly le, stamler j, neaton jd. relation of triglyceride levels, fasting and non-fasting, to fatal and non-fatal cardiovascular heart disease. arch intern med 2003;163:1077-1083. 44 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 sajsm vol. 24 no. 3 2012 81 original research playing time between senior rugby players of different ethnic groups across all levels of south african rugby, 20072011 jacques du toit, justin durandt, jonathan joshua, herman masimla, mike lambert discovery high performance centre, sports science institute of south africa, and mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town jacques du toit, ba (hons) biokinetics justin durandt, bsc (med hon) exercise science (biokinetics) jonathan joshua, bsc (med hon) exercise science (biokinetics) mike lambert, phd south african rugby union herman masimla, ba, hde corresponding author: jacques du toit (jdtoit@ssisa.com) introduction following the formation of a single body to govern rugby in south africa in 1992, the south african rugby union (saru) has had a continual challenge to make the game fully representative at all levels, particularly since most representative teams at all levels were dominated by white players.1,2 politicians have accused saru of being resistant to change despite saru’s attempt to transform the game by launching several programmes designed to promote the development of black and coloured players from previously disadvantaged areas.3 for example, the ‘nike all stars’ programme ran from 1999 to 2002 and focused on the talent identification of youth (12 15 years). the players identified by this programme were invited to attend various provincial trials and training camps spanning the 4-year period of the programme. for many players these camps were their first exposure to the demands and expectations of a professional athlete. players were exposed to physiological testing, nutritional advice, life skills and technical rugby coaching. the ‘spoornet rugby excellence’ programme had a similar structure to the ‘nike all stars’ programme and ran for a 5-year period from 1998 to 2002. this programme focused on players of all ages, including senior players. players from across the country were identified and invited to various camps that focused on equipping players with the skills needed to play rugby at a higher level. the players had a full medical evaluation, followed by any appropriate medical intervention they needed. their physiological characteristics were profiled and players received customised training programmes and access to strength-training facilities. training camps were held throughout the year to facilitate the continual development of the players participating in the programme. in addition players received personalised interventions including accommodation, transport and educational grants where required. the programme aimed to be comprehensive and facilitate the development of the players in the senior ranks. in 2002 saru introduced high-performance workshops at the u18 craven week. a study at this craven week showed that black and coloured players weighed about 8 kg less than their white counterparts.4 this study also showed that most of these players did not have access to weight training equipment. in response to these findings saru and the sports science institute of south africa background. the south african rugby union (saru) has had a continual challenge to make the game representative of players of all ethnic groups at all levels of play. in response to this challenge saru has implemented several programmes designed to accelerate the development of players from previously disadvantaged areas with the goal of making the game more representative. however, the success of these programmes to transform the player profile at different levels of rugby cannot be evaluated because the players representing different ethnic groups have not been quantified in a systematic way. objectives. to quantify the number and playing time of south african professional players (vodacom, currie cup, super rugby and springboks) from different ethnic groups from 2007 to 2011 to determine whether there are any changes in the profile of the players over this period. methods. playing time was recorded for all players in sanctioned matches. players were divided into the ethnic classifications used by saru (i.e. white, coloured and black). results. at all levels of competition there were proportionally more white players, followed by coloured players and then black players. this pattern did not change from 2007 to 2011. based on the ratio of number of players v. playing time, the white players played more time than expected at the springbok level, whereas the black players played less than expected for the number of players from 2007 to 2011. at the vodacom level the white players played more than expected in 2007 and 2008 and played less than expected in 2010 and 2011, whereas the black players played more than expected in 2010 and the coloured players played more than expected at the 2011 tournament. the super rugby tournament had the most consistency between players and expected playing time for the different ethnic groups. conclusions. despite the effort to support players from disadvantaged backgrounds since 1998 with facilitative programmes and selection targets, the professional game is still dominated by white players at all levels. s afr j sm 2012;24(3):81-86. doi:10.7196/sajsm.327 82 sajsm vol. 24 no. 3 2012 developed and launched the mobile team training system (mtts) in 2003. the mtts is a shipping container that has been modified and refurbished with high-quality strength-training equipment, so that an entire team can train simultaneously. the mtts container can be transported to remote areas within the country and provide high quality training facilities to the teams that previously did not have access to equipment. by the middle of 2011, saru had distributed 32 mtts units across the country. coinciding with the delivery of the mtts to a region, saru organises a strength-training workshop for all coaches and trainers in the region and also provides on-going monitoring and support. in 2003 the green squads were also introduced with the goal of developing talent. this was a broad-based talent identification programme designed to serve the needs of the provinces and national teams. the green squad comprised five age groups, each with ±100 players, representing players in the under-16, -17, -18, -19 and -20 age groups. players were selected, based on their rugby skills, by a national panel of selectors. national scouts also provided input for selection. once the players in each of the age groups were selected, they were subjected to 3 assessment sessions for the year. these sessions consisted of physical tests, skills tests and nutritional assessments. players were given feedback on their performance in each of the 3 assessment areas. in 2006 the high-performance workshops were expanded to the academy week (national u18 week) and grant khomo week (national u16 week). in 2007 saru launched the elite squad project, which replaced the old green squads. saru had found that players from disadvantaged areas were still experiencing challenges in terms of their nutrition, supplements and conditioning and the aim of this new programme was to bridge the gap between the age group players in the country by providing testing equipment, supplements and money for all the unions. this programme ran for 3 years. in addition to these programmes saru has placed further emphasis on transformation by having quotas for ‘players of colour’ (which is a saru euphemism for black and coloured players) at both junior and senior levels. for example, in the 2010 craven week (national u18 week) teams were to be selected with a ratio of 13 white players to 9 players of colour, while the academy week and grant khomo week teams were to be selected with a ratio of 11 white players to 11 players of colour.5 most recently, the 2011 varsity cup (university rugby competition) had regulations which required for the playing squad of 23 players to contain 5 players of colour while 3 players of colour had to be on the field at all times.6 despite the various saru programmes which have been established to address transformation, and the implementation of quota policies in selection, there is still concern that the effects of these attempts to transform the game are not filtering through to the higher senior levels of the game. these concerns cannot be quantified because there are no hard data against which the effects of these programmes can be measured. this is coupled with the confusion about having a measurable definition of ‘transformation’. a meeting between all provincial presidents in 2006 highlighted the shortcomings of defining transformation through the simplistic view of just counting heads of players.7 we propose that an alternative and better way of defining and monitoring transformation is to report the total playing time of players in a season. this approach would circumvent the problem of having ‘token’ players in the team who were selected to merely make up numbers so the team could conform to the required demographics. such players would not contribute much to the playing team and mask the transformation of players. this approach of quantifying transformation programmes is in alignment with the national sports plan (p. 56 57)8 with which all sporting governing bodies are expected to comply and the targeted performance dimensions contained in the transformation charter for south african sport (appendix a – dimension 3, p. 44).9 therefore the aim of the study was to quantify playing time of the senior players at different levels (vodacom, currie cup, super rugby and springboks) from 2007 to 2011 to determine firstly whether there are differences between the proportions of white, coloured and black players, and secondly whether there have been changes in these values over this period. it would have been helpful to include national and provincial age group teams. however, these data were not available, hence the analysis was limited to senior players. methods the playing time of all professional rugby union players in south africa during the 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 seasons was tabulated. playing time was defined as the total minutes played by a professional rugby union player during a sanctioned competitive match excluding friendly matches. therefore playing time was recorded for all players involved in springbok test matches, super rugby competitive matches, absa currie cup matches and vodacom cup matches during these five seasons. the players were divided into racial populations based on the same classification system used by saru, i.e. white, black or coloured. the player’s racial information was obtained through either the saru official website (www.sarugby.co.za) or by directly contacting the union that the player was contracted to. the playing time of each individual player for that match was obtained on the saru official website. the playing time was determined by the total time the player spent on the field of play. red and yellow cards, tactical substitutions and blood injury substitutions were considered in the calculations. if a player was part of the 22man playing squad, but did not play during the match, he was not credited with any playing time. the maximum playing time a player could accumulate for a single match was limited to 80 minutes. in the event of a knockout match resulting in a tie, additional halves would be played and this additional time would be added onto the overall playing time. the data for each match were checked for arithmetical accuracy (i.e. the total time for each match had to equal 1 200 minutes per team unless a player received a yellow, red card or additional halves being played). results the total number of players per season in the different competitive levels for the seasons 2007 2011 is shown in table 1. in all cases (competition v. year) there were proportionally more white players, followed by coloured and black players. there were no noteworthy changes in representation (i.e. player number) over the 5 years. table 2 shows the total playing time for the season for each ethnic group (2007 2011). similarly, the total playing time of the white players was higher than that of the coloured and black players and there were no obvious trends over the years. in fig. 1 the total number of players (expressed as a percentage of the overall total on the x axis) is plotted against the total playing time (expressed as a percentage of the total playing time on the y axis) for 2007 2011. when the data point lies on the line of unity it may be sajsm vol. 24 no. 3 2012 83 assumed that the number of players are represented appropriately in terms of expected playing time. when the data point is below the line of unity it suggests that according to the total number of players, there is an under-representation in terms of playing time (i.e. this would represent a scenario where players are selected to meet quotas). in contrast, if the data point lies above the line, then the players are playing more than expected (to compensate for players in the team who are playing less than expected). using this logic the data are table 1. the number and (%) of white, coloured and black rugby players for the springboks, super rugby, currie cup and vodacom teams, 2007 2011 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 springboks whites 36 (77%) 26 (65%) 32 (67%) 35 (70%) 31 (72%) coloured 9 (19%) 7 (18%) 11 (23%) 10 (20%) 8 (19%) blacks 2 (4%) 7 (18%) 5 (10%) 5 (10%) 4 (9%) total 47 40 48 50 43 super rugby whites 126 (81%) 123 (78%) 125 (79%) 138 (80%) 136 (82%) coloured 23 (15%) 22 (14%) 22 (14%) 20 (12%) 21 (13%) blacks 7 (4%) 12 (8%) 12 (8%) 14 (8%) 9 (5%) total 156 157 159 172 166 currie cup whites 371 (72%) 373 (70%) 363 (71%) 371 (74%) 375 (74%) coloured 90 (18%) 101 (19%) 84 (17%) 72 (14%) 80 (16%) blacks 51 (10%) 56 (11%) 62 (12%) 58 (12%) 52 (10%) total 512 530 509 501 507 vodacom whites 323 (70%) 313 (65%) 323 (70%) 348 (71%) 381 (73%) coloured 82 (18%) 109 (23%) 85 (18%) 85 (17%) 84 (16%) blacks 55 (12%) 57 (12%) 56 (12%) 59 (12%) 59 (11%) total 460 479 464 492 524 totals may not be 100% as a result of rounding percentages. table 2. total playing time (minutes) and (%) of white, coloured and black rugby players for the springboks, super rugby, currie cup and vodacom teams, 2007 2011 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 springboks whites 13 504 (82%) 9 967 (64%) 12 256 (73%) 12 666 (71%) 8 321 (77%) coloured 2 833 (17%) 3 965 (26%) 2 861 (17%) 4 361 (24%) 1 863 (17%) blacks 212 (1%) 1 627 (11%) 1 596 (10%) 924 (5%) 572 (5%) total 16 549 15 559 16713 17951 10 756 super rugby whites 6 7297 (82%) 60 217 (78%) 61 616 (77%) 65 685 (82%) 78 773 (81%) coloured 11 781 (14%) 10 325(13%) 10 427 (13%) 9 242 (12%) 13 483 (14%) blacks 2 759 (3%) 6 484 (8%) 8 256 (10%) 5 300 (7%) 5 572 (6%) total 81 837 77 026 80 299 80 227 97 828 currie cup whites 160 039 (76%) 162 578 (72%) 152 614 (71%) 157 972 (76%) 168 912 (77%) coloured 33 255 (16%) 40 660 (18%) 37 885 (18%) 30 252 (15%) 30 745 (14%) blacks 17 689 (8%) 21 602 (10%) 23 370 (11%) 18 515 (9%) 18 607 (9%) total 210 983 224 840 213 869 206 739 218 264 vodacom whites 87 936 (74%) 87 977 (67%) 80 421 (69%) 92 043 (69%) 101 568 (71%) coloured 17 613 (15%) 29 506 (22%) 21 456 (19%) 22 595 (17%) 25 832 (18%) blacks 12 813 (11%) 14 730 (11%) 14 038 (12%) 17 971 (14%) 16 047 (11%) total 118 362 132 213 115 915 132 609 143 447 totals may not be 100% as a result of rounding percentages. 84 sajsm vol. 24 no. 3 2012 summarised in table 3, showing whether there was overplaying (↑), underplaying (↓) or expected playing time for the number of players (≈). a margin of error of 1% was accepted in the interpretation. out of the 60 possible situations (5 years x 12 categories per year), there were 30 situations (50%) where the playing time matched the number of players (≈) (table 3). in 25% of the cases the players were over-represented and in 25% of the cases they were under-represented. there were no obvious trends over time. based on the ratio of number of players v. playing time, at the springbok level the white players played more times than expected whereas the black players played less than expected for the number of players from 2007 to 2011. at the vodacom level the white players played more than expected in 2007 and 2008 and played less than expected in 2010 and 2011, whereas the black players played more than expected in 2010 and the coloured players played more than expected at the 2011 tournament. the super rugby tournament had the most consistency between players and playing time for the different ethnic groups. across all tournaments and years the white players were over-presented 17% of the cases, the coloured players 5% of the cases and the black players 3% of the cases. in a similar comparison of under-presentation the white players were under-represented 5% of the time whereas the coloured and black players were both under-represented in 10% of the cases. discussion the first finding of this study was that there were major differences in playing times of the senior players at all four levels of play (vodacom, currie cup, super rugby and springboks). in many cases the white players played more than expected based on their numbers, compared with the coloured and black players. the only times the white players played less than expected, based on their numbers, was at the vodacom level and once at the super 14 level (2009). the next finding was that there were no clear changes in the patterns of the proportions of white, coloured and black players from 2007 2011, at all levels of competition with the white players continuing to be dominant followed by coloured and then black players. these data show that the numerous specialised programmes that saru have implemented since 1998 have not had the desired effects of transforming the game. the way in which these results are interpreted needs to be carefully considered. there is the temptation to immediately conclude that the lack of transformation is due to the type of programmes that have been offered, or the way they have been implemented. one should however consider the complexity of high-performance sport and the factors that influence it prior to making any conclusions. digel (2002) describes how worldclass performance in any country is dependent on three pillars: ‘the first one is society, in general, as a resource for the elite sport system. the second is the sporting system itself. the third pillar is the environment of the specific sports system as defining factor for world class performance’.10 this suggests that it is clear that there are other hurdles that need to be overcome before the effects of the specialised programmes can be realised. for example, a recent study of over 10 000 south african schoolchildren (6 13 years) showed that there were significant differences in fitness scores and morphology of children of different ethnic origins, with the white children generally being bigger and scoring higher in the fitness tests than the coloured and black children.11 these differences were largely eliminated when socio-economic status was controlled. talent needs to be developed in a structured way, starting at a young age and progressing with maturity.12 therefore it is obvious that children starting off compromised, because of being raised in a low socioeconomic environment, will always have a competitive disadvantage as they grow and mature.13 junior player development pathways in rugby, as implemented by australia and new zealand, recognise the importance of specific development at various ages for success in the game.14 these models emphasise the importance of creating an environment where children (6 12 years of age) have the ability to develop the various characteristics critical to sports performance.15 it follows that community clubs and schools need to follow a development model across all socioeconomic groups that allow for optimum development at a young age and reduce the developmental difference between ethnic groups, as they get older. every stage of development has different factors that contribute to the skill acquisition that is required by a high-level adult player. one of the key factors in south african rugby is the alignment and cooperation between the different organisations in which the game is played, such as schools, clubs, universities and provincial unions. all saru’s efforts at development may be ineffective if the work of these different organisations is not aligned. furthermore, the departments of sport, education and health also have an important contribution to ensure that the disparities arising from differences in socioeconomic status and facilities are reduced. conclusion in summary, the data from this study suggest that the specialised programmes designed to accelerate transformation by creating an enabling environment, are not having the desired effect. we have table 3. summary showing whether players had the expected playing time (≈), overplayed (↑), or underplayed (↓) in the springbok, super rugby, currie cup and vodacom cup (2007 2010) springboks super rugby currie cup vodacom w c b w c b w c b w c b 2007 ↑ ↓ ↓ ≈ ≈ ≈ ↑ ↓ ↓ ↑ ↓ ≈ 2008 ≈ ↑ ↓ ≈ ≈ ≈ ↑ ≈ ≈ ↑ ≈ ≈ 2009 ↑ ↓ ≈ ↓ ≈ ↑ ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈ 2010 ≈ ↑ ↓ ↑ ≈ ≈ ↑ ≈ ↓ ↓ ≈ ↑ 2011 ↑ ↓ ↓ ≈ ≈ ≈ ↑ ↓ ≈ ↓ ↑ ≈ w = white; c = coloured; b = black. sajsm vol. 24 no. 3 2012 85 fig. 1. total number of players in each ethnic group expressed as a percentage of the number for that group v. the total playing time expressed as a percentage. 86 sajsm vol. 24 no. 3 2012 highlighted the complex nature of transforming a sport which functions in the context of broader society and its structures. an example of a factor that will need to be addressed to improve the effectiveness of specialised programmes for youth and young adults is the disparity in body size and fitness of young children. this emphasises the importance of the different organs of society such as the state and sports organisations working closely together to ensure both high levels of participation and excellence. until the fundamental inequalities in society are reduced, the specialised programmes designed to accelerate transformation are unlikely to achieve their desired outcome. finally, playing time should be collected on an on-going basis so that efficacy of the transformation projects within south african rugby can be measured. this approach is in accordance with the broader international debate regarding evidence-based policy making and practice in international sporting policies.16 references 1. heath d, grieb e. sa rugby annual. 40th ed. cape town: saru & mwp (pty) ltd; 2011. 2. sulaiman s. transformation policy for south african rugby: comparative perceptions. cape peninsula university of technology theses and dissertations, 2006: 229. 3. harmse j. currie cup too white absa. 17-9-2010. http://www.sport24.co.za/ rugby/ currie-cup-too-white-absa-20100917 (accessed 20 june 2011). 4. durandt j. coca-cola craven week project. internal report to sa rugby, 12 august 2002. 5. south african schools rugby association. executive meeting of the south african schools rugby association, 19 february 2010. 6. varsity cup competion rules 2011. http:// www.varsitycup.co.za/index.php?option =com_content&view=article&id=3258 (accessed 20 june 2011). 7. meeting minutes between sa rugby and provincial rugby presidents, 29 june 2006. 8. south african sport and recreation, 2012; national sport and recreation plan, 1-77, www.info.gov.za/view/downloadfileaction?id=154620 (accessed 25 june 2012). 9. south african sport and recreation, 2012; transformation charter for south african sport, 1-52, www.srsa.gov.za/medialib/home/documentlibrary/ transformation%20 charter%20-%20final%20feb%202012.pdf (accessed 25 june 2012) 10. digel h. the context of talent identification and promotion: a comparison of nations. new studies in athletics 2002;17:13-26. 11. armstrong meg, lambert ev, lambert mi. physical fitness of south african primary school children, 6 to 13 years of age: discovery vitality health of the nation study. perceptual and motor skills, 2011;113(3):999-1016. [http://dx.doi. org/10.2466%2f06.10.13.pms.113.6.999-1016] 12. vaeyens r, lenoir m, williams am, philippaerts rm. talent identification and development programmes in sport: current models and future directions. sports med 2008;22(10):67-68. 13. figueiredo aj, goncalves ce, coelho e silva mj, malina rm. characteristics of youth soccer players who drop out, persist or move up. j sports sci 2009;27(9):883-891. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080%2f02640410902946469] 14. lambert mi, durandt j. long-term player development in rugby – how are we doing in south africa? s afr j sports med 2010;22(10):67-68. 15. bailey rp, collins d, ford pa, mcnamara á, pearce g, toms m. participant development in sport: an academic literature review. leeds: sports coach uk. commissioned report for sports coach uk 2010;1-134. 16. coalter f.  a wider social role for sport: who’s keeping the score? london: routledge, 2007. commentary 136 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 introduction presentations delivered at the 14th biennial south african sports medicine congress in johannesburg (18 20 october 2011) indicate that the south african sports medicine association (sasma) not only met, but exceeded expectations related to the conference theme ‘from basics to brilliance – world class in africa’. in my opinion (a visiting american scholar) sasma demonstrated commitment to high-quality sports injury prevention, treatment, rehabilitation and management. more specifically, a significant step was taken towards embracing exercise is medicine® (eim), with an appeal to all sports medicine and allied health practitioners to expand the scope of public health intervention strategies. 1,2 consequently, the purpose of this commentary is to: ● alert readers to the global burden of unintentional and intentional injury ● advocate a greater public health injury prevention role for sports medicine and related allied health practitioners. worldwide injury burden according to the world health organization (who, 2010) violence and injury prevention unit: ‘injuries kill about 5.8 million people each year. this accounts for 10% of the world’s deaths, 32% more than fatalities from malaria, tuberculosis and hiv/aids combined. tens of millions more suffer injuries that lead to hospitalization, emergency treatment or other care. among the causes of injury are acts of violence against others or oneself, road traffic crashes, burns, drowning, falls and poisoning. nearly one third of the 5.8 million deaths from injuries are the result of violence suicide, homicide and war and nearly one quarter are the result of road traffic crashes.’ (see fig. 1. 3 ) ‘injuries are a growing problem. globally, the three leading causes of death from injuries are all predicted to rise in rank compared to other causes of death. road traffic crashes are predicted to become the fifth leading cause of death by 2030, with suicide and homicide rising to become the 12th and 18th leading causes of death respectively. injuries affect all age groups but have a particular impact on young people. for people between the ages of 5 and 44 years, injuries are one of the top three causes of death.’ 3 given that injuries are a leading cause of death among young people, when combined, unintentional and intentional injury are a leading cause of years of potential life lost under age 65, ahead of coronary heart disease and cancer. 4 deaths represent only the tip of the iceberg: ‘deaths that result from injuries represent only a small fraction of those injured. millions of people suffer injuries that lead to hospitalization, emergency department or general practitioner treatment, or treatment that does not involve formal medical care. the consequences of injuries and violence are significant …. leading to physical injuries, mental consequences (depression, anxiety), behavioural changes (smoking, alcohol and drug misuse, unsafe sexual practices, unwanted pregnancies); leading to death, disability, suicide, hiv and other stds, cancer, cardio-vascular and other noncommunicable diseases.’ 3 almost twice as many men as women die as a result of injuries and violence each year. 3 for men the three leading causes of death from injuries are road traffic injuries, suicide and homicide, while leading causes for women are road traffic injuries, suicide, and firerelated burns. 3 for each type of injury (except injury resulting from fires), death rates are higher for men than for women. 3 the economic burden of injury is staggering, as are injury disability statistics. public health and injury health professionals focus most primary health promotion efforts on prevention of degenerative diseases because these are the leading causes of death amenable to risk factor modification, and in the case of sports medicine focus on the prevention of sports injuries. however, is enough being done to prevent the overall burden of injuries? paradigm shift: injuries are not ‘accidents’ injuries occur in predictable patterns, a consequence of host (human), agent (energy or vector), and environment (physical and socio-cultural) interaction. acute exposure to thermal, mechanical, electrical, or chemical energy, or lack of life-needed elements (heat or oxygen), causes injury. unintentional injury, although unplanned, stafford c rorke (dphil, facsm) wellness, health promotion and injury prevention program, school of health sciences, oakland university, rochester, michigan, usa correspondence to: stafford rorke (rorke@oakland.edu) the injury burden ̶ sport and exercise scientists can contribute more to public health fig. 1. how injuries claim lives. reproduced with permission from the who (2010). 3 (other includes smothering, asphyxiation, choking, animal and venomous bites, hypothermia and hyperthermia, and natural disasters.) sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 137 is typically preceded by an unsafe act or condition, yet people continue to speak of accidents. the word ‘accident’, although commonly used, is a vague, misleading term suggesting lack of understanding of the causes of injury, attributing injury to random chance, luck or fate. consequently, many continue to think of injuries as haphazard, uncontrolled factors, rarely considering injury likely, or within personal control. denial is often a factor. little attention is paid to injury, except following a catastrophic event or natural disaster when scores are killed or injured, or only when a high-profile personality dies tragically. negligible education of the public occurs, except in the context of questions raised about such events. correct terminology should be used by health professionals. there is general consensus among injury prevention advocates that the terms ‘unintentional injury’, ‘intentional injury’ (or ‘violence’ – self-inflicted, interpersonal, or collective), ‘injury prevention’, and ‘injury control’ are appropriate terms, rather than the use of the word ‘accident’. routine reference to a specific injury mechanism, such as motor vehicle crash, road traffic injury, fall, poisoning, or burn, rather than an ‘accident’ is better use of terminology. 4 what should health professionals know and do? ● develop knowledge of basic injury epidemiology theory and practice plus awareness of disparities in injury occurrence. 4 ● know major injury risks and leading injury causes (for south african data refer to norman et al.). 5 ● recognise that it costs less to prevent than treat an injury. 4 ● attend to personal safety. ● know what works in injury prevention. 4 ● design basic injury prevention interventions by applying the es of injury prevention: ● education: use the haddon ten principles of injury prevention; the haddon matrix and haddon matrix third dimension; and/or the sportsmart® 10-point plan for sports injury prevention. 4,6 ● environment/engineering: modify the physical and social environment. 4 ● enforcement: support existing and appropriate new safety legislation. 4,6 ● emergency response: know disaster response methods, first aid, and practise safety drills at home/work. 6 ● evaluate: begin injury surveillance and injury prevention programme evaluation. 4 ● create personal responsibility for injury in the minds of people. however, given that exclusive emphasis on personal responsibility can result in a climate of blame, attention should also be given to environmental as well as socio-cultural factors in injury causation. a complex area, models outlining ecological factors in injury causation (individual, interpersonal, community, and society) by krug et al. (2002) and hanson et al. (2005) are recommended reading. 6 for further information about public health injury prevention refer to the references. 4,6 conclusion unintentional and intentional injury are often overlooked but are leading causes of years of potential life lost and result in a severe burden to society. health professionals can play an important public health role through increased personal responsibility and by including elements of injury prevention intervention, control, and safety promotion in daily activities. an effective injury prevention advocate needs to be informed about injury epidemiology, and should be seen to proactively and assertively encourage implementation of effective injury prevention strategies. only then can we hope to see a decline in untimely death and disabling non-fatal injury. references 1. holtzhausen lj. exercise is medicine® in south africa workshop: the way forward. 14th biennial south african sports medicine congress, october 2011. 2. derman w. the responsibility of sport and exercise medicine in preventing and managing chronic disease: applying our knowledge and skill is overdue. 14th biennial south african sports medicine congress, october 2011. 3. injuries and violence: the facts. geneva: world health organization, 2010. available at: http://whqlibdoc.who.int/publications/2010/9789241599375_ eng.pdf (accessed 27 october 2011). 4. christoffel t, gallagher ss. injury prevention and public health, practical knowledge, skills, and strategies. 2nd ed. boston: jones and bartlett, 2006. 5. norman r, matzopoulos r, groenewald p, bradshaw d. the high burden of injuries in south africa. world health organization bulletin 2007;85(9):695702. available at: http://www.who.int/bulletin/volumes/85/9/06-037184-table-t1.html (accessed 27 october 2011). 6. rorke sc. prevention of injury during physical activity. international journal of body composition research 2010;7( suppl.):45-50. (suppl: selected papers from the xxvth international symposium of the international council of physical activity and fitness research.) introduction rugby union is a team sport involving contact and collision of players running at fast speeds, 1 and consequently has a high injury rate. 2 since the advent of professionalism in rugby union in october 1995 3-5 professional players have become full-time athletes, with a greater emphasis on training for strength, speed and stamina, 6 increase in size, 5,7 speed and power, 4,5 and improvement in rugby skills. 3 professional rugby players sustain considerably more injuries than amateur players, 3,6,8 probably as a result of the greater size of the players, the faster pace at which the game is played, and the greater impact forces associated with these changes. 3,9,10 the super 14 (previously the super 12) is a popular professional rugby tournament between regional sides from south africa, new zealand and australia. since the inception of this tournament, professional rugby union players have played significantly more rugby matches each year. many elite south african players, who also play in national provincial tournament and international matches, may participate in as many as 35 matches in one season. the multiplicity of factors that contribute to injury in rugby union makes it difficult to identify causality. 9 however, to adequately condition players, reduce their risk of injury, and treat and rehabilitate rugby injuries appropriately, it is important to gain a better understanding of the nature and causes of rugby injuries, in particular their association with training. 2 therefore, the purpose of this study was to describe the incidence of injuries in a professional south african super 12 rugby team over 3 years (2002 2004), and to identify any associations between injury rates and the mode and volume of training. methods participants during the off-season 40 contracted players were selected to form part of the super 12 rugby union training squad. twenty-two of the initial 40 players were forwards, and 18 were backline players. in february, the number of contracted players was reduced to 28 (15 forwards and 13 backline players). the injured players in this study (n=38) were all male (26±2 years of age). in accordance with similar research, 11 and due to the nature of the professional game, the individuals who comprised the squad varied over the 3 years. ten original research article training volume and injury incidence in a professional rugby union team abstract objective. to describe the incidence of injuries in a professional rugby team, and to identify any associations between injury rates and training volume. methods. this retrospective, descriptive study included all injuries diagnosed as grade 1 and above in a south african super 12 rugby team. injury incidence and injury rates were calculated and compared with training volume and hours of match play. results. thirty-eight male rugby players were injured during the study period. the total number of annual injuries decreased from 50 (2002) to 38 (2004) (χ 2 =0.84, p=0.36). the number of new injuries showed a similar trend (χ 2 =2.81, p=0.09), while the number of recurring injuries increased over the 3-year period. there was a tendency for total in-season injury rates to decrease over the 3 years (χ 2 =2.89, p=0.09). the pre-season injury rate increased significantly over the 3 years (χ 2 =12.7, p<0.01), coupled with a reduction in training exposure over the pre-season phase. conclusions. one has to be cognisant of the balance between performance improvement and injury risk when designing training programmes for elite rugby players. although the reduction in training volume was associated with a slight reduction in the number of acute injuries and in-season injury rates over the three seasons, the performance of the team changed from 3rd to 7th (2002 and 2004, respectively). further studies are required to determine the optimal training necessary to improve rugby performance while reducing injury rates. correspondence: dr wayne viljoen manager boksmart national rugby safety programme, sa rugby (pty) ltd po box 99 newlands 7725 tel: +2721-659 6732 e-mail: waynev@sarugby.co.za wayne viljoen (phd, cscs)1 colleen j saunders (bsc (med) hons (exercise science))2 greg d hechter (ba hons (biokinetics))3 kerith d aginsky (phd)2 helen b millson (mphil (sports physiotherapy))3 1 sa rugby (pty) ltd, cape town 2 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sport medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town 3 western province rugby (pty) ltd, cape town sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 97 of these players were also part of the south african national squad. informed consent was obtained by the union, and the ethics committee of the university of cape town approved this study. preparation for the super 12 tournament the off-season training cycle extended from mid-november to middecember every year. players then had an active rest period until the first week in january, when pre-season training began. the preseason training period entailed formalised strength and conditioning sessions, rugby training, training camps, unofficial ‘friendly’ matches (n=3, 2002; n=3, 2003; n=2, 2004), and specific individualised preparation. the super 12 tournament consisted of 5, 3 and 4 regional teams from new zealand, australia and south africa, respectively, began in mid-february, and continued until mid-may. the number of matches varied depending on how well the team fared in the tournament (n=12, 2002; n=11, 2003; n=11, 2004). players had approximately 2 weeks off at the end of the tournament and then participated in the national provincial tournament and/or in international test matches. off-season musculoskeletal evaluations and medical screening assessments by the physiotherapist and the team sports physician precluded any previously diagnosed injuries and injuries sustained during other tournaments from being carried over to the analysis of the current study. data collection data were collected under the guidance of the same team physiotherapist and strength and conditioning trainer for the duration of the study. all injuries requiring medical attention, 12,13 diagnosed as grade 1 or above, were documented either directly after or within 5 days of the injury occurring, regardless of whether or not the injury resulted in the player missing training or not playing in a match. 11 a grade 1 injury was defined as one in which there was pain, with minimal loss of muscle function or strength. 14 we are cognisant of the consensus document on injury definitions published in 2007. 12 however, as our study was conducted before the consensus paper was published, the definition of injuries in our study was slightly different. an examination of the consensus definition suggests that the definition used in this study may slightly over-estimate the occurrence of an injury compared with the consensus definition. injury rates injury rates were determined using previously described methods and expressed as the number of injuries sustained per 1 000 hours at risk. 2,11-13,15-17 match injury rates were calculated on the premise that there were only 15 player positions on the field, 18 regardless of any substitutions made during the game. match injury rates were computed under the assumption that rugby union matches last on average 80 minutes (1.33 hours) per game. 9,11,18,19 training injury rates were reported as a function of total training exposure time. 13 • match injury exposure (mie) was determined by the number of games played during the specified seasonal cycle: mie = hours of play (1.33) x no. of players on the field (15) x no. of matches played. • match injury rates were then calculated: match injury rates = (no. of injuries during matches/mie) x 1 000. • training injury exposure (tie) was determined in a similar way: tie = hours of supervised training x no. of contracted players (either 40 or 28). 98 sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 total injury 30 40 50 60 n u m b er o f in ju ri es in-season match injury rates 0 50 100 150 200 250 total injury rates 0 5 10 15 training injury rates 2002 2003 2004 0 1 2 3 4 overall match injury rates 0 50 100 150 200 in ju ri es p er 10 00 p la ye r h o u rs (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) figure 1fig. 1. the total number of injuries and injury rates incurred over a 3-year time period in a super 12 rugby union team. (a) total number of injuries incurred over the 3 years; (b) total injury rates over the 3 years, combining match and training injury rates; (c) in-season match injury rates; (d) overall match injury rates combining preand in-season rates; (e) training injury rates over the 3 years. • training injury rates were then calculated: training injury rates = (no. of injuries during training/tie) x 1 000. • subsequently total injury rate was determined as the number of injuries sustained in a seasonal cycle: total injury rates = (no. of injuries sustained/(mie+tie)) x 1 000. these were determined for both pre-season and in-season periods. statistical analysis basic descriptive statistics were used to explain the accumulated injury and training data over the 3 years. the 95% confidence intervals (cis) for the injury incidence data were calculated using an exact binomial distribution. differences in the incidence of injuries between categories for the three seasons were assessed using a chi-square analysis for trend (χ 2 ). additionally, year-by-year comparisons between data were done using a 2 x 2 contingency table chi-square analysis applying yates’ continuity correction. statistical significance was accepted when p<0.05. results injury incidence table i and fig. 1a show that the total number of injuries incurred per year decreased gradually, but not significantly, from 50 (2002) to 38 (2004) χ 2 =0.84, p=0.36). the number of new injuries showed a similar trend, decreasing from 38 (2002) to 20 (2004) (χ 2 =2.81, p=0.09). when these values were normalised to the number of injured players, a similar pattern was found: 2.60 (2002), 1.82 (2003), and 1.80 (2004) injuries per injured player. the number of recurring injuries increased over the 3-year period from 12 (2002) and 10 (2003) to 18 (2004). although this increase was not statistically significant (χ 2 =0.63, p=0.43), it is clinically relevant as it is known that recurrent injuries are frequently under-reported within a season by nature of their definition. 13 table ii and figs 1 and 2 specify the overall training exposure and injury rates within the super 12 team over the 3 years. table ii shows that the number of match injuries sustained during the super 12 season decreased from 38 (2002) to 27 (2003) and 30 (2004). while there was a tendency for a reduction in in-season match injury rates (χ 2 =3.44, p=0.06), the overall match injury rates remained relatively unchanged over the 3 years (χ 2 =0.31, p=0.58). in the pre-season phase, table ii shows an increase in the number of hours trained per match over the 3 years. however, this may be misleading because in 2004 the team played one less pre-season ‘friendly’ match. if they had played the same number of pre-season ‘friendly’ matches in 2004, the training hours per match would have been 23.7 instead of 35.6. table ii also shows a meaningful reduction in training per match during the competition season in 2003 (9.0 v. 7.1 v. 7.3 hours per match – 2002, 2003, 2004, respectively), coupled with a tendency for the total in-season injury rates to decrease over the 3 years (χ 2 =2.89, p=0.09). the pre-season injury rate, however, increased significantly over the 3 years (χ 2 =12.7, p<0.01), and was coupled with a reduction in tie over the pre-season phase – 3 540 (2002), 3 671 (2003) and 2 847 (2004) player exposure hours. the total injury rates, as with the abovementioned overall match injury rates over the entire training sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 99 table i. number of injuries sustained and overall time spent on training (hours) from 2002 to 2004 2002 2003 2004 number of injured players 19 22 21 recurrent injuries 12 10 18 new injuries 38 30 20 total injuries 50 40 38 off-season training (h) 32.7 28.1 30.7 pre-season training (h) 56.2 63.8 40.5 combined offand pre 88.8 91.8 71.2 -season training (h) in-season training (h) 107.7 78.6 79.9 overall training time (h) 196.5 170.4 151.1 table ii. training injury exposure and injury rates within a super 12 rugby team over a 3-year period match injuries hours of training total ir seasonal cycle mie (h) no. of injuries match ir (95% ci) tie (h) per match (95% ci) 50 0.8 2002 pre 60 3 (10.4 139.2) 126.7 3 540 29.5 (0.2 2.4) 38 145.8 (91.2 169.7) 14.4 7.3 in 240 35 (103.7 196.9) 3 015 9.0 (10.6 19.2) (5.4 9.6) 50 2.4 2003 pre 60 3 (10.4 139.2) 96.4 3 671 30.6 (1.1 4.6) 6.5 27 109.1 (64.5 137.2) 12.8 in 220 24 (71.2 158) 2 200 7.1 (8.7 18.1) (4.7 8.8) 175 4.2 2004 pre 40 7 (73.4 327.8) 115.4 2 847 35.6 (2.1 7.3) 7.1 30 1 04.5 (79.2 160.6) 10.6 (5.0 9.8) in 220 23 (67.4 152.7) 2 238 7.3 (6.9 15.5) mie = match injury exposure; tie = training injury exposure. all injury rates (ir) are represented as the number of injuries incurred per 1 000 hours of player exposure, and the 95% confidence intervals (cis) are represented in parentheses. for this table, the pre-season represents both the offand pre-season time periods. season (off-, preand in-season), remained similar over the 3 years (χ 2 =0.01, p=0.90). training analysis over the 3 years seventy-four per cent of all injuries sustained over the 3 years occurred in a rugby match while 21% were related to rugby practice. very few injuries were related to gym, rugby fitness conditioning or other causes. it is however prudent for the development of appropriate injury prevention strategies in rugby union to analyse the training patterns utilised in this study, as much more time is spent training for rugby than playing rugby. 15 table i shows the breakdown of time spent within the various training cycles over the 3 years. off-season training time remained similar. however, it is evident that pre-season training volume increased slightly in 2003 (56.2 63.8 hours), and then decreased by 37% in 2004 to 40.5 hours (fig. 2c). although not significant (χ 2 =2.14, p=0.14), this reduction has practical importance and is reflected in the combined preparatory training cycle (91.8 71.2 hours) (χ 2 =1.12, p=0.29). a noticeable 27% decrease in in-season training volume (χ 2 =1.97, p=0.16) was observed between 2002 and 2003 (fig. 2b) and this reduction was maintained in 2004. if one compares the overall time spent on training, it is clear (fig. 2a) that there was a noticeable trend towards a reduction in training volume over the 3 years (χ 2 =3.06, p=0.08). table iii shows the breakdown of the training data collected over the 3-year study period. rugby conditioning or fitness training contributed to 8% of the total training time over the 3 years and formed 23%, 12% and 2% of the off-, preand in-season phases, respectively. conditioning was defined as any form of rugby fitness training such as anaerobic intervals, aerobic training, fuel mix conditioning, and speed and agility training, 15,16 and played a larger role in the offand pre-season than during the in-season. gym training formed 23% of the total training time, and contributed to 35%, 19% and 21% of the off-, preand in-season phases, respectively. the time spent on gym training in the pre-season phase was reduced over the 3 years (2002: 26%; 2003: 16%; 2004: 14%). rugby training sessions were defined as including structured game phase plays, skills training, kicking sessions, split sessions, defensive sessions, line outs, scrummaging, rucks, mauls and match training, 15,16 and formed 53% of the total training time contributing to 36%, 49%, and 62% of the off-, preand in-season training phases, respectively. the amount of time spent on rugby training during the in-season was also reduced over the 3 years (2002: 67%; 2003: 61%; 2004: 59%). the eco-challenge, a 24-hour endurance event during a training camp, was included in this analysis as it contributed to a large amount of tie during 2003. training injury rates (fig. 1e) accounted for 1.9 injuries/1 000 player training hours over the 3 years studied (2002: 1.8 (95% ci: 0.9 3.2); 2003: 2.2 (95% ci: 1.2 3.8); 2004: 1.6 (95% ci: 0.7 3.1)). discussion injury incidence the first finding from this study was that the number of total injuries (fig. 1a) and number of new injuries (table i), albeit not significant, gradually decreased over the 3 years. however, when comparing the total (fig. 1b) and match injury rates (fig. 1d) this downward trend was not evident (table ii). match injury rates tended to decrease between 2002 and 2003, but increased again in 2004. as match injuries contributed to most injuries sustained during the season, the same pattern reflected in the overall injury rates (table ii). the lower injury rate in 2003 coincided with a sizeable reduction in in-season training volume. the medical and coaching staff then reduced the pre-season training volume in 2004, which corresponded to match and total injury rates over the season, returning to levels similar to those of 2002. it would appear that training reductions had a tendency to lower the in-season match (p=0.06) and in-season total (p=0.09) injury rates over the 3 years, albeit not significantly, with the most prominent reduction between 2002 and 2003. total preseason injury rates and the number of recurrent injuries show the opposite trend, for which there were two possible reasons. firstly, newly contracted players from other unions may have been brought into the squad with pre-existing or unrehabilitated injuries. secondly, the rest period between the previous tournament and the start of the new season did not always allow sufficient time to rest, recover and completely rehabilitate with regard to injuries. the only major change in training between 2003 and 2004 was the reduction in pre-season training volume (table i). it has previously been suggested that training volume may significantly affect injury rates over a competitive season. 11,20 the overall number of hours spent training during the pre-season is significantly higher than that during the in-season, 15 and pre-season training contributes to approximately 38% of all training injuries. 17 a previous study showed that the likelihood of injuries in rugby league increased with increasing pre-season training loads. 20 however, when the authors examined the early and late competition phases in the same team, increases in training load showed no further 100 sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 2002 2003 2004 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 70 80 90 100 110 120 t ra in in g ti m e (h o u rs ) (a) (b) (c) total in season pre season fig. 2. training volumes over the 3-year period studied. (a) total training volumes over the 3-year period expressed in hours, combining off-, preand in-season training; (b) total in-season training volumes; (c) total pre-season training volumes. increases in injury incidence. 20 another study using rugby league players showed a 10 16% reduction in pre-season training to be effective in reducing injury rates by 40 50%, without compromising fitness. 21 however, reductions in pre-season training may not necessarily reduce the risk of ensuing injury. 8 other research has shown that strenuous physical activity of 5 39 hours per week has a protective effect against injury but pre-season exposure of greater than 39 hours a week was associated with a greater risk of injury. 9 during the pre-season, there are both higher training loads and a greater emphasis on tackling and defensive drills, thereby increasing contact exposure. it is therefore inevitable that injuries will result from the pre-season training. 20 although there is evidence to support reducing the pre-season training load in rugby league, 21 the data from the current rugby union study question the effectiveness of reducing the pre-season training load too much. appropriate preseason conditioning is necessary to prepare collision sport athletes for the physiological and musculoskeletal demands of competition. 20 based on the current data, it appears as if the reduction in in-season training volume alone may be more effective in lowering injury rates over a competitive season. although not significant, the noticeable reduction in in-season match injury rates (2002 2003) and in-season total injury rates (2002 2004) provides moderate support for this conclusion. nonetheless, with the reduction in overall training load over the 3 years, there was no statistically significant improvement in either the number of injuries or the overall injury rates. in addition, it should be noted that the team studied here ended 3rd, 9th, and 7th in the super 12 tournament during 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. this raises questions around the effect it may have on the overall performance of the team. the team had most injuries when they ended 3rd and least injuries when they ended 9th in the tournament. it is currently a challenge for strength and conditioning specialists to establish the optimum balance between training volume and intensity to effectively reduce injuries without compromising the necessary improvements in physical fitness and performance. 20,21 training effects although the incidence of injury during training is far less than during matches, one cannot negate the possible effect of rugby training as a cause of injury. 15 unlike during the match situation, one can to a large extent control what happens during training. 17 because of the physical nature of rugby, training sessions require adequate intensity to optimally develop the fitness parameters required to compete effectively. 21 the effects of so-called ‘match fitness’ drills that encompass rugby-specific training, such as physical impact drills, have not been sufficiently researched. game-specific drills incorporating elements of contact such as rucks and mauls have the highest risk of injury. 15 further study is required to ascertain the level and progression of match fitness conditioning necessary to adequately prepare players for rugby matches and reduce the risk of injury. 9 conclusion this study showed that a reduction in in-season and overall training volume was associated with a slight reduction in the number of acute injuries and in-season injury rates over the three seasons. the prevention strategies, however, had minimal effect on overall match, training and total injury rates and the performance of the super 12 rugby team as defined by their position on the log, which tended to decline. one has to be cognisant of the fine balance between performance improvement and the risk of injury when designing training programmes for elite rugby players. 15 further studies are required to determine how much training is optimal to maintain or increase rugby performance while effectively reducing injury rates. 20,21 references 1. duthie g, pyne d, hooper s. applied physiology and game analysis of rugby union. sports med 2003;33(13):973-991. 2. brooks jh, fuller cw, kemp sp, reddin db. epidemiology of injuries in english professional rugby union: part 1 match injuries. br j sports med 2005;39(10):757-766. 3. bathgate a, best jp, craig g, jamieson m. a prospective study of injuries to elite australian rugby union players. br j sports med 2002;36(4):265269. 4. silver jr. the impact of the 21st century on ruby injuries. spinal cord 2002;40:552-559. 5. williams jp. rugby union. spinal cord 2002;40(12):669. 6. garraway wm, lee aj, hutton sj, russell eb, macleod da. impact of professionalism on injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2000;34(5):348351. 7. olds t. the evolution of physique in male rugby union players in the twentieth century. j sports sci 2001;19(4):253. 8. lee aj, garraway wm, arneil dw. influence of preseason training, fitness, and existing injury on subsequent rugby injury. br j sports med 2001; 5(6):412-417. 9. quarrie kl, alsop jc, waller ae, bird yn, marshall sw, chalmers dj. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project. vi. a prospective cohort study of risk factors for injury in rugby union football. br j sports med 2001; 5(3):157-166. 10. silver jr. professionalism and injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2001;35(2):138. 11. millson hb, hechter gd, aginsky kd, bolger c, saunders cj. the nature and incidence of injuries in a currie cup rugby team from 2001 to 2003. s afr j sports med 2005;17(2):13-17. 12. fuller cw, molloy mg, bagate c, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures for studies of injuries in rugby union. clin j sports med 2007;17:177-181. 13. brooks jh, fuller cw. the influence of methodological issues on the results and conclusions from epidemiological studies of sports injuries. illustrative examples. sports med 2006;36(6):459-472. 14. brukner p, khan k. clinical sports medicine. sydney: mcgraw-hill, 1994. 15. brooks jh, fuller cw, kemp sp, reddin db. epidemiology of injuries in english professional rugby union: part 2. training injuries. br j sports med 2005;39(10):767-775. 16. brooks jh, fuller cw, kemp sp, reddin db. a prospective study of injuries and training amongst the england 2003 rugby world cup squad. br j sports med 2005;39(5):288-293. 17. holtzhausen lj, schwellnus mp, jakoet i, pretorius al. the incidence and nature of injuries in south african rugby players in the rugby super 12 competition. s afr med j 2006;96(12):1260-1265. 18. best jp, mcintosh as, savage tn. rugby world cup 2003 injury surveillance project. br j sports med 2005;39(11):812-817. 19. garraway wm, macleod dad. epidemiology of rugby football injuries. lancet 1995;345(1485):1487. 20. gabbett tj, domrow n. relationships between training load, injury, and fitness in sub-elite collision sport athletes. j sports sci 2007;25(13):15071519. 21. gabbett tj. reductions in pre-season training loads reduce training injury rates in rugby league players. br j sports med 2004;38(6):743-749. sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 101 introduction physical activity is recognised as a central component of overall approaches to primary prevention in reducing morbidity and mortality and improving well-being. 1 however, current societal trends have led to decreases in energy expenditure. 2 encouraging the sedentary person to be more active is a public health priority and the health promotion agenda for the 21st century includes promoting incidental physical activity as part of an overall plan for active living. 3 therefore, the current emphasis in physical activity promotion is on the accumulation of lifestyle activity. 4-6 consistent with the current recommendations for physical activity, people should be encouraged to accumulate physical activity throughout the day. 7 even small amounts of activity may lead to the accumulation of an adequate level of energy expenditure over the course of the day. 8 an option easily accessible and feasible to most people for accumulating incidental physical activity is the use of stairs instead of an escalator or lift, particularly in an occupational setting where there are likely to be multiple trips during the day. stair climbing is a physiologically vigorous physical activity shown to require 8.6 times more energy expenditure than the resting state. 9 regular stair climbing also has well-documented health dividends such as increased fitness and strength, weight loss, improved lipid profiles and reduced risk of osteoporosis. 10 in addition, stair climbing is free and readily available to most people. most studies that have attempted to increase the use of stairs compared with an original research article are point-of-decision prompts in a sports science and medicine centre effective in changing the prevalence of stair usage? a preliminary study abstract objective. to determine the impact of a signed intervention on promoting stair versus lift usage in a health and fitness facility. design. a 3-week observational study in which a simple time series design of collecting data before, during and after the introduction of an intervention was used. setting. the sports science institute of south africa (ssisa): a 5-storey building with a centrally located lift lobby and internal stairwell. method. observers were placed unobtrusively on the ground floor, with good visibility of lift/stairwell, to observe ascending movement of students, staff, tenants, visitors and patients 4 hours/day (07h00 09h00, 16h00 18h00), 4 days/week for 3 weeks. during week 2, motivational signs were displayed on the wall next to the lift and stairs and on the floor leading to the stairwell. in week 3, signage was removed. factors considered in predicting stair use were gender, phase of intervention, and whether persons were staff/students or visitors. results. a total of 4 256 person-counts were recorded. prevalence of stair use increased from 43% before the intervention correspondence: julian d pillay department of basic medical sciences faculty of health sciences durban university of technology po box 1334 durban 4000 south africa tel.: +27 31 3732398 fax: +27 866 741067 e-mail: pillayjd@dut.ac.za julian d pillay (mph)1,2 tracy kolbe-alexander (phd)1 masturah achmat (bsc hons (biokinetics))1 madelaine carstens (bsc hons (dietetics))1 estelle v lambert (phd)1 1 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town 2 department of basic medical sciences, faculty of health sciences, durban university of technology to 53% during the intervention to 50% after the intervention. odds of using the stairs during the intervention increased by 45% (odds ratio (or) 1.45, 95% confidence interval (ci) 1.25 1.68) (p<0.00001), were 41% higher for staff/students compared with visitors (p<0.00001) and were 55% greater for women (p<0.00001). these effects did not change significantly after the intervention and stair use remained modestly higher than before the intervention. conclusion. signed intervention produced significant increases in stair usage during and after the intervention. these findings support the effectiveness of point-of-decision prompts for changing behaviour, and highlight potential factors influencing the impact of such messages. 58 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 www.saasta.ac.za/sciencelens southern african science lens a p h o t o g r a p h i c c o m p e t i t i o n t o c e l e b r a t e a f r i c a n s c i e n c e capture stunning, dramatic, spectacular images related to science and technology for deadline: 14 september 2009 organised and sponsored by the south african agency for science and technology advancement (saasta) supported by canon sa categories • science in action • science as art • science close-up • science of sport • i see s&t (for learners) the challenge capture the beauty and excitement of science and technology on film. show how it benefits our daily lives. the competition is open to professional photographers and amateurs. what’s in it for you? • prize for overall winner of sa science lens 2009: canon eos 1000d with lens kit • prizes for the first four categories: a first prize of r10 000 and two r2 500 prizes for runners-up • state-of-the-art canon cameras for winners and their schools in the i see s&t category • special incentives for science centres to enter learners’ photographs 2009 scilens ad:layout 1 2009/05/13 9:13 am page 1 escalator/lift have been successful. 11-22 few studies report lack of improvement during and/or after an intervention. 23,24 a more recent form of health promotion is emphasis on the use of point-of-choice prompts to encourage stair climbing in the workplace. 5,25 the aim of this study was to assess the effectiveness of a signed intervention to promote the use of stairs in a health and fitness facility which ultimately encouraged students, staff and visitors to increase their level of incidental physical activity. method formative work before the start of this study, focus group discussions were conducted at the sports science institute of south africa (ssisa). these discussions were conducted among students and staff to determine the perceptions around health, fitness and behavioural patterns in terms of incidental physical activity such as stair usage. e-mails were sent to students and staff, inviting them to attend a focus group discussion, with available time slots indicated. two focus group discussions were conducted with 5 participants and 2 facilitators at each session, one facilitating discussion and the other scribing. the entire discussion lasted approximately 30 minutes and was recorded by means of an audiotape. facilitating factors and barriers to stair usage and willingness to change behaviour towards accumulating incidental physical activity such as stair usage were also discussed. the outcome of this phase of the study provided input towards the development of the intervention programme. intervention programme and observation procedure in the 3-week observational study, a simple time-series design of collecting data before, during and after the introduction of an intervention was used. the first phase of the study was the pre-intervention phase, the second was the intervention phase and the third was the post-intervention phase. each of the phases was conducted on the same days of the week (tuesday friday) and at the same time (07h00 09h00 and 16h00 18h00). data were recorded by a researcher who counted ‘people movements’ up the stairs or into the elevators. the researcher was positioned in the kiosk area on the ground floor of the building in an unobtrusive manner, but such that good visibility of lift/stair users was maintained at all times. the directional measure was important since the energy cost of ascending stairs is approximately 3 times that of descending stairs. 9 before the study it was decided that only ascending movement will be recorded. the intervention materials were displayed during week 2 of the study. the intervention consisted of coloured signs (21 cm x 30 cm) mounted on the wall next to the elevator and stair areas (fig. 1), and coloured, vinyl footprints stuck on the floor, which led people to the stairs. such signage aimed to provide a ‘point of choice’ motivational prompt to encourage staff and visitors to use the stairs as an alternative to the elevator to improve their health and fitness. 24 observational data collected by the researcher during the days and times specified were transformed into a percentage of number recorded and were subdivided into exercise science students/staff member (essm) and non-exercise science students/staff member (non-essm). the data were further stratified into gender-specific categories. table i. summarised counts of study pre pre post post intervention intervention intervention intervention intervention intervention (lift) (stairs) (lift) (stairs) (lift) (stairs) essm (males) 75 (56%) 58 (44%) 56 (30%) 129 (70%) 62 (43%) 81 (57%) essm (females) 58 (45%) 70 (55%) 65 (34%) 127 (66%) 53 (40%) 81 (60%) non-essm (males) 287 (60%) 190 (40%) 346 (51%) 327 (49%) 267 (53%) 242 (48%) non-essm (females) 277 (56%) 214 (44%) 373 (52%) 345 (48%) 252 (53%) 221 (47%) total 697 (57%) 532 (43%) 840 (48%) 928 (52%) 634 (50%) 625 (50%) (n=4 256) 1 229 (100%) 1 768 (100%) 1 259 (100%) fig. 1. message displayed in signage. % u s a g e fig. 2. comparative display of lift/stair usage at sissa before, during and after the intervention. 60 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 fair consultants & promocorp (pty) ltd the data were analysed using statistica version 7 (statsoft inc., tulsa, ok, usa). logistic regression analyses were used, with lift/stair use as the dichotomous dependent variable. predictor variables such as gender and whether or not the individual was affiliated to the academic sports medicine unit (essm or non-essm) were entered into the model as independent variables. logistic regression of odds for using the stairs was determined with bonferroni correction for 3 comparisons (significance accepted at p<0.015). the focus group discussions were not statistically analysed, as the nature of the work was descriptive and was used to develop the signed intervention used in the study. results formative work themes that emerged from the discussions in the focus groups were categorised as facilitating factors and barriers to the use of stairs in the accumulation of intended and/or incidental physical activity. the long waiting period for an available lift was the primary facilitating factor to stair use. the congestion at the lift lobby during peak times was also a facilitating factor to stair use in some participants. these participants became accustomed to stair use and therefore continued this practice throughout the day. a further facilitating factor to stair use was the location of the staircase. participants interviewed reported that the positioning of the staircase provides a good view of the activities (usually training sessions) taking place on the quadrangular area on the first floor of the building. the main barrier to the use of the stairs indicated by students/staff was laziness and/or being too busy. in addition, some participants felt that using the stairs would make little/no difference towards improved health and fitness, while others felt that they accumulated enough intended physical activity and did not see the need for additional benefits that may be gained through stair usage. intervention programme and observation procedure a total of 4 256 counts were recorded and entered onto a microsoft xl spreadsheet. the summarised counts are indicated in table i and represented graphically in fig. 2. the recorded data were entered into the logistic regression model and logistic regression of odds for using the stairs before intervention to intervention (with bonferroni correction) was calculated. the results indicated that there was a 45% increased odds of using the stairs from before intervention to intervention; a 41% increased odds if you were an essm; and a 55% greater odds if you were a woman. similarly, for comparison of intervention with post-intervention effects, those previously described for essm and gender remained – the behaviour did not regress significantly after intervention. in addition, comparison of pre-intervention with post-intervention data again showed the same effects for gender and essm, and the pre-intervention to post-intervention effects were statistically significant (p<0.015). discussion from previous studies it is apparent that there is a decline in physical activity levels as energy expenditure-associated work and daily living activities decrease. 26,27 interventions aimed at increasing incidental physical activity such as using the stairs over the lift have been shown to improve health and fitness levels. 9 consistent with previous studies, 16,27 the main barrier to the use of the stairs indicated by students/staff was laziness and/or being too busy. in addition, some felt that stair usage would not make a difference towards improved health and fitness. such information provides useful cues in developing appropriate health promotion initiatives that encourage and support behavioural change in this regard. andersen et al. 11 suggested that an increase in stair use may not prompt people to significantly alter their overall level of physical activity and that further investment in stair campaigns needs to be looked at with caution. this has been further supported by a study by marshall et al., 24 with a sample size more extensive than most other studies (approximately 158 000 counts compared with an average of a few thousand observational counts) and a longer intervention period (12 weeks compared with an average of 4 6 weeks). the study showed an initial increase in stair walking that declined to baseline levels at follow-up. similarly, auweele et al. 23 reported a significant increase in stair use for female employees and when a health sign was used. however, as with marshall et al., 24 this increased stair usage declined to baseline over the study period (7 weeks). two studies reported significant increases in stair use which were sustained between baseline and follow-up: follow-up at 2 3 weeks after a 4-month intervention period, 28 and follow-up at 2 weeks after a 6-week intervention period. 29 in the latter study, a significant effect on stair climbing (ascent) was seen (or 1.12, p<0.005). kerr et al. 30 reported no significant intervention effect for stair climbing, but there was a significant increase in stair descent (or 1.21, 95% ci 1.07 1.37). results of the present study add to the pool of supporting evidence that stair-promoting interventions are a viable public health strategy for increasing incidental physical activity. moreover, the key outcome intended to be achieved goes beyond simply choosing the stairs over the lift, but rather of bringing about behavioural change towards improved health and fitness. while public health promoters support the notion that accumulating incidental physical activity is a stepping stone towards behavioural change, further research is needed to determine the extent to which modest improvements in incidental activity produce more significant improvements in overall physical activity. a more objective and comprehensive view of overall stair use (e.g. a 24-hour, 7-days-a-week motion-sensing device 24 ) is also recommended so that the data are not subject to observer bias or periodic observation periods. in addition, more extensive long-term studies are needed to examine the loss of effect after an intervention. references 1. mathers c, vos t, stevenson c. the burden of disease and injury in australia. aihw cat. no. phe17. canberra: australian institute of health and welfare, 1999. 2. prentice am, jebb sa. obesity on britain: gluttony or sloth? bmj 1995;311:437-439. 3. world health organization. active living. geneva: who, 1997. www.who. int/hpr/active/objectives.html (last accessed 8 october 2007). 4. british heart foundation. coronary heart disease statistic: british heart foundation database, 1998. 5. department of health. at least five times a week: evidence on the impact of physical activity and its relationship to health. london: department of health, 2004. 6. us department of health and human services. physical activity and health: a report of the surgeon general. atlanta: centers for disease control, 1996. 7. jakicic jm, wing rr, butler ba, roberston rj. prescribing exercise in multiple short bouts verses one continuous bout: effects on adherence, cardio-respiratory fitness and weight loss in overweight women. int j obes 1995;19:893-901. 8. dunn al, andersen re, jakicic jm. lifestyle physical activity interventions: history, shortand longterm effects and recommendations. am j prev med 1998;15:398-412. 62 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 untitled-1 1 6/4/09 10:52:44 am 9. basset dr, vachon ja, kirkland ao, howley et, duncan ge, johnston kr. energy cost of stair climbing and descending on the college alumnus questionnaire. med sci sports exerc 1997; 29:1250-1254. 10. boreham cga, wallace wfm, nevill a. training effects of accumulated daily stair-climbing exercise in previously sedentary young women. prev med 2000;30:277-281. 11. andersen re, franckowiak sc, snyder j, bartlett sj, fontaine kr. can inexpensive signs encourage the use of the stairs? results from a community intervention. ann intern med 1998;129:363-369. 12. andersen re, franckowiak sc, zuzak kb, cummings es, crespo cj. community intervention to encourage stair use among african-american commuters. med sci sports exerc 2000;32:s38. 13. blamey a, mutrie n, atichison t. health promotion by encouraged use of stairs. bmj 1995;311:289-290. 14. brownell kd, stunkard aj, albaum jm. evaluation and modification of exercise patterns in the natural environment. am j psychiatry 1980;137:1540-1545. 15. coleman kj, gonzalez ec. promoting stair use in a us-mexico border community. am j public health 2001;91:2007-2009. 16. kerr j, eves f, carroll d. posters can prompt less active individuals to use the stairs. j epidemiol community health 2000;54:942-943. 17. kerr j, eves f, carroll d. the influence of poster prompts on stair use: the effects of setting, poster size and content. br j health psychol 2001a;6:397-405. 18. kerr j, eves f, carroll d. encouraging stair use: banners are better than posters. am j public health 2001b;91:1192-1193. 19. kerr j, eves f, carroll d. getting more people on the stairs: the impact of a new message format. j health psychol 2001c;6:495-500. 20. kerr j, eves f, carroll d. six-month observational study of prompted stair climbing. prev med 2001d;33:422-427. 21. russell wd, hutchinson j. comparison of health promotion and deterrent prompts in increasing use of stairs over escalators. percept mot skills 2000;91:55-61. 22. webb oj, eves ff. promoting stair climbing: single vs. multiple messages. am j public health 2005;95:1543-1544. 23. auweele yv, boen f, schapendonk w, dornez k. promoting stair use among female employees: the effects of a health sign followed by an email. j sport exerc psychol 2005;27:188-196. 24. marshall al, bauman ae, patch c, wilson j, chen j. can motivational signs prompt increases in incidental physical activity in an australian health-care facility? health educ res 2002;17: 743-749. 25. stairwell to better health, 2004. http://www.cdc.gov/nccdphp/dnpa/ stairwell/index.htm (accessed 13 november 2007). 26. armstrong t, bauman a, davies j. physical activity patterns of australian adults. results of the 1999 national physical activity survey. aihw cat. no. cvd 10. canberra: australian institute of health and welfare, 2000. 27. pratt m, macera ca, blanton c. levels of physical activity and inactivity in children and adults in the united states: current evidence and research issues. med sci sports exerc 1999;31:526-533. 28. titze s, martin bw, seiler r, marti b. a worksite intervention module encouraging the use of stairs: results and evaluation issues. soc prev med 2001;46:13-19. 29. eves ff, webb oj, mutrie n. a workplace intervention to promote stair climbing: greater effects in the overweight. obesity 2006;14:2210-2216. 30. kerr j, eves f, carroll d. can posters prompt stair use in a worksite environment? j occupational health 2001;43:205-207. 64 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 introduction hydrotherapy is an excellent training medium for rehabilitation in the athlete who is under time constraints for recovery after a sporting injury. 20 aquatic exercises have been recommended, especially in the initial phase of rehabilitation to allow early active mobilisation and to improve neuromuscular function. 14 the primary goals of accelerated rehabilitation following an acl reconstruction are to recover joint range of motion (rom), strength, ambulatory skills and return to previous activity or sport. 18,21 hydrotherapy may provide the ideal medium to accomplish these goals due to the positive effects of the physical properties of water on the human body, such as decreased pain, increased rom and flexibility, early restoration of joint mobility, reduced oedema and increased blood flow to muscles. 2,6,14,16,20 published research into the physical properties and biomechanical effects of water on the knee provides support for the use of hydrotherapy in knee rehabilitation. 2,14,15,16,20 biomechanical studies demonstrated that accelerated open (okc) and closed kinematic chain (ckc) exercises in water are not detrimental to the healing acl graft. 2,14,15 in water, the knee joint plays no role in the absorption of forces because the impact force is greatly reduced due to buoyancy. 11,12 this provides an opportunity to accomplish early full weight-bearing in water to enable gait re-education. hydrotherapy may thus increase a patient’s tolerance to rehabilitation programmes. although accelerated land-based programmes have been published extensively, a combination of accelerated land and hydrotherapy programmes has not been studied. a combined programme may be beneficial to sports participants as it allows more joint loading, aggressive rehabilitation and earlier return to function. 21 original research article accelerated hydrotherapy and land-based rehabilitation in soccer players after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a series of three single subject case studies abstract objective. to investigate the effectiveness of accelerated rehabilitation and accelerated hydrotherapy after anterior cruciate ligament (acl) reconstruction in male athletes participating in soccer. design. a non-concurrent single subject, multiple baseline design (aba design) was conducted over 10 weeks. a series of three n=1 studies was conducted to assess the effect of an accelerated hydrotherapy programme on pain, function, and range of motion. setting. the study was conducted at a private physiotherapy practice in port elizabeth, south africa. interventions. the land rehabilitation programme was a homebased programme supervised every week by the physiotherapist. the accelerated hydrotherapy consisted of a 6-week programme, and participants attended two treatment sessions of accelerated hydrotherapy per week each of 30 minutes' duration. main outcome measures. the knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome scale (koos) as a subjective measure of pain, function and quality of life; the goniometer to measure active knee rom and the 6-minute walking test (6mwt) as an objective measure of function. results. all three patients demonstrated good improvement during the treatment phase for the koos scale and progressed well correspondence: professor quinette louw division of physiotherapy department of interdisciplinary health sciences faculty of health sciences stellenbosch university po box 19063 tygerberg 7505 republic of south africa tel: +27(021) 938 9301 fax: +27(021) 931-1252 e-mail: qalouw@sun.ac.za bridey-lee momberg (bsc, msc physiotherapy (omt)) quinette louw (bsc, masp, phd) lynette crous (bsc, msc) division of physiotherapy, university of stellenbosch in terms of their walking ability during the study. significant improvement was gained during the baseline phase for all three participants with high initial levels of knee flexion while active knee extension improved gradually in all three participants. conclusion. the study findings indicate that an accelerated landbased and hydrotherapy programme may be useful in improving patient outcomes and that there are no risks for harm. clinical relevance. the study findings indicate that accelerated hydrotherapy may be a useful and safe adjunct to an accelerated land-based programme after acl reconstruction. sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 109 the aim of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of the addition of accelerated hydrotherapy to standard accelerated land-based rehabilitation in reducing pain and increasing rom and functional outcomes after acl reconstruction in male athletes participating in soccer. methodology a series of three n=1 studies was conducted to assess the effect of an accelerated hydrotherapy programme on pain, function and rom. the sample comprised participants who fulfilled the following inclusion criteria: they were english-proficient male competitive soccer players (aged 20 44 years) who had suffered a traumatic acl injury while participating in soccer, who subsequently underwent unilateral left or right acl repairs (irrespective of dominance) and who suffered a complete acl rupture with or without an associated meniscal injury. participants were included in the study if they participated in soccer at a level where they played matches for a recognised team and participated in a league or tournament. the surgery was performed by the same surgeon who used the arthroscopic four-strand hamstring (semitendinosis and gracilis) single bundle graft method to repair the acl. participants were excluded from the study if they: fell outside the described age group, suffered an acl injury through another mechanism of injury other than soccer, were diagnosed with multidirectional instability of the affected knee, suffered any acute injury to the contralateral lower limb or had associated ankle and hip injuries on the ipsilateral side. ethics approval was obtained from the committee for human research at the stellenbosch university (project number: n06/10/207) and all subjects provided signed consent. study design a non-concurrent single subject, multiple baseline design (aba design) was conducted over 10 weeks. phase a1 represented the baseline phase, commenced at day 10 post-surgery, and consisted of an accelerated land rehabilitation programme. phase b represented the treatment phase and consisted of both land rehabilitation and accelerated hydrotherapy. the duration of phase b was 6 weeks. the three participants entered the treatment phase at different times in their post-surgical rehabilitation and this was allocated in a consecutive manner as presented in table i. phase a2 was the withdrawal phase, where the accelerated hydrotherapy was withdrawn and the accelerated land rehabilitation programme continued until 12 weeks after surgery (table i). the study was conducted at a private physiotherapy practice in port elizabeth, south africa. participants were recruited from the practice of an orthopaedic surgeon who had agreed to refer eligible patients. participants were referred once the surgeon was satisfied that structural stability was satisfactory after the surgery. a consecutive sampling method was used. since there was no order in which patients presented to the surgeon’s office, arguable random participants were recruited. outcome measurement three baseline measures for each outcome were measured before the participant entered the treatment phase. during the treatment phase six measurements for each outcome were recorded (these were taken before the treatment was administered) and during the withdrawal phase another three measures for each outcome were taken (table ii). reliability and validity of the outcome measures the intraand inter-tester reliability in the study by brosseau et al. was high for the universal goniometer with high intraclass correlation coefficients (iccs) for both flexion (r=0.99) and extension (r=0.9 0.98) for the knee. 3 the validity was studied using radiographs as the gold standard. 3 validity was high for measuring knee flexion (r=0.970.98), but lower for measuring knee extension (r=0.39-0.44). 3 koos is a knee-specific instrument which has 42 items in 5 separately scored sub-scales: pain, other symptoms, function in daily living (adl), function in sport and recreation (sport/rec), and knee-related quality of life (qol). 17 koos has been validated in participants undergoing acl reconstruction. 17 the 6-minute walking test (6mwt) is a time-modified test that originated from the original 12-minute walking test as a field test for assessing maximal oxygen uptake in athletes. kennedy et al. assessed the reliability and sensitivity to change of the 6mwt in hip and knee osteoarthritis (oa) sufferers with good results. 8 in the study by kennedy et al. the icc for the 6mwt was r=0.94 (0.88, 0.98). 8 study procedures each participant received a patient booklet (containing the consent form, information about the respective practices, summary of the rehabilitation programmes and exercise descriptions with appropriate diagrams) and a diary of compliance in which they were asked to record their compliance with the accelerated land rehabilitation programme. all participants received preoperative rehabilitation. this was a 6-week land-based programme and was administered by the researching physiotherapist. post-surgical management in hospital was standardised and consisted of circulatory exercises and mobilisation (partial weightbearing on two crutches) conducted by the researcher. for the first 10 days a standard rehabilitation protocol was followed (table iii). the study started on day 10 post-surgery. a table i. study phases pt d10-14 w 2-3 w 3-4 w 4-5 w 5-6 w 6-7 w 7-8 w 8-9 w 9-10 w 10-11 w11-12 1 acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr acr acr acr acr 2 acr acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr acr acr acr 3 acr acr acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr h & acr acr acr d = days post-surgery; w = weeks post-surgery; acr = accelerated land rehabilitation programme; h & acr = accelerated hydrotherapy and accelerated land rehabilitation programme. a1 = baseline (acr only) b = treatment phase (acr and accelerated hydrotherapy) a2= withdrawal phase (acr only, accelerated hydrotherapy was withdrawn) 110 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2007 subjective and physical examination was conducted according to the principles of maitland at commencement of the baseline phase. 7 a pilot study was done to determine the intertester and intratester reliability and to standardise the goniometry procedures. this was executed in the baseline phase and the measures were taken by the principal investigator and a second physiotherapist. each physiotherapist took two measures of the goniometer measurements on a given day. this was repeated on three separate occasions during the baseline phase for each of the participants. description of the intervention throughout the 10-week study the participants followed the accelerated land rehabilitation programme, beginning day 10 post-surgery until completion of the study at 12 weeks post-surgery. the land rehabilitation programme was a home-based programme supervised every week by the physiotherapist (table iv). the patient booklet provided a detailed description of each exercise and the compliance diary was kept. the land programme focussed on restoration of muscle strength, proprioception, functional strengthening and return to sport. 4 each of the three participants then entered the treatment phase at 2, 3 or 4 weeks post-surgery respectively. this consisted of a 6-week accelerated hydrotherapy programme (table v). the intervention of hydrotherapy was implemented at different times with the goal of observing a noticeable change with its implementation. thus this change could then be attributed to the addition of hydrotherapy if it occurred in each participant and not only due to post-surgical maturation. during the hydrotherapy phase, the participants attended two treatment sessions of accelerated hydrotherapy per week, each of 30 minutes’ duration, for the 6-week intervention period. they then ceased the additional hydrotherapy programme (at 8, 9 or 10 weeks in the study period respectively) and continued the land-based rehabilitation only for the withdrawal (a2) period. at 12 weeks the participants had their final assessment and the formal part of the study was completed. they then continued with the accelerated land rehabilitation programme, and were monitored and progressed on a monthly basis until 6 months after surgery, when they were referred for further sports-specific rehabilitation if necessary, until such time as they had returned to their sport. all outcomes were measured by the researcher. during the accelerated hydrotherapy phase, all outcomes were measured before the hydrotherapy session. further details of the interventions are available from the authors. data analysis all data were entered into microsoft excel for analysis. descriptive statistics were used to summarise the data. visual analysis of graphs and effect size were calculated to analyse performance. 1 an effect size of 2.6 was classified as small, 3.9 as moderate and 5.8 and higher a large effect. 19 intra-class correlations (icc) using the two-way model were calculated using the statistical programming language r. the iccs were calculated to determine the reliability of the knee rom measurements. results there was excellent intraand inter-tester reliability for knee flexion and knee extension in the pilot study. the icc values for knee flexion were 0.99 and 0.91-0.95 for knee extension intraand inter-tester reliability. participant descriptions participant 1 was a 26-year-old male who sustained an injury to his left knee 3 months before his scheduled acl reconstruction. the mechanism of injury was a twisting action of the knee on a fixed foot. he experienced immediate and continued pain and swelling after his injury. table ii. outcome measurement phase a1 (baseline) b (treatment) a2 (withdrawal) koos 3 measures 6 measures 3 measures goniometer 3 measures 6 measures 3 measures 6 mwt 3 measures 6 measures 3 measures participant 1 d10-14 w2-8 w8-12 participant 2 d10-w3 w3-9 w9-12 participant 3 d10-w4 w4-10 w10-12 koos = subjective pain, function and qol; goniometer = active rom; 6-minute walking test (6mwt) = function. table iii. initial post-surgical treatment (day 1 10) (macdonald et al., 10 tovin et al. 21 ) goal treatment improve circulation circulatory exercises restore range of motion (no restrictions except outside pain) assisted extension and flexion outside pain (25x), wall slides (25x), passive knee extension roll under ankle or prone hangs(10 minutes), hamstring and calf stretching (30 seconds, 3 x/day) improve strength isometric quadriceps (3x10) slr with hip flexion and hip abduction (3x10 each) restore and improve gait fwb on 2 crutches reduce swelling cryotherapy, rice regimen slr = straight leg raise; fwb = full weight bearing; rice = rest, ice, compression and elevation. sajsm vol 20 no.4 2008 111 participant 2 was a 28-year-old male who sustained an injury to his left knee 5 years ago. he underwent an arthroscopic debridement and returned to his activities of daily living. he then suffered a re-injury to his left knee 6 months before his scheduled acl reconstruction. the mechanism of injury was a fast extension of the knee during a fall. he experienced immediate and continued pain and swelling with a significant disturbance in gait pattern. participant 3 was a 43-year-old male who sustained an injury to his right knee 8 months prior to his scheduled acl reconstruction. the mechanism of injury was a twisting action of the knee on a fixed foot. participant 3 experienced immediate pain and swelling, but after a period of rest had attempted to return to soccer. however, he experienced pain, swelling and giving way of his right knee. koos scale in all three participants, 18 28% of improvement in the koos scores was demonstrated in the baseline phase. all three patients demonstrated good improvement during the treatment and withdrawal phases. the effect size for the three participants was 8.00, 8.66 and 6.00 and indicated that a large effect was obtained during the intervention and withdrawal phases. measurement four is the transitional measure between the baseline and treatment phase and was taken just before the accelerated hydrotherapy was commenced. the difference between measures three and four was -1 (57.5 56.5) and between measures four and five was 9 (56.5 65.4), illustrating that participant 3’s baseline had begun to stabilise and an increase in performance was noted after commencement of the accelerated hydrotherapy (fig. 1). objective functional ability 6mwt all three participants progressed well in terms of their walking ability. participants 1 and 2 demonstrated between 16% and 23% of their overall improvement in walking ability in the baseline phase. participant 3, however, demonstrated 57% of his total improvement during the baseline phase. the overall effect size (including treatment and withdrawal phases) for participant 1 was 4.38, 6.49 for participant 2 and 2.41 for participant 3. participant 1 and 2 thus demonstrated relatively better performance during the treatment and withdrawal phases compared with participant 3 (fig. 2). active knee flexion rom fig. 3 illustrates that all three participants started at a relatively high initial level of knee flexion and much improvement was gained during the baseline phase. thus the overall effect sizes (including treatment and withdrawal phases) were relatively smaller, 2.48 for participant 1, 3.50 for participant 2 and 1.79 for participant 3, as they had almost reached full range at the commencement of the hydrotherapy. the remainder of the study all three participants continued to improve their active flexion rom but at a slower rate, and measures began to plateau out towards the end of the study (fig. 3). table iv. accelerated land-based rehabilitation programme (fujimoto et al., 5 macdonald et al. 10 , muneta et al. 13 ) week criteria met treatment 0 2 weeks as post-surgical treatment (d 1-10) 2 weeks flexion to 90 continue with exercises, cycling 4 weeks continue with exercises, cycling strengthening exercises ckc (leg presses and squats) hip strengthening against resistance (f, e, abduction and adduction) ankle strengthening in standing (calf raises) full rom, no quadriceps lag, no ambulation without crutches limping and able to do slr 8 weeks cycling hamstring strengthening (concentric and eccentric) continuation of hip and calf strengthening gait re-education 10 weeks jogging (straight-ahead, level ground, with no pivoting) continuing with other exercises 12 weeks jogging continued 16 24 weeks full rom and quadriceps muscle return to non-pivoting sports (4 6 months) strength 85% of unoperated leg with isokinetic testing 24 32 weeks return to pivoting sports (6 8 months) table v. accelerated hydrotherapy programme (biscarini and cerulli, 2 kuehne and zirkel, 9 miyoshi et al., 11,12 poyhonen et al., 14 tovin et al. 21 ) goal treatment gait retraining gait training quadriceps and hamstring strengthening closed kinetic chain exercises open kinematic chain exercises strengthening and endurance training running cycling deep-water running techniques hip and calf maintenance and strengthening hip exercises and calf raises, kicking and vertical kicking balance and proprioception (perturbation protocol) balance and proprioception exercises plyometric training jumping, running, shuttle runs, side steps with increased speed sports-specific rehabilitation agility exercises making use of a ball 112 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 113 active knee extension rom active knee extension improved gradually in all three participants. at baseline, participant 1 had shown no change in his extension measure, participant 3 had shown a 45% improvement and participant 2 had 66% of his improvement occurring in the baseline phase. participant 1 demonstrated the largest effect (effect size 8.08) during the treatment and withdrawal phases compared with participant 2 (effect size 2.9) and participant 3 (2.66), although participant 2 obtained the most knee extension at the end of the study (fig. 4). discussion the study findings indicate that an accelerated hydrotherapy programme in addition to a land-based programme may be useful in improving patient outcomes and that there are no risks for harm. care and awareness of the healing hamstring at the donor site must, however, be kept in mind throughout the rehabilitation programme. the physical properties of water result in biological effects on the body such as the reduction in pain, increases in rom, improved coordination of movement and early restoration of joint rom. 2,6,14,16,20 these biological effects provide reasons why all the participants’ perceptions of their pain, symptoms, function and qol improved during the treatment phase with the addition of hydrotherapy. experimental studies demonstrate that hydrotherapy has a positive effect on the reduction of pain and improvements in functional scales after acl reconstruction. 9, 21 participant 3 showed a stabilising baseline at measures three and four and then a marked increase between measures four and five for the koos score (fig. 1). hydrotherapy may therefore have improved participant 3’s perception of his pain, symptoms, function and qol. participant 3 entered the treatment phase after a longer period compared with participants 1 and 2 and therefore his baseline measures may have stabilised and changes in performance after commencement of the hydrotherapy were more noticeable. the same change may not have been visible in the other two participants because of the unstable baseline phases shown in a number of koos measures for these participants; however, these two participants also demonstrated good effect of treatment on their koos scores. all participants demonstrated steady improvements in their walking ability throughout the study. participant 3 demonstrated relatively less effect during the treatment phase on walking ability. this may be because he started the hydrotherapy relatively later and had already regained significant improvement in walking ability before commencement of hydrotherapy. maturation was therefore a threat to the internal validity, and the effect of this may be most notable in participant 3. all participants obtained high initial knee flexion rom even before the start of the study, therefore relatively small treatment effects were noted during the treatment phase. the participants’ good knee flexion rom may be due to accelerated post-surgical rehabilitation protocol of immediate full weightbearing and no bracing or restriction to movement, allowing earlier restoration of rom before the start of the study and during baseline phases. the land-based rehabilitation protocol of emphasised knee extension immediately after surgery may explain why participants 2 and 3 obtained good extension before the start of the hydrotherapy. participant 1 demonstrated the greatest fig.1. koos score findings. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 a1 a1 a1 b b b b b b a2 a2 a2 assessment period k o o s sc o re (% ) patient1 patient 2 patient 3 fig. 1. koos score findings. fig. 2. 6mwt findings (participant 3 missed one session). 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 a1 a1 a1 b b b b b b a2 a2 a2 assessment period 6m w t (m ) patient 1 patient 2 patient 3 fig. 2. 6mwt findings (participant 3 missed one session). fig.3. active knee flexion rom findings. 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 a1 a1 a1 b b b b b b a2 a2 a2 assessment period a ct iv e kn ee fl ex io n (d eg re es ) patient 1 patient 2 patient 3 fig. 3. active knee flexion rom findings. 1 fig. 4. active knee extension rom findings. -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 a1 a1 a1 b b b b b b a2 a2 a2 assessment period a ct iv e kn ee ex te n si o n (d eg re es ) patient 1 patient 2 patient 3 fig. 4. active knee extension rom findings. sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 113 114 sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007114 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 effect of treatment on knee extension measures. this may, however, be better explained by post-surgical maturation as this participant had the shortest baseline phase and all three participants obtained between 50% and 100% of maximum range by 4 weeks after surgery (fig. 4). although the multiple baseline design was applied to control for internal validity threats such as maturation, the effects of maturation could not be completely negated. study limitations the present study, due to its clinical nature, did not allow access to the kt-1000 (gold standard for determining graft stability) for objective determination of graft stability which is of obvious concern with the implementation of accelerated rehabilitation protocols after acl reconstruction. due to time constraints, long-term follow up of 6 months could not be done, and baseline phases were also kept to a minimum time period ranging from 4 to 18 days. long-term effects of accelerated hydrotherapy should therefore be investigated in future studies. participant satisfaction (though not investigated in this study) can be a good predictor of recovery and should be considered in future studies to explore the use of accelerated hydrotherapy in this patient population. clinical implications • accelerated hydrotherapy in addition to land-based rehabilitation is safe, feasible and well tolerated by participants. • there are some trends in the data to indicate that it has an extra beneficial effect on subjective measures of pain, function and qol (measured by the koos scale) over and above land-based rehabilitation. • clinicians should use this intervention with clear outcome measures to monitor individual effects until such time as there is a stronger evidence base for its effectiveness in sports persons after acl reconstruction. • further research into the use of hydrotherapy in this population, using larger sample sizes and higher-level methodology, is now warranted. conclusion it is essential that new approaches to management be studied in smaller case series to understand responses in outcomes prior to expensive, large-group intervention studies. this study’s findings indicate that accelerated hydrotherapy may be a useful and safe adjunct to an accelerated land-based programme after acl reconstruction. this study therefore provides an impetus for larger future experimental studies. acknowledgements dr vp gajjar (orthopaedic surgeon) is acknowledged for his participation and contribution to this study. references 1. beeson pm, robey rr. evaluating single-subject treatment research: lessons from aphasia literature. neuropsychol rev 2006; 16: 161-9. 2. biscarini a, cerulli g. modelling of the knee joint load in rehabilitative knee extension exercises under water. j biomech 2007; 40(2): 345-55. 3. brosseau l, balmer s, tousignant m, et al. intraand inter-tester reliability and criterion validity of the parallelogram and universal goniometers for measuring maximum active knee flexion and extension of patients with knee restrictions. arch phys med rehabil 2001; 82: 396-402. 4. chmielewski tl, hurd wj, rudolph ks, axe mj, snyder-mackler l. perturbation training improves knee kinematics and reduces muscle co-contraction after complete unilateral anterior cruciate ligament rupture. phys ther 2005; 85(8): 740-9. 5. fujimoto e, sumen y, urabe y, et al. an early return to vigorous activity may destabilise anterior cruciate ligament reconstructed with hamstring grafts. arch phys med rehabil 2004; 85(2): 298-302. 6. heller l, martin k. wta tour: aquatic therapy for tennis. med sci tennis 2003; 8(1): 8-9. 7. hengeveld e, banks k. maitland’s peripheral manipulation, 4th ed. london: butterworth heinemann, 2005: 89-124. 8. kennedy dm, stratford pw, wessel j, gollish jd, penney d. assessing stability and change for four performance measures: a longitudinal study-evaluating outcome following total hip and knee arthroplasty. bmc musculoskelet disord 2005; 6(1): 3. 9. kuehne c, zirkel a. accelerated rehabilitation following patellar tendon autograft anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using the aqua-jogging protocol: a primary study. sports exerc injur (edinburgh, scotland) 1996; 2(1): 15-23. 10. macdonald pb, hedden d, pacin o, huebert d. effects of an accelerated rehabilitation program after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with combined semitendinosus-gracilis autograft and a ligament augmentation device. am j sports med 1995; 23(5): 588-592. 11. miyoshi t, shiroto t, yamamoto s-i, nakazawa k, akai m. functional roles of lower limb joint moments while walking in water. clin biomech (bristol avon) 2005; 20(2): 194-201. 12. miyoshi t, shiroto t, yamamoto s-i, nakazawa k, akai m. lower limb joint moment during walking in water. disabil rehabil 2003; 25(21): 1219-23. 13. muneta t, sekiya i, ogiuchi t, yagishita k, yamamoto h, shimomiya k. effects of aggressive early rehabilitation on the outcome of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction with multistrand semitendinosus tendon. int orthop 1998; 22: 352-6. 14. poyhonen t, kyrolainen h, keskinen kl, hautala a, savolainen j, malkia e. electromyographic and kinematic analysis of therapeutic knee exercises under water. clin biomech (bristol avon) 2001; 16: 496-504. 15. poyhonen t, keskinen kl, kyrolainen h, hautala a, savolainen j, malkia e. neuromuscular function during therapeutic knee exercise under water and on dry land. arch phys med rehabil 2001; 82(10): 1446-52. 16. prins ja, cutner d. aquatic therapy in the rehabilitation of athletic injuries. clin sports med 1999; 18(2): 447-61. 17. roos em, roos hp, lohmander ls, ekdahl c, beynnon bd. knee injury and osteoarthritis outcome score (koos) – development of a self-administered outcome measure. j orthop sports phys ther 1998; 28: 88-96. 18. shelbourne kd, nitz p. accelerated rehabilitation after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. am j sports med 1990; 18(3): 292-9. 19. thalheimer w, cook s. how to calculate effect sizes from published research articles: a simplified methodology. retrieved 2008 from http:// work-learning.com/effect_sizes.htm. 20. thein jm, brody lt. aquatic-based rehabilitation and training for the elite athlete. j orthop sports phys ther 1998; 27(1): 32-41. 21. tovin bj, wolf sl, greenfield bh, crouse j, woodfin ba. comparison of the effects of exercises in water and on land on the rehabilitation of patients with intra-articular anterior cruciate ligament reconstructions. phys ther 2004; 74(8): 710-9. introduction rugby is a sport where size does matter. players who are bigger, stronger and faster have an advantage over smaller, less powerful players. these differences in size are exacerbated at the junior levels where players reach puberty at different stages. furthermore, the problem is compounded in south africa, where children from a low socio-economic environment are generally smaller and less powerful than their counterparts from more affluent areas. 1 there is a strong likelihood that the smaller talented players will rather participate in sports in which they can express their talent and not be limited by their lack of size, as is the case in rugby. some players in this group may be late developers, who possess the skills associated with success in rugby but lack the size. if these players are not managed appropriately, their superior skills may not ever have an opportunity to manifest and develop fully. this raises the point of having a wellconstructed long-term talent development model 2 which considers that talent development is multi-factorial and dynamic in nature. 3 such a model would consider the differences in size during puberty and cater as much for the slow developers as it does for the early developers. developing talent is not an easy task and requires ongoing monitoring to ensure that there are progressions in skill, physical ability and cognitive maturation. 3 failure to adopt a long-term talent development model, where talent and skills are developed systematically, will result in many players who may be late developers, choosing to play other sports where size is not such a distinguishing factor. this raises questions of whether rugby in south africa needs to be managed differently to cater for these smaller players, particularly during the pre-pubertal years, where most of the variation in size exists. 4 what about new zealand and australia? young players in australia and new zealand are managed differently to the way young players are managed in south africa. this can possibly be attributed to the fact that there are fewer rugby players in these countries compared with south africa. consider that south africa has over nine times the number of pre-teen players compared with australia, and nearly four times as many as occur in new zealand (table i). in south africa, the number of players decreases systematically with increasing age, with only 18% of the total number of male players being senior players (fig. 1). in new zealand the pattern of decline across age groups is similar to that which occurs in south africa (fig. 1). the pattern in australia is different to both the south african and new zealand pattern as there is a small decrease in the number of players from the pre-teens to teen categories and then the numbers increase substantially from teens to seniors (fig. 1). even with this attrition south africa has 2.3 times as many senior players as australia and 3.1 times as many players compared to new zealand (table i). these data can be interpreted in one of two ways. either the australian model attracts senior players to the sport, possibly through the other rugby codes which exist in australia (rugby league and australian rules football), or the junior talent which exists in australia is managed and developed more efficiently compared with the south african model, and to a lesser extent the new zealand model. another interpretation of the patterns between the three countries is that because there are so many players in south africa (i.e. 9.4 and 3.7 times as many pre-teen players as in australia and new zealand respectively), the talent does not have to be managed as carefully as it does in australia and new zealand. by applying the principle of ‘survival of the fittest’, the best players make it through to the senior ranks in the south african system. however, with fewer players in both australia and new zealand, the importance of ensuring that they are well managed increases. a closer inspection of the talent development models of australia and new zealand reveals that this is indeed the case. australian model junior players in australia are exposed to rugby in a progressive way as part of a junior player pathway development strategy. 6 there are commentary long-term player development in rugby – how are we doing in south africa? correspondence: professor mike lambert po box 115 newlands 7725 tel: 021-650 4558 e-mail: mike.lambert@uct.ac.za mike i lambert1 (phd) justin durandt2 (bsc (med hon) exercise science (biokinetics)) 1 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town 2 discovery high performance centre, sports science institute of south africa table i. registered male players (pre-teen, teens and adults) in south africa, new zealand and australia5 age group south africa new zealand australia pre-teens 239 614 63 924 25 609 teens 148 779 40 257 20 002 senior 84 522 27 203 37 179 total 472 915 131 384 82 790 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 67 three categories of age groups, each with different rules and adaptations to the game: • walla rugby (7 8 years) – the game is played on a smaller field, with seven players per team and there is no tackling. the rules are designed to develop the game principles of possession, ‘go forward’ and pressure. the individual skills of passing and receiving, running and evasion, scrumming and line-outs are developed. • mini rugby (9 10 years) – the principles of walla rugby are maintained, but the players are all introduced to the contact aspects of the game. the game is also played on a smaller field with 10 players in each team. • midi rugby (11 12 years) – this is the transition into the full game. there are 12 or 15 players on a standard size field. from the age of 13 years the players are introduced to the game played under full rules. the australian rugby union maintains that the junior player pathway provides children with a safe and enjoyable introduction to the skills and practical principles of the game of rugby. 6 the gradual exposure to the skills is appropriate for their age. physical development, size and body shape is not as important in this form of the game. new zealand model the new zealand rugby union has developed small blacks rugby which is designed to help players develop their skills as their physical ability develops. 7 the intention is to make the game safe regardless of the player’s age, shape or size. at the under-7 level there are 7 players per team and they play on a smaller field with no tackling allowed. at this level they also play rippa rugby which is a safe, noncontact game for boys and girls. this game is designed to improve ball handling and running skills. 7 from 8 to 10 years there are only 10 players per team and this game is also played on a smaller field. they are introduced to tackling, but players are not allowed to fend off a tackle. there is also a rule that if there is total dominance of one team (i.e. 35 points or more at half time) the coaches consult on a strategy which will even the competition in the second half. from the age of 10 13 years they play with 15 players per team on a full-size field and have modified rules (i.e. limited pushing in the scrum, no lifting in the line-outs). this development programme is designed to provide the players with skills so that when they play the full game they are suitably trained. 7 south african model although various provinces have implemented games for juniors with adjusted rules to cater for smaller players, there is no co-ordinated programme in south africa. a programme which is gaining momentum in south africa is tag, which is played in about 300 schools around the country. 8 in this game there are no scrums and line-outs and tackling are not allowed. the aim of the game is to allow children to develop skills for rugby in a safe, fun environment. however, for this to serve the national game and prepare youth adequately for fullcontact rugby it needs to be co-ordinated nationally. summary a long-term talent development model in rugby similar to those practised by australia and new zealand makes sense because these models are dynamic and consider the maturity status and level of development of the young players, with the overall result of being more inclusive for players of all sizes rather than exclusive for smaller players. however, this approach will require a major paradigm shift in south africa, and may take some time to implement. failure to address the problem of significant body size mismatches in youth rugby in south africa will result in a continuance of the current player attrition rate that is much larger than that which exists in other major rugby playing nations. while south africa has a large pool of players to draw from, and therefore is less affected by the attrition of players, there is no guarantee that this situation will remain the same in the future. if the pool of players decreases, the implementation of a longterm player development model will be even more crucial because the talent will then become a treasured commodity. acknowledgments the contents of this paper were extracted and modified from a paper which was commissioned by the boksmart programme. this is a national programme sponsored by absa and implemented on behalf of the south african rugby union and the chris burger/petro jackson player’s fund. the goal of the programme is to teach safe and effective techniques which will reduce the incidence and severity of injury, make the game safer for all involved and improve rugby performance. references 1. armstrong me. youth fitness testing in south african primary school children: national normative data, fitness and fatness, and effects of socioeconomic status. phd thesis, university of cape town, 2009. 2. vaeyens r, lenoir m, williams am, philippaerts rm. talent identification and development programmes in sport : current models and future directions. sports med 2008;38(9):703-714. 3. burgess dj, naughton ga. talent development in adolescent team sports: a review. int j sports physiol perform 2010;5(1):103-116. 4. lambert mi, brown j, forbes j. skeletal development and the associated risk of catastrophic head, neck and spine injury. www boksmart com 2010;1-23. 5. international rugby board. website 2010available from: url: http://www. irb.com/ 6. australian rugby union. website 2010available from: url: www.rugby.com. au/community_rugby/playing_rugby/playing_rugby_landing_page,77260. html 7. new zealand rugby union. website 2010available from: url: http://www. nzrugby.co.nz/smallblacks/tabid/933/default.aspx 8. tag rugby association. website 2010available from: url: www.tagrugby. co.za so ut h af ric a ne w ze al an d au st ra lia 0 20 40 60 pre-teens teens senior p er ce n t fig. 1. percentage of the total number of players (pre-teens, teens and seniors) in south africa, new zealand and australia.5  fig. 1. percentage of the total number of players (preteens, teens and seniors) in south africa, new zealand and australia. 5 68 sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 case report 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 the forgotten coracoid: a case report of a coracoid fracture in a male cyclist e duinslaeger, 1,3,4 md; j h kirby, 1,2,3 mbchb, msc (sports med); j t viljoen, 1,2,3 bsc (physio), mphil (exercise sci); p l viviers, 1,2,3 mbchb, mmedsc, msc (sports med), facsm 1 institute of sport and exercise medicine, stellenbosch university, south africa 2 international olympic committee research centre, cape town, south africa 3 campus health service, stellenbosch university, south africa 4 department of physical medicine and rehabilitation, catholic university of leuven, belgium corresponding author: p viviers (plviviers@sun.ac.za) case report a healthy 48-year-old male elite triathlete injured his right shoulder during a descent while mountain-biking. his front wheel hit an obstruction causing him to be catapulted over the handlebars and he landed on his shoulder. he experienced immediate pain, swelling and dysfunction of the shoulder. on further evaluation there was visible swelling of the superior and anterior aspects of the shoulder without gross deformity. there was diffuse tenderness on palpation, and both active and passive mobilisations were painful. clinical suspicion was that of an acromioclavicular (ac) joint injury. patient consent for use of these data in this clinical case presentation was obtained. plain film radiographs revealed a cranial subluxation of the distal clavicle on the neutral view, as well as small bony fragments in the proximity of the coracoid but without an identifiable fracture. the 15° tilt view did not demonstrate a widening of the ac joint (figure 1a). due to the disproportionate pain experienced by the athlete, imaging was followed up with a computed tomography (ct) and magnetic resonance imaging (mri not shown in this report), using t1, t2 and fat saturated sequences. the mri revealed a type ii ac injury (according to the rockwood classification) [1] with oedema of the coracoclavicular ligament and an intact coracoacromial ligament. a fat-fluid level was present in the subacromial bursa and the ct scan demonstrated a splayed fracture of the base of the coracoid process measuring 7.4 mm with 21°of angulation (figure 1b). in addition to the ac joint subluxation and coracoid fracture, a fracture of the transverse process of the right fifth lumbar vertebra was detected. conservative management included the use of paracetamol and a shoulder sling for four weeks with the arm in adduction and the elbow in 90°of flexion. following this period of treatment, the patient was still not pain-free and had restricted range of motion. follow-up ct scans at eight weeks showed callus formation without full union. at 10 weeks post injury, rehabilitation, including shoulder stabilisation exercises and mobilisation, was commenced. running and cycling were resumed; however, swimming was delayed to protect the ac joint. at one year, the shoulder had full range of motion and activities of daily living were pain-free. discussion the coracoid process is a key connection between the scapula and the clavicle and an important anchor in the coracoacromial arch; it is part of the superior shoulder suspensory complex (sssc) as proposed by goss et al. [2] the sssc is a ring formed by the glenoid process, the coracoid process, the coracoclavicular ligaments, the distal clavicle, the acromioclavicular joint and the acromial process (figure 1c). it is strutted superiorly by the middle clavicle and inferiorly by the lateral scapula. a disruption of any one of these structures tends to be a minor injury without compromising of the shoulder complex. conversely, when the complex is disrupted at two different sites, it becomes anatomically unstable leading to longer healing periods and functional consequences. a double disruption of the sssc with unacceptable displacement is considered an indication for surgical intervention. [2] coracoid fractures are uncommon, and account for 1% of all fractures and 3-13% of scapula fractures in the general population. these fractures have not been previously reported in cycling. the precipitating event is typically a a fall onto the shoulder is a common mechanism of injury in cyclists. however, coracoid fractures remain unreported in the literature in this population. these authors report a case of a coracoid fracture missed on the initial plain film radiographs. whilst these fractures can be easily missed on standard trauma series radiographs of the shoulder, alternate views and other imaging modalities can be used to detect these fractures. clinical suspicion, judicious imaging and accurate diagnosis of these fractures are important, as stability of the coracoid influences the entire superior shoulder suspensory complex which allows normal function of the shoulder joint keywords: cycling, trauma, sport, injury, shoulder injury s afr j sports med 2016; 29:1-2. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1636 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1636 case report sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 direct blow to the lateral shoulder (being thrown over the handlebars); however, this mechanism more commonly causes ac joint injuries and clavicle fractures; which are reported as the most frequent traumatic injuries in cycling.[3] the possible mechanisms leading to the fracture are coracoclavicular ligament avulsion during an ac dislocation; a direct blow to the process, or extremely forceful contraction of the biceps and/or the pectoralis minor muscles. associated injuries are among others acromial fractures, glenohumeral dislocations, clavicle fractures and ac joint dislocations. [4] according to haapamaki et al. the diagnosis of coracoid injuries is frequently missed; [5] however, a lack of organised epidemiological reporting of injuries within the cycling fraternity may contribute to this observation. plain film radiography is the first-line imaging modality; however, the coracoid process is difficult to visualise with routine views due to the superimposed structures. the sensitivity of primary radiography (ap-view, scapular y and axial projection) in the diagnosis of coracoid fractures is 40%, making these fractures the most occult of the scapula fractures. moreover, due to associated injuries, the focus of attention is drawn away from the coracoid. [5] likewise, in this case the coracoid base fracture was missed on initial radiographs. to improve diagnostic accuracy, the stryker notch view is recommended as the scapular y view sensitivity is poor. [5] the significance of making an accurate diagnosis of a coracoid fracture would allow the clinician to assess the stability of the shoulder complex, and to institute the correct treatment plan bearing in mind the associated injuries. this would in turn facilitate a quicker return to functionality without secondary consequences, such as nonunion, malunion, coracohumeral impingement or shoulder instability.[2, 6] in conclusion, a typical fall onto the shoulder could result in a coracoid fracture. these fractures are frequently overlooked on standard x-ray views but can be more easily demonstrated in a cephalad-tilted view or an adapted stryker notch view, which is useful in this setting. with this case the authors would like to encourage clinicians and radiologists to actively exclude coracoid fractures with appropriate careful examination and specific radiological views. the shoulder consists of an intricate suspensory complex and therefore the complete assessment of all these structures is important to formulate an accurate diagnosis and appropriate treatment plan in order to avoid delayed healing and further negative functional consequences. acknowledgements: the authors would like to thank winelands radiology for the images. references 1. rockwood ca, matsen fa,wirth ma,et al. the shoulder. vol.1. 4th ed.. philadelphia: wb saunders, 1990:533-537. 2. goss tp. double disruptions of the superior shoulder suspensory complex. j orthop trauma 1993;7(2):99–106. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005131-199304000-00001] pmid:8459301 3. silberman mr. bicycling injuries. curr sports med rep2013 sepoct;12(5):337–345. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/jsr.0b013e3182a4bab7] pmid:24030309 4. ogawa k, yoshida a, takahashi m,et al. fractures of the coracoid process. j bone joint surg br 1997 jan;79(1):17–19. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1302/0301620x.79b1.6912] pmid:9020438 5. haapamaki vv, kiuru mj, koskinen sk. multidetector ct in shoulder fractures. emerg radiol 2004 dec;11(2):89–94. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10140-004-0376-x] pmid:155174535. 6. gerber c, terrier f, ganz r. the role of the coracoid process in the chronic impingement syndrome. j bone joint surg br 1985 nov;67(5):703–708. pmid:40558642011;127(3):511-528. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1542/peds.20093592] g a a a a b c a b c fig. 1a. anteroposterior x-ray view of right shoulder shows a cranial subluxation of distal clavicle without identifiable fracture. fig. 1b. computed tomography scan showing a basal fracture of the coracoid process. fig. 1c. 3d ct images of sssc ring (circle) with ac dislocation and basal coracoid fracture (arrows). sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 43 background. the potential performance-enhancement effect of pseudoephedrine (pse) use has led to its prohibition in competition sports (urine concentrations >150 µg/ml). data are, however, scarce regarding whether therapeutic pse use enhances swimming performance. objective. to investigate the effect of therapeutic pse use on performance in aerobic and explosive sprint swimming events. method. a double-blinded cross-over study design was used. participants in the control group initially received a placebo and those in the experimental group received a divided pse dose of 90 mg/d. anaerobic power (50 m sprint) and aerobic (2 000 m) swimming testing was conducted at (i) baseline; (ii) after ingestion of a placebo or pse; and (iii) after the groups were crossed over, following a wash-out period of 4 days, to determine changes in performance between trials. results. the participants (mean age 44 years; n=7) were competitive masters swimmers with normal resting heart rates (68 beats per minute (bpm); standard deviation (sd) ±14) and blood pressures (bps) (171 (sd ±27)/83 (sd ±16) mmhg). the use of pse during the anaerobic swim test showed only a trivial chance (68%) of improvement, with a likely enhancement in systolic bp (86%). the aerobic swim test did not affirm performance enhancement as measured by time to completion (52% chance of a positive effect; 41% chance of a negative effect), nor did any other physiological variable of interest (peak heart rate and exercising bp) differ significantly from baseline results. conclusion. the use of a therapeutic amount of pse in short and endurance swimming trials did not appear to have any major ergogenic effect on performance. s afr j sm 2013;25(2):43-46. doi:10.7196/sajsm.378 effect of a therapeutic dose of pseudoephedrine on swimmers’ performance p j-l gradidge,1 msc (med) (biokinetics); d constantinou,1 mb bch, bsc med (hons), ffims; s-m heard,1 bhsc (hons) (biokinetics); c king,1 bhsc (hons) (biokinetics); h morris-eyton,2 med (adult education) 1 centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 school of education, faculty of humanities, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: p j-l gradidge (philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za) mailto:philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za 44 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 pseudoephedrine (pse) is a sympathomimetic substance found in over-the-counter (otc) products such as nasal decongestants, and in respiratory medicines in combination with antihistamines.[1] the action of sympathomimetic substances mimics that of epinephrine and norepinephrine, acting mainly on the αand β-adrenoreceptors.[2] the ingestion of pse results in the release of norepinephrine from storage sites in nerve and neural tissue.[2] this is thought to result from direct stimulation of post-synaptic receptors and inhibition of neurotransmittor reuptake.[3] it is also hypothesised that pse has ionoand chronotropic effects on the heart and that it increases the exercising heart rate (hr), resulting in greater venous return and cardiac output.[2,3] the latter is thought ultimately to result in increased oxygenated blood supply to the exercising muscles, reducing the premature onset of muscle fatigue. the total torque production of the muscles is consequently increased and may result in enhanced athletic performance.[2,3] these and other positive effects of pse appeal to athletes, although doses ≥240 mg (above therapeutic doses) may be needed for a positive ergogenic effect.[4,5] literature on the effectiveness of pse as a performance enhancer is conflicting. some studies have shown that pse use improves 1 500 m running times, maximal torque in isometric knee extension, peak power during maximal cycling performance and lung-function capacity.[2,6] on the contrary, other studies have shown that therapeutic doses of pse have no effect on cycling performance, 5 000 m endurance running, handgrip max imal voluntary contraction, time to fatigue, and peak mean total power output during anaerobic cycling.[1,3,5] the world antidoping agency (wada) decided to prohibit pse use in sport because of evidence that it does, or has the potential to enhance performance;[7,8] however, confirmation of the ergogenic effect is limited and therapeutic use of pse as a potential performance enhancer has only been examined in a small number of studies. furthermore, research on its use in swimmers is limited. the purpose of this study was therefore to investigate the effect of the therapeutic use of pse on swimming performance in aerobic and anaerobic (explosive sprint) swimming events. methods we used a double-blinded, randomised, controlled cross-over trial design of repeated measures. ethical approval of the study was granted by the university of the witwatersrand (m1100445). participants male and female masters-level swimmers competing in swimming events were invited to participate in the study (n=7). inclusion criteria included an appropriate level of swimming, age 25 60 years (as defined by the federation internationale de natation (fina)[9]), a training frequency of ≥3 days per week, and a minimum of 2 years of swimming experience in masters-level competitive swimming events. exclusion criteria included a history of or current cardiac disease, congenital defects, hypertension or renal disease; recent illness; the presence of musculoskeletal injury; and the existing use of performance-enhancing substances or recreational drugs. participants were initially randomly assigned to an experimental group (pse) or a control group (placebo). they were then asked to perform anaerobic power (50 m sprint) and aerobic (2 000 m) swim tests at (i) baseline; (ii) after ingestion of the placebo or pse; and (iii) after the groups were crossed over, following a wash-out period of 4 days, to determine changes in performance between trials. to prevent a trained performance increase, the swimmers were asked to maintain their training regimens during the testing period. their diets remained the same, except that they were asked to avoid caffeine, alcohol, nicotine and other stimulant drugs for 24 hours prior to testing. anthropometrical measurements resting and post-exercise hrs were measured using the radial pulse after a 5 10-minute resting period with participants seated. [10] resting blood pressure (bp) was then measured using an aneroid sphygmomanometer and accompanying stethoscope (delux (kt-102) rappaport, hi-care). bp was recorded immediately after the aerobic and anaerobic swim tests.[10] height was measured using a stadiometer. [10] weight was measured to the nearest kg with participants dressed in minimal clothing and with shoes removed (seca, germany). following baseline measurements, the participants were randomly assigned to the control and experimental groups. after a warm-up period to which they were individually accustomed, the participants were asked to perform the baseline aerobic and anaerobic swimming tests. the post-exercise hr, bp, rate of perceived exertion (rpe) (using the borg 1-10 rpe scale)[10] and time taken to perform the tests (econosport 240 stopwatch, sportline) were recorded by the same researcher. swimming performance tests although the participants were familiar with the test protocols, and therefore knowledgeable regarding procedural expectations, the protocols were fully explained before each testing session to confirm full comprehension of participant requirements. baseline testing served to acquaint the participants with the tests, and the results thereof allowed for comparison with the subsequent swim tests. the first test involved an anaerobic power activity, with participants required to give maximal effort in a 50 m sprint (2 lengths of a standard 25 m pool). the second swim test comprised a timed 2 km aerobic swim, again required to be performed with maximal effort.[5] in the latter, the best time taken for the swimmer to complete the test was recorded, and the researchers counted the number of laps performed.[1] the tests were conducted at different swimming pools as participants belonged to different swim clubs; however, the aerobic and anaerobic tests were conducted in the same swimming pool per participant. likewise, the tests were conducted at the same time of day per participant. to keep procedures consistent, the swimmers were required to start tests in the swimming pool and push off the pool wall. hr and bp were recorded before and immediately after each test. no verbal encouragement was given to participants to ensure consistency in this regard throughout testing. participants were not given individual results, and were reminded that the data were analysed per group. placebo and pse administration after baseline data collection, each swimmer received either the placebo (no active ingredient) or 30 mg of pse (sudafed, pfizer) 3 times daily for 4 days (to ensure a therapeutic dose). the researchers and participants were blinded to which drug each group received. a sufficient supply of tablets for 4 days was administered to each participant by a research assistant. the placebos and active drugs were coded by independent persons, allowing for decoding at the end of the study. sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 45 to improve compliance, the participants received a daily text message via mobile phone, reminding them to ingest the tablet at the correct time of day. after taking the treatment for 4 days, the swimmers were tested in the same manner as for baseline testing. a wash-out period of 4 days was then observed to allow for complete elimination of the substances. the participants were subsequently crossed over, and the same procedures followed after ingestion of the opposite treatment (i.e. placebo or pse). statistical analysis descriptive statistics were used for demographic data. non-parametric statistics were used, as data were not normally distributed and the sample size was small (n=7). the friedman analysis of variance (anova) with kendall co-efficient of concordance was used to measure the association between paired samples using statistica (version 10). paired t-tests were done to determine the effect statistic and p-value for each variable of interest. the magnitude of difference was calculated accordingly to determine if changes were ‘positive’, ‘trivial’ or ‘negative’ according to batterham and hopkins[11] (a probability was ascribed to each magnitude). cohen’s d was used to determine effect size between placebo and pse use. results seven masters-level competitive swimmers participated in the investigation. participant demographics and baseline data are displayed in table 1. the mean age (44 years; standard deviation (sd) ±7) represented a typical team at the masters stage of a swimming career. the swim times in the 50 m and 2 000 m protocols did not change in a meaningful way, reflected by the small effect sizes (d=0.18 0.06) and the magnitude inferences (%positive/trivial/negative effects) of %52/8/41 and %25/68/8, respectively (table 2). hr did not change significantly in the 50 m time trial, but was likely to have increased in the 2 000 m swim (%85/6/9). this is supported by the small to moderate effect size shown in both tests (d=0.3 0.5). the majority of the other findings had effect sizes that were small; however, diastolic blood pressure (dbp) had medium effect sizes in the anaerobic and aerobic swim tests (d=0.76 and 0.56, respectively). the rpe during all trials was near maximal effort, as was requested of the participants, and did not change significantly throughout (small effect size; d=0.2). finally, there may have been a likely change in systolic blood pressure (sbp) in the 50 m sprint (%86/11/3) and 2 000 m time trial (%76/17/7). discussion athletes are continually looking for ways to enhance their performance in order to gain a competitive advantage in sport; and anti-doping organisations such as wada are continually trying to keep abreast of these means.[12] some athletes use well-known otc medicines that have been prohibited as they have been shown to enhance performance.[3,12] others, to aid with recovery and training, consume nutritional supplements that are potentially contaminated, knowingly or inadvertently, with prohibited substances.[13] in both cases, the athlete could be sanctioned if doping tests are positive; the former scenario being of particular concern, as pse can be found in nasal decongestants and respiratory medicines in combination with antihistamines.[1] a recently published position statement argued that although otc substances such as pse could potentially augment performance, these products could cause long-lasting harm to athletes and should therefore table 2. anaerobic swim test results for the 50 m and 2 000 m swim protocols (n=7) testing variable baseline mean (±sd) placebo mean (±sd) pse mean (±sd) friedman anova (p-value) kendall coefficient of concordance effect size positive* % trivial* % negative* % 50 m swim protocol time (s) hr (bpm) sbp (mmhg) dbp (mmhg) rpe 38.8 (±5.6) 119 (±24) 171 (±27) 89 (±16) 7.1 (±2.6) 38.7 (±5.5) 126 (±35) 175 (±27) 77 (±8) 7.7 (±2.1) 38.6 (±5.4) 122 (±25) 161 (±27) 80 (±8) 7.9 (±1.6) 0.92 (0.6) 0.27 (0.9) 3.2 (0.2) 4.6 (0.1) 1.9 (0.4) 0.7 0.02 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.18 0.30 0.68 0.76 0.16 25 56 86 1 1 68 35 11 99 99 8 9 3 0 0 2 000 m swim protocol time (s) hr (bpm) sbp (mmhg) dbp (mmhg) rpe 1 993 (±550) 117 (±9) 166 (±26) 77 (±8) 6.9 (±2.5) 2 091 (±392) 135 (±33) 170 (±23) 74 (±6) 6.9 (±2.40) 2 079 (±319) 109 (±45) 157 (±28) 75 (±5) 7.1 (±2.1) 1.14 (0.6) 1.56 (0.5) 1.18 (0.6) 0.56 (0.8) 0.95 (0.95) 0.08 0.11 0.08 0.04 0.007 0.06 0.50 0.47 0.56 0.21 52 85 76 0 1 8 6 17 100 93 41 9 7 0 5 pse = pseudoephedrine; anova = analysis of variance; sd = standard deviation; hr = heart rate; sbp = systolic blood pressure; dbp = diastolic blood pressure; rpe = rate of perceived exertion. *values are rounded and therefore may not add up to 100% exactly. table 1. summary of sample characteristics (n=7) variable mean (±sd) height (m) 1.76 (±7.30) weight (kg) 88 (±14) bmi (kg/m2) 28.6 (±3.3) resting hr (bpm) 68 (±14) sbp (mmhg) 129 (±12) dbp (mmhg) 80 (±10) sd = standard deviation; bmi = body mass index; hr = heart rate; sbp = systolic blood pressure; dbp = diastolic blood pressure. 46 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 be avoided if suspicion is warranted.[14] nevertheless, the time taken for optimal effect could be extensive with the use of nutritional supplements; therefore, they are not as appealing as the faster-acting pse.[15] pse is banned in-competition, due to its potentially ergogenic effect on athletes in theoretical urine concentrations >150 µg/ml, even though evidence of its effect in athletes is limited.[7,8] in our study, performance was measured after a 4-day period of ingestion of 90 mg/d of pse – an amount sufficient to cause a substantial increase in urine concentration. furthermore, performance was tested in both sprint and long-distance events. however, the findings showed no likely enhancement in the majority of variables tested, with the exception of a probable increase in hr in the 2 000 m swim trial (positive/trivial/negative: 85/6/9) with a small effect size (d=0.1). the rpe subjectively measured effort level of performance, and it was ensured that the tests were conducted at high intensity (rpe ≥6). the tests were performed using pse and placebo in indiscriminate order initially, with these substances switched after a 4-day wash-out period. there were slight improvements in swim time with the use of pse in the 50 m and 2 000 m events; however, the probabilty that these changes were meaningful was low (25% and 52%, respectively). of interest was the reduction in sbp in both tests with pse use; an acute, but unexpected effect. this is contrary to a similar study by chester et al.,[4] which did not show a significant change in sbp or dbp during endurance running, even with use of a higher treatment dose of pse (240 mg). similarly, hunter et al.[16] reported no influence on performance in a cycling time trial with the use of 120 mg of pse 2 hours prior to testing. in our study, the greatest effect size was observed in dbp during the 50 m sprint, but the magnitude of this effect was almost certainly trivial (99%). the results of our study support that therapeutic pse use does not convey quantifiable benefits during explosive anaerobic events, although the sporting discipline of our study differed from that of the aforementioned, which utilised either prolonged[16] or endurance[4] testing protocols. likewise, enhancement of performance was not evident in endurance events in our study. on the other hand, some studies have shown performance enhancement with pse use. hodges et al.[6] showed an improvement in running time (2.1%; p=0.001) among athletes, with no effect on hr. apart from investigating performance in a different sport (running v. swimming in our study), the study recruited elite athletes and employed a higher dose of pse (180 mg v. 90 mg in our study). the ingestion of higher than therapeutic (>120 mg) amounts of pse may lead to increased performance, as seen in a number of other studies. [1,6] for instance, pritchard-peschek et al.[17] reported a 5.1% increase in time trial cycling performance with the ingestion of 180 mg of pse. the researchers attributed the improvement to stimulation of the central nervous system or alterations in metabolism, but these cannot be proven without appropriate biochemical investigations. in the same way, another study by gill et al.,[2] which saw participants ingest 180 mg of pse, showed an improvement in anaerobic cycling and isometric knee extension, and contrary to the present study, a significant change in hr (p<0.001). interestingly, there were no reported adverse effects.[2] these studies support the theory that higher doses of pse may result in enhanced performance time, which may be of relevance in swimming competitions, warranting further investigation. improvements could be made for future studies in this area. firstly, a larger sample size should be used to substantiate the findings to a more comprehensive population. secondly, future studies should include different swimming populations and should measure blood and urine concentrations of the therapeutic dosage of pse, with the clear purpose of examining the relationship with performance. thirdly, the swimming pool size was consistent, but the location differed. the use of one swimming pool with controlled environmental factors would ensure consistency throughout testing. the warm-up used prior to testing – which varied between participants in our study, according to what they were accustomed – could be standardised for prospective studies. conclusion in our study, a therapeutic dose of pse (90 mg/d) did not show statistically significant effects on hr, sbp, swim times and rpe when ingested in therapeutic doses by masters-level swimmers. however, when the magnitude of these differences was examined, there was a relatively high probability of a decreased sbp in the 50 m sprint and decreased hr and sbp in the 2 000 m swim associated with the use of pse. nevertheless, an ergogenic advantage does not seem to be gained from the recommended therapeutic dose of pse (<120 mg/d) in endurance and sprint swimming performance. references 1. hodges anh, lynn bm, bula je, et al. effects of pseudoephedrine on maximal cycling power and submaximal cycling efficiency. med sci sports exerc 2003;35:13161319. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000078925.30346.f8] 2. gill nd, shield a, blazevich aj, zhou s, weatherby rp. muscular and cardiorespiratory effects of pseudoephedrine in human athletes. br j clin pharmacol 2000;50:205-213. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2125.2000.00252.x] 3. chu ks, doherty tj, parise g, milheiro js, tarnopolsky ma. a moderate dose of pseudoephedrine does not alter muscle contraction strength or anaerobic power. clin j sport med 2002;12:387-390. 4. chester n, reilly t, mottram dr. physiological, subjective and performance effects of pseudoephedrine and phenylpropanolamine during endurance running exercise. int j sports med 2003;24:3-8. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2003-37193] 5. salo d, riewald sa. complete conditioning for swimming. 1st ed. illinois, usa: human kinetics, 2008. 6. hodges k, hancock s, currell k, hamilton b, jeukendrup ae. pseudoephedrine enhances performance in 1500 m runners. med sci sports exerc 2006;38:329-333. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1249/01.mss.0000183201.79330.9c] 7. world anti-doping agency. the 2012 prohibited list world anti-doping code. montreal: world anti-doping agency, 2011. 8. pokrywka a, tszyrsznic w, kwiatkowska dj. problems of the use of pseudoephedrine by athletes. int j sports med 2009;30:569-572. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-0029-1202826] 9. federation internationale de natation (fina). masters rules. lausanne: fina, 2010. http://www.fina.org (accessed 9 november 2012). 10. american college of sports medicine (acsm). acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. 8th ed. philadelphia, usa: lippincot williams & wilkins, 2010. 11. batterham a, hopkins w. making inferences about magnitudes. int j sports physiol perform 2006;11(1):50-57. 12. gradidge p, coopoo y, constantinou d. attitudes and perceptions towards performance-enhancing substance use in johannesburg boys high school sport. south african journal of sports medicine 2010;22(2):32-36. 13. van der merwe pj, grobbelaat e. inadvertent doping through nutritional supplements is a reality. south african journal of sports medicine 2004;16:3-7. 14. buell jl, franks r, ransone j, powers me, laquale km, carlson-phillips a. national athletic trainers’ association position statement: evaluation of dietary supplements for performance nutrition. j athl train 2013;48(1):124-136. [http://dx.doi. org/10.4085/1062-6050-48.1.16] 15. gradidge p, coopoo y, constantinou d. prevalence of performance-enhancing substance use by johannesburg male adolescents involved in competitive high school sports. archives of exercise in health and disease 2011;2(2):114-119. [http://dx.doi. org/10.5628/aehd.v2i2.102] 16. hunter g, derman we, noakes td, smith p, evans a, gabriels g. pseudoephedrine is without ergogenic effects during prolonged exercise. j appl physiol 1996;81(6):2611–2617. 17. pritchard-peschek kr, jenkins dg, osborne ma, slater gj. pseudoephedrine ingestion and cycling time-trial performance. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2010;20:132-139. http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000078925.30346.f8] http://dx.doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2125.2000.00252.x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2003-37193] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000183201.79330.9c] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000183201.79330.9c] http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-0029-1202826] http://www.fina.org http://dx.doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-48.1.16] http://dx.doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-48.1.16] http://dx.doi.org/10.5628/aehd.v2i2.102] http://dx.doi.org/10.5628/aehd.v2i2.102] sajsm cpd instructions 1. read the journal. all the answers will be found there. 2. go to www.mpconsulting.co.za to asnwer questions. accreditation number: mdb001/015/01/2014 (clinical) true or false effective in 2014, the cpd programme for sajsm will be administered by medical practice consulting: cpd questionnaires must be completed online at www.mpconsulting.co.za a maximum of 3 ceus will be awarded per correctly completed test. june 2014 body composition and dietary intake of the fnb maties varsity cup rugby players 1. the varsity cup rugby forwards had an average body mass index (bmi) of 32.5, showing that they were all obese. 2. the varsity cup rugby players had the same body composition compared with national and international rugby players. 3. the varsity cup rugby players as a group had an inadequate intake of total energy, carbohydrate, polyunsaturated fatty acids, calcium:protein ratio and copper. 4. the varsity cup rugby players as a group had higher-thanrecommended values for total protein, fibre, total fat, saturated fatty acids, cholesterol and niacin. 5. the macronutrient intake of the rugby players >2 hours before the rugby game was adequate for energy and carbohydrate intake, but high in protein and fat intake. effect of caffeine ingestion on fluid balance during exercise in the heat and during recovery 6. athletes have been advised to abstain from caffeine during exercise because of its diuretic effect. 7. moderate caffeine ingestion (mean 460 mg) altered urine production during and after exercise. 8. three to four cups of regular brewed coffee would not place healthy young individuals at higher risk of hypohydration. 9. there is approximately 150 mg caffeine per 150 ml coffee. associations of physical activity with trabecular and cortical bone properties in prepubertal children 10. two of the most common physical activity assessments used for research purposes are maximum oxygen consumption (vo2 max) tests and physical activity questionnaires. 11. in this study, peak bone strain score was significantly associated with spine, hip, femoral neck and ulna bone mineral content. 12. dual energy x-ray absorptiometry is useful for monitoring bone response to exercise, because the method assesses bone geometry and small increments (due to loading physical activities) on the periosteal surface of the bone. 13. pedometers may be limited in their ability to reflect time spent in moderate-to-vigorous physical activity as they only measure steps per day and have a high amount of variability when used by people with different gait patterns. 14. in this study, moderate and combined moderate-to-vigorous activity was significantly associated with bone mineral content at the femoral neck whereas vigorous activity was associated with bone mineral content at the hip only. obesity in 7 10-year-old children in urban primary schools 15. south africa has the lowest rate of obesity in children in subsaharan africa. 16. the prevalence of childhood obesity in developing countries is associated more with children from lower socio-economic areas than their more economically privileged counterparts. dietary supplements containing prohibited substances 17. dietary supplement manufacturers have to prove the efficacy of their products before they are sold. 18. ephedrine is structurally similar to amphetamine and therefore has similar modes of action and a comparable side-effect profile. 19. the stimulant methylhexaneamine was originally intended to be marketed as a nasal decongestant, but has been detected as an ingredient of dietary supplements. chronic exertional compartment syndrome in the forearm 20. chronic exertional compartment syndrome of the forearm is common and is a well-known clinical condition. http://www.mpconsulting.co.za http://www.mpconsulting.co.za introduction pedometry is considered a valid and reliable objective measure of free-living physical activity (pa).1 however, a disadvantage of this methodology is that the primary measure which is usually reported, namely the number of steps, provides no information as to the intensity of the ambulation. consequently, it is not possible to disentangle the effects of volume and intensity of pa on outcome variables if statistical analyses only consider the number of steps (volume). we recently reported high ambulation levels (average steps. day-1) for a rural african population in transition but could not provide definitive data pertaining to the intensity at which steps were accumulated.2 the study used a piezo-electric based pedometer (nl-2000) which stored both the number of steps and activity energy expenditure (eeact). 2 the nl-2000 is produced by the suzuken-kenz company (http://www.suzuken-kenz.com) for a north american distributor (new lifestyles, http://www.new-lifestyles.com) and is identical in function to the suzuken-kenz e-step products (personal communication: hitoshi ozawa, suzuken-kenz, 17-052007). therefore calibration results for the nl-2000 would also be applicable to the suzuken-kenz e-step products.3-5 moreover, because the suzuken-kenz range includes the lifecorder ex, which has been validated,6,7 and the technology in this high-end product is essentially the same as the lower-end products (except for the download capacity to a personal computer), the algorithms for all suzuken-kenz products would be identical. for instance, the nl2000 (e-step) (personal communication: operations manager, new lifestyles, 02-09-2005) and the lifecorder ex 6 sense steps when there are three or more acceleration pulses for four consecutive seconds and calculate eeact using body mass (w) and an intensity dependent factor (ka) such that eeact (kcal) = ka x w (kg). effect of body mass and physical activity volume and intensity on pedometry-measured activity energy expenditure in rural black south africans in the limpopo province abstract objectives. we developed a novel approach to investigate patterns of pedometry-measured total weekly activity energy expenditure (eeact) in rural black south africans in the limpopo province. design. we analysed 7-day pedometry data in 775 subjects (female: n=508; male: n=267). variance components models for eeact were used to estimate the variance explained by body mass (bm), total weekly steps (volume) and estimated intensity (kcal. kg-1.step-1). univariate general linear models, adjusting for age, bm and physical activity (pa) volume, were used to determine if eeact was primarily affected by volume or intensity. results. bm (13.1%), pa intensity (24.4%) and pa volume (56.9%) explained 94.4% of the variance in eeact. adjusted eeact did not differ between sexes (78 kcal.week-1, p =0.2552). there were no significant differences across activity categories (sedentary to very active) for adjusted eeact (62 287 kcal.week -1, p>0.1). adjusted eeact for 6 7 days of compliance (≥10 000 steps.day-1) differed significantly from 1 2 days of compliance (266 419 kcal.week-1, p<0.04). obese (body mass index ≥30 kg.m-2) and normal weight (body mass index 18.5 24.9 kg.m-2) women did not differ significantly across activity categories for eeact (200 592 kcal.week -1, p>0.30). correspondence: ian cook physical activity epidemiology laboratory university of limpopo (turfloop campus) po box 459 fauna park 0787 polokwane south africa tel+fax: +27 15 268 2390 e-mail: ianc@ul.ac.za ian cook (ba (phys ed) hons, bsc (med) hons)1 marianne alberts (phd)2 estelle v lambert (phd)3 1 physical activity epidemiology laboratory, university of limpopo (turfloop campus), polokwane 2 department of chemical pathology, university of limpopo (turfloop campus), polokwane 3 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 3 original research article conclusions. we have highlighted an intensity effect for days of compliance and at very active ambulatory levels (≥12 500 steps. day-1). a volume effect appeared to dominate between sexes, across activity categories and weight-by-activity categories. it is important that post hoc statistical adjustments be made for body mass and pa volume when comparing eeact across groups. consequently, the eeact displayed on the nl-2000 output is a function of the pa intensity (ka), pa volume (number of steps) and the individual’s body mass. it is thus not possible to ascertain if an eeact difference between two individuals is due to increased pa (volume and/or intensity) or because of body mass differences. one approach to circumvent this problem is to use statistical methods to adjust for body mass and pa volume to ascertain whether eeact differences between two individuals are possibly intensity dependent. therefore the objective of this study was to explore the patterns of pedometry-measured total weekly eeact by statistically adjusting for body mass and pa volume to determine if pa intensity could be an important factor in explaining the high ambulatory levels in a rural african setting. methods this analysis uses data for which the study protocol, subjects, field site, sample size and measurements have been described in detail elsewhere.2 briefly, 830 participants from the dikgale health and demographic surveillance system field site (dhdss) 8-11 were conveniently recruited and contacted twice over a 9-day period between january 2005 and december 2007. on the first occasion, subjects were recruited and completed the informed consent, relevant sections of a health questionnaire and provided anthropometric data. standard anthropometric measurements and interviews were performed by trained, local fieldworkers and included measures of stature (nearest 1 cm) and body mass (nearest 1 kg). we categorised subjects using body mass index (bmi = body mass ÷ stature2, underweight: <18.5 kg.m-2, normal weight: 18.5 24.9 kg.m-2, overweight: 25 29.9 kg.m-2, obese: ≥30 kg.m-2).12 finally, subjects were instructed on the required procedures for wearing the pedometer over 9 consecutive days. we used piezo-electric pedometers (nl2000, new lifestyles inc., kansas city, mo, usa) not affected by pedometer tilt or adiposity level13 to objectively measure pa. data for day 1 and day 9 were omitted because these were incomplete days. the pedometer was worn on the right waist, securely attached to a nylon belt and sealed with surgical tape. the pedometers could be removed for sleeping and bathing purposes by unclipping the nylon belt. ambulation pa volume was defined as the average steps. day-1 or steps.week-1. energy expenditure was defined as total activity energy expenditure.week-1 (eeact, kcal.week -1). we calculated a pa intensity factor (ifr, kcal.kg -1.step-1) from the total weekly steps, total weekly eeact and body mass. public health indices (thresholds) for steps.day-1 were defined as follows:14 sedentary: <5 000 steps. day-1, low active: 5 000 7 499 steps.day-1, somewhat active: 7 500 9 999 steps.day-1, active: 10 000 12 499 steps.day-1, and very active: ≥12 500 steps.day-1. a summary variable was created indicating the number of days a subject was compliant or not for 0 7 days (≥10 000 steps.day-1). subjects received a small honorarium on completion of the study. the study was approved by the ethics committee of the university of limpopo (turfloop campus). statistical analysis descriptive statistics comprised means and 95% confidence intervals (95% ci) or one standard deviation (sd). independent t-tests were used to compare variables across gender. variance components were estimated for inter-individual variance (body mass = kg, pa volume = total weekly steps and ifr = kcal.kg -1.step-1) and residual (intra-individual) variance. the variance components were also expressed as a percentage of the total variance. inter-individual variance represents true variation between subjects while intra individual variance represents unexplained variation within subjects. to identify additional variables that could affect the inter-individual variance we entered age and stature as covariates and sex, village and season as fixed factors. multiple linear regression models, using backward selection, were used to examine the relative importance of pa volume, pa intensity and body mass to eeact. in addition to pa and body mass variables, age and sex were included in all initial models. significance for variable entry into and exit out of the model were set at p=0.05 and p=0.1, respectively. univariate general linear models (glm) were used to compare ambulation (steps.day-1) and 4 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 table i. descriptive characteristics for rural and urban women residence female (n=508) male (n=267) p† continuous variables age (years) 40.1 ± 20.7 28.4 ± 17.6 <0.0001 body-mass-index (kg.m-2) 26.6 ± 6.4 21.2 ± 3.9 <0.0001 average steps.day-1 11 086 ± 4 538 14 028 ± 5 434 <0.0001 average activity ee (kcal.day-1) 393 ± 189 491 ± 213 <0.0001 intensity factor (kcal.kg-1.step-1 x1000) 0.58 ± 0.28 0.65 ± 0.41 0.0032 categorical variables * body mass index classification normal weight (<25 kg.m-2) 47.8 (243) 87.6 (234) <0.0001 obese (≥30 kg.m-2) 27.2 (138) 4.1 (11) <0.0001 physical activity classification inactive (<5000 steps.day-1) 10.2 (52) 3.0 (8) 0.0006 active (≥10 000 steps.day-1) 59.4 (302) 77.9 (208) <0.0001 completion of secondary school (≥grade 12) 16.5 (58) 14.1 (29) 0.5420 ownership of motor vehicle (yes) 21.2 (99) 18.1 (45) 0.3911 electricity available inside house (yes) 75.4 (353) 65.3 (162) 0.0055 water collected outside dwelling (yes) 8.5 (40) 8.1 (20) 0.9363 data are reported as mean ± sd for all continuous variables and % (n) for * categorical variables, † p-values evaluate female v. male differences. eeact (kcal.week -1) across gender, activity categories (sedentary to very active), days of non-compliance/compliance with public health guidelines (≥10 000 steps.day-1), and obeseor normal-weight inactive (<7 500 steps.day-1), active (10 000 12 499 steps.day-1) and very active (≥12 500 steps.day-1) participants. all initial models adjusted for age and body mass. additional eeact models were also constructed which adjusted for age, body mass and steps.week-1. post hoc multiple comparison analyses (sidak’s t-test) assessed group differences. data were analysed using appropriate statistical software (spss version 17.0.2). significance for all inferential statistics was set at p<0.05. results we excluded 14 outliers identified during exploratory data analysis. because of very few obese males in the sample (table i), only adult (19 65 years) female subjects were used in the obese/normal weight comparison across activity categories. the sizeable variance attributed to body mass (13.1%), pa volume (total weekly steps, 56.9%) and ifr (kcal.kg -1.step-1, 24.4%) suggested further analysis was warranted to determine if eeact group differences persist, possibly due to an intensity effect, by adjusting for body mass and pa volume. the 5.5% error variance was likely due to the rather crude ifr that was calculated. entering age or stature as covariates, and sex, village or season as fixed factors, made no difference to variances (<1%). because the data were collected over 2 years in a number of villages that differ in terms of infrastructure and access to public transport, it was important to test whether season and village could explain part of the variance. pa volume, ifr and body mass were significant predictors of eeact (model and coefficients: p<0.0001, model adjusted r2=0.814) and part correlations were 0.887, 0.355 and 0.259, respectively. the multiple linear regression analysis revealed no collinearity between variables (variance inflation factors <1.2). the adjusted r2 for the partially (age and body mass) and fully (age, body mass and steps.wk-1) adjusted eeact glm models ranged from 0.130 to 0.564 and 0.690 to 0.695, respectively (p<0.0001). males accumulated significantly more steps than females (687 steps.day-1, p<0.0001). (fig. 1). the fully adjusted eeact was not significantly different (78 kcal.wk-1, p=0.2552) between sexes, suggesting no intensity effect (fig. 1). however, adjusting for age and body mass only resulted in a significant difference (224 kcal. week-1, p=0.0017), suggesting that volume plays a more significant role in eeact differences between sexes. age and body mass-adjusted differences in steps across categories (sedentary very active) were significant for all pairwise comparisons (1 783 steps.day-1 to 9 710 steps.day-1, p<0.0001) (fig. 2). adjusted for age and body mass, the middle three categories (low-active to active) resulted in relatively similar eeact, (p>0.1), but not so for two the extreme eeact categories (sedentary v. very active, p<0.04). however, the fully adjusted model yielded no significant differences across activity categories, suggesting a significant volume effect (p>0.1) (fig. 2). age and body mass-adjusted steps.day-1 for 6 7 days of compliance with public health guidelines (≥10 000 steps.day-1) were significantly different to all other levels of compliance (p<0.003) but there were no significant differences between 0 days (noncompliance) and 1 5 days of compliance (p>0.4) (fig. 1). adjusted for age and body mass, eeact differed significantly for days of compliance ≥6 compared with non-compliance (0 days) and lower levels of compliance (1 5 days) (p<0.03). significant differences persisted only for eeact for 6 7 days of compliance versus 1 2 days of compliance (p<0.04), suggesting an intensity effect only for 6 7 days of compliance (fig. 3). the eeact, adjusted for age and body mass of highly active normal weight and obese women was significantly higher than inactive normal weight and obese women (difference: 2 224 2 403 kcal.wk-1, p<0.0001). adjusted for age, body mass and steps. week-1, obese and normal weight adult females did not differ in eeact for the three pa categories, suggesting that there are no statistical differences in pa intensity (fig. 4). however, there was a tendency for normal weight females to have higher eeact (200 kcal.week -1 to 592 kcal.week-1, p>0.30). discussion this is a novel study reporting for the first time volume and intensity effects from data obtained using pedometers. the analysis has highlighted an intensity effect for days of compliance and especially at very active ambulatory levels (≥12 500 steps.day-1). interestingly, there did not seem to be a significant intensity effect between sexes, activity categories or obese versus normal weight across activity sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 5 2 female male 9000 9500 10000 10500 2800 2900 3000 3100 3200 steps.day-1 kcal.week-1 * mean ±95%ci a m b u la ti o n ( st ep s. d ay -1 ) e n erg y exp en d itu re (kcal.w eek -1) fig. 1. ambulatory and energy expenditure levels for males and females. steps.day-1 adjusted for age and body mass. kcal. week-1 adjusted for age, body mass and steps.week-1. * steps. day-1: males > females, p<0.0001. 3 4000 8000 12000 16000 2500 3000 3500 4000 steps.day-1 kcal.week-1 sedentary low active somewhat active active very active <5000 5000-7499 7500-9999 10 000-12 499 ≥12 500 means ±95%ci activity category (steps.day-1) a m b u la ti o n ( st ep s. d ay -1 ) e n erg y exp en d itu re (kcal.w e ek -1) fig. 2. ambulatory and energy expenditure levels across activity categories. steps.day-1 adjusted for age and body mass. kcal. week-1 adjusted for age, body mass and steps.week-1. steps. day-1: all activity categories significantly different, p<0.0001. categories once age, body mass and accumulated steps had been adjusted for. differences in accumulated steps between males and females have been reported.15,16 our results suggest that it is the difference in pa volume, and not pa intensity, that explains the difference in eeact between males and females from this rural, african setting. although average step totals increased significantly across activity categories, adjusted eeact did not increase accordingly. we also did not find markedly increased adjusted eeact between obese and normal weight females across activity categories, which is in agreement with findings of similar gross ee for walking and jogging at the same speed between normal weight and overweight/obese women, once adjusted for body mass and free fat mass.17 furthermore, non-compliance or compliance on 1 5 days of the week with public health guidelines (≥10 000 steps.day-1) 18 did not seem to reveal differences in eeact. however, complying on 6 7 days, required significant increases in volume and intensity. these results suggest that public health pa guidelines of at least 5 times per week, 30 minutes per session,19 which equates to approximately 10 000 steps.day-1,20-22 were likely met through increases in accumulated steps throughout the day instead of increasing pa intensity. it was interesting that these findings would seem to provide non-intervention, free-living support for the feasibility of promoting moderate intensity pa such that the lack of a vigorous intensity requirement would not be a barrier to increasing pa. in other words, our results suggest that within this rural african population, walking behaviours are naturally modelled according to public health pa guidelines. however, highly active groups such as those achieving ≥12 500 steps on 6 or more days a week, required increases in intensity. this finding is in accord with the significantly higher accelerometer-measured moderate-tovigorous pa recorded for subjects achieving ≥11 762 steps.day-1 compared with those achieving ≤8 123 steps.day-1; 68.6 min v. 23.6 min, respectively (p=0.000).22 le masurier et al. also reported higher moderate-to-vigorous activity for subjects achieving ≥10 000 steps. day-1 compared with <10 000 steps.day-1 whether accumulated in bouts ≥1-, ≥5or ≥10 min (difference: p<0.05).20 recently, dugas et al. suggested that pa intensity and not pa volume was a greater determinant of adiposity in young, black south african urban dwellers.23 our results would suggest that the pa volume is the dominant contributor to eeact in rural dwellers. moreover, we have shown that average steps.day-1 is significantly associated with adiposity levels in rural african women (r=-0.20, p=0.032).24 several limitations must be acknowledged. firstly, we could not compare our statistical adjustment against actual volume and intensity measures. future analyses using uni-axial accelerometer data to ascertain at which intensity levels steps are being accumulated would provide more definitive answers as to the relative importance of pa volume and intensity, specifically within the context of a rural african setting. secondly, the absolute eeact values reported in this study should be carefully interpreted because treadmill calibration studies for the nl-2000 suggest an overestimation of approximately 25% for eeact. 3 in conclusion, we have highlighted an intensity effect for 6 7 days of compliance and at very active ambulatory levels. a volume effect appeared to dominate between sexes, across activity categories and weight-by-activity categories and would suggest that public health messages in this specific rural setting should focus on maintaining pa volume through daily living rather than advocating increases in pa intensity. it is important that post hoc statistical adjustments be made for body mass and pa volume when comparing eeact data across groups. acknowledgements the research development and administration division of the university of limpopo (turfloop campus) and the thuthuka programme of the national research foundation supported this study. references 1. bassett dr, strath sj. use of pedometers to assess physical activity. in: welk gj ed. physical activity assessments for health-related research. champaign, il: human kinetics 2002:163-177. 2. cook i, alberts m, brits js, choma s, mkhonto ss. descriptive epidemiology of ambulatory activity in rural, black south africans. med sci sports exerc 2010; (in press). 3. crouter se, schneider pl, karabulut m, bassett dr. validity of 10 electronic pedometers for measuring steps, distance, and energy cost. med sci sports exerc 2003;35:1455-1460. 6 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 5 obese normal obese normal obese normal 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 means ±95%ci inactive (<7500 steps.day-1) very active (≥12500 steps.day-1) active (10000-12499 steps.day-1) e n er g y ex p en d it u re ( kc al .w ee k1 ) fig. 4. ambulatory and energy expenditure levels for normal weight and obese women across activity categories. kcal. week-1 adjusted for age, body mass and steps.week-1. fig. 3. ambulatory and energy expenditure levels across number of days compliant (≥10 000 steps.day-1). steps.day-1 adjusted for age and body mass. kcal.week-1 adjusted for age, body mass and steps.week-1. * steps.day-1: 6 days and 7 days significantly different to all other days, p<0.003. † kcal.week-1: 1 2 days significantly different to 6 7 days, p<0.04. 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7500 8750 10000 11250 12500 13750 15000 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 steps.day-1 kcal.week-1 means ±95%ci * * number of days compliant (≥≥≥≥10 000 steps) a m b u la ti o n ( av er a g e s te p s. d ay -1 ) en e rg y ex p e n d itu re (kc al.w eek -1) † † sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 7 4. schneider pl, crouter se, lukajic o, bassett dr. accuracy and reliability of 10 pedometers for measuring steps over a 400-m walk. med sci sports exerc 2003;35:1779-1784. 5. schneider pl, crouter se, bassett dr. pedometer measures of freeliving physical activity: comparison of 13 models. med sci sports exerc 2004;36:331-335. 6. kumahara h, schutz y, ayabe m, et al.the use of uniaxial accelero metry for the assessment of physical-activity-related energy expenditure: a validation study against whole-body indirect calorimetry. br j nutr 2004;91:235-243. 7. mcclain jj, craig cl, sisson sb, tudor-locke c. comparison of life corder ex and actigraph accelerometers under free-living conditions. appl physiol nutr metab 2007;32:753-761. 8. alberts m, burger s. indepth dss site profiles: dikgale dss, south africa. in: sankoh oa, kahn k, mwageni e, ngom p, nyarko p, eds. population and health in developing countries.volume 1. population, health, and survival at indepth sites. ottawa: idrc, 2002: 207-211. 9. alberts m, urdal p, steyn k, et al. prevalence of cardiovascular diseases and associated risk factors in a rural black population of south africa. eur j cardiovasc prev rehabil 2005;12:347-354. 10. cook i, alberts m, burger s, byass p. all-cause mortality trends in dikgale, rural south africa, 1996-2003. scand j public health 2008;36:753-760. 11. alberts m, burger s, tollman sm. the dikgale field site. s afr med j 1999;89:851-852. 12. puoane t, steyn k, bradshaw d, et al. obesity in south africa: the south african demographic and health survey. obes res 2002;10:1038-1048. 13. crouter se, schneider pl, bassett dr. spring-levered versus piezoelectric pedometer accuracy in overweight and obese adults. med sci sports exerc 2005;37:1673-1679. 14. tudor-locke c, bassett dr. how many steps/day are enough? preliminary pedometer indices for public health. sports med 2004;34:1-8. 15. mccormack g, giles-corti b, milligan r. demographic and individual correlates of achieving 10,000 steps/day: use of pedometers in a populationbased study. health promot j austr 2006;17:43-47. 16. tudor-locke c, johnson wd, katzmarzyk pt. accelerometer-determined steps per day in us adults. med sci sports exerc 2009;41:1384-1391. 17. le cheminant jd, heden t, smith j, covington nk. comparison of energy expenditure, economy, and pedometer counts between normal weight and overweight or obese women during a walking and jogging activity. eur j appl physiol 2009;106:675-682. 18. tudor-locke c, hatano y, pangrazi rp, kang m. revisiting “how many steps are enough?”. med sci sports exerc 2008;40:s537-s543. 19. haskell wl, lee im, pate rr, et al. physical activity and public health: updated recommendation for adults from the american college of sports medicine and the american heart association. med sci sports exerc 2007;39:1423-1434. 20. le masurier gc, sidman cl, corbin cb. accumulating 10,000 steps: does this meet current physical activity guidelines? res q exerc sport 2003;74:389-394. 21. hultquist cn, albright c, thompson dl. comparison of walking recommendations in previously inactive women. med sci sports exerc 2005;37: 676-683. 22. macfarlane dj, chan d, chan kl, ho ey, lee cc. using three objective criteria to examine pedometer guidelines for free-living individuals. eur j appl physiol 2008;104:435-444. 23. dugas lr, carstens ma, ebersole k, et al. energy expenditure in young adult urban informal settlement dwellers in south africa. eur j clin nutr 2009;63:805-807. sajsm 376.indd sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 67 objective. to evaluate whether three-dimensional (3d) musculoskeletal modelling could be effective in assessing the safety and efficacy of exercising on a seated row resistance-training machine. the focus of the evaluation was on biomechanical and anthropometric considerations of the end user. methods. three anthropometric cases were created; these represented a 5th percentile female as well as a 50th and a 95th percentile male based on body mass index. two repetitions, with a resistance equal to 50% of the functional strength of one repetition maximum (1rm) for each anthropometric case, were performed. results. results indicate that the default model of the lifemodeler software has important limitations that should be taken into consideration when used to evaluate exercise equipment. adjustments had to be made to the model to solve the forward dynamics simulations; as a result, no muscle forces or contraction values were obtained. this negatively influenced the value of the results as these parameters are important when analysing an exercise. the seated row resistance-training machine’s engineered or manufactured adjustability was sufficient, as it appeared to accommodate the three anthropometric cases adequately during execution of this exercise. conclusion. it appears that 3d musculoskeletal modelling can be used to evaluate resistance-training exercises such as the seated row; however, the limitations indicated by this study must be taken into consideration, especially when using the default lifemodeler model. s afr j sm 2013;25(3):67-73. doi:10.7196/sajsm.470 three-dimensional musculoskeletal modelling of the seated row resistance-training exercise k nolte,1 phd; p e krüger,1 phd; p s els,2 phd; h w nolte,3 phd 1 department of biokinetics, sport and leisure sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 2 department of mechanical and aeronautical engineering, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 3 ergonomics technologies, research and development, armscor, south africa corresponding author: k nolte (kim.nolte@up.ac.za) the advancement in computer technology and data processing capability has allowed the improvement of modelling software to a point where dynamic problems can now be simulated and analysed in a digital environment.[1] with the capability to simulate musculoskeletal human models interacting with mechanical systems, many aspects concerning the effects of the resistance-training equipment on the body can be studied. in recent years, the popularity of dynamic resistance training has risen. this type of training is suitable for developing muscular fitness 68 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 of men and women of all ages, as well as of children.[2] the seated row forms the basis of many land-based training programmes for athletes, more specifically rowers. however, it is also often included as part of strength-training programmes for non-athletes. it is an effective exercise to strengthen the musculature of the upper back. the primary joint movements of this exercise are shoulder extension and elbow flexion, thus the prime movers include the latissimus dorsi and the biceps brachii muscles.[2] other important muscles involved in the seated row exercise are the posterior deltoids, trapezius and rhomboideus muscle groups.[3] in terms of understanding the biomechanics associated with various resistance-training exercises, a great deal of literature has investigated the kinetics and kinematics associated with the bench press, squat and olympic lifts. therefore, it would appear that there has been a preoccupation with extension-type tasks and very little attention has been given to other movements.[4] furthermore, much of the available research focuses on rowing ergometer analysis rather than the seated row resistance exercise. here we present the musculoskeletal modelling of three anthropometric cases upon exercising on a commercially available seated row resistance-training machine. the primary aim of this study was to determine the efficacy of three-dimensional (3d) musculoskeletal modelling in evaluating resistance-training equip ment design such as the seated row resistance-training machine. methods equipment a 3d full-body musculoskeletal model was created using lifemodeler software and incorporated into a multibody dynamics model of the seated row resistance machine generated in msc adams software (fig. 1). lifemodeler runs as a plug-in of msc adams. it has previously been used in studies in the fields of sport, exercise and medicine.[5,6] it was decided to evaluate a default model as generated by the software. this model consists of 19 segments including a base set of joints for each body region. specifically, the spine does not consist of individual vertebrae, but rather of various segments that represent different regions of the vertebral column, with joints between these segments. furthermore, the default model has a fullbody set of 118 muscle elements attached to the bones at anatomical landmarks, including most of the major muscle groups in the body. closed-loop simple muscles were modelled. closed-loop muscles contain proportional-integral-differential (pid) controllers. the pid controller algorithm uses a target length v. time curve to generate the muscle activation and the muscles follow this curve. because of this approach, an inverse dynamics simulation using passive recording muscles is required prior to simulation with closed-loop muscles. simple muscles fire with no constraints, except for the physiological cross-sectional area (pcsa), which designates the maximum force that a muscle can exert. the graphs of simple muscle activation curves will generally peak at a flat-force ceiling value.[7] musculoskeletal full-body human and seated row computer-aided design (cad) models three anthropometric cases were created for each piece of equipment. the human models were created using the gebod anthropometry database (default lifemodeler database), but were based on body mass index (bmi) data obtained from rsa-mil-std 127 vol. 1[8] – a representative anthropometry standard of the south african national defence force (sandf) that is kept current by a yearly sampling plan, and is an accurate representation of the broader south african (sa) population. bredenkamp[9] described a process to characterise the body forms of sandf males and females. body form variances described by two principle components (pcs) for the sandf males and two pcs for sandf females were included in the modelling process. positive and negative boundary cases of each pc, representing the boundary conditions to be accommodated in design, identified the total range of four male and four female models.[10] the first pc described the ‘fatness’ variance in the population. anthropometric variables included for this pc are bust, waist and hip circumferences, together with bmi and bust-to-waist ratio. the second pc described the length variances in the population. anthropometric variables included for this pc are stature, inside-arm length and crotch length. it was decided to use the cases representing the smallest female as well as an average and large male for the three anthropometric cases for this study. these cases could be seen as what are traditionally known as a 5th percentile female, 50th percentile male and a 95th percentile male based on the bmi of each of these cases. thus, for the purpose of building these biomechanical models, a correlation between bmi and functional body strength was assumed. similar assumptions have previously been made in biomechanics full-body model simulations.[11] annegarn et al.[12] also verified scaled modelling strengths against actual functional body strengths and correlations ranged from 0.64 to 0.99. this approach was followed to ensure that the equipment could accommodate an acceptable sample of the sa end-user population. a cad model of the seated row resistance-training machine was obtained from an exercise equipment manufacturing company in sa. the model in a parasolid file format was imported into the lifemodeler simulation software. the msc adams software was used to create two design variables in order to adjust the external resistance (as selected by the amount of weights when using a selectorised resistance-training machine) and to specify the radius of the cam over which the cable of an actual exercise machine would run in order to lift the selected resistance. this was possible since this machine employed a circular cam system. a special contact force (solid to solid) was created between the weights being lifted and the remainder of the weight stack during the simulation. a coupler joint was created, linking the revolute joint (driver) of the lever arm attached to the handle bars with the translational joint of the weight stack. the design variable created for the radius of the cam was referenced as the scale of the coupled joint (translational joint at weights). the design variable created for the mass of the weights was then adjusted according to the pre-determined resistance for each anthropometric case. the external resistance applied in the models was based on data obtained from rsa-mil-std 127 vol. 5.[13] this database consists of a range of human functional-strength measurement variables for sandf males and females. this standard can be considered an accurate representation of the functional body strength of the sa population.[13] furthermore, functional strength data were used from activities that most closely resembled the movements of the exercise as well as the muscle groups used during such movement. fifty per cent of the functional strength of one repetition maximum (1rm) for each anthropometric case was used as this can be considered a sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 69 manageable resistance to perform an exercise with appropriate form and technique for two repetitions. the end of the concentric phase of each repetition was when the upper arms reached the anatomical zero position (neutral) alongside the torso, after which the eccentric phase of each repetition returned the model to the starting position described in table 1. simulation extreme care was taken with the positioning of the musculoskeletal model on the seated row machine to ensure that technique, posture and positioning were correct according to best exercise principles (table 1). optimal positioning of the models on the equipment required approximately 90º of shoulder flexion with slight elbow flexion that resulted in the hands finally being just higher than the elbows for all anthropometric cases. this would be considered the correct posture for this exercise and resulted in the handle height being just below shoulder level for all cases. furthermore, total manufacturer adjustability of the exercise machine was used in order to ensure correct positioning for each case. the following steps were performed to ensure realistic kinematics during the inverse dynamics simulations: (i) positioning of the human model on the exercise equipment; (ii) adjustment of the posture to allow for the human-machine interface to be created; (iii) creating the constraints between the human and machine; (iv) prescribing the motion of the repetitions; (v) evaluation of the resultant kinematics; and (vi) adjustment of joint positions until inverse dynamics resulted in a realistic exercise movement. bushing elements were used to secure the chest to the chest pad/cushion as well as the lower torso to the seat, and spherical joints were used to connect the hands to the handlebars of the seated row machine. bushing elements were preferred to fixedjoint elements; the former allows limited translational and rotational motion, and the amount of motion can be controlled by changing stiffness and damping characteristics in all three orthogonal directions. the original joints created in the biomechanical model had default joint parameters (stiffness (k) =1e4, dampening (c) =1 000). joints with such high joint stiffness are created to ensure a relatively ‘rigid’ model that provides a stable and smooth motion when manipulated by motion splines. this is especially important during the movement of the model into the initial posture, and to ensure smooth model motion during inverse dynamics. after the muscle lengths had been recorded in the inverse dynamics, the joint stiffness was changed to near zero, to represent actual stiffness in normal and healthy human joints. the inverse dynamics/forward dynamics method was applied during the simulations. inverse dynamics simulations are performed on models that are being manipulated by the use of motion agents or motion spines. during the inverse dynamics simulation, a rotational motion was applied to the revolute joint of the lever arm attached to the handlebars of the seated row machine in order to generate the required movement of the resistance-training machine. this movement replicated the pulling (concentric) and resisting (eccentric) phase of the exercise. the time for fig. 1. 3d musculoskeletal modelling of the seated row resistance-training machine and 50th percentile male musculoskeletal model using lifemodeler and msc adams software. table 1. exercise starting posture for the three anthropometric cases on the seated row machine* joint 5th percentile female 50th percentile male 95th percentile male scapula† 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 shoulder† 85.0 (f); 5.0 (ir); 7.0 (ab) 85.0 (f); 5.0 (ir); 4.5 (ab) 85.0 (f); 5.0 (ir); 2.5 (ab) elbow† 15.0 (f); 10.0 (ir); 0.0 15.0 (f); 10.0 (ir); 0.0 15.0 (f); 10.0 (ir); 0.0 wrist† 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 hip† 30.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 35.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 52.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 knee† 30.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 45.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 60.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 ankle† 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 12.0 (e); 0.0; 0.0 12.0 (e); 0.0; 0.0 upper neck 0.0; 0.0; .0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 lower neck 0.0; 0.0; .0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 thoracic 0.0; 0.0; .0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 0.0; 0.0; 0.0 lumbar 15.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 15.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 15.0 (f); 0.0; 0.0 f = flexion; e = extension; ir = internal rotation; ab = abduction. * results are presented for the sagittal, transverse and frontal planes (degrees). † the joint angles refer to bilateral joints. 70 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 the concentric phase was set at 1.66 s and the eccentric phase longer at 3.33 s to mimic conventional resistance-training technique in which the eccentric phase is more deliberate to prohibit the use of momentum. the 1.66 s concentric phase included a step function approximation over 0.5 s to ensure a gradual start to the movement. in msc adams, the step function approximates an ideal mathematical step function. it steps quantities such as motions or forces up or down, or on and off. a step function is used when a value needs to be changed from one constant to another. the joints forces of the model were recorded during the inverse dynamics simulation in order to calculate the changes in joint torques to result in the required machine movement. after the inverse dynamics simulation was performed, the rotation al motion was removed from the rotational joint of the lever arm of the seated row machine. the resulting joint movements were then used to drive the model during the forward dynamics simulation in the manner as developed through the inverse dynamics simulation. during the forward dynamics simulation, the model is guided by the internal forces (muscle-length changes resulting in joint angulations and torques) and influenced by external forces (gravity, contact and determined exercise resistance). it is important to note that changes had to be made to the lifemodeler default model in order to solve the models with plausible kinematics during the forward dynamics simulations. considering the research problem, the detail of these changes will be discussed under the discussion section. all results presented are derived from the forward dynamics simulations after these changes to the default model were made. data analysis firstly, we determined if the forward dynamics simulations could adequately be solved by the lifemodeler default model. kinematic data obtained from the inverse dynamics simulations were visually compared with those of the forward dynamics simulations to determine if the data were plausible. secondly, the anthropometric dimensions and exercise postures of the musculoskeletal human models were visually assessed in relation to the dimensions and adjustability of the resistance-training equipment in order to determine if all three anthropometric cases representative of the sa end-user population could be accommodated comfortably on the seated row resistance-training machine. key aspects included start and end exercise posture, as well as maintaining correct technique throughout the exercise during the simulations. correct technique was assessed in terms of limited compensatory movements and performing the seated row exercise through the full range of motion as determined by the inverse dynamics. lastly, to determine exercise safety and efficacy, joint forces were evaluated. the risk of injury to the musculoskeletal system of the exerciser was ascertained by comparison of measured forces with safe loading limits for joints of the lumbar and thoracic spine. risk to both these structures are real during exercises that require pulling or pushing movements (with and without resistance) and/or during the execution of exercises with poor postures. different joint-loading criteria were derived using biomechanical research, taking into consideration the posture and anthropometry.[14] however, criteria for determining whether a particular task or exercise is ‘safe’ based on tissue-level stresses or joint loading are available only for a small number of tissues and loading regimes (e.g. lower-back motion segments in compression);[1] therefore, for this study, anterior/posterior (a/p) shear forces and joint compression forces were used as safety criteria. basic descriptive statistical analyses were completed with satistica. results three anthropometric cases based on bmi data obtained from rsamil-std 127 vol. 1[13] were used for the study, and results were assessed (table 2). table 2 represents the external resistance applied for each anthropometric case. due to the involvement of the wrist, elbow and shoulder joints in the seated row exercise, torque values for these joints are presented in table 3. the 95th percentile male recorded the highest peak joint torque values for the three joints. the 50th percentile male’s peak elbow and wrist torque values were the lowest. the peak shoulder torque values of the 5th percentile female and 50th percentile male were similar and were lower than the 95th percentile male’s values. for the three anthropometric cases, the peak shoulder joint torque values were the lowest, followed by the wrist and the greatest for the elbow. the seated row exercise is a multi-joint exercise, thus movement in the sagittal plane of the shoulder, elbow and wrist (right side) are reported (table 3). the least movement occurred at the wrist joint, followed by the shoulder joint, with the most movement at the elbow joint for the three anthropometric cases. range of motion of the 5th percentile female was the least for the wrist and shoulder joints. range of motion was the greatest for the 95th percentile male in the wrist and shoulder joint. elbow joint range of motion was greatest for the 50th percentile male. results for the thoracic (t12/l1 intervertebral joint) and lumbar (l5/s1 intervertebral joint) spine compression and a/p shear forces are presented in table 4. peak thoracic spine joint compression forces were greatest for the 50th percentile male, followed by the 95th percentile male, and were lowest in the 5th percentile female. there was a similar trend in the peak lumbar spine joint compression forces. in all anthropometric cases, the peak lumbar spine joint compression forces were greater than the peak thoracic spine joint compression forces. the 5th percentile female and 50th percentile male recorded similar peak thoracic and lumbar spine a/p shear forces. the 5th percentile female’s peak thoracic spine and lumbar a/p shear forces were the least in comparison with the other two anthropo metric cases. table 2. user population anthropometric and strength data user population group body mass (kg) stature (mm) exercise resistance 50% of 1rm (kg) 5th percentile female 49.5 1 500 11 50th percentile female 66.0 1 610 18 95th percentile male 85.0 1 840 30 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 71 the results for wrist and elbow-joint a/p shear forces are presented in table 4. peak wrist and elbow-joint a/p shear forces were lowest for the 50th percentile male and highest for the 95th percentile male. peak wrist a/p shear forces were slightly lower than elbow shear forces for all the anthropometric cases. discussion firstly, it can be concluded that the lifemodeler default model was not adequate to solve the forward dynamics simulations for any of the anthropometric cases. the same conclusion[15] was drawn in a previous study that evaluated the seated biceps curl resistancetraining exercise. for the evaluation of the seated biceps curl exercise, the forward dynamics simulations could also only be solved after a number of adjustments had been made to the model, such as increasing the pcsa of the muscles, manipulating muscle origins and insertions, and decreasing the joint stiffness in the forwards dynamics simulations. [15] all of these adjustments were implemented for this study in order to solve the simulation, without any success. possible reasons for this include the degrees of freedom involved in a multijoint exercise involving highly mobile joints such as the shoulder. furthermore, it could be that additional musculature is required to provide more stability in the shoulder joint during the forward dynamics simulations. to solve this problem in this study, the joint angulations recordings in the inverse dynamics simulations were used to solve the forward dynamics simulations. while this approach should still result in plausible compression and a/p shear reaction forces, the muscle-length changes resulting in such compression forces are not available for evaluation. rather, this option creates a trained pid-servo-type controller on the joint axis. the joint is commanded to track an angular history spline with a user-specified gain on the error between the actual angle and the commanded error. a user-specified derivative gain is specified to control the derivative of the error. therefore, results for muscle forces (n) and contractions table 3. right wrist, elbow and shoulder joint torque (nm) and joint angle (°) results in the sagittal plane for the three anthropometric cases* mean minimum maximum 5th percentile female wrist torque (nm) wrist angle (°) -1.6 16.0 -4.5 0.0 0.0 26.5 elbow torque (nm) elbow angle (°) -4.0 -75.8 -6.3 -129.6 0.0 -15 shoulder torque (nm) shoulder angle (°) 0.9 -52.0 -1.2 -85.0 3.2 -16.4 50th percentile male wrist torque (nm) wrist angle (°) -1.3 16.3 -3.1 0.0 0.0 27.5 elbow torque (nm) elbow angle (°) -3.0 -75.9 -4.7 -130.5 0.0 15.0 shoulder torque (nm) shoulder angle (°) 0.2 -53.7 -1.2 -85 1.9 -20.8 95th percentile male wrist torque (nm) wrist angle (°) -0.2 17.1 -4.8 0.0 2.3 29.0 elbow torque (nm) elbow angle (°) -13.3 -73.2 -19.5 -125.9 0.0 -15.0 shoulder torque (nm) shoulder angle (°) 1.7 -57.8 -2.5 -85.0 7.0 -28.6 * joint torque values: negative indicates torque during the concentric phase of the exercise and positive indicates torque during the eccentric phase of the exercise. joint angle values should be interpreted together with table 1. table 4. joint compression and a/p shear forces (n) for the three anthropometric cases n mean minimum maximum 5th percentile female compression forces* thoracic spine lumbar spine 100.3 145.0 79.4 124.1 149.1 193.8 a/p shear forces† thoracic spine lumbar spine wrist elbow -22.0 -22.0 42.0 41.9 -30.8 -30.8 16.3 10.3 -18.3 -18.3 55.7 56.6 50th percentile male compression forces* thoracic spine lumbar spine 140.0 200.0 113.7 -173.2 168.1 227.6 a/p shear forces† thoracic spine lumbar spine wrist elbow -31.4 -31.4 29.7 29.7 -36.6 -36.6 16.6 10.2 -18.3 -18.3 42.8 43.8 95th percentile male compression forces* thoracic spine lumbar spine -32.7 28.2 -97.1 -36.1 162.8 223.9 a/p shear forces† thoracic spine lumbar spine wrist elbow 0.4 0.4 103.6 103.5 -36.2 -36.2 31.7 18.7 -12.4 -12.4 122.4 124.1 a/p = anterior/posterior. * positive values indicate forces in a superior direction and negative values indicate forces in an inferior direction. † positive indicates forces in a posterior direction and negative indicate forces in an anterior direction. 72 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 (shortening and lengthening) (mm) could not be analysed. ideally these parameters should be analysed when evaluating an exercise. it appears that more complex, multi-joint or compound exercises that require too many degrees of freedom pose a problem for the default model; therefore, models with more detailed musculature may be required to solve the forward dynamics simulations sufficiently. important musculature required for the performance of the seated row exercise that are not included in the lifemodeler default model are the rhomboideus major and minor and the rotator cuff group (supraspinatus, infraspinatus, teres minor and subscapularis). it was not, however, within the scope of this study to produce anatomical detailed models, but rather to evaluate the default model of the software. secondly, the study did not indicate any obvious discrepancies between the anthropometric dimensions of the three cases and the seated row machine’s engineered or manufactured adjustability. all three anthropometric cases appeared to be positioned adequately on the seated row machine. this was not the case with previous studies conducted on the abdominal crunch and seated biceps curl machines, which demonstrated the inability of the machines to adjust appropriately to individuals with small anthropometric dimensions, such as some women and children.[15,16] as a result the exercise technique of the 5th percentile female was negatively influenced and injury risk was increased for these two exercises.[15,16] lastly, with regards to the biomechanical evaluation in terms of exercise efficacy and injury risk, the following could be deduced from the study: due to the fact that the forward dynamics simulations was solved by recording the joint angulations changes during the inverse dynamics simulations and not muscle-length changes, results for the muscle forces and contractions were not obtained and could therefore not be analysed. this negatively influenced the value of modelling with regards to evaluating the seated row exercise, as muscle forces and contractions provide important information regarding the efficacy and injury risk of the exercise. maximal joint torque values obtained for the wrist, elbow and shoulder appear to be lower when comparing the values to peak values obtained by means of isokinetic testing at 60º/s, e.g.: wrist flexion and extension values of 13.8 nm and 12.7 nm, respectively, in nondisabled subjects;[17] elbow flexion and extension values of 36 nm for both elbow flexion and extension in female college basketball players; and shoulder flexion and extension values of 77 nm and 53 nm for males and 38 nm and 24 nm for females, respectively, in a group of non-disabled.[18,19] joint torque values for the three joints evaluated were much lower than values obtained during peak isokinetic testing; however, it is important to bear in mind that the values obtained in this study were not obtained from maximal testing as with the isokinetic testing. the peak elbow joint torque was the highest recorded value for all joints in the three anthropometric cases, which was too be expected as the elbow joint is most involved in the seated row movement. not surprisingly, the joint range of motion (wrist, elbow and shoulder) used during the seated row exercise was smallest for the 5th percentile female and greatest for the 95th percentile male; with the exception of the elbow joint range of motion, which was greatest for the 50th percentile male. it is not only important that correct technique is used for resistance exercises such as the seated row in order to decrease the likelihood of injury, but also that exercises are performed through the full range of motion to get the maximum benefits of the exercise. in addition to lifting, pushing and pulling may also be associated with significant risk to the low back.[20] the seated row exercise can be considered a pulling activity. it must be kept in mind that the cited research is primarily referring to occupational tasks; however, important similarities and conclusions can be drawn with exercises that use similar actions to occupational tasks and activities that require pulling. furthermore, the spine of the default model does not consist of all the individual vertebrae, but rather of various segments that represent the different regions of the vertebral column with joints between these segments. individualised vertebrae and corresponding joints may produce different results. in 2009, a study by knapik and marras[21] found that there was greater compressive loading at all spine levels when performing pulling compared with pushing activities. therefore, an individual performing a pulling exercise such as the seated row may be at greater risk of a back injury than individuals performing a pushing exercise such as bench press, specifically with regards to compressive loading. [21] previous research from the american national institute for occupational safety and health (niosh)[20] recommended that spinal compression forces should not exceed 3.4 kn, to avoid injury. however, there is a very real threat of musculoskeletal injury before this failure limit value has been reached.[14,21] british standards (bs en 1005-3, 2002) recommend 600 n as the cut-off point for carrying masses; no further recommendations are made, except ‘time of exposure needs to be minimised’ and ‘a preferred system requires optimal ergonomic position with reduced back bending posture’.[22] therefore, all three anthropometric cases were well below the recommended failure limit of 3.4 kn. none of the anthropometric cases’ peak thoracic or lumbar compression forces were even near the recommended 600 n cut-off; therefore, it may be postulated, all things considered, that the seated row exercise does not appear to cause excessive spinal compression forces that may put the individual at risk for an injury. historically, spine compression in the lower lumbar spine has been the variable of interest for risk to the low back during work and exercise training. however, during horizontal force application (pulling of the seated row exercise), it is expected that shear forces within the spine increase dramatically due to the application of force in the hands and the reaction of the trunk musculature. thus, shear forces may represent the critical measure of risk.[21] according to knapik and marras,[21] in general, pushing activities impose greater, potentially risky a/p shear forces upon the spine than pulling. pushing imposed up to 23% greater a/p shear forces compared with pulling. increases in shear forces were as a result of the increased flexor muscle co-activity required for the activity.[21] although the spine a/p shear forces recorded were greater than the compression forces, the thoracic and lumbar spine joint a/p shear forces for the three anthropometric cases were also below the most commonly cited spine tolerance of 1 000 n for shear force, as stipulated by mcgill. [23] it is important to note that even if the spine compression and a/p shear forces recorded were well within acceptable limits, the modelling does not take into account the repetitive nature and accumulative effect of exercise. further, the resistance used was only 50% of each case’s estimated 1rm; therefore, if exercises use a resistance closer to their maximum, the loading values may exceed the acceptable limits. sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 73 handle height appears to affect the mechanical load of the low back and shoulder considerably, and it is recommended that carts are designed and are adjustable so that it is possible to push or pull at shoulder height.[24] the same principle can be applied to the seated row machine: the handle bars should be approximately at shoulder height, which was the case for the three anthropometric models. thus, this could have assisted in reducing the spine loads, especially the a/p shear spine forces. unfortunately, after conducting a literature search, it became clear that information regarding a/p shear forces of the shoulder, elbow and wrist joints is scarce. however, the following information regarding handle height may be applicable in terms of reducing a/p shear forces on these joints during the seated row exercise. handle height and the magnitude of force are found to be significantly related to the net moment at the shoulder. net moments at the shoulder are kept low during pushing and pulling activities by keeping the wrist, elbow and shoulder close to the line of action of the exerted force, or by directing the exerted force such that the shoulder joint remains close to the line of action of the exerted force.[24] thus, if the handle bars of the seated row resistance-training machine are designed in such a way as to ensure correct alignment of the shoulder, elbow and wrist joints, it may assist in reducing the strain that these joints experience during this exercise, especially if a heavy resistance is used. conclusion three-dimensional musculoskeletal modelling has value in the evaluation of the safety and efficacy of resistance-training equipment. this modelling method is a valuable tool for equipment design and may be of use to assess injury risk. however, musculoskeletal modelling that makes use of default models that lack adequate biofidelity does have limitations, as highlighted here. adjustments had to be made to the default model to solve the forward dynamics simulations using recorded joint angulations during the inverse dynamics simulations. as a result, no muscle (force and contraction) results could be obtained which negatively affected the value of the modelling effort in evaluating the seated row exercise in terms of efficacy and safety. from an equipment design perspective, the anthropometric dimensions of the end-users appeared to be accommodated adequately by the seated row’s engineered or manufactured adjustability. practically, this study highlights the possible risk for spinal injury associated with pulling activities. our results emphasise the importance of exercising with correct positioning and technique at an appropriate external resistance, to avoid undue strain on spinal structures. references 1. wagner d, rasmussen j, reed m. assessing the importance of motion dynamics for ergonomic analysis of manual materials handling tasks using the anybody modelling system. proceedings of the 2007 digital human modelling for design and engineering conference, seattle, washington, 2007. 2. heyward vh. advanced fitness assessment and exercise prescription. 5th ed. champaign, usa: human kinetics, 2004. 3. floyd rt. manual of structural kinesiology. 17th ed. new york: mcgraw-hill, 2009. 4. cronin jb, jones jv, hagstrom jt. kinematics and kinetics of the seated row and implications for conditioning. j strength cond res 2007;21(4):1265-1270. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1519/r-21246.1] 5. de jongh c. critical evaluation of predictive modelling of a cervical disc design. unpublished dissertation. stellenbosch: university of stellenbosch, 2007. 6. hofmann m, danhard m, betzler n, et al. modelling with brg.lifemodtm in sport science. int j comp sci sport 2006;5:68-71. 7. biomechanics research group, inc. lifemod biomechanics modeler manual. san clemente, usa: life modeler, 2006. 8. rsa-mil-std-127. ergonomic design: anthropometry and environment. pretoria: rmss, 2004:1-196. 9. bredenkamp k. the characterisation of the male and female body forms of the sandf. pretoria: ergotech, 2007. 10. gordon cc, brantley jd. statistical modelling of population variation in the head and face. proceedings of the 1997 design and integration of helmet systems international symposium, massachusetts, usa, 1997. 11. rasmussen j, de zee m, damsgaard a, et al. a general method for scaling musculoskeletal models. paper presented at the international symposium on computer simulation in biomechanics, cleveland, ohio, usa, 2005. 12. annegarn j, rasmussen j, savelberg hhcm, et al. strength scaling in human musculoskeletal models. paper presented at the european workshop on movement sciences, amsterdam, the netherlands, 2007. 13. rsa-mil-std-127. ergonomic design: biomechanics – specific functional body strength data standard. pretoria: rmss, 2001:1-28. 14. cooper g, ghassemieh e. risk assessment of patient handling with ambulance stretcher systems (ramp/winch), easy-loader, tail-lift using biomechanical failure criteria. med eng phys 2007;29:775-787. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.medengphy.2006.08.008] 15. nolte k, krüger pe, els ps. three dimensional musculoskeletal modelling of the seated biceps curl resistance training exercise. sport biomech 2011;10:146-160. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14763141.2011.577441] 16. nolte k, krüger pe, els ps, nolte h. three dimensional musculoskeletal modelling of the abdominal crunch resistance training exercise. j sports sci 2013;31:265-275. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14763141.2011.577441] 17. van swearingen jm. measuring wrist muscle strength. j orthop sports phys ther 1983;4:217-228. 18. berg k, blank d, muller m. muscular fitness profile of female college basketball players. j orthop sports phys ther 1985;7:59-64. 19. nicholas jj, robinson lr, logan a, et al. isokinetic testing in young non-athletic able-bodied subjects. arch phys med rehabil 1989;70:210-213. 20. national institute for occupational safety and health. musculoskeletal disorders and workplace factors: a critical review of epidemiologic evidence for workrelated musculoskeletal disorders of the neck, upper extremity, and low back. us department of health and human services (dhhs) public health service, centres for disease control. cincinnati: national institute for occupational safety and health division of biomedical of behavioural science, 1997. 21. knapik gg, marras ws. spine loading at different lumbar levels during pu s h i ng an d pu l l i ng . e rgon om i c s 2 0 0 9 ; 5 2 ( 1 ) : 6 0 7 0 . [ http : / / d x . d oi. org/10.1080/00140130802480828] 22. british standards institute. bs en 1005 – 3. safety of machinery – human physical performance – part 3: recommended force limits for machinery operations. london: british standards institute, 2002. 23. mcgill sm. searching for the safe biomechanical envelope for maintaining healthy tissue. pre-meeting workshop, international society for the study of the lumbar spine: the contribution of biomechanics to the prevention and treatment of low back pain, university of vermont, burlington, 1996. 24. hoozemans mjm, kuijer pfm, kingma i, et al. mechanical loading of the low back and shoulders during pushing and pulling activities. ergonomics 2004;47(1):1-18. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00140130310001593577] 40 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 introduction in 2010 south africa will host the soccer world cup for the first time on the african continent. in 1996 the south african national team was ranked 16th in the world. ten years later the south african team was ranked 69th. this gradual slide in ranking has led to apprehension over south africa’s performance in the next world cup finals. 1 part of the perennial public criticism of many south african national team performances concerns the physical fitness of players. for sport scientists to make meaningful contributions to team performance, objective data are needed related to these phenomena. soccer is the most widely played and watched sport in the world. 12,27 mirroring its global popularity is a vast amount of scientific enquiry devoted to soccer. this has included studies on player motion analyses, metabolic profiling of match requirements, anthropometrical and fitness testing and technical skill assessments, 19 involving both elite and non-elite, 22 youth and senior, 5 and male and female players, 6 and even soccer referees. 23 as with most sports, a myriad physical, psychological and technical factors contribute to performance. 2,3,14,23 it is generally accepted that a wide range of physical fitness attributes are vital in soccer, particularly in the modern game. 22,24 players’ physical capacities are even said to contribute to the technical and tactical skills in soccer. 5,23 improved physical capacity had a positive effect on distance covered, number of sprints, and involvement in decisive plays during a soccer match. 14 some researchers report that performance in fitness testing is related to the level of playing ability. 14, 20, 23, 26 furthermore, svensson and drust 24 report that physical performance is an important consideration in player selection. both laboratory and field tests have been used extensively to assess soccer players’ physical performance at both amateur and elite levels. 24 physiological testing may be useful in determining individual strengths and weakness, monitoring changes in training status, and guiding further exercise prescription. 17 tests are frequently performed at the original research article higher log position is not associated with better physical fitness in professional soccer teams in south africa abstract objective. to assess the difference in physical fitness of players in successful versus less-successful professional soccer teams in south africa. design. professional soccer players (n = 140) underwent a battery of tests assessing important physiological components during the early part of their competitive season. players were then separated into two groups on the basis of their teams’ final log position in the premier soccer league (psl) in south africa. players in successful (n = 70) and less-successful (n = 70) teams were in the top four or bottom six positions on the log respectively. descriptive statistics (mean ± standard deviation (sd)) were calculated for each group, and independent t-tests were used to compare the means of the groups for each of the physical tests. main outcome measures. body composition, flexibility, muscle strength-endurance, power, speed, agility, aerobic endurance, and repeat sprint distance. results. there were no significant differences between groups for all measures of body composition, flexibility, repeat sprint distance, and agility. significant differences (p < 0.05) were found for sit-ups, aerobic endurance, and speed, but these were generally small, not meaningful differences in performance. players in successful squads were significantly (p < 0.01) older than those in less-successful teams. conclusions. the results demonstrate that in south africa level of physical fitness is not higher in more-successful compared with less-successful teams in the psl. factors other than physical fitness may be more important in determining successful league performance and discrimicorrespondence: j r clark institute for sport research lc de villiers sport centre university of pretoria 0002 tel: 012-420 6033 fax: 012-420 6099 e-mail: jimmy.clark@up.ac.za nate better between players in teams with different levels of success. improving professional soccer performance may require coaches and trainers to focus more attention on technical and tactical skill development in sport-specific training once an acceptable standard of fitness has been attained. j r clark (bsc hons), ba (hons), cscs institute for sport research, department of biokinetics, sport and leisure sciences, university of pretoria pg40-45.indd 40 7/5/07 10:34:00 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 41 start and end of the pre-season to evaluate the effectiveness of training preparation. 24 although field tests may provide less direct and accurate measurements than laboratory tests, they have greater specificity. 17 sports performance is frequently regarded as a function of genetic endowment, training and health status, and athlete skill, in various combinations. 17 sport scientists and trainers are often tasked with maximising physical performance with the aim of improving competition success. indeed, some authors have recommended that, at least in european leagues, more focus be directed towards the effective training of players’ physical abilities. 23 the extent to which technical/ tactical versus physical fitness interventions are required remains a difficult question to answer in practice. are similar recommendations justified in a south african context? just how fit a team needs to be to achieve success is important in deciding on coaching and training schedules, training session focus, and player selection. more specifically, the question of whether physical fitness of players is a contributing factor to the difference between successful and less-successful teams in south africa should be addressed. fitness test performance may vary depending on the individual player’s profile, their position of play, and the team’s style of play. 19,23,24 it has been reported that the work rates of elite players are higher than those of non-elite players, and that this is achieved by both higher aerobic and anaerobic rates of metabolism. 23 yet most researchers agree that individual test results cannot be used to conclusively predict performance in match-play due to the complex requirements for soccer success. 24 it is less clear whether team success is associated with the overall physical fitness of the team. stølen et al. 23 reported that the lowest ranked national teams had lower maximal oxygen consumption (vo2max) values than the best national teams. hoff 14 also reported that a relationship exists between average vo2max and team performance in european squads. the purpose of this study was therefore to assess whether there were significant differences in physical fitness between professional soccer players in south african teams placed high and low on the league log. results would be useful for coaching, technical and conditioning staff in directing the allocation of training time. this is particularly important in an era in which competition schedules are increasingly demanding, and available preparation time needs to be used most effectively. methods subjects one-hundred-and-forty players from professional teams in the premier soccer league (psl) in south africa were recruited for the study. the physical testing formed part of the ongoing physical assessment programmes for the teams. only players declared medically fit to participate in all the testing by the team doctors were included. all players were briefed on the purpose, benefits and risks involved in the testing, and all completed written informed consent forms. subjects were assigned to one of two groups based on their teams’ final league position at the end of the season in which they were tested. teams were classified as successful or unsuccessful by finishing in the top four or bottom six positions of the psl log, respectively. procedures data collection took place at the institute for sport research, university of pretoria, during the months of october and november in 2005 and 2006. this falls in the first half of the domestic competitive soccer season, after all teams had been through pre-season training in june and july, and had started the new season in august. this period of the season was marked by 4 7 training sessions per week, of which 3 5 involved focused physical conditioning of 45 90 minutes per session. all testing occurred in a team format, with group instruction and explanation before testing, and strong verbal motivation of players during the tests. testing sessions were completed in a single day on each occasion, with teams being tested on different days. testing was always conducted between 08h00 and 12h00, in the same test order, and with the same rest periods between consecutive tests. anthropometrical, flexibility, and muscle strength-endurance assessments were conducted indoors in a temperature-controlled (~21°c) setting. all other tests were conducted outdoors, with maximum ambient temperatures during testing ranging from 24°c to 27°c. subjects were instructed to arrive for the testing well rested, well hydrated and fed, to avoid caffeinecontaining foods on the day of testing, and to avoid physical exercise on the day prior to the testing. subjects had access to water through the duration of the testing. a standardised general warm-up was administered to the team prior to the outdoor testing. this lasted 15 minutes and consisted of easy running, stretching, dynamic drills, and harder but submaximal acceleration sprints. more specific warm-up and familiarisation drills took place immediately before each of the subsequent tests. anthropometry and body composition the anthropometrical measuring procedures described by norton et al. 18 were used. body mass was measured using a tanita bf-350 electronic scale (tanita corporation, tokyo, japan) and players’ stature was measured using a seca 214 stadiometer (seca corporation, hanover, usa). skinfold thickness (triceps, subscapular, biceps, supra-iliac, calf, thigh, and abdominal) was measured using a harpenden skinfold caliper (baty international, british indicators, west sussex, england). these were summed to obtain the sum of seven skinfolds. 18 percentage body fat was estimated from these measures by predicting body density from the equation by durnin and womersley 7 and then estimating per cent body fat based on the siri formula as described by lohman. 16 flexibility the modified sit-and-reach test 13 was used to assess hip and trunk flexion 9 using a sit-and-reach box. players were inpg40-45.indd 41 7/5/07 10:34:01 am 42 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 structed to stretch their hamstrings and low back prior to the test, after which test procedures were followed as described by hoeger. 13 the total displacement of the fingertips between reach and stretch distance was recorded to the nearest 0.5 cm, and the best of three trials was accepted as the final score. strength-endurance strength-endurance measures included overhand pull-ups, bent-knee sit-ups, and push-ups. maximum pull-ups were assessed with players maintaining a pronated (overhand) grip on a fixed overhead, wall-mounted pull-up bar. hands were placed 5 cm wider than shoulder width. pulling the body up from a hanging, straight-arm position to end with the chin above the bar was considered a legitimate pull-up. players performed the maximum number of repetitions possible without touching the wall or floor. sit-ups were performed with knees bent at 90° and feet secured to the floor. with arms crossed on the chest and hands holding the shoulders, players curled up from a supine position until the elbows touched the knees, and descended until the scapula touched the floor. players performed the maximum number of sit-ups in 2 minutes. the maximum number of push-ups that players could perform in 1 minute was measured. players assumed a prone position with thumbs shoulder-width apart. a legitimate push-up involved pressing the body upward until the elbows were extended with simultaneous ascent of the hips and shoulders. descent required lowering the body with the arms until the elbows were bent to 90° while only the hands and the toes touched the floor. power jumping ability incorporating explosive knee and hip extension was assessed through the vertical jump test. 9 after the generalised warm-up described above, players were instructed to perform light body-weight squats and submaximal jumps in preparation for the maximal-effort jumps, before instruction on test procedure. a vertec device (sports imports, columbus, usa) was securely set on a hard level surface. players stood side-on to the device with their right shoulder in line with the vanes. the test was conducted using the procedures described by ellis et al., 9 and the greatest distance between reach and jump height was recorded to the nearest 1 cm after three trials. players rested between efforts. the athletes’ power output was estimated using the lewis formula using body mass and vertical jump distance, 10 and then divided by body mass to obtain relative power output in w/kg. speed a maximum-effort sprint running test was used to assess players’ speed and acceleration from a stationary position. subjects sprinted on a level, even surface, in a straight line on a natural grass soccer pitch with the subjects wearing full soccer kit. players were briefed on the start procedure and allowed 2 3 submaximal ‘acceleration sprints’ along the test distance. the swift speedlight timing system (alstonville, australia) was used in conjunction with the protocol described by ellis et al. 9 timing gates were placed at chest height at 0 m, 10 m, and 40 m intervals along a straight line. players started 30 cm behind the 0 m mark from a standing start when they were ready, initiating the timer on crossing the 0 m mark, thus eliminating reaction time. the fastest of two trials was recorded to the nearest 0.01 s for 10 m and 40 m. players rested for around 5 minutes between attempts. agility the illinois agility test, adapted and modified by roozen 21 and tossavainen 25 from getchell 11 was used as a measure of agility. the test requires maximal effort acceleration, deceleration and direction change while sprinting between a grid of cones. a level, even surface on a natural grass soccer pitch was used for the test, with the subjects wearing full soccer kit. subjects performed a fast but submaximal run in the required pattern before the first test effort. the swift speedlight timing system (alstonville, australia) was used to measure test time with a timing gate set up at the finish line. players started in the prone position behind the start line. timing was initiated by an audio signal whereupon players got up and sprinted through the predetermined grid of cones. 25 the fastest time of two attempts was recorded. players had about 5 minutes of rest between attempts. aerobic endurance the progressive maximal 20 m multi-stage shuttle run test (mst) was used to assess aerobic power. 15 this test has been widely used to test english football players 24 and is recommended as a test of aerobic endurance by stølen et al. 23 the test was conducted on a non-slip hard court surface. 15 players were instructed to pace their runs along the 20 m shuttle distance according to the audio signal from the recorded compact disc. failure to maintain the required pace for two consecutive shuttles constituted a criterion for a verbal warning. if this continued, players were eliminated from the test. the level and shuttle immediately prior to elimination from the test was recorded as the player’s score. this score was used to estimate vo2max. 15 players were instructed to cool down following the test with 10 minutes of easy jogging, walking and stretching. repeated sprint testing a repeated sprint test was used to assess the ability to perform multiple bouts of high-intensity running between brief periods of rest. 4 a level, even surface on a natural grass soccer pitch was used for the test with the subjects wearing full soccer kit. six lines (marked 0 5) were placed at 5 m intervals. players were required to sprint from the start line to line 1, and back to the start line, then to line 2, back to the start line, and so on. players were instructed to sprint as far as they could in this fashion for 30 s. a whistle blow signalled the start of each shuttle run, with six runs in total, each separated by 35 s of recovery time in which players returned to the start pg40-45.indd 42 7/5/07 10:34:01 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 43 line. strong verbal motivation was given and players were instructed to sprint as hard as possible. total sprint distance for each 30 s sprint was recorded to the nearest 2.5 m and the distance of the six sprints was summed to obtain the total repeat sprint distance in metres. data analysis standard descriptive statistics (mean ± standard deviation (sd)) were used to characterise the two sets of players. unpaired independent t-tests were used to compare the results of the successful and unsuccessful group means. results were considered significant at p < 0.05. results table i presents the means ± sd of the physical tests of players in the successful and unsuccessful groups. no significant differences were found between the successful and unsuccessful groups in any of the anthropometrical and body composition measures, i.e. mass, stature, sum of seven skinfolds, and percentage body fat. there were also no statistically meaningful differences between players in the successful and unsuccessful groups in terms of sit-and-reach flexibility and vertical jump scores, even when the latter were expressed as power output per kg body mass (16.1 ± 1.1 w/kg v. 15.9 ± 1.1 w/kg). similarly, agility performance (16.29 ± 0.45 s v. 16.35 ± 0.48 s) and total repeat sprint distance (714 ± 39 m v. 716 ± 37 m) were remarkably similar between the successful and less successful groups of players. small and non-significant differences were found between groups for maximum pushups in 1 minute and maximum pull-ups. significant differences were found between groups on 10 m and 40 m sprint times in favour of the more successful teams. differences were also found between groups in estimated vo2max based on the 20 m mst, with the unsuccessful group of players achieving better aerobic endurance performances than players from the successful teams. it should be noted though that the reported standard error of estimation (see) for this test is 5.4 ml/kg/min, 15 which is larger than the modest 1.8 ml/kg/min difference between the means of these groups. the less-successful group also performed more sit-ups in 2 minutes than the successful players. more significant (p < 0.01) differences were found between the groups in terms of age, with players in successful squads being on average ~ 2 years older than their less successful counterparts (25.9 ± 4.3 years v. 23.7 ± 3.9 years). table i. anthropometrical, flexibility, power, strength-endurance, speed, agility, aerobic endurance, and repeat sprint data for players in successful (n = 70) and unsuccessful (n = 70) professional south african soccer teams variable successful* (mean ± sd) unsuccessful† (mean ± sd) age (years) ‡ 25.9 ± 4.3 23.7 ± 3.9 mass (kg) 73.7 ± 9.1 73.1 ± 9.2 stature (cm) 176.3 ± 7.1 177.1 ± 7.5 sum of seven skinfolds (mm) § 56.6 ± 19.4 56.0 ± 17.9 body fat (%) � 13.3 ± 3.5 13.3 ± 3.1 sit-and-reach (cm) 40.2 ± 8.4 37.8 ± 7.7 vertical jump (cm) 54.6 ± 8.5 52.9 ± 7.2 power (w/kg) ii 16.1 ± 1.1 15.9 ± 1.1 maximum sit-ups in 2 min** 73 ± 14 78 ± 13 maximum push-ups in 1 min 44 ± 10 46 ± 12 maximum pull-ups 7 ± 3 7 ± 4 10 m sprint time (s)** 1.86 ± 0.07 1.88 ± 0.07 40 m sprint time (s)** 5.49 ± 0.18 5.57 ± 0.23 illinois agility test time (s) 16.29 ± 0.45 16.35 ± 0.48 estimated vo 2max (ml/kg/min)** †† 51.7 ± 5.1 53.5 ± 4.8 total repeat sprint distance (m) 714 ± 39 716 ± 37 *finishing within the top four positions of the professional soccer league log. †finishing within the bottom six positions of the professional soccer league log. ‡significantly different, p < 0.01. §skinfolds: triceps, subscapular, biceps, supra-iliac, calf, thigh, and abdominal. �based on the siri formula as described by lohman. 16 ii based on vertical jump performance using the lewis formula described by fox and mathews. 10 **significantly different, p < 0.05. †† based on performance in the 20 m multi-stage shuttle run test. 15 pg40-45.indd 43 7/5/07 10:34:01 am 44 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 discussion since players must move their own body mass during running, jumping and direction changes, a high body fat content would appear to be a disadvantage in soccer. 17 physical size could be theorised to be important in winning player contests during the game, but might negatively affect acceleration and nimbleness, arguably more valuable qualities in soccer. these players did appear lean and light, with both groups averaging 13.3% body fat, weighing 73.7 ± 9.1 kg (successful) v. 73.1 ± 9.2 kg (unsuccessful), and both having low sum of seven skinfolds (56.6 ± 19.4 mm v. 56.0 ± 17.9 mm respectively). significant differences in anthropometrical and body composition measures were not apparent between players in the different groups. players need explosive quickness and speed in making decisive runs in defence or attack. explosive power, agility, and balance are often required in winning critical moments or contests within a game. test results in this study were unable to discriminate between players in successful and lesssuccessful squads on the basis of lower back and hamstring flexibility (sit-and-reach test), strength endurance (maximum push-ups, sit-ups and pull-ups), and explosive power (vertical jump). these are widely performed physical fitness tests included in test batteries for sports performance, and soccer in particular. although they may be valuable in assessing flexibility and musculoskeletal function for health-related fitness, it is possible that at the level of elite soccer players, the movement tasks are far removed from the requirements of an actual game. acceleration and running speed are among variables reportedly able to differentiate between levels and positions of play. 24,26 during a soccer match, players generally sprint for average durations of less than 6 seconds. 19 the 10 m and 40 m sprint tests appropriately target this duration of running work, and were therefore expected to highlight more successful players’ ability to get from one point to another more quickly. small significant differences (1.86 ± 0.07 v. 1.88 ± 0.07 s and 5.49 ± 0.18 v. 5.57 ± 0.23 s) were found between groups on these components, but these arguably do not represent meaningful differences in performance. agility is the fitness component that describes the ability to change the direction of body motion rapidly, and results from a combination of a variety of physical components. 24 soccer players continuously change movement direction and body position during a match. the results of this study show no differences between players in successful and less-successful groups, and in fact, show remarkably similar values between these groups in agility performance. it is possible that this is a fundamental component required in soccer, no matter what the level of success. the distance covered by outfield players approximates 10 13 km per game, 23 with variations based on playing position, style of play, and match conditions. 19 the vast majority (90 98%) of the energy required during a soccer match is produced through oxidative metabolism. 5,14 edwards et al. 8 suggest that elite-level soccer performance may be partly determined by aerobic capacity. it is reasonable to expect that elevations in aerobic power and capacity would help to sustain high work rates during a game 19 and that teams with better aerobic endurance are more likely to exert their dominance, and ultimately be more successful. in the current study it is difficult to claim a meaningful difference between the groups considering that the statistically significant difference is much smaller than the error of measurement of the test, as mentioned above. players must be able to recover rapidly between intense bouts of work as the exercise pattern in soccer involves multiple sprints. 19 this was assessed through the repeat sprint test. no significant differences were found between players from teams that were either successful or unsuccessful. the results of this study seem to suggest that these common physical fitness tests were unable to discriminate between players of teams placed high or low on the psl log. in other words, although the fitness scores of players in this study may be different from those of untrained individuals or players in different leagues, successful and unsuccessful teams within the same professional league could not be separated on the basis of physical fitness. factors other than physical fitness may be more important in determining success in professional soccer, at least in south africa. the most obvious of these include technical skill, tactical sense and ability, style of play, player motivation and frame of mind. a number of limitations in the current study may warrant consideration. body composition estimations may have been confounded by the wide ethnic influence in the squads. the outdoor testing was associated with ambient condition changes such as wind velocity, ambient temperature and relative humidity, which may well have affected sprint, repeat sprint, and endurance running performance. it is possible that the level of activity between players differed at the time of measurement in terms of content of early season training sessions, and that this influenced performance in the tests. alternatively, other physical fitness tests that better replicate soccer requirements 5 may produce more significant differences between successful and less-successful squads. finally, these players were tested in the first half of the season, with changes in physical fitness status and squad profile likely during the course of a full season. nonetheless, reilly 19 reported little fluctuation in physical fitness profiles of soccer players once the competitive season gets underway, as match play and general training maintain the training status at a relatively constant level. despite these potential limitations it is difficult to ignore that while no physical fitness parameter significantly separated higher and lower-ranked teams, the one measured parameter that may be associated with some form of technical experience – age – did show a highly significant difference between groups. players in successful squads were on average 2.2 years older than in less-successful squads. it seems plausible that technical and tactical skill, and therefore pg40-45.indd 44 7/5/07 10:34:01 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 45 team success would be better with the increased experience gained by older players. conclusions these results support those of other studies of individual players in which the test results of non-elite players were comparable to those of elite players. 22 it seems that in the south african professional soccer setting, league performance is not dependent on superior physical fitness within that league. as noted by reilly et al., 20 players may not require exceptional ability in any physical fitness component, but should possess a reasonably high ability in all areas. it may be that provided a particular fitness standard is achieved, factors such as technical skill, tactical sense and ability, style of play, and player motivation may contribute more to the difference in log position at the end of a season. it is possible that the factors most limiting further improvement in soccer performance are of a skill-type nature, and should be given preferential attention. this may be different from the situation in other countries, and is in contrast to the results of studies using players in overseas leagues. 2,9,14,23,24,26 managers, coaches, and trainers should consider this when planning training and conditioning sessions for teams. emphasis on technical and tactical work within sessions and incorporating these elements into physical conditioning sessions may better target the preparation requirements in soccer. further research should focus on whether other physical fitness tests or tests of technical skill more distinctly separate players in successful and less successful teams. acknowledgements the author would like to thank the staff of the institute for sport research, university of pretoria, for their assistance in data collection; and the management, coaching staff, and players of the teams who participated in the study. references 1. anonymous. parreira: i want south african success. september 2006. www.fifa.com (last accessed 1 february 2007). 2. åstrand po, rodahl k, dahl ha, strømme sb. textbook of work physiology: physiological bases of exercise. 4th ed. champaign, ill.: human kinetics, 2003. 3. bangsbo j. the physiology of soccer: with special reference to intense intermittent exercise. acta physiol scand 1994; 15: suppl 619, 1-156. 4. boddington mk, lambert mi, st clair-gibson a, noakes td. reliability of a 5-m shuttle test. j sports sci 2001; 19: 223-8. 5. chamari k, hachana y, ahmed yb, et al. field and laboratory testing in young elite soccer players. br j sports med 2004; 38:191-6. 6. davis ja, brewer j. applied physiology of female soccer players. sports med 1993; 16: 180-9. 7. durnin jvga, womersley j. body fat assessed from total body density and its estimation from skinfold thickness: measurements on 481 men and women aged from 16 to 72 years. br j nutr 1974; 32: 77-97. 8. edwards am, macfadyen am, clark n. test performance indicators from a single soccer specific fitness test differentiate between highly trained and recreationally active soccer players. j sports med phys fitness 2003; 43: 14-20. 9. ellis l, gastin p, lawrence s, et al. protocols for the physiological assessment of team sport players. in: gore cj, ed. physiological tests for elite athletes. lower mitcham, australia: human kinetics, 2000: 128-44. 10. fox el, mathews dk. the interval training: conditioning for sports and general fitness. philadelphia: wb saunders, 1974. 11. getchell b. physical fitness: a way of life. 3rd ed. new york: macmillan, 1985. 12. hillis s. preparations for the world cup. br j sports med 2000; 32: 95. 13. hoeger wk. principles and labs for physical fitness and wellness. englewood, colo.: morton, 1991. 14. hoff j. training and testing physical capacities for elite soccer players. j sports sci 2005; 23: 573-82. 15. lèger la, lambert ja. maximal multistage 20-m shuttle run test to predict vo2max. eur j appl physiol 1982; 49:1-12. 16. lohman tg. advances in body composition assessment. champaign, ill.: human kinetics, 1992. 17. macdougall, jd, wenger ha. the purpose of physiological testing. in: macdougall, jd, wenger ha, green hj, eds. physiological testing of the high-performance athlete. 2nd ed. champaign, ill.: human kinetics, 1991. 18. norton k, marfell-jones m, whittingham n, et al. anthropometric assessment protocols. in: gore cj, ed. physiological tests for elite athletes. lower mitcham, australia: human kinetics, 2000: 66-85. 19. reilly t. football. in: reilly t, secher n, snell p, williams c, eds. physiology of sports. london: e & fn spon, 1990: 371-425. 20. reilly t, bangsbo j, franks a. anthropometric and physiological predispositions for elite soccer. j sports sci 2000; 18: 669-83. 21. roozen m. action-reaction: illinois agility test. nsca’s performance training journal 2004; 3(5): 5-6. 22. siegler j, robergs r, weingart h. the application of soccer performance testing protocols to the non-elite player. j sports med phys fitness 2006; 46: 44-51. 23. stølen t, chamari k, castagna c, wisløff u. physiology of soccer: an update. sports med 2005; 35: 501-36. 24. svensson m, drust b. testing soccer players. j sports sci 2005; 23: 60118. 25. tossavainen m. testing athletic performance in team and power sports. oulu, finland: newtest oy, 2004. 26. tumilty d. protocols for the assessment of male and female soccer players. in: gore cj, ed. physiological tests for elite athletes. lower mitcham, australia: human kinetics, 2000: 356-362. 27. wilsey s. the beautiful game. national geographic 2006; 209: 42-8. pg40-45.indd 45 7/5/07 10:34:02 am original research 8 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 background. coaching strategies for effective technique and injury prevention have been proposed for the tackle. despite this, little is known about current coaching attitudes and the behaviours of coaches towards proper contact technique in the tackle, especially at the junior level. objective. to report on the attitudes and behaviours of junior rugby union coaches towards coaching of proper contact technique in the tackle. methods. seven coaches of the top 8 rugby-playing schools (premier division) in the western province rugby union participated in the study (representing 88% of the entire population of top-level junior coaches in the region). coaches completed a questionnaire, modelled on previous research, surveying attitudes and behaviours towards tackling. results. proper technique for injury prevention was rated as very important (57%) and important (29%), with 14% undecided. proper technique to improve performance was rated as very important (57%) and important (43%). to further develop coaching knowledge and to develop new training methods, ‘coaching colleagues’ (very much – 71%; mean rating 4.7; 95% ci 4.3 5.2) was rated as the most often used. conclusion. collectively, the coaches in this study demonstrated a positive attitude towards injury prevention and performance. additional means of communicating information to coaches, other than the traditional channels, have also been highlighted here. s afr j sm 2013;25(1):8-11. doi:10.7196/sajsm.459 attitudes and behaviours of top-level junior rugby union coaches towards the coaching of proper contact technique in the tackle – a pilot study s hendricks, m sarembock mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa s hendricks, phd department of health and rehabilitation sciences, division of physiotherapy, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa m sarembock, bsc (physiotherapy) corresponding author: s hendricks (sharief.hendricks01@gmail.com) the tackle is an important component of rugby union. the ability of a player to engage and tolerate frequent contact in the tackle, whether as a ball-carrier or tackler, influences the performance of the team and exposes players to a high risk of injury. therefore, in part, for safe and successful participation in rugby union, coaching of tackle contact techniques is essential.[1,2] the knowledge, attitude and behaviour of coaches have been highlighted as key instruments in the implementation of injuryprevention strategies in junior sports.[3,4] in view of this, researchers have studied coaches’ knowledge, attitudes and behaviours to understand the context in which to translate evidence-based injuryprevention training programmes.[2,5-8] for example, premier division coaches in the australian football league generally ranked injury prevention lower than the needs of general training sessions and team performance.[8] a sample of junior rugby union coaches had limited knowledge of injury mechanisms and injury management.[2] the same sample of coaches identified the tackle as the facet of play where most injuries occur, but at the same time, the perception of increasing technical knowledge for ball-carrying contact techniques and tackling techniques was reported less frequently.[2] for reasons mentioned earlier, the tackle in rugby union has received much attention in the literature recently, with coaching strategies for effective technique and injury prevention being proposed.[1] despite this, very little has been documented on the current coaching attitudes and behaviours of coaches towards proper contact technique in the tackle, especially at the junior level. therefore, the purpose of this study was to report on the attitudes and behaviours of junior rugby union coaches towards the coaching of proper contact technique in the tackle. it should be noted that this study acted as a pilot for a larger study, the aims of which are not only to examine self-reported data on coach attitudes and behaviour, but also to directly observe coach behaviour during training sessions. methods the coaches of the top 8 rugby-playing schools (premier division) in the western province rugby union were approached for this study. mailto:sharief.hendricks01@gmail.com sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 9 seven coaches gave informed consent to participate, representing 88% of the entire population of top-level junior coaches in the region. the university of cape town research ethics committee approved the study, and all coaches provided informed consent before participating. the questionnaire used in the study was modelled on previous research into the attitudes and behaviours towards tackling.[9] the self-reported questionnaire was aimed at gaining insight into attitudes and behaviours of coaches towards the coaching of proper contact technique in the tackle, but without burdening the coach. with this in mind, the questionnaire consisted of 2 background questions (surveying the highest level coached, experience and accredited coaching qualifications), 2 attitudinal and 3 behavioural questions. all questions were closed-ended, comprised of a list of possible answers (items) and response categories, with a 5-point ordinal likert scale represented by a numerical value. coaches had to rate the importance and quantity of each item in the question. despite studying 88% of the population, the sample size (n=7) was too low to conduct interpretive statistics; therefore, descriptive statistics were reported. data were expressed as means with 95% confidence intervals (cis) and/or as percentages of the scores on the likert scale. results coaching background information mean coaching experience was 14 years (standard deviation (sd) ±6). seventy-one per cent (n=5) of the coaches had a level 2 coaching qualification and 14% (n=1) had a level 1 qualification. twentynine per cent (n=2) of the coaches had a tertiary qualification, and 29% completed an exercise-training accreditation. all coaches had completed the boksmart training course.[10] attitude fifty-seven per cent of coaches rated proper technique to prevent injury as very important, 29% rated proper technique to prevent injury as important, and 14% were undecided on the matter. in comparison, 57% of coaches indicated proper technique to improve tackling performance as very important and the remaining 43% indicated proper technique to improve tackling performance as important. when asked to rate the importance of proper technique for the different phases of play, 86% of coaches reported ‘ball-carrying’, ‘rucking’ and ‘ball-handling’ as very important (table 1). for the same question, 71% reported ‘tackling’ and ‘scrumming’ as very important. ‘line-outs’ (57% very important), ‘mauling’ (57% very important) and ‘falling to ground’ (43% very important) were not rated as important. when the different phases of play were ranked according to mean rating, ‘ballcarrying’ (4.9; 95% ci 4.5 5.2), ‘scrumming’ (4.7; 95% ci 4.2 5.2) and ‘tackling’ (4.7; 95% ci 4.3 5.2) were ranked most important (table 1). proper technique for ‘falling to ground’ (4; 95% ci 2.9 5.1) was rated as the least important phase of play. behaviour to further develop coaching knowledge and to develop new training methods, ‘coaching colleagues’ (71% very much; mean rating 4.7; 95% ci 4.3 5.29), ‘televised rugby matches’ (very much – 57%; mean rating 4.6; 95% ci 4.1 5.1) and ‘attending live rugby matches’ (57% very much; mean rating 4.4; 95% ci 3.9 4.9) were rated as the most often used, whereas ‘attending workshops’ (29% a little; 29% a fair amount; mean rating 2.9; 95% ci 1.6 4.1), ‘attending formal coaching/physical education courses’ (29% a little; 57% a fair amount; mean rating 2.9; 95% ci 2.2 3.5), and ‘newspapers’ (43% not at all; mean rating 2.4; 95% ci 0.9 3.9) were ranked the least-often used (table 2). coaching methods that included the entire team, whether as ‘verbal instruction to the entire team’ (71% very much; 21% much), ‘demonstration to the entire team’ (71% very much; 21% much), or ‘identifying a team problem and coaching the team accordingly’ (57% very much; 43% much) were used more often than focusing on individual players. table 3 ranks the mean ratings of importance for different drills and equipment used to train the tackle. mean ratings were ranked for (i) injury prevention, and (ii) improving performance. discussion the aim of this article was to report on the attitudes and behaviours of junior top-level rugby union coaches. seven out of the 8 top rugbyplaying schools were surveyed, representing 88% of the population. the reported importance of proper technique to lower the risk of injury or improve performance was positive as most coaches rated table 1. attitudes (importance) toward proper technique during the different phases of play* phase of play very important % somewhat important % undecided % not too important % not at all important % importance mean (95% ci) ball carrying 86 14 4.9 (4.5 5.2) scrumming 71 29 4.7 (4.2 5.2) tackling 71 29 4.7 (4.3 5.2) rucking 86 14 4.7 (4.0 5.4) ball handling 86 14 4.6 (3.5 5.6) line-outs 57 29 14 4.3 (3.3 5.3) mauling 57 29 14 4.2 (3.7 5.2) falling to the ground 43 29 14 14 4.0 (2.9 5.1) *data are reported as percentage frequencies (%) in each response category and mean ratings of importance with 95% confidence intervals (cis). 10 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 it either very important or important, except for one coach who indicated that he was undecided whether or not proper technique reduces the risk of injury. interestingly, the coach who was undecided on the matter was also the most experienced coach (more than 20 years’ experience) and the least qualified. proper techniques towards the contact phases (ball-carrying, scrumming, tackling and rucking) of the game were ranked as the most important. almost all coaches indicated that falling to ground was important; 28% were either undecided or rated it as not too important. in a similar study on junior rugby union coaches, the most frequently table 2. reported use of resources to further coaching knowledge and develop new training techniques* resource very much % much % a fair amount % a little % not at all % importance mean (95% ci) coaching colleagues 71 29 4.7 (4.3 5.2) televised rugby matches 57 43 4.6 (4.1 5.1) attending live rugby matches 57 43 4.4 (3.9 4.9) sport/rugby shows on tv 100 4.0 your own playing experience 50 17 17 17 4.0 (2.7 5.3) internet 14 57 14 14 3.7 (2.8 4.6) rugby training videos 14 43 29 14 3.6 (2.7 4.5) rugby training videos 14 43 29 14 3.6 (2.7 4.5) rugby training books 57 29 14 3.4 (2.7 4.2) coaching clinics 29 71 3.3 (2.8 3.7) rugby magazines 29 43 14 14 2.9 (1.9 3.8) attending workshops 14 14 29 29 14 2.9 (1.6 4.1) attending formal coaching/ physical education courses 14 57 29 2.9 (2.2 3.5) newspapers 14 14 14 14 43 2.4 (0.9 3.9) *data are reported as percentage frequencies (%) in each response category and mean ratings of importance with 95% confidence intervals (cis). table 3. mean ratings of importance of drills used by coaches when training the tackle for injury prevention and improving performance* injury prevention improving performance drill mean (95% ci) drill mean (95% ci) giving verbal instruction 4.57 (3.84 5.3) giving verbal instruction 4.29 (3.13 5.45) using a shield 4.29 (3.59 4.98) body armour 4.00 (2.37 5.63) tackle bag 3.86 (2.50 5.20) using tackle bag 3.86 (2.50 5.21) tackle drill combined with ball-skill exercise 3.86 (2.61 5.10) live tackling in a 1 v. 1-player grid 3.83 (2.29 5.38) tackle drill combined with fitness conditioning 3.86 (2.86 4.84) using a shield 3.71 (2.69 4.74) live tackling in a 1 v. 1-player grid 3.71 (2.55 4.87) tackle drill combined with fitness conditioning 3.71 (2.83 4.59) tackling drill combined with reaction exercise 3.71 (2.55 4.87) contact practice match 3.71 (2.69 4.74) body armour 3.67 (2.08 5.25) tackling drill combined with reaction exercise 3.71 (2.55 4.87) demonstration 3.57 (2.39 4.75) tackle drill combined with ball-skill exercise 3.43 (2.38 4.48) contact practice match 3.43 (2.70 4.16) demonstration 3.43 (2.25 4.61) tackling drill combined with vision exercise 3.43 (2.38 4.48) tackling drill combined with vision exercise 3.29 (2.26 4.31) *data are reported as mean ratings with 95% confidence intervals (cis). sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 11 reported phases of play that coaches perceived that they needed more technique knowledge on were scrumming, mauling, line-outs and rucking.[2] in the same study, the least frequently reported phases of play were ball-carrier fall technique, ball-carrier contact technique, and tackling technique.[2] resources most often used by the coaches to increase coaching knowledge and to develop new training drills were colleagues, televised rugby matches and attendance at live rugby matches. the effect of peer interaction on implementing injury prevention programmes (correct landing technique in netball) has been highlighted recently. white et al.[6] showed that although coaches supported the need to teach players correct landing technique, they were not sure if their colleagues were actually doing so. from this finding, it was suggested that coach education programmes should include coach role-models, as social pressure from peers may influence coaches’ intentions to deliver injuryprevention programmes.[6] observing rugby matches (whether televised or live) as a coaching resource suggests that coaches prefer to use their own analysis of matches as a guide for setting up training. least-often used resources for developing coaching were attending workshops, attending formal coaching/physical education courses and newspapers. in contrast, community-level junior netball coaches considered coachtraining workshops and/or coach accreditation courses to be the best way to encourage coaches to use injury-prevention programmes.[7] verbal instruction and the use of padded equipment (shield, bag and body armour) were ranked as the most important drills to use when training the tackle, whether to reduce the risk of injury or to improve performance. the use of padded equipment may reduce the risk of injury in training and aid the development of a player’s tackle technique. [1] with that said, it has been suggested that a more advanced player may benefit more (from an injury-prevention and performance perspective) by training in a more ecologically valid setting (e.g. live 1 v. 1 tackling).[1,9] conclusion collectively, the coaches in this study demonstrated a positive attitude towards injury prevention and performance. coaches should be informed about the phases of play with increased risk of injury, and training drills to mitigate this risk should be communicated. ways to improve conventional modes of coach training (i.e. workshops, formal coaching courses) need further investigation, particularly with the goal of making training courses more attractive and useful for coaches. in addition, research into other means of communicating information to coaches must be emphasised (e.g. coaching role-models).[6] acknowledgments. the authors wish to thank the coaches who participated in the study. conflicts of interest. the authors have no conflicts of interest to declare. references 1. hendricks s, lambert m. tackling in rugby: coaching strategies for effective technique and injury prevention. int j sport sci coach 2010;5(1):117-136. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1260/1747-9541.5.1.117] 2. carter af, muller r. a survey of injury knowledge and technical needs of junior rugby union coaches in townsville (north queensland). j sci med sport 2008;11(2):167173. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2007.01.004] 3. finch c. a new framework for research leading to sports injury prevention. j sci med sport 2006;9(1-2):3-9. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2006.02.009] 4. donaldson a, poulos rg. planning the diffusion of a neck-injury prevention programme among community rugby union coaches. br j sports med; 2013 (in press). [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012091551] 5. finch cf, white p, twomey d, ullah s. implementing an exercise-training programme to prevent lower-limb injuries: considerations for the development of a randomised controlled trial intervention delivery plan. br j sports med 2011;45(10):791-796. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.081406] 6. white pe, otago l, saunders n, et al. ensuring implementation success: how should coach injury prevention education be improved if we want coaches to deliver safety programmes during training sessions? br j sports med 2013 (in press). [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091987] 7. saunders n, otago l, romiti m, donaldson a, white p, finch c. coaches’ perspectives on implementing an evidence-informed injury prevention programme in junior community netball. br j sports med 2010;44(15):1128-1132. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.069039] 8. twomey d, finch c, roediger e, lloyd dg. preventing lower limb injuries: is the latest evidence being translated into the football field? j sci med sport 2009;12(4):452456. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2008.04.002] 9. hendricks s, jordaan e, lambert m. attitude and behaviour of junior rugby union players towards tackling during training and match play. safety sci 2012;50(2):266284. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ssci.2011.08.061] 10. viljoen w, patricios j. boksmart – implementing a national rugby safety programme. br j sports med 2012;46(10):692-693. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091278] http://dx.doi.org/10.1260/1747-9541.5.1.117] http://dx.doi.org/10.1260/1747-9541.5.1.117] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2007.01.004] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2006.02.009] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091551] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.081406] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091987] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091987] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.069039] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.069039] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2008.04.002] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ssci.2011.08.061] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091278] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091278] issn 1015-5163 a peer reviewed publication of the south african sports medicine association www.sajsm.org.za sports medicine the south african journal of volume 26 | number 2 | june 2014 http://www.sajsm.org.za sajsm 499.indd 114 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 case report osteoid osteomas are benign osteoblastic tumours encountered relatively commonly among skeletal lesions. despite distinct clinical �ndings, atypical presentations make for a challenging or delayed diagnosis which may negatively a�ect a patient’s quality of life in the interim. we present the case of a young female rugby player with a subperiosteal osteoid osteoma of the distal �bula – a rare location for this type of tumour. s afr j sm 2013;25(4):114-115. doi:10.7196/sajsm.499 osteoid osteoma of the �bula in a female rugby player m w j meirhaeghe,1,2 md, mmed (phys med & rehab); p l viviers,1 mb chb, mmedsc, msc (sports med); j h kirby,1 mb chb, msc (sports med); j t viljoen,1 bsc physiotherapy, mphil (exerc sci) 1 stellenbosch university, campus health services and the centre for human performance sciences, stellenbosch, south africa 2 catholic university of leuven, department of physical health and rehabilitation, leuven, belgium corresponding author: p l viviers (plv@sun.ac.za) osteoid osteomas (oos) may account for almost 12% of all benign bone tumours.[1] �ese skeletal neoplasms are most common among young patients (aged 10 30 years) and there is also a strong male preponderance, with a 3:1 male to female ratio.[2,3] classically, oo presents as an intracortical lesion of the sha� occurring in the long bones; however, its location has also proven to be subperiosteal, endosteal and even medullary, albeit less common.[2,4] �e most frequently a�ected sites include the femur and tibia (roughly 50% of all cases), while less regular manifestations include the humerus, spinal column and phalanges of the hands and feet.[2-4] morphologically, tumours are characterised by an osteoid-rich central nidus embedded in a �brous stroma of vascular connective tissue;[2,5] this rarely exceeds 2 cm in diameter and is surrounded by a zone of sclerotic bone tissue due to reactive bone formation.[3,6,7] patients invariably complain of pain that is most severe at night and which is usually relieved with salicylates or non-steroidal anti-in�ammatory drugs (nsaids).[3] local tenderness is typically the only �nding during physical examination, although warmth, swelling and erythema are also possible, albeit less common.[2] on the whole, from a prognostic standpoint, some oo cases have been known to regress spontaneously;[2,8] however, the majority require surgical intervention. we report the case of a young female rugby player with a subperiosteal oo located within the distal fibula. we wish to emphasise that unusual presentations of oo may be misleading for clinical practitioners, and can even result in inaccurate diagnoses. case report a 23-year-old female elite rugby player presented with longstanding le� lateral lower-leg pain while performing high-speed running. �ere was no long-term improvement with rest, physiotherapy or treatment with nsaids. overall, the patient’s medical history was unremarkable and there was no associated nocturnal pain. the initial physical examination showed slight tenderness upon palpation of the distal �bula as well as discomfort during resisted eversion of the foot. �e patient experienced pain when performing one-leg hops as well as discomfort when a vibrating tuning fork was placed over the area. plain radiographs showed a discrete hypodensity on the medial side of the distal fibula (fig. 1a). after further in-depth investigation, magnetic resonance imaging (mri) revealed oedema adjacent to a lesion in the bone (fig. 1b). finally, a computed tomography (ct) scan con�rmed the presence of a cystic tumour with surrounding osteosclerosis located just below the periosteum (fig. 1c). fig. 1. (a) anteroposterior radiograph and (b) magnetic resonance imaging of the osteoid osteoma situated within the le� distal �bula. (c) a cross-sectional computed tomography scan shows the clearly demarcated subperiosteal lesion within the distal medial �bula. sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 115 based on these �ndings, the tumour was excised surgically using a posterolateral approach to the distal fibula. following successful removal of the bone mass, further inspection revealed characteristic features of a nidus, which was con�rmed histologically as being an oo. mobilisation with partial weight-bearing for six weeks and physiotherapist-guided functional rehabilitation took place. the eventual outcome a�er three months was that the patient was able to run without pain and returned to play. discussion since oo can occur at a wide variety of locations and is often accompanied by a lack of radiological findings, diagnosis can be complex, and in many instances even overlooked.[7] we encountered a similar problem, considering that the �bula is a rare localisation for an oo and that our patient displayed an atypical presentation at �rst (i.e. lack of nocturnal pain and failure to respond to nsaids). subsequently, a number of different diagnoses were considered, including bony stress reaction, fibular stress fracture, as well as tendinopathy of the peroneal tendons. less likely considerations were impingement syndrome, sinus tarsi syndrome, dislocation of the peroneal tendons and referred pain. lastly, infections and tumours were also considered; however, the clinical presentation thereof made these options less likely. plain radiography is usually the most cost-e�ective examination and is o�en also all that is required to ensure the accurate diagnosis of oo. nonetheless, it should be noted that during the �rst few months a�er the onset of pain, initial radiographs o�en appear to be normal, which can be misleading. as a result, it is useful to repeat a radiograph if an oo is suspected. we found this to be valid, considering that we initially took a plain radiograph that was reported as normal. however, retrospectively, a discrete hypodensity could be observed. furthermore, the use of detailed imaging techniques such as ct and mri is invaluable when it comes to precise localisation of the tumour and in making a de�nitive diagnosis. first-line medical treatment for this syndrome essentially consists of proper pain management through the use of aspirin or nsaids. still, many patients are unable to continue with this type of treatment due to uncontrolled pain or contraindications to nsaid use. �ere are also several available surgical treatment options for effective excision of the tumour. traditionally, the treatment of choice has been open surgery with unroo�ng and curettage; however, a number of newer, less invasive techniques such as ct-guided percutaneous treatment are also being used and can have a primary cure rate of 100%.[2,8] regardless of the method of treatment, exact localisation of the lesion, before and during the procedure, is a very important determinant of success. conclusion �e subperiosteal region of the distal �bula is an uncommon location for an oo. clinical presentation and radiological �ndings can be misleading, which often results in a delay in diagnosis. in some instances, this phenomenon may even masquerade as an alternative form of pathology or injury. ultimately, delayed diagnosis or misinterpretation of clinical signs and symptoms have the potential to a�ect early clinical decision-making processes governing optimal patient management. as a result, oo should always be considered when pain persists, even if initial x-rays appear to be normal. �e goal of treatment is rapid and enduring pain relief, but also a safe return to sport in athletic populations. acknowledgements. dr rvp de villiers from van wageningen and partners radiology practice for the images. references 1. dahlin dc, unni kk. bone tumors: general aspects and data on 8542 cases. 4th ed. �omas, spring�eld, 1987:88-101. 2. lee eh, sha� m, hui jhp. osteoid osteoma: a current review. j pediatr orthop 2006;26:695-700. 3. greenspan a. benign bone-forming lesions: osteoma, osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma. clinical, imaging, pathologic and di�erential considerations. skeletal radiol 1993;22(7):485-500. 4. kayser f, resnick d, haghighi p, et al. evidence of the subperiosteal origin of osteoid osteomas in tubular bones: analysis by ct and mr imaging. am j roentgenol 1998;170:609-614. 5. chronopoulos e, xypnitos fn, nikolaou vs, et al. osteoid osteoma of a metacarpal bone: a case report and review of the literature. j med case rep 2008;2:285-288. 6. ja�e hl. osteoid osteoma of bone. radiology 1945;45:319. 7. chai jw, hong sh, choi jy, et al. radiologic diagnosis of osteoid osteoma: from simple to challenging �ndings. radiographics 2010;30(3):737-749. 8. cantwell cp, obyrne j, eustace s. current trends in treatment of osteoid osteoma with an emphasis on radiofrequency ablation. eur radiol 2004;4(4):607-617. sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 91 introduction locomotor training for patients with spinal cord injuries has been investigated in the usa and europe. 2,9 it is a relatively new form of rehabilitation in south africa and to our knowledge no studies have been reported on its use in this country. this is a case study of a 24-year-old male diagnosed on 8 september 2006 with a c6 motor complete but sensory incomplete spinal cord injury (sci). on 11 september 2006 a c7 vertebrectomy, bone graft, anterior fusion and internal fixation was performed. from 18 september to 19 december he received inpatient therapy for mobility and self-care skills. on discharge he remained sensory incomplete but some motor function had returned in the right ankle. on 22 february 2007 locomotor training began. the patient was hoisted in an alpine climbing harness (black diamond, usa) attached to an overhead tripod frame placed above a treadmill. assisted walking began with two therapists manually moving the legs at 0.4 km.h-1. in order for the stepping to be consistent a metronome was used. initially the patient could complete a total of 3 minutes 20 seconds of walking in two bouts of 1 minute and 2 minute 20 seconds respectively, at a speed of 0.4 km.h-1. the patient could not stand up with the aid of a walking frame. strength in the quadricep and hamstring muscles was measured bilaterally on the biodex isokinetic dynamometer (biodex medial systems, new york) in passive mode. peak torque was measured at a speed of 5°.s-1 before and after 1 year of therapy (table i). locomotor training was performed 5 days per week as part of an exercise routine. the exercise routine also consisted of upper body cycle ergometry, mat exercises, core stability strengthening and upper body strength training. the entire therapy regimen and progression can be seen in table ii. during the year, for 4 weeks, intermittently, exercise sessions were not attended, either due to the patient being ill or the centre being closed. after 1 year the subject completed 10 minutes of assisted walking without rest and 20 minutes of assisted walking altogether. furthermore, the subject could walk 8 metres continuously with modified crutches. discussion the conventional approach to rehabilitation in patients with spinal cord injury has been to adapt the environment to the patient. this is known as the ‘compensatory model’ and presupposes that the spinal cord is not malleable and capable of recovery. 2 in contrast, the ‘recovery model’ is based on the premise that the spinal cord is malleable and capable of recovery. 2 in the usa complete spinal transection (t12 t13) was performed in adult cats. 8 this caused complete loss of locomotor function in the hindlegs. the injured cats underwent training which consisted of walking on a treadmill for 30 minutes per day, 5 days per week for 5 7 months with therapists manually assisting their hindlegs. five out of the 8 trained cats improved sufficiently to locomote (bearing their full body weight) for 10 20 minutes. 8 a study using rats has also demonstrated the ability of the spinal cord to respond to stimuli without contact with the cerebellum. 3 these studies demonstrate that the spinal cord has a significant level of plasticity in mammals. behrman et al. (2006) reviewed the studies on locomotor training and the injured human spine. 2 most have been case studies or studies with no control group and therefore their results have limited interpretability. there has only been one randomised clinical trial in this population group. 6 this was a multicentre trial and found no difference in fim-l scores (a walking ability score) and walking speeds between a locomotor training group and an overground mobility control group. fim-l score and walking speed were the primary outcome measures but walking distance was not reported. it is important to note that locomotor training cannot be done in an ad hoc manner. afferent input to the spinal cord during locomotor training is important in order for training to be effective. 2 afferent input includes hip extension position during the transition from stance to swing phase (the hip should be in extension), heel strike and load on the lower limb. 5,2 maximal load should be taken on the lower extremities with minimal load on the upper extremities. 4 increased upper extremity weight bearing resulted in decreased emg activity in the lower limbs. 4 case study locomotor training as part of a rehabilitation programme for patients with spinal cord injury – a case study correspondence: bridget marianne parr cape peninsula university of technology barklay davies building highbury road mowbray 7700 tel: 021-680-1573 fax: 021-680-1562 cell: 084 685 7294 e-mail: parrb@cput.ac.za b m parr (msc(med) exercise science) r gamieldien (btech (sport management)) s e h davies (d phil (human movement science), m ergs (ergonomics) cape peninsula university of technology sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 91 pg91-92.indd 91 10/17/08 12:57:29 pm a further challenge to this kind of therapy is the physical strain therapists are subjected to. two therapists sit on the side of the treadmill and manually lift the patient’s limbs. the limbs are lifted at the end of stance phase and then propelled forward and placed down in heel strike. this action tends to place strain on the lower back. there have been some recent developments in robotic assistive devices which take the place of the therapists, 7 but they are very costly. in conclusion, locomotor therapy formed part of a regimen that resulted in the patient being able to walk with modified crutches. this level of movement transferred into the patient being able to perform more activities of daily living. future challenges to improved patient care are randomised multi-centre controlled trials designed to test the efficacy of duration, frequency and intensity of this type of training on the multiple classifications of spinal cord injuries. furthermore, from a technology perspective, robotic assistive devices that can aid therapy for patients with spinal cord injuries should be developed. references 1. barbeau h and rossignol s. recovery of locomotion after chronic spinalization in the adult cat. brain res 1987; 412: 84-95. 2. behrman al, bowden mg, nair pm. neuroplasticity after spinal cord injury and training: an emerging paradigm shift in rehabilitation and walking recovery. phys ther 2006; 86: 1406-25. 3. buerger aa, fennessy a. long-term alteration of leg position due to shock avoidance by spinal rats. exp neurol 1971; 30: 195-211. 4. dietz v, colombo g, jensen l, baumgartner l. locomotor capacity of spinal cord in paraplegic patients. ann neurol 1995; 37: 574-82. 5. dietz v, harkema sj. locomotor activity in spinal cord-injured persons. j appl physiol 2004; 96: 1954-60. 6. dobkin b, apple d, barbeau h, basso m, behrman a, deforge d. weightsupported treadmill vs overground training for walking after acute incomplete sci. neurology 2006; 66: 484-93. 7. hornby tg, zemon dh, campbell d. robotic-assisted, body-weight supported treadmill training in individuals following motor incomplete spinal cord injury. phys ther 2005; 85: 52-66. 8. lovely rg, gregor rj, roy rr, edgerton vr. effects of training on the recovery of full-weight-bearing stepping in the adult spinal cat. exp neurol 1986; 92: 421-35. 9. wernig a, nanassy a, muller s. laufband (treadmill) therapy in incomplete paraplegia and tetraplegia. j neurotrauma 1999; 16: 7197-26. table i. strength (torque n.m) of the quadricep and hamstring muscles of the right and left leg before (4.5 months after injury) and after 1 year of training (16.5 months after injury) peak extension torque (n.m) peak flexion torque (n.m) right leg left leg right leg left leg before after before after before after before after 17.4 23.9 16.9 23.8 18.7 48.8 16.6 41.5 table ii. progression of therapy regimen of patient with c6 sci for 1 year (i.e. from 5 months to 17 months) postoperatively mode 0 3 months 3 6 months 6 12 months times per week exercise routine locomotor training 4 bouts of 4 minutes 2 bouts of 8 minutes 2 bouts of 10 minutes 5 overland walking after 4 weeks used walking after 4 months used parallel 6 9 months walked on 5 frame for 1 bout of 8 metres bars for 4 bouts of 6 metres modified crutches for 8 metres continuously 9 12 months walked on smaller modified crutches for 8 metres continuously other exercises crawling, upper body cycling, same same 5 weight training, core stability and mat exercises other therapies reflexology 1 x week acupuncture 1 x week podiatry 1 x week 1 x week massage 1 x week 1 x week hydrotherapy 1 x week 1 x week transcutaneous rectus abdominus, electro-muscular rectus femoris: 3x half hour stimulation per day 92 sajsm vol 20 no. 3 2008 pg91-92.indd 92 10/17/08 12:57:30 pm original research introduction chronic diseases of lifestyle (cdl) are on the increase in south africa as in the rest of the world. this increase in the number of communicable and non-communicable diseases has labelled south africa as a country with a ‘double burden of disease. 1 cdl are a group of diseases that share similar risk factors as a result of exposure, over many decades, to unhealthy diets, smoking and lack of exercise and possibly stress. 2 these risk factors further include inter alia high blood pressure, high blood cholesterol, diabetes and obesity. these risk factors present in various disease processes such as stroke, heart attacks, certain cancers, chronic bronchitis and many others that culminate in high mortality and morbidity rates. 3 research has indicated that regular physical activity can positively address all above-mentioned pathological conditions and thereby reduce the mortality and morbidity rates in populations. 3 biokinetics has drawn on and implemented this body of evidence to prescribe scientifically based exercise programmes to prevent and manage non-communicable diseases in south africa. in developed countries physical inactivity is estimated to cause 6.0% of all deaths for men and 6.7% for women. 4 a study investigating the cost-effectiveness of health care-based interventions aimed at improving physical activity found evidence for cost effectiveness in groups with high risk, such as older persons and persons with heart failure. 5 in south africa, biokinetics has been practised for the last 25 years after the scope of practice was published in the government gazette. 6 although the road to obtaining recognition was very difficult, 7 the profession has continued growing, with 12 training institutions training about 150 students every year. more than 1 000 biokineticists have completed their training during the last 25 years, with the current register of the board of health care funders (bhf) reporting 799 active practice numbers for 2009. 8 the scope of practice for biokinetics deals with the prescription of scientifically based exercise for preventing and treating cdl as well as for finalphase rehabilitation of orthopaedic injuries. 9 biokineticists usually form part of a multidisciplinary team in the treatment of chronic diseases and orthopaedic injuries together with medical practitioners, physicians, physiotherapists and dieticians. in the south african health care sector, however, biokineticists only form part of the multidisciplinary team in the private health care sector. research indicates that this formal private health sector is a large, well-developed, resource-intensive and highly specialised sector that provids health insurance coverage to some 7 million people. 10 the other estimated 40 million south africans make use of either the public health care system or traditional healers, or pay out of their pockets for private health care services. as biokineticists are not employed in the public health sector, except in the national the potential market demand for biokinetics in the private health care sector of south africa correspondence: professor s j moss phasrec in the school of biokinetics, recreation and sport science north-west university (potchefstroom campus) potchefstroom, 2520 tel: 018 2991821 fax: 018 285 6028 e-mail: hanlie.moss@nwu.ac.za sarah j moss (phd)1 martie s lubbe (phd)2 1 niche area for physical activity sport and recreation (phasrec) in the school of biokinetics, recreation and sport science, north-west university (potchefstroom campus), potchefstroom 2 niche area for medicine use in south africa (musa) in the school of pharmacy, north-west university, potchefstroom abstract objective: biokinetics, a profession registered with the health professions council of south africa (hpcsa), address inter alia chronic diseases of lifestyle (cdl) with exercise as treatment modality. the purpose of this investigation is to determine the potential market demand for biokinetic services in the private health care sector of south africa. methods: data from a pharmaceutical benefit management system (pbm) were analysed to determine the prevalence of chronic diseases in the private health care sector for 2007. telephonic interviews on a sub-sample of 50 biokineticists revealed the average number of patients that can be treated monthly per biokineticist. the number of biokineticists with active practice numbers was obtained from the board of health care funders (bhf). results: the results indicate that 47% (747 199/1 600 000) of the patients managed by the pbm are treated with medication for one or more cdl. non-steroid anti-inflammatory medication (21%), medication for cardiovascular diseases (13%) and bronchodilators (11%) had the highest prevalence. the sub-sample of biokineticists indicated that one biokineticist can treat an average of 100 patients per month. the potential market demand calculated from the above numbers indicated that 7 472 biokineticists are needed in the private health care sector, while only 625 active practice numbers were registered with the bhf in 2007. conclusion: in conclusion, it is estimated that only 7.6% of patients with cdl can potentially be treated by the current number of registered biokineticists. therefore an enormous market potential for biokinetics exists in the private health care sector of south africa. 14 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 15 defence force, people making use of the public health care system are not exposed to biokinetic intervention. although other health disciplines are attracted away from the public health sector with large financial and personal incentives, 10 this is not the case with biokinetics. this lack of job opportunities in the public health sector has forced biokineticists to become entrepreneurs by starting private practices. these practices are solo practitioners, associations or partnerships with other biokineticists or other health practitioners. this is, however, not as straightforward as other entrepreneurial ventures. strict ethical guidelines set by the hpcsa to guide the profession and protect the public against exploitation hamper biokineticists to do marketing to the same extent as unregistered/unregulated professions. 9 in order to start any new venture, determining the market potential for the product is extremely important. as the purpose of all businesses is to create wealth, the product, price, packaging and place of sale should be thoroughly investigated. 11 health professionals are unfortunately seldom trained in business principles. this lack of business skills often results in the failure of biokinetic practices to be sustainable over a long period. this may create the perception that the potential market demand is too small to sustain the number of biokineticists trained annually. in the history of biokinetics in south africa no studies have investigated the potential market demand for biokinetics, based on the services delivered by the profession to the public. the purpose of this study was to determine the potential market demand for biokinetics in the private health care sector of south africa. the results obtained from this investigation will shed some light on the potential number of biokineticists that could be trained per year, given no restrictions from the training institutions with regard to lecturing staff. research methodology data collection the study was an observational study to determine the potential market need for biokinetics. in order to understand the method ology, it is important to define the market. according to wood 12 the market potential is all the customers who may be interested in the service that is presented. it is, however, important to remember that some customers in this potential market are unaware of the product, some may not have access to it, some may not be able to use it and some may not be able to afford it. the potential market represents the maximum number of customers who might buy the product – but not the number who will realistically buy it. 13 the approach that was followed (fig. 1) was to determine the number of persons in the identified segment (persons with a chronic disease of lifestyle) that potentially require the service and the number of potential service delivery points (practising biokineticists) matching each other. this was performed within the south african private health care framework. for the purpose of this study, the market segment that was identified to base the potential market demand on was that of persons with cdl and orthopaedic abnormalities. although the scope of practice for biokineticists 9 includes the pathogenic and the fortogenic (health promotion) paradigms, it was decided to focus only on the pathogenic paradigm for the purpose of this study. because secondary data were used for the analyses, it was important to ensure that they are timely, unbiased, legitimate, reliable and qualified. 12 in order to comply with these criteria, it was decided to make use of timely (2007), unbiased and reliable information from a private sector medicine claims database. the data are reliable as the database is created online in real time as patients collect their prescriptions. the geographical area, according to postal code of the consultation room of the prescriber, was also captured. the medicine claims data were from a pharmacy benefit management company (pbm). the pbm company administered medicine claims data of members of medical schemes from almost all community pharmacies and 98% of the dispensing doctors. for security, ethical, patient and provider identification reasons, pbm company was not identified by name. prevalence of chronic diseases of lifestyle the niche area: medicine use in south africa (musa) has the rights to use the medicine claims database of the specific pbm for research purposes. ethical clearance was obtained from the ethics committee of the north-west university (project number: nwu-0046-08-s5). this system is a fully integrated management system for more than 42 medical scheme clients administered by 17 different health care administrators. in 2007, 1.6 million south africans benefited from this system. all medicines prescribed for chronic diseases were classified according to the coding system in the monthly index of medical specialties (mims) classification system, which classifies medicine according to its pharmacological action. 14 a further classification of medicine information was performed with regard to the place (consultation room) of prescriber (province, district council, municipality and main place level). the statistical analysis system ® , sas 9.1 ®15 programme was used to group all prescribed practice addresses according to province, district council, municipality and main place level. this allowed the researchers to identify the number of diseases treated with medication and the number of patients who received chronic medicine in different geographical areas in south africa. from the database all chronic conditions where exercise is considered an appropriate treatment modality and that is addressed by biokineticists in their scope of practice as announced in the government gazette 6 in 1983, were extracted to determine the national and provincial prevalence of the following chronic diseases in south africa: hypertension, diabetes, obesity, dyslipidaemias, cardiovascular diseases, osteoporosis, depression and chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases (copd). biokineticist to patient/client ratio in order to determine the potential market for biokinetics in the private health care sector, the ratio of biokineticist to patient or client fig. 1. a schematic presentation of the research methodological approach. pbm dataset biokinetics prevalence distribution chronic disease hpcsa & basa dataset biokineticists bio/patient ratio distribution number of biokineticists ? = number of biokineticists chronic disease of lifestyle fig. 1. a schematic presentation of the research methodological approach. 16 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 was also determined by means of a telephone survey. biokinetics practice owners registered with the biokinetics association of south africa (basa) website were asked to indicate the average number of active clients/patients treated at their facility monthly, the number of biokineticists and intern-biokineticists working in the practice. the ratio of biokineticist to patient/client was determined from this information. statistical analysis descriptive statistics with frequency tables, mean ± standard deviation and graphs were performed in order to determine the market potential for biokinetics in the private health sector. mathematical calculations were performed to calculate the potential market need for biokineticists. results the purpose of this study is to determine the potential market demand in the broad term for biokinetics in the private health care sector, specifically with reference to the pathogenic paradigm. in order to determine this potential demand the results will be presented by determining the prevalence of cdl, reporting on the physical activity levels of the population and the available biokineticists and practices that address the cdl with exercise. the prevalence of cdl as represented by chronic medication use from a medicine claims database of a pbm company indicated that 911 212 chronic diseases were treated within the 1.6 million subscribers (table i). the average age of the persons taking chronic medication for diseases related to cdl was 36.8 ± 21.8 years. the average age was calculated according to the age at the first prescription date. the females were slightly older than the males (m=35.4±21.9 years; f=37.9±21.8 years). totals in the table do not add up, as a few claims could not be placed according to geographical region (provinces) but are included in the calculations. the results of table i indicate that the prevalence of cdl is 66% in the specific pbm database for 2007. it is however known that one person could be diagnosed and treated for more than one disease, as is often the case for persons with diabetes mellitus. the calculation of the number of patients represented by the prevalence of cdl in the pbm (table ii) indicates that 47% of persons registered with the pbm are treated for cdl and receiving medication for the cdl. the prevalence of persons with cdl is the highest in the gauteng province at 19%, with the lowest prevalence the northern cape at 1%. when the results form table ii are further divided by age and ratio of female/male it shows that except for gout, the ratio of women obtaining chronic medication is higher than for men. the average age of the patients also indicate that lung disease is present mainly in the younger population, with the average age of persons treated with bronchodilators at 33.0±23.2 years and those with asthma table i. the prevalence of diseases related to chronic diseases of lifestyle receiving medication in the private health care sector based on a pbm company database in 2007 for the different provinces in south africa cdl eastern cape free state gauteng kwazulunatal limpopo mpumalanga northwest northern cape western cape total anti depressants 9 080 8 149 50 763 16 106 6 854 5 650 7 692 2 314 14 993 122 026 epilepsy 1 547 1 604 13 583 5 091 958 1 081 1 476 324 2 717 28 481 parkinsonism 291 268 1 807 593 145 154 235 60 557 4 123 nsaid 23 214 16 022 137 497 48 487 23 156 19 820 23 304 5 130 33 836 332 173 gout 1 333 994 7 708 2 113 913 1 150 999 233 2 196 17 681 osteoporosis 855 607 4 815 1 670 211 292 429 100 1 851 10 872 cvd 210 248 inotropic agents 507 495 2 384 1 028 286 259 310 131 925 6 345 arrhythmias 258 478 2 155 610 83 157 210 66 735 4 774 hypertension 11 570 9 249 66 102 22 151 6 365 6 945 8 467 2 455 23 559 157 354 angina 4 553 3 012 19 081 7 236 2 613 2 415 2 869 10 704 7 588 50 587 vasodilator 50 104 782 97 54 69 142 32 107 1 444 vasoconstrictors 233 270 2 746 514 156 303 386 89 442 5 138 hyperlipidaemia 6 393 4 166 36 455 10 509 1 986 2 891 3 519 875 14 133 81 204 bronchodilators 12 471 7 639 27 495 11 095 10 548 12 764 2 739 21 642 175 277 asthma 2 478 2 533 19 964 6 463 3 479 1 959 3 083 508 4 805 45 367 diabetes 3 388 2 335 19 638 7 981 2 557 2 129 2 586 693 6 010 47 459 total 76 543 45 905 403 129 135 009 54 314 45 662 46 683 11 029 92 774 911 212 cdl = chronic diseases of lifestyle; nsaid = non-steroid anti-inflammatory drugs; cvd = cardiovascular disease. sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 17 medication 32.6±25.3 years. the average age of people obtaining medication for cardiovascular diseases is 60 70 years. non-steroid anti-inflammatory medication (nsaid) is mostly prescribed to persons around the age of 45 years. this may be due to the onset of arthritis and joint and muscle pain from previous injuries. the calculation from fig. 2 indicates that from 1.6 million persons, 747 199 persons are on medication for a cdl that could be treated through exercise intervention such as presented by biokineticists. this is further divided into 316 894 persons suffering from a single disease and the rest treated for more than one disease within the cdl. the prevalence of participants on anti-inflammatory medication is the highest (21%), followed by patients who received medication for cardiovascular diseases (13%) and then patients on bronchodilators (11%) and medication for hypertension (10%). physical inactivity profiles of south africans as biokineticists address cdl with exercise as treatment, it is also important to report on the current levels of physical inactivity as it is a risk factor for cdl. 3 secondary data reported in the south african health review 10 compared the levels of inactivity reported in the general population with those reported in a corporate survey (table iii). the results indicate that about 50% of the general population does not participate in levels of physical activity that would reduce or manage cdl. current biokinetic practices in order to determine the market potential, the current number of biokineticists who render this service had to be determined. the number of practising biokineticists according to the basa website, which is an optional place to register and not compulsory (table iv), indicates 284 biokinetic practices. seventy-one of the 284 practices are accredited to employ biokinetic interns (students in training who have to complete a final year of practical training before final registration with the hpcsa can be obtained). these practices may employ more than one biokineticist and a maximum of two interns per registered biokineticist. 9 data obtained from the bhf, 8 the management system for practice numbers that enables biokineticists and patients to claim from medical insurance, indicate 625 biokineticists with active practice numbers who were also registered with the hpcsa in 2007. the distribution of these practices within south africa (table iv) indicates that the majority of the practices are in the gauteng province (130), with the second most in the western cape (63). this means that 46% of biokineticists are practising in and around gauteng, while about 22% of the total pool of practising biokineticists is active in the western cape. this leaves about 32% of the biokineticists in the rest of south africa. ratio of biokineticist to patient/client a telephonic interview with 50 randomly selected available biokineticists indicated that each biokineticist could manage about 100 1 fig 2. the prevalence (%) of disease in participants on the pbm database taking medication for the different chronic diseases of lifestyle. (nsaid = non-steroid anti-inflammatory drugs; cvd = cardiovascular disease                            fig 2. the prevalence (%) of disease in participants on the pbm database taking medication for the different chronic diseases of lifestyle. (nsaid = non-steroid anti-inflammatory drugs; cvd = cardiovascular disease.) table ii. prevalence of cdl according to the number of persons diagnosed and treated with medication for each of the provinces and in relation to the estimated population provinces estimated population persons with cdl % of the estimated population eastern cape 6 906 200 § 46 503 2.9 free state 2 965 600 § 33 110 2.1 gauteng 9 688 100 § 300 659 18.8 kwazulu-natal 10 014 500 § 112 948 7.1 limpopo 5 402 900 § 47 221 2.9 mpumalanga 3 536 300 § 42 221 2.6 north-west 3 394 200 § 49 895 3.1 northern cape 1 102 200 § 11 271 0.7 western cape 4 839 800 § 100 343 6.3 not indicated 3 028 0.2 total 47 849 800 § 747 199 46.7 § total mid-year population estimates, 2007. 16 table iii. a summary of the prevalence (%) of physical inactivity reported in different surveys surveys total (%) males (%) females (%) 51-country survey 17 46.2 44.7 47.6 youth risk behaviour 18 36.8 30.5 43 corporate survey 19 69 62 75 sadhs 20 46 43 49 world health survey 21 46 43 49 sadhs = south african demographic and health survey. 18 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 (range 40 160) patients per month depending on the type of practice and the business strategy followed. there was an average of 2 biokineticists working in each practice. if every biokineticist managed 100 clients in south africa from the specific pbm, where 747 199 clients are treated for cdl, then 7 438 biokineticists will be required in south africa. table iv indicates the current number of practising biokineticists with regard to each province together with the market potential based on the prevalence of chronic disease as indicated by the pbm system. discussion cdl are a reality in south africa, a country with a double burden of disease that is created between cdl, also known as non-communicable diseases, and the infectious diseases such as hiv/aids and tuberculosis, also known as communicable diseases. the results of this study indicate that the prevalence of the cdl in this pbm system is 56% and represent 47% patients. the major three conditions represent nearly a third of all the total medicine expenditure managed by this studied pbm. this is much higher than the reported 37% of deaths attributed to cdl. 18 considering that most of the surveys report on data that were obtained either during 1998 20 (sadhs) or until 2005, 2 it is therefore possible that the prevalence of cdl has increased substantially since the last survey. although the percentages are not very high, the corresponding numbers of persons who require treatment are substantial. if these percentages of prevalence for the various cdls are extrapolated to the general population, estimated to be 47 498 000 16 (statssa, 2009) at june 2007, it could mean that about 26 795 888 people in south africa are diseased by one of the cdls. steyn et al. 2 report that about 6 million people are living with hypertension, 4 million with diabetes and about 4 million have hyperlipidaemia. steyn et al. 2 also mention that about 56% of the population has at least one of these risk factors. the prevalence of cdl as found in this investigation based on the prescription of medication, observed comparable prevalence for hypertension and diabetes as reported by puoane et al. 23 studies investigating the cost of managing cdl have highlighted the burden of cdl on an economy. 23,24 when interpreting the data on cdl from a biokineticist’s point of view, it is important to also consider the inactivity patterns in south africa. the results indicate that females are more inactive than males, with people in the corporate sector reporting inactivity levels of close to 70% in the total for males and females. 10 this is a daunting number of physically inactive persons who are often also exposed to high levels of stress in the work environment. these high levels of physical inactivity indicate that there is a huge potential for the management of chronic diseases with exercise and physical activity interventions, as the majority of the population are currently not participating in the required amount of activity as prescribed by the acsm 3 to achieve health outcomes. the results of the number of biokineticists registered with the hpcsa that also have active practice numbers indicate that the approximately 625 biokineticists are most likely accommodated within the 284 biokinetics practices in south africa. these are crude delineations as it is impossible to obtain the exact number of biokineticists who are actively earning a living as biokineticists. the reason is that persons on the register of the hpcsa continue to pay registration fees annually to ensure they stay on the role, even if they are not practising, in order to keep their registration. the reason for this behaviour is that it is difficult to obtain registration again once you have been deregistered and have not practised for a number of years. another reason for inaccurate numbers on the basa website is the fact that it is optional to register practices on the website. in spite of the inaccurate numbers, the data described are still the most accurate available that were used in the analysis and assumptions made. the distribution of the biokinetics practices simulate the areas of high income in south africa, with the most practices being in the gauteng area and the least practices in the northern cape, which has the lowest income per capita. 16 the population density in gauteng is also higher than in the northern cape, resulting in shorter travelling distances between home and biokinetic practices. the analyses of the number of patients/clients that a biokineticist is able to treat per month indicated an average of 100 persons with a range of between 40 and 160. there was an average of 2 biokineticists working per accredited practice. in order to calculate the potential market demand for biokinetics, the potential number of persons taking medication for cdl according to the analysed pbm system was divided by 100 to determine the number of potential biokineticists needed. this calculation indicated that about 7 438 biokineticists are needed. if an average of two persons work together, that means that about 3 719 practices are potentially needed. the current number of biokinetic practices is therefore calculated to be rendering a service to only 8% of the potential market. as these are pure calculations to determine the market potential, it is necessary to take into account the factors that may hamper people from visiting a biokineticist for exercise as treatment of a cdl. when calculating a market potential, the broadest market is first determined, 12 as was done with this study. it is important to remember that these results are a crude indication of the potential market demand for biokinetics in the private health care sector. this study also only focused on the pathogenic paradigm, and not the fortogenic (health promotion) paradigm, where biokinetic intervention addresses the prevention of cdl. the section of the market that has the income to afford the service and has access to the product should be determined. important factors that can influence the behaviour of the potential consumers will include gender, level of education, age, ethnic background and the perceived value for the client/patient, table iv. the relationship between the current number of practising biokineticists and the potential market need for the different provinces province current number of practices (n) market need for biokineticists* (n) eastern cape 19 465 free state 11 331 gauteng 130 3 006 kwazulu-natal 33 1 129 limpopo 5 472 mpumalanga 9 422 north-west province 11 498 northern cape 3 112 western cape 63 1 003 total 284 7 438 § *based on 100 patients/biokineticist. § numbers differ due to some claims not being linked to original place of prescribing of medication. sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 19 various social connections and personal elements, of which lifestyle would be the most prominent together with motivation. a study investigating the factors that influence the demand for health care in south africa using a multinomial logit estimation, found that there are three categories of factors that influence the demand. these factors are: (i) demographic and location variables (e.g. income, race and location); (ii) characteristics of the care provided (e.g. cost and distance from the respondent); and (iii) characteristics of the illness (such as severity). 25 this study also found that an increase in income indicated a decrease in the use of primary health care. where income was above r2 785 per month, primary health care was only utilised in less than 5% of the respondents. 25 these results give an indication of the income group that can be expected to seek treatment for cdl as offered by biokinetics. the limitations of this study were that the numbers on which the calculations are based are relative, although currently the most accurate available. the calculations from the pbm are also based on the prevalence of the 2007 data, as the classification of the 2008 data is not available. the number of biokineticists is also a crude number as accurate numbers are difficult to obtain. registered biokineticists often become pharmaceutical representatives to earn a larger income while also learning business and marketing skills before returning to the profession. conclusions the conclusion that can be drawn from this study is that there is a large potential market for biokinetics in the private health care sector of south africa. currently only an estimated 8% of the potential market is addressed by biokinetics with exercise as a treatment modality. this is only the calculation for the pathogenic paradigm. it therefore seems that the number of biokineticists trained annually could be increased to address the shortage in the market. however, an investigation is recommended to determine the factors that may prevent the large potential market demand from realising. references 1. vorster hh, kruger a. chronic diseases of lifestyle in south africa: the role of public health nutrition in the promotion of health, and prevention and treatment of disease. s afr j diab vasc dis 2006;3(4):179-181. 2. steyn k, fourie j, temple n, eds. chronic diseases of lifestyle in south africa: 1995-2005. mrc technical report. cape town: south african medical research council, 2006:1266. 3. thompson wr, ed. acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription, 8th ed. philadelphia: lippincott williams & wilkins, 2009:152-206. 4. world health organization. world health report 2002. geneva: who. 5. hagberg la, lindholm l. cost-effectiveness of healthcare-based interventions aimed at improving physical activity. scand j public health 2006;34:641-653. 6. the south african medical and dental council rules for the registration of medical scientists (notice 673, 1983). government gazette, 1983;8879:19. 7. strydom gl. biokinetics: the development of a health profession from physical education – historic perspective. sajr sper 2005;27(2):113-128. 8. board of health care funders. www.bhfglobal.com. 2009 (accessed 10 september 2009). 9. health professions council of south africa (hpcsa). www.hpcsa.co.za 2009. (accessed 30 august 2009). 10. harrison s, bhana r, ntuli a, eds. south african health review. durban: health systems trust, 2007. 11. kotler p, armstrong g. principles of marketing. 12th ed. upper saddle river, new jersey: pearson: prentice hall, 2008. 12. wood mb. marketing planning: principles into practice. harlow, england: prentice hall, 2004. 13. roger jb. market-based management: strategies for growing customer value and profitability, 2nd ed. upper saddle river, nj: prentice hall, 2000:59-62. 14. snyman jr, ed. mims monthly index of medical specialities. mims: pretoria. 2009. 15. sas institute inc., 2003. 16. statistics south africa. www.statssa.gov.za. 2008 (accessed 9 september 2009). 17. guthold r, ono t, kathleen l, strong kl, chatterji s, morabia a. worldwide variability in physical inactivity: a 51-country survey. am j prev med 2008;34(6):486-494. 18. reddy sp, panday s, swart d, et al. umthenthe uhlaba usamila – the south african youth at risk behaviour survey 2002. cape town: south african medical research council. 19. kolbe-alexander tl, buckmaster c, nossel c. chronic disease risk factors, healthy days and medicine claims in south africa employees presenting for health risk screening. bmc public health 2008;8(228):1-11. 20. department of health, medical research council. the south african demographic health survey. pretoria: department of health, 2002. 21. world health organization. preliminary results of the world health survey 2002-2003, international physical activity data, south african results. geneva: who, 2005. 22. puoane t, tsolekile l, sanders d, parker w. chronic non-communicable diseases. in: barron p, roma-reardon j, eds. south african health review. durban: health systems trust, 2008. 23. kouris-blazos a, wahlqvist m. health economics of weight management: evidence and cost. asia pac j clin nutr 2007;16(suppl 1):329-338. 24. ruchlin hs, dasbach ej. an economic overview of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. pharmacoeconomics 2001;19(6):623-642. 25. havemann r, van der berg s. the demand for health care in south africa. j stud econ econometrics 2003;27(3):1-27. original research 106 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 introduction body self-image is a psychological construct which has gained increasing attention in current years, and researchers 1,2 reported that active groups have a better concept of their bodies and body image than sedentary groups. with the extensive growth of the media and technology into almost every aspect of our lives, the human body is portrayed, photographed, pictured and ultimately adored or abhorred more than ever, resulting in increasing statistics of body dysmorphia and obsessions with appearance, weight, fitness and health. 1 the primary questions posited in this research study were: what happens to the body self-image when women exercise, specifically in terms of the cognitive, perceptual, affective and attitudinal aspects of their body self-image. relationship between exercise and self-image a growing number of controlled studies have identified the positive effects of exercise on general psychological well-being in ageing women. 3,4 in a wide-ranging literature review, mcauley 5 has considered the relation between exercise and both positive and negative psychological health. in line with other review articles, mcauley 5 reported a positive relationship between exercise and self-esteem, self-efficacy, psychological well-being, and cognitive functioning, and a negative relationship between exercise and anxiety, stress, and depression. such studies reinforce the notion that exercise has significant psychological health benefits for people who exercise regularly. the psychological benefits of exercise extend to positive changes in body self-image for women that occurred following exercise interventions. 1,6,7 such changes can be due to physiological processes in which exercise increases concentrations of the brain’s neurotransmitters by stimulating the sympathetic nervous system. 8 further research has shown that exercise is one of the most effective means of improving body self-image. 9,10 there is widespread support for a positive and lasting relationship between participation in regular exercise and various indices of mental health, and several consensus documents and reviews have been published in this field. 11,12 the evidence for psychological benefits, although impressive for mentally healthy individuals, is even stronger for psychiatric populations. 13 a number of studies have demonstrated a positive relationship between exercise and mental health in alcoholics, 14 people with schizophrenia 15 and those with clinical depression. 16 despite the growing body of evidence supporting the relationship between exercise and mental health, organisations have been reluctant to endorse the use of exercise in treating mental illness. furthermore, exercise has not been widely adopted by clinical psychologists and psychiatrists as a viable adjunctive intervention strategy for improving the mental health of patients. a recent overview of depression and its treatment in the uk, for example, made no mention of the value of exercise. 17 similarly, biddle et al. 11 reported that exercise as an intervention was not considered appropriate or of any incidental value by clinical psychologists. it appears that much work has to be done to convince those who deliver mental health services to focus on the relationship between mind and body and to look more positively at the role of exercise as a treatment in mental health issues. 16 this paper therefore explores the potential value of exercise as an adjunctive treatment in improving body self-image in a ‘healthy’ population of women in middle adulthood, who have their own and unique challenges. challenges confronting women in middle adulthood the developmental stage of middle adulthood occurs between the ages of 40 and 65. 18,19 women in middle adulthood are confronted with many psychological changes, 20 midlife transitions, 19 and abstract objectives. this empirical study investigated the effect of a moderate aerobic exercise programme on the body self-image of a sample of women (n=49) in middle adulthood with a mean age of 54.2 years. methods. the participants were randomly assigned to an experimental group (n=24) and a control group (n=25). the experimental group participated in a (guided) moderate aerobics programme over six weeks, while the control group participated in a sedentary (guided) meditation programme. the participants in both groups were assessed for body self-image using the nine factors defined in the body self-image questionnaire (bsiq) of rowe (2000). the bsiq comprises both perceptual-cognitive and affective-attitudinal factors. results. the results indicated that there was an overall positive shift in the perceptual-cognitive factors of the body self-image in the exercise group, namely for overall appearance evaluation, health fitness evaluation and fatness evaluation. although no significant shifts were found in all the affective-attitudinal factors of the participants, there was a significant change in the negative affect of the participants. conclusion. the results suggest that such a programme has a positive influence on the way these women think and feel about their bodies. no significant changes were found in the body selfimage of the control group. these findings suggest the positive effect of a (guided) aerobic exercise programme in improving the body self-image of women in middle adulthood. andrea k daniels (ma (psychology)) rudolph l van niekerk (d lit et phil (psychology)) department of psychology, university of johannesburg correspondence to: leon van niekerk (leonvn@uj.ac.za) the influence of a moderate aerobics programme on the body self-image of women in middle adulthood sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 107 physiological changes associated with signs of ageing, 21 resulting in a loss of muscle mass, muscle strength and muscle fibres. 22 women in middle adulthood are therefore at risk of internalising negative mental representations of their body self-image. mciza 23 found that differences in body image among south african women are highly driven by cultural norms, urbanisation and socio-economic status. many south african women, because of societal pressures, are at risk of suffering from a loss of self-esteem. 24 south africa, in its current climate of socio-economic emergence and transformation, engenders many challenges and stressors upon its divergent population. these stressors are seen to impact most severely on women and children. according to pillay and kriel 25 who conducted a study on south african women seeking psychological interventions, over one-third had relationship problems, 21% had depression, and 14% presented with suicidal behaviour. furthermore, nearly half the women reported significant financial problems. of the 174 married (or cohabiting) women, 95% experienced relationship problems, 57% reported substance-abusing partners, and 48% reported violent partners. clinician estimates revealed notably low self-esteem in 65% of the women. not least susceptible to these stressors are south african women in the stage of middle adulthood who, in a persistently patriarchal climate, form a group that is both largely under represented and unsupported, with minimal access to resources such as health facilities, support groups and psychological interventions. methods the specific objectives of this study were to determine if a professionally guided, moderate aerobics programme would have an impact on the body self-image of a group of sedentary south african women in the phase of middle adulthood. forthcoming from this aim, the following research questions were constructed: ● how does a moderate aerobics programme (of movement) change the body self-image of women in middle adulthood? ● how does a (sedentary) programme of guided meditation change the body self-image of women in middle adulthood? ● does a moderate aerobics programme change the body image of sedentary women in the phase of middle adulthood more than a programme of sedentary guided meditation? this study therefore aimed to examine the body self-image constructs with a pre-test post-test experimental design with a control group. a programme of (guided) moderate aerobics was applied to the experimental group (n=24), while a programme of sedentary guided meditation was applied to a control group (n=25) on a sample of 49 (n=49) women in the phase of middle adulthood. the participants in both groups were assessed for body selfimage using the nine sub-scales defined in the body self-image questionnaire (bsiq). 26 the bsiq comprises both perceptualcognitive and affective-attitudinal items, which are intended to elicit responses pertaining to these different constructs. moderate to high internal consistency (cronbach’s alpha) was found on all the subscales, ranging from 0.59 to 0.90. instruments the constructs of body self-image were measured using the 51-item bsiq. 26 the bsiq is a self-administered questionnaire, with questions that elicit answers on a 5-point likert scale, with 1 (not at all true of myself) to 5 (completely true of myself). apart from reversescored items, the higher the score, the more positive the evaluations and perceptions of body self-image. the bsiq is currently the most widely used measure of global body self-image within health psychology. it has received extensive psychometric scrutiny (i.e. confirmatory factor analysis) and has been validated on several samples of normal and divergent groups, including individuals with eating disorders and body dimorphic disturbances. 26 furthermore, the bsiq has been proven to be a reliable, valid measure and has shown an internal consistency of 0.87. 9 internal consistency (cronbach’s alpha) for the nine subscales have ranged from α=0.78 (social dependence) to 0.94 (fatness evaluation). 26 the cognitive-perceptual constructs of body self-image is conceptualised and measured in the bsiq 26 on the following subscales: ● overall appearance evaluation. this factor includes self representations such as ‘i perceive my overall appearance to be ugly/ fat/scruffy etc.’, based on objective self-evaluations such as one’s attire, grooming, actual weight, and may extend as far as ‘i perceive this because i can no longer fit into my jeans’. ● fatness evaluation. this dimension of body self-image would produce statements such as ‘my buttocks are fat!’ again, this factor is based on objective self-evaluations of fatness which the individual perceives as a consequence of weighing more, of not being able to fit into one’s jeans. ● health fitness evaluation. this dimension of body self-image would produce statements such as ‘i feel fit and healthy!’ again, this factor is based on objective self-evaluations of fitness and health which the individual perceives as a consequence of working out more frequently, eating better, etc. the affective-attitudinal constructs of body self-image is conceptualised and measured in the following sub-scales: ● health fitness influence. this factor includes self-representations such as ‘i feel that my fitness levels impact on my selfconfidence and well-being’, based on subjective feelings and attitudes. ● attention to grooming. this factor of body self-image would produce statements such as ‘i like to be seen in smart clothes’, which represents the individuals’ attitudes and feelings about their presentation to others. ● negative affect. this factor of body self-image would produce statements such as ‘i feel ashamed and depressed about my weight’. again, this factor is based on subjective attitudes and feelings. ● investment in ideals. this factor of body self-image would produce statements such as ‘i like people to think i am a kind person’. again, this factor is based on subjective attitudes and feelings. ● height dissatisfaction. this factor of body self-image would produce statements such as ‘i think i am too short’. again, this factor is based on subjective attitudes and feelings. sample sixty (n=60) normal weight (ascertained by means of body mass index (bmi)), sedentary females in middle adulthood (between the ages of 45 and 60), with no history of low-impact aerobic exercise, were asked to volunteer for participation in the study. invitations to participate were given at various women support groups and training centres in the local community by word of mouth. inclusion criteria were ascertained through the use of a biographical questionnaire and a physical attributes questionnaire. after the exclusion of women who did not meet the inclusion criteria, a sample of 49 women was obtained and randomly assigned to the experiment (n=24) and control (n=25) groups. a total of nine participants had to exit from the study due to work constraints, travel arrangements and family responsibility. the mean age of the total sample was (54.2±6.98) years, with the mean age of (53.6±7.28) for the experiment group and (55.9±6.79) for the control group. 108 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 research design and intervention participants were randomly assigned to one of two 6-week programmes. this study utilised a two-group pre-test post-test experimental design where a moderate aerobics programme was administered with the experimental group, while the control group was assigned a meditation programme, rather than being told to do nothing, as a way to control for possible social interaction effects during exercise. 27 randomisation was stratified by bmi to ensure balanced weight distribution of the women in each group and internal validity of the study. data analysis (descriptive statistics and independent sample t-tests) was done to determine the extent to which the separate interventions influenced body self-image in the two groups. the experimental group participated in bi-weekly exercise session lasting for 45 minutes per session. after an adequate warmup session of 10 minutes, which included breathing, focused body work, upper body arm exercises and light cardio-exercises (such as walking forwards and backwards, lunges, stretches and knee lifts), the aerobics session started. the session lasted for 35 minutes and included exercises such as the grapevine step, marching, knee lifts, walking routines, the v-step and hamstring curls. these exercises engaged the major muscle groups and body areas where the participants expressed both fatness and fitness concerns. exercises began at approximately 40% of vo2max for 15 minutes and gradually increased to approximately 60 70% of vo2max for the remaining 25 minutes. polar heart rate monitors were used to ensure that participants did not exceed 70% of vo2max. the control group engaged in a bi-weekly (sedentary) guided meditation programmes for 45 minutes per session. each session comprised a 10-minute introduction and discussion session, followed by a 5-minute chanting and relaxation session and a 20-minute meditation session. the session was concluded with 5 minutes of breathing and 5 minutes of discussion. results the results presented in table i indicate that all participants were within the acceptable ranges of bmi, showing 40 (68%) participants being within normal range, and 20 (32%) being overweight. fatness percentage levels showed 31 (51%) participants with a slim body fat percentage and 29 (49%) within the normal range of body fat percentage. these anthropomorphic results indicated that all participants were fit enough to participate safely in the programme of moderate aerobic exercise. the results of the pre-tests and post-tests on the sub-scales of the bsiq are presented in table ii. as the study was more concerned with within-group changes rather than with between-group differences, only within-group change results are presented. even though the aerobics and meditation programmes could have had similar effects on the cognitive-perceptual and affective-attitudinal sub-scales of the bsiq, the validity of the study would not be compromised. the mean scores, standard deviations and significance of the within changes (set at p<0.01) for the experiment and control groups on the cognitive-perceptual sub-scales and affective-attitudinal sub-scales are indicated. the results presented in table ii indicate a significant difference in overall appearance evaluation (p=0.001). thompson et al. 28 also reported enhanced scores on the physical appearance state among women with low appearance evaluation in their research. the results (table ii) further indicated a significant difference in the health fitness evaluation (p=0.001) and fatness evaluation (p=0.001) of the experimental group. regular activity and improved fitness have a beneficial effect on self-esteem and body image. 10 cash and pruzinsky 29 reported a significant correlation between appearance evaluation and fitness orientation (0.542) as well as between appearance evaluation and health orientation (0.533). their findings indicated that participants who were generally more positive about their appearance place a greater importance on fitness and health. however, they also warned that these individuals may have a greater chance of suffering from body-image disturbance. these significant differences were not achieved in the control group, indicating that the 6-week moderate aerobics programme had a significant positive impact on the cognitive-perceptual aspects of the body self-image of the participants. there were no significant changes in all but one of the affective-attitudinal sub-scales. investment in ideals, factor health fitness influence (hfi), attention to grooming (ag) or height dissatisfaction (hd) had significance levels larger than p=0.01. however, for negative affect (na) there was a significant positive shift in the participant’s affect for both the experimental (p=0.001) and control group (p=0.002). these findings are in agreement with russo-neustadt et al., 8 who maintained that exercise increases concentrations of the brain’s neurotransmitters by stimulating the sympathetic nervous system. they maintain that since exercise increases brainderived neurotrophic factor (bdnf) production directly, there is a reinforcement of the serotonin-bdnf loop, indicating exercise’s significant potential as a mood enhancer. these results showed significantly improved body self-image scores for the experimental group who did 6-week moderate aerobic exercise. the experimental group experienced the greatest improvement in body self-image, specifically in the domain of perceptual-cognitive body self-image (overall appearance evaluation, health-fitness evaluation, and fatness evaluation). it seems therefore that a programme of exercise (movement) is significantly more beneficial to body self-image than a programmeme of sedentary guided meditation. table i. physical attributes of the sample body mass index body fat (%) fitness scale participants scale participants scale participants 18.5 24.9 n=40 slim n=31 61 75 (a) n=60 (normal) 68% 51% 100% 25 29.9 n=20 normal n=29 76 86 (aa) 0 (overweight) 32% 49% 30 & above 0 obese 0 (obese) sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 109 discussion that body self-image (on a cognitive-perceptual level) improved significantly in the exercise group. this finding supports the original research questions and is consistent with research supporting the positive outcomes of a programme of moderate aerobics with women in the phase of middle adulthood. apart from negative affect, there were no significant differences in either of the sub-scales of body self-image in the control group that did a programme of sedentary guided meditation. these findings therefore suggest a positive influence of (guided) moderate aerobics exercise on improved body selfimage. in agreement with this, various researchers 10,30,31 showed that active adults had a more positive body-image than inactive adults. it seems therefore that participation in physical activity can increase physical abilities and fitness and this, in turn, results in self-esteem improvement and positive attitude towards your body. sonstroem and morgan’s 32 self-esteem model (exem) proposed that the objective evaluation from physical capabilities may be increased by exercise. this evaluation can improve self-acceptance or self-worth without considering perceived competency. fox and corbin 33 in the development of the physical self-perception profile (pspp) showed that there are strong associations between efficacy and physical fitness. sonstroem et al. 34 also proposed that self-esteem improvement following participation in physical activity can be attributed to physical fitness improvement, meeting one’s personal goals, competency improvement, health behaviour promotion such as sufficient sleep and nutrition and confront with new social experiences as a result of activity with others. the results of this study were in agreement with other previous findings and can be applied to women in middle adulthood. tucker and maxwell, 35 for example, found the body cathexis scores of females participating in moderate exercise to be greater than those of a control group. results of the current study lend support to these findings in that the aerobic group had significantly better positive body image scores in several of the body image subscales than those in the control group. in light of the positive effect of an exercise programme on body self-image changes as opposed to that of one which is meditative and predominantly intrinsically focused, physical activity should gain more credibility as a body self-image enhancing technique. as clinical psychologists are inclined to dismiss physical activity as a possible treatment 11 of body self-image issues, this research provides evidence to suggest that an approach that excludes physical exercise as part of an intervention could be questioned. conclusion empowering people and the communities in which they live is an important aim of exercise psychology, and this exploration adds a dynamic component to ongoing dialogue within the field of exercise psychology and women within our society. a healthy body self-image is therefore clearly a prerequisite for overall positive self-regard, especially for women in the phase of middle adulthood. in this regard, this research study can be seen to be beneficial to both healthy and disordered sectors of society. further research is needed to define how the psycho-dynamic properties of (guided) exercise and exercise therapy can be utilised effectively as a tool for the treatment of a variety of psychophysiological disorders and disabilities, including psychotherapeutic, psycho-social, and physical rehabilitation. table ii. within-group changes for both the experimental and control groups pre-test pre-test scale group mean±sd sem mean±sd sem p-value cognitive-perceptual sub-scales overall appearance evaluation (oae) experiment 2.69±0.363 0.074 3.39±0.499 0.102 0.001 control 2.72±0.498 0.104 3.04±0.517 0.108 0.023 health fitness evaluation (hfe) experiment 2.39±0.302 0.062 3.27±0.617 0.126 0.001 control 2.70±.439 0.091 2.84±.451 0.094 0.019 fatness evaluation (fe) experiment 3.27±0.366 0.075 2.56±0.385 0.079 0.001 control 3.12±0.388 0.081 3.06±0.414 0.086 0.302 affective-attitudinal sub-scales investment in ideals (ii) experiment 3.39±0.373 0.076 3.34±0.487 0.099 0.095 control 3.26±0.384 0.080 3.20±0.327 0.068 0.317 health fitness influence (hfi) experiment 3.53±0.321 0.066 3.59±0.431 0.088 0.370 control 3.39±0.424 0.088 3.43±0.428 0.089 0.212 negative affect (na) experiment 2.90±0.368 0.075 2.26±0.357 0.073 0.001 control 2.89±0.579 0.125 2.57±0.490 0.102 0.002 attention to grooming (ag) experiment 3.25±0.489 0.100 3.31±0.450 0.092 0.347 control 3.39±0.482 0.100 3.50±0.452 0.094 0.059 height dissatisfaction (hd) experiment 1.74±0.511 0.104 1.71±0.409 0.083 0.516 control 2.32±0.788 0.164 2.22±0.769 0.160 0.038 sd – standard deviation; sem – standard error of the mean. 110 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 references 1. cash tf. body image attitudes: evaluation, investment and affect. perceptual and motor skills 1994;78:1168-1170. 2. shaw sm. body image among adolescent women: the role of sports and physical active leisure. journal of applied recreation research 1994;16(4):349-367. 3. netz y, wu mj, becker bj, tennenbaum g. physical activity and psychological well-being in advanced age: a meta-analysis of intervention studies. psychol aging 2005;20:272-284. 4. viera pn, mata j, silva mn, et al. predictors of psychological well-being during behavioral obesity treatment in women. journal of obesity 2011:18. doi:10.1155/2011/936153 5. mcauley e. the role of efficacy cognitions in the prediction of exercise behavior. womens health issues 2003;13(4):158-166. 6. finkenberg me, dinucci j, mccune sl, chenette t, mccoy p. commitment to physical activity and anxiety about physique among college women. perceptual and motor skills 1998;87:1393-1394. 7. henry r, anshel m, michael t. effects of aerobic and circuit training on fitness and body image among women. journal of sport behavior 2006;29(4):281-304. 8. russo-neustadt aa, beard rc, huang ym, cotman cw. physical activity and antidepressant treatment potentiate the expression of specific brainderived neurotrophic factor transcripts in the rat hippocampus. neuroscience 2000;101(2):305-312. 9. baldwin mk, courneya ks. exercise and self-esteem in breast cancer survivors: an application of the exercise and self-esteem model. journal of sport and exercise psychology 1997;19:347-358. 10. davis c. body image, exercise and eating behaviors: the physical self from motivation to well-being. champaign: human kinetics, 1997:143174. 11. biddle sjh, fox k, boutcher sh. the way forward for physical activity and the promotion of psychological well-being. in: biddle sjh, fox k, boutcher sh, eds. physical activity and psychological well-being. london: routledge, 2000:154-168. 12. craft ll, landers dm. the effects of exercise on clinical depression and depression resulting from mental illness: a meta-analysis. journal of sport & exercise psychology 1998;20:339-357. 13. biddle sjh, mutrie n. psychology of physical activity: determinants, wellbeing and interventions. london: routledge, 2003:236-254. 14. donaghy me. an investigation into the effects of exercise as an adjunct to the treatment and rehabilitation of the problem drinker. phd thesis, medical faculty, glasgow university, glasgow,1997. 15. chamove a. positive short-term effects of activity on behaviour in chronic schizophrenic patients. br j clin psychol 1986;25:125-133. 16. mutrie n. the relationship between physical activity and clinically defined depression. in: biddle sjh, fox k, boutcher sh, eds. physical activity and psychological well-being. london: routledge, 2000:46-62. 17. hale as. abc of mental health: depression. j sports sci 1997;315:43. 18. lachman m. handbook of midlife development. new york: wiley, 2001. 19. levinson d. the midlife-transition: a period of adult psychosocial development. psychiatry 1977;40:99-112. 20. mroczek dk, spiro a, griffen pw, neuperd s. social influences on adult personality, self-regulation and health. in: schaie kw, carstensen l, eds. social structures, aging and self-regulation. new york: springer, 2006:69-83. 21. baron, ra, byrne d. social psychology: understanding human interaction. boston: allyn and bacon,1991. 22. hakkinen k. neuromuscular adaptation during strength training, aging, detraining and immobilization. critical reviews in physical rehab medicine 1994;6:161-198. 23. mciza z. development and validation of instruments measuring body image and body weight dissatisfaction in south african mothers and their daughters. nutrition 2005;21:34-50. 24. alipoor sa, moazami-goodarzi m, zarra-nezhad, zaheri l. analysis of the relationship between eating attitudes and body shape in female students. j appl sci 2009;10:1994-1997. 25. pillay al, kriel aj. mental health problems in women attending district-level services in south africa. journal of social science med 2006;63(3):587592. 26. rowe da, benson j, baumgartner t. development of the body self-image questionnaire. measurement in physical education and exercise science 1999;3(4):223-247. 27. portney l, watkins m. foundations of clinical research: applications to practice. new jersey: prentice hall, 2008. 28. thompson jk, coovert md, stormer sm. body image, social comparison, and eating disturbance: a covariance structure modelling investigation. int j eat disord 1999; 6:43-51. 29. cash tf, pruzinsky t. body image: a handbook of theory, research, and clinical practice. new york: guilford, 2002. 30. franzoi sl. effects of aerobic exercise on female body esteem: a multidimensional approach. paper presented at the annual convention of the american psychology, 22 26 august 1986. washington dc (web spirs, search ed 282115). 31. daley aj, parfitt g. physical self-perceptions, aerobic capacity and physical activity in male and female members of a corporate health and fitness club. perceptual and motor skills 1996;83:1075-1082. 32. sonstroem rj, morgan wp. exercise and self-esteem: rationale and model. medicine and science in sports and exercise 1989;21:329-337. 33. fox kr, corbin cb. the physical self-perception profile: development and preliminary validation. journal of sport and exercise psychology 1989;11:408-430. 34. sonstroem rj, harlow ll, josephs l. exercise and self-esteem: validity of model expansion and exercise associations. journal of sport and exercise psychology 1994;16: 29-42. 35. tucker la, maxwell k. effects of weight training on the emotional well-being and body image of females: predictors of the greatest benefit. american journal of health promotion 1992;6:338-344. introduction maximal oxygen uptake provides a highly reproducible measure of aerobic capacity only if rigid criteria for determining the attainment of vo2max are applied. 1 standard criteria for the termination of a maximal test were established by the british association of sports sciences. 2 according to these standards, the physiological and perceptual responses measured at exhaustion can be considered maximal if the increase in vo2 with increasing work rate exhibits a plateau, if heart rate (hr) is within 10 b.min -1 of the age-predicted maximum, if the respiratory ratio (rer) is greater than 1.15, if peak blood lactate (la) concentration is above 8 mmol.l -1 and if the individual is perceived to be exhausted with a rating of perceived exertion (rpe) equal to, or higher than 18. 2 if these criteria are not achieved, the vo2 value at maximum is referred to as vo2 peak. although these criteria have been used extensively, there has been controversy surrounding the validity of them to indicate maximal effort. 3 in addition to this, although there is a wealth of information comparing the vo2max values of trained and untrained individuals, there is limited information comparing whether the other maximal criteria are met similarly in groups with differing levels of training. this investigation thus sought to compare not only the vo2max values of trained versus untrained individuals, but also other maximal physiological and perceptual responses obtained during a continuous, incremented treadmill test. also, the frequency of achievement of the various vo2max criteria between the two groups of subjects was evaluated. the hypothesis proposed was that trained individuals would achieve a higher maximal oxygen uptake than their untrained counterparts. furthermore, it was proposed that the remaining maximal british association of sport sciences criteria (hr, rer, la, and rpe) as well as peak treadmill running speed and total test time would differ between the trained and untrained groups. methods eight trained and 9 untrained male subjects aged 18 25 years were recruited from a university student population. the study was approved by the ethics committee of the department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university, grahamstown. each subject provided written informed consent and basic measures were obtained (table i). all subjects were of a similar age, stature and mass, and bmi values fell within the ‘normal’, healthy range for young males. selection criteria for the trained subjects included participation in endurance training at least 3 times a week for the 3 months prior to testing and completion of at least 1 half-marathon in that time period. with regards to the untrained subjects, only individuals who reported no regular or occasional aerobic exercise (above that required for daily activities) for the 3 months prior to testing were selected. original research article impact of training status on maximal oxygen uptake criteria attainment during running abstract objectives. the aims of this study were to assess whether training status influenced maximal physiological and perceptual responses and whether certain maximal criteria were more sensitive for individuals with different levels of training. methods. males who were either trained (n=8) or untrained (n=9) underwent a maximal treadmill test to assess whether the criteria to indicate vo2 max were training-specific. results. vo2 max was significantly higher in the trained (70.0 mlo2.kg -1 .min -1 ) compared with the untrained group (54.5 mlo2. kg -1 .min -1 ). only 11% of the trained and 56% of the untrained individuals achieved a plateau in the oxygen uptake curve. peak treadmill running speed was significantly faster and total test time significantly longer in the trained group. in contrast, peak lactate, although maximal for both groups, was significantly higher in the untrained group (13.5 mmol.l -1 compared with 10.3 mmol.l -1 ). the other responses were not different between the groups. noteworthy is that none of the subjects achieved all of the criteria indicating a maximal effort. the criteria most achieved in both samples were hrmax, rpemax and lamax with the latter being the most attained in the untrained group and rpemax being mostly attained by the trained group. conclusions. the criteria used to indicate attainment of vo2 max may be limited and may differ when comparing a heterogeneous training sample. although vo2 max was significantly higher in the trained group, responses were different for o2 plateau attainment and lamax but similar for the other british association of sports sciences criteria. it may be concluded that the physiological variables coinciding with maximal effort may differ in individuals with different levels of training. correspondence: candice christie department of human kinetics and ergonomics po box 94 rhodes university grahamstown 6140 south africa tel. +27 (46) 603-8470 fax. +27 (46) 622-3803 e-mail: c.christie@ru.ac.za candice jo-anne christie (ba, hms, bsc (med)(hons), msc, phd) briar ingram lock (ba, hons) department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university, grahamstown sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2001 19 each subject performed 1 maximal test using the same protocol, the progressive speed protocol (psp). participants had to avoid extreme climates 36 hours before testing and were instructed to avoid alcohol, medication and strenuous exercise in the 24 hours prior to the test session. the progressive speed protocol, originally described by matter et al. 4 started at a speed of 12 km.h -1 which was maintained for 1 minute. 5 the speed of the treadmill was then increased by 1 km.h -1 every minute thereafter until volitional exhaustion. according to mcardle et al. 6 motivational factors play a major part in achieving maximal performance and therefore subjects received strong verbal encouragement throughout the entire test. this encouragement was consistent for all the tests and involved notifying the subjects of the amount of time left to complete each speed. expired air was continuously sampled during the test (quark b 2 , cosmed, italy) and before each test the gas meters were calibrated with a gas mixture containing 4.9% co2 with the remainder made up of a n2/o2 mixture. on arrival at the laboratory subjects were fitted with a polar sports tester heart rate monitor (polar electro, kempele, finland) and the face mask for the quark b 2 , which were both fastened securely. subjects were required to perform a 5-minute warm-up on a stationary cycle ergometer at their own chosen intensity. according to shephard, 7 a brief warm-up reduces the risk of musculoskeletal injuries and electrocardiographic abnormalities, while yielding greater vo2max values. the subjects were then instructed to carry out a stretching routine, with particular focus on the quadriceps, hamstrings and gastrocnemius muscles. when this had been completed, the mouthpiece for expired gas analysis was attached to the mask. although specific criteria have been developed by the british association of sport sciences 3 to indicate when vo2max has been achieved, test termination in this investigation was exclusively dependent on volitional fatigue. accordingly, participants had to stop the test and straddle the treadmill when they felt they had reached their maximum effort. however, as it was imperative that subjects reached maximum effort, it was explained that they needed to keep running until they felt they could no longer continue and they were verbally motivated to push to maximum and continue for as long as possible during the test. the highest vo2 recorded during any interval was recorded as the individual’s vo2 peak. heart rate was recorded continuously during the test by a sports tester heart rate monitor. maximal heart rate (hrmax) was defined as the heart rate at the time of test termination. central ratings of perceived effort were recorded every minute using the borg scale. 8 the scale grades levels of exhaustion from a rating of 6 (resting) to a rating of 20 (maximal effort). the rer was measured throughout the test and lactate (accutrend, roche diagnositics, usa) was measured and recorded via the ‘pin prick’ method from the left ring finger on termination of the test while the subject was still straddling the treadmill. statistical analysis all data were expressed as means ± standard deviation (sd). maximal physiological and perceptual values between groups were compared using a t-test for independent samples. the level of significance was set at p<0.05. results there was no significant difference in age, stature, mass and bmi between the samples (table i). table ii shows that trained subjects reached significantly higher (p<0.05) maximal oxygen uptake values (70.0 ml.kg -1 .min -1 ) than the untrained subjects (54.5 ml.kg -1 .min -1 ), demonstrating that the selection criteria with regards to training status were accurate. however, the large standard deviation in vo2max for the trained subjects (7.2 ml.kg -1 .min -1 ) implies that these subjects were possibly of differing levels of training. fewer of the trained subjects (11%) demonstrated a plateau in oxygen uptake compared with the untrained subjects (56%). although the two groups reached similar maximal hr values, large standard deviations in hrmax were evident for both trained (10 b.min -1 ) and untrained (9 b.min -1 ) groups, highlighting the inter-individual variability of this measure. no significant differences in maximal rer responses were found between the two samples with both samples below the criteria of 1.15 (table ii). the lactate concentration was significantly higher in the untrained subjects (13.5 mmol.l -1 ) than the trained individuals (10.3 mmol.l -1 ). perceptual responses were maximal (≥18) and similar for both sets of participants. significant differences between the trained and untrained individuals were also evident for peak treadmill running speed and test duration. overall, the trained group reached table i. descriptive characteristics of the subjects trained (n=8) untrained (n=9) age (yrs) 22.0±1.7 21.6±1.4 height (cm) 181.1±4.8 178.1±3.5 weight (kg) 75.3±8.3 77.3±5.1 bmi (kg.m -2 ) 22.9±2.6 24.2±1.8 bmi = body mass index. table ii. maximal oxygen uptake (vo2 max: mlo2. kg-1.min-1) maximal heart rate (hrmax: beats.min-1), maximal respiratory exchange ratio (rer), maximal rating of perceived exertion (rpe), peak treadmill running speed (km.h-1) and time taken to complete the protocol (min) trained (n=8) untrained (n=9) vo2max 70.0±7.2 54.5±3.6* hrmax 196±10 199±9 rermax 1.13±0.09 1.07±0.06 lamax 10.3±4.6 13.5±2.4* rpemax 20.0±0.5 18.0±1.5 peak speed 19.8±1.4 16.3±1.0* test duration 9.12±1.4 5.12±1.2* *significant difference (p <0.05). table iii. percentage (%) of trained compared with untrained runners who met the bass criteria as well as the magnitude of the difference in criteria attainment between the two groups magnitude of the trained untrained difference between (n=8) (n=9) samples (%) vo2 plateau 11 56 18 hrmax (b.min -1 ) 67 89 18 rermax 67 33 28 lamax (mmol.l -1 ) 89 100 9 rpemax 100 67 27 20 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 a higher peak treadmill running speed (19.8 km.h -1 compared with 16.3 km.h -1 ) and ran for approximately 4 minutes longer than their untrained counterparts. table iii shows that the percentage attainment of the british association of sport sciences criteria differed considerably between the trained and untrained subjects. only 11% of the trained individuals and 56% of the untrained subjects met the criteria for vo2 plateau. thus a total of only 34% of the subjects achieved the criterion of a plateau in oxygen uptake, suggesting that this is a poor criterion to indicate maximal effort. the hr criterion was achieved by more of the untrained subjects while the rer criterion was achieved by more of the trained subjects. all the trained subjects met the rpe criteria, while only 67% of the untrained subjects attained this criterion. the lactate criterion was met by all of the untrained subjects but not by all of the trained individuals (89%). overall, a higher percentage of the trained individuals met the british association of sport sciences criteria for rer and rpe and a greater percentage of the untrained individuals met their criteria for hr, vo2 plateau and lactate. discussion the most important finding of this study was that a higher percentage of the trained individuals met the british association of sport sciences criteria for rer and rpe and a greater percentage of the untrained individuals met the criteria for hr, vo2 plateau and lactate. this implies that perceptual responses are possibly more important for determining the point of maximum exhaustion specifically in trained individuals whereas physiological responses, particularly lactate, give a better indication of maximal effort in less trained individuals. an important finding was that of the 18 subjects who participated in the study, none of them met all 5 criteria prescribed by the british association of sports sciences. 2 the lactate criterion was the most easily achieved standard, with 94% of total subjects attaining a lamax of greater than 8mmol.l -1 . this suggests that the lactate criterion is the most accurate marker of maximal effort, a finding supported by jacobs 9 and howley et al., 10 who maintain that variations in exercise performance are more accurately explained by lactaterelated variables compared with other variables including vo2max. consequently the lactate criterion should be more widely used to indicate when vo2max has been achieved, especially in the absence of a vo2 plateau. although the hr standard was met by 78% of all subjects, this criterion should not be used to confirm the attainment of vo2max because it had a high inter-individual variability. the rer standard was only achieved by half of the subjects who participated in this experiment. the inability of all individuals to reach the rer criterion even when a plateau in vo2 is exhibited corresponds to findings by howley et al. 10 therefore, the rer criterion, like the vo2 plateau standard, is not a consistent marker of maximal effort. not all of the untrained subjects fulfilled the british association of sports sciences criteria for rpe although it did appear that they were exhausted at the end of the maximal test. the failure of some of the untrained subjects to attain this standard could be attributed to incorrect ratings of perceptual responses and a suppression of feelings of fatigue. thus the rpe criterion in itself is not an unreliable marker of maximal effort, particularly in well-trained athletes. however, in order to ensure the reliability of this standard, it is vital that all subjects have a comprehensive understanding of the concept of rpe. from this investigation it would appear that the criteria for lactate, rpe and hr should be used in combination to accurately determine the attainment of maximal oxygen uptake. this is because these three standards were met by most of the subjects. contrastingly, it has been documented that the use of the rer and lactate criteria together increase the probability that vo2max is achieved. 11 this inconsistency in results highlights the need to determine which of the bass criteria, and in which combinations accurately determine the achievement of maximal oxygen uptake, because it may vary between trained and untrained individuals. the differences in the attainment of the british association of sports sciences criteria between the two samples (table iii) were greatest for rer and rpe, implying that these standards are unreliable markers of maximal effort when comparing trained and untrained groups. an 18% difference in the attainment of hr and vo2 plateau between the two samples was also apparent, indicating that these two criteria are also unreliable for this type of comparison. there was only a 9% difference in the attainment of the lactate criterion between the trained and untrained individuals, suggesting that this criterion is the most reliable when comparing trained and untrained people at maximal effort. however, it has been postulated that lamax values vary considerably, 12 especially among athletes with similar abilities, which undermines the ability of this variable to predict vo2max. 13 these data should be interpreted in the context of the differences in training status of the two groups. although the trained subjects had significantly higher maximal oxygen uptakes, there was only a difference of 12%. typically, endurance athletes have vo2max values approximately 40% higher than their sedentary counterparts. 6 this can be explained by the fact that the majority of the trained subjects were not elite athletes, having only competed at university and provincial levels. conversely, some of the untrained subjects may be genetically predisposed to superior performance, as it is well known that differences in vo2max between individuals often result from genetic, as opposed to training factors. 6,7,14 this suggests that in a heterogeneous sample, vo2max, peak treadmill running speed (workload) and total test time are likely to be significantly higher in trained individuals while the other responses, excluding lactate, are likely to be similar. in addition, trained individuals are less likely to achieve the criterion of a plateau in the o2 uptake curve. data from this study acknowledge that the criteria prescribed by the british association of sports sciences 2 for the termination of a maximal test cannot be accurately applied to both trained and untrained people, suggesting a revision of standards may be necessary. it is recommended that these criteria be adjusted with reference to the apparent differences in maximal physiological and perceptual responses between trained and untrained people. the discrepancies observed in the attainment of the british association of sports sciences criteria confirm the findings of st clair gibson et al. 3 that these criteria are not always met, despite subjects reaching levels of maximal exhaustion. however, because test termination was based on volitional fatigue, one cannot negate the possibility that the test was stopped before maximal values were achieved, particularly in the untrained subjects. this could have accounted for some of the differences found in criteria attainment between the trained and untrained individuals. nevertheless, numerous studies have substantiated that the criteria used to assess the attainment of vo2max are limited. 3,7,10,11,15,16 consequently the british association of sports sciences criteria used to demonstrate the attainment of vo2max must be used with caution, especially when the sample group includes both trained and untrained individuals. sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 21 references 1. mitchell jh. the physiological meaning of the maximal oxygen intake test. j clin invest 1958;37:538. 2. british association of sport sciences. position statement on the physiological assessment of the elite competitor, 2nd ed. leeds (uk); 1988. 3. st clair gibson a, lambert mi, hawley ja, broomhead sa, noakes td. measurement of maximal oxygen uptake from two different laboratory protocols in runners and squash players. med sci sports exer 1999;31:1226-1229. 4. *matter m, sitfall t, adams b, et al. the effects of iron and folate therapy on maximal exercise performance in iron and folate deficient marathon runners. clin sci 1987;72:415-422 (see noakes et al., 1990). 5. noakes td, myburgh kh, schall r. peak treadmill running velocity during the vo2max test predicts running performance. j sports sci 1990;8:3545. 6. mcardle wd, katch fi, katch vl. exercise physiology-energy, nutrition and human performance, 5th ed. baltimore: lippincott williams and wilkins; 2001. 7. shephard rj. tests of maximum oxygen intake: a critical review. sports med 1984;1:99-124. 8. borg g. psychophysical bases of perceived exertion. med sci sports exerc 1982;14:377-381. 9. jacobs i. blood lactate: implications for training and sports performance. sports med 1986;3:10-25. 10. howley et, bassett dr, welch hg. criteria for maximal oxygen uptake: review and commentary. med sci sports exerc 1995;27:1292-1301. 11. duncan ge, howley et, johnson bn. applicability of vo2max criteria: discontinuous versus continuous protocols. med sci sports exerc 1997;29:273-278. 12. bishop p, martino m. blood lactate measurement in recovery as an adjunct to training. sports med 1993;16:5-13. 13. hawley ja, myburgh kh, noakes td. maximal oxygen consumption: a contemporary perspective. south africa: department of physiology, university of cape town medical school; 1994. 14. noakes td. the lore of running. cape town: oxford university press; 1989. 15. *green hj, patla ae. maximal aerobic power: neuromuscular and metabolic considerations. med sci sports exer 1992;24:28-46 (see st clair gibson et al., 1999). 16. *noakes td. challenging beliefs. med sci sports exer 1997;29:571-590 (see st clair gibson et al., 1999). 22 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 commentary 138 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 the complexities of return-to-sport decisions are not unfamiliar to healthcare professionals working with elite and recreational athletes. medical advances and effective rehabilitation protocols have increased the potential for returning athletes to competition more quickly. however, these advances cannot keep up with the increasing expectations for athletes to perform at continually higher levels. these expectations are compounded by both the large financial rewards apportioned to most professional athletes; and increasing media attention, which creates additional social pressure. 1 it is therefore acknowledged that both physical and psychological aspects of injury need to be addressed to ensure holistic injury recovery. 2 the ethical issues in making return to sport decisions might not seem that prominent in many cases. however, one of the main ethical issues that have been identified by healthcare professionals working with athletes and sports teams is the tension between the long-term welfare of an athlete and premature demands to return an athlete to sport. 3 perhaps one of the most publicised cases related to return-tosport decisions and long-term welfare of athletes is that of national football league (nfl) player andre waters. waters was a former pro bowl safety for the philadelphia eagles. in 1994 he told a local newspaper that he ‘had lost count of the number of concussions he suffered at 15’. following his retirement from the game, he suffered from severe clinical depression. he died at 44 years of age, from a self-inflicted gunshot wound to the head. the forensic pathologist who performed the postmortem examination stated that ‘water’s brain resembled that of an octogenarian alzheimer’s patient’ and attributed the marked brain damage to water’s repeated injuries as an nfl player. 4 in addition, guskiewicz et al. 5 determined that retired nfl players with a history of three or more concussions were three times more likely to be diagnosed with depression, compared with retired players with no history of concussion. this case demonstrates the impact of short-term return-to-sport decisions on the long-term welfare and future societal participation of an athlete. it also highlights the need to consider ethical issues when making return-to-sport decisions. the first challenge for healthcare professionals working with teams is to recognise potential conflicts of interest that may influence return-to-sport decisions. healthcare professionals are responsible for the welfare of the team as a whole, but must also protect the health of individual athletes. strong emotional involvement in a team’s success may lead to a loss of objectivity when making decisions regarding individual athletes. 6 there may also be conflicting duties between the care of an athlete and contractual obligations to team management or sports governing bodies. such conflicts of interest may increase the risk of harm to individual athletes, and may also threaten the integrity of healthcare professionals. 3 as return-to-sport decisions are needed on a regular basis, healthcare professionals should show increased self-awareness to recognise how conflicting interests may influence decision-making, and should disclose potential conflicts of interest to athletes when providing care and advice. if the healthcare professional is unable to make an objective decision, an impartial external professional should be consulted. return-to-sport decisions should also promote an athlete’s autonomy. autonomy allows for self-determination and the individual governance of actions. autonomy is linked to informed consent, and allows an athlete to actively participate in return-to-sport decisions. however, maintaining full and thorough informed consent in return-tosport decisions may be problematic, particularly due to the numerous external pressures associated with team sports. it may be difficult to preserve individual athlete autonomy with external pressures such as financial gain and coach, team, family and public expectations. return-to-sport decisions may also be strongly influenced in competition or match situations by desires to compete, to win, and to avoid disappointing team members. the fims code of ethics regarding return-to-sport decisions states: ‘it is the responsibility of the sports medicine physician to determine whether the injured athletes should continue training or participate in competition. the outcome of the competition or the coaches should not influence the decision, but solely the possible risks and consequences to the health of the athlete.’ 7 in return-to-sport decisions, the primary obligation of healthcare professionals is to the individual athlete. sufficient and appropriate information should be given to an athlete to facilitate informed decision-making. 6,8,9 the healthcare professional should therefore confirm that an athlete understands the risks and benefits associated with return-to-sport decisions, and must also appreciate the extent of external pressures on an athlete that may influence decision-making. in addition, athletes must be educated regarding the importance of reporting injuries, to ensure effective management and to facilitate an efficient and safe return to sport. the core ethical principle of beneficence must also be considered in return-to-sport decisions. promoting beneficence is complex, particularly due to the inherent risks associated with participating and competing in most sports. 9 there are also difficulties associated with identifying and quantifying the often apparent short-term benefits, compared with the potentially uncertain long-terms harms of return to sport. external pressures and associated short-term benefits such as fame and financial reward may compel an athlete to return to sport too soon. 1,6 unfortunately, the potential long-terms harms may often be uncertain because of a lack of scientific evidence. when making return-to-sport decisions, the relative benefits should outweigh the potential harms. 9 in addition, an athlete should be informed of the existence of clinical uncertainty to promote autonomous decisionmaking when performing a risk/benefit analysis. 4 healthcare professionals working with sports teams have a fundamental responsibility to promote the health and well-being of athletes. 6,8,9 however, return-to-sport decisions may often challenge the clinical decision-making processes of healthcare professionals and judgements regarding the best interests of an individual athlete. it is necessary to appreciate the various influences and pressures that exist in recreational and professional sporting environments. return-to-sport decisions should be guided by the central ethical theresa l burgess (bsc (physiotherapy), phd (exercise science)) division of physiotherapy, department of health and rehabilitation sciences, groote schuur hospital, cape town correspondence to: theresa burgess (theresa.burgess@uct.ac.za) ethical issues in return-to-sport decisions sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 139 principles of autonomy, beneficence and non-maleficence. increased self-awareness and reflection regarding ethical issues are required to make return-to-sport decisions that promote the current and future welfare of athletes. references 1. bauman j. returning to play. the mind does matter. clin j sport med 2005;15:432-435. 2. podlog l, dimmock j, miller j. a review of return to sport concerns following injury rehabilitation: practitioner strategies for enhancing recovery outcomes. phys ther sport 2011;12(1):36-42. 3. anderson l, gerrard d. ethical issues concerning new zealand sports doctors. j med ethics 2005;31:88-92. 4. goldberg d. concussions, professional sports, and conflicts of interest: why the national football league’s current policies are bad for its (players’) health. hec forum 2008;20(4):337-355. 5. guskiewicz k, marshall s, bailes j, mccrea m, harding h, matthews a et al. recurrent concussion and risk of depression in retired professional football players. med sci sports exerc 2007;39(6):903-909. 6. johnson r. the unique ethics of sports medicine. clin j sport med 2004;23:175-182. 7. international federation of sports medicine: code of ethics. september, 1997. www.fims.org/en/general/code-of-ethics (accessed 22 november 2011). 8. dunn w, george m, churchill l, spindler k. ethics in sports medicine. am j sports med 2007;35(5):840-844. 9. devitt b, mccarthy c. ‘i am in blood stepp’d in so far...’: ethical dilemmas and the sports team doctor. br j sports med 2010;44(3):175-178. introduction the classification of south africans into racial populations was established during apartheid to discriminate and legalise racial segregation. south african citizens have consequently suffered from racial labelling. racial controversies smear the newpapers regularly and cricket players’ careers have at times been adversely affected.1-3 it is hoped that south africa will reach a stage where race does not play a role in sport and team selection is based only on merit. it is further hoped that these teams are representative of all south africans. how far is south africa from reaching this goal in cricket? to answer this question, racial classifications used by the south african government and the current cricket controlling body, cricket south africa (csa), were employed. many have argued against the validity of using race as a classification, especially in medical research, as genetic similarities between races far outweigh the differences.4,5 however, to understand the progression of cricketers who have been disadvantaged because of apartheid, it is necessary to racially categorise players. according to the broad-based black economic empowerment act6 and csa,7 the word ‘black’ is used for all people african, coloured or indian. however, the words ‘black african’ are also used and refer to blacks who were historically worst disadvantaged.7,8 therefore, to adhere to the policy of csa, but also to distinguish between black african and other black players (coloured and indian), the following categorisation will be used in this article: white, coloured/indian and black african. csa does not distinguish between coloureds and indians and therefore they were pooled into a single group. in 1991, at the start of the cricket unification process (the merger of all racial populations under one cricketing body), the united cricket board of south africa (ucbsa) was formed. ucbsa needed to redress the injustices caused by apartheid to transform south african cricket to be representative of all south africans.9 consequently, a national transformation charter and pledge to the nation was adopted in 1998 by the ucbsa.8 this charter covered 10 fundamental areas or thrusts. one of the main aims of the transformation process is highlighted in the thrust ‘redress and representivity’. this states that it is: ‘our historic and moral duty to ensure that cricket grows and flourishes among the truly disadvantaged of society, with the recognition that the majority of disadvantaged come from our black african communities. this involves a commitment to develop potential among our black african people at all levels of the game. this programme reaffirms our mission to bring cricket to all the people of south africa and facilitate a culture of non-racialism.’8 to achieve this, ucbsa started a development and targeted transformation programme. the development programme aimed at developing disadvantaged communities. development of facilities, coaches, administrators and cricketing skill was primary on the original research article effectiveness of the cricket transformation process in increasing representation and performance of black cricketers at provincial level in south africa abstract objectives. this study investigates the effectiveness of the cricket transformation process in firstly increasing representation of black players and secondly improving performance of black players in the south african 4-day provincial competition between the 1996/1997 and 2007/2008 cricket seasons. methods. cricketers were categorised as white, black african or coloured/indian. whenever the category ‘black’ is mentioned alone, it refers to black african and coloured/indian. all data were obtained from www.cricinfo.com. results. the number of white players decreased and the number of black african and coloured/indian players increased between the 1996/1997 and 2007/2008 seasons. white batsmen had significantly higher batting averages than black africans, but were only better than coloureds/indians in the 2001/2002 season. coloureds/indians had better batting averages than black africans in all seasons except 2001/2002 and 2004/2005. there was a significant improvement in the batting averages of coloureds/indians but not of whites and black africans over the 12 seasons. white bowlers had significantly better bowling averages than coloured/indian bowlers for seasons 2002/2003, 2004/2005 and 2006/2007. there were no significant differences in the bowling averages between white and black african players and between coloured/indian and black african players over the 12 seasons. there was a tendency towards a decreased bowling performance for coloureds/indians, whereas there was no significant decrement in the bowling performance for whites and black africans over the 12 seasons. conclusion. the increase in the number of black cricketers performing according to standard suggests a reasonable successful transformation process. however, representation and batting performance of black african batsmen remain a concern. correspondence: sharhidd taliep department of sport management cape peninsula university of technology po box 652 cape town 8000 e-mail: talieps@cput.ac.za m sharhidd taliep (phd) department of sport management, cape peninsula university of technology, cape town 156 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 agenda.10-12 ucbsa spent an enormous amount of money on this and in 2002 the ucbsa’s operational budget for development was r154 million.11 the belief was that developing the infrastructures and resources of previously disadvantaged communities would result in improved performance and skill enhancement within the communities. the result envisaged was a provincial and national team representing all south africans. transformation targets are an important part of the vision and policy of csa and a south african constitutional requirement.13 currently, csa subscribes to targeted transformation set for all representative cricket, i.e. that in all national and provincial teams a certain target of black players should be reached. the transformation policy target of csa for the national and franchise (provincial) teams is 4 black players.7,8 if this target is not reached, an explanation should be provided to the president of csa. if the president does not accept the explanation, he has the power of veto.8 this transformation policy has often resulted in controversy.1-3 one of the most contentious of these relates to charl langeveldt and andre nel in 2008. charl langeveldt, a coloured fast bowler, was allegedly selected to replace andre nel, a white fast bowler, to achieve a transformational target.1 langeveldt, upon hearing this, quit the touring squad to india. another example is south african born kevin peterson who believed that the transformation process in south africa hindered his chances of playing for the south african national team.3 consequently, he left to play cricket in england. the aim of this study is not to delve into these controversies surrounding transformation. it is imperative though to monitor the success of this transformation process to accurately determine its effectiveness in producing skilled and competent black cricketers in south africa. one way to monitor the success of transformation is to observe the change in the number of black players over time. another way is to observe the change in their performance over time. the aim of this study is therefore to present data of all south african cricket players participating in the 4-day provincial competitions (currently referred to as the supersport series) over the past 12 seasons (from the 1996/1997 to the 2007/2008 cricket seasons) – firstly to observe how the numbers of players have changed, and secondly to observe how their performances have progressed. the results of this study will provide insight into the success of the cricket transformation process in south africa. methods all data were taken from www.cricinfo.com and reflect all cricketers participating (including national players) in the 4-day provincial competitions between the 1996/1997 and the 2007/2008 cricket seasons. a batsman was defined as any player who batted in a match. a bowler was defined as any player who bowled in a match. however, it is possible that certain racial populations are more suited to a particular skill in cricket. for example, black africans might be more suited to bowling than batting. if this is the case, their low batting averages would not truly reflect the performance of the black africans who were selected for the main purpose of batting. therefore, specialist batsmen and specialist bowlers were also classified. specialist batsmen were classified as players who regularly bat from position 1 7 in the batting line-up. a specialist bowler was classified as a player who regularly bowls in matches. batting average was defined by the average number of runs per batting inning. higher batting averages represent better batting performance. bowling average was defined as the average number of runs conceded per wicket taken. lower bowling averages represent better bowling performance. the number of cricket teams playing in the provincial competition changed on three occasions between 1996/1997 and 2007/2008. from the 1996/1997 to the 1998/1999 season there were 9 teams, from the 1999/2000 to the 2003/2004 season there were 11 teams, and from the 2004/2005 to the 2007/2008 season there were only 6 teams. statistical analyses to observe the change in the number of players over time, the average number of players per team was presented. linear regression analysis was used to compare the change in the number of white, coloured/indian and black african players per team across the 12 seasons. linear regression analysis was also used to compare the change in the median batting and bowling performance over the 12 seasons. medians were used instead of means for these regression analyses because before the 2000/2001 season the number of black fig. 1 (a). representation of the total number of players in the 4-day provincial competition across the 12 seasons, and (b) representation of the average number of players per team in the 4-day provincial competition across the 12 seasons. 0 50 100 150 200 white coloured/indian black african 1996/ 1998/ 2000/ 2002/ 2004/ 2006/ 2008/ 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 a season t ot al n um be r of p la ye rs 0 10 20 white (r2= 0.66, r= -0.81 , p= 0.0012) coloured/indian (r2= 0.88, r= 0.94 , p< 0.0001) black african (r2= 0.89, r= 0.94 , p< 0.0001) 1996/ 1998/ 2000/ 2002/ 2004/ 2006/ 2008/ 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 season b a ve ra ge n um be r of p la ye rs pe r t ea m t o ta l n u m b er o f p la y er s a v er ag e n u m b er o f p la y er s p er t ea m sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 157 africans and coloureds/indians was small and their data were not normally distributed. univariate analysis of variance was used to determine the difference between the mean batting and bowling performance of the different racial populations between the 2000/2001 and 2007/2008 seasons. univariate analysis was not done on the data before the 2000/2001 season because of the very small number of black african players. significant difference was set at p<0.05. when the data accounted for specialist batsmen and bowlers, the sample size was often too small for statistical comparisons between populations. the median specialist batsmen and bowlers’ performance data were therefore presented across the 12 seasons without any further statistical analysis. results total number of players the total number of players in each cricket season is presented in fig. 1a. in the 1996/1997 season there were 147 white, but only 7 coloured/indian and 2 black african players participating in 4-day matches. in the 2007/2008 season there were 72 white, 29 coloured/ indian and 14 black african players. the results of the linear regression analysis indicate a significant decrease in the number of white players per team (r2=0.66, r=-0.81, p=0.0012) and a significant increase in the number of coloured/indian (r2=0.89, r=0.94, p<0.0001) and black african (r2=0.88, r=0.94, p<0.0001) players per team across the 12 seasons (fig. 1b). the total numbers of specialist batsmen and bowlers per team are presented in fig. 2. there was a significant decrease in the number of specialist white batsmen per team (r2=0.61, r=-0.78, p= 0.0025) and a significant increase in the number of coloured/indian (r2=0.91, r=0.95, p<0.0001) and black african specialist batsmen per team (r2=0.69, r=0.83, p<0.0001) (fig. 2a). there was a non-significant decrease in the number of specialist white bowlers per team (r2=0.28, r=-0.53, p=0.075), while both coloureds/indians (r2=0.83, r=0.91, fig. 2 (a). representation of the total number of specialist batsmen, and (b) representation of the specialist bowlers per team participating in the 4-day provincial competition across the 12 seasons. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 a white (r2= 0.61, r= -0.78, p= 0.0025) coloured/indian (r2= 0.91, r= 0.95, p< 0.0001) black african (r2= 0.69, r= 0.83, p< 0.0001) t ot al n um be r of sp ec ia li st b at sm en pe r t ea m 0 2 4 6 8 10 1996/ 1998/ 2000/ 2002/ 2004/ 2006/ 2008/ 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 b white (r2= 0.28, r= -0.53, p=0.075) coloured/indian (r2= 0.83, r= 0.91, p< 0.0001) black african (r2= 0.92, r= 0.96, p< 0.0001) season t ot al n um be r of sp ec ia li st b ow le rs p er t ea m t o ta l n u m b er o f s p ec ia li st b at sm en p er t ea m t o ta l n u m b er o f s p ec ia li st b o w le rs p er t ea m fig. 3. regression analysis of the median batting performance across the 12 seasons. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 white (r2= 0.14, r= 0.37, p= 0.23) b at ti ng a ve ra ge (r un s/ in ni ng s) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 coloured/indian (r 2= 0.74, r= 0.86, p= 0.0003) b at ti ng a ve ra ge (r un s/ in ni ng s) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 black african (r 2= 0.018, r= -0.13, p= 0.68) 1996/ 1998/ 2000/ 2002/ 2004/ 2006/ 2008/ 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 season b at ti ng a ve ra ge (r un s/ in ni ng s) b at ti n g a v er ag e (r u n s/ in n in g s) b at ti n g a v er ag e (r u n s/ in n in g s) b at ti n g a v er ag e (r u n s/ in n in g s) 158 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 p<0.0001) and black africans (r2=0.92, r=0.96, p<0.0001) presented a significant increase in the number of specialist bowlers per team (fig. 2b). batting averages white batsmen had significantly higher batting averages than black african batsmen in every season (table i). however, it was only in the 2001/2002 season that the batting average of whites was significantly better than that of coloureds/indians (28.7 v. 22.0 runs/innings, p=0.047) (table i). coloureds/indians had superior batting averages than black africans in all seasons except in 2001/2002 (22.0 v. 15.3 runs/innings, p=0.183) and 2004/2005 (25.2 v. 19.8 runs/innings, p=0.365). the results of the linear regression analysis (fig. 3) indicate a significant improvement in the batting averages for the coloured/indian batsmen (r2=0.74, r=0.86, p=0.0003) but not for whites (r2=0.14, r=0.37, p=0.23) and black africans (r2=0.018, r=-0.13, p=0.68). the specialist batting performance data are presented in fig. 4. although no further statistical comparisons were made between racial populations, it appears as if batting averages of white and coloured/indian specialist batsmen are better than those of black africans in most seasons. bowling averages white bowlers had significant better bowling averages than coloured/indian bowlers for seasons 2002/2003 (35.5 v. 50.1 runs/ wicket, p=0.045), 2004/2005 (37.9 v. 55.4 runs/wicket, p=0.038) and 2006/2007 (37.1 v. 59.8 runs/wicket, p=0.004) (table ii). there were no significant differences in the bowling averages between whites and black africans and between coloureds/indians and black africans across the 12 seasons. the results of the linear regression analysis (fig. 5) indicate a tendency for a decreased bowling performance for coloureds/indians (r2=0.32, r=0.56, p=0.06), but no significant differences in the bowling averages for whites (r2=0.16, r=-0.4, p=0.2) and black africans (r2=0.01, r=-0.11, p=0.73) across the 12 seasons. the specialist bowlers’ performance data are presented in fig. 6. except for the 2002/2003, 2004/2005 and 2006/2007 seasons, where white players appear to have better bowling averages than coloured/indian players, there are no major differences between the specialist bowling performances of the three racial populations. discussion the increase in the number of coloured/indian and black african players is not surprising because of the transformation policy aimed at having a certain target of black players for provincial and national cricket. however, the success of transformation lies in the ability to perform to the standard of cricket required, otherwise it is merely ‘window dressing’.8 the performance of these players was, therefore, investigated. from the 2002/2003 season the performances of coloured/indian batsmen were on a par with those of white batssajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 159 table i. a comparison of the mean batting averages of the different racial populations between the 2000/2001 and 2007/2008 cricket seasons (significant difference (p<0.05) represented by *) season race mean batting average (runs/innings) p-value 95% ci 2000/2001 white v. coloured/indian 26.1 v. 26.0 0.963 -7.0, 7.4 white v. black 26.1 v. 11.0 0.007 * 4.1, 26.2 coloured/indian v. black 26.0 v. 11.0 0.019 * 2.5, 27.5 2001/2002 white v. coloured/indian 28.8 v. 22.0 0.043 * 0.22, 13.5 white v. black 28.8 v. 15.3 0.002 * 5.1, 22.0 coloured/indian v. black 22.0 v. 15.3 0.183 -3.2, 16.5 2002/2003 white v. coloured/indian 28.8 v. 30.4 0.654 -8.6, 5.4 white v. black 28.8 v. 14.6 0.001 * 5.6, 30.0 coloured/indian v. black 30.6 v. 14.6 0.002 * 5.6, 26.1 2003/2004 white v. coloured/indian 30.6 v. 25.1 0.088 -0.8, 11.9 white v. black 30.6 v. 13.4 0.000 * 8.8, 25.7 coloured/indian v. black 25.1 v. 13.4 0.018 * 2.0, 21.3 2004/2005 white v. coloured/indian 32.4 v. 25.2 0.066 -0.5, 14.9 white v. black 32.4 v. 19.8 0.020 * 2.0, 23.3 coloured/indian v. black 25.2 v. 19.8 0.365 -6.3, 17.1 2005/2006 white v. coloured/indian 26.5 v. 24.1 0.524 -5.0, 9.9 white v. black 26.5 v. 12.7 0.009 * 3.5, 24.1 coloured/indian v. black 24.1 v. 12.7 0.047 * 0.2, 22.7 2006/2007 white v. coloured/indian 27.7 v. 27.6 0.976 -7.3, 7.5 white v. black 27.7 v. 12.5 0.001 * 5.9, 24.5 coloured/indian v. black 27.6 v. 12.5 0.004 * 4.8, 25.4 2007/2008 white v. coloured/indian 25.5 v. 25.9 0.985 -7.6, 7.8 white v. black 25.9 v. 9.8 0.003 * 5.4, 26.0 coloured/indian v. black 25.9 v. 9.8 0.006 * 4.6, 27.6 men. white batsmen were able to maintain a similar batting average across the 12 seasons, while coloured/indian batsmen significantly improved their batting performance. this can be seen as a transformation success for coloured/indian batsmen as both their numbers and their performances have significantly improved. however, black african batsmen have weaker batting averages than coloureds/indians and whites. more concerning is that there has been no significant improvement in the batting performance over the 12 seasons. even when only specialist batsmen are considered, black african batting performance is generally below the standard of their white and coloured/indian counterparts. furthermore, in the 2007/2008 season only 4 specialist black african batsmen (0.7 per team, fig. 2a) participated in the 4-day provincial competition. this represented the lowest number of specialist batsmen participating per team since the 2000/2001 season. it is difficult to isolate a particular reason for their poor batting performance and their poor representation in 4-day provincial cricket. it can be speculated that because batting equipment is expensive, black africans, who were disadvantaged the most during apartheid, cannot afford the equipment required to train effectively. despite this handicap great cricketers have successfully trained with basic equipment.14 the performance of black african bowlers was not significantly different to that of white or coloured/indian bowlers. similarly, black african specialist bowlers’ performances do not appear to be below the standard of whites and coloureds/indians. the similarity in performance appears to date back to the 1996/1997 season (although the data were not analysed statistically because of the table ii. a comparison of mean bowling averages of the different racial populations between the 2000/2001 and 2007/2008 cricket seasons (significant difference (p<0.05) represented by *) season race mean bowling average (runs/innings) p-value 95% ci 2000/2001 white v. coloured/indian 37.8 v. 33.0 0.520 -10.1, 20.0 white v. black 37.8 v. 46.4 0.484 -32.3, 15.3 coloured/indian v. black 33.0 v. 46.4 0.324 -40.2, 13.3 2001/2002 white v. coloured/indian 38.9 v. 38.5 0.958 -13.8, 14.6 white v. black 38.9 v. 31.9 0.488 -12.8, 26.9 coloured/indian v. black 38.5 v. 31.9 0.565 -16.0, 29.2 2002/2003 white v. coloured/indian 35.5 v. 50.1 0.045 * -29.0, -0.3 white v. black 35.5 v. 39.3 0.704 -23.8, 16.1 coloured/indian v. black 50.1 v. 39.3 0.350 -11.8, 33.4 2003/2004 white v. coloured/indian 40.8 v. 39.1 0.788 -11.1, 14.7 white v. black 40.8 v. 44.4 0.699 -21.8, 14.6 coloured/indian v. black 39.1 v. 44.4 0.603 -25.6, 14.9 2004/2005 white v. coloured/indian 37.9 v. 55.4 0.038 * -34.0, -1.0 white v. black 37.9 v. 41.2 0.766 -25.0, 18.4 coloured/indian v. black 55.4 v. 41.2 0.253 -10.2, 38.6 2005/2006 white v. coloured/indian 45.7 v. 48.6 0.712 -18.0, 12.3 white v. black 45.7 v. 38.4 0.445 -11.6, 26.3 coloured/indian v. black 48.6 v. 38.4 0.342 -10.9, 31.4 2006/2007 white v. coloured/indian 37.1 v. 59.8 0.004 * -38.2, -7.1 white v. black 37.1 v. 42.9 0.585 -26.7, 15.1 coloured/indian v. black 59.8 v. 42.9 0.143 -5.7, 39.5 2007/2008 white v. coloured/indian 29.5 v. 37.1 0.382 -24.9, 9.6 white v. black 29.5 v. 40.9 0.207 -29.2, 6.4 coloured/indian v. black 37.1 v. 40.9 0.736 -25.4, 18.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 white coloured/indian black african 1996/ 1998/ 2000/ 2002/ 2004/ 2006/ 2008/ 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 season sp ec ia li st b at sm en 's b at ti ng a ve ra ge (r un s/ in ni ng s) s p ec ia li st b at sm en 's b at ti n g a v er ag e (r u n s/ in n in g s) fig. 4. comparison of the median batting performances of the different racial populations across the 12 seasons for the specialist batsmen. 160 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 small sample size) and suggests a traditional strength in performance among black africans, rather than a process of improvement. this is substantiated in the regression analysis results, which indicate no significant improvement in the performance of black african bowlers and specialist bowlers since the 1996/1997 season. fast bowler makhaya ntini is a role model for black africans. ntini was the first black african to represent south africa and became one of south africa’s best fast bowlers. his success could have inspired other black africans to reach similar heights. it is also possible that black african bowlers are more fatigue resistant. there is evidence that black south african endurance runners are more resistant to fatigue than their white counterparts.15 this study indicates that the time to fatigue during a repetitive isometric muscle contraction was longer in black africans than in whites. bowling performance has been shown to decrease after a long bowling spell.16 it is therefore possible that black african bowlers are more fatigue resistant, allowing them to sustain high performances over extended periods. this could be a reason why the majority of black african bowlers are specialist bowlers. however, this is speculative and requires investigating. coloured/indian bowling performances were significantly weaker than those of whites during the 2002/2003, 2004/2005 and 2006/2007 seasons. furthermore, there was a tendency for a decrement in their performance from the 1996/1997 season for all bowlers and a significant decrease in bowling performance among the specialist bowlers. there is no clear reason why their bowling performance would decrease over the 12 years. however, it is possible that the decrement in performance from 1996 to 2008 is a result of good bowling performances in the 1996/1997 and 1997/1998 seasons that were never matched again. further investigation into the possible causes of the decrement in performance is required. conclusion the transformation process has been fairly effective in increasing the number of black players. the performance of coloured/indian batsmen and black african bowlers is on a par with that of whites. however, the major concern is that there are few specialist black african batsmen participating in 4-day provincial cricket and that their batting performance is below standard. if this imbalance is addressed, south african provincial team selection could be purely on merit with no reference to race. acknowledgements i would like to thank professor simeon davies, miss bridget parr and miss zizonke sigodi for their assistance and advice with regard to this article. a special thanks to mrs corrie uys for her assistance with the statistics. references 1. adams z. arendse on the nel/langeveldt fiasco. the cape times 30 may 2008:27. 2. cowley j. apartheid, not the ruling regime, brought race into south africa. new statesman 7 february 2005:59. 20 25 30 35 40 45 white (r2= 0.16, r= -0.4, p= 0.2) b ow li n g a ve ra ge (r un s/ w ic ke ts ) 20 25 30 35 40 45 coloured/indian (r2= 0.32, r= 0.56, p= 0.06) b ow li n g a ve ra ge (r un s/ w ic ke ts ) 20 25 30 35 40 45 black african (r 2= 0.01, r= -0.11, p= 0.73) 1996/ 1998/ 2000/ 2002/ 2004/ 2006/ 2008/ 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 season b ow li n g a ve ra ge (r un s/ w ic ke ts ) b o w li n g a v er ag e (r u n s/ w ic k et s) b o w li n g a v er ag e (r u n s/ w ic k et s) b o w li n g a v er ag e (r u n s/ w ic k et s) fig. 5. regression analysis of the median bowling performance across the 12 seasons. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 1996/ 1998/ 2000/ 2002/ 2004/ 2006/ 2008/ 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 season white coloured/indian black african sp ec ia li st b ow le rs ' b ow li n g a ve ra ge (r un s/ w ic ke t) s p ec ia li st b o w le rs ' b o w li n g a v er ag e (r u n s/ w ic k et s) fig. 6. comparison of the median bowling performances of the different racial populations across the 12 seasons for the specialist bowlers. sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 161 3. main b. colour-coded proteas choice is black and white for some but a grey area for others. goal coast bulletin 16 december 2008:53. 4. kirsch r. welcome to the world medical association. s afr med j 2006;96:1003-1005. 5. sheldon t, parker h. race and ethnicity in health research. j public health med 1992;14:104-110. 6. broad-based black economic empowerment act no. 53, 2003. http:// www.info.gov.za/view/downloadfileaction?id=68031 (accessed 6 august 2009). 7. parliamentary monitoring group. cricket sa: transformation policy: selection of national cricket team. http://www.pmg.org.za/report/20080226cricket-sa-transformation-policy-selection-national-cricket-team (accessed 10 september 2008). 8. parliamentary monitoring group. cricket sa: transformation policy: selection of national cricket team. transformation background. http://www. pmg.org.za/files/docs/080226csa.pdf (accessed 6 october 2008). 9. the united cricket board of south africa. mission: the principles, aims and objectives of the ucb. http://static.cricinfo.com/db/national/rsa/ about_the_ucb/ (accessed 10 september 2009). 10. parliamentary monitoring group. united cricket board of south africa: briefing. http://www.pmg.org.za/minutes/20010910-united-cricket-boardsouth-africabriefing (accessed 6 august 2009). 11. ucbsa presentation group. presentation by the united cricket board of south africa to the parliamentary portfolio committee on sports and recreation. http://www.pmg.org.za/docs/2002/appendices/020903ucb. ppt (accessed 6 august 2009). 12. smith j, fredericks g, basson w, nyoka m, tshoma k. transformation in cricket: report submitted to the honourable minister of sport and recreation, mr n balfour. http://www.info.gov.za/otherdocs/2002/cricket. pdf (accessed 6 march 2009). 13. cricket south africa. mission and vision. http://www.cricket.co.za/mission-and-vision.html (accessed 11 june 2009). 14. shillinglaw al. bradman revisited, the legacy of sir donald bradman. manchester: the parrs wood press, 2003. 15. coetzer p, noakes td, sanders b, et al. superior fatigue resistance of black south african distance runners. j appl physiol 1993;75:18221827. 16. taliep ms, gray j, gibson asc, calder s, lambert mi, noakes td. the effects of a 12-over bowling spell on bowling accuracy and pace in cricket 162 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 original research 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 a simulated rugby match protocol induces physiological fatigue without decreased individual scrummaging performance a green, 1 phd, s kerr, 1 phd, b olivier, 2 phd, r meiring, 1 phd, c dafkin, 1 msc, w mckinon, 1 phd 1movement physiology research laboratory, school of physiology, university of the witwatersrand, south africa 2wits physiotherapy movement analysis laboratory, school of therapeutic sciences, university of the witwatersrand, south africa corresponding author: a green (andrewcraiggreen@gmail.com) the game of rugby is a high-impact sport where bouts of considerable high-intensity effort are interspersed with periods of explosive sprints, active recovery and passive recovery. [1] within a competitive match, a player can cover a distance of more than 5000 m at various velocities. [1] this exertion requires players to have a high level of endurance fitness and efficient physiological mechanisms to endure highintensity collisions and maintain effective technique in all the specialised aspects of the game. both psychological [2] and physiological, [2-5] markers of fatigue have been shown to increase following competitive rugby games. specifically, an increase in words associated with mental fatigue, selected from the profile of mental state, has been reported upon match completion. [2] regarding the objective measures of the physiological manifestation of fatigue, increased concentrations of blood metabolites, including blood urea [2] and blood creatine kinase activity, [2-5] which indicate change in metabolism and muscle damage respectively, have been previously used to identify the metabolic effects of fatigue. the individual demands of playing rugby are related to the players’ positions, [1] with backs required to participate in dynamic endurance events compared to the forwards’ moderately static, high intensity activities. [1] the scrum is a specific and major component to the game of rugby union. a scrum requires eight players (forwards) from each team to bind together to compete in a physical push for possession of the ball. [6] although much of the dynamics of the force production in a scrum as a whole is yet to be revealed, the production of individual scrummaging force is thought to be related to anthropometrical, [6] physiological [6,7] as well as biomechanical factors. [8] specific assessment of physiological factors related to individual scrummaging force production has been previously related to anaerobic power [6] and the isometric strength of the legs and back. [6,7] an electromyographic evaluation reported that the quadriceps which lower back muscle activity [7] are the biggest contributors to scrummaging force production. the purpose of this study was therefore to identify the effect of simulated fatigue on an individual’s scrummaging technique and performance. it was hypothesised firstly, that individual scrummaging forces would decline as a result of the match simulation, and secondly, that individual scrummaging kinematics would be negatively affected. methods participants twelve university-level playing forwards (body mass 106.2±13.3 kg, stature 179.5±8.4 cm) had individual scrum kinetics and kinematics measured prior to and following a simulated rugby match protocol. study approval was given by the human research ethics committee of the university of the witwatersrand (m131019) and written informed consent was obtained from the participants prior to the study. study design the study was a simulation design, conducted in the preseason (four weeks prior to the start of the inter-varsity tournament), with the squad training consisting of eight field sessions and four gym sessions per week. the match simulation was performed following the midweek rest day, replacing one of the week’s gym sessions. individual scrummaging kinetics and kinematics individual scrummaging forces were collected using an individual scrummaging ergometer at 160 hz. the accuracy of the ergometer has been reported, with good agreement in mass background: a rugby union game consists of 80 minutes of strenuous exertion. forwards are required to participate in the arduous activity of scrummaging throughout a game. objectives: the purpose of this study was to identify whether rugby-match simulated fatigue modified individual scrummaging technique and reduced performance. methods: twelve forwards (body mass 106.2±13.3 kg; stature 179.5±8.4 cm) had individual scrum kinetics and kinematics assessed prior to and following a protocol that simulated a rugby match. the simulated rugby match protocol required participants to run at various velocities and perform rugby specific tasks. rating of perceived exertion (rpe) was assessed using a 6-20 borg scale and visual analogue scale (vas). blood lactate, heart rate and rpe were measured prior to, at mid-point and after the simulated game, while markers of muscle damage (blood creatine kinase activity (ck) and urea) were measured prior to and following the protocol. results: rpe (p<0.0001) and vas (p<0.0001) showed significant increases between the preand post-simulation values. of the physiological markers, heart rate (p<0.0001) and blood urea concentration (p=0.004) increased following the match simulation. no significant differences were observed for blood ck (p=0.281), individual scrummaging forces (p=0.433) or in the kinematic variables following the protocol. while physiological fatigue and subjective ratings of physiological fatigue may develop during a rugby simulation, no differences were observed in peak forces or in body kinematics at peak force. conclusion: physiological fatigue does not influence individual scrummaging performance and technique. keywords: exertion, kinetics, kinematics, simulation s afr j sports med 2017;29:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1701 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1701 original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 loading and centre of pressure location determination. [9] the vertical and horizontal centre of pressure positions of the peak force and the scalar distance of the peak force from the centre of the scrum ergometer were calculated. all kinematics were collected simultaneously to the individual scrummaging kinetics using an 18 camera system recording at 100 hz [optitrack flex:v100r2 (natural point inc., corvallis, oregon, usa)] using amass software (c-motion germantown, maryland, usa). a measurement volume of approximately 12 m3 was calibrated around the scrummaging ergometer, in the area of scrummaging using a conventional wand method, until submillimetre error was established. custom written algorithms were used to analyse body positions as derived from raw marker location data in matlab 7 (mathworks, natick, massachusetts, usa). subjective ratings of physiological fatigue the individual’s rating of perceived exertion (rpe) and subjective rating of physiological fatigue were collected using a 6-20 borg scale [10] and a 100 mm visual analogue scale (vas), respectively. the vas used the terms ‘not exhausted (well-rested)’ as the lower anchor and ‘most exhausted ever experienced’ as the upper anchor. data for both ratings of physiological fatigue were collected prior to, at half-time and following the simulated rugby match protocol. objective measures of physiological fatigue heart rate was measured electrocardiographically using a powerlab 26t (adi instruments, 26t, australia) and calculated as the number of r-r intervals within one minute. surface electrocardiograph electrodes were placed on the wrists bilaterally and grounded on the right calf muscles. blood samples were collected via a finger prick using a spring-loaded lance (soft-clix pro, roche basel switzerland). all samples were analysed immediately following their collection. blood lactate was analysed using a portable blood lactate meter (lactate pro 2, arkray, kyoto, japan). blood creatine kinase activity (ck) and urea were analysed using a reflotron (roche, roche basel switzerland). the reflotron was calibrated using the manufacturer’s specified procedure. body mass was measured using a standardised digital scale (tanita bc1000plus, tanita corporation of america inc, usa). height was measure using a standardised stadiometer. procedure participants undertook a guided warm-up that included active and passive stretching and self-determined submaximal sprints (40-60% maximum) as they would prior to a match. additionally, they went through one cycle of the simulated rugby match protocol to familiarise themselves with the procedures. the simulated rugby match protocol was based on the bath university rugby shuttle test (burst). [11] this rugby match simulation requires players to run at various speeds, and perform tasks specific to an 80-minute rugby union game: rucks, mauls and scrums (table 1). minor alterations were made to the burst; two participants were tested simultaneously (ran the same cycles in the allotted time) and acted as opposition in the rugby tasks detailed below. secondly, the number of physical collisions between the two simultaneously tested individuals were safely increased. rucks were performed using a tackle shield (gilbert, grays of cambridge (int) ltd, east sussex, united kingdom) which the defender held while the attacking player completed the tackle, remained on his feet without releasing the defender, and maintained a steady leg drive for five metres. mauls were statically simulated and required the attacker to gain possession of the rugby ball by wrestling it from the defender. the defender was required to retain ball position for up to seven seconds. scrums were performed one-on-one with a passive binding engagement procedure (shoulder to shoulder), where the defending player was instructed to actively resist the attacking player, while the attacking player attempted to maximally push the defender backwards for five metres. players would alternate between attacking and defending during each task unit. the participants had a halftime break of 10 minutes following the eighth cycle, during which they were given 500 ml of water. individual scrummaging kinetics and kinematics, subjective measures of physiological fatigue (vas and rpe), heart rate and blood urea, lactate and ck concentrations were analysed before and within ten minutes after the match simulation protocol. in addition, blood lactate, vas and rpe and heart rate were collected at half-time. data reduction scrummaging back flexion was calculated as the degree of flexion between the lower and middle back around the tenth thoracic vertebra (fig. 1). the angles of the hips were calculated as the angle between the back vector (mid-hip joint centre to mid-scapula) and the femur vector (hip joint centre to knee joint centre). bilateral knee and ankle flexions were calculated as the angle of flexion between the vectors of the femur and the shank (knee joint centre to ankle joint centre), and the angle of flexion between the vectors of the shank and the foot (ankle joint centre to toe), respectively. angles of 180° indicated a straight back and full extension of the hip and knee, respectively. statistical analysis all data were tested for normality (shapiro-wilk test). all normally distributed variables are represented as mean ± standard deviations. the vas scores and heart rates were analysed using a one-way repeated-measures anova. body mass, blood ck, urea, and individual scrummaging kinetics table 1. tasks performed during the 16 individual cycle units of the match simulation. cycle unit tasks* distance speed 1. forward walk 20 m 20% maximal sprint 2. stop and turn 3. cruise 20 m 60% maximal sprint 4. stop and turn 5. jog 10 m 40% maximal sprint 6. rugby task competed against opponent † 7. backwards jog 10 m 40% maximal sprint * cycle units were repeated 16 times; † simulated ruck, maul or scrum original research 3 sajsm vol. 29 2017 and kinematics were assessed using paired t-tests. the distributions of blood lactate and rpe values are represented as median ± interquartile range and were assessed using a friedman test. all statistical analyses were performed in graphpad prism 5 (graphpad, san diego, california, usa) using a significance level p<0.05. effect sizes [12] were determined using cohen’s d and interpreted using: trivial 0≤d<0.2; small 0.2≤d<0.6; moderate 0.6≤d<1.2; large 1.2≤d<2.0; very large 2.0≤d<4.0. results subjective ratings and objective measures of physiological fatigue the rpe measured using the 6-20 borg scale (table 2) increased between the start and half-time (d=2.3) and between the start and end of the match simulation (d=3.6). no significant difference was observed in the rpe between the half-time point and the end point (d=1.0). the second subjective marker for physiological fatigue, the vas, increased significantly between the start and half-time (d=0.98), the start and end (d=1.9), and half-time and end (d=0.7) of the match simulation. heart rates were shown to significantly increase between the start and half-time (d=3.4) and start and end (d=4.0) of the match simulation, but not increase between the half-time and end points (d=0.3). assessing the objective physiological fatigue markers (table 2), blood lactate was significantly higher at half-time compared to the start (d=1.0), but no significant difference was reported between the start and end (d=0.7) or between the half-time point and end point (d=0.2) of the match simulation. there was no significant difference in ck immediately following the simulated rugby match protocol (d=0.4). a significant increase in blood urea was observed following the simulated rugby match protocol (d=1.0). body mass was significantly reduced from 106.2±13.3 kg to 105.0±12.9 kg following the rugby match simulation protocol (p<0.001; d=0.1). effect of fatigue on scrummaging kinetics and kinematics the force magnitudes, peak force centre of pressure positions and peak force position distance from centre are reported in table 3. the paired t-tests showed that individual peak forces, positional distance from the centre of the ergometer, horizontal or vertical force positions were not significantly different following the simulated rugby match. effect sizes of the kinetic measurements are considered to be trivial. there were no significant differences in the lower limb and back kinematics following the simulated rugby match protocol (table 3). effect sizes following the simulated rugby match protocol are considered to be within the range from trivial to small for the lower limb and back kinematics. discussion it was expected that individual scrummaging forces would decline as a result of the match simulation; however, no significant differences were observed in the scrum kinetic parameters. secondly it was hypothesised that the individual scrummaging technique (kinematics) would be negatively affected following the rugby match simulation protocol. contrary to the expectations of the authors and despite the evident physiological fatigue, no differences were observed in the kinematic variables following the match protocol. subjective ratings of physiological fatigue were recorded in the current study using two different subjectively reported scales, both of which showed a marked increase (very large effect size) in perceived effort. mashiko et al. [2] showed how a competitive rugby game can induce physical and mental fatigue. the results of the present study agreed with the former and others [11] with ratings of perceived exertion increasing as the duration of match simulations progresses. there were progressive increases in the subjective ratings of physiological fatigue (vas) and an increased heart rate between the start and half-time and the start and the end of the simulation. the change in heart rates corresponds with observations made in the development of the burst. [11] while heart rates were shown to increase during the protocol, the heart rates in the current study were lower than those noted by roberts et al. [11] namely, 158 beats per minute. these lower values for the heart rates may have been as a result from the electrocardiography used in this study (as compared to heart rate monitors, which fig. 1. kinematic definitions of variables in the starting position from the sagittal view. all variables are calculated bilaterally. a. back flexion, b. bilateral hip extension, c. bilateral knee flexion, d. bilateral ankle flexion. table 2. the rating of perceived exertion, heart rate and blood lactate, creatine kinase activity and urea concentrations at three time points during a rugby match simulation protocol (n=12) time point collection fatigue measurements pre halftime post mean (±sd) mean (±sd) mean (±sd) borg scale rating (au)*†‡ 6.5 (±3) 13.0 (±4) 16.5 (±5) visual analogue scale (mm)†‡§ 31 (±26) 56 (±24) 71 (±21) heart rate (beats/min)†‡ 75 (±11) 111 (±22) 117 (±21) blood lactate (mmol/l)*† 1.8 (±1.6) 3.5 (±3.6) 2.9 (±3.3) blood creatine kinase activity (u/l) 203.8 (±191.7) n/a 278.1 (±212.1) blood urea (mg/dl)‡ 34.6 (±11.5) n/a 46.5 (±12.9) *borg scale rating and blood lactate concentration are represented as median ± interquartile range au arbitrary units; n/a not analysed at this time point; † significantly different between pre and half time (p<0.05); ‡ significantly different between pre and post (p<0.05); § significantly different between half time and post (p<0.05) original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 4 may include some degree of electromyographic artefact). the heart rates reported by the roberts et al. [11] study were collected as the mean for the five minute duration throughout the simulation, whereas the heart rate measured in the current study was only collected as single short-duration measurements, with the participants seated prior to, during the half-time break and following the simulation. further differences may be related to the fitness levels of the participants in the various studies and as a result of the modified burst protocol used in the current study. in the current study blood lactate was significantly increased from before exertion to half-time, but not from half-time to post exertion or preto post exertion. even though lactate significantly increased from before exertion to half-time the concentration never went above the onset of the blood lactate accumulation threshold of 4 mmol/l. it is likely that the simulation consisted of more endurance tasks than explosive tasks and that the intensive static components were equally dispersed by active and passive recovery intervals. roberts et al. [11] reported higher peak blood lactate levels during the burst (4.4-4.6 mmol/l) compared to the half-time blood lactate values in the current study. the discrepancies in the blood lactate measurements are likely a result of the timing of blood collection. the burst study only reported peak lactate value after 20 minutes [11] whereas the current study reported the half-time value and not as a peak value. if the peak lactate occurred prior to this time it would have been missed, giving the participants the opportunity to metabolise the lactate. lactate [3] and lactate dehydrogenase [2] have been reported to be increased following a competitive rugby game recent data from morel et al. [13] would dispute that the static components of rugby are solely responsible for the increased blood lactate. they reported increases in blood lactate following scrum repetitions; however, the increase appears to be progressively lower in scrummaging compared to simulated mauling and sprinting. [13] while the match simulation may emulate the tasks performed during a rugby match, it cannot simulate the intensity of a match. it is likely that the discrepancies are related to match intensity and the number of collisions resulting in muscle trauma and muscle breakdown. significantly higher blood lactate concentrations have been reported in contact simulations compared to non-contact simulations. [14] however, it must be stressed that a direct comparison between contact simulations, repeated efforts and the tasks of the current study are not equally comparable and will undoubtedly affect the development of physiological fatigue. physical contact in a rugby game is known to cause somatic blunt trauma and results in markers of muscle damage being released into the blood. [2-4] creatine kinase activity (an intramuscular enzyme and therefore a marker of muscle damage) is known to significantly increase in the plasma following a game of rugby. [2-5] the increase has been attributed to the physical impacts between players, specifically in the tackle [3] and scrum [4] and is thought to be related to the intensity of collisions. [2,5] however, in the current study ck did not increase following the simulated match protocol. the simulated game, while incorporating physical contact, was likely to include considerably lower impact collisions (less than those experienced during an actual game). this was to ensure player safety and was deemed safe to have live one-onone scrummaging drills instead of a scrum sled. however, rucks and mauls had to be safely simulated using a cushioned tackle shield. these safety alterations undoubtedly affected the production of ck. furthermore, this lack of difference may be due to the physiological pathways by which ck presents in the blood. ck is released into the interstitial fluid resulting from muscle damage and is transported by the lymphatic system back into the blood for clearance. [4] previous studies have shown how ck normally peaks 24 hours after a rugby game. [3,5] the lack of an obvious increase in ck would tend to suggest that substantial muscle damage may not have been the cause of the subjective fatigue observed in this study, and that metabolic fatigue (blood urea and blood lactate) may have been the cause of the subjective fatigue. another metabolite known to increase with a bout of table 3. individual peak forces, centre of pressure scalar distance from centre, horizontal centre of pressure positions and vertical centre of pressure positions and individual scrummaging kinematics before and after a rugby match simulation protocol (n=12) time point collection pre post mean (±sd) mean (±sd) difference p value cohen’s d kinetic measurements peak force (n) 1720 (±363) 1679 (±355) -40.2 0.43 0.11 peak force distance from centre (m) 0.36 (±.08) 0.37 (±.07) 0.0037 0.86 0.05 peak force horizontal position (m) 0.012 (±.016) 0.016 (±.026) 0.0042 0.67 0 peak force vertical position (m) -0.36 (±.08) -0.37 (±.07) -0.0032 0.88 0.04 kinematic measures back flexion (°) 169.9 (±6.3) 170.7 (±5.4) 0.8 0.91 0.14 right hip extension (°) 107.3 (±30.4) 120.7 (±24.4) 13.4 0.15 0.49 left hip extension (°) 98.5 (±35.1) 113.9 (±33.8) 15.4 0.25 0.45 right knee flexion (°) 54.9 (±11.3) 46.7 (±22.1) -8.2 0.3 0.47 left knee flexion (°) 57.2 (±20.9) 52.2 (±21.6) -4.9 0.53 0.23 right ankle flexion (°) 90.6 (±16.6) 87.2 (±17.1) -3.4 0.62 0.2 left ankle flexion (°) 87.2 (±19.1) 90.1 (±11.2) 2.9 0.51 0.19 original research 5 sajsm vol. 29 2017 fatiguing exercise is blood urea. [2] greater blood urea concentrations have been reported following competitive rugby. [2] in rugby players an increase in blood urea was reported in the forward players and was attributed to the contact and type of game play experienced by these players. [2] similarly the blood urea concentration was shown to significantly increase over the simulated rugby match in the present study. the rugby match simulation protocol resulted in a reduction in body mass, similar to that seen in the burst (1kg in both tests). [11] the individuals’ body masses are known to be related to the individual scrum force. [6,7] therefore it was expected that the scrummaging force would decrease. however, the reduction in body mass was considered to have a trivial effect size, mainly due to the acute loss of water and not muscle mass. furthermore, there was no difference between the individual scrummaging forces prior or following the rugby match simulation protocol. the development of individual scrummaging force, however, is not solely reliant on the body mass of the individual, but is related to technique. [8] the individuals managed to attain a similar peak force before and following the simulated rugby match (effect size: trivial); however, this is in contrast to the results of morel et al. [13] their study showed that an increase in the number of scrum repetitions reduced the individual scrummaging forces. [13]. jougla et al. [15] reported no differences between the peak forces following a rugby-specific repeated sprint protocol. these two studies suggest that scrum performance is reduced by successive scrummaging attempts and not repeated sprints. it was expected that the peak scrummaging forces would be reduced following the match simulation since scrummaging is comparable with other measures of strength, [6] which have displayed a fatigue-related decline in magnitude. their intrinsic ability to maintain a competitive scrummaging force may be developed over years of training, or the lack in difference might be due to the different impact nature of sprinting or jumping as compared to the high impact nature of scrummaging. the unchanging nature of scrummaging technique may, however, support the former explanation. the resulting kinematics of the lower limbs showed that the individuals used a similar body position when applying peak force, regardless of their fatigued state. no significant difference was observed in either the peak individual forces or the body kinematics at peak force and their effect size ranged from trivial to small. known correlates of individual scrummaging peak force are the extension of the hips, knees and flexion of the ankles. [8] sharp et al. [7] reasoned that the lack of relationships between muscular activities and individual peak forces during engagement were due to a similar body position and engagement pattern used by the players. although the relationship between muscular activity and engagement forces was not investigated in the current study, the individual kinematics did not vary, possibly as a result of similar binding and individual scrummaging styles before and after the match simulation. therefore these authors assume that the resistance to change of the scrummaging technique (kinematics) to fatigue appears to be a consistent finding, similar to those by sharp et al. [7] however, further investigation into scrummaging technique and the development of fatigue is required. limitations the current study is limited by the small sample size of amateur rugby players. inclusion of additional markers of physiological fatigue and performance outcomes, such as vertical jump and sprint times would have been beneficial in identifying a decline in physical performance. in addition, the match simulation protocol may have been unable to accurately replicate a competitive match, particularly the number and intensity of collisions. it should also be noted that it is possible that fatigue during actual game play may differ from the fatigue of a simulated match such as performed here. thus more direct measures of direct match-derived fatigue may be warranted to confirm these findings. finally, greater use of the scrummaging ergometer during the match simulation could have highlighted smaller significant changes within specific parts of the match simulation. conclusion while the participants were clearly in a state of fatigue, no differences were observed in the magnitude of their peak forces or in the body kinematics at peak force. the lack of difference in the peak force despite the fatigue may suggest that individual strategies for attaining peak force are resistant to fatigue but may be multifactorial and require a more in-depth analysis. practical implications  increased perceived exertion or match-simulated fatigue does not reduce individual scrummaging force.  technically, scrummaging performance is unaffected by match-related fatigue.  due to the lack of difference in technical and physical scrummaging performances, substituting scrummaging players based solely on scrummaging performance is not recommended. acknowledgments: the authors express their gratitude to liz chase, from wits sports administration, for her assistance and the willing participants from the wits rugby club. this work was supported by the national research foundation under grant uid 83772; university of the witwatersrand, faculty of research committee individual research grant under grant 0012548521101512110500000000000000004992. references 1. quarrie kl, hopkins wg, anthony mj, et al. positional demands of international rugby union: evaluation of player actions and movements. j sci med sport 2013; 16, 353-359. [doi:10.1016/j.jsams.2012.08.005] 2. mashiko t, umeda t, nakaji s, et al. position related analysis of the appearance of and relationship between post-match physical and mental fatigue in university rugby football players. br j sports med 2004; 38:617–621. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2003.007690] 3. takarada y. evaluation of muscle damage after a rugby match original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 6 with special reference to tackle plays. br j sports med 2003; 37:416–419. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.37.5.416] 4. smart dj, gill nd, beaven cm, et al. the relationship between changes in interstitial creatine kinase and game-related impacts in rugby union. br j sports med 2008; 42:198-201. [doi: 10.1136/bjsm.2007.040162] 5. mclellan cp, lovell di, gass gc. biochemical and endocrine responses to impact and collision during elite rugby league. j strength cond res 2011; 25:1553-1562. [doi:10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181db9bdd] 6. quarrie, kl, wilson bd. force production in the rugby union scrum. j sports sci 2000; 18:237-246. [doi:/10.1080/026404100364974] 7. sharp t, halak m, greene a et al. an emg assessment of front row rugby union scrummaging. int j perf anal sport 2014; 14:225-237. [http://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/uwic/ujpa/2014/000 00014/00000001/art00021] 8. wu wl, chang jj, wu jh, et al. an investigation of rugby scrummaging posture and individual maximum pushing force. j strength cond res 2007; 21:251–258. [doi:10.1519/r19235.1] 9. green a, kerr s, dafkin c, et al. the calibration and application of an individual scrummaging ergometer. sports eng 2016; 19: 59-69. [doi:10.1007/s12283-015-0188-0] 10. borg g. perceived exertion as an indicator of somatic stress. scandiv j rehabil med 1970; 2:92–98. [pmid: 5523831] 11. roberts sp, stokes ka, weston l, et al. the bath university rugby shuttle test (burst): a pilot study. int j sports physiol perform 2010; 5:64-74. [doi. org/10.1123/ijspp.5.1.64] 12. hopkins wg. a scale of magnitudes for effect statistics: a new view of statistics.2002. available at: http://sportsci.org/resource/stats/effectmag.html. accessed 20 november 2015. 13. morel b, rouffet dm, bishop dj, et al. fatigue induced by repeated maximal efforts is specific to the rugby task performed. int j sports sci coach 2015; 10:11-20. [doi:org.10.1260/1747-9541.10.1.11] 14. mullen t, highton j, twist c. the internal and external responses to a forward-specific rugby league simulation protocol performed with and without physical contact. int j sport perform physiol 2015; 10:746-753. [doi:10.1123/ijspp.2014-0609] 15. jougla a, micallef jp, mottet d. effects of active vs. passive recovery on repeated rugby-specific exercises. j sci med sport 2010; 13:350–355. [doi:10.1016/j.jsams.2009.04.004] issn 1015-5163 www.sajsm.org.za sports medicine the south african journal of a peer reviewed publication of the south african sports medicine association volume 26 | number 1 | april 2014 http://www.sajsm.org.za 12 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 introduction golf is a popular sport played worldwide by people of all ages and skill levels. part of the appeal of golf is that there are no gender, skill or age limits to participation. golf participation rates vary across all age ranges and are high in the older age groups. this is partly due to the fact that those in the older/retired population have more leisure time to pursue activities and the fact that golf is low impact with a general aerobic component, which makes it a perfect recommendation for practitioners wanting their patients to exercise. golf is a popular option as it also provides social interaction and can be played at all skill levels due to its handicap system. additionally, for those people who like to remain active and competitive as they age, golf is a popular option. although uncommon, injuries do occur whilst playing golf. considering the popularity of golf, both in terms of participation and spectator rates, it is surprising that there have been only a few small studies on golf injury. gosheger et al. 8 reported that most of our understanding of golf injuries relies on two publications produced by mccarroll et al. 13 in 1990 and batt in 1992, 4 and one produced over 20 years ago by mccarroll and gioe. 14 the aims of this study were to determine the golf-related injury locations among amateur golfers across australia, to examine the common injury mechanisms in golf, and to determine if factors such as age, gender and skill level affect injury rates. as golf-related injury occurs frequently in the golf swing, this study also attempted to ascertain the golf swing phase during which most injuries occur. methods survey design a survey questionnaire comprising 53 questions was developed to collect data for the study. information was collected on age, gender, skill level, level of self-rated golfing importance, play/practice habits, type of warm-up and conditioning habits, golf-related injury in the previous 12 months, tuition, mode of club transport, and age and cost of equipment. for the purpose of this study, a golf-related injury was defined as any condition sustained during the playing/practising of golf that stopped play/practice, impeded normal performance or required medical treatment including over-the-counter medication such as analgesics, non-steroidal anti-inflammatories original research article the epidemiology of golf-related injuries in australian amateur golfers – a multivariate analysis a mchardy (bmedsc, mchiro, graddipchiro (paed), phd (cand))1 h pollard (bsc, graddc, graddipappsc, msportssc, phd)1 k luo (beng, mapplstat, phd)2 1 macquarie injury management group, department of health and chiropractic, macquarie university, sydney, australia 2 department of statistics, macquarie university, sydney, australia abstract objective. to perform an epidemiological study in order to determine the golf-related injury locations, injury rates and possible risk factors for golf injury in amateur golfers across australia. method. a retrospective cross-sectional survey of australian golf club members was used to collect data for the study. chi-square testing was used to evaluate the association between golf injury and each possible risk factor at univariate level. all the possible risk factors were further examined in multivariate analysis using logistical regression. results. there were 1 634 golfers included in the present study. of these, 288 reported having had one or more golfrelated injuries in the previous year. the most common injury location was the lower back (25.3%), followed by the elbow (15.3%) and shoulder (9.4%). the most common injury mechanism was poor technique in execution of the golf swing (44.8%). age, warm-up status, conditioning habits, wearing a golf glove/s and injury acquired in other sports / activities were significantly associated with risk of golf injury (p < 0.05). equipment use such as type of golf club shaft used, type of shoes used and other factors studied were not statistically significant. conclusion. the most injured sites identified in this study were the lower back, elbow and shoulder respectively. risk of injury during golfing varied according to age group, warm-up status, conditioning habits, whether the player wore a golf glove/s, and whether the golfer had been injured in other activities. correspondence: a mchardy po box 448 cronulla nsw 2230 australia e-mail: golfinjury@optusnet.com.au pg12-19.indd 12 4/4/07 10:30:08 am pg12-19.indd 13 4/4/07 10:30:08 am 14 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 or liniments. as such, an injury was recorded if any of the three criteria were applicable. golfers who had sustained an injury in the past 12 months were asked further questions, including questions on injury onset, injury mechanism, previous history of injury, and whether treatment was sought after injury. ethics approval for this study was obtained through macquarie university. an envelope containing a cover letter stating the purpose of the study, an information/consent form, the survey and a reply-paid envelope was mailed to each member of golf clubs agreeing to participate in the study. statistical analysis each factor (e.g. age, skill level, gender, etc.) was first examined in relation to risk of golf-related injury (i.e. injury of any body site) in the univariate analysis. chi-square testing and contingency tables were used to evaluate the association between golf-related injury status, injured vs. non-injured, and each possible risk factor studied at the univariate level. factors that appeared to be important in the univariate analyses were further examined in multivariate analysis using logistical regression. 11 odds ratios and 95% confidence intervals were used to measure the strength of association between each risk factor studied, and injury. an odds ratio of 1 meant no association, i.e. the two groups compared had a similar risk of injury. if a 95% confidence interval did not contain the value of 1, this indicated that there was a statistically significant association between the risk factor studied and injury (less than 1 being a reduction in risk and greater than 1 an increased risk of injury). statistical analyses in the study were performed using the statistical software package spss (spss inc. chicago, illinois, usa), with a significance level of 5%. to determine how representative the respondents were of the australian golfing population, national handicap and male-to-female golfer distribution were compared with the data for respondents in this study. 2,3 results one thousand six hundred and thirty-four amateur golf players returned their survey forms from 10 clubs in australia (7 813 sent, response rate 21%). the average age of the 1 634 golfers was 55.2 ± 14.6 years. there were 318 females (19.5%) with an average age of 59.2 ± 12.2 years, and 1 316 males (80.5%) with an average age of 54.3 ± 15.3 years. the average handicap of female respondents was 26.3 ± 9.5, and of male respondents 18.1 ± 7.0. respondents reported that golf scored 7.4 out of 10 (± 1.9) in importance on a visual analogue scale (vas) (1 being not important, 10 being very important). a total of 288 golfers reported sustaining at least 1 injury in the past year. results analysing the 288 primary injuries were reported. the injury rates of men and women were the same (17.6%). in total, 73 golfers reported having sustained an injury to the lower back region (25.3%). in this cohort, the lower back was the most common injury site followed by the elbow (15.3%) and the shoulder (9.4%) (fig. 1). the most common mechanism of injury reported by golfers was a self-reported incorrect golf swing (44.8%), followed by overuse (25.3%) (fig. 2). regarding where in the golf swing the respondent felt that the injury occurred (fig. 3), 30.2% said the follow-through and 17.7% the downswing. those golfers who indicated ‘other’ in response to the question reported that more than 1 swing phase or specified impact and/or hitting the ground caused their injury, with impact-based injury accounting for 20% of all responses in the ‘other’ category and 6% of the overall injured golfers. a total of 57.3% of golfers who sustained an injury reported that the injury occurred over a period of time, while 46.9% of those who sustained injury reported having had a previous injury at the same injury site. golf was reported to have aggravated the injury in 72.2% of cases, while the injury was not aggravated by any activity in 14.9% of cases. almost 75% (74.7%) of those injured reported having sought treatment for their injury. of the practitioners sought, physiotherapists were sought most often (47.4%), followed by general practitioners (47.0%) and chiropractors (27.9%) (fig. 4). of the injured golfers, 4.9% reported to have stopped practising, 5.2% reported to have stopped playing, and 55.2% fig. 1. reported sites of golf injury (n = 288) in the previous 12 months. fig. 2. mechanism of injury in golfers. p e rc e n ta g e anism mechanism no response pg12-19.indd 14 4/4/07 10:30:13 am reported to have stopped both play and practice (table i). the most common length of time off practice was 2 3 weeks, followed by 1 2 weeks, while 14.5% reported having spent more than 12 weeks off practice following the injury (fig. 5). the most common length of time off from golf play was 1 2 weeks, followed by 2 3 weeks, while 12.1% reported having spent more than 12 weeks off practice following the injury (fig. 5). those variables that appeared significant in univariate analysis are presented in table ii. results showed that age, other sports / activities, golf club shafts used, glove use, golf shoe use, warm-up and conditioning habits and game / practice habits appeared significant. using multivariate analysis, these factors were further examined in relation to the risk of golf injury. the results including odds ratios and the corresponding 95% confidence intervals obtained from the multivariate analysis are presented in table iii. it was found that age remained significant after adjusting for all other factors in the multivariate analysis. golfers aged above 40 years had the highest risk: 40 59 years (or 5.7, 95% ci: 2.0 16.0), 60 69 years (or 5.4, 95% ci: 1.9 15.6), and 70+ years (or 4.4, 95% ci: 1.4 13.1), followed by those aged between 20 and 39 (or 3.8, 95% ci: 1.1 13.6), while the youngest group (under 20) had the lowest risk of injury. golfers who reported sustaining an injury in other sports or activity in the previous 12 months were more likely to have reported a golfrelated injury in the same period (or 2.2, 95% ci: 1.6 3.1). after adjusting for the other 2 warm-up variables (air swings, hitting balls), only range of motion exercises remained significant, showing a positive association with the risk of injury (or 1.6, 95% ci: 1.2 2.2). for conditioning activities, only golf-related strength work significantly increased risk of injury (or 2.7, 95% ci: 1.6 4.6). golf-specific stretching during the week was no longer significant after adjusting for golf practice activities, and general stretching and strength work were no longer significant after adjusting for golfspecific stretching and strength work in the same model. after adjusting for other golf practices, golf practices including chip-putt (p = 0.2), full shot (p = 0.4) and game play (p = 0.1) were no longer significant. the type of club shafts used by golfers was not significantly associated with injury (p = 0.05), although using steel irons / graphite woods or all graphite exhibited a greater risk of injury than all-steel shafts (or 1.8, 95% ci: 1.2 2.6 and or 1.6, 95% ci: 1.0 2.4 respectively). wearing golf gloves was associated with increased risk of injury compared with using no glove (left hand p = 0.02, 95% sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 15 table i. distribution of responses to the survey question ‘did your injury stop you playing / practising golf?’ injured players % n stopped practice only 4.9 14 stopped playing only 5.2 15 stopped both practice and play 55.2 159 did not stop me 32.3 93 no response 2.4 7 100.0 288 fig. 3. responses to the question ‘in what phase of the golf swing did the injury occur?’ (no response n = 32, backswing n = 29, downswing n = 51, follow-through n = 87, other n = 89, of which 18 at impact). backswing downswing follow through other no response fig. 4. practitioners sought by those who sustained an injury. is t fig. 5. time off reported by those golfers who stopped golf play / practice as a result of injury (n = 188). e pg12-19.indd 15 4/4/07 10:30:33 am 16 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 ci: 1.2 2.5, both hands p = 0.00. 95% ci: 2.3 11.7). in contrast, those who wore golf shoes with rubber ripples had significantly lower risk of injury compared with those wearing no golf shoes (p = 0.02, 95% ci: 0.2 0.9). discussion the golf literature suggests that the 3 most common injury sites are the lower back, elbow and wrist, with the shoulder as the fourth most common injury site. 4,13,14 this study agreed with the literature that the lower back was the most common site of golf injury, followed by the elbow, but the shoulder was injured more often than the wrist in this sample. potential reasons for the differences between the results of this study and the literature include that the sample size of previous studies was small. additionally, there was greater potential for recall bias in golfers sampled in the previous studies requiring information on injuries over a whole golfing career, rather than just in the previous year, as in this study. 15 the chance of recall bias increases with increased recall period. 22 the most common injury mechanism found in this study was poor technique in the execution of the golf swing (aberrant mechanics), which is in agreement with the findings in the literature. 4,13,14 the amateur golfer is more likely to have an aberrant swing pattern that could predispose to injury at a rate potentially greater than that of the professional golfer. 10 most golf injuries reported in this study occurred in the golf swing. to ascertain the golf swing phase where most injuries occurred, the swing was divided into several well-defined phases including backswing, downswing and follow-through. golfers who reported that they were injured ‘at impact’, formed a separate category (‘other’) together with those reported as injured in ways other than the three phases defined above. according to the literature, the follow-through phase is the most common phase in which injury occurs. 4,13,14 this phase occurs at the end of the swing, after the ball has been hit and the body is slowing in movement. this phase is associated with the eccentric action of the trunk rotators 16,20 and lumbar hyperextension depending on the golf swing type. 17 further study is required with regard to the influence of the golf swing on injury occurrence, particularly the follow-through phase. as shown in this study, a large proportion of injured golfers sought treatment with allied health practitioners such as physiotherapists, chiropractors, and massage therapists. this implies that hospital admission-based injury epidemiology studies, where hospital records are analysed for golf-related injury, are unlikely to reflect the actual occurrence of golfrelated injury and would be skewed to more serious injury. this observation was also made by fradkin and co-workers. 7 the present study also investigated the time off golf (i.e. lost to injury) among injured golfers following their injury. over half (55.2%) of those injured reported taking time off both play and practice and a further 5% took time off either practice or play. given that over 12% of golfers with injures had over 3 months off play or practice, and nearly one-quarter had over 6 weeks off, suggests that the severity of the average golf injury may be greater than generally acknowledged by the public. according to this study, golfers over the age of 40 years had the highest risk of injury. golfers in the 40 59-year and the 60 69-year age groups were over 5 times more likely to sustain an injury than golfers under the age of 20 years, table ii. summary of variables considered in multivariate analysis variable categories analysed age 0-20 20-29 30-39 40-59 60-69 70+ other sports / activities yes no club shafts all steel steel irons/graphite woods all graphite graphite irons/steel woods wear golf shoes no yes/plastic spikes yes/rubber ripples yes/metal spikes no response glove use no yes left hand yes right hand yes both hands warm-up habits no warm up air swing hit balls conditioning habits no general stretching golf-specific stretching general strengthening golf-specific strengthening game / practice habits chipping / putting 0-1 1+ full shot 0-1 1-2 2-3 3+ game play 0-9 holes 1-2 rounds 3 rounds 4+ rounds pg12-19.indd 16 4/4/07 10:30:33 am sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 17 with those over 70 years over 4 times more likely to injure themselves. the frequency of injury in golf may be due to the potential for a cumulative effect of injury as more than half of the injuries sustained were of insidious onset, and nearly half had been sustained previously (recurrent). those golfers who sustained a recurrent injury from participation and injury incurred in another sport / activity may have done so due to incomplete healing of a previous injury. such mechanical inefficiency due to the previous injury may have resulted in compensatory muscle activity and secondary muscle activation, altering the efficiency of the golf swing. this is a well-known injury factor, resulting in increased injury potential. a prospective cohort study could be used to further ascertain the relationship between swing mechanics and injury, using a representative sample of injury-free golfers. surprisingly, wearing golf gloves was associated with an increased risk of injury. golf gloves are designed and used to improve the grip on the club, reducing the risk of slippage through greater friction between the club and the glove. however, variable grip pressure has been noted during the golf swing, with change in the forearm flexor force during the swing. 5 change in grip pressure and positioning of the table iii. results summary from the multivariate analysis exp (b) 95.0% ci for true or variable p-value i.e. or lower coefficient age (0-20 baseline) 0.011 20-29 0.041 3.799 1.058 13.641 30-39 0.043 3.206 1.035 9.926 40-59 0.001 5.654 1.993 16.037 60-69 0.002 5.386 1.855 15.639 70+ 0.009 4.364 1.448 13.146 no response 0.686 1.455 0.236 8.952 injuries in other activity (yes vs no) 0.000 2.227 1.577 3.143 club shafts (all steel baseline) 0.055 steel irons/graphite woods 0.007 1.761 1.171 2.649 all graphite 0.034 1.569 1.036 2.376 graphite irons/steel woods 0.893 1.115 0.228 5.457 wear glove (0 = 'no' as baseline) 0.000 yes left hand 0.002 1.737 1.216 2.483 yes right hand 0.043 1.688 1.017 2.802 yes both hands 0.000 5.139 2.258 11.698 wear golf shoes (0 = 'no' as baseline) 0.082 yes/plastic spikes 0.186 0.633 0.321 1.247 yes/rubber ripples 0.022 0.420 0.200 0.882 yes/metal spikes 0.552 0.771 0.328 1.814 no response 0.128 0.418 0.136 1.285 play practice warm-up range (yes vs no) 0.001 1.627 1.228 2.154 during week condition golf strength (yes vs no) 0.000 2.669 1.563 4.556 chip-putt (≥ 1 vs 0 1) 0.237 1.280 0.850 1.926 frequency full shot practice (0-1 as baseline) 0.417 1-2 0.131 1.385 0.908 2.114 2-3 0.251 1.500 0.750 2.997 3+ 0.683 1.215 0.476 3.102 frequency game play (0-9 holes as baseline) 0.103 1-2 rounds 0.017 1.803 1.113 2.920 3 rounds 0.029 1.996 1.074 3.710 4+ rounds 0.210 1.664 0.751 3.688 pg12-19.indd 17 4/4/07 10:30:34 am 18 sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 forearm during the golf swing may lead to excessive cocontraction of the forearm extensors, potentially reducing the available range of motion to be exercised during the dynamic movement, thereby predisposing to increased eccentric muscle loading and injury. 18 variability in grip pressure may be related to injury rate and should be investigated further. an accepted tenet in sports medicine is that a warm-up can minimise or reduce injury rates. 26 however it is felt that whilst warm up prior to activity may be able to prevent muscular injuries, improper or excessive stretching and warming up can predispose to injury. 23 surprisingly, in this study range of motion exercises were associated with an increased risk of injury. often this type of activity includes bouncing the body through the movement when the tissues are cold, akin to ballistic stretching. it is now believed that ballistic stretching (i.e. bouncing) is associated with increased injury rates. 24 this predisposes the golfer who performs range of motion exercises to injury. those performing air swings and hitting the ball as part of a warm-up process did not increase the risk of injury compared with the no warm-up group. in this cohort, golfers appeared to be more responsive to these types of warm-up activities. further prospective investigation is required into the type of warm-up used (range of motion, air swings, hitting the ball, stretching), as well as how long and how often the warm-up exercises were performed prior to play in relation to injury generation. strength work, which was reported by respondents to be golf-specific, significantly increased the risk of injury, raising the question whether such activity benefits the golfer at all. as this survey was self-reporting of activity at a very cursory level, it is difficult to speculate why golf-related strengthening appeared to be associated with increased injury risk. it may not be causative at all and may constitute an aberrant statistical finding of association only. however, possible factors include overuse-related injuries and performing activities that are not conducive to improving the golf swing in terms of strength, speed or quality of movement; this may predispose players to injury due to the generation of incorrect muscle-firing patterns when compared with the ideal. univariate analysis found that the amount of chip-putt full shot practice and game play were significant in injury generation, with those who performed more activity in each group more likely to be associated with injury. however, after taking into account the potential for confounding, where the effect of one factor on an outcome is distorted by a second factor, it was found that play / practice habits were no longer significant. a limitation of the study was the self-reporting nature of the survey and reliance on the responder to answer questions correctly. this is particularly the case when asking about injury mechanism and when the injury occurred. whilst an aberrant swing as an injury mechanism was not identified by someone else (for example a golf professional), golfers have a basic concept of their golf swing. as such an individual would be able to determine that their golf-related injury was predisposed by their swing. in a similar way the golfer would be able to identify that the pain during his/her golf swing could be broadly categorised into the phases of the golf swing, viz. backswing, downswing and follow-through. the response rate achieved in this survey was 21%. compared with a 60% and over response rate, which is considered excellent, 22 this is a low value. many studies improve response rates by mailing multiple reminders / surveys to non-responders, which can increase response rates to over 70%, 1,25 but such studies generally involve smaller, discrete sample sizes and/ or very large budgets. it is likely that without large budgets, repeated national mail-out would be too costly. the accepted survey response rate for a single mail-out to a large sample size is 15 30%, 6,9,12,13,19 a range which the present study falls within. the primary concern with a low response rate remains how representative the respondents are of the population being examined. 21 however, a low response rate does not automatically imply that a non-representative sample has been selected. researchers appear more concerned about the likelihood of bias in the collection of the sample rather than the specific sample size in isolation. 1,25 analysis of the latest australian bureau of statistics data on sports participation and australian golf union data on average handicaps show that the present study achieved a comparable maleto-female breakdown ratio (82.2% vs 17.8% and 80.5% vs 19.5%) 2 and comparable handicaps (male 18.1 and female 27.5 compared with 18.1 and 26.3). 3 we conclude that our data appear to be reasonably representative of the general population of golfers. the above data will become baseline data for a prospective study that will determine the 1-year golf incidence rate in australian amateur golfers. conclusion this epidemiological investigation of golf injury found that the lower back, elbow and shoulder are the most commonly injured areas, and that these injuries were most likely caused by some part of the golf swing. three-quarters of all injured golfers sought treatment for their ailment. risk of injury during golfing varied according to age group, warm-up status, conditioning habits, whether the player wore a golf glove, and whether the golfer was injured in other sports/activities. golf is one of the most popular sports played by the older population and the general age and golf participation rate are still rising. this makes it important to do further study on golf injury incidence, mechanism, management and other related issues, which will assist the golfing community to reduce the risk of injuries associated with golf. references 1. asch da, jedrziewski mk, christakis na. response rates to mail surveys published in medical journals. j clin epidemiol 1997; 50:1129-36. 2. australian bureau of statistics. participation in sport and physical activities australia 2002. doc. no. 4177.0. canberra, act: australian government, 2002. 3. australian golf union. agu affiliated clubs membership statistics. may 2003. pg12-19.indd 18 4/4/07 10:30:34 am sajsm vol 19 no. 1 2007 19 4. batt me. a survey of golf injuries in amateur golfers. br j sports med 1992; 26: 63-5. 5. budney dr, bellow dg. evaluation of golf club control by grip pressure measurement. in: cochran aj, ed. proceedings of the world scientific congress of golf science and golf i. st. andrews, london, 9-13 july 1990: 30-35. 6. formoso g, moja l, nonino f, et al. clinical evidence: a useful tool for promoting evidence-based practice? bmc health serv res 2003; 3:24. 7. fradkin aj, cameron, pa, gabbe bj. golf injuries–common and potentially avoidable. j sci med sport 2005; 8: 163-70. 8. gosheger g, liem d, ludwig k, greshake o, winkelmann w. injuries and overuse syndromes in golf. am j sports med 2003; 31: 438-43. 9. greenwald r. brief assessment of children’s post-traumatic symptoms: development and preliminary validation of parent and child scales. research on social work practice 1999; 9:61-75. 10. hosea tm, gatt cj. back pain in golf. clinics in sports medicine 1996; 15: 37-53. 11. hosmer dw jun., lemeshow s. applied logistic regression. new york: wiley, 1989. 12. massett ha, greenup m, ryan ce, staples da, green ns, maibach ew. public perceptions about prematurity: a national survey. am j prev med 2003; 24:120-7. 13. mccarroll, retting ac, shelbourne kd. injuries in the amateur golfer. physician and sports medicine 1990; 18: 122-6. 14. mccarroll jr, gioe tj. professional golfers and the price they pay. physician and sports medicine 1982; 10: 64-70. 15. mchardy a, pollard h, luo k. golf injuries: a review of the literature. sports med 2006; 36: 171-87. 16. mchardy a, pollard h. muscle activity during the golf swing. br j sports med 2005; 39: 799-804. 17. mchardy a, pollard h, bayley g. a comparison of the modern and classic golf swing: a clinician’s perspective. south african journal of sports medicine 2006;18:80-92. 18. mogk jp, keir pj. the effects of posture on forearm muscle loading during gripping. ergonomics 2003; 46: 956-75. 19. nicholas j, reidy m, oleske d. an epidemiologic study of injury in golfers. journal of sport rehabilitation 1998; 7: 112-21. 20. pink m, perry j, jobe fw. electromyographic analysis of the trunk in golfers. am j sports med 1993; 21: 385-8. 21. portney lg, watkins mp. foundations of clinical research: applications to practice. 2nd ed. new jersey, nj: prentice hall health, 2000: 286. 22. portney lg, watkins mp. foundations of clinical research: applications to practice. 2nd ed. new jersey, nj: prentice hall health, 2000: 327. 23. safran mr, garrett we, seaber av. the role of warm-up in muscular injury prevention. am j sports med 1988; 16: 123-9. 24. shrier i, gossal k. myths and truths of stretching; individualized recommendations for healthy muscles. physician and sports medicine 2000; 28: 57. 25. stang a, jockel kh. studies with low response proportions may be less biased than studies with high response proportions. am j epidemiol 2004; 159: 204-10. 26. strickler t, malone t, garrett we. the effects of passive warming on muscle injury. am j sports med 1990; 18: 141-5. pg12-19.indd 19 4/4/07 10:30:35 am sajsm 502.indd original research sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 95 background. pain is the most common complaint for which patients seek the help of a physiotherapist. furthermore, pain has been identified as the fifth vital sign, indicating the attention with which physiotherapists should be assessing pain. previous studies have found deficits in pain knowledge among healthcare providers. poor knowledge about pain is recognised to lead to poor assessment ability, and subsequently, to poor pain management. objective. to investigate the pain knowledge of sports and orthopaedic manipulative physiotherapists in south africa (sa). methods. data were collected online by means of a demographic questionnaire and unruh’s revised pain knowledge and attitudes questionnaire (rpkaq). participants were members of the sports physiotherapy group and orthopaedic manipulative physiotherapy group of the south african society of physiotherapy. results. the mean score for the rpkaq was 65.5% (standard deviation (sd) ±8.6). only 14.45% of the physiotherapists scored ≥75%. lowest scores were obtained for the ‘assessment and measurement of pain’ (47.6%; sd ±15.6) and ‘developmental changes in pain perception’ (58.7%; sd ±20.8) sections of the rpkaq, while the highest mean score was obtained for the ‘physiological basis of pain’ section (76.8%; sd±14.6). gender, ethnicity (defined by home language), academic training and clinical experience did not contribute significantly to overall pain knowledge. conclusion. there is an inadequate level of pain knowledge among members of the sports and orthopaedic manipulative physiotherapy groups in sa, particularly in the areas of the assessment and measurement of pain, and developmental changes in pain perception. s afr j sm 2013;25(4):95-100. doi:10.7196/sajsm.502 physiotherapists’ knowledge of pain: a cross-sectional correlational study of members of the south african sports and orthopaedic manipulative special interest groups n clenzos,1 mphil; n naidoo,2 msc; r parker,2 phd 1 sas physiotherapy, stellenbosch academy of sport, stellenbosch, south africa 2 division of physiotherapy, department of health and rehabilitation sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa corresponding author: n clenzos (nadiaclenzos@yahoo.com) pain is defined by the international association for the study of pain (iasp) as ‘... an unpleasant sensory and emotional experience associated with actual or potential tissue damage, or described in terms of such damage; pain is always subjective ... ’.[1] pain is recognised as the most common complaint for which individuals seek the help of a physiotherapist;[2] however, the most commonly cited reasons for mismanagement of pain are healthcare practitioners’ negative attitudes and lack of knowledge about pain.[3] pain has been identified as the fifth vital sign,[4,5] indicating the attention with which physiotherapists should be assessing pain. vital signs are measures used to assess basic body functions. the four primary functions include temperature, blood pressure, heart rate and respiratory rate.[5] pain as the fifth vital sign was initially promoted by the american pain society to elevate awareness of pain treatment among healthcare professionals. vital signs are critical; therefore, if pain was to be assessed as seriously as other vital signs, this may lead to an improved chance of adequate and optimal treatment.[6] physio therapists are accepted and involved members of the pain-management team[7] concerned with identifying possible causes of pain. all physiotherapists registered with the health professions council of south africa are considered first-line practitioners.[8] understanding the science behind nociceptive and pain neurophysiology during the clinical assessment of patients with musculoskeletal pain is crucial in determining appropriate treatment parameters.[9] physiotherapists’ clinical reasoning of pain may in fluence reasoning associated with other aspects of clinical practice, such as the planning of physical examinations, treatment and prognostication. [10] further, central sensitisation plays an important role in the pathophysiology of numerous musculoskeletal pain disorders, yet it remains unclear how physiotherapists can recognise this condition.[9] there is a paucity of evidence relating to pain knowledge and assessment ability among healthcare professionals. the implications for physiotherapy practice are that such poor knowledge is recognised to lead to poor assessment ability, and subsequently, to poor pain management. [4] a greater understanding of pain mechanisms may enable more effective treatment and management of clinical presentations of pain.[10] in south africa (sa), there is a lack of research on healthcare professionals’ knowledge of pain, particularly such knowledge among physiotherapists. the principle aim of this study was to provide baseline descriptive information regarding pain knowledge among sa sports and orthopaedic manipulative physiotherapists, particularly those treating athletes, and to explore factors which contribute to level of knowledge. 96 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 table 1. rpkaq reliability* α if deleted there is a predictable relationship between the extent of an injury and a person’s perception of pain 0.61 pain is a physiological sensation 0.62 the sensation of pain varies from individual to individual 0.62 nociception is experienced at the site of tissue damage 0.64† the physiological basis of pain is well understood 0.62 the intensity of pain is its most important quality 0.62 two people with exactly the same physical condition or trauma will have similar experiences of pain 0.62 pain is a subjective experience 0.62 the duration of pain is similar for individuals with the same pain condition 0.61 unrelieved pain contributes to the onset of chronic pain 0.62 chronic pain always has an underlying psychological cause 0.62 a person’s statement about pain should always be accepted at face value 0.62 if there is no organic basis for the pain, then the pain is psychological 0.60 psychologically caused pain can hurt as much as organically caused pain 0.62 a person receiving compensation is less likely to recover from pain 0.62 chronic pain frequently leads to depression 0.62 it is common for someone with chronic pain to feel little control over the pain 0.62 improving an individual’s coping skills is more important than determining the extent to which there may be a psychological cause of the pain 0.62 pain due to a physiological cause and pain due to a psychological cause can occur simultaneously 0.62 people with chronic pain can continue to live productive lives 0.62 a person may have severe pain, but appear calm and rational at the same time 0.62 learning to tolerate pain builds character 0.61 relief of pain is often more important to the person than treatment of the underlying condition 0.62 deliberate faking of pain is rare among people with pain 0.62 a child who is playing after surgery may have pain 0.62 children experience less pain than adults 0.59 due to the immaturity of the nervous system, newborns have little sensitivity to pain 0.58 children have a higher tolerance for pain than adults 0.59 children can have severe headaches or migraines 0.63† if children are given medication for pain, they are more likely to think that drugs will solve their problems later in life 0.61 a premature infant is able to feel pain 0.60 children who have recurrent abdominal pain are probably seeking attention or trying to escape responsibilities 0.61 elderly people tolerate more pain 0.62 it is impossible to measure pain in an individual who is unable to communicate about pain 0.61 behavioural measures of pain are reliable measures of short, sharp pain 0.62 self-report is the most meaningful measure of pain 0.62 children remember pain 0.61 a person, who is sleeping, may have significant pain 0.62 blood pressure, heart rate, respiration and sweating are good measures of postoperative pain 0.62 increasing levels of endogenous opioids can help to determine if chronic pain is due to a cause (nb: endogenous opioids are produced by the body) 0.62 pain can be reliably measured on a variety of numeric scales 0.62 continued... sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 97 methods ethical approval the study was performed in accordance with the principles of the declaration of helsinki (seoul version, 2008). the study was approved by the human research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences, university of cape town (fhs hrec ref. 312/2011). participants participants were recruited by electronic correspondence using the south african society of physiotherapy special interest group database. members of the sports physiotherapy group (spg) and/ or orthopaedic manipulative physiotherapy group (omptg) of the south african society of physiotherapy (n=1 562) were invited to participate. using the pain knowledge scores obtained by sa physiotherapy students in a previous study (68.9%)[4] with a 4% precision interval (score range 63.9 73.9%), a sample size of 272 (17.4% response rate) with a 95% confidence interval, was calculated to be adequate and targeted accordingly. instrumentation a demographic questionnaire was used to survey the characteristics of the sample. the revised pain knowledge and attitudes question naire (rpkaq) – which covers a wide base of knowledge that is appropriate for healthcare professionals, including sections on physiological, psychological, developmental, assessment/measurement, pharmacological and cognitive/behavioural aspects of pain knowledge – was adapted for the study. the section on pharmacological management of pain was excluded, as pharmacology is outside the scope of practice of sa physiotherapists. the content validity of the original pain knowledge and attitudes questionnaire (pkaq) was established by consultation with five internationally recognised experts in pain research, and a cronbach’s α of 0.65 was reported.[11] internal consistency of the adapted rpkaq used in this study was established post hoc by calculating reliability; it was shown to have an acceptable cronbach’s α of 0.62. as summarised in table 1, α-values were determined for each question and recalculated with individal items deleted to explore the contribution that each item made to the underlying construct of the subscale. the omission of items did not significantly affect the underlying construct of the questionnaire. four questions caused a slight increase in α-value when omitted, suggesting that there may have been an associated interpretation issue. however, as the increase in α-value was <0.1 in each case, the items were retained. procedure all members of the spg and omptg were informed of the purpose of the study via e-mail. the e-mail included a link to the questionnaire on survey monkey. electronic informed consent was obtained prior to providing access to the questionnaire. all data were anonymous. statistical analysis data were analysed for those who completed the full questionnaire. respondents who completed only the demographic data or did not complete the full questionnaire were excluded from the analysis. the score selected to represent an appropriate level of knowledge for the rpkaq was 75%, as this represents a first-class pass at sa universities. pain has been identified as the fifth vital sign,[4] indicating the attention with which physiotherapists should be assessing pain. vital signs are critical; therefore, 75% was regarded as a necessary score of adequate knowledge if pain is to be assessed as seriously as other vital signs. correlations between pain knowledge and gender, ethnicity, academic training and clinical experience were analysed. table 1 (continued). rpkaq reliability* α if deleted behavioural measures of pain are reliable indicators of chronic pain 0.61 asking the person ‘how do you feel?’ is usually the best way to measure pain 0.62 frequent measurement of acute pain may make the pain worse 0.61 being engaged in meaningful activity may reduce a person’s perception of pain 0.62 cognitive/behavioural methods of pain relief are more effective than pharmacological methods 0.61 relaxation is an effective method of pain relief for mild to moderate levels of pain 0.63† reinforcement of coping with pain is an important treatment intervention 0.62 a spouse, parents or other family members may exacerbate non-coping behaviours 0.62 cognitive/behavioural methods have more effect on reducing mild pain than pain which is moderate or severe 0.63† progressive relaxation (tension with relaxation) may cause more pain 0.62 it is preferable to use cognitive/behavioural methods rather than pharmacological treatments for pain relief 0.62 changing a person’s patterns of thought regarding pain may improve coping skills. 0.62 cognitive/behavioural methods may have more impact on improving coping than on reducing the intensity of pain. 0.61 rpkaq = revised pain knowledge and attitudes questionnaire. * summary for scale: cronbach’s α = 0.62. † increase in α-value. 98 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 th e demographic data and knowledge of the whole sample group were presented using descriptive statistics in the form of means ± standard deviations (sds). diff erences in levels of knowledge between two independent groups, those with adequate v. inadequate pain knowledge, were analysed using the mann-whitney u-test for numerical data and the χ2 test for categorical data. relation ships between levels of knowledge and factors that may influence knowledge were illustrated using spearman’s correlation coefficients. signifi cance was accepted at p<0.05. results a total of 207 respondents completed the full questionnaire, representing a response rate of 13.25%. descriptive characteristics the sociodemographic and professional character istics of the participants are presented in table 2. the participants were predominantly female, english-speaking, with a mean 14 years of experience as physiotherapists. the majority had experience in treating athletes and had been doing so for a mean of 12 years. pain knowledge and attitudes questionnaire th e mean rpkaq score was 66% (sd ±9). the lowest scores were obtained for the ‘assess ment and measurement’ (48%; sd ±16) and ‘developmental’ (59%; sd ±21) sections of the rpkaq. the highest scores were obtained for the ‘physiology’ (77%; sd ±15) and ‘psychology’ (73%; sd±11) sections. th e mean score for the ‘cognitive/behavioural’ section of the rpkaq was 68% (sd ±12). no signifi cant correlations were found between the total rpkaq scores and gender, home language, postgraduate qualification or experience in treating athletes. adequate pain knowledge scores only 15% of the participants had adequate scores on the rpkaq (i.e. score ≥75%). a comparison of the percentage of participants obtaining adequate scores in each of the rpkaq subsections is illustrated in fig. 1. th e only subsection in which the majority of participants obtained adequate scores was ‘physiology’, with 57% of participants receiving an adequate score (≥75%). only 4% of the participants had adequate knowledge in the ‘assessment and measurement’ section. table 2. sociodemographic characteristics of the sample (n=207) age (years), mean (±sd) (range) 38 (±10) (23 68) gender, n (%) female 184 (89) male 23 (11) home language, n (%) english 111 (54) afrikaans 79 (38) english/afrikaans 6 (3) sesotho 2 (1) siswati 1 (0.5) xitsonga 1 (0.5) dutch 1 (0.5) german 4 (2) english/italian 1 (0.5) english/portuguese 1 (0.5) postgraduate qualifi cations, n (%) professional postgraduate course 119 (57) masters 33 (16) phd 2 (9) currently in clinical practice, n (%) yes 191 (92) no 16 (8) years of clinical experience, mean (±sd) (range) 15 (±10) (1 44) experience treating athletes,* n (%) yes 193 (93) no 14 (7) number of years treating athletes, mean (±sd) (range) 12 (±11) (0 40) *athlete is defi ned as any person who is profi cient in sports and/or any other form of exercise, at any level of participation. adequate pain knowledge (≥75%) inadequate pain knowledge (<75%) % 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 o ve ra ll p ai n ph ys io lo gy ps yc ho lo gy d ev el op m en ta l a ss es sm en t a nd m ea su re m en t c og ni tiv e/ b eh av io ur al fig. 1. percentage of participants obtaining adequate and inadequate scores on the rpkaq. sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 99 factors contributing to pain knowledge the analysis of variables according to adequate or inadequate pain knowledge (rpkaq ≥75%) revealed no differences in terms of gender for the total score or for any of the subsections. there were no significant differences between those with adequate v. inadequate in terms of home language. in addition, there was no difference in the pain knowledge scores between those who completed their undergraduate degree in their home language and those who completed their undergraduate degree in a second language. those who studied in their first or home language scored significantly higher (77%; sd ±14) in the ‘physiology’ section of the rpkaq than those who studied in their second language (68%; sd ±15) (u=677.00; p=0.04). furthermore, no significant differences were found between those with adequate pain knowledge and those with inadequate pain knowledge in terms of years of clinical experience or experience in treating athletes. there was a weak but significant positive correlation between the number of years since graduation and the ‘psychology’ section of the rpkaq (r=0.20; p<0.05), as well as the ‘cognitive/behavioural’ section of the rpkaq (r=0.17; p<0.05). this correlation showed that increased time since graduation corresponded with better knowledge scores for the psychological and cognitive/behavioural aspects of pain. similarly, there was a weak positive correlation between the number of years in clinical practice and the pain knowledge scores in the psychological (r=0.19; p<0.05) and cognitive/behavioural aspects of pain (r=0.17; p<0.05). furthermore, physiotherapists who were involved in lecturing scored significantly higher in the ‘physiology’ section than those who were not (84% (sd ±12) v. 75% (sd ±15), respectively; u=2 093.50; p=0.0005). the type of lecturing (undergraduate, postgraduate and/or continued education courses), however, was not significant (χ2=9.91; p=0.13). discussion physiotherapists have a central role in all aspects of pain assessment and management, particularly in the management of musculoskeletal injuries. the mean score for the rpkaq in the study sample was 65%. this is well below the score regarded as indicating adequate knowledge (≥75%). these results are concurrent with a previous sa study which also identified poor pain knowledge scores in final-year health sciences students.[4] the spread of scores across the different knowledge areas in the present study reaffirms the findings of parker et al.[4] and strong et al.,[11] who identified the areas of most knowledge to be in the physiological aspects of pain, while assessment and measurement knowledge was found to be least understood. this is one of only a few studies where attempts have been made to quantify adequate pain knowledge, classified as a minimum rpkaq score of 75%. it is of concern that 86% of the physiotherapists had inadequate scores on the rpkaq; thus indicating a poor level of pain knowledge among members of the sports and orthopaedic manipulative physiotherapy groups in sa. the significance of this is highlighted by the fact that poor knowledge of current best evidence about pain may limit efficacy of intervention,[12] leading to poor assessment and management of patients with musculoskeletal pain. [4,9] these factors represent barriers to the reconceptualisation of the problem of chronic pain.[12] despite iasp guidelines aiming to improve and standardise pain education, there is a paucity of research on the pain curriculum content in healthcare courses in an sa context. the results of the present study indicate the need for improved education in pain, with particular focus on the ‘assessment and measurement’ and ‘developmental’ aspects of pain. it is unclear whether the deficit in pain education lies at an undergraduate or postgraduate level. considering the results of the present study, where postgraduate qualification was not associated with improved scores, targeting undergraduate training may be most beneficial. the literature highlights the importance of pain education for accurate pain assessment and management, as well as the correlation between pain education and improved knowledge.[14,15] well-designed pain curricula can significantly improve pain knowledge and the associated beliefs of health professional students.[14] in this study, academic training made no significant contribution to overall pain knowledge, possibly since the majority of the physiotherapists graduated over 10 years ago. perhaps adequate education may not be associated directly with effective use of knowledge; which leads one to question the influence of other factors in healthcare professionals’ pain-management strategies. moseley[12] reported that health professionals underestimate their patients’ ability to understand the neurophysiology of pain; therefore, it is reasonable to assume that this may not form part of the theoretical basis of treatment or be included in the management approach.[12] further, clinical reasoning of pain appears to influence reasoning associated with other aspects of clinical practice such as the planning of physical examinations, treatment and prognostication.[10] previous studies have found that clinical experience influences knowledge of pain.[16,17] however, in the present study there was no significant relationship between overall pain knowledge and clinical experience. other studies concurrently show no significant correlation between postgraduate years of experience and pain knowledge.[12] interestingly, in the present study, there was a weak but significantly positive correlation between the number of years since graduation and pain knowledge related to the psychological and cognitive behavioural aspects of pain. this correlation showed that increased time since graduation was positively associated with better knowledge scores. considering that the pain education curriculum has become more salient in the past decade, one may expect to find the opposite result, i.e. for physiotherapists who trained more recently to have higher scores. this association between experience and better scores may be as a consequence of increased exposure to the psychosocial elements involved in treating athletes and/or patients with chronic pain. furthermore, perhaps with maturity and clinical experience, physiotherapists acknowledge the relevance of the psychosocial aspects of pain management. in addition, there may be better multidisciplinary interaction between older physiotherapists and psychologists. one could argue that older physiotherapists may be more flexible in accepting a biopsychosocial framework and have a wider understanding of pain beliefs and coping strategies. study limitations it is recognised that the sample size was insufficient to ensure the 95% confidence level targeted. a larger sample size may have allowed a better representation of gender, ethnicity, academic training and clinical experience of the sa physiotherapy population, and may have 100 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 influenced the results differently. in addition, uneven distribution of characteristics within the sample may have obscured the outcomes. however, despite the low response rate (13.25%) and the sample size being smaller than the targeted 272 required for a 95% confidence level, a sample of 207 gave a 90% confidence level, which is regarded as acceptable in surveys of the type described here.[16] the participants were all physiotherapists registered to practise in sa with a special interest in sports and/or orthopaedic manipulative physiotherapy. this study provides valuable information on a population group in which there is a paucity of evidence regarding pain knowledge. further limitations are found by virtue of the study design. selfadministered questionnaires are common measurement tools used to assess descriptive characteristics and obtain information from large populations. however, questionnaires are also associated with low response rates.[18] to minimise the limitations of self-administered questionnaires, a pilot study was conducted on the online demographic questionnaire and rpkaq used in the present study to assess the feasibility, accessibility, comprehension and ease of completion. however, the present study was unable to control for the disadvantages associated with self-administered questionnaires, including accuracy of mailing lists; literacy and language issues (such as dyslexia and translation); interpretation of the questions; and technical problems (possible online faults or limited access to the internet).[19] there may be sample bias in the results due to the differences in motivation between those individuals who chose to respond and those who did not respond. respondents may not have been motivated to give accurate answers, but rather to give answers that presented themselves in a favourable light. furthermore, it is identified that people who feel more confident in their knowledge are more likely to respond to questionnaires than those who feel they have insufficient knowledge.[4] if this is the case and physiotherapists with poor knowledge about pain were not motivated to respond, then the results were effectively inflated by a selection bias. the content validity of the original pkaq was established by consultation with five internationally recognised experts in pain research.[11] although the questionnaire was originally utilised over 10 years ago, the questions still hold true today. the adapted rpkaq had an acceptable cronbach’s α of 0.62. there is, however, room for revision and improvement, with the objective to develop a more recent and reliable outcome measure for pain knowledge. it is noted that cross-cultural adaptation of the questionnaire for the sa population may enhance applicability of the findings and that test-retest reliability could have been included in the pilot study to strengthen the dependability of the questionnaire. conclusion despite its limitations, the present study demonstrated that members of the sports and orthopaedic manipulative physiotherapy groups in sa may have inadequate pain knowledge. based on a minimum score of 75%, indicating adequate knowledge to assess and treat a vital sign, the physiotherapists in our sample had insufficient knowledge to ensure optimal pain assessment and management. in particular, there was a lack of knowledge in the assessment and measurement of pain as well as in the developmental aspects of pain. there was no significant contribution by academic training, clinical experience, gender or ethnicity to overall pain knowledge. the content of pain education in both undergraduate and postgraduate curricula for physiotherapists should be explored to identify the specific areas of pain education that are lacking, and to optimise the efficacy of pain education for physiotherapists treating athletes in sa. acknowledgements. we acknowledge all the physiotherapists who volunteered to participate in the study, and the south african society of physiotherapy committee, including dr ina diener (omptg nec chairperson), kerryn milella (spg secretary), ria sandenbergh (spg chairperson), magda fourie (consultant physiotherapist) and lucelle naidoo (national operations manager). references 1. iasp taxonomy. pain ter ms. http://w w w.i asp-p ain.org/am/templ ate. cfm?section=pain_definitions (accessed 4 july 2012). 2. main cj, watson pj. psychological aspects of pain. manual therapy 1999;4(4):203215. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1054/math.1999.0208] 3. scudds rj, scudds ra, simmonds mj. pain in the physical therapy (pt) curriculum: a faculty survey. physiotherapy theory and practice 2001;17(4):239-256. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/095939801753385744] 4. parker r, gush s, vale m, et al. pain knowledge and attitudes in final year health science students at the university of cape town. pain sa 2009;4(2):5-10. 5. elliot m, coventry a. critical care: the eight vital signs of patient monitoring. br j nurs 2012;21(10):621-625. 6. pain as the 5th vital sign toolkit. http://www.va.gov/painmanagement/docs/ toolkit.pdf (accessed 7 july 2011). 7. brown ca. treatments for patients with chronic pain: therapists’ beliefs. british journal of therapy and rehabilitation 2003;10(2):46-51. 8. south african society of physiotherapy. position paper: the first line practitioner status of physiotherapists. http://www.physiosa.org.za (accessed 27 july 2011). 9. nijs j, van houdenhove b, oostendorp r, et al. recognition of central sensitization in patients with musculoskeletal pain: application of pain neurophysiology in manual therapy practice. man ther 2010;15(2):135-141. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. math.2009.12.001] 10. smart k, doody c. the clinical reasoning of pain by experienced musculoskeletal physiotherapists. man ther 2007;12(1):40-49. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. math.2006.02.006] 11. strong j, tooth l, unruh a. knowledge about pain among newly graduated occupational therapists: relevance for curriculum development. can j occup ther 1999;66(5):221-228. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/000841749906600505] 12. moseley l. unravelling the barriers to reconceptualization of the problem in chronic pain: the actual and perceived ability of patients and health professionals to understand the neurophysiology. j pain 2003;4(4):184-189. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/s1526-5900(03)00488-7] 13. ali n, thomson d. a comparison of the knowledge of chronic pain and its management between final year physiotherapy and medical students. eur j pain 2009;13(1):38-50. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ejpain.2008.02.005] 14. hunter j, watt-watson j, mcgillion m, et al. an interfaculty pain curriculum: lessons learned from six years experience. pain 2008;140(1):74-86. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.pain.2008.07.010] 15. moseley gl. evidence for a direct relationship between cognitive and physical change during an education intervention in people with chronic low back pain. eur j pain 2004;8(1):39-45. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1090-3801(03)00063-6] 16. enskar k, ljusegren g, berglund g, et al. attitudes to and knowledge about pain and pain management of nurses working with children with cancer: a comparative study between uk, south africa and sweden. j res nurs 2007;12(5):501-515. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/1744987107080455] 17. wilson b. nurses’ knowledge of pain. j clin nurs 2007;16(6):1012-1020. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2702.2007.01692.x] 18. kelley k, clark b, brown v, et al. methodology matters. good practice in the conduct and reporting of survey research. int j qual healh care 2003;15(3):261-266. 19. bourque l, fielder e. the survey kit: how to conduct self-administered and mail surveys. 2nd ed. washington: sage publications, 2003. sasma 2015 final programme.cdr abstracts: free communications helen bayne affiliation: high performance centre, university of pretoria alteration of biomechanical risk factors for low back injury: a coaching intervention introduction: lateral flexion of the trunk after front foot contact during the bowling delivery stride is suggested to be a key mechanical component of lumbar spondylolysis aetiology in cricket fast bowlers [1]. certain aspects of the bowling action have been shown to be changeable over longterm (>2 year) coaching interventions, but it is believed that lateral flexion is difficult to change [2, 3]. the current study aimed to investigate the efficacy of a coaching intervention intended to reduce trunk lateral flexion. methods: eight fast bowlers, aged 17-19 years, underwent high-speed (120 hz) video analysis of their bowling technique. trunk lateral flexion at ball release was measured as the angle between the vertical and a line from the umbilicus to the sternal notch. five bowlers were identified as highrisk (trunk lateral flexion greater than 40° at ball release) and were assigned to a 12-week coaching intervention with the focus on reducing lateral flexion. the video analysis was repeated following the intervention period. test-retest reliability of the measurement was examined using the intraclass correlation coefficient, which was good (icc = 0.93). results: following the coaching intervention, the trunk lateral flexion angle was reduced in each bowler and there was a statistically significant difference between the preand post-intervention group mean (pre-intervention: 52° ± 5; post-intervention: 45° ± 4; t= 3.98; p < 0.05). discussion: in order to prevent injury, interventions need to target modifiable risk factors and mechanisms. the fast bowling action is a complex motor skill, and there is a commonly held belief that significant changes in technique are difficult to attain. a previous study found that the lower trunk lateral flexion angle was not improved, despite a 2-year coaching focus on this aspect of the bowling action. in the current study, trunk lateral flexion was determined by the posture of the upper trunk, and was found to be reduced following a coaching intervention. the motion of the upper trunk may be more changeable than the lower trunk. upper trunk lateral flexion has been associated with low back injury incidence in fast bowlers and this study suggests that it can be improved through coaching. daniel mark botha affiliation: department of sport and movement science, university of johannesburg the effect of hyperbaric oxygen and blood platelet injection therapy on the healing of hamstring injuries in rugby players, a case series report background: the increase in frequency and severity of hamstring injuries in rugby has been well documented. there are a number of ultrastructural and immuno-histochemical studies involving hyperbaric oxygen treatment in skeletal muscle, as well as soft tissue healing. the recovery time and complete restoration of function using traditional rehabilitation modalities requires a long duration and intensive treatment, as well as extensive off-field time. hyperbaric oxygen therapy, in conjunction with blood platelet injection therapy, serves as a valuable addition to previously known and trusted rehabilitation techniques and protocols for the healing of musculoskeletal or soft tissue injuries. objectives: the primary aim of this case report is to describe the effect on the recovery time of hamstring injuries when combining hyperbaric oxygen therapy (hbot) and platelet rich plasma (prp) injection therapy with exercise rehabilitation, compared with exercise rehabilitation alone. method: a retrospective, post-intervention data analysis was used in this case series report. the sample of injuries came from players from a premier division rugby team (23 players) who had sustained 42 hamstring injuries. data pertaining to hamstring injuries and treatment, obtained through collaboration with a professional rugby union and a south african undersea and hyperbaric medicine association (sauhma) accredited hyperbaric medicine (hbot) centre, was analysed using computer-based statistical programme for the social sciences (spss) software. the significance value was set at 5%. results: a significant decrease in the injury time of the hamstring injuries in rugby players was noted, with a 38% reduction in injury time in players with a grade-one injury, and 45.7% reduction in players with a grade-two injury. in terms of recurrent injuries, 62% of players with grade-one injuries remained uninjured after treatment, and the percentage of re-injured players with grade-two injuries was 0% after hbot, prp and physical therapy treatment. conclusion: the notion that the healing time of hamstring injuries will decrease when hbot and prp are administered in conjunction with traditional rehabilitation therapy is indicated by the data of this reported. alison brooks affiliation: university of wisconsin-madison, usa additional authors: alison brooks, timothy mcguine, scott hetzel effect of new rule limiting full contact practice on incidence of sport related concussion in high school football players purpose: to determine if the rate of sport-related concussion (src) is lower following state interscholastic athletic association mandated rule change (effective starting with 2014 season) that limited amount and duration of full contact activities during high school football practice sessions. the new rule prohibited full contact during week 1, and limited full contact to 75 min/wk during week 2 and to 60 min/wk week 3 and beyond. full contact was defined as drills or game situations that occur at game speed when full tackles are made at a competitive pace and players are taken to the ground. methods: prospective cohort study of us high school football players (grades 9-12). prior to rule change 2012 (36 schools), 2013 (18 schools) seasons, 2081 players (age = 15.9+1.2 yrs). after rule change 2014 season (26 schools), 945 players (age = 15.9 + 1.1 yrs). players provided previous concussion and demographic information by self-report. licensed athletic trainers recorded incidence and severity (median, iqr days lost) for each src. chi-square tests were used to compare incidence of src in pre-rule 2012/2013 seasons with incidence in post-rule 2014 season. wilcoxon rank sum tests were used to determine differences in severity (days lost) of src. results: total of 67 players (7.1%) sustained 70 src in 2014 compared to 206 players (9.0%) who sustained 211 src in 2012/2013 combined. overall rate of src per 1000 athletic exposures (ae) was 1.28 in 2014 compared to 1.57 in 2012/2013 (p=0.155). tackling was primary mechanism of injury for 46% of all src. the rate of src sustained overall in practice was significantly lower (p=.003) post-rule in 2014 (15 srcs, 0.33/1000ae) compared to pre-rule 2012/2013 (86 srcs, 0.76/1000ae). for 2014 season,12/15 srcs were sustained during full contact practices, compared to 82/86 srcs in 2012/2013 seasons. the rate of src in full contact practice was 0.57/1000ae in 2014 compared to 0.87/1000ae in 2012/2013 (p=0.216). there was no difference (p = 0.999) in the rate of src sustained in games pre (5.81/1000ae) and post rule (5.74/1000ae) change. there was no difference (p = 0.967) in severity of src pre (13 days lost [10-18 iqr]) and post rule (14 days lost [10.25-16 iqr]). years of football playing experience did not affect incidence of src in 2014 season (p=0.941). conclusions: the majority of src sustained in high school football practice occurred during full contact activities. the rate of src sustained in high school football practice was more than twice as high in the two seasons prior to a rule change limiting the amount and duration of full contact activities. significance of findings: limitations on contact during high school football practice may be one effective measure to reduce the incidence of src. 21 james brown affiliation: division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health additional authors: james brown, evert verhagen, willem van mechelen, mike lambert, catherine draper coaches' and referees' perceptions of the mandatory boksmart safety course introduction: the south african rugby union (saru) launched the boksmart nationwide injury prevention program to reduce rugby-related catastrophic injuries. in january 2010, saru made the boksmart rugby safety course mandatory for all south african coaches and referees. the aim of this qualitative study was to evaluate the coaches and referees' perceptions of the implementation of boksmart, with specific focus on the mandatory safety course. methods: seven focus groups were conducted with coaches (n=43) and referees (n=7): one from each socioeconomic status (ses) group (low, mid and high) and separately for school (junior) and adult (senior) age groups. these findings were compared to those of the trainers who facilitate the mandatory safety courses. the re-aim framework was used retrospectively to categorize the findings. results: every focus group mentioned that they felt that the boksmart program was capable of reducing catastrophic injuries in players. however, there every group also mentioned also mentioned barriers to optimal implementation of the boksmart mandatory safety course prescriptions. mid/low ses coaches described infrastructure-related barriers to implementing boksmart safety course prescriptions (for e.g. not grass fields to train on), while high ses coaches felt the course to be a 'waste of their time' and that they already knew the course content. referees appeared to be incapable of policing all boksmart regulations. in general, most coaches, referees and trainers felt that the training course could be shorter and more practical (less classroom and more field-based). conclusions: the barriers identified in this study could be hindering optimal boksmart implementation. these barriers differed by role (coach/referee) and ses of the coaches (high, mid or low). understanding these barriers, as well as their determinants, is essential for boksmart implementers to optimise the program. nicholas burger affiliation: university of cape town additional authors: nicholas burger, mike i lambert, wayne viljoen, james c brown, clint readhead, sharief hendricks mechanisms and factors associated with tackle-related injuries in high-level under-18 rugby union players introduction: rugby union carries a high injury incidence and the tackle is associated with the majority of these injuries. detailed understanding of injury mechanisms is required to formulate injury prevention strategies. the aim of this study was to conduct video analysis of tackle-related injury events to identify the mechanisms and associated risk factors in high level youth rugby union players. methods: injury data and video footage were captured at the 2011-2013 under-18 craven week tournaments. based on tackle-related injury events, a representative 'control' sample of matched non-injury events in the same injured players were identified. the video footage (pre-contact, contact and post-contact) was then retrospectively analysed and coded. forty nine tackled-related injury events and 248 non-injury events were analysed. descriptive statistics (%) were reported and multinomial regression analyses (stata® version 12) are currently in progress. results: tacklers were more successful when remaining uninjured (72%) in comparison to injury events (31%), and ball-carriers were more successful (tackle break or offload) when they remained uninjured (32%) in comparison to injury events (9%). tackler were injured most often inside their own half (77%) and ball-carriers sustained most injuries in opposition half (78%). the majority of ball-carrier injuries (70%) occurred within one pass from the previous phase. the majority of injury events involved high impact forces for injured tacklers (77%) and ball-carriers (65%). ballcarriers were more likely to be injured when running fast (65%). tacklers were less likely to be injured when running slow-moderate speed (83%) and were at greater risk when ball-carriers were travelling fast (73%). a ball-carrier was less likely to be injured when they were aware of impending contact (90%), and when they exhibited moderate-strong leg-drive (65%) and fending (62%). conclusion: improving tackle technique may reduce injury risk and may result in a successful performance outcome. contact intensity and injury risk may increase when play approaches the try-line and attenuating impact forces may reduce injury rates. playing the ball wide, improving attunement/awareness, strong fending and strong leg-drive may reduce risk of injury for ball-carriers. video footage may be used to identify injury risk factors to help guide future injury intervention strategies. matthew clark affiliation: rhodes university additional authors: matthew clark, dr candice christie the effectiveness of constraints-led training on skill development in interceptive sports: a systematic review introduction: while the benefits of constraints-led training to assist in the development of technical and cognitive skill in sport appear obvious, the evidence for this type of training is not clear. therefore, a systematic review of the literature was conducted to establish the effectiveness of this approach to training. methods: four databases were searched for journal articles focused on skill acquisition within interceptive sports. a methodological and reporting quality assessment was done to determine the quality of each article. fourteen articles were selected for review. results: the results of these two quality assessments revealed poor quality scores for the majority of the studies. the effectiveness of constraintsled training on skill development could not be ascertained. key methodological structures were identified as well as aspects of methodology that should be avoided to ensure reliable results for future studies. conclusion: future research is required to determine the effectiveness of constraintsled training on interceptive sporting performance. keywords: skill acquisition, ecological dynamics approach, training, sports science, review 22 yoga coopoo affiliation: university of johannesburg additional authors: yoga coopoo, ntwanano alliance kubayi, heather morris-eyton job-related barriers encountered by football coaches in gauteng province of south africa background: football is the most played sport in the world and south africa, in particular. despite its laudable acclaim, research has shown that there is a high turnover of football coaches in the country. therefore, this study was designed to investigate work-related barriers encountered by such coaches in the gauteng province of south africa. methods: eighty six football coaches were purposively recruited to participate in this study. these coaches completed a 34-item questionnaire on the perceived hindrances to coaching which yielded a reliability coefficient of 0.952. results: results indicated that football coaches identified lack of support for women players and coaches, unfair treatment to women, inadequate salary and lack of opportunities for promotion as major barriers to their coaching. pressure to win, lack of time, unfavourable working hours and family commitments were reported as the least barriers encountered by coaches. conclusion: it is recommended that the south african football association (safa) should take cognizance of these findings and develop remedial measures to alleviate the challenges facing football coaches. the association should also ensure that all forms of discrimination against female coaches are eliminated and that their needs are well catered for. ashleigh de freitas affiliation: ukzn additional authors: ashleigh de freitas, rowena naidoo female athlete triad risk stratification in kwazulu-natal elite sprint and distance swimmers introduction: the female athlete triad (fat) is a syndrome that poses a serious threat to the health status of physically active females. it comprises of three interconnected components namely; low energy availability (with or without disordered eating) that occurs due to insufficient calorie intake in combination with high amounts of physical activity, menstrual dysfunctions defined as exercise induced menstrual dysfunction and low bone mineral density (bmd) in which the bone mineral density is weakened as a result of prolonged menstrual dysfunction. these components are linked across a continuum of healthy (optimal energy availability, eumenorrhea (a menstrual cycle of twenty eight days), and optimal bone health) to unhealthy. method(s): twenty-one national level kwazulu-natal sprint (n=11) and distance (n=10) swimmers participated in this descriptive cross-sectional study. for descriptive purposes, anthropometries measurements (weight, height, skin folds and bmi) were recorded. each participant completed three eating disorder questionnaires (eating attitude test (eat-26), body shape questionnaire (bsq-34) and a bulimic investigatory test, edinburgh (bite)), a menstrual cycle and time spent in exercise questionnaire and a self-administered bone mineral density questionnaire. a bioelectrical impedance device was used to measure full body composition. the participants also completed an online asa24 dietary recall of the previous day's food and drink intake. the criteria for the risk of the fat was determined by a positive score for all three fat components. result(s): significance will be set at a p≤ 0.05. the comparison between the different sporting disciplines revealed that sprint swimmers are more at risk (63.6%) for disordered eating compared to distance swimmers (50%). low energy availability was significantly evident in sprint swimmers with a result of 9.79 kcal.kg-1ffm.d-1 (sd 9.56) (p=.005). only six (28.57%) swimmers in total were classified as having a menstrual dysfunction. sprint swimmers showed to have a 90.9% risk of low bmd. the overall results signified that 9.5% were not at risk, 14.3% showed a low risk, 52.4% had a moderate risk and 23.8% revealed as having a high risk for the fat. conclusion: elite sprint and distance swimmers are not at risk for the fat, however, elite level sprint and distance swimmers are susceptible to the risk of fat components. jaymie donaldson affiliation: discipline of biokinetics, exercise and leisure sciences, university of kwazulu-natal additional authors: jaymie donaldson, michael ormsbee, andrew mckune the effect of protein ingestion before sleep on post exercise overnight recovery and performance in athletes introduction: recent research has shown that the provision of dietary protein before sleep leads to enhanced dietary protein digestion and absorption, thereby increasing plasma amino acid availability. in addition it has been shown that the increase in plasma amino acid availability throughout the night stimulates protein synthesis and attenuates protein breakdown, thereby improving protein balance during overnight recovery from exercise. currently there is limited information on whether the stimulation of protein synthesis results in improved performance and recovery the following day in physically active individuals. aim: to investigate the effect of protein supplementation (pro) and a placebo (pla) before sleep, post a bout of resistance exercise, on performance and recovery the following day in athletes. methods: fifteen male, resistance-trained athletes were recruited for this randomized, double blind, placebo-controlled study (pro: n=9; 24.9 ± 1.8 years; 180.2 ± 2.8 cm; 84.5 ± 3.3 kg) (pla: n=6; 28.7 ± 4.3 years; 180.1 ± 3.7 cm; 87.6 ± 5.2 kg). participants performed a strenuous 45-minute resistance exercise bout consisting of 8 sets of 8 repetitions of both squat and bench press at 75% of their calculated 1rm for each (19h15). thirty minutes prior to sleep (21h00) they consumed either 40g casein protein or placebo. venous blood samples were obtained pre exercise (t1) (18:30), immediately post (t2) (20h00), 1 hour post (t3) exercise at 21h00 and at 08h00 (t4) the next morning to measure creatine kinase (ck) and c-reactive protein (crp). peak muscle velocity and power output, maximal upper and lower body strength were measured at t1, t2 and the next morning at 08h30. perceptions of recovery and hunger were measured the next morning using visual analogue scales. results: there was a significant difference (p =.044) between the pro (m = 7.52; sd = 1.86) and pla (m = 5.27; sd = 2.01) group in terms of recovery with the pro group reporting better recovery. no group x time interactions were observed for ck, crp or muscle performance. conclusion: casein supplementation 30 minutes prior to sleep enhances the perception of recovery the next morning from a bout of strenuous resistance training in athletes. 23 david goble affiliation: rhodes university additional authors: david goble, candice jo-anne christie an investigation into the cognitive dynamics of batting: measurement of information processing in amateur cricket batsmen. introduction: batting in cricket is a demanding task, requiring physical and mental capabilities. while batting, players must offset a number of factors to ensure ultimate concentration and performance. while the bowler and the forthcoming delivery are the primary concern, external influences (crowd dynamics, field placement, information from the coaching staff and captain as well as previous performances) have a substantial affect on batting performance. in order to understand how batsmen cope with these factors, we must first understand the basic information processing capabilities required of batsmen when batting for extended periods. these have yet to be established, and as such form the basis of this investigation. methods: fifteen top order (1-5) amateur batsmen from the eastern cape province of south africa were recruited for this investigation (mean ± s: age 17 ± 0.92 years; stature 1.75 ± 0.07 m; body mass 78.29 ± 13.21 kg). participants completed a six-stage, 30-over batting simulation (batex©) interspersed with five periods (pre, post 5, 15, 25 and 30 overs) of cognitive assessment (cogstate brief test battery, melbourne australia). physical performance was assessed throughout the simulation through sprint times. results: sprint times slowed significantly (p<0.05), with the slowest times observed in stage 6. repeated shuttle running during prolonged batting significantly (p<0.05) impaired high-order cognitive performance. executive function during the groton maze-learning task was significantly impaired only post batting. further, task performance illustrated a speed accuracy trade-off where significantly (p<0.05) faster processing speed came at the expense of higher (p<0.05) error rates. in low order-tasks speed of processing and accuracy responses were unchanged. conclusion: duration of an innings is a key determinant of batting performance. further, under ideal laboratory conditions where external batting influences are reduced, it is evident that cognitive responses of batsmen deteriorate over time. therefore, future research should investigate how mitigating factors affect cognitive performance and how interventions can be introduced to improve accuracy while maintaining processing speed. further, coaches should utilise prolonged batting spells and shorter duration innings' in conjunction with shuttle running in preparation for matches. this combination may facilitate coping strategies that can be implemented during match play. janine gray affiliation: csa research consultant additional authors: janine gray, wayne derman, christopher l vaughan, paul w hodges what is the role for the local muscles in protecting the spine during fast bowling? introduction: the vertical ground reaction forces associated with fast bowling are between 4 and 7 times a bowler's body weight. the bowling reaction is a complex movement involving movement of the lumbar spine in all 3 planes of movement, very often at the extreme of range of movement. lumbar shear forces during bowl have been found to be significantly greater in bowling compared to treadmill running. the role of the deep stabilisers in counteracting these large forces is not clear. objective: to investigate the function of the local muscles in bowlers with and without lower back pain in cricket fast bowlers. methods: the function of the deep stabilisers (transversus abdominus-tra; multifidus) was assessed using electromyography in 6 adolescent fast bowlers with low back pain (lbp) and 6 fast bowlers without during 3 different tasks with decreasing stability and increasing complexity. these included a supine rotation task, a rapid limb task and fast bowling. results: during the rotation task the tra displayed an asymmetrical activation pattern. there was less tra and multifidus activity in patients with pain. the normal anticipatory pattern which was evident in fast bowlers without lbp was delayed in fast bowlers with lbp during the rapid limb task. in addition, the tra activity was again asymmetrical in both groups of bowlers. during bowling the tra on the non-dominant side exceeded 70% of the peak activity between bfi and ffi for a longer duration in bowlers with tra. however, the function of the tra on the dominant side was less before and after foot contacts in bowlers with lbp. conclusion: the tra appears to play a role in stability during rotation which is particularly relevant in sports like cricket. crickets with lbp had comparatively less activity of both multifidus and tra which demonstrates a dysfunction in the lumbar spine stability system. tania gregory affiliation: stellenbosch university additional authors: tania gregory, karen estelle welman somatosensory training improves mobility and fear of falling in individuals with mild to moderate parkinson's disease introduction: recent research has indicated that deficits in proprioception have a negative affect on postural control (pc), but that the precise contribution to postural instability in parkinson's disease (pd) remains unclear (bekkers et al., 2014). the study investigated whether an 8-week somatosensory training program (sstp) will influence mobility and fear of falling in individuals with pd. methods: thirty-seven individuals with idiopathic pd (67 ± 9 years; hoehn & yahr: 2 ± 1) were divided into either a somatosensory training group (exp; n = 24) and placebo group (pbo; n = 13). the movement disorder society unified parkinson's disease rating scale (mds-updrs), timedup-and-go (tug), as well as fall efficacy scale-international (fes-i) were assessed before and after the 8 weeks. results: a treatment effect was found in the tug (p = 0.0001), part iii (p = 0.02), total score of mds-updrs (p = 0.02) as well as in fes-i (p=0.02) for exp. the exp group improved in the tug after the intervention (p < 0.001) and showed strong tendency for improvement in part iii of mds-updrs post-intervention (p = 0.05). additionally, a significant group difference was found after the intervention for the tug (p = 0.01), with exp showing improved results compared to pbo in both instances. conclusions: the positive findings of this study provide evidence that this sstp can improve mobility and fear of falling in pd individuals. 24 sharief hendricks affiliation: university of cape town additional authors: sharief hendricks, sam o connor, wayne viljoen video analysis of concussion injury mechanism in under-18 rugby – a preliminary study introduction: understanding the mechanism of injury is necessary for the development of effective injury prevention strategies. video analysis of injuries provides valuable information on the playing situation and athlete-movement patterns, which can be used to formulate these strategies. the aim of this study was to conduct video analysis of the injury mechanisms of concussion in under-18 rugby. methods: injury reports for 18 concussion events were collected from the 2011-2013 under-18 craven week tournaments and video footage was recorded for all three years. based on the injury events, a representative 'control' sample of matched non-injury events in the same players were identified. the video was then retrospectively analysed. ten injury events (5 tackle, 4 ruck, 1 aerial collision) and 83 non-injury events were analysed. results: sixty percent of players were unaware of impending contact. for the measurement of head position upon contact, 43% had a 'down' position, 29% the 'up and forward' and 29% the 'away' position (n=7). the speed of injured tackler was observed as 'slow' in 60% of injurious tackles (n=5). in three of the four rucks in which injury occurred (75%), the concussed player was acting defensively either in the capacity of 'support' (n=2) or as the 'jackal' (n=1). conclusion: interventions aimed at improving peripheral vision, strengthening of the cervical muscles, targeted conditioning programmes to reduce the effects of fatigue, and emphasising safe and effective playing techniques have the potential to reduce the risk of sustaining a concussion. erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, additional authors: erik hohmann, tony young, ross clark, adam bryant, peter reaburn using the nintendo wii to measure balance as a predictor of functional outcome in acl reconstructed knees a novel technique introduction: the purpose of this project was to assess the relationship between single leg standing balance using the nintendo® wii™ balance board (nwbb), functional outcome measured by the hopping tests, muscle strength and the ikdc score in subjects with aclreconstructed (aclr) knees. methods: 25 acl reconstructed patients with a mean age of 29.32+9.40 years (range 17 years to 53 years) and a mean of 40.4+52.14 months since their respective operations were included. the single leg standing balance was tested using the nintendo wii (nwbb) and centre of pressure (cop) pathlengths was recorded for thirty seconds in both the reconstructed and contra-lateral leg. the nwbb was also used to measure isometric strength of both the quadriceps and hamstring muscle groups. in addition all subjects performed a singlelegged hopping, vertical jumping test and the ikdc scoring system was completed. results: statistical analysis using a linear least square regression model demonstrated that standing balance is a strong and significant predictor (p=0.03) of functional outcome. conclusion: the results of the current project clearly demonstrated a significant relationship between standing balance and functional outcome. the results highlight the need to also focus on proprioceptive rehabilitation on patients following acl reconstruction. erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, additional authors: erik hohmann, elisabeth livingstone, adam bryant, kevin tetsworth, andreas imhoff tibial acceleration profiles in young female athletes during the menstrual cycle as an indicator for dynamic stability. purpose: it is widely accepted that musculoskeletal injuries in sports are sports specific and not sex specific and raises the question as to why female athletes have a higher incidence of knee injuries in particular ruptures of the anterior cruciate ligament. tibial acceleration is one of the main indicators of dynamic stability and tibial shock attenuation. it has been shown that athletes who are able to arrest tibial acceleration faster tend to display greater knee functionality whether acl deficient or reconstructed. the purpose of this study is to investigate tibial acceleration profiles in young female athletes during the different stages of the menstrual cycle. methods: eleven females aged 16-18 years participated in this study and were compared to a male control group. female subjects were tested at each of the four phases of the menstrual cycle: menses, follicular, ovulation and luteal. on each test occasion, acceleration transients at the proximal tibia were measured whilst subjects performed an abrupt deceleration task (simulated netball landing). the male control group was recruited from the local development rugby team. results: no significant differences were found between the different phases of the menstrual cycle for peak tibial acceleration (pta; p=0.57), and time to zero tibial acceleration (tzta; p=0.59). however, there was a significant difference for time to peak tibial acceleration (tpta) between menstruation and follicular (p=0.04), menstruation and ovulation (p=0.001), menstruation and luteal phase (p=0.002), and follicular phase and ovulation (p=0.007). in the male control group, no significant between test session differences were observed for pta (p=0.48), tzta (p=0.08) and tpta (p=0.29). while there were no significant between group differences for pta (p=0.21) and tzta (p=0.48), significant between-group differences were observed for tpta (p=0.001). conclusion: the results of this project strongly suggest that serum estrogen fluctuations have an effect on tibial acceleration profiles in young female athletes during different phases of the menstrual cycle. 25 erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, additional authors: erik hohmann, kevin tetsworth, adam bryant, peter reaburn does muscle strength influence knee functionality in the acl-deficient and acl-reconstructed knee? purpose: functionality in the anterior cruciate ligament (acl)-deficient and acl-reconstructed knee is multi-factorial and no single biomechanical variable is determinant of knee functionality. the purpose of this study was to investigate the relationship between quadriceps and hamstring muscle strength and knee functionality in the acl-deficient and acl-reconstructed knee. methods: forty four acl-deficient patients with a mean age of 26.6 years were tested within 3 months of injury and 24 aclreconstructed patients with a mean age of 27.2 years were tested at 12 months after surgery. all reconstructed patients underwent surgical reconstruction within six months after acl injury using bone-patellar tendon and interference screws. the cincinnati knee rating system was used to assess knee functionality. muscle strength was assessed with the biodextm dynamometer. isokinetic concentric and eccentric peak torque (nm/kg) of the hamstring and quadriceps muscle were tested at three different speeds: 60 deg/sec, 120 deg/sec and 180 deg/sec. isometric strength was tested in 30 and 60 degrees of knee flexion. both the involved and non-involved legs were tested to calculate symmetry indices. results: the mean cincinnati score in the acl-deficient subject was 62.0±14.5 (range 36-84). the mean cincinnati score in the acl-reconstructed knee was 89.3±9.5 (range 61-100). significant relationships between knee functionality and muscle strength in the acl-deficient group were observed for knee symmetry indices (r=0.38-0.50, p=0.0001-0.05). in the acl-reconstructed group significant relationships between knee functionality were observed for isometric and isokinetic peak torque of the involved limb (r=0.46-0.71, p=0.0001-0.007). conclusion: the findings of this study strongly suggest that neither peak quadriceps or hamstring torque were correlated of knee functionality in the acl-deficient knee. however, leg symmetry indices were correlated to knee functionality. in the acl-reconstructed, knee symmetry indices were not related to knee functionality but peak quadriceps and hamstring isokinetic concentric and isometric were. erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, australia additional athors: erik hohmann, kevin tetsworth glenoid version and inclination is a risk factor for anterior shoulder dislocation introduction: whilst the contribution of both the capsule-ligamenteous structures and dynamic muscle balance to shoulder stability has been well documented, the role of the osseus anatomy of the glenoid has not been well established. the purpose of this study was to investigate glenoid version and inclination in patients with a documented anterior shoulder dislocation compared to a control group. methods: all patients presenting to the knee and shoulder clinic below the age of 50 years who underwent mri for a shoulder condition were included. version was measured on axial and inclination on t2-weighted spin-echo axial coronal images. the mr images of 66 patients with a mean age of 24.6+8.6 years with a confirmed traumatic anterior shoulder dislocation (study group) and 129 patients with a mean age of 37.6+9.5 years (control group) were evaluated. results: the mean retroversion in the study group was 3.7+4.4 degrees and 6.1+5.2 degrees in the control group. the difference between the two groups was significant (p=0.001). the mean inclination in the study group was 2.0+6.6 degrees sloping downwards and 2.5+7.2 degrees sloping upwards in the control group. the difference between the two groups was also significant (p=0.0001). conclusion: the results of this project strongly suggest that both osseous version and inclination are a risk factor for anterior shoulder dislocation. louis holtzhausen affiliation: division sport and exercise medicine, university of the free state additional authors: johan myburgh, louis holtzhausen, gert van zyl exercise prescription by south african doctors part 2: knowledge, attitudes and self-perceived competence towards exercise prescription among final year medical students introduction and aim: physical activity (pa) promotion is an integral part of preventative health care and reducing morbidity and premature mortality. many barriers exist in implementing exercise prescription into the health care paradigm, possibly including inadequate undergraduate medical training. the aim of the study was to investigate the knowledge, attitudes, and self-perceived competence towards exercise prescription, as well as own exercise habits, amongst final year medical students from two south african universities . methods: a descriptive, cross-sectional study was conducted by means of an anonymous, self-reported questionnaire. descriptive statistics was used, and correlations calculated at 95% confidence intervals. results: only 16.9% of south african medical students obtain knowledge regarding exercise prescription from their medical curriculum (24.7% from university a and 9.6% from university b). only 62% of students achieved an overall pass mark on the fundamental principles of exercise prescription. the vast majority (97.9%) of university b students do not know formal guidelines for exercise prescription and 35.1% of them are unlikely to prescribe exercise (p=0.0001), compared to 22.5% from university a. university b students feel more competent in prescribing exercise correctly than university a (23.6% vs. 15.2%). formal guidelines for exercise prescription is regarded as highly important by 57.8% of students, but only 19.3% feel highly competent in using it to prescribe exercise. a direct correlation exists between students' health habits and attitudes toward preventive counselling. only 17 % of students meet the ascm's criteria for exercise for health. conclusions: the knowledge of south african final year medical students on exercise prescription is inadequate, rendering them unlikely to prescribe exercise. minimal curricular input on exercise prescription at one university made a significant difference in knowledge and attitudes. review of curricular content is recommended to include principles of exercise prescription. the promotion of physical activity to medical students during their training years is also recommended, to contribute to their health and increased awareness of the benefits of regular exercise. 26 david lee affiliation: griffith university, griffith university centre for musculoskeletal research, menzies health institute queensland additional authors: david lee, rod barrett, richard newsham-west, michael ryan regional strain variations of the human in-vivo patellar tendon using digital image correlation (dic) introduction: in-vitro research has shown that strain variations occur within and along the fibers of the patellar tendon. consequently, it has been hypothesised that these variations may contribute to the occurrence of patellar tendinopathy and may explain the specific localised lesion that occurs with the pathology. the primary aim of this study was to apply dic to investigate the regional strain distributions within the human in-vivo patellar tendon. specifically this study assessed 1) variations in mean strain between the proximal, mid, and distal tendon regions; and 2) variations in mean strain between the deep and superficial layers of each region. methods: seven adult subjects (5 males, 2 females; age = 30.5 +/3.5 y) performed rate controlled voluntary ramped contractions to a normalised target torque over a specified rate with simultaneous collection of sagittal plane imaging of the patellar tendon and knee extensor torque using real time b-mode ultrasonography and dynamometry, respectively. ultrasound images were subsequently processed using specialized software to estimate regional strain variations within the in-vivo patellar tendon. results: mean strain along the full length of the patellar tendon was estimated at 4.68% (±1.64%) with no significant difference between deep and superficial layers (4.64% (±1.68%) vs 4.7% (±1.66%)). strain estimates were found to be highest at the proximal and mid tendon regions when compared to the distal region (7.27% (±2.64%) vs 5.84% (±2.83%) vs -1.4 (±3.79%). strain estimates for the deep tendon layer were found to be higher when compared to the superficial layer for the proximal and mid regions (7.8% (±2.81) vs 6.73% (± 2.58%) and 6.49% (±3.14%) vs 5.15% (± 2.61%). for the distal region, the superficial layer estimates were found to be higher than the posterior layer (1.41% (± 3.03%) vs -4.07% (± 4.89)). conclusion: this study shows significant regional strain variations exist within the patellar tendon during ramped isometric contractions. higher strain in the proximal deep tendon layer would suggest stress overload as an etiological factor in patellar insertional tendinopathy. strain estimates for the distal deep layer suggest that this region undergoes compression during isometric knees extension. james leitao affiliation: spine unit and pain management centre return to sport: a spine surgeon's perspective introduction: although there are isolated protocols, there are currently no clear guidelines for sports therapists following spine injury or spinal surgical interventions. both elite and regular athletes are unsure about what to expect after a back injury or spine surgery. all are keen to return to sport as soon as possible. there needs to be sensible and standardized approach to guide and rehabilitate individuals with back injury or spine surgery. the goal of any rehabilitation should be individualised depending on the diagnosis, surgical intervention, pain, time since surgery and specific sport. when to return to sport, which type of sport and the role of prehabilitation are some key questions that need to be addressed with the individual athlete. avoiding the disruption of the healing process by preventing excessive loading of the spine in all planes, in the early stages of repair, must be the goal. based on biomechanical aspects of the spinal conditions with which the athlete presents, spine surgeons normally classify spinal disorders. athletes with discogenic pain have varying lengths of recovery period and can return after a short interval of rest and rehabilitation. the risk of recurrence is low. athletes with large disc herniation's and pain should be managed conservatively initially. the risk of recurrence is higher with a broad based uncontained disc herniation. athletes with surgical intervention should have a tailored approach for return to sport. the approach should be based on structural integrity of the spine and will vary from a few weeks for endoscopic surgery to a few months for spinal fusion. summary: a multidisciplinary approach to return to sport following spine injury or surgical intervention along with graduated return to sport should be the key focus. avoiding excessive loading in all planes of motion in the early stages of healing and a significant prehabilitation is essential. physiotherapists, strength and conditioning specialist, biokinetist and sports technical coach have to play a role in an integrated manner. surgeons must share information about the surgical procedure and the stability of the spine with the patient and all therapists. 27 danielle lincoln affiliation: rowsa (rowing south africa) rehabilitation of a sa rowing athlete following serious illness background: the 24-year-old athlete began rowing at school in 2003 and joined the elite squad in 2008. he achieved gold and silver medal status at u23 world championships in 2 consecutive years. history: prior to diagnosis he presented with an 18 24 month history of recurrent upper respiratory tupper respiratory tract infections, occasional episodes of tiredness and fatigue and a slowly, progressive slight decrease in performance. clinical: the clinical examination was essentially normal. investigations: the routine bloods showed anaemia of chronic disorder and raised crp and he was investigated for chronic infection during which he was treated for h. pylori infection. as things did not settle he was investigated further with a high resolution ct scan, bone marrow biopsy, lymph node biopsy and a pet scan. he was diagnosed with hodgkins lymphoma stage iv with involvement of the bone marrow and spleen. treatment: he was treated with escalated beacopp – bleomycin, etoposide, adriamycin, cyclophosphamide, oncovin, prednisone and procarbazine. the regime was chosen for his disease status as well as the side effect profile, which had advantages for an athlete. the pet scan was clear after 2 cycles and after completion of the full regime. complications during treatment pneumonia following bone marrow suppression return to training points of concern 1. bone marrow suppression 2. drug side effects 1. bleomycin 2. adriamycin 3. prednisone 4. weight gain 5. reintegration into the programme considering the athlete had the mind of an athlete but the body of a post chemotherapy patient return to full training was graded. restrictions were placed on his training workload and a low intensity of work was enforced with a heart rate cap and a reduced length of session. running was avoided until an optimum weight was achieved. he was given mental support during this period, as there was a high level of frustration. after 6 weeks of low-grade training he was fully assessed for signs of chemotherapy toxicity with a full physical examination, a full blood screen, an extensive cardiac assessment, which included an echocardiogram and stress ecg, as well as lung function tests. there is ongoing assessment for signs of disease relapse and although the risk 3%), monitoring will be close for the next 5 years. outcome: he has returned to full training and is currently working towards the world championships james macdonald affiliation: nationwide children's hospital, columbus, oh usa additional authors: james macdonald, mitchell selhorst, anastasia fischer, reno ravindran, richard rodenberg, eric peters, kristine graft, eric welder prolonged rest versus early physical therapy in patients with active spondylolysis introduction: spondylolysis is a stress fracture most commonly occurring in the lumbar spine. this injury is common in adolescent athletes, accounting for as much as 40% of all low back pain in this population. currently, there is no evidence to guide physicians on when to make a safe referral to physical therapy [pt] for these patients. there were two primary objectives of this study: (1) to determine if the amount of time prior to referral to pt affects the time to make a full return to activity for patients with an acute spondylolysis (2) to assess the safety of an early referral to pt compared with a longer rest period prior to pt in patients with an acute spondylolysis. methods: this was a retrospective study which consisted of the review of each patient's medical chart and lumbar imaging. participants: one hundred and ninety-six patients with an acute spondylolysis injury met the inclusion criteria during the pre-selected review period. patients were sub-grouped into 2 groups by physician referral patterns: an aggressive referral to pt group (< 10 weeks) and a conservative referral to pt group (> 10 weeks). safety was assessed by calculating the number of adverse reactions experienced in each group during the course of treatment. data analysis: mann-whitney u tests were used to analyze the first study objective. relative risk of an adverse reaction was calculated to assess the second study objective. results: median days to a full return to sport for aggressive pt referral group (115.5 days iqr 50.5) and conservative pt referral (140.0 days iqr 40.3) was significantly different (p = 0.003). a total of 11 patients had documented adverse reactions during the course of treatment for acute spondylolysis. although there was a higher percentage of patients who experienced an adverse reaction in the conservative referral to pt group, this difference was not statistically significant (p = 0.509). conclusions: the results of this retrospective study show that patients of physicians who referred to physical therapy sooner returned to sport more quickly without an increased risk of adverse reaction 28 akshai mansingh affiliation: university of the west indies management dilemmas in treating cricket injuries introduction: injuries in cricket players are well documented as to which areas of the body that are injured, what type of injury is more common and which activity or what type of player sustains them. however many injuries that prove to be diagnostic challenges, or are not often seen and thus missed. additionally, there are injuries whose management may be affected by the state of the game, the stage of a series or the role of the player. this paper presents a series of challenging cases to highlight difficult management decisions that need to be taken. methods: cases that were diagnostic dilemmas and management challenges in west indies cricket were selected from the injuries treated by the author these include: a rare shoulder injury, which provided diagnostic challenges a head injury was a management challenge finger injuries which were interesting and could have been managed in different ways knee injury which had negative mri findings but required surgery. the format of the presentation is preferably interactive, in which case histories will be presented and the audience will be asked to participate in discussion before the final management is revealed. results: the results of each case will be discussed with the audience aiming to focus on the cases in particular, but give an insight into management decisions that are often required in elite cricket. conclusion: this paper will highlight injuries that are either common in cricket but pose difficult management considerations and could have many different ways of treating. it will also present some rare injuries that are often missed. akshai mansingh affiliation: university of the west indies additional authors: akshai mansingh, christopher clark, isabel moore, craig ranson, changing trends of injuries in international cricket; reviewing 10 years of injuries in west indies cricket introduction: only australia and west indies have reported a decade of longitudinal injury data. during this time there have been variations in the types of injuries seen, as well as time lost due to injury, prevalence and incidence of injury. this paper looks at injuries sustained in west indies cricket over ten years and identifies changing trends and how these have affected the game. methods: prospective injury surveillance of players selected for the west indies cricket team from 2005 to 2014 was collected based on consensus methods. additionally both time-loss (tl) injuries (player unavailable for match selection) and non time-loss (ntl) injuries (requiring medical attention but player available for selection) were included. results: there were 404 injuries [212 ntl injuries; 192 tl injuries] by 79 players, at 1.21 injuries/100 days (0.63 ntl; 0.57 tl). incidence of ntl injuries was higher than tl injuries during training (0.28 vs. 022/100 days), but similar during matches (0.29/100 days). more ntl injuries (32%) were chronic compared to tl injuries (15%). mild injuries (<3 days lost) had the highest incidence (0.23/100 days). fielding resulted in the most injuries. the hand, lower back, shoulder and knee accounted for 42% of injuries. there were more acute injuries sustained but required less time lost from the game. trends changed from chronic injuries requiring long periods out of the game (stress fractures of the back) a decade ago, to soft tissue strains with less than a week out of the game now. conclusion: there was a low injury incidence over a decade, but a high proportion of tl injuries compared to other studies. fielding resulted in the most injuries, which may require attention to technique. less time is lost from play due to the change in types of injuries, better medical support and quicker detection of injury. as most ntl injuries took place during training, modifications in training methods may need to be considered. prevention strategies for hamstring strain injuries should be implemented focusing on known risk factors, such as muscle strength deficiencies, whereas for ankle injuries, being able to manage on-going ntl injuries should be targeted. robroy martin affiliation: duquesne university additional authors: robroy martin, ben kivlan, hal martin a cadaveric study of the dynamic internal rotation impingement (diri) and dynamic external rotation impingement (dexri) tests purpose: labral pathology of the hip joint is commonly associated with an abnormal abutment of the femoral neck to the acetabular labrum. there have been many clinical tests developed to help determine the presence of labral pathology with limited evidence of validity to support their use. the dynamic internal rotation impingement (diri) and dynamic external rotation impingement (dexri) tests were proposed by martin to comprehensively assess all zones of the labrum for potential pathology due to femoroacetabular impingement. the purpose of this study was to assess the validity of the diri and dexri tests by describing the point of contact of the femoral neck relative to specific zones of the acetabular labrum in a cadaveric study. subjects: 26 hips from 14 embalmed cadavers (7 male; 7 female) with a lifespan ranging between 51-95 years were used for this study. methods: the pelvic region of each cadaver was skeletonized and the labrum marked into 5 geographic zones according to ilizaliturri as follows: zone 1 – anterior-inferior, zone 2 – anterior-superior, zone 3 – superior, zone 4 – posterior-superior, zone 5 – posterior-inferior. from a neutral anatomical position the diri test was performed by moving the femur through a full arc of flexion, adduction and internal rotation while maintaining contact of the femoral neck to the labrum. from position of maximum flexion the dexri was performed by moving the femur through a full arc of extension, abduction, and external rotation while maintaining contact of the femoral neck to the labrum. when the femoral neck made contact with each of the 5 labral zones the position of hip flexion was recorded to describe the arc of motion in the sagittal plane in which the diri and dexri tests were in contact with each specific zone of the labrum. results: the diri test made contact to zones 1-3. contact with the anterior-inferior labrum (zone 1) occurred in less than 57° of hip flexion, while contact with the anterior-superior labrum (zone 2) occurred between 57°–101°. zone 3 was contacted in a maximally flexed position. the dexri test made contact to zones 3-5. contact with the posterior-superior portion (zone 4) of the labrum occurred between 106°-15° flexion. the posteriorinferior portion (zone 5) of the labrum contacted the femoral neck as the hip joint was moved towards midline through an arc of 15-47° flexion. conclusion: the diri and dexri tests may be used to discriminate the location of labral pathology from anterior-inferior (zone 1) to posteriorinferior (zone 5) positions. clinical relevance: noting the position of hip flexion in which pain reproduction occurs during the diri and dexri tests may help to identify the specific zone(s) of labral pathology. 29 candice martin affiliation: department of physiotherapy, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand additional authors: candice martin, benita olivier the functional movement screen in the prediction of injury of high school cricket pace bowlers introduction: to ensure young cricketers remain injury free all fitness and medical staff should identify risk factors and develop preventative strategies. the functional movement screen (fms) has been developed as a pre-participation screening tool to assess the quality of an athlete's fundamental movement patterns, identify asymmetries and limitations and establish the risk of sustaining an injury. a score of 14 or less have been found to predict injury among various sport groups. no documented research confirming the predictive validity of the fms among cricketers could be found. objective: to determine if pre-season fms score is a valid predictor of inseason injury among adolescent pace bowlers. methods: this is a prospective observational quantitative study. male adolescent pace bowlers (n=27) who were injury free at the start of the season. bowlers performed the seven fms movements and were scored according to the scoring criteria as set out by the authors of the fms. injury incidence were monitored by bowlers completing the standardised self-administered questionnaires pre-season, in-season (monthly) and postseason. the independent student t-test and fisher's exact tests were used to compare the fms scores of the injured and non-injured bowlers as well as the injured and non-injured bowlers that scored ≤ 14 with significance set at p ≤ 0.05. results: the mean fms score for the sample was 16.44 (±2.41). the non-injured group (16.55±2.57) score slightly higher than the injured (16.1±2.07) group but there was no significant difference between the groups. there was also no significant difference between injured and noninjured bowlers who scored ≤14. a total fms score of 14 does not provide the sensitivity (0.2) needed to assess injury risk among adolescent pace bowlers and no other accurate cut-off score could be calculated. conclusion: pre-season observed total fms score is a poor predictor of in-season injury among adolescent pace bowlers. more research should be conducted to determine if a specific fms test or asymmetry is a more valid predictor of injury. crosby mulungwa affiliation: division sport and exercise medicine, university of the free state additional authors: crosby mulungwa, louis holtzhausen the use of traditional medicine and rituals in professional soccer in south africa introduction and aim: traditional medicine(tm) and traditional rituals (tr) are anecdotally widely used in soccer in south africa. there is no scientific information on content of substances, efficacy, possible adverse effects, or anti-doping status of tm and tr in sport in south africa. the aim of the study was to investigate the types, indications and beliefs regarding tm and tr in south african professional soccer as baseline data for further investigation (ethics clearance ecufs 56/2012). methodology: a descriptive study was conducted, with qualitative and quantitative components. the study population was selected using purposive sampling because of the rarity of people willing to divulge information on this topic. five former south african professional soccer players were interviewed using a semi-structured interview guide. descriptive data was extracted, categorised and tabulated. results: the use of tm and tr was confirmed among south african professional soccer players. a list of tm and tr was identified. the main indications for tm and tr use are injury and illness management, performance enhancement and protection. the perceived efficacies of tm versus western medicine and of tm or tr for team success are equivocal. secrecy about the use of tm and tr complicated research on this topic. conclusion: the common use, types, their indications and beliefs about tm and tr in south african professional soccer were recorded for the first time. an attempt was made to contextualise tm and tr use in soccer. there is insufficient scientific evidence or knowledge on efficacy, safety and legality of tm and tr in south africa for healthcare workers to recommend it to athletes. further scientific and socio-cultural investigation is strongly recommended. takalani clearance muluvhu affiliation: hpcsa and basa additional authors: takalani clearance muluvhu, makama andries monyeki, meriam mohlala, gert strydom physical activity and selected health risk factors profiles among local government employees in vhembe district, limpopo province of south africa. background: research studies identify physical inactivity as a global health concern associated with non-communicable diseases of lifestyle affecting people from different walks of life. the purpose of this study was two-fold: to determine the prevalence of physical activity and risk factors of chronic diseases among local government employees in the vhembe district, and to investigate the relationship between physical activity and risk factors of chronic diseases in the above-mentioned population. methods: a cross-sectional study design on an available sample of 540 (men=253 and women=287) local government employees in the vhembe district in limpopo province participated in this study. a standardised physical activity questionnaire was used to determine the physical activity index (pai) of the participants; and clinical measures of body mass index (bmi), waist circumference (wc) and blood pressure (bp) were assessed. results: the results show that 53% of the employees do not participate in physical activity, with a higher percentage in women (49%) compared to men (47%). additionally the results show the presence of both overweight and obesity (21% and 44%), with women (23%) accounted for a higher percentage compared to the men (21%). finally, the results showed that physical inactivity was positively associated with all measures of bmi, wc and blood pressure (sbp and dbp), with a significant (p≤0.05) association with bmi. conclusions: it can be concluded that 53% of the 540 employees do not participate in physical activity and had a high percentage of obesity, especially the women. the physical activity index correlated with all measures of body mass index, waist circumference, and blood pressure, and was significantly associated with body mass index. keywords: physical activity, health risk, local government employees, overweight 30 natalia neophytou affiliation: centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa additional authors: natalia neophytou, kerith d. aginsky, caitlin tracey posture and isokinetic shoulder strength in female, water polo players background: water polo players are overhead athletes, presenting with shoulder muscular imbalances between the internal rotators (ir) and external rotators (er) which may lead to changes in posture and increase predisposition to injury. objective: to assess posture and isokinetic shoulder strength of female, club level, water polo players. methods: a descriptive study assessing posture and isokinetic strength of the ir and er shoulder muscles in 15 female, club level, south african water polo players (age: 21.3 ± 1.5 years). posture was assessed using a posture grid. isokinetic shoulder rotator muscle strength was tested over 5 repetitions concentrically and eccentrically at 60°/sec using a biodex isokinetic dynamometer system 3. the bilateral, reciprocal and functional (dcr) ratios were calculated. results: typical posture included a forward head, rounded shoulder, thoracic kyphosis, an elevated non-dominant shoulder, mild scapula winging, lumbar lordosis and an anterior pelvic tilt. the mean concentric reciprocal ratios for the dominant (52.2 ± 7.1%) and non-dominant (51.9 ± 6.5%) sides indicated some er muscle weakness. however, the mean concentric (ir: 8.8 ± 10.7% and er: 10.4 ± 6.3%) and eccentric (ir: 6.1 ± 10.4% and er: 4.8 ± 30.3%) bilateral ratios were within normal limits as were the eccentric reciprocal ratios (d: 69.6 ± 16.1% and nd: 67.3 ± 10.9%) and the dcr values (d: 0.75 ± 0.2 and nd: 0.75 ± 0.1). conclusion: there is a trend for these female water polo players to have rounded shoulders and forward head postures as well as er muscle strength weakness, this combination could predispose the athletes to shoulder injury. kim nolte affiliation: university of pretoria additional authors: kim nolte, sasha burgoyne, heinrich nolte, julia van der meulen, lizelle fletcher the effectiveness of a range of sports bras in reducing breast displacement during incremental treadmill running and two-step star jumping introduction: the primary aim of the study was to investigate the effectiveness of a range of sports bras in reducing multi-planar breast displacement during incremental treadmill running and a two-step star jump. a secondary aim was to assess the relationship between perceptual bra comfort, bra fit and breast pain and measured breast displacement. methods: seventeen females (mean age 22 years, range 18 – 31 years) with bra cup sizes b to c volunteered to take part in the study. participants were assessed in the biomechanics laboratory of ergonomics technologies on 20 – 24 august 2012). three dimensional breast movements were determined for six randomly assigned breast support levels during incremental treadmill running and two-step star jumping. participants completed a perceptual questionnaire rating bra comfort, bra fit and breast pain. results: not all the bras significantly reduced resultant breast movement compared to a control condition. perceptual ratings of bra fit and bra comfort were stronger and more reliable predictors of breast pain in our group of relatively small breasted participants. conclusion: therefore it is apparent that resultant breast movement and the reduction of such movement is a multifaceted function of breast size, bra design and movement/activity type. the variance in bra performance at different treadmill running speeds highlights this fact and indicates that sports bras should be carefully selected to best suit the activity and breast size of the user. habib noorbhai affiliation: cape peninsula university of technology additional authors: habib noorbhai, timothy noakes a qualitative and biomechanical analysis of backlift batting techniques among skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled cricket batsmen introduction: one of the first principles of cricket batsmanship that is coached from a young age is to play with a straight bat. this requires the bat to be lifted directly back towards the stumps with the elbow “up”, pointing in the direction of the ball's trajectory. limited studies to date have examined whether top international skilled cricketers (sc) actually use this traditionally described technique. no study has yet examined whether there are differences in the backlift and batting techniques of semi-skilled cricketers (ssc) and unskilled cricketers (uc). methods: accordingly, we performed a descriptive, observational study of the backlift technique adopted by 65 of the most successful sc of all time based on their career averages, strike rate and runs scored. the batsmen were divided into two groups depending on whether they played the game, before or after 1954 and which described this backlift technique as the ideal. this was due to the first mcc coaching manual produced in 1954. we also investigated two study samples of ssc (comprised of both adolescent (n = 30) and amateur (n = 10) cricketers) and uc (comprised of only the young calypso cricketers (n = 40)). various types of deliveries were bowled to the participants utilising a bowling machine. biomechanical and video analysis were performed on all three participant groups utilizing kinovea. classifiers were utilised to identify the type of batting technique employed by all groups of batsmen. results: surprisingly, more than 70% of sc did not adopt the traditionally taught technique. instead they adopted a more looped action in which the initial movement of the bat was in the direction of the slips, and in extreme cases it was either towards the gulley/point region or having the face of the bat directed towards the off-side. more than 70% of uc adopted the lateral backlift batting technique whereas more than 70% of ssc adopted the straight backlift batting technique. players begin to start adopting either the lateral or straight backlift batting technique around the age of 11 years. cricketers who have a lateral angle of the backlift of more than 50o have a better chance of hitting the ball with better timing and power. conclusion and coaching implications: most coaching instruction today allows the backlift to be taken to first or second slip or have the bat face towards the stumps but not in the direction of point nor as part of a looped action. this suggests that traditionally taught batting coaching techniques may hinder rather than enhance future cricketing performance. if such players are not coached, they automatically hit the ball using a lateral technique which indirectly suggests that early coaching emphasising traditional techniques could be disadvantageous to the young cricketer. future research is required to evaluate the coaching methods of the backlift batting techniques taught by coaches at various levels in most icc countries. key words: cricket batting, backlift batting techniques, biomechanics, qualitative, skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled 31 sarah j. moss affiliation: physical activity, sport and recreation focus area, north-west university, potchefstroom school of health and sport sciences, faculty of science, health, education and engineering, university of the sunshine coast, australia additional authors: sarah j. moss, s.o. onagbiye, m. cameron managing non-communicable diseases in an african community: effects, compliance, and barriers to participation in a four-week exercise intervention. introduction: to determine the compliance, barriers, and effects of participation in a four-week exercise intervention to reduce risk factors for ncds among setswana-speaking community-dwelling potchefstroom adults from a low resourced area of south africa. methods: an exercise program and associated pre-post test were performed by 76 participants (men, n= 26 and women, n= 50) aged 35 to 65 years. baseline and end tests included height, weight, hip and waist circumference, heart rate, blood pressure, glucose, cholesterol, quality of life, and cardiorespiratory fitness measurements. the intervention consisted of three days/week combined aerobic and resistance exercise at an intensity of 70% hrr as determined at baseline. compliance and barriers to participation were determined post-intervention by means of attendance registers and interviews. ancova with adjustment for pre-test was performed for all repeated variables. the cronbach's alpha coefficients for exercise benefits were 0.81 and for barriers 0.84. results: of the 26 men (40.8±5.45 years) and 50 women (43.6 ± 7.8 years) recruited, 54 completed the intervention (71% compliance). the fourweek aerobic exercise intervention significantly reduced body mass, rpe and mcs in men, and body mass, bmi, vo2max, rpe, glucose, pcs and mcs in women. participants reported that the exercise milieu as a major barrier to exercise compliance while the interviews reported lack of time. conclusion: a one month exercise intervention elucidated positive changes in risk factors for ncds in a low-resource community. a drop-out rate of 29 % in this study is consistent with other exercise intervention trials. exploration of the reported barriers may be useful for planning to increase compliance with future programs. keywords: physical activity intervention, cardiorespiratory fitness, quality of life, non-communicable diseases, adults, setswana jessie turner pearson affiliation: division of exercise science and sports medicine, university of cape town additional authors: jessie turner pearson, lisa micklesfield, estelle lambert a formative assessment of physical activity levels in pregnant women presenting at two public health clinics in cape town, south africa background: it has been proposed that physical activity pre-pregnancy, during pregnancy and post-partum reduces the risk of both the mother and the child developing obesity and its co-morbidities. little is known about the physical activity patterns of pregnant south african women, while it is known that overweight and obesity are prevalent amongst south african women. the aim of this study was to describe the physical activity and sedentary behaviour patterns of pregnant women presenting at two public health clinics in cape town, as well as the barriers and facilitators associated with physical activity during pregnancy. methods: forty women between 18 and 35 years of age (mean: 27±4.8 yrs) and 12 and 25 weeks gestation (mean: 17±3.5 wks) were included. the global physical activity questionnaire (gpaq) was used to obtain data on self-reported physical activity and information on socio-economic status, sedentary time, knowledge, attitudes and beliefs about exercise during pregnancy, and self-efficacy related to exercising while pregnant was obtained via questionnaire. results: the sample was divided into active (n=26) and inactive (n=14) groups according to gpaq guidelines. the only significant sociodemographic difference was that a greater proportion of women who had attended tertiary education than the active group (30% vs. 19%; p=0.015). for the whole sample, majority of pa (9%) was walking for transport with only 30% of the women reporting leisure time activity and 12.5% participating in vigorous pa. the inactive group spent significantly more time sitting than the active group (13.0±3.1 vs. 9.1±3.7 hrs/day, p=0.004), and the total amount of sedentary time (including sitting watching t.v., using the computer, travelling, eating or reading, and sleeping during the day) was significantly greater for the inactive group than the active group (14.9±4.0 vs. 10.3±4.2 hrs/day, p=0.003). barriers to physical activity included knee, back and abdominal pain (93%), being too tired to exercise (63%), not having time to exercise (55%), living in an unsafe neighbourhood (40%). facilitators of exercise during pregnancy included someone to exercise with (88%), a specialised exercise programme for pregnant women (88%), somewhere to exercise (45%) and access to information about why exercise is important (45%). walking was identified as the most popular mode of exercise (75%), followed by an exercise programme at home (60%), yoga (50%) and exercises at the community hall (48%), while aerobics was the least popular choice (35%). conclusions: although the majority of the women in this study were classified as active, our study showed low levels of leisure time activity and high levels of sedentary behaviour. thus, it is apparent that there is a need for an intervention which will educate women on the benefits of physical activity for them and their baby not only during pregnancy, but also throughout their lifetime. nivash rugbeer affiliation: department of sport, rehabilitation and dental science, tshwane university of technology, pretoria. additional authors: nivash rugbeer, serela ramklass, johan van heerden effect of group exercise frequency on health related quality of life in older persons residing in institutionalised care facilities background: worldwide, the proportion of older persons aged 60 years and older is increasing. the elderly within institutionalised setting are often neglected, with the probability of disease and disability being highly prevalent. increasing age and visceral fat coupled with a lack of structured exercise results in inflammatory and pro-inflammatory processes, contributing to the deterioration of physical and physiological functioning. health related quality of life (hrqol) in the context of the elderly is defined as their functional status and independence in engaging in activities of daily living. little is known about the effect of group based exercise frequency on hrqol among the elderly residing in aged care homes within the ethekwini central business district (cbd). the study aimed to determine the effect of group exercises 2x/week vs 3x/week on health related quality of life of older persons residing in age care homes in the ethekwini cbd. methods: a quasi-experimental design was used to compare the effect of a 12 week group exercise programme on two groups of participantoups of participants using pre-test and post-test procedures. a total of 100 participants were selected from five aged care homes. twenty participants from each of the five facilities were randomly selected through convenient sampling. admittance to the group was based on the outcome of a medical assessment by a sports physician. from the 20 participants, ten participants were randomly assigned to group a (experimental) and 10 in group b (observed group). group a exercise three times a week and group b exercise two times a week for 12 weeks. the medical outcomes study 36-item short-form health survey (sf-36) was used pre and post exercise to determine effect of intervention on health related quality of life. results: results showed a significant difference in social functioning (mean participant difference (mpd) = 13.35, p = 0.00), vitality (mpd = 7.55, p = 0.00) and mental health (mpd = 5.11, p = 0.03) post training thrice a week. there was a significant difference in social function post training twice a week (mpd = 12.15, p = 0.02). improvements in mental component summary scale (p = 0.03) post training thrice (mpd = 6.67, p = 0.00) and twice (mpd = 3.68, p = 0.03) a week was also noted. conclusion: elevated vitality levels, mental and social health benefits can be obtained irrespective of group exercise frequency 2x/week or 3x/week. this may assist the elderly in preserving independence and health within long term care facilities. 32 bennett ryan affiliation: rhodes university the efficacy of a community based soccer-specific hamstring intervention in black amateur south african players introduction: hamstring injury prevalence in soccer remains a major concern. research in this context has focused on european populations with little attention given to other ethnic groups. the compatibility and applicability of such research to the south african context may be minimal due to fundamental differences in physical characteristics, as well as complexities with regards to implementation. the aim of this investigation was therefore twofold. 1) identify the lower extremity strength profile of black amateur south african players, and 2) assess the efficacy of a community based intervention through the use of the nordic hamstring exercise. methods: 19 male black eastern cape amateur players participated in a 12 week rct (9 = control, 10 = intervention). all participants completed regular training, while the intervention group, in addition, performed the nordic hamstring exercise. the incremental intervention design was taken from mjolsnes (2004). concentric and eccentric isokinetic strength evaluations were performed pre and post intervention, for knee flexors and extensors, at speeds of 60 and 180°.s-1. results: at 60°.s-1 and 180°.s-1, concentric quadriceps peak torque (pt) showed no significant difference between the intervention and control groups (p=0.957 and p=0.3141). eccentric hamstring pt indicated a significant improvement at 60°.s-1 (p=0.004) in the intervention group, with no significant changes at 180°.s-1 (p=0.1477). with regards to the functional ratio (ecch:conq), an interaction effect between group and time was found at 60°.s-1 (p=0.0148), while no changes were found between the control and intervention group at 180°.s-1 (p=0.495). conclusion: findings indicate that the intervention was partially successful. while the intervention resulted in improvements at 60°.s-1, these changes were not evident at the more functional velocity of 180°.s-1. it can be concluded that community based programs within sa have the potential to be effective; however, there are many barriers to implementation, including, language, ethnic and cultural differences, while a lack of resources and infrastructure play a significant role in a lack of development. more research of this nature is required to provide scientific support for structures and guidelines at an amateur level in sa, to ensure the efficacy of internationally successful interventions such as the nordic exercise. marlene schoeman affiliation: university of the free state additional authors: louis holtzhausen, rudi de wet, marlene schoeman clinical, haematological and biochemical characteristics of south african gold-miners presenting with exercise-associated muscle cramps, part 2: results and discussion introduction: the pathogenesis of exercise-associated muscle cramps (eamc) in mine-workers and other exercising populations is not clear. the aims of the study were to describe clinical, biochemical and haematological variables in gold miners with eamc. methodology: a retrospective descriptive study of the data of underground mine workers who presented with eamc over 18 months in a south african gold mine (cra group) was compared with a control group of similar workers without eamc from which data were collected before (conpre) and after (conpost) 8 hour shifts. results: there were 450 cases of eamc in a population of 18430 mine workers over an 18-month period (2.5%). markers which were significantly different in the cra group compared to the conpost group were signs of dehydration (increased haematocrit and haemoglobin), muscle fatigue (elevated ck), muscle damage (elevated myoglobin), inflammation (elevated total white cell and lymphocyte count), elevated urea and creatinine, increased body temperature and lower fluid intake. the control group were wellto slightly over hydrated, with progressive muscle injury (increased ck levels, but no increase in myoglobin) and well maintained kidney function during a working week. conclusion: eamc is associated with elevated inflammatory markers, dehydration and haemoconcentration, reduced absolute serum sodium and chloride levels, elevated creatinine and protein levels, and muscle damage (myoglobin). this study is the first to present a comprehensive profile of a population with eamc, compared to a control group. the interpretation of these results should be done cautiously. further investigation into the pathogenesis of eamc will be guided by these results. instead of compartmentalised theories, eamc seems to occur in a collective set of systemic and local contributing factors. marlene schoeman affiliation: sport and exercise medicine, university of the free state additional authors: marlene schoeman, ceri diss, siobhan strike jump landings in lower limb amputees: mechanical considerations for prehabilitation introduction: jumping is a fundamental movement in many recreational sports and terminates in landing. jump landing is a common cause for acute injury and osteoarthritis (oa) which raise concerns for lower limb amputees who are encouraged to participate in recreational sport yet may be compromised to perform the jump landing safely due to the loss of the most distal joint and their predisposition to oa. the aims of this study were to investigate the loading experienced by transtibial amputees (ttas) in vertical jump landings and explore compensatory mechanisms in controlling their downward momentum and attenuate the shock during landing to inform prehabilitation. methods: six unilateral ttas and ten able-bodied (ab) participants completed 10 maximal effort bilateral vertical jumps of which the highest jump was analysed. ttas had to be at least 1 year post-amputation with no secondary pathology. the single jump with the greatest vertical position of the centre of mass in each situation was used for analysis. data were collected using two kistler force platforms synchronized with a 9-camera vicon motion analysis system. a mann-whitney u test was used to assess bilateral differences and differences between the tta and ab participants. results: significantly larger (p=0.041) impact forces (25.25±4.89n.kg-1) were experienced by the ttas on the intact compared to the prosthetic side. similar impact forces to the ab participants were experienced despite landing from significantly lower (p=0.000) jump heights. the ttas performed a quasi-unilateral landing onto the intact limb, resulting mainly from the incapacity of the prosthetic ankle to plantarflex and active strategies to increase residual knee and hip flexion prior to touch-down. loading rates onto the prosthetic side were significantly higher compared to both the intact side (p=0.026) and ab participants (p=0.000) due to reduced prosthetic ankle, knee and hip roms, resulting in reduced extensor moments and negative work. the tta landing from the greatest height (similar to ab participants) experienced the smallest impact forces through a fairly symmetrical engagement of both limbs and going through large knee and hip roms. conclusion: uninformed landing strategies employed by the ttas pointed to avoidances to engage the prosthetic limb in the landing which exposed the intact limb to large impact forces which may lead to degenerative disease over the long term. attempts to keep the residual knee joint erect resulted in inadequate roms over which to generate extensor moments and produce negative work to dissipate the landing shock. landing with an extended knee evoked large loading rates which may increase acute injury risks and cause residual skin breakdown if repetitive jumping were to occur. the results imply that safer landing techniques can (and should) be taught during prehabilitation. 33 marlene schoeman affiliation: division sport and exercise medicine, university of the free state additional authors: marius roos, marlene schoeman, louis holtzhausen, gina joubert exercise prescription by south african doctors part 1: knowledge, practice and attitudes among south african doctors4 introduction: physical inactivity is the fourth leading cause of death worldwide. south africans have low physical activity (pa) levels which increase the morbidity and mortality associated with various chronic diseases. general practitioners (gps) play a key role in motivating a large proportion of the sedentary population to become physically active. very little is known about the exercise prescription practices of south african gps. this study aimed to determine the practices, attitudes toward and knowledge on exercise prescription among gps in sa and identify possible barriers why they do not prescribe exercise. methods: a self-administered, anonymous electronic questionnaire was circulated to a database of gps via email on three separate occasions, two weeks apart and was completed by a total of 349 gps. exercise prescription practices, attitudes towards exercise prescription and the importance thereof as preventative modality for chronic diseases were assessed. knowledge on benefits, risk factors, contraindications and compilations of exercise prescriptions were also assessed. results: substantially higher prescription rates were reported compared to international literature. a minority (18.0%) of the participants felt that exercise prescription will be too time consuming, while almost half (46.0%) of the non-prescribing doctors reported a lack of confidence in their knowledge to be able to prescribe exercise. approximately 98% of the gps believed that it should be part of their practice to prescribe exercise to their patients, despite the fact that their knowledge regarding recommendations for physical activity and the formulation of an exercise prescription was poor. conclusion: although gps reported a high prevalence of exercise prescription, insufficient knowledge about exercise prescription and appropriate lifestyle modifications were noticed. barriers to exercise prescription differ from international literature and should be investigated further. a lack in confidence and knowledge to enable safe and effective exercise prescription highlights a need to rethink the undergraduate medical curricula. takshita sookan affiliation: university of kwazulu natal additional authors: takshita sookan, andrew mckune, michael ormsbee, jose antonio, nombulelo magula, umesh lalloo, ayesha motala effect of a progressive resistance training program and whey protein intake on quality of life in human immunodeficiency virus infected individual receiving antiretroviral therapy. introduction: advances in hiv treatment in the last three decades has resulted in improved health, prolonged life and substantially reduced the risk of hiv transmission. [u1] this impact broadens to all facets of life, influencing quality of life (qol). progressive resistance training (prt) combined with effective supplementation can increase muscle mass and improve physical performance in persons with hiv infection and may enhance outcomes in these patients as well as improve qol. methods: forty hiv infected participants (40.8 ±7.7 yrs, 70.8 ±16 kgs, bmi 30.9 ±7.2 kg.m2) receiving art (≥18 months) were randomly assigned to either a whey protein/resistance training (rt) group (n=18), placebo/prt group (n=14) or control group (n=8). participants received either 20g whey or placebo (maltodextrin) pre and immediately post each rt workout. whole body rt was performed 2/week for 12 weeks. to assess qol the whoqol-hiv bref 31 was used which has six domains: physical, psychological, level of independence, social relationships, [u2] environment, and spiritual. the questionnaire was completed at baseline and then at 12 weeks. the mean score of questions within each domain was used to calculate the domain score. statistical analysis consisted of a two-way anova and sidak's multiple comparison post hoc testing. alpha was set at p ≤ 0.05. results: the physical domain showed a significant time effect (te) (p=0.02) with the placebo group increasing from baseline (17.69a.u.) to post (19.15a.u) (mean difference -1.5a.u., 95% ci -2.9 to -0.05a.u.). there were no significant changes in the supplement group. the social relationships domain exhibited a significant te (p=0.02) with the placebo group increasing significantly from 14.23a.u. to 16.54a.u post (mean difference -2.3a.u., 95% ci -3.9 to -0.7a.u.). environment domain showed a significant te (p=0.002) with both placebo (15.65a.u. to 16.46a.u.; mean difference -0.8a.u., 95% ci -1.5 to -0.09a.u.) and supplement groups (14.35a.u. to 15.03a.u.; mean difference -0.7a.u., 95% ci -1.3 to 0.04a.u.) demonstrating significant increases from baseline after 12 weeks of training. the spiritual domain indicated significant te (p=0.05) with the placebo group increasing from baseline (16.38a.u.) to post (17.92a.u) (mean difference -1.5a.u., 95% ci -2.8 to -0.3a.u.). there were no significant changes in the supplement group. there were no changes in the psychological or level of independence domains for the placebo and supplement groups. there were no significant changes in the control group for any of the six domains. conclusion: several components of qol improved in art treated hiv infected individuals that participated in the prt program. changes were predominately shown in the placebo group (domains 1, 4, 5, 6). this can be attributed to positive social and environmental effects of exercise programs. exercise training is an inexpensive and efficacious strategy for improving qol in this population with can impact other facets of their lives. jason tee affiliation: university of johannesburg additional authors: jason tee, jannie klingbiel, rob collins, mike lambert, yoga coopoo functional movement screen predicts severe contact and non-contact injuries in professional rugby union players introduction: rugby union is a collision sport with a relatively high risk of injury. the ability of the functional movement screentm (fms) to predict the occurrence of severe (≥28 days) contact and non-contact injuries in professional players was assessed. methods: 90 fms test observations were compared with severe injuries sustained during 6 subsequent months. a receiver operated characteristic (roc) curve determined the fms score that best predicted severe injury. 2 x 2 contingency tables were used to determine sensitivity, specificity and odds ratios of the prediction. results: mean fms scores were significantly lower in players who sustained severe injury (injured 13.1 ± 1.7 vs. non-injured 14.5 ± 1.4), and severe contact injuries (injured 13.1 ± 2.0 vs. non-injured 14.3 ± 1.5). a receiver-operated characteristic (roc) curve determined that odds of severe injury, contact injury and non-contact injury were 5.2 (95% ci = 2.0-13.9), 6.5 (95%ci = 1.8 to 23.0) and 4.3 (95%ci = 0.9 to 21.0) times greater respectively if fms score was below the relevant cut-off score. low active straight leg raise score (≤ 2) was also significantly associated with injury. players were divided into high-fms (≥14) and low-fms (≤ 13) groups to estimate the potential effect of low fms scores. survival analysis showed a greater fractional survival rate for high-fms group (≥14) versus a low-fms group (≤ 13) (81.4% 95%ci = 68.9 to 89.2% vs. 50.0% 95%ci = 31.3 to 68.7, p <0.05). the low-fms group spent mor e days injured (47 ± 47 vs. 25 ± 39 days) and took longer to recover (29 ± 38 vs. 10 ± 16 days) than the highfms group. conclusion: these findings indicate that fms score is a risk factor for severe contact and non-contact injury in professional rugby players. 34 jason tee affiliation: university of johannesburg additional authors: jason tee, yoga coopoo, mike lambert movement, impact and pacing characteristics of south african professional rugby union players introduction: global positioning system (gps) technology provides accurate, real-time movement pattern analysis. gps will improve understanding of the movement characteristics of players during professional rugby union matchplay. methods: 19 professional rugby players were tracked using gps during 24 matches during the 2013 rugby season. players were grouped as (1) backs or forwards and (2) tight forwards, loose forwards, scrumhalves, inside backs or outside backs. movements were categorized as walking (02m.s-1), jogging (2-4m.s-1), striding (4-6m.s-1) and sprinting (>6m.s-1). walking and jogging were classified as low intensity and striding and sprinting as high intensity movement zones. an inbuilt tri-axial accelerometer quantified impacts. pacing effects were determined by comparing 1st and 2nd half movement patterns and whole game players to substitutes. results: there was no difference between forwards and backs in relative distance covered or impact variables. backs reached higher maximum speeds than forwards (backs 8.8 ± 1.1 vs. forwards 7.6 ± 1.3 m.s-1, es = 1.0), and covered more distance than forwards in high intensity speed zones (forwards 10 ± 5 vs. backs 12 ± 4 m.min-1, es = 0.6). outside backs were the fastest positional group (9.4 ± 0.9 m.s-1, es = 0.4-2.2), while tight forwards covered the most distance in low intensity zones (57 ± 5m.min-1, es = 0.4–1.8) loose forwards and inside backs exhibited similar movement patterns. relative distance (m.min-1) increased in the second half for whole game players (7 &p lusmn; 9%). high-intensity running distance decreased in the second half for forwards (1st 10.0 ± 5.0 vs. 2nd 8.6 ± 3.8 m.min-1), but increased for backs (1st 10.6 ± 3.2 vs. 2nd 11.4 ± 2.5 m.min-1). substitutes demonstrated increased relative jogging (start 20 ± 5 vs. sub 24 ± 6 m.min-1) and striding (start 8 ± 2 vs. sub 11 ± 6 m.min-1) distance versus whole game players. conclusions: there are notable differences in the movement of professional rugby union players in different positions. fatigue results in reduced high-intensity running distance and this effect can be managed through the use of substitutes. hannah van buuren affiliation: isr, university of pretoria methods in monitoring a fast bowler in cricket introduction: fast bowlers cover 20-80% greater distance, exert 2-7 times greater high intensity (hi) distances, and have 35% less recovery time between hi efforts than other specialities in cricket. in addition, they are also required to undergo and absorb forces as high as 8xbw during each bowling delivery whilst laterally flexing, extending and rotating throughout their bowling action. it is no surprise that fast bowlers have been identified as the speciality highest at risk of injury in various countries. the aim of this data collection was to determine methods that can be used in practice by support staff to determine when the fast bowler may be at risk of injury and whether or not the fast bowler is bowling prepared prior to competition. methods: thirteen international fast bowlers were monitored for an entire cricket season by self-reporting their workloads using number of overs bowled, session types and time, as well as injury occurrence and time to play. results: the average number of balls bowled per week over the season was 120±39 balls with acute peaks reaching 258 balls in one week. conditioning on average for the bowling group was 169±14 minutes per week. trends from injuries sustained showed that muscle strain type injuries occurred over a short delay (1 week) between when the bowler experienced high workloads and breakdown where they could not play cricket due to injury. bone and tendon damage were seen over a long delay (36 week) between high workloads and breakdown. high workloads were experienced when the fast bowler spiked acutely to their chronic (rolling average of 3 weeks) workload. conclusion: this method of monitoring training loads will allow coaches and trainers to either lower or raise bowling and /or conditioning loads prior to competition or risk of injury, e.g. to ensure bowling loads have met the demands for the upcoming test match, or to ensure the fast bowler is fresh and at a reduced risk of injury. riaan van der merwe affiliation: morningside sports medicine centre additional authors: riaan van der merwe, natalie phillips isokinetics, posture and functional screening in professional cyclists-team mtn qhubeka introduction: an elite level cyclist rides between 25000 km and 35000 km per annum; compared to a recreational cyclist who only accumulates 7114 km. it is therefore surprising that so few studies exist to illustrate the findings of isokinetic, functional and postural testing modalities in elite cyclists. the purpose of this study is to present data collected in an elite group of cyclists. methods: twenty one professional road cyclists from the mtn qhubeka cycling team were screened prior to competing in the 2015 tour de france. the screening protocol included isokinetic testing, postural analysis, functional strength testing and flexibility of the lower body. isokinetic examination was performed using a system 3 biodex. peak torque to body weight ratios were evaluated at 60 degrees/s and 180 degrees/s for concentric knee extension/flexion and 60 degrees/s and 120 degrees/s concentric hip flexion/extension. postural analysis involved documenting asymmetry of bony landmarks to determine malalignment issues. functional evaluation included single leg squat and single leg jump squat tests. goniometry was used to evaluate hip internal, external rotation and passive hamstring flexibility. results: the cyclists' average age was 27.3 years with a mean body weight of 71.6kg. isokinetic testing revealed the hip extensors and knee flexors to be the stronger muscle groups. results indicated average peak tq/bw for knee flexors to be very strong (l = 3.08 nm/kg, r = 3.0 nm/kg) compared to general athletes' ratio of 1.85 nm/kg. however, of concern was the weakness in knee extensor strength average peak tq/bw ratio (l = 2.22 nm/kg, r = 2.27 nm/kg) compared to general athletes of 2.96 nm/kg. postural assessment indicated that only 2 cyclists had a neutral pelvic position and 3 cyclists' scapulae were level. during functional testing 4 % had good stability on l and r leg (ankle, knee and hip) during a single leg squat, 14 % had good stability on 1 leg only (left) with the 1 leg jump squat only 14 % presented good stability on both legs. flexibility tests illustrated that hip internal rotation (average: l = 35.57â�°, r = 35.05â�°) and hamstring flexibility (average: l = 87.76â�°, r = 88.95â�°) proved in line with norms, yet the average hip external rotation (l = 30.67â�°, r = 30.62â�°) was significantly reduced compared to the norm (45â�°). conclusion: these athletes could be at risk of injury considering the results. the performance of the team could be improved by enhancing knee extensor strength and addressing postural mechanics. cycling is a non-weight bearing sport thus the poor performances in functional testing. 35 babette van der zwaard affiliation: department of sport sciences, stellenbosch university additional authors: babette van der zwaard, kasper jansen, caroline finch, willem van mechelen, evert verhagen interventions preventing ankle sprains; predictors of compliance to neuromuscular training, bracing or combination therapy introduction: neuromuscular training, wearing a brace or a combination of both are the most occurring interventions for preventing reoccurring ankle sprains in sports. the effectiveness depends on compliance to the intervention. the aim of this study was to describe the associations between participants' person-related potential predictor variables and cumulative compliance with interventions for preventing ankle sprains: neuromuscular training, wearing an ankle brace, and a combined training and bracing. design: secondary analysis of compliance data from a randomized controlled trial (rct) comparing measures preventing ankle ligament injuries. methods: ordinal regression with a backward selection method was used to obtain a descriptive statistical model linking participants' person-related potential predictor variables with the monthly cumulative compliance measurements for three interventions preventing ankle ligament injuries. results: having had multiple previous ankle injury versus a single ankle injury was significantly associated with a higher compliance with all of the preventive measures (or 1.72; 95% ci 1.09–2.70). overall compliance with bracing and the combined intervention was significantly lower than the compliance with nm training. per group analysis found that participating in a high-risk sport, like soccer, basketball, and volleyball, was significantly associated with a higher compliance with bracing (or 3.39 95% ci 1.49-7.44), or a combined bracing and nm training (or 2.49 95% ci 1.27-4.92). in contrast, participating in a high-risk sport was significantly associated with a lower per group compliance with nm training (or 0.43 95% ci 0.190.96). conclusions: when choosing an appropriate intervention to prevent reoccurring ankle sprains practitioners should take into account the nature of the sport a patient practices. furthermore, it is advisable to pay extra attention to patients who are returning to sports after their first ankle sprain to stimulate compliance to the chosen intervention. arnold vlok affiliation: department exercise and sports sciences additional authors: arnold vlok, louis holtzhausen, marlene schoeman rehabilitation and return to play after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction: a systematic review and development of a conceptual rehabilitation framework introduction and aim:there is a high risk for subsequent injury after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction (aclr) when post-operative rehabilitation is not managed according to physiological principles. the primary aims of this study was 1) to conduct a systematic literature review on the influence of the physiological healing process of the graft on the physical rehabilitation process leading up to return to sport (rts) following aclr, and 2) to develop a conceptual framework for rehabilitation and rts (ethics clearance: ecufs 15/2013). methodology: a systematic review was conducted according to the prisma guidelines. randomised controlled trials (rcts), prospective cohort (pc), cross sectional (cs) studies and descriptive epidemiological studies from 1985 to 2013 were reviewed. electronic databases which were searched included medline, academic search complete, pubmed and sportdiscus. twenty eight articles were selected for data extraction, which were categorised in three main categories, namely graft healing (5 articles), rehabilitation protocols (15 articles) and return to sport criteria (8 articles). results: there is a dearth of literature aligning the physiological healing process after aclr and the physical rehabilitation thereof. major differences occur in methodology and in rehabilitation protocols in the literature. physiological healing of the autograft and quadriceps recruitment deficits take up to 2 years for full restoration. rehabilitation interventions after aclr include strength, neuromuscular and functional training according to the physiological responses of the acl graft and neuromuscular adaptation. current trends in rehabilitation planning and intended outcomes follow these principles. weakness or asymmetry of the injured versus uninjured side often persists after rts. conclusion: a 0-3 months/3-6 months/6-12months/rts conceptual framework for rehabilitation of aclr was developed from the literature, considering the interdependence of the healing process of the acl graft and neuromuscular, strength and functional training. aclr patients need to be managed within a time based as well as individualized criterion based rehabilitation progression model. estelle watson affiliation: centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand additional authors: estelle watson, lisa mickelsfield, are our pregnant mom's exercising for two? physical activity profiles of black south african pregnant women background: excessive gestational weight gain (gwg) has been shown to be an predictor of adverse maternal outcomes, such as gestational diabetes mellitus, preeclampsia and caesarean delivery. it is however, one of the most important modifiable risk factors for pregnancy complications. unsurprisingly, engaging in physical activity during pregnancy has been shown to reduce excessive gwg, and therefore may provide a protective health effect. in south africa, women from low socio-economic urban areas are particularly susceptible to issues of obesity and inactivity. therefore, understanding the activity and health profiles of this vulnerable population is a crucial step to improving the health of our women and future generations. methodology: pregnant women (14-18 weeks gestation) attending the developmental pathways of health research unit at chris hani baragwaneth hospital in soweto were invited to participate in the study. demographic information was gathered through questionnaire, and anthropometric measurements were taken by trained research assistants. physical activity was measured using a hip-worn accelerometer (actigraph gxt3) for 7 days. results: one hundred and ten women participated in the study (n=110; age: 30±6yrs). on average, women weighed 69.8(±13.8kg), and had a body mass index of 27.1(±4.9) at 14-18 weeks. gestational weight gain over the course of pregnancy was 8.4(±4.7kg). objective measured showed that sixty six women (60%) were sufficiently active, meeting the 150 minutes of mvpa per week, however, women spent on average 7.3(±2.8hrs/day) in sedentary pursuits. discussion: many black south african pregnant women are not sufficiently active, and spend the majority of their day in sedentary activities. in addition, this research suggests that many women falling pregnant are already overweight, and therefore early lifestyle interventions may be critical in preventing disease in this population. the health risks of overweight and a sedentary lifestyle may extend to birth outcomes for the baby and postpartum outcomes for the mother. therefore, public health interventions to improve activity levels, in this unique period in a women's life, is warranted. 36 ming hao zheng affiliation: winthrop professor and director of research at the translational orthopedic research centre, sir charles gardner hospital, perth and the associate dean (international) of the faculty of medicine, dentistry and health sciences at the university of western australiaadditional authors: additional authors: allan wang, ming hao zheng evidence of long term durability on autologous tenocyte injection (ati) for treatment of chronic lateral epicondylitis purpose: chronic lateral epicondylitis is associated with degenerative tendon changes, extracellular matrix breakdown and tendon cell loss. to continue our previous 12 month pilot study on ati for severe tendinopathy associated with chronic lateral epicondylitis (wang et al ajsm 2013), herein we provide long-term follow up (36 months) data on ati efficacy. methods and materials: patients with severe refractory lateral epicondylitis underwent clinical evaluation and mri prior to intervention. a patellar tendon needle biopsy was performed and tendon cells expanded by in vitro culture in a gmp-certified tga-licensed facility. as single injection of autologous tenocytes into the common extensor tendon origin tendinopathy under ultrasound guidance was performed. patients underwent serial clinical evaluations (vas pain, quickdash, grip strength and mri) for up to 5 years post-injection. repeat mri scanning was performed at 1 year and at least 3 years post-injection. results: twenty patients (11m:9f; mean age 49.4 years) were included in the study, with three patients withdrawing consent prior to ati. mean symptoms duration pre-recruitment was 31 months. mean follow-up time was 4.5 years. no biopsy complications or any adverse events, infection or excessive fibroblastic reactions at the injection site were observed. one patient elected for surgery three months post-ati after re-injury, and one died of natural causes during follow-up. in the remaining 15 patients, mean pain scores improved from 5.7 to 1.2 at final follow-up (p<0.001). mean quickdash score and grip strength scores also significantly improved over follow-up (84% and 207% increase, respectively; p<0.001). mri scoring of tendinopathy grade at the common extensor origin improved significantly at 12 months (p=<0.001), and was maintained to final follow-up. conclusion: ati significantly improved clinical function and mri tendinopathy scores at 3-year follow up in patients with chronic lateral epicondylitis having previously undergone unsuccessful conservative treatment. this study advocates the long term durability of ati in treating tendinopathy. ming hao zheng affiliation: affiliation winthrop professor and director of research at the translational orthopedic research centre, sir charles gardner hospital, perth and the associate dean (international) of the faculty of medicine, dentistry and health sciences at the university of western australia additional authors: greg janes, ming hao zheng autologous tenocyte injection (ati) for gluteal tendinopathy: a pilot study introduction: gluteal tendinopathy is a common cause of lateral hip pain. no treatments have effectively improved the poor health outcomes and disability of the condition. autologous tenocyte injection (ati) is a novel cell therapy that has shown promise in other tendinopathic conditions. therefore, this prospective pilot study investigated the effect of ati in 12 patients with clinical and radiological evidence of gluteal tendinopathy. method: a patellar tendon needle biopsy was performed under local anaesthetic and tendon cells were expanded by in vitro culture in a gmpcertified, tga-licensed facility. autologous tenocytes were injected into the gluteal tendinopathy under ultrasound guidance on a single occasion. all patients were functionally assessed preoperatively and at 3, 6, 12 and 24 months postoperatively with the oxford hip score (ohs), the merle d'aubigne postel score (mdp), the 36-item short-form health survey (sf36) and the visual analogue pain scale (vas). a patient satisfaction survey was also given 12 months postoperatively. magnetic resonance imaging (mri) scans were performed preoperatively and 6 months postoperatively for structural assessment of the gluteus medius tendon. results: twelve patients, all female, with a mean age of 53 (range 40-65) years and average duration of symptoms of 33 months (range 6-144) were included in the study all patients had clinical symptoms and signs of gluteal tendinopathy, with diagnosis confirmed by mri all patients. no patella biopsy site complications or treatment site infections were noted. significant (p<0.05) functional improvement to 24 months postoperative was observed across all mean score outcomes: vas (pre 7.25, post 2.73), ohs (pre 24.00, post 39.45), mdp (pre 11.67, post 16.55) and sf-36 pcs (pre 28.08, post 41.59). one patient did not respond and elected surgery. patient satisfaction survey results demonstrated that 64% of patients were 'satisfied' or 'highly satisfied' with their ati outcome. follow-up mri scans did not demonstrate notable changes in the radiological appearance of th e tendinopathic tissue in most cases. discussion: ati by single injection significantly improved clinical outcome in this pilot study of gluteal tendinopathy at 24 months follow-up. however, the safety and efficacy of ati requires substantiation given the small pilot sample size. we believe this study has shown encouraging early outcomes that warrant larger randomised controlled study of ati for gluteal tendinopathy. 37 marelise badenhorst affiliation: division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, uct additional authors: marelise badenhorst prof willem van mechelen, prof mike lambert, prof evert verhagen, wayne viljoen, clint readhead, gail baerecke, chris burger, petro jackson, james brown a comparison of rugby-related catastrophic spinal cord injury rates by province in south african rugby introduction: the catastrophic injury rates in south african rugby have previously been reported at an “acceptable” level of risk (0.1–2.0 cases per 100 000 players). to further reduce this risk, the south african rugby union (saru) requires that all coaches and referees undergo biennial training as a core component of saru's dedicated rugby safety programme, boksmart. there are approximately 300 000 players from 14 different rugby regions (< rugby regions ('provinces”) in south-africa. understanding the difference in catastrophic injury risk between the provinces is important for a nationwide intervention such as boksmart. thus, the aim of this study was to compare the catastrophic injury rate between the 14 south african rugby provinces between 2008 and 2014. methods: acute spinal cord injuries (asci) with permanent outcomes (neurological deficit, quadriplegia or fatal) were obtained from boksmart/chris burger petro jackson players' fund (cbpjpf). the player numbers in each province were obtained from saru's 2013 census report. annual average incidence rates between 2008 and 2014 were calculated for each province and compared statistically using a poisson regression with a 95% level of confidence (p<0.05). results: the overall incidence rate for permanent outcome asci was 2.33 (95%ci: 0.34 to 4.32) per 100 000 players. david bentel affiliation: centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand additional authors: david bentel, khavish harry, marc booysen the anthropometric and physical performance characteristics of second division male footballers from gauteng background: there is a paucity of research concerning the anthropometric and physical performance characteristics of male footballers from south africa according to player position. aim: the aim was to describe the anthropometric and physical performance characteristics of male footballers playing in the second division (gauteng stream) according to player position. methods: one hundred and twenty four male footballers (age: 22.1 ±2.72 years) (strikers = 30; midfielders = 40; defenders = 39; goalkeepers = 15) from five football teams performed the following anthropometric and physical performance measurements: body mass, stature, upper body power (overhead medicine ball throw), lower body power (countermovement jump), agility (illinois test with ball), speed (10 and 30m sprints) and intermittent running endurance (yo-yo level 1). results: goalkeepers were heavier than strikers and midfielders (p = 0.002) and strikers were shorter in stature than goalkeepers and defenders (p = 0.003). goalkeepers and defenders had greater upper body power than forwards and midfielders (p = 0.0002), however goalkeepers ran less distance in the yo-yo ir1 than midfielders and strikers (p = 0.001). no positional differences were observed for countermovement jump height, agility and sprints (10m and 30m) (p values = 0.14; 0.06; 0.24; 0.18, respectively). conclusion: the results suggest that there is little heterogeneity regarding the physical performance characteristics of male second division footballers (gauteng) in the outfield position. it is recommended that individualising physical conditioning based on the positional demands may need to be addressed in this league. keywords: soccer, football, anthropometric, counter movement jump, yo-yo, sprints gerrit jan breukelman affiliation: university of zululand variable isotonic resistance training in lower limb strength and flexibility of recreational cyclists and runners we determined the effects of an 8-week, home-based jump stretch flexband® (jsfb) exercise programme on the strength and flexibility of a group of recreational runners and cyclists, with a control group of runners and cyclists who did not alter their daily training regimes. the use of the jsfb significantly increased the dominant and non-dominant hip flexor flexibility of the experimental group (p = 0.0002 and 0.0004, respectively). significant benefits were also found in hamstring flexibility (p = 0.041), evidence indicating a steady increase within the experimental group. there was also a significant, but inconclusive, increase in the control group's quadricep flexibility in both dominant and non-dominant legs (p = 0.025 and 0.046). there was no significant difference in strength gains, as the experimental group's peak torque–best repetition for extension of the dominant leg was p = 0.37 and the non-dominant leg was p = 0.19, respectively. thus, using the jsfb appears likely to lead to improved flexibility of an athlete's lower limb muscles, which is an important finding due to the significantly less amount of research that has been done on the large muscle groups compared to the smaller muscle groups. abstracts: e-posters 38 erna bruwer affiliation: phasrec (nwu, potchefstroom campus) additional authors: erna bruwer, magdeleen gous, barbara van dyk do shoulder stability exercises create similar increases in the acromiohumeral distance of cricket players as the scapular assisted test? introduction: prolonged participation in overhead sports creates shoulder muscle imbalances that eventually alter the efficacy of the shoulder stabilizer muscles and heighten injury risk such as subacromial impingement syndrome. the aim of this study was to determine if a six week shoulder stability exercise intervention performed during the competitive season results in similar increases in the acromiohumeral distance (ahd) of cricket players as with the application of the scapular assisted test (sat). method: players (n=47) from the north-west university cricket squad voluntarily participated in this shoulder injury prevention project. baseline testing included ahd measurements performed by a radiographer at different humeral abduction angles (0°, 30° and 60°) with and without the application of the sat. players were then randomly assigned to an intervention and control group. the control group continued with their normal inseason programme. the intervention group additionally performed shoulder stability exercises twice a week for six weeks under supervision of a biokineticist. results: the sat application had a significantly greater effect at 60° of humeral abduction on the dominant shoulder (p=0.013) compared to the nondominant shoulder. also, the dominant shoulder indicated significantly less narrowing of the ahd between 0° and 60° (p≤0.001), as well as 30° and 60° (p≤0.001) ranges when the sat was applied. the players in the intervention group indicated similar widening of the ahd at 0° and 30° humeral abduction angels as the ahd measures with the sat application. the exercise intervention on average significantly widened the ahd of both the dominant (p=0.019) and non-dominant shoulders (p=0.035) at 0° abduction. conclusion: shoulder stability exercises performed additional to normal training regimes during the competitive season result in similar widening in the ahd of cricket players at 0° and 30° of humeral abduction than when the sat is applied. these exercise modalities could therefore be incorporated in the training regimes of overhead athletes to manage shoulder dyskinesis. keywords: shoulder dyskynesis and overhead athletes, acromiohumeral distance, shoulder dyskinesis rehabilitation tanya camacho affiliation: university of pretoria the correlation between chest circumference and spirometry measurements over a 19-week intense training programme introduction: spirometry testing as a screening tool for pulmonary disease is expensive and often inaccessible. this study aimed to determine whether chest circumference measurements could be used as an inexpensive pre-screening tool for pulmonary disease irrespective of changes in fitness. methods: a quantitative, prospective correlational research design assessing chest circumference measurements, spirometry and maximal oxygen uptake (vo2 max) of male and female south african recruits (n=235) undergoing 19 weeks of basic military training (bmt) was used. subjects were tested in weeks 1, 12 and 19 of bmt. overall, 26 subjects matched the inclusion criteria and completed all measures in all three testing sessions. parametric descriptive and inferential statistics were used. results: data analysis showed weak correlations (r<0.4) between chest circumference and spirometry. significantly positive strong correlations between forced vital capacity (fvc) and vo2 max in weeks 1, 12 and 19 (r=0.682, p<0.01; r=0.616, p<0.01 and r=0.697; p<0.01, respectively) and between forced expiratory volume in 1 second (fev1) and vo2 max in weeks 1 and 19 of bmt (r=0.628; p<0.01 and r=0.658; p<0.01, respectively) were observed. additionally, a significantly positive moderate correlation between fev1 and vo2 max in week 12 of bmt (r=0.554; p<0.01) was noted. conclusions: this study demonstrates that chest circumference measurements appear not to be a reliable substitute for spirometry screening in a young healthy active population. future research using a larger sample is recommended. keywords: pulmonary disease; chest circumference measurements; spirometry; forced vital capacity; forced expiratory volume in one second; basic military training james clark affiliation: department physiology, university of pretoria additional authors: james clark, maegan anne von finckenstein, mareli joubert, danielle lincoln a retrospective study of injuries in rowing during a single season introduction: sport injury profiling from epidemiological data provides important information for preventive and management strategies by scientific and medical support teams. competitive rowing demands consistent, long-term intensive training, and physical injury represents both a risk of and a threat to optimal preparation. the aim of this study was to retrospectively document injuries sustained by competitive rowers in south africa over one full season in an effort to obtain a baseline injury profile of the sport. methods: at a season-ending national regatta, one hundred and fifty-seven (157) rowers (88 men, 69 women) aged (mean ± sd) 21.2 ± 2.1 years, with 5.0 ± 3.5 years rowing experience, representing nine university rowing clubs from across south africa volunteered as participants. a three-part questionnaire containing closed-ended questions on personal data, rowing training and injury information pertaining to that season was completed. participant competitive level ranged from university club representatives to international medal winners. results: eighty (80) rowers (50.9% of respondents) admitted sustaining at least one injury requiring one or more missed training sessions, with 103 separate injuries reported. lower back (23.3%), knee (13.6%) and shoulder (10.7%) were the most commonly injured regions within a variety of involved sites. the vast majority (68.9%) of injuries were sustained during training as opposed to competition, and more often during rowing (42.7%) than other training modalities. approximately 30% of cases represented a recurrence of a prior injury. muscle strain (48.5%) was the most reported type of injury. an injury typically resulted in 7.0 (range: 0.5-180.0) days of missed training. while national representative rowers made up less than one fifth of participants they reported over one third of the injuries documented. conclusions: a high percentage of rowing injuries in south africa involve the lower back, congruent with international data. furthermore, overuse injury owing to training load is implicated most often in the aetiology based on the reported nature and modality of injury and the higher injury incidence amongst rowers at higher competitive levels. this data has important practical utility in strategies aimed at managing athlete health and optimizing preparation time in the scientific support program to the national rowing squad. 39 demitri constantinou affiliation: university of the witwatersrand additional authors: demitri constantinou, abdul hameed ismail, yoga coopoo prevalence of overweight in grade-one learners and parent perceptions of childhood nutrition / physical activity the problem of childhood obesity in south africa has reached epidemic proportions. it is estimated that one in five south african children are either overweight or obese; with twenty percent of children under the age of six being overweight. this is mainly due to a poor diet and a lack of exercise. the aim of this study is to determine the overweight / obesity prevalence amongst grade-one learners at selected schools in the west rand, mogale city. the weight and height of each subject was to be physically measured by the researcher and compared to norms for that age category. this study further aims to determine their parents knowledge / perceptions regarding childhood nutrition and physical activity. to this end a questionnaire was constructed so that parental knowledge / beliefs could be assessed. this study has found both overweight and underweight within the same population. the results indicate overweight / obesity in seventeen subjects (3.7%). eleven girls (4.8%) and six boys (3%) were overweight representing a boy to girl ratio of 1: 1.8 among the overweight group. among the overweight subjects, girls represented 65% while boys represented 35%. this study has also found underweight / stunting of growth among the eight and nine year old subjects as their weight for height fell below the 25th percentile. further classification of the study sample according to school-fee structure revealed that all subjects with overweight / obesity were found within low-fee schools, representing 4%. one boy and one girl each were found with obesity among the overweight group having a body mass index (bmi) of 23.8 and 24.8 respectively. therefore obesity was found in 12% among the overweight group and within lowfee structure schools. shereen currie affiliation: university of zululand comparison of lifestyle habits, sleep and activity patterns between normal, overweight and obese individuals using the bodymedia®fitarmband. the aim of this study was to compare the lifestyle habits, quality of life, sleep and activity patterns between normal, overweight and obese individuals using the bodymedia®fitarmband. thirty (30) participants volunteered to participate in this study, and were divided into three groups. the first group consisted of normal weight (n = 8) participants (bmi 18.5 – 24.9 kg/m2); the second group (n = 7) consisted of overweight participants (bmi 25.0 – 29.9 kg/m2) and the third group (n = 15) consisted of obese participants (bmi ≥30.0 kg/m2). participants had to wear the armband for 7 consecutive days and fill out the following 4 questionnaires: 1) who quality of life questionnaire; 2) health at work survey; 3) international physical activity questionnaire; 4) food frequency table. furthermore, participants had to log their daily food consumption in a food log book. after the 7 days the data collected was analyzed using an anova and descriptive methods. results showed significant differences in calorie expenditure (p=0.033), activity patterns (p=0.017), amount of steps walked per day (p=0.018) and the amount of hours slept per night (p=0.45) between the three groups. the overweight group had higher energy expenditure, activity patterns, and the number of steps per day. the normal group recorded the most hours of sleep, with obese group sleeping the least amount of hours. in conclusion, overweight and obese individuals sleep fewer hours than normal weight individuals. whether the lack of sleep in these groups caused weight gain or was the result of being obese or overweight could not be determined. the overweight group was more active and had higher energy expenditure than the obese group as hypothesized, but these values were also higher than the normal group. this could have been caused by only considering bmi for classification, leaving out lean muscle mass as a contributing factor to increased weight. key words: lifestyle habits, sleeping patterns, physical activity patterns, bodymedia®fit armband. muhammad dawood affiliation: university of pretoria additional authors: muhammad dawood, agatha johanna van rooijen, piet j becker, anna maria marais the interand intra-rater reliability of a technique for assessing the length of the latissimus dorsi muscle background: evidence-based practice requires the use of objective, valid and reliable tests for measuring the length of a muscle. no evidence of reliability for any technique testing the length of latissimus dorsi (ld) was found. purpose: to assess the inter-rater and intra-rater reliability of a technique adapted by comerford and mottram (2012) for assessing the length of ld. methods: fifty-six students from the university of pretoria's physiotherapy department were the participants in this study. four physiotherapists with varying numbers of years of clinical experience independently performed the test for assessing the length of ld. the test was performed twice by each physiotherapist on every participant and two measurement sessions took place. a pilot study wascarried out to test and time the procedure. the intra-class correlation coefficient(icc) as determined in a mixed-effects gls regression analysis was used to assess the inter and intra rater reliability of the ld length test. a 0.05 level of significance was employed. major results: a sample of 56 participants provided an intraclass correlation coefficient (icc) that varied between 0.55 and 0.76 and this is regarded as moderate to poor reliability.. the icc between the experienced raters was found to be 0.48, with a novice rater having an icc of 0.48 as well. the icc between all the raters was 0.33. conclusion: the poor reliability of the technique testing the length of ld was identified and addressed in order for adequate usage thereof, in research and in practice. recommendations were made. key words: latissimus dorsi, muscle length test, dysfunction; reliability; glenohumeral joint 40 donna donlon affiliation: sports medicine university of pretoria additional authors: donna donlon, helen bayne, rina grant hip and groin pain in sub elite south african footballers introduction: groin injuries are common in football players, attributed largely to the nature of the sport involving rapid accelerations, decelerations, abrupt directional changes and kicking. it has been suggested that up to a third of players will sustain a groin injury in their careers and this may mean months off from the field, and predispose them to further injuries. previous groin injuries are a well-identified risk factor for sustaining future groin injuries, suggesting that players are inadequately rehabilitated or that the original predisposing risk factors have not been addressed. objectives: the study aims to describe the prevalence, nature and treatment patterns of groin injuries in sub-elite players, and to investigate differences in hip strength and range of motion between players with and without a history of groin injury. method: thirty sub-elite male players were interviewed and then assessed using the copenhagen hip and groin outcome score (hagos) questionnaire, isokinetic hip flexion/extension strength, adductor squeeze test and range of motion. results: seventeen players (57%) reported a previous groin injury, of whom five (29%) stated that they had not soughttreatment from a medical professional. of the players who consulted a sports physician (6%) or physiotherapist (65%), the diagnoses included adductor strain (35%), inguinal rupture (18%), iliopsoas muscle injury (12%), hip joint pathology (6%) and chronic groin pain (6%). the average time before full return to play was 25 days. previously injured players had a significantly lower hagos score (83.4 ± 15.9) than the non-injured players (92.0 ± 5.2). no significant differences in hip flexion/extension isokinetic strength, hip range of motion and adductor strength were identified between the two groups. conclusion: the prevalence of groin injuries in this population is very high and requires lengthy rehabilitation time. only two-thirds of players consulted a medical practitioner with their injuries, increasing the likelihood that rehabilitation was inadequate. improved player and coach education regarding injury management may be required for better rehabilitation, in order to reduce subsequent injuries. adiele dube affiliation: sports scientist blood pressure among zimbabwean urban primary school children aged 5 to 11 years. background: following few publications available with data on blood pressure profiles of zimbabwean population, especially children and adolescents, few data exist on urban and rural school going children. the aims of this study were to examine the incidence of hypertension (ht) among zimbabwean urban chzimbabwean urban children residing in kwekwe; and to determine the relationship between body mass index (bmi) and blood pressure (bp) among them. the study involved 480 primary school children (230 boys and 250 girls) aged 5–11 years. methodology: stature and body weight were measured using standard procedures. bmi for gender and age defined overweight. bp was monitored for thrice consecutively using validated electronic devices (omron 7051t). ht was determined as the average of three separate bp readings where the systolic or diastolic blood pressure was ≥ 95th percentile for age and sex. results: the incidence of overweight among the girls (3.6%) was higher compared with the boys (2.7%). both systolic and diastolic pressures (sbp and dbp) increase with age in both sexes. potential development of hypertension among the children is noticeable at early childhood development (ecd) level for both boys and girls; 1.8% and 1.5% respectively and ranged from 0.8% to 1.8% for boys and 2.0% to 5.3% for girls. the overall incidence of hypertension was 1.5% and 2.6% in boys and girls, respectively. the highest noticeable value for boys was at ecd and decreased with increase in grade level. the incidence of hypertension (sbp > 95th percentile) was 0.4% and 0.2% in boys and girls, respectively. for the girls there was a progressive increase in the tendency towards development of hypertension from ecd to 6th grade except a small d ecrease in 3rd and 4th grade levels. girls in the 6th grade level showed the highest value of incidence of hypertension (5.3%). the blood pressures (sbp and dbp) significantly correlated with age, stature, body mass and bmi (p<0.05). conclusion: the findings demonstrate that elevated blood pressure is prevalent among urban zimbabwean children and that there is need for routine measurement of bp to children residing in this region as part of physical examination for physical activity in schools. the use of bmi cutoffs tailored to metabolic risks may be vital for assessment of overweight. bp increased with age in both sexes, and this significantly correlated with age, stature, body weight and bmi. overweight, body mass index, blood pressure, mining industry, urban children, zimbabwe sean finaughty affiliation: university of pretoria additional authors: sean finaughty, hannah van buuren, jamie schultz changes in hydration status, cognition and movement time in male cricket players during three consecutive days of match play introduction: changes in hydration have been shown to negatively affect performance. in cricket, there are increasingly more matches with greater intensities placing greater demands on players. this along with increased exposure to higher temperatures and humidity, increasing time spent in the field wearing protective equipment and clothing which are not effective for sweat evaporation may lead players to extreme thermal stress. this study examined changes in hydration status, cognition and reaction to an audio and visual stimulus, during the fielding innings' of three day cricket in male cricket players. methods: twenty-two male academy cricket players (age 19±1years, body mass 80.5±8.2kg) participated in the study. hydration status measures included body mass (bm), a subjective thirst rating (tr) and urine osmolality (uosm). cognition (letter digit substitution test ldst) and audio and visual reaction timing test were also examined. daily measurements were recorded on arrival prior to breakfast (baseline) and at the start and end of each fielding innings (preand post-innings). results: statistical differences observed between daily baseline measures were inconsistent for both baseline and preand post-innings measurements across the three days. mean decrements in bm without correction for fluid and food intake ranged from 1.8 to 3.7%,while values with correction for fluid and food intake produced significant netinnings decreases in bm of 0.360.78% (p<0.05). increased tr and decreased uosm trends associated with decrease in bm were observed but no statistical significance was found. ldst and audio-visual reaction timing indicated no significant or consistent changes across the five innings' studied. conclusion: the potential for dehydration (>2% decrease in body mass, uosm>900mosm/l and high tr) during the fielding innings is a reasonable, viable concern for cricketers. however, in this study, fluid and food consumption practices were sufficient to limit any potentially deleterious effects of dehydration on cognition and reaction timing. 41 chrisna francisco affiliation: university of the free state additional authors: chrisna francisco, frederik coetzee mental toughness of rugby players during periodization phases information on the contribution of psychological skills and mental toughness on performance is still limited within the sporting context, even though it has been proven that these factors influence sporting achievement. similarly, no agreement on how to develop and improve mental toughness during training programs has been achieved. the aim of this study was to explore the differences in mental toughness of rugby players during periodization phases, as well as the differences in mental toughness between rugby 'forwards' and 'backs'. data from rugby players, who participate in the sport on a university and regional level, was obtained by means of the psychological performance inventory; that the inventory was completed by all players during the preparatory, competition, and transition periodization phases. differences in mental toughness were analysed using a repeated measures mixed linear model with periodization phase, team and group (forwards versus backs) as fixed effects, and fitting an unstructured covariance matrix to the repeated measures of mental toughness. from this model, mean values for each group and phase, as well as differences between mean values between periodization phases together with associated p-values and 95% confidence intervals were calculated. the results indicated that there are significant differences amongst rugby players' attitude control (p=0.00), namely significantly higher values during competition phase than during the preparation phase. when the components of mental toughness were compared for the competition phase and the transition phase, significant differences were found for overall mental toughness (p=0.01), motivation (p=0.04), and attitude control (p=0.05), with the latter phase scoring lower than the competition phase. no significant differences were found between the mental toughness components of the preparation phase compared to the transition phase. the mental toughness of forwards and backs was not significantly different, although there was a tendency for backs to have higher mean values for all of the mental toughness components. this study was designed to explore mental toughness of rugby players during periodization phases, and could be the foundation for future studies to further investigate which mental toughness components seems to be dominant during specific periodization phases – and which components still have room for improvement in order to facilitate the development of training guidelines that enhances athletes' performances and help them to achieve their goals. keywords: mental toughness, rugby, periodization phases. 42 chrisna janse van rensburg affiliation: university of the free state additional authors: riaan schoeman, frederik coetzee positional tackle and collision rates in super rugby the aim of this study was to evaluate differences between playing positions with respect to tackle and collision rates in a rugby game, and to determine the collision rates of individual playing positions in professional rugby union. data from 30 matches (both teams involved) during the 2013 super rugby season were captured and supplied by the cheetahs super rugby franchise using the verusco trymaker pro. the results show that there were significant differences between positional groups regarding the tackle rates; however the front row players and the second row players did not differ significantly (positions 1, 2, or 3 vs positions 4,or 5; p = 0.0715 to p = 0.6324). within a positional group, the difference between the inside centre and the other inside backs was significant (9 vs 12; p = 0.0029, 10 vs 12; p = 0.0045 and 12 vs 13; p = 0.0100). furthermore, there were no significant differences between second row players and the eigthman (4 vs 8; p = 0.4183 and 5 vs 8; p = 0.6863) although significant differences were found between second row players and the rest of the loose forwards (6 and 7). a significant difference (p <0.05) exists between all forwards and backs when collision rates are compared. in summary, this study revealed significant inter-positional differences in tackling and collision rates within the same positional group. keywords: rugby, tackle, collisions, playing positions, rucking. chrisna janse van rensburg affiliation: university of the free state additional authors: riaan schoeman, frederik coetzee kicking statistics that discriminate between winning and losing teams in the 2013 super rugby season kicking is one of the fundamental movements associated with rugby union and the successful completion of this task may lead to team success. furthermore, kicks are an aspect of the game which has seen noticeable changes. the current trend in video analysis is the development of performance profiles to describe individual or team patterns created from a combination of key performance indicators. however, despite the range of detailed analyses there is no obvious structure or progressive evolution to the development of analysis methods and there are still large gaps in the literature, especially in the area of rugby. previous research indicated that losing teams were more likely to try to control the ball through accurate passing, where winning teams had a more kick-related game plan. in this study, a total of 900 professional rugby players that participated in 30 games played during the 2013 super rugby competition were observed. two games from each of the participating franchises were used. the aim of the study was to discriminate between the kicking statistics of winning and losing teams in the 2013 super rugby season. previous research found that kicking the ball away and making more tackles than the opposition were the two most influential factors in determining winning from losing. results from the present study suggest that winning teams tend to kick the ball more (average of 25.77 kicks per game) than losing teams (20.23). losing teams gain a mean total of 660.0 m per game in comparison to winning teams, 901.4 m per game. thus the study showed that winning teams kick more, with greater distance. winning teams also have greater kick frequency when attacking minutes of play are considered. more research is required to account for weather, importance of the game and match venues. good playing conditions were associated with large increases in tries and points scored, and with large decreases in kicks in play and participation time per player. keywords: kicking, performance indicators, metres gained. chrisna janse van rensburg affiliation: university of the free state additional authors: riaan schoeman, frederik coetzee passing statistics that discriminate between winning and losing teams in the 2013 super rugby season. passing is a common performance indicator in rugby since this action is performed by all players. evaluating the indicators such as number of kicks, rucks, mauls, passes, and tries can provide valuable insight into team performance and may be used to predict the future performance of rugby union teams. increases in passes, tackles, rucks, tries, and ball-in-play time were associated with the advent of professionalism therefore, this study evaluated the number of passes during the 2013 super rugby season and to determine if the number of passes discriminated between winning and losing teams. data was gathered from 30 games during the 2013 super rugby season using the verusco trymaker pro. data collected were statistically analysed to show the number of kicks made during a season of super rugby. the results of this study suggest that losing teams tend to pass the ball more (157.41) than winning teams (127.02). in agreement with these results, winning teams have higher counts of kicks. the study shows a significant difference between winning teams and losing teams regarding total passes, bad passes, and good passes (p = <0.05). it can be concluded that factors such as the individual playing position, skill level of players, weather and game plan can determine the outcome of passing as a variable. different teams use a variety of game plans and can influence the number of passes or kicks per match, and so also the outcome of the game. keywords: passes, performance indicators, good passes, bad passes barry gerber affiliation: north-west university the status of fundamental movement skills of 3-year boys and girls the period 3 to 5 years is a crucial time in the motor development of a child during which maturation constantly occurs. contradictory results are found in literature regarding the current status of fundamental movement skills of 3 year old children and possible gender differences in this time period. the aim of this study was to determine the status of the fundamental movement skills and possible gender differences of 3 year old children by using the kinderkinetics preschool assessment (pienaar et al., 2013). a cross-sectional research design was conducted on 51 children (19 girls, 32 boys) with a chronological age of 3.0-3.11 years from 3 selected nurseries in the potchefstroom and jankempdorp areas. for descriptive purposes the data was analyzed by means, standard deviations, minimum and maximum values. an independent t-test (possible gender differences) and effect size were used for statistical(p≤0.05) and practical (d≥0.8) significance. statistical significance were found where girls outperformed boys in hopping on one leg (right) and identifying body parts and boys outperformed girls in standing on one leg (left), kicking a moving ball and copying hand signals. improvements were found in some skills while other skills correspond with current literature. these results will contribute to more accurate identification of possible delays in early years of development. 43 jeanne grace affiliation: university of kwazulu natal additional authors: jeanne grace, eugene duvenage, jean pierre jordaan electrocardiographic patterns in african university strength and endurance athletes of zulu descent aim: there is concern over the effect of training on heart function of athletes as recorded by 12-lead electrocardiography (ecg). although ecg abnormalities with respect to ethnic origin of black athletes from the caribbean, west africa and east africa have been reported, black athletes from southern africa, specifically participating in different sports, have never been investigated before. the purpose of this study was to analyse the ecg patterns in south african students of zulu descent, who represented our university in boxing (endurance modality) and body building (resistance modality) at a regional level. methods: fifteen subjects each were assigned to an endurance (e), resistance (r) or control (c) group, respectively. ecg patterns were recorded with a 12-lead ecg. results: our subjects indicated no significant differences in ecg patterns in relation to whether they participate in strength or endurance related sport. however, 80% of the endurance group and 67% of the resistance displayed ecg criteria indicative of left ventricular hypertrophy (lvh), group e displays higher r5/s1-wave voltages (e = 43.3 mm; r = 36.8 mm; c = 37.1 mm) as well distinctly abnormal ecg patterns (e = 87%; r = 73%; c = 53%), raising clinical suspicion of structural heart disease. our cohort presented with non-significant, marked st-segment elevation (53% of both the e and r groups) and inverted t-waves in 27% of the e group. conclusion: similar to findings in other ethnic africans, a large proportion of our zulu study population displayed ecg criteria indicative of lvh on the evidence of a marked increase of r5/s1-wave voltage and st/t-segment changes with no differences in relation to whether they participate in strength or endurance related sport. cc grant affiliation: section sports medicine, university of pretoria additional authors: cc grant, dj dowson, helen bayne groin injuries in south african elite football players introduction/aim: a previous groin injury is a known risk factor for sustaining a future injury. the aim of this study was to investigate differences in hip strength, hip range of motion and agility between players with and without a history of groin injury. additional data was also used to create and overall impression of prevalence, time off from play, injuries sustained and treatment received. method: thirty elite male football players were tested using the hagos (hip and groin outcome score) questionnaire, isokinetic hip flexion/extension strength, adductor squeeze test, range of motion and an agility test. results: seventeen players (56.7%) gave a history of a previous groin injury and thirteen players were part of the control group. the study confirmed the hagos as a reliable measure of hip/groin disability outcome and injury status. there were no significant differences in hip flexion/extension isokinetic strength, hip range of motion, adductor strength and agility between the two groups. 35.3% of players sustained an adductor strain. 29.4% of players did not seek treatment from a qualified professional i.e. no specific diagnosis made. 23.5% sustained an inguinal rupture, 5.9% sustained a hip joint injury and 5.9% had chronic groin pain. only 5.9% of players consulted a sports physician, 64.7% of players consulted a physiotherapist. the average time off from play was 25 days. conclusion: the prevalence of groin injuries in elite football is very high, with lengthy off field time. a large proportion of players (29.4%) did not consult a qualified practitioner with their injuries resulting in inadequate rehabilitation. perhaps the best way to avoid future injuries is educating players/coaches to seek correct professional help. cc grant affiliation: section sports medicine, faculty of health science, university of pretoria additional authors: cc grant, a jansen van rensburg evidence-based prescription for cyclo-oxygenase-2 inhibitors in sports injuries introduction: healthcare professionals are increasingly under pressure to return athletes to play in the shortest possible time. there is limited choice in providing treatment that speeds up tissue repair, while simultaneously maintaining good quality of healing. inflammation forms a fundamental part in the process of tissue repair. discussion: however, excessive inflammation may cause more pain, and limit functional restoration. although the use of anti-inflammatory treatment in the form of a cyclo-oxygenase-2 inhibitor (coxibs) has been widely recognised as being effective, the potential detrimental effect on tissue repair, as described mainly in animal model studies, needs to be taken into account. the side-effects profile on the gastrointestinal tract favour coxibs over non-traditional nsaids. the possible effects on the renal and cardiovascular systems also need to be considered. the prescription of coxibs should be pathology and situation specific. conclusion: there are no clear guidelines on the correct time of administration and the duration of the course, but it seems that the literature is in agreement that they should be administered for a limited time at the lowest effective dose possible. 44 cc grant affiliation: section sports medicine, university of pretoria additional authors: e minnaar, cc grant physical activity of children from a rural town, south africa introduction/aim: lowand middle-income countries, including south africa, are witnessing the fastest rise in overweight children. the main reason identified is inactivity. the study aim was to determine the physical activity measured in boys and girls, from three different age groups, living in rural south africa. the influence of bmi, gender and age on activity measurements was also investigated. methods: seventy-eight rural children, divided in three groups according to their age, were issued a pedometer for seven days. the mann-whitney 2-tailed test was used to assess gender differences. linear regression analyses were performed to determine the role of the predictors (bmi, gender and age) on the pedometer-measured dependent variables. results: between 12-14 years boys gave 18.2% more steps than girls (p=0.042). boys between 9 and11 years gave 26.5% more steps than girls (p=0.003), and 5-6 year old boys (although not statistically significant; p=0.481), gave 11.9% more steps per day than girls of the same age. the regression model including bmi, gender and age can explain moderate to large portions of variance in average total steps (r2=0.119; p=0.024), calories (r2=0.402; p<0.001), distance (r2=0.333; p<0.001) and fat burned (r2=0.398; p<0.001), but not in aerobic steps count (p=0.153) and aerobic walk time (p=0.135). discussion/conclusion: older boys were more active than the older girls and physical activity levels differ between different age groups. activity increased for both boys and girls from the age between 5 and 6, to the age between 9 and 11. however, this was followed by a significant decrease in physical activity for ages between 12 and 14. gender and age influences the activity of children. the age group 9 to 11 may be the ideal time to focus gender specific intervention programs to prevent the significant decrease in activity during the ages of 12 to 14 and to promote a lifestyle of high physical activity. andrew green affiliation: biomechanics laboratory, school of physiology, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg additional authors: andrew green, chloe dafkin, benita olivier, samantha kerr, warrick mckinon the trade-off between distance and accuracy in the rugby union place kick kicking is a ballistic movement that requires controlled and intricate coordination between the segments of the lower body, both temporally and spatially thereby making it a complex biomechanical action. little attention has been given to the rugby union place kick, especially in the outdoor setting. the kicker must have the ability to kick the ball long distances as well as be accurate enough to get the ball through the up-rights, spaced 5.6m apart. the success of a place kick is currently thought to be reliant on both physiological factors such as balance and strength and on biomechanical skill, such as the optimization of the kinetic chain. the study aim was to test the relationships between distance, accuracy and the kinematics of place kicking performance of rugby players in an outdoor setting. twelve first team university rugby players (age 22 ± 3 years, mass 88.73 ± 12.38 kg, stature 179 ± 6 cm, playing experience 11 ± 4 years) had fully body kinematics measured for five place kicks. all kinematics were recorded at 100hz using an 18 camera system and all biomechanical variables were calculated using custom written algorithms. kick distance and accuracy were directly measured. the kick distance was defined as the length from the midpoint on the half way line to the landing position of the ball. accuracy was determined as the width error spread (standard deviation of the participants' kicks) between the landing position of the ball and the centre line. the average kick distance achieved was 45.35 ± 5.27 m, with an average accuracy spread of 5.81 ± 3.47 m2. the current study showed a positive correlation between shoulder (r=0.755) and pelvis (r=0.661) rotation, and kick distance. further positive correlations between and playing experience (r=0.596) were related to the accuracy of the kick. negative correlation between stance elbow flexion (r=-0.780), shoulder rotation (r=-0.744) and x-factor (r=-0.785) were noted for kick accuracy. place kick distance could potentially be maximized by improving shoulder and pelvic rotations and place kick accuracy could be improved by full extension of the stance arm. our data suggests that larger shoulder rotations may promote kick distance while impeding kicking accuracy. 45 henriette hammill affiliation: university of zululand additional authors: henriette hammill, nicolene smith, s'fiso thabethe the effects of acute self myofascial release (mfr) and stretching techniques on physical fitness parameters measurements were taken initially and then participants were randomly divided into four groups (control, static stretching, dynamic stretching and self mfr). during the intervention programme the various groups took part in prescribed stretching techniques under supervision of qualified technicians for an hour. baseline measurements were repeated, except for bmi and fat percentage. repeated measures using anova revealed significant differences with a number of variables: hip flexor flexibility for both legs (hffr; p=0,043; hffl; p=0,002), sit ups (su; p=0,002) and deep squat (ds; p=0,006). ancova measures revealed that there was significant improvement in sit ups (su; p=0,014) and deep squats (ds; p=0,025) in the dynamic group, compared to the control group. in conclusion, both mfr and dynamic stretches are beneficial in improving acute selected flexibility and strength parameters. dynamic stretches show a more significant improvement compared to mfr in selected flexibility and strength parameters. this information is valuable to sport participants, providing information on the ideal stretching techniques to administer before events, which can lead to an enhancement in performance and reduction in the prevalence of injuries related to partaking in physical activity by means of increased flexibility and/or rom. the objective of this study is to assess the effects of self myofascial release (mfr) techniques and different stretching techniques on physical fitness parameters on thirty (30) university students who participate in team sports. the design used in this research project was a prospective randomized controlled study where each participant was given a numeric participation code. baseline measurements were taken initially and then participants were randomly divided into four groups (control, static stretching, dynamic stretching and self mfr). during the intervention programme the various groups took part in prescribed stretching techniques under supervision of qualified technicians for an hour. baseline measurements were repeated, except for bmi and fat percentage. repeated measures using anova revealed significanrevealed significant differences with a number of variables: hip flexor flexibility for both legs (hfp=0,002), sit ups (su; p=0,002) and deep squat (ds; p=0,006). ancova measures revealed that there was significant improvement in sit ups (su; p=0,014) and deep squats (ds; p=0,025) in the dynamic group, compared to the control group. in conclusion, both mfr and dynamic stretches are beneficial in improving acute selected flexibility and strength parameters. dynamic stretches show a more significant improvement compared to mfr in selected flexibility and strength parameters. this information is valuable to sport participants, providing information on the ideal stretching techniques to administer before events, which can lead to an enhancement in performance and reduction in the prevalence of injuries related to partaking in physical activity by means of increased flexibility and/or romthe objective of this study is to assess the effects of self myofascial release (mfr) techniques and different stretching techniques on physical fitness parameters on thirty (30) university students who participate in team sports. the design used in this research project was a prospective randomized controlled study where each participant was given a numeric participation code. baseline measurements were taken initially and then participants were randomly divided into four groups (control, static stretching, dynamic stretching and self mfr). during the intervention programme the various groups took part in prescribed stretching techniques under supervision of qualified technicians for an hour. baseline measurements were repeated, except for bmi and fat percentage. repeated measures using anova revealed significant differences with a number of variables: hip flexor flexibility for both legs (hffr; p=0,043; hffl; p=0,002), sit ups (su; p=0,002) and deep squat (ds; p=0,006). ancova measures revealed that there was significant improvement in sit ups (su; p=0,014) and deep squats (ds; p=0,025) in the dynamic group, compared to the control group. in conclusion, both mfr and dynamic stretches are beneficial in improving acute selected flexibility and strength parameters. dynamic stretches show a more significant improvement compared to mfr in selected flexibility and strength parameters. this information is valuable to sport participants, providing information on the ideal stretching techniques to administer before events, which can lead to an enhancement in performance and reduction in the prevalence of injuries related to partaking in physical activity by means of increased flexibility and/or rom ernest hobbs affiliation: high performance centre, university of pretoria additional authors: ernest hobbs, helen bayne foot and ankle kinematics in male and female adolecent endurance runners introduction: research has provided a wealth of information regarding lower leg kinematics in adult endurance runners [1, 2, 3]. the aim of the current study was to investigate foot and ankle kinematics in adolescent endurance runners, and to investigate differences between males and females. methods: twenty endurance runners (6 males, 14 females), aged 15 – 18 years, undertook a 5 minute run at approximately 90% of their training pace, at either 10.5 km/h (females) or 12 km/h (males) on a treadmill set to 0% incline. the final 20 seconds of each run was filmed at 120 hz from both the left and right side, and 60 hz from the rear. ankle dorsiflexion was measured at impact, as the angle between a line from the head of the fibula to the lateral malleolus, and the plantar surface of the outsole of the shoe. rearfoot eversion was measured at mid-stance, as the angle between the posterior midline of the lower leg and the posterior midline of the calcaneus. results: analysis of lower leg running kinematics found that rearfoot eversion was similar between males (7.0° ± 1.6 and 9.2° ± 2.8 for left and right respectively) and females (8.5° ± 2.9 and 8.6° ± 2.9 for left and right respectively), however ankle dorsiflexion showed statistically significant differences for the right foot (males: 92.0° ± 5.8, females: 85.1° ± 4.2, t = 3.02, p < 0.01) and near significant differences for the left foot (males: 89.9° ± 5.4, females: 86.0° ± 3.5, t = 1.96, p = 0.065). discussion: rearfoot eversion angles were comparable with norms from literature [1, 2, 3]. the female athletes in the current study tended to make contact in a more dorsiflexed position, which is associated with a more pronounced heel strike. this may have clinical relevance, as impact forces and injury patterns differ between footstrike patterns [4]. the influence of absolute running velocity on ankle kinematics must also be considered, and it is recommended that future studies examine changes in kinematics at varying velocities in this population. 46 erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, australia additional authors: erik hohmann, tony young, ross clark, adam bryant, peter reaburn standing balance is not an important predictor of function in acl-deficient subjects – a case control study introduction: previous research has demonstrated significant proprioceptive deficits including balance in acl-deficient knees. the purpose of this project was to investigate the use of standing balance as an indirect measure of proprioception and to investigate the relationships between balance, strength, hopping tests and subjective functional outcome scores. methods: for this project the nintendo wii balance board (nwbb) was used as a validated tool for measuring balance. twenty-seven acl-deficient subjects with a mean age of 28+9.6 (range 15 to 50) and thirty-eight control subjects with a mean age of 26.7+6.7 (range 15 to 57) were tested. single leg standing balance, isometric quadriceps strength, and isometric hamstrings strength tests were performed using the nwbb and customwritten software. all subjects performed single leg hops and vertical jumps, and completed lysholm and ikdc questionnaires. results: statistical analysis comparing control and acl-deficient groups revealed significant between group differences for standing balance (p=0.02), quadriceps strength (p=0.006), hop (p<0.0001), vertical jump (p=0.02), and lysholm score (p<0.0001). however multivariate analysis within the acl-deficient group demonstrated no significant relationships between variables. conclusions: the results of this study suggest that while there are significant differences between the healthy acl-intact subjects and the acldeficient group in all variables, standing balance is not an important predictor of subjective function in the acl-deficient group. erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, australia additional authors: erik hohmann, kevin tetsworth large osteochondral lesions of the femoral condyles: treatment with fresh frozen and irradiated allograft using the mega oats technique purpose: fresh and fresh frozen allograft has been used by many surgeons as a viable and effective treatment for large osteochondral lesions of the femoral condyles. irradiated allograft transplantation may be an alternative option and result in similar clinical outcome. the purpose of this study was to review the clinical results of irradiated fresh frozen osteochondral allografts for large osteochondral defects of the knee using the mega-oats technique. methods: a total of nine patients (5 males, 4 females) with a mean age of 32.1+6.6 (18-44) underwent mega-oats transplantation with irradiated (2.5mrad), fresh frozen distal femur allograft. three patients underwent acl-reconstruction; one patient a high tibial osteotomy. the underlying cause was osteochondrosis dissecans in four and trauma in five patients. the defect size was 25x25 mm in three patients and 30x30 in six patients. all ocd lesions were located on the medial femoral condyle; two of the traumatic lesions were located on the lateral femoral condyle. clinical outcome was assessed by using the lysholm and ikdc scores. radiographic incorporation was evaluated using serial radiographs and mr imaging at one year post surgery. all patients were reviewed at 3,6,12, and 24 months following surgery. results: the lysholm score improved significantly (f=69.9, p=0.02) within and between patients during the follow-up period from 40.9 to 90.9 at 2 years. the ikdc score also improved significantly (f=118, p=0.007) within and between patients during the follow-up period from 37 to 87.1 at 2 years. radiographic union was observed in all patients at three months; on mr imaging at one year osseous integration was observed in 8 patients. graft subsidence with loss of the overlying cartilage was observed in one and subchondral cystic changes at the implantation side was seen on another patient. conclusion: the results of this small case series suggest that irradiated osteochondral allograft provides significant medium-term clinical improvement in patients treated for large osteochondral lesions of the femoral condyles. erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, australia additional authors: erik hohmann, cariad wratten, kevin tetsworth comparison of three-dimensional between gender femoral notch volume in acl-deficient versus acl-intact subjects purpose: the purpose of this study was to evaluate between-gender differences in three-dimensional femoral notch volume in anterior cruciate ligament (acl)-deficient patients compared to a matched control group of acl-intact patients. methods: magnetic resonance images from 90 acl-deficient subjects (45 males, 45 females) aged 16-50 years were identified from our departmental database, and then compared to a matched control group of acl-intact subjects. the three-dimensional femoral notch volume on each mri was measured using software specific tools. one-way anova was used to compare notch volume between acl-deficient and acl-intact groups and between the two genders. the relationships between height, weight, bmi and notch volume for each group and within the male and female cohort were established using pearson's moment correlations. results: femoral notch volume in the female acl-deficient group was 3.1 ± 0.70 cm3 (ci ±0.2) compared with 3.6 ± 0.7 cm3 (ci ± 0.2) in the female control group. notch volume in the male acl-deficient group was 4.5 ± 1.1 cm3 (ci ± 0.3) compared to 5.3 ± 1.2 cm3 (ci ± 0.4) in the male control group. there were significant differences between the male acl-deficient and acl-intact group (p=0.02), the female acl-deficient and acl-intact group (p=0.0002), the acl-deficient male and female groups (p <0.0001), and between the male and female acl-intact groups (p <0.0001). there were weak and nonsignificant relationships (r=0.01-0.37) between height, weight, bmi and notch volume between groups and within the male and female cohort. conclusions: these results clearly demonstrate a decreased femoral notch volume as measured on three-dimensional-mri in acl-deficient patients. there were highly significant differences in femoral notch volume between male and female cohorts, as well as between acl-deficient and acl-intact subjects of both genders. 47 erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, australia additional authors: erik hohmann, krishna kumar, ancy thomas, kevin tetsworth short-term benefit from an intra-articular steroid injection in patients with adhesive capsulitis of the shoulder treated with physiotherapy? purpose: the purpose of this retrospective study was to investigate the possible short-term benefit of a single intra-articular corticosteroid injection in those patients treated with physiotherapy when compared to a group of patients undergoing physiotherapy only. methods: a retrospective chart review was conducted to identify eligible patients treated over a four-year period. all female patients between 40-60 years with a confirmed clinical diagnosis of idiopathic adhesive capsulitis who completed a prescribed physiotherapy program between 2006 and 2009 were considered eligible. sixty-three patients fulfilled the inclusion criteria, but 22 were excluded because of missing data in the medical record. the remaining 41 patients comprise the study cohort; an experienced musculoskeletal physiotherapist assessed these patients both at initial presentation and at 12 weeks. twenty patients with a mean age of 55.1 years underwent physiotherapy only (pt only) and 21 patients with a mean age of 52.4 years received a single intra-articular dose of 40 mg methylprednisolone followed by physiotherapy. outcome measures included the visual analogue scale (vas) and measurement of range of motion. results: at final assessment (12 weeks), significant between group differences were identified for the “pt only” group for flexion (p=0.01) and abduction (p=0.008). when comparing the mean change from the initial assessment, a significant between group difference was observed for abduction (p=0.03). conclusions: the results of this study suggest that the intra-articular injection of a single dose of cortisone has no significant short-term benefit in female patients with idiopathic adhesive capsulitis managed with physiotherapy. erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, australia additional authors: erik hohmann, kevin tetsworth, andreas imhoff plantar pressures during long distance running: an investigation of 10 marathon runners. purpose: the objective of this study was to record plantar pressures using an in-shoe measuring system before, during, and after a marathon run, and to investigate the effect of fatigue. methods: peak and mean plantar pressures were recorded before, after, and every three km during a marathon race in ten male runners using an in-shoe plantar pressure system in both feet. heart rate, serum lactate levels and the borg scale were used to assess both subjective and objective fatigue. results: there were no significant changes over time in peak and mean plantar pressures for either the dominant or non-dominant foot for all six anatomical areas measured. there were significant between dominant and non-dominant foot peak and mean plantar pressure differences for the total foot (p=0.0001), forefoot (p=0.0001), midfoot (p=0.02 resp. p=0.006), hindfoot (p=0.0001), first ray (p=0.01 resp. p=0.0001) and mtp (p=0.05 resp. p=0.0001). conclusions: long-distance runners do not demonstrate significant changes in mean or peak plantar foot pressures over the distance of a marathon race, for either the dominant or non-dominant foot. however, athletes consistently favoured their dominant extremity, applying significantly higher plantar pressures through their dominant foot over the entire marathon distance. erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, australia additional authors: erik hohmann, kevin tetsworth, peter reaburn, andreas imhoff runners' knowledge of their foot type: do they really know? purpose: the use of correct individually-selected running shoes may reduce the incidence of running injuries. however, the runner needs to be aware of their foot anatomy to ensure the “correct” footwear is chosen. the purpose of this study was to compare the individual runner's knowledge of their arch type to the arch index derived from a static footprint. methods: we examined 92 recreational runners with a mean age of 35.4+11.4 (12-63) years. a questionnaire was used to investigate the knowledge of the runners about arch height and overpronation. a clinical examination was undertaken using defined criteria and the arch index was analysed using weight-bearing footprints. results: forty-five runners (49%) identified their foot arch correctly. eighteen of the 41 flatarched runners (44%) identified their arch correctly. twenty-four of the 48 normal-arched athletes (50%) identified their arch correctly. three subjects with a high arch identified their arch correctly. thirty-eight runners assessed themselves as overpronators; only four (11%) of these athletes were positively identified. of the 34 athletes who did not categorize themselves as overpronators, four runners (12%) had clinical overpronation. conclusion: the findings of this research suggest that runners possess poor knowledge of both their foot arch and dynamic pronation. 48 erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia medical school university of queensland, australia additional authors: erik hohmann, adam bryant, robert newton, julie steele can we predict knee functionality of acl deficient and acl reconstructed patients using tibial acceleration profiles? purpose: during abrupt deceleration tasks, tibial acceleration is indicative of tibial stability and shock transmitted through the lower limb. the purpose of this study was to examine relationships between knee functionality and tibial acceleration of acl deficient and acl reconstructed patients during landing from a single-leg long hop. methods: knee functionality was rated using the cincinnati knee rating system for the involved limb of 10 chronic, functional acl deficient patients and 27 acl reconstructed patient (14 using a patella tendon (pt) graft and 13 using a semitendinosus/gracilis tendon (stgt) graft). tibial acceleration during a single-leg long hop was assessed using a uniaxial accelerometer attached to the tibial tuberosity of each patient's involved limb. results: pearson product moment correlations revealed a significant (p < 0.05) moderate negative relationship between knee functionality and time to zero tibial acceleration in the acl deficient patients (r = -0.58), indicating patients who minimised the time of positive tibial acceleration had higher levels of knee functionality. for the pt graft group, a significant moderate negative relationship (r = -0.55) between knee function and time to peak tibial acceleration was found indicating that early control of peak tibial acceleration was a determining factor following reconstruction using the pt. no significant relationships were found between knee functionality and tibial acceleration for the stgt graft patients. conclusions: the relationships between knee functionality and tibial acceleration suggested that those patients who were better able to arrest acceleration of the tibia during an abrupt deceleration task, whether reconstructed or not, tended to display greater knee functionality. erik hohmann affiliation: musculoskeletal research unit, cq university, australia; school of medicine, university of queensland, australia additional authors: erik hohmann, joyce anthony, kevin tetsworth the influence of the labrum on osseous version and diameter a glenoid morphometric study using mr arthrograms introduction: morphometric variables of the glenohumeral joint such as glenoid version and diameter have been associated with glenohumeral instability, rotator cuff tears, osteoarthritis and the success of total shoulder arthroplasty. although widely accepted that the labrum increases the contact area between the humeral head and scapula, its influence on version is not well understood. the purpose of this study was to determine the influence of the labrum on osseous version and diameter of the glenohumeral joint. methods: this is a radiological, cross-sectional study of the glenoid labral and osseous version and diameter measured on mr arthrograms that were void of glenohumeral joint pathology as determined by an independent radiologist. patients where scanned using the siemens magnetom verio 3t mri scanners and variables measured using intellispace pacs enterprise. these variables were measured by two independent investigators. images of the first 20 patients were used to determine interand intra-observer reliability (icc). icc demonstrated excellent interand intra-rater reliability (0.956 resp. 0.938) resulting in these variables being measured for all patients by a single observer. statistical analysis involved descriptive analysis of measured variables and paired student t-tests to determine the difference between labral and osseous variables. results: 100 patient arthrograms were studied with an even site (m=49, f=51) and gender (r=56, l=44) distribution. patients demonstrated a mean age of 22.2 years (sd=4.5), glenoid osseous version of -5.7 deg (sd=5.3), labral version of -10.0 deg (sd=5.5), osseous diameter of 28.1mm (sd=3.3) and labral diameter of 31.967mm (sd=3.175). inferential analysis using paired student t-tests demonstrated that glenoid labrum significantly (p=0.001) increased retroversion by 4.3 deg and diameter by 3.9 mm (p=0.001). conclusion: this study demonstrated significant increases in glenoid version and glenoid diameter. given these findings it may be more important to create a “bump” when repairing the labrum in order to preserve or increase retroversion rather than a simple repair to preserve the contact area. audrey jansen van rensburg affiliation: section sports medicine, university of pretoria additional authors: audrey jansen van rensburg, dc janse van rensburg the use of negative pressure wave treatment in athlete recovery regeneration and recovery is vital for maximising athlete performance in competitive sport. lower body negative pressure (lbnp) treatment originally developed for astronauts to maintain orthostatic balance, proved substantial in clinical application improving circulation in complex wounds. intermittent vacuum therapy may enhance blood flow throughout the entire body, possibly rejuvenating and improving the impaired physical state of injured or exhausted athletes. 22 male cricket players completed a 1-hour power gym session. randomly divided, the treatment group received three 30 minute lbnp exposure sessions over three consecutive days (0, 24 and 48 hours); the control group received no treatment. after 14 days groups were crossed over and the trial repeated. to determine the acute therapeutic effect, participants continued their regular coaching and competition program. heart rate and blood pressure decreased noticeably during treatment, reverting to baseline levels after treatment. lactate concentrations decreased in both groups after exercise termination; significantly more in the treatment than control group (0.57±0.23 vs. 0.78±0.22, respectively, p<0.001). creatine kinase (ck) indicated no significant decrease. athletes' personal perceived degree of regeneration rated moderately high. lbnp therapy may have a systemic effect in lowering serum lactate levels, but not ck levels. enhanced regeneration and recovery of athletes are still unconfirmed. robert jones affiliation: rhodes university additional authors: robert jones, andrew todd, candice christie ethnicity: a key risk factor for hamstring injury ethnicity has been identified as a key risk factor for hamstring injuries in intermittent sports. when compared to their caucasian counterparts, epidemiological studies indicate professional players of black african ethnic origin to be at an increased risk of hamstring muscle strain in australian rules football, rugby union and soccer. anthropometric, biomechanical and physiological differences between caucasian and black african players may influence muscular fatigue responses, increasing the risk of strain injuries in the hamstring musculature. while possessing similar vo2max values to caucasians athletes, black african runners elicit a higher fractional vo2max utilisation, a superior running economy, as well as a greater predominance of type ii muscle fibers. these distinctive features limit the applicability of research on caucasians to players of black african ethnicity. this is further complicated by intra-ethnic variations in muscle fiber distribution among individuals from different geographical locations within africa (north, south, east, west africa). muscle phenotype characteristics are thought to influence the risk of hamstring injuries. players with a greater proportion of type ii fibers are more susceptible to hamstring fatigue induced by eccentric loading during the maintenance of the intermittent activity profile. due to a predominance of type ii fibers, black african players are suggested to be at a greater risk of hamstring strain injury as these players experience greater eccentric hamstring muscle fatigue during match-play compared to caucasian players. in this review, these factors are explored as they have important implications when designing and implementing training and recovery programs for black african players. 49 jessica köhne affiliation: university of kwazulu natal additional authors: jessica köhne, michael j. ormsbee, andrew j. mckune the impact of a multi-ingredient supplement on markers of muscle damage and inflammation following downhill running in female athletes exercise-induced muscle damage (eimd) can result in reduced muscle force, increased muscle soreness, increased intramuscular proteins in the blood, and reduced performance. single ingredient supplementation protocols with whey protein isolate, branched-chain amino acids (bcaas), creatine, and caffeine have been used to reduce the effects of eimd. however, little is known about the effects of a multi-ingredient supplement on the reduction of muscle damage and repair after eimd from downhill running. moreover, there is little known about the effects of performance supplementation on endurance trained female athletes. aim: the purpose of this study was to investigate the potential effects of the ingestion of a multi-ingredient supplement on markers of muscle damage and inflammation following a single 60 minute bout of downhill running (dhr) in trained female runners. methods: eight female runners were matched by vo2max (≥ 50 ml-1.kg-1.min-1) and menstrual cycle, and randomly assigned in a double-blind manner to consume a 28g multi-ingredient supplement (no shotgun) (n=4, 28.5 ± 6.5 yrs, 1.66 ± 0.06 m, 57.06 ± 3 kg) or 28g isocaloric flavourmatched placebo (maltodextrin) (n=4, 29.5 ± 5.12 yrs, 1.60 ± 0.06 m, 56.40 ± 4.7 kg) daily for four weeks pre-dhr. all participants were premenopausal, and all participants were be tested as close as possible to the mid-follicular phase (7-11 days after menses) of the menstrual cycle similar to the seven day inactive (or placebo) phase of hormonal contraceptive therapy. participants performed a dhr after 4 weeks of supplementation, at a speed equivalent to 75% vo2max at -10% gradient. serum creatine kinase (ck), interleukin-6 (il-6), and c-reactive protein (crp) were collected prior to dhr, immediately post-, 24 hours, 48 hours, and 72 hours post-dhr, with power output, hamstring flexibility, and muscle pain perception measurements taken at the same time points. results: there were no significant group x time differences, but there was a main effect of time for ck (p=0.05), pain perception (vas) (p=0.068), lower-limb muscle pain, and maximum squat jump power (p=0.043). crp peaked at 24 hours post-dhr and il-6 peaked immediately post-dhr, with crp decreasing at 48hrs post-dhr (-5.44% of baseline). serum ck increased by 14.23% from baseline to 24 hours post-dhr, decreased back to baseline by 48 hours. the vas measures showed a significant 13-fold increase from baseline to 24 hours post-dhr (p=0.019), and an 11fold increase from baseline to 48 hours (p=0.022). conclusion: multi-ingredient supplementation did not reduce muscle damage and inflammation compared with an isocaloric placebo, although the bout of dhr did elicit changes in muscle damage and inflammatory markers in trained female runners that were returned to baseline by 72 hours. david lee affiliation: griffith university, griffith university centre for musculoskeletal research, menzies health institute additional authors: david lee, david saxby, prof rod barrett, dr richard newsham-west, dr michael ryan repeatability and agreement of digital image correlation (dic) for regional strain estimates of the in-vivo human patellar tendon introduction: strain is an essential measure of tendon tissue mechanics, with distribution during functional loads helping to identify damaged or pathological regions and quantifying possible functional compromise. dic is a non-contact image processing method that applies a correlation function to features in successive ultrasound images to estimate strain under dynamic and high-load conditions within an identified region of interest. the primary aim of this study was to assess the methodology of applying dic to estimating localised strain behaviour of the patellar tendon. specifically this study assessed 1) between-trial and between-day repeatability; and 2) the level of agreement of the dic estimates with an accepted manual point-to-point method. methods: seven adult subjects (5 males, 2 females; age = 30.5 +/3.5 y) performed a rate controlled voluntary ramped contraction to a normalised target torque over a specified rate with simultaneous collection of sagittal plane imaging of the patellar tendon and knee extensor torque using real time b-mode ultrasonography and dynamometry, respectively. transducer position and displacement during contractions were tracked by a 3d vicon motion capture system. recorded ultrasound images were subsequently processed using specialized software to estimate strain at selected regions. results: intraclass correlation values for between-trial and between-day strain estimates were greater than 0.86 (p<0.95). the coefficient of variation of the root-mean-square difference (p<0.95) and average mean detectable change (p<0.95) for dic estimates were 1.06% (0.9-1.23%) and 0.19% (0.15-0.23%) and 0.69% and 1.69%, respectively. limits of agreement analysis reported there was a 95% likelihood that dic values were within ± 1.03% of the manual method. dic was found to overestimate reported strain by 0.28%. intraclass correlation values for betweensession transducer position (p<0.95) were greater than 0.86. mean transducer displacement during contractions was found to be 6.97mm (+/ 3.69mm). conclusion: results show dic to be a feasible and repeatable approach for estimation of regional strain at the patellar tendon. the accuracy and repeatability of dic did not appear to be affected by change in transducer position or rotation in this study. 50 daniel lithwick affiliation: university of british columbia, faculty of medicine additional authors: daniel lithwick, saul isserow, brett heilbron, barbara morrison, hamed nazzari, jack taunton screening young competitive athletes for underlying cardiovascular disease in british columbia, canada – a sportscardiologybc study introduction:the sudden cardiac death (scd) of a young athlete is a rare, yet tragic event. following the publication of a 25-year study out of italy that showed a 90% risk reduction for scd after the implementation of a systematic screening program, international attention towards the concept of screening has increased. implementation of screening remains a controversial issue, with the primary disparity lying in whether a 12-lead electrocardiogram (ecg) should be included in addition to a cardiovascular focused medical history and physical examination. currently canada has no official screening mandate. the purpose of this study is to determine the prevalence of cardiovascular diseases that can lead to scd in a sample of young (12-35) competitive athletes in british columbia. methods: 1,319 athletes were screened. 688 participants were evaluated using a resting 12-lead ecg (european society of cardiology recommended) and the 12-item questionnaire, inclusive of personal history, family history and physical examination, as recommended by the american heart association. a protocol amendment was made following the initial round of recruitment with the elimination of the physical exam and a revised questionnaire. as such, the following 631 participants recruited were screened with ecg and a questionnaire created by sportscardiologybc researchers and clinicians. results: of the 1,319 athletes evaluated, 98 (7.4%) required follow-up investigation. 11 cardiovascular disorders (0.8%) were found: probable hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (hcm), myxomatous mitral valve prolapse with mild regurgitation, mild-moderate tricuspid insufficiency with pectus excavatum, supraventricular tachycardia, paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardia, 4 cases of wolff-parkinson-white syndrome, long qt syndrome and a restrictive ventricular septal defect. 26 participants are still under investigation for the presence of disease – notable queries include atrial septal defect, hcm, arrhythmogenic right ventricular dysplasia, and premature coronary artery disease. conclusion: athletes in this study have yet to be restricted from activity, however 11 cases of cardiovascular diseases were identified and investigation into several more athletes is pending. as such, screening for cardiovascular disease in this population is likely a worthy endeavour. the aha 12-item questionnaire produced several false-positive results, prompting the research team to revise the screening protocol. the most feasible and effective screening protocol must still be determined. daniel lithwick affiliation: university of british columbia, faculty of medicine additional authors: daniel lithwick, saul isserow, brett heilbron, barbara morrison, hamed nazzari, jack taunton, michael luong screening young competitive athletes for underlying cardiovascular disease the sportscardiologybc protocol introduction: sportscardiologybc (scbc) has screened 1,319 young (12-35) competitive athletes across british columbia, canada with 12-lead electrocardiogram (ecg) (european society of cardiology recommended), history and physical examination (american heart association 12-item questionnaire) in order to investigate prevalence of cardiovascular disease. following recruitment of the initial 688 participants, the researchers found the questionnaire to be causing several false-positive results. further, they found that the physical examination had a low utility to detect disease, and that physician time was scarce and expensive. therefore, a new screening protocol was developed in which the physical examination was eliminated and a new questionnaire was created. the questionnaire includes positive and negative questions on symptoms in an attempt to differentiate what might be cardiac causes in the absence of a physician. methods: 688 participants were screened using ecg and the 12-item questionnaire from the aha and the following 631 participants were screened using the ecg and the scbc questionnaire. in order to determine if it may be more feasible and effective to screen large athlete populations without a physician present, the positive predictive values (ppv) of the two protocols have been calculated. results: of the first 688 participants screened, 61 (8.9%) required follow-up testing; of which 5 were confirmed to have cardiovascular disease, with 9 still undergoing investigation. in the following 631 participants screened using the scbc protocol, 37 (5.9%) required follow-up testing, of which 6 athletes were found to have cardiovascular disease, with 18 still undergoing investigation. without consideration of those still under investigation, the initial protocol yields a ppv of 9.6%, and the scbc protocol yields a ppv of 31.6%. conclusion: following the experience with the first 688 participants, the research team felt that a more feasible and effective screening protocol could be developed. based on the increased positive predictive value and lower absolute and relative number of false-positives, this was found to be correct. concerns regarding false negatives with the elimination of the physician from the screening process are valid, and as such further studies with proper ascertainment of false-negative rates must be conducted to determine sensitivity and specificity. rochelle louw affiliation: university of pretoria additional authors: rochelle louw, licinda pienaar the effect of movement instruction on muscle activation introduction: the primary objective of this study was to determine if various muscles could more successfully activated during a specific movement/exercise when receiving instruction(“kinetic precision”method or technique) as opposed to no or minimal instruction. the “kinetic precision” method included placing the body in a favourable position and using “conscious initiated muscular resistance” (mind-body connection). methods: a cross-sectional comparative design was used. twenty subjects performed six movements. the subjects performed the movements without instruction and then again, after receiving specific instructions (“kinetic precision” technique). the movements or exercises were performed while surface electromyography (emg) measurements were taken of fourteen different muscles groups. emg data was collected and analysed using the noraxon, emg & sensor systems (scottsdale, arizona) using standard emg techniques and protocols. the wilcoxon signed rank test was used to determine if there was a statistically significant (p≤0.05) difference between measurements. results: there were significant differences (p≤0.05) in terms of muscle activation between test one and test two for ten of the fourteen muscles tested using surface emg. namely, side lying gluteus maximus exercise: m. gluteus maximus (p=0.001) and m. erector spinaelumbar (p=0.027); sitting knee extension exercise: m. rectus femoris (p=0.00) and m. erector spinaelumbar (p=0.00); side lying gluteus medius exercise: m. gluteus medius (p=0.004); sitting arm flexion exercise: m. trapeziusupper (p=0.000); sitting theraband exercise: m. infraspinatus (p=0.040) and m. trapeziusmiddle (p=0.025); and supine bridge exercise: m. gluteus maximus (p=0.000) and m. biceps femoris (p=0.033). for all the significant differences, test 2 (with instruction – kinetic precision) was greater in terms of muscle activation except for the sitting arm flexion exercise: m. trapezius – upper (p=0.654); sitting theraband exercise: m. trapezius – middle (p=0.025); and supine bridge exercise: m. biceps femoris (p=0.033). discussion/conclusion: the desired effect with regards to muscle activation increasing or decreasing significantly (pë‚0.05) was achieved in eight muscles. therefore results appear favourable regarding the effects of “kinetic precision technique using conscious initiated muscular resistance” in terms of exercise form and muscle activation. further research is recommended using a larger sample and possibly comparing various instruction techniques using a cross-over design. 51 mean maddocks affiliation: university of johannesburg hallux valgus in the female ballet dancer: a literature review on risk factors background: there is little consensus about the aetiology of hallux valgus (hv), but certain risk factors are widely agreed upon. it has long been believed that dance, specifically the ballet technique of dancing en pointe, causes hv. due to very little research on the matter, the biomechanics, associated risk factors, conditions and injuries in dance are poorly understood. methodology: the university of johannesburg library, electronic databases, as well as general search engines, such as google-scholar, were searched using specific search terms. books and articles were sifted according to their content. resources that contained dance and hv were then evaluated according to key criteria: hv and dance, dancer versus non-dancers, dance biomechanics, etc. the findings obtained from the literature were then assimilated. discussion: dancers are exposed to the same risk factors as the general population: age, gender, heredity, constrictive footwear and anatomical factors like hypermobility, achilles tendon tightness, pes planus, to name a few. dancers, however, have some risk factors that are unique to them: dance itself, poor technique and, notoriously, the shoewear, specifically the pointe shoe which enables a dancer to stand and dance on the tips of her toes. this literature review found that even though dance is associated with hv, the pointe shoe, and the ballet technique is only a risk factor for hv, not a conclusive cause. in more recent studies, features that were once believed to be associated with hv in dancers, are not. these include hours of dancing and hours of dancing en pointe per week, age at which pointe work was started and totally years on point. akshai mansingh affiliation: university of the west indies . posterior ankle impingement in fast bowlers introduction: ankle injuries in fast bowlers in cricket are common and can be acute or chronic in nature. posterior ankle impingement is a collection of chronic conditions caused by repetitive forced dorsiflexion as well as plantar flexion. it is being reported increasingly in fast bowlers and is often associated with a large os trigonum. this study of posterior ankle impingement in west indian fast bowlers looks at clinical features in presentation and findings, and proposes treatment options. factors influencing treatment will be discussed methods: a retrospective analysis of ankle impingement injuries treated in fast bowlers in the west indies was conducted between 2005 and 2014. duration and features of presentation were noted as well as investigation findings. treatment effected was reviewed as well as the outcome. results: seven fast bowlers had evidence of os trigonum in the front foot only. pain was felt on forced plantar flexion and dorsiflexion on front foot landing; no pain was felt with running. four had large os trigonum on radiographs, and one was detected only by mri. three bowlers with low workloads resolved with steroid injections. the remainder had surgical excision which led to recovery. conclusion: this injury is being seen increasingly in fast bowlers. steroid injections are useful in bowlers with low workloads, but surgical excision is recommended in bowlers with heavy workloads. further investigation is required in biomechanics of bowling to determine the cause for the increase in this condition. robroy martin affiliation: duquesne university additional authors: robroy martin, hal martin, ricardo schrã¶der management of deep gluteal syndrome a case series introduction: while deep gluteal syndrome (dgs) is becoming increasingly recognized, there is little information to guide the management of patients diagnosed with dgs. a positive outcome of those with dgs may require a comprehensive multi-professional treatment approach. the current study describes an algorithm for management of individuals with dgs and includes physical therapy, psychological counseling, intramuscular computed tomography (ct)-guided injection, and endoscopic surgery. material & methods:the cases series was conducted between april 2014 and december 2015. study population was composed of subjects diagnosed with deep gluteal pain through a detailed history, physical examination, imaging and diagnostic testing. six female subjects were treated during an average time of 20 weeks (6-36 weeks). visual analog scale, modified harris hip score, and patient satisfaction were used to describe outcomes. physical examination was used to determine appropriate physical therapy interventions. specifically, interventions were directed at lumbopelvic, hip intra-articular, hip extra-articular, and/or pelvic floor structures with neuromuscular retraining, soft tissue length-tension rebalancing, joint mobilization, soft tissue mobilization, and/or neural mobilization as indicated. neuropsychiatry evaluation was used to determine appropriate psychological counseling techniques to address issues associated with anxiety and depression. intra-muscular injections through ct guidance in the piriformis and/or obturator muscles were used in cases that did not have satisfactory results after physical therapy and psychological counseling. subjects who found temporary benefit from injections were considered candidates for endoscopic surgery. results: the deep gluteal pain was identified as a chronic condition associated with factors such as low back pain, presence of hip intra-articular pathology, previous pelvic surgery, urogynecological and psychological influences. when appropriately managed improvement was obtained in the subjects included in this study within an average time of 20 weeks (6-36 weeks). discussion & conclusion: patients with dgs can have a good outcome when the algorithm for appropriate management is applied. thorough diagnostic work-up was found to be the best method to determine the most effective treatment. conservative management should consist of a multiprofessional treatment approach with neuromuscular retraining, soft tissue length-tension rebalancing, joint mobilization, soft tissue mobilization, neural mobilization, psychological counseling, and/or intra-muscular injections as indicated through the comprehensive evaluation. 52 sarah j moss affiliation: north-west university additional authors: sarah j moss, tamrin veldsman effect of a long-term physical activity intervention on risk factors for coronary heart disease in adults with intellectual disability background: physical inactivity is a major risk factor for developing coronary heart disease (chd) in persons with an intellectual disability (id). longevity of individuals with an id can be ameliorated by decreasing the risk for chd with increased physical activity. limited research is available on long-term physical activity intervention in persons with id therefore; the aim of this study is to determine the effect of a long-term physical activity intervention programme on risk factors for chd. methods: a cohort of 74 participants living in a care facility in potchefstroom, north west province of south africa, gave consent for participation in this seven-year follow-up study. the participants aged chronologically between 25 and 76 years were intellectually aged between 4 and 12 years. the chd risk factors were determined by means of questionnaire and physical assessment of resting blood pressure, body mass index (bmi), fat percentage and non-fasting glucose and cholesterol measurements. the long-term physical activity intervention included two weekly supervised aerobic and resistance training activities for health improvement. ancova with adjustment for baseline were performed as well as the mcnemar exact test for preto post-intervention changes in risk factor variables and point prevalence of risk factors. results: the point prevalence of inactivity in the participation decreased from 50% to 24%. total cholesterol prevalence risk factor increased from 23% to 45%. prevalence of age as a risk for developing chd increased significantly in the seven-year follow-up study from a 10% prevalence to 28%. body mass decreased significantly in men (1.25 ± 5.43 kg) and increased significantly in women (0.15 ± 6.83 kg). bmi reflected the changes in body mass for men and women respectively. body fat percentages in men (2.98%) and in women (0.95%) increased. a significant increase in systolic blood pressure (sbp) for men (6.2 ± 18.1 mmhg) and diastolic blood pressure (dbp) for women (6.35 ±10.42 mmhg) was determined. in women total cholesterol increased significantly (0.53 ± 0.41 mmol/l). conclusion: a long-term physical activity intervention in a population with id reduced the point prevalence of inactivity, while total cholesterol increased. arline muller affiliation: unizulu additional authors: arline muller, henriette hammill the effect of pilates and progressive muscle relaxation therapy (mrt) on stress and anxiety during pregnancy: a literature review aim: to compile a structured literature review pertaining to the effect of pilates and progressive muscle relaxation therapy (mrt) on stress and anxiety during pregnancy. methods: a literature search from 2005-2015 was conducted in order to capture all the articles applicable to the effects of pilates and progressive mrt on stress and anxiety during pregnancy. a descriptive analysis was undertaken of those articles that met the established criteria for inclusion following the search. results: searches from the databases identified 4475 articles, of these, 4461 articles were excluded and 14 articles were ultimately included for review. conclusion: additional research into this topic is necessary due to the limited number of papers that are published especially concerning the psychological and physiological effects of pilates during pregnancy. the literature on progressive mrt during pregnancy is better documented. the findings of this systematic review indicate that there is strong evidence that progressive mrt is an effective method in reducing stress and anxiety during pregnancy. key words: pregnancy, pilates, progressive muscle relaxation therapy, stress, anxiety. stacy nellemann affiliation: rhodes university additional authors: stacy nellemann, candice christie, jonathan davy a laboratory simulated investigation into the impact of sunglass tint on the catching performance of fielders during cricket introduction: vision is particularly important for the successful execution of goal directed actions in sport. in order to accomplish this, spatial and temporal information provided by the eyes to the brain, results in the perception of the surrounding environment. in sport played outdoors, vision is further impacted by exposure to harmful uv radiation from the sun affecting ocular health, ultimately affecting the quality of vision. consequently outdoor athletes like cricketers, who are the focus of this study, use sunglasses to prevent this from occurring. in addition, the tint of sunglasses purportedly provides performance-enhancing benefits such as contrast enhancement based on the colour of the lens. despite these purported benefits, no research has established the efficacy of different colour tints of lenses. the primary objective of this study therefore is to investigate how catching performance of cricketers, is affected by different colour tints of sunglasses methods: in order to investigate the effect four different colour tints of sunglass (clear, red, grey and blue) affect catching when fielding in cricket, a within subjects, repeated measures design was used. players were pre-screened for eligibility and required to be cricket players between the ages of 18-30yrs with a minimum of 5 years playing experience, no ocular deficiencies and be non-habitual sunglass wearers. during the pre-screening examination, objective ocular measures of contrast sensitivity, stereopsis and visual acuity were taken. eligible players partook in four experimental sessions, which were randomised. prior to each session, players were habituated wearing the selected tinted lens by catching 12 balls projected with a bowling machine. following habituation players were required to catch 30 balls projected at a speed of 26m.s-1 (93km.h-1) with an inter-delivery time of 32s. the quality of each catch was retrospectively graded using wickstrom's catching performance scale and the absolute number of catches made recorded. in the last experimental session, participants completed a questionnaire to investigate subjective opinion of performance comparing the different lenses. the findings will be clinically relevant not only to opticians but also to those interested in enhancing performance results: data is currently being collected therefore will be analysed and presented at the conference. 53 natalia neophytou affiliation: centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa additional authors: natalia neophytou, kerith d aginsky, kirsten keen, the comparison of change of transversus abdominis muscle thickness and plank holding time in club cricket players background: research between bridge holding time as an indication of core stability, by means of measuring transverse abdominis (ta) muscle function is limited. objective: a correlation study comparing ta muscle function and bridge holding time in club cricketers. methods: seventeen male, premier league cricketers (age: 22.1 ± 3.3 years) participated. visual ultrasound measured bilateral ta, internal oblique (oi) and external oblique (oe) muscle thickness at rest and during abdominal hollowing. muscle function was measured as the change in muscle thickness from rest to abdominal hollowing and compared to holding time of the supine and prone bridges (seconds) by means of a pearson's correlation. results: ta muscle thickness was preferentially recruited bilaterally (p=0.0000). no significant correlations existed between ta muscle function and supine or prone bridge holding time. negative correlations were found between prone bridge and nd ta muscle thickness at rest (r= -0.57, p= 0.017) and abdominal hollowing (r= -0.54, p=0.03); and supine bridge with d and nd oe at rest (d: r = -0.52; p = 0.04; nd: r = -0.60; p = 0.01) and abdominal hollowing (d: r = -0.55, p = 0.03; nd: r = -0.54, p = 0.03). conclusion: prone and supine bridge holding times are not correlated with ta muscle function. natalia neophytou affiliation: centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa additional authors: natalia neophytou, estelle watson, justin jeffrey, amy bedford, craig eliasov, demitri constantinou the use of ekso bionicstm exoskeleton as a rehabilitation tool in patients with spinal cord injuries: a case study series background: major advances in robotic technology have led to the development of various types of walking devices used for locomotor training.[3,4] one such device was famously used during the 2014 fifa world cup tm to kick the first ball of the tournament.[5] these various devices, although inspiring and encouraging for people living with paralysis, are very much in the early stages of development, and more evidence and practical information is required if clinicians are to safely use them as rehabilitative tools. objective: an exploratory study investigating the exoskeleton as a rehabilitation tool in spinal cord injury patients. methods: standardised baseline measurements were taken pre and post intervention for 3 spinal cord injury participants. the participants underwent 10 sessions of locomotive training using the ekso™ exoskeleton device over a 5 week period. an 80% compliance rate was required in order to complete the study. pre and post measures included: calf circumference, resting blood pressure and the he rand 36 item health survey. the survey was used to determine physical functioning(pf), role limitations due to physical health(rp), role limitations due to emotional problems(re), vitality/energy (vt), mental health/emotional well-being (mh), social functioning (sf), bodily pain(bp) and general health(gh) [10]. a composite score for the mental component and physical component scales were calculated. results: all of the cases showed much individuality in rates and progression of assisted walking. this intervention showed no clinically meaningful trends in heart rate, however, improved muscle bulk (increased calf circumference) was found in both participants. improvement of between 8-10% was found for mental quality of life; however physical outcome scores were conflicting. indeed, the intervention showed a reduction in both physical functioning and increase in bodily pain in each case respectively. conclusion: due to the current lack of knowledge of the physical demand of these types of devices, it is imperative that clinical guidelines, for progression of standing and walking time, are implemented. habib noorbhai affiliation: cape peninsula university of technology additional authors: habib noorbhai, timothy noakes a qualitative evaluation of backlift batting techniques taught by cricket coaches introduction: the art and science of cricket has continuously evolved in the last century. the straight backlift was institutionalised first in 1912 followed by the marylebone cricket club's coaching manual in 1954. until 2007, it was common knowledge to coach the straight backlift to non-elite cricketers. presently, it is common practice for coaches to not consider the straight backlift as the only dogma. our previous studies have shown that both successful elite batsmen and non-coached cricketers employ a lateral backlift and are able to score runs easily. therefore, the aim of this study was to evaluate the teachings of the backlift batting techniques among multi-levelled cricket coaches. methodology: multi-levelled cricket coaches (n = 120) from seven international cricket council (icc) countries (south africa, australia, new zealand, england, india, pakistan and west indies) were evaluated utilizing an online survey questionnaire through google forms. a mixture of 13 open and closed-ended questions were purposively asked to gauge instinctual insights of their coaching methods and perceptions. these questions were related to their demographics, insights of backlift batting techniques and implications of batting techniques. both descriptive and inferential statistics were utilised to analyse categorical feedback with statistica 11. the level of significance was set at p<0.05. results: a majority of cricket coaches (70%) were not aware of what a looped or lateral backlift constituted of (p<0.05). in addition, more than 70% of cricket coaches utilized either the straight backlift or the backlift in the directions of the slips in their coaching methods (p<0.05). a distinctive finding was the variance of feedback received by all the cricket coaches. based on this evaluation, it was found that cricket coaches are coaching the backlift differently. some of the proposing quotes from the cricket coaches included: “one needs to teach the basics of batting to young cricketers by hitting the ball and treating each player as an individual”. in contrast, opposing quotes from the cricket coaches included: “one needs to apply a generic approach when coaching batting technique to cricket players and it doesn't matter whether the face of the bat is open or closed”. conclusion and coaching implications: this study has shown a distinct variance of coaching backlift batting techniques by 70% of multi-levelled cricket coaches. this is a slight concern, especially at grass-root level, as previous studies have shown that a straight backlift batting technique can limit the potential of a naturally gifted batsman. the way forward is to congregate all cricket coaches from the icc coaching associations in order to educate and demonstrate why and how the lateral backlift batting technique is a strong determinant for a batsman's success, at all levels. keywords: cricket, backlift batting techniques, cricket coaching, qualitative evaluation 54 habib noorbhai affiliation: cape peninsula university of technology additional authors: habib noorbhai, prof leon van niekerk a scientific and psychological analysis of the proteas performances during the last seven cricket world cups the south african cricket team comprise of some of the most highly ranked players, yet despite this, one could say that they have had an unfavourable streak at the past seven cricket world cups having not reached a world cup final. this paper aims to critique the assumptions behind the proteas' performances during several world cup campaigns and to show that the lay press original label of 'chokers' for the past two decades is not an accurate description. terms such as 'choking', the 'yips' and other psychological terminology such as stereotype threat that apply to elite sportsmen need to be differentiated as these vary. in addition, an analysis of the proteas performances over the years are performed and associated factors are discussed. it must be highlighted that we should be asking different questions instead of providing different answers to the same questions. further research should be conducted at real-time game situations among the proteas cricket team and other national teams, in order to provide an effective intervention approach. this would further enhance an understanding of the team dynamics prior to knockout tournaments such as the icc cricket world cup. s.o. onagbiye affiliation: physical activity, sport and recreation focus area, north-west university, potchefstroom additional authors: s.o. onagbiye, s.j. moss, m. cameron managing non-communicable diseases in an african community: effects, compliance, and barriers to participation in a four-week exercise intervention. introduction: to determine the compliance, barriers, and effects of participation in a four-week exercise intervention to reduce risk factors for ncds among setswana-speaking community-dwelling potchefstroom adults from a low resourced area of south africa. methods: an exercise program and associated pre-post test were performed by 76 participants (men, n= 26 and women, n= 50) aged 35 to 65 years. baseline and end tests included height, weight, hip and waist circumference, heart rate, blood pressure, glucose, cholesterol, quality of life, and cardiorespiratory fitness measurements. the intervention consisted of three days/week combined aerobic and resistance exercise at an intensity of 70% hrr as determined at baseline. compliance and barriers to participation were determined post-intervention by means of attendance registers and interviews. ancova with adjustment for pre-test was performed for all repeated variables. the cronbach's alpha coefficients for exercise benefits were 0.81 and for barriers 0.84. results: of the 26 men (40.8±5.45 years) and 50 women (43.6 ± 7.8 years) recruited, 54 completed the intervention (71% compliance). the fourweek aerobic exercise intervention significantly reduced body mass, rpe and mcs in men, and body mass, bmi, vo2max, rpe, glucose, pcs and mcs in women. participants reported that the exercise milieu as a major barrier to exercise compliance while the interviews reported lack of time. conclusion: a one month exercise intervention elucidated positive changes in risk factors for ncds in a low-resource community. a drop-out rate of 29 % in this study is consistent with other exercise intervention trials. exploration of the reported barriers may be useful for planning to increase compliance with future programs. keywords: physical activity intervention, cardiorespiratory fitness, quality of life, non-communicable diseases, adults, setswana adedayo osholowu affiliation: elite health systems (ehs) sports medicine, orthopaedic surgery and rehabilitation clinic additional authors: adedayo osholowu, onimisi sunday salami, jimisayo osinaike arthroscopic repair following a menisci tear in two nigerian footballers: a case report. introduction: reports of arthroscopic menisectomy and other minimally invasive orthopedic repairs are rare in nigeria and the rest of sub sahara africa. most athletes have to undergo open arthrotomy or continue to be managed with conservative options greatly hindering return to full performance and sometimes leading to the loss of a career and sometimes a means of livelihood for a family. a database search of medline, cinhal, and sports discus did not reveal any such cases, as most of the literature from sub saharan africa is focused on musculoskeletal trauma and infections. this report documents the 2 cases of arthroscopic menisectomy in young nigerian football players. it details the surgical repair and management and the physiotherapy rehabilitation to full function and return to play. presentation of case: this case report presents two male footballers who presented to our clinic with complaints of pain on the lateral aspect of the right knee which was sufficient to prevent him from playing. in both cases musculo-skeletal ultrasound of the knee showed a tear of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus shown as hypoechoic lines with extension to the articular surfaces. magnetic resonance imaging (mri) showed signal unequivocally reaching the surface of the meniscus further confirming the diagnosis. arthroscopic debridement and lateral partial menisectomy was applied to both knees under spinal anesthesia. in one case arthroscopy revealed a lateral collateral ligament tear which was repaired with a allograft.. discussion: while there a many cases of meniscus damage in the sports community in nigeria and the rest of sub saharan africa, arthroscopic repairs or meniscectomies have rarely been reported in literature. generally most cases are managed by conservative methods involving physiotherapy and pain management which in cases where this is not effective will result in a reduction in performance during sport and early onset arthritis. football is considered a high-risk sport for knee ligament and meniscal injuries. in the developed world a significant number of these patients undergo anterior cruciate ligament (acl) reconstruction or arthroscopic meniscal repair. in contrast, there has been little mention of the role of arthroscopy or the treatment of sports-related injuries within the scope of musculoskeletal care in nigeria and the rest of sub saharan africa. we report here our experience performing arthroscopic surgery on 2 athletes in nigerian. our goal in this report is to begin the discussion in the orthopedic community regarding when it is appropriate to introduce arthroscopy to the sports community in nigeria and how to best make it sustainable. conclusion: arthroscopic surgery can be successfully applied in the treatment of meniscal tears. the advantages of the method include good visualisation during surgery, low morbidity and early healing and return to sport. with recent advances in arthroscopic techniques and methods, the indications for arthroscopic treatment must be extended to the sports community in nigeria and the rest of sub saharan africa. 55 jessie turner pearson affiliation: department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university additional authors: jessie turner pearson, matthias goebel accommodation and job assignment for impaired or disabled workers some compensation systems do not encourage permanently restricted workers who have been disabled due to work-related injuries to return to work. however, appropriate job placement of impaired workers has been shown to result in feelings of independence, usefulness and responsibility, as well as financial security. physically impaired employees in many workplaces have experienced job discrimination because colleagues and supervisors assume that their work performance will be affected by physical limitations resulting from their disability. this theoretical paper discusses the possibilities of assigning workers to appropriate jobs based on their specific capabilities and limitations. the option of providing certain job accommodations in the form of workplace restructuring is also discussed. an ergonomics approach to designing industrial workstations attempts to achieve a balance between worker capabilities and task requirements to optimize worker productivity, as well as provide physical and mental wellbeing, job satisfaction and safety. for impaired workers, additional considerations need to be given to their functional limitations and altered physical capabilities. in some cases, modifications or alterations may need to be made to existing workplaces to accommodate these capabilities. this paper investigates the possibility of evaluating specific worker limitations and capabilities through a thorough functional analysis, and matching these to task demands determined through a thorough job analysis at the workplace, to achieve the best possible productivity and worker well-being. lervasen pillay affiliation: university of witwatersrand, cessm additional authors: lervasen pillay, prof demitri constantinou, prof yoga coopoo, arthritic patients' views and perceptions on exercise as an adjunct treatment regime for managing their condition. objectives: this study aimed to assess the views of arthritic patients towards exercise as an adjunct treatment modality in managing their condition, the incidence of different healthcare providers in prescribing exercise, the exercise types and frequencies and the outcome of the effects of exercise on pain and activities of daily living activity. methods: a cross sectional survey study design was used. patients of private general practitioners and a biokineticists' based in the southern suburbs of johannesburg were invited to participate in the survey to assist with the collection of data. questions were developed to determine various aspects of the effect of exercise and patient attitudes toward exercise as an additional management tool in patients with arthritic disease falling within the inclusion criteria. secondary to this, information on the type of healthcare providers prescribing exercise, exercise types and outcomes of exercise were also collected. outcomes were measured based on the patient's subjective responses based on improvements of the participants' arthritic conditions symptoms and activities of daily living with exercise. results: a total of 67 patients were surveyed. males counted for 25.4%, females 73.1%. age distribution was as follows: 59.7 %( n=40)>50 years of age, 35.8% (n=24) 30-50 years of age and the remaining 4.5% (n=3) <30 years of age. most respondents suffered from osteoarthritis (n=29), followed by rheumatoid arthritis (n=27), gout (n=5) and post traumatic arthritis (n=3) while the remainder were not specific. exercise was prescribed by doctors (but not specific enough), followed by physiotherapists then biokineticists. exercise alone improved pain and activities of daily living by 11.1%, while medication improved 21.1% while vast improvement was noted in the combination of exercise and medication (32.5%). conclusion: observations and analysis from the study concludes that there is benefit of exercise in treating arthritic disease best in combination with medical treatment. patients believe that exercise assists them in managing symptoms of arthritis. therefore it is an important adjunct treatment modality. doctors were in fact advising exercise more than other healthcare providers but this advice was very non-specific. limitation of this study was the small number of participants. future research should be directed toward exploring the reasons why healthcare practitioners are not specific in their exercise advice. this study is consistent with other studies in this field of study. keywords: management of arthritic disease, exercise prescription, exercise as an adjunct treatment modality, exercise and pain relief, exercise and arthritis lee pote affiliation: rhodes university additional authors: lee pote, candice christie strength and conditioning practices of university and high school level cricket players: a south african context introduction: cricket is one of the world's major team sports, however it has received very little research attention, particularly with regards to the physical demands of the game. furthermore, no studies have critically examined the strength and conditioning practices of cricket players. therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the strength and conditioning practices of school boy and university level cricket players in south africa. this is important so that current practices that are being implemented can be adapted or changed accordingly to reduce the risk of injury and improve player performance. methods: the participants recruited for this study were the head strength and conditioning coaches or coaches (in the case of no strength and conditioning specialist), at 12 university and 50 high school teams. the university teams selected were based on their participation in the varsity cup cricket and university sport of south africa (ussa) competitions. the high school teams chosen were the top 50 in the country at the time (rankings as of 9th march 2015). participants were required to complete an online survey that was based on previous questionnaires for strength and conditioning research as well as cricket specific and injury statistics questions. the survey itself consisted of three main sections: general questions which included background information on the coaches as well as their degrees, diplomas and qualifications. this section also focused on general conditioning practices such as physical testing, flexibility, speed and agility development as well as plyometric and resistance training. cricket specific questions focusing on conditioning practices and player workload monitoring for batsmen, bowlers, fielders and wicket keepers. injury and injury prevention questions, including injury monitoring, prevention exercises and common injury sites for batsmen, bowlers, fielders and wicket keepers results: data are still being collated 56 france rossouw affiliation: dept physiology, division biokinetics & sport science, university of pretoria additional authors: france rossouw, gary miller, j schuker prevalence of dietary supplement intake and influencing factors among gymnasium attendees in pretoria introduction: studies report high prevalence of dietary supplement intake amongst gymnasium attendees worldwide. to date, no research has been conducted on this issue in a south african city. objectives: to determine the prevalence of dietary supplement intake in individuals who exercise regularly in gymnasiums in the city of pretoria, south africa, and discuss the influencing factors. furthermore, to compare results with those obtained in a study conducted in belo horisonte, brazil, utilising the same questionnaire. methods: the questionnaire was obtained and translated from portuguese into english. individuals (n = 269, aged 31.5 ± 10.7 y; men = 150; women = 119) frequenting 17 gymnasiums throughout pretoria were recruited. after obtaining informed consent, participants completed the questionnaire. descriptive statistics and chi-square tests were performed. results: exercise participation comprised mostly aerobic (76.6%) followed by anaerobic exercise (62.1%). reasons for exercising included healthy habit (70.6%), to lose weight (42.8%) and to gain muscle mass (51.3%). dietary supplement use was high (71.4%). the highest intake was in men (60.9%). the two products with the highest consumption rate were vitamins and minerals (43.1%) and supplements rich in protein (35.3%). women ingested more meal replacement shakes and natural herbal products than men. the majority of men took supplements in order to gain muscle mass and improve performance, whereas the majority of women took supplements for weight loss / fat burning, to replace meals and prevent future illness. more than half (51.6%) of the participants used dietary supplements through their own initiative. very few of them consulted a doctor (4.2%) or dietician (5.2%). the intake of dietary supplements was more common in participants < 30 years (54.2%). conclusion: the study shows a high prevalence of dietary supplement intake amongst individuals frequenting gymnasiums in pretoria. the majority of the dietary supplement intake is self-regulated. results are comparable to the brazil study. marlene schoeman affiliation: university of the free state additional authors: marlene schoeman, rudi de wet, louis holtzhausen clinical, haematological and biochemical characteristics of south african gold-miners presenting with exercise-associated muscle cramps, part 1: background and methodology introduction: consensus on the pathogenesis of exercise associated muscle cramps (eamc) has not been reached. two main schools of thought exist, either proposing that (1) dehydration and electrolyte depletion or (2) altered neuromuscular control with muscle fatigue cause eamc. several factors within these hypotheses are conflicting and unexplained, possibly because of a lack of good data, making it difficult to inform evidenced based practices for the prevention of eamc. underground miners are especially prone to muscle cramps, yet no data were available to gain insight into the pathogenesis of eamc in this population group. the aims of this study were to describe environmental, biochemical and haematological variables in gold miners with eamc and compare it with a control group of miners without eamc. the study consisted of two parts (retrospective and prospective) which required detailed methodological considerations and yielded extensive results and conclusions. therefore, this study will be presented in two parts. part 1 will focus on the background and methodology, while part 2 will focus on the results and conclusions. methodology: the retrospective descriptive study involved underground mine workers who presented with eamc over 18 months in a sa gold mine (cra group). the prospective study consisted of a collection of biological data and blood profiles before (conpre) and after (conpost) 8 hour shifts on a volunteer group of underground mine workers not presenting with eamc to generate normative data for underground mine workers and comparative data for the cra group. participants were classified into four groups based on the functional nature of the specific job descriptions comprising physical stresses such as vibration, cramped body positions for prolonged periods, high physical exertion and distance walking. despite the large number of cra participants, data were generally non-parametric. results: results and discussions are categorised under hydration, electrolyte disturbances, muscle damage and inflammation to align with aspects from the two schools of thought regarding eamc. marlene schoeman affiliation: sport and exercise medicine, university of the free state additional authors: marlene schoeman, ceri diss, siobhan strike unilateral jump mechanics in transtibial amputees introduction: jumping is a fundamental skill in recreational sport and offers great potential for stimulating osteogenesis in osteoporosis prone amputees. while a reasonable body of research on amputee walking and running gait has accumulated to identify typical compensations and adaptations for amputees, a dearth of literature on amputee jumping exists. jumping is mechanically different and more demanding than walking and running with a greater vertical force component. the aim of this study was to address the lack of knowledge on amputee jumping by exploring the underlying mechanics of performing the unilateral countermovement jump. methods: six recreationally active unilateral transtibial amputees (ttas) took part. amputees were included if they were at least 1 year postamputation with no secondary pathology and had an amputation of a traumatic nature. all ttas wore patellar tendon-bearing sockets with rigid pylons and their own prescribed prosthetic feet. for comparison, ten healthy able bodied (ab) persons of the same age range and activity levels participated in the study. all participants wore their own athletic footwear. participants performed ten maximal unilateral countermovement jumps with arms akimbo and approximately 30 seconds rest between each trial. the single jump with the greatest vertical position of the centre of mass was used for analysis. data were collected using two piezoelectric force platforms synchronized with a 9-camera vicon motion analysis system. a mannwhitney u test was used to test for statistically significant differences (p < 0.05) between the tta and ab participants. results: very little strain energy (-0.11±0.04j.kg-1) was stored in the prosthetic keel compared to the ab intact ankles (-0.28±0.09j.kg-1) during the countermovement to be returned as positive work during propulsion and effectively contribute to the jump. generally, ttas displayed similar knee and hip roms to the ab participants. significantly reduced (p=0.000) ankle roms were accompanied by significantly reduced (p=0.016) peak ankle “plantarflexor” moments (1.99±0.41nm.kg-1), represented by the passive recoil of the prosthetic keel. average knee extensor moments (1.35±0.61nm.kg-1) were significantly reduced (p=0.031) and the average hip extensor moments (2.48±1.04nm.kg-1) as well as positive knee (0.59±0.32j.kg-1) and hip work (0.88±0.53j.kg-1) were mostly similar to those of the ab participants. conclusions: despite being exposed to a greater vertical load compared to gait, insufficient strain energy was stored in the prostheses during the countermovement, brought about by the lack in rom and compression of the cantilevered spring of the prosthetic shank. in contrast to walking and running gait, no clear compensations were noted for the reduced prosthetic rom and peak plantarflexor moments at the knee and hip, highlighting the fact that compensations seen for ttas in gait cannot be extrapolated to jumping to inform this aspect of recreational sport, prehabilitation and rehabilitation for amputees. 57 nicola sewry affiliation: university of cape town, division of exercise science and sports medicine additional authors: nicola sewry, sharief hendricks, mike lambert, bevan matthews, brad roode the velocity of ball-carriers and tacklers during shoulder tackles the most frequently executed type of tackle in rugby is the shoulder tackle. a shoulder tackle occurs when the tackler uses either shoulder as the first point of contact with the ball carrier. the aim of this study was to compare the velocity of the ball-carrier and tackler engaged in shoulder tackles, and determine whether factors such as the number of passes from the previous phase, match period, quality of attack, match location and position of tackler had an effect on the mean and approaching velocities of the ball-carrier and tackler. the velocity of of the ball-carrier and tackler during shoulder tackles (n=12) were determined using a 2d analysis tool. the tackles were also coded according to pass number, match period, quality of defence and attack, match status, defensive shape and movement, position of tackler and ball-carrier. the ball-carrier's velocity (4.10±1.85m.s-1) when entering contact was significantly higher than the tackler's velocity (5.19±3.22 m.s–1). the ball-carrier's velocity was significantly higher when entering contact further from the set piece (p<0.001), when playing away from home (p<0.001) and when ranked in the top three (p<0.001). the findings of this study provide insight into the complexities of the tackle in rugby. takshita sookan affiliation: university of kwazulu natal additional authors: takshita sookan, andrew mckune, michael ormsbee, jose antonio, nombulelo magula, umesh lalloo, ayesha motala effect of a progressive resistance training program and whey protein intake on quality of life in human immunodeficiency virus infected individual receiving antiretroviral therapy. introduction: advances in hiv treatment in the last three decades has resulted in improved health, prolonged life and substantially reduced the risk of hiv transmission. [u1] this impact broadens to all facets of life, influencing quality of life (qol). progressive resistance training (prt) combined with effective supplementation can increase muscle mass and improve physical performance in persons with hiv infection and may enhance outcomes in these patients as well as improve qol. methods: forty hiv infected participants (40.8 ±7.7 yrs, 70.8 ±16 kgs, bmi 30.9 ±7.2 kg.m2) receiving art (≥18 months) were randomly assigned to either a whey protein/resistance training (rt) group (n=18), placebo/prt group (n=14) or control group (n=8). participants received either 20g whey or placebo (maltodextrin) pre and immediately post each rt workout. whole body rt was performed 2/week for 12 weeks. to assess qol the whoqol-hiv bref 31 was used which has six domains: physical, psychological, level of independence, social relationships, [u2] environment, and spiritual. the questionnaire was completed at baseline and then at 12 weeks. the mean score of questions within each domain was used to calculate the domain score. statistical analysis consisted of a two-way anova and sidak's multiple comparison post hoc testing. alpha was set at p ≤ 0.05. results: the physical domain showed a significant time effect (te) (p=0.02) with the placebo group increasing from baseline (17.69a.u.) to post (19.15a.u) (mean difference -1.5a.u., 95% ci -2.9 to -0.05a.u.). there were no significant changes in the supplement group. the social relationships domain exhibited a significant te (p=0.02) with the placebo group increasing significantly from 14.23a.u. to 16.54a.u post (mean difference -2.3a.u., 95% ci -3.9 to -0.7a.u.). environment domain showed a significant te (p=0.002) with both placebo (15.65a.u. to 16.46a.u.; mean difference -0.8a.u., 95% ci -1.5 to -0.09a.u.) and supplement groups (14.35a.u. to 15.03a.u.; mean difference -0.7a.u., 95% ci -1.3 to 0.04a.u.) demonstrating significant increases from baseline after 12 weeks of training. the spiritual domain indicated significant te (p=0.05) with the placebo group increasing from baseline (16.38a.u.) to post (17.92a.u) (mean difference -1.5a.u., 95% ci -2.8 to -0.3a.u.). there were no significant changes in the supplement group. there were no changes in the psychological or level of independence domains for the placebo and supplement groups. there were no significant changes in the control group for any of the six domains. conclusion: several components of qol improved in art treated hiv infected individuals that participated in the prt program. changes were predominately shown in the placebo group (domains 1, 4, 5, 6). this can be attributed to positive social and environmental effects of exercise programs. exercise training is an inexpensive and efficacious strategy for improving qol in this population with can impact other facets of their lives. sharhidd taliep affiliation: department of sport management, faculty of business and management sciences, cape peninsula additional authors: sharhidd taliep, ruan rust, njabulo mhlongo, janine gray, catherine draper, sherylle calder, christi botha the relationship between ethnicity, socio-economic status and visual skill in adolescent cricket batsmen introduction: this study aims at identifying a reason for the poor batting performance of black african players by investigating the relationship between ethnicity, socio-economic status and visual skills. methods: fifty-one adolescent male skilled cricket batsmen consisting of three different racial groups were recruited. the participants completed the 3 phases of visual skill tests. phase 1: simple visual motor skills were assessed using the beery-buktenica test. phase 2: visual skills important for ball sport performance were assessed using saccadic eye movement, visual tracking, depth perception, eye-hand reaction/eye-hand coordination tests. phase 3: visual skills important for cricket batting performance were assessed using a temporal occlusion technique to test visual perceptual and anticipatory decision making. in the temporal occlusion task, batsmen had to predict the swing and length of the delivery at various occlusion times. socio-economic status of players was recorded using a 17-point asset score. results: phase 1: black african batsmen scored significantly worse than coloured/indian and white batsmen in the beery-buktenica test. phase 2: black african batsmen performed significantly worse that coloured/indian batsmen in the saccadic eye movement, eye tracking, and eye-hand reaction/eye hand coordination test and significantly worse than white batsmen during the eye tracking test. phase 3: black african batsmen were significantly worse than white and coloured indian batsmen at predicting swing at 3 occlusion times (200ms after ball release, 300ms after ball release and at ball bounce). for the prediction of length, black african batsmen were worse than white and coloured/indian batsmen at 200ms after ball release. there were no significant differences between the coloured/indian and white batsmen for all phases of visual skills testing. there was a significant positive correlation between socio-economic status and all three phases of tests. conclusion: black african batsmen had poorer visual skills than white and coloured batsmen for all phases of visual skill tests providing a possible reason for their poor batting performance. poor visual skills is associated with low socio-economic status as these players seldom have access to sporting schools, facilities, structured training programmes and coaches, which could hinder their development as batsmen. we therefore emphasise the importance of including visual skills training to all coaches, trainers and exercise specialist working with adolescent cricket players. 58 eberhard tapera affiliation: national university of science & technology additional authors: eberhard tapera, lateef o.amusa release parameters of the basketball jump shot across shooting ability in zimbabwe male league basketball players introduction: basketball is a very popular game in zimbabwe and all over the world. shooting, a key skill in basketball, is mostly done as a jump shot (js). the low conversion rate of the js in league basketball matches suggests that zimbabwean league basketball players have problems in executing the js. this study described successful js in terms of release parameters (rps) (height, velocity, angle and spin) across levels of shooting ability (good, average and poor) and further investigated if significant differences existed in the rps across levels of js shooting ability. methods: twenty six players, purposively sampled from the bulawayo basketball association, made ten successive jss each from the free throw line, after a warm up. these shots were videotaped, using standard videography protocols. a panasonic vdr d1160 camera placed 10.7 metres away from, and perpendicular to the plane of motion of the subjects, mounted on a tripod 1.9 metres high, was used to videotape the js.the js videos were cut using anyconveter software. quintic coaching 4.02 v17 software was then used to compute rps for each of the cut videos. results: the study indicated that players' successful js for good, average and poor players were executed at release angles of 49.5±7.6°, 56.9 ±9.0°, 55.4±7.6°; at release velocities of 5.0±1.3 m/s,5.7±1.7 m/s, 5.6±1.7 m/s; from absolute release heights of 2.5±0.3m, 2.6±1.1m, 2.4±0.3m; with relative release heights of 1.4±0.1m, 1.4±0.1m, 1.4±0.2m and at release spins of 3.6 ±1.6 hz, 3.3±1.5 hz, 3.2±1.4 hz, respectively. the study also found statistically significant differences (p≤0.05) in the release angle, and vertical component of velocity across js ability. conclusion: it was concluded that coaches in the bulawayo basketball league need to design practises that develop optimal values of release angle and vertical component of release velocity when training for js. key words: basketball, jump shot, release parameters sharhidd taliep affiliation: department of sport management, faculty of business and management sciences, cape peninsula additional authors: sharhidd taliep, ruan rust, njabulo mhlongo, janine gray, catherine draper, sherylle calder, christi botha the relationship between ethnicity, socio-economic status and visual skill in adolescent cricket batsmen introduction: this study aims at identifying a reason for the poor batting performance of black african players by investigating the relationship between ethnicity, socio-economic status and visual skills. methods: fifty-one adolescent male skilled cricket batsmen consisting of three different racial groups were recruited. the participants completed the 3 phases of visual skill tests. phase 1: simple visual motor skills were assessed using the beery-buktenica test. phase 2: visual skills important for ball sport performance were assessed using saccadic eye movement, visual tracking, depth perception, eye-hand reaction/eye-hand coordination tests. phase 3: visual skills important for cricket batting performance were assessed using a temporal occlusion technique to test visual perceptual and anticipatory decision making. in the temporal occlusion task, batsmen had to predict the swing and length of the delivery at various occlusion times. socio-economic status of players was recorded using a 17-point asset score. results: phase 1: black african batsmen scored significantly worse than coloured/indian and white batsmen in the beery-buktenica test. phase 2: black african batsmen performed significantly worse that coloured/indian batsmen in the saccadic eye movement, eye tracking, and eye-hand reaction/eye hand coordination test and significantly worse than white batsmen during the eye tracking test. phase 3: black african batsmen were significantly worse than white and coloured indian batsmen at predicting swing at 3 occlusion times (200ms after ball release, 300ms after ball release and at ball bounce). for the prediction of length, black african batsmen were worse than white and coloured/indian batsmen at 200ms after ball release. there were no significant differences between the coloured/indian and white batsmen for all phases of visual skills testing. there was a significant positive correlation between socio-economic status and all three phases of tests. conclusion: black african batsmen had poorer visual skills than white and coloured batsmen for all phases of visual skill tests providing a possible reason for their poor batting performance. poor visual skills is associated with low socio-economic status as these players seldom have access to sporting schools, facilities, structured training programmes and coaches, which could hinder their development as batsmen. we therefore emphasise the importance of including visual skills training to all coaches, trainers and exercise specialist working with adolescent cricket players. eberhard tapera affiliation: national university of science & technology additional authors: eberhard tapera, lateef o.amusa release parameters of the basketball jump shot across shooting ability in zimbabwe male league basketball players introduction: basketball is a very popular game in zimbabwe and all over the world. shooting, a key skill in basketball, is mostly done as a jump shot (js). the low conversion rate of the js in league basketball matches suggests that zimbabwean league basketball players have problems in executing the js. this study described successful js in terms of release parameters (rps) (height, velocity, angle and spin) across levels of shooting ability (good, average and poor) and further investigated if significant differences existed in the rps across levels of js shooting ability. methods: twenty six players, purposively sampled from the bulawayo basketball association, made ten successive jss each from the free throw line, after a warm up. these shots were videotaped, using standard videography protocols. a panasonic vdr d1160 camera placed 10.7 metres away from, and perpendicular to the plane of motion of the subjects, mounted on a tripod 1.9 metres high, was used to videotape the js.the js videos were cut using anyconveter software. quintic coaching 4.02 v17 software was then used to compute rps for each of the cut videos. results: the study indicated that players' successful js for good, average and poor players were executed at release angles of 49.5±7.6°, 56.9 ±9.0°, 55.4±7.6°; at release velocities of 5.0±1.3 m/s,5.7±1.7 m/s, 5.6±1.7 m/s; from absolute release heights of 2.5±0.3m, 2.6±1.1m, 2.4±0.3m; with relative release heights of 1.4±0.1m, 1.4±0.1m, 1.4±0.2m and at release spins of 3.6 ±1.6 hz, 3.3±1.5 hz, 3.2±1.4 hz, respectively. the study also found statistically significant differences (p≤0.05) in the release angle, and vertical component of velocity across js ability. conclusion: it was concluded that coaches in the bulawayo basketball league need to design practises that develop optimal values of release angle and vertical component of release velocity when training for js. key words: basketball, jump shot, release parameters 59 60 jason tee affiliation: university of johannesburg additional authors: jason tee, yoga coopoo, mike lambert gps comparison of training activities and game demands of professional rugby union introduction: closely matching training session exertions with actual match play intensities ensures players are physically prepared for competition, and may prevent overtraining. methods: the movement patterns of four typical rugby union training activities (traditional aerobic, high intensity interval, game based and skills training) were compared with match play using global positioning systems (gps). the degree of difference from match play was determined by calculating cohen's effect size statistic. training activities for players in different positions were similarly assessed. movement patterns were measured as relative distance, distance walking (0-2m.s-1), jogging (2-4m.s-1), striding (4-6m.s-1) and sprinting (>6m.s-1), and sprint and acceleration (>2.75m.s-2) frequency. results: game based training is the training activity most similar to match play, but doesn't meet all match requirements for all positions. for example, there are large differences in relative distance, striding distance, sprint distance and acceleration frequency between game based training and match play for scrumhalves. conclusion: if game based training is used as the primary training activity, position specific supplementary training is required to ensure players are adequately prepared for the demands of match play. georgia torres affiliation: sasma effect of exercise intervention programs on persons with and without metabolic syndrome background: effective exercise programs for treating metabolic syndrome (mets) have not been devised. the principle aim of this study was therefore to use the anaerobic threshold (at) to design an exercise program that optimized individual exercise responses in individuals with mets. methods: ten participants with mets (metsl) exercised using a walking program which does not use the at to set training intensities. a second group of ten participants without mets exercised using velocity at at to set training intensities (non-metsv). the experimental group consisted of ten participants with mets exercising using velocity at at to set training intensities (metsv). physical, physiological and metabolic responses were measured in all groups before, during and after twenty weeks of exercise. results: bmi and waist circumference decreased whilst velocity at at increased in all training groups. the vo2 peak did not change significantly in the non-metsv group. the blood pressure response was favourable in the groups with mets yet absent in the group without mets. the metsv group was the only group to show significant, positive changes in any of the metabolic parameters (fasting insulin and homa). in addition, the training program used in the metsv group had a greater effect on reducing the number of mets components than did the training program not using at. conclusion: an exercise program using at to set intensity is effective in eliciting favourable responses in individuals diagnosed with mets while allowing a bearable exercise intensity and duration in subjects unused to the discipline of exercise training. monique tredoux affiliation: dsm/atlife (dietician) oat beta-glucan: an alternate cholesterol management nutrient for athletes the results from the sanhanes (south african national health and nutrition examination survey) data published in august 2013 typically display a cholesterol crisis. one out of four participants 15 years and older have an abnormally high serum total cholesterol (23.9%) and ldl cholesterol (28.8%), and one out of two an abnormally low hdl cholesterol level (47.9%). hypercholesterolemia is a major risk factor for cardiovascular disease. statins are the most widely used drugs to lower blood cholesterol in people with hypercholesterolemia. muscle symptoms such as pain (myalgia), myopathy and rhabdomyolysis are the most common side effects of long term statin treatment. statin-related muscle symptoms (pain, weakness and injury) may be significantly exacerbated by intense physical activity and these symptoms are further enhanced by age. an alternative treatment for athletes with hypercholesterolemia is thus warranted in many cases. bioactive oat beta-glucan has been proven to reduce blood cholesterol levels. high cholesterol is a risk factor in the development of coronary heart disease. a european food safety authority (efsa) article 14 claim exists for oat beta-glucans inferring a reduction in the risk of heart disease. this benefit is achieved with a daily intake of 3g bioactive oat beta-glucan. additionally, an efsa article 13.1 approval exists for oat beta-glucans for blood glucose control and gut health. oat beta-glucan has been shown to prolong glucose absorption which may affect energy supply in endurance exercise, may increase time to exhaustion and recovery from fatigue. oat beta-glucan should thus be considered in terms of cholesterol management, glucose control and gut health for athletes riaan van der schyff affiliation: none additional authors: riaan van der schyff, yoga coopoo an analysis of corporate on-site fitness facility models used in selected banking establishments in south africa introduction: there has been a growing interest in employee wellness programmes at south african companies, as well as in on-site fitness facilities offered as part of this employee value proposition. while there are similarities between this type of fitness facility and private or commercial facilities, the operating environment for on-site facilities is vastly different. the decision between insourcing and outsourcing the management of such a facility is very important, especially since a specific skill set and approach is necessary for this task. exercise and physical activity have been proven to be effective in increasing productivity, lowering stress levels and improving the long-term health outcomes of employees. the question is, however: what management practices are currently used for such facilities to ensure the best possible outcomes for employees who are members of the facilities? methods: the management of four on-site fitness facilities at banks in gauteng was compared based on several aspects including management of daily operations, the positioning of the service in the greater company ewp and satisfaction and the health outcomes of consumers (n=626) at the facilities. the consumers' experience of facility management was compared to managers' perspectives. findings: users of outsourced facilities were more satisfied with the state of the facilities compared to insourced facility users, although this did not influence health outcomes as no difference was found between the two groups. there was also an inverse relationship between facility fees and number of enrolled members. management approaches did not show distinct differences between the two models; rather, clear differences were shown when considering the funding models of the facilities. some funding from the company is necessary for these facilities to be viable. insourced facility managers had strategic input in employee wellness programs. conclusion: on-site fitness facilities can act as strategic levers for company employee wellness programmes and contribute to realisation of positive programme outcomes thereby impacting productivity and company bottom lines. 61 viola van der walt affiliation: physiotherapist additional authors: viola van der walt, prof yoga coopoo the role of parents regarding their support and knowledgetowards the use of nutritional supplements introduction: the use of nutritional supplements (ns) by adolescents seem to be an escalating problem in south africa. the role of parents seem to be questionable as children are allowed to use ns. despite information websites by organisations like saids and information sessions arranged by schools, parents do not seem to realize the health risks. for the purpose of this study, ns refer to any supplementary product ingested to boost the nutritional content of a normal diet to either fill a presumed need or deficiency. this could include any sportor energy drinks, tablets, powders or injections that an athlete consumes as energyor performance enhancement supplements. it includes any pharmacological or nutritional aids used in the hope of improving performance. objectives: in view of the lack of literature investigating the role of parents in the use of ns by their children in south africa and internationally, the objective of the study was to determine the attitudes and level of knowledge of parents of children on the east rand towards ns usage. methods: the design of the study was cross-sectional and used a self-administered questionnaire as well as an interview with a focus group. a sample of participants were obtained from parents of high school athletes involved in open teams in selected sport codes. participants were invited to participate voluntarily and anonymously in completing the questionnaires. the sample of participants in the focus group were obtained from coaches involved in selected open teams from the same high schools. the data was analysed using largely descriptive statistics. results: nine percent of parents indicated that they were well informed regarding ns. sixty nine percent believed that ns acted as a gateway drug and 64% indicated that they would support their children in obtaining ns without efficacy being proven. seventy five percent of parents indicated their awareness of the risk of ns being contaminated. seventy three percent of parents deem their role in the athlete-coach-parent triangle as important yet only 13% indicated that their children rely on them for knowledge regarding ns. coaches viewed the role of parents as integral in a healthy diet as they provide the means to eating habits, and indicated that the use of ns could not be ignored and needed to be acknowledged to build a good coachathlete relationship. coaches believed that more expensive ns were better products to suggest for usage yet at the same time they also admitted a lack of knowledge regarding ns. conclusion: the role of parents are deemed as very important by coaches. both parties demonstrated limited knowledge regarding ns. parents have a positive attitude towards the use of ns by their children despite indicating that there are health risks related to the usage of ns. parents considered the success of their children in sport performance as important for future development of their children. lynn van rooy affiliation: university of johannesburg additional authors: lynn van rooy, yoga coopoo the change in knowledge regarding nutrition in coronary artery bypass graft patients introduction: in order to reduce coronary artery disease (cad) risk, moderate physical activity should be combined with other lifestyle modifications, such as proper nutrition, to have a dramatic impact. this necessitates educational and preventative measures, which should begin in childhood and continue throughout life. the aim of this study was to measure the change in nutrition knowledge of coronary artery bypass graft patients by implementation of a lifestyle intervention programme. methods: the hawkes and nowak nutrition knowledge questionnaire (1998) was administered to 18 coronary artery bypass graft (cabg) patients to assess the change in nutrition knowledge. results: significant improvements were noted in the nutrition knowledge score (18.9±3.4 to 23.2±4.5; p=0.000). although all components measured exhibited improvements in knowledge, cholesterol reduction knowledge (5.3 ± 1.8 to 7.2 ± 1.8; p=0.0066), low fat food knowledge (3.8 ± 2.3 to 5.1 ± 2.7; p=0.011) and high fibre food knowledge (4.1 ± 1.4 to 4.7 ± 1.1; p=0.022) exhibited the highest and most significant improvements. conclusion: notably, these significant improvements in nutrition knowledge points toward effective education being delivered during the intervention. keywords: coronary artery disease, cabg, nutrition, cardiac rehabilitation, lifestyle modification. waeil ali mohammed yahya waeil affiliation: sport physiotherapy additional authors: waeil ali mohammed, yahya waeil, mohammed saeed alkhleefa neurological pain in football players simulating groin pain.cupping test stored the problem introduction: groin pain is a common problem found in many athletes. many athletes will present to clinicians with a history of groin pain that may be acute or chronic in nature, and may stem from a single traumatic event or repeated microtrauma to the region or it may be due to nerve roots damage spine could cause radicular symptoms referred to the pelvis or groin. sudan-cupping test is a newly applied and newly registered dry cupping test, based on the use of different sized cups for cupping over certain areas of spine. the test can detect the radiating pain to the joints (knee, ankle or shoulder) and muscles. methodology: 500 professional football players at the age between 17 and 30 years were examined for groin pain for the period 2012-2014. players are examined to detect symptoms that suggest some problem with the nerves (numbness, tingling, weakness or pain).sudan cupping test is applied to detect radiating pain from the lumber spine. positive sudan cupping test are sent for nerve conduction study to confirm the presence of nerve roots damage. results: 61 players with groin pain. 39 chronic and 22 acute cases were found to have sudan cupping and ncs positive results suggestive for nerve roots compression. they were diagnosed and treated as neurological groin pain injuries. conclusion: diagnosis is the key for the treatment and rehabilitation of groin pain. sudan cupping resistant cases for treatment.it helps the players to return fast to the field test is helpful for the detection of the origin of the groin pain. this decreases the number of. 62 karen welman affiliation: stellenbosch university additional authors: karen welman, tania gregory non-supportive touch improves postural sway in active and inactive individuals with parkinson's disease objective: to determine if activity status influences static postural stability (ps) with and without non-supportive light manual touch (lmt) in mild to moderate parkinson's disease (pd). background: pd individuals demonstrates balance impairment and a high incidence of fall-related injuries, which is associated with inactivity and reduced quality of life. inactivity still remains one of the greatest problems in pd, although exercise has shown to be beneficial in improving functional abilities and reduce fall risk. therefore it is vital to investigate cost effective non-pharmacological interventions to improve balance. moreover it is believed that pd individuals have diminished proprioception due to impaired sensory integration and increased reliance on visual feedback for balance. however, recently researchers reported that touch, which is independent of mechanical support, may improve static ps via tactile feedback. methods: relative smoothness (jerk), amplitude (rms), mean velocity (mv) with a tri-axial accelerometer and perceived stability were assessed during a static balance task under 6 sensory conditions. participants completed a modified-tandem standing task under eyes open (eo), eyes closed (ec), unrestricted manual contact (umc), lmt only and no manual contact (nmc) as well as on (+f) or off a foam pad conditions. results: mean age for 9 active (act) and 7 inactive participants were 67 (sd 8) and 70 (sd 4) years, respectively. regardless of the sensory condition act tend to have less jerk and rms (p=0.06).groups presented less ps during all lmt conditions compared to nmc (p<0.01) and umc (p<0.01). ec lmt+f differed between the groups for jerk (p<0.001) and rms (p=0.03), with act showing 154% and 40% less jerk and rms, respectively. medial lateral mv was 44% slower in the act during ec nmc (p=0.04) compared to inactive. groups felt more successful when they received lmt compared to nmc (p<0.01) . conclusions: non-supportive lmt may be more effective in reducing ps than umc in both active and inactive pd individuals. suggesting that nonsupportive lmt can be used to improve static balance in individuals with mild to moderate pd. in addition, active individuals demonstrated less static postural instability compared to inactive individuals. tactile feedback activities could help individuals to maintain ps enabling them to perform daily activities safely with a decreased fall risk. sajsm 471.indd original research sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 77 background. exposure to competitive football is increasing among male youth football players in nigeria. however, medical support to abate the impact of injuries appears inadequate and there is limited literature to show whether youth football players are knowledgeable about, and practise effective measures for injury prevention in football (ipf). objective. to assess the knowledge and behaviour of male youth football players regarding ipf and the availability of medical care for players. methods. we conducted a cross-sectional study among all registered first-division players of a male youth football league in lagos, nigeria. using a self-administered questionnaire, we assessed players’ knowledge regarding ipf, awareness of the fédération internationale de football association (fifa) 11+ injury-prevention programme, injury-prevention behaviour and availability of medical attendants during training and competitive matches. results. the mean age of the players was 18.5 years (standard deviation (sd) ±1.7; range 12 19). their overall mean knowledge score regarding ipf was 4.40 (sd ±1.92) from a total score of 9, with the majority falling into the poor (39.1%) and fair (43.9%) knowledge categories. most (79.3%) players were not aware of the fifa 11+ programme. less than half (40.5%) wore shin guards during training sessions, while 52.5% reported wearing shin guards during matches. less than two-thirds always warmed up or cooled down at training or matches. about three-quarters (73.1%) and over half (52.1%) reported not having medical attendants working with their teams during matches and training, respectively. conclusion. there is a clear deficiency in the knowledge and behaviour of injury-prevention measures among nigerian male youth football players, and adequate medical care is lacking. there is a need for injury-prevention advocacy and implementation of effective interventions to bridge the identified deficiencies in youth football in nigeria. s afr j sm 2013;25(3):77-80. doi:10.7196/sajsm.471 injury prevention in football: knowledge and behaviour of players and availability of medical care in a nigerian youth football league o b a owoeye,1 bpt, msc; s r a akinbo,1 bsc, msc, phd; o a olawale,1 bsc, msc, phd; b a tella,1 bsc, msc, phd; n m ibeabuchi,2 mbbs, msc, phd 1 department of physiotherapy, faculty of clinical sciences, college of medicine, university of lagos, nigeria 2 department of anatomy, faculty of basic medical sciences, college of medicine, university of lagos, nigeria corresponding author: o b a owoeye (obowoeye@unilag.edu.ng) football (soccer) players are known to suffer relatively high rates of injury compared with participants in other sports,[1,2] and youth football players are no exception to this.[3] young people are particularly at risk of sports injury because of high levels of exposure at a time of major physiological change.[4] the importance of injury prevention in football (ipf) among young players cannot be overemphasised as talented players need to stay injury-free as far as possible, to get to the peak of their careers. implementation of injury-prevention measures in this extremely vulnerable population of disadvantaged youth is therefore imperative. a set of programmes such as core stability, proprioception and strength training, dynamic stretching, protective and suitable equipment, appropriate surface as well as appropriate training, adequate recovery, psychology and nutrition have been described as main components of injury prevention and rehabilitation in football. [2,4-8] football players in nigeria are faced with huge challenges. a major problem is the low level of financial resources for professional, amateur and youth clubs, most of which are not well funded, especially those owned by the government.[9] appropriate facilities, personnel and equipment are usually lacking and this is even worse at the youth football level. consequently, players are faced with factors that predispose them to injuries that militate against their football career. it has being emphasised that the prevention of injuries should always be a priority and is even more important when treatment possibilities are restricted, as in many parts of africa.[10] to enable the implementation of prevention programmes, knowledge of preventive measures among sports participants is imperative. regulatory bodies and team owners are obliged to provide adequate information and training on injury-prevention strategies to their players.[11] in view of this, the federation of international football associations (fifa) through the fifa medical assessment and research centre (f-marc) has developed a neuromuscular injury-prevention programme, referred to as fifa 11+, to help reduce the incidence of injuries in football.[12] fifa 11+ is a complete warm-up programme developed by f-marc and experts in the field of ipf to reduce injuries among male and female football players aged ≥14 years.[13] however, the 78 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 level of awareness and implementation of the fifa 11+ among footballers, coaches and sports medicine personnel in nigeria is not known. furthermore, there is generally limited evidence to show whether or not youth football players are knowledgeable about effective measures for ipf and whether they actually practise such. to date, no study has investigated the knowledge and behaviour relating to ipf in male youth football. the aim of this study was therefore to assess the knowledge and behaviour of male youth football players regarding ipf and the availability of medical care for players. methods a cross-sectional cohort study was conducted on all registered first-division team players of a male youth football league in lagos, nigeria (lagos junior league). all first-division players of the 14 teams (a total of 260 players) registered for the 2011/2012 league season were invited to participate in the study. a self-administered questionnaire, adapted from previous studies[11,14] and modified to address the specific objectives of the study, was used for data collection. the questionnaire was pilot-tested among 16 players of a second-division team of the lagos junior league. players were asked to report any ambiguities in questions or the format of the questionnaire. minor revisions were made on the basis of feedback from the pilot study. for the purpose of comprehension among players, ‘water consumption’ was used as a synonym for fluid replacement or rehydration in the questionnaire. the questionnaire comprised three sections: section a assessed players’ demographics; section b assessed players’ knowledge regarding ipf and awareness of the fifa 11+ injury-prevention programme; and section c assessed players’ injuryprevention behaviour and the availability of medical personnel for competitive matches and training sessions. the questionnaire was distributed to all players towards the end of the 2011/2012 league season. the study was carried out between february and march, 2012. the various teams were visited consecutively. questionnaires were self-administered on training grounds after the delivery of brief information on the objectives of the study and instructions on how to complete the questionnaire. a questionnaire was considered to be invalid for data entry if: (i) less than 50% of the returned questionnaire was completed (based on the total number of questions); or (ii) the questionnaire was returned to the researcher or research assistant later than the time of administration. yes (%) no (%) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 97.3 2.7 7.4 92.6 52.0 48.0 51.1 48.9 30.2 69.8 leg injuries can be prevented by wearing shin guards fair play is important to prevent injuries strong muscles are necessary to prevent injuries injuries are more likely to occur towards the end of a match taking water adequately during play can help reduce injuries fig. 1. players’ knowledge on injury prevention in football. always (%) often(%) sometimes (%) never (%) wearing shin guards: during training during matches taking carbohydrates: before trainings/matches after trainings/matches warm-up: before training before matches cool-down: after training after matches core stability and strength training: personally as a team 40.5 9.7 33 16.4 52.5 12.5 22.5 11.7 25.6 22.7 39.8 11.9 34.7 28.9 29.5 6.9 60.6 17.6 18.1 3.7 64.2 11.4 21.6 2.8 5.917.851.4 56.6 17.1 24.9 22.4 4.1 42 26.5 28.2 3.3 45 24.9 21.9 8.3 fig. 2. injury-prevention behaviour of players. no yes, sometimes yes, most of the time yes, all the time 52.1% 73.1% 28.8% 12.8% 8.2% 6.4% 11.1% 7.7% during matches during training sessions fig. 3. availability of medical attendants during matches and training sessions. sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 79 data were summarised using frequencies, percentages and means (± standard deviations (sds)) and cross-tabulation chi-square analyses were done as required. a 9-point knowledge scale for the assessment of players’ knowledge regarding ipf was generated from the questionnaire. based on the knowledge score range, players’ overall knowledge was categorised as poor (0 3 points), fair (4 6) or good (7 9). statistical significance was set at p<0.05. ethical approval of the study was obtained prior to its commencement. approval to conduct the study was also obtained from the league administrators for official access to the various football teams included in the research. results player demographics and ipf knowledge a total of 212 of the 260 questionnaires distributed were returned (81.5% response rate); however, only 182 were valid for data analysis. the players’ mean body mass index (bmi) was 21.95 kg/m2 (sd ±4.39) and mean age was 18.5 years (sd ±1.7; range 12 19) with 9.75 years (sd ±3.71) of football experience. in terms of player position, 14% were goalkeepers, while 31.2%, 30.6% and 24.2% were defenders, midfielders and strikers, respectively. based on the 9-point ipf knowledge scale, the overall mean knowledge score was 4.40 (sd ±1.92). based on the knowledge score range, most players fell within the poor (score 0 3) and fair (score 4 6) knowledge categories (39.1% and 43.9%, respectively). fig. 1 presents specific questions regarding players’ knowledge of ipf. the majority of the players correctly identified that wearing shin guards and fair play behaviour were important for ipf (97.3% and 92.6%, respectively). however, a large proportion of the players (69.8%) wrongly indicated that adequate consumption of water (rehydration) was not important for ipf and nearly half (48.0%) also wrongly indicated that strong muscles were not important for ipf. over two-thirds (69.7%) of players claimed to be knowledgeable about ipf. however, 90.6% wished to know more about ipf. the majority (79.3%) of the players had never heard about the fifa 11+ warm-up programme before the time of the study. football experience, playing position and ipf knowledge table 1 shows the relationship between players’ years of football experience, playing position and knowledge of ipf. the players’ mean knowledge score decreased slightly with increasing years of football experience. however, no statistically significant relationship was found between years of football experience and players’ knowledge of ipf (p=0.737). also, no significant relationship was found between players’ positions and knowledge scores (p=0.732). injury-prevention behaviour of players fig. 2 shows the injury-prevention behaviour of players. less than half (40.5%) of the players reported always using shin guards during training sessions and only 52.5% reported always wearing shin guards during matches. about one-sixth (16.4%) and 11.7% of players never used shin guards during training and matches, respectively. a few of the players consciously consumed food or snacks rich in carbohydrates before (25.6%) and after (34.7%) play. less than twothirds of players always warmed up or cooled down at training or matches. availability of medical attendants about three-quarters (73.1%) and over half (52.1%) of the players did not have medical attendants working with their teams during training sessions and matches, respectively (fig. 3). for the few players that seldom, often or always had medical attendants, the masseur (55.8%) and the physiotherapist (36.0%) were mostly reported as available (table 2). discussion risk communication has been argued to be the most essential element of a risk-management process, because without effective communication strategies, risk mitigation will not be accessible to stakeholders. [8] this study found that only a few players in the study population had a good knowledge of ipf and the overall mean knowledge score was below average. furthermore, the majority of the players had never heard about the fifa 11+ injury-prevention programme and its implementation among football players. this implies that the majority of these players were not well exposed to current information relating to ipf. however, almost all players wished to know more about ipf. proprioception, core muscle strength and stability training have been established in the literature as components of ipf.[5,6,13] a neuromuscular training programme such as the fifa 11+ is one football-specific injury-prevention programme proven to be effective in improving physical performance and reducing injury risk among young female players [13,15] however, implementation of this programme appears to be limited by the low level of awareness among players and coaches in table 2. self-reported medical attendants persent during matches and training sessions medical attendant* % masseur physiotherapist nurse physician pharmacist dentist 55.8 36.0 32.6 29.1 11.6 10.5 *multiple options were allowed. table 1. relationship between players’ knowledge, football experience and playing position variable n knowledge score mean (±sd) f-value p-value football experience <5 years 6 10 years >10 years 31 78 73 4.61 (±1.82) 4.46 (±2.08) 4.30 (±1.84) 0.31 0.737 playing position goalkeeper defender midfielder striker 25 56 54 44 4.84 (±1.68) 4.41 (±1.88) 4.33 (±2.15) 4.47 (±1.80) 0.43 0.732 80 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 the region. the present study reveals that the majority of the players were not aware of the fifa 11+ programme. although the programme is yet to be tested in young male players,[15] its implementation, based on present evidence, may help to abate the risk of injury in male youth football considering its potential in improving neuromuscular fitness. the sequelae of dehydration (mostly distorted body homeostasis, fatigue and impaired physical performance) predispose players to an increased risk of injury and illness in football. [8,16-17] adequate hydration during matches and training sessions has been advised as an important measure to minimise injury risk, particularly heat cramps and heat illnesses in football, and particularly in hot environments. [7,8,17] also, fair play has been documented as an established measure for ipf. [8] although most of the players knew that fair play was necessary to minimise the occurrence of injuries in football, about half of the players did not know that strong muscles and rehydration were important components of ipf. furthermore, about half of them did not know that the chances of sustaining an injury increases towards the end of a competitive match.[1] the aforementioned form some of the evidence-based information that football players are expected to have in order to avert injuries. no significant relationship was found between players’ football experience, positions and knowledge score concerning ipf. this suggests that the number of years of experience and position of play do not determine how much the young football player knows about injury-prevention strategies in football. the use of shin guards during football matches and training sessions is essential for lower-leg injury prevention, especially contact injuries to the shin.[5] also, consumption of carbohydrate-rich food or drinks prior to participation in matches and training sessions has been documented as necessary, and advocated for ipf.[7] however, there were major deficiencies in the injury-prevention behaviour of players. the main deficiencies identified related to the use of shin guards during training and matches, carbohydrate intake before and after training and matches, and cool downs before and after training and matches, respectively. as part of injury prevention, adequate injury management and rehabilitation are essential; especially in the prevention of re-injury. unfortunately, youth football is often disadvantaged with inadequate or unavailable sports medicine personnel and treatment, particularly in developing countries. this study empirically confirmed that there is limited medical coverage during training and matches in a cohort of male youth football players in nigeria. this may be attributed to a lack of funds for youth football at the developmental level. the youth football teams that participated in the study are run by local government councils in lagos state, nigeria, and a regular complaint from the coaches is the lack of, or sparse fund allocation to run teams properly. hence, most teams cannot afford the services of qualified medical personnel. this may explain, in part, why most teams that had medical attendants attached to them mainly had masseurs. it is, however, possible that some of the players mistook masseurs and traditional bone setters as qualified health personnel; players often refer to medical attendants whether qualified or not as physiotherapists, nurses or doctors. thus, the aforementioned qualified personnel might have been over-reported and unqualified personnel under-reported by the players in our study. since it is unlikely that qualified medical personnel will be available at the youth football level due to cost and other militating factors, it is important that masseurs and other unqualified attendants who are the main providers of medical services to youth football players, are trained in sports first aid to ensure proper injury management and to prevent re-injuries. the findings from this study raise the question of whether the latest injury-prevention measures are best disseminated to youth football players. scientific evidence to show that an injury-prevention strategy works does not guarantee that it will actually prevent injuries in a realworld context if it is not adopted by players and their coaches.[19] injuryprevention advocacy among players and coaches is imperative for the implementation of effective strategies in youth football. there is a need for future studies to assess barriers to implementation of such strategies for injury prevention in youth football, and this will help to direct plans for implementation. conclusion in nigerian male youth football, there is a clear deficiency in the knowledge and behaviour of players regarding injury-prevention measures; medical care is limited and non-qualified personnel predominantly attend to injured players. injury-prevention advocacy and effective interventions are needed to bridge identified deficiencies. references 1. hawkins rd, fuller cw. a prospective epidemiological study of injuries in four english professional football clubs. br j sports med 1999;33:196-203. 2. kirkendal dt, junge a, dvorak j. prevention of football injuries. asian j sports med 2010;1(2):81-92. 3. emery c. risk factors for injury in child and adolescent sport: a systematic review of the literature. clin j sport med 2005;13:256-268. 4. abernethy l, bleakley c. strategies to prevent injury in adolescent sport: a systematic review. br j sports med 2007;41:627-638. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.035691] 5. olsen l, scanlan a, mackay m, et al. strategies for prevention of soccer related injuries: a systematic review. br j sports med 2004;38:89-94. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1136/ bjsm.2002.003079] 6. mandelbaum br, silvers hj, watanabe ds, et al. effectiveness of a neuromuscular and proprioceptive training program in preventing anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes: 2-year follow-up. am j sports med 2005;33:1003-1010. 7. consensus statement: nutrition for football: fifa/f-marc consensus conference. j sports sci 2006;24(7):663-664. 8. fuller cw, junge a, dvorak j. risk management: fifa’s approach for protecting the health of football players. br j sports med 2012;46:11-17. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2011-090634] 9. agiri a. taiwo ogunjobi offers info on how to revive nigeria sports. http://www. allnigeriasoccer.com/read_news.php?nid=7149 (accessed 12 march 2013). 10. constantinou d. football injuries – surveillance, incidence and prevention. continuing medical education 2010;28(5):220. 11. hawkins rd, fuller cw. a preliminary assessment of professional footballers’ awareness of injury prevention strategies. br j sports med 1998;32:140-143. 12. f-marc. fifa 11+ a complete warmup programme. http://f-marc.com (accessed 22 may 2013). 13. soligard t, myklebust g, steffen k, et al. comprehensive warm-up programme to prevent injuries in female youth football – a cluster randomised controlled trial. bmj 2008;337:a2469. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.a2469] 14. twizere j. epidemiology of soccer injuries in rwanda: a need for physiotherapy intervention. msc thesis. cape town: university of the western cape, 2004. http://etd.uwc.ac.za/usrfiles/ modules/etd/docs/etd_init_1053_1175152032.pdf (accessed 9 july 2013). 15. steffen k, emery ca, romiti m, et al. high adherence to a neuromuscular injury prevention programme (fifa 11+) improves functional balance and reduces injury risk in canadian youth female football players: a cluster randomised trial. br j sports med (in press). [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091886] 16. grantham j, cheung ss, connes p, et al. position statement. current knowledge on playing football in hot environments. scand j med sci sports 2010;20:161-167. 17. maughan rj, shirreffs sm, ozgünen kt, et al. living, training and playing in the heat: challenges to the football player and strategies for coping with environmental extremes. scand j med sci sports 2010;20:117-124. 18. verhagen e, finch cf. setting our minds to implementation. br j sports med 2011;45:10151016. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090485] original research 80 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 introduction osteoarthritis (oa) of the knee is a common cause of pain, stiffness and physical impairment in adults. the lifetime risk of developing symptomatic knee oa is nearly 45%. 1 in the usa radiographic knee oa is estimated to be present in 37% of people over 60 years of age, with symptomatic knee oa affecting 12% of that age group. 2 while the number of knee arthroplasties is expected to rise dramatically in the coming years, 3-5 many patients continue to seek non-surgical relief. while there are no disease-modifying treatments, there is good evidence for the efficacy of various exercise interventions to improve pain and function among persons with knee oa. 6 kinesthesia, balance and agility exercise (kba) is a neuromuscular training programme designed to improve dynamic joint stability and neuromuscular control. kba challenges the vestibular, visual and somatosensory systems (with adaptations generally occurring only in the somatosensory system). 7 such programmes employ agility walking drills, e.g. tandem walking, grapevine, side-stepping and balance challenge activities. given the often poor dynamic joint stability and neuromuscular control associated with knee oa, 8-10 programmes that incorporate kba have been employed as an intervention. 11-15 while not yet researched extensively, kba appears to be a promising functional treatment for persons with knee oa. fitzgerald and colleagues 11 reported a case study of a 73-yearold female patient with dynamic knee instability from bilateral knee oa. kba training and traditional therapeutic exercise were combined twice per week for 6 weeks, resulting in the patient’s return to golf and tennis and an ability to walk and climb stairs without knee instability. in another study, the authors of an 8-week, 3 times per week clinical trial 13 concluded that the addition of kba exercises had added benefits over strength training alone on all functional outcomes measured. two studies investigated the effects of kba independent of other therapeutic exercise. in one study, sekir and gür 14 used a simple 6-week, twice per week multi-station proprioceptive exercise programme to improve postural control, functional capacity and knee pain among 22 persons with bilateral knee oa. in another 8-week, 3 times per week pilot study 15 it was found that kba alone improved the pain, stiffness and physical function of subjects with knee oa equally as well as a strength training programme. few studies have compared clinic-based with home-based delivery of rehabilitation exercise for knee oa, 16-18 and no studies are known to have compared clinic-based versus home-based kba programmes. it is not yet clear if there is a meaningful difference in outcomes between these two delivery methods. deyle et al. 18 noted almost double the improvement in self-reported symptom improvement for clinic (52%) versus home-based (26%) subjects in a 4-week exercise programme. however, both groups exceeded a clinically relevant threshold for improvement. 19 in contrast, other matthew w rogers (ms)1 nauris tamulevicius (phd)2 stuart j semple (phd)1 marius f coetsee (phd)1 beth f curry (bs)3 1 department of biokinetics & sport science, university of zululand, kwadlangezwa, kwazulu-natal, south africa 2 school of human performance and leisure sciences, barry university, miami shores, florida, usa 3 cheek-powell wellness center, morton plant mease healthcare, clearwater, florida, usa correspondence to: stuart semple (ssemple@pan.uzulu.ac.za) comparison of clinic-based versus home-based balance and agility training for the symptoms of knee osteo arthritis abstract objective. to compare clinic-based (cb) and home-based (hb) deliveries of a knee osteoarthritis (oa) exercise programme. methods. outcomes from a cb exercise study (n=6) utilising kinesthesia, balance and agility (kba) exercises were compared with those from a hb kba study (n=6). both conditions trained 30 minutes, 3 days per week for 8 weeks. cb sessions were conducted in a group led by an exercise physiologist (ep); hb participants received an initial 3 sessions of one-to-one training from an ep, written/pictorial instructions, telephone and e-mail follow-up, and in-person refresher sessions during weeks 4 and 6. the primary outcome was an oa-specific physical function survey. community activity level, self-report knee stability, 15-m get up and go walk, and stair climb and descent were also measured. results. adherence was 94% in both conditions. kba improved pf in both cb (59%; 18±12.5 pts; p=0.008) and hb (33%; 7.3±7.5 pts; p=0.03), with no difference between conditions. all outcome improvements were somewhat larger for cb, but these differences did not reach statistical significance. conclusion. we found no difference in outcomes between cb and hb exercise in this preliminary comparison. our results support that kba is an effective intervention for symptomatic knee oa that may be delivered in cb or hb settings. sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 81 investigators have found no differences in efficacy when comparing clinic with home-based exercise interventions for knee oa. 16,17 the current investigators are engaged in a larger home-based study of kba efficacy among persons with knee oa. a pilot study 15 had demonstrated the efficacy of kba in a clinic setting, but it was not known if similar effects would be seen in a home-based programme. thus, the purpose of this preliminary study was to compare the efficacy of a knee oa-specific kba exercise programme delivered in a clinic-based versus a home-based setting. methods participants all participants (n=12) had physician-diagnosed symptomatic knee oa, reported knee pain on most days of the prior month, met a minimum score for physical function difficulties and were free of other rheumatic disease. participants were excluded if they had been engaged in a leg exercise programme in the previous 6 months, had an injection in either knee in the previous 30 days, a hip or knee joint replacement, or an unresolved balance disorder. all participants obtained written clearance for exercise from their physicians. for the present investigation, six participants were drawn from each of two larger studies, one using clinic-based (cb) kba exercise, the other home-based (hb) kba. both groups consisted of four women and two men, and all participants had been randomly assigned to the kba condition. mean age of cb (n=6) and hb (n=6) was 63.3±12.5 and 76.5±11.6 years, respectively. body mass index (bmi) of cb and hb was 35.7±11.69 and 25.2±2.21 kg/m 2 , respectively. the cb study was approved by the baycare pasco-pinellas institutional review board (clearwater, florida, usa), and the hb study was approved by the barry university institutional review board (miami shores, florida, usa). ethical standards of each board were followed and all participants signed a written informed consent form. testing protocols the physical function (pf) sub-scale of the western ontario and mcmaster university (womac) osteoarthritis scale 20 was the primary outcome measure. womac consists of three symptom sub-scales of pain (0 20 points), stiffness (0 8 points), and pf (0 68 points) and a total score which is a summation of the sub-scales. ancillary tests included the human activity profile (hap), 21 get up & go (gug), stair climb and stair descent. hap is a self-report survey that measures community based maximal and average physical activity. gug required a participant to rise from a chair and walk a distance of 15 meters as fast as possible. the best time of three gug trials was recorded. the two stair tests timed a participant first ascending (one trial) and then descending (one trial) a staircase of 10 steps. to assess knee stability, participants responded to a question from the knee outcome survey – activities of daily living scale (kos-adls) 22 addressing this factor. paired t-tests were conducted to test for differences (p<0.05) from baseline to 8-week follow-up within each of the two conditions. unpaired t-tests were used to test for differences in outcomes (p<0.05) between conditions. exercise interventions each cb session was led by one of two exercise physiologists, trained in the study protocols by the lead investigator. the cb procedures have been previously described. 15 the lead investigator, an exercise physiologist, worked one-to-one for the first three hb sessions and provided participants with written/pictorial instructions for unsupervised sessions. the investigator followed up by telephone or e-mail, and again in person at weeks 4 and 6 for refresher sessions. both cb and hb consisted of three 30-minute sessions per week for 8 weeks (24 sessions). kba exercises are described in table i. the exercise programmes were individualised for each participant’s tolerance and abilities within the framework of the overall programme. that is, fewer steps or balance time and/or repetitions would be assigned on a given exercise for a participant who reported increased pain or demonstrated difficulty with that exercise compared with other participants, and in some cases the particular activity would be modified or eliminated. in this way, the programmes were kept both safe and challenging for each participant. in no case was it necessary to modify or eliminate more than one exercise for a given partable i. agility and balance exercises exercise description wedding march step forward and slightly to one side with right foot, bring left foot together with right foot, alternate leading foot backward wedding march as above, stepping backward high knees march walk forward while flexing hip to 90 degrees side-stepping stand with feet together, step to side with right foot, bring left foot to right; repeat for prescribed number of steps; lead with left foot and then repeat in opposite direction semi-tandem walk walk heel-to-toe with heel of leading foot landing just in front of and medial to great toe of opposite foot tandem walk advanced version of above; leading heel lands directly in front of opposite foot cross-over walk walk forward with each foot landing across midline of body modified grapevine step to side with right foot, bring left foot behind right, step to side with right, bring left in front of right; repeat for prescribed number of steps; change leading foot and repeat in opposite direction toe walking walk forward on toes heel walking walk forward on heels static balance stand on one foot for prescribed period of time dynamic balance as above, with the addition of small, rapid bouncing movements note 1: agility exercises were done at a walking pace and progressed by adding more steps or increasing the pace. one set was conducted. subjects began with ~15 steps of each exercise and progressed to a maximum of ~75 steps. note 2: static and dynamic balance training used thera-band® stability trainer pads (the hygenic corporation, 1245 home avenue, akron, ohio, usa) at 3 levels of challenge (softness). both progressed to as many as three sets of up to 30 seconds. dynamic balance was also progressed with the addition of limb movements in order to further perturb balance. 82 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 ticipant. compliance with the exercise prescription was determined by exercise logs for both the cb and hb programmes. participants recorded the number of steps completed for each agility exercise and the time and repetitions of the balance exercises. results adherence was 94% for both conditions. womac results are summarised in fig. 1. womac pf improved in both cb (18±12.5 points, p=0.008) and hb (7.3±7.5 points, p=0.03) at the 8-week follow-up. ancillary results are presented in table ii. for both womac and ancillary outcomes, cb improvements were generally greater, but these differences did not reach statistical significance. discussion given the high lifetime risk and increasing incidence of symptomatic knee oa, and the important role of exercise in mitigating symptoms, it is important to find low-cost, easy-to-administer exercise interventions. while patient-directed home-based programmes should be less expensive than clinician-directed supervised programmes, there has been surprisingly little research comparing the efficacy of the two approaches. we took the opportunity to compare our participants who had completed a kba training programme in clinic-based exercise physiologist-led sessions with those who completed the same programme as individuals at home with only three supervised familiarisation and two supervised follow-up sessions. while there is some evidence for the efficacy of kba training to reduce knee oa symptoms in a clinical setting, it was unknown if similar effects would be seen in a home-based semi-supervised setting. given the low power of this study (small sample and large standard deviations), our positive within groups womac results indicate a large effect size and are encouraging in terms of efficacy. large standard deviations are not unexpected in a small group with a broad range of ages (45 80 years) and varying functional limitations (though all had the mobility to safely participate in the exercise programmes). note that conclusions cannot be stated for some ancillary functional tests due to the small numbers in some cells. this was due to some subjects, mostly in the home-based study, being unavailable for follow-up testing. these subjects did return the paper-and-pencil surveys, however. our results compliment those of chamberlain et al. 16 and reeder et al. 17 these investigators found virtually no difference in functional improvement for older persons with knee oa 16 or chronic health conditions including oa 17 when comparing exercise programmes delivered in clinic-based or home-based settings. other investigators (deyle 18 ) found a clinic-based knee oa exercise programme (supplemented with home-based exercise and manual therapy) superior to a home-based exercise programme. however, at a one-year follow-up there was no difference between the clinicand home-based subjects’ outcomes, presumably because all subjects continued home-based exercises per the authors. their clinic-based intervention was noted to be substantially more expensive than the home-based intervention. note that none of the above investigators employed a kba programme. consistent with a case study 11 and three published clinical trials, 13-15 our results indicate that 8 weeks of 3 times per week kba training appears effective for treating knee oa symptoms. in our comparison, kba appears to be effective whether delivered in a clinic-based or home-based programme. in addition, both delivery methods resulted in a high adherence rate (94%). similar to deyle et al., 18 we did note a higher percentage improvement in total womac score for cb (55%) versus hb (34%). however, we found no statistical differences in change scores between groups, and both groups’ womac changes exceeded an established minimal clinically important difference of 20%. 19 given the potential cost savings and ease of delivery of home-based exercise interventions for knee oa symptoms, this is a subject worthy of further investigation. conclusion our results indicate that kba exercise taught by an exercise physio logist is effective for improving the symptoms of persons with knee table ii. ancillary outcomes, change scores versus baseline variable † clinic-based mean (sd) % change* p n home-based mean (sd) % change* p n 15-m gug (s) -1.51 (1.45) 14 0.039 5 | -0.58 (1.41) 5 0.233 4 10-stair climb (s) -1.70 (3.14) 22 0.146 5 | -1.13 (2.73) 17 0.272 3 10-stair descent (s) -3.79 (4.89) 38 0.079 5 | -1.03 (2.25) 13 0.255 3 hap mas 3.16 (2.78) 4.5 0.019 6 | 3.80 (12.1) 17 0.261 5 hap aas 3.16 (4.87) 5 0.086 6 | 7.50 (13.2) 13 0.169 4 knee stability (0 5) †† 1.60 (1.51) 53 0.077 5 | 0.00 0 3 * rounded † no between groups differences were found (p>0.05) gug = get up & go walk; hap mas = maximum activity score: ‘highest oxygen-demanding activity that the respondent still performs’; aas = adjusted activity score: ‘a measure of usual daily activities’ (15). †† kos-adls (17) scale question: to what degree does giving way, buckling, or shifting of the knee affect your level of daily activity? 0 – the symptom prevents me from all daily activity; 1 – …affects my activity severely; 2 – …moderately; 3 – … slightly; 4 – … does not affect my activity; 5 – i do not have [the symptom]. fig. 1. womac improvements at 8 weeks expressed in % change. sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 83 oa whether delivered in a supervised clinic-based or a semi-supervised home-based programme. future research studies with greater statistical power are needed to confirm or refute our efficacy and equivalency findings. support this research was supported by a product grant from the theraband® academy, which provided the stability trainers. references 1. murphy l, schwartz ta, helmick cg, et al. lifetime risk of symptomatic knee osteoarthritis. arthritis rheum 2008;59:1207-1213 (doi: 10.1002/ art.24021). 2. dillon cf, rasch ek, gu q, hirsh r. prevalence of knee osteoarthritis in the united states: arthritis data from the third national health and nutrition examination survey 1991-94. j rheumatol 2006;33:2271-2279. 3. australian institute of health and welfare. a snapshot of arthritis in australia 2010. arthritis series no.13, cat. no. phe126. canberra: aihw; 2010. 4. kurtz s, ong k, lau e, mowat f, halpern m. projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the united states from 2005 to 2030. j bone joint surg am 2007;89(4):780-785. 5. robertsson o, dunbar mj, knutson k, lidgren l. past incidence and future demand for knee arthroplasty in sweden: a report from the swedish knee arthroplasty register regarding the effect of past and future population changes on the number of arthroplasties performed. acta orthop scand 2000;71(4):376-80. 6. zhang w, nuki g, moskowitz rw, et al. oarsi recommendations for the management of hip and knee osteoarthritis: part iii: changes in evidence following systematic cumulative update of research published through january 2009. osteoarthritis cartilage 2010;18:476-499. 7. taylor jb. lower extremity perturbation training. strength cond j 2011;33 (2):76-83. 8. hubley-kozey c, deluzio k, dunbar m. muscle co-activation patterns during walking in those with severe knee osteoarthritis. clin biomech 2008;23;71-80. 9. lewek md, rudolph ks, snyder-mackler l. control of frontal plane knee laxity during gait in patients with medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. osteoarthritis and cartilage 2004;12:745-751 (doi:10.1016/j. joca.2004.05.005). 10. rudolph ks, schmitt lc, lewek md. age-related changes in strength, joint laxity, and walking patterns: are they related to knee osteoarthritis? phys ther 2007;87(11):1422-1432. 11. fitzgerald gk, childs jd, ridge tm, irrgang jj. agility and perturbation training for a physically active individual with knee osteoarthritis. phys ther 2002;82:372-382. 12. bennell k, hinman r. exercise as a treatment for osteoarthritis. curr opin rheumatol 2005;17:643-640. 13. diracoglu d, aydin r, baskent a, celik a. effects of kinesthesia and balance exercises in knee osteoarthritis. j clin rheumatol 2005;11:303-310. 14. sekir u, gur h. a multi-station proprioceptive exercise program in patients with bilateral knee osteoarthritis: functional capacity, pain and sensoriomotor function. a randomized controlled trial. j sports sci med 2005;4:590603. 15. rogers mw, tamulevicius n, coetsee mf, curry bf, semple sj. knee osteoarthritis and the efficacy of kinesthesia, balance & agility exercise training: a pilot study. int j exerc sci 2011;4(2),article 5. 16. chamberlain ma, care g, harfield b. physiotherapy in osteoarthrosis of the knees. a controlled trial of hospital versus home exercises. int rehabil med: 1982;4:101-106. 17. reeder ba, chad ke, harrison el, et al. saskatoon in motion: classversus home-based exercise intervention for older adults with chronic health conditions. j phys act health 2008;5:74-87. 18. deyle gd, allison sc, matekel rl, et al. physical therapy treatment effectiveness for osteoarthritis of the knee: a randomized comparison of supervised clinical exercise and manual therapy procedures versus a home exercise program. phys ther 2005;85:1301-1317. 19. barr s, bellamy n, buchanan ww, et al. a comparative study of signal versus aggregate methods of outcome measurement based on the womac osteoarthritis index. j rheumatol 1994;21:2106-2112. 20. bellamy n, buchanan ww, goldsmith ch, campbell j, stitt lw. validation study of womac: a health status instrument for measuring clinically important patient relevant outcomes to antirheumatic drug therapy in patients with osteoarthritis of the hip or knee. j rheumatol 1988;15:1833-1840. 21. fix aj, daughton dm. human activity profile professional manual. lutz, fl: psychological assessment resources, inc; 1988. 22. irrgang jj, snyder-mackler l, wainner rs, fu fh, harner cd. development of a patient-reported measure of function of the knee. j bone joint surg am 1998;80(8):1132-1145. the south african journal of sports medicine the editor the south african journal of sports medicine po box 115, newlands, 7725 tel: (021) 650-4558 fax: (021) 686-7530 e-mail: mike.lambert@uct.ac.za article submissions: www.sajsm.org.za the views expressed in individual articles and advertising material are the personal views of the authors and are not necessarily shared by the editors, the advertisers or the publishers. no articles may be reproduced without the written consent of the publishers. plagiarism is defined as the use of another’s work, words or ideas without attribution or permission, and representation of them as one’s own original work. manuscripts containing plagiarism will not be considered for publication in the sajsm. for more information on our plagiarism policy, please visit http://www.sajsm.org.za/index.php/sajsm/about/ editorialpolicies editor prof. mike lambert university of cape town editorial board dr kerith aginsky university of the witwatersrand dr theresa burgess university of cape town dr richard de villiers drs van wageningen and partners, somerset west dr lize havemann-nel north west university dr christa janse van rensburg university of pretoria dr louis holtzhausen university of the free state prof. frank marino charles sturt university, australia dr babette pluim royal netherlands lawn tennis association, the netherlands publisher health and medical publishing group 28 main road, rondebosch, 7700 private bag x1, pinelands, 7430 tel: (021) 681-7200 hmpg editor-in-chief janet seggie consulting editor jp de v van niekerk deputy editor bridget farham editorial systems manager melissa raemaekers scientific editor ingrid nye technical editors emma buchanan, paula van der bijl art director brent meder dtp/layout anelia du plessis, carl sampson production assistant neesha hassan head of publishing robert arendse head of sales and marketing diane smith | tel: (012) 481-2069 repro & printing creda communications the south african journal of sports medicine contents editorial 34 first principles: reasons to always go back m lambert original research 35 body composition and habitual and match-day dietary intake of the fnb maties varsity cup rugby players s potgieter, j visser, i croukamp, m markides, j nascimento, k scott 43 effect of caffeine ingestion on fluid balance during exercise in the heat and during recovery y zhang, s j carter, r e schumacker, y h neggers, m d curtner-smith, m t richardson, j m green, p a bishop 48 associations of objectively and subjectively measured physical activity with trabecular and cortical bone properties in prepubertal children r meiring, j a mcveigh 55 obesity in 7 10-year-old children in urban primary schools in port elizabeth j mckersie, m l baard review 59 dietary supplements containing prohibited substances: a review (part 1) p van der bijl case report 62 chronic exertional compartment syndrome in the forearm of a rower p volcke, j h kirby, p l viviers, j t viljoen 64 cpd questionnaire volume 26 | number 2 | june 2014 mailto:mike.lambert@uct.ac.za http://www.sajsm.org.za http://www.sajsm.org.za/index.php/sajsm/about/ s afr j sports med 2022;34:1-54. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14885 thursday 29 september – sunday 2 october 2022 poster presentations index name abstract title a1 ms caeleigh king concussion injury management in amateur hockey players a2 mrs audrey jansen van rensburg chronic disease and allergies are associated with iliotibial band syndrome (itbs) in distance runners: a cross-sectional study in 76,654 race entrants a safer study a3 mr david kopping a comparative study investigating the fifa11+ injury prevention programmes for implementation in recreational soccer, tennis and cricket a4 dr elene lourens injury and illness assessment at the 2016 four-day high school netball tournament at waterkloof: a cross-sectional study b2 mr solomon mthombeni an exploration of support systems for elite athletes by south african national sport federations b3 ms jocelyn solomons rhythmic movement as alternative training method for rugby players b4 mr kristian myburg the interand intra-rater reliability of the movement competency screen in experienced and inexperienced raters b5 mr motheo moroane the effects of time of day on isokinetic torque and power during knee extension and flexion: a pilot study c1 mrs belinda adigun detection of doping using ocular-motor deception testing c2 dr gerrit breukelman concurrent low carbohydrate, high fat diet with/without physical activity does not improve glycemic control in type 2 diabetics c3 dr lourens millard visual abilities distinguish level of play in rugby c4 prof habib noorbhai gamification for biokinetics and sports science: enhancing students' clinical skills during distance learning and post covid-19 c5 mrs yolanda stevens exploration of saqa certified rock climbers' perceptions regarding the certification process in south africa d1 mr adiele dube the link between physical activity, sedentary behavior, digital health interventions and risk of type 2 diabetes and diabetesrelated health outcomes: systematic review and meta-analysis d2 ms robynne gilchrist osteoarthritis rehabilitative practices among biokineticists and physiotherapists in south africa d3 ms robynne gilchrist team-based approach to osteoarthritis management: viewpoints of biokineticists and physiotherapists d4 mrs lynn smith physical activity and quality of life of in patients with fibromyalgia a pilot study e1 ms jolandi jacobs prevalence and incidence of injuries among female cricket players: a systematic review and meta-analyses http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14885 e2 prof habib noorbhai an evaluation of how cricketers are coached to bat from junior cricket e3 ms cheryl-ann volkwyn quantifying coaching considerations, attitudes and strategies to player substitutions in school rugby union e4 mrs audrey jansen van rensburg epidemiology of upper limb injuries in the super rugby tournament (2013-2016) f1 mrs lulama mabala employee's perceptions of leisure and retirement during the twelve months before retirement: a descriptive interpretive study in the kenneth kaunda district of the north-west province f2 dr cornelia schreck patterns of participation in campus recreation sport and leisure boredom g1 mr johann els cardiopulmonary exercise testing combined with cardiac rehabilitation exposing additional arrhythmias within aerobic metabolism, potentially due to oxidative stress – is this the missing link in unexplained cardiovascular deaths? g2 dr kobus slabber bertolotti's syndrome: overlooked, under-diagnosed? h1 mr dean baker a comparison of the risk profile for developing illness-related medical encounters in halfand ultramarathon runners h2 dr phoebe runciman eye pathologies in para athletes in the winter settings: an analysis of the sochi 2014 and pyeongchang 2018 paralympic winter games h3 dr phoebe runciman eye pathologies in para athletes in the winter settinga systematic review h4 ms tayla ross an analysis of the partial feasibility of a novel cardiac exercise rehabilitation programme for patients suffering from cardiovascular disease h5 ms mandisa simamane a scoping review examining physical activity interventions for the management of hypertension i1 ms courtenay davis motivation for exercise and the effects of exercise participation on mental health during the covid-19 lockdown in south africa i2 mr abdul hamid jalal physiological risk profiles of asymptomatic males performing the salaah (islamic prayer) as a low-intensity physical activity i3 mrs robyn klaasen barriers to participation in sport among urban adolescents attending an international school in cape town, south africa i4 mrs robyn klaasen the relationship between barriers to participation in sport for adolescent learners and the grade (scholastic year) in which they are enrolled: a case study in an international school in cape town, south africa j1 dr henriette hammill relationships between ground reaction force, isokinetic knee strength, and the incidence of lower extremity injuries in university-level netball players j2 dr mariaan stofberg kinematic gait comparison between back-carried-, and non-backcarried setswana-speaking children j3 mr dimitrije kovac effect of 6 weeks functional intervention program on fms score and the relationship with the hop test in female netball players j4 mr clinton swanepoel morphological characteristics and their relationships to performance in male cross-country runners k1 dr koketjo tsebe psychological factors affecting physically disabled athletes in south africa k2 dr cindy kriel the perceptions of primary caregivers on the social skills and recreational activities of children aged 10-12 years with down syndrome k3 prof peet du toit effect of limitless you peak performance program on the brain, health and skill-related fitness of netball players k4 prof habib noorbhai the effects of the covid-19 lockdown on physical, mental, and emotional parameters among regular sports persons l1 dr laura gray effects of social context on handgrip strength performance among less active people living with hiv l2 prof mariette swanepoel the effect of psycho-social health on the coronary heart disease risk index among employees in a financial institution of south africa m1 prof timoteo daca physical activity and physical fitness of older adult women from urban and peri-urban area of maputo-mozambique m2 ms gomes nhaca habitual physical activity in children and young from urban and rural areas of mozambique m3 mr jorge uate physical activity levels of adult male and female from a peri-urban area of maputo-mozambique m4 dr laura gray effects of the emerging non exerciser stereotype on performance on a fatiguing task in active and less active healthy young adults a1: concussion injury management in amateur hockey players caeleigh king1, heather morris-eyton1 university of johannesburg1 cking@uj.ac.za background: hockey has a high potential for sports related concussion injuries due to intrinsic and extrinsic factors associated with the rules and equipment of the game. this is despite hockey being classified as a non-contact sport. symptoms of concussion are diverse and may have a delayed presentation contributing to a high number of sports related concussions that are overlooked and not detected. undiagnosed concussion injuries may result in adverse health complications and contribute towards long-term neurological conditions. multiple concussion injuries and sub concussive impacts may have a cumulative effect or threshold dose effect contributing to neurodegenerative diseases. concussion injury protocols are imperative to improve the detection, management, and outcomes of sports related concussion injuries. however, hockey concussion injury protocols are insufficient compared to other sports such as rugby. methodology: this study was a partially mixed sequential dominant status design (quant qual), divided into two phases. in phase one a modified rockas-st questionnaire was conducted with hockey players and officials. in phase two a focus group discussion with umpires and interviews with coaches were conducted. results: of 101 field hockey players 18,8% were diagnosed with a sports related concussion between march 2018 and march 2022. of this population 35.6% reported having a concussion before march 2018. injuries to the shoulder, neck, head, and face were reported as: 98 stick related injuries; 102 ball related injuries; 187 collision related injuries. however, only 20 of these reported injuries resulted in a concussion suggesting that a large number of concussion injuries were overlooked, undetected or not reported at the time of injury. of those players diagnosed with a concussion, 27,7% continued to play following the injury either because it was an important game or the injury severity was not detected. coaches and umpires recognised that potential concussion incidents required educational intervention to improve on field diagnosis and management. conclusion: from the total number of reported hockey related injuries (n=387), only 20 (5,2%) were identified as concussion. this could indicate a gap in the knowledge regarding concussion injury detection and on field management. it is imperative that concussion protocols are developed to support player welfare mailto:cking@uj.ac.za a2: chronic disease and allergies are associated with iliotibial band syndrome (itbs) in distance runners: a cross-sectional study in 76,654 race entrants – a safer study jandre v. marais1, 2, audrey jansen van rensburg1, martin p. schwellnus2, 3, 4, catharina c grant2, esme jordaan5, 6, pieter boer7 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa1, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa2, emeritus professor of sport and exercise medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa3, international olympic committee (ioc) research centre, south africa4, biostatistics unit, medical research council, south africa5, statistics and population studies department, university of the western cape, south africa6, department of human movement science, cape peninsula university of technology, south africa7 drjmarais@outlook.com background: iliotibial band syndrome (itbs) is a common gradual onset running-related injury affecting the lateral side of the knee in distance runners. risk factors associated with itbs are sparsely researched. this cross-sectional study aims to identify the risk factors associated with itbs in distance runners that entered the 21.1km and 56km two oceans marathon races (2012-2015). methodology: in total, 76654 runners (71.8%) of the 106743 race entrants who completed the online pre-race medical screening questionnaire, consented to the study. among them, 60635 were noninjured, and in 1314 runners an itbs injury was verified by a health care professional. risk factors associated with itbs were explored using uni& multiple regression analyses: demographics (race distance, sex and age groups), training/running variables, history of existing chronic diseases (including a composite chronic disease score) and any allergy history. prevalence (%, 95%ci) and prevalence ratios (pr) are reported. results: the 12-month period prevalence of itbs in marathon runners was 1.58% (1.49-1.68). independent risk factors (adjusted for sex, age group and race distance) associated with a history of itbs were a higher chronic disease composite score (pr=2.38 times increased risk for every two additional chronic diseases; p<0.0001) and a history of allergies (pr=1.90; p2; univariate analysis) significantly associated with a history of itbs were: any git disease (pr=3.11; p<0.0001); any haematological/immune disease (pr=2.79; p=0.0038); any kidney/bladder disease (pr=2.56; p=0.0002); any nervous system/psychiatric disease (pr=2.25; p<0.0001); any respiratory disease (pr=2.23; p<0.0001); any symptoms of cvd (pr=2.16; p=0.0106). a significantly lower prevalence of a history itbs injury is reported for runners with more years of recreational running (pr=0.94, a 6% decrease in risk for every 5-year increase in running; p=0.0009) and a slower average running speed (pr=0.98, a 2% decrease in risk for every 1 km/hr decrease in running speed; p=0.0066). conclusion: the novel independent risk factors associated with a history of itbs in distance runners are an increased number of chronic diseases and a history of allergies. identifying athletes at higher risk for itbs can guide healthcare professionals in their prevention and rehabilitation efforts. mailto:drjmarais@outlook.com a3: a comparative study investigating the fifa11+ injury prevention programmes for implementation in recreational soccer, tennis and cricket david kopping1, dylan bennett1, habib noorbhai1 department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, south africa1 davidmkopping@gmail.com background: sports injuries have long since plagued professional and recreational athletes alike. the risk of injuries sustained by recreational athletes may be reduced through effective injury prevention programme’s (ipp’s) performed prior to exercise. the fifa 11+ and fifa 11+ shoulder (11+s) are ipp’s that were designed and have been effectively implemented in professional soccer. however, a gap in the literature exists as standardised ipp’s designed for tennis and cricket are a scarce resource. this study aimed to identify whether these ipp’s would be efficacious in reducing the risk of injury for recreational athletes across multiple sporting codes in south africa. methodology: an online questionnaire was distributed to recreational athletes. valid responses were recorded (n = 64). chi square tests were conducted to determine the correlation between coaches discussing injury prevention techniques and the participant’s injury outcome. chi-square tests were also conducted to determine whether a relationship existed between a participant’s warm-up routine and pain experienced during sports participation. results: over half (52%) of the participants reported having a sports-related injury within three months prior to their questionnaire completion. furthermore, a combined 34% of participants reported experiencing pain whilst performing their respective sport. a resounding 86% of the participants were unfamiliar with the fifa 11+ ipp, yet 48% of the participants reported always warming up prior to exercise. the ankle joint was most prevalently injured in soccer players (91%) while the knee/patella was the most prevalent injury site (67%) in tennis players. surprisingly, 42% of cricketers reported having neurological symptoms (numbness or tingling) down one or both legs. additionally, 25% of cricketers also reported experiencing lower back pain. conclusion: this study’s questionnaire responses revealed that recreational players do perform a warmup routine prior to exercise, yet sustained injuries occur regardless. therefore, the fifa ipp’s should be considered to standardise warm up programmes for recreational sports participation in south africa. mailto:davidmkopping@gmail.com a4: injury and illness assessment at the 2016 four-day high school netball tournament at waterkloof: a cross-sectional study elene lourens1, audrey jansen van rensburg1, tanita botha1, dina christa janse van rensburg1 university of pretoria1 elenelourens@gmail.com background: netball is growing in popularity with increasing numbers of participants at the school level. this expands the talent pool but may lead to more competitive play and more netball-related medical encounters. this study aimed to determine the period prevalence, incidence, type and diagnosis of injuries and illnesses in female netball players during the 2016 four-day waterkloof high school netball tournament. methodology: this cross-sectional observational study involved all participating female youth netball players (n=875) from 41 high schools and 125 teams (u/14 u/19). players suffering from an injury or illness were assessed in the medical tent by a medical practitioner who completed an injury/illness data collection sheet. main outcome measures included: 1) injury and illness period prevalence (pp: %), 2) injury incidence (i: per 1000 match player-hours) for anatomical region, body area, tissue type, pathology type and specific diagnosis, and 3) illness incidence (i: per 1000 match player-days) for organ system, region, symptom cluster and aetiology of illness. results: in total, 239 players sustained 262 match injuries (pp=27.31%). the incidence of all injuries was 48.13. lower limb injuries were the most common (i=30.49). the most frequent body area involved was the ankle (i=12.12) followed by the knee (i=9.00) and the foot (i=5.69). ligament/joint capsule was the most common tissue type involved (i=13.59). joint sprains (i=13.59) are attributed to the highest pathology type, primarily presenting as ankle sprains (i=10.84) of the lateral ligament (i=6.43). a total of 42 players contracted 42 illnesses (pp=4.80%). the incidence of all illnesses was 12.0. the dermatological system (i=3.71) was the most common system affected, followed by the respiratory system (i=1.71). itchy lesions were the most frequent symptom reported (i=3.43). most illness encounters are associated with exercise-related causes. conclusion: the lower limb specifically the ankle was the most frequently affected body area. ligament/joint capsule was the most common tissue type involved, lateral ankle sprains were the most common diagnosis. the dermatological system was most commonly affected followed by the respiratory system. injuries were more prevalent than illness. knowledge of injury and illness epidemiology will enable the development of preventative measures to reduce injury/illness patterns at youth netball tournaments. mailto:elenelourens@gmail.com b2: an exploration of support systems for elite athletes by south african national sport federations solomon mthombeni1, habib noorbhai1, yoga coopoo1 sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg1 smthombeni.solly@gmail.com background: athletic success at major events such as the olympic games is of significant importance and value to elite athletes, sports coaches, various stakeholders and nations. the purpose of the study was to examine the availability of elite sport support systems by the south african national sports federations (nsfs) and whether support systems were extended and accessible to elite athletes from historically disadvantaged areas. methodology: the paper was a descriptive study in which analytical methods were employed. a total of 21 nsfs with olympic sporting codes participated in the study whereby they responded to a survey questionnaire in line with sports policy factors leading to sporting success (spliss, 2015) on support systems for elite athletes. descriptive statistical analyses were conducted using statistical package for social sciences (spss version 27.0) and arranged into customised tables of frequencies. results: in terms of the overall availability of support systems for elite sports by nsfs, the majority of federations reported overall insufficiencies in the following pillars of support (overall vs. historically disadvantaged areas); financial resources 11.6±8.8 vs. 9.8±10.5 (61.9% vs. 66.7%), scientific research support services 11.8±7.1 vs. 7.8±9.1 (52.4% vs. 61.9%), followed by post-sport career support 11.8±6.6 vs. 9.6±9.4 (47.6% vs. 66.7%), and sports facilities 14.2±9.2 vs. 9.6±9.4 (23.8% vs. 66.7%). in terms of elite sport support systems, nsfs reported moderate to high sufficiency of the following support systems; coach provision and development programmes 14.2±9.2 (90.5%), organisational structure and sports policies 14.2±9.2 (81%), and opportunities for international competitions 14.2±9.2 (81%). conclusion: the insufficiency of support systems was worse for elite athletes from historically disadvantaged areas in all the nine pillars of support systems, with provision for sport infrastructure being among the highest insufficiencies reported by nsfs. the nsfs reported having sufficient organisational and sport policy structures in place, as well as provision for access to international competitions. however, more provision is required to ensure that organisational structure and sport policies are more inclusive towards athletes from historically disadvantages areas. these additions in support systems may contribute ultimately to better outcomes in performance, and broadening the pool of athletes performing for south africa. mailto:smthombeni.solly@gmail.com b3: rhythmic movement as alternative training method for rugby players jocelyn solomons1 stellenbosch university1 jocelynjsolomons@gmail.com background: the inclusion of other non-traditional approaches to training has become more popular within rugby conditioning. rhythmic movement, also referred to as “dance”, involves the execution of different motor skills, the integration and sequencing of actions between limbs, timing and spatial precision. it requires performing movement tasks to auditory rhythmic patterns and as a multifaceted activity, it depends on a large number of elements with direct and indirect effects on the physiology and physical attributes of a player. in terms of rugby conditioning, the common belief dictates that fitness or conditioning elements should be developed through focused, isolated training blocks. the technical, tactical and physical conditioning for rugby has primarily consisted of traditional, rugby-based approaches to training as indicated by the majority of current research. however, in order for rugby coaches and specialist coaches to gain a competitive edge over opposing teams, they need to find new innovative ways to adapt their training methods and programmes in order to accommodate the changes to the profile of the game. the primary aim was to investigate the effect of a rhythmic movement intervention on selected bio-motor skills of rugby players in the western province rugby union academy methodology: the current study was based on a crossover experimental design. a crossover trial involves two treatments, which are administered consecutively to all the participants recruited for the study. the main purpose served by this study design was to provide a basis for separating treatment effects from period effects and to establish whether the intended outcome(s) of the intervention materialised. this separation was achieved by calculating the treatment effects separately in two sequence groups, which is done by the process of randomisation. in this design, pre-post changes in the experimental group were directly compared to changes in the control group to indicate the effects of the intervention. crossover trials require a washout period to ensure that baseline data are comparable. the reversibility of a treatment effect is a prerequisite for applying a crossover design and determines the length of the washout period. academy rugby players (n = 54) from the western cape, south africa (age 18 0.81 years; height 1.76 0.69 cm; weight 76.77 10.69 kg), were conveniently selected to participate in this study. during the pre-and post-test, all the participants were tested on various fitness elements in a field testing order. the rhythmic movement programme was conducted and choreographed by the primary researcher who is a professional dancer and choreographer. in order to compile the intervention, the primary researcher looked at the most common movement patterns and exercises of rugby players by studying match footage. the intervention consisted of 32, 60 minute sessions over a period of 16 weeks (2 x 8 weeks). these sessions were part of their weekly planning and were not extra sessions. each session started with a 10-minute progressive aerobic endurance rhythmic movement routine as a warm-up. the warm-up was followed by 45 minutes of learning new rhythmic movement exercises and repeating them to music, which concluded with a 5minute cool-down which involved progressive stretching. the data was analysed using descriptive statistics (standard deviations and means). a series of one-way anova with post hoc lsd t-tests were used to examine between-group (tca versus ctb group) differences. statistical significance at 5% (p 0.05) were highlighted (in cases where p = 0.06). mailto:jocelynjsolomons@gmail.com results: results indicated a statistically significant improvement (p < 0.05) in agility2 (p = 0.06), power2 (p = 0.05), local muscular endurance1 (p = 0.01) & 3 (p = 0.01) and dynamic balance (p < 0.01). likewise, forwards and backs also showed statistically significant improvements (p < 0.05) per positional groups. conclusion: therefore, a rhythmic movement intervention has the potential to improve rugby-specific bio-motor skills and improve positional-specific skills should it be designed with positional groups in mind. future studies should investigate, not only the effect of rhythmic movement on improving specific rugby bio-motor skills but the potential of its application as an alternative training method during offseason (or detraining phases) or as a recovery method. b4: the interand intra-rater reliability of the movement competency screen in experienced and inexperienced raters kristian myburg1, bradley hornsey1, christiaan jordaan1, helen bayne1 department of physiology and sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria1 kristian.myburg@semli.co.za background: movement screening is used to predict future performance and identify individuals at increased risk of injury. the movement competency screen (mcs) may be the preferable tool for athletes as it assesses seven fundamental movement patterns at two different loading levels and makes use of video cameras, purportedly to enhance the reliability of rating. movements are rated subjectively based on specified criteria and, therefore, experience in rating the test may influence scoring. the aim of the study was to assess interand intra-rater reliability in a group of diversely experienced sports scientists in conducting the mcs with adolescent athletes. methodology: three experienced (>2 years in conducting the test) and three inexperienced (<1 year) raters scored 10 mcs videos on two occasions separated by three weeks. each movement was rated on a scale of 1 to 5, with a possible total of 50. kendall’s coefficient of concordance (w) was used to assess inter-rater reliability for each movement and the total score. intra-rater reliability was assessed using the kappa statistic for each movement and the intra-class correlation coefficient (icc) for the total. results: inter-rater reliability was similar in both groups of raters, with a moderate agreement for most of the movements (mean w; experienced: 0.58 on day 1, 0.59 on day 2; inexperienced: 0.58 on day 1, 0.62 on day 2). however, the intra-rater reliability was substantially higher in the experienced raters (icc for total scores of 0.64 compared to 0.25 in the inexperienced), demonstrating a better consistency across the two tests. conclusion: inter-reliability was only moderate for both the experienced and inexperienced raters. care should therefore be taken when multiple raters are involved in assessing groups of athletes. intra-rater reliability appears to be affected by the testing experience. it is therefore recommended that thorough training is emphasised and that practitioners working in a team should regularly collaborate on implementing the mcs to improve agreement between raters. mailto:kristian.myburg@semli.co.za b5: the effects of time of day on isokinetic torque and power during knee extension and flexion: a pilot study motheo moroane1, jonathan davy1 department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university1 motheomoroane@yahoo.com background: time of day influences both physical and cognitive performance. this influence may have further implications for when coaches or clinicians schedule assessments involving isokinetic dynamometry when attempting to quantify strength and power. the aim of this study, therefore, was to determine the effects of time of day on isokinetic measures of strength and power. methodology: through a repeated measures experimental design, this study assessed the time of day effects on isokinetic peak torque, average peak torque, and average variables during knee extension and flexion at angular velocities of 60˚/s and 180˚/s using the isokinetic dynamometer system 4 pro. 10 healthy student participants completed three testing sessions over six days. the three experimental conditions were in the morning (08h00-09h00), afternoon (13h00-14h00), and evening (18h00-19h00). five repetitions of isokinetic knee extension and flexion were performed at each velocity, with a 60-sec break between testing velocities. a one-way analysis of variance was applied to compare the three times of day with a tukey post hoc test applied when relevant. results: during knee extension at 60˚/s, peak torque (p=0.01) and average peak torque (p=0.03) were significantly higher in the evening relative to other times of the day. no other statistically significant differences were reported for either knee extension at 60˚/s or knee extensions at 180˚/s and knee flexion at 180˚/s. although no significant differences were found for these variables, there was a trend towards greater torque and power variables in the afternoon and evening for knee extension and knee flexion. conclusion: the findings indicate that time of day does have an impact on torque produced at lower velocities, but not higher velocities. it is therefore crucial for researchers, practitioners, and highperformance specialists to factor these effects when using isokinetic dynamometry to ensure that accurate measures are obtained, particularly when testing for maximum torque production during isokinetic dynamometry mailto:motheomoroane@yahoo.com c1: detection of doping using ocular-motor deception testing belinda adigun1, jeroen swart1 research centre for health through physical activity, lifestyle and sport (hpals), dept of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town1 belinda.adigun@gmail.com background: the manipulation of haemoglobin mass has been used by athletes to enhance performance. the adaptive biological passport assesses haematologic markers for patterns indicating a high probability of doping. athletes use counter-measures to subvert testing, thus requiring a detection method independent of haematologic variables. ocular-motor deception testing (omdt) utilises automated pupillometry and eye movement tracking to detect deception in subjects. the objective of this study is to investigate the sensitivity and specificity of omdt in the detection of doping, as an independent marker. methodology: this sham study is designed to replicate a typical 12-week training season for athletes leading up to a major competition. we employed a randomised, single-blinded, control study. twenty subjects were randomised into a control or doping group and provided with a standard 12-week cycling training program. subjects in the doping group received placebo capsules under the guise of a performance-enhancing substance (pes), for the duration of the training program. omdt was performed at weeks 1, 8, 13 and 20 to establish the washout period. all subjects were monetarily incentivised to evade detection. a repeated measures anova, and post hoc bonferroni analysis was conducted to compare the two groups over time and between each time point. results: the two groups responded differently over time (p=0.0251; f(3,9)=5.071). omdt testing performed on week 8 (during the consumption of placebo) resulted in (mean  sd (range)) scores of 79.75  10.8 (64 – 88) for the control group and 35.8  15.5 (1749) for the doping group respectively. at a threshold value of 50, all of the subjects in the doping and control groups recorded below and above the threshold respectively. however, data from before the commencement, and after the cessation, of pes did not result in similar uniform outcomes. conclusion: results suggest that omdt can reliably detect deceptive behaviour while subjects are taking pes. however, 8 weeks after treatment is discontinued, omdt no longer discriminates between subjects in the doping and control groups. overall, results suggest that omdt could potentially be used as an indirect detection method to identify athletes for further investigation into potential drug use. mailto:belinda.adigun@gmail.com c2: concurrent low carbohydrate, high fat diet with/without physical activity does not improve glycemic control in type 2 diabetics gerrit j breukelman1, albertus k basson2, trayana g djarova2, cornelia j du preez3, ina shaw1, heidi malan4, brandon s. shaw1 university of zululand, department of human movement science1, university of zululand, department of biochemistry and microbiology2, university of zululand, department of consumer sciences3, richards bay, caredoc4 breukelmang@unizulu.ac.za background: this study aimed to determine if a low carbohydrate, high fat diet (lchfd) provides any benefits of glycemic control in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus, either alone or in conjunction with physical activity. methodology: type 2 diabetics (n = 39) were assigned into either a concurrent physical activity and lchfd group (diexg), lchfd only group (dietg), or control group (cong). results: no significant (p > 0.05) changes were observed in glycated hemoglobin (hba1c), glucose and insulin in either the diexg (hba1c: p = 0.592; 8.3% decrease, glucose: p = 0.477; 11.1% decrease and insulin: p = 0.367; 44.1% increase) or dietg (hba1c: p = 0.822; 0% change, glucose: p = 0.108; 11.0% decrease and insulin: p = 0.976; 4.2% decrease). conclusion: in this study, neither a lchfd alone nor in combination with a physical activity programme succeeded in eliciting improvements in insulin sensitivity in the type 2 diabetics. as such, adoption of a lchfd, either alone or in combination with physical activity, should not unequivocally be part of the treatment approach for type 2 diabetics. furthermore, it should carefully be weighed against the benefits of more balanced dietary and/or physical activity interventions. mailto:breukelmang@unizulu.ac.za c3: visual abilities distinguish level of play in rugby lourens millard1, brandon s. shaw1, gerrit-jan breukelman1 ina shaw1 university of zululand1 millardl@unizulu.ac.za background: novices in sport possesses similar visual skills to that of experts however, there may be major differences in the magnitude of performance in these skills, with expert athletes only demonstrating superiority in specific vision skills and not all aspects of vision. methodology: the present study compared the performance of premier league rugby players (n = 40) and first division rugby players (n = 40) on six specific components of vision, namely; accommodation facility, saccadic eye movement, speed of recognition, peripheral awareness, visual memory, and handeye coordination. results: premier league rugby players performed significantly (p = 0.001) better than the first division rugby players in five of the six tests. but were found to be similar in visual memory performance (p = 0.810). conclusion: while this study substantiates the proposal that expert athletes, and specifically rugby players, have superior visual expertise to novice athletes, this study also found that this is not the case with all vision skills. the present study’s findings suggest that sport-specific vision testing batteries may be required to distinguish high performers from low performers in the same vein as physical tests are utilised in the selection and recruitment of athletes. mailto:millardl@unizulu.ac.za c4: gamification for biokinetics and sports science: enhancing students' clinical skills during distance learning and post covid-19 habib noorbhai1, simone ferreira1 faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg1 habibn@uj.ac.za background: during the covid-19 pandemic and lockdown levels, it has been a challenge to teach clinical skills and competencies to students due to restrictions on campus and with the influx of students (and their families) becoming infected with the virus. this has propelled universities to become innovative and creative with clinical skills in teaching, learning and assessment. methodology: this teaching approach has been successfully conducted in other countries through the use of simulated-based learning. however, this has not been the ideal option for a student cohort in south africa due to three main challenges: 1) connectivity issues for certain students, 2) lack of fun and excitement, and 3) lack of infrastructure in the current biokinetics clinic to enable a telehealth approach. one way in which these challenges have been mitigated is through the adoption of gamification (a 3d game) as a teaching approach. such an approach has been proven useful in medical teaching and is aligned with the fourth industrial revolution (4ir) imperatives. results: gamification or game development in teaching is a design-based research approach that includes futuristic development perspectives. in our study, patient case studies and scenarios through gamification have been developed, namely: 1) blood pressure and heart rate, 2) ecg, 3) cycle ergometer test, 4) isokinetic knee flexion/extension, and 5) isokinetic shoulder flexion/extension. these scenarios within the game, factor in the integrations of various lab-based instruments (in 3d) used in biokinetics practice (examples: the isokinetic machine for orthopaedic rehabilitation, the cycle ergometer for cardiorespiratory screening and fitness, etc). the work-integrated learning (wil) programme would also be followed and be aligned to these procedures. these procedures have been written as patient scenarios and case studies and have been converted into an interactive gaming solution to assist students with clinical learning, reasoning, skills competencies and assessment of these competencies. conclusion: the game can be accessed via blackboard (uj’s learning management system). thereafter, a virtual reality (vr) approach will be adopted and user-friendly vr devices will be integrated with mobile phones for students to seamlessly utilise and apply. furthermore, the game will also be deployed as a mobile application on itunes and googleplay. mailto:habibn@uj.ac.za c5: exploration of saqa certified rock climbers’ perceptions regarding the certification process in south africa yolanda stevens1, minette strauss1, yolanda stevens1, j. theron weilbach1 leisure studies1 11939044@nwu.ac.za background: as individuals engage in progressively more recreational activities, the south african rock climbing industry has shown tremendous growth. the growth brings about numerous safety challenges that specifically relate to skills, experience, and equipment. due to the limited number of qualified south african guides who specialise in rock climbing as an adventure activity, this research aimed to explore the perceptions regarding the saqa guiding qualification process to identify any difficulties or hindrances facing rock climbers. methodology: to explore qualified guides’ perceptions, a qualitative descriptive design was implemented, and semi-structured interviews were conducted with five saqa qualified rock climbing guides in sa. the interview data were analysed and categorised using an inductive content analysis approach. results: from the findings, three themes, namely legality in climbing, fundamentals and climbing culture emerged as themes. it became clear that there is uncertainty regarding the requirements for legal guidance. there are also concerns about the fundamental requirements in the saqa process, the south african qualification process is different to that of other countries and the perception about the saqa guiding qualifications can be perceived as inferior. lastly, the climbing culture contributes to the attitudes climbers have towards the saqa process. if the correct information about the saqa qualification is available, the perceptions of the qualification might become more positively persuaded. conclusion: to improve the perceptions towards the saqa qualification, a single governing body that regulates all training courses and programmes that are available in sa, should be established. hereby, the qualification can be regulated and monitored in a professional structured manner. this will ensure that adventure guiding in sa is considered as a professional career path from which a person could earn a living and prevent unqualified guides from operating illegally. mailto:11939044@nwu.ac.za d1: the link between physical activity, sedentary behavior, digital health interventions and risk of type 2 diabetes and diabetes-related health outcomes: systematic review and meta-analysis adiele dube1, mathunjwa m1 university of zululand1 dubea2567@gmail.com background: there are more than 4 million people diagnosed with type 2 diabetes in south africa, which costs the nhd zar 24.5 billion if both diagnosed and undiagnosed patients are considered. this disease significantly increases the risk of cardiovascular disease and reduces the quality of life. however, little is known about the link between physical activity, sedentary behaviour, digital health interventions and risk of type 2 diabetes and diabetes-related health outcomes. to systematically review the evidence and correlate the effect of physical activity, digital health interventions, sedentary behaviour and risk of type 2 diabetes and diabetes-related health outcomes. methodology: electronic databases including pub med, medline, ebscot, embase, cinahl, psycinfo, sport discus, science direct and web of science were searched for current and completed interventional trials investigating the effect of either effect of physical activity, digital health interventions, sedentary behaviour and risk of type 2 diabetes and diabetes-related health outcomes. search terms included medical subject heading (mesh) terms and text words. results: identified were 720 full texts and 12 studies with 450, 769 included. higher total physical inactivity, sitting time, and sedentary behaviour were associated with a significant risk of obesity (hr=1.27, 95% ci=1.21 – 1.29, p<0.001) and type 2 diabetes mellitus (hr=1.17, 95% ci=1.03 – 1.25, p<0.001). the increased risk of t2dm was attenuated by a reduction of total daily sitting time and adjusted physical activity but remained significant (hr=1.14, 95% ci=1.02 – 1.16, p<0.001). aor metaanalysis of the 5 studies showed that higher t2dm rates in women (or=1.57, 95% ci=1.42 – 1.76, p<0.001) compared to their male counterparts (or=1.36, 95% ci=1.31 – 1.52, p<0.001) but no differences for t2dm in within age groups. conclusion: evidence showed that reducing total daily sitting time (i.e. sedentary behaviour) is associated with a reduced risk of t2dm as well as improved glycaemic control in patients already diagnosed with the disease. there is consistent evidence that breaking up sitting time with short, frequent bouts of light-intensity physical activity improves metabolic biomarkers over the course of a single day. mailto:dubea2567@gmail.com d2: osteoarthritis rehabilitative practices among biokineticists and physiotherapists in south africa robynne gilchrist1, 2, 3, aayesha kholvadia1, 2, 3, 4 nelson mandela university1, biokinetics association of south africa2, health professions council of south africa3, south african sports medicine association4 s214051196@mandela.ac.za background: a multifaceted condition such as osteoarthritis is ideally suited to the realm of multidisciplinary management which focuses on holistic patient care. although a biopsychosocial approach to osteoarthritis management has been proposed, there is however a lack of adherence to evidence-based guidelines which is a concern previously found in the south african healthcare system. therefore, the aim of this study was to evaluate and describe osteoarthritis rehabilitative practices among biokineticists and physiotherapists, thereby identifying current trends in osteoarthritis management. methodology: a descriptive methodology with a cross-sectional study design and a convenience sampling technique was used. the target population consisted of biokineticists and physiotherapists located within the south african public and private healthcare sectors. a self-developed, contentvalidated, online questionnaire surveyed rehabilitative professionals’ management modalities and patient referral trends. results: physical exercise (94%) was the most prescribed therapy for osteoarthritis patients among biokineticists and physiotherapists. almost all biokineticists (89%) and physiotherapists (87%) stated that they refer osteoarthritis patients. biokineticists (55%) and physiotherapists (50%) would most likely refer an osteoarthritis patient to a specialist medical practitioner. notably, the majority of biokineticists (55%) also indicated that they would most likely refer an osteoarthritis patient to a physiotherapist. conclusion: understanding the various rehabilitative practices and the unique role of each profession could guide practitioners regarding ways to create and promote an environment conducive to a holistic approach to osteoarthritis management facilitated by referral systems that fit with the theory of a biopsychosocial approach. mailto:s214051196@mandela.ac.za d3: team-based approach to osteoarthritis management: viewpoints of biokineticists and physiotherapists robynne gilchrist1, 2, 3, aayesha kholvadia1, 2, 3, 4 nelson mandela university1, biokinetics association of south africa2, health professions council of south africa3, south african sports medicine association4 s214051196@mandela.ac.za background: there are challenges within healthcare systems when providing the appropriate continuum of care to address the complexity of patients with osteoarthritis. the range of outcomes and multitude of symptoms and etiologies associated with osteoarthritis calls for a team-based approach for optimal management. rehabilitative professionals are encouraged to collaborate with professionals from diverse health professions to deliver quality patient care. however, there is little published evidence exploring their perceptions of a team-based approach. the purpose of this study was to determine and describe the viewpoints of biokineticists and physiotherapists regarding a team-based approach to osteoarthritis management in rehabilitative medicine. methodology: a descriptive methodology with a cross-sectional study design and a convenience sampling technique was used. the target population consisted of biokineticists and physiotherapists located within the south african public and private healthcare sectors. a self-developed, contentvalidated, online questionnaire surveyed rehabilitative professionals’ perceptions of a team-based approach to osteoarthritis management. results: solo practices were the most popular description for both physiotherapists (33%) and biokineticists’ (55%) current practice setting. overall communication among team members was viewed as dissatisfactory by physiotherapists (36%) and biokineticists (43%). respectively, 69% and 54% of the physiotherapists and biokineticists felt adequately educated on the scope of practice of various healthcare professions involved in osteoarthritis management. forty-three per cent of participating rehabilitative professionals indicated that they had not been exposed to interprofessional education. conclusion: there are equal perceptions among biokineticists and physiotherapists regarding a teambased approach to osteoarthritis management. awareness of south african rehabilitative professionals’ experiences of a team-based approach could guide best-practice recommendations to enhance organised teamwork to promote service delivery and quality care for the osteoarthritis patient. mailto:s214051196@mandela.ac.za d4: physical activity and quality of life of in patients with fibromyalgia – a pilot study lynn smith1 university of johannesburg1 lynnvr@uj.ac.za background: patients with fibromyalgia syndrome (fms) experience a lower quality of life, largely affecting their social functioning and mental health. physical function has been linked to improvements in self-efficacy and social behaviour and lowered anxiety and depression. the purpose of this research was to determine the relationship between physical activity, quality of life and the impact of fms on diagnosed individuals. the objectives of the study were to determine the likelihood of fms patients participating in physical activity regularly, to determine the relationship between physical activity and overall quality of life, and to determine the relationship between quality of life and the impact of fms on these patients. methodology: this study was cross-sectional, and descriptive and quantitative data were collected. thirty-eight patients with fms completed an online questionnaire of four components. the four main components included demographics, the fibromyalgia impact questionnaire (fiqr), short form-36 (sf36), and the global physical activity questionnaire (gpac). the analysis included descriptives, correlations and statistical significance. the significance levels were set at p ≤ 0.05 and p ≤ 0.0167. results: the results exhibited a high fiqr score and a low sf-36 score, suggesting a negative impact on participants’ quality of life. results do not imply that physical activity had an influence on the fiqr and sf-36 scores, however, little to no statistical evidence exists to support this. conclusion: it was concluded that although fms does have a direct impact on quality of life, the relationships between physical activity, sedentary time, the impact of fms and quality of life were inconclusive. a need for further research on this topic has been identified. mailto:lynnvr@uj.ac.za e1: prevalence and incidence of injuries among female cricket players: a systematic review and meta-analyses jolandi jacobs1, benita olivier1, muhammad dawood2, nirmala perera3 university of the witwatersrand1, sefako mokgatho health sciences university2, australian insititute of sport3 jolandi.jacobs@wits.ac.za background: cricket, a bat-and-ball sport, is becoming popular among women of all ages and abilities worldwide. however, cricket participation carries a risk of injury. injuries negatively affect sports participation, performance, and shortand long-term health and well-being. injury prevention, therefore, is the key to safe, long-term cricket participation as a physical activity goal. methodology: a systematic review and meta-analyses were conducted according to the jbi and prisma 2020 guidelines. databases (including grey literature databases) were systematically searched from inception to august 2021. full-text articles that met the inclusion criteria were critically appraised using jbi-tools, and were extracted and synthesized in the narrative summary and tabular forms. three metaanalyses were conducted and heterogeneity was assessed using the i² statistic and the random effects model. results: of the 4256 studies identified, 23 studies met the inclusion criteria. the risk of bias was low for 21 studies. the injury incidence rate for elite cricket was 71.9 (se 21.3, 95% ci 30.2–113.6) injuries per 1000 player hours, the time-loss injury incidence rate was 13.3 (se 4.4, 95% ci 4.6–22.0) injuries per 1000 player hours, and non-time-loss injury incidence rate was 58.5 (se 16.9, 95% ci 25.6–91.7) injuries per 1000 player hours. the injury prevalence proportions for community to elite cricket was 65.2% (se 9.3, 95% ci 45.7–82.3) and injury prevalence proportions for community cricket was 60% (se 4.5, 95% ci 51.1–68.6). the injury incidence proportions for community cricket was 5.6 (se 4.4, 95% ci 0.1–18.3) injuries per 10,000 participants. elite cricket players were more frequently injured than community cricket players. the most prevalent body regions injured were the shoulder, knee, ankle, foot, and toes, and most were sustained by fast bowlers. injuries to the hand, wrist, and fingers had the highest incidence and were most sustained by fielders. conclusion: the study's findings can help stakeholders make informed decisions about cricket participation by informing and implementing strategies to promote cricket as a vehicle for positive public health outcomes. this review also identified gaps in the available evidence base and addressing these through future research would enhance women’s cricket as a professional sport. mailto:jolandi.jacobs@wits.ac.za e2: an evaluation of how cricketers are coached to bat from junior cricket habib noorbhai1, zaid kola1, jordan stringer1 faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg1 habibn@uj.ac.za background: cricket batters have been taught certain batting techniques at different levels of the game by a variety of cricket coaches. a number of questions have been raised about the various aspects of batting that were taught to players since they started playing cricket from junior level. since previous research investigated the teachings of coaches, the aim of this study was to evaluate how cricketers were coached to bat since junior cricket. methodology: a mixed-methods research study in which an online survey (using both open and closedended questions) was distributed to cricket players (n = 100) from south africa. the online survey was adapted for use through a previously validated questionnaire used among cricket coaches. pearson’s chi-squared tests were used to determine if there were any significant trends in the answers from the survey. the results of the survey were then coded and transferred to spss (statistical software, ibm, version 27). the level of significance was set at p<0.05. results: this study showed that most cricket players (76%) were shown how to lift their bat while batting by their first cricket coach. it was also discovered that 63% of players were taught to direct their bat towards the off-side instead of towards the wicket-keeper or the stumps, while 43% of players (χ2 = 17.54, df = 6, p = 0.008) were taught to have an open face when directing their bat. it was revealed that in most cases (42%; χ2 = 11.65, df = 6, p = 0.7), the player adapts their technique, while 27% of participants do not adapt their technique for the different formats of cricket. conclusion: recommendations from this study include the emphasis on the lateral batting backlift technique (lbbt) as it has been shown to be the more successful backlift and a prominent characteristic of cricket batters at the highest level. despite a number of available coaching aids to assist in the training of junior cricketers, players should be allowed to express themselves individually. further research (and a policy) is required to compile a coaching framework to teach other elements of the batting technique to assist in cricket batting coaching. mailto:habibn@uj.ac.za e3: quantifying coaching considerations, attitudes and strategies to player substitutions in school rugby union cheryl-ann volkwyn1, andrew green1, rian lombard1 university of johannesburg1 cherylv@uj.ac.za background: rugby is a high-intensity, intermittent collision sport played by fifteen players on each team and requires highly specialised playing positions. due to these physical demands and to maintain a highly competitive level, coaches may substitute no more than eight players during the match. player substitutions can affect the match’s outcome and, knowing when to substitute players, is largely determined by a coach’s intuition. therefore, the coach’s involvement and decisions behind player changes must be assessed, as the effects of substituting a player can be either positive or detrimental to the team’s performance. methodology: a six-sectioned questionnaire was developed in conjunction with five university and professional coaches and aimed to assess various issues surrounding player substitutions. the six sections included demographics, reasons for substituting players, considerations, informing players, match progression and status. question responses followed a five-point likert scale. a total of sixty-nine age-group level rugby coaches (experience 11.7 ± 9.0 years) completed the questionnaire. results: common responses indicated that coaches used substitutions to increase their teams’ chances of winning and to reduce player load. additionally, the results indicate that coaches are likely to substitute players based on a predetermined strategy and to manage player loads. coaches were likely to change players following a team scoring and as the game progressed. additionally, substitutions were more likely when game importance increased. responses indicated that coaches frequently inform players with adequate time prior to substitutions. the most frequent time of communication occurred during half-time. finally, coaches frequently considered the technical abilities of the players, timing and score of the game before changing players. conclusion: the results provide a likely indication that coaches rely on their own previous playing experience regarding their decision-making approaches. as this data were collected from school-level rugby teams, it is likely that coaches afforded player game time closer to the completion of a winning match. importantly, substitutions are planned and not reactive. overall, coaches should provide sufficient notice and instruction to replacement players. improved substitution timing could occur when coaches are made aware of and respond to visual clues of players’ performances to enforce substitutions. mailto:cherylv@uj.ac.za e4: epidemiology of upper limb injuries in the super rugby tournament (2013-2016) tshegofatso gaetsewe1, 2, audrey jansen van rensburg1, martin p. schwellnus2, 3, 4, christa janse van rensburg1, charl janse van rensburg5, esme jordaan5,6 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa1, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa2, emeritus professor of sport and exercise medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa3, international olympic committee (ioc) research centre, south africa4, biostatistics unit, medical research council, south africa5, statistics and population studies department, university of the western cape, south africa6 tgaetsewe@hotmail.com background: rugby is a contact and high-impact collisions sporting code, with a high risk of causing acute or long-term injury. this study aimed to determine the incidence and nature of upper limb injuries sustained by elite rugby players during the annual super rugby tournaments (2013 to 2016). methodology: this study was a cross-sectional analysis of data collected prospectively among 868 rugby players from six south african teams who participated in the annual super rugby tournament. team physicians collected daily injury data including the size of the squad, the type of day, player position, whether it was a training or match injury, hours of play (training and matches). other data collected include body area, tissue type, severity (days lost), mechanism of injury (contact vs. non-contact), and phase of play. the incidence (per 1000 player days; 95% ci) and illness burden (ib: days lost due to injury per 1000 player-days) are also reported results: a total of 776 rugby-related injuries were recorded during the study period, of which upper limb injuries accounted for 20.8% of all rugby injuries with an incidence of 2.1 per 1000 player days (95% ci: 1.8-2.5); 2). the incidence of upper limb injuries sustained during match-play was 23.3 per 1000 player days (95% ci: 19.8-27.3), forwards incurred 57.2% and backs 42.8% upper limb injuries during matchplay; the shoulder/clavicle (52.8%) was the most injured locations; muscle/tendon (44.1%) and joint/ligament (42.1%) account for the majority of injuries. contact events (96.1%) were the main cause with an incidence of 22.4 per 1000 player days (95% ci: 18.4-26.3); in particular, during a tackle (46.7%). more than 60% of shoulder injuries resulted in minimal to mild (2-7 days) time-loss. conclusion: upper limb injuries accounted for 20.8% of all rugby injuries. the shoulder/clavicle is the most frequent region injured, muscle/tendon and joint/ligament were the common tissue type. most players sustained minimal to moderate severity during match-play and contact events were the main cause of upper limb injuries. injury surveillance data inform sports physicians and coaches about keeping players safe from injury, implementation of prevention strategies and optimal management of injuries will ensure the quickest and safest return to play following injury. mailto:tgaetsewe@hotmail.com f1: employee’s perceptions of leisure and retirement during the twelve months before retirement: a descriptive interpretive study in the kenneth kaunda district of the north-west province lulama mabala1, theron weilbach1 nwu phasrec1 26373769@nwu.ac.za background: the adjustment and adaptation process to retirement can be challenging and stressful for retirees. leisure can aid in the retirement adjustment process by providing the structure that is lost during retirement and provide benefits such as physical, cognitive, psychological, social, and selfdevelopmental benefits. planning for leisure is an essential component of planning for the retirement adjustment which is frequently overlooked by pre-retirees. a potential lack of adequate leisure planning before retirement can impact a person’s overall health during retirement. this study aims to describe and interpret perceptions of leisure and retirement during the 12 months before the retirement of blue and white-collar employees in the kenneth kaunda district. the dynamic theory of resources forms the theoretical foundation of the study. this approach provides a theoretical framework in which an understanding, anticipation, and examination of the relationships between people’s resources and their adaptation to retirement will be created. methodology: the participants will include at least 12 whiteand 12 blue-collar workers in the year before retirement. to gather data semi-structured face-to-face audio-recorded interviews will be conducted. data will be analysed by firstly transcribing the audio-recorded interviews, then a microscopic examination will be conducted to bring out the detailed, intensive, complexity of the data. once the microscopic examination is completed, the data will be analysed through a thematic process by using atlas.ti, which is a powerful workbench for qualitative data analysis. lastly, for quality purposes, a co-coder will be used for coding. results: n/a conclusion: to date, covid-19 posed a significant challenge. ultimately, it is expected that this study will provide valuable information to pre-retirees to make better-informed decisions to optimally adapt to retirement life. not only will it benefit the targeted study population but will also benefit organisations in the public and private sectors by guiding and showing them what should be included in a retirement plan. additionally, individuals who are proactively planning for their retirement may realise the importance of leisure before their actual retirement and make appropriate changes to their leisure behaviour. mailto:26373769@nwu.ac.za f2: patterns of participation in campus recreation sport and leisure boredom cornelia schreck1, nadine labuschagne1, cornelia m. schreck1, theron weilbach1 phasrec, north-west university1 cornelia.schreck@nwu.ac.za background: undergraduate students can experience leisure boredom when they are not exposed to campus recreation sport (crs), which in turn can lead to feeling unhappy, developing low selfconfidence, abusing substances, and in the end dropping out of university. more than one quarter (28.5%) of students in south africa (sa) drop out of university at the end of their first year after entering a four-year degree programme. a solution to students dropping out of university might be to increase student involvement and participation in campus recreation. the purpose was to determine the participation patterns in crs of undergraduate students at a south african university and to what degree they experience leisure boredom. methodology: a once-off cross-sectional design was used. the sample consisted of 581 students. an online survey consisting of various research instruments, including a demographic questionnaire, frequency and format of participation in recreational sport questionnaire, and items related to leisure boredom from the leisure experience battery for young adults by barnett (2005) was used. results: there were statistically significant differences between the gender groups’ frequencies of taking part in netball (p=0.010) and social dancing (p=0.044). there were statistically significant differences between all racial groups’ leisure boredom (p=0.000). medium to large practical significant differences was found between other/coloured (d=0.9), coloured/white (d=0.7) and other students and african students (d=0.6). statistically significant differences (p=0.017) for leisure boredom in the total sample regarding all three different accommodation types were found. conclusion: most students prefer to participate on their own or with their friends sharing the same interests, but not all on-campus activities cater to individual participation. this could be that students are more likely to choose activities that provide social opportunities with the social factor as the secondhighest-rated motivational factor for crs participation. only registered undergraduate students from one university participated in the survey, thus limiting the researcher with comparisons. mailto:cornelia.schreck@nwu.ac.za g1: cardiopulmonary exercise testing combined with cardiac rehabilitation exposing additional arrhythmias within aerobic metabolism, potentially due to oxidative stress – is this the missing link in unexplained cardiovascular deaths? johann els1 hpcsa1 history: “cardiac arrhythmia occurs frequently worldwide, and in severe cases can be fatal. mitochondria are the power plants of cardiomyocytes. in recent studies, mitochondria under certain stimuli produced excessive reactive oxygen species (ros), which affect the normal function of cardiomyocytes through ion channels and related proteins. mitochondrial oxidative stress (mos) plays a key role in diseases with multifactorial etiopathogenesis, such as arrhythmia; mos can lead to arrhythmias such as atrial fibrillation and ventricular tachycardia.” – liu et al, 2022 physical findings: additional arrhythmias and premature ventricular contractions are exposed within the aerobic metabolism through ecg monitoring, which the anaerobic stress ecg cannot expose the aerobic ecg can potentially clarify unexplained cardiovascular disease. literature suggests that “electrical instability and electrical remodelling underlying the arrhythmia may result from a cellular energy deficit and oxidative stress, which are caused by mitochondrial dysfunction.” clinical and sub-clinical data are provided. these observations can only be exposed through an in-depth analysis of various physiological variables following a resting metabolic rate assessment and cardiopulmonary exercise testing. individuals that were monitored for an extended period showed additional clinical pathology (that would not have been exposed previously) during physical exercise. this potentially showed weakened physiological systems that could expose oxidative stress, which might play an underlying role in unexplained pathology of various chronic diseases. differential diagnosis / hypothesis: the clinical importance of ideal oxygen supply and uptake on a cellular level (during exercise) is not yet fully understood. once the weakest cell is exposed to the optimal oxygen supply or uptake, the true functional status of the cell seems to produce oxidative stress (due to mitochondrial dysfunction), causing the true underlying clinical status to be exposed, i.e., electrical instability within the heart. the sinus rhythm appears to be normal, leading to a hypothesis that the clinical pathology present is within the mitochondria of the heart in need of rehabilitation. exercise within the aerobic metabolism releases oxidative stress, preventing further damage to various intracellular substances that affect normal functioning of the body, and cause of disease. test and results: subjects underwent the following battery of tests: components of screening and risk profiling on the medicise patient management system consist of: 1. completing the par-q questionnaire 2. informed consent. 3. exercise participation 4. known diagnoses (cardiovascular/metabolic/renal) 5. signs and symptoms suggestive of cardiovascular/metabolic/renal disease 6. risk factors 7. medical history cardiometabolic assessments include: https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/pharmacology-toxicology-and-pharmaceutical-science/heart-arrhythmia https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/pharmacology-toxicology-and-pharmaceutical-science/reactive-oxygen-metabolite https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/pharmacology-toxicology-and-pharmaceutical-science/atrial-fibrillation https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/pharmacology-toxicology-and-pharmaceutical-science/atrial-fibrillation https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/pharmacology-toxicology-and-pharmaceutical-science/heart-ventricle-tachycardia (a) resting metabolic rate assessment (b) spirometry (c) cardiopulmonary exercise test the sample consisted of 14 men and women (after referral for exercise training with non-communicable diseases); age distribution: 17 – 81 years, both male and female. risk profiling was done through screening and pre-exercise evaluation protocol as per guidelines by the american college of sports medicine. data from a resting metabolic rate towards maximal exertion were gathered using metalyzer®3b and metasoft®studio software (analysing 86 physiological variables/calculations) from cortex biophysik gmbh and custo cardio 300 (analysing comprehensive ecg variables) from custo med gmbh. a physiological analysis was followed to identify the ideal exercise intensity according to the optimal oxygen supply and uptake zone. the results showed the clinical importance of cardiopulmonary exercise testing in the sample group. internationally “cardiopulmonary exercise testing applications in cardiology have grown impressively to include all forms of exercise intolerance.” a leading cardiology practice in the western cape provided the following interpretation of the 14 case studies "from the data that you showed my biggest clinical concern is that some of your patients may have a very high load of ventricular ectopics and by implication, some of your data points even suggest that certain patients may be having runs of ventricular tachycardias-which is very dangerous if true. there are also suggestions in your data that there may be other arrhythmias which are elicited during exercise such as focal atrial tachycardias etc." final/working diagnosis: each individual either has a functional or clinical physiological weakness within integrative physiology. identifying the physiological cause of exercise intolerance is the essence of understanding the clinical problem. once this weakness is exposed to the optimal oxygen supply or uptake quantity within the integrative physiology, the human body will be provided with the chance to initiate the healing process through oxygen exposure. treatment and outcomes: all subjects participated in exercise using custo med diagnostic standard cardiac rehabilitation software to monitor cardiovascular response during exercise with ecg monitoring. subjects were monitored for a minimum of three (3) and a maximum of 259 exercise sessions (minimum 20 minutes at a time) while ecg monitoring provided clear information of the cardiovascular response during exercise. ecg monitoring allowed for a comprehensive, and correct profile of arrhythmia and premature ventricular contractions during exercise within the aerobic metabolism. individuals that were monitored for an extended period showed clinical pathology during exercise for clinical interpretation during physical exercise. this led to a better understanding of the specific physiological systems that needed prolonged exposure to optimal oxygen. important to note that most subjects could reduce cardiac arrhythmias while increasing the first anaerobic threshold and peak oxygen uptake significantly through participation in cardiac rehabilitation with ecg monitoring. clinical case study: 78-year-old active male with the following medical history:  coronary artery disease  concomitant respiratory disease  covid-19 infection (march 2020)  hypertension  diabetes  gout results of 259 exercise sessions over a period of 16 months with ecg monitoring: first anaerobic threshold before 259 exercise sessions first anaerobic threshold after 259 exercise sessions 1.04 l 1.62 l peak oxygen uptake before 259 exercise sessions peak oxygen uptake after 259 exercise sessions 1.44 l 2.21 l g2: bertolotti's syndrome: overlooked, under-diagnosed? kobus slabber1 sasma1 history: a comparative presentation about two cases of bartolotti's syndrome one treated conservatively and one that needed surgical intervention. case a: 24 y/o female with two-month history of gluteal/lower back pain, spreading down her leg when sitting and sprinting. unresponsive to physiotherapy and anti-inflammatory treatments. case b: 45 y/o female with lower back pain, claudication type pain spasms that did not improve on physiotherapy and anti-inflammatory treatments. physical findings: case a: tender with slightly palpable protrusion over the piriformis area. normal general and neurological evaluation. case b: tender over l-spine, no other musculoskeletal abnormalities. normal general and neurological evaluation. differential diagnosis / hypothesis: case a: sciatica, piriformis syndrome, si-joint/facet arthropathy, lumbar radiculopathy annular tear/discus protrusion. case b: lumbar arthropathy/radiculopathy foraminal stenosis/discus protrusion. test and results: case a: ultrasound (hamstring calcification), x-rays (sacralisation), ct-scan & mri to be done under consent for academic reasons of submission accepted. case b: x-rays (sacralisation), ct-scan (bilateral sacralization), mri (left l5 nerve compression). final/working diagnosis: case a: bertolotti's syndrome with right-sided l5 radiculopathy. case b: bertolotti's syndrome with left-sided l5 radiculopathy. treatment and outcomes: case a: cortisone and local infiltration pain-free. case b: cortisone and local infiltration unsuccessful. anterior sacrolumbar decompression pain-free. h1: a comparison of the risk profile for developing illness-related medical encounters in halfand ultramarathon runners dc baker1, 2, ps wood1, 2, tcds camacho1, mp schwellnus2, 3, 4, s swanevelder5, jordaan e6 division of biokinetics and sports science, department of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa1, sport, exercise medicine and lifestyle institute (semli), faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa2, international olympic committee (ioc) research centre, south africa3, emeritus professor, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa4, biostatistics unit, south african medical research council5, biostatistics unit, south african medical research council; statistics and population studies department, university of the western cape6 dean.chris.baker@gmail.com background: research comparing risk profiles for medical encounters in race entrants at distance running events is limited. the aim of this study was to determine and compare the risk profile for developing illness-related medical encounters in half-marathon compared to ultramarathon runners. methodology: online pre-race medical screening questionnaire data from 76654 consenting race entrants (71.8% of all entrants) over four years of two ocean marathon (2012-2015) were analysed, using a prospective cross-sectional observational study design. study participants were classified into four risk categories (‘very high risk’, ‘high risk’, ‘intermediate risk’ and ‘low risk’) based on the history of the following: existing cardiovascular disease (cvd), history of any symptoms of cvd, or any risk factor for cvd, disease in other organ systems, medication use and history of collapse in half-marathon and ultramarathon. we report the prevalence (%; 95%ci) in each risk category for halfand ultra-marathon entrants. results: most entrants in the half-marathon race were classified in the “low” risk category (43.20%; 95% ci 42.7-43.7), followed by “intermediate” (41%; 95% ci 40.5-41.6) and “high” (12.6%; 95% ci 12.2-13.0) risk categories. the majority of entrants in the ultramarathon were classified in the “intermediate” (51.90%; 95% ci 51.2-52.6) risk category, followed by “low” (36.20%; 95% ci 35.5-36.9) and “high” (9.10%; 95% ci 8.7-9.4) risk categories. additional findings include higher prevalence of an existing cvd in half-marathon runners (1.66%; ci 1.53-1.81) compared to ultramarathon runners (1.36%; 95% ci 1.211.54), and a higher prevalence of risk factors for cvd in half-marathon runners (12.46%; ci 12.11-12.81) compared to ultramarathon runners (9.27%; 95% ci 8.89-9.67). conclusion: half-marathon runners had a higher prevalence of existing cvd and cvd risk factors than ultramarathon runners. however, more than half of the ultramarathon runners reported (a) existing chronic disease in other organs, (b) use of prescription medication, (c) use of anti-inflammatory drugs, and (d) history of collapse during exercise. mailto:dean.chris.baker@gmail.com h2: eye pathologies in para athletes in the winter settings: an analysis of the sochi 2014 and pyeongchang 2018 paralympic winter games lovemore kunorozva1, ali ganai1, phoebe runciman1, wayne derman1 institute of sport and exercise medicine (isem), division of orthopaedic surgery, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa1 kvnorozwa@gmail.com background: eye pathologies have a negative effect on a para athlete’s performance and well-being. an in-depth description of the nature and presentation of these eye pathologies could assist in developing prevention strategies for such pathologies in future. the aim of this study was to describe the nature of eye pathologies presenting in para athletes during the sochi 2014 and pyeongchang 2018 paralympic winter games. methodology: this study investigated eye pathologies in para athletes using the web-based injury and illness surveillance (web-iiss) tool during the 2014 sochi and 2018 pyeongchang paralympic winter games. descriptive data were obtained and analysed from a de-linked database containing para athlete information on eye illnesses and injuries from the two winter paralympic games. results: ice sledge hockey (30.3%), nordic (19.2%) and alpine (18.4%) skiing, accounted for the sports with most of the eye pathologies reported during the two winter games. furthermore, the majority of eye pathologies were reported in athletes with an amputation or lower limb deficiency (66.9%), visual impairment (18.4%) and those with a spinal injury (11.9%). conclusion: male para athletes, mostly taking part in ice sledge hockey and those with lower limb deficiency or visual impairment suffer more eye pathologies during winter paralympic games. furthermore, environmental eye illnesses and allergic conjunctivitis account for just below half of all eye illnesses and were associated with snow glare/dry eye and pre-existing allergy or asthma conditions, respectively. the findings from this study may aid the development of eye pathology prevention strategies in winter sport settings. mailto:kvnorozwa@gmail.com h3: eye pathologies in para athletes in the winter settinga systematic review lovemore kunorozva1, ali ganai1, phoebe runciman1, wayne derman1 institute of sport and exercise medicine (isem), division of orthopaedic surgery, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, stellenbosch, south africa1 kvnorozwa@gmail.com background: eye illnesses can be detrimental to athletes’ performance and well-being. these ocular illnesses may be an inherent finding in athletes with visual impairment, however acute eye illness might also be present in athletes with other impairments. yet, these illnesses have not been explored in paraathletes. the aim of this systematic review was to describe the epidemiology of eye pathology presenting in para athletes in both winter and summer sports settings. methodology: a comprehensive literature search of eye pathologies presenting in para athletes was conducted employing pubmed, ebscohost and web of science databases up to june 2021. each of the articles was independently reviewed for relevance and inclusionary criteria, with nine studies meeting these criteria. results: overall, the quality of the included studies was excellent. illnesses in the eye and adnexa were more prevalent in winter (ir: 1.6 2.2/1000 athlete days) compared to summer (ir: 0.3-0.5/1000 athlete days) sports settings. eye pathologies were reported in athletes with limb deficiencies (22.4%), spinal cord injury (20.3%), visual impairment (15.1%) and central neurology injury (14.8 conclusion: the findings of this review indicate that: 1) eye pathology in para athletes is an understudied area; 2) eye pathology is present in athletes other than those with visual impairment. there is a need for further research on eye pathology, particularly in winter sports settings in order to understand the types and nature of eye pathologies that affect para athletes during competition and training settings mailto:kvnorozwa@gmail.com h4: an analysis of the partial feasibility of a novel cardiac exercise rehabilitation programme for patients suffering from cardiovascular disease ms tayla ross1, dr jacolene kroff1, dr elizma atterbury1 university of cape town1 tay.ross100@gmail.com background: south africans are facing a growing problem of cardiovascular disease (cvd), which has major implications for healthcare services and has placed increasing strain on the struggling south african healthcare system. cost-effective prevention and management measures are needed to slow down the growing cvd epidemic and relieve strain on healthcare systems. the need exists for more evidence to demonstrate that cardiac exercise rehabilitation programmes (crps) can significantly reduce readmissions, mortality, comorbidities, and improve the quality of life throughout the country. the aims of this study were to determine the partial feasibility of a novel crp in a south african public hospital setting to provide optimal and sustainable healthcare to cvd patients. methodology: partial feasibility was assessed by evaluating the recruitment potential and sample population characteristics of the target population, through the retrospective analysis of the victoria hospital vimri database, and by evaluating the test-retest reliability of the prospective protocol testing and monitoring measures through 3 different methods. results: 209 participants were assessed according to inclusion and exclusion criteria. 109 (52.2%) were considered ineligible for a crp, whereas 100 individuals (47.8%) were considered eligible. there were no significant differences between the populations in terms of anthropometry, however, there were significant differences for 4 comorbidities and 2 medications. 22 outcome measures were assessed for reliability, 5 were classed as having “poor” reliability, 9 as “moderate”, 3 as “good” and 5 as “excellent’. 18 measures had a lower than small effect size (d<0.2), indicating near identical repeated measures and excellent test-retest reliability. the remaining 8 had small effect sizes between 0.2-0.5. conclusion: it is expected that 33 patients (100 participants/3 months) will be eligible for the crp every month, which is nearly triple the expected intake, exceeds prospective resource and staff capacities and is greater than what can currently be accommodated. we recommend that the number of resources and trained staff be increased before crp implementation. the majority of the monitoring tools assessed had acceptable test-retest reliability. however, the methods used to measure blood pressure, oxygen saturation and rate of perceived exertion were questionable. we recommend that alternative devices are utilised for these variables. mailto:tay.ross100@gmail.com h5: a scoping review examining physical activity interventions for the management of hypertension mandisa simamane1 university of the witwatersrand1 a0047345@wits.ac.za background: as populations age, adopt more sedentary lifestyles, and increase their body weight, the prevalence of hypertension worldwide is continuing to rise. one of the main non-pharmacological strategies for prevention, control, and treatment of hypertension and its future complications is physical activity. aim: the main aim of the study was to identify the type of physical activity intervention that can assist hypertensive patients in managing hypertension. a scoping review was used as a drive toward evidence-based practices and as a technique to map relevant literature and the types of evidence available with regards to management of hypertension using physical activity. methodology: a systematic computer-based search was undertaken through the university of the witwatersrand/ libguides/ electronic resources/ database a-z. search words were as our inclusion criteria of (1) hypertension/ high blood pressure, (2) exercise/ physical activity, (3) intervention/ training intervals, (4) frequency, intensity, time & type, (5) for the period of 2009 to 2020. results: the results led to 32 randomised controlled/ experimental studies which fulfilled the criteria required and included: what study design was used, where was the study located, what was the sample size, and what sex and race/ ethnicity. a 16-week lifestyle intervention significantly improved cardiovascular risk factors in all groups, and pharmacological therapy was largely reduced or removed completely. conclusion: concluding, it was found that different exercise modalities elicit very different changes in blood pressure variability while they induce similar reductions in blood pressure values. caution and good judgment should be used when prescribing more rigorous exercise for those with high blood pressure. the data showed that elderly hypertensive individuals undergoing pharmacological treatment may benefit from practising resistance exercise and that their pressure will probably not go up as a result. these data suggest that antihypertensive treatment can also reduce the concern that physical exercise can produce an extreme and acute hypertension response in hypertension subjects. the use of aerobic exercise is a gold standard exercise to reduce blood pressure. even for patients who have wellcontrolled bp, aerobic exercise performed alone is an effective strategy to reduce bp during the hours after the cessation of exercise. mailto:a0047345@wits.ac.za i1: motivation for exercise and the effects of exercise participation on mental health during the covid-19 lockdown in south africa courtenay m. davis1, heather morris-eyton1 department of sport and movement studies, university of johannesburg1 courtenaymunro@gmail.com background: the coronavirus (covid-19) pandemic posed a significant threat to the physical and mental health of the south african population. it changed the way in which individuals were able to exercise in order to maintain physical fitness during the various levels of government enforced lockdown restrictions. the purpose of this study was to draw a comparison of the levels of motivation between virtual and non-virtual workouts which occurred during the covid-19 lockdown in south africa. methodology: an internet-based survey examined in part exercise motivation between virtual and nonvirtual workouts during the lockdown. this was an adapted version of the srq-e as it explored the reasons for exercising and whether participants' motivation for exercising was intrinsic or extrinsic. participants (n=120) were residing in south africa and had to have completed at least one virtual and non-virtual workout during the covid-19 lockdown (march 2020 – february 2021). a descriptive and comparative analysis was conducted to gain insight into the comparison between the motivation of the different workout regimens, and why participants preferred their workout regimen of choice. results: during the lockdown, virtual workouts were enjoyed most often (52%). this was primarily due to the social setting (32%) where participants felt they were still engaging in exercise with others, and the interaction with their instructor (32%). participants who preferred non-virtual home-based workouts reported that they could work out at a time convenient to them (68%) and at their own pace and fitness level. participants who favoured non-virtual workouts were intrinsically motivated to participate in exercise programmes (m=5,92, sd=0,91,) when compared to those who preferred virtual workouts (m=5,48, sd= 1,10). men (m=5,99, sd= 0,90) were more intrinsically motivated to engage in workouts during lockdown than women (m=5,52, sd= 1,07). the participation in physical activity during the covid19 lockdown played a role in boosting mental health as it positively increased 92% of the participants' mood conclusion: physical activity had a positive effect on mental health during the lockdown. participating in virtual workouts was the preferred mode of exercise, however, those who partook in non-virtual workouts showed higher levels of intrinsic motivation. mailto:courtenaymunro@gmail.com i2: physiological risk profiles of asymptomatic males performing the salaah (islamic prayer) as a low-intensity physical activity abdul hamid jalal1, habib noorbhai1 department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, south africa1 hamidj@uj.ac.za background: the islamic prayer (salaah) has been found to be a type of low-to-moderate intensity aerobic exercise and has physiological and psychological benefits for one’s health. the aim of this study was to investigate and determine the physiological risk profiles using selected clinical measurement tools. methodology: using a cross-sectional research design, an intervention study of selected morphological, cardiovascular and neuromuscular variables on a sample of asymptomatic males (n = 20), aged 21 – 40 years, was conducted. resting heart rate (rhr), resting systolic blood pressure (sbp), resting diastolic blood pressure (dbp), body mass index (bmi) and percentage body fat (bf%) were measured prior to a salaah simulation activity. electromyography (emg) measurements were performed on the vastus medialis oblique (vmo) for a single maximum voluntary contraction (mvc) along with two movement transitions of the salaah. bilateral manual muscle strength testing (mmt) using a myometer was conducted on the quadriceps femoris muscle group. using spss (version 27, ibm), descriptive and inferential statistical analyses (including pearson’s correlation coefficient to explore links between all variables in the study) were conducted. the level of significance for these correlations was set at p<0.05. results: negative correlations were found between rhr and mvc average (r = -0.03; p = 0.91) ; post salaah sbp and mvc average (r = 0.19; p = 0.42) ; post salaah dbp and the mvc average (r = -0.41; p = 0.08). positive correlations were found between the mvc average with right (r = 0.14; p = 0.56) and left (r = 0.18; p = 0.44) quadriceps femoris mmt and between bmi and bf% (r = 0.69; p = 0.00). rhr (r = 0.26; p = 0.27), resting sbp (r = 0.49; p = 0.03), post salaah sbp (r = 0.27; p = 0.26) and post salaah dbp (r = 0.36; p = 0.12) were positively correlated with bmi. conclusion: this study demonstrated that a sample of asymptomatic males who perform the daily salaah were within reasonably healthy norms. the study also demonstrated that a physiological benefit can exist by the salaah as a form of light-intensity aerobic activity in clinical exercise rehabilitation. mailto:hamidj@uj.ac.za i3: barriers to participation in sport among urban adolescents attending an international school in cape town, south africa robyn klaasen1, maya van gent1, habib noorbhai2 university of fort hare1, university of johannesburg2 robynklaasen@outlook.com background: the global decline in participation in physical activity and sport by adolescents remains a cause for concern. few of the many studies that have been conducted have concerned south africa, specifically outside of a rural or disadvantaged context. the purpose of this study was to identify the principal barriers to participation in sport and make a comparative appraisal of their influence on male and female adolescents at an international school in cape town, south africa. methodology: the barriers to sport participation questionnaire (bspq) was completed by 107 voluntary respondents. the data was validated by a kaiser-meyer-olkin (kmo) value of 0.808 and a chi-square value of 2403.664 (p = 0.000; df = 820). results: the results revealed seven principal barriers, of which fear of academic failure, environmental constraints, and lack of interest were the most influential. it was also established that the barriers exerted the most influence on female respondents and on those respondents who either did not participate in sport or were from households whose other members did not do so. conclusion: the findings underscored the need for education and exposure to the sport and the need to promote the sport in response to specific disparities, even if doing so entails the implementation of segregated programmes. mailto:robynklaasen@outlook.com i4: the relationship between barriers to participation in sport for adolescent learners and the grade (scholastic year) in which they are enrolled: a case study in an international school in cape town, south africa robyn klaasen1, maya van gent1, habib noorbhai2 university of fort hare1, university of johannesburg2 robynklaasen@outlook.com background: participation in sport among adolescents continues to decline at an alarming rate throughout the world. while several studies have been conducted to identify barriers to participation, limited research, particularly in south africa, has been conducted to detect correlations between specific barriers and other variables. the purpose of this study was to identify barriers to participation in sport among urban adolescents and determine correlations between individual barriers and grade (scholastic year) in an international school in cape town, south africa. methodology: the barriers to sport participation questionnaire (bspq) was completed by 107 learners at the school. the data was validated by a kaiser-meyer-olkin (kmo) value of 0.808 and a chi-square value of 2403.664 (p = 0.000; df = 820). results: seven principal barriers were identified, of which fear of academic failure, environmental constraints, and lack of interest were the most influential. regression analysis revealed that the fear of academic failure, health and injury-related concerns, and no relevance or priority barriers were the most significant, particularly among grade 7 and grade 9 learners. conclusion: consequently, it appears probable that barriers to participation in sport could be specific to particular school year and that interventions need to be specific, appropriate, well-timed, and effectively implemented during the middle school years of grades 6 to 8, to encourage sustained engagement with sport and mitigate the global decline. mailto:robynklaasen@outlook.com j1: relationships between ground reaction force, isokinetic knee strength, and the incidence of lower extremity injuries in university-level netball players henriette hammill1, lenthea kamffer2, mark kramer2, yolandi willemse3 physical activity, sport, and recreation (phasrec) research focus area, north-west university, potchefstroom, south africa1, center for health and human performance, north-west university, potchefstroom, south africa3 12782211@nwu.ac.za background: given the physical demands (e.g., agility), outcomes (e.g., potential injury), and increasing competitiveness of netball, the monitoring of certain performance characteristics has become increasingly important in order to better understand the injury risk factors at play. the repeated highimpact loading on the lower extremity joints increases the risk of injury. knee strength provided during the co-contraction of the hamstringand quadriceps muscle groups give dynamic stabilization which is particularly important during landing. the aim of this study is to perform a literature review on the incidence of lower extremity injuries in netball players. methodology: a typical prisma literature surveillance is applied: an electronic literature search was conducted using the key search terms “netball”, “ground reaction force”, “isokinetic knee strength”, “lower extremity injuries”, “landing kinetics”, “time to stabilisation”, “force plate”, “dynamometer”, “eccentric”, “injury mechanics”. peer-reviewed, english-written research articles were included in this literature review. results: there is a high incidence (>50%) of lower extremity injuries in netball players. conclusion: the fact that netball is a fast-paced, multi-directional movement sport with many jumps, leaps and landings, the resultant grf is a significant risk factor to consider when investigating lower extremity injuries. knee muscular strength contributes to the stability of the lower extremities during landing from a jump and along with grf, isokinetic knee strength plays a vital role when investigating lower extremity injuries. this literature review regarding the relationship between grf, isokinetic knee strength and the incidence of lower extremity injuries in university-level netball players will aid valuable information towards conditioning protocols, training loads, rehabilitationand prehabilitation protocols, lowering the risk for injuries, as well as re-occurrence of previous injuries and optimising performance. mailto:12782211@nwu.ac.za j2: kinematic gait comparison between back-carried-, and non-back-carried setswanaspeaking children mariaan van aswegen1, stanislaw h czyz1, 2, 3, sarah j. moss1 phasrec, north-west university, south africa1, faculty of physical education and sport, wroclaw university of health and sport sciences, wrocław, poland2, faculty of sport studies, masaryk university, brno, czech republic3 20383800@nwu.ac.za background: setswana children are back-carried by their mother, often deep into their toddler years. static lower limb investigations of setswana children rendered differences in the tibiofemoraland tibial torsion angles between back-carried and non-back-carried children. this leads to the question of whether dynamic differences during gait would be noticed between back-carried and non-back-carried setswana-speaking children. this study aimed to compare the angles observed at the hip, knee and ankle in the frontal, sagittal and transverse planes, during kinematic gait analyses of back-carriedand non-back-carried children. methodology: twelve non-back-carried(mean age=8.00±0.95 years) and 14 back-carried (mean age=8.01±0.73 years) children were selected from a larger (n=691) study. analysis of hip, knee and ankle joint kinematics, using the qualisys track manager software, were performed in the three cardinal planes, at heel-strike-, mid-stance-, and toe-off gait phases. the angles (outcome variables) were compared with the dependent groups, back-carrying and non-back-carrying, age and sex, using manova. results: a two-way manova was used to evaluate the joint angles observed for back-carried versus non-back-carried children and their respective ages. back-carrying was not significant, while age was a significant predictor for joint angles, f(1, 17)=209.246, p=0.054, η2=1 and f(1, 17)=8.331, p=0.026, η2=0.986; respectively. the interaction between back-carrying and age was not significant f(4, 34)=1.210, p=0.482, η2=0.911. some individual significant differences were observed at the knee and ankle joint. a comparison of back-carrying with the knee in the sagittal plane, during the mid-stance gait phase, was significant (p=0.017). comparisons of age with the ankle; was significant in both the sagittal plane, during heel strike (p=0.016), and in the frontal plane, during mid-stance (p=0.042). a comparison between back-carrying and age with the ankle in the sagittal plane, during the heel strike gait phase (p=0.027), was significant. conclusion: most setswana-speaking children are back-carried for the bulk of their toddler years (between 2 to 5 years of age). relationships between back-carrying and static lower limb measures were previously found but differences were within normal ranges (for example genu valgum), yet none of these relationships translated to the kinematic analysis. thus, we argue that back-carrying does not pose an orthopedic risk to children. mailto:20383800@nwu.ac.za j3: effect of 6 weeks functional intervention program on fms score and the relationship with the single leg hop test in female netball players dimitrije kovac1, ranel venter1, zarko krkeljas2 department of sports science, stellenbosch university1, duke kunshan university2 dmtrjkovac888@gmail.com background: functional movement screen (fms®) is currently one of the most widely used preparticipation testing protocols, even though the research studies have reported equivocal results across sports disciplines. nonetheless, in sports where non-contact lower limb injuries are prevalent as in netball, fms® may be a valuable tool used alongside other clinical assessment protocols to provide adequate feedback to sport practitioners as the return-to-sport guidelines after an athletic injury. willingenburg and hewett (2017) have also indicated that other functional tests such as different forms of the hop for distance test, maybe a more practical and viable addition or even a substitute to fms®. methodology: convenient sample of 40 elite female university players, randomly divided into control and the intervention group, volunteered for the study. of the 40 players who were initially tested, nine were excluded from the study either due to withdrawal from the team, or minor injuries. the fms® score and single leg hop test were measured before and after the six-week training cycle. results: after a six-week intervention there was a significant (p < 0.001) increase in fms® score for the experimental group, while the control group score remained unchanged. relative to the relationship between fms® and hop test, the results show a moderately significant correlation (r=0.48, p < 0.001) between the fms® total score and single-leg hop test when performed with the dominant leg. testing on the non-dominant leg also indicated a potentially significant relationship, although statistically not significant (r = 0.34, p=0.06). similarly, the correlation after intervention remained moderately significant (r=0.36, p<0.05). athletes with higher fms® scores had longer jump distances in the slh test (0.48) which coincides with the results of the study conducted by willigenburg and hewett (2017) who reported (r= 0.38 0.56). conclusion: the fms® score in female netball players could be improved by a standardized corrective exercise program. findings of the current study showed positive correlations between the total fms® score and slh test, as well as the hs and slh when performed with the dominant leg. however, there was no significant improvement in slh distance after the intervention. mailto:dmtrjkovac888@gmail.com j4: morphological characteristics and their relationships to performance in male cross-country runners clinton deon swanepoel1, dumisane hlaselo1, adrian lombard1, andrew green1 department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, south africa1 cswanepoel@uj.ac.za background: cross-country running is characterized as high-intensity intermittent and continuously running over surfaces like grass, mud and dirt. morphological testing relates to tests of the divisions of biology that deals with the systems of living organisms and the connections amongst their structures. morphological characteristics is used to describe the body shape and proportion of individual bodies. physiological tests establish how the bodily parts function within the living organism. physiological characteristics can determine the factors that affect performance and the ability to recover after maximum effort. the aim of this research was to determine the relationship between morphological and physiological characteristics of senior male cross-country athletes in gauteng province, south africa. methodology: forty competitive male cross-country athletes participated in this study. parameters tested included stature, body weight, seven skinfolds, body fat percentage and lean body mass. the maximal oxygen consumption, running economy and two ventilatory thresholds (vt1 and vt2) were calculated using online assessments. data were analysed using descriptive statistics (spss, v.21). a correlation matrix (pearson correlation) was calculated between physiological and morphological parameters. results: the results of this study indicated mean values of body weight (63.05 kg), body fat percentage (8.04 %). the mean values for maximum oxygen consumption (vo2max) (63.50 mlo2.kg˗1.min-1). the vt1 and vt2 were calculated and at the intensities corresponding to the last point before a first nonlinear increase in both vt1 and vt2. the results show a strong positive correlation between stature and mass (r = 0.652, p = 0.01) as well as a weak correlation between bf% and stature (r = 0.382, p = 0.05). there was a positive correlation between bf% and mass (r = 0.575, p = 0.01). there was a weak negative correlation between vo2 and mass (r = -0.368, p = 0.05). the v ̇o_2max and vt values did not relate to any physical parameters of this sample. conclusion: these characteristics are generally associated with cross-country runners. this research will serve as a basis for future studies and will provide information on senior male cross-country athletes, which can be referred to by coaches and sports scientists who train athletes during the competition preparation phase. mailto:cswanepoel@uj.ac.za k1: psychological factors affecting physically disabled athletes in south africa koketjo tsebe1 unisa, softball south africa and sascoc1 tsebekb@unisa.ac.za background: the number of athletes with disabilities participating in organized sports and the popularity of the paralympic games is steadily increasing around the world. many athletes with disabilities agreed that sport is an important tools to affirm their competence and worth. the aim of this study is to evaluate the self-efficacy, athletic identity and motivation of athletes with a physical disability. methodology: the study will adopt a quantitative research approach. it will be an evaluative research design to allow assessing psychological variables under study. a purposive sample of physically disabled athletes from different sporting codes will be invited via their federations to participate in the study. the researcher will select participants based on the pre-defined characteristic, which is gender (male) and age (18 years and above). it is expected that 50 participants (25 females, 25 men) from different sporting codes will participate in the study. research data will be collected using biographical information and three psychometric tests that measure the psychological variables under study. the biographical section will include variables such as gender, age, sporting code, level of sport participation, disability (congenital, acquired) and type of disability (e.g., spinal cord injury). the three psychometric tests to measure variables under study are: rosenberg self-esteem scale (rse), athletic identity measurement scale (aims) and sport motivation scale (sms). the questionnaire will be available through surveymonkey which is an electronic platform for research. data will be analysed using spss version 25 statistical package. the study will abide by the basic ethical standards of social research. results: it can be predicted that physically disabled athletes will report low levels of self-efficacy; physically disabled athletes will identify strongly with their athletic roles, physically disabled athletes will score higher on the sport motivation and there will be a significant relationship between self-efficacy, athletic identity and motivation conclusion: physically disabled persons are challenged to cope with a wide range of stressors in maintaining meaningful lives. the adjustment depends, in part, on psychological and social factors that promote effective coping with old and new demands. mailto:tsebekb@unisa.ac.za k2: the perceptions of primary caregivers on the social skills and recreational activities of children aged 10-12 years with down syndrome cara m. myburgh1, cindy kriel1, yolanda stevens1 fasrek nwu1 cindy.kriel@nwu.ac.za background: children with down syndrome (ds) are known to have fewer responses to social initiations and interactions with peers and other people, which results in difficulties with social relationships. children with ds are described as being “very sociable” and this is also evident from previous research, where parents of children with ds have different perceptions and views, as some are concerned about their child’s social life and others see them as sociable individuals. yet, leisure and recreation have a social value which purposefully serve today’s society and the direction of an individual’s life. methodology: this study aimed to determine the primary caregivers’ perceptions of the social skills and recreational activities of their 10to 12-year-old children with ds. semi-structured interviews were conducted with 13 primary caregivers, whereafter data was analysed through content analysis. results: two major categories were identified from the data, each with various themes and sub-themes. the primary caregivers perceived their children to have relative strengths in making friends, as well as non-verbal social skills such as physical proximity and keeping eye contact during a conversation, compared to verbal communication skills in opening and ending a conversation and setting boundaries for self-disclosure. with regard to recreational activities, the primary caregivers mentioned that, at home, their children mainly participate in sports followed by music, drama, fine arts and intellectual/ literary activities. conclusion: the children’s behaviour in the majority of social skills was however dependant on various situations, where a certain social skill was sometimes seen as a strength and other times they seem to struggle with the same skill. one of the major areas which primary caregivers identified as barriers to social interaction was their difficulty in speech. most of children with ds have also never experienced exclusion from participating in leisure and recreation activities. mailto:cindy.kriel@nwu.ac.za k3: effect of limitless you peak performance program on the brain, health and skillrelated fitness of netball players peet du toit1, mr ralph hwenjere1, ms rebekah janse van rensburg1, dr janette bester1 department of physiology, school of medicine, faculty of health science, university of pretoria1 peet.dutoit@up.ac.za background: netball players have to constantly be alert to make quick, precise decisions. brain fitness is as important as physical fitness in the sport, and an alignment of both would make players particularly competitive compared to the rest. the limitless you peak performance program (lyppp) is a highly developed assessment and intervention program, designed specifically to enhance the following three core areas: reducing overall stress, improving cognitive intelligence and the enhancement of overall performance. this program also serves to strengthen the brain-body balance by assessing and training the three core areas of performance, namely, brain performance, health-related fitness and skill-related fitness. methodology: the study was an interventional pre-post experimental design. the overall current wellness of 30 netball players was evaluated at the start of the study. the lyppp assessments included brain performance, health-related fitness and skill-related fitness assessments. following the tests, the participants then participated in the lypp intervention program. fifteen intervention sessions were conducted, with each aiming to enhance the brain, health and skill-related fitness of the participant. on completion of the interventions, a post-test was conducted to assess if the intervention employed benefited the performance of the players. results: significant changes were seen in brain fitness and the players’ overall brain scores. the mean difference in neuro-agility (%) subsequent to the lyppp intervention was 11.5 ± 13.031 with p = 0.01. no particular change was observed in visual acuity, visualisation, vergence and sequencing after the interventions. the mean letters read for focussing increased by an average of 44 letters read across the team, which was a significant improvement. tracking and ice-cube tests also showed significant improvement. conclusion: the lyppp improved brain, health and skill-related fitness in the players. this intervention contributed to the netball team winning the south african tournament. therefore, due to the positive impact of the lyppp training, there is potential for this method of training to become more commonly used for the benefit of sports team performance and outcomes. mailto:peet.dutoit@up.ac.za k4: the effects of the covid-19 lockdown on physical, mental, and emotional parameters among regular sports persons habib noorbhai1, amaarah khan1, ammaarah patel1 faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg1 habibn@uj.ac.za background: the covid-19 pandemic rapidly spread throughout the world which resulted in a lockdown that was implemented in south africa on the 26th of march 2020. as a result, it affected the lives of many people, including sportspersons. the purpose of this study was to understand the physical, mental and emotional adaptations that regular sportspersons had to conduct under lockdown regulations. methodology: this was a mixed-methods study in which analytical research methods were employed. a survey (adapted from a fitness and wellness questionnaire) composed on google forms was used for this study. this questionnaire included questions about the participants’ (n = 100) physical and mental well-being throughout the lockdown period. questionnaires were distributed via an online link over social platforms (whatsapp, instagram, twitter, and via email). these answers were exported through an automatically generated microsoft excel spreadsheet which was then retrieved by the researchers for analysis. a thematic analysis was also used to identify common themes and stated results of the data. the normality tests used were the kolmogorov-smirnov test as well as the shapiro-wilk test for statistical analysis, using spss (version 27, ibm). the level of significance was set at p<0.05. results: participants partook in cardiovascular training, flexibility training, strength training, and bodybuilding exercises (pre-lockdown). during the lockdown, more than 74% of the participants had adequate training space, equipment and time to perform physical activity but more than 43% of these participants experienced a decrease in flexibility, muscle mass, and muscle strength. exercise was used as a form of stress relief by 77.1% of participants throughout the lockdown. however, participants who used exercise as a form of stress relief continued to experience an increase in stress throughout the lockdown period. conclusion: the outcomes of this study showed that the covid-19 lockdown had an adverse effect on the overall health and well-being of most sportspersons. other outcomes included the effects of inactivity, diet and sleep (deprivation) on the body. the extent of such effects could have been further explored by the researchers. due to social distancing, physiological and morphological measurements could not be conducted which would have yielded further insights into the study population. mailto:habibn@uj.ac.za l1: effects of social context on handgrip strength performance among less active people living with hiv dr laura gray1, prof fabienne d'arripe-longueville2, dr maxime deshayes3, prof serge s. colson2 phasrec, north west university1, lamhess, université côte d'azur2, papsa, université de nîmes, apsyv3 laura.liora.gray@gmail.com background: despite the multiple benefits of physical activity (pa) people living with hiv (plhiv) remain insufficiently active. as nonexercisers are perceived as less healthy, less active and less strong, it is likely that plhiv would be subject to the social context they are exposed to. based on the stereotype threat theory, this study looked to explain the effect of the emerging nonexerciser stereotype on handgrip strength performance among less active plhiv. we also looked to observe the moderating role of selfefficacy in the relationship between stereotype activation and performance. methodology: eighteen plhiv were recruited to participate in two experimental sessions in which both a stereotypical context and self-efficacy were manipulated. participants performed, in two randomized testing sessions (i.e., high self-efficacy and low self-efficacy), a handgrip task comprising a 15-s fatiguing maximal voluntary isometric contraction (mvc) exercise preceded (pre) and followed (post) by 5-s mvcs. in each session, four experimental conditions (i.e., control 1; control 2; stereotypical; selfefficacy) were performed. results: a significant performance decrease of the 15-s fatiguing mvc exercise was systematically observed when the nonexerciser stereotype was induced (0.010.05). the prevalence of overweight and obesity was 20.3% and 47.8%, respectively. the subjects have low (18.8%) and higher (75.4%) pal. bmi was positively correlated with fat (r=0.827; p<0.001) and negatively correlated with acr (r=-0.415; p<0.001). the acr was also negatively correlated with mvpa (r=-0.263; p<0.05). conclusion: the prevalence of cardiovascular health risk factors sense to be evident in older adult women, independent of the residential area of maputo city. mailto:dacajunior@gmail.com m2: habitual physical activity in children and young from urban and rural areas of mozambique gomes nhaca1, timoteo daca1, antonio prista1 physical activity and health research group, faculty of physical education and sports, pedagogical university of maputo, mozambique1 nhacagomes@gmail.com background: studies are showing that habitual physical activity (hpa) of children and young people is drastically reducing in different areas in mozambique, with repercussions for the quality of life and wellbeing. aim: the aim of this study was to evaluate and compare the hpa of children and young living in rural and urban areas. methodology: a total of 3 422 children and young (boys= 49.9%; girls=50.1%) aged 6 to 17 years from urban centre (urb = 52.3%), a rural area (rur=23.4%) and an island (ila=24.3%) regions were evaluated. the body mass index (bmi) was calculated and the habitual physical activity (hpa) was estimated by the questionnaire (prista et al 2000). subjects’ body composition (bc) was classified by bmi (low, normal, overweight and obese). levels of activity were compared by activity scores the dimensions of domestic activities (dom), games (gam) sports (spo), walking (wal), watching tv (wtv) and total activity (tot). one-way anova and independent t-test were used for comparisons. results: prevalence of body composition were low=8.7%, normal=82.3%, overweight=5.6% and obese=3.1%. bmi were higher in urb subjects (urb=18.4±3.5; rur=16.4±2.3 and ila=17.3±3.1; p=0.001). time spent by activity domains was different by region group. rur subjects performed more time in dom than urb and ila (43.7±24.1 vs 12.3±11.2 and 30.3±18.9; p=0.001). ila subjects play more gam (37.2±21.1 vs 22.5±14.7 and 24.6 ±18.2; p=0.001) and walk (14.6 ±3.8 vs 12.3±3.9 and 9.0 ±4.3; p=0.001) than rur and urb. time in spo was higher in urb and ila than rur (17.1+14.9 vs 17.4 + 20.1 and 9.2+9.3; p=0.001). the tot coefficients were higher in ila, followed by rur and urb (99.6±44.4 vs 87.7±34.4 and 63.4±31.9; p=0.001). concerning gender, girls outperform boys in tot (79.6+39.7 vs 77.5+38.7; p=0.039). conclusion: patterns and intensities of energy expenditures are strongly influenced by the area of residence of children and youth in mozambique. mailto:nhacagomes@gmail.com m3: physical activity levels of adult male and female from a peri-urban area of maputo-mozambique jorge uate1, ivalda macicano2, timoteo daca1, antonio prista1 physical activity and health research group, faculty of physical education and sports, pedagogical university of maputo, mozambique1, national institute of health, mozambique2 uateja@gmail.com background: risk factors for cardiovascular diseases are associated with gender and physical activity. studies in this topic in peri-urban african settings are scarce. aims: the aim of this study was to compare the activity levels between adult males and females living in “polana caniço”, a peri-urban area of maputo, mozambique. methodology: a total of 144 adults (males= 46.5%; females=53.5%; age=31.5+11.9 years) participated in the study. body mass index (bmi) was calculated from height and weight and physical activity level (pal) was estimated by an accelerometer, used for seven consecutive days. time in sedentary (spa), light (lpa) and moderate to vigorous physical activity (mvpa) were determined by accelerometer data. results: percentage of overweight subjects were higher in females (males=13.4%; females=17.1%; p<0.05) as well as obesity (males= 6.0%; females=22.4% ; p<0.05). average daily time in sedentary activities were significantly higher in females (males=9 894±5 248; females=11 887±9 017; p=0.002), while males spent more time in mvpa (males=42.8±32.3 and females = 18.7±14.0; p=0.001). the percentage of those who accomplished 60 minutes or higher time in mvpa was higher in males (25.4%) than in females( 1.3%). conclusion: prevalence of overweight, obesity and insufficient physical activity are already at a concern levels being higher in females. mailto:uateja@gmail.com m4: effects of the emerging non exerciser stereotype on performance on a fatiguing task in active and less active healthy young adults laura gray1, maxime deshayes2, serge s. colson3, fabienne d'arripe-longueville3, corentin clémentguillotin3 phasrec, north west university1, papsa, université de nîmes, apsy-v2, lamhess, université côte d'azur3 laura.liora.gray@gmail.com background: perceptions of active and inactive people are conveyed by society and a nonexerciser stereotype has emerged. past research has focused on information formation with nonexercisers perceived, by both exercising and non-exercising people, as less healthy, less energetic, unfit, less strong and weaker. we know, however, that stereotype threat can contribute to the underperformance of individuals belonging to a range of negatively stereotyped groups and in several domains. furthermore, fatigue is an important indicator of performance. the present study sought to observe the effect of the nonexerciser stereotype on performance in a fatiguing task. methodology: we used physical activity questionnaires to recruit and compare 13 male nonexercisers and 13 male exercisers’ performance on the fatiguing task, consisting of executing intermittent contractions until exhaustion. participants completed a familiarisation session as well as stereotypical and nullified sessions. results: a significant condition main effect (i.e., nullified and stereotypical) was shown, f(1, 24) = 40.42, p < .001, η2 = .63. indeed, this condition main effect was contrary to classic stereotype threat effects, as nonexercisers under stereotype threat improved their performance as revealed by increased time to exhaustion on the fatiguing task. exercisers also increased their performance when under stereotype threat, in line with the stereotype lift effect. a significant condition main effect also appeared for the rate of perceived exertion (rpe) slope, f(1, 24) = 6.88, p = .015, η2 = .23. the rpe increase was greater in the nullified condition as compared to the stereotypical condition. conclusion: these valuable results observed for rate rpe allow to suggest that rpe could be a mechanism through which performance on a fatiguing task may be affected. furthermore, this study is encouraging, in that it revealed that nonexercisers’ performance on a prolonged fatiguing task was not decreased by the negative nonexerciser stereotype. mailto:laura.liora.gray@gmail.com sajsm 477.indd original research sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 109 objective. to determine whether a relationship exists between the functional movement analysis (fma) score and lower-body injury rates in high-performance adolescent female football players. method. observations included a baseline fma score and medical injury reports. data were collected from 24 players’ injury and illness records over a 38-week training period. all football injuries requiring medical attention (including stiffness, strains, contusions and sprains) and/or the removal from a session, leading to training restriction, were included in the study. off-season weeks were excluded. pearson’s product-moment correlation coefficient was calculated to assess the strength of the linear relationship between the fma score and the number of medical visits, and between the number of medical visits and the number of training-restriction days. results. there was no evidence of a relationship between the fma score and injury risk in teenage female football players (r=0.016; p=0.940). a strong indication of a cyclical season in the training schedule was noticed over the 38-week study period. a substantive negative correlation (r=-0.911; p=0.032) was seen in the number of medical visits compared with the training-restriction days. injuries during two peak periods could have resulted from overuse, increased training load, stress and overtraining. conclusion. it could not be shown that a high fma score was associated with a lower risk of injury. the ultimate goal is thus to reduce recurrent injury in players with a high fma count. the regular medical visits observed suggest that player condition is maintained by means of reducing injury and managing training-restriction days. our findings are in accordance with previous studies in terms of the lower limb being the most frequent region of injury, specifically the knee. this study supports previous suggestions that it is essential to develop a prevention strategy to measure trauma and recovery. s afr j sm 2013;25(4):109-113. doi:10.7196/sajsm.477 the relationship between functional movement analysis and lowerbody injury rates in adolescent female football players d c janse van rensburg, md; a jansen van rensburg, msc; p c zondi, mb chb; s hendricks, ba (hons) sport science; c c grant, phd; l fletcher, phd section sports medicine, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: d c janse van rensburg (christa.jansevanrensburg@up.ac.za) football, one of the most popular team sports worldwide according to the fédération internationale de football association (fifa) survey of 2006, is increasing in popularity, especially among young female players. [1] this high participation rate also associates football with a high injury risk, especially in teenage players. numerous studies have found female players to be more prone to injury than their male counterparts.[2] this is especially true for youth players in competition, as they show a higher injury rate per match than their seniors.[3] although there have been epidemiological injury studies on female football in recent years, most of these focused on elite female players. [4] there are limited publications available on epidemiological injury records in adolescent female football players. in a 2001 2009 study by waldén et al.,[5] female football players showed a two-fold increase in injury incidents compared with their male counterparts in the same age group. emery[6] and söderman et al.,[7] performed two other studies on injury rates in female adolescent players, focusing on the 12 18and 14 19-year age groups, respectively. however, these studies looked only at injury prevalence over 3[6] and 7 months,[7] respectively, which may not be sufficient to attain reliable injury incidents, taking all factors of a long season into account. many of these injuries may have long-term consequences that include an extended phase of rehabilitation and inability to perform sports, as well as the possibility of incomplete recovery that could cause lasting disability for the injured player. understanding and identifying injury risk factors are essential to developing and improving methods to prevent injuries. [8] compensatory and incorrect movement tactics are often used by players in an effort to achieve higher performance. these improper actions may emphasise poor body movement patterns during play, resulting in injury. in 2003, the fifa medical and research centre (f-marc)[9] developed a structured training programme, ‘the 11’, aimed at amateur players aged 13 17 years and focused on core stability, lower-extremity strength, neuromuscular control and agility. the objective of this programme was to prevent or lessen injury and thereby possibly enhance performance. a review of the original programme confirmed the potential to decrease injuries, but compelling evidence was not obtained due to poor compliance. revisions to ‘the 11’ in 2008, and later in 2010, improved the efficacy of the intervention, with research showing a 30% reduction in the risk for minor injuries, and as much as a 50% reduction in the risk for severe injuries such as anterior cruciate ligament (acl) sprains.[10] as with standard warm-up exercises, this programme should be performed at least twice a week at the start of each training session. another warm-up prevention programme that has been shown to reduce injuries significantly, specifically non110 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 contact acl injuries, is the prevent injury, enhance performance (pep) programme developed by the santa monica orthopaedic and sports medicine research foundation. this programme has been shown to reduce acl injuries by up to 60 89%. however, 6 8 weeks of consistency is required for these changes to be effective.[11] other intervention programmes have also been shown to reduce injury risks in athletes, if implemented appropriately. the functional movement screen (fms) is a validated and reliable screening tool consisting of seven different exercises that highlight any functional or biomechanical limitations during specific movement sequences.[8] the athlete is scored from 0 to 3 depending on how well the movement is executed, with 3 being the best. an athlete with a functional limitation or weakness will have a lower total fms score and is at increased risk of injury when participating in sport. the fms was designed by cook et al.[12] to assess the balance of mobility and stability required to perform essential movements. the movements require specific neuromuscular co-ordination in a range of occupational and physical tasks. use of the fms score as a baseline for correcting movement in a rehabilitative setting could remove the primary injury risk factor in predicting performance durability or subsequent injuries.[13] these scores could be used during pre-season or baseline sports physicals to identify athletes with pain or movement limitations before the athletic season commences. researched factors for injuries include poor mobility, stability, core strength and asymmetries.[8] the functional movement analysis (fma) programme is based on the fms,[12] and is designed to evaluate the functional movement ability of an athlete off the field. additional movements are included for further assessment of posture and pelvic stability. to differentiate from the fms, the assessment scoring system has also been adapted from 1 to 4 to allow a better reflection of the different competencies, and to monitor improvements of functional movement more effectively. a training team of 24 adolescent female football players was the target group in this study. the group represented a high-performance squad recruited by national selectors at various tournaments throughout south africa. the players were selected based on football skill and athletic potential. they were housed at a high-performance unit, where they received coaching and conditioning by national trainers and had unlimited access to sports science and medical interventions. the objective of this study was to examine the correlation between fma score and lower-body injury rates in adolescent female football players aged 13 18 years over a 38-week training period. methods population this was a descriptive pilot study based on the results of the highperformance programme of the 2012 safa/lotto basetsana football academy at the university of pretoria in south africa. twenty-four adolescent female football players participated in the investigation. the players, aged 13 18 years, were assigned over a 38-week training period (january to september 2012). this period coincided with the athletes’ respective training and tournament season. it excluded the off-season period of october december 2012. injuries and illnesses injury and illness surveillance included assessment by doctors and physiotherapists. players had free access to the medical staff at all times. attention was given to all football injuries requiring medical attention (including stiffness, strains, contusions and sprains) and/or the removal from a session, leading to training restriction. procedures at the start of the study, height, weight and body mass index (bmi) were determined. observations included a baseline fma score and medical injury reports. participants qualified for inclusion in the study if they participated in regular physical activity at a competitive level. participants were excluded if they used any orthotic device or joint aid (e.g. knee brace), or reported any recent (<6 weeks) musculoskeletal or head injury likely to have an impact on fitness performance on the fma. athletes received a zero score if pain was related to any part of the tests. the fma analysis is an adaptive version of the fms as described by cook et al.,[12] and entails ten movement assessments: posture, flexibility, shoulder mobility, one-legged squat, one-legged jump, overhead jump, lunge, rotational stability, trunk stability and bridging. the scoring system on the fma assessment ranges from 1 to 4, with 4 being the best possible score. the best total score that can be achieved on the fma is 40. intra-tester reliability has been shown to be most reliable when testing is performed by one person with a minimum of 6 months of experience in addition to clinical experience.[14] therefore, in this study, only one tester was used, with 5 6 years of experience in the fms testing procedure. statistical analysis the pearson product-moment correlation coefficient, r – a measure of the linear association between two variables – was used to quantify the relationship between fma and the total number of medical visits, as well as the relationship between the total number of medical visits and training-restriction days. the level of significance was set at the conventional p≤0.05. results during the 38-week study period, 24 players were evaluated (table 1). the overall weight, height, age and bmi of the participants compared well with those of player groups used in similar reported studies. the fma score rated average according to the fma score card. during the 38-week study period, 15 of the 24 players reported a total of 38 medical visits. a high number of medical visits was not only observed in players with a low fma score, but across a wide range of fma scores (fig. 1). pearson’s correlational analysis confirmed a non-significant relationship (r=0.016; p=0.940) between fma and the number of medical visits. two distinctive peaks were evident in the number of medical visits during march and august: 13 and 9, respectively (fig. 2). a slight increase and a definite drop in medical visits was evident in the months preceding and following the peak periods. fig. 3 depicts that the documented training-restriction days and the sum of medi cal visits peaked simultaneously during the months of march and august. the elevated training-restriction peak in march was evidently preceded by a slight increase in february and a gradual decline in april. pearson’s correlational analysis confirmed a significant relationship (p=0.032; r=-0.911) between the reported number of sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 111 medical visits and the number of trainingrestriction days. training restriction was placed mainly on injuries in the knee, foot and ankle regions (fig. 4). however, during the 38-week period, the knee followed by the lower leg, thigh, lower back and hip accounted for the highest incidence of injury. although injuries were high in the lower leg, thigh, lower back and hip area, no training restrictions were documented. injuries in these areas can therefore be considered less serious than in the foot and ankle regions, where training restrictions were recorded. the mechanism of injury, in particular ‘overuse’ and ‘forced extension’, peaked during the months of march, and ‘overuse’ peaked again in august (fig. 5). overuse was graded as a gradual-onset injury, while forced extension, fl exion and rotation, and blunt injury were categorised as acute-onset injuries. muscle stiff ness and strains accounted for 16 injuries (28% each) and were the most frequent occurring specific injury types identifi ed. other injury types were sprains (17%) and contusions (10%). discussion th ere was no signifi cant correlation between fma score and injury risk in the players. however, a strong negative correlation (r=-0.911; p=0.032) was found between the number of medical visits and the trainingrestriction days. a strong indication of a cyclical season in the training schedule was noticed during the 38-week period. lowerbody injuries in these two peak periods could have resulted from overuse, increased training load, stress and overtraining. in previous studies, a lower fms score had a predictive ability and was a predisposing factor for injury in male participants in active military service,[15] as well as in male athletes in american football.[8] the same is true for female athletes, although not necessarily female football athletes, with very few studies in this regard. [13] further studies, such as this one, are warranted to determine fms scores and injury prevalence among young female athletes. previous research has confirmed that the screen ing of movement patterns can readily identify functional limitations and asymmetries, and can be used to lower injuries in high performers.[8] in the current study, the fma as a score card was assessed relative to the number of recorded medical visits among the football players. however, the correlational analysis did not substantiate that a high fma score would directly lead to fewer medical injuries. th e number of medical visits and trainingrestriction days peaked during the months of march and august. th is could indicate a cyclical season in the training schedule of the players, during which injuries could have resulted from overuse, increased training load, stress and overtraining. th e trainingtable 1. baseline physical characteristics of female participants (13 18 years) (n=24) age (years), mean (±sd) body weight (kg), mean (±sd) height (cm), mean (±sd) bmi (kg/m2), mean (±sd) fma score, mean (±sd) total medical visits, n players who reported medical visits, n total training restriction days, n study period (weeks) 15.7 (±1.3) 54.9 (±9.04) 164.0 (±5.95) 20.3 (±2.61) 29.5 (±2.9) 38 15 29 38 fma = functional movement analysis. 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 m ed ic al v is its (n =3 8) v . f m a sc or e participants (age 13 18 years) (n=24), n fma medical visits 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 fig. 1. number of medical visits in the 38-week study period v. total fma score. 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 ja n months in 2012 (38 weeks) m ed ic al v is it s, n (n = 38 ) fe b m ar a p r m ay ju n ju l a u g se p fig. 2. number of medical visits over the 38-week study period. 112 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 restriction peaks could also have been due to the fact that many of the players represented their respective u17 and u20 national teams during the same year. it has been shown that it is during competition where most incidences of injuries in female footballers occur.[3] th e specifi c time-frame of this research coincided with the respective training and tournament seasons of the players, stretching over a 38week period. baseline training and fitness occurred during january and february. more sport-specifi c skills training with increased load (i.e. quality and quantity specific) commenced in march, with mid-week and weekend matches in august. the study period excluded the off -season segment of 3 months. the fact that a strong, negative correlation was found between the number of medical visits and training-restriction days further indicates that regular medical visits may maintain player condition in reducing injury and managing total restriction days. injuries in football players have signifi cant implications, not only in relation to future participation in physical activity, but also in future morbidity and mortality related to physical inactivity. th erefore, the reduction of injuries is critical. injury prevention or a protective intervention training programme will help to lower football-related injuries. according to emery et al.,[16] the risk of injury in youth indoor football players can be reduced by more than one-third with a football-specifi c neuromuscular training programme. also with football being a team sport and players required to be at a high level of performance for the season, variation in training should be considered. periodisation or fluctuation of high and low training loads (including changes in volume, intensity and strength training) within a small time-period, as well as balanced periods of rest and recovery, have proven to benefi t performance and reduce the risk of injury.[17] in this study, the knee was the most injured region followed by the lower leg, thigh, lower back and hip. th e lower leg, thigh, lower back and hip injuries were, however, less serious, since training restrictions were placed mainly on injuries of the knee, foot and ankle. th e knee, foot and ankle regions can therefore be considered to be highly vulnerable areas of the football player’s body, which may also lead to lengthy exercise-restriction periods in the event of injury. this is consistent with other studies listing the most common injury locations in female football players as the knee, ankle and thigh.[18] improved preparation and training, and a structured workout schedule with a specific area of focus, will ensure reduced training restraints of athletes.[19] months in 2012 (38 weeks) medical visits training-restriction days tr ai ni ng -r es tr ic ti on d ay s v. m ed ic al v is it s 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 ja n fe b m ar a pr m ay ju n ju l a ug se p fig. 3. number of medical visits v. training-restriction days over the 38-week study period. region count training-restriction days25 20 15 10 5 0 re gi on c ou nt /t ra in in g re st ri ct io n da ys region of injury h am st rin g q ua d g ro in a nk le o th er lo w er le g th ig h lo w er b ac k h ip kn ee fo ot fig. 4. region of injury v. training-restriction days in the 38-week study period. months in 2012 (38 weeks) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m ec h an is m o f i n ju ry overuse forced extension flex and rotation blunt injury other ja n fe b m ar a p r m ay ju n ju l a u g se p fig. 5. mechanism of injury over the 38-week study period. sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 113 the high rate of injury seen in a recurrent or increased pattern over specific months suggests the need for the implementation of a specific injury-prevention training approach. soligard et al.[10] in 2008 indicated that players, in particular young female football players, could only benefit from proper biomechanical technique and improved awareness exercises to lower the risk of injury. lerch et al.[20] is in agreement with this in his literature review demonstrating the effectiveness of injuryprevention programmes in female youth football players. due to the results of the mechanism of injury reported in this study showing overuse injuries as a peak, along with the suggestion of the cyclical seasoning in the training schedule of the players, it would be beneficial for the trainers to utilise different methods of quantifying training load – so as to provide a more quantitative measure of internal load on each player, to avoid overuse injuries and over-reaching.[21] while this will not affect performance,[22] it will allow for reliable internal load to be recorded and specific training prescription to be given accordingly,[23] which, in the long term, will assist in injury prevention and consequently player longevity. musculoskeletal injuries accounted for the majority of injuries in training. the most frequent occurring specific injury types were stiffness and strains. although sprains and contusions occurred less frequently, these specific injury types can also be classified as acute-onset injuries. thus, it seems that acute-onset injuries are a bigger concern than gradual-onset injuries. this varies, with previous research showing that young female footballers tended to sustain fewer strain injuries and an increased number of ligament injuries than their male counterparts of equivalent age.[24] conclusion it could not be shown that a high fma score was associated with a lower risk of injury. the ultimate goal will thus be to reduce recurrent injury in players with a high fma count. our results agree with previous studies in terms of the most frequent region of injury being the lower limb, specifically the knee. our study thus supports previous suggestions that it is essential to develop a prevention strategy to measure trauma and recovery. trainers, coaches and medical staff may well consider monitoring the female football-training programme, the training load, the duration of training as well as the matches and the psychosocial recovery (monitoring the stress and strain) of each player. due to the large variation between players, the individual variances over time are most substantial in relation to injury prevention. trainers need, therefore, to gain information on an individual basis to identify when a player has an increased risk of injury. if necessary, the training schedule can be adapted or interventions used in which players are educated to manage injury in a better manner. areas of future study include quantitative recording of the training programme to correlate high peak injury occurrences with high peak training cycles. recording and quantifying the internal load and recovery of players will allow future researchers to deduce more precise risk factors and trends for injury prevalence. while this study looked at the trends during a 38-week training period, it may be more reliable for future researchers to track similar trends over multiple seasons, allowing an intricate analysis into the cyclical training, season by season. increased intra-tester reliability for fms testing will strengthen future studies. acknowledgements. amy bathgate is acknowledged for assistance with data collection. references 1. fifa. fifa big count 2006: 270 million people active in football. http://www.fifa.com/ aboutfifa/media/newsid=529882.html (accessed 14 january 2013). 2. emery ca, meeuwisse wh, hartmann s. evaluation of risk factors for injury in adolescent soccer: implementation and validation of an injury surveillance system. am j sport med 2005;33:1882-1891. 3. junge a, dvorak j. injuries in female football players in top-level international tournaments. br j sports med 2007;41(suppl 1):i3-i7. 4. faude o, junge a, kindermann w, dvorak j. injuries in female soccer players: a prospective study in the german national league. am j sports med 2005;33(11):16941700. 5. waldén m, hägglund m, magnusson h, ekstrand j. anterior cruciate ligament injury in elite football: a prospective three-cohort study. knee surg sports traumatol arthrosc 2011;19(1):11-19. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00167-010-1170-9] 6. emery ca. injury prevention and future research. med sport sci 2005;49:170-191. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1159/000084289] 7. söderman k, adolphson j, lorentzon r, alfredson h. injuries in adolescent female players in european football: a prospective study over one outdoor soccer season. scand j med sci sports 2001;11(5):299-304. 8. kiesel k, plisky pj, voight m. can serious injury in professional football be predicted by a preseason functional movement screen? n am j sports phys ther 2007;2(3):147158. 9. f-marc. http://www.fifa.com/aboutfifa/footballdevelopment/medical/aboutus/ fmarc/index.html and http://www.fifa.com/mm/document/footballdevelopment/ medical/01/47/88/06/f-marcfootballforhealth.pdf (accessed 14 january 2013). 10. soligard t, nilstad a, steffen k, et al. compliance with a comprehensive warm-up programme to prevent injuries in youth football. br j sports med 2010;44(11):787793. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.070672] 11. mandelbaum br, silvers hj, watanabe ds, et al. effectiveness of a neuromuscular and proprioceptive training program in preventing anterior cruciate ligament injuries in female athletes: 2-year follow-up. am j sports med 2005;33(7):1003-1010. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546504272261] 12. cook g, burton l, hoogenboom b. pre-participation screening: the use of fundamental movements as an assessment of function part 1. n am j sports phys ther 2006;1(2):62-72. 13. chorba rs, chorba dj, bouillon le, overmyer ca, landis ja. use of a functional movement screening tool to determine injury risk in female collegiate athletes. n am j sports phys ther 2010;5(2):47-54. 14. gribble pa, brigle j, pietrosimone bg, pfile kr, webster ka. intrarater reliability of the functional movement screen. j strength cond res 2013;27(4):978-981. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e31825c32a8] 15. teyhen ds,  shaffer sw,  lorenson cl,  et al. the functional movement screen: a reliability study. j orthop sports phys ther 2012;42(6):530-540. 16. emery ca, meeuwisse wh. the effectiveness of a neuromuscular prevention strategy to reduce injuries in youth soccer: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. br j sports med 2010;44:555-562. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.074377] 17. lambert mi. periodisation and monitoring of overtraining in rugby players. http:// www.sarugby.co.za/boksmart/pdf/boksmart%20-%20periodisation%20and%20 monitoring%20of%20overtraining%20in%20rugby%20players.pdf (accessed 14 january 2014). 18. giza e, mithofer k, farrell l, zarins b, gill t. injuries in women’s professional soccer. br j sports med 2005;39(4):212-216. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2004.011973] 19. le gall f, carling c, reilly t. injuries in young elite female soccer players: an 8-season prospective study. am j sports med 2008;36(2):276-284. 20. lerch c, cordes m, baumeister j. effectiveness of injury prevention programs in female youth soccer: a systematic review. br j sports med 2011;45:359-359. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2011.084038.140] 21. alexiou h, coutts aj. a comparison of methods used for quantifying internal training load in women soccer players. int j sports physiol perform 2008;3(3):320-330. 22. brink ms, nederhof e, visscher c, schmikli sl, lemmink ka. monitoring load, recovery, and performance in young elite soccer players. j strength cond res 2010;24(3):597-603. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181c4d38b] 23. impellizzeri fm, rampinini e, coutts aj, sassi a, marcora sm. use of rpe-based training load in soccer. med sci sports exerc 2004;36(6):1042-1047. 24. junge a, cheung k, edwards t, dvorak j. injuries in youth amateur soccer and rugby players – comparison of incidence and characteristics. br j sports med 2004;38(2):168172. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2002.003020] introduction according to the federation of international football associations (fifa), in 2006 there were approximately 38 million registered soccer players and 226 unregistered occasional players in 207 member countries worldwide. the total number of soccer players has increased by 10% over a 6-year period. 1 taking the increased popularity of the game and the high expectations of the players into consideration, the number of injuries associated with soccer could be anticipated. 2 soccer carries a risk for fractures, sprains, dislocations and other injuries. according to the centers for disease control and prevention (cdc) 3 in the usa, soccer injuries in male players accounted for 4.6% and 3.8% of non-fatal, unintentional sportsand recreation-related injuries in the 15 -19-year and 20 24-year age groups, respectively. most soccer injuries involve the lower extremities, are mild to moderate, and are typically sprains or contusions. 2,4-8 morgan and oberlander 7 reported that 77% of injuries in major league soccer players in the usa involved the lower extremity, with the knee slightly more often affected than the ankle. several studies reported that more injuries occurred during matches than during practice. 2,7,8 an injury rate of 2.9 per 1 000 hours of practice, as opposed to 35.3 per 1 000 hours of match play, was noted by morgan and oberlander. 7 in a study of the epidemiology of soccer injuries conducted in nigeria, 2 it was found that strikers and defenders were most commonly injured, especially those playing in amateur leagues. the majority of injuries are sustained within the first month of a new season. kofotolis et al. 6 reported a 7 8 times higher rate of ankle original research article incidence of injuries among male soccer players in the first team of the university of the free state in the coca cola league – 2007/2008 season abstract objective. to determine the incidence, nature and severity of injuries among male soccer players in the first soccer team of the university of the free state (ufs) in the coca cola league during the 2007/2008 season. informed consent was obtained from the players and the study was approved by the ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences, ufs. design. a cohort descriptive study was conducted. setting. twenty-three league matches were attended, during which injury information was recorded on game sheets. main outcome measures. the injury type and site, the player game time, and the game period during which the injury occurred were recorded. follow-up questionnaires were completed for injured players. results. in 23 matches played, a total of 15 injuries were sustained by 10 players. the incidence of injuries per 1 000 hours game time was 39.5. more injuries occurred at the beginning of the season. midfield players were most often injured (53%). most injuries were minor (class 1 severity), and none exceeded class 3 severity. most injuries occurred in the first or fourth quarter of the game. knee and ankle injuries were the most common (27% and correspondence: dr nicolas theron super sport health and adventure club po box 20151 willows bloemfontein 9320 south africa tel: 27-51-448-1389 fax: 27-86-529-3148 e-mail: nicolast@iafrica.com robert bailey (mb chb student)1 louisa erasmus (mb chb student)1 laetitia lüttich (mb chb student)1 nicolas theron (mb chb, m fam med)2 gina joubert (ba, msc)3 1 school of medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the free state, bloemfontein 2 private practitioner, super sport health and adventure club, bloemfontein 3 department of biostatistics, faculty of health sciences, university of the free state, bloemfontein 47%, respectively), consisting mainly of sprains sustained while being tackled. conclusion. the most common soccer injuries incurred were to the lower extremity. the relatively low impact nature of the sport resulted in mild to moderate injuries. the incidence of injuries decreased as the season progressed. the results of this study were consistent with those of similar studies reporting the incidence of soccer injuries. sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 � � sajsm vol 19 no. � 2007 injuries during the first 2 months compared with the last month of the season. players with a history of previous injuries were also found to be more prone to sustaining further injuries. 6 the aims of our study were: (i) to determine the number of injuries incurred per 1 000 hours of game time in first team soccer players of the university of the free state (ufs); and (ii) to describe these injuries with regard to the age of the injured player, his position on the field, previous injuries and how recently these injuries were incurred, the area of the body where the injury was sustained, the mechanism of play, the period of the game when the injury occurred, and the nature and severity of the injury. methods the terms ‘football’ (i.e. not american football) and ‘soccer’ were regarded as synonyms. for the purpose of the study, ‘injury’ was defined as an injury that occurred during any of the soccer matches observed during the study, resulting in the participant being out of the competition on the day of the injury, or causing the player to miss any practices or matches after the day of the injury. ‘incidence’ was defined as the number of new injuries per 1 000 match hours. match time did not include warm-up exercises before the match. a cohort descriptive study was conducted. the study population consisted of male soccer players who played for the first team of the ufs during the 2007/2008 season. only players actively participating in the match on the field were included. when any replacement player had to go onto the field, his playing time was included in the study. no sample selection was performed. every player fulfilling the inclusion criteria was requested to voluntarily participate in the study. the ufs first team was selected for the study as they participated in the coca cola league and played matches on a regular basis. twenty-three matches played geographically close to bloemfontein from august 2007 to january 2008 were covered by the study. the target population included 16 players, of whom 11 were members of the first team and 5 were replacement players (reserves) participating in any of the 23 matches. the estimated game time was 379.5 hours, calculated by 11 players x 23 games x 90 minutes per game. the information of players sustaining an injury during the time period in which the study was conducted, was recorded on specially designed game sheets. two researchers attended each game and compiled separate game sheets, which were compared after the match to detect if there were any discrepancies. a follow-up questionnaire containing a data capture sheet was administered in the form of a structured interview. the follow-up interviews were all conducted within 1 month of a player sustaining an injury. the reliability of the information obtained by the game sheets and follow-up interview depended of the accuracy of the recorded information by the researchers. the severity of the injury was classified according to the amount of game or practice time the player lost as a result of his injury. table i shows the classification of the severity of injuries, 9 grade 1 being a minor injury and grade 5 a serious injury. table i. classification of the severity of injuries 9 classification amount of time missed 1 not being able to finish the match owing to injury 2 missing up to 1 week of play 3 missing up to 6 weeks of play 4 missing 6 weeks 6 months of play 5 missing ≥6 months of play fig. 1. distribution of injuries per month throughout the course of the season. 8 1 4 2 0 0 2 0.3 0.5 0.4 0 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 augus t september october november decem ber january month n u m b er o f in ju ri es total injuries mean number of injuries per game fig. 1. distribution of injuries per month throughout the course of the season. fig. 2. distribution of injuries per quarter of the game. 4 2 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 1st 2nd 3rd 4th quarter of the game n u m b er o f in ju ri es fig. 2. distribution of injuries per quarter of the game. fig. 3. body areas affected by injuries sustained. 1 1 4 7 2 0 2 4 6 8 shoulder thigh knee ankle other (nose, genitals) n u m b er o f in ju ri es fig. 3. body areas affected by injuries sustained. � sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 the ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences, ufs, granted approval to perform the research. permission was also obtained from the vice-rector: student affairs, ufs, and the coach of the first soccer team. information regarding the objectives of the study was given to the coach and the players, and each player gave written consent to participate. all data gathered in the study were kept confidential. in order to test the methodology of the proposed investigation, a pilot study was performed on 2 matches played in august 2007 by the female first soccer team of the ufs after approval had been obtained from the coach, players and ethics committee. before each game, a complete list of players and their jersey numbers was obtained from the coach for that particular match. all information gathered by the study was treated confidentially. a record of all the players’ names and numbers on the back of their jerseys was kept safe and was only accessed by the researchers for the purpose of the study. results in 23 matches played, a total of 15 injuries were sustained by 10 players. two players sustained 3 injuries each, 1 player sustained 2 injuries, and 7 players sustained 1 injury each. no injuries occurred in 14 of the matches, 1 injury occurred in 5 matches, 2 injuries in 2 matches, and 2 matches were played in which 3 injuries occurred in each. the total and mean number of injuries per match occurring per month are shown in fig. 1. the highest number of injuries occurred during the first month of matches being played, with a steady decline in both the total and mean number of injuries per match each month as the season progressed. with regard to the position of the injured player on the field, 8 (54%) injuries occurred in midfielders, 3 (20%) each in forward and defence position players and 1 (7%) in the goalkeeper. the median age of the injured players was 22 years (minimum 20 years, maximum 35 years). twelve of the 15 injuries (80%) were classified as grade 1 severity injuries, with the injured player not being able to complete the match. two injuries (13%) resulted in the players missing up to 1 week of play (grade 2 severity), while 1 player sustained an injury of grade 3 severity and had to withdraw from play for 6 weeks. no injuries classified as grade 4 and 5 severity were incurred. the period of the game in which the injuries occurred is shown in fig. 2. most injuries occurred in the fourth quarter (5), first quarter (4), and third quarter (4) of the match. during the study, no red card was issued against a player, i.e. there were always 11 players on the field, and no extra time was played. the incidence of injuries per 1 000 hours game time was calculated as 39.5 (15 injuries x 100 ÷ 379.5 game hours). most injuries were sustained to the ankle (47%) and the knee (27%). the body areas affected by the injuries are shown in fig. 3, while fig. 4 shows the mechanism of play during which injuries were suffered. almost half of the injuries (7/15) were incurred when the player was being tackled by an opponent. nine of the 15 injuries incurred were sprains, while bruises and dislocations were sustained twice each, and cramping and bleeding once each. two of the 15 injured players had a history of previous injuries, both sprains. one player’s injury was sustained in the preceding week; he did not seek medical attention. his new injury involved the knee. the other player had sustained a sprain in the preceding month for which he received medical treatment. the new injury sustained was a dislocation of the patella. both players were being tackled when the new injuries occurred. discussion more injuries were sustained at the beginning of the season. an increase in the players’ fitness levels could explain the decline in the occurrence of injuries towards the end of the season. kofotolis et al. 6 reported that the incidence of injuries was significantly higher during the first 2 months of the season compared with the last month. players who were involved in more intense contact situations, e.g. midfielders and defenders, were more prone to injury than players in other positions on the field. the correlation between a player’s position and the occurrence of injuries is supported by findings reported in the literature, stating that players in contact positions, such as defenders, 2,6 were more prone to injury. the observation that most of the injuries were of grade 1 severity and no injury exceeded grade 3 severity, could be ascribed to the relative lack of impact and low-impact nature of the game, i.e. no scrums, rucks (loose scrums) and mauls as in rugby. azubuike and okojie 2 also reported that most soccer injuries were of a moderate nature. on the other hand, compared with injuries sustained from running and racquet sports, soccer injuries were found to be more serious. 4 kofotolis et al. 6 reported that more than 60% of injuries were observed towards the end of each half of the game. in our study, however, similar rates of injury were observed in the first, third and fourth quarters of the game, where first-quarter injuries could possibly have been attributed to improper warm-up exercises, and fourth quarter injuries to player fatigue. because of the nature of the sport, it was not surprising that the two body areas most frequently affected by injury were the ankle (47%) and the knee (27%). in soccer there is also a low level of contact/impact, which could explain why most of the injuries were sprains (60%) and considered as minor injuries. this study confirmed that injuries sustained by soccer players mainly involve the lower extremity, and that less serious injuries occur owing to the low-impact nature of the sport. the researchers expected to find that players who had previously been injured and had not received medical attention would be more fig. 4. mechanism of play carried out when injury occurred. 3 7 3 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 dribbling being tackled tackling another player making a save number of injuries fig. 4. mechanism of play carried out when injury occurred. sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 � prone to injury than those without a history of injury. however, the results showed that this was not necessarily the case, as seen in the 2 injured players who had a history of previous injury. ideally, one should have considered all the games played by all the teams in the coca cola league, including practice sessions, warm-up exercises and matches. this was, however, not feasible owing to time, and financial and manpower constraints. for future studies of this nature, it is recommended that a larger research team conduct the investigation, and that a larger cohort of participants is included. furthermore, medical personnel should be available at all matches for sideline evaluation and confirmation of injuries sustained by players. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank mr m mohape, coach of the male first soccer team of the ufs, members of the ufs first soccer team playing in the coca cola league, who participated in this study, and ms daleen struwig, medical writer, faculty of health sciences, ufs, for technical and editorial preparation of the manuscript for publication. references 1. federation for international football associations (fifa). fifa big count 2006: 270 million people active in football (http://www.fifa. com/mm/document/fifafacts/bcoffsurv/bigcount.statspackage_7024.pdf (accessed 17 november 2008)). 2. azubuike os, okojie ho. epidemiology of soccer injuries in benin city, nigeria. br j sports med 2008; 23 october (epub ahead of print. http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18927169 (accessed 13 november 2008)). 3. centers for disease control and prevention (cdc). nonfatal sportsand recreation-related injuries treated in emergency departments – usa, july 2000 june 2001. mmwr 2000;51:736-740. 4. fong dt, man cy, yung ps, cheung sy, chan km. sport-related ankle injuries attending an accident and emergency department. injury 2008;39:1222-1227. 5. hägglund m, waldén m, ekstrand j. injuries among male and female elite football players. scand j med sci sports 2008; 13 october (epub ahead of print. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18980604 (accessed 13 november 2008)). 6. kofotolis nd, kellis e, vlachopoulos sp. ankle sprain injuries and risk factors in amateur soccer players during a 2-year period. am j sports med 2007;35:458-466. 7. morgan be, oberlander ma. an examination of injuries in major soccer league. the inaugural season. am j sports med 2001;29:426-430. 8. yard ee, schroeder mj, fields sk, collins cl, comstock rd. the epidemiology of united states high school soccer injuries, 2005-2007. am j sports med 2008;36:1930-1937. 9. van mechelen w. the severity of sports injuries. sports med 1997;24:176180. � sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 the south african journal of sports medicine the editor the south african journal of sports medicine po box 115, newlands, 7725 tel: (021) 650-4558 fax: (021) 686-7530 e-mail: mike.lambert@uct.ac.za article submissions: www.sajsm.org.za plagiarism policy: www.sajsm.org.za/index.php/sajsm/about/editorialpolicies the views expressed in individual articles and advertising material are the personal views of the authors and are not necessarily shared by the editors, the advertisers or the publishers. no articles may be reproduced without the written consent of the publishers. editor prof. mike lambert university of cape town editorial board dr kerith aginsky university of the witwatersrand dr theresa burgess university of cape town dr richard de villiers drs van wageningen and partners, somerset west dr lize havemann-nel north west university dr christa janse van rensburg university of pretoria dr louis holtzhausen university of the free state prof. frank marino charles sturt university, australia dr babette pluim royal netherlands lawn tennis association, the netherlands publisher health and medical publishing group 28 main road, rondebosch, 7700 private bag x1, pinelands, 7430 tel: (021) 681-7200 hmpg editor-in-chief janet seggie deputy editor bridget farham editorial systems manager melissa raemaekers scientific editor kerry gordon technical editors emma buchanan, paula van der bijl art director brent meder dtp/layout anelia du plessis, carl sampson production assistant neesha hassan head of publishing robert arendse head of sales and marketing diane smith | tel: (012) 481-2069 contents editorial 3 a phase of consolidation before moving forward again m lambert original research 4 common acute and chronic musculoskeletal injuries among female adolescent field hockey players in kwazulu-natal, south africa t j ellapen, k bowyer, h j van heerden 9 collagen gene interactions and endurance running performance k o’connell, m posthumus, m collins 15 steps that count! a feasibility study of a pedometer-based, healthpromotion intervention in an employed, south african population j d pillay, t l kolbe-alexander, k i proper, w van mechelen, e v lambert 20 micro-oscillations in positive and negative affect during competitive laboratory cycle time trials – a preliminary study c rhoden, j west, a renfree, m corbett, a st clair gibson 26 the prevalence of self-reported neck pain in rugby union players in gauteng province e d watson, r-l hodge, m gekis 32 cpd questionnaire volume 26 | number 1 | april 2014 mailto:mike.lambert@uct.ac.za http://www.sajsm.org.za http://www.sajsm.org.za/index.php/sajsm/about/editorialpolicies original research 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 the prevalence, risk factors predicting injury and the severity of injuries sustained during competition in professional mixed martial arts in africa s venter,1 msc; d c janse van rensburg,1 md; l fletcher,3 phd; c c grant,1 phd 1section sports medicine, faculty of health science, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 2institute for sports research, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 3department of statistics, faculty of natural & agricultural sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: s venter (drventer@yahoo.com) mixed martial arts (mma) is a full-contact, unarmed combat sport that allows striking and grappling techniques.[1] this includes karate, jeet-kune-do, kung-fu, muay-thai, boxing, kickboxing, judo, taekwando, ninjitsu, wrestling, jiu-jitsu and brazilian jiu jitsu (bjj). mma has evolved into a sport represented by numerous bodies around the world.[2] the ultimate fighting championship (ufc) based in america is regarded as the world dominant mma platform. in 1996, arizona senator john mccain described mma as “human cockfighting”, and sent letters to the governors of all fifty usa states asking them to ban the event. thirty-six states banned the “no-holds-barred” fighting. in response to all the criticism, the ufc redesigned its rules to remove the unpalatable elements of the fights, while retaining the core elements of striking and grappling. this lead to the creation and implementation of the new jersey state athletic control board’s unified rules[3] in november 2000, which are obeyed in most professional regulated mma competitions around the world. these rules, aimed at increasing the safety of competitors, helped promote the mainstream acceptance of the sport. mma in africa is regulated by the international mixed martial arts federation (immaf) [4], and the unified rules apply to efc africa. mma competitions have male and female divisions, each with their own weight divisions. competitors wear compulsory safety gear (4 ounce or 113.4g gloves, mouth guard and groin protector). fights take place in a three m2 hexagon/ring fenced in area. this area has a 2.5 cm padded floor and two entrances. all exposed metal is covered. competitors have to pass a basic medical examination and screening tests for human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) and hepatitis. normally fights consist of three 5-minute rounds with a one-minute rest period between rounds. however, championship bouts consist of five 5-minute rounds. a qualified referee oversees the mma fight and can use his/her discretion to stop the fight. during the fight, all rules need to be adhered to and if disobeyed, may result in disqualification. the rules ban headbutting, eye-gouging, fish-hooking, groin attacks, fingers into orifices/lacerations, small joint manipulation, 90 degree elbows, blows to the back of the head, blows to the kidney with the heel, throat strikes and grabbing of the trachea/clavicle, kicking/kneeing the head of a grounded opponent, stomping a grounded opponent, and spiking an opponent to the canvas on his head/neck. a fighter can win a match in different ways: submission (verbal/tap out); knockout (ko); technical knockout (tko); or decision via scorecards. the fight can also be declared a draw, disqualification, forfeit, technical draw/decision or no contest. ten competitions are hosted in south africa every year by the efc. more than 300 athletes have competed at efc africa since its inception in 2009. despite the popularity of mma in africa there is no information about the prevalence, severity and risk background: professional mixed martial arts (mma) has gained international popularity. no african-based studies have reported the prevalence or severity of injuries, risk factors associated with injuries or return-to-play (rtp) time. objectives: to determine the prevalence of injuries and associated risk factors, as well as severity of injuries sustained by professional male mma athletes competing at the extreme fighting championships africa (efc africa) from 2010 to 2014. methods: permission to do the study and the medical records of all professional events (2010 – 2014) were obtained from efc africa. data were obtained from 173 male competitors aged 18 to 44 years, who had participated in 300 professional mma fights. results from this prospective cohort study were compared to a similar study done in the united states of america (usa). an injury was defined as any damage to an athlete’s body that needed the attention of the ringside physician. statistical analyses included descriptive statistics and a stepwise logistic regression. odds of an injury were predicted with six independent variables: fight outcome, age, weight division, number of fights, injuries in the preceding fight and years of fighter experience. results: head, face and neck injuries were most common (22%), followed by traumatic brain injuries (knockouts) (6%). losing a fight was a significant predictor of injury when using the stepwise logistic regression model (p=0.040). the odds ratio indicated that a preceding fight injury almost doubled the risk of injury in the following fight (or 1.91; p= 0.163). traumatic brain injuries (tbis) in this study of african-based competitions (6%) were substantially higher than reported in the american study (1.8%). conclusion: head, neck and face injuries are common in african fighters. the high rate of tbis in african competition compared to the usa study is concerning. this could reflect superior refereeing in the usa group, as fights may be ended sooner by stoppage. further investigation of injury trends and preventative measures should be studied to reduce the incidence of injuries during african competitions. keywords: mixed martial arts, concussion; return-to-play s afr j sports med 2017;29:1-5. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1471 mailto:drventer@yahoo.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1471 original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 factors associated with injuries during competition. therefore the aim of this study was to determine the prevalence and severity of injuries, as well as risk factors associated with sustaining injuries in professional mma competitions in africa. methods study design a prospective cohort study was designed using medical records as documented by an accredited ringside physician. the research ethics committee of the university of pretoria approved the study after permission from the custodian of the data, efc africa, was confirmed. participants and demographics all injuries sustained by athletes competing at efc africa events from 5 august 2010 to 14 june 2014 were included in the study (n = 300 fights or 600 fight exposures). competitors consisted of 173 male athletes between the ages of 18 and 44 years. only male athletes were included in this study as professional female mma in africa was only introduced in 2015. medical data collection medical records were obtained from the event medical support team with the permission of the custodian of the data; efc africa. an accredited ringside physician recorded these records immediately after the fight, reporting all injuries sustained according to anatomic location, type of injury and injury severity. the anonymity of the injured fighter was maintained and the average return-to-play (rtp) time after injury was considered an indicator of the severity of the injury. data obtained included the date of the fight, total number of fights, total injuries (damage to an athlete’s body that needed the attention of the ringside physician), outcome of the fight, competitor’s age at the date of the fight, weight divisions, years of experience, injuries sustained in the previous fights, injuries sustained in the current fight by anatomic location and severity, time between fights and time off until rtp. data were compared to a study conducted by ngai[5], reviewing injury trends in 635 professional usa mma fights from 20022007. statistical analysis the statistical analysis included descriptive statistics and a stepwise logistic regression model using ibm spss statistics 22. odds of an injury were predicted with the following independent variables: fight outcome, age, weight division, number of fights, injuries in the preceding fight and years of fighter experience. these results were also compared to a similar study by ngai as previously mentioned. this study also used the term “fight exposures” as used in the ngai study, indicating that two athletes are exposed to injury per fight. similarly, the injury odds ratios were calculated using logistic regression including match outcome, weight, age and fight experience, during a pair-matched case-control study design (n=464). cases were also defined as fighters who sustained an injury/received medical attention during the matches, and controls were defined as fighters who were uninjured. results general table 1 summarises fight exposures, the total number of injuries and total number of traumatic brain injuries (tbis). of the 300 fights (600 exposures), 295 fights ended with a ‘win’ result for one fighter and a ‘loss’ result for the other fighter. two fights were cancelled before taking place, two fights ended in draws and one fight was deemed a ‘no contest’. among the 600 professional mma fight exposures included in the study, 222 total injuries were reported. the injury rate is thus 37 per 100 fight exposures. percentage of injuries according to anatomic location table 2 reflects the total prevalence of injuries in the present study by anatomic location and average rtp following specific injuries. injuries to the head, face and neck were the most common (22%), followed by tbis due to knockouts (6%), upper limb injuries (4%), lower limb injuries (3%) and injuries to the torso/back/ribs (2%). one death due to intra-cerebral haemorrhage resulted from an mma fight during the study period. fifteen fractures were reported (table 3). the most common fractures sustained were rib fractures (5), followed by metacarpal (4) and metatarsal fractures (2). only two table 1. fight exposures, total injuries and total traumatic brain injuries (tbis) year number of fight exposures# injuries n (%) tbis n (%) overall 600 222 (37) 50 (8) 2010* 70 21 (27) 7 (10) 2011 120 47 (34) 13 (11) 2012 154 57 (34) 11 (7) 2013 180 60 (31) 13 (7) 2014** 76 37 (49) 6 (8) n, number of participants; tbis, traumatic brain injuries. #two athletes are exposed to injury per fight. *as from 5 august 2010. **as at 14 june 2014. . table 2. prevalence of injuries and return-to-play (rtp) body region injuries n (%) average rtp (95% ci) upper limb 25 (4) 3.7 weeks (2.8;4.4) lower limb 21 (3) 7.7 weeks (0.2;15.2) head/face/neck 130 (22) 2.2 weeks (2.0;2.3) tbis (ko) 34 (6) *4 weeks torso/back/rib/groin 12 (2) 3.5 weeks (2.2;4.8) total number of injuries 222 (37) n, number of participants; tbis, traumatic brain injuries; ko, knock out *hypoxic brain injuries due to chokes (n=87; 14.5%) were not included in the statistical analyses of the data, as this isn’t considered an injury per se, but rather a method of victory. fighters usually ‘tap out’ and thus submit to their opponents before any physical damage occurs. . original research 3 sajsm vol. 29 2017 dislocations occurred during the study period and both involved the shoulder joint. injuries to the face included 16 episodes of epistaxis, and five auricular hematomas. returntoplay (rtp) times lower limb injuries were responsible for the longest time off play. the average rtp after injury was 7.7 weeks. lower limb injuries included anterior cruciate ligament (acl) and posterior cruciate ligament (pcl) ruptures, for which the average rtp is one year. two of these injuries were recorded during the study period, thus contributing to the increased rtp average. rtp averages 3.7 weeks following upper limb injury, with metacarpal fractures contributing mostly to the prolonged recovery time. a four-week period is the average time needed to recover from tbis/hypoxia. this follows the 30 day knockout rule. injury to the torso/back/rib/groin requires 3.5 weeks until rtp (rib fractures and soft tissue injuries). following a head/face/neck injury, rtp averages 2.2 weeks. the most regular time lapse between all fight exposures, whether athletes were injured or uninjured, was three months (84%), but may vary between 22 days and four years. the three month time lapse most frequently represents the time fighters take to rest after preparing for a fight and subsequently competing. certain athletes compete again after a shorter time lapse, depending on their conditioning and motivation for competing (financial gain, title contention, etc.). logistic regression: injury prediction logistic regression models were used to compare injured athletes to non-injured athletes. (table 4). the odds ratio of an injury were modelled using four independent variables: the outcome of the fight, the age of the athlete, the weight division and the number of fights. the results of this logistic regression were compared to a study conducted by ngai[5] in the usa, using the same predictors. three models were constructed: model 1 included the above-mentioned four predictors; in model 2, two more predictors were added, i.e. injuries sustained in the preceding fight and the total years of experience of each fighter. for model 3 a stepwise logistic regression was performed to identify possible predictors of injury (with a stepwise procedure, only significant predictors are included in the model). in sa model 1 no single predictor was found to be significant for predicting an injury, although there is moderate to strong quality evidence that losing a fight is a predictor (p=0.052), controlling for age, weight and number of previous fights. the additional two predictors in sa model 2 (years of experience and injury in the previous fight) were also not significant. however, losing a fight was a significant predictor of injury when controlling for the other five explanatory variables. using stepwise logistic regression (sa model 3), losing a fight was again a significant predictor of injury in that fight (p=0.041). the odds ratio (or) indicated that losing the previous fight doubles the risk of injury (or 2.02). a preceding fight injury also more than doubles the risk of injury in the following fight (or 2.19; p= 0.060). discussion overall injury prevalence appears to be as high as 37% in the present study compared to only 24% in the usa study by ngai.[5] the total percentage of tbis in the african-based competitions (6%) is also substantially higher than in the usa-based competitions (2%). losing a fight was a significant predictor of injury when employing a stepwise logistic regression model (p=0.041), doubling the risk of sustaining an injury in the following fight (or 2.02). fighters who sustained an injury in the preceding fight also more than doubled the risk of sustaining an injury in the following fight (or 2.185, p=0.06) (table 4). the total percentage of injuries averaged 37% between 2010 and 2014 (table 1). a substantial increase in the amount of tbis was recorded in 2011. possible causes could include table 3. injury prevalence by anatomic location (excluding brain injuries) body region soft tissue injury fracture dislocation ligament rupture hand 8 4 elbow 5 1 1 shoulder 3 1 2 foot 8 2 ankle 4 knee 5 2 head/ face/neck 128 2 torso/ back/rib 5 5 groin 2 total 168 15 2 3 188 table 4. logistic regression results comparison of injured vs. non-injured athletes odds ratio (or) (p-value) sa model 1 sa model 2 sa model 3 losing fighter 2.04 (0.052)** 2.16 (0.040)* 2.02 (0.041)* age 1.05 (0.313) 1.03 (0.515) weight¶ (0.206) (0.212) number of fights 1.09 (0.218) 1.05 (0.545) years of experience 1.01 (0.788) injured in previous fight 1.92 (0.163) 2.19 (0.060)** sa, south africa *significant at the 5% level of significance. **significant at the 10% level of significance. ¶ weight was entered in the model as a categorical variable with six different weight divisions. original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 4 competitor-dependent variables such as inexperience, poor weight-cutting techniques and injuries sustained during training; unrealistic rtp periods; poor refereeing or application of rules and safety measures; and poor prefight medical screening. there was also a dramatic increase in the percentage of injuries sustained during 2014 (table 1). this may be an indication of superior post-fight medical assessment of fighters by experienced sports physicians. professional mma fighters have a three times higher injury rate than amateur mma fighters.[6] it is the author’s opinion that this could be ascribed to a higher level of competition, or it could also be due to the lack of protective gear and the legality of knee and elbow strikes to standing/grounded opponents in the professional fights. further studies are advised in this regard. mma and concussion the ngai study[5] reports that 36% of all injuries in mma occur to the head/neck/face region which is higher than the 22% rate reported in the sa study. approximately 7% of fights end in a ko in the usa study as compared to 6% in the sa study. scoggin et al.[6] found that 20% of injuries sustained during mma bouts were concussions resulting in brief (<15seconds) loss of consciousness and/or retrograde amnesia. head-impact (also implying concussion) in mma training and competition is common. head injuries occur in other contact sports, and in a multitude of non-contact sports.[7] boxing carries a high rate of head injuries with the highest rate of sport-related mortality due to tbis.[8] a recent article, however, claims that cyclists have the highest rate of sportsrelated tbis.[9] other contact sports in which tbis frequently occur include ice-hockey, muay-thai, kick-boxing and rugby. non-contact sports in which athletes sustain regular concussions include soccer, basketball, skiing, lacrosse, baseball, basketball, snowboarding, skateboarding and motocross. many head injuries in athletes are the result of improper playing techniques and this can be reduced in african athletes through the teaching of proper skills and enforcing safety promoting rules.[10] safety gear and tbis the use of protective headgear has remained a controversial topic of discussion. the main viewpoints regarding the use of headgear are, firstly, the ability to decrease the impact of strikes to the head, and thereby limiting the incidence of tbis. the international boxing association (aiba) banned amateur boxers from wearing headgear in a bid to reduce the incidence of concussion. this decision supports the second point of view, following an internal study by wang[11], showing that a lack of headgear actually reduces the risk of concussion. researchers agree that while headgear can help to avert other serious head and facial injuries, there was no scientific evidence proving that it contributes to the prevention of concussion, and, paradoxically, it may even encourage fighters to take greater risks. repeated, sub-concussive hits to the head damage the blood-brain-barrier and are also linked to chronic traumatic encephalopathy later in life.[12] headgear can obscure peripheral vision, making it harder to see when a blow is aimed at the side of the head. the use and size of gloves regarding mma and boxingrelated head injuries are also controversial. strikes to the head were less common in the bare-knuckle era because of the risk of hand injuries. gloves reduce the incidence of lacerations to the face, but research has stated that gloves do not reduce tbis and may even increase the incidence.[13] this is explained by considering head acceleration-deceleration as the mechanism of injury leading to a concussion. large gloves force fighters to deliver an increased number of more forceful strikes to the head (higher striking rate and acceleration) in order to achieve a ko. rtp a much disputed area of combat sport is the return of fighters to competition after injury.[14] the most debated issue is the time lapse during this convalescent period and how it differs for specific injuries (head injuries, fractures, dislocations, etc.). concussions are often missed, while their detection and management are imperative, as mismanagement of this syndrome can lead to persistent/chronic post-concussion syndrome or diffuse cerebral swelling.[15] in keeping with international standards, efc africa requires fighters to undergo a pre-fight uncontrasted computerised tomography (ct) brain scan. no fighters are allowed to return to competition after suffering a ko loss in a fight within 30 days (the 30-day knockout rule). the average rtp after injury varies from 2.2 weeks to one year, depending on the type, anatomic location, and severity of injury. the 30-day knockout rule is a mandatory medical suspension that applies to all athletes who suffered tbis during competition. unfortunately, it is difficult to assess athletes for tbis sustained during training and the onus of rtp following such injuries is largely placed on the athletes themselves and their coaches. choke submissions as a method of victory occurred in 10% of mma fights included in this study. these manoeuvres are reported separately, as the mechanism involved in causing loss of consciousness while being choked differs from that of a ko. choke submissions induce temporary brain hypoxia, whereas kos are related to acceleration-deceleration tbis. thus choke submissions cannot be regarded as concussions. joint submissions contributed to a win result in 3% of cases, and injuries sustained due to these manoeuvres are subsequently reported as upper or lower limb injuries. injuries although tbis are the most feared injuries in mma, other less serious injuries occur regularly. these include auricular haematomas, orofacial, head, limb, torso and groin injuries. the submission-grappling component has increased the incidence of strains and dislocations to the shoulder, elbow, wrist, knee and ankle joints respectively. the striking component is largely responsible for injuries to the face, head, ribs, long bones and soft tissue of the extremities. conclusion the pool of professional mma athletes in africa is small (161 signed athletes) compared to the thousands of athletes original research 5 sajsm vol. 29 2017 competing in the usa. one professional mma event is held in sa every month, while several events take place in the usa on a weekly basis. this study is the first comprehensive analysis of injuries sustained in professional mma competition in africa to date. further studies are advised to record injury trends, including the risk factors associated with injuries and the severity of injuries in professional mma. the concussion rate during training and the subsequent rtp should be studied to minimise incidents of exposing concussed athletes to competition too early. pre-fight magnetic resonance imaging (mri) studies, although expensive, could aid in the detection of training-related concussions. this study provides the most comprehensive analysis of ringside physician-collected data on professional male mma fighters in africa. no study has included the possible predictors of injury or the rtp time, making this study a valuable aid to fighter safety for fighters, physicians, promoters and referees. only one study has reviewed the epidemiology of injuries in mma, and this included amateur and professional athletes of both genders. [6] although much has been done to improve fighter safety by the introduction of the unified rules of conduct [3], mma still remains a contact sport with limited control over the incidence of injuries. this study recorded the prevalence of injuries, the risk factors associated with sustaining an injury and the severity of injuries during competition in africa. the value of this study this study has highlighted the following: • the overall prevalence of injuries during mma competition in africa from 2010-2014 was as high as 37%; • the incidence of life-and/or limb-threatening injuries appears higher when compared to the usa study; • risk factors for sustaining an injury in competitive professional african athletes include an injury in the previous fight and losing the current fight; • tbis in the african based competition study (6%) was substantially higher than the usa study by ngai[5] (1.8%). thus this study contributes to enhancing overall fighter safety by creating awareness among sanctioning bodies, trainers, referees, sports physicians and fighters:  losing a fight vs. injury correlation: a focus on mental toughness and additional care should be given to losing fighters;  rtp should not be considered before full recovery;  fights may be ended sooner due to referee stoppage. further studies are needed to aid in maximising the safety of mma fighters by educating the sanctioning bodies, trainers, referees, sports physicians and fighters. references 1. little jr, wong cf. ultimate martial arts encyclopaedia.1st ed. mcgraw-hill 2000:3-32. 2. garcia sr, malcolm d. decivilizing, civilizing or informalizing? the international development of mixed martial arts. int rev soc sport 2010;45(1): 39-58. http://doi.org/10.1177/1012690209352392 3. new jersey state athletic control board. mixed martial arts unified rules of conduct. http://www.state.nj.us/lps/sacb/docs/martial.html (accessed 25 march 2015). 4. international mixed martial arts federation. http://www.immaf.org 5. ngai km, levy f, hsu eb. injury trends in sanctioned mixed martial arts competition: a 5-year review from 2002 to 2007. br j sports med 2008;42(8):686-689. [https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.044891] [pmid: 18308883] 6. scoggin jf 3rd, brusovanik g, pi m, et al. assessment on injuries sustained in mixed martial arts competition. am j orthop (belle mead nj) 2010;39(5):247-251. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/m/pubmed/20567743/ [pmid: 20567743] 7. cantu rc. head injuries in sport. br j sports med 1996;30(4):289-296. http://doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.30.4.289 8. baird lc, newman cb, volk h, et al. mortality resulting from head injury in professional boxing: case report. neurosurgery 2010;67(2):e519-520. [https://doi.org/10.1227/neu.0b013e3181e5e2cd] [pmid: 20644386] 9. hinck m, sims i. jamaica hospital warns: bicyclists suffer more brain injuries than football players. http://medisyshealth.org/publicaffairs/pressrelease/articlebyl d.php?id=73 (accessed 23 january 2015). 10. jordan bd.the clinical spectrum of sport-related traumatic brain injury. nat rev neurol 2013;9(4):222-30. [https://doi.org/10.1038/nrneurol.2013.33] [pmid:23478462] 11. wang ss. boxing group bans headgear to reduce concussions. the wall street journal. 2013. http://www.wsj.com.news/articles/sb1000142412788732339330 4578360250659207918 (accessed 10 may 2016). 12. gavett be, stern ra, mckee ac. chronic traumatic encephalopathy: a potential late effect of sport-related concussive and sub-concussive head trauma. clin sports med 2011;30(1):179-188. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2010.09.007 13. british medical association. boxing debate. may 2002. http://bma.org.uk/ap.nsf/content/boxing+debate+ (accessed 10 may 2016). 14. sedney cl, orphanos j, bailes je. when to consider retiring an athlete after sports-related concussion. clin sports med 2011;30(1):189-200. available at [https://doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2010.08.005] [pmid:21074092] 15. harmon kg, drezner ja, gammons m, et al. american medical society for sports medicine position statement: concussion in sport. br j sports med 2013; 47(1):15-26. http://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-09194 http://doi.org/10.1177/1012690209352392 http://www.state.nj.us/lps/sacb/docs/martial.html http://www.immaf.org/ https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.044891 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/m/pubmed/20567743/ http://doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.30.4.289 https://doi.org/10.1227/neu.0b013e3181e5e2cd http://medisyshealth.org/publicaffairs/pressrelease/articlebyld.php?id=73 http://medisyshealth.org/publicaffairs/pressrelease/articlebyld.php?id=73 https://doi.org/10.1038/nrneurol.2013.33 http://www.wsj.com.news/articles/sb10001424127887323393304578360250659207918 http://www.wsj.com.news/articles/sb10001424127887323393304578360250659207918 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2010.09.007 http://bma.org.uk/ap.nsf/content/boxing+debate+ https://doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2010.08.005 http://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-09194 introduction the world anti-doping agency (wada) is the leader in the fight against doping in sport. this agency publishes a list of prohibited substances, which is updated on an annual basis.1 the south african institute for drug-free sport (saids) is one of the many signatories that complies with wada’s prohibited list, and also publishes an annual prohibited list based on south african brand names.2 doping is regarded as a form of cheating where athletes use substances that are on these prohibited lists, predominantly for gaining an edge over their competitors.3 an alternative to doping can be nutritional substance use, which helps to improve the health and performance of active adolescent athletes. despite strong efforts in attempting to eliminate doping in sport, the use of drugs and prohibited substances to boost performance is common among athletes.3 south african adolescent sport seems to have changed dramatically, as it appears that there are greater pressures placed on adolescent athletes to excel in sport and some are using performance-enhancing substances (pes) to cope with the demands placed on them.4-6 the problem is that some of the pes are listed as prohibited, and adolescent athletes might be tempted to use these because the pressures and stresses facing them may be too immense to resist.1 just as the competitive nature of professional sports has led to athletes doing whatever they can to give themselves an edge in competition, and sometimes placing their well-being at risk, it seems to have also trickled down into youth sports. furthermore, many of the adolescent athletes who do not believe they are successful at a competitive level may choose to take prohibited pes.7 additionally, in spite of the view that the use of doping remains ‘fundamentally contrary to the spirit of sport’,8 athletes are using prohibited pes in sport. some athletes are advocating that these substances be legitimately used for the enhancement of performance best in competition.9,10 these banned products may enable them to improve their athletic performance, help with recovery from hard physical training and improve self-image in the short term; however, in the long run there may be negative costs to their well-being and general health.7 therefore, the purpose of this study was to investigate the attitudes and perceptions of male adolescent competitive athletes from johannesburg boys high schools towards pes use in sport. original research article attitudes and perceptions towards performance enhancing substance use in johannesburg boys high school sport abstract introduction. the environment of youth sport in south africa has transformed considerably, where adolescent athletes are faced with more pressure from coaches, peers and parents to perform well. some of the athletes are using nutritional supplements or prohibited means such as doping to cope with these pressures and gain an edge in competition. objectives. in view of the lack of literature investigating the use of doping in south african adolescents, the objective of the study was to determine the attitudes and perceptions of male adolescent athletes regarding performance-enhancing substance (pes) use. methods. the design of the study was cross-sectional and used a self-administered questionnaire. a sample of participants was obtained from male adolescent high school athletes involved in 1st and 2nd high school sports teams in johannesburg boys high schools. participants were invited to volunteer to participate in the study. questionnaires were completed under conditions that were similar to an examination situation. demographic data were analysed using descriptive statistics. results. the majority (91%) of the athletes indicated a belief that the number of athletes using pes in sport is increasing. eightyfour per cent of them felt that there was pressure placed on them to use pes to win. only 55% of respondents believed that doping tests would prohibit the use of banned substances and 91% did not believe that the sale of prohibited substances should be banned. the majority (88%) believed there is a need for further education. correspondence: philippe gradidge centre for exercise science and sports medicine university of the witwatersrand po box 85484 2029 emmarentia tel: +27 11 717 3372 fax: +27 86 609 2017 e-mail: philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za philippe gradidge (bspsc (hons) biokinetics) yoga coopoo (dphil, facsm) demitri constantinou (mb bch, bsc med hons, ffims) centre for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg 32 sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 conclusion. although there is enormous pressure on high school boys to use pes, their knowledge is lacking, especially with regard to doping in sport. sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 33 methods the study used a cross-sectional method design with a self-administered questionnaire, which had been adapted from a study that investigated doping in elite south african athletes.11 the reliability and validity of the adapted questionnaire was tested in a pilot study, and was found to be 83% reliable. further validation of the questionnaire was provided by professionals practising in the fields of biokinetics, exercise science and sports medicine. the questionnaire was formulated to elicit responses on pes and nutritional supplements used in order to improve performance. the participants’ attitudes and perceptions regarding pes use were solicited, such as beliefs about pes use in sport and whether education on doping was needed. a sample of participants was attained from male adolescent high school athletes, aged between 15 and 18 years, involved in 1st and 2nd team high school sports from public and private johannesburg boys high schools. the provincial department of education granted permission to conduct the study and ethical clearance (m060953) was obtained from the university of the witwatersrand human research ethics committee. arrangements were made to conduct the study on a date and time that was convenient for the high schools that gave consent to participate. those participants who volunteered to participate provided minor assent and parental informed consent. they completed the questionnaire under conditions where participants were not allowed to communicate with each other. the participants were also given the opportunity to ask questions pertaining to the content and completion of the questionnaire. questionnaires were handed in to the researcher immediately after completion. the collected data were then group-analysed using the epi info (tm) 3.5.1 statistical software package. data were descriptive and involved summary statistics displaying frequencies and percentages. results the responses of the participants were coded and missing values were not included in the analysis because it was not possible to determine what the participants would have answered in these cases. some of the participants did not answer all questions and in most cases multiple responses were given to certain questions where more than one option could have been chosen. these multiple responses were taken into account when analysing the data. figure 2: main high school sport participation and establishing whether pes use is believed to be on the increase 5 1 1 1 1 37 5 5 3 14 5 6 4 5 1 3 1 2 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 do think that pes use in sport is increasing? no (%) yes (%) fig. 1. main high school sport participation and establishing whether pes use is believed to be on the increase (n=100) table i. prevalence of substances used and reasons for using pes (n=100) prevalence of pes use % yes 30 no 64 non-response 6 common prohibited substances used anabolic androgenic steroids (n=100) 4 growth hormone (n=100) 5 adrenaline /ephedrine (n=100) 4 insulin (n=100) 2 common non-prohibited supplements used caffeine supplementation (n=28) 57 creatine supplementation (n=84) 32 carbohydrates supplementation (n=90) 54 protein supplementation (n=88) 61 vitamin supplementation (n=88) 61 reasons for using pes assists me in coping with the stresses of sport (n=24) 29 helps to improve the way i perform in sport (n=25) 68 helps to reduce food craving in order to decrease my body weight (n=25) 32 i feel afraid of being dropped from the team (n=24) 21 i will have a better chance of making the team (n=25) 28 figure 1: general attitudes and perceptions towards pes use in sport (n=100) 9 16 45 28 47 62 84 91 81 91 84 55 72 53 48 16 9 19 do you feel that the use of pes in sport is rising? (n=100) do you believe there is pressure placed on high school athletes to use substances in sport? (n=97) do you feel that doping tests will prevent the use of substances in sport? (n=95) are you aware of any substances that are prohibited by the world anti-doping agency? (n=96) are you aware of the punishment for using prohibited substances in sport? (n=97) do you believe that more doping tests to be carried out? (n=94) do you feel that stricter punishments should be placed on athletes caught for doping? (n=94) should the sale of prohibited substances be banned? (n=94) do you think that more education on doping should be provided? (n=94) 0 20 40 60 80 100 yes (%) no (%) fig. 2. general attitudes and perceptions towards pes use in sport (n=100). demographic data of the 100 (81% response rate) competitive male adolescent athletes investigated, most were 17 18 years old (78%), while a minority were 15 16 years old (22%). they were from grades 10 (11%), 11 (67%) and 12 (22%). the majority of these participants (42%) played rugby (fig. 1). prevalence of substance use a number of the participants (30%) indicated using pes for enhancement of performance (table i). table i displays the prevalence of substances utilised for performance enhancement and the rationale participants had for using them. the majority of these athletes (68%) indicated that they used pes to have a better performance output in sport. general attitudes and perceptions towards pes use the responses on the participants’ general attitudes and perceptions towards doping are shown in fig. 2. most of the participants (91%) felt that pes usage in sport was on the increase. only 55% of them believed that testing for substance abuse would serve as a deterrent. over half of the participants (53%) were aware of the punishment that would be meted out for substance abuse, and 72% of them acknowledged that they knew of substances that were prohibited by wada. more specific attitudes towards pes use the adolescent athletes were asked to respond to twelve statements regarding their attitudes and perceptions towards the use of pes in sport. fig. 3 illustrates specific attitudes and perceptions towards doping in sport. participants’ answers to this section were analysed and calculated according to the total amount of responses per statement. thirty-five per cent of the participants agreed that prohibited substances were being used in their sports, and 30% agreed that there were several athletes making use of substances to increase their performance. sixty one per cent of the participants agreed that pes use in sport is unethical. sources of information for performance-enhancing substance use fig. 4 displays where the athletes obtained their information on pes usage. multiple responses were given in this section, thus the data were calculated by taking into account the number of individual responses per question. the highest ranking source of information on pes usage was the internet (74%), followed by magazines (72%), from a friend (66%), the coaching staff (66%), and parents (40%). some of the other mentioned sources of information on pes use in sport were from personal trainers (33%), information brochures (31%), newspapers (31%), the pharmacist (24%), and 23% indicated that they attained information from the television and their school. discussion the olympic charter’s goal of ‘friendship, solidarity and fair play’12 in sport still needs to become a reality, and should become a core pillar in the fight against doping in sport. using prohibited substances in sport is unethical and unfortunately the adolescent athletes using them may be doing so at the cost of their well-being and physiological development. even though most participants agreed that doping was cheating, they also reported immense pressure to perform and would perhaps turn to pes as a coping mechanism or performance advantage. it is for this reason that the anti-doping struggle in adolescent sport should not be taken without due consideration. adolescent athletes who have the potential to be successful in sport appear to be required to give maximum effort throughout the whole high school sporting season and this may be too stressful for them. parents, coaching staff and friends may sometimes place unrealistic demands on individuals and this could indirectly tempt or even encourage the use of prohibited pes in sport in some adolescent athletes.3,13 it may be beneficial for all those involved in high school sport, such as parents/guardians, coaching staff, teachers and the athletes, to be taught that losing or coming second or third is acceptable. in reality, even the elite and professional athletes have times when they do not win or days when performance is not at a peak level. hence, this approach could enable adolescent athletes to learn that fair game play and honest interaction with opponents are more essential than winning all the time.14 the results indicate that 4% of the participants are using anabolic androgenic steroids. these athletes may have used this banned substance in spite of the well-known harmful side-effects.15-17 if this pattern continues, adolescent sport can evolve into a win-at-all-costs phenomenon, where doing whatever it takes to excel in competition may become routine practice in some athletes. with the evolution of new pes products being engineered and sold on the black market, the adolescent athletes using them on a regular basis could be bearing the burden of utilising unknown substances which may have harmful and irreversible side-effects. some of these potential negative effects could include addictive and antisocial behaviour, as well as increased risk of heart disease.3,13 these side-effects may 34 sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 figure 3. specific attitudes and perceptions of high school learners towards doping in sport (n=100) 23 46 27 31 47 27 13 23.7 10 23 12 32 35 42 30 38 37 15 37 37.6 12 16 25 29 28 5 30 19 8 45 18 30.1 22 42 31 21 14 7 13 12 7 14 32 8.6 56 19 32 18 there is a problem of prohibited substance use in my sport/s. (n=96) sport organizations should offer educational programmes for athletes on the use of substances in sport. (n=96) there are too many athletes using substances in my sport to enhance their athletic performance. (n=96) the prohibited use of substances by athletes has not been reported on enough in the media. (n=94) the use of pes and supplements has risen in the last five years. (n=95) i would never consider using pes. (n=94) i am sometimes tempted to use pes. (n=93) many of my friends think it is acceptable to use pes. (n=93) if i don’t take pes, i will not be able to succeed because everyone else does. (n=94) i think it is always wrong to use pes. (n=93) i think athletes who want to succeed have to use pes sometimes. (n=94) i don’t think it is fair to use pes. (n=94) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 strongly agree (%) agree (%) disagree (%) strongly disagree (%) fig. 3. specific attitudes and perceptions of high school learners towards doping in sport (n=100). sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 35 result in poor health and poor performance in the long term. although most of the athletes reported using pes for helping achieve optimal performance, most disagreed that taking pes was necessary to succeed (fig. 3). it is certainly acceptable that banned substances may induce a performance that is unattainable with ‘normal’ physiology or ethical means. nevertheless, it is also true that peak performance can be enhanced via ethical means without incurring the health risks and moral compromises of drug use. for instance, adolescent athletes can be taught how to improve performance through legitimate means, such as periodisation in training and sound nutrition.18 periodisation is a means of planning a training programme to ensure adequate recovery for the body, thus allowing the athlete to peak at the right times.18 nutritional supplement use is another way of helping active adolescents attain a healthy lifestyle and optimal performance in sport. these favourable and safe methods can give adolescent athletes a more ethical means of achieving their best in sport. moreover, the inclusion of psychology can act as a tool to improve adolescent athletes’ self-image and mastery in sport. in addition, more focus should be placed on educating adolescent athletes as well as others involved with them on the use of doping in sport and its adverse effects. the results show that the internet was the main source of information (74%) on pes use in sport. this result is possibly because the high schools involved in the study have access to this resource and its use as a means of finding out information is generally encouraged by teachers. the internet can sometimes be a good and reliable source of information, but the ability of the athletes to critically discern this is questionable. perhaps the skills of critically analysing information resources could be taught as part of the normal high school curriculum, thus equipping the athletes with the ability to make mature and ethical decisions regarding pes use. education is perhaps one of the key vehicles that can aid in discouraging the use of doping and prohibited pes in adolescent sport. even though a large number of participants in this study (72%) knew of some substances that were on wada’s list of prohibited substances, the findings of this study show that 46% strongly agreed and 42% agreed that education would provide a means of improving the awareness of prohibited pes, their adverse effects, and the rules regarding pes use in sport. these results confirm that the majority (88%) of the participants have a desire to know more about doping and feel that sporting bodies and other organisations should be providing this. doping may essentially tear down what is decent, ethical and good regarding adolescent sport. it may even corrode societal confidence and endanger the athletic adolescent population. educational drives should go beyond the elite, professional athlete and target those involved in recreational sports, where drug testing is not commonly seen.19 it is important to ensure that developing adolescent athletes are taught the fundamentals of fair play and good character while in the developmental stages of sports play. it would also be useful to include coaching staff, dieticians and other medical professionals who are involved with anti-doping strategies to aid and inform adolescent athletes on the use and abuse of drugs in sport, what factors lead to doping, and how to deal with these.20 it seems that a holistic approach to combating the problem of doping could provide a way of restoring the ethical values in sport. conclusion the knowledge regarding the use of doping in adolescent sport seems to be deficient, and the majority of the participants (88%) indicated that there was a need for more education on prohibited and non-prohibited pes use. there is great pressure placed on the athletes to succeed in high school sport, and some of these participants use pes to cope with the pressures. it appears that most adolescent athletes in this sample are not taking prohibited pes, as the non-prohibited substances were more commonly used. how ever, the need for educational intervention is still important to address the problem of doping in adolescent sport. it is recommended that these educational strategies be applicable and relevant to adolescent athletes, and perhaps be introduced at an early age to increase anti-doping attitude and develop a character of socially acceptable sporting behaviour. references 1. world anti-doping agency. http://www.wada-ama.org/en>. accessed 10 june 2010. 2. south african institute for drug-free sport. . accessed 10 june 2010. 3. clisby l. drugs and the athlete. in: brukner p, khan k, eds. clinical sports medicine, 2nd ed. sydney: mcgraw-hill, 2005. 4. lambert mi, titlestad sd, schwellnus mp. prevalence of androgenicanabolic steroid use in adolescents in two regions of south africa. s afr med j 1998;88(7):316-330. 5. schwellnus mp, lambert mi, todd mp, juritz jm. androgenic anabolic steroid use in matric pupils. a survey of prevalence of use in the western cape. s afr med j 1992;82:154-158. 6. sports information and science agency. drug related issues in sport and awareness survey. pretoria: national department of sport and recreation, 1999. 7. mayo clinic staff. performance-enhancing drugs and your teen athlete. . accessed 16 march 2009. mayo foundation for medical education and research, 2009. 8. todd t. a history of the use of anabolic steroids in sport. in: berryman jw, park rj, eds. sport and exercise science essays in the history of sports medicine. urbana-chicago: university of illinois press, 1992. 9. koyser s, mauren a, miah a. viewpoint legalization of performance enhancing drugs. lancet 2005;366:21. 10. savulescu j, faddy b, clayton m. why we should allow performance enhancing drugs in sport. br j sports med 2004;38:666 -670. 11. coopoo y, jakoet i. substance abuse and knowledge thereof among elite south african athletes. s afr j sports med 2000;7(3):10-13. figure 4. sources of information for pes use (n=100) 26 28 34 40 67 67 69 71 76 77 81 84 84 90 91 74 72 66 60 33 33 31 29 24 23 19 16 16 10 9 the internet (n=93) magazines (n=88) friend (n=96) coach (n=94) parent (n=89) personal trainer (n=89) information brochures (n=80) newspapers (n=82) pharmacist (n=89) television and school (n=65) sibling (n=85) biokineticist (n=87) books (n=83) physician (n=87) journals (n=80) 0 20 40 60 80 100 yes (%) no (%) fig. 4. sources of information for pes use (n=100). 36 sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 12. international olympic committee. olympic charter. . accessed 16 march 2009. 13. british medical association. drugs in sport: the pressure to perform. london: bmj books, 2002. 14. gradidge p, constantinou d, coopoo y. the use of performance enhancing substances by high school boys. . accessed 28 may 2010. 15. haller ca, benowitz nl. adverse cardiovascular and central nervous system events associated with dietary supplements containing ephedra alkaloids. n engl j med 2000;343:1833-1838. 16. gruber aj, pope hg. ephedrine abuse among 36 female weight lifters. am j addict 1998;7:256-261. 17. gill a. faster, higher stronger: confessions of an ephedrine junkie. the globe and mail 2002 march 9:l3. 18. lambert m. performance enhancement by allowed means. 3rd international football medicine conference, sun city, south africa, 2010. 19. hoppeler hh, kamber mf, melia ps. doping and prevention of doping. international co-operation. clin j sport med 1995;5:79-81. 20. verroken m, mottram dr. doping control in sport. in: mottram dr, ed. drugs and sport, 2nd ed. london: e&fn spon, 1996. 48 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 original research objectives. to compare the relationship between peak bone strain scores (pbsss) calculated from physical activity (pa) questionnaires and accelerometry measures of pa with trabecular and cortical bone properties in prepubertal children. methods. we compared pbsss calculated from the bone-specific component of pa questionnaires with accelerometry and bone mass measures in 38 prepubertal children (mean 9.9 (standard deviation 1.3) years). dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (dxa) and peripheral quantitative computed tomography (pqct) were used to assess bone content and structure, and to estimate bone strength at the radial and tibial diaphysis and radial metaphysis. results. the pbss was reliable and reproducible with significant (p<0.001) intraclass correlation coefficients. there were significant correlations between pbss and moderate (r=0.38; p=0.02), vigorous (r=0.36; p=0.03) and combined moderateto vigorous-intensity activity counts (r=0.38; p=0.02). pbss was significantly correlated to body size-adjusted bone mineral content at all sites scanned by dxa (r=0.33 0.48; p<0.05). positive correlations were observed between pbss and area, density and strength at the radius and tibia (r=0.40 0.64; p<0.05). only vigorous activity was correlated to cortical area at the radial diaphysis (r=0.37; p=0.03) and bone strength at the tibial diaphysis (r=0.32; p=0.05). activity as assessed by the pbss explained a greater amount of variance in bone variables as measured by dxa and pqct than accelerometer-measured pa. conclusion. accelerometer-measured moderate and vigorous habitual pa is associated with indices of cortical bone size and geometry in children, whereas light pa has no detectable association. furthermore, the bone-specific questionnaire appears to be more strongly associated with bone outcomes than accelerometer-derived measures of pa. s afr j sm 2014;26(2):48-54. doi:10.7196/sajsm.507 associations of objectively and subjectively measured physical activity with trabecular and cortical bone properties in prepubertal children r meiring, msc; j a mcveigh, phd exercise laboratory, school of physiology, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: r meiring (rebecca.meiring@wits.ac.za) preand early pubertal children who perform weightbearing physical activities (pas) that load major axial and appendicular bones have denser and stronger bones than less-active children.[1] two of the most common pa assessments used for research purposes are accelerometry and pa questionnaires (paqs). accelerometry is a reliable and acceptable method of assessing energy expenditure in children.[2] for the surrogate assessment of bone loading, no such standard exists and researchers rely on paqs as proxy assessments. the iowa bone development study has shown good associations between accelerometer-measured time spent in moderateto vigorous-intensity pa (mvpa) and changes in bone mineral content (bmc), bone mineral density and bone area as measured by dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (dxa) in children.[1] accelerometers have also been shown to be useful in detecting ground reaction force exerted by different types of activity, although there is inconsisten cy between types/brands of accelerometers.[2] one study has shown that accelerometer-measured vigorous-intensity activity, more so than moderate, is a significant predictor of bmc of the total body as well as at the femoral neck of 9-year-old children, while in children of similar age, nor aini et al.[3] indicated that there is better agreement between increased bmc and moderate-intensity exercise. the paq is a validated questionnaire[4] that can be used to survey sport, habitual and leisure-time pa. the paq has been used to ass ess pa in children and adolescents,[5,6] and mcveigh et al.[5] developed a mechanical-loading, bone-relevant paq algorithm (the peak bone strain score (pbss)) that incorporates pa duration, frequency and weight-bearing load. few studies have validated bone-specific algorithms from general paqs in children,[7,8] and although bonespecific questionnaires do exist, their ability to predict bone indices in children has not been assessed. in addition, the ability of the pbss algorithm to predict volumetric bone parameters of children has not been studied. although dxa remains useful for monitoring bone response to exercise, dxa measurements do not assess bone geometry, and small increments (due to loading pas) on the periosteal surface of the bone may be missed.[9] the use of peripheral quantitative computed tomography (pqct) provides structural and true density measures of paediatric bone[10] and thus allows delineation of the effects of exercise intensity on bone. farr et al.[11] examined the relationship between bone strength as measured by pqct and pa assessed using a pedometer and paqs, and found that a past-year paq was a better predictor of bone strength indices (bsis) than a pedometer. pedometers may be limited in their ability to reflect time spent in mvpa as they only measure steps per day mailto:rebecca.meiring@wits.ac.za sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 49 and have a high amount of variability when used by people with different gait patterns.[2] only one group has assessed the relationship between accelerometr y measures and pqct bone outcomes, and found that in adolescents, vigorous – not light or moderate – pa was associated with bone geometric measures and indices of bone strength at the diaphysis of the tibia.[12,13] the relationship between pqct-measured bone outcomes and pa assessment (using accelerometry and questionnaires) in preand early pubertal children remains largely unknown. a valid, simple and effective weight-bearing activity assessment questionnaire would be of value in studies in poorer communities as more technical assessments are often not feasible. we therefore sought to compare the relationship between pbss calculated from the paq and accelerometry measures of pa with trabecular and cortical bone properties in prepubertal children. methods participants cross-sectional data were obtained from a convenience sample of 45 participants recruited from local schools in the greater johannesburg area. participants who responded to advertisements and distributed flyers were screened to determine their eligibility for the study. based on previously published correlation coefficients between paqs and accelerometry data, which range between 0.40 and 0.60,[7,14] we chose a value of 0.50 (moderate strength) and conducted a sample size calculation. it was estimated that a sample size of 38 children was needed at a power of 87% to ascertain a correlation coefficient of this size. screening included a self-assessment of pubertal status using the tanner fivestage classification criteria.[15] a general health questionnaire was administered to the primary caregiver of each child; children were excluded if they had been on corticosteroid medication for more than 7 consecutive days in the past year, if they had milk or lactose food allergies, if they were on a vitamin d or calcium supplement, or if they had been ill or admitted to hospital in the last 3 months prior to participation in the study. girls were excluded if they had attained menarche. all children who participated in the project had the study protocol verbally explained to them and, if they agreed to participate, signed an assent form. primary caregivers were required to consent to their child’s participation in the project. the project was approved by the human research ethics committee of the university of the witwatersrand (protocol number: m10635), which adheres to the principles of the declaration of helsinki. anthropometry participant height and weight were recorded to the nearest millimetre and 100 g using a stadiometer (holtain, uk) and a digital scale (dismed, south africa), respectively. body mass index percentile for age was calculated using software available from the world health organization (who, http://www. who.int/childgrowth/software/en). radial and tibial lengths (to the nearest millimetre) were measured using sliding callipers (hol tain, uk) for the determination of the position of the bone scans. radial length was defined as the distance from the tip of the olecranon process to the most distal end of the ulna styloid process. tibial length was defined as the distance from the distal end of the medial malleolus to the superior aspect of the medial tibial condyle. physical activity questionnaire (paq) children were required to complete the paq (with the assistance of their primary caregiver) on their participation in physical and leisure-time activities for the previous 2 years. information was gathered from four activity question domains, namely pa participation during school, extramural/afterschool pa, leisure-time activity and mode of transport to and from school. children were asked to provide details on the number of times per week they performed an activity, as well as the amount of time they spent on each activity at any one time, to determine the frequency of each pa. a regular activity was defined as that which was performed once a week for more than 4 months of the year (the usual length of a school semester in south africa). each regular activity was then assigned a bone strain score using a scoring system based on that of groothausen et al.[16] (table 1). a pbss was calculated for each participant. the pbss incorporated duration (defined as average minutes/session), frequency (sessions/week) and load (peak strain score). the sum of the scores for each activity made up the pbss for each child. the paqs for all children were filled out for the previous 2 years (april 2010 april 2012) to account for seasonal and annual variation in pas. the paq was re-administered 6 months later. a modified version of the questionnaire was also administered for the week in which the participants wore the actical (and again 6 months later) to ensure that the week was representative of a typical active week for the participants. accelerometry children wore an actical accelerometer (phillips, usa), which was secured using an elasticised waist belt to the hip of the right leg for 7 consecutive days. the actical was removed when participants showered, bathed or swam and this was recorded on the 7-day paq. the actical was collected after 7 days and the data were downloaded and analysed independently of the paq data. activity counts were collected in 15-second epochs and data were reduced by removing only full days of non-wear time as assessed either by observation of the data, where a full day of consistent zero activity counts was recorded, or as indicated by the participant if a day of wearing the actical was missed. the remaining data are referred to as the ‘wear period’. participant data were included if, out of the 7 days, there was a minimum of 4 days of wear time where 10 hours of consecutive total activity and activity counts were recorded per day. light, moderate and table 1. peak bone strain scoring system based on associated ground reaction forces* peak score estimation criteria examples 3 activities including jumping actions basketball, netball, gymnastics 2 activities including sprinting and turning actions badminton, baseball, tennis 1 weight-bearing activities dancing, jogging 0 all other activities bicycling, swimming *adapted from groothausen et al.[15] http://www 50 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 vigorous activity categories were defined according to activity count thresholds based on guidelines recommended for children between the ages of 7 and 18 years:[17] light activity = 300 1 499 counts per minute; moderate activity = 1 500 6 500 counts per minute; vigorous activity = >6 501 counts per minute. the actical output variables were total activity counts per minute and daily minutes spent in either moderate and/or vigorous activity. dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (dxa) bmc was measured by a trained technician using dxa (hologic qdr, discovery w, usa) at the following sites: forearm (ulna and radius), whole body, lumbar spine, total hip and femoral neck. the same technician performed and analysed all dxa scans. the coefficients of variation for bmc over the course of the study was 0.36%. peripheral quantitative computed tomography (pqct) measures of the forearm and tibia were conducted using pqct (stratec xct 2000, stratec medical, germany). a scout view was performed for each participant and a reference line placed at the midline of the epiphyseal plate of the radius and the tibia. scans of 2.3 mm thickness were done at 4% and 65% of the length of the radius from the reference line, and at 65% of the length of the tibia from the reference line for the measurement of bone area, density and strength. strength, periosteal circumference (pc), endosteal circumference (ec) and cortical thickness (ct) were also calculated. muscle cross-sectional area (mcsa) was obtained from the 65% site as this site is associated with the largest muscle belly. for the 4% radial measures, the bone threshold was set at 180 mg/cm3 and contour mode 1/peel mode 1 was used. for the cortical and bone geometry measures at the 65% radial and tibial sites, bone threshold was set at 711 mg/cm3 (contour mode 1/ peel mode 2). threshold for ssi at these sites for both the radius and tibia was set at 480 mg/cm3. for the measures of mcsa, threshold was set at 40 mg/cm3 (contour mode 3/peel mode 1). the same independent technician performed all pqct scans. a quality-control phantom spine was scanned each morning before 9 o-clock and before any participant scans were performed, with the coefficient of variation for total attenuation at 0.44% and trabecular attenuation at 0.37% during the study period (from april 2012 to october 2012). an acceptable and true representation of the 4% tibia (metaphysis) was not available for all participants (n=16 available) because the lower limbs of some participants were too short for an acceptable scan at that site. thus the 4% tibia was excluded from the final analysis. statistical analysis the pbsss calculated from the 2-year paq and the 7-day paq were compared using a wilcoxon signed rank test. intraclass correlation coefficients (one-way random effects model) were used to evaluate the reproducibility of the estimates of two administrations of the 2-year and 7-day pbsss. the initial 2-year pbss (indicative of bone loading history) was used for subsequent analyses. pbsss and actical activity (counts/min) were log transformed as data were not normally distributed. pearson’s correlations were then performed between pbss and moderate, vigorous and mvpa, and between logtransformed pbss, actical activities and adjusted bone variables. dxa measurements were adjusted for bone area, body mass and sex, while pqct values were adjusted for limb length, body mass and sex. multiple regression analyses were used to determine the independent contribution of pa measures (pbss and mvpa) on the variance of selected dxa (femoral neck, spine and hip) and pqct (cortical area (coa), density and strength of the 65% radius and tibia) derived variables after adjustment for the abovementioned covariates. mvpa, pbss and the covariates were entered into the models using a forced option. unless otherwise specified, data are presented as mean (sd). data were analysed using spss 21.0 (ibm spss, usa). significance was set at p≤0.05. results seven children were excluded from the analysis due to a lack of actical data that met the criteria for a ‘wear’ day. therefore 38 child ren’s data were included in the final analysis. participant characteristics are shown in table 2. relationship between pbss and actical-derived pa the 2-year and 7-day pbsss were comparable between administrations and demonstrated high intraclass correlations (table 3). there were significant positive correlations between pbss and moderate (r=0.38; p=0.02), vigorous (r=0.36; p=0.03) and combined mvpa (r=0.38; p=0.02). bivariate correlations between activity and bone pbss was significantly correlated to body size-adjusted bmc at all sites scanned by dxa (except the radius) (table 4). in addition, at the 65% radius, correlations were significant for total area (toa) (p<0.001), coa (p=0.001), cortical density (cod) (p=0.001) and strength-strain index (ssi) (p=0.002). pbss was also significantly correlated to pc (p=0.003) and ct (p=0.05) of the radius at the 65% site. at the 65% site of the tibia, toa (p=0.001), cod (p=0.03), ssi (p=0.001), pc (p=0.001) and ec (p=0.006) were all significantly and positively correlated to pbss. pbss was also significantly correlated to both arm (p<0.001) and leg (p=0.002) mcsa. total activity (counts/min) as measured by accelerometry was significantly correlated to body size-adjusted bmc at the spine (p=0.04), hip (p<0.001) and femoral neck (p<0.001). however, total activity was not correlated to any of the bone variables measured by pqct. similarly, moderate activity was significantly correlated to bmc at the femoral neck (p=0.04), whereas vigorous activity was correlated to bmc at the hip (p=0.03). when both moderate and vigorous activity were combined, significant correlations were seen for bmc at the femoral neck only (p=0.05). at the 4% radius, significant correlations between moderate activity and mvpa combined were seen for total density (p=0.01 and p=0.01, respectively). moderate activity was also correlated to bsi at the 4% radius (p=0.02). vigorous activity was correlated to coa (p=0.03) and forearm mcsa (p=0.01) at the 65% radius. there was no correlation between either moderate or vigorous activity and other pqct-measured radial bone variables. there was a trend for toa (p=0.07) and coa (p=0.08) of the tibia to be correlated to vigorous activity. significant correlations were observed between forearm mcsa and moderate-intensity activity. linear regression analysis a summary of the results from the multiple linear regression analysis is presented in table 5. although small, pa as assessed by the pbss sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 51 explained significantly more variance in bmc of the femoral neck, spine and total hip compared to mvpa as measured by the actical accelerometer. in addition, at the cortical sites of the radius and tibia, variance in area, density and strength were explained more by the pbss than by mvpa. discussion whereas we observed moderate correlations between intensity of activity (assessed by the actical) and bone health indices of the radius and tibia, the associations between accelerometry measures and bone area and content were weaker compared with those obser ved between the pbss algorithm and size and content of bone. in the current study, mvpa was moderately associated with pbss. nor aini et al.[3] (in children of similar age to our study) showed lessstrong associations between their paq and actical-derived moderate activity, due in part to their participants overor underreporting vig orous activities.[3] we may have observed stronger correlations between objectively measured activity and pbss because we assess ed activity over 2 years to account for variations in annual changes in sport. similar to other studies that have found associations between paqs and bmc at the femoral neck, hip and spine,[1] in our study pbss was not only significantly associated with spine, hip and femoral neck bmc but also with ulna bmc. children who take part in upper-extremity sports have greater bone mass, strength and area at the proximal and distal radius.[18] on secondary analysis, we found that participation in tennis (in both boys and girls) and netball (in girls) – sports that use arm movement – was common in children who participated in this study (n=24 taking part in at least one of the abovementioned sports on a regular basis). in our study, pbss was also associated with forearm and leg muscle cross-sectional area, indicating the ability of the score to reflect the close relationship that exists between muscle and bone. our study also indicated the usefulness of the pbss algorithm in predicting bone size and geometry as measured by pqct. farr et al.[8] investigated associations between a paq and pqct bone measures and reported that associations between a pastyear pa recall and bsis were stronger than between pedometry and bone outcomes. similarly, in the present study, stronger associations between pbss and area of cortical bone, bsi and pc were observed, than between accelerometery and bone outcomes. the fact that the paq in the present study was bone-specific was the most probable table 2. descriptive characteristics of participants* characteristic whole group (n=38) age (years) 9.9 (1.3) tanner (i/ii) 22/16 sex (male/female) 12/26 race (white/black) 32/6 height (cm) 137.7 (9.9) body mass (kg) 32.9 (7.2) bmi percentile 52.5 (27.5) forearm mcsa (mm2) 1 758.7 (313.7) leg mcsa (mm2) 3 577.6 (673.9) physical activity moderate activity (min/day) 55.6 (23.5) vigorous activity (min/day) 2.1 (3.0) wear time (hours/day) 14.1 (0.9) days worn 6 (1) pbss from paq (2-year) 6.3 (3.1) dxa† ulna bmc (g) 2.5 (0.4) radius bmc (g) 3.6 (0.7) spine bmc (g) 23.2 (5.0) hip bmc (g) 16.7 (3.7) femoral neck bmc (g) 2.8 (0.5) whole body bmc (g) 781.6 (155.5) pqct† metaphysis-radius toa (mm2) 227.0 (49.6) tod (mg/cm3) 289.1 (14.6) trabd (mg/cm3) 211.1 (33.6) bsi (mg2/mm4) 1 878.9 (515.3) diaphysis-radius toa (mm2) 101.2 (14.6) coa (mm2) 44.6 (8.8) cod (mg/cm3) 998.9 (32.7) ssi (mm3) 149.2 (37.7) pc (mm) 34.9 (3.1) ct (mm) 1.5 (0.3) ec (mm) 25.6 (3.2) diaphysis-tibia toa (mm2) 436.6 (64.5) coa (mm2) 213.4 (33.2) cod (mg/cm3) 1 037.3 (17.8) ssi (mm3) 1 549.4 (393.1) pc (mm) 74.0 (5.3) table 2 (continued). descriptive characteristics of participants* characteristic whole group (n=38) ct (mm) 3.39 (0.4) ec (mm) 52.7 (4.3) bmi = body mass index; mcsa = muscle cross-sectional area; pbss = peak bone strain score; paq = physical activity questionnaire; dxa = dual energy x-ray absorptiometry; bmc = bone mineral content; pqct = peripheral quantitative computed tomography; toa = total area; tod = total density; trabd = density of trabecular bone at 4% site; bsi = bone strength index; coa = cortical area; cod = cortical density; ssi = strength-strain index; pc = periosteal circumference; ct = cortical thickness; ec = endosteal circumference. *data are mean (sd) except for tanner, sex and race, which show proportions within the group. † bmc measures by dxa are adjusted for sex, body mass and bone area, while pqct measures are adjusted for sex, body mass and limb length. continued... 52 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 table 3. intraclass correlation coefficients (r) comparing two administrations of the paq 1st administration 2nd administration icc (ci) p-value past 2-year pbss, median (iqr) 5.0 (4.0 8.0) 5.56 (3.0 8.8) 0.86 (0.76 0.91) <0.001 past 7-day pbss, median (iqr) 4.0 (2.0 5.0)  4.0 (4.0 6.0)  0.84 (0.16 0.97) <0.05 paq = physical activity questionnaire; icc = intraclass correlations; ci = confidence interval; pbss = peak bone strain score; iqr = interquartile range. table 4. correlation coefficients (r) between adjusted bone variables and pbss score from the paq and accelerometer-derived activity counts/minute   pbss total activity moderate vigorous moderate to vigorous bmc (g)* ulna 0.42† 0.10 0.07 0.15 0.03 radius 0.32 0.27 –0.03 0.08 –0.05 spine 0.47‡ 0.37† 0.17 0.30 0.15 whole body 0.44‡ –0.08 0.10 0.25 0.09 hip 0.50‡ 0.43† 0.26 0.36† 0.26 femoral neck 0.57§ 0.50‡ 0.34† 0.30 0.32† pqct* metaphysis-radius toa (mm2) 0.30 0.07 0.23 0.26 0.19 tod (mg/cm3) –0.03 0.09 0.41† 0.15 0.40† trabd (mg/cm3) –0.22 –0.08 0.24 0.18 0.24 bsi (mg2/mm4) 0.18 0.13 0.39† 0.33 0.33 diaphysis-radius toa (mm2) 0.56§ –0.18 0.17 0.20 0.16 coa (mm2) 0.52‡ –0.07 0.03 0.37† 0.06 cod (mg/cm3) 0.51† 0.11 0.06 0.28 0.06 ssi (mm3) 0.50‡ –0.16 –0.03 0.15 –0.03 pc (mm) 0.60‡ 0.003 0.34 0.22 0.35 ct (mm) 0.41† –0.13 0.10 0.29 0.10 ec (mm) 0.38 –0.15 0.27 0.06 0.27 forearm mcsa (mm2) 0.64§ 0.27 0.31 0.41† 0.31 diaphysis-tibia toa (mm2) 0.52‡ 0.09 0.25 0.30 0.24 coa (mm2) 0.31 0.10 0.15 0.30 0.14 cod (mg/cm3) 0.36† –0.20 0.01 0.16 0.03 ssi (mm3) 0.51‡ 0.06 0.21 0.32 0.19 pc (mm) 0.54‡ 0.04 0.23 0.28 0.21 ct (mm) 0.08 0.03 0.02 0.19 0.003 ec (mm) 0.62§ 0.02 0.25 0.22 0.24 leg mcsa (mm2) 0.52‡ 0.14 0.18 0.26 0.16 pbss = peak bone strain score; paq = physical activity questionnaire; bmc = bone mineral content; toa = total area; tod = total density; trabd = density of trabecular bone at 4% site; bsi = bone strength index; coa = cortical area; cod = cortical density; ssi = strength-strain index; pc = periosteal circumference; ct = cortical thickness; ec = endosteal circumference; mcsa = muscle cross-sectional area. *bmc measures by dxa are adjusted for sex, body mass and bone area while pqct measures are adjusted for sex, body mass and limb length. † p<0.05 ‡ p<0.01 § p<0.001 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 53 reason that strong correlations were seen between the pbss and bone outcomes measured by pqct and dxa. in our study, we did not find that vigorous-intensity activity was more closely related to bmc than moderate, as has been shown previously.[1,19] rather, we found that moderate and combined mvpa were significantly associated with bmc at the femoral neck, whereas vigorous activity was associated with bmc at the hip only. the positioning of the accelerometer on the hip as well as its limited ability to accurately detect movement in three-dimensional planes may have been a reason for associations in activity only being evident at the hip and femoral neck but not at any of the other sites assessed by dxa. at the metaphysis of the radius, a site that is susceptible to wrist fracture during growth, moderate and combined mvpa were associated with bone strength, while at the cortical tibia only vigorous activity was associated with bone strength. previous studies that have examined associations between bsis at the radius and tibia and activity-measured accelerometry[12,13] report similar findings to those of our study. pedometers are not as accurate a method of assessing activity as accelerometry[2] and the strength of the relationships reported in the farr et al.[11] study (using pedometers) was not as strong as seen in our study. farr et al. also showed that girls with the highest levels of duration and frequency of weight-bearing activity had greater strength at the tibia compared to girls with lower levels of weight-bearing activity without any changes in cod.[11] vigorous activity was associated with coa at the radius but no significant association was seen between vigorous activity and radial strength. a study in prepubertal tennis players, however, has shown that resistance to torsion and bending (i.e. greater ssi) is due to increases in coa as a result of periosteal apposition, and not necessarily bone density.[20] study limitations the two-dimensional nature of dxa measurements is consistently problematic in interpreting bone data in children. however, we controlled for this by limiting participation in this study to children who were classified as being prepubertal and using appro priate body size covariates in the statistical analysis. the actical has limited ability to accurately assess the intensity of specific types of activity, such as weight-bearing activities, cycling and swimming, and the positioning of the actical may also have contributed to the difference in associations seen between the pbss and the actical. the use of different cut points table 5. multiple linear regression on mvpa and pbss as predictors of bone outcomes measured by dxa and pqct goodness of fit correlations model adjusted r2 p-value outcome factors model parameter, unstandardised beta (se) p-value zero partial collinearity, vif dxa derived bone mineral content of the femoral neck, spine and hip 1 0.24 0.003 femoral neck pbss 1.1 (0.3) 0.002 0.53 0.50 1.6 mvpa 0.01 (0.40) 0.962 0.21 <0.001 1.3 2 0.19 0.009 spine pbss 10.7 (3.3) 0.003 0.48 0.48 1.6 mvpa –2.0 (3.6) 0.581 0.11 –0.09 1.3 3 0.19 0.009 hip pbss 7.9 (2.5) 0.003 0.49 0.47 1.6 mvpa –0.7 (2.7) 0.785 0.15 –0.05 1.3 pqct (65% radius bone variables) 4 0.28 0.002 toa pbss 35.9 (9.3) 0.001 0.56 0.56 1.6 mvpa –5.1 (10.1) 0.616 0.13 –0.09 1.5 5 0.27 0.002 coa pbss 22.3 (5.7) <0.001 0.52 0.56 1.6 mvpa –8.7 (6.2) 0.172 –0.002 –0.24 1.5 6 0.24 0.004 cod pbss 77.7 (21.5) 0.001 0.52 0.53 1.6 mvpa –22.4 (23.3) 0.343 0.05 –0.17 1.5 7 0.27 0.002 ssi pbss 93.7 (24.4) 0.001 0.50 0.56 1.6 mvpa –44.3 (26.4) 0.103 –0.05 –0.28 1.5 pqct (65% tibia bone variables) 8 0.23 0.005 toa pbss 147.8 (43.2) 0.002 0.52 0.51 1.3 mvpa –19.7 (45.7) 0.670 0.13 –0.07 1.5 9 0.05 0.150 coa pbss 48.7 (24.6) 0.055 0.31 0.32 1.3 mvpa –13.3 (25.9) 0.611 0.04 –0.08 1.5 10 0.10 0.070 cod pbss 31.0 (12.8) 0.021 0.36 0.38 1.3 mvpa –10.4 (13.5) 0.448 0.02 –0.13 1.5 11 0.23 0.005 ssi pbss 910.1 (263.4) 0.001 0.51 0.51 1.3 mvpa –170.9 (278.6) 0.544 0.11 –0.11 1.5 mvpa = moderateto-vigorous intensity activity; pbss = peak bone strain score; dxa = dual energy x-ray absorptiometry; pqct = peripheral quantitative computed tomography; vif = variance inflation factor; toa = total area; coa = cortical area; cod = cortical density; ssi = strength-strain index. 54 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 for mvpa may also have contributed to the discrepancy in results between studies, therefore this study may only apply to activity studies using the actical accelerometer. in addition, the fact that the actical and the pbss measure activity in different ways may be considered a limitation of the study. the pbss has a loading component built into the calculation (i.e. estimates of ground reaction force), whereas the actical accelerometer measures energy expenditure. therefore the bone outcomes may be more closely associated with the pbss than the actical for this reason only. however, we believe that our results still reflect the benefits of participation in weight-bearing pa rather than the biasing toward a more effective tool of assessment. the load values assigned to activities reported on in our paq are based on pbsss reported in the literature and we acknowledge that we did not measure ground reaction forces in our sample. in our study, vigorous activity was not quite significantly correlated to tibial total and coa (p=0.07 and p=0.08, respectively) but this may be due to the small sample size and the relatively low levels of participation in vigorous activity in this cohort of children. we recommend similar analyses to be conducted in a larger sample size in the future. conclusion we have shown that the bone-specific component of our paq (pbss algorithm) is useful in the assessment of the relationship between participation in weight-bearing sport and bone health in prepubertal children. while the pbss algorithm was a significant predictor of bone health measured by dxa and pqct, accelerometer-measured activity did not predict bone health to the same extent as the pbss. in conclusion, the pbss generated from the paq can be used to reliably and accurately collect data on participation in weight-bearing exercise. references 1. janz kf, burns tl, levy sm, et al. everyday activity predicts bone geometry in children: the iowa bone development study. med sci sports exerc 2004;36(7):11241131. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000132275.65378.9d] 2. ryan j, gormley j. an evaluation of energy expenditure estimation by three activity monitors. eur j sport sci 2013;13(6):681-688. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461391. 2013.776639] 3. nor aini j, poh bk, chee wss. validity of a children’s physical activity questionnaire (cpaq) for the study of bone health. pediatr int 2013;55(2):223-228. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1111/ped.12035] 4. mcveigh ja, norris sa. criterion validity and test-retest reliability of a physical activity questionnaire in south african primary school-aged children. south african journal of sports medicine 2012;24(2):43-48. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.178] 5. mcveigh ja, norris sa, cameron n, pettifor jm. associations between physical activity and bone mass in black and white south african children at age 9 yr. j appl physiol 2004;97(3):1006-1012. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1152/japplphysiol.00068.2004] 6. thandrayen k, norris sa, pettifor jm. fracture rates in urban south african children of different ethnic origins: the birth to twenty cohort. osteoporos int 2008;9(1):20:4752. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00198-008-0627-x] 7. economos cd, hennessy e, sacheck jm, shea mk, naumova en. development and testing of the bones physical activity survey for young children. bmc musculoskelet disord 2010;11:195. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2474-11-195] 8. farr j, blew r, lee v, lohman t, going s. associations of physical activity duration, frequency, and load with volumetric bmd, geometry, and bone strength in young girls. osteoporos int 2011;22(5):1419-1430. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00198-010-1361-8] 9. seeman e, delmas pd. bone quality – the material and structural basis of bone strength and fragility. n engl j med 2006;354(21):2250-2261. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1056/nejmra053077] 10. binkley tl, berry r, specker bl. methods for measurement of pediatric bone. rev endocr metab disord 2008;9(2):95-106. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11154-008-9073-5] 11. farr jn, lee vr, blew rm, lohman tg, going sb. quantifying bone-relevant activity and its relation to bone strength in girls. med sci sports exerc 2011;43(3):476-483. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181eeb2f2] 12. sayers a, mattocks c, deere k, ness a, riddoch c, tobias jh. habitual levels of vigorous, but not moderate or light, physical activity is positively related to cortical bone mass in adolescents. j clin endocrinol metab 2011;96(5):e793-e802. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2010-2550] 13. deere k, sayers a, rittweger j, tobias jh. a cross-sectional study of the relationship between cortical bone and high-impact activity in young adult males and females. j clin endocrinol metab 2012;97(10):3734-3743. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2012-1752] 14. de ridder cm, kemper hcg, bertens mjm, et al. concurrent validity of a weightbearing activity questionnaire in prepubertal and pubertal girls and boys. ann hum biol 2002;29(3):237-246. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03014460110075701] 15. tanner jm. normal growth and techniques of growth assessment. clin endocrinol metab 1986;15:411–451. 16. groothausen j, siemer h, kemper hcg, twisk j, welten dc. influence of peak strain on lumbar bone mineral density: an analysis of 15-year physical activity in young males and females. pediatr exerc sci 1997;9(2):159-173. 17. puyau mr, adolph al, vohra fa, zakeri i, butte nf. prediction of activity energy expenditure using accelerometers in children. med sci sports exerc 2004;36(9):16251631. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000139898.30804.60] 18. burt la, greene da, ducher g, naughton ga. skeletal adaptations associated with prepubertal gymnastics participation as determined by dxa and pqct: a systematic review and meta-analysis. j sci med sport 2013;16(3):231-239. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2012.07.006] 19. sardinha lb, baptista f, ekelund u. objectively measured physical activity and bone strength in 9-year-old boys and girls. pediatrics 2008;122(3):e728–e736. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1542/peds.2007-2573] 20. bass sl, saxon l, daly rm, et al. the effect of mechanical loading on the size and shape of bone in pre-, peri-, and postpubertal girls: a study in tennis players. j bone miner res 2002;17(12):2274-2280. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1359/jbmr.2002.17.12.2274] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000132275.65378.9d] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461391.2013.776639] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/17461391.2013.776639] http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/ped.12035] http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/ped.12035] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.178] http://dx.doi.org/10.1152/japplphysiol.00068.2004] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00198-008-0627-x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2474-11-195] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00198-010-1361-8] http://dx.doi.org/10.1056/nejmra053077] http://dx.doi.org/10.1056/nejmra053077] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11154-008-9073-5] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3181eeb2f2] http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2010-2550] http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2010-2550] http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2012-1752] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03014460110075701] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000139898.30804.60] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2012.07.006] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2012.07.006] http://dx.doi.org/10.1542/peds.2007-2573] http://dx.doi.org/10.1542/peds.2007-2573] http://dx.doi.org/10.1359/jbmr.2002.17.12.2274] 86 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 introduction an unaccustomed bout of eccentrically biased exercise results in trauma to muscle and/or connective tissue. it is now well established that if a similar bout is repeated within several days 22 to several months, 15 there is a significant reduction in direct and indirect markers of muscle damage. 13 this response is referred to as the repeated bout effect and is believed to represent a positive training adaptation. 13 several hypotheses have been proposed in an attempt to explain this phenomenon. mchugh 13 has classified these hypotheses as the neural, mechanical, and cellular adaptation. 13 one aspect of the cellular adaptation hypothesis that is gaining in acceptance is related to the initial acute inflammatory response after the first bout of eccentrics. 16 although acute inflammation promotes healing, an undesirable ‘side-effect’ of this process involves the release of catabolic substances that inadvertently degrade surrounding healthy tissue. pizza and colleagues 18,19 have suggested that the repeated bout effect may be related to original research article changes in neutrophil count, creatine kinase and muscle soreness after repeated bouts of downhill running abstract objective. a primary objective was to examine circulating neutrophil count after repeated bouts of downhill running. an additional aim was to determine creatine kinase (ck) levels during the initial 12 hours, after repeated dhrs. design. eleven healthy, untrained caucasian males performed 2 x 60 min bouts of dhr (-13.5%), spaced 14 days apart, at a speed equal to 75% vo2max on a level grade. blood was collected before, after, and every hour for 12 hours, and every 24 hours for 6 days. absolute neutrophil count, ck, and delayed-onset muscle soreness (doms) were assessed. results were analysed using repeated measures anova (p<0.05) with appropriate post hoc tests. results. there were no significant differences in neutrophil count (p=0.24) during the 12-h period following run 1 (mean±se, 6.45±0.29 10 -9 .l -1 ) versus run 2 (5.96±0.09 10 -9 .l -1 ), or during the 24-h periods for run 1 (3.48±0.09 10 -9 .l -1 ) or run 2 (3.47±0.09 10 -9 .l -1 ). during the initial 12-h correspondence: lucille l smith department of sport, rehabilitation and dental sciences tshwane university of technology south africa e-mail: smithll@tut.ac.za tel : 012-382-5921 cell: 082-561-8932 lucille l smith (phd)1 stuart j semple (d tech)1 andrew j mckune (d tech)1 nevel neveling (biokinetics/m tech)1 miguel caldeira (biokinetics/b tech)1 jean-marie swanepoel (b tech)1 lebogang tsomele (b tech)1 melissa naidoo (bsc hon)1 emmanuel sibanda (m tech)2 1 department of sport, rehabilitation and dental sciences, tshwane university of technology, pretoria 2 department of statistical services, tshwane university of technology, pretoria period, there was a significant interaction effect (p=0.0001) for ck with differences between bouts seen between 3 12 h; differences remained evident at 24 h and at 96 144 h. in all muscle groups, doms was significantly lower after run 2 compared with run 1. conclusion. the lack of significance in neutrophils, as well as the early onset of difference in ck between run 1 and run 2 were attributed to the type of eccentric protocol used. it was proposed that future studies be more cognisant of whether the eccentric mode is predominantly low-intensity long-duration or high-intensity short-duration. pg86-93.indd 86 10/3/07 3:27:23 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 87 an attenuated inflammatory response after the second bout. this suggestion has been supported by the observation that there is a significantly reduced number of circulating neutrophils after the second bout of eccentrics, compared with the first. since neutrophils are typically the first white blood cells to enter damaged tissue and are instrumental in initiating an acute inflammatory response they reasoned that reduced circulating numbers of neutrophils after bout two, would result in reduced infiltration into damaged tissue and a reduction in subsequent inflammatory events. in contrast to the findings of reduced neutrophilia after bout 2 ,18,19 a previous study 21 found no significant differences in neutrophil count when a second bout of eccentrically biased exercise was performed a few weeks after the initial bout. however, a primary difference between the two studies was the exercise protocol. pizza et al. 18,19 used highintensity, low-volume resistance-like eccentric contractions of the elbow flexors, while the aforementioned study 21 used repeated bouts of downhill running, which incorporated lowintensity high-volume aerobic-like eccentric contractions. an alternate reason for the lack of consensus between these studies could have been that in the previous downhill running study, 21 the intensity, the steepness of the gradient and the duration of the running bouts were not sufficiently strenuous. therefore, a primary purpose of the present study was to reexamine circulating white cell counts, specifically neutrophils and also monocytes after two bouts of downhill running, using a higher intensity and longer duration. serum creatine kinase (ck) has frequently been used as an indirect marker of muscle damage. with regard to repeated bouts of eccentrics, ck has consistently been shown to be significantly lower after the second bout of eccentrics. 3,8,14,18,21 however, in previous downhill running studies 3,5,21 ck was only measured at 24-h intervals; whether differences in serum ck are evident at an earlier time point after downhill running has not been investigated. thus, an additional purpose of this study was to assess total circulating ck at 3-h intervals during the initial 12 h, as well as at 24-h intervals for 6 d, following both downhill runs. methods subject selection eleven healthy, active but untrained caucasian males were recruited for the study; ‘untrained’ was defined as not having engaged in regular sport or physical activity for at least 6 months. selection criteria for subjects included the following: age between 18 and 30 years; no history of leg injury or any other medical condition that would be exacerbated by two bouts of downhill running; no regular usage of any anti inflammatory medication. initial screening the individuals selected to participate were scheduled for screening in the exercise testing laboratory (etl). during the first visit they were required to read and sign an informed consent previously approved by the university ethics committee and in accord with guidelines established by the american college of sports medicine. height and body mass were assessed. body composition was assessed using a 7-site skinfold caliper (harpenden, british instruments, london). the sites were: chest, midaxillary, triceps, subscapular, abdomen, supra-iliac, thigh). the equation used was: body density = 1.112 0.00043499 (sum of 7 skinfolds) + 0.00000055 (sum of 7 skinfolds) 2 – 0.00028826 (age). 1 assessment of vo2max and determination of individual running speeds subjects were instructed to eat a light meal 3 hours prior to the vo2max testing. to determine vo2max, subjects were required to walk/run on a treadmill using the bruce protocol. 1 the test was performed on a quinton 90 treadmill (quinton instrument co. seattle, washington). continuous respiratory measurements were recorded by means of the medgraphics cardio2 combined vo2 /ecg exercise system (medical graphics corporation chicago, illinois). throughout the test, heart rate was recorded at the end of each minute using a polar™ heart rate monitor (accurex 2, polar electro, finland). ratings of perceived exertion (rpe) were recorded at the end of each stage (every 3 minutes), as well as when subjects reached volitional exhaustion; the 15-point category scale was used. 1 the test was accepted as vo2max if two of the following criteria were attained: rer > 1.1 and/or; rpe > than 19 on the 15-point rpe scale, and/or maximum heart rate (hr) within ± 20 beats of age predicted hrmax. after the test, vo2max (ml.kg -1 .min -1 ) values were converted into metabolic equivalents (mets). seventy-five per cent of the peak met capacity was then calculated. metabolic equations were used to determine the speed on a level grade that would elicit this met capacity. 1 this treadmill speed was the designated speed for each subject for both downhill runs. eccentrically biased downhill run during the 72 h prior to the downhill run, subjects were instructed to ingest a normal mixed diet, to be well hydrated, and to refrain from any strenuous exercise. each subject performed two identical bouts of downhill running spaced 14 days apart (run 1 and run 2). on both days subjects ran between 5:00 am and 11:00 am and repeated runs were at approximately the same time for each subject. subjects were instructed to fast overnight, but were encouraged to drink ad libitum, to ensure euhydration. at the start of both runs, subjects warmed up for 5 minutes by running on a level grade at the pre-determined speed. the treadmill was then lowered to –13.5% and subjects ran for 60 min. heart rate was recorded at the end of each minute (polar™ heart rate monitor, accurex 2, finland). blood sampling on arriving in the laboratory, before run 1 and run 2, subjects were required to sit quietly for 10 min. a qualified phlebotomist then inserted a venous catheter (22 gauge, 2.2 cm), pg86-93.indd 87 10/3/07 3:27:23 pm 88 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 which was kept patent for the following 12 h, using a saline solution. blood was drawn at the following times: pre-exercise, immediately after (post), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 h after (14 samples x 15 ml per sample = 210 ml blood over approximately 14 h). in addition, subjects were required to return to the etl 24, 48, 72, 96, 120 and 144 h later, for additional blood draws (6 days x 15 ml = 90 ml). at these times, a standard venipuncture was performed using an antecubital vein. plasma (5 ml whole blood) was collected in edta tubes and used for assessment of total and differential white cell count and for assessment of ck. serum (10 ml whole blood) was collected in serum separator tubes, allowed to stand at room temperature for 30 min and then spun down for 10 min at 2 000 x g. aliquots were frozen at –70°c in 0.5ml eppendorf tubes. subjects remained in the etl for 12 h after run 1 and run 2. they were provided with food and fluid and encouraged to eat, and especially to drink, ad libitum. total and differential white cell count values were assessed before and immediately after exercise, and then every hour for 12 h, as well as 24 144 h. total and differential white cell count were determined using a cell-dyn 3000 (abott laboratories, mountain view, ca) and analysed by laser-based flow cytometry. all samples were analysed within 16 h of collection. assessment of ck ck was assessed at the following times: before, immediately after, 3, 6, 9, 12, 24, 48, 72, 96, 120 and 144 h after exercise. blood ck concentrations were determined using a refletron blood analyser, which uses a colorometric assay procedure (boehringer mannheim gmbh, germany). edta blood (32 µl) was pipetted onto a refletron ck strip (roche diagnostics, indianapolis, in). the strip was inserted into the refletron analyser for 30 sec. printed results were recorded. if values were > 1 500 iu/l the sample was diluted with equal parts distilled water; 32 µl of this mixture was then pipetted onto a strip and rerun immediately. values of diluted blood were then doubled. assessment of doms subjective soreness ratings were assessed before exercise and at the following times after exercise: 6, 12, 24, 48, 72, 96, 120, and 144 h. subjects were asked to gently palpate and move various muscle groups through a comfortable range of motion. they were then asked to rate each muscle group individually, by placing an ‘x’ along a visual analogue scale (vas) of 10 cm. the verbal anchors on this scale were ‘1 = normal’ and ‘10 = very, very sore’. 19 the distance in centimeters from the beginning of the scale to their mark was measured and this represented the muscle soreness score for that particular muscle group. statistical analysis all dependent variables were analysed using a repeated measures anova. separate analyses were performed for the initial 12-h periods and for the 24-h periods with all values being compared with pre-exercise levels. significance was set at p<0.05. where significant main effects or interaction effects were found, a post hoc least square means was used. all values reported are means ± se. results physical characteristics of subjects physical characteristics of 11 subjects were: age (years) = 19.7±0.4; height (m) = 1.79±0.3; mass (kg) = 78.5±3.0; body fat (%) = 14.6±3.2; vo2max (ml.kg -1 .min -1 ) = 47.8±3.6. the main effects in this study were bout (run 1 versus run 2) and time (initial 12-h period and then 24-h intervals for 6 d). any interaction effects represented differences between bouts (run 1 versus run 2) at a specific time(s). values reported are means ± se. white cell counts neutrophil count (tables i and ii) for the initial 12-h period there was no significant bout (p=0.24) or interaction (p=0.4) effect. there was a significant time effect (p=0.0001). neutrophils were significantly elevated over baseline (3.30±0.76, 10 -9 .l -1 ) at 2 h (7.74±0.76, 10 -9 .l -1 ), 3 h (7.39±0.76, 10 -9 .l -1 ) and 4 h (9.69±0.78, 10 -9 .l -1 ). for the 24-h comparisons there were no significant run (p=0.9), time (p=0.9), or interaction (p=0.6) effects. monocyte count for the initial 12-h period there was no bout (p=0.06) or interaction (p=0.89) effect. however, there was a significant time effect (p=0.0001). from 4 h after exercise through 12 h, monocytes were significantly elevated over pre-exercise baseline levels (0.51±0.03, 10 -9 .l -1 ), with peak values seen at 6 h (0.89±0.03 10 -9 .l -1 ). for the 24-h comparisons there were no significant bout (p=0.12) time (p=0.62) or interaction (p=0.93) effects. creatine kinase (fig. 1) for the initial 12-h period there was a significant interaction effect (p=0.0001). post hoc testing revealed that values for run 1 were significantly higher than for run 2 at the following times: 3 h (557±48 v. 289±48 iu.l -1 ), 6 h (936±51 v. 402±48 iu. l -1 ), 9 h (1242±48 v. 514±48 iu.l -1 ) and 12 h (1243±58 v. 535±48 iu.l -1 ). there was also a significant bout effect (p=0.0001), with values for run 1 v. run 2 being 727±21 iu.l -1 v. 347±20 iu.l -1 , respectively. for the 24-h comparisons there was a significant interaction (p=0.0001) effect. post hoc testing revealed significant differences between run 1 and run 2, respectively, at 24 h (827±49 v. 319±49 iu.l -1 ), 96 h (533±49 v. 132±49 iu.l-1), 120 h (499±49 v. 141±49 iu.l -1 ) and 144 h (404±49 pg86-93.indd 88 10/3/07 3:27:24 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 89 v. 153±49 iu.l -1 ). there was also a significant bout effect (p=0.0001). values for run 1 (456±9 iu.l -1 ) were significantly higher than for run 2 (174±19 iu.l -1 ). it was interesting to note that ck peaked at 9 h and 12 h after run 1 and run 2. delayed-onset nuscle soreness (doms) doms was reported in several different muscle groups which include the following: upper back (fig. 2a): there was a significant bout effect (p=0.0004), with run 1 being significantly higher (2.4±0.1) than run 2 (1.8±0.1). peak soreness for upper back occurred at 24 h for both runs (4.5±0.4 v. 2.6±0.4). lower back (fig. 2b): there was a significant bout effect (p=0.0001), with run 1 (2.4±0.1) being significantly higher than run 2 (1.6±0.1). peak soreness occurred at 24 h for run 1 (3.5±0.3) and run 2 (1.8±0.3). m. gluteus max (fig. 2c): there was a significant bout effect (p=0.0001), with run 1 (2.7±0.1) being significantly higher than run 2 (1.8±0.1). peak soreness occurred at 24 h for run 1 (3.8±0.4) and run 2 (3.1±0.4). quadriceps (fig. 3a): there was a significant bout (p=0.0001) effect with values for run 1 (3.1±0.1) being table i. neutrophil and monocyte count before and after repeated bouts (run 1 and run 2) of downhill running neutrophil count (10 -9 .l -1 ) monocyte count (10 -9 .l -1 ) time (h) run 1 run 2 run 1 run 2 before 3.209±1.073 3.400±1.073 0.500±0.033 0.509±0.033 after 4.418±1.073 4.856±1.073 0.463±0.033 0.491±0.033 1 6.909±1.073 6.368±1.073 0.518±0.033 0.509±0.033 2 7.957±1.073 7.526±1.073 0.645±0.033 0.663±0.033 3 7.636±1.073 7.139±1.073 0.654±0.033 0.636±0.033 4 7.405±1.130 6.624±1.073 0.731±0.035 0.727±0.033 5 7.265±1.072 6.109±1.073 0.808±0.033 0.800±0.033 6 6.979±1.130 5.809±1.073 0.931±0.035 0.845±0.033 7 6.773±1.073 5.527±1.073 0.860±0.033 0.854±0.033 8 6.702±1.130 5.245±1.073 0.841±0.035 0.782±0.033 9 6.627±1.073 5.082±1.073 0.809±0.033 0.727±0.033 10 6.396±1.129 4.927±1.073 0.733±0.035 0.709±0.033 11 6.182±1.130 4.791±1.073 0.778±0.035 0.718±0.033 12 5.809±1.072 4.682±1.073 0.718±0.033 0.672±0.033 before after 3 6 9 12 24 48 72 96 120 144 time (h) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 c re at in e k in as e (i u /l ) run1 run2  fig. 1. changes in blood levels of creatine kinase across time (before exercise through 144 h), for run 1 (circle) and run 2 (triangle). the cross symbol represents significant differences between bouts at specific times. table ii. neutrophil and monocyte count before and after repeated bouts (run 1 and run 2) of downhill running neutrophil count (10 -9 .l -1 ) monocyte count (10 -9 .l -1 ) time (h) run 1 run 2 run1 run 2 before 3.209±0.224 3.400±0.224 0.500±0.027 0.509±0.272 24 3.818±0.224 3.282±0.224 0.500±0.027 0.445±0.027 48 3.418±0.224 3.456±0.237 0.463±0.027 0.435±0.029 72 3.309±0.224 3.636±0.237 0.473±0.027 0.465±0.029 96 3.436±0.224 3.354±0.224 0.482±0.027 0.454±0.027 120 3.658±0.237 3.518±0.224 0.464±0.029 0.464±0.027 144 3.497±0.224 3.639±0.224 0.484±0.027 0.453±0.027 pg86-93.indd 89 10/3/07 3:27:24 pm 90 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 significantly higher than for run 2 (1.6±0.1). there was also an interaction effect (p =0.0079), with run 1 being significantly higher than run 2 at 24 (5.0 v. 2.5) 48 (4.8 v. 2.2) and 72 h (4.3 v. 2.1). peak soreness occurred at 24 h for both runs. hamstrings (fig. 3b): there was a significant bout effect (p=0.0001). with run 1 (2.4±0.1) being higher than run 2 (1.6±0.1). peak soreness occurred at 48 h for run 1 (3.8±0.4) and at 24 h for run 2 (2.3±0.3). m. tibialis anterior (fig. 3c): there was a significant bout effect (p=0.0001), with run 1 (2.3±0.1) being higher than run 2 (1.5±0.1). peak soreness in this muscle group occurred at 72 h for run 1 (2.9±0.3) and at 48 h for run 2 (2.0±0.3). m. triceps surae (fig. 3d): there was a significant bout effect (p=0.0001) with run 1 (3.3±0.2) significantly higher than run 2 (1.9±0.2). peak soreness occurred at 72 h for run 1 (4.4±0.5) and at 24 h and 48 h for run 2 (2.7±0.5) discussion a primary finding of this study was the confirmation of results from a previous study, 21 that there were no significant differences in neutrophil count when comparing an initial bout with a subsequent bout of downhill running. this is contrary to previous findings after repeated bouts of high-intensity eccentrics, 17,18 where significantly lower levels of circulating neutrophils were found after the second bout. regarding ck, significant differences between bouts were seen at 3, 6, 9 12 and 24 h after both bouts, as well at 96, 120 and 144 h after exercise. we believe that this is the first study to report this disparity in ck so soon after bouts of downhill running. concerning doms, after run 1, it was interesting to note that soreness peaked at different times in different muscle groups. furthermore, peak soreness did not always occur at the same time points in the same muscle groups after run 1 and run 2. neutrophil and monocyte count neutrophilia is an important aspect of acute inflammation and has been reported to occur after an initial bout of unaccustomed eccentrics. 16 a critical aspect of neutrophilia is that the increased circulating count precedes the activation and migration of neutrophils into damaged tissue. 17 in addition, the subsequent presence of neutrophils in damaged tissue is an initiating event in the acute inflammatory response. 16 pizza et al. 17,18 have proposed that the reduced neutrophilia as well as the reduced activation of these cells after a repeated bout of eccentrics could, in part, be responsible for the repeated bout effect. they suggested that dampening of an initiating event could reduce the up-regulation of subsequent associated events. if the above supposition is correct, a central question is why the disparity in results between various studies, which for the most part confirm a repeated bout effect? 17,18 a noticeable difference between previous studies conducted by pizza et al. 17,18 and smith et al., 21 as well as in the present study, is the mode of eccentrically biased exercise used to induce muscle trauma. pizza et al. 17,18 had subjects perform two bouts of forced lengthening contractions of the forearm flexors of the non-dominant arm, separated by 3, 18 or 4 weeks; 17 it is proposed that this be regarded as highintensity, low-repetitions resistance-like eccentrics. on the other hand, in the present study and in a previous study, 21 the mode of exercise involved downhill running; it is proposed that this be regarded as low intensity, high repetitions aerobic-like eccentrics. 11,12,21 although much emphasis has been placed on differences in training adaptations associated with high-force resistance-like exercise, 14 versus low-force, high-repetitions, such as occurs in aerobic-like exercise, surprisingly, these differences have been virtually ignored in terms of exercise-induced muscle damage. during high-force eccentrics it is possible that the primary damage is within the muscle fibre per se, 10,14 since there is most likely actin and myosin cross-bridging throughout before 6 12 24 48 72 96 120 144 0 1 2 3 4 5 u pp e r b ac k run1 run2 a before 6 12 24 48 72 96 120 144 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 lo w er b ac k run1 run2 b before 6 12 24 48 72 96 120 144 time (h) 0 1 2 3 4 5 m g lu te u s m a x run1 run2 c  fig. 2. this represents changes in delayed-onset muscle soreness across time for (a) upper back and (b) lower back and (c) gluteus maximus. in all muscle groups there was a significant bout effect (p<0.05, not shown on the graph), with values for run 2 being consistently lower than for run 1. (1 = ‘normal’ and 10 = ‘very, very sore’). pg86-93.indd 90 10/3/07 3:27:25 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 91 the range of motion during the lengthening contraction. however, during low-intensity high-repetition aerobiclike eccentrics, such as downhill running, 6 it is proposed that most of the external load is applied at the end of the movement, producing a braking/shock absorbing function during the foot strike, with low resistance and minimal actin and myosin cross-bridging as the muscles (e.g. quadriceps) move through the swing-lengthening phase of the running motion. if the primary force is only applied at the end of the action, it is possible that the primary stress is on collagen and tendon structures outside the muscle fibre; 10 this would be supported by findings of malm and colleagues, 11,12 who 27 before 6 12 24 48 72 96 120 144 0 1 2 3 4 5 run1 run2 a. gluteus m. before 6 12 24 48 72 96 120 144 0 1 2 3 4 5 run1 run2 b. hamstrings before 6 12 24 48 72 96 120 144 time (h) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 run1 run2 c. m. tibialis before 6 12 24 48 72 96 120 144 time (h) 0 1 2 3 4 5 run1 run2 d. gastrocnemius fig. 3. these represent changes in delayed-onset muscle soreness across time for (a) quadriceps (cross symbol represents significant differences between run 1 and run 2 at each time), (b) hamstrings, (c) tibialis, (d) gastrocnemius. in all four areas, there was a significant bout effect (p<0.05, not shown on the graph) with values for run 2 being consistently lower than for run 1. (1 = ‘normal’ and 10 = ‘very, very sore’). pg86-93.indd 91 10/3/07 3:27:26 pm 92 sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 suggest that after downhill running, inflammatory factors are present in muscle epimysium and that the focal injury does not exist in muscle. it is proposed that during high-force resistance-like eccentrics the primary damage is to the muscle fibre, while during low-force aerobic-like eccentrics the primary damage is to structures outside the muscle fibre, such as collagen and tendons. 10 so differences in mode of exercise could induce differences in the target of injury. 5 whether this could induce differences in aspects of inflammation, such as differences in neutrophilia, is currently unknown. an alternate explanation for the lack of reduced neutrophil count in the present study, after run 2, could be that the body responds differently to a focal injury (biceps trauma) versus a more diffuse injury (stress to several major muscle groups such as quadriceps and gluteal muscle). undoubtedly the internal neuro-endocrine milieu is vastly different during these different forms of exercise/injury, and the role this may play in neutrophilia is currently not clear. although the focus has been on neutrophilia, monocytes/ macrophages form the second line of defense in acute inflammation. many monocytes/macrophages are resident in tissue (ed2 + ), while many migrate from the circulation (ed1 + ). in the present study there were no differences in monocyte count between the two runs. however, there was a significant time effect with blood monocytes being elevated over baseline levels between 4 and 12 h after both bouts of exercise; these changes were remarkably similar to what has previously been reported. 21 the principle that increased numbers of circulating cells precede migration to injured tissue would be in keeping with the notion that there is a similar infiltration of monocytes after both bouts of eccentrics. 9 creatine kinase although ck does not correlate with histological evidence of skeletal muscle damage 23 it is still consistently used as an indirect marker of muscle damage. 6,24 several notable observations were seen in the present study, in response to the downhill running. an interesting finding was related to significant differences between run 1 and run 2 starting at 3 h after the downhill running. previous studies, using downhill running, have generally taken blood samples starting at 24 h after the exercise bout. 2,3,12 we believe this is the first study to demonstrate that significant differences occur as early as 3 h after the downhill run. in the present study ck levels peaked between 9 and 12 h after both bouts. this early difference in ck seen after downhill running contrasts with differences reported after high-intensity resistance-like exercise (maximal exercise of elbow flexors). 6 after repeated bouts of elbow flexors, significant differences between ck levels after bout 1 and 2 are generally seen at a later time period 6 such as at 12 and 24 h 18 or at 3 and 4 d. 8 it is suggested that the significant differences in ck, in the present study, seen initially at 3 h after run 1 and run 2, as well as the time for peak values (9 12 h after run 1), were due to the mode of exercise. downhill running undoubtedly increases metabolic rate, as is evidenced by increased heart rates and oxygen consumption, 6 both during and after the exercise, compared with exercise that involves high intensity/ low repetitions and that induces more focal injury. the increased metabolic rate could have resulted in a more rapid efflux of creatine kinase from the damaged tissue into the circulation. 16 in the present study, the overall finding of significantly lower ck values after run 2 concurs with previous studies on the repeated bout effect. however, when comparing peak ck values between the different types of eccentric protocols, values are consistently lower for the downhill running protocols. 6 the peak mean ck seen in the present study was approximately 1 200 iu.l -1 compared with a mean peak ck of approximately 3 500 iu.l -1 reported by pizza et al. 18 the idea of lower ck levels being associated with eccentrically biased downhill running 6 would support the idea that there is less damage to the muscle fibers per se (as was suggested above) and possibly more damage focused on the extramuscle collagen and tendon structures. 4 an additional observation is related to changes in ck over the entire period (before exercise through 144 h after). as stated earlier, there was an initial peak between 9 and 12 h and then a secondary reduced, but significant peak at 96 and 120 h. this biphasic pattern is similar to that reported by schwane and armstrong, 20 in which rodents ran downhill on a treadmill, and is also similar to what was previously reported after downhill running in human subjects. 21 although speculative, it is suggested here that the initial peak reflects the primary mechanical injury, while the secondary peak reflects the secondary metabolic/biochemical injury. 7,14 delayed-onset muscle soreness doms was assessed in 7 different muscle groups. the highest levels of doms were reported in the quadriceps and the upper back. such high levels were unexpected in the upper back. however, it appears that this area involves a balancing/ braking action during downhill running. most soreness peaked at 24 h and then began to dissipate. however, doms remained elevated in the tibialis anterior and gastrocnemius through 72 h. in conclusion, a somewhat puzzling aspect of the comparisons between this study involving low-intensity, highrepetition aerobic-like eccentrics versus studies involving high intensity, low repetition resistance-like eccentrics, is that certain aspects of the repeated bout effect are similar (ck was significantly reduced, although less pronounced elevations were seen in this study; doms was also significantly reduced after run 2), while other aspects of this response differ (different responses in circulating numbers of neutrophils after run 2). it is suggested that future studies be more cognisant of the mode of eccentrics used when attempting to interpret the responses to tissue damage. pg86-93.indd 92 10/3/07 3:27:26 pm sajsm vol 19 no. 3 2007 93 references 1. american college of sports medicine. guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. 6th ed. baltimore, md: lippincott williams and wilkins, 2000. 2. armstrong rb, garshnek v, schwane ja. muscle inflammation: response to eccentric exercise. med sci sports exerc 1980; 12: s94-5. 3. byrnes wc, clarkson pm, white js, hseih ss, frykman pn, maughan rj. delayed onset muscle soreness following repeated bouts of downhill running. j appl physiol 1985; 59: 710-15. 4. cleak mj, eston rg. muscle soreness, swelling, stiffness and strength loss after intense eccentric exercise. br j sport med 1992; 26: 267-72. 5. eston rg, lemmey ab, mchugh p, byrnes c, walsh se. effect of stride length on symptoms of exercise-induced muscle damage during a repeated bout of downhill running. scand j med sci sports 2000; 10: 199-204. 6. eston rg, mickleborough j, baltzopoulos v. eccentric activation and muscle damage: biomechanical and physiological considerations during downhill running. br j sport med 1995; 29: 89-94. 7. faulkner ja, brooks sv, opiteck ja. injury to skeletal muscle fibers during contractions: conditions of occurrence and prevention. phys ther 1993; 73: 911-21. 8. hirose l, nosaka k, newton m, et al. changes in inflammatory mediartors following eccentric exercise of the elbow flexors. immunol rev 2004; 10: 75-90. 9. lapointe bm, fremont p, cote ch. adaptations to lenghtening contractions is independent of voluntary muscle recruitment but relies on inflammation. am j physiol regul integer comp physiol 2002; 282: r323-29. 10. lindstedt sl, lastayo pc, reich te. when active muscles lengthen: properties and consequences of eccentric contractions. new physiol sci 2001; 16 256-61. 11. malm c, nyberg p, engstrom m, et al. immunological changes in human skeletal muscle and blood after eccentric exercise and multiple biopsies. j physiol 2000; 529: 243-62. 12. malm c, sjodin b, sjoberg b, et al. leukocytes, cytokines, growth factors and hormones in human skeletal muscle and blood after uphill or downhill running. j physiol 2004; 556: 983-1000. 13. mchugh m. recent advances in the understanding of the repeated bout effect: a brief review. scand j med sci sports 2003; 13: 1-10. 14. nosaka k, newton m. differences in the magnitude of muscle damage between maximal and submaximal eccentric loading. j strength cond res 2002; 16: 202-8. 15. nosaka k, sakamoto k, newton m, sacco p. how long does the protective effect on eccentric exercise-induced muscle damage last? med sci sports exerc 2001; 33: 1490-5. 16. peake jm, nosaka k, suzuki k. characterization of inflammatory responses to eccentric exercise in humans. exerc immunol rev 2005; 11: 64-85. 17. pizza fx, baylies h, mitchell jb. adaptations to eccentric exercise: neutrophils and e-selectin during early recovery. can j appl physiol 2001; 26: 245-53. 18. pizza fx, davis bh, henrickson sd, et al. adaptation to eccentric exercise: effect on cd64 and cd11b/cd18 expression. j appl physiol 1996; 80: 47-55. 19. pizza fx, koh tj, mcgregor sj, brooks sv. muscle inflammatory cells after passive stretches, isometric contractions, and lengthening contractions. j appl physiol 2001; 92: 1873-78. 20. schwane ja, armstrong rb. effect of training on skeletal muscle injury from downhill running in rats. j appl physiol 1983; 55: 969-75. 21. smith ll, bond ja, holbert d, et al. differential white cell count after two bouts of downhill running. int j sports med 1998; 19: 432-37. 22. smith ll, fulmer mg, holbert d, et al. the impact of a repeated bout of eccentric exercise on muscular strength, muscle soreness, and creatine kinase. br j sports med 1994; 28: 267-71. 23. van der meulen jh, kuipers h, drukker j. relationship between exerciseinduced muscle damage and enzyme release in rats. j appl physiol 1991; 71: 999-1004. 24. warren gl, lowe da, armstrong rb. measurement tools used in the study of eccentric contraction-induced injury. sports med 1999; 27: 43-59. pg86-93.indd 93 10/3/07 3:27:26 pm introduction in the past cricket in most commonwealth countries was played solely during the summer months, but its popularity has increased so much that it has lost its ‘season’ and is now being played throughout the year. because of the longer season, cricket players are exposed to more demanding schedules, with more time spent training and practising. 7 this increase in workload may be a contributing factor to the increased incidence of injuries noted. researchers agree that the physical demands of the fast-bowling action can have a damaging effect on the bowlers concerned. studies done in south africa have shown bowling to account for 41% of injuries incurred. 7,8 in a more recent study by the australian cricket board it was reported that fast bowlers at first-class level significantly increased their risk of injury when their bowling workload exceeded more than 20 30 overs a week. 5 on average 1 in 6 elite australian fast bowlers was unable to play owing to injury at any given time. 1 an injury database has been established by the united cricket board of south africa to help to reduce the incidence of injury by identifying and predicting future injury, thereby utilising the information as guidelines for injury prevention. 7 this database is applicable to players at a provincial and national level. the statistics on schoolboy injuries indicate that more schoolboys are acquiring an ‘adult-like’ injury profile, favouring injuries to the back and trunk (33%), with the highest incidence of these injuries (47%) occurring among the young fast bowlers. 7 various factors, including the type of bowling action, have been associated with a risk of injury, with a ‘mixed’ bowling action associated with the highest number of lumbar spine injuries. these injuries, specifically stress fractures, can be caused by too much bowling or by a bowling technique fault that causes the spine to counter-rotate unnaturally, resulting in a stress fracture of the bone. 6 fast bowlers are especially prone to injury as they perform their bowling technique at a very high intensity. to ensure the next generation of elite fast bowlers remain injury free for as long as possible it is important to monitor schoolboy injuries with a view of identifying risk factors that could lead to appropriate intervention strategies and ultimately to prolonged cricket careers and a reduced incidence of injury. the aim of this study was to compile an injury profile of fast bowlers aged 11 18 years, and to identify the associated risk factors for injury during a normal academy cricket season. original research article cricket: nature and incidence of fast-bowling injuries at an elite, junior level and associated risk factors abstract objective. to compile an injury profile of 46 fast bowlers aged 11 18 years, and to identify the associated risk factors for injury during one academy cricket season. methods. the fast bowlers selected were tested and observed for one academy cricket season (march november). subjects were grouped into injury classifications (uninjured=s1; injured but able to play=s2; injured and unable to play=s3). anthropometrical and postural data for the subjects were collected preseason (t1). physical fitness screenings were conducted and the relationship between fitness and occurrence of injuries was assessed. additional factors such as bowling techniques and bowling workload were assessed. a regression analysis was conducted to analyse the relationship between bowling workload and weeks incapacitated. results. fifteen per cent of the subjects remained injury free for the duration of the season. the incidence of serious injury (s3) showed a statistical and moderate, practical significant increase (v=0.23, df≥2) throughout the data collection period (4% at t1 30% at t3 (post-season)). the most common injuries were to the knee (41%) and lower back (37%), occurring from mid-season (t2) to t3. the nature of the injuries was predominantly strains (39%) and ‘other’ (39%), with the highest reported incidence during the period t1 t3. sprains followed, with an overall incidence of 14%. subjects were incapacitated approximately 1 out of every 7 weeks of play. the s1 and s2 bowlers performed consistently better than the s3 bowlers in all the fitness variables tested. bowling workload presented a statistically significant (p<0.0005) increased risk of injury. a strong, significant positive relationship (r ² =0.62, p<0.0005) was found between the number of weeks incapacitated and bowling workload. correspondence: miss r davies po box 1273 oxenford, qld australia 4210 e-mail: roxy_davies@yahoo.com roxanne davies (b hms, ba (hms) hons (biokinetics), ma (hms)) rosa du randt (bsc (physed), mphysed, phd) danie venter (msc) richard stretch (dphil) nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth conclusion. the results indicated that inadequate fitness, high bowling workload and bowling technique all have a multifactorial role in predisposing a bowler to increased risk of injury. these variables did not act alone, but have all contributed to recurring injuries. sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 115 method forty-six junior fast bowlers aged 11 18 years underwent an initial screening in which anthropometrical and postural data were collected. a baseline overall fitness score, based on summated t-scores for each of the physical fitness components (flexibility, muscle strength and endurance, agility and aerobic capacity), was established before the start of the cricket academy training year (t1) (it is beyond the scope of this article to provide details of the fitness scores – these can be obtained from the author). the group was tested and observed throughout the data collection period (march november). at this stage each bowler received a bowling logbook in which he recorded and monitored bowling workload for the season. further information regarding fitness was collected on two other occasions, during t2 and t3. information obtained assisted in acquiring a fitness profile of the fast-bowling subjects during the study period. in addition to the fitness testing and screening the bowlers were required to complete two questionnaires implemented in this study. questionnaire 1 was completed by all participants while questionnaire 2 was completed only by those who had reported having sustained a particular injury. the questionnaires were handed out at the initial t1 contact session and returned at the t2 contact session. the nature of the questions asked allowed for the collection of data regarding the type of bowling technique used by each bowler, the number of injuries incurred, the specific body parts injured, the type of injury and the possible risk factors for injury. these questionnaires were based on those previously used in other cricket fast-bowling studies and modified for the purpose of this study. the statistica 7.1 statistics programme was used to analyse the raw data. changes in injury status throughout the season were analysed using a pearson chi-square test and a two-way cross tabulation. the significant difference in physical fitness performances was determined utilising an analysis of variance (anova) and the scheffé post-hoc procedure to determine which groups were significantly different. where statistical significant differences were detected either cohen’s d test or cramer’s v test was used to determine the practical significance of such comparisons. a multiple regression test was used to investigate the relationship between injury and bowling workload as a risk factor for injury. statistical significance is indicated by p-values <0.05 (p<0.05), while practical significance is indicated by either cohen’s d values of 0.2 or better (d>0.2) for tests based on sample means, or cramer’s v for tests based on sample frequencies. the significant value depends on the applicable degrees of freedom (indicated by df >0.2 in the text), but at least a minimum value of 0.10. all fitness scores as well as bowling workload figures were converted to standard t-scores and these in turn were summated to derive overall fitness and workload t-scores. it is important to note that tt indicates the overall average score for the entire season. changes in performances, bowling workload and injury status were analysed using various anova techniques, and analysis of covariance (ancova). a regression analysis was conducted to analyse the relationship between bowling workload and weeks. the relationship between injury and risk factors (bowling workload, bowling technique, fitness, past injury and recurrent injury) was analysed using ancova. ancova was also utilised to accommodate continuous variables in the analysis. these factors were relative to the number of weeks each bowler was incapacitated during the course of the study. during the data collection period the groups were re-classified into the following player status classifications: status 1 (s1) (uninjured). subjects who remained injury free for the entire data collection period, with injury being defined as any condition preventing or limiting player participation in a match or practice for an extended period of time (2 or more weeks). status 2 (s2) (not severely injured). subjects injured at the beginning of the data collection period, but who were able to continue with normal cricket activities during the data collection period. status 3 (s3) (severely injured). subjects who were unable to return to normal cricket activities during the data collection period owing to a debilitating injury sustained during the data collection period. results the average mean age of the participants in the study was 14.6 ± 2.0 years, with the oldest being 18 years of age. their average mean height was 170.0 ± 17.7 cm and weight 64.2 ± 16.8 kg. the overall physical fitness score, calculated as summated t-scores for the components of physical fitness, showed significant changes (p<0.05) between t1 (48.13) and t2 (51.34) and t1 and t3 (51.37). hyperextension of the knees was found to have the highest incidence (43%). lordosis and winged scapula were found among 39% of the subjects, closely followed by flat feet and pronating feet, with an incidence of 37% each (table i). the s1 and s2 bowlers generally performed better than the s3 bowlers, especially when considering the overall fitness scores for all the relevant variables. none of these differences however was significant (p>0.05), except in the case of hamstring flexibility (straight-leg raise test) during t1 and t2 as well as overall at tt (p<0.05, d>0.2) (table ii). during the course of the season 42% of the 46 subjects utilised at least one of the mixed bowling techniques. this was assessed using the bowler’s questionnaire and coach classifications according to video-analysis results. video data were collected by filming the bowlers in action from the front and side views. with the exception of 2 bowlers during t2, who utilised a combination of side-on and sideon mixed techniques (the lower body is at a side-on position and the table i. postural deviations of the total sample (n=46) physical characteristics n % hyperextended knees 20 43 lordosis 18 39 winged scapula 18 39 flat feet 17 37 pronating feet 17 37 kyphosis 12 26 supernating feet 9 20 knocked knees 8 17 scoliosis 2 4 bow legs 1 2 table ii. straight leg-raise score differences between the s1/s2 and s3 bowlers rather present the data at (mean ± sd) test: straight leg raise (degrees) t s1 & s2 s3 significance m sd m sd p d t1 83.17 8.36 74.53 8.90 0.003 1.01 t2 85.77 6.66 78.36 12.85 0.015 0.82 t3 84.03 8.23 86.33 9.05 0.542 na tt 84.32 6.39 77.64 9.12 0.006 0.90 116 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 shoulders are in a front-on position), all subjects continued to utilise their original techniques from t1 to t3. anova indicated statistically significant changes in bowling workload over the study period (p<0.05). a post-hoc analysis revealed statistically significant changes between all test periods (p<0.05). cohen’s d tests confirmed that the practical significance of these changes can be described as small (0.20.8) for t1 and t2 as well as for t1 and t3. at t1 28% of the participants reported being injury free for the past two cricket seasons, with 72% reporting an injury at one or more stage during the preceding two seasons and reporting at least 58 separate injuries. the s3 group increased significantly from 4% at t1 to 30% at t3. the overall results showed that only 15% of the players remained injury free during the course of the season, with 35% at some stage injured to such an extent that they were unable to play (table iii). the most common injuries were to the knee (41%) and lower back (37%), followed by ‘other’ (16%) and shoulder injuries (16%). the ‘other’ injury group included injuries to areas such as the groin, face, heel, toes, stomach and wrist. knee, shoulder and upper back injuries increased from t2 and t3, while lower back injury incidences remained the same throughout the season. ankle and finger injuries occurred predominantly at t1, reducing as the season progressed (fig. 1). strains and ‘other’ accounted for 39% of the injuries incurred (tt) and had the highest reported incidence during t1 t3. the category ‘other’ represented injuries such as abrasions, herniations, subluxations, unexplained pain syndromes and concussions. sprains accounted for 14% of the injuries. less frequently reported injuries were tears, fractures, bruises, breaks and dislocations. however, of the 15 lower-back injuries reported (fig. 1), 3 (20%) were stress fractures that occurred between t1 and t2. the categories of injuries that occurred more prevalently during t1 than t2 were sprains, tears and bruises, while those more prevalent during t2 than t1 or t3 were strains, fractures and ‘others’ (fig. 2). fifty-nine per cent of the participants reported having been injured in the two cricket seasons preceding testing at t1. over the three testing sessions many of these injuries were reported as recurring at t1 (41%) and t2 (41%) and increasing in incidence to 48% at t3. overall recurrent injuries accounted for 43% of reported injuries. bowling (41%) accounted for more injuries than those caused by other sports (28%) at tt. bowlers were incapacitated approximately 1 week out of every 7 weeks of play. the ‘not severely injured’ bowlers generally performed better than those who were ‘severely injured’, especially when considering the overall fitness scores for all the relevant variables. however, only hamstring flexibility (straight leg-raise test) during t1, t2 and overall at tt showed significant differences (p<0.05, d>0.2). the ‘severely injured’ bowlers (s3) showed higher bowling workloads than the ‘not severely injured’ bowlers (s2). of the risk factors analysed only bowling presented a statistically significant (p<0.05) increased risk of injury. a strong significant relationship (r ² =0.62, p<0.0005) was found between weeks incapacitated and bowling workload, supporting the finding that increased bowling workloads show a linear relationship with the increase in number of weeks incapacitated from normal play. where the regression formula, i.e. weeks incapacitated =-3.7842 + 0.0527 (balls bowled per week), is used for prediction purposes, it should be restricted to instances where a young fast bowler bowls between 60 and 300 balls per the approximate range of bowling workload used to derive the regression formula. discussion it is assumed that the timeous conditioning and monitoring of physical fitness throughout the season will assist in adequately preparing fast bowlers and thus assist in reducing injury. with regard to bowling fitness, each player should be able to identify his own weakness/es with regard to physical performance and to counteract these weaknesses. this could promote the assertiveness of each bowler to take care of his individual fitness needs with a view to reducing the risk of injury. the overall physical fitness of each subject involved in the current study improved marginally as the season progressed. physical fitness at t1 is more important than t2 fitness, as it has a significant relationship (p<0.05) to risk of injury throughout the rest of the year. this is supported by the findings that poor seasonal fitness table iii. incidence of injury from t1 to t3 injury status t1 (%) t2 (%) t3 (%) tt (%) s1 28 30 24 15 s2 67 61 46 50 s3 4 9 30 35 total 100 100 100 100 s1 – uninjured; s2 – injured but able to play; s3 – injured but unable to play. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 knee lower back other shoulder ankle upper back fingers hip elbow % t1 t2 t3 tt fig. 1. seasonal injury incidence per anatomical area. fig. 1. seasonal injury incidence per anatomical area.fig. 2. the nature of injuries to fast bowlers. 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 strain other sprain tear fracture bruise break dislocation t1 t2 t3 tt fig. 2. the nature of injuries to fast bowlers. sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 117 conditioning may increase the risk of injury among fast bowlers. 3,7 fitness at t1 and t2 should be adequate to allow the bowlers to withstand the demands of the fast-bowling action. a high incidence of injury, however, was noted in the current study throughout the season, suggesting that the unconditioned bowler is at a greater risk of fatigue-related injury compared with his fitter, better-prepared counterparts. unfortunately, research did not yield any national or international data on the fitness requirements and specific profiles of fast bowlers for any age and/or level of play. the latter complicates matters with regard to identifying relevant weaknesses timeously and designing improvement programmes. an incorrect bowling technique can increase a bowler’s risk of serious injury, particularly to the lower back. 7 regular technique analysis is therefore essential to ensure that the bowler is bowling correctly at all times. bowling technique only does not seem to predispose a fast bowler to injury. a repeatedly faulty technique is more likely to play a role in injury incidence when coupled with an increased workload and poor physical preparation. in the current study it was found that there was a significant increase in bowling workloads between t1 and t2 (d>0.8). it was also observed that the most serious injuries occurred in bowlers with the highest bowling workloads. these bowlers compounded matters by continuing to bowl while injured, thus causing further injury. these findings are similar to those of dennis et al. 2 both studies identified excessive bowling workloads as a possible risk factor for injury. dennis et al. also found a significant relationship between low, infrequent bowling workloads and injury, concluding that workloads that are too high or too low have an equal risk of injury in a fast bowler. a possible ‘required workload’ exists that prevents injury by adequately conditioning the fast bowler to withstand the pressures of continued sessions of fast bowling. furthermore, a strong relationship was found between workload and weeks incapacitated (r ² =0.62, p<0.0005), indicating that excessive bowling workloads influenced the severity of injury to such a degree that there was a linear relationship between bowling workload and weeks a bowler was unable to bowl. the greatest reported risk factor to injury was past injury (74%), closely followed by recurrent injuries (61%). the data collected from the injury questionnaires indicated that the neglect of minor injuries such as cramp, fatigue, nodules and tendonitis predisposed the fast bowlers to more severe sprains and tears. junior bowlers are at greatest risk of sustaining an injury and then becoming re-injured in the same season, as they are still maturing and developing. 9 past injury has been identified as being a primary risk factor for injury and has shown that fast bowlers are the most susceptible to recurrences of past injuries of the same nature. 4,9 the initial onset of injury therefore should be prolonged for the longest possible time – particularly in a junior bowler. to delay the initial onset of injury, bowlers should be screened before each season and monitored continuously throughout the season. at the onset of injury the bowler should be adequately treated and rehabilitated to ensure full recovery. the most commonly injured were the knees (52%), followed by the lower back (43%), with most of these injuries occurring during t2 and t3. the primary mechanism of injury in this study was bowling (54%), other sport (41%), and other cricketing activities or random accidents (5%). bowling as a mechanism of injury showed a slightly higher incidence compared with data in the stretch and venter study. 9 in their study bowling accounted for 40% of injuries, followed by fielding at 33%, but overall the data demonstrate similarities with regard to injury mechanisms. bowlers exceeding bowling workload guidelines experienced the greatest number of recurring injuries, aggravated by continued bowling while injured. neglect to follow the recommended rest period between bowling days has been a significant contributing factor towards injury in the current study. the bowlers are continually repeating an explosive action that places great strain on their anatomy. this is compounded as the subjects have shown to be inadequately prepared physically. other risk factors that may have contributed in a multifactorial sense were ‘past injury’ and ‘injuries due to other sports’. mismanagement and neglect of previous injury may have a negative compounding effect on a bowler’s chances of incurring recurrent injuries. many of the bowlers reported that their injuries were due to other sports (41%), but that they had not sought medical intervention as the nature of the injury was not serious enough to require medical intervention. sportsmen often excel at more than one sport and consequently they become overwhelmed by the training demands of each sport. in the case of the young athlete the physical demands of each activity begin to take their toll on their immature bodies, resulting in overuse-type injuries. no individual risk factor was identified as playing a principal role in injury incidence. however, workload as a factor did have a higher statistical significance for increased injury risk. the significance of fitness, bowling technique and workload all played a role in injury occurrence. these variables, however, did not act alone but all had a contributing influence to the occurrence or re-occurrence of injuries at some stage. the bowling action alone would not have been so detrimental if the workloads were not so high, and workload would not have been as detrimental to a well-conditioned, uninjured bowler. in conclusion, the data in this study have highlighted many areas of concern regarding risk factors for fast-bowling injury. these data, coupled with other similar research done in this regard, should be made available and utilised by parents, coaches and cricketers to assist in educating them about the nature, incidence and possible risk factors for injury. in doing so injuries and/or risk of injury can be identified timeously to prevent the early onset of injury in the young, junior, elite fast bowler, thus prolonging their bowling careers. references 1. buckle g. fast bowlers need protection. cricket australia: (ca)’s inaugural cricket injury report. www.rediff.com/cricket/2004/jan/15bowl.htm (2004). 2. dennis r, finch cf, farhart pj. is bowling workload a risk factor for injury to australian junior cricket fast bowlers? br j sports med 2005; 39: 843-846. 3. finch c, elliott bc, mcgrath c. measures to prevent cricket injuries: an overview. sports med 1999; 28(4): 263-272. 4. nuttridge ga. the nature, prevalence and risk factors associated with pace bowling in men’s cricket: a prospective longitudinal study. unpublished masters dissertation, university of otago, 2001. 5. orchard j, james t. cricket australia injury report: official report. version 3.2. australia: university of new south wales, 2003. 6. smith c. why are fast bowlers getting injured? www.bbcnews.co.uk/sportsacademy/cricket/feature (2003). 7. stretch ra. incidence and nature of epidemiological injuries to elite south african cricket players. s afr med j 2001; 91(4): 336-339. 8. stretch ra. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injury to south african cricketers. br j sports med 2003; 37(3): 250-253. 9. stretch ra, venter djl. cricket injuries – a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. s afr med j 2005; 17(3): 4-9. 118 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 47 original research objective. to investigate changes in the physical fitness characteristics of elite women’s rugby union players over a competitive season. methods. thirty-two elite women’s rugby union players, all members of the south african rugby union high performance squad, were sub-divided into 2 positional categories of 17 forwards and 15 backs, respectively, and assessed pre-, midand post-competition season. players underwent anthropometric (stature, body mass and sum of 7 skinfolds) and physical performance measurements (vertical jump, 10 m and 40 m sprint, 1 repetition maximum (1rm) bench press and multi-stage shuttle-run test). analysis. a 2-factor analysis of variance was used to evaluate differences in physical fitness variables between and within playing positions over the competition season (p<0.01). results. in both groups, no significant changes were detected in the sum of skinfolds, vertical jump height, 1rm bench press and multi-stage shuttle-run test scores throughout the season. however, sprint times (10 m and 40 m) significantly increased and then decreased for both groups between the early (preto mid-season) and later phases of the season (midto post-season), respectively. conclusion. the results suggest that, for improvement in physical fitness, players need to train at higher loads, especially in the preparatory phase. thereafter, they must take measures to actively maintain these gains throughout the competitive season. direct supervision of their conditioning should be encouraged. s afr j sm 2013;25(2):47-50. doi:10.7196/sajsm.371 changes in the physical fitness of elite women’s rugby union players over a competition season n m hene, ma (sport science); s h bassett, bsc (hons) (biokinetics), msc (sports science), phd department of sport, recreation and exercise science, university of the western cape, bellville, south africa corresponding author: n m hene (ncebahene@hotmail.com) the role of women within the rugby sphere has traditionally been one of provision rather than active participant.[1] over the past 2 decades, rugby union has grown unexpectedly as a female participative sport in australia, great britain, canada, the usa, new zealand and many other western and asian countries.[2] in 2000, when the south african rugby union (saru) accepted women’s rugby into the rugby fraternity, there were <10 clubs playing on a social basis. this inclusion culminated in the springbok women’s team participating in the 2006 international rugby board women’s world cup in canada.[3] rugby union is a contact sport in which players require high levels of physical fitness, composite of aerobic fitness and anaerobic endurance, muscle strength and power, speed, agility and body composition.[4] the seasonal nature of rugby imposes varied physical stresses that may compromise physical development.[5] hence, the capacity of elite players to acquire and maintain good physical fitness preand in-season, has become paramount.[6] male rugby players show the greatest improvement in strength, flexibility, aerobic fitness and reduction in skinfold thickness pre-season, before returning to baseline or maintaining values during a competitive season. [7-9] a reduction in muscular power, maximal aerobic fitness and increased skinfold thickness may also occur towards the end of the rugby season, due to low training loads, high match loads and injury rate.[8] however, little is known about the changes in physical fitness characteristics of women rugby players over a competitive season. several studies have described the anthropometric and physical performance characteristics of women’s rugby players; however, these studies were limited to a single fitness-testing session performed either pre-, midor post-season.[4,10-12] studies investigating changes in the physical fitness characteristics of women during a season for soccer,[13] handball[14] and hockey,[15] have reported desirable changes in body composition (a reduction in percentage body fat or skinfold thickness and an increase in lean muscle mass) and minimal change in body composition pre-[13,14] and in-season,[15] respectively. however, no stated changes in aerobic fitness[15] and muscle strength[16] were reported over the entire season. to date, no published study has monitored the physical fitness levels of women rugby union players over the course of a competition season; hence, the purpose of our study. this is important because the primary goal of pre-season training is to optimise fitness and enhance performance during in-season competition.[14] we hypothesised that the physical fitness characteristics of elite women’s rugby players would significantly improve from preto mid-season, and be maintained during the season, as is seen in men’s rugby.[17,18] methods research design and sample thirty-two women rugby players (mean age 27 years; standard deviation (sd) ±4; range 19 17), who were selected for the saru high performance squad of the 2010 women’s rugby world cup, were recruited for the study. players were selected from the 2008 interprovincial competition by national selectors appointed by the saru. the players were grouped according to forward (5 props, 2 hookers, 4 locks and 6 loose forwards) and back-line players (9 inside backs and mailto:ncebahene@hotmail.com 48 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 6 outside backs). prior to fitness testing, all players provided informed consent to study participation. ethical clearance to conduct the study was obtained from the university of the western cape. testing procedure anthropometric and physical performance measurements were conducted on 3 occasions during a 32-week season (april november 2009), which encompassed pre(weeks 1 12) and in-season periods (weeks 13 32), provincial games, and a 4-week international tour. the first test (t1) (may 2009) was performed 2 weeks after the start of pre-season; the second test (t2) (july 2009) in the middle of the competition season; and the third test (t3) (november 2009) 2 weeks after the end of the interprovincial league finals. players followed an individualised, but unsupervised, prescribed strength-and-conditioning programme, both preand in-season. pre-season, the programme required 3 resistance-training sessions and 2 high-intensity running sessions per week. in-season training was reduced to 1 2 resistance-training sessions and 1 high-intensity running session per week, plus match play. unfortunately, timing of the testing sessions could not be controlled and was not evenly distributed throughout the season, but rather scheduled around players’ work, study and playing commitments. physical fitness testing coincided with national training camps and all players were assessed on the first day of each camp by the sports physician and physiotherapist, who conducted a full medical examination and musculoskeletal screening. players with a medical condition or injury were excluded from the physical fitness assessment. although many physical attributes are required for successful performance in rugby union, only selected anthropometric and physical fitness tests were investigated, due to time constraints and player workload during the training camps (e.g. agility and anaerobic capacity were not assessed). similarly, the researchers did not assess lower-body strength due to the lack of identical strengthtesting equipment at all camps. the fitness-testing protocol was as follows: body mass was measured using a calibrated seca balance beam (0.1 kg accuracy); skinfold thickness was then measured at 7 sites (biceps, triceps, subscapular, suprailiac, medial calf, front thigh and abdominal) with harpenden skinfold callipers;[15] explosive leg power was tested using the vertec jump tester (sports imports, columbus, usa) and standard protocol;[16] 10 m and 40 m sprinting speed was evaluated with an electronic sprint timer with photo-electric sensors;[19,20] upper-body strength was evaluated with a 1 repetition maximum (1rm) bench press test (the final weight (in kg) successfully lifted was recorded as the absolute 1rm);[21] and finally, the progressive multi-stage shuttle-run test was conducted[22] (with the final shuttle achieved recorded as the aerobic fitness score). statistical analysis descriptive statistics were used to present the results. changes in physical fitness characteristics at the 3 time-points in the season between playing positions were compared using a 2-factor analysis of variance (anova), with the between-participants factor (player position) having 2 levels and the within-participants factor (time of testing) having 3 levels. the responses within participants were dependent; dependency was modelled using an unstructured correlation model. an interaction term for the 2 factors was included in the model. pairwise comparisons were done using least-squares means. due to the large number of tests conducted, a more stringent level of significance of p<0.01 was used rather than p<0.05. results body mass, skinfold thickness, muscular strength and power there was a significant decrease (p=0.007) in body mass among the backs from preto mid-season; no changes were observed from mid to post-season. there were no significant changes in body mass among the forwards throughout the season. over the 3 testing sessions, there were no significant changes in skinfold thickness among the backs; however, the sum of skinfolds in the forwards decreased significantly from preto post-season (p=0.001). no significant differences were noted for explosive leg power and muscular strength in either group. speed the times for the 10 m sprint, for both forwards and backs, were significantly slower (p<0.001) from preto mid-season, but improved significantly from midto post-season (p<0.001). furthermore, the forwards achieved significantly faster 10 m times post-season compared with pre-season (p<0.000), whereas there was no significant change in the backs’ sprint times over the same period. th e backs achieved significantly faster times from preto mid-season in the 40 m sprint (p<0.000), whereas the forwards’ speed did not change significantly during this period. however, from midto postseason, as well as from preto post-season, both groups’ times were significantly faster (p<0.001). aerobic fitness an assessment of the forwards’ aerobic fitness over the course of the season (multi-stage shuttle run), showed a significant decrease in the number of shuttles successfully completed from preto midseason (p=0.009), but a significant increase from midto post-season (p=0.001), with no significant change over the season. in contrast, no significant differences were observed among the backs. discussion in male rugby players, desirable changes in body composition (decrease in skinfold thickness) have been demonstrated pre-season when training volume was high.[5,7-9] furthermore, skinfold thickness was shown to be maintained throughout the competitive phase of the season when training loads were reduced, and match loads and injuries were at their highest.[7,10] there was no significant decrease in body mass, yet there was a significant decrease in skinfolds noted for the forwards in our study, contradictory to the results found among males. for the backs, there was a significant increase in weight from preto mid-season, with no significant change post-season and no significant change in the sum of skinfolds throughout the season. these results may reflect that women rugby players do not come into the pre-season at the optimal weight in the first place, with adaptations taking place to the training and match requirements at the beginning of the season. perhaps the training volume, intensity and/or frequency to elicit improvements in body-fat levels among the elite women’s rugby players prior to the season may have been inappropriate, or the players were simply not adhering to their preseason training programme as strictly as requested. sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 49 the results obtained from both groups show that there were no changes in vertical jump performance over the season. the relatively modest change in jumping height within the participants could perhaps have been attributed to a greater focus on gym-based resistance training inseason, as well as a lack of plyometric training throughout the season. hoff et al.[23] suggested that in order to enhance vertical jumping ability, a well-designed training programme that includes short plyometric sessions should be implemented as part of the strengthand-conditioning programme. the sprint times for all players over 10 m and 40 m were contrary to previous research on senior[17] and junior[8] rugby league players, where times remained relatively unchanged throughout the season. the significant decrease in sprint performance noted for the backs between preand mid-season was most likely due to the significant increase in body mass during this time. although not significant, the forwards also increased in body weight during this time, which could have translated into their increased sprint times mid-season. this decrease in sprint times in the early stages of the season is of concern, because speed is an important indicator of a player’s athletic ability.[21] further research on the effects of concurrent training on the maintenance or improvement of speed in female rugby players would increase our understanding of the changes in physical fitness during the preparation phase. the goal of all preand in-season conditioning programmes for rugby players should be to maximise muscular fitness before the season and maintain the pre-season gains, respectively.[24] in this study, the 1rm bench press remained constant for backs and forwards preand in-season, despite the players being prescribed a periodised strength-and-conditioning programme during this time. it has been suggested that a lack of strength gains in professional athletes is likely due to concurrent training[24] and strength-training,[24,26] which may reduce the scope for further improvements. although this study did not research the training programme per se, the lack of improvement in upper-body strength results may have been due to a lack of direct supervision by a strength coach and/or possible insufficient training frequency and volume required to increase upper-body strength. this notion is supported by coutts et al.,[27] who noted that direct supervision of resistance training resulted in increased strength gains compared with unsupervised training. a number of studies of male rugby players have reported an increase in aerobic fitness during the preparatory phase of the season,[5,9,17] with a decrease observed towards the end of the season.[17] the significant improvements in fitness in the early stages of the season have been attributed to the high training loads experience during this period,[17] while reductions in aerobic fitness as the season progresses may be due to lower training loads and higher match loads and injury rates during this period.[28] in contrast to these findings, the current study showed no changes in aerobic fitness for backs over the entire season; however, the forwards followed a similar trend as seen in their male counterparts.[5,9,17] this lack of improvement in aerobic fitness during the preparatory phase in elite women’s rugby players may also be an indication of the lack of daily supervised training, which would otherwise result in greater training adherence and intensity.[25] previous studies of the physical fitness characteristics of women’s rugby players have been limited to a single fitness test performed during a competitive season.[4,10-12] our study is the first to document t ab le 1 . p hy si ca l fi tn es s da ta b y po si ti on fo r th e el it e w om en ’s ru gb y un io n pl ay er s pr e, m id a nd p os tse as on   v ar ia bl e fo rw ar ds (n =1 7) b ac ks (n =1 5) p re -s ea so n (n =1 7) m id -s ea so n (n =1 5) po st -s ea so n (n =1 4) pva lu e p re -s ea so n (n =1 5) m id -s ea so n (n =1 5) po st -s ea so n (n =1 2) pva lu e b od y m as s ( kg ), m ea n (± sd ) 77 .7 (± 13 .7 ) 79 .5 (± 14 .2 ) 78 .4 (± 11 .5 ) 62 .7 (± 6. 0) 63 .3 (± 6. 6) 63 .0 (± 6. 1) <0 .0 1* su m o f s ki nf ol ds (m m ), m ea n (± sd ) 13 3. 30 (± 33 .7 7) 13 4. 32 (± 50 .3 1) 11 6. 84 (± 20 .0 2) <0 .0 1‡ 10 6. 66 (± 19 .1 2) 90 .7 8 (± 21 .4 3) 10 2. 61 (± 23 .2 1) v er tic al ju m p (c m ), m ea n (± sd ) 37 .8 0 (± 5. 29 ) 38 .4 0 (± 5. 03 ) 39 .2 5 (± 5. 69 ) 44 .3 5 (± 5. 06 ) 44 .6 0 (± 5. 23 ) 47 .2 5 (± 2. 92 ) 10 m sp ee d (s ), m ea n (± sd ) 2. 05 (± 0. 15 ) 2. 18 (± 0. 10 ) 1. 99 (± 0. 09 ) <0 .0 1* ,† ,‡ 1. 90 (± 0. 07 ) 2. 08 (± 0. 08 ) 1. 90 (± 0. 04 ) <0 .0 1* ,† 40 m sp ee d (s ), m ea n (± sd ) 6. 48 (± 0. 32 ) 6. 63 (± 0. 27 ) 6. 41 (± 0. 03 ) <0 .0 1† ,‡ 5. 96 (± 0. 19 ) 6. 13 (± 0. 16 ) 5. 90 (± 0. 07 ) <0 .0 1* ,† 1r m b en ch p re ss (k g) , m ea n (± sd ) 62 .3 (± 1 6. 0) 55 .0 (± 12 .4 ) 58 .8 (± 12 .6 ) 55 .8 (± 9. 2) 57 .3 (± 7. 0) 54 .6 (± 6. 9) a er ob ic fi tn es s ( nu m be r o f s hu ttl es ), m ea n (± sd ) 65 .6 (± 27 .1 ) 53 .2 (± 18 .2 ) 62 .6 (± 13 .9 ) <0 .0 1* ,† 80 .4 (± 15 .3 ) 76 .4 (± 10 .7 ) 78 .8 (± 6. 7) 1r m = 1 re pe tit io n m ax im um . *s ig ni fic an t d iff er en ce b et w ee n pr e a nd m id -s ea so n. † s ig ni fic an t d iff er en ce b et w ee n m id a nd p os tse as on . ‡ s ig ni fic an t d iff er en ce p re a nd p os tse as on . 50 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 changes in physical fitness characteristics of women’s rugby players over the duration of a competitive season. this study has highlighted the lack of fitness in general in the south african women’s rugby team and the absence of improvement over the season that would be expected of a men’s side. conclusion our study revealed no significant improvements in skinfold thickness, explosive leg power, upper-body muscular strength and aerobic fitness within forwards and backs between preand mid-season. this suggests that the conditioning programme of the players throughout the season was inappropriate, or that their adherence to the prescribed programme was inadequate, or both. it is suspected that female players do not adhere to unsupervised training programmes; direct daily training supervision, similar to that of their male counterparts, is recommended, and strength-and-conditioning coaches should be more directly involved with player preparation. this is not an easy task, as female rugby players are currently not exposed to the same organised club, league, training structures, etc. as their male counterparts, and do not have access to similar infrastructure, especially well-equipped training facilities. to improve the physical fitness of women rugby players, we suggest the implementation of supervised strength-and-conditioning sessions. however, further studies are required to determine the appropriate training stimulus thus required. coaches need to be cognizant of this general lack of fitness, which increases the risk of injury. substantial resources and emphasis should be directed towards women’s rugby players achieving pre-determined fitness levels at various age categories, as with the men’s game, to allow more effective toleration of the physical demands of competition. however, this is a double-edged sword, as there are perhaps not enough women playing the game at this point to be so selective. we recommend that existing men’s rugby structures should assist the women’s game more, especially as rugby sevens will debut at the 2016 olympic games. as women’s rugby is currently developing rapidly the world over, south africa must look at these issues in order to compete internationally. lastly, much more research needs to be conducted on this form of the game. references 1. haynes j, miller j. women playing rugby, an 'old boys game': beyond the social expectations. http://www.aare.edu.au/01pap/mil01183.htm (accessed 12 october 2009). 2. chu mml, leberman si, howe bl, bachor dg. the black ferns: the experiences of new zealand's elite women rugby players. j sport behav 2003;26(2):109. 3. international rugby board. sa rugby union. http://www.irb.com/unions/ union=11000034/index.html (accessed 12 october 2009). 4. hene nm, bassett sh, andrews bs. physical fitness of elite women’s rugby union players. afr j phys health educ recr dance 2011;17(suppl 1):1-8. 5. holmyard dj, hazeldine rj. seasonal variations in the anthropometric and physiological characteristics of international rugby union players. in: reilly t, ed. science and football. london: e & fn spon, 1993:21-26. 6. caldwell bp, peters dm. seasonal variation in physiological fitness of a semiprofessional soccer team. j strength cond res 2009; 25(5):1370-1377. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181a4e82f ] 7. duthie gm, pyne db, hopkins wg, livingstone s, hooper sl. anthropometry profiles of elite rugby players: quantifying changes in lean mass. br j sports med 2006;40(3):202-207. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.019695] 8. gabbett tj. physiological and anthropometric characteristics of junior rugby league players over a competitive season. j strength cond res 2005;19(4):764-771. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200511000-00007] 9. tong rj, mayes r. the effect of pre-season training on the physiological characteristics of international rugby union players. in reilly t, bangsbo j, hughes m, eds. science and football iii: proceedings of the third world congress of science and football. london: e & fn spon, 1995:92-102. 10. gabbett tj. physiological and anthropometric characteristics of elite women rugby league players. j strength cond res 2007;21(3):875-881. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1519/00124278-200708000-00038] 11. kirby wj, reilly t. anthropometric and fitness profiles of elite female rugby union players. in: reilly t, ed. science and football. london: e & fn spon, 1993:62-72. 12. quarrie kl, handcock p, waller ae, et al. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project. iii. anthropometric and physical performance characteristics of players. br j sports med 1995;29(4):263-270. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.29.4.263] 13. clark m, reed db, crouse sf, armstrong rb. preand post-season dietary intake, body composition and performance indices of ncaa division 1 female soccer players. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2003;13(3):303-319. 14. granados c, izquierdo m, ibáñez j, ruesta m, gorostiaga em. effects of an entire season on physical fitness in elite female handball players. med sci sports exerc 2008;40(2):351-361. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e31815b4905] 15. astorino ta, tam pa, rietschel jc, johnson sm, freedman tp. changes in physical fitness parameters during a competitive hockey season. j strength cond res 2004;18(5):850-854. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200411000-00029] 16. ross wd, marfell-jones mj. kinanthropometry. in: macdougall jd, wenger ha, green hj, eds. physiological testing of the high-performance athlete. champaign, il: human kinetics, 1991:223-308. 17. gabbett tj. changes in physiological and anthropometric characteristics of rugby league players during a competitive season. j strength cond res 2005;19(2):400-408. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200505000-00027] 18. gabbett tj, king t, jenkins d. applied physiology of rugby league. sports med 2008; 38(2):119-138. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200838020-00003] 19. baechle tr, earle rw, wathan w. resistance training. in: baechle tr, earle rw, eds. essentials of strength training and conditioning. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2000:381-412. 20. durandt j, du toit s, borrensen j, et al. fitness and body composition profiling of elite junior south african rugby players. south african journal of sports medicine 2006;10(3):38-45. 21. logan p, fornasiero d, abernethy p, lynch k. protocols for the assessment of isoinertial strength. in: gore cj, ed. physiological tests for elite athletes. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2000:200-221. 22. léger la, lambert j. a maximal multistage 20 m shuttle run test to predict vo2 max. eur j appl physiol occ phys 1982;49:1-2. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf00428958] 23. hoff j, kemi oj, helgerud j. strength and endurance differences between elite and junior elite hockey players: allometric scaling of strength measurement to body size. eur j appl physiol 2005;102:739-745. 24. hrysomallis c. upper body strength and power changes during a football season. j strength cond res 2010;24(2):557-559. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/ jsc.0b013e3181c09c9c] 25. kraemer wj, french dn, paxton nj, et al. changes in exercise performance and hormonal concentrations over a big ten soccer season in starters and nonstarters. j strength cond res 2004;18(1):121-128. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278200402000-00018] 26. baker d. the effects of an in-season of concurrent training on the maintenance of maximal strength and power in professional and college-aged rugby league football players. j strength cond res 2001;15(2):172-177. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1519/00124278-200105000-00004] 27. coutts aj, murphy aj, dascombe bj. effect of direct supervision of a strength coach on measures of muscular strength and power in young rugby league players. j strength cond res 2004;18(2):316-323. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278200405000-00021] 28. gabbett tj, kelly jn, sheppard jm. speed, change of direction speed, and reactive agility of rugby league players. j strength cond res 2008;22(1):174-181. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e31815ef700] http://www.aare.edu.au/01pap/mil01183.htm http://www.irb.com/unions/ http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181a4e82f] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181a4e82f] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.019695] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200511000-00007] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200511000-00007] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200708000-00038] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200708000-00038] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.29.4.263] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.29.4.263] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e31815b4905] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200411000-00029] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200505000-00027] http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200838020-00003] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf00428958] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181c09c9c] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181c09c9c] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200402000-00018] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200402000-00018] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200105000-00004] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200105000-00004] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200405000-00021] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/00124278-200405000-00021] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e31815ef700] http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e31815ef700] introduction the occurrence of home advantage in sport is generally well documented and has been shown to exist in a variety of sports and events.1-9 however, the olympic games is the only multi-sport competition of global significance in which the phenomenon has been extensively examined.1,2,9 the commonwealth games, often referred to as the ‘friendly games’, is arguably the second most significant multi-sport international sporting competition, behind the olympics. furthermore, some of the sports historically contested in the commonwealth games (e.g. lawn bowls) are not part of the olympic programme. therefore the consideration of the commonwealth games provides a different dimension to home advantage research. given that 2010 is a commonwealth games year, now is perhaps an opportune time to investigate how host nations have historically performed in the event. the ultimate aim of this article is to understand whether or not hosting the commonwealth games might lead to a competitive advantage in performance. we also investigate the role of travel in shaping performance in the commonwealth games. the commonwealth is a voluntary alliance of 53 nations spread across the globe. sport is a key part of the commonwealth’s identity, and commonwealth heads of government have recognised the benefits of physical activity and the importance of sport as an effective instrument for social and economic development (see: http://www.thecommonwealth.org/subhomepage/143537/). the prominence of sport within the commonwealth brand is expressed via the commonwealth games held every four years. although there are 53 commonwealth nations, there are at present 71 commonwealth games associations (cgas) that can enter a team in the commonwealth games, as one nation can have multiple cgas. for example, the uk is a single commonwealth nation but consists of seven cgas – england, guernsey, isle of man, jersey, northern ireland, scotland and wales – all of which compete in the commonwealth games as separate nations. table i illustrates the evolution of the commonwealth games. the inaugural edition took place in hamilton, canada, in 1930, with 11 countries and 400 athletes contesting 6 sports. since then there have been 17 editions of the event, with the most recent being in melbourne, australia, in 2006. attendance at each edition of the commonwealth games has steadily increased to the point that in 2002 all commonwealth nations were represented in manchester, england. as the number of nations taking part has increased, so too have the number of athletes, events and disciplines. the number of teams competing in the commonwealth games is dependent upon the number of nations in the commonwealth itself as, from year to year, nations are admitted and suspended for various reasons. the very early editions of the commonwealth games (1930 1938) were characterised by few participant nations and a limited number of sports. consequently, and also because the commonwealth games were suspended around the time of world war ii, the research concentrates on the post-war editions of the event, i.e. from 1950 to 2006. it may be argued that competition in the commonwealth games has increased over time by virtue of more nations and more athletes taking part. to illustrate this point, the athlete to event ratio has increased from 6.70 (590/88) in 1950 to 16.53 (4 049/245) in 2006, which indicates that the intensity of competition has increased during this period. over and above the typical motives cited by nations original research article home advantage in the commonwealth games abstract objectives. research examining the phenomenon of home advantage in international multi-sport competitions is limited to the olympic games. this paper investigates the prevalence of home advantage in the commonwealth games. the paper also explores the relative impact of travel on performance in the commonwealth games. methods. home and away performances for all previous host nations were examined using the standardised measure of market share, regarded by recent european studies as the most robust indicator of a nation’s sporting performance. for each host nation, the host effect was calculated as the difference between their average home and away performances. furthermore, the market share values for each host nation were analysed relative to the distance travelled by them (in terms of the number of time zones crossed) in every edition. this exercise was extended to all nations that have sent a team to the commonwealth games in the post-war era. results. the research found that, with the exception of england, all previous host nations experienced a positive host effect in the commonwealth games. furthermore, for the majority of nations it was found that performance is negatively correlated with distance travelled. in other words, as distance travelled increases, performance deteriorates. conclusion. the findings suggest that future host nations of the event can expect to achieve an elevated level of performance when competing on home soil. this may in part be attributable to their athletes not having travel outside their own time zone. direction for future research is offered. correspondence: gm ramchandani a118 collegiate hall, collegiate crescent sheffield s10 2bp tel: +44 (0) 114 225 5461 e-mail: g.ramchandani@shu.ac.uk girish m ramchandani (msc) darryl j wilson (msc) sport industry research centre, sheffield hallam university, sheffield, uk 8 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 9 for staging an event of this magnitude (e.g. economic, regeneration, international recognition, socio-cultural, sport development, etc.), hosting the commonwealth games could also be a strategic approach to combat the increase in competition if home advantage is likely – at least as a short-term solution. methods the method used to conduct this research involved secondary analysis on the results database of the commonwealth games from 1950 to 2006. the event takes place every 4 years and thus the results are based on 15 editions of the event. the results data for each edition were sourced from the official commonwealth games website (http://thecgf.com/games/games_index.asp?linkresults=1). in total eight nations were eligible for inclusion in the home advantage calculations on account of having hosted the event on at least one occasion since 1950, as identified in table i. eligible nations included australia, canada, new zealand (each with 3 home editions), scotland (2 home editions), england, jamaica, malaysia and wales (1 home edition each). the commonwealth games medal table ranks participating nations in descending order of gold medals won, although such tables are not officially recognised as being an order of merit. there exist alternative approaches to performance measurement in international sport and different performance measurement systems can give conflicting diagnosis of a nation’s performance. recent european studies10,11 argue that the most robust indicator of nations’ sporting performance is ‘market share’– a standardised measure of total achievement whereby the total medals won in an event are converted into points (gold = 3, silver = 2 and bronze = 1) and the points won by a given nation are subsequently expressed as a percentage of the total points available. for example, if a nation wins 20 gold medals (60 points), 15 silver medals (30 points) and 10 bronze medals (10 points) then the total number of points won is 100 (60 + 30 + 10). assuming the total number of points available is 1 000 then its market share would be 10% (i.e. 100/1 000). market share calculations were undertaken for all host nations across each edition of commonwealth games between 1950 and 2006. for each host nation, home market share performances were then compared against their away market share performances to assess whether home advantage was prevalent. in order to test whether travel had an impact on performance, the market share values for each host nation were examined relative to the distance travelled by them (in terms of the number of time zones crossed) in every edition. the analysis revealed the nature and strength of the relationship between host nation performance and travel in the commonwealth games. this exercise was subsequently extended to all nations that have sent a team to the commonwealth games in the post-war era. results the overall home and away performances for all host nations are summarised in table ii, using the standardised measure of market share. all things being equal, it might be expected that a nation’s average performance at home is comparable with its average performance away from home. however, for seven of the eight nations in table ii market share is higher when competing on home soil, as indicated by a positive host effect for these nations. the magnitude of home advantage, where prevalent, varies by nation, ranging from 0.3 table i. growth of the commonwealth games year host nations sports events athletes 1930 canada 11 6 59 400 1934 england 16 6 68 500 1938 australia 15 7 71 464 1950 new zealand 12 9 88 590 1954 canada 24 9 91 662 1958 wales 35 9 94 1 122 1962 australia 35 9 104 863 1966 jamaica 34 9 110 1 050 1970 scotland 42 9 121 1 383 1974 new zealand 38 9 121 1 276 1978 canada 46 10 128 1 474 1982 australia 46 10 142 1 583 1986 scotland 26 10 163 1 662 1990 new zealand 55 10 204 2 073 1994 canada 63 10 217 2 557 1998 malaysia 70 15 213 3 633 2002 england 72 17 281 3 679 2006 australia 71 16 245 4 049 table ii. host nation performance in the commonwealth games 1950 2006 nation overall home away host effect editions average (%) editions average (%) editions average (%) % points australia 15 26.9 3 30.2 12 26.0 4.2 england 15 21.4 1 18.7 14 21.8 (3.1) canada 15 16.2 3 21.3 12 15.0 6.3 new zealand 15 6.2 3 10.4 12 5.3 5.1 scotland 15 3.7 2 5.6 13 3.4 2.2 wales 15 2.5 1 2.8 14 2.5 0.3 malaysia 13 2.0 1 5.3 12 1.6 3.7 jamaica 13 1.7 1 2.4 12 1.6 0.8 host effect = home average (%) minus away average (%). percentage points for wales to 6.3 percentage points for canada. in the analysis, england was the only nation for which an adverse host effect was observed. the lack of home advantage in the case of england masks the nation’s superior performances in the editions held by its fellow uk home nations and immediate neighbours – scotland and wales. to illustrate this point, the average market share for england in the commonwealth games held in the uk (at home, in scotland and wales) is 26.7% and 20.7% when held elsewhere. table iii highlights the ‘best’ and ‘worst’ performances for each host nation and pinpoints the location of such performances in terms of home, away and neighbour editions. the concept of neighbour edition is introduced to account for the geographical proximity in the case of uk home nations of england, scotland and wales and possibly for other host nations. for this purpose, a neighbour was considered to be any nation sharing the same time zone with the host nation. according to table iii, the most productive market share performance for five of the eight host nations in the commonwealth games coincided with their home edition. furthermore, two of the three instances where nations did not reach their highest level of performance at home occurred on neighbouring soil – performances for both england and wales peaked in scotland. furthermore, the lowest market share returns for all host nations are confined to the ‘away’ column in table iii. therefore, without exception, the least favourable performance was witnessed when not competing at home or in the same time zone. together these findings draw attention to the implications of competing at home and, to a lesser extent, nearer to home. using the number of time zones crossed as an indicator of distance travelled to the host nation, it was possible to plot each nation’s performance against the corresponding travel factor (time zone difference from the host nation) across every edition. the exercise revealed that performance was negatively correlated with travel for all host nations. in other words, as distance travelled increases, performance deteriorates. the coefficient of correlation (r) values are presented in fig. 1. in order to test whether this finding was limited to host nations or part of a more common phenomenon, we repeated the exercise for all 78 nations that have contested the commonwealth games since 1950. some territories have subsequently merged whilst others are no longer part of the commonwealth alliance. for the purpose of this research, 23 nations were exempt from the analysis on the basis that they only contested one edition of the event and therefore there is no alternative point of reference available for these nations against which to relate their performance with travel to the host location (e.g. belize, brunei, gibraltar and sierra leone). in this regard, the findings relate to 55 ‘eligible’ nations. overall, the analysis revealed an inverse association (r<0) between distance travelled and performance for 38 (69%) out of the 55 nations. in other words, for the majority of nations, success in the event diminishes with travel. the magnitude of the correlation varies by nation and by broad geographic region. for example, the table iii. host nation performance matrix nation best performance (market share) worst performance (market share) home % neighbour % away % home % neighbour % away % australia 34.3 18.6 canada 29.5 6.8 england 29.4 15.0 jamaica 3.1 0.5 malaysia 5.3 0.2 new zealand 18.4 3.3 scotland 6.1 1.5 wales 4.0 0.4 fig. 1. travel versus performance in the commonwealth games (r values)                                                      fig. 1. travel versus performance in the commonwealth games (r values). 10 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 1 2010 11 finding r<0 was more widespread among commonwealth nations from africa (14/18 nations, 78%) and europe (7/9 nations, 78%) relative to those from americas/caribbean (8/12 nations, 67%) and asia/oceania (9/16 nations, 56%). the performance for india, the host of the 2010 commonwealth games, was also found to be negatively correlated with distance travelled (r=-0.40). thus, in theory not having to travel abroad or outside its own time zone to compete could make a positive contribution to india’s performance in 2010. nations that did not exhibit an inverse relationship between travel and performance (i.e. where r>0) were found to be generally those with relatively modest success in the commonwealth games (e.g. cayman islands, jersey, norfolk island and st. vincent and the grenadines). discussion the first key finding from the research was that, with the exception of england, all previous host nations experienced a positive host effect in the commonwealth games. it is difficult to comment on the statistical significance of these findings because of the size of the data set involved. the analysis is limited to at most 15 editions (or observations) for a host nation. also, nations inevitably compete away from home more often than they do at home. this in turn creates a disparity between the number of home and away observations for each nation in the sample. for example, australia has only three observations for home performance but twelve observations for away performance. despite the limitations of the data, in descriptive terms, there is evidence of nations generally performing better when they have hosted the commonwealth games. if we regard average away performance as a measure of nation quality then there appears to be no systematic relationship between the relative quality of a host nation and the extent of the home advantage. for example, both canada and new zealand benefit more at home than australia. similarly, the home advantage experienced by malaysia and jamaica is greater than that of wales, but lower than canada, new zealand and australia. in other words, traditionally stronger nations in the commonwealth games do not necessarily benefit from greater home advantage. as to why such home advantage may exist, there are generally three factors that are perceived to be at work: the influence of the home crowd, home athletes’ familiarity with local conditions, and the effects of travel.8,12-20 the last of these factors is particularly pertinent in the context of the commonwealth games where international travel is involved that can sometimes span several time zones. the research has shown that, as a general rule of thumb, a nation’s performance in the commonwealth games progressively deteriorates the further its athletes travel away from their own time zone. a possible explanation for this finding is ‘jet lag’. previous research18 indicates that the severity of jet lag and subsequent recovery is a function of the number of time zones crossed. from a policy standpoint, the findings from the research should enable non-host nations to set pragmatic aspirations for success in the commonwealth games, allowing for any ‘performance loss’ associated with travel to the host location, particularly when the event is held in a different time zone. yet another candidate for home advantage in the commonwealth games is strategic in nature. this relates to the level of influence that a host nation can exert over the portfolio of sports, and the number of events contested within those sports, at its home edition. at present, the commonwealth games programme consists of a minimum of 10 sports, all which are mandatory. article 21 of the commonwealth games federation constitution (http://thecgf.com/ about/constitution.pdf) states that a candidate city has the option to select up to seven further disciplines from a predetermined list of sports. thus, host nations may opt to put forward sports and events that provide them with the best opportunity to win medals. concurrently, organising committees may consciously minimise or omit disciplines in which competitor nations have a proven track record of success. this presents an area for future research to investigate how well host nations perform in optional sports rather than those that are mandatory. much of the media coverage surrounding the 2010 commonwealth games in delhi has focussed on the city’s preparation for, and capability of, staging the event. this issue has been further flagged following the recent abandonment of the fifth one day international cricket match between india and sri lanka in delhi due to an unfit pitch. regardless of how well delhi is progressing towards ensuring the successful delivery of the commonwealth games, on the field it is reasonable to expect an elevated level of performance from indian athletes given the evidence presented in this paper. references 1. balmer nj, nevill am, williams am. home advantage in the winter olympics (1908-1998). j sports sci 2001;19:129-139. 2. balmer nj, nevill am, williams am. modelling home advantage in the summer olympic games. j sports sci 2003;2:469-478. 3. balmer nj, nevill am, lane am. do judges enhance home advantage in european championship boxing? j sports sci 2005;23:409-416. 4. bray sr, carron av. the home advantage in alpine skiing. australian journal of science and medicine in sport 1993;25:76-81. 5. koning rh. home advantage in speed skating: evidence from individual data. j sports sci 2005;23:417-427. 6. mcandrew f. the home advantage in individual sports. journal of sports psychology 1993;133:401-403. 7. nevill am, balmer nj, winter em. why great britain‘s success in beijing could have been anticipated and why it should continue beyond 2012. br j sports med 2009;43: 1108-1110. 8. nevill am, holder rl. home ground advantage in sport: an overview of studies on the advantage of playing at home. sports med 1999;28:221236. 9. uk sport. home advantage: the performance benefits of hosting major sporting events. uk sport london; 2009. 10. de bosscher v, de knop p, van bottenburg m, shibli s. a conceptual framework for analysing sport policy factors leading to international sporting success. european sport management quarterly 2006;6:185-215. 11. de bosscher v, bingham j, shibli s, van bottenburg m, de knop p. the global sporting arms race: an international comparative study on sports policy factors leading to international sporting success. meyer & meyer sport (uk) ltd. oxford; 2008. 12. agnew jc, carron av. crowd effects and the home advantage. international journal of sport behavior 1994;25:53-62. 13. carron a, loughhead t, bray s. the home advantage in sport competitions: courneya and carron’s (1992) conceptual framework a decade later. j sports sci 2005;23:395-407. 14. courneya ks, carron av. effects of travel length of home stand/road trip on the home advantage. journal of sport and exercise psychology 1991;13:42-49. 15. du preez m, lambert mi. travel fatigue and home ground advantage in south african super 12 rugby teams. south african journal of sports medicine 2007;19:20-22. 16. jehue, r, street, d, huizenga r. effect of time zone and game time changes on team performance: national football league. medicine & science in sports & exercise 1993;25:127-131. 17. nevill am, balmer nj, williams am. the influence of crowd noise and experience upon refereeing decisions in football. psychology of sport and exercise 2002;3:261-272. 18. pace a, carron av. travel and the home advantage. canadian journal of sports sciences 1992;17:60-64. 19. reilly t, waterhouse j, edwards b. jet lag and air travel: implications for performance. clin sports med 2005;24:367-380. 20. waterhouse j, reilly t, edwards b. the stress of travel. j sports sci 2004;22:946-966. original research 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 the use of negative pressure wave treatment in athlete recovery a jansen van rensburg1, msc, d c janse van rensburg1, md, h e van buuren2, msc (exerc physiol), c c grant1, phd, l fletcher3, phd 1section sports medicine, faculty of health science, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 2institute for sports research, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa 3department of statistics, faculty of natural & agricultural sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: a jansen van rensburg (audrey.jansenvanrensburg@up.ac.za) lower body negative pressure (lbnp) treatment, also known as intermittent vacuum therapy, was developed for astronauts, to maintain the arterial blood supply of the lower body and compensate for weightlessness. due to the low gravity in space, autonomic cardiovascular control deteriorates and orthostatic tolerance is re-established by means of lbnp therapy after exploration flights.[1] designed to act as an external heart for the lower body, the lbnp device generates a rhythmic alternating pressure of intermittent waves of negative pressure (lower pressure), and normal pressure (atmospheric pressure). as described in available literature this mechanism causes strong capillary dilation and compression pulsations[2] through which blood circulation and perfusion in the lower limbs are increased.[3] arteries dilate as oxygen (o2)-rich blood and nutrients are drawn into the tissue (hypobaric), resulting in a higher available concentration of o2 and supplements in the muscle,[4] followed by an atmospheric pressure phase, a relief of the reflux, when carbon dioxide (co2) and metabolic waste products are pressed back into the upper body through the circulatory system and the lymphatic vessels.[5] this application of sub-atmospheric pressure to the lower portion of the body (below the iliac crest) consequently enhances the baroreflex that assists in maintaining blood pressure during orthostatic stress.[1,2] in clinical applications, the use of negative pressure has been indicated as an effective modality.[4,6] a study by schneider et al.[7] indicated an improvement in heart rate and blood pressure responses observed with the application of lbnp after 15 days of bed rest. following excessive training, athletes often experience symptoms of discomfort, muscular soreness and stiffness within 12–24h, which can contribute to the development of muscular fatigue resulting in deteriorating performance.[8,9] delayed onset muscle soreness (doms) is an inflammatory reaction caused by the micro-damage of primary muscle. sports massage is a popular treatment and a frequently applied intervention; however, evidence to support its efficacy as a technique to enhance recovery is still being explored.[10] appropriate methods of recovery are, however, essential to restore an athlete’s physiological and psychological capacities. prompt and sufficient recovery can also improve performance by enhancing training quality and tolerance to the training load, as well as improving the athlete’s adaptation to training. without proper recovery following multiple training sessions or competitions, an athlete increases the risk for poorer performance and overuse injuries.[8,10] mimicking sports massage by stimulating the circulatory system and lymphatic vessels, lbnp is claimed to play a vital role in the recovery of the athlete in order to maximise athletic performance in competitive sport. the endurance capacity in athletes differs, with highly trained athletes performing at a higher maximal oxygen uptake, presenting with minimum lactate accumulation. during exercise of increasing intensity, an increase in blood lactate concentration is an indication of a rise in glycogen metabolism within the muscle. however, the initial increase in blood lactate concentration implies the net result of lactate production in the muscle, and reflects that the appearance rate of lactate in the blood is higher than the disappearance rate (the result of a balance between the rate of production and removal).[11,12] this is referred to as the lactate threshold and is background: athletes need to recover fully to maximise performance in competitive sport. athletes who replenish more quickly and more efficiently are able to train harder and more intensely. elite athletes subjectively report positive results using lower body negative pressure (lbnp) treatment as an alternate method for rapid recovery, restoring and improving their impaired physical state. objective data on the efficacy are lacking. objectives: to investigate the effect of intermittent vacuum therapy on accelerating acute recovery following an athlete’s normal daily training schedule of strenuous exercise. objective measurements of biological markers of muscular fatigue were used to assess recovery. methods: twenty-two male cricket players in a randomised cross-over study were divided into a treatment and control group respectively. following a one-hour high-intensity gym session, the treatment group received three 30-minute lbnp exposure sessions over three consecutive days (0, 24 and 48 hours). blood lactate and creatine kinase biomarkers were collected to measure the recovery process. after 14 days groups were crossed over and the trial repeated. results: heart rate and blood pressure decreased noticeably during treatment, reverting to baseline levels after treatment. lactate concentrations decreased in both groups after exercise termination; significantly more in the treatment (0.57±0.23 mmol/l) than control group (0.78±0.22 mmol/l), p<0.001). creatine kinase (ck) was similar in both groups. athletes’ subjective assessments of recovery rated moderately high. conclusion: lbnp therapy applied as treatment during routine schedule may have a systemic effect in lowering serum lactate levels, but not ck levels. enhanced recovery of athletes is still unconfirmed. keywords: lower body negative pressure, athlete restoration, athlete performance, athlete rehabilitation, athlete recuperation s afr j sports med 2017;29:1-7. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1544 mailto:audrey.jansenvanrensburg@up.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1544 original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 considered to be a good predictor of endurance exercise performance. the lactate threshold is often used to prescribe training intensities, based on the relationship between blood lactate levels and heart rate. in the same way, active recovery after strenuous exercise will clear the accumulated blood lactate levels faster than passive recovery. more so in an intensity-dependent manner, with maximum blood lactate clearance occurring with active recovery close to the lactate threshold.[12,13] the severity of muscle damage and injury is frequently monitored by blood serum ck enzyme activity levels.[14] although debated by researchers, lactate concentration and blood serum ck activity levels are implemented as biomarkers in measuring the recovery process that is crucial for successful endurance capacity and sport performance.[12,13,14] hormonal changes in the body are involved in regulating various physiological functions, and when activated are known to improve mental function and willpower, thus automatically increasing the subjective well-being of an individual.[15] the increased blood circulation in the entire body and brain achieved by the vacuum effect of the lbnp device may hypothetically also increase oxygen circulation and influence hormone levels and their release in the blood to enhance a feeling of perceived recovery experienced by the athletes, with the magnitude of improvement remaining of a perceptive nature. lbnp therapy is becoming popular through the promise of an innovative to optimise and accelerate sports recovery, increase physical performance and reduce breaks from training, with very little confirmed evidence. the objective of this study was to assess if intermittent negative pressure therapy applied to the lower body of athletes will affect known measures of muscular recovery and result in faster recovery time and recuperation. methods study design a randomised cross-over study design with repeated measures was performed to determine the effect negative pressure wave treatment has on the recovery of cricketers. an information letter with a full explanation regarding the nature of the study was given to all participants, and informed written consent forms were collected from each candidate prior to the study. the study protocol was approved by the ethics committee of the university of pretoria, south africa (approval number 352/2013). participants and selection criteria twenty-two healthy male cricket players based at the tuks cricket academy, at the high performance centre of the university of pretoria, south africa, were invited to participate. players were randomly assigned to one of two groups and evaluated. after the second week the participants were crossed over and the study repeated over the following two weeks. participant exclusion criteria included cardiovascular diseases, hypotony with proneness to collapse, diabetes, recent phlebotrombosis ( 0.8) between experimental and control group of same age. sd = standard deviation. pg46-51.indd 49 7/5/07 10:37:49 am 50 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 tors such as increased pressure to perform at a-team level, as well as the fact that matches are more demanding. 9,19,21 similarly, because of the increased intensity with which the game is played at a-team level, these players are at greater risk of sustaining extrinsic (related to trauma) injuries than players in the b teams. 21,23 however, in the present study the experimental groups (a teams) were the teams receiving the intervention and were therefore expected to experience a reduction in overall injury incidence. it was expected that the prevention programme would reduce intrinsic injuries (related to overuse) among the experimental groups, as these injuries are related to factors such as poor biomechanics and overuse, which can be prevented. 18,21 the results of this study show that in practice the 15and 16-year-old groups which had the injury prevention programme had significantly fewer intrinsic injuries than the corresponding control groups. the success of the prevention programme in reducing intrinsic injury incidence is most likely due to the positive effect of the prevention programme on the biomechanical and postural variables 2 of the experimental groups. the fact that the extrinsic injury incidence experienced by both the 15and 16-year-old experimental groups in this study remained significantly more than that of the corresponding control group illustrates the inability of the prevention programme to reduce the extrinsic injury incidence experienced by the experimental groups to below that of the control groups. this may be attributed to the fact that the prevention programme was not designed to reduce extrinsic injury incidence, 2 as there are too many unpredictable elements (associated with contact situations) present in the occurrence of these injuries. 21 this study showed that the prevention programme did not reduce the overall injuries of the 15and 16-year-old experimental group to significantly below the injury incidence in the corresponding control groups. this may be explained by the fact that factors such as aging, 15,21 level of play 20,21,24,25 and pressure to perform 19 may have led to inconsistencies in extrinsic injury incidence. in turn these changes in extrinsic injury incidence during the 2 years may be responsible for the incoherent pattern detected in the overall injury incidence, seeing that overall injury incidence consists of the sum of the intrinsic and extrinsic injury incidence. intrinsic injuries with a previous injury history the percentage of intrinsic injuries with a chronic nature are shown in table ii. these results signify that during the first season of intervention, intrinsic injuries of a previous nature remained a dilemma, even in the presence of the prevention programme. this could suggest that these injuries were not fully rehabilitated before the start of the study, or that the causes of these injuries were not removed completely during the first season of the study. during the second season a different pattern emerged. it is evident that among both the experimental groups there were no intrinsic injuries of a previous nature visible (0%), while in contrast to this intrinsic injuries of a previous nature still amounted to a significant fraction in both the control groups. this could have been due to the rehabilitative effect of the prevention programme, as this programme is specifically aimed at reducing biomechanical shortcomings in the experimental groups. therefore it can be concluded that during the second season the prevention programme possibly had a more significant effect on shortcomings due to previous injuries. to the best of the authors’ knowledge this finding has not been investigated by previous studies. this pattern during the second season suggests that the programme restored certain impaired functions, and therefore had more of a rehabilitative than a preventive effect during the first season. because of this certain deficiencies were overcome, and the programme could reach its preventive potential during the second year. conclusions the prevention programme used in this study had a positive effect on the intrinsic injury incidence of 15and 16-yearold schoolboy rugby players, particularly during the second year of study after the programme had been implemented for 1 year. therefore this prevention programme can serve as a model for the reduction of future intrinsic rugby injury incidence among 15and 16-year-old schoolboys, as well as a basis for further study on the prevention of rugby injuries among senior schoolboys. references 1. ellis sm, steyn hs. practical significance (effect sizes) versus or in combination with statistical significance (p-values). management dynamics 2003; 12: 51-3. 2. erasmus h. the effect of a prevention programme on the rugby injuries of 15and 16-year old schoolboys. phd thesis, potchefstroom university, 2006. 3. garraway wm, lee aj, hutton sj, russell eb, macleod da. impact of professionalism on injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2000; 34: 348-51. 4. garraway m, macleod d. epidemiology of rugby football injuries. lancet 1995; 345: 1485-7. 5. gerrard df, waller ae, bird yn. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project, ii: previous injury experience of a rugby-playing cohort. br j sports med 1994; 28: 229-33. table ii. percentage of intrinsic injuries recorded as previous injuries in the experimental and control groups of rugby players during each season intrinsic injuries with previous history (as % of total number of intrinsic injuries) group season 1 season 2 15-year-old experimental group 80 0 (no intrinsic injuries) 15-year-old control group 60 40 16-year-old experimental group 100 0 (no intrinsic injuries) 16-year-old control group 33 60 pg46-51.indd 50 7/5/07 10:37:50 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 51 6. hanekom aj. anthropometriese, fisieke, motoriese en vaardigheidseienskappe van senior sekondêre skoolrugbyspelers in die noordwesprovinsie. ma thesis, potchefstroom university, 2000. 7. hare e. die identifisering van rugbytalent by seuns in die senior sekondêre skoolfase. med thesis, potchefstroom university, 1997. 8. hare e. longitudinale studie van talentvolle jeugrugbyspelers met verwysing na vaardigheid, groei en ontwikkeling. phd thesis, potchefstroom university, 1999. 9. harvey js. overuse syndromes in young athletes. clin sports med 1983; 2: 595-607. 10. hattingh jhb. a prevention programme for rugby injuries based on an analysis among adolescent players. phd thesis, potchefstroom university, 2003. 11. hazeldiner r, mcnab t. the rfu guide to fitness for rugby. london: a & c black, 1998. 12. holtzhausen lj. the epidemiology of injuries in professional rugby union in south africa. mphil thesis, university of cape town, 2001. 13. jakoet i. contrast injuries in schoolboy rugby. south african sports medicine association congress, johannesburg, 2002. 14. kirby rf. kirby’s guide to fitness and motor performance tests. cape girardeau: ben oak publishing company, 1991. 15. lee aj, garraway wm. epidemiological comparison of injuries in school and senior club rugby. br j sports med 1996; 30: 213-7. 16. lee aj, garraway wm, arneil dw. influence of preseason training, fitness, and existing injury on subsequent rugby injury. br j sports med 2001; 35: 412-7. 17. lynsens rj, de weerdt w, niewboer a. factors associated with injury proneness. sports med 1991; 12: 281-9. 18. mcginnis pm. biomechanics of sport and exercise. 2nd ed. champaign, ill: human kinetics publishers, 2005. 19. micheli lj. overuse injuries in children’s sports: the growth factor. orthop clin north am 1983; 14: 337-60. 20. nathan m, goedeker r, noakes td. the incidence and nature of rugby injuries experienced at one school during the 1982 rugby season. s afr med j 1983; 64: 132-7. 21. noakes td, du plessis m. rugby without risk: a practical guide for the prevention and treatment of rugby injuries. pretoria: jl van schaik, 1996. 22. plotz af. ’n vergelykende studie van suid-afrikaanse en engelse adolessente eliterugbyspelers met verwysing na spelspesifieke, antropometriese en fisiek-motoriese veranderlikes. med thesis, potchefstroom university, 2004. 23. quarrie kl, handcock p, toomey mj, waller ae. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project. iv. anthropometric and physical performance comparisons between positional categories of senior a rugby players. br j sport med 1996; 30(1): 53-5. 24. roux ce. the epidemiology of schoolboy rugby injuries. msc thesis, university of cape town, 1992. 25. roux ce, goedeke r, visser gr, van zyl wa, noekes td. the epidemiology of schoolboy rugby injuries. s afr med j 1987; 71: 307-13. 26. statsoft inc. statistica. data analysis software system, version 7, 2005, www.statsoft.com. 27. steyn hs jun.. practical significance of the difference in means. journal of industrial psychology 2000; 26(3): 1-3. 28. targett sg. injuries in professional rugby union. clin j sport med 1998; 8: 280-5. 29. thomas jr, nelson jk. research methods in physical activity. 4th ed. champaign, ill.: human kinetics, 2001. 30. upton pa, roux ce, noakes td. inadequate pre-season preparation of schoolboy rugby players. a survey of players at 25 cape province high schools. s afr med j 1996; 86: 531-3. 31. van gent mm. a test battery for the determination of positional requirements in adolescent rugby players. phd thesis, potchefstroom university, 2003. current diagnosis & treatment: sports medicine author: patrick j mcmahon august 9, 2006; paperback; 624 pages 0071410635 / 9780071410632 readable. comprehensive. up-to-date. the one book to have for day-to-day answers in sports medicine.  authoritative, point-of-care coverage with evaluation, treatment, and management of all common sports injuries  essential evidence-based stabilization and rehabilitation techniques  prevention strategies featured throughout  pre-participation and on -the-field evaluation  practical guidance on sports injuries in children  coverage of the medical issues of female athletes  in -depth treatment of concussion  up-to -date information on medical conditions and sports participation  numerous easy-to -read diagnostic charts, tables, and treatment graphs  concise, current, and comprehensive review of the biomechanics of sports medicine  helpful references to classic and important new sources  online updates at companion site currentmed.com pg46-51.indd 51 7/5/07 10:37:50 am introduction sleep functions to conserve energy, restore body tissue and downregulate body temperature. in comparison, exercise depletes energy stores, causes tissue breakdown and increases body temperature. 1,2 therefore, one might assume that exercise would promote and improve sleep quality, 2 and could even be used as a non-pharmacological way of improving sleep. 1 however, exercise variables such as type, intensity, duration and timing, as well as individual variables such as age, gender, body mass and fitness, all influence the relationship between exercise and sleep. 1 the intensity and duration of exercise seem to be the most influential factors affecting sleep. 2 exercise of moderate intensity has been shown to improve self-reported or subjective measures of sleep. 3 in comparison, high-intensity, strenuous exercise may result in disrupted sleep. 4 driver et al. 5 proposed that each individual has a threshold of duration and intensity of exercise. once this threshold is exceeded, sleep is negatively affected by the exercise. possibly the most physically taxing exercise events are multiday stage races of either cross-country skiing, running, road cycling, mountain biking or adventure racing. in these long-duration events, participants are required to exercise for several hours per day, and often for three or more consecutive days. in these types of exercise events you might expect a detrimental impact on sleep as a result of the long duration and often the high intensity of the exercise. in addition, competitors partaking in such events often sleep in different environments each night, and so the unfamiliar and possibly uncomfortable sleeping environments also may disturb their sleep. to our knowledge, the effects of repeated endurance exercise on sleep have not yet been studied. studies have been done on competitors in very long-duration events, such as ultra-triathlons, but these events take place on only one day. 5 since stage racing is becoming more popular as a competitive event, it is important to investigate the effects that the repeated endurance exercise may have on sleep, as adequate sleep is crucial for recovery, physical well-being and exercise performance. 1 therefore, the aim of our study was to determine the effect of repeated sub-maximal-intensity mountain biking, over three consecutive days, on the sleep of trained mountain bikers. we chose to assess the mountain bikers’ sleep both objectively, using activity data loggers (actigraphy) as a measure of movement during the night, and subjectively, using questionnaires and visual analogue scales. to isolate the effect of the exercise on sleep and eliminate the effect of the sleeping environment, the study participants slept at home in their normal environment. original research the effects of three days of sub-maximal-intensity mountain biking on sleep abstract objectives. we determined the effect of three consecutive days of sub-maximal-intensity mountain biking (4.5 hours per day, ~64 km per day), on the sleep of ten healthy, trained male and female mountain bikers. methods. the sleep of the mountain bikers was assessed both subjectively (visual analogue scales and sleep questionnaires) and objectively (activity data logger) on each night of mountain biking and for seven nights when they were not cycling (pre-exercise, mean of seven nights). the cyclists’ mood and muscular pain were assessed each night using visual analogue scales. the cyclists slept at home in their normal environment. results. there was no significant difference between the mountain bikers’ muscular pain and mood (calm/anxious visual analogue scale) measured during the pre-exercise stage and their pain and mood measured on each of the mountain biking nights (p>0.05). however, compared with the pre-exercise stage, the mountain bikers reported that they were significantly more tired (tired/energetic visual analogue scale) on each night of cycling (p<0.01). the sleep of the mountain bikers was disrupted on the night of the third day of mountain biking only. on this night, compared with the pre-exercise stage, the mountain bikers reported that they woke up more during the night (double the number of times) (p<0.001), and an activity data logger recorded that they were awake for about half an hour longer during the night (p<0.05). conclusion. we have shown that three days of repeated, endurance sub-maximal mountain biking disrupted the sleep of the mountain bikers on the third night of cycling. correspondence: ingrid avidon school of physiology university of the witwatersrand medical school 7 york road parktown, 2193 south africa tel: +27 11 717-2363 fax: +27 11 643-2765 e-mail: ingrid.avidon@wits.ac.za stephanie p murphy (bsc honours, physiology) andrea fuller (phd) alison j bentley (phd) ingrid avidon (phd) school of physiology, university of the witwatersrand medical school, faculty of health science, johannesburg sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 3 methods ethical clearance ethical clearance was obtained from the university of the witwatersrand’s committee for research on human subjects, which adheres to the principles of the declaration of helsinki (m080447); all the subjects gave written informed consent for participation. subject recruitment mountain bikers from mountain biking clubs in and around johannesburg and pretoria, south africa, were asked to volunteer for the study. comprehensive questionnaires were used to determine whether the subjects were healthy and sufficiently trained to participate safely in the study. volunteers had to have been cycling for at least three years and training (cycling) at least six hours per week to be eligible for the study. volunteers were excluded from the study if they were not healthy, or if they were not sufficiently trained to complete three consecutive days of mountain biking lasting four hours per day. thereafter, the volunteers were screened for sleep disorders using the pittsburgh sleep quality index (psqi) and screened for depression using a general health questionnaire. volunteers who scored more than 5 on the psqi, an indication of disturbed sleep, 6 and volunteers who were depressed, were excluded from the study. furthermore, volunteers were excluded from the study if they did not have a normal sleep routine or if they had a lifestyle or occupation that did not allow for a normal sleep routine. after screening, ten mountain bikers met all the inclusion criteria and participated in the study. subject characteristics eight males and two females (n=10) between the ages of 20 and 52 years, with an average age of 37±9 years, participated in the study. the mountain bikers had a mean ± sd height of 1.75±0.04 m, a mean weight of 76.8±8.9 kg and a mean body mass index (bmi) of 22.9±2.0 kg.m -2 . all subjects were competent, trained riders who had been participating in mountain biking for at least three years and who were cycling at least six hours per week (range: 6 10 hours per week). within the last year, five of the riders had participated in three competitive stage races lasting more than three days; three of the riders had participated in two competitive stage races lasting more than three days; and two had participated in one competitive stage race lasting more than five days. experimental design the study was done in two stages – a pre-exercise stage and a mountain biking stage. during both stages, objective and subjective measures of sleep were recorded using actigraphy (activity data logger) and questionnaires, respectively. on each night of the two stages the mountain bikers were asked to wear the activity data logger on their right arm (see ‘objective measure of sleep’ below). the activity data logger detects movement during sleep and is an objective measure of disrupted sleep. in addition, the mountain bikers were asked to complete questionnaires before going to bed and then again in the morning (see ‘subjective measures of sleep, pain and mood’ below). the pre-exercise stage consisted of seven days and nights with no change to the normal exercise or sleep patterns of the riders. this stage was used to establish each subject’s normal sleep, pain and mood patterns. the mountain biking stage consisted of three consecutive days in which the riders performed 4.5 hours of mountain biking each day at the groenkloof nature reserve, pretoria (1 308 m above sea level), on a marked mountain biking trail within the reserve. the terrain of the trail was hilly and rocky and the cycling was performed in late august until early september (spring). the riders were asked to consume their ‘normal training day’ breakfast on the mornings of mountain biking, and follow a high-carbohydrate diet for the three days of cycling. before the start of the ride, each rider’s maximum heart rate was estimated at 220 minus their age. 7 each rider wore a heart rate monitor (polar heart rate monitor s610, polar electro oy, kempele, finland) for the duration of the ride and was asked to maintain a heart rate of between 70% and 80% of their estimated maximum. exercise intensity has been shown to affect sleep, and therefore the riders were asked to cycle at a set intensity in order to standardise the exercise intensity between the riders over the three days. the mountain bikers started riding by 08h30 every morning, and rode continuously for 4.5 hours. they were allowed to drink water and their chosen energy drink ad lib during the cycling. in addition, each cyclist was given three pvm energy bars (pvm nutritional sciences, pretoria, south africa; carbohydrate 27 g/bar; protein 5.3 g/bar; fat 5.5 g/bar) and instructed to eat one bar every 90 minutes. at the end of riding, the distance and time for each rider were recorded from their bicycle computer. at the end of each day, each rider was asked to use the 10-point borg scale to rate their perceived exertion (rpe) for the ride. the riders returned home after each day of mountain biking and slept in their normal sleeping environment. the riders were encouraged to begin fluid and carbohydrate replenishment as soon as possible after riding and eat a high-carbohydrate diet during the day. all objective and subjective data related to sleep, mood and pain were analysed on the nights after the exercise days. on each day of the mountain biking, the microclimate was measured at 30-minute intervals throughout the cycling time. the wet and dry bulb temperatures, black globe temperature and wind speed were recorded to determine whether all the mountain bikers had exercised under similar environmental conditions. during the study, the mountain bikers were asked to refrain from long-duration or intense exercise other than the three days of mountain biking, and to follow their normal daily activities and sleeping patterns. they were not allowed to drink alcohol and caffeinated beverages. they were asked not to use any pain medication or modalities such as massage or icing to decrease muscular pain. furthermore, they were not allowed to take naps during the day or take sleeping pills or medications/agents that could disrupt their normal sleep patterns. they were asked to follow their normal sleep patterns and refrain from activities that could disrupt sleep (e.g. working or socialising late into the night). objective measure of sleep on each night of the study, each subject wore an activity data logger (sensormedics, bodymedia ® body monitoring system – sensewear ® pro2 armband, milan, italy) on their upper right arm during sleep. the armband, an activity monitor with a 2-axis accelerometer, is able to detect movement in two planes, and has been validated as a sleep detection device. 8 the armband weighs approximately 200 g, is comfortable to wear and is not disruptive to sleep. the mountain bikers put the armbands on when they switched off the light with the intention of going to sleep and removed the armband when they woke up in the morning. the armband recorded and saved the data until it was downloaded at a later stage. based on the amount of movement detected by the armband during the night, the software calculated the total sleep time ((tst), minutes) of each subject and the amount of time he or she was awake during the night (wakefulness after sleep onset (waso), minutes). 4 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 5 subjective measures of sleep, pain and mood the subjects completed an evening form before going to bed to subjectively assess their muscular pain and mood. they were asked to indicate their current muscular pain on a 100 mm visual analogue scale (vas) anchored at ‘no pain’, and ‘worst pain ever felt’. they were also asked to indicate their current mood on two separate 100 mm vass – one anchored at ‘calm’ and ‘anxious’ and the other at ‘tired’ and ‘energetic’. 9 on each morning of the study, the subjects completed the wits dial-a-bed morning form within 20 minutes of waking up. they recorded the time they went to bed (lights off), the time they thought it had taken to fall asleep (sleep-onset latency (sol), minutes), the number of times they thought they had woken up during the night (number of awakenings), how long they thought they were awake during the night (waso, minutes), and the time they woke up in the morning. from this information we were able to calculate their time in bed ((tib), minutes) as the time from lights off to the time that they woke up in the morning, tst (minutes) as tib minus (sol + waso), sleep efficiency ((se), percentage) as tst/tib x 100. furthermore, the mountain bikers were asked to rate their sleep quality (sq) on a 100 mm vas line anchored at ‘worst sleep ever’ and ‘best sleep ever’. data analysis to establish the normal sleep variables, mood and pain for each subject, a mean of each of the variables was calculated from the preexercise stage. the vas data (pain, mood and sleep quality) were normalised with an arcsine transformation before parametric statistical analysis. a repeated-measures analysis of variance (rm anova) was used to determine whether there was a difference between muscular pain, mood and objective and subjective sleep variables measured in the pre-exercise phase (mean of pre-exercise nights) and on each night after the three mountain biking days. a dunnett’s multiple comparisons test was used as a post test to compare the mountain bikers’ pre-exercise pain, mood and sleep variables with the variables measured on each night of the three mountain biking days. the subject’s riding distance and riding speed on each day of mountain biking were compared using a rm anova, with a tukey post test. the rpe on each day of mountain biking was compared using the friedman test with a dunn post test. the data, except for the rpe (median, upper 95% ci, lower 95% ci), are expressed as mean ± sd. for all statistical analysis p<0.05 was considered significantly different. results mountain biking data on each day of mountain biking there was no difference in the riders’ reported rpe (p=0.75), riding distance (p=0.18, f=1.92) and average riding speed (p=0.07, f=3.21). the median (upper and lower 95% ci) rpe for the mountain bikers during the exercise stage was 5 (5; 6), the mean ± sd riding distance was 63.7±3.8 km and the mean ± sd riding speed was 14.4±0.6 km.h -1 . the mountain bikers rode under similar weather conditions. on all the riding days, the dry bulb temperature ranged from 6.5˚c in the morning (07h00) to 26˚c by 13h00. wet bulb temperature ranged from 6˚c in the morning to 19˚c at 13h00. black globe temperature ranged from 14.5˚c in the morning to 44.2˚c at 13h00. wind speed ranged from 0 to 5.3 m.s -1 . objective and subjective measures of sleep (pre-exercise versus mountain biking nights) the mountain bikers’ objective and subjective measures of sleep are given in table i. there were no significant differences between the pre-exercise and mountain biking nights for the riders’ subjective tib (p=0.54, f=0.66), tst (p=0.35, f=1.16), objective tst (p=0.52, f=0.65), subjective sol (p=0.54, f=0.73), subjective waso (p=0.56, f=0.69), subjective sq (p=0.56, f=0.71) and subjective se (p=0.24, f=1.51). there was a significant difference between the subjective number of awakenings reported by the mountain bikers during the pre-exercise and mountain biking nights (p=0.02, f=4.32, table i). compared with the pre-exercise stage, the mountain bikers reported that they woke up more on the night after the third day of mountain biking (p<0.001, table i), but not on the night after the first or second day of mountain biking (p>0.05, table i). there was a significant difference between objective waso recorded by the armbands on the pre-exercise and the mountain biking nights (p=0.05, f=2.92, table i). compared with the preexercise stage, objective waso was significantly increased on the night of the third day of mountain biking by more than 30 minutes (p≤0.05), but not on the night after the first (p>0.05) or second day (p>0.05) of mountain biking. table ii shows the number of subjects, out of ten, compared with baseline, who showed an increase, a decrease or no change in their sleep measures on each of the three nights. muscular pain and mood (pre-exercise versus mountain biking nights) the muscular pain and mood data for the mountain bikers are given in table i. there was no significant difference between the intensity of muscular pain experienced by the mountain bikers in the pre-exercise stage and after each of the mountain biking days (p=0.07, f=2.59, table i). there was no significant difference between the mountain bikers’ mood on the calm/anxious scale in the pre-exercise stage compared with the mountain biking nights (p=0.23, f=1.15, table i). however, there was a significant difference between the subjects’ mood on the tired/energetic scale when measured in the pre-exercise stage compared with the mountain biking nights (p=0.0016, f=6.48). compared with the pre-exercise stage, the subjects reported that they were significantly more tired at night on all three days of mountain biking (p<0.01, table i). discussion we assessed the sleep of mountain bikers, both objectively and subjectively, on two separate occasions: when they were not exercising (pre-exercise phase) and on each night of three consecutive days of mountain biking. our results show that three days of sub-maximalintensity mountain biking, for four and a half hours per day, disrupts sleep on the third night only. compared with the pre-exercise phase, on the night of the third day of mountain biking the riders reported that they woke up more often during the night and spent more than 30 minutes extra awake when measured by an activity data logger, worn during sleep as an objective measure of sleep (table i). we recruited ten mountain bikers with no sleep abnormalities who successfully fulfilled all the criteria for participation in the study and who were prepared to participate in the lengthy study protocol. however, our relatively small sample size may have resulted in the absence of significant change in some of the other objective and subjective sleep variables. the mountain bikers all rode the same mountain bike route at a similar rpe, for a similar time, at a similar time of day (and environmental conditions), at a similar speed, and with adequate energy provision. furthermore, all the subjects slept at home in their own beds each night, allowing us to remove extraneous factors such as environmental conditions, exercise intensity, exercise duration, inadequate nutrition and unaccustomed sleeping environment, which could affect sleep, from our investigation. the subjects were asked to record the time they went to bed and the time they woke up each morning. from this data we were able to calculate their tib. there was no significant difference in the tib data between the pre-exercise and cycling nights (table i), confirming that the subjects did keep to a regular schedule across the study. the mountain bikers were asked to ride each day at a similar sub-maximal heart rate and rpe, and not alter their intensity of riding which would occur if they were racing or allowed to set their own riding intensity. these findings mean that our data cannot be extrapolated to a real racing situation. similarly, the riders all rode under similar mild environmental conditions in the months of august to early september (spring). exercise performed in hot environmental conditions, unlike our riding conditions, can increase core body temperature. 10 an increased core body temperature can influence measures of sleep, 11 but has also been shown to have no effect on sleep. 6,12 therefore, in our study, we can only report on the effects of the riding on measures of sleep in mild environmental conditions and cannot extrapolate our data to warmer environmental conditions that may occur during summer months. we assessed the sleep in the mountain bikers both objectively and subjectively. the gold standard for objective sleep recording is polysomnography (psg). while psg may be a better method of recording sleep objectively, it would have added an additional unwanted component to the study, i.e. that of sleeping in a strange environment. therefore, for our objective assessment of sleep, we used an activity data logger to assess movement during sleep as a marker of disturbed or restless sleep. actigraphy is becoming a popular method of assessing total sleep time and movement during sleep, a measure of waso. 8,13,14 we also included a subjective sleep assessment in our study, as this form of assessment provides valuable information regarding an individual’s perception of their sleep. 15,16 furthermore, subjective sleep estimates tend to differ from objective measurements of sleep, 15,17,18 and therefore it is important for studies to include both assessments when investigating sleep. we hypothesised that the sleep of the cyclists would be disrupted as a result of the repeated mountain biking, becoming increasingly disrupted with each day of riding. we found that the sleep of the mountain bikers was disrupted only on the third night of exercise. on this night, compared with the pre-exercise nights, the cyclists reported that they woke up more often during the night (double the number of times) and their activity data loggers showed that they were awake for 34 minutes longer during the night (increased 6 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 table i. mountain bikers’ objective and subjective measures of sleep, pain and mood for the pre-exercise phase and on each night of three consecutive days of mountain biking pre-exercise night 1 night 2 night 3 objective measure of sleep total sleep time (tst, min.) 400.2±30.6 [380.1-450.4] 350.8±28.3 [339.1-400.3] 371.1±20.5 [340.2 -412.4] 330.2±25.5 [310.5 385.3] wakefulness after sleep onset (waso, min.) 39.7±25.6 [10.2 78.5] 68.7±42.2 [11.5 143.1] 43.8±25.2 [5.6 73.9] 75.7±57.7* [6.5 189.2] subjective measure of sleep time in bed (tib, min.) 422.4±20.3 [390.3 -480.6] 420.1±15.6 [385.6 453.2] 421.6±16.5 [390.7 460.7] 419.7±19.1 [385.6 460.7] total sleep time (tst, min.) 395.2±28.2 [360.0 -450.3] 380.6±22.2 [350.6 448.6] 380.0±33.4 [344.7 440.3] 374.6±18.4 [330.8 428.2] sleep-onset latency (sol, min.) 15.7±6.4 [3.8 25.0] 26.0±22.2 [5.0 90.0] 32.0±23.1 [5.0 100.0] 25.0±14.8 [5.0 55.2] number of awakenings 1.5±1.0 [0.0 2.8] 2.2±1.6 [0.0 5.0] 2.1±1.3 [0.0 5.0] 3.0±2.0‡ [0.0 6.0] wakefulness after sleep onset (waso, min.) 11.3±11.5 [3.8 38.8] 14.3±18.2 [4.2 60.0] 9.6±13.7 [2.0 73.9] 20.7±28.2 [1.8 90.0] sleep efficiency (se) (%) 93.6±6.4 [90.1 97.6] 90.5±6.9 [88.3 96.4] 90.0±6.7 [88.4 95.3] 89.0±9.2 [83.2 93.1] sleep quality (sq) (0 100 mm, vas) 56.8±9.5 [41.5 70.8] 58.7±15.8 [29.0 74.2] 62.2±12.9 [46.3 78.4] 53.0±12.9 [39.1 69.4] subjective measure of muscular pain intensity of pain (0 100 mm, vas) 3.9±4.9 15.6±21.9 13.8±12.6 7.1±8.6 subjective measure of mood calm-anxious scale (0 100 mm, vas) 24.5±13.3 34.1±19.2 36.4±15.7 35.0±13.2 tired-energetic scale (0 100 mm, vas) 47.9±16.3 25.2±16.9† 21.9±15.3† 23.6±16.4† data presented as mean ± sd, n=10. data in [ ] – range. *p<0.05 versus pre-exercise. † p<0.01 versus pre-exercise. ‡ p<0.001 versus pre-exercise. sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 7 waso). as seen in table ii, on the third night of cycling, more of the riders recorded an increase in their time waso (objective), more of the riders experienced an increase in their number of awakenings during the night and an increase in their subjective waso, and the se and sq decreased in more of the riders. even though their sleep was unaffected on the first and second nights of mountain biking, the mountain bikers felt more tired, compared with the pre-exercise stage, as assessed by the vas, on each of the three mountain biking nights. the changes in the mountain bikers’ sleep on the third night of exercise were not as a result of muscular pain, nor a change in the level of anxiety, since there was no difference in the riders’ pain or mood between the pre-exercise stage and the three nights of mountain biking. in our study, the exclusion of pain and anxiety as extraneous factors influencing sleep was an important finding since concomitant depression, pain and anxiety can have a negative impact on sq 19,20 and would have confounded the findings. our study is the first to assess the effect of repeated endurance exercise on subjective and objective measures of sleep. previous studies have investigated the effect of one day of endurance exercise on objective measures of sleep. trained marathon runners experienced no difference in their sleep after they rested, ran a 15 km race or a 42.2 km race. 5 however, after the same subjects participated in an ultra-triathlon, which lasted up to 12 hours, the amount of rapid eye movement (rem) sleep was reduced, rem onset was delayed and waso was increased by up to 40%. 5 in our study, the sleep of the mountain bikers was not affected on the first or second night of the mountain biking, but may have been affected if they had ridden for longer each day or if they had ridden at a higher intensity. the mountain bikers were asked to ride at a similar sub-maximal intensity on each day of riding and they rated their perceived exertion as 5 on the 10-point borg scale on each day. we were therefore not able to assess the effect of increased riding intensity on sq. in our study, the repeated four and a half hours of sub-maximal-intensity mountain biking may have resulted in sleep disruption by the third night as a result of a cumulative effect of the exercise. indeed, the proposal of a threshold of intensity and duration of exercise by driver et al. 5 seems to apply to the mountain bikers in our study; they may have reached their threshold only by the third day of exercise. a possible factor to explain the sleep disruption after three days of riding, although not measured in our study, is that of circulating cytokines. 4,21,22 during exercise cytokines, such as interleukin-1 (il-1), interleukin-6 (il-6) and tumour necrosis factor-α (tnf-α), which also play a role in regulating sleep, increase. 4 il-1 and tnf-α regulate sleep by controlling body temperature 4 and higher concentrations of il-6 and tnf-α have been found in people who have sleep disorders associated with increased wakefulness. 4 in our study, high concentrations of il-6 may explain the increased wakefulness observed in the mountain bikers on the night of the third day of exercise. further research would be needed to investigate the effects of repeated mountain biking over more than three days as well as a higher intensity of exercise. top international competitive events require mountain bikers to ride for seven or more days, sometimes for more than six hours per day. it would be interesting to determine the effect of this mountain biking on a cyclist’s sleep over each day and to measure their pain, mood, body temperature, cytokine profile and cycling performance over the days. in addition, the role of sleeping in an unfamiliar environment after cycling should also be considered to obtain a more complete picture of the endurance cycling event. in our study we have shown that three days of repeated endurance sub-maximal exercise do have a negative effect on the sleep of the mountain bikers, but more research needs to be carried out to determine the exact mechanisms of these effects and also to determine the impact that these changes in sleep may have on the safety and performance of the mountain bikers. acknowledgements we would like to thank the wits dial-a-bed sleep laboratory and the university of the witwatersrand’s brain function research group for funding. references 1. driver hs, taylor sr. exercise and sleep. sleep med rev 2000;4:387402. 2. youngstedt sd. effects of exercise on sleep. clin sports med 2005;24:355365. table ii. number of subjects (out of total of 10 subjects) who showed an increase (↑), decrease (↓) or no change (↔) in their measures of sleep, compared with baseline, on each night after cycling (data are shown as the number of subjects/total number of 10 subjects) night 1 night 2 night 3 objective measure of sleep wakefulness after sleep onset (waso, min.) 7/10 ↑ 2/10 ↓ 1/10 ↔ 5/10 ↑ 4/10 ↓ 1/10 ↔ 8/10 ↑ 1/10 ↓ 1/10 ↔ subjective measure of sleep sleep-onset latency (sol, min.) 5/10 ↑ 5/10 ↓ 5/10 ↑ 5/10 ↓ 5/10 ↑ 5/10 ↓ number of awakenings 4/10 ↑ 2/10 ↓ 4/10 ↔ 4/10 ↑ 1/10 ↓ 5/10 ↔ 7/10 ↑ 1/10 ↓ 2/10 ↔ wakefulness after sleep onset (waso, min.) 4/10 ↑ 3/10 ↓ 3/10 ↔ 4/10 ↑ 4/10 ↓ 2/10 ↔ 6/10 ↑ 2/10 ↓ 2/10 ↔ sleep efficiency (se) (%) 3/10 ↑ 4/10 ↓ 3/10 ↔ 2/10 ↑ 3/10 ↓ 5/10 ↔ 1/10 ↑ 6/10 ↓ 3/10 ↔ sleep quality (sq) (0 100 mm, vas) 5/10 ↑ 3/10 ↓ 2/10 ↔ 5/10 ↑ 4/10 ↓ 1/10 ↔ 1/10 ↑ 6/10 ↓3/10 ↔ 3/10 ↔ 8 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 3. singh na, clements km, fiatarone ma. a randomized controlled trial of the effect of exercise on sleep. sleep 1997;20:95-101. 4. santos rv, tufik s, de mello mt. exercise, sleep and cytokines: is there a relation? sleep med rev 2007;11:231-239. 5. driver hs, rogers gg, mitchell d, et al. prolonged endurance exercise and sleep disruption. med sci sports exerc 1994;26:903-907. 6. youngstedt sd, kripke df, elliott ja. is sleep disturbed by vigorous latenight exercise? med sci sports exerc 1991;31:864-869. 7. whaley mh, brubaker ph, otto rm. acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. 7th ed. philadelphia: lippincott williams and wilkins, 2005:349. 8. miwa h, sasahara s, matsui t. roll-over detection and sleep quality measurement using a wearable sensor. conf proc ieee eng med biol soc 2007:1507-1510. 9. polman r, nicholls ar, cohen j, et al. the influence of game location and outcome on behaviour and mood states among professional rugby league players. j sports sci 2007;25:1491-1500. 10. gonzales-alonso j, teller c, andersen sl, et al. influence of body temperature on the development of fatigue during prolonged exercise in the heat. j appl physiol 1999;86:1032-1039. 11. youngstedt sd. effects of exercise on sleep. clin sports med 2005;24:355365. 12. o’connor pj, breus mj, youngstedt sd. exercise-induced increase in core body temperature does not disrupt behavioural measures of sleep. physiol behav 1998;64:213-217. 13. landis ca, frey ca, lentz mj, et al. self-reported sleep quality and fatigue correlates with actigraphy in midlife women with fibromyalgia. nurs res 2003;52:140-147. 14. bruni o, russo pm, violani c, et al. sleep and migraine: an actigraphy study. cephalgia 2004;24:134-139. 15. perlis ml, giles de. psychophysiological insomnia: the behavioural model and a neurocognitive perspective. j sleep res 1997;6:179-188. 16. baker fc, driver hs. self-reported sleep across the menstrual cycle in young, healthy women. j psychosom res 2004;56:239-243. 17. chervin rd, guilleminault c. overestimation of sleep latency by patients with suspected hypersomnolence. sleep 1996;19:94-100. 18. baker fc, maloney s, driver hs. a comparison of subjective estimates of sleep with objective polysomnographic data in healthy men and women. j psychosom res 1999;47:335-341. 19. lavigne gj, mcmillan d, zucconi m. pain and sleep in: kryger mh, roth t, dement wc, eds. principles and practice of sleep medicine. 3rd ed. philadelphia: elsevier saunders, 2005:1246-1255. 20. ohayon mm. chronic pain and sleep. int j sleep disorders 2006;1:1621. 21. haahr pm, pedersen bk, fomsgaard a, et al. effect of physical exercise on in vitro production of interleukin 1, interleukin 6, tumour necrosis factor-alpha, interleukin 2 and interferon-gamma. int j sports med 1991;12:223-227. 22. moldoveanu ai, shephard rj, shek pn. the cytokine response to physical activity and training. sports med 2001;31:115-144. introduction the lack of agreement between subjective and objective measures of intensity led borg to develop the ratings of perceived exertion (rpe) scale. 1 perceived exertion has been widely used as a subjective measure of aerobic exercise intensity. while correlating well with objective physiological measures such as heart rate (hr) 1-4 and vo2, 1-3 it is generally agreed that perceptual responses are attributed to numerous physiological and psychological variables rather than any a single mediator. 4-6 rpe is supported by the american college of sports medicine as a convenient and practical method for quantifying intensity in aerobic-type exercise. 7 the application of rpe has recently been extended to exercise modalities dominated by oxygenindependent metabolic pathways such as resistance training (rt), with results suggesting it is a valid measure of effort. 8-10 rt studies show that acute rpe systematically increases with percentage of 1 repetition maximum (1rm) lifted when exercise is terminated at a predetermined number of repetitions (reps). 9,11-13 for example, sweet et al. 10 observed this trend as the percentage of 1rm increased from 50% to 70% to 90%, despite a decreased number of repetitions (15, 10 and 4 respectively). while original work dealt with rpe during an exercise bout, foster et al. 14,15 developed the concept of session rpe. this rpe paradigm relative to the entire workout is estimated in the postexercise period and is not associated with any specific time point in the bout. this permits a subjective estimation for an entire training session. session rpe has been used to quantify rt sessions. a study comparing session rpe across 3 different workouts involving 5 exercises (1 set each) at 50% (15 reps), 70% (10 reps), and 90% (5 reps) of 1-rm, 8 found session rpe to be reliable for quantifying intensity during rt and concluded that session rpe values increased concurrently with percentage of 1rm. however, participants only completed one set and stopped upon completing the predetermined number of repetitions, and therefore total work between varying intensities was not equated. sweet et al. 10 made similar conclusions; however, previous studies identified an association between perceptual measures and intensity, with minimal consideration for effects of total work, for each set of exercise or for the entire bout. original research article acute and session rpe responses during resistance training: bouts to failure at 60% and 90% of 1rm abstract objective. to compare resistance bouts performed to failure at low (60% 1rm) and high (90% 1rm) workloads for acute rate of perceived exertion (rpe) (per exercise), session rpe (s-rpe) (30 min post), hr (per exercise) and total work (per session, and per exercise). background. rpe is a convenient method for quantifying intensity in aerobic exercise. however, rpe has recently been extended to exercise modalities dominated by anaerobic pathways such as resistance training (rt). method. subjects (n=12) were assessed using an exercise-specific 1 repetition maximum (1rm) for 6 exercises. on separate days in a counterbalanced order, subjects performed 3 sets of each exercise to volitional failure at a low intensity (li) and a high intensity (hi) with 2 minutes rest between sets and exercises. at the end of each set, subjects estimated acute rpe for that set using a 10-point numerical scale. thirty minutes after the end of the exercise session subjects estimated their s-rpe for the entire workout. hr, total work, and acute rpe were compared (hi v. li) using repeated measures anova. results. a paired samples t-test showed li was significantly higher (p=0.039) than hi for session rpe (li=8.8±0.8, hi=6.3±1.2) and total work (li=17461±4419, hi=8659±2256) (p=0.043). per exercise, total work and acute rpe were significantly greater (p=0.01) for li for all exercises. peak hr was significantly higher per exercise during li for leg press (p=0.041), bench press (p=0.031), lat pull-down (p=0.037) and shoulder press (p=0.046). correspondence: r c pritchett department health human performance and nutrition 400 east university way central washington university ellensburg wa, 98926 tel : 509-963-1338 fax : 509-963-1848 e-mail: pritcher@cwu.edu robert c pritchett (phd)1 james m green (phd, facsm)2 phillip j wickwire (phd)3 kelly l pritchett (phd, rd)1 mark s kovacs (phd)4 1 department of health, human performance and nutrition, central washington university, ellensburg 2 department of health, physical education and recreation, the university of north alabama, florence 3 department of health, physical education and sports science, kennesaw state university, kennesaw 4 department of health, physical education, and recreation, jacksonville state university, jacksonville conclusion. in resistance exercise performed to failure, total work influences acute and session rpe more so than percentage 1rm. sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 23 previous studies indicate that acute rpe increases concomitantly with intensity (i.e. percentage of 1-rm) 8-10 electromyography activity, and blood lactate. 12 however, a greater rpe might result from the knowledge that the resistance is greater, which could be independent of the exercise-associated fatigue and pain to which rpe is typically attributed. this could disrupt correspondence between physiological overload and a subjective rating that might be particularly problematic when exercise is terminated prior to volitional exhaustion, a common end-point in rt. the lack of substantial research taking individuals to volitional exhaustion during rt magnifies the belief that perceptual responses to exhaustive rt are not well understood. therefore the purpose of this study was to investigate acute and session rpe between hi (90% 1rm) and li (60% 1rm) rt sessions when subjects were required to perform repetitions to volitional failure. methods subjects twelve recreationally strength trained (minimum 6 weeks) males served as participants. prior to data collection, subjects completed and signed a written informed consent outlining requirements for participation. all procedures were approved by the university review board for protection of human subjects. each subject was given instructions to arrive for testing well hydrated, at least 3 hours postprandial, and having abstained from caffeine and alcohol for a minimum of 24 hours. age (years), height (cm) (medart: st louis, mo) and mass (kg) (detecto-medic: detecto scales inc. brooklyn, ny usa) were measured and body fat percentage was estimated using lange skinfold calipers (cambridge, md, usa) and a three-site method (chest, abdomen, and thigh). 16 design each subject completed a hi (90% of 1rm) and a li trial (60% of 1rm) performed in a counterbalanced order, between the 2 intensity trials. subjects were first assessed for their 1rm and then on separate days were called back to perform the hi and li trials. each session include 3 sets of 6 exercises performed to volitional fatigue. exercises were performed in a specific order: leg press, bench press, lat pull down, shoulder press, triceps press, and biceps curl. 1rm determination following descriptive data, each participant completed a 1rm for all exercises in the order mentioned previously. all exercises were performed on cybex weight equipment (lumax, ronkonkoma, ny). each 1 rm was defined as the heaviest weight that could be lifted for 1 complete repetition. 17,18 each subject performed three sets of each exercise at sub-maximal resistance with stepwise increases (based on participant feedback) in resistance until the participant could perform the lift for only 1 repetition. in order to enhance recovery, 2 3 minutes between attempts and 5 minutes between exercises was provided. 19 low-intensity trial – 60% 1rm subjects completed a warm-up prior to the first lower body exercise (leg press) and the first upper body exercise (bench press) consisting of 8 reps at 30% of 1rm. following the warm-up set, each subject performed 3 sets to failure at 60% of 1rm for each exercise. the inability to complete a full repetition was considered ‘failure’. resistance for each exercise was set to the weight corresponding to the appropriate percentage of each individual 1rm (within 0.5 kg). the orders of the exercises were kept the same throughout the exercise regimen. subjects were asked to estimate their acute rpe within 10 seconds of completing each set, utilising a category ratio (cr) 10point rpe scale specific to strength training. 4 subjects were held to a 2-minute recovery between sets and 2 minutes between exercises throughout the work-out session. subjects were asked to sit quietly for the next 30 minutes. acute rpe was recorded upon completion of each set. session rpe was also recorded 30 minutes after each session. peak hr for each set (highest hr response observed) was recorded, using a polar hr monitor (stamford, ct, usa). thirty minutes following each exercise session subjects estimated their session rpe relative to the entire work-out session using the same scale by answering the question ‘how do you rate the entire workout?’. 15 session rpe was recorded following the 30-minute period to prevent the perceptual feelings at the immediate termination of exercise from dominating this measure as it is intended to reflect feelings for the entire bout. 15 high-intensity trial – 90% of 1rm the hi trial was conducted in the same manner as the li trial except that resistance was set at 90% of 1rm. statistical analysis hi and li were compared using a 2 (trials) x 3 (sets) repeated measures anova for each variable (reps, acute rpe, and hr) within each exercise. rpe per exercise was calculated using the average of three sets. total work for the exercise session was calculated by adding the sum of each exercise. a bonferroni post-hoc procedure was applied to locate differences when anova revealed a significant interaction. session rpe and total work (li v. hi) were compared using a paired samples t-test. statistical significance was set at p<0.05. a pearson’s product – moment coefficient of correlation was used for both session rpe and volume (hi and li). all data are reported as means ± standard deviations. results means and standard deviations for descriptive data were: age (23.8± 3.1 yrs), mass (78.8±14.5 kg), height (175.1±5.6 cm), body fat (13.1±6.6 %). fig. 1a shows li was significantly higher (p=0.039) for session rpe (8.8±0.8) compared with hi (6.3±1.2). fig. 1b shows total work for the entire session was also significantly higher (p=0.043) for li (17 461±4 419) compared with hi (8 658±2 255). total work per exercise for li (fig. 2) was significantly higher (p=0.021) than for hi. peak hr for triceps press and biceps curl was not significantly different li v. hi (p=0.075). peak hr (fig. 3) was however significantly higher during li for leg press (p=0.041), bench press (p=0.031), lat pulldown (p=0.037) and shoulder press (p=0.046) respectively. fig. 4 depicts acute rpe, which was significantly higher (p=0.029) for li v. hi per each exercise. a strong relationship between total work and session rpe is depicted in fig. 5, which is evident by the positive correlation for both li and hi (r 2 =0.85, p=0.029). discussion rpe is a convenient method for quantifying training effort. typically, subjects perceive exercise to be more strenuous with an increase in intensity. 8,11 however, few studies have assessed subjective measures when resistance training bouts are completed to failure. this study compared acute and session rpe (s-rpe) throughout an entire resistance training exercise session when participants completed 3 sets of 6 exercises at low and high intensities to volitional failure. 24 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 s-rpe responses results indicate that at a li trial (60% 1rm) s-rpe was greater compared with the hi trial (fig. 1a). this may be attributed to the significantly (p=0.043) greater total work for the li exercise session (fig. 1b). furthermore, this suggests that s-rpe within the current paradigm (multiple sets to volitional exhaustion) is affected by the total work of an entire exercise bout more so than the intensity (resistance) of the bout. this supports recent work by sigh et al., 20 but it is contrary to prior research reporting acute rpe is primarily influenced by exercise intensity, 8,10,11 and not total work being performed. previous studies, utilised rt sets at sub-maximal intensities, and have terminated the exercise protocol prior to subjects’ volitional failure. 8 results from these particular studies have reported mean rpe values taken throughout the exercise bout correspond well with the srpe. consequently, authors concluded that s-rpe is a valid method of quantifying entire bouts of resistance training. 8 day et al. 8 differentiated between high (90% of 1rm 4 5 reps), moderate (70% of 1rm 10 reps) and low (50% of 1rm 15 reps) with subjects completing only 1 set. rpe was higher for the hi bout, where subjects were asked to complete a maximum of 5 repetitions. some subjects reached volitional failure upon completion of the fourth repetition whereas the moderate and li bouts prompted none of the subjects to failure. 8 the experimental protocol used by day et al. 8 was such that the training intensities and corresponding repetitions allowed for variation in the total amount of work performed between testing sessions. however, the unique aspect of the current study is that subjects exercised to volitional exhaustion at both hi and li intensities. american college of sports medicine guidelines for resistance exercise prescription state that ‘high intensity can be achieved either by performing a few repetitions (e.g. 3 6) with heavy resistance or by several repetitions (e.g. 8 12) with a lighter resistance’. 7 because of the significantly (p=0.043) greater total work (achieved via higher repetitions) during the li trials, it is plausible that subjects in the current study achieved greater disruption to their internal physiological environment which may have contributed to elevated rpes. because of the amount of total work in li trial, s-rpe was significantly higher. also, li generated a significantly (p=0.041) higher peak hr, but only for the first 4 exercises with peak hr response 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000 leg press bench press lat pull down shoulder press triceps press biceps press low int. high int. * * * * * *      fig. 2. total work (weight x reps) for each exercises li v. hi. li was significantly higher than hi (*p< 0.021). values are means and sd; n=12. fig. 3. peak hr for individual exercises li v. hi. peak hr was significantly higher during li for leg press (*p< 0.041), bench press (p=0.031), lat pull-down (p=0.037) and shoulder press (p=0.046). values are means and sd; n=12. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 leg press bench press lat pull down shoulder press triceps press biceps press b .m in -1 low int high int * * * * 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 low intensity high intensity t o ta l w o rk * 0 2 4 6 8 10 s es si o n r p e * b fig. 1 a and b. session rpe values, 30 min post-exercise bout (*p<0.039) (b). total work (weight x reps) for entire exercise bout * li v. hi. (p<0.043). each exercise bout consisted of 6 exercises: leg press, bench press, lat pull-down, shoulder press, triceps press, and biceps curl. values are means and sd; n=12. a 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 leg press bench press lat pull down shoulder press triceps press biceps press a ct u te r p e low int high int. * * * * * * fig. 4. acute rpe for individual exercises. rpe was significantly higher (*p< 0.029) for li v. hi. values are means and sd; n=12. y = 2120.4x 4453.3 r² = 0.8456 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 t o ta lw o rk session rpe fig. 5. correlation between total work and s-rpe for both li and hi. total work and s-rpe positive linear relationship (r 2 =0.85, p=0.029). sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 25 converging (between li and hi) in the latter bouts. even with a strong link between rpe and hr 14,15,21 in the current study, there was a stronger association between session rpe and total volume (r 2 = 0.85) (fig. 5). lagally et al. 9 found electromyographic (emg) activity increased significantly as the intensity of exercise increased from 30% to 90% 1rm. furthermore, post-exercise blood lactate was significantly greater at 90% 1-rm than 30% 1-rm. greater rpe at 90%1rm between trials in which total volume was equated led lagally 9 to conclude that rpe is coupled with intensity more tightly than with volume. conversely, current results indicate rpe is more closely linked with work than %1rm as higher acute and session rpe were found with lower intensity bouts in which a greater volume was completed. because the principal difference between studies (current study and lagally 12 ) is termination of exercise at a predetermined number of reps 12 and volitional failure (current study), it could be concluded that the factor dominating rpe is dependent on the rt end-point. an additional possibility exists regarding perceptual measures. according to lagally et al. 9 and gearhart et al. 11 it is possible that participants were immediately capable of detecting the considerable resistance variation between trials. greater rpe estimations could have been based on perceptions of resistance rather than physiological changes and associated feelings of fatigue. continuing to volitional exhaustion in the current study helped to ensure subjects were fatigued as indicated by failure to complete an additional repetition even when verbally encouraged. it is therefore proposed that session rpe for li was greater due to the cumulative fatigue associated with a greater amount of total volume performed. this again suggests that when rt exercises are completed to volitional failure, associated perceptual measures are more sensitive to total work than to resistance. acute rpe and hr responses the peak hr responses for each exercise, was significantly (p<0.05) higher for li for leg press, bench press and lat pull-down and shoulder press. however, for triceps press and biceps curl there was no significant difference in hr response. this may be related to the short recovery time (2 minutes) between exercises, and the cumulative effects of physiological fatigue that presumably increased concurrently as total work volume diverged (li v. hi) with each exercise set. during li, the greater volume (per set, per exercise) may have resulted in a greater disruption of the internal environment (as speculated earlier) and consequently successive sets may have been initiated with less relative recovery (v. hi). viewing acute rpe estimations concurrently with peak hr responses, and differences in work volume per exercise, leads to similar conclusions for acute rpe as for s-rpe. that is, when sets are completed to volitional failure, total volume weighs more heavily on perceptual responses than does percentage 1rm. practical application s-rpe is responsive to multiple factors, many of which have yet to be clearly defined. the current study indicates that the volume of work is an important determinant in strength training when comparing repeated bouts of lighter and heavier resistances completed to failure. while further investigation is warranted, it is plausible that srpe would provide an effective gauge of overall difficulty of a given training session with potential for also identifying overtraining. conclusion s-rpe is shown to be affected by total work rather than just exercise intensity alone (% 1rm). these results extend the knowledge regarding perceived exertion during resistance training. more specifically, when using rpe to quantify resistance training the amount of total work must be taken into consideration when bouts are completed to failure. this suggests that s-rpe is a valuable quantification tool of work performed throughout the exercise bout in that paradigm. in consideration of the current study and previous research, rpe relationship with %1rm and total work seems to be dependent on the end-point of the exercise bout with a stronger relationship with total work, than exercise intensity during exhaustive bouts. subsequently s-rpe may be considered a safe and reliable method for monitoring strength training gains and a valid tool for monitoring training programmes, which would offer a quick and subjective method of quantifying rt exercise bouts. references 1. borg g. perceived exertion as an indicator of somatic stress. scan j rehab med 1970;2:92-98. 2. borg g. perceived exertion: a note on “history” and methods. med sci sports exerc 1973;2:99-93. 3. noble bj. clinical application of perceived exertion. med sci sports exerc 1982;14:406-411. 4. noble bj, borg g, jacobs i, ceci r, kaiser p. a category-ratio perceived exertion scale: relationship to blood and muscle lactates and heart rate. med sci sports exerc 1982;15:523-528. 5. mihevic p. sensory cues for perceived exertion: a review. med sci sports exerc 1981;13:150-156. 6. robertson rj. central signals of perceived exertion during exercise. med sci sports exerc 1982;14:390-396. 7. american college of sports medicine. guidelines for exercise testing and prescription, 7th ed. philadelphia, pa: lippincott williams and wilkins; 2005. 8. day ml, mcguigan r, brice g, foster c. monitoring exercise intensity during resistance training using the session rpe scale. j strength cond res 2004;18:353-358. 9. lagally km, mc caw st, young gt, medema hc, thomas dq. ratings of perceived exertion and muscle activity during the bench press exercise in recreational and novice lifters. j strength cond res 2004;18:359-364. 10. sweet tw, foster c, mcguigan mr, brice g. quantition of resistance training using the session rating of perceived exertion method. j strength cond res 2004;18:796-802. 11. gearhart rfjr, goss fl, lagally km, et al. ratings of perceived exertion in active muscle during high-intensity and low-intensity resistance exercise. j strength cond res 2002;16:87-91. 12. lagally km, robertson rj, gallagher r. gearhart r, gross fl. ratings of perceived exertion during low and high-intensity resistance exercise by young adults. percp motor skills 2002;94:723-731. 13. suminski rr, robertson rj, arslanian s, et al. perception of effort during resistance exercise. j strength cond res 1997;11:261-265. 14. foster c, daines e, hector l, snyder a, welsh r. athletic performance in relation to training load. wisc med j 1996;95:370-374. 15. foster c, daines d, florhaug j, et al. new approach to monitoring exercise training. j strength cond res 2001;16:109-115. 16. pollock ml, schmidt dh, jackson as. measurment of cardiorespiratory fitness and body composition in the clinical setting. clinical therapy 1980;6:12-27. 17. fleck s. periodization strength training: a critical review. j strength cond res 1999;13:82-89. 18. kraemer wj, dziados je, marchitelli lj, et al. effects of different heavyresistance exercises protocols on b-endorphin concentrations. j appl physiol 1993;74:450-459. 19. wade g. tests and measurments. meeting the standards of professional football. nsca j 1982;4(3):23. 20. singh f, foster c, david t, mcguigan m. monitoring different types of resistance training using session rating of perceived exertion. int j sports physiol performance 2007;2:34-45. 21. skinner j, hustler r, bersteinova v, buskirk e. perception of effort during different types of exercise and under different environmental conditions. med sci sports exerc 1973;5:110-115. 26 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 original research 12 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 background. shoulder injuries are the most severe injuries in rugby union players, accounting for almost 20% of injuries related to the sport and resulting in lost playing hours. objective. to profile the thoracic posture, scapular muscle activation patterns and rotator cuff muscle isokinetic strength of semi-professional rugby union players. methods. using the hand-behind-the-neck and -back methods, we manually tested the range of motion (rom) of the shoulder joints of 91 uninjured semi-professional rugby union players who consented to participate in the study. profiling and classification of thoracic posture was performed according to the new york posture test. activation patterns of the upper and lower trapezius, serratus anterior and infraspinatus scapular muscles were determined by electromyography. the isokinetic muscle strength of the rotator cuff muscles was determined at 60°/sec by measuring the concentric and eccentric forces during internal rotation (ir) and external rotation (er). results. participants presented with non-ideal or unsatisfactory internal (59%) and external (85%) rotators of the shoulder. a slightly abnormal or abnormal forward head posture was observed in 55% of participants, while 68% had an abnormal shoulder position in the lateral view. the muscle activation sequence of the rotator cuff muscles was: (i) serratus anterior, (ii) lower trapezius, (iii) infraspinatus, and (iv) upper trapezius. the isokinetic er/ir muscle-strength ratio during concentric muscle contraction was 64% (standard deviation (sd) ±14) for the left shoulder and 54% (sd ±10) for the right shoulder. the er/ir ratio for eccentric muscle contraction was 67% (sd ±12) and 61% (sd ±9) for the left and right shoulders, respectively. conclusions. non-ideal or unsatisfactory flexibility of the external rotators of the shoulder, a forward shoulder posture in the lateral view, and weakness of the external rotators did not result in an abnormal rotator cuff muscle activation pattern in this study. postural deviations may, however, increase the risk of shoulder injury in rugby union players in the long term, and should be corrected. s afr j sm 2013;25(1):12-17. doi:10.7196/sajsm.366 thoracic posture, shoulder muscle activation patterns and isokinetic strength of semi-professional rugby union players g bolton, s j moss, m sparks, p c venter physical activity, sport and recreation, faculty of health sciences, north-west university, potchefstroom, south africa g bolton, msc s j moss, phd, mba m sparks, msc p c venter, mb chb, mmed corresponding author: s j moss (hanlie.moss@nwu.ac.za) poor posture, scapular dyskinesia, altered scapular muscle recruitment patterns and shoulder-strength weaknesses or imbalances may be associated with shoulder injuries in athletes;[1] however, this has not been proven conclusively for rugby players. despite the fact that rugby union enjoys increasing worldwide popularity, it has one of the highest reported incidences of injury.[2] the shoulder is the second most common site of injury in the rugby union player, accounting for almost 20% of injuries related to the sport.[3] despite correlations between rounded shoulders, severe kyphosis and forward head posture with inter-scapula pain among the general population,[4] similar findings are limited with regard to rugby union players. there have been reports, however, of a relationship between postural deviation and incorrect shoulder kinematics.[5] knowledge of the patterns of shoulder muscle timing and the functional capabilities of the scapular rotators is vitally important to understanding the behaviour of the joint system, particularly under demanding circumstances such as participation in sport.[6,7] scapulothoracic dysfunction is often seen in patients with shoulder problems.[1,8] among swimmers with shoulder injuries, there is significantly increased variability in the timing of activation in the upper and lower part of the trapezius muscle,[1] reflecting inconsistent or poorly co-ordinated muscle activation.[1] with regard to rugby players, in a study to define muscle-activation patterns in selected shoulder girdle muscles during a front-on tackle in asymptomatic subjects,[9] a consistently earlier activation of the serratus anterior muscle was observed prior to impact, compared with the pectoralis major, biceps brachii, latissimus dorsi and infraspinatus.[9] a combination of electromyography (emg) and isokinetic dynamometry could provide information regarding the function of shoulder musculature in sport.[6] it has been suggested that the functional strength of the rotator cuff muscles and the rotator-strength ratio are significant predictors of the likelihood of shoulder injury. mailto:hanlie.moss@nwu.ac.za sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 13 the unilateral muscle ratio – the antagonist/agonist muscle-strength ratio of the infraspinatus and teres minor muscles v. the subscapularis and supraspinatus muscles on the ipsilateral side – is also believed to be important in isokinetic testing.[10] a sufficient balance between agonist and antagonist muscle groups apparently provides dynamic stabilisation to the shoulder joint.[10] to provide optimal muscle balance and functional capability for overhead athletes, the strength of the external rotators of the glenohumeral joint should be 65 75% of that of the internal rotator muscles.[10] muscle-strength ratios that lie outside the proposed normative ranges may increase the risk of injury to athletes.[11] furthermore, there is evidence that rugby union players, especially forwards, display poor antagonist/agonist muscle-strength ratios with regard to their shoulder rotator muscles.[12] previous research has indicated a possible association between posture, isokinetic strength, scapular muscle recruitment patterns and injury among the general population and overhead athletes.[1] however, there are few available profiles of rugby union players with regard to the aforementioned factors and the possible associations thereof with injury. the compilation of such profiles for uninjured players could, in theory, assist in the identification of rugby union players who are more likely to be at risk of future injury to the shoulder area. the aim of our study was, therefore, to profile rugby union players accordingly, to assist in the identification of possible musculoskeletal weaknesses. here we report on part of a larger study into the occurrence of shoulder injuries during the 2010 rugby union season at north-west university (nwu)-puk rugby institute. the shoulder is the most injured body region in backline players at the institute. previous work has implicated certain biomechanical and postural aspects, such as tight shoulder internal rotators and adductors, high body mass and kyphosis, as possible intrinsic risk factors for these shoulder injuries; however, the practical significance of these correlations was limited by small sample sizes. we subsequently performed a descriptive study to profile the thoracic posture, scapular muscle activation patterns and rotator cuff muscle isokinetic strength of right-hand-dominant semiprofessional rugby union players. methods participants ninety-five uninjured male rugby union players aged 17 31 years were recruited for the study. all participants were puk u19 a/b, puk u21 a/b (nwu-puk rugby institute) or leopards rugby union senior players (provincial) based in the north west province. all participants gave informed consent to participate in the study following an explanation of the test procedure and study protocols. the ethics committee of nwu approved the study (nwu-0004811a1). all participants were tested in the pre-season to ensure that they were uninjured during the test phase. left-hand-dominant participants (n=4) were excluded from the analysis. measurements demographic information the stature of each participant was measured to the nearest 0.1 cm with a stadiometer (seritex) using the stretch-stature method. body mass was measured to the nearest 0.1 kg with an electronic weighing scale (micro). participants completed an information sheet surveying age, position of play, dominant side and previous injuries. shoulder range of motion biomechanical tests were performed according to a pro forma protocol compiled from various sources. shoulder range of motion (rom) was determined by the hand-behind-the-neck and -back tests. during both tests, participants stood in an upright position. in the hand-behind-the-neck test, participants were instructed to reach over their ipsilateral shoulder with one hand and place it as far down the spinal column as possible. the end-point of movement was marked (representing the most inferior point) with the shoulder in a position of external rotation (er). using the same technique, the contra-lateral hand was placed as far down the spinal column as possible, and the end-point was marked. the distance between the two marks was measured. the players were classified in terms of the discrepancies between the leftand right-shoulder roms: a difference <1 cm was classified as ideal, differences of 1 3 cm were classified as non-ideal, and differences >3 cm were classified as unsatisfactory. during the hand-behind-the-back test, the same principles were applied; however, participants were instructed to place their hands as high as possible on the spinal column (representing the most superior point), with the shoulder in a position of internal rotation (ir). thoracic posture the new york posture test, designed for identifying 13 categories of deformities,[13] was used for the evaluation and identification of possible postural deformities in the participants. assessments were performed by capturing high-quality digital photographs of the lateral and posterior view of each participant. the camera was placed at a 90° angle to the shoulders to ensure accurate calculation of angles. the photographs were analysed with dartfish software (version 4.06.0; dartfish, switzerland). a score of 5 (normal posture), 3 (slightly abnormal posture/moderate deviation) or 1 (abnormal posture/major deviation) was assigned to forward head, winged scapulae/round shoulders and kyphosis aspects of the postures. uneven shoulders were measured by placing bright-yellow markers, 1 cm in diameter, on the posterior-lateral edges or acromial angles of the left and right acromions. uneven shoulders were defined by the angle formed between the line connecting the inferior edges of the markers and a true horizontal line. to reduce the degree of subjectivity, new york posture test criteria were used to score uneven shoulders as follows: 5 (0 2°); 3 (2.1 4.0°) and 1 (>4°). scapular muscle activation patterns emg activities of the scapulothoracic muscles were registered by means of bilateral and simultaneous abduction of both arms in the scapular plane (30° in front of the coronal plane).[1] the output of muscle activation was measured in microvolts (mv). the firing sequence of the muscles was determined by measuring latency times (ms). consequently, the frequency (percentage of times) that a specific muscle group fired in a specific order was calculated. accordingly, the muscles were classified in terms of firing sequence. data were obtained with the myotrace 400 biofeedback system (noraxon usa inc.), which operates by means of a 4-channel transmitter that allows for simultaneous data collection from 4 strategically placed electrodes. emg electrodes were attached unilaterally to the upper and lower trapezius, serratus anterior and infraspinatus muscles, respectively, in accordance with surface electromyography for the non-invasive 14 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 assessment of muscles (seniam) guidelines.[14] the overlying skin on the muscles was carefully prepared by abrading the outer epidermal layer and removing oil and dirt with alcohol pads. [15] as only 4 channels were available to do the tests, the 4 muscles were measured unilaterally, after which the test was repeated on the contra-lateral side. the participants started the required movement with their arms resting next to their sides. bilateral arm abduction in the scapular plane was performed to a point of 180° of abduction, after which adduction was performed to the original starting point. the test was standardised for both sides by regulating the tempo of abduction and adduction. participants performed the total abduction-adduction sequence in 7 seconds. no resistance was used or applied during the movement. rotator cuff isokinetic muscle strength the torque/peak power and muscle agonist/antagonist ratios of the shoulder were tested with the kin-com 500h isokinetic dynamometer (chattanooga, tennessee) with torque/power expressed in newton meters (nm). torque scores are representative of the moment of force produced by muscle contraction for rotation around a joint.[12] during shoulder ir and er, the participant was seated and strapped to the seat. testing was performed with the arms positioned along the scapular plane, at 90° of abduction and with 90° of elbow flexion. the contralateral arm was held static against the chest throughout the test and the feet were placed on a footrest. the shoulder axis of rotation was aligned with the dynamometer’s axis of rotation. the 2 rotation points were connected with an imaginary line that runs from the dynamometer’s axis of rotation, through the humerus, towards the acromion process. each test started from the point of full er. participants warmed up using the monark 881e rehab trainer (monark, sweden) for 3 min. before the test commenced, each participant was informed about the test procedure. three sub-maximal warm-up repetitions preceded the true test. verbal encouragement was given during the test to ensure maximal torque output. the actual test consisted of a range of 6 concentric and eccentric maximal contractions. the maximal concentric and eccentric torque levels (in nm) of the shoulder-girdle complex were determined at speeds of 60°/sec for ir and er. the above-mentioned values were used to calculate the different isokinetic ratios that were used to evaluate shoulder-muscle performance: the antagonist/agonist ratio and bilateral strength deficit ratio for concentric and eccentric contractions. furthermore, the functional strength ratio was expressed as the eccentric er torque production divided by the concentric ir torque production of a shoulder. this functional ratio appears to be relevant among overhead athletes, due to the fact that an increased activity of the external rotators is required to decelerate the humerus to centre the humeral head during a ballistic action.[16] the dominant and non-dominant shoulders of each participant were measured. statistical analysis spss software (version 17.0; ibm, new york) was used for statistical analyses. descriptive statistics were performed to determine the characteristics of the participants as well as the profiles of the different variables. frequencies and means with standard deviations (sds) were calculated. paired t-tests were performed to determine the differences between the measurements of dominant and non-dominant sides of the same individual. the level of significance was set at p<0.05. results participant characteristics (table 1) indicated that 42% played rugby union as forwards. statistically significant differences were found between forwards and backline players with regard to stature or height, weight, body mass index (bmi) and previous injuries to the shoulder joint. twenty-eight per cent of the participants had suffered previous injuries to the shoulder, including previous surgery, dislocations or subluxations, and any injury that required the player to seek medical attention for intervention. the injuries could have been sustained at any stage, up until the end of the preceding season. rom tests were performed to determine the comparative flexibility of the shoulder internal and external rotators (hand-behind-the-neck and -back tests, respectively) (table 2). sixty-one per cent of the participants displayed non-ideal or unsatisfactory flexibility of their internal rotators when compared bilaterally. with regard to external rotator flexibility, upon bilateral comparison 84% of the participants were classified as non-ideal or unsatisfactory. from the new york posture test[13] used to evaluate thoracic posture (fig. 1), more than half of the participants displayed a slightly abnormal or abnormal forward head position and a normal classification regarding a rounded back. the majority of the participants displayed normal posture with regard to uneven shoulders. notably, 67% of the participants were classified as slightly abnormal or abnormal regarding their forward shoulder position. in terms of the average firing order of muscle activation on the dominant side, the consensus sequence was: (i) serratus anterior, (ii) lower trapezius, (iii) infraspinatus and (iv) upper trapezius (fig. 2; x-axis indicates the firing order, y-axis indicates the frequency of that order). the serratus anterior had the highest frequency for firing first (40%) and the lower trapezius had the highest frequency for firing second (42%). a similar firing order was observed on the table 1. participant characteristics mean (±sd) variable all (n=91) forwards (n=40) backs (n=51) age (years) 20.8 (±2.9) 20.8 (±2.7) 20.7 (±3.0) stature (cm) 182.0 (±8.1) 186.5 (±7.9)* 178.4 (±6.4)* mass (kg) 91.5 (±15.1) 103.3 (±13.3)* 82.2 (±8.6)* previous injury (%) 27.5 40 17.6 bmi (kg/m2) 27.5 (±3.3) 29.7 (±3.5)* 25.8 (±1.7)* sd = standard deviation; bmi = body mass index. *significant difference (p<0.05). table 2. frequency of shoulder flexibility (non-dominant v. dominant) rom test ideal % non-ideal % unsatisfactory % hand-behind-the-neck 39.3 42.7 18.0 hand-behind-the-back 15.7 23.6 60.7 rom = range of motion. sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 15 non-dominant side, despite the fact that different frequencies were observed (fig. 3). the results of testing the isokinetic shoulder strengths with the dynamometer (table 3) were that the antagonist/agonist ratio regarding concentric shoulder rotation of the non-dominant shoulder was slightly lower than what is regarded as acceptable (64%). the corresponding ratio for the dominant shoulder was even lower. a statistically significant difference was observed between the values for the right and left sides. a statistically significant difference was also found between the antagonist/agonist ratio regarding eccentric shoulder rotation of the non-dominant shoulder and the antagonist/ agonist ratio regarding eccentric shoulder rotation of the dominant shoulder. the bilateral deficit during concentric ir indicated that the participants’ non-dominant shoulders were generally stronger than their dominant shoulders during ir. with regard to concentric er, the participants’ shoulders also appeared to be stronger on the nondominant side. the bilateral deficit during eccentric ir shows that this right-dominant group was stronger on the dominant side. when one considers the er component, it seems that there is parity between the average strength of the dominant and non-dominant shoulders. discussion the main objective of this study was to profile semi-professional rugby union players in terms of thoracic posture, scapular muscle activation patterns and rotator cuff isokinetic muscle strength. the results indicated that the majority of the players of the leopards rugby union and nwu-puk rugby institute had less than ideal or unsatisfactory flexibility of their external shoulder rotators when the left and right shoulders were compared. testing the flexibility of the shoulder internal rotators indicated that only a small percentage of the players had ideal flexibility when their left and right shoulders were compared. this supports the findings of a previous study[17] of a diminished glenohumeral rotation range among professional rugby players in comparison with a control group. another study also reported deficiencies in rugby players’ rom, possibly attributed to fig. 1. thoracic postural profile of participants according to the new york posture test.[20] fig. 2. percentage of times that the dominant upper trapezius, lower trapezius, infraspinatus and serratus anterior muscles fired in a specific order during abduction in the scapular plane. fig. 3. percentage of times that the non-dominant upper trapezius, lower trapezius, infraspinatus and serratus anterior muscles fired in a specific order during abduction in the scapular plane. table 3. ir and er isokinetic muscle-strength ratios muscle movement mean (±sd) cnd er/ir 64.14 (±14.41)* cd er/ir 54.55 (±10.18)* end er/ir 67.24 (±11.62)* ed er/ir 61.52 (±9.73)* nd/dcir 90.65 (±12.82) nd/dcer 106.17 (±19.50) nd/deir 92.85 (±11.74) nd/deer 101.03 (±15.68) ir = internal rotation; er = external rotation; sd = standard deviation; cnd er/ir = concentric non-dominant external rotation/internal rotation; cd er/ir = concentric dominant external rotation/internal rotation; end er/ir = eccentric non-dominant external rotation/internal rotation; ed er/ir = eccentric dominant external rotation/internal rotation; nd/dcir = non-dominant/dominant concentric internal rotation; nd/dcer = non-dominant/dominant concentric external rotation; nd/deir = non-dominant/dominant eccentric internal rotation; nd/ deer = non-dominant/dominant eccentric external rotation. *significant difference (p<0.05). 16 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 age, playing position, body mass index (bmi) or a history of injury. it was previously found that age could be a risk factor for decreased flexibility of shoulder rotators.[17] this could be related to the ageing of the glenohumeral soft tissue, which may be accelerated by the training and injuries associated with rugby.[17] deficiencies in rom can be regarded as a risk factor for future injuries. the areas affected by decreased rom are obviously less mobile. consequently, the joint’s supporting structures are dynamically loaded and susceptible to intrinsic injury. the results further indicate a higher prevalence of abnormal thoracic posture than reported in the literature for a non-sporting population. in the latter, 66% of subjects had a forward head, 60% had thoracic spine kyphosis, and 38% had rounded shoulders.[2] this higher prevalence could have been attributed to the poor flexibility of certain anatomical structures, incorrect strength training, or incorrect conditioning techniques applied among the players. to our knowledge, no research has been done on incorrect training techniques among rugby union players and the association thereof with poor posture. however, it has been found that decreased resting length of the pectoralis minor muscle could have a negative influence on scapular kinematics. therefore, a strength programme where there is an imbalance between pectoralis major strengthening (too much) v. latissimus dorsi strengthening (insufficient), may contribute towards a shortened pectoralis major muscle. this may also be exaggerated by insufficient stretching of the pectoralis major muscle. this could result in a scenario where posture, and consequently scapular kinematics, may be negatively influenced, ultimately increasing the risk of injury. however, there is an argument that certain postural deviations such as abducted scapulae and rounded shoulder posture may be advantageous for contact sport athletes. the theory is that this posture allows the athlete to assume a tuck or covered-up position quickly before making contact with defending players. however, this seems to be a matter of opinion, and no sufficient scientific data exist to confirm this theory. some believe that a link exists between posture and rom. rom loss may be directly attributed to changes in thoracic posture. such changes may cause a reduction in the sub-acromial space, which may cause impingement of supra-humeral soft tissue and subsequently reduce the overall rom and increase the likelihood of injury. theoretically, the high percentage of postural deformities within this group, given the high physical demands placed on rugby union players, could make this group susceptible to future shoulder injury. poor posture, therefore, not only influences rom but also impedes optimal scapular kinematics. knowledge of scapular muscle timing patterns is vitally important in terms of our understanding of the behaviour of the joint system, particularly under demanding circumstances. it is relevant to profile rugby union players with regard to these patterns. emg analyses present information on the sequence in which the scapular stabilisers fire during shoulder movement along a scapular plane. in this study the consensus sequence was: (i) serratus anterior, (ii) lower trapezius, (iii) infraspinatus, and (iv) upper trapezius. previous research regarding emg analysis of rugby players’ scapulothoracic muscles is limited, but the sequence of muscle activation patterns in selected shoulder girdle muscles during a front-on tackle in asymptomatic rugby players has previously been investigated.[5] the authors found a consistently earlier activation of serratus anterior compared with the pectoralis major, biceps brachii, latissimus dorsi and infraspinatus. in accordance with our study, even though different movements were measured, the results also indicated that the serratus anterior was the first muscle to fire before the other muscles tested. the influence of a superior labral tear from anterior to posterior (slap lesion) on the onset of emg activity in shoulder muscles during a front-on tackle among professional rugby union players has also been investigated.[18] again, results indicated that the onset of serratus anterior muscle activity occurred significantly earlier than the other muscles examined. this was seen, despite a trend towards a delay in activation time of all the other muscles within the injured group.[19] it is obvious that serratus anterior plays a significant role in the initial stabilisation of the scapulothoracic joint in a simulated tackle situation. it is postulated that a delay in the activity of serratus anterior, and the subsequent impairment in scapular control, would allow the humeral head to translate anteriorly and superiorly when the humerus reached an abducted position in the tackle situation. this could ultimately have a detrimental effect on the dynamic stability of the glenohumeral joint. [19] during our study the most frequent firing order for the trapezius muscles was the lower trapezius second and the upper trapezius fourth. it has been postulated that an early activation of the stabilising muscles at the proximal scapulothoracic joint is important for maintaining proper scapulothoracic stability throughout glenohumeral movement, and that the correct sequence of these muscles’ activity is critical for normal scapular kinematics.[1] the muscles that aid the serratus anterior in providing dynamic stability to the scapula, provide a force by coupling around the scapula.[8] the infraspinatus plays a role in posterior glenohumeral joint stability, but its ability to provide early support to this joint is apparently impaired by injury. it has been shown that the infraspinatus activates significantly earlier than the pectoralis major and latissimus dorsi during a simulated tackle situation, but that this earlier activation is not seen among injured players. this may be indicative of a failure of the local control system that could possibly lead to increased stress on the shoulder support structures. all the muscles that were tested by means of emg during this study have important functions regarding the normal shoulder function of rugby players, and it has been shown that the correct timing of the activation of these muscles is significant.[1,8,19] altered muscle activation patterns could contribute towards scapular dyskinesia or indicate underlying injury, but normative data regarding correct muscle activation patterns could possibly aid in identifying potential weaknesses among scapular stabilisers before injury occurs. during this particular study, the antagonist/agonist ratio regarding concentric isokinetic shoulder rotation of the right shoulder was only 55%, while that of the left shoulder was 64%. these findings are comparable with those of another study[17] where a concentric external/internal rotator muscle ratio of 64% and 56% was reported for rugby backline and forward players, respectively. in both studies, the suggested antagonist/agonist muscle-strength ratio of 65%[16] was not found. this could be relevant due to the fact that muscle imbalances around a specific joint may increase the risk of injury to athletes.[16] the statistically significant difference between the players’ dominant and non-dominant antagonist/agonist ratios in the current study is also noticeable. it is unclear why the dominant shoulders generally tended to have weak antagonist/agonist ratios. the tackle is the phase of play in which most game injury events occur.[20] if rugby players sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 17 generally tend to tackle with their dominant shoulder, the possibility could exist that training and tackling over a period of time may have a detrimental effect on the soft-tissue supporting structures around the shoulder joint. this may impair normal functioning and, even though players may not perceive being injured, the wear and tear may be manifested in inadequate shoulder-strength ratios. another area of interest lies in the fact that bilateral comparisons displayed that the participants had, on average, stronger concentric ir and er strength on the non-dominant than the dominant side. despite the fact that varied results have been found regarding dominant v. non-dominant shoulder strengths for overhead athletes, it has generally been found that the dominant side is as strong as, [21] or stronger than,[22] the nondominant side. the findings of our study are therefore contrary to those of previous research and may be indicative of the weakness of our participants’ dominant concentric ir and er strength. study limitations certain limitations of our study should be acknowledged. we employed the new york posture test due to a lack of objective posturemeasurement techniques; however, this test was initially designed to classify adolescents and is therefore not ideal for our group of participants, of whom a large proportion were beyond the adolescent stage (range 17 31 years). secondly, regarding rom measurement, a more scientific and objective method is required than employed in this study. lastly, with regard to the measurement of scapular muscle activation patterns, the information would be more relevant if the muscles were to be tested during more functional, rugby-applicable movements, such as tackling, for instance. conclusion a large percentage of the participants in our study displayed non-ideal or unsatisfactory flexibility of the shoulder internal rotators. more than two-thirds displayed forward shoulders and more than half of the participants had unsatisfactory or non-ideal head positions. these are all indicative of a kyphotic posture. the firing sequence in abduction in a scapular plane and in both shoulders was: (i) serratus anterior, (ii) lower trapezius, (iii) infraspinatus, and (iv) upper trapezius. as the participants were uninjured, this firing order may indicate the normal sequence of rugby players’ scapular stabilisers during abduction in a scapular plane. it appears that the firing order of serratus anterior, prior to those of the other muscles studied, may be important for rugby players to maintain healthy shoulder function. the isokinetic shouldermuscle strength and ratios indicated a possible deficiency with regard to er strength in the dominant shoulder. this is possibly manifested in an unsatisfactory antagonist/agonist shoulder rotation ratio. the profile of the thoracic posture of the participants presents an image of a kyphotic rugby player with an inappropriate rom. this, in combination with an apparent weakness of right shoulder external rotator strength among the players, could have an impact on the prevalence of future injury from a biomechanical point of view, especially in the game of rugby with ever-increasing physical demands placed on players. by identifying these apparent musculoskeletal weaknesses, it may be possible to rectify them pro-actively with prehabilitation. conflict of interest. the authors have no conflicts of interest to declare. references 1. wadsworth d, bullock-saxton j. recruitment patterns of the scapular rotator muscles in freestyle swimmers with subacromial impingement. int j sports med 1997;18(8):618-624. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2007-972692] 2. brooks j, fuller c, kemp s, reddin d. epidemiology of injuries in english professional rugby union: part 1, match injuries. br j sports med 2005;39(10):757766. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.018135] 3. funk l, snow m. slap tears of the glenoid labrum in contact athletes. clin j sport med 2007;17(1):1-4. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31802ede87] 4. griegel-morris p, larson k, mueller-klaus k, otis c. incidence of common postural abnormalities in the cervical, shoulder, and thoracic regions and their associations with pain in two age groups of healthy subjects. phys ther 1992;72(6):426-431. 5. greenfield b, catlin p, coats p, green e, mcdonald j, north c. posture in patients with shoulder overuse injuries and healthy individuals. j orthop sports phys ther 1995;21(5):287-294. 6. david g, magarey m, jones m, dvir z, turker k, sharpe m. emg and strength correlates of selected shoulder muscles during rotations of the glenohumeral joint. clin biomech 2000;15(2):95-102. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0268-0033(99)000522] 7. kibler w. the role of the scapula in athletic shoulder function. am j sports med 1998;26(2):325-337. 8. cools a, witvrouw e, declercq g, danneels l, cambier d. scapular muscle recruitment patterns: trapezius muscle latency with and without impingement symptoms. am j sports med 2003;31(4):542-549. 9. herrington l, horsley i. electromyographic analysis of selected shoulder muscles during a rugby football tackle. sports med arthroscopy rehab ther tech 2009;1:10. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1758-2555-1-10] 10. wilk k, obma p, simpson c, cain e, dugas j, andrews j. shoulder injuries in the overhead athlete. j orthop sports phys ther 2009;39(2):38-54. [http://dx.doi. org/10.2519/jospt.2009.2929] 11. le roux j, codine p, thomas e, et al. isokinetic evaluation of rotational strength in normal shoulders and shoulders with impingement syndrome. clin orthop 1994;304:109-115. 12. coetzee f, mcdonald t, kilian j. a comparison of maximal torque levels of the different planes of movement of the shoulder-girdle complex for different types of sports. s afr j res sport phys educ rec 2002;24(1):17-27. 13. magee d. orthopaedic physical assessment. 4th ed. philadelphia: saunders, 2002:1020. 14. hermens hj, freriks b, merletti r, et al. [seniam 8] european recommendations for surface electromyography; deliverable of the seniam project. nijmegen, the netherlands: roessingh research and development, 1999. 15. hunter a, st claire gibson a, lambert m, nobbs l, noakes t. effects of supramaximal exercise on the electromyographic signal. br j sports med 2003;37(4):296-299. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.4.296] 16. bak k, magnusson s. shoulder strength and range of motion in symptomatic and pain free elite swimmers. am j sports med 1997;25(4):454-459. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/036354659702500407] 17. fernández j, aravena r, verdugo r, echeñique s, fei to m, rex f. glenohumeral rotation range deficit in professional rugby players: a cross sectional study. int j sport sci 2011;7(22):39-47. [http://dx.doi.org/10.5232/ricyde2011.02204] 18. edouard p, frize n, calmels p, samozino p, garet m, degache f. influence of rugby practice on shoulder internal and external rotators strength. inter j sports med 2009;30(12):863-867. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-0029-1237391] 19. horsley i, herrington l, rolf c. does a slap lesion affect shoulder muscle recruitment as measured by emg activity during a rugby tackle? j orthop surg res 2010;5(1):1-10. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1749-799x-5-12] 20. fuller c, brooks j, cancea r, hall j, kemp s. contact events in rugby union and their propensity to cause injury. br j sports med 2007;41(12):862-867. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.037499] 21. mikesky a, edwards j, wigglesworth j, kunkel s. eccentric and concentric strength of the shoulder and arm musculature in collegiate baseball pitchers. am j sports med 1995;23(5):638-642. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354659502300520] 22. chandler t, kibler w, stracener e, ziegler a, pace b. shoulder strength, power, and endurance in college tennis players. am j sports med 1992;20(4):455-458. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354659202000416] http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2007-972692] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.018135] http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e31802ede87] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0268-0033 http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1758-2555-1-10] http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2009.2929] http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2009.2929] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.4.296] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354659702500407] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354659702500407] http://dx.doi.org/10.5232/ricyde2011.02204] http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-0029-1237391] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1749-799x-5-12] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.037499] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.037499] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354659502300520] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354659202000416] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354659202000416] sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 3 original research introduction cricket is a dynamic sport that involves many abstract skills and movements. to enhance these skills and movements, many players ensure that their bodies are kept fit and strong.1-3 there are three unique aspects of the game (bowling, batting and fielding) which are associated with risk of injury.2,3 currently the male south african cricket team is ranked 3rd in test cricket, 3rd in one-day international cricket and 4th in t20 cricket (as of 06/01/2011).4 to possess such a strong national side, the building blocks and foundations have to be laid at school level to meet the required standards when schoolboy cricket players develop and transcend to provincial and national levels.5 musculoskeletal pain can occur in various ways while playing cricket: a player being struck by a ball or bat, rapid rotational movements, sliding and diving, collisions with other players and overuse injuries.5-8 it is important that players are taught that prevention is better than cure.9 some players do not have adequate physical training, and are therefore not physically prepared for cricket.10 because of this, their muscle strength, endurance, agility and fitness on the field may not always be adequate for the game of cricket.3 international cricket studies mostly concentrate on young fastbowlers and their injuries.11,12 dennis et al. focused on bowling workloads regarding injury rates in young fast-bowlers.11 hardcastle et al. focused on spinal abnormalities in young fast-bowlers.12 a number of studies conducted in south africa identified a prevalence of cricket-related musculoskeletal injuries among elite cricketers.1,6,8 these studies found that the most common anatomical sites of injury were lower limb, followed by upper limb and lower back.5 stretch et al. reported that the lower limbs (50%), upper limbs (23%), and back and trunk (23%) were most commonly injured in south african cricketers.5 milsom et al. reported that in south african schoolboy cricketers 34% of injuries were sustained to the upper limbs, 34% to the lower limbs and 31% to the back and trunk.7 to the best of the researchers’ knowledge, no studies have investigated injuries and pain among schoolboy cricket players in specific geographical regions within south africa. the aim of this study was to document cricket-related musculoskeletal pain among schoolboy cricket players in kwazulu-natal. methods this was a retrospective study which documented cricket-related musculoskeletal pain over a 12-month period and employed both qualitative and quantitative designs. subjects were adolescent male recreational cricketers who participated voluntarily after their parents had given their informed consent. child assent forms were provided for the schoolboy cricket players to complete. the subjects (n=234) were recruited from five (5) secondary schools in kwazulu-natal: glenwood high, kloof high school, durban high school, westville boys high and pinetown boys high school. these schools were chosen because they were considered to be among the top cricketing schools, according to the kwazulu-natal cricket union. the players’ ages ranged from 14 to 17 years. the identity of all the subjects was kept anonymous and confidential. ethical clearance for the study was obtained from the research committee of the faculty of health sciences at the university of kwazulu-natal-westville. reasons for recruiting male subjects are as follows: • the participation rate in cricket is greater among males than females. • a homogenous male cohort allows for findings to be more reliable. therefore, inclusion of females into the cohort would have increased prevalence of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain among adolescent cricketers in kwazulu-natal m h noorbhai (bsps (hons) biokinetics) f m essack (bsps (hons) biokinetics) s n thwala (bsps (hons) biokinetics) t j ellapen (phd) j h van heerden (dphil) department of sport science, school of physiotherapy, sport science and optometry, university of kwazulu-natal correspondence to: habib noorbhai (habib.noorbhai@yahoo.com) abstract objectives. this study investigated the prevalence and nature of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain among male adolescent cricket players (n=234) residing in the highway area of durban over a 12-month period during all the seasons of the year. methods. data were collected from five secondary schools. subjects’ participation was dependent on voluntary and parental informed consent. child assent forms were also provided for the schoolboy cricket players to complete. participants were required to complete a self-reported questionnaire probing the prevalence of musculoskeletal pain within the last 12 months. the probability was set at p≤0.05. results. a total of 188 subjects (80%) experienced cricket-related musculoskeletal pain (p<0.0001). the most common sites were the lower extremities (39%), followed by upper extremities (36%) and lower back (18%). the prevalence of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain specific to the various anatomical sites were mostly knee (30%) and lower back (29%), followed by shoulder (17%), ankle (13%) and thigh (11%). the predisposing mechanisms producing cricket-related musculoskeletal pain reported by the cricketers were direct physical trauma (83%) and over-use (17%) (p<0.0001). conclusion. male adolescent recreational cricket players reported a high prevalence of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain. the knee was the most common anatomical site. parents, guardians and coaches should pay specific caution to preliminary and extrinsic factors causing musculoskeletal pain in adolescent cricketers. 4 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 the unreliability of the findings due to physiological and hormonal differences. data were collected through a self-reported musculoskeletal questionnaire (adapted from ellapen et al.13) to determine the prevalence of pain at various anatomical sites. the questionnaire (see appendix) and the relevant documentation were explained thoroughly to all subjects, to reduce recall bias. this study employed the following definition of musculoskeletal pain: ‘a sensation of agony that inhibits the individual from participating in cricket or practice for a minimum of twentyfour hours’.14 attempts to document the prevalence of musculoskeletal injury would be unreliable in the absence of medical certification. the researchers doubted that all the subjects would have kept medical records of their injuries within the previous 12 months and so, in the absence of medical records, identification of musculoskeletal pain via subject recall was deemed to be more reliable. subjects’ identification of musculoskeletal pain, types of pain, intensity of pain (according to the borg cr10 scale) and anatomical location of pain were recorded to infer musculoskeletal injury.15,16 injury rates were calculated according to a numerator variable (number of injuries sustained) linked to a denominator variable (number of hours played over the last 12 months), giving the number of injuries sustained for every hour played over the last 12 months. body mass and stature of all the subjects were measured according to the houglum protocol.17 the data were analysed descriptively (mean, mode, frequency and percentages) and inferentially (chi-square test). the level of significance was set at p≤0.05. results results demonstrated the epidemiology of pain, prevalence of pain, nature of pain and training factors. demographic and physical characteristics are reported in table 1. results showed that 188 subjects experienced cricket-related musculoskeletal pain (table 2). the predisposing mechanisms producing the pain were direct physical macrotrauma (83%) and microtrauma (17%). macrotrauma is a force produced by a single incident which causes an acute injury whereas microtrauma is a repetitive or chronic injury which lasts over a period of time.18 these types of injuries relate to the injuries sustained by the cohort in the study. the anatomical sites of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain were knee (30%), lower back (29%), shoulder (17%), ankle (13%) and thigh (11%) (p<0.0001) (fig. 1). amongst the cohort, 30% of batsmen, 28% of all-rounders, 23% of bowlers and 7% of wicket-keepers were investigated for pain (p<0.0001). the types of pain experienced by the subjects were mostly discomfort (39%), dull aching pain (32%), spasms (19%), sharp pain (19%) and swelling (17%) (table 3). the intensity of pain experienced by the subjects was moderate (34%), low (26%), uncomfortable (17%), high (13%) and severe (4%).the subjects’ duration of pain was indicated as follows: few hours (30%), few days (28%), unpredictable (25%) and continuous (17%). the average training history amongst the cohort was: 7.6 months in a year practised, 2.9 days a week practised and 126 minutes per training session (table 4). the types of training performed across the cohort were skills (25%), coordination (18%), agility training (14%), core stability (14%), aerobic training (11%), weight training (10%) and flexibility training (8%). discussion of the 234 cricket players investigated, 188 (80%) experienced cricket-related musculoskeletal pain within the last 12 months (p<0.0001). these findings support other international and local studies on cricket-related musculoskeletal pain/injury.1,5-8,11,12 the anatomical sites of the pain were knee (30%), lower back (29%), shoulder (17%), ankle (13%) and thigh (11%) (p<0.0001). the most common anatomical sites were lower extremities (39%), followed by upper extremities (36%) and lower back (18%). these results are consistent with other findings.5,7 stretch et al. reported that the lower limbs (50%), upper limbs (23%), and back and trunk (23%) were table 1. demographical and physical characteristics of sample (n=234) variables mean ± sd age (years) 15.6+1.1 body weight (kg) 69.2+13.5 stature (m) 1.71+0.15 body mass index (kg/m2) 20.8+11.7 table 2. prevalence of musculoskeletal pain among cricket players (n=188) role presence of pain (%) batsmen 30 bowlers 23 all-rounders 28 wicket-keepers 7 fig. 1. prevalence of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain at specific anatomical sites (n=188) (p<0.0001).(other = hip, jaw and mouth.) table 3. types of pain, intensity of pain and duration of pain among cricket players (n=188) types of pain % intensity of pain % duration of pain % discomfort 39 moderate 34 few hours 30 dull aching 32 low 26 few days 28 spasms 19 uncomfortable 17 unpredictable 25 sharp 19 high 13 continuous 17 swelling 17 severe 4 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 5 most commonly injured in south african cricketers.5 milsom et al. reported that in south african schoolboy cricketers 34% of injuries were sustained to the upper limbs, 34% to the lower limbs and 31% to the back and trunk.7 the types of pain experienced by the subjects were discomfort (39%), dull aching pain (32%), spasms (19%), sharp pain (19%) and swelling (17%). dull aching and discomfort pain sensations are associated with muscle pain, whereas pins and needles and radial pain sensations are associated with neurological pathologies.9,17,19 in most cases the pain was musculoskeletal and not neurological. the duration of pain was indicated as follows: few hours (30%), few days (28%), unpredictable (25%) and continuous (17%). subjects experiencing continuous pain and unpredictable pain were associated with microtraumas. similarly, subjects experiencing pain within a few hours, few days or an unpredictable duration were associated with macrotraumas. the nature of pain (anatomical location of pain, types of pain, intensity of pain and duration of pain) in this study clearly indicates musculoskeletal pain pathologies, thus demonstrating the prevalence of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain. amongst the cohort, 30% of batsmen, 28% of all-rounders, 23% of bowlers and 7% of wicket-keepers were investigated for pain. these findings conflict with previous studies on schoolboy cricketers, where injuries to bowlers (47%) were found to be higher than in batsmen (30%) and fielders (23%).8 milsom et al. reported that bowling accounted for 51% of the injuries, while fielding accounted for 33%, batting for 15% and the remaining injures occurred while warming up or training.7 the differences in the above findings could be due to the different types of players participating in the study (batsmen, bowlers, fielders and wicket-keepers) and the different types of injuries sustained. an injury was defined as any physical damage that occurred during a match, practice or training session and which prevented the player from completing the match, practice or training session. these studies also included a few differences in the questionnaires where it focused on detailed times of the year for incidences in injuries and whether the injuries were recurrent or recent. the lower back and knee are mostly associated with microtrauma injuries.9 fast-bowling is associated with a high risk of lower back pain. lumbar pain, which is common among fast-bowlers, can lead to premature retirement of these players.12 this is also due to the forceful release by fast-bowlers at the popping crease of the pitch, causing the bowlers to hyperextend their backs.10,11 similarly, spin-bowlers experience lower back pain due to the pivot and lateral rotation of the hips after the ball has been released, causing the abdominal and oblique muscles to compensate for these movements.10,11 subjects who experienced knee pain were mostly batsmen and wicket-keepers. batsmen display movements either on the front foot (propelling forward) or back foot (propelling backwards) and these movements load pressure and tension on the knee and surrounding joints of the patella during flexion and extension, placing the knee joint at increased risk.10,19 similarly, wicket-keepers spend most of the time kneeling down and flexing their knees while playing, which also increases their risk of pain at the knee joint.10 it was evident that players who did not do sufficient amounts of strength training (10%) and flexibility training (8%) (p<0.0001) were more predisposed to musculoskeletal pain or injury. strength training has its benefits: an individual will become more resistant to pain or injury and can overcome pain much easier because of increased strength.9,10,19 safe strength training at this point in a cricketer’s development enhances resilience in bones, tendons, ligaments and muscles, resulting in better performance and fewer injuries.10,20 therefore more strength and flexibility training can be initiated to reduce the chances of injury and pain. however, caution should be adopted with adolescent cricketers, as their epiphyseal plates can be hindered with strength training.9 for males, 12 18 months after their growth spurt is the ideal time to start strength and flexibility training.9,20 the average training history amongst the cohort was: 7.6 months’ practice in a year, 2.9 days’ practice a week and 126 minutes per training session. subjects experienced an injury rate of 0.2 injuries for every playing hour over the previous 12 months. as adolescent cricketers and young athletes, 4 days per week of training and matches are optimal, whereas 2 3 days per week are minimal.9,11 regarding bowlers, important research was done by dennis et al., who noted that bowlers with an average of less than 3.5 rest days were at a significantly increased rate of injury and that there was also an increased risk of injury for those who bowled an average of more than 2.5 days a week.13 considering this research, more attention should be placed on bowlers with regard to sufficient rest days to reduce injury rates. although 117 (62%) subjects participated in other additional activities and sport in the cricket off-season, in all cases their musculoskeletal pain was cricket-related. a recommendation from this study is that cricket coaches should be cautious when training players with existing pain. it is advisable for coaches to utilise logbooks during training sessions to keep record of the number of hours, weeks and months trained by each player so that potential overuse injuries or recurrent pain can be minimised.10 coaches should also ensure that the technical errors of the players are corrected.10 furthermore, coaches need to be educated on the prevalence of pain and injuries that occur in cricket players, the correct techniques in cricket and how to assist schoolboy cricketers in adapting their technique to avoid potential pain and injuries. conclusion this study showed that male adolescent recreational cricket players residing in the highway area of kwazulu-natal sustained a high prevalence of musculoskeletal pain. the intrinsic factors (direct physical traumas and overuse) were the main contributors to the subjects experiencing pain. the knee was the most prevalent anatomical site of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain. it is essential that a database for male adolescent cricket players in kwazulunatal be implemented. further longitudinal investigations should be conducted among male adolescent cricket players residing in other regions in all south africa. acknowledgements the authors would like to extend their appreciation and gratitude to the cricket high schools of kwazulu-natal, dr ma noorbhai, dr ak halabi, mrs kb halabi and ms s abrahams for their assistance during the study. table 4. training history reported by subjects within the last 12 months (n=234) variables mean ± sd months/year 7.6±2.7 days/week 2.9±1.2 minutes/training session 126±22 6 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 1 a p p e n d i x an epidemiological investigation into the prevalence and aetiology of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain among adolescent cricketers in kzn. personal information: surname: ____________________________ name:________________________________________ age: ____________ telephone no: (h) _________________ (cell)__________________________ gender: male female race: african white indian coloured asian body mass:__________ stature:__________ bmi:__________ what position do you play? ____________________ how long have you been playing at a school/junior provincial level: ____________________ angles right left shoulder internal rotation shoulder external rotation cubitus angle ulnar deviation q-angle training history 1. how many months in a year do you practise? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2. how many times a week do you have cricket practice? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 references 1. aginsky kd, lategan l, stretch ra. shoulder injuries in provincial male fast bowlers – predisposing factors. s afr j sports med 2004;16(1):25-28. 2. myers p, o’brien s. cricket: injuries, rehabilitation and training. london: lippincott williams & wilkins, 2001:124-136. 3. petersen cj, pyne db, dawson bt, kellet ad, portus mr. comparison training and game demands of national level cricketers. j strength cond res 2011;25(5):13061311. 4. http://icc-cricket.yahoo.com.net/match_zone/team_ranking.php (accessed 6 january 2011). 5. stretch ra. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. br j sports med 2003;37:250-253. 6. giles k, musa i. a survey of glenohumeral joint rotational range and non-specific shoulder pain in elite cricketers. physther sport 2008;9(3):109-116. 7. milsom nm. barnard jg, stretch ra. seasonal incidence and nature of cricket injuries among elite south african schoolboy cricketers. s afr j sports med 2007;19(3):80-84. 8. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in schoolboy cricketers. s afr med j 1995;85:1182-1184. 9. brukner p, khan k. clinical sports medicine, revised 3rd ed. new york: the mcgraw hill company, 2009:27-105. 10. woolmer b, noakes td, moffett h. bob woolmer’s art and science of cricket. cape town: struik publishers, 2009:86-322, 464-520, 526-630. 11. dennis rj, finch cf, farhart pj. is bowling workload a risk factor for injury to australian junior cricket fast bowlers? br j sports med 2005;39:843-846. 12. hardcastle p. spinal abnormalities in young fast bowlers. aust n z j surg 1992;74b(3):421-425. 13. ellapen tj, demartinis r, hughes t, hansen c, van heerden hj. the incidence of hockey ankle injuries in kwazulu-natal. research report, university of kwazulunatal. ajpherd 2009;15(3):417-423. 14. van heerden hj. pre-participation evaluation and identification of aetiological risk factors in epidemiology of sports injuries among youths. thesis: doctor of philosophy. pretoria: university of pretoria, 1996. 15. fuller cw, ekstrand j, junge a. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. scand j med sci sports 2006;16(2):82-83. 16. hagglund m, walden m, ekstrand j. uefa champions league study: a prospective study of injuries in professional football during the 2001-2002 season. br j sports med 2005;39:542-546. 17. houglum pa. therapeutic exercise for musculoskeletal injuries, 3rd ed. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2010:199-254. 18. http://www.answers.com/topic/macrotrauma (accessed 6 january 2012). 19. prentice we. rehabilitation techniques for sports medicine and athletic training, 5th ed. new york: the mcgraw hill company 2011:47-92. 20. http://www.pitchvision.com/when-to-introduce-strength-and-endurance-trainingto-young-cricketers (accessed 27 january 2012). sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 7 1 a p p e n d i x an epidemiological investigation into the prevalence and aetiology of cricket-related musculoskeletal pain among adolescent cricketers in kzn. personal information: surname: ____________________________ name:________________________________________ age: ____________ telephone no: (h) _________________ (cell)__________________________ gender: male female race: african white indian coloured asian body mass:__________ stature:__________ bmi:__________ what position do you play? ____________________ how long have you been playing at a school/junior provincial level: ____________________ angles right left shoulder internal rotation shoulder external rotation cubitus angle ulnar deviation q-angle training history 1. how many months in a year do you practise? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2. how many times a week do you have cricket practice? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3. duration of training per session: 1 hr 2 hrs 3 hrs 4 hrs 5 hrs other 4. do you practise / participate in any additional activities beside cricket? gym swimming cricket rugby others 5. if so, how many times a week: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6. what type of training do you perform? weight training aerobic flexibility agility core stability skills co-ordination other: 7. can you rate your perceived rate of exertion (intensity) when you exercise from 1-20 (borg scale) __ epidemiology 8. have you sustained an injury/pain in the last 12 months while playing cricket? yes no (definition of musculoskeletal pain/injury is a sensation of agony that inhibited you from participating in cricket or practice for a minimum of 24 hours). if yes, explain how the injury/pain occurred: collision with other players struck by the ball struck by the bat rapid rotational movement over-use other: 9. have you experienced musculoskeletal pain/injury in the last 12 months? yes no 8 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 2 3. duration of training per session: 1 hr 2 hrs 3 hrs 4 hrs 5 hrs other 4. do you practise / participate in any additional activities beside cricket? gym swimming cricket rugby others 5. if so, how many times a week: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 6. what type of training do you perform? weight training aerobic flexibility agility core stability skills co-ordination other: 7. can you rate your perceived rate of exertion (intensity) when you exercise from 1-20 (borg scale) __ epidemiology 8. have you sustained an injury/pain in the last 12 months while playing cricket? yes no (definition of musculoskeletal pain/injury is a sensation of agony that inhibited you from participating in cricket or practice for a minimum of 24 hours). if yes, explain how the injury/pain occurred: collision with other players struck by the ball struck by the bat rapid rotational movement over-use other: 9. have you experienced musculoskeletal pain/injury in the last 12 months? yes no 3 10. where do you experience the symptoms of the pain/injury? a) neck b) shoulder c) elbow d) forearm e) hand f) middle back g) lower back h) buttock i) thigh j) knee k) lower limb l) ankle m) foot n) other:___________________ 11. what type symptoms have you experienced? dull ache numbness burning sharp spasms radiating pins and needles swelling discomfort 12. how often did you experience the above mentioned pain symptoms in the past 12 months? a) once or a few times in the day b) every few days c) once a month d) other: _______________________________________________________ 13. how long did the musculoskeletal pain/injury prevent you from participating in cricket practice? 1 day 2 days 3 days 4 days 5 days more than 5 days 14. how would you rate the intensity of the symptom you experienced? 1 2 3 4 5 uncomfortable low moderate high severe figure 1 (adapted from ellapen et al, 2009) sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 9 3 10. where do you experience the symptoms of the pain/injury? a) neck b) shoulder c) elbow d) forearm e) hand f) middle back g) lower back h) buttock i) thigh j) knee k) lower limb l) ankle m) foot n) other:___________________ 11. what type symptoms have you experienced? dull ache numbness burning sharp spasms radiating pins and needles swelling discomfort 12. how often did you experience the above mentioned pain symptoms in the past 12 months? a) once or a few times in the day b) every few days c) once a month d) other: _______________________________________________________ 13. how long did the musculoskeletal pain/injury prevent you from participating in cricket practice? 1 day 2 days 3 days 4 days 5 days more than 5 days 14. how would you rate the intensity of the symptom you experienced? 1 2 3 4 5 uncomfortable low moderate high severe figure 1 (adapted from ellapen et al, 2009) 4 15. how long did your pain/injury persist for? a) a few hours b) a few days c) it is continuous d) it is unpredictable 16. have you obtained the services of any of the following healthcare professionals for your musculoskeletal symptoms? a) orthopaedic surgeon b) general practitioner c) physiotherapist d) chiropractor e) biokineticist f) massage therapist g) other: _______________________________________________________________ 17. do you play through the pain/injury? yes no as a result of this action, does the musculoskeletal pain index increase? yes no samf 2012 has arrived to order your copy of the updated 2012 edition of the south african medicines formulary, contact edward or byron tel: 021 6817000 or fax: 086 600 6218 to order your copy of the updated 2012 edition of the south african medicines formulary, contact edward or byron tel: 021 6817000 or fax: 086 600 6218 original research 90 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 introduction as a consequence of apartheid, racial categorisation is common in south african sport. to understand the progression of cricketers who have been previously disadvantaged because of apartheid, it is necessary to racially classify players. cricketers in this study were categorised as white (w), black african (ba) or coloured/indian (c/i). 1 whenever the category ‘black’ is mentioned alone, it refers to c/i and b/a. 1 after apartheid, the south african government and cricket south africa (csa) introduced a number of development and transformation policies to try and amend the injustices of the past. 2-4 consequently, an enormous amount of money was spent on the development of facilities, coaching, administration and cricketing skills of previously disadvantaged communities in an attempt to increase participation and facilitate cricketing excellence within the black communities. 3 the promotion of a mini cricket programme has been successful in introducing over 2 million young children to softball cricket in south africa. 5 transformation targets were also introduced as part of the transformation policy. currently, csa subscribes to targeted transformation set for all representative cricket. senior provincial teams have a target of 4 black players in a team of 11 players while junior provincial teams have a target of 6 black players in a 12-player squad. the development and transformation policies are aimed at increasing black representation and performance at all levels of cricket. 4 the effectiveness of the cricket transformation process with regard to increasing representation and performance of black cricketers at senior provincial level in south africa has previously been investigated. 1 it was found that these processes were effective in increasing participation of senior black provincial players between 1996 and 2008. there were no significant differences in the bowling performance between ba and w bowlers between the 2000/2001 and 2007/2008 seasons. this can be seen as a success of the transformation process in producing skilled ba bowlers. however, there were few skilled ba batsmen participating in senior provincial cricket. furthermore the performance of the ba batsmen was significantly worse than the w batsmen in every season between 2000 and 2008. the number and performance of ba batsmen at senior provincial level is thus a concern. if it is assumed that the junior provincial batsmen are a feeder for the senior provincial batsmen then investigating the participation and performance of junior batsmen is imperative. it has also been suggested that ba players were performing at junior provincial level but have not been afforded the opportunity in the senior teams and consequently do not feature in the senior provincial teams. 6 therefore, the aim of this study was to investigate the performance of ba batsmen at junior provincial level (u15 and u19) between 2004 and 2010, and establish whether they follow the same trend as the senior provincial players. the results of this study could impact csa’s future development and transformation policies. methods all data were taken from the u15 and u19 annual interprovincial cricket tournaments in south africa between 2004 and 2010. only 2% of all south african players were not racially classified due to insufficient information on those players and they were therefore excluded from all analyses. data of the 2005 u15 interprovincial tournament were also not available and excluded from the analysis. linear regression analysis was used to compare the percentage change in the number of players (separated according to their different racial groups) participating each year. a non-parametric independent sample (kruskal-wallis) test was used to determine the difference between the median batting averages (runs/dismissal) of the different racial groups for each year. linear regression analysis was used to compare the change in the median batting average between 2004 mogammad sharhidd taliep (phd) raeeq gamieldien (btech) sacha jane west (phd) cape peninsula university of technology, department of sports management correspondence to: mogammad taliep (talieps@cput.ac.za) an analysis of the performance of black african junior provincial cricket batsmen abstract objectives. this study investigated the difference in performance of white (w), coloured/indian (c/i) and black african (ba) cricket batsmen at a junior provincial level in south africa over a period of 7 years. methods. data of all players participating in the south african interprovincial under-15 (u15) and under-19 (u19) tournaments between the years 2004 and 2010 were analysed. the number of participants, batting averages and number of batsmen in the top 20 run scorers in the tournament were compared between groups. results. 52% of players were white and 48% were black (27% ba and 21% c/i). ba batting averages (runs/dismissal) were significantly (p<0.05) lower than w batting averages for every year from 2004 to 2010 for both the u15 and u19s. w batsmen only had significantly better batting averages than c/i for the u/15s in 2010 and for the u19s in 2009 and 2010. w batsmen dominated the top 20 run scorers in the tournament in each year for both u15s and u19s while there were few ba batsmen represented in the top 20. conclusion. the performances of ba batsmen at junior provincial level are well below those of w batsmen and appear to follow the same trend as the senior provincial batsmen. sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 91 and 2010. the top 20 run scorers for each year were also recorded and compared to par representation for each group. par representation was determined by calculating the percentage representation of each group relative to their total representation in that year. the following equation was used to calculate par representation: the par value was then subtracted from the actual representation of the group in the top 20 and plotted. therefore a value of 1 indicates that a group had 1 person more than the estimated par value for that group, a value of -1 indicates that a person has 1 person less than the estimated par value for that group. results the percentage of players participating in the u15 and u19 tournament is represented in table i. there appears to be relatively equal representation in the u15 and u19 interprovincial tournaments for the w (approximately 50%) and black players (approximately 50%) for each year. linear regression analysis indicates that there was a significant decrease in the percentage of ba players between 2004 and 2010 for both the u15s (r=-0.88 r 2 =0.779, p=0.020) and u19s (r=-0.98 r 2 =0.96, p<0.000). there was a significant increase in the percentage of c/i players participating in both the u15 (r=0.90, r 2 =0.802, p=0.016) and u19 (r=0.90, r 2 =0.81, p=0.006) group but no significant change in the percentage of w players participating in the both the u15 (r=0.36, r 2 =0.13, p=0.478) and u19 (r=0.69, r 2 =0.48, p=0.086) tournament between 2004 and 2010. a comparison of the batting average between the racial groups for the u15 and u19s are represented in tables ii and iii, respectively. for the u15s the ba batsmen had significantly lower batting averages than w batsmen in every year between 2004 and 2010 (table ii). there was no significant difference in the batting average between w batsmen and c/i batsmen for the u15s except in 2010, where w batsmen had significantly higher batting averages. there were also no significant differences in the batting average of c/i and b/a batsmen for the u15s except for 2007, where c/i batting average was significantly better. for the u19s, ba batsmen had significantly lower batting averages than w batsmen in every year between 2004 and 2010 (table iii). there was no significant difference in the batting average between w batsmen and c/i batsmen except in 2009 and 2010, where w batsmen had significantly higher batting averages (table iii). there were also no significant differences in the batting average of c/i and ba batsmen except for 2006, where c/i batting average was significantly better. linear regression analysis indicates that there was an improvement in the batting average of ba between 2004 and 2010 for the u19s (fig. 1). there was no significant improvement in batting average for any of the other racial groups. data of the top 20 players who scored the most runs in the interprovincial tournament for each year are represented in table iv. in the u15 group there were only two ba batsmen in the top 20 run scorers in 2004 and 2006 and one in 2007. more recently, in 2008, 2009 and 2010 there were no ba batsmen representative in the top 20 for the u15s. similarly, there are few ba batsmen in the top 20 in the u19 between 2004 and 2010. par representation (x,y,z) = (total percentage participation x 20)/ 100. where x, y, z represent w, c/i and ba respectively. table i. representation of players participating in the annual interprovincial u15 and u19 tournaments between 2004 and 2010 (data for the u15s in 2005 were not available; data are presented as percentage % and number of participants (n)) year w % (n) c/i % (n) ba % (n) total* % (n) u15 2004 50 (95) 21 (39) 30 (56) 100 (190) 2005 2006 52 (104) 20 (40) 29 (58) 100 (202) 2007 51 (102) 22 (44) 28 (56) 100 (202) 2008 53 (100) 24 (46) 23 (43) 100 (189) 2009 50 (99) 25 (50) 24 (48) 100 (197) 2010 52 (102) 25 (50) 23 (46) 100 (198) u19 2004 51.0 (101) 15.7 (31) 33.3 (66) 100.0 (198) 2005 47.6 (88) 21.6 (40) 30.8 (57) 100.0 (185) 2006 49.3 (99) 19.9 (40) 30.8 (62) 100.0 (201) 2007 54.0 (107) 20.2 (40) 25.8 (51) 100.0 (198) 2008 52.0 (105) 24.3 (49) 23.8 (48) 100.0 (202) 2009 52.7 (109) 25.6 (53) 21.7 (45) 100.0 (207) 2010 53.7 (102) 25.8 (49) 20.5 (39) 100.0 (190) * due to rounding the values may not equal 100%. table ii. a comparison of the u15 batting averages of the different racial groups between the 2004 and 2010 year race batting average (runs/dismissal) p-value 2004 w v. c/i 17.6 v. 11.0 0.135 w v. ba 17.6 v. 6.3 0.000* c/i v. ba 11.0 v. 6.3 0.100 2006 w v. c/i 18.3 v. 12.7 0.229 w v. ba 18.3 v. 9.8 0.001* c/i v. ba 12.7 v. 9.8 0.688 2007 w v. c/i 16.0 v. 13.2 0.885 w v. ba 16.0 v. 6.2 0.000* c/i v. ba 13.2 v. 6.2 0.008* 2008 w v. c/i 13.5 v. 9.7 0.196 w v. ba 13.5 v. 6.5 0.000* c/i v. ba 9.7 v. 6.5 0.221 2009 w v. c/i 17.8 v. 11.3 0.067 w v. ba 17.8 v. 7.4 0.000* c/i v. ba 11.3 v. 7.4 0.058 2010 w v. c/i 26.9 v. 21.4 0.034* w v. ba 26.9 v. 7.2 0.000* c/i v. ba 21.4 v. 7.2 0.422 *significant difference (p<0.05). 92 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 table iii. a comparison of the u19 batting averages of the different racial groups between the 2004 and 2010 year race batting average (runs/dismissal) p-value 2004 w v. c/i 14.1 v. 11.2 0.524 w v. ba 14.1 v. 5.8 0.000* c/i v. ba 11.2 v. 5.8 0.208 2005 w v. c/i 14.8 v. 11.5 0.116 w v. ba 14.8 v. 7.3 0.000* c/i v. ba 11.5 v. 7.3 0.404 2006 w v. c/i 14.8 v. 11.5 0.377 w v. ba 14.8 v. 7.3 0.000* c/i v. ba 11.5 v. 7.3 0.002* 2007 w v. c/i 15.0 v. 16.5 1.000 w v. ba 15.0 v. 8.0 0.001* c/i v. ba 16.5 v. 8.0 0.078 2008 w v. c/i 15.3 v. 11.6 1.000 w v. ba 15.3 v. 9.5 0.014* c/i v. ba 11.6 v. 9.5 0.272 2009 w v. c/i 17.3 v. 10.0 0.015* w v. ba 17.3 v. 9.7 0.002* c/i v. ba 10.0 v. 9.7 1.000 2010 w v. c/i 21.0 v. 13.0 0.034* w v. ba 21.0 v. 9.3 0.000* c/i v. ba 13.0 v. 9.3 0.422 *significant difference (p<0.05). fig. 1. regression analysis of the batting averages for the u15s and u19s between 2004 and 2010. significant difference (p<0.05) represented by *. table iv. number of players in the top 20 run scorers in the interprovincial u15 and u19 tournaments between 2004 and 2010 year w (n) c/i (n) ba (n) u15 2004 14 4 2 2006 15 3 2 2007 13 6 1 2008 14 6 0 2009 15 5 0 2010 16 4 0 u19 2004 15 2 3 2005 14 1 5 2006 14 4 1 2007 15 4 1 2008 12 3 5 2009 14 3 3 2010 16 2 2 fig. 2. a representation of the number of players in the top 20 (run scorers) relative to par representation for each racial group. sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 93 fig. 2 represents the number of players in the top 20 run scorers relative to par representation for each racial group. in the u15s, ba batsmen were well below the par representation level in the top 20 each year. w batsmen were all above par for each year. c/i batsmen reached par in 2004 and 2009, were above par in 2007 and 2008 and below par in 2006 and 2010. for the u19s, ba batsmen were below the par in each year except 2008, where they were equal to par, while the w batsmen were all above par for each year. c/i batsmen reached par in 2006 and 2007 and were below the par in all other years. discussion the data suggest equal representation of black and w players at junior provincial level in south africa. this could be seen as a success of the development and transformation process which aims at producing provincial cricketers that are representative of all south africans. however, the transformation target for junior provincial cricket set by csa is 6 black players in a 12-man squad. equal representation is therefore not necessarily a success of transformation but a consequence of the transformation target policy. the decrease in ba players participating in the interprovincial tournaments since 2004 is a concern as one of the aims of csa is to increase participation of ba at a community and provincial level. 4 at senior level, ba players have been on the increase since 1996 1 and the current junior results are a drawback to this development and transformation process. csa has subsequently appointed retired protea fast bowler makhaya ntini as the first cricket development ambassador with the aim of identifying the problems associated with cricket in the historically disadvantaged communities and instituting the appropriate structures for a successful development programme. 7 another important aspect of the transformation process is for black players to perform at the highest standards. however, both the u15 and u19 ba batting averages were significantly worse than those of w batsmen in every year. furthermore, they were consistently below the par value for representation in the top 20 run scorers in the tournament each year. a further concern is that in 2008, 2009 and 2010 in the u15 group, there were no ba batsmen in the top 20. these batting performance results are similar to senior provincial cricket, where ba batting averages were worse than those of w batsmen in every year between 2000 and 2008. 1 the results of the current study indicate that the problem is not in the gap between junior and senior cricket but rather at grass-roots levels. there are many possible reasons for this. firstly, advanced visual perceptual processing and visual-motor skills are important for skilled batting performance. 8-11 there is evidence indicating that in south africa, ba children (aged between 4 and 7 years) have weaker visual-motor skills than w children. 12 this could hinder their batting development. the reason for the poor visual-motor development amongst ba youth could be related to cultural factors. 12 however, further investigation is required. secondly, batting is a skill that has been suggested to require a great deal of commitment, dedication and parental assistance from an early age in order to perfect the numerous number of cricket strokes. 13 in order to achieve this level of skill, thousands of hours of training are required. 14 a cricketing culture of excellence is therefore important to achieve such skill. although the ba community has a rich history of cricket dating back more than 150 years, its stronghold has mainly been in the eastern cape. 15 not surprising that the majority of ba cricketers who have represented the sa national team (proteas) at test match level come from this region. this culture of excellence is perhaps not as widespread in other areas of south africa. a reason for this is that cricket is reported to be only the fourth popular sport among juniors 16 with soccer being the favoured sport in the black communities. 17 thirdly, excellence in batting is achieved more easily through specialised batting courses, readily available training equipment and coaching which are not easily accessible to a large number of ba communities. this argument does not hold for the many ba cricketers who attend some of the best schools in sa and have access to the best coaches, facilities and support, yet they still end up becoming good bowlers. examples of these are south african fast bowler makhaya ntini, monde zondeki and lonwabo tsotsobe. finally, the lack of a ba batting icon could also play a role in the minds of young cricketers, who rather aspirer to be a fast bowler like the aforementioned players. c/i batting averages were similar to w batting averages, indicating the success of transformation in producing skilled c/i batsmen. these results closely resemble the senior provincial teams where there were little differences in the batting averages between c/i and w batsmen. 1 however, more recently (2010), c/i had significantly lower batting averages than w batsmen in both the u15 and u19 groups. this concern is also reflected in the top 20 run scorers for the u19s, where their performance is generally below the par. the w batsmen have performed consistently well between 2004 and 2010. recommendations the current focus and policies of csa are broad-based and do not distinguish between batsmen and bowlers or between c/i and ba. the data represented in this paper and in a previous published paper1 suggest that perhaps csa should adapt the current development and transformation policies to increase its focus on improving the performance of ba batsmen. conclusion ba batting performance at junior provincial level is below standard. future csa development and transformation processes should aim at specifically aiding ba batsmen from a young age. acknowledgements the authors would like to thank all the coaches and coaching managers of the various provinces for their assistance with the classification of players. a special thank you to dieter pagel from cobitech (webcricket.co.za) for supplying the player statistics. a further thank you to professor simeon davies, naomi augustyn and corrie uys for their assistance. references 1. taliep ms. effectiveness of the cricket transformation process in increasing representation and performance of black cricketers at provincial level in south africa. sjsm 2009;21(4):156-162. 2. smith j, fredericks g, basson w, nyoka m, tshoma k. transformation in cricket: report submitted to the honourable minister of sport and recreation, mr n balfour. http://www.info.gov.za/otherdocs/2002/cricket.pdf (accessed 26 july 2011). 3. ucbsa presentation group. presentation by the united cricket board of south africa to the parliamentary portfolio committee on sports and recreation. http://www.pmg.org.za/docs/2002/appendices/020903ucb.ppt (accessed 26 july 2011). 4. parliamentary monitoring group. cricket sa: transformation policy: selection of national cricket team. transformation background. http://www.pmg. org.za/files/docs/080226csa.pdf (accessed 3 march 2011). 5. cricket south africa. kfc mini cricket. http://www.cricket.co.za/development_programs.aspx?id=3 (accessed 26 july 2011). 6. parliamentary monitoring group. cricket sa: transformation policy: selection of national cricket team. http://www.pmg.org.za/report/20080226cricket-sa-transformation-policy-selection-national-cricket-team (accessed 10 february 2011). 94 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 7. cricket south africa. makhaya ntini backs cricket development. http:// www.cricket.co.za/news_article.aspx?id=838§ion=news&subsection= news_all (accessed 7 june 2011). 8. mann dt, williams am, ward p, janelle cm. perceptual-cognitive expertise in sport: a meta-analysis. j sport exerc psychol 2007;29:457-478. 9. müller s, abernethy b, farrow d. how do world-class cricket batsmen anticipate a bowler’s intention? q j exp psychol (colchester) 2006;59:21622186. 10. taliep ms, st clair gibson a, gray j, et al. event-related potentials, reaction time, and response selection of skilled and less-skilled cricket batsmen. perception 2008;37:96-105. 11. mann dl, abernethy b, farrow d. action specificity increases anticipatory performance and the expert advantage in natural interceptive tasks. acta psychol (amst) 2010;135(1):17-23. 12. dunn m, loxton h, naidoo a. correlations of scores on the developmental test of visual-motor integration and copying test in a south african multiethnic preschool sample. percep mot skills 2006;103(3): 951-958. 13. goughy k. where are the black batsmen? http://www.cricketweb.net/blog/ features/15.php (accessed 20 july 2011). 14. galdwell m. outliers: the story of success. london: penguin books, 2009:35-68. 15. odendaal a. the story of an african game. cape town: david phillip publishers, 200:9-55. 16. cricket south africa. the annual report 2008/2009. http://www.cricket. co.za/docs/csa/full_report.pdf (accessed 24 july 2011). 17. southafrica.info. football in south africa. http://www.southafrica.info/ about/sport/soccer.htm (accessed 22 july 2011). sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 65 case report case report a 21-year-old provincial rugby player complained of exerciseinduced pain in both his calves in 2007, which had been treated as shin splints, but worsened progressively over the subsequent 2 years. in 2009 he consulted a sports doctor, who measured the intramuscular pressure with a slith catheter (make of catheter unknown) diagnosing bilateral chronic exertional compartment syndrome (cecs) of the anterior compartment. he was referred to an orthopaedic surgeon who did a fasciotomy of the anterior compartments. after 6 months of rehabilitation he started playing rugby again, but the pain and discomfort in his calves became so severe that he was unable to walk after a match. in 2010 he saw another orthopaedic surgeon who consulted with the surgeon who had done the previous fasciotomy; they decided that he should also do a fasciotomy of the lateral and deep posterior compartments. in 2011 he tried to play again, but again had to stop because of the severe pain in his calves. he consulted another sports doctor who referred him for a dynamic ultrasound examination. the examination was conducted by a sports doctor (>10 years’ experience in musculoskeletal ultrasound) on a toshiba ultrasound machine equipped with a 5 7.5 mhz linear-array transducer. popliteal artery entrapment syndrome (paes) was diagnosed with dynamic duplex doppler ultrasonography. fortunately no arterial damage was present and after bilateral surgical release a few months apart he was symptom-free, except for some discomfort in the fasciotomy scars. paes is a relatively underdiagnosed cause of exercise-induced lower limb claudication. the syndrome usually affects young athletes who undertake vigorous exercise leading to muscle hypertrophy of the calf muscles which unmasks the occult disorder.¹ discussion paes was first described by a medical student anderson stuart in 1879. however, the term paes was established by love and whelan in 1965. paes is a partial or complete occlusion of the popliteal artery as a result of aberrant anatomy in the popliteal fossa.² the syndrome usually affects males younger than 30 years of age, with a male to female ratio of 15:1. bilateral involvement has been reported in up to 67% of cases.¹,² vascular causes of exercise-induced pain can be difficult to exclude from the more common overuse syndromes, such as cecs, medial tibial stress syndrome, shin splints and stress fractures. vascular causes include paes, endofibrosis (intimal hyperplasia), kinking or stenosis of the iliac artery and cystic adventitious disease.³ the differential diagnoses should also include muscle rupture, tendinopathy, effort-induced venous thrombosis, nerve impingements and fascial defects.¹ a classification of popliteal vessel entrapment has been described. there are essentially four types of anatomical anomalies causing paes (types i iv). type v includes any of the anatomical variants in types i iv but also involves the popliteal vein. type vi is a functional paes caused by hypertrophied muscle.⁴ entrapment may also occur in the absence of any anatomical abnormality. functional popliteal entrapment refers to neuromuscular claudication with lower extremity paraesthesias due to repetitive overuse or injury that causes neuromuscular irritation. these patients are younger than 24 years, mostly female, and their resting and postexercise non-invasive tests are normal. this type of entrapment occurs in the same population at risk of chronic compartment syndrome.⁵ classic presentation of paes is recurrent exercise-induced pain that usually occurs at a predictable distance or activity intensity which prevents further activity. pain relief occurs with cessation of activity.³ leg weakness, paraesthesias, transient tingling and coldness of the foot may also be present. if the diagnosis is delayed, irreversible arterial damage that can impair viability of the affected limb may occur.¹ it is also common for cecs to coexist with paes, but with cecs on its own the distal pulses remain normal.²,³ the physical examination may be completely normal if certain provocative manoeuvres and exercise are not included. to elicit a zanet oschman, elouise metherell department of sports medicine, university of pretoria zanet oschman, mb chb, msc sports medicine elouise metherell, mb chb corresponding author: z oschman (zanet@mweb.co.za) popliteal artery entrapment syndrome misdiagnosed as chronic exertional compartment syndrome in a young male athlete: role of dynamic ultrasound abstract popliteal artery entrapment syndrome (paes) is an uncommon cause of exercise-induced pain in the lower extremity of young athletes. however, it might explain the symptoms of those athletes who do not respond to treatment for the more common overuse syndromes. we present a case of a young professional male athlete who was diagnosed with bilateral chronic exertional compartment syndrome (cecs), for which he was operated on twice. his symptoms persisted for 5 years before paes was diagnosed with dynamic ultrasound, and after bilateral surgical release a few months apart, he was completely symptom-free except for some discomfort in the fasciotomy scars. s afr j sm 2012;24(2):65-66. 66 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 pulse deficit the knee is hyperextended and the foot placed in forced plantar flexion. pulse loss during these manoeuvres is considered pathognomonic although pulse reduction can occur in individuals without any abnormalities.¹ non-invasive duplex doppler ultrasonography allows dynamic visualisation of the popliteal artery, and during the manoeuvres described above can help establish the diagnosis. normally the flow in the distal tibialis posterior artery and dorsalis pedis artery is highresistance triphasic flow (fig.1); during forced plantar flexion the flow becomes very weak or disappears – with release of the forced plantar flexion the flow changes to low-resistance monophasic flow (fig.2). at present magnetic resonance imaging or magnetic resonance angiography remains the diagnostic method of choice. treatment of paes typically involves surgical correction of the vascular anomaly; if there is damage to the popliteal artery, constructive surgery is needed.¹ in conclusion, this case serves as a reminder that young athletes can develop paes, an uncommon cause of exercise-induced claudication in the lower extremity. it is important to have a broad knowledge and a clear understanding of the common overuse causes and the less common vascular causes of exercise-induced pain in the lower leg to improve care of young competitive athletes. references 1. roche-nagle g, wong kt, oreopoulos g. vascular claudication in a young patient: popliteal entrapment syndrome. hong kong med j 2009;15:388-390. 2. hershman eb, tauliopolaus s. lower leg pain – diagnoses and treatment of compartment syndromes and other pain syndromes of the leg. sports med 1999;27(3):193-204. 3. pham tt, kapur r, harwood mi. exertional leg pain: teasing out arterial entrapments. current sports medicine reports 2007;6(6):371-375. 4. pillai j. a current interpretation of popliteal vascular entrapment. j vasc surg 2008;48(6 suppl):61-65. 5. turnipseed wd. popliteal entrapment syndrome. j vasc surg 2002;35:910-915. fig. 1. normal high-resistance triphasic flow.tpa = tibialis posterior artery. fig 2. post forced plantar flexion, low-resistance monophasic flow. pg95-98.indd introduction whiplash as a mechanism of injury represents forced flexion-extension trauma to the neck. 1 as a diagnosis, whiplash-associated disorder (wad) is a complex clinical manifestation of neck pain, headaches, nonspecific neurological complaints, cognitive symptoms and emotional complaints. 2-5 wad is a common and costly disorder that places a social and an economic burden on health care systems, communities and the insurance industy. 6,7 in 1995 the quebec task force published an evidence-based report on the classification and treatment of wad. the classification of wad complaints was graded on a scale of 0 iv, depending on severity and extent of injury. 8-15 halderman et al. went one step further and included a detailed management plan according to the grading of the injury. 16 the grading was developed to guide and facilitate clinicians in their choice of treatment and management. however, there is still no guideline in the literature that unequivocally supports any single treatment in the care of wad. 5 it is generally accepted that active treatment is favoured over passive modalities. 17 furthermore, excessive passive health care utilisation for a wad injury may result in a slower recovery. 18 there is consensus in the literature that passive coping strategies are associated with a poorer prognosis compared with strategies where patients play an active and self-reliant role in their recovery. 19 an active therapy such as exercise prescription has been shown to be superior to a solely passive intervention. 20 in addition, many hands-on treatments such as manipulations, mobilisations, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (tens), and interferential therapy (ift) have been found to be more effective when used in combination with an exercise component. 6,16,21,22 moore et al. suggested that the goal of treatment should be to improve function, empower the wad sufferer, return the patient to normal activity and, lastly, relieve symptoms. 6 the management focus for wad, especially when chronic, should be to resume or maintain a normal lifestyle, with decreasing attention on pain and symptoms. 19,23 another compounding factor in the choice of management is the patient’s preference for health care and choice of care, which is influenced by personal and environmental experiences. 22 the jury is still out on the effect that patient preferences have on clinical outcomes, 24 but it does need to be taken into consideration. 25 there is good evidence to support the recommendation of an early return to usual activity 6,21,26,27 or to ‘act as usual’. 20 providing information, advice and education are also strongly suggested in the literature. 18,19,28 therapy that includes an exercise component is generally perceived as being superior to therapies that do not include exercise. 6,10,17,19-21 gross et al. noted strong evidence for pain reduction, improved function and positive, global perceived effect for therapy that combined exercise with manipulation/mobilisation. 29,30 in a review of randomised controlled trials (rcts) of non-invasive interventions for wad, conlin et al. found consistent evidence for the support of mobilisation for acute wad. in the same study, moderate evidence was found for the effectiveness of a multimodal original research popular physical therapy modalities in the management of whiplash-associated disorders abstract objectives. the aim of this study was to determine current physiotherapy practice in private clinics across the uk in the management of whiplash-associated disorder (wad) injuries. design. all treatment reports provided to a private health care company between january 2008 and july 2010 (n=365) were included and analysed to determine the following: the treatments favoured in the management of whiplash; the number of sessions used on average; and the main reasons for discharge. results. joint mobilisations, stretches and mobility exercises were favoured in the management of acute whiplash treatment and were used in 74%, 68% and 61% of cases, respectively. the most popular treatments in chronic whiplash, in order of preference, were: stretches (73%), joint mobilisations (69%) and soft-tissue massage (63%). on average, physiotherapists used 4.46 sessions and 7.21 modalities per patient. although the outcome measures were limited to reason for discharge, the majority of patients were discharged because of ‘treatment complete/self management sufficient’, which may be assumed to be a favourable recovery for 79% of patients. conclusion. this study found that physical therapists across the uk generally use evidence-based modalities in the treatment of whiplash. however, there remains a need to emphasise and embrace a more educational and active approach to the management of these injuries. the study recommends a protocol for treating wad that includes supplementing therapeutic modalities with an exercise component, and routinely providing information and advice to ‘act as usual’. correspondence: estelle watson iprs (ltd) maple place south woodmead office park 145 western service rd woodmead, 2157 tel: 082-8112688 e-mail: estelle.owen@gmail.com estelle dorothy watson (m biokinetics)1 yoga coopoo (dphil, facsm)2 1 iprs (ltd), johannesburg 2 centre for exercise science and sports medicine, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 95 intervention inclusive of an exercise component. 30,31 the efficacy of spinal manipulations versus other treatments in the management of wad is still being debated in the literature. 32 this begs the question (with very little guidance provided to clinicians on the management of wad): what treatment is generally preferred by physiotherapists? surveys have been conducted to assess clinical practice for wad and other musculoskeletal (ms) injuries in emergency departments, 33,34 but minimal information exists on preferred modalities used by physiotherapists in private practice in the uk. are clinicians making use of evidence-based medicine and guidelines in the literature, and do these modalities bring about the expected outcome? the aim of this study was to assess, over a period of 2.5 years, which treatment is most frequently used by physiotherapists in the treatment of wad in private practices across the uk. methods setting an observational, retrospective cross-sectional study was completed. we conducted this study through a uk-based private rehabilitation company that provides treatment on behalf of various industrial sector employers. all physiotherapists are routinely expected to provide treatment reports for the patients referred to them. it must be noted that all reports were filled in at the discretion of the practitioner, and no formal training was provided. the reports that were sent to the company from january 2008 to july 2010 were gathered and assessed. patients inclusion criteria consisted of all cases with the term ‘whiplash’ in the diagnosis, which coincided with the neck as the primary injury region. only 10% were graded according to the quebec task force classification for wad or similar, and therefore inclusion criteria extended to include wad grade 0 iii and all those with no specific grading. exclusion criteria included secondary injuries of the upper or lower limbs, and severe pathological findings or wad grade iv. patients still being treated were excluded. data analysis simple descriptive statistics were used to describe the overview of treatment intervention choices based on the data collected. a total of 365 wad cases were found in the search. for each case, physiotherapists were made to select, from a variety of choices, the modality used during treatment. they were able to select as many modalities as necessary. these data were then measured to assess which modalities were preferred or most frequently used in the treatment of wad. the information was divided into three main categories for analysis. firstly, all wad cases were examined (n=365). these cases were then further divided into acute wad only (n=205) and chronic wad only (n=160) to examine whether treatment differed according to the classification of the injury. literature reports vary concerning the terms ‘acute’, ‘sub-acute’ and ‘chronic’. 27 vernon et al. 27 and schellingerhout et al. 35 define acute as clinical symptoms lasting no longer than 4 weeks. 36-38 this definition was used for the purpose of the study. chronic was classified as symptom persistence for any condition of more than 4 weeks’ duration. for each category the following areas were assessed: (i) the type and preference of treatment used; (ii) the average number of treatment modalities used; (iii) the average number of treatment sessions attended; and (iv) the reasons for discharge for each intervention. results routine intervention for whiplash-associated disorders results are shown for all whiplash cases (fig. 1) as a percentage for usage in each intervention category. the most popular treatment choices were joint mobilisations and stretches, all used in over 70% of wad patients. mobility and massage were also preferred interventions, used in 60% or more of all patients. provision of information on the injury, postural rehabilitation and strengthening were also common, all used in over 40% of patients. for the management of acute wad (table i), physiotherapists used joint mobilisations in over 70% of all patients. they opted for a more active, exercise-therapy approach, with mobility and stretches being used in more than 60% of all acute cases. soft-tissue massage was used marginally less in the acute phase, but was nevertheless favoured in 59% of patients. strengthening, information on the injury, and postural therapy were also all used in over 40% of patients. in comparison, the most popular choice of treatment in the management of chronic wad was stretches, used in 74% of all patients (fig. 2). soft-tissue massage and joint mobilisations continued to be used in over 60% of all patients, with mobility used less frequently than in the acute phase. most physiotherapists continued to use strengthening, information on the injury, and postural therapy as favoured treatment options (44%, 45% and 44% of cases, respectively). treatment sessions the overall average number of treatment sessions used was 4.46 per patient, which was marginally higher for acute wad versus chronic wad treatment (4.5 and 4.4, respectively). the average number of modalities used per patient was 7.21, which remained unchanged for acute and chronic wad (fig. 3). reasons for closure the only outcome measure available from these data was reason for discharge, and physiotherapists were prompted to select the most appropriate reason from a stipulated list. for the majority of patients, for both acute and chronic wad, the outcome was favourable and no further treatment was required because of a good recovery (81% and 96 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 fig. 1. preferred interventions for chronic and acute wad patients (n=365). the most frequently used interventions were joint mobilisations, stretches and soft-tissue massage. 76%, respectively). non-arrival for treatment appeared to be more common in chronic (7%) than in acute (2%) cases, as well as for patients not continuing with treatment (8% and 3%, respectively). other reasons are shown in fig. 4 and comprised the minority (<5%) of cases. discussion the results suggest that there is a strong preference for the use of joint mobilisations, stretches, mobility exercises and soft-tissue massage in the treatment of both acute and chronic whiplash. there was much concordance with the use of postural therapy and strengthening as readily adopted treatment modalities in the management of wad. very little variance was shown between choice of treatment for acute and chronic whiplash. clinicians reportedly treat most patients in accordance with conlin et al.’s treatment, 31 specifi cally in their support of the use of mobilisation in the acute phase of a wad injury. there is a lack of high-quality evidence to support clinical decisions for one type of treatment above another for wad. the literature does, however, strongly suggest the use of manipulation, mobilisation and exercise in the management of low-grade whiplash injuries. there is also strong evidence for providing education on injuries, and advice to stay active 6,21 or ‘act as usual’. 26 although these have been associated with a positive effect on clinical outcomes, 18 data from this study show that these suggestions are used in fewer than half of patients. unfortunately, the type and content of the information provided during treatment are not detailed in this study. furthermore, one can ascertain whether clinicians are providing advice to ‘act as table i. a comparison of the choice of treatment reported by physiotherapists treatment modality chronic wad (%) (n=160) acute wad (%) (n=205) stretches 73 68 joint mobilisations 69 74 soft-tissue massage 63 59 mobility 59 61 information on the injury 45 48 postural modifi cations 44 49 postural work 44 49 strengthening 44 41 trigger point release 38 33 heat/ice 36 35 work/ergonomic advice 34 33 ultrasound/interferential 29 34 myofascial release 23 17 manipulations 18 17 core stability 16 17 acupuncture/dry needling 14 11 functional rehabilitation 13 16 work-focused rehabilitation 12 11 traction 11 8 proprioception 9 8 neural mobilisation 9 7 muscle energy techniques 6 9 strapping/taping 6 8 cross frictions 4 5 laser therapy 2 0 other modalities 1 2 pnf 1 2 cardiovascular exercise 0 0 isokinetics 0 0 gait training 0 0 fig. 2. a comparison of treatment usage in chronic (n=160) versus acute (n=205) wad. joint mobilisations and stretches were popular treatments, the latter being used more favourably in the treatment of chronic wad. fig. 3. a summary of the treatment, depicting number of sessions (grey bar) and number of modalities (black bar) used per patient. fig. 4. summary of response to treatment, showing the discharge reasons for acute wad (black bars) and chronic wad (grey bars). the majority of patients were discharged because of ‘treatment complete/self management suffi cient’. sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 97 98 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 usual’ or ‘return to usual activities’. encouragement and reassurance should also play an important role in treatment. future studies should assess the specifics of the information provided, and the effect that these contribute towards recovery. current evidence suggests the use of manual therapies in conjunction with an exercise component. 21,22 it is, however, worthwhile to note that a strengthening component was used in fewer than half of all patients treated in this study. passive treatments, such as soft-tissue massage, still tended to be popular despite warnings of clinical dependence and ineffectiveness for wad sufferers. 26 despite numerous systems in place for the grading and classification of wad, 16 the current study found the practitioners’ diagnoses to be lacking in this regard. only 10% of cases (n=38) were found to be correctly classified specific to the quebec or other classifications in the literature. a more thorough classification system will help to facilitate clinical judgement and reasoning behind a choice of treatment and an expected outcome. conclusion the use of joint mobilisations, stretches and soft-tissue massage in the treatment of wad is common and widespread among physiotherapists. the traditional use of passive therapies is no longer considered best practice. the temporary relief and encouraged dependence provided by these therapies may prolong recovery. the societal, financial and clinical implications of this will only increase the burden on society. therefore, we recommend a management protocol for wad that includes providing education and advice, and using therapeutic modalities in combination with an exercise component. there remains a need in clinical practice to embrace an emphasis on active and educational care as routine practice. acknowledgements we would like to acknowledge iprs for the use of their data and resources to conduct this study, as well as all the physiotherapists and patients who participated directly and indirectly in the completion of this study. references 1. kasch h, qerama e, kongstead a, bach fw, bendix t, jensen ts. deep muscle pain, tender points and recovery in acute whiplash patients: a 1-year follow up study. pain 2008;140:65-73. 2. carstensen tbw, frosthold l, oernboel e, et al. post-trauma ratings of pre-collision pain and psychological distress predict poor outcome following acute whiplash trauma: a 12 month follow up study. pain 2009;139:248-259. 3. coté p, cassidy jd, carroll l. is a lifetime history of neck injury in a traffic collision associated with prevalent neck pain, headache and depressive symptomatology? accid anal prev 2000;32:151-159. 4. holm lw, carroll lj, cassidy jd, et al. the burden and determinants of neck pain in whiplash-associated disorders after traffic collisions. results of the bone and joint decade 2000-2010 task force on neck pain and its associated disorders. j manipulative physiol ther 2009;32(2s):s61-s69. 5. söderlund a, bring a, asenlof p. a three group study, internet based, face-to-face based and standard-management after acute whiplash associated disorders (wad) – choosing the most efficient and cost effective treatment: study protocol of a randomized controlled trial. bmc musculoskeletal disorders 2009;10:90. 6. moore a, jackson a, jordan a, et al. clinical guidelines for the physiotherapy management of whiplash-associated disorder. london: chartered society of physiotherapy, 2005. 7. nieto r, mirő j, huguet a. the fear-avoidance model in whiplash injuries. eur j pain 2009;13:518-523. 8. carroll lj, hogg-johnson s, van der velde g, et al. course and prognostic factors for neck pain in the general population: results of the bone and joint decade 2000-2010 task force on neck pain and its associated disorders. j manipulative physiol ther 2009;32(2s):87-96. 9. carroll l, holm lw, hogg-johnson s, et al. course and prognostic factors for neck pain in whiplash-associated-disorders (wad). j manipulative physiol ther 2009;32(2s):98-106. 10. guzman j, hurwitz el, carroll lj, et al. a new conceptual model of neck pain. j manipulative physiol ther 2009;32(2s):s17-s28. 11. lamb se, williams ma, withers e, et al. a national survey of clinical practice for the management of whiplash associated disorders in uk emergency departments. emerg med j 2009;26(9):644-647. 12. poorbough k, brismé jm, phelps v, sizer ps. late whiplash syndrome: a clinical science approach to evidence-based diagnosis and management, 2008 world institute of pain. pain 2008;8(1):65-89. 13. söderlund a, denison e. classification of patients with whiplash associated disorders (wad): reliable and valid subgroups based on the multidimensional pain inventory (mpi-s). eur j pain 2006;10:113-119. 14. tenenbaum a, rivano-fischer m, tjell c, edblom m, sunnerhagen, ks. the quebec classification and a new swedish classification for whiplash-associated disorders in relation to life satisfaction in patients at high risk of chronic functional impairment and disability. j rehabil med 2002;34:114-118. 15. williamson e, williams m, hansen z, joseph s, lamb se. development and delivery of a physiotherapy intervention for the early management of whiplash injuries: the managing injuries of the neck trial (mint) intervention. physiotherapy 2009;95:15-23. 16. haldeman s, carroll l, cassidy d, schubert j, nygren a. the bone and joint decade 2000-2010 task force on neck pain and its associated disorders executive summary. j manipulative physiol ther 2009;32(2s):5759. 17. scholten-peeters ggm, verhagen ap, bekkering geb, et al. prognostic factors of whiplash-associated disorders: a systematic review of prospective cohort studies. pain 2003;104:303-322. 18. hurwitz el, carragee ej, van der velde g, et al. treatment of neck pain: non-invasive interventions. results of the bone and joint decade 20002010 task force on neck pain and its associated disorders. j manipulative physiol ther 2009;32(2s):141-175. 19. nicholas mk. pain management in musculoskeletal conditions. best practice res clin rheumatol 2008;22(3):451-470. 20. ferrari r, russell as. regional musculoskeletal conditions: neck pain. best practice res clin rheumatol 2003;17:57-70. 21. douglass ab, bope et. evaluation and treatment of posterior neck pain in family practice. j am board fam pract 2004;17:s13-22. 22. guzman j, haldeman s, carroll lj, et al. clinical practice implications of the bone and joint decade 2000-2010 task force on neck pain and its associated disorders. j manipulative physiol ther 2009;32:s227-s243. 23. asenlof a, denison e, lindberg p. individually tailored treatment targeting activity, motor behaviour, and cognition reduces pain-related disability: a randomized controlled trial in patients with musculoskeletal pain. j pain 2005;6:588-600a. 24. stewart mj, maher cg, refshauge km, herbert rd, nicholas mk. patient and clinician treatment preferences do not moderate the effect of exercise treatment in chronic wad. eur j pain 2008;12:879-885. 25. haynes r, devereaux p, guyatt g. physicians’ and patients’ choices in evidence based practice. bmj 2002;324:1350. 26. mercer c, jackson a, moore a. developing clinical guidelines for the physiotherapy management of whiplash associated disorder (wad). international journal of osteopathic medicine 2007;10:50-54. 27. vernon ht, humphreys k, hagino ca. a systematic review of conservative treatments for acute neck pain not due to whiplash. j manipulative physiol ther 2005;28:(6):443-448. 28. oliveira a, gevirtz r, hubbard d. a psycho-educational video used in the emergency department provides effective treatment for whiplash injuries. spine 2006;31:1652-1657. 29. gross ar, goldsmith c, hoving jl, et al. conservative management of mechanical neck disorders: a systematic review. j rheumatol 2007;34(5):1083-1102. 30. macaulay j, cameron m, vaughan, b. the effectiveness of manual therapy for neck pain: a systematic review of the literature. physical therapy reviews 2007;12:261-267. 31. conlin a, bhogal s, sequeira k, teasell r. treatment of whiplash associated disorders part 1: non-invasive interventions. pain res management 2005;10(1):21-32. 32. saborido mc, lizana gf, alcázar ar, sarria-santamera a. effectiveness of spinal manipulation in treating whiplash injuries. aten primaria 2007;39(5):241-246. 33. lamb se, gates s, underwood mr, et al., the mint study team. managing injuries of the neck trial (mint): design of a randomized controlled trial of treatments for whiplash-associated disorders. bmc musculoskeletal disorders 2007;8:7. 34. cooke mw, lamb se, marsh j, dale j. a survey of current consultant practice of treatment of severe ankle sprains in emergency departments in the united kingdom. emerg med j 2003;20:505-507. 35. schellingerhout jm, verhagen ap, heymans mw, et al. which subgroups of patients with non-specific neck pain are more likely to benefit from spinal manipulation therapy, physiotherapy, or usual care? pain 2008;139:670-680. 36. albright j, allman r, bonfiglio rp, et al. philadelphia panel evidencebased clinical practice guidelines on selected rehabilitation interventions for neck pain. phys ther 2001;81(10):1701-1717. 37. haines t, gross ar, burnie s, goldsmith ch, perry lp, graham n. a cochrane review of patient education for neck pain. spine journal 2009;4:1-13. 38. sterling m, pedler a. a neuropathic pain component is common in acute whiplash and associated with a more complex clinical presentation. manual therapy 2009;14:173-179. sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 3 editorial a phase of consolidation before moving forward again it struck me recently that we have entered a consolidation phase in exercise science and sports medicine. the exponential increase in knowledge that we have experienced since the early 1980s seems to have stabilised. this thought came about after the recent publication of excellent reviews on a variety of topics. a key point is that these publications have focused on the translation of the research, emphasising the practical guidelines. these articles have set the standard for best practice. consider as an example the research on concussion. the recent consensus statement[1] is written for healthcare professionals who deal with athletes, and provides tools that can be used to individualise the return-to-play decisions after an athlete is concussed. the document is exhaustive and provides a sports concussion assessment tool (scat3), including one designed for children. there is even a concussion recognition tool (crt) designed for non-professionals. armed with the information provided in this document, a healthcare professional can provide high-level management to an injured athlete, and be guided on the steps for safe return-to-play. the foundations have been laid for universal, good management; this information is in the public domain and is freely available. future research on the management of concussed athletes will be guided by questions arising from the foundation that has been set in this consensus statement. another example of the consolidation of knowledge was published a few weeks ago.[2] this occurred in the important area of managing players’ wellbeing, in particular the management of their health, risk of injury and training status. this article was written by paul dijksra,[2] a south african who studied medicine at the university of pretoria and sports medicine at the university of cape town. he was the chief medical officer of uk athletics and is currently working in qatar as the assistant chief of sports medicine for the qatar sports medicine department. this article describes a framework designed for the continuous monitoring and management of the health and performance of athletes. the structured approach assists with decisionmaking about training and competing, especially while the athlete is ill or injured. the integrated performance health management and coaching model considers the best medical advice and individualised needs of the athlete. as with the concussion consensus document, this article is rich in theoretical, supportive information, which is translated into systematic, clear guidelines for practitioners. anyone entering the field can use this as a blueprint, comforted by the fact that they are providing a high level of service if they implement the guidelines. documents such as these may create the impression to a newcomer to the field of exercise science and sports medicine that all the ques tions have been answered. nothing could be further from the truth. there is still much work to be done, and there are many more questions to answer. as our collective knowledge evolves, the questions subjected to research merely become more specific and focused, either in striving to understand the mechanisms of action, or in trying to determine the efficacy of the intervention. there will always be a need to offer services to athletes that reduce the risk of injury, ensure health and wellbeing, while increasing the chances of the athlete peaking at the right time. while the latest articles translating theory into practice show that we have made excellent progress in the last 30 years, there will always be questions that need to be answered to enable these services to be optimised and fine-tuned. this edition of the journal, the first in 2014, showcases south african research on musculoskeletal injuries in female adolescent hockey players,[3] collagen gene interactions and endurance running performance,[4] and the feasibility of pedometer based-health promotion. [5] there is also a study,[6] submitted by researchers in the uk, in which goal expectations and performance in time trials between successful and unsuccessful cyclists were assessed. a reminder that the south african sports medicine association (sasma) represents several disciplines and this journal, being the mouthpiece of sasma, has to reflect this. readers are encouraged to submit original research, case studies or commentaries. guidelines for the format of the article submissions are available online at http://www.sajsm.org.za. mike lambert editor-in-chief 1. mccrory p, meeuwisse wh, aubry m, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport: the 4th international conference on concussion in sport held in zurich, november 2012. br j sports med 2013;47(5):250-258. 2. dijkstra hp, pollock n, chakraverty r, alonso jm. managing the health of the elite athlete: a new integrated performance health management and coaching model. br j sports med 2014;48(7):523-531. 3. ellapen tj, bowyer k, van heerden hj. common acute and chronic musculoskeletal injuries among female adolescent field hockey players in kwazulu-natal, south africa. south african journal of sports medicine 2014;26(1):4-8. [http://dx.doi. org/10.7196/sajsm.482] 4. o’connell k, posthumus m, collins m. collagen gene interactions and endurance running performance. south african journal of sports medicine 2014;26(1):9-14. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.523] 5. pillay jd, kolbe-alexander tl, proper ki, van mechelen w, lambert ev. steps that count! a feasibility study of a pedometer-based, health-promotion intervention in an employed, south african population. south african journal of sports medicine 2014;26(1):15-19. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.500] 6. rhoden c, west j, renfree a, corbett m, st clair gibson a. micro-oscillations in positive and negative affect during competitive laboratory cycle time trials – a preliminary study. south african journal of sports medicine 2014;26(1):20-25. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.496] s afr j sm 2014;26(1):3. doi:10.7196/sajsm.538 http://www.sajsm.org.za http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.482] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.482] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.523] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.500] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.496] sajsm 473.indd review sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 87 cricket is played in three formats at elite level: test, one day and twenty20. fielding is an important component of cricket, as all players are obliged to �eld. however, there is a paucity of literature on �elding compared with that on batting and bowling. we review the available literature in terms of technical, mental, physiological and physical factors important to �elding, to identify knowledge gaps and better understand the performance requirements of �elding in cricket. s afr j sm 2013;25(3):87-92. doi:10.7196/sajsm.473 a review of cricket �elding requirements d macdonald,1,2 msc; j cronin,1,2,3 phd; j mills,2 grad dip; m mcguigan,1,3 phd; r stretch,4 dphil 1 sport performance research institute, aut university, auckland, new zealand 2 new zealand cricket, christchurch, new zealand 3 school of exercise and health sciences, edith cowan university, perth, australia 4 nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth, south africa corresponding author: d macdonald (dani.macdonald@aut.ac.nz) internationally, three formats of cricket are played at the elite level: test, one day and twenty20.[1] all players bat and field, while only some players bowl and one person keeps wicket. dismissing a batsman can be achieved in different ways, some specific to fielders; hence, catching and throwing are vital skills. common requirements for these skills are speed and accuracy.[2] as well as dismissing batsmen, the role of �elders includes saving runs, particularly in the shorter formats of the game. therefore, optimising the movements and skills required to successfully field can have an important influence on the game. however, despite the adage that ‘catches win matches’, research into �elding is sparse compared with that into batting and bowling.[3] �e purpose of this review was therefore to investigate and critique the existing knowledge of fielding in cricket, with the intent of better understanding the performance demands of �elding. methods for the purpose of this review, fielding performance was divided into a number of components (fig. 1) which were systematically reviewed. reviewed literature included peerreviewed articles and book chapters. the requirements of the wicket-keeper are not discussed here, as the demands of this position have been reviewed previously.[4] the literature search was conducted using search engines (pubmed, sportsdiscus and sciencedirect). the search terms 'fielding', 'wicket-keeping', 'catching', 'cricket' and other related terms were used in various combinations to search for articles. the reference lists of articles found were assessed to extend the search. as �elding was the focus of this review, articles speci�cally focusing on the wicket-keeper were excluded from the review. additionally, cricket-relevant chapters from edited books were included. technical in cricket, the playing field is not of fixed dimen sions. according to the laws of the game, ‘the playing area shall be a minimum of 150 yards (137.16 m) from boundary to boundary square of the pitch, with the shorter of the two square boundaries being a minimum of 70 yards (64.01 m)’.[5] due to the large and varying size of the playing �eld, the skills of �elding in cricket will vary considerably depending on where �elders are placed. here, the �elding positions have been categorised as close (e.g. slips and short leg), inner-circle and outer-circle (fig. 2). shilbury[6] researched the frequency of field ing skills for 25 defined positions, and the �elding patterns of individual players of an ‘a’-grade cricket team playing first-class multi-day cricket. �e data were divided into four skill categories: �elded ball, �elded ball and throw, �elded ball and under-arm return, and catches and attempted catches. �e author reported the frequency and skills required in 25 fielding positions. the positions which featured the most were cover (12%), mid-o� (10%) and mid-on (9%), respectively. cover has traditionally been considered a position that requires good attacking skills, such as being able to move towards the ball, �eld and throw quickly, o�en from unbalanced positions.[6] however, only 13% of cover’s �elding contacts required attacking skills; the majority of actions were defensive fielding and wicket-keeping performance technical mental physiological physical fig. 1. aspects of �elding performance. and required practically no diving or lateral movements. this finding is not consistent with conventional wisdom. shilbur y’s study is dated (1990), and included data from only six domestic games. given the developments in the game since the 1990s, research based on a larger number of international matches would be more appropriate and useful. � ese � ndings will assist the development of assessment and training protocols for the di� erent formats of the game at the highest level. in one day cricket, matches began to be played into the night, and the ball colour was changed from red to white to be seen better under � oodlights. scott et al.[7] investigated the e� ect of light levels and ball colour on catching, particularly for slip fielders in simulated field conditions. photoelectric timing gates were placed in front of a ball projection machine and lever micro-switches were placed on the thighs of the players to establish reaction times to balls projected at a speed of 20 m/s over a distance of 8.4 m. � e speed was considered representative of the demands of slip-catching performance, and was the upper limit of speeds safe for use under laboratory conditions. catching performance was scored using a scale adapted from wickstrom,[8] which rated catches from 0 (no ball contact at all) to 5 (clean catch). a� er performing a 2 (ball) × 3 (light level) analysis of variance (anova), no signi� cant e� ects were noted for catching performance and movement initiation times for ball or light levels. � e authors concluded that the change in ball colour or diminishing light levels were not detrimental to performance. however, the sample size was very small (n=5), which might have accounted for the lack of statistical signi� cance. also, the testing protocol required players to assume a standing position that may not be normal under game conditions. � e e� ect of a visual-perceptual training programme on � elding in cricket has been investigated using a test-retest design involving a 6-week training intervention.[9] � e tests involved an in situ � elding test, and athletes were required to react (predict and move in the direction that the ball was hit) to a life-sized video projection of a batsman hitting strokes, with the video occluded at the point of ball contact. � e video was � lmed from the perspective of 3 di� erent � elding positions: extra cover, mid on and mid o� . moving in the correct direction for each video assessed decision accuracy. � e training group underwent an add itional 3 perceptual training sessions per week in addition to the on-� eld training programme undertaken by the control group. � e training group performed significantly better than the control group in the two tests. it was concluded that while 6 weeks of regular on� eld training may lead to improvements in fielding performance, greater advantages could be gained when this is combined with visual perceptual training sessions. a fielder‘s ability to throw a ball over considerable distance with speed and accuracy, if aiming for a run out, requires excellent throwing technique.[10] the requirements are speci� c for the di� erent � eld positions. � e slips mostly intercept a fast moving ball coming o� the edge of the bat and reaching them below chest height.[11] � ey have little need for throwing long distances. in-� elders require good reactive ability to catch a ball falling from above their heads and strong overarm throwing ability[3] to attempt run-outs. out� elders o� en have to cover a considerable distance, so sprinting ability is vital, and they need to throw accurately over long distances. [6] good techniques are not only essential to win matches; they also minimise the risk of injury. [2] synchronised high-speed video cameras[11] have been used to study the biomechanics of throwing. distinguishing di� erent throwing techniques has led to the identification of important performance variables.[11] the relationship between over-arm throwing velocity and accuracy in elite and sub-elite cricketers was investigated using a speci� cally designed throwing test.[8] a speed-accuracy trade-off was detected. subjects improved accuracy scores at velocities of 75 85% of maximal throwing velocity. s enior elite players performed better than other groups. no research into sideor underarm throwing in cricket has been found. using the correct technique is crucial for success; the lack of empirical data in this area limits the development of optimal training programmes. 88 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 fig. 2. pitch map showing the di� erent � elding categories. (wk = wicket keeper.) third man fine leg gully slips wk short leg leg gully cover point cover extra cover mid-o� mid-on mid-wicket point square leg long-o� long-on sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 89 for skills development, player selection and talent identi�cation, it is important to test correctly for skill and movement e�cacy. �is can assist a coach to detect strengths and weaknesses in performance and to identify the speci�c training needs of the individual.[12] stretch and goslin[12] devised a set of cricket skills tests, encompassing all components of the game. with regards to �elding, the majority of runouts occur between 10 m and 35 m,[13] and these were the distances tested in the �elding test (fig. 3). at point a, the �elder was required to catch a thrown ball, over-arm throw at the target and then move as quickly as possible to point b. at points b, c, d, e, and f, the �elder was required to pick a ball up from the ground and over-arm throw at the target; point g required a pick up and under-arm throw at the target, followed by a �nal sprint to the target. �e timer started when the �elder touched the �rst ball and ended when he had run through the target. a time penalty (3 s) was given if he dropped the balls or a throw did not go through the target at any time during the test. �e authors and coaches also used their knowledge of the game to determine, sub jectively, the players’ potential success in a match.[12] �e validity of the �elding tests was tested by comparing the objective tests to the subjective opinion of coaches. �e relationship between the objective �elding test scores and the subjective �elding evaluation was low (r=0.47; p<0.05); however, the sample size was relatively large (n=155), hence the authors decided that the lower correlation was acceptable. �e diagnostic utility of this test could be questioned, given the composite nature of the test i.e. many skills assessed within one test. mental cricket requires inordinate physical skill and mental aptitude, including the ability to concentrate intensely for very long periods, for which a high level of physical �tness cannot fully compensate.[14] fielders have to concentrate on every ball of the innings, regardless of their positions. �ey have to be able to maintain concentration for the entire duration of an innings (ranging from approximately 90 minutes in a t20 innings to a total of 6 hours per day in a test match), through changing conditions as play progresses through the day. however, studies on the mental aspect of cricket have focused on batting only;[15-17] no research, to the authors’ knowledge, has addressed the mental aspects of �elding. physiological �e most prevalent approach to quantifying the physiological demands of cricket is time-motion analysis using global position ing satellite (gps) units. rudkin and o’donoghue[18] performed 27 observations of a �elder positioned at cover point, during �rst-class multi-day games. �ey used the captain time-motion analysis system to de�ne seven movement classes: stationary, walking, shu�ing (rapid non-running movement of the feet), jogging, running, low-intensity fielding and high-intensity �elding. it was found that the cover point �elder spends the majority (94.2%; standard deviation (sd) ±2.4) of match time in stationary activity and walking, while high-intensity activities represented just 1.6% (sd ±0.8) of movement activity. it was concluded that �rst-class �elding entails less high-intensity exercise than other team sports such as hockey and soccer. however, the conclusions are of limited value, as only one �elding position was analysed. time-motion studies could help develop knowledge of positional di�erences in work load between the di�erent formats of cricket, allowing conditioning coaches to prescribe game-speci�c training programmes. [1] petersen et al.[1,19,20] have conducted several studies using gps technology, investigating physiological demands of performance in the three di�erent formats of the game. unlike in the study by rudkin and o’donoghue,[18] �ve movement categories were established (standing/walking, jogging, running, striding and sprinting) and the three di�erent cricket formats were investigated. table 1 summarises time-motion analyses for each format of cricket. in summary, it seems that �elding intensity is greatest in a t20 match and �elders covered approximately the same distances in one day and test cricket. petersen et al.[19] tested the validity and reliability of three commercially available sports gps units to monitor cricket-speci�c movement patterns. �ey found disparate and inconsistent measures for the validity and reliability of lowand high-intensity activities. �ey advised that conditioning coaches should be aware of the likely under-reporting of high-intensity activity and over-reporting of lowintensity e�orts when using gpss in training. all studies detailed thus far fail to document the physiological demands of the di�erent �elding positions because, generally, �elders – without distinction – are compared with bowlers and batsmen. physical �e physical aspects of performance have been investigated with respect to injury incidence and prevention, particularly for fast bowling and throwing, but little investigation into the physical aspects of �elding fig. 3. schematic of the �elding test used by stretch and goslin.[12] e f 5 m 10 m a g 10 m 0.71 m b c d 10 m 10 m 10 m 90 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 has taken place. in this section, physical aspects such as anthropometry, strength, speed and aerobic and anaerobic �tness will be considered. anthropometry several studies have investigated the anthropometric pro�le of �rstclass cricketers,[21-25] mostly by comparing groups of players, such as batsmen, bowlers or all-rounders. �e measures used mass and stature measurement and the sum of seven skin folds (biceps, triceps, subscapular, supra-iliac, abdominal, thigh and medial calf ). portus et al.[25] extensively researched the characteristics of australian players. however, these �ndings are probably not valid globally given ethnic differences in stature. while other physical attributes would be considered when deciding where to place players in the �eld, certain anthropometric characteristics may make players suited to speci�c positions. nevertheless, the anthropometry for specific fielding positions has not been explored. aerobic and anaerobic �tness with modern cricket, players can be expected to tour for up to eleven months of the year; therefore, physical �tness is increasingly important. the only study[26] that focused specifically on the calori�c energy demand of cricketers was performed in 1955, and its validity in representing the demands of modern players would seem problematic. more recent research has indicated that cricketers generally rely on aerobic energy supply and that the rates of energy expenditure of cricket are relatively low; with the exception to this being fast bowlers during a bowling spell[21,26] and �elders sprinting a�er the ball. �is generalisation is supported by the �ndings of time-motion analyses.[1,19,27] �e multi-stage �tness test is recommended to test aerobic power as it is inexpensive, easy to administer and applicable to many team sports with respect to the stop, start and change-of-direction movement patterns.[24] one study[14] showed that cricketers had a higher shuttle run number when compared with rugby union players, with a vo2max of ~60 ml/kg/min. johnstone and ford[21] established physical fitness profiles of cricketers grouped into bowlers and batsmen (n=15) using this test. �e authors recorded the number of completed shuttles (12.4; sd ±0.9), end heart rate (190.4 bpm; sd ±11.2) and predicted the vo2max (54.9±3.7). �e researchers table 1. summary of �ndings from time-motion studies by petersen et al.[19,20] variable* study quantifying positional movement patterns in twenty20 cricket[19] comparison of player movement patterns between odi and test cricket[20] odi test position fielders (n=14) fielders (n=17) fielders (n=25) distance per hour (m) walking (0 2.0 m/s) 3 286 (±726) 2 419 (±708) 2 263 (±629) jogging (2.0 3.5 m/s) 1 532 (±361) 616 (±272) 621 (±135) running (3.5 4.0 m/s) 377 (±156) 147 (±62) 137 (±44) striding (4.0 5.0 m/s) 497 (±316) 159 (±89) 166 (±62) sprinting (≥5 m/s) 416 (±265) 90 (±73) 155 (±71) total distance (m) 6 106 (±981) 3 430 (±883) 3 342 (±759) time (s) walking and jogging 3 263 (±187) 3 504 (±46) 3 496 (±30) running, striding and sprinting 275 (±146) 91 (±45) 104 (±30) sprint number 23 (±14) 6 (±4) 8 (±4) mean sprint distance (m) 17 (±4) 15 (±4) 18 (±5) maximum sprint distance (m) 54 (±23) 34 (±12) 43 (±15) maximum sprinting speed (m/s) 8.6 (±1.1) 7.9 (±1.2) 8.5 (±0.9) high-intensity e�orts number 98 (±43) 34 (±17) 34 (±11) e�ort duration 2.8 (±0.4) 2.6 (±0.3) 3.1 (±0.3) recovery between (s) 45 (±21) 134 (±73) 116 (±37) odi = one day international; sd = standard deviation. * values are expressed as mean (±sd). sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 91 concluded that the vo2max results of cricketers were superior to that of the general population.[21] �ese results are comparable with the normative data presented for cricket players in physiological tests for elite athletes.[25] anaerobic �tness has generally been tested using repeated sprint tests. johnstone and ford[21] found that the running speed for each of the groups was similar, although the bowlers achieved moderately better results (1.5%) in maximal repeated sprint tests than the batsmen. sprint tests in cricket have typically varied in distance (10 40 m); therefore, it is di�cult to compare results between studies. johnstone and ford[21] recommended that the future assessment of cricket-speci�c speed should use short distances of 5 15 m, because these may be associated with higher levels of match-winning �elding performance. however, sprint testing over a large range of distances may be justi�ed because the size of the pitch that players will have to cover varies in distance depending on �elding position. in summary, cricket players require a high level of aerobic �tness in order to play for up to 6 hours per day, with intermittent, short bursts of high-intensity e�ort that requires contribution from the anaerobic energy system. whether these demands di�er as a function of �elding position has not been researched. it may be that a position such as slips with potentially less aerobic demands may bene�t from greater doses of high-intensity reactive training. nevertheless, given the length of the international cricket season and the tour demands of cricketers, superior aerobic �tness will assist players in recovery and sustaining performance at the highest level. strength, power and speed upper body �e results of studies on strength and power pro�les of cricketers have, thus far, been ambiguous and seem to lack logical or face validity. johnstone and ford,[21] for example, measured upper-body strength and power using a medicine ball throw and timed press-up tests. �ere were marked di�erences between batsmen and bowlers; the batsmen were superior in the timed press-up tests, but the bowlers produced greater backward throws. however, the signi�cance of these results and their relation to performance is unclear. �ere is no research on speci�c �elding positional demands, nor have normative data for each �elding position been established. nevertheless, it appears that di�erent strength requirements may be needed for di�erent �elding positions (e.g. the throwing demands of an out�elder v. a slip �elder). lower body leg strength and power are important for cricket �elders as they contribute to the speed and agility required for �elding. however, there has been little research on the lower-body strength pro�le of cricketers. johnstone and ford[21] tested lower-body strength and explosive power using a counter-movement jump and repeated vertical jump test. �e authors suggested that tests such as the counter-movement jump give an indication of slow stretchshortening cycle performance, and found that there were negligible di�erences between bowlers and batsmen. bourdon et al.[24] also recommended a series of tests for pro�ling the physical �tness of elite cricketers; the lower-body tests included a vertical double-leg jump, abdominal strength stage test, straight sprint speed (10, 20 and 40 m) and a run 3 agility test. while the abdominal stage test is lauded as particularly important for fast bowlers, the authors noted that batsmen and fielders would benefit from good abdominal strength during long periods in the �eld or at the batting crease. �e leg-power demands of �elding are little understood; however, a study comparing cricketers with rugby players found no signi�cant di�erences in leg press, bench press and 35 m sprints.[14] for example, there is little logic in using only a vertical jump test when research and observation show that �elders need to move in all directions and consequently need multi-directional lower-leg strength and power. correctly assessing the multi-planar movement ability of �elders should lead to better training programmes. conclusion there is a paucity of scientific information on the performance demands of �elding across all the areas of interest discussed in this review article, i.e. technical, physical, etc. �ere seems to be little appreciation of the technical requirements related to di�erent �elding positions. from the scant literature available, it is possible to deduce that cricket �elding is, in general, a low-intensity activity that requires intermittent bursts of explosive movement. however, conventional wisdom on several aspects of the game is not supported by scienti�c evidence. given that �elding is an essential component to winning matches, the lack of research in this area is disconcerting. a systematic research programme covering all components of all game formats would be bene�cial. existing knowledge could be complemented by obtaining the considered opinions and insights of coaches and players and by carrying out detailed video and notational analyses. �e results would provide greater insight into the skill and movement requirements associated with the di�erent �eld positions. �is information would also provide a framework for the design of �elding-speci�c assessments, which should enable the development of more focused training, conditioning and coaching protocols. �is should enhance �elding performance and contribute to the ultimate goal of winning matches. references 1. petersen c, pyne d, dawson b, portus m, kellett a. movement patterns in cricket vary by both position and game format. j sports sci 2010;28(1):45-52. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/02640410903348665] 2. freeston j, ferdinands rrk. throwing velocity and accuracy in elite and subelite cricket players: a descriptive study. ejss 2007;7(4):231-237. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/17461390701733793] 3. bartlett rm. �e science and medicine of cricket: an overview and update. j sports sci 2003;21:733-752. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0264041031000140257] 4. macdonald dc, cronin jb, stretch ra, mills j. wicket-keeping in cricket: a literature review. int j sports sci coach 2012;8(3). [http://dx.doi.org/10.1260/1747-9541.8.3.531] 5. l ord's. the l aws of cr icket. http://w w w.lords.org/dat a/f i les/laws_of_ cricket_2003-8685.pdf (accessed 27 may 2012). 6. shilbury d. an analysis of �elding patterns of an 'a' grade cricket team. sports coach 1990:13(4):41-44. 7. scott k, kingsbury d, bennett s, davids k, langley m. e�ects of cricket ball colour and illuminance levels on catching behaviour in professional cricketers. ergonomics 2000;43(10):1681-1688. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/001401300750004087] 8. wickstrom rl. fundamental motor patterns. philadelphia, usa: lea & febiger, 1983. 9. hopwood mj, mann dl, farrow d, nielsen t. does visual-perceptual training augment the fielding performance of skilled cricketers. int j sports sci coach 2011;6(4):523-535. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1260/1747-9541.6.4.523] 10. elliott bc, anderson g. age-related difference in high performance overarm throwing. j hum mov stud 1990;18:1-24. 11. cook dp, strike sc. �rowing in cricket. j sports sci 2000;18(12):965-973. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1080/793086193] 92 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 12. stretch ra, goslin b. validity and reliability of an objective test of cricket skills. aust j sci med sport 1987:18-23. 13. bland c. dynamic cricket. rhodesia: �e college press, 1969. 14. noakes td, durandt jj. physiological requirements of cricket. j sports sci 2000;18:919-929. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080%2f026404100446739] 15. croft jl, button c, dicks m. visual strategies of sub-elite cricket batsmen in response to di�erent ball velocities. hum mov sci 2010;29:751-763. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.humov.2009.10.004] 16. müller s, abernathy b, reece j, et al. an in-situ examination of the timing of information pick-up for interception by cricket batsmen of di�erent skill levels. psychol sport exerc 2009;10:644-652. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2009.04.002] 17. land m, mccleod p. from eye movement to actions: how batsmen hit the ball. nat neurosci 2000;3:1340 -1345. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/81887] 18. rudkin st, o'donoghue pg. time-motion analysis of �rst-class cricket �elding. j sci med sport 2007;11:604-607. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2007.08.004] 19. petersen c, pyne d, portus m, dawson b. validity and reliability of gps units to monitor cricket-speci�c movement patterns. int j sports physiol perform 2009;4:381-393. 20. petersen c, pyne d, portus m, dawson b. comparison of player movement patterns between 1-day and test cricket. j strength cond res 2011;25(5):1368-1373. 21. johnstone j, ford p. physiologic pro�le of professional cricketers. j strength cond res 2010;24(11):2900-2907. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1519/jsc.0b013e3181bac3a7] 22. stretch ra. anthropometric pro�le and body composition changes in �rst-class cricketers. s afr j res sport phys educ recreation 1991;14(2):57-64. 23. stretch ra. anthropometric pro�le of �rst-class cricketers. s afr j res sport phys educ recreation 1987;10(1):65-75. 24. bourdon p, savage b, done r. protocols for the physiological assessment of cricket players. in: gore cj, ed. physiological tests for elite athletes. champaign, usa: human kinetics, 2000:238-243. 25. portus m, kellett a, karppinen s, timms s. cricket players. in: tanner rk, gore cj, eds. physiological tests for elite athletes. 2nd ed. torrens park: human kinetics, 2013. 26. fletcher jg. calories and cricket. lancet 1955;1:1165-1166. 27. petersen c, pyne d, portus m, dawson b. quantifying positional movement patterns in twenty20 cricket. int j perform anal sport 2009;9:165-170. the problem chronic diseases pose both a humanitarian and economic problem to a country. while the prevalence of these diseases (coronary heart disease, obesity, type 2 diabetes, etc.) is not well documented in africa, their meteoric rise is well publicised in the usa. it has been estimated 1 that chronic diseases affect 90 million americans and cost up to $1 trillion in health care and lost production costs. physical inactivity – defined as less than 30 minutes of activity per week – is often referred to as a modifiable risk of chronic disease. in fact, 28% of preventable deaths alone in 1993 were attributed to physical inactivity or factors in the diet. 1 but just how and why is physical inactivity such a potent risk factor for disease? booth et al. 1 return to early man and investigate evolutionary trends to develop their hypothesis. while our genotype has not changed much since the late paleolithic era, our phenotype has been significantly altered by various ‘advancements’ in lifestyle. early man’s survival was based on an ability to subsist from the land, and was thus dependent on an appropriate phenotype for this function. it has been estimated that on average the energy expenditure of people living in contemporary society is only about 65% of the energy expenditure of the hominids from the late paleolithic era. this translates into a mismatch for the level of physical activity coded for by our genome. furthermore, by delving into early man’s patterns of nutrition, it appears that cycling periods of food availability programmed the body to respond to physical inactivity in a particular way. 1 periods of inactivity were associated with times of famine, and as a result insulin resistance and atrophy are thought to occur in skeletal muscle as potential survival mechanisms for humans. as a corollary, the rapid conversion of excess calories into adipose tissue during ‘feast’ times is thought to have been pre-programmed to prepare for periods of ‘famine’. if early man is to rural dwellers (non-migrants) what contemporary man is to urban migrants, this hypothesis gains support in a study of guatemalan adults. 2 not surprisingly, migration into an urban setting was associated with a significant decrease in physical activity. the migrants also tended to consume more fats overall and exhibited a relative increase in weight in comparison to their rural counterparts. the reduction in physical activity observed in urban settlers is multifactorial. jobs are less labour intensive, amenities easier to access, and infrastructure and technologies more advanced in city settings, resulting in a decreased requirement for physical activity in urban dwellers. 2,3 in fact, sedentarism has been recorded at levels as high as 80% in certain developed countries. 4 while physical inactivity is not the only cause of chronic diseases, it certainly is the most modifiable of all risk factors. booth et al. 1 conclude: ‘we know of no single intervention with greater promise than physical exercise to reduce the risk of virtually all chronic diseases’. the solution although united under the associative banner of the health professions council of south africa (hpcsa), sports medicine and its allied health professionals are not yet one unified ‘family’. therefore it would be difficult to organise a public health outreach with such diverse medical roles and opinions. this is, of course, without mentioning the same diversity of opinions present in political and municipal bodies. therefore, the aid of government, non-governmental organisations and other entities would be required to drive such an outreach programme. this is especially true with regard to resources and the dissemination of a clear, simple, yet effective message. 5 the agita são paulo programme is an example of an effective education programme which attempted to educate the 34 million mega-populated são paulo state of brazil on the benefits of physical activity. 6 a population of 34 752 225 people, in an area slightly smaller than the uk, comprising 645 municipalities, was targeted. a scheme using an eight-pillar base was implemented to achieve the objectives of the programme. heading up the process for change was a research centre (pillar 1) – this was run by academic personnel from over 160 scientific and institutional partnerships (pillar 2). by using the academic assets afforded by pillar 2, a feasible ‘one-stepahead’ model (pillar 3) was designed. this model developed specific messages that targeted individuals in the cycle of activity; the sedentary to become active, the moderately active to become more active, and the regularly active to maintain activity levels without injury. empowerment (pillar 4) saw the encouragement of existing programmes, giving all of these programmes a common flag under which to unite. inclusion (pillar 5) saw the replacement of traditional jargon such as ‘sport’ and ‘fitness’ by more effective phrases such as ‘active living’ and ‘physical activity for health’. for effective exposure, a ‘non-paid media’ approach was taken (pillar 6) which made use of local newspapers and radio stations. pillar 7 was that of social commentary the cost of physical inactivity to a nation: the role of sports medicine and its allied health professionals in preventing a crisis correspondence: james brown uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine sports science institute of south africa newlands 7700 e-mail: james.brown@uct.ac.za james brown (bsc (med) (hons) exercise science) joshua mervyn smith (bsc (med) (hons) exercise science – biokinetics, nsca-cpt) uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town 102 sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 marketing, and involved various ‘agita days’ or ‘active days’. the benefit of these days was twofold: ‘agita programme’ exposure and an opportunity for the public to experience the programme’s concepts practically. the final pillar (pillar 8) was that of ‘culture links’, and incorporated the important brazilian concept of having fun at all times. 6 the efficacy of the agita são paulo programme is its greatest success, having educated 56% of the population that were originally targeted. 6 of the sample that were educated by the programme, 55% of individuals met the activity recommendation of the programme. furthermore, only 7% of the people that were educated were classified as sedentary in comparison with the 13% of those who were unaware of the programme. the agita são paulo programme has been accepted as an effective model by the world health organization. sports medicine and its allied health professionals need to collaborate with government and its municipalities if we are to drive an effective south african public health initiative as occurred in brazil. the agita são paulo programme is a fine example of how this scientific and medical collaboration can avert a national crisis at the hands of a chronic disease scourge. references 1. booth fw, gordon se, carlson cj, hamilton mt. waging war on modern chronic diseases: primary prevention through exercise biology. j appl physiol 2000;88(2):774-787. 2. torun b, stein ad, schroeder d, et al. rural-to-urban migration and cardiovascular disease risk factors in young guatemalan adults. int j epidemiol 2002;31(1):218-226. 3. hamilton mt, hamilton dg, zderic tw. role of low energy expenditure and sitting in obesity, metabolic syndrome, type 2 diabetes, and cardiovascular disease. diabetes 2007;56(11):2655-2667. 4. bernstein ms, morabia a, sloutskis d. definition and prevalence of sedentarism in an urban population. am j public health 1999;89(6):862-867. 5. matsudo sm, matsudo vr, araujo tl, et al. the agita são paulo program as a model for using physical activity to promote health. rev panam salud publica 2003;14(4):265-272. 6. matsudo v, matsudo s, andrade d, et al. promotion of physical activity in a developing country: the agita são paulo experience. public health nutr 2002;5(1a):253-261. sajsm vol 21 no. 3 2009 103 case report 1 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license myositis ossificans in a child athlete: a case study r sapire,1,2 ; r nenova,1,2 ; p gounder,1,2 bhsc; a rampersad,1,2 ; v maboho1,2 bhsc; n nhlapo,1,2 ; k tibatshi,1,2 bsc; s rampurtab,1,2 ; ai ranchod,2,3 fc rad (d); rt saggers,2,4 mmed, fc paed; j patricios,2,5 facsm, ffsem (uk) 1 unit for undergraduate medical education, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 wits sport and health (wish), school of clinical medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 3 department of diagnostic radiology, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa. 4 department of paediatrics and child health, charlotte maxeke johannesburg academic hospital and school of clinical medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 5 netcare waterfall sports orthopaedic surgery, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: rt saggers (robin.saggers@wits.ac.za) case report myositis ossificans (mo) is a rare pathological disorder characterised by the accretion of nonneoplastic bone in skeletal muscle and surrounding soft tissue.[1] three types have been classified: hereditary mo (mo progressiva, a rare autosomal dominant condition), non-traumatic mo (associated with burns, haemophilia and neurological conditions) and traumatic mo (mo circumscripta, associated with direct or repetitive trauma). traumatic mo is the most common – occurring in approximately 60-75% of cases – and is often secondary to sports-related impacts.[2] following traumatic incidents, the lesion arises from an inflammatory reaction that causes endothelial to mesenchyme transition (endmt) in vascular endothelial cells. the cells differentiate into chondrocytes, which then undergo endochondral bone formation or osteoblasts directly resulting in localised ossification.[1] mo usually presents as a warm, tender swelling with overlying erythema and progresses to a palpable osseous mass with maturation. symptoms include joint and muscle stiffness, pain on movement and a decreased range of motion. commonly affected sites are the arm flexor and thigh extensor muscles.[1] mo is rare in young children, occurring mostly in adolescents and young adults. on examination and radiological assessment, early mo presents with similar patterns to that of an osteosarcoma.[3] treatment modalities range from conservative therapies, such as rest, ice and elevation, with concurrent use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatories, radiotherapy, extracorporeal shock-wave therapy and acetic acid phonophoresis to more aggressive surgical approaches, which are usually only considered after 6 – 12 months of unsuccessful conservative therapy.[3] history a 13-year-old female developed a large painful lesion in her right buttock. pain radiated from the lesion to the posterior thigh and worsened at night, with no associated constitutional symptoms. the patient had been unable to participate in her usual sporting activities (namely, horse riding, hockey and tennis) and was receiving physiotherapy for the pain which was unresponsive to therapy. she had no recollection of trauma directly related to the site of the lesion. physical examination on general examination, the patient was healthy but in some discomfort upon sitting. on localised examination, there was a tender, palpable, golf ball-like mass in her right gluteal muscle with overlying erythema. investigations ultrasonography demonstrated a hypoechoic heterogeneous mass (70 x 45 x 35mm) in the proximal third of the right gluteus maximus muscle belly. within this mass, there were areas that resembled the typical appearance for proliferative myositis. however, there was a solid more hypoechoic mass (35 x 25 x 33mm) which demonstrated two calcifications background: a 13-year-old female athlete presented with a painful lesion in her right buttock for which she had been receiving physiotherapy. it was keeping her from participating in sports. aim: to report on a case of traumatic myositis ossificans in a child athlete – including the presentation, investigations, management, and outcome. findings: palpation of the right buttock indicated a tender mass. investigation by musculoskeletal ultrasound detected a large hypoechoic lesion. an mri revealed patterns of calcification that were inconclusive in differentiating between a malignant or benign lesion. macroscopic and microscopic histological examination, as well as immunohistochemistry, were consistent with myositis ossificans (mo), a non-malignant condition. the patient improved remarkably within three months of treatment with rest, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) and extracorporeal shock wave therapy (eswt). implications: accurate differentiation of myositis ossificans from other benign and malignant soft tissue lesions may require histological evaluation in addition to a comprehensive radiological workup. successful treatment with the patient being able to return to a pain-free and active state is achievable. extracorporeal shock-wave therapy can play an important role in the management of this condition and should be considered when presented with a case of mo. keywords: traumatic, benign, malignant, extracorporeal shock-wave therapy, osteosarcoma s afr j sports med 2022; 34:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14931 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2022/v34i1a14931 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1056-7065 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-2001-5659 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-5546-7650 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3257-5998 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6593-8049 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6829-4098 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9995-6261 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8434-8025 https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6883-1378 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1678-8600 case report sajsm vol.34 no.1 2022 2 within the deep part of the larger mass identified. the muscle architecture, superficial and deep, appeared normal. a colour doppler ultrasound showed mildly increased vascularity within the mass and peripherally (see figure 1). magnetic resonance imaging (mri) was indicated, as a malignant soft tissue lesion could not be excluded by ultrasound. a multiparametric preand post-contrast 1.5t mri scan of the pelvis was obtained five days after presentation. there was a heterogeneously enhancing mass with thin peripheral calcification within the right gluteus maximus, with significant surrounding oedema (see figure 2). these findings favoured the intermediate phase of mo as the primary differential diagnosis but could not definitively exclude malignancies, along with lymphoma, osteosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma.[4] x-ray findings of the pelvis were suggestive of early rim ossification that occurs in a progressive mo lesion. the blood results from the day of presentation showed normal red cell indices, normal absolute leukocyte values and moderate thrombocytosis. c-reactive protein, creatinine kinase and renal function were normal. histology due to the uncertainty of the diagnosis and potential risk of a malignant lesion, the patient was referred to an orthopaedic surgeon with a specific interest in soft tissue lesions. a biopsy was taken and sent for histological evaluation. macroscopic examination showed three gritty soft tissue fragments, with the largest fragment measuring 15 x 5 x 3mm. immunohistochemistry on a population of spindle cells was performed. the immunoprofile, consisting of a moderate proliferation index and a positive smooth muscle actin marker, was compatible with the myofibroblastic nature of the proliferating cells and consistent with mo. microscopic examination of the paraffin sections showed subcutaneous fibroadipose connective tissue, skeletal muscle and an area of new bone formation in conjunction with a cellular spindle cell proliferation. the spindle cells exhibited a fibroblastic appearance. the peripheral bony trabeculae appeared relatively mature with clear osteoblastic rimming and orderly maturation. there was an impression of zonation within the lesion. occasional normal mitotic figures were seen in the specimen. these findings were consistent with the reactive process seen in mo. there was no histological evidence of malignancy. diagnosis of mo was then confirmed. management following the diagnosis of mo, further interrogation of the patient’s history led to her revealing that she rode horses and had fallen three months before presentation, possibly on to her buttock. she was advised to stop physiotherapy and all sporting activities to prevent exacerbation. the lesion was monitored for changes. a central sensitivity inventory (csi) self-report was used to quantify pain hypersensitivity. oral indomethacin of 75mg daily was administered to reduce pain, stiffness and inflammation. a ring cushion was recommended fig. 1. doppler ultrasound mass (70 x 45 x 35mm) identified within the right gluteus musculature. mildly increased vascularity seen within the mass and at the periphery. possible calcifications seen within the lesion. fig. 2. axial mri pelvis – significant surrounding oedema (arrowheads), extending laterally to the greater trochanter and medially into the sciatic notch. a rim of hypointense calcifications (arrows) seen at the periphery of the lesion. axial measurement is 3.4 x 2.5cm. fig. 3. x-ray pelvis – typical peripheral ossification of the mature lesion (arrows). case report 3 sajsm vol. 34 no.1 2022 to alleviate pressure to the area when sitting. once tenderness had improved, extracorporeal shock-wave therapy (eswt), under local anaesthesia, was performed on three occasions. discharge and return to all activities and sports was granted three weeks after initial eswt. follow-up imaging after initiation of treatment the patient was followed up clinically and with imaging. after two months, xrays remained unchanged, indicating stability of the lesion. four months later, oblique x-ray imaging confirmed ossification and a slight reduction in size of the lesion (see figure 3). a follow-up mri six months after diagnosis showed resolution of the surrounding oedema. the central lesion remained but with an increased rim of calcification and fat-based tissue (likely representing marrow fat related to developing ossification) immediately adjacent to the calcification (see figure 4 and figure 5). the lesion was slightly smaller in size compared to previous measurements (see figure 2). furthermore, there was no fluid in the sacroiliac joints, and no other abnormalities within the hip joint and bursae. these mri findings corresponded with the evolution of the lesion from the subacute or intermediate phase to the chronic phase. outcome two months after the initiation of treatment, the patient’s discomfort with walking and night pains had lessened. she was able to resume low-intensity exercise, hop on the right leg, and do lunges without pain. the lesion was still palpable but reduced in size and less tender. after three months of treatment, she could tolerate moderateto high-intensity exercise with no pain. the patient showed a complete recovery and was able to return to her usual sporting activities. at the time of writing, there were no signs of recurrence. discussion mo typically presents as an “inflammatory, rapidly growing and painful muscular mass”.[4] the patient being reported on presented typically with a tender, palpable, osseous mass with overlying erythema.[1] of the three types of mo identified previously (traumatic, non-traumatic, hereditary), the traumatic pattern best fits in this patient. athletes may sustain injury by either trauma (projectile or contact) or overuse, both of which have been linked to mo.[1] the patient fell off a horse three months prior to initial presentation resulting in blunt force trauma to the affected area. this case was selected to demonstrate that mo is a rare condition and can present similarly to malignant lesions, creating a diagnostic dilemma and emphasising the importance of excluding this differential. it also highlights the importance of conducting a thorough workup, from history and examination to a directed array of investigations in order to reach a definitive diagnosis. finally, the report revealed the challenges in dealing with an active child athlete whose lifestyle would be limited due to this condition and may regard historical sport-related impacts as insignificant. such a patient requires careful management to optimise their outcomes, minimise complications and allow a return to full activity. diagnosis of mo may be difficult and often requires radiological and, occasionally, histological confirmation.[4] several blood tests were initially performed on this patient, namely, full blood count, urea, electrolytes and creatinine, creactive protein, erythrocyte sedimentation rate, and creatine phosphokinase. the findings were unremarkable, apart from a moderate thrombocytosis. an mri revealed a heterogeneously enhancing mass with thin peripheral calcification within the right gluteus maximus, in keeping with the findings of myositis ossificans described in the literature. osteosarcoma is a possible differential and must be excluded before confirming the diagnosis of mo. radiology is insufficient in differentiating between the two, necessitating a biopsy.[2] the patient’s results yielded no histological evidence fig. 4. axial mri pelvis – complete resolution of soft tissue oedema (arrowheads) surrounding the mature lesion (arrow). central soft tissue t2 hyperintense and t1 isointense. axial measurement is 3.1 x 2cm. fig. 5. axial mri pelvis – fat signal present at periphery of the lesion (arrowhead) adjacent to the rim calcification (arrow) consistent with ossification. case report sajsm vol.34 no.1 2022 4 of malignancy and the findings were consistent with mo, confirming the diagnosis. physiotherapy and sporting activities were stopped to prevent further exacerbation of the lesion. initial treatment of mo aims to reduce pain and inflammation. indomethacin is recommended as prophylaxis and was prescribed in this case. it has been shown to reduce the extension of mo by inhibiting cox-1 and cox-2 enzymes, which play a role in regulating the differentiation of mesenchymal stem cells into osteoblasts.[5] surgical excision and radiation were not indicated in this case. surgery is only considered necessary if there is no improvement observed after 6 – 12 months of alternative management. radiation is generally avoided in children due to concerns about the potential carcinogenic effects it might have on the patient’s life in the future.[2] extracorporeal shock-wave therapy involves using single sonic pulses of short duration to induce a mechanical cavitation effect, not only fragmenting heterotopic calcification but also stimulating biological tissue repair.[6] it has been shown to have significant analgesic and antiinflammatory effects within a few weeks.[6] the procedure is minimally invasive and has few side effects, such as bruising, short-term swelling and tenderness.[6] this patient was successfully managed after two months of the conservative management, as evidenced by stabilisation followed by reduction in size of the lesion (see figure 3). her pain was dramatically reduced, enabling her to return to functioning normally. conclusion mo is rare and may resemble malignancy, necessitating a thorough workup. a high index of suspicion can avoid mismanagement and unnecessary treatment. this case of mo followed sport-related blunt force trauma and presented with the typical clinical, radiological, and histological findings of mo. the patient was managed successfully with conservative treatment, including nsaids and eswt. this case highlighted the importance of a thorough history, accurate diagnosis, and the significant impact eswt can have on the outcome of mo. ethical approval: the study was approved by the human research ethics committee of the university of the witwatersrand (m2111153). conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: the authors would like to thank the child athlete and her parents for providing their informed consent to access the patient’s medical records, and permission to publish the case report. author contributions: jp conceived the study and obtained the case information. rs, rn, pg, ar, vm, nn, kt, and sr all contributed to the designing, drafting and revising of the manuscript. air, rts and jp supervised the study and refined the manuscript. all authors approved the final manuscript. references 1. walczak be, johnson cn, howe bm. myositis ossificans. j am acad orthop surg 2015;23(10):612-622. [doi:10.5435/jaaos-d14-00269] [pmid: 26320160] 2. galanis n, stavraka c, valavani e, kirkos j. unsupervised exercise-induced myositis ossificans in the brachialis muscle of a young healthy male: a case report. orthop j sports med 2017;5(7):2325967117718780. [doi:10.1177/2325967117718780] [pmid: 28795074] 3. yamaga k, kobayashi e, kubota d, setsu n, tanaka y, minami y, et al. pediatric myositis ossificans mimicking osteosarcoma. pediatr int 2015;57(5):996–999. [doi:10.1111/ped.12672] [pmid: 26508182] 4. lacout a, jarraya m, marcy py, thariat j, carlier ry. myositis ossificans imaging: keys to successful diagnosis. indian j radiol imaging 2012;22(1):35–39. [doi:10.4103/0971-3026.95402] [pmid: 22623814] 5. baird eo, kang qk. prophylaxis of heterotopic ossification – an updated review. j orthop surg res 2009;4(1):12. [doi:10.1186/1749-799x-4-12] [pmid: 19379483] 6. torrance da, degraauw c. treatment of post-traumatic myositis ossificans of the anterior thigh with extracorporeal shock wave therapy. j can chiropr assoc 2011;55(4):240-246. [pmid: 22131560] original research 68 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 introduction women’s participation in sports has increased substantially over the past few years, and this growth, especially on a competitive level, has been accompanied by a number of health concerns including disordered eating (de) and menstrual disorders. 1,2 apart from the societal pressure on women to be beautiful and thin, many female athletes are also pressured by coaches or the type of sport they are competing in (i.e. lean-build sports) to maintain a low body weight for aesthetic and/or performance purposes. this often contributes towards the development of de and pathogenic bodyweight-control behaviours (i.e. restrictive eating, fasting, use of diet pills, laxatives and diuretics, binge-eating followed by purging) that can result in clinical eating disorders (i.e. anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa) and alterations in menstrual patterns. 1 potential long-term health consequences of de and menstrual disorders include chronic fatigue, anaemia, endocrine abnormalities, and osteoporosis, to name a few. 1,2 female student athletes may be at an even higher risk for de owing to the added pressure of maintaining an attractive and culturally acceptable body shape, and adapting to the new social and academic environment of a tertiary educational institution (e.g. college or university). reported prevalence of de and menstrual disorders in female university athletes varies and depends on a number of factors, including type of sport, level of participation, and type of questionnaire used to screen for de. 1-3 although a number of studies have reported a higher prevalence of de and menstrual disorders in female university athletes compared with non-athletes, particularly in elite female athletes competing in aesthetic, weightclass and endurance sports where leanness is emphasised, 4,5 other studies failed to demonstrate differences in the frequency of de and menstrual disorders between athletes and non-athletes, especially in sports where leanness is considered less important. 2,3 the primary aim of this study was therefore to determine the prevalence of de behaviour and menstrual disorders in a group of provincial-tonational level student netball players. methodology subjects and study design twenty-six white female netball players from a south african university volunteered to take part in this descriptive, cross-sectional study which was approved by the ethics committee of the north-west university. students representing the university’s 1st, 2nd or u/19a netball teams were invited to participate in the study. the majority of these players also represented a provincial and/or national netball team in the past three years. the characteristics of the subjects are summarised in table i. the subjects were informed of the nature of the study and written informed consent was obtained prior to the start of the study. pregnancy or known gynaecological problems were exclusion criteria. oral contraceptive use was not an exclusion criterion but the reason for use, i.e. to regulate menstrual cycle, was documented. abstract objective. the primary aim of this study was to determine the prevalence of disordered eating (de) behaviour and menstrual disorders in a group of provincial-to-national level student netball players. the secondary aim was to examine the relationship between body composition, energy intake, de and menstrual patterns in student netball players. methods. twenty-six white female netball players from a south african university volunteered to participate in this cross-sectional descriptive study. height, weight and body composition were measured. energy intake was assessed with 24-hour recalls and menstrual patterns were assessed with a menstrual history questionnaire. players also completed an eating disorder inventory (edi) and an eating attitudes test (eat-26) to assess de behaviour. results. collectively 14 players (54%) were identified with de behaviour and scored above the designated cut-off score for the eat-26 (≥20, n=3), the edi body dissatisfaction subscale (≥14, n=7), the edi drive for thinness subscale (≥15, n=3), and/or answered ‘yes’ (n=8) to de behavioural questions. eight players (31%) reported menstrual irregularities during the past 12 months, of whom four (15%) also reported secondary amenorrhoea (absence of ≥3 consecutive menstrual cycles) during training. five players (19%) presented with de behaviour, menstrual irregularity and primary and/or secondary amenorrhoea. reported energy intake was significantly lower in the players with menstrual irregularities and secondary amenorrhoea compared with the remaining players (p<0.05). conclusions. top female student netball players may have suboptimal energy intakes and suffer from de behaviour, menstrual irregularities and secondary amenorrhoea. players and coaches should be aware of these risks to avoid related health and performance consequences. lize havemann (phd exercise science) zelda de lange (msc nutrition) karen pieterse (bsc hons nutrition) hattie h wright (phd nutrition) centre of excellence for nutrition (cen), north-west university, potchefstroom, south africa correspondence to: l havemann-nel (lize.havemannnel@nwu.ac.za) disordered eating and menstrual patterns in female university netball players sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 69 for the purpose of the study, subjects were required to report to the laboratory for the assessment of height, weight and body composition. in addition, subjects were required to complete the following questionnaires: (i) a demographic and sport questionnaire for the attainment of socio-demographic information and training volume; (ii) three 24-hour dietary recalls for the estimation of mean reported energy intake; (iii) a menstrual history questionnaire to assess menstrual patterns; and (iv) an eating disorder inventory (edi) and an eating attitude test (eat-26) to assess risk for disordered eating. 6,7 weight, height and body composition weight and height were recorded to the nearest decimal position with an electronic precision health scale (model uc-300, a&d company ltd., tokyo, japan) and an invicta stadiometer (model ip 1465, invicta, london, uk), respectively. body composition (fatfree mass, fat mass and body fat percentage) was determined with air-displacement plethysmography (adp) using the bodpod body compositions system (model 2000a, cosmed usa, inc., concord, ca, usa) as described by mccrory et al. 8 dietary and energy intake dietary and energy intake were recorded with a 24-hour dietary recall on three non-consecutive days. all dietary data were analysed with the foodfinder tm 3 software program (version 1.1.3, 2002, medical research council, sa) and expressed in kilocalories. the possibility of under-reporting of energy intake in the present study was evaluated by the calculation of the mean reported energy intake (ei) in relation to calculated basal metabolic rate (bmr) (ei:bmr) according to the method of goldberg. 9 the ei:bmr was adjusted for females with different physical activity levels (pal) as described by black 10 and values <1.11 (cut-off for females with a medium pal) were considered as possible under-reporting. 10 disordered eating de behaviour was assessed with the eat-26 questionnaire 6 and the edi. 7 the validity and reliability of both questionnaires have been described previously. 6,7 the eat-26 the eat-26 is a standardised questionnaire designed to identify eating disorder risk and de behaviour in high school, university and other special risk samples such as athletes. the instrument consists of 26 items rated on a 6-point likert-type scale together with four eating behaviour questions which require a ‘yes’ or ‘no’ response. 6 respondents with a total eat-26 score of 20 or higher and/or who answered ‘yes’ to any of the behavioural questions were classified with de behaviour. 6 edi the edi is a self-reported measure designed to assess attitudes, feelings and behaviours typically associated with eating disorders (eds), and has been found to be a suitable screening instrument for eds in a non-clinical setting. 7 the edi consists of 64 items rated on a 6-point likert-type scale, and is subdivided into eight subscales. 7 total edi score and independent subscale scores were used to make comparisons between players with menstrual irregularities and those without. the edi drive for thinness (edi-dt) and body dissatisfaction (edi-bd) subscales have been shown to predict the development of eds and have been used as selection criteria when investigating the prevalence of eds in elite athletes, 11 and will therefore also be used to identify players with ed risk and de behaviour in the present study. respondents scoring ≥15 in the edi-dt and/or ≥14 in the edi-bd subscale were considered to be ‘at risk’ for eds. 11 menstrual patterns menstrual patterns were assessed with a menstrual history questionnaire that included questions regarding age of menarche, frequency and regularity of menstrual cycles, training-associated changes in cycle frequency and regularity, and oral contraceptive use. for the purpose of this study menstrual dysfunction included a history of secondary amenorrhoea (defined as the absence of three or more consecutive menstrual periods at any time since menarche) and/or primary amenorrhoea (defined as the absence of menstruation by age 15). 12 menstrual irregularity was defined as one or more of the following: (i) cycles not occurring every 28 34 days; (ii) fewer than 10 cycles in the past 12 months; and/or (iii) fewer than 5 cycles in the past 6 months. statistical analysis data were analysed using statistica analysis software (version 10, statsoft, tulsa, ok, usa). normally distributed descriptive data were reported as means ± standard deviations (sd) and non-parametric data were reported as medians and inter-quartiles ranges. spearman rank correlations were used to explore associations between energy intake, training volume, body composition and de (eat-26, total edi and edi subscale scores), and non-parametric mann-whitney u-tests were performed to test differences between groups with different menstrual patterns and de behaviour. results energy intake and training volume total mean reported energy intake and training volume are summarised in table i. mean reported energy intake in relation to calculated basal metabolic rate (ei:bmr) was 1.33±0.37. six players (23%) had an ei:bmr value of <1.11 (1.05, 0.90, 0.63, 0.91, 0.95, and 0.90, respectively) which would normally be considered under-reporting. 10 however, since low energy intakes among female athletes are not uncommon, 2 possible under-reporting was noted but not excluded from the analysis. furthermore, the under-reporting data did not significantly lower mean reported energy intake (8.7±2.4 v. 9.5±2.1 mj, p=0.19) and three of the under-reporters were identified with de behaviour. disordered eating total eat-26 scores of the group of female netball players (n=26) are summarised in fig. 1. total mean eat-26 score was 9.4±6.9, and table i. subject characteristics (n=26) characteristic mean (±sd) range age (years) 19±1 18 22 weight (kg) 70.8±10.8 55.0 91.8 height (m) 1.75±0.06 1.56 1.84 body mass index (kg/m 2 ) 23.2±2.8 19.4 28.7 body fat percentage 25.2±4.8 14.6 36.5 energy intake (mj) 8.7±2.4 4.4 14.6 training volume (sessions/week) 5±1 3 6 training volume (sessions/day) 1.7±0.6 1 3 sd = standard deviation. 70 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 10 players (38%) responded ‘yes’ to one or more of the behavioural questions and/or scored above the designated cut-off score (≥20) in the eat-26. four of the 10 subjects also scored ≥15 in the edidt and/or ≥14 in the edi-bd. total mean edi-bd and edi-dt subscale scores were 9.5±5.8 and 5.5±5.3, respectively. seven subjects (27%) scored ≥14 in the edi-bd and three subjects (12%) scored ≥15 in the edi-dt. collectively 14 players (54%) scored above the designated cut-off scores for either/or the eat-26, edi-bd, edi-dt, and/or answered ‘yes’ to one or more of the eat-26 behavioural questions, identifying them with de behaviour and an increased ed risk. no significant differences were demonstrated for weight, training volume or energy intake when the group with de behaviour (n=14) was compared with the group without de behaviour (n=12). there was no association between reported energy intake, training volume, body composition, total eat-26 score or total edi score in this group of female netball players. a weak, but positive correlation was reported between energy intake and edi-bd subscale score (r=0.39, p<0.05). training volume (sessions/week) was negatively correlated with edi-dt and perfectionism subscale scores (r=-0.42 and r=-0.46 respectively, p<0.05). menstrual patterns reported menstrual patterns, including menstrual regularity, history of menstrual dysfunction, changes in menstrual cycle in response to the athletic season and oral contraceptive use are summarised in table ii. eight of the subjects (31%) reported irregular menstrual cycles during the past 12 months, of whom 6 players (23%) also reported a history of menstrual dysfunction, e.g. the absence of menstruation by age 15 (primary amenorrhoea) and/or the absence of three or more consecutive menstrual periods at any time since menarche (secondary amenorrhoea). three of these players also reported the use of oral contraceptives with documented reason for use: ‘to regulate irregular menstrual cycle’. five of the players with irregular menstrual cycles and menstrual dysfunction were also identified with de behaviour. when comparing the group with irregular menstrual cycles (n=8) with the group with regular menstrual cycles (n=18) (table iii), reported energy intake was significantly lower in the irregular compared with the regular group (p<0.001). in addition, total eat-26, total edi, and edi-dt subscale scores, although not significantly, were higher in the group who reported irregular menstrual cycles. the athletic season had the biggest impact on the menstrual patterns in this specific group of netball players, with the majority of subjects (n=15, 58%) reporting changes in menstrual cycle during the athletic season. of note are the four subjects (15%) who reported the absence of three or more consecutive menstrual periods during the athletic season (secondary-training amenorrhoea). although the sample size of the group with secondary-training amenorrhoea was very small (n=4), non-parametric mann-whitney u-tests were fig. 1. total eat-26 scores. table ii. menstrual patterns and oral contraceptive use (n=26) regularity of menstrual cycles n (%) regular (every 28 34 days/10 -12 cycles during past 12 months) 18 (69%) irregular (not every 28 34 days/<10 cycles during past 12 months/<5 cycles during past 6 months) 18 (31%) history of menstrual dysfunction primary amenorrhoea 1 (3.8%) secondary amenorrhoea 5 (19%) changes in cycle during athletic season yes 15 (58%) no 11 (42%) type of changes in response to training shorter cycle 6 (23%) increased length of cycle 5 (19%) absence of 3≤ consecutive cycles (secondary-training amenorrhoea) 4 (15%) oral contraceptive use total oral contraceptive use 4 (15%) oral contraceptive use to ‘regulate menstrual cycle’ 3 (12%) oral contraceptive use to ‘treat skin problems’ 1 (3.8%) table iii. differences between the groups with regular and irregular menstrual cycles characteristic irregular (n=8) regular (n=18) p-level weight (kg) 65.1 (62.6-74.7) 69.1 (63.0-78.5) p=0.567 height (m) 1.74 (1.70-1.79) 1.75 (1.70-1.81) p=0.461 bmi (kg/m 2 ) 22.1 (21.0-23.7) 22.9 (21.3-26.2) p=0.605 body fat percentage 24.6 (20.9-26.7) 25.3 (22.8-28.3) p=0.531 energy intake (mj) 6.4 (5.9-7.4) 9.2 (8.2-11.4) p<0.001 training volume (sessions/week) 5.0 (3.5-5.0) 5.0 (4.0-6.0) p=0.515 total eat-26 score 12.0 (6.0-19.5) 8.0 (3.0-10.0) p=0.311 total edi score 37.0 (23.5 -56.5) 26.0 (22.0-36.0) p=0.285 edi-bd subscale score 8.5 (5.0-11.5) 10.0 (4.0-14.0) p=0.495 edi-dt subscale score 10.0 (2.5-13.5) 3.0 (2.0-5.0) p=0.144 values are medians (inter-quartile ranges). sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 71 performed to examine possible differences between players with secondary-training amenorrhoea and those without. on analysis, the players with secondary-training amenorrhoea reported a significantly lower energy intake compared with the players without secondary-training amenorrhoea (6.4 (6.0 7.0) v. 8.6 (7.7 11.0) mj, p<0.05). although three of the four players were identified as possible under-reporters (ei:bmr <1.11), these players were also identified with de behaviour (scored above the designated cut-off in the eat-26, edi-bd and/or edi-dt). the players with secondarytraining amenorrhoea also scored significantly higher in the edi-dt and perfectionism subscales (10.5 (7.0 13.5) v. 3.0 (1.0 6.0), and 10.5 (7.5 14.5) v. 4.0 (2.0 8.0), respectively, p<0.05) as well as in the eat-26 bulimia and food preoccupation subscale (3.0 (2.3 3.5) v. 2.0 (1.0 2.0), p<0.05). discussion the present study investigated de behaviour and menstrual patterns in a group of provincial-to-national level student netball players enrolled at a south african university. collectively 14 players (54%) were identified with de behaviour, eight players (31%) reported menstrual irregularities during the past 12 months, of whom four (15%) reported secondary amenorrhoea during training, and five (19%) presented with de behaviour and menstrual irregularity and dysfunction. to our knowledge data on de behaviour and menstrual patterns in female university netball players are scarce. the prevalence of de in female university athletes reported in the literature is inconsistent and can be attributed to differences in sampling and the use of different assessment instruments.1-3 the outcome on de behaviour based on the eat-26 (score ≥20) in the group of university netball players in the present study (12%) is comparable with those of hoerr et al., 13 kirk et al. 14 and beals and manore 15 who also applied the eat-26 and reported a prevalence of 12%, 9.6% and 15%, respectively in female university athletes/athletes aged 18 24 years. kirk et al. 14 assessed a group of 94 ncaa division 1 collegiate female athletes competing in a number of non-lean-build sports including soccer (n=24, 17% scored ≥20), tennis (n=10, 0% scored ≥20), softball (n=18, 5.6% scored ≥20), basketball (n=11, 0% scored ≥20) and lacrosse (n=31, 13% scored ≥20). beals and manore 15 used the edi-bd subscale in conjunction with the eat-26 to assess de behaviour in a group of 96 collegiate female athletes competing in team/anaerobic sports including golf, softball, tennis, volleyball and field events. however, they applied a lower edi-bd cut-off point than in the present study (12 v. 14), explaining the higher percentage of female athletes identified with ‘elevated’ edi-bd scores (42% v. 27%) compared with the present study. similar to the present study, torstveit et al. 16 showed that 22% of 96 elite female athletes (mean age 23.5 years) competing in non-lean-build sports (including technical, ball game and power sports) scored ≥14 on the edi-bd. in addition, torstveit et al. 16 reported that 6.3% of athletes scored ≥15 on the edi edi-dt subscale. reinking and alexander 17 also reported a lower edi-dt outcome (2.9%) compared with the present study in a group of 68 females competing in non-lean-build sports. a smaller sample size, a higher mean bmi (23.7±2.8 v. 22.7±2.2 kg/m 2 ) and a higher body weight (70.8±10.8 v. 66.8±8.3 and 65.6±7.8 kg) in the present study can possibly explain differences in edi-dt outcomes. reported menstrual irregularity and menstrual dysfunction in the present study concur with the literature on menstrual patterns in collegiate females competing in non-lean-build sports. beals and manore 15 showed that 24% of 96 collegiate females competing in team/anaerobic sports reported menstrual irregularities and 4.3% reported primary amenorrhoea. torstveit and sundgot-borgen 18 reported that 21% of 302 elite female athletes competing in ball sports reported a history of menstrual dysfunction (delayed menarche and secondary amenorrhoea) and 13% reported current secondary amenorrhoea. in another study from the same authors, 19 9.3% of female football players and 19% of female handball players reported current secondary amenorrhoea. although beals and hill 20 reported a much higher prevalence of menstrual irregularities (72%) in a group of 47 female athletes competing in intercollegiate nonlean-build sports (tennis, field hockey and softball), they applied less strict criteria for identifying menstrual irregularity (<12 cycles in the past 12 months, <6 cycles in the past 6 months, >10-d variation). the frequency of menstrual dysfunction (delayed menarche and secondary amenorrhoea), however, was comparable to the present study (17% v. 19%). 20 the disruption of normal menses with exercise training has long been recognised and is more common among athletes than non-athletes. 5,11 a number of factors have been implicated in the development of menstrual disturbances and include de, low energy intake, and strenuous exercise training. 1 indeed, reported energy intake in the present study was significantly lower in the players who reported menstrual irregularities and secondarytraining amenorrhoea compared with those players without menstrual disorders. furthermore, although not significant, players with menstrual irregularities reported higher eat-26 and edi scores compared with the regular group. in addition, subjects with secondary-training amenorrhoea scored significantly higher on the edi-dt and perfectionism subscales (p<0.05) as well as the eat-26 bulimia and food preoccupation subscales (p<0.05) compared with the players without secondary-training amenorrhoea. it is difficult to explain the weak positive correlation between energy intake and edi-bd as well as the inverse relationship between training volume and edi-dt and perfectionism subscale scores, as de in athletes is generally associated with a lower energy intake and higher training volume. these correlations could possibly be the result of multiple testing. other limitations in the present study that warrant mentioning include a small sample size and the fact that a control group of non-athletes was not included in the study. in conclusion, reported menstrual irregularity, menstrual dysfunction and de behaviour in the present study seem to be in line with the literature on prevalence of menstrual disorders and de in female student athletes participating in non-lean-build sports. the present study therefore highlights the fact that student netball players are also at risk for developing eds, restricting energy intakes, and experiencing menstrual disorders. this is of practical significance to university netball players, parents, netball coaches and health professionals working with netball players to increase awareness, facilitate intervention and prevent the health and performance consequences associated with de behaviour and menstrual disorders. references 1. nattiv a, loucks ab, manore mm, et al. american college of sports medicine position stand. the female athlete triad. med sci sports exerc 2007;39(10):1867-1882. 2. beals ka, meyer nl. female athlete triad update. clin sports med 2007;26(1):69-89. 3. coelho gm, soares ede a, ribeiro bg. are female athletes at increased risk for disordered eating and its complications? appetite 2010;55(3):379387. 4. sundgot-borgen j. disordered eating and exercise. scand j med sci sports 2004;14(4):205-207. 5. sundgot-borgen j, torstveit mk. prevalence of eating disorders in elite athletes is higher than in the general population. clin j sport med 2004;14(1):25-32. 72 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 6. garner dm, olmsted mp, bohr y, garfinkel pe. the eating attitudes test: psychometric features and clinical correlates. psychol med 1982;12(4):871878. 7. garner dm, olmstead mp, polivy j. development and validation of a multidimensional eating disorder inventory for anorexia nervosa and bulimia. int j eat dis 1983;2(2):15-34. 8. mccrory ma, gomez td, bernauer em, mole pa. evaluation of a new air displacement plethysmograph for measuring human body composition. med sci sports exerc 1995;27(12):1686-1691. 9. goldberg gr, black ae, jebb sa, et al. critical evaluation of energy intake data using fundamental principles of energy physiology: 1. derivation of cut-off limits to identify under-recording. eur j clin nutr 1991;45(12):569581. 10. black ae. the sensitivity and specificity of the goldberg cut-off for ei:bmr for identifying diet reports of poor validity. eur j clin nutr 2000;54(5):395404. 11. sundgot-borgen j. prevalence of eating disorders in elite female athletes. int j sport nutr 1993;3(1):29-40. 12. practice committee of american society for reproductive medicine. current evaluation of amenorrhoea. fertil steril 2008;90(5 suppl):s219-25. 13. hoerr sl, bokram r, lugo b, bivins t, keast dr. risk for disordered eating relates to both gender and ethnicity for college students. j am coll nutr 2002;21(4):307-314. (http://www.jacn.org/content/21/4/307.full) 14. kirk g, singh k, getz h. risk of eating disorders among female college athletes and nonathletes. journal of college counselling 2001;4(fall):122132. 15. beals ka, manore mm. disorders of the female athlete triad among collegiate athletes. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2002;12(3):281-293. 16. torstveit mk, rosenvinge jh, sundgot-borgen j. prevalence of eating disorders and the predictive power of risk models in female elite athletes: a controlled study. scand j med sci sports 2008;18(1):108-118. 17. reinking mf, alexander le. prevalence of disordered-eating behaviours in undergraduate female collegiate athletes and nonathletes. j athl train 2005;40(1):47-51. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/ pmc1088345/) 18. torstveit mk, sundgot-borgen j. participation in leanness sports but not training volume is associated with menstrual dysfunction: a national survey of 1276 elite athletes and controls. br j sports med 2005;39(3):141-147. (http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/39/3/141.full) 19. sundgot-borgen j, torstveit mk. the female football player, disordered eating, menstrual function and bone health. br j sports med 2007;41(suppl 1):i68-72. (http://bjsportmed.com/content/41/suppl_1/i68.full.html) 20. beals ka, hill ak. the prevalence of disordered eating, menstrual dysfunction, and low bone mineral density among us collegiate athletes. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2006;16(1):1-23. introduction elbow injury in sports is dependent on the nature of the game. welldefined injury patterns like the valgus hyperextension syndrome have been reported in throwers, in racquet sports and in baseball. the demands of throwing in cricket theoretically do not involve significant stress on the elbow. we report for the first time a typical case of valgus hyperextension syndrome in an international cricket fast bowler. the mechanism of trauma seems to involve a terminal thrust at the elbow with stress concentration on the posterior and lateral sides and with some degree of distraction on the medial side. case report a 29-year-old international sri lankan test cricket fast bowler was seen in 2004, with a 6-month history of left elbow pain and limited elbow extension (bowling arm). he had insidious pain and motion restriction without significant injury or swelling. motion range was 15 o 140 o , with tenderness below and anterior to the medial epicondyle and olecranon tip. radiographs of the elbow showed osteophytes at the postero-medial aspect and tip of the olecranon, and anteriorly at the coronoid tip (fig. 1a, b). mr imaging confirmed osteophyte location and showed attenuation of the medial collateral ligament, with medullary oedema at the lateral side of the elbow (fig. 2). the patient refused arthroscopy, and opted for total abstinence from throwing and fast-bowling for 12 weeks. he started a training programme designed to strengthen his forearm flexor-pronator and triceps group of muscles. he resumed international cricket within 6 months without limitations in his bowling and throwing. he has since played in the 2007 cricket world cup, numerous test and one-day matches, and has taken more than 100 international wickets since recovering from injury. discussion overuse injuries constitute the vast majority of elbow disorders in athletes who throw as a requirement of the sport. 3 throwing motion is divided into six phases, 1 namely wind-up, early cocking, late cocking, acceleration, deceleration and follow-through. all phases, except wind-up, are associated with elbow injury. the overhead throwing motion is needed in many sports like baseball pitching, tennis serve, volleyball spike and rugby pass. baseball pitching generates large valgus/extension forces. 2,5 biomechanical testing has resulted in estimated valgus forces as high as 64 nm at the elbow during the late cocking and early acceleration phases of throwing with compressive forces of 500 n at the lateral radiocapitellar articulation as the elbow moves from approximately 110 o to 20 o of flexion, with throwing velocities as high as 3 000 o .s -1 . 2,5 large valgus loads with rapid elbow extension produce tensile stresses on medial compartment restraints (ulnar collateral ligament, flexor-pronator mass and ulnar nerve) and shear stress in the posterior compartment (posteromedial tip of the olecranon, trochlea, olecranon fossa) and compression stresses laterally (radial head, capitellum). 6 this phenomenon has been termed ‘valgus extension overload syndrome’ and forms the basic pathophysiological model behind elbow injuries in the throwing athlete. 6 overuse injuries in cricketers occur predominantly in bowlers or fielders. 4 there are no published data on bowlers’ elbow overuse injury, although anecdotal reports exist. there are 3 distinct phases of the bowling action: the run-up, the delivery stride and the followthrough. 4 in the delivery stride, the bowler winds the arm into a hyperflexed position and then brings the arm over the shoulder in full circumduction, releasing the ball at the start of the downward arc. during the delivery phase of the bowling action, the arm must be kept as straight as possible according to the laws of the game, otherwise it amounts to throwing or chucking. the bowler is required to not straighten the elbow more than 15° during the delivery phase of the bowling action. this is different to baseball pitching or throwing a ball from the outfield. thus valgus extension overload seems improbable in cricket bowling, as there is minimal elbow jerking during the terminal delivery arc. however, for valgus extension overload in this particular bowler, we presume that some terminal jerk or arm straightening at delivery stage produced valgus/extension forces. the repetitive nature of case report valgus extension overload syndrome of the elbow in a test cricket fast bowler correspondence: professor m s dhillon 92, sector 24 a, chandigarh india tel.: (91) 9815951090 fax: (91) 172 2744401 e-mail: drdhillon@gmail.com mandeep s dhillon (ms, mnams)1 prabhudev prasad (ms)1 akshay goel (ms)2 himmat s dhillon (bpt)3 1 department of orthopaedics, post graduate institute of medical education and research, chandigarh, india 2 government medical college and hospital sector 32, chandigarh, india 3 department of physiotherapy, guru nanak dev university, amritsar, india sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 119 terminal olecranon impingement at delivery could cause pressure symptoms, since the elbow is stressed into some valgus at terminal extension in fast bowlers. the other reason could be the fault in elbow position while throwing the ball during fielding. although we were not able to ascertain the exact cause of valgus extension overload in this bowler, conservative treatment was successful and he could return to his original level of sport participation after 6 months. since this test bowler presented to us, the senior author has noted similar features of pain associated with throwing in other cricketers. some test batsmen have been recorded to have similar mri changes when clinically painful elbows were evaluated (john orchard: personal communication). the logical cause of injury in these players is throwing during fielding, but causes related to their batting action need to be examined more carefully. this case is reported to highlight its uniqueness and to emphasise the possibility of overload syndromes in the differential diagnosis of elbow problems in cricketers. more studies are needed to identify players with elbow pain at all levels of the sport, and in particular the relationship to age, duration of cricket career, mode of onset, player type and duration of symptoms with the goal of identifying the specific cause. references 1. digiovane m, jobe f, pink m, et al. an electromyographic analysis of the upper extremity in pitching. j shoulder elbow surg 1992; 1: 15-25. 2. fleisig gs, andrews jr, dillman cj, escamilla rf. kinetics of baseball pitching with implication about injury mechanism. am j sports med 1995; 23: 233-9. 3. gerbino pg. elbow disorders in throwing athletes. orthop clin n am 2003; 34: 417-26. 4. myers p, o’brien bs. cricket injuries, rehabilitation and training. sports med arthroscopy rev 2001; 9: 124-36. 5. werner sl, murray ta, hawkins rj, gill tj. relationship between throwing mechanics and elbow valgus in professional baseball pitchers. j shoulder elbow surg 2002; 11: 151-5. 6. wilson fd, andrews jr, blackburn ta, mccluskey g. valgus extension overload in the pitching elbow. am j sports med 1983; 11: 83-8. 120 sajsm vol 20 no. 4 2008 fig. 2. mri showing fluid inside the joint, osteophyte formation and signal change in the olecranon. fig. 2. mri scan showing fluid inside the joint, osteophyte formation and signal change in the olecranon. (a) (b) fig. 1a and 1b. osteophyte formation at the tip of the olecranon and lip of coronoid. fig. 1a and 1b. osteophyte formation at the tip of the olecranon and tip of the coronoid. a b introduction research on heat storage differences between the upper body and lower body for paraplegic athletes is sparse. however, a few studies have reported heat storage when evaluating the effectiveness of various cooling interventions. webborn et al. 1 examined the effects of two cooling strategies (pre-cooling and cooling during exercise) on thermoregulatory responses of tetraplegic athletes. the authors, using a repeated measures design, examined two strategies during 28 minutes of intermittent arm crank exercise. the authors reported no difference (p=0.39) in heat storage between a control trial (3.62±0.4 j.g -1 ) and either intervention during pre-cooling (4.17±0.4 j.g -1 ) and cooling during exercise (3.15±0.35 j.g -1 ). price and campbell 2 examined upperv. lower-body skin temperature in paraplegic athletes. results from arm ergometry exercise indicated that paraplegic athletes (v. able-bodied athletes), showed lower skin temperatures for the lower body after 90 minutes of work at 80% of peak heart rate (hr) in room temperature . however, upper-body skin temperature was also lower for the paraplegic group v. the able-bodied group. the authors speculated that this could be due to atrophied musculature and/or an atrophied vascular system below the level of lesion. 2 unfortunately no information was provided on rectal or oesophageal temperatures (two accepted measures of core body temperature), so heat storage cannot be calculated for the upper-body and lower-body regions. furthermore, no effort was made to match groups for fitness. in general, paraplegics seem to adequately regulate body core temperature at rest; however, they show a greater increase in core temperature when compared with able-bodied (ab) subjects during exercise and/or working conditions work. 3 furthermore, it has been demonstrated that individuals with a t6 (thoracic) lesion and below are subjected to smaller increases in core temperature than those individuals with a lesion above t6. these individuals, in turn, demonstrate smaller increases than those with tetraplegia (cervical lesions). 4 individuals with a spinal cord injury at or above t6 are prone to episodes of autonomic hyperreflexia when exposed to incompensable stimuli. these responses have been well documented by jacobs and nash, 5 who further suggest that a common stimulus amongst others is a sudden rise in core temperature. there seems to be a lack of knowledge regarding heat storage differences between upper-body (hs upper) and lower-body (hs lower) regions over the period of an exercise bout, particularly in spinal cord injured athletes (sci) athletes. understanding the heat storage of sci athletes will illuminate both the thermal physiology as well as the circulatory function of this group. furthermore, enhancing the knowledge of thermal physiology within this cohort could aid in the development of more effective cooling interventions. for example, original research heat storage in upper and lower body during high-intensity exercise in athletes with spinal cord injuries abstract background: the thermophysiology of athletes with spinal cord injuries (sci) is not well understood. spinal cord lesions impact muscle mass, thermoregulatory neural signals and circulatory function. understanding sci thermoregulation physiology would benefit exercise function. therefore, this study was designed to describe heat storage in the upper and lower bodies of sci and able-bodied (ab) athletes. procedure: seven sci and 8 ab athletes (matched for armcrank vo2 peak) performed a ramp protocol in an environment similar to an indoor competitive environment (21˚c±1.5˚c, 55±3% relative humidity). results: sci athletes experienced similar upper-body heat storage of 0.82±0.59 j.g -1 and lower-body heat storage of 0.47±0.33 j.g -1 compared with that of ab athletes at 0.80±0.61 j.g -1 and 0.27±0.22 j.g -1 for upper and lower body, respectively. there were no significant differences between groups for rectal temperature (trec) or oesophageal temperature (tes). however, mean skin temperature (msk) was significantly higher for sci throughout the exercise bout (p=0.006). conclusions: the results of this study suggest that sci and ab athletes appear to thermoregulate in a similar manner, though sci tend to store slightly more heat. correspondence: r c pritchett department health human performance and nutrition central washington university 400 east university way ellensburg, wa, 98926 tel: 509-963-1338 fax: 509-963-1848 e-mail: pritcher@cwu.edu robert c pritchett (phd)1 james m green (phd, facsm)3 kelly l pritchett (phd, rd, cssd)1 phillip bishop (phd)2 1 department of health, human performance and nutrition, central washington university, ellensburg 2 department of kinesiology, university of alabama, tuscaloosa 3 department of health, physical education and recreation, university of north alabama, florence sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 9 the lower skin temperatures in sci participants reported by price et al. 6 may reflect a higher core temperature and reduced cutaneous vasodilatation, suggesting less effectiveness of skin cooling. a reduction in skin cooling has recently been noted by pritchett et al., 7 where the authors highlighted a decrease in sweat response among participants with sci, which led to a decreased ability to thermoregulate. this study therefore proposes to describe the heat storage dynamics over the course of a ~35-minute graded exercise bout under simulated gymnasium playing conditions (20˚c±1˚c; 45 65±0.1% relative humidity) in both sci and ab participants. method participants fifteen volunteers gave their informed consent to participate in this investigation, which had received approval by the university of alabama institutional review committee. the group was comprised of 7 paraplegic athletes (sci) and 8 ab upper-body trained athletes (see table i). ab athletes were wheelchair basketball team members absent of sci (n=4), and the remainder (n=4) were from the university swimming team. based on an alpha level of 0.05 an effect size of 1.0, a sd of 0.5 jxg -1 for heat storage, and a power of 0.80, an a priori power analysis indicated 7 subjects would be needed. 8 exercise tests participants visited the laboratory on two separate occasions. on the first occasion, volunteers performed an incremental arm-crank exercise (ace) test to determine vo2 peak with gas exchange indices collected using a vacumed vista mini cpx metabolic measurement system (vacumed, vista, ca). this involved two 5-minute submaximal exercise stages of arm-crank exercise (30 w and 50 w) separated by 1 minute of passive recovery. 9 once the two submaximal ace stages and a rest stage had been completed, volunteers exercised to volitional exhaustion at a ramp rate of 20 w every 2 minutes from an initial level of 110 w. all tests were conducted on a cycle ergometer (monark 850e, varberg, sweden) adapted for upper-body exercise. participants were instructed to maintain at least 50 rev. min -1 throughout the test. for the second laboratory visit the exercise test consisted of multiple stages, beginning at a workload of 35 w. resistance of each stage was held constant for 7 minutes. at the end of each stage, participants had a 1-minute passive recovery. the workload of each stage increased by 35 w, until such time that heat production exceeded heat dissipation as evidenced by a sudden increase in the time-slope of the tes. the increase in tes was identified as critical when it was greater than 0.2˚c -1 per minute. 10 temperature measures were conducted during the second laboratory visit only. temperature measures on arrival at the laboratory for the incremental test, thermocouples (physitemp instruments inc., clifton, nj, usa) were positioned for measurement of rectal (trec) and oesophageal temperatures (tes). the oesophageal thermocouple was inserted with the following procedure. the inside of the nose of the subject was swabbed with a mild anaesthetic jelly (7.5% benzocaine), and a light covering of jelly was also placed on the distal end of the thermistor. a single spray of a topical anaesthetic (cetacaine, 14% benzocaine, cetylite ind., pennsauken, nj usa) was sprayed on the back of the throat. after 2 minutes, the volunteers advanced the oesophageal probe through the nose and to the pharynx. at this point the probe was withdrawn slightly, and the volunteer was then requested to drink water through a right-angle straw and at the same time the probe was advanced into the oesophagus to a length of one-fourth of the volunteer’s supine height and then taped to the nose and across the shoulder. 11 a flexible rectal thermocouple (trec) probe was self-inserted ~8 cm beyond the anal sphincter. the rectal probe was securely taped, and 10 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 table i. anthropometric and physiological measurements (means±sd) for able-bodied (ab) and spinal cord injured (sci) participants (level of lesion and completeness of injury presented for sci) sci (n=7) ab (n=8) subject age height (cm) weight (kg) injury level vo2 peak l.min -1 body fat (%) subject age height (cm) weight (kg) vo2 peak l.min -1 body fat (%) 1 23 170 60.0 t12/l1 2.06 25 1 21 185 73.0 3.20 14 2 31 174 44.5 t5 complete 2.02 36 2 29 179 77.0 2.90 12 3 23 189 65.8 t11 complete 2.89 10 3 23 198 93.0 4.10 16 4 19 174 57.0 t12 complete 1.95 12 4 28 165 70.0 2.38 23 5 26 172 54.4 t6 incomplete 2.93 13 5 23 152 69.0 1.98 32 6 20 157 44.4 t3 complete 1.81 18 6 38 155 64.0 2.04 20 7 26 176 51.0 t11 complete 2.60 27 7 24 160 66.0 2.50 25 8 38 153 48.0 1.90 13 mean ± 24 173 53.9* 2.3 20 28 168 70.0 2.60 19 sd 4 9 7.9 0.5 10 7 17 12.7 0.80 7 * sci significantly different to ab (p<0.05). the thermocouple wire was passed over the back of the wheelchair to minimise interference with arm cranking. skin temperature (tsk) was continuously monitored from thermocouples placed at the following sites: forehead, forearm, upper arm, back, chest, thigh and calf. thermocouples were attached to the skin using adhesive tape, cut around the head of the thermocouple, which held thermocouples in place without adding insulation. heat storage was calculated from the formula by havenith et al. 12 heat storage for the upper-body region was calculated using ∆tes and ∆tsk by tabulating the weighted mean skin temperature between forearm (20%), back (40%) and chest (40%). lower-body heat storage was calculated using ∆trec and ∆tsk, which was calculated using the mean skin temperature (thigh 70% and calf 30%) from the formula of ramanathan. 13 heat storage for each region was calculated where: heat storage = (0.8∆ trec or tes + 0.2∆ tskin) x cb, where cb is the specific heat capacity of body tissue (3.49j x g -1 x ˚c -1 ). statistical analysis heat storage for the upper body (hsupper) and heat storage for the lower body (hslower) were compared using paired t-tests. level of significance was set at alpha≤0.05. a one-way analysis of variance was used to compare the difference between sci athletes and matched ab athletes. furthermore, to allow for a depletion of subjects due to differentiated termination time, a harmonic mean was calculated and analysis over time using a repeated measures anova with a bonferroni post hoc test employed where necessary. results descriptive statistics (means and standard deviations) for sci and ab are presented in table i. there was no difference in absolute vo2 peak, stature and age. however, body mass was significantly different between groups (p=0.03). ab athletes were matched to sci athletes based on activity status, vo2 peak, with 3 of the 8 ab being active participants in college wheelchair basketball. thermoregulatory responses during exercise for sci and ab were compared and presented graphically. there was no significant difference (p=0.06) in tes between sci (38.0±0.2˚c) and ab (37.6±0.4˚c) (fig. 1). however, it was noted that there was a greater increase in tes for sci within the last two stages of the exercise bout. trec (fig. 2) for both groups were similar with no statistical difference between groups (p>0.05). figures are reported with the sample size, as the increasing intensity lead to a depleted sample size as individual termination points were reached. one subject (t3 lesion level) completed two stages, and was matched with an ab subject that completed two stages. only two subjects could not complete the final stage (90 w). data are presented for all stages that more than 70% of the subjects completed. analysis of variance indicated that mean skin temperature for the lower body (msk) (fig. 4) for sci subjects was significantly higher than for ab throughout the exercise bout (p=0.006). however, mean skin temperature for the upper body (fig. 3) was significantly different than for the first (30 w) stage (sci: 35.2±0.9˚c, ab: 33.4±0.8˚c) and second stage (50 w) (sci: 33.4±0.9˚c, ab: 33.7±1.0˚c). however, for the last two stages, there were no significant differences detected between groups. there was no significant difference observed between upper body and lower body for heat storage between sci and ab athletes (p=0.38, fig. 5). furthermore, it is interesting to note that there was a significant difference observed between hsupper and hslower body for sci (0.82±0.59 j.g -1 and 0.47±0.33 j.g -1 ) (p=0.04) and also for ab (0.80±0.61 j.g -1 and 0.27±0.22 j.g -1 ) (p=0.03). heat storage for sci and ab per stage for both upper and lower body are presented in figs 6 a and b, respectively. there was no significant difference for hs between stages for either group. discussion the current study was undertaken in a common mild environment (simulation of a typical wheelchair basketball playing environment) under exercise conditions that were intended to simulate the duration and intensity of a typical competition half. our intent was to maintain high ecological validity throughout the investigation in order to make the results of this study inferable to an active sci population parsajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 11 fig. 1. 35.5 36 36.5 37 37.5 38 38.5 t es ( °c ) stages (watt) sci ab 90705030 ab: n=8 sci: n=7 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=5 fig. 1. oesophageal temperature (tes) for sci and ab athletes during incremental exercise for arm-crank ergometry. sample size (n) is given for each stage that was completed. fig. 2. rectal temperature (trec) for sci wheelchair athletes and ab controls during incremental exercise for arm-crank ergometry. sample size (n) is given for each stage that was accomplished. fig. 2. 36.6 36.8 37.0 37.2 37.4 37.6 37.8 38.0 38.2 t re c (° c ) stages (watt) sci ab 30 50 70 90 ab: n=8 sci: n=7 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=5 fig. 3. upper body mean skin temperatures (msk-upper) for sci wheelchair athletes and ab controls during incremental exercise for arm-crank ergometry. sample size (n) is given for each stage that was accomplished. fig. 3. 30.0 31.0 32.0 33.0 34.0 35.0 36.0 37.0 stages (watts) t em p er at u re ( c ) sci ab 30 50 70 90 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=5 ab: n=8 sci: n=7 * * 12 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 taking in wheelchair sports. it has been stated that individuals with sci have a compromised ability to thermoregulate, which can lead to magnified risk of thermal injury. 14 the purpose of this paper was to add to the understanding of the thermophysiology of heat storage in sci athletes. all subjects were matched based on fitness. three ab subjects had experienced training identical to the sci group participating on the same wheelchair basketball team and swimming teams (absolute vo2 peak is presented in table i). buresh et al. 15 suggested body mass and heat storage in ab athletes are significantly correlated. however, it is difficult to match these two populations (sci and ab) for body mass. as heat storage is a composite of both core temperature and skin temperature changes, for this study heat storage was compared between upper and lower body. there were lower heat storage values for the lower body compared with the upper body for both groups. however, there was no significant difference between groups. reduced heat storage for the lower body might have been due to the lack of muscular contraction in the lower body. therefore, there was little metabolic heat production. hslower was comprised of trec and msk (calf and thigh). there was no significant difference in the change in trec between the sci and ab groups. this could account for little differences detected between the two populations. both groups also demonstrated little difference for hsupper. greater hs for the upper body observed for both groups might have been due to the nature of the exercise mode. it could also be speculated that due to the sci athletes having a greater sweat response above their level of lesion. it has been demonstrated that at rest sci athletes have warmer skin temperature, which enables an earlier onset of sweating, and therefore earlier skin cooling when compared with ab athletes. 16 this upper-body adaptation to an impaired thermoregulatory ability might help compensate for the lower body inability to dissipate stored heat. msk temperature (fig. 3) for the upper body was higher than the lower-body skin temperature in sci. also, sci experienced higher mean skin temperature in both the upper and lower body than did the ab. this is in accordance with fitzgerald et al., 17 who noted that volunteers with sci who performed prolonged exercise at 24 25˚c experienced an increase of ~0.7˚c (in core temperature). it was suggested that the increase in msk was due to heat being generated from the working muscles, which was then transferred to the skin. heat from the insensate skin would not be able to be dissipated, thus this would result in an increase in skin temperature. one of the more extensively compiled research composites is that of sweat response between ab and sci individuals and between different levels of sci. 3,4,18 a reduction in whole-body sweating leads to greater increase in core temperature at rest, and a greater drive for sweating for a given environmental temperature. 19,20 the current investigation reported slightly elevated tes for sci athletes initially (37.1±0.4˚c) compared with ab (36.9±0.2˚c). similar responses were recorded for trec (sci = 37.2±0.5˚c and ab = 37.4±0.3˚c). however, it could be noted that the fluctuation in tes and trec could quite possibly be due to circadian variation or day-to-day variations. trec was late to increase in the sci athletes, only showing increase in the last two stages. this could possibly be due to a lag time experienced in trec measures, where rectal temperature measures have been shown to respond more slowly. 11 fig. 4. lower body mean skin temperature (msk-lower) for sci wheelchair athletes and ab controls during incremental exercise for arm-crank ergometry. sample size (n) is given for each stage that was accomplished. fig. 4. 29.0 30.0 31.0 32.0 33.0 34.0 35.0 36.0 37.0 30 50 70 90 stages (watt) t em p er at u re ( c ) sci ab ab: n=8 sci: n=7 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=5 fig. 3. 30.0 31.0 32.0 33.0 34.0 35.0 36.0 37.0 stages (watts) t em p er at u re ( c ) sci ab 30 50 70 90 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=6 ab: n=7 sci: n=5 ab: n=8 sci: n=7 * * fig. 5. mean heat storage for sci wheelchair athletes and ab controls during incremental exercise for arm-crank ergometry. *sci hsupper significantly greater than hslower (p<0.05) **ab hsupper significantly greater than hslower (p<0.05) fig. 6. heat storage per stage for sci wheelchair athletes (a) and ab controls (b) during incremental exercise for arm-crank ergometry. sample size (n) of athletes that completed the stage. fig. 6. 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 30 50 70 90 stages (watts) jx g -1 hsupper hslower n=7 n=6 n=6 n=5 a 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 30 50 70 90 stages (watts) jx g -1 upper lower n=8 n=7 n=7 n=7 b j. g1 j. g1 fig. 6. 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 30 50 70 90 stages (watts) jx g -1 hsupper hslower n=7 n=6 n=6 n=5 a 0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 30 50 70 90 stages (watts) jx g -1 upper lower n=8 n=7 n=7 n=7 b sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 13 conclusion in summary, the current study examined the heat storage response during upper-body high-intensity exercise. results of this study suggest sci and ab athletes were similar with respect to thermoregulation during arm cranking. sci athletes tended to store slightly more heat in the lower body than ab athletes. both groups also demonstrated little difference for heat storage in the upper body. similarly, there was no significant difference observed for lower-body heat storage values. in a simulated gymnasium temperature environment it appears the matched groups demonstrated few meaningful differences in the current paradigm. future research should look at more sophisticated observation of heat transfer like thermography to better understand the dynamics of stored heat within this population during high-intensity activity. references 1. webborn n, price mj, castle pc, goosey-tolfrey vl. effects of two cooling strategies on thermoregulatory responses of tetraplegic athletes during repeated intermittent exercise in the heat. j appl phyiol 2005;98:2101-2107. 2. price mj, campbell ig. thermoregulatory responses of paraplegic and able-bodied athletes at rest, during exercise and into recovery. eur j appl physiol 1997;76:552-560. 3. price mj. thermoregulation during exercise in individuals with spinal cord injuries. sports med 2006;36(10):863-879. 4. guttman wl, silver j, wyndham ch. thermoregulation in spinal man. j physiol 1958;142:406-419. 5. jacobs pl, nash ms. exercise recommendations for individuals with spinal cord injury. sports med 2004;34(11):727-751. 6. price mj, campbell ig. thermoregulatory and physiological responses of wheelchair athletes to prolonged arm crank ergometry. inter j sports med, 1999;20:457-463. 7. pritchett rc, bishop pa, green jm, richardson m, zhang y, kerr kl. evaluation of artificial sweat in athletes with spinal cord injuries. eur j appl physiol 2010;109(1):125-131. 8. lenth rv. java applets for power and sample size [computer software]. http://www.stat.uiowa.edu/~rlenth/power (accessed 17 november 2006). 9. price mj, campbell ig. thermoregulatory responses of able bodied, upper body trained athletes to prolonged arm crank exercise in cool and hot conditions. j sports sci 2002;20:519-527. 10. o’conner dj, barnard te. continuing the search for wbgt clothing adjustment factors. appl occ env hygiene 1999;14:119-125. 11. gass gc, camp en, nadel er, et al. rectal and rectal vs. esophageal temperatures in paraplegic men during prolonged exercise. j appl physiol 1988;64(6):2265-2271. 12. havenith g, inoue y, luttikholg b, et al. age predicts cardiovascular, but not thermoregulatory, responses to humid heat stress. eur j appl physiol 1995;70:88-96. 13. ramanathan nl. a new weightings system for mean surface temperature of the human body. j appl physiol 1964;19:531-533. 14. bhambhan, y. physiology of wheelchair racing in athletes with spinal cord injury. sports med 2002:32;23-51. 15. buresh r, berg d, noble j. heat production and storage are positively correlated with measures of body size/composition and heart rate drift during vigorous running. res quart exerc sport 2005;76(3):267-275. 16. van beaumont, bullard rw. sweating: its rapid response to muscular work. sci 1963:141;643-646. 17. fitzgerald pi, sedlock da, knowlton rg. circulatory and thermal adjustments to prolonged exercise in paraplegic women. med sci sports exerc 1990;22:629-635. 18. hopman mte, van asten wn, oesburg b. blood flow changes below and above the spinal cord lesion during arm exercise in individuals with paraplegia. eur j appl physiol 1994:69;s26. 19. huckaba ce, frewin db, downey ja, tam, h-s, darling, rc, cheh hy. sweating responses of normal, paraplegic and anhidrotic subjects. arch phys med rehab 1976;57:268-274. 20. tam hs, darling rc, cheh hy, downey, aj. sweating response: a means of evaluating a set-point theory during exercise. j appl physiol 1978;45(3):451-458. introduction over the past two decades there have been significant changes in employer attitudes towards promotion of workplace health, wellness and physical fitness. 4 there is much evidence to support the economic and other benefits of worksite wellness programmes. 1,2,26,30 the benefits of these programmes include, among other spin-offs, improved productivity and worker morale, and reduction in absenteeism and staff turnover. the prevalence of chronic diseases in the workplace has escalated to a large extent as a result of poor lifestyle habits. 10,27,29 to effectively intervene, knowledge of lifestyle and factors affecting health must be known, e.g. physical activity levels, risk factors for chronic diseases, nutritional patterns and levels of stress. the monitoring of activity levels and total energy expenditure (tee) of daily activities has become more important in order to have an impact on chronic disease prevention and management.18 physical activity measurement is not only health promotional in that it creates awareness for individuals involved in exercise programmes, but is also prescriptive in terms of quantifying the required exercise ‘dose’.13 physical activity is therefore one of the cornerstones of any lifestyle management programme; however, the measurement of energy expenditure and physical activity levels has not always being accurate or objective. such measurement has become much easier with a recently developed device for the assessment of tee and physical activity levels (body media sensewear pro armband®). the accuracy of the device has been confirmed and corroborated by jakicic et al.16 and malavolti et al.21,22 with advances in the standardisation of surveillance methodology and the introduction of more objective measures of physical activity energy expenditure and inactivity,36 the relationships between physical activity, inactivity, fitness and the prevalence of chronic diseases have become better understood.5,6,9,35 the study presented here was designed to accurately measure the components of, and contributors to, daily energy expenditure in a cohort of corporate white-collar workers who had previously been original research article energy expenditure in office workers with identified health risks abstract objective. to measure the daily energy expenditure in employees previously identified as having ≥2 risk factors for chronic disease, and to identify potential risk-reducing interventions for implementation within or outside the workplace. design. a total of 122 employees with ≥2 risk factors for chronic disease identified in an in-house screening programme were invited to participate in a 6-month health management programme. physical assessments included anthropometric measurements, blood pressure, blood glucose and cholesterol estimations, and bicycle ergometry. participants were invited to wear a ‘metabolic armband’ (body media sensewear pro armband®) for 6 days. metabolic measures included active and total energy expenditure (aee, tee), and daily met levels (metabolic equivalents expressed as kcal/kg/hour). differences were explored between genders, and relationships sought between energy expenditure, lifestyle and anthropometric data. setting. a corporate working environment. all measures and assessments were carried out in the in-house fitness facility. interventions. the health management programme involved physical assessments and personalised weight and activity management plans. main outcome measures. tee per day, duration and quantification of physical activity, mets, aee, number of steps per day and body position recording. relationships were explored between the latter and anthropometric measures such as body mass index (bmi) and percentage body fat. result. altogether 53 (43%) of the eligible subjects volunteered for the 6-month programme and 49 enrolled for the metabolic armband study. the males were more active than the females, but both had bmi and body fat estimates that categorised them as overweight to obese. mets and aee were positively correlated with duration of exercise rather than intensity, and negatively correlated with bmi. in a stepwise regression analysis for the total group 77% of the variance in met levels was accounted for correspondence: professor y coopoo medical school wits 2050 e-mail: yoga.coopoo@wits.ac.za mobile: 083 415 7466 yoganathan coopoo (d phil, facsm) demitri constantinou (mb bch, bsc med hons, ffims) alan d rothberg (mb bch, fcpaed, phd) centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg by per cent body fat and steps per day. multivariate analysis by gender (with per cent body fat as the dependent variable) suggested that males would have to increase the duration of vigorous exercise in order to reduce body fat, while females would benefit from sitting less, sleeping more, and increasing the duration of moderate exercise. conclusion and clinical relevance. in a self-selected sample involving motivated individuals, the sensewear® armband provided information that would be useful in directing further research in women, focusing on sleeping pattern and moderately increasing activity levels. 40 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg40-48.indd 40 8/11/08 8:49:18 am assessed as having ≥2 risk factors for chronic disease by means of an in-house risk assessment process. the employer had expressed an interest in knowing how many at-risk employees would act on the information, and the researchers had an interest in utilising the information gained from a range of assessments in order to develop innovative health and wellness interventions for implementation within and/or outside the workplace. methods this study was part of a larger study in which 122 ‘at-risk’ employees of a medium-sized corporate entity in the financial services sector were invited to participate in a 6-month programme that involved physical assessments and personalised weight and activity management plans. these employees were a sub-set of a group of 621 that had previously participated in an in-house health and wellness assessment that was mainly based on medical and lifestyle history (e.g. hypertension, diabetes, hyperlipidaemia, cigarette smoking, alcohol consumption, poor diet and psychosocial stress). all of the 122 invitees had ≥2 risk factors. those who chose to participate underwent basic physical and medical assessment (height, weight, blood pressure, blood glucose and cholesterol, bicycle ergometry), and a number of anthropometric assessments. skinfold thickness (triceps, supra-iliac and mid-thigh) was measured to the nearest millimetre using the lange skinfold calliper and results were utilised to calculate percentage body fat.14 waist and hip circumferences were measured using a plastic dressmaker’s tape20 and the waist-to-hip ratio was calculated. the body mass index (bmi) was calculated using the measurements of height and weight according to the bray formula.7 predicted maximum oxygen uptake (vo2max) was estimated using the ymca protocol.11 standardised testing procedures were followed as defined in the american college of sports medicine (acsm) guidelines.3 all participants were asked to consider wearing a body media sensewear pro armband® to supplement and complement the other measures. this device was used to measure tee and its parameters, and was worn on the triceps of the right arm for an average of 18 hours per day for a period of 6 days. the multi-sensor armband is worn continuously for a defined period of time in order to quantify metabolic physical activity and calculate energy expenditure in free-living individuals. physiological body signals are gathered from five sensors (for measurement of skin temperature, near body temperature/heat flux, galvanic skin resistance, and accelerometry). sophisticated software accumulates and translates the data into energy expenditure and activity-recognition patterns in order to calculate energy consumption based on predetermined algorithms. parameters measured and calculated by the device include total (daily) energy expenditure (expended kilocalories), duration and quantification of physical activity, mets (metabolic equivalents expressed as kcal/kg/hour), active energy expenditure (aee), number of steps per day, body position recording, i.e. standing, sitting v. supine and sleeping.21 by convention, the physical activity levels were set to record above the sedentary threshold (3.0 mets) which is equivalent to a light moderate walk. the sedentary classification was between 0 and 3 mets, while at the other extreme, the vigorous and very vigorous mets classifications were at 6 9 and >9 mets respectively. descriptive and inferential statistical methods mere used to analyse the data within and between genders. variances were shown by the calculation of the means and standard deviations. relationships were determined using multivariate analyses. statistical significance was set at p≤0.05. all analyses were performed using the texasoft sda version 6 professional edition package. the study was approved by the institutional committee for research on human subjects. all subjects signed informed consent. results only 53 (43%) of the 122 employees with identified health risks signed consent to participate in the 6-month project. unfortunately table i. morphological characteristics of the group (n=49) parameters females males difference mean(sd) mean(sd) (p values) n=35 n=14 age (yrs) 33.3(6.3) 30.7(3.5) 0.07 mass (kg) 78.6(22.4) 84.8(15.8) 0.28 height (cm) 162(6) 178(7) <0.0001 bmi (m 2 /kg) 29.4(7.3) 27.1(4.2) 0.16 waist (cm) 83.9(14.9) 89.9(11.3) 0.13 hip (cm) 110.2(15.1) 101.2(7.9) <0.01 waist:hip ratio 0.76(0.08) 0.88(0.1) <0.01 % body fat 28.9(8.5) 19.4(8.4) 0.002 table ii. daily metabolic and activity characteristics of the group (n=49) females males difference mean(sd) mean(sd) (p values) n=35 n=14 total energy expenditure (kcal/day) 1 974(271) 2 552(581) 0.003 mets (kcal.kg -1 .hr -1 ) 1.37(0.5) 1.64(0.5) 0.10 active energy expenditure (kcal/day) 364(243) 704(405) <0.01 physical activity duration (min) 69(49) 101(61) 0.1 moderate exercise (min) (3 6 mets) 62(40.4) 92(47) 0.045 vigorous exercise (min) (6 9 mets) 8.4(6.4) 15.1(13.9) 0.1 very vigorous exercise (min) (≥9 mets) 4.9(5.5) 8.5(7.8) 0.13 predicted vo2max (ml.kg -1 .min -1 ) 22(6.6) 35(11.7) <0.001 steps (no.) 5 914(2 058) 8 141(3 200) 0.03 sedentary (min) 1 054(126) 1 147(389) 0.9 sleeping (min) 331(82) 292(61) 0.08 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 41 pg40-48.indd 41 8/11/08 8:49:18 am the employer resisted efforts to obtain information from those who declined the invitation to participate, but it is likely that the nonparticipants included some employees who had elected to pursue health-promoting activities outside the workplace, as well as others who had chosen to ignore their assessed risk status. forty-nine of the 53 volunteered to wear the armbands, and this component was carried out during the first few weeks of the overall study. as such it is likely that participants’ enthusiasm for the project and motivational levels were still high. thirty-five subjects were female and 14 male. table i represents the morphological characteristics of the participants. men were significantly taller than women, had narrower hips, lower percentage body fat and higher waist:hip ratios than women. these findings are in line with expected differences between genders; however, it should be noted that average bmi and percentage body fat were in the overweight range for men and bordering on obese for women.12 the metabolic and activity characteristics of the study population are shown in table ii, and again the results are largely as expected. women expended less energy than men (walked and exercised less), and as a consequence thereof demonstrated significantly lower tee, aee and predicted vo2 max. most likely because of the relatively small sample size, the inter-gender difference in mets did not reach significance. differences in vigorous and very vigorous exercise were also not significant because of the relatively small number of subjects in both groups who engaged in the higher levels of exercise. table iii shows that for the total group, aee and/or mets correlate best with duration of exercise in this study, not with intensity, potentially an important point in devising strategies for further intervention. results also showed an inverse relationship between bmi and both duration of physical activity and aee. the latter correlations introduce the question of cause and effect, i.e. do overweight subjects exercise less and consequently have lower measures of activity, or is a higher bmi simply the result of less physical activity? in a stepwise regression analysis for the total group, 77% of the variance in met levels was accounted for by percentage body fat (p<0.001) and the number of steps taken daily (p<0.006), with none of the other parameters reaching statistical significance. further analysis was then mainly directed towards interrogating relationships with the percentage of body fat. in females, 70% of the variance in percentage body fat was accounted for by moderate exercise (p<0.001), time spent sitting down (p<0.049), and time spent sleeping (p<0.001). notably, the latter correlation was negative, i.e. the less time spent sleeping, the higher the percentage body fat. the same analysis in the group of males showed only a significant relationship between very vigorous exercise and percentage body fat (accounting for 56% of the variance). discussion the first point to be noted is the at-risk employees’ relatively low uptake of the offer to pursue the finding that they were candidates for long-term consequences of medical or lifestyle diseases. as already stated, the employer was reluctant to permit further interrogation of this point, so it is not clear how many of the non-responders had actually taken note of their risk status and how many had chosen to ignore it. as for the employees who chose to take action on the basis of their risk status, one must accept that they represent a small and biased sample, and any recommendations that are made can therefore only apply to and be tested on similar subjects. noting this fact, both males and females in this study had bmi and percentage body fat values that were categorised as overweight, with the females’ scores bordering on obesity (29.4±7.3). in a classification of disease risk based on bmi (25.0-29.9), both sexes in this study are at increased risk for chronic conditions such as diabetes, hypertension, and cardiovascular disease.17 overweight women carry greater risk for cardiovascular disease than those with normal body mass indices.32 pedesen has indicated that chronic disease and premature mortality are not only related to obesity, but also to physical inactivity.25 it is therefore also important to explore activity and energy relationships, because regular physical activity has healthpromoting effects that go beyond the effects on weight control. in an at-risk group such as the one in this study, development of an exercise and/or lifestyle intervention programme may retard or reduce the risk of long-term consequences.23,24,33 the ability to accurately measure energy expenditure in free-living individuals is always a challenge; however, with the introduction of the sensewear® armband, which is a non-invasive device that accurately captures physiological body signals, data can subsequently be downloaded to provide information on lifestyle, physical activity patterns, and movement and sleep profiles. the current study measured tee, aee, mets, number of steps per day, physical activity intensity and duration, and time spent sitting and lying/sleeping. results showed that tee was significantly higher in males (2 552 kcal/day) compared with females (1 974 kcal/day). resting metabolic rate represents the amount of energy expended under resting conditions and typically accounts for about 60 70% of tee.18 the thermic effect of food represents ±10% of tee, while the physical activity energy expended forms the third component of tee.18 this latter component is most variable, as individuals choose to be active or not. the resulting effect of physical activity may therefore be small or can contribute significantly towards tee.18,28 in the present study aee represented 18.4% of tee in females and 27.6% in males (p<0.001), with the difference coming mainly from the greater number of steps taken by males per day (8 141 v. 5 914) and the greater duration of moderate exercise (92 v. 62 minutes/day). these latter figures for daily exercise are relatively high, perhaps explained by the fact that we were measuring during the early part of the project while gym attendance and adherence to the programme were at optimal levels. the average sedentary person expends between 300 and 800 calories per day in physical activity from informal, unplanned types of movement to more structured exercise programmes. this may vary from person to person and according to differences in body mass. jakicic et al.15 indicated that increasing exercise duration to 200 300 minutes per week facilitates long-term maintenance of weight loss. the acsm and the american heart association (aha) have recently revised the exercise guidelines for optimal health, concluding that exercise should be done at a moderate to high intensity for 3 5 days of the week in order to derive greatest benefit.12 in this study the intensity of activity was lower in females as compared with males, and active energy expenditure and mets correlated better with duration of exercise than with intensity. mets are calculated and averaged over a 24-hour period as an index of an individual’s metabolic ‘intensity’, i.e. whether the person is moderately active or lives life at a slow pace. in the present study the met levels for men and women were 1.64 and 1.37 kcal/kg/ h respectively. lifestyles with met levels between 1.0 and 1.5 are considered to be predominantly sedentary, while values ranging table iii. correlations between active energy expenditure, mets, physical activity duration and body mass index correlations r 2 p value active energy expenditure/mets v. 0.94/0.85 <0.0001 physical activity duration active energy expenditure v. body mass index -0.58 <0.0001 physical activity duration v. body mass index -0.71 <0.0001 42 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg40-48.indd 42 8/11/08 8:49:19 am between 1.51 and 2.0 are typically regarded as representing light to moderate activity.18 it would appear that the activity of the females in this study should be increased in intensity to at least moderate levels, thereby affording greater physiological benefits. the predicted oxygen consumption (vo2max) for females further illustrates that the intensity of physical activity is low for the females (22 ml/kg/min) as compared with the males (35 ml/kg/min). results also showed an inverse relationship between bmi and both duration of physical activity and aee. as already stated, the latter correlations lead one to at least consider the question of what is cause and what is effect, i.e. do overweight subjects exercise less and consequently have lower measures of activity, or is a higher bmi simply the result of less physical activity? jakicic et al. believe that it is important to know how much exercise is required to retard unhealthy weight gain in adults.17 observational evidence shows that in order to prevent weight gain, physical activity must be moderate to vigorous in intensity, and this intensity will also confer an increased fitness.12,16 the body of evidence therefore appears to support the notion that the bmi follows the level of activity, rather than the converse and, in fact, in attempts to motivate participants to lose weight in this particular study, discussions took place at personal and group level that were focused on the usual triad of eating less, a healthier diet, and more physical activity. factors determining met levels were interrogated for males and females, and analysis showed that percentage body fat was significantly correlated. for males in this study it appeared that body fat would respond best to vigorous exercise, but it should be noted that the males were already at moderate levels of activity, so this result is as expected. for females, however, there was an inverse relationship between body fat and increasing levels of activity and/or reduction of inactivity (spending less time sitting, sleeping more and increasing the amount or duration of moderate exercise). telford (2007) believes that physical activity and cardiorespiratory fitness may improve energy balance and prevent obesity, reducing risk for chronic disease.34 it has been further shown that regular exercise induces favourable metabolic changes in muscle and adipose tissue, thereby promoting the use of fat for energy as opposed to storing it.18 in terms of the finding of the inverse relationship between percentage of body fat and time spent sleeping, females in this study slept for an average of 5½ hours per 24 hours. a recent study by chaput et al. proposed an optimal relationship between sleep duration and regulation of body weight, with the ideal sleep duration around 7 8 hours. 8 the researchers noted that short sleep duration predicts an increased risk of being overweight or obese, and that this is related to reduced circulating leptin levels relative to what is predicted by fat mass. sleep duration is a modifiable risk factor, hence these findings may be of importance to the clinical management and treatment of obesity. ko et al. (2007) would likely concur since they showed an association between obesity, reduced sleeping hours (and long working hours) in chinese workers.19 while the body of evidence is accumulating in favour of this counter-intuitive finding, more research is probably required in order to determine the mechanisms responsible for this clinical phenomenon and the role of sleep management in the treatment of overweight and obesity. meanwhile it is the intention of the researchers involved in the study presented here to follow up with an intervention that is targeted at overweight females and based on the results presented above. the intervention will focus less on modification of diet, and more on sitting less each day, walking more, and either going to bed earlier or waking later each day. conclusion as with many corporate health and wellness programmes, many employees with risk factors for chronic disease do not avail themselves of remedial opportunities. in this study, participants whose physical, metabolic and activity parameters were measured were shown to be in the overweight to obese range. men were more active than women. a potentially exciting weight reduction intervention was identified for women that would involve a moderate increase in activity and slight increase in the duration of sleep per night. references 1. aldana sg, greenlaw rl, diehl ha, salberg a, merrill rm, ohmine s. the effects of a worksite chronic disease prevention program. j occup environ med 2005; 47: 558-64. 2. aldana sg, merrill rm, price k, hardy a, hager r. financial impact of a comprehensive multisite workplace health promotion program. prev med 2005; 40: 131-37. 3. american college of sports medicine. guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. 7th ed. philadelphia: lippincott williams and wilkins, 2006. 4. atlantis e, chow c-m, kirby a, fiatarone, singh ma. worksite intervention effects on physical health: a randomized controlled trial. health promot int 2006; 21(3):191-200. 5. blair sn, cheng y, holder js. is physical activity or physical fitness more important in defining health benefits? med sci sports exerc 2001; 33(6 suppl):s379-99; discussion s419-20. 6. bouchard c. physical activity and health: introduction to the dose-response symposium. med sci sports exerc 2001; 33(6): 347-50. 7. bray ca. obesity: definition, diagnosis and disadvantages. med j aust 1985;142: 52-5. 8. chaput j-p, despres j-p, bouchard c, trembley a. sleep duration is associated with reduced leptin levels and increased adiposity: results from the quebec family study. obesity 2007;15(1): 253-61. 9. ekelund u, franks pw, sharp s, brage s, wareham nj. increase in physical activity energy expenditure is associated with reduced metabolic risk independent of change in fatness and fitness. diabetes care 2007; 30(8): 2101-6. epub 2007 may 29. 10. goetzel rz, anderson dr, whitmer rw, ozminkowski rj, dunn rl, wasserman j. the relationship between modifiable health risks and health care expenditures. an analysis of the multi-employer hero health risk and cost database. j occup environ med 1998; 40: 843-54. 11. golding la, myers cr, sinning we, eds. y’s way to physical fitness, 3rd ed. champaign, illinois: human kinetics, 1989. 12. haskell wl, lee im, pate rr, et al. physical activity and public health: updated recommendations for adults from the american college of sports medicine and the american heart association. med sci sports exerc 2007; 39(8):1423-34. 13. heyward vh. principles of assessment, prescription and exercise programme adherence in advanced fitness assessment and exercise prescription. champaign, illinois: human kinetics, 2006. 14. jackson as, pollock ml. research progress in validation of clinical methods of assessing body composition. med sci sports exerc 1984;16(6): 606-15. 15. jakicic jm. the role of physical activity in the prevention and treatment of body weight gain in adults. j nutr 2002;132: 3826s-29s. 16. jakicic jm, marcus m, gallacher k i, et al. evaluation of the sensewear pro armband to assess energy expenditure during exercise. med sci sports exerc 2004; 36(5): 897-904. 17. jakicic m, clark r, coleman e, et al. american college of sports medicine’s position stand: appropriate intervention strategies for weight loss and prevention of weight regain for adults. med sci sports exerc 2001; 33: 2145-56. 18. kiem nl, blanton ca, kretsch mj. america’s obesity epidemic: measuring physical activity to promote active lifestyles. j am diet assoc 2004; 104:1398-409. 19. ko gtc, chan jcn, wong pts, et al. association between sleeping hours, working hours and obesity in hong kong chinese: the ‘better health for better hong kong’ health promotion campaign. int j obesity 2007; 31: 254-60. 20. lohman tg, roche af, martoveli r, eds. anthropometric standardization reference manual. champaign, illinois: human kinetics, 1988. 21. malavolti m, pietrobelli a, dugoni m, et al. a new device for measuring resting energy expenditure (ree) in healthy subjects. nutr metab cardiovasc dis 2007; 17(5): 338-43. 22. malavolti m, pietrobelli a, dugoni m, et al. a new device for measuring daily total energy expenditure (tee) in free living individuals. int j body comp res 2005; 3: 63. sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 43 pg40-48.indd 43 8/11/08 8:49:19 am 23. melanson kj, mcinnis kj, rippe jm, blackburn g, wilson pf. obesity and cardiovascular disease risk: research update. cardiol rev 2001; 9(4): 202-7. 24. nguyen hq, ackermann rt, berke em, et al. impact of a managed-medicare physical activity benefit on health care utilization and costs in older adults with diabetes. diabetes care 2007; 30: 43-8. 25. pedesen bk. body mass index: an independent effect of fitness and physical activity for all cause mortality. scand j med sci sports 2007; 17(3); 196-204. 26. pelletier kr. a review and analysis of the clinical and cost-effectiveness studies of comprehensive health promotion and disease management programs at the worksite: update vi 2000-2004. j occup environ med 2005; 47: 1051-58. 27. pelletier b, boles m, lynch w. change in health risks and work productivity over time. j occup environ med 2004; 46: 746-54. 28. ravussin e, bogardus c. a brief overview of human energy metabolism and its relationship to essential obesity. am j clin nutr 1992; 55: 242s45s. 29. rodgers a, ezzati m, van der hoorn s, lopez ad, ruey-bin l, murray cjl. comparative risk assessment collaborating group. distribution of major health risks: findings from the global burden of disease study. 2004; plos med 1(1): e27. 30. serxner sa, gold db, grossmeier jj, anderson dr. the relationship between health promotion program participation and medical costs: a dose response. j occup environ med 2003; 45: 1196-200. 31. shephard rj. a critical analysis of worksite fitness programmes and their postulated economic benefits. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24; 354-70. 32. song y, manson je, meigs jb, ridker pm, buring je, liu s. comparison of usefulness of body mass index versus metabolic risk factors in predicting 10-year risk of cardiovascular events in women. am j cardiol 2007; 100(11): 1654-8. 33. stein ad, shakour sk, zuidema ra. financial incentives, participation in employer-sponsored health promotion, and changes in employee health and productivity: healthplus health quotient program. j occup environ med 2000; 42: 1148-55. 34. telford rd. low physical activity and obesity: causes of chronic disease or simply predictors? med sci sports exerc 2007; 39(8):1233-40. 35. wang g, pratt m, macera ca, zheng zj, heath g. physical activity, cardiovascular disease, and medical expenditures in us adults. ann behav med 2004; 28(2): 88-94. 36. wareham nj, rennie kl. the assessment of physical activity in individuals and populations: why try to be more precise about how physical activity is assessed? int j obes relat metab disord 1998; suppl (2): s30-8. introduction exercise testing with respiratory gas collection (rgc) and analysis during indirect calorimetry has long been a routine procedure in exercise physiology laboratories, enabling the simultaneous measureoriginal research article abstract objective. despite their widespread use in exercise testing, few data are available on the effect of wearing respiratory gas collection (rgc) systems on exercise test performance. industrial-type mask wear is thought to impair exercise performance through increased respiratory dead space, flow resistance and/or discomfort when compared with rgc facemasks, but whether performance decrements exist for rgc facemask wear versus non-wear is unclear. the objective of this study was to evaluate the difference in incremental exercise test performance with and without a rgc system. incremental exercise test performance with and without a respiratory gas collection system correspondence: james r clark institute for sport research lc de villiers sport centre university of pretoria 0002 pretoria south africa tel: +27 12 420 6033 fax: +27 12 420 6099 e-mail: jimmy.clark@up.ac.za james r clark (bsc (hons), (ba (hons)) institute for sport research, department of biokinetics, sport and leisure sciences, university of pretoria design. twenty moderately active males (age 21.0 ± 1.9 years; vo2peak 55.9 ± 3.0 ml∙kg -1∙min-1) performed two progressive treadmill tests to volitional exhaustion. in random order subjects ran with (mask) or without (no-mask) a rgc facemask and flow sensor connected to a gas analyzer. descriptive data (mean ± sd) were determined for all parameters. the wilcoxon signed rank test for paired differences was used to assess mean differences between mask and no-mask conditions. results. exercise time to exhaustion, peak treadmill speed, peak blood lactate concentration, peak heart rate and rating of perceived exertion (rpe) were not different (p>0.05) between mask and no-mask conditions. conclusions. incremental exercise test performance is not adversely affected by rgc and analysis equipment, at least in short duration progressive treadmill exercise. respiratory gas analysis during exercise testing for diagnostic, performance assessment or training prescription purposes would appear to be unaffected by rgc systems. 44 sajsm vol 20 no. 2 2008 pg40-48.indd 44 8/11/08 8:49:20 am original research sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 51 background. legend has it that endurance athletes who develop plantar foot pain during long-distance running frequently experience an eventual relief of pain due to a transient neuropraxia brought on by continued activity. objective. to evaluate the nature of this legend, we assessed long-distance runners for the presence of sensory deficits before and after completion of an ultramarathon, expecting to find an induced neuropraxia and abnormal sensory results. methods. twenty-five adult participants of an ultramarathon were evaluated prior to their 50/100 km run and again upon completion of the race. neurosensory testing was performed using a 10 g monofilament at 4 locations on each foot and a 128 hz tuning fork at one location on each foot. the same techniques were used prior to, and at conclusion of the race. results. we detected no neuropraxia or sensory deficits in any participant, despite reports by the same subjects that they had experienced the phenomenon during the race. while runners commonly report losing sensation in their feet during long runs, we were unable to demonstrate any sensory deficit with simple field-based testing. conclusion. we believe that there is room for additional research to be performed using more sensitive means of neurosensory evaluation. s afr j sm 2013;25(2):51-52. doi:10.7196/sajsm.468 the legend of plantar neuropraxia in long-distance athletes d s kellogg,1 md; j joslin,2 md 1 department of emergency medicine, johns hopkins university, baltimore, maryland, usa 2 department of emergency medicine, state university of new york, upstate medical university, syracuse, new york, usa corresponding author: j joslin (joslinj@upstate.edu) legend has it, and anecdotal reports reinforce that endurance athletes who develop plantar foot pain during long-distance running events will frequently experience an eventual relief of pain due to a transient neuropraxia brought on by continued activity. does this transient neuropraxia, which seems to occur during, or immediately after endurance running, represent an early symptom of the development of permanent neuropathy, or is it a benign and transient phenomenon? previous research has considered permanent neurological deficits in runners, ranging from minor changes in sensory thresholds[1] to entrapment neuropathies.[2,3] a growing body of literature has investigated and reviewed these changes in pain perception among runners.[4-6] even though there is mention of acute neurosensory deficits during a race, in scholarly literature[1,2] and among athletes, no studies have rigorously demonstrated it. using a standardised field technique utilising monofilament testing, we sought to expand on previous research on neurosensory changes in athletes and discover if a detectable, objective neuropraxia was induced in ultramarathon runners on race day. methods the study was reviewed and approved by the state university of new york upstate medical university institutional review board. runners participating in the 2010 green lakes endurance runs single-day 50/100 km trail races, were asked to participate in the study. study participation was not a requirement for race participation, or to receive medical care during the race. all participants were aged ≥18 years and provided informed, written consent prior to study participation. participants were given a short questionnaire surveying demographic and running-related information. prior to the race, participants’ feet were visually inspected for the presence of calluses and blisters. two accepted methods for evaluating diabetic neuropathy[7] were then used to evaluate vibratory and lighttouch sensation. first, a 128 hz tuning fork was placed on the dorsum of the great toe; the test was considered positive if the participant could not feel the vibration of the tuning fork while the examiner could, and negative otherwise. second, a 10 g monofilament was touched to the plantar aspect of the great toe, and the plantar aspects of the first, third, and fifth metatarsophalangeal joints; the test was considered positive if the participant was unable to feel the monofilament touching the foot when the examiner applied just enough pressure to cause the monofilament to bend. the same evaluation of visual inspection, vibratory, and light-touch sensation was repeated on participants at either the completion of the race, or the time of discontinuation of the race. results of both evaluations were matched by participant and compared for analysis. results in total, 31 subjects (17 men, 14 women; age range 24 66 years) consented to study participation and completed the questionnaire; 30 participated in the initial neurosensory testing, and 26 in the postrace testing. one participant had post-race testing performed but not pre-race testing; therefore, only 25 participants were compared longitudinally. none had a diagnosed history of conditions that might have caused permanent neurosensory deficits. interestingly, and germane to our investigation, 15 participants (48%) reported having previously experienced neuropraxia associated with running. none of the participants (0/25; 0%) was found to have a difference in neurosensory test results when comparing preand post-race evaluation; none (0/30; 0%) was found to have a deficit in vibration mailto:joslinj@upstate.edu 52 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 sensation prior to the race; and none (0/26; 0%) was found to have impairment at re-evaluation post race. a few participants demonstrated deficits in light touch at one or more locations during pre-race evaluation (4/30; 13%); however, they did not return for follow-up testing at the conclusion of the race. the only significant, but not surprising difference between preand post-race evaluations was that more runners had blisters after the race (13/26; 50%) than before the race (2/30; 6.7%). discussion we found no evidence of neuropraxia in our subjects. no prior reports have demonstrated transient plantar neuropraxia in endurance athletes. we therefore conclude that plantar neuropraxia among endurance athletes is either a somatoform manifestation, or was simply not detected by our evaluation. almost half of our participants reported subjective neuropraxia at some point during their running careers. indeed, some stated that they experienced this during the race on the day of the study. despite these relevant experiences, none was objectively found to have a loss of sensation on post-race testing. perhaps runners reporting these feelings are experiencing a somatoform phenomenon. other investigations evaluating pain perception among endurance athletes have shown that the fastest runners in an ultramarathon experienced a moderate reduction in pain perception immediately after a race.[5] runners may misinterpret decreased pain sensation as decreased overall sensation. it is also possible that athletes do develop a real sensory deficit, but that the act of sitting down and removing shoes to have testing performed may ‘cure’ the deficits. finally, it is possible that plantar neuropraxia among endurance athletes is real, but that our simple testing method was too insensitive to detect it. to allow for rapid field evaluation and encourage maximum study participation, we performed neurological testing methods typically used to assess diabetic neuropathy. such techniques may not be sensitive enough to detect more subtle deficits encountered by runners. in the future, methods that may increase sensitivity for minor changes in perception include using a thinner monofilament (1 g) and additional modalities of sensory testing, to elucidate whether any neuropraxia that may exist affects nerve fibre types differentially. additionally, our study had a small sample size, and examined participants at only one event. perhaps different race conditions – e.g. running on the pavement v. dirt trails, changes in heat and humidity, etc., or a different athlete population – might have changed our findings. it is unfortunate that the only participants with pre-race deficits did not return for post-race testing, as their sensory changes may have been more pronounced. if transient plantar neuropraxia is a real phenomenon, what is the likely mechanism? one mechanism proposed in the literature involves tight running shoes which may lead to ischaemia of the nerves to the foot.[2] prior studies have pointed to the repetitive trauma of running as a cause of plantar neuropathy.[3,8] medial plantar neuropathy (jogger’s foot), neuropathic pain over the course of the medial plantar nerve,[3] is a well-known phenomenon that occurs during and after exercise. perhaps transient plantar neuropraxia is merely a minor form of, or a precursor to this condition. or, maybe it is a side-effect of the betterstudied phenomenon of increased pain thresholds among athletes.[4-6] if the phenomenon of plantar neuropraxia truly exists, and if its effects are not benign, we could potentially see more neurological sequelae as ultra-running, and other endurance sports requiring prolonged-time walking, hiking or running, become more popular. further research is needed to explore what sort of damage transient and permanent athletes may be causing to the nerves in their feet and what mechanism may be the cause. references 1. dyck pj, classen sm, stevens jc, o'brien pc. assessment of nerve damage in the feet of long-distance runners. mayo clin proc 1987;62(7):568-572. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/s0025-6196(12)62294-0] 2. mckean ka. neurologic running injuries. neurol clin 2008;26:281-296. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ncl.2007.11.007] 3. peck e, finnoff jt, smith j. neuropathies in runners. clin sports med 2010;29:437547. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2010.03.002] 4. droste c, greenlee mw, schreck m, roskamm h. experimental pain thresholds and plasma beta-endorphin levels during exercise. med sci sports exerc 1991;23(3):334342. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/00005768-199103000-00012] 5. hoffman md, lee j, zhao h, tsodikov a. pain perception after a running a 100mile ultramarathon. arch phys med rehabil 2007;88(8):1042-1048. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.apmr.2007.05.004] 6. janal ma. pain sensitivity, exercise and stoicism. j r soc med 1996;89:376-381. 7. singh n, armstrong dg, lipsky ba. preventing foot ulcers in patients with diabetes. jama 2005;293(2):217-228. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jama.293.2.217] 8. oh sj, meyer rd. entrapment neuropathies of the tibial (posterior tibial) nerve. neurol clin 1999;17(3):593-615. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0733-8619(05)70154-7] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0025-6196 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0025-6196 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ncl.2007.11.007] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ncl.2007.11.007] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.csm.2010.03.002] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/00005768-199103000-00012] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apmr.2007.05.004] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.apmr.2007.05.004] http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jama.293.2.217] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0733-8619 introduction acute and chronic musculoskeletal soft-tissue injuries are common during participation in physical activity.1 multiple extrinsic and intrinsic risk factors are implicated in the aetiology of these complex injuries.2,3 in two specific injuries, anterior cruciate ligament (acl) ruptures and chronic achilles tendinopathy, genetic components have been identified as intrinsic risk factors. among the genetic risk factors identified, the co5a1 bstui restriction fragment length polymorphism (rflp) has been associated with both chronic achilles tendinopathy and acl ruptures.3-5 the cc genotype of the col5a1 bstui rflp was significantly over-represented in asymptomatic participants compared with those with chronic achilles tendinopathy – both in south african4 and australian3 populations. a similar finding was reported when female participants with acl ruptures were compared with asymptomatic female controls.5 all control groups in these studies were matched for physical activity and physiological characteristics. these data suggest that individuals with a cc genotype are protected, despite the particular load and/or external forces applied to their musculoskeletal soft tissues. however, the cc genotype of the col5a1 bstui rflp was not over-represented in male subjects with acl ruptures compared with asymptomatic male controls.5 owing to the reported increased risk of acl ruptures among females, the acl study analysed males and females separately. the previous two achilles tendinopathy studies only analysed males and females as one group. interestingly, the cc genotype frequency of the male asymptomatic participants of the acl study was distinctly lower than the cc genotype frequencies of the asymptomatic control cohorts in which the cc genotype was over-represented.3-5 furthermore, the male asymptomatic participants of the acl study were approximately 10 years younger than the asymptomatic control groups in the previous two achilles tendinopathy studies. original research article the col5a1 gene and musculoskeletal soft-tissue injuries abstract background. it has been shown that there is an association between various genetic variants and achilles tendon injuries as well as anterior cruciate ligament (acl) ruptures. among other variants the bstui restriction fragment length polymorphism (rflp) within the col5a1 gene has been shown to be over-represented in asymptomatic participants when compared with those with chronic achilles tendinopathy, and in asymptomatic female participants when compared with those with acl ruptures. the male asymptomatic control participants in the acl study, which were 10 years younger than previously investigated cohorts, had a distinctly different genotype frequency. aim. the aim of this study was therefore to determine whether the distribution of the col5a1 bstui rflp in the combined asymptomatic participants without any known history of tendon injuries is age dependent, particularly among males. results. when the 265 male asymptomatic participants from all studies were pooled and divided into age-group tertiles, there was a significant linear increase in the cc genotype frequency (p=0.032) among the male age groups, with the youngest group having the lowest frequency (cc genotype frequency, 13%) and the oldest group having the highest (cc genotype frequency, 27%) frequency. there was however a similar cc genotype content in all three female (n=231) age groups (cc genotype frequency, 24 27%; p=0.795). correspondence: dr michael posthumus uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine po box 115 newlands, 7725 tel: +27 21 650 4572 fax: +27 21 686 7530 e-mail: mposthumus@mweb.co.za michael posthumus (phd)1,3 alison v september (phd) 1,3 martin p schwellnus (mb bch, msc (med), md, facsm, ffims)1,3 malcolm collins (phd) 2,1,3 1 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town 2 south african medical research council, cape town 3 the international olympic committee centre of excellence, newlands, cape town 38 sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 conclusion. the practical implication is that the selection of asymptomatic groups is of critical importance when future studies of this nature are designed. future research investigating this genetic variant as a risk factor for soft-tissue injuries should consider these findings when selecting asymptomatic participants. sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 39 the objective of this study was therefore to further examine the ageand sex-related changes in the col5a1 bstui rflp genotype frequency among the combined asymptomatic participants. more specifically, our primary aim was to determine if the cc genotype frequency of the col5a1 bstui rflp among male and female subjects without a previous history of tendon injury is age dependent. methods all 496 asymptomatic participants (265 male and 231 female) without a reported history of tendon injuries that were previously investigated in three separate publications were included in this analysis.3-5 because of the design of the previous tendinopathy studies, it was not possible to exclude those with a history of ligament injuries. prior to participation in these original studies, all participants gave written informed consent and completed a medical history questionnaire form. all descriptive data for the subjects with achilles tendinopathy, as well as the asymptomatic control groups, were previously reported.3-5 all three studies were approved by the research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences of the university of cape town and/or the human ethics committee of la trobe university, melbourne, australia. the participants were combined and divided into three male and three female age groups: (i) ≤25 years old; (ii) 26 42 years old; and (iii) ≥43 years old. a chi-squared (χ2) test, fisher’s exact test or χ2 test for linear trends was used to analyse differences in genotype and any other categorical data between the groups. data were analysed using statistica version 8.0 (statsoft inc., tulsa, oklahoma, usa) and graphpad instat version 3 (graphpad software, san diego, california, usa) statistical programs. statistical significance was accepted when p<0.05. a one-way analysis of variance (anova) was used to determine any significant difference between the characteristics of the male and female age groups. hardy-weinberg equilibrium values were established using the program genepop web version 3.4 (http://genepop.curtin.edu.au/). results there was a significant linear trend (p=0.032) for the cc genotype frequency among the male age groups (fig. 1a). the youngest group had the lowest cc frequency (13%), and the oldest group the highest cc frequency (27%) (fig. 1a). the cc genotype content in all three female age groups (24 27%) was similar (p=0.795, fig. 1b). the general characteristics of the male and female age group tertiles are described in table i. table i. the general physiological characteristics of the male and female age group tertiles ≤25-year group 26 42-year group ≥43-year group p-value males n=83 n=112 n=70 age (yrs) 22.3±1.7*† 33.0±5.0*‡ 52.6±8.2†‡ (18 25) (26 42) (43 77) <0.001 height (cm) 180±6 180±6 178±7 (168 195) (167 201) (164 195) 0.590 weight (kg) 79.9±11.5 81.4±12.2 81.9±15.0 (61.7 110.0) (59.7 137.0) (58.0 136.0) 0.065 bmi (kg/m2) 24.5±2.8§ 25.2±3.4 26.0±4.3§ (18.5 31.7) (19.9 38.4) (20.2 39.3) 0.036 south african born (%) 79.5*† 47.7* 40.5† <0.001 australian born (%) 10.3 29.4 36.2 females n=63 n=108 n=60 age (yrs) 22.6±1.7*† 32.4±4.5*‡ 52.0±6.7†‡ (19 25) (26 42) (43 72) <0.001 height (cm) 166±7 168±7‡ 164±8‡ (152 179) (152 187) (145 181) 0.004 weight (kg) 61.2±6.5 64.4±9.0 81.9±15.0 (49.0 79.2) (48.0 87.0) (47.0 115.0) 0.051 bmi (kg/m2) 22.1±2.1† 22.9±3.0 24.1±4.6† (18.1 28.1) (18.1 33.2) (18.6 46.7) 0.005 south african born (%) 66.1*† 31.5* 21.7† <0.001 australian born (%) 25.4 48.2 56.7 values are expressed as mean ± standard deviation with the range in parentheses or as a frequency. the number (n) of male and female participants in each age group is also indicated. bmi – body mass index. post-hoc analysis: *<0.001; † <0.003; ‡ ≤0.002; § =0.026. discussion the main finding of this study was that there is a significant agedependent increase in the distribution of the col5a1 bstui rflp cc genotype in the pooled asymptomatic male participants of the three studies which investigated this polymorphism as a possible risk factor for musculoskeletal soft-tissue injuries. no similar trends were observed in the female subjects. we propose that the reported finding indicates that the youngest group of asymptomatic male participants consists of a mixture of individuals, similar to the general population, who are at low and high risk of musculoskeletal soft-tissue injuries (fig. 2). however, when older subjects (who would have had a greater amount of exposure to extrinsic factors) are analysed, individuals who may have been previously uninjured, would have developed an injury. therefore, when older asymptomatic participants are analysed, the group will contain a highly selected sample of the population at low risk of musculoskeletal soft-tissue injuries. this could explain the finding of a significant linear trend in the col5a1 bstui rflp cc genotype frequency and an increased chronological age in the male subjects analysed. this proposed explanation is further supported by a departure from hardy-weinberg equilibrium as observed in some of the groups presented in our previous studies.3 it remains unknown why a similar trend was not observed in females. it does however suggest that the col5a1 bstui rflp, as a risk factor for musculoskeletal soft-tissue injuries, is not age dependent in females. a limitation of this study was that it was not possible to analyse the south african and australian data separately owing to small sample sizes and uneven genotype distribution. a further limitation was that, although all participants were asymptomatic with regard to a previous history of tendon injuries,3-5 not all were free of ligament injuries (owing to the study designs). in conclusion, there was an age-dependent significant increase in distribution of the col5a1 bstui rflp cc genotype in the pooled asymptomatic male participants of the three studies which previously investigated this polymorphism as a possible risk factor for soft-tissue injuries. the practical implication of this finding is that the selection of control groups is of critical importance when future studies of this nature are designed. future research investigating this genetic variant as a risk factor for soft-tissue injuries should consider the findings of this study when selecting an asymptomatic control group. perspective genetic variants, such as the col5a1 bstui rflp, may have a significant impact on the prevention of musculoskeletal soft-tissue injures.6 genetic variants, together with other intrinsic and extrinsic risk factors, should eventually be used to identify individuals at increased risk of injury. once individuals are identified as ‘at risk’, carefully designed intervention programmes should be prescribed to 40 sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 fig. 2. proposed explanation for the significant linear trend in cc genotype frequency among the asymptomatic male subjects when divided into the three age groups (<25 years, 25 41 years, and >41 years). it is proposed that asymptomatic subjects in the age category <25 years will more than likely consist of individuals at high (black shaded) and low (no shade) risk of musculoskeletal soft-tissue injury. among older asymptomatic groups of participants (25 41 years, and >41 years) the relative proportion of individuals at high risk of injury will be reduced, as the likelihood of high-risk individuals becoming injured over time is greater than the likelihood of low-risk individuals becoming injured. fig. 1. the genotype frequency of the col5a1 bstui restriction fragment length polymorphism (rflp) in all (a) male and (b) female asymptomatic participants divided according to age into participants (≤25 years old black bars), 26 42 years old (thatched bars), and >42 years old (clear bars). a significant linear trend (p=0.032) for the cc genotype content among the male age groups was found. the number of subjects (n) within each category, as well as the hardy-weinberg equilibrium (hwe) p-values, are shown in parentheses. sajsm vol 22 no. 2 2010 41 prevent the injury from occurring and to assist the clinical management of these individuals. the current study provides further information on the col5a1 bstui rflp. the findings may help future studies investigating this genetic variant as a risk factor for musculo skeletal soft-tissue injuries and thereby assist future multifactorial risk models. acknowledgements this study was supported in part by funds from the national research foundation (nrf) of south africa (grant no. fa2005021700015 and fa2007032700010), the university of cape town, and the south african medical research council (mrc). avs was supported by the postdoctoral innovation award of the nrf. competing interests. none. references 1. clayton ra, court-brown cm. the epidemiology of musculoskeletal tendinous and ligamentous injuries. injury 2008;39(12):1338-1344. 2. meeuwisse wh. assesing causation in sport injury: a multifactorial model. clin j sport med 1994;4:166-1670. 3. september av, cook j, handley cj, van der merwe l, schwellnus mp, collins m. variants within the col5a1 gene are associated with achilles tendinopathy in two populations. br j sports med 2009;43(5):357-365. 4. mokone gg, schwellnus mp, noakes td, collins m. the col5a1 gene and achilles tendon pathology. scand j med sci sports 2006;16(1):1926. 5. posthumus m, september av, o’cuinneagain d, van der merwe w, schwellnus mp, collins m. the col5a1 gene is associated with increased risk of anterior cruciate ligament ruptures in female participants. am j sports med 2009;37(11):2234-2240. 6. collins m. genetic risk factors for soft tissue injuries 101: a practical summary to help clinicians understand the role of genetics and ‘personalised medicine’. br j sports med (in press) available on epub: http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19553227 guidance on prescribing alimentary tract and metabolism blood and blood-forming organs cardiovascular system dermatologicals genitourinary system and sex hormones systemic hormonal preparations general anti-infectives for systemic use antineoplastic and immunomodulating agents musculoskeletal system central nervous system antiparasitic products respiratory system sensory organs contrast media treatment of poisoning published by the south african medical association, the formulary is aimed at doctors, pharmacists, nurses, dentists and others concerned with the safe and cost-effective prescribing of medicines. the south african medicines formulary is researched and written by members of the division of clinical pharmacology of the university of cape town, in collaboration with health care professionals. the south african medical association, health and medical publishing group, private bag x1, pinelands 7430 isbn 978-1-875098-43-9978-1-875098-43-9 s outh a frican m edicines form ulary ninth edition 9 ninth edition produced by the division of clinical pharmacology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town. published by the health and medical publishing group of the south african medical association. south african medicines formulary samf sam f the essential reference for ever y healthcare professional! the carefully and thoroughly updated 9th edition of the south african medicines formulary (samf) can now be ordered. it is your essential reference to rational, safe and cost-efficient use of medicines. that is why you should not prescribe without it. the newly published samf provides easy access to the latest, most scientifically accurate information – including full drug profiles, clinical notes and special prescriberʼs points. the convenient pocket-size design enables you to fit it comfortably into your bag or hospital coat pocket – always at hand for ready reference. w h y yo u s h o u l d n ’ t b e w i t h o u t t h e s a m f 9 t h e d i t i o n the new 9th edition of samf provides expanded information on key issues facing south african healthcare professionals today, including antiretrovirals, tb treatment guidelines, management guidelines for asthma and chronic heart failure, other common chronic conditions and prescribing in sport. • it presents practical, new approaches to the management of venomous bites and stings. • it outlines extensively the acute adverse reactions to drugs of abuse, and their management. • it features new as well as existing drugs, indexed by both trade and generic names. • it offers fresh insights into informed prescribing and carries cautionary guidelines on drug interactions and a range of special risk patients and conditions. and, as always, you can rely on... • the professional compilation and editing by a team from the division of clinical pharmacology, uct • an independent and unbiased guide on prescribing in south africa today • the indication of agents included in the sa and who essential drug lists • support of the sa national drug policy • guidance for prescribing during pregnancy and lactation, and in patients with porphyria, liver disease and renal impairment (including tables with drug dosage adjustments); and • indexed and page tabs for quick and easy access to each section. y o u r s a t i s f a c t i o n i s g u a r a n t e e d 3 e a s y o r d e r o p t i o n s : 1. phone edward or byron 021 6817000 2. fax the completed samf order form to 0866006218 3. email: edwardm@hmpg.co.za or byronm@hmpg.co.za guidance on prescribing alimentary tract and metabolism blood and blood-forming organs cardiovascular system dermatologicals genitourinary system and sex hormones systemic hormonal preparations general anti-infectives for systemic use antineoplastic and immunomodulating agentsmusculoskeletal system central nervous system antiparasitic products respiratory system sensory organs contrast media treatment of poisoning published by the south african medical association, the formulary is aimed at doctors, pharmacists, nurses, dentists and others concerned with the safe and cost-effective prescribing of medicines.the south african medicines formulary is researched and written by members of the division of clinical pharmacology of the university of cape town, in collaboration with health care professionals. the south african medical association, health and medical publishing group, private bag x1, pinelands 7430 isbn 978-1-875098-43-9 978-1-875098-43-9 s outh a frican m edicines form ulary ninth edition 9 ninth editionproduced by the division of clinical pharmacology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town.published by the health and medical publishing groupof the south african medical association. south african medicines formulary samf sam f j o u r n a l o f t h e s a s p o r t s m e d i c i n e a s s o c i a t i o n spoils misdicini: v u l i n0 1 1986 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) osteoarthntic o f m ovem ent the osteoarthntic specific innovators in the field of antirheumatic medicine 1 diclophenac sodium 1 100 m g i , , ( l u l l /)!e s r r i b t n g m/tim w/j w n « » jjiraw 'a' r i m fe q e h t s e r lo f csba ct awv[ i »m>' ■ ' ' li .. . m, . kaft i tfi'l kt1 w relieves pain restores mobility k. oil one tablet p er day r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) contents journal of the s.a. sports medicine tydskr/f van dies a sportgeneeskundevereniging ciba-geigy 12-13 wm editorial comment sports medicine journal changes hands a interview ian holding on squash q running digest training-the practice part ii ej] letters r l book review feature guidelines fo rth e pregnant runner pregnant runners-take note! 53 psychology self-administered exertion therapy: its effectiveness and application — f^rt ii sascv nuusbrief waarom lid van diesasportgeneeskunde-vereniging sasma update why you should become a member of sasma gj] news from the regions f73 abstracts editor in chief dr c noble mb bch, fcs(sa) associate editors dr t noakes mb chb, md dr daw ie van velden mb chb (stell), m prax med(pretoria) advisory board medicine: dr i cohen mb chb d obst, rcoc orthopaedic traumatology: dr p firer bsc (eng) mb bch (wits) m med (orthoxwits) brig e hugo mb chb, mmed (chir) orthopaedics dr jc usdin mb bch, frcs (edin) cardiology: col dp myburgh sm mb chb, facc physical education: hannes botha d phil (phys ed) gynaecology: dr jack adno mb bch (wits) md (med) dip o&g (wits) front coven transparency courtesy of image bank. the journal o f the sa sports medicine association is exclusively sponsored by ciba geigy (pty) ltd. thejournal is produced by bates hickman and associates (pty) ltd., po box 783776, sandton 2146. the views expressed in this publication are those of the authors and not necessarily those of the sponsors or publishers. may 1986 v o l1 .n 0 1,1986 soortbe: kardiort tseringsen sport injury and ikxehabtirtasje cardiac rehabilitation program proaramme r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) reditorial commenti ~ he sa journal o f sports t m ed icin e has a new n am e-th e journal o f the sa sports medicine association. the reason for this is that we have a new sponsor-ciba-geigy (pty) ltd. in the present economic climate, spon­ sorship is extremely difficult to find and the journal must have the backing of sponsors. boehringer ingelheim (pty) ltd, our previous sponsor, decided to discontinue its support because of the downturn in the economy. on behalf of the editorial board and our readers i wish to thank the management of boehringer ingelheim for many years of support and the great kindness al­ ways shown to us. having said this, we would like to heart­ ily welcome our new sponsors, ciba ceigy (pty) ltd, with whom i am sure we will have a long and successful liaison. ciba-geigy is a pharmaceutical com­ pany which is already extremely well known in sporting circles the company has sponsored or helped to sponsor many previous sports medicine meet­ ings. o ver the years ciba-g eigy products have helped large numbers of injured sportsmen. the company has also provided the medical world with several excellent publications in many fields including sports medicine. these publications have usually been illustra­ ted by frank h netter, undoubtably the finest medical illustrator in the world. this expertise will now be utilised in the journal o f the sa sports medicine association. squash in this edition of the journal we have interviewed lan holding, a medical prac­ titioner who is also probably the best squash player in south africa. we wel­ come his valuable contribution. squash has many followers, including medical practitioners, but it is a game not without risk. northcoat assessed 50 players who died on the squash court or immediately after a gam e scientific assessment has been unable to show may 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,1931 sports medicine journal changes hands dr c noble mb bch, fcs (sa), editor-in-chief that squash was incriminated in their deaths it was not the squash that killed them but the state of their hearts squash, being a very stressful activity, may have played a contributory role, but even this has not been adequately proven. injuries certain injuries are specific to squash while others may also occur in other sports. the most important specific in­ jury is related to the e ye-d am age oc­ curring as a result of the player being struck by either the ball or the racquet. as squash is played in a confined space, a player is more likely to strike his op­ ponent particularly at the "hack squash" level where many of the play­ ers still use tennis strokes, in tennis a player has to watch one's op­ ponent in front of him, but in squash a player has to look back constantly to see where his opponent is going to play the ball. thus he is more liable to be hit by a squash ball on some part o f the body. a typical bruise is the most com­ mon injury-however, an eye strike may cause blindness protective equipment has been manufactured for this pur­ pose, but unfortunately most players do not encumber themselves with this form of facial protection. the non-specific injuries related to squash commonly seen in practice are ruptured achilles tendon, internal de­ rangement of the knee, backache and epicondylitis most of these injuries are seen in the older squash player (over 30 years), the younger squash player hav­ ing muscular tears and occasional torn ligaments of the ankle, hand or knee there are two reasons for injuries in older players. firstly, squash can be described as a load sport which means that pressure is exerted on certain 2 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) parts of the anatomy during the game the second factor is the ageing process. it has been clearly shown that after the age of 30 years the weakest parts of the musculo-skeletal system are the tendons specially close to the osseous attachment; not only this but the menisci tend to undergo degener­ ative change as well. the latter is fu r­ ther weakened by rotational loading which is part and parcel of the game of squash. heavy loading of the lumbar spine which is an integral part of the movements o f squash with rapid flex­ ion and extension may cause weaken­ ing of the discs with resultant disc prolapse or weakening of the pars inter articularis causing spondylolithesis which in itself provides additional load­ ing to the involved disc in rotator cuff syndromes such as bicipital and su paspinatis, tendinitis as well as tears are not uncommon in the older squash player as well in view of this, many peo­ ple feel that squash should be a young person's game. this in my opinion is un­ fair as many sports played by the older athlete may result in similar injuries. the possible cardiovascular improve­ ment which may come from heavy en­ durance activity such as squash is an excellent reason for the older athlete to play it is important, however, to ad­ vise all squash players who develop symptoms referable to cardiac insuffi­ ciency such as chest pain, shortness of breath and palpitations to stop playing immediately and undergo a medical ex­ amination as it has been shown that nearly all sudden death victims on the squash court had symptoms before a fatal game. early season rugby injuries the rugby season is with us again. un­ fortunately this will bring with it in­ numerable injuries, some of a severe nature, which will keep the medical professions busy once again. immedi­ ately sports physicians should think of the prevention of these injuries. unfor­ tunately many rugby players are not yet fit at the beginning of the season and therefore the chance of injury is greater. they should remember that in order to play rugby, one has to play the game properly. this involves off-season training and pre-season fitness peaking and then the practice of the game in the season. unfortunately the first two fa ce ts-o ff-se a so n and pre-season training-are forgotten by many of our rugby players. they arrive at the start of the season grossly unfit, very often having done little or nothing off­ season. this results in numerous liga­ ment and tendon pulls as well as an in­ ability by the player to take heavy knocks with resultant further damage. last year the fitness committee or­ ganised by the medical group of the iransvaal rugby football union held a fitness symposium that was poorly at­ tended by coaches. it is doubtful that it will be arranged again. it is unfor­ tunate that rugby coaches believe they know all about rugby and fitness re­ quirements and therefore do not have to be taught anything. "unfortunately many rugby players are not yet fit at the beginning of the season and therefore the chance of injury is greater. they should remember that in order to play rugby, one has to play the game properly. this involves off­ season training and pre-season peaking and then the practice of the game in the season." certain changes have taken place in the laws in order to reduce the incidence of injury in the g a m e -b u t this is not enough. one o f the major problems at all levels of rugby is the lack of strict­ ness applied to dirty play by the referee. foul play can be eliminated only by applying the rules very strictly and by enforcing adequate punish­ ment. about 10 years ago when i first start­ ed seeing large numbers of runners with injuries i could not understand why so many of them had to run despite their injuries. to try to under­ stand the runners further i took up long-distance funning. despite complet­ ing two comrades marathons and a number of standard marathons i was never "hooked" on running. i have had runners who have pleaded with me to run despite severe injury of such a nature that running was ex­ tremely painful. i have seen others who, having been forced to rest, have be­ come extremely depressed, some morose, some aggressive, but all show­ ing withdrawal symptoms similar to those in drug addiction. other runners, however, despite very high weekly dis­ tances appeared not to be too badly af­ fected by the running. a few even wel­ comed an injury that prevented them from running a major race. it would ap­ pear that the personality type to a large extent determines who gets "hooked" it is extremely difficult to say if this is a true addiction. over the last few years "endorphins", which are mor­ phia-like su b stan ce s, have been described by some americans as "the poppies of the mind" have been blamed for "addiction" in runners. although endorphins are increased by exercise, they have not been conclusive­ ly shown to be associated with addic­ tion. although the clinical features are very suggestive that running can be addictive, there is no conclusive evi­ dence of true biochemical addiction. i would suggest that all doctors read the chapter on runners' high in tim noakes' the lore o f running for an excellent discourse on this rather fascinating subject. running "addiction" r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) interview; ian on n 12 years of internation­ al-class squash, springbok ian holding (30) has been hit in the face less than 10 times. stitches were required on only three "i think the top players tend to hit the ball away from themselves into the corners," he says "generally, to prevent most squash injuries, a player must move out of the way to give the oppo­ nent freedom to play the ball. the rules don't permit wild play". dr holding, who holds bsc (biochemis­ try and genetics) and mb bch degrees from the university of the witwaters rand, has definite ideas about squash injuries. "squash can basically be regarded as a contact sport which is one aspect of squash injuries. secondly there are self inflicted injuries resulting from the na­ ture of the game, state of fitness and holding squash the environment in which it is played. the confined space, not watching the opponent and bad technique (which results in the racquet going into a much greater arc than it should) cause players to be hit. “this tends to occur around the head. injuries to the eyebrows and the face are generally common. the nose, teeth and lips could also be cut quite severe­ ly; he points out. "eye injuries can be serious and the ball and the racquet can cause major injuries" "after playing your body needs a good number of hours to recover. this is par­ ticularly true of stretched muscles technique and fitness will help to pre­ vent most musculo skeletal injuries. heat exhaustion can be a problem and should be avoided by not playing when it is very hot and humid and by drink­ ing plenty of water before and during play dr holding is admirably qualified to dis­ cuss training, injuries, diet, competition and all the other facets of squash. ten years ago he won his first sa amateur event and was the youngest winner in 30 years he has four national titles to his credit and several transvaal open titles. in 1976 ian reached the semi-finals of the world amateur championships in britain and in the same year he was the only amateur to be placed in the last 16 in the world championships he has scored several convincing wins over the world's leading players-the last being stuart dunport from new zealand who is ranked fifth internation­ ally. on his "good days" ian has beaten players ranked six, seven and eight in the world. however, he admits: "i have | always been limited by the fact that l have had a narrow peak at any stage of the season because of my univeristy studies. probably one of my assets is the ability to peak at a certain stage". in a wide-ranging interview dr holding spoke to the journal o f the sa sports medicine association. ouestion: do you actually time your peak-actually work it out carefully? holding: yes, i work it out pretty care­ fully, very much like bruce fordyce peaks for the comrades it is essential for me to peak for one or two events this explains why one can rise to great heights on some occasions and play averagely well at other times. ouestion: this is obviously something which you would expect. holding: any athlete would expect this because you cannot be 100% fit the whole time or at 100% peak per­ formance i think this is something the administrators and officials sometimes forget about. this causes quite a lot of conflict between the athletes and the officials. ouestion: where are you working at present? holding: i am a junior lecturer in prof tobias' department of anatomy at the wits medical school, it is a famous department with a great deal of histo­ ry. working there gives me a great op­ portunity to get to learn about the structure of the human body. may 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,193 4 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) practice partner is cary bental an en­ gineer and phd post-graduate student who is my coach and trainer. in short, he engineers my squash training. he is a good standard player himself and is a good analyst of squash playing. common training problems are over-' training and losing motivation. when one is tired you do not really get down to what you should be doing. it is very good to have a trainers input. i do a lot of mental training as well which in­ volves focusing on one event. mental focusing is very important in terms of actually achieving what you set out to do. in your skill training as well, if you develop the ability to mentally visualise the stroke that you are going to per­ form before you actually go and prac­ tise it, you will acquire that skill much faster than actually getting on to the court and practising for a longer time. in other words one can do five minutes of mental training with 15 minutes of practice and gain more benefit out of doing that than say an hour of prac­ tice i find that most of the top athletes tend to do this they set a goal and prosquash work through it and it becomes an ob­ tainable goal. mental training also en­ sures that one is more self confident. question; how much water should an in-training player drink? do you have definite ideas about diet? holding: it is essential to be adequate­ ly hydrated. fluids should be taken be­ fore and during the event and after the game, fluids should be replaced by plain water. it is also important to know that your carbohydrate storage is adequate and that you have adequate glycogen. this should be sufficient to last the whole game. your diet should be healthy and balanced. i tend to eat a vegetable based diet with hardly any red meat, which i replace with fish. you are basi­ cally what you eat. a mixture of le­ gumes and whole grains make this diet complete in proteins, and complex carbohydrates ouestion: what of the future? holding: generally i enjoy the game but i might not be too competitive over the next couple of years however, i think it is important to carry on exer­ cising every day to stay healthy and fit. question: lan could you describe your training programme for a major event? holding: ideally i try to plan my train­ ing around a yearly cycle, it is very much like the athletes would do. i do a good six months of background train­ ing which includes quite a lot of road running and court practising. at this stage the work is not very intensive. i concentrate on volume i would then also do some weight training. the ob­ jective is to develop stamina. once the season arrives i do about three months of transition training and then increase the intensity of my training. i try to de­ velop a bit more speed and adapt the background training that i have done to the specific demands of squash. con­ centrated playing and court training will help to sharpen my playing skills question: when you are doing road training, what sort of distances would you cover? holci . when i am playing squash as well, i tend to base my distances around five to eight kilometers, sometimes go­ ing up to sixteen, but i find that with an hour of squash it is more than ade­ quate. how l am feeling will determine whether i will run gently or attempt a time trial. there are times that i have clocked 17 minutes for a 5km time trial. i've recorded 28 minutes in an 8km trial. these are the preceding events that i would undertake they give one a mea­ sure of our fitness status there are also a number of court programmes which one can do. for ex­ ample, continuous running on the court simulating squash play. one can work for 30 minutes simulating squash without a ball but with the racquet-ac­ tually simulating the movements of play. this is quite important in the next three month period because fitness is basically specific to what you are doing. one should remember this. it is no good being really fit on the road when your muscles are not adapted to the squash movements. so a lot of time in the three month period is based on squash movements, stretching and the bending down as well as the very im­ portant twisting and turning move­ ments. at this stage i would also prob­ ably increase the weight training. general strengthening is so important that i work out three times a week at sam susa's gym in hillbrow. i use heavy weights for general strengthening and train for about 40 minutes each ses­ sion. i find that this is quite important as it tends to keep one's co-ordination together if you have the general body strength you tend to co-ordinate bet­ ter when you become tired in a hard game when l start competition training for the next three months, i hardly do any road-running. i try to develop my speed with the court sprints and then play and practise much more my court ma y 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,1986 5r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) training the practice part i timothy d noakes m b chb md metropolitan sport science centre, department of physiology, univer­ sity of cape town medical school and author of lore o f running (oxford university press) ntroduction fn the first part of this ar­ ticle on training, dr tim noakes discussed start­ ing out, shaping, rein­ forcement control, sti­ mulus control, goal set­ ting, associative/disassociative strate­ gies and coping thoughts. he also exa­ mined the question as to whether middle-aged people should undergo an exhaustive medical evaluation before they start practicing. in the second part of the series the author of the recently -published bestseller, lore o f running, gives invaluable advice about the selec­ tion of appropriate running shoes shoe advice for the novice, anatomy of the running shoe, shoe choice for uninjured runners and related topics choose appropriate running shoes once you have either cleared yourself, or your doc­ tor has given you the go ahead to start running, the next step is to choose an ap­ propriate pair of running shoes this is easier said than done. the choice of running< shoes has become enor­ mously complex. the 1985 shoe survey by the south african runner magazine listed 77 different running shoes for men and 10 for women; in the united states there are probably at least twice as many shoes from which to choose. unfortunately this problem is com­ pounded further by the fact that we are still unable to define those minor individual differences in body structure which determine which shoes are best for a particular individual (cavanagh, 1980). i feel that the choice o f the ap­ propriate running shoe is determined by two principal factors 1. whether or not you are a novice 2. if you are not a novice, whether or not you are injured. i) if you are injured, whether (a) you run enough to warrant expensive shoes and (b) for what you want to use the shoes ii) if you are injured, what type o f in­ jury you have. shoe advice for the novice it is always best to start running in a relatively modestly priced pair of shoes, bought from a reputable run­ ning shoe dealer. if after some months of running an injury occurs, the nature o f the injury will indicate what type of shoe is likely to help that injury and pre­ vent further similar injuries. but even if one is to enter that run­ ning shoe shop prepared to buy a modest running shoe, it helps to know something about the different fea­ tures of running shoes and how these features affect the performance of any particular model nike vortex anatomy of the running shoe there are six major anatomical features of any running sh o e -th e outer sole, the mid-sple, the presence or absence of other devices either in the shoe (arch or shank supports) or in the mid­ sole (variable density mid-soles) which help reduce pronation, the nature of the shoe-last, whether it be straight or curve-lasted, and the degree of medi­ al and lateral mid-sole heel flares the outer sole the outer sole is that part of the shoe that comes into direct contact with the ground. today, outer soles are made from a variety o f different materials and are of different designs. the main design variation is whether or not the sole has 'waffles'. bill bowerman filled a waffle toasting iron with urethane, producing the first outer sole with this characteristic p atte rn -h en ce the name. the most important feature of the outer sole is that it should not wear down too quickly, it should have the greatest durability in the areas of greatest wear, particularly at the out­ er heel edge this type of outer sole has been called the non-uniform outer sole the reason why very durable material is not used throughout the entire out­ er sole is that the more durable the material, the heavier it is thus the non uniform outer sole saves weight. the only benefit of a soft and therefore non-durable outer sole is that it pro­ vides additional cushioning which may be useful to those runners for whom e xce p tio n a l sh o ck a b so rp tio n is essential waffles were originally designed for cross-country, not road running as they give better trac­ tio n on uneven gro u n d (cavanagh, 1980). they also in­ crease shock absorp­ tion. however, waffles do not wear as well as flat surfaced outer soles. the shoe i most use, the nike vector, does indeed have a waffle outer sole and i have grown to prefer this as much of my running is done on mountain trails where the superior traction of the waffle is a bonus but i also have a foot strike that generates very even wear across the entire sole and thus the waffles last the life of the shoe. a final point is that i do not believe that the outer sole wear at the heel should necessarily be repaired unless it threatens to go right through to the mid-sole. the heels wear in order to ac commodate the natural heelstrike of the athlete. the athlete whose foot lands with the heel in marked supina the heel. to repatch such a heel cons­ tantly prevents proper adaptation of the shoe to the athlete's particular heel­ strike pattern. may 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,19^ r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) strike pattern. the important features o f the out­ er sole are durability and traction. the mid-sole the mid-sole is the real heart of the shoe and is the feature of the shoe that i always no tice first. the most important feature of the mid-sole is the y degree of softness / or hardness there are three different func­ tions of the mid-sole: it must be strong enough to resist excessive inward rotation of the ankle (pronation) as the foot progresses from heelstrike to toe-off; it m ust be able to flex at a point about two-thirds from the heel, as the heel starts to come off the ground leading to toe-off. prior to the mid-1970s, mid-sole material was made only from rubber which has dual disadvantages of being heavy and absorbing shock relatively poorly. in 1974, jerry turner of the brooks shoe company contracted a chemical engineer, david schwaber, to produce a lighter material with better shock-absorbing properties (cavanagh, 1980). the result was a compound called ethylene vinyl acetate (eva). tiny gas bubbles are trapped in the eva when it is cooled at high pressure; these bubbles make the material light and a good shock-absorber. the major disadvantages is that with wear, the tiny gas bubbles are expelled from the ev which flattens out, becomes hard­ er and absorbs shock less well. when the eva compacts down unevenly either in the heel or mid-sole, the shoe distorts badly and this may be an im­ portant cause of injury. another problem arises from the manufacturing process, it is difficult to produce eva o f consistent hardness as a result the quality of the mid-sole can vary from shoe to shoe. for these reasons, it is essential that the prospective shoe buyer check the mid-sole hardness of all the shoes he buys and learns to use the thum b com­ pression test to test the mid-sole hard­ ness that best suits him. in this test the mid-sole at both the heel and forefoot is squeezed between the fingers of both hands and the relaness mid-sole is estimat­ ed the greater the degree of mid-sole indentation produced by this method, he softer the shoe and therefore also the more shock that shoe can absorb, owever the added shock absorption hn.0lj)? ht at f pfic& the softer the shoe, the quicker it will tend to com­ pact down. conversely, the less indenmay1986 vol 1, n 0 1,1986 tation caused by the thumb c o m p re s s io n test the hard­ er the shoe, the less shock it will absorb, but also the less likely it is to compact down readily. i have already mentioned that the mid-sole m ust combine a capacity for shock absorption with that of control of ankle pronation and adequate flexi­ bility. yet to some extent, two of these characteristics are mutually exclusive; an eva which has good shock absorp­ tion will be soft and therefore have good flexibility but very poor pronation control, whereas eva which provides good control of pronation will be hard, inflexible and have poor shock absorb­ ing characteristics in an attempt to compensate for these mutually-exclusive characteristics, shoe manufacturers have used mid­ soles of different hardness in different a re a s-a soft, shock absorbing materi­ al along the outer heel border and un­ der the ball of the foot to increase shock absorption and flexibility; a firm ­ er material along the inner border of the shoe, extending from heel to mid foot, to control pronation. by and large, these techniques have been successful. the only problem that has not been effectively answered is the mid-sole underneath the ball of the foot. this area does not absorb the highest forces during la n d in g -th a t is done by the h e e l-b u t it is exposed to moderately high pressure for much longer time. thus it will tend to com­ pact down even more than the heel. yet it m ight be so ft enough to allow flexibility. one attem pt to solve this problem was provided by the nike tailwind, first released in 1979. in this shoe the mid­ sole contained a series' of five poly­ urethane tubes extending from heel to forefoot into which freon gas was in­ jected at a pressure o f about three at­ mospheres (cavanagh, 1980). while this shoe ultimately proved unsatisfactory because it had poor rearfoot control, its second, third and fourth generation offspring, the nike mariah, the nike odyssey and the nike v series have clearly shown that the air sole does not compact down as does conventional eva. however, in not one of these shoes does the air sole extend to the fore­ foot. if the air sole is present only in the heel, the eva under the forefoot will still be prone to compaction in those runners who, like myself, land heavily on the forefoot. in summary then, the features of the mid-sole that require consideration are its hardness and whether or not it is .made of mixed material. as we shall see, those who require shock absorption in their running shoes because they have f r i g i d ' lower limb structure m ust look & \ for shoes with soft mid-soles; ‘ those with 'mobile' feet need v firm er shoes -v \ the presence of slip or \ board-lasting during the construc­ tion o f running , shoes the nylon material that constitutes the shoe up p e r-th e part that covers the f o o t -is stitched together and its lower part is glued onto the top of the mid-sole. if this part of the upper is stuck directly to the mid­ sole and no additional material overlies it, then the shoe is said to be 'slip-lasted: alternatively, if a brown-coloured board overlies and hides the tucked-under portion of the upper, the shoe is said to be 'board-lasted'. board-lasting increases the ability of the shoe to resist pronation. the board may extend from heel to toe, in which case the board-lasting is said to be con­ ventional lasting. the benefit of partial board-lasting is that it does not reduce flexibility in the forefoot, yet retains some ability to resist ankle pronation. in general, board-lasted shoes will benefit those runners who require shoes to control their excessive ankle pronation, whereas slip-lasted shoes are best for those with rigid feet which, re­ quires as much movement as possible. 7r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) internal thermo-plastic heel counter which minimises excessive sub-talar jolntmovement external heel counter provides supportive base eva mldsole designed to counter excessive pronatlon inner sole which moulds to the runners foot and provides an extra shock-absorptlon layer. eel counter with or without heel stabilisers. the heel counter is made from a firm thermoplas­ tic m aterial th a t is moulded into the correct shape during a special heating process (cavanagh, 1980). some heel counters extend further on the inner than on the outer side of the shoe and, today, most are associated with special stabilising structures which tend to bind the heel counter more firmly to the mid-sole. the aim of the heel counter is to reduce ankle pronation. the athlete who requires a shoe that will limit his ankle pronation should obviously choose a shoe with a strong heel counter. there are two ways to test the strength of the heel counter. first, pinch the middle of the heel counter on its inner and outer edges between the thumb and the index in general it is held that a straight lasted shoe, because it contains con­ siderable additional mid-sole material under the midfoot, will help resist an­ kle pronation and should therefore be used by runners who require such con­ trol. in contrast, the curve-lasted shoe is of benefit to those athletes looking for increased foot movement and shock-absorption. such athletes usual­ ly have high-arched feet and tend to wear the outer edges o f their shoe soles and usually run with their toes pointing inwards (toeing-in). medial and lateral mid-sole heel flares the mid-sole of the shoe at the heel is usually wider on both sides where it meets the ground, than where it meets the foot; in other words, it is flared from foot to ground. the flare on the inside of the shoe probably resists ankle pronation; the flare on the outside probably increases ankle pronation because it acts as a additional arch supports systems are provided in some running shoes. by and large, these systems offer too lit­ tle to help runners who pronate exces­ sively but may assist those with only minor degrees of ankle pronation. the achilles 'protector is the exten­ sion of the material at the top of the heel counter. although some suggest that this ‘protector may be the cause o f inflammation in the achilles tendon, i have not encountered this. however, should the protector cause discomfort, simply remove it as it does not affect the function of the shoe in any way. the way in which a shoe is laced may affect its comfort. the two most com­ mon lacing methods are variable width lacing, in which there are two rows of non-aligned eyelet holes, which allows the athlete to choose either a narrow­ er or a wider lacing system and speed lacing in which plastic d rings are sub-, stituted for the conventional leather eyelets. the friction between the plas­ tic and pressure distribution is said to zx500 adidas fingers of your dominant hand. deter­ mine how much pressure is required to distort the heel counter towards the centre of the shoe second, holding the heel counter as before, grasp the mid­ sole of the shoe in the palm of the other hand and determine how much torque is required to distort the heel counter to the inside or to the outside of the shoe the less distortion produced by these manoeuvres, the stronger the heel counter. straight or curved (banana) lasting. a straight-lasted shoe is one which, when viewed from below, is symmetri­ cal around a line drawn from the mid­ dle of the heel to the middle of the toe in contrast, the front of a curved banana or inflared-lasted shoe bends in­ side a line drawn from the middle of the heel to the middle of the mid-foot. lever forcing the foot inwards at heelstrike thus it seems likely that the medial heel flare may be of value to runners who need control of ankle pronation, but the lateral flare is probably more of a hindrance than a help. indeed when in the mid-1970's nike introduced a shoe with an exaggerated lateral flare, the l d v 1000, a number of runners us­ ing the shoe developed the iliotibial band fric t io n syn d ro m e (cava­ nagh, 1980). it seems probable that lateral heel flares will disappear sometime in the fu tu re certainly the injured runner who uses a shoe with a lateral heel flare would probably do best to file that flare off. there are a number of other less im­ portant features worthy of note all modern shoe uppers are made of ny­ lon. leather tends to stretch once wet and it needs to be dried slowly. be more even with the d rings. however, plastic d rings are hard and can cause considerable pressure on the top of the foot. a recent innovation in lacing has been the use o f velcro strips in place of laces finally, some shoes also have sup­ plementary lacing systems in which tabs at either the midfoot or the heel allow the laces the be attached to either the mid or rearfoot, or both. final considerations having decided what model shoe one is going to buy, it is important to make sure the shoe fits here four rules apply. first, a general rule is that the shoe should be bought slightly larger than the runners conventional shoes this is because the foot swells about one half size when he runs. a good test of whether the shoe is of the correct size is that the width of the index finger may 1986 vol 1, n01,198< r r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) "all running shoes have a limited life expectancy-a probable maximum o f six months of dally wear-before their ability toabsorb shockor control the foot is lo st so it is advisable to change shoes about that often. " a question runners frequently ask is whether they should train in a shoe that is heavier than the ones in which they normally race i don't really think that the weight of the training shoe makes any real difference to the over­ all training effect. distance and speed are what count in training and shoes should be chosen so that they are com­ fortable and protective shoes for cross­ country racing can sacrifice some cushioning and should have a low heel to increase stability on uneven ground. shoes for ultra-marathon races need more cushioning as do shoes used if one is training high mileages. joggers who train less than three times a week, or who run less than 20 kilometres a week probably do not need the addi­ tional protection built into the very ex­ pensive running shoes, although they may should they become injured. as far as different brands or models of shoe are concerned if you are com­ fortable in a particular brand of shoe, you should stay with that shoe. i have found that i am comfortable in only a small range of shoes. yet any number of other shoes which seem to have the identical characteristics as these shoes are, for no apparent reason, simply not comfortable (continuedonpagelo)c ibo-g eigy (pty) l td p.o. box 9 2 isando 1 6 0 0 for full prescribing inform ation please re fe r to the m.d.r. may 1986 vol 1,n 0 1,1986 tenderness in any o f these areas in­ dicates, amongst other things, that the foot is being allowed to pronate exces­ sively and that a shoe with those fea­ tures that restrict ankle pronation should be worn. it is important not to race in shoes that are either too light or too worn out. the muscles normally provide a good measure of overall shock absorp­ tion during running, but near the end of a long race, they become too ex­ hausted to help, so that the shoe is left to absorb the shock unaided. a shoe that felt adequate at the start of the race may not be optimum when it must cope without the help of the muscles all running shoes have a limited life exp ectan cy-a probable maximum of six months of daily w ear-b efore their ability to absorb shock or control the foot is lost. so it is advisable to change shoes about that often. votiarenqpin sports injury and trauma. diclophenac sodium 50 mg (entericcoated tablets) reg. ho. k/3. i / 2 5 3 (wet/act 101/1965) 153 should be able to fit between the end of the longest toe (not always the big toe!) and the front end of the shoe upper. second, the width of the shoe must be right and there must be sufficient height in the toe-box to allow free up and-down movement of the toes. ath­ letes with very wide or very narrow feet will need to look to manufacturers who offer shoes with different width fittings or will need to discover those manufacturers whose normal width range tends to be either broader or narrower than the average running shoe the most important width fitting is over the middle (bridge) of the foot. third, the shoe m ust feel good im­ mediately you walk in it. a shoe that feels uncomfortable in the shop will only become even more so once on the road fourth, the heel must not slip out of the heel counter at toe-off. shoe choice for uninjured runners once the novice has been running for some time and has not experienced an injury, he becomes an uninjured non-novice runner and the choice of his second pair of shoes requires sever­ al new considerations. if the novice suffers an injury that may be related to his choice of running shoe, then he becomes an injured runner and his choice of shoe is determined by a different set of factors. uninjured runners fall into two categories-those who are at risk of in­ jury but who are not yet running enough to become injured, and those fortunate few who can do whatever they like without ever becoming in­ jured. this latter group comes from ex­ perienced ru n n ers-th e ir choice of shoes can be made entirely without recourse to any of the information con­ tained here they could probably run barefoot if they trained for it. one way for the uninjured novice to check whether he may be injury prone, is to try the pinch test. the pinch test is effective because damaged tissues become tender to the touch long be­ fore they actually cause pain to be felt during or after running. a feeling of tenderness or discomfort when either v the argus the achilles tendon is pinched between the thumb and forefinger, or when firm pressure is applied along the bord­ ers of the shin-bone (the tibia) or the knee-cap indicates trouble if allowed to go unchecked, the result may be a de­ bilitating injury. 9r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) a rthritis/running link i refer to your article on the topic of the possibili­ ty o f a linkage between running and arthritis on page 5 of your issue no 29. you referred to a research study done by caldwell and reported in the physician and sports medicine of august 1984, in which a questionnaire study of swim­ mers and cross-country runners was carried o u t the statistics derived from that study showed no linkage between road-running and arthritis o f any kind. in this connection i would like to sound a note of caution when it comes to the elderly runner. cartilage cells, like brain cells, die o ff progressively from skele­ tal maturity onwards. this does not mean that articular cartilage automat­ ically gets thinner in advancing years, but its capacity to regenerate itself reduces progressively, and becomes minimal in old age. translating this in­ formation into practicalities, it follows that a young athlete easily regenerates cartilage as superficial attrition occurs; but in old age this ability is lost. a properly controlled scientific study is called for in order to determine whether or not athletically active older people are subject to a higher inci­ dence of osteo-arthritis than the more common sedentary members of that community. until such a trial is con­ ducted, we should discourage people over the age o f 50 years from long­ distance cross-country running. i have had several patients with what appears to me to be unnecessary arthritis produced by overuse in old age; and this observation has been corroborated by colleagues abroad. prof aw b heywood, department of orthopaedic surgery, universi­ ty of cape town.editor-in-chief dr clive noble re­ plies: there is no published evidence to show that running over the age of 50 in­ creases the rate of degeneration of normal joints. there is in fact evidence to the contrary. in a study o f former champion finnish athletes1 it was found that advanced degenerative osteo-arthritic changes were found in 4% of the group but were present in 9% of the control group. other studies2 indicate that the inci­ dence of osteo-arthritis is no higher in highly active sport persons than in the non-active population. wally hayward who is approaching 79 years of age had no evidence of osteo-arthritis despite years of running prodigious distances furthermore there is evidence3 to support the belief that the absence rather then presence of normal weight bearing across a joint leads to degener­ ative changes similar to those found in early osteo-arthritis. to conclude, it has been established that a history of joint injury pre-empts osteo-arthritis, thus exercise on abnor­ mal joints could ultimately cause de­ generative osteo-arthritis it would pos­ sibly be wise to discourage any patient (regardless of age) with known joint damage, from excessive activities thus it is my opinion that there is no need to discourage persons over the age of 50, with normal joints, from long dis­ tance running. references 1. puranen and colleagues (1975). 2. adams 1976, bird eta/, 1980, edm ond eta/, 1980, murray leslie eta/, 1977. 3. palmoski et al (1980). 4. murray leslie et al, (1977). s p o rts q u iz 1. who beat bjorn borg in a wimbledon final? 2. who wrote the screenplay for chari­ ots o f fire? 3. what was president eisenhower's favourite game? 4. who was the first person to hit six sixes in an over of first-class cricket? 5. complete the couplet "float like a butterfly, sting like a bee 6. what us president was a keen jo g­ ger? 7. which golfer recovered from a ta d car crash to win the us open? 8. who was a wimbledon finalist at the age of 19 and again at 39? 9. who won the 5 000 and 10 000 metres and marathon in the same olympics? 10. what is the usas premier sports magazine? from utterly triviai knowledge: the sports game by david robins (penguin books, 1985). paiejjsniii s u o d s oi >)0deiez i!lug '6 liemssoa ua» -8 u e b o h u a a l j d j j e j a iu l u ir ’9 ass },ueo aad s/m ib l im 3!m l u e o s p u e i) s ih '5 s j 0q o s p i a y j e o '17 j i o o •£ p u e p m u||o0 z 0ojugoi/\i u q o r t sj0msuv (continued from page 9) in summary then, my advice for the uninjured runner is to stay with the shoes that he finds comfortable and to choose shoes that are appropriate for racing and training and for different distances* *republished with the permission of dr tim noakes, author of lore o f running (oxford university press). references basslertj. marathons and im m unity to athe­ rosclerosis. annai o f the n ew york academ y of sciences 1977; 301: 578-592. cavanagh p. the r unning shoe book. ander­ son world, moutainview, california 1980. lobstein dd. depression as a pow erful dis­ crim ination between physically active and sedentary m iddle age men. jo u rn a l o f psy­ cho so m a tic research 1983; 27; 6 9 -7 6 . martin je. behavioural m anagem ent strate­ g y fo r im proving health and fitness. journal o f cardiac rehabilitation. 1984; 27: 6 9 -7 6 . noakes t. marathon running and im m unity to coronary heart disease; fact vs fiction. clinics in sp o rts medicine; 3; 527-543. may 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,19® r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) sports medicine continuing education course-provisional programme presented by the sa sports medicine association. venue: bozzoli hall, university of the w itwatersrand 8 9 august 1986 friday 8 august 08.00-08.40 registration 08.40-08.50 welcome: sasma president 08.50-09.10 diet and the sportsman 09.10-09.30 drugs and sport 09.30-09.50 strength and fitness for sport energy utilisation and fluid balance in marathon running 10.10-10.30 heat injury and sport 10.30-10.50 cardiac prehabilitation 10.50-11.00 discussion 1 1 .0 0 -1 1 .1 0 t ea 11.10 -11.3 0 cardiac rehabilitation 11-30-11.50 heart disease and the sportsman 11.50-12.10 psychiatry and sport 1 2 .1 0 1 2 . 2 0 discussion 12.20-12.40 film.-heart 12.40-13.00 lunch 13.00-13.20 footbiomechanics 13.20 -13.40 ankle injuries (soft tissue) shin splints and other shin pain 14.00-14.20 meniscal injuries 14.20-14.40 anterior cruciate instability 14.40-15.00 patello femoral injuries 15.00-15.10 discussion 15.10-15.30 film.-injury 15.30-15.40 tea a.g.m. sasma dinner: friday evening saturday 9 august 1986 no'22£9,20 lumbar disc pathology 09.20-09.40 shoulder injuries 09.40-10.00 elbow injuries /in —10.20 hand and wrist injuries 10.20-10.40 discussion 10.40-10.50 ifca ^ 0 1 1 1 0 sports injuries in the child i t 'in v i'ln sport and the pre9nant woman physiotherapy of running injuries i ' m n rehabilitation of knee injuries 1 £ '" }r rehabilitation of muscle injuries 12.30-12.40 discussion speakers: speakers invited to present papers include dr c noble, dr t noakes, dr p firer, brig e hugo, dr r morris and dr n gordon. registration: registration: r120 per person for the course send personal details and registration fees to: mrs a schuster r0. box 55539 northlands 2116. supported by ciba-geigy (pty) ltd bm lith o 30 970 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) lore ©f running by dr tim noakes, oxford university press seldom have i had the opportunity of reading a more enjoyable and stimula­ ting book on sports medicine not only is dr tim noakes' book packed with in­ teresting and useful information on running but it is written in a style that makes for pleasant reading. written at a medical level it had nonetheless been ardently read by many of the runners themselves, espe­ cially the "addicted ones". for me the section on running injuries was partic­ ularly interesting. some of the treat­ ments suggested -su c h as a change of running sh oe sare particularly innova­ tive for the stereotyped orthopaedic surgeon or sports traumatologist. it is a pity that new running shoes used in the treatm ent of running injuries can­ not be paid for by medical aid! i believe that every doctor, physiotherapist or podiatrist who treats running injuries should make himself familiar with this book. it is sometimes controversial and always thought provoking. dr clive noble m b bch, fcs (sa), editor-in-chief sports injuries, their prevention and treatment by lars peterson and per renstrom. juta and company ltd. 1986. the authors of this book, lars peter­ son and per renstrom, are two leading swedish orthopaedic surgeons, both ex­ pert and widely experienced in treat­ ing sports injuries. sweden has led the world for many years in sports science, and the origi­ nal swedish edition of the book has been so successful that it is now being made available to the english-speaking world. this edition has been revised and updated, not only by the authors, but by an international team of english speaking editors. editors of the south african edition are duncan mitchell, professor of phy­ siology, university of the witwatersrand and george beaton, formerly professor of medical education at the same university. sports injuries is a handbook for physical educationists, coaches, trainers, physiotherapists, first-aiders, fieldside care specialists, serious sportsmen and sportswomen and anybody else con­ cerned with preventing and treating in­ jury in sports. using plain language and clear dia­ grams, the authors systematically cover the parts of the musculoskeletal sys­ tem susceptible to injury in sport, show­ ing how the injuries happen, how to prevent them, and especially how to get an injured participant back into his or her sport safely and quickly. with an increasing number of peo­ ple taking part in both amateur and professional sport, there is now a great­ er demand for clear understanding of all types of injury; early and correct di­ agnosis; fast, efficient and effective treatm ent and a knowledge of preven­ tive and rehabilitative training. the 488 page sports injuries hand­ book gives clear, practical instruction and advice on: • sports injuries by region including the back, neck, head, spine, arm, knee, lower leg, ankle, foot and trunk • warm-up, stretching and taping • good protective clothing and equip­ ment • preventive and recovery training in a colour-illustrated 45-page section •special child and adolescent activities • sport for the handicapped. with over 240 colour photographs and x-rays, over 130 specially commis­ sioned full-colour diagrams and an ex­ tensive glossary, this comprehensive book will be indispensible to all those involved in sport and should be part of every kit bag. sports medicine in primary care by robert c cantu, collier macmillan international this compact volume is designed espe­ cially for general office practice. it ena­ bles physicians to write exercise prescriptions, dispense knowledgeable information on sports nutrition, coun­ sel patients on health, life-style and prevention of injury, treat common in­ juries in each organ system and identi­ fy indications for referring patients to an appropriate specialist. describing the 240 page reference book the journal o f family practice comments "... a well-written and illus­ trated book for all those in family prac­ tice who are interested in sports medi­ cine. it may be used as a textbook for medical students and resident physi­ cians or as a reference book for prac­ tising physicians:' the opinion of physical therapy m s-."... highly recommended for sports physi­ cal therapists because it provides a ver­ sion of the field o f sports medicine." sp o rts m edicine, sp o rts science: bridging the gap. edited by robert c cantu ana william j gillespie, collier mac­ millan international. the editors offer broad coverage of the medical, physiological and psycho­ logical assessments needed before ex­ ercise training. it deals with specific ex­ ercise programmes and with special considerations such as nutrition, dia­ betes, cardiac rehabilitation and the prevention, recognition and treatment o f sports injuries common among adults. commented the new england jour­ nal o f medicine-."... a good book for the hospital medical library. it will be used by numerous specialists and physical therapists, also by trainers.." contents include: psychology and sports-attitudes and beliefs in the prediction o f exercise participation, change agents in the psychology of running and behaviour modification. there are also chapters on biomechan­ ics, perspectives on the female athlete, sports nutrition and cardiac rehabilita­ tion. ma y 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,1986 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) rfeaturei guidelines for the pregnant runner he decision by mary decker-slaney to co n ­ tinue running right up to the end of her pregnan­ cy has focused attention on the pregnant runner ambitious "queen mary" will let nothing prevent her from returning to world middle-distance com petition-not even the birth of her first child. unlike some top class women athletes who gave up running during pregnan­ cy mary continues to put in 6 0 8 0 km per week with her doctor's consent. the 27-year-old mother-to-be told jour­ nalists: "the doctor says it is ok to do what i am used to but i get slower and slower and bigger and bigger. in his book lore o f running (oxford university press) the author dr tim noakes discusses both the potential hazards and benefits of exercise dur­ ing pregnancy. four potential areas o f concern must be considered: • exercise compromises the blood flow to the developing foetus • blood ph and lactate changes in­ duced by high intensity exercise may affect the foetus. • maternal hyperthermia during exer­ cise may affect the foetus. • maternal exercise increases the risk of premature labour benefits of exercise what scientific evidence there is indi­ cates that exercise training during pregnancy increases physical fitness without detrimental effects, in the short term the mother feels bet­ ter and has more energy and suffers less of the common complaints that are associated with pregnancy, in par­ ticular, constipation, back pain and reduced energy her weight gain is bet­ ter controlled. during labour the fit mother is better able to cope with whatever happens during delivery, in particular the possi­ bility of complications. strong abdomi­ nal muscles aid the expulsion of the baby, and well-toned pelvic floor mus­ cles stretch better during delivery and recover more quickly comments dr noakes: "however, these differences may be more psychological than physical. for in the only five such studies yet reported, co ntrasting results of the effects on training dur­ ing pregnancy on the outcome of labour was found. in three studies the labour and delivery of women who had exercised during pregnancy were no different from those who had not if anything, the exercising women were slightly more likely to develop delayed (obstructed) labour requiring caesarean section than were the non-exercisers. but the numbers were small and no definite conclusions can be drawn. in contrast a hungarian study of 172 athletes6 6 % of whom continued their sporting competition during the first three to four months of pregnan­ cy-show ed that these athletes had fewer complications than normal dur­ ing pregnancy and there was no in­ creased risk o f abortion. labour and delivery were normal, except the rate o f caesarian sections were half that of the control group as was the duration of the second stage of labour in the long-term the mother who has been active during pregnancy will find it easier to lose weight and to recover from the effects of the delivery and pregnancy image bank may 1986 v o l1 .n 0 1,19 12 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) he american college of obstetricians and gynae­ cologists gives pregnant runners the following useful information: • before continuing with your running you should consult a doctor. certain medical conditions preclude running during pregnancy. these may include placenta previa, multiple pregnancies, a history of miscarriages, a weak cervix, hypertension, anaemia, diabetes, or thyroid disease. • don't try to start a more rigorous training programme. you should be prepared to cut back on intensity and distance. don't push yo u rself to exhaustion. • exercise at least three times a week for 20 to 30 minutes for maximum benefit. your heart rate should be in the 120 to 140 range. after you stop running your resting pulse should be back to normal within 10 minutes also remember that your resting pulse will rise during pregnancy. • you should drink plenty of fluids and avoid overheating. an increase in body temperature can harm the foetus, which has no mechanism to cool itself. dehydration can interfere with blood circulation and may trigger premature labour. •avoid aggressive competition and be­ come a fun-runner instead. if you feel that you are straining or becoming ex­ cessively fatigued you should stop run­ ning. you should also discontinue train­ ing if you experience breathlessness, dizziness, headaches, muscle weakness, nausea, chest pain or tightness, back pain or pubic pain. in these circum­ stances you should consult a doctor. •slow, gradual stretching should be in­ cluded as part o f your warmup and cool down. kegal's exercises for the pel­ vic muscles are also recommended, both prenatally and postpartem. • don't try to lose weight by exercising during pregnancy. you should concen­ trate on a balanced diet to meet your caloric needs as well as the needs of your baby and your exercise. •strenuous exercise, if done at all should not exceed 15 minutes in dura­ tion. • do not run if you have a fever. •do not run in hot, humid weather. this information is based on a recent ouiietin of the american college of ob­ stetricians and gynaecologists, 600 m a r v ^ d ave, sw washington, dc f0024 and research from the melpo­ mene institute, 316 university ave, st paul, ml\l 55103. may 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,1986 pregnant runners take note image bank r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) self-administered exertion therapy: its effectiveness & application-part ii van niekerk, m b a (hons) psychology schomer, h h ba (hons) ma phd psychology department o f psychology, university o f cape town, rondebosch, 7700. s ummaryhe authors have exa­mined the effectiveness of anxiety management training through physical exertion (running) and positive and negative imagery without an ongoing client therapist relationship. their study sug­ gests that self-administered exertion therapy, with its simple, cost-effective and readily amendable techniques is a valid and viable alternative means of al­ leviating certain forms of anxiety. it is hoped that their study will stimulate further research. results the results obtained from the present experiment clearly indicate that a combination of physical exertion and positive and negative level without the presence of a facilitator. ex­ perimenter effect was thus shown not to play any significant part in anxiety reduction. the data obtained from the experi­ ment was analysed by means of a 2-way analysis of variance (2-way anova) with repeated measures on factor b table 1 summarises the analysis of variance of the i pat langner index and poms re­ spectively. significant f-interaction occurred at the 0,01 level i.e. anxiety scores did not change consistently over the four lev­ els of instruction as time proceeded. simple main effects analyses of all three psychometric devices employed indicated that: (a) during the second and third week of the programme there were significant differences be­ tween the anxiety scores of the four groups (b) one week after termination of the programme the anxiety scores o f the four groups still differed signifi­ cantly. (c) within each group, with the exception of croup 4 (the control group), anxiety scores fluctuated sig­ nificantly over the five weeks tukeys hs pairwise comparisons re­ vealed th a t during the middle of the second week of the programme the anxiety scores of the group receiving a manual only was significantly less than those in the control group. it was table i 2-way anova with repeated measures on factorb(tim e intervals) d v : anxiety level ipatdata anova sum mary table source ss df ms f -ra tio between subj. subj.w c 4178.729 2616.793 2 32 1392.9097 113.02478 12.323932 within subj. b ab bxsw c 3954.9902 2339.3188 1798.1016 4 12 128 988.74756 194.94324 14.047668 70.385171 13.87724*' langner index data between subj. a subj.w c 6103.9248 3527.8594 3 32 2034.6416 110.24561 18.455535 within subj. b ab bxsw c 4996.7886 3934.7622 2893.2578 4 12 128 1249.1971 327.89685 22.603577 55.265463 14.506414" poms data between subj. a subj. wg 2059.7338 4199.866 3 32 686.57794 131.24581 5.2312369 within subj. b ab bxsw c 1084.8675 1008.8215 2537.9124 4 12 128 271.21687 84.068459 19.82744 13.678865 4.2400056” ** p < 0,01 with factor a =m etho d of instruction a =0,01 0* f (12;128> may 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,19® r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) only during the third week of the programme that the other experimen­ tal groups (i.e. the group receiving a manual and an audio-tape, and the group receiving a manual and an audio­ tape and a video-tape) exhibited signifi­ cantly less anxiety than the control group. on te rm in a tio n o f th e programme these trends were still evi­ den t i.e. the anxiety levels o f those in the experimental groups were still sig­ nificantly less than those in the control group graphical representations of the anxiety reduction patterns can be seen in figures 1 to 3. in addition the above are expressed in relative percentage fluctuations in figure 4. 54 52 50 48 46 u} 4 4 (d > 42 4 3 £ 40 •s 38 ^ § 36 34 32 30 28 weekly trials r ®i b2 03 ba e5 group 1 (manual only) group 2 (manual plus audiotape) group3 (manual, audiotape plus video) group 4 (control) figure 1: graphical representation oftheipatdata discussion the results suggest that anxiety reduction through physical exertion and positive and negative imagery can occur in the absence of an instructor. contrary to expectation, the study shows that neither the maximal treat­ ment group (i.e. the group receiving a manual, an audio-tape and a video­ tape), nor the group receiving a manu­ al and an audio-tape as instruction ex­ hibited significantly more anxiety reduction than the minimal treatment group (i.e. the group receiving only a manual). results revealed that neither rate nor amount of anxiety reduction |s positively correlated to complexity of instructional level. the results suggest that the manual alone was superior to combinations o f the manual, audio­ tape and video-tape in reducing state anxiety. although it was hypothesised that r l e maximal treatm ent procedure would yield significantly more anxiety eduction than the other treatm ent aroups, results indicated that this did not occur. video-tape pre-training did not significantly facilitate therapeutic outcome. these unexpected results could be attributed to a variety o f fac­ tors contrary to the findings of hilkey and wilheim (1982), the results of the present study may be seen as a result of removing possible therapist rein­ forcement from the video-tape pre­ t ra in in g sessions. sin ce th e ex­ perimenters were always present at these sessions in the hilkey and wilheim study, ascertaining the exclu­ sive effect of video-tape pre-training on therapeutic outcome is difficult. as­ suming that it is the video-tape pre­ training alone which enhances treat­ ment effects is fallacious. postulating that learning the rules and principles that govern a particular behaviour is more conducive to be­ havioural or cognitive change then sim­ ply copying the behaviour, is an alter­ nate aetiological speculation to the cur­ rent findings the former method of learning forces one to restructure one's cognitions about anxiety. the latter method of learning, as happened in the maximal treatment group, can be seen as an imposition of ideas. this is not only counter-productive to adequate personal problem-formation (roman ovska, 1982), but also to the integration of the learned behaviour in the per­ son's repertoire of covert and overt responses although it was hypothesised that the minimal treatm ent group would yield significantly less anxiety reduction than the maximal treatm ent group, the results refuted the hypothesis: rate and amount o f anxiety reduction was greatest in the group receiving only a manual. the role of self-attribution may be central to these findings, for they support indications from differ­ ent areas of self-attribution research that therapeutic outcome is influenced by the client's belief about the causes of behavioural changes those subjects ma y 1986 vol 1, n 0 1,1986 b, b2 b3 b< b5 ------group 1 (manual only) ----! group 2 (manual plus audiotape) ------group 3 (manual, audiotape plus ( video) r : : . group 4 (control)_____________ figure 2: graphical representation o f langner index data — group 1 (manualonly) — group 2 (manual plus audiotape) — •! group 3 (manual, audiotape plus video) ... i group 4 (control)____________ figure 3: graphical representation of the p o m s data in the group receiving only a manual as instruction believed that they had the sole responsibility for some action, that a successful outcome would be due to their personal competence and that their behaviour was not only voluntary but also internally mediated. as opposed to this, the subjects in the maximal and intermediate treatm ent groups could have perceived the audio­ tape as an external pressure. this led to a consciously or unconsciously medi­ ated opposition to treatment. the co­ operation necessary to achieve max­ imal treatm ent effects turns into ac­ tive opposition, i.e. reactance occurs (kanfer & goldstein, 1980). a further aetiological speculation for the superior efficacy of the manual is similar to that posed by condry (in: kanfer & goldstein, 1980). the manual alone could have demanded the de­ velopment o f greater self-knowledge and self-exploration (to achieve treat­ ment effects) than the audioand video-tape. this in turn could have led to the establishment of a durable in­ ternalised repertoire of the desired responses condry argues that skills ac­ quired in this manner are better in­ tegrated into the individual's schema and hence more m ean in gfu l to him/her. this in turn leads to superior internalisation of complete repertoire of behaviours conducive to positive change. in the context of the research on forced compliance (which might tenta­ tively be postulated as one of the dy­ namics underlying the findings in groups 2 and 3), collins et. al., (in: kanfer & goldstein, 1980), called atten­ tion to the importance of the recogni­ tion of variables which are associated with the acquisition of skills under per­ ceived external manipulation may ac­ tually be antagonistic to the main­ tenance or internalisation o f such skills (continued ori page 18) 15 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) in sports injury and trauma. votta didophen for fu ll p r e s c r lb i r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) waarom lid word van die sa sportgeneeskunde vereniging? [ ie sascv staan nog in sy kinderskoene, maar groei r steeds in lidmaatskap. aangesien heelwat po t tensiele lede van die sasgv iets meer wil weet van die doelstellings van die vereniging, asook die persoonlike voordele wat hulle kan ver kry uit lidmaatskap van die vereniging, wil ons graag die doelstellings van die vereniging uiteensit. deur aan te sluit by die sasgv, word u deel van 'n groep kollegas met gemeen skaplike doelwitte, nie net plaaslik nie, maar ook in die streke en op nasionale en internasionale vlak. dit is 'n akademiese forum waar idees, sienings en ondervindinge gewissel kan word op 'n gereelde basis-'n netwerk van kolle­ gas dwarsdeur die land met wie u per soonlik in aanraking kan kom indien no­ dig. wat is die sa sportgenees kunde-vereninging? die sa sportgeneeskunde-vereniging (sasgv) is 'n professionele vereniging wat betrokke is by alle aspekte rakende die sportgeneeskunde. aangesien die sasgv 'n subgroep is van die mediese vereniging van sa (mvsa), bestaan die lede uit geregistreerde mediese prak tisyns wat lid is van die mvsa uit beide die private en openbare sektore. aangesien daar soveel belangstellendes in sportgeneeskunde is wat nie lede van die mvsa is nie (beide medici en nie medici) is daar voorsiening gemaak vir nierdie persone om geaffilieerde lede van die sasgv te word deur aan te sluit by diesportwetenskapafdeling van die suid-afrikaanse vereniging vir sport wetenskap, liggaamlike opvoedkunde en rekreasie (savslor). geneeshere wat nie lede is van die mvsa nie, fisiotera peute, liggaamlike opvoedkundiges ens moet voile lede van savslor word. so aoende sal hulle name op die poslys 9eplaas word waardeur hulle die nuus b t e f sal ontvang met al die informasie -3ngaande toekomstige vergaderings dlaaslik en internasionaal, asook alle publikasies van beide sasgv en savslor rakende sportwetenskap. may 1986 vol a ansoeke om lidm aatskap m oet gestuur word aan: die sekretaris sasgv/savslor kerkstraat 1131 hatfield pretoria 0083 i i deur aan te sluit by die sascv, word u deel van n groep kollegas metgemeenskapllke doelwitte, nie net plaasllknle, maar ook in die streke en op nasionale en internasionale vlak." wat is die doelstellings van die vereniging? die doelstellings en doelwitte van die vereniging is: • die bevordering van die wetenskap en praktyk van sportgeneeskunde • om navorsing in sportgeneeskunde en sy vertakkings aktief te steun, te bevorder en aan te moedig. • om onderrig en opleiding in sport­ geneeskunde aan te moedig. • om kennis insake die diagnose, voor koming en behandeling van sportbeser ings te bevorder. • om gereelde vergaderings te reel. • om samewerking tussen alle belange groepe in sportgeneeskunde te be werkstellig. • om die belange van sy lede te beskerm. • om die voorafgaande doelstellings te bereik, mag die vereniging subgroepe in die lewe roep, wat kursusse kan reel om die kennis van sportgeneeskunde uit te bou. wat is die voordele van lid­ maatskap van die vereniging? deur lid te word van die sasgv, sal u: • die geleentheid he om gereelde le sings en werkswinkels by te woon insake sportgeneeskunde. • die geleentheid he om aan te sluit by plaaslike subgroepe • die joernaal gereeld ontvang (tydskrif van die sportgeneeskunde-vereniging.) • in staat wees om aktief deel te neem aan die tweejaarlikse nasionale kongres •'n forum he vir persoonlike kontak en die uitruil van gedagtes insake sport­ geneeskunde op 'n nasionale en inter­ nasionale vlak deur die vereniging se as sosiasie met f i m s (federation inter­ nationale de medicine sp ortive-die in­ ternasionale federasie vir sport­ geneeskunde). • geregtig wees op verminderde in skrywingsfooie vir kursusse en kon gresse • deur u lidmaatskap sportgeneeskun­ de in suid-afrika bevorder deur koor dinering van die aktiwiteite van 'n multi professionele span van kundiges. in hierdie joernaal vind u 'n aansoek vorm om lidmaatskap van die vereni­ ging vir u aandag. c a p e tow n v e n u e fo r s p o rts m edicine c o n g re s s the 1987 congress organised by the sa sports medicine association is to be held in cape town from april 14 to 16. details of the programme are still to be finalised, but the main topics will be: • exercise in health and disease. • medical aspects of dance • sports traumatology. at least four international speakers have been invited to participate. further information will be published in future issues of the journal o f the sa sports medicine association. 1, n 0 1,1986 17 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) (continued from page 15) he manual succeeded in τ structuring the acquisition of new behaviours in a way which encouraged subjects to accept responsibility for complying with the programme both the audio-tape and video-tape failed to do this. besides this, both these devices could have served as external gauges of competence failure to conform to the behaviours observed by the models and/or keep up with the narrator's instructions could have been anxiety-provoking initially-hence the greater amount of time needed to reduce anxiety because these initial negative effects of modelling are not permanent, they cannot be said to be detrimental to the ultimate goal of the treatment, i.e. anxiety reduction. if however, time effective indices are considered, the superiority of the manual is clearly evident: a fast, maximally effective method which maintains a judicious balance between client and helper (inanimate in this case) participation in such a way that the client never perceives the helper as imposing objective or strategies. inferences drawn from these findings should, however, be tentative. problems of experimental design, for example, subject population and the small number of subjects per group, limit the strength of the results. difficulties in measuring the relatively complex phenomena of state and trait anxiety should foster caution in interpreting the results. also, any generalisation of results from an investigation of anxiety in volunteer university students to other anxious individuals should be made cautiously. procedures applicable to severely anxious students may not be applicable or appropriate to more severe anxiety-neurotics. the implications of this study are, however, vast when compared with mainstream psychotherapy and counselling. in our society, seeking counselling or psychotherapy for neurotic anxieties has arguably become a very middleclass activity. many people (without the required opportunity, money and i or intelligence) are denied therapy for anxieties. depth therapy (eg. freudian and neo-freudian) requires clients to have a certain level of intelligence to qualify for intervention. besides this, all therapies are so expensive that only those with the necessary financial resources can afford them. this study suggests that selfadministered exertion therapy, with its simple, cost-effective and readily amendable techniques (as outlined by schomer, 1979), is a valid and viable alternative means of alleviating certain forms of anxiety. it is the hope of the authors that this study will stimulate future research into the area of selfadministered exertion therapy. possible explorations may focus on maintenance of self-administered treatment effects. a worthwhile endeavour for future research would be the development and evaluation of procedural variations and modified instructional formats which would minimise dropout rate-a phenomenon which is notoriously high in self-administered techniques. definitely worth exploring is whether the group setting is a curative factor. subjective evaluation indicated that this was not the case and the authors are of the opinion that working through the treatment programme alone can be equally effective this hypothesis does, however, require further validation. references bellack a s, hersin μ & kazdin a e. (1982). international handbook of behaviour modification and therapy. new york: plenum press. brown ε f (1975). bibliotherapy and its widening applications. new york: metuchen. cattell r b, scheier ι η & madge ε μ (1968). handbook for the ipat anxiety scale and questionnaire national bureau of educational and social research: south african adaptations and norms. pretoria: government printer. de vries η a (1981). tranquilizer effect of exercise: a critical review. physician and sports medicine, november, 9, (11), 47-55. driscoll ρ (1976). anxiety reduction using physical exertion and positive images. psychological record, 26, 86-94. duckitt j & broil τ (1982). personality factors as moderation of the psychological impact of others, south african journal of psychology, 12, 76-80. garfield, s.l. & bergin, a.e. (eds.). (1978). handbook of psychotherapy and behaviour change: an empirical analysis. new york: wiley. glasgow r e, schafer l & o'neill η κ. (1981). selfhelp books and amount of therapist contact in smoking cessation programmes. journal of consulting and clinical psychology, 49, 659-667. glasgow r e s rosen m. (1978) behavioural bibliotherapy. psychological bulletin, 85, 1-23. cross w f. (1966). significant movement in comparatively short-term counselling. journal of counselling psychology, 13, 98-99. hilkey j η & wilheim l. (1982). comparative effectiveness of video-tape pre-training versus no pre-training on selected process and outcome variable in group therapy, psychological reports, 50, 1151-1159. jannoun l. (1982). a self-help treatment programme for anxiety state patients. behaviour therapy, 10,103 -111. kanfer f η & goldstein a p. (eds.). (1980). helping people change. new york: pergamon press. kostrubala, τ. (1976). the joy of running. new york: j β lippincott co. kovel j. (1976). a complete guide to therapy: from psychoanalysis to behaviour modification. great britain: harvester press. croup 1 (manual only) croup 2 (manual plusaudiotape) croup 3 (manual, audiotape plus video) f rrr« ipat scale langner scale poms scale 8 0 -70 6 0 -50 4 0 -30 2 0 1 0 0 +10 + 20 30 7ό o) cl c ο γϊo ' 3 ο ω figure 4: overall average percentage reduction in anxiety level attributable to the amt programme may1986 vol 1,n01,1986 18 why you should become a member of sasma τ he south african sports medicine association, while still in its infancy, is growing in membership. as many potential members would like to know more about the objectives of the association as well as the personal advantages of becoming a member, we would like to explain sasma's aims. by joining sasma you immediately join a fraternity of your colleagues with common goals, not only locally but regionally, nationally and internationally. we have organised an academic forum where ideas, views and experiences can be exchanged on a regular basis. if required, you can be brought into personal contact with a network of colleagues throughout the country.' what is the south african sports medicine association? sasma is a professional body involved in all aspects of sports medicine. since the association is a subgroup of the medical association of sa (masa), its membership is made up of registered medical practitioners of both the public and private sectors who are members of masa. in view of the fact that there are many other interested parties who are not masa members (medical or non-medical disciplines), provision has been made for these parties to become affiliated members of sasma by joining the sports science section of the south african association for sport science, physical education and recreation (saassper). doctors who are not members of masa, physiotherapists, physical educationalists etc. will have to become full members of saassper, their names will come on the mailing list whereby they will receive the newsletters containing all information relating to future meetings locally and internationally as well as other publications of both sasma and saassper relating to sport science. application to become a member of sasma or saassper should be sent to: the secretary sasma/saassper 1131 church street hatfield pretoria 0083 i f by joining sasma you immediatelyjoin a fraternity of your colleagues with common goals, not only locally but regionally, nationally and internationally. ' what,are the objects of the association? these are: •the advancement of the science and art of sport medicine. •to foster, promote, support, augment, develop and encourage investigative knowledge of sports medicine and its ramifications. •to encourage the teaching and education of the same. •to promote the knowledge of recognition, prevention and treatment of sports injuries • to hold and arrange periodic meetings. •to establish and maintain co-operation between medical and other sciences concerned with sports medicine. •to protect the interests of its members. to represent and further the interests of sports medicine and to do all such other things as are incidental to or conducive of the above objects •to accomplish the foregoing objectives, the association may establish subgroups-and shall have.the power to carry on research, and establish courses to the advancement of the knowledge of sports medicine what are the benefits of joining the association? by joining sasma you will: • have the opportunity to attend regular lectures and workshops in sports medicine. • have the opportunity of joining local sub-groups. • receive the journal of the sa sports medicine association • be able to actively take part in the biannual national congress. • have a forum for personal contact and exchange of ideas on a national and international level through the association with f i μ s (federation internationale de medicine sportive-the international federation of sports medicine). • receive reduction of fees for courses and congresses. • promote the advancement of sports medicine in south africa through coordinated efforts by a multidisciplinary team of experts. in this journal you will find an application form for membership for your information. may 1986 v0l1.n01,1986 19 news from the regions ransvaal t s p o rts m edicine c o u rse the executive of sasma is to hold a sports medi­ cine continuing educa­ tion course in johannes­ burg on august 8 and 9. the venue is the bozzoli hall at the university of the witwatersrand. although the course is to be held at general practitioners level, anybody who is interested may attend. topics to be discussed include traum a­ tology. rehabilitation, cardiology, phys­ iology, sports psychology and others. further details will appear in future edi­ tions of the journal ofsa sports medi­ cine association. for further information contact mrs audrey schuster, p 0 box 5539, north­ lands 2116 or telephone (011) 783-6635 western province the western province subgroup has scheduled the following meetings on various sports medicine related topics: may 7 back pain and the athlete dr c du toit-exam ination of the back dr c irving-exercises for the back august 6: the triathlone phenomenon dr c irving-m edical problems dr t d noakes-training principles and equipment dr d p van velden-position on the bike november 6: alternative therapy and the athlete, all meetings will be held at the uct postgraduate medical centre (barnard fuller building, university of cape town medical school, lecture theatre 4). en­ quiries should be directed to dr c irv­ ing tel: (021) 419-1944. abstracts heat illness is approximately the same for men and women during road races the frequency of heat illness is approximately the same for men and women. recent american studies suggest that there are few differences between men's and women's responses to heat stress when they are matched v 0 2 max. dr emily m haymes, associate profes­ sor of movement science and physical education at florida state university in tallahassee, reports that although ear­ ly studies showed that women are less tolerant of exercise in the heat than men, this may have been because the women had lower fitness levels. in hot, humid environments women have an advantage in losing heat be­ cause of their larger-surface-to-weight ratio, even though men lose more sweat," she adds. "training lowers wom­ en's threshold for sweating and im­ proves their tolerance for exercise in the heat. during road races the fre­ quency of heat illness is approximate­ ly the same for men and women. e m haymes the physician and sportsmedicine, vol 12, no 3, march 1984. su id -a frik a a n se s p o rtg e n e e sk u n d e vereniging a p p l ic a t io n f o r m a a n s o e k v o r m full member/voile lid r25 student m ember/studente-lid r5 so u th african s p o rts m edicine a ss o c ia tio n tel no/tel n r ................masa no/mvsa nr full m em ber medical practitioners who are members o f m.a.s.a. voile lid: mediese praktisyns wat lede van die m.vs.a. is. student m em ber medical stu dents in clinical years. sludente-lede: mediese siudem e in hul kliniese jare. appli­ cations for membership of sasma should be sent to: the secretary. sasma. 1131 church st. h aifieid. pretoria. 0083 cheques to accompany membership lorm. may 1986 v 0 l 1 .n 0 1,1 r ep ro du ce d by s ab in et g at ew ay u nd er li ce nc e gr an te d by th e p ub lis he r (d at ed 2 01 2. ) case report 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 acute unilateral foot drop as a result of direct blunt trauma to the peroneal nerve in a professional mixed marital arts bout: a case report n k sethi1, md, v khabie2, md 1 department of neurology, new york-presbyterian hospital, weill cornell medical center, new york, ny, usa 2 department of orthopedic surgery, nyu-hospital for joint diseases orthopedic institute, new york, ny, usa corresponding author: n k sethi (sethinitinmd@hotmail.com) case report during the course of a professional mma contest, a 22-year-old fighter was noted to suddenly have a “floppy” left foot which caused him difficulty in maintaining his balance during the fight. a medical timeout was called by the referee and the ringside physician entered the cage to evaluate the fighter. the fighter had a complete left foot drop and a step-off was palpable in the left fibula. however, the fighter denied feeling any pain when palpated along the length of the fibula. the fight was stopped on the advice of the ringside physician as a concern for acute peroneal nerve palsy, associated with a possible fibula fracture, was a possibility. examination in the post-fight area revealed weak ankle dorsiflexion (medical research council [mrc] grade 0/5) and big toe extension (mrc grade 0/5). foot eversion was 0/5, inversion was preserved. ankle and toe plantar flexion, knee flexion, as well as hip abduction, extension, and internal rotation, were normal. weight bearing did not elicit any pain from the fighter. the achilles tendon and patellar reflexes and sensation were not checked. the fighter was immediately transported to the nearest level i trauma centre via ambulance where radiographs revealed no fracture of the fibula. he declined a stretcher and was able to walk to the ambulance aided by his coach and corner staff. discussion foot drop is defined as weakness of the foot and ankle dorsiflexion due to debility of the anterior tibialis, extensor halluces longus and extensor digitorum longus muscles. foot drop can be found as a result of central and peripheral causes. it can occur if there is a disruption anywhere along the neural pathway, from the parasagittal cortical motor neurons to the spinal cord’s upper motor neurons and the peripheral spinal motor neurons, ending with the peroneal nerve. [1] a sciatic and peroneal nerve compromise can occur due to numerous traumatic and non-traumatic causes. traumatic causes may occur in isolation or in association with musculoskeletal injuries involving the hip, knee, fibular head, tibia and the ankle. while acetabular and femur fractures, as well as posterior hip dislocations may compromise the sciatic nerve, the common peroneal nerve may be injured in fractures of the tibia and proximal fibula, and in knee dislocations. in lower extremity injuries, peroneal neuropathy may accompany ligamentous knee injury. ligamentous and bony injuries of the ankle may also result in peroneal neuropathy. [2] the peroneal nerve, due to its superficial course in the leg, is prone to compression as it winds closely around the fibula head and usually presents with a sub-acute and incomplete foot drop. the authors’ presentation of an acute foot drop occurring during a mma fight has not been previously reported. there was no accompanying fracture of the fibula leading to the authors’ hypothesis that in this fighter the cause of the acute foot drop was a blunt trauma, most likely a kick to the lateral aspect of the leg. this resulted in an acute compression neurapraxia, although a more serious injury to the nerve could not be ruled out in the acute setting. a nerve conduction study carried out two to three weeks post injury, especially if recovery is poor or delayed, may aid in prognostication. author contributions: nks conceived, drafted and revised the manuscript, vk reviewed and revised the manuscript. study funding: no targeted funding reported. disclosures: nks serves as associate editor, the eastern journal of medicine. vk reports no relevant disclosures. data sharing statement: the authors have no additional data to share. references 1. kertmen h, gürer b, yimaz er, et al. acute bilateral isolated foot drop: report of two cases. asian j neurosurg 2015;10:123-125. [doi: 10.4103/1793-5482.144596] 2. baima j, krivickas l. evaluation and treatment of peroneal neuropathy. curr rev musculoskelet med 2008;1:147-153. [doi: 10.1007/s12178-008-9023-6] as a result of its superficial location, the peroneal nerve is prone to compression injuries. this is a case report of an acute unilateral foot drop which occurred during a professional mixed martial arts (mma) contest, specifically as a result of direct blunt trauma to the left peroneal nerve, without an accompanying fracture of the fibula. keywords: foot extensor weakness, gait abnormality, contact sports, mixed martial arts s afr j sports med 2017; 29:1. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a3561 mailto:sethinitinmd@hotmail.com https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=kertmen%20h%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25972945 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=g%c3%bcrer%20b%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25972945 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=yimaz%20er%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=25972945 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=acute+bilateral+isolated+foot+drop%3a+report+of+two+cases https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=baima%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19468889 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=krivickas%20l%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=19468889 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=baima+j+evaluation+and+treatment+of+peroneal+neuropathy http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a3561 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 55 original research objective. the primary aim of this study was to quantify the prevalence of overweight and obesity among urban 7 10-year-old children in affluent (quintile 5) english-medium primary schools in port elizabeth. method. a quantitative, descriptive one-way cross-sectional research design utilising random sampling was used. a once-off survey consisted of anthropometrical assessment of body mass index (bmi) according to standardised procedures. to classify children into weight categories, the international obesity task force z-score bmi cut-off criteria were used. post-hoc analysis consisted of one-way analysis of variance and χ2 tests. level of significance was set at p<0.05. a total of 713 children participated in the study. results. overweight prevalence was 20.9% (n=149) and obesity prevalence was 9.8% (n=70). a significant interaction was found for overweight and obesity levels by gender and age (f=7.2, p=0.01). of the boys (n=372) 18.5% (n=69) were overweight and 6.9% (n=26) were obese. the girls (n=341) had a 23.5% (n=80) overweight rate and 12,9% (n=44) were obese. the highest prevalence of overweight (24.7%, n=43, n=174) was found in children aged 10, and the highest prevalence of obesity (12.5%, n=21, n=167) was found in children aged 8. conclusion. results highlighted the rising prevalence of overweight and obesity among urban children from economically privileged settings. future research into paediatric obesity is needed to curb the growing incidence. s afr j sm 2014;26(2):55-58. doi:10.7196/sajsm.526 obesity in 7 10-year-old children in urban primary schools in port elizabeth j mckersie, ma human movement science (biokinetics); m l baard, dphil department of human movement science and dietetics, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth, south africa corresponding author: m l baard (maryna.baard@nmmu.ac.za) the prevalence of excess body weight is becoming a leading threat to the health of children, much more rapid ly in developing countries than in indus trialised ones. the world health organization (who) published a report stating that in 2011, 75% of overweight children were from developing countries.[1] this percentage accounts for 30 million children of 40 million worldwide.[1] south africa (sa) has the highest rate of obesity in sub-saharan africa and the preval ence has doubled from 1990 to 2010.[2] the sa youth risk behaviour survey, 2002 showed that the prevalence of overweight was over 17%, with boys less at risk (6,9%) than girls (25%).[3] results from the health of the nation study indicated that 31.9% of sa children aged 6 to 13 were overweight and 8.1% were obese.[4] overweight and obesity rates of boys were 14.0% and 3.2%, respectively, while 17.9% of girls were rated as overweight and 4.9% as obese.[4] cognisance should be taken of the fact that the study was published 7 years ago. research indicates that obesity in children tends to track into adulthood, unless interventions are put into place at a young age.[5] literature reports that 70 80% of obese adolescents developed into obese adults.[6] associated with childhood obesity are increased risk of non-communicable diseases, decreased quality of life and premature death. [7] according to the who estimates, by 2020 non-communicable dis eases will account for almost three-quarters of all deaths in the developing world.[8] obese children are at risk for chronic disease and are prone to developing insulin resistance, metabolic syndrome, asthma and polycystic ovarian syndrome, and have an increased risk of orthopaedic complications.[6] given the tracking of obesity and asso ciated risk factors, childhood is a key developmental period for early identification and prevention of excessive adiposity.[9] to date, researchers in sa have focused mainly on quantifying undernutrition in rural african children from impoverished settings based on the nutrition transition perspective.[10,11] sa schools are divided into five categories or quintiles, with the poorest schools in quintile 1, and the least poor in quintile 5. this article focuses atten tion on body mass index (bmi) status in urban children in economically privileged (quintile 5) primary schools in port elizabeth. quintile 5 children were assessed to infer a relationship between affluence and obesity prevalence in developing countries. methods a descriptive one-way cross-sectional research design with baseline anthropometric measures of weight and height was used.[12] the nelson mandela metropolitan university (nmmu) research human ethical committee approved the study (h12-hea-hms-002). sampling techniques a list of all the primary schools in the city of port elizabeth was obtained from the nmmu department of education. of the total of 109 schools, 28 met the inclusion criteria of quintile 5, englishmedium primary schools. randomised sampling was used to select 10 schools from which to sample participants. of the 10 schools selected, 4 were included in the study; only 4 of the principals gave permission for their learners to participate in the study. mailto:maryna.baard@nmmu.ac.za 56 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 participants a total of 713 children in the 7 10-year-old age group were included as the target population. the rationale for inclusion of this age group was that body mass was unlikely to be affected by developmental changes associated with puberty or infancy.[9] a demographic des cription pertaining to age, gender, ethnicity and home language of the participants is presented in table 1. data collection and fieldwork practice a week before the scheduled anthropometric data-gathering date, the class teacher provided participants with a booklet containing questions to be answered by parents or guardians regarding demographic information of age, gender, ethnicity and home language. included were informed-consent and assent forms for children to be signed by the respective parties prior to voluntary participation. anthropometric measures were documented in the booklet. measurements were done in private classroom settings by trained postgraduate research assistants and completed within a 1-month period of appointment times. procedures were explained to participants to reduce any uncertainty or anxiety. children were measured according to school grade, and boys and girls were assessed separately. measuring instruments and procedures the anthropometric instruments for weight and height were calibrated prior to measurement according to the respective manuals. measurements were taken according to the standardised protocol of the american college of sports medicine.[13] anthropometry weight was measured using a scalemaster rs-232c electronic scale, and the readings were noted to the nearest 0.01 kg.[13] the participants were tested while standing upright and motionless in the anatomical zero position, while looking at a fixed point at eye level in the frankfurt plane. they were barefoot and wore minimal clothing. body weight was distributed evenly on both feet. maximum height was measured using a charder hm200pw stadiometer to the nearest 0.1 cm.[13] height was measured from the soles of the feet to the vertex of the head. participants were instructed to stand upright with their heels, gluteal muscles, scapulae and heads touching the vertical surface of the stadiometer. body weight was evenly distributed on both feet and arms were hanging relaxed by their sides, palms facing the thighs. the head was placed in the frankfurt horizontal plane to ensure the vertex of the head was located. the movable block was placed on the vertex of the head and the examiner ensured the frankfurt horizontal plane was kept at all times by holding onto the mandible while the participant in haled maximally. measurement of height was taken after full inhala tion. no hair accessories were worn. bmi bmi was calculated from weight and height measurements (kg/m2). the internationally accepted normative international obesity task force (iotf) cut-off criteria (table 3) were used to quantify obesity and overweight rates among participants.[14] these criteria are based on and linked to the corresponding adult bmi cut-off values used as clinical measures of obesity.[14-16] most of the research evidence in sa, bar the health of the nation study, used arbitrarily defined percentile cut-offs.[4,16] statistical analysis statistica version 9.0 was used for quantitative data analysis.[17] descriptive statistics were used to report on means and standard deviations (sds) for age, gender and bmi status variables (using both normative percentiles and z-scores). one-way analysis of variance (anova) was used to determine whether a difference in overweight and obesity levels existed for age and gender cohorts.[18] post-hoc analysis of results was done by means of χ2 tests.[18] significance was accepted at p<0.05.[18] results the mean (sd) bmi scores for the total group (n=713) is illustrated in table 2. the maximum bmi score recorded was 31.6 kg/m2 and the minimum was 12.6 kg/m2. converted bmi z-scores indicated a mean of 0.4 (0.7); this was done in order to compare re sults to international normative data.[14] the maximum bmi z-score achieved was 2 and table 1. participant characteristics (n=713) n boys girls age (years) 7 90 84 8 81 86 9 109 89 10 92 82 all groups 372 341 ethnicity white 449 black 125 mixed race 91 asian 48 home language english 547 afrikaans 54 isixhosa 108 other 4 table 2. descriptive statistics of bmi for the total group variable n mean (sd) bmi (kg/m2) 713 18.4 (3.2) bmi (iotf) (z-score) 713 0.4 (0.7) boys 372 0.3 (0.7) girls 341 0.4 (0.8) age (years, months) 713 9.0 (1.1) bmi = body mass index; sd = standard deviation; iotf = international obesity task force. sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 57 the minimum was –3. boys and girls obtained average z-scores that placed them in the normal weight category when compared to internationally accepted iotf z-score criteria for bmi classification (table 3).[14] normative criteria[14] and descriptive results (table 3) showed that 65.1% (n=464) of the total group were of normal weight, 20.9% (n=149) were overweight and 9.8% (n=70) were obese. the highest prevalence of overweight (24.7%, n=43, n=174) was found in children aged 10 and the highest prevalence of obesity (12.5%, n=21, n=167) was found in 8-year-old children (table 4). the lowest prevalence of overweight (18.5%, n=31) and obesity (7.4%, n=13) were found in children aged 8 and 10, respectively. posthoc χ2 test results revealed no significant interaction between bmi z-scores for age cohorts as indicated by χ2=13.1, p>0.05. results analysed for gender effect showed that 18.6% (n=69) of the boys (n=372) were overweight and 6.9% (n=26) were obese (table 4). in comparison, 23.5% (n=80) of girls (n=341) were overweight and 12.9% (n=44) were obese. anova yielded a significant difference in bmi iotf z-scores between boys and girls (f=7.2, p<0.05). discussion the prevalence of childhood obesity in developing countries is associated more with children from higher socioeconomic areas than their less economically privileged counterparts.[19] despite the worldwide evidence on the obesity epidemic, there is still a lack of literature on obesity rates among prepubertal urban children in sa from affluent higher socioeconomic areas.[2] findings from this study indicated that most participants were classified as normal or with optimal bmi according to international criteria for growing children. [14] overweight and obesity prevalence rates were 20.9% and 9.8%, respectively. these percentages are consistent with statistics published by the human development index (hdi) for childhood overweight and obesity prevalence in sa, namely 31.8% and 8.1%, respectively.[4,20] comparative differences in prevalence rates reported both here and in the health of the nation study[4] could be attributed to the smaller sample size of this study and the inclusion of 7 10-year-olds from an affluent, eco nomically privileged urban area. the national study surveyed 6 13-year-olds from all socioeconomic strata (n=10 195).[4] challenges arose when making comparisons with sa studies, as only the armstrong et al.[4] study, which used the latest cole et al.[14] iotf bmi grading system, could be found in the literature search. inclusion cri teria for selected sample populations differ across studies; this created further difficulties when contrasting the literature. truter et al.[21] analysed children aged 9 13 years (n=280) from various socioeconomic strata and indicated an overweight and obesity prevalence rate of 15.5% and 6.5%, respectively. kemp et al.[22] analysed the bmi values of 7-year-old children (n=816) from lower socioeconomic areas and reported that 7.8% of the participants were overweight and 3.8% were obese. both of these studies used previous methods of arbitrarily defined percentile cut-offs and smaller sample sizes with variation in variables.[21,22] the perception currently exists that rural children from impoverished environments have lower prevalence of obesity and overweight than their counterparts with higher socioeconomic status;[19] however, more scientific evidence, including studies with larger sample sizes, equivalent variables and the use table 3. bmi criteria (iotf z-scores) and classification of total group iotf z-score grade bmi range at 18 years z-score n % thinness grade 3 (tg3) <16 –3 1 0.1 thinness grade 2 (tg2) 16 <17 –2 5 0.7 thinness grade 1 (tg1) 17 <18.5 –1 24 3.4 normal weight (norm) 18.5 <25 0 464 65.1 overweight (ovw) 25 <30 1 149 20.9 obese (o) 30+ 2 70 9.8 all groups 713 100 bmi = body mass index; iotf = international obesity task force. table 4. bmi criteria (iotf z-score) and classification by age group and gender iotf z-score age (year) 7 8 9 10 all groups classification n % n % n % n % n % gender b g b g b g b g b g b g b g b g b g b g tg3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1.2 0 1 0 0.3 tg2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1.2 1.2 0 1 0 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.2 2 3 0.5 0.9 tg1 2 1 2.2 1.2 5 3 6.2 3.5 2 5 1.8 5.6 3 3 3.3 3.7 12 12 3.2 3.5 norm 67 54 74.4 64.3 52 53 64.2 61.6 82 47 75.2 52.8 62 47 67.4 57.3 263 201 70.7 59.2 ovw 13 22 14.4 26.2 16 15 19.8 17.4 18 22 16.5 24.7 22 21 23.9 25.6 69 80 18.6 23.5 o 8 7 8.9 8.3 7 14 8.6 16.3 7 14 6.4 15.7 4 9 4.4 11 26 44 6.9 12.9 all groups 90 84 100 100 81 86 100 100 109 89 100 100 92 82 100 100 372 341 100 100 bmi = body mass index; iotf = international obesity task force; b = boy; g = girl; tg = thinness grade; norm = normal; ovw = overweight; o = obese. 58 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 of internationally accepted bmi criteria, are needed to confirm this trend in sa. the hdi[20] categorises sa as a country in transition, similar to algeria, egypt, china and india; therefore it is relevant to make a comparison with international studies. the hdi[20] reported childhood prevalence rates of 24% overweight and 11.4% obesity in egypt, 10.5% overweight and 7.9% obesity in algeria, and 29.6% overweight and 9.3% obesity in india. westernisation of diet and the availability of inexpensive foods of poor nutritious quality have been linked to increased obesity incidence in children.[23] although kruger et al.[23] found no significant relationship between obesity and the effects of urbanisation, a pattern emerged that showed that urban-dwelling children consumed more calories and had the highest bmi values compared with rural children. these findings were confirmed by data from the sa national food consumption survey, which found that the highest prevalence of overweight children was in urban areas.[23] consistent with the literature,[4,11] significant gender effects were found in the study where girls had higher overweight and obesity rates than boys. of concern is the finding that girls had almost double the obesity rates of boys. this prevalence is higher than data reported in research mentioned earlier.[2-4] possible reasons for gender differences could be lower physical activity levels in girls,[24] and biological and sociocultural differences.[25] conclusions the prevalence of overweight and obesity among preadolescent urban children in an affluent geographic setting was high. children as young as 8 years were found to be obese, more so than 10-yearolds who were overweight rather than obese. this trend is alarming when compared with earlier studies, as young children in this study showed higher bmi levels at an earlier age than previously documented. girls displayed almost double the occurrence of obesity in boys. this growing obesity incidence has escalated rapidly since published results in 2002 in the sa youth risk behaviour survey. in the light of these findings, further research is needed on regional and national patterns in body mass status in young children from all socioeconomic strata, ethnicities, cultures and geographical areas in sa. beyond individual characteristics, the built environment (access to recreational and sport facilities near schools, access to destinations and public transportation, presence of pavements and controlled intersections, the proportion of green space available for active play) has an impact on obesogenic behaviour, and future studies should identify and address the need for developmentally appropriate, focused interventions for specific childhood populations. the recent internationally standardised method of assessment is more appropriate for children younger than 18 years and should be used for comparisons and to monitor secular trends in obesity among children. future studies could expand on the current use of crosssectional experimental designs by doing longitudinal research to guide interventions and educational policies more effectively. the implication for health professionals is to be aware of the modifiable causes of childhood obesity and to implement physical activity, exercise and nutrition management as a primary approach to intervention. acknowledgements. financial assistance was received from the national research foundation and the nmmu as a research grant. references 1. world health organization. obesity and overweight – fact sheet number 311. geneva: world health organization, 2013:1. 2. rossouw h, grant c, viljoen m. overweight and obesity in children and adolescents: the sa problems. s afr j sci 2012;108(5/6):907-914. [http://dx.doi.org/10.4102/sajs.v108i5/6.907] 3. reddy s, panday s, swart d, et al. umthenethe uhlaba usamila: the south african youth risk behaviour survey, 2002. cape town: south african medical research council, 2003. 4. armstrong m, lambert m, sharwood k, lambert e. obesity and overweight in south african primary school children: the health of the nation study. s afr med j 2006;96(5):439-444. 5. li c, ford e, huang t, sun s, goodman e. patterns of change in cardiometabolic risk factors associated with the metabolic syndrome among children and adolescents: the fels longitudinal study. j paediatr 2009;155(3):s5.e9-s9,e16. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.jpeds.2009.04.046] 6. binkeiwicz-glinska a, bakula s, kusiak-kaczmarek m, et al. obesity prevention in children and adolescents: current recommendations. pol ann med 2012 july;19(2):158162. [htt[://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.poamed.2012.07.003] 7. kelishadi r. childhood overweight, obesity and the metabolic syndrome in developing countries. epidemiol rev 2007; 29(1):62-76. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/epirev/mxm003] 8. world health organization. growth reference 5 19 years: age-for-height and bmi. geneva: world health organization, 2007. 9. santrock j. child development. 11th ed. usa: mcgraw-hill, 2005:165. 10. monyeki k, van lenthe k, steyn n. obesity: does it occur in african children in a rural community of south africa? int j epidemiol 1999; 28(2):287-292. 11. jacobs s, de ridder h. prevalence of overweight and underweight among black south african children from rural areas in the north-west province. south african journal for research in sport, physical education and recreation 2012;34(2):41-51. 12. carter r, lubinsky j, domholdt e. rehabilitation research: principles and applications. 4th ed. usa: elsevier saunders, 2011:56-58. 13. american college of sports medicine. acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. 8th ed. london: lippincott, williams and wilkins, 2010. 14. cole t, flegal k, nicholls d, jackson a. body mass index cut offs to define thinness in children and adolescents: international survey. bmj 2007;335:194-197. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bmj.39238.399444.55] 15. august g, caprio s, fennoy h, et al. prevention and treatment of paediatric obesity: an endocrine society clinical practice guideline based on expert opinion. j clin endocrinol metab 2008;93(12):4576-4599. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2007-2458] 16. armstrong m, lambert m, lambert e. secular trends in the prevalence of stunting, overweight and obesity among south african children (1994 2004). eur j clin nutr 2011;65(7): 835-840. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/ejcn.2011.46] 17. statsoft. statistica for windows. 8th ed. usa: statsoft, 2008. 18. mendenhall w, beaver r, beaver b. introduction to probability and statistics. 14th ed. boston, usa: brooks/cole cengage learning, 2013. 19. raj m, kumar k. obesity in children and adolescents. indian j med res 2010;132(1):598-607. 20. united nations development programme. human development index (hdi). http:// hdr.undp.org/en/statistics/ (accessed on 9 october 2013). 21. truter l, pienaar a, du toit d. relationships between overweight, obesity and physical fitness of nineto-twelve-year-old south african children. south african family practice 2010:52(3):227-233. 22. kemp c, pienaar a, schutte a. the prevalence of hypertension and the relationship with body composition in grade 1 learners in the north-west province of south africa. south african journal of sports medicine 2011;23(4):117-122. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/ sajsm.244] 23. kruger r, kruger h, macintyre u. the determinants of overweight and obesity among 10to 15-year-old school children in the north-west province, south africa: the thusa bana study. public health nutr 2006;9(3):351-358. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1079/phn2005849] 24. ortlieb s, schneider g, koletzko s, et al. physical activity and its correlates in children: a cross-sectional study (the giniplus and lisaplus studies). bmc public health 2013;13:349-363. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-13-349] 25. sweeting h. gendered dimensions of obesity in childhood and adolescence. nutr j 2008;7(1):1-14. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1475-2891-7-1] http://dx.doi.org/10.4102/sajs.v108i5/6.907] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpeds.2009.04.046] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpeds.2009.04.046] http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/epirev/mxm003] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.39238.399444.55] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.39238.399444.55] http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jc.2007-2458] http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/ejcn.2011.46] http://hdr.undp.org/en/statistics/ http://hdr.undp.org/en/statistics/ http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.244] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.244] http://dx.doi.org/10.1079/phn2005849] http://dx.doi.org/10.1079/phn2005849] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-13-349] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1475-2891-7-1] sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 21 introduction human movement and the concomitant increase in energy expenditure are fundamental aspects of human existence. the importance of movement-related energy expenditure has been acknowledged since antiquity but has only relatively recently seen substantial research activity. 7 arguably, the dramatic global increase in chronic diseases of lifestyle over the last century has spurred the interest in exploring the importance of human energy expenditure in relation to health 7 and has led to evidence-based public health guidelines for health-enhancing physical activity. 13 a number of instruments are available for estimating human energy expenditure and range from paper and pencil methods to doubly-labelled water. 20,28 irrespective of the method employed, it is important that the sources and magnitude of the variability of physical activity are quantified so that research activities in physical activity and health are appropriately designed, analysed and interpreted. 28 by partitioning physical activity variability into discrete components, the number of periods of monitoring required to reliably estimate physical activity volumes and patterns of individuals in a population can be determined. 28 importantly, the number of periods of monitoring will influence aspects of study design such as sample size and statistical power. 28 it should be noted that assessments of energy intake (diet) and energy expenditure (physical activity) are susceptible to the same types of measurement error. 16 numerous studies in industrialised countries have investigated the reliability of objectively monitored freeliving physical activity. 3,8-11,14-16,21,24-27 however, few papers have reported sources of variation for either physical activity questionnaires 14,17,18 or objectively monitored physical activity. 15 within the south african context there is a dearth of reliability studies for any form of physical activity assessment. 2,4,5,12 the reliability of objectively monitored free-living physical activity in south african samples has not been reported. moreover, no data have been reported regarding the sources of variation for any type of physical activity measurement instrument in south african samples. from a regional and international perspective, we are not aware of any data from sub-saharan africa or any developing original research article sources of variance and reliability of objectively monitored physical activity in rural and urban northern sotho-speaking blacks abstract objectives. we investigated the sources of variance and reliability in an objective measure of physical activity for a 14hour and 4-day monitoring period. design. a convenience sample of rural (n=31) and urban (n=30) adult, northern sotho-speaking blacks was recruited. physical activity was assessed for 8 consecutive days using a uni-axial accelerometer. physical activity indices were total counts, average counts, inactivity (<500 counts) moderate1 activity (500 1 951 counts), moderate-2+vigorous activity (≥1 952 counts), and were expressed per hour or per day as required. results. accelerometry data from 41 subjects (23 males, 18 females) complied with selection requirements and were analysed for variance distribution and reliability (intraclass correlation coefficients (iccs)). for the 14-hour monitoring period variance was distributed as follows: intra-individual (71 82%), inter-individual (3 18%) and hour-of-day (2 14%). attenuated iccs ranged from 0.31 to 0.75 (median: 0.70). variance for the 4-day monitoring period differed from the 14-hour monitoring period: inter-individual (47 58%), intraindividual (43 51%) and day-of-week (0 6.5%). attenuated iccs ranged from 0.27 to 0.84 (median: 0.79). irrespective of the monitoring period, total counts, average counts and moderate-2+vigorous activity tended to be the most reliable measures requiring the fewest number of monitoring periods. conclusions. these findings provide an insight for understanding how variance is distributed in objectively measured activity patterns of a south african sample and show that relicorrespondence: ian cook physical activity epidemiology laboratory university of limpopo (turfloop campus) po box 459 fauna park 0787 polokwane south africa tel+fax: +27 15 268 2390 e-mail: ianc@ul.ac.za ian cook (ba (phys ed) hons, bsc (med) hons)1 estelle v lambert (phd)2 1 physical activity epidemiology laboratory, university of limpopo (turfloop campus), south africa 2 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, university of cape town medical school, south africa able measures of adult physical activity behaviours require 18 128 hours and 3 44 days, depending on the monitoring period, physical activity index, residence status and sex. pg21-27.indd 21 4/23/08 11:32:03 am 22 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 country that have addressed variance distribution and reliability of objectively monitored free-living physical activity. reliability and variance distribution have been widely investigated within nutritional epidemiology 22,23,29 but less so in physical activity measures that are often used to estimate physical activity patterns and energy expenditure. 28 this is probably because of the relatively recent emergence of a new branch of epidemiology, namely physical activity epidemiology. 7 considering the heterogeneity of the south african population, studies investigating the variance distribution and reliability of physical activity assessments across sub-sections of the south african population are required. the objective of this paper was firstly to investigate the sources and distribution of variance for objectively measured physical activity over a number of hours and days in a sample of rural and urban northern sotho-speaking blacks. the second objective was to determine the number of hours and days required to reliably measure 1 hour and 1 day of accelerometerderived indices of physical activity in this particular south african sample. methods study protocol the data used in this analysis were collected during the validity trial of the international physical activity questionnaire (ipaq) which has been reported elsewhere. 2,5 for this analysis only the accelerometer data were considered. briefly, black northern sotho-speaking rural and urban participants were recruited and contacted twice over an 8-day period. on the first occasion, subjects were recruited, completed a socio-demographic questionnaire and provided anthropometric data. all interviews and anthropometric measures were conducted by trained black male and female field workers. anthropometric measures included body mass (kg) and stature (cm) allowing the calculation of body mass index (bmi, kg.m -2 ). finally, subjects were instructed on the necessary procedures for wearing the accelerometer. eight days later the accelerometers were collected. subjects received a small honorarium on completion of the study. signed informed consent was obtained from all participants. the study was approved by the ethics committee of the university of limpopo (turfloop campus). subjects rural sample a convenience sample of black employees, resident on farms and villages, were recruited from the plantation section of a local lumber mill situated in the limpopo province, south africa (total n=31, males n=18, females n=13). these workers performed a variety of manual tasks and ensured that plantations were created and maintained, and that raw timber was harvested, sized, cleaned and stacked prior to transport to the saw mill for further processing. urban sample a convenience sample was recruited from black academic staff, support staff and students of the university of the limpopo (turfloop campus), and black residents (office workers, teachers) from the surrounding community (mankweng) and nearby city (polokwane) (total n=30, males n=14, females n=16). for the most part, these subjects performed tasks typical of office workers, with long periods of sedentary activity (sitting, standing quietly). physical activity counts and durations to objectively quantify free-living physical activity of the subjects, uni-axial accelerometers were worn for at least 8 days. the csa model 7164 (computer science applications, inc. shalimar, fl), now marketed as the mti actigraph (mti health services, fort walton beach, fl), is small and unobtrusive (5.1 cm x 4.1 cm x 1.5 cm, 42.6 g). 28 in this study, the epoch duration was set at 1 minute. the accelerometer was worn on the right waist, securely attached to a nylon belt. the accelerometers could be removed for sleeping and bathing purposes by unclipping the nylon belt. the data were downloaded from the accelerometers onto an ibm-compatible personal computer via an interface unit, for further analysis using csa-supplied software (daybyday. xls, microsoft excel©97 macro) and a customised data reduction programme (microsoft excel©97 macro). physical activity counts were defined as total counts (counts.day -1 ) and average counts (counts.min-1.day -1 ). physical activity intensity patterns or durations (min.day -1 ) of inactivity and moderate and vigorous activity were created according to cut-points defined by matthews et al. 15 inactivity (sitting, standing quietly) was defined as less than 500 counts.min -1 . for moderate activity (3-6 mets, 1 met = 1 metabolic equivalent = 3.5 mlo2.kg -1 .min -1 = 1 kcal.kg -1 .hr -1 ) a distinction was made between activities requiring less ambulation (moderate-1: house work, yard work) and predominantly ambulatory activities (moderate-2: walking). the cut-points for moderate-1 and moderate-2 were defined as 500 1 591 counts.min -1 and 1 592 5 724 counts.min -1 , respectively. activities, such as running, which record more than 5 724 counts.min -1 were defined as vigorous (>6 mets). the first and last days of the 8-day monitoring period were excluded. to evaluate the number of hours required to reliably estimate 1 hour of objectively monitored physical activity, the first weekday with at least 14 hours of registration (06h00 to 20h00) was selected. to evaluate the number of days required to reliably estimate 1 day of objectively monitored physical activity, accelerometer data for 4 days (3 weekdays and 1 weekend day) were used. only days with at least 10 hours.day -1 (600 minutes. day -1 ) of registration were included. 5 from the minute-by-minute data, hourly and daily accelerometry indices were summed (counts.hour -1 , counts.day -1 , minutes.hour -1 , minutes.day -1 ). accelerometry data of 41 subjects (23 males, 18 females) which constituted 67.2% of the original sample of 61, complied with all the selection criteria. statistical analysis the descriptive analysis comprised residence-specific means and standard deviations and percentages for continuous and categorical variables, respectively. for skewed continuous accelerometry variables (≥2x standard deviation), residence-specific medians and interquartile ranges were calculated. differences (rural v. urban) between two independent categorical variables were tested for significance (with continuity correction for small sample sizes). 1 to examine differences (rural v. urban) between two independent continuous variables, an independent t-test was used. because the distributions of some variables were neither normal nor lognormal a comparable non-parametric test was used (mann-whitney u test). pg21-27.indd 22 4/23/08 11:32:04 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 23 hourly (14 hours) and daily (4 day) accelerometry indices were rank transformed because the distributions of several residencespecific accelerometer indices were neither normal nor lognormal. to evaluate the sources of variability in ranked accelerometer data, variance components in mixed and random effects models were estimated using restricted maximum likelihood methods. 15 accelerometer indices were the dependant variables for these analyses. variance components were estimated for subject (interindividual) variance, trial (hour or day) variance, and residual (intra-individual) variance. the variance components were also expressed as a percentage of the total variance. inter-individual variance represents true variation between subjects while intraindividual variance represents hour-to-hour or day-to-day variation within subjects. the variance due to the hour or day effect was nested within subjects. to identify variables that could affect the inter-individual variance and thus the reliability we entered age, body mass index, educational level, residence (rural/urban) and sex (male/female) individually as fixed factors. from this preliminary analysis (data not shown) we identified residence and sex as having the most consistent and substantial impact on interindividual variance. the first analysis was conducted on the whole sample such that variance components for subject, trial (day or table i. descriptive characteristics for rural and urban subjects residence rural urban p ‡ continuous variables (n = 21) (n = 20) age (years) 38.9 (10.4) 32.9 (6.7) 0.037 bmi (kg.m -2 ) 22.9 (3.9) 27.2 (5.3) 0.006 accelerometer data (4-day average) activity counts (cts) total counts (cts.day -1 ) 644 102 (208 420) 409 341 (169 799) 0.001 average counts (cts.min-1.day -1 ) 847 (267) 618 (248) 0.008 duration (min.day -1 ) inactivity (0 499 cts) 1 078 (92) 1 236 (58) <0.001 moderate 1 (500 1 951 cts) 265 (67) 141 (35) <0.001 moderate 2 – vigorous (>1 951 cts) * 94 (55) 51 (65) 0.027 categorical variables † body mass index classification normal weight (<25 kg.m -2 ) 76.2 (16) 40.0 (8) 0.042 overweight to obese (≥25 kg.m -2 ) 23.8 (5) 60.0 (12) 0.042 female participants 47.6 (10) 40.0 (8) 0.860 education (≥grade 12) 0 (0) 85.0 (17) <0.001 ownership of motor vehicle (yes) 14.3 (3) 40.0 (8) 0.132 electricity available inside house (yes) 19.0 (4) 85.0 (17) <0.001 data are reported as mean (sd) for all continuous variables except * median (interquartile range) and categorical variables † % (n), ‡ p values evaluate rural v. urban differences. table ii. crude and adjusted intrato inter-subject variance ratios (σ2w /σ 2 b) by monitoring period σ 2 w /σ 2 b ratio variables * crude † adjusted ‡ % change § 14-hours (n = 41) total counts 3.44 7.06 105.0 average counts 3.80 7.29 91.6 inactivity 3.09 9.07 193.2 moderate-1 2.75 11.34 312.8 moderate-2+vigorous 3.41 5.35 56.9 4-days (n = 41) total counts 0.66 1.01 53.6 average counts 0.55 0.73 33.6 inactivity 0.58 1.53 163.0 moderate-1 0.67 2.49 269.9 moderate-2+vigorous 0.77 1.04 35.6 * see table ι for variable units, † unadjusted for fixed effects of residence and sex, ‡ adjusted for fixed effects of residence and sex, § % change = [(adjusted – crude)/crude] x 100. pg21-27.indd 23 4/23/08 11:32:05 am 24 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 hour) and residual were extracted with and without adjustment for fixed effects of residence and sex. from the extracted variance components, intrato inter-subject variance ratios (σ2w /σ 2 b) were calculated, where σ2b was the between or inter-individual variance and σ2w was the withinor intra-individual variance. to examine possible differences in the distribution of variance (inter-individual, hour or day effect, residual) across residence status, the second analysis was stratified by residence while treating sex as a fixed factor. reliability coefficients were calculated from the variance components extracted from the residence-stratified variance component analysis, with sex treated as a fixed factor. reliability was calculated as an average measure (iccm) and a single measure (iccs) intraclass correlation coefficient (icc) using the following equations, iccm = σ 2 b / (σ 2 b + σ 2 w) and iccs = σ 2 b / (σ2b +σ 2 w / k), where σ 2 b was the inter-individual variance, σ 2 w was the intra-individual variance and k was the number of days or hours. 19 because unbounded, ranked data were used to obtain an icc from a model meant for continuous data, 6 the corrected and uncorrected iccm from the mean squares of an anova-based variance component analysis were also calculated. 19 there was no difference in iccm after the correction (data not shown). deattenuated 4-day and 14-hour iccm were calculated using the formula, icctrue = iccobs x (1 + [σ 2 w / σ 2 b] / k) 0.5 where icctrue was the true correlation, iccobs was the observed correlation, σ2w was the intra-individual variance, σ 2 b was the inter-individual variance and k the number of monitoring periods. 16,28 because random variation (intra-individual variance) reduces the ability to identify significant effects, deattenuation is employed to adjust for random variation such that a better estimate is obtained of the true statistic. to estimate the number of hours and days required to reliably predict 1 hour and 1 day of accelerometry, respectively, the following equation was rearranged to solve for k, icc = σ2b / (σ 2 b +σ2w / k) were icc = 0.80. data were analysed using appropriate statistical software (spss for windows 11.0.1). significance for all inferential statistics was set at p<0.05. results subject characteristics are reported in table i. because of the relatively low volume and highly skewed distribution of the recorded vigorous activity (rural: 3.7±6.7 min v. urban: 3.2±5.3 min), the moderate-2 and vigorous variables were combined. significant differences were found between rural and urban groups for all continuous and categorical variables, except for sex distribution and vehicle ownership. of note were the significantly lower levels of obesity and inactivity, and greater levels of activity in the rural group compared with the urban group. crude and adjusted variability ratios (σ2w /σ 2 b) for accelerometer indices are reported in table ii. both crude and adjusted variability ratios were far higher for hourly accelerometer variables compared with daily accelerometer variables. after adjustment for residence and sex, the variability ratios increased for both 14-hour and 4day accelerometer variables by 34 313%, although the increases were greater for the 14-hour period compared with the 4-day period. adjustment for residence and sex reduced the interor between-subject variability (σ2b), thereby increasing the ratio. the higher ratios mean that more periods of objective physical activity monitoring would be required to reliably predict physical activity, especially so for hour-by-hour accelerometer indices. total variance in each of the 14-hour accelerometer indices was higher in the urban sample, suggesting that the distribution of activity and inactivity levels in the urban sample was more heterogeneous compared with the rural sample (table iii). for both groups intra-individual variability was the largest source of variance (71 82%). the distribution of inter-individual and hour of day variability differed between the rural and urban group. in the rural group, hour of day variability was the second highest source of variance (15 18%), followed by inter-individual variability (3 14%). in contrast, for the urban group, inter-individual variability was the second highest source of variance (14 18%), followed by hour of day variability (2 7%). unlike the 14-hour accelerometer variability, total variance for the 4-day period was not consistently higher in the rural or urban group (table iv). in the rural group, inter-individual variance (47 58%) tended to be slightly higher than intra-individual variance (43 51%), while day of week variability was lowest (0 6.5%) of all sources of variance. for accelerometer counts and moderate2+vigorous activity level, variance distribution in the urban group mirrored that of the rural group; 49 57% inter-individual, 44 51% intra-individual and 0 2% day of week. in contrast, the urban group intra-individual variance for inactivity and moderate-1 levels were high compared with inter-individual variance: 69 91% v. 8 31%, respectively. attenuated reliability coefficients for 14-hour accelerometer indices were less than 0.8 and were lower in the rural group compared with the urban group (table v). hourly moderate2+vigorous activity was the most reliable for both the rural and urban groups. the most unreliable accelerometer indices were the inactivity and moderate-1 levels in the rural group. excluding the two lowest reliabilities, the attenuated reliability coefficients increased by 0.12 to 0.19 units after accounting for intra-individual variation, while the reliability coefficients for the inactivity and moderate-1 indices increased by ~0.23 units after deattenuation. the difference between rural and urban reliability remained even after deattenuation of all the reliability coefficients. to achieve a reliability coefficient of 0.8 for hourly accelerometer variables in the urban group would require approximately 2 periods of 12-hour monitoring (24 hours). in contrast, approximately 4 11 periods of 12-hour monitoring (48 130 hours) would be required in the rural group. in both groups, moderate-2+vigorous activity required fewer hours of monitoring to reliably predict 1 hour of activity (19 24 hours) compared with other accelerometer indices. the reliability of 4-day accelerometer indices was generally higher compared with the 14-hour accelerometer variables (table vi). attenuated reliability coefficients in both the rural and urban groups were nearly identical except for the low reliability coefficients for inactivity and moderate-1 indices in the urban group. the values of 8 of the 10 attenuated reliability coefficients increased by 0.08 0.10 units after accounting for the intraindividual variation. the effect of deattenuation was not greater in the rural group (mean difference = 0.10 units) or the urban group (mean difference = 0.09 units) for 8 of the 10 reliability coefficients. because of the higher intra-individual variation in the inactivity and moderate-1 activity indices of the urban group, the attenuated reliability coefficients increased by 0.16 to 0.48 units. in the rural group, at least 5 days of monitoring would be required to reliably predict one day of activity or inactivity. however, in the urban group, to reliably predict one day of inactivity, moderate-1 activity and moderate-2+vigorous activity would require 9, 44 and 4 days of monitoring, respectively. pg21-27.indd 24 4/23/08 11:32:07 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 25 discussion this study is novel for two reasons. it is the first analysis that has reported on the reliability of objectively monitored physical activity in a south african setting. it is also the first analysis that has investigated the distribution of variance for any physical activity measure in a south african sample. the principal findings of this analysis were firstly that the distribution of variance differed depending on the sampling period. for the 4-day sampling period, betweenor inter-subject variability, which represents true differences in physical activity indices between subjects, was at least as large as withinor intra-individual variability (behavioural variability), while day of week accounted for little of the variance (<7%). in contrast, for the 14-hour monitoring period, intra-individual variation accounted for more than 70% of the variance, while hour of day and inter-individual variation accounted for the remaining variance. secondly, irrespective of the monitoring period (14-hour or 4-day), total counts, average counts and moderate-2+vigorous activity tended to be the most reliable measures requiring the fewest number of monitoring periods. thirdly, adjustment for basic demographic factors such as residence and sex prevents the under-estimation of monitoring days required so that reliable estimates of physical activity volumes and patterns can be obtained. the authors are not aware of any other analysis investigating the reliability and variance distribution of accelerometry data collected in adult populations over monitoring periods shorter than a day. the results from the 14-hour monitoring period of the present study show that a reversal in variance distribution occurs in comparison to the 4-day period; intra-individual variance > inter-individual variance. moreover, the relative contributions of the inter-individual variance and hour of day variance to the total variance were contrasted in the two residence-defined groups. this can be explained by the fact that the physical activity patterns in the rural group show relatively large changes over the course of the 14 hours, ranging from physical inactivity in the morning to being physically active during the working day, which is interspersed with breaks (tea, lunch), and back again to physically inactive levels during the late afternoon and evenings. this type of hourly activity pattern was quite homogenous throughout the rural group such that inter-individual variance was lower. in contrast, the activity patterns of the urban group tended to remain relatively constant over the period of the 14 hours, although this could differ between individuals, which explains the higher inter-individual variance in this group. it is likely then that similar investigations of hourly physical activity patterns in different samples will yield variance distributions that are in accord with the particular activity demands required of those samples. importantly, the number of periods required to reliably estimate physical activity volumes and patterns will differ from sample to sample, particularly over shorter monitoring periods where variance contrasts between groups can be large. the greater intra-individual variance in the 14-hour monitoring period, although in accord with the variance distribution in questionnaire-based physical activity assessment cannot be because of factors related to the imprecision of measurement found in non-objective physical activity assessment. 17 rather, the greater intra-individual variance could be due to the natural variation in physical activity behaviour from hour to hour. the results for the 4-day monitoring period are generally in agreement with data from north america in that inter-individual variation accounted for most of the variation. 15 matthews et al. examined accelerometry data collected from 92 adults over a period of 21 consecutive days. 15 they found inter-individual variation contributed the most to overall variance (55 60%) followed by intra-individual variance (30 45%) and day of the week variance (1 8%). the number of days required to achieve 80% reliability for estimating activity counts and moderate2+vigorous activity was 3 4 day, 15 which is in agreement with the present results of 4 5 days. moreover, the north american data also found that estimating physical inactivity was more t a b l e i ii . v a ri a n c e c o m p o n e n t a n a ly s is o f th e 1 4 -h o u r a c c e le ro m e te r o u tp u t in r u ra l a n d u rb a n s u b je c ts a c ti v it y c o u n ts * a c ti v it y d u ra ti o n * s o u rc e s o f t o ta l c o u n ts a v e ra g e c o u n ts i n a c ti v it y m o d e ra te -1 m o d e ra te v a ri a n c e † 2 + v ig o ro u s v a ri a n c e % v a ri a n c e % v a ri a n c e % v a ri a n c e % v a ri a n c e % r u ra l ( n = 2 1 ) i n te rin d iv id u a l 1 6 6 9 8 .1 1 6 7 2 8 .1 1 0 2 2 4 .5 6 7 0 3 .0 3 3 1 7 1 4 .4 h o u r o f d a y 3 4 8 3 1 6 .9 3 3 7 6 1 6 .3 4 0 5 2 1 7 .7 3 6 3 5 1 6 .5 3 3 6 0 1 4 .6 i n tr a -i n d iv id u a l 1 5 4 7 1 7 5 .0 1 5 6 5 6 7 5 .6 1 7 7 6 2 7 7 .8 1 7 7 2 6 8 0 .5 1 6 2 9 8 7 0 .9 t o ta l 2 0 6 2 3 1 0 0 2 0 7 0 3 1 0 0 2 2 8 3 6 1 0 0 2 2 0 3 1 1 0 0 2 2 9 7 4 1 0 0 u rb a n ( n = 2 0 ) in te rin d iv id u a l 4 9 1 2 1 6 .9 4 8 0 2 1 6 .1 3 9 9 8 1 6 .6 3 2 3 3 1 4 .4 4 7 4 5 1 7 .8 h o u r o f d a y 1 7 1 2 5 .9 5 9 4 2 .0 1 5 6 5 6 .5 1 3 9 0 6 .2 1 3 11 4 .9 in tr a -i n d iv id u a l 2 2 4 7 7 7 7 .2 2 4 4 1 4 8 1 .9 1 8 5 3 9 7 6 .9 1 7 9 0 4 7 9 .5 2 0 6 2 2 7 7 .3 to ta l 2 9 1 0 1 1 0 0 2 9 8 1 0 1 0 0 2 4 1 0 1 1 0 0 2 2 5 2 7 1 0 0 2 6 6 7 8 1 0 0 * se e t a b le ι f o r u n its , † a d ju st e d f o r fix e d e ff e ct s o f se x, % s o u rc e s o f va ri a n ce a s a p e rc e n ta g e o f to ta l v a ri a n ce . pg21-27.indd 25 4/23/08 11:32:08 am 26 sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 unreliable requiring more days of monitoring compared to most of the physical activity indices (7 days) and is in agreement with our finding of 5 10 days in the present results. the difference between inter-individual and intra-individual variance in the present study was not as pronounced as found by matthews et al. 15 but is still quite different to the variance distribution found in questionnaire-based physical activity assessment (50 60% intraindividual, 20 30% inter-individual). 18 it has been suggested that the differences in variance distribution between objective and self-reported physical activity assessment may be due to factors such as precision of objective measuring instruments, the ability of objective measuring instruments to detect common, light intensity activities and the level of variability present in selfreport instruments. 15 the results of the present investigation also accord with the prediction of matthews et al. that because of the differences between study samples in terms of variance distribution, each study sample would have different sampling requirements. 15 the present results have shown general agreement in that interindividual variance is at least as great as intra-individual variance. specific differences have also been shown in the present study, in that the differences between inter-individual and intra-individual variances are not as pronounced as those found by others. 15 consequently, the number of days required to reliably estimate the various physical activity and inactivity indices differ from that proposed by others. 15 the predicted qualitative differences between our results from those of others 15 would appear to add further support the validity of the present analysis. it would certainly be profitable to analyse the larger south african accelerometry dataset that was part of the ipaq validation study, especially because of the heterogeneity of the south african population. this dataset contains accelerometry data from a relatively large sample of subjects (n>100) differing in age, body composition, education level, ethnicity, fitness, language, residence, sex, and socio-economic status. the examination of the reliability and the variance distribution of this dataset would provide valuable information for the south african researcher. there is a lack of published information regarding the number of days of objectively monitored physical activity that would be required to reliably estimate objectively measured physical activity levels and patterns in specific sub-sections of the south african population. the strength of the present study is firstly the uniqueness of the analysis within a south african context, which will hopefully provide further motivation and impetus for more analyses of this kind. secondly, this analysis provides reliability and variance estimates for a south african sample of a particular ethnicity, t a b l e i v . v a ri a n c e c o m p o n e n t a n a ly s is o f th e 4 -d a y a c c e le ro m e te r o u tp u t in r u ra l a n d u rb a n s u b je c ts a c ti v it y c o u n ts * a c ti v it y d u ra ti o n * s o u rc e s o f t o ta l c o u n ts a v e ra g e c o u n ts i n a c ti v it y m o d e ra te -1 m o d e ra te v a ri a n c e † 2 + v ig o ro u s v a ri a n c e % v a ri a n c e % v a ri a n c e % v a ri a n c e % v a ri a n c e % r u ra l ( n = 2 1 ) i n te rin d iv id u a l 8 6 4 5 0 .1 9 6 7 5 7 .5 7 5 6 4 7 .3 6 8 0 4 4 .7 9 2 9 4 8 .9 d a y o f w e e k 1 1 0 .6 0 0 .0 6 1 3 .8 9 9 6 .5 0 0 .0 i n tr a -i n d iv id u a l 8 4 8 4 9 .2 7 1 3 4 2 .5 7 8 0 4 8 .8 7 4 3 4 8 .8 9 7 0 5 1 .1 t o ta l 1 7 2 2 1 0 0 1 6 8 0 1 0 0 1 5 9 7 1 0 0 1 5 2 1 1 0 0 1 8 9 9 1 0 0 u rb a n ( n = 2 0 ) i n te rin d iv id u a l 9 0 6 4 8 .6 1 1 8 3 5 6 .5 3 7 5 3 0 .8 9 1 8 .4 9 7 5 4 9 .0 d a y o f w e e k 0 0 .0 0 0 .0 0 0 .0 3 0 .3 4 5 2 .3 i n tr a -i n d iv id u a l 9 5 9 5 1 .4 9 1 0 4 3 .5 8 4 2 6 9 .2 9 9 9 9 1 .3 9 7 0 4 8 .7 to ta l 1 8 6 5 1 0 0 2 0 9 3 1 0 0 1 2 1 7 1 0 0 1 0 9 3 1 0 0 1 9 9 0 1 0 0 * s e e t a b le i f o r u n its , † a d ju st e d f o r fix e d e ff e ct s o f se x, % s o u rc e s o f va ri a n ce a s a p e rc e n ta g e o f to ta l v a ri a n ce . table v. intraclass correlation reliability analysis of 14-hour accelerometer output indices in rural and urban subjects reliability required number (icc) of hours to achieve a reliability of 0.8 variables * 14 hours † 1 hour rural (n = 21) total counts 0.55 (0.74) 0.08 45.4 average counts 0.55 (0.74) 0.08 45.5 inactivity 0.40 (0.63) 0.04 85.4 moderate-1 0.31 (0.55) ‡ 0.03 127.6 moderate 0.70 (0.84) 0.14 23.7 2+vigorous urban (n = 20) total counts 0.74 (0.86) 0.17 19.7 average counts 0.73 (0.85) 0.16 20.8 inactivity 0.74 (0.86) 0.17 20.1 moderate-1 0.70 (0.84) 0.14 23.9 moderate 0.75 (0.87) 0.18 18.5 2+vigorous * see table i for variable units, icc = intraclass correlation coefficient, † deattenuated iccm appear in parenthesis, all icc significant (p < 0.05) except ‡ (p=0.1036). pg21-27.indd 26 4/23/08 11:32:09 am sajsm vol 20 no. 1 2008 27 language and residence status. the weakness of this study is the relatively low number of subjects. however, the fact that our results concur generally and differ specifically, as expected, with the results of a similar, larger analysis, 15 suggests that despite the relatively small sample size the results of the present analysis are valid. it should also be noted that some of the stratified random effects analyses performed by matthews et al. were done on sample sizes as low as 14. 15 in conclusion, this analysis has provided quantitative estimates of the reliability and distribution of variance of objectively measured physical activity measures in a specific ethnic and language group, over two monitoring periods (14hour and 4-day). further analyses using larger sample sizes and in different sub-sections of the south african population are required for both questionnaire-based and objectively measured physical activity indices. acknowledgements we are indebted to the study participants and field workers for their sustained and friendly co-operation, and to mr trevor phillips who kindly arranged access to the forestry and factory staff at steven’s lumber mills. the research development and administration division of the university of limpopo (turfloop campus) and the research capacity development group of the medical research council of south africa supported this study. references 1. altman dg. practical statistics for medical research. boca raton: chapman and hall/crc, 1999. 2. bohlmann im, mackinnon s, kruger s et al. is the international physical activity questionnaire (ipaq) valid and reliable in the south african population? med sci sports exerc 2001; 33: s119. 3. coleman kj, epstein lh. application of generalizability theory to measurement of activity in males who are not regularly active: a preliminary report. res q exerc sport 1998; 69: 58-63. 4. cook i, lambert ev. validity and reliability of the international physical activity questionnaire in northern sotho-speaking africans. jemdsa 2002; 7: s36. 5. craig cl, marshall al, sjostrom m, et al. international physical activity questionnaire: 12-country reliability and validity. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 1381-95. 6. de mast j, van wieringen w. measurement system analysis for bounded ordinal data. qual reliab engng int 2004; 20: 383-95. 7. dishman rk, washburn ra, heath gw. physical activity epidemiology. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2004. 8. durant rh, baranowski t, davis h, et al. reliability and variability of indicators of heart-rate monitoring in children. med sci sports exerc 1993; 25: 389-95. 9. durant rh, baranowski t, davis h, thompson wo, puhl j, greaves ka, rhodes t. reliability and variability of heart rate monitoring in 3-, 4-, or 5-yrold children. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 265-71. 10. gretebeck rj, montoye hj. variability of some objective measures of physical activity. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 1167-72. 11. janz kf, witt j, mahoney lt. the stability of children’s physical activity as measured by accelerometry and self-report. med sci sports exerc 1995; 27: 1326-32. 12. kruger hs, venter cs, steyn hs. a standardised physical activity questionnaire for a population in transition: the thusa study. afr j phys health educ recreat dance 2000; 6: 54-64. 13. lambert ev, bohlmann i, kolbe-alexander t. ‘be active’ physical activity for health in south africa. s afr j clin nutr 2001; 14: s12-s16. 14. levin s, david r, ainsworth be, richardson mt, leon as. intra-individual variation and estimates of usual physical activity. ann epidemiol 1999; 9: 481-8. 15. matthews ce, ainsworth be, thompson rw, bassett dr. sources of variance in daily physical activity levels as measured by an accelerometer. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34: 1376-81. 16. matthews ce, freedson ps, hebert jr, stanek ej, merriam pa, ockene is. comparing physical activity assessment methods in the seasonal variation of blood cholesterol study. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 976-84. 17. matthews ce, freedson ps, hebert jr, et al. seasonal variation in household, occupational, and leisure time physical activity: longitudinal analyses from the seasonal variation of blood cholesterol study. am j epidemiol 2001; 153: 172-83. 18. matthews ce, hebert jr, freedson ps, et al. sources of variance in daily physical activity levels in the seasonal variation of blood cholesterol study. am j epidemiol 2001; 153: 987-95. 19. mcgraw ko, wong sp. forming inferences about some intraclass correlation coefficients. psychol methods 1996; 1: 30-46. 20. montoye hj, kemper hcg, saris whm, washburn ra. measuring physical activity and energy expenditure. champaign, il: human kinetics, 1996. 21. murray dm, catellier dj, hannan pj, et al. school-level intraclass correlation for physical activity in adolescent girls. med sci sports exerc 2004; 36: 876-82. 22. nyambose j, koski kg, tucker kl. high intra/interindividual variance ratios for energy and nutrient intakes of pregnant women in rural malawi show that many days are required to estimate usual intake. j nutr 2002; 132: 131318. 23. palaniappan u, cue ri, payette h, gray-donald k. implications of day-today variability on measurements of usual food and nutrient intakes. j nutr 2003; 133: 232-5. 24. treuth ms, sherwood ne, butte nf, et al. validity and reliability of activity measures in african-american girls for gems. med sci sports exerc 2003; 35: 532-9. 25. trost sg, pate rr, freedson ps, sallis jf, taylor wc. using objective physical activity measures with youth: how many days of monitoring are needed? med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 426-31. 26. tudor-locke c, burkett l, reis jp, ainsworth be, macera ca, wilson dk. how many days of pedometer monitoring predict weekly physical activity in adults? prev med 2005; 40: 293-8. 27. vincent sd, pangrazi rp. an examination of the activity patterns of elementary school children. pediatr exerc sci 2002; 14: 432-41. 28. welk gj. physical activity assessments for health-related research. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2002. 29. willett wc. nature of variation in the diet. in: macmahon b, ed. nutritional epidemiology: monographs in epidemiology and biostatistics, vol. 15. new york: oxford university press, 1990: 34-51. table vi. intraclass correlation reliability analysis of 4-day accelerometer output indices in rural and urban subjects reliability required number (icc) of days toachieve a reliability of 0.8 variables * 4 days † 1 day rural (n = 21) total counts 0.80 (0.89) 0.50 4.0 average counts 0.84 (0.92) 0.58 3.0 inactivity 0.78 (0.88) 0.47 4.5 moderate-1 0.76 (0.87) 0.45 5.0 moderate 0.79 (0.89) 0.49 4.2 2+vigorous urban (n = 20) total counts 0.79 (0.89) 0.49 4.2 average counts 0.84 (0.92) 0.57 3.1 inactivity 0.64 (0.80) 0.31 9.0 moderate-1 0.27 (0.75) ‡ 0.08 43.8 moderate 0.79 (0.89) 0.49 4.2 2+vigorous *see table i for variable units, icc = intraclass correlation coefficient, † deattenuated iccm appear in parenthesis, icc significant (p<0.002) except ‡ (p=0.1799). pg21-27.indd 27 4/23/08 11:32:10 am original research 36 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 introduction hydration status and its role in the performance of endurance athletes remains a popular topic of debate in sports medicine. newer recommendations, including the 2007 american college of sports medicine position stand on exercise and fluid replacement, warn athletes not to lose >2% body weight during exercise as it may adversely affect performance.1 although the same paper recommends drinking to thirst, the unfounded fear of dehydration and/or heat illness may have prompted athletes in the usa to continue to follow protocols that promote overzealous hydration. however, more recent analysis has shown that the fastest runners (therefore highest performers) abstract objective. prior studies of full-marathon participants have demonstrated a higher incidence of hyponatraemia in runners with completion times of 4 hours or more. our primary aim was to determine if slower pace is associated with increased prevalence of hyponatraemia. secondly, we evaluated the prevalence of hyponatraemia in full-marathoners v. halfmarathoners. methods. this observational, cross-sectional study comprised consenting runners in the 26.2 with donna, the national marathon to finish breast cancer, in jacksonville beach, florida, february 2008. on race day, participants completed a questionnaire, provided finger-stick blood samples, and were weighed both preand post-race. results. a significant negative association was found between pace and post-race sodium level (p<0.001). a negative correlation was found between finishing time and post-race sodium level (p<0.001). the prevalence of post-race hyponatraemia was 4% (4/106) among half-marathoners and 13% (12/89) among full-marathoners (p=0.02). an inverse correlation was found between sodium change and weight change, significant in fullmarathoners (r=-0.55, p<0.001) but not half-marathoners (r=0.23, p=0.042). conclusions. slower race pace and longer finishing times were associated with lower post-race sodium levels. full-marathoners *presented in abstract and poster form at the annual meeting of the american medical society for sports medicine, tampa, florida, 25 29 april 2009. impact of race pace on development of hyponatraemia in fulland half-marathoners* jennifer r maynard, walter c taylor iii, rebecca b mcneil, shane a shapiro, michael m mohseni, tyler f vadeboncoeur, scott m silvers, susan v sumrall, edith a perez, nancy n diehl department of family medicine, mayo clinic, jacksonville, florida jennifer r maynard, md walter c taylor iii, md biostatistics unit, mayo clinic, jacksonville, florida rebecca b mcneil, phd nancy n diehl department of orthopedic surgery, mayo clinic, jacksonville, florida shane a shapiro, md department of emergency medicine surgery, mayo clinic, jacksonville, florida michael m mohseni, md tyler f vadeboncoeur, md scott m silvers, md clinical studies unit, mayo clinic, jacksonville, florida susan v sumrall, rn division of hematology/oncology/cancer center/breast clinic, mayo clinic, jacksonville, florida edith a perez, md corresponding author: j r maynard (maynard.jennifer@mayo.edu). had a significantly higher prevalence of hyponatraemia. the development of hyponatraemia was associated with weight gain. our data indicate that the relationship between post-race sodium concentration and pace differs according to the distance of the event. we can extrapolate from this data that longer race distance with increased availability of fluid stations combined with a slower pace may increase the risk of developing exerciseinduced hyponatraemia. s afr j med 2012;24(2):36-42. sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 37 actually are those who lose the most weight in marathons.2 the recognition of the potential dangers of excessive fluid consumption has initiated multiple revisions of these theories. current hydration strategies may be based on individual sweat rate, as monitored by body weight change during exercise, but most importantly should be gauged by thirst to maximise performance.1,3-7 many studies and review papers have documented the risk of overhydration during prolonged endurance events, which may result in hyponatraemia (serum sodium concentration <135 mmol/l).1,5,8-21 the occurrence of hyponatraemia during or up to 24 hours after prolonged physical activity is known as exerciseassociated hyponatraemia (eah).8,12 a large study from noakes et al. reveals that the development of eah occurs from three main factors: overconsumption of fluid during exercise, retention of fluid due to inadequate suppression of antidiuretic hormone (adh), and inactivation of or failure to reactivate internal stores of sodium.22 the confluence of these factors enhances a dilutional state and decreases the serum sodium concentration. signs and symptoms of hyponatraemia include nausea, vomiting, confusion, and headache. as eah progresses, more severe sequelae include seizures, pulmonary and cerebral oedema (hyponatraemic encephalophathy), and possibly death. since its first report in a 26.2 mile (42 km) race in the 1986 pittsburgh marathon, eah has been cited in multiple hospitalisations and at least 5 known deaths of marathon participants.9,18,19 developing science and recognition of eah have linked multiple risk factors, including excessive drinking behaviours, female sex, failure to appropriately suppress adh in the presence of fluid retention, lower body mass index (bmi), slower running pace, non-elite status, and prolonged exercise (>4 hours).1,9,10,12-14,20 our primary aim was to determine if slower pace is associated with increased prevalence of hyponatraemia. a secondary aim was to determine if there is a significant difference in the prevalence of hyponatraemia in halfv. full-marathon participants. this study has the advantage of analysing both preand post-race serum sodium concentrations, as well as the weight of participants before and after exercise to assess the changes incurred during an endurance event. furthermore, we believe the current study is the first to examine the influence of race pace on the prevalence of hyponatraemia with the benefit of data from both halfand full-marathons. with these data, we propose that eah is, in part, a behavioural disease in which athletes are influenced by tenuous information, the availability of fluid stations, and fear of dehydration. methods subjects this observational, cross-sectional study comprised consenting runners who participated in the first 26.2 with donna, the national marathon to finish breast cancer full and half marathons. study design was approved by the institutional review board and used written informed consent and a health insurance portability and accountability act waiver. race participants were approached at random during the health expo held on the 2 days before the race. consenting subjects, at least 18 years of age, were identified by a brightly coloured sticker on their race bib number. race setting the race took place on 17 february 2008 at jacksonville beach, florida. at the start of the race, 08h30, the ambient temperature was 17.8°c (64°f) and humidity 88%. sunny conditions prevailed at the end of the race, with an ambient temperature of 24.4°c (76°f) and 43% humidity. hydration stations were available approximately every mile, with a sports drink (powerade; coca-cola company, atlanta, georgia) offered at every other station. a carbohydrate energy gel (gu energy gel; gu energy labs, berkeley, california) was also available roughly every 3 5 miles after mile marker 10. runners were provided race bags that had various advertisements, race paraphernalia, and local health magazines (www.healthsourcemag.com). no specific instructions regarding hydration were given to race participants. procedures serum sodium concentration was measured the morning of the race and after race completion. height was self-reported by the participants. weight was measured on the same calibrated scale before and after the race. bmi (weight in kilograms divided by the square of height in metres) was calculated before and after the race. runners were instructed to proceed to the runners’ science research tent on completion of the race. they were allowed to consume fluid freely after the race while waiting for their blood to be drawn. venous blood was collected via finger stick and tested on a tabletop analyser (stat profile critical care xpress; nova biomedical, waltham, massachusetts). before the marathon, set-up and implementation studies for linearity and precision were performed by the vendor to meet industry standards. in an effort to maintain impartial interpretation, the results were not reviewed at the time. therefore, no opportunity existed to recommend for or against participation in the race on the basis of pre-race laboratory values. outcome measures the primary outcome measure was the incidence of hyponatraemia (serum sodium concentration [na+] <135 mmol/l). secondary outcome measures included mean changes observed and determination of any statistically significant changes in paired data sets from before and after the race. completion times were recorded by official chip time. race pace, reported in minutes per mile, was calculated by finish time divided by race distance (13.1 or 26.2 miles). sample size considerations the target enrolment was 250 runners, based on an expected volunteer rate of 5% of the 5 000 race participants. after allowing for the loss of up to 20% of records due to inadequate blood samples, we estimated that the prevalence of electrolyte abnormalities would be estimable to within a 3 7% margin of error, depending on the true prevalence and assuming the use of a large-sample approximation to the 95% confidence interval. therefore, the target sample size was expected to provide reasonable precision in the estimation of the preand post-race prevalence of electrolyte abnormalities. analysis continuous variables were summarised using median and range, and categorical variables were summarised using number and percentage. to evaluate the relationship between categorical variables, such as marathon distance (full v. half ) and hyponatraemia status, we used the fisher exact test. the wilcoxon rank sum test was used to compare continuous measures, including race pace and change in serum sodium levels, between fulland half-marathoners. the spearman correlation coefficient was used to assess the correlation between race pace or finishing time and other continuous variables. linear regression was used to explore the relationship between postrace serum sodium level, race pace, and distance. 38 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 ethical considerations restriction of participation based on pre-race laboratory data was not possible because of the blood analysis processing method. pre-race samples were stored on ice and transported to the laboratory at the main campus. laboratory results were not available until after the race. if a symptomatic research participant presented to the race medical tent for treatment, laboratory values were available immediately for use by the treating physician. study investigators were notified and collected a separate blood sample of research participants presenting to the medical tent. results total enrolment of 251 was completed early on the second day of the health expo. although the target enrolment was met without difficulty, 18% (46/251) and 19% (47/251) of enrolled runners did not present for pre-race and post-race finger-stick sampling, respectively. additional records were lost during the process of laboratory analysis. see fig. 1 for data flow illustration. a total of 161 and 195 records remained for pre-race and postrace analyses, respectively. the 39 pre-race records lost because the quantity of blood was insufficient were deemed likely secondary to chilly morning conditions and associated peripheral vasospasm. notably, the number of post-race analyses with insufficient blood quantity was substantially lower at 7 records, presumably because blood samples were easier to obtain in the warmer digits of runners who just completed the race. there were slightly more half-marathon participants than full-marathon participants in both the preand post-race environments. approximately equal numbers of pairs, however, were available for paired analysis (79 half-marathon v. 70 full-marathon pairs). table 1 summarises characteristics of the subjects, according to fullor half-marathon status. there was no statistical difference in age or sex by race type. notably, there was a strong female participation rate of 71% (178/251). the overall race participants were similarly skewed toward a higher female component of 71% (3 950/5 536). table 1 also includes the median changes observed in serum sodium levels between the pre-race and post-race environments. interestingly, more half-marathoners (5/84 (6.0%)) than full-marathoners (3/77 table 1. characteristics of the runners’ science study participants according to fullor half-marathon status* characteristic all participants full-marathoners half-marathoners p-value sex (male) 73/251 (29) 40/125 (32) 33/126 (26) 0.33 age (years) 46 (20 71) 46 (20 70) 45 (24 71) 0.73 finish time (min) 240 (90.6 398.7) 333.7 (194.4 398.7) 166.1 (90.6 358.6) <0.001 pace (min/mile) 12.7 (6.9 27.4) 12.7 (7.4 15.2) 12.7 (6.9 27.4) 0.47 fluid ingested (cups) 16 (1.5 100) 27.5 (2 100) 12.0 (1.5 64.0) <0.001 fluid ingested (cups/min) 0.08 (0.008 0.34) 0.08 (0.008 0.34) 0.08 (0.01 0.33) 0.29 hyponatraemia pre-race 8/161 (5) 3/77 (4) 5/84 (6) 0.72 post-race 16/195 (8) 12/89 (13) 4/106 (4) 0.02 sodium concentration (mmol/l) pre-race 138.7 (105.4 145.8) 139 (133.2 145.8) 138 (105.4 143) 0.16 post-race 140 (125 157) 140 (125 157) 140 (125 151) 0.07 change (post-pre) 2.0 (-11.0 35.6) 0.5 (-11.0 16.0) 2.0 (-6.7 35.6) 0.03 body mass index, median (range), kg/m2 pre-race 24.5 (18.1 42.2) 24.0 (18.2 33.2) 25.0 (18.1 42.2) 0.32 post-race 24.0 (17.7 36.7) 23.6 (17.7 32.6) 24.5 (18.1 36.7) 0.28 change (post-pre) -0.4 (-1.8 0.5) -0.6 (-1.8 0.2) -0.3 (-0.8 0.5) <0.001 weight, median (range), kg pre-race 68.5 (43.1 120.1) 67.9 (43.1 111.1) 68.6 (50.5 120.1) 0.69 post-race 67.1 (41.0 117.5) 67.0 (41.0 108.3) 67.3 (50.1 117.5) 0.60 change (post-pre) -1.1 (-5.7 1.4) -1.5 (-5.7 0.7) -0.8 (-2.7 1.4) <0.001 *continuous variables are reported as median (range), with comparisons between fulland half-marathoners performed using the wilcoxon rank sum test. categorical variables are reported as fraction (percentage), with comparisons between fulland half-marathoners performed using the fisher exact test. fig. 1. data flow in preand post-race settings in accordance with race distance. sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 39 (3.9%)) presented with hyponatraemia before the race, with 1 asymptomatic half-marathoner in a state of laboratory-classified severe hyponatraemia (serum sodium 105 mmol/l). however, this difference was not statistically significant (p=0.72). at completion of the race, 3 times as many full-marathoners as half-marathoners were hyponatraemic (12/89 (13.5%) and 4/106 (3.8%), respectively; p=0.02). there was a significant difference in the change in sodium levels between halfand full-marathon runners. the median increase was 2.0 mmol/l for half-marathon runners (range, -6.7 35.6 mmol/l) and 0.5 mmol/l for full-marathon runners (range, -11.0 16.0 mmol/l) (p=0.03, wilcoxon rank sum test). therefore, full-marathon runners experienced a smaller increase in sodium over the course of the race, and significantly more full-marathoners than half-marathoners were hyponatremic after the race (p=0.02). data of the change in weight (kg) and calculated in bmi (kg/m2) among runners indicated that full-marathoners lost significantly more weight during the race (-1.5 kg, -0.6 kg/m2) than halfmarathoners (-0.8 kg, -0.3 kg/m2) (p<0.001, p<0.001). an inverse correlation was found between sodium change and weight change, significant in full-marathoners (spearman correlation r=-0.55, p<0.001) but not half-marathoners (r=-0.23, p=0.042) (fig. 2). see table 2 for full data on hyponatraemic participants according to change in preand post-race sodium concentration (mmol/l) and weight (kg). of the 16 participants who were hyponatraemic post-race, 6 showed an increase in weight. the mean weight change for the hyponatraemic marathoners was -0.07 kg2 (range, -0.9 1.4 kg). the median race pace was 12.7 min/mile (range, 6.9 27.4 min/ mile) for half-marathoners and 12.7 min/mile (range, 7.4 15.2 min/ mile) for full-marathoners. a significant negative association was found between pace and post-race serum [na+] (spearman correlation r=-0.30, p<0.001) (fig. 3). median finishing times for halfand fullmarathoners were 166.1 minutes (range, 90.6 358.6 minutes) and 333.7 minutes (range, 194.4 398.7 minutes), respectively. finishing table 2. reporting preand post-race hyponatraemic participants according to change in sodium concentration (mmol/l) and weight (kg) post-pre-race (*value not obtained) participant distance run pre-race sodium (mmol/l) pre-race hyponatraemia? post-race sodium (mmol/l) post-race hyponatraemia? post pre sodium (mmol/l) pre-race weight (kg) post-race weight (kg) post-pre weight (kg) a half *   134.0 yes * 67.6 67.6 0 b half 141.0 no 134.3 yes -6.7 61.8 63.2 1.4 c half 139.8 no 134.0 yes -5.8 62.7 63.5 0.8 d full 139.0 no 133.0 yes -6.0 60.3 59.4 -0.9 e full 139.0 no 132.0 yes -7.0 64.5 63.8 -0.7 f full 142.0 no 133.0 yes -9.0 91.5 92.0 0.5 g full 136.0 no 130.0 yes -6.0 53.7 53.8 0.1 h full 139.0 no 133.0 yes -6.0 61.5 60.7 -0.8 i full 138.0 no 132.0 yes -6.0 96.5 95.7 -0.8 j full 136.0 no 131.0 yes -5.0 65.9 66.6 0.7 k full 136.1 no 133.0 yes -3.1 49.2 49.0 -0.2 l full 136.0 no 125.0 yes -11.0 54.2 54.6 0.4 m full 138.0 no 133.0 yes -5.0 83.4 82.6 -0.8 n full 141.9 no 134.0 yes -7.9 65.3 65.1 -0.2 o half 130.7 yes 125.0 yes -5.7 75.5 *   p full 134.0 yes 133.0 yes -1.0 84.2 83.6 -0.6 q half 134.0 yes 136.0 no 2.0 75.3 75.3 0 r half 105.4 yes 141.0 no 35.6 54.2 53.1 -1.1 s half 134.7 yes 138.0 no 3.3 76.5 77.2 0.7 t half 1330 yes 135.0 no 2.0 51.5 51.7 0.2 u full 134.0 yes 137.0 no 3.0 64.6 62.9 -1.7 v full 133.2 yes 142.0 no 8.8 50.2 49.7 -0.5 fig. 2. scatterplots of the change in weight (kg) v. change in serum sodium concentration (mmol/l) from postto pre-race in (a) full and (b) half-marathon participants. 40 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 time and post-race sodium level had a significant negative correlation as well (spearman correlation r=-0.28, p=0.001). discussion this study is the first of which we are aware to examine the influence of race pace on the prevalence of hyponatraemia with the benefit of data from both halfand full-marathons. prior studies have shown an increased incidence of hyponatraemia in marathon runners with completion times of more than 4 hours.8,11-13,17,21 no studies found in a review of the literature have looked at actual race pace as a predictor of hyponatraemia. the consensus statement from the second international exercise-associated hyponatraemia consensus development conference 2007 named slower running or performance pace to its list of athlete-related risk factors.12 however, of the 4 articles cited after this statement,8,11,17,21 only almond et al.,8 reporting data from the 2002 boston marathon, commented on pace; the others focused on longer finishing times, generally more than 4 hours. furthermore, almond et al.8 reported only a slower training pace as statistically significant (self-reported by runners on pre-race surveys), but did not calculate pace on the actual day of the race. as eah is nearly non-existent in some countries, such as south africa and new zealand, our data also implicate the perpetuation of fear of dehydration that may continue to promote overconsumption of fluids in the usa. he w et al. 17 rep or ted that longer f inishing times and overconsumption of fluids were the main risk factors associated with the development of hyponatraemia. specifically, they state finishing times of more than 4 hours 20 minutes resulted in the lowest serum sodium levels. although a slower pace can be inferred from this statement, with only a 26.2 mile marathon on which to base their calculations, they were not able to consider distance in relation to change in sodium. current global data have established a prevalence of pre-race hyponatraemia of 0 2%.23 our results demonstrate a pre-race incidence of 6.0% (5/84) for half-marathoners and 3.9% (3/77) for fullmarathoners. higher pre-race incidence of hyponatraemia in the usa raises the question of race participant education. race packets were picked up at the expo 1 2 days prior to the race. among advertisement of sponsors, healthsource magazine (healthsourcemag.com) was included, which may have included advice from local nutritionists. for example, the february 2010 edition contained an article entitled ‘a runner’s diet’. recommendations included: ‘to avoid hitting the wall ... you need to focus on your diet and hydration many days before the event. be sure to increase intake of all fluids and be in a well hydrated state. dehydration adversely affects athletic performance.’24 these messages may have encouraged runners to overhydrate prior to the race. the post-race hyponatraemia prevalence of 13% (12/89) in full-marathoners is in agreement with cohorts evaluated in boston (13%)8 and london (12%).23 in contrast, eah has yet to be reported in a marathon runner in south africa or new zealand, and only occasional cases occur in longer ultramarathon races in south africa (t d noakes, personal communication). our data support the prior finding that a significant inverse relationship exists between total finishing time and serum [na+] (p<0.001). additionally, with the benefit of data from two different distances, we were able to demonstrate the importance of the pacedistance interaction with change in sodium. in fig. 4, a linear regression model of post-race sodium with pace, distance, and the pace-distance interaction as independent variables found a significant interaction between pace and distance (p=0.03). as interactions are difficult to detect, this model indicates that the relationship between post-race sodium and pace indeed differs according to the distance of the run. davis et al.11 reported a retrospective analysis of marathon participants in the 1998 and 1999 suzuki rock ’n’ roll marathon in san diego, california, who presented within 24 hours after the conclusion of the race to a local emergency department. to define unconditioned v. conditioned athletes, the patients were stratified into those finishing in more or less than 4 hours, respectively. none of the hyponatraemic patients finished the race in less than 4 hours, suggesting that unconditioned athletes, or those who run slowly, are at risk for the development of eah. davis et al.11 also discussed the impact of post-race hyperhydration as a major contributor to the development of eah. a possible limitation to our study design is that post-race blood samples were collected directly after the race; therefore, we only measured a minimum occurrence and may have missed the development of eah in those participants who then continued to hydrate aggressively over the next 24 hours. both hew et al.17 and davis et al.11 commented on the inverse relationship of serum sodium to time of presentation. these data were retrospectively reviewed from medical tents and emergency department visits. our study was geared specifically to screen for abnormal serum sodium concentrations that developed during the fig. 3. scatterplots of post-race serum sodium levels v. race pace for full-marathoners and half-marathoners. fig. 4. scatterplot of the inverse relationship between post-race serum sodium level and race pace, with overlaid linear regression lines for fulland half-marathoners (p=0.03). sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 41 endurance race. recruited participants were instructed to present to the runners’ science tent before and after the race. consequently, we were unable to report on time of presentation in relation to serum sodium except with regard to race finish time. of note, 360 ml (12 oz) water bottles were available at the finish line, and race participants could drink at will while waiting to have blood drawn. therefore, it is plausible to assume that out of fear of dehydration, those who used the ‘drink as much as possible’ philosophy may have continued to overhydrate after the race and thus have had lower serum sodium levels than if they had hydrated to thirst. our study is in agreement with the consensus statement on eah12 that weight gain during a race is a risk factor for hyponatraemia. of the 16 participants who were hyponatraemic after the race, 6 showed an increase in bmi with a mean change of 0 kg/m2 (range, -0.3 0.5 kg/m2). although more full-marathoners developed hyponatraemia during the race, full-marathoners also lost significantly more weight than their counterparts in the half-marathon. this can be explained by a possible 1 2% decrease in body weight that can occur during a 26.2 mile marathon without a change in total body water. this scenario may lead to a dilutional hyponatraemic state with a net loss or neutral bmi. our results also show that, despite an equal median pace of 12.7 min/mile in both halfand full-marathoners, the latter had a significantly higher prevalence of hyponatraemia (p=0.02). this finding further supports the importance of the performance pacedistance interaction. it may be proposed that a difference between the halfand full-marathon race courses is the number of hydration stations. along our race course, the availability of hydration stations at each mile marker essentially doubled in the fullv. half-marathon. reid et al.25 reported that the limitation of fluid availability with placement of aid stations every 5 km has been shown to be associated with absence of hyponatraemia in a standard marathon. we plan to recommend this arrangement of fluid stations for future races. our study design is not without its limitations. first, selection bias may have occurred with race participants who are more interested in health outcomes associated with endurance racing. second, both data sets were incomplete, limiting paired data set analysis. also, as mentioned above, by collecting blood directly after the race, we lost the ability to detect development of hyponatraemia in the subsequent 24 hours. finally, our study, as well as race participants overall, may have some gender bias toward a higher female component, 71% (178/251) compared with 34.4% female finishers reported by hew et al.17 this may be attributable to the nature of the race to benefit breast cancer research and women living with breast cancer. given that the consensus statement on eah12 names female sex as a risk factor, our study population may have been predisposed to development of eah. finally, we acknowledge the role of certain confounding factors on the data. although our figures clearly suggest that slower pace increases the risk of hyponatraemia, we are unable to determine if this is a true physiological difference due to pace. rather, it may be due to the impact of outside influence of education favouring excessive hydration out of fear of dehydration. or perhaps, when moving at a slower pace, athletes simply have more time to drink at fluid stations. in summary, recommendations on fluid replacement during endurance races continue to evolve. currently at the forefront is drinking ad libitum (according to thirst) with the goal to replace fluid lost as sweat. runners should be encouraged to individualise their hydration strategy on the basis of their particular sweat rates to optimise rather than maximise fluid intake during running.11 it is imperative that the sports medicine community promote this strategy rather than continue to uphold the unsubstantiated fear of dehydration. hyponatraemia occurred significantly more frequently in full-marathoners than in half-marathoners. with the benefit of data from halfand full-marathons, we have illustrated the intricate relationship among race pace, distance, and serum sodium concentration. if eah truly is a behavioural disease based in overconsumption of fluids, then appropriate education and behaviour modification is the key for prevention. acknowledgement. the authors acknowledge all the volunteers and medical personnel who made the national marathon to finish breast cancer a possibility and success in its inaugural year. please note a subsection of these data has been published in sports health march/april 2011 issue. similar graphics and tables were used. mohseni m, silvers s, mcneil b, et al. prevalence of hyponatraemia, renal dysfunction, and other electrolyte abnormalities among runners before and after completing a marathon or half marathon. sports health: a multidisciplinary approach march 2011 3:145-151 [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/1941738111400561]. conflicts of interest. none. funding sources. none. references 1. sawka mn, burke lm, eichner er, maughan rj, montain sj, stachenfeld ns. american college of sports medicine. american college of sports medicine position stand: exercise and fluid replacement. med sci sports exerc 2007;39(2):377-390. 2. zouhal h, groussard c, minter g, et al. inverse relationship between percentage body weight change and finishing time in 643 forty-two kilometer marathon runners. br j sports med 2011;45(14):1101-1105. 3. goulet ed. effect of exercise-induced dehydration on time-trial exercise performance: a meta-analysis. br j sports med 2011;45(14):1149-1156. 4. beltrami fg, hew-butler t, noakes td. drinking policies and exercise-associated hyponatraemia: is anyone still promoting overdrinking? br j sports med. 2009;42(10):796-501. epub 2008 apr 9. erratum in: br j sports med apr;43(4):310-311. 5. casa dj, clarkson pm, roberts wo. american college of sports medicine roundtable on hydration and physical activity: consensus statements. curr sports med rep 2005;4(3):115-127. 6. noakes t, immda. fluid replacement during marathon running. clin j sport med 2003;13(5):309-318. 7. cheuvront sn, montain sj, sawka mn. fluid replacement and performance during the marathon. sports med 2007;37(4-5):353-357. 8. almond cs, shin ay, fortescue eb, et al. hyponatremia among runners in the boston marathon. n engl j med 2005;352(15):1550-1556. 9. chorley j, cianca j, divine j. risk factors for exercise-associated hyponatremia in non-elite marathon runners. clin j sport med 2007;17(6):471-477. 10. chorley jn. hyponatraemia: identification and evaluation in the marathon medical area. sports med 2007;37(4-5):451-454. 11. davis dp, videen js, marino a, et al. exercise-associated hyponatremia in marathon runners: a two-year experience. j emerg med 2001;21(1):47-57. 12. hew-butler t, ayus jc, kipps c, et al. statement of the second international exerciseassociated hyponatremia consensus development conference, new zealand, 2007. clin j sport med 2008;18(2):111-121. 13. mettler s, rusch c, frey wo, bestmann l, wenk c, colombani pc. hyponatremia among runners in the zurich marathon. clin j sport med 2008;18(4):344-349. 14. montain sj. hydration recommendations for sport 2008. curr sports med rep 2008;7(4):187-192. 15. o’connor re. exercise-induced hyponatremia: causes, risks, prevention, and management. cleve clin j med 2006;73 suppl 3:s13-18. 16. von duvillard sp, braun wa, markofski m, beneke r, leithauser r. fluids and hydration in prolonged endurance performance. nutrition 2004;20(7-8):651-656. 42 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 17. hew td, chorley jn, cianca jc, divine jg. the incidence, risk factors, and clinical manifestations of hyponatremia in marathon runners. clin j sport med 2003;13(1):41-47. 18. young m, sciurba f, rinaldo j. delirium and pulmonary edema after completing a marathon. am rev respir dis 1987;136(3):737-739. 19. thompson, j-a, wolff, aj. hyponatremic encephalopathy in a marathon runner. chest 2003;124:313s. 20. ganio ms, casa dj, armstrong le, maresh cm. evidence-based approach to lingering hydration questions. clin sports med 2007;26(1):1-16. 21. noakes td, goodwin n, rayner bl, branken t, taylor rk. water intoxication: a possible complication during endurance exercise. med sci sports exerc 1985;17(3):370-375. 22. noakes td, sharwood k, speedy d, et al. three independent biological mechanisms cause exercise-associated hyponatremia: evidence from 2,135 weighed competitive athletic performances. proc natl acad sci usa 2005;102(51):18550-1855. 23. kipps c, sharm s, tunstall pedoe d. the incidence of exercise-associated hyponatraemia in the london marathon. br j sports med 2011;45(1):14-19. 24. goudreau-santos p. a runner’s diet. healthsource magazine feb 2010:16-19. 25. reid sa, speedy db, thompson jm, et al. study of hematological and biochemical parameters in runners completing a standard marathon. clin j sport med 2004;14(6):34. original research 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 gait retraining as part of the treatment programme for soldiers with exercise-related leg pain: preliminary clinical experiences and retention w o zimmermann,1,2 md; c w linschoten,3 bsc; a beutler,2 md 1department of training medicine and training physiology, royal dutch army, utrecht, the netherlands 2uniformed services university of the health sciences, bethesda, maryland, usa 3vrije universiteit, amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: w o zimmermann (wesselzimmermann@hotmail.com) exercise-related leg pain (erlp) is a common problem in the military. healthy young men can have pain in both legs only weeks after starting a training course, leading to them dropping out of the military. the most common diagnoses in the armed forces of the netherlands are: 1. medial tibial stress syndrome (mtss), 2. chronic exertional compartment syndrome (cecs), or 3. a combination of mtss+cecs.[1] the highest reported incidence of mtss in a military setting was 35% of 124 naval recruits participating in basic military training in australia.[2] an estimation of the incidence of cecs in the military is one in every 2000 us military service members per year.[3] mtss is an overuse injury involving the interface of the tibial bone and soft tissue. the patient with mtss reports pain over the tibia during and after leg loading activities.[4] the definition of cecs is pathologically elevated intracompartmental pressure during exercise, which returns to normal with cessation of exercise.[5] the patient with cecs reports a fullness or cramp like sensation over the involved muscular compartment, often after a specific amount of exertion (time, distance, or intensity).[5] if an intracompartmental pressure measurement (icpm) in the first minute post-exercise is above 35 mm hg and the patient reports pain, the diagnosis cecs is confirmed.[6] if the pressure measurement is below 35 mm hg, a new diagnostic term can be applied: biomechanical overload syndrome (bos).[7] for both mtss and cecs, the exact pathophysiological mechanism is not known.[1] a previous episode of leg pain and the biomechanics of walking and running are a few of many risk factors identified for these conditions in the military.[1] gait retraining, as a treatment for overuse injuries of the lower extremities is presumably widely practiced but until now, was scarcely reported in the literature.[8] gait retraining regimens generally focus on a transition from rear foot to midfoot or forefoot strike, increasing cadence, or altering proximal mechanics.[8] the rationale for gait retraining for overuse injuries of the tibia is the reduction of vertical impact forces [9] and for gait retraining in cecs is the reduction of tibialis anterior activity.[10] gait retraining as a treatment for cecs shows promising results in the first publications on this topic.[11,12] there are no publications on gait retraining as a treatment for mtss, but recent research indicates its positive effects.[8] in the sports medicine department of the armed forces of the netherlands gait retraining as a part of the treatment programme for erlp was introduced in 2013, using sophisticated tools, such as high-speed cameras and an instrumented treadmill, to analyse walking and running biomechanics. the goal of this study is to evaluate the treatment results and to describe preliminary clinical experiences and the retention of gait retraining in a military setting. this study is retrospective in design. methods the study involved an analysis of provided patient care background: gait retraining as part of a treatment programme for exercise-related leg pain (erlp) was introduced in the sports medicine department of the royal netherlands army in 2013. objectives: to describe clinical experiences and retention of gait retraining in a military setting. methods: sixty-one cases from the year 2015 were available for analysis of gait and gait retraining. in 2016, 32 of these patients were available for a follow-up survey, 28 of them also for the follow-up measurement of running biomechanics in running shoes. results: soldiers received an outpatient treatment programme that lasted on average 129 days (sd 76). on average they received 2.4 gait retraining sessions, leading to significant and lasting changes in running biomechanics; in particular, reduction in maximal force (n) and maximal pressure (n/cm2) on the heels at 317 days follow-up (average, sd 108). most soldiers were satisfied with gait retraining. at follow-up, 27 soldiers (84%) contributed some, the majority or all reduction of symptoms to it. seventy percent reported that they had mastered the new running technique within two months. the single assessment numeric evaluation score increased from 55% to 78% for males and from 44% to 75% for females. discussion: this is the first study to report on gait retraining for medial tibial stress syndrome. in future, prospective studies in the military running in shoes and running in boots respectively should be investigated. conclusion: soldiers with exercise-related leg pain (erlp), among them patients with medial tibial stress syndrome, respond well to a treatment programme that included gait retraining. ten months post-gait retraining, their running biomechanics still showed these positive changes from their time of intake. keywords: medial tibial stress syndrome, chronic exertional compartment syndrome, military s afr j sports med 2017;29:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1923 mailto:wesselzimmermann@hotmail.com http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a1923 original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 (patient record analysis), a follow-up survey and measurement of running biomechanics. the inclusion criteria were all soldiers with erlp who received gait retraining as part of their treatment programme in the year 2015 with the following diagnoses: 1. mtss; 2. cecs (icpm > 35 mm hg); 3. bos (icpm < 35 mm hg); 4. mtss+bos; 5. mtss+cecs. all patients were initially seen by a single, senior sports medicine physician (wz), using a detailed intake, diagnostic and treatment protocol for erlp. exclusion criteria were a fasciotomy less than one year ago and previous gait retraining elsewhere. minimal follow-up time was at three months. the following information was retrieved from patient records: patient history, biometrics, pressure measurements of the anterior and deep compartments in the first minute postexercise, diagnosis, kinetics and kinematics of running before gait retraining (t0) and after a single gait retraining session on the same day (t1). the gait retraining intervention in 2015 consisted of four instruction sessions: sessions 1 and 4 were given by a primary care sports medicine physician (wz), and sessions 2 and 3 were given by a physical education instructor. the initial gait retraining session consisted of the following three segments: 1) measurement t0: one minute of running in running shoes, i.e. personal mechanics; 2) running on bare feet, with verbal instructions to change to ball-of-the foot on landing (when applicable) and preferably 180 steps per minute; 3) measurement t1: one minute of running in shoes, new mechanics. the speed of running was 9 km/h for females, 10 km/h for males during all running segments and measurements. the running style (type of strike) was determined based on slow-motion camera evaluation and treadmill vertical force measurement. a heel-striker was defined as a visual heel-striker plus a maximum force on the heels > 400 n. during short moments of rest, all participants were shown a video recording of their original and new running mechanics and the measurements of the instrumented treadmill to learn the reduction in impact forces. instruction sessions 2 and 3 were private gait retraining lessons each lasting 30-60 minutes. all participants received a six-week gait retraining schedule, containing two running sessions a week, to ingrain the new running technique to a continuous running time of 15 minutes. instruction session 4, given by the sports physician, was limited to a brief visual check of the new running mechanics. many patients stayed on for a second sixweek gait retraining schedule, consisting of two-three running sessions a week, to increase running time with the new running technique to 30 minutes at a time. patients were advised not to run more than the time prescribed in the schedules in order to reduce the chance of a recurrence of symptoms. gait retraining was not the only intervention offered in 2015 to patients with erlp. each patient received a personalised programme with a mix of the following interventions: stretching or strengthening of lower extremity musculature, supplementation with vitamin d if below 50 nmol/l, massage of hypertonic musculature, dry needling of trigger points, neuro-prolotherapy with 10% glucose, extra corporeal shockwave therapy of the medial tibial border (four-five sessions), prescription of compression stockings, evaluation of running shoes, evaluation/prescription of shoe inserts, maintaining fitness with a low impact training programme, and radiological imaging. at the end of the treatment programme in the sports medicine department, many patients, particularly those in physically demanding military specialties, were referred to the physical therapist on base for additional training before returning to full duty. from the telephonic follow-up survey in 2016, the following information was obtained primarily with multiple-choice questions: current military status, current erlp status, time and effort required to master the new running technique and any additional medical interventions from other medical professionals in the follow-up period. during the follow-up measurement of running biomechanics (t2) the treadmill (h/p/cosmos sports & medical, nussdorf, germany), the software (zebris medical, isny, germany) and running speed applied were identical to the initial measurements (t0 and t1). the treadmill is serviced yearly. the zebris software allowed for immediate feedback on running biomechanics in three zones of the foot: rearfoot, midfoot and forefoot. in this study, the single assessment numeric evaluation (sane) was used as a subjective score for taxability of the legs on a 0-100 scale, with 100 being normal.[13] the sane score was recorded at intake (sane in), at the completion of the sports medicine treatment programme (sane out) and at follow-up (sane follow-up). all statistical tests were performed using spss version 24.0. the level of significance was set at p < 0.05. data gathered included counts, means and standard deviations for continuous variables and counts and frequencies for categorical variables. a shapiro-wilk test was performed to test for normality of the data. if normality was assumed, independent sample t-tests and paired t-tests were conducted; if not, non-parametric testing was performed (wilcoxon signed ranks test). the study was announced to the medical ethics board, brabant, the netherlands and approved under number nw2016-41. results in total, 61 cases with erlp from 2015 were available for record analysis, 48 males and 13 females. table 1 shows relevant characteristics of these soldiers. the most common diagnoses were mtss+cecs (20 males and seven females) and mtss (15 males and five females). the average duration of the treatment programme was 119 days for men (sd = 63) and 176 days for women (sd = 104). the average sane score of patients improved during this time from 54.6 to 78.4 for males and from 44.6 to 75.3 for females. at intake, 52 soldiers were classified as heel-strikers (85%). at recall in 2016, 32 patients were available for the follow-up survey (53%) (see figure 1). the average follow-up time was 298 days for men (sd = 105.2) and 357 days for women (sd = 82.0), the average follow-up sane score was 73.3 for males and 84.5 for females. in addition, 28 of these 32 patients were available to return to the sports medicine department for original research 3 sajsm vol. 29 2017 follow-up treadmill measurements (46%). statistically, the soldiers not available for follow-up were no different to the soldiers that were available on the factors presented in table 1. reasons for not participating in the follow-up were: no contact possible (17 cases), no time to participate (eight cases) and follow-up time < three months (four cases). table 2 shows selected measurements of the running technique in running shoes at t0, t1 and t2. comparison of measurements at t0 and t1 shows that a single session of gait retraining leads to statistically significant changes in most parameters of running measured. the changes in stride length and cadence are relatively small, the changes in force (n) and pressure (n/cm2) on the heels are relatively large. comparison of measurements at t0 and t2 shows that participants have remained statistically different in most aspects of the running technique measured. for females, the changes in stride length and cadence were no longer statistically different, but force (n) and pressure (n/cm2) on the heels remain significantly reduced at t2 for both males and females. comparison of measurements at t1 and t2 shows that males have lost a significant part of their initial reduction of force (n) and pressure (n/cm2) on the heels. at follow–up, seven soldiers were classified as heelstrikers (25%). tables 3a and 3b show information from the follow-up survey. on average, both males and females received 2.4 gait retraining sessions. the number of gait retraining sessions was called ‘adequate‘ by 59% of the males and 70% of the females, while the others would have preferred one or two more sessions (table 3a). seven patients received only one session (not presented in table 3a). most soldiers were positive about gait retraining. at follow–up, 27 soldiers (84%) contributed some, the majority or all reduction of symptoms to it. mastering the new running technique was reported to be easy or very easy by 12 soldiers (43%) and 19 soldiers (70%) reported that they had mastered the new running technique within two months (table 3b). after completing the treatment programme in the sports medicine department, 14 soldiers (44%) received additional training by a physical therapist and two had surgical treatment (fasciotomy). table 4 shows treatment duration, follow-up time and sane scores in chronological order per diagnostic category. in some table 1. characteristics of all cases analysed (n = 61) and follow-up participants (n = 32) all gait retraining cases follow-up participants male (n = 48) female (n = 13) male (n = 22) female (n = 10) age (years) 25 ± 5 24 ± 5 25 ± 5 24 ± 6 stature (m) 1.82 ± 0.1 1.70 ± 0.1 1.85 ± 0.1 1.7 ± 0.1 weight (kg) 86.9 ± 11.0 70.4 ± 8.0 91.3 ± 9.6 68.1 ± 6.8 bmi 26.3 ± 2.5 24.5 ± 2.8 26.7 ±2.6 23.6 ± 2.2 duration of complaints (months) 12.5 ± 12.3 20.4 ± 32.4 14.0 ± 14.2 18.1 ± 36.1 re-injury 17 (35%) 6 (46%) 6 (27%) 4 (40%) heel striker 42 (88%) 10 (77%) 19 (86%) 9 (90%) navicular drop r (cm) 0.83 ± 0.26 0.77 ± 0.36 0.85 ± 0.29 0.77 ± 0.40 navicular drop l (cm) 0.80 ± 0.31 0.70 ± 0.34 0.80 ± 0.38 0.70 ± 0.39 diagnosis mtss 15 (31%) 5 (39%) 7 (32%) 5 (50%) diagnosis cecs 4 (8%) 1 (8%) 1 (5%) 1 (10%) diagnosis bos 6 (12%) 0 (0%) 3 (14%) 0 (0%) diagnosis mtss + bos 3 (6%) 0 (0%) 2 (9%) 0 (0%) diagnosis mtss + cecs 20 (42%) 7 (54%) 9 (41%) 4 (40%) sane in (%) (mn=47 fm=13) 55 ± 19 45 ± 22 53 ± 16 42 ± 21 duration of treatment (days) 119± 63 176 ± 104 132± 65 136 ± 50 sane out (%)(mn=32 fm=10) 78 ± 19 75 ± 20 82 ± 13 82± 12 moment of follow-up (days) 298 ± 105 357 ± 82 sane follow-up (%) 73 ± 22 85 ± 14 data are expressed as either mean ± sd or as a count (frequency of total). bmi, body mass index; mtss, medial tibial stress syndrome; cecs, chronic exertional compartment syndrome; bos, biomechanical overload syndrome; single assessment numeric evaluation (sane); sane in, sane intake; sane out, completion of the programme fig. 1. study proceedings original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 4 diagnostic categories, already small at intake, only a few participants could be evaluated at follow-up, therefore no further statistical calculations were performed on the data in table 4. after 129 days of outpatient treatment and 317 days of follow-up, military erlp patients reported an average sane score of 77%. patients in the mtss group had the highest average sane out scores. patients in the cecs group had the lowest average sane out and sane follow-up scores. discussion gait retraining as a treatment for overuse injuries of the lower extremities is presumably widely practiced, but scarcely reported in the literature. this study is a retrospective evaluation of gait retraining offered in 2015 to 61 soldiers with erlp. of these soldiers 32 were available for a follow-up survey and of these, 28 for a follow-up p measurement of running technique at 317 days (sd = 108). the soldiers not available for follow-up were statistically similar to those who were available. to the best of these authors’ knowledge, this is the first study to describe the results of gait retraining for mtss patients. at first measurement 85% of soldiers with erlp were identified as heel-strikers. this is similar to previous findings on strike patterns among soldiers.[14] one gait retraining session offered by a primary care sports medicine physician changing strike pattern and introducing relatively small changes in stride length and cadence can produce a statistically significant change in most parameters of running, but, in particular, in maximal force (n) and maximal pressure (n/cm2) on the heels. this reconfirms that the biomechanical parameters of running table 2. kinetics and kinematics of running in sports shoes at t0 (intake), t1 (lesson 1) and t2 (follow-up) male t0 (n=48) t1 (n=43) t2 (n=19) t1 vs t0 t2 vs t0 t2 vs t1 mean sd mean sd mean sd % % % stride length (cm) 204 12.4 192 8.3 197 13.4 94* 97* 103 cadence (steps/min) 161 8.9 173 7.3 169 11.5 107* 105* 98 max force heel (n) 614 159.3 211 89.5 348 227.1 34* 57* 165* max force midfoot (n) 749 136.2 798 150.3 839 158.4 106* 112* 105 max force forefoot (n) 1023 197.3 887 151.9 956 217.4 87* 94* 108 max pressure heel (n/cm2) 28 7.3 17 5.1 21 8.1 60* 73* 120* max pressure midfoot (n/cm2) 26 7.9 26 4.3 28 3.5 98* 107 109 max pressure forefoot (n/cm2) 26 5.1 28 5.3 31 4.8 106* 119* 112 female t0 (n=13) t1 (n=12) t2 (n=9) t1 vs t0 t2 vs t0 t2 vs t1 mean sd mean sd mean sd % % % stride length (cm) 189 15.8 178 12.5 182 8.0 95* 97 102 cadence (steps/min) 160 6.6 168 8.5 166 7.9 105* 104 99 max force heel (n) 489 164.1 167 140.3 175 104.5 34* 36* 105 max force midfoot (n) 576 124.0 693 207.3 663 111.1 120* 115* 96 max force forefoot (n) 820 107.8 694 144.3 806 150.3 85* 98 116 max pressure heel (n/cm2) 26 7.6 15 7.5 14 6.9 58* 54* 93 max pressure midfoot (n/cm2) 26 6.2 27 7.0 28 5.5 102 107 105 max pressure forefoot (n/cm2) 27 5.9 29 5.0 32 3.8 105 118* 112 * significant at p <0,05 table 3a. information from the follow-up survey male n = 22 female n = 10 currently in military service 22 (100%) 9 (90%) replaced in a lighter specialty 3 (14%) 1 (10%) number of gait retaining sessions received 2.4 ± 1.3 2.4 ± 0.8 was this number adequate (yes) 13 (59%) 7 (70%) number of gait retraining sessions preferred 3.4 ± 1.5 2.8 ± 1.2 data are expressed as either mean ± sd or as a count (frequency % of total). original research 5 sajsm vol. 29 2017 can be readily modified with deliberate instruction.[15] measurement at follow-up shows that participants lose a percentage of the changes that were made after the first gait retraining session, but a statistically significant reduction in force and pressure at the heels remains (table 2). at 317 days follow-up 25% of the soldiers were still heel-strikers, indicating perhaps an individual variation in susceptibility to gait retraining. at follow-up the average sane score of erlp patients was 77% (table 4). this shows that many soldiers with erlp experience persistent difficulty with running even after a comprehensive conservative sports medicine outpatient treatment programme for 317 days. in the dutch armed forces, as in the british and american forces, erlp is a major cause of decreased readiness to continue with training.[1] continued effort is warranted in both the primary prevention and treatment of these injuries. in previous studies, positive results were reported with gait retraining in the treatment of soldiers diagnosed with cecs.[11,12] in this study patients with mtss also responded well to a treatment programme, which included gait retraining. this is a novel finding and should encourage healthcare workers to introduce gait retraining as part of the treatment of mtss patients. in controlled study settings gait retraining has been executed with eight instruction sessions in two weeks, or 18 sessions in six weeks.[9,11,12] short-term clinical success with only three gait retraining sessions has been reported.[10] this retrospective analysis shows that some patients had a high sane follow-up score with as little as a single gait retraining session; however, most soldiers would have preferred three to four sessions. on average, patients received 2.4 gait retraining sessions, where four sessions were intended. stimulating attendance at all four gait retraining sessions more stringently may improve treatment results in the authors’ department and may reduce the number of treatments sought after completing their programme. this study reports on gait retraining of soldiers running in running shoes. many patients in this study indicated that their symptoms induced by running in running shoes were enhanced when running in military boots. in the authors’ lab, effects of similar magnitude have been observed with gait retraining of running in boots (meindl, germany). no studies are available on gait retraining of running in military boots. this study has several of the inherent limitations of a retrospective analysis: incomplete patient records, different follow-up times per case analysed, patients unavailable for follow-up, and no control group. in addition, patients with different diagnoses in the erlp group were included and they received different treatment programmes of different duration. it is important to recognise that the benefits of the treatment provided cannot be attributed to gait retraining alone. however, accepting these major limitations, the strength of this study is that it presents new and practical information on gait retraining and its retention as part of a treatment programme for soldiers with erlp. the follow up period, 317 days, is long compared to most published studies [15] and contact with 53% of the patients, on average after 10 months, is a good recall result in a military setting. it is also an instructive precursor for a prospective study on gait retraining of the same patient population. in future table 3b. patient evaluation of gait retraining at follow-up male female time required to master new running technique n = 19 n = 8 1 month 11 5 2 months 2 1 3 months 4 1 > 3 months 2 1 effort required to master new running technique n = 20 n = 8 very little, it is very easy 2 0 little, it is easy 5 5 intermediate 7 2 a lot, it is hard 6 1 symptom reduction attributed to new running technique n = 22 n = 10 no symptom reduction 3 2 some symptom reduction 8 3 the majority of symptom reduction 5 2 complete symptom reduction 6 3 table 4. treatment periods and subjective evaluation per diagnostic category sane in (%) duration of treatment (days) sane out (%) follow-up time (days) sane follow-up (%) table 4. treatment periods and subjective evaluation per diagnostic category sane in (%) duration of treatment (days) sane out (%) follow-up time (days) sane follow-up (%) mean sd n mean sd n mean sd n mean sd n mean sd n mtss 56 18 20 114 43 20 84* 14 15 340 98 12 78*+ 19 12 cecs 54 21 5 122 67 4 63 31 3 345 6 2 50 28 2 bos 56 17 5 89 48 5 70* 17 3 287 80 3 80 13 3 mtss + bos 60 10 3 208 135 2 83 4 2 347 263 2 75 35 2 mtss + cecs 48 22 27 143 92 27 74* 21 18 294 113 13 80*+ 20 13 all syndromes 52 20 60 129 76 58 77* 19 41 317 108 32 77*+ 20 32 * significant change from sane in at p <0,05; + no significant change from sane out at p>0,3 mtss, medial tibial stress syndrome; cecs, chronic exertional compartment syndrome; bos, biomechanical overload syndrome; single assessment numeric evaluation (sane); sane in, sane intake; sane out, completion of the programme; original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 6 studies, it is advisable to measure running mechanics both in running shoes and in military boots at intake and at the completion of the gait retraining intervention. follow-up measurements could be planned at six and 12 months respectively. conclusion this study is a retrospective analysis of patient care, with a follow-up, among dutch soldiers with erlp. the erlp patients received on average 2.4 gait retraining sessions. significant and lasting changes were achieved in running biomechanics, in particular in maximal force (n) and maximal pressure (n/cm2) on the heels at 317 days followup. soldiers with erlp were satisfied with gait retraining as part of their treatment programme. patients with medial tibial stress syndrome responded well to the treatment programme that included gait retraining as reflected by the increase of their sane scores. it is suggested that four gait retraining instruction sessions, spread over two-three months, with homework exercises, can be sufficient to produce positive clinical results. in future, prospective studies on gait retraining in the military, both running in running shoes and running in boots should be investigated, because both shod conditions are relevant for the military patient. conflict of interest: the authors have no conflict of interest to declare. contributions by the authors: guarantor of this article is wz. all patients were initially seen by wz. the follow-up has been executed by cl. statistics by cl. text concept by wz, text contributions by cl and ab. all authors agree with the final version of this article. references 1. zimmermann wo, helmhout ph, beutler a. prevention and treatment of exercise related leg pain in young soldiers; a review of the literature and current practice in the dutch armed forces. j r army med corps 2017;163:94-103.; [doi:10.1136/jramc-2016-000635] [pmid:27451420] 2. yates b, white s. the incidence and risk factors in the development of mtss among naval recruits. am j sports med 2004;32(3):772-780. [doi:10.1177/0095399703258776] [pmid:15090396]; 3. waterman br, liu j, newcomb r, et al. risk factors for cecs in a physically active military population. am j sports med 2013;41(11):2545-2549. [doi:10.1177/0363546513497922] [pmid:23911700] 4. moen mh, tol jl, weir a, et al. medial tibial stress syndrome: a critical review. sports med 2009;39(7):523-546. [doi:10.2165/00007256-200939070-00002] [pmid:19530750] 5. rajasekaran s, hall m. nonoperative management of chronic exertional compartment syndrome: a systematic review. curr sports med rep 2016;15(3):191-198. [doi:10.1249/jsr.0000000000000261] [pmid:27172084 6. aweid o, del buono a, malliaras p, et al. systematic review and recommendations for intracompartimental pressure monitoring in diagnosing chronic exertional compartment syndrome of the leg. clin j sport med 2012;22(4):356-370. [doi:10.1097/jsm.0b013e3182580e1d] [pmid:22627653] 7. franklyn-miller a, roberts a, hulse d, et al. biomechanical overload syndrome: defining a new diagnosis. br j sports med 2014;48(6):415-416. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-091241] [pmid:22983122] 8. barton cj, bonanno dr, carr j, et al. running retraining to treat lower limb injuries: a mixed-methods study of current evidence synthesised with expert opinion. br j sports med 2016;50(9):513-526. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2015-095278] [pmid:26884223] 9. crowell hp, davis i. gait retraining to reduce lower extremity loading in runners. clin biomech (bristol, avon) 2011;26(1):7883. [doi:10.1016/j.clinbiomech.2010.09.003] [pmid:20888675] 10. landreneau ll, watts k, heitzman je, et al. lower limb muscle activity during forefoot and rearfoot strike running techniques. int j sports phys ther 2014;9(7),:888-897. [pmid:25540704] [pmcid:pmc4275193] 11. diebal ar, gregory r, alitz c,et al. forefoot running improves pain and disability associated with chronic exertional compartment syndrome. am j sports med 2012;40(5):1060-1067. [doi:10.1177/0363546512439182] [pmid:22427621] 12. helmhout ph, diebal ar, van der kaaden l, et al. the effectiveness of a 6-week intervention program aimed at modifying running style in patients with chronic exertional compartment syndrome. orthop j sports med 2015;3(3): 11772325967115575691. [doi:10.1177/2325967115575691] [pmid:26665032] 13. williams gn, gangel tj, arciero ra, et al. comparison of the single assessment evaluation method and two shoulder rating scales: outcomes measures after shoulder surgery. am j sports med 1999;27(2):214-221. [doi:10.1177/03635465990270021701] [pmid:10102104] 14. warr bj, fellin re, sauer sg, et al. characterization of footstrike patterns: lack of an association with injuries or performance in soldiers. mil med 2015;180(7):830834.[doi:10.7205/milmed-d-14-00220] [pmid:26126256] 15. napier c, cochrane ck, taunton je, et al. gait modifications to change lower extremity gait biomechanics in runners: a systematic review. br j sports med 2015;49(12):1382-1388. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2014-094393] [pmid:26105016] sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 95 summary hamstring injuries are common in jumping and sprinting athletes. this case series documents acute grade i ii hamstring injuries in two paralympic athletes. these athletes were able to transcend their injuries to compete 4 and 6 days after injury to attain personal best achievements. introduction hamstring muscle injuries are one of the most common injuries sustained by jumping and sprinting athletes, and remain a challenge for both athlete and clinician due to slow healing, persistent symptoms and high rate of recurrence. 1,2 these injuries can usually result in significant consequences on performance due to time loss from training and competition. 3-5 although there is a relative paucity of published literature on musculoskeletal injuries in athletes with disabilities, it is evident that overall injury rates are the same for athletes with and without physical disability. 6 yet, the one group of disabled athletes that may be at higher risk for musculoskeletal injury are the amputees as they often experience muscle imbalances and have biomechanical compensation. 6 athletes with disability who have attained a high level of performance in sport, for example those that represent their country at the paralympic games, have demonstrated an ability to overcome adversity and achieve accomplishment in physical performance adespite physiological challenge. this case series documents the musculoskeletal injury in two paralympic athletes. both athletes provided consent for the publication of their clinical material. case 1 history a 23-year-old acquired single below-knee amputee (t44) sprinter, presented 3 days before competition at the 2008 paralympic games with acute posterior thigh pain (in the amputee leg) during sprint start training. a previous injury to this area had occurred 3 weeks prior to this incident. physical examination and special investigations clinical examination revealed acute tenderness on palpation of the hamstring muscle belly with inability of resisted muscle contraction. mri scanning (figs 1 and 2) revealed a grade i ii (94 x 19mm) acute upon chronic tear of the belly of the semimembranosis muscle. management management included initial immobilisation, cryotherapy, compression and rest with early physiotherapy. non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medication was administered 24 hours after the injury. advice regarding expectations with respect to further participation at the wayne derman (mb chb, phd, facsm, ffims)1 suzanne ferreira (phd)2 kevin subban (mb chb, mmed sc (sports medicine))3 richard de villiers (mb chb, mmed(radd))4 1 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, university of cape town and ioc research centre for injury prevention and protection of athlete health 2 department of sport science, university of stellenbosch 3 private practice 4 van wageningen & partners radiologists, sports science institute of south africa correspondence to: wayne derman (wayne.derman@uct.ac.za) transcendence of musculoskeletal injury in athletes with disability during major competition case report fig. 1. mri of hamstrings. coronal stir. grade iii muscle tear (measuring 94 mm x 19 mm). note hyperintense signal in the left semimembranosis muscle belly at the musculotendinous junction. 96 sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 competition was provided to the athlete, with the option of withdrawal from the competition being considered. three days later the athlete competed in the semifinal heat of the paralympic 100 m (t44) and recorded a qualifying time 12.05 seconds. the following day the athlete completed the final of the 100 m (t44) race, recording a personal best time of 11.68 seconds, narrowly missing out on the bronze medal. case 2 history a 27-year-old congenital single below-elbow amputee (f46) longjumper/sprinter presented 4 days prior to competition at the 2008 paralympic games with acute posterior thigh pain in the takeoff leg during long-jump training. a previous injury to this area had occurred 12 weeks prior to this incident. fig. 2. mri hamstrings. axial stir sequence. grade i ii muscle tear. note hyperintense signal in the left semimembranosis muscle belly at the musculotendinous junction. fig. 4. mri hamstring. axial stir both hamstrings. note feathery pattern in the right semimembranosis muscle at the musculotendinous junction. features compatible with a grade i muscle strain. fig. 5. mri hamstring. sagittal stir sequence. note feathery pattern in the right semimembranosis muscle at the musculotendinous junction. features compatible with a grade i muscle strain. fig. 3. mri hamstring. coronal stir both hamstrings. note feathery pattern in the right semimembranosis muscle at the musculotendinous junction. features compatible with a grade i muscle strain. sajsm vol 23 no. 3 2011 97 physical examination and special investigations clinical examination revealed acute tenderness over palpation of the hamstring muscle belly of the takeoff leg with inability of resisted muscle contraction. mri scanning (figs 3, 4 and 5) revealed a large grade i (110 x 25 mm) acute upon chronic muscle tear with fluid accumulation within the belly of the semimembranosis muscle. management management included initial immobilisation, cryotherapy, compression and rest with early physiotherapy intervention. non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medication was administered 24 hours after the injury. advice to withdraw from the 200 m sprint event (which preceded his main long-jump event) and expectations regarding further participation at the competition was provided to the athlete, with the option of withdrawal from the competition considered. four days later the athlete competed in the heat of the 200 m and 6 days following injury won the silver medal in the t46 long-jump final, recording a personal best distance of 6.64 m. discussion perhaps one of the most difficult aspects of the function of the team physician is the decision regarding ongoing participation following injury. whilst there are many factors that are taken into account including the nature of the injury, risk of worsening or extension of the injury, the nature of the event/competition and the athlete’s and coach’s opinion, are all considered. sometimes the decision to withdraw an athlete is clear, for example if there is threat to life or limb; at other times it is not quite clear, for instance in respect of less severe injury at a ‘career pinnacle’ competition like the paralympic games. review of the literature reveals that in athletes with similar injuries return to sport occurs not before 13 48 days following acute injury. 3-5 indeed, the mean time to return to sport in athletes with muscle tears which are visible on mri scanning is 27 days. 4 the two athletes described in this series competed successfully without analgesia, 4 days and 6 days following injury, achieving personal best times and distances. while the response to injury and subjective experience of pain can vary from person to person, the events described above demonstrate human ability to transcend injury and compete at the highest level and achieve personal best results and in some instances medals. athletes with disability often demonstrate resilience and are accustomed to adversity. 7 indeed, athletes with disability report more sport-related muscle pain compared with their able-bodied counterparts as their training increases and therefore they might be more accustomed to competing with pain. 8 yet factors governing performance following injury in athletes with disability are an underresearched area and therefore not fully understood. it should be stressed that this case series is not intended to promote athlete participation in the presence of injury, and it is recognised that rest, recovery and rehabilitation in the injuries described above should be adhered to as recurrent injury is undesired and not in the best interest of the athlete and their future performances. 9,10 following completion of the paralympic games both athletes were referred for ongoing physiotherapy and rehabilitation in their respective cities and this was completed successfully. both athletes competed in, and achieved medals at, the 2011 ipc track and field world champs in christchurch, new zealand. acknowlegements the authors would like to thank the sa physiotherapy team to the 2008 paralympic games, sascoc and sasapd. references 1. heiderscheit bc, sherry ma, silder a, chumanov es, thelen dg. hamstring strain injuries: recommendations for diagnosis, rehabilitation, and injury prevention. j orthop sports phys ther 2010;40(2):67-81. 2. verrall gm, kalairajah y, slavotinek jp, spriggins aj. assessment of player performance following return to sport after hamstring muscle strain injury. j sci med sport 2006;9(1-2):87-90. 3. slavotinek jp, verrall gm, fon gt. hamstring injury in athletes: using mr imaging measurements to compare extent of muscle injury with amount of time lost from competition. ajr am j roentgenol 2002;179(6):1621-1628. 4. verrall gm, slavotinek jp, barnes pg, fon gt. diagnostic and prognostic value of clinical findings in 83 athletes with posterior thigh injury: comparison of clinical findings with magnetic resonance imaging documentation of hamstring muscle strain. am j sports med 2003;31(6):969-973. 5. askling c, saartok t, thorstensson a. type of acute hamstring strain affects flexibility, strength, and time to return to pre-injury level. brit j sports med 2006;40(1):40-44. 6. willick s, webborn, n. medicine. in: vanlandewijck y, editor. the paralympic athlete. 1st ed: blackwell publishing ltd, 2011:74-88. 7. martin jj, wheeler, g. psychology. in: vanlandewijck y, editor. the paralympic athlete: blackwell publishing ltd, 2011:116-34. 8. bernardi m, castellano, v., ferrara, m.s., sbriccoli, p., sera, f., marchetti, m. muscle pain in athletes with locomotor disability. med sci sports exerc 2003;35:199-206. 9. copland st, tipton js, fields kb. evidence-based treatment of hamstring tears. curr sports med rep 2009;8(6):308-314. 10. mendiguchia j, brughelli m. a return-to-sport algorithm for acute hamstring injuries. phys ther sport 2011;12(1):2-14. original research sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 87 background. although literature on sports psychology outlines parental influence in various areas, research has not focused on its potential in the framework of doping. objective. to assess whether parents’ knowledge about doping effects, and their behaviour and beliefs might act as a protecting factor for austrian junior (14 18 years) elite athletes’ doping susceptibility (ds). methods. questionnaires were distributed to 1 818 student athletes and their parents. as well as collecting sociodemographic data, information about current sports activity levels and the former sports careers of parents, the following categories were included: (i) knowledge about effects of doping; (ii) parental behaviour; (iii) parental beliefs about athletes’ skills to become a professional athlete; and (iv) ds. results. in total 527 data sets were entered for analysis. current state of knowledge was significantly different between mothers (0.72 (0.2)) and fathers (0.76 (0.2)) (p=0.003). next to situational variables, only fathers’ behaviour, which was moderated by fathers’ beliefs, was a significant predictor of athletes’ ds. conclusion. fathers have the potential of acting as a protective factor for ds in athletes, but only if their level of belief is moderate. doping prevention strategies should include parents, but need to be careful on the role they are planning to fulfil, with an emphasis on soft skills (e.g. communication). future research might include variables from sports psychology such as motivational climate, goal orientation and belief in success as possible mediators of the influence of parents on their adolescent children in the sport setting. s afr j sports med 2015;27(3):87-91. doi:10.7196/sajsm.8094 role of parents as a protective factor against adolescent athletes’ doping susceptibility c blank,1 phd; v leichtfried,1 phd; d müller,2 phd; w schobersberger,1 md 1 institute for sports medicine, alpine medicine & health tourism, university for health sciences, medical informatics and technology, hall; and tirol kliniken, innsbruck, austria 2 national anti-doping agency, vienna, austria corresponding author: c blank (cornelia.blank@umit.at) doping in sport, as defined by the world anti-doping code,[1] is generally considered as unhealthy, unethical, unsportsmanlike, and ‘poor’ behaviour in sport. yet the abuse of performance-enhancing substances (pes) is not only an issue in adult elite sport but has also been reported in adolescent athletes.[2] in the last decade doping prevention (including in adolescent athletes) has mostly been athlete-centred and education focused.[3] increasingly, research has been developed which focuses on athletes’ support personnel such as trainers[4] and physicians.[5] research in sports psychology supports the notion that variables in younger athletes (e.g. motivational climate, self-efficacy beliefs, goal orientation) might also be affected by their personal network including parents.[6,7] lavoi and babkes stellino[6] found that the sports climate created by the parents, in terms of ‘learning climate’, ‘worry conducive climate’ and ‘success without effort climate’ significantly predicted athletes’ good and poor behaviour in sport. generally, several researchers have identified parents as ‘sport socialisation agents’,[8,9] and they have the potential to act as role-models. different forms of parents’ influence on their children’s sport development have been analysed (e.g. expectations, values, encouragement, support and beliefs about their children’s ability).[8] in addition, white et al.[7] report that effective parental beliefs and how their children perceive them have an influence on their development. it seems that perceived parental beliefs are related to goal orientation and personal beliefs in a coherent fashion.[7] in the non-sport context parents are also increasingly recognised as part of prevention programmes (e.g. sexually transmitted diseases). [10] the authors found that greater amounts of parent-child sexual communication are associated with fewer sexual risk behaviours, more condom use and greater intention of safer sex behaviour in the future. evidently, parents are involved in their children’s development of general beliefs, their own abilities and a sports-related value system, as well as being able to promote their health. we therefore hypothesise that parents might also be a protective factor in their adolescent children’s doping susceptibility (ds). even though previous research suggests including parents within educative prevention approaches, barely any research has evaluated the associations between parents and adolescents in terms of doping prevention. to our knowledge, only one study by dodge[11] evaluated effects of parental communication in terms of doping prevention, finding that parents who are not perceived as competent might fear an increase in anabolic steroid use if they discuss the topic with their children. however, there are many questions still outstanding on parents’ involvement. 88 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 the objective of this study was therefore to examine whether parents’ knowledge, communication behaviour and beliefs on whether their child has the skills to become a professional athlete are associated with their ds. the results might provide an insight into whether parents have the potential to act as a protective factor in athletes’ ds, which could possibly lead to new ideas for future preventive measures. methods ethical considerations prior to the collection of data this cross-sectional survey study was reviewed for protection of human subjects and approved by the research ethics committees of the medical universities of innsbruck, graz, vienna and lower austria (sankt pölten) (innsbruck: an3854, 284/4.1., graz: 23-206 ex 10/11, vienna: 1096/2010, sankt pölten: gs4-ek-4/121-2011). the study is part of a research project evaluating knowledge and attitudes of austrian junior elite athletes, their parents and trainers. all study participants were informed about the study goals and provided written informed consent. based on austrian law (§21 allgemeines bürgerliches gesetzbuch), adolescents aged 14 years and above are politically mature minors who were, in this specific situation, allowed to sign the written informed consent form on their own. the written consent forms from all participants were detached from the survey prior to analysis and kept in separate storage. study design in total 12 of 27 recognised elite sport schools in austria (selfrecruited) agreed to participate in the survey. in addition two training centres were included, based on personal invitation to take part in the study, as the best tyrolean soccer and american football athletes matching the age criteria are training at these institutions. survey data were collected over a period of one year, between april, 2010 and april 2011, by distributing questionnaires to austrian junior athletes aged between 14 and 19 years during class, these being directly collected by a member of the study team. parents of these athletes also received a questionnaire and were asked to complete and return the forms either to the study site by the athlete and/or by mail using a stamped return envelope with the cost covered by the study budget. to ensure anonymity, data collection was performed with randomly encoded case report forms. questionnaire structure a self-report questionnaire was developed based on previous published questionnaires used to evaluate doping knowledge[12] and ds among athletes,[13] and adapted for the parents in terms of wording. subsequently the questionnaire was pretested on a sample of 20 athletes and their parents, and adapted based on the responses to the pre-test to avoid technical errors and misunderstandings. as this study is part of a major research project, only those questions that refer to the current article’s research hypotheses will be included in analyses. as well as sociodemographic data, situational information on amount of sport per week, kind of sport practised and previous pes offers were included, as they were shown to be associated with athletes’ ds[14] in previous studies. ‘kind of sport’ was grouped into high-risk and low-risk sports. ‘high-risk’ sports included at least one of the following (athletes could indicate more than one sport): running, swimming, body-building, cross-country skiing, biathlon, biking, athletics and triathlon. in addition, the constructs outlined below were operationalised. knowledge about effects of doping substances this section included 11 items with respect to possible effects of taking anabolic steroids, including side-effects affecting health (e.g. ‘the use of anabolic steroids leads to an increase in muscle mass’, true-false format) as used in a similar format in previous research.[12] for data analysis a total score was computed. a score of 1 was achieved when all questions were answered correctly (100% knowledge), whereas a score of 0 indicated no correct answer at all (0% knowledge). parental behaviour this construct included four items with respect to parental communication. one item questioned whether doping is a topic which is discussed by the parents with the physicians of their adolescent child (e.g. ‘do you discuss the issue “doping” with your child’s physician?’) and three items questioned whether general, physical and psychological problems are discussed with (i) the trainer of their adolescent child, (ii) the physician of their adolescent child, and (iii) their adolescent child (binominal response scale yes/no) (cronbach’s alpha = 0.64). for analysis a total mean construct score was computed (0 = no proactive communication, 4 = proactive communication). parental beliefs this construct included three items with regard to whether parents believe their child has the skills to become a professional athlete and is mentally and physically strong enough to win (‘do you believe your child is mentally/physically strong enough to become a professional athlete?’, ‘do you believe your child has the skills it takes to become a professional athlete?’, using a five-point likert-type rating scale from ‘very unsure’ to ‘very sure’). the three items were combined to form an overall variable called ‘overall belief ’ by adding up a mean construct score (0 = no belief in their child having the skills to become a professional athlete, 12 = full belief in their child having the skills to become a professional athlete) (cronbach’s alpha = 0.8). doping susceptibility this construct was operationalised in presenting the athletes with four hypothetical situations followed by the question as to whether they would be willing to take a prohibited substance within these scenarios (‘your strongest opponent has doped and you know about it. would you take a prohibited substance to increase your chances of winning?’; ‘you have secure information that all your opponents have doped. would you take a prohibited substance?’; ‘if you could earn eur1 million by winning a competition, would you take prohibited substances?’; and ‘if there was no risk of getting caught while doping, would you take prohibited substances?’) (cronbach’s alpha = 0.78). to simplify data interpretation the nominal response scale (‘yes’, ‘no’, ‘do not know’) was aggregated to create binominal data (i.e. yes/no). this practice can be found in previous doping research[15] where reports show that anything other than a ‘definitely no/yes’ response to future doping intentions indicates vulnerability. for data analyses a total mean construct score was computed (0 = unsusceptible for doping, 4 = highly susceptible for doping). sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 89 statistical analysis data were analysed using spss 20.0 (ibm, usa). the literature indicates that adolescent children may not view their mother’s and father’s influences similarly,[6,16] and a previous study on parents’ knowledge of and attitudes to doping found sex differences in doping knowledge,[17] which is why data were analysed separately for mothers and fathers. we built a new variable to differentiate between households with both parents present, and only mother or only father present, as this might have an effect on athletes’ ds. if a difference was found, data were analysed further separately. descriptive statistics were used, including mean (standard deviation (sd)). non-parametric tests were applied since the data were not normally distributed (pk-s>0.05). the mann-whitney u-test was applied to test for differences in mothers’ and fathers’ knowledge about effects of doping substances, behaviour and belief scores. preliminary spearman correlation analyses were used to test the hypothesis of possible associations between parents’ knowledge about effects of doping substances, behaviour and beliefs with athletes’ ds. results are displayed with the corresponding correlation coefficient r and the significance value p. correlation analyses as well as previous literature findings were the basis for setting up a regression model of predicting factors for athletes’ ds. multicollinearity indices (variance inflation factor) (1.02; 1.3) and graphical analyses of the dependent variable were verified and resulted in no severe violations of relevant prerequisites for applying linear multiple regression analyses. the two-sided significance level was defined as p<0.05. results demographic data the survey was distributed to 1 818 athletes, and 1 673 completed questionnaires were returned (response rate 92%). parents returned 883 questionnaires, 409 completed by fathers and 474 by mothers. calculation of a response rate is not possible here, since 87% of the parents had more than one child but filled out the questionnaire only once. only those data sets which at least comprised one parent (mother or father) and his and/or her child were included. in total 527 data sets were entered in the final analysis: 308 included both parents, 79 included only the father, and 140 included only the mother. the mean (sd) age of the mothers, fathers and athletes was 44.8 (4.3) , 47.3 (5.3) and 15.9 (1.4) years, respectively. two-thirds (65.1%) of the athletes were male and 34.5% were female; 0.4% did not indicate gender. for more detailed information on the parent and athlete samples, refer to blank et al.,[14,17] respectively. parents’ knowledge about effects of doping substances, behaviour and beliefs mothers’ knowledge about effects of doping substances scored on average 0.72 (0.2), whereas fathers’ knowledge about effects of table 1. associations between parents’ ke, behaviour and beliefs, and athletes’ ds athletes’ ds mothers’ ke mothers’ behaviour mothers’ beliefs fathers’ ke fathers’ behaviour fathers’ beliefs athletes’ ds r 1.00 –0.10 –0.01 –0.03 –0.07 –0.12* –0.20† p 0.03 0.77 0.53 0.15 0.02 <0.001 mothers’ ke r 1.00 0.11 0.11 0.25 0.08 0.07 p 0.02 0.02 <0.001 0.34 0.22 mothers’ behaviour r 1.00 0.19† 0.03 0.29† 0.17‡ p <0.001 0.54 <0.001 0.002 mothers’ beliefs r 1.00 –0.03 0.14* 0.29† p 0.59 0.012 <0.001 fathers’ ke r 1.00 0.07 0.01 p 0.17 0.88 fathers’ behaviour r 1.00 0.26† p <0.001 fathers’ beliefs r 1.00 ke = knowledge about effects of doping substances. *p<0.05. † p<0.001. ‡ p<0.01. 90 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 doping substances scored 0.76 (0.2) (p=0.003). parental behaviour and beliefs did not significantly differ between mothers and fathers (behaviourmothers = 2.52 (1.1) v. behaviourfathers = 2.41 (1.2); beliefsmothers = 8.31 (2.6) v. beliefsfathers = 8.6 (2.6)). associations between the variables are outlined in table 1. association with athletes’ ds on average, athletes’ ds score was 1.47 (1.5) (4 = highly susceptible), and it was significantly different in athletes who had received an offer of pes before and those who participated in high-risk sport (dshigh-risk sport = 1.91 (1.5) v. dslow-risk sport = 1.31 (1.4), p<0.01; dspes offer = 2.24 (1.5) v. dsno pes offer = 1.36 (1.4), p<0.001). no differences in gender and no associations with age or the hours of training per week of the athletes were found. athletes’ ds was also independent of the fact of having either both parents or only the mother or the father present. for associations of parental variables with athletes’ ds, refer to table 1. multiple linear regression analysis results of a first multiple linear regression analysis showed none of the parent-related variables to be a significant predictor. whether both parents or a single mother or father were in the household did not alter the results. as interaction effects of fathers’ behaviour and beliefs were assumed, an additional multiple regression analysis entering the prediction term of both was performed. in total the model explained 14.2% of the variance (f=4.1, p<0.001). predictive factors were kind of sport (β=0.25, p=0.001) and fathers’ belief (β =-0.33, p=0.029). a tendency was found for fathers’ behaviour to predict athletes’ ds (β =-0.44, p=0.054). subsequent simple slope analyses to evaluate the interaction effect resulted in a significant negative predictive value for fathers’ behaviour (r=-0.26, p=0.042) only, if fathers’ belief score ranged within the second tertile (8≤ scorebelief <10). in conditions with very low or very high expressions of fathers’ belief, the fathers’ behaviour was no significant predictor for athletes’ ds. discussion the main findings of the current study are that parental factors such as their knowledge about effects of doping substances, behaviour and beliefs explain only little of the variance in athletes’ ds. overall effect sizes are relatively low (between 0.1 and 0.3) and independent of the statistical significance, which might be due to the large sample size. one could therefore question the theoretical relevance. in fact, it seems that mothers in general play only a minor role in influencing athletes’ ds. subsequent regression analysis allows the conclusion that fathers’ behaviour seems to be a protective factor against ds, but is moderated by their beliefs about their adolescent child’s skills in terms of becoming a professional athlete. nevertheless, most of the variance is explained by situational conditions such as kind of sport, and whether both parents are in the household or only the mother or father does not seem to play a role. nevertheless, the last statement needs to be interpreted with caution, as the fact that questionnaires were filled in by only one parent, which provided the basis for these calculations, does not necessarily mean that the other parent is not also present in the household. parental behaviour and beliefs were not significantly different between mothers and fathers, yet scores were very moderate and provide room for improvement. interestingly, behaviour variables showed significant associations, which implies that improving the one parent’s behaviour also improves the other parents’ behaviour. only mothers’ knowledge was positively associated with her behaviour. as observational studies do not allow for cause-effect relationships, one has to be careful not to overinterpret this result. on the one hand, it could be an indicator for the fact that mothers who discuss general and doping-related problems with trainers, physicians and their adolescent child also have an increased knowledge about doping. on the other hand, it could also mean that those who know more tend to communicate more about the issue. this finding would be in accordance with research by blank et al.[4] analysing coaches’ behaviour. overall athletes’ ds was low and comparable with results of previous research.[13] in addition, ds was significantly higher in those athletes who had been offered pes before. as previous research proposed that the beliefs of parents can influence the motivational climate for their children, resulting in poor or good sporting behaviour[6,16] – which is linked to doping intention,[18] we hypothesised associations between parental belief and athletes’ ds. however, on first impression no parental variable had any predictive value for athletes’ ds. only after entering a prediction term of fathers’ beliefs and behaviour were both these variables significant predictors of athletes’ ds, with a much higher effect size. obviously there is an interaction effect between fathers’ beliefs and behaviours, and only fathers’ and not mothers’ beliefs and behaviour seem to play a role in predicting athletes’ ds. earlier research supports this finding, stating that fathers are the most important sport role model for adolescent children. [6,9] mothers’ knowledge, which was associated with athletes’ ds on a bivariate level, was no predicting factor for athletes’ ds on regression analysis. generally the total variance experienced was very low (14.2%). even though fathers’ behaviour, moderated by their beliefs, has some predictive value for athletes’ ds, these outcomes seem to challenge findings from sports psychology, overall indicating a strong parental influence.[6,7,16] this might be explained by the results of chan et al.,[19] who argue that at the age of around 10 years parental influence fades and is replaced by the influence of peers. participants in the current study were between 14 and 19 years old. yet steinberg[20] states that parents generally remain the most influential of all relationships, and shape most of the important decisions confronting their children during adolescence. another explanation could be the different focus of the aforementioned studies, which was on the environmental climates of the athletes, especially in terms of motivation. our findings do not necessarily indicate a strong association between knowledge and ds, which supports previous results that could not find any associations between athletes’ knowledge about effects of doping substances and their doping behaviour and/or susceptibility. [21] nevertheless, in view of the research of dodge,[11] parents should still be included within educational prevention measures. her study shows that parents discussing doping with their children and who are perceived as a non-credible source of information might have reason to fear an increase in anabolic steroid use. hence, in sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 91 the same way athletes’ support personnel should be made aware of their role in influencing competitive climates, goal orientation and beliefs of success of the children, especially during adolescence. given the results of this and previous studies,[6,9] fathers should be a given a special focus. study limitations this study has some limitations that need to be addressed. the questionnaire used in this study is self-reporting, possibly leading to socially desirable reporting. this may result in overor underestimating findings. however, in a previous study by barkoukis et al.[13] effect sizes of socially desirable behaviour were actually rather small. owing to the high multicollinearity of the interaction predictor, results in this regard need to be interpreted with caution, even though variance inflation factor values of the regression analyses indicated good values of fit. lastly, owing to its cross-sectional and observational nature, the study results may not be interpreted causally. correlation analyses only provide information on possible predictors of ds, but further research in the form of case-control studies is needed to define causes that allow for suggestions for future prevention strategies. in this regard social science research on doping is still in its infancy. conclusion the objective of the study was to evaluate associations between parents’ knowledge on effects of doping substances, behaviour and beliefs on athletes’ ds. interestingly, only fathers play a role in acting as a protective factor for athletes’ ds. yet this association interacts with the level of fathers’ beliefs in the skills of their adolescent child to become a professional athlete. overall the hypothesised variables explain only little of the variance in ds, and it can be assumed that parents have more of an effect on athletes’ good and/or poor sport behaviour by affecting their environmental climate, as shown by sports psychology literature. we could also not find any significant influence as to whether both parents live in the same household or not. nevertheless, future studies could integrate this exact question within the questionnaire, as we only hypothesised as to this by analysing whether questionnaires were filled in by both parents or only one of them. doping prevention strategies should include parents, but need to be careful as to the role which they are able to fulfil. informing parents is necessary, as they need to be perceived as credible sources. yet alone this seems insufficient, and the authors support previous claims of increased inclusion of soft skills, e.g. communication skills, in parentfocused prevention measures. nevertheless, the study does not allow for proposing specific preventive measures, as additional research is needed to further determine parents’ role in doping prevention and especially whether the focus should be directed to them or rather to athlete-centred measures, i.e. how to deal with parent-created climates efficiently. as this was, to our knowledge, the first study of this kind, we urge the carrying out of further research on the parent-athlete link in terms of doping prevention. the variance explained in our study leaves some room for further investigation. future research might include variables from sports psychology, such as motivational climate, goal orientation and belief of success, as possible mediators of the influence of parents on their adolescent children in the sports setting. acknowledgments. the authors would like to thank the austrian federal ministry of sport and defence, the government of tyrol (division of sport), as well as the national anti-doping agency, vienna, austria, for their support. references 1. world anti-doping agency. world anti-doping code. montreal: world-antidoping-agency, 2009. 2. laure p, binsinger c. doping prevalence among preadolescent athletes: a 4-year follow-up. br j sports med 2007;41:660-663. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2007.035733] 3. goldberg l, elliot d, mackinnon dp, et al. drug testing athletes to prevent substance abuse: background and pilot study results of the saturn (student athlete testing using random notification) study. j adolesc health 2003;32:16-25. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/s1054-139x(02)00444-5] 4. blank c, leichtfried v, fürhapter c, müller d, schobersberger w. doping in sports: west-austrian sport teachers’ and coaches’ knowledge, attitude and behavior. dtsch z sportmed 2014;65(10):16-20. [http//dx.doi.org/ 10.5960/dzsm.2014.133] 5. blank c, müller d, schobersberger w. discrepancy between knowledge and interest of austrian sports physicians with respect to doping and doping prevention in sports. int sports med j 2014;15(2):136-145. 6. lavoi nm, babkes stellino m. the relation between perceived parent-created sport climate and competitive male youth hockey players’ good and poor sport behaviors. j psychol 2008;142(5):471-495. [http//dx.doi.org/ 10.3200/jrlp.142.5.471-496] 7. white sa, kavussanu m, tank km, wingate jm. perceived parental beliefs about the causes of success in sport: relationship to athletes’ achievement goals and personal beliefs. scand j med sci sports 2004;14:57-66. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2003.00314.x] 8. brustad rj, babkes ml, smith al. youth in sport: psychological considerations. in: singer rn, hausenblas ha, janelle cm, eds. handbook of research on sport psychology. new york: wiley, 2001:604-635. 9. greendorfer sl. socializing processes and sport behavior. in: horn t, ed. advances in sport psychology. 2nd ed. champaign: human kinetics, 2002:377-401. 10. harris al, sutherland ma, hutchinson mk. parental influences of sexual risk among urban african american adolescent males. j nurs scholarsh 2013;45(2):141-150. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1111/jnu.12016] 11. dodge t. incorporating parents in the anti-doping fight: a test of the viability of a parent-based prevention program. montreal: world anti-doping agency, 2011. 12. wanjek b, rosendahl j, strauss b, gabriel hh. doping, drugs and drug abuse among adolescents in the state of thuringia (germany): prevalence, knowledge and attitudes. int j sports med 2007;28(4):346-353. [http//dx.doi.org/ 10.1055/s-2006-924353] 13. barkoukis v, lazuras l, tsorbatzoudis h. beliefs about the causes of success in sports and susceptibility for doping use in adolescent athletes. j sports sci 2014;32(3):212219. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2013.819521] 14. blank c, leichtfried v, schaiter r, müller d, schobersberger w. associations between doping knowledge, susceptibility and substance use of austrian junior elite athletes. jacobs j sports med 2014;1(1):1-8. 15. gucciardi df, jalleh g, donovan rj. does social desirability influence the relationship between doping attitudes and doping susceptibility in athletes? psychol sport exerc 2010;11(6):479-486. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2010.06.002] 16. appleton pr, hall hk, hill ap. examining the influence of the parent-initiated and coach-created motivational climates upon athletes’ perfectionistic cognitions. j sports sci 2011;29(7):661-671. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2010.551541] 17. blank c, leichtfried v, schaiter r, furhapter c, müller d, schobersberger w. doping in sports: knowledge and attitudes among parents of austrian junior athletes. scand j med sci sports 2015;25(1):1166-1124. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1111/sms.12168] 18. barkoukis v, lazuras l, tsorbatzoudis h, rodafinos a. motivational and social cognitive predictors of doping intentions in elite sports: an integrated approach. scand j med sci sports 2013;23(5):330-340. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1111/sms.12068] 19. chan dk, lonsdale c, fung hh. influences of coaches, parents, and peers on the motivational patterns of child and adolescent athletes. scand j med sci sports 2012;22(4):558-568. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.01277.x] 20. steinberg l. we know some things: parent-adolescent relationships in retrospect and prospect. j res adolesc 2001;11(1):1-19. [http//dx.doi.org/10.1111/1532-7795.00001] 21. petroczi a. attitude-behavior relationship regarding the use of performance enhancing drugs and/or methods. med sci sports exerc 2003;35(5):1. [http//dx.doi. org/00005768-200305001-01809] pg106-107.indd commentary introduction this paper reviews south africa’s recent performance in the delhi 2010 commonweath games relative to the medal forecasts undertaken for the nation prior to the event. 1 the initial research was a relatively novel concept given that host nations in the olympic games have almost exclusively been the focus of performance predictions. 2-5 moreover, forecasts often tend to be made on the basis of macroeconomic variables such as population and gross domestic product, 2,3 with little attention given to a nation’s traditional sporting prowess. methods the methodology used to make the forecasts for south africa in delhi 2010 is documented in the original research paper. 1 in short, the forecasts were based on different scenarios which took into account south africa’s previous performances in the event since rejoining the commonwealth in 1994. forecasts were constructed on a sport-by-sport basis and overall. post delhi 2010, the actual performance of south african athletes was scrutinised alongside the forecasts. this provided an indication of the accuracy of the predicted performance and practical implications of the research. results table i provides a comparative view of south africa’s performance in the commonwealth games on a sport-by-sport basis and overall relative to the number of gold medals and total medals predicted. the data presented in table i can be categorised into four clusters, as outlined below. cluster 1: performance within the predicted range south africa’s gold medal performance in delhi was within the predicted range for 13 out of the 17 sports and overall. moreover, the forecast was accurate at predicting how many total medals south africa would win in 12 out of the 17 sports. swimming, which was the sport in which south africa won the majority of its medals in delhi, features in this cluster. cluster 2: performance below but proximate to the minimum forecast the number of medals won by south africa was one less than the minimum forecast in two instances in terms of gold medals and for one sport (weightlifting) in terms of total medals. cluster 3: performance below the minimum forecast by at least two medals in athletics, the forecast was for south africa to achieve a minimum of four gold medals whereas the actual number was two. in terms of total medals, performance was at least two medals below the minimum forecast for three sports (athletics, boxing and shooting) and overall. athletics and shooting emerged as the sports in which south africa most underperformed relative to the total medal forecast. cluster 4: performance at least two medals above the maximum forecast the actual performance in lawn bowls exceeded the expected maximum performance by two gold medals. a similar outcome was observed in wrestling in terms of total medals. according to the forecast, south africa would win a gold medal in six sports and a medal of any colour in eleven sports. the matrix in fig. 1 identifies the forecasted performance in the individual sports versus actual medal success in those sports. the top left quadrant of the matrix highlights sports in which south african athletes were not expected to win a medal and did not win a medal. the top right quadrant corresponds to sports in which medal success was not predicted but occurred. looking at the top two quadrants, south africa did not win any medals in the sports where success was not predicted. in other words, the forecast correctly predicted the sports in which south africa would not win a gold medal and any medal. sports that south africa was forecasted to medal in that did and did not materialise appear in the bottom left and bottom right quadrants respectively. the accuracy in predicting sports in which south africa would medal varied between the gold and total medal forecasts. for sports where a gold medal was predicted, the forecast accuracy was 50% (3 out of 6 sports). the corresponding statistic for total medals was 64% (7 out of 11 sports). conclusion attempting to forecast the likely performance of a non-host nation competing away from home in a major multi-nation sports event has review of medal predictions for south africa in the delhi 2010 commonwealth games correspondence: girish m ramchandani sport industry research centre sheffield hallam university a118 collegiate hall collegiate crescent sheffield s10 2bp uk tel: +44 (0) 114 225 5461 e-mail: g.ramchandani@shu.ac.uk girish m ramchandani (msc) darryl j wilson (msc) sport industry research centre, sheffield hallam university, sheffield, uk abstract objectives. this paper reviews south africa’s performance in the delhi 2010 commonwealth games relative to predicted medal success. methods. forecasts based on the nation’s previous success are compared against medals won in delhi. results. actual performance is in line with predicted performance in terms of gold medals but total medals won are below expectations. conclusion. the findings are of potential value to relevant sports authorities and follow up research is proposed. 106 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 107 been an interesting experiment. the analysis of the actual performance of south african athletes in delhi has revealed some interesting points in relation to the accuracy of the predictions. the key fi ndings are summarised below: • the gold medal forecast was for south africa to achieve between 12 and 15 gold medals in delhi. they managed to win 12 gold medals, which falls within the predicted range. • the forecast for total medals was 40 43 but south africa won 33. the lower than anticipated success in athletics and shooting explains why their total medal count was below the predicted range. • the forecast was more accurate at identifying those sports in which south africa would not win a gold medal or any medal compared with sports in which it would medal. the fi ndings from the predictive element of the research and subsequent testing have two practical implications. first, the results of this research may be of value to relevant sports authorities in south africa to identify how their athletes fared in delhi 2010 relative to an independent appraisal of anticipated performance. second, the research has provided an indication of the extent to which using a nation’s traditional performance in a sporting competition of international signifi cance to predict future performance with reasonable certainty is viable. further research with a wider sample of nations and/or the same nation over time would help to further validate the fi ndings from this research. references 1. ramchandani g, wilson d. forecasting south africa’s performance at the 2010 commonwealth games. s afr j sports med 2010;22(2):42-43. 2. bernard a, busse m. who wins the olympic games? economic resources and medal totals. review of economics and statistics 2004;6(1):413-417. 3. bian, x. predicting olympic medal counts: the effects of economic development on olympic performance. the park place economist 2005; iii:37-44. 4. clarke sr. home advantage in the olympic games. in: cohen g, lantrey t, eds. proceedings of the fifth australian conference on mathematics and computers in sport. sydney, nsw: university of technology sydney, 2000:43-51. 5. shibli s, bingham j. a forecast of the performance of china in the beijing olympic games 2008 and the underlying performance management issues. managing leisure 2008;13:272-292. table i. south africa’s predicted and actual performance in delhi 2010 gold medals total medals predicted range actual predicted range actual sport min max min max athletics 4 5 2 11 12 5 badminton 0 0 0 0 0 0 boxing 1 1 0 2 3 0 cycling 0 0 0 0 1 0 diving 0 0 0 0 0 0 gymnastics 0 0 0 0 1 1 hockey 0 0 0 0 0 0 lawn bowls 0 1 3 1 3 3 netball 0 0 0 0 0 0 rugby 7s 0 0 0 0 1 1 shooting 0 1 0 4 9 0 squash 0 0 0 0 0 0 swimming 5 7 7 11 17 16 table tennis 0 0 0 0 0 0 weightlifting 0 0 0 1 1 0 wrestling 0 0 0 3 3 5 other* 1 1 0 2 2 2 overall 12 15 12 40 43 33 the predicted range for each sport above is based on the minimum and maximum medal forecast for that sport across the three forecast scenarios. however, the 'overall' predicted range refl ects the combined total medal count across all sports within each individual scenario. for this reason, the minimum and maximum values for each sport may not sum to the respective 'overall' fi gures. shaded values indicate cases where values are outside the predicted range. bold values indicate cases where values are outside +/1 of the predicted range. * other includes archery and tennis for which forecasts were not made independently but derived from the predicted performance in the individually listed sports. 2 0 3 5 0 0 0 5 33 0 8 fig. 1. predicted versus actual medal performance for south africa by sport.                                                   fig. 1. predicted versus actual medal performance for south africa by sport. bjsports-2011-090297.indd editorial bleakley cm, glasgow p, macauley dc, et al. br j sports med (2011). doi:10.1136/bjsports-2011-090297 1 of 2 the acronym price (protection, rest, ice, compression and elevation) has been central to acute soft tissue injury management for many years despite a paucity of highquality, empirical evidence to support the various components or as a collective treatment package. treatment paradigms in sports medicine must be updated based on contemporary research evidence. as a recent example, the widespread use of non-steroidal anti-infl ammatory drugs in acute soft tissue injury management has been challenged, particularly with ligament and muscle injuries. 1 ice compression and elevation (ice) is the basic principle of early treatment. most research has focused on the analgesic effect of icing or the associated skin or intramuscular temperature changes; a recent randomised controlled trial by prins and colleagues, 2 which examined the effectiveness of ice on recovery from acute muscle tear, is the fi rst of its kind. clinical studies into compression are also lacking, and much of its rationale is extrapolated from research relating to deep venous thrombosis prophylaxis and lymphoedema management; there is little clinical research on elevation. 3 protection and rest after injury are supported by interventions that stress shield , unload and/or prevent joint movement for various periods. recent animal models 4 – 6 show that short periods of unloading are required after acute soft tissue injury and that aggressive ambulation or exercise should be avoided. but, rest should be of limited duration and restricted to immediately after trauma. longer periods of unloading are harmful and produce adverse changes to tissue biomechanics 1 health and rehabilitation sciences research institute, university of ulster, jordanstown, newtownabbey, uk 2 sports institute of northern ireland, university of ulster, jordanstown, newtownabbey, uk 3 association of physiotherapists in sports and exercise medicine, london, uk 4 ukcrc centre of excellence for public health (ni), queens university belfast, royal victoria hospital, belfast, uk correspondence to c m bleakley, health and rehabilitation sciences research institute, university of ulster, jordanstown, newtownabbey, county antrim bt370qb, uk; chrisbleakley@hotmail.com price needs updating, should we call the police? c m bleakley, 1,3 p glasgow, 2,3 d c macauley 4 and morphology. progressive mechanical loading is more likely to restore the strength and morphological characteristics of collagenous tissue. 4 5 indeed, early mobilisation with accelerated rehabilitation is effective after acute ankle strain. 7 functional rehabilitation of ankle sprain, which involves early weight-bearing usually with an external support, is superior to cast immobilisation for most types of sprain severity. 8 9 functional rehabilitation aligns well with the principles of mechanotherapy, whereby mechanical loading prompts cellular responses that promote tissue structural change. 10 there are consistent fi ndings from animal models that demonstrate how mechanical loading upregulates mrna expression for key proteins associated with soft tissue healing. 4 – 6 the diffi cult clinical challenge is fi nding the balance between loading and unloading during tissue healing. if tissues are stressed too aggressively after injury, the mechanical insult may cause re-bleeding or further damage. protection of vulnerable tissues therefore remains an important principle. but, too much emphasis creates a default mindset that loading has no place in acute management. rest may be harmful and inhibits recovery. the secret is to fi nd the ‘optimal loading’. optimal loading means replacing rest with a balanced and incremental rehabilitation programme where early activity encourages early recovery. injuries vary so there is no single one size fi ts all strategy or dosage. a loading strategy should refl ect the unique mechanical stresses placed upon the injured tissue during functional activities, which varies across tissue type and anatomical region. for example, a muscle injury to the lower limb has cyclic loading through normal ambulation. the upper limb may require additional cyclic load to be factored into the rehabilitation program in order to maximise mechanical stimulus. police, a new acronym, which represents protection, optimal loading, ice compression and elevation, is not simply a formula but a reminder to clinicians to think differently and seek out new and innovative strategies for safe and effective loading in acute soft tissue injury management. optimal loading is an umbrella term for any mechanotherapy intervention and includes a wide range of manual techniques currently available; indeed the term may include manual techniques such as massage refi ned to maximise the mechano-effect. paradoxically, crutches, braces and supports, traditionally associated with rest, may have a greater role in adjusting and regulating optimal loading in the early stages of rehabilitation. police should make us think more about research into designing rehabilitation strategies that are appropriate to the nature and severity of injury in different sports and activities. if the primary principle of treatment is to restore the histological and mechanical properties of injured soft tissue, optimal loading may indeed be sport specifi c. the challenge is in determining what is ‘optimal’ in terms of the dosage, nature and timing. police is not just an acronym to guide management but a stimulus to a new fi eld of research. it is important that this research includes more rigorous examination of the role of ice in acute injury management. currently, cold-induced analgesia and the assurance and support provided by compression and elevation are enough to retain ice within the acronym. competing interests none. provenance and peer review not commissioned; externally peer reviewed. accepted 3 august 2011 references 1. paoloni ja , milne c , orchard j , et al . nonsteroidal anti-infl ammatory drugs in sports medicine: guidelines for practical but sensible use. br j sports med 2009 ; 43 : 863 – 5 . 2. prins jc , stubbe jh , van meeteren nl , et al . feasibility and preliminary effectiveness of ice therapy in patients with an acute tear in the gastrocnemius muscle: a pilot randomized controlled trial. clin rehabil 2011 ; 25 : 433 – 41 . 3. bleakley cm , glasgow pd , philips p , et al ; for the association of chartered physiotherapists in sports and exercise medicine (acpsm). guidelines on the management of acute soft tissue injury using protection rest ice compression and elevation. london: acpsm, 2011:15–21. 4. bring dk , reno c , renstrom p , et al . joint immobilization reduces the expression of sensory neuropeptide receptors and impairs healing after tendon rupture in a rat model. j orthop res 2009 ; 27 : 274 – 80 . 5. martinez da , vailas ac , vanderby r jr , et al . temporal extracellular matrix adaptations in ligament during wound healing and hindlimb unloading. am j physiol regul integr comp physiol 2007 ; 293 : r1552 – 60 . 6. eliasson p , andersson t , aspenberg p . rat achilles tendon healing: mechanical loading and gene expression. j appl physiol 2009 ; 107 : 399 – 407 . 7. bleakley cm , o’connor sr , tully ma , et al . effect of accelerated rehabilitation on function after ankle sprain: randomised controlled trial. bmj 2010 ; 340 : c1964 . 8. jones mh , amendola as . acute treatment of inversion ankle sprains: immobilization versus bjsm online first, published on september 7, 2011 as 10.1136/bjsports-2011-090297 copyright article author (or their employer) 2011. produced by bmj publishing group ltd under licence. group.bmj.com on january 22, 2016 published by http://bjsm.bmj.com/downloaded from http://bjsm.bmj.com/ http://group.bmj.com editorial bleakley cm, glasgow p, macauley dc, et al. br j sports med (2011). doi:10.1136/bjsports-2011-0902972 of 2 functional treatment. clin orthop relat res 2007 ; 455 : 169 – 72 . 9. kerkhoffs gm , rowe bh , assendelft wj , et al . immobilisation and functional treatment for acute lateral ankle ligament injuries in adults. cochrane database syst rev 2002 ; 3 :cd003762. 10. khan km , scott a . mechanotherapy: how physical therapists’ prescription of exercise promotes tissue repair. br j sports med 2009 ; 43 : 247 – 52 . group.bmj.com on january 22, 2016 published by http://bjsm.bmj.com/downloaded from http://bjsm.bmj.com/ http://group.bmj.com police? price needs updating, should we call the c m bleakley, p glasgow and d c macauley published online september 7, 2011br j sports med http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/early/2011/09/07/bjsports-2011-090297 updated information and services can be found at: these include: references #bibl http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/early/2011/09/07/bjsports-2011-090297 this article cites 8 articles, 6 of which you can access for free at: service email alerting box at the top right corner of the online article. receive free email alerts when new articles cite this article. sign up in the collections topic articles on similar topics can be found in the following collections (84)drugs: musculoskeletal and joint diseases (807)trauma (906)injury (266)editor's choice notes http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions to request permissions go to: http://journals.bmj.com/cgi/reprintform to order reprints go to: http://group.bmj.com/subscribe/ to subscribe to bmj go to: group.bmj.com on january 22, 2016 published by http://bjsm.bmj.com/downloaded from http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/early/2011/09/07/bjsports-2011-090297 http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/early/2011/09/07/bjsports-2011-090297#bibl http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/early/2011/09/07/bjsports-2011-090297#bibl http://bjsm.bmj.com//cgi/collection/editors_choice http://bjsm.bmj.com//cgi/collection/injury http://bjsm.bmj.com//cgi/collection/trauma http://bjsm.bmj.com//cgi/collection/drugs_musculoskeletal_and_joint_diseases http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions http://journals.bmj.com/cgi/reprintform http://group.bmj.com/subscribe/ http://bjsm.bmj.com/ http://group.bmj.com original research sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 15 background. the emergence of the pedometer as a useful motivational aid for increasing physical activity (pa) has supported its use in pa interventions. objectives. to examine the feasibility of a 10-week pedometer-based intervention complemented by regular motivational messages, to increase ambulatory pa; and to determine the minimum sample size required for a randomised, controlled trial (rct). methods. participants, sourced by convenience sampling of employees from an academic institution, were randomly assigned to either an intervention group (ig) (n=11) or control group (cg) (n=11), following baseline health measurements and blinded pedometer wear (week 1). participants in the ig subsequently wore an unblinded pedometer (10 weeks) to self-monitor daily steps. individualised messages using pedometer data (ig) and general motivational messages (ig and cg) were provided bi-weekly. blinded pedometer wear (ig and cg) and a feedback questionnaire (ig) were completed at week 12. pedometer data were compared between the ig and cg at week 12. results. participants’ perceptions of the intervention supported the benefit of the pedometer as a useful motivational aid and a reminder to increase steps per day. occupational sitting time and inability to incorporate pa into daily routine emerged as the main barrier to adherence. steps per day increased more in the ig (mean ± standard deviation (sd) 996±1 748) than in the cg (mean±sd 97±750). modest improvements were noted in all clinical measures (ig). conclusion. based on the improvement of 1 000 steps/day (ig), a minimum of 85 participants in the ig and cg, respectively, is required for a future rct (80% power; p<0.05). we recommend a minimum of 150 participants in each group to account for loss to follow-up and to allow for subgroup analyses. s afr j sm 2014;26(1):15-19. doi:10.7196/sajsm.500 steps that count! a feasibility study of a pedometer-based, healthpromotion intervention in an employed, south african population j d pillay,1,2 phd; t l kolbe-alexander,1 phd; k i proper,3 phd; w van mechelen,1,3 phd; e v lambert,1 phd 1 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 department of basic medical sciences, faculty of health sciences, durban university of technology, south africa  3 department of public and occupational health, emgo institute for health and care research, vu university medical centre, amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: j d pillay (pillayjd@dut.ac.za) physical inactivity is a global health concern[1] with complex solutions, as behavioural change is often difficult to achieve and, more importantly, to sustain. [2] small behavioural changes may, however, be more feasible to achieve and maintain.[3] pedometers have been shown to offer a good solution for a low-cost, objective monitoring and behavioural modification tool and practical aid for physical activity (pa) interventions.[4-8] pedometers have therefore gained popularity for use in pa interventions in various settings[9] to facilitate behavioural change. providing individualised feedback has been promoted as a useful adjunct to many health and well-being interventions, and has often been used as an additional support measure to pedometer-based interventions.[10] a systematic review by ogilvie et al.[11] in 2007 examined the effectiveness of interventions aimed at increasing the volume of walking. according to the review, the strongest evidence that exists supports interventions targeted at individuals motivated to change.[11] a further finding was that the interventions which involved strategies such as brief advice and the use of pedometers showed promising results, such as assistance with goal-setting, feedback on progress and strategies for overcoming barriers.[11] there is, however, a large gap between the development of effective pedometer-based interventions and their feasibility for use in public health practice. [12,13] a primary limitation is the high cost and large time demands on both staff and participants.[13] using more cost-effective intervention strategies, such as pedometer-based approaches supplemented by email-based feedback, may overcome this limitation. objectives the aims of this pilot study were therefore: (i) to evaluate the feasibility of a pedometer-based intervention complemented by individualised, email-based feedback promoting pa in an employed population; and (ii) to inform the development of, and calculate the recommended sample size for a pedometer-based intervention to be adminis tered in the future as a randomised, controlled trial (rct). methods the pilot study was conducted at a tertiary academic institution in kwazulu-natal province, south africa, through convenience sampling. an advertisement was emailed to all staff members within the faculty of health sciences inviting participation in the study. inclusion and exclusion criteria all willing participants aged 21 49 years were eligible. employees were excluded in the case of: pregnancy; diagnosis or treatment of cancer; mailto:pillayjd@dut.ac.za 16 sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 any other physical/clinical condition that made pa difficult; contract workers whose employment with the company would end before the 12-week follow-up measurement; or non-compliance to a minimum of 3 days of blinded pedometer wear at baseline. ethical considerations and pre-participation screening this study was conducted in accordance with the declaration of helsinki, good clinical practice, as well as the ethical laws of south africa. ethical approval was obtained from the human research ethics committee of the faculty of health sciences, university of cape town (reference 044/2009). following agreement to participate in the study, the physical activity readiness questionnaire (par-q)[14] was administered to participants to ensure that there were no health risks associated with participation in pa. employees who agreed to study participation (n=25) were asked to sign an informed consent form prior to participation, and were assured that participation was voluntary and that they could withdraw at any time without penalty. the participants were also assured that their employer would not have access to any of the information collected, and that all information would be maintained as strictly confidential. measurements body height (cm) was measured using a height chart as the vertical distance from the floor to the vertex of the head. the participant stood barefoot with heels, buttocks and head in contact with the wall and arms at their side. waist circumference (cm) was measured using a tape measure around the skin of the waist. body weight was measured using an electronic scale (beurer ps 06), allowing only a single layer of clothing. the values were rounded to the nearest 100 g. body mass index (bmi) was computed as weight (kg) divided by height (m) squared. the omron body composition monitor (bf500) was used to measure percentage body fat, based on the principles of bioelectrical impedance.[15] blood pressure (bp) was recorded (mmhg) using a sphygmomanometer after the participant remained relaxed for 5 min. two readings were taken, approximately 5 min apart, and an average of the two readings was recorded. if the two were different from each other (>5 mmhg), a third reading was taken. the average of the two nearest readings was then used. following the 10-week intervention, both the ig and cg were required to complete follow-up measures, as in week 1. participants in the ig were invited to complete a questionnaire reporting their perceptions of the intervention. a section was included on general comments and/or suggestions for improvement of the intervention. both of these measures were used to inform the feasibility of the intervention. baseline pedometer wear all participants were required to wear an omron hj 750 itc pedometer attached to the hip area for 5 consecutive days. participants were asked to wear the pedometer throughout the day and to follow their usual routine of daily activities and to remove the pedometer only when bathing, showering or swimming. the pedometer screen was covered to reduce the likelihood of participants observing their daily steps, which might have influenced habitual levels of pa and subsequently the accumulation of daily steps during the baseline measurement. participants were informed that their daily results would be made available to them at the end of the 5-day period. allocation of participants to groups following the baseline feedback on participants’ pa levels from the data collected from the pedometers, participants were randomly allocated to an intervention group (ig) or a wait-listed control group (cg). by this random allocation, participants allocated to the cg would be offered the intervention following the study. the allocation of participants into ig and cg was achieved by random selection of participants from a composite participant list (microsoft excel). ig participants were provided with an unblinded pedometer for the subsequent 10 weeks. they were shown how to upload and interpret their pedometer data, and were requested to provide the pedometer data to the researcher, via email, bi-weekly. pedometer feedback upon return of the pedometer at baseline, data regarding steps per day were electronically uploaded by the researcher according to the omron health management manager software protocol.[16] this information was provided to participants. a unique feature of the pedometer is the ability to provide an hourly representation of steps per day. in addition to indicating total steps per day, the output can illustrate steps accumulated as being ‘aerobic’ or ‘non-aerobic’, according to the omron classification that integrates both intensity and duration. the number of steps classified as aerobic (>60 steps/min; minimum duration 1 min) and non-aerobic (<60 steps/min and/or duration <1 min) within the total steps per day record was therefore provided. similarly, total time spent accumulating aerobic steps (in min/day; aerobic time) could be identified. the pa recommendation of accumulating 30 min of moderate pa at least five times a week[1] was reinforced to all participants (i.e. ig and cg). all participants were encouraged to improve their pa levels steadily (e.g. by 10% per week, until 30 min of moderate pa was achieved) during the subsequent 10 weeks. the phrase ‘steps that count!’ was adopted as a strategy for engaging people into accumulating intensity-based steps. intervention participants in the ig continued to wear the pedometer (unblinded) for the subsequent 10 weeks. following the electronic, bi-weekly receipt of pedometer data from ig participants, ig participants were provided with individualised, emailed feedback and a generalised information sheet on ways to increase pa. the individualised feedback included information on the average daily steps per day accumulated, the highest number of steps per day accumulated by the individual over the past 2 weeks, the number of days (if any) that aerobic steps per day were accumulated, and the volume thereof in the form of a personalised email. the general supportive/motivational messages included a key message (such as ‘be active everyday’ or ‘walk tall’). a few strategies to increase pa (e.g. ‘use the stairs instead of the lift/escalator’; ‘walk fast enough so as to increase your breathing rate yet not feel out of breath’) were also suggested. the purpose of the bi-weekly email was to provide a summary of daily steps accumulated and to suggest some strategies to ‘add steps’ to one’s day. sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 17 cg participants were similarly provided with a general motivational message (as in the ig) bi-weekly, but were not provided with a pedometer over the 10 weeks, and therefore no pedometer feedback. follow-up measures the ig and cg were required to repeat the measurements that were conducted at baseline during the week immediately after the 10week intervention. participants of the ig were invited to complete a questionnaire relating to their perceptions of the pilot intervention. outcome measures participants’ perceptions of the intervention, in terms of the value, appeal, support and benefits of the intervention, were identified. this served as a primary outcome measure in determining the feasibility of the intervention. a section on general comments and suggestions for improvement of the intervention was included. this provided insights into strengths and areas for improvement so that a more effective intervention could subsequently be developed and applied. the secondary outcome measures (daily pa levels in terms of steps per day as well as biometric and clinical measures) were assessed at baseline (week 1) and follow-up (week 12) for both ig and cg. this allowed us to detect changes in daily ambulatory pa and biometric measures over time as a function of the intervention. data were derived from the pedometer and expressed as steps per day. more importantly, information on the volume of sustained and moderate to vigorous intensity steps was assessed at baseline (week 1) and follow-up (week 12) for both the ig and cg. the change in steps per day at the end of the intervention directed us towards establishing an adequate sample size for a future rct protocol. statistical analyses table 1 summarises general study group characteristics. because of the pilot nature of this feasibility trial, we did not present statistical differences between groups for any of our measures. a descriptive analysis regarding barriers and facilitators of the intervention was performed on the information gathered from the questionnaire. from the questionnaire feedback, common emerging themes were identified in addition to facilitating factors and barriers to improving pa. participants’ perceptions on the value of the intervention were also identified so as to determine the feasibility of the intervention. results of the 25 participants who indicated an interest in study participation, 22 completed the baseline measures and pedometer wear and were randomly allocated to the cg or ig. two cg participants, upon being allocated to the cg, declined further participation in the study and one cg participant did not complete the pedometer wear and followup measures at week 12. a total of 11 ig (two male; nine females) and eight cg (one male, seven females) participants completed follow-up measures and were included in the final analysis. the data indicated that of the 11 ig participants, three accumulated some aerobic steps at baseline. none of the participants in the cg accumulated aerobic steps. it is noted that the ig was categorised into the ‘obese’ classification for bmi, while the cg was in the ‘overweight’ category for bmi. it was further noted that none of the participants in the cg had accumulated any aerobic steps at baseline. questionnaire evaluation on perceptions of the intervention most participants expressed that the pedometer inter vention was ‘catchy’ and that the pedometer served as a useful motivational aid and a reminder of the need to increase steps per day. participants also found the individualised feedback to be valuable in summarising their ambulatory pa over the 2-week period, and became more aware of the need to increase their steps per day. barriers identified by participants related mainly to adherence to the intervention, largely due to having a sedentary occupation and experiencing time limitations to incorporating pa into daily routine. participants also found it very difficult to achieve or increase their aerobic steps, despite an overall increase in the total volume of steps per day. participants indicated that their interest in the intervention decreased as the intervention continued. despite this, participants also felt that a longer intervention might have assisted them in further increasing their steps per day. the difference between baseline and follow-up measures within the study group was determined in order to establish the potential effect of the intervention on clinical measures (table 2). an interesting observation was that the average number of aerobic steps per day decreased at follow-up in the ig, notwithstanding the small number of steps and the very large standard deviation. the time spent accumulating aerobic steps increased in the ig. the daily steps, however, increased by almost 1 000 steps in the ig v. 97 steps in the cg. no aerobic steps were accumulated at baseline and follow-up in the cg for comparative purposes. power calculation and sample size estimation for a future rct a power analysis for a two-group, independent sample t-test was conducted using the gpower data analysis website.[17] based on a minimum improvement of 1 000 steps/day, as established from this table 1. descriptive baseline characteristics of participants (n=19) variable* cg (n=8) ig (n=11) age (years) 38.3±7.7 37.6±8.6 body height (cm) 168.9±5.0 165.1±8.3 body waist (cm) 84.6±9.9 91.9±13.7 body fat (%) 36.0±9.5 42.8±8.9 bmi (kg/m2) 26.0±4.5 31.1±6.6 body weight (kg) 74.4±14.0 84.4±17.4 sbp (mmhg) 118±16 118±13 dbp (mmhg) 80±11 85±14 total steps per day (steps/day) 4 600±2 041 5 370±1 739 aerobic steps (steps/day) 0 331±646 aerobic time (min) 0 19.3±39.3 cg = control group; ig = intervention group; bmi = body mass index; sbp = systolic blood pressure; dbp = diastolic blood pressure. *all values are expressed as means ± standard deviations. 18 sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 pilot study, a sample size of approximately 85 participants per arm of the study is required to ensure 80% statistical power and a p-value <0.05. considering this possibility and the likelihood of performing subgroup analyses based on factors such as age and gender, as well as the possibility of loss to follow-up, we estimate that a sample size of 150 participants in the ig and cg, respectively, would be an appropriate target sample. discussion the purpose of this study was to evaluate the feasibility of a pilot intervention aimed at improving the daily ambulatory pa in an employed, south african adult population. a further objective was to use the outcomes of the study (i.e. changes in steps per day between baseline and follow-up) to inform the development of, and calculate the recommended sample size for, a pedometer-based intervention protocol, to be administered as a future rct. evaluation on perceptions of the intervention adherence to pa emerged as a limitation to increasing steps per day. this was expressed to be largely due to being sedentary at work and experiencing time limitations in incorporating pa into daily routine. several studies, as reported by fox et al.,[18] show similar findings and a growing body of research supports the need to build pa into daily routine.[9] interventions may also need to focus on institutionallevel efforts to support building activity into daily routines.[18] such support measures can include creating walk-paths around the work environment or incorporating a pa programme into the work day. [18] additional measures include using motivational prompts encouraging/ reminding people to be more active during work-time, or foot-markers directing people to the stairwell instead of the lifts.[18] pedometer outcomes due to the small sample size, it would be inappropriate to draw conclusions based on statistical analysis from the pedometer results. a useful finding, nevertheless, was the overall increase in total steps per day in the ig of approximately 1 000 steps/day. recently published papers and systematic reviews of pedometer-based interventions conducted between 1966 and 2007[11,18,19] show an average improvement of 1 500 3 000 steps/day. these studies, however, generally showed a higher baseline steps per day volume than our study group (7 500 steps/day v. 5 000 steps/day, respectively). no reference has been made to intensity-based steps in any of these previous interventions. our study, therefore, provides some information on intensity of steps per day and identifies intensity-based messages as a strategy towards improved health outcomes. modifications of the pilot study for future rct application the allocation of participants to a future trial should be based on a theoretical model for behavioural change; e.g. the intervention should be targeted towards participants at a specific stage of behavioural change, so as to be mentored similarly to ensure improved uptake, compliance and overall impact of the intervention in terms of increased pa. as such, the intervention can be targeted specifically at individuals not meeting current guidelines and in the contemplation stage of behavioural change, as per the trans-theoretical model of behavioural change.[20] the emailed messages delivered to participants should include additional information and not only a summation of steps accumulated. typically, the information must also indicate how the results relate to current pa guidelines or intensity-based steps per day targets. this will contribute towards the reinforcement of public health recommendations that may prompt individuals to self-reflect on current pa levels, in keeping with pre-determined goals. the importance of intensity-based steps should be reinforced further during the bi-weekly feedback emails, with particular emphasis on current pa guidelines. this includes a combination of duration and intensity-based steps data rather than volume-based information. this may require revision of the current ‘aerobic’ classification used by the pedometer, as determined in recent studies.[8,21-25] the general information provided to the ig and cg was the same irrespective of individual progress towards improved ambulatory pa. depending on the extent of available resources, tailored feedback can be provided at an individual level based on the level of progress. in a similar manner, barriers towards progress can be identified with improvement strategies provided on a more individual basis. study strengths and limitations the study is among the first pedometer-based interventions conducted in south africa. more importantly, this pilot intervention informs the development and protocol of a pedometer-based intervention that can be applied on a larger scale and in a wider context. in terms of study limitations, the small sample size and the element of selection bias (as the study involved selection from a convenience sample of persons) were primary limitations. also, the sample was taken from a health sciences faculty, and might not have been representative of staff in other faculties in terms of knowledge and interest in pa and health. waist circumference was measured using a tape measure around the skin of the waist. more recent recommendations[26] for measuring waist circumference can be applied in future studies. we noted a difference in bmi between the ig and cg at baseline and acknowledge that this might have had an effect on the steps per day data recorded at follow-up. similarly, none of the participants table 2. net change in characteristics at follow-up (n=19) variable* cg (n=8)† ig (n=11)† waist circumference (cm) -0.38±2.0 +0.73±2.7 body fat (%) +0.26±1.3 +1.34±1.9 bmi (kg/m2) +0.13±0.5 +0.26±0.58 body weight (kg) +0.3±1.3 +0.67±1.6 sbp (mmhg) -0.8±8.0 +0.3±8.9 dbp (mmhg) -3.1±3.7 -2.5±7.6 daily steps (steps/day) +97±750 +996±1 748 daily aerobic steps (steps/day) 0 -54±2 746 daily aerobic time (min) 0 +0.9±23.0 cg = control group; ig = intervention group; bmi = body mass index; sbp = systolic blood pressure; dbp = diastolic blood pressure. *all values are expressed as means ± standard deviations. † a + symbol indicates an improvement in the desired direction; a symbol indicates a decrease in the desired direction. sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 19 in the cg accumulated any aerobic steps at baseline. as such, the difference between the two groups at baseline might have contributed to the difference observed between the groups at follow-up. the cg received the same general motivational messages as the ig bi-weekly, which might have led to increased pa in the cg. no theoretical model for behavioural change was applied; this implied that, using a convenience sample approach, participants were at various stages of change towards improving ambulatory pa. the study might therefore have included participants who were already meeting current pa guidelines and were interested in further improving this through the intervention. the emailed feedback messages provided to ig participants only provided a summation of pedometer results, but did not indicate how this related to current guidelines or intensity-based steps per day targets as a method of reinforcement. conclusion this pilot study provides useful information on the potential for pa improvements through pedometry in an employed, adult group. in so doing, the study provides a basis to further pedometer-based interventions that can be applied in other contexts and settings and on a larger scale. consequently, this pilot intervention informs the development and protocol of a large-scale intervention to be applied as an rct. funding acknowledgements. durban university of technology (dut) and the national research foundation (thuthuka). references 1. haskell wl, i-min l, pate rr, et al. physical activity and public health: updated recommendation for adults from the american college of sports medicine and the american heart association. circulation 2007;116(9):1081-1093. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1161/circulationaha.107.185649] 2. tudor-locke c. promoting lifestyle physical activity: experiences with the first step program. am j lifestyle med 2009;3(1 suppl):50s-54s. 3. pillay jd, kolbe-alexander tl, achmat m, carstens m, lambert ev. are pointof-decision prompts in sports science and medicine centre effective in changing the prevalence of stair usage? a preliminary study. south african journal of sports medicine 2009;21(2):58-64. 4. tudor-locke c. taking steps toward increased physical activity: using pedometers to measure and motivate. washington dc, usa: president's council on physical fitness and sports, 2002. 5. richardson cr, newton tl, abraham jj, sen a, jimbo m, swartz am. a metaanalysis of pedometer-based walking interventions and weight loss. ann fam med 2008;6(1):69-77. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1370/afm.761] 6. freedson ps, miller k. objective monitoring of physical activity using motion sensors and heart rate. res q exerc sport 2000;71(2 suppl):s21-s29. 7. welk gj, corbin cb, dale d. measurement issues in the assessment of physical activity in children. res q exerc sport 2000;71(2 suppl):59-73. 8. tudor-locke c, sisson sb, collova t, lee sm, swan pd. pedometer-determined step count guidelines for classifying walking intensity in a young ostensibly healthy population. can j appl physiol 2005;30(6):666-676. 9. bravata dm, smith-spangler cs, sundaram v, et al. using pedometers to increase physical activity and improve health a systematic review. jama 2007;298(19):22962304. 10. harrington ng, noar sm. reporting standards for studies of tailored interventions (r2). health educ res 2012;27(2):331-342. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/her/cyr108] 11. ogilvie d, foster ce, rothnie h, et al. interventions to promote walking: systematic review. bmj 2007;334:1204-1214. 12. lenfant c. shattuck lecture-clinical research to clinical practice-lost in translation? n engl j med 2003;349(9):868-874. 13. glasgow re, emmons km. how can we increase translation of research into practice? types of evidence needed. annu rev public health 2007;28(1):413-433. 14. chisholm dm, collis ml, kulak ll, davenport w, gruber n, stewart gw. par-q validation report: the evaluation of a self-administered pre-exercise screening questionnaire for adults. victoria, canada: bc ministry of health and welfare, 1978. 15. bosy-westphal a, later w, hitze b, et al. accuracy of bioelectrical impedence consumer devices for measurement of body composition in comparison to whole body magnetic resonance imaging and dual x-ray absorptiometry. obes facts 2008;1:319-324. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1159/000176061] 16. incorporated oh. instruction manual: pocket pedometer-model hj-720itc2007. 17. g*power version 3.0.10. power analysis for two-group independent sample t-test. http://www.ats.ucla.edu/stat/gpower/indepsamps.htm (accessed 16 october 2012). 18. fox am, mann dm, ramos ma, kleinman lc, horowitz cr. barriers to physical activity in east harlem, new york. j obes 2012;719140. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1155/2012/719140] 19. chan cb, ryan daj, tudor-locke c. health benefits of a pedometer-based physical activity intervention in sedentary workers. prev med 2004;39:1215-1222. 20. prochaska jo, velicer wf. the transtheoretical model of health behavior change. am j health promot 1997;12(1):38-48. 21. marshall sj, levy ss, tudor-locke ce, et al. translating physical activity recommendations into a pedometer-based step goal: 3000 steps in 30 minutes. am j prev med 2009;36(5):410-415. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2009.01.021] 22. pillay jd, kolbe-alexander tl, van mechelen w, lambert ev. steps that count the association between the number and intensity of steps accumulated and fitness and health measures. j phys act health 2012 (in press). [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/14712458-12-880] 23. pillay jd, kolbe-alexander tl, proper ki, van mechelen w, lambert ev. steps that count physical activity recommendations, brisk walking and steps per minute how do they relate? j phys act health 2013 (in press). 24. abel m, hannon j, mullineaux d, beighle a. determination of step rate thresholds corresponding to physical activity intensity classifications in adults. j phys act health 2011;8(1):45-51. 25. tudor-locke c, camhi sm, leonardi c, et al. patterns of adult stepping in the 2005/2006 nhanes. prev med 2011;53(3):178-181. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. ypmed.2011.06.004] 26. stewart a, marfell-jones m, olds t, de ridder h. international standards for anthropometric assessment. lower hutt, new zealand: isak, 2011. http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/circulationaha.107.185649] http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/circulationaha.107.185649] http://dx.doi.org/10.1370/afm.761] http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/her/cyr108] http://dx.doi.org/10.1159/000176061] http://www.ats.ucla.edu/stat/gpower/indepsamps.htm http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2012/719140] http://dx.doi.org/10.1155/2012/719140] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2009.01.021] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-12-880] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-12-880] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2011.06.004] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2011.06.004] sajsm 603 (case report).indd case report sajsm vol. 27 no. 1 2015 23 primary spontaneous pneumothorax (psp) is relatively uncommon in the athletic population. because of the subtle nature of the symp toms, the diagnosis is easily missed, which can lead to unnecessary prolonged discomfort and recovery time for the athlete. �ere is currently a lack of evidence in the literature concerning treatment and return-to-play protocols referring speci�cally to psp within the athletic community. �is case report highlights the predisposing and important factors in the history of a 34-year-old recreational male athlete who developed psp. according to the knowledge of the authors, this report of psp in a recreational athlete is the �rst of its kind described in south africa. owing to the possibility of life-threatening complications, it is important for sports physicians to be familiar with the important points in the history and to be made aware of the predisposing factors that may lead to psp. s afr j sports med 2015;27(1):23-24. doi:10.7196/sajsm.603 primary spontaneous pneumothorax in a recreational athlete f j van der col�,1,2 mb chb; d c janse van rensburg,2,3 md 1 private practitioner, potchefstroom, south africa 2 section sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, south africa 3 exercise smart team, university of pretoria, south africa corresponding author: f j van der col� (medfvandercol�@yahoo.com) pneumothorax is defined as the presence of gas in the pleural cavity.[1] this can occur spontaneously or subsequent to direct trauma to the chest wall. primary spontaneous pneumothorax (psp) occurs in the absence of any underlying lung pathology,[1-3] and although it is a well-recognised and well-described cause of acuteonset chest pain, the prevalence of this condition in the athletic community is uncommon. �is may be owing to the low incidence of this condition in athletes, underreporting of cases and possibly missed diagnoses. tension pneumothorax is an extremely rare but life-threatening complication of psp, and if suspected, should be treated as a medical emergency.[2] �is case report describes a rare occurrence of psp in a recreational athlete and focuses on the athlete’s medical history as well as the epidemiology and predisposing factors that may lead to psp. case report �is case involves a 34-year-old male who worked as an engineer at a steel production plant. he participated in a number of indoor and outdoor sports. in his medical history, it was noted that he su�ered from gastro-oesophageal re�ux disease (gerd) secondary to a hiatus hernia, which was diagnosed in 2009. no further medical problems were reported. no known allergies were reported and he did not smoke. he did, however, have a positive family history, with one female sibling having developed psp in recent years. six weeks prior to the onset of his symptoms, he competed in a high-altitude ultra-marathon trail run in cold and wet conditions. on the day before his symptoms started, he was playing action cricket. he did not experience any symptoms and or sustain any direct trauma to the chest wall during the match. he presented to his general practitioner (gp) with complaints of acute-onset chest pain on the right side, which woke him during the night. �e pain progressively worsened the following day and did not respond to analgesic or antacid treatment. he did not complain of any shortness of breath, and attributed the pain to acid re�ux. �e examination was noted to be unremarkable, with normal lung and heart sounds and normal vital signs. his gp agreed that the pain might be due to gerd. antire�ux treatment was prescribed and he was sent home. �e pain gradually subsided over the following 5 days. a�er 2 weeks of rest, he played another match of action cricket, but had to withdraw from the match because of chest pain and shortness of breath. a follow-up appointment with his gp was scheduled 3 weeks a�er the initial appointment. immediate chest radiographs were ordered, which showed a large pneumothorax with 60% of the pleural space occupied by air on the right side of the chest (fig. 1). no mediastinal shi� was noted on the fig. 1. x-ray of lungs clearly demonstrating pneumothorax on the right. 24 sajsm vol. 27 no. 1 2015 radiograph. he was urgently referred to a cardiothoracic surgeon and was taken to the operating theatre the following day for a diagnostic bronchoscopy. �e cause of the pneumothorax was found to be a ruptured bulla in the apex of the right lung. �e surgeon continued to do a right posterolateral minithoracotomy, drained the organising pleural e�usion, and performed a bullectomy and complete parietal pleurectomy of the right lung. �e pleura of the right lung were sent to the laboratory for histology, including ziehl-neelson staining to exclude tuberculosis infection and periodic acid-schi� (pas) staining to exclude fungal infection. histology showed an eosinophylic pleuritis with reactive mesothelial hyperplasia. �e ziehl-neelson stain and pas stain both came back negative. he was discharged from hospital a few days later and his recovery since then has been uneventful. discussion pneumothoraces can broadly be categorised as either traumatic or spontaneous. spontaneous pneumothorax can further be subdivided into two groups: primary spontaneous pneumothorax (psp), where there is no history of underlying lung pathology; and secondary spontaneous pneumothorax (ssp), where there is pre-existing lung pathology.[1-3] psp is more common in males, with an incidence of 7.4 18 cases/100  000/year in males, and 1.2 6 cases/100  000/year in females.[2,3] other risk factors include smoking and being a tall, thin male between the ages of 10 and 30 years.[3] almost 10% of cases have a positive family history of psp, which is linked to a speci�c gene mutation, folliculin, associated with a rare disease called birt-hoggdubé syndrome.[3] changes in climate, with decreased atmospheric pressures and colder temperatures, have been identi�ed as possible contributing factors in psp.[4] �e most common presenting symptoms of psp are acute-onset pleuritic chest pain and shortness of breath, which may improve over a period of 24 hours.[3] chest pain is an important and reliable symptom that is present in 80 95% of cases.[5] the physical examination may reveal a decrease in breath sounds on the a�ected side, with hyper-resonance on percussion, crepitus on palpation and tracheal shi�.[6] �ese signs may be very di�cult to elicit in a small pneumothorax, and a physician should have a high index of suspicion from the history. �e threshold for ordering chest radiographs should be very low if a possible pneumothorax is suspected. �e majority of cases occur during rest, with <10% of spontaneous pneumothoraces occurring during exercise. �e major cause of psp seems to be the rupture of bullae in the apices of one or both lungs. �e exact cause of these bullae still remains unclear and warrants further investigation.[2,3] psp seems to be a rare condition among the athlete population. in this case report, it is evident that the athlete had a number of risk factors, including sex, age, exposure to cold weather conditions and decreased atmospheric pressure, as well as a positive family history, all of which need to be taken into account when an athlete presents with acute-onset chest pain. �e recording of cases of psp in the athletic community speci�cally is encouraged to help guide sports physicians to better diagnose and manage this condition. the research and development of safe return-to-play guidelines for these athletes are also recommended. references 1. braunwald e, fauci as, kasper dl, eds. harrison’s principles of internal medicine. 15th ed. new york: mcgraw-hill, 2001. 2. noppen m. spontaneous pneumothorax: epidemiology, pathophysiology and cause. eur respir rev 2010;19(117):217-219. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1183/09059180.00005310] 3. luh s. diagnosis and treatment of primary spontaneous pneumothorax. j zhejiang univ sci b 2010;11(10):735-744. [http://dx.doi.org10.1631/jzus.b1000131] 4. haga t, kurihara m, kataoka h, ebana h. in�uence of weather conditions on the onset of primary spontaneous pneumothorax: positive association with decreased atmospheric pressure. ann �orac cardiovasc surg 2013;19(3):212-215. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.5761/atcs.oa.12.01884] 5. sik ec, batt me, heslop lm. atypical chest pain in athletes. curr sports med rep 2009;8(2):52-58. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/jsr.0b013e31819c7d01] 6. mensinger jm. pneumothorax in a recreational athlete. int j athl ther train 2013;18(6):27-31. sajsm cpd the cpd programme for sajsm is being administered by medical practice consulting. cpd questionnaires must be completed online at www.mpconsulting.co.za a maximum of 3 ceus will be awarded per correctly completed test. march 2015 instructions 1. the sajsm march issue questionnaire can be found online at www.sajsm.org.za 1. read the journal. all the answers will be found there. 2. go to www.mpconsulting.co.za to answer the questions. accreditation number: mdb015/166/02/2015 (clinical) the easy choice 2015/02/17 3:08 pm original research 18 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 background. physical activity (pa) has been described as medicine, owing to the clear evidence for its role in the prevention and management of various diseases. objectives. to determine the knowledge, perceptions and attitudes of south african general practitioners (gps) towards the promotion of pa. methods. a total of 255 private-sector gps from various provinces in sa participated in our cross-sectional study, by completing a selfreport questionnaire surveying their knowledge, perceptions and attitudes towards the promotion of pa. results. the findings indicated that south african gps in general do promote pa to their patients for treatment and health promotion. the majority of gps in our study strongly believed that promoting pa is an important part of primary healthcare. the gps frequently promoted exercise in the treatment of obesity, type 2 diabetes and hyperlipidaemia. conclusion. south african gps appear to be recommending pa to their patients at a primary-care level. clear practice guidelines are needed to promote pa in a way that will have a population-level impact. to aid this, gps are encouraged to provide written information to promote pa in a way that will have an effect. s afr j sm 2013;25(1):18-22. doi:10.7196/sajsm.368 do south african general practitioners believe that ‘exercise is medicine’? e d watson, t khan, c m crear centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa e d watson, ba hons (biokinetics), msc (sport sc) t khan, bhsc c m crear, ba (sport psych) corresponding author: e d watson (estelle.watson@wits.ac.za) exercise is a type of physical activity (pa) that is structured, planned and designed to improve fitness. it is well established that pa is associated with positive health gains. there is clear evidence for its role in prevention and management of various non-communicable diseases such as heart disease, diabetes mellitus, hypertension and some cancers.[1,2] furthermore, regular pa is an essential tool in maintaining a healthy body weight.[3] finally, pa is associated with decreased mortality and morbidity.[4] it can, therefore, confidently be seen as a much-needed treatment to prevent chronic disease and prolong life. despite this evidence, south africa (sa) appears to be a relatively inactive nation. an estimated 46% of south africans do not meet the required 150 min of moderate exercise per week.[5] furthermore, physical inactivity in sa accounts for 3.3% of deaths per year and 1.1% of disability-adjusted life years (dalys).[6] non-communicable diseases account for 21% of life years lost in sa.[7] diabetes alone is estimated to have caused 4.3% of all deaths in sa in 2000.[8] without a doubt, physical inactivity in sa is a costly healthcare burden. promoting pa in primary care could provide a cost-effective solution. it has been termed public health’s ‘best buy’ and ‘exceptional value for money’.[3,9] for example, a sedentary patient is estimated to cost the healthcare system r2 200 more per year than an active patient, and that cost may increase to as much as r13  000 with associated overweight or obesity.[10] in contrast, engaging in pa can lower healthcare charges by up to 4.7% per active day per week.[11] in canada, a reduction in physical inactivity by as little as 10% has the potential to reduce expenditure by us$150 million per year. [12] therefore, with its clear benefits and cost implications, exercise has been termed a possible ‘wonder drug’.[3] however, exercise prescription is not yet a part of standardised practice in primary care. various exercise-referral schemes have aimed to tackle this issue, making activity assessment and prescription a standard part of disease prevention and management. one such initiative, exercise is medicine (http://www.exerciseismedicine.org), has recently included the south african sports medicine association (sasma) into its exercise is medicine global network.[13] yet, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of such exercisereferral schemes. in a recent systematic review, pavey and colleagues[14] found weak evidence for a short-term increase in pa of sedentary patients with such schemes. however, the review demonstrated the lack of quality research in this area. in addition, little is known about the attitudes towards exercise prescription in mainstream medicine. it has been suggested that general practitioners (gps) have insufficient knowledge to give effective pa advice.[14] in contrast, it may be that gps have the knowledge needed, but do not promote pa in a way that will have an impact.[15] to date, no research has yet been done mailto:estelle.watson@wits.ac.za http://www.exerciseismedicine.org sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 19 to determine the knowledge, perceptions and attitudes of sa gps towards pa promotion. methods a total of 255 gps from various provinces in sa participated in the cross-sectional survey. gps were excluded if they were working for the public sector, in practice for <3 years, not registered with the health professions council of south africa (hpcsa), or specialist physicians. a questionnaire was adapted from a previous study by lawlor et al.[15] and piloted for content and construct validity. questions were designed to require the selection of answers from a list of options or a likert-type scale. questionnaires were distributed: (i) via an appointment at gp practices located from the hpcsa website (http://www.hpcsa.co.za); and (ii) electronically via an email containing a hyperlink to the questionnaire housed online on survey monkey (http://www.surveymonkey.com). in addition, a medical directory service, medpages, circulated the hyperlink to their distribution list of gps. informed consent was obtained by selecting the link to the questionnaire. ethics approval was obtained from the human research ethics committee (hrec) of the university of the witwatersrand (reference m120405). results the demographic distribution of the participant gps is shown in table 1. the majority (38%) were practising in gauteng province. perceptions, attitudes and beliefs when asked ‘do you promote pa to your patients?’, 213 (84%) gps answered ‘yes’, 2 (1%) answered ‘no’, and 39 (15%) responded ‘sometimes’. of those who answered the question affirmatively, 217 (87%) stated the reason as being for treatment and health promotion, 6 (2%) stated the reason as being for treatment alone, and 23 (9%) stated that the sole reason was for the purposes of health promotion. the response of the gps to a number of attitudinal statements is depicted in table 2. almost all gps stated that they regularly advised their patients on the benefits of pa. over three-quarters believed that they could be effective in persuading patients to increase their pa levels, and most believed they were equipped with the necessary knowledge. the majority of responders strongly believed that promoting pa is an important part of primary healthcare. table 3 summarises the responses of gps to statements regarding conditions for which they were most likely to give advice. the condition most likely to receive frequent advice on pa was overweight and obesity followed by type 2 diabetes mellitus (dm). a large majority of responders also indicated that they would provide pa advice for hyperlipidaemia, type 1 dm and hypertension. on the other hand, approximately one-third indicated that they would never provide pa advice to patients with cystic fibrosis, multiple sclerosis (ms), parkinson’s disease (pd) and alzheimer’s disease. knowledge the gps’ knowledge of the conditions for which there is evidence for the beneficial effects of pa is shown in table 4. the gps’ knowledge of the evidence for the benefits of pa in hypertension, psychological wellbeing, muscular strength and weight control was good. responses varied across the spectrum for the evidence for pa in alzheimer’s disease and risk of breast cancer. the gps’ knowledge of exercise prescription and current recommendations of the levels of activity required was further assessed through a series of questions. the table 1. demographic distribution of gp participants province n (%) gauteng 83 (38) western cape 47 (22) kwazulu-natal 31 (14) eastern cape 17 (8) limpopo 11(5) free state 11 (5) mpumalanga 6 (3) north west 6 (3) northern cape 5 (2) no answer 39 (15) table 2. responses to statements relating to attitudes of gps towards promoting pa statement n (%) strongly agree agree disagree strongly disagree unsure i regularly advise my patients about the benefits of pa 146 (58) 99 (39) 9 (4) 0 (0) 0 (0) i believe that i can be effective in persuading patients to increase their pa levels 89 (35) 120 (48) 28 (11) 4 (2) 11 (5) i have sufficient knowledge to advise patients about pa 71 (28) 142 (56) 29 (12) 2 (1) 9 (4) i try to encourage as many patients as possible to increase or continue their pa levels 106 (43) 123 (49) 16 (6) 1 (0) 3 (1) i only discuss pa if the patient mentions it 7 (3) 19 (8) 106 (42) 114 (45) 9 (4) promoting pa is an important part of primary healthcare 190 (75) 61 (24) 1 (0) 2 (1) 0 (0) any amount of pa is beneficial to health 134 (54) 95 (38) 17 (7) 5 (2) 0 (0) only vigorous/strenuous activity is beneficial to health 4 (2) 12 (5) 133 (53) 90 (36) 14 (6) pa = physical activity. http://www.hpcsa.co.za http://www.surveymonkey.com 20 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 majority of gps (96%) indicated that they would recommend aerobic exercise 3 5 days per week. most (89%) indicated that they would advise a 20 40-min duration of pa to gain benefits; however, over half (55%) believed that exercise at 70 80% of the maximum heart rate (hrmax) was required to obtain such benefits. the majority of the gps (86%) agreed that resistance training results in health benefits, and 96% believed that flexibility exercises result in health benefits. patient education and referral fifty-four (21%) gps indicated that they provided written material regarding pa to their patients, typically disseminated in the form of their own advice (65%) or available brochures (44%). other handouts and online information were used in less than one-third of cases. the most common type of pa recommended by gps was walking (89%), followed by running (46%), joining a gym (44%), swimming table 3. conditions for which gps indicated they would give advice regarding pa condition n (%) always sometimes occasionally never arthritis 109 (45) 89 (37) 34 (14) 12 (5) rheumatoid arthritis 86 (36) 83 (35) 51 (21) 18 (8) sports injuries 152 (62) 65 (27) 18 (7) 10 (4) occupational injuries 102 (42) 96 (40) 36 (15) 8 (3) back pain 162 (65) 62 (25) 21 (8) 5 (2) hypertension 178 (72) 53 (21) 15 (6) 3 (1) heart failure 74 (30) 76 (31) 60 (24) 36 (15) hyperlipidaemia 188 (75) 40 (16) 15 (6) 7 (3) angina/ischaemia 88 (36) 86 (35) 38 (16) 31 (13) asthma 97 (40) 81 (33) 43 (18) 23 (9) copd 60 (25) 89 (37) 55 (23) 37 (15) cystic fibrosis 44 (20) 52 (23) 40 (18) 88 (39) obesity/overweight 230 (91) 16 (6) 6 (2) 0 (0) type 1 dm 183 (73) 42 (17) 23 (9) 3 (1) type 2 dm 210 (84) 28 (11) 11 (4) 0 (0) thyroid disorders 62 (26) 80 (32) 60 (25) 41 (17) ms 39 (17) 49 (22) 69 (30) 71 (31) depression 152 (61) 60 (24) 25 (10) 14 (6) pd 39 (17) 58 (25) 67 (29) 69 (30) alzheimer’s disease 36 (16) 50 (22) 70 (30) 74 (32) opportunistically in all patients 83 (36) 96 (41) 38 (16) 17 (7) copd = chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; dm = diabetes mellitus; ms = multiple sclerosis; pd = parkinson’s disease. table 4. gp knowledge regarding evidence for the beneficial effects of pa on various conditions statement regarding condition n (%) strong evidence some evidence no evidence unsure reduces risk of hypertension 212 (83) 37 (15) 4 (2) 2 (1) reduces blood pressure in known hypertensives 212 (83) 37 (15) 2 (1) 3 (1) reduces death from ischaemic heart disease 175 (69) 61 (24) 4 (2) 12 (5) reduces risk of alzheimer’s disease 40 (16) 87 (35) 39 (16) 83 (33) improves psychological well-being 211 (84) 35 (14) 1 (0) 4 (2) reduces risk of breast cancer 42 (17) 79 (32) 45 (18) 84 (34) improves muscular strength 231 (91) 21 (8) 0 (0) 2 (1) assists in weight control 223 (88) 31 (12) 0 (0) 0 (0) sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 21 (43%) and cycling (38%). in response to being asked to whom they would most likely refer their patients, the most popular route of referral by the gps was to a biokineticist, followed by to a gym and a physiotherapist (fig. 1). discussion gps are in a unique position to provide advice on, and promote, pa on a primary-care level. this study indicates that sa gps regularly advise on the benefits of pa, and promote pa to as many of their patients as possible. in addition, they appear to be confident and enthusiastic about providing pa advice. our study found that more sa gps felt that they had sufficient knowledge to advise patients on pa, than their uk counterparts.[15,16] the belief that promoting pa is an important part of primary healthcare was felt more strongly in our group than in any other study.[15-17] this implies that sa gps have bought into the notion that exercise is medicine, and agree that they have a role to play in promoting pa to their patients. the patients most likely to receive advice on pa were those with chronic diseases of lifestyle, such as overweight, diabetes, hyperlipidaemia and hypertension. we compared the present data with those of other studies and found that sa gps consistently had one of the highest rates of ‘always’ advising pa for these conditions. [15,17-19] in addition, our findings showed that sa gps frequently provide advice opportunistically in all patients. this is perhaps reflective of their beliefs on the importance of pa in primary healthcare. on the other hand, despite the growing body of evidence to suggest that regular pa may improve the physical outcomes and reduce the rate of progression of neurological diseases such as pd and ms,[20,21] only a minority of gps advised patients with these diseases on the benefits of pa. it is important for patients to receive the correct information in order to undertake sufficient pa for health benefits. largescale epidemiological studies have reported on the dose-response relationship between pa and health. this has led to recommendations for pa to include 150 min of moderate-intensity aerobic activity or 70 min of vigorous-intensity aerobic activity, or a combination of the two, each week.[3] generally, the knowledge of gps regarding the frequency and duration of pa required for health benefits was good. however, over half of the gps believed that one needed to exercise at vigorous intensity in order to gain health benefits. this is despite several published guidelines that include both moderateand vigorous-intensity exercise, with the former being presumably safer and more practical for the general public. perhaps the area where gps require assistance is in the method in which pa is promoted. in our study, very few gps reported providing any written information to their patients. to this end, exercisereferral schemes, specifically exercise is medicine, provide useful resources such as information and brochures. likewise, gps should be encouraged to refer their patients to other professionals. sa is unique in that it is one of the only countries to have a dedicated healthcare professional type, a biokineticist, specialising in the prescription of exercise and promotion of pa. notably, over one-quarter of the gps in our sample did not refer their patients for exercise, and less than one half referred their patients to a biokineticist and gym, in line with a similar study by barrett et al.[18] this is despite encouragement in the current literature to connect primary care with other professionals in the pursuit of promoting pa.[3] study limitations a limitation of our study is the traditionally low response rate in gp surveys; albeit, our study had a similar response rate to that of other studies.[16] admittedly, it is hard to believe that, with the majority of gps promoting pa, it has not made a bigger impact on the health of the nation. therefore, it is safe to assume that this study may not be reflective of sa gps as a whole. further studies should be aimed at adding to this research on a wider scale. a second limitation is that our study did not address the possible barriers to pa promotion. time constraints, lack of protocols, education and training, and other priorities have all been cited in the literature as possible barriers to promoting pa on a primary care level.[22] further research should address the potential and perceived barriers to the implementation of the exercise is medicine scheme in sa. conclusion gps are the cornerstone of public health, and they have the potential to influence population levels of activity on a large scale. physicians have been shown to be effective in changing smoking behaviours, and we should expect the same for physical inactivity.[23] in patients who require more supportive measures, gps are encouraged to provide standardised educational material and to refer to specialised professionals such as biokineticists, physiotherapists or fitness trainers. it can be concluded that gps agree on the importance of pa promotion in primary care, and believe they have a role to play in this area. clear practice guidelines are needed to promote pa in a way that will have an impact at the population level. to this effect, exercise is medicine in the sa context brings with it exciting prospects. moreover, fig. 1. gps’ preferred route of referral. pa is free and consequently a viable alternative to pharmaceuticals. for a resource-scarce country such as sa, the promotion of pa at a primary care level could have a massive impact on the health and longevity of the nation. acknowledgements. the authors thank all participant gps, as well as the marketing department of medpages for assistance in distributing the survey. references 1. vuori i, andersen lb. exercise as disease prevention. in: kjaer m, krogsgaard m, magnusson p, et al., eds. textbook of sportmedicine: basic science and clinical aspects of sports injury and physical activity. london: blackwell science, 2003:315336. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/9780470757277.ch15] 2. bauman ae. updating the evidence that physical activity is good for health: an epidemiological review 2000–2003. j sci med sport 2004;7(1):6-19. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/s1440-2440(04)80273-1] 3. sallis r. exercise is medicine and physicians need to prescribe it! br j sports med 2009;43(1):3-4. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2008.054825] 4. haskell wl, lee i, pate rr, et al. physical activity and public health: updated recommendation for adults from the american college of sports medicine and the american heart association. med sci sports exerc 2007;39(8):1423. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3180616b27] 5. van zyl s, van der merwe lj, walsh cm, groenewald aj, van rooyen fc. risk-factor profiles for chronic diseases of lifestyle and metabolic syndrome in an urban and rural setting in south africa. african journal of primary health care & family medicine 2012;4(1):1-10. [http://dx.doi.org/10.4102/phcfm.v4i1.346] 6. walter cm, du randt r, venter djl. the physical activity and health status of two generations of black south african professional women. health sa gesondheid 2011;16(1):1-9. [http://dx.doi.org/10.4102/hsag.v16i1.538] 7. mayosi bm, flisher aj, lalloo ug, sitas f, tollman sm, bradshaw d. health in south africa 4: the burden of non-communicable diseases in south africa. lancet 2009;374(9693):934-947. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(09)61087-4] 8. bradshaw d, norman r, pieterse d, levitt ns. estimating the burden of disease attributable to diabetes in south africa in 2000. s afr med j 2007;97(8):700-706. 9. morris jn. exercise in the prevention of coronary heart disease: today’s best buy in public health. med sci sports exerc 1994;26(7):807. 10. anderson lh, martinson bc, crain al, et al. health care charges associated with physical inactivity, overweight, and obesity. preventing chronic disease 2005;2(4):1-12. 11. pronk np, goodman mj, o’connor pj, martinson bc. relationship between modifiable health risks and short-term health care charges. jama 1999;282(23):22352239. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jama.282.23.2235] 12. katzmarzyk pt, gledhill n, shephard rj. the economic burden of physical inactivity in canada. cmaj 2000;163(11):1435-1440. 13. holtzhausen l. may news from exercise is medicine. bloemfontein: south afrian sports medicine association (sasma), 2010. http://www.sasma.org.za (accessed 29 october 2012). 14. pavey t, taylor a, fox k, et al. effect of exercise referral schemes in primary care on physical activity and improving health outcomes: systematic review and metaanalysis. bmj 2011;343:d6462. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.d6462] 15. lawlor da, keen s, neal rd. increasing population levels of physical activity through primary care: gps’ knowledge, attitudes and self-reported practice. fam pract 1999;16(3):250-254. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/fampra/16.3.250] 16. bock c, diehm c, schneider s. physical activity promotion in primary health care: results from a german physician survey. eur j gen pract 2012;18(2):86-91. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.3109/13814788.2012.675504] 17. al shehabi fa, ali nh, al-khalif gh, radwan mm. knowledge, attitudes and practices of general practitioners towards physical activity in the capital health region, kuwait. bull alex fac med 2006;42(4):933-934. 18. barrett em, darker cd, hussey j. promotion of physical activity in primary care: knowledge and practice of general practitioners and physiotherapists. j public health 2012:21(1):63-69. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10389-012-0512-0] 19. douglas f, torrance n, van teijlingen e, meloni s, kerr a. primary care staff ’s views and experiences related to routinely advising patients about physical activity: a questionnaire survey. bmc public health 2006;6(1):138. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1186/1471-2458-6-138] 20. goodwin va, richards sh, taylor rs, taylor ah, campbell jl. the effectiveness of exercise interventions for people with parkinson’s disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis. movement disorders 2008;23(5):631-640. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ mds.21922] 21. white lj, dressendorfer rh. exercise and multiple sclerosis. sports medicine 2004;34(15):1077-1100. [http://dx.doi.org/0112-1642/04/0015-1077/$31.00/0] 22. graham r, dugdill l, cable n. health professionals’ perspectives in exercise referral: implications for the referral process. ergonomics 2005;48(11-14):1411-1422. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1080/00140130500101064] 23. sallis r. developing healthcare systems to support exercise: exercise as the fifth vital sign. br j sports med 2011;45(6):473-474. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2010.083469] http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/9780470757277.ch15] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2008.054825] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3180616b27] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3180616b27] http://dx.doi.org/10.4102/phcfm.v4i1.346] http://dx.doi.org/10.4102/hsag.v16i1.538] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736 http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jama.282.23.2235] http://www.sasma.org.za http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.d6462] http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/fampra/16.3.250] http://dx.doi.org/10.3109/13814788.2012.675504] http://dx.doi.org/10.3109/13814788.2012.675504] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10389-012-0512-0] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-6-138] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-6-138] http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/mds.21922] http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/mds.21922] http://dx.doi.org/0112-1642/04/0015-1077/$31.00/0] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00140130500101064] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00140130500101064] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.083469] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.083469] sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 53 case study underlying cardiac abnormalities are the main cause of unexpected death in athletes on field. these abnormalities have been associated with a previous history of syncope, a family history of sudden cardiac arrest (sca), cardiac murmur, a history of over-exhaustion post exercise and ventricular tachyarrhythmia during physical activity. the timely diagnosis of susceptible athletes may assist with an appropriate management plan for these individuals, and allow for the prevention of premature death in sport. a young football player was screened for sca risk using the fundamental components of the pre-participation examination (ppe) – essentially, a medical history, a resting and stress electrocardiogram, and an echocardiogram to support clinical findings. the case is submitted with consideration of the applicable literature to accentuate the importance of using ppe to prevent sca in young athletes. s afr j sm 2013;25(2):53-54. doi:10.7196/sajsm.469 sudden cardiac arrest risk in young athletes p j-l gradidge,1 msc (med) (biokinetics); d constantinou,1 mb bch, bsc med (hons), ffims; l goldberg,2 md, phd, fesc 1 centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 department of cardiology, wits donald gordon medical centre, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: p j-l gradidge (philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za) the foremost cause of death on field in children and young athletes is sudden cardiac arrest (sca), with an increased number of cases worldwide over the past decade.[1] although sca prevalence is relatively low in the global adult athletic community (1/65 000 1/200 000), it represents a large majority (75%) of deaths during exercise. [1,2] the fédération internationale de football association (fifa) is leading the drive to ensure that the pre-participation examination (ppe) – the template of which is available on the fifa website – becomes a mandatory component of a football player’s career.[1,3] the key element in the ppe is the resting and stress electrocardiogram (ecg), which is arguably the most vital component in identifying sca risk.[1] use of the ppe would serve to avoid future sca incidences among amateur and professional football players alike. the most recent example of sca was that of the high-profile footballer, fabrice muamba, who collapsed suddenly on field at age 23 years; after cardiac arrest that lasted 78 minutes, he was resuscitated and consequently discharged from hospital several weeks later.[4] on the other hand, a medical team failed to revive italian footballer, piermario morosini, following sca.[5] these incidences of sca and sudden cardiac death (scd) could have been avoided; in the former case, by the use of ppe, and in the latter, by having adequately trained staff present on field. maron’s[6] comprehensive review on the policy regarding the prevention of unexpected mortality in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy adds valuable insight into the use of ppe as a screening tool. the emphasis of pre-competition medical assessment is on risk stratification; although it is strongly advocated by the football community worldwide, it is not always included as an essential procedure in developing african countries. the main objectives of this study were therefore to emphasise the importance of such risk stratification, using a case study focused on an asymptomatic athlete at risk of sca as an example. case a 23-year-old south african male football player, involved in amateurlevel football, was referred for examination. he was a non-smoker who had no health complaints, and claimed good effort tolerance. the individual had never experienced blackouts, typical angina or palpitations. there was no known allergy, he did not drink alcohol and he had no family history (fh) of scd. however, his mother had a history of hypertension. on examination, his general appearance was normal. he was not pale and did not show signs of clubbed fingers. neither enlargement of the thyroid gland nor signs of thyrotoxicosis were present. his jugular venous pulse was not raised. arterial pulses at all sites of examination were present and he had normal characteristics, with no delays. his heart rate (hr) in the supine position was 42 beats per min (bpm) and irregular. on the other hand, his hr in the standing position was 74 bpm and regular. his resting blood pressure was 110/68 mmhg. his first heart sound (s1) was normal and there was a short ejection systolic murmur (esm) of 1 2/6. his second heart sound (s2) occurred with physiological split. a short bruit could be heard over both the carotid arteries and abdominal aorta. his chest was clear and showed no signs of any anomaly. an abdominal examination proved unremarkable and no peripheral oedema was present. investigations and key findings resting ecg the individual’s sinus rhythm was 42 bpm; mobitz 1 (wenckebach phenomenon) 3:2 and 2:1 atrioventricular block (avb) were found in the supine position, as well as early repolarisation syndrome. an mailto:philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za 54 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 ecg was done in the prone position, showing an hr of 74 bpm, 1st avb and mobitz 1 avb. stress ecg when undergoing an effort ecg, the participant reached peak exercise levels at the fifth stage of the bruce protocol when the test was terminated, specifically at 14:37 min of exercise, corresponding to 17.1 metabolic equivalnts. his peak hr was 193 bpm (98% of predicted maximum) and he exhibited no chest pain, ischaemic ecg changes, conduction abnormalities or early repolarisation during the exercise stress test. echocardiogram a normal-size aorta was found, with no aortic co-arctation. he had a normal 3-cusp aortic valve. the left atrium was 3.5 cm and the intraventricular septum of the left ventricle was 0.99 cm in the mid-segment. the end-diastolic dimension/end-systolic dimension was 4.9/2.9 cm and the ejection fraction was 0.72. there were no regional wall motion abnormalities. there was mild degeneration of the medial cusp of the anterior mitral valve leaflet associated with minimal mitral regurgitation. the right ventricle, right atrium and pulmonary artery, however, were normal. there was trace pulmonary regurgitation and tri cuspid regurgitation. his pulmonary arterial pressure was 21.7 mmhg. discussion examination revealed clear signs of cardiac anomalies in an otherwise asymptomatic, fit, young athlete. this 23-year-old male football player had features of athletic heart: prominent bradycardia, avb 1 2 degree (mobitz 1) and early repolarisation syndrome. there was a possible degree of atrioventricular conduction abnormalities, which is somewhat unusual; it was suggested that he should concentrate on skills development rather than on endurance training. his esm was assessed as being functional. however, in light of the aforementioned anomalies, blood tests should be conducted, including thyroid stimulating hormone, full blood count, n-terminal prob-type natriuretic peptide (nt-probnp) and iron studies. the mild mitral valve prolapse would require antibiotic prophylaxis in certain situations, such as dental procedures. the majority of documented cases of sca and scd occurred in asymptomatic athletes such as presented in this case; nevertheless, there was clear evidence of cardiac anomalies and potential risk. recently published research showed that 61% of young urban football players were at risk of sca, even though they showed no physical evidence of predisposition.[7] interestingly, some of the underlying causes of sca risk that were stressed in the study included: cardiac risk factors, such as cardiac murmur (8%); a history of fainting during sporting activity (21%); and an fh of sca (11%).[7] similarly, a survey of healthy italian young male athletes found that about 2% of the sample had underlying cardiac anomalies with the potential for future cardiac conditions.[8] the findings of these and other studies confirm that asymptomatic athletes may have hidden characteristics that could ultimately predispose the athletic population to severe cardiac events during exercise. a comprehensive ppe would enable such athletes to participate in physical activity and exercise with an awareness of the underlying abnormalities, essentially serving to evade future premature mortality on field. it the case described here, it is relevant to have the detailed evaluation of the player; should he end up with any problem, or be re-assessed, there is a point of reference for comparative purposes and to determine whether further pathology has developed. conclusion use of an ecg as an essential component of the medical assessment may result in a lower incidence of sca and consequent death in athletes. failure to perform routine ppes among athletes can have tragic consequences. we recommend that exclusive medical attention be offered to all amateur and elite athletes in all sporting codes, particularly in individuals with signs indicative of risk. the use of an ecg in the screening process alone is not sufficient to preclude sca, but should form part of a battery of tests. these would ideally prevent potential false-positive evaluation results that may initiate further superfluous assessments and tests. a cross-discipline approach to ppe in sport should be developed using the fifa approach,[1] but this needs to have a strong evidence base before implementation in nonfootball-related disciplines. references 1. kramer e, dvorak j, kloeck w. review of the management of sudden cardiac arrest on the football field. br j sports med 2010;44(8):540-545. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2010.074526] 2. harmon kg, asif im, klossner d, drezner ja. incidence of sudden cardiac death in national collegiate athletic association athletes. circulation 2011;123:1594-1600. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1161/circulationaha.110.004622] 3. f-marc. fifa pre-competition medical assessment (pcma). http://fifa.com (accessed 3 april 2013). 4. redhead j, gordon j. emergencies in sports medicine. oxford: oxford university press, 2012. 5. sky news. footballer dies after collapsing on pitch. http://news.sky.com/ story/10158/footballer-dies-after-collapsing-on-pitch (accessed 3 april 2013). 6. maron bj. contemporary insights and strategies for risk stratification and prevention of sudden death in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. circulation 2010;121:445-456. [http:// dx.doi.org/ 10.1161/circulationaha.109.878579] 7. gradidge pj, constantinou d, fiddes j, hoosain m, williams m. sudden cardiac arrest risk profiling of urban johannesburg footballers. south african journal for physical, health education, recreation and dance 2012;dec (suppl 2):247-254. 8. rizzo m, spataro a, cecchetelli c, et al. structural cardiac disease diagnosed by echocardiography in asymptomatic young male soccer players: implications for preparticipation screening. br j sports med 2012;46:371-373. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2011.08569] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.074526] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.074526] http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/circulationaha.110.004622] http://fifa.com http://news.sky.com/ http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/circulationaha.109.878579] http://dx.doi.org/10.1161/circulationaha.109.878579] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2011.08569] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2011.08569] sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 27 commentary brain damage risk in diving there is a substantial body of research on the neurological and neuropsychological effects of compressed gas diving that occurs in both the recreational and occupational spheres. a recent review of diving practice indicates that there are approximately 7 million divers active worldwide, and about 500 000 training every year,1 despite the fact that it is accompanied by a number of brain-related hazards including hypoxia, gas toxicity, bubble-related insults and decompression illness (dci).* in a survey of 770 divers beckett and kordick2 indicated that half of these divers (53%) had suspected decompression symptoms. similarly, in a study of 156 air and saturation divers 51% had dci, 33% of these with neurological symptoms.3 in contrast to the high risk of dci implied by these figures, vann et al.4 suggest that if appropriate decompression procedures are followed, dci is uncommon and incidence declines. they suggest that acceptable risk for commercial diving is 0.1% for mild cases and 0.025% for serious cases; for us navy diving acceptable risk is 2% for mild cases and 0.1% for serious cases. however, these authors concede that there are insufficient data for accurate estimates of incidence of decompression sickness both in the recreational and commercial spheres, and that incidence figures based on dives made well within maximum exposure limits of accepted procedures are an underestimate of the true rates at maximum limits. notwithstanding uncertainty around the rate of occurrence of frank dci, there is growing emphasis on the fact that divers may be suffering subtle symptoms that they do not recognise as dci, and/or be suffering subclinical effects of repetitive ‘silent’ paradoxical gas embolisms that may have long-term deleterious neurological consequences.5,6 as reviewed in wilmhurst,6 neuroradiological investigations on divers predominantly provide support for brain-related changes in association with diving. a series of studies have investigated long-term/cumulative neurological and neurocognitive effects via objective psychometric testing of divers in contrast to demographically matched non-diving controls, with outcome implicating deleterious cns effects. outcomes included prolonged reaction time scores for construction divers;7 significantly poorer learning and short-term memory performance, and a tendency to sacrifice accuracy for speed for commercial abalone divers;8 and performance deficits in number of reference memory errors and navigation behaviour of construction divers.9 a cohort of divers who complained of forgetfulness were differentiated from divers without this complaint, on the basis of being significantly more impaired with regard to objective memory tests.10 further of note are studies that provide evidence for cumulative deleterious effects in association with repeat-diving. the study of aarli et al.,11 investigating for cns dysfunction, documented no significant changes in any of the professional divers immediately after one dive, but there was clear-cut impairment in a group who had performed two dives three months apart. research by vaernes et al.12 points to how repeated deep-diving activity is likely to result in greater neuropsychological impairment. it appears that, for professional divers with high exposure to decompression stress, the incidence of intellectual decline may be as high as 50%,13 and accordingly the concern is expressed that diving may produce residual intellectual decline equivalent to dementia or ‘punch-drunk syndrome’ as described in association with years of competitive participation in boxing. finally, a very recent study of military divers without a history of dci demonstrated higher motor and decision reaction times among very experienced divers logging extensive diving hours, cerebral damage in diving: taking the cue from sports concussion medicine ann b shuttleworth-edwards (phd) victoria j whitefield-alexander (phd) national sports concussion initiative, department of psychology, rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa correspondence to: ann edwards (a.edwards@ru.ac.za) abstract within the compressed gas diving arena there is a risk of cerebral damage with deleterious neuropsychological sequelae in association with decompression illness (dci), hypoxia, gas toxicity, as well as the cumulative subclinical effect of ‘silent’ paradoxical gas embolisms, the last being an area of growing concern. however, within diving medicine there is little evidence of the regular use of neuropsychological evaluation to monitor brain-related sequelae of frequent diving activity. in contrast, in recent years there has been an explosion of interest in the management of sports concussive injury, including emphasis on the pivotal role of neuropsychological evaluation within that context. taking the cue from sports concussion medicine, it is proposed that there is an urgent need to incorporate neurocognitive baseline and follow-up screening as a core component in the medical management of those involved in intensive commercial and recreational compressed air diving activities. the objective would be to facilitate (i) accurate neurodiagnostic follow-up of frank dci or an identifiable hypoxic or toxic incident; (ii) timeous identification of cumulative deleterious effects of repetitive subclinical hypoxic/toxic incidents and/or ‘silent’ paradoxical gas embolisms that might affect them in later life; and (iii) disability assessment following any such events or the combination thereof for rehabilitation and compensation purposes. *the reader is referred elsewhere for a more comprehensive delineation of the physiological mechanisms involved in injury to the nervous system in association with diving, including decompression illness, hypoxia, gas toxicity and ‘silent’ paradoxical gas embolisms, 4,5,25 which are beyond the scope of the current article. 28 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 compared with less experienced military divers with significantly fewer diving hours.5 this study points to the possibility that cerebral lesions may occur after diving even without apparent dci. in essence, the neurocognitive decrements reported across the above-cited studies in association with diving participation fall broadly within the ambits of short-term memory, attentional abilities, processing speed and reaction time. parallels between cerebral injury in field contact sport and diving despite very different neuropathological underpinnings, it is apparent that from a neuropsychological perspective a number of parallels can be drawn between cerebral injury sustained via participation in a field contact sport and compressed gas diving activity. reviews indicate that the incidence of sustaining a concussion in american football or rugby union at adult level over a series of seasons is 42% and 50%, respectively.14 declines in neurocognitive function are more clearly evident when there is a history of two or more concussions and more extended periods of high-level participation in the sport, and it is commonly acknowledged that effects may go unrecognised or be subclinical, yet have cumulative deleterious longterm effects.15 finally, there is a substantial body of research that points to permanent neurocognitive consequences of concussive and cumulative subconcussive injury in association with american football, soccer, and rugby union,15 including diminished short-term memory, processing speed, reaction time, and attentional abilities. accordingly, while the incidence of concussion documented in the rugby-football sports appears considerably higher than the apparent incidence of dci under suitably controlled conditions,4 the following broad-based similarities exist between the two contexts. firstly, to a greater or lesser extent, there is known risk for the frank occurrence of a cerebrally noxious event to take place (i.e. concussion or dci) that may/may not be accompanied by persisting neuropsychological dysfunction. in both forums, albeit for different reasons, there is growing concern for ‘silent’ subclinical neurological damage in association with participation in these activities, with deleterious neurocognitive consequences. evidence for the presence of such neuropsychological dysfunction is enhanced in association with prolonged, repetitive and/or professional level participation in each of these activities. finally, the neurocognitive consequences in association with cerebral damage sustained through participation in both contact sport and diving, albeit of different neuropathological origin, are nevertheless functionally similar, falling broadly within the areas of short-term memory, attentional abilities, processing speed and reaction time. therefore, from a neuropsychological perspective, equivalent screening mechanisms for deleterious outcome due to cerebral damage that may occur in association with contact sport and diving (although neuropathogically distinct) are entirely in order. routine screening for neuropsychological impairment in divers despite the parallels that can be drawn around the occurrence and long-term outcome of neurological damage in association with concussion and diving-related brain impairment, there are marked differences in terms of how this aspect is medically managed within the two arenas. with regard to sports concussion, there has been an explosion of interest in the problem over the last decade, including the convening of three international conferences to initiate up-todate recommendations for optimal medical management of the concussive injury.16-18 one of the core guidelines to emerge from these seminal meetings is that individualised medical management of the concussed athlete is recommended including the use of neuropsychological assessment, optimally under the guidance of neuropsychologists who are considered to be ‘in the best position’ to interpret neuropsychological tests.18,19 in contrast, underwater medicine appears to be a relatively neglected area, notably in terms of neuropsychological involvement, with the main attention still being paid to emergency care of respiratory crises with neurological consequences, rather than long-term aftercare including the assessment of disability for compensation purposes.20,21 ironically, there was an international consensus conference on the long-term health effects of diving that pre-dated the first of the concussion in sport consensus conferences22 at which longitudinal follow-up of divers was recommended. however, it appears that the convening of a forum of this type out of concern for the medical management of divers in particular (rather than hyperbaric medicine more generally) was not repeated, nor did it result in the implementation of neurocognitive screening on a routine or wide basis. a comprehensive pubmed and biomed search confirms the impression that any formally stated recommendation concerning neuropsychological evaluation as a routine part of the medical examination of commercial or recreational divers has never been in place, and continues to be neglected. specific issues pertaining to neuropsychological assessment a number of neurocognitive screening programmes based on well-researched traditional neuropsychological test stimuli (i.e. having good face validity as neuropsychological instruments) have been especially developed within the sports concussion arena. these might be considered for use in the diving context, e.g. anam, headminder and impact.23 of these the impact programme, now in its fourth updated version, is the most commonly employed test of its kind worldwide, and is an hpcsaapproved test for use within south africa. the recommended mechanism within the spor ts arena is to conduct baseline neurocognitive evaluation on individuals prior to engagement in the cerebrally hazardous activity using a recognised instrument of this type for comparative purposes with follow-up testing after a cerebrally harmful event. specifically, the impact test provides an automated report on six cognitive composites that incorporate the functional areas described above that are typically implicated following the decompression event, viz. memor y function, attentional abilities, reaction time and processing speed. a strength of the impact programme is the incorporation of a 24-item check list of neuropsychiatric symptoms that are typically in evidence after concussion. recently, a special adaptation of impact has been developed for work within the militar y, keeping the neurocognitive aspect intact, but making adjustments to the demographic and symptom questionnaires. 24 similarly, for use within the diving context it would be possible to tailor-make the programme to include relevant details such as prior history of any incident of dci, years involved in diving, estimate of number of dives completed, and purpose of diving. furthermore, it would be possible to ensure that the symptom checklist incorporates neuropsychiatric sequelae that have regularly been described in association of decompression illness. symptoms following diffuse cerebral presentations such as concussion and sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 29 dci var y widely and are nonspecific, with many sequelae in common, such as ‘dizziness’, ‘headache’, ‘difficulty remembering’, ‘numbness’, ‘tingling’, ‘difficulty concentrating’ and ‘fatigue’. from a neuropsychological point of view, it is of prime diagnostic value to have a testee’s idiosyncratic self-report symptom profile, in addition to the objective psychometric test profile, when drawing conclusions concerning the presence or absence of neurological fall-out and/or the extent of disability. conclusions as a matter of some urgency, it would seem appropriate for diving medicine to consider taking the cue from sports concussion medicine, specifically with regard to the incorporation of neuropsychological evaluation (such as is widely applied within professional and amateur contact sports) to monitor its cerebrally hazardous injury. ideally, this would involve the initiation of computerised neurocognitive baseline screening, and follow-up testing in the wake of any dci incident, as well as other identifiable hypoxic or toxic respiratory incidents, to establish the extent of disability. importantly, comparative baseline screening for divers on an annual or a bi-annual basis would provide the platform to establish the presence of ‘silent’ cognitive decline implicating the insidious onset of brain dysfunction that may affect them in the long term, such as may not be immediately in the diver’s awareness or apparent during a regular medical examination. as dci appears to be a relatively uncommon and declining occurrence, especially when under controlled conditions (compared with the incidence of the concussive incident in contact sport), the initiation of routine neurocognitive baseline testing in all contexts might be deemed to be unwarranted. nevertheless, it is still a distinct risk, and taken together with the growing concern for subclinical neuropathological changes due to paradoxical gas embolisms, such testing would appear to be the advised route to follow for those involved in recurrent compressed gas diving activity. at the very least, the implementation of longitudinal studies of both occupational and recreational divers utilising computerised neurocognitive testing with a tool such as impact is indicated, to capture immediate and enduring neuropsychological outcome of both clearly identifiable as well as ‘silent’ neuropathological events. acknowledgements this article is based on a paper presented by invitation at the 17th international congress of hyperbaric medicine (ichm), cape town convention centre, cape town, south africa, 16 19 march 2011. funding for costs involved in the preparation and earlier presentation of this review was facilitated by national research fund (nrf) incentive funding, and a rhodes university joint research council (jrc) grant. declaration of conflict of interests the authors are involved in implementing the impact programme in south africa and the uk for research and clinical purposes. references 1. levett d, millar i. bubble trouble: a review of diving physiology and disease. postgrad med j 2008;84(997):571-578. 2. beckett a, kordick m. risk factors for dive injury: a survey study. research in sports medicine 2007;(15):3-201. 3. todnem k, nyland h, kambestad b, aarli j. influence of occupational diving upon the nervous system: an epidemiological study. british journal of industrial medicine 1990;47(708):714. 4. vann r, butler f, mitchell s, moon r. decompression illness. lancet 2011;377(9760):153-164. 5. kowalski j, varn a, rottger s, et al. neuropsychological deficits in scuba divers: an exploratory investigation. undersea hyperbaric medicine 2011;38(3):197-204. 6. wilmhurst p. brain damage in divers. bmj 1997;314(7082):689-690. 7. bast-pettersen r. long-term neuropsychological effects in non-saturation construction divers. aviation space and environmental medicine 1999;70(1):51-57. 8. williamson a, clarke b, edmonds c. the influence of diving variables on perceptual and cognitive functions in professional shallow-water (abalone) divers. environ res 1989;50(1):93-102. 9. leplow b, tetzlaff k, holl d, zeng l, reuter m. spatial orientation in contruction divers are there associations with diving experience? int arch occup environ health 2001;74(3):189-198. 10. taylor c, macdiarmid j, ross j, et al. objective neuropsychological test performance of professional divers reporting a subjective complaint of “forgetfulness or loss of concentration”. scand j work, environ health 2006;32(4):310-317. 11. aarli j, vaernes r, brubakk a, nyland h, skeidsvoll h, tonjum s. central nervous dysfunction associated with deep-sea diving. acta neurol scand 1985;71(1):2-10. 12. vaernes r, klove h, ellertsen b. neuropsychologic effects of saturation diving. undersea biomedical research 1989;16(3):233-251. 13. edmonds c, boughton j. intellectual deterioration with excessive diving (punch drunk divers). undersea biomedical research 1985;12(3):321-326. 14. shuttleworth-edwards ab, noakes td, radloff se, et al. the comparative incidence of reported concussions for follow-up management in south african rugby union. clin j sport med 2008;18(5):403-409. 15. shuttleworth-edwards ab, whitefield vj. ethically we can no longer sit on the fence: a neuropsychological perspective on the cerebrally hazardous contact sports. south african journal of sports medicine 2007;19(2):32-38. 16. aubry m, cantu r, dvorak j, et al. summary and agreement statement of the 1st international symposium on concussion in sport, vienna, 2001. clin j sport med 2002;12(1):6-11. 17. mccrory p, johnston k, meeuwisse w, et al. summary and agreement statement of the 2nd international conference on concussion in sport, prague, 2004. clin j sport med 2005;15(2):48-55. 18. mccrory p, meeuwisse w, johnston k, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport: the 3rd international conference on concussion in sport, zurich, november 2008. br j sports med 2009;43:i76-i84. 19. schatz p, moser rs. current issues in pediatric sports concussion. the clinical neuropsychologist 2011;25(6):1042-1057. 20. braatvedt g, mathew bg, corrall r. underwater medicine: a neglected area in accident and emergency specialist training. br j sports med 1991;25(2):102-103. 21. rozali a, khairuddin h, sherina m, zin b, sulaiman a. decompression illness secondary to occupational diving: recommended management based current legislation and practice in malaysia. med j malaysia 2008;63(2):166-169. 22. hope a, lund t, elliot d, halsey m, wiig h. long term health effects of diving. an international consensus conference, godoysund, norway, 6 10 june 1993. bergen: norwegian underwater technology centre/university of bergen, 1994. 23. guskiewicz km, bruce de, cantu rc, et al. national athletic trainers’ association position statement: management of sport-related concussion. journal of athletic training 2004;39:280-297. 24. lovell mr, collins m, pardini je, parodi a, yates a. management of cerebral concussion in military personnel: lessons learned from sports medicine. operative techniques in sports medicine 2005;13:212-221. 25. lishman w. organic psychiatry: the psychological consequences of cerebral disorder. 3rd ed. oxford, uk: blackwell science ltd., 1999. sajsm 376.indd original research sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 63 background. medial tibial stress syndrome (mtss) is the most common lower-leg injury in athletes, and is thought to be caused by bony overload. to prevent mtss, both pathophysiological and aetiological factors specific to mtss need to be identified. the intrinsic risk factors that contribute to the development of mtss are still uncertain. objective. to determine the intrinsic risk factors of mtss by sampling a large population of athletic mtss patients and controls. methods. athletes with mtss and control subjects were medically examined in terms of range of motion of the leg joints (hip abduction, adduction, internal and external range of motion; ankle plantar and dorsal flexion; hallux extension and flexion; subtalar inversion and eversion), measures of over-pronation and maximal calf girth. results. ninety-seven subjects agreed to participate in the study: 48 mtss patients and 49 active controls. the following variables were considered: gender, age, body mass index (bmi), hip abduction, hip adduction, internal and external hip range of rotation, ankle plantar and dorsal flexion, hallux flexion and extension, subtalar inversion and eversion, maximal calf girth, standing foot angle and navicular drop test. in multivariate logistic regression analysis, hip abduction (odds ratio (or) 0.82; 95% confidence interval (ci) 0.72 0.94), ankle plantar flexion (or 0.73; 95% ci 0.61 0.87) and subtalar inversion (or 1.24; 95% ci 1.10 1.41) were significantly associated with mtss. the nagelkerke r2 for this model was 0.76, indicating that 76% of the variance in the presence of mtss could be explained by these variables. conclusion. decreased hip abduction, decreased ankle plantar flexion and an increased subtalar inversion could be considered risk factors for mtss. s afr j sm 2013;25(3):63-67. doi:10.7196/sajsm.376 intrinsic factors associated with medial tibial stress syndrome in athletes: a large case-control study m winters,1 msc; h veldt,2 md; e w bakker,3,4 phd; m h moen,5,6 md, phd 1 university medical centre utrecht, department of rehabilitation, nursing science and sport, utrecht, the netherlands 2 rijnland medical centre, orthopedic department, leiderdorp, the netherlands 3 department of clinical epidemiology, biostatistics and bioinformatics, university of amsterdam, the netherlands 4 kbc haaglanden, the hague, the netherlands 5 bergman clinics, naarden, the netherlands 6 sports physician group, saint lucas andreas hospital, amsterdam, the netherlands corresponding author: m winters (marinuswinters@hotmail.com) medial tibial stress syndrome (mtss) is the most frequently seen overuse injury in the lower leg in jumping and running athletes.[1] commonly mtss is defined as 'exercise induced pain on the posteromedial border of the tibia’ plus the presence of ‘pain on palpation along the posteromedial border over five or more consecutive centimetres'.[2] until now, no effective strategies aimed at the prevention of mtss have been described in athletic populations.[3] for prevention, knowledge of the pathophysiological and aetiological risk factors specific to mtss is essential. regarding pathophysiology, mtss is thought to be a bony overload injury.[3] the most firm evidence for this is derived from a case control study, which showed that local bone-mineral density was decreased in mtss patients. a follow-up study concluded that bone-mineral density was restored when patients had recovered, confirming that the bony overload theory was likely.[4] regarding aetiological factors, several studies have been conducted. however, the intrinsic factors that contribute to the onset of mtss are still uncertain, since many studies have contradictory results. female gender, a high body mass index (bmi) and foot pronation were shown to be associated with mtss in several studies.[3] in addition to these factors, other possible risk factors for mtss have been studied as well, but mostly in small army populations;[2,5-7] consequently, the results may be not applicable to athletic populations. furthermore, the results of risk-factor studies are often conflicting. this may be the result of the variety of factors assessed and the small samples studied. the aim of this study was to determine the intrinsic risk factors for mtss by sampling a large population of athletic mtss patients and controls. with a better understanding of the risk factors for mtss, the prevention of the syndrome by targeting of these risk factors becomes more feasible. methods subjects and procedure subjects with mtss were recruited at the sports medical department of the rijnland medical centre when they signed up for treatment. to facilitate patient recruitment, local physiotherapists and general practitioners in the hospital area were informed about the study telephonically and by email. healthy athletic control subjects (aged ≥16 years) were recruited at the central institute of education for sports instructors (cios) in haarlem and the hague academy for physical education (halo) in the hague. one teacher at each location informed 64 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 all first-year students about the study and asked them to participate voluntarily. on average, the athletic controls performed approximately 15 hours of sports activities per week at school (mainly jumping and running activities). the athletic controls were free of mtss symptoms (leg pain during exercise) upon assessment. controls were excluded if they were not able to perform physical activity in the 6 months prior to the study’s start. mtss was defined as 'exercise induced pain along the posteromedial border' plus the presence of 'pain on palpation along the posteromedial border of the tibia over a length of five or more centimetres'.[2] patients (age ≥16 years) with mtss complaints persisting for longer than 2 weeks were included in the study when no tibial stress fracture or chronic exertional compartment syndrome (cecs) was suspected based on clinical examination. pain in tibial stress fractures is often focal, whereas pain in mtss is more diffuse. furthermore, in contrast with mtss, pain in tibial stress fractures is usually characterised by a sudden onset. patients with cecs usually indicate a burning, cramping pain over the involved compartment. pain increases with continued exercise and ceases after exercise.[8] patients with a history of lower-leg or foot fractures and patients who previously had surgery on the legs and feet were excluded. all participants signed informed consent. the local medical ethics committee approved the study prior to its commencement. demographic information and physical examination two sports physicians obtained the participants’ demographic information using a standardised form. gender (male/female), age (years), body weight (kg) and body length (cm) were recorded. the medical examination was conducted according to moen et al.[5] one sports physician performed the standardised physical exami nation in the test group with mtss, whereas the other performed this in the control group. a goniometer was used to assess articular range of motion (zimmer ltd., swindon, uk). this method has a good inter-observer reliability.[9,10] prior to this examination, several familiarisation sessions were held to minimise inter-observer error. the different parameters were examined as follows: • hip abduction and adduction ranges of motion were measured with the patient supine and with the knee extended and the hip in neutral position. the stationary arm was aligned vertically with the body, and the movable arm was aligned with the basis of the patella. the hip was then moved until the pelvis tilted or declined on the ipsilateral side, for hip abduction and adduction, respectively.[11] • hip internal and external ranges of motion were measured with the patient supine and the knee and hip flexed to 90°. the hip was internally and externally rotated to a firm end feel. range of motion, relative to the initial position was measured in degrees.[6] • ankle dorsal and plantar flexion ranges of motion were measured with the subject in the prone position, with the knees extended and the ankles hanging over the edge of the table. the measurement was obtained with the axis of the goniometer on the lateral malleolus. the stationary arm was aligned with the head of the fibula and the movable arm was aligned with the fifth metatarsal. the investigator passively dorsiflexed and plantar flexed the foot until tension was noticed.[9] • hallux extension and flexion were measured with the goniometer until tension was felt, with the subject in a supine position and the knees extended. the movable arm was aligned with the hallux and the stationary arm was aligned with the first metatarsal bone.[10] • subtalar eversion and inversion of the ankle were assessed with the subject supine and the knees extended. with the subtalar joint in neutral stance, an inclinometer was placed perpendicular to the foot over the posterior aspect of the calcaneus. maximal inversion and eversion were measured from this position.[10] • maximal calf girth was measured (in cm) with the subject standing relaxed and upright. a measuring tape was used to obtain the maximum girth of the relaxed calf.[12] • the standing foot angle was measured according to sommer and vallentyne.[13] with the subject standing, the angle between the first metatarsal, medial malleolus and the navicular bone was measured. results were dichotomised to ≥140° and <140°. this cut-off was used because it had the best sensitivity and specificity (71% and 70%, respectively).[13] • the navicular drop test was performed after marking the navicular prominence with the subject sitting in a chair and the feet on the ground (non-weight-bearing) in neutral subtalar position. the distance from the prominence to the floor was then measured. the test was repeated with the subject standing on both feet, shoulderwidth apart (weight-bearing). the two measurements were subtracted, resulting in a difference score (in cm). the results were dichotomised (<0.5 cm and >0.5 cm) according to bennett et al.[7] data analysis data analysis was performed by two of the investigators (mw and eb) using spss version 20.0. demographic and intrinsic risk factors were presented in terms of means with standard deviations (sds) for continuous data. in the case of skewed distributions, medians and ranges were presented. nominal data were presented with their percentages. differences between the groups were assessed using student’s t-test, or when the assumptions were violated, the mann-whitney u-test for continuous variables and chi-square test for nominal data. logistic regression was used to assess the association between the dependent (mtss yes/no) and independent variables. after univariate analysis, a multivariate logistic regression analysis (backward wald) was conducted on those independent variables that showed a relation to the presence of mtss. considering the number of subjects included in this study, we limited the amount of variables in the multivariate model to 9. threshold for entry of independent variables in the multivariate model was p<0.1 and for removal, p>0.2. when more than 9 variables showed a possible relationship with mtss in univariate analysis, a threshold of p<0.05 was used. the nagelkerke r2 was used to assess the explained variance of the model. results in total, 97 subjects (table 1) agreed to participate in the study: 48 mtss patients and 49 active controls. gender, age, body mass index (bmi), decreased hip abduction, increased hip adduction, increased ankle plantar and dorsal flexion, decreased hallux flexion, increased subtalar inversion and eversion and maximal calf girth were significantly different between the groups (table 1). after univariate analysis, 9 variables – gender, age, bmi, hip abduction and adduction, ankle plantar flexion, subtalar inversion sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 65 table 1. intrinsic factors and differences between mtss patients and active controls* risk factors mtss group (n=48) control group (n=49) p-value women, n (%) 27 (56.3) 16 (32.7) 0.02 age in years, mean (±sd) 20.90 (±4.34) 18.33 (±3.51) <0.01 bmi, mean (±sd) 22.39 (±2.12) 21.29 (±2.12) 0.02 hip abduction, mean (±sd) 51.15 (±7.94) 60.00 (±7.00) <0.01 hip adduction, mean (±sd) 35.00 (±9.78) 29.49 (±3.85) <0.01 hip internal rotation (°), mean (±sd) 45.00 (±10.21) 45.71 (±5.30) 0.67 hip external rotation (°), mean (±sd) 43.54 (±8.31) 43.57 (±4.89) 0.98 ankle dorsal flexion (°), mean (±sd) 20.61 (±7.19) 18.59 (±4.12) 0.10 ankle plantar flexion (°), mean (±sd) 45.11 (±8.66) 53.06 (±5.76) <0.01 hallux flexion, mean (±sd) 34.81 (±8.26) 37.96 (±5.49) 0.03 hallux extension, mean (±sd) 55.95 (±12.81) 57.86 (±8.90) 0.41 subtalar inversion, mean (±sd) 33.44 (±8.91) 28.27 (±4.95) <0.01 subtalar eversion, mean (±sd) 20.78 (±7.68) 18.16 (±3.01) 0.03 maximal calf girth, mean (±sd) 37.14 (±2.21) 35.89 (±2.17) 0.01 standing foot angle >140°, n (%) 26 (54.1) 34 (69.3) 0.21 navicular drop test >0.5 cm, n (%) 25 (52.1) 22 (44.9) 0.41 sd = standard deviation; bmi = body mass index (weight in kg ÷ height in m2). * differences between groups were assessed using students t-test, or when the assumptions were violated, the mann-whitney u-test for continuous variables and chi-square test for nominal data. obtained p-values are presented. table 2. univariate and multivariate logistic regression analysis for mtss risk factors parameters univariate logistic regression multivariate logistic regression or (95% ci)or (95% ci) p-value gender (female) 2.65 (1.16 6.06) 0.02* 6.11 (0.90 41.61) age 1.21 (1.06 1.39) < 0.01* 0.99 (0.89 1.09) bmi 1.28 (1.05 1.57) 0.02* 1.39 (0.99 1.97) hip abduction 0.85 (0.79 0.91) <0.01* 0.82 (0.72 0.94)† hip adduction 1.12 (1.04 1.20) <0.01* 1.05 (0.92 1.19) hip internal rotation 0.99 (0.94 1.04) 0.66 hip external rotation 1.00 (0.94 1.06) 0.98 ankle dorsal flexion 1.07 (1.00 1.16) 0.11 ankle plantar flexion 0.85 (0.78 0.92) <0.01* 0.73 (0.61 0.87)† hallux flexion 0.93 (0.87 1.00) 0.04 hallux extension 0.98 (0.95 1.02) 0.40 subtalar inversion 1.11 (1.04 1.19) <0.01* 1.24 (1.10 1.41)† subtalar eversion 1.10 (1.00 1.20) 0.03* 0.99 (0.86 1.14) maximal calf girth 1.30 (1.06 1.60 0.01* 1.22 (0.74 1.99) standing foot angle >140° 0.56 (0.23 1.39) 0.21 navicular drop test 0.71 (0.32 1.61) 0.41 or = odds ratio; ci = confidence interval; bmi = body mass index. * parameters with a relationship with mtss after univariate regression analysis and which were entered into the multivariate model (p<0.1). † significantly associated with mtss after multivariate regression analysis (p<0.05). 66 sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 and eversion, and maximal calf girth – were eligible for selection into the multivariate model (p<0.1). in the multivariate model, reduced hip abduction, ankle plantar flexion and increased mobility of subtalar inversion were significantly associated with mtss and could therefore be considered risks factor for mtss (table 2). all parameters were measured on a continuous scale. for hip abduction, the odds ratio (or) for mtss decreased by a factor of 0.82 for each additional degree of hip abduction. consequently, for every additional 5° difference in range of motion, the odds for mtss decreased by a factor of 0.37 (0.825). for ankle plantar flexion, an or of 0.73 was found. for two subjects with a difference of 5° in plantar flexion of the ankle, the odds for mtss would be 0.21 (0.735). in contrast, with every additional degree in subtalar inversion, the odds for mtss increased by a factor of 1.24; therefore, with a 5 cm increase in subtalar inversion, the odds for mtss were 2.93 (1.245). the percentage of the total log likelihood for mtss explained by the significant independent variables (i.e. hip abduction, ankle plantar flexion and subtalar inversion) was 76.7% (nagelkerke r2). discussion this is the largest study assessing intrinsic factors (gender, age, bmi, hip adduction, hip abduction, hip internal range of motion, hip external range of motion, ankle dorsal flexion, ankle plantar flexion, hallux flexion, hallux extension, subtalar inversion, subtalar eversion, maximal calf girth, standing foot angle, navicular drop test) of mtss in athletes. following multivariate logistic regression analysis, hip abduction, ankle plantar flexion and subtalar inversion were associated with mtss, explaining 76% of the variance in the presence of mtss. this is the first study to conclude that hip abduction is associated with mtss. the mean hip abduction was 51° in athletes with mtss, and 60° in athletes without mtss. decreased hip abduction is also considered a risk factor for mtss. in contrast to previous findings, we did not find differences in hip internal rotation between the groups (p>0.05). the mechanisms through which hip range of motion affect loading on the tibia are unclear. burne et al.[6] hypothesised that alterations in hip range of motion cause stride patterns that could increase loading of the posteromedial side of the tibia. we found increased subtalar inversion to be significantly associated with mtss. this was previously found by viitasalo and kvist.[14] in the study by hubbard et al.,[15] no significant difference in subtalar inversion was found between those who developed mtss and those who did not. the mean ankle plantar flexion range of motion was 45° in athletes with mtss and 53° in athletes without mtss. this is in contrast to previous studies that found a higher ankle plantar flexion range of motion to be a risk factor for mtss.[5,15] moen et al.[5] speculated that an increased plantar flexion range of motion leads to more forefoot running, leading to more loading on the tibia. our results oppose this suggestion. in this study, cases and controls differed significantly in terms of gender and bmi. gender and bmi were non-significant (both p=0.06) in the multivariate regression analysis. this supports hubbard et al.’s[5] conclusion. in contrast, plisky et al.[16] and bennett et al.[7] found that women have a higher chance of developing mtss. therefore, whether or not gender is a risk factor for mtss remains unclear. various studies have shown that over-pronation is a risk factor for tibial stress injuries.[3] this study, however, suggests that over-pronation during stance is not an important factor in mtss development (p>0.05). these results concur with the studies by hubbard et al.[15] and plisky et al.[16] future studies are warranted in which athletes with excessive pronation and without complaints are provided with an antipronation inlay with the aim of preventing mtss. we chose to assess static instead of dynamic parameters, as it is more practical for a clinician to assess static risk factors in, e.g., an outer clinic. we have completed another study that assessed dynamic parameters (moen et al., unpublished data 2013); however, the data have not been presented here. in the study, it became apparent that measuring dynamic parameters was time-consuming and difficult to perform, and consequently not practical for clinicians. study limitiations this study had several limitations. firstly, we did not measure the volume and intensity of exercise across groups; however, it is unlikely that exercise confounded the relationship between the mentioned intrinsic factors and mtss. the athletic controls were students who performed approximately 15 hours of running and jumping sports activities per week. we know that the patients endured similar exercise volumes and intensities. secondly, both groups were examined by two different observers; despite this, the inter-observer reliability was found to be fair for these measurements. thirdly, the sports physicians were not blinded to whether the subjects were test cases or controls. one of the results could possibly have been the result of chance. we allowed 9 variables in the multivariate model. some experts advise to impute one parameter for each subject, others for each case. in conclusion, the study results need to be interpreted with caution. further research focused on intrinsic factors is required before hard conclusions can be drawn. as part of the prevention of mtss, trainers, physicians and therapists should assess athletes’ hip abduction, ankle plantar flexion and subtalar inversion prior to commencing a training regime, to detect abnormalities that could lead to the onset of mtss. conclusion we assessed intrinsic risk factors for mtss in a large population of athletic mtss patients, and found that a decreased hip abduction, ankle plantar flexion and an increased subtalar inversion could be considered such. references 1. taunton je, ryan mb, clement db, et al. a retrospective case-control analysis of 2002 running injuries. br j sports med 2002;36(2):95-101. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.36.2.95] 2. yates b, white s. the incidence and risk factors in the development of medial tibial stress syndrome among naval recruits. am j sports med 2004;32(3):772-780. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/0095399703258776] 3. moen mh, tol jl, weir a, steunebrink m, de winter tc. medial tibial stress syndrome: a critical review. sports med 2009:39(7):523-546. [http://dx.doi. org/10.2165/00007256-200939070-00002] 4. magnusson hi, ahlborg hg, karlsson c, nyquist f, karlsson mk. low regional tibial bone density in athletes with medial tibial stress syndrome normalizes after recovery from symptoms. am j sports med 2003;31(4):596-600. sajsm vol. 25 no. 3 2013 67 5. moen mh, bongers t, bakker ew, et al. risk factors and prognostic indicators for medial tibial stress syndrome. scan j med sci sports 2012;22(1):34-39. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2010.01144.x] 6. burne sg, khan km, boudville pb, et al. risk factors associated with exertional tibial pain: a twelve months prospective clinical study. br j sports med 2004:38(4):441-445. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2002.004499] 7. bennett je, reinking mf, pluemer b, et al. factors contributing to the development of medial tibial stress syndrome in high school runners. j orthop sports phys ther 2001:31(9):504-510. 8. edwards ph jr, wright ml, hartman jf. a practical approach for the differential diagnosis of chronic leg pain in the athlete. am j sports med 2005;33(8):1241-1249. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546505278305] 9. jonson sr, gross mt. intraexaminer reliability, interexaminer reliability and mean values for nine lower extremity skeletal measures in healthy naval midshipmen. j orthop sports phys ther 1997:25(4):253-263. 10. gheluwe van b, kirby ak, roosen p, phillips rd. reliability and accuracy of biomechanical measurements of the lower extremity. j am podiatr med assoc 2002:92(6):317-326. 11. prather h, harris-hayes m, hunt dm, steger-may k, mathew v, clohisy jc. reliability and agreement of hip range of motion and provocative physical examination tests in asymptomatic volunteers. pm&r 2010;2(10):888-895. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. pmrj.2010.05.005] 12. zatsiorsky v, seluyanov v, cugunova l. in vivo body segment inertial parameters determination using a gamma-scanner method. in: berme b, capozzo a, eds. biomechanics of human motion: applications in rehabilitation, sports and ergonomics. worthington, oh: betec corporation, 1990:186-202. 13. sommer hm, vallentyne sw. effect of foot posture on the incidence of medial tibial stress syndrome. med sci sports exerc 1995:27(6):800-804. 14. viitasalo jt, kvist m. some biomechanical aspects of the foot and ankle in athletes with and without shin splints. am j sports med 1989;11(3):125-130. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/036354658301100304] 15. hubbard tj, carpenter em, cordova ml. contributing factors to medial tibial stress syndrome: a prospective investigation. med sci sports exer 2009:41(3):490-496. 16. plisky ms, rauh mj, heiderscheit b, underwood fb, tank rt. medial tibial stress syndrome in high school cross-country runners: incidence and risk factors. j orthop sports phys ther 2007:37(2):40-47. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2519/jospt.2007.2343] pg80-83.indd introduction diving is a popular sport despite the high risks involved. 1 the sport allows children and adults to obtain the first level of qualification, a junior dive certificate for children and an open water certificate for adults. 2 the social aspect of this sport is evident as there are a large number of divers worldwide. 2 the professional association of diving instructors (padi) and the national association of underwater instructors (naui) have the largest recreational diving membership and diver training organisation. 3 these associations were originally only available to the usa, but the popularity of the sport required the expansion to the rest of the world. according to these associations it is mandatory for all potential scuba divers to complete a medical examination and a questionnaire prior to beginning the course. 4 the medical examination must include ear history of the potential dive student. 5 there are several factors concerning the ears that would disqualify a diver from continuing with the sport. these factors include perforated eardrums, surgery to the ear, chronic or acute otitis media, equalising problems, vestibular dysfunction and hearing loss. 6 in scuba diving the ear is the vital organ responsible for the equalisation of pressure during ascent and descent between ambient water pressure and the external auditory canal, middle ear and paranasal sinuses. 7 failure to equalise correctly may result in pain and rupture of the occluded space, with disabling and possible lethal consequences. 8 previously ruptured but healed round or oval window membranes are at an increased risk of rupture due to failure to equalise pressure or due to marked over-pressurisation during vigorous or explosive valsalva manoeuvres. 2 the analysis and decision concerning a prospective diver’s medical suitability rests with the examining physician. 5 however, it is the responsibility of the diver to provide accurate information concerning his/her earrelated history. subsequent to the clearance from the physician, the prospective diver is allowed to begin the diving course. according to du plessis et al. middle-ear barotrauma (mebt) is the most common medical complication in diving. exposure to the underwater environment is associated with several unique disorders, such as ear decompression sickness and barotraumas that may require recompression in a hyperbaric chamber. 9 increasing pressure during descent reduces the volume of the paranasal sinuses and middle ear which, if not properly equalised, will sustain injury due to barotraumas. 11 the greatest volume change occurs between zero and 10 metres of the dive; 2 at this depth every diver is exposed to possible damage of the audiological system. divers will need to dive to depths of approximately 45 metres to equal the total volume change produced during the first 10 metres of descent, 12 indicating why most diving injuries occur during shallow dives. 13 modern recreational scuba divers perform multiple dives, 14 therefore increasing the risk of damage to the auditory system. literature suggests that there are implications of scuba diving for the auditory system. however, there is a gap in the information regarding the divers’ knowledge about these implications. the main objective of this study was to bridge that gap and consequently determine the way forward to reduce the audiological effects of diving on the growing number of recreational scuba divers in south africa. the general aim of the study was to determine the knowledge of recreational scuba original research recreational scuba divers’ knowledge regarding the audiological consequences of the sport abstract background: the sport of scuba diving may be associated with possible injuries, especially those concerning the auditory system. research available focuses on the implications of recreational scuba diving on the auditory system. however, there is a lack of information regarding the knowledge of recreational scuba divers with regard to the audiological consequences of this sport. method: the aim of this study was to determine whether scuba divers have knowledge pertaining to the consequences of the sport on the auditory system. thirty-five participants were purposefully selected; their qualifications ranged from an open water diver to a course director. a mixed-method design was implemented in this study with the use of a questionnaire. results: forty per cent of the participants were given only the basic medical clearance form to complete; the full medical pack was not made available. however, 97% of the participants signed the medical clearance. one participant did not know that a medical clearance form was required. there were 82% of the participants who had audiological complications subsequent to diving; these individuals did not seek help from an audiologist and continued to dive. conclusion: there is a need for awareness regarding the effects of diving on the auditory system as participants in this study were not fully aware of the risks of the sport in relation to the ear. the results suggest that participants who experience ear difficulties after dives,do not have sufficient knowledge regarding the ear and the professional who is qualified to assess and manage the difficulties. correspondence: dhanashree pillay speech pathology & audiology private bag 3 2050 wits tel: 011 717-4581 e-mail: dhanashree.pillay@wits.ac.za dhanashree pillay (m communication pathology) nastasha p jardine (final-year student) university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg 80 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 divers with regard to the auditory effects of the sport. the specifi c aims of the study were to determine: • whether recreational scuba divers read the medical clearance package prior to the scuba divers’ course, paying special attention to the information provided on the ear • whether recreational scuba divers understand the correct procedure for equalising their ears • whether the recreational diver is aware of the implications of not equalising the ear correctly • what precautions are taken by recreational scuba divers to protect their ears, prior to diving • whether the recreational scuba diver presents with audiological abnormalities related to diving, i.e. tinnitus, sensorineural hearing loss, vertigo and barotrauma • the actions of a recreational diver, should they experience an audiological abnormality, after diving. methodology research design a mixed-method design was implemented in this research study. the qualitative aspect of the study offered a participant the freedom to express his or her thoughts, feelings and experiences. 15 the quantitative facet was used to analyse the data obtained in the closedended sections of the questionnaire. 16 description of participants participants were selected from dive schools within the gauteng region using purposeful sampling 17 to ensure that the individuals met the selection criteria. thirty-fi ve divers responded to the study. a breakdown of the participants’ age is given in table i. the participants had a range of dive qualifi cations as shown in table ii. there were 10 participants who had a masters qualifi cation or higher. inclusion criteria the criteria were the following: • the participant needed to be 18 years or older. • the participant needed to have the open water diver certifi cate as the minimum diving qualifi cation. • the participant may not have any medical qualifi cation or allied medical qualifi cation regarding the ear, nose or throat. all participants within this study met all three requirements. procedure the researcher used a self-constructed questionnaire. open and closed format questions were utilised 18 as it provided unprompted opinions from the participants, particularly as each participant had their own responses based on personal experience and level of qualifi cation and training, thereby achieving a variety of responses that were broad and thus truly refl ected the opinions of each participant. 19 data analysis descriptive statistics were used to present the qualitative information obtained, therefore describing the behaviour of a subject without infl uencing it in any way. 18 ethical consideration this study was approved by the human research non-medical ethics committee at the university of the witwatersrand. each participant had the opportunity to carefully consider the risks and benefi ts of participating in the study. 20 all participants completed the consent form. results and discussion results obtained are discussed in terms of the sub-aims of the study. sub-aim (i): to determine whether recreational scuba divers read the medical clearance package prior to the scuba divers’ course forty eight per cent of participants were informed verbally, by their dive instructors, about the medical clearance package. however, 40% of participants were given only the basic medical sheets that required a signature. sixty per cent of participants were given the entire medical package to read and complete. the medical pack is utilised to determine if a doctor should examine the learner diver before participating in the recreational sport. the medical pack consists of a questionnaire pertaining to medical pathologies that may provide a contraindication prior to the dive. 21 twenty per cent of the participants completed the informed consent required despite not reading the information from the medical info pack as it was not deemed imperative to the dive. five per cent of the participants indicated that they did not complete their own medical information and 17% just fi lled out the sheets wherever they were told to. one participant did not know that a medical clearance was required thus did not give formal consent to participate in the sport. hence this participant started the course with inadequate knowledge of the risks associated with the sport. these table i. age distribution of participants age range of participants number of female participants number of male participants 15 19 years 1 4 20 24 years 5 6 25 29 years 3 4 30 34 years 2 2 35 39 years 0 1 40 44 years 2 3 45 49 years 0 1 50 54 years 0 1 table ii. qualifi cation of participants level of qualifi cation male participants female participants total open water 3 4 7 adventure diver 1 1 2 advanced open water 4 3 7 rescue diver 7 2 9 master scuba diver 5 3 8 master instructor 1 0 1 course director 1 0 1 total 22 13 35 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 81 82 sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 results indicate that a large percentage of scuba divers in this study were not fully aware of the specifi c risks associated with the sport as depicted in the medical pack. 22 it is essential for the dive school to obtain the medical clearance forms to ensure that the individual is fi t to dive and the individual has granted permission to participate in the sport with full knowledge of the risks involved. 23 sub-aim (ii): to determine whether recreational scuba divers understand the correct procedure of equalising their ears all 35 participants were aware of the correct procedure when equalising their ears. all participants presented with similar answers when explaining the correct procedure for the equalisation process by pinching the nose closed and blowing gently to relieve the ear cavity of the pressure. 7 the scuba diver who is not practising the correct equalisation methods is at risk of developing a burst tympanic membrane, bleeding ears, dizziness, nausea and pain. 24 sub-aim (iii): to determine whether the recreational diver is aware of the implications of not equalising the ear correctly each participant highlighted at least one negative implication placed on the auditory system if not correctly equalised. table iii illustrates the negative implications selected by the participants. excessive force caused by increased water pressure during a dive can cause permanent damage to the ears, 7 therefore divers need to be fully aware of the negative aspects of the sport. sixty eight per cent of participants indicated a burst eardrum as a consequence of the sport while 25% stated barotrauma as a consequence. sub-aim (iv): to determine what precautions are taken by recreational scuba divers to protect their ears prior to diving hearing assessments eighty-eight per cent of the participants did not have a hearing test before they began scuba diving as they did not feel it essential. eleven per cent of the participants had consulted an audiologist in the past but the reason for referral was not related to the scuba diving. additional precautionary measures forty-six per cent of participants indicated that no precautionary measures are required as protection of the ear was not necessary. fourteen per cent of the participants indicated their frequent use of ear buds to protect their ears. eight per cent of participants used eardrops before they dive, placing 2 3 drops into their ears half an hour before they dive. the protection of the hearing system is vital during sporting activities that potentially harm the auditory system, 25 therefore individuals should ensure that the ears are protected and hearing is monitored when diving. sub-aim (v): to determine whether the recreational scuba diver presents with audiological abnormalities related to diving, i.e. tinnitus, sensorineural hearing loss, vertigo and barotrauma table iv provides the results obtained from the participants, with regard to the symptoms experienced as a consequence of scuba diving. participants indicated that pain and barotrauma were the most common symptoms following the dives. all individuals who experienced a symptom due to diving continued to dive after the symptom subsided. participants indicated that symptoms were often recurrent. barotrama affects signifi cant structures within the auditory system such as the tympanic membrane, the eustachian tube, the middle-ear cavity and the inner ear. 5 vertigo and dizziness are common symptoms seen in divers, 26 and this has a drastic effect on the individual due to disorientation and focus. sub-aim (vi): to determine the actions of recreational divers who experience an audiological abnormality after diving eighty-three per cent of participants who experienced a complication following a dive consulted with a general practitioner (gp). they were all advised to resolve the problems before being able to continue with their diving. however, none was referred to an audiologist. none of the participants in this research study who experienced symptoms related to the auditory system received a hearing evaluation to ensure that no damage occurred within the audiological system. conclusion diving is a popular sport that is associated with audiological risks. the results from the current study indicate that scuba divers practise the correct method of equalisation during the dives to protect the auditory system. however, the need for audiological services prior the dive is not a priority. this research found that divers are not fully aware of the professional responsible for any hearing-related issues, therefore the implementation of a mandatory hearing screening for all potential divers would ensure that these individuals know who to go to if a hearing-related diffi culty arises after a dive. awareness of the risks of diving should be made clear to all potential divers to ensure that informed decisions are made. the role of the audiologist is vital in the monitoring and management of the risks associated with the sport. 27 medical procedures and policies related to scuba diving should be reviewed to ensure that potential divers are aware of the signifi cant risk of diving to the auditory system. medical practitioners should ensure that divers who experience trauma to the ear subsequent to diving should be referred for a diagnostic audiological assessment. audiologists should facilitate changes in the dive medical clearance assessment to include a diagnostic assessment so that the potential table iii. percentage of participants who were aware of the negative implications of diving negative implication percentage of participants burst eardrum 68% hearing loss 34% ear pain 34% barotrauma 25% deafness 17% infection 14% dizziness 8% secretion of fl uid 8% vertigo 5% damage to the middle ear 5% increased ear pressure 5% sinus pain 2% nausea 0 82 sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 diver is assessed and monitored regularly. this process would assist in minimising the ear-related risks involved with the sport. references 1. taylor dmd, o’toole ks, ryan cm. experienced scuba divers in australia and the united states suffer considerable injury and morbidity. wilderness and environmental medicine 2003;14(3):187-193. 2. shreeves k. the professional association of diving instructors: open water diver manual. international padi, inc: rancho santa margarita, 2008. 3. malinowski j, malinowski m. snorkel maui and lana’i: guide to the underwater world of hawaii. clifornia: indigo publications, 2000. 4. professional association of diving instructors. the undersea journal. los angeles: university of california, 2000. 5. neuman ts, thom sr. physiology and medicine of hyperbaric oxygen therapy. new york: elsevier health sciences, 2008. 6. nad. the noaa diving manual: diving for science and technology. usa: diane publishing, 1992. 7. graver dk. scuba diving. illinois: human kinetics, 2009. 8. strauss bm, aksenov ig. diving science. illinois: human kinetics, 2004. 9. du plessis c, fothergill d. gertner j, hughes l, schwaller d. a pilot study evaluating surfactant on eustachian tube function in divers. military medicine 2008; 173(12):1225-1232. 10. bantin j. the scuba diving handbook: the complete guide to safe and exciting scuba diving. los angeles: university of california, 2007. 11. bove aa. medical disorders related to diving. j int care med 2002;17(2):7586. 12. harrill wc. barotrauma of the middle and inner ear. the bobby r. alford department of otorhinolaryngology and communicative sciences, 1995. 13. aghababian r. essentials of emergency medicine. massachusetts: jones & bartlett, 2006. 14. pieterse i. the hearing abilities and middle ear functioning of the recreational scuba diver. department of communication pathology: university of pretoria, 2006. 15. lewins a, silver c. using software in qualitative research: a step-by-step guide. sage, 2007. 16. spector p. data manipulation with r. berkeley, california: springer, 2008. 17. burns n, grove sa. the practice of nursing research: conduct, critique and utilization. st louis, missouri: elsevier health sciences, 2005. 18. balnaves m, caputi p. introduction to quantitative research methods: an investigative approach. london: sage publications ltd, 2001. 19. oppenheim an. questionnaire design, interviewing and attitude measurement. london: pinter, 1992. 20. marshall c, rossman gb. designing qualitative research (4th ed). california: sage publications, inc. 2006. 21. bain c. malta & gozo: lonely planet malta (3rd ed). oakland, california: lonely planet publishers, 2007. 22. bove ad, davis jc. boves and davis diving medicine. philadelphia: elsevier health science, 2004. 23. young i, gherardin t. lonely planet healthy travel africa. lonely planet. south pacifi c underwater medicine society, 2009. 24. bulenkov sy. soviet manual of scuba diving. honolulu, hawaii: minerva group, 2004. 25. mckeag d, mckeag db, moeller jl . acsm’s primary care sports medicine. baltimore: lippincott williams & williams, 2007. 26. domino fj. the 5-minute clinical consult 2011. baltimore: lippincott williams & williams, 2010. 27. valente m, hosford-dunn h, roeser rj. audiology treatment. new york: thieme, 2008. sajsm vol 22 no. 4 2010 83 table iv. symptoms experienced by the scuba divers symptoms number of participants number of participants whose symptoms occurred more than once number of participants who continued diving once the symptom had disappeared very painful ear canals 8 4 8 painful eardrum 11 5 11 burst eardrum 3 2 3 excretion, other than water coming out your ears 0 0 0 dizziness 3 0 3 nausea 5 2 5 ringing, buzzing in the ear 6 2 6 sudden deafness, decreased hearing sensation 1 1 1 gradual decline in hearing sensation 1 0 1 barotrauma (ear pain due to increased pressure) 8 3 8 ear infections 6 1 6 cysts, growths 0 0 0 preamble this paper is a revision and update of the recommendations developed following the 1st (vienna) and 2nd (prague) international symposia on concussion in sport. (1, 2) the zurich consensus statement is designed to build on the principles outlined in the original vienna and prague documents and to develop further conceptual understanding of this problem using a formal consensus-based approach. a detailed description of the consensus process is outlined at the end of this document under the “background” section (see section 11). this document is developed for use by physicians, therapists, certified athletic trainers, health professionals, coaches and other people involved in the care of injured athletes, whether at the recreational, elite or professional level. while agreement exists pertaining to principal messages conveyed within this document, the authors acknowledge that the science of concussion is evolving and therefore management and return to play decisions remain in the realm of clinical judgment on an individualized basis. readers are encouraged to copy and distribute freely the zurich consensus document and/or the sports concussion assessment tool (scat2) card and neither is subject to any copyright restriction. the authors request, however that the document and/or the scat2 card be distributed in their full and complete format. the following focus questions formed the foundation for the zurich concussion consensus statement: acute simple concussion • which symptom scale & which sideline assessment tool is best for diagnosis and/or follow up? • how extensive should the cognitive assessment be in elite athletes? • how extensive should clinical and neuropsychological (np) testing be at non-elite level? • who should do/interpret the cognitive assessment? • is there a gender difference in concussion incidence and outcomes? return to play (rtp) issues • is provocative exercise testing useful in guiding rtp? • what is the best rtp strategy for elite athletes? • what is the best rtp strategy for non-elite athletes? • is protective equipment (e.g. mouthguards and helmets) useful in reducing concussion incidence and/or severity? complex concussion and long term issues • is the simple versus complex classification a valid and useful differentiation? consensus consensus statement on concussion in sport – the 3rd international conference on concussion in sport held in zurich, november 2008 author affiliations p mccrory – neurologist. director, centre for health, exercise & sports medicine, university of melbourne, parkville, australia 3010 willem meeuwisse – sports physician, sport medicine centre, faculty of kinesiology, and department of community health sciences, faculty of medicine, university of calgary, 2500 university drive n.w., calgary, alberta, canada, t2n 1n4 karen johnston – neurosurgeon and director, sport concussion clinic, toronto rehabilitation institute, 550 university avenue, toronto, on, m5g 2a2 canada jiri dvorak – neurologist. director, fifa medical assessment and research center (f-marc) and schulthess clinic, zurich, switzerland mark aubry – chief medical officer, international ice hockey federation and hockey canada, co-director ottawa sport medicine centre, 1370 clyde avenue, ottawa, canada, k1t 3y8 mick molloy – chief medical officer, international rugby board, huguenot house, 35-38 st stephen’s green, dublin 2, ireland robert cantu – neurosurgeon, 131 ornac, suite 820, john cuming building, emerson hospital, concord, ma 01742 usa correspondence a/prof paul mccrory centre for health, exercise & sports medicine university of melbourne, parkville, australia 3010 tel: +61 3 8344 4135 fax: +61 3 8344 3771 e-mail: paulmccr@bigpond.net.au competing interests: the authors have no competing interests to declare. this is a co-publication. see editorial on p.34 for details. p mccrory, w meeuwisse, k johnston, j dvorak, m aubry, m molloy, r cantu consensus panellists (listed in alphabetical order): in addition to the authors above, the consensus panellists were broglio s, davis g, dick r, dvorak j, echemendia r, gioia g, guskiewicz k, herring s, iverson g, kelly j, kissick j, makdissi m, mccrea m, ptito a, purcell l, putukian m. also invited but not in attendance: bahr r, engebretsen l, hamlyn p, jordan b, schamasch p 36 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 • are there specific patient populations at risk of long-term problems? • is there a role for additional tests (e.g. structural and/or functional mr imaging, balance testing, biomarkers)? • should athletes with persistent symptoms be screened for depression/anxiety? paediatric concussion • which symptoms scale is appropriate for this age group? • which tests are useful and how often should baseline testing be performed in this age group? • what is the most appropriate rtp guideline for elite and non-elite child and adolescent athlete? future directions • what is the best method of knowledge transfer and education • is there evidence that new and novel injury prevention strategies work (e.g. changes to rules of the game, fair play strategies etc)? the zurich document additionally examines the management issues raised in the previous prague and vienna documents and applies the consensus questions to these areas. specific research questions and consensus discussion 1) concussion 1.1 definition of concussion panel discussion regarding the definition of concussion and its separation from mild traumatic brain injury (mtbi) was held. although there was acknowledgement that the terms refer to different injury constructs and should not be used interchangeably, it was not felt that the panel would define mtbi for the purpose of this document. there was unanimous agreement however that concussion is defined as follows: concussion is defined as a complex pathophysiological process affecting the brain, induced by traumatic biomechanical forces. several common features that incorporate clinical, pathologic and biomechanical injury constructs that may be utilized in defining the nature of a concussive head injury include: 1. concussion may be caused either by a direct blow to the head, face, neck or elsewhere on the body with an ‘‘impulsive’’ force transmitted to the head. 2. concussion typically results in the rapid onset of short lived impairment of neurologic function that resolves spontaneously. 3. concussion may result in neuropathological changes but the acute clinical symptoms largely reflect a functional disturbance rather than a structural injury. 4. concussion results in a graded set of clinical symptoms that may or may not involve loss of consciousness. resolution of the clinical and cognitive symptoms typically follows a sequential course however it is important to note that in a small percentage of cases however, post-concussive symptoms may be prolonged. 5. no abnormality on standard structural neuroimaging studies is seen in concussion. 1.2 classification of concussion there was unanimous agreement to abandon the simple vs. complex terminology that had been proposed in the prague agreement statement as the panel felt that the terminology itself did not fully describe the entities. the panel however unanimously retained the concept that the majority (80-90%) of concussions resolve in a short (7-10 day) period, although the recovery time frame may be longer in children and adolescents.(2) 2) concussion evaluation 2.1 symptoms and signs of acute concussion the panel agreed that the diagnosis of acute concussion usually involves the assessment of a range of domains including clinical symptoms, physical signs, behavior, balance, sleep and cognition. furthermore, a detailed concussion history is an important part of the evaluation both in the injured athlete and when conducting a preparticipation examination. the detailed clinical assessment of concussion is outlined in the scat2 form, which is an appendix to this document. the suspected diagnosis of concussion can include one or more of the following clinical domains: (a) symptoms – somatic (e.g. headache), cognitive (e.g. feeling like in a fog) and/or emotional symptoms (e.g. lability) (b) physical signs (e.g. loss of consciousness, amnesia) (c) behavioural changes (e.g. irritablity) (d) cognitive impairment (e.g. slowed reaction times) (e) sleep disturbance (e.g. drowsiness) if any one or more of these components is present, a concussion should be suspected and the appropriate management strategy instituted. 2.2 on-field or sideline evaluation of acute concussion when a player shows any features of a concussion: (a) the player should be medically evaluated onsite using standard emergency management principles and particular attention should be given to excluding a cervical spine injury. (b) the appropriate disposition of the player must be determined by the treating healthcare provider in a timely manner. if no healthcare provider is available, the player should be safely removed from practice or play and urgent referral to a physician arranged. (c) once the first aid issues are addressed, then an assessment of the concussive injury should be made using the scat2 or other similar tool. (d) the player should not be left alone following the injury and serial monitoring for deterioration is essential over the initial few hours following injury. (e) a player with diagnosed concussion should not be allowed to return to play on the day of injury. occasionally in adult athletes, there may be return to play on the same day as the injury. see section 4.2 it was unanimously agreed that sufficient time for assessment and adequate facilities should be provided for the appropriate medical assessment both on and off the field for all injured athletes. in some sports this may require rule change to allow an off-field medical assessment to occur without affecting the flow of the game or unduly penalizing the injured player’s team. sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 37 sideline evaluation of cognitive function is an essential component in the assessment of this injury. brief neuropsychological test batteries that assess attention and memory function have been shown to be practical and effective. such tests include the maddocks questions (3, 4) and the standardized assessment of concussion (sac). (5-7) it is worth noting that standard orientation questions (e.g. time, place, person) have been shown to be unreliable in the sporting situation when compared with memory assessment. (4, 8) it is recognized, however, that abbreviated testing paradigms are designed for rapid concussion screening on the sidelines and are not meant to replace comprehensive neuropsychological testing which is sensitive to detect subtle deficits that may exist beyond the acute episode; nor should they be used as a stand-alone tool for the ongoing management of sports concussions. it should also be recognized that the appearance of symptoms might be delayed several hours following a concussive episode. 2.3 evaluation in emergency room or office by medical personnel an athlete with concussion may be evaluated in the emergency room or doctor’s office as a point of first contact following injury or may have been referred from another care provider. in addition to the points outlined above, the key features of this exam should encompass: (a) a medical assessment including a comprehensive history and detailed neurological examination including a thorough assessment of mental status, cognitive functioning and gait and balance. (b) a determination of the clinical status of the patient including whether there has been improvement or deterioration since the time of injury. this may involve seeking additional information from parents, coaches, teammates and eyewitness to the injury. (c) a determination of the need for emergent neuroimaging in order to exclude a more severe brain injury involving a structural abnormality in large part, these points above are included in the scat2 assessment, which forms part of the zurich consensus statement. 3) concussion investigations a range of additional investigations may be utilized to assist in the diagnosis and/or exclusion of injury. these include: 3.1 neuroimaging it was recognized by the panelists that conventional structural neuroimaging is normal in concussive injury. given that caveat, the following suggestions are made: brain ct (or where available mr brain scan) contributes little to concussion evaluation but should be employed whenever suspicion of an intra-cerebral structural lesion exists. examples of such situations may include prolonged disturbance of conscious state, focal neurological deficit or worsening symptoms. newer structural mri modalities including gradient echo, perfusion and diffusion imaging have greater sensitivity for structural abnormalities. however, the lack of published studies as well as absent pre-injury neuroimaging data limits the usefulness of this approach in clinical management at the present time. in addition, the predictive value of various mr abnormalities that may be incidentally discovered is not established at the present time. other imaging modalities such as fmri demonstrate activation patterns that correlate with symptom severity and recovery in concussion. (9-13) whilst not part of routine assessment at the present time, they nevertheless provide additional insight to pathophysiological mechanisms. alternative imaging technologies (e.g. positron emission tomography, diffusion tensor imaging, magnetic resonance spectroscopy, functional connectivity), while demonstrating some compelling findings, are still at early stages of development and cannot be recommended other than in a research setting. 3.2 objective balance assessment published studies, using both sophisticated force plate technology, as well as those using less sophisticated clinical balance tests (e.g. balance error scoring system (bess)), have identified postural stability deficits lasting approximately 72 hours following sport-related concussion. it appears that postural stability testing provides a useful tool for objectively assessing the motor domain of neurologic functioning, and should be considered a reliable and valid addition to the assessment of athletes suffering from concussion, particularly where symptoms or signs indicate a balance component. (14-20) 3.3 neuropsychological assessment the application of neuropsychological (np) testing in concussion has been shown to be of clinical value and continues to contribute significant information in concussion evaluation. (21-26) although in most case cognitive recovery largely overlaps with the time course of symptom recovery, it has been demonstrated that cognitive recovery may occasionally precede or more commonly follow clinical symptom resolution suggesting that the assessment of cognitive function should be an important component in any return to play protocol. (27, 28) it must be emphasized however, that np assessment should not be the sole basis of management decisions rather it should be seen as an aid to the clinical decision-making process in conjunction with a range of clinical domains and investigational results. neuropsychologists are in the best position to interpret np tests by virtue of their background and training. however, there may be situations where neuropsychologists are not available and other medical professionals may perform or interpret np screening tests. the ultimate return to play decision should remain a medical one in which a multidisciplinary approach, when possible, has been taken. in the absence of np and other (e.g. formal balance assessment) testing, a more conservative return to play approach may be appropriate. in the majority of cases, np testing will be used to assist return to play decisions and will not be done until patient is symptom free. (29, 30) there may be situations (e.g. child and adolescent athletes) where testing may be performed early whilst the patient is still symptomatic to assist in determining management. this will normally be best determined in consultation with a trained neuropsychologist. (31, 32) 3.4 genetic testing the significance of apolipoprotein (apo) e4, apoe promotor gene, tau polymerase and other genetic markers in the management of sports concussion risk or injury outcome is unclear at this time. (33, 34) evidence from human and animal studies in more severe traumatic brain injury demonstrate induction of a variety of genetic and cytokine factors such as: insulin-like growth factor-1 (igf-1), igf binding protein-2, fibroblast growth factor, cu-zn superoxide dismutase, superoxide dismutase -1 (sod-1), nerve growth factor, glial fibrillary acidic protein (gfap) and s-100. whether such factors are affected in sporting concussion is not known at this stage. (35-42) 38 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 3.5 experimental concussion assessment modalities different electrophysiological recording techniques (e.g. evoked response potential (erp), cortical magnetic stimulation and electroencephalography) have demonstrated reproducible abnormalities in the post concussive state, however not all studies reliably differentiated concussed athletes from controls. (43-49) the clinical significance of these changes remains to be established. in addition, biochemical serum and cerebral spinal fluid markers of brain injury (including s-100, neuron specific enolase (nse), myelin basic protein (mbp), gfap, tau etc) have been proposed as means by which cellular damage may be detected if present. (50-56) there is currently insufficient evidence however, to justify the routine use of these biomarkers clinically. 4) concussion management the cornerstone of concussion management is physical and cognitive rest until symptoms resolve and then a graded program of exertion prior to medical clearance and return to play. the recovery and outcome of this injury may be modified by a number of factors that may require more sophisticated management strategies. these are outlined in the section on modifiers below. as described above, the majority of injuries will recover spontaneously over several days. in these situations, it is expected that an athlete will proceed progressively through a stepwise return to play strategy. (57) during this period of recovery while symptomatic following an injury, it is important to emphasize to the athlete that physical and cognitive rest is required. activities that require concentration and attention (e.g. scholastic work, videogames, text messaging etc) may exacerbate symptoms and possibly delay recovery. in such cases, apart from limiting relevant physical and cognitive activities (and other risk-taking opportunities for re-injury) while symptomatic, no further intervention is required during the period of recovery and the athlete typically resumes sport without further problem. 4.1 graduated return to play protocol return to play protocol following a concussion follows a stepwise process as outlined in table 1. with this stepwise progression, the athlete should continue to proceed to the next level if asymptomatic at the current level. generally each step should take 24 hours so that an athlete would take approximately one week to proceed through the full rehabilitation protocol once they are asymptomatic at rest and with provocative exercise. if any post concussion symptoms occur while in the stepwise program then the patient should drop back to the previous asymptomatic level and try to progress again after a further 24-hour period of rest has passed. 4.2 same day rtp with adult athletes, in some settings, where there are team physicians experienced in concussion management and sufficient resources (e.g. access to neuropsychologists, consultants, neuroimaging etc) as well as access to immediate (i.e. sideline) neuro-cognitive assessment, return to play management is may be more rapid. the rtp strategy must still follow the same basic management principles namely, full clinical and cognitive recovery before consideration of return to play. this approach is supported by published guidelines, such as the american academy of neurology, us team physician consensus statement, and us national athletic trainers association position statement. (58-60) this issue was extensively discussed by the consensus panelists and it was acknowledged that there is evidence that some professional american football players are able to rtp more quickly, with even same day rtp supported by nfl studies without a risk of recurrence or sequelae. (61) there is data however, demonstrating that at the collegiate and high school level, athletes allowed to rtp on the same day may demonstrate np deficits post-injury that may not be evident on the sidelines and are more likely to have delayed onset of symptoms. (62-68) it should be emphasised however, the young (<18) elite athlete should be treated more conservatively even though the resources may be the same as an older professional athlete. (see section 6.1) 4.3 psychological management and mental health issues in addition, psychological approaches may have potential application in this injury, particularly with the modifiers listed below. (69, 70) care givers are also encouraged to evaluate the concussed athlete for affective symptoms such as depression as these symptoms may be common in concussed athletes.(57) 4.4 the role of pharmacological therapy pharmacological therapy in sports concussion may be applied in two distinct situations. the first of these situations is the management of specific prolonged symptoms (e.g. sleep disturbance, anxiety etc.). the second situation is where drug therapy is used to modify the underlying pathophysiology of the condition with the aim of shortening the duration of the concussion symptoms.(71) in broad terms, this approach to management should be only considered by clinicians experienced in concussion management. an important consideration in rtp is that concussed athletes should not only be symptom free but also should not be taking any pharmacological agents/medications that may mask or modify the symptoms of concussion. where antidepressant therapy may be commenced during the management of a concussion, the decision to return to play while still on such medication must be considered carefully by the treating clinician. 4.5 the role of pre-participation concussion evaluation recognizing the importance of a concussion history, and appreciating the fact that many athletes will not recognize all the concussions they may have suffered in the past, a detailed concussion history is table 1: graduated return to play protocol rehabilitation functional exercise at each objective stage stage of rehabilitation of each stage 1. no activity complete physical recovery and cognitive rest. 2.light aerobic walking, swimming or increase hr exercise stationary cycling keeping intensity < 70% mphr no resistance training. 3.sport-specific skating drills in ice hockey, add movement exercise running drills in soccer. no head impact activities. 4.non-contact progression to more exercise, training drills complex training drills e,g. coordination, passing drills in football and and cognitive ice hockey. may start load progressive resistance training) restore 5.full contact following medical clearance confidence and practice participate in normal training assess activities functional skills by coaching staff 6.return to play normal game play sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 39 of value. (72-75) such a history may pre-identify athletes that it into a high risk category and provides an opportunity for the healthcare provider to educate the athlete in regard to the significance of concussive injury. a structured concussion history should include specific questions as to previous symptoms of a concussion; not just the perceived number of past concussions. it is also worth noting that dependence upon the recall of concussive injuries by teammates or coaches has been demonstrated to be unreliable. (72) the clinical history should also include information about all previous head, face or cervical spine injuries as these may also have clinical relevance. it is worth emphasizing that in the setting of maxillofacial and cervical spine injuries, coexistent concussive injuries may be missed unless specifically assessed. questions pertaining to disproportionate impact versus symptom severity matching may alert the clinician to a progressively increasing vulnerability to injury. as part of the clinical history it is advised that details regarding protective equipment employed at time of injury be sought, both for recent and remote injuries. the benefit a comprehensive pre-participation concussion evaluation allows for modification and optimization of protective behavior and an opportunity for education. 5) modifying factors in concussion management the consensus panel agreed that a range of ‘modifying’ factors may influence the investigation and management of concussion and in some cases, may predict the potential for prolonged or persistent symptoms. these modifiers would also be important to consider in a detailed concussion history and are outlined in table 2. in this setting, there may be additional management considerations beyond simple rtp advice. there may be a more important role for additional investigations including: formal np testing, balance assessment, and neuroimaging. it is envisioned that athletes with such modifying features would be managed in a multidisciplinary manner coordinated by a physician with specific expertise in the management of concussive injury. the role of female gender as a possible modifier in the management of concussion was discussed at length by the panel. there was not unanimous agreement that the current published research evidence is conclusive that this should be included as a modifying factor although it was accepted that gender may be a risk factor for injury and/or influence injury severity. (76-78) 5.1 the significance of loss of consciousness (loc) in the overall management of moderate to severe traumatic brain injury, duration of loc is an acknowledged predictor of outcome. (79) whilst published findings in concussion describe loc associated with specific early cognitive deficits it has not been noted as a measure of injury severity. (80, 81) consensus discussion determined that prolonged (> 1 minute duration) loc would be considered as a factor that may modify management. 5.2 the significance of amnesia and other symptoms there is renewed interest in the role of post-traumatic amnesia and its role as a surrogate measure of injury severity.(67, 82, 83) published evidence suggests that the nature, burden and duration of the clinical post-concussive symptoms may be more important than the presence or duration of amnesia alone. (80, 84, 85) further it must be noted that retrograde amnesia varies with the time of measurement post-injury and hence is poorly reflective of injury severity.(86, 87) 5.3 motor and convulsive phenomena a variety of immediate motor phenomena (e.g. tonic posturing) or convulsive movements may accompany a concussion. although dramatic, these clinical features are generally benign and require no specific management beyond the standard treatment of the underlying concussive injury. (88, 89) 5.4 depression mental health issues (such as depression) have been reported as a long-term consequence of traumatic brain injury including sports related concussion. neuroimaging studies using fmri suggest that a depressed mood following concussion may reflect an underlying pathophysiological abnormality consistent with a limbic-frontal model of depression. (52, 90-100) 6) special populations 6.1 the child and adolescent athlete there was unanimous agreement by the panel that the evaluation and management recommendations contained herein could be applied to children and adolescents down to the age of 10 years. below that age children report different concussion symptoms different from adults and would require age appropriate symptom checklists as a component of assessment. an additional consideration in assessing the child or adolescent athlete with a concussion is that in the clinical evaluation by the healthcare professional there may be the need to include both patient and parent input as well as teacher and school input when appropriate. (101-107) the decision to use np testing is broadly the same as the adult assessment paradigm. however, timing of testing may differ in order to assist planning in school and home management (and may be performed while the patient is still symptomatic). if cognitive testing is performed then it must be developmentally sensitive until late teen years due to the ongoing cognitive maturation that occurs during this period which, in turn, makes the utility of comparison to either the person’s own baseline performance or to population norms limited. (20) in this age group it is more important to consider the use of trained neuropsychologists to interpret assessment data, particularly in children with learning disorders and/or adhd who may need more sophisticated assessment strategies. (31, 32, 101) table 2: concussion modifiers factors modifier symptoms number duration (> 10 days) severity signs prolonged loc (> 1min), amnesia sequelae concussive convulsions temporal frequency repeated concussions over time timing injuries close together in time “recency” recent concussion or tbi threshold repeated concussions occurring with progressively less impact force or slower recovery after each successive concussion. age child and adolescent (< 18 years old) co and premigraine, depression or other mental health morbidities disorders, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (adhd), learning disabilities (ld), sleep disorders medication psychoactive drugs, anticoagulants behaviour dangerous style of play sport high risk activity, contact and collision sport, high sporting level 40 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 the panel strongly endorsed the view that children should not be returned to practice or play until clinically completely symptom free, which may require a longer time frame than for adults. in addition, the concept of ‘cognitive rest’ was highlighted with special reference to a child’s need to limit exertion with activities of daily living and to limit scholastic and other cognitive stressors (e.g text messaging, videogames etc) while symptomatic. school attendance and activities may also need to be modified to avoid provocation of symptoms. because of the different physiological response & longer recovery after concussion and specific risks (e.g. diffuse cerebral swelling) related to head impact during childhood and adolescence, a more conservative return to play approach is recommended. it is appropriate to extend the amount of time of asymptomatic rest and/ or the length of the graded exertion in children and adolescents. it is not appropriate for a child or adolescent athlete with concussion to rtp on the same day as the injury regardless of the level of athletic performance. concussion modifiers apply even more to this population than adults and may mandate more cautious rtp advice. 6.2 elite vs non-elite athletes the panel unanimously agreed that all athletes regardless of level of participation should be managed using the same treatment and return to play paradigm. a more useful construct was agreed whereby the available resources and expertise in concussion evaluation were of more importance in determining management than a separation between elite and non-elite athlete management. although formal baseline np screening may be beyond the resources of many sports or individuals, it is recommended that in all organized high risk sports consideration be given to having this cognitive evaluation regardless of the age or level of performance. 6.3 chronic traumatic brain injury epidemiological studies have suggested an association between repeated sports concussions during a career and late life cognitive impairment. similarly, case reports have noted anecdotal cases where neuro-pathological evidence of chronic traumatic encephalopathy was observed in retired football players. (108-112) panel discussion was held and no consensus was reached on the significance of such observations at this stage. clinicians need to be mindful of the potential for long-term problems in the management of all athletes. 7) injury prevention 7.1 protective equipment – mouthguards and helmets there is no good clinical evidence that currently available protective equipment will prevent concussion although mouthguards have a definite role in preventing dental and oro-facial injury. biomechanical studies have shown a reduction in impact forces to the brain with the use of head gear and helmets, but these findings have not been translated to show a reduction in concussion incidence. for skiing and snowboarding there are a number of studies to suggest that helmets provide protection against head and facial injury and hence should be recommended for participants in alpine sports. (113-116) in specific sports such as cycling, motor and equestrian sports, protective helmets may prevent other forms of head injury (e.g. skull fracture) that are related to falling on hard road surfaces and these may be an important injury prevention issue for those sports. (116128) 7.2 rule change consideration of rule changes to reduce the head injury incidence or severity may be appropriate where a clear-cut mechanism is implicated in a particular sport. an example of this is in football (soccer) where research studies demonstrated that upper limb to head contact in heading contests accounted for approximately 50% of concussions. (129). as noted earlier, rule changes also may be needed in some sports to allow an effective off-field medical assessment to occur without compromising the athlete’s welfare, affecting the flow of the game or unduly penalizing the player’s team. it is important to note that rule enforcement may be a critical aspect of modifying injury risk in these settings and referees play an important role in this regard. 7.3 risk compensation an important consideration in the use of protective equipment is the concept of risk compensation. (130) this is where the use of protective equipment results in behavioral change such as the adoption of more dangerous playing techniques, which can result in a paradoxical increase in injury rates. this may be a particular concern in child and adolescent athletes where head injury rates are often higher than in adult athletes. (131-133) 7.4 aggression versus violence in sport the competitive/aggressive nature of sport which makes it fun to play and watch should not be discouraged. however, sporting organizations should be encouraged to address violence that may increase concussion risk. (134, 135) fair play and respect should be supported as key elements of sport. 8) knowledge transfer as the ability to treat or reduce the effects of concussive injury after the event is minimal, education of athletes, colleagues and the general public is a mainstay of progress in this field. athletes, referees, administrators, parents, coaches and health care providers must be educated regarding the detection of concussion, its clinical features, assessment techniques and principles of safe return to play. methods to improve education including web-based resources, educational videos and international outreach programs are important in delivering the message. in addition, concussion working groups plus the support and endorsement of enlightened sport groups such as fédération internationale de football association (fifa), international olympic commission (ioc), international rugby board (irb) and international ice hockey federation (iihf) who initiated this endeavor have enormous value and must be pursued vigorously. fair play and respect for opponents are ethical values that should be encouraged in all sports and sporting associations. similarly coaches, parents and managers play an important part in ensuring these values are implemented on the field of play. (57, 136-148) 9) future directions the consensus panelists recognize that research is needed across a range of areas in order to answer some critical research questions. the key areas for research identified include: • validation of the scat2 • gender effects on injury risk, severity and outcome • paediatric injury and management paradigms • virtual reality tools in the assessment of injury • rehabilitation strategies (e.g. exercise therapy) • novel imaging modalities and their role in clinical assessment • concussion surveillance using consistent definitions and outcome measures • clinical assessment where no baseline assessment has been performed sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 41 • ‘best-practice’ neuropsychological testing • long term outcomes • on-field injury severity predictors 10) medical legal considerations this consensus document reflects the current state of knowledge and will need to be modified according to the development of new knowledge. it provides an overview of issues that may be of importance to healthcare providers involved in the management of sports related concussion. it is not intended as a standard of care, and should not be interpreted as such. this document is only a guide, and is of a general nature, consistent with the reasonable practice of a healthcare professional. individual treatment will depend on the facts and circumstances specific to each individual case. it is intended that this document will be formally reviewed and updated prior to 1 december 2012. 11) statement on background to consensus process in november 2001, the 1st international conference on concussion in sport was held in vienna, austria. this meeting was organized by the iihf in partnership with fifa and the medical commission of the ioc. as part of the resulting mandate for the future, the need for leadership and future updates were identified. the 2nd international conference on concussion in sport was organized by the same group with the additional involvement of the irb and was held in prague, czech republic in november 2004. the original aims of the symposia were to provide recommendations for the improvement of safety and health of athletes who suffer concussive injuries in ice hockey, rugby, football (soccer) as well as other sports. to this end, a range of experts were invited to both meetings to address specific issues of epidemiology, basic and clinical science, injury grading systems, cognitive assessment, new research methods, protective equipment, management, prevention and long term outcome. (1, 2) the 3rd international conference on concussion in sport was held in zurich, switzerland on 29/30 october 2008 and was designed as a formal consensus meeting following the organizational guidelines set forth by the us national institutes of health. (details of the consensus methodology can be obtained at: http://consensus.nih. gov/aboutcdp.htm) the basic principles governing the conduct of a consensus development conference are summarized below: 1. a broad based non-government, non-advocacy panel was assembled to give balanced, objective and knowledgeable attention to the topic. panel members excluded anyone with scientific or commercial conflicts of interest and included researchers in clinical medicine, sports medicine, neuroscience, neuroimaging, athletic training and sports science. 2. these experts presented data in a public session, followed by inquiry and discussion. the panel then met in an executive session to prepare the consensus statement. 3. a number of specific questions were prepared and posed in advance to define the scope and guide the direction of the conference. the principle task of the panel was to elucidate responses to these questions. these questions are outlined below. 4. a systematic literature review was prepared and circulated in advance for use by the panel in addressing the conference questions. 5. the consensus statement is intended to serve as the scientific record of the conference. 6. the consensus statement will be widely disseminated to achieve maximum impact on both current health care practice and future medical research. the panel chairperson (wm) did not identify with any advocacy position. the chairperson was responsible for directing the consensus session and guiding the panel’s deliberations. panelists were drawn from clinical practice, academic and research in the field of sports related concussion. they do not represent organisations per se but were selected for their expertise, experience and understanding of this field. references 1. aubry m, cantu r, dvorak j, graf-baumann t, johnston k, kelly j, et al. summary and agreement statement of the first international conference on concussion in sport, vienna 2001. recommendations for the improvement of safety and health of athletes who may suffer concussive injuries. british journal of sports medicine. 2002 feb;36(1):6-10. 2. mccrory p, johnston k, meeuwisse w, aubry m, cantu r, dvorak j, et al. summary and agreement statement of the 2nd international conference on concussion in sport, prague 2004. british journal of sports medicine. 2005 apr;39(4):196-204. 3. maddocks d, dicker g. an objective measure of recovery from concussion in australian rules footballers. sport health. 1989;7(supplement):6-7. 4. maddocks dl, dicker gd, saling mm. the assessment of orientation following concussion in athletes. clin j sport med. 1995;5(1):32-5. 5. mccrea m. standardized mental status assessment of sports concussion. clin j sport med. 2001 jul;11(3):176-81. 6. mccrea m, kelly j, randolph c, kluge j, bartolic e, finn g, et al. standardised assessment of concussion (sac): on site mental status evaluation of the athlete. j head trauma rehab. 1998;13:27-36. 7. mccrea m, randolph c, kelly j. the standardized assessment of concussion (sac): manual for administration, scoring and interpretation. 2nd ed. waukesha, wi 2000. 8. mccrea m, kelly jp, kluge j, ackley b, randolph c. standardized assessment of concussion in football players. neurology. 1997 mar;48(3):5868. 9. chen j, johnston k, collie a, mccrory p, ptito a. a validation of the post concussion symptom scale in the assessment of complex concussion using cognitive testing and functional mri. j neurol neurosurg psych. 2007:in press. 10. chen j, johnston k, frey s, petrides m, worsley k, ptito a. functional abnormalities in symptomatic concussed athletes: an fmri study. neuroimage 2004;22(1):68-82. 11. chen jk, johnston km, collie a, mccrory p, ptito a. (14) association between symptom severity, cogsport tests results, and functional mri activation in symptomatic concussed athletes. clin j sport med. 2004 nov 2004;14(6):379. 12. chen jk, johnston km, collie a, mccrory p, ptito a. behavioural and functional imaging outcomes in symptomatic concussed athletes measured with cogsport and functional mri. bj sport med. 2004 oct 2004;38(5):659. 13. ptito a, chen jk, johnston km. contributions of functional magnetic resonance imaging (fmri) to sport concussion evaluation. neurorehabilitation. 2007;22(3):217-27. 14. guskiewicz k. postural stability assessment following concussion. clin j sport med. 2001;11:182-90. 15. guskiewicz km. assessment of postural stability following sport-related concussion. current sports medicine reports. 2003 feb;2(1):24-30. 16. guskiewicz km, ross se, marshall sw. postural stability and neuropsychological deficits after concussion in collegiate athletes. journal of athletic training. 2001 sep;36(3):263-73. 17. cavanaugh jt, guskiewicz km, giuliani c, marshall s, mercer v, stergiou n. detecting altered postural control after cerebral concussion in athletes with normal postural stability. british journal of sports medicine. 2005 nov;39(11):805-11. 18. cavanaugh jt, guskiewicz km, giuliani c, marshall s, mercer vs, stergiou n. recovery of postural control after cerebral concussion: new insights using approximate entropy. journal of athletic training. 2006 julsep;41(3):305-13. 19. cavanaugh jt, guskiewicz km, stergiou n. a nonlinear dynamic approach for evaluating postural control: new directions for the management of sport-related cerebral concussion. sports medicine (auckland, nz. 2005;35(11):935-50. 42 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 20. fox zg, mihalik jp, blackburn jt, battaglini cl, guskiewicz km. return of postural control to baseline after anaerobic and aerobic exercise protocols. journal of athletic training. 2008 sep-oct;43(5):456-63. 21. collie a, darby d, maruff p. computerised cognitive assessment of athletes with sports related head injury. british journal of sports medicine. 2001 oct;35(5):297-302. 22. collie a, maruff p. computerised neuropsychological testing. british journal of sports medicine. 2003 feb;37(1):2-3. 23. collie a, maruff p, mcstephen m, darby dg. psychometric issues associated with computerised neuropsychological assessment of concussed athletes. british journal of sports medicine. 2003 dec;37(6):556-9. 24. collins mw, grindel sh, lovell mr, dede de, moser dj, phalin br, et al. relationship between concussion and neuropsychological performance in college football players [see comments]. jama. 1999;282(10):964-70. 25. lovell mr. the relevance of neuropsychologic testing for sports-related head injuries. current sports medicine reports. 2002 feb;1(1):7-11. 26. lovell mr, collins mw. neuropsychological assessment of the college football player. the journal of head trauma rehabilitation. 1998 apr;13(2):9-26. 27. bleiberg j, cernich an, cameron k, sun w, peck k, ecklund pj, et al. duration of cognitive impairment after sports concussion. neurosurgery. 2004 may;54(5):1073-78; discussion 8-80. 28. bleiberg j, warden d. duration of cognitive impairment after sports concussion. neurosurgery. 2005 may;56(5):e1166. 29. broglio sp, macciocchi sn, ferrara ms. neurocognitive performance of concussed athletes when symptom free. journal of athletic training. 2007 oct-dec;42(4):504-8. 30. broglio sp, macciocchi sn, ferrara ms. sensitivity of the concussion assessment battery. neurosurgery. 2007 jun;60(6):1050-7; discussion 7-8. 31. gioia g, janusz j, gilstein k, iverson gl. neueopsychological management of consussion in children and adolescents: effects of age and gender on impact. (abstract). br j sp med. 2004;38:657. 32. mccrory p, collie a, anderson v, davis g. can we manage sport related concussion in children the same as in adults? british journal of sports medicine. 2004 oct;38(5):516-9. 33. kristman vl, tator ch, kreiger n, richards d, mainwaring l, jaglal s, et al. does the apolipoprotein epsilon 4 allele predispose varsity athletes to concussion? a prospective cohort study. clin j sport med. 2008 jul;18(4):322-8. 34. terrell tr, bostick rm, abramson r, xie d, barfield w, cantu r, et al. apoe, apoe promoter, and tau genotypes and risk for concussion in college athletes. clin j sport med. 2008 jan;18(1):10-7. 35. vagnozzi r, tavazzi b, signoretti s, amorini am, belli a, cimatti m, et al. temporal window of metabolic brain vulnerability to concussions: mitochondrial-related impairment--part i. neurosurgery. 2007 aug;61(2):37988; discussion 88-9. 36. hang ch, chen g, shi jx, zhang x, li js. cortical expression of nuclear factor kappab after human brain contusion. brain research. 2006 sep 13;1109(1):14-21. 37. peng ry, gao yb, xiao xy, wang dw, chen hy, wu xh, et al. [study on the expressions of basic fibroblast growth factor and nervous growth factor genes in rat cerebral concussion]. zhongguo wei zhong bing ji jiu yi xue. 2003 apr;15(4):213-6. 38. yunoki m, kawauchi m, ukita n, noguchi y, nishio s, ono y, et al. effects of lecithinized sod on sequential change in sod activity after cerebral contusion in rats. acta neurochir suppl. 1998;71:142-5. 39. hinkle da, baldwin sa, scheff sw, wise pm. gfap and s100beta expression in the cortex and hippocampus in response to mild cortical contusion. journal of neurotrauma. 1997 oct;14(10):729-38. 40. holmin s, schalling m, hojeberg b, nordqvist ac, skeftruna ak, mathiesen t. delayed cytokine expression in rat brain following experimental contusion. journal of neurosurgery. 1997 mar;86(3):493-504. 41. sandberg nordqvist ac, von holst h, holmin s, sara vr, bellander bm, schalling m. increase of insulin-like growth factor (igf)-1, igf binding protein-2 and -4 mrnas following cerebral contusion. brain res mol brain res. 1996 jun;38(2):285-93. 42. fukuhara t, nishio s, ono y, kawauchi m, asari s, ohmoto t. induction of cu,zn-superoxide dismutase after cortical contusion injury during hypothermia. brain research. 1994 sep 19;657(1-2):333-6. 43. boutin d, lassonde m, robert m, vanassing p, ellemberg d. neurophysiological assessment prior to and following sports-related concussion during childhood: a case study. neurocase. 2008;14(3):239-48. 44. de beaumont l, brisson b, lassonde m, jolicoeur p. long-term electrophysiological changes in athletes with a history of multiple concussions. brain inj. 2007 jun;21(6):631-44. 45. de beaumont l, lassonde m, leclerc s, theoret h. long-term and cumulative effects of sports concussion on motor cortex inhibition. neurosurgery. 2007 aug;61(2):329-36; discussion 36-7. 46. gaetz m, weinberg h. electrophysiological indices of persistent postconcussion symptoms. brain inj. 2000 sep;14(9):815-32. 47. gosselin n, theriault m, leclerc s, montplaisir j, lassonde m. neurophysiological anomalies in symptomatic and asymptomatic concussed athletes. neurosurgery. 2006 jun;58(6):1151-61; discussion -61. 48. lavoie me, dupuis f, johnston km, leclerc s, lassonde m. visual p300 effects beyond symptoms in concussed college athletes. j clin exp neuropsychol. 2004 feb;26(1):55-73. 49. rousseff rt, tzvetanov p, atanassova pa, volkov i, hristova i. correlation between cognitive p300 changes and the grade of closed head injury. electromyogr clin neurophysiol. 2006 sep;46(5):275-7. 50. begaz t, kyriacou dn, segal j, bazarian jj. serum biochemical markers for post-concussion syndrome in patients with mild traumatic brain injury. journal of neurotrauma. 2006 aug;23(8):1201-10. 51. de boussard cn, lundin a, karlstedt d, edman g, bartfai a, borg j. s100 and cognitive impairment after mild traumatic brain injury. j rehabil med. 2005 jan;37(1):53-7. 52. lima dp, simao filho c, abib sde c, de figueiredo lf. quality of life and neuropsychological changes in mild head trauma. late analysis and correlation with s100b protein and cranial ct scan performed at hospital admission. injury. 2008 may;39(5):604-11. 53. ma m, lindsell cj, rosenberry cm, shaw gj, zemlan fp. serum cleaved tau does not predict postconcussion syndrome after mild traumatic brain injury. am j emerg med. 2008 sep;26(7):763-8. 54. stalnacke bm, tegner y, sojka p. playing ice hockey and basketball increases serum levels of s-100b in elite players: a pilot study. clin j sport med. 2003 sep;13(5):292-302. 55. stalnacke bm, tegner y, sojka p. playing soccer increases serum concentrations of the biochemical markers of brain damage s-100b and neuron-specific enolase in elite players: a pilot study. brain inj. 2004 sep;18(9):899-909. 56. townend w, ingebrigtsen t. head injury outcome prediction: a role for protein s-100b? injury. 2006 dec;37(12):1098-108. 57. johnston k, bloom g, ramsay j, kissick j, montgomery d, foley d, et al. current concepts in concussion rehabilitation. current sports medicine reports. 2004;3:316-23. 58. guskiewicz km, bruce sl, cantu rc, ferrara ms, kelly jp, mccrea m, et al. national athletic trainers’ association position statement: management of sport-related concussion. journal of athletic training. 2004 sep;39(3):280-97. 59. herring s, bergfeld j, boland a, boyajian-o’neill l, cantu r, hershman e, et al. concussion (mild traumatic brain injury) and the team physician: a consensus statement. medicine and science in sports and exercise. 2006 feb;38(2):395-9. 60. kelly jp, rosenberg jh. the development of guidelines for the management of concussion in sports. the journal of head trauma rehabilitation. 1998 apr;13(2):53-65. 61. pellman ej, viano dc, casson ir, arfken c, feuer h. concussion in professional football: players returning to the same game--part 7. neurosurgery. 2005;56(1):79-90; discussion -2. 62. guskiewicz km, mccrea m, marshall sw, cantu rc, randolph c, barr w, et al. cumulative effects associated with recurrent concussion in collegiate football players. jama. 2003 november 19, 2003;290(19):254955. 63. lovell m, collins m, bradley j. return to play following sports-related concussion. clinics in sports medicine. 2004 jul;23(3):421-41, ix. 64. collins m, field m, lovell m, g i, johnston k, maroon j, et al. relationship between postconcussion headache and neuropsychological test performance in high school athletes. the american journal of sports medicine. 2003;31:168-73. 65. collins m, grindel s, lovell m, dede d, moser d, phalin b, et al. relationship between concussion and neuropsychological performance in college football players. j am med assoc. 1999;282:964-70. 66. collins mw, lovell mr, iverson gl, cantu rc, maroon jc, field m. cumulative effects of concussion in high school athletes. neurosurgery. 2002 nov;51(5):1175-9; discussion 80-1. 67. mccrea m, et al. acute effects and recovery time following concussion in collegiate football players. jama. 2003;290:2556-63. 68. mccrea m, hammeke t, olsen g, leo p, guskiewicz k. unreported concussion in high school football players: implications for prevention. clin j sport med. 2004 jan;14(1):13-7. sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 43 69. bloom g, horton a, mccrory p, johnston k. sport psychology and concussion: new impacts to explore. british journal of sports medicine. 2004;38(5):519-21. 70. bloom g, horton a, mccrory p, johnstone k. the role of interventional sports psychological techniques following concussion. british journal of sports medicine. 2004;38:519-21. 71. mccrory p. should we treat concussion pharmacologically? the need for evidence based pharmacological treatment for the concussed athlete. british journal of sports medicine. 2002 feb;36(1):3-5. 72. mccrory p. preparticipation assessment for head injury. clin j sport med. 2004 may;14(3):139-44. 73. johnston km, lassonde m, ptito a. a contemporary neurosurgical approach to sport-related head injury: the mcgill concussion protocol. journal of the american college of surgeons. 2001:515-24. 74. delaney j, lacroix v, leclerc s, johnston k. concussions during the 1997 canadian football league season. clin j sport med. 2000;10:9-14. 75. delaney j, lacroix v, leclerc s, johnston k. concussions among university football and soccer players. clinical journal of sport medicine. 2002;12(6):331-8. 76. gessel lm, fields sk, collins cl, dick rw, comstock rd. concussions among united states high school and collegiate athletes. journal of athletic training. 2007 oct-dec;42(4):495-503. 77. dvorak j, junge a, fuller c, mccrory p. medical issues in women’s football. british journal of sports medicine. 2007 aug;41 suppl 1:i1. 78. dvorak j, mccrory p, kirkendall dt. head injuries in the female football player: incidence, mechanisms, risk factors and management. british journal of sports medicine. 2007 aug;41 suppl 1:i44-6. 79. jennett b, bond m. assessment of outcome after severe brain damage: a practical scale. lancet. 1975;1:480-4. 80. leninger b, gramling s, farrell a, kreutzer j, peck e. neuropsychological deficits in symptomatic minor head injury patients after concussion and mild concussion. j neurol neurosurg psych. 1990;53:293-6. 81. lovell m, iverson g, collins m, mckeag d, maroon j. does loss of consciousness predict neuropsychological decrements after concussion. clin j sp med. 1999;9:193-9. 82. mccrea m, kelly j, randolph c, cisler r, berger l. immediate neurocognitive effects of concussion. neurosurgery. 2002;50(5):1032-42. 83. cantu rc. posttraumatic retrograde and anterograde amnesia: pathophysiology and implications in grading and safe return to play. j athletic training. 2001;36((3)):244-8. 84. lovell mr, collins mw, iverson gl, field m, maroon jc, cantu rc, et al. recovery from mild concussion in high school atheltes. jneurosurg. 2003 february 2003;98:296-301. 85. mccrory pr, ariens t, berkovic sf. the nature and duration of acute concussive symptoms in australian football. clin j sport med. 2000 oct;10(4):235-8. 86. yarnell p, lynch s. the ‘ding’: amnestic state in football trauma. neurology. 1973;23:196-7. 87. yarnell pr, lynch s. retrograde memory immediately after concussion. lancet. 1970;1(7652):863-4. 88. mccrory pr, berkovic sf. video analysis of acute motor and convulsive manifestations in sport-related concussion. neurology. 2000 apr 11;54(7):1488-91. 89. mccrory pr, bladin pf, berkovic sf. retrospective study of concussive convulsions in elite australian rules and rugby league footballers: phenomenology, aetiology, and outcome. bmj (clinical research ed. 1997 jan 18;314(7075):171-4. 90. fleminger s. long-term psychiatric disorders after traumatic brain injury. eur j anaesthesiol suppl. 2008;42:123-30. 91. chen jk, johnston km, petrides m, ptito a. neural substrates of symptoms of depression following concussion in male athletes with persisting postconcussion symptoms. arch gen psychiatry. 2008 jan;65(1):81-9. 92. bryant ra. disentangling mild traumatic brain injury and stress reactions. the new england journal of medicine. 2008 jan 31;358(5):525-7. 93. vanderploeg rd, curtiss g, luis ca, salazar am. long-term morbidities following self-reported mild traumatic brain injury. j clin exp neuropsychol. 2007 aug;29(6):585-98. 94. guskiewicz km, marshall sw, bailes j, mccrea m, harding hp, jr., matthews a, et al. recurrent concussion and risk of depression in retired professional football players. medicine and science in sports and exercise. 2007 jun;39(6):903-9. 95. kashluba s, casey je, paniak c. evaluating the utility of icd-10 diagnostic criteria for postconcussion syndrome following mild traumatic brain injury. j int neuropsychol soc. 2006 jan;12(1):111-8. 96. iverson gl. misdiagnosis of the persistent postconcussion syndrome in patients with depression. arch clin neuropsychol. 2006 may;21(4):30310. 97. chamelian l, feinstein a. the effect of major depression on subjective and objective cognitive deficits in mild to moderate traumatic brain injury. the journal of neuropsychiatry and clinical neurosciences. 2006 winter;18(1):33-8. 98. mooney g, speed j, sheppard s. factors related to recovery after mild traumatic brain injury. brain inj. 2005 nov;19(12):975-87. 99. broshek dk, freeman jr. psychiatric and neuropsychological issues in sport medicine. clinics in sports medicine. 2005 jul;24(3):663-79, x. 100. pellman ej. background on the national football league’s research on concussion in professional football. neurosurgery. 2003 oct;53(4):7978. 101. purcell l, carson j. sport-related concussion in pediatric athletes. clin pediatr (phila). 2008 mar;47(2):106-13. 102. lee lk. controversies in the sequelae of pediatric mild traumatic brain injury. pediatric emergency care. 2007 aug;23(8):580-3; quiz 4-6. 103. schnadower d, vazquez h, lee j, dayan p, roskind cg. controversies in the evaluation and management of minor blunt head trauma in children. current opinion in pediatrics. 2007 jun;19(3):258-64. 104. wozniak jr, krach l, ward e, mueller ba, muetzel r, schnoebelen s, et al. neurocognitive and neuroimaging correlates of pediatric traumatic brain injury: a diffusion tensor imaging (dti) study. arch clin neuropsychol. 2007 jun;22(5):555-68. 105. hayden mg, jandial r, duenas ha, mahajan r, levy m. pediatric concussions in sports; a simple and rapid assessment tool for concussive injury in children and adults. childs nerv syst. 2007 apr;23(4):431-5. 106. lee ma. adolescent concussions--management recommendations: a practical approach. connecticut medicine. 2006 jun-jul;70(6):377-80. 107. kirkwood mw, yeates ko, wilson pe. pediatric sport-related concussion: a review of the clinical management of an oft-neglected population. pediatrics. 2006 apr;117(4):1359-71. 108. guskiewicz km, marshall sw, bailes j, mccrea m, cantu rc, randolph c, et al. association between recurrent concussion and late-life cognitive impairment in retired professional football players. neurosurgery. 2005 oct;57(4):719-26; discussion -26. 109. nandoe rd, scheltens p, eikelenboom p. head trauma and alzheimer’s disease. j alzheimers dis. 2002 aug;4(4):303-8. 110. stern mb. head trauma as a risk factor for parkinson’s disease. mov disord. 1991;6(2):95-7. 111. omalu bi, dekosky st, hamilton rl, minster rl, kamboh mi, shakir am, et al. chronic traumatic encephalopathy in a national football league player: part ii. neurosurgery. 2006 nov;59(5):1086-92; discussion 92-3. 112. omalu bi, dekosky st, minster rl, kamboh mi, hamilton rl, wecht ch. chronic traumatic encephalopathy in a national football league player. neurosurgery. 2005 jul;57(1):128-34; discussion -34. 113. hagel be, pless ib, goulet c, platt rw, robitaille y. effectiveness of helmets in skiers and snowboarders: case-control and case crossover study. bmj (clinical research ed. 2005 feb 5;330(7486):281. 114. mccrory p. the role of helmets in skiing and snowboarding. british journal of sports medicine. 2002 oct;36(5):314. 115. mueller ba, cummings p, rivara fp, brooks ma, terasaki rd. injuries of the head, face, and neck in relation to ski helmet use. epidemiology. 2008 mar;19(2):270-6. 116. sulheim s, holme i, ekeland a, bahr r. helmet use and risk of head injuries in alpine skiers and snowboarders. jama. 2006 feb 22;295(8):91924. 117. delaney js, al-kashmiri a, drummond r, correa ja. the effect of protective headgear on head injuries and concussions in adolescent football (soccer) players. british journal of sports medicine. 2008 feb;42(2):110-5; discussion 5. 118. viano dc, pellman ej, withnall c, shewchenko n. concussion in professional football: performance of newer helmets in reconstructed game impacts--part 13. neurosurgery. 2006 sep;59(3):591-606; discussion 591-606. 119. finch c, braham r, mcintosh a, mccrory p, wolfe r. should football players wear custom fitted mouthguards? results from a group randomised controlled trial. inj prev. 2005 aug;11(4):242-6. 120. mcintosh a, mccrory p. the dynamics of concussive head impacts in rugby and australian rules football. medicine and science in sports and exercise. 2000;32:1980-5. 121. mcintosh a, mccrory p. impact energy attenuation performance of football headgear. british journal of sports medicine. 2000;34:337-42. 44 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 122. mcintosh a, mccrory p. effectiveness of headgear in a pilot study of under 15 rugby union football. british journal of sports medicine. 2001;35:16770. 123. mcintosh a, mccrory p, finch c, best j, chalmers d. rugby headgear study report. school of safety science, the university of new south wales, sydney, australia, may 2005. 124. finch c, newstead s, cameron m, vulcan a. head injury reductions in victoria two years after the introduction of mandatory bicycle helmet use. melbourne: monash university accident research centre, july 1993. report no.: 51. 125. curnow wj. bicycle helmets and public health in australia. health promot j austr. 2008 apr;19(1):10-5. 126. hewson pj. cycle helmets and road casualties in the uk. traffic inj prev. 2005 jun;6(2):127-34. 127. davidson ja. epidemiology and outcome of bicycle injuries presenting to an emergency department in the united kingdom. eur j emerg med. 2005 feb;12(1):24-9. 128. hansen ks, engesaeter lb, viste a. protective effect of different types of bicycle helmets. traffic inj prev. 2003 dec;4(4):285-90. 129. andersen t, arnason a, engebretsen l, bahr r. mechanism of head injuries in elite football. british journal of sports medicine. 2004;38:690-6. 130. hagel b, meewisse w. editorial: risk compensation: a “side effect” of sport injury prevention? clin j sp med. 2004 july 2004;14(4):193-6. 131. finch c, mcintosh as, mccrory p, zazryn t. a pilot study of the attitudes of australian rules footballers towards protective headgear. journal of science and medicine in sport. 2003;6(4):505-11. 132. finch cf, mcintosh as, mccrory p. what do under 15 year old schoolboy rugby union players think about protective headgear? british journal of sports medicine. 2001 apr;35(2):89-94. 133. finch cf, mcintosh as, mccrory p, zazryn t. a pilot study of the attitudes of australian rules footballers towards protective headgear. j sci med sport. 2003 dec;6(4):505-11. 134. reece rm, sege r. childhood head injuries: accidental or inflicted? arch pediatr adolesc med. 2000 jan;154(1):11-5. 135. shaw nh. bodychecking in hockey. cmaj. 2004 jan 6;170(1):15-6; author reply 6, 8. 136. denke nj. brain injury in sports. j emerg nurs. 2008 aug;34(4):363-4. 137. gianotti s, hume pa. concussion sideline management intervention for rugby union leads to reduced concussion claims. neurorehabilitation. 2007;22(3):181-9. 138. guilmette tj, malia la, mcquiggan md. concussion understanding and management among new england high school football coaches. brain inj. 2007 sep;21(10):1039-47. 139. hootman jm, dick r, agel j. epidemiology of collegiate injuries for 15 sports: summary and recommendations for injury prevention initiatives. journal of athletic training. 2007 apr-jun;42(2):311-9. 140. valovich mcleod tc, schwartz c, bay rc. sport-related concussion misunderstandings among youth coaches. clin j sport med. 2007 mar;17(2):140-2. 141. sye g, sullivan sj, mccrory p. high school rugby players’ understanding of concussion and return to play guidelines. british journal of sports medicine. 2006 dec;40(12):1003-5. 142. theye f, mueller ka. “heads up”: concussions in high school sports. clin med res. 2004 aug;2(3):165-71. 143. kashluba s, paniak c, blake t, reynolds s, toller-lobe g, nagy j. a longitudinal, controlled study of patient complaints following treated mild traumatic brain injury. arch clin neuropsychol. 2004 sep;19(6):805-16. 144. gabbe b, finch cf, wajswelner h, bennell k. does community-level australian football support injury prevention research? j sci med sport. 2003 jun;6(2):231-6. 145. kaut kp, depompei r, kerr j, congeni j. reports of head injury and symptom knowledge among college athletes: implications for assessment and educational intervention. clin j sport med. 2003 jul;13(4):213-21. 146. davidhizar r, cramer c. “the best thing about the hospitalization was that the nurses kept me well informed” issues and strategies of client education. accid emerg nurs. 2002 jul;10(3):149-54. 147. mccrory p. what advice should we give to athletes postconcussion? british journal of sports medicine. 2002 oct;36(5):316-8. 148. bazarian jj, veenema t, brayer af, lee e. knowledge of concussion guidelines among practitioners caring for children. clin pediatr (phila). 2001 apr;40(4):207-12. appendix* *the appendix is available as a separate document on the website www.sajsm.org.za concussion should be suspected in the presence of any one or more of the following: symptoms (such as head­ ache), or physical signs (such as unsteadiness), or impaired brain function (e.g. confusion) or abnormal behaviour. 1. symptoms presence of any of the following signs & symptoms may suggest a concussion. pocket scat2 loss of consciousness� seizure or convulsion� amnesia� headache� “pressure in head” � neck pain� nausea or vomiting� dizziness� blurred vision� balance problems� sensitivity to light� sensitivity to noise� feeling slowed down� feeling like “in a fog“� “don’t feel right”� difficulty concentrating� difficulty remembering� fatigue or low energy� confusion� drowsiness� more emotional� irritability� sadness � nervous or anxious� 3. balance testing instructions for tandem stance “now stand heel-to-toe with your non-dominant foot in back. your weight should be evenly distributed across both feet. you should try to maintain stability for 20 seconds with your hands on your hips and your eyes closed. i will be counting the number of times you move out of this position. if you stumble out of this position, open your eyes and return to the start position and continue balancing. i will start timing when you are set and have closed your eyes.” observe the athlete for 20 seconds. if they make more than 5 errors (such as lift their hands off their hips; open their eyes; lift their forefoot or heel; step, stumble, or fall; or remain out of the start position for more that 5 seconds) then this may suggest a concussion. any athlete with a suspected concussion should be immediately removed from play, urgently assessed medically, should not be left alone and should not drive a motor vehicle. 2. memory function failure to answer all questions correctly may suggest a concussion. “at what venue are we at today?” “which half is it now?” “who scored last in this game?” “what team did you play last week / game?” “did your team win the last game?” sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 45 none mild moderate severe sport concussion assessment tool 2 symptom evaluation what is the scat2?1 this tool represents a standardized method of evaluating injured athletes for concussion and can be used in athletes aged from 10 years and older. it supersedes the original scat published in 20052. this tool also enables the calculation of the standardized assessment of concussion (sac)3, 4 score and the maddocks questions5 for sideline concussion assessment. instructions for using the scat2 the scat2 is designed for the use of medical and health professionals. preseason baseline testing with the scat2 can be helpful for interpreting post-injury test scores. words in italics throughout the scat2 are the instructions given to the athlete by the tester. this tool may be freely copied for distribtion to individuals, teams, groups and organizations. what is a concussion? a concussion is a disturbance in brain function caused by a direct or indirect force to the head. it results in a variety of nonspecific symptoms (like those listed below) and often does not involve loss of consciousness. concussion should be suspected in the presence of any one or more of the following: any athlete with a suspected concussion should be removed from play, medically assessed, monitored for deterioration (i.e., should not be left alone) and should not drive a motor vehicle. scat2 sport concussion assesment tool 2 | page 1 scat2 how do you feel? you should score yourself on the following symptoms, based on how you feel now. headache 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 “pressure in head” 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 neck pain 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 nausea or vomiting 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 dizziness 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 blurred vision 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 balance problems 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 sensitivity to light 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 sensitivity to noise 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 feeling slowed down 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 feeling like “in a fog“ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 “don’t feel right” 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 difficulty concentrating 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 difficulty remembering 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 fatigue or low energy 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 confusion 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 drowsiness 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 trouble falling asleep (if applicable) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 more emotional 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 irritability 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 sadness 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 nervous or anxious 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 total number of symptoms (maximum possible 22) symptom severity score (add all scores in table, maximum possible: 22 x 6 = 132) do the symptoms get worse with physical activity? y n do the symptoms get worse with mental activity? y n overall rating if you know the athlete well prior to the injury, how different is the athlete acting compared to his / her usual self? please circle one response. no different very different unsure name sport / team date / time of injury date / time of assessment age gender n m n f years of education completed examiner cognitive & physical evaluation symptom score (from page 1) 22 minus number of symptoms of 22 physical signs score was there loss of consciousness or unresponsiveness? y n if yes, how long? minutes was there a balance problem / unsteadiness? y n physical signs score (1 point for each negative response) of 2 glasgow coma scale (gcs) best eye response (e) no eye opening 1 eye opening in response to pain 2 eye opening to speech 3 eyes opening spontaneously 4 best verbal response (v) no verbal response 1 incomprehensible sounds 2 inappropriate words 3 confused 4 oriented 5 best motor response (m) no motor response 1 extension to pain 2 abnormal flexion to pain 3 flexion / withdrawal to pain 4 localizes to pain 5 obeys commands 6 glasgow coma score (e + v + m) of 15 gcs should be recorded for all athletes in case of subsequent deterioration. sideline assessment – maddocks score “i am going to ask you a few questions, please listen carefully and give your best effort.” modified maddocks questions (1 point for each correct answer) at what venue are we at today? 0 1 which half is it now? 0 1 who scored last in this match? 0 1 what team did you play last week / game? 0 1 did your team win the last game? 0 1 maddocks score of 5 maddocks score is validated for sideline diagnosis of concussion only and is not included in scat 2 summary score for serial testing. cognitive assessment standardized assessment of concussion (sac) orientation (1 point for each correct answer) what month is it? 0 1 what is the date today? 0 1 what is the day of the week? 0 1 what year is it? 0 1 what time is it right now? (within 1 hour) 0 1 orientation score of 5 immediate memory “i am going to test your memory. i will read you a list of words and when i am done, repeat back as many words as you can remember, in any order.” trials 2 & 3: “i am going to repeat the same list again. repeat back as many words as you can remember in any order, even if you said the word before.“ complete all 3 trials regardless of score on trial 1 & 2. read the words at a rate of one per second. score 1 pt. for each correct response. total score equals sum across all 3 trials. do not inform the athlete that delayed recall will be tested. list trial 1 trial 2 trial 3 alternative word list elbow 0 1 0 1 0 1 candle baby finger apple 0 1 0 1 0 1 paper monkey penny carpet 0 1 0 1 0 1 sugar perfume blanket saddle 0 1 0 1 0 1 sandwich sunset lemon bubble 0 1 0 1 0 1 wagon iron insect total immediate memory score of 15 concentration digits backward: “i am going to read you a string of numbers and when i am done, you repeat them back to me backwards, in reverse order of how i read them to you. for example, if i say 7-1-9, you would say 9-1-7.” if correct, go to next string length. if incorrect, read trial 2. one point possible for each string length. stop after incorrect on both trials. the digits should be read at the rate of one per second. alternative digit lists 4-9-3 0 1 6-2-9 5-2-6 4-1-5 3-8-1-4 0 1 3-2-7-9 1-7-9-5 4-9-6-8 6-2-9-7-1 0 1 1-5-2-8-6 3-8-5-2-7 6-1-8-4-3 7-1-8-4-6-2 0 1 5-3-9-1-4-8 8-3-1-9-6-4 7-2-4-8-5-6 months in reverse order: “now tell me the months of the year in reverse order. start with the last month and go backward. so you’ll say december, november ... go ahead” 1 pt. for entire sequence correct dec-nov-oct-sept-aug-jul-jun-may-apr-mar-feb-jan 0 1 concentration score of 5 scat2 sport concussion assesment tool 2 | page 2 1 4 5 2 3 3 mccrea m. standardized mental status testing of acute concussion. clinical journal of sports medicine. 2001; 11: 176-181 4 mccrea m, randolph c, kelly j. standardized assessment of concussion: manual for administration, scoring and interpretation. waukesha, wisconsin, usa. 5 maddocks, dl; dicker, gd; saling, mm. the assessment of orientation following concussion in athletes. clin j sport med. 1995;5(1):32–3 6 guskiewicz km. assessment of postural stability following sport-related concussion. current sports medicine reports. 2003; 2: 24-30 1 this tool has been developed by a group of international experts at the 3rd international consensus meeting on concussion in sport held in zurich, switzerland in november 2008. the full details of the conference outcomes and the authors of the tool are published in british journal of sports medicine, 2009, volume 43, supplement 1. the outcome paper will also be simultaneously co-published in the may 2009 issues of clinical journal of sports medicine, physical medicine & rehabilitation, journal of athletic training, journal of clinical neuroscience, journal of science & medicine in sport, neurosurgery, scandinavian journal of science & medicine in sport and the journal of clinical sports medicine. 2 mccrory p et al. summary and agreement statement of the 2nd international conference on concussion in sport, prague 2004. british journal of sports medicine. 2005; 39: 196-204 balance examination this balance testing is based on a modified version of the balance error scoring system (bess)6. a stopwatch or watch with a second hand is required for this testing. balance testing “i am now going to test your balance. please take your shoes off, roll up your pant legs above ankle (if applicable), and remove any ankle taping (if applicable). this test will consist of three twenty second tests with different stances.“ (a) double leg stance: “the first stance is standing with your feet together with your hands on your hips and with your eyes closed. you should try to maintain stability in that position for 20 seconds. i will be counting the number of times you move out of this position. i will start timing when you are set and have closed your eyes.“ (b) single leg stance: “if you were to kick a ball, which foot would you use? [this will be the dominant foot] now stand on your non-dominant foot. the dominant leg should be held in approximately 30 degrees of hip flexion and 45 degrees of knee flexion. again, you should try to maintain stability for 20 seconds with your hands on your hips and your eyes closed. i will be counting the number of times you move out of this position. if you stumble out of this position, open your eyes and return to the start position and continue balancing. i will start timing when you are set and have closed your eyes.“ (c) tandem stance: “now stand heel-to-toe with your non-dominant foot in back. your weight should be evenly distributed across both feet. again, you should try to maintain stability for 20 seconds with your hands on your hips and your eyes closed. i will be counting the number of times you move out of this position. if you stumble out of this position, open your eyes and return to the start position and continue balancing. i will start timing when you are set and have closed your eyes.” balance testing – types of errors 1. hands lifted off iliac crest 2. opening eyes 3. step, stumble, or fall 4. moving hip into > 30 degrees abduction 5. lifting forefoot or heel 6. remaining out of test position > 5 sec each of the 20-second trials is scored by counting the errors, or deviations from the proper stance, accumulated by the athlete. the examiner will begin counting errors only after the individual has assumed the proper start position. the modified bess is calculated by adding one error point for each error during the three 20-second tests. the maximum total number of errors for any single condition is 10. if a athlete commits multiple errors simultaneously, only one error is recorded but the athlete should quickly return to the testing position, and counting should resume once subject is set. subjects that are unable to maintain the testing procedure for a minimum of five seconds at the start are assigned the highest possible score, ten, for that testing condition. which foot was tested: left right (i.e. which is the non-dominant foot) condition total errors double leg stance (feet together) of 10 single leg stance (non-dominant foot) of 10 tandem stance (non-dominant foot at back) of 10 balance examination score (30 minus total errors) of 30 coordination examination upper limb coordination finger-to-nose (ftn) task: “i am going to test your coordination now. please sit comfortably on the chair with your eyes open and your arm (either right or left) outstretched (shoulder flexed to 90 degrees and elbow and fingers extended). when i give a start signal, i would like you to perform five successive finger to nose repetitions using your index finger to touch the tip of the nose as quickly and as accurately as possible.” which arm was tested: left right scoring: 5 correct repetitions in < 4 seconds = 1 note for testers: athletes fail the test if they do not touch their nose, do not fully extend their elbow or do not perform five repetitions. failure should be scored as 0. coordination score of 1 cognitive assessment standardized assessment of concussion (sac) delayed recall “do you remember that list of words i read a few times earlier? tell me as many words from the list as you can remember in any order.“ circle each word correctly recalled. total score equals number of words recalled. list alternative word list elbow candle baby finger apple paper monkey penny carpet sugar perfume blanket saddle sandwich sunset lemon bubble wagon iron insect delayed recall score of 5 overall score test domain score symptom score of 22 physical signs score of 2 glasgow coma score (e + v + m) of 15 balance examination score of 30 coordination score of 1 subtotal of 70 orientation score of 5 immediate memory score of 5 concentration score of 15 delayed recall score of 5 sac subtotal of 30 scat2 total of 100 maddocks score of 5 definitive normative data for a scat2 “cut-off” score is not available at this time and will be developed in prospective studies. embedded within the scat2 is the sac score that can be utilized separately in concussion management. the scoring system also takes on particular clinical significance during serial assessment where it can be used to document either a decline or an improvement in neurological functioning. scoring data from the scat2 or sac should not be used as a stand alone method to diagnose concussion, measure recovery or make decisions about an athlete’s readiness to return to competition after concussion. scat2 sport concussion assesment tool 2 | page 3 6 7 8 this patient has received an injury to the head. a careful medical examination has been carried out and no sign of any serious complications has been found. it is expected that recovery will be rapid, but the patient will need monitoring for a further period by a responsible adult. your treating physician will provide guidance as to this timeframe. if you notice any change in behaviour, vomiting, dizziness, worsening headache, double vision or excessive drowsiness, please telephone the clinic or the nearest hospital emergency department immediately. other important points: not use aspirin or anti-inflammatory medication not drive until medically cleared not train or play sport until medically cleared patient’s name date / time of injury date / time of medical review treating physician concussion injury advice (to be given to concussed athlete) signs to watch for problems could arise over the first 24-48 hours. you should not be left alone and must go to a hospital at once if you: remember, it is better to be safe. consult your doctor after a suspected concussion. return to play athletes should not be returned to play the same day of injury. when returning athletes to play, they should follow a stepwise symptom-limited program, with stages of progression. for example: 1. rest until asymptomatic (physical and mental rest) 2. light aerobic exercise (e.g. stationary cycle) 3. sport-specific exercise 4. non-contact training drills (start light resistance training) 5. full contact training after medical clearance 6. return to competition (game play) there should be approximately 24 hours (or longer) for each stage and the athlete should return to stage 1 if symptoms recur. resistance training should only be added in the later stages. medical clearance should be given before return to play. athlete information any athlete suspected of having a concussion should be removed from play, and then seek medical evaluation. scat2 sport concussion assesment tool 2 | page 4 contact details or stamp clinic phone number additional comments tool test domain time score date tested days post injury symptom score physical signs score glasgow coma score (e + v + m) scat2 balance examination score coordination score orientation score immediate memory score sac concentration score delayed recall score sac score total scat2 symptom severity score (max possible 132) return to play n y n n n y n n n y n n n y n n 46 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 22 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 editor’s choice the history and meaning of fatigue it is immensely difficult to provide a detailed historical account of the development of fatigue as a concept in the exercise sciences. however, the study of fatigue stretches back centuries to scientists such as galvani, who provided the ideas and tools to undertake experiments related to the electrical impulses needed to animate skeletal muscles.1 the definitive work of mosso in the 18th century stands as a landmark in the study of fatigue.2 in his book la fatica (fatigue),2 he concluded that there were two phenomena which categorised fatigue: “the first is the diminution of the muscular force. the second is fatigue as a sensation. that is to say, we have a physical fact which can be measured and compared, and a psychic fact which eludes measurement” (p 154). notably, early textbooks such as physiology of muscular exercise by bainbridge in 19313 pointed out that the limit of exercise “has often been ascribed to the capacity of the heart alone, but the facts as a whole indicate that the sum of the changes taking place throughout the body brings about the final cessation of effort” (p 176). it is an interesting fact that research into fatigue is highly complex, and consensus about the aetiology of this human condition still evades us. not surprisingly, even after centuries of research in this area, fatigue is still very much a part of medical and social discourse. there may be several reasons for this, not least of which could be the loss or change in the meaning of the term fatigue. the oxford dictionary4 defines fatigue as “extreme tiredness after exertion; reduction in efficiency of a muscle, organ etc. after prolonged activity”. compare this definition to that of exhaustion which is often used interchangeably by exercise physiologists and which is defined as “a total loss of strength; to consume or use up the whole of ”.4 clearly, these are substantially different meanings. in addition to these general meanings, there is wide variation in definitions of fatigue in the exercise sciences which include statements such as “the failure to maintain the required or expected force,”5 or “a loss of maximal force generating capacity”6 or “a reversible state of force depression, including a lower rate of rise of force and a slower relaxation”.7 there are many more statements or definitions like these which attempt to capture the specific observation that there has been a decline in the ability to produce skeletal muscle tension of a given magnitude in order to quantify the amount of fatigue that has developed. recently, it has been argued that meaning itself, the subjective sense a person attributes to an event or experience, tends to be overlooked in scientific research. as a result, we are left with a naïve understanding about the underlying mechanisms so that the subjective experience is nothing more than a series of brain states.8 the study of fatigue is an example of how scientific rules which ordinarily have finite meanings have constrained the pursuit of understanding the fatigue experience. central or peripheral fatigue? much of what is reported in the literature about the mechanisms of fatigue is related to the reductionist and sometimes mutually exclusive dichotomy of either peripheral or central mechanisms with conclusions usually drawn about the contribution of each to the total outcome. one might argue that such a dichotomous paradigm is appropriate since it provides insights about the processes at specific sites. from these site-specific changes, one can apparently conclude whether the site of fatigue is located in the central nervous system or peripherally at or below the neuromuscular junction. however, over a century ago, mosso wrote that “it is not will, not the nerves, but it is the muscle that finds itself worn out after the intense work of the brain”.2 mosso expressly noted that the “fatigue of brain reduces the strength of the muscles”. this is perhaps one of the initial statements in this area of work which gave rise to the central versus peripheral paradigm and it may be this “either/or” approach that limits our investigations and understanding of fatigue. moreover, this dichotomy excludes the obvious individual subjective assessment of fatigue. for example, during high intensity exercise of short duration, the fatigue that develops is thought to be primarily peripheral in origin so that the ability of the muscle to generate further tension is reduced because of changes to the properties of the surface membrane •this article was reproduced with permission from the bmj group. it was originally published in the british journal of sports medicine 2011;45:65-67 (originally published online 2 december 2009). the limits to exercise performance and the future of fatigue research* f e marino, m gard, e j drinkwater school of human movement studies, charles sturt university, bathurst, new south wales, australia correspondence to: professor frank e marino (fmarino@csu.edu.au) abstract the study of human fatigue stretches back centuries and remains a significant part of medical and social discourse. in the exercise sciences fatigue is routinely related to the ability to produce muscle force or to the recovery from force decrements. however, the study of fatigue has by virtue of the experimental paradigm excluded the subjective sense a person attributes to an event or experience, thus reducing our overall understanding of the fatigue process. modern studies report the causes of fatigue as either central or peripheral in origin. although useful, this dichotomy can also exclude the individual subjective assessment. furthermore, adhering dogmatically to set parameters is likely limiting the advancement of our understanding. a more realistic paradigm would permit the individual to use the sensory cues to adjust the effort along with the fatigue process rather than rely purely on feedback mechanisms. therefore, bringing feedforward mechanisms of the brain into fatigue research perhaps represents the next phase in the unravelling of the fatigue process. sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 23 of the muscle fibre, the process of calcium release or the function of excitation–contraction coupling9 (pp 105-119). however, if the familiar feelings or sensations of “burning” that develop during this process have no meaning for the individual and play no role, then this removes completely the possibility that the individual is not adjusting their effort either consciously or subconsciously during the exercise. it seems intuitive that individuals would have some say over the way in which they deal with the fatigue that develops during this short intense exercise bout. however, the evidence for this is lacking probably because the protocols used to study fatigue do not allow for the individual to adjust their response relative to the feedback which might be available during exercise. it is because most of these tests are externally driven by an experimenter dictating the pace by, for example, a motorised treadmill that these tests are referred to as “brainless”.10 definitions and models of fatigue there is an attraction to reaching a succinct and widely accepted definition of fatigue. such a definition would be convenient for scientific investigation by providing a metric upon which to compare results. to base much of the sports and exercise science research on firmer footing could also add credibility to the discipline among the other natural sciences that have much more standardised metrics and terms of reference. however, to prematurely arrive at a definition that is only accepted because no better one exists may only confirm our own biases and misrepresent the reality of fatigue. for example, concise and intuitive theory has led us to routinely, but erroneously, explain fatigue with “lactic acid” for many decades.11 as a consequence, decades of research estimating metabolic acidosis and buffering on “lactic acid” is based on flawed theory. considering our innate desire to understand a phenomenon, explaining fatigue with “lactic acidosis” persists12 even though there is now a gaping hole in our understanding of metabolic acidosis. similarly, that fatigue is based on feedback mechanisms has existed since hill’s so-called “catastrophe model” of fatigue.13 the interpretations of vo2max testing made by hill have guided how we quantify, understand and explain fatigue. that a model is concise or intuitive does not mean that we should cease looking to develop a better one, particularly when weaknesses in the catastrophe model come to light.14 while the “central governor theory”15 might not be the final explanation of fatigue,16 a feedforward mechanism presents what is potentially the next step in advancing our understanding of fatigue. considering that hill’s classical theory has undergone very little modification since its inception in the 1920s, is it possible that the constraints of this theory are contributing to limiting our understanding of fatigue? a feedforward mechanism for explaining fatigue attempts to encompass events in which fatigue exists without exhaustion. the term “exhaustion” here does not necessary imply complete physical collapse but simply the inability to maintain the prescribed task (ie, task failure).17 our current understanding of fatigue based on hill’s model cannot help us understand fatigue that involves voluntarily paced events like cycling time trials18 or team sports19 nor the fatigue associated with disease states.20 while most sporting events terminate with the occurrence of an event that is externally controlled (eg, the end of the race, expiry of the game clock), laboratory research investigating fatigue usually begins with no known end target and ends with voluntary termination. athletes must consciously self-pace themselves to time the end of the event with fatigue while maintaining optimal performance.21 22 by removing conscious control over pacing, tests like the vo2max are not specific to the phenomenon of self-paced events.13 applying research results from externally paced tests to help us understand fatigue during self-paced events is entirely inappropriate. it is possible that a multitude of explanations for fatigue exist, ranging from metabolic disturbances in the motor unit to mechanisms that are centrally mediated.23 the balance of central and peripheral mechanisms may be partially dependent upon duration/intensity of fatigue and the muscle group being assessed.24 however, that they are all based on feedback mechanisms seems to be a limiting factor in how we explain fatigue, particularly when considering the feedforward mechanisms necessary for the anticipation of fatigue and pacing strategies for self-paced events. while the nature of modern research often requires progressively greater specialization and refinement of theories, opportunities must be taken to discuss fatigue from a holistic perspective so that we can integrate different components of fatigue into a modern understanding. at least two future directions the future of research into fatigue during exercise points towards two potential lines of inquiry. first, there is the question of what we mean by the term fatigue. it is now clear that it can mean different things to different people. most obvious here is the point that an organism might be said to be “fatigued” according to a wide range of criteria. however, perhaps, a more fundamental point is that fatigue can refer to both states and processes and that these need to be considered both separately and synergistically. clearly, there will be times when an atomistic or reductive approach to understanding fatigue states and processes will be advantageous and other times when new knowledge will depend on abandoning the comfort of disciplinary, methodological or philosophical specialisation. a second potential future for fatigue research concerns the kinds of questions we are prepared and able to ask. for example, researchers interested in what we might broadly call the limits to performance are familiar with two widely accepted but incompatible propositions. first, there is evidence that without “artificial” aids such as drugs or genetic manipulation we are unlikely to see significant future improvement in world records for sports such as swimming and track and field.25 on the other hand, there are those who point to feats of super-endurance, such as those by the first arctic explorers or the early trans-continental race walkers, as evidence that we cannot really know how far or fast we might go because we are rarely faced with circumstances that threaten our very survival.26 taken together, these two propositions beg the question: are the limits to performance mechanical and immutable or fuzzy and suggestible? one way of managing the tension that is created by these points of view is simply to avoid it. for example, we might argue that if modern athletes were motivated by the fear of starvation and/or death, they would run faster. of course, this is sheer speculation at best. hypothetically, there is also the problem that this kind of “encouragement” might have the opposite effect. alternatively, we might argue that events such as the marathon and, say, walking 1000 km are both quantitatively and qualitatively different. in other words, it is not simply that the 1000-km race is longer than the marathon; to put it crudely, it could be that the limits to performance in a 1000-km race are predominantly mental, while the limits to performance in the marathon are predominantly physiological. this explanation has appeal, but there is always the lurking problem of differentiating the “mental” from the “physiological”. 24 sajsm vol 24 no. 1 2012 a third solution might be to say that it depends on the “maturity” of the event. ergo, in a highly competitive event such as the marathon, where lots of people are doing it and the prizes for winning are high, we reach the “limits” to performance fairly quickly (say, 100 years or so). however, super-endurance races are less popular, and, for this reason, we are proportionately much further away from the “limits” of performance in them. it is little wonder, then, that the limits to performance in this context appear to be “mental”. for example, consider the rate of collapse of ultramarathon runners after the finish of the race or nearer the times to win medals.27 none of these resolutions to the limits of p erformance dilemma seem adequate. perhaps, the problem here is that we now find ourselves pushing at a different set of limits the limits of the concepts we use and, in turn, the limits they place on the questions we are capable of asking. perhaps, some of the dilemmas we currently face concerning the nature of fatigue are an artefact of our reliance on concepts like “physiological”, “mental” and “psychological”. are these terms adequate anymore? what is clear is that we can no longer pretend that conscious and unconscious decision making plays no role in fatigue states and processes. this means that studying fatigue as a closed feedback loop will no longer suffice. at this stage in our understanding of the brain, bringing feedforward mechanisms of the brain into fatigue research has the obvious potential to make our work much more “fuzzy” and much less “mechanical”. for some, a fuzzy future will look too different from the past and make them turn away. for others, the possibility of inventing a new conceptual landscape with which to investigate/ unravel fatigue beckons. patient consent not needed. contributors each section of the manuscript was written by each of the authors. provenance and peer review not commissioned; externally peer reviewed. references 1. dougan a. raising the dead: the men who created frankenstein. edinburgh: birlinn limited, 2008. 2. mosso a. fatigue. london: swan sonnenschein & co ltd, 1904. 3. bainbridge fa. the physiology of muscular exercise. 3rd edn. new york, usa: longmans, green and co, 1931. 4. moore b, editor. the australian concise oxford dictionary. 4th edn. south melbourne: oxford university press, 2004. 5. edwards rht. human muscle function and fatigue. in: porter r, whelan j, eds. human muscle fatigue: physiological mechanisms. london: pitman medical, 1981:1–18. 6. bigland-ritchie b, furbush f, woods jj. fatigue of intermittent submaximal voluntary contractions: central and peripheral factors. j appl physiol 1986;61:421–9. 7. fitts rh, holloszy jo. effects of fatigue and recovery on contractile properties of frog muscle. j appl physiol 1978;45:899–902. 8. kretchmar rs. what to do with meaning? a research conundrum for the 21st century. quest 2007;59:373–83. 9. jones d, round j, de haan a. skeletal muscle: from molecules to movement. london: churchill-livingston, 2004. 10. noakes td. testing for maximum oxygen consumption has produced a brainless model of human exercise performance. br j sports med 2008;42:551–5. 11. robergs ra, ghiasvand f, parker d. biochemistry of exercise-induced metabolic acidosis. am j physiol regul integr comp physiol 2004;287:r502–16. 12. nakamura fy, soares-caldeira lf, laursen pb, et al. cardiac autonomic responses to repeated shuttle sprints. int j sports med 2009;30:808–13. 13. crewe h, tucker r, noakes td. the rate of increase in rating of perceived exertion predicts the duration of exercise to fatigue at a fixed power output in different environmental conditions. eur j appl physiol 2008;103:569–77. 14. ansley l, robson pj, st clair gibson a, et al. anticipatory pacing strategies during supramaximal exercise lasting longer than 30 s. med sci sports exerc 2004;36:309–14. 15. bam j, noakes td, juritz j, et al. could women outrun men in ultramarathon races? med sci sports exerc 1997;29:244–7. 16. weir jp, beck tw, cramer jt, et al. is fatigue all in your head? a critical review of the central governor model. br j sports med 2006;40:573–86; discussion 586. 17. hunter sk, duchateau j, enoka rm. muscle fatigue and the mechanisms of task failure. exerc sport sci rev 2004;32:44–9. 18. marino fe. heat reactions in multiple sclerosis: an overlooked paradigm in the study of comparative fatigue. int j hyperthermia 2009;25:34–40. 19. duffield r, coutts aj, quinn j. core temperature responses and match running performance during intermittent-sprint exercise competition in warm conditions. j strength cond res 2009;23:1238–44. 20. mock v, atkinson a, barsevick a, et al.; national comprehensive cancer network. nccn practice guidelines for cancer-related fatigue. oncology 2000;14:151–61. 21. gabbett tj. influence of fatigue on tackling technique in rugby league players. j strength cond res 2008;22:625–32. 22. royal ka, farrow d, mujika i, et al. the effects of fatigue on decision making and shooting skill performance in water polo players. j sports sci 2006;24:807–15. 23. enoka rm, duchateau j. muscle fatigue: what, why and how it influences muscle function. j physiol (lond) 2008;586:11–23. 24. behm dg, st-pierre dm. effects of fatigue duration and muscle type on voluntary and evoked contractile properties. j appl physiol 1997;82:1654–61. 25. nevill am, whyte g. are there limits to running world records? med sci sports exerc 2005;37:1785–8. 26. noakes td. the limits of endurance exercise. basic res cardiol 2006;101:408–17. 27. holtzhausen lm, noakes td, kroning b, et al. clinical and biochemical characteristics of collapsed ultra-marathon runners. med sci sports exerc 1994;26:1095–101. original research introduction long-term injury surveillance has been carried out in australia, south africa and england with the view to identifying injury patterns. 1-3 data of injuries to australian state and national cricketers were collected retrospectively for the first three seasons (1995 1996 season – 1997 1998 season) and then prospectively for the next six seasons (1999 2000 season – 2004 2005 season). 3 of the 886 injuries recorded, 92% were new injuries, 8% were recurrent injuries and 52% occurred during major matches. the injuries were mainly sustained while bowling (45%), with lower limb injuries accounting for 49% of the injuries. the mean incidence of injuries during matches for the season (injuries/10 000 player hours) was reported for domestic one-day (38.5), first-class (27.3), one-day international (odi) (59.8) and test (31.4) matches. fast bowlers missed about 16% of potential playing time because of injury, while other players missed less than 5%. the study in south africa 2 prospectively recorded 1 606 injuries in 783 national and provincial cricketers over a six-season period from 1998/1999 to 2003/2004. more injuries occurred during firstclass matches (32%), with limited-over matches (26%) and practices and training (27%) resulting in a similar number of injuries. fifteen per cent of the injuries accumulated gradually during the season. the majority of injuries were classified as acute injuries (65%), with chronic (23%) and acute-on-chronic (12%) injuries making up the balance. first-time injuries accounted for 65%, with the balance of injuries from the previous season (22%) and recurring again during the same season (13%). bowling (40%) accounted for the majority of the injuries, with 55% of these being lower limb injuries and 33% back and trunk injuries. of the 39 stress fractures, 79% occurred in bowlers. the primary activity associated with injury was the delivery and follow-through of the fast bowler (25%), running, diving, catching and throwing the ball when fielding (23%) and overuse (17%). other activities included various batting situations, such as being struck while batting (7%), running between the wickets (4%), batting for long periods at a time (4%), training specifically for cricket (4%) and participating in various other sports (3%). a retrospective study by leary and white 1 on 54 cricketers who had played for the same county first team in england between 1985 and 1995 reported 990 injuries, indicating an injury exposure of 17 247 days played and an injury incidence rate of 57.4 injuries per 1 000 days played. 1 most injuries were sustained early in the season, with bowlers most susceptible to injury (70.1 injuries per 1 000 days), followed by the all-rounders, batsmen and wicketkeepers with 55.0, 49.4 and 47.3 injuries per 1 000 days, respectively. most injuries occurred to the lower limbs (45%), with muscle/tendon strains, contusions/haematomas, and ligament/joint sprains the most common injuries. the most vulnerable sites for injury were the thigh and calf (25%), fingers (14%) and lumbar spine (11%). injury patterns of south african international cricket players over a two-season period correspondence: dr richard stretch nelson mandela metropolitan university po box 77000 port elizabeth 6031 e-mail: richard.stretch@nmmu.ac.za richard a stretch1 (dphil) ryan p raffan2 (ba, hms hons) 1 sport bureau, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth, south africa 2 department of human movement science and sport management, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth, south africa abstract objective. the aim of the study was to determine the incidence and nature of injury patterns of south african international cricket players. methods. a questionnaire was completed for each cricketer who presented with an injury during the 2004 2005 (s1) and 2005 2006 (s2) cricket seasons to determine the anatomical site, month, diagnosis and mechanism of injury. results. the results showed that 113 injuries were sustained, with a match exposure time of 1 906 hours for one-day internationals (odis) and 5 070 hours for test matches. the injury prevalence was 4% per match, while the incidence of injury was 90 injuries per 10 000 hours of matches. injuries occurred mostly to the lower limbs, back and trunk, upper limbs and head and neck. the injuries occurred primarily during test matches (43%), practices (20%) and practices and matches (19%). acute injuries comprised 87% of the injuries. the major injuries during s1 were haematomas (20 %), muscle strains (14%) and other trauma (20%), while during s2 the injuries were primarily muscle strains (16%), other trauma (32%), tendinopathy (10%) and acute sprains (12%). the primary mechanisms of injury occurred when bowling (67%), on impact by the ball (batting – 65%, fielding – 26%) and when sliding for the ball (19%). conclusion. the study provided prospective injury incidence and prevalence data for south african cricketers playing at international level over a two-season period, high-lighting the increased injury prevalence for away matches and an increased match injury incidence for test and odi matches possibly as a result of increased match exposure time. sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 45 46 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 the first study to use the internationally recognised surveillance method 4 reported that 162 domestic and 33 international west indian cricketers sustained 50 injuries. most injuries were sustained in test and first-class matches (40%), with a further 28% sustained during one-day matches. the injury incidence for test and odi matches was 48.7 and 40.6 injuries per 10 000 player-hours, respectively. for domestic first-class and limited overs matches it was 13.9 and 25.4 injuries per 10 000 player-hours, respectively. the injury prevalence for test (11.3%) and odi (8.1%) matches was lower for home matches than away matches. bowlers (46%) and batsmen (40%) were at the greatest risk of injury, with muscles (26%) and ligament (12%) injuries, stress fractures (12%) and fractures (10%) the most common injuries. most of the injuries were new (80%), with 10% recurrent injuries from the previous season and 10% recurring again during the same season. all these injury surveillance studies, with the exception of the study on west indian cricketers, 4 were carried out prior to the international acceptance of the publication of the consensus paper regarding injury definitions, methods of calculating injury rates and reporting of injuries. 2 therefore, the aim of this study was to use the internationally agreed methods for injury surveillance to investigate the seasonal incidence and nature of injuries sustained by south african cricketers to further understand and identify injury patterns, risk factors and other possible factors associated with these injuries. methods during the 2004 2005 (s1) and 2005 2006 (s2) cricket seasons, test and odi matches played by the south african team were monitored prospectively. the data collection and reporting have been done according to the guidelines from the consensus paper developed to allow meaningful comparisons to be made with other international studies. 5 the physiotherapists working with the teams were required to complete a questionnaire for all cricketers who presented with an injury. the questionnaire was designed to obtain the following information: (i) biographical data; (ii) month of injury during the season; (iii) activity and time of onset of injury; (iv) whether it was a first-time injury or recurrent injury from the previous or current season; (v) chronicity of the injury; (vi) whether the injury had recurred again during the season; (vii) osics 6 injury classification code; (viii) diagnosis; and (ix) mechanism of injury. further, in order to determine the player exposure it was necessary to collect information of the player’s participation in each match, reasons for non-participation in a match and duration of the match. 2 for the purpose of this research, an injury was defined as any injury or other medical condition that either: (i) prevents a player from being fully available for selection for a major match; or (ii) during a major match, causes a player to be unable to bat, bowl or keep wicket when required by either the rules or the team’s captain. 5 acute injuries were those of rapid onset, chronic injuries involved prolonged or extended onset, while acute-on-chronic injuries were increased symptoms of a chronic injury, but were brought about by movements causing rapid onset. the time in the season when the injury occurred was recorded. off-season was defined as that part of the season when no specific cricket practice or training was performed. pre-season was that part of the season when specific cricket practice and training was undertaken before the commencement of matches. season was defined as that part of the season where matches were played and included international tours. 5 injury incidence refers to the number of injuries occurring during the season, while injury prevalence is the average percentage of players who are not available for selection for a match. 5 one of the limitations of this study was that it does not include the few 20/20 over competitions and the afro-asian cup competitions during this period. further, the effect of any south african players in the domestic competition was not included here as it has been included in a study on provincial players over the similar period. 7 the bmdp statistical software package (bmdp, 1993, los angeles, bmdp statistical software inc.) was used to compute descriptive statistics. the chi-square test of independence was used to determine whether injury prevalence is related to home and away status. results one hundred and thirteen injuries were recorded by 36 south african players over the two-season period. the injuries were evenly spread across both seasons (s1=56 and s2=57) and resulted in 39 matches being missed by players. the number of matches played from s1 (37) to s2 (33), regardless of format or venue, remained fairly consistent (table i). the majority of the injuries were first-time (77%) and acute (86%) injuries in s1, with similar results found in s2 (75% and 88%, respectively). the number of recurring injuries from the previous season increased slightly from s1 (9%) to s2 (11%) and was table i. number of matches played and missed s1 s2 st # % # % # % matches played (#) odi home & away 22 100 22 100 44 100 home 12 55 10 46 22 50 away 10 46 12 55 22 50 test home & away 15 100 11 100 26 100 home 7 47 6 55 13 50 away 8 53 5 46 13 50 total home & away 37 100 33 100 70 100 home 19 51 16 49 35 50 away 18 49 17 52 35 50 matches missed (#) 17 44 22 56 39 100 injuries (#) 56 50 57 50 113 100 s1 2004 2005 season. s2 2005 2006 season. st 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. # number. accompanied by a slight increase in acute-on-chronic injuries from 11% to 12% (table ii). the injuries primarily occurred during matches (63%) in s1, with the balance occurring as a result of practices (20%), during practices and matches (14%) and training (7%). however, there were fewer injuries that occurred during matches (49%) in s2, with an increased occurrence in practices (21%), gradual onset (23%) and training (7%). the majority of injuries occurred during test matches (43%), practice (20%) or were of gradual onset (19%) (table ii). the regional distribution of the injuries indicates that these were mainly to the lower limbs (s1 – 43%; s2 – 37%; st – 40%). however, there was a substantial increase in other injuries or illnesses, such as upper-throat respiratory tract infections, gastrointestinal infection and infection, from s1 (16%) to s2 (30%) (table iii). table ii. injury occurrence s1 s2 st # % # % # % first time 43 77 43 75 86 76 recurring previous season present season 5 8 9 14 6 8 11 14 11 16 10 14 acute 48 86 50 88 98 87 chronic acute-on-chronic 2 6 3 11 0 7 0 12 2 13 2 11 injury occurrence matches 50-over test practice gradual onset training 5 30 11 8 2 8 54 20 14 4 10 18 12 13 4 17 32 21 23 7 15 48 23 21 6 13 43 20 19 5 s1 2004 2005 season. s2 2005 2006 season. st 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. # number. table iii. regional distribution and diagnosis of injuries s1 s2 st # % # % # % regional distribution head & neck upper limb back & trunk lower limb other 4 12 7 24 9 7 21 13 43 16 13 6 21 17 0 23 10 37 30 4 25 13 45 26 4 22 11 40 23 diagnosis haematomas acute sprains tendinopathy muscle strains other trauma joint inflammation other injuries 11 3 2 8 11 5 16 20 5 3 14 20 9 29 5 7 6 9 18 5 7 9 12 10 16 32 9 12 16 10 8 17 29 10 23 14 9 7 15 26 9 20 total 56 100 57 100 113 100 s1 2004 2005 season. s2 2005 2006 season. st 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. # number. table iv. injuries per activity and mechanism s1 s2 st # % # % # % batting 13 23 13 23 26 23 impact by ball batting – overuse other 11 2 6 7 17 7 2 bowling 19 34 11 19 30 27 delivery stride over-bowling bowling other 1 6 4 8 3 7 1 1 9 11 9 fielding 14 25 13 23 27 24 sliding for ball running to field ball impact by ball catching a ball throwing other 4 1 5 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 7 5 2 7 3 1 9 fitness 1 2 2 4 3 3 touch rugby other 1 1 1 2 1 other 9 16 18 32 27 24 illness other 8 1 17 1 25 2 total 56 100 57 100 113 100 s1 2004 2005 season. s2 2005 2006 season. st 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. # number. sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 47 the major injury categories in s1 were haematomas (20%), other trauma (20%) and muscle strains (14%). however, the results were more evenly spread for s2, with the major injury categories being muscle strains (16%), acute sprains (12%) and tendinopathies (10%). a large increase in other trauma was reported from s1 (20%) to s2 (32%) (table iii). in s1 the majority of injuries occurred while bowling (34%), fielding (25%) and batting (23%). in s2 the injuries were distributed more evenly among fielding (23%), batting (23%) and bowling (19%). the mechanisms for injury were mainly impact when batting (n=17) and fielding (n=7), bowling and bowling for long periods (n=20) and illness (n=25) (table iv). more injuries occurred during the first half of the season (october december) than the second half (january march) (table v). the match exposure time of odi and test matches was 1 906 h and 5 070 h, respectively, with a total match exposure time of 6 976 h (table vi). the odi injury prevalence was higher for away matches (5%) than home matches (2%). similar results were found for the test injury prevalence, with away matches (6%) producing more missed matches than home matches (2%). the total injury prevalence was higher for away matches (6%) than home matches (2%), showing a moderate practical significant difference (chi-square (1)=5.13, p=0 .023, v=0.07, and increased slightly from s1 (3%) to s2 (4%). the injury prevalence was higher in test (4.2%) than odi (3.5%) in both home (test: 2.2% and odi: 1.8%) and away (test: 6.2% and odi: 5.2%) matches. the match injury incidence of odi and test matches was 79 and 95 injuries/10 000 h, respectively, with a total match injury incidence of 90 (table vi). no home and away injury incidence could be calculated. discussion the first important finding was that the injury prevalence was greater in test (4.2%) than odi (3.5%) matches. when compared with the west indian and australian study, the south african injury prevalence was less than in the west indian and australian test (11.3% and 7.0%, respectively) and odi (8.1% and 10.0%, respectively) table v. injuries per month s1 s2 st # % # % # % pre-season august september season 56 100 44 77 100 89 october november december january february march 1 19 12 7 5 12 16 11 6 1 10 1 35 23 13 6 22 off-season 0 0 13 23 13 11 april may june july 1 12 1 12 total 56 100 57 100 113 100 s1 2004 2005 season. s2 2005 2006 season. st 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. # number. table vi. exposure time, injury prevalence and incidence s1 s2 st exposure time (h) odi home away total 520 433 953 433 520 953 953 953 1 906 test home away total 1 365 1 560 2 925 1 170 975 2 145 2 535 2 535 5 070 total home away total 1 885 1 993 3 878 1 603 1 495 3 098 3 488 3 488 6 976 injury prevalence (% per match) odi home & away home away 2.5 2.2 2.9 4.5 1.3 7.2 3.5 1.8 5.2 test home & away home away 4.2 2.2 6.0 4.1 2.2 6.4 4.2 2.2 6.2 total home & away home away 3.2 2.2 4.3 4.4 1.6 7.0 3.8 2.0 5.6 injury incidence (injuries/10 000 h) odi test total 53 101 90 105 84 90 79 95 90 s1 2004 2005 season. s2 2005 2006 season. st 2004 2005 and 2005 2006 seasons. 48 sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 matches. a possible explanation for this is that the west indian and australian studies were conducted over only one season, with the possibility of one serious injury requiring surgery and a long-term layoff having a greater effect on the injury prevalence. the second important finding was that the south african match injury incidence for test (95/10 000 h) and odi (79/10 000 h) matches was significantly higher than that of the west indian and australian test (48.7 and 23.1 injuries/10 000 h, respectively) and odi (40.6 and 38.5 injuries/10 000 h, respectively) injury incidence. 4 in the current study no practice or fitness exposure time was recorded for the south african cricketers, which would greatly influence injury incidence as seen by the south african provincial cricketers. 8 further, the south african cricketers had more match exposure time compared with that of the west indian and australian studies. a large number of injuries were first-time injuries of an acute nature, which included impact injuries, particularly when batting, resulting in haematomas and other trauma injuries. however, there was an increase in recurring injuries from the previous season, which was accompanied by an increase in acute-on-chronic injuries, with the majority of the injuries being muscle strains, tendinopathies and acute sprains. the abovementioned could have been the result of the players returning to play without being fully rehabilitated and the nature of the injury sustained. when playing international cricket, test matches are generally scheduled to be played first in the series before the odis, which could explain the increased number of injuries during the early part of the season regardless of home and away matches. however, the increased number of injuries towards the end of the season could be due to the south african end-of-year tours. during the longer version of the game the players tend to be relatively inactive for long periods of time before rapidly moving after the ball when fielding. bowlers may be required to bowl multiple spells, sometimes accumulating more than 20 overs in a day compared with four ten over spells in limited over cricket. this could have resulted in the large number of injuries that occurred during fielding and bowling, particularly during test cricket. similar results were found with the south african provincial players. 7 the primary mechanisms of injury were bowling, sliding for and impact by the ball when fielding. similar results were found where many of the west indian injuries were muscle strains caused by running after and picking up the ball and injuries to young fast bowlers. 3 these activities all require some kind of stop-start movement and/or change in direction of the whole body requiring strength, agility and flexibility. in sports involving bouncing and jumping activities, with a high intensity of a stretch-shortening cycle, a stretching programme significantly influenced the viscosity of the tendons, making them more compliant, and stretching may be beneficial for injury prevention. 7 for both odi and test matches the injury prevalence showed a practical significant greater difference for away than home matches, which was similar to the west indian study. 4 the possible reason could be multifactorial and could include factors such as unfamiliar climate and underfoot conditions, different food and beverage intake, amount of time before receiving medical treatment, particularly in the case of illnesses such as upper-throat respiratory tract infections, gastrointestinal infection and infection. a second report on west indian cricket has shown a decrease in the number of away injuries over the past five years as a result of a physiotherapist and a structured medical panel overseeing the management of injuries when on tour, 9 which appears now to be standard practice with all the touring teams of the major cricketplaying nations. conclusion injury surveillance is the fundamental process behind successful injury prevention and should be carried out on an on-going long-term basis using the internationally accepted injury surveillance method for the reporting of injuries at all levels of south african cricket. the study provided prospective injury incidence and prevalence data for south african cricketers playing at international level over a two-season period, highlighting the increased injury prevalence for away matches and an increased match injury incidence for test and odi matches, possibly as a result of increased match exposure time. references 1. leary t, white j. acute injury incidence in professional county cricket players (1985-1995). br j sports med 2000;34:145-147. 2. stretch ra, venter djl. cricket injuries – a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. sa j sports med 2005;17(3):4-9. 3. orchard j, james t, alcott e. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002;36:270-275. 4. mansingh a, harper l, headley s, king-mowatt j, mansingh g. injuries in west indian cricket 2003-2004. br j sports med 2006;40:119-123. 5. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, frost w, mansingh a, leipus a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sc med sport 2005;8(1):1-14. 6. orchard j. orchard sports injuries classification system (osics). in: bloomfield j, ficker p, fitch k, eds. science and medicine in sport. 2nd ed. melbourne: blackwell, 1995:674-681. 7. stretch r, raffan rp, allan n. injury patterns of south african provincial cricket players over a two season period. sa j sports med 2009;21(4):151-155. 8. witvrouw e, mahieu n, danneels l, mcnair p. stretching and injury prevention: an obscure relationship. j sports med 2004;34(7):443-449. 9. mansingh a. injuries in west indies cricket: has there been a change in the last five years? 4th world congress on science and medicine in cricket, chandigarh, india 2011. sajsm vol 23 no. 2 2011 49 sajsm 514.indd original research 12 sajsm vol. 27 no. 1 2015 background. association football, otherwise known as soccer, is the most popular sport in the world. the increase in the popularity of the game and the expectations from players make injury risk in football high. objective. to describe the types, severity, prevalence and mechanism of injuries among professional footballers in the nigeria premier league (npl). methods. the union of european football association (uefa) injury study questionnaire was used for data collection. a total of 240 footballers from 11 clubs, who participated in the 2011/2012 npl premiership season, was selected through proportionate stratified random sampling technique, and the participants were studied using a prospective cohort study design for 6 months. descriptive statistics of means, percentages and frequency distributions were used to answer the research questions. results. the mean (standard deviation) age, height and weight of the injured footballers was 22.9 (3.4) years, 1.69 (0.05) m and 71.3 (3.9) kg, respectively. there was a high injury prevalence (78%) associated with actual league games, whereas the incidence rate per 1 000-hour exposure was 300.2 exposure-hours from 19 games within 6 months. sprain (32%) was the predominant type of injury recorded. the tackle event (34%) was the predominant mechanism of injury recorded, and 63% of the injuries led to 1 3 days of player absence from football activities. most of the injuries were recurrent injuries (63%). conclusion. this study showed a high occurrence of injuries in the npl, in particular associated with league (competitive) games. the findings of this study will serve to guide the development and implementation of injury prevention strategies in the npl. s afr j sports med 2015;27(1):12-15. doi:10.7196/sajsm.514 the uefa model in identification of types, severity and mechanism of injuries among professional footballers in the nigerian premier league u k ani,1 msc; p o ibikunle,2,3 phd; c o akosile,3 phd; u useh,2 phd 1 physiotherapy department, college of health sciences, babcock university teaching hospital, ilisan-remo, nigeria 2 school of research and postgraduate studies, faculty of agriculture, science and technology, north-west university, mafikeng, south africa 3 department of medical rehabilitation, faculty of health sciences and technology, nnamdi azikiwe university, nnewi, nigeria corresponding author: p o ibikunle (po.ibikunle@unizik.edu.ng) association football, or soccer, is the most popular sport in the world, played by ~265 million footballers. [1] in africa, football is governed by confederation of african football (caf), an organisation that was formed in 1957 by four founding members – egypt, sudan, ethiopia and south africa – to administer and organise football activities on the continent. football started in nigeria in the early 1900s, and was introduced by baron mulford, who organised weekly matches between european and nigerian youths in lagos.[2] the nigerian football association (nfa) was established in 1945 with the governor’s cup, which later became known as the football association (fa) cup – the major national domestic football competition.[2,3] in 1972, the national league was formed with six teams, and in 1990, at onikan stadium in lagos state, the professional league was launched, with 16 clubs from around the country.[2,4] today, the nigeria premier league (npl) is the highest level of domestic nigerian football, organised and managed by the nigeria professional league board (nplb). [3] the npl is ranked above two first-division groups: the nigeria division 1-a and nigeria division 1-b.[2] football is associated with a variety of injuries and a high injury incidence rate. these factors are primarily due to the popularity of the game and the performance-related pressure placed on the players.[5] a football injury is a physical complaint sustained by a player during competition or training, preventing the player from participating in competition or training activities for one or more days thereafter.[6,7] injuries sustained in football are due to a combination of factors (intrinsic and extrinsic). these include the nature of the sporting environment, equipment and rules, and the unique physical characteristic of the footballers, such as structural imbalances and age.[8] sports injuries are expected consequences of competitions and are not usually as a result of a single causative factor, but are instead associated with various factors interacting at a given time.[9] types of injury classifications may also depend on anatomical structures and the specific areas involved, including musculoskeletal, neurological and lower-back injuries. the musculoskeletal classification may involve skeletal muscles, joints, tendons and ligaments. musculoskeletal injuries constitute the largest class of injuries sustained in sport. based on previous epidemiological injury research, the severity of an injury may be categorised into mild, moderate, major, sportsdisabling and catastrophic.[9] a recent epidemiological study of football injuries in benin city, nigeria, showed an ~82% injury prevalence rate among footballers.[5] studies using video analysis to compare injury prevalence between nigerian and english professional soccer leagues have found that the npl had a higher occurrence of injuries than the english premier league.[5,10] there is a lack of injury sajsm vol. 27 no. 1 2015 13 epidemiological research on professional nigerian footballer cohorts, and furthermore, there are inconsistencies in the way injuries are reported.[5] the uefa model/guideline is a policy model and a practical guideline for conducting epidemiological studies of football injuries, and was designed to correct the inconsistent manner in which epidemiological studies were conducted in football.[11] these inconsistencies include football injury definitions that differ between studies, and varying research designs that make data comparison difficult.[11] the model states that a football injury study should have a prospective cohort design, and that the study should cover both training and competition sessions. the model also stipulates that information about football injuries should include date of injury, date of return to football activities, injury types, location of injury, mechanism of injury and a measure of severity. in the guideline, injury severity is categorised as slight (1 3 days’ absence), minor (4 7 days), moderate (8 28 days), and major (>28 days). in addition, the model stipulates that only injuries occurring during scheduled team activities should be included in the statistics, while injuries that occurred during leisure time or from participating in other sports (outside team training or matches), and absence as a result thereof, should not be included.[6] it is evident that in the npl, there is a paucity of information on the injury profile of the footballers and that there is no comprehensive database for injuries in the league.[5,10] this may limit the opportunity for the design and implementation of targeted injury prevention strategies, and may inhibit the growth and development of the game in nigeria. these inconsistencies have made it difficult to meaningfully compare published studies on types, severity and mechanisms of injury, and injury prevalence. the objectives of this study were to determine among professional footballers in the npl: (i) the prevalence rate of injuries; (ii) the predominant types of injuries; (iii) the severity of injuries; and (iv) the incidence rate of injuries during matches (expressed as per 1 000 match player-hours). methodology research design this study was a prospective cohort survey. professional league players were prospectively monitored for a period of 6 months. population the target population of the study was 600 professional footballers from 20 clubs (30 players per club), who participated in the 2011/2012 npl season. sample size a total of 240 players constituted the sample. they were randomly selected from 11 clubs of 30 registered players each. the sample size was statistically determined using the taro yamane formula for a finite population.[12] sampling technique proportionate stratified random sampling was used for this study (table 1). instrument for data collection the uefa injury study questionnaire was used for data collection. the instrument has a reliability coefficient of 0.80 and a validity coefficient of 0.89. the questionnaire has 17 categories of questions. information collected from the footballers included anthropometric data, exposure types, game situations, training/match surfaces, injury types, injury locations, mechanisms of injury, injury severity and referee sanctions. the instrument was interpreted by coding each item with arabic numerals and the frequency of each categorical variable was calculated. method/procedures of data collection ethical approval for the study was sought and obtained from the university teaching hospital ethical committee. the 2011/12 npl season was studied for 6 months. club officials and medical personnel were recruited and trained at participating clubs to serve as research assistants. the purpose, procedures and ethical components of the research were also fully explained to the participants. the research assistants and the researchers distributed the questionnaires to the clubs. the players completed the forms after relevant explanations/instructions by the researchers and trained research assistants. where this was not possible, the research assistants administered the questionnaire to the footballers. the researchers were in contact with the clubs and research assistants telephonically, and received completed questionnaires either by physically collecting them at each club or via mail at the end of each month. injury cards/questionnaires were mailed to the study group on the last day of every month. definition of injury an injury was defined as any event occurring during a scheduled training session or a match, resulting in the player leaving that session/ match or missing a subsequent session/match. recurrent injury was defined as any event occurring during a scheduled training session or match in sequel to an injury that was not adequately rehabilitated, resulting in the player leaving that session/match or missing a subsequent session/match. absence from training sessions and matches due to injury were reported on the attendance record and an injury report form was completed. severity of injuries and illnesses the severity of an injury or illness episode was evaluated by the length of absence from football participation. rehabilitation a player was considered rehabilitated if he could fully participate in all aspects of collective training (table 2). the player was considered fully rehabilitated once the medical team had cleared him for full participation in team training and availability for match selection. table 1. regional distribution and selection of professional league clubs geopolitical region clubs, n population of players, n selected clubs based on sampling, n sample size, n south-west 3 90 2 36 south-east 3 90 2 36 south-south 5 150 2 60 north-east 2 60 1 24 north-central 4 120 2 48 north-west 3 90 2 36 total 20 600 11 240 14 sajsm vol. 27 no. 1 2015 confidentiality all personal data were confidential. the names of all the players involved in the study were replaced by codes before computerising. the contact person in each club replaced the names of individual players with a code and deleted the players’ names before sending the forms to the investigators. method of data analysis descriptive statistics of means, standard deviation (sds) and frequencies were used as statistical tools to describe the footballers’ anthropometric characteristics and other variables. percentages and frequencies were used to answer the research questions. the prevalence rate was extrapolated using the following formula: prevalence = number of injuries recorded/ sample size × 100 the following formula was used to calculate the incident rate/1 000 hours of player exposure:[13] match-related injury incidence = [number of injuries × 1 000]/[player exposure hours] incidence rates were described as the number of new injuries in a population at risk over a specified time period, or the number of new injuries during a period divided by the total number of players in that period. results anthropometric characteristics of injured players the mean (sd) age of the injured footballers in this study was 22.9 (3.4) years (range 16 31), and their mean height, body mass and body mass index was 1.69 (0.05) m, 71.3 (3.9) kg, and 24.6 (1.6) kg.m-2, respectively. prevalence rate, type and severity of injuries the prevalence rate of injuries among the professional footballers was 78%, with the predominant type of injury being ligament sprain injuries (32%) (table 3). muscle rupture/tear and tendon injuries constituted 17% and 7% of all the recorded injuries, respectively. haematoma/contusion/bruises accounted for 6% of the injuries, while synovitis /effusion, overuse symptoms, abrasion and lacerations each accounted for 4% of injuries. overall, 63% of the injuries sustained were of a ‘slight’ severity, resulting in 1 3 days’ absence from team football activities. severe injuries (>28 days lost) constituted 14% of injuries, while moderate injuries (8 28 days’ absence from football activities) and minor injuries (4 7 days’ absence) constituted 14% and 9%, respectively. frequency of injuries occurring during different activities most of the injuries occurred during matches (49%) and practices (38%) (table 2). distribution of injuries according to mechanisms, playing surfaces and recurrent injury incidences tackle events (34%) and falling/diving (8%) were the predominant injury mechanisms (table 4). other injury mechanisms included running/sprinting and stretching, acc oun ting for 7% each, and twisting/ turning and sliding, which accounted for 6% each. about 69% of injuries occurred while playing on grass surface, 28% on an artificial surface, and 3% on other surfaces. approximately 37% of all the injuries were recurrent injuries, which affected the same body parts, while 63% of the injuries were first-time injuries. calculation of risk of injury a total of 187 injuries were recorded. there were 22 players per match and 19 matches during the study period. the average match duration was 1.49 hours. therefore, the exposure time during matches was calculated as: 22 players × 19 games × 1.49 playing hours = 622.82 player exposure hours therefore, the risk during matches was calculated as: (187 injuries/622.82 player exposure hours) × 1 000 = 300.2 injuries/1 000 player-hours discussion this study revealed an injury prevalence rate of 78% among professional footballers in the npl. this result is consistent with the findings of other authors,[5,10] who found sports injury prevalence rates of 68% and 82%, respectively, among the footballers in table 3. types of injury n (%) sprain 60 (32) muscle rupture/tear 33 (17) others 16 (9) tendon injury/tendonosis 13 (7) haematoma/contusion/bruises 11 (6) synovitis/effusion 8 (4) overuse symptoms 8 (4) dislocation/subluxation 8 (4) abrasion 7 (4) laceration 7 (4) dental injury 7 (4) lesion of meniscus/cartilage 7 (4) fracture 2 (1) other bone injuries 1 (1) total 180 (100)* *percentages are rounded therefore may not total 100 exactly. table 4. mechanism of injury n (%) tackle event 63 (34) falling/diving 14 (8) running/sprinting 13 (7) stretching 13 (7) twisting/turning 12 (6) sliding 12 (6) shooting 11 (6) collision 10 (5) heading 10 (5) jumping/landing 6 (3) blocked 5 (3) dribbling 5 (3) use of arm or elbow 4 (2) hit by ball 4 (2) kicked by other players 3 (2) overuse 2 (1) total 187 (100)* *percentages are rounded therefore may not total 100 exactly. table 2. frequency of injuries occurring during different activities n (%) league match 98 (49) football training 71 (38) friendly match 7 (6) other training 6 (3) national team training 2 (1) reserve/youth team training 3 (2) total 187 (100)* *percentages are rounded therefore may not total 100 exactly. sajsm vol. 27 no. 1 2015 15 npl. however, these findings are in contrast to the findings in some previous studies,[6,9] which found much lower injury prevalence rates in footballers. the difference between our results and the latter might be in the different approaches to winning of the clubs/players, the research methodologies used and the different experience/skills of players who participated in the studies. [14-16] moreover, injured players in the npl were not promptly and properly attended to medically, resulting in increased incidences of recurrent injuries among the players.[5,11] the differences might also be suggestive of the competitive nature of the game, and underscore the need for good officiating/stricter refereeing, adherence to the principle of fair play by the clubs and players, adequate warm-up, safe and effective techniques by the players, and improved coaching techniques on injury prevention. the incidence of injury (300.2 injuries/1 000 player-hours) was relatively higher than those previously recorded in european and american professional footballers.[6,17,18] the finding that there were more injuries in league matches/ competitions (49%) than during training (38%) has been reported before.[5] this can be attributed to the higher intensity of play during matches/competitions compared with training. recurrent injuries constituted 37% of all the injuries recorded in this study. this differs from a previous study, which reported that recurrent injuries constituted ~7% of all injuries.[19] the high rate of recurrent injuries among the players in the npl can be attributed to premature return to football activities after injury, without adequate rehabilitation, or overloading of the players with too many matches. we observed that although most of the clubs studied had masseurs attached to their teams, few clubs had other medical staff, including physiotherapists. this may have resulted in limited rehabilitation regimens within the club, which may have resulted in inadequate rehabilitations after injury. high incidences of previous injury have been reported to be a predisposing factor to future injuries in football.[17-19,20] recent research proposes the need to differentiate between exacerbations and recurrent injuries,[19-22] as this would enable researchers to investigate risk factors for these two types of recurrent injuries separately. this would also determine how well players have been rehabilitated before returning to full participation.[17-19] the data on time loss due to injury showed that ~63% of the injuries were of a slight severity, leading to about 1 3 days’ absence from matches and training, while ~14% of the injuries were severe injuries, leading to ≥28 days’ absence from organised team activities (matches and training). lesser injur y severity has been reported in previous studies.[18] the higher number of days lost to injuries in this study may be attributable to the lack of proper medical attention given to the players when they were injured.[11,17] this study showed that the prevalence of injuries in league matches and football training is 49% and 38%, respectively. it also revealed that tackle events (34%) were the predominant cause of injury in both matches and training. this finding may allude to the aggressiveness of some footballers, as was suggested in a recent study;[22] our study did not formally evaluate the aggression of the npl footballers. however, the frequency of tackle events in soccer compared with other events such as heading or shooting may also be responsible for tackling being a predominant injury mechanism. conclusion this study showed a high occurrence of injuries in the npl, in particular associated with actual league (competitive) games. defenders sustained the most injuries, often from tackle events. this may be a result of attackers being more aggressive in their bid to score goals, to the point of inflicting injuries on the defenders, or that defenders take greater risks to avert goals being scored against their teams. the findings of this study will serve to guide the development and implementation of injury prevention strategies in the npl. references 1. fédération internationale de football association. big count. http://www.fifa.com/ worldfootball/bigcount/index.html (accessed 30 january 2014). 2. rahama aa. nigeria national league. http://www.nigerianationalleague.com/aboutthe-league (accessed 30 may 2013). 3. online nigeria. history of sport in nigeria. http://www.onlinenigeria.com/sport (accessed 4 march 2015). 4. schöggl h. nigeria 1972 1979. http://www.rsssf.com/tablesn/nig72.html (accessed 18 january 2012). 5. azubuike so, okojie oh. an epidemiological study of football (soccer) injuries in benin city, nigeria. br j sports med 2009;43(5):382-386. [http:/dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2008.051565] 6. hägglund m, walden m, ekstrand, j. injury prediction in professional football. abstract, first world congress of sports injury prevention. br j sports med 2005;39(6):375-408. 7. fuller cw, randall wd, corllette j, schmalz r. comparison of the incidences, nature and cause of injuries sustained on grass and new generation artificial turf by male and female football players. part 2: training injuries. br j sports med 2007;41(suppl 1):27-32. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.037267] 8. hootman jm. epidemiology of musculoskeletal injuries among sedentary and physically active adults. med sci sports exerc 2002;34(5):838-844. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1097/00005768-200205000-00017] 9. hägglund m, walden m, bahr r, ekstrand j. methods for epidemiological study of injuries to professional football players: developing the uefa model. br j sports med 2005;39(6):340-346. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.018267] 10. akinbo sr, salau ma, odebiyi do, ibeabuchi nm. video analysis of musculoskeletal injuries in nigeria and english professional soccer leagues. niger j health biomed sci 2007;6(2):85-89. 11. ekstrand j, vogel u. euro 2004 injury study. abstract, first world congress of sports injury prevention. br j sports med 2004;39(6):373-408. 12. uzoagulu ae. practical guide to writing research project reports in tertiary institutions. enugu: cheston ltd, 2011. 13. philips lh. sports injury incidence. br j sports med 2000;34(2):133-136. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.11.36/bjsm.34.2.133] 14. faude o, junge a, kindermann w. injuries in elite female soccer players. abstract, first world congress of sports injury prevention. br j sports med 2005;39(6):375408. 15. emery ca, meeuwisse wh, hartmann s. risk factors for injury in adolescent soccer: implementation and validation of an injury surveillance system. abstract, first world congress of sports injury prevention. br j sports med 2005;39(6):375-408. 16. junge a, rösch d, peterson l, graf-baumann t, dvorak j. prevention of soccer injuries: a prospective intervention study in youth armature players. am j sports med 2002;30(5):652-659. 17. dvorak j, junge a, derman w, schwellnus m. injuries and illnesses of football players during the 2010 fifa world cup. br j sports med 2011;45(8):626-630. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.079905] 18. ekstrand j, gillquist j, möller m, oberg b, liljedahl so. incidences of soccer injuries and their relation to training and team success. am j sports med 1983;11(2):63-67. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354658301100203] 19. meeuwisse wh. assessing causation in sport injury: a multifactorial approach. clin j sport med 1999;4(3):166-170. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00042752-19940700000004] 20. hawkins d, metheny j. overuse injuries in youth sports: biomechanical considerations. med sci sports exerc 2007;33(10):1701-1707. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1097/00005768-200110000-00014] 21. fuller cw, smith gl, junge a, dvorak j. the influence of tackle parameters on the propensity for injury in international football. am j sports med 2004;32(suppl 1):4353. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/036354650326128] 22. williams s, trewartha g, kemp s, stokes k. a meta-analysis of injuries in senior men’s professional rugby union. sports med 2013;43(10):1043-1055. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1007/s40279-013-0078-1] original research sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 111 introduction the benefits of regularly participating in physical activity, through casual or organised activities or programmes, seeking to improve fitness, mental well-being and social relationships, are well recognised. 1 physically inactive lifestyles present a major health problem to the populations of developed and developing nations, contributing to chronic diseases and psychological distress. 2 although young people are more physically active than adults, the worldwide increase in overweight among youth has raised concerns about the adequacy of habitual activity levels among children and adolescents. the centers for disease control and prevention reported in 2000 that nearly half of american youth aged 12 21 years are not vigorously active on a regular basis. 3 further, youth become increasingly less active as grades in school increases, with the most dramatic declines occurring during adolescence (ages 15 19 years) and young adulthood (ages 20 25 years). 4 even in adolescence, 5 in the transition to university, and more specifically during the period of study at university, there is a decrease in the practice of moderate to vigorous physical activity. 6 irwin, 7 in his systematic review on participation in physical activity amongst university students (19 studies from 27 countries, not including egypt) concluded that less than one-half of university students in usa and canada were sufficiently active to gain a health benefit. also musharrafieh et al. 8 found that 26.4% of university students in lebanon engaged in regular physical exercise. conversely, abdullah et al. 9 found that two-thirds of chinese university students were physically active. in 2011, the american college health association 10 reported that college students as a population are physically inactive, with only 20% reporting participation in moderate physical activity and 30% in vigorous physical activity on a regular basis from 2008 to 2010 with slight variation over years. in egypt, the only available study of physical activity among university students was done by abolfotouh et al. 11 this study was conducted among 600 students attending alexandria university hostels and reported that 33.8% of the studied sample were physically inactive. barriers to physical activity have been examined across a variety of populations. although findings revealed that as barriers increased, physical activity decreased in youth and adult populations, the findings have been inconsistent in adolescent populations. 12 body consciousness has been shown to be a barrier for female adolescents in the general population. 13 lack of time has been the greatest obstacle to physical activity in adolescent students. 14 also the weather, class assignments and the lack of interest or just the desire to do any other activity, have been among the most commonly mentioned barriers to physical activity by university students in the study carried by sanz and ponce. 15 the lack of social and institutional support, as well as the physical environment, were the main barriers found by gyurcsik et al. 16 the aim of our study was to describe the pattern of vigorous physical activity among egyptian freshmen university students and to evaluate the association between physical activity, abstract objectives. to highlight the pattern of vigorous physical activity among freshmen university students and to evaluate the association between sociodemographic factors, perceived barriers, support factors, sedentary behaviours and body mass index. methods. a cross-sectional study was conducted on mansoura university students at the beginning of the academic year 2008 2009. a total of 500 freshmen students were selected by systematic random sample. participants responded to the short form of international physical activity questionnaire and other questions. results. the study revealed that the prevalence of vigorous activity among the students was 9.8% (n=49) versus 90.2% (n=451) for mild and moderate activity. body-related barriers were significantly higher among those reporting mild and moderate activities as shyness from others when doing exercise (6.9% versus 0.0%) and shyness from body looks in front of people (14.6% versus 4.1%). lack of equipment was also perceived to be a barrier (31.0% versus 16.3%), for those doing mild to moderate versus vigorous, respectively. a significantly higher proportion of persons doing vigorous activity reported the influence of support factors such as perceived benefit for health (53.1% versus 33.7%), encouragement from others (53.1% versus 30.4%) and participation from others (51.0% versus 23.9%), compared with the more sedentary students. the majority of both groups spent <4 hours daily in front of a computer, but the overall proportion was significantly higher among those only reporting mild and moderate activity (88.0% versus 63.3%). conclusion. the prevalence of most of the barriers studied was higher among those reporting mild and moderate activities and support factors were higher among those reporting vigorous activity. these results highlight the importance of environmental factors, social norms and intra-personal factors in determining the pattern of activity among egyptian freshmen university students. nadia abd el-hamed montasser1 (md) abdel-hady el-gilany abd elfattah2 (md) randah mohamad helal3 (md) 1 professor of public health, department of community medicine, college of medicine, mansoura university, egypt 2 professor of public health, department of community medicine, college of medicine, mansoura university, egypt 3 lecturer of public health, department of community medicine, college of medicine, mansoura university, egypt correspondence to: randah mohamad helal (ranhel2000@yahoo.com) pattern of vigorous physical activity among egyptian freshmen university students 112 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 sociodemographic determinants, barriers, support factors, sedentary behaviours and bmi. methods locality the study was carried out in mansoura university, egypt during the beginning of the academic year 2008 2009. mansoura university was founded in 1972 in mansoura city, egypt and is one of the biggest public egyptian universities. the main campus is located in mansoura city. it comprises 13 faculties: medicine, education, science, pharmacy, dentistry, commerce, law, engineering, agriculture, nursing, veterinary medicine, physical education; as well as computer science and information systems. four faculties are located off campus, namely arts, special education, tourism and hotels, and kindergartens. population the target population included newly attending students (freshmen) of the practical sectors in mansoura university (practical faculties of medicine, pharmacy, nursing, veterinary medicine, dentistry and the other practical faculties such as science, agriculture, computer and information, engineering), attending a routine medical checkup that is done for the first-year students in the university. the practical sectors were chosen as they were more accessible, and as first years, the students still live with their families. they represent different geographical and socio-economic strata of the community. the pattern of physical activity studied reflects physical activity during vacation time (not during the academic year). most of these students would make use of public transportation, with a minority having access to private cars. sample size determination there are approximately 6 000 first-year students. we based our sample size on an expected prevalence for vigorous physical activity in arab young adults of 11.3%, previously reported by al-hazzaa. 17 using epi-info version 6 with 11.3% as the expected prevalence, and 8.5% as the minimal prevalence, we estimated that we would require a sample of at least 454 subjects, and increased this to 500 to be more representative. the students were selected according to a systematic sampling strategy, one in every 11 students. measures and data management demographic attributes, different forms of activity, barriers, support factors and other sedentary behaviours were assessed using a selfadministered questionnaire presented in arabic languages after obtaining oral consent from the participants. participants reported their age, gender and residence. socio-economic variables 18 included parents’ education and occupations, per capita monthly income in egyptian pounds, family size, crowding index, and presence of audiovisual sets. participants self-reported their frequency and duration of their physical activity during the previous week using the short form international physical activity questionnaire. 19 physical activity was classified as follows: • low ─ no activity is reported or some activity is reported but not enough to meet physical activity levels 2 or 3 • moderate ─ any of the following 3 criteria: 3 or more days of vigorous activity of at least 20 minutes per day or 5 or more days of moderate-intensity activity and/or walking of at least 30 minutes per day or 5 or more days of any combination of walking, moderate or vigorous intensity activities achieving a minimum of at least 600 met (metabolic equivalent)minutes/week • high ─ any one of the following 2 criteria: vigorous-intensity activity on at least 3 days and accumulating at least 1 500 met-minutes/week or 7 or more days of any combination of walking, moderate-vigorous intensity activities accumulating at least 3 000 met-minutes/week. one met is the energy (oxygen) used by the body as a person sits quietly, perhaps while talking on the phone or reading a book. met-minute/week is computed by multiplying the met score of an activity by the minutes performed. the met score differs according to the activity, for example walking = 3.3 mets, for moderate physical activity = 4.0 mets and for vigorous activity = 8.0 mets. we obtained measures of height and weight. height measurements were to the nearest 0.5 cm without shoes and weight was measured to the nearest 0.1 kg with light clothes. body mass index (bmi) was calculated as weight in kilograms divided by heightin meters squared. individuals with a bmi <18.5 are considered underweight, those with bmi of 18.5 24.9 are considered normal table i. general demographic and behavioural characteristics of the studied group studied group characters n % sociodemographic characteristics gender male 210 42.0% female 290 58.5% age (years) mean ± sd 17.7 ± 0.7 residence urban 305 60.6% rural 197 39.4% socioeconomic standard high 331 66.2% middle 155 31.0% low 14 2.8% activity pattern practised vigorous activity 49 9.8% practised mild and moderate activity 451 90.2% bmi underweight 17 3.4% normal weight 311 62.2% overweight 112 22.4% obese 60 12.0% sedentary behaviour tv watching <4h 369 73.8% ≥4h 131 26.2% computer use <4h 428 85.6% ≥4h 72 14.4% music hearing 139 27.8% sleep hours <8h 428 85.6% ≥8h 72 14.4% sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 113 weight, individuals with bmi of 25 29.9 are considered overweight, while individuals with a bmi of 30 or more are considered obese. 20 barriers and support factors to physical activity data on barriers to and factors in support of physical activity were collected. these were grouped according to whether they were related to physical limitations, convenience, available resource, social factors, and fitness-related issues. participants also reported the total hours they spent watching television, playing video games, in front of computers or using the internet and if they prefer listening to music during studying lessons. statistics a nested case-control study was carried out between students with mild/moderate activity and those with vigorous activity. the completed questionnaires were subjected to revision and the collected data were coded, processed and analysed through spss (statistical package for social sciences) (standard version release 16.0).the chi-square and fisher’s exact tests were used for testing significance of categorical data, as appropriate. student’s t-test was used for continuous data as age. the significance level was considered at p≤0.05. results table i presents the characteristics of the sample, 42.0% of whom were male and 58.0% of whom were female, with a mean age of 17.7±0.7 years. about two-thirds of studied groups were from urban areas and had high socio-economic status. only 9.8% (n=49) of the students practised vigorous activity but 62.2% of the students had table ii. distribution of the studied group physical activity according to their personal, social, behavioural characteristics and their bmi test of sig. physical activity studied group social and personal characters vigorous n=49 n % mild and moderate n=451 n % gender **p=0.003 14.3%30 85.7%180male 6.6%19 93.4%271female age (years) ***p=0.6417.7 ± 0.7717.7 ± 0.69mean ± sd residence **p=0.035 11.9%36 88.1%267urban 6.6%13 93.4%184rural socio-economic standard 12.4%41 87.6%290high *p=0.0113.9%6 96.1%149middle 14.3%2 85.7%12low different forms of sedentary behaviours tv watching *p=0.54 73.5%3673.8%333<4h 26.5%1326.2%118≥4h computer use *p=0.000 63.3%3188.0%397<4h 36.7%1812.0%54≥ h *p=0.4926.5%1327.9%126music hearing sleep hours *p=0.41 83.7%4185.8%387<8h 16.3%814.2%64≥8h bmi *p=0.37 2.0%13.5%16underweight 73.5 %3661.0%275normal weight 14.3%723.3%105overweight 10.2%512.2%55obese # the faculties of the students not included in the analysis as the pattern of study in these faculties have no effect yet. *chi-square (χ2). ** fisher’s exact test. *** t-test. 114 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 normal bmi, 26.2% (n=131) spent more than 4 hours in front of the television but only 14.4% (n=72) spent more than 4 hours in front of the computer. also 14.4% (n=72) of the studied group slept more than 8 hours per day and 27.8% (n=139) preferred listening to music. as shown in table ii, the age of the sample ranged between 17 and 20 years, with a mean age of (17.7±0.7 years), with slight differences between groups. only 6.6% of the women reported vigorous activity compared with 14.3% of men. vigorous activity was more prevalent among urban inhabitants (11.9%) than rural ones (6.6%) (p=0.035). however, a nearly equal prevalence of vigorous activity was reported among low and high social class but much lower rates were reported among middle social class (p=0.011). by studying the sedentary behaviours, it was found that the only significant difference between groups was for computer use, which was higher among those reporting only mild and moderate activity. for the rest of sedentary behaviours no significant differences were detected. although no significant difference was detected between both groups regarding bmi, it was observed that normal-weight students represented the majority among both groups with a higher per cent among the students reporting vigorous activity. overweight and obesity were slightly more prevalent among those reporting only mild and moderate activity. barriers to physical activity are presented in table iii. certain barriers were significantly more common among those reporting only mild and moderate activities such as body-related barriers which included shyness from others when doing exercise (6.9% versus 0.0%) and shyness from body looks in front of people (14.6% versus 4.1%) and one of the resource barriers, which was lack of equipment (31.0% versus 16.3%). other resource barriers, convenience barriers, social barriers and fitness barriers showed no significant differences between groups. however, bad weather and lack of participation by friends were barriers more commonly reported for those students participating in vigorous physical activity. table iv shows the distribution of different support factors for physical activity among the studied groups. those students that engaged in vigorous physical activity more commonly reported perceived benefit for health, encouragement from others and participation from others, as support factors for participation. discussion many young people do not engage in sufficient levels of physical activity to afford the associated health benefits. the 2005 youth risk behavior surveillance survey results indicate that only 36% of american high school students participate in at least 60 minutes per day of physical activity on a regular basis. 21 moreover, recent data from the national health and nutrition examination survey (nhanes) indicate that 33% of american teenagers are unfit and that this is setting the stage for health problems later in life. 22 the results of the present study showed that only 9.8% of the students practised vigorous activity. nearly equal rates were reported table iii. distribution of the studied group physical activity according to different types of barriers to physical activity (pa) test of sig. types of physical activity different barriers to physical activity vigorous n=49 n % mild and moderate n=451 n % body-related *p=0.0370.0%06.9%31shyness from others when doing exercise **p=0.0244.1%214.6%66shyness from body looks in front of people convenience *p=0.3761.2%3064.7%292lack of time **p=0.438.2%46.7%30inconvenient weather resource *p=0.07220.4%1031.5%142lack of convenient place *p=0.2110.2%515.7%71lack of interest in pa *p=0.0216.3%831.0%140lack of facilities **p=0.0688.2%417.3%78lack of knowledge social *p=0.2310.2%56.4%29lack of participation from friends **p=0.522.0%13.3%15lack of skilled friends **p=0. 72.0%12.2%10bad behaviour of friends fitness **p=0.320.0%02.4%11too overweight to do pa **p=0.1410.2%517.3%78pa is uncomfortable or difficult *chi-square (χ2). **fisher’s exact test. sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 115 by lemos et al., 23 who used the ipaq as he found that 8.4% of the university students in spain were vigorously active. higher rates of activity reported in other studies that assessed vigorous activity as the activity that ‘made you sweat or breathe hard’ engaged in for 20 minutes or more (e.g. staten et al. 24 ) reported that 39% of university students in one of usa public universities were vigorously physically active. porter et al., 25 found that 44.3% of south african university students reported having engaged in vigorous physical activity on 5 or more of the 7 days preceding the survey. the variation of these prevalences among different countries is a reflection of the different socio-economic status, availability of facilities and also the different tools used for the assessment. females reported less vigorous activity than males, which is similar to the results described by others. 26,27 this may be due to lack of time associated with their responsibilities and care-giving duties to their mothers and family and also the body-centered issues related to their shyness and religious issues in islamic society. also in egyptian society, many women rarely practise physical activity except for weight loss. concerning residence, vigorous activity was more prevalent among urban inhabitants than rural inhabitants, and this may be due to the availability of resources such as equipped clubs, gymnasium halls and sidewalks. conversely, nearly equal rates of vigorous activity were reported among low and high social class, but much lower rates were reported among middle social class. this may be explained, in part, as higher classes have greater access to facilities for physical activity with lower barriers. lower social classes lack access to advanced technology and luxury items that promote sedentary behavior; they also lack private cars for transportation, making them more dependent on public and human-powered transport. this is in contrast with what was reported by landsbaugh, 28 who found that as socio-economic status level increased, the amount of physical activity increased and the amount of time reported participating in vigorous activities increased. the majority of both groups were sitting in front of computer less than 4 hours daily. nevertheless, the time spent in front of the computer was higher among those reporting participation only in mild and moderate activity. naomi et al. 29 reported that sedentary behaviour is a distinct category of activity and is not merely the absence of vigorous exercise. also samdal et al. 30 reported that it is possible for adolescents to obtain sufficient physical activity and to spend time watching tv. there was no significant difference in bmi between groups, which is in agreement with osman et al., 31 who found no significant relation between levels of physical activity and overweight status among obese subjects. however, inas 32 reported that increased intensity is correlated with a lower bmi. body-related barriers and lack of facilities were significantly higher among those reporting mild and moderate activities. these findings are consistent with a recent study that found that the number of recreational facilities was positively associated with physical activity in a national sample of adolescents. 33 however, a more recent review concluded there was no consistent association between activity and availability of facilities. 34 lack of time was slightly higher among those reporting mild and moderate activities, which is similar to that reported by salmon et al. 35 bowles et al. 36 suggested that perceived lack of time as a barrier could, in fact, be a reflection of a lack of self-motivation rather than a legitimate obstacle to regular participation in physical activities. also, most social and fitness barriers were slightly higher among those reporting mild and moderate activities. this is in agreement with zlot et al. 37 also ball et al. 38 reported that being overweight can also be perceived as a significant barrier to physical activity. most of the support factors for physical activity were significantly higher among those reporting vigorous activities. this is in agreement with mcneill et al. 39 also norman et al. 40 stated that family support is an important modifiable factor for reducing sedentary behaviour in children and adolescents. limitations this study had many limitations. it is cross-sectional, and as such causal inferences for both barriers and support factors cannot be made. in addition, it was based on self-report measures of physical activity. finally, we opted to evaluate only leisure-time physical activities, therefore individuals who did not meet the physical activity guidelines in this study may have been active in other domains (occupation, commuting and housework). conclusion and recommendations low levels of leisure-time vigorous physical activity were found among freshmen students in the current study. there was a positive relationship between the number of perceived barriers and physical inactivity. however, the support factors were strongly related to vigorous activity. in order to increase leisure-time physical activity, policymakers should focus their interventions on strategies designed to increase awareness of particular aspects of physical activity, which in turn may help individuals to overcome the perceived barriers to physical activity that were detected in this study. health education programmes should stress the benefits of physical activity, different ways of practising physical activity, including walking, and providing information concerning the recommended levels of physical activity. availability of modest clothing designed for physical activity, especially for women, may decrease shyness in this group of students. also, the lack of availability of facilities was a barrier for activities, which may be overcome by encouraging the students to visit the olympic village in the university. this facility has a subsidised programme of activities running throughout the year, including tennis, squash, football, swimming, boxing and others. university protable iv. distribution of the studied group physical activity according to support factors to physical activity test of sig.( χ2) physical activity different support factors to physical activity vigorous n=49 n % mild and moderate n=451 n % p=0.00653.1%2633.7%152perceived benefit for health p=0.00153.1%2630.4%137encouragement from others p=0.19220.4%1014.6%66transportation availability p=0.00051.0%2423.9%108participation by others 116 sajsm vol 23 no. 4 2011 grammes should encourage team building and sport competitions between students. programmes should also encourage students to decrease their weight, as overweight and obesity appeared to have an impact on activity. references 1. crone d, smith a, gough b. ‘i feel at one, totally alive and totally happy’: a psycho-social explanation of the physical activity and mental health relationships. health educ res 2005;20:600-611. 2. skidmore pml, yarnell jwg. the obesity epidemic: prospects for prevention. q j med 2004;97:817-825. 3. cdc (centers for disease control and prevention). youth risk behavior surveillance summaries. mmwr 2000;49(ss-5):1-96. 4. malina rm. adherence to physical activity from childhood to adulthood: a perspective from tracking studies. aust psychol 2001;53:346-355. 5. park h, kim n. predicting factors of physical activity in adolescents: a systematic review. asian nurs res 2008;2(2):113-128. 6. han jl, dinger mk, hull hr, randall nb, heesch kc, fields da. changes in women’s physical activity during the transition to college. am j health educ 2008;39:194-199. 7. irwin jd. prevalence of university students’ sufficient physical activity: a systematic review. percept mot skills 2004;98(1):927-943. 8. musharrafieh u, tamim h, rahi a, et al. determinant of university students physical exercise: a study from lebanon. int j public health 2008;53(4):208-213. 9. abdullah as, wong cm, yam hk, fielding r. factors related to non-participation in physical activity among the students in hong kong. int j sports med 2005;26(7):611-615. 10. american college health association. american college health association–national college health assessment (acha-ncha) web summary. http://www.acha-ncha.org/reports_acha-nchaii.html. (last accessed may 2011). 11. abolfotouh ma, bassiouni m, fayyad r ch. health-related lifestyles and risk behaviours among students living in alexandria university hostels. emhj 2007;13(2):376-391. 12. o’dea ja. why do kids eat healthful food? perceived benefits of and barriers to healthful eating and physical activity among children and adolescents. j am diet assoc 2003;103(4):497-501. 13. marion f, brian e, richard i, et al. overweight children’s barriers to and support for physical activity. obes res 2003;11(2): 238-246. 14. wang d, ou cq, chen my, duan n. health-promoting lifestyles of university students in mainland china. bmc public health 2009;9:379. 15. sanz e, ponce de león a. la necesidad de educar la dimensión del ocio físico-deportivo. propuesta surgida de un estudio centrado en una comunidad universitaria. támden, didáctica de la educación física 2006;20:7388. 16. gyurcsik nc, spink ks, bray sr, chad k, kwan m. an ecologically based examination of barriers to physical activity in students from grade seven through first-year university. j adolesc health care 2006;38:704-711. 17. al-hazzaa mh. health-enhancing physical activity among saudi adults using the international physical activity questionnaire (ipaq). public health nutr 2007;10(1):59-64. 18. fahmy s, el-sherbini a. determining sample parameter for social classifications for health research. bull high inst public health 1983;13(5):1-14. 19. www.ipaq.ki.se 20. who (world health organization). controlling the global obesity epidemic, geneva: world health organization, 2003. 21. cdc (centers for disease control and prevention). youth risk behavior surveillance united states (2006). mmwr 2006;55(ss-5):1-108. 22. carnethon m, gulati m, greenland p. prevalence and cardiovascular disease correlates of low cardiorespiratory fitness in adolescents and adults. jama 2005;294:2981-2988. 23. lemos c, vargas o, sanchez h, cruz n. chronic back pain and physical activity in students of health occupations. rev soc esp dolor 2009;16(8):429-436. 24. staten rr, miller k, noland mp, rayens mk. college students’ physical activity: application of an ecological perspective. american journal of health studies. wntr-spring, 2005 findarticles.com. accessible at 17 may, 2011. http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_m0ctg/is_1-2_20/ai_n27869280/). 25. porter k, johnson p, petrillo j. priority health behaviors among south african undergraduate students. iejhe 2009;12:222-243. 26. gómez m, ruiz f, garcía me, flores g, barbero g. razones que influyen en la inactividad físico-deportiva en la educación secundaria post obligatoria. retos. nuevas tendencias en educación física, deporte y recreación 2008;14:80-85. 27. yahia n, abdallah a, achkar a, rizk s. physical activity and smoking habits in relation to weight status among lebanese university students. int j health res 2010;3(1):21-27. 28. landsbaugh jr. a longitudinal study examining the relation of physical activity on weight status during adolescence. thesis submitted to the graduate faculty of education in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy, university of pittsburgh; 2007,56-61. 29. naomi h, andrew s, david r, jane w. trends in physical activity and sedentary behavior in adolescence: ethnic and socioeconomic differences. br j sports med 2007;41:140-144. 30. samdal o, tynjälä j, roberts s, villberg b. world trends in vigorous physical activity and tv watching of adolescents from 1986 to 2002 in seven european countries. eur j public health 2007;17(3):242-248. 31. osman g, eduardo s, betania a, et al. overweight and obesity among adolescents from mexico and egypt. arch med res 2006;37(4):535-542. 32. inas r. structural estimation of caloric intake, exercise, smoking, and obesity. q rev econ finance 2006;46(2):268-283. 33. gordon-larsen p, nelson mc, page p, popkin bm. inequality in the built environment underlies key health disparities in physical activity and obesity. pediatrics 2006;117:417-424. 34. ferreira i, van der horst k, wendel-vos w, kremers s, van lenthe fj, brug j. environmental correlates of physical activity in youth ─ a review and update. obes rev 2007;8:129-154. 35. salmon j, owen n, crawford d, bauman a, sallis jf. physical activity and sedentary behavior: a population-based study of barriers, enjoyment, and preference. health psychol 2003;22:178-188. 36. bowles hr, morrow jr, leonard bl, hawkins m, couzelis pm. the association between physical activity behavior and commonly reported barriers in a work-site population. res q exerc sport 2002;73:464-470. 37. zlot ai, librett j, buchner d, schmid t. environmental, transportation, social, and time barriers to physical activity. j phys act health 2006;3:15-21. 38. ball k, crawford d, owen n. too fat to exercise? obesity as a barrier to physical activity. aust n z j public health 2000;24:331-333. 39. mcneill lh, wyrwich kw, brownson rc, clark em, kreuter mw. individual, social environmental and physical environmental influences on physical activity among black and white adults: a structural equation analysis. ann behav med 2006;31(1):36-44. 40. norman gj, schmid ba, sallis jf, calfas kj, patrick k. psychosocial and environmental correlates of adolescent sedentary behaviors. pediatrics 2005;116(4):908-916. original research 1 sajsm vol. 29 2017 factors associated with lumbo-pelvic pain in recreational cyclists m rodseth, 1 msc (physiotherapy), a stewart, 2 phd 1 strada aron cotruș, bucharest sector 1, romania 014131 2 department of physiotherapy, school of therapeutic sciences faculty of health sciences university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: a stewart (aimee.stewart@wits.ac.za) the prevalence of non-traumatic cycling injuries, including lumbo-pelvic pain (lbpp), is estimated to be as high as 85%, with the influencing factors for the development of this type of pain in cyclists being: training, the physical aspects of cycling and bicycle set-up factors. [1,2,]. previously investigated factors include: (1) association between training factors and lbpp, (2) kinematics and position of the lower back on the bicycle (3) surface emg of the musculature of the hip, lumbar, thoracic areas and upper limbs. [1,2] these studies had very small sample sizes and did not test specific postural or movement dysfunctions. none of them investigated physical and bicycle set-up factors. the position of the cyclist on the bicycle is influenced by movement in two directions – forwards and backwards between the saddle and handlebars, and from side to side. [3] the seated position of the cyclist leads to an increased tendency towards a “round-back” posture, emphasised by the increased forward bent position assumed to reduce aerodynamic drag. [1] sustained end-range forward lumbar flexion during cycling could be pivotal in the development of lbpp. [2.3] cyclists with lbpp assume greater lower lumbar flexion compared to asymptomatic cyclists [2], supporting the hypothesis that lbpp is related to this position. the lower back and pelvis absorb and distribute loads from the legs, providing a stable base to control and power the bicycle. [3] integrated functioning of the muscle system is essential for optimal movement and stability of the lumbopelvic spine. [3] movement occurs through the pathway of least resistance, whereby more flexible structures compensate for less flexible ones creating stress and strain in a specific direction. [4] with repetitive loading, this direction-specific hypermobility is reinforced, resulting in tissue damage, pain and uncontrolled movement. [4] as cyclists habitually use the gluteus maximus muscle (gmax) in an elongated position [5], resulting in “stretchweakness” of the muscle, they place an increased demand on their hamstrings to compensate for changes in the lengthtension relationship. the increased demand on the hamstrings through the combined effects of a weak, elongated gmax and increased knee flexion moment created by using cleated pedals results in hypertrophy and increased passive stiffness of the hamstrings. [6] the imbalance in the passive stiffness of the hamstrings and lumbo-pelvic musculature induces increased movement in the lumbo-pelvic area and over time results in joint hypermobility, leading to microand eventual macrotrauma of the spinal structures.[6] weakness of the gluteus medius muscle (gmed) in individuals with low back pain leads to increased side-toside/lateral shift of the pelvis with a subsequent loss of pelvic control. the poor endurance of this muscle can also result in early-onset pelvic rotation [7] and, combined with frequent movement in the increased range, in joint hypermobility causing microand eventual macro-damage of lumbo-pelvic structures. the increased lateral shift of the pelvis during the weight shifting of pedalling, combined with lumbo-pelvic musculature impairment (especially the gmed) in transferring loads between the trunk and legs, can lead to lbpp. besides the position of the cyclist, the bicycle may influence the development of lbpp. therefore proper bicycle set-up is essential for injury prevention, safety, comfort, and peak performance. [8] with cycling, the asymmetrical variables of the body have to adapt to the symmetrical design of the bicycle to function as one unit as a result of the abnormal stress loads being placed on tendons and muscles. optimal fitting of the bicycle to the cyclist’s body geometry should result in less stress and strain, decreasing injury incidence [9] but few studies have investigated the association between lbpp and bicycle set-up. [3,9] cyclists have three contact points with the bicycle (saddle, handlebars and pedals) that determine the forwardbackward and side-to-side position critical for effective transmission of force to the pedals and optimal performance of the cyclist. the aim of this study was therefore to identify factors background: overuse injuries in cyclists are as high as 85%, with lower back and pelvis pain (lbpp) being common. the lower back and pelvis are pivotal to powering and controlling the bicycle and essential for optimal functioning, comfort and performance. cyclists spend long, continuous hours in sustained forward flexion, which is regarded as a main contributor to lbpp. cyclists with lbpp assume greater lumbar flexion but the reason has not yet been established. objectives: to identify intrinsic and bicycle set-up factors associated with lumbo-pelvic pain in cyclists. methods: this study was cross-sectional and descriptive. one hundred and twenty-one cyclists in gauteng, south africa, participated in this study. the factors proposed to be associated with lbpp were determined to be namely: lumbar curvature on the bicycle in all three handlebar positions, strength of the gluteus maximus (gmax) and medius (gmed), extensibility of the hamstrings, control of lumbar movement in the direction of flexion, neurodynamics, active straight leg raise, one leg stance test for lateral pelvic shift, leg length discrepancy and bicycle set-up (saddle height, set-back and angle, handlebar height, forward reach, cleat position). results: only the lumbar curvature in the brake lever position (p=0.03) and weakness of the gmed (p=0.05) were related to lbpp in cyclists. conclusion: this study was the first to assess the relationship between the multiple factors described above and lbpp in cyclists. understanding the relationship between increased lumber flexion in the brake lever position and the weakness of the gmed and lbpp may lead to the development of strategies to reduce lbpp occurrence. keywords: bicycle set-up, load transfer, low back, motor control, physical pain s afr j sports med 2017;29:1-8. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a2406 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2017/v29i0a2406 original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 2 possibly associated with lbpp in cyclists in gauteng and establish this relationship. it was hypothesised that factors that could influence the forward-backward and side-to-side position of the cyclist on the bicycle, as illustrated in figure 1, could contribute to the development of lbpp. methods participants this cross-sectional descriptive study included cyclists who were 18-years or older; who had cycled for more than one year; who cycle more than three, but less than 12 hours/week (in the last 2 months); had participated in at least one road race longer than 90 km but fewer than 20 races per year; used a racing/road bicycle during training and racing on road; used cleats; had no injuries to the spine in the preceding two years nor specific structural pathology of the spine or spinal surgery. participants’ informed consent and institutional ethical approval was obtained (human research ethics committee university of the witwatersrand m110649). assessments assessments were undertaken by the first author of factors hypothesised to contribute to the development of lbpp, as recommended by an expert panel of physiotherapists, given the lack of literature. these included anthropometric; intrinsic physical and bicycle set-up factors. thirteen cyclists were included in a pilot study to assess the repeatability of the measurements of the physical factors and assessed twice, one week apart. all measurements were done on a treatment plinth fig. 1. factors influencing forward-and-backward and side-to-side position on the bicycle fig. 2. illustration of handlebar positions. left to right: upright seated position, brake lever position, drop position original research 3 sajsm vol. 29 2017 in a seated or horizontal position, with feet supported. body mass index (bmi) was calculated using body weight [electronic digital bathroom scale (carmen care) (kg)] divided by height [portable stadiometer (hs, scales2000) (m)]. bmi has a sensitivity of 83% and specificity of 76% in detecting body fat percentage at 25.5 kg/m2. a saunders digital inclinometer (saunders group inc., minnesota, usa) was used to measure lumbar angles/curvature in three positions: seated upright (hands on transverse bar of handlebars), brake lever (hands on brake hoods) and “drops” (hands on drops) (figure 2). participants performed a few pedalling cycles per riding position before stopping with pedals at the 3 o’clock and 9 o’clock positions, right foot forward. [11] the lumbar flexion curvature was calculated by subtracting the measurement at l5/s1 from t12/l1; with each of the three positions measured thrice and the means of the three measures calculated. the intra-class correlation coefficient (icc) and reliability coefficients for the static lumbar position and lumbo-sacral angle range from 0.91 to 0.97 for intra-rater reliability respectively and 0.63-0.75 for inter-rater reliability.[10] the inner range holding capacity of the gmax was assessed with the participant prone, with only trunk supported, in the neutral lumbar position; feet on floor, knees slightly flexed. [5] two pressure biofeedback units (pbu) (chattanooga) were placed under the left and right anterior superior iliac spine (asis) and inflated to 20 mmhg. an assessment was made of the passive range of hip extension, knee in 90° flexion, while the lumbo-pelvic area was stabilised in neutral. a rod was positioned to touch the posterior aspect of the thigh when the hip was in the horizontal (0°) position. the participant lifted one leg at a time into hip extension, knee in 90° flexion, until the posterior thigh touched the rod, maintaining contact, as well as neutral lumbo-pelvic alignment, for 15 seconds while the lifting, holding and lowering of the leg was measured with the pbu meters. normal inner range control of the gmax was taken into consideration when participants had successfully completed the movement twice. reliability studies have been done on the use of a dynamometer in determining the strength of the gmax during prone hip extension and on the reliability for assessing lumbar movement during passive hip extension (ĸ=0.72-0.76 and icc of 0.69-0.85) [4], but no reliability or validity studies have been done on the assessment of both through range control and the inner range holding capacity of the gmax in a prone position, with only trunk support. hamstring extendibility was assessed while supine, with the test leg in 90° hip flexion, thigh supported, knee comfortably flexed. the knee of the test leg was passively extended until the onset of firm resistance or a strong stretch sensation was felt. [11] the knee extension angle (kea) was measured with a digital inclinometer and repeated three times per leg. [11] hamstring length is regarded as normal if the kea for both legs is less than 20° and there is excellent reliability (intra-rater icc=0.90-0.98, inter-rater icc=0.90). [11] the participant was in the side lying position, with the lumbar spine and pelvis in neutral alignment and the underneath leg slightly flexed. a combination of tests was used to measure full range control and the ability to hold the inner range capacity of the gmed. [6,12] full passive range of motion was assessed by lifting the top leg into hip extension, external rotation and abduction (ext/abd/er) stabilising the neutral lumbo-pelvic position, and noting when the hip reached the benchmark of 45° abduction (marker/rod positioned). the participant then actively lifted the top leg (ext/abd/er) to the marker, maintained controlled contact for 15 seconds before smoothly lowering the leg. an inability to maintain neutral alignment of the lower back and pelvis resulted in test failure. two smoothly controlled repetitions without substituting with the hip, lower back or pelvic movements indicated through range control of the deep posterior gmed. reliability studies have been done on concentric and eccentric strength of the gmed using a dynamometer at neutral hip alignment and on pelvic control during active hip abduction. no reliability or validity studies have been done on the assessment of both full range control and inner range holding capacity of the gmed in the side lying position.[12] control of lumbar flexion was measured with the sitting forward lean test, [13] knees and hips at 90° and the participant’s lower back in a visually estimated neutral position. the s1 vertebra and a point 10 cm above this area were marked (flexible tape measure). the participant had to keep the lower back in neutral with the two points 10 cm apart while leaning forward to 120° of hip flexion (goniometer). five practice runs were done with verbal and tactile input to maintain the neutral lumbar curvature; then five times without feedback, measuring the distance between the two marks to the nearest millimetre and calculating the mean. maintaining 10 cm between the marks, or a changed position of less than 1 cm, was an indication of adequate flexion control of lumbar flexion. [14] this test has excellent inter-rater reliability (icc of 0.96, n=40). [13] neural mobility was assessed with the slump test (reflecting the lumbar position often assumed by cyclists when riding), following a six-stage sequence. this test was considered to be positive if the participant’s symptoms were reproduced at any point of the sequence and alleviated with the release of neck flexion. this test has excellent inter-rater reliability (k=0.83; icc=0.70-0.92) and intra-rater reliability (icc=0.80-0.95; r=0.88). [4] the active straight leg raise test (aslr) in the supine position was used to assess load transfer between the trunk and legs. it was proposed to assess force closure around the pelvis by assessing the amount of effort used for a low load activity. [14] the participant raised a straight leg 20 cm off the bed successively, rating perceived effort on a six point scale (0-5). this was repeated twice and the means calculated. the scores of both sides were added, resulting in a score ranging from 010. it was considered positive if the mean was greater than one and negative if less than one. [15] there is substantial inter-rater reliability (ĸ=0.70 for left aslr and ĸ=0.71 for right) in patients with chronic nslbp. [14] lateral shift of the pelvis was measured using the single-leg stance movement control test. [5] participants stood in a normal upright position with feet one-third of their trochanteric distance apart and the umbilicus aligned with an upright pole. original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 4 they then shifted their weight onto the left leg, followed by the right leg (standing on one leg). the lateral movement of the umbilicus from the midline was measured with a spirit level ruler at completion of weight transfer. this was repeated three times to each side. the means of the weight shift to the left and right sides were calculated and considered within normal limits if the shift was less than 10 cm for each leg and the difference in the shift between legs was less than 2 cm. [4] there is excellent intra-rater reliability (ĸ=0.84 and ĸ=0.67 for left and right leg respectively) and moderate to substantial inter-rater reliability (ĸ=0.65 for left and ĸ=0.43 for right) for this test. [4] leg length discrepancy (lld) was measured in the supine position from asis to the most distal part of the lateral malleolus (lm) with a flexible tape measure. asis to lm was preferred over asis to medial malleolus (mm) as it limits the influence of the contour of the thigh, provides a more direct line of measurement, and also has excellent reliability (intrarater reliability icc=0.88-0.99, inter-rater icc=0.83). two measurements were averaged and the measured difference in the lengths was divided into three categories: discrepancies less than 6 mm, 10 mm and 20 mm respectively. bicycle set-up measures the bicycle set-up was measured with the bicycle positioned on a pre-measured bicycle stand. saddle height was measured by assessing the knee flexion angle with the pedal at bottom dead centre (bdc) and the foot parallel to the ground and aligned forward using a goniometer. this was repeated three times per leg and considered acceptable if the knee flexion was between 25-35° for both legs. [16] for saddle setback a plumb line was dropped from the posterior aspect of the patella, with the crank arm of the tested leg in the horizontal forward position (3 o’clock). intersection of the pedal axle indicated a proper setback. [8, 9] the saddle angle was measured with a digital spirit level balanced from the midline touching the front and back of the saddle and recorded as level, anteriorly or posteriorly tilted, noting the magnitude of the inclination. a level or anteriorly tilted saddle was acceptable for optimal saddle angulation. [8] handlebar height was calculated by subtracting the handlebar height (floor to the top of the stem of the handlebars) from the saddle height (floor to the top centre of the saddle). a height of 5-8 cm below the saddle indicated a proper bicycle set-up. [8] this means that there is excellent intra-rater reliability for the distance from the handlebars to the floor (icc=0.98) and the seat to the floor (icc=0.98) (n=13). [10] reach distance is defined as the distance between the saddle and the handlebars, including arm and upper body length, which has a direct impact on the position of the lumbar spine and pelvis. [9] reach distance consists of the three factors involved in reaching forward from the saddle: the distance from the back of the saddle to the transverse bar of the handlebars; full arm length (acromion to metacarpal heads) and upper body length (from flat surface of plinth to incisura jugularis of the manubrium sterni in supported sitting). these were measured three times, and the means calculated and matched with the recommended reach distances. [9] cleat position was measured by palpating and marking the first metatarsal head while the participant was standing. the midfoot cleat position of the shoe was within limits if found to be in line with the first metatarsal head. [8,9] the reliability and validity of the bicycle set-up measures, except for handlebar height, have not been reported. [10] statistical analysis from a cross-sectional study it is expected that following univariate analysis no more than 10-12 factors would be associated with low back pain when testing at the liberal 0.15 level of significance. these factors were then analysed using a logistic regression and usually 10-15 subjects need to be included for each factor. [17] therefore at least 120 volunteers were included. in a univariate analysis, participants with and without low back pain were compared using the two sample student’s t-test and mann-whitney rank sum, pearson’s chisquare test or fisher’s exact test. factors at p<0.20 were included into a multivariate analysis. from the multivariate analysis (logistic regression), odds ratios and their 95% confidence intervals (ci) were calculated for included factors. testing was at the 0.05 level of significance, using stata release 12.0 statistical software. results the intra-rater reliability was excellent for the majority of the physical tests (icc/kappa >0.70), except for the lateral sway to the right, slump (final category), the gmax (final category) and the gmed (final category) (p<0.70). excellent intra-rater reliability (icc / kappa >0.70) was obtained for the bicycle setup measures, except for the saddle height (p<0.70). of the 121 participants who volunteered to participate in the physical assessment, 80% (n=97) were males and 20% (n=24) females. the mean age per gender was 47 years (± 11) for the males and 42 years (± 8) for the females. of the 121 participants, 74% (n=90) experienced lbpp during or after cycling. seventynine percent of them (n=71) were males and 21% (n=19) were females. pain during or after cycling was mostly reported around the sacroiliac joint compared to 41% with central low back pain and 27% with unilateral low back pain. the time to the onset of lbpp during cycling was between one-two hours for 28% of cyclists. for 51% this was experienced after more than two hours of cycling mostly while in the brake lever position (62%) or seated upright (41%) position. however, on the whole, training was not affected by pain (43%) or participants trained through pain (40%). for a summary of the physical and bicycle set-up assessments, see figures 3 and 4. in the univariate analysis, only lumbar curvature was related to lbpp (p=0.01-0.02). from the univariate analysis, all factors with a significance value of less than 0.2 were included in a multivariate analysis (figure 5). in the multivariate analysis, only lumbar curvature in the brake lever position (p=0.03; ci: 1.00-1.09) and weakness of the gmed (p=0.05; ci: 0.98-11.94) were associated with lbpp (table 1). the risk for lbpp increased by 1.01 times for every degree of lumbar flexion added in the brake lever position. participants with weakness of the gmed were also 3.4 times more likely to develop lbpp original research 5 sajsm vol. 29 2017 (table 1). gender was associated with bmi (p=0.005), the gmax inner range holding capacity (p=0.006), hamstring length (p=0.001), the gmed through range control (p=0.003) and thoracolumbar and lumbosacral angles and curvatures (p=0.001-0.04) in all handlebar positions. distance cycled per week was associated with gender (p=0.012). statistically significant relationships were found between bmi and the gmed (p=0.01), thoracolumbar angle (p=0.001) and lumbar lordosis (p=0.001-0.004) in all positions. only bmi (p=0.01), inner range holding capacity of the gmax (p=0.001) and hamstring length (p=0.02) had a significant relationships with the gmed. participants with poor through range control of the gmed also had poor gmax inner range holding (n=92; 85.98%) and decreased hamstring flexibility (n=78; 72.90%). holding capacity of the gmax (p=0.01) and control of the gmed (p=0.021) were associated with the length of the hamstrings. if hamstring length was poor, insufficient inner range control of the gmax (n=74, 88.10%) and the gmed control (n=78, 92.86%) also presented. hamstring length was associated with lumbosacral angle (l5/s1) in the seated upright (p=0.03; ci: 27.18-30.19), drops (p=0.03; ci: 39.69-42.51) and brake lever positions (p=0.07; ci: 31.71-34.60). the gmax inner range holding capacity was associated with lumbo-pelvic stability active straight leg raise (p=0.67) (n= 78, 64.5%) normal aslr lbpp group: (n=59, 65.6%) normal aslr lateral sway (p=0.19) normal lateral sway (n=74, 61.2%) mean sway left (sd): 7.86 (1.94) cm mean sway right (sd): 7.21 (1.92) cm -lbpp group: normal lateral sway (n=52, 57.8%) sitting forward lean (p=0.68) no lumbar flexion give with sitting forward lean test (n=114, 94.2%) mean lean (sd): 0.3 (0.38) cm -lbpp group: no flexion give/normal test (n=84, 93.3%) neural mobility (p=0.23) slump -70.25% presented with normal slump test/no neurodynamic dysfunction --lbpp group: 83.33% presented with normal slump leg-length discrepancy -76.86% less than 10 mm difference in leg-length (p=0.68) -61.16% less than 6 mm difference (p=0.68) and 2.48% more than 20 mm difference (p=0.16) mean lld: 0.632 (sd: 0.060) (p=0.67) -lbpp group: 77.78% less than 10 mm 62.22% less than 6 mm and 1.11% more than 20 mm difference muscle tests hamstring length (p=0.81) presenting with shortened hamstrings – kea >20° (n=84, 69.42%) mean left kea (sd): 23.73° (11.71) (p=0.22) mean right kea (sd): 23.52° (11.11) (p=0.80) lbpp group: decreased length/kea >20° (n=63, 70%) gmax inner range holding (p=1.00) presenting with poor gmax inner range holding capacity (n=99, 81.8%) -lbpp group: poor control (n=73, 81.1%) gmed through range control (p=0.12) -poor control (n=107, 88.4%) -lbpp group: insufficient control (n=82, 91.1%) lumbar position on bicycle brake levers slump position/lx flexion (87.60%) mean curvature: 15.93° (sd:10.11) (p=0.01) lbpp group: 88.89% in lx flexion seated in upright position -86.78% in lx flexion mean curvature: 15.23° (sd: 10.31) (p=0.01) -lbpp group: 87.78% in lx flexion drop position -92.56% in lx flexion mean curvature: 17.94° (sd: 9.65) (p=0.02) -lbpp group: 91.11% in lx flexion physical characteristics of cyclists in gauteng bmi (p=0.20) an almost equal number of participants presented with normal bmi (n=55, 45.5%) or were overweight (n=51, 42.2%) mean bmi (sd): 25.98 (3.77) kg/m² (p=0.24) -lbpp group: (n=44, 89%) normal bmi, (n=46, 51.11%) overweight/obese mean bmi (sd): 25.8 (3.8) kg/m² fig. 3. summary of the physical characteristics of cyclists original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 6 lateral sway (p=0.031), gmed control (p=0.001) and hamstring length (p=0.007). saddle angle was associated with thoracolumbar angle (t12/l1) in the handlebar drops position (p=0.02; ci: 57.7560.30). lumbar curvature in the handlebar drops position was associated with the sitting forward lean test (p=0.04; ci: 16.2019.68), while the lumbosacral angle and curvature were consistently related to sitting forward lean test. discussion flexion of the lumbar spine in the brake lever position and weakness of the gmed were associated with lbpp, with most cyclists experiencing pain in the brake lever position. this was also the most frequently adopted position in training (48% of time was spent in this position in cyclists with and without lbpp). cyclists assume a position of lumbar flexion on the bicycle, regardless of the level of competition, and those with lbpp adopt greater lumbar flexion, [1,2] as was also seen here. the mechanism by which increased lumbar flexion leads to lbpp is, however, not clear. [2,] the authors assessed several factors that could influence this position (including an inability to prevent/control lumbar flexion), but none were associated with lbpp. none of the factors, besides gender (p=0.03) and bmi (p=0.002), were related to the lumbar curvature in the brake lever position. other studies suggest the flexion relaxation phenomenon or mechanical creep but with inconclusive outcomes.[2,10] poor position sense (proprioception) with subsequent spinal repositioning error could also contribute to the increased lumbar flexion. lack of through range control of the gmed was associated with lbpp. most of the participants (88%) were unable to concentrically shorten their gmed to inner range, isometrically hold inner range, and eccentrically control the return, keeping a neutral alignment of the lumbar spine and pelvis. in this study, 91% of those with lbpp were unable to do so. neumann [18] reported an increase in hip internal rotation at greater ranges of knee flexion. cyclists are positioned in hip flexion and use increasing ranges of flexion and internal rotation during table 1. logistical regression of factors from the univariate analysis risk factor odds ratio 95% confidence interval p-value handlebar height 0.90 0.78-1.03 0.11 saddle height 0.55 0.21-1.48 0.24 lumbar curvature in brake lever position 1.01 1.00-1.09 0.03* gmed 3.43 0.98-11.94 0.05* lld <20 mm 0.21 0.02-2.61 0.22 gmed, gluteus medius; lld, leg length discrepancy * indicates all factors with a statistically significant relationship (<0.05) position of the saddle saddle height (p=0.19) cyclists’ saddle height out of the recommended range (n=78, 65%) saddle too high (n=13, 11%) saddle too low (n=26 22%) asymmetry between left and right sides in 34% (n=41) lbpp group: saddle height out of range (n=55, 61%), presenting with asymmetry between sides (n=26, 29%) or too low saddle (n=20, 22%) saddle set-back (p=0.25) presenting with a saddle set-back out of the recommended range (n=73, 60%) of which the saddle was set too far forward lbpp group saddle set-back not in recommended range (n=57, 63%). saddle angle (p=0.21) saddles tilted anteriorly (n=58, 48%) followed by (n=47, 39%) tilted posteriorly (p=0.51) mean (sd) tilt: 0.72° (2.5) (p=0.44) lbpp group: saddles tilted anteriorly (n=45, 50%) followed by (n=32, 36%) tilted posteriorly mean (sd) tilt: 0.81° (2.6) (p=0.44) cleat position (p=0.55) cyclists – cleats positioned incorrectly on shoes (n=68, 56%) lbpp group: cleats positioned incorrectly on shoes (n=52, 58%) reach (p=0.29) cyclists with an incorrect reach distance (n=110, 91 %) cyclists bunched up (reach forward too short) (n=52.9, 53%). lbpp group: bunched up (n=49, 54%) reach ratio: p=0.52 description of bicycle set-up factors handlebar height (p=0.49) cyclists with the handlebar height out of the recommended limit of 5-8 cm below the saddle (n=84, 69%) handlebars too high (n=66, 55%) -lbpp group: out of the recommended range (n=64, 71%), with handlebars again set too high (n=53, 59%) fig. 4. summary of the bicycle set-up factors original research 7 sajsm vol. 29 2017 pedalling. [21] habitual use of increased hip internal rotation and hip adduction will lead to weakness of the gmed, resulting in more hip adduction and lateral shift which could induce an increase in lumbo-pelvic rotation. this could in turn lead to microand macro-trauma of the lumbo-pelvic structures. [6] the gmed is responsible for 70% of the mediolateral stability of the pelvis; weakness thereof could result in poor lateral control, presenting as an increase in lateral pelvic shift as mechanical loads are transferred from the legs through the pelvis with pedalling. [19] lateral pelvic tilt (side-to-side rocking) occurs naturally during cycling, while exaggerated at high speeds and increased fatigue. [3] with poor lateral control, side-to-side translation is exaggerated inducing a side flexion and/or rotation moment through the lower back and pelvis [1] resulting in increased mobility and microdamage of lumbosacral structures. [6] sustained flexion with rotation is implicated in the injury of passive spinal structures, such as intervertebral discs, with resultant micro-damage to the annulus fibrosis. an unexpected finding was that there was no relationship between the one leg stance test and gmed strength (p=0.24), considering its primary role of stabilising the pelvis during the one leg stance. [19] this might be as a result of the gmed primarily control pelvic tilt as opposed to pelvic shift when other muscles such as the gmax are activated. [14] weakness in the gmed was related to gmax weakness (p=0.001) and decreased the extensibility of the hamstrings (p=0.02) but neither were related to lbpp. this relationship might be explained by a global muscle system dysfunction, where weakness in the global stabilisers (gmed and gmax) increases the load on the global mobilisers (hamstrings) leading to overuse, hypertrophy and extensibility loss. the influence of the gmed in the development of lbpp needs to be interpreted with caution and the reliability for assessing control of the gmed improved. eighty-one percent of participants had an elongated gmax, (poor inner range holding). [5] most cyclists use their gmax in a lengthened position only, needing inner range contraction and increased strength when they stand up out of the saddle, resulting in greater hip extension. muscle fatigue [6], which was not investigated, may be the reason why none of the other factors were associated with lbpp. although bicycle set-up is often regarded as the cause of lbpp [8] , no bicycle factors were related to lbpp in this study. the assessment of a static set-up compared to a dynamic set-up should be considered, as the movement and position of the lumbo-pelvic spine changes substantially during cycling. conclusion the results of this study suggest that flexion of the lumbar spine in the brake lever position and weakness of the gmed are associated with lbpp. references 1. burnett af, cornelius mw, dankaerts w, et al. spinal kinematics and trunk muscle activity in cyclists: a comparison between healthy controls and non-specific chronic low back pain subjects a pilot investigation. man ther 2004; 9:211-219. doi: 10.1016/j.math.2004.06.002 2. van hoof w, volkaerts k, o'sullivan k, et al. comparing lower lumbar kinematics in cyclists with low back pain (flexion pattern) versus asymptomatic controls field study using a wireless posture monitoring system. man ther 2012; 17:312317. doi: 10.1016/j.math.2012.02.012 3. mellion mb. neck and back pain in bicycling. clin sports med 1994; 13:137-164. pmid: 8111848 4. luomajoki h, kool j, de bruin ed, et al. reliability of movement control tests in the lumbar spine. bmc musculoskelet disord. 2007;8:90.doi: 10.1186/1471-2474-90 5. richardson ca, sims k. an inner range holding contraction: an objective measure of stabilising function of an antigravity muscle. in: proceedings of the world confederation for physical therapy: 11th international congress london, uk: 1991: 829-831. 6. sahrmann s. the hip as a factor in low back pain: evidence why relative flexibility is key. j orth sports phys ther; 2012; 42:a1114. doi: 10.2519/jospt.2012.0302 7. lee sp, powers c. description of a weight-bearing method to assess hip abductor and external rotator muscle performance. j orthop sports phys ther 2013; 43:392-397. doi: 2519/jospt .2013.4412 8. silberman mr, webner d, collina s,et al. road bicycle fit. clin j sport med 2005; 15:271-276. doi: 10.1097/01.jsm.0000 171255.70156.da 9. de vey mestdagh k. personal perspective: in search of an optimum cycling posture. appl ergon 1998; 29:325-334. pmid: 9703347 10. schulz sj, gordon sj. riding position and lumbar spine angle in recreational cyclists: a pilot study. int j exerc sci 2010; 3: 174181. pmcid: pmc4738870 11. davis ds, quinn ro, whiteman ct, et al. concurrent validity of four clinical tests used to measure hamstring flexibility. j strength cond res 2008; 22:583-588. doi: factors taken to multivariate analysis (p<0.2) distance cycled per week (p=0.19) lateral sway (p=0.19, n=38, 42.2%) lld >20 mm (p=0.16, n=1, 1.1%) gmed control (p=0.12, n=82, 91.1%) lx curvature in the brake lever position (p=0.01) lx curvature in the seated upright position (p=0.01) lx curvature in the drops position (p=0.02) saddle height (p=0.19, n=55, 61.1%) handlebar height (p=0.15) factors possibly associated with lbpp in cyclists lld>20 mm removed from list as only one participant presented with it fig. 5. summary of factors taken to the multivariate analysis analysis original research sajsm vol. 29 2017 8 10.1519/jsc.0b013e31816359f2 12. comerford m, mottram sl, gibbons sgt. understanding movement and function concepts. kinetic control movement dysfunction course. london 2004. www.rehabtrainer.com. au/ courses/resources/essentials/core-stability.pdf 13. enoch f, kjaer p, elkjaer a, et al. inter-examiner reproducibility of tests for lumbar motor control. bmc musculoskel disord 2011; 12:114. doi: 10.1186/1471-2474-12114 14. roussel na, nijs j, truijen s, et al. low back pain: clinimetric properties of the trendelenburg test, active straight leg raise test, and breathing pattern during active straight leg raising. j manipulative physiol ther 2007; 30:270-278. doi: 10.1016/j.jmpt.2007.03.001 15. mens jm, huis in’t veld yh, et al. the active straight leg raise test in lumbopelvic pain during pregnancy. man ther 2012; 17:364-368. doi: 10.1016/j.math.2012.01.007 16. peveler w, bishop p, smith j, richardson m, whitehorn e. comparing methods for setting saddle height in trained cyclists. j exerc physiol online. 2005; 8:51-55. 17. nunnally jc. psychometric theory. 2nd ed.. new york: mcgraw-hill, 1978. 18. neumann da. kinesiology of the hip: a focus on muscular actions. j orthop sports phys ther 2010; 40:82-94. doi: 10.2519/jospt.2010.3025 19. grimaldi a. assessing lateral stability of the hip and pelvis. man ther 2011; 16: 26-32. doi: 10.1016/j.math.2010.08.005 52 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 introduction over the last few years, off-road cycling or mountain bike (mtb) riding as it is known, has increased in popularity among amateur cyclists, with numerous races being held annually both in south africa and abroad. these races vary from single-day ‘classic’ events of 45 75 km in length to multi-stage, multi-day events ranging between 260 and 900 km in length. participants in the races range from full-time professionals who may complete a 45 km ‘classic’ in less than 2 hours and a day’s stage in 3 6 hours, to amateur cyclists who may take up to double that time to cover the same distances. the increased popularity of these endurance and ultra-endurance events has been accompanied by increased interest in fluid replacement and although many studies have been published on runners, cyclists and triathletes completing in endurance events, little is known of the fluid replacement habits of participants in mtb endurance events. we are unaware of any study that has, to date, examined the fluid replacement needs or practices of amateur mtb cyclists who take part in endurance races, whether they be single or multi-day events. the most recent joint statement released by the american college of sports medicine (acsm), american dietetic association and dieticians of canada in 2000 regarding fluid use in athletes while training or racing, recommends the intake of 150 350 ml of a 4 8% carbohydrate solution, every 15 20 minutes. 1 this translates into a range varying from 450 ml to 1 400 ml/hr. the international marathon medical directors association (immda) has more recently published an advisory statement on fluid replacement 12 which recommends that marathon runners, however, drink ad libitum 400 800 ml/hr, with higher rates for the heavier, faster athletes in warm environmental conditions, and the lower rates for the slower runners/walkers completing original research article fluid use in mountain bikers – self-reported practices abstract background and objectives. little is known of the fluid replacement habits of participants in mountain bike (mtb) endurance events. this survey set out to determine the current perceptions and practices of this group of endurance athletes. method. four hundred and twelve participants in the 3day 2006 sani2c (mtb) race completed questionnaires that elicited information regarding their regular fluid intake practices during competitive mtb endurance events. this included their general approach to fluid replacement, their fluid intake practices (type, amount and frequency), urine output and hydration status. results. while 70% (n = 290) reported that they based their fluid intake practices on personal past experiences, less than half the group (n = 177, 43%) were aware of official sport-specific guidelines. although 86% (n = 354) reported making use of commercially available sport-specific drinks, consumption of water alone was reported by 34% of respondents (n = 140). the majority (n = 225, 55%) of the mountain bikers reported drinking every 16 30 minutes during an endurance ride, while 35% (n = 144) reported drinking every 0 15 minutes. fifty-three per cent (n = 182) of the male respondents and 45% (n = 23) of female respondents reported a routine intake of ≥ 750 ml per hour during endurance rides. this included 2 women who reported regular intakes of between 1 500 and 2 000 ml/hr. only 7 (2%) reported receiving medical care for dehydration following their participation in previous mtb rides. correspondence: e m peters discipline of physiology school of medical sciences university of kwazulu-natal private bag 7 congella 4013 tel: 031-260 4237 fax: 031-260 4455 email: futree@ukzn.ac.za s c rose (mb bch, mmed sc (sports med)) 1 j a chipps (m public health) 2 e m peters (msc (med), phd) 1 1 discipline of physiology, school of medical sciences, university of kwa-zulu-natal, durban 2 buyel’empilweni rehabilitation research group, school of nursing, university of kwazulu-natal, durban conclusions. this survey indicates that although more than half of the mountain bikers did not acknowledge specific awareness of the official fluid replacement guidelines, over 80% reported drinking regularly during a race, and 52% (n = 212) reported a usual intake of ≥ 750 ml/hr during endurance races. until scientific studies have carefully examined the hydration status and fluid replacement needs of mountain bikers, mtb cyclists are cautioned against the practice of over-hydrating. pg52-58.indd 52 7/5/07 10:34:44 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 53 marathon races in cooler environmental conditions. while the immda recommendation is supported by recent evidence of hyponatraemia induced by over-hydration during exercise, 10,14,17-20 what now needs to be established is where, within these ranges, the recommendations for mountain bikers participating in off-road endurance events should lie. it has been well established that the larger amount of mechanical work done on more robust mtbs and the greater frictional resistance on country roads, results in greater metabolic energy expenditure and heat production when travelling at equivalent speeds in given environmental conditions, than track/ road cycling. 3,4,6 in addition, mtb cyclists usually carry hydration backpacks which do not promote evaporative cooling, as opposed to road cyclists who only carry drinks bottles on their bikes and runners who do not wear the heavier lycra and nylon attire of the cyclist. as the greater mean wind-chill effect resulting from the increased air movement over body surfaces and higher convective heat losses during cycling may, however, also counter the greater relative heat gain during cycling than running, the fluid replacement needs of mtb cyclists at given cycling speeds in given environmental conditions, require scientific investigation. furthermore, multi-day mtb events, such as the cape epic or sani2c are rapidly gaining popularity in south africa and present an additional challenge to these athletes. not only does much of the literature encourage cyclists to focus on not losing more than 2% body mass during each individual stage, 17 but it has been suggested that the 16 20hour rest intervals between ‘stages’ provide an opportunity to rehydrate fully prior to each of the next stages, in an attempt to maintain fluid status and avoid the cumulative fluid loss and dehydration that may occur over a series of consecutive distance events. 5 sound hydration practices of mtb riders participating in endurance events, many of which are multi-day events, are therefore imperative and research needs to be conducted on participants in the sport discipline. the primary purpose of this initial study, the first of its nature on mtb riders, was to survey the regular fluid intake patterns/drinking habits of amateur mtb cyclists. this is followed by a review of the reported regular practices of these mtb riders in relation to the current fluid intake guidelines for other endurance sports including road running and cycling 1,9,12,13 and a discussion of the variables that will influence fluid replacement needs of these athletes. table i. description of mtb riders (n = 412) men (n = 345) women (n = 51) n/s (n = 16) total (n = 412) age (mean ± sd (years)) 39.0 ± 7.6 35.6 ± 7.2 42.2 ± 10.1* 38.7 ± 7.6 hours of riding per week (n (%)) < 5 44 (13) 5 (10) 4 (25) 53 (13) 6 10 188 (55) 27 (53) 6 (38) 221 (54) 11 15 95 (28) 15 (30) 5 (31) 115 (28) 16 20 14 (4) 4 (8) 1 (6) 19 (5) > 21 0 0 4 (1) riding ability (n (%)) ‘week-end warriors’ 44 (13) 6 (12) 2 (13) † 52 (13) serious amateurs 254 (74) 35 (70) 11 (69) † 300 (73) elite‡ 40 (11) 9 (18) 1 (7) † 50 (12) professional 1 (0) 1 (2) 0 (0) † 2 (1) other 4 (1) 0 1 (7) † 5 (1) racing experience in last year (n (%))§ none 6 (2) 0 0 6 (2) fun rider 18 (5) 3 (6) 2 (13) 23 (6) ≤ 5 ‘classics’ 133 (39) 32 (63) 9 (56) 16 (4) ≤ 6 ‘classics’ 98 (28) 18 (35) 2 (13) 118 (28) previous multistage races 125 (36) 19 (37) 4 (25) 148 (36) other 22 (6) 3 (6) 1 (6) 26 (6) *n = 6. † n = 15. ‡ regularly attain a top-10 finish in mbt races § several cyclists identified more than one factor in their response. classic = 45 75 km race; n/s = gender not specified. pg52-58.indd 53 7/5/07 10:34:44 am 54 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 method permission to conduct this study was obtained from the bioethics committee for research on human subjects of the university of kwazulu-natal. anonymity was maintained on all questionnaires. respondents were categorised according to their gender, age and level of cycling performance, viz. recreational, serious, elite, amateur, or professional. information regarding the regular fluid use and drinking habits of amateur mtb riders was obtained using a survey. questionnaires were handed out to participants in the 2006 three-day sani2c mtb race at the race briefing on the evening prior to the start of the race. these elicited information regarding their regular fluid intake practices prior to and during endurance mountain bike rides (i.e. > 2 hours in duration), including their self-reported general approach towards fluid replacement, their actual fluid intake practices (type, amount and frequency), urine output and hydration status. in order to increase the response rate, a second batch of questionnaires was handed out on the evening of day 2. no further attempt was made to sample the riders who did not attend the abovementioned race briefings during the course of the multi-day event. definitions of dehydration and overhydration were not provided in the questionnaires. this allowed the cyclists to respond using their own diagnostic criteria in an attempt to include all cyclists who felt they had a problem due to inappropriate fluid intake. this also permitted researchers to record the perceptions that currently exist among mbt cyclists regarding fluid use. statistics quantitative variables are expressed as mean ± standard deviation (sd), while categorical data are presented in frequencies and percentages. binomial / nominal data were compared and tested for association using a chi-square (χ2) test. level of significance was set at p < 0.05. the database and statistics software used was epi info, version 3.32, february 2006 (centers for disease control and prevention (cdc), atlanta, usa). results sample description a total of 412 questionnaires were completed, resulting in a sample comprising 41% of the total population of athletes registered for the race (n = 996). sixty-nine questionnaires (17%) were completed after the second stage of the race. there were no statistically significant differences between the participants who completed the questionnaire before the race and on day 2 in terms of age and most key variables, except for the recall of amount of fluid taken during races. the results of the two groups are therefore reported together except in terms of hourly volumes of fluid consumed. a description and categorisation of the respondents is presented in table i. overall, 51 (12%) were female, 345 (84%) were male and 16 (4%) did not specify their gender. fifty per cent of respondents were between 30 and 39 years of age, with an average age of 38.6 ± 7.6 (range 16 71 years). seventy-three per cent (n = 300) classified themselves as ‘serious amateurs’ who participated in more than 5 races a year, while 50 (12%) were elite athletes attaining a regular top 10 finish. one hundred and forty-eight (36%) of the participants had previously participated in multistage events such as the cape epic or sani2c, with 118 (29%) of them reporting participating in 6 or more ‘classics’ (i.e. 45 75 km races) in the last year. approach to endurance rides in reporting their approach to endurance rides and their fluid intake (table ii), the majority (n = 290, 70%) indicated that they use their own personal experience. advice from friends (n = 111, 27%) and information from magazine articles (n = 87, 21%) were the second and third most common sources of information. while almost half of the group (n = 177, 43%) were aware of official sports guidelines, only 47 (11%) reported actually using official sport-specific guidelines to assist their approach to fluid intake during endurance rides. when asked to specify a guideline of which they were aware, 48 (12%) mentioned a guideline, with 750 ml/hour (n = 21, 5%) and 500 ml/hour (n = 17, 4%) being the most common. eighty-nine per cent of the riders (n = 368) felt that there is a need for more education concerning fluid use and cycling. specific needs include information on the physiology of hydration, how to evaluate and choose the correct sports drinks, how much to use, how to assess one’s hydration status and specific guidelines, especially for novices. fluid intake practices during endurance rides the most commonly used fluids/drinks consumed during a > 2-hour ride are listed in table iii. many cyclists gave more than 1 response. commercially available sports drinks were the most popular drinks during a > 2-hour ride, with 354 respondents (86%) reporting drinking sports drinks. one hundred and forty respondents (34%) reported consuming water, and of the 28 (7%) who reported consuming non-sports drinks, coke and fruit juices were the most popular. the reason most often reported for selecting a specific drink was that the drink was scientifically designed (n = 209, 51%). thirty-four per cent (n = 138) liked the taste, and only 28 (7%) reported that they selected the fluid based on advertising. twenty-seven per cent (n = 113) quoted other reasons, with 9% (n = 36) stating that it ‘worked’ for them based on previous experience, and 7% (n = 28) because they were following advice, primarily from friends and retail bicycle outlets. frequency and quantity of intake during a race most of the respondents reported drinking frequently, with 55% (n = 225) reporting drinking every 16 30 minutes and 35% (n = 144) drinking every 0 15 minutes. the volumes pg52-58.indd 54 7/5/07 10:34:44 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 55 that men and women (n = 385) reported consuming per hour (before the first and third stages of the 3-day sani2c race), are presented graphically in fig. 1. while a total of 188 (47%) reported an intake < 750 ml/hr, 179 (45%) reported an hourly intake of between 750 and 1 500 ml, and 33 (8%) an intake of ≥ 1 500 ml/hr. a comparison of the volume of fluid intake per hour in the cyclists who completed this section of the questionnaire before the race (n = 337) and those who completed it after the first 2 days of the race (n = 63), revealed a statistically significant difference between the 2 groups (χ2 = 10.61, p = 0.031), with 65% (n = 41) reporting less than 750 ml per hour after day 2 as opposed to 44% (n =147) of the respondents who completed the questionnaire before the start of the 2006 sani2c mtb race. at no stage did the difference in reported consumption between the men (n = 334) and the women (n = 51) reach statistical significance (χ2 = 2.19, p > 0.70). most respondents did not acknowledge a specific drinking routine before a race (n = 272, 66%). of the 135 (33.0%) who reported a routine, 49 (12%) reported starting with a sports drink and/or using only sports drink during the event, 41 (10%) reported starting with water, and 12 (3%) starting with a mixture of both. urine output one hundred and six riders (26%) stated that they never pass urine during an endurance ride. forty-three per cent of the respondents (n = 177) reported urinating only once every 5 endurance rides, with 62 (15%) urinating once in every 2 rides, and 57 (14%) urinating every ride. after rides, 122 (30%) acknowledged urinating within half an hour, and 152 (37%) within 30 minutes to an hour. twenty per cent (n = 82) reported taking between 1 and 2 hours to urinate, and 18 (4%) longer than 2 hours. table ii. approach of mountain bikers (n = 412) to fluid replacement during endurance rides (n (%)) men (n = 345) women (n = 51) n/s (n = 16) total (n = 412) sources of current approach to fluid use* advice from friends 89 (26) 14 (28) 8 (50) 111 (27) magazine articles 77 (22) 6 (12) 4 (25) 87 (21) personal experience 243 (70) 39 (77) 8 (50) 290 (70) official sport-specific guidelines 38 (11) 7 (14) 2 (13) 47 (11) other 18 (5) 3 (6) 0 20 (5) awareness of sport-specific guidelines for fluid use* yes 154 (45) 16 (31) 7 (44) 177 (43) no 191 (55) 35 (69) 9 (56) 235 (57) *several cyclists identified more than one factor in their response. n/s = gender not specified fig. 1. quantities of reported fluid consumption per hour by male and female cyclists during endurance mtb races before the first and third stages of the 2006 sani2c mtb race (n = 385*) (*12 did not provide details and 15 did not specify their gender). 0 3 0 6 0 9 0 1 2 0 1 5 0 1 8 0 2 1 0 m a le s f e m a le s t o t a l m a le s f e m a le s t o t a l m a le s f e m a le s t o t a l m a le s f e m a le s t o t a l < 7 5 0 m l/ h r 7 5 1 1 5 0 0 m l/ h r 1 5 0 1 2 0 0 0 m l/ h r > 2 0 0 0 m l/ h r v o l u m e ( m l /h r ) number of respondents b e f o r e 1 s t r a c e d a y b e f o r e 3 r d r a c e d a y n u m b e r o f re s p o n d e n ts pg52-58.indd 55 7/5/07 10:34:46 am 56 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 hydration status fifty-eight per cent of respondents (n = 239) felt that when they finish an endurance race of more than 2 hours, they have had enough to drink. only 90 (22%) felt they had too little to drink, and 74 (18%) were ‘not sure’. fifty-seven per cent (n = 233), however, reported that they felt that they had been dehydrated at least once in every 5 rides, with only 120 (29%) reporting never considering themselves dehydrated after finishing an endurance ride. despite the relatively common self-made diagnosis of dehydration, most respondents (n = 237, 58%) felt that they had no serious problems as a result of not drinking enough, although 112 (27%) reported performing ‘worse’, 6 (2%) reported having abandoned previous races and 7 (2%) reported receiving medical care including an intravenous drip, in the past. other complications reported (n = 45, 11%) included mostly cramps (n = 14, 3%) and headaches (n = 16, 4%). only 64 (16%) reported a subjective perception of ever drinking too much, but 100 (24%) acknowledged being ‘unsure’. twenty-seven per cent (n = 51) of those who reported consuming less than 750 ml/hr (n = 188), described their performances as worse than expected. seventy respondents (17%) reported using a specific method to assess their hydrations status. these included the colour of their urine (n = 20), thirst (n = 8), assessment of weight changes before and after rides (n = 10) and performance (n = 4). discussion the first significant finding of this study was that despite the cold weather conditions on the first 2 days of the race which may have encouraged a more conservative estimation of regular fluid intake in the 17% of the sample (n = 69) who filled in the questionnaire after the end of the second day of the race, and inclusion of 51 women in the sample (12%), 52% (n = 212) of the mountain bikers reported a regular intake of > 750 ml/hr (i.e. 1 standard cycle bottle) in endurance races. this is higher than the average hourly fluid intake of 716 ml that has been reported in the new zealand ironman, a 1-day multi-sport event that takes competitors between 8 and 17 hours to complete, 19 but appears to be lower than that reported in cyclists competing in the tour de france who were found to consume a mean intake of 6.7 ± 2.0 l/day, while exercising 4 5 hours per day. 16 although it is difficult to compare the broad categories of intake reported in this study with the 450 1 400 ml/hr range that is recommended in the most recent joint position statement of the acsm, ada and doc, 1 they do lie close to the upper limit of the recent immda guidelines for marathon runners. 12 the fact that as many as 33 (8%) of the cyclists reported a regular intake of ≥ 1 500 ml/hr, may, however, be of concern. closer examination of the data reveals that despite these relatively high reported habitual fluid intakes in the majority of this sample of cyclists, 233 (57%) reported that they consider themselves to have been dehydrated at least once in every 5 rides, with 29 (7%) reporting being dehydrated more often. although this appears to lend support to the possibility of relatively high fluid intake needs of mtb riders, it is possible table iii. most commonly consumed fluids/drinks reported by mountain bikers (n = 412) drinks specified* n % use water 140 34 commercially available sports drinks 354* 86* cytomax 68 17 fit products (unspecified) 58 14 energade 48 12 energy dynamics 40 10 powerade 35 9 octane 27 7 staminade 22 5 carbo supreme 20 5 carbotrain 14 3 cytopower 11 3 carbomax (8), fastfuel (8), game (5), enervit (5), replenish (5), enduren (4), enduromax (3), others (13) 51 12 non-sports drinks 28 7 fruit juices 7 2 coke 15 4 other (e.g. soy milk) 6 2 * several cyclists identified more than one drink in their response. pg52-58.indd 56 7/5/07 10:34:46 am sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 57 that the symptoms that the cyclists attributed to dehydration may have been due to a wide range of causes. we need to acknowledge that these are self-reported data which, at this stage, need to be validated using scientific field research and only present preliminary pilot data. the lack of association between those reporting an intake < 750 ml/hr and self-reported past history of dehydration (n = 116, p = 0.30), and the equal number reporting previous experiences of dehydration while reporting a regular intake ≥ 750 ml (n = 140) also appears to point towards a possible change to a higher habitual intake that may have occurred following previous perceptions of dehydration events. of the 7 cyclists who acknowledged requiring medical care for ‘dehydration’ in the past, only 1 reported a current regular intake of < 750 ml/hr in this survey. fourteen of the cyclists, however, attributed ‘cramps’ to dehydration, while others (n = 13) appear to have regarded receiving intravenous fluid post-race and the need to ‘abandon the race’ as indications of being dehydrated. the theory that cramps and inability to continue exercising are associated with dehydration, has been widely disputed. 9 furthermore, there are numerous reports in the literature of inappropriate administration of intravenous fluids following endurance events. 10 as many of these selfreported perceptions of the cyclists therefore appear not to be in keeping with the present state of knowledge, 9,10,13,21 this once again supports the need for scientific validation of the status quo and further education of the riders. while more than half (52%, n = 212) of the respondents reported a usual intake of ≥ 750 ml/hr when participating in endurance rides, the effect of additional variables including environmental conditions, body mass, exercise intensity, training status and degree of heat acclimatisation on fluid intake requirements should not be underestimated. the importance of environmental conditions on attitude to fluid intake is clearly shown when one compares the responses between those who filled in the questionnaire before and after 2 unexpectedly cold days of racing. it is interesting that almost twice as many subjects who reported their regular hourly fluid intakes after the cold (ambient temperature range 9 22°c), wet and windy weather conditions on the first 2 days of the 2006 sani2c (n = 41) recorded intakes of < 750 ml/hr, compared with the number of cyclists who recorded intakes of ≥ 750 ml/hr (n = 22). body mass is known to be positively correlated with sweat rate and hence fluid intake requirements during exercise. 11 in contrast to ultradistance runners and competitive road cyclists, it is not uncommon for heavier and older athletes with a more dominant mesomorphic-endomorphic somatotyping to be attracted to mtb racing. this was confirmed by our research group in a subsample of 25 randomly selected male participants in the 2006 sani2c mtb race who presented with a range of 67 103 kg and mean of 82.5 ± 9.3 kg body mass (sc rose and em peters unpublished data). these findings may well support the higher fluid intake needs of a considerable proportion of these athletes. female ultradistance athletes have been shown to have lower fluid requirements and to be at significantly greater risk of developing hyponatraemia due to fluid overload in ultradistance triathlons than average men. 19,20 this has been attributed to their lower sweat rates as they are usually smaller, lighter and have smaller fluid compartments, and the longer time taken by women to complete events. 16 this is supported by the fact that the only reported case of exercise-induced hyponatraemia in a cyclist, has been in a female cyclist taking part in a 1-day cycling event, despite this cyclist having a modest fluid intake throughout the race. 2 although the data from this study also confirm a lower reported intake in female cyclists, with 55% (n = 28) reporting an intake of < 750 ml/hr, and the results also confirm a positive association between those women who reported drinking too much/overhydration and those who reported intake of ≥ 750 ml/hr (χ2 = 9.6805, p = 0.046), the fact that 2 women reported regular hourly intakes of 1 501 2 000 ml (fig. 1), is of concern. it is also well accepted that racing speed, which determines metabolic rate and sweat rate, is one of the primary determinants of fluid replacement needs. 11 interestingly, mtb cyclists who fell into the ‘elite’ and professional categories in this study (table i), did not report higher regular fluid intakes than the serious amateurs and recreational cyclists. this would also confirm previous findings 14,22 and may be in keeping with a previous observation that elite runners have been recorded as having fluid intakes as low as 100 ml/hr. 14 while heat acclimatisation has been shown to result in enhanced sweat rates ranging between 800 ml/hr and 900 ml/hr and greater water content of the sweat, 7 endurance training is also well known to increase both blood volume and sweat rate at a given exercise intensity. 11 we were, however, not able to identify positive association between the volume of fluid taken in by our cyclists and the level of training or performance of these athletes. although the findings of this preliminary survey appear to support an average regular intake of ≥ 750 ml/hr during mtb races, determination of the optimal fluid intake for recreational endurance athletes such as mtb riders, is complex and will vary depending on environmental circumstances, gender, training/performance status and anthropometrical characteristics of the cyclists. as only 43% of the mtb riders surveyed in this study reported an awareness of official sports guidelines regarding fluid replacement, the education of mtb cyclists regarding the factors that influence their fluid replacement needs, is imperative. the riders need to be made aware of the dynamic nature of endurance events and the need to be able to adapt the guidelines to their particular individual needs and the impact of environmental conditions on these needs. providing guidelines for fluid use by mtb cyclists, in particular participants in multistage events is, therefore, no simple matter. appropriate fluid intake may vary from day to day and a uniform approach may lead to both over and under-hydration depending on the numerous dynamic factors mentioned above. although there are no case pg52-58.indd 57 7/5/07 10:34:46 am 58 sajsm vol 19 no. 2 2007 reports or clinical trials that unambiguously link exerciseinduced dehydration with life-threatening, exercise-induced disorders, 21 the ingestion of excessive amounts of water before and during endurance races can cause a reduction in blood sodium concentrations and cerebral oedema, as the osmotic balance across the blood-brain barrier is disrupted. hyponatraemic encephalopathy, which has been reported in runners, triathletes, army personnel and recreational hikers following fluid overload, can be potentially fatal. 8,10 the findings of this survey therefore underline the urgent need for scientific field research to be conducted in order to improve the fluid intake practices of this group of endurance athletes. directions for future research should include assessments of the metabolic and fluid needs of mtb racers in different environmental circumstances, at different intensities of effort by cyclists of different fitness levels, degrees of heat acclimatisation and somatotyping. as the hazards of overhydration and exercise-induced hyponatraemia are well described, 9,10,15,20,21 it is imperative that the findings of this first preliminary survey which appear to point towards an intake in the upper range of official guidelines, are validated in carefully conducted scientific field studies that examine the fluid status and haematological profile of these athletes under varying conditions. references 1. american college of sports medicine, american dietetic association and dieticians of canada. joint position statement: nutrition and athletic performance. med sci sports exerc 2000; 32: 2130-45. 2. dugas jp, noakes td hyponatraemic encephalopathy despite a modest rate of fluid intake during a 109 km cycle race. br j sports med 2005; 39: e38. 3. impellizzeri fm, marcora sm, rampinini e, mognoni p, sassi a. correlations between physiological variables and performance in high level cross country off road cyclists. br j sports med 2005; 39: 747-51. 4. impellizzeri f, sassi a, rodriguez-alonso m, mognoni p, marcora s. exercise intensity during off-road cycling competitions. med sci sports exerc 2002; 34:1808-13. 5. kovacs em, schmahl rm, senden jm, brouns f. effect of high and low rates of fluid intake on post-exercise rehydration. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2002; 12:14-23. 6. lee h, martin dt, anson jm, grundy d, hahn ag. physiological characteristics of successful mountain bikers and professional road cyclists. j sports sci 2002; 20: 1001-8. 7. maughan r, shirreffs s. exercise in the heat: challenges and opportunities. j sports sci 2004; 22: 917-27. 8. montain sj, cheuvront sn, sawka mn. exercise induced hyponatraemia: quantitative analysis to understand the aetiology. br j sports med 2006; 40: 98-106. 9. noakes td. exercise in the heat. old ideas, new dogmas. int sports med j 2006: 7: 58-74. 10. noakes td, sharwood k, speedy d, et al. three independent biological mechanisms cause exercise-induced hyponatraemia: evidence from 2 135 weighed competitive athletic performances. proc natl acad sci usa 2005; 102: 18550-5. 11. noakes td, myburg kh, du plessis j, et al. metabolic rate, not percent dehydration, predict rectal temperature in marathon runners. med sci sports exerc 1990; 23: 443-9. 12. noakes td. immda advisory statement on guidelines for fluid replacement during marathon running. new studies in athletics. iaaf technical quarterly 2002; 17: 15-24. 13. peters em. nutritional aspects in ultraendurance exercise. current opinion in nutrition and metabolic care 2003; 6: 427-34. 14. pugh lg, corbett jl, johnson rh. rectal temperatures, weight losses, and sweat rates in marathon running. j appl physiol 1967; 23: 347-52. 15. rehrer n. fluid and electrolyte balance in ultra-endurance sport. sports med 2001; 31:701-15. 16. saris wh, van erp-baart ma, brouns f, westerterp kr, ten hoor f. study on food intake and energy expenditure during extreme sustained exercise: the tour de france. int j sports med 1989; 10: s26-s31. 17. sawka mn. physiological consequences of hypohydration: exercise performance and thermoregulation. med sci sports exerc 1992; 24: 657-70. 18. sharwood k, collins m, goedecke j, wilson g, noakes td. weight changes, sodium levels, and performance in the south african ironman triathlon. clin j sports med 2002; 12: 391-9. 19. speedy db, noakes td, kimber ne, et al. fluid balance during and after an ironman triathlon. clin j sports med 2001; 11:44-50. 20. speedy db, noakes td, rodgers ir, et al. hyponatraemia in ultradistance triathletes. med sci sports exerc 1999; 31: 809-15. 21. speedy db, noakes td, schneider c. exercise-associated hyponataemia: a review. emerg med 2001; 13:17-27. 22. wydenham ch, strydom nb. the danger of inadequate water intake during marathon running. s afr med j 1969; 43: 893-6. pg52-58.indd 58 7/5/07 10:34:47 am sajsm editorial.indd 98 sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 i write this editorial with sadness as the death of my friend richard stretch is still fresh in my mind. richard died on 27 october 2014 from complications arising from fairly routine surgery he had a week before. i met richard when we were both students in an honours programme at rhodes university. we had both worked before continuing with our studies, making us slightly older than the other students in the class. we became friends immediately and remained good friends until he died. richard played cricket at a high level, with an average of 25.9 runs in �rst division cricket. he captained the south african country districts cricket team for a number of years as a wicketkeeper-batsman. he retired from active cricket in 1982 and a�er his cricket career he served on the border cricket board, with a three-year term as president, and then on the eastern province cricket board. it was not surprising that he channelled all his scienti�c work into the game. as a former cricket player and cricket administrator he had an advantage as a scientist studying cricket because he had insight into relevant questions. he was on the south african cricket medical commission for several years and chairperson of the cricket section of the world commission of sport science. richard was also responsible for organising the world congress of science and medicine in cricket, which coincides with the cricket world cup. �ere have been four of these events since its inception and he has been involved in every one. as his academic career developed, he published papers on various aspects of cricket and developed a reputation as one of the top international cricket researchers. in 2005 he was invited to co-author a paper on guidelines for definitions for injur y surveillance studies in cricket.[1] this paper has defined the area and ser ves as the doctrine for researchers involved in cricket injury studies. any researcher who does not use these definitions and tries to get their work published in mainstream journals will probably fail. richard published 21 papers on various aspects of cricket in isi-credited journals. these papers have been cited 262 times and were the reason why he became an nrf-rated scientist about 10 years ago. even though we lived and worked in cities about 800 km apart we had contact several times a year. meeting him was always refreshing. he would start by updating me on his family news and ask with interest about mine. it gave me great pleasure to hear his stories about his three children, who made him so proud and who have grown up into exceptional young adults, and his wife sandra who he clearly loved dearly. richard will be remembered as someone who had a rich family life and who made a signi�cant contribution internationally with his research on various aspects of cricket. he was able to maintain a balance between his family life and work; a balance that many people strive for, but which only a few attain. it gives me pleasure to know that his last paper will be published in this edition of the journal. �e paper, ‘junior cricketers are not a smaller version of adult cricketers: a �ve-year investigation of injuries in elite junior cricketers’, was accepted for publication about four weeks before he died. i know this paper meant much to him as it pulled together the knowledge he had gained from many of his earlier studies. richard will be missed, but his contribution to the science of cricket, both locally and internationally, will remain forever. 1. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, frost w, mansingh a, leipus a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sci med sport 2005;8(1):1–14. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sm 2014;26(4):98 doi:10.7196/sajsm.98 editorial richard stretch – a cricket icon (1952 2014) 692 of boksmart’s mandate is to record serious and catastrophic head, neck and spine rugby injuries in south africa (sa), and to formulate appropriate initiatives aimed at prevention of these injuries.4 even though spinal cord injuries in rugby union are few, there are inherent risks associated primarily with the tackle and scrum6 that are the main contributors to spinal injuries, with scrum injuries consistently being more severe.3–5 7 10 over the last 4 years in sa, these phases contributed to 78% of all serious and catastrophic head, neck and spine injuries in rugby, with the tackle and scrum contributing to 41% and 37% respectively; 55% and 74% of these injuries being permanent in nature, that is, with neurological deficit, quadriplegia or death. considering that tackle events are more common in a match, the relative risk of catastrophic outcome in scrums is therefore considerably higher. intervention – what can be done about neck injuries? targeted interventions on scrum-related spinal cord injuries are effective.4 7 10 the french rugby union instituted new laws for scrumming, for non-professional players, and a new medical licensing procedure for front-row players called the ‘rugby passport’.7 new zealand’s rugbysmart programme had similar results using a different strategy.7 10 it is possible that the scrum may be more amenable to education-based injury-prevention initiatives than the unstructured tackle, ruck and maul.10 rugbysmart provides evidence that educational programmes are indeed a viable option for decreasing serious spinal injuries in scrums.10 12 for this reason, boksmart implemented an educational approach akin to that of rugbysmart, but incorporated additional elements outlined in the 4-part programme to accommodate the south african rugby landscape. concussion and fatal head injury another key component to address proactively is concussion, the consequences of boksmart – implementing a national rugby safety programme w viljoen,1 j patricios2 the boksmart national rugby safety programme is a joint initiative between the south african rugby union and the chris burger/petro jackson players fund aimed at implementing evidence-based sports medicine and exercise research to prevent injury and enhance performance at all levels of rugby union in south africa. the boksmart programme has four main elements: the boksmart rugby safety workf shops, a compulsory dvd-facilitated course that all coaches and referees in sa attend on a biennial basis, the boksmart rugby medic f programme, an entry-level rugby first aid short course aimed at training members of underprivileged rugbyplaying communities, the toll-free boksmart spineline numf ber, which assists in the management and road transport of head-, neckand spine-injured rugby players to the nearest appropriate medical facility, and the freely accessible online educaf tional resource www.boksmart.com, which provides researched documentation and practical advice on a variety of rugby-related topics. injury surveillance – a key element head and neck trauma form a large part of the injuries associated with contact and collision sport.6 rugby union is a collision sport that exposes players to cervical spinal injuries, with permanent disabling injuries being the most serious and highly publicised complication.7 part which have seen a number of concussionrelated fatalities in south african rugby. the boksmart philosophy is that the outcome of a properly managed concussion should never be catastrophic in nature, and proper education on preventing, identifying, managing, treating and rehabilitating a player before returning to match play forms an integral part of the programme. boksmart’s education programme reflects the most recent international consensus statement on concussion in sport.13 14 a toll-free hotline manned by emergency medical service personnel who have received additional boksmart training, enables coaches and referees to access appropriate emergency medical advice and treatment. the programme also developed a simple preparticipation screening tool for coaches,15 which recognises concussion and neck injury history as an important predictor of catastrophic injury.6 13 each coach and referee also receives a pocket concussion guide, which assists in providing appropriate guidance for managing potentially concussed players on field. turning research into practice – efficacy to effectiveness a major challenge is turning injury prevention research into behaviour change. if causative behaviour can be amended, injuries may be prevented. in practice, one needs to find a realistic solution combining both science and pragmatism to lead to positive behavioural change.8 9 even the most scientifically proven, effective interventions do not necessarily guarantee compliance, or translate into success, in preventing injuries in the real-world context.1 8 9 only proven and effective interventions that become standard practice will stand a chance of preventing these injuries.8 many interventions do not take this into account and sometimes are simply not usable in the field.8 if one explores the current literature available, there are various models to strategically align injury-prevention initiatives.1 2 8 9 in practice, your approach sometimes becomes a myriad of these, especially when the sporting landscape, as in sa, is extremely diverse with different cultures, languages, socioeconomic statuses and disparate levels of education. planning, developing and implementing an evidence-based, effective intervention in all communities is complex. boksmart has used a multifaceted approach1 6 10 incorporating as many of its rugby stakeholders as possible, and availing its content via different educational 1south african rugby union, cape town, south africa 2morningside sports medicine, johannesburg and section of sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of pretoria, pretoria, south africa correspondence to dr wayne viljoen, south african rugby union, 5th floor, sport science institute building, boundary road, newlands, 7700, cape town, south africa; waynev@sarugby.co.za br j sports med august 2012 vol 46 no 10 editorial group.bmj.com on february 4, 2016 published by http://bjsm.bmj.com/downloaded from http://bjsm.bmj.com/ http://group.bmj.com editorial 693 references 1. finch cf, donaldson a. a sports setting matrix for understanding the implementation context for community sport. br j sports med 2010;44:973–8. 2. finch cf. getting sports injury prevention on to public health agendas addressing the shortfalls in current information sources. br j sports med 2012;46:70–4. 3. maclean jg, hutchison jd. serious neck injuries in u19 rugby union players: an audit of admissions to spinal injury units in great britain and ireland. br j sports med 2011 (in press). 4. hermanus fj, draper ce, noakes td. spinal cord injuries in south african rugby union (1980-2007). samj 2010;100:230–234. 5. dunn rn, van der spuy d. rugby and cervical spine injuries – has anything changed? a 5-year review in the western cape. samj 2010;100:235–238. 6. mcintosh as, mccrory p. preventing head and neck injury. br j sports med 2005;39:314–8. 7. bohu y, julia m, bagate c, et al. declining incidence of catastrophic cervical spine injuries in french rugby: 1996-2006. am j sports med 2009;37:319–23. 8. verhagen e, finch cf. setting our minds to implementation. br j sports med 2011;45:1015–6. 9. verhagen ea, van mechelen w. sport for all, injury prevention for all. br j sports med 2010;44:158. 10. quarrie kl, gianotti sm, hopkins wg, et al. effect of nationwide injury prevention programme on serious spinal injuries in new zealand rugby union: ecological study. bmj 2007;334:1150. 11. noakes td, draper ce. preventing spinal cord injuries in rugby union. bmj 2007;334:1122–3. 12. gianotti sm, quarrie kl, hume pa. evaluation of rugbysmart: a rugby union community injury prevention programme. j sci med sport 2009;12:371–5. 13. mccrory p, meeuwisse w, johnston k, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport – the 3rd international conference on concussion in sport held in zurich, november 2008. j sci med sport 2009 2009;12:340–51. 14. patricios js, kohler rmn, collins rm. sportsrelated concussion relevant to the south african rugby environment – a review. sajsm 2010;22:88–94. 15. patricios js, collins rm. boksmart: preparticipation screening of rugby players by coaches based on internationally accepted medical standards. sajsm 2010;22:62–65. 16. van mechelen w, hlobil h, kemper hc. incidence, severity, aetiology and prevention of sports injuries. a review of concepts. sports med 1992;14:82–99. 17. posthumus m, viljoen w. boksmart: safe and effective techniques in rugby union. sajsm 2008;20:64–70. play a critical role in seeking maximum effect and compliance. boksmart regularly engages with relevant stakeholders, and partners with them around delivery developments.2 each course builds on the previous course, and the format of these courses progressively adapts to the educational needs of the participants. this also ensures that the educational materials remain up to date and provide current evidence-based best practice information to rugby participants.10 12 to increase commitment to the programme, the content also needs to be suitable for the audience with plain language take-home messages.12 the main requirement is now to establish whether the knowledge and skills acquired by the coaches and referees are actually being translated into their practices on field.8 an expert, international research team is currently evaluating the implementation of the boksmart programme9 in collaboration with the university of cape town’s research unit for exercise science and sport medicine. in summary – boksmart is an example of acknowledging a major problem, identifying risk factors, developing strategies to target the problem, implementing these initiatives and putting independent processes in place to evaluate the success of the programme. the elements of the programme demonstrate the practical implementation of an injury prevention and rugby safety programme using an evidence-based approach, yet keeping in mind the rugby landscape within a south african context in an attempt to maximise adoption and impact of the programme. the ultimate result is aimed at safer rugby, and fewer catastrophic injuries. key to maximise compliance and uptake is ongoing research, keeping current with the injury patterns of the game, regular interaction and collaboration with all rugby stakeholders, constant education of all role players, and fluid and modifiable implementation strategies that are moulded to the needs of the times. competing interests none. provenance and peer review not commissioned; internally peer reviewed. received 12 april 2012 accepted 13 april 2012 doi:10.1136/bjsports-2012-091278 platforms.2 this helps ensure that the strong evidence base or interventions can be applied effectively in the ‘real world’.1 lessons – what worked? one of the key pillars of the programme is the educational courses modelled on the dvd-facilitated approach utilised in new zealand.12 rugbysmart10 12 was originally modelled on van mechelen’s16 approach and built on the foundation work of earlier initiatives.10 as with rugbysmart, the boksmart programme is focused at community level, and is implemented throughout the country.12 17 in the first 2-and-half years, boksmart has trained roughly 38 500 coaches and referees on the rugby safety course. on-going research into the primary problem is critical in ensuring effectiveness in one’s approach, and proactively addressing the identified risk factors as they surface.10 we monitor feedback from the target audience, that the desired level of interaction is being achieved, and that the product is being well received. we regularly engage with field-related experts to ensure that the intervention strategy is fluid and modifiable. this guarantees the best possible chance of learning and transfer. understanding the barriers and enablers to the extensive adoption and sustainability of your intervention, is a crucial component in focusing your implementation efforts.1 boksmart recognises that programme leaders must continually consider different implementation and intervention delivery approaches.2 one method of structuring a prevention programme is using the intervention mapping (im) protocol, which is made up of five steps, that is, (1) defining the programme objectives based on the extent of the problem, (2) selecting the most appropriate method(s) to change the targeted behaviour or outcome, (3) designing the intervention and selecting, testing and producing the materials, (4) developing the implementation plan and (5) evaluating the intervention’s effect.9 the im protocol is a continuous and consistent dialogue with all stakeholders involved to make sure that the intervention is acceptable and feasible from an implementation perspective.9 hence, the boksmart programme has stakeholder expert advisory and ground-level operational panels that br j sports med august 2012 vol 46 no 10 br j sports med 2012;46:692–693. group.bmj.com on february 4, 2016 published by http://bjsm.bmj.com/downloaded from http://bjsm.bmj.com/ http://group.bmj.com safety programme implementing a national rugby−boksmart w viljoen and j patricios doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2012-091278 2012 2012 46: 692-693 originally published online may 19,br j sports med http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/46/10/692 updated information and services can be found at: these include: references #biblhttp://bjsm.bmj.com/content/46/10/692 this article cites 15 articles, 7 of which you can access for free at: service email alerting box at the top right corner of the online article. receive free email alerts when new articles cite this article. sign up in the collections topic articles on similar topics can be found in the following collections (268)editor's choice notes http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions to request permissions go to: http://journals.bmj.com/cgi/reprintform to order reprints go to: http://group.bmj.com/subscribe/ to subscribe to bmj go to: group.bmj.com on february 4, 2016 published by http://bjsm.bmj.com/downloaded from http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/46/10/692 http://bjsm.bmj.com/content/46/10/692#bibl http://bjsm.bmj.com//cgi/collection/editors_choice http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions http://journals.bmj.com/cgi/reprintform http://group.bmj.com/subscribe/ http://bjsm.bmj.com/ http://group.bmj.com introduction gender verification of female athletes during international sporting events is not a recent issue. the possibility that men, who have in most cases an unfair biological advantage, could masquerade as female athletes has been a concern since women started competing in individual athletic events. the history, methods and issues related to gender verification have been reviewed on a regular basis in the scientific literature over the years.1-6 although athletes from many nations have been subject to the various verification methods used over the years, this issue has, from a south african perspective, recently been extensively debated in the public domain in an unprecedented way. caster semenya, the women’s 800 m gold medallist at the berlin world championships during august 2009, refuelled the debate on gender testing in sport. the purpose of this review is to investigate the historical and current practises and understanding of gender verification within the medical and scientific community. gender, sex and performance the term gender verification has predominately been used in the scientific literature 1-5 and by various sporting bodies, including the international olympic committee (ioc)5 and international association of athletics federations (iaaf) 7 to describe and debate the issue of testing and verifying that only eligible athletes compete in female events. gender is however a social construct comprising not only biological but also social and other non-biological differences between males and females.8 the term sex, on the other hand, refers solely to the biological difference between individuals and in the vast majority of cases can be divided into two clear categories: male and female.8 although we recognise that gender issues are important in the sporting arena, the term sex verification or testing will be used in this review to highlight the biological differences between male and invited review the science and management of sex verification in sport abstract the verification of gender eligibility in sporting competition poses a biological and management challenge for sports science and medicine, as well as for sporting authorities. it has been established that in most sporting events, the strength and power advantage possessed by males as a result of the virilising action of hormones such as testosterone produce significant advantages in performance. for this reason, males and females compete largely in separate gender categories. controversies arise as a result of intersex conditions, where the classification of individuals into male or female is complex. the present review provides the historical context to the debate, identifying the origins of gender verification as a means to deter cheating. it describes how various testing methods have been attempted, including physical examinations of genitalia, molecular techniques including genetic screening, and complex multidisciplinary approaches including endocrinological, genetic and gynaecological examination. to date, none appear to have provided a satisfactory resolution to the problem, and appear instead to have unfairly discriminated against individuals as a result of inappropriate application of testing results. sporting authorities have formulated position stands for the management of such cases, but there is not absolute agreement between them and little evidence to support whether intersex individuals should or should not be allowed to compete in female categories. correspondence: dr r tucker uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine po box 115 newlands 7725 south africa tel: +27 21 650 4570 fax: +27 21 686 7530 e-mail: ross.tucker@mweb.co.za ross tucker (phd)1 malcolm collins (phd)2,1 1 uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town 2 south african medical research council, cape town sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 147 fig. 1. relative differences between male and female world records for various athletic field, track and road events. the world records for the individual male events is on average 12.6±2.3 % (ranging from 9.2% to 17.6%) faster than the female events. sc = steeple chase; m = metres; km = kilometres. fig. 1. relative differences between male and female world records for various athletic field, track and road events. the world records for the individual male events is on average 12.6±2.3 % (ranging from 9.2% to 17.6%) faster than the female events. sc = steeple chase; m = metres; km = kilometres. female athletes which generally give male athletes an unfair advantage over their female counterparts.9 with the exception of the equestrian events, where male and female athletes compete together in all olympic events (www. olympic.org), male athletes have a performance advantage over female athletes. this is illustrated by a comparison between male and female world records in track and field events, as well as the standard marathon, where men’s world records are between 9% and 18% better than women’s records for those events allowing a direct comparison to be made (fig. 1). similar performance advantages can be measured in cycling, speed-skating and swimming events (data not shown). as a result of this performance difference, women compete in a category separate to men to ensure equality of competition. in addition to sex, weight classes are also used to categorise athletes in open competition where weight differences are believed to have a biological advantage. these sports include, among others, boxing, weight lifting, and the martial arts disciplines (www.olympic.org). unlike weight, which can be accurately determined using a calibrated scale, the science of sex verification is more complex and controversial. stop men competing as women athletes, coaches, officials, the media and spectators have always been aware and concerned that there is the potential that male athletes would deliberately disguise themselves as women and compete as female athletes in individual events. this issue attracted much media attention during the 1936 berlin olympic games where herman ratjien competed in the high jump for germany as dora ratjen.3 although ‘dora’ finished only 4th in that competition, ‘she’ eventually set a world record at the european championships 2 years later (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/dora_ratjen). it has been alleged that ratjen was forced to disguise himself as a female athlete by the nazis.3 it is also reported that due to abnormalities with his genitalia, herman was registered as dora at birth and raised as a girl (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/dora_ratjen). this case, as well as other accusations of male athletes masquerading as females during the berlin games,6 as well as rumours and innuendos during the 1960 rome olympic games prompted the ioc and iaaf to establish rules to stop men cheating during competition thereby enabling female athletes to compete on an equal basis.1-4,6 sex verification – not a simple problem the berlin games also highlighted that sex verification is not a simple scientific and medical problem to solve. polish-born stella welsh (stalislawa walasiewicz), who had moved to the usa in 1932, and the american helen stephens both competed in the women’s 100 m sprint.6 walsh had won the 100 m gold medal in 1932, and was speculated by many to be male, receiving the nickname ‘stella the fella’ from the media (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki).6 helen stephens beat walsh in the 100 m event at the 1936 games, and although there was no official gender testing during the games, stephens passed a crude examination of her external genitalia after she was accused of being a male by stella welsh.6 interestingly, stella welsh was discovered to have ambiguous genitalia and abnormal sex chromosomes during an autopsy after she was a victim of a shooting incident in 1980,6 highlighting that sex verification during sporting events would not only identify those cheating but also athletes with a rare intersex condition. an unanswered question is whether these intersex conditions might confer a sporting advantage to certain individuals who compete as females, and whether this advantage should form the basis for exclusion from female competition. as will be discussed in this review, one cannot exclude the inevitable possibility that female athletes with a rare intersex disorder could be unfairly disqualified and barred from competing in athletic events, especially if inappropriate testing is done and the issue is poorly managed. in addition, the potential for long-term psychological harm to the athlete concerned can not be under-estimated. disorder(s) of sex development intersex is a rare disorder which is usually identified at birth by the atypical appearance of the genitalia, making sex assignment difficult. the incidence has been estimated as approximately 1 in 5 000 births, but can be as high as 1.7% when conditions such as turner’s and kleinfelters’s syndrome are included.6 the classification of the intersex disorders is challenging and controversial, but these conditions were recently grouped under the collective name disorder(s) of sex development (dsd) by the international intersex consensus conference.10 dsd is not a single disorder but rather a spectrum of conditions ranging from those with ambiguous external genitalia, those with external female genitalia and varying degrees of internal testis.2,10 history of sex verification the current practices and beliefs with respect to the science and management of sex testing in sport need to be understood in its historical context. when sex verification was first introduced in international sporting competition during the early 1960s, female athletes underwent physical examinations where they stood before a committee of experts, in what became known as the ‘nude parade’.6 this resulted in widespread resentment by the athletes, prompting the ioc to seek other simpler, objective and more dignified methods of sex testing. the sex chromatin (or buccal smear) test, which requires the identification of barr bodies during microscopic examination of cells scraped from the inner lining of the athlete’s cheek, was developed and first introduced during the 1968 mexico city olympic games. human dna is packed into 22 pairs of autosomes and one pair of sex chromosomes in most cell types in our bodies. under normal circumstances, females possess two x sex chromosomes and males one y chromosome and one x chromosome. the extra female x chromosome is inactivated during development to form a barr body in the nucleus of cells. the presence of a barr body is therefore an indication that the cells being tested originate from a female, whereas the absence of a barr body indicates that the cells originated from a male. since there is a direct relationship between chromosomal and anatomical sex for the majority of people, this test would be accurate in most cases. there are however a number of genetic disorders which interfere with the normal process of sex development and lead to contradictory findings between anatomical and chromosomal sex.10 as mentioned previously, these conditions are collectively referred to as disorders of sex development (dsds).10 it is the potential identification of such an individual athlete during sex testing during athletic events that is problematic. dsds can be caused by several combinations of abnormal sex chromosomes.6,10 for example, individuals with only one x sex chromosome have a female appearance (turner’s syndrome), while individuals with two x and one y chromosome (xxy, klinefelter’s syndrome) are usually infertile men.2 the barr body test would identify these individuals as female, which would allow men with klinefelter’s syndrome to compete as females. women with turner’s syndrome would ‘test as men’ due to the absence of a second sex chromosome and therefore a barr body. it should however be noted that not all athletes with abnormal sex chromosomes 148 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 would potentially have a biological advantage over their female counterparts with normal sex chromosomes, and both turner’s and klinefelter’s syndrome would be unlikely to confer a performance advantage. rather, it is disorders affecting androgen function, which are discussed subsequently, that present the problem of potential performance advantages to females. it is also possible for different cells in a individual to contain different sex chromosomes.3 this is referred to as mosaicism, where some cells may present with xx and xxy chromosomes. other possibilities include xx and xy cell combinations, or x and xy cell combinations.3 an illustration of this complexity and the implications for testing is the case of ewa klobukowska, a polish sprinter who won gold and silver in the women’s 100 m and 200 m sprints at the 1966 european athletics championships in budapest.11 she was also a member of the winning team in the 4x100 m relay event. prior to the budapest championships, she won gold and bronze medals at the 1964 tokyo olympic games for the 4x100 m relay and 100 m, respectively (http:// en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ewa_klobukowska). although she passed a gynaecological exam during the budapest championships, she was the first olympic medal-winning athlete to fail a sex chromatin gender test in 1967. although her disorder was correctly, due to confidentiality and medical ethics, never officially revealed, she was nevertheless stripped of her medals.11 it has been alleged that this was a result of an xx/xxy mosaicism, although this was never officially revealed (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ewa_klobukowska).11 the implication is that barr body analysis is more likely to exclude athletes unfairly than to detect those who cheat. in addition to these conditions, there are also individuals with a female appearance who have a dsd with male sex chromosomes, the so-called xy females.1,6 these individuals have apparently normal male chromosomes, but develop to adulthood as women. the disorders responsible for this phenotype can broadly be divided into (i) disorders in androgen synthesis or action and (ii) disorders of testicular development.6 an example of the former group of disorders is complete or partial androgen insensitivity syndrome (ais).1 individuals with ais have testes (which can be internal) that produce normal amounts of testosterone. however, abnormal androgen receptors, which are partly or completely insensitive to androgens, result in the development of secondary female characteristics and musculature. various grades of ais exist, ranging from complete ais to partial ais with a very mild impact on sexual development.1 this may impact on performance, since androgens are largely responsible for virilisation, including muscle development, which may confer a performance advantage. individuals with partial ais may thus develop sexual characteristics of a female, and be identified and raised female, while possessing some level of athletic performance advantage. a further complication is somatic mosaicism of the androgen receptors, as a result of de novo mutations after the zygotic stage.12 these mutations may result in different levels of sensitivity to androgens, leading to virilisation at puberty, despite childhood development as female with respect to the genitalia.12 this may have further implications for performance. santhi soudarajan, an indian middle distance runner, was stripped of her 2006 asian games silver medal in the 800 m event after failing gender testing, allegedly as a result of this condition (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ santhi_soudarajan). genetic screening increases in complexity although the iaaf stopped compulsory sex testing in 1991,3 the ioc continued to screen all female participants, but replaced the barr body test with a more complex screening process which involved pcr analysis to detect the sry gene, which is found on the male y chromosome.3 the product of this gene was thought to be essential for the differentiation of the internal foetal gonad into testis, which ultimately produces the male phenotype.6 it is now known that this test also has limitations, since other genes are also required for testis development and in addition, it has been reported that individuals with xx sex chromosomes, and therefore no sry gene, can have testes.6 further, it is also possible for the sry gene to exist on the x-chromosome as a result of translocations during meiosis.11 this test was used during the 1992 winter olympics and 1996 atlanta olympic games, where all women competitors submitted a sample which was analysed. in 1992, 2 406 tests were conducted, with 5 positive samples for the sry gene and in 1996 there were 8 positive sry gene test out of 3 387 tests.3,5 these individuals were entered as females, but possessed the sry gene and in theory, excluding a translocation event during meiosis, a y-chromosome. the incidence (approximately 1 in 400) during the 1992 and 1996 games using the sry gene test were similar to the incidence reported from 1972 to 1990, where 13 positive tests were reported out of 6 561 (approximately 1 in 500).1,2 seven of the 8 athletes in the atlanta games had ais and the eighth athlete had a condition called α-5-reductase deficiency,3,5,6 which results in the failure to convert testosterone to dihydrotestosterone, an androgen which is essential for the in utero development of external male genitalia. these individuals develop externally as females, despite having high levels of testosterone and internal testes. as is the case with ais, the elevated levels of testosterone, relative to other females, is thought to confer some performance advantage, though no studies have quantified the possible magnitude of this difference. in the 2000 olympics, all 8 athletes were cleared to compete, though the reasons for this clearance were never disclosed.5,6 there are theoretical reasons why athletes with both partial ais and α-5reductase deficiency may have performance advantages, but we are not aware of the grounds for clearing these athletes for competition. eventually the ioc stopped compulsory testing of female athletes in 1999.3,5 interestingly, it has recently been reported that since 2005, four athletes had been asked to retire from athletics by the iaaf as a result of gender testing, while three others had been permitted to continue their careers (/www.sport24.co.za/content/othersport/ 262/97ea563d0618444c808b8057e9c020a6/10-09-2009-02-32/ semenya_made_to_wait). there have, for reasons of medical confidentiality, been no further descriptions or explanations of these cases, and the grounds for the different outcomes of the testing process for these individuals. this highlights the complexity of the actions that are taken against athletes, since no data exist on how dsds may confer a performance advantage to athletes. in an excellent essay entitled ‘intersex and the olympic games’, richie et al.6 summarise the effects of gender testing as follows: ‘as our understanding of gender and sexual identify increased …, it became increasingly apparent to scientists and athletes alike that determination of sex is derived from far more than our genotype. … gender testing was initially welcomed by female athletes as a method of preventing “cheaters”. however, it has become apparent that the discrimination against those with dsd was unfair and detrimental to the sport.’ they continue to mention that: ‘gender testing in athletics has never identified an individual deliberately misrepresenting their gender. testing has, however, created controversy and embarrassment for a significant number of female athletes competing, often unknowingly, with some form of intersex disorder. indeed, there is no evidence that female athletes with dsds have displayed any sports relevant physical attributes which have not been seen in biologically normal female athletes. sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 149 however, numerous female athletes have been unfairly barred from competing’.6 iaaf consensus statement as a result of controversies surrounding testing and the potential for unfairly barring athletes from competing, the iaaf medical and antidoping commission published the iaaf policy on gender verification in 2006.7 in it they state that there will be no compulsory, standard or regular gender verification during iaaf-sanctioned events. however, the policy continues to state that in resolving cases that may arise due to any ‘suspicion’ or if there is a ‘challenge’, determination should not be done solely on laboratory-based sex determination. instead the athlete concerned could be asked to attend a medical evaluation by a multidisciplinary panel of experts consisting of a (i) gynaecologist, (ii) endocrinologist, (iii) psychologist, (iv) international medicine specialist, and (v) expert on gender/transgender issues. to our knowledge there are no published studies in the scientific literature that have specifically shown or suggested that any of the dsds give an unfair advantage to the individual. instead the iaaf groups the dsd conditions into two broad categories, (i) those that accord no advantage over other females and (ii) those that may accord some advantage but are nevertheless acceptable.7 the former category consists of complete or near-complete ais, gonadal dysgenesis and turner’s syndrome. the latter group consists of congenital adrenal hyperplasia, androgen-producing tumours and anovulatory androgen excess (polycystic ovary syndrome).7 in all cases, the iaaf states that if testes are present, they should be removed to avoid malignancy.7 the canadian academy of sports medicine (casm) recommendations the 1997 casm position statement on sex testing (gender verification) in sport suggests that there is no evidence that the initial justification and reasons for sex testing, which were to prevent men from masquerading as female athletes, are relevant today.9 they mention that (i) the use of communal dressing rooms and showers, (ii) the clothing worn by female athletes, (iii) current protocols used for drug testing in urine, and (iv) the athlete’s personal and sporting history, significantly reduces the likelihood of men competing as women at an international level. the casm also recommends that: ‘individuals raised as females and are psychologically and socially females from childhood should be eligible to compete in women’s competition regardless of their chromosomal, gonadal and hormonal sex’.9 furthermore, they recommend that: ‘women athletes who have developed greater than average muscle mass, whether due to extreme training programmes or to genetic abnormalities such as congenital adrenal hyperplasia, incomplete/partial ais or chromosomal mosaicism should be accepted as part of the normal range of variation, similar to individuals who have grown to extreme heights.’9 the casm agrees with the current practice of disqualifying women (and men) who have increased their muscle mass by using steroids or other banned performance-enhancing drugs.9 this position is likely to be contentious among some female athletes, since it holds that these individuals should be accepted as falling within the ‘normal range of variation’. this definition of ‘normal variation’ challenges the boundary that exists between male and female competitions which, as we have described, is not as clearcut or easily identifiable as was first thought when sex testing was introduced. theoretically, dsds which result in elevated testosterone levels may confer some performance advantage over other females, if the testosterone has a biological effect on the tissues. however, evidence has not yet been provided, primarily due to the rarity of such conditions, as well as ethical matters pertaining to confidentiality. it may prove impossible to determine conclusively whether performance advantages exist or not. whether any performance advantage that may exist falls within normal variation is also a contentious issue, because, referring to the casm position stand example, athletes do not compete in categories of height. the classification of athletes into male and female categories requires that some boundary between the classes remain in place, and the contention is around whether normal variation may in fact move an individual across this boundary, and should be disallowed. at present, there is no scientific evidence to support or refute this position. conclusion the process and management of sex verification is enormously complex and poses challenges not only to the biological description of male and female, but also to social and cultural characterisations of gender and sex. the process of verification has evolved over 70 years, having first begun as a means to deter deliberate cheating, and then evolving into a process that aims to ensure fair competition in the face of conditions that are thought to confer performance advantages. however, while a range of conditions and disorders have been identified, authorities are seemingly no closer to establishing precisely how these conditions affect performance, and many athletes appear to have been unfairly excluded from competition. recognising this, a sub-committee was formed at the 13th biennial conference of the south african sports medicine association (sasma) in durban on 21 23 october 2009 to draft a position statement on gender and sex verification for the south african context. references 1. ferguson-smith ma, ferris ea. gender verification in sport: the need for change? br j sports med 1991;25(1):17-20. 2. simpson jl, ljungqvist a, de la ca, ferguson-smith ma, et al. gender verification in competitive sports. sports med 1993;16(5):305-315. 3. dickinson bd, genel m, robinowitz cb, turner pl, woods gl. gender verification of female olympic athletes. med sci sports exerc 2002;34(10):1539-1542. 4. reeser jc. gender identity and sport: is the playing field level? br j sports med 2005;39(10):695-699. 5. genel m, ljungqvist a. essay: gender verification of female athletes. lancet 2005;366 suppl 1:s41. 6. ritchie r, reynard j, lewis t. intersex and the olympic games. j r soc med 2008;101(8):395-399. 7. iaaf policy on gender verification. iaaf medical and anti-doping commission; 2006. 8. what do we mean by “sex” and “gender”? world health organization; 2009. 9. doig p, lloyd-smith r, prior jc, sinclair d. position statement: sex testing (gender verification) in sport. canadian academy of sports medicine; 1997. 10. lee pa, houk cp, ahmed sf, hughes ia. consensus statement on management of intersex disorders. international consensus conference on intersex. pediatrics 2006;118(2):e488-e500. 11. strachan t, read ap. human molecular genetics 3. 3rd ed. garland publishers; 2004. 12. kohler b, lumbroso s, leger j, et al. androgen insensitivity syndrome: somatic mosaicism of the androgen receptor in seven families and consequences for sex assignment and genetic counseling. j clin endocrinol metab 2005;90(1):106-111. 150 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 sajsm editorial.indd 2 sajsm vol. 27 no. 1 2015 editorial a paediatric neurosurgeon wrote an opinion piece for the british medical journal on the unknown risks of youth rugby.[1] he explained at the start of the article that he was entitled to an opinion, having spent time ‘picking skull fragments out of the contused frontal lobes of a teenage rugby player’. he was also writing in his capacity as a ‘rugby parent’, having watched the game at close quarters. he made a couple of key points: that ‘schools, coaches, and parents all contribute to a tribal, gladiatorial culture that encourages excessive agg ression, suppresses injury reporting, and encourages players to carry on when injured’; and that although schools require risk assessments for seemingly low-risk activities, every saturday rugby teams of children face each other with the risk of incurring serious injuries. he stated: ‘fractures, dislocations, ligamentous disruptions, and dental and maxillofacial injuries are common’. in the article, he made several points about reducing the risk of youth rugby injury, summarised here in point form: • creative match scheduling • preand early season strength and conditioning programmes • considering weight rather than age categories • having policies to reduce early return-to-play a�er concussive injuries • training for proper tackle technique from a young age • consideration for non-contested scrums • meticulous refereeing, with zero tolerance for dangerous practices • non-contact options (e.g. touch rugby) as an introduction to contact rugby. his concluding comment that ‘schools, clubs, medical facilities, and, most importantly, regulatory bodies cooperate now to quantify the risks of junior rugby’ elicited reactions from several quarters. support came from a paediatric consultant, a clinical neurophysiologist, an orthopaedic and trauma surgeon, a general practitioner and a parent, who took the time to write letters to the journal. all had various points to add, but basically supported the thrust of the editorial. researchers from the university of edinburgh and bath university also responded with letters, pointing out that, in fact, much is being done with injury surveillance, research and law changes to reduce the risk of injury. while agreeing with the sentiment of reducing the risk of injury in youth rugby, the researchers pointed out that the editorial failed to represent the positive steps that are currently in place. �is type of discussion always prompts an examination of the facts. closer to home, the boksmart national rugby safety and injury prevention programme[2] was forced to examine its fundamental principles and operating procedures. �e boksmart programme has an extensive body of information published on their website (www. boksmart.com), which addresses many of the points listed in the editorial. for example, the pros and cons of age-group v. weight-based categories are presented. �e importance of periodisation and strength and conditioning are discussed, and detailed guidelines are provided for players of various ages. extensive guidelines about return to play a�er injury are also presented. as part of the programme, referees are engaged about safety, particularly the laws governing dangerous play – all referees have to be certi�ed before they are able to referee a match. coaches have to undergo training on safety techniques (particularly for scrumming and tackling). the south african rugby union has also legislated that coaches have to be boksmart certi�ed before they are allowed to coach. boksmart has a comprehensive injury tracking programme for youth tournaments,[3,4] and an extensive database that keeps track of catastrophic injuries.[5] a series of events are triggered as soon as a player, anywhere in the country, sustains a serious injury. research to examine the mechanisms of injury,[6] the cost of injuries[7] and the e�cacy of injury prevention programmes[8] is ongoing. injuries are inevitable in any contact sport, particularly a sport such as rugby in which collisions between players running at high speed is a fundamental part of the game. it is important to be critical about how the game is managed to ensure that high-risk situations are eradicated. it is also important to have valid data about the risks of injury, so that participants and, in the case of young players – parents, can make informed choices about whether they want their children to participate. however, credit should be given where credit is due, and in most countries where rugby is a popular sport, much is being done to satisfy these points. finally, it should be acknowledged that even though the number of cata strophic injuries are decreasing in junior rugby,[8] one catastrophic injury per year is one injury too many; the effect such an injury has on the individual and the family and friends of that person is ghastly. until such time as these injuries are eradicated, there is much to do. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2015;27(1):2. doi:10.7196/sajsm.616 references 1. carter m. �e unknown risks of youth rugby. bmj 2015;350:h26. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bmj.h26] 2. viljoen w, patricios j. boksmart – implementing a national rugby safety programme. br j sports med 2012;46(10):692-693. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091278] 3. brown j, verhagen e, viljoen w, et al. �e incidence and severity of injuries at the 2011 south african rugby union (saru) youth week tournaments. s afr j sport med 2012;24(2):49-54. 4. burger n, lambert mi, viljoen w, brown jc, readhead c, hendricks s. tacklerelated injury rates and nature of injuries in south african youth week tournament rugby union players (under-13 to under-18): an observational cohort study. bmj open 2014;4(8):e005556. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2014-005556] 5. brown jc, lambert mi, verhagen e, readhead c, van mechelen w, viljoen w. �e incidence of rugby-related catastrophic injuries (including cardiac events) in south africa from 2008 to 2011: a cohort study. bmj open 2013;3(2):e002475. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2012-002475] 6. hendricks s, lambert mi, brown jc, readhead c, viljoen w. an evidence-driven approach to scrum law modi�cations in amateur rugby played in south africa. br j sports med 2014. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092877] 7. brown jc, viljoen w, lambert mi, et al. �e economic burden of time-loss injuries to youth players participating in week-long rugby union tournaments. j sci med sport 2014 (in press). [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1016/j.jsams.2014.06.015] 8. brown jc, verhagen e, knol d, van mechelen w, lambert mi. �e e�ectiveness of the nationwide boksmart rugby injury prevention program on catastrophic injury rates. scand j med sci sports 2015 (in press). [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/sms.12414] risks of injury in youth rugby – what are the issues? km_c227-20180517092606 original research sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 9 background. although variants within genes that encode protein components of several biological systems have been associated with athletic performance, limited studies have investigated the collagen genes that encode the structural components of connective tissues. objective. to investigate the association of variants within collagen genes with endurance performance in south african (sa) ironman triathletes. methods. a total of 661 white, male participants were recruited from four sa ironman triathlon events for this genetic case-control association study. all participants were genotyped for col3a1 rs1800255 (g/a) and col12a1 rs970547 (a/g). results. no independent associations were identified between col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 and overall finishing time or time to complete any of the individual components (3.8 km swim, 180 km bike or 42.2 km run) of the 226 km event. the major g+a-inferred pseudo-haplotype, constructed from col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547, was, however, significantly (p=0.010 and p=0.027) overrepresented in the fast run tertile (58.7%) compared with the middle (53.5%) and slow (49.5%) run tertiles, respectively. the major g+t+ainferred pseudo-haplotype, constructed from col3a1 rs1800255, col5a1 rs12722 (t/c) and col12a1 rs970547, was again significantly (p=0.022) over-represented in the fast run tertile (35.2%) compared with the slow run tertile (28.9%). conclusion. our main novel finding was that the col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 variants interacted to modulate endurance running performance in the four sa ironman triathlons investigated. in addition, the interaction between these variants and col5a1 rs12722 appeared to modulate endurance running performance. s afr j sm 2014;26(1):9-14. doi:10.7196/sajsm.523 collagen gene interactions and endurance running performance k o’connell,1 bsc (hons); m posthumus,1 phd; m collins,1,2 phd 1 mrc/uct research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, university of cape town, south africa 2 medical research council, cape town, south africa corresponding author: m collins (malcolm.collins@uct.ac.za) the col5a1 and col6a1 genes encode the α1 chains of types v and vi collagen, respectively.[1-3] both types v and vi collagen are known to regulate collagen fibrillogenesis.[5-7] furthermore, the col5a1 tt genotype of single nucleotide polymorphism (snp) rs12722 c/t and the col6a1 tt genotype of snp rs35796750 t/c have been associated with improved endurance running and endurance cycling performance, respectively, during the south african (sa) ironman triathlon.[4] the association between the col5a1 rs12722 tt and rs71746744 (-/aggg) aggg/aggg genotypes and improved endurance running performance was later replicated in a road running event.[4] in addition, it has been proposed that both col5a1 variants, located in a functional region of the col5a1 3'-untranslated region (utr), regulate type v collagen production.[8] specifically, the rs12722 t and rs71746744 aggg allele of col5a1 are associated with increased col5a1 mrna stability, which may lead to increased levels of type v collagen α1 chain synthesis.[8] increased type v collagen production may affect normal collagen fibrillogenesis and alter the mechanical properties of the tissue, leading to improved endurance performance.[9] similarly to types v and vi collagen, types iii and xii are also implicated in fibrillogenesis.[6,7,10-12] the α1 chains of types iii and xii collagen are encoded by the col3a1 and col12a1 genes, respectively. the non-synonymous col3a1 rs1800255 a/g and col12a1 rs970547 a/g variants within these genes are also associated with a number of multifactorial soft tissue phenotypes.[4,13,14] furthermore, col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 are both proposed to be functional. [14,15] specifically, the alanine to threonine change at position 698 of the α1(iii) chain, as a result of col3a1 rs1800255, could affect the tensile strength of type iii collagen fibres.[14] in addition, functional bioinformatics analysis of col12a1 rs970547 revealed that the resulting glycine to serine change is potentially damaging to the α1(xii) chain.[15] therefore, since types iii and xii are implicated in fibrillogenesis like types v and vi, it may be proposed that common, potentially functional variants within the col3a1 and col12a1 genes may also be associated with athletic endurance performance. objectives the primary objective of our study was to determine whether col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547, like col5a1 rs12722 and col6a1 rs3579 6750, are associated with athletic endurance performance in the participants of four sa ironman triathlon events. we hypothesised, due to the proposed functional effects of these variants, that the col3a1 rs1800255 gg and col12a1 rs970547 aa genotypes are associated with improved endurance performance. the secondary objective was to investigate gene-gene interactions between col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547, and previously associated collagen genes where appropriate, and endurance performance. we hypothesised that the g+a pseudo-haplotype is associated with improved endurance performance, and that the col5a1 rs12722 t and col6a1 rs35796750 t alleles, if included in gene-gene interactions mailto:malcolm.collins@uct.ac.za 10 sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 with col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547, contributes to interactions for endurance running and cycling, respectively. methods a total of 661 white, male participants were recruited from four sa ironman triathlon events for this genetic case-control association study, using previously outlined recommendations.[16,17] participants were recruited at the registration of either the 2000 (n=96) and 2001 (n=294) events held in gordon’s bay (~50 km from cape town) or the 2006 (n=219) and 2007 (n=52) port elizabeth (pe) events (~750 km east of cape town). all participants were required to complete the event for inclusion in the study. for participants who entered more than one event, only data from one race year was used, since their overall finishing times were similar (data not shown). race results were obtained from the race organisers and participants were divided into three equal tertiles based on their finishing times for the 3.8 km swim, 180 km cycle, 42.2 km run and overall race. the fastest triathletes were placed into the fast tertile, those who finished in the mid-field were placed in the middle tertile, and the slowest triathletes were placed into the slow tertile. study approval was granted by the human research ethics committee, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, and the race organisers. all participants completed informed consent forms and a physical activity questionnaire. participants of the pe subgroup completed training history questionnaires; this was not documented at the events in gordon’s bay. since training data were obtained during the pe events, the event priority for the participants who had completed more than one event was 2006, followed by 2007 and finally 2001, which had a larger, more complete dataset than the 2000 event. blood collection and dna extraction at event registration, ~4.5 ml of venous blood was collected from each participant into an ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid vacutainer tube by venipuncture of a forearm vein. samples were stored at 4°c until dna was extracted, as previously described, with minor modifications.[18] all analyses were performed at the uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, university of cape town. col3a1 rs1800255 genotyping genotyping of col3a1 rs1800255 was performed using a customdesigned, fluorescence-based taqman polymerase chain reaction (pcr) assay (applied biosystems, usa). allele-specific probes and flanking primer sets (sequences available on request) were used along with a pre-made pcr mastermix containing amplitaq dna polymerase gold (applied biosystems, usa) in a final reaction volume of 8 µl. the pcr cycling comprised a 10 min heat activation step (95°c) followed by 40 cycles of 15 s at 92°c and 1 min at 60°c. the reactions were performed using a xp thermal cycler (block model xp-g, bioer technology co., japan). genotypes were determined by end-point fluorescence using a 7900 ht fast real-time pcr system and sds software (version 2.3). col12a1 rs970547 genotyping col12a1 rs970547 was genotyped as previously described.[19] briefly, fragments containing col12a1 rs970547 were amplified by pcr. the pcr products were digested with alui to produce 599 and 16 bp fragments for the g allele and 460, 139 and 16 bp fragments for the a allele. the fragments were resolved, together with a 100 bp dna ladder, on a 6% non-denaturing polyacrylamide gel and visualised by syber gold staining (invitrogen molecular probestm, usa). the gels were photographed under ultraviolet light using a uvitec photodocumentation system (uvitec limited, uk). statistics continuous variables were compared between genotype groups using one-way analysis of variance (anova) tests. chi-squared or fisher’s tests were used to compare categorical variables. basic descriptive statistical analysis and frequencies were determined using statistica (version 11) and graphpad instat (version 6). inferred pseudohaplotypes between gene variants were tested using hapstat (version 3.0). hardy-weinberg equilibrium status was determined using genepop (version 4.0.10; http://genepop.curtin.edu.au). statistical significance was assumed at p<0.05. results participant characteristics mean ± standard deviation (sd) participant age, height, weight and body mass index (bmi) were 36.1±8.3 years (n=659), 180.5±6.6 cm (n=559), 78.6±9.4 kg (n=586) and 24.0±2.3 kg/m2 (n=555), respectively. approximately 65% were sa-born and 81% were sa residents at the time of recruitment. the general characteristics of participants from each event are reported in table s1 (online supplementary material). participants from the gordon’s bay events (2000 and 2001; mean±sd age 34.7±7.9 years; n=390) were significantly younger (p<0.001) than those recruited from the pe events (2006 and 2007; mean±sd age 38.2±8.4 years; n=269) (table s1). significantly fewer (p=0.002 and p=0.037) sa-born participants competed in the 2000 (53%; n=50) and 2001 (64%; n=185) events than in the 2006 event (73.3%; n=118) (table s1). significantly fewer (p=0.002) sa-resident participants competed in the 2001 event (75.7%; n=215) than in the 2006 event (86.8%; n=190) (table s1). no genotype effects were identified between any of the participant characteristics and the col3a1 rs1800255 or col12a1 rs970547 variants (data not shown). both col3a1 rs1800255 (p=0.428) and col12a1 rs970547 (p=0.062) were in hardy-weinberg equilibrium. participant training history table 1 summarises self-reported training history data, characterising the 15 weeks prior to each event, collected at the 2006 and 2007 pe sa ironman triathlon events. although probably not biologically relevant, the col3a1 rs1800255 variant was significantly (p=0.002) associated with swim training duration (h/week). participants with a col3a1 rs1800255 ga genotype (3.4±1.6 h/week) trained significantly (p=0.001) more than participants with a col3a1 rs1800255 gg (2.8±1.0 h/week) or aa (2.3±0.9 h/week) genotype. the distance (km/week) and duration (h/week) trained for the cycle, run and combined components (swim, cycle and run) were not significantly associated with col3a1 rs1800255 (table 1). furthermore, no significant associations were identified between col12a1 rs970547 and distance or duration trained for the swim, cycle, run or combined tertiles (table 1). col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 and performance the col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 variants were not significantly associated with overall finishing time or time taken to http://genepop.curtin.edu.au sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 11 table 1. self-reported training history for the col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 genotypes of the pe subgroup variable* all (n=187) col3a1 rs1800255 p-valuegg (n=97) ga (n=73) aa (n=17) training (km/week), mean±sd (n) swim 6.4±3.0 (185) 6.4±2.8 (95) 6.5±3.2 (73) 6.1±3.1 (17) 0.857 cycle 224.3±84.9 (170) 218.2±92.9 (85) 232.0±76.5 (69) 223.8±76.2 (16) 0.606 run 45.7±18.0 (182) 47.0±20.4 (92) 44.8±13.3 (73) 42.4±21.6 (17) 0.535 combined† 236.9±85.8 (155) 230.2±95.6 (76) 245.3±75.2 (63) 235.3±77.3 (16) 0.588 training (h/week), mean±sd (n) swim 3.0±1.3 (184) 2.8±1.0 (97) 3.4±1.6 (70) 2.3±0.9 (17) 0.002* cycle 8.1±2.9 (171) 8.1±3.2 (89) 8.2±2.5 (66) 7.8±2.9 (16) 0.875 run 4.5±1.7 (174) 4.6±1.9 (92) 4.5±1.4 (65) 4.1±1.8 (17) 0.575 combined† 15.4±4.8 (162) 15.5±4.8 (85) 15.6±3.7 (61) 14.3±4.5 (16) 0.568 variable* all (n=207) col12a1 rs970547 p-valueaa (n=120) ag (n=82) gg (n=5) training (km/week), mean±sd (n) swim 6.4±3.0 (207) 6.3±2.8 (120) 6.7±3.2 (82) 5.6±1.5 (5) 0.531 cycle 222.7±83.3 (190) 216.9±83.6 (110) 231.6±82.8 (75) 218.7±90.4 (5) 0.499 run 46.3±17.8 (203) 44.9±16.6 (117) 48.5±19.6 (81) 44.0±9.6 (5) 0.371 combined† 236.5±83.6 (174) 229.8±82.6 (97) 246.1±84.8 (72) 229.5±89.9 (5) 0.449 training (h/week), mean±sd (n) swim 3.0±1.5 (206) 3.0±1.7 (119) 3.1±1.4 (82) 2.3±0.7 (5) 0.513 cycle 8.9±12.8 (190) 9.5±16.6 (110) 8.2±2.9 (75) 7.6±2.1 (5) 0.752 run 4.9±3.1 (194) 4.9±3.7 (113) 4.8±2.0 (76) 4.3±0.4 (5) 0.896 combined† 15.5±4.4 (180) 15.3±4.3 (103) 15.8±4.7 (72) 14.2±2.3 (5) 0.607 pe = port elizabeth; sd = standard deviation. * statistically significant (p<0.05). † combined = swim, cycle and run. table 2. finishing times for the col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 genotypes in the 3.8 km swim, 180 km cycle, 42.2 km run and overall triathlon component all (n=642) col3a1 rs1800255 genotype p-valuegg (n=333) ga (n=265) aa (n=44) 3.8 km swim (min), mean±sd (n) 77.2±17.4 (629) 77.4±17.3 (326) 76.6±17.6 (259) 79.7±17.2 (44) 0.535 180 km cycle (min), mean±sd (n) 393.7±42.0 (615) 394.0±42.7 (317) 392.2±41.6 (254) 399.4±39.9 (44) 0.565 42.2 km run (min), mean±sd (n) 288.4±49.1 (620) 285.9±50.2 (324) 289.9±47.4 (253) 297.8±51.1 (43) 0.264 overall (min), mean±sd (n) 767.8±95.2 (642) 765.5±96.7 (333) 767.4±93.6 (265) 787.1±94.2 (44) 0.369 triathlon component all (n=629) col12a1 rs970547 genotype p-valueaa (n=344) ag (n=255) gg (n=30) 3.8 km swim (min), mean±sd (n) 78.5±17.6 (614) 78.8±17.1 (334) 78.2±17.9 (251) 76.9±20.4 (29) 0.800 180 km cycle (min), mean±sd (n) 395.2±41.5 (600) 393.8±39.8 (330) 397.6±43.2 (243) 391.6±47.3 (27) 0.504 42.2 km run (min), mean±sd (n) 290.1±49.7 (609) 289.0±50.7 (331) 290.8±49.3 (249) 297.0±40.7 (29) 0.681 overall (min), mean±sd (n) 771.8±94.7 (629) 768.8±91.4 (344) 775.3±98.9 (255) 776.5±97.8 (30) 0.677 12 sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 complete any of the individual components (3.8 km swim, 180 km cycle or 42.2 km run) of the 226 km triathlon (table 2). furthermore, when participants were grouped into performance tertiles, no significant differences were identified for col3a1 rs1800255 or col12a1 rs970547 genotype distributions between the groups in terms of the overall finishing time or time taken to complete any of the individual components of the triathlon (table 3). gene-gene interactions and performance since there were no independent associations of the col3a1 and col12a1 variants with endurance performance, inferred pseudohaplotypes between col3a1 rs1800255 g/a and col12a1 rs970547 a/g were constructed. all four inferred pseudo-haplotypes were identified for the overall finishing time, as well as for the time taken to complete the individual components of the triathlon. for the overall tertiles, the major g+a-inferred pseudo-haplotype was significantly (p=0.007 and p=0.029) over-represented in the fast tertile (58%; n=149) when compared with the middle (55%; n=140) and slow (50%; n=127) tertiles, respectively (fig. 1d). when the individual components of the triathlon were analysed, the major g+a-inferred pseudo-haplotype was significantly (p=0.010 and p=0.027) over-represented in the fast run tertile (58.7%; n=144) when compared with the middle (54%, n=131) and slow (50%; n=114) run tertiles, respectively (fig. 1c). no significant associations were identified between the inferred pseudohaplotypes and the swim (fig. 1a) or cycling (fig. 1b) components of the triathlon. since this association was identified for the run component of the triathlon, and col5a1 rs12722 was previously associated with the run component in this cohort,[4] inferred pseudo-haplotypes between col3a1 rs1800255 g/a, col5a1 rs12722 t/c and col12a1 rs970547 a/g were constructed (fig. 2). all eight inferred pseudo-haplotypes were identified. the major g+t+a-inferred pseudo-haplotype was again significantly (p=0.022) over-represented in the fast run tertile (35%; n=86) compared with the slow run tertile (29%; n=67) (fig. 2). furthermore, when the cycling component of the triathlon was investigated with inferred pseudo-haplotypes constructed from col3a1 rs1800255, col6a1 rs35796750 and col12a1 rs970547, no significant associations were identified (fig. 3). discussion the main novel finding of this study was that the col3a1 rs1800255 (g/a) and col12a1 rs970547 (a/g) variants interacted to modulate endurance running performance in the four sa ironman triathlon events. no significant independent associations were identified between these gene variants and the time taken to complete the overall race, or the 3.8 km swim, 180 km cycle or 42.2 km run components. 0 10 20 30 40 fr eq u en cy , % fast middle slow 50 60 a+aa+gg+ag+g 44 50 41 142 128 123 19 17 13 50 51 52 a 0 10 20 30 40 fr eq u en cy , % 50 60 a+aa+gg+ag+g 43 41 45 141 130 114 18 16 13 46 58 46 b 0 10 20 30 40 fr eq u en cy , % 50 60 a+aa+gg+ag+g 41 42 50 144 131 114 16 16 15 44 55 52 c 0 10 20 30 40 fr eq u en cy , % 50 60 a+aa+gg+ag+g 46 39 56 149 140 127 19 15 17 42 62 57 d * p=0.010 † p=0.027 † * * p=0.007 † p=0.029 † * fig. 1. frequency distributions of inferred pseudo-haplotypes constructed from col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 between the fast, middle and slow tertiles in terms of: (a) time taken to complete the swim component of the triathlon; (b) time taken to complete the cycling component of the triathlon; (c) time taken to complete the run component of the triathlon; and (d) overall time taken to complete the triathlon. the number of participants is indicated above each column. (* fast v. slow tertile; † fast v. middle tertile.) sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 13 previously, we showed the association of col5a1 rs12722 (t/c) and col6a1 rs35796750 (t/c) with endurance running and endurance cycling performance, respectively, in the sa ironman triathlon.[4] furthermore, variants within the col5a1 3'-utr, including rs12722, are proposed to alter the expression of type v collagen, thereby modulating normal fibrillogenesis and resulting in changes to the collagen fibril architecture, structure and mechanical properties. [9] similarly, col6a1 rs35796750 is proposed to result in aberrant splicing of col6a1 mrna, which may also affect the role of type vi collagen in normal fibrillogenesis.[20] both type iii and xii collagens are also implicated in fibrillogenesis.[10,12] like col5a1 and col6a1, common variants within the col3a1 and col12a1 genes are associated with soft tissue phenotypes[13,14,19] and the proteins that these genes encode are implicated in fibrillogenesis.[6,7,10-12] therefore, we proposed that common variants within the col3a1 and col12a1 genes, namely rs1800255 and rs35796750, could be associated with endurance performance in the sa ironman triathlons, in a similar manner proposed for col5a1 rs12722 and col6a1 rs35796750. despite the rationale outlined above, no independent associations were identified between col3a1 rs1800255 or col12a1 rs970547 and endurance swimming, cycling, running and overall performance in the triathlons. however, when inferred pseudo-haplotypes were constructed from col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547, significant genegene interactions were identified. specifically, participants with the major g+a pseudo-haplotype were significantly over-represented in the fast tertile, compared with the middle and slow tertiles, for overall finishing time, as well as for the running component of the triathlon. furthermore, since the col5a1 rs12722 variant was previously associated with endurance running,[4] additional gene-gene inter actions between col3a1 rs1800255, col5a1 rs12722 and col12a1 rs970547 were investigated. again, participants with the major g+t+a pseudohaplotype were significantly over-represented in the fast tertile, compared with the slow tertile, for only the running component of the triathlon. this implicates col3a1 and col12a1, as well as their interaction with col5a1, as potential markers for endurance running performance. additional studies should investigate these genes in true endurance running events, such as marathons, to confirm the findings of our study. furthermore, since no single variant-independent associations were identified for col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547, these findings highlight the importance of gene-gene interactions when investigating multigenic complex traits such as endurance performance. finally, no significant associations were identified between the cycling component of the triathlon and inferred pseudo-haplotypes constructed from col3a1 rs1800255, col6a1 rs35796750 and col12a1 rs970547. study limitations study limitations include the lack of training data for the 2000 and 2001 gordon’s bay events, as well as the lack of data on other important table 3. performance tertiles for the col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 genotypes in the 3.8 km swim, 180 km cycle, 42.2 km run and overall 3.8 km swim col3a1 rs1800255 genotype, % (n) p-value col12a1 rs970547 genotype, % (n) p-valuegg (n=333) ga (n=265) aa (n=44) aa (n=344) ag (n=255) gg (n=30) fast 52.7 (119) 40.7 (92) 6.6 (15) 0.803 54.8 (115) 41.0 (86) 4.2 (9) 0.704 middle 50.7 (104) 43.4 (89) 5.9 (12) 50.8 (102) 44.2 (89) 5.0 (10) slow 52.0 (103) 39.4 (78) 8.6 (17) 57.6 (117) 37.4 (76) 5.0 (10) 180 km cycle col3a1 rs1800255 genotype, % (n) p-value col12a1 rs970547 genotype, % (n) p-valuegg (n=333) ga (n=265) aa (n=44) aa (n=344) ag (n=255) gg (n=30) fast 53.0 (115) 41.9 (91) 5.1 (11) 0.506 55.9 (114) 39.2 (80) 4.9 (10) 0.796 middle 48.4 (103) 42.7 (91) 8.9 (19) 56.7 (118) 39.9 (83) 3.4 (7) slow 53.5 (99) 38.9 (72) 7.6 (14) 52.4 (98) 42.3 (80) 5.3 (10) 42.2 km run col3a1 rs1800255 genotype, % (n) col12a1 rs970547 genotype, % (n) p-valuegg (n=333) ga (n=265) aa (n=44) p-value aa (n=344) ag (n=255) gg (n=30) fast 56.4 (119) 38.4 (104) 5.2 (11) 0.565 56.4 (114) 40.1 (81) 3.5 (7) 0.461 middle 50.0 (104) 41.8 (87) 8.2 (17) 56.5 (117) 39.1 (81) 4.4 (9) slow 50.3 (101) 42.3 (85) 7.5 (15) 50.0 (100) 43.5 (87) 6.5 (13) 226 km overall col3a1 rs1800255 genotype, % (n) p-value col12a1 rs970547 genotype, % (n) p-valuegg (n=333) ga (n=265) aa (n=44) aa (n=344) ag (n=255) gg (n=30) fast 56.6 (120) 39.2 (83) 4.2 (9) 0.277 54.2 (109) 41.3 (83) 4.5 (9) 0.185 middle 48.4 (103) 43.1 (92) 8.5 (18) 60.6 (126) 36.1 (75) 3.3 (7) slow 50.7 (110) 41.5 (90) 7.8 (17) 49.6 (109) 44.1 (97) 6.3 (14) 14 sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 extrinsic factors influencing athletic ability, (e.g. diet). the inclusion of data regarding training and intrinsic/extrinsic factors into a multivariate analysis model in future studies, including the gene variants investigated here, would provide additional insight into possible interactions that may further explain the inter-individual differences in endurance performance. conclusion our main novel finding was that the col3a1 rs1800255 and col12a1 rs970547 variants interacted to modulate endurance running performance in the four sa ironman triathlons investigated. furthermore, these variants also interacted with col5a1 rs12722 to modulate endurance running performance. this implicates col3a1 and col12a1 as potential markers for endurance running performance. funding acknowledgements. this research was supported in part by the national research foundation (nrf), the medical research council of south africa and the university of cape town. mp was supported by the thembakazi trust. references 1. macarthur dg, north kn. genes and human elite athletic performance. hum genet 2005;116(5):331339. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00439-005-1261-8] 2. bray ms, hagberg jm, perusse l, et al. the human gene map for performance and health-related fitness phenotypes: the 2006 2007 update. med sci sports exerc 2009;41(1):35-73. 3. eynon n, ruiz jr, oliveira j, duarte ja, birk r, lucia a. genes and elite athletes: a roadmap for future research. j physiol 2011;589(13):3063-3070. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.2011.207035] 4. o'connell k, saunders cj, collins m. collagen gene sequence variants in exercise-related traits. cejssm 2013;1(1):3-17. 5. birk de. type v collagen: heterotypic type i/v collagen interactions in the regulation of fibril assembly. micron 2001;32(3):223-237. 6. minamitani t, ikuta t, saito y, et al. modulation of collagen fibrillogenesis by tenascin-x and type vi collagen. exp cell res 2004;298(1):305-315. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.yexcr.2004.04.030] 7. olsen br. new insights into the function of collagens from genetic analysis. curr opin cell biol 1995;7(5):720-727. 8. laguette mj, abrahams y, prince s, collins m. sequence variants within the 3'-utr of the col5a1 gene alters mrna stability: implications for musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries. matrix biol 2011;30(5-6):338-345. 9. collins m, posthumus m. type v collagen genotype and exercise-related phenotype relationships: a novel hypothesis. exerc sport sci rev 2011;39(4):191-198. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jes.0b013e318224e853] 10. fleischmajer r, perlish js, burgeson re, shaikh-bahai f, timpl r. type i and type iii collagen interactions during fibrillogenesis. ann n y acad sci 1990;580:161175. 11. liu x, wu h, byrne m, krane s, jaenisch r. type iii collagen is crucial for collagen i fibrillogenesis and for normal cardiovascular development. proc natl acad sci 1997;94(5):1852-1856. 12. young bb, zhang g, koch m, birk de. the roles of types xii and xiv collagen in fibrillogenesis and matrix assembly in the developing cornea. j cell biochem 2002;87(2):208-220. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ jcb.10290] 13. chou ht, hung js, chen yt, wu jy, tsai fj. association between col3a1 collagen gene exon 31 polymorphism and risk of floppy mitral valve/mitral valve prolapse. int j cardiol 2004;95(2-3):299-305. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcard.2003.05.026] 14. kluivers kb, dijkstra jr, hendriks jc, lince sl, vierhout me, van kempen lc. col3a1 2209g>a is a predictor of pelvic organ prolapse. int urogynecol j pelvic floor dysfunct 2009;20(9):1113-1118. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00192-009-0913-y] 15. kumar p, henikoff s, ng pc. predicting the effects of coding non-synonymous variants on protein function using the sift algorithm. nat protoc 2009;4(7):10731081. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/nprot.2009.86] 16. little j, higgins jp, ioannidis jp, et al. strengthening the reporting of genetic association studies (strega) – an extension of the strobe statement. eur j clin invest 2009;39(4):247-266. 17. von elm e, altman dg, egger m, pocock sj, gotzsche pc, vandenbroucke jp. the strengthening the reporting of observational studies in epidemiology (strobe) statement: guidelines for reporting observational studies. plos med 2007;4(10):e296. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.0040296] 18. mokone gg, schwellnus mp, noakes td, collins m. the col5a1 gene and achilles tendon pathology. scand j med sci sports 2006;16(1):19-26. 19. posthumus m, september av, o’cuinneagain d, van der mer we w, schwellnus mp, collins m. the association between the col12a1 gene and anterior cruciate ligament ruptures. br j sports med 2010;44(16):1160-1165. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2009.060756] 20. tanaka t, ikari k, furushima k, et al. genomewide linkage and linkage disequilibrium analyses identify col6a1, on chromosome 21, as the locus for ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament of the spine. am j hum genet 2003;73(4):812-822. 0 10 20 30 40 g + c + g g + c + a g + t+ g g + t+ a a + c + g a + c + a a + t+ g a + t+ a fr eq u en cy , % run fast run middle run slow 20 23 23 67 51 48 24 20 27 86 80 67 1 6 9 20 26 23 13 6 27 29 29 9 *p=0.022 * fig. 2. frequency distributions of inferred pseudo-haplotypes constructed from col3a1 rs1800255, col5a1 rs12722 and col12a1 rs970547 between the fast, middle and slow tertiles in the time to complete the run component of the triathlon. the number of participants is indicated above each column. (* fast v. slow tertile.) 0 10 20 30 40 g + c + g g + c + a g + t+ g g + t+ a a + c + g a + c + a a + t+ g a + t+ a fr eq u en cy , % cycling fast cycling middle cycling slow 22 17 16 67 45 56 21 24 29 74 85 59 5 11 8 13 32 25 13 5 6 33 26 21 fig. 3. frequency distributions of inferred pseudo-haplotypes constructed from col3a1 rs1800255, col6a1 rs35796750 and col12a1 rs970547 between the fast, middle and slow tertiles in the time to complete the cycling component of the triathlon. the number of participants is indicated above each column. http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00439-005-1261-8] http://dx.doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.2011.207035] http://dx.doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.2011.207035] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.yexcr.2004.04.030] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.yexcr.2004.04.030] http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/jes.0b013e318224e853] http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/jcb.10290] http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/jcb.10290] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcard.2003.05.026] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00192-009-0913-y] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00192-009-0913-y] http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/nprot.2009.86] http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.0040296] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.060756] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.060756] sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 15 ta bl e s1 . g en er al c ha ra ct er is ti cs fo r th e sa ir on m an tr ia th lo n pa rt ic ip an ts r ec ru it ed a t r eg is tr at io n of th e 20 00 a nd 2 00 1 ev en ts in g or do n’ s b ay o r th e 20 06 a nd 2 00 7 po rt e liz ab et h ev en ts v ar ia bl e a ll (n =6 59 ) 20 00 e ve nt (n =9 6) 20 01 e ve nt (n =2 94 ) 20 06 e ve nt (n =2 19 ) 20 07 e ve nt (n =5 0) pva lu e a ge (y ea rs ), m ea n± sd (n ) 36 .1 ±8 .3 (6 59 ) 34 .5 ±7 .2 (9 6) 34 .7 ±8 .1 (2 94 ) 38 .2 ±8 .6 (2 19 ) 38 .4 ±7 .1 (5 0) <0 .0 01 h ei gh t ( cm ), m ea n± sd (n ) 18 0. 5± 6. 6 (5 59 ) 18 0. 5± 7. 4 (8 5) 18 0. 5± 6. 5 (2 67 ) 18 0. 3± 6. 4 (1 58 ) 18 1. 4± 6. 8 (4 9) 0. 79 4 w ei gh t ( kg ), m ea n± sd (n ) 78 .6 ±9 .4 (5 86 ) 77 .5 ±1 0. 2 (9 4) 78 .8 ±8 .7 (2 74 ) 78 .2 ±9 .3 (1 66 ) 80 .9 ±1 1. 2 (5 2) 0. 19 6 b m i ( kg /m 2 ) , m ea n± sd (n ) 24 .0 ±2 .3 (5 55 ) 23 .7 ±2 .4 (8 5) 24 .0 ±2 .1 (2 64 ) 24 .0 ±2 .2 (1 57 ) 24 .7 ±3 .2 (4 9) 0. 08 4 c ou nt ry o f b ir th , % (n ) s ou th a fr ic a 65 .0 (3 88 ) 53 .2 (5 0) 63 .6 (1 85 ) 73 .3 (1 18 ) 68 .6 (3 5) 0. 01 1 c ou nt ry o f r es id en ce , % (n ) s ou th a fr ic a 81 .2 (4 68 ) 85 .7 (1 2) 75 .7 (2 15 ) 86 .8 (1 90 ) 86 .3 (4 4) 0. 01 1 sa = s ou th a fr ic an ; b m i = b od y m as s in de x; s d = s ta nd ar d de vi at io n. c p d q u e s t io n n a ir e instructions 1. read the journal. all the answers will be found there. 2. go to www.cpdjournals.co.za to answer questions. accreditation number: mdb001/025/10/2011 (clinical) sajsm questions march 2012 cpd questionnaires must be completed online via www.cpdjournals.co.za. after submission you can check the answers and print your certificate. 1. true (a) or false (b): all studies of fatigue clearly show that it can be attributed to high blood lactate levels. 2. true (a) or false (b): the reason fatigue can be studied easily is because there is a clear concise definition for it. 3. true (a) or false (b): over a century ago, mosso wrote that 'fatigue of the brain reduces the strength of the muscles'. 4. true (a) or false (b): over the years, research has shown that lactic acid is at the origin of all fatigue. 5. true (a) or false (b): a feed-forward mechanism for explaining fatigue attempts to encompass events in which fatigue exists without exhaustion. 6. true (a) or false (b): following the un global summit on non-communicable diseases, the world health organization produced a discussion paper that emphasised the need for increased physical activity. 7. true (a) or false (b): physical activity is among the top 10 targets of the world health organization. 8. true (a) or false (b): the other targets of the world health organization are cardiovascular disease and diabetes, an overall reduction in blood pressure and obesity, reduced smoking, alcohol and dietary salt intake, increased screening for cervical cancer and the elimination of trans-fats from the food supply. 9. true (a) or false (b): chronic, non-communicable diseases account for more than two-thirds of global mortality, at least 50% of which is preventable on the basis of modifiable lifestyle behaviours. 10. true (a) or false (b): in a recent editorial for the british journal of sports medicine, dr robert sallis, chairman of the exercise is medicine advisory board, argued that it is as important for physicians to ask a patient about their exercise habits, as it is to measure their blood pressure. 11. true (a) or false (b): about 17% of the young cricketers surveyed in kwazulu natal had continuous musculoskeletal pain. 12. true (a) or false (b): young cricket players who do not perform sufficient amounts of strength and flexibility training are more predisposed to musculoskeletal pain or injury. 13. true (a) or false (b): studies on adult cricket players show that batsmen and wicket-keepers have the highest risk of injury. 14. true (a) or false (b): most injuries of adult cricket players occur during matches. 15. true (a) or false (b): the injuries of young cricket players occur in similar proportions between 1-day matches and practices. 16. true (a) or false (b): when compared with the injuries of adult cricket players, young cricketers had a greater risk of injury to their backs and trunks. 17. true (a) or false (b): prolonged endurance exercise causes muscle damage that initiates an inflammatory response and subsequent muscle remodelling. 18. true (a) or false (b): the physiological stress after trail running is significantly greater than that which occurs after road running for similar duration. 19. true (a) or false (b): a survey of divers showed that only a few of them had ever experienced symptoms of decompression illness. 20. true (a) or false (b): there is no evidence to suggest that professional divers with high exposure to decompression stress have any resulting intellectual decline. sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 27 parents – their changing role in developing talent for sport one thing almost all parents have in common is the desire to ensure the well-being of their children. this translates into protecting them from adversity while at the same time trying to give them skills that make them successful adults. most parents would like to see their children grow up to be financially independent, happy and contributing to society. among these are also parents who would like to see their children grow up to become sporting superstars. what is the best style of parenting to achieve these goals? many athletes performing at the highest level have acquired the skills they need through adversity. given that there is some truth to this statement, what is the role of parents? this topic was discussed at the recent youth and talent identification and development conference in cape town. a keynote speaker, dr joe baker of york university, canada, raised awareness of the changing role of parents in supporting children in their quest to develop their athletic talent. during the foundation phase of development, the support from the parents is mostly financial. parents with greater means can support their children and give them more opportunities than parents from poorer backgrounds. he discussed the ‘sampling phase’ where the child experiences a variety of sports and the support of parents continues to be financial and emotional. during this phase the parents are also important role models for the child. during the specialising phase, which coincides with adolescence, the role of the parent is mostly financial. the message is clear; the main role of the parent is through the financial support in the early years of development, enabling the child to experience a variety of sports, good coaching, access to facilities and competition. this should ring alarm bells in south africa where the children from poorer households are not going to have the same experiences as children from more affluent homes and therefore are less likely to develop their talent fully. dr baker addressed this by saying that although socioeconomic status had an impact on ‘opening the door, once the door was open it does not have a major effect on the development of talent’. in a society such as ours, with vastly uneven playing fields, the state has a responsibility to narrow the socioeconomic status gap. sporting federations also have a responsibility to create opportunities for children to play and compete that are not dependent on the wealth of the parents. dr baker also showed that elite athletes are more likely to be laterborn children in a family, while non-elite athletes are more likely to be first-born children.[1] although this was a descriptive study, it opens up interesting possibilities for factors contributing to the development of talent. another point made at the conference was the almost nonexistent chance of a young player with sporting talent converting into a high-level professional player. for example, of the 5 8 million youth playing basketball in the usa, only 15 20 progress to play national basketball association level basketball. in south africa, only 0.02% of under-18 rugby players go on to become springboks.[2] to make a visual impression of this statistic, if newland’s stadium was full (about 40 000 people) of under-18 rugby players, only 7 in the stadium would go on to become springboks! so my take-home message from the conference was that there is no simple formula for identif ying and developing talent. parents have a role to play in supporting their children, but this role should mostly be in the background, supporting and paying the bills. adversity is not a problem and can develop important skills that are a prerequisite for success at a high level. however, this is tricky for it is not in the nature of parents to welcome adversity into the lives of their children. the next point from the conference was that children should have the opportunity to sample many sports, but if they come from a poorer environment and do not have other opportunities, then playing only one sport at an early age is a viable option for developing talent. competition that encourages winning-at-all-costs at young ages should be discouraged. failure to do so will compromise skill development and progression for all children – the children who mature early will have an advantage – the children who mature later will be disadvantaged and lost to the system. the most important message for parents was to act as good role models and teach children the importance of physical activity. these lessons, taught well, will have a meaningful impact on how our children grow and incorporate physical activity into their lifestyles. this is surely a noble outcome. 1. hopwood mj, farrow d, macmahon c, baker jj. sibling dynamics and sport expertise. scand j med sci sports 2015 (in press). 2. parker z. factors associated with success in south african rugby union. mphil thesis. cape town: university of cape town, 2013. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2015;27(2):27. doi:10.7196/sajsm.634 editorial the easy choice suplasyn advert sports journal 2.indd 1 2015/05/28 12:33 pm original research 1 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the role of selected pre-match covariates on the outcome of one-day international (odi) cricket matches k mcewan,1 msc; l pote,3 phd; s radloff,2 phd; sb nicholls,3 phd; c christie,1 phd 1 department of human kinetics and ergonomics, rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa 2 department of statistics, rhodes university, grahamstown, south africa 3 department of sport, outdoor and exercise science, university of derby, england corresponding author: l pote (l.pote@derby.ac.uk) the identification of factors which influence the likelihood of winning through statistical modelling has grown in popularity.[1,2] cricket is the second most popular sport worldwide and predicting the match outcome has been exploited in the betting industry; however, the potential predictive factors of cricket matches have not been extensively researched.[3] this may be because of the multifaceted and inconsistent nature of the game.[4] furthermore, while the sports betting industry is constantly growing (specifically in cricket) and this type of information can be used by bettors, the prediction of the final match outcome may also prove beneficial to team members and coaches.[5,6] it has been suggested that the team management, coach and captain can analyse specific characteristics of cricket matches to predict match performance.[7] in forecasting match results in cricket, factors are categorised under two covariate groups; pre-match, which predicts the outcome prior to the match; and in-play, which predicts the outcome while the match is in progress.[3] pre-match covariates relate to several aspects that have been identified to impact upon match outcome. within cricket, these include but are not limited to, home advantage, team strength, toss outcome, toss decision, and match type. the home advantage concept is based on the phenomenon that teams win more than 50% of their matches on home ground.[8] home advantage has been previously identified in odi matches,[9,10], particularly for india, south africa, australia, sri lanka, new zealand and pakistan.[4] however, it has been suggested that home advantage in cricket has slowly diminished over recent years.[2] this could be due to the emergence of the new twenty20 leagues which provide players with more global exposure.[2] the various factors that contribute to home advantage in sports are familiarity with pitch conditions, travel effects, tactics, crowd factors, umpire bias and psychological changes.[11] however, even though each factor has perceptive appeal and slight empirical support, there is no strong evidence to indicate that any of these factors alone, or in combination, determine a home advantage.[8,12] team strength must be considered and controlled when quantifying the effect of both the home advantage and the coin toss.[13] team strength is normally based on the international cricket council’s (icc) official odi rankings; however, it is often criticised as it uses an ad-hoc points system entirely based on matches won and lost.[14] research has proposed, but has not yet implemented, a weighted teamrank (wtr) method which increases points given to a team when they gain a win against a stronger team as opposed to a win against a weaker team.[14] team strength can also be internally quantified by calculating the quality of each player’s bowling and batting capacity.[10] this information could influence the tactical decisions of a team, depending on the opposition’s dominant ability.[10] the toss decision, weather conditions, and match type are all considered when determining the magnitude of the advantage that winning the toss offers.[1,15] investigating the effect of the coin toss on odi matches, particularly the debate regarding its removal, was completed recently in english county cricket.[16] there is no evidence to suggest that teams gain a winning advantage because of winning the toss in odis.[4,9,10] a small advantage has been seen,[17] but these results were obtained using unreliable statistical means, omitting key statistical procedures, such as odds ratios, confidence intervals, likelihood rest ratios and specific hypothesis testing. furthermore, a disadvantage of winning the coin toss has been seen in day matches.[2] this could indicate that despite the strategic opportunity the toss provides, more teams are prone to making incorrect toss decisions by overand/or underestimating their opposition’s strengths and weaknesses.[2] the decision to bat or bowl first, after being given the opportunity through winning the toss, is mainly dependent on background: the identification of key factors that systematically influence a team’s success is important and has led to the application of statistical models in sport. predicting the outcome of a one day international (odi) cricket match, using only pre-match covariates, has been minimally investigated. objectives: this research sought to investigate the impact that venue, toss outcome, toss decision, and match type have on the chances of winning an odi match. methods: a total of 1228 men’s international odi matches were analysed. a logistic regression model was used to identify the significance of these pre-match covariates on the result of the matches. results: the results varied across all teams, suggesting that there are individualised factors driving these differences and that generalising the impact pre-match covariates have in every team is unrealistic. new zealand and india displayed a significant home advantage effect, whereas australia had a strong tendency towards a significant disadvantage when they won the toss. however, for most teams, toss outcome, toss decision, and match type did not significantly impact the outcome of an odi match. conclusion: new zealand and australia were the most predictable teams, whereas south africa and pakistan were regarded as unpredictable when pre-match covariates were used to forecast the outcome of their odi matches. keywords: cricket, match type, toss decision, toss outcome, venue s afr j sports med 2023;35:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15012 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2023/v35i1a15012 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0835-560x https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0727-0014 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6200-1418 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1376-5673 https://orcid.org/0000-0003-1371-2616 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 2 the team’s bowling and batting ability.[11,18,19] it has been proposed that fast bowlers prefer to bowl first during day games, as there is more moisture on the pitch.[18] however, it has also been suggested that teams such as india, which generally have a bowling line-up dominated by spinners,[17] prefer bowling second, after the pitch has worn down.[18] most teams often decide to bat first because of the unpredictability of the second half of the match possibly being influenced by weather conditions.[4] however, batting second could be an advantage because the team can implement an appropriate strategy to win, as they are cognisant of the run chase target.[10,18] individual venues must also be taken into consideration when making the toss decision, as some pitches favour the side batting first and vice-versa.[20] the weather can also affect the playing conditions and outcome of a match[13,21] ,with results or run targets changing due to the implementation of the duckworth-lewis-stern (dls) method.22] the odi format involves two different match types: dayonly and day-night game.[18] the coin toss is seen to be more crucial in day-night matches as playing conditions are considerably different.[17,18,21] during a day-only game, both teams play entirely under natural light, whereas during a daynight game, artificial lighting is used during the evening.[19] it has been suggested that batting second in day-night games is seen as a disadvantage because the artificial light lessens the visibility of the white ball.[19] however, those who bowl second also experience difficulties in the evening as the dew factor causes poor ball grip, which increases the likelihood of bowling inaccuracy.[13,19] although these pre-match factors influence odi matches, the modelling of these factors has been minimally investigated. additionally, existing research has not performed the necessary diagnostic tests; thus, the validity and reliability of their results are compromised. tests such as the likelihood-ratio test, best model selection (aic), hypothesis testing, odds ratios, and confidence intervals have not previously been included in research studies. however, it is important that these are considered to ensure a robust study design. therefore, the purpose of this study was to construct binary logistic regression models for eight teams as part of the icc, using venue (home/away), toss outcome (win/lose), toss decision (bat first/second) and match type (day/day-night) to predict the outcome of odi matches. this may assist in determining how these variables influence the game, and if they are significant enough to potentially predict the winner before the match commences. methods sample a total of 1228 men’s international odi matches involving south africa, australia, new zealand, sri lanka, england, pakistan, west indies, and india played between january 2007 and july 2017, were selected for analysis. these eight competitors were selected as a sample of convenience as they have regularly competed and are full members of the icc. the period of ten years was chosen to enable an appropriate number of observations to be collected to perform reliable logistic regression analyses. additionally, the odi limitedovers form was selected as (i) there are more win/loss results generated compared to test matches and (ii) it provides a more balanced schedule of regular fixtures between teams. female teams were not considered to have played significantly fewer odis compared to the men, within the selected time period. furthermore, test and t20 matches were also excluded. procedure data regarding four predictors (venue, toss outcome, toss decision, and match type) and one response variable (match outcome) were collected manually from match scorecards, which are openly available via the espn cricinfo website. match type referred to whether a match was a day or day-night game. to control for extraneous factors, data went through a filtration process where matches were excluded if (1) the result ended in a tie or no result, (2) the duckworthlewis/duckworth-lewis-stern method was used, (3) the match took place at a neutral venue, or (4) the umpires were both local. the statistical software r® (version 1.0.153) was used for all data analysis processes. statistical analysis a logistic regression model was constructed to identify the significance of the pre-match covariates (venue [home, away], toss outcome [win, loss], toss decision [bat first, bat second], and match type [day, day-night]), both collectively and individually, for each cricket team in relation to the response variable (match outcome [win, lose]). no multi-comparison correction tests were done and each country was individually critiqued and analysed. the wald chi-squared statistic (z2), which is a χ2 distribution with one degree of freedom, was used to assess whether the individual variables significantly impacted upon match outcome (z2 > 3.84). the odds ratio was also calculated to predict the likelihood of winning an odi while controlling for the other predictors in the model. additionally, after fitting the model for each cricket team, a likelihood ratio test was used to assess whether the variables as a whole significantly impacted match outcome. all significance thresholds were set at 0.05. the best fitted model was selected by identifying the model which had the lowest akaike information criterion (aic) value. this was determined using a stepwise elimination algorithm in both directions (i.e. forward, and backward). mcfadden pseudo r2 was calculated to measure the predictive value of the model. values between 0.2 to 0.4 were considered satisfactory (below 0.2 was considered poor). receiver operating characteristic (roc) curves were also used to visually demonstrate the trade-off between sensitivity and specificity and the area under the roc curve (auroc) was calculated to give a measure of predictive power. the fitted logistic regression curve, represented by equation 1, was used to estimate probabilities for given individual scenarios. (1) scenario-based predictions were also made, for example original research 3 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 purposes, using the models which have the highest predictable power. only past matches played over the same ten-year period between the teams involved in the scenarios were included in the generalised linear model (glm) to make the predictions and demonstrate the overall usability of the process. results logistic regression models output all teams showed positive estimate values, indicating that playing at home had a positive effect on the likelihood of winning an odi game (table 1). however, only australia (z2 = 10.32; p = 0.0013), new zealand (z2 = 9.63; p = 0.0019) and india (z2 = 5.40; p = 0.0202) had significant positive relationships. the odds ratio of australia, new zealand and india indicate that they were 2.85, 3.31 and 2.11 times more likely to win an odi during home games than away games (odds ratio for remaining teams ranged between 1.34 and 1.92). all teams (except india) had negative estimate values indicating that playing day-night games had a negative effect on the likelihood of winning an odi game. however, no significant (p < 0.05) relationship between match type and the outcome of an odi match were found across all teams (table 1). all teams (except the west indies) showed positive estimate values indicating that winning the toss negatively affected the likelihood of winning an odi game (table 2). however, none of these relationships was significant, except australia, which showed a strong tendency towards statistical significance (z2 = 3.82; p = 0.0506). australia’s respective odds ratio of 0.54, indicates that they were the least likely team to win an odi when they won the toss (table 2). south africa, england, pakistan, west indies, and india showed positive estimate values whereas australia, new zealand and sri lanka had negative estimate values. however, no significant (p < 0.05) relationship between the toss decision and the outcome of an odi match was found across all teams (table 2). the variables “venue”, “toss outcome”, “toss decision” and “match type” can collectively be used to forecast the outcome of an odi match for australia (χ2=17.49; p = 0.002) and new zealand (χ2=13.77; p = 0.008). best model selection using only the variable ‘venue’ can be used to best predict the outcome of an odi game for england, sri lanka, west indies, and india. additionally, a model using ‘venue’ and “toss outcome” best predicts the outcome for australia whereas ‘venue’ and ‘match type’ best predict the outcome for new zealand. none of the variables accurately predict the outcome of an odi game for south africa and pakistan (table 3). overall predictive analysis table 4 demonstrates that all teams are unable to strongly table 1. summary of logistic regression model outputs for variable ‘venue’ and ‘match type’ team venue match type estimate z-value z2 p-value odds ratio estimate z-value z2 p-value odds ratio south africa 0.41 1.17 1.36 0.243 1.50 -0.24 -0.66 0.43 0.511 0.79 australia 1.05 3.21 10.32 0.0013* 2.85 -0.15 -0.40 0.16 0.687 0.86 new zealand 1.20 3.10 9.63 0.0019* 3.31 -0.77 -1.79 3.19 0.074 0.49 england 0.51 1.54 2.37 0.124 1.66 -0.13 -0.33 0.12 0.741 0.88 sri lanka 0.51 1.52 2.30 0.129 1.66 -0.15 -0.44 0.20 0.659 0.86 pakistan 0.29 0.78 0.61 0.435 1.34 -0.22 -0.54 0.29 0.590 0.80 west indies 0.65 1.13 1.28 0.259 1.92 -0.21 -0.34 0.11 0.735 0.81 india 0.75 2.32 5.40 0.0202* 2.11 0.065 0.19 0.04 0.850 1.067 * indicates statistical significance (p <0.05) table 2. summary of logistic regression model outputs for variable ‘toss outcome’, and ‘toss decision’ team toss outcome toss decision estimate z-value z2 p-value odds ratio estimate z-value z2 p-value odds ratio south africa -0.20 -0.55 0.30 0.586 0.82 0.14 0.38 0.14 0.707 1.15 australia -0.61 -1.96 3.82 0.0506 0.54 -0.28 -0.86 0.73 0.392 0.76 new zealand -0.13 -0.34 0.11 0.736 0.88 -0.13 -0.34 0.11 0.737 0.88 england -0.019 -0.051 0.003 0.959 0.98 0.065 0.18 0.031 0.860 1.067 sri lanka -0.33 -1.03 1.067 -0.302 0.72 -0.26 -0.83 0.69 0.408 0.77 pakistan -0.22 -0.55 0.31 0.581 0.80 0.54 1.33 1.76 0.185 1.71 west indies 0.29 0.61 0.37 0.543 1.33 0.45 0.97 0.93 0.335 1.57 india -0.10 -0.31 0.094 0.758 0.90 0.38 1.15 1.32 0.252 1.46 original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 4 classify a win or a loss using the pre-match covariates. the most predictable teams are new zealand (r2 = 0.077; auroc = 0.69) followed by australia (r2 = 0.065; auroc = 0.67). example-based predictive analysis winning the toss has a significant negative effect on australia winning an odi against south africa (z2 = 5.28; p = 0.022). the odds of australia winning an odi game against south africa is only 0.037 times more likely when winning the toss than when losing the toss (table 5). home advantage is significantly seen in new zealand and positively affects the likelihood of winning an odi match against australia (z2= 6.68; p = 0.010). when new zealand play at home, they are 36.33 times more likely to win an odi against australia than when they play away in australia (table 6). the following scenarios (a) and (b) were predicted using models constructed in tables 5 and 6. these models were based on australia and new zealand respectively, since they showed the highest predictive ability (table 3). (a) australia is playing south africa at home and win the toss. australia chooses to bat first and the match format played is a day-night game. what is the probability that australia will win this match? probability = 0.312= 31.2% (b) new zealand are playing australia at home and win the toss. new zealand bat first and the match format played is a day-night game. what is the probability that new zealand will win this match? probability = 0.569= 56.9% discussion only australia (z2 = 10.32; p = 0.0013), new zealand (z2 = 9.63; p = 0.0019) and india (z2 = 5.40; p = 0.0202) present a significant (p < 0.05) positive relationship with playing at home and winning an odi match (table 1). this may be because teams must travel in an eastward direction to play at these venues. research has shown that eastward travel correlates with a reduction in sports performance compared to westward travel.[23] the lack of significant home advantage in most teams could be due to the increased awareness concerning the effects of travel on performance. thus teams travel to away venues earlier, allowing more time to alleviate the adverse effects of jet lag on performance.[23] one can only speculate that the home advantage found in india, who are known for their world-class spin bowlers,[17] could be as a result of their home pitch curated toward favouring their bowling strength.[18] ‘venue’ is found to be an influential variable for australia, new zealand, england, sri lanka, west indies, and india concerning the outcome of an odi match (table 3). as ‘venue’ does not influence south africa and pakistan, one could consider these countries as neutral venues for worldclass tournaments; however, further research is needed regarding this standpoint. furthermore, it needs to be noted that pakistan played most of their home games in the united arab emirates for most of the years over the data collection period. because of the ‘consistency’ of playing their ‘home games’ at the same venue, as well as the fact that certain conditions could be controlled by the team (i.e. pitch conditions), means that this may not have made a massive difference. table 3. summary of results using a stepwise elimination method team best model lowest aic value south africa null 197.11 australia venue + toss outcome 260.41 new zealand venue + match type 172.55 england venue 233.96 sri lanka venue 218.63 pakistan null 194.32 west indies venue 123.70 india venue 228.20 aic, akaike information criterion table 4. mcfadden pseudo r2 and area under the rorc curves for each cricket team team mcfadden pseudo r2 predictive value auroc predictive power south africa 0.014 poor 0.58 worthless australia 0.065 poor 0.67 poor new zealand 0.077 poor 0.69 poor england 0.025 poor 0.60 poor sri lanka 0.012 poor 0.58 worthless pakistan 0.012 poor 0.58 worthless west indies 0.038 poor 0.63 poor india 0.031 poor 0.62 poor mcfadden pseudo r2 values below 0.2 were considered poor. auroc, area under the receiver operating characteristic curve. table 5. logistic regression model for australia vs south africa (n = 25) variable estimate z-value z2 p-value odds ratio intercept -0.71 -0.48 0.23 0.635 0.49 home 1.41 1.30 1.70 0.193 4.077 win toss -3.31 -2.30 5.28 0.022* 0.037 bat first 1.84 1.36 1.85 0.174 6.26 day night -0.016 -0.013 0.001 0.990 0.98 * indicates statistical significance (p <0.05) table 6. logistic regression model for new zealand vs australia (n = 28) variable estimate z-value z2 p-value odds ratio intercept -2.31 -1.46 2.14 0.143 0.099 home 3.59 2.59 6.68 0.010* 36.33 win toss -0.34 -0.31 0.094 0.760 0.71 bat first -1.94 -1.44 2.074 0.150 0.14 day night 1.28 0.90 0.82 0.367 3.58 * indicates statistical significance (p <0.05) original research 5 sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 home advantage may also be dependent upon specific opposition teams.[4,9] this is evident with australia, where a significant overall home advantage is seen (table 1); however, no significant home advantage against south africa is observed (table 5). psychologically, a home advantage may have an impact on player positivity[12], which could be the case with australia, new zealand and india, impacting upon performance in relation to specific venues. additionally, due to the increase in international twenty/20 tournaments, players are more accustomed to playing away, potentially reducing the global effect of home advantage.[2] home advantage, however, cannot be generalised for all cricket teams and formats of the game and thus warrants future research regarding the impact of home advantage on performance.[9] lastly, pitch preparation could be another reason for the loss of home-ground advantage. pitch preparation for the shorter formats of the game favours highscoring matches and as a result, annuls the advantage of teams manipulating the pitch to suit their bowlers. winning the toss does not give any statistically significant advantage towards the outcome of odis (table 2).[4,9,10] however, australia has a substantial disadvantage of winning the toss, suggesting that their toss decision is poorly chosen. as most teams have a non-significant negative relationship with the toss, the debate as to whether the toss should be removed or not could be disputed. furthermore, no significant evidence exists regarding winning and the decision of a team choosing bat or bowl first, which could suggest that the toss decision may not impact odi match outcome (table 2).[9,10,18] from a tactical standpoint, it may be beneficial for teams to be cognisant of the relationship their opposition has with batting first to make a more informed decision if the toss is won. for example, this knowledge could be implemented against teams, such as australia, new zealand, and sri lanka, who appear to have a minor negative relationship with batting first (table 2). all teams, except india, had a negative non-significant relationship with day-night matches and winning an odi game (table 1), which correlates with past research.[4] this could mean that specific teams are slightly hindered by the adverse effects of the artificial lighting (visibility) and dew on the ball (affecting grip) during the night session.[13,17,18] a possible resolution is to introduce more night training sessions, which could allow players to adapt to the different conditions experienced between the two match types. predictive ability all team models are of poor predictive power (table 4); however, the predictive value for each team can be increased by using their respective best glm models with the lowest aic (table 3). using only the most influential variables in the models would result in more accurate predictions. this was not investigated in the analyses though as it is beyond the scope of this research paper. of all the teams, new zealand and australia are the most predictable when using the venue, toss outcome, toss decision, and match type as the factors to forecast the outcome of odis. south africa and sri lanka provide no evidence of strong relationships to any of the prematch covariates, which may imply that they are the least predictable teams (table 4). these findings are evident when examining the area under the curve (auc); new zealand and australia have a higher auc compared to south africa, sri lanka, and pakistan. this could be because australia and new zealand, over the 10-year data collection period, had a more stable team structure and playing style. furthermore, they may have had access to data, analysts and technology that assisted in decision-making processes for specific match conditions, i.e. more informed decisions compared to other cricketing nations at the time. australia has a significant, negative relationship (z2 = 5.28; p = 0.022) with winning the toss and winning an odi against south africa (table 5), which could explain the small winning probability of 31.17% seen in scenario (a). additionally, australia is seen to be the least likely team to win an odi when they win the toss than when they lose the toss (odds ratio = 0.54) (table 2). this toss disadvantage could indicate that despite the strategic opportunity the toss provides, australia is mostly prone to making incorrect toss decisions,[2] especially when they play against south africa. new zealand, however, has an extreme home advantage (z2= 6.68; p = 0.010) when competing against australia (table 6). this correlates with home games for new zealand, where playing at home has a significant positive effect on the likelihood of winning an odi match (z2 = 9.63; p = 0.0019; table 1). limitations the overarching venue of a country’s origin in relation to the opposition (home/away) was recorded, with specific individual venues within each country not being considered within the analysis. this becomes an important point to consider, as despite the respective team playing within their own country’s boundaries, specific stadia may have diverse features (e.g. pitch slope), weather conditions (e.g. the area of the location has a higher propensity to rain or high winds), and pitch/outfield types (e.g. fast/slow). the scenarios constructed should also be interpreted with caution, as despite these being the ‘best’ examples, all team models overall were of poor predictive power. lastly, the data was collected over a 10-year period through which team form, players and coaches would have changed. however due to the large sample size of the investigation, as well as random selection, the risk of bias is reduced as well as the fact that logistic regression does not depend on normality. this is an argument that would limit all team sports studies. future directions future qualitative research via questionnaires and interviewbased approaches is arguably warranted to ascertain the athlete’s perspective regarding the impact pre-match covariates has upon team/individual performance and pre-match preparation. additionally, it would be beneficial to make use of binary logistic regression, in conjunction with dynamic logistic regression, during the match as it is probable that this may provide a more accurate prediction of match outcome based upon ongoing events (e.g. deliveries remaining, wickets taken). lastly, this research could be replicated for other formats of the original research sajsm vol. 35 no.1 2023 6 game (i.e. tests and twenty20) to ascertain whether (1) the use of pre-match covariates holds a meaningful predictive power or (2) the toss decision positively or negatively impacts match outcome for the specific opposition (potentially enhancing a captain’s ability to make a more informed batting/bowling decision) within these formats. to conclude, although not in the scope of this study, future research should also consider additional pre-match covariates such as team composition (bowlers, all-rounders, batters) venue, match type and toss decision, as well as other formats (t20, test). further studies could replicate the use of the current method while adjusting the study design based on specifically selected pre-match covariates and match format. conclusion binary logistic regression models were used to investigate the effects of venue, toss outcome, toss decision, and match type on winning an odi match for eight major cricket-playing nations. varying results were found between the nations concerning each discrete pre-match covariate. this could mean that there are individualised factors driving these differences, therefore generalising the impact that pre-match covariates have in every team is unfeasible. home advantage is present in odi cricket; however, significance was only found for australia, new zealand and india. australia had a strong tendency towards a significant disadvantage when winning the toss. however, for most teams, toss outcome, toss decision, and match type did not significantly impact the outcome of an odi match. new zealand and australia were found to be the most predictable teams, whereas south africa and pakistan can be regarded as unpredictable when prematch covariates are used to forecast the outcome of their odi matches. conflict of interest and source of funding: the authors declare no conflict of interest and no source of funding. acknowledgements: we would like to thank mr. j baxter (lecturer in the department of statistics at rhodes university) and prof. l raubenheimer (associate professor at north west university, potchefstroom) for their statistical consultation assistance. author contributions: km and cc; project conception, data collection, data analysis, manuscript draft and review. lp and sn; data analysis, manuscript draft and review. sr; data analysis. references 1. bandulasairi a. predicting the winner in one day international cricket. msme 2008; 3(1): 6-17 2. khan m, shah r. role of external factors on outcome of a one day international cricket (odi) match and predictive analysis. int j adv res comput commun eng 2015; 4 (6): 192-197. [doi: 10.17148/ijarcce.2015.4642] 3. shah p, shah m. predicting odi cricket result. j hosp tour manag 2015; 5: 19-20. 4. jayalath kp. a machine learning approach to analyze odi cricket predictors. jsa 2017; 4(1): 73-84. [doi:10.3233/jsa-17175] 5. asif m, mchale ig. in-play forecasting of win probability in oneday international cricket: a dynamic logistic regression model. int j forecast 2016; 32(1): 34-43. [doi: org/10.1016/j.ijforecast.2015.02.005] 6. kapadia k, abdel-jaber h, thabtah f, et al. sport analytics for cricket game results using machine learning: an experimental study. applied computing and informatics 2022; 18(3/4): 256266. [doi: 10.1016/j.aci.2019.11.006] 7. passi k, pandey n. increased prediction accuracy in the game of cricket using machine learning. arxiv.1804 04226. [doi:10.48550/arxiv.1804.04226] [https://doi.org/10.48550/arxiv.1804.04226 8. allen ms, jones mv. the ‘home advantage’ in athletic competitions. current directions in psychological science 2014; 23(1): 48-53. [https//www.jstor.org/stable/44319033] 9. de silva bm, swartz tb. winning the coin toss and the home team advantage in one-day international cricket matches. aust n z j stat 1997; 32(2): 16–22. 10. allsopp p, clarke sr. rating teams and analyzing outcomes in one-day and test cricket. j r stat soc a 2004; 167(4): 657 – 667. [doi: 10.1111/j.1467-985x.2004.00505.x] 11. morley b, thomas d. an investigation of home advantage and other factors affecting outcomes in english one-day cricket matches. j sports sci 2005; 23 (3): 261-268. [doi: 10.1080/02640410410001730133] [pmid: 15966344] 12. bray sr, widmeyer nw. athletes' perceptions of the home advantage: an investigation of perceived causal factors. j sport behav 2000; 23(1): 1-10. 13. sood g, willis d. fairly random: the impact of winning the toss on the probability of winning. arxiv 2016; 1-13. [doi:10.48550/arxiv.1605.08753] 14. daud a, muhammad f. ranking cricket teams through runs and wickets. in: yoshida, t., kou, g., skowron, a., cao, j., hacid, h., zhong, n. (eds) active media technology. amt 2013. lecture notes in computer science, vol. 8210. springer, cham. [https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02750-0_16] 15. dawson p, morley b, paton d, et al. to bat or not to bat: an examination of match outcomes in day-night limited overs cricket. j oper res soc 2009; 60(12): 1786-1793. [doi:10.1057/jors.2008.135] 16. wu a. cricket australia may follow ecb example and scrap coin toss. the tonk, 2015. http://www.smh.com.au/sport/cricket/cricket-australia-mayfollow-ecb-example-and-scrap-coin-toss-20151127-gl9q29.html (accessed 10 april 2017) 17. saikia h, bhattacharjee d. on the effect of home team advantage and winning the toss in the outcome in t20 international cricket matches. j sci technol 2010; 6(2): 88-93. 18. bhaskar v. rational adversaries? evidence from randomizes trials in the game of cricket. econ j 2009; 119: 1–23. [doi:10.1111/j.1468-0297.2008.02203.x] 19. mcginn e. the effect of batting during the evening in cricket. j quant anal sports 2013; 9: 141-150. [doi:10.1515/jqas-2012-0048] 20. leamon n. arguing the toss. all out, 2016. [http://www.espncricinfo.com/magazine/content/story/964039.h tml] (accessed 16 september 2017) 21. forrest d, dorsey r. effect of toss and weather on county cricket championship outcomes. j sports sci 2008; 26 (1): 3-13. [doi:10.1080/02640410701287271] [pmid:17852685] 22. stern se. the duckworth-lewis-stern method: extending the duckworth-lewis methodology to deal with modern scoring rates. j oper res soc 2016; 67(12), 1469–1480. [doi:10.1057/jors.2016.30] 23. lee a, galvez jc. jet lag in athletes. sports health 2012; 4(3): 211-216. [doi:10.1177/1941738112442340] [pmid: 23016089] https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02750-0_16 http://www.espncricinfo.com/magazine/content/story/964039.html http://www.espncricinfo.com/magazine/content/story/964039.html original research sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 59 review dietary supplements and chemical agents have been used for a number of decades among athletes striving to achieve increased strength and performance. this has led to a huge, growing market for the food supplement industry. the latter’s products are classified as ‘foods’ rather than drugs and are therefore free of the stringent requirements for registration of pharmaceuticals, i.e. no safety and efficacy data are required prior to registration. during the past decade, some dietary supplements have been shown to contain pharmaceutically active components not adequately identified on their package labels. these pharmaceuticals may have unintentionally entered the product or may have been intentionally added. although the concentrations of these substances may be low and devoid of health or performance-enhancing effects, they may lead to positive doping tests. in part 1 of this two-part review, a selection of the world anti-doping agency-prohibited illegal stimulants, i.e. ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, sibutramine and methylhexaneamine, are discussed. certain food supplement labels do mention the presence of natural sources of illegal stimulants, e.g. ephedra sinica (ephedrine), but do not refer to the chemical entities of ephedrine and its analogues as such. the pharmacological adverse effects of stimulants, in particular those on the cardiovascular system, are briefly reviewed. suggestions for avoiding these pitfalls are made. s afr j sm 2014;26(2):59-61. doi:10.7196/sajsm.552 dietary supplements containing prohibited substances: a review (part 1) p van der bijl, bsc hons (chem), bsc hons (pharmacol), bchd, phd, dsc emeritus professor and former head, department of pharmacology, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, tygerberg, cape town, south africa; and invited foreign professor, department of pharmacology, pirigov’s russian national research medical university, moscow, russia corresponding author: p van der bijl (pietervanderbijlcpt@gmail.com) while it is well recognised that a balanced diet is the foundation for developing optimal training and performance, competitive sport and strenuous physical activity make demands on the human body beyond its normal physiological range.[1] some athletes may therefore benefit from additional supplements to help maintain homeostasis with adequate nutrients and energy in specific circumstances, especially where food intake or choice is restricted. for this reason, dietary supplements have been used by athletes for many years to boost, even by small margins, their strength and performance. [2-4] pressure to perform and the potential rewards coupled with success are powerful driving forces for many top athletes to continue striving for that chemical competitive edge. for this purpose, they use these dietary supplements as part of their regular training or competition routine, even if the rationale for using these products is not always underpinned by solid evidence-based research.[1] supplements commonly used include vitamins, minerals, protein, creatine and various ergogenic compounds. while some supplements indeed enhance athletic performance, many have no proven benefits, are of uncertain content and purity, and may have serious systemic adverse effects, including death. the practice of using dietary supplements among the population at large and athletes at all levels of competition has led to a huge, continuously growing, multibillion dollar industry with a worldwide market estimated at more than $142 billion in 2011 and expected to rise to $205 billion by 2017.[5] coupled with aggressive marketing techniques in which bold as well as unsubstantiated claims are frequently made, this explosive growth has been further fuelled in many countries worldwide which have acts similar to the dietary supplement health and education act (dshea), which was passed by the us congress in 1994. in essence, these acts allow substances that are marketed as dietary supplements to be regulated as foods rather than as pharmaceuticals. a dietary supplement is a product taken orally that contains a ‘dietary ingredient’ intended to supplement the diet. the ‘dietary ingredients’ in these products may include vitamins, minerals, herbs or other botanicals, amino acids, and substances such as enzymes, organ tissues, glandulars and metabolites.[6] dietary supplements can be extracts or concentrates, and may be found in many forms such as tablets, capsules, softgels, gelcaps, liquids or powders. they can also be in other forms, such as a bar, but if they are, information on the label must not represent the product as a conventional food or a sole item of a meal or diet.[6] whatever their form may be, the dshea places dietary supplements in a special category under the general umbrella of ‘foods’, not drugs, and requires that every supplement be labelled a dietary supplement.[6] other than for pharmaceuticals, in which regulatory authorities scrutinise data on safety and efficacy before giving marketing approval, supplement manufacturers do not have to prove efficacy for their products, providing that they do not claim that their preparations can be used to diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent diseases. furthermore, manufacturers of dietary supplements do not have to demonstrate their safety, and the burden rests on regulatory authorities to show that a particular product is harmful before steps can be taken to ensure its removal from the market. mailto:pietervanderbijlcpt@gmail.com 60 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 these dietary supplement regulations have facilitated their availability not only to the population at large and noncompeting amateurs, but especially to professional athletes in whom their use, often in megadoses, is widespread.[7,8] estimated use in the latter group varies between 44% and 100%; however, this very much depends not only on the type of sport but also on the level of competition and age and gender of the athletes.[8-11] large quantities of nutrients, commonly found in normal human diets, are consumed without there being much knowledge of possible health risks and the maximum daily safe doses involved. over the past decade, a new hazard related to dietary supplement use has been identified in that some products, marketed under the aegis of the regulatory requirements for foods, have been shown to contain unapproved pharmaceutically active ingredients. these dietary regulations have allowed manufacturers to bypass the necessity of providing safety and efficacy data for their products. it is of great concern that a wide variety of dietary supplements contain ingredients not adequately chemically identified on their packaging labels. these ingredients, which are sometimes listed as ‘natural’, ‘herbal’ or otherwise, may constitute prohibited substances. they may have inadvertently entered the product, possibly as a result of accidental cross-contamination in manufacturing plants, or may have been intentionally added to the supplement, posing a potential health hazard to all consumers.[4,12] while concentrations of these non-approved substances may be too small to achieve any health or performance-enhancing effects, they may be large enough for athletes to fail a doping test, and scandals appear to be more fre quent.[4] in recent years, there has been an increase in the number of dietary supplements containing unapproved pharmaceutical ingredients, recalled by the food and drug administration.[13] with as many as 150 million citizens in the usa consuming dietary supplements in some form or another, the challenges that are posed by this growing and unregulated industry are enormous. ephedrine and pseudoephedrine although stimulants can easily be detected in laboratories, they are still popular among athletes. because the list of legal and illegal stimulants is extensive, only a selection will be discussed here. studies have shown that certain dietary supplements have con tained prohibited substances such as ephedrine and its analogues (pseudoephedrine, methylephedrine, etc.), caffeine, 3,4-methylenedioxy-n-methylamphetamine (mdma, or ‘ecstasy’) and other amphetamine-related compounds, which may or may not be declared on packaging labels.[12] ephedrine and its congeners are used as nasal decongestants and as pressor agents for hypotension. while caffeine is no longer considered a prohibited substance by the world anti-doping agency (wada) since 2004, the use of ephedrine and its analogues and mdma is banned during competition by this organisation.[14] on certain food supplement labels, natural sources of ephedrine, e.g. ephedra sinica – a species of ephedra (ma huang), which contains the alkaloids ephedrine and pseudoephedrine – are mentioned instead of the chemical entities of ephedrine and its analogues. similarly, synephrine is obtained from citrus aurantium. both plant products have been found in dietary supplements that were labelled as ‘ephedrine free’. apart from the doping infringement aspects of supplements containing prohibited stimulants, there are potential health risks involved that should not be ignored. ephedrine has structural similarities with amphetamine and therefore has similar modes of action and a comparable side-effect profile. both ephedrine and pseudoephedrine are stimulants, but they affect physical achievement differently. ephedrine adversely affects running time over 10 km, but anaerobic performance of athletes increases.[15,16] supporting evidence found in a meta-analysis of eight studies was, however, insufficient to demonstrate clear benefits in performance with ephedrine.[17] similarly, improvements in fatigue and cycling performance with pseudoephedrine ingestion could not be found, but in a limited study an improvement in running times over 1.5 km following the use of this pharmaceutical agent was shown.[18-20] adverse effects of ephedrine may be serious. a twoto threefold risk of anxiety, increased irritability and agitation (psychiatric symptoms), insomnia, tremors (autonomic system symptoms) and heart palpitations (cardiac symptoms) were found on analysis of 71 case reports and 50 clinical trials.[17] in the foregoing analysis of cases of death, myocardial infarctions, cerebrovascular accidents, seizures and psychoses were found in some reports. regarding pseudoephedrine anxiety, gastrointestinal disturbances and tremors have been reported.[21] both ephedrine and pseudoephedrine have been declared prohibited substances by the wada.[14] sibutramine dietary supplements adulterated with sibutramine, an anti-obesity agent, which do not mention the presence of this compound on the packaging label, have also appeared on the market. sibutramine has been found in products advertised as ‘pure herbal’ slimming capsules and ‘natural’ tea.[22-24] urinary metabolites of sibutramine were found in detectable quantities 50 hours after administration of a single ‘dose’ of tea to a volunteer.[24] this synthetic anorectic drug, which only has market approval as a prescription anti-obesity agent, has been on the wada prohibited list since 2006. furthermore, market withdrawal of sibutramine was recommended by the european medicines agency at the beginning of 2010. this agent produces severe systemic adverse effects, blood pressure elevation and cardiac effects (tachycardia), and patients using sibutramine are required to be monitored by a physician experienced in the treatment of obesity and familiar with this agent, on a regular basis. methylhexaneamine methylhexaneamine, a stimulant originally intended to be marketed as a nasal decongestant, has been detected as an ingredient of dietary supplements and was declared a prohibited compound by the wada in 2009.[25] the serious adverse effects of this stimulant have recently been highlighted by a case report on the death of two us soldiers who were taking commercially available dietary supplements that contained methylhexaneamine. both soldiers collapsed from cardiac arrest during physical exertion and ultimately died.[26] the issues surrounding this stimulant have been complicated by the fact that methylhexaneamine is found on package labels under a very wide variety of chemical and non-chemical names, e.g. 1,3-dimethylamylamine, 1,3-dimethylpentylamine, 2-amino-4-methylhexane, 2-hexanamine, 4-methyl-2-hexanamine, 4-methyl-2-hexylamine, 4-methylhexan-2-amine, dimethylamyl amine, methyl hexaneamine, dimethylpentylamine, floradrene, forthan, forthane, fouramin, geranamine, geranium extract, geranium flower sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 61 extract, geranium oil, geranium stems and leaves, metexaminum, methexaminum, etc. only the names methylhexaneamine and dimethy lpentylamine appear on the wada 2011 list of prohibited agents, creating even further confusion among consumers and complicating identification. while geranium root extract or geranium oil are mentioned as natural sources of methylhexaneamine, the presence of this compound in these plant products could not be demonstrated on analysis, strengthening the suspicion that it was added during or after the manufacturing process.[27] conclusion while food supplements and pharmaceutical agents may enhance strength and performance of athletes, there is insufficient scientific data to support this theory. although stimulants have been widely used among athletes for performance enhancement, these substances are prohibited by the wada. in addition, ingestion of stimulants via accidentally or intentionally contaminated dietary supplements may lead to failed doping tests and its consequences. the presence of stimulants in nutritional supplements may also lead to serious systemic adverse effects; athletes, coaches and sports doctors should be aware of these pitfalls when using or advising on the intake of these products. the risk of accidental ingestion of forbidden substances from dietary supplements can be diminished by using ‘safe’ products listed on databases such as those available in the netherlands and germany.[12] references 1. zadik z, nemet d, eliakim a. hormonal and metabolic effects of nutrition in athletes. j pediatr endocrinol metab 2009;22(9):769-777. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1515/ jpem.2009.22.9.769] 2. jenkinson dm, harbert aj. supplements and sports. am fam physician 2008;78(9):1039-1046. 3. bishop d. dietary supplements and team-sport performance. sports medicine 2010;40(12):995-1017. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/11536870-000000000-00000] 4. geyer h, braun h, burke lm, stear sj, castell lm. a-z of dietary supplements: dietary supplements, sports nutrition foods and ergogenic aids for health and performance – part 22. br j sports med 2011;45(9):752-754. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2011-090180] 5. transparency market research. nutraceuticals product market is expected to reach usd 204.8 billion globally in 2017. www.transparencymarketresearch.com/globalnutraceuticals-product-market.html (accessed on 15 july 2013). 6. food and drug administration. what is a dietary supplement? www.fda.gov/food/ dietarysupplements/qadietarysupplements/default.htm [accessed on 15 may 2014]. 7. sundgot-borgen j, berglund b, torstveit km. dietary supplements in norwegian elite athletes – impact of international ranking and advisors. scand j med sci sports 2003;13(2):138-144. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1034/j.1600-0838.2003.10288.x] 8. sobal j, marquart lf. vitamin/mineral supplement use among athletes: a review of the literature. int j sport nutr 1994;4(4):320. 9. erdman ka, fung ts, reimer ra. influence of performance level on dietary supplementation in elite canadian athletes. med sci sports exerc 2006;38(2):349356. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000187332.92169.e0] 10. maughan rj, depiesse f, geyer h. the use of dietary supplements by athletes. j sports sci 2007;25(suppl 1):s103-113. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410701607395] 11. striegel h, simon p, wurster c, niess am, ulrich r. the use of dietary supplements among master athletes. int j sports med 2006;27(3):236-241. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1055/s-2005-865648] 12. geyer h, parr mk, koehler k, mareck u, schänzer w, thevis m. nutritional supplements cross-contaminated and faked with doping substances. j mass spectrom 2008;43(7):892-902. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/jms.1452] 13. harel z, harel s, wald r, mamdani m, bell cm. the frequency and characteristics of dietary supplement recalls in the united states. jama intern med 2013;173(10):926928. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.379] 14. world anti doping agency. the 2013 prohibited list. http://www.wada-ama.org/en/ world-anti-doping-program/sports-and-anti-doping-organizations/internationalstandards/prohibited-list/ (accessed on 15 may 2014). 15. bell dg, mclellan tm, sabiston cm. effect of ingesting caffeine and ephedrine on 10 km run performance. med sci sports exerc 2002;34(2):344-349. 16. bell dg, jacobs i, ellerington k. effect of caffeine and ephedrine ingestion on anaerobic exercise performance. med sci sports exerc 2001;33(8):1399-1403. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768-200108000-00024] 17. shekelle pg, hardy ml, morton sc, et al. efficacy and safety of ephedra and ephedrine for weight loss and athletic performance: a meta-analysis. jama 2003;289(12):15371545. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jama.289.12.1537] 18. chu ks, doherty tj, parise g, milheiro js, tarnopolsky ma. a moderate dose of pseudoephedrine does not alter muscle contraction strength or anaerobic power. clin j sport med 2002;12(6):387-390. 19. gillies h, derman we, noakes td, smith p, evans a, gabriels g. pseudoephedrine is without ergogenic effects during prolonged exercise. j appl physio 1996;81(6):2611-2617. 20. hodges k, hancock s, currell k, hamilton b, jeukendrup ae. pseudoephedrine enhances performance in 1 500 m runners. med sci sports exerc 2006;38(2):329333. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000183201.79330.9c] 21. national institutes of health. pseudoephedrine: what side effects can this medication cause? www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/druginfo/meds/a682619.html (accessed on 15 may 2014). 22. jung j, hermanns-clausen m, weinmann w. anorectic sibutramine detected in a chinese herbal drug for weight loss. forensic sci int 2006;161(2-3):221-222. [htt[:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.forsciint.2006.02.052] 23. vidal c, quandte s. identification of a sibutramine-metabolite in patient urine after intake of a ‘‘pure herbal’’ chinese slimming product. ther drug monit 2006;28(5):690692. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/01.ftd.0000245392.33305.b0] 24. koehler k, geyer h, guddat s, et al. sibutramine found in chinese herbal slimming tea and capsules. in: schänzer w, geyer h, gotzmann a, mareck u, eds. recent advances in doping analysis. cologne: sportverlag strauß, 2007:367. 25. thevis m, sigmund g, geyer h, schänzer w. stimulants and doping in sport. endocrinol metab clin north am 2010;39(1):89-105,ix. [http://dx. doi.org/10.1016/j.ecl.2009.10.011] 26. eliason mj, eichner a, cancio a, bestervelt l, adams bd, deuster pa. case reports: death of active duty soldiers following ingestion of dietary supplements containing 1,3-dimethylamylamine (dmaa). mil med 2012;177(12):1455-1459. 27. lisi a, hasick n, kazlauskas r, et al. studies of new stimulants. lecture held at the 29th cologne workshop on dope analysis, 15 february 2011, cologne, germany. http://dx.doi.org/10.1515/jpem.2009.22.9.769] http://dx.doi.org/10.1515/jpem.2009.22.9.769] http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/11536870-000000000-00000] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090180] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090180] http://www.transparencymarketresearch.com/global-nutraceuticals-product-market.html http://www.transparencymarketresearch.com/global-nutraceuticals-product-market.html http://www.transparencymarketresearch.com/global-nutraceuticals-product-market.html http://www.fda.gov/food/ http://dx.doi.org/10.1034/j.1600-0838.2003.10288.x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000187332.92169.e0] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410701607395] http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2005-865648] http://dx.doi.org/10.1055/s-2005-865648] http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/jms.1452] http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.379] http://www.wada-ama.org/en/ http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768-200108000-00024] http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/00005768-200108000-00024] http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jama.289.12.1537] http://dx.doi.org/10.1249/01.mss.0000183201.79330.9c] http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/druginfo/meds/a682619.html http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/01.ftd.0000245392.33305.b0] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ecl.2009.10.011] introduction soccer is one of the most popular sports in the world, and has been played in many countries of the world, including south africa, for more than 100 years.1 currently there are 208 member associations of fifa.1 the popularity of soccer in south africa is seen in the township streets, where it is commonly played by boys. however, more recently girls can also be seen playing soccer in the streets. although there has been organised soccer for young players over a decade, with leagues being played annually, the emphasis has mainly been on male players. as the number of females participating in sports has increased, so has the necessity to understand the effect of female growth and development on participation, athletic ability and injury patterns.2-4 however, there are limited data on female soccer players, as most studies on soccer concentrate on male soccer players.5-7 although participation in youth soccer for girls has started to increase in the past few years in south africa, no studies have been published to determine the profile of injuries in adolescent girls. because of the limited information on injuries in female soccer players, it cannot be stated whether or not characteristics and causes of injuries are similar or vary substantially from those previously reported for male players.6 as a contribution to learning more about injuries associated with female soccer players, this study was conducted to establish the prevalence and injury profile of lower extremity injuries in female high school soccer players. methodology this study was conducted using a retrospective descriptive questionnaire-based design. out of 42 high schools from johannesburg east district recruited to participate, only 13 schools had female soccer teams. data were collected during the schools’ soccer season from may to august 2006. this included information from the 2005 season. permission to conduct the study was granted by the human research ethics committee from the university of the witwatersrand, gauteng department of education and schools that participated in the study. informed consent and assent was signed by parents/guardians and participants before the questionnaires were administered. the questionnaire was developed and piloted for validity; it included point and 1-year prevalence, profile of injuries, 8 player position, age, use of equipment, frequency of play, and training duration. the questionnaires were distributed by the researcher during training sessions and collected again immediately after the training session. original research article common lower extremity injuries in female high school soccer players in johannesburg east district abstract objectives. soccer is one of the sports in south africa which has seen an increase in the participation of youth and adult female players. the aim of this study was to determine point and 1-year prevalence, profile of injuries that affect female soccer players, associations between injuries and player position, age, use of equipment, frequency of play, and training duration. methods. a retrospective questionnaire-based descriptive survey of 103 first team high school female soccer players in the johannesburg east district was conducted. results. the 1-year prevalence for the participants who reported injuries was 46% (n=47) and the point prevalence was 33% (n=34). from these, a total of 78 and 42 injuries for the 1-year and point prevalence respectively were reported. an extended duration of skills (p=0.0001) and fitness (p=0.02) training in this population reduced the likelihood of incurring an injury. the older the participants, the more chance there was of sustaining injuries (p=0.01). the participants who wore shin guards were less prone to shin/leg injuries (p=0.01), the relative odds being 0.35. the midfielders had more foot and toe injuries than the other players (p=0.05). starting age (p=0.78), frequency of play (p=0.83), wearing of shoes (p=0.54) and stretching had no influence on injury. the knee and ankle were the main locations of injury, with defenders and midfielders mostly being injured. conclusion. a decrease in the duration of training for both skills and fitness and not wearing shin guards are risk factors for injury in female soccer players in high school. the profile of injuries and the risk factors determined from this study do not differ from the studies done in male adolescent and adult soccer players. correspondence: ms siphe mtshali department of physiotherapy university of the witwatersrand 7 york road parktown, 2193 tel: 27 11 717 3702 fax: 27 86 553 4766 e-mail:siphe.mtshali@wits.ac.za primrose ts mtshali (msc physio) 1 nonceba p mbambo-kekana (phd) 1 aimee v stewart (phd) 1 eustacius musenge (msc med bio+epi) 2 1 department of physiotherapy, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg 2 school of public heath, agincourt health and population unit, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 163 several statistical procedures were used in the analysis, namely fischer’s exact test, student t-test and logistic regression. to find associations between pairs of categorical variables fischer’s exact test was used. the student’s t-test was used to test for differences between two groups of gaussian numerical variables. univariate as well as multivariate regressions were done using a logistic regression. these calculations were done to find association between the factors (age, location of injuries, and frequency of play, training duration, stretching and use of soccer boots and shin guards (equipment) with the dichotomous response variable. statistical significance was accepted at the 5% level of significance. results demographic data nine schools participated in the study as the other four schools that offered girls’ soccer were not currently active in soccer during the study. the schools had 11 players and 4 reserve players (n=135) in the first team and those with signed consent were given questionnaires (n=103). the sample size of 103 represents 76% of the total sample. the average age of the participants was 16.1±1.4 years and they started playing soccer when they were 12.1±2.7 years old. the distribution of player position was as follows: goalkeeper (8%), defenders (41%), midfielder (33%) and strikers (18%). the equipment used by the players is illustrated in table i. in this study, the participants (77%) played one match per week whereas the training was mainly twice a week. during training 91% of the participants did skills training and 96% did fitness training. the duration of training was on average 45 60 minutes. injuries the operational definition for injury used in this study was, as defined by fuller et al.,8 as ‘any physical complaint sustained by a player that results from a football match or football training, irrespective of the need for medical attention or time-loss from football activities’. prevalence is the measure of injuries in a population at a given point in time (point prevalence) and can also be measured over a period of time (period prevalence).9 the 1-year (2005) prevalence of participants injured was 46% (n=47) and the point (2006) prevalence of participants injured was 33% (n=34). location of injuries seventy-eight injuries were reported for 1-year prevalence and point prevalence reported 42 injuries. the participants reported more than one injury. of all the reported injuries the knee and ankle were the most injured areas (table ii). associations of injuries of various factors and injury association between age and injury for the point prevalence, current age was associated with injury (p=0.01), meaning that the older the player the more likely they were to be injured. there was no association between the age of starting to play soccer and injury for point prevalence. 164 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 table i. use of equipment equipment n=103 % shoes shoes with studs 83 81 shoes without studs 18 18 bare feet 2 2 shin guards 54 52 (n is the total number players.) table iii. association between duration of training and injury for point prevalence duration of training skill fitness (minutes) n=32 n=33 30 0 0 45 19 59 6 18 60 8 25 5 15 90 5 16 22 67 p-value 0.0001 0.02 (n is the number of participants involved skills/fitness training.) table ii. frequency distribution of location of injuries location of injuries one-year point prevalence prevalence (2005) (2006) n=78 % n=42 % hip joint 5 6 0 groin muscle 2 3 0 quadriceps muscle 5 6 0 hamstrings muscle 5 6 0 knee joint 19 24 12 29 leg bone 7 9 7 17 calf muscle 7 9 0 ankle joint 18 23 17 41 foot and toes 10 13 6 14 (n is number of injuries.) table iv. association between location of injuries and player position (point prevalence) point prevalence goalkeeper defender midfielder striker p-value n % n % n % n % knee joint 1 8 6 60 2 17 3 25 0.28 leg bone 1 14 3 43 2 29 1 14 0.29 ankle joint 0 8 47 6 36 3 18 0.36 foot and toes 0 1 17 4 67 1 17 0.05 (n is the number players that reported injuries according to the position played.) association between duration of training and injury more injuries were reported as the duration of skills training increased (for 1-year prevalence), but this was not a significant association (p=0.06). the point prevalence of injuries was highest when players did skills training for 45 minutes (p=0.0001) and fitness training for 90 minutes (p=0.02). players who trained for 30 minutes or less did not report any injuries (table iii). association between location of injuries and player position there was no association between player position and location of injury for the 1-year prevalence; however there was an association in point prevalence results where the midfielders had 67% toe and foot injuries and were most likely to incur foot and toe injuries (p=0.05) compared with other positions (table iv). extrinsic risk factors associated with injuries tables v and vi summarise the risk factors associated with injury for point and 1-year prevalence. the odds ratios (or) in the tables illustrate the protectiveness of the different variables against injury. the results (table v) show that shin guards were associated with a reduced the risk of having an injury (or=0.35) (p=0.01). the age of the players was associated with injury, with older players having a greater chance of being injured (or=0.64) (p=0.01). the duration of fitness training reduced the risk of injury if fitness training was more than 45 minutes (or=0.51) (p=0.02) (table vi). discussion although studies 5-7,10-12 have been done mainly in male adolescent soccer players, the results are similar to the results of this study. this study reports the number of injuries as being between 38% and 46%. this is however lower than the rate of injury in the adult professional female soccer players, which ranges from 55% to 70%.13,14 the difference between adolescent and adult female studies may be attributable to the level of exposure, where the professional players have an increased number of training sessions per 1 000 hours and up to two matches per week which are of a longer duration (90 minutes). in this study, training and matches were played mainly once a week and the duration of matches was 60 minutes. sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 165 table v. extrinsic risk factors associated with injuries (1-year prevalence) variable one-year prevalence odds ratio standard error 95% confidence level p-value starting age 0.98 0.92 0.85 1.13 0.78 current age 0.88 2.28 0.67 1.16 0.37 training skill 0.64 0.7 0.16 2.55 0.53 fitness 0.26 0.17 0.03 2.64 0.26 duration of training skill 1.03 0.18 0.72 1.47 0.86 fitness 1.24 0.18 0.86 1.77 0.25 matches per week 0.94 0.29 0.53 1.6 0.83 player position 0.75 0.23 0.48 1.18 0.2 shoes 1.36 0.5 0.50 3.68 0.54 shin guards 0.35 0.41 0.16 0.79 0.01 table vi. extrinsic risk factors associated with injury (point prevalence) variable point prevalence odds ratio standard error 95% confidence level p-value starting age 1.04 0.07 0.9 1.21 0.6 current age 0.64 0.19 0.4 0.9 0.01 training skill 3.14 1.12 0.35 28.1 0.31 fitness 1000 546 0.001 1000 1 duration of training skill 1.06 0.21 0.7 1.6 0.8 fitness 0.51 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.02 matches per week 0.83 0.38 0.4 1.7 0.62 player position 0.9 0.24 0.55 1.45 0.65 shoes 0.9 0.52 0.32 2.45 0.82 shin guards 0.82 0.44 0.35 1.94 0.65 the presence of more knee and ankle injuries may be attributed to the skill of cutting, jumping and landing, which is different in girls. when comparing adolescent females and males during unanticipated cutting manoeuvres, females had a greater abduction of the knee; this in turn increases the genu valgus, which may be a risk factor for knee injuries, specifically the anterior cruciate ligament.15 the ankle is the main point of contact during soccer matches and training, therefore it is most likely to incur more injuries. the higher number of knee and ankle injuries in this study is consistent with a number of prospective studies where the knee was the most commonly injured area followed by ankle injuries in a female population.4,12,14,17 the exposure level in this study also contributed to the higher rate of minor injuries which were reported. other studies on high school soccer players11,12 also report that there are more minor injuries associated with exposure level. foul play may contribute to incidence of severe injuries because of poor application of the rules of the game and poor refereeing. in addition, severe injuries may occur as a result of poor pitch surfaces.2 no injuries were reported for the shorter (30 minutes or less) duration of skills and fitness training in this study and most injuries occurred after skills training for 45 minutes. thereafter there was a downward trend in the number of injuries as the duration of skills training increased (table iii). although there was statistical significance in the duration of fitness training (p=0.02) and injury, it was difficult to determine the mechanism of injury. it may be speculated that as skill and fitness improves so does the confidence of players in handling opponents during matches. the decrease in the number of injuries as the duration of skills training increases in this study is in contrast with the study on male players,10 where there was an increase in the number of injuries in players with low skill level. the defenders (41%) and midfielders (33%) were the players most commonly injured in this study. this can be understood because soccer is more robust in midfield and strength of the lower limbs is required to win the ball. the defenders put their lower extremities ‘on the line’ when defending a ball, hence they are most likely to be injured. the midfielders were found to be more likely to incur foot and toe injuries (p=0.05) compared with other positions. tackling and running during matches for players in the midfield positions could be associated with injuries. although other studies report that defenders and midfielders are injured more in relation to other positions of play,7,10,19 the location of injuries was not related to player position. in this study there was a small number of leg or shin injuries (9%) for 1-year prevalence (table ii), but the results show that wearing shin guards (table v) reduces the risk of shin injuries (p=0.01). the likelihood of reducing an injury by wearing skin guards in this study (table v) was 65% (or=0.35). contact with another player may be the cause of acute shin injuries rather than overuse injuries. lilley et al.18 reported ankle injuries to be 24% followed by shin injuries at 18% as being the highest percentage of injuries in their retrospective study of an adolescent soccer population, but it was not clear whether the participants were wearing shin guards or not. therefore it is not possible to compare the two studies. however, not wearing shin guards has been shown to have a direct link to leg injuries.10 in conclusion the results of this study show that injuries occur mainly to the knee and ankle, but factors contributing to the injuries need to be investigated further. the 1-year and point prevalence data in this study were within the ranges reported in other similar studies. this study showed an association between various risk factors (shin guards, current age, and duration of fitness training) and injury. however, these results need to be viewed with caution because of the small sample size. the practical applications of these data are that training on proper skills and fitness programmes for school coaches or educators should be implemented to reduce the number of injuries. furthermore, it may be recommended that shin guards should be worn to reduce the risk of leg injuries. references 1. www.fifa.com (accessed 12 may 2009). 2. goga ie, gongal p. severe soccer injuries in amateurs. br j sports med 2003;37:498-501. 3. hewett te. neuromuscular and hormonal factors associated with knee injuries in female athletes: strategies and prevention. sports med 2000;29(5):313-327. 4. odion aa. injury pattern of the national female soccer team of nigeria (the falcons) from 1997-1999. journal of the nigerian medical rehabilitation therapists 2001;6(1):11-16. 5. hutchinson mr, nasser r. common sports injuries in children and adolescents. medscape general medicine 2000; 2(4): (http://www.medscape. com/viewarticle/408524) 6. junge a, dvorak j. soccer injuries: a review on incidence and prevention. sports med 2004;34(13):929-938. 7. kucera kl, marshall sw, kirkendall, marchak pm, garrett jr we. injury history as a risk factor for incident injury in youth soccer. brit j sports med 2005;39:462-466. 8. fuller cw, ekstrand j, junge a, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures in studies of football (soccer) injuries. clin j sport med 2006;16(2):97-106. 9. friis r, sellers t. epidemiology for public health practice. second edition. gaithersburg, maryland: aspen publish, inc., 1999. 10. dvorak j, junge a. football injuries and physical symptoms: review of literature. am j sports med 2000;28(5):s3-s9. 11. le gall f, carling c, reilly t, vandewalle h, church j, rochcongar p. incidence of injuries in elite french youth soccer players: a ten-season study. am j sports med 2006;34(10):1-11. 12. powell jw, barber-foss kd. sex related patterns among selected high school sports. am j sports med 2000;28(3):385-391. 13. faude o, junge a, kinderman w, dvorak j 2005 injuries in female soccer players: a prospective study in the german national league. am j sports med 2005;33(11):1694-1700. 14. giza e, mithofer k, farrell l zarins b, gill t. injuries in women’s professional soccer. br j sports med 2005;39:212-216. 15. ford kr, meyer gd, toms he, hewett te. gender specific differences in the kinematics of unanticipated cutting in young athletes. med sci sports exerc 2005;37(1):124-129. 16. emery ca, meeuwisse wh, hartmann se. evaluation of risk factors for injury in adolescent soccer: implementation and validation of an injury surveillance system. am j sports med 2005;33(12):1882-1891. 17. emery ca, meeuwisse wh. risk factors for injury in indoor compared with outdoor adolescent soccer. am j sports med 2006;34(10):1636-1644. 18. lilley k, gass e, locke s. a retrospective injury analysis of state representative female soccer player. phys ther 2002;3:2-9. 19. van heerden hj. the evaluation of injury in junior soccer players. s afr j sports med 1992;7(2):3-6. 166 sajsm vol 21 no. 4 2009 sajsm editorial.indd 94 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 editorial �e ethics of publishing a recent incident i encountered as editor of this journal drew my attention to the risk that we face as a result of unethical practices in science. it takes an incident like this to heighten awareness about how vulnerable the ‘scienti�c process’ is to abuse. �e scienti�c process is based on principles of trust and honesty. �is starts at the datacollection phase of the experiment and includes the data analysis, writing phase (i.e. using own original text) and the avoidance of ‘cherry picking’ published work to support one’s own data. before the manuscript is published, it has to go through a process of peer review – although this is touted as the core of the scienti�c process, it may also have irregularities when a reviewer, for example, blocks studies which have a counter view to the reviewer’s own paradigm. my �rst exposure to ‘science gone bad’ was when i was a student and went to visit a friend working at the university of vermont college of medicine, usa. she introduced me to a prominent scientist at the time, eric poelhman, who was well published in the area of obesity, physical activity, ageing and menopause. as a relatively young scientist, poelhman had nearly 200 publications. i followed his career with interest and was staggered when i found out that he had been charged with conducting fraudulent work.[1] �e charges included falsifying data in a well-cited paper published in the annals of internal medicine in 1995. this study showed that hormone-replacement therapy could prevent the decline in energy expenditure and increases in body fat during menopause. �e study included data on 35 women, many of whom did not exist.[1] a�er a long investigation, poelhman pleaded guilty to fabricating data in 10 of his papers that were submitted between 1992 and 2000. he also pleaded guilty to falsifying 17 grant applications to the national institutes of health.[2] his punishment: 1 year in jail and he was barred from getting more federal research grants. he was also ordered by the court to write letters of retraction and correction to several scienti�c journals.[2] how many more cases are there like this, but where the scientists have not been caught? how much money has been wasted on sponsoring fraudulent research? how much harm has fraudulent research caused? i’m sure if we knew the answers to these questions we would be alarmed. in an attempt to promote principles of best practice for publishing scienti�c papers, the international journal of cardiology published the following set of guidelines. �ese provide an excellent summary and are worth repeating and applying to papers submitted to the south african journal of sports medicine:[3] ‘1. �at the corresponding author has the approval of all other listed authors for the submission and publication of all versions of the manuscript. 2. �at all people who have a right to be recognised as authors have been included on the list of authors and everyone listed as an author has made an independent material contribution to the manuscript. 3. that the work submitted in the manuscript is original and has not been published elsewhere and is not presently under consideration of publication by any other journal. �e oral or poster presentation of parts of the work and its publishing as a single page abstract does not count as prior publication for this purpose. 4. �at the material in the manuscript has been acquired according to modern ethical standards and does not contain material copied from anyone else without their written permission. 5. �at all material which derives from prior work, including from the same authors, is properly attributed to the prior publication by proper citation. 6. �at the manuscript will be maintained on the servers of the journal and held to be a valid publication by the journal only as long as all statements in these principles remain true. 7. �at if any of the statements above ceases to be true the authors have a duty to notify the journal as soon as possible so that the manuscript can be withdrawn.’ to �nish up, as the year draws to a close i would like to thank everyone that i have asked to review papers. �is is a time-consuming task for which there is no apparent recognition. the growth of the journal can be attributed to their thoroughness and dedication. �e acceptance rate of papers submitted to the south african journal of sports medicine for review hovers around 60%, and there is a waiting list of accepted papers. �ese are all positive signs that bode well for the future! mike lambert editor-in-chief references 1. kintish e. researcher faces prison for fraud in nih grant applications and papers. science 2005;307(5717):1851. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/science.307.5717.1851a] 2. http://www.wikipedia.org/wiki/eric_poehlman (accessed 20 november 2013). 3. coates ajs. ethical authorship and publis. int j cardiology 2009;131(2):149-150. s afr j sm 2013;25(4):94. doi:10.7196/sajsm.524 introduction athletes and sports dietitians have sought post-exercise nutritional strategies that will enhance muscle glycogen resynthesis after exercise, enhance recovery and maintain or improve the quality of future workouts or performances. 1-3 athletes may participate in one or more training sessions a day with anywhere from 6 to 24 hours of recovery between workouts. 3 a principal component of training for an elite athlete is to maximise training in order to increase potential for competition. because full and often rapid recovery is necessary for optimal performance, 2 athletes should practise nutritional strategies that maximise recovery. dietary recommendations for pre-competition nutritional strategies have been well established. 1 because muscle glycogen is the main fuel during intense exercise, replenishing muscle glycogen stores in the post-exercise recovery period is an important factor influencing recovery and performance. in addition, the timing and composition of a post-exercise meal is highly dependent upon the duration and intensity of the preceding exercise bout. 4 research regarding postexercise nutritional strategies has focused on timing of ingestion, type of cho (solid v. liquid), amount of carbohydrate, presence of other nutrients (e.g. protein), and frequency of post-exercise feedings to determine the most effective way to enhance glycogen resynthesis. 5 research examining carbohydrate consumption during recovery periods of 4 hours or more suggests enhanced recovery and exercise performance which would be beneficial to athletes competing in events with short recovery periods (preliminary heats, finals) such as track and field, swimming, and multiple day events, such as the tour de france. guidelines regarding the optimal timing and amount of carbohydrate after exercise have been well established. 3,4 this article will provide an overview and discussion of the research that focuses on the effects of cho and cho:pro feedings after exercise on various indices of recovery, including muscle damage, glycogen resynthesis and exercise performance. research has also examined the effectiveness of the addition of protein to a post-exercise carbohydrate beverage on recovery. in addition, this paper will review the existing guidelines for a post-exercise recovery meal, 4 including timing and presence of other nutrients. carbohydrate and recovery muscle glycogen is the primary fuel source during high-intensity exercise and an important source during endurance exercise. therefore, after prolonged intense exercise, post-exercise glycogen restoration plays a very important role in the recovery process. because endogenous carbohydrate is a crucial but relatively limited fuel during high-intensity prolonged endurance exercise, it must be replenished. post-exercise glycogen synthesis is highly dependent on the extent of glycogen depletion, as well as the type, duration and intensity of the exercise session. 6 for up to 6 hours after exercise, the rate of muscle glycogen resynthesis is accelerated, and within 24 hours after exercise complete restoration of glycogen stores can occur when sufficient amounts of carbohydrate are consumed. 1,7 glycogen resynthesis after a glycogen-depleting exercise bout or endurance exercise occurs in two phases. the first phase, or the rapid phase, review nutritional strategies for post-exercise recovery: a review abstract finding the optimal nutrition regimen for enhanced recovery is fundamental in enhancing exercise training and performance. therefore, research has aimed to examine post-exercise nutritional strategies for optimal recovery. because muscle glycogen is the primary substrate utilised during high-intensity exercise, it must be replenished. recent research has examined the effectiveness on recovery of adding protein to a post-exercise carbohydrate beverage. this review summarises and analyses the literature on nutritional strategies aimed at enhancing various indicators of post-exercise recovery: glycogen resynthesis, muscle damage and performance. furthermore, the literature on medline and pubmed comparing the effectiveness of carbohydrate-only (cho) beverage with a carbohydrate:protein (cho:pro) beverage on maximising recovery was reviewed. the methods and results of studies regarding post-exercise nutritional strategies for recovery were analysed. primary results of this review suggest that the optimal timing in regard to post-exercise nutritional strategies for maximal glycogen resynthesis is within the first 30 minutes after exercise. the literature suggests that 1.0 1.5 g.kg -1 h -1 of carbohydrate ingested at 2-hour intervals after exercise for up to 6 hours may be optimal for recovery. the addition of protein to a post-exercise meal may supply additional amino acids necessary for muscle repair creating an anabolic condition. correspondence: kelly pritchett department of health, human performance and nutrition 400 east university way central washington university ellensburg, wa 98926 tel: 205-887-1809 e-mail: kkerr@cwu.edu kelly l pritchett (phd, rd, cssd) 1 robert c pritchett (phd) 1 philip bishop (edd) 2 1 department of health, human performance, and nutrition, central washington university, ellensburg, wa 2 kinesiology department, university of alabama, tuscaloosa, al 20 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 21 lasts anywhere from 30 to 60 minutes and is insulin independent due to the increased permeability of the muscle cell as a result of exercise-induced translocation of glut-4 (glucose transporter carrier protein-4) and plausibly an up-regulation of glycogen synthase. an increase in post-exercise glycogen synthase and exercise-induced increases in insulin sensitivity may be the potential mechanism res ponsible for the 2to 4-hour period of enhanced glycogen resynthesis following exercise. the literature indicates that a recovery meal consumed within 2 hours after exercise, compared with no feeding, is effective in improving recovery. 8 because complete muscle glycogen resynthesis can take as long as 24 hours, even under optimal conditions, studies have examined methods to increase the rate of muscle glycogen resynthesis. 9 depending on the extent of glycogen depletion, consuming 1.0 1.5 g cho.kg -1 h -1 immediately after exercise, and at 30-minute intervals for up to 6 hours after exercise, appears to be optimal for adequate glycogen resynthesis. 1,4,10,11,25 on the other hand, if cho intake is delayed by 2 hours, glycogen resynthesis rates have been found to be 45% lower. 3,12 intestinal absorption of glucose is possibly a rate-limiting factor for glycogen resynthesis when a large bolus of carbohydrate is consumed after exercise. 13 cho supplementation (~1.0 g.kg -1 h -1 ) provided at frequent intervals (15 60-minute intervals) after exercise has been suggested to be more effective than a large bolus in maintaining higher blood glucose levels, thereby resulting in increased muscle glycogen restoration. 1,3 the majority of the research has examined the effect of a postexercise recovery beverage given in 1-hour increments. however, little research has examined the effects of providing a post-exercise beverage at more frequent intervals versus a large bolus feeding. research regarding glycogen resynthesis rates is equivocal when different amounts of carbohydrate were consumed after exercise. 1,6 ingesting a carbohydrate beverage at more frequent intervals (30-minute intervals) has been associated with enhanced glycogen resynthesis rates. 1,12,14 van loon et al. found that an increase in post-exercise consumption of carbohydrate from 0.8 to 1.2 g.kg -1 h -1 taken at 30-minute intervals increased muscle glycogen synthesis rates (16.6 v. 35.4 mmol.kg -1 . dw.h -1 ) in 8 trained cyclists following a glycogen depletion cycling trial. 6 the majority of studies that have found no effect on glycogen resynthesis with increased carbohydrate intake post exercise have supplemented at 2-hour intervals. 12,14 recent research suggests that 2-hour intervals may not be optimal for increasing muscle glycogen resynthesis, especially since rapid resynthesis occurs within the first 2 hours after exercise. 6,15-17 other studies have reported higher glycogen resynthesis rates when a supplement was ingested more frequently as opposed to one large bolus. 10,18 the research shows positive results for a post-exercise bolus feeding on glycogen resynthesis, recovery and performance. however, further research is needed to determine whether a postexercise feeding provided at more frequent time intervals during the recovery period could result in further improved performance. discrepancies among study results may be due to the difference in table i. summary of studies that investigated the effectiveness of a cho-only beverage versus a cho:pro beverage on recovery and performance indices grouped according to year published author (year) subjects (n) protocol measures treatment results carrithers, 2000 7 male collegiate cyclists 70% max to exhaustion, overnight rest, 75 m @70% max to exhaustion & 6 x 1 m sprints muscle glycogen serum glu serum insulin cho, cho:pro, cho:aa eucaloric (1 g.kg -1 cho), every 30 m for 4 h no diff. in muscle glycogen or performance ivy, 2002 7 trained male cyclists 2.5 h @ 70% max cycl., tx @ 1, 2 h postexercise muscle gly plasma insulin cho: pro (80:28) lcho (80 g) h cho (108 g) cho:pro sig. (p<0.05) higher gly resynth saunders, 2004 15 trained male cyclists 75% max to exhaustion 12-15 h recovery 85% max to exhaustion cpk performance cho (7.3%) & cho:pro (7.3%: 1.8%) given during and post exercise 83% lower cpk in cho:pro, 40% longer tt (cho:pro) betts, 2005 9 (study a) 7 (study b) recreational athletes 90 min run @ 70% max to exhaustion, 4 h recovery run time to exhaustion @ 85% max insulin response 9% cho v. 9% cho: 1.5% pro (1.2 g.kg -1 .h -1 cho v. 0.8 g.kg -1 .h -1 ) no diff. in performance, sig. (p<0.05) greater insulin response w cho:pro karp, 2006 9 trained male cyclists interval workout 4 h recovery 70% max to exhaustion cycling performance total work rpe choc milk, fr (gatorade), cr (endurox): (1 g.kg -1 .h -1 cho) for first 2 h post exercise tt & total work were sig. (p<0.05) greater w fr and choc milk berardi, 2006 6 competitive male cyclists 60 min time trial (am) 6 h recovery 60 min time trial (pm) muscle glycogen time trial performance isocaloric (4.8 kcal.kg-1) cho: pro (0.8 g.kg -1 , 0.4 g.kg -1 ), cho (1.2 g.kg -1 ), plb for 2 h post exercise, followed by solid meal 4 h post (7 kcal.kg -1 ) liquid cho:pro (p<0.05) greater gly synthesis during recovery no diff tt luden, 2007 23 cross-country runners (11m, 12 f) 6 d suppl. during workout cpk 5k & 8k soreness cho:pro:a (1.4 g.kg -1 cho, 0.3 g.kg -1 pro, vit c & e), cho (1.46 g.kg -1 ): 30 min post exercise sig. (p<0.05) lower cpk, & soreness in c:p:a. no diff. in performance tt = time trial, cpk = creatine kinase, cho = carbohydrate, pro = protein, c:p:a = carbohydrate, protein, antioxidant, plb = placebo. protocols used, timing and interval of post-exercise recovery meals, training status of subjects, and form of cho. therefore, considering these limitations and inconsistency among the research protocols, current research suggests that 1.0 1.5 g.kg -1 h -1 of cho is sufficient for maximal glycogen resynthesis. 1,3,4 more studies are needed that examine the effects of a post-exercise feeding over time and that simulate a normal training programme. addition of protein to cho in a recovery meal the literature concerning the effects of post-exercise ingestion of a cho-pro supplement compared with a cho supplement (i.e. sports beverage) on performance is inconsistent. some studies show improved performance with the cho-pro complex versus a cho only, 11,13,16-21 while others show no difference in performance. 5,22-24 it should be noted that the majority of the literature has examined recovery in trained cyclists or runners when performing a time trial to exhaustion at 70 85% of vo2max. 5,11,13,16,20-24 table i provides a summary of several studies that have investigated the effectiveness of a cho-only beverage versus a cho:pro beverage on recovery indices. protein and muscle glycogen resynthesis protein contributes an estimated 5 15% of total energy expenditure during endurance exercise, 25 which is considerably less than the contribution of carbohydrate. berardi et al. found a significant (p<0.05) improvement in glycogen resynthesis during a 6-hour recovery following a 60-minute cycling time trial with cho:pro (0.8 g.kg -1 cho, 0.4 g.kg -1 pro) in male cyclists (cho:pro 28.6±2.1 mmol.l -1 v. cho 22.2±1.1 mmol.l -1 ), while betts et al. found a significant (p<0.05) increase in insulinaemic response with cho:pro trial (cho:pro 13.5±1.1 miu 240 min -1 .ml -1 v. cho 11.4±0.9 miu 240 min -1 .ml -1 ) during a 4-hour recovery after 90 minutes of running at 70% of vo2max in active runners. 5,22 however, neither of these studies found a difference in performance during a run time to exhaustion at 85% of vo2max 22 or a 60-minute time cycling time trial5 between the cho:pro and cho-only trials. these findings are similar to other studies 6,15-17 which have reported improved glycogen repletion following post-exercise cho-pro supplementation (at a 2 2.9:1 ratio of cho-to-protein). 1 berardi et al. speculated that the self-selected intensity used in the time trial for this study may have impacted performance outcomes. 5 a controlled intensity may have been more beneficial. betts et al. suggested that factors such as protein content, frequency of supplementation, and factors other than carbohydrate availability such as acidosis, which are related to fatigue, may have affected performance. 22 these findings are similar to the earlier-reported studies indicating improved glycogen repletion following post-exercise chopro supplementation compared with cho only, 6,15-17 while others have observed no effects. 5,9,22,23,26 contrary to these findings, ivy et al. found that consuming 200 ml of a solution with a 4:1 ratio of cho-pro (7.75% cho/1.94% pro) every 20 minutes during the recovery period enhanced cycling endurance performance by 36% in trained cyclists versus a cho-only (7.75% cho) solution. reasons for these performance differences among the studies are inconclusive. however, the authors speculated that the results of this study may have been related to maintenance of plasma amino acid levels as it relates to the (branched chain amino acid) central fatigue hypothesis, sparing of muscle glycogen, or retention of krebs’ cycle intermediates. 20 decreased muscle glycogen levels are closely related to fatigue during exercise. 16 the addition of protein to a cho beverage would be practically important if it further increased performance and enhanced recovery between exercise sessions with a short recovery period. current research has examined the impact after intense exercise of adding protein (pro) (~20% of total calories) to a carbohydrate beverage on muscle glycogen resynthesis. prior research suggested that the addition of protein to a post-exercise carbohydrate beverage enhanced glycogen resynthesis due to an increase in insulin levels, thereby enhancing glucose deposits in the muscle. 3,6,17,23 however, it should be noted that the aforementioned investigations were not eucaloric between the beverages. recently, when the energy content of the protein is matched in the beverages, some of these findings regarding the increase in glycogen resynthesis have been refuted. 3 carrithers et al. found no difference in muscle glycogen resynthesis rates when comparing three post-exercise eucaloric (cho, cho:pro, versus a cho:amino acid) beverages administered every 30 minutes during a 4-hour recovery in male collegiate cyclists after a glycogen depletion ride on a cycle ergometer. 23 in contrast, ivy et al. suggested that consumption of a post-exercise cho:pro (80 g cho, 28 g pro, and 6 g fat) beverage enhanced early post-exercise muscle glycogen resynthesis rates after 2.5 hours cycling at 70% of vo2max when compared with a high choonly (108 g cho, and 6 g fat), and low cho-only (80 g cho, and 6 g fat) beverage. in addition, there were no differences in post-exercise insulin concentrations among the three treatments; however, postexercise plasma glucose concentrations were significantly lower with the cho:pro beverage. the authors speculated that the increase in muscle glycogen restoration and decrease in plasma glucose concentrations with a cho:pro beverage may signify enhanced glucose uptake and relocation of intracellular glucose disposal. 15 furthermore, the addition of protein to a post-exercise recovery meal may be beneficial if carbohydrate consumption is below the threshold (<1g.kg -1 ) for maximal glycogen replacement. 3 protein and muscle recovery the addition of protein to a post-exercise recovery meal may also enhance net protein anabolism. 13 during the post-exercise period, there is an increased rate of muscle protein synthesis in trained individuals. 3 the results of literature 6,15-17 seem to be in support of the addition of protein to the recovery beverage. in addition, studies have reported decreases in muscle damage (cpk) with the addition of pro to a recovery beverage after exercise sessions. 8,13,21,25,27,28 both high-intensity and prolonged endurance exercise can damage skeletal muscle, resulting in delayed-onset muscle soreness with concurrent increases in markers of muscle damage such as creatine kinase (ck), myoglobin (mb), cortisol and lactate dehydrogenase (ldh). 29,30 elevated levels of these enzymatic markers are associated with decreased performance. 30 due to the applied nature of recovery studies, the majority of the literature examining muscle damage has included multiple indicators of muscle damage: bloodborne creatine kinase (ck), subjective measures of muscle soreness (using a visual scale). 31 however, ck has been criticised as an effective indicator of muscle damage because of poor correlations with direct measures of muscle damage. research that has examined subsequent exercise performance and muscle damage suggests that a cho:pro v. a cho-only beverage ingested during and after exercise may positively influence recovery. 13,21,25,32 saunders et al. found that the addition of protein to a carbohydrate replacement beverage taken during and after exercise resulted in 83% lower ck levels 12 15 hours after endurance cycling at 85% of vo2max when compared with a cho22 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 23 only beverage in trained cyclists. in addition, cyclists performed 40% longer following the consumption of a cho:pro beverage. 13 however, it should be noted that the amount of calories between the two beverages were not equivalent (cho:pro 581 kcals; cho 391 kcals). another study that compared the ingestion of cho:pro gels with cho-only gels during and after a cycling trial at 70% of vo2max to exhaustion in cyclists, found that ck levels were significantly increased (p<0.05) post exercise with the cho-only trial ((pre) 183±116 u.l -1 , (post) 267±214 u.l -1 ) compared with the combined cho:pro trial ((pre)180±133 u.l -1 , (post) 222±141 u.l -1 ). 25 these findings are similar to a study by romano et al., who found that consumption of a cho:pro:antioxidants (cho:pro:a) v. a choonly beverage during and after two consecutive rides to exhaustion (the first ride at 70% of vo2max , followed by a second ride at 80% of vo2max) significantly (p<0.05) attenuated levels of ck (cho: (pre) 203±120 u.l -1 , (post) 582±475 u.l -1 , and cho:pro:a (pre) 188±119 u.l -1 v. 273±169 u.l -1 ), as well as lactate dehydrogenase (ldh), and subjective muscle soreness using a 5-point scale (cho 3.0±5.0, and cho:pro:a 1.0±3.0) after exercise. 8 the two beverages used in this study were matched for caloric content. it is unclear whether decreases in muscle damage and improvements in performance would be seen with post-exercise feedings alone 31 compared with feedings given both during, and after the workout. it should be noted that subjects supplemented both during and post exercise in most aforementioned studies. recently, chocolate milk has been suggested to be an effective, but lower-cost recovery aid due to a cho:pro ratio similar to many commercial recovery and carbohydrate-replacement beverages. 11 chocolate milk is composed of monosaccharides (glucose and fructose) and disaccharides (lactose), while the commercially available recovery beverage consists of monosaccharides (glucose and fructose) and complex carbohydrates (maltodextrin). based on the recommendations (4) regarding post-exercise cho intake, a 70kg male, would need to consume 510 810 ml (70 84 g cho, and 19 30 g pro) and a 60-kg female 435 690 ml (60 72 g cho and 16 26 g pro) of low-fat chocolate milk per hour. karp et al. examined the effectiveness of consuming chocolate milk (choc) as a postexercise recovery aid between two cycling sessions in trained cyclists. after 4 hours of recovery, cycling time to exhaustion at 70% of vo2max was significantly longer for the chocolate milk trial (by ~15 minutes) compared with the recovery beverage (endurox r4, pacifichealth labratories, woodbridge, nj) trial. 11 the differences in performance demonstrated in this study may have been attributed to the different types of carbohydrate in the beverages. because increases in muscle glycogen levels during the early hours of recovery are greater with simple v. complex carbohydrate, 33 perhaps the 4-hour recovery period did not allow enough time for the complete digestion of the complex carbohydrates in the recovery beverage. the authors of this study also speculated whether the higher fat content of chocolate milk may have increased the levels of free fatty acids in the blood, possibly delaying glycogen depletion during the subsequent cycling trial to exhaustion and allowing subject to cycle longer. 11 however, when post-exercise consumption of choc was compared with an isocaloric over-the-counter recovery beverage (crb) (based on 1 g cho.kg -1 of body weight/ hour post-exercise for the first 2 hours) after a highintensity fatiguing trial, the authors found no differences in cycling time to exhaustion at 85% of vo2max. 27 pritchett et al. compared the post-exercise consumption of chocolate milk (choc) to an over-the-counter recovery beverage (crb) matched for cho:pro content and found creatine kinase (ck) was significantly (p<0.05) greater in the crb trial compared with the choc trial (increase choc 27.9±134.8 u.l -1 , crb 211.9±192.5u.l -1 ); with differences not significant for ck post (choc 394.8 ±166.1 u.l -1 , crb 489.1±264.4 u.l -1 ) between the two trials. 27 furthermore, a recent study found similar improvements in endurance performance between a cho:pro and a cho-only beverage when matched for total kilocalories. also, lower plasma ck levels were observed in the cho:pro v. cho-only trial. 21 the majority of studies only examined a single-dose recovery beverage ingested post exercise on muscle damage and performance but did not examine chronic training effects. the potential benefits of the recovery aid may be insignificant if not given adequate time to be effective, especially in highly trained athletes. more recent studies have examined a post-exercise nutritional beverage taken over time (6 days) on muscle damage. luden et al. found significantly (p<0.05) lower ck levels with a cho:pro:a beverage (223.21±160.7 u.l -1 ) versus the choonly beverage (307.3±312.9 u.l -1 ). muscle soreness, using a visual analog scale, was also reported to be significantly (p<0.05) lower after 5 days of post-exercise supplementation with the cho:pro:a beverage (1.0 vas) v. the cho only beverage (2.0 vas). however, the effect of protein on protein synthesis and protein degradation in this study cannot be ruled out. it is not evident whether the results of this study were due to supplementation during exercise, after exercise, or in combination. the authors offered that it cannot be ruled out that the attenuation in ck levels may be due to the additional calories, or improvements in protein synthesis with the cho:pro:a beverage. 26 similarly, skillen et al. reported decreases in ck levels and fatigue following 90 minutes of cycling at 75% of vo2max followed by a time trial to exhaustion at 85% of vo2max after 2 weeks of supplementation in cyclists with a 3.6% cho ±1% amino acid solution. 32 gilson et al. examined the effectiveness of low-fat chocolate milk versus a high cho recovery beverage consumed after exercise for a week in intercollegiate soccer players. 34 the soccer players continued their normal training regimen (which was similar among subjects). similar to the findings of luden et al., 31 this study found significantly (p<0.05) lower cpk (choc: 316.9±188.3 u.l -1 , cho:431.6±310.8 u.l -1 ) levels after one week of supplementation with a beverage containing protein (chocolate milk) v. a high cho-only beverage. however, no differences in performance were reported between beverages. 34 in conclusion, post-exercise recovery beverages containing protein seem to be effective in improving recovery indices. however, some of the results may be due to the higher caloric content of the cho:pro supplements. the additional protein calories via glucogenesis may have provided additional substrate for glycogen resynthesis to occur, therefore aiding in an enhanced recovery. 12 currently research suggests that 20 25 g of high-quality protein during a single feeding is optimal. future research should examine the type of protein, timing of intake, and the effects of distribution of protein throughout the day on recovery indices. 3 type of recovery meals research examining the effects of a post-exercise feeding has exclusively supplemented with a beverage or solid rather than a gel feeding. one reason for this may be that gels are typically consumed during endurance exercise. it appears that the same benefits would be observed with a meal that is in the form of a solid or liquid feeding. 3 consequently, current recommendations are based on research that has examined recovery meals in liquid or solid form. to our knowledge, one study has examined the effects of a postexercise cho-only oral gel versus a cho:pro oral gel on endurance performance and muscle damage. saunders et al. compared the effectiveness of a cho:pro gel to a cho-only gel consumed 24 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 during and after exercise on muscle damage and performance measures. in a cycling time trial to volitional exhaustion at 75% of vo2 peak, subjects cycled 13% longer (p<0.05) with the cho:pro gel compared with the cho-only gel. also, ck levels significantly increased (p<0.05) after exercise with the cho-only gel compared with the cho:pro gel. 25 limitations of studies various limitations have been discussed throughout the studies that have examined post-exercise nutritional strategies for optimal recovery. the vast majority of the studies examined the acute effects of post-exercise recovery on exercise performance. practically it would be more beneficial to examine the effects of these nutritional strategies over a longer duration similar to a training regimen. extraneous variables such as dietary intake and sleep patterns were often not controlled in the studies. in order to examine the effect of a recovery beverage on performance and recovery, it is vital to control for dietary intake. it is ideal to provide a food frequency questionnaire as well as a 3-day food record to get an accurate depiction of diet. sleep is another variable that could influence the results of study, therefore variations in sleep patterns should be considered when comparing trials. over the past 5 years, evidence has suggested a cho:pro beverage may be more beneficial in enhancing endurance performances compared with a cho-only beverage. 35 a major concern that has been addressed in a number of the studies is the inconsistency of the calories between treatments (i.e. cho v. cho:pro beverages). providing isocaloric beverages would be beneficial in determining whether it is the addition of protein, or the additional calories, that are responsible for the results. research on post-exercise nutritional strategies has primarily been done on males. a study by tarnopolsky et al. suggested males oxidise higher proportion of carbohydrate during exercise than females. 36 therefore, recommendations that have been established may only be effective for males and should be examined in females. future research future research should examine isocaloric beverages when comparing beverages of different compositions on recovery. because it is ideal to incorporate a recovery beverage into athletes’ daily regimens, it would be more beneficial to the athletic population to examine the effectiveness of a post-exercise recovery beverage taken on a daily basis. future research should examine other measures of muscle damage. creatine phosphokinase and subjective measures of muscle soreness have been the primary dependent variables in the literature. due to the variable nature of ck, measuring other blood parameters such as ldh, myoglobin and cortisol in conjunction with ck would enhance the quality of the studies. it has also been noted that frequent post-exercise feedings may be beneficial in enhancing glycogen resynthesis. perhaps providing glucose at a metered rate rather than as a bolus would provide higher plasma glucose and insulin levels, resulting in enhanced glycogen resynthesis. 1 therefore research should examine differences in a metered post-exercise feeding v. a large bolus feeding. many athletes, particularly cyclists, consume foods in solid or gel forms during workout or competition. for practical purposes, research should examine differences in solid, liquid and gel forms of recovery meals on muscle glycogen resynthesis, and other recovery measures. practical applications the literature that is available regarding post-exercise nutritional strategies for optimal performance is evolving. we suggest that the optimal timing regarding post-exercise nutritional strategies for maximal glycogen resynthesis is within the first 2 hours after exercise. 6,15-17 also, the literature suggests that 1.0 1.5 g.kg -1 .h -1 may be optimal for recovery. 1,11,15 the addition of 20 25 g of high-quality protein to a recovery meal may aid in muscle protein resynthesis. 3, 6,15-17 references 1. jentjens rl, jeukendrup ae. determinants of post-exercise glycogen synthesis during short term recovery. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2003;33(2):117-144. 2. burke l. fasting and recovery from exercise. br j sports med 2010;44:502508. 3. bishop pa, jones, e, woods k. recovery from training: a brief review. j strength cond res 2008;229(3):1-10. 4. american college of sports medicine, american dietetic association, and dietitians of canada. nutrition and athletic performance. joint position statement of the american dietetic association, dietitians of canada, and the medicine and american college of sports medicine. med sci sports exerc 2009;109:509-527. 5. berardi jm, price tb, noreen ee, lemon pwr. postexercise muscle glycogen recovery enhanced with carbohydrate-protein supplement. med sci sports exerc 2006;38(6):1106-1113. 6. van loon lj, saris wm, ruijshoopanda mk, wagenmakers am. maximizing postexercise muscle glycogen synthesis: carbohydrate supplementation and the application of amino acid or protein hydrolysate. am j clin nutr 2000;72:106-111. 7. ryans m. sports nutrition for endurance athletes, 2nd ed. boulder, co: velopress, 2007. 8. romano-ely bc, todd k, saunders mj, st. laurent t. effect of an isocaloric carbohyrdrate-protein-antioxidant drink on cycling performance. med sci sports exerc 2006;38(9):1608-1616. 9. van hall g, shirreffs sm, calbert jal. muscle glycogen resynthesis during recovery from cycle exercise: no effect of additional protein ingestion. j appl physiol 2000;88:1631-1636. 10. doyle ja, sherman wm, strauss rl. effects of eccentric and concentric exercise on muscle glycogen replenishment. j appl physiol 1993;74:1848-1855. 11. karp jr, johnston jd, tecklenburg s, mickleborough td, fly ad, stager jm. chocolate milk as a post-exercise recovery aid. int j sport nutr exerc meta 2006;16:78-91. 12. ivy jl, katz al, cutler cl. muscle glycogen synthesis after exercise: effect of time of carbohydrate ingestion. j appl physiol 1988;64(4):14801485. 13. saunders mj, kane md, todd mk. effects of carbohydrate-protein beverage on cycling endurance and muscle damage. med sci sport exerc 2004;36(7):1233-1238. 14. blom, pcs. effect of different post-exercise sugar diets on the rate of glycogen synthesis. med sci sports exerc 1987;19(5):491-496. 15. ivy jl, goforth hw, damon bm, mccauley tr, parsons ec, price tb. early postexercise muscle glycogen recovery is enhanced with a carbohydrate-protein supplement. j appl physiol 2002;93:1337-1344. 16. williams mb, raven pb, fogt dl, ivy jl. effects of recovery beverages on glycogen restoration and endurance exercise performance. j strength cond res 2003;17:12-19. 17. zawadzki km, yaspelkis bb, ivy jl. carbohydrate-protein complex increases the rate of muscle glycogen storage after exercise. j appl physiol 1992;72:1854-1859. 18. van hall g, saris whm, wagenmakers ajm. effect of carbohydrate supplementation on plasma glutamine during prolonged exercise and recovery. int j sports med 1998;19:82-86. 19. berardi jm, noreen ee, lemon pwr. recovery from a cycling time trial is enhanced with carbohydrate-protein supplementation vs. isoenergetic carbohydrate supplementation. j inter soc sports nutr 2008; 5(24). 20. ivy jl, res pt, sprague rc, widzer mo. effect of a carbohydrate-protein supplement on endurance performance during exercise of varying intensity. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2003;13(3):382-395. 21. valentine rj, saunders mj, todd mk, st. laurent tg. influence of carbohydrate-protein beverage on cycling endurance and indices of muscle disruption. int j sports nutr exerc metab 2008;18:379-388. 22. betts ja, stevenson e, williams c, steppard c, grey e, griffin j. recovery of endurance running capacity: effect of carbohydrate-protein mixtures. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2005;15:590-609. 23. carrithers ja, williamson dl, gallagher pm, godard mp, schulze ke, trappe sw. effects of postexercise carbohydrate-protein feedings on muscle glycogen restoration. j appl physiol 2000;88:1976-1982. sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 25 24. green ms, corona bt, doyle ja, ingalls cp. carbohydrate-protein drinks do not enhance recovery from exercise-induced muscle injury. int j sports nutr exerc metab 2008;18:1-18. 25. saunders mj, luden nd, herrcick je. consumption of an oral carbohydrate-protein gel improves cycling endurance and prevents postexercise muscle damage. j strength cond res 2007;21(3):678-684. 26. jentjens rlpg, van loon lj, mann ch, wagenmakers am, jeukendrup ae. addition of protein and amino acids to carbohydrates does not enhance postexercise muscle glycogen synthesis. j appl physiol 2001;93:839-846. 27. pritchett kl, bishop pa, pritchett rc, green jm, katica c. acute effects of chocolate milk and a commercial recovery beverage on post-exercise muscle damage and cycling performance. j appl phys nutr & metab 2009;34(6):1017-1022. 28. ready sl, seifert jl, burke e. the effects of two sports drinks formulations on muscle stress and performance. med sci sports exerc 1999;31:s119. 29. clarkson pm, kearns ak, rouzier p, rubin r, thompson pd. serum creatine kinase levels and renal function measures in exertional muscle damage. med sci sports exerc 2006;38(4):623-627. 30. white jp, wilson jm, austin kg, greer bk, st. john n, panton lb. effect of a carbohydrate-protein supplement timing on acute exercise-induced muscle damage. j int soc sports nutr 2008;5(5). 31. luden nd, saunders mj, todd k. postexercise carbohydrate-proteinanitoxidant ingestion decreases plasma creatine kinase and muscle soreness. int j sport nutr exerc met 2007;17:109-123. 32. skillen ra, testa m, applegate ea, heiden ea, fascetti aj, casazza ga. effects of an amino acid – carbohydrate drink on exercise performance after consecutive-day exercise bouts. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2008;18:473-492. 33. freidman je, neufer pd, dohm gl. regulation of glycogen resynthesis following exercise. sports med 1991;11(4):232-243. 34. gilson s, suanders mj, moran c, moore r, womack cj, todd k. effects of chocolate milk consumption on markers of recovery following soccer training: a randomized cross-over study. j inter soc sports nutr 2010;7(19). 35. baty jj, hwang h, ding z, bernard jr, wang b, kwon b, ivy jl. the effect of a carbohydrate and protein supplement on resistance exercise performance, hormonal response, and muscle damage. j strength cond res 2007;21(2):321-329. 36. tarnopolsky ma, bosman m, macdonald jr, vandeputte d, marti j, roy bd. postexercise protein-carbohydrate and carbohydrate supplements increase muscle glycogen in men and women. j appl physiol 1997;83(6):1877-1883. km_c227-20180711130336 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 35 original research background. rugby is a physically demanding body contact sport. optimising dietary intake and body composition can positively affect the performance of rugby players. objectives. to determine the body composition, habitual and game-specific nutritional practices of fnb maties varsity cup (mvc) rugby players. methods. a descriptive, cross-sectional study with an analytical component was conducted. of all the mvc rugby players (n=35), 18 completed the sections on body composition and match-day dietary intake, while 11 completed the habitual dietary intake section. body composition data were collected by an international society for the advancement of kinanthropometry-accredited biokineticist. habitual dietary intake data (via a self-administered 7-day food record) and match-day dietary strategies (via telephonic 24-hour recall interview) were collected and compared with nutritional requirements reported by the international olympic committee, the american dietetic association, the american college of sports medicine and the international society of sport nutrition. results. forwards had significantly higher weight (p=0.01), sum of seven skinfolds (p=0.01), percentage body fat (p=0.02), fat mass (p=0.01) and fat-free mass (p=0.01) than backs. compared with current recommendations, group habitual dietary intake (mean (standard deviation)) was inadequate for total energy (45.4 (9.0) kcal/kg body weight (bw)), carbohydrate (4.3 (0.4) g/kg bw), polyunsaturated fatty acids (6.2 (1.7)% of total energy (te)), calcium:protein ratio (6.5:1 (3.5:1)) and copper (2.3 (0.4) mg), while displaying higherthan-recommended intakes for total protein (2.4 (0.7) g/kg bw), fibre (37.7 (7.3) g/day), total fat (33.8 (4.3)% te), saturated fatty acids (11.2 (13.1)% te), cholesterol (766.3 (371.8) mg) and niacin (45.2 (6.9) µg). habitual supplement use was high at 91% (n=10/11). nutritional match-day strategies were excessive for protein (1.2 (0.6) g/kg bw) and fat (0.9 (0.4) g/kg bw) in the pre-event meal, inadequate for energy and carbohydrate during the game and excessive for alcohol (54.4 (59.9) g) after the game. conclusion. forwards and backs differed significantly in various body composition measurements. in relation to observed practices, hab it ual dietary intake and nutritional match-day strategies were suboptimal, with high reported supplement use. players in this sport potentially could benefit from specialist input to optimise dietary strategies and body composition in order to enhance performance. s afr j sm 2014;26(2):35-43. doi:10.7196/sajsm.504 body composition and habitual and match-day dietary intake of the fnb maties varsity cup rugby players s potgieter, bsc dietetics, m nutr, phd nutr sci; j visser, bsc dietetics, m nutr; i croukamp, bsc dietetics; m markides, bsc dietetics; j nascimento, bsc dietetics; k scott, bsc dietetics division of human nutrition, department of interdisciplinary health sciences, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, tygerberg, cape town, south africa corresponding author: s potgieter (sunita@sun.ac.za) after soccer, rugby is the most popular south african (sa) sport, with a following of ~10 million.[1] development and implementation of new programmes at school, club and university level is one of the sa rugby union (saru)’s aims to reap the long-term benefits in the sport. the annual saru 2012 report emphasised that the successful implementation of the fnb varsity cup presented by steinhoff international reinvigorated university-level rugby and provided the ideal stage on which players can display their skills.[2] this interuniversity competition (comprising eight teams) was initiated in 2008 and is the third leading domestic rugby competition in sa.[2] the maties, a participating team from stellenbosch university, has won the competition three times since its inception. the stellenbosch rugby football club is probably one of the biggest competitive rug by clubs in the world, producing 171 springboks to date, and constituting the nucleus of the rugby teams of the western province.[3] rugby is a physically demanding body contact sport. rugby players should be physically fit, skilled, fast, alert and psychologically stable. [4] the aforementioned factors increase rugby performance by reducing mistakes on the field and the risk of injury.[4] underpinning increased performance are good discipline and optimal nutrition.[4] often within a sport there is variability in the physical characteristics of players. in rugby, there are two broad positions of play, namely forward players (forwards) and backline players (backs). these positions demand different exercise patterns, physical characteristics and nutritional needs.[5] the physical characteristics of elite,[5,6] amateur,[7] adolescent[8-10] and pre-adolescent rugby players have been documented, and it appears that there are well-defined differences between the physical and morphological characteristics of forwards and backs, especially in terms of height and body weight (bw).[5] when tal ented, motivated and highly trained athletes meet to compete, the border between victory and defeat is usually minute; mailto:sunita@sun.ac.za 36 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 therefore, when everything else is equal, optimal nutrition can be the difference between winning and losing. thus, an adequate diet and nutrient in take can positively affect the performance of athletes.[11] in terms of sport nutrition guidelines, rugby is classified as a field game, utilising strength and power, with patterns of intermittent activity between bursts of high intensity play, followed by rest pauses or periods of lower activity.[12] the work-to-rest ratio can be used to describe a stop-start game such as rugby. the work-to-rest ratio is typically higher for forwards (1:6 7) compared with backs (1:20). [13] the nutritional requirements of rugby players differ depending on playing position, duration and frequency of matches, length of the rugby season, training phase and, as discussed above, positionspecific tasks and physique requirements.[12] objective to the researchers’ knowledge, a comprehensive study of the combina tion of body composition, and habitual and match-day dietary intake of semi-professional and professional rugby players in sa has not been published. the objective of the study was therefore to establish the body composition, habitual and game-specific nutritional practices of maties varsity cup (mvc) rugby players. this information can form the basis of future strategies that can be implemented to optimise the dietary intake and body composition of these players. methods selection and description of participants a descriptive, cross-sectional study with an analytical component was conducted. the study population consisted of male mvc rugby players. census sampling was used to select the participants for the study. the study was approved (n09/10/272) by the health research ethics committee of the faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university. subjects gave written informed consent to participate in the study and were assigned a specific reference number linked to their names. this was necessary owing to the fact that data collection took place over a 2-month period that fell within the competitive season (january february 2009). the list of names, reference numbers and contact details was destroyed following data collection to ensure complete confidentiality and anonymity. technical information the study consisted of three main components, assessing (i) body composition, (ii) habitual dietary intake and (iii) game-specific dietary intake. a level 1 international society for the advancement of kinanthropometry-accredited biokineticist collected anthropometric data. body mass index (bmi) was determined from the weight and height of the players. the sum of seven skinfolds (skfs), fat mass, fat-free mass (ffm) and percentage body fat were also determined. the bmi was interpreted according to the world health organization (who) standard guidelines.[14] the sum of seven skfs from the bicep, tricep, subscapular, supraspinale, abdominal, front thigh and medial calf was obtained and interpreted according to normative data for internationaland national-level male athletes. [15] percentage body fat was calculated using the age of the subject in a gender-specific equation incorporating skf thickness at four anatomical sites.[16] for all anthropometrical measurements, the ave rage of two measurements was used and where consecutive measurements differed significantly, the median was used. habitual dietary intake data were collected via a self-administered 7-day food record, and match-day dietary strategies were collected via a telephonic 24-hour recall interview the day after a varsity cup match was played. final-year bsc dietetics students from stellenbosch university collected data under supervision of two registered dietitians. portion sizes in the food record were quantified using standard household measurements and units. the quantities of supplements, such as energy gels and bars, were recorded as the amounts indicated on the packaging. portion sizes with the telephonic 24-hour recall were described using household measures. dietary data were analysed with food finder tm3 for windows software application, version 1.[17] only the macronutrient content of supplements was quantified and added to the total habitual dietary intake. habitual and training/game-specific dietary macronutrient intake was compared with international references.[11,12] estimated energy availability (estea) was calculated according to the international olympic committee (ioc) guidelines.[11] micronutrient intake values were compared with the dietary reference intakes (dris) and a cut-off value of <67% was deemed inadequate. [18] the ratio of calcium:protein was determined and compared with recommendations (20 mg of calcium per 1 g protein).[19] statistics statistical analysis was completed with the assistance of a biostatistician from the centre for statistical consultation, stellenbosch university. data capturing and statistical analysis programs used included statistica (version 11) and microsoft excel (2010) for windows 7. descriptive statistics were reported as means (standard deviations (sds)) for continuous data. to test the difference between the forwards and backs, analysis of variance (anova) was performed. in the case of data not being normally distributed, the kruskal-wallis test was used to test the difference. differences between the two groups were considered statistically significant where p<0.05. results demographic information a total of 35 players took part in the study, of which 13 were forwards and 16 were backs (6 players did not indicate their position of play). the mean (sd) age of the group was 21.9 (1.2) years. the demographic and training characteristics of the players are summarised in table 1. body composition body composition data, with specific reference to weight, sum of seven skfs, percentage body fat, fat mass and ffm differed significant ly between forwards and backs (table 2). habitual dietary intake eleven players returned full data sets (7-day food record). due to the limited number of returned food records from the backs (n=1), data were not compared between forwards and backs. however, when comparing the group’s habitual macronutrient dietary intake to the recommendations (table 3), it was found that the group had an inadequate intake of total energy (te), carbohydrate and sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 37 polyunsaturated fatty acids (pufas), while displaying higherthan-recommended intakes for total protein, fibre, total fat and saturated fatty acids (sfas). in addition to the high intake of total fats and sfas, the mean (sd) cholesterol intake also exceeded recommendations (766.3 (371.8) mg v. the recommendation of 300 500 mg/day).[18] all the mean micronutrient intakes fell within the recommended dri ranges, except for copper intake (2.3 (0.4) mg, 26% of the dri of 9.0 mg/day), which was low, and niacin intake (45.2 (6.9) mg, 283% of the dri and above the upper limit (ul) of 35 mg/day),[18] which was high. although the calcium intake of the players was adequate (1 250 (403) mg/day v. the dri of 1 000 mg/day and below the ul of 2 500 mg/day),[18] when evaluating the calcium intake in relation to the protein intake (calcium:protein ratio), it was notably low (6.5:1 (3.5:1) v. the recommendation of 20:1).[19] dietary supplement use of the eleven 7-day food records received showing habitual dietary intake, 10 players indicated supplement use (91%). of these players, 50% (n=5) indicated they used supplements to provide more energy, 60% (n=6) to increase muscle mass/weight gain, 40% (n=4) to enhance performance, 70% (n=7) to recover from exercise, 30% (n=3) to prevent illness and 10% (n=1) for hydration, stress relief or no reason. supplements used included exercise performance enhancers, weight table 1. demographic and training characteristics all players* (n=35), mean (sd) forwards (n=13), mean (sd) backs (n=16), mean (sd) p-value age (years) 21.9 (1.2) 22.1 (1.2) 22.0 (1.2) 0.50 exercise/day (minutes) 121.0 (18.2) 120.7 (6.5) 123.2 (16.9) 0.74 rugby training/week (hours) 7.5 (1.1) 7.6 (1.3) 7.4 (1.2) 0.77 other training/week (hours)† 5.4 (1.7) 5.3 (2.2) 5.6 (1.7) 0.63 matches played/week (minutes) 98.3 (34.1) 98.5 (35.1) 105.0 (38.3) 0.63 sd = standard deviation. *n=6 players did not indicate whether they were a forward/back. † other training includes gym training, running and cycling (as indicated by the players) table 2. body composition reference range all players (n=18),* mean (sd) forwards (n=7), mean (sd) backs (n=11), mean (sd) p-value international data national data (boksmart)[20] height (m) 1.8 (0.1) 1.9 (0.1) 1.8 (0.1) 0.16 forwards, mean (sd) 1.9 (0.1)[21] 1.810 (0.050) 1.977 (0.040) backs, mean (sd) 1.8 (0.08)[21] 1.793 (0.065) 1.813 (0.055) weight (kg) 95.5 (13.6) 107.0 (11.2) 86.9 (7.7) 0.01† forwards, mean (sd) 111.1 (2.9)[21] 102.4 (905) 118.4 (8.0) backs, mean (sd) 95.7 (2.3)[21] 88.7 (8.3) 100.2 (14.1) bmi (kg/m2) 18.5 24.9[14] 29.2 (3.7) 32.5 (3.3) 27.1 (2.1) 0.01† sum of seven skinfolds (mm)‡ 36.8 85.9[15] 80.5 (27.2) 100.3 (20.5) 67.9 (23.5) 0.01† forwards, mean (sd) 73.3 (19.5) 111.3 (25.3) backs, mean (sd) 57.1 (14.8) 62.0 (17.0) body fat (%) 8 17[5] 18.2 (5.7) 21.9 (4.4) 15.8 (5.3) 0.02† forwards, mean (sd) 15.2 (2.9) 20.0 (3.1) backs, mean (sd) 12.3 (2.2) 13.7 (2.8) body fat (kg) 18.4 (7.8) 24.8 (6.4) 14.3 (5.6) 0.01† ffm (kg) 79.7 (9.0) 87.8 (7.7) 74.6 (5.1) 0.01† sd = standard deviation; bmi = body mass index; ffm = fat-free mass. * complete sets of anthropometry could be obtained from the biokineticist for n=18 players. † indicates statistically significant difference between forwards and backs. ‡ seven skinfolds: bicep, tricep, subscapular, supraspinale, abdominal, front thigh and medial calf[15] 38 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 gain formulas, muscle builders, recovery enhancers, and protein and carbohydrate supplements. nutritional match-day strategies nutritional match-day strategies were determined for 18 players, of which 10 were forwards and 8 were backs. the macronutrient intake of the rugby players >2 hours before a rugby game was adequate for energy and carbohydrate intake; however, it was too high in protein and fat intake (table 4). no significant differences were found between the pre-event meal of the forwards and of the backs. none of the subjects used supplements immediately before, during or immediately after a rugby match. for the pre-event meal, all the players (n=18) consumed chicken with skin (mean 140.0 (sd 62.0) g), orange juice (407.9 (207.7) ml) and pasta (168.3 (104.0) g) and nine of the players (50%) had eggs (2.7 (1.2) eggs) and brown bread (63.3 (18.0) g) in addition to the abovementioned. no player consumed any food, supplement or sports drink during the rugby game, consuming only water (954.6 (762.1) ml). there was no significant difference between the mean fluid intake during the game between the forwards (1 166.7 (983.2) ml) and the backs (700.0 (308.2) ml) (p=0.34). the macronutrient intake after the game was higher than recommended for carbohydrate, protein and fat intake. the fluid (p=0.02) and energy (including alcohol intake) (p=0.04) intake was significantly higher after the game in the forwards compared with the backs. the players had a very high intake of alcohol after the rugby game, with higher alcohol consumption levels observed in the forwards than in the backs (p=0.07) (table 6). upon calculating the mean total energy intake without alcohol (25.9 (8.2) kcal/kg), it was evident that the total energy intake was even lower than recommendations, although not statistically significant (p=0.31). for the post-event meal, all the players consumed one or more cans of soft drink (585.3 (420.9) ml), 14 (78%) had pasta (107.1 (18.2) g), 13 (72%) had beer (1 326.2 (869.9) ml), 11 (61%) had steers rave burgers (1.5 (0.7) burgers) and 10 (56%) had lasagne (187.5 (90.7) g). only one player consumed a supplement after the rugby game, which provided 36 g carbohydrate per 400 ml fluid (9% carbohydrate solution). the group consumed (5.4 (6.0) alcoholic beverages (6.9 (7.6) units) after the game, with forwards consuming 6.7 (6.7) beverages (8.5 (8.8) units) and backs 2.6 (3.5) beverages (3.4 (4.5) units). discussion body composition endurance, speed, agility, power, flexibility and sport-specific skills are important aspects of well-conditioned rugby players.[5] the results from the present study showed distinct differences between the height, bw, body fat and ffm between the forwards and backs. this is substantiated by literature that has documented well-defined differences between the physical and morphological characteristics of forwards and backs, especially in terms of height and bw.[5,22-24] the average bw of the forwards in our study (~107 kg) was within the normal range when compared with sa data (102 118 kg)[20] and that of new zealand rugby players (~110 kg). the average weight of the backs (~87 kg) was just below the normal range compared with sa data (88 100 kg),[20] but was found to be ~8 kg lighter when compared with that of nz rugby players.[21] national normative data presented by boksmart were used as sa rug by players have shown to be able to compete at an international level. the mean (sd) bmi of the forwards was particularly high (32.5 (3.3) kg/m2); according to the who this is classified as obese. however, the bmi should be interpreted with caution in physically active individuals, as it can incorrectly classify a very muscular person as being overweight. this is true for the backs in our study, as their bmi was 27.1 (2.1) kg/m2, but their mean percentage body fat (15.8 (5.3)%) was just above the national (12 14%) [20] and within international (8 17%) [5] recommendations for rugby players. the percentage body fat of the forwards (~22%) was slightly above national recommendtable 3. habitual dietary macronutrient intakes reference range*† all players (n=11),‡ mean (sd) energy (kcal/kg bw) 50 80[11] 45.4 (9.0) estea (kcal/kg ffm) >30[11] 48.0 (25.1) protein (g/kg bw) 1.2 1.7[11] 1.0 1.5[11] 1.3 1.8[21] 2.4 (0.7) protein (without supplements) (g/kg bw) 1.2 1.7[11] 1.0 1.5[11] 1.3 1.8[11] 1.8 (3.2) carbohydrate (g/kg bw) 6 10[11] 4.3 (0.4) fibre (g/day) 25 30[18] 37.7 (7.3) fat %te 20 35[11] 30[11] 15 20[11] 33.8 (4.3) g/kg bw 1.0 1.5[11] 1.9 (0.5) sfa (%te) 10[18] 11.2 (13.1) mufa (%te) 10[18] 11.2 (1.5) pufa (%te) 10[18] 6.2 (1.7) tfa (%te) <2[18] 0.8 (0.4) sd = standard deviation; bw = body weight; estea = estimated energy availability; ffm = fat-free mass; %te = percentage of total energy; sfa = saturated fatty acids; mufa = mono-unsaturated fatty acids; pufa = polyunsaturated fatty acids; tfa = trans fatty acids. * reference range for macronutrients determined using the amount and level of training of the rugby players (moderate levels of intense training 2 3 hours/day, 5 6 times/week; for moderate levels of intense training the lower level of the range applies (as in this study population); for high-volume intense training the upper level of the range applies). the dietary reference intakes for healthy, physically active individuals were used as a reference range for micronutrient intake – due to the high intake of the players the upper range was used to calculate percentage of total intake. players’ intake was measured during the competitive season (january february 2009). † reference ranges provided are those published by the international olympic committee (ioc), the american college of sports medicine (acsm) and the international society for sports nutrition (issn), the details of which can be found in the review article cited (potgieter, 2013[11]). ‡ of the 11 players who returned the 7-day food record, only eight indicated their position of play (seven forwards, one back). sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 39 ations (15 20%)[20] and ~5% above international recommendations (8 17%).[5] body fat insulates and protects organs and can play a vital role in providing a shield against physical impact experienced by forward players during scrumming;[5] however, it does not contribute to the generation of muscle power and excessive amounts reduce a player’s sprinting ability and influence heat tolerance.[22] backs require more speed as their position of play dictates more running during the game[5] with some tackling required. with increased proficiency in rugby, body fat percentage decreases and bw, specifically muscle mass, increases. [5] the main function of muscle in sport is to contract and generate force,[22] which improves exercise performance.[23] the mvc team won the varsity cup in 2009 (the season in which body composition data was taken). this shows that although there are slight differences in body composition values when compared with national and international data, the team was performing effectively. duthie et al. in 2003[5] and 2006[22] reported that during the 1999 rugby world cup, the most successful teams had higher total bw and that an increased percentage of body fat led to increased energy expenditure, with a subsequent reduction in the power-to-weight ratio and acceleration. the authors concluded that an increased bw is best carried by lean body mass, rather than body fat. therefore, off-season recommendations for the mvc team could include inducing muscle hypertrophy, while reducing fat mass in forward players and increasing weight and muscle mass in backs. this can be achieved by implementing a suitable training programme (including resistance training) in order to provide the competitive advantage and decrease the risk of injury. in-season recommendations to the mvc team would include the maintenance of fitness, strength and power achieved preseason. however, this can be difficult as there is an increased loss of muscle, strength and power during a rugby season because of the increased demand placed on a player’s energy requirements due to training and competition. habitual dietary intake and supplement use comparing the group’s habitual dietary intake to current recommendations, it was found that the group had an inadequate intake of te, carbohydrate, pufa, calcium:protein ratio and copper, and higher-than-recommended intakes for total protein, fibre, total fat, sfa, cholesterol and niacin. although the players had a slightly lower than recommended te intake,[11] it compared favourably to energy intakes found in japanese (41 kcal/kg bw)[25] and australian rugby players (~44 kcal/kg and ~49 kcal/kg bw for forwards and backs, respectively).[23] it appeared from the cross-sectional body composition data that the mvc rugby players were ingesting sufficient te. however, energy balance per se could not be determined as we only had body composition data of one time point during the mvc season. in addition, energy balance (energy in v. energy out) does not provide reliable information about energy requirements, and focuses on an output from rather than input to physiological systems.[11] therefore, determination of estea was of critical importance due to the fact that it is an indication of energy available after energy expended during exercise has been corrected for, thereby showing the impact of a low dietary intake on physiological functions. it has been shown that estea <30 kcal/kg ffm impairs health and exercise performance by specifically suppressing type 1 immunity, which is important for fighting intracellular pathogens such as viruses that commonly cause upper respiratory tract infections in athletes.[11] the high estea found table 4. macronutrient and fluid intake before a rugby game reference range* all players (n=18),† mean (sd) forwards (n=10), mean (sd) backs (n=8), mean (sd) p-value >2 hours before the game energy (kcal/kg bw) 27.2 (8.3) 25.8 (8.6) 29.2 (8.1) 0.44 carbohydrate (g/kg bw) 200 300 (2 3 hours prior)[11] 274.5 (118.8) 299.3 (114.6) 243.6 (124.1) 0.34 1 2 (3 4 hours prior)[11] 1 4 (1 4 hours prior)[11] 2.9 (1.3) 2.8 (1.2) 2.9 (1.6) 0.90 protein (g/kg bw) 0.15 0.25 (3 4 hours prior)[11] 1.2 (0.6) 1.2 (0.4) 1.1 (0.7) 0.90 fat (g/kg bw) 0.9 (0.4) 1.0 (0.4) 0.9 (0.5) 0.64 fluid (ml) hydrate for normal urine output[11] 1 501.9 (813.2) 1 674.0 (796.7) 1 286.9 (833.6) 0.33 1 hour before the game energy (kcal/kg bw) 10.3 (5.3) 8.8 (2.6) 12.2 (7.2) 0.18 carbohydrate (g/kg bw) 1 4 (1 4 hours prior)[11] 1.1 (0.6) 1.0 (0.5) 1.3 (0.7) 0.31 protein(g/kg bw) 0.7 (0.4) 0.6 (0.3) 0.9 (0.5) 0.20 fat (g/kg bw) 0.3 (0.2) 0.3 (0.2) 0.3 (0.3) 0.53 fluid (ml) hydrate for normal urine output[11] 408.4 (375.8) 485.1 (437.1) 312.5 (280.0) 0.26 sd = standard deviation; bw = body weight. * reference ranges provided are those published by the international olympic committee (ioc), the american college of sports medicine (acsm) and the international society for sports nutrition (issn), the details of which can be found in the review article cited (potgieter, 2013[11]). † 17 players could not be reached via phone. 40 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 in the present study group indicated that the players are consuming sufficient energy to match their physical activity level; however, the backs could benefit from a properly designed training programme and dietary advice in order to increase their lean body mass by ~2 8 kg in support of their position of play. it appeared that the players were ingesting too much protein and fat, at the expense of carbohydrate, the most important macronutrient for exercise performance. in rugby specifically, owing to frequent bursts of short sprints ending in contact, and additional time spent scrumming and tackling, the emphasis is predominantly on carbohydrate utilisation.[12] rugby players can cover a distance of up to 10 15 km in a single game, which increases the risk of glycogen depletion and dehydration.[12] in addition to providing fuel to sustain exercise during the game, carbohydrates also play a critical role in maintaining attention and decision-making abilities.[12] if the rugby players were able to meet their carbohydrate requirements, the use of supplements to recover from exercise and to prevent fatigue would become redundant. recommendations should be made that the participants increase their carbohydrate intake to within the required range.[11] ensuring appropriate timing of carbohydrate in take in relation to training sessions is also of vital importance to sustain and improve exercise performance.[11] this is an important in-season recommendation, especially when the aim is to maintain fitness, strength and power. however, during the off-season, the mvc players are recommended to focus on achieving muscle hypertrophy (both forwards and backs) and therefore, recommendations (as provided by the ioc) should be made to include protein intake at 2.7 g/kg bw and carbohydrate intake at 3 4 g/kg bw[11] during hypoenergetic periods. for this study period, the rugby players were closer to meeting these requirements than those according to their activity level. total habitual protein intake (with supplements, ~2.4 g/kg bw) exceeded the recommended range.[11] compared with sedentary individuals (0.8 g/ kg bw), athletes have increased daily protein requirements.[11] however, increasing protein intake beyond elevated requirements for athletes (1.0 1.8 g/kg bw, increased to 2.7 g/kg bw when a change in body composition is desired out of season) is not recommended. timing of protein intake is an important factor, as is taking into consideration the total energy intake and carbohydrate intake in order to optimise adaptations to training. the majority of the participants took protein supplements and indicated the reason being to recover from exercise. the protein intake calculated without the supplements amounted to ~1.8 g/kg bw, which was much closer to in-season protein recommendations; therefore, additional supplement use should be limited. in a study on 247 canadian university athletes, a prevalence of 98.6% supplement use was found; among males these included carbohydrate gels, protein powders and creatine.[26] in singapore, a study completed by tian et al.[27] found a prevalence of 76.8% supplement use in 82 university athletes, which averaged to about two supplements per day. while an adequate intake of pro tein is necessary to recover from exercise and can be beneficial in terms of muscle adaptation, the players had a high habitual protein intake, attenuating the need for additional supplementation. the low calcium:protein ratio indicates that the players were consuming a high amount of protein in relation to their calcium intake. although the calcium intake per se was adequate when table 5. macronutrient and fluid intake after the rugby game reference range* all players (n=18),† mean (sd) forwards (n=10), mean (sd) backs (n=8), mean (sd) p-value energy (kcal/kg bw) 29.6 (9.8) 31.21 (10.0) 27.5 (9.7) 0.04‡ energy without alcohol (kcal/kg bw) 25.9 (8.2) 26.6 (9.9) 24.6 (7.8) 0.88 carbohydrate 1.0 1.5 g/kg bw[11] 1.5 g/kg bw[11] 1 1.2 g/kg bw/hour[11] 3.2 (1.1) 3.2 (1.0) 3.1 (1.3) 0.91 protein g 20 25[11] 88.0 (40.1) 99.5 (47.4) 73.7 (24.5) 0.18 g/kg bw 0.2 0.5[11] 0.9 (0.4) 0.9 (0.4) 0.9 (0.3) 0.68 fat (g/kg bw) 1.0 (0.5) 1.0 (0.6) 1.0 (0.3) 0.71 fluid immediately after (ml) 1 000 1 500 (water and sodium)[11]§ 433.9 (732.3) 578.0 (922.6) 253.8 (375.8) 0.37 after (ml) 1 744.2 (1 383.4) 2 400.5 (1 436.7) 923.8 (780.6) 0.02‡ alcohol (g)¶ 54.4 (59.9) 67.3 (67.3) 26.1 (35.2) 0.07 sd = standard deviation; bw = body weight; ioc = international olympic committe. * reference ranges provided are those published by the ioc, the american college of sports medicine (acsm) and the international society for sports nutrition (issn), the details of which can be found in the review article cited (potgieter, 2013[11]). † 17 players could not be reached via phone. ‡ statistically significant difference between forwards and backs. § ioc recommends water and sodium to replace losses. ¶ one drink of alcohol contains 10 g alcohol. sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 41 compared with the dri, in relation to protein intake it was not sufficient. although most of the supplements consumed contained between 200 and 250 mg calcium per 100 g pro duct, labelling of the supplements was inconsistent and consumption could not be quantified. the ratio of calcium:protein (without supplements) was ~7:1, compared with the prudent dietary recommendation of 20:1. recommendations could be made to align protein and calcium intakes as this would allow for sufficient calcium absorption; at this stage in their development (age), this would be of vital importance in terms of bone mineralisation, as up to 90% of peak bone mass is acquired by 20 30 years of age. as protein can also have a beneficial effect on bone health, athletes could focus on including calcium-rich sources of protein, such as dairy and dairy products.[28] weight-bearing exercise also plays a protective role in terms of bone health, which in the current study population formed part of their conditioning programme. a combination of weight-bearing exercise, appropriate increase in muscle mass and recommended alignment of protein intake would ensure optimal bone health for these (and other) rugby players. the rugby players’ total habitual fat intake was at the upper end of the range recommended by the american college of sports medicine (acsm)[11] and exceeded the recommended range established by the ioc.[11] pufa intake was inadequate, whereas sfa and dietary cholesterol intake exceeded recommendations consistent with good health. this can lead to an increased risk of heart disease, among other diseases of lifestyle, and may have a negative effect on the players’ rugby performance.[4] the forwards are recommended to modify their eating habits in this regard to decrease body fat percentage. the micronutrient intake of the rugby players in the present study was found to be adequate, except for a low copper intake and a high niacin intake. the elevated niacin intake could have been due to a high habitual intake of chicken and tuna. there are no known symptoms of toxicity of increased dietary niacin intake; however, with supplementation, levels exceeding 3 mg/day can cause flushing, headaches, nausea, vomiting and liver toxicity. [18] there are currently no clear guidelines supporting additional micro nutrient supplement ation in physically active individuals.[11] a healthy, balanced diet, which includes all the different food groups, and adequate exposure to sunlight should provide sufficient micronutrients. optimising the habitual dietary intake of the study group is a challenge. the mvc rugby players are university students as well as semi-professional rugby players, and striking a balance between the two can be difficult. although not specifically recorded in this study, many of the players stay in residences on campus, where meals are provided and they have little control over their dietary intake. student life can also include binge-drinking episodes, which can impact on training and rugby performance. nutritional match-day strategies: before, during and after a match dietary intake during competition forms part of a specific shortterm nutritional strategy aimed at maximising performance at that particular time.[11] the macronutrient intake of the rugby players >2 hours before the rugby game was adequate for energy and carbo hydrate intake, but was high in protein and fat. this was due to popular food choices including chicken with skin, eggs, bacon, muffins and cheese. the players had not received any formal nutritional education and they did not receive a standardised pre-event meal. the only guideline available in terms of pre-event protein intake is from the ioc, which states that although preliminary evidence appears to support increased muscle protein synthesis in response to resistance training when protein is given before exercise, follow-up studies have failed to confirm this finding. athletes can employ this strategy during training when resistance exercise forms part of their conditioning programme; however, before games it is not necessary. a high fat intake is not recommended before an event, as this slows down gastric emptying and may cause gastrointestinal upset.[11] the subjects ingested ~1 l of water during the rugby game. the combined recommendation from the ioc, acsm and international society for sports nutrition (issn) is to calculate individual fluid needs in order to prevent hyperand hypohydration.[11] the issn recommends drinking 500 2 000 ml fluid during every hour of exercise (150 200 ml every 15 20 minutes).[11] although this may seem like an impractical guideline because of restricted opportunity to take in fluid, the players in the present study were comfortably reaching this recommendation with their intake of water. several studies have shown that the start of fatigue during exercise overlaps with the depletion of glycogen in the exercising muscles, and that the fluid recommendation is more a vehicle to provide carbohydrate to improve exercise performance rather than to prevent dehydration (as dehydration in some cases will not impair performance).[11] additional studies have shown that ingestion of carbohydrates during exercise can reduce immunosuppressive effects of exercise and promote muscle glycogen recovery.[11] in addition, carbohydrate intake during exercise can improve cognitive function and tactical decision-making, which is especially important during the second half when blood glucose levels decrease. none of the players in the present study consumed any food, supplements or sports drinks during the rugby game. it is recommended that they consume 30 60 g carbohydrate per hour of exercise.[11] in addition to the 10-minute half-time break, the varsity cup provides a 2-minute break in each half (any 2 minutes between the 18th and 22nd minutes in the first half and between the 58th and 62nd minutes in the second half ). recommendations should be made to use halftime and the strategic-break time to consume at least 250 300 ml of a carbohydrate-electrolyte solution. postexercise consumption of carbohydrates promotes recovery from exercise and replenishes depleted glycogen stores.[11] the group of rugby players in the study had sufficient and even higher-thanrecommended intake of carbohydrate and protein. there is consensus from the acsm, issn and ioc on the beneficial effect of the ingestion of ~20 g (0.2 0.5 g/kg) protein with carbohydrates within 30 minutes post exercise. this recovery strategy can be achieved through dietary sources and additional supplementation is not warranted.[11] although the players had a high intake of al co hol, their postgame energy and carbohydrate intake when calculated without alcohol was still sufficient when compared with recommendations. however, alcohol does interfere with the body’s ability to replenish muscle glycogen and impairs recovery, as discussed below.[29] the fluid intake of the forwards (excluding alcohol) was significantly higher compared with the backs, but both groups reached ioc and acsm requirements to replace water and sodium losses.[11] the players had a very high intake of alcohol after the rugby game, with almost significantly higher levels found in the forwards 42 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 compared with the backs. the players’ alcohol intake after the match was found to contribute a large amount to their energy and carbohydrate intake, as the drink of choice was beer. consuming alcohol on monday nights after a varsity cup game has become cul ture among university students in sa and the players in the present study were no exception. drinking alcohol after exercise has been shown to increase urinary losses during postrecovery exercise, leading to further dehydration and impeded muscle repair processes. alcohol has vasodilatory effects on the cutaneous blood vessels and may increase swelling around injured areas, in contrast to the swellingdelaying vasoconstrictive practices such as treating with ice, rest and elevation.[29] to the authors’ knowledge, there are no published studies in sa reporting the prevalence of alcohol use after a rugby game. however, studies that have been conducted in germany have found a prevalence of 24% for binge drinking (in 1 month) in 1 138 german young olympic athlete’s lifestyle (goal) and health management study athletes. the goal study also reported a positive relationship between binge drinking and age, education, technical sports, athletes in the lower squads and athletes staying in residences. [30] similarly, studies on french athletes showed a prevalence of 20.4% of bingedrinking episodes in 677 sport science students.[31] in a study on the impact of alcohol consumption on recovery, it was found that acute binge drinking (1 g alcohol/kg bw) after a rugby game adversely affected sleep patterns, lead to increased muscle weakness and decreased lower body vertical power output for days after the game, and that club rugby players were subjected to alcohol-related harm following binge-drinking episodes.[32] it is recommended that the players receive nutrition education, specifically with regard to the effect of alcohol on recovery after exercise. players could perhaps rather include a low alcohol beer with added sodium, which could be socially acceptable but not increase fluid losses after exercise. study limitations a limitation of the present study is that the body composition data obtained were routine data obtained by a biokineticist; due to time constraints and interobserver variability, the fieldworkers could not obtain the outstanding body composition sets. food records are known to place a large burden on subjects and with the present study taking place over 7 days, subject compliance (31%; n=11) and response rate were influenced. other known limitations of food records include overand/or underreporting to make a good impression, and simplifying diet because of recording and literacy issues. conclusions conclusions of this study with regard to habitual dietary intake should be drawn with caution due to the small sample size. future studies should aim to include a larger cohort and to compare the habitual/ training dietary intake of the forwards and backs. results from this study indicate that, as expected, there was a definite distinction in the physical characteristics of the forwards and backs of the mvc rugby team. habitual nutritional intake was inadequate for total energy (although adequate for estea), carbohydrate, pufa, calcium:protein ratio and copper, with high habitual supplement use. the group had higher-than-recommended intakes for total protein, fibre, total fat, sfa, cholesterol and niacin. nutritional match-day strategies were suboptimal. dietary intake and body composition are important complementary factors of the fitness of any rugby player, therefore instilling values with regard to correct timing of nutrient intake and informed use of supplements is of great importance. players of the mvc rugby team could potentially benefit significantly from specialist input, to optimise dietary strategies and body composition to enhance performance. a registered dietitian specialising in sport nutrition could provide individual recommendations (including supplement advice), as well as recommendations for team protocols on prematch menus and food/drink during and after matches. in addition, recommendations on appropriate alcohol consumption should be made, especially in light of optimal recovery strategies and keeping in mind that although this group is considered semi-professional, they are also university students. acknowledgements. the authors would like to thank the coaching staff at the stellenbosch rugby football club, as well as dr p vivier and his team from campus health services, stellenbosch university. references the reference list has been truncated because of the limited number of references permitted by the journal. additional references are available on request from the corresponding author. 1. south african rugby union (saru) annual report 2012. http://www.sarugby.net/ content.aspx?contentid=19255 (accessed 15 august 2013). 2. first national bank, steinhoff international. fnb varsity cup presented by steinhoff international. http://varsitycup.co.za/footer-links-5/about-us (accessed 15 august 2013). 3. stellenbosch rugby football club. http://www.matiesrugby.co.za/about-us (accessed 15 august 2013). 4. lako j, sotheeswaran s, christi k. food habits and nutritional status of fiji rugby players. world ac sci eng tech 2010;4:752-757. http://waset.org/publications/11286 (accessed 21 november 2013). 5. duthie g, pyne d, hooper s. applied physiology and game analysis of rugby union. sports med 2003;33(13):973-991. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200333130-00003] 6. duthie gm, pyne db, hopkins wg, et al. anthropometry profiles of elite rugby players: quantifying changes in lean mass. br j sports med 2006;40(3):202-207. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.019695] 7. maud pj. physiological and anthropometric parameters that describe a rugby union team. br j sports med 1983;17(1):16-23. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.17.1.16] 8. durandt j, du toit s, borreson j, et al. fitness and body composition profiling of elite junior south african rugby union players. south african journal of sports medicine 2006;18(2):38-45. http://www.ajol.info/index.php/sasma/article/viewfile/31896/5912 (accessed 21 november 2013). 9. quarrie kl, handcock p, toomey mj, waller ae. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project. iv. anthropometric and physical performance comparisons between positional categories of senior a rugby players. br j sports med 1996;30(1):5356. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.30.1.53] 10. quarrie kl, handcock p, waller ae, et al. the new zealand rugby injury and performance project. iii. anthropometric and physical performance characteristics of players. br j sports med 1995;29(4):263-270. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.29.4.263] 11. potgieter s. sport nutrition: a review of the latest american college of sports medicine (acsm), international olympic committee (ioc) and international society for sports nutrition (issn) guidelines for exercise and sport nutrition. south african journal of clinical nutrition 2013;26(1):6-16. www.ajol.info/index. php/sajcn/article/download/88379/77991 (accessed on 21 november 2013). (primary references are available on request from the corresponding author.) 12. holway fe, spriet ll. sports-specific nutrition: practical strategies for team sports. j sports sci 2011;29(s1):s115-s125. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.605459] 13. international rugby board (irb). strength and conditioning. http://www.irbsandc. com/?module=5§ion=24&subsection=62 (accessed 21 november 2013). 14. world health organization. body mass index classification. http://www.apps.who.int/ bmi/index.jsp?intropage=intro_3.html (accessed 24 january 2011). 15. burke lm, deakin v. clinical sports nutrition, 4th ed. australia: mcgraw-hill, 2009. 16. jackson as, pollock m. practical assessment of body composition. phys sport med 1985;13:76-90. 17. foodfinder® nutritional intervention research unit (niru) and biomedical informatics research division (bird) of the south african medical research council (mrc) in collaboration with wamtechnology cc. http://foodfinder.mrc.ac.za/ (accessed 21 november 2013). http://www.sarugby.net/ http://varsitycup.co.za/footer-links-5/about-us http://www.matiesrugby.co.za/about-us http://waset.org/publications/11286 http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200333130-00003] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.019695] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.019695] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.17.1.16] http://www.ajol.info/index.php/sasma/article/viewfile/31896/5912 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.30.1.53] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.29.4.263] http://www.ajol.info/index http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2011.605459] http://www.irbsandc http://www.apps.who.int/ http://foodfinder.mrc.ac.za/ sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 43 18. nutrition information centre of the university of stellenbosch (nicus). dietary reference intakes. south africa: national academy press, 2003. http://sun025.sun.ac.za/ portal/page/portal/health_sciences/english/centres%20and%20institutions/nicus (accessed 21 november 2013). 19. davies km, heaney rp, recker rr, et al. calcium intake and body weight. j clin endocrinol metab 2000;85(12):4635-4638. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jcem.85.12.7063] 20. boksmart. normative data (average + sd) form, senior. http://www.sarugby.co.za/ boksmart/pdf/boksmart%20-%20normative%20data%20(display%20only%20 average%20sd)%20senior.pdf (accessed 21 november 2013). 21. quarrie kl, hopkins. changes in player characteristics and match activities in bledisloe cup rugby union from 1972 to 2004. j sports sci 2007;25(8):895-903. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/02640410600944659] 22. lambert mi. aspects of physical conditioning for rugby. boksmart. http://boksmart. sarugby.co.za (accessed 16 august 2013). 23. lundy b, o’connor h, pelly f, caterson l. anthropometric characteristics and competition dietary intakes of professional rugby league players. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2006;16(2):199-213. 24. sedeaud a, marc a, schipman j, et al. how they won rugby world cup through height, mass and collective experience. br j sports med 2012;46(8):580-584. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090506] 25. imamura h, iide k, yoshimura y, et al. nutrient intake, serum lipids and iron status of colligiate rugby players. j int soc sports nutr 2013;10:9. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1550-2783-10-9] 26. kristiansen m, levy-milne r, barr s, et al. dietary supplement use by varsity athletes at a canadian university. int j sport nutr exerc 2005;15(2):195-210. 27. tian hh, ong ws, tan cl. nutritional supplement use among univarsity athletes in singapore. singapore med j 2009;50(2):165-72. 28. phillips sm, moore dr, tang je. a critical examination of dietary protein requirements, benefits and excesses in athletes. int j sport nutr exerc metab 2007;17:s58-s76. 29. burke lm, collier gr, broad em, et al. effect of alcohol intake on muscle glycogen storage after prolonged exercise. j appl physiol 2003;95(3):983-990. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1152/ japplphysiol.00115.2003] 30. thiel a, diehl k, giel ke, et al. the german young olympic athletes’ lifestyle and health management study (goal study): design of a mixed-method study. bmc public health 2011;11:410. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-11-410] 31. lorente fo, souville m, griffet j, et al. participation in sports and alcohol consumption among french adolescents. addict behav 2004;29(5):941-946. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. addbeh.2004.02.039] 32. prentice c, stannard sr, barnes mj. the effects of binge drinking behaviour on recovery and performance after a rugby match. j sci med sport 2014;17(2):244-248. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.jsams.2013.04.011] http://sun025.sun.ac.za/ http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/jcem.85.12.7063] http://www.sarugby.co.za/ http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410600944659] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410600944659] http://boksmart http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090506] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090506] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1550-2783-10-9] http://dx.doi.org/10.1152/japplphysiol.00115.2003] http://dx.doi.org/10.1152/japplphysiol.00115.2003] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-11-410] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.addbeh.2004.02.039] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.addbeh.2004.02.039] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2013.04.011] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2013.04.011] original research 1 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 the short-term effects of a sport stacking intervention on the cognitive and perceptual motor functioning in geriatrics: a pilot study r naidoo, phd (sports science), k moodley, m sports science discipline of biokinetics, exercise and leisure sciences, university of kwazulu-natal, college of health sciences, south africa corresponding author: r naidoo (naidoor3@ukzn.ac.za) sport stacking is defined as an individual or team activity where participants stack and unstack specially designed plastic cups in predetermined sequences while racing against the clock or an opponent.[1] sport stacking is an activity usually associated with, and performed by, children. it is easy to learn and has the potential to improve hand-eye coordination.[2] it has been claimed that sport stacking allows for an enhancement of motor skills, such as directionality, laterality, perceptual motor functioning, crossing the midline and handeye coordination.[1] motor skills are subject to accelerated and progressive decline after the age of 60 years.[3-4] age is a major contributor to lower reaction times affected by decreases in central processing speed, decreases in passive joint flexibility, more caution before responding to certain tasks, and changes in neuromuscular properties.[5] the upper extremities, specifically the hands, play a vital and active role in the activities of daily life. the hands are also subjected to numerous age-related physiological and anatomical changes that can lead to diminished function.[6] furthermore, the relationship between increased age and reduced hand dexterity has been widely reported in both the clinical and scientific literature.[7] together with a decrease in reaction time in hand precision and dexterity, ageing also results in a decrease in muscular strength, which in turn affects proprioception.[8] balance is dependent on sensory and musculoskeletal systems which are also affected by the ageing process. geriatrics who have experienced a fall lose confidence in their physical capabilities, which results in them being hesitant to participate in physical activity/exercise.[9] in addition, as ageing progresses, memory loss, a reduction in learning ability and a decrease in cognitive functioning occurs.[10] physical inactivity is also associated with an increased risk of cognitive impairment.[11] it is evident that the process of ageing affects both motor and cognitive skills. interventions to improve motor and cognitive functioning may be beneficial in improving cognitive functioning and quality of life.[12] however, to the best of these authors’ knowledge, there are no interventions that have included a sport stacking component for geriatrics in their protocol. hence, the aim of this study was to determine the short-term effects of a sport stacking intervention programme on the motor functioning (hand-eye coordination, reaction time, balance), cognitive functioning (memory) and quality of life in geriatrics. methods design this study was an experimental study with a preand postintervention assessment. permission to conduct this study was given by the association for the aged in kwazulu-natal, south africa, and ethical clearance from the university of kwazulu-natal’s biomedical research ethics committee (bfc 186/15) was also granted. participants this was a convenient sample consisting of 60 geriatrics aged between 60 and 89 years who volunteered to participate in the study. they were recruited from a local retirement home in kwazulu-natal. the sample adhered to the following inclusion criteria: no physical disabilities, not diagnosed with alzheimer’s or parkinson's disease, no sport stacking experience, not on medication for vertigo, no orthopaedic complications, and a sedentary lifestyle. a call for participants was posted on flyers at the retirement home. the 60 participants who met the inclusion criteria completed informed consent forms and were then randomly assigned into either the intervention (n=30) or control (n=30) group, and were assigned by means of a random participant code. the participants were only informed of their group allocation once the pre-intervention tests were completed. the background: sport stacking has been found to be beneficial in improving reaction time, as well as hand-eyecoordination, in children. aim: the aim of this study was to determine the effects of a sport stacking physical activity intervention on the motor and cognitive functioning of geriatrics. methods: an intact, convenient sample of 58 geriatrics from a retirement home in kwazulu-natal, south africa, was selected to participate in this study. twenty-eight participants were exposed to an eight-week intervention consisting of 16 physical activity sessions, combined with sport stacking techniques, while the control group (30 participants) continued with activities as usual. all participants performed selected motor and cognitive functioning tests, preand postintervention. results: the intervention group had greater improvements in mean reaction time and plate tapping (hand-eye coordination) times compared to the control group. there were no changes in the balance test, memory and quality of life tests. conclusion: a sport stacking activity intervention may improve reaction times and hand-eye coordination in geriatrics. keywords: hand-eye coordination, quality of life, reaction time s afr j sports med 2018;30:1-6. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4267 mailto:naidoor3@ukzn.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4267 original research sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 2 authors were responsible for the recruitment and group allocation of the participants. tests preand post-intervention test measurements included body mass index (bmi), and motor and cognitive functioning. motor functioning tests for hand-eye coordination (plate tapping test), reaction time (position speed test), quality of life (lawton’s instrumental activities daily living questionnaire), and balance (sharpened romberg test) were administered. the cognitive functioning test for memory utilised the short orientation memory concentration test (somct). all tests were conducted three days prior to the start of the intervention and three days post-intervention. the intervention the eight-week sport stacking physical activity intervention consisted of two 60 minute weekly sessions. the sessions were conducted as a 25 minute session with a short ten minute break, and then another 25 minute session. the intervention consisted of a multi-stage progression from basic to advanced techniques of sport stacking, as well as progression from slow to fast speeds when performing the techniques. a physical activity component of walking/jogging/running relays was also included. sport stacking relays were conducted at the end of sessions as a fun element. relay teams performed a stacking sequence and would then walk/jog/run 10 to 15 m and tag their partner to sport stack, and so on. in addition, participants performed sit-downs, stand-ups and balancing on one foot as part of the relay. participants were required to learn three different sport stacking sequences which were the 3-3-3 (figure 1), 3-6-3 (figure 2) and the cycle stack (figure 3). the techniques were designed to use both hands. sport stacking times were measured and recorded for the intervention group per session. the intervention group participated in the sport stacking physical activity intervention, while the control group remained sedentary and continued with their daily schedules as usual. on completion of the study, the intervention was offered to the control group. instrumentation body mass index (bmi) was assessed according to the american college of sports medicine guidelines.[13] height and weight were measured by using the nagata bw-1122h measuring tool. the scale was calibrated before testing. thereafter, the bmi was calculated for each participant. plate tapping test the plate tapping test assessed the speed and the coordination of limb movement. it utilised a table with adjustable height and a plate tapping board. the plate tapping board was comprised of two green discs of at least 20 cm in diameter and 60 cm apart on a rectangular piece of wood. participants placed their nonpreferred hand between the two green discs, then moved their preferred hand back and forth between the green discs over their hand in the middle as quickly as possible. this timed action was repeated for 25 full cycles (50 taps). the best time of two attempts was recorded. position speed test the position speed test was an online computer-based test that assessed simple reaction time. participants were required to respond as quickly as possible to an orange square that appeared on a grid table on the screen. once the participant clicked on the orange square it randomly moved to another block on the grid. the participants had 30 seconds in which to click on as many orange squares as possible to determine the fig. 1. 3-3-3 sport stacking sequence fig. 2. 3-6-3 sport stacking sequence fig. 3. the cycle stack original research 3 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 speed of their reactions. they had two attempts at the test and the best score was recorded. sharpened romberg test balance and proprioception were assessed using the sharpened romberg test. the participants stood in three different positions in sequence: feet together, semi-tandem, and tandem. each position was held for ten seconds by the participants, with their eyes open and then another ten seconds with their eyes closed. they had three tries to reach the maximum time of 60 seconds. the longest balance time of the three tries was recorded as their score. the semi-tandem and tandem positions were performed in a heel-to-toe standing position with the dominant foot behind the nondominant foot. if the participants moved their feet from this position, opened their eyes during the “closed eyes” phase or reached the maximum test time of 60 seconds, the timer was stopped. those who successfully completed two out of three tests were scored as “balanced”. lawton’s instrumental activities of daily living questionnaire this was a functional assessment of the participants’ independence, which measured functioning at the present time and attempted to determine improvement or deterioration in functioning. it measured the use of a telephone, shopping, food preparation, housekeeping, laundry, mode of transportation, responsibility for medication, and the ability to handle personal finances. the scoring was as follows: one (1) point was given when able to perform the tasks and zero (0) points were given when unable to perform the task. the higher the score, the more capable, and the lower the score, the greater need for dependence on another person. the final score was out of eight. short orientation memory concentration test (somct) the somct assessed memory, and was comprised of six questions. these questions were such as ‘what year is it?’, ‘about what time is it?’, ‘say the months in reverse order’ as well as the repetition of phrases. the test used a negative scoring scale. each question had a maximum number of errors allowed. the scores for each question were added together to give a total error score out of 28. a score of zero to six was within normal limits, while scores of seven and above would indicate a need for further evaluation to rule out a demention disorder, such as alzheimer’s disease. all tests took approximately an hour per participant and were conducted over two days, preand post-intervention. the tests were conducted by trained exercise scientists, and were supervised by the authors/researchers. all tests were standardised and conducted by the same exercise scientist pre and post-intervention. exercise scientists were blinded to the group assignment process to ensure the standardisation of the programme. this assisted with programme adherence as participants developed a rapport with the researcher and were motivated and enthusiastic to attend the sport stacking physical activity intervention sessions. statistical analysis all the data collected in this study was subjected to various statistical procedures. all the data were analysed using the statistical package for the social sciences version 19. descriptive (means and standard deviations) and inferential (ttests, ancova) statistics were used to test significant differences preand post-intervention. t-tests were used to test for significant differences across time within groups and ancova was used to test for significant differences over time between groups. the changes in the mean and standard deviations were compared to the preand post-test scores for the intervention and control groups respectively. cohen's d was used to describe the standardised mean difference of an effect. sport stacking scores were also analysed to determine whether the participants’ times decreased (improved) during the intervention. the non-parametric sign test was used to analyse the data from the balance test. statistical significance was set at p<0.05. table 1. preand post-test motor functioning results for the control (n=30) and intervention (n=28) groups components control mean (sd) intervention mean (sd) pre post p-value pre post p-value plate tapping test (s) 29.14 (10.03) 27.60 (11.46) 0.015* t(29)= 2.6 22.32 (3.34) 19.70 (2.88) 0.001* t(27)= 5.6 position speed test (s) 15.30 (9.61) 17.23 (±8.29) 0.037* t(29)= -2.2 16.36 (6.86) 20.82 (7.04) 0.001* t(27)= -5.9 lawton’s instrumental activities of daily living questionnaire (score) 7.60 (0.77) 7.77 (0.57) 0.134 t(29)= -1.5 7.71 (0.74) 7.89 (0.32) 0.134 t(27)= -1.5 data expressed as mean ± sd. * indicates p value <0.05 table 2. preand post-test cognitive functioning results for the control (n=30) and intervention (n=28) groups components control mean (sd) intervention mean (sd) pre post p-value pre post p-value short orientation memory concentration test (score) 3.93 (4.04) 3.00 (3.17) 0.109 t(29)=1.7 3.50 (4.18) 2.50 (2.67) 0.204 t(27)=1.3 data expressed as mean ± sd. original research sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 4 results pre-intervention included a 100% compliance of the 60 participants. however, due to adverse events (the death of two participants), the data presented represents 58 participants (28 in the intervention group; 30 in the control group). participants ages ranged from 60 to 89 years, with a mean age of 73 years for the sample. the mean age in the intervention group was 73 (±8) years and 73 (±7) years in the control group. a total of 12 males and 48 females participated in the study. the intervention group was comprised of five males and 23 females while the control group was comprised of seven males and 23 females. the mean bmi pre-intervention was 28.98kg/m2 and postintervention was 29.00kg/m2. motor functioning components table 1 shows the preand post-test t-test results for the control and intervention groups. it is evident that there was a significant difference in the plate tapping test and simple reaction time test scores. the intervention group presented with a significant difference in the plate tapping test and the reaction time test. the control group also presented with a significant difference in the plate tapping test and the reaction time test. further analysis showed that the effect size for the intervention group’s plate tapping analysis (d=0.85) exceeded cohen’s d [14] convention for a large effect (d=0.80), whereas the control group had a trivial change (d=0.14). similarly, the intervention group’s reaction time test analysis (d=0.64) exceeded cohen’s d [14] convention for a moderate effect (d=0.50), whereas the control group change was small (d=0.22). when ancova was applied, a significant difference in the reaction time test for the two groups after correcting for the pre-reaction measure (f(1,55) = 6.6, p=0.013) was found. the post-intervention reaction test score was significantly higher for the intervention group than for the control group. for the balance test, a non-parametric sign test was applied to the pairs of measurements to determine if there were significant differences preand post-intervention. the sharpened romberg test’s preand post-intervention mean scores were not significant. cognitive functioning components table 2 depicts the preand post-test results for the control and intervention groups. there were no significant differences between the control and intervention groups. sport stacking times results indicated improvements in sport stacking times. average times clearly decreased over time (figures 4, 5 and 6). there was a significant effect of time on stacking 3-3-3, f(7.42) = 19.2, p<0.0005). there was a significant effect of time on stacking 3-6-3, f(1.43) = 6.1, p=0.029). there was a significant effect of time on stacking the cycle, f(2.14) = 20.0, p<0.0005). re ad in g 1 re ad in g 2 re ad in g 3 0 50 100 150 sss:3-3-6 * ti m e ( s ) fig. 6. cycle sport stacking sequence time changes. * indicates p<0.05 re ad in g 1 re ad in g 2 re ad in g 3 re ad in g 4 re ad in g 5 re ad in g 6 re ad in g 7 0 10 20 30 40 sss:3-3-6 * ti m e ( s ) fig. 5. 3-6-3 sport stacking sequence time changes. * indicates p<0.05 sss: 3-6-3 cycle re ad in g 1 re ad in g 2 re ad in g 3 re ad in g 4 re ad in g 5 re ad in g 6 re ad in g 7 re ad in g 8 0 5 10 15 20 sss:3-3-3 * ti m e ( s ) fig. 4. 3-3-3 sport stacking sequence time changes. * indicates p<0.05 sss: 3-3-3 original research 5 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 discussion this study showed there was a positive effect on the participants’ hand-eye coordination and reaction times in both the intervention and control groups. this could be attributed to a learning effect as participants practised sequences and remembered the techniques. possible reasons for the significant improvements in the control group may be due to participants being motivated to improve their physical activity because of their increased health risks, or as a result of the hawthorne effect: the alteration of behaviour by the subjects of a study due to their awareness of being observed.[15] however, even though there was a significant improvement in plate tapping in both groups, the effect size in the intervention (d=0.85) group was larger than that of the control group (d=0.15). khemthong et al.[16] conducted a study on the effects of musical training on reaction time in elderly individuals and showed that there was almost a 19% increase in visual reaction time. similarly, in the current study, both the control and intervention groups demonstrated statistically positive increases in reaction time post-intervention. this could be due to both groups now being familiar with the test, although the effect size of the intervention group’s improvement (d=0.64) was larger than that found in the control group (d=0.22). furthermore, the skill of sport stacking also improved significantly improved over time, which could have contributed to the improvements in the intervention group. the current study did not show an improvement in memory, post-intervention. however, other physical activity intervention studies have been shown to improve memory functioning in geriatrics, specifically when memory loss is detected early, as this may allow for a physical activity intervention to be implemented.[17] colcombe et al.[18] showed that adults who participated in a regular walking protocol experienced improvements in their cognitive functioning. a study conducted by wolf et al.[19] in geriatrics who presented with balance problems found that after a four-tosix-week intervention of 12 individualised balance exercises, significant improvements in balance were noted. however, in the current study, no significant differences in balance were found post-intervention. this could be due to the balance activities having been integrated into the intervention and not been the primary focus of the study and/or individualised. visible change, despite the equivocal results, suggests that sport stacking has the potential to improve hand-eye coordination in geriatrics. it is apparent that studies relating to sport stacking are limited. additional research needs to be conducted on the cognitive effects of sport stacking, as well as its shortand long-term effects on the geriatric population. the clinical implications for this study are positive: sport stacking could be a therapeutic option for geriatrics to help promote improvements in hand reaction time and hand-eye coordination. a long-term sport stacking intervention and larger samples may be needed to ascertain whether it is associated with improvements in both motor and cognitive functioning. limitations there were several limitations in this study. first, there was no random selection, so results are not representative of the geriatric population as a whole. the small sample size influenced the significance of selected results. the study participants were geriatrics from a retirement/old age home and therefore the results are specific to this population and not to geriatrics living in the wider community. furthermore, the majority of the participants were female (83%). conclusion in conclusion, following 16 physical activity sessions combined with sport stacking techniques, there were improvements in mean reaction time and plate tapping (hand-eye coordination) times. these findings show that a sport stacking activity intervention may improve reaction times and hand-eye coordination in geriatrics. acknowledgements: the authors would like to acknowledge and thank the participants at the retirement home who willingly participated in this study. conflict of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest with respect to the authorship and/or publication of this article. funding: this study was funded by the college of health sciences, university of kwazulu-natal. references 1. speed stacks. sport stacking* with speed stacks: a rationale. https://www.jmu.edu/kinesiology/hpainstitute/documents/spee dstackingrationale.pdf. accessed 12 january 2016. 2. udermann be, murray sr, mayer jm, et al. influence of cup stacking on hand-eye coordination and reaction time of secondgrade students. percept mot skills 2004; 98(2):409-414. [doi: 10.2466/pms.98.2.409-414] 3. stöckel t, wunsch k, hughes cm. age-related decline in anticipatory motor planning and its relation to cognitive and motor skill proficiency. front aging neurosci 2017; 9:283. [doi: 10.3389/fnagi.2017.00283] 4. figueiredo pa, mota mp, appell hj, et al. ceasing of muscle function with aging: is it the consequence of intrinsic muscle degeneration or a secondary effect of neuronal impairments? eur rev aging phys act 2006; 3:11. [doi: 10.1007/s11556-006-0011-9] 5. welford at. motor performance. in: j e birren, kw schaic (eds). handbook of the psychology of aging. 2nd ed. new york: van nostrand reinhold, 1977:450-496. 6. carmeli e, patish h, coleman r. the aging hand. j gerontol a biol sci med sci 2003; 58(2): m146m152. [doi:10.1093/gerona/58.2.m146] 7. martin ja, ramsay j. hughes c. et al. age and grip strength predict hand dexterity in adults. plos one 2015, 10(2), e0117598. [doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0117598]. 8. hurley mv, rees j, newham dj. quadriceps function, proprioceptive acuity and functional performance in healthy young, middle-aged and elderly subjects. age ageing 1998; 27(1):55-62. [doi: 10.1093/ageing/27.1.55] 9. matsumura ba, ambrose af. balance in the elderly. clin geriatr med 2006; 22(2):395-412. [doi: 10.1016/j.cger.2005.12.007] 10. pang fc, chow tw, cummings jl, et al. effect of neuropsychiatric symptoms of alzheimer’s disease on chinese https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/58.2.m146 https://doi.org/10.1093/ageing/27.1.55 original research sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 6 and american caregivers. int j geriatr psychiatry 2002; 17(1):2934. [doi:10.1002/gps.510] 11. cotman cw, berchtold nc. exercise: a behavioral intervention to enhance brain health and plasticity. trends neurosci 2002; 25(6): 295-301. [doi:10.1016/s0166-2236(02)02143-4] 12. sayer aa, robinson sm, patel hp, et al. new horizons in the pathogenesis, diagnosis and management of sarcopenia. age ageing 2013; 42(2):145-150. [doi: 10.1093/ageing/afs191] 13. pescatello, linda s. acsm's guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. philadelphia: wolters kluwer/lippincott williams & wilkins health, 2014: 63-64 14. cohen, j. statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences. 2nd ed. new jersey: l eribaum, 1988: 2-27. 15. waters l, reeves m, fjeldsoe b, et al. control group improvements in physical activity intervention trials and possible explanatory factors: a systematic review. j phys act health 2012; 9 (6): 884-895. 16. khemthong s, pejarasangharn u, uptampohtiwat t, et al. effect of musical training on reaction time: a randomized control trial in thai elderly individuals. music med 2012; 4(1):16-21. [doi: 10.1177/1943862111427567] 17. cockburn j, collin c. measuring everyday memory in elderly people: a preliminary study. age ageing1988; 17(4):265–269. [doi:10.1093/ageing/17.4.265] 18. colcombe sj, kramer af, erickson, ki, et al. cardiovascular fitness, cortical plasticity, and aging. proc natl acad sci u s a 2004; 101(9):3316-3321. [doi: 10.1073/pnas.0400266101] 19. wolf b, feys h, de weerdt w, et al. effect of a physical therapeutic intervention for balance problems in the elderly: a single-blind, randomized, controlled multicenter trial. clin rehabil 2001; 15(6):624-636. [doi: 10.1191/0269215501cr456oa] https://doi.org/10.1002/gps.510 https://doi.org/10.1093/ageing/17.4.265 sajsm 543.indd original research sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 123 background. injury surveillance is fundamental to preventing and reducing the risk of injury. objectives. to determine the incidence of injuries and the injury demographics of elite schoolboy cricketers over five seasons (2007 2008, 2008 2009, 2009 2010, 2010 2011 and 2011 2012). methods. sixteen provincial age group cricket teams (under (u) 15 , u17 and u18) competing in national age-group tournaments were provided a questionnaire to complete. the questionnaires gathered the following information for each injury sustained in the previous 12 months: (i) anatomical site; (ii) month; (iii) cause; (iv) whether it was a recurrence of an injury from a previous season; (v) whether the injury had reoccurred during the current season; and (vi) biographical data. injuries were grouped according to the anatomical region injured. all players were invited to respond, irrespective of whether an injury had been sustained, resulting in a response rate of 57%. the sample statistical analysis system was used to compute univariate statistics and frequency distributions. results. of the 2 081 respondents, 572 (27%) sustained a total of 658 injuries. the u15 and u17 groups sustained 239 (36%) and 230 (35%) injuries, respectively, more than the 189 injuries sustained by the u18 group (29%). these injuries were predominantly to the lower limbs (38%), back and trunk (33%) and upper (26%) limbs, with 3% occurring to the head and neck. the injuries occurred primarily during 1-day matches (30%), practices (29%) and with gradual onset (21%). the primary mechanism of injury was bowling (44%) and fielding (22%). the injuries were acute (49%), chronic (41%) and acute-on-chronic (10%), with 26% and 47% being recurrent injuries from the previous and current seasons, respectively. some similar injury patterns occurred in studies of adult cricketers, with differences in the nature and incidence of injuries found for the various age groups. the youth cricketers sustained more back and trunk injuries, recurrent injuries and more match injuries than the adult cricketers. the u15 group sustained less-serious injuries, which resulted in them not being able to play for between 1 and 7 days (58%), with more injuries occurring in the preseason period (24%) and fewer during the season (60%) compared with other age groups. the u15 and u17 groups sustained the most lumbar muscle strains, while the u18 groups sustained more serious injuries, resulting in them not being able to play for >21 days. conclusion. young fast bowlers of all ages remain at the greatest risk of injury. differences in the nature and incidence of injuries occurred between youth and adult cricketers, as well as in the different age groups. it is recommended that cricket administrators and coaches implement an educational process of injury prevention and management. s afr j sm 2014;26(4):123-127. doi:10.7196/sajsm.543 junior cricketers are not a smaller version of adult cricketers: a 5-year investigation of injuries in elite junior cricketers r a stretch, dphil sport bureau, nelson mandela metropolitan university, port elizabeth, south africa corresponding author: m lambert (mike.lambert@uct.ac.za) injuries in elite adult cricketers have been well researched over the years, with long-term injury surveillance being carried out in australia,[1] england[2] and south africa (sa).[3] however, there remains a relative lack of published studies on injury patterns and risk factors in young cricket players, particularly studies reporting injuries with large sample sizes and over more than one season. seven studies have described injuries in junior cricketers in sa,[4-7] australia[8,9] and new zealand.[10] these studies reported that young cricketers sustain proportionally less overuse injuries than elite players, but were more susceptible to acute traumatic injuries. in a retrospective study on schoolboy cricketers,[4] the seasonal incidence of injury was reported to be 49%, with the most common sites of injury being the back and trunk (33%), and upper (25%) and lower (23%) limbs. bowlers sustained more injuries (47%) than batsmen (30%) and fielders (23%). the injuries occurred equally during matches (46%) and practices (47%), with 30% of the injuries recurrent from previous seasons and 37% recurring again during the same season. a 34% seasonal incidence, with injuries occurring during matches (72%) throughout the season due to repetitive stresses sustained during matches and practices (15%), during practice (12%) and during other forms of training (1.5%), was reported for 196 schoolboy cricketers who competed in an under (u) 19 provincial competition.[5] bowling accounted for 51% of the injuries, fielding 33%, batting 15% and the remaining 1.5% occurred while warming up or training. the primary mechanism of injury occurred during the delivery stride and follow-through of the fast bowler (34%). a large number of injuries (41%) reported were severe and took the cricketers >21 days to recover. adolescent cricketers reported musculoskeletal injury in the lower (39%) and upper (36%) limbs and the lower back (18%).[6] direct physical trauma and overuse were the main causes of this musculoskeletal pain, with the knee being the primary site of injury. findings for the current study were reported after the initial 3-year period and showed that 366 (28%) of the 1 292 respondents sustained a total of 425 injuries.[7] the u15 and u17 groups sustained 166 (39%) and 148 (35%) injuries, respectively, more than the 111 injuries sustained by the u18 group (26%). these injuries were predominantly 124 sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 to the lower (46%) and upper (35%) limbs, and occurred primarily during 1-day matches (31%), practices (27%) and with gradual onset (21%). the primary mechanism of injury was bowling (45%) and fielding, including running to field the ball (33%). forty-two lumbar muscle strains, 18 hamstring strains, 17 spondylolisthesis injuries and 17 ankle sprains occurred. the injuries were acute (50%), chronic (42%) and acute-on-chronic (8%), with 24% and 46% being recurrent injuries from the previous and current seasons, respectively. slight differences in the nature and incidence of injuries were found for the various age groups. the u15 group sustained less-serious injuries, which resulted in them not being able to play for between 1 and 7 days (54%), with more injuries occurring in the preseason period (28%) than the other groups. the u17 group sustained the most lumbar muscle strains (n=23), while the u18 group sustained more serious injuries, with 60% of the injuries resulting in not being able to play for ≥8 days. traditional cricket was associated with more injuries than modified cricket, with batting (49%) and fielding (29%) accounting for the majority of injuries. impact by the ball was responsible for 55% of the injuries. the introduction of compulsory wearing of protective head gear when batting resulted in a decrease in head, neck and facial injuries from 62% to 35% to 4% over a three-season period.[8] in junior club cricketers, injury rates increase with age and level of play,[8] and injuries to fielders and batsmen occur as frequently as to bowlers.[9] match injury rates (per 1 000 participations) were 3.57 for u14 participations compared with 4.80 for u16 participations. training injury rates were 4.20 per 1 000 u14 participations compared with 5.11 per 1 000 u16 participations. in matches, more injuries occurred while batting and fielding, while more injuries occurred while bowling and batting during training sessions. most of the 47 injuries were acute and traumatic in nature, with many associated with being struck by the ball. data on the cricketers hospitalised after sustaining an injury showed differences among age groups, with 50% of the injuries to players <10 years of age being head injuries as a result of being struck by the bat.[10] those cricketers between the ages of 10 and 19 years sustained head (34%), upper (28%) and lower (29%) limb injuries primarily as result of impact from the bat or ball. a further four studies have focused on injury prevention strategies in young high-performance fast bowlers in sa,[11] australia[12] and england.[13,14] in addition, there is a report on injury risk of junior australian cricketers, associated with ground hardness.[15] in the sa study, 31 of the 46 fast bowlers assessed sustained an injury during the season, with strains to the knee (41%) and lower back (37%) being the most common injuries.[11] a relationship between a high bowling workload and injury in the young australian fast bowlers was reported, with the injured bowlers being those who bowled more frequently with shorter rest periods between bowling sessions than uninjured bowlers. the bowlers who bowled more than 50 deliveries per day and who bowled on average more than 2.5 days per week were at the greatest risk of injury.[12] a study investigating the incidence of injury in young spin and fast bowlers reported fewer injuries for the spin bowlers (0.066 per 1 000 balls) compared with fast bowlers (0.165 per 1 000 balls).[13] in fast bowling, the incidence of injury (per 1 000 balls) was greatest at the knee (0.057), ankle (0.043), lower back (0.029) and shoulder (0.007), while for spin bowlers the shoulder (0.055) and lower back (0.011) were the primary sites of injury. strategies for the prevention and reduction of lower back injuries in fast bowlers have been undertaken, but there is a need to address shoulder injuries in wrist spinners before it becomes a major concern. the overall incidence of bowling injury was 32.8 injuries per 100 fast bowlers, with bowlers with a workload of <1 000 deliveries showing a lower risk of injury than those with a greater workload. in a study that assessed the risk of injury associated with ground hardness, twomey et al.[15] categorised field hardness as unacceptably hard (>120 gravities (g)), high/normal (90 120 g), preferred range (70 89 g), low/normal (30 69 g) and unacceptably soft (<30 g). grounds rated as having unacceptably high hardness (82%) resulted in 6.5% of the 31 injuries sustained, which included grazes and lacerations sustained when diving to catch the ball. a further 16.1% were possibly related to the ground hardness, indicating either that the low injury rates may be as a result of players changing their behaviour when playing on hard surfaces, i.e. not diving to field or catch the ball, or that ground hardness is a true reflection of the risk of injury, and harder grounds are needed to play cricket.[15] injury surveillance is fundamental for preventing and reducing the risk of injury. however, it is not appropriate to use the data from adult injury surveillance studies to design coaching and training programmes to reduce injuries in young cricketers. therefore, the objective of this study was to expand on the first 3 years of this study[7] in order to understand the seasonal incidence of injuries and injury demographics between elite schoolboy cricketers across player age groups and to make recommendations to protect these young cricketers from injury. method the sample comprised provincial cricketers competing in three national age-group cricket tournaments (u15, u17 and u18) from the 2007 2008, 2008 2009, 2009 2010, 2010 2011 and 2011 2012 seasons, with some players participating in multiple tournaments during that period. ethics approval for this study was obtained from the nelson mandela metropolitan university’s ethics committee. a questionnaire was handed out to all the players by the team coach, and they were required to complete the questionnaire, irrespective of whether an injury had been sustained or not. the questionnaire was designed to obtain the following information for each injury: (i) anatomical site; (ii) month; (iii) cause; (iv) whether it was a recurrence of a previous injury; (v) whether the injury had reoccurred during the season; and (vi) biographical data. no other medical records or records of other sports played were obtained. an injury was defined as an injury that prevented a player from being fully available for selection for a match or which prevented the player from completing the match, with all injuries classified according to the orchard sports injury classification system (osics).[16] injuries were grouped according to the anatomical region injured as follows: (i) head, neck and face; (ii) upper limbs; (iii) back and trunk; and (iv) lower limbs. injuries were classified according to whether they were sustained during batting, bowling, fielding (including catching and wicket-keeping), fitness training and other. the time of the year when the injury occurred was recorded, with off-season being the time of the year when no specific cricket practice or matches took place (april july). the pre-season (august and september) was that sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 125 part of the year when specific cricket training and practice were undertaken in preparation for the season and before the commencement of matches. the season (october march) was defined as the period when matches were played. to allow comparisons to be made between the phases of play during which the injuries were sustained, the number of injuries was expressed as a percentage of the total number of injuries sustained. similarly, to allow comparisons to be made between the injuries sustained by the players in the various age groups, the number of injuries was expressed as a percentage of the number of injuries sustained in that particular age group. all personal and injury data were precoded, double-entered and edited before being transferred to the sample statistical analysis system (sas) to compute univariate statistics and frequency distributions. results the response rate was 57%. of the 2 080 respondents, 712 (34%) were u15, 680 (33%) were u17 and 688 (33%) were u18. of these, 1 508 did not sustain any injury, while the other 572 players sustained 658 injuries, with 497 players sustaining 1 injury, 64 sus tain ing 2 injuries each (128 injuries) and 11 sustaining 3 injuries each (33 injuries) (table 1). of the 658 injuries sustained, similar patterns were found for the three age groups, with the u15 sustaining 239 (36%) injuries, the u17 sustaining 230 (35%) injuries and the u18 groups sustaining 189 (29%) injuries. the injuries occurred primarily during the season (63%) (table 2). new injuries accounted for 27% of the injuries, while 26% were recurrent injuries from the previous season and 47% of the injuries recurred during the same season. the injuries occurred primarily during 1-day matches (30%), practice (29%) or were of gradual onset (21%), with differences for the various age groups. the younger players (u15) sustained more injuries in practice (34%) and less in 1-day matches (24%) than the older players. similar injury patterns occurred for the older (u17 and u18) players, with injuries occurring mostly during 1-day matches. similarly, the u15 players sustained more chronic and less acute injuries than the u17 and u18 groups, which showed similar injury patterns to each other. the u15 players sustained more injuries during the warm-up or playing other sports such as touch rugby, as part of the training session (table 2). the length of time that the players were unable to train or play matches due to injuries showed that 49% of the injuries were lessserious injuries (1 7 days), with injuries of this nature occurring less with increasing age groups (u15: 58%; u17: 45%; u18: 39%). u18 players sustained more serious injuries (33%) than the u17 (29%) and u15 (24%) groups, which resulted in them being unable to practise or play matches for >21 days (table 2). table 1. injuries for the u15, u17 and u18 age groups u15, n (%) u17, n (%) u18, n (%) total, n (%) players 712 (34) 680 (33) 688 (33) 2 080 (100) no injuries 505 (71) 475 (70 528 (77) 1 508 (73) injured 207 (29) 205 (30) 160 (23) 572 (27) injuries sustained 239 (36) 230 (35) 189 (29) 658 (100) 1 injury 180 182 135 497 (76) 2 injuries 44 42 42 128 (19) 3 injuries 15 6 12 33 (5) u = under. table 2. injury occurrence u15 (%) u17 (%) u18 (%) total (%) time of year when injured off-season (april july) 16 14 14 15 preseason (august september) 24 21 20 22 season (october march) 60 65 66 63 occurrence first time 23 30 28 27 recurrent previous season 26 25 28 26 current season 51 45 44 47 injury occurrence warm-up 6 9 3 6 practice 34 26 24 29 20/20 match 4 5 3 4 1-day match 24 34 32 30 gradually 19 21 23 21 other 10 5 15 10 chronicity acute 45 53 51 49 chronic 47 37 39 41 acute-on-chronic 8 10 10 10 time out of cricket (days) 1 3 32 28 22 28 4 7 26 17 17 21 8 14 11 15 18 15 15 21 7 10 10 9 >21 24 29 33 28 u = under. 126 sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 the primary activity leading to injury was bowling (48%), with the runup and delivery the primary mechanisms of injury (table 3). bowling injuries were acute in nature, showing a similar pattern for the three age groups. this was followed by injuries of a chronic nature as a result of over-bowling, with more occurring in the u15 group than the older groups. the second major activity resulting in injury was catching, fielding and throwing (30%), with similar findings for all three age groups. in batting injuries (11%), the primary cause of injury was batting for a long period of time, as well as running between the wickets. the regional distribution of injuries (table 4) showed similar patterns for the age groups, with injuries predominantly to the lower limbs (38%), back and trunk (33%) and upper limbs (26%). lowerlimb injuries were predominantly soft-tissue injuries to muscles (n=119), ligaments (n=44) and tendons (n=29). back and trunk injuries were predominantly muscle (n=78) and stress fracture (n=33) injuries, with the younger players sustaining more stress fractures than the other two groups. the overall injuries were mainly muscle strains (32%), acute sprains (18%) and fractures (15%), which comprised stress (9%) and acute (6%) fractures. discussion the primary finding of this study was that while there are similar findings with regard to bowlers being at the greatest risk of injury and the lower limbs being the most commonly injured site, the injury patterns for schoolboy cricketers differ in a number of areas to those of adult cricketers. the findings of adult studies[1-3] report that bowlers were at the greatest risk of injury (sustaining between 40 and 45% of the injuries), with the primary mechanism of injury being delivery and followthrough (25%). similarly, the primary activity for injury to schoolboy cricketers was bowling (48%), with run-up and delivery the primary mechanisms of injury. the next major activities resulting in injury were to the adult fielders (25 33%) and batsmen (17 21%), with the schoolboys showing similar findings for fielders (30%), but less risk of injury while batting (11%). similar injury patterns were found for the lower limbs (adult 45 49.1%; schoolboy 38%) and upper limbs (adult 23 29%; schoolboy 26%). however, schoolboy cricketers sustained more back and trunk injuries (33%) than the adult cricketers (18.1 23%). while the injuries to adult cricketers were predominantly sustained during matches (52 58%), schoolboy players sustained injuries during 1-day matches (31%), practice (29%) and gradual onset (21%). adult cricketers’ injuries occurred during the first 2 months of the season (35%), while the majority of injuries to schoolboy players occurred throughout the season (63%). the findings show a large difference between the nature of injuries. between 65 and 92% of the adult injuries sustained were new injuries, between 8 and 22% were recurrent injuries from the previous season and 12% recurred in the same season.[1-3] new injuries accounted for 27% of the injuries for schoolboy cricketers, while recurrent injuries accounted for 73% of the injuries: 26% from the previous season and 47% recurring during the same season. the chronicity of the injuries showed a difference between the two groups for acute (adult cricketers 65%; schoolboy cricketers 49%) and chronic (adult cricketers 23%; schoolboy cricketers 41%) injuries, with a similar pattern for injuries of an acute-on-chronic nature (adult cricketers 10%; schoolboy cricketers 10%). schoolboy cricketers sustained more table 3. injury per activity and mechanism u15 u17 u18 total bowling, % 48 45 52 48 run-up and delivery, n 87 81 75 243 overbowling, n 33 23 18 74 fielding, % 29 30 31 30 running to slide and field, n 11 15 11 37 running to catch/field, n 18 14 17 49 impact by ball, n 3 7 3 13 catching ball, n 14 17 8 39 throwing, n 11 13 10 34 batting, % 11 14 9 11 overuse, n 6 11 3 20 running between wickets, n 3 7 5 15 spiked while running, n 2 7 1 10 fitness, % 6 4 5 5 other sports and warmup, n 23 14 15 52 training: running, gym, n 12 3 4 19 other, % 7 7 3 6 u = under. table 4. region distribution of injuries body region u15 u17 u18 total head, % 2 3 3 3 eye, n 2 2 unconscious, n 1 2 3 fracture, n 2 2 3 7 upper limbs, % 26 27 24 26 fracture, n 11 8 6 25 dislocation, n 5 8 6 19 joint, n 10 4 7 21 muscle, n 18 23 11 52 tendon, n 5 4 8 17 ligament, n 4 8 3 15 back and trunk, % 33 34 33 33 stress fracture, n 14 9 10 33 muscle, n 30 28 20 78 lower limbs, % 39 36 40 38 joint, n 14 6 4 24 muscle, n 43 36 40 119 tendon, n 13 9 7 29 ligament, n 16 14 14 44 u = under. sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 127 bowling overuse injuries (11%) than adult cricketers (9%), but fewer batting overuse injuries (3%) than adult cricketers (7%). a closer look at the rate of injury and injury patterns with regard to age reveals further differences. younger u15 players sustained more chronic and less acute injuries than older players, and more injuries in practice than in matches. one of the possible reasons could be that the younger players generally do not play as many matches for their school as the u17 and u18 players. however, whether playing a match or not, they would still attend the same number of weekly practices as the older players. coaches need to be aware of potential risk factors and modify the practice sessions to avoid excessive injuries during practices. however, in order to achieve this, evidence-based research is needed to provide coaches with the necessary guidelines. the rate of injury did not increase with age as previously found in junior club cricketers,[9] which could be as a result of the lower age group of the players represented in the earlier study, as well as the modified nature of the games for these younger players. however, the severity of the injury increased as the age of the players increased, with the younger players sustaining less-serious injuries, u17 players sustaining moderately serious injuries and u18s sustaining moreserious injuries. players and coaches need to be aware of this and adapt their match, practice and training programmes to try to reduce the risk of injury in the various age groups. however, this requires additional research to provide coaches with the necessary guidelines. the findings of the first 3 years of this study[7] show a number of areas that are very similar and which reflect the injury profile staying the same from year to year. these include bowling being the greatest cause of injury, with the majority of injuries being to the lower limbs, and a similar pattern of u18 cricketers sustaining fewer injuries, but of a more serious nature and resulting in being out of cricket for a longer period of time. while recommended guidelines have been established with the view of reducing the risk of injury in young fast bowlers,[17] it would appear that these are not being followed. similar to previous studies on adult cricketers,[1-3] where bowling was the primary cause of overuse injuries, the run-up and delivery were the primary mechanisms of injury in the current study, with a similar pattern for the three age groups. while more overuse injuries occurred in the u15 group than the older groups, the rate of stress fractures increased with the age and level of play for the u15 (8%) to the u17 (10%) and u18 (12%) players. the current study showed similar findings with regard to practice and match injuries as the studies of junior club cricketers[9] and elite senior cricketers.[1-3] however, there was a decrease in injuries in practice as the age and level of play increased, and an increase in match injuries as the age and level of play increased. therefore, it is important that schools, clubs, and players, coaches and parents, continue to monitor the workloads of these young bowlers to ensure that they do not exceed the recommended guidelines. [17] at particular risk are fast bowlers who practise and play for their school during the week, in addition to practising with an adult club team during the week and playing matches for them over the weekend. in addition, young fast bowlers need to use an appropriate technique and be adequately conditioned to deal with the demands of fast bowling. conclusion as in the previous reports on adult cricketers, young cricketers show similar findings with regard to bowlers being at the greatest risk of injury, and the lower limbs being the most commonly injured site. however, there were areas where the injury patterns for schoolboy cricketers differed to those of adult cricketers, with further differences in the injury patterns between the different age groups and level of play. the primary goal of all involved with the administration, coaching, training and playing of cricket at schoolboy level should be to protect young cricketers from injury. here, education is key, particularly with respect to the reduction and prevention of overuse injuries to young fast bowlers. this study is important to key role-players, as it provides details of the effect of practice and matches, role of the player in the team and the mechanism of injury to players at different ages and levels of play. however, further research is required in a number of areas, including providing coaches with evidence-based results that could assist with optimum coaching, training and practice methods to optimise technical and tactical skills while reducing the risk of injury, particularly in younger players who do not play as many matches, but still need to attend practice sessions. finally, the differences in injury patterns between schoolboy and adult cricketers should reinforce that young cricketers are not a smaller version of adult cricketers, and point to a need for different types of practice and match play at different ages and levels of play. references 1. orchard j, james t, alcott e. injuries in australian cricket at first class level 1995/1996 to 2000/2001. br j sports med 2002;36(4):270-275. [http://dx. doi. org/10. 1136/bjsm. 36. 4. 270] 2. leary t, white j. acute injury incidence in professional country club cricketer (19851995). br j sports med 2000;34(2):145-147. [http://dx. doi. org/10. 1136/bjsm. 34. 2. 145] 3. stretch ra, venter djl. cricket injuries: a longitudinal study of the nature of injuries to south african cricketers. south african journal of sports medicine 2005;17(2):4-9. 4. stretch ra. the incidence and nature of injuries in schoolboy cricketers. s afr med j 1995;85(11):1182-1184. 5. millsom nm, barnard jg, stretch ra. seasonal incidence and nature of cricket injuries among elite south african schoolboy cricketers. south african journal of sports medicine 2007;19(3):80-84. 6. noorbhai m h, essack fm, thwala sn, ellapen tj, van heerden jh. prevalance of cricket-related musculosketal pain among adolescent cricketers in kwazulu-natal. south african journal of sports medicine 2012;24(1):3-9. 7. stretch ra, trella c. a three-year investigation into the incidence and nature of cricket injuries in elite south african schoolboy cricketers. south african journal of sports medicine 2012;24(1):10-14. 8. shaw l, finch c. injuries to junior club cricketers: the impact of helmet regulations. br j sports med 2008;42(6):437-440. 9. finch cf, white p, dennis r, twomey d, hayden a. fielders and batters are injured too: a prospective cohort study of injuries in junior club cricketers. j sci med sport 2010;13(5):489-495. [http://dx. doi. org/10. 1016/j. jsams. 2009. 10. 489] 10. walker hl, carr dj, chalmers dj, wilson ca. injury to recreational and professional cricket players: circumstances, type and potential for intervention. accid anal prev 2010;42(6):2094-2098. [http://dx. doi. org/10. 1016/j. aap. 2010. 06. 022] 11. davies r, du randt r, venter djl, stretch ra. cricket: nature and incidence of fastbowling injuries in elite, junior level and associated risk factors. south african journal of sports medicine 2008;20(4):115-118. 12. dennis rj, finch cf, farhart pj. is bowling workload a risk factor for injury to australian junior cricket fast bowlers? br j sports med 2005;39(11):843-846. [http:// dx. doi. org/10. 1136/bjsm. 2005. 018515] 13. gregory pl, batt m, wallace w. comparing injuries of spin bowlers with fast bowlers in young cricketers. clin j sport med 2002;12(2):107-112. 14. gregory pl, batt m, wallace w. is the risk of fast bowling injury in cricketers greatest in those who bowl the most? br j sports med 2004;38(2):125-128. [http://dx. doi. org/10. 1136/bjsm. 2002. 000275] 15. twomey dm, white pe, finch cf. injury risk associated with ground hardness in junior cricket. j sci med sport 2012;15(2):110-115. [http://dx. doi. org/10. 1016/j. jsams. 2011. 08. 005] 16. orchard jw, newman d, stretch r, frost w, manshing a, leious a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. j sci med sport 2005;8(1):1-14. [http:// dx. doi. org/10. 1016/s1440-2440(05)80019-2] 17. stretch ra, gray j. fast bowling injury prevention. johannesburg: united cricket board of south africa publication, 1998 40 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 original research objective. to investigate the difference in performance and bowling opportunity of black african (ba), coloured/indian (c/i) and white (w) cricket bowlers at a junior provincial level in south africa between 2006 and 2012. methods. data of all players performing in the south african interprovincial under-13 (u13), under-15 (u15) and under-19 (u19) tournaments were analysed. bowling performance (bowling average and the top 20 wicket takers relative to their par representation) and bowling opportunity (number of overs bowled) were compared between racial groups. results. there were no significant differences in the bowling averages between ba bowlers and the other racial groups between 2008 and 2012. ba bowling averages were only significantly worse than w bowlers in the u13s in 2006 and u19s in 2007. ba bowling averages were also only significantly worse than c/i in the u13s and u15s in 2007. ba bowlers were below par representation in the top 20 wicket takers in each year for the u15s and u19s and below par representation for the u13s in 2007 2009 and 2011. the performance of c/i and w bowlers was relatively similar across the age groups. ba players bowled significantly fewer overs than w bowlers in the u13s in 2006, in the u15s in 2007 and 2009 and in the u19s in 2006, 2007, 2010 and 2011. c/i bowlers bowled significantly fewer overs than w bowlers in the u13s in 2008 and 2009. conclusion. the bowling averages of the different racial groups are similar. however, there were relatively few ba bowlers in the top 20 wicket takers each year. this could be because of a lack of highly skilled ba bowlers or the lack of opportunity provided to ba bowlers to bowl in these tournaments. s afr j sports med 2015;27(2):40-45. doi:10.7196.570 the cricket bowling performance of different racial groups at a junior provincial level in south africa m s taliep, phd; r gamieldien, btech; s j west, phd department of sports management, faculty of business and management sciences, cape peninsula university of technology, cape town, south africa corresponding author: m s taliep (talieps@cput.ac.za) apartheid in south africa (sa) was a system of legal racial segregation involving political and economic discrimination against black (black african (ba), coloureds/indian (c/i)) south africans. these policies were enforced by the sa government between 1948 and 1994. the apartheid system also disadvantaged blacks in the sporting arena. blacks received minimal and inferior cricket facilities at schools and clubs.[1] an example of this is that a white population of 15%[2] had 89% of the school cricket pitches in 1981.[1] blacks were also not allowed to participate in international sport, thereby further limiting their development. post apartheid (1994), the sa government and the cricketing body in charge at that time, united cricket board of south africa (ucbsa) today known as cricket south africa (csa), were faced with the enormous challenge of trying to redress the injustices caused by apartheid. white (w) players had access to the best fields, facilities, coaches, schools and the provincial and national teams were mainly constituted of w players. the biggest challenge of ubcsa was to develop and transform cricket among the previously disadvantaged black communities so that cricket could be fully represented by all racial groups at all levels. the department of sport in sa defines transformation in the transformation charter as: ‘increased access and opportunities for all south africans, including women, persons with disabilities, youth, children and the elderly to sport and recreation opportunities; the socio-economic benefits of sport are harnessed; and the constitutional right to sport is recognised’.[3] much money was spent on implementing this transformation process.[4] money was spent trying to promote cricket by either building new or upgrading existing facilities. a mini cricket programme was also introduced to develop cricket among the youth at soft cricket ball level. over 2 million children have since been a part of this mini cricket programme.[5] bursaries were established for black players to attend the best cricketing schools in the country.[6] there were a number of programmes and cricket academies introduced to further improve the skill and performance of cricketers. talent acceleration programmes were initiated that targeted the elite u17 and u19 players to prepare them to bridge the gap between junior and senior provincial cricket. the csa high performance programme further aims at developing skilled players. there was the formation of a rural cricket week competition and inland and coastal academies.[7] there is also the csa national cricket academy that aims to bridge the gap between 1st class and international cricket.[7] monitoring the success of transformation is difficult because of its broad definition. despite this broad definition, an important factor to assess the success of the transformation process is to observe the playing numbers and performance of black players at national and provincial level. this is evident in the governmental meetings held where this was discussed.[8-10] some authors have therefore attempted to identify the success of transformation by investigating the playing numbers and performance of black players at senior and junior provincial level. there has been a significant increase in the number of ba players participating in senior provincial cricket but there was a significant decrease at a junior provincial level.[11,12] the increase in c/i players has been at both senior and junior level. sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 41 the performance of senior ba bowlers (runs per dismissal) was on par with w bowlers between 1996 and 2008 (i.e. all years reported by the authors). however, the performance of ba batsmen showed a different trend. they found that there were few skilled senior provincial ba batsmen. senior provincial ba batsmen batting performance, as measured by batting average, was significantly worse than w batsmen for every season between 1996 and 2008. furthermore, at junior provincial level, ba batsmen batting average was significantly worse than w batsmen in every year reported.[12] therefore, there is a concern with the representation and performance of ba batsmen at the junior and senior level, suggesting that the problem exists from a young age and persists to adulthood. despite the numerous development and transformation programmes and policies aimed at enhancing skill, the performance of ba batsmen remained weak. there have been no published articles reporting the bowling performance at a junior provincial level. we are therefore uncertain if ba bowlers are performing well at a junior provincial level (representing a natural ability) or if their performance is weak and then improves as they reach the senior ranks (most probably a representation of the positive effect of development). furthermore, none of the previous studies has investigated the bowling opportunity provided to ba players in matches (i.e. were the bowlers allowed to bowl the same amount of overs as other racial groups). therefore, the aim of the study is to evaluate the performance and bowling opportunity provided to ba bowlers at junior provincial level. methods data were taken from the under-13 (u13), under-15 (u15) and under-19 (u19) annual interprovincial cricket tournaments in sa between 2006 and 2012. bowling performance was determined by two different methods. the first method investigated the bowling average (runs/dismissal) while the second method investigated the number of players in the top 20 highest wicket takers in the tournament relative to their par representation. where more than one player had the same number of wickets, the player with the best bowling average was ranked higher. par representation was determined by calculating the percentage representation of each group relative to their total representation in that year.[12] the following equation was used: par representation (x, y, z) = (total percentage participation × 20)/100. where x, y, z represent w, c/i and ba respectively. the par value was then subtracted from the actual representation of the group in the top 20 and plotted. therefore a value of 1 indicates that a group had 1 person more than the estimated par value for that group, a value of –1 indicates that a group had 1 person less than the estimated par value for that group. opportunity to bowl was measured by the number of overs a player bowled. one-way analysis of variance (anova) was used to determine the difference between the mean bowling averages and mean bowling overs of the different racial groups for each year. when a significant p-level (p<0.05) was achieved, a post hoc, bonferroni test was applied to determined where the means differed. bowling average is a measure of bowling performance, and the higher the average the weaker the performance (i.e. more runs are scored against the bowler before a wicket is taken). results a total of 4 180 players participated in the u13, u15 and u19 interprovincial tournaments between 2006 and 2012. of these 4 180 players, 2 511 (60%) bowled. the number and per cent of ba, c/i and w players that bowled in these tournaments are presented in table 1. although the per cent representation varies in each year, there is relatively equal representation in the u13, u15 and u19 interprovincial tournaments between the w (~50%) and black bowlers (~50%) for each year. there was also similar representation between the c/i (~25%) and ba (~25%) bowlers. bowling performance measures in the u13 age group, there were significant differences in the performance of the three racial groups in 2006 (f2,121=3.6, p=0.030) and 2007 (f2,117=4.9, p=0.009)(table 2). bonferroni (post hoc) comparison of the three groups indicated that in 2006 w bowlers had better bowling averages (mean 22.1, 95% confidence interval (ci) 17.83 26.36) compared with ba bowlers (mean 35.9, 95% ci 22.92 48.96), p=0.034. in 2007 c/i bowlers had significantly better bowling averages (mean 18.5, ci 14.23 22.68) compared with ba bowlers (mean 35.9, 95% ci 23.80 47.05, p=0.008). there was no significant table 1. players participating in the annual interprovincial u13, u15 and u19 tournaments between 2006 and 2012* year ba, % (n) c/i, % (n) w, % (n) total, % (n) u13 2006 27 (34) 21 (26) 52 (64) 100 (124) 2007 22 (26) 26 (31) 53 (62) 101 (120) 2008 23 (28) 22 (27) 56 (69) 101 (124) 2009 22 (29) 26 (34) 52 (68) 100 (131) 2010 25 (29) 26 (30) 50 (58) 101 (117) 2011 23 (30) 27 (36) 50 (66) 100 (132) 2012 15 (20) 33 (45) 52 (71) 100 (136) u15 2006 26 (36) 14 (20) 59 (62) 99 (138) 2007 22 (28) 27 (35) 52 (67) 101 (130) 2008 23 (29) 25 (31) 52 (66) 100 (126) 2009 26 (40) 25 (37) 49 (74) 100 (151) 2010 26 (27) 25 (26) 49 (50) 100 (103) 2011 25 (30) 20 (24) 55 (67) 100 (121) 2012 24 (28) 29 (34) 47 (55) 100 (117) u19 2006 29 (37) 23 (30) 48 (61) 100 (128) 2007 26 (32) 21 (26) 52 (63) 99 (121) 2008 23 (29) 21 (27) 56 (71) 100 (127) 2009 24 (33) 26 (35) 50 (67) 100 (135) 2010 22 (25) 27 (31) 51 (58) 100 (114) 2011 24 (31) 29 (37) 46 (59) 99 (127) 2012 31 (39) 20 (25) 49 (61) 100 (125) *owing to rounding off the values may not equal 100%. 42 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 difference between w and c/i bowlers in 2006 and 2007. there were no significant differences in the bowling averages between racial groups from 2008 to 2012. in the u15 age group, there were only significant differences in the performance of the three racial groups in 2007 (f2,126=4.6, p=0.012) (table 3). post hoc comparison of the three groups indicated c/i bowlers had significantly better bowling averages (mean 19.2, 95% ci 15.53 22.82) compared with ba bowlers (mean 31.3, 95% ci 22.92 39.66, p=0.009). there was no significant difference between w and c/i bowlers in 2007. there were no significant differences in the bowling averages between racial groups for 2006 and between 2008 and 2012. in the u19 age group, there were only significant differences in the performance of the three racial groups in 2007 (f2,118=4.9, p=0.009) (table 4). post hoc comparison of the three groups indicates that w bowlers had significantly better bowling averages (mean 29.7, 95% ci 18.87 31.02) compared with ba bowlers (mean 48.6, 95% ci 17.81 35.33, p=0.007). there were no significant differences in the bowling averages between the groups for 2006 and between 2008 and 2012. data of the top 20 highest wicket takers relative to their par representation are presented in fig. 1. ba bowlers were below par representation for the u13s from 2007 to 2009 and in 2011. in the u13 group, w bowlers were mainly above par representation (2006, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012) while the c/i bowlers oscillated above and below the par representation mark. in the u15 group, ba bowlers were below the par representation mark in every year while w bowlers generally appear above the par representation mark (2007 2012). c/i bowlers oscillated above and below the par representation mark. in the u19 age group, ba bowlers were below the par representation mark in every year. c/i bowlers are above the par representation level for the u19s from 2006 to 2009 and in 2011, while w bowlers approximated the par representation mark. opportunity to bowl in the u13 age group, there were significant differences in the mean bowling overs of the three racial groups in 2007 (f2,117=4.7, p=0.01), 2008 (f2,121=6.8, p=0.002) and 2009 (f2,128=3.9, p=0.022)(table 5). post hoc comparison of the three groups indicates that in 2007 w bowlers bowled significantly more overs (mean 26.7, 95% ci 23.8 29.6) than ba bowlers (mean 18.5, 95% ci 14.6 22.3, p=0.008). white bowlers also bowled significantly more overs than c/i in 2008 (mean 32.6, 95%ci 29.0 36.3 v. mean 25.5, 95% ci 20.7 30.3) and in 2009 (mean 28.4, 95% ci 24.8 32.1 v. mean 19.9, 95% ci 16.0 23.8). in the u15 age group, there were significant differences in the mean bowling overs of the three racial groups in 2007 (f2,127=3.5, p=0.033) and 2010 (f2,100=3.7, p=0.029)(table 6). post hoc comparison of the three groups indicated that w bowlers bowled significantly more overs than ba in both 2007 (mean 24.8, 95% ci 22.2 27.5 v. mean 18.5, 95% ci 14.9 22.2, p=0.031) and in 2010 (mean 20.6, 95% ci 17.1 24.1 v. mean 13.5, 95% ci 10.7 16.3, p=0.025). in the u19 age group, there were significant differences in the mean bowling overs of table 2. a comparison of the u13 bowling averages of the different racial groups between 2006 and 2012 u13 ba, mean (sd) c/i, mean (sd) w, mean (sd) f-value p-value 2006 35.9 (37.3)* 31.3 (23.1) 22.1 (17.1)* 3.6 0.030* 2007 35.4 (28.8)* 18.5 (11.5)* 24.0 (20.3) 4.9 0.009* 2008 22.0 (16.8) 31.9 (21.4) 26.3 (24.2) 1.4 0.255 2009 25.7 (23.3) 16.9 (8.3) 24.4 (18.2) 2.6 0.079 2010 22.1 (13.9) 17.5 (9.8) 20.5 (15.5) 0.9 0.429 2011 25.0 (15.0) 24.2 (26.0) 25.5 (18.1) 0.1 0.951 2012 25.6 (18.4) 23.2 (15.9) 22.0 (15.3) 0.4 0.667 sd = standard deviation. * significant difference, p<0.05. table 3. a comparison of the u15 bowling averages of the different racial groups between 2006 and 2012 u15 ba, mean (sd) c/i, mean (sd) w, mean (sd) f-value p-value 2006 29.7 (18.6) 23.4 (15.5) 27.0 (18.2) 0.8 0.447 2007 31.3 (21.6)* 19.2 (10.6)* 23.6 (15.3) 4.6 0.012* 2008 27.5 (18.6) 28.8 (16.5) 23.1 (12.9) 1.8 0.171 2009 25.1 (16.5) 27.8 (19.0) 26.0 (19.9) 0.2 0.847 2010 27.0 (19.6) 22.9 (12.6) 21.2 (11.2) 0.5 0.595 2011 22.1 (14.8) 27.5 (19.3) 26.9 (20.0) 0.8 0.453 2012 16.4 (8.5) 18.9 (14.4) 22.5 (20.3) 1.4 0.261 * significant difference, p<0.05. table 4. a comparison of the u19 bowling averages of the different racial groups between 2006 and 2012 u19 ba, mean (sd) c/i, mean (sd) w, mean (sd) f-value p-value 2006 34.7 (18.6) 25.3 (14.0) 28.0 (17.5) 2.8 0.062 2007 48.6 (36.8)* 33.5 (27.0) 29.7 (23.2)* 4.9 0.009* 2008 36.0 (23.5) 28.1 (18.8) 28.1 (20.8) 1.6 0.210 2009 26.6 (22.6) 31.4 (23.9) 26.4 (23.8) 0.5 0.587 2010 31.6 (21.5) 24.0 (19.7) 29.0 (16.6) 1.3 0.286 2011 27.4 (17.3) 23.4 (17.4) 22.4 (14.1) 1.0 0.357 2012 30.9 (21.2) 25.4 (13.2) 28.8 (20.2) 0.6 0.547 * significant difference, p<0.05. sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 43 the three racial groups in 2006 (f2,125=5.2, p=0.007), 2007 (f2,118=3.1, p=0.049), 2010 (f2,111=4.9, p=0.009) and 2011 (f2,124=5.0, p=0.009)(table 7). post hoc comparison of the three groups indicates that c/is bowled significantly more overs than bas in 2006 (mean 28.7, 95% ci 24.2 33.3 v. mean 20.2, 95% ci 16.8 23.7), p=0.007 and in 2010 (mean 27.4, 95% ci 22.1 28.3 v. mean 18.3, 95% ci 14.6 22.1, p=0.012). white bowlers bowled significantly more overs than ba in 2007 (mean 25.3, 95% ci 22.6 28.0 v. mean 19.6, 95% ci 16.5 22.8, p=0.043), 2010 (mean 25.6, 95% ci 22.8 28.3 v. mean 18.3, 95% ci 14.6 22.1, p=0.028) and 2011 (mean 29.3, 95% ci 25.6 33.1 v. mean 19.9, 95% ci 16.6 23.2, p=0.007). discussion in the u13, u15 and u19 provincial teams, there was relativly equal representation of black (ba & c/i, ~50%) and w bowlers (~50%) between 2006 and 2012. there was also relatively similar representation between the c/i and ba bowlers. unfortunately, it is very difficult to determine if all the players were selected purely on merit as the transformation target system stipulated a minimum of 50% representation of black players per team. to better assess this system, it is therefore important to investigate the bowling performance of these players during the tournament. the bowling performances were assessed using two separate methods. the first investigated the bowling average of all players in the tournament, which provided an indication of the performance of the ba bowlers as a group. during 2006 and 2007 there were some significant differences between ba and the other racial groups, where ba bowling performances were worse. however, between 2008 and 2012 there were no differences in the bowling performance between ba bowlers and other racial groups. this suggests an improvement in the performances of ba players relative to the other racial groups. a reason for this could be the numerous development programmes and transformation policies implemented by csa aimed at improving the status of cricket among black cricketers. these results are similar to the bowling performances at senior provincial cricket, where there were no significant differences between the bowling averages across races over an 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 10 5 0 –5 –10 10 0 –5 5 –10 10 0 –5 5 u13 u15 u19 year black african coloured/indian white n o. o f p la ye rs in th e to p 2 0 (w ic ke t t ak er s) re la tiv e to p ar re p re se nt at io n n o. o f p la ye rs in th e to p 2 0 (w ic ke t t ak er s) re la tiv e to p ar re p re se nt at io n n o. o f p la ye rs in th e to p 2 0 (w ic ke t t ak er s) re la tiv e to p ar re p re se nt at io n fig. 1. a representation of the number of players in the top 20 wicket takers relative to par representation for each year. table 5. a comparison of the mean number of overs bowled between the different racial groups for the u13s between 2006 and 2012 u13 ba, mean (sd) c/i, mean (sd) w, mean (sd) f-value p-value 2006 24.3 (11.7) 20.8 (13.4) 25.7 (11.9) 1.5 0.227 2007 18.5 (9.5)* 24.8 (12.9) 26.7 (11.5)* 4.7 0.01* 2008 28.6 (15.1) 25.5 (14.5)* 32.6 (15.1)* 6.8 0.002* 2009 26.3 (16.5) 19.9 (11.1)* 28.4 (15.1)* 3.9 0.022* 2010 22.5 (11.5) 23.0 (13.9) 23.6 (10.7) 0.1 0.903 2011 21.2 (12.8) 22.6 (12.7) 27.3 (13.8) 2.1 0.122 2012 20.9 (13.1) 22.6 (13.3) 28.0 (15.9) 2.9 0.059 * significant difference, p<0.05. 44 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 8-year period.[11] from these data, we are tempted to conclude that the performances of ba bowlers are on par with the other racial groups at both a junior and senior level. however, one has to investigate the best bowlers in the tournament to provide an indication of bowling excellence. the second method of investigating bowling performances was to report the proportion of bowlers in the top 20 (highest wickets taken). ba bowlers were consistently below the par representation mark in all years for the u15s and u19s, while often occurring below the par representation mark in the u13 age group. the ba bowlers were never above the par representation mark for any of the age groups. there are three possible reasons for this. the first is that there are a number of good ba bowlers participating in the provincial tournaments but few exceptional bowlers. as a result there are relatively fewer bowlers in the top 20. the second reason could be related to the fact that they have been given fewer opportunities to bowl. w bowlers, for example, generally bowled more overs in the tournaments in each age group. the bowling average data indicate that there were few differences between the racial groups yet w bowlers bowled more overs than ba bowlers. w bowlers’ mean bowling averages were only significantly better than ba bowlers in 2006 in the u13 group and in 2007 in the u19 group. however, w bowlers were allowed to bowl significantly more overs than ba in 2007 in the u13, 2007 and 2010 in the u15 and 2007, 2008 and 2011 in the u19 group. ba bowlers therefore have less opportunity to take wickets and this could hinder their ability to be in the top 20 wicket takers in the tournament. the third possibility is that ba bowlers are given a chance to bowl a few overs very late in the innings. they then bowl to batsmen that are weaker (tail enders) and easier to dismiss. this could possibly explain why their bowling averages are similar yet they take fewer wickets. however, this is speculative as the information on bowling order is not available. one of the main aims of csa is to provide equal opportunity for all cricketers to achieve the highest level of success in the sport.[9] they therefore introduced the target policy. this policy specifies a target of a certain number of black players in provincial and national teams at senior and junior level. committees were established to monitor the implementation of this transformation policy.[13] however, the target system becomes ineffective if ba players of equal skill are not provided with the same opportunities in matches. ba cricketers have voiced their concerns regarding this lack of opportunity.[14] in a study done by bayer,[14] 20 ba cricketers in the gauteng province of sa were interviewed. it was found that 65% of these players believed that w cricketers were given better opportunities. the author reported that this perceived lack of opportunity created a feeling of despair among the ba players. interestingly, in sa rugby at an international level, bas had less playing time than other players,[15] suggesting a trend of providing less opportunity to ba players during matches. the possibility of racial prejudice in sa sport needs to be considered as this will in turn counteract the pur pose of the development and transformation system. despite the lack of opportunity provided to ba bowlers at a junior provincial level in sa, they still appear to be competent at bowling. this implies merit selection of bowlers, counteracting the idea of ‘window dressing’ and credit should be given to csa for achieving this. these data drastically contrast with the batting average data where ba batting averages were worse than w batsmen for every year for both u15s and u19s. the poor performance of ba batsmen at a junior level continues to the senior ranks. therefore, it can be suggested that the lag in development is too great in batting so that the ba players are not able to catch up. lambert[16] has expressed concern that if athletic development does not take place within specific windows of opportunity, the athlete might not be able to catch up later in their career. with the introduction of the long-term athletic development model by csa[17] the focus is on general movement and sports skills development at an early age.[18] less technical coaching is required at this young age (below 13 years)18 and the child’s natural flair and skill largely contributes to their success as a cricketer. as the child reaches adolescence and enters secondary school, there is a greater requirement for sports specific skills to be enhanced.[18] the reliance on a coach, parents and good table 6. a comparison of the mean number of overs bowled between the different racial groups for the u15s between 2006 and 2012 u15 ba, mean (sd) c/i, mean (sd) w, mean (sd) f-value p-value 2006 21.2 (11.7) 27.6 (12.7) 23.4 (10.7) 2.1 0.125 2007 18.5 (9.5)* 21.9 (11.7) 24.8 (10.8)* 3.5 0.033* 2008 22.9 (13.8) 26.5 (13.2) 29.1 (12.7) 2.2 0.111 2009 16.1 (8.2) 21.0 (12.5) 21.3 (11.5) 2.8 0.067 2010 13.5 (7.1)* 18.9 (11.8) 20.6 (12.4)* 3.7 0.029* 2011 23.9 (14.7) 26.9 (14.7) 28.8 (15.5) 1.1 0.347 2012 18.9 (10.2) 22.7 (11.4) 22.8 (10.7) 1.3 0.271 * significant difference, p<0.05. table 7. a comparison of the mean number of overs bowled between the different racial groups for the u19s between 2006 and 2012 u19 ba, mean (sd) c/i, mean (sd) w, mean (sd) f-value p-value 2006 20.2 (10.4)* 28.7 (12.2)* 25.8 (11.1) 5.2 0.007* 2007 19.6 (8.7)* 22.9 (12.3) 25.3 (10.6)* 3.1 0.049* 2008 24.7 (15.1) 31.8 (16.8) 31.4 (16.8) 1.9 0.151 2009 21.0 (11.0) 24.7 (12.9) 26.1 (11.8) 1.7 0.194 2010 18.3 (9.0)*,† 27.4 (14.3)† 25.6 (10.5)* 4.8 0.009* 2011 19.9 (9.0)* 27.3 (15.3) 29.3 (14.5)* 5.0 0.009* 2012 26.2 (12.2) 29.9 (14.5) 30.6 (12.9) 1.5 0.237 * significant difference, p<0.05. † significant difference, p<0.05. sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 45 facilities are important during this phase of skills development. this early adolescence phase might be an important window of trainability for skill acquisition in batting but not for bowling. bas were the worst disadvantaged group during apartheid. they did not have access to the best cricketing schools, coaches, training programmes and facilities. these important components, if missed during adolescence could have adverse effects on the development of the batsmen. this could explain the reason for the poor batting performance of ba players from the junior (u15 and u19) and through the senior ranks. this hypothesis is supported by the fact that in the current sa national team, all specialist batsmen have attended good cricketing schools in sa. these schools are renowned for their culture of cricket, coaches and cricketing excellence. in contrast, the bowlers of the sa team did not necessarily attend this type of school. dale steyn, morné morkel and vernon philander are good examples. in addition, many world class international bowlers only started bowling at a late age. these include bowlers like wes hall, curtley ambrose, dirk nannes and zaahir khan.[19-24] it has been reported that ambrose only started playing formal cricket at the age of 21.[22] on the contrary, it is almost unheard of for skilled international batsmen to have developed or started playing at such a late age. if ba bowlers were provided with the appropriate support, opportunities and coaching, they are likely to improve their bowling performances even further and could become among the best bowlers in the country. acknowledgements. the authors would like to thank all the coaches and coaching managers of the various provinces for their assistance with the classification of players and to mrs corrie uys for her assistance with the statistics. references 1. human sciences research council. investigation into education (south africa). report of the main committee. pretoria: human science research council, 1981. 2. spain d. republic of south africa: unraveling the population size. country profile. int demogr 1984;3(6):4-11. 3. sport and recreation south africa. the transformation charter for south african sport. http://www.srsa.gov.za/medialib/home/documentlibrary/transformation%20 charter%20-%20final%20aug%202012.pdf (accessed 20 august 2014). 4. united cricket board of south africa presentation group. presentation by the united cricket board of south africa to the parliamentary portfolio committee on sports and recreation, 2002. http://www.pmg.org.za/docs/2002/appendices/020903ucb.ppt (accessed 20 august 2014). 5. cricket south africa. kfc mini cricket, 2014. http://www.cricket.co.za/ development_programs.aspx?id=3 (accessed 20 august 2014). 6. padayachee v, desai a, vahed g. managing south african transformation: the story of cricket in kwazulu-natal, 1994 2004. patterns prejudice 2004;38(3):253-278. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/0031322042000250457] 7. cricket south africa. csa national cricket academy, 2014. http://www.cricket.co.za/ development_programs.aspx?id=14 (accessed 2 september 2014). 8. parliamentary monitoring group. sa cricket selection: selectors meeting with cricket south africa minutes, 2007. http://db3sqepoi5n3s.cloudfront.net/files/ docs/080226minutes.htm (accessed 1 september 2014). 9. parliamentary monitoring group. cricket sa: transformation policy: selection of national cricket team. transformation background, 2008. http://www.pmg.org.za/ files/docs/080226csa.pdf (accessed 1 september 2014). 10. parliamentary monitoring group. cricket south africa on transformation plan, disciplinary process with mr majola, 2012. http://www.pmg.org.za/report/20120801-briefing-cricketsouth-africa-transformation-plan-implementation-spor (accessed 1 september 2014). 11. taliep ms. effectiveness of the cricket transformation process in increasing representation and performance of black cricketers at provincial level in south africa. s afr j sports med 2009;21(4):156-162. 12. taliep ms, gamieldien r, west s. an analysis of the performance of black african junior provincial cricket batsmen. s afr j sports med 2011;23(3):90-94. 13. vahed g, padayachee v, desai a. between black and white: a case study of kwazulunatal cricket union. in: desai a, ed. the race to transform sport in post-apartheid sa. cape town: hsrc press, 2010:222-256. 14. bayer j. a phenomenological study of a sample of young black players in the transformation process of cricket in gauteng. ma thesis. kwadlangezwa: university of zululand, 2010. 15. du toit j, durant j, joshua j, lambert m. playing time between senior rugby players of different ethnic groups across all levels of south african rugby. s afr j sports med 2012;24(3):81-86. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.327] 16. lambert m. the lack of transformation in sport and the long-term athletic development programme. s afr j sports med 2010;22(3):54. 17. cricket south africa. long-term participation development programme: from grassroots to proteas, 2011. http://www.cricket.co.za/docs/coaching/ltpd%20 nov%202011.pdf (accessed 1 september 2014). 18. balyi i, way r, higgs c. long term athletic development. united states: human kinetics, 2013. 19. national sporting archives of trinidad and tobago. wesley windfield hall. http:// www.sportarchivestt.com/athletes/wesley-winfield-hall/ (accessed 2 september 2014). 20. sports pundit. wes hall. http://www.sportspundit.com/cricket/cricketers/9290-weshall (accessed 2 september 2014). 21. journalism of courage archive. curtly ambrose, a reluctant cricketer who became a legend. http://archive.indianexpress.com/news/curtly-ambrose-a-reluctant-cricketerwho-became-a-legend/802820/0 (accessed 2 september 2014). 22. ambrose c. curtley elconn lynwall ambrose. http://curtlyambrose.com/biography. php (accessed 2 september 2014). 23. danakar s. interview/zahier khan. sportstar 2002;25(44):2-8. http://www. sportstaronnet.com/tss2544/25440160.htm (accessed 4 september 2014). 24. nrc.nl. skier turned cricket player boost dutch success. 2009. http://vorige.nrc.nl/ international/features/article2265622.ece (accessed 4 september 2014). sajsm 535.indd original research sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 99 background. therapeutic ultrasound (us) is an electrophysical therapy that is commonly used by sports physiotherapists, but its mechanism of action is unclear. there is little evidence that us therapy is more effective than sham us therapy, and any clinical benefits may be due to a placebo effect. objective. to investigate whether us has a specific effect that renders it effective in its own right, or whether its effect is placebo driven. methods. in a double-blind controlled trial, delayed-onset muscle soreness (doms) was experimentally induced in both bicep muscles of 15 females. sham us was applied to one bicep (n=15 biceps) and pulsed active us to the other bicep (n=15 biceps) of each participant, 48 and 72 h after induction of doms. primary and secondary outcomes were pain reported on the mcgill pain questionnaire (mpq) and range of movement (rom) (elbow extension) measured by goniometry, respectively. results. results showed significant improvements in pain and rom over the intervention periods, but there was no difference between interventions. conclusion. us and sham us therapy improve pain equally when treating doms of the biceps in the context of a therapeutic encounter. this analgesic effect is placebo driven. clinicians can influence the analgesic effect of us by managing the therapeutic context. management of patients’ anxiety may also boost the analgesic effect of us. s afr j sm 2014;26(4):99-103. doi:10.7196/sajsm.535 ultrasound v. sham ultrasound for experimentally induced delayedonset muscle soreness: a double-blind, randomised controlled trial r parker,1 phd (psych); v j madden,2 bsc (phys) 1 department of health and rehabilitation sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, south africa 2 sansom institute for health research, university of south australia, adelaide, australia corresponding author: r parker (romy.parker@uct.ac.za) therapeutic ultrasound (us) is an electrophysical t h e r apy t h at i s c om m on l y u s e d by s p or t s physiotherapists, but its mechanism of action is unclear.[1] there is little evidence that us therapy is more effective than sham us therapy, and any clinical benefits may be due to a placebo effect.[2] the term ‘placebo effect’ is used when a treatment that is known to have no specific physiological efficacy produces a positive therapeutic outcome. it is heavily reliant on the context of treatment and on the patient’s expectation of benefit.[3] physiotherapists enhance placebo value by using positive therapeutic relationships and educating their patients about the anticipated effects of treatment.[4] delayed-onset muscle soreness (doms) is pain or discomfort that develops in muscles after exercise that is unfamiliar.[5] doms is self-limiting and easily induced experimental setting. clinical findings include muscular tenderness and loss of range of movement (rom), flexibility and strength. symptoms develop gradually and peak after 24 48 h, resolving within 72 h.[6] the efficacy of us in treatment of doms has been investigated by a few studies of poor methodological quality.[2] methods this study investigated the effect of us in the treatment of doms, and was designed to explore whether us has a specific effect, or whether it works via a placebo effect. a double-blind controlled trial was designed to compare the effects of active us v. sham us on the symptoms of experimentally induced doms of the biceps muscle group. the primary outcome was pain, measured by the mcgill pain questionnaire (mpq);[7] the secondary outcome was elbow rom, measured with a goniometer.[8] the study was conducted in accordance with the declaration of helsinki and approved by the institutional research ethics committee. participants and setting healthy female physiotherapy students at the university of cape town were invited to participate. exclusion criteria were preexisting medical conditions for which us is contraindicated, preexisting upper limb discomfort or injury, prior experience of us treatment for doms or altered test results for skin hot/cold or sharp/ blunt sensations. twenty undergraduate students, aged 18 25 years, volunteered. participants were given an information sheet listing the symptoms of doms and the study procedures, and then given an opportunity to ask further questions before agreeing to participate. participants were asked not to take pain medication, perform any strenuous exercise or change their diets during the course of the study. at the end of the study, participants were given information sheets detailing interventions that might help to clear remaining symptoms. interventions and data collection were conducted at the physiotherapy practical teaching venue of the university of cape town. outcome measures the outcome measures were pain and elbow rom. pain was assessed using the mpq, which has shown good validity and reliability in doms-related pain[9] after translation and across cultures.[7] elbow rom was measured using standardised goniometry, also shown to be valid and reliable by numerous authors. [9] goniometry was 100 sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 performed while participants sat with the upper arm supported. the goniometer’s stationar y arm was aligned with the longitudinal axis of the humerus and the moving arm with the longitudinal axis of the forearm. one researcher (assistant a) took all measurements. pilot study a pilot study was performed to standardise the methods of doms induction and data collection. in the pilot study, an i-kon1011 (chattanooga ltd, usa) isokinetic machine was used to induce doms, but this was found to be ineffective. it was replaced by the following eccentric exercise protocol described by stay.[10] participants performed concentric and eccentric bicep curls using a dumbbell. participants performed four sets of 10 repetitions (or to muscle failure) at 80% of their one-repetition maximum (1rm). this was followed by four sets of 10 repetitions (or to muscle failure) of eccentric contractions at 100% of their 1rm. during the eccentric contraction, participants were instructed to slowly lower the dumbbell from full elbow flexion to full extension over 5 s, with assistant c returning the weight to the starting position. participants rested for 1 min between each set. with the new protocol, pilot participants reported maximal symptoms 48 h after exercise. procedure the experimental procedure is illustrated in fig. 1. baseline data collection (t0) baseline measures of pain and elbow rom were recorded for both biceps (left and right) of each participant before doms was induced (t0). induction of doms (t0) before doms was induced, a researcher read a prepared script to the participants to remind them of the symptoms of doms. participants were then asked to perform bilateral, resisted concentric and eccentric bicep curls according to the protocol previously described.[10] following this exercise bout, participants were asked to return for us treatment at 48 and 72 h. ultrasound (t48 and t72) us sonoplus 190 machines were calibrated and used with an appropriate coupling gel. the same two researchers (assistants b and c) administered all us interventions. at 48 h (t48), a script explaining the upcoming procedure was read to the participants. pain and rom were measured by assistant a. machine a delivered active us at 1 mhz, 0.4 w/cm2, pulsed 1:4, for 7 min. machine b delivered a sham dose (intensity set to 0 w/ cm2) for the same time period. assistant d set up the us machines behind a screen and all instrumentation was covered so that the researchers operating the us machines and all participants were blinded as to which machine delivered which dose. assignment of machine to biceps was quasi-random. assistant e allocated the first participant’s right arm to one intervention by coin toss, and subsequent participants’ arm allocations were alternated. both arms were treated concurrently (one with machine b and one with machine a). the same two researchers administered treatment with the same machines at 48 (t48) and 72 h (t72). this consistency was maintained to standardise treatment and minimise bias. data collection pain and rom were re-assessed before and after each intervention session by a single researcher (assistant a), who was blinded as to which arm received active or sham treatment. statistical analysis a 30% reduction in pain was considered clinically significant.[11] a power calculation with p<0.05 suggested a sample of 15 participants (n=15 biceps per group) to detect this change, with a power of 0.86. data were recorded using microsoft excel (2003) and analysed using spss statistics version 21 (ibm, usa). kolmogorov-smirnov tests found that the data were normally distributed. repeated measures analyses of variance (anova) with a priori comparisons were used, for both outcomes, to compare each time point with the preceding one. statistical significance was set at p<0.05. results were presented using means and standard deviations. mauchly’s test was used to assess the assumption of sphericity. where sphericity was violated, degrees of freedom were corrected using the greenhouse-geisser estimates of sphericity and the corrected value was reported. results demographics twenty female students volunteered for the study. one was excluded because of recently doms induced intervention 1 intervention 2 t48 t49 t72 t73t0 time (h) fig. 1. the experimental procedure. (doms = delayed-onset muscle soreness.) 20 volunteers recruited doms induced allocated to active us – received intervention 15 participants remaining (n=30 biceps) – analgesic use (n=2) – diabetes (n=1) – inadequate induction of doms (n=2) excluded (n=1) excluded (n=4) – analysed (n=15 biceps) allocated to sham us – received intervention – analysed (n=15 biceps) fig. 2. breakdown and allocation of research volunteers. (doms = delayed-onset muscle soreness; us = ultrasound.) sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 101 diagnosed diabetes. two participants were excluded because doms was not adequately induced (they had no pain or loss of rom 48 h aft er the exercise bout), and a further two for using analgesics. th e fi nal sample comprised 15 participants: 15 biceps in the experimental group and 15 in the control group (fig. 2). eff ect of us v. sham us on doms symptoms th e changes in pain over time are shown in fig. 3. repeated measures 2 (intervention: active or sham us) × 4 (t48, t49, t72, t73) anova showed that the type of intervention had no eff ect on pain (p=0.884). however, pain diff ered over time (f(1.68, 23.53.)=6.94; p=0.006). contrasts showed that pain decreased significantly from t48 to t49 (f(1, 14)=7.35; p=0.017), and from t72 to t73 (f(1, 14)=12.27; p=0.004), revealing that the two interventions were equally effective on both treatment occasions. contrasts also showed that pain did not change between interventions from t49 to t72 (p=0.59). th ere was no interaction eff ect between intervention and time. th e changes in rom over time are shown in fig. 4. repeated measures 2 (intervention) × 5 (t0, t48, t49, t72, t73) anova showed that the type of intervention had no eff ect on rom (p=0.198). however, rom did change over time (f(2.32, 32.52)=18.91; p=0.0001). contrasts showed that rom diminished from baseline to t48 (f(1, 14)=87.68; p=0.0001), and then increased over the fi rst intervention period from t48 to t49 (f(1, 14)=11.32; p=0.005). rom did not change over the second intervention period (p=0.09), or between interventions (p=0.67). there was significant interaction eff ect (f(4, 56)=2.91; p=0.030). contrasts for this interaction were marginally signifi cant at one level: t49 v. t72 (f(1, 14)=4.66; p=0.049). over this time period, rom decreased in the active us group and increased in the sham us group. discussion natural history or placebo eff ect? this study used a double-blinded, withinsubject design to investigate the effi cacy of sham v. active us interventions for decreasing pain related to d oms of the biceps. participants received each intervention twice: at 48 h and 72 h aft er induction of doms. participants reported decreased pain immediately aft er intervention (t48 t49 and t72 t73), regardless of whether active or sham us was used. in contrast, participants did not report decreased pain over the 23 h between interventions (t49 t72), showing that changes in pain over the intervention periods cannot be attributed to spontaneous time (h) to ta l e lb o w r o m (º ) intervention sham us active us t 49 t 72t48 t73t0 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 fig. 4. changes in elbow rom over time. (rom = range of movement; us = ultrasound.) fig. 3. changes in pain over time. (us = ultrasound.) t 49 t 72 t 48 t 73 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 intervention sham us active us time (h) pa in o n m cg ill p ai n q u es ti o n n ai re 102 sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 resolution of doms. these results indicate that active and sham us treatments were both equally effective in reducing pain. changes in rom were also unaffected by the nature of the intervention. participants showed a loss of rom over the first 48 h, to be expected after the induction of doms. they showed a recovery of some rom during the first intervention and no significant changes thereafter, suggesting that the two interventions were equally effective 48 h after doms induction. these results also revealed a statistically significant difference in recovery pattern between shamand active-treated groups between interventions (t49 t72), but the difference was too small to be clinically relevant. the comparable efficacy of active us and sham us for decreasing pain and improving rom when applied to opposite arms of the same participant suggests a mechanism that is systemic rather than local. other studies demonstrating a strong placebo effect of us our results corroborate those of hashish et al.,[12] who found sham us to have comparable or better effects than active us for pain and inflammation. in fact, the efficacy of us for musculoskeletal disorders has been reviewed and subjected to meta-analysis.[13] again, the results indicated that active us is not appreciably superior to sham us in multiple indicators of recovery, including pain and swelling. however, the findings are not entirely unequivocal: some studies still contradict this idea. two out of ten papers reviewed by robertson et al.[2] showed that active us was more beneficial than sham us for the treatment of soft-tissue injuries; however, only one of these two studies used pain as an outcome. the available evidence suggests that any positive therapeutic effect of us treatment for pain lies in its placebo value. how placebos cause analgesia the placebo effect is driven by both opioid and non-opioid mechanisms.[14] when a subject anticipates that pain will be relieved, the endogenous opioid system is activated, causing a powerful analgesic effect. this effect can be blocked by naloxone.[3] the placebo effect can also be induced by classic conditioning when pain reduction is not expected: a conditioned response is first set up by repeated administration of an inert substance together with an exogenous opioid. after this administration, the inert substance alone will induce analgesia.[3] this conditioned response is only partly blocked by naloxone, indicating that it works via a non-opioid mechanism.[3] t h e o p i o i d d r i v e n c o mp o n e nt o f placebo analgesia acts via descending painmodulating pathways, involving the rostral anterior cingulate cortex, orbitofrontal cortex, peri-aqueductal grey matter, pons and medulla.[15] these pathways use opioids to increase inhibition at the dorsal horn of the spinal cord. this reduces the amount of nociceptive signal reaching the brain. endogenous opioids also seem to reduce inflammatory pain in peripheral tissues. cholecystokinin (cck) antagonises this entire opioid-mediated process, which corresponds with cck’s known role in states of anxiety: cck may increase pain when subjects anticipate negative outcomes.[3] the anticipation that underpins opioiddriven placebo analgesia is thought to depend heavily on psychosocial context. the presence of a therapist, the ritual of giving a treatment and the visible presence of therapeutic equipment may influence it.[3] us fits this model: it is a ‘hands-on’ therapy that requires a therapist to be actively involved throughout the treatment. in this study, us was delivered for 7 min with the us transducer head visible to the participants. the information sheet was read to participants before the intervention to reduce expectations regarding the efficacy of us therapy (‘ultrasound is an electrotherapy modality that is commonly used by physiotherapists during treatment sessions. however, there is limited evidence to support its effectiveness in the treatment of doms. in this study, the effectiveness of a non-thermal dose of ultrasound on doms will be investigated with the aim of increasing the evidence base for the therapeutic use of ultrasound’), but in other respects the psychosocial context was typical of a therapeutic situation. the presence of a therapist and provision of apparent therapy may be enough to overrule a neutral information sheet, thus creating an overall expectation of improvement. further expectation may have been generated by the fact that the participants in the study were physiotherapy students who had been trained to use us. although their education and training included critical, evidence-based material on the efficacy of us, simply including the modality in the curriculum may have engendered a belief that it works. anticipation of a positive outcome would cause an opioiddriven placebo response and reduce pain.[16] implications for practice the ethical considerations arising from studies such as this one have caused some controversy. is it acceptable to prescribe placebo treatments to patients? the benefits of placebo-induced analgesia have been well documented,[14] so the conflict revolves table 1. pain reported on the mpq, by intervention active us arms, mean (sd) sham us arms, mean (sd) t48 6.73 (3.52) 7.40 (6.00) t49 5.47 (3.16) 5.40 (5.38) t72 5.13 (5.03) 4.53 (4.09) t73 3.40 (2.97) 2.80 (3.08) mpq = mcgill pain questionnaire; us = ultrasound; sd = standard deviation. table 2. rom, by intervention active us arms, mean (sd) sham us arms, mean (sd) baseline 145.27 (5.80) 144.40 (6.00) t48 132.87 (9.42) 135.33 (6.39) t49 136.73 (9.13) 138.20 (5.92) t72 134.20 (12.16) 139.53 (5.71) t73 135.53 (12.41) 140.53 (5.08) rom = range of movement; us = ultrasound; sd = standard deviation. sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 103 around issues of truthfulness and a patient’s autonomy rather than the efficacy of the intervention. deception may undermine the trust that is so important in a good patient-therapist relationship, and compromise the principles of informed consent. however, deception may not be obligatory, because the therapeutic ritual itself is thought to cause the placebo effect.[14] the power of the therapeutic context has repeatedly been demonstrated in comparisons between hidden and open administration of analgesics: analgesia that is administered openly has a far more powerful effect than the same medication given covertly.[3] what has not yet been well investigated is whether the therapeutic context alone can produce adequate analgesia without a specific therapy. however, medical professionals are well placed to use listening, empathy and patient-centred communication so as to encourage patients to expect positive outcomes. miller and colloca[14] argue that it is not necessary to use deception when explaining treatments that are known to be strongly placebo driven. they suggest that a therapist should explain to the patient that studies have found both the active and sham modalities to produce notable and equal improvements. the point is that it doesn’t matter which version of intervention the patient receives, as long as they receive one. to be acceptable, this explanation needs to be based on good evidence that sham and active treatments are equally helpful. strengths and limitations in this study, each participant acted as her own control. this was a notable advantage of the design. this, together with the double blinding, ensured that the centrally controlled, systemic placebo response would be induced equally in both the active us and sham us arms, while local treatment (active us effects) would occur in the active us arm only. the symptoms of doms are known to differ between subjects[6] and the subjective experience of pain cannot be compared accurately between different people. differences in symptoms should therefore be compared in the same person, as was done here. in this study, the timing of administration of us was based on the findings of the pilot study, not tailored to each participant. changes in symptoms were not monitored. however, participants in this study acted as their own controls. since it is unlikely that doms would occur asymmetrically in a single participant, any difference in timing should not have influenced the comparisons across time or groups. participants’ other activities during the study were not controlled or monitored, although participants were asked not to do any strenuous physical activity during the experiment. varying activity levels could have had an effect on the level of doms symptoms, potentially confounding results. again, marked differences in biceps activity is unlikely to have occurred asymmetrically within a single participant. whether the improvement in pain is due to the natural resolution of symptoms or the placebo effect cannot be ascertained without a non-treatment control group. however, the lack of measurable improvement during the 23-h period between treatment sessions, compared with the significant decrease in pain after each 1-h treatment session, suggests that little of the improvement recorded after treatment was due to spontaneous resolution. conclusion this study showed that active us (1 mhz, 0.4 w/cm2, pulsed 1:4) and sham us (1 mhz, 0 w/cm2, pulsed 1:4) therapy produce equivalent improvements in pain when used to treat doms of the biceps in the context of a therapeutic encounter. these results suggest that us does reduce pain, but does so via a placebo effect rather than by a local, tissue-specific effect. clinicians should be guided by this knowledge when choosing between interventions to reduce patients’ pain. further research is required to determine whether or not the therapeutic context is sufficient to elicit a placebo effect, even in the absence of a specific therapy. however, what is increasingly clear is that nearly every specific therapy also has some placebo value. clinicians can capitalise on this placebo value with communication strategies that improve the patient’s experience of the therapeutic encounter and encourage the patient to expect a positive outcome. because anxiety interferes with the opioid-mediated mechanism of placebo analgesia, we suggest that clinicians will also need to recognise and address patients’ anxiety if the placebo value is to be harnessed. capitalising on the placebo value of the therapeutic encounter will boost the analgesic efficacy of therapeutic interventions and achieve greater benefit for patients. acknowledgements. experiment funding was obtained through the university of cape town’s undergraduate physiotherapy programme. the authors thank s bacon, d gabriel, c le grange, w morris, k wood and c ziervogel for their assistance in conducting the study. references 1. baker kg, robertson vg, duck fa. a review of therapeutic ultrasound: biophysical effects. phys ther 2001;81(7):1351-1358. 2. robertson vj, baker kg. a review of therapeutic ultrasound: effectiveness studies. phys ther 2001;81(7):1339-1350. 3. benedetti f. placebo and endogenous mechanisms of analgesia. handb exp pharmacol 2007;177:393-413. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-33823-9_14] 4. crow r, gage h, hampson s, hart j, kimber a, thomas h. the role of expectancies in the placebo effect and their use in the delivery of health care: a systematic review. health technol assess 1999;3(3):1-96. 5. cheung k, hume pa, maxwell l. delayed onset muscle soreness: treatment strategies and performance factors. sports med 2003;33(2):145-164. 6. connolly daj. treatment and prevention of delayed onset muscle soreness. j strength cond res 2003;17(1):197-208. 7. cleather dj, guthrie sr. quantifying delayed-onset muscle soreness: a comparison of unidimensional and multidimensional instrumentation. j sports sci 2007;25(8):845850. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02640410600908050] 8. rothstein jm, miller pj, roettger rf. goniometric reliability in a clinical setting. elbow and knee measurements. phys ther 1983;63(10):1611-1615. 9. craig ja, bradley j, walsh dm, baxter bd, allen jm. delayed onset muscle soreness: lack of effect of therapeutic ultrasound in humans. arch phys med rehabil 1999;80(3):318-323. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s0003-9993(99)90144-2] 10. stay jc. pulsed ultrasound fails to diminish delayed-onset muscle soreness symptoms. j athl train 1998;33(4):341-346. 11. wittink hm, strassels sa, carr db. health outcomes and treatment effectiveness in pain medicine. in: wittink hm, carr db, eds. pain management: evidence, outcomes and quality of life. edinburgh: elsevier, 2008:1-20. 12. hashish i, hai hk, harvey w, feinmann c, harris m. reduction of postoperative pain and swelling by ultrasound treatment: a placebo effect. pain 1988;33(3):303-311. 13. gam an, johannsen f. ultrasound therapy in musculoskeletal disorders: a metaanalysis. pain 1995;63(1):85-91. 14. miller fg, colloca l. the legitimacy of placebo treatments in clinical practice: evidence and ethics. am j bioeth 2009;9(12):39-47. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1080/15265160903316263] 15. petrovic p, kalso e, petersson km, ingvar, m. placebo and opioid analgesia: imaging a shared neuronal network. science 2002;295(5560):1737-1740. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/ science.1067176] 16. price dd, finniss dg, benedetti f. a comprehensive review of the placebo effect: recent advances and current thought. annu rev psychol 2008;59:565-590. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.59.113006.095941] km_c227-20180511093412 original research sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 129 case study the simultaneous destruction of skeletal muscle cells with the consequent release of cellular contents into the circulatory system is called rhabdomyolysis and can be triggered by mechanical injury, ischaemia, infections, or genetic alterations to drugs and toxins.1 the intrinsic characteristics of muscle tissue make it especially vulnerable to drug-related cell damage. although rare, the life-threatening illness of acute steroid myopathy causing rhabdomyolysis in patients on high-dose corticosteroids should be recognised by clinicians and sports medicine specialists. this article presents the case of a young golf player with rhabdomyolysis, as well as current theories on cellular mechanisms, and symptoms and treatment of acute corticosteroid-induced rhabdomyolysis. case report a 27-year-old professional golf player presented with neck and back pain suggestive of an inflammatory arthropathy. symptoms included polyarthralgia of the elbows, shoulders, knees and right foot as well as morning stiffness for longer than one hour. the morning stiffness and polyarthritis responded to anti-inflammatory drugs. on physical examination he had a normal schober test and chest expansion. while systemic and neurological examination was normal, the faber test was positive bilaterally with tenderness of the sacroiliac (si) joints and thoracic spinous processes. the initial differential diagnosis included possible spondylarthropathy, and mechanical neck and back pain. further tests revealed a normal full blood count. erythrocyte sedimentation rate was 2 mm/h and c-reactive protein levels were 2 mg/l. hla b27, rheumatoid factor and anti-cyclical citrillunated peptide antibody tests were negative. the isotope bone scan reported low-grade inflammatory changes in the superior part of the si joints and normal uptake in the spine and peripheral joints. the lumbar spine radiograph showed slight degeneration of the l5/s1 facet joints. the neck radiograph showed torticollis, while the thoracic spine radiograph showed kyphosis. having failed to respond to physiotherapy and anti-inflammatory drugs, he was admitted to hospital for a trial of intravenous therapeutic agents. a high dose of intravenous cortisone (125 mg methylprednisolone twice daily) was infused, backache of inflammator y origin typically responding to this form of management. the baseline creatine kinase (ck) level was 67 iu/l. the following day (day 2 of hospital admission) the patient had generalised myalgia and stiffness. ck levels were elevated at 1 568 iu/l and myoglobin at 448 mg/ml. phosphate, magnesium and electrolyte levels were normal, as was troponin t. thyroid function was also normal and the patient’s history and clinical course were not supportive of metabolic myopathy. the patient also denied any changes in his training programme, the use of drugs such as statins or colchisine, nutritional supplementation or exposure to toxins such as snake venom. therefore all other possible causes for the elevated ck and myoglobin levels were eliminated. on day 3 of hospital admission, the patient’s ck was markedly elevated at 4 609 iu/l and the myoglobin was 1 566 ng/ml. he was treated with intravenous fluid, sodium bicarbonate and mannitol to prevent renal failure and arrhythmias due to increased potassium levels. the cortisone treatment was also discontinued. on the fourth day of hospitalisation the ck level was 8 030 iu/l and the myoglobin 172 mg/ml. on day 5 the levels decreased to 3 301 iu/l and 129 mg/ml, respectively (the second day after cortisone treatment was stopped). the diagnosis of acute steroid-induced rhabdomyolysis was based on the combination of symptoms and biochemical markers with subsequent clearance of both after cessation of steroid therapy. discussion the association between high-dose corticosteroid administration and muscle weakness was first reported by cushing in 1932.2 acute corticosteroid-induced rhabdomyolysis in a golf player d c janse van rensburg, w theron, t c grant, p cele zondi, c c grant section sports medicine, university of pretoria d c janse van rensburg, md t c grant, bsc p cele zondi, mb chb c c grant, phd physician in private practice (collaborating with section sports medicine) w theron, fcp (sa) corresponding author: d c janse van rensburg (christa.jansevanrensburg@up.ac.za) acute corticosteroid-induced rhabdomyolysis is a rare, but potentially life-threatening, condition that deserves the attention of medical professionals and sport scientists. early diagnosis is vital in minimising the secondary damage caused by rhabdomyolysis. this case of rhabdomyolysis highlights the severity of symptoms and the importance of decisive treatment. clinicians should be familiar with the most common symptoms of acute corticosteroid-induced rhabdomyolysis to enable early diagnosis and efficient management of this condition. s afr j sm 2012;24(4):129-130. doi:10.7196/sajsm.339 130 sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 corticosteroid-induced myopathy is a disease that mainly causes weakness of the proximal muscles of the upper and lower limbs and the neck flexors.3 it is caused by an excess of corticosteroids from endogenous or exogenous sources such as adrenal tumours or steroid treatment. there are two distinct types of corticosteroidinduced myopathy, namely chronic and acute,3 which may pose the risk of rhabdomyolysis development. the chronic type of myopathy is caused by prolonged exposure to corticosteroids, while the acute type is less common and occurs abruptly when the patient is receiving high doses of corticosteroids. previous cases of myopathy have been reported in patients receiving cortisone treatment for acute asthma,2 patients with phaeochromocytoma,4 and those in intensive care units.5 acute myopathy induced by high-dose corticosteroid treatment differs significantly from chronic myopathy. this suggests a different pathogenesis.2 willams et al.2 described the main differences between chronic and acute myopathy as listed in table 1. cellular mechanism of rhabdomyolysis the specific physiological mechanisms by which the different drugs act during rhabdomyolysis are uncertain.3,6 current research suggests that several factors play a role in the development of rhabdomyolysis, such as decreased protein synthesis and sarcolemmal excitability, increased protein degradation, modifications in carbohydrate metabolism, mitochondrial changes and electrolyte disturbances. steve lim (2010) suggests that the use of fluorinated steroids such as dexamethasone or triamcinolone more frequently causes steroid myopathy than non-fluorinated steroids such as prednisone or hydrocortisone.3 muscles that are less active are more likely to be affected by corticosteroid, meaning that a sedentary lifestyle may increase the risk of muscle weakness.3,5 interestingly, gender also seems to be a risk, as women are twice as likely as men to develop muscle weakness.4 martin hohenegger6 described the cellular mechanism by which rhabdomyolysis develops. it begins with a decrease in intracellular atp and a simultaneous increase in myoplasmic calcium (ca2+) concentrations.6 this leads to a deficiency in atp supplied by the mitochondrial chain, leading to reduced replenishment of ca2+ stores and extrusion of ca2+ to the extracellular space.6 calpain proteases are activated by the long-term elevated ca2+ levels that further degrade the proteins participating in ca2+ homeostasis. this intensifies the myoplasmic ca2+ overload.7 high cytosolic calcium has various detrimental effects. firstly, the mitochondria are overcome, leading to the disruption of oxidative phosphorylation, which decreases the available atp. secondly, apoptosis is triggered by the increased production of reactive oxygen species by the mitochondria, leading to the free radical disruption of cell and organelle membranes. thirdly, a series of proteases and phospholipases are activated, damaging the myofibrillar network.1 symptoms and treatment rhabdomyolysis is preceded by muscle weakness, muscle stiffness, symptoms of myalgia, swelling, tenderness and tea-coloured urine.1 there are, however, no clear laboratory parameters that estimate the risk a patient has of developing rhabdomyolysis,6 and a single symptom is not enough to make a definite diagnosis of rhabdomyolysis. clinicians should be alert to the presence of the following possible indicators:1 • a serum ck level >1 000 u/l is important in determining whether the patient is suffering from rhabdomyolysis.1 typically, the serum concentration of ck rises in the first 12 hours after injury, peaks at 3 days, and normalises at approximately 5 days.1 • damaged muscles rapidly release myoglobin, leading to elevated serum and urinary myoglobin concentrations. levels peak at 8 12 hours, but typically normalise in serum within 24 hours.1 this was also found in our patient. • a urine dipstick will indicate 'blood' in the urine, indicating presence in this case of myoglobin (not haemoglobin). as such, a combination of myoglobinuria and elevated plasma ck levels confirms the diagnosis of rhabdomyolysis.1 • e l e c t r o l y t e a b n o r m a l i t i e s s u c h a s h y p e r k a l a e m i a , hyperphosphataemia and hypocalcaemia occur, but are not specific enough for diagnostic certainty.1 administration of the rhabdomyolysing agents/medication should be stopped immediately to prevent further skeletal muscle damage.6 control of fluid equilibrium is vital to stabilise the circulation and serum potassium and to prevent acidosis.1,6 after the corticosteroid dose is reduced or discontinued, the steroid-induced muscle weakness decreases, although it can take weeks or months for full recovery.3 conclusion acute corticosteroid-induced rhabdomyolysis is rare but potentially life-threatening. early diagnosis is vital in minimising the secondary damage. references 1. parekh r. emergency medicine practice. rhabdomyolysis: advances in diagnosis and treatment. eb medicine.net, 2012. http://www.ebmedicine.net/store. php?paction=showproduct&pid=258 (accessed 1 september 2012). 2. williams tj, o’hehir re, czarny d, horne m, bowes g. acute myopathy in severe asthma treated with intravenously administered corticosteroids. am rev respir dis 1988;137:460-463. 3. lim ss. medscape reference: drugs, diseases and procedures. corticosteroidinduced myopathy, 2010. http://emedicine.medscape.com/article/313842-overview (accessed 1 september 2012). 4. takahashi n, shimada t, tanabe k, et al. steroid-induced crisis and rhabdomyolysis in a patient with pheochromocytoma: a case report and review. int j cardiol 2011;146:e41-e45. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcard.2008.12.183] 5. hanson p, dive a, brucher j, bisteau m, dangoisse m, deltome t. acute corticosteroid myopathy in intensive care patients. muscle nerve 1997;20:1371-1380. 6. hohenegger m. drug induced rhabdomyolysis. curr opin pharmacol 2012;12:1-5. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.coph.2012.04.002] table 1. main differences between chronic and acute myopathy chronic myopathy acute myopathy muscle weakness proximal muscles proximal and distal muscles ck levels normal/slightly elevated significantly higher, possible rhabdomyolysis muscle biopsy type iib fibre atrophy focal and diffuse necrosis original research 50 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 background. concussion is a significant health issue in rugby union. however, little is known about players’ levels of concussion knowledge or return-to-play (rtp) attitudes. objectives. to determine the concussion knowledge and concussion-related rtp attitudes of subelite rugby union players in south africa. methods. subelite rugby union players (n=127; mean age 24.1 years) completed a measure of concussion knowledge and a concussionrelated rtp attitude scale. frequencies were calculated with regard to concussion knowledge and rtp attitudes for the total sample, as well as separately for previously concussed and non-concussed participants. pearson’s χ2 tests and t-tests for independent groups were employed to determine significant differences in concussion knowledge and rtp attitudes between previously concussed and nonconcussed participants. results. participants displayed varying, yet generally less than optimal levels of concussion knowledge. knowledge of concussion-related rtp protocols (20 23%) and the efficacy of safety equipment (20 25%) was particularly poor. the subelite rugby players included in the sample did not hold notably conservative rtp attitudes, with the majority expressing a willingness to participate in practice (74%) and competition (47 56%) without having fully recovered from a concussion. no significant differences were apparent with regard to the rtp attitudes and concussion knowledge of the previously concussed and non-concussed players. conclusion. the general level of concussion knowledge among subelite rugby union players appears less than optimal. moreover, the majority of these players expressed an intention to rtp before they had fully recovered from concussion. s afr j sports med 2015;27(2):50-54. doi:10.7196/sajsm.536 concussion knowledge and return-to-play attitudes among subelite rugby union players sp walker, msocsc (couns psych), phd unit for professional training and services in the behavioural sciences (unibs), faculty of the humanities, university of the free state, bloemfontein, south africa corresponding author: sp walker (walkersp@ufs.ac.za) concussion has been identified as a high priority health issue in rugby union.[1-4] an incidence of 7.97 concussions per 1 000 player game hours has been reported for nonprofessional australian rugby players.[1] concussions accounted for 9.7% of the injuries reported for elite southern hemisphere rugby union players across one season, while constituting 4.8% of injuries reported across the same season of english premiership rugby.[5] in south africa (sa), the seasonal incidence of concussion has been estimated to range from 4% to 14% at school level and between 3% and 23% at senior level.[2] however, a number of researchers contend that it is extremely difficult to accurately determine the incidence of sport-related concussion and that the current research literature might significantly underestimate the extent of the problem.[6,7] effective concussion prevention and management has been highlighted as a priority in contact sports in general, and particularly in rugby union. a series of consensus statements have called for the implementation of uniform measures aimed not only at the effective identification and management of concussion, but also at a reduction in the incidence of concussion in contact sports.[8,9] these consensus statements recommend focusing on (i) the standardised identification and management of concussion, (ii) the implementation of regulations and rule changes in various sporting codes intended to reduce the risk of concussion, and (iii) the implementation of education initiatives aimed at increasing awareness of sport-related concussion. these recommendations have been officially adopted and implemented by numerous sporting bodies across the world, including the international rugby board (irb) and the south african rugby union (saru).[3,10] the administrative and medical guidelines recommended in the consensus statements on sport-related concussion appear to have been partially effectively implemented in rugby union. uniform processes for screening for and diagnosing concussion, as well as specific return-to-play (rtp) guidelines have been implemented by saru at both the professional and amateur levels.[3] however, while a number of broad-based concussion education initiatives have been introduced worldwide, these appear to have had a less than optimal impact on the concussion-related knowledge and behaviour of rugby union players in a number of countries. one study found that 78% of concussed australian amateur rugby union players did not receive any rtp advice.[11] moreover, those players who did receive rtp advice generally failed to follow those guidelines. similarly, a study conducted in new zealand indicated that a significant proportion of schoolboy rugby players had limited concussion knowledge and failed to comply with recommended concussion-related rtp guidelines.[12] the parents of schoolboy rugby union players generally seemed more knowledgeable than their children with regard to the identification of concussion and the potential dangers thereof.[13] however, these parents still demonstrated less than optimal knowledge regarding recommended concussion-related rtp guidelines. similarly, a recent investigation into the concussion knowledge of coaches in australian rules football and rugby league concluded that the prescribed guidelines on concussion prevention and management did not sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 51 appear to be filtering down to the coaches and paramedical staff involved in these sports in australia.[14] policy and rule changes seem to have contributed to a reduction in the incidence of concussion.[1,4] however, the limited number of studies published in the field suggest that educational inter ventions aimed at increasing concussion knowledge and promoting player compliance with rtp guidelines have been less successful. [11-14] this is of particular concern when the dangers associated with premature postconcussion rtp are considered. premature rtp following a concussion may result in a number of complications that include prolonging cognitive and self-regulation difficulties frequently associated with concussion, increasing the risk of subsequent concussions, post-concussion syndrome, second impact syndrome or even chronic traumatic encephalopathy.[4,15,16] there seems to be a dearth of information regarding the level of concussion knowledge and rtp attitudes among elite and subelite rugby union players both nationally and internationally. consequently, the current study aimed to determine the level of concussion knowledge among subelite rugby union players in sa. the study also aimed to explore concussion-related rtp attitudes in this population. methods participants ethical clearance to conduct the study was obtained from the relevant institutional body. two provincial rugby unions granted permission for data to be collected among clubs registered under their auspices. seven of a potential 25 clubs agreed to participate in the study and informed consent was obtained from 139 subelite rugby union players. participants completed the measures listed below before or after practices, depending upon the preferences of their coaches. twelve questionnaires were excluded due to incomplete data. the mean age of the final sample (n=127) was 24.1 years (standard deviation (sd) 4.9). fifty-one (40%) participants reported club rugby as their highest level of competition, while 16% had competed provincially at under-19 level and 17% at under-21 level. twenty players (16%) reported selection for development teams as their highest level of competition. measures concussion knowledge was measured by means of a 13-item multiple-choice questionnaire based on previous work done among coaches and healthcare professionals in primar y school rugby.[17] items on the questionnaire sampled knowledge regarding the identification of concussion, concussion risks, the management of concussion and rtp guidelines.[9] each item was presented as a question or statement with one correct response and a number of distractors. the questionnaire was scored by awarding one mark for endorsement of the correct response to each question and zero for endorsement of one of the distractors. the scores across all 13  items were added to yield a total concussion knowledge score. concussion-related rtp attitudes were measured via a five-item questionnaire compiled by the researcher. respondents were required to indicate the extent to which they would be inclined to participate in a practice, play a friendly game, play in a league final, participate in provincial trials and participate in national trials despite not having fully recovered from a concussion. responses were recorded along a five-point likert-type scale anchored by (1) should/ would definitely play and (5) should/would definitely not play. both measures were translated into afrikaans via the back-translation method.[18] the questionnaires were administered in either english or afrikaans depending upon participant preference. biographical data pertaining to age and highest level of competition were collected. participants were required to indicate whether they had ever suffered a concussion by endorsing one of three response options (yes, no or unsure). those participants stating that they had previously been concussed were also required to indicate the number of concussions they had suffered across their playing careers. analysis descriptive statistics were calculated with regard to the number of rugby-related concussions reported by the participants. the 13 concussion knowledge items were scored and frequencies were calculated for the sample as a whole. furthermore, in order to investigate whether players reporting a history of concussion differed from those reporting no history of concussion with regard to their concussion knowledge, frequencies were also calculated for the previously concussed and previously non-concussed participants separately. pearson’s χ2 tests were conducted to determine the statistical significance of any differences in the scores obtained by previously concussed and non-concussed participants on the concussion knowledge items.[19] in addition, the number of individuals indicating a definite intention not to return to play or practice before fully recovering from concussion was calculated for each of the five concussionrelated rtp scenarios. these frequencies were calculated for the total sample, as well as for the previously concussed and nonconcussed groups separately. pearson’s χ2 tests were employed to determine whether any statistically significant differences were apparent in the concussion-related rtp attitudes of the previously concussed and non-concussed players. independent groups’ t-tests were also employed to determine whether the total concussion knowledge and mean rtp attitudes of the two groups differed significantly. all analyses were performed using the statistical software package for the social sciences (spss), version 21 (ibm corporation, usa).[20] results the frequency distribution in the sample with respect to the number of rugby-related concussions is shown in table 1. it is evident from table 1 that the majority (59%) of the participants reported having suffered at least one concussion during their rugby playing careers. furthermore, 31% indicated that they had been concussed on two or more occasions. ten players (8%) reported suffering four or more concussions. the level of concussion knowledge possessed by the subelite rugby union players participating in the study is reported in table 2. these data table 1. frequency distribution for rugby-related concussions (n=127) number of concussions n (%) 0 52 (41) 1 36 (28) 2 17 (13) 3 12 (10) 4 6 (5) 5 4 (3) total 127 (100) 52 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 are displayed for the sample as a whole, as well as for the previously concussed and non-concussed participants. the data displayed in table 2 indicate that correct response rates of 80% and above were recorded for four of the 13 concussion knowledge items. the vast majority of the respondents (95%) were aware that a concussion was a brain injury, 87% were aware that a previous concussion increased the risk of a player suffering a concussion in the future and 84% correctly indicated that concussion-related rtp decisions should be made by a medical doctor. furthermore, 82% of the participants were aware that concussion can be present in the absence of positive neuroimaging findings. the majority (78%) of the participants incorrectly believed that a scrum cap offers effective protection against concussion. ninety-six (76%) of the players participating in the study believed that while a scrum cap would not completely prevent a concussion, it did serve a protective function. only 21% of the sample correctly stated that a professional rugby player could only rtp once he had been cleared by a medical doctor. most (58%) participants were of the opinion that a professional player who had suffered a concussion could play in the next match without being cleared by a medical doctor, provided the match was played at least 2 days after the incident in which he suffered the concussion. an additional 16% believed that this player could rtp during the same game in which the concussion had been suffered as long as he was cleared by the team’s medical staff. slightly less than half (46%) of the rugby players who participated in the study displayed inadequate knowledge relating to the range of activities that individuals recovering from concussion should avoid. furthermore, only 61% of the sample identified concussion-related education as the most effective means of reducing the incidence of sport-related concussion. developing strong neck muscles was viewed as the most effective means of reducing the risk of concussion by 13% of the sample, while 13% believed that proper stretching before and after exercise would be most effective, and 11% endorsed concussion education workshops for injured players as the most effective means of reducing the incidence of concussion. an independent-samples t-test indicated no significant difference table 2. concussion knowledge for the total sample and by reported concussion history concussion knowledge item percentage of correct responses (%) χ2 p-value total (n=127) pc (n=75) n-c (n=52) a concussion is a brain injury 95 93 98 1.535 0.215 previous concussions place a player at increased risk of future concussion 87 88 85 0.303 0.582 aware that rtp decisions should be made by a doctor 84 85 83 0.161 0.688 a normal brain scan does not rule out a concussion 82 84 79 0.550 0.458 concussions are most frequently incurred during tackles 79 85 69 4.757 0.029* loss of consciousness is not a prerequisite for a concussion 78 81 73 1.218 0.270 adequate awareness of general rtp guidelines for amateur players 77 81 71 1.806 0.179 a player who suffers a severe blow to the head should stop playing immediately 72 69 77 0.886 0.347 a player who suffers a severe blow to the head should not be allowed to play again that day 69 72 65 0.632 0.427 education is the most effective manner to reduce the incidence of sport-related concussion 61 60 64 0.155 0.694 adequate awareness of activities that players recovering from concussion should avoid 54 59 48 1.388 0.239 a scrum cap does not provide protection against concussion 22 20 25 0.447 0.504 adequate awareness of general rtp guidelines for professional players 21 20 23 0.174 0.677 pc = previously concussed; n-c = non-concussed. *p≤0.05 table 3. concussion-related rtp attitudes for the total sample and by concussion history. rtp attitude percentage endorsing attitude (%) χ2 p-value total (n=127) pc (n=75) n-c (n=52) would definitely not practice before fully recovering from a concussion 26 25 27 0.517 0.972 would definitely not play a practice game before fully recovering from a concussion 53 52 54 3.226 0.521 would definitely not play in a league final before fully recovering from a concussion 47 40 56 4.488 0.344 would definitely not participate in provincial trials before fully recovering from a concussion 44 39 52 7.335 0.119 would definitely not participate in national trials before fully recovering from a concussion 44 37 54 6.083 0.193 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 53 in the total concussion knowledge scores for the previously concussed participants (mean (sd), 9.6 (1.8)) and the non-concussed players (9.1 (2.1); t(125)=1.407, p=0.162). generally the players who reported previously having suffered a concussion provided a higher proportion of correct answers on 8 of the 13 concussion knowledge items. furthermore, a significantly larger proportion (χ2=4.757, p=0.029) of previously concussed players correctly identified tackles as the phase of play in which concussions were most frequently suffered. it is apparent from table 3 that the rugby players participating in the study generally did not hold particularly conservative or cautious attitudes with respect to returning to practice and competition after a concussion. only 26% indicated that they would definitely not return to practice before having fully recovered from a concussion. slightly fewer than half of the participants indicated that they would definitely not play in a league final (47%), participate in provincial trials (44%) or play in national trials (44%) before having fully recovered from a concussion. however, 53% indicated that they would definitely not play in a practice match before fully recovering. the data displayed in table 3 suggest that the players with no reported history of concussion tend to be slightly more cautious in their concussion-related rtp attitudes when compared to players with a history of concussion. however, no statistically significant differences were apparent between the two groups with regard to the individual concussion-related rtp scenarios (practice, friendly, league final and trials). moreover, an independent-samples t-test revealed no significant difference in the mean concussion-related rtp attitudes for the previously concussed participants (15.1 (4.2)) and the non-concussed players (16.1 (4.4); t(125)=–1.206, p=0.230). discussion the objective of this study was to determine the concussion knowledge and concussion-related rtp attitudes of subelite rugby union players. while not a primary objective of the research, data were also gathered with regard to self-reported lifetime incidence of rugby-related concussion. the incidence of concussion reported by the rugby union players in this study indicates that more than half the sample had suffered at least one concussion and almost a third had been concussed on two or more occasions. it is conceded that the primary objective of this study was not to determine the incidence of concussion among subelite rugby players. consequently, the reported incidence of concussion should be viewed circumspectly, not least as a result of the methodological limitations with regard to determining the incidence of concussion in this study. the participants displayed a relatively high level of knowledge with regard to what constitutes a concussion, the risk that a history of concussion holds with regard to future concussion, and the authority that should rest with medical doctors in clearing players to rtp following concussion. participants in the current study demonstrated superior knowledge in this respect compared with that reported for australian rules football and rugby league coaches and trainers in australia.[14] the previously concussed players were also reasonably knowledgeable about the phase of play in which a concussion was most likely to be suffered. moreover, these players were significantly more inclined to endorse the correct answer in this regard compared to those participants who had not previously been concussed. similar, though not significant, differences were apparent between previously concussed players and players with no history of concussion with regard to knowledge of a loss of consciousness not being a prerequisite for the diagnosis of a concussion, as well as what constitutes adequate rtp guidelines for amateur players. these findings raise the possibility that some aspects of players’ concussion knowledge are perhaps more a function of personal experience of having been concussed than of effective information dissemination and education. in excess of a third of the participants did not view educational initiatives as the most effective means of reducing the incidence of concussion in rugby union. similar to findings in other countries, not only are educational indicatives in saru seemingly not having the desired impact, but a substantial proportion of subelite players do not view information dissemination initiatives as an effective means of reducing concussion rates.[12-14,17,21] slightly more than half of the participants demonstrated adequate knowledge regarding the range of activities that players recovering from concussion should avoid, and the vast majority (79%) were of the opinion that professional players could rtp much faster than amateurs. although the reasons for the latter view are not apparent, it is troubling that there appears to be a perception that players competing at higher levels are somehow less affected by concussion. less than adequate knowledge regarding the activities recovering players should refrain from is perhaps further evidence of the work that still has to be done with regard to effectively disseminating rtp information at all levels of the game. in addition, the widely held misperception that a scrum cap provides protection against concussion also appears to suggest that accurate information is not reaching players. however, it is possible that this particular misperception might be more due to commercial product promotion than ineffective dissemination of information. the concussion knowledge of the participants in this study seemingly failed to translate into appropriately cautious rtp attitudes. it is of particular concern that almost three-quarters of the participants indicated that they would, to some extent, be inclined to participate in a practice despite not having fully recovered from a concussion. this finding, along with less than half of the participants indicating that they would not participate in important matches or trials before having fully recovered from concussion, might at least partially result from the relatively low levels of knowledge regarding rtp guidelines reported earlier. taken together, the findings with regard to rtp attitudes are consistent with other studies on concussion-related rtp.[11-14,21,22] furthermore, the discrepancy between the participants’ knowledge and their rtp attitudes suggests that knowledge alone is not sufficient to bring about attitudinal and behavioural change in this regard. it would be advisable for future initiatives to specifically target attitudes and motivation in addition to the existing information dissemination strategies.[23] study limitations the current sample was drawn from only two metropolitan areas. consequently, the findings cannot be reliably generalised beyond this specific geographical context. the methodology employed in the study is not appropriate for validly determining concussion incidence. this is primarily due to the fact that participant recall was relied upon rather than objective records of diagnosed concussions. in addition, participants were not provided with a definition of concussion in order to help them determine whether or not they may have been previously 54 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 concussed. the findings relating to the incidence of concussion within the sample should thus be treated circumspectly. no indication of concussion knowledge prior to the implementation of various saru sanctioned educational initiatives could be found. as a result, the extent to which these initiatives have succeeded or failed in improving player knowledge could not be determined. similarly, the items used to determine concussion knowledge were largely based on the general recommendations of the consensus statements on concussion in sport and do not necessarily provide a valid indication of the extent to which players have internalised the particular information communicated via the existing education programmes. future research should ensure closer correlation between the information provided by these initiatives and the content of measures of player concussion knowledge. conclusion the rugby union players participating in the current study displayed satisfactory knowledge of what constitutes a concussion, the risks associated with repeated concussion and certain aspects of concussion identification or diagnosis. they exhibited less adequate knowledge on the field-side management of players suspected of having a concussion and a low level of knowledge with respect to concussion-related rtp guidelines. in addition, concussion knowledge did not appear to be related to rtp attitudes. while current concussion education initiatives appear to have been partially successful, additional methods of facilitating attitudinal and behavioural changes need to be considered. references 1. hollis sj, stevenson mr, mcintosh as, et al. incidence, risk, and protective factors of mild traumatic brain injury in a cohort of australian non-professional male rugby players. am j sports med 2009;37(12):2328-2332. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/0363546509341032] 2. shuttleworth-edwards ab, noakes td, radloff se, et al. the comparative incidence of reported concussions presenting for follow-up management in south african rugby union. clin j sports med 2008;18(5):403-409. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1097/ jsm.0b013e3181895910] 3. viljoen w, patricios j. boksmart – implementing a national rugby safety programme. br j sports med 2012;46(10):692-693. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2012-091278] 4. patricios js, kohler rmn, collins rm. sports-related concussion relevant to the south african rugby environment: a review. s afr j sports med 2010;22(4):88-94. 5. fuller cw, raftery m, readhead c, et al. impact of the international rugby board’s experimental law variations on the incidence and nature of match injuries in southern hemisphere professional rugby union. s afr med j 2009;99(4);232-237. 6. haseler cm, carmont mr, england m. the epidemiology of injuries in english youth community rugby union. br j sports med 2010;44(15):1093-1099. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2010.074021] 7. bailes je. sport-related concussion: what do we know in 2009 – a neurosurgeon’s perspective. j int neuropsych soc 2009;15(4);509-511. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/ s1355617709090936] 8. harmon kg, drezner ja, gammons m, et al. american medical society for sports medicine position statement: concussion in sport. br j sports med 2013;47(1):15-26. [http://dx.doi.org/10.113/bjsports-2012-091941] 9. mccrory p, meeuwisse wh, aubry m, et al. consensus statement on concussion in sport: the 4th international conference on concussion in sport held in zurich, november 2012. br j sports med 2013;47(5):250-258. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092313] 10. international rugby board. international rugby board strategic plan 2010 2020. dublin: international rugby board, 2010. 11. hollis sj, stevenson mr, mcintosh as, et al. compliance with return-to-play regulations following concussion in australian schoolboy and community rugby union players. br j sports med 2012;46(10):735-740. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2011.085332] 12. sye g, sullivan sj, mccrory p. high school rugby players’ understanding of concussion and return to play guidelines. br j sports med 2006;40(12):1003-1005. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2005.020511] 13. sullivan sj, burne l, choie s, et al. understanding of sport concussion by parents of young rugby players: a pilot study. clin j sports med 2009;19(3):228-230. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1097/jsm.0b013e318a41e43] 14. white pe, newton jd, makdissi m, et al. knowledge about sports-related concussion: is the message getting through to coaches and trainers? br j sports med 2014;48(2):119-124. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092785] 15. johnson ve, stewart je, begbie fd, et al. inflammation and white matter degeneration persists for years after a single traumatic brain injury. brain 2013;136(1):28-42. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1093/brain/aws322] 16. mckee ac, stein ta, nowinski cj, et al. the spectrum of disease in chronic traumatic encephalopathy. brain 2013;136(1):43-64. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/brain/aws307] 17. jansen van rensburg m. concussion knowledge and practice among role players in primary school rugby in the north west province. unpublished master’s dissertation. bloemfontein: university of the free state, 2013. 18. brislin rw. back-translation for cross-cultural research. j cross-cultural res 1970;1(3):185-216. 19. howell dc. statistical methods for psychology. 8th ed. belmont: thomson wadsworth, 2013. 20. ibm corporation. ibm statistics for windows, version 21.0. new york: ibm, 2012. 21. kroshus e, daneshvar dh, baugh cm, et al. ncaa concussion education in ice hockey: an ineffective mandate. br j sports med 2014;48(2):135-140. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsports-2013-092498] 22. provvidenza c, engebretsen l, tator c, et al. from consensus to action: knowledge transfer, education and influencing policy on sports concussion. br j sports med 2013;47(5):332-338. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-092099] 23. barkoukis v, lazarus l, tsorbatzoudis h, rodafinos a. motivational and sportspersonship profiles of elite athletes in relation to doping behaviour. ps ychol sp or t e xe rc 2 0 1 1 ; 1 2 ( 3 ) : 2 0 5 2 1 2 . [ http : / / d x . d oi. org / 1 0 . 1 0 1 6 / j. psychsport.2010.10.003] sajsm 498.indd original research sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 105 background. burnout among adolescent athletes is a cause for concern. however, little is known about the intrapersonal factors that may be related to burnout in this population. objectives. to explore the relationship between burnout and mindfulness among competitive adolescent tennis players. methods. competitive adolescent tennis players (n=104; mean age 16 years) completed measures of mindfulness and athlete burnout. correlations were calculated with regard to mindfulness and burnout. a one-way multivariate analysis of variance (manova) was conducted to determine whether athletes assigned to three levels of mindfulness (high, moderate and low) differed significantly with regard to burnout. results. mindfulness exhibited significant negative correlations with global burnout, emotional/physical exhaustion, reduced sense of accomplishment and sport devaluation. the results of the manova indicated that individuals in the three mindfulness groups (high, moderate and low) reported significantly different levels of burnout. post hoc analyses revealed that participants in the high mindfulness group reported a significantly lower sense of reduced accomplishment and global burnout than participants in the low mindfulness group. in addition, participants in the low mindfulness group reported significantly higher levels of global burnout than individuals in the high and moderate mindfulness groups. conclusion. mindfulness appears to be negatively related to athlete burnout among competitive adolescent tennis players. furthermore, athletes reporting different levels of mindfulness exhibit differing levels of burnout. the potential protective effect of mindfulness with regard to burnout among adolescent athletes warrants further investigation. s afr j sm 2013;25(4):105-108. doi:10.7196/sajsm.498 mindfulness and burnout among competitive adolescent tennis players s p walker, msocsc (couns psych), phd unit for professional training and service in the behavioural sciences (unibs), faculty of the humanities, university of the free state, bloemfontein, south africa corresponding author: s p walker (walkersp@ufs.ac.za) the escalating demands upon athletes compet ing at all levels of sport are increasingly linked with burnout and fatigue syndromes.[1-3] athlete burnout may be viewed as the long-term consequence of an imbalance between an athlete’s coping resources and the physical, social and psychological stress that they are exposed to on an ongoing basis through training and competition. in general, burnout is characterised by: (i) physical and emotional exhaustion; (ii) a reduced sense of accomplishment, most commonly manifested in reduced physical performance or the subjective perception that the athlete is no longer able to reach their specific performance goals; and (iii) the tendency to disinvest from, or to devalue participation in the chosen sport.[4] burnout has been linked to a number of negative outcomes among athletes, including reduced motivation, dysfunctional coping behaviour, depression, suboptimal response to training and withdrawal from competitive sport.[1,5-6] however, despite the realisation that athlete burnout is a significant problem, very little research has directly addressed burnout among adolescent athletes.[6] this is of particular concern given the association between athlete burnout and withdrawal from competitive sport among adolescents.[1,2] there is thus a need to develop a better understanding not only of the factors that contribute to burnout among adolescent athletes, but also of intrapersonal factors that may play a protective role in this regard. mindfulness may potentially serve a protective function with regard to athlete burnout. mindfulness has been described as the non-judgemental awareness of internal and external experiences as they occur in the present moment.[7] mindfulness has its basis in eastern meditation practice and has been positively associated with psychological well-being.[7] recently, mindfulness-based techniques and approaches have been introduced into western psychology through various stress-management programmes and cognitive-behavioural therapy modalities. these approaches have been shown to have a number of benefits including lower levels of anxiety and depression, as well as increased stress tolerance and improved psychological wellbeing.[8] mindfulness has also been successfully applied to the treatment of various psychological and psychosocial disorders.[9,10] in addition, mindfulness has been demonstrated to be effective in the promotion of health behaviours such as the initiation and maintenance of physical exercise regimens.[11] to date, however, most studies on mindfulness have focussed on the effect of mindfulness-based interventions on the well-being of individuals, rather than exploring the possible protective effect that existing levels of mindfulness may have when individuals are confronted with stressful life events. the vast majority of research on mindfulness in sport psychology has focused on the role of mindfulness-based interventions on sporting performance.[12,13] to date, only one study seems to have focused on 106 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 the efficacy of mindfulness as a means of treating athlete burnout. this case study reports a significant reduction in burnout symptoms, as well as an increase in subjective well-being and athletic performance in an olympic shotist.[14] however, the possible protective role of mindfulness with regard to athlete burnout does not appear to have been investigated, nor the relationship between mindfulness and burnout, among adolescent athletes. consequently, the objective of the current study was: (i) to determine whether a relationship exists between mindfulness and burnout among competitive adolescent tennis players; and (ii) if so, to determine whether adolescent tennis players with differing levels of mindfulness report different levels of burnout. methods participants ethical clearance to conduct the study was obtained from the relevant institutional body. the organisers of two national tennis tournaments gave permission for data to be collected. only tennis players aged 14 19 years were invited to participate in the study. informed consent was obtained from all participants, as well as from their guardians, prior to administration of the questionnaires. participants completed the measures listed below between matches or at the end of the day. one hundred and thirteen adolescents participated in the study. nine participants were excluded due to incomplete questionnaires. the mean age of the final sample (n=104) was 16 years (standard deviation (sd) ±1). the sample was evenly split with regard to gender, and participants reported having received a mean 6.3 years (sd ±2.7) of professional tennis coaching. the majority of participants (37%) reported provincial tournaments as their highest level of competition, while 28% competed at national level, 12% at regional level and 23% represented their schools. measures the athlete burnout questionnaire (abq) was used to measure burnout.[4] the abq is a 15-item self-report questionnaire that yields scores on three subscales: reduced sense of sport accomplishment; sport devaluation; and emotional/physical exhaustion. a total burnout score is also derived. responses to each item are indicated along a fivepoint likert-type scale anchored by ‘almost never’ and ‘almost always’. higher scores are indicative of higher levels of burnout. the abq has been demonstrated to have acceptable construct validity and internal consistency.[4] internal consistency was also found to be acceptable in the current sample (α=0.710 0.917). the freiburg mindfulness inventory (fmi) was used as a measure of mindfulness.[15] the fmi is a 14-item self-report questionnaire, with responses indicated along a four-point likert-type scale anchored by ‘rarely’ and ‘almost always’. a unitary mindfulness score is derived. higher scores indicate higher levels of mindfulness. a statisticallyderived eight-item version of the fmi has also been proposed. the shorter version of the questionnaire has been shown to be a reliable and valid measure of mindfulness.[15] in the interests of reducing respondent fatigue, the shorter fmi was employed in this study. the eight-item version fmi exhibited an acceptable level of internal reliability in the current sample (α=0.703). the abq and fmi were translated into afrikaans using backtranslation.[16] participants thus had the option of completing the questionnaires in either english or afrikaans. analysis pearson’s correlation coefficients were calculated with regard to mindful ness (fmi total score) and burnout (three abq subscales and total score). in addition, participants were divided into three levels of mindfulness (high, moderate and low) based on the distribution of the fmi scores in the sample. a one-way multivariate analysis of variance (manova) was then conducted to determine whether individuals in the three levels of mindfulness differed significantly with regard to their abq subscale and total mean scores. post hoc analyses (scheffé test) were conducted to determine the nature and direction of the significant differences yielded by the manova. results the correlations between the fmi and abq scores for the sample are provided in table 1. the mean scores, sds and internal consistencies for each of the scales are also reported. it is apparent that all the measures utilised in the study exhibited acceptable levels of internal consistency; they may thus be included in further analyses.[17] the correlation coefficients reported above suggest that mindfulness is negatively significantly correlated with all three abq subscales (reduced sense of accomplishment (-ra): p≤0.01; devaluation (-d): p≤0.01; and emotional/physical exhaustion (-e): p≤0.05), as well as with total burnout (p≤0.01). it would thus appear that higher levels of mindfulness are significantly associated with lower levels of athlete burnout in the current sample. given that a significant inverse relationship exists between mindfulness and burnout, it was decided to investigate whether individuals table 1. pearson correlation coefficients, means, sds, ranges and internal consistencies for the fmi and abq abq-ra abq-d abq-e total fmi mean (±sd) range α fmi -0.406* -0.300* -0.233† -0.354* 23.25 (±3.87) 14 32 0.703 total 0.756* 0.944* 0.878* 35.95 (±12.41) 15 68 0.917 abq-e 0.443* 0.774* 11.37 (±5.07) 5 25 0.888 abq-d 0.633* 11.74 (±5.42) 5 25 0.883 abq-ra 12.85 (±3.76) 5 20 0.710 *p≤0.01; †p≤0.05. fmi = freiburg mindfulness inventory (8-item total score); abq = athlete burnout questionnaire; abq-ra = abq reduced sense of accomplishment; abq-d = abq devaluation; abq-e = abq emotional/physical exhaustion; total = abq total score; sd = standard deviation. sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 107 reporting different levels of mindfulness differed significantly with regard to the levels of burnout that they experienced. consequently, three levels (high, moderate and low) of the independent variable (mindfulness) were created by dividing the sample into thirds based on the distribution of their fmi scores (low: fmi≤21; n=36; moderate: fmi 22 25; n=41; high: fmi≥26; n=27). it should be noted, however, that mean abq scores reported in table 1 are not particularly high. consequently, the individuals in this study do not appear to be suffering from significant burnout. to control for the possible effect of gender and level of competition on mindfulness group membership, pearson’s χ2 tests were conducted. the results indicated a proportional distribution across the three levels of the independent variable (levels of mindfulness) when gender (χ2=1.395; df=2; p=0.498) and level of competition (χ2=12.527; df=6; p=0.051) were taken into account. it can therefore be assumed that individuals of both genders and all four levels of competition were proportionally and equally distributed across the three mindfulness groups. consequently, any differences in levels of burnout between these three groups could not be attributed to the effect of gender or level of competition. a one-way between-groups analysis of variance (anova) was conducted to investigate differences between the three levels (high, moderate and low) of the independent variable (mindfulness) with regard to athlete burnout. four dependent variables were included in the analysis: reduced sense of accomplishment (ra), devaluation (d), emotional/physical exhaustion (e) and total burnout (total). preliminary assumption testing was conducted to check for normality, linearity, univariate and multivariate outliers, homogeneity of variancecovariance matrices and multicollinearity. violations of the assumptions of homogeneity of variance-covariance were detected. consequently, a bonferroni adjusted α-level of 0.013 was used to determine statistical significance in the ensuing analyses. a statistically significant difference was apparent between the levels of mindfulness on the combined dependent variables (f (6; 198)=3.7441; p =0.001; wilks’ λ =0.807; partial η2=0.102). follow-up univariate anovas were conducted to ascertain the specific abq subscales with regard to which the three burnout groups differed (table 2). significant (p≤0.013) differences were apparent for the level of mindfulness with regard to reduced sense of accomplishment (abqra; p=0.000), devaluation (abq-d; p=0.002), emotional/physical burnout (abq-e; p=0.011) and total burnout (abq total; p=0.000) (table 2). the corresponding f-values suggested that these results were indicative of large effect sizes with regard to reduced sense of accomplishment (f=0.160) and total burnout (f=0.145), and medium effect sizes with regard to devaluation (f=0.117) and emotional/physical exhaustion (f=0.085). consequently, these findings can be considered to be of moderate to significant practical importance.[18] individuals in the three mindfulness groups thus reported levels of reduced sense of accomplishment, devaluation, physical/emotional exhaustion and total burnout that differed to a statistically and practically significant degree. post hoc comparisons using the scheffé test indicted that the mean abq-ra score for the high fmi group (mean 10.74; sd ±4.09) was significantly lower (p=0.000) than that of the low fmi group (mean 14.61; sd ±2.95). similarly, the mean abq-d score for the high fmi group (mean 9.88; sd ±6.19) was significantly lower (p=0.005) than that of the low fmi group (mean 14.22; sd ±5.16). furthermore, the mean abq total score for the low fmi group (mean 42.22; sd ±10.53) was significantly higher than the mean abq total scores of both the moderate fmi (mean 33.76; sd ±10.23; p=0.008) and high fmi (mean 30.93; sd ±14.56; p=0.001) groups. the abq total means for the high and moderate fmi groups, however, did not differ significantly. no significant differences were found between the three mindfulness groups with regard to their mean abq-e scores. discussion the results of the current study indicate that mindfulness is significantly and inversely related to physical and emotional exhaustion, a reduced sense of sporting accomplishment, sport devaluation and global athletic burnout among competitive adolescent tennis players. high levels of mindfulness are thus associated with lower levels of burnout in this group of athletes. these findings appear to be in keeping with much of the existing literature on mindfulness in sport.[14] higher levels of mindfulness have also been associated with increased focus, more vivid imagery and improved sporting performance.[11,19] mindfulness would thus appear to be related to a number of favourable outcomes among athletes, including reduced burnout symptomatology. it could be hypothesised from a theoretical perspective that by maintaining an open and non-judgemental orientation towards their experiences in the present moment, athletes with higher levels of mindfulness are less likely to engage in critical self-evaluation or repetitive thought processes often associated with increased emotional distress and reduced satisfaction with their general level of sporting achievement.[1,2,7] the results of the anovas revealed that adolescent tennis players reporting different levels of mindfulness also reported differing levels of burnout. more specifically, the high mindfulness participants reported significantly lower burnout than the moderate and low mindfulness participants. adolescent tennis players displaying low table 2. means, sds and f-values for the one-way analysis of variance (anova) for the three levels of mindfulness abq scale high fmi mean (±sd) moderate fmi mean (±sd) low fmi mean (±sd) f-value p-value f-value abq-ra 10.74 (±4.09) 12.68 (±3.48) 14.61 (±2.95) 9.605* 0.000 0.160 abq-d 9.88 (±6.19) 10.78 (±4.30) 14.22 (±5.16) 6.664* 0.002 0.117 abq-e 10.30 (±6.02) 10.29 (±4.25) 13.39 (±4.66) 4.692* 0.011 0.085 total 30.93 (±14.56) 33.76 (±10.23) 42.22 (±10.53) 8.538* 0.000 0.145 abq = athlete burnout questionnaire; abq-ra = abq reduced accomplishment; abq-d = abq devaluation; abq-e = abq emotional/physical exhaustion; total = abq total score. *p≤0.013. 108 sajsm vol. 25 no. 4 2013 levels of mindfulness reported a significantly higher sense of reduced sporting accomplishment and significantly higher sport devaluation than those with high levels of mindfulness. as noted earlier, an increased tendency to engage in critical self-evaluation and rumination with regard to the pace of their sporting progress may incline low mindfulness athletes towards a reduced sense of accomplishment and consequent devaluation of their sport participation. adolescent tennis players reporting low levels of mindfulness were also found to have significantly higher global athlete burnout scores than the moderate and high mindfulness participants. the tentative conclusions that could be drawn from these findings are that not only may higher levels of mindfulness be desirable due to an inverse relationship with burnout, but lower levels of mindfulness may be undesirable due to a significantly stronger association with global burnout than with moderate or high levels of mindfulness. no significant differences were found between the three mindfulness groups concerning physical and emotional exhaustion. this may be indicative of the phase of the playing careers in which the participants currently find themselves. it is possible that physical and mental exhaustion are not prominent burnout symptoms among adolescents who are still developing technically as athletes. the prominent areas of focus, and thus also the most probable areas of burnout presentation, may be related more to issues of developing technical competence, reaching certain performance goals and viewing one’s level of achievement positively in comparison to that of one’s peers.[1,2] consequently, individuals in this phase of their athletic development may be more inclined to experience burnout in terms of a reduced sense of accomplishment and sport devaluation than in terms of physical and emotional exhaustion. study limitations this research is not without limitations. first, a cross-sectional correlational design was employed, thus no conclusions can be drawn regarding possible causal relationships between mindfulness and burnout. future longitudinal and intervention-based research would be valuable in establishing the causal nature of the relationship between these two variables. more sophisticated models should be developed to establish the pathways of causality between mindfulness and burnout, as well as the possible role of other cognitive and emotional mechanisms in the experience of burnout among adolescent athletes. second, the study made use of a homogenous and relatively small sample. the findings can thus not be generalised beyond the current sample. third, athletes in the current sample did not display particularly high levels of global burnout (mean score 23.25). consequently, the results cannot be generalised to athletes exhibiting high levels of burnout. future research would do well to focus specifically on athletes reporting high levels of burnout, as well as on individuals who have withdrawn from competitive sport due to burnout. finally, the fmi is generally employed to measure mindfulness among adults. consequently, this measure may not provide as valid a measure of mindfulness among adolescents. future studies employing more adolescentand sportspecific measures of mindfulness appear to be warranted. conclusion while largely exploratory in nature, this study highlighted the association between mindfulness and burnout among adolescent tennis players. it would appear that adolescent tennis players with high levels of mindfulness are inclined to report significantly fewer symptoms of burnout than those with low levels of mindfulness. further, those players reporting low levels of mindfulness appear to be significantly more inclined to experience a reduced sense of accomplishment with regard to their sporting pursuits, and are more inclined to devalue their sport participation. notwithstanding the limitations of the current study and the obvious need for further research, there would appear to be merit in promoting mindfulness among adolescent athletes. coaches and performance consultants should consider introducing mindfulness interventions as a means of reducing burnout risk in this population. acknowledgements. the author is indebted to ms hanli du toit for her assistance with data collection and prof. karel esterhuyse for his comments on earlier drafts of this manuscript. references 1. fraser-thomas j, côté j, deakin j. understanding dropout and prolonged engagement in adolescent competitive sport. psychol sport exerc 2008;9(5):645-662. [http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1016/j.psychsport.2007.08.003] 2. harris bs, watson jc. assessing youth sport burnout: a self-determination and identity development perspective. j clin sport psychol 2011;5(2):117-133. 3. gustafsson h, kenttä g, hassmén p, lundqvist c. prevalence of burnout in competitive adolescent athletes. sport psychologist 2007;21(1):21-37. 4. raedeke td, smith al. development and preliminary validation of an athlete burnout measure. j sport exerc psychol 2001;23(4):281-306. 5. gustafsson h, kenttä g, hassmén p. athlete burnout: an integrated model and future research directions. int rev sport exerc psychol 2011;4(1):3-24. [http://dx.doi. org/10.180/1750984x.210.541927] 6. goodger k, gorely t, lavallee d, harwood c. burnout in sport: a systematic review. sport psychologist 2007;21(2):127-151. 7. baer ra. mindfulness training as a clinical intervention: a conceptual and empirical review. clin psychol sci prac 2003;10(2):125-143. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/clipsy. bpg016] 8. carmody j, baer ra. relationships between mindfulness practice and levels of mindfulness, medical and psychological symptoms and well-being in a mindfulness-based stress reduction program. j behav med 2008;31(1):23-33. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/ s10865-007-9130-7] 9. arch jj, ayers cr, baker a, et al. randomized clinical trial of adapted mindfulnessbased stress reduction versus group cognitive behavioural therapy for heterogeneous anxiety disorders. behav res ther 2013;51(4-5):185-196. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. brat.2013.01.003] 10. cassidy el, atherton rj, robertson n, walsh da, gillet r. mindfulness, functioning and catastrophizing after multidisciplinary pain management for chronic low back pain. pain 2012;153(3):644-650. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.pain.2011.11.027] 11. ulmer cs, stetson ba, salmo pg. mindfulness and acceptance are associated with exercise maintenance in ymca exercisers. behav res ther 2010;48(8):805-809. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2010.04.009] 12. aherne c, moran ap, lonsdale c. the effect of mindfulness training on athletes’ flow: an initial investigation. sport psychologist 2011;25(2):177-189. 13. schwanhausser l. application of the mindfulness-acceptance-commitment (mac) protocol with an adolescent springboard diver. j clin sport psychol 2009;3(4):377-395. 14. jouper j, gustafsson h. mindful recovery: a case study of a burned out elite shooter. sport psychologist 2013;27(1):92-102. 15. kohls n, sauer s, walach h. facets of mindfulness – results of an online study investigating the freiburg mindfulness inventory. pers indv diff 2009;46(2):224-230. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/j.paid.2008.10.009] 16. brislin rw. back-translation for cross-cultural research. j cross-cultural res 1970;1(3):185-216. 17. foster jj, parker i. carrying out investigations in psychology: methods and statistics. leicester: the british psychological society, 1999. 18. cohen j. statistical power analysis for the behavioural sciences. 2nd ed. new york: academic press, 1988. 19. thompson rw, kaufman ka, de petrillo la, glass cr, arnkoff db. one year followup of mindful sport performance enhancement (mspe) with archers, golfers and runners. j clin sport psychol 2011;5(2):99-116. 1. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: managing chronic diseases of lifestyle falls beyond the scope of practice of biokinetics. 2. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: in developed countries, physical inactivity is associated with less than 7% of deaths. 3. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: approximately 500 new biokineticists are trained each year in south africa. 4. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: less than 5% of south africans with a monthly income above r2 785 utilise primary health care. 5. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: there is no further capacity for using exercise as a modality to treat chronic diseases of lifestyle in the private health care sector of south africa. 6. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: although athletes with spinal cord injuries thermoregulate in a similar manner to able-bodied athletes, they tend to store slightly more heat. 7. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: three days of repeated endurance sub-maximal mountain biking disrupts the sleep of the mountain bikers on the third night of cycling. 8. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: variables such as age, gender, body mass and fitness all influence the relationship between exercise and sleep. 9. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: actigraphy is the gold standard method for measuring quality of sleep. 10. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: objective and subjective measures of sleep quality are similar, therefore it is not necessary to use both methods in research with quality of sleep as an outcome measure. 11. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: because muscle glycogen is the main fuel during intense exercise, replenishing muscle glycogen stores in the post-exercise period is an important factor influencing recovery and performance. 12. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: muscle glycogen resynthesis is accelerated for up to 24 hours after exercise. 13. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: after a glycogen-depleting bout of exercise, glycogen resynthesis occurs in two phases. the first of these phases is dependent on the presence of insulin. 14. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: a recovery meal consumed within 2 hours after exercise is more effective for improving recovery than no feeding. 15. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: protein contributes an estimated 40% of total energy expenditure during endurance exercise. 16. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: plain yoghurt is an effective, but lower-cost, recovery aid due to a cho:pro ratio which is similar to many commercial recovery and carbohydrate-replacement beverages. 17. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: although research studies suggest that post-exercise recovery beverages containing protein seem to be effective in improving recovery indices, it may be argued that some of the results may be attributed to the higher caloric content of the cho:pro supplements. 18. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: patients with peripheral arterial disease should avoid exercise. 19. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: patients with peripheral vascular disease and control patients have similar concentrations of circulating lactate in skeletal muscle coinciding with maximal exercise capacity. 20. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: reporting a ‘mean’ response following an intervention may fail to convey the individual variation which exists in a group. this may result in misleading interpretation of the intervention. questions march 2011 c p d q u e s t io n n a ir e cpd questionnaires must be completed online via www.cpdjournals.org.za. after submission you can check the answers and print your certificate. questions may be answered up to 6 months after publication of each issue. instructions 1. read the journal. all the answers will be found there. 2. go to www.cpdjournals.org.za to answer questions. accreditation number: mdb001/008/01/2011 (clinical) sajsm sasma views disorders of sexual development (dsd) as a medical condition that has profound physical and psychological effects on not only the individuals affected, but also their families. like any other disorder, this condition has to be managed with a view to offer the best outcomes for affected individuals. when the attending physician identifies stigmata suggesting dsd in a newborn there should be proper consultation and education of parents. challenges in managing dsd include the following: 1. many of these children are born at home in rural areas and subsequently may not access formal medical structures where the dsd can be detected and managed. 2. in this situation where the dsd is not detected the parent/s will decide on the gender; they usually assign a female gender. 3. issues of sexuality are often not discussed within families until puberty, which is when the different traits start showing. 4. there is limited knowledge of dsd in the population, and some individuals will only be diagnosed in adulthood when they encounter problems with sexuality or infertility. in a sporting environment however, these individuals will stand out earlier, particularly if they were raised as girls and develop masculine features. the south african sports medicine association re-iterates the following ethical considerations for practitioners dealing with individuals with dsd: • adherence to strict confidentiality in any medical consultations • the necessity to obtain fully informed, written consent for any investigations • cross-referral within a specialised team consisting of • gynaecologist/s • endocrinologist/s • urologist/s • psychologist/s • physician/s • complete disclosure of information and education of the affected individual regarding the implications of both performing the tests and the findings thereof. further participation in sports will be determined by the diagnosis reached, management of the condition with informed consent from the individuals, and guidelines given by the sporting bodies. strategies should be implemented to address dsd in athletes before they achieve a high profile and compete internationally. this approach may help avoid humiliation and exposure of their intimate details to the public. the following strategy is recommended: • education rollout at schools, sporting bodies, clinics and the public via media and/or formal education. • nursing staff at clinics to be educated to observe and advise parents, and refer for specialised opinion. • coaches and teachers, who are usually the first contact with talented athletic children, to be educated on the sensitivity of this problem, and how to refer for proper management. • all athletes who start competitive international sports from u17 iaaf level meets should have a medical and sexual health screening by a physician (preferably of the same gender). this should not be an invasive examination, but the physician should know the stigmata to look for. any suspected cases of dsd can then be identified and examined more thoroughly. • fully informed consent from athlete and parents/guardians in the under-age athlete to be obtained. • extensive psychological support to be given to the athlete and his/her family. a concern with this approach might be that athletes who already suspect that they are different, may withdraw from competition to avoid the examination. in order to pre-empt and overcome this, prior education on the rules of sporting bodies and an emphasis on confidentiality of all medical findings is important. in particular it should be emphasised that the aim of the medical strategy is to identify and manage conditions so that the athlete can continue with sport. sasma, as the national umbrella body for sports medicine, commits itself within the bounds of medical ethics and sound clinical practice, to co-operate with other national representative sports bodies for the benefit of the health of south african athletes. sasma executive committee august 2010 policy statement south african sports medicine association (sasma) consensus statement on policy for managing athletes with disorders of sexual development (dsd) sajsm vol 22 no. 3 2010 69 km_c227-20180517092651 original research 1 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 physical demands analysis of soccer players during the extra-time periods of the uefa euro 2016 a kubayi, dphil; a toriola, phd department of sport, rehabilitation and dental sciences, faculty of science, tshwane university of technology, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: a kubayi (kubayina@tut.ac.za) a soccer match is played by two teams, each consisting of 10 outfield players and a goalkeeper. coaches are only allowed to make three substitutions during a game – for injured players or for tactical reasons. the regulation time for a soccer match is 90 minutes, consisting of two halves of 45 minutes each, with a 15-minute half-time break. typically, one to three minutes of referee’s optional time or longer are added to each half to allow for recovery of time lost either to injury or for prolonged disruption of the game during normal regulation time. during the knockout stages of soccer matches, the game is extended by 30 minutes of extra-time (et) if neither side has secured a decisive victory within the normal 90-minute regulation period. [1-4] between 1986 and 2014, 35% of fifa world cup matches in the knockout stages required et. [2] the need for et in soccer tournaments is becoming more common, for example, 50% of knockout matches at the 2014 fifa world cup required 120 minutes of match play compared to 25% at the 2002 and 2010 fifa world cup tournaments respectively, as well as 38% at the 2006 fifa world cup. [2] however, the physical demands of et on elite soccer players have rarely been studied. this is somewhat surprising considering the role of this additional period of play in determining success in soccer tournaments. [3] to date, two studies were conducted by lago-peñas et al. [4] and russell et al. [5] who focused on the impact of the et period on physical performance in professional soccer. these studies concluded that the total distance covered high-intensity running, maximal running speed and the number of sprints were reduced in et compared to the first and second halves of the matches. despite the novelty of the information provided by these studies, [4, 5] there is scant evidence for the physical demands of soccer players during the et period, especially in a popular tournament such as the uefa euro. therefore, research is clearly needed in this regard because the uefa euro is one of the most important tournaments in world soccer; for example, four out of the last five fifa world cup competitions were won by european teams. [6] furthermore, a better understanding of the movement demands of the et period could provide information on the tactical preparations and recovery practices of soccer players when matches that require this additional period of competition are either anticipated or have occurred. [5] therefore, the purpose of this study was to analyse the influence of the et period on the physical demands of soccer players during the 2016 uefa euro championship. methods match data and participants the sample consisted of four matches from six teams that went to et during the 2016 uefa euro championship. all players (with the exception of the goalkeepers) who finished the entire 120 minutes of the game were included in the analyses (n=59). players were categorised as follows: central defenders (cds: n=16), wide defenders (wds: n=12), central midfielders (cms: n=10), wide midfielders (wms: n=9) and attackers (ats: n=12). the study received ethical clearance from the ethics committee of tshwane university of technology, south africa. data collection match physical indicators were recorded using the camera tracking system, instat scout video analysis, russia. match data were captured with video cameras, installed in pairs on each of the two main stands of the stadium. the accuracy of the instat tracking system has been reported in a previous study. [7] in addition, the physical indicator variables were categorised as follows: walking (0–7 km/h), jogging (7.1–14.5 km/h), running (14.6–20 km/h), high-speed running (20.1–25 km/h), and sprinting (>25 km/h). total distance represented the summation of distances in all categories. absolute distances (m) were converted to the relative distance covered per unit of time (m/min). [4] background: despite the importance of extra-time (et) in determining success in the knockout stages of tournaments, there is scant information on the physical demands of et on soccer players. methods: this study investigated the physical demands of all soccer players (n=59) who completed four matches that went to et at the 2016 uefa euro championship. players were categorised as follows: central defenders (cds), wide defenders (wds), central midfielders (cms), wide midfielders (wms) and attackers (ats). match activities were captured using a validated camera tracking system (instat®). descriptive statistics and repeated measures one-way analysis of variance (anova) were used to analyse the data. results: the findings showed that total distances covered by players during matches decreased by 13% from the first half of the game (113±10 m/min) to et (98±10 m/min). concerning playing positions, a decline in total distances covered during matches was more apparent among midfielders than players in other field positions. a repeated measures anova, with a greenhouse-geisser correction, showed that the mean total distances differed significantly between halves of the game [f(1.54, 83.28) = 121.97, p < 0.001]. conclusion: intervention strategies needed to sustain soccer players’ physical performance during et periods and of postmatch recovery modalities warrant further investigation. keywords: distance, physical performance, substitution, tournament s afr j sports med 2018;30:1-3. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4842 mailto:kubayina@tut.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4842 original research sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 2 statistical analysis data were expressed as means and standard deviations (m±sd). repeated measures one-way analysis of variance (anova) were conducted on the distances covered in the matches played based on the various playing positions (cd, wd, cm, wm, and at) during the first and second halves, as well as for the et period. bonferroni post-hoc analyses were further carried out to identify which of the distances covered were substantially different, and the significance level was set at 0.05. all statistical analyses were performed using ibm spss software (version 25.0). results table 1 presents the physical demands of players during the first and second halves of the matches as well as the et period. overall, total distances covered by players during the matches decreased by 13% from the first half of the game (113±10 m/min) to et (98±10 m/min). with regard to playing positions, a reduction of total distances covered during the matches was more apparent among the midfielders (wds) than players in other field positions. for example, the total distance covered by the wms was reduced by 17% in the first half of the game (119±10 m/min) to et (99±9 m/min) (table 1). a repeated measures anova, with a greenhouse-geisser correction, showed that the mean total distances differed significantly between the halves of the game [f(1.54, 83.28) = 121.97, p < 0.00]. the reduction of the sprinting distance was greater among ats than other players (i.e. cds, cms, wms, and cms). specifically, the sprinting distance decreased from the first half of the game (3±1 m/min) to the et period (1±1 m/min). a repeated measures anova, with a greenhouse-geisser correction, indicated that the sprinting distance was significant between the halves of the game [f(1.74, 93.96) = 4.25, p < 0.02]. a bonferroni post-hoc test showed that the average sprinting distance for the ats was significantly different from those of the cds, cms, and wds. discussion this study investigated the physical demands of soccer players during the et periods of the 2016 uefa euro championship. the results showed that total distances covered by the players during the matches decreased by 13% from the first half to the et period. this is a faster rate of decline than that reported by russell et al. [5] who stated that the mean distance covered by players reduced by ~10% in the et period compared to the first and second halves. it has been speculated that players who fail to perform the expected work rates in a game may be experiencing a decline in aerobic capability due to fatigue. [8] furthermore, the decrease in the total distance covered during the matches affected all playing positions, a finding which supports that of lago-peñas et al. [4] this reduction was more apparent among midfielders (wds) than defenders. this could be attributed to the longer distances covered by the midfielders in the first and second halves of the matches in the present study, which might have reduced the distances covered during the et period. a greater reduction in high-intensity running (i.e. sprinting) was more evident among the ats than players in other positions. as bradley et al. [9] argued, the ats are required to maintain a high level of activity, even when not directly involved in play, in order to create space to receive passes or to pressurise opponents into making unforced errors. although not ascertained in the current study, previous research has demonstrated that technical skills decrease considerably from the first half of a match to the et period. for example, harper et al. [3] reported that passing performance was reduced by more than 20% during the et when compared to the first half of the game. these findings may suggest that table 1. physical demands of players during first and second halves of the matches as well as extra-time periods all (n= 59) cd (n=16) wd (n= 12) 1st half 2nd half et 1st half 2nd half et 1st half 2nd half et total distance (m/min) 113±10 107±9 98±10 104±6 98±5 91±7 111±3 106±5 99±10 walking (m/min) 37±4 37±4 38±4 38±4 39±4 39±6 38±4 37±3 38±2 jogging (m/min) 46±7 43±6 37±7 43±3 40±5 34±5 43±4 42±5 38±6 running (m/min) 19±5 17±5 15±4 15±4 13±4 12±4 18±3 16±4 14±5 high-speed running (m/min) 9±3 8±3 7±2 7±2 6±2 5±2 10±2 9±3 7±2 sprinting (m/min) 2±3 2±1 1±1 1±1 1±1 1±1 2±1 2.±1 2±1 cm (n=10) wm (n= 9) at (n= 12) 1st half 2nd half et 1st half 2nd half et 1st half 2nd half et total distance (m/min) 118±12 113±9 104±10 119±10 110±8 99±9 115±7 109±7 103±6 walking (m/min) 34±2 34±4 36±3 36±5 36±5 36±4 37±3 38±3 39±4 jogging (m/min) 53±7 48±6 42±7 49±8 44±7 39±7 46±7 43±7 39±7 running (m/min) 23±7 21±5 17±4 23±5 19±4 16±4 19±3 17±2 16±3 high-speed running (m/min) 11±4 9±2 8±2 10±3 10±4 7±3 10±1 9±1 9±2 sprinting (m/min) 1±1 1±1 1±1 1±1 1±1 1±1 3±1 2±0 1±1 data expressed as mean ± sd physical indicator variables were categorised as follows: walking (0–7 km/h), jogging (7.1–14.5 km/h), running (14.6–20 km/h), high-speed running (20.1–25 km/h), and sprinting (>25 km/h). total distance represented the summation of distances in all categories. cd, central defender; wd, wide defender; cm, central midfielder; wm, wide midfielder; at, attacker; et, extra-time original research 3 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 match-related fatigue had a greater influence on the players’ technical ability to get involved with the ball than on their skill proficiency. [10] thus, soccer coaches and scientists could use the results of this study to inform the current practices in a deeper understanding of the influence of the et on the physical demands of the game and develop intervention strategies to delay the onset of fatigue among players. [2] however, few studies have investigated the influence of matches requiring the et on players’ recovery modalities and subsequent performances in games during congested fixture schedules. [2] conclusion this study found that the physical demands of soccer players, irrespective of their playing position, decreased from the first half to the et period of the matches played. in addition, a reduction of total distances covered during the matches was more apparent among the midfielders than players in other field positions. based on the findings of the current study, soccer governing bodies (e.g. fifa) should consider introducing a fourth substitution for matches that extend to the et. this view is consistent with that of harper et al. [2] which suggested that such a substitution could minimise the effects of fatigue, reduce the risk of load-related injuries and improve player performance. references 1. rey e, lago-ballesteros j, padrón-cabo a. timing and tactical analysis of player substitutions in the uefa champions league. int j perform anal sport 2015; 15(3): 840–850. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2015.11868835] 2. harper ld, fothergill m, west dj, et al. practitioners’ perceptions of the soccer extra-time period: implications for future research. plos one 2016; 11(7): e0157687. [doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0157687] 3. harper ld, west dj, stevenson e, et al. technical performance reduces during the extra-time period of professional soccer match-play. plos one 2014; 9(10): e110995. [doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0110995] 4. lago peñas c, dellal a, owen al, et al. the influence of the extra-time period on physical performance in elite soccer. int j perform anal sport 2015; 15(3): 830–839. [doi: 10.1080/24748668.2015.11868834] 5. russell m, sparkes w, northeast j, et al. responses to a 120 min reserve team soccer match: a case study focusing on the demands of extra time. j sports sci 2015; 33(20): 2133–2139. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2015.1064153] 6. winter c, pfeiffer m. tactical metrics that discriminate winning, drawing and losing teams in uefa euro 2012®. j sports sci 2016; 34(6): 486–492. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2015.1099714] 7. dmitriy a, mike v, ilya v, et al. validation and precision analysis of instat fitness system. instat 2013; 1–14. http://www.instatscout.com 8. carling c, williams a, reilly t. the handbook of soccer match analysis: a systematic approach to improving performance. london: routledge, 2005:95. 9. bradley ps, sheldon w, wooster b, et al. high-intensity running in english fa premier league soccer matches. j sports sci 2009; 27(2): 159–168. [doi: 10.1080/02640410802512775] 10. rampinini e, impellizzeri fm, castagna c, et al. technical performance during soccer matches of the italian serie a league: effect of fatigue and competitive level. j sci med sport 2009; 12(1): 227–233. [doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2007.10.002] km_c227-20180711130354 1. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: only 20% of the schoolboys in johannesburg who were surveyed believed that the use of ‘performance-enhancing substances’ was increasing among their peers. 2. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: according to a survey of schoolboys, most of the information about performance-enhancing substances is obtained from the internet. 3. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: the south african institute for drug-free sport (saids) is one of the many signatories that complies with the prohibited list of substances of the world anti-doping agency (wada). 4. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: ‘the pressure to perform in sport’ was the reason given by schoolboys when they were asked why they used performance-enhancing substances. 5. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: the commonwealth games will be held in delhi (india) in 2010. 6. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: according to a forecasting study, south africa will get up to 5 gold medals and 62 medals in total at the 2010 commonwealth games. 7. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: athletics and swimming accounted for 50% of all medals won by south africa in the commonwealth games in melbourne 2006. 8. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: the magnitude of confidence intervals around calculated injury rates will be artificially narrow if recurrent injuries are not considered in the analysis. 9. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: genetic factors have been identified as intrinsic risk factors in chronic achilles tendinopathy. 10. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: studies investigating the interaction between genetic variables and injury do not need to consider age in their research design. 11. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: sternal stress fractures are common injuries in young gymnasts. 12. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: forty-five per cent of all stress fractures in gymnasts involve the pars interarticularis, because of considerable stress on the lower back as a result of repetitive flexion, hyperextension, rotation and compressive loading of the spine on landings. 13. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: the majority of stress fractures in gymnasts occur during competition, rather than during practice. 14. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: in order to incur health benefits, it is more important to be lean rather than be physically fit. 15. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: individuals engaging in a standardised, supervised exercise programme have been shown to have very similar adaptive responses. 16. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: ‘non-responders’ to a 12-week aerobic training programme experienced a statistically significant mean reduction in body weight from week 0 to week 12. 17. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: exercise-induced improvements in blood pressure have been shown to be least effective in individuals classified as hypertensive at baseline. 18. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: some individuals may be resistant to exercise-induced weight loss because of strong physiological compensatory processes. 19. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: waist circumference has been shown to be a better marker of response to exercise than bmi. 20. true (a) or false (b) – click on the correct answer: the physiological and psychological benefits of exercise are dependent on weight loss. questions july 2010 c p d q u e s t io n n a ir e cpd questionnaires must be completed online via www.cpdjournals.org.za. after submission you can check the answers and print your certificate. questions may be answered up to 6 months after publication of each issue. instructions 1. read the journal. all the answers will be found there. 2. go to www.cpdjournals.org.za to answer questions. accreditation number: mdb001/009/01/2010(journal) sajsm sajsm 595 (commentarty).indd sajsm vol. 27 no. 1 2015 3 commentary both the referee and the ringside physician are entrusted with the safety of the boxer in the ring. the uniform boxing rules (approved august 25, 2001, amended august 2, 2002, amended july 3, 2008) recognise the referee as the sole arbiter of a bout and the only individual authorised to stop a contest. unified rules of mixed martial arts (mma) and some boxing commissions recognise both the referee and the ringside physician as arbiters of a fight, and the only individuals authorised to enter the fight area at any time during competition and stop a fight when the combatant’s safety is compromised. irrespective of who stops the fight, the stoppage should be timely and fair to the combatants and their corners; a premature stoppage is unfair to the boxers, their corners, the promoter and the public, while a fight stopped too late risks serious injury and even death of the boxer.[1] stoppage from inside the ring by the referee is accepted by the boxer, his corner staff and the public (present in the arena and the wider television audience) more readily than stoppage from outside the ring by the ringside physician. ringside physicians usually have a lower threshold for stopping a contest compared with the referee. lack of knowledge of a boxer’s punch-taking ability and fear of litigation may lead to premature stoppage of a fight by the ringside physician. ideally, everyone would like the bout to be stopped before a life-threatening or career-ending injury occurs. the keyword here is before not after. however, most of the time this is not possible, so a more realistic goal should be timely identification of a serious injury in the ring and timely stoppage of a fight. for that to occur, the referee should be aware of the signs and symptoms of serious injuries. since a referee’s medical knowledge is limited, he and the ringside doctor need to act as a team. the cause of sudden death in the ring is either cardiac or neurological. cardiac causes are commonly identified by the ringside physician prior to the boxer entering the ring, during the course of the prefight medical check-up, when an electrocardiogram is reviewed and, if needed, an echocardiogram is requested. neurological injuries in the ring are more difficult to determine clinically. epidural haematomas and second-impact syndrome may lead to a walking, talking but dying boxer. referees should be skilled in recognising concussions in the ring, especially of the more subtle grades 1 and 2 when the boxer is ‘out on his feet’, unable to defend himself, looks dazed, staggers around the ring or rests on the rope but does not experience loss of consciousness, is confused, does not remember the round, walks to the wrong corner after the bell or hits out at the referee. the referee should take into consideration the biomechanics of the punch thrown, the rotational and linear acceleration suffered by the skull and the impact deceleration before deciding to let the fight go on.[2] the modified maddocks et al.[3] questions can be quickly and easily administered in the ring by the referee to assess for concussion by asking the boxer questions such as: at what venue are you today? which round is it now? who are you fighting? how many rounds is the fight? if the boxer answers incorrectly, it is best to bring this to the attention of the ringside doctor in between the rounds. the boxer can then be further assessed to determine whether he can safely continue. after a boxer gets up from a knock-out, instead of making the boxer walk straight to him, the referee should ask him to take a few steps forward and then a step to the side to better assess his balance. ideally, a fight should be stopped by the referee after consulting with the ringside physician, after taking into account not just the most recent round but the previous rounds too, as well as the boxer’s and his corner’s body language. good and constant communication between referee and ringside physician is the key. they should talk in between the rounds and share their assessment of the boxer with each other, supplementing each other’s knowledge of medicine and boxing. the boxer’s safety should always precede all other considerations. references 1. miele vj, bailes je. objectifying when to halt a boxing match: a video analysis of fatalities. neurosurgery 2007;60(2):307-316. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1227/01. neu.0000249247.48299.5b] 2. stemper bd, pintar fa. biomechanics of concussion. prog neurol surg 2014;28:14-27. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1159/000358748] 3. maddocks dl, dicker gd, saling mm. the assessment of orientation following concussion in athletes. clin j sport med 1995;5(1):32-35. s afr j sports med 2015;27(1):3. doi:10.7196/sajsm.595 boxer safety, and the relationship between the referee and the ringside physician n k sethi, md, mbbs, faan department of neurology, new york presbyterian hospital, weill cornell medical center, new york, usa corresponding author: n k sethi (sethinitinmd@hotmail.com) 62 sajsm vol. 27 no. 3 2015 over diagnosing? time for the ‘exercise is medicine’ movement to react clinical medicine has been overdiagnosing for several years; sport and exercise medicine needs to guard against falling into the same trap. this was the message portrayed in a podcast in which dr karim khan, editor of the british journal of sports medicine, interviewed ray moynihan,[1] one of the authors of the bestselling book selling sickness: how the world’s biggest pharmaceutical companies are turning us all into patients.[2] the concept of ‘selling sickness’ is becoming a major public health problem, with many patients being treated for diseases or injuries that do not require treatment. often the treatment has more undesirable effects than no treatment at all. the driving force for overdiagnosing can have different origins. the most common origin can be attributed to profit, particularly if the condition needs medication, or expensive diagnostic procedures. another driving force can be academic/clinical status; a clinician develops a reputation for being able to make an unusual diagnosis, and this behaviour seems to attract more unsuspecting patients. it does not take long for a condition to become fashionable. consider, for example, the rather sudden increase in the number of patients getting diagnosed with conditions that used to be rare (chronic fatigue syndrome, irritable bowel syndrome, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in children, to name a few). in the discipline of sport and exercise medicine, there are signs that overdiagnosing is becoming more mainstream. the number of referrals for a magnetic resonance imaging (mri) diagnosis has increased precipitously. while it is accepted that elite professional sports participants need the best medical care to diagnose an injury, it is questionable whether a recreational athlete needs to incur the same expenses for a rather innocuous injury. while mris can identify structural abnormalities, these structural abnormalities may not be associated with pain or degeneration. there are many unanswered questions about the association between structural abnormalities, injury and degeneration. this raises the question of ‘what is normal?’ this is an important question, because the distinction between normality and abnormality forms the basis of medical practice. [3] according to this paradigm, if a condition is abnormal, it needs to be treated; if it is normal, it can be left alone. differentiating between normal v. abnormal is not as simple as it may initially seem. for example, is it appropriate for age-associated conditions to be regarded as abnormal? should 50-year-old men and women be prescribed hormone replacement therapy because they no longer have the same endocrine profile as someone in their twenties? for the definition of normal to be applied appropriately, genderand age-based comparisons should be made; failure to do so opens opportunities for overdiagnosing. a caveat to this argument is that at some point, age-related changes are no longer considered normal. for example, the prevalence of sarcopenia and osteoarthritis increase with age and are regarded as a natural part of the ageing process. therefore, one can argue that within a group of 80-year-olds, it is normal to have sarcopenia and osteoarthritis. but should they be regarded as normal and left untreated?[4] or should they all be placed on medication to reduce these effects? if the definition of normal v. abnormal is precise and indisputable, the chances of overdiagnosing will diminish. a murky definition provides fertile ground for practitioners prone to overdiagnose. this area of indecision is where the pharmaceutical companies have taken the initiative and generated an industry providing a variety of medications to counter the consequences of ageing. it is an easy marketing exercise to prescribe a pill for a condition. compare this with trying to encourage a person to become more physically active. even in the presence of an overwhelming amount of evidence supporting the positive role of physical activity in treating and managing many of the conditions associated with increasing age, the task of getting people to become more physically active is daunting. it is going to take much marketing and canvassing to convince the public that there are alternative options to medication to counter the natural consequences of ageing. this message is encompassed in the vision of the ‘exercise is medicine’ movement.[5] they have a tough job ahead to make a case against overdiagnosing and treating ailments, particularly those conditions that occur as a consequence of getting old. 1. bmj talk medicine. ‘overdiagnosis’ in sports medicine? fai for example? the great ray moynihan (‘selling sickness’). https://soundcloud.com/bmjpodcasts/ overdiagnosis-in-sports-medicine-fai-for-example-the-great-ray-moynihan-sellingsickness (accessed 20 august 2015). 2. moynihan r, cassels a. selling sickness: how the world’s biggest pharmaceutical companies are turning us all into patients. sydney: allen and unwin, 2005. 3. ko eslag jh. what is normal? s af r med j 1993;83(1):47-50. 4. baldwin jn, mckay mj, hiller ce, et al. forming norms: informing diagnosis and management in sports medicine. british journal of sports medicine 2015. http://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2014-094489 5. exercise is medicine. http://www.exerciseismedicine. org (accessed 20 august 2015). mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2015;27(3):62. doi:10.7196/sajsm.8769 editorial original research 20 sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 background. by incorporating pre-performance or retrospective recall measurement methods, research has shown positive (pa) and negative affect (na) to operate as both a precursor to, and as a consequence of performance in line with goal achievement. the extent of this affective change within sport is unclear, as measurement of affect within acute settings has yet to be adopted fully. objective. to conduct exploratory research examining affect and goal achievement during self-paced cycling to understand further their role during performance. methods. the positive and negative affect schedule (panas), worcester affect scale (was) and ratings of goal achievement were completed by seven trained cyclists prior to two separate 20 km laboratory time trials. the was and ratings of goal achievement were also rated during each trial. results. micro-oscillations in affect occurred throughout time trials and to a greater degree where participants were unsuccessful in reaching their goals. successful trials were characterised by higher pa (p=0.000) and lower na (p=0.000), with higher goal expectations from the start (p=0.008). conclusion. in unsuccessful trials, an overly aggressive start, perhaps due to inaccurate goal setting, led to an inability to maintain performance, with reductions in power output. further clarification of the catalyst to the performance demise requires a parallel analysis of psychological and physiological parameters. in so doing, a greater understanding of the combined role of affect and goal expectation in pacing and performance will ensue; a benefit to both cyclist and coach alike. s afr j sm 2014;26(1):20-25. doi:10.7196/sajsm.496 micro-oscillations in positive and negative affect during competitive laboratory cycle time trials – a preliminary study c rhoden,1 phd; j west,1 msc; a renfree,1 msc; m corbett,1 phd; a st clair gibson,1,2 phd, md 1 institute of sport and exercise sciences, university of worcester, henwick grove, worcester, united kingdom 2 school of life sciences, northumbria university, northumberland building, newcastle upon tyne, united kingdom corresponding author: c rhoden (c.rhoden@worc.ac.uk) watson[1] postulated a hierarchical structure of affect with two broad dimensions of positive (pa) and negative affect (na), reflecting the overall valence of affect in an individual at the higher order level. a lower order level reflects the specific states of mood and emotion experienced by individuals.[2,3] watson[1] emphasised the notion of a stream of affect, where individuals are continuously experiencing some type of mood. considering the cyclical nature of moods, he suggested that variables which occur irregularly over time (e.g. exercise) would give rise to unevenly distributed mood fluctuations in comparison to endogenous factors (e.g. the circadian variation in mood). changes in affect and mood have been observed in both sport and exercise settings,[3,4] revealing the association between affect and performance, success and achievement. in a novel throwing task, na was significantly higher in failure when compared with successful conditions.[6] pa predicted performance and was also related to self-efficacy in high school wrestling competitions.[7] more recently, pa was positively correlated to elite climbers’ route score.[5] these studies assessed affect at a macro level (pre-performance). we feel that it is also important to consider fluctuations or oscillations in affect at a micro level (within performance), yet this has received limited attention to date and within an exercise setting only.[4] goal expectations are also pertinent to the understanding of affective responses in sport. in self-regulation theory, monitoring of selfand norm-referenced information enables individuals to make necessary adjustments to minimise the discrepancy between desired and actual behaviour.[8] a second parallel feedback system, the meta-monitoring function, identifies whether discrepancies are positive, negative or nonexistent,[8] and subsequent affective states ensue. progress towards a goal at a higher rate than expected (positive discrepancy) leads to pa, and conversely, slower than expected progress (negative discrepancy) leads to increased na. affect changes originating from goal progress interpretation have been shown empirically. where golfers’ actual performance was lower than their goals during a tournament, higher na and lower pa were experienced,[9] though the measurement of affect was undertaken only once and by retrospective recall. unexpected increases in exercise duration caused runners to become suddenly and significantly more negative,[10] while the negative effects of a psychological crisis (characterised by thoughts about goal disengagement) peaked three-quarters of the way through a marathon and had a negative impact on race performance.[11] consequently, an individual’s perception of likely success while an activity is ongoing becomes an important construct to understand and examine. moreover, highlighting the role of affective responses and motivation on mailto:c.rhoden@worc.ac.uk sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 21 pacing and performance, baron et al.[12] proposed that athletes would be more likely to maintain or increase exercise intensity when pa was experienced. where na was experienced, athletes would have less desire to sustain exercise intensity and a reduction in performance may result. this suggested relationship has obvious implications for time trial performance at the micro level. affect operates both as a precursor to, and as a consequence of performance, with actual performance, perceived achievement, success and failure playing additional roles.[5,6] differing affective experiences may augment or diminish an individual’s effort and exercise intensity. consequently, we sought to examine the relationships between affect, goal expectation and performance by extending previous research protocols to measure affect in parallel with performance measures of time and power output.[5,9] a repeated measures design enabled us to manipulate the analysis of data via the performance outcome, and compare affect profiles between success and failure conditions. objectives we aimed, via an exploratory research approach: (i) to explore whether micro-oscillations in affect would occur during a competitive time trial environ ment; and (ii) to assess affect, goal expectations and performance (time and power output) between successful (where cyclists achieved a time goal) and unsuccessful (where cyclists did not achieve a time goal) time trials. methods participants in an experimental, laboratory-based investigation, seven well-trained cyclists (six males, one female; mean ± standard deviation (sd) age 32.6±11.5 years) performed two 20 km time trials. participants were local, competitive club cyclists or triathletes (minimum 2 years’ time trial experience). participants were familiar with 20 km time trials and regularly paced themselves over this and other distances, enabling us to reproduce a realistic, albeit laboratory, time trial environment. participants’ age, height, weight and 20 km time trial personal best times did not differ between the successful and unsuccessful groups (table 1). prior to testing, participants completed health screening forms and provided full, written, informed consent. all study procedures received institutional ethics committee approval. measures panas the positive and negative affect schedule (panas)[13] was used to assess pa and na 30 min before the time trial. using a five-point likert scale from 0 (not at all) to 4 (extremely), participants rated their current responses to ten positive and ten negative adjectives. internal reliability was demonstrated with a good α-coefficient for pa (0.89) and an acceptable α-coefficient for na (0.73). worcester affect scale the worcester affect scale (was)[14] was used to measure pa and na at 0.5 km intervals during the time trial, taking 5 10 s to complete. participants rated how they felt ‘right now’ on two separate ten-point likert scales: pa (1 – not at all positive; 10 – extremely positive) and na (1 – not at all negative; 10 – extremely negative). preliminary validation indicated the was to be related to the panas and sensitive in assessing changes in affect during self-paced exercise.[14] goal expectancy thirty min prior to each trial, participants were asked to identify a time goal based on previous performances and to rate the extent to which they felt they could achieve this goal on a newly created tenpoint likert scale (1 – not at all; 10 – very much so). using the same rating scale, participants provided ratings of goal expectancy during the trial at 5, 10 and 15 km of the total distance. at 20 km, using the same rating scale, participants rated their achievement of goal expectations. procedure participants completed two 20 km time trials, separated by a mean±sd of 5.5±1.9 days, approaching each time trial as if it were a minor competition to standardise training and nutritional strategies. all participants regularly used the ergometer rig (kingcycle ltd, uk) for training purposes and were familiar with the time trial distance in this study; as such, we considered a familiarisation trial unnecessary. at each visit to the laboratory, participants were instructed to ‘ ... complete the time trial in as fast a time as possible’. participants recorded their goal for the time trial, provided a goal expectancy rating and then completed the panas and was. using their own bicycle mounted and calibrated on the ergometer rig, participants were allowed to view performance feedback: speed, time, power and heart rate. after a self-selected warm-up, comparable with the duration and intensity of their normal pre-time trial routine, participants were given a 5-second countdown. pa and na were recorded every 0.5 km using the was scales, which were alternated to ensure that no order effects prevailed. instantaneous power output (w) was recorded visually every 0.5 km throughout, while ratings of goal expectancy were recorded at 5, 10 and 15 km during the time trial. goal achievement and performance time was recorded upon completion of the 20 km. this protocol was the same for both trial 1 and trial 2. table 1. demographics of the successful and unsuccessful groups group n age (years) mean±sd height (m) mean±sd weight (kg) mean±sd 20 km time trial pb (s) mean±sd successful 4 29±12 1.85±0.07 74.75±9.18 1 963.50±149.38 unsuccessful 3 34±14 1.79±0.05 76.83±2.84 1 739.33±82.25 p-value 0.642 0.286 0.725 0.069 sd = standard deviation; pb = personal best. 22 sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 data analysis in this study we undertook psychological examination of a dataset previously published. renfree et al.[15] analysed the complex interplay between determinants of pacing and performance, and rhoden and west[14] provided a preliminary validation of the was. the current analysis examined affect, goal expectancies and performance be tween successful and unsuccessful participants in trial 2 only. prior to the second time trial, all participants reported a time goal, which was to beat their previous time; as such, the expected time goal for trial 2 was anticipated to be less than or equal to the trial 1 performance time. hence, 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 10 15 20 a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 10 15 20 d median for trial 1 trial 2 pa 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 10 15 20 b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 10 15 20 e median for trial 1 trial 2 na 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 5 10 15 20 po w er (w ) c 5 10 15 20 f trial 1 trial 2 po w er (w ) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 time trial distance (km) time trial distance (km) unsuccessful participants successful participants n eg at iv e a� ec t ( m ed ia n va lu es ) n eg at iv e a� ec t ( m ed ia n va lu es ) po si ti ve a � ec t ( m ed ia n va lu es ) po si ti ve a � ec t ( m ed ia n va lu es ) fig. 1. worcester affect scale (was) median scores and power outputs during the time trial: (a c) participants who were unsuccessful (n=3) and (d f ) participants who were successful (n=4) in trial 2. for (c) and (f ), mean ± standard deviation (sd) power output is displayed; (*p<0.000; pa = positive affect; na = negative affect.) sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 23 successful participants were categorised as those who achieved their goal, completing the time trial in the same time as, or faster than their previous time. unsuccessful participants did not achieve their goal, performing slower than in trial 1. performance time and power were assessed using paired t-tests; however, where distribution curves were non-normal, non-parametric wilcoxon tests were applied. mean±sd values were used for graphical representation. affect and goal expectancy were analysed using non-parametric statistics (mann-whitney u-test, wilcoxon test and spearman rank correlation test). median values were used for graphical representation. results based on time goals (less than or equal to previous time in trial 1 for all participants), the expected mean±sd performance time for the successful and unsuccessful groups was ≤1 958.50±175.43 s and ≤1 685.33±25.74 s, respectively. the successful group met their goal expectations, with signifi cantly improved performance times evident in trial 2 (mean±sd 1 880.00±160.43 s; improvement 79±15 s; t=5.08; p=0.015; η2=0.89; n=4). actual performance times differed from expected times for the unsuccessful participants, who achieved a slower (although not significantly) time in trial 2 (mean±sd 1 723.33±10.60 s; deterioration -38±15 s; n=3). pa and na micro-oscillations occurred throughout the duration of the trials for all participants, and to a greater degree in trial 2 for unsuccessful participants. unsuccessful participants had lower levels of pa from the outset of the time trial and, in contrast to successful participants, became progressively less positive during the first two-thirds of the time trial (u=0.0; w=820.0; z= 8.0; p=0.000; r=0.89; fig. 1a). they had higher levels of na from the outset than successful participants (u=44.0; w=864.0; z=-7.55; p=0.000; r=0.84), which peaked at 15 km (fig. 1b). furthermore, unsuccessful participants experienced greater fluctuations in the frequency and magnitude of pa between 10 km and 17 km than successful participants (figs 1a and d). na also varied con sider ably for cyclists in the unsuccessful group, with many micro-oscillations again occurring at 12 19 km (fig. 1b). for successful participants, small, periodic fluctuations in na occurred during the time trial, with a decrease in negativity from 17 km onwards (fig. 1e). pre-trial panas scores replicated the pre-trial was scores, with unsuccessful participants reporting significantly higher na (median 7) 30 min prior to the start of the time trial than successful participants (median 3; u=0.0; w=10.0; z=-2.14; p=0.032; r=0.25), and lower (but not significantly) pa (unsuccessful athletes: median 24; successful athletes: median 32). significant differences were observed in the goal expectancies of successful v. unsuccessful cyclists (u=0.0; w=15.0; z=-2.65; p=0.008; r=0.84; fig. 2). goal expectancy was lower from the outset of the trial for unsuccessful participants, which subsequently decreased compared with the successful participants’ ratings. goal expectancy was consistently positively correlated with pa at 5, 10 and 15 km, and negatively correlated with na at 5 km through the time trials (table 2). power output was significantly different between trial 1 and trial 2 for the unsuccessful participants (t=5.09; p=0.000; η2=0.39; fig. 1 2 3 4 5 r at in g o f g ao al e xp ec ta n cy successful unsuccessful 6 7 8 9 10 pre 5 10 15 post time trial distance (km) fig. 2. ratings of goal expectancy (median scores) between the successful and unsuccessful participants in trial 2 only. table 2. spearman rank order correlations between the was and goal expectancy ratings during the time trials goal expectancy time trial 5 km 10 km 15 km pa rho p-value 0.68 0.007 0.79 0.001 0.69 0.006 na rho p-value -0.56 0.038 -0.28 0.316 -0.47 0.094 was = worcester affect scale; pa = positive affect; na = negative affect. 24 sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 1c). they started their slower unsuccessful trial (trial 2) with a higher power output. after 6.5 km there was a reduction in power output, which remained lower than in their first trial for the remainder of the trial (fig. 1c). immediately prior to this point, these participants reported a decrease in pa and an increase in na (3 5 km) (figs 1a and b). large oscillations in pa and na accompanied the continual decrease in power output over the second half of the time trial. in both trials, participants produced an end spurt of similar magnitude (~70 w increase) over the last 2.5 km, although actual power was reduced in trial 2 compared with trial 1. when comparing trial 1 and 2 for successful participants (fig. 1f ), their power output was significantly higher in the successful trial (trial 2) (t=-10.27, p=0.000, η2=0.73), reflected in a faster performance time. as highlighted previously and in contrast to the unsuccessful participants, pa and na fluctuated considerably less (figs 1d and e). in both trials 1 and 2, successful participants produced a similar end spurt for the last km. discussion an important finding of this exploratory research included the microoscillations in pa and na throughout time trials. the levels of positivity and negativity reported by participants were shown to oscillate – evidence of the dynamic, emotive nature of sport performance. the stream of affect[1] was evident, with pa and na changing differently between successful and unsuccessful trials, and also varying considerably within each time trial. high levels of pa and lower levels of na were associated with better performance by the cyclists, further supporting the key role that affect plays in the generation of an optimal sports performance. it is important to note that this pattern emerged throughout the time trials, not only prior to the activity being performed, as has previously been found prior to climbing performance[5] and wrestling.[7] the analysis of affect, goal expectations and performance between the successful and unsuccessful trials yielded another key finding. goal expectations and affect were closely related throughout the cycle time trial, and in line with previous research,[6] unsuccessful performances were characterised by increased na, decreased pa and reduced goal expectations from the outset of the trial. over the course of a time trial, particularly when athletes are striving for a time goal, they make many assessments regarding their performance and rate of goal progress,[16] and paralleling this assessment is the accompanying affect.[9] during unsuccessful trials, cyclists also reported a continual decrease in their beliefs of goal achievement, accompanied by continued high levels of na, providing further support for the performance-goal discrepancy and resultant affective states. these findings reinforce those of a previous analysis [15] where slow trials (v. fast trials), were characterised by increased na, decreased pa and decreased goal expectations. further more, slow trials were characterised by increased integrated electromyography yet lower power output, but similar ratings of perceived exertion, which the authors suggested were symptomatic of goal striving. the findings in our analysis demonstrate that the psychological changes in affect are exacerbated by continual failure to achieve goals. increased variability of affect, both in magnitude and frequency, occurred in participants who experienced continually increasing discrepancies between desired and actual behaviour. we suggest, therefore, that goal striving was occurring and that ongoing assessment of goal achievement mediates the affectperformance relationship. it is important to note at this point that the cyclists who were unsuccess ful started the trial with a higher power output than in their previous trial. power output subsequently decreased from trial distances of 6.5 15 km. concurrent with this was increased variability in pa (10 15 km) and na (12 17 km), similar to the peak of psychological crises reported by marathon runners three-quarters of the way through a race.[11] it is likely that the decreased power output, perception of goal progress and the affective response experienced by the cyclist were crucial at this point in the time trial. a discrepancy between the cyclists’ goal expectations and actual performances existed, power output decreased, the cyclists became increasingly more negative and less positive than their more successful counterparts, while large oscillations in affect were evident between 10 km and 17 km (figs 1a and b), suggesting frequent cognitive appraisals regarding their situation.[17] this combination of factors suggests ineffective goal striving and possible goal disengagement for the unsuccessful cyclists. undesirable changes in affect and difficulty in goal pursuit can lead to a change in goal-directed behaviour and possible goal disengagement,[18] and where effort is reduced yet the athlete remains committed to their goal, negative feelings of distress result.[16] we were unable to surmise the causal relationships between the psycho logical and physical performance factors from this study. in exer cise settings, increased physical work approaching maximal intensity has been proposed to cause universal negative shifts in affect[4], although the extent to which this holds true for competitive athletes is unclear and it does not fully explain differences between successful and unsuccessful cyclists working maximally in the current study. baden et al.[10] suggested that fatigue may be an emotional construct, after observing increases in na concurrent with increases in ratings of perceived exertion. it is plausible that affect changes reported by the unsuccessful cyclists here were the result of increased fatigue[10] from unsustainable power output, and reflected peripheral physiological status.[15] conversely, the reduced power output may have been the result of increased negativity, with subsequent reduced desire to maintain exercise intensity.[12] where affective loading (defined by baron et al.[12] as the difference between na and pa) surpasses a threshold point (the athlete’s highest tolerated affective loading for an expected exercise duration), the desire to sustain high levels of effort decreases, possibly to maintain physiological and emotional homeostasis. the unsuccessful cyclists in this study had higher levels of affective loading (range 3 to -4) than the successful cyclists (range -5 to -9); hence this explanation is plausible for this finding. it is also possible that inaccurate assessment of performance expectations, which would have implications for the accuracy of goal setting pre trial,[19] might have accounted for the aggressive start which unsuccessful participants could not maintain for the duration of their second time trial. both pre-trial goal expectation and affect were suboptimal for the unsuccessful participants, and this perhaps reflects the lack of confidence in the goal set by these participants and their ability to achieve it. participants were club-level athletes; elite athletes may be better able to assess physiological status prior to time trials and hence be more accurate in the outcome goals that they set. it is clear that, post trial, the unsuccessful cyclists had low levels of pa and feelings of failure, and this has implications for perceived competence.[7] however, goal disengagement can be an important part of the self-regulation process and produce positive feelings.[16] indeed, sajsm vol. 26 no. 1 2014 25 heckhausen et al.[18] stressed that ‘the regulatory challenge ... lies in identifying when goal pursuit is maladaptive while it’s still ongoing and the individual is fully engaged’ (p. 39). hence future research assessing goal expectancy, goal pursuit and goal striving together with affect and physiological parameters is warranted to identify the threshold point at which goal striving remains beneficial or becomes detrimental to the individual in the longer term. study limitations our study was exploratory and we recognise the limitations of the relatively small sample and the variance in participants’ training status implied through the differences in performance times between successful and unsuccessful participants. however, the findings show consistent micro-oscillations in affect throughout the time trial, exacerbated by a lack of success, extending previous research (e.g. gaudreau et al.[9]) and highlighting an interesting area for future research. limited research considers the ongoing psychological change during sport, and the self-regulation framework[8] provides a suitable platform to analyse affect, goal expectation and indeed other variables such as self-efficacy. in this study, affect-goal relationships were inextricably linked with power output and performance. their change has the potential to affect decision-making, and understanding these factors while activity is ongoing is important.[18] as such, we advocate further study of these variables and how they affect each other during performance in larger, controlled studies. conclusion micro-oscillations in pa and na occurred during cycle time trials and were different between successful and unsuccessful trials. affect profiles more conducive to better performance were characterised by higher levels of pa and lower levels of na, and these differences occurred from the outset of the trial. affect and goal expectations were closely related, with goal expectations increasing during successful trials. successful cyclists reported higher levels of goal expectation from the outset of the trial. unsuccessful cyclists, although starting trials with higher levels of power, were unable to sustain these levels, which deteriorated up to 15 km, with corresponding decreases in goal expectations and pa and increases in na. these circumstances may be accounted for by inaccurate goal-setting and assessment of performance expectations prior to the start of the time trial. a full understanding of the catalyst of the time trial performance demise requires further interdisciplinary analysis of both psychological and physiological parameters in parallel. research examining athletes’ experiences of goal striving and goal disengagement would elucidate the factors associated with goal pursuit, which may have implications for the regulation of performance in training and competitive situations from a psychological perspective. references 1. watson d. mood and temperament. new york: the guildford press, 2000. 2. watson d, clark la. measurement and mismeasurement of mood: recurrent and emergent issues. j pers assess 1997;68:267-296. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/ s15327752jpa6802_4] 3. watson d, clark la. affects separable and inseparable: on the hierarchical arrangement of the negative affects. j pers soc psychol 1992;62:489-505. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.62.3.489] 4. ekkekakis p. pleasure and displeasure from the body: perspectives from exercise. cognition emotion 2003;17:213-239. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02699930244000282] 5. sanchez x, boschker msj, llewellyn dj. pre-performance psychological states and performance in an elite climbing competition. scan j med sci sports 2010;20:356-363. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2009.00904.x] 6. walsh j, crocker pre, bouffard m. the effects of perceived competence and goal orientation on affect and task persistence in a physical activity skill. aust j sci med sport 1992;24:86-90. 7. treasure dc, monson j, lox cl. relationship between self-efficacy, wrestling performance and affect prior to a competition. sport psychol 1996;10:73-83. 8. carver cs, scheier mf. on the self-regulation of behaviour. new york: cambridge university press, 1998. 9. gaudreau p, blondin jp, lapierre am. athletes’ coping during competition: relationship of coping strategies with positive affect, negative affect, and performancegoal discrepancy. j sport exerc psychol 2002;3:125-150. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/ s1469-0292(01)00015-2] 10. baden da, mclean tl, tucker r, et al. effect of anticipation during unknown or unexpected exercise duration on rating of perceived exertion, affect and physiological function. br j sports med 2005;39:742-746. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.2004.016980] 11. schϋler j, langens ta. psychological crisis in a marathon and the buffering effects of self-verbalisations. j appl soc psychol 2007;37:2319-2344. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/ j.1559-1816.2007.00260.x] 12. baron b, moullan f, deruelle f, et al. the role of emotions on pacing strategies and performance in middle and long duration sport events. br j sports med 2011;45:511517. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bsjm.2009.059964] 13. watson d, clark la, tellegen a. development and validation of brief measures of positive and negative affect: the panas scales. j per soc psychol 1988;54:1063-1070. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.54.6.1063] 14. rhoden cl, west j. affect in sporting activities: a preliminary validation of the worcester affect scale. sport science review 2010;19:71-91. 15. renfree a, west j, corbett m, et al. complex interplay between determinants of pacing and performance during 20 km cycle time trials. int j sports physiol perf 2012;7:121-129. 16. wrosch c, scheier mf, carver cs, et al. the importance of goal disengagement in adaptive self-regulation: when giving up is beneficial. self and identity 2003;2:1-20. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15298860390129818] 17. st clair gibson a, foster c. the role of self-talk in the awareness of physiological state and physical performance. sports med 2007;37:1029-1044. [http://dx.doi.org/01121642/07/0012-1029] 18. heckhausen j, wrosch c, schulz r. a motivational theory of life-span development. psychol rev 2010;117:32-60. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0017668] 19. micklewright d, papadopoulou e, parry d, et al. perceived exertion influences pacing among ultramarathon runners but post-race mood change is associated with performance expectancy. south african journal of sports medicine 2009;21:167-172. http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/s15327752jpa6802_4] http://dx.doi.org/10.1207/s15327752jpa6802_4] http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.62.3.489] http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.62.3.489] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02699930244000282] http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0838.2009.00904.x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1469-0292 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1469-0292 http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2004.016980] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2004.016980] http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1559-1816.2007.00260.x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1559-1816.2007.00260.x] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bsjm.2009.059964] http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.54.6.1063] http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/15298860390129818] http://dx.doi.org/0112-1642/07/0012-1029] http://dx.doi.org/0112-1642/07/0012-1029] http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/a0017668] original research sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 107 various studies have attempted to explore the risk factors associated with injury in rugby.2 however, most of them focus their attention on biographical, physical, environmental and technical factors. the role of psychological factors such as anxiety is largely neglected, except for studies exploring the role of worry and stress in rugby injury.3 the rising occurrence rate of injuries in both professional and club rugby has posed a major challenge which has to be dealt with,4 more specifically at the south african university and club levels.5 many coaches and talent scouts place much focus on the above abilities and promote programmes to develop bigger, physically stronger, faster and more talented players who can excel in their sport.6 nonetheless, these programmes utilised for rugby players at university and club level did not provide adequate emphasis on the prevention and treatment management of previous injuries.6 as a result, injuries at university and club level may continue to increase unless preventive methods that are suited for the game of rugby are implemented.7 because it is a contact sport, rugby poses a high risk for injury.8 lower limbs are most often involved in rugby injuries, with the knee being the most frequent site. shoulder injuries account for the second most loss in time (days) for rugby players.5 during the 2007 rugby world cup shoulder injuries accounted for the loss of 9.4/1 000 playing-hours.9 shoulder injuries in rugby shoulder injuries account for 6 19% of joint injuries in rugby. most of these injuries seem to be dislocations, amounting to 80% of all shoulder injuries among elite australian rugby players10 and accounting for 123 days’ absence for every 1 000 playing hours among elite english rugby players.11 acromioclavicular joint injury and shoulder impingement accounted for 55/1 000 and 54/1 000 days missed, respectively.11 a study by headey et al.12 revealed alarming statistics on shoulder injuries in rugby. damage to the acromioclavicular joint (32%) and rotator cuff injury or shoulder impingement (23%) made up the largest number of shoulder injuries. yet, dislocation or shoulder instability, which made up 14% of shoulder injuries among rugby players, caused 42% of days missed per season due to injury. therefore, dislocations seem to be the most costly shoulder injury to rugby players. front-row forwards and backline players (centres and fullbacks) had the highest number of shoulder injuries. most of the research, however, focuses on understanding the physical reasons for shoulder injuries in rugby, and neglects psychological reasons such as anxiety as a contributing factor to shoulder injuries. this article explores the relationship between shoulder injuries and anxiety. anxiety and shoulder injuries in rugby anxiety has been defined as a negative mood state associated with worry and apprehension.13 theoretically, anxiety in sport is conceptualised from an emotional perspective with both traitand state-like characteristics.13 anxiety has been conceptualised as a multidimensional construct and differentiated as somatic (muscle tension) or cognitive anxiety (worry).14 the relationship between anxiety and sport performance has been studied extensively, mostly showing a curvilinear relationship between anxiety and performance. dunn and sytoruik15 studied the causes of excessive worry in highcontact sport and found that four domains of sport were associated the relationship between anxiety and shoulder injuries among south african university and club rugby players r l van niekerk, e lynch department of psychology, university of johannesburg r l van niekerk, d lit et phil (psychology) department of sports sciences, university of johannesburg e lynch, bsc hons (sport science) corresponding author: l van niekerk (leonvn@uj.ac.za) objectives. this correlational study investigated the relationship between competitive anxiety and shoulder injuries in a sample of club rugby players (n=112) from two universities and three suburban clubs. methods. the participants were asked to complete a biographical questionnaire and the sport competition anxiety test,1 while the injury history of the players for the 2012 season was obtained from the responsible health professions after consent was given. group differences and a direct logistical regression were calculated to determine the relationship between injury and anxiety. results. the results indicated that rugby players who contracted a shoulder injury in a 1-year season have significantly higher levels of anxiety than those players who did not. however, the effect size of the difference seems to be small. the anxiety levels of players with shoulder injuries were regarded as too high when competing. a logistical regression, including various factors, was able to predict injury fairly well, but anxiety seems to be the only variable that contributed significantly to the model. conclusion. the results suggest that the contribution of anxiety to the occurrence of shoulder injuries in club and university rugby cannot be ignored. the high level of anxiety associated with players who suffered shoulder injuries has to be targeted with anxiety management skills as part of a player development and injury management programme. s afr j sm 2012;24(4):107-111. doi:10.7196/sajsm.353 mailto:leonvn@uj.ac.za 108 sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 with anxiety. these include fear of failure, fear of negative social evaluation, fear of injury and fear of the unknown. psychological factors such as stress were found to be a good predictor of injury among new zealand rugby players. two studies investigating stressors among professional rugby union players found that injury was among the top three stressors reported by rugby players.methods the specific objectives of this study were to explore the relationship between anxiety and shoulder injuries among university and club rugby players. forthcoming from this aim, the following research questions were asked: • what is the extent of shoulder injuries among university and club rugby players? • what is the level of anxiety among university and club rugby players? • is there a relationship between anxiety and shoulder injuries among university and club rugby players? the study therefore aimed to explore the constructs of shoulder injury and anxiety and examine the relationship between these constructs. two universities and three inner-city rugby clubs were invited to participate in the study. permission to do the study was granted by the management of all the clubs, except for one university that was not willing to disclose their injury records to the researchers. this was acceptable due to the competitive nature of university rugby. players who gave their consent were asked to complete the questionnaires and their injury records were examined with the permission of the relevant health professionals. sample a sample of 112 first-team rugby players with a mean age of 25.0±3.3 (range: 20 35 years) from two universities (n=45, 40%) and three urban clubs (n=67, 60%) were included in the study. the two universities included 28 (25%) and 17 (15%) and the clubs 27 (24%), 18 (16%) and 22 (20%) of the participants respectively in the sample. players were represented in all 15 positions with a distribution of 54 (48%) backline and 58 (52%) forward players in the sample. instruments biographical questionnaire players were asked to complete a biographical section in the questionnaire. various factors such as age and player position were assessed. sport competition anxiety test (scat) players were asked to complete the scat,1 which consists of 15 questions on a 3-point likert scale (1=‘hardly ever’, 2=‘sometimes’ and 3=‘often’). only 10 of the questions are included in the calculation of the players’ anxiety score. the test measures the players’ anxiety levels in competition contexts.14 norm scores were established by martens1 and found to be comparable to athletes in the south african context20 as follows: a score of 10 16 is regarded as low anxiety, 17 22 as moderate anxiety and a score above 23 as high anxiety. athletes with moderate anxiety usually perform at best. the curvilinear relationship between anxiety and performance, however, implies that players with low or high anxiety will experience a decreased performance.1 various researchers found high reliability and validity on the instrument with an internal consistency (cronbach’s alpha) of between 0.8 and 0.85 in their research 1 a high internal consistency (α=0.934) was found for the scat in this research. injury reports player injuries were evaluated from a 1-year period injury report previously compiled by the respective club physiotherapist or biokineticist. a number of factors were considered, such as injury history, strength and conditioning history, pre-habilitation adherence (pre-injury treatment programme), mechanism of injury and expected return date. results the prevalence of shoulder injuries in the sample is presented in table 1. almost one-third (n=26, 27%) of the players had a shoulder injuring during the year. a large group (n=69, 73%) did not have a shoulder injury. however, they might have had another type of injury not reported within the scope of this study. the anxiety levels of most players were moderate (n=52, 53%). only 19% of the players had low anxiety. a significant group (n=28, 28%) of the sample reported high levels of anxiety when competing. further analysis (table 2) applying an independent sample t-test indicated a statistically significant difference (t (80)=0-3.01, p=0.003, two-tailed) between the anxiety levels of players who had a shoulder injury (m=23.54±5.98) and those who did not (m=19.20±4.51). players with shoulder injuries had significantly higher levels of anxiety, which placed them in a category with too high anxiety when competing. the players with no shoulder injuries reported moderate levels of anxiety. the mean difference (4.34, 95% ci: -7.20 to -1.47) indicated a small effect size (eta squared=0.102). most of the primary shoulder injuries were dislocations (31%), followed by impingement (12%) and rotator cuff strain (12%). other shoulder injuries (table 3) were fewer in comparison. most secondary shoulder injuries, however, were rotator cuff tears (27%), followed by muscle tightness (12%). the results further indicated that in a large proportion of players (81%) a first shoulder injury is followed by a second shoulder injury. the chances of a third shoulder injury, however, are slim, and 89% of the players did not suffer a tertiary injury. table 1. prevalence of shoulder injuries and anxiety among rugby union players condition frequency (n) proportion (%) presence of an injury no injury 69 73 shoulder injury 26 27 anxiety level low 19 19 moderate 52 53 high 28 28 sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 109 the context in which the shoulder injuries were contracted was also investigated and is presented in table 4. most of the players who had a shoulder injury (n=20, 77%) were part of a strength and conditioning programme and indicated that they adhered to it. however, fewer of these players (n=14, 54%) adhered to a pre-habilitation programme. only 8 (31%) players reported that their shoulder injuries were recurring injuries. the two factors implicated most frequently as the mechanism for injury were tackles (n=16, 62%) and overtraining/ incorrect training techniques (n =8, 31%). most of the players (n=8, 31%) returned to play immediately, followed by 15 28 days lost before expected return to play for 6 (23%) players. playing positions that were most at risk to contract a shoulder injury were those of centres and full-backs (n=10, 39%) and the tight five (n=6, 23%).a statistically significant difference was found between the anxiety levels of players who adhered to a strength and conditioning programme (m=19.16±3.95) and those who did not (m=21.67±6.35; t (97)=2.31, p=0.023 two-tailed). this implies that players who adhere to such programmes are less anxious when competing. this was not the same for the adherence to a pre-habilitation programme. the anxiety levels for players who adhered to such a programme (m=18.70±3.51) and players who did not (m=20.30±5.18; t (97)=1.604, p=0.112 two-tailed) were not statistically significant. although players in the centre and full-back positions were more frequently at risk for an injury, there was no significant difference between the anxiety levels of player positions: backline (m=20.10±4.38) and forward players (m=19.45±5.07; t (97)=0.648, p=0.495 two-tailed). no statistically significant differences were found for the other contextual factors associated with shoulder injuries among the participants. a direct logistical regression was performed to determine the influence of various independent variables (age, anxiety, adherence to a strength and conditioning programme, adherence to a prehabilitation programme and playing position) on the prediction of a shoulder injury. although the proposed model was not supported by the omnibus tests of model coefficients (χ2 test must be significant), χ2 (5, n=82)=9.36, p=0.096 (χ2-test must be significant), it was supported by the hosmer-lemeshow goodness of fit test, χ2 (8, n=82)=10.62, p=0.224 (χ2-test should not be significant). this implies that the model was able to differentiate between players who were injured and those who were not. the model was able to explain between 11% (cox and snell r squared) and 19% (nagelkerke r squared) of the variance in injury, and could classify 85% of the cases correctly. only anxiety made a statistically significant contribution to the model (see table table 2. group comparisons for the relationship between anxiety and the presence of injuries among rugby union players group frequency (n) mean ± sd standard error (mean) p-value (sign) presence of an injury no injury 69 19.20 ± 4.51 0.543 0.003 shoulder injury 13 23.54 ± 5.98 1.659 table 3. type of shoulder injuries as a function of primary, secondary and tertiary injuries among rugby union players type of injury primary injury secondary injury tertiary injury frequency (n) proportion (%) frequency (n) proportion (%) frequency (n) proportion (%) dislocation 8 31 1 3.8 0 0 impingement 3 12 2 7.7 0 0 rotator cuff strain 3 12 1 3.8 0 0 subluxation 2 7.7 1 3.8 1 3.8 inflammation 2 7.7 1 3.8 0 0 muscle tightness 2 7.7 3 12 0 0 glenoid labrum tear 1 3.8 1 3.8 0 0 tendon muscle rupture 1 3.8 0 0 0 0 hill-sachs lesion 1 3.8 1 3.8 0 0 tendonitis 1 3.8 2 7.7 0 0 nerve injuries 1 3.8 0 0 1 3.8 bone bruising 1 3.8 1 3.8 0 0 rotator cuff tear 0 0 7 27 1 3.8 acromioclavicular joint sprain 0 0 2 7.7 0 0 none 0 0 5 20 23 89 total 26 100 26 100 26 100 110 sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 5). although it was not the strongest predictor of injury in the model, an odds ratio of 1.196 was recorded for anxiety. the implication is that players who were anxious during competition were 1.2 times more likely to get a shoulder injury. discussion the results capsulated the costly effect of shoulder injuries among university and club rugby players. despite the effort and pressure to deal with injuries4,5 and the promotion of prevention and injury management programmes,6 almost a third of the rugby players had a shoulder injury during a 1-year season, which is higher than found in other studies.10 the extent of the injuries kept the players out of the game for between 1 and 2 months, reflecting the playing time lost due to injury, which was equally alarming as that among elite rugby players.11 regarding the type of injury, dislocations, impingements and rotator cuff strains made up most of the shoulder injuries. various other studies found these types of injuries among the highest shoulder injuries contracted by rugby players.10-12 more than two-thirds of the table 4. contextual factors associated with shoulder injuries in rugby union players factor condition frequency (n) proportion (%) adherence to a strength and conditioning programme yes 20 77 no 6 23 adherence to a pre-habilitation programme yes 14 54 no 12 46 recurring injury yes 8 31 no 18 69 mechanism of injury tackle 16 62 overtraining and incorrect training technique 8 31 weight training 2 7.7 expected days to return 0 days, currently training 8 31 1 7 days 4 15 8 14 days 1 3.8 15 28 days 6 23 29 42 days 2 7.7 43 56 days 4 15 57 112 days 1 3.8 playing positions centres and full-back 10 39 tight five 6 23 utility forwards 4 15 loose forwards 3 12 utility backs 2 7.7 halves and wings 1 3.8 table 5. logistic regression predicting likelihood of a shoulder injury 95% ci for exp(b) b se wald df sig exp(b) lower upper age -0.003 0.079 0.001 1 0.971 0.997 0.854 1.165 anxiety 0.179 0.073 6.016 1 0.014 1.196 1.037 1.380 strength and conditioning 0.401 0.764 0.275 1 0.600 1.493 0.334 6.669 pre-habilitation programme -0.238 0.969 0.060 1 0.806 0.788 0.118 5.269 playing position 0.459 0.661 0.482 1 0.487 1.582 0.434 5.774 constant -5.579 2.403 5.389 1 0.020 0.004 sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 111 shoulder injuries were due to the mechanisms of tackling. these results emphasise the high risk2 that the nature of the sport11,12 presents. in this regard, the player positions at a higher risk to contract a shoulder injury were the centers, full-backs and tight five. although most of the players adhered to a strength and conditioning programme, almost half did not adhere to a pre-habilitation programme. this might be due to the focus of scouts and coaches on developing bigger, physically stronger and faster players6 at the expense of preventing injuries. an alarming result in this regard was the high number of players who had a second shoulder injury: 4 in every 5 players who contracted a shoulder injury also contracted a second shoulder injury, while a third of the shoulder injuries were reported to be a recurring injury. the role of anxiety in shoulder injuries cannot be ignored, as there was a significant difference between the anxiety levels of players with and without shoulder injuries. those who contracted shoulder injuries had much higher anxiety than those who did not. their anxiety put them in a category too high2,14 for effective performance. further, anxiety was the only factor in a logistical regression that significantly contributed (11 19% of the variance) to the prediction of a shoulder injury among university and club rugby players. as anxiety is associated with muscle tension and narrowing of attention,17 its role in the tightening of shoulders during tackling and unsuspected tackling (due to too narrow attention) should not be underestimated. these results suggest that the inclusion of anxiety management techniques during training and competition should be considered. anxiety and apprehension,13 general fears and fear of re-injury,15 stress18 and concern3,19 among rugby players are all related to injuries.16 references 1. martens r. sport competition anxiety test. champaign: human kinetics, 1982. 2. chalmers dj, samanarayaka a, gulliver p, mcnoe b. risk factors for injury in rugby union football in new zeeland: a cohort study. br j sports med 2012;46(2):95-102. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090272] 3. nicholls ar, jones cr, polman rcj, borkoles e. acute sport-related stressors, coping and emotion among professional rugby union players during training and matches. scand j med sci sports 2009;19(1):113-120. 4. garraway wm, lee aj, hutton sj, russell eb, macleod da. impact of professionalism on injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2000;34(5):348-351. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.34.5.348] 5. gray j. preventative rehabilitation for rugby injuries to the shoulder. cape town:sa rugby, 2009. http://www.sarugby.co.za/boksmart/pdf (accessed 18 september 2012). 6. quarrie kl, handcock p, toomey mj, walter ae. the new zeeland rugby injury and performance project iv: anthropometric and physical performance comparisons between positional categories of senior a rugby players. br j sports med 1996;30(1): 53-55. 7. erasmus h, spamer ej. effect of a prevention programme on the incidence of rugby injuries among 15 and 16 year-old schoolboys. s afr j sports med 2007;19(2):46-57. 8. fuller c, drawer s. the application of risk management in sports. j sports med 2004;34(6):349-356. 9. fuller cw, laborde f, leather rj, molloy mg. international rugby board rugby world cup 2007 injury surveillance study. br j sports med 2008;42:452-459. 10. bathgate a, best jp, craig g, jamieson m. a prospective study of injuries to elite australian rugby union players. br j sports med 2002;36:265-269. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.36.4.265] 11. brooks hjm, fuller cw, kemp spt, reddin db. a prospective study of injuries and training amongst the england 2003 rugby world cup squad. br j sports med 2005;39:288-293. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2004.013391] 12. headey j, brooks jhm, kemp spt. the epidemiology of shoulder injuries in english professional rugby union. am j sports med 2007;35(9):1537-1543. 13. weinberg rs, gould d. foundations of sport and exercise psychology. champaign: human kinetics, 2011. 14. martens r, vealy rs, burton d. competitive anxiety in sport. champaigne: human kinetics, 1990. 15. dunn jgh, sytoruik dg. an investigation of multidimensional worry dispositions in a high contact sport. psychology of sport and exercise 2003;4:265-282. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/s1469-0292(02)00005-5] 16. cassidy cm. understanding sport-injur y anxiety. athletic therapy today 2006;11(4):57-58. 17. andersen mb, williams jm. a model of stress and athletic injury: prediction and prevention. journal of sport and exercise psychology 1988;10(3):294-306. 18. maddison r, prapavessis h. the psychological approach to the prediction and prevention of athletic injury. journal of sport and exercise psychology 2005;27(3):289310. 19. nicholls ar, backhouse sh, polman rcj, mckenna j. stressors and affective states among professional rugby union players. scand j med sci sports 2009;19:121-128. 20. potgieter j. norms for the sport competition anxiety test (scat). south african journal for research in sport, physical education, and recreation 2009;31(1):69-79. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2011-090272] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.34.5.348] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.34.5.348] http://www.sarugby.co.za/boksmart/pdf http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.36.4.265] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.36.4.265] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2004.013391] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1469-0292 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1469-0292 62 sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 case study this case report describes chronic exertional compartment syndrome in the forearm of a professional rower. we consider this to be a rare anatomical location for this type of syndrome. morever, not much is known about its clinical presentation and the subsequent optimal medical management thereof. s afr j sm 2014;26(2):62-63. doi:10.7196/sajsm.547 chronic exertional compartment syndrome in the forearm of a rower p volcke,1,2 md, mmed (sports med); j h kirby,1 mb chb, msc (sports med); p l viviers,1 mb chb, mmed sc, msc (sports med); j t viljoen,1 bsc (physio), mphil (exercise sci) 1 campus health service and the centre for human performance sciences, stellenbosch university, south africa 2 department of physical medicine and rehabilitation, catholic university of leuven, belgium corresponding author: p viviers (plv@sun.ac.za) chronic exertional compartment syndrome (cecs) in the lower limb is a well-known clinical condition that has been extensively described to date. conversely, the forearm is affected much less frequently, with only a few cases having been reported in sports such as weightlifting, kayaking and motocross.[1,2] we present a case of cecs in the forearm of a professional rower. case report a 32-year-old professional male rower complained of pain in the forearm when paddling. the pain had been present for 4 months and was associated with a loss of power and paresthesia of the fourth and fifth fingers. clinically, symptoms were reproduced when squeezing a tennis ball. most significantly, there was no pain at rest, only during and after exertion, with the pain and associated paresthesia disappearing 10 minutes after cessation of activity. examination of the cervical spine, shoulder and elbow, as well as radial and ulnar arterial flow, was normal. a stryker device was used to perform an intracompartmental pressure (icp) measurement (fig. 1). testing of the flexor compartments revealed a raised resting pressure of 16 mmhg, a raised 1-minute postexercise pressure of 70 mmhg and a raised 5-minute postexercise pressure of 24 mmhg. based on the history and the raised intracompartmental pressure, the diagnosis of cecs in the flexor compartment of the forearm was made and a fasciotomy was performed (fig. 2). following surgery, immediate range-of-motion exercises of the hand and wrist were permitted. after 6 weeks, a gradual return to paddling was initiated. a full return to sport was accomplished within 3 months. discussion cecs in the forearm is an uncommon diagnosis for intermittent forearm pain. the combination of a suggestive history and positive icp measurement still remains the golden standard in diagnosing cecs. determination of exact values to confirm the diagnosis of cecs is a subject of discussion. pedowitz et al.[3] have reported the following values suggestive of cecs in the lower limb: a preexercise pressure of ≥15 mmhg, a 1-minute postexercise pressure of ≥30 mmhg, or a 5-minute postexercise pressure of ≥20 mmhg. determination of cut-off values before and after exertion for the upper limb is difficult because cecs in the forearm is scarce. ardolino et al.[4] described a normal reference range of flexor and extensor fig. 2. postsurgical decompression. fig. 1. method of compartment pressure measurement. mailto:plv@sun.ac.za sajsm vol. 26 no. 2 2014 63 forearm compartment pressures: for the extensor compartment of the forearm, the upper value is 25.2 mmhg and for the flexor compartment, it is 21.4 mmhg. recent studies suggest magnetic resonance imaging (mri) as an alternative to compartment pressure measurement to diagnose cecs because it is non-invasive and easily tolerated.[5,6] in addition, postexertional mri can show signal intensity changes in patients with cecs. however, a confounding factor with mri is that eccentric training in untrained individuals may lead to increased signal intensity in the muscular compartments, which mimics cecs findings.[5] van den brand et al.[7] showed comparable sensitivity but lower specificity of mri to that of icp, and concluded that mri is less suitable in diagnosing cecs. to date, conservative treatment of cecs has been highly unsuccessful; consequently, guidelines in the literature regarding conservative protocols are lacking.[8,9] management usually implies surgical decompression of the muscle compartments. winkes et al.[10] suggested that partial fasciectomy or fasciotomy are equally successful procedures. postsurgical rehabilitation is not well documented; it focuses on optimisation of the outcome and reduction of the risk of reccurence. there are some proposed guidelines, but further research to establish a general rehabilitation programme is necessary.[11] interestingly, a recent case study by isner-horobeti et al.[12] describes the use of botulinum toxin in the treatment of lower leg cecs. botulinum toxin decreases muscle mass and therefore causes a reduction of the intramuscular pressure. unfortunately, this treatment has only a temporary effect and decreases the strength of the muscle.[12] conclusion cecs in the forearm is a rare but important pathology to consider in the differential diagnosis of forearm pain. diagnosis is based on a suggestive history in combination with a positive icp measurement. the treatment of choice is surgical decompression. acknowledgements. we would like to thank dr edwin dillon (orthopaedic surgeon, mediclinic stellenbosch, south africa) for his clinical participation and use of the images provided. references 1. brown js, wheeler pc, boyd kt, barnes ml, allan mj. chronic exertional compartment syndrome of the forearm: a case series of 12 patients treated with fasciotomy. j hand surg eur vol 2011;36(5):413-419. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/1753193410397900] 2. piasecki dp, meyer d, bach br jr. exertional compartment syndrome of the forearm in an elite flatwater sprint kayaker. am j sports med 2008;36(11):2222-2225. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508324693] 3. pedowitz ra, hargens ar, mubarak sj, gershuni dh. modified criteria for the objective diagnosis of chronic compartment syndrome of the leg. am j sports med 1990;18:35-40. 4. ardolino a, zeineh n, o’connor d. experimental study of forearm compartmental pressures. j hand surg am 2010;35(10):1620-1625. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. jhsa.2010.06.017] 5. gielen jl, peersman b, peersman g, et al. chronic exertional compartment syndrome of the forearm in motocross racers: findings on mri. skeletal radiol 2009;38(12):1153-1161. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00256-009-0746-2] 6. raphael bs, paletta ga, shin ss. chronic exertional compartment syndrome of the forearm in a major league baseball pitcher. am j sports med 2011;39(10):2242-2244. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546511417171] 7. van den brand jg, nelson t, verleisdonk ej, van der werken c. the diagnostic value of intracompartmental pressure measurement, magnetic resonance imaging, and near-infrared spectroscopy in chronic exertional compartment syndrome: a prospective study in 50 patients. am j sports med 2005;33(5):699-704. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1177/0363546504270565] 8. brennan fh jr, kane sf. diagnosis, treatment options, and rehabilitation of chronic lower leg exertional compartment syndrome. curr sports med rep 2003;2(5):247250. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11932-003-0055-9] 9. shah sn, miller bs, kuhn je. chronic exertional compartment syndrome. am j orthop 2004;33(7):335-341. 10. winkes mb, luiten e, van zoest w, sala ha, hoogeveen ar, scheltinga mr. longterm results of surgical decompression of chronic exertional compartment syndrome of the forearm in motocross racers. am j sports med 2012;40(2):452-458. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546511425647] 11. schubert ag. exertional compartment syndrome: review of the literature and proposed rehabilitation guidelines following surgical release. int j sports phys ther 2011;6(2):126-141. 12. isner-horobeti me, dufour sp, blaes c, lecocq j. intramuscular pressure before and after botulinum toxin in chronic exertional compartment syndrome of the leg. am j sport med 2013;41(11):2558-2566. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546513499183] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1753193410397900] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/1753193410397900] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508324693] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508324693] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jhsa.2010.06.017] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jhsa.2010.06.017] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00256-009-0746-2] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546511417171] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546504270565] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546504270565] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s11932-003-0055-9] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546511425647] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546511425647] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546513499183] original research sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 23 background. ankle injuries are one of the most common injuries in sport and have a high recurrence rate. aim. to determine the prevalence of clinical signs of ankle injuries in club rugby players in south gauteng. methods. institutional ethical clearance was obtained for the study. of the 180 players from 9 clubs who were eligible for participation in the study, 76% (n=137) were recuited. informed consent was obtained before players were asked to complete a battery of tests. each player was asked to complete a demographic questionnaire and the olerud and molander questionnaire to determine the prevalence of clinical signs of perceived instability. the prevalence of clinical signs of mechanical instability was determined by the anterior drawer test (adt) and talar tilt test (ttt). balance and proprioception were assessed by the balance error scoring system (bess) and this was used to determine the prevalence of clinical signs of functional instability. results. the prevalence of perceived instability was 44%. the prevalence of clinical signs of mechanical ankle instability was 33%. there was an increased prevalence of mechanical instability in players who had a history of previous ankle injuries: adt left (p=0.003); adt right (p=0.01); ttt left (p=0.001); ttt right (p=0.08), both tests positive left (p=0.001) and both tests positive right (p=0.03). the prevalence of clinical signs of functional ankle instability depended on the surface and visual input, and was greater as the challenge or perturbation increased. conclusion. there was a high prevalence of clinical signs of ankle instability in club rugby players for perceived, mechanical and functional instability. those with previously injured ankles were more likely to have unstable ankles. s afr j sm 2013;25(1):23-27. doi:10.7196/sajsm.347 the prevalence of clinical signs of ankle instability in club rugby players e mellet, a stewart physiotherapy department, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa e mellet, msc (physiotherapy) a stewart, phd corresponding author: a stewart (aimee.stewart@wits.ac.za) rugby requires explosive power for jumping, quick changes of direction and changes in pace when running. in addition, players tackle and are tackled in close-contact situations. ankle injuries are common when the players are involved in these types of activities.[1] the lateral ankle ligament complex is the most vulnerable to injury, with 85 95% of all injuries to the ankle occurring here.[2] prospective epidemiological studies suggest that ankle injuries account for 8 20% of all injuries in rugby:[3] 10% of the injuries recorded for new zealand players in the super 12;[4] 11% in international australian players;[5] 14% in international players at the 2003 world cup; and 20% in scottish district players.[6] in south africa a study revealed 55.4 injuries per 1 000 player game hours and 4.3 injuries per 1 000 player training hours in the super 12 competition, with 7 (11.3%) ankle injuries sustained in total.[7] the study underlined that it was the first of its kind in south africa and that there is a need to collect epidemiological data on rugby injuries to develop appropriate management and prevention programmes. there are 3 different levels of ankle instability, namely perceived, mechanical and functional, which form a continuum.[8,9] perceived ankle instability is the subjective self-evaluation of the player with regard to ankle function. mechanical instability is the increase in accessory movement (arthrokinematic motion that cannot voluntarily be produced, e.g. the glide and roll of the talus in the mortise), which translates into an enlarged neutral zone. mechanical instability is usually the result of a tear or lengthening of one of the ligamentous structures supporting the joint. residual mechanical instability leads to functional ankle instability.[4] the patient with functional instability has deficits of ankle control in postural control tasks. this is explained in part by the fact that the somatosensory receptors are disrupted and this generates a decreased motor response to maintain postural equilibrium. the healing time for ligaments is between 6 weeks and 3 months; however, in a systematic review on ankle injuries it has been shown that, at testing, there are still signs of mechanical laxity and functional instability between 6 months and 1 year after the initial injury.[2] tendon pathology is described as a continuum which requires treatment at appropriate times along the continuum. initially, reactive tendinopathy occurs as a result of an acute overload or a blow. this may progress to tendon disrepair or failed healing if the tendon becomes chronically overloaded.[10] finally, degenerative tendinopathy may occur with progression of cell and matric changes and cell death; again, due to overload.[2,10] there is a 27% recurrence of ankle injuries in rugby[3] and a reported 21% of days absent due to injury could be related to recurrent ankle injuries.[3] it is evident that previous injury predisposes players to future injury, attributed to continued joint dysfunction, pre-existing anatomical and biomechanical factors, or inadequate rehabilitation. [4,9] mailto:aimee.stewart@wits.ac.za 24 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 residual complaints of the player/athlete include a feeling of weakness or the ankle wanting to ‘give way’, tenderness on palpation, pain or discomfort with running or jumping activities.[10,11] most of the literature focuses on elite professional sportsmen and little is known about the game and its injuries at an amateur level. the aim of this study was therefore to determine the prevalence of positive clinical signs for perceived, mechanical and functional ankle instability in club rugby players in south gauteng, and to compare players with v. those without a previous ankle injury. method we performed a cross-sectional study among all players from the first team squads of the rugby clubs in the south gauteng region of the gauteng lions rugby union first division. nine of the 10 clubs in the region agreed to participate in the study. each squad included 20 players (15 players in the team and 5 reserves). of the 180 players eligible for inclusion, 137 (76%) participated. the remaining 43 players met one or more of the following exclusion criteria: • previous surgery to the lateral ankle ligament complex or ankle joint • previous injury of the lower extremity (within 3 months of the tests) • recently diagnosed concussion (within 1 month of the tests) • current ear infection, head cold or upper respiratory tract infection. ethical clearance was obtained from the human research ethics committee of the university of the witwatersrand. permission was given by the relevant authorities to perform the study and players signed informed consent forms prior to participation in the study. tests perceived ankle instability was established by the olerud and molander questionnaire,[12] which is an investigative tool to make studies of ankle injury more comparable. the olerud and molander questionnaire firstly investigates the patient’s clinical signs and symptoms, including pain, stiffness and swelling. the second part of the questionnaire surveys the functional impact of the injury on the participant’s ability to function in activities of daily life and sport and whether the participant requires external support in the form of taping or bracing to function. mechanical integrity was determined by: (i) anterior drawer test (adt);[1,3] and (ii) talar tilt test (ttt)/stress inversion test.[1,3] the adt (transverse plane laxity) assesses the integrity of the anterior talofibular ligament, while the ttt is an effective indicator of injury to the calcaneofibular ligament. positioning is important to isolate the ankle for testing in the adt. the ankle should be positioned in 10° of plantar flexion and the knee at 90°, because the most anterior laxity of the ankle will be achieved in this position to better isolate the capsular and ligamentous structures of the ankle. a positive adt has a sensitivity of 73% and a specificity of 97%.[13] when accompanied by a skin dimple during testing, there is a high correlation of approximately 94%, with rupture of the lateral ligament complex. a positive adt with pain on palpation and signs of haemorrhage has a sensitivity of 100% and specificity of 77%.[13] to determine laxity, the test must be done on the affected and unaffected side and then a comparison must be made. the ttt determines the amount of inversion of the calcaneus when the tibia is stabilised. this, again, is a comparative test for side-to-side differences. this test is only an adjunct to the adt and is reported to be less reliable in predicting injury. functional instability was determined by the balance error scoring system (bess).[14] the use of bess has been suggested in a study comparing different techniques for assessing balance. however, it must be clear that no one standing balance test, whether functional or static, can be used to isolate the ankle joint.[15] the ankle is part of the whole kinetic chain and a deficit at any point in the chain will affect balance and ultimately postural control; this needs to be considered even though players were excluded from this study if they had lower extremity pathology. bess is reliable and valid in controlled laboratory environments.[15] the test is performed in 3 progressive stance positions with the difficulty rating increased: namely double-leg, single-leg and tandem stance. these are repeated on two different surfaces: firm and foam. the number of errors made by the subject in a period of 20 seconds is counted. if a subject makes any errors the test is positive. errors include opening the eyes, lifting any part of the foot and stepping out of the stance position.[14] for the adt in this study the subject was asked to lie supine and the knee was semi-flexed to 40°. this position was achieved with the use of a goniometer to eliminate the stabilising effect of a tight gastrocnemius muscle on the excursion of the joint. the first author was positioned in front of the subject. the one hand stabilised the lower leg while cupping the calcaneus with the other hand. the forearm of the hand cupping the calcaneus supported the foot in 10° of plantar flexion. the foot position was checked with a goniometer. the subject was instructed to relax and to allow the researcher (em) to move the ankle. the action performed was an anterior displacement or forward pull of the talus and calcaneus while the other hand stabilised the tibia with a constant force.[16] the adt was deemed positive if the talus glided or slid anteriorly from under the ankle mortise. in certain cases where an audible ‘clunk’ was heard, the suspected instability was supported by the indication of talar subluxation which indicates greater excursion of the talus and thus instability. for the ttt, the patient was positioned supine with the first author sitting facing the patient. the test was performed by holding the calcaneus with one hand while the foot was positioned in the neutral position. the other hand was used to stabilise the lower leg, again around the distal tibiofibular region. the calcaneofibular ligament was palpated with one finger to feel the gapping, if present. the hand stabilising the calcaneus applied an inversion stress by rolling the calcaneus inwards to cause talar tilt. the ttt was deemed positive in the presence of excessive tilting or gapping, or if the patient experienced pain while performing the test. a test is deemed positive if tilting or gapping >3 5 mm is recorded.[16] the first author performed the adt and ttt on all players and was blinded as to their previous injuries. for the bess, 2 testing conditions on 2 different surfaces were used: single-leg stance for left and right leg, on a firm surface (stable flat surface) and a foam surface (a foam block). initially the subject had to maintain balance with his eyes open. the player was then asked to repeat the test with his eyes closed, to remove the focus gained from visual input to control balance. sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 25 single-leg stance was performed by standing for 20 seconds on one leg with the contra-lateral leg held in 30° of hip flexion and 90° of knee flexion (ranges were measured by a goniometer) and the foot held approximately 15 cm off the ground. the subject was asked to close his eyes and place his hands on his iliac crests, while maintaining the appropriate stance. if the subject fell out of position, he had to return to the position as quickly as possible; when the eyes were closed, the player could open his eyes and keep them open until balance was regained before closing them again. the first author, standing 3 m away, recorded the number of errors made by each subject during the test. a test was deemed positive if the player made an error; subjects were graded according to the number of errors made during the 20-second period. these tests were performed after the adt and ttt. prior to performing the test, the subject was instructed, shown and given an opportunity to practise the stance position. data analysis the data were imported into stata release 10 statistical software for analysis. the prevalence of perceived, mechanical and functional instability was presented as a percentage of the whole sample (statcorp). a chi-square test was used to compare the difference in clinical signs of mechanical and functional ankle instability between the group who had never had an ankle injury and the group who reported a previous ankle injury. all testing was done at a p<0.05 level of significance. results table 1 summarises the demographic data of the participants. age, height and weight distribution in the sample varied from adolescent to early 40s, 60 to 130 kg and 156 to 204 cm, respectively. occupations were divided into sedentary (corporate or office-bound) and physical (requiring physical labour as part of their duties). more than 50% of the sample reported a previous ankle injury. forty-four per cent of the players perceived that they had ankle instability (table 2). pain (28%), stiffness (29%) and swelling (15%) were the most prevalent clinical signs, and 17% of players reported that they required some kind of external support (table 3). of the 137 players, 33% had positive tests for clinical signs of mechanical ankle instability irrespective of the side of injury or ligament injured. when side-to-side differences were considered, the left side had a higher percentage of clinical signs compared with the right (tables 4 and 5). the more difficult the testing conditions, the higher the prevalence of decreased postural control and functional instability. the highest percentages of functional instability were found with the test performed on an unstable surface with the eyes closed, for the right leg (98%) and the left leg (96%), respectively (table 6). there were no differences on bess when comparing those with a previous injury with those without, except for the test for the left leg on a firm surface with the eyes closed. again, these results suggest that bess does not isolate the ankle joint, and the results cannot be related to the ankle joint specifically (table 7). thirteen per cent of players reported that they had never fully recovered (table 8). forty-two per cent returned to training and participation in matches after being side-lined for a few weeks; less table 1. demographic data of participants (n=137) age (years), mean (±sd) 24.0 (±4.7) height (cm), mean (±sd) 181.5 (±7.0) weight (kg), mean (±sd) 93.6 (±14.0) occupation, n (%) sedentary physical 71 (52) 66 (48) player position, n (%) forward backline 73 (53) 64 (47) previous injury, n (%) yes no 79 (58) 58 (42) table 2. the prevalence of perceived ankle instability: olerud and molander questionnaire (n=137) narration score* % n (%) no perceived instability 100 77 (56) perceived instability <95 60 (44) *olerud and molander score. table 3. specific perceived functional limitations (n=137) perceived functional limitation n (%) pain 38 (28) stiffness 40 (29) swelling 20 (15) impact on climbing stairs 16 (12) impact on running 6 (4) impact on jumping 8 (6) impact on squatting 9 (7) impact on activities of daily life 11 (8) use of ankle supports 23 (17) table 4. prevalence of clinical signs of mechanical ankle instability (n=137) side and positive test prevalence n (%) left adt ttt adt and ttt 31 (23) 28 (20) 25 (18) right adt ttt adt and ttt 23 (17) 23 (17) 20 (15) left and right any positive clinical signs 45 (33) 26 sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 than the 6-week period that should be observed for soft tissue healing. twenty per cent returned within days after the injury. discussion forty-four per cent of players reported perceived signs of instability. importantly this was a subjective evaluation by the player of the perceived status of the ankle; it is not inferred that these injuries were sustained as a result of playing rugby. the first section of the olerud and molander questionnaire describes the physical signs, including pain (28%), stiffness (29%), and swelling (15%).[12] it is interesting that, despite reports of physical signs of ankle injury, these players were still actively participating in practice sessions and games. this raises the question of whether they may be predisposed to future injury due to inadequate healing time management and rehabilitation. [1] the literature reports an initial healing time of 4 6 weeks for orientation, aggregation and arrangement of soft tissue. in this phase, normal function is possible, but the athlete is still vulnerable to re-injury. over the period of 6 months 2 years, final tissue changes still take place.[10] the functional limitations reported by the players included 4 problems: running (4%), jumping (6%), climbing stairs (12%), and squatting (7%). most of these activities are similar to movements in playing rugby. this may suggest that they should not be participating in games and practice, even though this information was only reported by the participants and not actively tested. where the translation of a joint is not controlled, there will be long-term negative consequences on tissue structure and degeneration of the ankle and subtalar joint, with the possible onset of early osteoarthritis. if the continuum from acute ankle sprain with mechanical deficit to functional instability and then chronic instability occurs, the ankle with perceived instability may eventually end up categorised as chronic instability, this being a sure precursor for early degenerative or arthritic changes. table 5. differences in clinical signs of mechanical ankle instability: those with (n=79) v. those without (n=58) previous ankle injuries positive mechanical test previous ankle injury p-value yes n (%) no n (%) adt, left 25 (32) 6 (10) 0.003* adt, right 19 (24) 4 (7) 0.010* ttt, left 24 (30) 4 (7) 0.001* ttt, right 17 (22) 6 (10) 0.080 both tests positive, left 28 (35) 6 (10) 0.001* both tests positive, right 20 (25) 6 (10) 0.030* both tests positive, left and right 48 (61) 5 (17) 0.001* *p<0.05; more participants who had previous injuries had positive adts and ttts than those without previous injuries: 24 60% v. 7 17%, respectively. table 6. bess: prevalence of positive clinical signs of balance deficits (functional instability)* (n=137) side and stance surface positive signs of balance deficits (functional instability) n (%) left firm, eyes open firm, eyes closed foam, eyes open foam, eyes closed 13 (10) 88 (64) 65 (48) 132 (96) right firm, eyes open firm, eyes closed foam, eyes open foam, eyes closed 13 (10) 76 (56) 66 (48) 134 (98) *there were no differences on bess comparing those with previous injury with those without, except for the test for the left leg on a firm surface with the eyes closed. again, these results suggest that bess does not isolate the ankle joint and the results cannot be related to the ankle joint specifically (table 7). table 7. prevalence of the clinical signs of functional ankle instability: those with (n=79) v. those without (n=58) previous injury side and functional test previous ankle injury p-value yes n/n (%) no n/n (%) left firm, eyes open firm, eyes closed foam, eyes open foam, eyes closed 10/13 (77) 56/88 (64) 36/65 (55) 76/132 (58) 3/13 (23) 32/88 (36) 29/65 (45) 56/132 (42) 0.16 0.04* 0.54 0.17 right firm, eyes open 9/13 (69) 4/13 (3) 0.32 *p<0.05. table 8. time side-lined from games and recovery time (n=79)* n (%) time side-lined not side-lined days weeks months 16 (20) 16 (20) 33 (42) 14 (18) time taken to recover days weeks months never fully recovered 40 (51) 25 (32) 4 (5) 10 (13) time spent on the field full game only one half bench only 72 (91) 5 (6) 2 (3) *thirteen per cent of players reported that they had never recovered. forty-two per cent of players returned to training and participation in matches after being side-lined for a few weeks. this is less than the 6 weeks that should be observed for soft tissue healing. twenty per cent returned within days after the injury. sajsm vol. 25 no. 1 2013 27 rehabilitation is key to effective and successful return to sport. acute management should include anti-inflammatory modalities and exercises to maintain range of motion. once initial healing has occurred, strength and proprioception have to be addressed, and then a graduated return to sport must be supervised.[2,3,10] the prevalence of mechanical instability in the subjects in this study was slightly higher (33%) than that reported in the literature for ankle injuries in sport in general (10 30%), and higher than the reported prevalence for ankle injuries in rugby players (9 15%).[3-6] at a national or provincial level, injuries are usually managed by multi-disciplinary teams, which may decrease the prevalence of injury with correct rehabilitation or identification of risk factors and pre-injury intervention. club rugby players are rarely managed at the club and usually pay for their own treatment. there were far more players with positive adts and ttts among those who reported previous injury than those who had never experienced ankle injuries. this shows that there may be residual mechanical laxity after return to participation in sport, or that the players with some sort of mechanical deficit are more likely to sustain injuries. this asks the question of whether these players return too soon or whether they are not fully rehabilitated when they return to the game. on a stable surface with decreased visual input, 64% of the players standing on the left leg and 56% of the players standing on the right leg were deemed functionally unstable. as soon as a player closed his eyes, even when standing on a stable surface, there were signs of instability. this probably points to the importance of visual input to the central nervous system to control the body in space. pertubation is applied through the constant change in the foot position on the unstable surface.[14] the test does not include the ability to read the surface or adapt to it during the stance phase and simultaneously allow the other foot to clear the ground and propel the body forward during dynamic movement. it has been shown that players with reported functional instability do take longer to stabilise after contacting the ground in a land from a single-leg jump, which assesses functional control. the more challenging the balance perturbation with progression of the test, the greater the positive signs of instability, as shown by the test for the combination of decreased visual input on an unstable surface where 96% of players on the left and 98% on the right showed functional signs of instability. for bess, the whole kinetic chain must be considered and a deficit anywhere in the chain can affect the results.[13,14] conclusion the results of this study demonstrate that ankle injuries in club rugby players are of concern. performance may be severely hampered by incomplete healing and insufficient rehabilitation following injury, with specific manifestations of ankle instability. these results demonstrate the need for further research into methods of adequately assessing and dealing with injuries, to ensure a constant flow of talent from the clubs into the upper echelons of national rugby, namely the provincial and national teams. in addition, standardised comprehensive management plans and the compilation of a preseason screening tool should be considered, to detect biomechanical abnormalities that could improve post-injury results and lead to a graduated return to sport for these athletes. references 1. zöch c, fialka-moser v, quittan m. rehabilitation of ligamentous ankle injuries: a review of recent studies. br j sports med 2003;37:291-295. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.37.4.291] 2. geiringer sr. management of the athletic ankle sprain: from acute injury to rehabilitation. biomech 1997;4:1-5. 3. sankey ra, brooks jh, kemp sp, haddad fs. the epidemiology of ankle injuries in professional rugby union players. am j sports med 2008;36(12):2414-2424. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508322889] 4. targett sg. injuries in professional rugby union. clin j sports med 1998;8(4):280285. 5. bathgate a, best jp, craig g, jamieson b. a prospective study of injuries to elite australian rugby union players. br j sports med 2002;36:265-269. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.36.4.265] 6. garraway wm, lee aj, hutton sj, russell eb, macloed aw. impact of professionalism on injuires in rugby union players. br j sports med 2000;34:348-351. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.34.5.348] 7. holtzhausen lj, schwellnus mp, jakoet i, pretorius al. the incidence and nature of injuries in south african rugby players in the rugby super 12 competition. s afr med j 2006;96(12):1260-1265. 8. denegar cr, miller sj. can chronic ankle instability be prevented? rethinking management of later ankle sprains. j athl train 2002;37(4):430-435. 9. santos mj, lui w. possible factors related to functional ankle instability. j orthop sports phys ther 2008;38(3):150-157. 10. cook jl, purdam cr. is tendon pathology a continuum? a pathology model to explain the clinical presentation of load-induced tendinopathy. br j sports med 2008;43:409-416. 11. van der wees pj, hendriks ejm, jansen mj, van beers h, de bie ra, dekker j. adherence to physiotherapy clinical guideline acute ankle injury and determinants of adherence: a cohort study. biomed central mus dis 2007;8:45. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1186/1471-2474-8-45] 12. olerud c, molander h. a scoring scale for symptom evaluation after ankle fracture. arch orthop trauma surg 1984;103:190-194. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/ bf00435553] 13. van dijk cn. management of the sprained ankle. br j sports med 2002;36:83-84. 14. susco tm,valovich mcleod tc, gansneder bm, schultz sj. balance recovers within 20 minutes after exertion as measured by the balance error scoring system. j athl train 2004;39(3):241-246. 15. kovaleski je, norrell pm, heitman rj, hollis jm, pearsall aw. knee and ankle position, anterior drawer laxity, and stiffness of the ankle complex. j athl train 2008;43(3):242-248. [http://dx.doi.org/10.4085/1062-6030-43.3.242] 16. trojian th, mckeag db. ankle sprains: expedient assessment and management. phys sports med 1998;26:1-12. appendix i a pilot study was performed to establish the clarity and reliability of the olerud and molander questionnaire, as well as the clinical tests for mechanical instability. inter-rater reliability was tested so that one tester, namely the first author, would be reliable and able to conduct all the tests. inter-rater reliability was established by using the researcher and an assistant to assess the 2 mechanical tests on 14 players from a team not involved in the main study on the same day in 2 separate testing rooms, so that they were blinded to the results scored by the other. the researcher tested a player, and then the player went to the other room where the assistant tested the player until all 14 players had been tested. the researcher then repeated the tests 4 days later in the same manner, blinded to the initial results, to establish intra-rater reliability. the researcher and the assistant physiotherapist agreed on all subjects for both mechanical tests performed. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.4.291] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.37.4.291] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508322889] http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/0363546508322889] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.36.4.265] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.36.4.265] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.34.5.348] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.34.5.348] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2474-8-45] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2474-8-45] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf00435553] http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/bf00435553] http://dx.doi.org/10.4085/1062-6030-43.3.242] position statement sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 69 introduction this position statement is based on a review of available evidence and international guidelines on exercise in pregnancy and in the postpartum period. it aims to assist pregnant women and their care providers in assessing the merits and benefits of improving and maintaining fitness during this period. there are many concerns about exercise during pregnancy, with medical advice historically dissuading women from continuing or initiating regular exercise programmes. however, research has shown that high levels of exercise are not associated with an increased incidence of negative events such as infertility, miscarriage, congenital malformation, premature labour, premature rupture of the membranes, placental abruption, cord entanglement, fetal distress, abnormal labour, significant growth restriction or maternal injury.1 currently, many women of childbearing age wish to continue with their exercise programmes during pregnancy. appropriate guidance and exercise counselling by the attending care provider can fulfil this need. recommendations in support of the guidelines set out by the american college of obstetricians and gynecologists (acog),2 the society of obstetricians and gynaecologists of canada (sogc) and the canadian society of exercise physiology,3 this statement suggests the following: in the absence of either medical or obstetric complications, all pregnant women should be encouraged to participate in aerobic and strength-conditioning training at a moderate intensity on most or all days of the week. reasonable goals of aerobic conditioning should be to maintain a good fitness level throughout pregnancy without trying to reach peak fitness or train for an athletic competition. activities that will minimise the risk of loss of balance and fetal trauma should be chosen by pregnant women wishing to exercise. these include a wide range of activities that minimise the risk of falling and abdominal injury, such as walking, jogging/running, hiking, lowimpact aerobics, swimming, cycling – stationary/spinning, rowing, cross-country skiing and dancing. high-risk activities include contact and collision sports, vigorous racquet games, gymnastics, horseback riding, skating, skiing (snow and water), hang gliding and scuba diving. women should be advised that adverse pregnancy or neonatal outcomes are not increased for exercising women. initiation of pelvic floor exercises in the immediate postpartum period may reduce the risk of future urinary incontinence. women should be advised that moderate exercise during lactation does not affect the quantity or composition of breastmilk or impact on infant growth. contra-indications to exercise in pregnancy2,3 absolute contra-indications • haemodynamically significant heart disease • restrictive lung disease • incompetent cervix/cerclage • multiple gestation at risk for premature labour (>triplets) abstract there are many concerns about exercise during pregnancy, with medical advice historically dissuading women from continuing or initiating regular exercise programmes. however, research has shown that high levels of exercise are not associated with an increased incidence of negative events. currently, many women of childbearing age wish to continue with their exercise programmes during pregnancy. appropriate guidance and exercise counselling by the attending care provider can fulfil this need. this position statement aims to assist pregnant women and their care providers in assessing the merits and benefits of improving and maintaining fitness during this period. s afr j sm 2012;24(2):69-71. etti barsky, trudy smith, jon patricios, robert collins, andrew branfield, maaki ramagole section sports medicine, department of health sciences, university of pretoria, and preggi bellies south africa etti barsky, mb bch, msc (sports med) university of the witwatersrand and charlotte maxeke johannesburg academic hospital trudy smith, mb bch, fcog (sa) section sports medicine, department of health sciences, university of pretoria, and morningside sports medicine, johannesburg jon patricios, mb bch, mmedsci, facsm, ffsem (uk) section sports medicine, department of health sciences, university of pretoria robert collins, mb bch, msc (sports med) maaki ramagole, mb chb, msc (sports med) the centre for sports medicine and orthopaedics, johannesburg andrew branfield, mb bch, mspmed (unsw) corresponding author: j patricios (jpat@mweb.co.za). south african sports medicine association position statement on exercise in pregnancy 70 sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 • persistent secondor third-trimester bleeding • placenta praevia after 26 weeks’ gestation • ruptured membranes • preterm labour • pre-eclampsia • uncontrolled type 1 diabetes, thyroid disease or other serious systemic disorders, e.g. chronic bronchitis, uncontrolled seizures. relative contra-indications • anaemia (defined by the world health organization as <10 g/dl in pregnant women) • unevaluated maternal cardiac arrhythmia • extreme morbid obesity • extreme underweight (bmi <12) • intra-uterine growth restriction in current pregnancy • poorly controlled hypertension • orthopaedic limitations, such as degenerative joint disease and joint instabilities. exercise prescription as with all treatment that is prescribed, the risk-benefit balance needs to be assessed. in the case of exercise during pregnancy, the risk of a sedentary lifestyle is likely to be more detrimental than an active one. the effects of not exercising during pregnancy include loss of muscular and cardiovascular fitness, excessive maternal weight gain, raised risk of gestational diabetes or pre-eclampsia, development of varicose veins and increased risk of physical complaints such as dyspnoea, lower back pain and poor psychological adjustment.4 because of the various physiological and anatomical changes that occur during pregnancy, the type of exercise chosen by pregnant women needs to be: • safe – there should be minimum injury risk to both mother and fetus • comfortable – especially as the pregnancy progresses. one also needs to consider the type, intensity, duration and frequency of exercise sessions in order to balance potential benefits with potential risks. forms of exercise as in the general population, developing and improving fitness with both cardiovascular exercises and strength training exercises is recommended in pregnancy.3,5 a wide range of activities such as walking, jogging/running, hiking, low-impact aerobics, swimming, cycling – stationary/ spinning, rowing, cross-country skiing and dancing have not been shown to have any adverse effects in pregnant women. however, in the presence of pelvic instability symptoms, i.e. posterior pelvic pain, sacro-iliac joint pain or pelvic girdle pain, activities such as walking may aggravate the condition.6,7 the type of exercise prescribed needs to be individualised in accordance with the woman’s skills, abilities and preference. there is general consensus that the following activities should be avoided in pregnancy: • scuba diving. both mother and fetus are at increased risk of decompression sickness at all stages of pregnancy. furthermore, the fetus is at risk of potential congenital defects. maternal risks include gastro-oesophageal reflux, reduced inspiratory reserve, and poor equalisation due to pregnancy-related swelling of the mucosa. there is also a potential risk for miscarriage, particularly if there has been a previous history thereof.8 • exercise at altitude greater than 6 000 feet, which places too much hypoxic stress on the mother. • contact or falling. any activities that have a greater risk for contact or falling and could therefore result in trauma to the mother or fetus, e.g. soccer, gymnastics. • motionless standing. there is a decrease in cardiac output in this position. because of compression of the vena cava by the gravid uterus, some women may show signs of symptomatic hypotension in the supine position after 16 weeks of pregnancy. exercise in a supine position therefore remains controversial. it would consequently be prudent to limit exercise in the supine position and also to advise the patient that should she experience dizziness in this position, an alternate exercise needs to be performed.1-5,7 research on strength training is limited; however, consensus is that using relatively low weights through a dynamic range of movement is a safe and effective form of resistance training. conditioning exercises help maintain posture and prevent low back pain. one needs to pay attention to correct technique, including correct breathing and avoiding valsalva manoeuvres.5,9 exercise intensity intensity is the most difficult and controversial element of a pregnant woman’s exercise regimen. much attention has been paid to limiting the heart rate to restrict ‘adverse effects’. however, current recommendations are more liberal than is commonly known. it has been shown that as a result of the variability of maternal heart rate responses to exercise, target heart rates cannot be used to monitor exercise intensity in pregnancy. an upper level of safe exercise intensity has not been established and the center for disease control (cdc) and american college of sports medicine (acsm)’s definitions of moderate exercise of 3 4 mets (metabolic equivalent where 1 met=3.5 ml o2 consumed/kg body weight/minute)10 or any activity that is equivalent in intensity to brisk walking can also be applied in pregnancy.1,5,9 in a meta-analysis study of exercise and pregnancy, it was reported that with exercise intensities of 81% of maximum heart rate, no significant adverse effects were found.7 likewise, the acog guidelines has no heart rate limitation and therefore also supports a more liberal approach.2 an alternative to heart rate for monitoring exercise intensity, is the rate of perceived exertion. the borg scale is commonly used, whereby a score of 12 14 on a 6 20 scale indicates a ‘somewhat hard’ workout.3,5 in conclusion, current guidelines for exercise intensity in pregnant women recommend performing exercise that minimises hypoxic stress and the risk of abdominal injury, maintaining a heart rate between 55% and 70% of predicted maximum or a rating of perceived exertion between 12 and 14 (‘somewhat hard’). exercise duration and frequency of concern is the potential for overheating with prolonged duration of training and the subsequent teratogenic effects of hyperthermia in the first trimester. to date, this has not been shown to occur in studies of exercising women.3 even so, exercise should preferably take place in a well-ventilated and temperature-controlled environment. take note of hydration and subjective feelings of overheating. according to acsm and acog guidelines, training sessions that accumulate to 30 60 minutes per day are not unreasonable. they sajsm vol 24 no. 2 2012 71 further recommend that in the absence of medical or obstetric contraindications, exercise may be performed on all or most days of the week. warning signs it is important to educate pregnant women about the warning signs that should signal an immediate end to training. these include:2 • vaginal bleeding • dyspnoea before exertion • dizziness • headache • chest pain • muscle weakness • calf pain or swelling (need to exclude thrombophlebitis or dvt) • preterm labour • decreased fetal movements • amniotic fluid leakage. these symptoms and signs warrant urgent gynaecological and/or medical attention. competitive athletes elite athletes need to be educated about the decrease in performance that occurs with pregnancy as a result of weight gain and musculoskeletal changes. nonetheless, training may continue during pregnancy provided the athlete pays particular attention to adequate hydration, additional caloric energy requirements and dangers of heat stress. closer obstetric supervision is required.5,9 postpartum exercise resuming exercise postnatally depends largely on the mode of delivery. an uncomplicated vaginal delivery allows for a return to a mild exercise programme almost immediately. a delivery by caesarean section requires a 6-week recovery period before exercise is commenced. breastfeeding women should be advised of adequate breast support, and that exercise will not compromise milk supply, latching or infant growth.11 special attention needs to be paid to pelvic floor-strengthening exercises. patients need to be reminded that exercise needs to be stress relieving and not stress provoking. conclusion current consensus in both obstetrics and sports medicine suggests that exercising during pregnancy results in minimal risk and numerous shortand long-term benefits for both mother and baby. hence, while acknowledging the significant anatomical, physiological and psychological changes of pregnancy, a healthy woman with an uncomplicated pregnancy should be encouraged to maintain and improve her fitness within the recommended guidelines. references 1. clapp jf 3rd. recommending exercise during pregnancy. contemporary obstetrics and gynecology 2001;46(1):30-53. 2. acog committee opinion no. 267. american college of obstetricians and gynecologists. obstet gynecol 2002;99:171-173. 3. joint sogc/csep clinical practice guideline 2003 (june) no.129. available at http://www.sogc.org/guidelines/public/129e-jcpg-june2003.pdf (accessed 15 september 2011). 4. royal college of obstetricians and gynaecologists. exercise in pregnancy. statement no. 4. january 2006. http://www.rcog.org.uk/womens-health/clinical-guidance/ exercise-pregnancy (accessed 23 june 2011) . 5. artal r, o’toole m. guidelines of the american college of obstetricians and gynecologisits for exercise during pregnancy and the postpartum period. br j sports med 2003;37:6-12. 6. larsen ec,wilken-jensen c, hansen a, et al. symptom-giving pelvic girdle relaxation in pregnancy. ii: symptoms and clinical signs. acta obstet gynecol scand 1999;78(2):111-115. 7. östgaard hc. assessment and treatment of low back pain in working pregnant women. semin perinatol 1996;20(1):61-69. 8. kayle a. safe diving a medical handbook for scuba divers. struik, cape town, 2nd edition 2009: 34-35 9. olson d, sikka rs, hayman j, novak m, stavig c. exercise in pregnancy. curr sports med rep 2009;8 (3):147-153. 10. pate rr, pratt m, blair sn, et al. a recommendation from the centers for disease control and prevention and the american college of sports medicine. jama 1995;273:402-407. 11. clapp jf 3rd. exercise through your pregnancy. omaha, nebraska: addicus books, 2002:79. km_c227-20180511093545 original research 1 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 analysis of sports science perceptions and research needs among south african coaches a kubayi,1,2 dphil; y coopoo,2 dphil, facsm; a toriola,1 phd 1 department of sport, rehabilitation and dental sciences, faculty of science, tshwane university of technology, pretoria, south africa 2 department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health sciences, university of johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: a kubayi (kubayina@tut.ac.za) sports science is a discipline that studies the processes used to guide the practice of sport with the primary goal of enhancing performance [1] and reducing the risk of injury. [2] sports science research benefits from two worlds of science, namely, pure and applied. the former serves to expand and explore the nature of things and forms the basic framework upon which all practical knowledge develops; the latter deals with the integration and application of science to the phenomenon of sport (e.g. sports biomechanics, exercise physiology, sports nutrition, and exercise/sports psychology). [3] it is in the applied form that sports scientists provide answers to the questions that are often asked by coaches and technical personnel in the important areas of talent identification, physical fitness, monitoring, team selection, and training methods. the applied sciences are beneficial for the large number of sports scientists who provide vital support to the athlete. [3] whilst basic research in sports science is predominantly performed by academics and usually published, applied research may result in a publication, but the real-world outcome it produces is one that is relevant to sports or can be applied in the sporting environment in order to improve an athlete’s performance or reduce the incidence of injury.[2] haff [4] describes sports science as an applied rather than a basic science as it is a combination of development, research, innovation, and application. bishop et al. [2] reported that the application of sports science occurs if the coach and/or scientist uses the information obtained from such research to intervene realistically in the training and/or performance of an athlete. sports science research, therefore, should address questions that have the potential to improve performance. [2] sports coaches need to have a foundation of sports science knowledge in order to enhance athletes’ performance. therefore, coaches should steep themselves in the scientific and technological aspects of sports so that they can help the athletes to improve their skills. as haff [4] purported, coaches need to have a basic understanding of nutrition, biomechanics, physiological adaptations of training, and scientific principles that form a foundation of training, but they also need to understand the research process. haff [4] further contended that coaches also need to have some basic sports science training because they are the end users of the sports science information, and with basic knowledge in that area they can make objective judgments in their coaching process rather than solely relying on their personal experiences as coaches and/or former athletes. several studies have been conducted on the perceived sports science needs among coaches in other countries. examples of such studies are those conducted in australia, [5] canada, [6] and and turkey [7]. kilic and ince [7] observed that these studies have made significant positive impacts in transmitting relevant scientific knowledge to the coaches and the athletes. however, from a south african standpoint, there appears to be a discrepancy between coaches’ expectations concerning their needs and the focus of the findings published by sports scientists. it is, therefore, important to know how sports science research could better meet the actual needs of coaches and better fit into their coaching practice. methods experimental design this study adopted a cross-sectional survey design. participants a total of 202 (28 females and 174 males) sports coaches, aged 18 to 60 years (mean age: 32 years), were purposively recruited to participate in this study. the participants were selected on the basis that they were coaching priority sports as categorised by the department of sport and recreation. background: there appears to be a gap between coaches’ expectations concerning their needs and the focus of research findings published by sports scientists. given the important role of sports science in enhancing athletic performance, closing the gap between sports scientists and coaches is expedient. objectives: to investigate sports science perceptions and research needs among south african coaches. methods: using a cross-sectional survey design, a total of 202 (28 females and 174 males) purposively recruited south african coaches completed a validated questionnaire. results: findings indicated that improving the technique/efficiency of athletes (4.3±0.8), reducing the incidence of injury/illness in athletes (4.3±0.8), helping athletes peak for competition (4.3±0.9), and the mental preparation of athletes (4.3±1.0) were reported as the most preferred areas of research by coaches. the coaches also reported that there is a need/role for sports science researchers to translate scientific literature into easily understandable language (3.9±1.0). the coaches also indicated that the knowledge of sports science was important for them in performing their roles as coaches (3.9±1.0). conclusion: these findings have practical implications for sports federations to revise their coach education programmes to include sports science concepts which can be applied by coaches to improve the sports performance of individual athletes and teams. keywords: coaching, performance, knowledge s afr j sports med 2018;30:1-4. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4240 mailto:kubayina@tut.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4240 original research sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 2 research instrument a questionnaire adapted from williams [8] was used to gather information about coaches’ perceptions of their sports science and research needs. some of the items were modified to ensure suitability and applicability to the south african context. the questionnaire consisted of the following four areas: preference for research needs, qualities valued in coaching, practical application of sports science, and coach education and knowledge. all items were scored on a five-point likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). in order to determine the reliability of the questionnaire, the cronbach alpha was computed which yielded a coefficient of 0.90. data collection procedure prior to data collection, this study received clearance from the ethics committee of the university of johannesburg. informed consent was sought from the participants after the purpose of the study and data collection procedures were clearly explained to them. the principal researcher and trained fieldworkers administered the questionnaires to the participants, who were guided to complete the instrument independently. it took not more than 10 minutes to complete the questionnaires. statistical analysis descriptive statistics methods such as, means and standard deviations, were used to analyse the data. the data collected were initially tested for normality of distribution before the actual analysis. the independent t-test was applied to examine significant differences between experienced and inexperienced coaches. effect size (es) values of 0.2, 0.5, and 0.8 represented small, medium, and large differences, respectively. [9] the alpha level was set at 0.05. statistical analyses were performed using the statistical package for social sciences (spss – version 24). results table 1 shows the most preferred areas of research according to coaching experience. the most preferred areas of research reported by sports coaches were “improving the technique/efficiency of athletes” (4.3±0.8), “reducing the incidence of injury/illness in athletes” (4.3±0.8), “helping athletes peak for competition” (4.3±0.9), and “mental preparation of athletes” (4.3±1.0). statistically significant differences between the mean values of experienced and inexperienced coaches on the items “reducing the incidence of injury/illness in athletes” (t [188] = –1.970, p = 0.0, es = 0.3) and “mental preparation of athletes” (t [188] = –2.058, p = 0.0, es = 0.3) were found. the qualities most valued by sports coaches were as follows: “keeping up-to-date with the latest developments in coaching” (4.2±0.9), “improving my educational qualifications” (4.2±0.9), “success of athletes under my supervision” (4.2±0.8) and “having a good rapport with my athletes” (4.1±0.9) (see table 2). there were significant differences in the mean scores for inexperienced and experienced coaches on the following items: “using the latest methods/technology” (t [190] = –2.317, p = 0.0, es = 0.3) and “many years of coaching experience “(t [189] = – 2.368, p = 0.0, es = 0.3). table 3 shows the practical application table 1. preference for research areas all iec ec variable mean ± sd mean ± sd mean ± sd effect size pvalue improving the technique/ efficiency of athletes 4.3±0.8 4.3±0.8 4.4±0.8 0.1 0.2 reducing the incidence of injury/illness in athletes 4.3±0.8 4.2±0.8 4.4±0.7 0.3 0.0* helping athletes peak for competition 4.3±0.9 4.2±0.9 4.4±0.8 0.2 0.0 mental preparation of athletes 4.3±1.0 4.1±1.0 4.4±0.9 0.3 0.0* development of recovery techniques for athletes 4.3±0.9 4.2±0.9 4.3±0.9 0.1 0.2 the development of strength/ power in athletes 4.2±0.9 4.2±1.0 4.3±0.8 0.1 0.3 enhanced aerobic stamina of athletes 4.1±1.0 4.0±1.0 4.2±1.0 0.2 0.2 speed recovery from injury 4.0±1.0 3.9±1.1 4.1±1.0 0.2 0.2 nutrition supplementation for athletes 3.9±1.1 3.8±1.2 4.1±1.0 0.3 0.1 weight control for athletes 3.9±1.0 3.8±1.0 4.0±1.0 0.2 0.3 * significant at p<0.05. iec, inexperienced coaches; ec, experienced coaches table 2. qualities valued in coaching all iec ec variable mean ± sd mean ± sd mean ± sd effect size pvalue keeping up-to-date with the latest developments in coaching 4.2±0.9 4.1±1.0 4.3±0.8 0.2 0.1 improving my educational qualifications 4.2±0.9 4.2±1.0 4.3±0.9 0.1 0.6 success of athletes under my supervision 4.2±0.8 4.1±1.0 4.3±0.9 0.2 0.1 having a good rapport with my athletes 4.1±0.9 4.0±1.0 4.2±0.9 0.2 0.1 having a good rapport with support personnel (including sport scientists) 4.0±0.9 3.9±0.9 4.1±0.9 0.2 0.1 using the latest methods/ technology (where proven) 4.0±1.0 3.8±1.0 4.1±0.9 0.3 0.0* many years of coaching experience 3.7±1.0 3.6±0.9 3.9±1.0 0.3 0.0* being a former elite athlete 3.6±1.1 3.7±1.4 3.5±1.2 0.2 0.3 keeping up-to-date with the latest developments in coaching 4.2±0.9 4.1±1.0 4.3±0.8 0.2 0.1 improving my educational qualifications 4.2±0.9 4.2±1.0 4.3±0.9 0.1 0.6 * significant at p<0.05. iec, inexperienced coaches; ec, experienced coaches original research 3 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 of sports science research according to coaching experience. sports coaches rated the following as the most important items: “technical aspects of coaching need to be based on sports science/sports medicine research” (3.7±0.9), “i need more research that is based in ‘natural’ settings” (3.7±0.9) and “sports science/sports medicine research influences what i do with the athletes” (3.7±1.0). significant differences were found in the following variables: “i need more research that is based in ‘natural’ settings” (t [190] = –2.151, p = 0.0, es = 0.2) and “sports science/sports medicine research influences what i do with the athletes (t [190] = –1.961, p = 0.0. es = 0.3). table 4 summarises results for coach education and sports science knowledge according to coaching experience. sports coaches indicated that “there is a need/role for sports science researchers to translate scientific literature into easily understandable language” (3.9±1.0) and “sports science knowledge is important for me to be a good coach” (3.9±1.0). discussion this study found that improving the technique/efficiency of athletes was identified as the most important area of interest by sports coaches. this finding is congruent with that of previous studies which perceived biomechanics as the scientific domain of most benefit to coaches. [8, 10] reducing the incidence of injury/illness in athletes and helping them peak for competition were the other imperative factors identified as beneficial to coaches. the literature indicates that peaking for competition entails the physiological manipulation of training intensity and volume based on the principle of periodisation.[8] therefore, it could be deduced that with an improvement in technical skills, a discipline addressed in biomechanics and physiology, is related to reducing the incidence of injury. [8] the reason why sports coaches stressed the priority of reducing the frequency of injury/illness among athletes could be that the majority of them were involved in contact sports (e.g. rugby, soccer, etc.) which have a higher occurrence of injuries. the preference for physiology-based research may be twofold: firstly, the fundamental requirements of most sports is for athletes to develop appropriate aerobic and anaerobic fitness, and secondly, researchers work more in the area of physiology than in other areas, such as sports medicine and sports physiotherapy. [5] another important area of benefit which emerged from this study relates to the mental preparation of athletes. previous research [7] reported that sports coaches had limited knowledge of mental preparation for athletes despite it being very necessary. nevertheless, in line with the assertion of william and kendall [5], there are few sports psychologists working with highperformance athletes in south africa, and they focus mainly on servicing the athletes rather than on conducting research based in the natural setting. sports coaches indicated that keeping up to date with the latest developments and research in coaching was very important, which complemented the findings in the literature [4] coaches who keep up to date with the latest developments in their particular sports may be more receptive to trying new ideas through research which would in turn assist in maximising their athletes’ performance. [8, 11] sports coaches also indicated the importance of improving their educational qualifications as part of their continuous professional development. those who did not play at the professional level are denied opportunities to work at a high-performance level in south africa. [12] the success of athletes under a coach’s supervision was also regarded as the most important aspect in coaching, especially in south africa. the high emphasis placed on “having a good rapport with my athletes” acknowledges the importance of having good professional relationships between coaches and athletes, as well as a valuing of interpersonal skill above the need for scientific knowledge. [6] in contrast to previous research that found that many years of coaching experience was an important quality valued in coaching, [9] the present study table 3. practical application of sports science research all iec ec variable mean ± sd mean ± sd mean ± sd effect size pvalue technical aspects of coaching need to be based on sports science/sports medicine research 3.7±0.9 3.7±0.9 3.8±0.8 0.1 0.1 i need more research that is based in ‘natural’ settings 3.7±0.9 3.6±0.9 3.9±1.9 0.2 0.0* sports science/sports medicine research influences what i do with the athletes 3.7±1.0 3.5±0.9 3.8±1.0 0.3 0.0* performance-based research is only of value to me if my athletes participated in the study 3.4±1.1 3.4±1.1 3.4±1.1 0.0 0.9 sports science researchers do not need to have coaching experience 3.0±1.3 2.9±1.3 3.1±1.3 0.2 0.3 * significant at p<0.05. iec, inexperienced coaches; ec, experienced coaches table 4. coach education and sports science knowledge all iec ec variable mean ± sd mean ± sd mean ± sd effect size pvalue there is a need/role for sports science researchers to translate scientific literature into easily understandable language 3.9±1.0 3.9±1.0 4.0±1.1 0.1 0.2 sports science knowledge is important for me to be a good coach 3.9±1.0 3.9±1.0 3.9±1.0 0.0 0.9 i should have enough scientific knowledge to be able to read sports science journals 3.7±1.0 3.7±0.9 3.7±1.1 0.0 0.12 sports science research takes too long to answer coaching questions 3.3±1.0 3.3±0.9 3.3±1.1 0.0 0.6 * significant at p<0.05. iec, inexperienced coaches; ec, experienced coaches original research sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 4 found that coaching experience was the least important of the qualities reported by sports coaches. the fact that south african coaches are not hired and promoted based on their many years of coaching but on their qualifications probably explains this finding. sports coaches agreed that the technical aspects of coaching need to be based on sports science/sports medicine research. this finding demonstrates that there appears to be a huge gap between what researchers are doing and the knowledge that coaches need. this statement is supported by reade et al. [7] who reported that there are gaps between the focus of sports science research and coaches’ expectations. this finding has implications for policymakers and sports researchers to reinforce existing consultative discussion to determine the needed research focus. [9] therefore, this study demonstrates that sports scientists and coaches should work together to integrate research into practice to address coaching problems. a sports science researcher should be guided by the philosophy in which useful findings are provided that could enhance the development of athletes and coaches, as development is synonymous with a successfully integrated research-practice model. [13] coaches further indicated that there is a need for sports scientists to translate scientific journals into easily understandable language, a finding that supports previous literature. [5, 8] admittedly, most coaches are unfamiliar with research methodology, statistics, jargon, concepts and terminologies often used by sports scientists, and they lack the basic background knowledge of sports science and/or necessary educational background to interpret research findings and apply the latest information to coaching practice. if the results of sports science research are not presented in understandable ways, they cannot be properly applied to address practical issues in sports coaching. there is a need for the better translation and dissemination of sports science information so that it is easily understood by coaches. this could be achieved through organising workshops, seminars, and short learning courses targeted at sports scientists and coaches. [14, 15] the coaches further reported that sports science knowledge is important for them to be good coaches and that they should have sufficient scientific background to be able to read sports science journals. in addition, the coaches agreed that it takes too long for sports science research to answer issues related to the practical aspects of coaching. this could be attributed to the fact that sports science investigations generally require long-term data collection. [4] bishop et al. [2] contend that it does not matter how long sports scientists take to collect data, the most important thing is that they should put into practice the information obtained from the research process to improve the performance and/or training of an athlete. conclusion based on the outcome of this study, the coaches indicated a dire need for research in the following areas: improving the technique/efficiency of athletes, reducing the incidence of injury/illness in athletes, helping athletes peak for competition, and the mental preparation of athletes. furthermore, coaches reported that sports scientists should present scientific articles in language which is user-friendly. thus, it is imperative to organise sports science workshops and seminars regularly for coaches to keep them abreast with the latest trends and developments in coaching. references 1. bishop d. an applied research model for the sport sciences. sports med 2008; 38(3): 253–263. [doi:10.2165/00007256200838030-00005] 2. bishop d, burnett a, farrow d, et al. sports-science roundtable: does sports-science research influence practice. int j sports physiol perform 2006; 1(2): 161–168. [doi:10.1123/ijspp.1.2.161] 3. amusa lo, toriola al. challenges for african sports scientists: bridging the gap between theory and practice. afri j phys health educ recreat dance 2004; 10(1): 1–19. 4. haff gg. sport science. strength cond j 2010; 32(2): 33–45. [doi: 10.1519/ssc.0b013e3181d59c74] 5. williams sj, kendall l. perceptions of elite coaches and sports scientists of the research needs for elite coaching practice. j sports sci 2007; 25(14): 1577–1586. [doi10.1080/02640410701245550] 6. reade i, rodgers w, hall n. knowledge transfer: how do high performance coaches access the knowledge of sport scientists? int j sports sci coach 2008; 3(3): 319–334. [doi:10.1260/174795408786238470] 7. kilic k, ince ml. use of sports science knowledge by turkish coaches. int j exerc sci 2015; 8(1): 21–37. 8. williams sj. a case study of the relationship between sports science research practice and elite coaches perceived needs. unpublished doctoral thesis. university of canberra, 2005. http://www.canberra.edu.au/researchrepository/items/0de68d3b -025b-da67-44dc-f4551a12f504/1/ 9. cohen j. statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences (2nd ed.). hillsdale, nj: lawrence erlbaum, 1988:20–26. 10. mooney r, corley g, godfrey a, et al. analysis of swimming performance: perceptions and practices of us-based swimming coaches. j sports sci 2016; 34(11): 997–1005. [doi:10.1080/02640414.2015.1085074] 11. williams j. what are the research needs of elite coaches? australian sports commission 2006; 29(2). https://ausport.gov.au (accessed 16 june 2017). 12. kubayi na, coopoo y, morris-eyton hf. job-related barriers encountered by football coaches in gauteng province of south africa: management and governance – sport management and governance. afri j phys health educ recreat dance 2015; november (suppl. 1): 160-166. 13. jones b, till k, emmonds s, et al. accessing off-field brains in sport; an applied research model to develop practice. br j sports med 2016; pii: bjsports-2016-097082. [doi:10.1136/bjsports-2016097082] 14. hendricks s, sarembock m, jones b, et al. the tackle in south african youth rugby union–gap between coaches' knowledge and training behaviour. int j sports sci coach 2017; 12(6): 708– 715. [doi:10.1177/1747954117738880] 15. hendricks s, sarembock m. attitudes and behaviours of top-level junior rugby union coaches towards the coaching of proper contact technique in the tackle-a pilot study. s afr j sports med 2013; 25(1): 8–11. [doi:10.7196/sajsm.459] km_c227-20180517092727 introduction racial disparities have been demonstrated in athletic performance 1 and in the predisposition towards specific diseases. 2 immune/inflammatory pathways may be important in the pattern and/or progression of disease. 3,4 research has demonstrated differences in the level of circulating immune/inflammatory markers as well as genotypic differences which may help to explain disease predisposition in specific racial groups. 3,4 in contrast, there is limited information relating to immune/inflammatory responses to exercise between racial groups. such information is particularly relevant – strenuous exercise has been shown to alter immune/inflammatory responses predisposing athletes to infection and possibly injury, 5 which would ultimately impact on training and performance. eccentric and/or strenuous unaccustomed exercise has been shown to elicit changes in skeletal muscle morphology. 6 these changes are typically accompanied by increases in circulating creatine kinase (ck), local muscle swelling and soreness as well as alterations in circulating inflammatory markers such as leucocytes and cytokines. 7-9 based on these observations, researchers have utilised exercise, particularly eccentrically biased exercise, to induce muscle damage and investigate immune/inflammatory sequelae. the key components of innate and adaptive immunity are the complement system and immunoglobulins, respectively. the complement system is composed of a number of proteins that are intricately involved in a variety of immune-related functions. complement has been described as an important role player in cellular activation, chemotaxis, inflammation and clearance of immune complexes. 10-12 immunoglobulins are crucial components of humoral immunity, having pathogen neutralisation and original research article complement, immunoglobulin and creatine kinase response in black and white males after muscle-damaging exercise abstract objectives. to determine the effect of eccentrically biased exercise and ethnic group on circulating levels of complement, immunoglobulin creatine kinase. seven black and 8 white males (18 – 22 years), active but untrained, participated in the study. subjects performed a 60-minute downhill run on a treadmill (gradient –13.5%) at a speed eliciting 75% of their vo2 peak on a level grade. venipunctures were performed before, immediately after and then at 3, 6, 9, 12, 24, 48, and 72 hours afterwards. plasma creatine kinase (ck) activity, serum complement (c3, c4) and immunoglobulin (total igg, igg1, igg2, igg3, igg4, iga) concentrations were compared using a repeated measures anova. results. there was an interaction (p=0.0055) and ethnic group effect (p<0.0001) for ck activity with consistently higher levels in the black group. ck increased over time after the run, peaking at 12 h for both groups. c3, c4, total igg, igg1, igg3, and iga were significantly higher (ethnic group effect, p<0.001), and igg2 significantly lower (ethnic group effect, p<0.001) in the black group. significantly higher resting concentrations of total igg (+21%), and igg1 (+32%) were observed in this group. correspondence: andrew j mckune discipline of sport science school of physiotherapy, sport science and optometry faculty of health sciences university of kwazulu-natal private bag x54001 durban, 4000 south africa tel.: +27 (0)31 2607985 fax: +27 (0)31 260 7903 cell: +27 (0)837155683 e-mail: mckunea@ukzn.ac.za andrew j mckune (dtech)1 stuart j semple (dtech)2 lucille l smith (phd)3 ahmed a wadee (phd)4 1 discipline of sport science, school of physiotherapy, sport science and optometry, university of kwazulu-natal, durban 2 faculty of education, health and science, charles darwin university, darwin, australia 3 department of sport, rehabilitation and dental sciences, tshwane university of technology, pretoria 4 department of immunology, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg conclusions. ck was significantly elevated in the black group although the relative response to exercise in whites was higher, suggesting greater muscle damage. differences in the concentration of complement proteins and immunoglobulins suggest a heightened immunological/inflammatory milieu in the circulation of the black group. the performance and health implications of this finding warrant further investigation. sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 47 opsonisation functions that occur during primary and/or secondary antibody responses. they also regulate cellular cytotoxic activity via sensitisation of natural killer cells, phagocytes, and mast cells, 10-12 and promote inflammatory responses and the clearance of immune complexes via activation of the complement system. 10,11 owing to methodological considerations there are inconsistencies within the literature concerning complement and immunoglobulin response to bouts of strenuous exercise. in addition, there is limited information relating to the circulating levels of these proteins in different racial groups at rest as well as in response to strenuous exercise. therefore, the first aim of this study was to determine if complement proteins and immunoglobulins are elevated in response to exercise-induced muscle damage. secondly, inducing this form of benign injury provided the opportunity to investigate if black and white males respond differently to exercise-induced muscle damage. method participants active, untrained white (n=8) and black (n=7) males participated in the study. screening to determine each participant’s level of activity and training was performed using the fit (frequency intensity time) index of kasari. 13 this index requires that points are allocated depending on the frequency, intensity and time spent performing physical activity per week with scores ranging from 1 (minimum activity) to 100 (training at a high intensity every day of the week). individuals were included in the study if their fit index ranged from 8 to 10. these are individuals who perform a few days of moderate-intensity physical activity per month, with a duration of 20 30 minutes per session. the white males were from british or dutch european descent, the two groups accounting for the majority of cultural variation in south africa. the black participants were assumed to be of xhosa ethnicity, based on the stated first language reported from both parents. based on their self-reported medical history questionnaire, participants were excluded from the study if they exhibited any form of lower-extremity disability/injury that may have been exacerbated by physical activity, and if they were on any anti-inflammatory medication. in order to control for acute illness before, during and after the downhill run, which could affect the immune variables measured in the study, participants completed the wisconsin upper respiratory symptom survey (wurss). 14 the wurss is a validated, evaluative, illness-specific quality-of-life instrument, designed to assess the negative impact of the common cold. the survey examines the presence and level of severity of 32 upper respiratory tract symptoms such as a runny nose, sneezing, sore throat and cough. the survey was completed every day for a week before the downhill run, on the day of the run, and every day for a week after the run. all the participants signed an informed consent form approved by the tshwane university of technology ethics committee. body composition height and weight were recorded using a calibrated medical height gauge and balance scale (detecto, webb city, usa). a harpenden skinfold caliper was used for skinfold measurements (7 sites) to assess per cent body fat (table i) using the drinkwater-ross method. 15 assessment of vo2 peak and determination of running speeds the participants completed three 10-minute treadmill familiarisation runs on 3 separate days before the vo2 peak testing. the standard bruce protocol was employed to determine vo2 peak oxygen consumption that was measured by breath-by-breath indirect calorimetry. this was recorded using a cosmed quark b 2 metabolic cart (cosmed srl, italy). ratings of perceived exertion (rpe) were recorded every 3 minutes and heart rate was recorded every minute using a polar heart rate monitor. the test was considered to be maximal if the participants exhibited two or more of the following: rpe ≥19; respiratory exchange ratio ≥1.1; heart rate within 5 beats.min -1 of theoretical maximum heart rate (220 age). using metabolic equations 16 a speed was calculated that would elicit 75% of the participants’ vo2 peak on a horizontal surface. this would be the speed that the participants ran during the downhill run. therefore, each participant ran at the same relative intensity. downhill run the downhill run was performed 2 weeks after the vo2 peak test. participants were instructed to ingest a normal mixed diet, to be well hydrated, and to refrain from any strenuous exercise for at least 72 hours before the downhill run. the downhill runs were performed in a randomised order, between 05h00 and 11h00 over 2 consecutive saturdays. this ensured that not all the members of each group were tested on the same saturday. the participants ran in a fasted state (at least 8 hours after final meal). at the start of the run, they warmed up for 5 minutes by running on a level grade at the predetermined speed. the treadmill was then lowered to a -13.5% level and participants ran for 60 minutes. they remained in the exercise testing laboratory for 12 hours after the run, and were provided with food and fluid and encouraged to eat and drink water ad libitum. biological fluid sampling and processing on arriving in the exercise teaching laboratory, participants were required to sit quietly for 10 minutes before the run. a qualified phlebotomist then inserted a venous catheter (22 gauge, 2.2 cm), which was kept patent using a diluted heparin/saline solution. a 15 ml blood sample, using 2 vacutainer draw tubes (5 ml edta for ck and 10 ml serum separator tubes (sst) for immunoglobulin and complement), was drawn at the following times: before, immediately after (ipe) and 48 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 table i. physical characteristics of the participants (mean ± sem) variable white (n=8) black (n=7) significance age (yr) 20±0.14 22±0.36 p=0.12 height (cm) 179±0.7 173±0.8 p=0.06 weight (kg) 71±0.6 70±1.5 p=0.78 body fat (%) 16±0.3 16±0.6 p=0.31 vo2 peak (ml.kg -1 .min -1 ) 44.4±0.4 43.4±0.4 p=0.50 at 3, 6, 9 and 12 hours after the run. subjects were also required to return for further blood draws at 24, 48 and 72 hours after the run. at these times a standard antecubital venepuncture was performed, with the same 15 ml blood sample being obtained. serum was obtained by allowing the serum separator tubes to stand at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then spun down for 10 minutes at 2 000 g. aliquots were frozen at -80°c in 0.5 ml eppendorf tubes. assessment of biological fluids creatine kinase ck activity was determined using a refletron blood analyser, which uses a colorometric assay procedure (boehringer mannheim gmbh, germany). the within-series precision (cv) of the refletron ranges from 1.8% to 3.0%, while the day-to-day precision ranges from 2.2% to 3.0%. edta blood (32 μl) was pipetted onto a refletron ck strip (roche diagnostics, indianapolis, usa). the strip was inserted into the refletron analyser for 30 seconds. printed results were recorded. if values were >1 500 iu/l the sample was diluted with equal parts distilled water (as per manufacturer instructions); 32 μl of this mixture was then pipetted onto a strip and re-run immediately. values of diluted blood were then doubled. serum complement and immunoglobulin the total serum concentration of c1-esterase inhibitor (c1-inh), c3, c4, iga, total igg and igg subclasses was quantified using laser nephelometry (behring diagnostics, frankfurt, germany). each set of blood specimens from an individual participant (9 samples) was assayed in a single run with a single lot number of reagents and consumables, by a single operator. all samples were analysed in triplicate with the interand intra-assay coefficients of variation lower than 1.9% and 2%, respectively. statistical analysis data were analysed using spss version 15.0 (spss inc., chicago, illinois, usa). a p-value <0.05 was considered as statistically significant and data are expressed as mean ± sem. physical characteristics were compared between the two groups using t-tests. a repeated measures analysis of variance was used to analyse the main effects (ethnic group and time) and the interaction effects (differences between blacks and whites at any time point(s)), for all dependent measures. the bonferroni post hoc test was used to locate the differences between means when the observed f-ratio was statistically significant (p<0.05). results participant characteristics table i reports the participant characteristics and the maximal exercise test results. there was good matching of the two groups with no significant differences between age, height, weight, body fat percentage or aerobic capacity. there were no reports of symptoms of upper respiratory tract infections throughout the study for both groups. serological variables all serum complement proteins and immunoglobulin concentrations run were within clinically normal reference ranges. 17 statistical results of the different proteins where there were significant differences are discussed individually below. there were no significant alterations in c1-esterase inhibitor and igg4. creatine kinase no significant difference in the absolute resting concentration was observed between the black and white groups. there was, however, a significant interaction effect (p=0.0055) after exercise, with absolute levels for the black group higher from 3 h to 72 h as determined by the bonferroni post hoc test (p<0.01). there was an ethnic group effect (p<0.0001), with the black group 98% higher (p<0.0001). the sum of values (mean ± sem) for all time points for the black and white groups was 476±64 iu/l and 240±47 iu/l, respectively. there was also a time effect with significantly (p<0.001) elevated ck levels observed for both groups (3 72 h), peaking at 12 h after exercise (black group = 693±35 iu/l; whites = 427±40 iu/l) (fig. 1). although sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 49 fig. 1. total creatine kinase activity for the black and white groups before and at hourly intervals after downhill running. there was a significant interaction effect (p=0.0055) with the creatine kinase in blacks higher from 3 h to 72 h. values are mean ± sem. fig. 1. total creatine kinase activity for the black and white groups before and at hourly intervals after downhill running. there was a significant interaction effect (p=0.0055), with the creatine kinase in blacks higher from 3 h to 72 h. values are mean ± sem. fig. 2. serum c3 and c4 for the black and white groups before and at hourly intervals after downhill running. there was a significant ethnic group effect for c3 (p=0.0018) and c4 (p<0.0001), with the means ± sem for the black group significantly higher than those for the white group. fig. 2. serum c3 and c4 for the black and white groups before and at hourly intervals after downhill running. there was a significant ethnic group effect for c3 (p=0.0018) and c4 (p<0.0001), with the means ± sem for the black group significantly higher than those for the white group. not significantly different, the relative increase from baseline at 12 h after exercise was 510% in the white versus 296% in the black group. complement c3 there was no difference in resting c3 concentrations between the two groups. during the 12-hour and 24-hour periods, there was a significant ethnic group effect (p=0.0018), with the mean for the black group (1.61±0.01 g/l) being approximately 17.5% higher than that for the white group (1.37±0.04 g/l). this difference could be accounted for by the decrease in c3 in whites from ipe (-7%) through to 72 h (-19%) after the downhill run compared with baseline. no significant time (p=0.9) or interaction effects (p=0.9) were observed (fig. 2). c4 there was no difference in resting c4 concentrations between the two groups. during the 12-hour and 24-hour periods, there was a significant ethnic group effect (p<0.0001), with the mean for the black group (0.37±0.01 g/l) approximately 37% higher than that for the white group (0.27±0.002 g/l). this difference could be accounted for by: (i) an increase in c4 in blacks from 6 h (+9%) to 72 h (+13%), peaking at 48 h (+26%); and (ii) a slight decrease in c4 in whites, with the lowest concentration at 12 h (-5%), after the downhill run. no significant time (p=0.9) or interaction effects (p=0.9) were observed (fig. 2). immunoglobulin total igg there was a significant difference (p<0.0001) in resting total igg concentrations between the two groups, with the baseline concentrations 21% higher for the black group compared with the white group. there was a significant ethnic group effect (p<0.0001), with the mean for the black group (14.52±0.13 g/l) approximately 29% higher than that for the white group (11.26±0.13 g/l). no significant time (p=0.9) or interaction effects (p=0.9) were observed (fig. 3). igg1 there was a significant difference (p<0.0001) in resting igg1 concentrations between the two groups, with the baseline concentrations 25% higher for the black group compared with the white group. there was a significant ethnic group effect (p<0.0001), with the mean for the black group (8.42±0.11 g/l) approximately 32% higher than that for the white group (6.39±0.07 g/l). no significant time (p=0.9) or interaction effects (p=0.9) were observed (fig. 3). igg2 there was no difference in resting igg2 concentrations between the two groups. there was a significant ethnic group effect (p=0.0079), with the mean for the black group (3.04±0.06 g/l) approximately 19% lower than that for the white group (3.62±0.06 g/l). this difference could be accounted for by: (i) a decrease in igg2 in blacks, lowest concentration at 72 h (-17%); and (ii) an increase in igg2 in whites, highest concentration at 9 h (+9%), after the downhill run. no significant time (p=0.9) or interaction effects (p=0.9) were observed (fig. 3). igg3 there was no difference in resting igg3 concentrations between the two groups. there was a significant ethnic group effect (p<0.0001), with the mean for the black group (0.53±0.02 g/l) approximately 71% higher than that for the white group (0.31±0.001 g/l). this difference could be accounted for by: (i) an increase in igg3 in blacks from ipe (+8%) to 72 h (+17%), peaking at 6 h (+29%); and (ii) a decrease in igg3 in whites from ipe (-7%) to 72 h (-11%), lowest concentration at 3 h (-14%), after the downhill run. no significant time (p=0.9) or interaction effects (p=0.9) were observed (fig. 3). iga there was no difference in resting iga concentrations between the two groups. there was a significant ethnic group effect (p<0.033), with the mean for the black group (2.02±0.01 g/l) approximately 11% higher than that for the white group (1.82±0.02 g/l). no significant time (p=0.9) or interaction effects (p=0.9) were observed (fig. 3). discussion the main finding of the study was that the black group demonstrated consistently higher absolute levels of ck after the downhill run compared with the white group. the results also suggested that there are ethnic differences in the resting and/or post-exercise levels of selected serum complement proteins and immunoglobulins. the ck result supports previous research examining racial differences in serum ck in south african males. 18 the differences in absolute ck levels may be attributed to differences in muscle fibre type/distribution and/or lean muscle mass. 18 however, the white group experienced a greater relative increase (% change 50 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 pre post 3 6 9 12 24 48 72 8 10 12 14 16 18 time (h) ig g (g /l) pre post 3 6 9 12 24 48 72 4 6 8 10 12 african caucasian time (h) ig g 1 (g /l) pre post 3 6 9 12 24 48 72 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 time (h) ig g 2 (g /l) pre post 3 6 9 12 24 48 72 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 time (h) ig g 3 (g /l) pre post 3 6 9 12 24 48 72 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 time (h) ig a (g /l) fig. 3. serum total igg, igg1, igg2, igg3 and iga for the black and white groups before and at hourly intervals after downhill running. there was a significant ethnic group effect, with the means ± sem for the black group significantly higher than those for the white group for total igg (p<0.0001), igg1 (p<0.0001), igg3 (p<0.0001) and iga (p<0.033), while the white group had higher igg2 levels (p=0.0079). fig. 3. serum total igg, igg1, igg2, igg3 and iga for the black and white groups before and at hourly intervals after downhill running. there was a significant ethnic group effect, with the means ± sem for the black group significantly higher than those for the white group for total igg (p<0.0001), igg1 (p<0.0001), igg3 (p<0.0001) and iga (p<0.033), while the white group had higher igg2 levels (p=0.0079). from baseline) compared with the black group at 12 h after exercise. specifically, there was a 510% increase in ck in the white group compared with 296% in the black group. although this was not significantly different, it may imply that the white group experienced greater muscle damage. this group has been shown to have a lower percentage type iia fibres, 19 and type ii fibres are more susceptible to exercise-induced damage 20 and reperfusion injury. 21 based on this we would have expected to see higher relative increases in ck in the black group; however, we observed the opposite. higher resting concentrations of ck have been attributed to greater lean muscle mass although the literature is conflicting. 22 this was not measured in the current study and may partly be responsible for the differences observed. fukashiro et al. 23 have shown that black athletes have significantly greater muscle viscosity, elasticity and stiffness compared with white athletes. the ability to ‘accommodate’ greater stress may result in less muscle damage and could possibly explain the lower relative increase in the black group in the current study. numerous studies have shown that eccentrically biased exercise may result in the elevation of a number of inflammatory markers. this, and the subsequent pain experienced by the participant, has generally been attributed to muscle damage. while a number of studies have reported a significant elevation in complement proteins after exercise, 24,25 the current study failed to elicit significant changes in complement c1-inh, c3 and c4. this finding was surprising considering that: (i) the participants were untrained; and (ii) research has previously shown that a similar exercise protocol is able to elicit significant elevations in immunoglobulins 26 and chemotactic cytokines. 27 in support of our findings, research has documented that certain complement proteins and complement regulatory proteins may not be affected by prolonged strenuous exercise. 25,28,29 the inconsistent and often conflicting results observed in the literature highlight that a true understanding of the roles of complement proteins in response to exercise requires further elucidation. research performed internationally and in south africa has demonstrated racial/ethnic differences in the reference ranges for serum iga, igm, total igg and igg sub-classes. 30-34 black children and adults tend to have higher values than whites. 31-33 the results of the current study demonstrate that the black group has significantly higher circulating levels of complement proteins, c3 and c4, as well as immunoglobulin classes and subclasses, iga, igg1 and igg3. igg1 and igg3 are strong activators of the classic pathway of complement, while iga activates the alternative complement pathway. 11 igg2, a weaker activator of complement, 11 was lower in the black group compared with the white group. in addition, there was no difference in igg4, a subclass that does not activate complement. 11 the elevated complement and immunoglobulin levels suggest a heightened immune/inflammatory milieu in the circulation of black males compared with whites. further research is required to determine the factors that may be responsible for racial differences in circulating complement and immunoglobulin. previous research has suggested that increased exposure to infectious diseases, due to poorer socioeconomic conditions, may play a role in altering immune function in blacks. 30,33,34 increased exposure to infectious disease may enhance innate and adaptive immune function, resulting in constitutively higher complement and immunoglobulin levels. however, genetic differences may also be a factor and, together with socio-economic conditions, could shape the development and maturation of innate and adaptive immunity in the black group. conclusion the white group showed a greater relative increase in ck activity compared with the black group. although speculative, this may imply that whites are more prone to muscle damage, the effect of which may have implications with regard to how these groups train and adapt to training. the altered complement and immunoglobulin levels in the black group suggest a heightened immune/inflammatory milieu in the circulation. further research is required to determine the underlying factors responsible for this finding as well as the possible performance and health implications. references 1. kohn ta, essén-gustavsson b, myburgh kh. do skeletal muscle phenotypic characteristics of xhosa and caucasian endurance runners differ when matched for training and racing distances? j appl physiol 2007;103:932-940. 2. burchard eg, ziv e, coyle n, et al. the importance of race and ethnic background in biomedical research and clinical practice. n engl j med 2003;348:1170-1175. 3. miller ma, cappuccio fp. ethnicity and inflammatory pathways -implications for vascular disease, vascular risk and therapeutic intervention. curr med chem 2007;14:1409-1425. 4. zabaleta j, schneider bg, ryckman k, et al. ethnic differences in cytokine gene polymorphisms: potential implications for cancer development. cancer immunol immunother 2008;57:107-114. 5. gleeson m. immune system adaptation in elite athletes. curr opin clin nutr metab care 2006;9:659-665. 6. fridén j, sjöström m, ekblom b. myofibrillar damage following intense eccentric exercise in man. int j sports med 1983;4:170-176. 7. jeukendrup ae, vet-joop k, sturk a, et al. relationship between gastrointestinal complaints and endotoxaemia, cytokine release and the acutephase reaction during and after a long-distance triathlon in highly trained men. clin sci 2000; 98:47-55. 8. malm c, sjödin tl, sjöberg b, et al. leukocytes, cytokines, growth factors and hormones in human skeletal muscle and blood after uphill or downhill running. j physiol 2004;556:983-1000. 9. moldoveanu ai, shephard rj, shek pn. exercise elevates plasma levels but not gene expression of il-1beta, il-6, and tnf-alpha in blood mononuclear cells. j appl physiol 2000;89:1499-1504. 10. janeway ca, travers p, walport m, shlomchik m. immunobiology. the immune system in health and disease. new york: garland publishing, 2001. 11. roitt i, brostoff j, male d. immunology. edinburgh: elsevier science limited, 2001. 12. rus h, cudrici c, niculescu f. the role of the complement system in innate immunity. immunol res 2005;33:103-112. 13. heyward vh, stolarczyk lm. applied body composition assessment. champaign, il.: human kinetics, 1996. 14. barrett b, brown rl, mundt mp, et al. the wisconsin upper respiratory symptom survey is responsive, reliable, and valid. j clin epidemiol 2005; 58:609-617. 15. ross wd, wilson nc. growth and development. a stratagem for proportional growth assessment. acta paediatrica belgia 1974;24:169-182. 16. balady gj, berra ka, golding la, et al. acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. baltimore: lippincott williams & wilkins, 2000. 17. mckune aj, smith ll, semple sj, et al. changes in mucosal and humoral atopic-related markers and immunoglobulins in elite cyclists participating in the vuelta a espana. int j sports med 2006;27:560-566. 18. gledhill rf, van der merwe ca, greyling m, van niekerk mm. race-gender differences in serum creatine kinase activity: a study among south africans. j neurol neurosurg psychiatry 1988;51:301-304. 19. ama pf, simoneau ja, boulay mr, serresse o, thériault g, bouchard c. skeletal muscle characteristics in sedentary black and caucasian males. j appl physiol 1986;61:1758-1761. 20. byrne c, twist c, eston r. neuromuscular function after exercise-induced muscle damage: theoretical and applied implications. sports med 2004;34:49-69. sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 51 21. chan rk, austen wgj, ibrahim s, et al. reperfusion injury to skeletal muscle affects primarily type ii muscle fibers. j surg res 2004;122:5460. 22. brancaccio p, maffulli n, limongelli fm. creatine kinase monitoring in sport medicine. br med bull 2007;81-82:209-230. 23. fukashiro s, abe t, shibayama a, brechue wf. comparison of viscoelastic characteristics in triceps surae between black and white athletes. acta physiol scand 2002;175:183-187. 24. dufaux b, order u. complement activation after prolonged exercise. clin chim acta 1989;13:45-49. 25. semple sj, smith ll, mckune aj, et al. serum concentrations of c reactive protein, alpha1 antitrypsin, and complement (c3, c4, c1 esterase inhibitor) before and during the vuelta a españa. br j sports med 2006;40:124-127. 26. mckune aj, smith ll, semple sj, mokethwa b, wadee aa. immunoglobulin responses to a repeated bout of downhill running. br j sports med 2006;40:844-849. 27. smith ll, mckune aj, semple sj, sibanda e, steel h, anderson r. changes in serum cytokines after repeated bouts of downhill running. appl physiol nutr metab 2007;32:233-240. 28. fallon ke. the acute phase response and exercise: the ultramarathon as prototype exercise. clin j sport med 2001;11:38-43. 29. simpson rj, florida-james gd, whyte gp, et al. the effects of marathon running on expression of the complement regulatory proteins cd55 (daf) and cd59 (macif) on red blood cells. eur j appl physiol 2007;99:201-204. 30. milner lv, calitz f. serum immunoglobulin levels in white, asiatic and bantu blood donors. s afr med j 1971;45:683-685. 31. pieters h, brand ce, badenhorst pn, hendricks ml. immunoglobulin g sub-class concentrations in south african adults: ethnic differences and reference ranges. br j biomed sci 1997;54:104-109. 32. ritchie rf, palomaki ge, neveux lm, navolotskaia o. reference distributions for immunoglobulins a, g, and m: a comparison of a large cohort to the world’s literature. j clin lab anal 1998;12:371-377. 33. roode h. serum immunoglobulin values in white and black south african pre-school children. part i: healthy children. j trop pediatr 1980;26:104107. 34. shulman g, gilich gc, andrew mj. serum immunoglobulins g, a and m in white and black adults on the witwatersrand. s afr med j 1975;49:11601164. 52 sajsm vol 21 no. 2 2009 all manuscripts should be submitted online: www.sajsm.org.za. if this is not feasible, the manuscript may be submitted, via e-mail, as a microsoft word attachment, to mike lambert, editor-in-chief, at mike.lambert@uct.ac.za. copyright material submitted for publication in the south african journal of sports medicine (sajsm) is accepted provided it has not been published elsewhere. copyright forms will be sent with acknowledgement of receipt and the sajsm reserves copyright of the material published. the sajsm does not hold itself responsible for statements made by the authors. authorship authorship should be based only on substantial contribution to: (i) conception, design, analysis and interpretation of data; (ii) drafting the article or revising it critically for important intellectual content; (iii) final approval of the version to be published. all three of these conditions must be met by the authors (uniform requirements for manuscripts submitted to biomedical journals; www.icmje.org/index.html). conflict of interest authors must declare all sources of support for the research and any association with the product or research topic that may constitute conflict of interest. protection of patient’s rights to privacy identifying information about the patient or research subject should not be published in written descriptions or photographs unless the information is essential for scientific purposes and the patient/research subject (or parent or guardian) gives informed written consent for publication. informed consent for this purpose requires that the patient/research subject be shown the manuscript to be published (www.icmje.org). ethnic classification work that is based on, or contains reference to ethnic classification, must indicate the rationale for this. for clarification authors are encouraged to refer to ncayiyana dj: racial profiling in medical research: what are we measuring? s afr med j 2007;97:1225-1226. types of manuscripts original research articles of 3 000 words or less (excluding references and tables), with up to 6 tables or figures, should normally report observations or research of relevance to sports medicine and exercise science in south africa. references should be limited to 20. short reports, commentaries, or case studies should be 1 000 words or less, with 1 table or illustration and no more than 6 references. review articles are rarely accepted unless invited. letters to the editor should be no longer than 400 words with only one illustration or table. obituaries should not exceed 400 words and may be accompanied by a photograph. manuscript preparation 1. the page set-up should be as follows: 2.54 cm margins, 1.5 line spacing, times roman 12 font. 2. each line should be numbered starting at number 1 on the first page and continuing consecutively until the last page. 3. the title page should have: (a) the title of the article, which should be concise but informative (85 characters or less, including spaces); (b) first name, middle initial, and last name of each author, with highest academic degree; (c) institutional affiliation, name of department(s) and/or institution(s) to which the work should be attributed; (d) name and address of author responsible for correspondence about the manuscript; (e) a short running header of no more than 40 characters (including spaces) placed near the bottom of the title page and identified. 4. research articles should have a structured abstract not exceeding 250 words (50 for short reports) comprising information under the subheadings: objectives, methods, results, and conclusions. 5. the introduction section should provide a clear background of the study. the justification, practical importance of the study, and specific purpose or research objective should also be clearly stated. 6. the methods section should identify the methods, apparatus (manufacturer’s name and address in parentheses), and procedures in sufficient detail to allow other researchers to reproduce the results. give references to established methods, including statistical methods (see #7). when reporting experiments on human subjects, indicate whether the procedures followed were in accordance with the ethical standards of the responsible committee on human experimentation (institutional or regional) and whether the subjects gave their written informed consent. 7. describe the statistical methods with sufficient detail to enable a knowledgeable reader with access to the original data to verify guidelines south african journal of sports medicine author instructions all correspondence to: the editor, south african journal of sports medicine, c/o essm, p.o. box 115, newlands, 7725 south africa sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 31 32 ’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´’´ sajsm vol 19 no. 4 2007 the reported results. all data should be presented with appropriate indicators of measurement error or uncertainty (such as standard deviations or confidence intervals). avoid sole reliance on statistical hypothesis testing, such as the use of p values, which fails to convey important quantitative information. precise p values must be shown as indirect indications such as p>0.05 or p=ns are unacceptable and difficult for other researchers undertaking meta-analyses. 8. abbreviations should be spelt out when first used in the text and thereafter used consistently. scientific measurements should be expressed in si units. 9. present your results in a logical sequence in the text, tables, and figures. do not repeat the presentation of data in the text, tables or figures. tables and figures should appear on separate pages. do not discuss data in this section. data should be presented so that the number of digits and decimals are scientifically relevant. 10. in the discussion section emphasise the new and important aspects of the study and the conclusions that follow from them. do not repeat in detail data or other material given in the introduction or the results section. include in the discussion section the implications of the findings and their limitations, including implications for future research. relate the observations to other relevant studies. link the conclusions with the goals of the study but avoid unqualified statements and conclusions not completely supported by your data. wherever possible comment on the practical applications of the study. references references should be inserted in the text as superior numbers, with the first reference being #1 and the next reference #2 etc. the references should be listed at the end of the article in numerical order (i.e. in order of appearance). authors are responsible for verification of references from the original sources. references should be set out in the vancouver style and approved abbreviations of journal titles used; consult the list of journals in index medicus for these details. names and initials of all authors should be given unless there are more than six, in which case the first three names should be given followed by et al. first and last page numbers should be given. journal references should appear thus: 1. reilly t, edwards b. altered sleep-wake cycles and physical performance in athletes. physiol behav 2007;90(2):274-284. 2. lane kn, wenger ha. effect of selected recovery conditions on performance of repeated bouts of intermittent cycling separated by 24 hours. j strength cond res 2004;18(4):855-860. 3. borg g. perceived exertion as an indicator of somatic stress. scand j rehabil med 1970;2(2):92-98. book references should be set out as follows: 1. jeffcoate n. principles of gynaecology. 4th ed. london: butterworth; 1975. p. 96-101. 2. weinstein l, swartz mn. pathogenic properties of invading microorganisms. in: sodeman wa jun, sodeman wa, eds. pathologic physiology: mechanisms of disease. philadelphia: wb saunders; 1974. p. 457-472. manuscripts accepted but not yet published can be included as references followed by (in press). unpublished observations and personal communications may be cited in the text, but not in the reference list. cover letter all submissions must be accompanied by a cover letter including the following information: 1. this manuscript has been read and approved by all the listed coauthors and meets the requirements of co-authorship as specified above. 2. a declaration that the manuscript is not under review with any other journal and has not been published previously. 3. a statement that prior written permission has been obtained for reproduction of previously published material (where appropriate). 4. a statement detailing any potential conflicts of interest (where appropriate). galley proofs galley proofs will be forwarded to the author before publication. please note that alterations to typeset articles are time-consuming and need to be kept to a minimum. change of address please notify the editorial department of any address changes so that proofs and invoices may be mailed without delay. cpd points authors can earn up to 15 cpd points for published articles. certificates will be provided on request after the article has been published. 32 sajsm vol 21 no. 1 2009 sajsm vol 23 no. 1 2011 31 if… a tendon parody by jon patricios (with apologies to rudyard kipling, jill cook & hakan alfredson) if you can get your head around a tendon that wears and tears and hurts when it’s a bendin’ if you can trust yourself to make achilles new but make allowance for frustration too; if you can wait but not be idle waiting, but teach and guide and empathise, don’t mind being hated, or cry anticipating, at times not look too good nor seem too wise: if you can dream of healing that is faster, but know that symptoms too will wax and wane; accept the days of triumph and disaster and understand each course may just not be the same; if you can bear to hear the moans being spoken by athletes often keen to break the rules, and picture collagen that has been broken but slowly mends again with all your tools: if you don’t hinge your hopes on single fixes nor risk it all on just one consultation (they’ll leave and seek some other weird elixirs and worse – not pay you any consolation!) if you can diagnose then educate that injuries evolve over a time, you’ll start a path to which you both relate of organising collagen in line. if you can learn from cook the art of loading and hear from alfredson how to inject, incorporate some shock waves ‘spite the loathing, the ‘opathy may still be conquered yet! if you can front this unforgiving tissue with load that challenges but is still fun, they’ll rehab well and not make cost an issue and – which is more – your athlete will then run! case report 1 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 sacroiliac tuberculosis masquerading as mechanical lower back pain in a collegiate basketball athlete: a case presentation m moyaert,1,3,4 md, m med (sports med); j t viljoen,1, 2, 3 bsc (physio), mphil (exercise sci); p l viviers,1, 2, 3 mbchb, m med sc, msc (sports med), facsm; w derman,1, 2 mbchb, bsc (med) (hon), phd, ffims; r de villiers,5 mbchb; mmed (rad. d) 1 institute of sport and exercise medicine, division of orthopaedics, faculty of medicine and health sciences, stellenbosch university, south africa 2 ioc research centre, cape town, south africa 3 campus health service, stellenbosch university, south africa 4 catholic university of leuven, department of physical medicine and rehabilitation, leuven, belgium 5 winelands radiology, institute of orthopaedics and rheumatology, stellenbosch, south africa corresponding author: p l viviers (plviviers@sun.ac.za) tuberculosis (tb) is a major cause of death worldwide. in sub-saharan africa, the disease burden is especially high with south africa being one of the top seven global countries with the highest estimated numbers of tb cases (454 000 per year).[1] skeletal tb accounts for 10% of the extrapulmonary manifestations, of which only 5-8% affect the sacroiliac joint.[2] diagnosis of sacroiliac tb often proves challenging due to its insidious onset, non-specific clinical picture and low index of suspicion.[3] the most frequently reported clinical symptoms include persistent lower back pain and antalgic gait, [2-6] while several authors also report a positive straight leg raise test.[3, 4] this is likely due to the close anatomical relationship between the sacroiliac (si) joint , hip, lumbosacral plexus and the intrapelvic space. despite previous efforts to describe the symptomology and clinical presentation of sacroiliac tb, no specific mention is given to its manifestation in athletes.[3-5] this requires further elucidation, particularly as a consequence of misdiagnosis or a delay in initiation of treatment when eventual complications, such as sacroiliac joint destruction, formation of a local abscess, vertebral collapse or neurological fallout, may arise.[3, 5] all of these are potentially detrimental to the athlete’s general health, well-being and performance. case report a 21-year-old male collegiate basketball player of subsaharan african origin presented to the sports injury clinic at stellenbosch university with a four week history of spontaneous onset, progressive right-sided lumbosacral pain and stiffness. no history of trauma or any other inciting event was reported. further medical history was unremarkable, except for episodes of intermittent fatigue experienced over the past three years, related to a previously diagnosed chronic iron deficiency anaemia. at the time of this evaluation, an extensive laboratory blood workup, including a full blood count, platelet count, measures of erythrocyte sedimentation rate, as well as c-reactive protein and ferritin concentrations, were conducted. these tests revealed low ferritin concentrations, mean corpuscular volume and red cell haemoglobin concentrations. treatment ensued consisting of iron (ferrous sulphate) and multivitamin supplementation; however, poor compliance and failure to return for follow-up assessments hindered resolution of this patient’s problem. physical examination revealed palpation tenderness of the right si joint. the faber test of the right hip, straight leg raise test and gaenslen’s test were positive. in comparison, the left side was normal. no neurological abnormalities could be found related to either the lumbar spine or lower extremities. plain radiographs of the pelvis were reported as normal. a provisional diagnosis of mechanical sacroiliac joint dysfunction was made and anti-inflammatory medication was prescribed for pain relief. the patient was referred for physiotherapy treatment (including soft tissue mobilisation, hip stability exercises, dry needling and other supportive modalities). due to a poor response to conservative treatment and a background: sacroiliac tuberculosis is a rare condition for which early diagnosis and effective management frequently proves challenging. this report describes a case that was initially overlooked due to its presentation and unreported constitutional symptoms. aim: to alert clinicians about skeletal tuberculosis, an often neglected diagnostic differential, which requires a high index of clinical suspicion, especially for patients from endemic areas. findings: this patient’s presentation (sports injury) and unreported constitutional symptoms resulted in a delay in the diagnosis and initial institution of treatment. implications: this report illustrates the importance of specifically asking about constitutional symptoms, even in sports injury settings and being mindful of infectious diseases or other chronic medical conditions, which may masquerade as common sports injuries. keywords: skeletal tuberculosis, sacroiliitis, hip pain s afr j sports med 2018; 30:1-3. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4372 mailto:plviviers@sun.ac.za http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4372 case report sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 2 noticeable deterioration in his gait pattern, the patient was reassessed after eight weeks. at the time, a retrospect enquiry revealed further constitutional symptoms, which were not mentioned in the initial history, including weight loss (from 61 kg to 54 kg over a period of two months), intermittent night sweating, fatigue and a transient cough. further investigations were deemed necessary, including blood laboratory tests, which showed elevated crp (c reactive protein) concentrations of 123.8 mg/l (normal reference < 5.0 mg/l), an increased esr (erythrocyte sedimentation rate) of 75 mm/hr (normal reference 2−28 mm/hr) and a blood count within the normal range. tests for the presence of human leukocyte antigen (hla-b27) and human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) were also performed to exclude other possible causes, such as immune-mediated diseases. however, these proved to be negative. magnetic resonance imaging (mri) and computed tomography (ct) of the pelvis revealed an effusion of the right si joint with extensive oedema in the bone marrow and adjacent muscles (figs. 1a and b). these images were highly suggestive of right-sided sacroiliitis with features of an infective process. at this point, an additional differential diagnosis of tuberculosis (tb) was considered as the patient originates from a tb endemic region in sub-saharan africa and had frequent contact with a relative who had tb. diagnosis was later confirmed using a needle core biopsy of the sacrum, together with subsequent pcr (polymerase chain reaction) analysis, which was positive for mycobacterium tuberculosis (genexpert pcr). sensitivity for rifampicin was established and multidrug resistance was excluded. the patient was initiated on a four-drug combination therapy (isoniazid, rifampicin, pyrazinamide and ethambutol) with additional vitamin b6 (pyridoxine) supplementation for a minimum duration of 9-12 months. continuous monitoring of the patient consisted of clinical re-evaluation supported by standard radiographs and serial esr/crp counts every six weeks for the first three months and then every three months for the duration of the treatment. after receiving almost four months of anti-tuberculosis treatment, the patient showed a good clinical response. follow-up blood counts revealed a reduction in esr (75 mm/hr vs. 2 mm/hr) and crp (123.8mg/l vs. 3.1 mg/l), while radiography showed no progression compared to previous findings. the patient has since commenced a physical rehabilitation programme that includes progressive strengthening and aerobic conditioning. discussion in this case, the patient’s initial presentation with a “sports injury” and unreported constitutional symptoms resulted in a differential diagnosis, including sciatica, gluteal muscle strain and infectious/inflammatory disorders of the si joint. this led to a final working diagnosis of sacroilitis, followed by referral for appropriate physiotherapy treatment. however, the patient’s failure to respond to the prescribed treatment alerted the authors to the possibility of a missed diagnosis. consequently, a repeat clinical assessment, including an indepth history taking, physical examination and special tests, resulted in the identification of underlying sacroiliac tb. this demonstrates the importance of an accurate clinical assessment in order to identify underlying chronic disease in the presence of a sports injury. furthermore, a high index of clinical suspicion should be maintained for chronic medical conditions as this can influence the initial differential as well as the final working diagnosis. plain radiography (x-ray) is one of the various screening methods used to assist clinicians with an effective diagnosis of musculoskeletal tb. in this case, subtle features suggestive of joint pathology were indeed visible retrospectively on initial standard anterior posterior (ap) radiographs of the pelvis; however, these were not recognised at the time. subsequent mri and ct confirmed features of sacroilitis stemming from an infective origin. together with the history of constitutional fig.1a. mri of pelvis: t1-fat saturation post-contrast. enhancing si-joint with bone marrow oedema of the sacrum and right iliac bone. si joint fluid collection with anterior extension deep to right iliacus muscle. features compatible with an infective sacroiliitis. fig.1b. coronal ct of pelvis showing widening of the right si joint with erosion and sclerosis of the right ilium. normal left si joint. case report 3 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 symptoms for tb further investigation was warranted using specific blood markers and core needle biopsy. it is important to note that exclusive diagnosis of tb is typically demonstrated by either acid-fast bacilli (afb) on microscopy, growth of bacilli in a lowestein-jensen culture or identification of granulomatous lesions in the histologic specimen from an open biopsy or fine needle aspiration.[4,6] considering that the traditional techniques using cultures can be time-consuming, two polymerase chain reaction methods are frequently used, namely the line probe assay (lpa) method or the genexpert pcr (gxp) method. the latter method was used to confirm diagnosis of sacroiliac tb in this case. conclusion this case demonstrates important messages for the clinician working in sport and exercise medicine. firstly, chronic medical conditions can masquerade as common sports injuries, and conversely, exercise or sport may often reveal the chronic illness. it is therefore important that the clinician takes a meticulous medical history and is mindful of a wide differential during an assessment of common sports injuries, particularly when no trauma or inciting event is involved. the second important lesson is that patients should be completely reassessed should they not respond as anticipated or according to the treatment plan set out for the particular patient. patient consent: we would like to thank the patient for his consent to publish his clinical information. study funding and conflict of interest: the authors report no funding or conflict of interest. references 1. global tuberculosis report 2017. geneva: world health organization. http://www.who.int/tb/publications/global_report/en/ 2. peto hm, pratt rh, harrington ta, et al. epidemiology of extrapulmonary tuberculosis in the united states, 1993–2006. clin infect dis 2009;49(9):1350-1357.[doi:10.1086/605559] 3. prakash j. sacroiliac tuberculosis a neglected differential in refractory low back pain our series of 35 patients. j clin orthop trauma 2014;5(3):146-153. [doi:10.1016/j.jcot.2014.07.008] 4. gao f, kong xh, tong xy, et al. tuberculous sacroiliitis: a study of the diagnosis, therapy and medium-term results of 15 cases. j int med res 2011;39(1):321-335. [doi:10.1177/147323001103900135] 5. gelal f, sabah d, doǧan r, et al. multifocal skeletal tuberculosis involving the lumbar spine and a sacroiliac joint: mr imaging findings. diagn interv radiol 2006;12(3):139-141. [pmid: 16972219] 6. patwardhan sa, joshi s. laboratory diagnosis of spinal tuberculosis: past and present. argospine news j 2011;23(3):120-124.[doi:10.1007/s12240-011-0023-9] http://www.who.int/tb/publications/global_report/en/ book review sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 131 i have always had an interest in endurance sports and have been fortunate enough to work with endurance athletes while completing my phd. professor mujika is a well-respected scientist who, apart from his research work, consults with many elite endurance athletes. i was surprised at how excited i was to review a ‘textbook’. professor mujika has assembled an ‘all-star’ cast of contributors world-wide, many of whom are well-known experts in their respective fields. the book certainly did not disappoint, with all the chapters containing summaries of current and up-to-date literature from leaders in their areas of research. many of the chapters are authored in part by the ‘usual suspects’ of exercise physiology, but we are also introduced to a few new experts, who will surely become as well known as their co-authors. the clever organisation of the chapters helps with the flow of the book. the first chapter clearly outlines the requirements for endurance performance and sets the scene for the remaining chapters. the following ten chapters (two to eleven) offer the reader practical information on how to optimise endurance performance. these ten chapters include topics of periodisation, quantifying training load, high-intensity training, recovery strategies and tapering. i especially enjoyed the chapters on high-intensity training by paul laursen, quantifying training load by mike lambert, and recovery by shona halson and christos argus. this may be because these chapters are closely aligned to my research, but i found them to be well written and practical. each chapter ends with a summary of the key points covered and contains a full reference list. the following six chapters cover the physiological responses to endurance training in more detail. the topics covered include: cardiovascular and metabolic adaptations to endurance training, adaptations of skeletal muscle, and hormonal responses to endurance training. these chapters take the reader a little deeper into the physiology of endurance performance on the molecular and cellular level. coaches should not be put off by this, as the work is well written and presented in a logical manner. these chapters are essential to the understanding of an athlete’s response to endurance training. chapter 18 covers physiological testing and adaptation to endurance training. it was great to read a chapter on this topic that didn’t put all the eggs in the vo2max basket. drs pyne and saunders emphasise the importance of economy of movement, fat utilisation (glycogen sparing) and peak power output or peak treadmill running speed as important factors related to endurance performance. the authors offer options for both laboratory and field testing as well as maximal and sub-maximal testing. physiological testing is an important tool for endurance athletes and coaches and assists in the monitoring of training adaptation, training intensity prescription and profiling athletes for specific events. as a coach myself, i am often asked nutrition-related questions by the athletes i work with. i am an exercise physiologist and coach, sadly not a dietician, and as a result i can’t prescribe eating plans or dietary interventions to my athletes. i am sure that there are many endurance coaches in south africa or all over the world who face the same dilemma. fortunately, chapter 21 covers nutritional strategies for endurance training and competition. the authors of the chapter, louise burke and gregory cox, have put all the key points into three easy-to-digest (pun intended) tables, which allow the reader to get an idea of fuelling strategies for exercise and recovery. while this information may not equip the reader with enough knowledge or experience to prescribe a diet or dietary intervention, it should allow you to determine if your athletes are adopting good nutritional habits. the book also contains five chapters on endurance training and competition in challenging environments, including heat, cold, altitude, areas of high pollution and the effects of longdistance travel. most athletes will be exposed to one or more of these environmental conditions while training or competing and a coach or physiologist equipped with the knowledge on how to handle these environments will be an asset to any athlete. once again, the physiological effects of these environments on performance are discussed, as well as strategies to maximise performance in these conditions. the book is expensive, but i would certainly recommend it to coaches with some background in physiology and any lecturers who may run an undergraduate coaching course. the book covers all the bases of endurance performance that will serve the reader well. benoit capostagno phd programme uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine endurance training science and practice edited by iñigo mujika. pp. 328. donostia. 2012. €151.30. isbn 978-84-939970-0-7. km_c227-20180711130409 38 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 editorial injury management programme at sa rugby youth tournaments as this edition of the journal goes to press, the annual rugby youth tournaments begin around the country. these national tournaments provide an opportunity for the best young rugby players in the country to showcase their skills. in addition to catering for players of the under-13, -16 and -18 age groups, there is also a tournament for players from schools with special needs. the tournaments provide an opportunity for talent scouts representing schools, provinces and rugby academies to examine the skills of the players and offer contracts to those who they consider to be special. rugby is a sport involving collisions between players, and sometimes, when they are sprinting at maximum speed, injuries are inevitable. it is for this reason that the medical division of sa rugby and boksmart[1] initiated a programme to attempt to make the game safer. they have provided medical facilities at each tournament venue, and for the last 3 years, have had staff to record every injury treated by the doctor at each tournament. the information about each injury is entered into a database and analysed.[2] the information includes the type of injury, body part injured, mechanism of injury, stage and phase of the game when the injury occurred. the field conditions are also noted. parents of injured players are contacted regularly after the tournament, until the injury has repaired. the aim is to quantify the severity of the injuries and medical services required for each tournament. this information will also support a project that is currently underway to calculate the financial cost of each injury. by providing accurate information to the actuaries of medical insurance companies, it will be possible to calculate an insurance package specifically designed for the tournament. this is particularly relevant as nearly a quarter of the players attending the tournaments do not have medical aid to cover their expenses in the event of an injury. also, at two tournaments (under-18 academy week and club championships) the players are requested to complete a questionnaire probing their knowledge, attitude and behaviour regarding injuries. this serves to identify key areas that need to be addressed and tracks changes in knowledge, attitude and behaviour from year to year. this shows that sa rugby is aspiring to principles of ‘best practice’ in trying to manage the game efficiently from an injury perspective. by implementing a sophisticated data-collection programme, the organisation is able to measure the problem of injuries in its youth players and consequently position itself to manage these injuries. this means that medical services at each tournament can be planned more accurately, and the organisation is well-positioned to detect any trends in injuries that may emerge as a result of rule changes. the programme that sa rugby has put in place is not ‘rocket science’; it has merely been implemented in a systematic way using measurement tools devised though a process of international consensus.[3] emphasis has been placed on collecting data in a methodical way, and data analysis is an ongoing process. there is no reason why the other sporting codes cannot implement similar programmes. consensus documents describing definitions of injuries and methodological recommendations for cricket[4] and soccer[5] have been published; therefore, the next step requires a decision by management to measure and analyse the data for these sports. when all major sports have embraced this approach, there is a strong possibility that they will become safer for their participants. when participants see that the administrators are ‘upping their game’, there is a very good chance that they will respond with superior playing performances. the articles in this edition of the journal cover a broad scope, ranging from the effects of exercise on mood in breast cancer patients,[6] to the risk of cardiac arrest in young athletes.[7] there are also two articles on injuries associated with long-distance running,[8,9] an article on the fitness of women rugby players[10] and, finally, a study on the effects of over-the-counter dosages of pseudoephedrine on swim ming performance. [11] enjoy the read! mike lambert editor-in-chief 1. viljoen w, patricios j. boksmart – implementing a national rugby safety programme. br j sports med 2012 may 19;46(10):692-693. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.460] 2. brown j, verhagen e, viljoen w, et al. the incidence and severity of injuries at the 2011 south african rugby union (saru) youth week tournaments. south african journal of sports medicine 2012;24(2):49-54. 3. fuller cw, molloy mg, bagate c, et al. consensus statement on injury definitions and data collection procedures for studies of injuries in rugby union. br j sports med 2007;41(5):328-331. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033282] 4. orchard j, newman d, stretch r, frost w, mansingh a, leipus a. methods for injury surveillance in international cricket. journal of science and medicine in sport 2005;8(1):1-14. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440(05)80019-2] 5. junge a, dvorak j. influence of definition and data collection on the incidence of injuries in football. am j sports med 2000;28(5 suppl):s40-46. 6. van oers hm. exercise effects on mood in breast cancer patients. south african journal of sports medicine 2013;25(2):55-59. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.481] 7. gradidge pj-l, constantinou d, goldberg l. sudden cardiac arrest risk in young athletes. south african journal of sports medicine 2013;25(2):53-54. [http://dx.doi. org/10.7196/sajsm.469] 8. ellapen tj, satyendra s, morris j, van heerden hj. common musculoskeletal injuries among recreational half-marathon runners in kwazulu-natal. south african journal of sports medicine 2013;25(2):39-43. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.360] 9. kellogg ds, joslin j. the legend of plantar neuropraxia in long-distance athletes. south african journal of sports medicine 2013;25(2):51-52. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/ sajsm.468] 10. hene nm, bassett sh. changes in the physical fitness of elite women’s rugby union players over a competitive season. south african journal of sports medicine 2013;25(2):47-50. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.371] 11. gradidge pj-l, constantinou d, heard s-m, king c, morris-eyton h. effect of a therapeutic dose of pseudoephedrine on swimmers’ performance. south african journal of sports medicine 2013;25(2):43-36. [http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.378] s afr j sm 2013;25(2):38. doi:10.7196/sajsm.493 http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.460] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033282] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s1440-2440 http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.481] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.469] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.469] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.360] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.468] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.468] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.371] http://dx.doi.org/10.7196/sajsm.378] editorial 1 sajsm vol. 31 no. 1 2019 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license the state of the south african journal of sports medicine, 2019 this is the second year of the new format of the south african journal of sports medicine. when we made the change in 2017 we were confident it was going to have a positive impact on the quality of the journal [1]. the reason for making the change to a one-issue-per-year format was primarily to speed up the time from accepting a paper to the time of publication. we reported last year that this time was reduced to about three weeks [2]. we received positive feedback from authors and can now report this duration has been reduced to two weeks in most cases. we use the open journal system (ojs) as the journal management system for the south african journal of sports medicine. ojs is open source software designed for the management of peer reviewed academic journals. this was developed by the public knowledge project, a non-profit research initiative, through collaboration between the faculty of education at the university of british columbia, the canadian centre for studies in publishing at simon fraser university, the university of pittsburgh, ontario council of university libraries, the california digital library and the school of education at stanford university [3]. in 2018 the ojs was upgraded to version 3. this change improved the usability of the website for authors and reviewers. this version of the ojs also has an automated feature for exporting a citation to a reference manager. altmetric data are also readily available for each publication. the south african journal of sports medicine remains accredited by the scientific electronic library online (scielo) sa, south africa’s main open-access (free to access and free to publish) searchable full-text journal database. scielo sa is managed by the academy of science of south africa (assaf), funded by the south african department of science and technology and endorsed by the south african department of higher education and training (dhet).the scielo sa database represents 76 journals published within south africa. the south african journal of sports medicine is also on the department of higher education and training (dhet) list of accredited journals. this is important because south african authors who work at tertiary institutions and publish in the south african journal of sports medicine can get a subsidy for their paper from the dhet. a requirement for 2019 is that all authors and co-authors have to include their open researcher and contributor ids (orcid) when the manuscript is submitted. this seems to be an international trend in academic publishing and is designed to provide each author with unique identification. the orcid can easily be obtained by registering on the orcid website (http://www.orcid.org). our publishing team includes a journal manager, copyeditor and typesetter. this committed group has developed standard operating procedures which enable an efficient workflow from the submitted paper through to the published paper. it is noteworthy that this group operates within the constraints of an extremely limited annual budget. however, we do have challenges. the major challenge, which we share with all journals, is to get quality reviews of submitted manuscripts. the peer review process, a fundamental principle of science, relies on experts who can share their time to review a paper. because this is usually done anonymously, the reviewers do not get recognition. while it is always noble to make a contribution without recognition, the reality is that more experts are declining requests to review a paper. this increases the burden on editorial staff who have to spend more time trying to find a competent and willing reviewer. publons (http://www.publons.com/about/home/) have attempted to address this problem by providing an online platform where reviews are recorded. once a review is completed, the editor of the journal emails the reviewer acknowledging the submitted report. the reviewer simply forwards this email to the publons platform where the information is recorded in the reviewer’s file. the platform can generate data rich reports on the numbers of reviews, quality of journals and ranking of the researcher. this profile provides the reviewer with useful information which can be used in a job promotion or funding application. finally, a reminder that the south african journal of sports medicine is sponsored by the south african sports medicine association (sasma). therefore we are obligated fulfil the objectives of sasma and ensure that the publications are relevant to issues in south africa. mike lambert editor-in-chief s afr j sports med 2019;31:1. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2019/v31i1a6055 references 1. lambert mi. new format of the south african journal of sports medicine. s afr j sports med, 2017. [doi /10.17159/2078516x/2017/v29i0a2856] 2. lambert mi. the transition of the south african journal of sports medicine. s afr j sports med, 2018: 1–1. [doi.org/10.17159/2078516x/2018/v30i1a4796] 3. public knowledge project. 2019. [https://www.pkp.sfu.ca] (accessed february 13th, 2019) http://www.publons.com/about/home/ http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2019/v31i1a6055 /users/mikelambert/library/containers/com.apple.mail/data/library/mail%20downloads/b98f2d62-3a9c-429e-821d-778deb6b5331/%5bdoi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4796 /users/mikelambert/library/containers/com.apple.mail/data/library/mail%20downloads/b98f2d62-3a9c-429e-821d-778deb6b5331/%5bdoi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a4796 https://www.pkp.sfu.ca/ https://orcid.org/0000-0001-8979-1504 sajsm 476.indd original research 104 sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 background. stress is an integral part of daily living, but chronic activation of the stress response without the ability to express the physical response results in overloading of the physiological and psychological systems. objective. to decrease perceived stress by means of one known and/or one relatively unknown physical activity, namely aerobic exercise and somatic awareness exercise. methods. this investigation made use of a quantitative, comparative, experimental research design over an 8-week period using preand post-tests. participants were measured for psychological stress using a perceived stress scale. the participants were divided into those who were physically untrained and those who participated in exercise training programmes. results. there were five groups in total. the physically untrained individuals were divided into four groups: a somatic awareness exercise group (n=9); an aerobic exercise group (n=15); a combination group taking part in both somatic awareness and aerobic exercise (n=8); and a control group (n=15). the 5th group contained individuals who participated in physical exercise prior to entering the programme; they were given somatic awareness exercise (n=9) in addition to their existing physical exercises. an independent samples t-test revealed significant changes for perceived stress in the aerobic, somatic, combination and exercise groups, with a 95% confidence level in comparison with the control group. conclusion. various physical modes such as aerobic exercise, somatic awareness training and a combination of the two may be used to decrease one’s perceived stress in moderately to highly stressed individuals who are sedentary or who are physically active. s afr j sm 2014;26(4):104-108. doi:10.7196/sajsm.476 the effect of various physical exercise modes on perceived psychological stress m k magalhaes das neves,1 mphil (biokinetics); j m loots,1 dsc (physiol), dtech (agric); r l van niekerk,2 dlit et phil (psychology) 1 department of sport and movement studies, faculty of health, university of johannesburg, south africa 2 department of psychology, faculty of humanities, university of johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: r l van niekerk (leonvn@uj.ac.za) stress is an integral part of the life of every human being, and is necessary for human functioning and adaptation. if the demands of life, in modern society for example, surpass the ability to cope, one will be in distress or in a negative stressful state. in order for a situation to be deemed as negatively stressful or not, one needs to perceive or appraise one’s demands and ability to cope; this is defined as perceived stress.[1] chronic exposure to stress can be detrimental to one’s physiological and psychological functioning, and result in chronic stress-related diseases.[2,3] worldwide, people manifest stressrelated diseases, and since excessive stress has been poorly managed, there have been increases in stress levels as high as 44%.[4] in the working environment, south africans have high perceived stress levels, with the greatest prevalence of stress among whites, females and individuals in the age group 20 30 years.[5] annually, there can be as much as a r12 billion loss in south africa (sa) due to stress-related absenteeism and low work productivity, which causes huge losses in economic profits and growth.[6] it has also been found that sa individuals who have high levels of psychological stress do not partake in physical exercise, and engage in poor behavioural patterns (such as alcohol consumption, smoking and drug abuse) because of an inability to cope with the high levels of perceived stress.[7] poor behavioural patterns in conjunction with decreased physical activity levels can lead to increases in perceived stress and manifestation of chronic disease conditions, which are currently increasing rapidly in the sa population.[8] the increased prevalence of stress-related disease indicates a need for improved stress management, such as the use of the psychological technique of cognitive behavioural therapy.[9] however, physiological techniques such as yoga[9] and aerobic exercise[10] have been shown to be just as effective in decreasing perceived stress as cognitive behavioural therapy. it is important to employ a physiological technique and not only a psychological technique, because the stress response is in itself physical[2,11] and there needs to be a healthy physical outlet. although aerobic exercise is widely used to decrease perceived stress, it has also been shown to have no or little effect on perceived stress,[12] and it is for this reason that the objective of the present study is to investigate the efficacy of somatic awareness exercise techniques (a different physiological mode) on decreasing perceived stress. (for a complete literature review on stress and somatic awareness, please contact the authors.) these techniques have been found to be effective in decreasing stress because they address both psychological and physiological aspects of the individual, and holistically integrate the self.[13] somatic awareness techniques both implement and develop improved breathing, attention to the self, embodied presence, postural stability and quality of movement.[13] this is achieved by teaching correct movement patterns, increasing someone’s awareness of the acute and chronic physical manifestations of poor and correct movement patterns, and by doing so also increasing awareness of the self.[13] sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 105 objective to investigate the efficacy of somatic awareness exercise on perceived stress, and to compare this with a known stress-reducing mode, namely aerobic exercise, in both trained and untrained individuals. methods participants fifty-six participants were recruited from corporate companies in the johannesburg area. the volunteers completed an informed consent form, a medical screening form and a perceived stress scale (pss). subjects were excluded from the present study if their stress levels were low (pss score <10), they were pregnant, and if they suffered from chronic illness and any absolute and relative contraindications to exercise according to the american college of sports medicine. [14] individuals who smoked were also excluded from the study, as smoking would have presented another variable that may have affected the study. the mean age of the total sample was 41 (standard deviation (sd) 11, range 22 65) years. the total sample comprised 43 (77%) females and 13 (23%) males. the ethnicity of the total sample comprised white (n=39, 69.6%), indian (n=5, 8.9%) and black (n=12, 21.4%) participants. most of the participants included in the study did not partake in regular physical exercis e. thes e untrained (s edentar y) participants were randomly assigned to either a control (n=15), an aerobic exercise (n=15), a somatic awareness (n=9) or a combination (aerobic exercise and somatic awareness) (n=8) group. some subjects who volunteered to participate in the study were physically active prior to the study, and were placed in a separate exercise group (n=9). the mean age, mean bmi, gender and ethnic distribution across the experimental and control groups are presented in table 1. both the kolmogorov-smirnov test for normality and levene’s test for homogeneity of variance were non-significant between the stress levels of the different groups, implying no statistical differences between the groups’ stress levels. no statistical differences between the age and bmi of the groups were found. research design the current investigation made use of a quantitative, comparative, experimental research design over an 8-week period, using preand post-tests. the methodological framework of the study is outlined in table 2. research instruments and method of assessment the research instrument used to measure perceived stress was the pss,[1] which has 10 items on a five-point likert scale, with scores ranging from 0 to 40. the pss was used in the pretest, which took place 1 day before commencement of the sessions, and in the posttest, which took place 1 day after the last exercise session. normative scores on the test indicate that when a participant scores <10 on the pss, they are experiencing minimal stress; a score of 10 20 indicates moderate stress, while a score of 20 30 indicates high stress and a score >30 indicates very high stress. the pss was utilised because it takes into account the degree to which a person will perceive his/her life as stressful and how much stress is present in his/her life, rather than just measuring the physical response to a specific stressor.[1] it is one of the most reliable and valid tests available for subjective stress appraisal and has a reliability score (cronbach’s alpha) of 0.72.[15] the intervention protocol prior to the intervention programme, all groups were informed that they had to participate in the study for 8 weeks, and that the required participation in the given intervention was a minimum of three times a week and a maximum of six times a week.[14] this required 24 exercise sessions over the 8-week period. the subjects were allowed to exercise at a time convenient to them, because there is no marked difference in stress levels that is dependent on the time that one exercises.[11] in the introductory sessions, all four intervention groups were shown the exercises by means of a dvd, which provided auditory and visual instructions. each group had their own dvd with set instructions and the necessary exercise protocol. the control group did not receive any of these instructions mentioned, but were asked to continue with life as usual. after the introductory sessions, the participants were not supervised, but were monitored by means of weekly phone calls and emails. participants in the intervention groups were also issued with an exercise diary to determine participant compliance, and to record their exercise sessions, duration, dates and overall mood. aerobic exercise group the aerobic exercise protocol comprised a 5 10 min aerobic warm-up at a low intensity of 5 8 on the borg scale. the warm-up was followed by any moderate aerobic exercise of 10 12 intensity on the borg scale for 20 30 min,[16] as this has been shown to contribute most to stress relief.[11] the cool-down was performed similarly to the warmup: 5 10 min at a low intensity of 5 8 on the borg scale.[16] static table 1. distribution of the age, bmi, gender and ethnicity of each group group mean age (years) mean bmi (kg/m2) gender, n ethnicity, n males females white black indian aerobic 44 30.77 7 8 3 10 2 somatic 46 30.82 1 8 9 0 0 combination 37 23.86 1 7 6 0 2 exercise 31 25.52 0 9 8 0 1 control 38 25.15 4 11 13 2 0 bmi = body mass index. 106 sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 stretching was performed after cool-down, and was chosen because stretching has been shown to decrease the stress response and induce a physiological and psychological relaxation response. [10] the stretches included the stretching of gross musculature (lower back, hamstrings, neural hamstrings, quadriceps, hip flexors, trunk extensors, obliques, quadratus lumborum, groin, calves, triceps and neck) for 30 s, with each stretch repeated three times. prior to the intervention programme, the stretching instructions and guidelines[14,16] were discussed with, and demonstrated to, the participants, with emphasis on correct breathing, limb placement and range of motion. somatic awareness group the main body of work and the structure of the intervention were taken from hanna.[13] somatic awareness exercises have, as their table 2. methodological framework of the present study sample 56 participants ranked as moderately to highly stressed from the johannesburg area ages from 18 to 65 subjects met inclusion criteria pretest retrospective health questionnaires and informed consent psychological screening: stress score subjects not exercising prior to study randomly assigned into four groups exercising subjects were assigned to an exercise group intervention protocols group 1: aerobic group 2: somatic group 3: combination group 4: exercise group 5: control group warm-up: duration: 5 10 min intensity: borg scale of 5 8 warm-up: duration: 5 10 min intensity: borg scale of 5 8 warm-up: duration: 5 10 min intensity: borg scale of 5 8 warm-up: duration: 5 10 min intensity: borg scale of 5 8 no exercise exercises: type: aerobic duration: 20 30 min intensity: borg scale of 10 12 exercises: no aerobic exercise prescribed and somatic awareness exercises (lessons 1 8) exercises: type: aerobic duration: 20 30 min intensity: borg scale of 10 12 and somatic awareness exercises (lessons 1 8) exercises: continue with present exercise programme and somatic awareness exercises (lessons 1 8) cool down: duration: 5 min intensity: borg scale of 5 8 cool down: duration: 5 min intensity: borg scale of 5 8 cool down: duration: 5 min intensity: borg scale of 5 8 cool down: duration: 5 min intensity: borg scale of 5 8 post-test stress score statistics descriptive statistics one-way anova post-hoc comparisons paired sample t-test effect size anova = analysis of variance. sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 107 primary goal, an increase in somatic awareness in the individual. this increased awareness is attained by teaching correct movement patterns in various parts of the body. the movements are all slow and gentle, with the emphasis on being totally aware of the proprioceptive input from each and every part of the body. this then increases the ability of participants to become aware of their own movements and posture, and make appropriate corrections where and when required. it should be noted that none of these lessons included any form of stretching. the somatic awareness training had to be done three times a week for a total of 8 weeks. the sessions were divided into eight lessons. each lesson focused on increasing awareness and releasing muscle tension in a particular group of muscles.[13] • lesson 1: extensor back muscles. this lesson focused on increasing awareness of the lower back muscles and decreasing lumbar extensor tension by increasing movement in the hips. • lesson 2: flexor muscles of stomach. the lesson built on lesson 1, where the back extensors were integrated with the abdominal and anterior musculature. the participant was taught to integrate the muscles and the movements using the hip muscles, allowing for the agonists and antagonists to work together. • lesson 3: muscles of the waist. this lesson concentrated on the waist muscles, such as the internal and external obliques, and the quadratus lumborum. the point of the lesson was to increase the muscle length at the waist and decrease the feeling of tightness in the obliques and the quadratus lumborum. • lesson 4: controlling muscles involved in trunk rotation. this lesson took advantage of the growing sensitivity and control attained in lessons 1 3. the main movements were rotational movements of the trunk muscles (quadratus lumborum, abdominals, back extensors), with attention to the elongation (lengthening) and awareness of the function of the trunk muscles. • lesson 5: hip and leg muscles. in this lesson, the participant was taught how to free the muscles of the trunk, hips, legs and feet. the basics of locomotion and the freeing up of movement along the entire lower body were analysed. • lesson 6: neck and shoulders. this lesson focused on increasing upper body awareness, freeing up the ribs, chest, shoulders and neck, and increasing the movements of the upper body. • lesson 7: breathing. the focus of this lesson was on breathing, specifically breathing done with the diaphragm. • lesson 8: walking. this lesson built on what had been achieved in lessons 1 7. it taught walking with proper trunk, spinal and shoulder rotation, as well as the rotation experienced by the arms and legs. it emphasised the contralateral walking pattern, and making walking effortless and graceful. combination group the combination group had to combine both the aerobic exercise and the somatic awareness exercise in the same session on the same day (they were not allowed to pick only one). they were required to do both exercises a minimum of three times a week for a period of 8 weeks. on the days they chose to do aerobic exercise, they had to undergo the aerobic exercise protocol described above as well as the somatic awareness exercise (see table 2). exercise group the exercise group was instructed to continue with their aerobic programmes, but somatic awareness exercise was added. they had to complete aerobic exercise and the somatic awareness exercise at least three times a week for 8 weeks (see table 2). ethical considerations the present study was granted ethical approval by the ethical committee of the university of johannesburg prior to its commencement. a letter of information was issued to each participant, including an informed consent form. data analysis frequency and descriptive statistics were conducted to describe the sample. the mean scores and sds for both the preand post-test of the pss were calculated. statistical significance was set at p<0.05 for the study. normality was determined by the kolmogorov-smirnov test and the shapiro-wilk test. a normal distribution was found for all pss preand post-test measures in all the intervention groups, except for the post-test of the somatic group. paired-sample t-tests were done to determine within-group changes in pss after the interventions, and the effect size was determined by calculating the eta2 statistic. guidelines for interpretation of the effect size were: 0.01 0.06: small effect; 0.07 0.14: moderate effect; and >0.14: large effect. a one-way analysis of variance (anova) and post-hoc tests (dunnett t3) were conducted to determine group differences. results the results of the pss scores and the distribution of the demographics of each group are shown in table 3. after statistical analysis, there was no statistically significant difference in compliance between the somatic, combination and table 3. mean pss pretest and post-test scores, mean differences, significance and effect size of all five groups variable group pretest, mean (sd) post-test, mean (sd) mean preand post-test difference p-value effect size (eta2) pss aerobic 18.80 (5.60) 14.20 (6.64) –4.60 0.02 0.33 somatic 24.11 (3.44) 15.44 (5.46) –8.67 0.01 0.76 combination 23.38 (6.35) 16.63 (3.62) –6.75 0.01 0.76 exercise 25.44 (4.04) 18.33 (5.17) –7.11 0.01 0.75 control 19.47 (5.68) 18.87 (5.83) –0.60 0.66 pss = perceived stress score; sd = standard deviation. 108 sajsm vol. 26 no. 4 2014 exercise groups. however, while the aerobic exercise group did have a statistically significant increase in compliance, it did not positively affect objective stress measures, nor did less participation in aerobic exercise negatively affect the objective stress measures. thus, one may assume that compliance in the aerobic exercise group did not affect the current study. discussion there were statistically significant decreases in the perceived stress of all the experimental groups, and although the perceived stress results for the control group decreased, this decrease was not statistically significant. a small effect size was found for the aerobic group, indicating that aerobic exercise was only slightly effective in decreasing perceived stress. a key finding in this study, however, was the large effect sizes found with the experimental groups that did somatic awareness exercise (somatic, combination and exercise groups); the perceived stress score decreased significantly in these groups. the large effect size of somatic awareness exercise may be due to its properties, which are not present in aerobic exercise. although it may seem that aerobic exercise and the use of stretching promote somatic awareness, they do not, as they do not focus on somatic awareness principles such as teaching of motor movements, improved kinaesthetic awareness,[17] sensory processing,[18] internal feedback and internal attention.[19] thus, by allowing improved feedback processing, stressor perception and emotional regulation, there is an improvement (decrease) in perceived stress.[20] the combination group had a statistically significant decrease in perceived stress scores, and a larger effect size than the group that participated in aerobic exercise only, because the combination of two or more modes has been shown to be more effective than one alone. the exercise group also had a statistically significant decrease with a large effect size.[17] it is interesting to note that while the participants in this group were exercising, they still had high levels of perceived stress. however, regardless of what their exercise modalities were, the addition of the somatic awareness exercise brought about the large effect size and the decrements in the perceived stress score. these results indicate that somatic awareness exercise is a more effective physical mode than the other modes in this study than the other modes in this study in reducing perceived stress, whether it is used alone or in conjunction with other cardiovascular modes, in both trained and untrained individuals. since perceived stress can be reduced by various physical modalities, the results of this study indicate how beneficial it could be to add somatic awareness training (which includes combinations of breathing, mindfulness, movement and inner sensing) to any physical mode in order to reduce perceived stress in individuals who are experiencing moderate to high stress levels. there are a few recommendations according to the limitations of the study. firstly, the sample could be larger, with a more evenly distributed gender and ethnicity profile. secondly, the specific protocol utilised in the study could not be found in other studies. in order to test its reliability, one should repeat the study and compare it with other mindfulness techniques such as yoga, tai chi and mindfulnessbased stress reduction. conclusion on the basis of the results of the present study, it may be concluded that various physical modes such as aerobic exercise, somatic awareness training and the combination of the two may be used to decrease perceived stress levels in moderately to highly stressed individuals who are sedentary or who are physically active. however, the results suggest that somatic awareness exercise is a more effective physical mode than the other modes in this study in reducing perceived stress, whether it is used alone or in conjunction with other cardiovascular modes, in both trained and untrained individuals. references 1. cohen s, kamarck t, mermelstien r. a global measure of perceived stress. j health soc behav 1983;24(4):385-396. 2. chrousos gp. stress and disorders of the stress system. nat rev endocrinol 2009;5(7):374-381. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/nrendo.2009.106] 3. cohen s, janicki-deverts d, miller ge. psychological stress and disease. jama 2007;198(14):1685-1687. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1001/jama.298.14.1685] 4. health and safety executive. stress and psychological disorders, 2011. http://www. hse.gov.uk/statistics/causdis/stress/stress.pdf (accessed 26 september 2012). 5. coopmans jwm. stress related causes of presenteeism amongst south african managers. mphil dissertation. pretoria: university of pretoria, 2007. 6. lilford n. absenteeism reaches new heights in south africa, 2010. http:// www.hrfuture.net/wellness/absenteeism-reaches-new-heights-in-south-africa. php?itemid= 183 (accessed 3 october 2012). 7. brook dw, rubenstone e, zhang c, morojele nk, brook js. environmental stressors, low well-being, smoking, and alcohol use among south african adolescents. soc sci med 2011;72(9):1447-1453. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/2011.02.041] 8. westaway ms. the impact of chronic diseases on the health and well-being of south africans in early and later old age. arch gerontol geriatr 2010;50(2):213-221. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.archger.2009.03.012] 9. granath j, ingvarsson s, von thiele u, lundberg u. stress management: a randomised study of cognitive behavioural therapy and yoga. cogn beav ther 2006;35(1):3-10. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/16506070500401292] 10. bond ds, lyle rm, tappe mk, seehafer rs, d’zurilla tj. moderate aerobic exercise, t’ai chi, and social problem-solving ability in relation to psychological stress. int j stress manag 2002;9(4):329-343. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/a:1019934417236] 11. cox rh. sports psychology concepts and applications. 5th edition. new york: mcgraw-hill, 2002. 12. hansen cj, stevens lc, richard cj. exercise duration and mood state: how much is enough to feel better? health psychol 2001;20(4):267-275. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1037//0278-6133.20.4.267] 13. hanna t. the body of life: creating new pathways for sensory awareness and fluid movement. rochester, usa: healing arts press, 1993. 14. american college of sports medicine. pre-exercise evaluations. in: whaley mh, brubaker ph, otto rm, eds. acsm’s guidelines for exercise testing and prescription. 7th ed. philadelphia: lippincott williams & wilkins, 2006:79-173. 15. benham g. the highly sensitive person: stress and physical symptom reports. pers individ dif 2006;40(7):1433-1440. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2005.11.021] 16. baechle tr, earle rw. essentials of strength training and conditioning. champaign, usa: human kinetics, 2000. 17. alexander fm. constructive conscious control of the individual. london: victor gollancz ltd, 1987. 18. kilpatrick la, suyenobu by, smith sr, et al. impact of mindfulness-based stress reduction training on intrinsic brain connectivity. neuroimage 2011;56(1):290-298. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2011.02.034] 19. kerr ga, kotynia f, kolt g. feldenkrais awareness through movement and state anxiety. j bodyw mov ther 2002;6(2):102-107. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1054/jbmt.2001.0274] 20. dobkin pl. mindfulness-based stress reduction: what processes are at work? complement ther clin pract 2008;14(1):8-16. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ctcp.2007.09.004] sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 55 traumatic iliopsoas haematoma is a serious complication of haemorrhage disorders rarely seen in young healthy athletes. it is mostly described in patients on anticoagulant therapy and commonly associated with various degrees of femoral nerve palsy. a 22-year-old male rugby player presented with severe onset of pain in the lower back, right hip flexor/pelvic area following a tackle during a rugby match. magnetic resonance imaging identified a distinct, hyperechoic heterogeneous mass within the right iliopsoas muscle, confirming a diagnosis of iliopsoas haematoma. the case resolved completely after conservative medical treatment in addition to a period of rest and intense active physical therapy. this case study reports the rare diagnosis of an uncomplicated iliopsoas haematoma following a sports injury in a young athlete. s afr j sports med 2015;27(2):55-57. doi:10.7196/sajsm.612 iliopsoas haematoma in a rugby player d c janse van rensburg,1,2 md, phd, facsm; o strauss,1,3,4 mb chb, msc (sports med); m d velleman,1,5 mmed (radd), fcrad(d); a jansen van rensburg,1,2 msc; c c grant,1,2 phd 1 section sports medicine, faculty of heath sciences, university of pretoria, south africa 2 exercise smart team, university of pretoria, south africa 3 high performance centre, university of pretoria, south africa 4 blue bulls rugby union, pretoria, south africa 5 little company of mary medical centre, pretoria, south africa corresponding author: d c janse van rensburg (christa.jansevanrensburg@up.ac.za) classified as either spont a n e o u s or t r au m at i c , [ 1 ] iliopsoas muscle haematomas are rare lesions that typically appear in individuals presenting with clotting difficulties, whether due to illnesses, such as haemophilia[2] and other blood disorders, or as a result of anticoagulant treatment.[3] clinical signs and symptoms of iliopsoas haematoma are often vague and nonspecific and may include pelvic, back, lower abdominal, or groin and thigh pain or swelling. muscle haemorrhage may lead to flexion deformity of the hip and may be associated with the functional inability of the affected limb.[2] femoral neuropathy due to the compression of the femoral nerve is the most serious and common complication.[2,4] i l i o p s o a s h a e m a t o m a i s m o s t l y described as an infrequent complication of anticoagulation therapy in older patients, however it has rarely been noted in athletes or in sports-associated incidents.[2,4,5] we report a case that occurred following a closed injury of the iliopsoas muscle in a young rugby player after he was tackled during a game. case report this report describes a case of a 22-year-old rugby player who complained of pain in the right hip flexor muscle and lower back areas three days after a rugby match in august 2013. during the first half of the match the player injured his hip when he was tackled and twisted his pelvic area. he was only removed from the field of play later in the game, during the second half, complaining of lower back pain. on examination directly after the game, he had no pain and full strength with flexion of the right iliopsoas and rectus femoris muscles and no pain on adduction of the right leg. examination of the lower back was also pain free with a normal range of motion of the vertebral column. his symptoms subsided and no immediate treatment was given. three days after the game he complained of excessive pain in the lower back, right hip flexor/pelvic area. on examination he now had pain on palpation of the right hip flexor muscles. there was no pain on resistant flexion movements of both the deep and superficial hip flexor muscles. the examination of the lower back area was still pain free on palpation, but he had some pain with flexion of the vertebral column. he had no pain with the adductor squeeze test or when doing a sit-up. he also had no pain on adduction or abduction of his right leg. the faber test of the right hip was negative. a possible deep hip flexor muscle strain or lower back injury was suspected. the player was referred for a magnetic resonance imaging (mri) scan of his lower back and pelvic area. the mri lumbar spine scan (1.5 tesla siemens symphony tim system) revealed o e d e m a i n t h e r i g ht p s o a s mu s cl e, extending from l1 to l5. centrally in this region of oedema, a more complex area of heterogeneous signal changes of ~3 5 cm diameter was noted, consistent with subacute haematoma (fig. 1). the right psoas muscle was also larger than the left (fig. 2). a second field of signal changes in the fig. 1. short tau inversion recovery (stir) coronal images demonstrating oedema and circumscribed haematoma in right psoas muscle (red arrow). case study 56 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 right deep gluteal region adjacent to the right greater trochanter was present, representing haemorrhage and oedema in relation and between the gluteus medius and minimus muscles on the right. no evidence of underlying bony involvement or significant lumbar disc pathology was present (fig. 3). treatment was initialised after confirmation of the diagnosis. treatment consisted of rest from all rugby and conditioning activities for 14 days. the player also received symptomatic physiotherapy treatment consisting of antiinflammatory modalities, and soft tissue mobilisation of muscle around the right hip flexor muscle area. a 10-day course of oral analgesic tablets was prescribed. the patient was pain free on walking and resistant hip flexor muscle movements after 14 days. he had normal range of motion of the right hip. a gradual running programme was introduced together with resistance training. sportspecific conditioning commenced after 21 days, and after 28 days he was asymptomatic and returned to full rugby training. discussion reports of haematomas of the iliopsoas muscle in young athletes injured during sports events have only rarely been published. [1,6] we report a 22-year-old rugby player that developed an iliopsoas muscle haematoma where the mechanism of injury was most likely excessive muscle strain during a match. the iliopsoas comprises three muscles passing through the pelvis. the origins are on the lumbar vertebrae (psoas major and psoas minor muscles) and the inner pelvis (iliacus muscle) and inserts into the lesser trochanter on the femur.[4] it is the strongest flexor of the hip joint, and with minimal elastic properties, opposes extension of the hip. these muscles are essential in the support of posture and hip flexion. they work together to flex the hip when kicking, bringing the leg out in front of the body or the knee up towards the chest when running.[2] mechanisms of injury to the iliopsoas may be due to sudden contraction of the hip flexor muscles while the hip is in a stretched position or during sprinting or kicking activities with the hip extended and stretched above its flexible limit.[7] a sudden movement of the hip into extension from a flexed and externally rotated position, certain movements such as flexion-extension (raising and lowering the entire leg) or rotation (twisting of the hip) may also contribute to an injury.[7] patients often present with undifferentiated symptoms including sudden onset of severe pain, muscle dysfunction and, in acute cases, with nerve palsy primarily affecting the femoral nerve.[5,8] the flexed position imposes the least tension on the iliopsoas muscle whereby the muscle is relaxed, with pain and limitation on passive hip extension as the muscle is stretched.[9] owing to the strong fibrous tissue layers of the muscle, large volumes of intramuscular bleeding are entrapped causing severe pain as a result of pressure build-up. inhibition of muscular function with femoral nerve involvement could present a serious and potentially severe neurological dysfunction. urgent drainage procedures of a traumatic haematoma may vary from open surgery,[3,8] to percutaneous drainage,[5] laparoscopy[1] or the most recently described retroperitoneoscopic approach.[10] the haematoma itself may account for a fatal outcome because of massive blood loss and haemorrhagic shock, especially with delayed diagnosis.[8] depending on the rate of active bleeding and the degree of impairment, treatment of an iliopsoas haematoma remains conservative comprising a period of total inactivity, adequate analgesia and gentle physiotherapy to allow the haematoma to spontaneously resorb.[2,3,9] in cases where an iliopsoas haematoma diagnosis is suspected, an mri scan is the imaging modality of choice due to its high sensitivity and specificity in the detection of small haematomas.[8,9] in patients presenting with femoral neuropathy as a consequence of retroperitoneal bleeding, an mri scan will assist in ruling out nerve root compression or spinal problems. in view of its usefulness in studying deep soft tissue, ultrasonography, although being operator-dependent and influenced by surrounding organs, may also provide valuable information in detecting these lesions.[6] computed tomography scans are frequently used in diagnosis as they are more readily accessible.[5,10] clinical knowledge remains fundamental and a degree of suspicion in the diagnosis is needed due to the insidious incidence of neurological disorders. haematoma of the iliopsoas muscle resulting from sport activities is an extraordinary diagnosis. this case in a 22-year-old rugby player had an uncomplicated course and completely resolved following early detection and diagnosis. fig. 2. t1 (left) and t2 (right) axial images depicting a haematoma in the right psoas muscle (red arrow). the right psoas muscle is larger than the left. fig. 3. t2 midsagittal image (left) and stir right parasagittal image (right), indicating no evidence of lumbar disc pathology, showing oedema in right psoas muscle (red arrows). sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 57 consent written informed consent was obtained from the patient for publication of this case report and any accompanying images. a copy of the written consent is available for review. references 1. jing j, qian j, tian d, zhang j, chen l, tang j. laparoscopic treatment of traumatic iliopsoas hematoma. chin med j (engl) 2013;126(4):795-797. 2. canelles e, bruna m, roig jv. spontaneous hematoma of the iliopsoas muscle: the report of three cases and review of the literature. rev esp cir ortop traumatol (english edition) 2010;54(4):234-237. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/s19888856(10)70238-8] 3. kong wk, cho k, lee hj, choi j. femoral neuropathy due to iliacus muscle hematoma in a patient on warfarin therapy. j korean neurosurg soc 2012;51(1):51-53. [http:// dx.doi.org/10.3340/jkns.2012.51.1.51] 4. tamai k, kuramochi t, sakai h, iwami n, saotome k. complete paralysis of the quadriceps muscle caused by traumatic iliacus hematoma: a case report. j orthop sci 2002;7(6):713-716. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s007760200127] 5. patel a, calfee r, thakur n, eberson c. non-operative management of femoral neuropathy secondary to a traumatic iliacus haematoma in an adolescent. j bone joint surg br 2008;90(10):1380-1381. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1302/0301-620x.90b10.21040] 6. kameda t, fujita m, takahashi i. diagnosis of traumatic iliopsoas hematoma using point-of-care ultrasound. crit ultrasound j 2011;3(1):59-61. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s13089-011-0065-4] 7. anderson k, strickland sm, warren r. hip and groin injuries in athletes. am j sports med 2001;29(4):521-533. 8. conesa x, ares o, seijas r. massive psoas haematoma causing lumbar plexus palsy: a case report. j orthop surg (hong kong) 2012;20(1):94-97. 9. basheer a, jain r, anton t, rock j. bilateral iliopsoas hematoma: case report and literature review. surg neurol int 2013;4:121-121. [http://dx.doi.org/10.4103/2152-7806.118561] 10. qian j, jing j, tian d, zhang j, chen l. safety and efficacy of a new procedure for treating traumatic iliopsoas hematoma: a retroperitoneoscopic approach. surg endosc 2014;28(1):265-270. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s00464-013-3183-1] sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 39 original research objective. to document the prevalence and nature of running-related musculoskeletal injuries among recreational half-marathon runners over a 12-month period (1 july 2011 31 june 2012). methods. data were collected from runners (n=200) who officially ran half-marathon road races during february june 2012. runners, whose participation in the study was dependent on voluntary informed consent, were required to complete a self-report questionnaire probing the prevalence and nature of running musculoskeletal injuries in the 12 months preceding recruitment. probability was set at p≤0.05. results. one hundred and eighty (90%) runners reported sustaining musculoskeletal injuries (p<0.001). the anatomical site most vulnerable to injury was the knee (26%), followed by the tibia/fibula (22%) and the lower back/hip (16%) (p<0.001). the intrinsic factors predisposing runners to musculoskeletal injuries were deviant quadriceps and hip flexion angles (p≤0.05). conclusion. recreational runners in our cohort sustained a high prevalence of knee, tibia/fibula and lower back/hip injuries. s afr j sm 2013;25(2):39-43. doi:10.7196/sajsm.360 common running musculoskeletal injuries among recreational half-marathon runners in kwazulu-natal t j ellapen, phd; s satyendra, bsps (hons) (biokinetics); j morris, bsps (hons) (biokinetics); h j van heerden, dphil department of sport science, school of physiotherapy, sport science and optometry, university of kwazulu-natal, durban, south africa corresponding author: t j ellapen (tellapen1@yahoo.com) predisposing factors contributing to musculoskeletal running injuries include poor training habits, inadequate rehabilitation of previous injuries, high weekly mileage, incorrect shoes and muscle imbalances. [1-4] studies have identified the knee as the anatomical site most vulnerable to running-related musculoskeletal injury, followed by the ankle.[1-4] intrinsic factors such as deviant quadriceps angles (q-angles), genu varum, genu valgum, rear foot varus and rear foot valgus have been associated with vulnerability to knee and ankle injuries.[1,5,6] there is controversy concerning the relationship between deviant q-angles and knee injuries among runners.[7,8] lun et al.[7] and messier et al.[8] have reported that deviant q-angles do not play a significant role in the predisposition towards knee injuries, while others[6,9,10] advocate that large q-angles are a positive risk factor for knee injuries among runners. only one south african study has investigated the association of deviant q-angles and knee injuries among runners.[6] there is a need for further epidemiological investigations to determine intrinsic risk factors that predispose runners to musculoskeletal injuries. we aimed to compare training habits, q-angles and hip flexion between runners who did, and those who did not incur running injuries in the 12 months preceding study recruitment. methods participants we performed a retrospective and descriptive study of the prevalence of running-related musculoskeletal injuries in the preceding 12 months among 200 runners, aged 18 57 years, from different athletic clubs affiliated to the kwazulu-natal athletic association. ethical approval for the study was obtained from the school of health science research committee, university of kwazulu-natal. the cohort regularly participated in half-marathons (21.1 km), with an average road-running history of 12.2 years (standard deviation (sd) ±1.4). runners participated in the study by signing voluntary informed consent. their personal details, training histories and running-related injuries were obtained using a self-report, validated, musculoskeletal injury questionnaire adapted from van heerden.[11] questionnaire participants were requested to indicate only running-related musculoskeletal injuries experienced as a sensation of distress or agony, and which prevented them from physical activity for a minimum of 24 hours (adapted from van herdeen[11]). in the self-report questionnaire, the running-related musculoskeletal injuries were further investigated according to anatomical site of musculoskeletal pain, intensity/severity of pain (according to the kee and seo[12] pain-rating scale) and symptoms (dull aching, discomfort, sharp, pins and needles, numbness, burning and radiating).[12] hagglund et al.[13] reported that the fundamental problem concerning international epidemiological sport investigations is the inconsistent definition of musculoskeletal injury.[13] the authors proposed that the prevalence of musculoskeletal injury can be established, if the following is documented: anatomical site, sustained type and severity of pain measured by a validated pain-rating scale.[13] pain was employed in the questionnaire because it is a discernible symptom of musculoskeletal injury. the questionnaire also contained a training history section that attempted to determine whether weekly running mileage was a contributing factor to musculoskeletal injury. training history was determined by recording training schedules according to the frequency of training sessions per week, the distance run during mailto:tellapen1@yahoo.com 40 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 each training session, and training type (slow long distance, tempo, time trial, intervals and recovery). anthropometric measurements in addition to information probed by the questionnaire, the following anthropometric measurements were recorded: body mass, stature, q-angle and hip flexion (thomas test). the objective was to determine whether a significant relationship existed between these intrinsic factors and musculoskeletal injury. we measured the q-angle according to livingston and spaulding. [14] the runner lay supine on the plinth with foot in neutral position. the anterior superior iliac spine (asis), the centre of the patella and the tibial tuberosity, were marked using a pen. the centre of the goniometer was placed on the centre of the patella (found by the intersecting width and length lines). the stationary arm of the goniometer was aligned with the asis and the movable arm was aligned with the tibial tuberosity. a third vertical line that extended from the tibial tuberosity along the femur allowed the formation of an angle. three readings were taken for each runner by the same investigator (to ensure test-re-test reliability). the thomas test measured the tightness of the hip flexors (rectus femoris and iliopsoas) according to starke and ryan.[15] the runner lay supine on the plinth with their knees bent and lower limb hanging over the edge. the runner’s posterior thighs lay against the surface of the plinth. the greater trochanter and lateral femoral condyle of the ipsilateral leg were identified and a line was drawn between these two landmarks. the first clinician aligned the stationary arm of the goniometer onto the greater trochanter and the line drawn of the ipsilateral thigh. the second clinician passively flexed the contralateral hip bringing the knee to the chest (contra-lateral hip and knee flexed). the movable arm of the goniometer was then aligned to the drawn line of the ipsilateral thigh as the contra-lateral hip was flexed. the angle created by the intersection of the stationary and movable lines was measured. three readings were taken for each subject by the same investigator (to ensure test-re-test reliability). statistical analysis we used descriptive statistics including mode, mean, frequency and percentages, and inferential statistics comprising levene’s test, chisquare and t-tests. the levene’s test was used to assess the homogeneity variance that revealed unequal variance (p<0.05). a two-tailed t-test adjusted for unequal variance was employed to assess the statistical comparative significance of the injured v. non-injured runners. the probability level was set at p<0.05. results the cohort (n=200) comprised 120 males (60%) and 80 females (40%), of white (50%), indian (33%), african (12%) and coloured (6%) race (table 1); and 180 (90%) participants experienced a collective total of 294 running injuries (p<0.001). male (n=107) and female (n=73) runners experienced 178 and 116 running injuries, respectively. the point prevalence of the anatomical site of these injuries is presented in table 2. the kee and seo[12] pain-rating scale (1 = uncomfortable, 2 = mild, 3 = moderate, 4 = severe and 5 = worst experienced) was employed to subjectively rate the intensity of running-related musculoskeletal pain. among those who experienced running injury, a score of 3 (moderate pain intensity) was rated the most prevalent (42.46%), followed by a score of 2 (32.4%), 4 (11%), 1 (8%) and 5 (7%) (p<0.01). the most common symptoms associated with running injuries were dull aching (43%), followed by sharp (20%), discomfort (13%), burning (10%), radiating (4%), pins and needles (4%), swelling (3%) and numbness (3%) (p<0.01). the anthropometric measurements of the runners are presented in tables 5 and 6. runners addressed specific components of their running conditioning on set weekdays, thereby prescribing a rigid weekly training schedule and enabling us to monitor their training habits (tables 3 and 4). in addition to the prerequisite running training, participants were required to report whether they performed any cross-training. the female runners ran an average of 11.3 months per year (sd ±0.5) including 4.4 sessions per week (sd ±1.4), while the male runners ran an average of 11.0 months per year (sd ±0.6) including 4.0 sessions per week (sd ±1.3). regarding cross-training activities, 48 female runners engaged in resistance strength training (n=30) and swimming (n=18), while 58 male runners engaged in resistance strength training (n=37), swimming (n=14), action cricket (n=4) and touch rugby (n=2). male and female runners who cross-trained also sustained running injuries. the comparative statistical analyses of the training mileage of noninjured v. injured runners revealed no statistical significance (p>0.05); injured female runners completed 499 km, while non-injured females completed 509 km during the 12-month period (p>0.05). during this time, the injured females sustained a total of 116 injuries. both injured and non-injured male runners completed 506 km during the 12-month period (p>0.05), with the injured male runners sustaining a total 178 injuries. discussion among the 200 runners sur veyed, 180 (90%) experienced running-related musculoskeletal injury within the preceding 12 table 1. participant demographics (n=200) variables males (n=120) females (n=80) age (years), mean (±sd) 44.3 (±12.7) 42.9 (±12.5) body mass (kg), mean (±sd) 73.6 (±12.1) 60.7 (±7.8) stature (m), mean (±sd) 1.73 (±0.08) 1.6 (±0.07) bmi (kg/m2), mean (±sd) 24.3 (±3.4) 22.7 (±3.07) running experience (years), mean (±sd) 13.2 (±10.5) 11.2 (±9.2) sd = standard deviation; bmi = body mass index. sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 41 months (p<0.0001), in line with previous literature.[2,4,16] statistical interrogation of the data revealed that the lower extremities (lower back/hip, thigh, knee, tibia/fibula, ankle and foot) experienced the most musculoskeletal injuries (96%), followed by the upper extremities (shoulder, elbow and hand) (3%) and neck (1%) (p<0.001). marti et al.[3] and van mechelen[4] reported a prevalence of musculoskeletal running injuries in the lower extremities of 70% and 80%, respectively. [3,4] powell[5] and van gent et al.[16] reported that table 3. comparative analyses of the mean weekly run mileage of injured v. non-injured male runners (n=120) training components injured (n=107) non-injured (n=13) p-value long slow distance (km), mean (±sd) 21.6 (±10.36) 21.3 (±8.08) >0.05 tempo (km), mean (±sd) 9.6 (±4.5) 8.0 (±3.4) >0.05 time trial (km), mean (±sd) 6.0 (±2.0) 7.7 (±1.6) <0.05 hill (km), mean (±sd) 7.1 (±4.6) 6.0 (±5.2) >0.05 recovery (km), mean (±sd) 8.8 (±5.8) 10.1 (±5.3) >0.05 weekly mileage (km), mean (±sd) 10.6 (±6.2) 10.6 (±6.1) >0.05 sd = standard deviation. table 2. percentage reflection of the point prevalence of musculoskeletal injury at various anatomical sites* anatomical site males (n=107) % females (n=73) % mean % neck 1.7 0.9 1.3 shoulder 1.1 1.7 1.4 elbow 0.6 0.0 0.3 hand 1.1 0.9 1.0 lower back/hip 15.2 16.4 15.8 thigh 15.7 11.2 13.5 knee 27.0 25.9 26.4 tibia/fibula 20.2 23.3 21.7 ankle 12.4 7.8 10.1 foot 5.1 12.1 8.6 *p<0.001. table 5. comparative analyses of the mean q-angles of runners with knee injuries v. those with non-knee injuries (n=200) q-angle non-injured injured p-value male right q-angle (°), mean (±sd) left q-angle (°), mean (±sd) n=72 9.1 (±1.2) 9.6 (±1.3) n=48 10.9 (±3.2) 10.4 (±2.1) <0.01 <0.05 female right q-angle (°), mean (±sd) left q-angle (°), mean (±sd) n=50 12.4 (±1.9) 12.7 (±1.7) n=30 13.4 (±2.4) 14.2 (±2.9) >0.05 <0.01 q-angle = quadriceps angle; sd = standard deviation. table 4. comparative analyses of the mean weekly run mileage of injured v. non-injured female runners (n=80) training components injured (n=107) non-injured (n=13) p-value long slow distance (km), mean (±sd) 18.4 (±7.2) 17.5 (±3.1) >0.05 time trial (km), mean (±sd) 4.6 (±1.3) 5.1 (±1.9) >0.05 recovery (km), mean (±sd) 7.6 (±3.1) 8.8 (±1.3) >0.05 weekly mileage (km), mean (±sd) 10.2 (±7.2) 10.4 (±6.3) >0.05 sd = standard deviation. 42 sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 a widespread predisposing factor responsible for lower extremity musculoskeletal injury among runners is a high running weekly mileage. however, the comparative statistical analyses of the run training mileage of the non-injured v. injured runners revealed no statistical significance in our study (p>0.05). this suggests that the running mileage was not a contributing factor that predisposed the runners to musculoskeletal injury. the knee was the most susceptible anatomical site to musculoskeletal injury (p<0.001), in agreement with previous findings.[6,16] puckree et al.[6] documented that the presence of deviant q-angles among male runners predisposes them to musculoskeletal knee injury. the q-angle is an indicator of the muscle symmetry of the quadriceps femoris muscle surrounding the knee. larger q-angles increase the compressive forces applied to the lateral facet of the patella, and increase the tensile forces on the medial patellar restraint (collectively producing musculoskeletal pain and discomfort).[6,18] repetitive and prolonged stressing of the medial patellar restraint reduces its effectiveness against traction force of the lateral patellar restraint. this medial patellar restraint inefficiency results in lateral patella tracking, indicated by the abnormal q-angle (p<0.05), which precipitates the onset of patellar femoral pain syndrome.[14,17] consistent with puckree et al.,[6] male runners in our cohort who sustained musculoskeletal knee injuries had larger deviant q-angles, differing significantly from non-injured runners (p<0.05). this suggests that q-angle deviation was a predisposing factor to musculoskeletal knee injuries among these male runners. to our knowledge, no published literature examines the association of knee injuries and q-angles among females. in our study, the left q-angle of female runners who sustained knee injuries was significantly greater than that of non-injured runners (p<0.05), suggesting a stronger vastus lateralis than vastus medialis in the former. the second-most vulnerable anatomical site to musculoskeletal injury was the tibia/fibula, supporting similar findings by stergiou et al.[18] who postulated that the excessive pronation of the subtalar joint increases the torsional forces up the tibia and fibula, producing injuries. this torsional force is a result of the ground reaction forces transferred to the plantar surface of the foot that changes the rear foot angle, which alters the amount of pronation at the subtalar joint and propagates increased torsional forces up the lower limb.[18] the prevalence of lower back/hip injury among the runners (p<0.001) was a unique finding with regard to previous running epidemiological investigations. runners who sustained lower back/ hip injuries had greater hip flexion angles (as measured by the thomas test) than non-injured runners. furthermore, the hip flexion angles of female runners who sustained lower back/hip musculoskeletal injuries differed significantly from those of their non-injured counterparts (p<0.01); there is no literature to explain this finding. it is postulated that the tight hip flexors produce an anterior pelvic tilt which alters the normal length tension relationship between the hip posterior rotators/extensors and anterior hip rotators/flexors.[19] prolonged anterior tilting of the pelvis shortens the iliopsoas and elongates the gluteal muscles; this asymmetry muscle development creates an abnormal force couple, facilitating muscle spasms in the hip flexors and strains in the hip extensors yielding symptoms of dull aching sensations.[19] in our study, the most common symptoms associated with running injuries were dull aching (42.46%), followed by sharp (20%), discomfort (13%), burning (10%), radiating (4%), pins and needles (4%), swelling (3%) and numbness (3%). mansfield and neumann[19] identified dull aching, sharp pain and discomfort sensations as muscle injury. the combination of dull aching, sharp and discomfort in our study suggests that the runners experienced a higher percentage of muscle injury (7%). this, in combination with the data from the anatomical site of musculoskeletal pain, the severity of the musculoskeletal pain sustained and the identification of the type of pain sensation experienced indicated the prevalence of running musculoskeletal injuries. conclusion runners experienced a high prevalence of knee, lower back/hip and tibia/fibula musculoskeletal injuries, consistent with previous research findings.[5-10] knee and lower back/hip injuries have been associated with deviant q-angles and tight hip flexors, respectively. the findings of this study can be best utilised if athletic coaches and runners take cognizance of them and seek professional help to alleviate the high prevalence of musculoskeletal injury, by engaging in rehabilitative and preventive exercises. in addition, runners should be educated on various ways to prevent injury by adhering to appropriate training regimens, alterations in running technique and appropriate foot wear selection. a limitation of our study was the recall bias of the retrospective reporting of musculoskeletal injury and training volumes. future epidemiological running injury studies should be limited to smaller age ranges, as some older individuals may have had significantly different physiological and biomechanical capacities. the inclusion of the thomas test added value to the findings of the intrinsic nature of the lower table 6. comparative analyses of the mean hip flexion angles (thomas test) of runners with lower-back/hip injuries v. those with non-lower-back/hip injuries (n=200) hip flexion angle non-injured injured p-value males n=93 n=27 right hip (°), mean (±sd) 7.9 (±2.9) 8.03 (±2.2) >0.05 left hip (°), mean (±sd) 7.6 (±2.9) 7.9 (±2.4) >0.05 females n=61 n=19 right hip (°), mean (±sd) 6.6 (±1.7) 12.6 (±2.2) <0.01 left hip (°), mean (±sd) 6.8 (±2.1) 13.2 (±2.5) <0.01 sd = standard deviation. sajsm vol. 25 no. 2 2013 43 back/hip musculoskeletal injuries experienced by female runners. future studies are required to validate our findings and to better understand the association of the mechanisms by which intrinsic factors predispose runners to musculoskeletal injuries. references 1. noakes t. the lore of running. 4th ed. leeds, uk: human kinetics, 2001:973-1041. 2. taimela s, kujalo m, oesteiman k. intrinsic risk and athletic injuries. sport med 1990;9:205-218. 3. marti b, vader jp, minder ce, abelin t. on the epidemiology of running injuries. am j sport med 1988;16:285-294. 4. van mechelen w. running injuries: a review of the epidemiological literature. sport med 1992;14:320-335. 5. powell ke. an epidemiological perspective on the cause of running injuries. physician sport med 1986;14(6):100-108. 6. puckree t, govender a, govender k, naidoo p. the quadriceps angle and the incidence of knee injury in indian long distance runners. south african journal of sports medicine 2007;19(10):9-11. 7. lun v, meeuwisse wh, stergiou p, stefanyshyn d. relation between running injury and static lower limb alignment in recreational runners. br j sport med 2004;38:576580. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2003.005488] 8. messier sp, davis se, curl ww, lowery rb, pack rj. etiologic factors associated with patellofemoral pain in runners. med sci sports exerc 1991;23:1008-1015. 9. ivkovic a, franic m, bolanic i, pecina m. overuse injuries in female athletes. croet med j 2007;48(6):767-778. [http://dx.doi.org/10.3325/cmj.2007.6.767] 10. warvasz gr, mcdermott ay. patellofemoral pain syndrome (pfps): a systematic review of anatomy and potential risk factors. dyn med 2008;7:9. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1186/1476-5918-7-9] 11. van heerden hj. pre-participation evaluation and identification of aetiological risk factors in epidemiology of sports injuries among youths. phd thesis. pretoria: university of pretoria, 1996. 12. kee d, seo sr. musculoskeletal disorders among nursing personnel in korea. int j ind erg 2007;37:207-212. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ergon.2006.10.020] 13. hagglund m, walden m, bahr r, ekstrand j. methods for epidemiological study of injuries to professional football players: developing the uefa model. br j sport med 2005;39:340-346. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136%2fbjsm.2005.018267] 14. livingston la, spaulding sj. measuring of the quadriceps angle using standardized foot positions. j athl training 2002;37:252-255. 15. starke c, ryan fl. evaluation of orthopaedic and athletic injuries. 2nd ed. philadelphia, usa: f a davis company, 2001:288-289. 16. van gent rn, siem d, van middelkoop m, van os ag, bierma-zeinstra sma, koes bw. incidence and determinates of lower extremity running injuries in long distance runners. a systemic review. br j sport med 2007;41:469-480. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033548] 17. grelsamer gp, weinstein ch. applied biomechanics of the patella. clin orthop 2001;389:9-14. 18. stergiuo n, bates bt, stanley ls. asynchrony between subtalar and knee joint during running. med sci & sport ex 1999;31(11):1645-1654. 19. mansfield pj, neumann da. essential of kinesiology for the physical therapist’s assistance. mosby: elsevier, 2008:227-268. http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2003.005488] http://dx.doi.org/10.3325/cmj.2007.6.767] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1476-5918-7-9] http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1476-5918-7-9] http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ergon.2006.10.020] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136%2fbjsm.2005.018267] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033548] http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.033548] 1 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 hosted by sponsors http://utcimaging.com/ http://www.inqababiotec.co.za/ http://www.grootconstantia.co.za/ http://www.sasma.org.za/ 2 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 contents p1: the effect of load on achilles tendon structure in novice runners .......................................... 4 p2: investigating the role of eln rs2071307 gene variant as a risk factor for achilles tendon pathologies in a british cohort. .......................................................................................................... 4 p3: the effect of substance p and acetylcholine on tenocyte proliferation converge mechanistically via tgf-1 .......................................................................................................................................... 5 p4: tendinosis-like changes in denervated rat achilles tendon ......................................................... 6 p5: glutamate signaling through the nmda receptor reduces the tenocyte phenotype in plantaris tendon cells in vitro and is modulated by loading and glucocorticoids ............................................... 7 p6: glucocorticoids reduce the tenocyte phenotype in primary tendon cells in vitro as seen by decreased expression of scleraxis and collagens .............................................................................. 7 p7: what tendon pathology is seen on imaging in people who have taken fluoroquinolones? a systematic review ............................................................................................................................... 8 p8: the acute effects of mechanical vibration on patellar tendon elasticity as assessed by shear wave elastography ............................................................................................................................. 8 p9: microcirculation in the proximal supraspinatus tendon and correlation to shoulder strength in badminton athletes: with dynamic contrast-enhanced mri ................................................................ 9 p10: correlations between patient-reported outcomes and functional performances in patients with an achilles rupture; construction of the taiwan version of visa-a ........................................ 10 p11: can delivery of mesenchymal stem cell aggregates enhance retention of cells at the site of injury in cell therapy of equine tendon? ............................................................................................ 11 p12: good lumbopelvic stabilization is associated with patellar tendinopathy absence in athletes. 11 p13: is knee valgus associated with patellar tendinopathy in jumping athletes? ............................. 12 p14: is neovascularisation an indicator of subsequent tendon injury risk in horses? ...................... 13 p15: the mechanical properties of scaffolds for rotator cuff repair .................................................. 14 p16: t cell activation profiles in early supraspinatus tendinopathy point towards a th1 phenotype 15 p17: development and optimization of a novel electrospun suture with potential for use in rotator cuff tendon repair .............................................................................................................................. 16 p18: comparison of tgfβ expression in healthy and diseased human tendon .............................. 16 p19: incidence of lower limb tendinopathy in brazilian youth athletes ............................................. 17 p20: effect of iso-inertial squat on incidence of patellar tendinopathy in elite male soccer players 18 p21: temperature differences in affected compared with unaffected legs in subjects with unilateral achilles tendinopathy: a pilot study .................................................................................................. 19 p22: is widespread mechanical sensitivity a feature of achilles tendinopathy? ............................... 20 p24: an investigation into the effect different window size analysis has on achilles tendon ultrasonographic tissue characterisation echo-type quantification. .............................................. 21 p25: an exploration of intron 4 polymorphisms within the col5a1 gene and its association to anterior cruciate ligament injury risk ................................................................................................. 22 p26: investigating an in silico approach to identify genetic susceptibility loci for musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries .................................................................................................................................... 23 p27: the casp8 gene and risk of carpal tunnel syndrome ............................................................. 23 p28: genetic variants in the proteoglycan, decorin and risk of carpal tunnel syndrome. ................. 24 p29: evaluating polymorphisms within the proteoglycan encoding genes with achilles tendinopathy susceptibility ...................................................................................................................................... 25 p30: pieces to the puzzle: identifying variants associated with musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries using whole exome sequencing........................................................................................................ 26 3 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 p31: tgf-β stimulated bgn gene expression in a genetic susceptibility model for musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries: a pilot ex vivo study. .......................................................................................... 26 p32: more tendinopathy than inflammatory arthritis in a new patient rheumatology clinic. a retrospective review of 397 new patients ......................................................................................... 27 p33: plantaris tendon, its presence, location and size in the region of the achilles tendon: an observational cadaveric study .......................................................................................................... 29 p34: plant derived rhcollagen scaffold combined with prp enhances healing in tendinopathy ..... 29 p35: non-rigid speckle tracking exploratory study for tendinopathy signaling in symptomatic subjects ............................................................................................................................................. 30 p36: cross-sectional pilot study comparing function, morphology and biomechanical behavior of conservatively versus surgically treated achilles tendon ruptures. .................................................. 31 p37: modulation on tendon vascularization is associated with pain in athletes with patella tendinopathy after 12-week of eccentric exercise combined with extracorporeal shockwave therapy .......................................................................................................................................................... 32 p38: a preliminary exploration of somatosensory and psychological characteristics in a severe subgroup of individuals with lateral epicondylalgia ........................................................................... 33 p39: patient characteristics associated with the severity of pain and disability of gluteal tendinopathy ..................................................................................................................................... 33 p40: increase in tendon strain is associated with pain reduction after 12-week eccentric exercises in jumping athletes with patella tendinopathy ................................................................................... 34 p41: taping facilitates scapular kinematics and activity onset of scapular muscles in athletes with rotator cuff tendinopathy ................................................................................................................... 35 4 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 p1: the effect of load on achilles tendon structure in novice runners lm rabello 1 ; ow heyward 2 ; l van der woude 2 ; i van den akker-scheek; h van der worp 1 ; and j zwerver 1 1 department of sports medicine, university of groningen, groningen, university medical center groningen, , the netherlands, 2 centre for human movement sciences, university medical center groningen, university of groningen, groningen, the netherlands, groningen, the netherlands presenting author e-mail address: l.maciel.rabello@umcg.nl introduction: achilles tendinopathy, characterized by pain and dysfunction, with an incidence estimated between 11% and 29% in runners and 6% in sedentary people. the incidence is higher in athletes but sedentary people are also affected by this condition. there is an association between tendinopathy and load in which repetitive and poorly managed load is assumed to be a major factor in developing tendinopathy due to the tendons negative reaction to a stimulus. different imaging tools are used to assess the effect of load in tendons. ultrasonographic tissue characterization (utc) can quantify tendon structure into four echotypes based upon echo pattern stability. the aim of this study was to observe the changes in achilles tendon structure in novice runners, with loading prescriptions of 100% body weight compared to 20% body weight. methods: a randomized crossover design was employed. 20 novice runners participated in two separate 20 minutes running bouts spaced 14 days apart, one of high load (hl) at 100% body weight on a normal treadmill, and one of low load (ll) at 20% body weight on an alter-g antigravity treadmill. utc was measured on 6 occasions; immediately prior to each run, 2 and 7 days after each run. results: no change was seen in any of the four echotype percentages as a result of the ll or hl running bouts. echotypes iii and iv decreased over time, with a significant effect. the interaction effect of time and condition was not found to be significant for echotypes i-iv [wald chi-square = 2.8, d.f. = 2,p = 0.247; wald chi-square = 2.888, d.f. = 2,p = 0.236; wald chi-square = 1.385, d.f. = 2,p = 0.5; wald chi-square = 4.19, d.f. = 2,p = 0.123], respectively. discussion: the results of this study show that there were no load dependent changes in echotype percentages of novice runners after one moderate or low load running bout. the decrease in echotypes iii and iv suggest that moderate loads can be applied to the achilles tendon without compromising tendon structure. low to moderate loads may be beneficial in the management of achilles tendinopathy. p2: investigating the role of eln rs2071307 gene variant as a risk factor for achilles tendon pathologies in a british cohort. ly el khoury 1,2 , wj ribbans 1 , sm raleigh 1 1 the centre for physical activity and chronic disease, the institute of health and wellbeing, university of northampton, uk; 2 school of biological sciences, university of essex, uk presenting author e-mail address: louis.el-khoury@essex.ac.uk introduction: the harmonious interaction of elastin and other structural proteins allows tendons to respond to tensile load by stretching and returning to their original lengths. achilles tendinopathies and rupture, jointly referred to as achilles tendon pathologies (atps), are polygenic phenotypes with poorly defined aetiologies resulting from either chronic or acute exposure to repetitive and strenuous physical activities. the eln rs2071307 variant has been associated with soft tissue pathologies such as aortic stenosis[1] and aneurysms[2]. the substitution of the hydrophobic amino acid glycine with the hydrophilic serine renders this non-synonymous g/a snp a good candidate variant to investigate. however, in a previous study this variant was not associated with either achilles tendinopathy or acl mailto:louis.el-khoury@essex.ac.uk 5 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 rupture in populations from australia and south africa[3]. as recent evidence suggests that genetic risk factors for tendinopathy may depend, to some extent, on geographic location[4], the aim of this study was to determine whether the eln rs2071307 variant was associated with the risk of atp in a british cohort. methods: a british caucasian cohort consisting of 108 atp cases (ten n=84 and rup n=24) and 131 asymptomatic controls were recruited for this case-control genetic association study. all participants were genotyped using taqman technology for the eln g/a rs2071307. population data such as genotype and allele frequencies in addition to the hardy-weinberg equilibrium were calculated using the r genetics package. statistical significance was accepted at p<0.05. results: there was no significant genotypic or allelic association between the eln rs2071307 and the risk of ten (p=0.086, p=0.119), rup (p=0.501, p=0.243), or when both pathologies were combined into the atp group (p=0.413, p=0.399) respectively. discussion: although the association of the eln rs2071307 gene variant with soft tissue pathologies is documented in aortic stenosis and aneurysms, it appears not to be associated with the risk of atps in a british caucasian cohort. this data is consistent with the early study in australian and south african cohorts. it should be noted however, that the sample number is small and that these findings require replication in other ethnicities. references: 1. ellis sg, dushman-ellis s, luke mm, et al. pilot candidate gene analysis of patients ≥ 60 years old with aortic stenosis involving a tricuspid aortic valve. am j cardiol 2012;110:88–92. 2. saracini c, bolli p, sticchi e, et al. polymorphisms of genes involved in extracellular matrix remodeling and abdominal aortic aneurysm. j vasc surg 2012;55:171–9.e2. 3. el khoury l, posthumus m, collins m, et al. eln and fbn2 gene variants as risk factors for two sports-related musculoskeletal injuries. int j sports med 2015;36:333–7. 4. el khoury l, ribbans wj, raleigh sm. mmp3 and timp2 gene variants as predisposing factors for achilles tendon pathologies: attempted replication study in a british case–control cohort. meta gene 2016;9:52–5. p3: the effect of substance p and acetylcholine on tenocyte proliferation converge mechanistically via tgf-1 g fong * 1, 2 ; l j backman * 1 ; p danielson 1 *co-first author 1 department of integrative medical biology, anatomy, umeå university, umeå, sweden 2 centre for hip health and mobility, vancouver coastal health and research institute, british columbia, canada presenting author e-mail address: gloria.fong@umu.se introduction: previous in-vitro studies on tenocytes have demonstrated that exogenous administration of substance p (sp) and acetylcholine (ach) independently result in proliferation which is a prominent feature of tendinosis. interestingly, the link between sp and ach have not yet been explored. studies demonstrate that both sp and ach independently upregulate tgf-1 expression via their respective receptors, neurokinin 1 receptor (nk-1r) and muscarinic ach receptors (machrs). 1,2 furthermore, tgf-1 has been shown to downregulate nk-1r expression. 3 consequently, it can be hypothesized that tgf-1 is the intermediary player involved in mediating the pathways shared by sp and ach in human tenocytes. in the present study, we examined if the known proliferative effects of sp and ach converged via tgf-1. methods: human achilles tendon cells (tenocytes) were cultured and exposed to exogenous sp, ach, and tgf-1, along with their respective receptor blockers. the mrna and protein levels for nk1r, machrs, and tgf-1 were measured using rt-qpcr, western blot, and elisa. proliferation was measured using mts and crystal violet assays. mailto:gloriahfong@gmail.com 6 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 results: exogenous administration of sp and ach both resulted in upregulation of tgf-1 at the mrna and protein level. in addition, exogenous tgf-1 downregulated both nk-1r and machrs expression at the mrna and protein level. furthermore, this effect was negated by the tgfri/ii kinase inhibitor. finally, exogenous administration of tgf-1 resulted in increased cell viability, which was effectively blocked in the presence of tgfri/ii kinase inhibitor. discussion: based on the results, we propose that tgf-1 is the intermediary player through which the actions of both sp and ach converge mechanistically. in this study, the exposure of tenocytes to sp and ach resulted in upregulation of tgf-1. tgf-1, in turn, decreased the expression of nk-1r and machrs, suggesting a negative feedback loop. in tendinosis, it is plausible that this feedback mechanism becomes aberrant, thus resulting in a persistently high expression of tgf-1, a potent activator of tenocyte proliferation, that leads to hypercellularity in the tendon tissue, a cardinal feature of tendinosis. references: 1. yang et al 2014 2. jin et al 2015 3. le roux et al 2015 p4: tendinosis-like changes in denervated rat achilles tendon roine el-habta 1 ; ludvig j. backman 1 1 department of integrative medical biology, umeå university, umeå, sweden presenting author e-mail address: roine.el-habta@umu.se introduction: tendinosis is characterized by several histopathological changes such as hypercellularity, inadequate repair (i.e. disrupted collagen synthesis), and angiogenesis. previous studies have linked these changes to increased levels of neuropeptide substance p (sp), and its preferred receptor neurokinin-1 (nk-1r). when it comes to the histopathological changes and the possible involvement of sp and nk-1r in denervated tendons, little is known. in this study we examined denervated rat achilles tendons two weeks after peripheral nerve injury. methods: rats that had been denervated for two weeks were sacrificed and the achilles tendons were collected. tendons were divided into two pieces, one for immunohistochemical staining, and one for homogenization and extraction of mrna. tendons were sectioned using a microtome and immunostained for nk-1r as well as hematoxylin and eosin for morphological examination and cell counting. for qpcr we used hydrolysis probes to detect the expression of tac1, tacr1, collagen i, and collagen iii. results: preliminary results show that denervated tendons contain more and presumably larger cells as compared to the control (contra-lateral leg) (p<0.05). no obvious architectural disturbances in the collagen arrangement could be observed but qpcr results revealed highly altered collagen iii and collagen i mrna levels (p<0.01, and p<0.001, respectively). immunohistochemical staining indicated increased expression of nk-1r, and the mrna expression of tacr1 and tac1 was significantly upregulated as compared to the control (p<0.05, and p<0.01, respectively). discussion: in this study we confirmed that denervated tendons share many common features with tendinosis, such as hypercellularity, increased levels of sp and nk-1r, as well as disrupted collagen synthesis. our data stress; (1) that a denervated tendon should be treated as tendinosis once the muscle is re-innervated; (2) that modulation of neuropeptides might preserve a denervated tendon. 7 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 p5: glutamate signaling through the nmda receptor reduces the tenocyte phenotype in plantaris tendon cells in vitro and is modulated by loading and glucocorticoids c spang 1 ; l backman 1 ; j chen 1 ; le roux s 1 ; and p danielson 1 1 department of integrative medical biology, anatomy section, umeå university, sweden presenting author e-mail address: ludvig.backman@umu.se introduction: it has been speculated that signalling substance glutamate may be involved in the process of tendinosis e.g. as an apoptosis inducing substance. in this study, the potential impact of glutamate was further analysed by studying the effect on the tenocyte phenotype. additionally, the effect of loading and exposure to glucocorticoids on the glutamate signalling machinery was evaluated. methods: tendon specimens used were derived from plantaris tendons. tendon tissue and cultured primary tendon cells were immunohisto-/cytochemically stained using antibodies against glutamate, nmda receptor subunit 1 (nmdar1), the phosphorylated nmdar1 and vesicular glutamate transporter vglut2. tendon cells were further exposed to glutamate or the receptor agonist nmda for up to 72 hours in concentrations up to 10 mm. the effect on cell death and cell viability was measured via ldh and mts assays. western blots were used for detecting c-caspase 3 and c-parp protein. scleraxis gene expression (scx) and protein (scx) were analysed by qpcr and western blot, respectively. via a flexcell system cyclic strain was applied to the cells. the effect of glucocorticoid dexamethasone (dex) was studies. the mrna of the glutamate synthesizing enzymes got1 and gls, and nmdar1 protein was measured as a response to cyclic strain and dex exposure. results: immunoreactions for glutamate, nmdar1, pnmdar1 and vglut2 were detected in tenocytes and peritendinous cells in tissue sections as well as in cultured primary tendon cells. cell death was induced by a high dose of glutamate (10 mm) but not via exposure of nmda. scleraxis mrna/protein was down-regulated in response to nmda stimulation. cyclic strain increased, and dexamethasone decreased, gls and got1 gene expression. the amount of nmdar1 protein expression was increased after 3 days of loading but not affected by dexamethasone exposure. discussion: in conclusion, nmda receptor stimulation leads to a phenotype drift in primary plantaris tendon cells. furthermore, glutamate synthesis is increased in tendon cells in response to strain. glucocorticoid stimulation decreased glutamate production. these results imply that locally produced glutamate could be involved in the tissue degeneration observed in tendinosis in response to chronic tendon load. p6: glucocorticoids reduce the tenocyte phenotype in primary tendon cells in vitro as seen by decreased expression of scleraxis and collagens c spang 1 ; j chen 1 ; l j backman 1 1 department of integrative medical biology, anatomy section, umeå university, sweden presenting author e-mail address: ludvig.backman@umu.se introduction: treating tendinopathies with glucocorticoids has recently been questioned. several clinical papers have reported higher risks for ruptures and in vitro studies have observed glucocorticoid-induced reduction of cell viability and collagen i production in tenocytes. however, little is known about the effect of glucocorticoids on the tendon-specific characteristics of tenocytes. furthermore, there are uncertainties about the occurence of apoptosis and if the reduction of collagen affects all collagen subtypes similarly. methods: to investigate these aspects we cultured primary tendon cells from tissues specimens derived from plantaris tendons. cells were exposed to glucocorticoid dexamethasone (dex) in concentrations ranging from 1-1000 nm for up to 5 days. the gene expression of the specific tenocyte 8 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 markers scleraxis (scx) and tenomodulin (tmnd) and markers indicating other mesenchymal lineages, such as cartilage (acan, col2, sox9), bone (alpl, ocn), and fat (cebpα, pparg) was analysed via qpcr. cell proliferation and viability was measured by the use of a mts assay. cell death was detected by ldh assays and by the presence of cleaved caspase-3 protein using western blot. furthermore, gene expression of collagen subtypes col1, col3 and col14 was measured. results: dex exposure decreased cell viability (mts) and ldh levels in a dose-dependent manner. it also induced a significant reduction of scx gene expression and a marked loss of fibroblast like cell shape. all examined collagen subtypes were found to be down-regulated. among non-tendinous genes from other mesenchymal lineages pparg was significantly increased, acan, alpl and sox9 were significantly decreased. discussion: the results of this study suggest that dex causes a phenotype drift of the tenocytes via decreased scleraxis expression. reduction of several collagen subtypes but not apoptosis seem to be a characteristics of the use of dex on tendon tissue. altogether this study provides further evidence for glucocorticoid induced tendon tissue degeneration. p7: what tendon pathology is seen on imaging in people who have taken fluoroquinolones? a systematic review tr lang 1 ; j cook 2 ; e rio 2 ; j gaida 3 and s docking 2 1 school of primary health care, monash university, melbourne, australia, 2 la trobe centre for sports and exercise medicine research, la trobe university melbourne, australia, 3 university of canberra research institute for sport and exercise (ucrise), canberra, australia presenting author e-mail address: jamie.gaida@canberra.edu.au introduction: fluoroquinolones (fqs) are highly effective broad spectrum antibiotics. clinical data reveal an increased incidence of tendon pain and rupture in those taking fqs, yet little is known about tendon structural changes. this review synthesises published data on tendon structural changes in people who have taken fqs. methods: eight databases were searched for potentially relevant articles (medline, cinahl, biological abstracts, amed, web of knowledge, scopus, sportdiscus and embase) using mesh and free-text searches. inclusion and exclusion criteria determined which articles were used for this review. results: twenty-six papers met the eligibility criteria. the achilles tendon was most commonly affected, while ciprofloxacin and levofloxacin were the most commonly implicated fqs. mean time to onset of symptoms was sixteen days following first fq dose. imaging modalities used included mri, b-mode ultrasound, and ct. tendon measurements were rarely reported and intra-tendinous imaging findings were not reported in a consistent manner. few studies imaged tendons bilaterally and only two studies were longitudinal in design. discussion: future studies should report imaging measures such as thickness and cross-sectional area, and use consistent descriptions of intra-tendinous changes during and post fq treatment. p8: the acute effects of mechanical vibration on patellar tendon elasticity as assessed by shear wave elastography wei-chen peng 1 , yi-ping chang 2 , and hsing-kuo wang 1, 2 9 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 1 school and graduate institute of physical therapy, college of medicine, national taiwan university, taipei, taiwan, r.o.c., 2 physical therapy center, national taiwan university hospital, taipei, taiwan, r.o.c. e-mail address of presenting author: r03428006@ntu.edu.tw introduction: previous studies showed increased tendon elastic modulus (em) in patients with patellar tendinopathy. zhang et al. also found that em positively correlates with pressure pain and negatively correlates with the patient’s victorian institute of sport assessment-patella (visa-p) score. it seems clinically beneficial to reduce the em in rehabilitation for patellar tendinopathy. the aim of this study was to investigate the effects of mechanical vibrations on the em by using shear wave elastography (swe) of the patellar tendon. methods: fifteen healthy adults (median age: 25 years; age range: 22-26 years) were recruited and, for each participant, a mechanical vibration intervention was applied perpendicular to the mid-portion of the right patellar tendon under knee flexion of 90˚ for 10 minutes. swe, a newly introduced ultrasound-based technique, was used to measure the shear wave velocity (swv) of the patellar tendon before and immediately after the mechanical vibration, under knee flexions of both 60˚ and 90˚. the wilcoxon sign ranked test was used for statistical analysis. to evaluate the intra-operator reliability of the measurements of patellar tendon elasticity, seven of the fifteen subjects had their second measurements under both 60˚ and 90˚ of knee flexion taken within 7 days by the same operator. results: for knee flexions of both 60˚ and 90˚, the swv (p= 0.003, 0.004) was significantly decreased after the 10-minute intervention of mechanical vibration. the mean values of swv for all the 15 participants decreased from 6.34±0.87 (m/s) to 5.39±1.12 (m/s) for the 60˚ flexion, and from 8.80±0.91 (m/s) to 8.00±1.24 (m/s) for the 90˚ flexion. also, the measurements for both knee flexions had good intra-operator reliability, with an intraclass correlation coefficient (icc) of 0.902 (95% confidence interval [ci]: 0.428-0.983) and 0.860 (95% ci: 0.185-0.976), respectively. conclusion: the elasticity of the patellar tendon decreased after the mechanical vibration intervention was applied, suggesting that such vibration might have beneficial effects in clinical applications to restore tendon elasticity. references 1. hsiao my, chen yc, lin cy, chen ws, wang tg. reduced patellar tendon elasticity with aging: in vivo assessment by shear wave elastography. ultrasound med biol 2015;41:2899-905. 2. zhang zj, fu sn. shear elastic modulus on patellar tendon captured from supersonic shear imaging: correlation with tangent traction modulus computed from material testing system and test-retest reliability. plos one 2013;8:e68216. 3. zhang zj, ng gy, lee wc, fu sn. changes in morphological and elastic properties of patellar tendon in athletes with unilateral patellar tendinopathy and their relationships with pain and functional disability. plos one 2014;9:e108337. p9: microcirculation in the proximal supraspinatus tendon and correlation to shoulder strength in badminton athletes: with dynamic contrast-enhanced mri hsing-kuo wang 1 , chih-wei yu 2 , chao-yu hsu 2 , bang-bin chen 2 , hsin-chia chen 2 , tiffany ting-fang shih 2 1 school and graduate institute of physical therapy, college of medicine, national taiwan university; center of physical therapy, national taiwan university hospital, taiwan, roc. 2 department of radiology and medical imaging, national taiwan university college of medicine and hospital, taiwan, roc. presenting author e-mail address: hkwang@ntu.edu.tw 10 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 introduction: to measured the features of dynamic contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging (dce-mri) in the anterior and posterior portions of the supraspinatus tendon at the myotendinous junction, as well as the whole tendon, and investigated the correlations between the features and performances of shoulder performance in college overhead athletes. methods: seventeen qualified badminton athletes were recruited. dce-mri was conducted on the tendons in each athlete’s dominant arm, including measures for the volume transfer constant (k trans ), the extravascular extracellular space volume (ve) and the plasma volume (vp) per unit volume of tissue. the shoulder isokinetic tests were used to measure the acceleration time and the relative fatigue ratio of the shoulder external rotation of the arm. results: the dce-mri (median; k trans , kep, ve and vp) for the anterior (0.031, 0.198, 18.04 and 0.31 respectively), posterior (0.067, 0.468, 18. 50 and 0.25), and entirety of the tendon (0.050, 0.325, 20.76 and 0.60) showed regional differences and correlations between the kep value for the whole supraspinatus tendon and the acceleration time (r =-0.663, p = 0.005), between the vp values for the whole tendon and relative fatigue ratio (r =-0.605, p = 0.01). median values of the acceleration time and relative fatigue ratio were 890.0 ms and 31.8% respectively. conclusions: there are differences of microcirculatory features between the anterior and posterior portion supraspinatus tendon, and also associations between the feature of the supraspinatus tendon and muscle performances. intratendinous microcirculatory features at the myotendinous junction may vary with tendon morphomechanical adaptation to loadings. p10: correlations between patient-reported outcomes and functional performances in patients with an achilles rupture; construction of the taiwan version of visa-a yp chang 1 ; wc pong 2 ; and hk wang 1,2 1 physical therapy center, national taiwan university hospital, taipei, taiwan, roc, 2 school and graduate institute of physical therapy, college of medicine, national taiwan university, taipei, taiwan. presenting author e-mail address: r01428012@ntu.edu.tw introduction: the purposes of the study were to construct the taiwan chinese version of the victorian institute of sport assessment scale-achilles (visa-a) questionnaire (visa-a-tc) for outcomes of subjects with an achilles tendon rupture between 3 and 6 months postsurgery, to establish the questionnaire’s validity and reliability, and to assess the correlations between the visaa-tc and functional performance in such subjects. methods: fifteen subjects (13 males, 2 females; age, median: 44.6 years; range: 38.1 51.0 years) were recruited. three subjects participated in a nine-step procedure to translate and adapt the visaa questionnaire into the visa-a-tc. the other 12 subjects participated in tests to assess the testretest reliability and validity of the visa-a-tc, as well as three functional tests: the heel-raise test, star excursion balance test (sebt) and one-leg hopping test. results: the visa-a-tc showed good test-retest reliability (icc=0.992) and internal consistency (cronbach's alpha= 0.711 and 0.762, respectively, for the 1 st and 2 nd visa-a-tc surveys). the visaa-tc was moderately correlated with the lower extremity functional scale, with concurrent validities for the 1 st and 2 nd visa-a-tc surveys of rho= 0.697 and 0.680. the visa-a-tc showed negative correlations with the differences between the un-injured and injured legs for the sebt score and hopping distance (rho ranged between -0.655 and -0.671). discussion: the results indicate that the visa-a-tc is appropriate for use by chinese patients with an achilles repair after rupture. in addition, self-reported physical functional limitations among these patients were associated with physical impairments that can be partially identified by simple physical tests. 11 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 references: 1. robinson jm, cook jl, purdam c, visentini pj, ross j, maffulli n, et al. the visa-a questionnaire: a valid and reliable index of the clinical severity of achilles tendinopathy. br j sports med 2001;35:335-41. p11: can delivery of mesenchymal stem cell aggregates enhance retention of cells at the site of injury in cell therapy of equine tendon? y kasashima 1 ; n tamura 1 ; y kotoyori 2 ; k fukuda 1 ; t kuroda 1 and y tabata 3 1 clinical science & pathobiology division, equine research institute, japan racing association (jra), japan; 2 race horse hospital, ritto training center, jra, japan; 3 department of biomaterials, institute for frontier medical sciences, kyoto university, japan. presenting author e-mail address: kasashima@equinst.go.jp introduction: cell therapy using cultured mesenchymal stem cells (mscs) is now a popular treatment for equine tendon injury. a major challenge to the success of the technology may be improving retention of cells at the site of injury as several studies have reported considerable cell loss post implantation [1]. in this study, the use of gelatin microspheres (gms), which provide an injectable cell delivery vehicle without loss of cell attachment sites was explored [2]. we performed a tracking study of mscs as cell aggregates compared to cells alone transplanted into a surgically induced lesion of sdft. methods: the cell aggregates containing fluorescent-labelled mscs (10 7 ) and gms were used after incubation for 7 days and then injected into the left limb. similarly labelled mscs (10 7 ) recovered as a cell suspension from culture flask by trypsin were injected into the right limb. superficial digitorum flexor tendons (sdfts) were harvested at 7 and 14 days (each n=1) and at 30 days (n=2) after transplantation and sections of the injury site were examined under a fluorescence microscope. results: the aggregates of labelled mscs were observed in the lesion and a low fluorescence signal was observed within the endotenon at 7 days post transplantation. migration of a few mscs to areas adjacent to the aggregates was observed. degradation of gms was seen at 14 days. while, mscs transplanted as single cell suspensions were located mainly within the endotenon with only small numbers present within the tendon fascicles at 7 days. at 30 days, similar results were seen in decreased fluorescence signal in the endotenon for both methods of cell delivery. discussion: cell aggregates enhanced retention of mscs in the lesion area for a longer time period than conventional single cell suspension. initially the aggregates delivered cells within the tendon more effectively than cells alone. however, the viability and presence at the injury site of the mscs 30 days post implantation was similar for both methods. since gms can deliver both cells as well as biomolecules simultaneously, further research is needed to explore this delivery method to combine cells and other active molecules with potential to enhance regeneration of the tendon. references 1. guest et al, equine vet j, 42(7): 636-642, 2010 2. hayashi et al, acta biomaterialia, 7(7):2797-2803, 2011 p12: good lumbopelvic stabilization is associated with patellar tendinopathy absence in athletes. luciana de michelis mendonça 1,2 , natália fn bittencourt 1,3 , juliana m ocarino 4 , sérgio t. fonseca 1,4 . 1 laboratório de prevenção e reabilitação de lesões esportivas universidade federal de minas gerais mg – brasil; 2 departamento de fisioterapia fcbs universidade federal 12 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 dos vales do jequitinhonha e mucuri mg – brasil; 3 nice minas tenis clube mg – brasil; 4 departamento de fisioterapia eeffto universidade federal de minas gerais mg brasil presenting author e-mail address: lucianademichelis@yahoo.com.br introduction: some knee injuries are predicted by neuromuscular control of the trunk 1 . the bridge test with unilateral knee extension is used to assess pelvic girdle stability, which is important for injury prevention and performance 2 . however the relationship between the bridge test and patellar tendinopathy (pt) has not been explored. the purpose of this study was to investigate the association between effective performance of the bridge test and patellar tendinopathy in athletes. methods: one-hundred and twenty-five athletes, forty-two female and 83 male, from volleyball (n = 74) and basketball (n = 51) were evaluated. the sample had a mean age of 18.78 ± 5.5 years, mean height of 1, 78 ± 0.34 metres and mean body mass of 75.13 ± 15.18 kilograms. they were asked to perform three repetitions of the bridge test with unilateral knee extension with each lower limb. quantitative analysis was performed by measuring the highest transverse plane pelvic drop angle in each repetition performed to allow the mean extraction from the three measurements collected on each lower limb. pt severity was determined by visa-p questionnaire score (value bellow 80 points). classification and regression tree (cart) was used to identify the bridge test parameters associated to pt presence and absence. results: the mean of transverse plane pelvic drop angle was 11.02 o (sd=5.1 o ) with support of the dominant lower limb and 11.52 o (sd=5.7 o ) with support of the non-dominant lower limb on the treatment table. cart model was accurate (p=0.017; area under the curve=62.5%) and showed a better prediction for pt absence. athletes without pt showed transverse plane pelvic drop angle under 5.75 o on the dominant lower limb (n=14) or asymmetry between lower limbs under 9.2 o (n= 57). conclusion: the results showed that a good transverse plane pelvic control was associated with pt absence. interestingly, different parameters of pelvic drop (absolute values and asymmetries) were necessary to enhance the cart model accuracy. it is recommended that bilateral assessment of the bridge test in athletes with unilateral pt is performed. keywords: stability, sport, injury, knee. acknowledgement: fundação de amparo a pesquisa do estado de minas gerais (fapemig), coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior (capes) and conselho nacional de desenvolvimento científico e tecnológico (cnpq). references: 1. zazulak bt, hewett te, reeves p, goldberg b, cholewicki j. deficits in neuromuscular control of the trunk predict knee injury risk: a prospective biomechanical-epidemiologic study. am. j. sports med. 2007; 35; 1123. 2. santos tr, andrade ja, silva bl, garcia af, persichini filho jg, ocarino jde m, silva pl. (2014). active control stabilization of pelvic position in the transverse plane: an evaluation of soccer players' performance. physical therapy in sport,15(3), 189-193. p13: is knee valgus associated with patellar tendinopathy in jumping athletes? luciana de michelis mendonça 1,2 , natália fn bittencourt 1,3 , juliana m ocarino 4 , sérgio t. fonseca 1,4 . 1 laboratório de prevenção e reabilitação de lesões esportivas universidade federal de minas gerais mg – brasil; 2 departamento de fisioterapia fcbs universidade federal dos vales do jequitinhonha e mucuri mg – brasil; 3 nice minas tenis clube mg – brasil; 4 departamento de fisioterapia eeffto universidade federal de minas gerais mg brasil mailto:lucianademichelis@yahoo.com.br 13 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 presenting author e-mail address: lucianademichelis@yahoo.com.br introduction: literature shows that knee valgus is associated with anterior cruciate ligament injury and patellofemoral pain, however, the relationship between knee valgus and pt has never been investigated. 1 knee valgus could impose rotational forces on the patellar tendon and overload the tissue asymmetrically. several studies use the victorian institute of sport assessment scale (visa-p) questionnaire to clinically identify individuals with patellar tendinopathy (pt) 2 . visa-p is a questionnaire adapted and validated for the brazilian population, which quantifies patellar tendon pain and functional disability. the purpose of this study was to investigate the association of patellar tendinopathy and frontal plane knee projection angle in athletes. methods: athletes assessed preseason, including single-leg decline squat bidimensional analysis, were invited to participate and signed a consent form. inclusion criteria included participating regularly in sports team activities. the visa-p score used to identify athletes with pt was 80 points. fifty-eight female and 165 male (n = 223) athletes participated in this study with a mean age of 17.79 (sd = 4.7) years, body mass of 76.00 (sd = 13.7) kilograms and height of 1.85 (sd = 00.11) metres. forty-four athletes participated in basketball and 135 in volleyball with a mean frontal plane knee projection angle of 6.87 o (sd=4.4 o ) on dominant lower limb and 6.15 o (sd=4.2 o ) on the non-dominant lower limb. descriptive statistics were used to characterize the sample and visa-p questionnaire profile. prevalence ratio (pr) and confidence intervals (ci) were calculated to assess the association of visa-p questionnaire score and frontal plane knee projection angle on the injured lower limb. results: the mean score of visa-p questionnaire was 89.44 (sd = 13.79) and 44 athletes (19.73%) scored below 80 points. there was no association of visa-p questionnaire score and frontal plane knee projection angle, pr = 1.24 (ci = 0.83-1.86). conclusion: the results showed that knee valgus was not associated with pt in volleyball and basketball athletes. probably for pt the injury mechanism is more related to jumping demand associated with low knee flexion on landing. acknowledgement: fundação de amparo a pesquisa do estado de minas gerais (fapemig), coordenação de aperfeiçoamento de pessoal de nível superior (capes) and conselho nacional de desenvolvimento científico e tecnológico (cnpq). references: 1. munro a, herrington l, comfort p. comparison of landing knee valgus angle between female basketball and football athletes: possible implications for anterior cruciate ligament and patellofemoral joint injury rates. physical therapy in sport 13 (2012) 259e264. 2. visentini pj, khan km, cook jl, kiss zs, harcourt pr, wark jd. (1998). the visa score: an index of severity of symptoms in patients with jumper's knee (patellar tendinosis). journal of science and medicine in sport, 1(1), 22-28. p14: is neovascularisation an indicator of subsequent tendon injury risk in horses? n tamura 1 ; e yoshihara 2 ; k kodaira 3 ; t kuroda 1 ; k fukuda 1 ; and y kasashima 1 1 clinical science & pathobiology division, equine research institute, japan racing association (jra), japan; 2 race horse hospital, ritto training centre, jra, japan; 3 race horse hospital, miho training centre, jra, japan. presenting author e-mail address: tamura@equinst.go.jp introduction: neovascularisation detected using power doppler ultrasonography (pdu) is often observed in examination for tendinopathy (even in routine scans of clinically asymptomatic tendons). however, the exact role of neovascularisation remains an issue of contention. the potential value of neovascularisation as a prognostic indicator of injury is not clear [1]. mailto:lucianademichelis@yahoo.com.br 14 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 the aim of this study was to test the hypothesis that the risk of tendon injury in racehorses with tendon neovascularisation-positive (np) is higher than those with neovascularisation-negative (nn). we also evaluated the association between the risk of tendon injury and the length of rest periods in racehorses, from initial pdu (baseline) to the next race start. methods: a prospective cohort study of 98 racehorses with slight peritendinitis determined by clinical conditions but not overt superficial digital flexor tendon (sdft) injury at baseline was conducted. the presence of neovascularisation in sdft was defined as positive signal depicted with pdu at baseline. a subsequent sdft injury was defined as diagnosis by veterinarians with grey-scale ultrasonography. rest period was calculated from the official record. hazard ratios (hr) comparing hazard of sdft injury were calculated using cox proportional hazards regression. results: the np group comprised 43 racehorses (43.9%). the rates of sdft injury in the nn and np groups were 2.50 and 5.21 injuries/100 horse-months, respectively. the hazard in np group was significantly greater (hr 2.38, 95% ci 1.15-5.20, p = 0.023). in subpopulation analysis of the np group, the rates of sdft injury in racehorses within 100 days rest periods and it with over 100 days were 2.10 and 7.21 injuries/100 horse-months, respectively. the hazard in the racehorses with over 100 days rest periods was significantly lower (hr 0.32, 0.07-0.95, p = 0.039). this significant difference was not observed in the nn group. discussion: there was a significant positive relation between the presence of neovascularisation inside the tendon and subsequent sdft injury. this study suggested that an increasing neovascularisation inside the tendon would be an important prognostic indicator of tendon injury, and that the risk may decrease by observingan appropriate rest period following identification of neovascularisation. references 1. mahieu et al, br j sports med, 48:a38, 2014 p15: the mechanical properties of scaffolds for rotator cuff repair rdj smith 1 , n zargar 1 , cp brown 1 , ns nagra 1 , sg dakin 1 , sj snelling 1 , o hakimi 1 , a carr 1 1 nuffield department of orthopaedics, rheumatology and musculoskeletal sciences, university of oxford, old road, oxford, ox3 7ld, uk. presenting author e-mail address: stephanie.dakin@ndorms.ox.ac.uk introduction: re-tearing following rotator cuff surgery is a major clinical problem. numerous scaffolds are being used to try and reduce re-tear rates, however, few have demonstrated clinical efficacy. we hypothesise that this lack of efficacy is due to deficiency in their mechanical properties. we therefore compared the macro and nano/micro mechanical properties of 7 commercially available scaffolds to those of the healthy human supraspinatus tendons, whose function they seek to restore. methods: the clinically approved scaffolds tested were x-repair, lars ligament, poly-tape, biofiber, graftjacket, permacol, and conexa. fresh-frozen cadaveric human supraspinatus tendon samples were used as a comparator. five samples of each material were used per experiment. macro mechanical properties were determined through tensile testing (deben stage), suture pull out (zwick machine) and rheometry (rheometer). scanning probe microscopy and scanning electron microscopy were performed to assess the morphology, young’s modulus, and loss tangent of materials at the nano/micro scale. results: none of the scaffolds tested adequately approximated both the macro and micro mechanical properties of healthy human supraspinatus tendon. macroscale mechanical properties were insufficient to restore load-bearing function. x-repair, (p≤0.001), lars ligament (p≤0.01), and polytape (p≤0.05) experienced tensile failure at forces significantly higher than all other scaffolds. xrepair (p≤0.001) had the greatest suture-retention of all scaffolds tested. however, these synthetic scaffolds had nano/microscale properties that were significantly different to native supraspinatus 15 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 tendon. scaffolds approximating tendon properties on the nano/microscale, including graftjacket, permacol, conexa, and biofiber had poor macroscale properties. discussion: our results suggest that generic scaffolds require modification to restore mechanical function across hierarchical levels. we recommend biological scaffolds be supplemented with a higher-strength, suture-friendly material in order to provide adequate mechanical response when applied to rotator cuff repair. by determining the mechanical properties of each scaffold relative to native tissue, this study can help surgeons determine the scaffold most appropriate for clinical use. p16: t cell activation profiles in early supraspinatus tendinopathy point towards a th1 phenotype sg dakin 1 ; r hedley 1 ; mh al-mossawi 1 ; s kiriakidis 1 ; p taylor 1 ; k wheway 1 ; b watkins 1 ; aj carr 1 1 botnar research centre, nuffield department of orthopaedics, rheumatology and musculoskeletal sciences, university of oxford, united kingdom. presenting author e-mail address: stephanie.dakin@ndorms.ox.ac.uk introduction: there is a growing body of evidence to support the contribution of inflammation to the onset and progression of tendinopathy. whilst immune cells such as t cells have been identified in diseased human tendons (1, 2), little is known of their phenotype or the pro-inflammatory mediators they potentially release. in this study, we investigate the activation profiles of t cells in samples of early stage diseased human supraspinatus tendons and their capacity to release pro-inflammatory cytokines. methods: tendon biopsies were collected from patients with early stage supraspinatus tendinopathy (4 females, 2 males, aged between 27-71 years) under general anaesthesia prior to surgical subacromial decompression treatment. to investigate t cell phenotype, samples were digested and stained using a validated panel of t cell surface markers for th1, th2, treg and th17 activation. to investigate the capacity of activated t cells to release ifn, tnf and il17a, tissue digests were stimulated with pma (50ngml -1 ) and iomomycin (1gml -1 ) for 4 hours at 37c and stained with a validated flow cytometry t cell effector panel. isotype and unstained controls were run on peripheral blood mononuclear cells isolated from blood cones. samples were run on a fortessa flow cytometer and analysed using flowjo software. results: cd45+ cells accounted for up to 23% of viable cells in tendon tissue digests (mean 7.6%, sem 3.5%). of the cd45+ cells, between 30-63% were cd3+ (mean 48%, sem 4.6%). cd4 + and cd8 + t cells expressed cxcr3, suggestive of a th1 activation signature. markers for regulatory t cells and th17 activation showed only low level expression, markers of th2 activation were not expressed. ifn and tnf were produced by cd4+ and cd8+ t cells in response to stimulation of tissue digests with pma and ionomycin, il17a was not detected. discussion: the findings from this study suggest t cells have a th1 activation profile in early stage supraspinatus tendinopathy. t cells in these samples have the capacity to release pro-inflammatory cytokines including ifn and tnf. we propose this lymphoid population is likely an important contributor to the inflammatory phenotype frequently seen in samples of early stage supraspinatus tendinopathy. acknowledgements: this work was funded by arthritis research uk grant 20506 and the nihr oxford musculoskeletal biomedical research unit. references: 1. m. s. kragsnaes, u. fredberg, k. stribolt, s. g. kjaer, k. bendix, t. ellingsen, stereological quantification of immune-competent cells in baseline biopsy specimens from achilles tendons: results from patients with chronic tendinopathy followed for more than 4 years. am j sports med 42, 24352445 (2014). 16 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 2. n. l. millar, a. j. hueber, j. h. reilly, y. xu, u. g. fazzi, g. a. murrell, i. b. mcinnes, inflammation is present in early human tendinopathy. am j sports med 38, 2085-2091 (2010). p17: development and optimization of a novel electrospun suture with potential for use in rotator cuff tendon repair re abhari 1 , pa mouthuy 1 , n zargar 1 , a carr 1 1 nihr biomedical research unit, nuffield department of orthopaedics, rheumatology and musculoskeletal sciences, botnar research centre, university of oxford, ox3 7ld, uk presenting author e-mail address: roxanna.abhari@ndorms.ox.ac.uk introduction: rotator cuff repairs often fail at the tendon-suture interface. pull through of the suture through tissue is common, because the material characteristics are often not suitable to support the repair of the weak tendon. novel sutures that mimic tendon architecture may improve patient outcomes. recent in vivo data has shown that submicron electrospun fibres promote better attachment, growth and orientation of cells 1 . this work describes production of an electrospun suture with high tensile strength and relevant degradation rate for tendon healing. methods: a custom electrospinning setup with a single nozzle and stainless steel wire collector was designed to fabricate continuous filaments with different weight/volume ratios of polydioxanone (pdo). the filaments were stretched and annealed, or heat-treated, at various times and temperatures. in vitro degradation testing in pbs was done and samples characterized by tensile and material testing (scanning electron microscopy and differential scanning calorimetry) for up to 6 weeks. results: a 9% weight/volume ratio of pdo solution produced mechanically strong filaments made up of aligned fibres with a diameter around 1um. annealing for longer than 6 hours significantly decreased the strain (p < 0.0001) and above 75˚c always weakened the material (p < 0.0001). annealing for 3 hours at 65˚c was chosen, as only 15% and 34% of its strength and strain was lost, respectively, over a 6-week degradation period. material testing indicated that these parameters led to a rearrangement of polymer crystalline regions, resulting in a more stable structure over time. discussion: this study examined important steps in the suture manufacturing process. we were able to produce electrospun filaments with fibres on a submicron scale and determine optimal annealing parameters. our analysis of the material changes that occur during degradation will be useful for future efforts to tailor the mechanical properties to the functional demands of diseased tendon tissue. this work is relevant to the development of a biomimetic, absorbable suture with high tensile strength retention for use in tendon repair. references: 1. mouthuy p-a, zargar n, hakimi o, lostis e, carr a. fabrication of continuous electrospun filaments with potential for use as medical fibres. biofabrication. 2015;7(2):25006. p18: comparison of tgfβ expression in healthy and diseased human tendon henry cj goodier 1,2 , andrew j carr 1,2 , sarah jb snelling 1,2 , lucy roche 1,2 , kim wheway 1,2 , bridget watkins 1,2 and stephanie g dakin 1,2 1 botnar research centre, nuffield department of orthopaedics, rheumatology and musculoskeletal sciences, university of oxford, nuffield orthopaedic centre, windmill 17 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 road, headington ox3 7ld, uk; 2 nihr oxford biomedical research unit, botnar research centre, university of oxford, windmill road, oxford ox3 7ld, uk presenting author email address: hgoodier@gmail.com introduction: rotator cuff disease is a common cause of shoulder pain. diseased tendons are characterised by fibrotic scar tissue, which adversely affects tendon structure and function and increases the likelihood of re-injury. inflammation-mediated fibrosis is well documented in skin, liver, renal and pulmonary fibrotic diseases. however, little is known about the mechanisms by which fibrosis occurs in tendon disease. transforming growth factor beta (tgfβ) and its associated superfamily are known to be key drivers of fibrosis and to modulate extracellular matrix homeostasis. we hypothesised that differential expression of tgfβ superfamily members would exist between samples of human rotator cuff tendons with established disease compared to healthy control tendons. methods: healthy and diseased rotator cuff (supraspinatus) tendons were collected from patients presenting to an orthopaedic referral centre. diseased tendinopathic (intact n=23) and healthy rotator cuff tendons (n=10) were collected via ultrasound-guided biopsy, torn tendons were collected during routine surgical debridement (n=30). healthy hamstring tendons were collected from patients undergoing acl reconstruction (n=*). immunohistochemistry and quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction were used to investigate the expression profiles of tgfβ superfamily members in these healthy and diseased tendon tissues. results: tgfβ superfamily members were dysregulated in diseased compared to healthy tendons. specifically, tgfβ-1, tgfβ receptor r1 and tgfβ r2 proteins were reduced (p<0.01) in diseased compared to healthy tendons. at the mrna level, tgfβ r1 was significantly reduced in samples of diseased tendons, whereas tgfβ r2 was increased (p<0.01). discussion: we propose that down regulation of tgfβ pathways in established tendon disease may be a protective response to limit disease-associated fibrosis. disruption of the tgfβ axis with disease suggests associated downstream pathways may be important for maintaining tendon homeostasis and health. the findings from our study suggest that patients with established tendon disease would be unlikely to benefit from therapeutic tgfβ blockade, which has been investigated as a treatment strategy in several animal models. future studies should investigate the expression profile of fibrotic mediators in earlier stages of tendon disease to improve understanding of the targetable mechanisms underpinning tendon fibrosis. p19: incidence of lower limb tendinopathy in brazilian youth athletes natália fn bittencourt 1,2 , luciana de michelis mendonça 3 , daniel freitas maciel 4 , gabriela gp gonçalves 4 , rodrigo vaz 4 1 sports physical therapy department – minas tênis clube, brazil ; 2 centro universitário uni-bhbrazil ; 3 physical therapy department universidade federal dos vales do jequitinhonha e mucuri, brazil; 4 sports science and medicine departmentminas tênis clube, brazil presenting author e-mail address: nataliabittencourt@yahoo.com.br. introduction: the incidence of lower limb tendinopathy (llt) has been documented in elite athletes 1 , but in youth athletes the incidence is unclear. van mechelen proposed that the first step to properly prevent sports injury is to determinate the injury profile in a specific population 2 . preventing llt is important, because rehabilitation is complex and this injury may result in long-standing impairment of athletic performance. the purpose of this study was to investigate the incidence of llt in brazilian youth athletes. methods: a one-year prospective study was performed in 442 brazilian youth athletes from volleyball, basketball, judo, gymnastic, tennis and indoor soccer (113 female and 329 male). the sample had a mean age of 14.1 ± 2.9 years, mean height of 1.75 ± 1,2 meters and mean body mass mailto:stephanie.dakin@ndorms.ox.ac.uk mailto:nataliabittencourt@yahoo.com.br 18 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 of 59.4 ± 17.4 kilograms. the examination included questioning around individual characteristics (weight, age, height, and training background) and a physician performed the diagnosis of tendinopathy clinically. to be classified as having llt, participants met the eligibility criteria of: lower limb tendon pain on at least one of jumping/landing, running or changing directions and pain on palpation of the llt tendon 3,4 . results: from 221 injuries, tendinopathy was the main complaint (24%), followed by ligament injury (22%). the llt overall incidence rate was 10.7/1000 exposure hours (ci 95%: 7.0-14.4). the frequency of current symptoms was higher in male volleyball athletes (28%), followed by judo, basketball and female volleyball players (16% each one) and the lowest frequency was in gymnastic, tennis and indoor soccer (5% each one). patellar tendon was the most injured (47%), followed by achilles tendon (16%) and adductor tendon (2%). male athletes (72%) had higher frequency of tendinopathy than female athletes (28%). conclusion: the results showed higher incidence of tendinopathy in youth athletes (14,5%) compared to the literature. for example, cassel et al reported prevalence of 7,8% of llt in german youth athletes 3 . as in elite athletes, volleyball had the higher prevalence of tendinopathy. interesting, judo athletes had the same frequency than basketball. therefore, youth athletes are at high risk of llt and it is necessary to assess these athletes in the pre-season in order to identify factors that could be associated to llt and plan an effective prevention program. references: 1. lian ob, engebretsen l, bahr r. prevalence of jumper's knee among elite athletes from different sports: a cross-sectional study.am j sports med. 2005 apr;33(4):561-7. epub 2005 feb 8. 2. van mechelen w., hlobil h., kemper h.c.g. incidence, severity, aetilogy and prevention of sports injuries. sports medicine, v14, n.2, p: 82-99, 1992. 3. cassel m, baur h, hirschmüller a, carlsohn a, fröhlich k, mayer f. prevalence of achilles and patellar tendinopathy and their association to intratendinous changes in adolescent athletes. scand j med sci sports 2015: 25: e310–e318. 4. cook jl, khan km, kiss zs, et al. 2001. reproducibility and clinical utility of tendon palpation to detect patellar tendinopathy in young basketball players. br j sports med 35:65 – 69. p20: effect of iso-inertial squat on incidence of patellar tendinopathy in elite male soccer players bruno mazziotti 1,4,5 , natalia fn bittencourt 2,3 , luciano rosa 1,4 , caio mello 1 , joaquim grava 1 , cesar amorim 5 , 1 biomechanics laboratory. s. c. corinthians paulista, são paulo – brazil; 2 sports physical therapy department – minas tênis clube, brazil; 3 centro universitário uni-bh brazil; 4 mechanical engineering department – feg/unesp,são paulo – brazil; 5 universidade cidade de são paulo, são paulo, brazil presenting author e-mail address: brunomazziotti@hotmail.com introduction: patellar tendinopathy (pt) is common in elite soccer and the recurrence rate is high 1 . this condition could be related to acl reconstruction or overuse due to high amount of exposure. typical soccer performance involves acceleration and deceleration at high intensity of a constant mass. iso-inertial squat exercises (yoyo system) have those same characteristics during concentric and eccentric work 2 . this is more similar to athletic performance than isokinetic and isometric exercises 2 . moreover, it could promote specific load to muscle and tendon tissue and increase tensile strength. the purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of iso-inertial exercises on incidence of patellar tendinopathy in elite male soccer players. methods: thirty elite male soccer players from brazilian first division were recruited and followed during one season (10 months). the sample had mean age of 26.24±5.17 years, mean height of 1.79 ± 0.06 meters and mean body mass of 78.58 ± 7.58 kilograms. all athletes performed typical strength http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=lian%252520ob%25255bauthor%25255d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15722279 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=engebretsen%252520l%25255bauthor%25255d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15722279 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=bahr%252520r%25255bauthor%25255d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=15722279 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15722279 mailto:brunomazziotti@hotmail.com 19 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 conditional training and they were exposure to the same 380 hours of soccer matches and training session. group a (n=15) didn’t perform iso-inertial exercises and group b (n=15) did iso-inertial squat two times a week (6 x 10 repetition). results: group a had 7 cases of pt and group b (iso-inertial exercises) had 3 cases of pt. this study presented a decrease of 57% in pt frequency on iso-inertial squat group. conclusion: the results showed a lower incidence of patellar tendinopathy in elite male soccer athletes, which performed yoyo iso-inertial squat exercises during a season. these preliminary data might indicate that tendon tissue benefits from exercises that involve acceleration and deceleration of a constant mass. references: 1. hägglund m1, zwerver j, ekstrand j. epidemiology of patellar tendinopathy in elite male soccer players. am j sports med. 2011 sep;39(9):1906-11. doi: 10.1177/0363546511408877. 2. murphy, a.j., wilson g.j. and pryor j.f. (1994) use of the iso-inertial force mass relationship in the prediction of dynamic human performance. eur j ap physiol. 69: 250-257. p21: temperature differences in affected compared with unaffected legs in subjects with unilateral achilles tendinopathy: a pilot study s o’neill, 1 ; c swan 1 ; l mclelland 2 ; t coats 2 ;m sims 3 . 1 department of medicine, university of leicester, united kingdom; 2 emergency medicine academic department, leicester royal infirmary, united kingdom; 3 department of physics and astronomy, university of leicester, united kingdom. presenting author e-mail address: so59@leicester.ac.uk introduction: achilles tendinopathy is associated with neovascularization, and metabolic changes. autonomic nervous system alterations, such as changes in the colour and temperature of the overlying skin, are often observed. multiple authors have suggested that thermography may be useful clinically and in research. there are several small studies on equine and human tendinopathic tendons suggesting alterations to overlying skin temperature but no quantitative measurements. aim determine if there are between limb differences in subjects with achilles tendinopathy methods: observational study involving 16 subjects with chronic achilles tendinopathy. a standardized protocol was developed using a template to position the participant. this template positioned the subject 120cm from the thermal camera (forward looking infrared (flir) sc620 camera with thermal sensitivity of <0.04˚c at 30˚) with the camera mounted level with the achilles tendon (10cm from the floor). stable environmental conditions were used for all subjects with equal time for each participant to acclimatize to the environment. initially two regions of interest (roi) were determined. these were the site of most tenderness and the posterior of the calcaneus. analysis involved limb comparison between affected and un-affected limbs. results: at the site of most tenderness the affected leg measured 28.0°c (ci 26.8-29.2) and the control (unaffected) leg measured 28.1°c (ci 26.9-29.3), a difference of 0.075°c (p=0.705, nonsignificant). the 2 nd roi (calcaneus) measured 0.5°c cooler on the affected side at 26.2°c (ci 25.127.4) compared with the un-affected side of 26.7°c (ci 25.527.9) (p=0.018). discussion: in this preliminary study in individuals with unilateral achilles tendinopathy there was no difference in temperature at the site of most tenderness between the affected and un-affected limbs. this could be related to central or bilateral changes or there may indeed be no effect of tendinopathy on skin temperature. at the 2 nd roi (posterior of the calcaneus) the affected limb was cooler – a difference that was small, but higher than the accepted difference between limbs of 0.38°c. this http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=h%c3%a4gglund%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21642599 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=zwerver%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21642599 http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=ekstrand%20j%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21642599 20 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 preliminary study did not find the previously suggested pattern of temperature difference; further work is warranted to understand the complex changes and to further elucidate the potential place of thermal imaging in achilles tendinopathy. p22: is widespread mechanical sensitivity a feature of achilles tendinopathy? s o’neill, 1 ; r masterton 1 department of medicine, university of leicester, united kingdom. presenting author e-mail address: so59@leicester.ac.uk introduction: tendinopathy research has recently begun to assess the changes that occur in the central nervous system. the majority of these studies have focussed on the upper limb with only two assessing lower limb tendinopathy. much of this research has focussed on whether the central nervous system becomes mechanically hypersensitive in the same way as observed in upper limb tendinopathy or other chronic msk conditions. only one small pilot (n=8 in each group) study has assessed mechanical sensitivity in relation to achilles tendinopathy. due to the gap in the literature this study aimed to determine if individuals with chronic achilles tendinopathy present with widespread mechanical hyperalgesia. methods: observational case control study. 17 subjects with chronic achilles tendinopathy, mean age 49, and 15 healthy controls, mean age 40, were recruited. mechanical sensitivity was assessed using an electronic von freys device. 5 points were used – achilles tendon, lateral femoral condyle, abdominal wall, anterior forearm and ulnar styloid process. testing was completed by the same experienced user. results: skin sensitivity for each area is reported as mean and (sd) in grams, with the at group versus the control. achilles tendon 304.4(171.8): 340.2 (134.6), lateral femoral condyle 409.2 (164.7):450.7 (191), abdominal wall 362.8 (144.3):346.4 (158.2), anterior forearm 338.6 (144.8): 345 (163.7) and ulnar styloid 424.9 (168):381.7 (200.6). for each of the 5 areas measured there was no statistical or clinically important between group differences: achilles tendon (p=0.521), lateral femoral condyle (p=0.514) abdominal wall (p=0.761), anterior forearm (p=0.906) and ulnar styloid process (p=0.512). visa a score did not correlate to mechanical sensitivity of the achilles tendon (p=0.146). discussion: widespread mechanical hyperalgesia does not appear to be a feature of achilles tendinopathy. this finding supports previous research findings [1] and suggests that achilles tendinopathy does not invoke widespread mechanical hyperalgesia. this finding does not mean that central sensitisation does not occur in achilles tendinopathy [2] but rather that it does not influence mechanical hyperalgesia. this seems to correspond to the common clinical presentation and diagnostic criteria of localised tendon pain. references 1. skinner, i,w. debenham, j, r. krumenacher, s, a. bulsara, m, k. wand, b, m. (2014) ‘chronic mid portion achilles tendinopathy is not associated with central sensitisation’. pain and rehabilitation the journal of the physiotherapy pain association. (37) 34-40 2. tompra, n. dieen, j. coppieters, m. (2016) central pain processing is altered in people with achilles tendinopathy. british journal of sports medicine. 0, p1-6. doi:10.1136/bjsports-2015-095476 p23: acute sensory and motor response to 45-seconds heavy isometric holds for the plantar flexors in patients with achilles tendinopathy 21 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 s o’neill, 1 ; j radia 1 ; k bird 1 ;ms rathleff 2 ; t bandholm 3 ; m jorgensen 4 and k thorborg ,5 1 department of medicine, university of leicester, united kingdom; 2 research unit for general practice in aalborg and department of clinical medicine, aalborg university, denmark; 3 physical medicine & rehabilitation research – copenhagen (pmr-c), amagerhvidovre hospital, university of copenhagen, copenhagen, denmark; 4 department of geriatrics, aalborg university hospital, denmark; 5 sport orthopedic research center – copenhagen (sorc-c), amager-hvidovre university hospital, copenhagen, denmark presenting author e-mail address: so59@leicester.ac.uk introduction: recent studies have suggested that heavy isometric exercises for the quadriceps improve pain and muscle function in subjects with patella tendinopathy [1]. it is unclear whether this approach is effective for other lower limb tendon pain. aim – to investigate the immediate effects of heavy isometric exercises of the plantarflexors on pain output and muscle force output in individuals with achilles tendinopathy. methods: 16 individuals (5 female) with achilles tendinopathy for more than three months participated. pain response (0-10) to most provocative achilles activity (heel raises or hopping) was recorded and rated using the numerical rating scale (nrs). participants then underwent mechanical pressure pain threshold testing using an electronic von freys device and strength testing using an isokinetic dynamometer to measure plantarflexor strength. subjects had their maximal voluntary isometric strength measured and completed five 45-second isometric contractions – separated by 2 minute rest, at 70% mvc using a fysiometer [2]. pain sensitivity and strength were assessed immediately after completion of the exercise protocol. results: only 9 of the 16 participants reported pain during either heel raises or hopping. mean (sd) nrs for the symptomatic test was 4.2(1.9) pre intervention and 4.8 (3.2) post intervention, p=0.219. mechanical pressure pain thresholds did not change from pre 335.8n (193.7) to post 313.1n (176.4) intervention (p=0.396). concentric plantarflexor torque at 90º/sec increased 6 nm (13%) from pre 47(14.5)nm to post 53(18.5)nm intervention (p=0.039). no other changes in plantarflexor strength were observed across contraction modes and speeds: concentric 225º/sec, 34(11.6)nm versus 33(6.6)nm (p=0.917); eccentric 90º/sec, 99(34.2)nm versus 107(41.4)nm (p=0.350). discussion: in patients with achilles tendinopathy, heavy isometric exercises – did not acutely change sensory and motor output to a clinically relevant degree. although a small increase in concentric plantarflexor torque at 90º/sec was observed, this is less than the smallest detectable change for this measure. furthermore, the clinical value of nrs testing during functional testing in patients with achilles tendinopathy seem a doubtful approach as floor effect presented in many patients. this preliminary study suggests that patients with achilles tendinopathy may not respond to heavy isometric holds in the same way as patients with patellar tendinopathy. references 1. rio e, kidgell d, purdam c, gaida j, moseley l, pearce a, et al. isometric exercise induces analgesia and reduces inhibtion in patellar tendinopathy. british journal of sports medicine 2015;49(19):1277-1283. 2. blomkvist aw, andersen s, debruin ed, jorgensen mg isometric hand grip strength measured by nintendo wii balance board a reliable new method. bmc musculoskeletal disorders 2016:3(17): doi: 10.1186/s12891-016-0907-0. p24: an investigation into the effect different window size analysis has on achilles tendon ultrasonographic tissue characterisation echo-type quantification. s barry 1 ; s o’neill 2 22 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 1 faculty of health and life sciences, coventry university, uk, 2 department of medicine and biological sciences, university of leicester, uk presenting author e-mail address: sjb111@le.ac.uk introduction: grey scale ultrasonography (us) is a commonly used modality to visualise tendon structure having the capacity to allow accurate measurement of tendon thickening and identification of hypoechogenicity to aid the diagnosis of tendon pathology. however, routine ultrasonography relies on subjective quantification of tendon pathology and is not responsive to subtle changes in tendon structure. ultrasonographic tissue characterisation (utc) provides a detailed visulisation of tendon matrix structure and quantification of 4 echo-types indicating the degree of tendon bundle alignment. the utc standardizes many us parameters but offers 3 distinct options for scan analysis referred to as window sizes (ws). this study investigates the effect that ws has on echo-type quantification. methods: twenty participants with no history of achilles tendinopathy were recruited. a 4cm section of the mid-portion of both achilles tendons was scanned in a standardized prone position producing 200 contiguous transverse images which were automatically interpolated to form a tendon volume. tendon structure was quantified using dedicated utc algorithms for ws 25, 17 and 9. results: a reduction in percentage of echo-type i was seen as the ws reduced, (ws: mean (sd)), 25:73.61% (5.96); 17: 69.91% (5.46); 9: 64.65% (4.59). all other echo-types increased, echo-type ii 25:25.54% (5.89); 17:28.71% (5.29); 9:32.62% (4.35), echo-type iii 25:0.59% (0.48); 17: 0.96% (0.67): 9:1.39% (1.14), echo-type iv 25:0.27% (0.35); 17: 0.4% (0.42); 9:0.71% (0.58). however, the echo-type values for each corresponding ws remained highly correlated echo-type i 25:17:9 r = 0.998:0.998:0.993; echo-type ii 25:17:9 r = 0.997:0.984:0.969: echo-type iii 25:17:9 r = 0.990:0.981:0.948; echo-type iv 25:17:9 r = 0.99:0.983:0.966. discussion: utc analysis is becoming more prevalent in tendinopathy research however studies do not always state which ws was used for scan analysis. to date most studies have used ws 25 despite indications that smaller ws improve scan resolution and therefore ability to detect small scale changes. study results indicate that utc analysis in different ws significantly alters the quantification of echo-types i-iv demonstrating proportionally fewer aligned tendon bundles in smaller ws. however the echo-type values for each corresponding ws were highly correlated indicating high internal validity for utc analysis of tendon structure. p25: an exploration of intron 4 polymorphisms within the col5a1 gene and its association to anterior cruciate ligament injury risk f firfirey 1 , m-j laguette 1 , av september 1 ,m collins 1 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town, cape town, south africa. presenting author e-mail address: firzanafirfirey@gmail.com background: anterior cruciate ligament (acl) injury is a multifactorial condition and one of the most common musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries in competitive sports. to date, several genetic association studies have identified polymorphisms which alter an individual’s risk of injury. the col5a1 gene is an important regulator of collagen fibrillogenesis in ligaments and tendons. previous studies have identified sequence variants within the 3’-utr of col5a1 resulting in altered col5a1 mrna stability. regions within intron 4 have been implicated in splicing. the objective of this study was therefore to examine the relationship between polymorphisms in intron 4 of col5a1 and acl injury risk. methodology: a case control genetic association study was conducted. south african participants recruited for this study included 253 cases (152 non-contact and 101 contact acl injuries) and matched 233 asymptomatic controls from which venous blood were obtained for dna extraction. two single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps), rs4841926(c/t) and rs3922912 (a/g), were identified using haploreg v3 and the seattlesnps databases. haploreg v3 were set to identify snps of 0.8 linkage disequilibrium within a 1000 base pairs. the genome variation server in the seattle database was mailto:firzanafirfirey@gmail.com 23 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 used to identify tagged snps and confirm the results obtained in haploreg. the samples were genotyped using taqman® assays through real-time polymerase chain reaction (rt-pcr). fisher’s exact test and pearson’s chi squared analysis were used to analyse differences in genotype and allele frequencies. genotype and allele frequencies were also stratified according to mechanism of injury and gender. statistical significance was accepted at p < 0.05. results: no statistical differences in genotype or allele frequencies were observed for col5a1 rs4841926 (p=0.6893) and rs3922912 (p=0.3895) between the case and control diagnostic groups. furthermore, no statistical differences were noted when diagnostic groups were stratified by gender or mechanism of injury. conclusion: no genetic associations were identified in this study. however, future studies should examine a wider region in a larger sample size to allow for risk specific haplotypes to be identified. p26: investigating an in silico approach to identify genetic susceptibility loci for musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries s dlamini 1 , c saunders 2 , m collins 1 , j gamieldien 2 , a september 1 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, south africa, 2 south african national bioinformatics institute university of western cape presenting author e-mail address: dlaminisenanile@gmail.com in competitive and recreational athletes, musculoskeletal injuries of soft tissues such as ligaments and tendons are common. to date, most of the genes and genetic loci implicated were identified through a case-control, candidate gene association approach. based on all the information that has been obtained through candidate gene association studies, the aim of this study was to use an in silico approach where bioinformatics was included to find new information through assessing the feasibility and performance of bioontological relationship graph database (borg), an in silico tool which integrates multiple sources of genomic and biomedical knowledge into an on-disk semantic network where human genes and their orthologs in mouse and rat are central concepts mapped to ontology terms. borg was used to identify a comprehensive list of potentially biologically significant genetic loci to be tested for association with risk of achilles tendinopathy and anterior cruciate ligament injury. the list was then compared and refined using next generation sequencing data. from screening all human genes, 3500 genes and a further 10 microrna’s were found to be linked to tendinopathy. further preliminary characterisation has shown that these genes are differentially expressed in tendinopathy, functionally linked to features of tendinopathy either through signalling or pathways etc. p27: the casp8 gene and risk of carpal tunnel syndrome k seale¹, mc burger¹, h de wet², a september¹, m posthumus¹, m collins¹ ¹division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, south africa; ²life occupational health, life healthcare, cape town, south africa presenting author e-mail address: kirsten.seale@alumni.uct.ac.za introduction: idiopathic carpal tunnel syndrome (cts) is a commonly occurring mono-neuropathy in the upper limb, of which the direct cause remains unknown. although primarily considered a neuropathy, the possible involvement of the flexor tendons in the pathogenesis of cts has been proposed, and in support of this, tendinopathy and tenosynovitis have both been mentioned as possible precursors for cts. in addition, the role of genetics in the pathogenesis of this condition is plausible, and recent research has identified dna sequence variants within genes encoding structural 24 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 components of tendons and tendon regulatory proteins to modulate risk of cts. the aim of this study was to determine whether sequence variants within the caspase-8 (casp8) gene, a primary operator in the apoptosis pathway, are also associated with cts. sequence variants within the casp8 gene have been previously associated with risk of achilles tendinopathy (at), a multifactorial overuse pathology 1 . methods: one hundred and three self-reported coloured south african participants, with a history of carpal tunnel release surgery (cts) and one hundred and forty-seven matched control (con) participants without any reported history of cts symptoms were genotyped using the taqman® allelic discrimination method (applied biosystems, foster city, california, usa) for the casp8 rs3834129 (i/d), rs1045485 (g/c) and rs13113 (t/a) sequence variants. all statistical analyses were performed on the programming environment r and r packages. results: no independent associations were found for all three of the casp8 variants between the cts and con groups. two inferred haplotype combinations (rs3834129-rs1045485-rs13113 and rs3834129-rs13113) were, however, found to have a significant relationship with cts in all participants and in females separately. discussion: variants within the casp8 gene have been found to be collectively significantly associated with cts, implicating the apoptosis pathway as biologically significant in the underlying pathogenesis of cts. the main focus of this research is aimed at underpinning the genetic susceptibility to cts, and how associated variants may contribute to the inter-individual variation in tendon structure and function. the identification of genetic risk factors pertaining to cts may potentially provide insight into the management of injury in susceptible individuals. references: 1. nell, e.m., van der merwe, l., cook, j., handley, c.j., collins, m., and september, a. v. (2012). the apoptosis pathway and the genetic predisposition to achilles tendinopathy. j. orthop. res. 30, 1719–1724. p28: genetic variants in the proteoglycan, decorin and risk of carpal tunnel syndrome. jl judd 1 ; m burger 1 ; h de wet 2 ; m collins 1 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, po box 115, newlands 7725, south africa; 2 life occupational health, western cape, south africa presenting author e-mail address: jddjen001@myuct.ac.za introduction: carpal tunnel syndrome (cts) is generally considered to be a multifactorial condition and causal factors are still under debate 1 . although primarily considered to be a neuropathy, recent evidence suggests that tendinopathy may be involved in the aetiology of cts. anatomically, the carpal tunnel structure contains nine flexor tendons indicating that entrapment of the median nerve within this structure, leading to an increase in pressure, could in part, be attributed to these tendons. variants within genes encoding the essential structural components of tendons have previously been associated with risk of cts 2-4 . the dcn rs516115 (a/g), within the gene encoding decorin, an important proteoglycan, has previously been associated with altered risk of musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries (collins et al., 2015) and therefore the aim of this study was to determine whether dcn rs516115 (a/g) was independently associated with altered risk of carpal tunnel syndrome. methods: a total of 71 self-reported coloured participants with a history of cts release surgery and 100 appropriately matched controls have thus far been genotyped for the dcn rs516115 (a/g) variant. a pearson’s chi-squared test was used to determine any significant differences between genotype distributions or any other categorical data of the groups. results and discussion: preliminary results indicate that there is no significant difference between cases and controls, for the dcn rs516115 variant (p=0.933). it is however important to note that the 25 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 sample size of this study is small and the findings need to be repeated in other, larger studies. additionally, this finding does not exclude other variants within dcn to potentially alter risk of cts. references: 1. mcdiarmid, m., oliver, m., ruser, j., & gucer, p. (2000). male and female rate differences in carpal tunnel syndrome injuries: personal attributes or job tasks? environmental research, 83(1), 23–32. 2. burger, m. c., de wet, h., & collins, m. (2014). the bgn and acan genes and carpal tunnel syndrome. gene, 551(2), 160–166. 3. burger, m., de wet, h., & collins, m. (2014). the col5a1 gene is associated with increased risk of carpal tunnel syndrome. clinical rheumatology, 34(4), 767–774. 4. collins, m., september, a. v, & posthumus, m. (2015). biological variation in musculoskeletal injuries : current knowledge, future research and practical implications. british journal of sports medicine, 49, 1–8. p29: evaluating polymorphisms within the proteoglycan encoding genes with achilles tendinopathy susceptibility k willard 1 ; laguette m-j 1 ; cj saunders 2 ; j. gamieldien 2 ; m collins 1 ; and september av 1 1 division of exercise science and sport medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, 2 south african national bioinformatics institute/mrc unit for bioinformatics capacity development, university of the western cape presenting author e-mail address: k14581035@gmail.com introduction: compromised functional capacity of tendons and ligaments has been associated with musculoskeletal soft tissue (msk) injuries such as achilles tendinopathy (at) and anterior cruciate ligament (acl) ruptures. variants within genes that encode proteoglycans such as acan (rs235191, rs1042630 and rs1516797), bgn (rs1126499, rs1042103) and dcn (rs516115) have previously been associated with susceptibility to acl ruptures 1 . the functional significance of these loci are unknown. the aim of this study was to refine the disease susceptibility loci for msk injuries by genotyping acan, bgn and dcn gene variants identified through whole exome sequencing (wes) of exemplar cases (clinically diagnosed with at) and controls (unaffected). methods: the wes approach identified 56 variants within the acan, bgn and dcn genes. the following loci were prioritised and subsequently genotyped: acan (rs34949187, rs2351491, rs1042630, rs1042631, rs1516797, rs1126823), bgn (rs1126499, rs1042103, rs111325687) and dcn (rs7441, rs516115) in a south african and british cohort. the south african cohort comprised of 112 patients with at and 120 asymptomatic, matched controls. the genotype and allele frequency distributions were evaluated using the r programming language and environment. statistical significance was accepted at p<0.05. results: preliminary investigations indicate a significant difference in the genotype and allele frequency distribution between cases and controls for the acan rs1516797 variant. the tt genotype was over-represented in the controls compared to the at group (con: 58.2%; at: 38.1%; p=0.038; or=0.649; 95%ci 0.21 to 2.04). no other differences between cases and controls in genotype or allele frequencies were identified for the variants genotyped. discussion: further evaluation and interrogation of variants identified through the wes approach is still underway in an attempt to understand the genetic factors underpinning at susceptibility which potentially maps to these proteoglycan encoding genes. references: 1. mannion s, mtintsilana a, posthumus m, et al. 2014. genes encoding proteoglycans are associated with the risk of anterior cruciate ligament ruptures.br. j. sports med. 48(22):1640–6 26 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 p30: pieces to the puzzle: identifying variants associated with musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries using whole exome sequencing a gibbon a 1 , cj saunders 2 , j gamieldien 2 , m collins m 1 , av september 1 1 division of exercise science and sports medicine, department of human biology, university of cape town, cape town, south africa; 2 south african national bioinformatics institute/mrc unit for bioinformatics capacity development, university of the western cape, belville, cape town, south africa presenting author email address: colljsaunders@gmail.com introduction: dna sequence variants have been associated with the risk of musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries, implicating the role of genetics in the aetiology of common sporting injuries including achilles tendinopathy and anterior cruciate ligament ruptures. risk conferring variants have primarily been identified using a hypothesis driven candidate gene approach. this approach, using a priori hypothesis of a gene’s products involvement in injury, has implicated several biological pathways in disease development. however, it is not plausible to independently characterise all risk conferring variants in injury development using this method. therefore, this study aimed to further define the genetic signature of musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries mapping to established biological pathways by utilizing next generation sequencing technologies and a host of bioinformatics tools. material and methods: whole exome sequencing (wes) was conducted on 10 cases and 10 controls representing divergent extremes of the injury spectrum. cases were <35 years of age, suffered bilateral tendinopathy of the midportion and/or reported several chronic achilles tendon injuries. controls were >47 years of age, physically active and reported no previous injuries. paired end wes, with the inclusion of the untranslated regions and mirna genes, was performed using the agilent v5+utr (71mbp) capture kit on the illumina hiseq 2000/2500 platform at 30x coverage. results: preliminary results indicate the presence of 3016 variants mapping across the exome with allele frequency differences of ≥30% between cases and controls. signals of particular interest include the matrix metalloprotease (mmp) gene cluster on chromosome 11q22 in addition to the regions spanning the tenascin-c (tnc) and the alpha 1 chain of type i (col1a1) and type xxvii (col27a1) collagen genes respectively. conclusion: through this multidisciplinary approach, these signals of interest are being explored using a case-control genetic association design in larger cohorts and may provide valuable knowledge into the aetiology of musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries. p31: tgf-β stimulated bgn gene expression in a genetic susceptibility model for musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries: a pilot ex vivo study. m-j laguette 1 , l alves de souza rios 1 , k willard 1 , m collins 1 and av september 1 . 1 division of exercise science and sport medicine, university of cape town, cape town, south africa. presenting author e-mail address: nancylaguette@gmail.com introduction: variants in several genes, including proteoglycan encoding genes such as biglycan (bgn), have been implicated in modulating the risk of musculoskeletal soft tissue injuries. biglycan is involved in fibrillogenesis, tendon development and healing. tgf-β is a mediator of the matrix remodelling pathway and, as observed in the context of injury and healing, is able to regulate bgn expression. variants within bgn associate with anterior cruciate ligament ruptures (rs1126499, c/t and rs1042103, a/g) and with carpal tunnel syndrome (rs1126499). the primary aim of this study was to examine the relative bgn mrna expression, in skin fibroblasts of healthy individuals with a known bgn genotype. specifically, the effect of bgn rs1042103 (a/g) and rs1126499 (c/t) on its mrna expression was examined (a) at baseline (n=10) and (b) in response to tgf-β1 treatment (n=4). 27 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 methods: participants were grouped according to their genotypes forming an increased (tt/aa and tt/ag at rs1126499/rs1042103 respectively, n=7) and a decreased risk group (cc/gg and cc/aa at rs1126499/rs1042103 respectively, n=3). skin biopsies were obtained from consenting healthy participants with a known genotype at the loci of interest. primary skin fibroblast cell lines were obtained. cells were treated with 10ng/ml of purified tgf-β1. total mrna was extracted, cdna was generated and q-rt-pcr was performed. relative expression of the target genes were compared between risk groups. results: bgn mrna expression was not statistically different between the increased (cc/gg and cc/aa) and decreased risk (cc/gg and cc/aa) groups (p=0.84) at baseline. tgf-β1 treatment resulted in elevated expression of bgn in both groups with a higher expression observed in the decreased risk (cc/gg and cc/aa) group (2.40 ± 0.67; n=11) compared to the increased risk (tt/aa and tt/ag) group (1.47 ± 0.74; n=6) (p=0.024). discussion: expression of bgn mrna at baseline did not differ between genotype groups. however, when treated with tgf-β1, bgn mrna levels were higher in the decreased risk group. the latter may be more readily able to enter processes such as healing and fibrillogenesis given the greater response to tgf-β1 w.r.t. bgn expression. this study highlights the possible effect of genetic variations on gene expression. p32: more tendinopathy than inflammatory arthritis in a new patient rheumatology clinic. a retrospective review of 397 new patients p kirwan 1,2 , hp french 2 , t duffy 3 1 physiotherapy department, connolly hospital, blanchardstown, dublin 15, 2 school of physiotherapy, royal college of surgeons in ireland, dublin 2 3 rheumatology department, connolly hospital, blanchardstown, dublin 15 presenting author e-mail address: paulkirwan@rcsi.ie introduction: tendinopathy is a common musculoskeletal complaint. a recent dutch 1 study has indicated that lower limb tendinopathy has a higher incidence (10.52 per person-years) than osteoarthritis (8.4 per 1000 person-years). the purpose of this review was to establish the number of patients with tendinopathy/tendon pain presenting to a general ‘new patient’ rheumatology clinic. methods: data were collected consecutively on all patients assessed by one experienced physiotherapist working in the ‘new patient’ rheumatology clinic from dec 2010 to may 2016. no triage of these patients was performed, therefore doctors and physiotherapist see similar patients. a retrospective review of the data collected and medical charts was undertaken. the number of patients diagnosed with tendinopathy by the physiotherapist was noted, and descriptive statistical analysis was undertaken. the diagnosis of tendinopathy was made clinically. results: in total, 392 patients were assessed over the time period, 265 females and 127 males, representing a 2:1 ratio for females to males. the mean age was 49 ± 13.7 years. tendinopathy was diagnosed in 134 patients, therefore 34% of all the patients assessed had tendon pain. thirty-two patients, 8% of the total, had bilateral tendon pain. the total number of painful tendons was 166. the most common tendinopathy was rotator cuff tendinopathy accounting for 12% of patients (n=46), followed by gluteal tendinopathy representing 10% (n=38), whilst lateral elbow tendinopathy accounted for 9% of patients (n=31). medial elbow, tibialis posterior, proximal hamstring, peroneal, patellar and achilles tendinopathy accounted for the remaining 19 patients with tendinopathy. plantar fasciopathy was diagnosed in 7% of patients (n=27). an inflammatory arthritis was diagnosed in 20% of patients (n=78). discussion: results show that there is more tendinopathy than inflammatory arthritis in a ‘new patient’ rheumatology clinic. tendon pain combined with plantar fascia pain (41%), accounts for double the number of patients seen who were diagnosed with inflammatory arthritis. this review reveals the high proportion of those presenting to a ‘new patient’ rheumatology clinic have clinically diagnosed tendinopathy. it highlights the importance of knowledge of differential mailto:paulkirwan@rcsi.ie 28 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 diagnosis and evidencebased management of tendinopathy for doctors and other healthcare professionals working in rheumatology. references: 1. albers et al. bmc musculoskeletal disorders (2016) 17:16 29 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 p33: plantaris tendon, its presence, location and size in the region of the achilles tendon: an observational cadaveric study p kirwan 1,2 , hp french 2 1 physiotherapy department, connolly hospital, blanchardstown, dublin 15, 2 school of physiotherapy, royal college of surgeons in ireland, dublin 2 presenting author e-mail address: paulkirwan@rcsi.ie introduction: the plantaris tendon, which has long been disregarded as of little clinical importance, and absent in 7-20% of the population 1 , is attracting some interest of late. recently published studies indicate it is present in 98-100% of the population 2 and that it may act as a potential contributor to medial achilles tendon (at) pain. the aims of this study were threefold, to establish whether plantaris was present in a sample of cadaveric limbs, to identify its position in relation to the achilles tendon and to conduct measures of thickness and width of plantaris tendon. methods: the method previously described by van sterkenberg et al 2 was employed to identify the plantaris tendon. eighty-one cadaveric limbs, which had been previously dissected and were appropriate for inspection were assessed. plantaris was looked for in the region of the medial achilles. if plantaris could not be identified here, gastrocnemius was reflected back to reveal plantaris tendon beneath, and was then followed distally. all plantaris tendon measurements were taken 2-6 cm from the achilles insertion using a vernier caliper. results: the plantaris tendon was present in all 81 assessed limbs. plantaris was positioned medial to the achilles tendon in all limbs. this medial position was then further subcategorized into medial or ventromedial. plantaris tendon was positioned ventromedial to the achilles tendon in 59 (73%) of the limbs and medial to the achilles in 18 (22%) of the limbs. the mean width of the plantaris tendon was 2.8mm (range 1.2-5.0mm) and the mean thickness of the plantaris tendon was 0.8mm (range 0.11.6mm). discussion: plantaris was present in all limbs in keeping with recent studies. the measures of plantaris tendon width and thickness from this study found results similar to a recent cadaveric study 3 . plantaris has been estimated by experts to be implicated in 20% of at presentations, in particular those with medial achilles pain. this study found that 22% of plantaris tendons were located medial to the at, and this raises a question, whether a medially located plantaris has a greater potential to contribute to medial achilles tendon (at) pain compared to vm positioned plantaris tendons? references 1. van sterkenberg and van dijk. knee surg sports traumatol arthrosc 2011;19:1367-1375 2. van sterkenberg et al. j anat. 2011;218(3):336-41 3. olewnik et al. surg radiol anat. 2016 p34: plant derived rhcollagen scaffold combined with prp enhances healing in tendinopathy o shoseyov 1,2 , j seror 1 , r gueta 3 , f grynspan 4 , t amzel 1, a nyska 5 , n orr 1 . 1 collplant ltd., ness-ziona, israel. 2 the robert h. smith faculty of agricultural, food and environmental quality sciences, the hebrew university of jerusalem, rehovot, israel. 3 amorphical, ness-ziona, israel. 4 stem cell medicine ltd, jerusalem, israel. 5 sackler school of medicine, tel aviv university, israel, and consultant in toxicologic pathology presenting author e-mail address: nadav@collplant.com introduction: vergenix™str is a novel medical device scaffold composed of recombinant human type i collagen (rhcollagen) purified from bioengineered tobacco plants harboring the 5 human genes essential for the production of genuine human type i collagen(1). vergenix™str combined mailto:paulkirwan@rcsi.ie 30 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 with autologous platelets rich plasma (prp) was developed to address the limitations of prp treatment by providing a degradable matrix that retains the platelets at the vicinity of the injured tendon and extends the effect of growth factorsthus promotes healing. the device is intended for the treatment of tendinopathy. methods: preparation of product: vergenix™str is provided lyophilized and terminally sterilized by eto. the dry product is hydrated with autologous prp before injection into the injury site, preclinical evaluation: the product performance was assessed in a rat model for tendonitis and in a subcutaneous rat model of local growth factors release and degradation profile. clinical trial: a multicenter, prospective, open label, single arm trial was conducted to demonstrate the safety and performance of the product in 20 patients suffering from epicondylitis (tennis elbow). patients were followed for six months after a single injection while product performance was assessed by reduction in pain and recovery of motion using the standard patient related tennis elbow evaluation questionnaire (“prtee”). results: the subcutaneous rat model showed a significant extended release of pdgf and vegf in the product group as compared with prp alone. tendonitis model in rats showed clear advantage of the product as compared to prp alone. in the clinical trial, the new product provided clear clinical benefit to the patients with 80% and 90% of the patients showing at least 25% reduction in prtee score after 3 and 6 months respectively. these results are significantly better than results reported(2) for either prp alone or corticosteroids which had up to 68% (prp, 6 months) or 48% (corticosteroids, 3 months) of patients reporting at least 25% reduction in pain and motion score. conclusions: vergenix tm str combined with prp showed superior performance compared with prp alone in preclinical models and clinical setups. the results provide clear evidence supporting the use of vergenix tm str combined with prp for treatment of tendinopathy. references 1. stein h et al., biomacromolecules 2009 10(9) 2640 2. peerbooms et al, am j sports medicine 2010 38(2) 255 p35: non-rigid speckle tracking exploratory study for tendinopathy signaling in symptomatic subjects c carvalho 1 , s bogaerts 2 , l scheys 3 , j d’hooge 4 , k peers 2 , f maes 1, p suetens 1 1 ku leuven, esat/psi & uz leuven, mirc iminds, medical it dept, ku leuven, and uz leuven, 2 dept. of development and regeneration, 3 dept. of orthopedics, 4 dept. of cardiovascular sciences presenting author e-mail address: stijn_bogaerts@hotmail.com or stijn.1.bogaerts@uzleuven.be introduction: tendinopathies are one of the most common musculoskeletal injuries affecting both professional and recreational athletes. knowledge on tendon biomechanics is scarce and limited to some studies regarding global strain and local tissue deformation estimates in healthy subjects [1,2]. the objective of this study was therefore to investigate differences in the biomechanical behavior at the level of local tissue deformation between asymptomatic and symptomatic subjects. methods: high-frequency dynamic (2d+t) us data of both achilles tendons of 10 asymptomatic subjects and of the symptomatic achilles tendon of 8 subjects were acquired. symptomatic subjects were classified based on clinical interpretation of symptoms and morphological appearance on us in three groups: less severe (c1), medium severe (c2) and very severe (c3) tendinopathy. a non-rigid speckle tracking method was applied to each 2d+t us images, yielding the tissue deformation along the major deformation direction in each tendon voxel. four sub-regions were defined within the tendon, corresponding to proximal/distal and superficial/deep tendon regions. mean deformation for each subject was evaluated by averaging the deformation of the 4 sub-regions at the maximum isometric contraction point. comparison between symptomatic and asymptomatic group (c2+c3) was evaluated using a two-tailed homoscedastic t-test and a roc analysis was also http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=production+of+bioactive%2c+post-translationally+modified%2c+human+collagen 31 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 performed between the two groups. results: no significantly differences (p=0.06) were found between asymptomatic (n=20) and symptomatic (n=10) subjects. however, when comparing more severe symptomatic cases (c2+c3, n=7) with asymptomatic subjects, significant differences (p=0.02) were found. roc analysis between asymptomatic and more severe symptomatic cases (c2+c3) returned an area under the roc curve (auc) of 0.83. discussion: we show here, for the first time, preliminary results that allow the local biomechanical discrimination between more severe tendinopathy cases and asymptomatic cases. due to the small size of the datasets, more symptomatic images should be further acquired. further investigation should also be done for symptomatic subjects within c1 since these subjects present tissue deformation values close to the ones presented by asymptomatic subjects. this close range of deformation values may then be the reason for the non-significant difference found between asymptomatic and symptomatic cases. references: 1. arndt a, bengtsson a-s, peolsson m, thorstensson a, movin t. non-uniform displacement within the achilles tendon during passive ankle joint motion. knee surgery, sport traumatol arthrosc. 2012;20:1868–74. 2. slane lc, thelen dg. achilles tendon displacement patterns during passive stretch and eccentric loading are altered in middle-aged adults. med eng phys. 2015;37(7):712–6. p36: cross-sectional pilot study comparing function, morphology and biomechanical behavior of conservatively versus surgically treated achilles tendon ruptures. s bogaerts 1 , e smeets 2 , b trenson 1 , k peers 1 1 department of physical medicine & rehabilitation, university hospitals leuven, belgium 2 master student, faculty of medicine, ku leuven, belgium presenting author e-mail address: stijn_bogaerts@hotmail.com or stijn.1.bogaerts@uzleuven.be introduction: surgical treatment has been the treatment of choice in achilles tendon rupture (atr), but recent studies of conservative treatment have shown similar results with fewer complications. however, little is known about the difference in biomechanical behavior of the tendon after operative versus non-operative treatment. the goal of this study was to compare surgically versus conservatively treated achilles tendons ruptures, including an ultrasound-based assessment of regional mechanical tendon behavior. methods: patient related outcome measures were assessed using questionnaires (victorian institute of sports assessment – achilles, achilles tendon rupture score). functional evaluation was done using isokinetic plantar flexor strength on a biodex machine at 60°/sec and establishing the limb symmetry index (lsi), a heel rise endurance test, using the contralateral healthy leg as control. structural and mechanical properties were evaluated with 3d free hand ultrasound, measuring achilles tendon length from gastrocnemius muscle-tendon junction to calcaneal insertion at different ankle angles, and global strain, being the relative elongation from maximal dorsito plantar flexion. results: there were 3 surgically (2 male, 1 female) and 3 conservatively (2 male, 1 female) treated patients included. mean age overall was 52.8 years (sd = 9.79) with an average time from atr until testing of 10.8 months (sd = 1.47). preliminary results show a mean score of 84.00 (sd = 1) for atrs and 84.33 (sd = 16.86) for the visa-a score in the conservatively treated group, compared to 78.0 (sd = 24) and 78.5 (sd = 12.02) in the surgically treated group. isokinetic strength ranged from 13.8 to 144.3 n/kg in both groups combined. the mean lsi for endurance testing was 60 (sd = 7.07) for the conservative group and 70.45 (sd = 26.09) for the surgical group. range of motion in dorsiflexion was consistently higher in 32 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 the treated leg in all subjects. tendon length and global strain were similar between groups. overall, there were no statistically significant differences between groups. conclusion: these preliminary results are in line with those in literature, where symptoms and functional outcome after tendon rupture is similar for conservative versus operative treatment including mechanical tendon behavior. the comparable strain results in the conservative group justify further investigation on a larger group to increase the power of this biomechanical analysis of atr. given the higher risk of complications with surgery, this may provide further evidence that achilles tendon ruptures can be treated conservatively. p37: modulation on tendon vascularization is associated with pain in athletes with patella tendinopathy after 12-week of eccentric exercise combined with extracorporeal shockwave therapy wc lee 1 , zj zhang 2 , l masci 3 , gyf ng 1 , sn fu 1 , 1 department of rehabilitation sciences, the hong kong polytechnic university, hong kong (sar), china, 2 department of physical therapy, henan provincial orthopaedics hospital, henan, china, 3 pure sports medicine, london, united kingdom presenting author e-mail address: amy.fu@polyu.edu.hk introduction: decrease in tendon vascularization was observed in subjects being successfully treated with exercise 1 and extracorporeal shockwave therapy (eswt) 2 . it is unclear whether combining both interventions would enhance the treatment-induced effect. methods: thirty-three male basketball, volleyball, and handball players (mean age=22.8±4.0 years) with patellar tendinopathy for more than 3 months (mean 33.0±26.3 months) participated in the study. subjects were randomized into exercise and combined groups. the exercise group received a 12week single-legged decline-squat exercise and the combined group had a similar exercise programme in addition to 6 weekly sessions of extracorporeal shockwave therapy (eswt) in the initial 6 weeks of the exercise programme. tendon vascularization of the patellar tendon was examined using power doppler ultrasonography. the intensity of vascularization determined by the percentage of colour pixels was expressed as vascular index (vi). the intensity of maximal selfperceived pain on past 7 days was enquired using visual analogue scale (vas). these parameters were measured at pre, post intervention and 6-week post intervention. results: twenty-nine subjects completed the programme. repeated measures anova on tendon vi indicated significant time effect (p=0.024), significant main effect on pre-intervention vi (p=0.000) and time* pre-intervention vi interaction (p=0.004) on the changes of tendon vascularity. no significant group effect was detected (p=0.471). there was a significant reduction of the intensity of pain from (from 6.4±2.0 to 2.6±1.6, p=0.000) at 6-week post intervention. partial correlation test was conducted with pre-intervention vi and side of affected knee as control variables. significant correlation was detected between the change in tendon vi and the reduction in pain at post-intervention (r=-0.70, p=0.017) and 6-week post-intervention (r=-0.83, p=0.001) in the combined group. discussion: modulation on tendon vascularity depends on pre-intervention vascularization. addition of eswt could not enhance the change of tendon vascularity and pain. the reduction in tendon vascularity, however, is related to the reduction in pain in the combined group. our findings support the notion that reduction in tendon vascularization is one of the treatment mechanisms for subjects receiving eswt and eccentric exercise. references: 1. kongsgaard m, kovanen v, aagaard p, doessing s, hansen p, laursen ah, kaldau nc, kjaer m, magnusson sp. corticosteroid injections, eccentric decline squat training and heavy slow resistance training in patellar tendinopathy. scand j med sci sports 2009. 19(6):790-802. 33 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 2. notarnicola a, moretti l, tafuri s, forcignano m, pesce v, moretti b. reduced local perfusion after shock wave treatment of rotator cuff tendinopathy. ultrasound med biol. 2011;37(3):417-425. p38: a preliminary exploration of somatosensory and psychological characteristics in a severe subgroup of individuals with lateral epicondylalgia v vuvan 1 ; r mellor 1 ; l heales 3 ; b coombes 1 ; p hodges 1 ; m farrell 2 ; and b vicenzino 1 1 school of health and rehabilitation sciences, the university of queensland, brisbane, australia, 2 school of biomedical sciences, monash university, clayton, australia, 3 school of human, health and social science, division of physiotherapy, central queensland university, rockhampton, australia presenting author e-mail address: v.vuvan@uq.edu.au introduction: one of the challenges in the management of lateral epicondylalgia (le) is the varying prognoses of individual patients. previous post-hoc analyses of clinical trials indicate that there might be a characteristic somatosensory profile that identifies a severe subgroup and predicts those with a poor outcome. the aim of this study was to investigate the somatosensory and psychological characteristics that might characterise le subgroups on the basis of their severity of pain and disability as scored by the patient rated tennis elbow evaluation (prtee). methods: forty-six participants (mean age 46 years, 23% female) with a primary clinical diagnosis of le were sub-grouped into mild (23), moderate (17) and severe (5) on the basis of a previous cluster analysis using the prtee. thirteen healthy controls (mean age 48 years, 39% female) also participated. thermal and mechanical detection and pain thresholds, vibration threshold, and pain sensitivity to sharp and blunt mechanical stimuli were evaluated at the lateral epicondyle and infrapatellar pole. temporal summation of heat pain was measured at the hand. the paindetect, neck disability index, health-related quality of life, hospital anxiety and depression scale, tampa scale of kinesiophobia, pain catastrophising scale and pain self efficacy questionnaire were also collected. results: the severe le subgroup showed lower mechanical detection threshold at the elbow compared to healthy controls (p<0.05). increased temporal summation of heat pain and paindetect scores were found in the severe le subgroup compared to the mild le subgroup (p<0.01). discussion: findings from this preliminary study suggest that individuals with severe le might be differentiated by increased sensitivity to light touch at the elbow and enhanced temporal summation. whilst a lower paindetect score (≤12) suggests nociceptive pain may be the main mechanism in individuals with mild le, the results for individuals with severe le are unclear, however infer a component of neuropathic pain (paindetect score 13-18) might be present within this subgroup. p39: patient characteristics associated with the severity of pain and disability of gluteal tendinopathy ml plinsinga 1 ; bk coombes 2 ; r mellor 1 ; p nicolson 5 ; a grimaldi 3 ; j wajswelner 4 ; p hodges 1 ; k bennell 5 ; and b vicenzino 1 1 university of queensland, school of health and rehabilitation sciences: physiotherapy, university of queensland, st lucia, brisbane, australia, 2 university of queensland, school of biomedical sciences, st lucia, brisbane, australia, 3 physiotec, 23 weller road, tarragindi, qld 412, australia, 4 department of physiotherapy & lifecare physiotherapy, latrobe university, bundoora, australia, 5 centre for health, exercise and sports medicine, department of physiotherapy, university of melbourne, carlton, australia presenting author e-mail address: m.plinsinga@uq.edu.au introduction: gluteal tendinopathy is a prevalent condition among middle-aged females, impacting on daily activities, work and quality of life. the primary aim was to describe a broad range of physical 34 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 and psychological health characteristics of patients with gluteal tendinopathy and to determine relationships with severity of pain and disability. methods: 203 participants (mean age 54.8 years, range 35-71, 82% female) meeting a clinical diagnosis of gluteal tendinopathy with mri confirmation were included in this study. 77% had unilateral pain, and 23% bilateral. measures were anthropometric (bmi, waist girth, hip circumference, waist-hip ratio (whr)), physical (hip abductor muscle strength) and questionnaires (visa-g, active australia survey, pain catastrophizing scale (pcs), the pain self-efficacy questionnaire (pseq), health-related quality of life (eq-5d)). cluster analysis of the visa-g scores (range 0-100, 100=no pain and disability) classified participants into mild, moderate and severe pain and disability. an ancova was performed to evaluate whether characteristics differed between subgroups based on severity, including sex as a covariate, followed by bonferroni post-hoc tests. significance was set at 0.01. results: cluster analysis of the visa-g identified three subgroups: mild (n=51; mean 76.5; range 6898), moderate (n=103; mean 59.0; range 51-67) and severe (n=49; mean 42.7; range 14-50), supported by a corresponding and incrementally greater average/worst pain (p≤0.001). pain catastrophizing scores and pain self-efficacy scores were significantly different between groups (p<0.001), post hoc analysis revealed greater pain catastrophizing and a lower pain self-efficacy in the moderate and severe groups than the mild group. higher scores on vigorous activity (md 131.82 minutes; 95%ci 32.38, 231.26; p=0.005) and quality of life (md 0.123; 95%ci 0.047, -.198; p<0.001) were reported for the mild group than the severe group. hip abductor muscle strength, waist girth and whr differed between sexes (p<0.001) but not sub-groups differences; values for these parameters were greater for men than women. discussion: individuals with greater severity of pain and disability accompanying their gluteal tendinopathy present with lower pain self-efficacy, higher pain catastrophizing, lower vigorous activity levels, and lower quality of life than those with less severe symptoms. future research would benefit from consideration of both psychological and physical assessments and interventions. p40: increase in tendon strain is associated with pain reduction after 12-week eccentric exercises in jumping athletes with patella tendinopathy sn fu 1 , wc lee 1 , zj zhang 2 , l masci 3 , gyf ng 1 1 department of rehabilitation sciences, the hong kong polytechnic university, hong kong (sar), china, 2 department of physical therapy, henan provincial orthopaedics hospital, henan, china, 3 pure sports medicine, london, united kingdom presenting author e-mail address: amy.fu@polyu.edu.hk introduction: strength training that induces mechanical loading on the tendon and alters its mechanical properties. these changes have been reported in healthy 1 but scarce information is on pathologic tendons. whether a change in tendon mechanical properties would relate to reduction in pain is not known. methods: thirty-five male basketball, volleyball and handball players (mean age=22.4±4.0 years, 16 had unilateral symptoms) with tendinopathy for more than 3 months (mean 31.9±25.4 months) participated in the study. subjects were randomized into exercise and combined groups. the exercise group received a 12-week single-legged decline-squat exercise and the combined group had a similar exercise programme in addition to 6 weekly sessions of extracorporeal shockwave therapy (eswt) in the initial 6 weeks of the exercise programme. tendon strain of the patellar tendon was examined using ultrasonography and dynamometry. the intensity of maximal self-perceived pain over 7 days was enquired using visual analogue scale (vas). these parameters were measured at pre and postintervention. results: thirty-one subjects (15 with unilateral symptom) completed the treatment programme. repeated measures anova indicated significant time effect (all p<0.05) but not significant group effect (all p >0.05) on the outcome measures. significant increase in tendon strain (from 10.5±4.1% to 35 s af. j sports med vol. 28 no.2 supplement 2016 13.1±5.3%, p=0.08), and reduction of intensity of pain (from 6.5±2.0 to 3.5±2.1, p=0.00) were observed at post-intervention. partial correlation test was conducted with sports and side of affected knee as control variables. a significant correlation was detected between the reduction in perceived pain and the increase of tendon strain (r=0.82, p=0.003) in the exercise group. no significant correlation was found in the combined group. discussion: 12-week of eccentric exercise induced increase of tendon strain in athletes with patellar tendinopathy. the increase in tendon strain is related to the reduction in pain. our findings suggest that eccentric exercise programme could modulate tendon mechanical properties and such change is associated with the reduction of pain in athletes with patellar tendinopathy. references: 1. reeves nd, maganaris cn, narici mv. effect of strength training on human patella tendon mechanical properties of older individuals. j physiol 2003;548:971-81. 2. kubo k, kanehisa h, fukunaga t. effects of different duration isometric contractions on tendon elasticity in human quadriceps muscles. the journal of physiology 2001;536(pt 2):649-655. p41: taping facilitates scapular kinematics and activity onset of scapular muscles in athletes with rotator cuff tendinopathy ht leong 1 , gyf ng 1 , sn fu 1 1 department of rehabilitation sciences, the hong kong polytechnic university, hong kong (sar), china presenting author e-mail address: annieleonght@gmail.com introduction: athletes with rotator cuff tendinopathy demonstrated abnormal scapular motion and activity onset of scapular muscles during arm elevation. the aim of this study is to examine the effect of scapular taping on the kinematics and activity onset of scapular muscles in athletes with rotator cuff tendinopathy. methods: twenty-six male volleyball players with rotator cuff tendinopathy (mean age=23.6±3.3 years) participated in the study. three-dimensional scapular kinematics was quantified using an acromial marker cluster method, and electromyography (emg) activity onset of upper, middle and lower trapezius and serratus anterior during shoulder abduction were compared with three scapular taping protocols, namely, no taping, therapeutic taping, and placebo taping. 1 results: there were significant increases in scapular upward rotation from 0° to 30° (7.16±2.34° vs. 6.40±2.16°, p=0.007), and from 60° to maximum shoulder abduction (27.27±6.08° vs. 24.93±6.11°, p=0.019) when therapeutic taping and no taping conditions were compared. no significant effect of taping was found on posterior tilting (p=0.379) and external rotation (p=0.131). placebo taping demonstrated no effect on any scapular motions (all p>0.263). the middle and lower trapezius, and serratus anterior fired earlier in both therapeutic taping (all p<0.005) and placebo taping conditions than no taping conditions (all p<0.002). discussion: scapular taping modulates the scapular kinematics in athletes with rotator cuff tendinopathy by providing mechanical support and neuromotor facilitation of the scapular muscles during dynamic arm abduction. scapular taping with full tension can effectively increase scapular upward rotation in the early phase of abduction from 0° to 30° and in the late phase from 60° to maximum abduction. scapular taping with or without tension can hasten the activity onset of scapular muscles during dynamic arm abduction. based on our findings, scapular taping with tension is suggested for athletes with rotator cuff tendinopathy to enhance the neuromotor control of the scapular muscles and to provide mechanical support for normal scapular kinematics during arm movement. . references: 1. cools am, witvrouw ee, danneels la, cambier dc. does taping influence electromyographic muscle activity in the scapular rotators in healthy shoulders? man ther 2002;7(3):154-162. km_c227-20180511093520 original research 112 sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 background. the global mandate by the who world health report of 2002, global strategy for diet, physical activity and health, were mirrored by the policy environment in south africa. the ‘vuka south africa – move for your health’ campaign was an example of an initiative adopted by national government, promoting physical activity (pa) for health. methods. this manuscript describes the process, events and lessons learned during the initial phase of vuka sa from 2004 to 2010. data were obtained from the grey literature, minutes and reports of meetings and from stakeholders. results. utilising a multi-sectoral approach, this initiative was partnered by governmental and non-governmental organisations, the private sector and tertiary institutions. the main anticipated short-term outcome was an increased awareness of the message (‘move for your health’), with a view to achieving increased population levels of participation in health-enhancing physical activity over the long term. vuka sa was initiated by the national department of health and launched in 2005. subsequently, 36 partner organisations participated in two national workshops, who together with provincial health promoters undertook to promote the campaign. this was followed by an international training course on pa and public health for policy makers and programme implementers, and the subsequent call for the development of an african physical activity network. discussion. although the campaign has not yet undergone rigorous evaluation and participation at present appears to be modest, there are promising examples of multi-sectoral awareness and advocacy activities resulting in some national dissemination of the role of pa in health promotion. s afr j sm 2012;24(4):112-116. doi:10.7196/sajsm.349 physical activity advocacy and promotion: the south african experience t l kolbe-alexander, f bull, e v lambert uct/mrc research unit for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of cape town t l kolbe-alexander, phd e v lambert, phd british heart foundation national centre for physical activity and health, loughborough university, united kingdom and school of population health, university western australia f bull, phd corresponding author: t kolbe-alexander (tracy.kolbe-alexander@uct.ac.za) in 2002, the world health organization’s (who) report on reducing risks and promoting healthy living recognised physical inactivity as one of the major modifiable risk factors for developing non-communicable diseases (ncds) and global mortality and morbidity, along with tobacco use, unhealthy eating and obesity, and excessive alcohol intake.1 consequently, creating a public health message emphasising the benefits of regular physical activity which aimed to promote positive lifestyle and behaviour change became increasingly important. placing this in a south african (sa) context, where there is a quadruple burden of disease, ncds account for more than onethird (37%) of all deaths.2 this is juxtaposed with 57% of sa women and nearly 30% of men who are overweight or obese.2 furthermore, only 36% of sa men and 24% of women report sufficient levels of daily health-enhancing physical activity.3 similarly, the sa youth risk behaviour survey has found that more than one-third of all adolescents report insufficient levels of physical activity.4 moreover, 30% of ischaemic heart disease, 27% of colon cancer, and 20% of diabetes in sa have been attributed to physical inactivity.5 thus, there is a major health imperative to promote physical activity (pa) and reduce levels of inactivity in the general south african population. in the context of global and national trends for rising prevalence of obesity, inactivity and ncd, and in part, in response to the who’s mandate to promote pa and health, the ‘vuka south africa – move for your health’ (vuka sa) campaign was initiated in 2004/2005. the aim of this report is to document the process of developing the vuka sa campaign and to identify factors, including the policy environment, that may have influenced the development and progress of such a campaign in countries like sa, which have important competing health agendas such as hiv/aids, and wide demographic and socioeconomic disparities. we describe the factors influencing the initiation of the vuka sa campaign, to the launch in 2006, and subsequent activities until 2010. methods sources of information data in the form of reports and notes from meetings were obtained from the ndoh’s health promotion unit, provincial department of health’s health promotion officers, grey literature and members of the inter-sectoral vuka sa task team. expected outcomes the vuka sa campaign logic model is presented in fig. 1. the primary expected outcome of the move for health campaign was a greater awareness of the role of pa for promoting health. intermediate mailto:tracy.kolbe-alexander@uct.ac.za sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 113 outcomes included an expanded reach of the message, implementation of supportive policy, changing social norms towards pa, leading to increased participation. description and interpretation of results the formative events and the process of implementation of vuka are reported on, according to the information sources, and have been arranged chronologically. where data on reach and implementation are available, these have been presented. there are no available data on secular trends in population-based pa prevalence. the first time pa was included in a national health survey was in 2004; this is planned to be repeated in 2012, therefore describing the trends in pa for sa is beyond the scope of this paper. results formative global and national policy environment and initiatives (1990s) fig. 2 provides a schematic of the national and global events and chronology leading to the development and launch of the vuka sa campaign. the early-to-mid 1990s in sa were characterised by seminal events, including the abolition of apartheid and the first free national government elections. the eradication of apartheid resulted in the increased equal access to health care, sporting and recreational facilities and education.6 during the same period, public and private sector partnerships governmental and non-governmental organisations (ngos) and tertiary institutions developed and implemented various community-based intervention programmes focusing on the promotion of pa.6,7 there was limited evaluation, programmes often occurred in ‘silos’, and there was an absence of a national, multi-sectoral written plan aimed at improving health status through increased pa among sa. concurrently, pa was receiving increasing global attention and recognition as a modifiable risk factor for ncds in both developed and developing countries. the us surgeon general’s report on physical activity, first published in 1995, advocated the accumulation of 30 minutes of moderate intensity on at least 5 days of the week.8 this recommendation facilitated the development of a unified message for the prescription of pa for health. in response to this global trend, and due to the high prevalence of inactivity and ncds, agita sao paulo was launched in 1996 in the state of sao paulo, brazil.9 this programme was initiated by a non-governmental research and teaching institute based in sao paulo (celafiscs), and was an example of a mass participation campaign advocating 30 minutes of pa at least 5 days per week among brazilians.9 further to the success of agita on a national and regional platform, the who adopted this focus for world health day in 2002, which resulted in the establishment of the agita mundo/move for health, global campaign. the move for health slogan was translated into 63 languages, enabling 148 countries to organise 1 987 events around the world in 2002.10 move for health day (2002) the national department of health (ndoh), together with the local who office, were the driving forces behind the 2002 move for health campaign. the main national event in 2002 took place in the fig. 1. logic model of vuka south africa – move for your health. 114 sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 gauteng province and was comprised of a street parade, followed by formal speeches by government officials. this event also focused on community participation in recreational activities including indigenous games and dancing, which were organised by the national department of sports and recreation.11 in other provinces, local departments of health hosted free health screening and pa promotions for their employees, and communities were encouraged to support and stage local events. the main focus of these events was to celebrate and encourage participation in pa. unfortunately, at the time of implementation, monitoring and evaluation received little attention, and the exact number of events and participants are unknown. healthy lifestyles campaign (2004 2007) subsequent to move for health day (2002), the ndoh’s healthy lifestyles campaign was launched. this campaign formed part of the national plan for comprehensive health care in sa, and was one of the strategic priorities for the period 2004 2009.12 the campaign had five main pillars, which included promotion of pa, healthy nutrition, tobacco control, responsible sexual behaviour and combatting the abuse of alcohol. programmes and activities included routine 2 5-km walks within strategically selected communities. this was followed by mass public preventive health-risk screening. the context of the ‘healthy lifestyles’ days provided opportunities to promote regular pa and ongoing dissemination of the important message ‘move for your health’. approximately 2 400 adults were screened and participated in these events annually (2004 2007). operationalising vuka sa in response to the who global strategy for diet and physical activity for health, academics approached the ndoh’s health promotions unit in february 2005, highlighting the importance of implementing a ‘move for health day’ campaign in sa. government officials were receptive to the message, which was compatible with the ‘healthy lifestyles’ campaign. two meetings followed to discuss potential strategies to promote this campaign to other stakeholders and service providers in sa. following these meetings, the ndoh invited other governmental departments, ngos, tertiary institutions and representatives from the private sector to be part of a task team. t he i n it i a l te am w as c ompr is e d of fou r gove r n me nt a l departments (health, sport and recreation, education, social services), five ngos, four companies from the private sector and one tertiary institution. the task team met on six occasions at the ndohs offices and held a number of teleconferences between february and may 2005. the main agenda items for these meetings were to (i) explore the nature and feasibility of the campaign; (ii) plan the introduction of vuka sa to the national parliament; and (iii) plan the launch of the campaign. one of the first and most important decisions reached by the task team was that ‘move for your health’ would not be restricted to one day’s celebrations, but should be ongoing promoting the benefits of pa. secondly, the campaign was branded ‘vuka sa – move for your health’ and was to form part of the ndoh’s healthy lifestyles initiative. vuka is the nguni (indigenous sa language) word for ‘wake fig. 2. schematic of the development of the vuka south africa – move for your health campaign: 1994 2008. sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 115 up’. thus, the campaign aimed to ‘wake the nation up’ to become more physically active and to promote healthy lifestyles. political commitment another pre-requisite for implementing successful national plans for physical activity is a high level of political commitment.13,14 in the 2005 budget speech to the national parliament, the minister of health highlighted the burden of ncd in sa, and the importance of healthy lifestyles, including regular pa, for the prevention and management of these conditions.15 prior to the budget speech, the minister participated in a march through the cape town central business district to parliament, together with members of the community. several hundred participants carried posters and banners advocating pa. this action received national television coverage, including the minister’s call to become more physically active. in this way the general public, together with parliamentarians, were first introduced to vuka sa in april 2005. these factors, together with the global focus on pa for health, provided a window of opportunity for physical activity advocacy in sa. consistent message based on the media exposure obtained at the minister of health’s budget speech and advocacy by members of the task team, individuals who were interested in becoming part of vuka sa were provided with an information booklet. this booklet detailed the background of ‘move for health’ from the who, the rationale for the campaign and a guide to implementation. task team members subsequently distributed the booklet among their constituencies, along with an additional 30 individuals and organisations, who requested copies for distribution. furthermore, the ndoh distributed the booklet to all their provincial offices to promote local events to support the campaign. each provincial office played a role in disseminating the booklet to their stakeholders, including community health centres and schools. therefore, a consistent and clear message was disseminated, ensuring that all stakeholders were promoting 30 minutes of pa on at least 5 days per week. launch of vuka sa the official launch of the campaign took place in may 2005 in alexandra township, a high-population density and low socioeconomic community in gauteng province, near johannesburg. similar to the healthy lifestyles campaign, the vuka sa launch began with a 4 km walk, led by the minister of health and representatives from the departments of education and sport and recreation. about 1  000 adults and children participated in health screening and in various sporting and physical activities at the stadium. the media had a strong presence and the minister of health, representatives from the who in-country office, tertiary institutions, ngos, the national department for education and members of the public were interviewed during the morning’s television broadcast. vuka sa activities were also implemented by the provincial departments of health and these local events allowed for broader dissemination of the campaign message.16 vuka sa workshop the aim of the launch was to disseminate the vuka sa message. however, baumann et al. have shown that mass media campaigns are generally more successful if there is a downstream community component.17 in this case, a workshop was subsequently held for pa practitioners interested in promoting pa for health. invitations were sent to ngos and health promotion officers from the provincial departments of health. two workshops were arranged by the task team, and co-funded by the private healthcare sector. the first one was for decision makers and managers, and the second for teachers, coaches and health workers responsible for implementing community-based programmes and promoting regular pa. the main aims of the workshops were to provide delegates with practical advice to promote and implement vuka sa in their constituencies. positioning the workshops together with a national sports medicine conference allowed the task team to attract more delegates. the 150 delegates were divided into four discussion groups around: • factors affecting the implementation of programmes promoting pa • the need for evaluating the impact and effectiveness of these programmes • opportunities for working with other themed initiatives within the ndoh • how to best integrate initiatives from different sectors to prevent duplication and to maximise the reach of the message. television and written media representatives were present and conducted interviews with the minister of health and workshop attendees, and were aired on the afternoon news bulletin that same day.18 international physical activity and public health course (ipaph) following the workshop, and with a view to increasing national and regional capacity for implementation and evaluation of physical activity programmes for health, the first international course for physical activity and public health in africa was held in march 2007, through the cooperative agreement between the us centers for disease control and prevention (cdc) and the international union of health promotion and education, and in conjunction with the university of cape town.19 the 3.5-day curriculum was designed to aid pa practitioners, advocates, epidemiologists, public health and health promotion specialists, physical educationalists, policy makers and programme directors, concerning all issues related to physical activity and public health, with a specific focus on surveillance, policy development, interventions and evaluation. attendees included more than 40 representatives from the private sector, ngos, tertiary institutions and governmental departments. in addition, representatives from other african countries, nigeria, uganda, zambia, kenya, côte d’ivoire, tanzania and botswana were also in attendance. an important outcome of the course was the interest expressed in developing an african network related to pa and public health. african physical activity network (afpan) subsequent to the ipaph course, the african physical activity network (afpan) was formed. afpan aimed to establish a network of organisations from various sectors, across africa, with the common goal of increasing the population prevalence of pa. the primary aim was to share experiences and pa advocacy, and to provide a platform for new regional projects and initiatives. in addition, it was envisaged that the sharing of programmes and lessons learnt would strengthen 116 sajsm vol. 24 no. 4 2012 existing initiatives and also lead to the development of best-practice models which were relevant to the african continent. afpan made limited progress between 2007 and 2009, due in large measure to limited resources. however, in april 2010 a programme coordinator was appointed by a tertiary academic institution, which revived the nascent network. subsequently the afpan website was created (www.essm.uct.ac.za/afpan/index.htm), newsletters were sent to members representing 11 african countries (between 2010 and 2011), and a pa policy audit among african countries was initiated. this network is part of the global alliance for physical activity (gapa). vuka sa: 2007 2010 subsequent to the launch in 2005 and the workshop in 2007, there have been continued activities and events linked to vuka sa. however, these have been sporadic and limited data are available on the reach of these activities. examples of events include the sa pharmacy council linking pharmacy week in 2007 with vuka sa. provincial activities such as the 2008 gauteng vuka sa sports day have also been sustained. other initiatives include the don locke fun run, which has adopted move for health as its theme, and had approximately four schools participating in 2006 and more than 40 schools in 2010, in the western cape province. discussion vuka sa provided an opportunity for various governmental departments and stakeholders to work together with the aim of increasing south africans’ levels of pa. the launch and subsequent workshops functioned as a platform for the sustained implementation of the campaign. however, the implementation has been sporadic since 2007. monitoring and evaluation of vuka sa activities have not been systematic and are limited, and as a result there are no current measures of national or regional reach and impact. achievements the ndoh’s healthy lifestyles campaign provided a vehicle to promote regular pa at a provincial and national level. provincial health promotion departments have continued to implement vuka sa-linked activities since the launch in 2005. for example, the western cape and gauteng provinces trained health workers in the benefits of pa and leading pa sessions at the local health care centres. however, it should be recognised that the extent to which programmes have been implemented varies from province to province, with some having very few activities. the establishment of partnerships between governmental, ngos, the private sector and tertiary institutions was at least partially successful. in sa, private companies contributed towards the cost of launching the campaign and the workshops which were attended by stakeholders, representing a broad range of interests. challenges there was no consultative national plan for the promotion of pa throughout this process, although there was tacit support for such a plan from various stakeholders. the development of national policies and setting programme goals for a predetermined time period have been identified as important components of promoting populationbased pa programmes.14 government is perhaps best placed to facilitate the development and implementation of these national plans.14 there is a need for evaluation of this and other pa and health initiatives ─ through evaluation of existing programmes there may be an opportunity to generate practice-based evidence. summary the vuka sa campaign was initiated in 2005 and despite some difficulty gaining momentum and reach, progress was made. the media were receptive to providing coverage, thereby providing opportunities for increased awareness for the pa and health message. this message was well received and has enjoyed inter-sectoral collaboration between governmental, ngo, private companies and tertiary institutions. the future of the campaign involves the development of a consultative national plan for pa, which is currently under way, and generating a stronger and unified message to the sa public to raise awareness and increase the prevalence of pa. research measuring the effectiveness of the various messages and events associated with promoting health through pa in sa, towards changing knowledge, attitudes and behaviour will be undertaken. acknowledgements. the authors would like to acknowledge the support for vuka sa from the national departments of health, education, sport & recreation, and social development. we would also like to thank mr n ntuli from the ndoh for providing some insight during the preparation of this manuscript. references 1. campanini b, ed. who report 2002. reducing risks promoting healthy life. geneva: world health organization, 2002. 2. bradshaw d, groenewald p, laubscher r, et al. initial burden of disease estimates for south africa, 2000. s afr med j 2003;93(9):682-688. 3. guthold r, ono t, strong kl, chatterji s, morabia a. worldwide variability in physical inactivity a 51-country survey. am j prev med 2008;34(6):486-494. 4. reddy sp, swart d, jinabhai cc, et al. umthenthe uhlaba usamila – the south african youth risk behaviour survey 2002. cape town: south african medical research council, 2003. 5. joubert j, norman r, lambert ev, et al. estimating the burden of disease attributable to physical inactivity in south africa in 2000. s afr med j 2007;97(8 pt 2):725-731. 6. government gazette sa. national sport and recreation act 19551, 1998. 7. boshoff g. barefoot sports administrators: laying the foundations for sports development in south africa. journal of sport management 1997;11:10. 8. martin sb, morrow jr, jr., jackson aw, dunn al. variables related to meeting the cdc/acsm physical activity guidelines. med sci sports exerc 2000;32(12):2087-2092. 9. matsudo v, matsudo s, andrade d, et al. promotion of physical activity in a developing country: the agita sao paulo experience. public health nutr 2002;5(1a):253-261. 10. world health day 2002: move for health. http://www.who.int/world-health-day/ previous/2002/en/ (accessed 1 january 2011). 11. minister of health. speech given during the world health day celebration. http:// www.doh.gov.za/docs/sp/2002/sp0407.html (accessed 1 january 2011). 12. steyn kfj, temple n. chronic diseases of lifestyle in south africa, 1995 2005. in: physical activity and chronic diseases of lifestlye in south africa. cape town: south african medical research council, 2006. 13. magnusson r. non-communicable diseases and global health governance: enhancing global processes to improve health development. global health 2007;3(2). 14. bull fc, pratt m, shephard rj, lankenau b. implementing national population-based action on physical activity--challenges for action and opportunities for international collaboration. promot educ 2006;13(2):127-132. pmid:17017290. 15. minister of health. budget speech, 2005. http://www.doh.gov.za/show.php?id=937 (accessed 1 january 2011). 16. tshabalala-msimang m. statement on the move for health launch press conference, 2005. http://www.doh.gov.za/show.php?id=923 (accessed 1 january 2011). 17. bauman ae, nelson de, pratt m, matsudo v, schoeppe s. dissemination of physical activity evidence, programs, policies, and surveillance in the international public health arena. am j prev med 2006;31(4):s57-65. 18. tshabalala-msimang m. speech at the move for health national workshop, 2005. http://www.doh.gov.za/show.php?id=899 (accessed 1 january 2011). 19. international physical activity and public health course. http://www.essm.uct.ac.za/ health_pubhealth.html (accessed 1 august 2012). http://www.essm.uct.ac.za/afpan/index.htm http://www.who.int/world-health-day/ http://www.doh.gov.za/docs/sp/2002/sp0407.html http://www.doh.gov.za/docs/sp/2002/sp0407.html http://www.doh.gov.za/show.php?id=937 http://www.doh.gov.za/show.php?id=923 http://www.doh.gov.za/show.php?id=899 http://www.essm.uct.ac.za/ km_c227-20180517092740 c p d q u e s t io n n a ir e instructions 1. read the journal. all the answers will be found there. 2. go to www.cpdjournals.co.za to answer questions. accreditation number: mdb001/025/10/2011 (clinical) sajsm questions june 2012 cpd questionnaires must be completed online via www.cpdjournals.co.za. after submission you can check the answers and print your certificate. 1. true (a) or false (b): the 2007 american college of sports medicine position stand on exercise and fluid replacement warns athletes not to lose >2% body weight during exercise as it may adversely affect performance. 2. true (a) or false (b): the fastest runners in a marathon usually lose the least weight during a race. 3. true (a) or false (b): signs and symptoms of hyponatraemia include nausea, vomiting, confusion, and headache. 4. true (a) or false (b): runners who become dehydrated during a race, face the risk of hyponatraemia. 5. true (a) or false (b): compared with other countries, there is a very high incidence of hyponatraemia in marathon runners in south africa. 6. true (a) or false (b): t ere are several validated questionnaires for the purpose of measuring and reporting physical activity levels in south african children. 7. true (a) or false (b): te average energy expenditure of south african children is about 1 200 cal/day. 8. true (a) or false (b): in the absence of either medical or obstetric complications, all pregnant women should be encouraged to participate in aerobic and strength-conditioning training at a moderate intensity, on most, if not all, days of the week. 9. true (a) or false (b): pelvic floor exercises in the immediate post-partum period may reduce the risk of future urinary incontinence. 10. true (a) or false (b): vitamin d can be absorbed throughout the year in the united kingdom. 11. true (a) or false (b): dark-skinned individuals usually have high levels of vitamin d production. 12. true (a) or false (b): in addition to melanin content, social behaviours such as sun exposure and clothing should also be considered when reviewing an athlete’s risk of developing vitamin d deficiency. 13. true (a) or false (b): te application of sun cream does not increase the risk of developing vitamin d deficiency. 14. true (a) or false (b): popliteal artery entrapment syndrome (paes) is a very common cause of exercise-induced pain in the lower extremity of young athletes. 15. true (a) or false (b): paes is a partial or complete occlusion of the popliteal artery as a result of aberrant anatomy in the popliteal fossa. 16. true (a) or false (b): paes usually affects females older than 65 years. 17. true (a) or false (b): players of rugby union have a risk of injury of about 2 injuries per 1 000 hours of exposure. 18. true (a) or false (b): te risk of injury in rugby union decreases with increasing age and level/grade. 19. true (a) or false (b): nearly all the players who were injured at the youth rugby tournaments had medical insurance. 20. true (a) or false (b): whole body vibration (wbv) is a current neuromuscular training method, which even at a low intensity provokes muscle length changes that stimulate the sensory receptor of the muscle spindle. original research 1 sajsm vol. 31 no. 1 2019 creative commons attribution 4.0 (cc by 4.0) international license negative self-appraisal mediates the relationship between mindfulness and confidence among adolescent female provincial hockey players in south africa s walker, phd unit for professional training and services in the behavioural sciences (unibs), university of the free state, bloemfontein, south africa corresponding author: s walker (walkersp@ufs.ac.za) mindfulness is perhaps most often thought of as awareness of the present moment characterised by an accepting and nonjudgemental orientation towards external stimuli and internal experiences.[1] dispositional mindfulness (dm) has been defined as an innate and relatively stable focus and quality of attention that is distinct from other forms of mindfulness and is associated with, yet conceptually unique from, various personality traits.[2] dm has been associated with improved or superior performance in a number of sports.[3] dm also appears to promote emotional resilience and well-being among athletes. for example, a negative association has been found between sport-related burnout and dm among competitive youth tennis players.[4] despite this growing body of literature on dm in sport and performance psychology, little is known about its mechanisms of impact. it has been theorised that mindfulness facilitates improved athletic performance by way of attentional awareness, experiential acceptance, cognitive flexibility and emotional regulation.[5-6] athletes with higher levels of dm are hypothesised to be more proficient at adopting a nonjudgemental stance toward their inner experiences and physical performance. in addition, dm is thought to facilitate improved performance by promoting adaptive and flexible patterns of thinking.[5] a recent study demonstrated that athletes who reported higher levels of dm were better at regulating their emotions and less inclined to engage in unproductive, repetitive thought.[6] this, in turn, was associated with improved sport-specific coping. based on the above discussion, further exploration of the mechanisms by which dm may impact upon specific performance-related psychological constructs appears warranted. the research on dm and specific performance-related constructs such as mental toughness, (mt) is in its infancy. however, dm has been positively associated with mt in female adolescent hockey players.[7] notwithstanding conceptual debates regarding the precise nature of the construct, a number of theorists regard confidence or self-efficacy as an integral component of mt.[8-9] in addition, confidence has long been considered critical to success in competitive athletics.[10] confidence is viewed as being central to not only the precise execution of sport-specific skills, but to the development of fundamental movement skill proficiency among adolescents.[11] given the apparent importance of confidence in the acquisition of basic athletic competencies and the execution of advanced skills, it seems logical to explore the contribution that mindfulness might make to confidence. moreover, the importance that athletes and coaches place on confidence suggests that interventions directly linked to this particular construct would be more readily accepted and applied in competitive sports settings. within the context of mt, confidence is viewed as an athlete’s belief in their ability to effectively cope with and overcome challenges in their sport.[9] this conceptualisation of confidence seems to be primarily informed by theories on cognitive appraisal and coping.[12-13] confidence could thus be viewed as an individual’s subjective appraisal of their ability to successfully meet a specific challenge. such appraisals are influenced by beliefs that individuals hold about themselves, others and the world. individual’s appraisals of their ability to deal with challenges are most functional when they are based on the accurate interpretation of information in a specific situation.[12] less confidence-consistent beliefs tend to be rigid and absolutistic. a tendency to view oneself as defined in background: mounting evidence suggests that mindfulness is positively related to athletic performance and athlete wellbeing. however, few attempts have been made to explore the psychological processes by which mindfulness might impact performance. objective: to determine whether negative self-appraisal mediates the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and the confidence component of mental toughness among provincial adolescent female hockey players in south africa. methods: provincial adolescent female hockey players (n=486) completed measures of dispositional mindfulness, mental toughness-related confidence and negative self-appraisal. correlation coefficients were calculated between all variables included in the study. an ordinary least-squares regression analysis was performed to test the indirect effect of negative self-appraisal on the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and confidence. results: negative self-appraisal exhibited an indirect effect on the relationship between dispositional mindfulness and the confidence component of mental toughness ( = .06, se = .0, ci95 = .04, .09). a subsequent soble test confirmed that negative self-appraisal served as a statistically significant mediator ( = .06, se = .01, z = 5.76, p = .001) in the model. furthermore, 78.3% of the variance in the effect of dispositional mindfulness on the confidence component of mental toughness was accounted for by negative self-appraisal. conclusion: the effect of dispositional mindfulness on the confidence component of mental toughness among adolescent athletes is mediated by negative self-appraisal. based on the current findings, dispositional mindfulness may foster confidence by lessening the impact of rigid negative appraisals of one’s performance and worth as an athlete. keywords: dispositional mindfulness, mediation s afr j sports med 2019;31:1-5. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2019/v31i1a4371 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2019/v31i1a4371 https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2110-7881 original research sajsm vol. 31 no. 1 2019 2 totality by successes and failures stems from rigid selfappraisal beliefs which are inconsistent with developing a sense of confidence in one’s abilities.[13] adolescents are generally considered to be at increased risk of low self-confidence, partially as a result of an increased susceptibility to overly rigid and critical self-appraisal.[13-14]. it has also been suggested that female adolescent athletes frequently find themselves in contexts which might influence or promote negative self-appraisal.[15] female adolescents thus seem to be at an increased risk of engaging in rigid and overly critical self-appraisal. this, in turn, could be hypothesised to lead to a decrease in certain components of mt when related in this athlete population. consequently, the association between dm and mt demonstrated in certain adolescent female athlete populations might be effected via self-appraisal beliefs.[7] in other words, negative self-appraisal may mediate the relationship between dm and the confidence component of mt in this population. the current study aims to investigate this hypothesis in a sample of adolescent female provincial hockey players. methods participants the relevant institutional body granted ethical clearance for the study. the south african hockey association granted permission for data to be collected at annual female under-16 and under-19 interprovincial tournaments. informed consent was obtained from all participants, as well as from the guardians of all minors, prior to data collection. participants completed the measures listed below between games or in the evenings. four hundred and eighty-six adolescent female provincial hockey players consented to participate in the study. the average age of the participants was 16.2 years (sd  2.5). participants reported having competed in an average of 2.4 interprovincial tournaments (sd  1.4). six percent of the sample had previously been selected for a south african hockey team at age group level. measures dm was measured using the child and adolescent mindfulness measure (camm).[16] this 10-item self-report inventory requires respondents to endorse response options along a five-point likert-type scale anchored by “never true” and “always true”. the camm yields a unitary mindfulness score, with higher scores indicative of higher levels of dm. acceptable internal reliability has been reported for the camm in this population.[7] to date, no measure of mt appears to have been developed specifically for use amongst adolescents or to have been normed in this population. consequently, the current study employed the confidence scale of the sport mental toughness questionnaire (smtq) in order to measure this component of mt.[8] response options ranging from “not at all true” to “very true” are presented along a four-point likert-type scale. the scale is scored by summing responses across the six items. higher scores indicate increased confidence. despite being developed for use among adults, the confidence scale of the smtq has demonstrated acceptable internal consistency in female adolescent athletes.[7] the self-downing factor identified on the revised version of the child and adolescent scale of irrationality (casi-r) was employed as a measure negative self-appraisal.[17] this factor is composed of eight items. response options are presented along a five-point likert-type scale anchored by “strongly disagree” and “strongly agree”. the casi-r is scored by reversing the rationally worded items and then summing scores across all items. higher scores are indicative of higher levels of irrational and absolutist thinking. the self-downing factor of the casi-r has demonstrated acceptable reliability in a non-clinical adolescent sample.[17] statistical analysis initially, internal reliability coefficients were calculated for all variables included in the study. next, correlations between the camm total score, the casi-r self-downing factor and the smtq confidence scale were calculated. finally, it was hypothesised that negative self-appraisal would mediate (indirect effect) the direct effect of dm on the confidence component of mt (see figure 1). consequently, a mediation analysis was conducted to test for the indirect effect of negative self-appraisal on the relationship between dm and the confidence component of mt. a path-analytic approach using ordinary least–squares (ols) regression analysis was employed for this purpose.[18] the ols regression analysis was performed using the process software macro for spss.[18] the statistical significance of the cross-product of coefficients was tested using a nonparametric bootstrapping method. consequently, no assumptions needed to be made with regard to the distribution of scores in the sample. bias-corrected bootstrap procedures utilising 50 000 simulations were computed for the model. the significance of the indirect effect was determined using a 95% confidence interval. results correlations between the smtq confidence scale, camm and casi-r self-downing factor are displayed in table 1. mean scores, standard deviations (sds) and internal consistency coefficients for each of the measures are also reported. it is table 1. correlations, descriptive statistics and reliability coefficients for the study variables (n=486) variables smtq confidence casi-r sd camm total smtq confidence -0.39** 0.11* casi-r sd -0.324**  0.72 0.81 0.74 m 17.60 18.00 22.19 sd 3.02 5.84 6.05 ** p 0.01; * p 0.05 m, mean; sd, standard deviation; smtq confidence, sport mental toughness questionnaire confidence score; casi-r sd, revised child and adolescent scale of irrationality self-downing factor; camm, child and adolescent mindfulness measure original research 3 sajsm vol. 31 no. 1 2019 apparent from table 1 that all internal consistency coefficients meet the prescribed minimum level of acceptability for noncognitive measures (  .70).[19] a statistically significant (p  .05) positive correlation was found between dm and the confidence component of mt. conversely, negative selfappraisal was significantly (p  .01) and negatively correlated with both dm and the confidence component of mt. given that the three variables of interest were significantly correlated, the proposed mediation model (see fig. 1) could be tested. model coefficients for the mediation analysis are presented in table 2. dm demonstrated a significant negative association with negative self-appraisal (path a) and negative self-appraisal demonstrated a significant negative association with the confidence component of mt (path b) (see fig. 1). the direct effect (path c’) of dm on the confidence component of mt was no longer significant when negative self-appraisal was accounted for. results based on the bias-corrected bootstrap method indicate the indirect effect of negative selfappraisal on the relationship between dm and the confidence component of mt ( = .06, se = .01, ci95 = .04, .09). in addition, the test of the indirect effect based on the sobel test confirms that negative self-appraisal is a statistically significant mediator ( = .06, se = .01, z = 5.76, p = .001) in this model. a total of 78.3% of the variance in the effect of dm on the confidence component of mt was accounted for by negative self-appraisal. discussion an established body of clinical and sports psychology literature implicates rigid and generalised ways of thinking in poor selfconfidence and reduced sporting performance.[9-10, 14] consequently, the current finding that negative selfappraisal demonstrated a significant negative relationship with the confidence component of mt is not surprising. results of the initial correlational analyses also highlighted the positive relationship between dm and the confidence component of mt. this finding is consistent with existing research on the relationship between dm and desirable performance-related psychological processes and states.[3,6-7] more specifically, these findings suggest that confidence may be one mechanism by which dm may impact athletic performance. given the value placed upon confidence by both athletes and coaches, mindfulness-based sport psychology interventions appear to be increasingly deserving of exploration. dm was also found to exhibit a significant inverse relationship with negative self-appraisal. increased levels of dm were associated with a tendency for participants to be less self-critical, less judgemental and less cognitively rigid. this would seem to support the prevailing notion that mindfulness functions to reduce the impact of absolutistic and categorical thinking.[5-6] mindfulness interventions might thus prove a credible alternative to cognitive interventions aimed at reducing the impact of rigid and absolutistic thinking on athletic performance and well-being. at the very least, mindfulness interventions may prove useful adjuncts to cognitive-behavioural sport psychology interventions. for example, dm might foster athletes’ awareness of their tendency towards rigid self-appraisal, as well as tracking the moment-tomoment effect that engaging with these appraisals has on performance.[3,6] the findings discussed above generally reaffirm existing knowledge. the unique contribution of the current study is the exploration of negative self-appraisal as a possible mechanism by which dm might impact the confidence component of mt. of particular interest was the possibility that self-appraisal functioned as a potential cognitive process through which dm fig. 1. negative self-appraisal mediates the relationship between mindfulness and the self-confidence component of mental toughness. ** p 0.01 game b = -1.86** a = -0.03** m = negative self appraisal x = mindfulness y = self-confidence (mental toughness) c' = -0.01 table 2. model coefficients for the mediation analysis (n=486) consequence m (negative self-appraisal) y (confidence component of mt) antecedent coeff. se p f dfs r2 coeff. se p f dfs r2 x (mindfulness) a -0.03 0.00 0.001 56.67 1; 484 0.10 c’ -0.01 0.02 0.70 m (negative selfappraisal) b -1.86 0.21 0.001 44.16 2; 483 0.15 constant i1 2.77 0.11 0.001 i2 21.50 0.75 0.001 f, f-value; coeff, coefficient original research sajsm vol. 31 no. 1 2019 4 impacted confidence, specifically within the context of mt. this was shown to be the case among adolescent female provincial hockey players. self-appraisal mediated the effect of dm on confidence. more specifically, an increase in dm results in a reduction in negative self-appraisal which in turn has a positive effect on confidence. causal conclusions should not be drawn from cross-sectional data. however, it appears that one way in which dm positively impacts confidence among female athletes is by decreasing the frequency and/or intensity of negative self-appraisals. this interpretation would be consistent with theoretical accounts of how dm might impact various aspects of athletic performance.[5-6] current opinion would seem to suggest that mindfulness would not necessarily result in a change in the content or believability of negative self-appraisals that athletes might hold or experience. however, higher dm might be expected to decrease the extent to which athletes engaged with or became attached to any form of self-appraisal.[1,3,6] this implies that dm would be expected to facilitate a more accepting attitude towards rigid negative and positive selfappraisals of athletes’ performance and ability. consequently, dm should not be viewed as a mechanism by which to replace negative self-appraisal with positive self-appraisal, but rather as a means of negating the tendency to cognitively and emotionally over-engage with such self-appraisals. it is important to note the magnitude of the mediation effect that negative-self appraisal has on the relationship between dm and the confidence component of mt. negative selfappraisal accounts for 78% of the variance of the effect of dm on confidence. consequently, in the model that was tested in this study, dm seems to impact the confidence component of mt primarily via negative self-appraisal. this would suggest that any variability in confidence brought about by changes in dm amongst female adolescent hockey players is predominantly the result of changes in the frequency and/or intensity of rigid and absolutistic negative self-appraisal. stated differently, dm seems to influence mt-related confidence predominantly via the intensity, frequency, believability and/or attachment to negative-self appraisal. the utility of mindfulness-based interventions aimed at increasing confidence among adolescent female athletes seems to be justifiable from both mindfulness and traditional cognitivebehavioural paradigms.[5-6, 14] moreover, mindfulness-based interventions might hold promise in non-performance-related areas of female athlete health. many issues relating to body image and eating behaviour have been shown to be largely maintained by pervasive patterns of negative selfevaluation.[15] consequently, if mindfulness interventions are able to impact upon negative self-appraisal, it seems logical that such interventions might prove effective in addressing some of the most disabling mental health issues facing adolescent female athletes. study limitations the current study highlights the potential for dm to mediate the impact that rigid, absolutistic self-appraisals have on mtrelated confidence. however, these findings cannot be generalised beyond adolescent female athletes. nor should these findings be considered generalizable to more individual sporting contexts. further research is needed to determine whether negative self-appraisal mediates the relationship between dm and confidence in other athlete populations and in contexts other than team sports. in addition, the current study investigated the relationship between dm, negative selfappraisal and mt-related confidence. single case series and controlled intervention studies would go a long way towards demonstrating whether mindfulness-based interventions lead to improved confidence by reducing the intensity, frequency and believability of rigid and global negative self-appraisal. the findings of the current study should only be interpreted within the constraints of the specific model that was tested. consequently, no inferences can be drawn regarding the possible mediating role of constructs other than negative selfappraisal. similarly, the utility of constructs other than dm to influence confidence via negative self-appraisal have not been determined. studies that explore the conditional interactions between multiple psychological processes and changes in confidence are required. the impact of dm on metacognitive processes, such as intolerance of uncertainty and rumination, as well as their subsequent impact on confidence, would be a fruitful avenue of future research. finally, while data were collected via developmentally appropriate measures of dm and self-appraisal, the confidence component of mt was measured with an instrument intended for use with adult populations. although little research has been conducted in this area, it is plausible that developmentally-related differences in mt exist between adolescents and adults. consequently, these findings cannot be considered to be the final word on the interaction between dm, self-appraisal and mt in adolescents. conclusion the current study furthers the understanding of mechanisms through which dm impacts upon athletic performance. dm has been demonstrated to result in lower levels of negative selfappraisal which, in turn, result in an increase in adolescent female athletes' confidence to meet the challenges of competitive sport. the promotion of mindfulness thus appears to provide an avenue through which to lessen the impact of patterns of rigid thinking on the confidence of adolescent female athletes. references 1. bishop sr, lau m, shapiro s, et al. mindfulness: a proposed operational definition. clin psychol sci pract 2004;11(3):230-241. [doi: 10.1093/clipsy.bph077] 2. rau hk, williams pg. dispositional mindfulness: a critical review of construct validation research. pers individ dif 2016;93(1):32-43. [doi: 10.1016/j.paid.2015.09.035] 3. sappington r, longshore k. systematically reviewing the efficacy of mindfulness-based interventions for enhanced athletic performance. j clin sport psychol 2015;9(3):232-262. [doi: 10.1123/jcsp.2014-0017] 4. walker sp. mindfulness and burnout among competitive adolescent tennis players. s afr j sports med 2013;25(4):105-108. [doi: 10.7196/sajsm.498] 5. birrer d, röthlin p, morgan g. mindfulness to enhance athletic original research 5 sajsm vol. 31 no. 1 2019 performance: theoretical considerations and possible impact mechanisms. mindfulness 2012;3(3):235. [doi: 10.1007/s12671012-0109-2] 6. josefsson t ivarsson a, lindwall m, et al. mindfulness mechanisms in sport: mediating effects of rumination and emotion regulation on sport-specific coping. mindfulness 2017;8(5):1354-1363. [doi: 10.1007/s12671-017-0711-4] 7. walker sp. mindfulness and mental toughness among provincial adolescent female hockey players. s afr j sports med 2016;28(2):46-50. [doi:10.17159/2078-516x/2016/v28i2a1110] 8. sheard m, golby j, van wersch a. progress toward construct validation of the sport mental toughness questionnaire (smtq). euro j psychol assess 2009;25(3):186-193. [doi:10.1027/1015-5759.25.3.186]. 9. clough pj, earle k, sewell d. mental toughness: the concept and its measurement. in: cockerill i, ed. solutions in sport psychology. london: thomson, 2002:32-45. 10. vealey rs, chase ma. self-confidence in sport: conceptual and research advances. 3rd ed. in: horn ts, ed. advances in sport psychology. champaign, il: human kinetics, 2008:65-97. 11. mcgrane b, belton s, powell d, et al. the relationship between fundamental movement skill proficiency and physical selfconfidence among adolescents. j sports sci 2017;35(17):17091714. [doi: 10.1080/02640414.2016.1235280] 12. lazarus rs, folkman s. stress, appraisal, and coping. new york: springer pub. co., 1984. 13. digiuseppe ra, doyle ka, dryden w, et al. a practitioner’s guide to rational emotive behavior therapy. 3rd ed. new york: oxford university press, 2013. 14. turner mj, barker jb. using rational emotive behavior therapy with athletes. sport psychol 2014;28(1):75-90. [doi:10.1123/tsp.2013-0012] 15. arthur-cameselle j, sossin k, quatromoni p. a qualitative analysis of factors related to eating disorder onset in female collegiate athletes and non-athletes. eat disord 2017;25(3):199215 [doi:10.1080/10640266.2016.1258940] 16. greco la, baer ra, smith gt. assessing mindfulness in children and adolescents: development and validation of the child and adolescent mindfulness measure (camm). psychol assess 2011;23(3):606-614. [doi:10.1037/a0022819]. 17. bernard me, cronan f. the child and adolescent scale of irrationality: validation data and mental health correlates. j cognit psychother1999;13(2):121-132. [doi: 10.1891/08898391.13.2.121] 18. hayes af. introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional process analysis: a regression-based approach. new york: guilford press, 2013. 19. foster j, parker i. carrying out investigations in psychology: methods and statistics. leicester: wiley-blackwell, 1995. 46 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 original research background. injuries occurring at the popular schoolboy rugby festivals in south africa have not previously been evaluated. a rugby festival is a unique event with multiple matches occurring over a 5-day period and a potentially increased risk of injury compared with adult games. objectives. to analyse the prevalence and type of injuries over 2 years of a johannesburg high school rugby festival, to compare the injuries between the 2 years and to compare the injuries between the 3 days of the festivals. methods. the study design was a retrospective, descriptive and observational study. the study population were participating rugby players at the two rugby festivals in 2010 and 2011 who came to the medical tent provided. a standardised medical form was used to capture data. results. a total of 626 players participated with 100 injury data sets analysed over the 2 years. the injury rate per player was 17% in year 1 and 15% in year 2. there was no statistical difference (p=0.65) in the injury numbers between the 2 years. the injury profiles between the respective days and between the 2 years were not statistically different. most injuries were to the head/face (30%), with the majority being concussion related (6%). tackles were the most common mechanism of injury. overall 24% of injuries were deemed severe enough to stop the players from continuing play. few injuries required referral for investigations or specialist physician care (19% and 2%, respectively) and most were managed with simple first aid at the primary care level. conclusion. the number, nature and mechanisms of rugby injuries at this rugby festival were similar to numerous local and international studies of schoolboy rugby players. adequate standardised record keeping is recommended to increase knowledge and monitor trends. s afr j sports med 2015;27(2):46-49. doi:10.7196/sajsm.596 injuries at johannesburg high school rugby festivals d constantinou,1 mb bch, bsc (med)(hons), msc (med), ffims; a bentley,2 mb bch, phd 1 centre for exercise science and sports medicine, school of therapeutic sciences, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 department of family medicine, school of clinical medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: d constantinou (demitri.constantinou@wits.ac.za) there are numerous school-level, friendly rugby competitions in south africa (sa), of which the easter rugby festivals are possibly the most popular. these are held for 3 days over the easter weekend at a number of schools around the country, and in gauteng three schools host easter rugby festivals. concerns have been raised, across the world, regarding the safety of the sport due to its physical, high-impact nature and an increasing number of injuries.[1,2] injuries in rugby, at school and senior club level have been reported in great britain, australasia and sa.[3-7] averages of between 6.8 and 129.8 injuries per 1 000 player hours of matches occur in schoolboys.[4,7,8] most studies look at injuries over full seasons or a number of years and present data in differing ways such as per 10 000 hours played[9] or 1 000 hours played.[10] injury surveillance is important in injury prevention strategies.[7,11] it is difficult to know how this translates to one event over 3 days of play and thus makes it difficult to plan medical services. most injuries reported to occur in rugby players are to soft tissue, occurring mainly to ligaments and tendons, are due mainly to collisions and occur particularly in the head, neck and lower limbs.[4,5] injuries are also more likely to occur at competitions compared with training periods.[3,4,7] there are possible precipitating causes unique to schoolboys in that the boys may often be mismatched in size[12] and experience due to the difference in pubertal growth spurts. sa data on schoolboy rugby injuries exist[12,13] but given the significant and ongoing changes in the rules of the game, the improved facilities for schoolboy rugby, and the recognised need for injury surveillance, an investigation into rugby injuries using the schoolboy rugby festivals as a convenient event was warranted. the objective of the research was to analyse the prevalence and type of injuries over 2 years of a johannesburg high school rugby festival, and to specifically describe injuries (number, anatomical sites, types and severity), to compare injuries between the 2 years and compare injuries between the 3 days of the festivals. methods setting the rugby festivals were held over 3 non-consecutive days: on the thursday before the christian religious holiday of easter friday, on the following saturday and then on the monday thereafter. at these festivals over 300 boys participated from 22 schools. thirty-five matches were played for an average 35 minutes each, and each player could play between one and three matches. the refereeing was done by certified provincial referees. fully-equipped medical facilities were available during the festivals, and with at least one medical doctor, paramedics, first aiders, a nurse and physiotherapists on duty. a local hospital with an advanced trauma unit, and fast-tracked radiograph facilities were available for referral. study design the study design was a retrospective, descriptive observational study. the study population were the participating rugby players at the rugby festivals in 2010 and 2011. inclusion criteria were all completed medical records that had adequate information of rugby-related injuries in schoolboy rugby participants at the festival. the injury recording form of the injury international consensus[14] was used for sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 47 capturing injury data. injury severity was assessed by whether the injury was severe enough for the player to stop or be withdrawn from playing in the match where they sustained the injury; the decision was made by the medical personnel and verified by the researcher. data were collected on: injury type and severity, anatomical site, mechanism of injury, referral to hospital or for investigations, withdrawal from play at time of injury and management. information was obtained from the injured player and where possible verified by first aiders/paramedics, coach, parent/s and/or peers. ethical considerations permission for use of the medical records for research was granted by the host school. ethics permission was granted by the university’s human research ethics committee (medical) for human subjects (number m120229). participating schools and players signed indemnities and allowed for injury recording during the rugby festivals. no identifying data were used in the analysis. data analysis as there were 100 data points the number is equal to the percentage and these are used interchangeably in the results section. percentages were used to describe categorical data and medians and confidence intervals (cis) for numerical data. comparative statistics for the 2 years was done using fisher’s exact test and between the different days of the festival using non-repeated measures analysis of variance (anova) tests. the data were analysed using graphpad prism for windows (graphpad software, usa) and statistica v12 (statsoft inc, usa). a level of significance of p<0.05 was used. results in both years of the festival, 12 high schools and 10 preparatory schools participated with a total of 69 matches played (36 and 33 in 2010 and 2011, respectively). a total of 626 players participated (322 and 304 in each year, respectively) in the rugby festivals with a total of 111 injuries recorded over the 2 years. incomplete data sets were not included (5 and 6 in each year, respectively) leaving a total of 100 data sets for analysis. the injury rate was 408 injuries per 10 000 match hours and the injury rate per player in year 1 (17%, 95% ci 33 84%) was not significantly different to that in year 2 (15%, χ2=0.203, p=0.65, 95% ci 30 80%). over the 35 matches there was an injury rate of 1.5 injuries per match in year 1 and 1.4 injuries per match in year 2. the overall injuries divided by day of festival, year of festival and anatomical area are listed in table 1. most injuries occurred to the head and neck, followed by the lower limb and upper limb. there was no significant difference between anatomical sites of injury between the 2 years of the rugby festivals (p=0.64, fisher’s exact test) nor was there any difference between respective days of the 2 years (day 1 p=0.63, day 2 p=0.07, day 3 p=0.32 fisher’s exact). there was also no significant difference in the anatomical site of injury between the 3 days of the festival (p=0.06, χ2 test). of the lateralised injuries 37% and 20% occurred on the right side and 30% and 26% on the left side (years 1 and 2 respectively), and this difference was not significantly different. the balance were not lateralised (e.g. abdomen). the majority of the rugby players (85% in year 1 and 78% in year 2) had not previously had similar injuries. the types of injury sustained by year of festival are indicated in fig. 1. the majority of the injuries were to soft tissue in both years (72% in year 1 and 77% in year 2). there was a significant difference in the frequency of injury type between the years (p=0.02) mainly because there were incidences of dislocations, lacerations and fractures in year 1, but not in year 2. there were no fractures of the cervical spine. almost half of the injuries were due to tackles with the next most common injury resulting from accidental collision (fig. 2). in year 1, 27% of all the injured players were stopped from continuing (indicating severity) compared with 22% in year 2. this difference was not statistically significant (p=0.64, χ2). no catastrophic injuries such as severe neck injuries with neurological fallout were sustained. most injured players were given advice on their injuries, which were relatively minor. the most common form of management was basic first aid following the rice (rest, ice, compression and elevation) principle, which was then followed by referral for soft tissue table 1. injuries by day of festival, year of festival and anatomical area head/neck (n=42) torso (n=7) upper limb (n=22) lower limb (n=29) h ea d/ fa ce n ec k st er nu m / ri bs lo w er b ac k sh ou ld er u pp er a rm e lb ow fo re ar m w ri st h an d th ig h k ne e lo w er le g a nk le fo ot /t oe to ta l ( by da y) to ta l year 1 n=54 day 1 6     1           1   1   1   10 day 2 2 3 3 1 2   1     4 2 1 2 2 1 24 day 3 4 1     2         3 1 6   1 2 20 year 2 n=46 day 1 8 2       1 1 2       2       16 day 2 5 4 1         2 1   1 1       15 day 3 5 2 1     1 1       1 4       15 total 30 12 5 2 4 2 3 4 1 8 5 15 2 4 3   100 48 sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 therapy using physiotherapy and medications that were non-steroidal anti-inflammatories or analgesics. treatment may not have been mutually exclusive, for example, there may have been both rice and physiotherapy. there was no significant difference between the two years in management of injuries (p=0.58). there was a significant difference in referrals for radiographs between the 2 years (p=0.01, χ2). nine players were referred for radiographs in year 1 and 19 in year 2 with only one schoolboy referred for a magnetic resonance imaging scan in year 1. one-third of these referrals were for suspected neck injuries and the remainder for suspected fractures, avulsion injuries and dislocations of peripheral joints. two of the players had fractures confirmed and were then immobilised and referred to orthopaedic surgeons for further management. discussion overall for the 2 years and 6 days of the easter rugby festivals, there were 100 injuries most of which were to the head and neck, to soft tissue and usually did not prevent the player returning to the game. as expected most injuries resulted from tackles and accidental collisions. there were no differences in anatomical area or type of injury between days of the festival or years of festival. there were limitations to this study, particularly owing to the method of reporting injuries. the data collection forms used a standardised international form[14] that had flaws; there was no place for side dominance of the players, nor their age. details of how many matches and how much time each individual player had played would also add value. thus individual risk determination where exposure in participation is important could not be assessed. some injured players may have not presented to the available medical centre at the festivals for assessment or management. there may also be faults in the mechanism of injury where they do not want to report the truth as very few reported foul play, which may not be a true reflection. another limitation is that the results cannot be extended to all schoolboy rugby festivals and schoolboy rugby competitions, or even playing in normal matches taking place weekly with adequate time to recover between matches. these festivals were hosted by a school that had resources with respect to funding, access to expert medical care with good facilities, and access to qualified referees. over the 2 years in this study a total of 100 injuries were recorded over the two rugby festivals, played over 6 days. thus an average year 1 year 2 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 n u m b er co nt us io n lig am en t s pr ain co nc us sio n m us cle in ju ry ab ra sio n ot he r b on e i nj di s/s ub lu xa tio n la ce ra tio n fr ac tu re ot he r fig. 1. injury types and frequencies in years 1 and 2. (inj = injuries; dis = dislocation.) year 1 year 2 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 pe rc en ta g e tackling accidental collision foul play (other player) other* direction change running hit by ball fig. 2. mechanisms of injury over the two years of the rugby festival. (*for example non-contact (falling).) ri ce ad vic e ph ys io th er ap y m ed ica te d su tu re d cl ea ne d an d dr es se d 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 pe rc en ta g e year 1 year 2 fig. 3. management of injuries after assessment (rice). sajsm vol. 27 no. 2 2015 49 of just over 16 injuries per day was evident. the injury frequency found in this study is not unlike the results found elsewhere.[1,8] an average of 1.5 injuries per match in this study is lower than some other studies[4,6,8] although the differing methods of reporting make comparisons difficult. there was no way of logistically recording time exposure of each of the injured players individually, thus injuries could not be reported as per hour units of exposure. the festival is unique for a number of reasons, which make these data difficult to compare to others. players play three matches over 3  days on the easter weekend. one could theorise that perhaps injuries would have been higher on the first day, with increased vigour and excitement of the participating players; alternatively the third day could be a more vulnerable time due to player fatigue. however, the results show that there was no significant difference in the frequency of injuries on any of the 3 festival days. the fact that there were also no differences between days across the 2 years supports this. the majority of injuries were of the head and face followed by the lower limbs, which is different to some previous data indicating the lower limbs to be the most likely followed by the head and neck.[3,4,5] however, there is another study with similar data.[6] in children the head size is relatively large compared to the total body, and there is an increased head-neck girth that may explain more head and headrelated injuries in younger players. our data are similar to those found in adult rugby players, possibly due to the participants being in the latter years of schooling and their ages closer to reported adult players. further, changes in refereeing and or coaching may influence the site of injury, but cannot be determined. law changes related to tackles and to scrums at the time may also have played a role. in chronic and/or overuse injuries, having had a similar previous injury is a known risk for another similar injury occurring and is a trend also found in young players.[15] however this was not the case in the setting of acute traumatic injuries typically sustained in the rugby festivals, where it was shown that there was no significant history of a previous similar injury having occurred. other expected results that conform to the literature are that tackles are the most common mechanism of injury at 48 60% of all injuries compared with 55% of injuries over one rugby season occurred in tackles as reported previously.[4] injury severity was difficult to compare to previous literature as there was no follow up in the cases in this study compared with more controlled environments. fortunately there were no catastrophic neck injuries in the study cohort. most management of injuries at the rugby festivals required basic first aid (rice), to reduce swelling and pain. this was followed by referral for soft tissue therapy using physiotherapy and medication. this was appropriate for soft tissue injuries of ligaments, muscles and contusions as seen in similar studies.[16,17] along with the minor nature of most injuries there were very few referrals for radiographs. there were more referrals in year 2 despite there being less fractures and dislocations in that year. the difference cannot thus be explained by the type of injury nor the clinical criteria for referral, which would have been similar in both years. one can only conclude that the level of injuries was different, such that where there were ligament injuries they did not appear to have bony pathology associated with them, or were not of a nature or severe enough to cause joint instability. why that should be different over the two festivals is unclear. parent or coach pressure for the young players to return to play is a factor in this rugby festival environment that may have influenced the decision to conduct an investigation. thus medical personnel may refer for investigations to exclude radiologically evident pathology. conclusion rugby is a collision sport and as such injuries do occur and can range in severity from minor to catastrophic. the easter rugby festival, a schoolboy event studied in this paper, recorded an injury rate of 1.6 per match, most of which were to soft tissue and could be handled on the side of the field. this may be due to good facilities and referees at the festival. other schoolboy rugby events without the same good resources may have differing results and more research is required to document whether the facilities and referees do indeed have a significant role to play in preventing severe injury in rugby matches. references 1. nicol a, pollock a, kirkwood g, parekh n, robson j. rugby union injuries in scottish schools. j pub health 2011;33(2):256-261. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/pubmed/fdq047] 2. quarrie kl, cantu rc, chalmers dj. rugby union injuries to the cervical spine and spinal cord. sports med 2002;32(10):633-653. [http://dx.doi.org/10.2165/00007256200232100-00003] 3. lee aj, garraway wm. epidemiological comparison of injuries in school and senior club rugby. br j sports med 1996;30(3):213-217. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsm.30.3.213] 4. roux ce, goedeke r, visser gr, van zyl wa, noakes td. the epidemiology of schoolboy rugby injuries. s afr med j 1987;71(5):307-313. 5. nathan m, goedeke r, noakes td. the incidence and nature of rugby injuries experienced at one school during the 1982 rugby season. s afr med j 1983;64(4):132-137. 6. davidson rm. schoolboy rugby injuries, 1969-1986. med j aust 1987;147(3):119-120. 7. freitag a, kirkwood g, scharer s, ofori-asenso r, pollock am. systematic review of rugby injuries in children and adolescents under 21 years. br j sports med 2015;49(8):511-519. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2014-093684] 8. parekh n, hodges sd, pollock am, kirkwood g. communicating the risk of injury in schoolboy rugby: using poisson probability as an alternative presentation of the epidemiology. br j sports med 2011;46(8):611-613. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/ bjsports-2011-090431] 9. davidson r, kennedy mj, vanderfield g. casualty room presentations and schoolboy rugby union. med j aust 1978;1(5):247-249. 10. macintosh as. rugby injuries. in: cd maffulli n, ed. epidemiology of pediatric sports injuries: team sports. basel: karcher; 2005:120-139. 11. burger n, lambert mi, viljoen w, brown jc, readhead c, hendricks s. tacklerelated injury rates and nature of injuries in south african youth week tournament rugby union players (under-13 to under-18): an observational cohort study. br med j open 2014;4(8):e005556. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2014-005556] 12. krause lm, naughton ga, denny g, patton d, hartwig t, gabbett tj. understanding mismatches in body size, speed and power among adolescent rugby union players. j sci med sport 2014;18(3):358-363. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2014.05.012] 13. brown j, verhagen e, viljoen w, et al. the incidence and severity of injuries at the 2011 south african rugby union (saru) youth week tournaments. s afr j sports med 2012;24(2):49-54. 14. fuller cw, brooks jh, cancea rj, hall j, kemp sp. contact events in rugby union and their propensity to cause injury. br j sports med 2007;41(12):862-867. [http://dx.doi. org/10.1136/bjsm.2007.037499] 15. hagglund m, walden m, ekstrand j. previous injury as a risk factor for injury in elite football: a prospective study over two consecutive seasons. br j sports med 2006;40(9):767-772. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2006.026609] 16. bleakley cm, o’connor s, tully ma, rocke lg, macauley dc, mcdonough sm. the price study (protection rest ice compression elevation): design of a randomised controlled trial comparing standard versus cryokinetic ice applications in the management of acute ankle sprain. bmc musculoskelet disord 2007;19(8):125. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1186/1471-2474-8-125] 17. laskowski er, najarian mm, smith am, stuart mj, friend jf. medical coverage for multievent sports competition: a comprehensive analysis of injuries in the 1994 star of the north summer games. mayo clin proc 1995;70(6):549-555. [http://dx.doi. org/10.4065/70.6.549] km_c227-20180711130430 original research 1 sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 the association between being overweight/obese and blood pressure in rural south african women living in the tshino nesengani (mukondeleli) village p j-l gradidge, phd1; m phaswana, bsc (hons)1; e cohen, phd2 1 centre for exercise science and sports medicine, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa 2 mrc/wits developmental pathways for health research unit, department of paediatrics, faculty of health sciences, university of the witwatersrand, johannesburg, south africa corresponding author: p j-l gradidge (philippe.gradidge@wits.ac.za) the prevalence of both abdominal and whole body obesity is expected to increase dramatically in developing countries, such as south africa, with recent data demonstrating that black south african women have the highest prevalence of obesity within sub-saharan africa.[1] south african women living in urban settings certainly have higher rates of obesity compared with men and rural women;[2] however, the prevalence of excess adiposity in women living in both settings is higher than the global averages.[1] a consequence is that the risk of associated cardiometabolic diseases, such as type 2 diabetes and hypertension, is high in african women.[3] the obesity crisis in south africa is made more complex by the dynamic rural-urban shift, which may include an extension of the urbanisation concept into the rural setting as observed in other countries experiencing nutritional transition.[4] this phenomenon may explain the high prevalence of excess adiposity in both settings as learned obesogenic practices such as sedentariness and unhealthy eating may be adopted by rural communities. research indicates that the global consumption of sugarsweetened beverages (ssb) has increased and is associated with weight gain, elevated blood pressure (bp) and other cardiometabolic diseases risk factors.[5] despite black south african females having the highest prevalence of obesity in the sub-saharan region, the results of the south african demographic and health survey show that other population groups have higher tobacco and alcohol consumption patterns.[6] this suggests that there may be other environmental factors driving the high prevalence of obesity and cardiometabolic diseases in african women. these other environmental factors have received far less attention than diet or physical activity. they include smoking and sleep behaviour. smoking is well known as an independent risk factor for several cardiovascular diseases, while sleep duration has a negative association with bmi,[7] although the mechanisms underlying this effect are largely unknown. the aim of this study was therefore to determine whether other environmental factors (e.g. physical activity, sedentary behaviour, consumption of ssbs, smoking, smokeless tobacco consumption or ‘snuff’, and sleep duration) correlate independently or with the measurements of fat and bp in a cohort of rural african women. methods sample this was a cross-sectional study of a convenience sample of rural black south african women living in the tshino nesengani (mukondeleli) village, limpopo province, south africa. potential participants who were pregnant, aged <18 years, non-black, and living outside of the village were excluded from the study. ethical approval was granted by the human research ethics committee (medical), university of the witwatersrand (ethics certificate number: m170377), and all participants gave written consent. the questionnaires were administered to the participants and the details communicated in the participants’ home language when necessary to ensure correct completion of the questionnaires. physical activity the global physical activity questionnaire (gpaq) was used to determine self-reported total moderate-vigorous physical activity (mvpa) and the estimated sitting time. the gpaq is reliable and has been validated for use in africa.[8] active in the gpaq was defined as taking part in: moderate physical activity for a total of 150 minutes per week (≥five days per week); or vigorous physical activity for 60 minutes per week (≥three days per week); or 600 metabolic minutes per week (≥five days mvpa).[8] in addition, walking for travel purposes, as a domain of light physical activity, was determined using the gpaq. background: the purpose of this cross-sectional study was to investigate whether bio-behavioural factors are associated with blood pressure and body composition in rural black south african women. methods: data were collected on 200 african women living in the tshino nesengani (mukondeleli) village, limpopo province, using simple anthropometry, blood pressure, and self-reported questionnaires for sleep, physical activity, and sugar-sweetened beverage (ssb) consumption. results: six patterns of ssb consumption were determined by principal component analysis. regression analysis showed that longer sleep duration patterns (≥nine hours/night) was associated with lower systolic and diastolic blood pressure; whilst the principal components (beer, wine, and sweetened tea) were associated with a higher body mass index. conclusion: these findings highlight novel bio-behavioural contributors of blood pressure and body anthropometry in rural african women. keywords: african, bmi, waist circumference, sugarsweetened beverages s afr j sports med 2018; 30:1-5. doi: 10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a5066 http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2078-516x/2018/v30i1a5066 original research sajsm vol. 30 no. 1 2018 2 beverage intake the beverage intake questionnaire (bevq-15) is a 15-item, seven day recall on ssb used to measure the quantities and amounts of habitual beverage consumption.[9] the bevq-15 includes 15 categorised beverage items to estimate total kilocalories (kcal) of consumed beverages: water, regular soft drinks, 100% fruit juice, juice drinks (other than fruit juice), full cream milk, low-fat milk, skim (fat-free) milk, sweetened tea, coffee or tea with milk and sugar, black coffee or tea without sugar, light beer, regular beer, mixed alcoholic drinks, wine (red or white), meal replacement drinks and energy drinks. the total of ssb calorie consumption is calculated from the estimated energy consumption for each item. participants were asked to recall the amount and frequency of each item. sleep patterns the pittsburgh sleep questionnaire index (psqi) was used to determine the overall quality of sleep.[10] the psqi is a selfreported questionnaire consisting of seven components of sleep that evaluate sleeping duration, sleep disturbance, sleep latency, habitual sleep efficiency, daytime dysfunction, use of sleeping medicine, and sleeping quality. the total score ranging from 0-21 is summed from these items. a total score >five indicates poor sleep quality for the global psqi index, and a score of ≤five indicates good sleep quality. socioeconomic status and education household asset ownership was used as a proxy measure of socioeconomic status (ses).[11] the questionnaire included eleven household items, ranked in order of value from lowest to highest: (1) radio, (2) computer/laptop, (3) refrigerator, (4) washing machine, (5) television (tv), (6) telephone/landline, (7) cell phone/mobile, (8) internet, (9), electricity, (10) digital satellite tv, and motor vehicle. the score of these commodities was summed to give a total ses index ranging from 0 to 66. tertiles of ses score were created for further analysis: low (ses score: <29), moderate (ses score: 29-36), and high ses (ses score ≥36) categories. the levels of education were captured as follows: 0 for no schooling, 1 for primary school, 2 for incomplete high school, and 3 for completion of high school. participants were also queried on their employment status. anthropometry all measurements were performed with participants in light clothing and without shoes. body weight was measured using an electronic digital weighing scale to the nearest 0.1 kg (seca, usa). height was measured to the nearest 0.1 cm using a stadiometer (seca, usa). body mass index (bmi) was calculated as weight (kg)/height (m2). waist and hip circumferences were measured using a spring tape to the nearest cm. waist circumference was measured between the lowest ribs and the iliac crest, and hip circumference was measured at the greatest protuberance just below the gluteal line. blood pressure resting bp was measured using a digital bp monitor (omron m6 version hem-7001-e, omron, kyoto, japan). participants were seated for a minimum of five minutes before the first bp measurement was done. two subsequent measurements were taken with rest periods in between. the average of these latter two readings was used to determine mean resting bp. statistical analysis descriptive statistics were presented as mean ± standard deviation, median (interquartile range), or percent in tables. a principal component analysis (pca) was performed with all bevq-15 items except water and diet soft drinks (due to zero and low caloric values) to determine patterns of ssb consumption. the following steps were followed: (1) the covariance matrix was applied, (2) the variance loadings were rotated using the varimax with the kaiser normalisation orthogonal method. these authors could perform a pca on the covariance matrix of ssb variables because the bartlett’s test of sphericity was good (p<0.0001) and kaiser-meyer-olkin measure was acceptable (0.524). six principal components (pc) on ssb matrix consumption were initially retained based on eigenvalues ≥1 and the scree plot observation. pc1 (hot tea/coffee with added sugar and energy drinks) explained 15.8% of the variance, while pc2 (beer and iced tea) and pc3 (low-fat milk and spirits) explained 12.1% and 10.9% of the variance respectively. the associated eigenvalues were 2.05, 1.58 and 1.41, respectively. the first four components also had the greatest factor loading with correlations ≥0.30 in the same direction, resulting in pc5 and pc6 being removed from an additional analysis. bivariate models were created to determine the association of plausible lifestyle behaviours variables with bmi and waist circumference. those variables with p<0.20 were included in the initial backward stepwise multivariable linear regressions models. thus the independent variables for the bmi model included age, employment status, hypertension, short sleep (